■ami/iiM.Ymiw.i: 
 
ajnrttBll ImoeraitH Hibrarjj 
 
 3tl;aca, INetn ^atk 
 
 Al-S, ^•\V:^ c>il><?. 
 
 c-S. 
 
CORNELL UNIVERSITY UBHARY 
 
 383 374 
 
Cornell University 
 Library 
 
 The original of this book is in 
 the Cornell University Library. 
 
 There are no known copyright restrictions in 
 the United States on the use of the text. 
 
 http://www.archive.org/details/cu31924101383374 
 
INDEX- CATALOGUE 
 
 OF THE 
 
 LIBRARY OF THE 
 SURGEON GENERAL'S OFFICE 
 
 UNITED STATES ARMY 
 
 AUTHORS AND SUBJECTS 
 
 THIRD SERIES 
 
 VOL. II 
 
 ARNAL-BLONDLOT 
 
 WASHINGTON 
 
 GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE 
 
 1920 
 
 LQy 
 
. ADDITIONAL COPIES 
 
 OF THIS PUBLICATION MAY BE FEOCiraED FEOM 
 
 THE SXTPEBINTENDEin' OF DOCUMENTS 
 
 GOVERNMENT PRINTING orPICE 
 
 WASHINGTON, D. C. 
 
 AT 
 $2.00 PER COPY 
 
War Department, Office of the Surgeon General, 
 
 Army Medical Museum and Library, 
 
 Washington, February 10, 1920. 
 Maj. Gen. M. W. Ireland, 
 
 Surgeon General, TJ. 8. Army. 
 
 General: I have the honor to present herewith the second volume, of the 
 Third Series of the Index-Catalogue of the Library, representing 2,644 voliunes 
 and 4,389 pamphlets, and 29,504 titles of articles in periodicals. The Library now 
 contains 198,900 bound volumes, 35,092 unbound volumes, and 361,455 pamphlets, 
 in all a total of 595,447 volumes and pamphlets, with 5,631 portraits of physicians, 
 136 medical engravings and prints, and 316 medical caricatures. Exclusive of 
 transactions of societies, the number of current periodicals now on file in the 
 Library is 1,568, of which 1,480 are kept in the open shelves in the Reading Room. 
 Through the opening of channels of communication with Germany and Austria 
 most of the medical periodicals of these countries, covering the years 1915-18, 
 have now been received and those of the current year are coming in. These are 
 being indexed as rapidly as possible. No medical periodicals have been received 
 from Russia or the Balkan countries since our entry into the war. 
 
 The following table shows the number of titles in the Index-Catalogue as far 
 as published: 
 
 Total in First Series. . . 
 Total in Second Series. 
 
 Third Series, Vol. I 
 
 Third Series, Vol. 11. . . 
 
 Total to date 
 
 AUTHOB TITLE.S. 
 
 SUBJECT TITLES. 
 
 176,364 
 
 169,812 
 3,137 
 2,983 
 
 352,296 
 
 Volumes. Pamphlets. Book titles. 
 
 85,663 1 
 86,248 ' 
 
 6,089 ! 
 
 2,644 I 
 
 151,504 
 
 166,291 
 
 1,702 
 
 4,389 
 
 -I- 
 
 180,644 j 323,8 
 
 168,537 
 
 136,405 
 
 4.537 
 
 2,700 
 
 Journal 
 articles. 
 
 511,112 
 
 645,557 
 
 29,602 
 
 29,504 
 
 312,179 1,215,775 
 
 914 
 141 
 241 
 
 Robert E. Noble, 
 Brig. General, Medical Department, U. 8. A., 
 
 librarian, 8. G. 0. 
 
SECOND ADDITION 
 
 TO THE 
 
 ALPHABETICAL LIST 
 
 OP 
 
 ABBREVIATIONS OF TITLES 
 
 OF 
 
 MEDICAL PERIODICALS 
 
 PUBLISHED IN THE 
 
 TWENTY-FIRST VOLUME, SECOND SERIES 
 
 OP THE 
 
 INDEX CATALOGUE. 
 
 J®"For explanations, see the Alphabetical List of Titles, etc., in Vol. XXI, 2. s. 
 
 A. 
 
 Abhandl. a. d. Geb. 
 Foxsch.., Bonn. 
 
 d. Sex.- 
 
 Abhandl. d. k. bayer. Akad. d. 
 Wiasensch.. Dlath.-pliys. Kl. 
 
 Abhandl. 
 Berl. 
 
 a. d. Neurol, [etc.], 
 
 Album Am. Oynec. Soc, Phila., 
 1918. 
 
 Alumni Keg. tTniv. Penn., Fbila. 
 Am. Anat. Mem., Phila. 
 Am. Architect, N. Y. 
 
 Am. Ass. Study Feeble-minded. 
 Proc, N. Y. 
 
 Am. Child, N. Y. 
 
 Am. Hist. 
 Wash. 
 
 Ass. Ann. 
 
 Bep., 
 
 LSH. 
 
 Am. J. Phys. Anthrop., Wash. 
 
 Abhandlun|;en aus dem Gebiete der Sexualforschung. Heraus- 
 gegeben un Auftrage der Gesellschaft fur Sexualforschung. 
 Bonn. V. 1, 1918-19. 8°- 
 
 Abhandlungen der koniglich bayerischen Akademie der Wissen- 
 Bchaften. Mathematisch-physikalische Klasse. Munchen. 
 V. 21-26, 1904-14; suppL, v. 1-2, 190&-14. 4°- 
 
 Abhandlungen aus der Neurologie, Psychiatrie, Psychologic und 
 ihren Grenzgebieten: Beihefte zur Monatsschrift fiir Psychia- 
 trie und Neurologie. Berlin. 1918. 8°. 
 
 Academia nacional de medicina. [See Gac. m6d. de Caracas.] 
 
 Album of the Fellows of the American Gynecological Society 
 1876-1917. Philadelphia. 1918. 8° 
 
 Alumni Register (The) University of Pennsylvania. Philadel- 
 phia. V. 5-21, 1900-1901 to 1918-19. 8°. 
 
 American (The) Anatomical Memoirs. Philadelphia. No. 8-9, 
 1918-19. 8° [Continuation of: Mem. Wistar Inst.] 
 
 American (The) Architect. New York. v. 115, 1919. 4°. 
 
 American Association of Museums. [See Museiun Work.] 
 
 American Association for the Study of the Feeble-minded. Pro- 
 ceedings and addresses of the forty-second annual session, held 
 at Bufialo, New York, May 31 and June 1, 1918. New York, 
 1918. 8°. [ContiDuation of: J. Psycho-Asth.] 
 
 v. 1, 1919. 8°. [Continua- 
 
 American (The) Child. New York, 
 tion of: Child Labor Bull.] 
 
 American Gynecological Society. [See Album Am. Gynec. Soc] 
 
 American Historical Association. Annual report. 1916. Wash- 
 ington, B.C. V. 1,1919. 8°. 
 
 American Journal of Physical Anthropology. Washington v 1 
 1918. 8°. 
 
 96808°— Vol. II, 3d series— 19- 
 
[2] 
 
 Am. J. Vet. Med., Chicago. 
 
 Amazon, med., Ilanaos. 
 
 Aa. Fac. de med., Montevideo. 
 
 Ann. Applied Biol., I<ond. 
 
 Anthrop. Pap. Am. Mus. Nat. 
 Hist., N. T. 
 
 Arch, di chim., farmacog. [etc.], 
 Soma. 
 
 Arch, f . Kriminol., Leipz. 
 
 Arch. nSerl. de physiol., LaHaye, 
 
 Arch. Neurol. & Psychiat., Chi- 
 cago. , 
 
 Arch. Neurol. & Psychiat. Path. 
 Lab., Lond. 
 
 Ausstell. Kriegsbeschadigt. Fiir- 
 Borgein Deutschl., Dresd. 
 
 American Journal of Veterinary Medicine. 
 1918. 8°. 
 
 Chicago. 
 
 13, 
 
 American Museum of Natural History. [See Anthrop. Pap. Am. 
 Mus. Nat. Hist., N. Y.] 
 
 American Orthopaedic Association. [See J. Orthop. Surg., Bost.] 
 
 Amazonas medico, orrao oflacial da Sociedade de medicina e cirur- 
 gia do Amazonaa. Manaos. 2. s., v. 2, 1919. 8°. 
 
 Anales de la Facultad de medicina; publicados bajo la direccidn 
 del decano de la facultad. Montevideo, v. 4, 1919. 8°. 
 
 Annals (The) of Applied Biology. The official organ of the Asso- 
 ciation of Economic Biologists. London, v. 5, 1918. 8° 
 
 Anthropological Papers of the American Museum of "Natural His- 
 tory. New York. v. 23, 1918. 8°. 
 
 Archivio di chimica, farmacognosia e scienze affini, fondato e 
 diretto dal dott. Ruggero Ravasini. Roma. v. 7, 1918. 8°. 
 [Continuation of: Arcn. di farmacog. [etc.].] 
 
 Archiv ftir Kriminologie. Leipzig, v. 70, 1919. 8°. [Continua- 
 tion of: Arch. f. Krim.-Anthxop. u. KriminaHst., Leipz.] 
 
 Archives n^erlandaises de physiologie de I'homme et des ani- 
 maux. La Haye. v. 3, 1918. 8°. 
 
 Archives of Neiu-ology and Psychiatry. Chicago, v. 1, 1919. 8°. 
 
 Archives of Neurology and Psychiatry from the Pathological Lab- 
 oratory of the London County Asyliuns. London, v. 4, 1909. 
 8°. [Continuation of: Arch. Neurol. Path. Lab. Lond. County 
 Asyl. Calybury, Lond.] 
 
 Association beige de m^decine sociale. 
 de raid, soc] 
 
 [See Bull, de I'Ass. beige 
 
 Association of Economic Biologists. 
 
 [See Ann. Applied Biol.] 
 
 [See Boll. d. Ass. 
 
 Associazione italiana pro piaiite medicinali. 
 ital. p. piante med.]^ 
 
 Ausgtellung "Die Kriegsbeschadigten-Fursorge in Deutschland," 
 veranstaltet vom National-Hygiene-Museum, neues Aiwstel- 
 lungseebaude Linn&trasse, Dezember 1917 — ^Januar 1918. 
 Dresden, 1917. 8°. 
 
 B. 
 
 Ber. ii. d. Verhandl. d. k. sachs. 
 Gesellsch. d. Wissensch. zu 
 Leipz. Math.-phys. CI. 
 
 Boll. d. Ass. ital. p. piante med., 
 MUano. 
 
 Boll. d. Federaz. naz. d. com. d. 
 assist, ai mil, ciechi [etc.], 
 Boma. 
 
 Bull, de I'Acad. d. sc. 
 Montpellier. 
 
 de 
 
 Bull, de I'Ass. beige de mSd. 
 soc, Brux. 
 
 Bull. Bur. Standards, Wash. 
 
 Bull. Chicago Municip. Tuberc. 
 Sanit. 
 
 Bull. Colorado Dental Ass., 
 Denver. 
 
 Bull. Dep. Health Maine, Au- 
 gusta. 
 
 Berichte fiber die Verhandlungen der koniglich sachsischen Ge- 
 sellschaft der Wissenschaften zu Leipzig. Mathematisch- 
 physischeClasse. Leipzig. 59 v. (boundan 29). 1849-1907. 8°. 
 
 BoUettino della Associazione italiana pro piante medicinali, 
 aromatiche ed altre utili. Milano. v. 1, 1918. 8°. 
 
 BoUettino della Federazione nazionale dei comitati di assistenza 
 ai militari ciechi, Btorpi, mutilati. Roma. v. 1-2, 1916-17. 
 roy. 8°. 
 
 British Orthopaedic Association. [See J. Orthop. Surg., Bost.] 
 
 Bulletin de I'Acad^mie des sciences et lettresde Montpellier. 
 1918-19. Montpellier, 1919, 8°. [Continuation o^ Bull, 
 mens, de I'Acad. d. sc. . . . de Montpellier.] 
 
 Bulletin de I'Assodation beige de m^decine sociale. Bruxelles 
 V. 1, 1913. 8°. 
 
 Bulletin Bureau of Standards, United States Department of Com- 
 merce. Washington, D. C. v. 14, 1918. 8°. 
 
 BuUetin of City of Chicago Municipal Tuberculosis Sanitarium 
 Chicago. V. 1, 1918. 8°. 
 
 Bulletin of the Colorado State Dental Association. Denver Nos- 
 9, 11, 1918-19. 8°. 
 
 Bulletin of the State Department of Health of Maine Augusta 
 N. s., V. 1, 1918. 8°. 
 
Oanad. J. Ment. Hyg., Toronto. 
 Carry On, Wash. 
 
 Child, Lond. 
 
 Clin. med. spec, KEilano. 
 
 Crouse-Irving BulL, Syracuse. 
 
 [3] 
 
 C. 
 
 Canadian Journal of Mental Hygiene. Toronto, v. 1, 1919. 8° 
 
 Carry On; published by the Surgeon General's OflSce, Washington, 
 D. C. V. 1, 1919. 8°. 
 
 Central Society of Physical Therapeutists. [See Proc. Centr. Soc. 
 Phys. Therap.] 
 
 Chicago Municipal Tuberculosis Sanitarium. [See Bull. Chicago 
 Municip. Tuberc. Sanit.] 
 
 Child (The), a monthly journal. London, v. 10, 1919. 8°. 
 
 Clinica medica specializzata. Milano. [1918.] 8°- 
 
 Colorado State Dental Association. [See Bull. Colorado Dental 
 Ass.] 
 
 Congreso cientffico (pan-americano). [See Trab. d. Cong, cient. 
 (pan-amer.).] 
 
 Congreso mMico nacional. [See Rev. m^d., Puebla.] 
 
 Congreso nacional de tabardillo. [See Mem. y actasd. Cong. nac. 
 d. tabardillo, M4xico.] 
 
 Crouse-Irving (The) Bulletin. Syracuse, v. 4, 1917. 8°. 
 
 D. 
 
 Deutsche Gesellschaft fttr angewandte Enrtomologie. [See Ztschr. 
 f. ang. Entomol.] 
 
 Deutscher Verein fiir oftentliche Gesundheitspflege. [See Oef- 
 fentl. Gsndhtspflg., Bmschwg.] 
 
 E. 
 
 Ersatzglieder u. Arb.-HiUen i. 
 Kriegsbeachadigte [etc.], Berl. 
 
 Egypt. Department of Public Health. [See Rep. Pub. Health 
 Lab., Cairo.] 
 
 Ersatzglieder und Arbeitshilfen fiir Kriegsbeschadigte imd IJn- 
 fallverletzte. Berlin. 1919. 8°. 
 
 Escuela m^dico-militar, Mexico. [See Rev. de cien. m^d. de la 
 Escuela m6d.-mil.] 
 
 F. 
 
 Facultad de medicina. Montevideo. [See An. Fac. de med., 
 -Montevideo.] 
 
 Federazione nazionale dei comitati di assistenza ai militari ciechi, 
 storpi, mutilati. [See Boll. d. Federaz. naz. d. com. d. assist. 
 ai mil. ciechi.] 
 
 G. 
 
 Gac. ni3d. de Caracas. 
 
 Gazz. med. napolet. 
 Oenetica, 's Gravenh. 
 
 Gior. p. lamorfol. d. uomo [etc.], 
 Favia. 
 
 Gaceta medica de Caracas. (!>rgano de la Academia nacional de 
 medicina. Caracas, v. 26,1919. 4° 
 
 Gazzetta medica napoletana. Napoli. v. 1-2, 1918-19. 4°. 
 
 Genetica. Nederlandsch tijdschrift voor erfelijkheids- en afstam- 
 mingaleer. 's Gravenhage. Deel 1, 1919. 8°. 
 
 Giomale per la morfologia dell' uomo e dei primati. Pavia. v. 1, 
 1917. 8° 
 
H. 
 
 Halbmonatsschr. f. soz. Hyg. 
 [etc.], BerL 
 
 Harvard AlnTtrni Bull., Bost. 
 
 Halbmonateschrift fiir soziale Hygiene und praktische Medizin. 
 Berlin, v. 24, 1916. 4°. [Continuation of: Med. Kefonn.] 
 
 Harvard Alumni Bulletin; published weekly during the collie 
 year. Boston. 1918. 8°. 
 
 Harvard University. [See Off. Reg. Harvard Univ.] 
 
 I. 
 
 Ig^ene e vita, Boma. 
 must. med. itaL 
 
 Insecutor [f tc.], Wash. 
 
 Inter-AUled Confer. After-Care 
 Disabled Men, Ijond. 
 
 Intemat. Ass. Dairy & Milk 
 Insp., Wash. 
 
 Italia son., Boma. 
 
 Igiene (L') e la vita. Roma. v. 2, 1919. 8°. 
 
 Illuatrazione (L') medica itaUana. Geneva, v. 1, 1919. fol. 
 
 Imperial Cancer Research Fund. [See Scient. Rep. Imp. Cancer 
 Research Fund.] 
 
 Insecutor inscitiae menstruus; a monthly journal of entomology. 
 Washington, D. C. v. 1, 1913. 8°. 
 
 Institute of Tropical Medicine and Hyriene of Porto Rico. [See 
 Rep. & Coll. Stud. Inst. Trop. Med. Porto Rico.] 
 
 Inter-AlUed (The) Conference on the After-Care of Disabled Men, 
 second annual meeting held in London, May 20 to 25, 1918. 
 Reporfa presented to the confereiice. London, v. 2, 1918. 8°. 
 
 Intemational Association of Dairy and Milk Inspectors. Fourth 
 annual report; including papers read at the annual convention 
 in Washington, D. C, Oct. 27-29, 1915. Washington, D. C. 
 1916. 8°. 
 
 Italia (L') sanitaria. Roma. v. 1, 1919. fol. 
 
 J. 
 
 J. Dent. Research, Bait. 
 
 J. Gen. Physiol., Bait. 
 
 J. Indust. Hyg., N. Y. & Bost. 
 
 J. Orthop. Surg., Bost. 
 
 J. BoentgenoL, lowaCSty. 
 
 Jahresb. ii. d. Fortschr. . . . 
 CMr., Wiesb. 
 
 JoTimal of Dental Research. Baltimore, v. I, 1919. 8°. 
 
 Journal (The) of General Physiology. Baltimore, v. 1, 1918. 8°. 
 
 Journal (The) of Industrial Hygiene. New York & Boston, v. 1, 
 1919. 8°. 
 
 The official publication of 
 the American Orthopaedic Association and of the British Ortho- 
 
 Journal (The) of Orthopaedic Siu-gery, 
 the American Orthopaedic ASsociati 
 psedic Association. [Monthly.] Boston. V. 1, 1919. 8° 
 
 Journal (The) of Roentgenology; published quarterly by the 
 Western Roentgen Society. Iowa City. v. 2, 1919. 8°. 
 
 Jahresbericht fiber die Fortschritte auf dem Gebiete der Chinirgie. 
 Wiesbaden, v. 21, 1917. 8° 
 
 K. 
 
 Kriegsarztl. Vortr., Jena. 
 
 Kaiserliche Universitat zu Sendai. [See Mitt. a. d. path. Inst. d. 
 k. Univ. zu Sendai.] 
 
 Koniglich bayerische Akademie der Wissenschaften. [See Ab- 
 handl. d. k. bayer. Akad. d. Wissensch. Math.-phys. Kl.] 
 
 K6niglich sachsische Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften. [See Ber. 
 u. a. Verhandl. d. k. sachs. Gesellsch. d. Wissensch. zu Leipz.] 
 
 Kriegsarztliche Vortrage. Wahrend des Kneses 1914-1917 an 
 den kriegsarztlichen Abenden in Berlin gehalten. Jena. v. 5. 
 _1918. 8°- 
 
 L. 
 
 London County Asylums. 
 Lab., Lond.J 
 
 [See Arch. Neurol. & Psychiat. Path. 
 
[5] 
 
 M. 
 
 Uatemity & Child Welfare, 
 liond. 
 
 lied. Econ., Brooklyn. 
 
 Med. ibera, Madrid. 
 
 Med. Quart., Ottawa. 
 
 Med.-techn. Mitt., Jena. 
 
 MededeeL u. h. eeneesk. lab. te 
 Weltevreden, Batavia. 
 
 Mem. y actas d. Cong. nac. d. ta- 
 bariullo, Mexico. 
 
 Mich. Out-of-Doors, Ann Arbor.' 
 
 Mitt. a. d. path. Inst. d. k. TTniv. 
 zu Sendai. 
 
 Mod. Med., Chicago. 
 
 Month. Bull. Mass. Dep. Health, 
 Bost. 
 
 Month. Bull. Penn. Dep. liabor, 
 Harrisb. 
 
 Municip. Engin. & San. Bee, 
 Lon(£ 
 
 Museum Work, Providence. 
 Mycologia, Xiancaster, Pa. 
 
 Maine. State Department of Health. [See Bull. Dep. Health 
 Maine.] 
 
 Massachusetts Department of Health. [See Month. Bull. Mass. 
 Dep. Health.] 
 
 Maternity and Child Welfare. [Monthly.] London, v. 1, 1917. 
 8°. 
 
 Medical (The) Economist, Brooklyn, v. 6, 1918. 8° 
 
 Medicina (La) ibera; revista semanal de medicina y cirugia. 
 Madrid, v. 6, 1919. 8°. 
 
 Medical Quarterly, Department of Soldiers' Civil Re-establish- 
 ment, Canada. Ottawa, v. 1, 1919. 8" 
 
 Medizinisch-techniache MitteUungen aus den Gebieten der in- 
 strumentellen Technik einschl. Heil-Apparate und Kranken- 
 mobel, Elektromedizin, Optik, mediziniBchen Chemie und 
 Nahniuttel, Balneologie tmd Badereinrichtungen. Jena. v. 1, 
 
 1918. 4°. 
 
 Mededeelingen uit het geneeskundi^ laboratorium te Welte- 
 vreden. BTirgerlijken geneeskundigen dienst in Nederlandsch- 
 Indie. Batavia. 3. s., v. 1, 1918. 4°. 
 
 Memorias y actas del Congrpso nacional del tabardillo; verificado 
 en la Ciudad de Mexico del 14 al 21 de enero de 1919. Mexico. 
 V. 1, 1919. 8° 
 
 Michigan Anti-tuberculosis Association. [See Michigan Out-of 
 Doors.] 
 
 Michigan Out-of-Doors; issued quarterly by the Michigan Anti- 
 tuberculosis Association. Ann Arbor. 1918. 8°. 
 
 Mitteilungen aus dem pathologischen Institut der kaiserHchen 
 Universitat zu Sendai. Sendai, Japan, v. 1, 1919. 8° 
 
 Modem Medicine; published monthly. Chicago, v. 1, 1919. 4°. 
 
 Monthly Bulletin Massachusetts Department of Health. Boston. 
 V. 5, 1918. 8°. 
 
 Monthly Bulletin Pennsylvania Department of Labor and Indus- 
 try. Harrisburg. v. 4, 1917. 8°.' 
 
 Municipal Engineering and the Sanitary Record. London, v. 63, 
 
 1919. 8°. [Continuation of: San. Rec] 
 
 Museum Work, including the Proceedings of the American Asso- 
 ciation of Museums. Providence, R. I. 1919. 8°. 
 
 Mycologia; published bimonthly. Lancaster, Pa. v. 11, 1919. 
 8° [Continuation of : J. MycoL] 
 
 N. 
 
 Nat. Tuberc. Ass. Tr., N. Y. 
 
 Xeurotherapie, Amst. 
 
 National Tuberculosis Association; transactions of the fourteenth 
 annual meeting. New York. v. 14, 1918. 8°. [Continuation 
 of: Nat. Ass. Study & Prev. Tuberc. Tr.] 
 
 Neurotherapie. Amsterdam, v. 1, 1919. 8°. [Supplement of: 
 Psychiat. en Neurol. Bl.] 
 
 New York and New England Association of Railway Surgeons. 
 [See Tr. N. York & N. Eng. Ass. Railway Surg., N. Y.j 
 
 New York Zoological Society, 
 thologica, N. Y.] 
 
 North Carolina Dental Society. 
 Soc] 
 
 [See Zoologica, N. Y. Also: Zoopa- 
 [See Proc. North Car. Dental 
 
[6] 
 
 O. 
 
 OefEentl. Gsndhtspflg., Bm- 
 schwg. 
 
 Off. Beg. Harvard TTniv., Cam- 
 bridge. 
 
 Oeffentliche Qesundheitspflege mit besonderer Berucksichtigung 
 der kommunalen und sozialen Hygiene. Organ des Deut- 
 Bchen Vereins fiir Sffentliche Gesundheitspflege. Braunschweig. 
 V.' 1,''1916, 8°. [Continuation of: Deutsche Vrtljschr. f. off. 
 Gsndhtspflg;] - "' 
 
 Official Register of Harvard TJidversity. Reports of the presi- 
 dent and the treasurer, 1917-18. Cambridge. 1919. 8°/ 
 
 P. 
 
 Phytopathology, Bait. 
 
 Proc. Centr. Soc. Phys. Tberap., 
 :. CShicagoj 
 
 ' Proc. North Car. Dent. Soc, 
 Baleigh. 
 
 Pub. Health Nurse, Cleveland. 
 Pubb. d. stazione zool. dj Napoli. 
 
 Panama Pacific'Dental Congress. [See Tr. Panama-Pacific Dent. 
 . Cong.] • •. . - 
 
 Penhsylvaiiia Departinent of Labor and Industry. [See Month. 
 ■ Bull. Penn. Dep. Labor.] 
 
 Phytopathology. Baltimore, v. 9, 1919. 8°. 
 
 Proceedin§;8 of the first ajjnu^l convention of the Central Society 
 of :.Physieaf Therapeutists, held at. Atlantic Hotel, Chicago, 
 Illinois,'Sept. SOtoOct. 1,2, 1918. Chicago. 1 v. 1918. 8°.. 
 
 Proceedings oi the North Caroliaa. Dental Society, held at Durham, 
 North Carolint^, June 27-29, 1917, forty-third annual meeting. 
 Raleigh. 1917. 8°. 
 
 Public (The) Health Nurse. Cleveland, v. 10, 1918. 8°. 
 
 Pubblicazioni della stazione zoologica di Napoli. Milano. v. 1, 
 1916, 8°. - . , ^ - 
 
 Q. 
 
 Quart. J. Speech Educ, IVCena- 
 sha, Wis. 
 
 Quart. IKL Clin., St. Louis. 
 
 Quarterly Journal (The) of Speech Education. Menasha, Wis. 
 v. 5, 1919. 8°. 
 
 Quarterly. Medical Clinics; a series of- consecutive clinical dem- 
 onstrations and lectures by Frank Smithies. St. Louis, v. 1, 
 1919. 8°. 
 
 B. 
 
 Bac. di mem. bioL, Boma.. . 
 
 Bep. & Collect. Stud. Inst. Trop. 
 Med. Porto Bico, San Juan. 
 
 Bep. Direct.-Gen. Pub. Health, 
 N. S. Wales,~Sydney; - - — 
 
 B6p. Pub. Health. Lab., Cairo. 
 
 Bep. Surg. Staff Woman's Hdsp. 
 
 Bev. de cien. med. de la Escuela 
 mgd.-miL, XESxico. 
 
 Bev. cubana de obstet. y. ginec, 
 Habana. 
 
 Bev. cubana de oftal., Habana. 
 
 Bev. espafi. de med. y cirug., 
 Barcel. 
 
 Raccolta di memorie biologiche. Roma. No. 1, 1915. 8°. 
 
 Reports and Collected Studies from the Institute of Tropical Medi- 
 cine and Hygiene of Porto Rico. San Juan. v. 1, 1913-17. 8°. 
 
 Report of the Director-General of Public Health, New South 
 - WaleB,-for the yearended 31st December, 1916.- Sydney. 1918. 
 fol, 
 
 Reports and Notes of the Public Health Laboratories, Ministry of 
 the Interior, Egypt. Department of Public Health. Cairo. 
 1918. 4°- 
 
 Report on the scientific work of the Surgical Staff of the Woman's 
 Hospital of the State of New York. New York. Iv. 1918. 8°. 
 
 Revista da ciencias m^dicas de la Escuela m^dico-militar; 6rga,no 
 de la Sociedad de alumnos de la Escuela. Mexico. 2" 6poca 
 V. 3,1919-20. 8°. ^ ' 
 
 Revista cubana de obstetricia y ginecologfa. Habana. v. 1, 1919. 
 
 Revista cubana de oftalmologla. Habana. v. 1, 1919. 8° 
 
 Revista espaflola de medicina y cirugia. Barcelon* 
 8°. 
 
 V. 2, 1919. 
 
m 
 
 Bev. masdllo-fac., Far. 
 
 Bev. in€d., Fuebla. 
 
 Bev. m^d. del Bosario. 
 
 Beveille, Loud. 
 Eiv. di biol., Boma. 
 
 La revue maxillo-faciale. MMeciue, chiruigie, prothfese, ortho- 
 p6die, bucco-dentaires. H. Villain, admimstrateur-g^rant. 
 Paris. V. 3, 1919. 8°. [Continuation of: Restauration maxillo- 
 fac] 
 
 Revista Ba^dica. Publicaci6n iniciada en el V. Congreso medico 
 nacional. Puebla. v. 1, 1918. 4°. 
 
 Revista m^dica del Rosario (Repiiblica Argentina); 6rgano del 
 circulo medico. Rosario de Santa F6. v. 9, 1919. 8° 
 
 Reveille. Edited by John Galsworthy. London, v. 1, 1918. 8° 
 
 Rivista di biologia. Roma. v. 1, 1919. 8° 
 
 s. 
 
 Scient. Bep. Imp. Cancer Be- 
 search Fund, Lond. 
 
 Seale Hayne NeiiroL Stud., 
 Lond. 
 
 SiciUaospedal., Falenuo. 
 
 Stud. Hist. & Sleth. Sc, Oxford. 
 
 Surv. Head Surg., Wash. 
 
 Scientific Report on the Investigations of the Imperial Cancer 
 Research Fund ; by direction of the Royal College of Physicians, 
 London. London, v. 6, 1919. 8°. 
 
 Seale Hayne Neurological Studies. London, v. 1, 1918. 8°. 
 
 Siqilia (La) ospedaliera. Palermo; v. 8, 1918. 8°- 
 
 Studies in the History and Method of Science; edited by Charles 
 Singer. Oxford. 1 v. 1917. 4°. 
 
 Survey of Head Surgery; prepared by the Division of Surgery of 
 the Head in the Office of the Surgeon General. Washington, 
 D. C. V. 1, 1918. 8°. 
 
 T. 
 
 Tr. N. York & N. Eng. Ass. Bail- 
 way Surg. , N. Y. 
 
 Tr. Fanama-Facific Dent. Cong., 
 N. Y. 
 
 Trab. d. Cong, cient. (pan^- 
 amer.), Santiago de Chile. 
 
 Transactions of the New York and Nev England Association of 
 Railway Surgeons. New York. v. 26, 1916. 8°. 
 
 Transactions of the Panama-Pacific Dental Congress, held at San 
 Francisco, Cal., U. S. A., August 30 to September 9, 1915. New 
 York. 3v. 1915. 8°. 
 
 Trabajos del cuarto Congreso cientffico (I" pan-americano), cele- 
 brado en Santiago de Chile del 25 de diciembre de 1908 al 5 
 enero de 1909. Trabajos de las ciencias m^dicas e higiene, V. 
 seccidn. Santiago de Chile. Iv. 1909. 8°. 
 
 u. 
 
 University of Pennsylvania. [See Alumni Reg. Univ. Perm.] 
 
 V. 
 
 Verhandl. d. feldarztl. Tag. d. 
 k. k. Atmee Lemb., Wien & 
 Leipz. 
 
 Verhandlungen der feldarztlichen Tagung bei der k. u. k. 2. 
 Armee Lemberg, 20. bis 22. Febniar 1917. Wien & Leipzig. 
 
 1917. 8°. 
 
 w. 
 
 War Med., Far. 
 
 War Medicine; published by the American Red Cross Society in 
 Prance for the Medical Officers of the American Expeditionary 
 Forces. Paris, v. 2, 1918. 8°. [Continuation of: Med. BuU., 
 Par.] 
 
 Western Roentgen Society. [See J. Roentgenol., Iowa City.] 
 
 Wistar Institute. [See Am. Anat. Mem.] 
 
 Woman's Hospital, New York. [See Rep. Surg. Staff Woman's 
 Hosp.] 
 
[8] 
 
 Z. 
 
 Zoolo^ca, N. 7. 
 Zoopathologica, TSt. T. 
 
 Ztschr. f. ang. Entomol., Berl. 
 
 Ztschr. f . BevSlkmgspolit. [etc.], 
 licipz. 
 
 Zoologica. Scientific contributions of the New York Zoological 
 Soaety. New York. v. 1-2, 1907-19. 8°. 
 
 Zoopathologica. Scientific contributions of the New York Zoo- 
 logical Society on the diseases of animals. New York. v. 1, 
 1917. 8°. 
 
 Zeitschrift fiii angewandte Entomologie. Zugleich_ Organ der 
 Deutschen Gesellschaft fiir angewandte Entomologie. Berlin. 
 V. 4, 1917. 8°. 
 
 Zeitschrift fvir Bevolkerungspolitik und Sauglingsfursorge. [Con- 
 tinuation of: Ztschr. f. Sauglingsfflrsorge.] Leipzig, v. 9, 
 1916; 8°. 
 
CATALOGUE. 
 
 ARNAL. 
 
 ARNAULT DE NOBLEVILLE. 
 
 Arnal (Albert-Emile). *Luxation8 trapdzo-m6ta^ 
 
 carpiennes. 51 pp. 8°- Paris, 1905, No; 181. 
 Arnal (A[ntoine- Albert]) [1880- ]. *De la 
 
 toxicity des viandes, de celle de pore en parti- 
 
 culier. Faut-il empgcher la consommation de 
 
 cette dernifere pendant I'^t^? 44 pp., 11. 8°- 
 
 Montpellier, 1903, No. 7. 
 Arnal (Augusta). *Du traitement local des 
 
 syphilides muqueuses eecondaires par le bleu de 
 
 m^thylfene. 56 pp. 8° Paris, 1904. 
 Arnal (Emile) [1870^ ]. *De I'intervention 
 
 chirurgicale dans la rupture traumatique des 
 
 kystes de' I'ovaire. 69 pp., 11. 8° Paris, 
 
 1898, No. 454. 
 Arnal (Henri) [1888- ]. *Les complications 
 
 urinaires de I'appendicitfe. 53 pp. 8°. Mont- 
 
 pellier, 1913, No. 89. 
 Arnal (Henry). *Contribution & I'^tude de I'ut^- 
 
 rusBdnile. 184 pp., 2pl., 1 1. 8° Pam, 1905, 
 
 No. 443. 
 Arnal (Louis- Victor-Franfois-Marie) [1874- ]. 
 
 *De la tuberculose testiculaire et de ses divers 
 
 traitements chez I'adulte et chez I'enfant. 68 
 
 pp. 8°. Lille, 1900, No. 147. 
 Arnal (Eaoul). *De la cure radicale des sinusites 
 
 maxillaires chroniques par voie endonasale; 
 
 m^thode de Rethi-Claou6, compl6t^e par Mahu. 
 
 63 pp. 8° Paris, 1912, No. 190. 
 Arnaldi (Carlo). Igiene nuova; medicina niiova; 
 
 lezioni. v. 1. xvi, 150 pp., front. 8°. Usdo 
 
 (Genova), Colonia della salute " Carlo Arnaldi," 
 
 1913. 
 Arnaldus de Villa Xora. See Amoldus de 
 
 Villa Nova. 
 Arnaoudoff (Theodore) [1874- ]. *Contribu- 
 
 tion k J'^tude des tuberculides cutan4es et 
 
 particuliferement de la forme acnitis. 88 pp. 
 
 8°. Lyon, 1902, No. 4. 
 Arnau (R. Ruiz). Influencia en la medicina del 
 
 cartlcter de los pueblos. 109 pp. 16°. Puerto 
 
 Rico, 1904. 
 Arnaud. De la conservation des dents; suivi de 
 
 quelques renseignements sur I'^lixir dentrifice 
 
 des RR. PP. B6n6dictins de Soulac (Gironde). 
 
 28 pp. 24°. Bordeaux, A. Bellier, [n. rf.]. 
 Arnaud (Aim^) [1879- ]. *Contribution k 
 
 I'etude de I'amputation ost^oplastique femoro- 
 
 rotulienne (proc6d6 de Gritti). 30 pp. 8°. 
 
 Montpellier, 1913, No. 101. 
 Arnaud (Angelo). Casuistica medica. Sei os- 
 
 servazioni cUniche raccolte ed annotate. 48 pp., 
 
 5 pi., 1 ch. 8°. CuneOjfrat. Isoardi, 1905. 
 Arnaud (Charles) [1879- ]. *De Panesth^sie 
 
 discontinue en cnirurgie gastrique et intestinale. 
 
 71 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1905, No. 157. 
 Arnaud (Franpois). Etudes sur le phosphore et le 
 
 phosphorisme prbfessionnel. 382 pp. 8°. Paris, 
 
 J.-B. Baillihe & fits, 1897. 
 Arnaud (Guillaume). *Consid^rations sur les 
 
 metastases laiteuses. Ip. l.,45pp. 8°. Mont- 
 pellier, an XI [1803]. 
 
 96808°— Vol. II, 3d series— 19 1 
 
 Arnaud (Jean) [1889- ]. *De PhiSmipl^gie 
 chez les tab^tiques. 43 pp. 8° Montpellier, 
 1911, No. 124. 
 
 Arnaud (Joseph) [1878- ]. *Essai sur la hemie 
 p^riduod^nale droite. 58 pp., 1 1. 8° Lyon, 
 1903, No. 190. 
 
 Arnaud (L6once) [1883- ]. *Le traitement des 
 p6ritonites diffuses aigues. 351 pp. 8°. Lyon, 
 1911, No. 131. 
 
 Arnaud (Louis) [1882^ ]. . *Des stenoses in- 
 fiammatoiresdu rectum. Stenoses syphilitiques, 
 tuberculeuses, blennorragiques, etc. Traite- 
 ment chirurgical et r^sultats 61oign6s. 124 pp. 
 8°. Lyon, 1905, No. 73. 
 
 Arnaud (Louis) [1886- ]. *Contribution k 
 retude de la torsion des p^dicules des kystes de 
 I'ovaire (pathog^nie et diagnostic). 43 pp. 8°- 
 Montpellier, 1911, No. 71. 
 
 Arnaud (Luigi). Lo zucchero nelPalimentazione 
 del bambino; note di igiene, fisiologia e di 
 clinica. 15 pp. 8°. Torino, A. Locatelli, 1899. 
 
 . La sala incubatrice nell'ospizio dell' in- 
 
 fanzia abandonnata di Torino. Contribute alio 
 studio della fisiopatologia dei neonati prema- 
 turi. 25 pp. ,8°. Torino, A. Locatelli, 1900. 
 
 Arnaud (0.) Etude g&erale sur I'assainissement 
 des 6tablissements coUeetifs; casernes, hSpitaux, 
 crfeches, asiles, 6coles et lycees. 247 pp. 8°. 
 Limoges, Ve. H. Ducourtieux, 1900. 
 
 Arnaud (Pascal) [1858- ]. *Contribution k 
 r etude des urethrites li^es aux retrecissements 
 de I'urfethre. 54 pp. 8°. Paris, 1898, No. 362. 
 
 Arnaud (Paul). *La nirvaine et ses applications 
 en chirurgie. xii, 13-48 pp., 2 1. 8°. Montpel- 
 lier, 1900, No. 79. 
 
 Arnaud (Paul) [1876- ]. *La tarsectomie 
 interne dans le pied plat, valgus douloureux 
 invetere. 38 pp., 1 1. 8° Montpellier, 1903, 
 No. 62. 
 
 Arnaud (Paul) [1879- ]. *La rougeole en 1904 
 k la Charite chez les filles. 52 pp. 8°. Lyon, 
 1905, No. 159. 
 
 Arnaud (Roger) [1888- ]. *Contribution k 
 retude de quelques precedes pratiques de 
 I'examen de I'audition. 63 pp. 8°. Mont- 
 pellier, 1915, No. 23 
 
 Arnaudet (Jean). *De la lipemie chez les diabe- 
 tiques. 48 pp. 8°. Paris, 1909, No. 416. 
 
 Arnaudon (Marcel) [1884- ]. *L'actinomy- 
 cose cerebral. 110 pp., 2 pi. 8°. Paris, 1911, 
 No. 8. 
 
 Arnaudus (Alexander). 
 
 See Sylvius (Jacobus) [in 2. s.]. In Hippocratis et 
 Galenl physiologise partem anatomicam isagoge [etc.]. 
 16°. Parisiia, 1561. 
 
 Arnault (Charles) [1873- ]. *Contribution k 
 retude du traitement des fractures de la clavi- 
 cule. 39 pp. 8°. Paris, 1898, No. 232. 
 
 Arnault de NoblevUle. 
 
 See Geoffroy (Estienne-Francois) [in 2. s.]. Tractatus 
 de materia itedica [etc.]. 8°. Veneais, 1756-1760. 
 
ARNAUTOVIC. 
 
 ARNICA. 
 
 Arnautovie (Dobrivoje) [1876- ]. *Die kon- 
 
 genitale Syphilis, ihre Erkennimg und ihre Be- 
 
 handlung mit iSalvarsan. 28 pp. 8° Miinchen, 
 
 E, Frohlich, 1911. 
 Arnavieltae (Joseph-Marius-Polydore) [1866- ]. 
 
 Guide administratif k I'usage des m^decins des 
 
 corps de troupe. 320 pp. 8° Paris, H. Charles- 
 
 Lavauzelle, [1911]. 
 Arnd (Thankmar) [1878- ]. *Ueber die Ern- 
 
 wirkung von Semicarbazid auf Benzil, Benzoin 
 .und verwandte Stofie. 44 pp., 1 sheet, 1 1. 8°. 
 
 Kiel, H. Fienche, 1903. 
 Arndt (Arthur) [1883- ]. *Das Lebensalter der 
 
 Myomkranken in seiaer Bedeutung fiir die Indi- 
 
 kationsstellung zum operativen Eingriff. 30 pp. 
 
 8°. Freiburg i. Br., E. KuUruff, 1906. 
 Arndt (Curt). *Ueber normales und pathologi- 
 
 sches Schleimgewebe mit besonderer Beriick- 
 
 sichtigung der Blasenmole. 31pp. 8°. Gottirir 
 
 gen, W. F. Kastner, 1895. 
 Arndt (Curt [Bruno Camillo]) [1875- ]. *Ueber 
 
 Noma. 34 pp., 1 1. 8°.- Leipzig, E. LehmJann, 
 
 1910. 
 Arndt (Georg) [1874- ]. *Tod duxch Ueber- 
 
 fahrenwerden und Sturz aus der Hohe. 29 pp., 
 
 1 1. 8°. Marburg, 1899. 
 Arndt (Georg). *Ueber den gegenwartigen Stand 
 
 der Lehre von der Ruckenmarkserschutterung. 
 
 [Miinchen.] 27 pp. 8°. Wiesbaden, J. F. Berg- 
 
 mann, 1904. 
 Arndt (Gustav Johannes) [1872- ]. *Beitrage 
 
 zur Kenntnis des maUgnen Chorion-Epithelioms. 
 
 43 pp. 8° Breslau, 1900. 
 Arndt (Hans Gustav Friedrich) [1885- ]. 
 
 *Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Ketonanile und der 
 
 Einwirkung von Organomagnesiumverbindun- 
 
 gen auf Arylhydroxylamine. 47 pp. 8°- Er- 
 
 langen, E. T. Jacob, 1911. 
 Arndt (Heinrich). *De tumoribus cordis tuni- 
 
 catis. 20 pp., 2 pi. 4° Berlin, Maynian,18n. 
 Arndt (Hugo Reinhold). 
 
 See Hempel (Charles JuliusHin 2. s.]. Materia medica 
 
 and therapeutics [etc.). 8°. Chicago, 1880.— System (A) 
 
 of medicine [etc.] pm 2. s.]. 8°. Philadelphia, 1S85-6. 
 
 Arndt (Johannes) [1876- ]. *Das Verhalten 
 
 der Kalksalze in den Faeces und im Ham von 
 
 Sauglingen bei Darreichung gekochter und 
 
 ungekoditer Milch. 2p.l.,38pp. 8° Breslau, 
 
 1901. 
 Arndt (Max) . *Ein. Fall von Vesania typica legiti- 
 
 ma vera completa hysterica. 30 pp., 1 ch. 8°. 
 
 Greifswald, F. W. KuniJce, 1896. 
 Arndt (Rudolf [Gottlieb]) [1835-1900]. Was sind 
 
 Geisteskrankheiten? 50pp. 8°. Eallea.S.,C. 
 
 Marhold, 1897. 
 Samml. zwangl. Abhandl. a. d. Geb. d. Nerv.- u. Gei- 
 
 steskr., Halle a. S., 1897, ii, 1. Hit. 
 . Wie Ednd Geisteskrankheiten zu werthen? 
 
 62 pp. 8°. Halle a. 8., C. Marhold, 1900. 
 Samml. zwangl. Abhandl. a. d. Geb. d. Nerv.- u. Qei- 
 
 steski., Halle a. S., 1900, iii, 2. Hft. 
 
 For Biography, see Deutsche med. Wohnschr., Leipz. & 
 
 Berl., 1900, xxvi, 666 (A. E.). 
 
 Arndt (Theodor) [1889- ]. *Untersuchungen 
 uber die Wirkungen einiger neuer Derivate der 
 2-Phenylchinolin-4-carbonsaure im Vergleich 
 mit dem Atophan und Acitriii. [Breslau.] 28 
 pp. 8°. Gorlitz, 1914. 
 
 Arndt (Wilhelm) [1877- ]. *Zur Lehre von der 
 Entstehung des Speiserohrenkrebses. 12 pp., 
 1 1. 8°. Kiel, 1901. 
 
 Arng (Louis-Pierre [1884- ]. *De I'occlusion 
 intestinale au cours de I'appendicile. 68 pp. 8° 
 Bordeaux, 1908, No. 49. 
 
 Arneill (James Rae) [1869- J. Clinical diagno- 
 sis and urinalysis. A manual for students and 
 practitioners. Ed. by Victor Cox Pedersen. 
 244 pp., 1 pi. 12°. Philadelphia, Lea Bros. & 
 Co., 1905. 
 
 The same. 2. ed. , rev. and enl. 6, 17-270 
 
 pp., 1 col. pi. 8°. Philadelphia & New York, 
 Lea & FeUger, [1914]. 
 Arneman (Justus) [1763-1806]. Chirurgische Arz- 
 
 neymitteilehre. 3. Aufl. v, 210 pp., 6 1. 12° 
 
 Wien, 1799. 
 Arnemann [Ernst Otto]. Die AnomaUen des Ge- 
 
 schlechtstriebes und die Beurteilung von Sitt- 
 
 lichkeitsverbrechen. 32 pp. 8°. Leipzig, B. 
 
 Konegen, 1904. 
 . Ueber Jugendirresein (Dementia praecox). 
 
 47 pp. 12° Leipzig, B. Konegen, 1906. 
 Arneth (Joseph). *Glia und GUom. 71 pp. 8°. 
 
 Wilrzburg, P. Scheiner, 1897. 
 '-. *I)ie neutrophilen weissen Blutkoiper- 
 
 chen bei Infektions-Krankheiten. [Habilita- 
 
 tionsschrift.] 40 pp. 8° Wilriburg, H. Stiirtz, 
 
 1903. 
 
 Die neutrophilen weissen Blutkorperchen 
 
 bei Infektions-Krankheiten. 200. pp., 37 pi. 
 8° Jerm, G. Fischer, 1904. 
 
 ■■ — . Die. Lungenschwindsucht auf Grundlage 
 
 klinischer und experimenteller hamatologischer 
 Untersuchungen. Mit besonderer Berucksichti- 
 gung der sich in diagnostischer, prognostischer 
 und therapeutischer Hinsicht (speziell mit Be- 
 zug auf die Tuberkulinbehandlung) ergebenden 
 Gesichtsptjnkte. 105 pp., 2 pi. 8°. Leipzig, 
 J. A. Barth, 1905. 
 
 . Diagnose und Therapie der Anamien. 
 
 Nach funktionellen Gesichtspunkten auf Grund- 
 lage qualitativer Blutuntersuchung. Besonders 
 fiir Aerzte und Studierende. ix, 208 pp., 15 pi. 
 8°. Wiirzburg, A. Stuber, 1907. 
 
 Arnfeld (Berthold). *Ueber die Neuritis hyper- 
 metropum (Wolffberg). 38 pp. 8°. Wiirzburg, 
 1895. 
 
 Arnheim (Alfred) . *Zur Casuistik der Zwerchf ells- 
 hemien. 43 pp. 8°. Giessen, 1896. 
 
 Arnbeim ([Bemhard] Felix) [1880- ]. *Dar- 
 stellung der neueren und neuesten Ansichten 
 iiber das Verhaltnis der Myome zur Schwanger- 
 schaft. [Munich.] 64pp., 11. 8°- Frankenthal, 
 L. Goring & Co., 1904. 
 
 Arnheim (Heinrich) [1873- ]. *Zur Prognose 
 der vaginalen Radicaloperation bei Carcinoma 
 uteri. 29 pp.^ 1 1. 8°. Berlin, E. Ebering. 1898. 
 
 Arnheim (J[uhus]) [1878- ]. *Ein Beitrag zur 
 Lehre von den Nahrungsmengen des Brust- 
 kindes. [Jena.] 41pp., IL 8°. [Jena], 1903. 
 
 Arnica. 
 
 See, also, Aroidiol; AmistearizL. 
 
 Garnier (F. C. J.) *I. Etude chimique des 
 fleurs de tilleul. II. Sur les carbures satur^s de 
 rarnica et de la Unaire. 8°. Nana/, 1910. 
 
 Reyes Bruciaqa (A.) *Estudio comparativo 
 Bobre laa flores del Arnica del pafs y extranjera 
 8°. Mirico, 1S86. 
 
 Gerardin (E.) Notes pour I'histoire des simples. L' Ar- 
 nica montana (doronio des AUemands) & travers les bouquins. 
 Union mM. du nord-est, Reims, 1906, xxx, 89-96.— Eloyd 
 (C.) Arnica montana, leopard's bane. Eoleot. Eev., N Y 
 1903, vi, 241-245.— Bice (P.) Arnica and symphitiim. J! 
 Ophth., Otol. & Laryngol., Lancaster, Pa., 1912, xviii, 292. 
 
 Arnica ( Toxicology of). 
 
 de Cresantlgnes. iSermite pseudo-6rysip61ateuse de la 
 face due^ des applications deteintured'arnioadilufe J d 
 mal. cutan. et syph., Par., 1904, xvi, 114-116. Aluo: J. de 
 m^d. de Par., 1904, 2. s., xvi, 79.— Desmons (B.) Accidents 
 
ARNICA. 
 
 ARNOLD. 
 
 Arnica ( Toxicology of) . 
 
 cutan^ caus& par la teinture d'amica. Ann. de th&ap. der- 
 mal, et ayph., Par., 1902, ii, 241-244.— LanHer. Un eas 
 
 d'empoisonnement par la teinture d'amica; gufirison. Ass. 
 frang. p. I'avance. a. so. C.-r. 1894, Par., 1895, xxiii, pt. 2, 
 880. — Leibholz (A.) Vergiltung mit Flores amicse. Deut- 
 
 sche Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1902, xiiii, 1062.— de Molines (P.) 
 Dermites produites par la teinture d'arnica. Ann. de der- 
 mat. et syph.. Par., 1886, 2. s., vii, 65-74.— Moulllot. Arnica 
 dermatitis. Tr. Dermat. Soo. Gr. Brit. . . . Lend., 1898-9, 
 V, 87.— Proctor-Sims (F. E.) Arnica dermatitis. Brit. 
 M. J., Lend., 1912, ii, 1707. 
 
 Arnica, rhus and calendula; with directions for 
 their use in mechanical injuries and other affec- 
 tions. With an appendix, containing forms for 
 lotions and other preparations, and some illus- 
 trative cases. 54 pp. 24° London. W. Head- 
 land, 1852. 
 
 Arnidiol. 
 
 Klobb (T.) L'amidiol, phytost6rine alcool-bivalent. 
 Bull. d. sc. Pharmacol., Par., 1905, xii, 154-157. 
 
 Arning (Adolph [Otto]) [1869- 1. *Ein Fall 
 von perniciOser Ansenne mit Degenerations- 
 erscheiuungen in den Hinterstrangen. [Leip- 
 zig.] 22 pp. 8°. Hamburg, C. Mmsel, [1894]. 
 
 Arnisseus (Henningus). *Disputatio medica de 
 lue venerea cognoscenda et curanda . . . Re- 
 spondente Martini Gosky. 13 1. sm. 4°. Fran- 
 cofurti, A. Eichom, 1610. . 
 
 BouTid with: Gosky (Martin). Disputatio medica de 
 apoplexia et epilepsia (etc.]. sm. 4*. FraiKofurti Marchio- 
 num, 1610. 
 
 Arnison (George) [1830-1904]. 
 
 Obituary. Univ. Durham Coll. Med. Gaz., Newcastle, 
 1903-4, iv, 122. 
 
 Arnison (WiUiam Christopher) [1837-99]. 
 
 Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1899, u, 1453. Also: 
 Lancet, Lond., 1899, ii, 1322. Aho: Univ. Durham Coll. 
 Med. Gaz., Newcastle, 1901-2, ii, 99, port. 
 
 Arnistearin. 
 
 See, also, Arnidiol. 
 
 Klobb (T.) L'amistirine, phytost^rine de I'Amica 
 montana L. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc.. Par., 1904, cxxxvlii, 
 763-765. Also: BuU. d. sc. Pharmacol., Par., 1904, ix, 
 196-199. 
 
 Arnold (Abram B.) [1819-1904]. 
 
 Obituary. Am. Med., Phila., 1904, vU, 577. Also: J. 
 Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1904, xlii, 968. 
 
 Arnold (Albert). *Ueber eiuen Fall von aUge- 
 
 meiner Melanosarcomatose. 40 pp. 8°. Miirir 
 
 chen, M. Ernst, 1900. 
 Arnold (Alexander Woldemar) [1884^ ]. *Urin- 
 
 untersuchungen bei phlyktSnularen Augener- 
 
 krankungen. 28 pp., 1 1. 8°. Rostock, Adlers 
 
 Erhm, 1912. 
 Arnold (Alfred Ernst Heinrich) [1885- ]. 
 
 *Ueber Pemphigus. 40 pp. 8°. Boma-Leipzig, 
 
 R. Noske, 1910. 
 Arnold (Alma C.) The triangle of health. 4 p. 1., 
 
 184 pp. 12°. New York, A. A. Knopf, 1918. 
 Arnold (Arthur) [1885- _ ]. *Ueber Folgezu- 
 
 stande und Komplikationen der Laennecschen 
 
 Lebercirrhose. 74 pp. 8°. Roma-Leipzig, R. 
 
 Noske, 1910. 
 
 Arnold {Benedict) [1741-1801]. 
 
 Abbott (W.) An historic druggist. Am. Druggist, 
 N. Y., 1900, xxxvi, 186. 
 
 Arnold (Bemhard) [1828-1905]. 
 
 Schickler. [Nekrolog.] Med. Cor.-Bl. d. wiirttemb. 
 arztl. Ver., Stuttg., 1905, Ixxr, 922. 
 
 Arnold (Carl) [1853-; ]. Kurze Anleitung zur 
 qualitativen chemischen Analyse anoiganischer 
 und organischer Korper sowie zur toxikologisch- 
 chemischen und medizinisch-chemischen Ana- 
 lyse, namentlich zum Gebrauchefiir Mediziner 
 und Pharmazeuten. 4. Aufl. ix, 196 pp., 1 tab. 
 8° Hannover & Berlin, C. Meyer, 1898. 
 
 Arnold (Carl) — continued. 
 
 . Repetitorium der Chemie. Mit besonde- 
 
 rer Beriicksichtigung der fiir die Medizin wichti- 
 gen Verbindungen sowie des "Arzneibuches ftir 
 das Deutsche Reich" und anderer Pharmako- 
 poen, namentlich zum Gebrauche fiir Mediziner 
 und Pharmazeuten. 9. Aufl. xii, 611 pp. 12°. 
 Hamburg & Leipzig, L. Voss, 1899. 
 
 The same. 10. Aufl. xii, 606 pp. 8° 
 
 Hamburg & Leipzig, L. Voss, 1900. 
 
 The same. 11. Aufl. xiv, 646 pp. 8°- 
 
 Hamburg & Leipzig, L. Voss, 1903. 
 
 The same. 13. Aufl. x (11.), 710 pp. 8° 
 
 Hamburg & Leipzig, L. Voss, 1909. 
 
 . The same. 14. Aufl. xii, 574 pp. 8°- 
 
 Leipzig & Hamburg, L. Voss, 1913. 
 
 — ; . The same. _A compendium of chemistry, 
 
 including general, inorganic, and organic chemis- 
 try. Authorized transl. from the 11. enlarged and 
 revised German ed., by John A. Mandel. xii, 
 627 pp. 8°. New York, J. Wiley & Sons, 1904. 
 
 Arnold (Edmund Samud Foster) [1820- 
 1907]. 
 
 Obituary. Boston M. & S. J., 1907, clvli, 773. Also: J. 
 Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1907, xlix, 2024. 
 
 Arnold [Eduard Otto]. Diat und Lebensweise. 
 
 Ill pp. 8°. Halle a. S., C. Marhold, 1905. 
 Arnold (FeUx). The psychology of association. 
 
 80 pp. 8°. New York, Science Press. 1906. 
 Forms No. 3 of: Arch. PhiTos., Psych, [etc.]; N. Y. 
 
 Attention and interest; a study in psy- 
 chology and education. 272 pp. 8° New 
 York, MacMillan Co., 1910. 
 Arnold (Francis Sorrell). Do the interests of hu- 
 manity require experiments on living animals? 
 And if so, up to what point are they justifiable? 
 15 pp. 8°. London, Pewtress & Co., 1892.' 
 
 See, also, Bing (Robert). Compendium of regional diag- 
 nosis [etc.]. 8°. 2Vcw yorS, [1911?].— Guelpa (Guillaume). 
 Auto-iBtoxicationauddisintoxleation[etc.J. 8°. NemYmii, 
 
 Arnold (Franz Woldemar) [1845- ]. *Digital- 
 
 compression zur Heilung von Aneurismen. 
 
 [Leipzig.] 16 pp. 8°. Neureudnitz, H. Bach- 
 
 mann, 1868. 
 Arnold (Georgius Christianus) [1747-1827]. Obser- 
 
 vationum physico-medicarum annus mdcclxxii. 
 
 viii, 72 pp. 8°. Vratislavix, apud J. F. Kor- 
 
 nium, 1777. 
 
 Arnold (Cflover 0.) [ -1906]. 
 
 Obituary. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1906, Ixxxiv, 1143. 
 
 Arnold (Herbert A.) [1857- ]. 
 
 See Wallace (William). Military training. 12° Har- 
 risburg. Pa., 1915. 
 
 Arnold (J. L.) Lectures on anatomy, physiology, 
 and hygiene; and disease, its cause, preven- 
 tion, and cure. Written in a familiar style; 
 designed for the general reader. Illustrated 
 edition. 196, 225 pp., 2 pi. 12°. Cincinnati, 
 H. M. Rulison, 1859. 
 
 Arnold (Jerzy Ohrystyjan) [1747-1827]. 
 
 Skobd F. K.) [Biography.] Przegl. lek., Krakdw, 
 1874, xiii, 100. 
 
 Arnold (Joh.. Alfred) [1884- ]. *Zur Trichi- 
 nose und Trichinenschaufrage in Bayem. 
 [Giessen.] 55pp. 8°. Homherga.d.Ohm, T. M. 
 Spamer, 1910. 
 
 Arnold (Joh. Wilhelm) [1801-73]. Hodegetik fiir 
 Medidn-Studirende, oder Anleitung zum Stu- 
 dium der Medicin, nebst einer ausgewahlten 
 medicinischen Literatur. Ein Handbuch zum 
 Gebrauch bei akadeini8chen,Vorlesuncen vi 
 258 pp. 12°- Heidelberg & Leipzig, K. Groos, 
 1832. 
 
ARNOU). 
 
 AKNOLDUS DE VILLA NOVA. 
 
 Arnold (Jonathan) [1741-98]. 
 
 Packard (F. R.) Jonathan Arnold, army surgeon and 
 Member of Congress from Rhode Island. Univ. Penn. M. 
 Bull., Phila., 1901, xiv, 133. 
 
 Arnold (Julius) [1835-1915]. Ueber feinere 
 Strukturen und die Anordnung des Glykogens 
 in den Muskelfaserarten des Warmbluterherzens. 
 34 pp., 2 pi. 8°. Heidelberg, C. Winter, 1909. 
 
 . Ueber Nierenstruktux und Nierenglyko- 
 
 gen; mit einer Tafel. [Title-portrait.] 24 pp., 
 1 pi. 8°. Heidelberg, O. Winter, 1910. 
 
 Sitzungsherichte der Meidelberger Akademie der Wissen- 
 sohaJten. Math.-naturw. Klasse, 1910, 10. Abhandl. 
 
 — ; . Ueber die Resorption ' ' vitaler' ' Farbstoffe 
 
 im Magen und Barml^al. 20 pp., 1 pi. 8°. 
 
 Heidelberg, C. Winter, 1911. i 
 . Ueber Plasmastrukturen und ihre funk- 
 
 tionelle Bedeutung. xvui, 471 pp., 4 pi. 4°. 
 
 Jena, G. Fischer, 1914. 
 See, dl30, Festschritt liir Professor Julius Arnold [etc.]. 
 
 8°. Jena, 1905. 
 
 For Biography, see Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., 
 
 Jena, 1915, Ix, p. i. Also; Deutsche med. Wchnschr., 
 
 Leipz. & Berl., 1905, xxxi, 1319, port, in text (P. Ernst). 
 
 Also: IW(f., 1915, xU, 379 (P. Ernst). Also: Folia haematol. 
 
 Leipz., 1915, xix. Arch., 220-225 (P. Ernst). Also: Miinl 
 
 Chen. med. Wchnschr., 1915, Ixii, 370-372, port. (P. Emst)_ 
 
 Arnold (Julius) [1883- ], *Beitrage zur Wurdi- 
 
 gung der Uterusspulung bei Puerperalfieber; 
 
 eine statistische Arbeit mit 11 Tabellen. 58 pp. 
 
 8°. Miinchm, C. Wolf & Sohn, 1910. 
 Arnold (Karl) [1882- • ]. *Aetiologie und Be- 
 
 handlung der Fistula ani. 66 pp. 8° Berlin, 
 
 J. Zalachowshi, 1910. 
 Arnold (L.) *Lea bl^s ferments en Alg^rie. 
 
 63 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1906, No. 45. 
 Arnold (L. R.) *Oontribution a I'^tude des laits 
 
 fermentfe. Le leben. 41 pp., 3 1. 8° Mont- 
 
 pellier, 1899, No. 604. 
 Ecole de pharmacie. 
 
 Arnold (Leo) [1879- ]. *Beitrage zur Kenntnis 
 des Erbiums. 68 pp., 1 pi., 1 1. 8°. Erlangen, 
 E. T. Jacob, 1905. 
 
 Arnold (Max). 
 
 See Hager (Hermann). Eandbuch der pharmaceuti- 
 schen Praxis \fito.]. 8°. Berlin, 1899-1900. 
 
 Arnold (Paul) [1879- ]. *Ueber die Bezie- 
 hungen chronisclier Blutdnickerhohung zur 
 Blutkorperchenzalil und zum Hamoglobinge- 
 halt. 18 pp. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1907. 
 
 Arnold (Philipp) [1885- ]. *Veranderungen 
 des OberflachenreUefs der Iris an der Stelle des 
 Augenblasenspaltes. [Miincben.] 16 pp.. 1 pi. 
 8°. Stuttgart, F. Krais, 1911. 
 
 Arnold (Venanz) [1877- .]. *Ueber Scoliosis 
 ischiadica. 34 pp., 1 1. 8°. Erlangen, E. T. 
 Jacob, 1903. 
 
 Arnold (Walter) [1886- ]. *Ueber orthotische 
 Albummurie und ihre Beziehungen zur Tuber- 
 kulose nach Untersuchungen bei Hautkranken, 
 insbesondere bei Hauttuberkulose und Syphilis. 
 [Wiirzburg.] 13 pp. 8° Neustadt, S.-Coburg, 
 E. Patzschke, 1914. 
 
 Arnoldi (Walter) [1881- ]. *Zwei Faie von 
 Muskelatrophie. [Berlin. ] 28 pp. 8°- QrSfen- 
 hainichen, C. Schulze & Co., 1908. 
 
 Arnoldoff (V[Iadimir_Andreyevich]) [1861- ]. 
 O higroskopichnosti niekotorlkh veshtshestv i 
 yeya otnoshenii k higienle. [Hygroscopic 
 quality of various materials and its relation to 
 hygiene.] 151 pp., 2 diag. 8°. Kazan, 1899. 
 
 Arnoldso|n (Tordd Washington). Parts of the 
 body in' older Germanic and Scandinavian, xii, 
 217 pp. 8°. Ckiaigo, University of Chicago Press, 
 1915. 
 
 Arnoldt (Moritz) [1865- ]. *Ueber eine Ver- 
 giftung mit Kautabaksaft. 59pp., 21. 8° Kd- 
 nigsberg i. Pr., 0. Kiimmel, 1908. 
 
 Arnoldt (Walter) [1887- ]. *Salvar8an und 
 seine Vorstufen bei Blutkrankheiten. 1 p. 1., 
 38 pp. 8°. Greifswald, E. Panzig, 1912. 
 
 Arnoldt (Wolfgang) [1873- ]. *Operative 
 Erfolge bei Carcmoma mammae. 27 pp., 2 
 sheets. 8°. Halle a. S., C. A. Kaemmerer & Co., 
 1896. 
 
 Arnoldus de Villa Nora [1235?-1312]. Incipit 
 tractatus de virtutibus herbarum. 3 p. 1., cl 1., 
 171. 4°. Venetiis,perSimonemPapiensem,li9Q. 
 
 ." Hsec sunt opera Amaldi de Villa Nova 
 
 niiperrime recognita ac emendata diligentique 
 opere impreasa quae in hoc volumine conti- 
 nentur- 9 p. 1., 355 fi. [In fine:] Opus praecla- 
 rum Magistri Amaldi de Villa Nova, impendio 
 heredum nobilis viri quondam Domini Octaviani 
 Scoti Civis Modoetiensis. Summa cum diligen- 
 tia Venetiis impressum. Anno salutis dominicae 
 quinto supra millenarium et quingentenarium 
 decimoquarto kalendas Februanas per Bonetum 
 Locatellum presbyteiiim. fol. [1514.] 
 
 Del modo di conservare la gioventii, e 
 
 ntardare la vecchiezza. 
 
 In: PiETORE (Giorgio). Dialogi del modo del conservare 
 lasanita. 24°. Vinegia, 1550, 99-lU. 
 
 . Regulse universales curationis mqrborum, 
 
 tercentum quadragintaquincjue aphorisimis per 
 D. Amoldum Catalanum philosophum et medi- 
 cum diligenter conscriptse, atque D. Georgii 
 Pictorii villtngani, Ensishemii superioris Alsa- 
 tise archiatri, commentariis utilissimis illustra- 
 tse, et evacuandi ratio, per Antonium Grazio- 
 nem, medicum Patavinum brevissima methoda 
 conscripta, ejusdemque D. Georgii Pictorii scho- 
 liis diligenter explicata, praeterea rerum fortuito 
 evenientium consolationes quatuordecim, omni- 
 bus moerore affectis non solum utiles, sed etiam 
 multum necesaariae, autore D. Georgio Pictorio 
 VUlingano: quibus adnexa sunt L. Annaei Se- 
 necse Portuitorum praesentissima remedia, [etc.]. 
 311 pp. 16°. BaAlex, [per H. Petri, 1565]. 
 
 Praxis medicinalifi, universorum mor- 
 
 borum humani corporis, tam intemorum quam 
 extemorum, curancu viam ac methodum, summa 
 cum doctrina et certa experientia praescribens. 
 Hac ultima editione doctorum medicorum judi- 
 cio a sua theoria disjuncta, et summo cum studio 
 ac diligentia ab infinitis erroribus ac mendis 
 superiorum editionum repurgata. (Dui accesse- 
 runt sub finem tractatus ejusdem aliquot, par- 
 tim exoterici [etc.]. 1 p. 1., 244 pp. fol. lAig- 
 duni, apvd J. Stratium, 1586. 
 
 . Tractatus varii exoterici ac chymici, 
 
 versa pagina enumerati. Quibus ultra editiones 
 praeceaentes hactenus editas, accesserunt ca^ 
 thena aurea, et testamentum ejusdem philoso- 
 phicum. 1 p. 1., 47 pp. fol. Lugduni, A. Tar- 
 dif, 1586. 
 Sound withliis:Ptajdsme6ianaMs. fol. Lugduni, 1SS6. 
 
 . Compendium medicinae practicae, cui 
 
 accesserunt tractatus generales de urinis, de 
 peste, de omnibus febribus, et aUi complures. 
 314 pp., 91. fol. Lugduni, 1586. 
 Boundwithltis: Praxis medioinalis. fol. Lugduni, 15S6. 
 
 . Le tr&or des pauvres, auquel sont con- 
 
 tenus plusieurs rem&des, bruvages, oignemens, 
 emplastres, pillules, ^lectuaires, pf&ervatits et 
 receptee contre toute sorte de maladies. 392 pp 
 8 1. 16°. Paris, N. Lescuyer, 1618. 
 
 See, also, Alvarez Cbanca (Diego). Commentum novum 
 inparabolis [etc.]. fol. [». p., n. d.)— CoUectIo ophtalmolo- 
 gicaveterumauctorum[etc.I. 8°. Paris, 1903.— Salemum 
 (School of) r»n2.s.]. Conservandsebonae valetudinis prsecepta 
 
 [etc.]. 32°. Lugduni, 1577. . Medicina salemitana 
 
 [etc.]. 24°. Franatfurti, 1605.— Tresor (Le) des pauvres 
 [etcj. [in 2. s.]. 8°. Lyon, 1527. 
 
 For Biography, see Brit. M, J., Lond., 1897, i, 1001. Also: 
 Rev. valenc. de cien. mid., Valencia, 1905, vii, 357; 373. 
 
AENOLDUS DE VILLA NOVA. 
 
 ARNSPEEGEE. 
 
 Arnoldus de Villa Nova — continued. 
 . See, also: 
 
 DiEPGEN (P.) Amald von Villanova als 
 Politiker und Laientheologe. roy. 8°. Berlin 
 & Leipzig, 1909. 
 
 Lalandb (E.) *Amaud de Villeneuve, sa 
 vie et Bes oeuvres. 4° Paris, 1896. 
 
 Pelayo (M. M.) Amaldo de Vilanoya, 
 m6dico cataldn del sigla xiii. Ensayo liist6rico 
 seguido de tres opiisculos in^ditoa de Amaldo y 
 de una coleccion de documentos relatives i, su 
 persona. 12°. Madrid, 1879. 
 
 Rennau (Therese). *Die Gynakologie des 
 Arnold von Villanova, mit Erlauterungen. 8°. 
 FreHmrg i. Br., 1912. 
 
 Diepgen (P.) Studien zu Arnold von Villanova. Arch. 
 f. Gesch. d. Med., Leipz., 1909, Hi, 115; 188; 369: 1911, v, 88: 
 1912, vi, 380. 
 
 Arnone (Luigi). Manuale di odontojatria ad uso 
 del medici pratici e degU studenti. (Dalle le- 
 zioni del dott. Amone date nella r. Uniyersitli. 
 di Pisa negli anni accademici 1896-8. xii, 203 
 pp. 8°. Pisa, F. Simondni, 1898. 
 
 See, also, Colucci (Vincenzo) & AmonI (Luigi). Di un 
 rarissuno parassita [etc.]. 8°. Bologna, 1896. 
 
 Arnott {Archibald) [1772-1855]. 
 
 Colllngton (F. A.) Napoleon's last medical attendant. 
 [Archibald Arnott.] Midland M. J., Binningh., 1915, xiv, 
 161-165.— Steel (E. B.) [Biography.] J. Roy. Army Med. 
 Corps, Lond., 1913, xx, 239-241. 
 
 Arnott (James). On the present state of thera- 
 peutical inquiry. 35 pp. 24°. Brighton, H. 8. 
 King, 1845. 
 
 . On benumhing cold, as a preventive of 
 
 pain and inflammation from surgical operations, 
 ■with minute directions for its use. (With post- 
 script.) 22 pp. 12°. London, J. Churchill, 18b4:. 
 
 . The question considered: Is it justifiable 
 
 to administer chloroform in surgical operations, 
 after its having already proved suddenly fatal in 
 upwards of fifty cases, when pain can be safely 
 prevented, without loss of consciousness, by mo- 
 mentary benumbing cold? 31 pp. 12°. Lon- 
 don, J. Churchill, 1854. 
 
 . On improvements recently made in the 
 
 treatment of stricture of the urethra; being a 
 supplement to A treatise on stricture and stone. 
 36 pp. 12° London, J. Churchill, 1856. 
 
 . On the expediency of instituting, an 
 
 academy of medicine in England; illustrated by 
 the prevailing opinions and practices respecting 
 the use of chloroform in operations. 23 pp. 8° 
 London, J. Churehill, 1857. 
 
 On the painless extirpation of cancerous 
 
 growths by congelation and caustic; including 
 a report of the recent use of prolonged congela- 
 tion in the cancer wards of the Middlesex Hos- 
 pital. 28 pp. 12°. London, J. Churchill, 1858. 
 On an improved treatment of stricture 
 
 of the urethra; being one of the successful com- 
 petitive essays for the s&ennial Argenteuil prize 
 • of 1856. 36 pp. 12°. London, J. Churchill, 
 1859. 
 
 See, also. Directions for using Dr. James Amott's current 
 apparatus, [in 2. s.]. 12°. [n. p., n. d.) 
 
 Arnott (James Moncrieft) [1794-1885]. *De apo- 
 plexia phrenitica. 27 pp. 8°. Edinburgi, J. 
 Pillans, 1820. [P., v. 2295.] 
 
 Arnott (Neil) [1788-1874]. Elements of physics; 
 or, natural jjhilosophy, general and medical, 
 written for universaluse in plain or non-technical 
 language, and containing new disquisitions and 
 practical suggestions. A new ed., revised and 
 corrected from the last English ed. by Isaac 
 Hays. 5 pl8. in 1 v. 486 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, 
 Lea & Blanchard, 1845. 
 
 Arnott (Neil) — continued. 
 
 . Report on the fevers which have prevailed 
 
 in Edinburgh and Glasgow. 12 pp. 8° Lon- 
 don, W. Clowes & Son, [n. rf.]. 
 
 Arnoul (Etienne). *Sur la sclerose en plaques 
 fruste h, type spasmodique. 125 pp. 8°. Tou- 
 louse, 1900, No. 201. 
 
 Arnould (Albert) [1880- ]. *Formes anormales 
 de la meningite tuberculeuse chez I'adulte. 
 143 pp. 8°. Nancy, 1905, No. 10. 
 
 Arnould (Andr^-Th&phile) [1878- ]. *Con- 
 sid^rations sur la gastrostomie, en particulier par 
 le procede valvulaire de Fontan. 88 pp. 8°- 
 Nancy, 1903, No. 2. 
 
 Arnould (Jules). Nouveaux fl^ments d'hygifene. 
 
 4. ^d., entiferement refondue par E. Arnould. 
 viii, 1017 pp. 8°. Paris, J.-B. Baillitre & fiU, 
 1902. 
 
 . The same. 5. 6d., entiferement refondue 
 
 par E. Arnould. viii, 1048 pp. 8° Paris, J.-B. 
 
 Baillih-e & Ms, 1907. 
 Arnould (Jules- Adolphe-Henri) [1885- ]. *Ex- 
 
 ploration compar6e du rein par I'^preuve du 
 
 bleu et la m^thode d'Ambard. 88 pp. 8°. 
 
 Ulle, 1912, No. 6. 
 Arnould (Marie-Joseph-Ren6) [1882- ]. *Po- 
 
 lyurie au cours d'une tuberculose de I'hypo- 
 
 physe. 44 pp. 8°. Nancy, 1908, No. 14. 
 Arnoux (Auguste) [1878- ]. *Etude sur I'iso- 
 
 pral. 64 pp. 8"*. Monlpellier, 1904, No. 78. 
 Arnoux (Emile) [1871- ]. *Contribution a 
 
 I'etude du kraurosis vulvse. 67 pp. 8°. Paris, 
 
 1899, No. 621. 
 Arnoux (Ferdinand) [1874^ ]. *Contribution 
 
 5. r^tude de la galactophoromastite. 62 pp. , 11., 
 4 diag. 8°. Montpeltier, 1901, No. 53. 
 
 Arnoux (Louis-Pierre-Silvfere) [1851- ]. *Con- 
 tribution 4 I'^tude de I'ad^nopathie bronchique 
 tuberculeuse. (Quelques cas observfe aux colo- 
 nies.) 56 pp. 4°. Paris, 1895, No. 268. 
 
 Arnozan (Charles- Louis-Xavier) [1852- ]. Pre- 
 cis de th^rapeutique. Tome I. G6n6ralit6s th6- 
 rapeutiques des maladies infectieuses et des ma- 
 ladies djB la nutrition. Tome II. Medicaments 
 k action elective, revulsion, agents physiques et 
 m6caniques. 2 v. 1 p. 1., iv, 554 pp.; vii, 648 
 pp. 12*. Paris, 0. Doin, 1900-1901. 
 
 12° 
 
 The same. 2. 6d. 2 v. ii, 599 pp. ; 636 pp. 
 Paris, 0. Doin, 1903. 
 
 . The same. 3. 6d. 2 v. 1 p. l..ii. 632 pp.; 
 
 1 p. 1., 664 pp. 12°. Paris, 0. Doiri, 1907. 
 
 The same. Avec la collaboration de Ch. 
 
 Mongour. 4. 6d. 2v. 2p. 1., ii, 644 pp.; 2p. 1., 
 669 pp. 8°. Paris, 0. Doin & fils, 1912. 
 
 . Precis de consultations midicales. vi, 460 
 
 pp. 8°. Paris, 0. Doin & fils, 1910. 
 
 See, also, LamaTque (Henri) [in 2. s.]. Du choix d'une 
 station [etc.]. 12°. Pom, 1903. 
 
 Arnshtein (K[arl] A[vgustovich]) [1840- ]. 
 Ucheniye o neironakh pered sudom novieishikli 
 izsliedovaniy. [Neurons before the tribunal of 
 recent researches,] 26 pp., 1 pi. 8°- Kazan, 
 1900. 
 Bound with: Nevrol. Vestnik, Kazan, 1900, viii. 
 
 Amsperger (Bemhard Gustav) [1877- ]. *Zur 
 Kasuistik der plastischen Operationen am 
 Streckapparat des Unterschenkels. 32 pp. 8° 
 Freiburg i. Br., Speier & Kaemer, 1903. 
 
 Arnsperger (Hans [Emil Rudolph]) [1872- ]. 
 *TJeber verastelte Knochenbildimg in der 
 Limge. [Heidelberg.] 1 p. 1., 31 pp., 1 pi. 8°. 
 Jena, G. Fischer, _ 1896. 
 
 *Die Aetiologie und Pathogenese der Aor- 
 
 tenaneurysmen. [Habihtationsschrift.] [Heidel- 
 be^.] 71pp. 8°. Nau'mburga.S.,G.Patz,ldOi. 
 
ARNSPERGER. 
 
 6 
 
 ARON. 
 
 Amsperger (Hans [Emil Rudolph])— continued. 
 
 . Die Rontgenuntersuchung des Magen- 
 
 Darmkanales und ihre Ergebnisse f iir Physioloeie 
 und Pathologie. viii, 72 pp., 4 pi. 8°. Leip- 
 zig, F. C. W. Vogel, 1912. 
 
 Arnsperger (Ludwig). *Ueber den Rose'schen 
 Kopftetanus. 30 pp., 1 1. 8° Heidelberg, J. 
 ndming, 1901. 
 
 . *I)ie chirurgiBche Bedeutung des Icterus 
 
 zugleich ein Beitrag zur Pathologie und Chiiur- 
 gie der tief en Gallenwege. [Habifltationsschrift.] 
 [Heidelberg.] 107 pp. 8°. Tubingen, H. 
 Laupp,jr., 1906. 
 
 Bern, from: Beitr. ». klin. Chir., Tiibingen, 1906, xlviii, 
 3. Hft. 
 
 . Der gegenwartige Stand der Pathologie 
 
 und Therapie der Grallensteinkrankheit. 79 pp. 
 8°. Halle a. S., C. Marhold, 1911. 
 
 Forms 3. Hft., v. 3, of: Bamml. zwangl. Abhandl. a. d. 
 Geb. d. Verdauungs- u. Stoffwechsel-Kraaldi., Halle a. S. 
 
 Arnst (Josef) [1885- ]. *Ueber zwei Falle 
 von Mkulicz'scher Erkrankung. • 1 p. 1., 24 pp., 
 2 1. 8° Marburg, Grewer & Majert, 1913. 
 
 Arnstein (Fdiks) [1849- ]. 
 
 Zawadzkl (J.) [Biography.] Medyoyna i Kron. lek., 
 Warszawa, 1913, xlviii, 874-876 [port, in text]. 
 
 Arnsteia (Fritz). *Beitrag zur Casuistik der 
 Hemianopsia homonyma und der Hemianopsia 
 bitemporaUs. 34 pp. 8°. Strassburg i. E., C. 
 Goeller, 1895. 
 
 Arnstein (Hugo). *Ueber den Einfluss der 
 Phenylgruppen in phenylierten Aethylendia- 
 minen auf deren Condensierbarkeit zu ring- 
 formigen Verbindungen. 47 pp. 8° Bern, 
 Fischer, 1896. 
 
 Arnswalder (Alfred) [1879- ]. *ReBultate der 
 offenen Silberdrahtnaht bei frischen, subcutanen 
 Querfracturen der Patella. 37 pp. 8°. Leipzig, 
 B. Oeorgi, 1907. 
 
 Arntz .(Aegidius [Eduard Rudolf]) [1868- ]. 
 *Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Wirkung des Nitro- 
 prussidnatrium. 23 pp. 8° Kiel, A. F. Jensen, 
 1897. 
 
 Arntz (Karl [Friedrich Ludwig Adolph]) [1880- 
 ]. *Ueber die Einwirkung von Hydroxy- 
 lamin auf Isorosindon und TMorosindon. 39 
 pp., 1 1. 8°. Erlangen, E. E. Jacob, 1906. 
 
 Arntzenius (Alexander Karel Willem). De 
 verzorging van het uiterUjk voorkomen. Vol- 
 gens de modeme Amerikaansche methoden van 
 Wilh. Walter Gebhardt. vii, 257 pp. 8°- 
 Amsterdam, J. C. Dalmeijer, [1905]. 
 
 See, also, Ughettt (Giambattista B.) Artsen en patlen- 
 ten, [etc.] 8°. 's-QravenJiage, [n. d.]. 
 
 Arnulphy (Victor). La respiration m6thodique 
 dans r^ducation physique, les sports et I'athl^- 
 tisme; cours complet de gymnastique respLra- 
 toire. 44 pp. 8°- Paris, Biblioth. univ. Beaude- 
 lot, 1908. 
 
 . La sant^ par la respiration; cours complet 
 
 de gymnastique respiratoire, suivi d'un manuel 
 de th^rapeutique respiratoire. 2. 6A. 83 pp. 
 8° Pans, Biblioth. univ. Beaudelot, 1908. 
 
 ■ & Cornet (0.) Force et beaut6 pour tons. 
 
 Causerie sur I'^ducation physique dldi^e k la 
 
 jeunesse. 41 pp. 12°. Paris, L. Michaud, [n. d.]. 
 Arny (Henry V.) Principles of pharmacy. 1175 
 
 pp. 8° Philadelphia, W. B. Saunders Co., 1909. 
 Arochas (Henri) [1885- ]. *Traitement 
 
 chirurgical de I'mcfere variqueux chronique; 
 
 m^thode ultra-combinante. 43 pp. 8°. Mont- 
 
 pellier, 1914, No. 27. 
 
 Aromatic series. 
 
 See, also. Acids (Aromatic). 
 
 Erb (F. H.) *Beitrage zur Esterbildung 
 aromatischer Sauren. 8°. Heidelberg, 1896. 
 
 GuERBBT (M.) *Compos6s hydroaromatiques. 
 8°. Paris, 1899. 
 
 Conoours. Eoole de pbarmacie. 
 
 Janicke (H.) Einwirkung von Amidosul- 
 fonsaure auf aromatische Basen. 8°. Berlin, 
 1896. 
 
 Nbresheimer (H. [P.]) *Ueber Ozonide 
 hydraromatischer Verbmdungen und Terpen- 
 korper. 8°. Kiel, 1907. 
 
 WEISS (V.) *Zur Konstitution aromatischer 
 Verbindungen. 8°. Kiel, 1905. 
 
 Amaim (f.) L'origine et le sort des d4riv& aromatiques 
 dans I'organisme. Bull. d. sc. pharmaeol., Par., 1903, vii, 
 193-209. Also: Rev. mid. de la Suisse Rom., GenSve, 1903, 
 xxiii, 392-411.— Blum (L.) Ueber den Abbau aromati- 
 scher Substanzen im mensohllclien Organismus. Areb. f. 
 exper. Path. u. Pharaiakol., Leipz., 1908, lix, 273-298.— 
 CaTlettl (E.) Eicerche suirorigme delle sostanze aro- 
 maticbe nell' organismo. Arch, di (arm. e term., Paler- 
 mo, 1899, vii, 322-388.— Divers (E.) Ut al.]. The study 
 oi hydro-aromatic substances. Rep. Brit. Ass. Adv. Sc. 
 
 1908, Lond., 1909, 221-230.— Heinz (R.^ Behandlung der 
 Vergiftungen durch aromatische Verbmdungen. Handb. 
 d. ges. Therap. (Penzoldt u. Stintzing), 4. Aufl., Jena, 
 
 1909, i, 484-498.— Mamell (E.) Sul rioonoscimento del 
 sruppo diossimetilenico nelle sostanze aromatiche. Boll. d. 
 Soc. med.-chir. di Pavia, 1910, xxiv, 646-654. — Ferkln 
 (W. H.) Ueber die magnetische Drehung insbesondere 
 aromatischer Verbindungen. I. Ztschr. 1. phys. Chemie, 
 Leipz., 1896-7, xxi, 451, 561.— Sasaki (Y.) & Olcuslilina 
 (K.) Vergleichende untersuchungen iiber die Pharma- 
 kologie der oxyhydroaromatischen Korper. Acta scholse 
 med. miiv. imp., Kioto, 1918, ii, 257-270.— Semlclioff (A. 
 V.) [On the influence of aromatic substances upon gas 
 interchange and upon the general condition of warm-blooded 
 animals.] Eussk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1909, viii, 85-S7. 
 
 Aromatics. 
 
 Da Costa (C.) Aromatum et medicamento- 
 rmn in OrientaU India nascentium liber, pluri- 
 mum lucis adferens iisquse a Garcia de Orta in 
 hoc genere scripta sunt; CaroH Clusii opera ex 
 hispanico sermone latinus factus, in epitomen 
 contractus et quibusdam notis illustratus. 2. 
 ed. 12°. Antverpix, 1543 
 
 . The same. 16°. Antverpix, 1582. 
 
 Carbonelll (G.) tJn privilegium in arte aromataria 
 veneto del sec. zviii. Rassegna di clin. e terap., Roma. 1910, 
 xxxiii, 157-161.— Kryi (F.) Ueber den Einfluss von Kam- 
 
 Efer-, Thymol- und Mentholdampfeu auf im Treibstadium 
 eflndllche Hyazinthen und Tulpen. Ztschr. t. Pflanzenkr. , 
 Stuttg., 1911, xxi, 199-207. 
 
 Aromotherapy. 
 
 Tonta (I.) L'aromoterapla. Riv. Internaz. di terap. 
 fls., Roma, 1908, ix, 137-140. 
 
 Aron (B[mil]). Die Mechanik und Therapie des 
 
 Pneumothorax. Eipe klinisch-experimentelle 
 
 Studie. vi, 60 pp., 3ch. 8°. Berlin, A. Hirsch- 
 
 wald, 1902. 
 Aron (Gita) [1872- ]. *Contribution It I'dtude 
 
 de I'aphasie hyst^rique. 66 pp., 11. 8°. Paris. 
 
 1900, No. 399. 
 Aron (Hans) [1881- I *KalkbedarfundKalk- 
 
 aufnahme beim Saugling und die Bedeutung 
 
 des Kalkes fiir die Aetiologie der Rachitis. 59' 
 
 pp. 8°. Berlin, J. Springer, 1908. 
 Aron (Jules) [1875- ]. *L'exanthfeme "scar- 
 
 latiniforme dans la fifevre typhoide. 104 pp. 8° 
 
 Paris, 1900, No. 531. 
 Aron (Moise) (1858- ]. *Du traitement des 
 
 fractures de la rotule par le proc6d6 de cerclasre. 
 
 49 pp. 8°. Pom, 1896, No. 113. 
 Aron (Polack) [1872- ]. *R61e de I'^tat de 
 
 refraction de I'oeil dans I'^ducation et dans 
 
 I'oeuvre du peintre. 96 pp. 8°. Paris, 1900, 
 
 No. 397. 
 
AEONADE. 
 
 AEREAT. 
 
 Aronade (Otto) [1881- ]. *Die Alkoholpsy- 
 chosen in der psychiatrischen Klinik zu Freiburg 
 i. Br. 1887-1905. 22pp., 21. 8°. Freiburg i. Br., 
 Speyer & Kaerner, 1905. 
 
 Arondel (Auguste) [1873- ]. *Etude sur les 
 hallucinations des moignons. 46 pp. 8°. Paris, 
 1898, No. 489. 
 
 Arontaelm (Ernst) [1881- ]. *Die Bedeutung 
 der LeukocytenzaUung fiir die Diagnose des 
 Abdominaltyphus. 34 pp., 1 1. 8° Strassburg 
 i. E., C. Muh& Co., 1906. 
 
 Aronoff (Abraham) [1874r- ]. *Bericht tiber 
 1000 Kataraktextraktionen, zusammengestellt 
 nach 153 Fallen aus der Marburger und 847 Fallen 
 aus der Breslauer Augenklinik. 54 pp. 8°. 
 Breslau, 1904. 
 
 Aronovici (Carol). The social survey, ix, 255 pp. 
 8°. Philadelphia, The Harper Press, 1916. 
 
 Aronovici (/.) [1857- ]. 
 
 [Blograpby.] Spitalul, BuourescI, 1897, xvii, No. 1, 
 Suppl., 12. 
 
 Aronovitch (Sabina) [1883- j). *La coxalgie 
 double, envisag^e surtout au point de vue de son 
 traitement. 62 pp. 8°. Paris, 1910, No. 441. 
 
 Aronsohn (Bemhard) [1874.- ]. *Ueber Cho- 
 rea gravidarum. 33 pp., 1 sheet. 8°. Leipzig, 
 B. Georgi, 1901. 
 
 Aronsohn (Eduard) [1858^ 1. Quelques con- 
 siderations sur la curability de la tuberculose 
 pulmonaire et sur I'effet favorable des inhala- 
 tions de menthol. 51 ppi 4°. Lyon, 1895, 
 No. 1109. 
 
 . The same. Sur la curability de la tuber- 
 
 culose pulmonaire [etc.]. 53 pp., 11. 8°. Bois- 
 
 le-Duc, RoMjns & Cie., 1895. 
 Aronsohn (Eduard [Hermann]). AUgemeine Fie- 
 
 berlehre. vii, 220 pp. 8°. Berlin, A. Sirsch- 
 
 ■wald, 1906. 
 Aronsohn (Oscar) [1870- ]. Der psycholo- 
 
 gische Ursprung des Stottems. 24 pp. 8°. 
 
 Halle a. 8., C. Marhold, 1914. 
 Forms 1. Hit., v. 11, of: Samml. zwangl. Abhandl. a. d. 
 
 Geb. d. Nerv.- u. Geisteskr., Halle a. S. 
 
 Aronson (Eugen) [1884r- ]. *Beitrag zur 
 Kenntnis der Beschaftenheit des Brotes vom 
 hygienischen Standpunkt aus. 22 pp. 8°. 
 Strassburg, 1910. 
 
 Aronson (Samuel) [1880- ]. *Das primare 
 Carcinom def Papilla Vateri. 34 pp., 1 1. 8°. 
 Berlin, C. Siebert, [1907]. 
 
 Aronssohn (Frederic). *Contribution k I'^tude 
 du ferment glycolytique du sang. 67 pp. 8° 
 Paris, 1902, No. 426. 
 
 Aronssohn (Jacobus). *De phrenitide sympto- 
 matica. 32 pp; sm. 4°. CHssse, J. J. &. J. W. 
 Braun, 1790. 
 
 Aronstam (Naphtali) [1874r- [). *Der gonor- 
 rhoische Gelenkrheumatismus. 33 pp., 1 1. 8°. 
 Berlin, E. Ebering, 1899. 
 
 Aronstam (Noah E.). 
 
 See Rosenberg (Louis J.) & Aronstam (Noah E.) [in 
 2. s.] Sociologio studies [etc.]. 8°. Chicago, 1902. 
 
 Aroud (Leopold) [1873- ]. Contribution a, 
 retude de I'appendicite &. gauche. 48 pp. 8° 
 Lyon, 1900, No. 157. 
 
 Aroztegui {Roberto) [ -1914]. 
 
 Obituary. Rev. Asoc. mM. argent., Buenos Aires, 1915, 
 xxiii, 326-328. 
 
 Arp {August H.) [ -1917]. 
 
 Obituary. Illinois M. J., Chicago, 1917, xxxii, 302, port. 
 Arpal y Daina (Francisco). Intervenci6n qui- 
 riirgica en los trauma tismos del crdneo. ii, 218 
 pp. 8°. Zaragoza, M. Salar, 1897. 
 
 Arpe (Petrus Fridericus). De prodigiosis naturse 
 et artis operibus; talismanes et amuleta dictis 
 cum recensions scriptorum hujus argumenti liber 
 singularis. 2 p. 1., 184 pp., 8 1., 1 pi. 12°. 
 Hamburg, C. Liebezeit, 1717. 
 
 Arphanes (Euag. Eustratios). 
 
 See Lavei-an (A.) 'Euxeip/5«>J' [etc.]. 8°. ''Ev Svpif, 1900. 
 
 Arpino (Piero). Haschisch, cannabis indica. 46 
 pp. 8°. Torino, Unione tipo-ed. torinese, 1909. 
 
 Arq_uembourg (L^on-lSmile-Charles) [1881- ]. 
 *Etude exp6rimentale de I'influence de I'opo- 
 th&apie r6nale en ingestion sur le rein et les 
 Eliminations r^nales chez I'homme et chez le 
 chien atteints de nephrites. Travail du Labora- 
 toire de pathologie interne et exp6rimentale. 
 124 pp., 2 1., 1 pi., 3 ch. 8°. Ulle, 1907, 
 No. 30. 
 
 Arguier (LouiB-Emile-Osmin) [1873- ]. *Con- 
 sid^rations g^n&ales sur la supplEance nerveuse 
 dans un cas de paralysie faciale. 57 pp., 2 1. 8°. 
 Bordeaux, 1904, No. 105. 
 
 Arquier (Paul). *Du easier medical. 38 pp. 8°. 
 Paris, 1906, No. 93. 
 
 Arqnivos de higiene e patologia exoticas. v. 4, 
 1913. 8°. Lisboa. 
 
 ContiQuation of: Arcblvos de hygiene e pathologia exo- 
 ticas. 
 
 Arquiros do Institute bacteriologico Camara Pes- 
 tana. v. 4, 1913-14. 8°. Lisbonne. 
 
 Continuation of: Arcblvos do real Instituto bacteriologico 
 Camara Pestana. 
 
 Arracli. 
 
 Ste Arack. 
 
 Arragon. *Le lait (son usage dans I'alimentation 
 des enfants et des malades) et la loi sur la re- 
 pression des fraudes. (Aolit 1905.) 137 pp. 8°. 
 Toulouse, 1909, No. 824. 
 
 Arragon (Matthseus) . *Estne motus prsecipua sani 
 corporis medicina? Joanne Claudio Adriano He- 
 lutius, prsBside. 4pp. 8°- Parisiis,typ.Quillau, 
 1741. 
 
 Arraiz (Juan). Ligeros esbozos; medicos vene- 
 zolanos contempordneos; Doctor Francisco A. 
 Risquez. 46 pp. 8°. Caracas, 1916. 
 
 Arrandas. 
 
 Mathews (R. H.) Notes on the Arranda tribe. J. & 
 Proc. Hoy. Soc. N. South Wales 1907, Sydney, 1908, xli. 
 146-163. > .» J. . , 
 
 Ari-atia (Aurelio). *Algunas consideraciones 
 sobre la laparotomia como diagn6stico y trata- 
 miento en las heridas penetrantes de vientre por 
 armadefuego. 37 pp. 8°. Mexico, 1892. 
 
 Arrau (Rodolfo). Neue Methode fiber die Be- 
 handlung der Tuberkulose. 12 pp. 8°. Miin- 
 chen, C. Wolf <fc Sohn, 1888. 
 
 Arrault (Henri). Medicina dom^stica de los 
 paises cdlidos. 4. ed. Ip.l., 421pp. 8° Paris 
 1859. , 
 
 Arrault (Henri) [1870- ]. *Des perforations 
 intestinales par les ascarides lombricoides. 71 
 pp. 8°. Paris, 1897, No. 258. 
 
 Arrault (Nicolas- Arsfene). *Contribution h I'^tude 
 du traitement des pseudarthroses de la iambe. 
 [Paris.] 90 pp. 8°. ie Sawe, 1904, No. 513. 
 
 Arr€at (Gaspard-Frangois-Charles). De I'homoeo- 
 pathie; simples reflexions propres k servir de 
 reponse aux objections que les medecins et les 
 gens du monde eifevent centre cette methode de 
 guerison des maladies. 84 pp. 8°. Paris, G. 
 Bailliere, 1859. 
 
 Arreat (Lucien). 
 
 See Hlrth (Georges). Les localisations c&^brales en 
 psychologic, [etc.]. 12°. Faris, 1895. 
 
ARREGGER. 
 
 ARROW. 
 
 Arregger (Eduard). *Ueber Pylorusstenose im 
 Kindesalter, bedingt duich. Schleimhauthyper- 
 trophie. 33 pp., 2 pi. 8°- Zurich, 0. Fusali, 
 1896. c. 
 
 Arregger (Josef). *Beitrag zur Kenntnis der zen- 
 tralen Luxation des Oberschenkels im Hilft- 
 gelenk. [Basel.] 32 pp., 1 pi. 8° Leipzig, J. 
 B. Hirschfeld, J904. 
 
 Arr&s (Bemard-Marie-Jean-Joseph-Roger) [1881- 
 ]. *DeB scolioses li^es k Texistence de la 
 paralysie infantile. 52 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1909, 
 No. 90. 
 
 Arrhenlus (Svante [August]) J1859- ]. _Im- 
 munochemistry: the application of the princi- 
 ples of physical chemistry to the study of the 
 biological antibodies, xi, 309 pp. 12°. New 
 York, MacMillun Co., 1907. 
 
 . The same. Immunochemie. Anwen- 
 
 dungen der physikalischen Chemie auf die 
 Lehre von den physiologischen Antikorpem. 
 Mit TJntersttitzung des Verfaasers aus dem engl. 
 Manuskript tibersetzt von Alexis Finkelstein. 
 vi (1 1.), 203 pp. 8°. Leipzig, 1907. 
 
 Theones of chemistry; being lectures de- 
 
 livered at the University of California in Berke- 
 ley. Edited by T. Slater Price, xii, 212 pp. 
 8°. London, Longmans, Green & Co., 1907. 
 
 . FoiBok angaende agglutination och koagu- 
 
 lation. [Experiments concerning aaglutination 
 and coagulation.] 29_pp. 8°. Stockholm, 1908. 
 In: Hygiea, Festband, Stockholm, 1908, S. 
 
 . Die Absonderung von Magen- und Pan- 
 
 kreas-Sait. 20 pp. 8°. TJpsala, Almqyist & 
 
 Wicksells, 1909 
 . Die Gesetze der Verdauung und Resorp- 
 tion nach Versuchen von E. S. London. 31 pp. 
 8°- Upsala, Almqvist & Wieksells, 1909. 
 
 Die Reaktionen des Vibriolysins nach Ver- 
 
 suchen von Thorvald Madsen und Yutaka 
 Terauchi. 39 pp. 8°. Upsala & Stockholm, 
 Ahnqvist & Wieksells, 1913. 
 
 Quantitative laws in biological chemistry. 
 
 xi, 164 pp. 8°. London, G. Bell & Sons, 1915. 
 
 For Biography, tee Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, lieipz., 1909, 
 Ixix, pp. 1-xxvii, portr. (W. Ostwald). 
 
 & Bubanovld (Fran). Verteilung, Hem- 
 
 mung und Beschleuniaung bei der Hamolyse 
 22 pp. 8°. Upsala & Stockholm, Almqvist & 
 Wieksells, 1913. 
 
 Arfhenurus. 
 
 liUndblad (O .) Ueber das bisher unbekannte Weibchen 
 des Arrhenurus Kjerrmani Neuman. Zool. Am., Leipz., 
 1914, xliv, 42?-430.— Marsliall (Ruth). The Airhenun of 
 the United States. Tr. Am. Micr. Soc. 1906, Chicago, 1908j 
 xxviii, 85-134, 16 pi. 
 
 . Arrhinencephalia. 
 
 See Brain (Abnormities of) ; IConsters from 
 defect, etc., of brain. 
 
 Arrhythmia. 
 
 See Heaxt {Arrhythmia of). 
 de Arrleta (Filippo) . Raguaglio historico del con- 
 
 taggio occorso nella Provincia di Bari negU anni 
 
 1690, 1691 e 1692. 11 p. 1., 413 pp., 2 pi. 8°. 
 
 Napoli. A. Parrino & if. L. Mudi, 1694. _ 
 Arrigheitl (Paulus Joannes). *De hernia ingui- 
 
 nali. 19 pp. 4°. Genu*, 1813. [P., v. 2151.] 
 Arrlghi (Paacal). . *Contribution k I'^tude des 
 
 luxations traumatiques du genou ■ en dehors. 
 
 3 p. 1.. 91 pp. 8°- Paris, Jmive & Cie., 1913, 
 
 Nd. 334. 
 Arringer (Rudolf M.) Der weibUche Korper und 
 
 seine Verunstaltungen durch die Mode, viii, 
 
 215 pp. 8°. Berlin, H. BermUhler, 1906. 
 
 Arrington {Benjamin Franklin) [ 
 1907]. 
 
 Johnson (J. N.), Obituary. Dental Brief, Phila., 1908, 
 
 xiii, 104-106. 
 Arrive (Ren^) [1871- ]. *Influence de I'al- 
 
 coolisme sur la depopulation. 72 pp. 8°. 
 
 Pq,ris, 1899, No. 142. 
 Arrou (J[oseph]) [1861- ]. Chirurgie de I'ap- 
 
 ?areil genital de rhomme. 2 p. 1., 344 pp. 12°. 
 '«m, 0. Doin, 1901. 
 Arrous (J.) [1876- ]. *Action diur^tique des 
 sucres en injections intraveineuses. viii, 100 
 pp., 1 pi., 1 1. 8°. Montpellier, 1900, No. 21. 
 Arrous (Abel). *Contribution k I'^tude de la res- 
 ponsabilit^ m^dicale. 93 pp. 8°. Toulouse, 
 1910, No. 904. 
 
 Arrow poison. 
 
 See, also, Antiaxin; Curare; Ouabain; Stro- 
 phanthus. 
 
 Lb Dantec (J.-F.-M.) *Etude sur les armes 
 empoisonn^es et les poisons des flfeches. 8°. 
 Bordeaux, 1896. 
 
 Menviellb (J.) *Etude sur le poison des 
 fldches. 8°. Toulouse, 1900. 
 
 VoGT (E.-F.) *Le8 poisons de flfeches et les 
 poisons d'dpreuve des indigtoes de I'Afrique. 
 [Paris.] 8°. Lons-le-Saunier, 1912. 
 
 Fhaimacie. 
 
 Weigt ( M. J. W. ) *Pharmakognosti8che 
 Studie uber Rabelaisiarinde und philippinisches 
 Pfeilgift. [Erlangen.] 8°. Berlin, 1895. 
 
 Arnaud (J.) Etude sur les flfeches empoisomi^ da 
 Soudan. Gaz. d. h6p. de Toulouse, 1901, xvi, 1-3.— Bacon 
 (K. F.) Philippine arrow poisons. Fhimmine J. Sc., 
 Manila, 1908, ill, 41-44.— Bancroft (E.) Fbison arrows. 
 In hit: An essay on the natural history of Guiana, 8°, Lond., 
 1769, 283-307.— Benedlcentl (A.) Eioerohe tormacologiche 
 su alcuni veleni usati dai Negritos dell'Ardpelago Malese. 
 
 Aim. di chim. e di brm., Mllano, 1897, xxvl, 385-407. . 
 
 Sur Taction physiologique du poison de quel^ues fltehes de 
 1' Am^rique du Sud. Arch. itsu. de biol., Turm, IS97, xxvii , 
 289-295.— Benedlcentl (A.) & De^Tonl (G. B.) Sul broial 
 usato dai Bakey come veleno delle freccie. Aim. farmacol. 
 sper., Roma, 1902, i, 433-450.— Boebm (B.) Das siidameri- 
 kanische Ffeilgift Curare In chemischer und pharmakologi- 
 scher Beziehung. Abhandl. d. math.-phys. CI. d. k. sachs. 
 Gesellsch. d. Wissensch., Leipz., 18^, sadv, 1-52, 4 pi. — 
 Bolnet (E.) Recherches sur le poison des fishes du Haut- 
 Oubanghi. Arch, de physiol. norm, et path., Par., 1396, 
 5. s^ yiii, 962-967. Also: Marseille mM., 1897, xxnv, 33; 
 66; 97.— Bolton (C.) On the physiological action of a 
 recently-discorered African arrow-poison. Proc. Roy. Soc. 
 Lond., 1906-7, s. B., Ixxvlii, 13-50.— Breitenstein (H.) 
 Ffeilgift der Dajaker. In hit: EinundWanzig Jahre in 
 Indien, 1. Th. Borneo, Leipz., 1899, 65.— Bileger (LJ Ueber 
 das Ffeilgift der Wakamba (Deutsch-Ostabika). Deutsche 
 med. Wobnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1899, xxv, 637-639: 1900, 
 xxvi, 45. Alto: Verhandl. d. Beri. med. Gesellsch. (1902), 
 1903, xxxiii, pt. 2, 81-88.— Brieger (L.) & DiesselhOTSt (G.) 
 Untersuchungen fiber FfeilE^te aus Deutsch-Ostafrika. 
 Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1903, zl, 357.— Brieger (L.) & Kranse 
 (M.) Untersuchungen Uber Pfellgifte aus Deutsch Ost- 
 Afnka. Arch, intemat. de pharmacod., Bnrz. & Par., 
 1903-4^ xil, 399-406.— Chalmers (A.J.) A further report of 
 experiments upon the Fra Fra arrow poison. J. Eqy. Army 
 Med. Corps, Lond., 1905, v, 213-223.— Charterls (F.) The 
 action of poisoned arrows obtained from the Aros district of 
 Nigeria. Glasgow M. J., 1905, Ixiii, 30-32.— Colornl (IT.) 
 & Bressanln (R.) U veleno delle freccie del Somali o Oua- 
 balo. Ann. di med. nav., Roma, 1897, iil, 1327-1358.— 
 Corson (J. F.) A case of empyema following a poisoned 
 arrow wound, natural cure by absorption. Lancet, Lond 
 1915, U, 868.— Delogu (G.) Sul potere antitossico del per- 
 manganato potassico-ncU' avrelenamento da uabajo. Arch, 
 dl liEinnacol. sper., Roma, 1911, xii, 251-264.— Faust (E. S.) 
 Ueber das Acocantherin; ein Beitrag zur Xenntniss der 
 afrikanischen Pfeilgilte. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Fhamla- 
 koL, l«ipz., 1902, xlviii, 272-281.— Fraser (T. R.) The 
 poisoned arrows of the Abors and Mishmis of North-East 
 India, and the composition and action of theirpoisons. Tr 
 Hoy. Soc. Edinb., 1915, 1, pt. 4, 897-930, 3 pi.— ftahllch (A.) 
 Oteervations on the Munchi arrow poison. J, Physiol 
 Lond-jgOS, xxxii, 319-316.— GaUi-Valerio (B . ) & Vourloud 
 (P.) Filches empoisonndes; recherches sur les fltehes 
 empoisonn^es avec I'Erythrophlaeum guineense. Arch f 
 Schlfls- u. Tropen-Hyg., 1907, xi, 347-371.— Garland (P. J.) 
 
AEROW. 
 
 Arrow poison. 
 
 Report on the arrow poison used by the Fra Fra. J. Roy. 
 Army M. Corps, Lond., 1905, t, lia-118.— Heubner (W.) 
 Ueber das Pfeilgift der Kalahari. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. 
 Pharmakol., Leipz., 1907, Ivii, 35S-366.— Howard (R. W.) 
 Notes on Bushman arrow poison. South African M. J., 
 Cape Town, 1893^, 1, 110.— Kelidlng (F.) Ueber das 
 Pfeilgift der Karo Batta's der Hochebene Sumatras (nord- 
 fistlicher Theil der BattarMnder). Schrift. d. naturf. Ge- 
 sellsch. in Danzig, 1897, n. F., ix, 268-274.— Krause (M.) 
 Untersuchungen iiber Pfeilgifte aus unsem afrikanischen 
 Kolonien. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Kolonlalkong. 1905, Berl., 
 
 1906, 264-288. . Uber Pteilgifte aus den deutschen 
 
 Kolonien AMkas. Arch. i. Schiffs- u. Tropen-Hyg., Leipz., 
 ~ Pfeilgift der.Watindlgas. 
 
 105-108, 
 
 Das 
 
 Gift- 
 
 Berl. Win. Wclmschr., 1910, Jdvii, 1699-1702. 
 pfeile aus Zilo von der oentralafrikanischen Seenexpedition 
 Seiner Hoheit des Eerzogs Adolf Friedrich zu Mecldenburg 
 1907-8. Ibid., 1911, xlviii, 1178. — I/ange (C.) Experi- 
 mentelle Beitrage zur Lehrevdmamerikanischen Pfeilgift*. 
 Ztsctir. f. Biol., Munchen, 1868, iv, 390-399. Also,in: Schifl 
 (M.) Ges. Beitr. z. Physiol., 8°, I^usanne, 1896, iii, 215- 
 224.— I* Dantec, Boy* & BertoL Etude des fltehes empoi- 
 sonntes du Haut^Dahomey. Arch, de mid. nav.. Par., 1897, 
 Ixviii, 401-^17.— Lewln (L.) Neue Untersuchungen fiber 
 die Pfeilgifte der Buschmanner. Ztschr. f. Ethnol., Berl., 
 1912, xliv, 831-837.— Llvon (C.) & Boinet. Recherches 
 physiologiques sur le poison des fltehes des Somalis. J. de 
 
 Physiol, et de path, gfe.. Par., 1901, iii, 234-249. . 
 
 Rechercliea physiologiques sur le poison des flfeches des 
 SomaJis. Ecole . . . de mM. et de pharm. de Marseille. 
 Lab. de Livon. Trav. de physiol. exw-r„ Par., 1910, 3. s., 
 1-26.— Malbec (A.) & BouTBeols, (H.) Poison des flfeches 
 du V&4zu61a. Rev. mens, de I'Ecole d'anthrop. de Par., 
 
 1897, vli, 248-253. . Les flSches empoisonn^es du 
 
 pays Baya (Haute-Sanghal. IHd., 1898, viii, 323-330. 
 
 . Les flfeches et les annes empoisonnees. Ibid., 
 
 1900, X, 108; 167; 190.— NeuvlUe (H.) Notes sur le ouab6, 
 
 Soison de flftches de I'Afrique orientale et sur la trihu des 
 [itgen. Anthropologie, Par., 1916, xxvii, 369-386.— Perrot 
 (E.) Le "ouab^," poison de flfeches de I'Afrique orientale 
 (d'aprfes H. Neuville). Bull. d. sc. Pharmacol., Par., 1917, 
 xxiv, 107-115.— Kelcliert (E. T.) Anno noki, or busiii:-the 
 arrow poison of the Ainus. Univ. Penn. M. Bull., Phila., 
 1903-4, XVI, 61-63.— Relnach (A.-J.) La flfeche en Gaule, 
 ses poisons et ses contre-poisons. Anthropologie, Par., 1909, 
 XX, 51-80.— Beutter(L.) Les flfeches empoisonnfees; analyse 
 de poisons. Rev. antlirop., Par., 1916, xxyi, 80; 290; 1917, 
 xxvii, 329-332: 1918, xxvili, 64.— Samter (P.) Ueber ein 
 sumatranisches Pfeilgift. Schrift. d. Naturf. Gesellsch. in 
 Danzig, 1897, n. F., ix, 271-274.— Santesson (C. G.) [Lu- 
 lengo, an arrow poison from Central Africa.) Svenska lak.- 
 sallsk. hand!., Stockholm, 1916, xUi, 1281-1292.- Sapin (A.) 
 Sur le poison des flfeches employfesjiar les Lukarets (enclave 
 de Lado). J. de pharm. et chlm.. Par., 1905, 6. s., xxi, 397. — 
 Sclia«r (E.) Betrachtungen und Nachrichten liijer tbieri- 
 sche Pfeilgifte. Janus, Amst., 1897, ii, 261-270.— Scbulz 
 (F. N.) Ueber ein Pfeilgift aus Deutsch-Westafrika (Togo- 
 tnd). Naturw. Wehnschr., Berl., 1903-4, n. F^ iii, 2.— 
 Stockman (R.) Malayan airow poisons. Rep. Lab. Roy. 
 Coll. Phys., Edinb,, 1897, vi, 297-300. . Arrow- 
 
 Soisons; their history, sources and constituents. Pharm. 
 ., Lond., 1898, 4. s., vii, 548; 585. Alio [Abstr.J: Pharm. 
 Era, N. Y,, 1899, xxi, 7.— Trommsdorff. Experimentelle 
 Untersuchungen iiber die von Buschleuten zum VergiJten 
 der Pfeilspitze benutzte Kaferlarve. Arch. 1. Schifls- u. 
 Tropen-Hyg., Leipz., 1911, xv, 617-630.— Vlncl (G.) Sopra 
 alcune frecde del Congo belga; contribute alia conoscenza 
 dei veleni delle freccie dell'Africa. Arch, intemat. de phar- 
 macod., Brux. & Par., 1910, xx, 353-367. Alio: Riforma 
 
 med., Napoli, 1910, xxvi, 116-121. . Sur une strychnos 
 
 et sur un poison du Congo beige; contribution k la connais- 
 sance des poisons des flfeches de I'Afrique. Arch. ital. de 
 biol., Tunn, 1910-11, Uv, 305.^Weefers-BettInk (H.) 
 Pfeilgifte von Borneo. Apoth.-Ztg., Berl., 1903, xviii, 699.— 
 'Windsor (F. N.) An examination of Alwr arrow poison. 
 
 Brit. M. J., Lond., 1912, i, 14. . Abor arrow poison. 
 
 Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1912, xlvii, 11.— Zanda (G. B.) & 
 Facco (A.) Sopra alcuni veleni delle freccie dell' Africa. 
 Arch, di rarmacog. [etc.], Roma, 1915, iv, 53-75, 2 pi. — 
 Zanda (G. B.) & Spano (S.) Sopra un veleno proveuiente 
 dal Congo belga. Glor. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1912, 
 4 s., xviu, 354-366. 
 
 Arroyo (Manuel) [1875- _ ]. 'Contribution k 
 r^tude des h^morragiea inta-p^riton&iles con- 
 s^cutives k la rupture de la trompe dans la gros- 
 sesse tubaire et en particuUer de leur traitement. 
 74 pp. 8°. Paris, 1899, No. 482. 
 
 Arroyo Villa verde (Trinidad). 'Mtisculos intrfn- 
 BBCOB del ojo en estado normal y patol6gico. 
 Acci6n de los medicamentos. 60 pp. 8°. 
 Madrid, 1896. 
 
 de Arruda Cardoso {Job6 Carlos). 'Semiologia da 
 lingua. 67 pp. roy. 8'. Rio da Janeiro, Carval- 
 haes, 1905. 
 
 ARSENIC. 
 
 de Arruda Sampaio (Arthur). *Le tetanos trau- 
 matique, sa s^rotherapie. 46 pp. 8°. Pari.s, 
 1899, No. 654. 
 
 Ars medendi, sive, doses et vires medicamentorum 
 omnium tam Galenicorum quam chemicorum 
 in pharmacopoeia CoUegii Kegalis Medicorum 
 Londinensis, impressa anno Dom. 1746. 565 pp. , 
 9 1. 8° Londmi, J. Waugh, 1760. 
 
 Ars moriendi: the book of the craft of dying, and 
 other early English tracts concerning death; 
 taken from manuscripts and printed books in the 
 British Museum and Bodleian libraries, now first 
 
 ■ done into modem spelling and edited by Frances 
 M. M. Comper, with a preface by the Rev. 
 George Congreve. front., xUii, 173, [1] pp. 24° 
 London, 'New York [etc.], Longmans, Green & 
 Co., 1917. 
 
 Arsac (Paul) [1874- ]. . *Contribution k I'^tude 
 du redressement brusque des gibbosites pottiques 
 par la methode de Calot. 60 pp., 6 pi. 8°. 
 Lyon, 1900, No. 129. 
 
 Arsacetin. 
 
 See, also, Syphilis {Treatment of) with arsa- 
 cetin. 
 
 Georglewsky (K.) & Cbmelnitsky (B.) Zur Frage 
 iiber die Arsacetin-Glykosurie. Med. Klin., Berl., 1914, x, 
 856. — ^Hammes (F.) Zur Beurteilung des Arsacetms (Ehr- 
 lich) und seiner Einwlrkung auf den Sehnerven. Deutsche 
 med. Wehnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1910, xxxvi, 267-269.— 
 Khmelnltskl (B. M.) [Arsacetin glycosuria.) Russk. 
 Vrach. S.-Peterb., 1914, xiii, 20.— NaegelL Ueber die Be- 
 handlung (Heiiung?) pseudoleukamischer Driisenaflek- 
 tionen mit Arsazetin. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1910, xxiv, 
 57-63. 
 
 Arsacetin (Toxicology of). 
 
 Borchers (H.) *Die toxischen Nebenwirkun- 
 gen des AiBacetins unter besonderer Beruck- 
 sichtigung der Nierenreizungen. 8°. Jena, 
 1910. 
 
 Borchers (H.) Die toxischen Netienwirkungen des 
 Arsazetins, insbesondere die Nierenreizungen. Mlinchen. 
 med. Wehnschr., 1910, Ivii, 408^10.— Sattler (C. H.) Pa- 
 thologisch-anatomische Untersuchung eines FaUesvon Er- 
 blindung nach Arsacetininjectionen. Arch. f. Ophth., 
 Leipz.,1912, Ixxia, 546-555.— Valnshteln (A. S.) [Atrophy 
 of the optic nerves, following the use of arsacetin.) Vesfeik 
 oftalmol., Mosk., 1910, xxvii, 175.— Tudln (K. A.) [Atro- 
 phy of both optic nerves after treatment with arsacetin.) 
 Vestnik oftalmol., Mosk., 1910, xxvii, 342. 
 
 Arsalyt. 
 
 MUUens (P.) & Gelhaar (F.) Ueber Arsalytbehand- 
 lung, insbesondere bei Syphilis und Malaria. Beihefte z. 
 Arch. f. Schifls- u. Tropenhyg., Leipz., 1914, xviii, 302-310. 
 
 Arsan. 
 
 Amende (D.) Ueber Arsan, eine neue Anwendtmgsform 
 der arsenigen Saure. Dermat. Centralbl., Leipz., 1910, xiii. 
 130-133. 
 
 Arsen -hsematose. 
 
 Baruch (F.) Erfahrungen tiber Arsen-Hamatose-Be- 
 handlung. Med. Bl,, Wien, 1910, xxxii, 289.— Burow (R.) 
 Ueber Arsen-Hamaiose. Wlen. klin. Rundschau, 1910, 
 xxiv, p. i. — Cobn (R.) Erfatirungen mit Araen-Bamatose. 
 Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1913, Ixxxii, 403.— Joachim 
 (A.) Ueber Arsen - Hamatose. Med. Bl., Wlen, 1910, 
 xxxiii, 50. 
 
 Arsenic [and compounds]. 
 
 See, also, Atoxyl; Salvarsan; Sodium (Ar- 
 seniateof); Waters (J/i7i«roZ, Arsenic in). 
 
 Cabochb (G.) *Etude compar6e des diff&ents 
 composes arsenicaux. 8°. Paris, 1904. 
 
 Cantu (J. L..) *[De arsenico. De aquis mine- 
 ralibus sulphureis. De veneficio ab acido arse- 
 nioso.] 12°. Augvstx Taurinorum, 1823. 
 
 Dessneb (G.) *Beitrage zur Kenntniss der 
 Arsenite des Bleis und Quecksilberoxyduls. 12°. 
 Proskurov, 1897. 
 
 JuHBL (L.-J.) *Essai sur I'arsenic colloidal 
 flectrique. 8°. Bordeaux, 1911. 
 
 Rleinert (C. F.) *De arsenico. 8°. lApsise, 
 1825. 
 
ARSENIC. 
 
 10 
 
 ARSENIC. 
 
 Arsenic [and compownds]. 
 
 Lebeau (P.) *Sur la preparation et les pro- 
 pri6t6s des ars6niures alcalino-terreux. 8°. 
 Pms. 1899. 
 
 Ecole de pharmacie. 
 
 Prtjmbs (A.) *Neu€ Versuche iiber den Nach- 
 weia von Arsen aus organischer Substanz. 8° 
 Wiirzhurg, 1904. 
 
 ScHtTLZE (W. H. A.) *Beitrage zur Elektro- 
 chemie des Arsens. 8°. Berlin, 1900. 
 
 SiEW (B.) *Ueber die Einwirkung von Jod- 
 kaliiun una Jodnatrium auf arsenigsaure Salze. 
 8°. Konigsherg i. Pr., 1904. 
 
 Thiele (M.) *Ueber die allotropen Modifika- 
 tionen deB Arsens. [Konigsberg i. Pr.] 8°. 
 Berlm, 1910. 
 
 ViLMiN (P.) *Action des trichlorure et tribro- 
 muie d'arsenic sur les amines, quelques alca- 
 loides, I'antipyrine et I'ammoniaque. [Nancy.] 
 8°. Bar-le-Duc, 1914. 
 
 Pharmacie. 
 
 Wankltn (J. A.l Arsenic. 12°. London, 
 1901. 
 
 WiESEE (0.) *Ueber den sogenannten natiir- 
 lichen Arsenit. 8°. Wurzhurg, 1903. 
 
 Bartbe (L.) Sur la pr&ence derarsenlo dans la glyc&ine 
 officmate. J. de phami. et chim.. Par., 1902, 6. s., xvi, 62- 
 55.— Baxter (G. P.) & Coffin (F. B.) A revision of the 
 atomic weight of arsenic; preliminary paper; the analysis of 
 silver arsenate. Proc. Am. Acad. Arts & Sc, Cambridge, 
 1908-9, xliv, 179-197.— Blnz (C.) Die Reduction der Arsen- 
 saure durch Organsafte. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharma- 
 kol., Leipz., 1896-7, xxxviii, 259-285.— Blnz (C.) & taar (C.) 
 Die Oxydation der arsenigen Saure im Organismus. liii., 
 1898, xli, 179-184.— Bleyer (B.) & Mllller (B.) Verbindun- 
 gen der arsenigen Saure mit Beryllium. Arch. d. Pharm., 
 Berl., 1913, ccB, 304-319.— BImnentlial (P.) Aromatische 
 Arsenkorper. Ergebu. d. inn. Med. u. Klnderh., Berl., 1912, 
 Tiii, 90-141. — Brunner (E.) Theorie der Auflosungs- 
 geschwlndlgkeit des Arseniks. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemle, 
 Leipz., 1905, 11, 494-499.— Brunor (E.) Notes on a new 
 organic arsenic preparation. Am. Med., Burlington, Vt., & 
 N. Y., 1914, n. s., ix, 475-484.— Buzlo (G.) Sulla pretesa 
 riducibilitii degli arseniati in mezzo alcalino. Boll. d. Soe. 
 med.-chir. di Pavla, 1910, xxiv, 609-630.— Carles (P.) Gra- 
 nules arsenicaux sans arsenic. Bull, commerc. Far., 1902, 
 XXX, 134.— CliauSard (A.) & GrigauttA.) Delastabilit« 
 des diS&ents composes arsenlcaux, et en particulier de 
 I'hectine et de I'arsenobenzol, en pr^ence des agents rMuo- 
 tenrs. Bull, et mSm. Soc. m4d. d. h5p. de Par., 1910, 3. s., 
 XXX, 480-484. — Danlos. Modiflcattons k deux formules 
 classiques de preparations arsenicales. Bull. g&a. th£rap. 
 [etc.]. Par., 1903, cxlv, 467-469.— Delfipine (A. S.) Arsemo 
 m modem life, and scheme for improved means of public 
 health investigations. J. San. Inst., Lond., 1902-3, xxiii, 
 244-268, 2 pi.— Eddowes (A.) What is arsenicr Med. 
 Times & Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1900, xxviii, 468.— Flscbel (R.) 
 Ueber die Beziehungen des Jodismus zu Allgemeinerkran- 
 kungen, nebst Bemerkungen iiber das Arsojodin. Prag. 
 med. Wchnschr., 1910, xxxv, 607; 622.— Fischer (E.) & 
 Klemperer (G.) XTebereineneueKIassevonlipoidenArsen- 
 verbindungen.. Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl., 1913, liv, 1-3.— 
 Forrester (G. P.) Organic preparations of arsenic. Lan- 
 cet, Lond., 1910, ii, 1858.— FteundUcli (H.) & Sehucht (H.) 
 Ueber das AusfaUen von Arsentrisulfidsol durch Salze der 
 seltenen Erden. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1912, Ixxx, 
 564-672. — ^Ftibner. Der Arsenwasserstoff und seine thera- 
 peiitische Verwendung. Berl. klin. Wchnschr.^ 1917, liv, 
 7^. — GajTigou (F.) La dlfiusion de Tarsemc dans la 
 nature. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par., 1902, cxxxv, 1113- 
 1115.— Gautler (A.) Arsenic dans les eaux de mer, dans 
 le sel gemme, le sel de cuisine, les eaux min^rales, etc.; son 
 dosage dans quelques r^actlfs usuels. Ibid., 1903, cxxxvii, 
 
 232-237# . Sur I'activitfi des nouveaux arsenlcaux or- 
 
 ganlques. Bull. Acad, de m&l.. Par., 1910, 3. s., Ixiv, 250- 
 
 269. . Sur la genfese des nouveaux arsenlcaux et sur 
 
 leur activity sp&aflque. Bull, et m^m. Soc. m&i. d. hflp. 
 de Par., 1910, 3. s., xxx, 463-474.— Goslo (B.) Ulteriori 
 ricerche sulla biologia e sul chimismo delle arseniomuffe. 
 Poliolin., Roma, 1900, vii, sez. med., 457-468. AUo: Riv. 
 d'Ig. e san. pubb., Tormo, 1900, xi, 661; 693.— Greaves (J. E.) 
 Stimulating influence of arsenic upon the nitrogen-fixing or- 
 ganisms of the soil. J. Agr. Research, Wash., 1916, vi, 389- 
 416.— Hausmann (W.) Zur Kenntnis der yon Scbimmel- 
 pilzen gebildeten gasformigen Arsenverbindungen. Ztschr. 
 I. Hyg. u. Infectionskrankh., Leipz., 1906, liji, 609-511.— 
 Hester (A.) Das Verbalten des Arseniks im Organismus. 
 Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1899, 
 Leipz., 1900, txxi, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 50.— Hucliard (H.) & Fies- 
 sli^r (C.) L'arsenic. Rev. gfe. de clin. et de tMrap., 
 Par., 1909; xxiii, 692-696.— Humphrey (J.) Modem or- 
 
 Arsenic [aThd compounds]. 
 
 ganic arsenic compounds. Pharm. J., Lond., 1909, 4. s., 
 xxviii, 83.— Huss (H.) Zur Keimtnis der biologischen Zer- 
 setzung von Arsenverbindungen. Ztschr. f. Hyg. n. Infek- 
 tionskrankh., Leipz., 1914, Ixxvl, 361-406.— We (M.) Com- 
 post arsenlcaux en pr&ence d'albuminoldes. Arch, inter- 
 
 dans quelques plantes parasites et parasitSes. Ibid., elv, 
 
 291-293. . La pr&ence de l'arsenic dans le regne 
 
 vegetal. J. de pharm. et de chim.. Par., 1912, 7. s., vi, 529- 
 
 535. . L'arsenic et le manganfese dans quelques 
 
 produits v<g6taux servant d'aliments an x animaux. Compt. 
 rend. Acad. d. sc. Par., 1914, clix, 268-270.— Karrer (P.) 
 Ueber die Rolle der organischen Arsenverbindungen in der 
 modemen Medizin. Naturwissenschaften, Berl., 1915, iii, 
 663-569.— KeWer f L. F.) The presence of arsenic in chemi- 
 cals. Proc. Am. Pharm. Ass., Bait., 1902, 1, 456-467. Also: 
 Am. J. Pharm., Phila., 1903, Ixxv, 30-39.— Kflpke (O.) 
 Ueber das Vorkommen von Arsen In Speisegelatlne. Arb. 
 a. d. k. Gsndhtsamte, Berl., 1911, xxxviii, 290-293.— Ixicke- 
 mann (G.) & Lucius (F.) Ueber die Totaladsorption von 
 Arsen durch Eisenhydroxyd. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, 
 Leipz. J913, Ixxxiii, 735-758.— liOckemann (G.) & Fauclce 
 (M.J Ueber die Adsorption von Arsen durch Aluminium- 
 . una Eisenhydroxid. Ztschr. f. Chemie u. Indust. d. Kol- 
 loide, Dresd., 1911, viii, 273-288.— LOb (W.) Zur Kenntnis 
 eines ArsengUdins. Med. Klin., Berl., 1909, v, 625.— Lovett 
 (A. L.) & Boblnson (R. H.) Arsenic as an insecticide. 
 J. Econom. Entomol., Concord, N. H., 1917, x, 345-348.— 
 liUcas (E. W.) "The limitation of arsemcal Impurity. 
 Pharm. J., Lond., 1904, 4. s., xix, 448.— Mamell (E.) & 
 Patta (A. ) Bull' acido para iodiofenilarsenico e sull' ioduro 
 di para iodiofenilarsemco. Boll; d. Soc. med.-chir. di 
 Pavia, 1909, xxiii, 23-25.— Martin (B. H.) Some observa- 
 tions on the arylarsonates. Memphis M. Month., 1909, zxix, 
 455-461.— Miller (H. B.) Arsemcum. Virginia M. Semi- 
 Month., Richmond, 1906-7, xi, 236-240.— Monneyrat (A.) 
 Relations entre la constitution chimique des corps arsenl- 
 caux organiques et leurs propriety microbicides. Cong, 
 franc, de mia. 0. r. 1910, Par., 1911, xi, 281-287.— Murua 
 y Valerdt (A.) Derivados metilicos del ars^nico deducidos 
 de la atomicidad de este radical y especial estudlo qufmico- 
 farmac^utico del dcido cacodilico y de los cacodilatos met&li- 
 eos. Cong, intemat. de mM. C.-r. 1903, Madrid, 1904, xiv, 
 sect, de pharm., 87-118.— O'Gara (P. J.) Presence of ar- 
 senic in fruit sprayed with arsenate of lead. Science, N. Y. 
 & lancaster. Pa., 1911, n. s., xxxiii, 900.— Patta (A.) & 
 Caccia (P.) Sul tetraioduro di para-aminofenilarsenico. 
 Arch, di &rmacol. sper., Roma, 1911, xii, 646-554. — Fopp 
 (G.) Der Arsengehalt der Frahkfurter Friedhofserde. Zt- 
 schr. f. Untersuch. d. Nahrungs-u. Genussmittel, Berl., 1907, 
 xiv, 38-40.— Klcht«r (E.) Ueber Arsentrijodid. Apoth.- 
 Ztg., Berl., 1911, xxvi, 728; 742.— Sandwlth (F. M.) The 
 Gresham lectures. Lecture in. Arsenic. Med. Press & 
 Circ, Lond., 1913, n. s., xcv, 659-663. Alio: St. Thomas's 
 Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1913, xxiii, 163-173.— Schlff (E.) Ueber 
 die Ablagerung yon Arsen in den Haaren. Wien. klin 
 Wchnschr.i 1898, xi, 537.— Schmltt (J.) Un kermfes d'ar- 
 senic. Rev. pharm.. Gaud, 1897, n. s., iii, 321-328. — Stewart 
 The pharmacology of arsenic. Proc. Med.-Chir. Soc Mon. 
 treal (1887-9), 1890, iv, 88-95.— Stlch (C.) Zur Arsenftage. 
 Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1901, xlviii, 424-427.— ValentI 
 (A.) Contributo alio studio del comportamento nell' orga- 
 nismo di alcuni derivati arsenicali organid (salvarsan e 
 cacodilato di sodio). Arch, di farmacolT sper., Roma, 1912, 
 xiii, 165-185. Also, tansl: Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1912- 
 13, Ivii, 425-438.— vanlno (L.) Ueber den Arsenwasserstofl. 
 Ztschr. f. ang. Chem., Berl., 1902, 856-858.- Vital! (D.) 
 Nuovo contributo alio studio delle trasformazioni dell' ani- 
 dride arseniosa nell' H)rganismo; nota. Mem. r. Accad d 
 sc. d. 1st. di Bologna, 1895, 6. s., v, 677-686.— Welgl (J.) Das 
 Arsen. Reichs-Med.-Anz., Leipz., 1908, xxxiii, 126; 146; 185- 
 224; 245.— Wleland (H.) Warum wirken aromatische Ar- 
 senverbindungen starker auf Protozoen ein als aliphatische 
 und anorganische? Ztschr. f. Immunltatsforsch. u. exper 
 Therap., Jena, 1913, Orig., xx, 131-136. 
 
 Arsenic (AnapJiylaxis to). 
 
 See Anaphylaxis to drugs. 
 
 Arsenic (Antidotes of). 
 
 See Arsenic {Poisoning by, Treatment of). 
 
 Arsenic (Effects of , Owtaneous). 
 
 Gabler (JT R.) *Ein Fall von Melanose der 
 Haut nach jahrelangem Arsengebrauch. 8°. 
 Leipzig, 1908. 
 
 Adamson (H. G.) Arsenical pigmentation with hyper- 
 keratosis of the palms and soles. Proc. Roy. Soc Med 
 Lond., 1908-9, ii, Dermat. Sect, 3.— Alderson (H. E.) Ar- 
 senical pigmentation and keratoses. Calif. State J. M San 
 Fran., 1913, xi, 390.— Aldrich (C. J.) I^uconychia striata 
 aisemcalis transversus, with report of three cases. Am J 
 M. SCy Phila. & N. Y., 1904, n. s., cxxvii, 702-709.— Audry 
 (C.) Sur un cas de mdlanodermie arsenicale de la peau et 
 
AESENIC. 
 
 11 AESENIC. 
 
 Arsenic {Effects of, Cutaneous). 
 
 des muqueuses a'origine mfidicamenteuse. Ann. de dermat. 
 et syph., Par., 1896, 3. s., vii, 1415-1418.— Bettmann. Ueber 
 Hautaffectionen nach innerlicliem Ateenikgebrauch; ein 
 Beitrag zur Frage des Zoster arsenicalis. Arch. 1. Dermat. 
 u. Syph., Wien & Leipz., 190O, li, 203-224, 1 pi.— Blacb 
 (M.) Ein Fall von Arsenkeratose. Wien. kiln. W chnschr., 
 1906, xix, 989-491.- Brault (J.) K^ratodermie aisenicale 
 chfiz les vignerons algfiriens. Biul. Soc. frani;. de dermat. et 
 syph.. Par., 1908, xix, 174-176.— Brouardel (G.) Troubles 
 del'appareil cutand dans rarsenicisme (^tiologie, symptoma- 
 tologie et Evolution). Gaz. hebd. de m^d.. Par., 1897, n. s., 
 ii, 601-607.— Calger (H.) A bullous eruption following the 
 administration of arsenic. Brit. M. J., lind., 1896, i, 967.— 
 Carpentier (E.) Taches pigmentaires cutan^ S, forme de 
 masque de grossesse, dans le couis d'un traitement par la 
 liqueur de Fowlerv Echo m^. du nord, Lille, 1898, ii, 620. — 
 Cattaelineau. Eruptions m&Jicamenteuses et profession- 
 nelles provoqu^ par rarsenic. Arch. g6n. de m6d,. Par., 
 1898, u, 192-207.— Clark'(L. P.) Herpes zoster foUowmg the 
 administration of arsenic in a case of epilepsy, N. York M. 
 J., 1897, Ixv, 803.— Coffin. Dermatoses arsenicales; un cas 
 de zona par Intoxication. J. d. mal. cutan. et syph.. Par., 
 1896, viii, 645-651. — Cummins. Keratoderma arsenicale. 
 Boston M. & S. J., 1917, clxxvl, 812.— Darier (J.) M^lano- 
 dermie et hyperkeratoses d'origine arsenicale; cancer arse- 
 nical. Aim. de dermat. et syph.. Par., 1902, 4. s., iii, 1121- 
 1128. Also: Bull. Soc. franp. de dermat. et syph.. Par., 1902, 
 xiil, 497-604.— Dubreullli (W.) K&atose aisenicale et 
 cancer arsenical. Ann. de dermat. et syph.. Par., 1910, 5. s., 
 1, 65-83. — Enrlquez & Lereboullet (P.) Un cas de mSlano- 
 dennie arsenicale g4n£ialis4e simulant la maladie d' Addi- 
 son. BuU. et m^m. Soc. mM. d. hOp. de Par., 1899, 3. s., 
 630-637. . Sur deux cas de mfilanodermie arse- 
 nicale g&i6ralis4e. Md., 1900, 3. s., xvii, 393-397.— Knley 
 (R. C.) Herpes zoster following arsenic. J. Cutan. Dis. 
 incl. Syph., N. Y., 1914, xxrii, 794.— Fiorito (G.) Tossico- 
 dermia aisenicale; cheratosi palmare. Ann. di med. nav., 
 Eoma, 1915, i, 618-527.— Fox (H.) Diffuse mottled pigmen- 
 tation, probably arsenical. J. Cutan. Dis. incl. Syph., N. Y., 
 1912, XXX, 348.— Gans (O.) Zur Histologle der Arsenme- 
 lanose. Beltr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1914, lx„ 
 22-38.— Hakell (R. W.) A case of acute arsenical poisoning, 
 ibllowed by symptoms'implicating tiie skin and peripheral 
 nerves. South African Mt J., Cape Town, 1893-4, i, 61.— 
 Hamburger (L. P.) Arsenical pigmentation and keratosis. 
 Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1900, xi, 87-91, 1 pi.— 
 Haidaway (W. A.) Remarks on arsenical pigmentation, 
 with a report of two cases. J. Cutan. & Gemto-Urin. Dis., 
 N. Y., 1898^ xvi, 184-187.— Heidlngsfeld (M. L.) Psoriasis 
 with arsenical pigmentation and keratoses. Lancet-Clinic, 
 Cincin., 1915, cxiil, 580.— Hohlleld. Demonstration einer 
 Arsendermatose. Miiuchen. med. Wchnschr., 1914, Ixi, 
 504.- Hooker (R. S.) Zoster aisenicalis, with a report of 
 three cases. Med. & Surg. Rep. Episc. Hosp., Phila., 1916, 
 iii, 101-103.— Hutchinson (J.) Zosterilorm pigmentation 
 of skin as a consequence of the medidnal employment of 
 
 arsenic. Arch. Surg., Lond., 1898, ix, 86. . Arsenic- 
 
 keratosis and arsemc-cancer. Ibid., 223-229, 1 pi.— Jordan 
 (A.) Casuistisehe MittheUungen iiber Hautveranderungen 
 durch Arsenik. St. Petersb. med. Wchnschr,, 1902, n. F., 
 xix, 171-173.— Kingsbury. AUsenical pigmentation. J. 
 Cutan. Dis. incl. Syph., N. Y., 1910, xxviii, 301.— Iflwen- 
 berg (M.) Ueber Arsenhyperkeratose uud Epitheliom. 
 Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte (MOn- 
 
 ■ster) 1912, Leipz. 1913, Ixxxiv, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 312.- 
 I^od (J. M. H.) Case of dermatitis following large dose of 
 arsenic. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1912-13, -n, Dermat. 
 Sect., 109-111.— MSneau (J.) Les dermatoses arsenicales. 
 Ann. d. dermat. et syph.^ Par., 1897, 3. s., viii, 345-379.— 
 Mlbelll (V.) Le cheratosi arsenieali; sunto storico e contri- 
 buto casistico. Sperimentale. Arch, di bid., Firenze, 1898, 
 Iii, 249-282.— Minkowski. Arsenmelanose. Deutsche 
 med. Wchnsolir., Berl. & Leipz., 1908, xxxiv, 2195.— Mor- 
 row (P. A.) Arsenical eruptions. J. Cutan. & Ven. Dis., 
 N. Y., 1886, iv, 195-201.— rreumann. Ueber ein durch den 
 intemen Gebrauch Ton Solutio Fowleri entstandenes Ery- 
 thema gyratum, papulosum und bullosum. Wien. klin. 
 
 Wchnschr., 1901, xiv, 1145. . Zur Kenntnis der 
 
 Arsendennatoseu. Allg. Wien. med. Ztg., 1906, li, 1; 13; 25; 
 37.— Nielsen (L.) Melanosis et Keratosis arsenicalis. Hosp - 
 Tld.,K0benh.,1896,4.K.,iT,lOO9;lO37. AUo.transWiS.ow.'Sh. 
 I. prakt. Dermat., Hamb., 1897, xxiv, 137-156. — O'Dono- 
 van (C.) A case of herpes after large doses of arsenic, with 
 some remarks on the etiology. J. Cutan. & Genito-Urin. 
 Dis., N. Y., 1899, xvii, 134-137.— 0rbaek (W. P.) [A case 
 of melanosis arsenicalis.] Ugesk. f. Lseger, K0benh., 18%, 
 6. R., iii, 1116-1118.— Basch (C.) [A case of arsemc mela- 
 nosis and keratosis.] Hosp.-Tid., K^benh., 1914, 5. R., 
 vii, 859.— Rllle. Zur Frage der Arsenik-Dermatosen. Wien. 
 klin. Wchnschr., 1902, xv, 437-439.— Robinson (A. R.) 
 Keratosis of palms and soles from arsenic. Med. Eec, N. Y., 
 1907, Ixxi, 415.— Schamberg (J. F.) An extensive case of 
 arsenical keratosis, with multiple epitheliomata. J. Cutan. 
 Dis. incl. Syph., N. Y., 1909, xxvh, 130.— Sequelra (J. H.) 
 Herpes zoster associated with generalized bullous eruption 
 from prolonged administration of arsemc. Brit. J. (Siild. 
 
 Arsenic {Effects of, Cutaneous). 
 
 Dis.,Lond.,1904,i,158-160.— Smetana(S.) Ueber Braunfar- 
 bung der Haut beim Gebrauehe von Arseiuk. Wien. klin. 
 Wchnschr., 1897, x, 903-905.— Sobel (J.) Generalized pig- 
 mentation and palmar keratosis following the use of Fow- 
 ler's solution. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1907, xxiv, 38-12.— 
 Solger (B.) Ueber Arsenzoster. Dermat. Centralbl., 
 
 Leipz., 1906-7, x, 1-8. . Nachtrag zu dem Aufeatz. 
 
 Ueber Arsenzoster. Ibid., 1907, x, 98-100.— Stadebuann 
 (E.) Ueber Auftreten von abnormen Pigmentierungen 
 una Veranderungen der Haare nach Arsenikgebrauch: 
 Deutsche Aerzte-Ztg., Berl., 1910, 389-391.— UUmann (K.) 
 Ueber einen Fall von ausgebreiteter Arsenikkeratosis mit 
 Ausgang in Epitheliom. AUg. Wien. med. Ztg., 1906, 11,. 
 
 69-61. . Fall von Arsentkteratosis der Palmse una 
 
 Plantae. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1912, xxv, 1244.— Waelsch 
 (L.) Zur Histologle der Arsenkeratose. Arch. J. Dermat. 
 u. Syph., Wien & Leipz., 1907, Ixxxvl, 245-256.— Wanklyn 
 (J. A.) Arsenical pigmentation. Rep. Brit. Ass. Adv. Sc, 
 Lond., 1901, Ixxi, 816.— White (C. J.) A case of dermatitis 
 medicamentosa due to the ingestion of arsenic. J. Cutan. 
 Dis. incl. Syph., N. Y., 1903, xxi, 434.— WMte (J. C.) Cases 
 of arsenical dermatitis. Boston M. & S. J., 1884, cxi, 433- 
 435. — White (R. P.) Acute symmetriial erythematous 
 keratodennia, caused by the administration of arsenic. 
 Brit. J. Dermat., Lond., 1903, xv, 21-24.— Wise. Arsenical 
 pigmentation, j. Cutan. Dis. incl. Syph., Chicago, 1918, 
 xxxvi, 237.— Zeisler (J.) Zoster aisenicalis. Ibid., N. Y., 
 1907, xxv, 515-521. Also: Intemat. Dermat. Cong, vi, 1907. 
 Tr., N. Y., 1908, ii, 851-862. 
 
 Arsenic {Effects of, Physiological and 
 pathological). 
 
 See, also, Anaphylaxis to drugs; Arsenic 
 {Effects of, Cutaneous); Arsenic {Elimination 
 of); Arsenic {Poisoning by); Arsenic {Toler- 
 ance of). 
 
 Bettmann (S.) *Ueber den Einfluss des 
 Aiseniks auf das Blut und Knochenmark dea 
 Kaninchena. 8°. Heidelberg, 1897, 
 
 AUo, in: Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1898, 
 xxiii, 377-^97, 2 pi. 
 
 Bloch (L.) *Action de I'arsenic sur le sang 
 et les organes li6matopoi6tiques; 6tude experi- 
 mentale. 8°. Paris, 1908. 
 
 Dupoux (P.) *Accidents de la medication 
 arsenicale interne. 8°. Paris, 1900. 
 
 Also [Abstr.], in: Gaz. d. h6p.. Par., 1900, Ixxiii, 1323-1325. 
 
 HiRATA (G.) *Ueber die Einwirkung des 
 Arsens auf das Pankreas des Meerschweinchens. 
 8°. Greifmald, 1909. 
 
 Also, in: Arch, intemat. de pharmacod., Brux. & Par., 
 1909, XIX, 371-391. 
 
 KoNOw (W.) *P8eudotabes arsenicalis peri- 
 pherica. 8°. Rostock, 1907. 
 
 Agazzl (B.) Dell'influenza di alcuni preparati arsenieali 
 
 sopra I'inteusita, di formazione di anticorpi batterici (aggluti- 
 
 nine) nel coniglio. Biechim. e terap. sper., Milano, 1909, i, 
 
 79-82.— Albertarlo (E.) Contributo clinico alio studio 
 
 delle paralisi arsenieali. Gazz. med. ital., Torino, 1913, 
 
 Ixiv, 131; 141.— Begemann (H.) Die Einwirkung des 
 
 Arsens auf die kiinstlich erzeugte Glykosurie beim Hunde, 
 
 nebst Bemerkungen iiber die ahmeutare Glykosurie. Arch. 
 
 intemat. de parmacod., Brux. & Par., 1912, xxii, 97-129.— 
 
 Biemackl (E.) Ueber die angebUohe blutbildende Wir- 
 
 kung des Arsemks. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1904, liv, 1161; 
 
 1216; 1276.— Cloetta (M.) Ueber Arsenikwirkung und 
 
 Angewohnung. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1911, 
 
 xli, 737-742.— Colman ^W. S.) A case of peripheral neuritis 
 
 due to intemal admmi,stration of arsemc. Tr. Clin. Soc 
 
 Lond., 1897-8, xxxi, 287.— Croce (g.) Ueber den Einfluss 
 
 natflrlicher Arsenwasser und kiinstlicher Arsenlosungen 
 
 auf den Stoffwechsel. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1911, Ixaii, 
 
 103-115.— Davis (B. F.) Two cases of perforation of the 
 
 nasal septum due to the inhalation of arsenic trioxid. J 
 
 Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1917, Ixviii, 1620.— EUett (E. C.) 
 rp,,„ ..« /^x. , . „ ^ J ,j,^^_ jj/ 
 
 'angelista (A.) 
 
 . . , . . io del preparati 
 
 orgamci ed morgamci di arsenico. Tommasi, Napoh, 1908. 
 iii, 800; 824.— Facklam (F. C.) Ein Fall von acuter Arse^ 
 mklahmung. Arch. f. Psychiat., Berl., 1898, xxxi, 258-273 — 
 Fischer (P.) & Hoppe (J.) Das Verhalten organischer 
 Arsenpraparate im menschlichen Korper. Miinchen. med 
 Wchnschr., 1909, Ivi^ 1459-1461.— Gianasso (A. B.) Sul- 
 1' azione dei preparati arsenieali sui reni dei bambini. Gior 
 d. r. Accad. di Torino, 1903, 4. s., ix, 782-792.— Gunn (J A ) 
 & Fcltham (W. J.) The antitomolytic action of arsenic 
 Brit. M. J., Lond., 1811, i, 134.— de Haas (H. K.) Ueber 
 durch Arson erzeugte Augenstorungen. KUn. Monatsbl 1 
 
ARSENIC. 
 
 12 
 
 ARSENIC. 
 
 f\ 
 
 Arsenic (Effects of, Physiological and 
 ■ pathological). 
 
 Xugonh., Stuttg., 1916, Ivii, 402. . Neuro-retinitis 
 
 arsenicalls. Nederl. Tijdsclir. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1917, i, 
 1064-1067.— Hefter (A.) Studien fiber das Verhalten des 
 Arsens im Organismus. Arch, intemat. de pharmacod., 
 Brux. & Par., 1905, xv, 399-417.— Henderson (R L.) BUnd- 
 ness due to the admimstration ol syntheUo arsenical com- 
 pounds. Am. J. Ophth., St. Louis, 1910, xxvii, 336-342.— 
 Hess (L.). & Sax] (P.) Via Einwirlmng des Aiaen auf die 
 Autolyse. Ztschr. f. eicper. Path. u. Therap., Berl., 1908, v, 
 89-93.— von Hoesslln (R. ) Ueber den Einfluss des Arseniks 
 aul den Blutbefund. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1913, xxvU, 
 849-851.- IngUs (O. E.) Arsenical necrosis. Tr. Acad. 
 Stomatol. 1897, Phila., 1898, 46-59. Also: Intemat. Dent. 
 J., Phila., 1898, xlx, 76-86.— Izar (G.) Ueber die Wirkung 
 des Arsens aut die Autolyse. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 
 1909, xxi, 46-50. Also, transl.: Arol>. di farmacol. sper., 
 Eoma, 1910, ix, 254-259.— Klonka (H.) Ueber die Arsenik- 
 wirkung. Arch. Intemat. de pharmacod., Brux. & Par., 
 1911, xxi, 489-512.— Kluyskens (G.) flls. De I'influence 
 floignfe de I'arsenio sur I'organisme. Belgique m^d., Gand- 
 Haarlem, 1907, xlv, 459-461 —Lancereaux. Les paraJysies 
 toxiques, en genial, et la paralysie ar.serucale en particulier; 
 dangers de la medication par I'arsenio. Bull. Acad, de 
 m4d.. Par., 1896, 3. s., xxxvi, 41-52.— Loeb (A.) Zur Ge- 
 fasswirkung des Arseniks. Verhandl. d. Gesellscn. deutsch. 
 Naturf. u. Aerzte (Karlsruhe) 1911, Leipz., 1912, Ixxxiii, 
 pt. 2, 2. Hltte., 489-491.— McAlester (A. W.) Blindness fol- 
 lowing the administration of organic arsenic. J. Missouri 
 M. Ass., St. Louis, 1911-12, viii, 144-146.— Massaglla (A.) 
 Delia pretesa azione sui rem di alcuni preparati di arsenico. 
 Tommasi, NapoU, 1905-6, i, 451.— Onaka (M.) Ueber die 
 Wirkung des Arsens auf die roten Blutzellen. Ztschr. t. 
 )hysiol. Chem., Strassb., 1910-11, Ixx, 433-440.— Panton 
 ,P. N.) An investigation into some aspects of the action of 
 arsenic. Proc. Roy. Soo. Med., Lond., 1908-9, ii. Path. 
 Sect., 1-26. Also: 6t. Thomas's Hosp. Rep. 1907, Lond., 
 1909, n. s., xxxvi, 363-390.^Pasinl 0^.) Azione caustica 
 dell' anidride arseniosa sopra i tessuti epiteliali. Gior. 
 ital. d. mal. ven.jMllano, 1905, xl, 726-739. — Pearee (Louise) 
 & Brown (W. H.) Chemdpathological studies with com- 
 pounds of arsenic. J. Exper. li., Lancaster, Pa., 1919, xxii, 
 517; 525; 535: 1916, xxiii, 443-459, 23 pi. Also, Reprint.— 
 Phillips (J.) Arsenical idiosyncrasy. Lancet, Lond., 1903, 
 ii, 97. — Power (.T.E) Case of arsenical necrosis. Intemat. 
 Dent. J., Phila., 1902, xxiii, 790-793, 1 pi.— Pukhovskl 
 (L.) [Idiosyncrasy to arsenic.) Ejenedt jour. "Prakt. 
 Med.," S.-Peterb., 1900, vii, 717.— Putnam (L J.) The 
 character of the evidence as to the injuriousness of arsenic as 
 a domestic poison. Boston M. & S. J., 1891, cxxiv, 623-626. 
 Also, Reprint.— Ravenna (F.) Le emazie granulose sotto 
 Pazione del ferro e dell'arsenico. Lavori d. Cong, di med. 
 int. 1910, Roma, 1911, xx, 157.— B«thl (L.) Kehlkopf- und 
 'Luftrohrenentzundung infolge von Arsenikgebrauch. Wien: 
 med. Presse, 1897, xxxviii, 325-327.— RIeger fJ. B.) & Solo- 
 mon (n. C. ) The circulation of arsenic in the cerebrospinal 
 fluid. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1918, Ixxi, 15-17. Also^ 
 Reprint.— Rlehl (M.) Versohiedene Arsenwirkune bei 
 Muskelarbeit und bei Muskelruhe. Miinchen. med. Wchn- 
 schr., 1908, Iv, 2661.— Robin (A.) & Binet (M.) Action de 
 Pars^iate de sonde et de I'ars^nite de potasse sur le chimisme 
 respiratoire. Bull. gin. de therap. [etc.]. Par., 1899, cxxxviii, 
 401-409.— Komero (F.) Observaciones de gangrena o esca- 
 riflcaeldn as^ptica por el &;ido arsenloso. Bepert. de med. 
 y cirug., Bogotd,, 1916, vU, 312-315.— Scandaliato (S.) 
 Bull' azione ematogena del metarsolo. Gior. intemaz. d. sc. 
 med., Napoli, 1903, n. s., xxv, 883-894.— SctalJllng & Nan- 
 mann. Ueber die Verteilung des Arsens im ticrischen 
 Organismus. Arch. f. Sohifls- u. Tropen-Hyg., Leipz., 1912, 
 X.V1, 101-109.— Scolone (L.) & Brlnda (A.) Azione di 
 alcuni preparati d'arsenico sul reni. Gazz. d. r. Accad. dl 
 med. dl Torino, 1903^4. s.,ix, 313-323.— Simon; ArseniklSh- 
 mung. Berl. klm. Wchnschr., 191 4, 11, ,235. — Stockman. 
 The action of arsenic on the bone-marrow and blood. Tr. 
 Glasg. Path. & Clin. Soc^ 1898-9, vii, 246.— Stockman (R.) 
 & Cbarterls (F. J.) The action of arsenic on the bone 
 marrow of man and animals. J. Path. & Bacteriol., Edinb. 
 & Lond., 1902-3, vlii> 443-447, 1 pi.- Stockman (R.) & 
 Greig (E. D. W.) The action of arsenic on the bone-marrow 
 and blood. J. Physiol., Lond., 1898-9, xxiii, 376-382, 1 pi.— • 
 Thomson (A.) Effets produits par une petite quantity 
 d'arsenlp prise Intfeieurement. Essais et obs. de med. de la 
 Soc. d'Edinb., Par., 1742, iv, 51-53.— Tlnel (J.) & Lerolde 
 ( J. ) Recherches sur la permeability k I'arsenio des meninges 
 normales et pathologiques. Compt. rend. Soo. de biol., 
 Par., 1913, Ixxiv, 1073-1075.— Unmann (K.) The various 
 effects produced by subcutaneous or intravenous injections 
 of the several arsenical compounds on the liver. Urol. & 
 
 Cutan. Rev., St. Louis, 1914, xviii, 519-526. . Experi- 
 
 mentelles zur Arsenwirkung auf die Organe. Wien. tlin. 
 Wchnschr., 1914, xxvii, 838-843.— Waugh (W. P.) Arsenic 
 an antthemolysin. Denver M. Times [etc.], 1912-13, Sxxii, 57. 
 
 Arsenic (Elimination of). 
 
 Falloubd (E.) *Eliiniiiation de quelques 
 composes arsenicaux organiques et min^raux par 
 la glande mammaire. 8°. Montpellier, 1903. 
 
 Arsenic (Elimination of). 
 
 Charles-Bongrand (J.) L'^hmination de I'arsenio dans 
 le traitement par les produits organo-arsenicaux. Rev. d. 
 sc. Pharmacol., Par., 1911, xviii, 52-157.— Djitcher (E. A.) 
 & Steel (M.) The elimination and retention of arsemc as 
 determined by the Koch-Norton method. J. Am. Chem. 
 Soc, Easton, Pa., 1914, xxxvi, 770-773.— Knecht (E.) & 
 Dearden (W. F.) The elimination of arsenic through the 
 hair and its relation to arsenical poisoning. Lancet, Lond., 
 1901, i, 854.— Lockemann (G.) Ueber die Aisenausschei- 
 dung nach injektion von Arsenikalien. Centralbl. f. Bak- 
 teriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1911, 1, Ref., Beiheft, 114-116.— 
 Schetbatscheft (D.j Ueber die Dauer der Ausscheidnng 
 des Arsens in gerichtlioh-chemischer Beziehung. Vrtljsehr. 
 f. gerichtl. Med., Berl., 1900, 3. P., xix, 233-262.— Tendron . 
 (E.) Recherches sur reUmmation de I'arsenic aprfes injeo- 
 tion sous-cutan^e d'arstoophtaylglycine. Bull. Soc. path. 
 
 exot., Par., 1909, ii, 625-627. . Etude comparative de 
 
 I'eiimination de Parsenio aprfes ipjections de divers medica^ 
 ments arsenicaux, atoxyl, arsenophenylglyclne, arsfeo- 
 benzol. Bull, et m^m. Soc. mfid. d. hap. de Par., 1910, 
 n. s., xxx, 474-476.— Ullmann (K.) & Haudek. L'^liml- 
 nation et I'accumulation des preparations arsenicales. Clin. 
 prat, med.-chir. depath. [etc.], Par., 1911, vii, 113. 
 
 Arsenic (Normal occurrence in the ani- 
 mal body of). 
 
 Beitiand (Cf.) Sur I'existence de I'arsenic dans I'orga- 
 nisme. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par., 1902, oxxxiv, 1434- 
 
 1437. . Sur la recherche et sur I'existence de I'arsenic 
 
 dans I'organisme. Ann. de I'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1902, xvi, 
 
 553-561. . Sur I'existence de Parsemo dans la serie 
 
 animale. Bull. d. sc Pharmacol., Par., 1902, v, 329-332. 
 . Nouvelles recherches sur I'arsenic de I'organisme; 
 
 Fresence de ce metallo'ide dans la s^rie animale. Ann. de 
 Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1903, xvii, 1-10.— Bloemendal (W. H.) 
 Arson im tierischen Organismus. Arch. d. Pharm., Berl., 
 1908, ccxlvii, 599-616.— Bonn (A.) & Rlvi«re (C.) Sur la 
 pr&ence d'arsenic dans le foie des ohevaux emphysemateux 
 (chevaux poussifs). Rev. d'hyg., Par., 1907, xxix, 97-99. — 
 Cantalamessa (C.) Arsenico nolle ossa. Gior. di med. 
 leg., Lanciano, 1897, iv, 33-40.— Oernf (K.) Ueber das 
 Vorkommen von Arson im thicrisehen Organismus. Ztschr. 
 f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1901-2, xxxiv, 40S-416.— From- 
 mer (V.) Das Vorkommen des Arsens in menscbllchen 
 Organen, mlt besonderer Beriicksichtigung des weiblichen 
 Organismus. Arch. f. Gynaek., Berl., 1914, ciii, 338-366.— 
 Gautler (A.) Sur I'existence normale de rarsenic chez les 
 animaux, et sa localisation, dans certams organes. Compt. 
 rend. Acad. d. sc. Par., 1899, cxxix, 929-936. Also: Bull. 
 Acad, de mM., Par., 1899, 3. s., xlii, 561-568. Also, transl.: 
 
 Chem. News, Lond., 1900, Ixxxi, 135. . Sur I'aisenie 
 
 normal des animaux et son rdle dans l^economie. Cong, 
 intemat. de med. C. r.. Par., 1900, sect, de physiol., 86-99. 
 
 . Localisation, elimination et engines de I'arsenic chez 
 
 les animaux. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1900, cxxx, 
 284-291. Also: BuO. Acad, de med.. Par., 1900, 3. s., xliii, 
 116-126. . Localisation de rarsenic normal dans quel- 
 ques organes des animaux et des plantes; ses origmes. 
 Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1902, cxxxv, 833-838. Also: 
 Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1902, 11. s., iv, 1242-1244. 
 
 . L'arsenic existe normalement chez les animaux et se 
 
 localise surtout dans leurs organes ectodermiques. Compt. 
 rend. Acad. d. sc. Par., 1902, cxxxiv, 1394-1399. Also, 
 transl: Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1902, xxxvi, 
 
 391-397. . Sur I'arsenic normal des animaux. Compt. 
 
 rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1902, 11. s., iv) 727-729. . 
 
 L'arsenic existe-t-il dans iious les organes de I'economie ani- 
 male? Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par., 1903, cxxxvU, 295- 
 301. Also [Abstr.]: Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1903, 
 Iv, 1076.— Gautler (A.) & ClausmaJin (P.) Origines ali- 
 mentaires de I'arsemc normal chez I'homme. Compt. rend. 
 Acad. d. so.. Par., 1904, oxxxix, 101-108. Also: Compt. 
 rend. Soc de biol., Pajy 1904, Ivii, 55-58.— Gross (H.) 
 Arson im menschlichen KBrper. Arch. f. Krim.-Anthrop. 
 u. Kriminalist, Leipz., 1900, iv, 186.— Halphen (G.) L'ar- 
 senic normal. Clinique, Par., 1906, 1, 569.- Httdlinoser 
 (C.) Enthalten gewisse Organe des Korpers physiologi- 
 soher Weise Arsen? Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1901, 
 xxxjii,, 329-344.— Kunkel (A. J.) Ueber den normalen 
 Arsengebalt des menscbllchen Organismus. Sitzungsb. d. 
 
 phys.-med. Gesellsoh. zu Wurzb., 1905, 12. . Beitrilge 
 
 zur Frage des sogenannten normalen Arseniks. Ztschr. f. 
 physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1905, xliv, 511-529.— Schlaeden- 
 hauffen & Pagel. Sur la presence de l'arsenic normal dans 
 les organes. Bull, commerc. Par., 1900, xxviii, 467-469. 
 Also: Conmt. rend. Cong, internat. de pharm. 190O, Par., 
 1901, 75.— Segale (M.) Untersuohungen fiber das Vor- 
 handensein von Arsen in den normalen Geweben vermittelst 
 der biologisohen Methode. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., 
 Strassb., 1904, xlii, 175-180.— Todeschlnl (G.) Sull' esis- 
 tenia delP arsenico nell' organismo umano. Atti r. 1st. 
 Veneto di so., lett. ed arti, Venezia, 1892-3, 8. s., v, pt 2 
 193-195.— Vamossy (Z.) & Balogl (M.j IPresence o} 
 arsenic in the normal human organism.] Orvostud. ertek 
 gyfljt. Magy. orv. Arch., Budapest, 1914, tl. f., xv, 363-381. 
 1 dlag. 
 
ARSENIC. 
 
 13 
 
 AESENIC. 
 
 Arsenic (Poisoning hy). 
 
 See, also, Arsenic in coloring matters, etc.; 
 Bismuth {Toxicology o/); Hydrogen arsenid; 
 "Wallpaper; - Wines {Toxicity of) . 
 
 Fromm (A. L.) Abhandlung fiber die Ver- 
 giftung mit arseniger Saure, nebst einer kriti- 
 Bchen Beleuchtvmg des Marsh'schen Apparats. 
 8°. PTten, 1842. 
 
 Great Britain. Royal commission on ar- 
 senical poisoning. Final report of the royal 
 commission appointed to inquire into arsenical 
 poisoning from the consumption of beer and 
 other articles of food or drink. Part I. Final 
 report, fol. London, 1903. 
 
 Gkote (L. R.) *Die pathologische Anatomie 
 der Arsenvergiftung. 8*. Berlin, [1912]. 
 
 Guber (Chaja). *Ueber Arsenvergiftung nach 
 Beobachtungen auf der medizinischen IJniver- 
 sitatskUnik Zurich. 8°. Zurich, IWi. 
 
 Haas (A.) *Ueber Vergiftung durch Arsen- 
 wasserstongas. 8°. Miinchen, 1902. 
 
 Ros (V.) *Sur les dangers de I'emploi des sels 
 arsenicaux en agriculture au point de vue de 
 I'hygifene publique. 8°. Montpellier, \^Q&. 
 
 ScHLOssER (H.) *Ueber , einige seltenere 
 Vorkommnisse nach akuter Arsenvergiftung. 
 8°. Basel, 1896. 
 
 Valeur (A.) *Arsenic (chimie et toxicologie). 
 8°. Paris, 1904. 
 
 Concours. 
 
 . The same. Chimie et toxicologie de 
 
 I'arsenic et de sea comi)os6s. 8°. Paris, 1904. 
 
 Werner (E.) *Beitrage zur Pathologie der 
 Arsenvergiftung. 8°. Breslau, 1901. 
 
 Anderson (W. J. W.) Unusual ending in a case of arsenic 
 poisoning. Lancet, Lond., 1910, i, 1138.— Barnett (E. C.) 
 Arsenical poisoning from preserved eggs. N. Zealand M. J., 
 Wellington, 1917, xvi, 175.— Beggs (S. T.) Notes on twenty- 
 eight cases of poisoning by arsenic. J. Kqy. Army Med. 
 . ' Corps, Lond., 1905, iv, 647.— Bertin-Sans (H.) & Kos (V.) 
 !L"emploi de I'arsenio en agriculture; ses dangers. Mon^el. 
 m^d., 1907, zxv, 323-332. — Besiedka. Du rdle des leuco- 
 cytes dans I'intoxication par un© combinaison sulfur^ 
 d'arsenic. Ann. de I'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1899, xUi, 49-66. — 
 Blarez (C.) & Denlg<^ (G.) Ck)ntributiou k, I'^tude de la 
 localisation de Parsenic dans I'intoxication psir I'anbydride 
 ars&iieux. Compt. lend. Soc. de biol.,' Par., 1905, Iviii, 279- 
 282. — Brault (77) Accidents arsenicaux cliez les colons 
 algMens. Ann. d'hyg., Par., 1908, 4. s.,' x, 136-143.— 
 Biouaidel (G.) Empoisonnements par Tarsenic. Arcb. 
 
 ffe. de m^.. Par., 1900, n. s., iv, 614-638.— Brouardel (P.) 
 I Foucliet ( G.) Sobre algunos de los sintomas de la intoxi- 
 caddn arsenical crdnica; sobre los modos y duraci6n de la 
 , eliminacidn fuera del cuerpo bumano del ars&ico y de sus 
 compuestos. Cong, intemac. de med. leg., Madrid, 1899, ill, 
 110-124. — Canara (M.) Awelenamento per arsenico della 
 via vaginale.. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1897, xviii, 429. — Caze- 
 neuve. Sur les accidents d'intoxicatlou par les arsenicaux k 
 I'occasion des traitements de la vigne centre la cochylis. 
 Bull. Acad, de m&6... Par., 1911, Ixvi, 8-11.— Cazeneuve, 
 Cbanteinesse[r< a/.]. Sur I'emploi des composfe arsenicaux 
 en agricutm'e consid^6 au point de vue de I'bygifene publi- 
 que. Ibid., 1909, 3. s., Ixi, 17-57.— Cebria (R. M.) Envene- 
 namiento de un nino por el ars6nico. Med. de los nines, 
 Barcel., 1906, vii, 17.— Colombano (A.) Un case d'awe- 
 lenamento multiplo per arsenico per I'nso dl damigiane che 
 contennero acido solforico. Boll. cbim. farm., Milano, 1913, 
 Bi, 500. — Coover (F. W.) Specimen of stomacb from case 
 of poisoning by Bough on Bats. Proo. Phila. Co. M. Soc., 
 PMla., 1884-5, vii, 123.— Corin (G.) Sur la repartition des 
 toxiques dans I'&onomie, k propos de deux cas d'empoison- 
 nement par Parsenic. Arch, intemat. de mM. 16g., Brux. 
 [etc.], 1911, il, 242-258. — Dangers in the manulacture of pans 
 green and Scneele's green. Month. Rev. U. S. Bureau Labor 
 Statistics, Wash., 1917, v, 278-283.— Deleonardl & Ferglier. 
 Un caso d'awelenamento per soluzione arsenicale del 
 Fowler. Boll. d. Ass. med. tridentina, Trento, 1896, xv, 
 198-a)0. — Denlgis (G.) Les empoisonnements par I'arsenio. 
 Rev. scient., Par., 1909, 5. s., xi, 490^94.— Denigfis (G.) cSt 
 Blsirez (C.) Sur la localisation du poison dans I'intoxica- 
 tion par I'anhydride ars^nieux. J. de m^d. de Bordeaux, 
 1905, XXXV, 132 — Oepolovlcli (P.) [Influence of arsenic 
 upon the cadavers of those iHHSoned by it.) Vestnik Obsh. 
 ffig., Sudeb. i Prakt. MedT, S.-Peterb., 1914, 1, 700-705.— 
 D6ri (H.) Ueber zwei Falle von Fliegensteinvergiltung 
 (Arsenkobalt). Pest. med.Kjhir. Presse, Budapest, 1898, 
 xxxiv, 985-989.— Dumesnfl (E.) Sur la toxicity de I'amal- 
 
 Arsenic (Poisoning hy). 
 
 game d'arsenio Asj Hgs. Bull. gto. de th^rap. [etc.], Par., 
 1914, cbrrii, 552-555.— Bkeley (J. B.) On the distribution of 
 ante-mortem administered arsenic in the human cadaver. 
 J. Am. Chem. Soc, Easton, Pa., 1913, xxxv, 483-486.— 
 Fllomusi Guelfl (G.) Bopra un caso di awelenamento per 
 arsenico in donna gravida. Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir. di 
 Pavia, Milano, 1888, No. 1, 29-31.— Fuchs (K.) Klinisohe 
 Erfahrungeu liber N6o-Arsykodile. Wien. tlin. Bund- 
 schau, 1903, xvii, 508-510.— Fuchslg (E.) Ueber Arsenik- 
 verglftung vom Uterus aus. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1912, 
 XXV, 631. — Gamier (L.) L'arsenie dans le foie dataj les 
 intoxications aigues. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1909, 
 Ixvii, 738. — Gascard (A.) Deux cas d'empoisonnement 
 (aignetsubaigu)parranliydridears^nieux. J.depharm.etde 
 chim., Par., 1913, 7. s., vii, 329-335.— Glaister (J.) Poisoning 
 by arseniuretted hydrogen and arsenical fumes from scien- 
 tino and industrial operations. Tr. Intemat. Cong. Med. 
 1913, Londy 1914, Sect, xix, Forens. Med., pt. 2, 139-152.— 
 Gulewltscn ( W .) Ein Fall von Vergiftung mit Arsen- 
 wasserstoff. Ztsohr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1898, xxiv, 
 511. — Haberda (A.) Ueber Arsenikvergiftung von der 
 Scheide aus und iiber die locale Wirkung der arsenigen 
 Saure. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1897, x, 201-206.— Hadley 
 (W. J.) [Case.) Clin. J., Lond^ 1896-7, vlii, 372.— Harnack 
 (E.) Die Arsenvergiftung. Deutsche Aerzte-Ztg., Berl., 
 
 1899, 3-10. — Harvey (B.) On some points in cases of arsen- 
 ical poisoning. Indian Lancet, Calcutta, 1897, x, 7-9. — 
 Heard (B. L.) Eecovery from arvlarsonate poisoning. 
 Brit. M. J., Lond., 1910, ii, 623.— Heffter (A.) Ueber die 
 Ablaeerung des Arsens in den Eaaren. Vrtljschr. f. ge- 
 richtl. Med., Berl., 1915, xlix, 194-205.— Henrijean (F.), 
 Honorfe [ei al.]. Becherches sur une pr6tendue Intoxication 
 arsenicale collective en SuMe. Rev. d'hyg.. Par., 1913, 
 xxxv, S52; 660. — Heymans. Degrfi de toxicity, rapidite 
 d'absorption et pouvoir d'immunisation de l'arsenie. BuU. 
 Acad. roy. de m^. de Belgj Brux., 1900, 4. s., xiv, 68-73.— 
 Hedlmoser (C.) [Case.] Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1898, 35, 
 849.— Hofler(G.) Em Fall von gewerblicherArsenwasserstoff- 
 vergiftung. Prag. med. Wchn.schr., 1910, xxxv, 158.— 
 Hutchinson (J.) Clinical remarks in a case of poisoning 
 by the medicinal use of arsenic. Polyclin., Lond., 1902, vi, 
 267-260.— Joachim (G.) Ueber Blutveranderuneen bei 
 Vergiftung mit Arsenwasserstofl. Deutsches Arch. t. klin. 
 Med., Leipz^ 1910, c, 62-67, 1 pi.— JoachUnoglu (G.) Ver- 
 gleichende Untersuchungen uber die Giftigkeit der arsenigen 
 Saure und Arsensaure. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1916, Ixx, 
 144-167.— Kelynack (T. N.) A fatal case of acute arsenical 
 poisoning. Edinb. M. J., 1898, n. s.,iv, 353, Ipl.— Kllhnau. 
 Falle aus einer kleinen Epidemie von Arsenintoxication. 
 Jahresb. d. schles. Gesellsch. f. vaterl. Kult. 1899, Bresl., 
 
 1900, Ixxvii, 1. Abt., med. Sect., 126-128.— Lafon (C.) In- 
 toxication arsenicale par la medication eacodylique. Gaz 
 hebd. d. sc. mM. de Bordeaux, 1903, xxiy, 273. Also: J. de 
 mgd. de Bordeaux, 1903, xxxiii, 401.— Launoy (L.) A 
 propos de la toxicity de quelgues composes mineraux et 
 organiques de l'arsenie et sur I'accoutumance k ce poison. 
 Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par., 1910, cli, 897-899.— tawes 
 (C. H. E.) Notes on a fatal case of arsenical poisoning. 
 Australas. M. Gaz., Sydne3% 1908, xxvil, 544. — Lecoq. 
 Toxicity de l'arsenie metalloidlque. Compt. rend. Acad. d. 
 sc. Par., 1910, cl, 887-889.— L«plne (R.) Sur un cas dans 
 Sequel quince grammes de liqueur de Fowler ont sejournS 
 deux henres et demie dans I'estomac sans amener de symp- 
 tdmes d'intoxication; imnortance de la crampe du pylore 
 Semalne m^d., Par., 1901, xxi, 161.— Lcscoeur (H.) Sur la 
 repartition de l'arsenie dans les difffirents organes a la suite 
 de I'intoxicatipn aigue. Nord med., LiUe, 1907, xiii, 193.— 
 liUgaro (E.) Sulle alterazloni degli element! nervosi negli 
 awelenamenti per arsenico e per piombo. Eiv. di patol. 
 nerv., Firenze, 1897, li, 49-64.— McNaUy (W. DO The reten- 
 tion of arsenic in the organs. J. ATn. Chem. Soc, Easton, 
 Pa., 1917, xxxix, 828-828.— Martin (T. A.) [Case.] St. 
 Louis Cour. Med., 1900, xxii, 138.— Melliere (G.) Intoxica- 
 tion arsenicale rndustneUe; recherche de l'arsenie dans les 
 phanferes (cheveux, polls). J. de pharm. et de chim.. Par., 
 1916, 7. s., xiv, 6-8.— Mestrezat. La question du danger de 
 I'emploi des sels arsenicaux en agriculture. Ibid., 1908, 6 s 
 xxvui, 393-397.— Meyerhoir. [Case.] Berl. kiln. Wchnschr 
 1905, xlii, 1044-1046.— Michaells (P.) Ueber Arsenikvergif- 
 tung; ein kasuistischer Beitrag. Med. Klin., Berl., 1915, 
 xi, 802-«04.— MOrner (C. T.) Nfigra ord 1 frflgan om iindring 
 af gallande arsenikstadga. [Beitrag zur Prage iiber die 
 Aenderung der geltenden schwedischen Arsenikverordnung 
 Uebers., p. xxv.] Upsala Lakaref. Forh., 1901-2, n. F., vfl, 
 536-643.— Morishlma (K.) GitUgkeitsgrad, Absorptions- 
 geschwindigkeit und Immunisirungsvermogen des Arse- 
 niks. Arch, intemat. de pharmaood., Gand & Par., 1900, 
 
 vii, 65-114. . Ueber das Vorkommen der Milchsaureim 
 
 thierisohen Organismus mit Beriicksichtigung der Arsenver- 
 giftung. [Japanese text.] Mitt. d. med. Gesellsch. zu 
 Tokyo, 1900, xiv, 191; 245.— Moser (W.) The anatomical 
 changes m arsemcal poisoning. N. York M. J., 1896, Ixiii 
 746.— Moureu (C.) Sur I'emploi des composes arsenicaux! 
 en agriculture, considers au point de vue de I'hygitoe 
 publique. Bull. Acad, de med.. Par., 1909, 3. s., 1x1, 17; 61- 
 99; 140; 177.— Mllller. Acute tiidliche Arsenikvergifhmg 
 bei extemer Anwendung. Med. Cor.-Bl. d. wurttemb. 
 
ARSENIC. 
 
 14 
 
 ARSENIC. 
 
 Arsenic (Poisoning by) . 
 
 axztl. Ver., Stuttg., 1897, Ixvii, 287.— Nabers (F. E.) A case 
 ol Rough on Rats poisoning. Alabama M. & S. Age, Annis- 
 
 compos&arsenicaux. J. de mM. v^t. et zooteeh.j Lvon, 1911, 
 5. s., XV, 611-626.— von Baumer (E.) & Spaeth (E.) Eine 
 Arsenvergiftung nach dem Genusse von Schirarzbrod. 
 Ztschi. t. Untersuoh. d. Nahrttogs-und Genussmittel, Berl., 
 1902, 411-413. — Kaymond. Intoxication arsenicale sural- 
 gue. J. de med. int., Par., 1906, x, 12-14.— Keed (A. C.) 
 Arsenic poisoning; case reports from China. N. York M. 3. 
 [etc.], 1915, ci, 661. jltoo. Reprint.— Reid (J.) A point in 
 arsenical poisoning. Lancet, Lond., 1902,ii, 1354.— Beynolds 
 (E. S.) Some old records of epidemic arsenical poisomng. 
 Med. Chron., Manchester, 1901, 4. s., i, 17-31.— King (J. W.) 
 Arsenious poison. Carolina M. J., Charlotte, 1907, xxix, 
 792-79S.— Kyan (L. A.) The distribution of arsenic' in liver 
 tissue in cases of poisomng. J. Am. Chem. Soc, Easton, Pa., 
 1915, xxxvii, 1959.— Salmon (D. E.) Arsemcal poisoning 
 from smelter smoke in the Deer Lodge Valley, Montana. 
 Am. Vet. Rev^ N. Y., 1911, xxxix, 14; 245; 517: 1911-12, xl, 
 164; 579-739.— Schmidt-Nielsen (S:) [Case.l Norsk Mag. 
 f. LEBgevidensk., 1910, 5. R., viii, 299^04.— Schoo (H. J. M.) 
 * Een geval van paralytischen vorm der arsenicumvergifti- 
 ging door een zeer geringe gift veroorzaakt. Nederl. Tijdschr. 
 V. Geneesk., Amst., 1912, ii, 239-244.— Shattuck (P. C.) 
 Some remarks on arsenical poisoning, with special reference 
 to its domestic sources. Tr. Path. Soc. Phila., 1891-3, xvi, 
 285-300.— Slovtsoll (B. I.) [Fixation of arsenic by the 
 liver tissue in chronic poisoning.) Vrach, S.-Peterh., 1900, 
 xxi, 1333.— Smythe (R. H.) Arsenical poisoning in the 
 horse with pulmonary complications. Vet. Rec, Lond., 
 1918-19, xxxi, 90.— Soukhanoll (S.) De I'influence de 
 I'intoxication arsenicale sur les cellules nerveuses. [Bap. 
 de Van Bambeke, 351-354.1 Bull. Acad. roy. de ni&. de 
 Belg., Brux., 18^ 4. s., xii, 374-390, 1 pi.— Taylor (J. G.) 
 & Trabshaw (K. V.) A report of six cases of arsenical 
 poisoning caused by fumes from a cook stove. Brit. M. J., 
 Lond., 1911, ii, 1591.— Taylor (W. H.) A group of oases of 
 arsenical poisoning, and remarks on arsenic as a poison. 
 Med. Reg., Richmond, 1898-9, ii, 267-273 —Tessler (J.-P.) 
 Intotications arsenicales. Art mid.. Far., 1896, Ixxxiii, 
 
 81-87. . Un cas d'empoisoimement par I'acide ars6- 
 
 nieux. MM. mod.. Par., 1900, xi, 276.— Trouette (G.) 
 Quadruple empoisonnement par ie trisulXure d'arsenic. 
 Eev. med. et pharm. de I'Afrique da nord, Alger, 1898, i, 
 53. — UnderhlU (F. P.) The distribution of arsenic in a 
 human body. J. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1914, xix, 513-515. — 
 Van Geyzel ( J. L.) An unusual case of arsenical poisoning. 
 Tr. South Indian Branch Brit. M. Ass., Madras, 1901-2, ix, 
 62.— Verite (A.) Sur un mode non ddcrit d'lntoxication 
 arsenicale. Aim. de dennat. et syph.. Par., 1896, 3. s., 
 vii, 1321. Also: Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph.. Par., 
 1896, vii, 554-5.56.- Wlllcox (W. a.) Acute arsemcal poison- 
 ing; arsenical mirrors. Tr. Med.-Leg. Soc., Lond., 1912-13, 
 X, 135-138. 
 
 Arsenic (Poisoning iy, Chronic). 
 
 See, also, Arsenic in coloring matters, etc.; 
 Arsenic-eatmgf. 
 
 Brouardel (G.) *Etude sur raxsenicisme. 
 8°. Paris, 1897. 
 
 . The same. 8°. Paris, 1897. 
 
 Blomquist (A.) [The chronic arsenic poisoning and a 
 few of its causes.] Svens. Lak.-Sallsk. Forhandling, Stock- 
 halm, 1910, 103-124. — Chronic arsenical poisoning. Brit. 
 M. J., Lond., 1901, i, 33.— Eberson (J. H.) Een geval van 
 chronische arsenik-vergifting bij . een hystericus. Nederl. 
 Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1899, 2. R., xxxv, d. 1, 1079- 
 1090.— Edsall (D. L.) Chronic arsenic poisoning. In: 
 Mod. Med. (Osier), 8°, Phila. & N. Y^ 1907, I, 114-123.— 
 Geyer (L.) Ueber die chronischen Eautverknderungen 
 beim Arsenicismus und Betrachtungen fiber die Massener- 
 krahkungen in Reichenstein in Schlesien. Arch. t. Dermat. 
 u. Syph., Wien& Leipz.,1898,xliii,221-280,2pl.— Lawrence 
 (R.) The brain and spinal cord in chronic arsenical poison- 
 ing. Arch. Pub. Health Lab. Univ., Manchester, 1906, 1, 
 303-338.— Lennmabn (F.) Om kronisk aisenikfSrgiftnmg 
 sSiskildtom kioniskarsenikforgiftning ibost&der. Svensk 
 La.k.-Sallsk:. Forhandling, Stockholm, 1911, 93-166.— Llebig 
 (Carrie'E.) A case of chronic arsenical poisoning, Med. 
 Sentinel, Portland, Oreg., 1896, Iv, 650.— Mann (E .) Ueber 
 die ciironische Aisenikvergiftung vom Standpunkt der 
 gerichtUcben Medizin. Friedreich's Bl. f. ^erichtl. Med., 
 Niimb., 1909, Ix, 81-92.— Menz (£.) Arsemcismo cronico. 
 Riv. veneta di sc med., Venezia, 1899, xxx, 21-27. — MoTse 
 ( J. L.) A case of chrome arsenical poisomng In an inf^t of 
 seven months. Tr. Am. Pediat. Soc, N. Y., 1901, xiii, 119- 
 121. Also: Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1901, xviii, 702-704.— 
 Mulr (J. C.) The condition of the blood and marrow in 
 chronic arsenical poisoning, with special reference to the oo* 
 cuirence of cutaneous pignientatlon. J. Path. & Bacteriol., 
 Edinb. & Lond., 1900-1901, vii, 420-446.— Oppenhetan (H.) 
 Ueber einen bemerkenswerten Fall von Intoxtkations- 
 
 Arsenic (Poisoning hy, Chronic). 
 
 erlcranlaing des Nervensystems (chronische Arsen-Antimon- 
 vergiftung?). Ztschr. f. d. ges. Neurol, u. Psychiat., Berl. 
 & Leipz., 1910, Orig., iii, 345-370.— SUnlonescll. Notes sur 
 un cas d'anaphrodisie provoqufe par I'emploi prolong^ des 
 pr^aiations aiscnicales (liqueur de Fowler). Bull. g^n. de 
 th&ap. [etc.], Par., 1898, cxxxvi. 857-860.— Tomelllni (L.) 
 Sul comportamento della viseositS, del sarigue negli awele- 
 namenti da sublimato ed arsenico. Boll. d. r. Acead. med. 
 di Roma, 1910, xxv, 60-80.— Zayas (S. M.) Un case de aise- 
 nicismo cr6nico. Semana m^d., Buenos Afres, 1918, xxv, 
 43-46. 
 
 Arsenic (Poisoning hy, Criminal cases 
 find trials of). 
 
 Danval (L.) L'affaire Danval devant I'opi- 
 nion publique. Documents scientifiques et 
 authentiques. Le fait nouveau. 12°. Paris, 
 1905. 
 
 RouGHEAD (W.) Trial of Maxy Blandy. 8°. 
 Edinburgh & London, [1914]. 
 
 Young (F.) Trial ot the Siddona. 8°- Edin- 
 burgh & London, [1914]. 
 
 Abels (A.) Seltsame Aisenik-Vergiftungen. Arch, t 
 Krim.-Anthrop. u. Kriminalist., Leipz., 1913, Iii, 307-321.— 
 Affaire Rachel Galti^ (rempoisonneuse de Saint.CIar). 
 Arch, d'anthrop. crim., Lyon & Par., 1905, xx, 81-143.— 
 AJello (S.) Relazione medico-legale. Gazz. med. sicil., 
 Catania, 1902, v, 139: 1903, vi, 1; 15.— Amatfl (G.) Conse- 
 guenze giuridiche di un caso di awelenamento per composti 
 arsenicaii nel quale non si d iatto uso della lavanda dello 
 stomaco. Stamaco, NapoU, 1896, ii, 1-3.— Ba«on (T. S.) 
 Arsenical (Paris green) poisoning; suicidal; report of a case. 
 Tr. Mass. Med.-Leg. Soc, Bost., 1914, iv, 63-69.— Bartlett 
 (E. L) The arsenic in the Marsh case. Boston M. & S. J., 
 1898, cxxxviii, 487-490.— Bell (C.) The Maybrie* case. 
 Med.-Leg. J„ N. Y., 1911-12, xxix, 72-75.— Benjamin (D.) 
 The case of Emma Bethel, charged with poisomng by arse- 
 nic Ibid., 1896, xiv, 81-86.— Btnda (C.) Arsenioismo 
 acuto; doverose retti£che. Gazz. zoed. lomb., Milano, 1905, 
 Ixiv, 74-76. — Bose (C.) Arsenic poisoning— homicidal. 
 Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1916, Ii, 346.— Carles (P.) L'af- 
 fafre Danval; empoisonnement par I'arsenic. J. de mM. de 
 Bordeaux, 1902, xxxii, 249. . Faux et empoisonne- 
 ment; aflafre dite des Chartrons de Bordeaux. Ibid., 1906, 
 xxxvi, 395-398. — Contl (P.) Arsenicismo acuto (a propo- 
 sito d'un processo celebre). Boll. d. clin., Milano, 1905, 
 xxii, 1-7.— Curious (A) medico-legal case. Lancet, Lond., 
 1908, ii, 850.— D. (H.) L'affafre de I'empoisonneuse de 
 Saint-Clar; impressions d'audlence. J. de m^. de Bor- 
 deaux, 1904, xxxiv, 830-832.— De Visscher & Van Vyve. 
 Affafre X . . ., empoisonnement par 1' anhydride ars6nieux. 
 Ann. Soc. de mid. lig. de Belg., Charleroi, 1895-6, vii, 383- 
 427.— Hamonlc (N.) Une expertise medico-lfigale dans 
 une affaire criminelle en 1839. Rev. clin. d'androl. et de 
 gynic., Par., 1909-10, xvi, 380: 1911-12, xvii, 21; 36; 78; 103; ' 
 135; 167; 204; 234; 272; 300.— HeUwIg (A.) Die Aisenver- 
 giftungen in Hirschberg. Vrtljschr. t gerichtl. Med., Berl., 
 
 1914, 3. F., xlviii, 226-233. . Der Arsennachweis in der 
 
 Ascne der Mutter Eopfs. Arch. f. Krim.-Anthrop. u. 
 Kriminalist., Leipz., 1915, 1x1, 92-98.— Hughs (E.) Ein 
 Fall von Medizinalvergiftimg mit Arsen. Ztschr. t Mcd.- 
 Beamte, Berl., 1907, xx, 36.— loncscu (G. A.) [Three 
 medico-le^ cases of criminal poisoning with arsenic] 
 S_pitalul, Bucuresd, 1911, xxxi, 101-117.— Keattnge (Har- 
 netteC.) Medico-legal points in the Maybriek case. Med.- 
 Leg. L, N. Y., 1896-7, XIV, 257-269.— Kobert (R.) Ein Fall 
 von Arsenikmord. Aerztl. Sachverst.-Ztg., Berl, 1903, ix, 
 369-374.— Lande, Barthe & Blaiez. Une affaire d'em- 
 poisonnement par I'arsenic (affaire Gilbert). Aim. d'hyg.. 
 Par., 1909, 4. s., xl, 493-516.— Lauterbach (M.) Ein Fall 
 von subacuter Arsenvergiftung mit vorwiegenden Magen- 
 und Darmerscheinungen. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1897, 
 xlvu, 1339-1341.— Leflmann (H.) The H^nes case and the 
 medico-legal relations of arsenic. Pliila. M. J., 1902, ix, 
 704.— Lewln (L.) Eine todliche Aisenvergiltung; chroni- 
 sche Selbstvergiftnng oder Giftmord? Med/Klin., Berl., 
 
 1913, ix, 1624-1629. . Lehien aus dem Arsen-Giftmord- 
 
 prozess Kieper. IWd., 1918, vix, 386-388.— Martini (J.) " 
 Hochst wahrscheinlich dnrch Arsenik bewfrkte Vergiftung; 
 Ausgrabung und Unteisuchung eines 8 Jfihre lane beerdigt 
 gewesenen Leichnams. Ver. deutsche Ztschr. f. d. Staats- 
 Arznk^ Freib. i. Br., 1850, n. F., viii, 301-336.— Relnsberg 
 y .) [Poisoning by areenic; murder or accidental death?] 
 Casop. 16k. (Sesk., v Praze, 1888, xxvi, 465; 828.- medel. 
 Todtliche Arsemkvergiftung durch Einreibungen eines 
 Kuipfuschers. Vrtljschr. f. gerichtl. Med., Berf, 1899, 3. 
 ¥., xvii, 49-56.— Salomonson (H.-W.) Expertise dans un 
 
 Sroces de tentative d'empoisonnement par Tarsenic Ann 
 ;hy^., Par., 1907, 4. s., vii, 44-70.— Sheridan (J. J.) Arse^ 
 mc; a summary of historical poisonings. Am. M«3. Bur- 
 lington, Vt., & N. Y., 1911, n. s., vi, 381-384.— Stempel (W.) 
 Tod duTch Arsenvergiftang; BetriebsunfiU? Aerztl. Sach- 
 verst.-Ztg., BerL, 1903, ix, 497-501.— Taughan (V. C.) The 
 
ARSENIC. 
 
 15 
 
 ARSENIC. 
 
 Arsenic (Poisoning iy, Criminal cases 
 and trials of) . 
 
 medico-legal points in tbe case of the People of the State of 
 Michigan r«. Matthew Millard. Bull. Intemat. Med.-Leg. 
 Ck)ng. 1889, N. Y., 1891, 190-201.— White (M. C.) The case 
 of Hayden. Med.-Leg. J.^ N. Y., 1896-7, xir, 310-313, 1 pi.— 
 Wittmer (J. G.) Geschichte einer Aisenik-Vergiftung hei 
 sechsundzwanzig Personen, wovon eih Pall todllich endete. 
 Ver. deutsche Ztschr. f. d. Staats-Aiznk., Freib. i. Br., 1850, 
 n. P., viii, 191-242. 
 
 Arsenic (Poisoning by, Experimental). 
 
 Benz (F.) *Ueber den Kohlehydrat-Stoff- 
 wechBel beim Kaninclieii nax;h akuter Vergif- 
 tung mit arseniger Saure,. 8° Wiirzhwg, 1897. 
 
 SiMONOT (E.-L.) *Btude toxicologique de 
 quelques cas d'inondation exp^rimentale de 
 rorganisme du chien par rareemc mineral. 8° 
 Bordeaux, 1912. 
 
 VladIchko (S. D.) Izmieneniya vnutriklie- 
 tochnlkh neirofibrillei pri otravlenii mlshyakom 
 i fosforom; eksperimentalnbye izslledovaniye s 
 obzorom Bovremennavo sostoyaniya ucheniya o 
 vnutriJdietoclinikli neirofibrillakh. [Changes of 
 the intracellular neurofibrils in arsenic and phos- 
 phorus poisoning; experimental investigation, 
 together with a review of the present state of 
 OUT knowledge concerning intracellular neuro- 
 fibrils.] 8°., [iTiw, 1908.] 
 
 Denlgis. Etude exp^rimentale de la localisation de 
 I'ar^nic; inflrmation de la loi de ScolosuboS. Gaz. hehd. 
 d. se. miA. de Bordeaux, 1905, xxvi, 225.— Ringer (S.) & 
 Murrell (W.) The action of arseniate of soda and arsenious 
 acid on frogs. J. Physiol., Lond., 1878-fl, i, 213-231.— 
 Souklianofl (S.) Contrihution k I'^tude de I'^tat des 
 cellules nerveuses modifi^es expfeimentalement par I'ln- 
 toxication arsenicale, quelque temps aprte la cessation de 
 cette demi&e. J. de neurol.. Par., 1899, iv, 41.^8. — Towles 
 (Caroline). The lethal dose of arsenic for splenectomized 
 mice. J. Pharm. & Exper. Therap., Bait., 1916, viii, 465- 
 470.— Tsvletayefl (A. A.) [Pathologo-anatomical changes 
 in the nervous system of dogs poisoned by arsenic.) 
 Nevrol. Vestnik, Kazan, 1898, vi, No. 2., 139-154, 1 pi.— 
 Wurtz. Du cholera arsenical experimental. Compt. rend. 
 Soc. de biol.. Par., 1892, 9. s., iv, 1011-1014. 
 
 Arsenic (Poisoning hy, Jurisprudence 
 of). 
 
 See, also^ Arsenic (Poisoning by. Criminal 
 cases and inals of); Arsenic (Tests for). 
 
 AsTRoM (E. E.) *0m de mediko-legale bevi- 
 sen uti fall af arsenikforgiftning. 8°. Selsingfors, 
 1872. 
 
 Dangeb & Flandin. Del'arsenic, suivid'une 
 instruction propre k servir de guide aux ejmerts 
 dans les cas d'empoisonnement. 8°. Paris, 
 1841. 
 
 DtTPLOs (A.) & HiKSCH (A. G.) Het arsenik, 
 deszelfs herkenning en vermoedelijk voorkomen 
 in bewerktuigde l^chamen; leiddraad tot zelf- 
 onderrigt en tot praktisch gebruik bij geregte- 
 lijk-scheikundige onderzoekingen voor artsen, 
 natuurkundigen, apothekers en regtsgeleerden. 
 Naar het Hoogduitsch door P. van Genderen 
 Stort. 8°. Qroningen, 1843. 
 
 Arsenical poisoning and circumstantial evidence. Med.- 
 Leg. J., N. YT, 1896-7, xiv, 207.— Dahm. Uelwr Arsenver- 
 giftung vom Standpunkte der gerichtlichen Medizin. Deut- 
 sche Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1907, xxviii, 591; 603; 615; 627.— Dl 
 Mattel (E.) II criterio microbiologico nella diagnosl 
 medico-legale dell' awelenamento per arsenico. Ufiiciale 
 san., Napoli, 1898, xi, 529-549. AUo [Abstr.l: Eiv. di med. 
 leg., Milano, 1899-1900, iii, 1-4.— Haberda. Ueber Arsenik- 
 vergiftung. Vrtljschr. f. gerlchtl. Med., Leipz^ 1914, 3. F., 
 xlvii, 1. Buppl., 216.— Haines (W. S.) Evidences of ar- 
 senical poisoning. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1913, Ixi, 901. — 
 von Horoszkiewlcz. Arsenikvergiftung. Vrtljschr. f. ge- 
 richtl. Med., Leip^., 1914, 3. F., xIvU, 1. Suppl., 213-216.— 
 Kassner. XTeber das Arsen una seine gerlchtlich-chemische 
 Bedeutung. Apoth.-Ztg., Berl., 1902, xvii, 449; 465.— 
 KrUgel (C.) Kriminell-cnemische Notizen iiber das Arsen. 
 Arch. f. Krim.-Anthrop. u. Kriminalist., Lcipz., 1900-1901, 
 vi, 195-204. — ^Mann (E.) tJeber die chronische Arsenik- 
 vergiftung vom Standpunkt der gerichtlichen Medizin. 
 Friedreich's Bl. f. gerichtl. Med., Nflmb., 1909, Ix, 199; 
 278.— Nottliaft (A.) Die Arsenikvergiftung in gericbtlich- 
 
 Arsenlc (Poisoning iy, Jurisprudence 
 of). 
 
 medidnischer Hinsicht. /Wd., 1898, xlix, 51; 108; 219.— 
 Polil (H. J.) Beitrag zur Bedeutung der gerichtlich- 
 medidnischen Expertise bei Arsenvergiftung. AUg. med. 
 Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1903, Ixxii, 807; 827; 849; 869: 1904, Ixxiil, 
 637; 674. Also: Med. Woche, Berl., 1904, v. 137; 153; 209; 
 295; 305; 317; 327; 361— PrOlss. Ueber die Vergiftung 
 mit Arsenik in gerichtsarztlicher Beziehung. Friedreich's 
 Bl. f. gerichtl. Med., Nihub., 1901, Iii, 176; 286; 347; 417.— 
 BoccavUla (A.) Contribute alio studio dolla tossicologia 
 f orense dell' arsenico e della importanza nella pratica medico- 
 legale del metodo biologioo del Gosio per la ricerca dell' ar- 
 senico. Arch, dl antrop. crim. [etc.], Torino, 1913, 4. s., v, 
 441; 548; 715.— Weimann (H.) Ueber die akute Arsenik- 
 vergiftung vom gerichtsarztlichen Standpunkt. Fried- 
 reich's Bl. f. gerichtl. Med., Niimb., 1905, Ivi, 1; 114; 189; 
 288; 385; 460. 
 
 Arsenic (Poisoning hy, Treatment of). 
 
 SiEBEE (H. D.) *l8t es moglich arsenvergiftete 
 Tiere'durch subkutan verabreichtes Magnesium 
 sulfuricum zu retten? 8°. Greifswald, 1913. 
 
 Also, in: Arch, intemat. de pharmacod., Brux. & Par., 
 1912, xxu, 269-282. 
 
 De Busscher (L.) L'antidote de I'arsenic est nuisible 
 en cas d'empoisonnement par I'anhydride ars^nieux et 
 d'une efficacit6 temporaire centre la liqueur de Fowler, 
 Arch. Intemat. de pharmacod., Bjux. & Par., 1902, x, 415- 
 
 461. . Tiaitement de I'empoisonnement arsenical. 
 
 Bull. Soc. de mM. de Gand, 1903, Ixx, 11-15.— GlUcks- 
 jnann (C.) Ueber die Antidota der arsenlgen Saure. Zt- 
 schr. d. allg. osterr. Apoth.-Ver., Wien, 1898, Iii, 181-185.— 
 Kraft (B.) Ueber die Antidota der arsenigen Saure. Ihid., 
 545; 565. — StrzyzowsM (C.) Sind unsere Arsengegengifte 
 immer arsenfrei? Miinchen. med. Wehnsclir., 1904, u, 1001- 
 1003. 
 
 Arsenic (Tests far). 
 
 Cevet (F.) L'arsenic au point de vue de I'hy- 
 gifene et sa recherche par la m^thode biologique 
 de Gosio. 8°. Lausanne, 1902. 
 
 Engelhaed (P.) *Eine neue massanalytische 
 Bestimmungsmethode des Arsens. 8°. Giessen, 
 1910. 
 
 Falk (A.) *Ueber den Nachweis von Arsen. 
 8°. Miinchen, 1901. 
 
 FoLGHERA (J.-B.) *Recherches de I'arsenic 
 dans les medicaments par I'hypophosphite de 
 soude. 8°. Lyon, 1909. 
 
 GiBB (A.) "Detection and determination of 
 arsenic. Reprinted, with additions, by order of 
 the council, from the Journal of the Society of 
 Chemical Industry, roy. 8°. ioTwfon, 1901. 
 
 Maecello (B. p.) *IJltimi lavori sulle ri- 
 cerche deU' arsenico. roy. 8°. Torino, 1904. 
 
 RoGET (P. M.) A case of recovery from the 
 effects of arsenic ; with remarks on a new mode 
 of detecting the presence of this metal. 12°. 
 London, 1811. 
 
 Repr.from: Med.-Chir. Tr., Lond., il. 
 
 THXTDicHtiM (J. L. W.) Essays in toxicology. 
 Historical sketch of the analysis for arsenic. 12°. 
 London, 1860. 
 
 United States. Department of Agriculture. 
 Bureau of Chemistry. Circular No. 99. The esti- 
 mation of minute amounts of arsenic in foods. 
 By E. Clark and A. G. Woodman. 8° Wash- 
 ington, 1912. 
 
 • — . Circular No. 102. The determination 
 
 of arsenic. By Claude R. Smith. 8°. Wash- 
 ington, 1912. 
 
 Abba <F.) Ueber die Feinheit der biolonschen Metbode 
 beim Nachweis des Arseniks. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.]. 
 
 2. Abt., Jena, 1898, iv, 806-808. . Sulla squisitezza del 
 
 metodo biologico nel riconoscimento dell' arsenico. Riv. 
 d' ig. e san. pubb., Torino, 1898, Ix, 407-410.— Avery (S.) 
 Note on the Avery-Beans method for the determination of 
 arsenious acid in Paris green. J. Am. Chem. Soc, Easton, 
 Pa., 1903, XXV, 1096.— Barabfts (J.) [Diagnosis of chronic 
 arsenic poisoning after exhumation.] Gyfigydszat, Buda- 
 pest, 1914, liv, 578-581..— Beck <K.) & Merres. Ueber die 
 Bestlmmung kleiner Arsenmengen mit besondeier Beruck- 
 sichtigung des Verfahrens von Smith. Arb. a. d. k. Gsnd- 
 htsamte, Berl., 1915, 1, 38-49, 2 pi.— Bell (A. E.) A delicate 
 
ARSENIC. 
 
 16 
 
 ARSENIC. 
 
 Arsenic (Tests for). 
 
 biological test for arsenic. Pharm. J., Lond., 1903, 4. s., 
 xvU, 484.— Bernstein (E. D.) [New method of quantita- 
 tive analysis ol arsenic and destruction of organic matters by 
 Bernstein's method.] VestnikObslitsh.Hig.,Sudeb.iPrakt. 
 Med., S.-Peterb., 1912, xlvlii, 401.— Bemtrop (J. C.) Ueber 
 den Nacbweis von kleinen Mengen von Arsen in Nabrungs- 
 mitteln. Ztechr. f. anal. Chem., Wiesb., 1902, xU, 11-13. 
 Also, traml.; Rev. intemat. d. ialsiflc, Par., 1902, xv, 90.— 
 Bertrand (G.) The detection of very small quantities Of 
 
 arsenic. Chem. News, Lond., 1902, Ixxxvi, 193. . 
 
 Emploi de la bombe calorlm£trique pour d^montrer I'exis- 
 tence de rarsenio dans I'organlsme. Compt. rend. Acad. 
 d. sc.,Par., 1903, cxxxvii, 266-268. AUo; Ami. de I'lnst. 
 Pasteur, Par., 1903, xvil, ,581-586.— Bird (F. C. J.) The 
 Gutzeit test for arsenic. Analyst, Lond., 1901, xxvl, 181- 
 188. — Bordas (V.) Recherche de Parsemo dans quelques 
 produitsalimentaires. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1904, 
 cxxxix, 234-236.— Bujwld (O.) [Biologic method of de- 
 tecting arsenic by means of cultures ol moldj Przegl. lek., 
 KrakCw, 1899, xxxviii, 116.— Carlson (C. E.) Eine neue 
 Methode zum leichten Nachweis und zur raschen Ausschei- 
 dung von Arseh und gewissen Hetallsalzen aus Fliissigkei- 
 ten. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1910, Ixvili, 243- 
 262. — Cerruti (R. F.) Intorno alia ricerca dell* arsenlco 
 nel medicinali. Gior. med. d. r. esercito, Roma, 1900, xlviii, 
 365-382.. Also: Arch. larmaool. sper., Boma, 1902, i, 169- 
 185. — Chapman (A. C.) The estimation of minute traces 
 of arsenic: the insensitiveness ol zinc. Analyst, Lond., 
 1907, xxxii, 247-249.— Chlapella (A. R.) Conlributo alia 
 ricerca dell' arsenlco col metodo Gosio. Sperimentale. 
 Arch, di biol., Firenze, 1901, Iv, 214-247.— Collins (S. W.) 
 The separation of arsenic from antimony and other metals; 
 with some applications to toxicological work. Analyst, 
 Lond., 1912, xxxvii, 229-238.— Cowley (B. C.) & Cattord 
 (J. P.) The determination of arsenic. Pharm. J., Lond., 
 1904, 4. s., xix, 897.— De Domlnicls (A.) Contribute alia di- 
 mosirazione dell' arsenlco. Gazz. intemaz. di med. prat., 
 NapoU, 1902, V, 5.' Also: Morgagni, Milano, 1902, xliv, 119- 
 
 123. — . Per la microchimica tossicolopica dell' arsenlco. 
 
 . Gazz. intemaz. d. med., Napoli, 1903, vi, 73.— DenlgSs (G.) 
 D6termination quaUtative et quantitative de traces d'anti- 
 moine en prince de fortes proportions d'arsenic. J. de 
 pharm. et ohim.. Par., 1901, 6. s., xiv, 443-449. . Em- 
 ploi de la solution chlorhydrique d'acide hypophosphoreux 
 ■pour la determination de I'arsenic en toxicologie. ■ Compt. 
 
 rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1905, Iviil, 783-786. . iltiide 
 
 exp^rimentale de la localisation de I'arsenic; in£rmation de 
 
 la loi de Scolosubofl. Ibid., 781-783. . Recherches 
 
 toxicologiques de I'arsenic dans I'^tat actuel de nos connais- 
 
 sances. J. de mM. de Par., 1906, 2. s., xviii, 131. . 
 
 Reactions mlcrocbimlques de I'arsenic appUcables en m^de- 
 cine legale. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par., 1908, cxlvii, 596. 
 
 . L'azotate mercureux r^actif microdiimique pour 
 
 I'arsenic. Ibid., 744. — DI Matte! (E.) Ricerca microbiolo- 
 gica dell'arsenico nel cadaveri in putrefazione. Arch, per le 
 
 so. med., Torino, 1900, xxiv, 123-135. — ^ . Ricerca micro- 
 
 biologica dell'arsenico nel visceri conservati in alcool e in 
 tormalina. Ibid., 137-140.— Dowzard (E.) A modification 
 ol Gutzeit's test for arsenic. J. Chem. Soc. Lond., 1901, 
 
 Ixxix, 715-718. . An apparatus for the detection and 
 
 determination of minute traces of arsenic. Chem. News, 
 Lond., 1902, Ixxxvi, 3.— Dunstan (W. R.) & Bobtnson 
 (H. H.) The oihcial tests for arsenium. Pharm. J., Lond., 
 1904, 4. s., xix, 381; 405; 426; 448.— Endelman (L.) [Sim- 
 plest diemical methods of detecting arsenic in medical juris- 
 prudence.] Vestnit Obshtsh. Hig.. Sudeb. i Prakt. Med., 
 B.-Peterb.. 1900, pt. 2, 1221; 1331,— Fllhol (E.) Recherche 
 de I'arsemc; remarques pr^ent^es, k I'occasion d'une com- 
 munication r^cente. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par., 1859, 
 xlix, 677.— Fleury (E.j Petite note au sujet de recherche 
 do Varsenic dans les sulphates purgatl&. J. de pharm. et de 
 ohim.. Par., 1916, 7. s., xih, 385.— Gadamer (J.) Das 
 Atoxyl belm forensischen Arseimachweis. Apoth.-Ztg., 
 Berl., 1907, xxii, 566.— Gaultler de Claubry. Recherche de 
 l^arsenic; remarques pr&ent^es h I'occasion d'vme commu- 
 nication r&ente. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par., 1859, 
 xlix, 541.— Gautier (A.) Recherche et dosage de tr^ 
 petites quantity d'aisenio dans les organes. Ibid., 1899, 
 
 cxxix, 936-938. . A new method for the detflotion and 
 
 estimation of the minutest traces of arsenic. Chem. News, 
 
 Lond., 1903, Ixxxvlii, 177. . Estimation of arsenic in 
 
 sea^water, sea^alt, rock-salt, mineral waters, etc., and in 
 
 some of the ordinary reagents. Ibid., 189. . Methode 
 
 nouveUe pour rechercher I'arsenic, et doser, aveo precision, 
 jusqu'& un milliardi&me de ce m^tallo'ide aans les eaux de 
 de mer, les eaux mln^ales, les tissus, etc. Compt. rend. Soc. 
 de biol.. Par., 1903, Iv, 1025-1027.— Gautier (A.) & Claus- 
 mann (P.) Bur une methods nouvelle de destruction des 
 tissus pour la recherche de I'arsenic et I'examen de leurs 
 cendres. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par., 1917, clxv, 11-16.— 
 GblgUone (C.) Contribute alia ricerca dell' arsemco medl- 
 ante la prova biologica del Gosio nei colorl delle tappezzerle, 
 flori artiUciali, stofle, carte colorate. Riv. d' ig. e san. 
 pubb., Torino, 1900, xi, 274-280.— Gludlce (G.) Bulprocesso 
 di Selmi per la ricerca tossicologica dell' arsenlco. Atti r. 1st. 
 Veneto di sc, lett. ed arti, 1901-2, 8. s., iv, pt. 2, 63-71.- 
 
 Arsenic (Tests for). 
 
 Goode (J. A.) & Perkln (F. M.) Notes on the Gutzeit test 
 for arsenic. J. Soc. Chem. Indust., Lond., 1906, xxv, 607- 
 612.— Gosio (B.) Ulteriori ricerche sulla biologia e sul 
 chimismo delle arseniomufle. Orosi, Firenze, 1900, xxui, 
 361-377.— Guerln (G.) & Qulrln (G.) La recherche de 
 I'arsenic par la mSthode de Fr&6nius-Babo modiftfe. Ann. 
 d'hyg., Par., 1905, 4. s., iii, 354-357.— Hausmann (W.) 
 Zur Kenntnis des biologisohen Arsennachweises. Beitr. z. 
 chem. Phys. u. Path., Bmsohwg., 1904, v, 397.— Hill (C. A.) 
 & Collins (H. S.) An effective method of applying the 
 Gutzeit test for arsenic. Chem. & Drug., Lond., 1905, Ixvii, 
 548.- Ignatovlcli (D. V.) [Biological reaction to arsemc] 
 Kazan. Med. J., 1910, x, 67-91.— Jadln (F.) & Astruc 
 (A.) Apparell producteur d'hydrogtae pour la recherche 
 de I'arsenic dans la methode de Marsh. J. de ph^irm. 
 et de ohim.. Par., 19li, 7. s., v, 233-240.— Judd (A. F.) 
 Examination of tin foils for arsenic, and a modified 
 Gutzeit's test. J. Am. Pharm. Ass., Columbus, 1913, ii, 
 961-963.— Justus (J.) Ueber Arsenvergiftung auf Grund 
 einer mikrochemlsoh-nistologischen Methode. Dermat. Zt- 
 schr., Berl. 1905, xii, 277-284, 1 pi. Also: Intemat. dermat. 
 Kong. Verhandl. u. Ber. 1904, Berl., 1905, ii, 609-514.— 
 Ueliniann (F.) Zur quantitativen Ausmittelung des 
 Arsons. II. untersuchimg von Blut und Ham. Arch. d. 
 Pharm., Berl., 1913, ocli, 1-4.— Letheby (H.) A description 
 of a new process for the detection of arsenic in organic tissues 
 and flmdS. Pharm J. & Tr., Lond., 1845, v, 165-171. Also, 
 Reprint.— Lewln (L.) Der Nachweis des Arsens nach 
 almter und chronischer Vergiftung. Ztschr. f. Srztl. Fort- 
 bild., Jena, 1914, xi, 65-70.— Ling (A. R.) & Bendle (T.) 
 Note on the removal of arsenic from hydrochloric acid for 
 use in the Marsh-Berzelius method. Analyst, Lond., 1906, 
 xxxi, 37.— liOckemann (G.) Ueber den Nachweis Ideiner 
 Arsenmengen in Ham, Blut imd anderen organischen Subs- 
 tanzen. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1911, xxxv, 478-493. — 
 Maassen (A.)' Die biologische Methode Gosio's zuiri Nach- 
 weis des Arsens und die Bildung organischer Arsen-, Selen- 
 und Tellurverbindungen durch Bcnimmelpilze und Bak- 
 terien. Arb. a. d. k. Gsndhtsamte, Berl., 1901-2, xviii, 475- 
 489.— Magglora (R.) Alcune prove con la reoente modifl- 
 cazione del Gosio a1 suo metoob biochimice di ricerca del- 
 V arsenlco. Rassegna di sc. med., Modena, 1901-2, xvi, 149- 
 183.^Mal (C.) Quantitative Arsenbestimmung liir foren- 
 sisch-chemische Zwecke. Ztschr. f. Untersuch. d. Nah- 
 rungs- u. Genussmittel, Berl., 1905, x, 290-292.— Mai (C.) & 
 Hurt (H.) Elektrolytische Bestimmung kleiner Arsen- 
 mengen. lUd., ix, 193-199.— Mai (J ) Versuche zur colori- 
 metrischen- Bestimmung der arsenigen Saure. Ztschr. f. 
 anal. Chem., Wiesb., 1902, xli, 362-365.— Mann (E. W.) 
 Note on the proposed new ofiicial test for arsenic. Pharm. 
 J., Lond., 1904, 4. s., xix, 806-808.— Marpmann. Ueber 
 die biochemische Arsen-Reaktion. Ztschr. f. ang. Mikr., 
 Weimar, 1900, vi, 143-153.— MeUIfire (G.) Recherche et 
 dosage de Parsonic par I'appareil de Marsh. . J. depliarm. 
 et de ohim.; Par., 1913, 7. s., vii, 425-431.— Meurer (Je.) Die 
 Auffindung des Arsens in den zweiten Wegen. Mag. f. d. 
 Staatsarznk.jLeipz., 1842,1,290-295. . Fortgesetzte Ver- 
 suche fiber die Auffindung des Arsens in den zweiten Wegen. 
 Ibid., 1844, ii, 243-248.— Mdrner (C. T.) FSrslag till metod 
 for kvantitativ bestamning af sra& arsenikmangder. [Vor- 
 schlag eiher Methode quantitativer Bestimmung gennger 
 Mengen Arsens. Uebers., p. xli.] Upsala LakareiT Forh., 
 1900-1901, n; F., vi, 653-571. . Methode zur quantita- 
 tiven Bestimmung geringer Arsenmengen. Ztschr. f. anal. 
 Chem., Wiesb., 1902, xli, 397-413.— Moreau (L.) & VInet 
 (E.) Bur une methode de dosage de traces d'arsenic de 
 I'ordre du milUfeme de milligramme. Compt. rend. d. sc, 
 Par., 1914, cMil, 869-871.- Naylor (W. A. H.) Examina- 
 tion of drugs for arsenic. Pharm. J., Lond., 1905, 4. s., xx, 
 33.— Norton (T. A.) & Koch (A. E.) A method for the 
 detection and determination of arsenic and antimony in the 
 presence of organic matter. J, Am. Chem. Soc, Easton, Pa., 
 1905,xxvii, 1247-1251.T-Prlnz (H.) A biologic test for arsenic 
 Dental Cosmos, Phila., 1915, Ivii, 790-794.— Blchter (R.) 
 Untersuchung des Harns gesunder Personen auf Arsen. 
 Vrtljschr. f. gerichtl. Med., Berl., 1898, 3. F., xv, 409.— Rupp 
 & Lelunann (F.) Ueber eine vereinfachte Bestlnunung 
 des Arsens in Atoxyl imd Arsacetin. Apoth. Ztg., Berl., 
 
 1911, xxvi, 203. . Zur quantitativen Ausmittelung des 
 
 Arsens. Arch. d. Pharm., Berl., 1912, col, 382-389.— Sal- 
 kowskl (E.) Bemerkungen zu der Arbeit von C. E. Carl- 
 son: Eine neue Methode zura leichten Nachweis und zur 
 raschen Ausscheidung von Arsen und gewissen Metallsalzen 
 aus Fliissigkeiten. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 
 1910-11, Ixx, 186-188.- Sanger (C. R.) The quantitative 
 determination of arsenic, by the BerzeliusrMarsh process, 
 especially as applied to the analysis of wall papers and 
 fabrics. Proc. Am. Acad. Arts & Be, Bost., 1890-91, n. s., 
 xviii, 24-45, 1 pi.— Sanger (C. R.) & Black (0. F.) The 
 quantitative determination of arsenic by the Gutzeit meth- 
 od. lUd., Cambridge, 1907-8, xUii, 297-324, 2 pi. Also: J. 
 Soc Chem. Indust., Lond., 1907, xxvi, 1116-1123, 1 pi. fool.]. 
 Also, ttansl.: Monit. sclent. Par. 1909, 4. s., xxiii, 112-123.— 
 Schneider (A.) A biological test for arsenic. J. Am. 
 Pharm. Ass., Columbus, 1916, iv, 1307-1309.— Scholtz (W.) 
 Ueber den Nachweis von Arsen auf biologjschem Wege in 
 den Hautsohuppen, Haaren, Schweiss und Urin. Berl. 
 
AKSENIC. 
 
 17 
 
 AESENIC. 
 
 Arsenic (Tests for). 
 
 klin. Wclmschr., 1899, xxxvi, 913-915.— Segale (M.) RI- 
 cerche col metodo biologico sulla presenza dell' arsenico nei 
 tessutl normali. Arch, per le sc. med., Torino, 1903, xxvU, 
 
 397-410. . Sulla ricerca dell' arsenico col metodo 
 
 Gosio. Policlin., Eoma^ 1905, xii, sez. prat., 503.— Selmi 
 (F.) Di un proeesso dehcato e sicuro per la ricerca tossicolo- 
 gica dell' arsenico; e di alcune ossen^azioni sul detto metal- 
 foide. Atti d. r. Accad. d. Lincei, Boma, 1878-9, 3. s., iii, 
 163-182.— Seftkowskl (M.) [Can the biological method 
 of detecting arsenic take the place of the chemical method?) 
 Prjegl. lek., Krak6w, 1899, xxxviii, 184. — Sbtsberbacbefl 
 (D.) [Detection of arsenic in chemical jurisprudence.] 
 Farmats., Mosk., 1899, vii, 229; 261; 299; 331; 361; 389; 421; 
 455; 488; 517; 553.— Smolenskl (P. O.) [Determination of 
 arsenic by the biological method of Gosio.) Vrach. Gaz^ S.- 
 Peterb., 1904, xi, 1105.— Sneed (M. C.) A new method: for 
 the separation of the copper group from the arsenic group, 
 with especial reference to the identification of arsemc. J. 
 Am. Chem. Soc, Easton, Pa., 1918, xl, 187-191.— Strzy- 
 zowskl. Un nouvel appareil de Marsh. Rev. mSd. de la 
 Suisse Rom., Genfeve, 1909, xxix, 149-152.— Thomson (W.) 
 Detection and approximate estimation of minute quantities 
 of arsenic in beer, .brewing materials, and foodstuffs. Brit. 
 Food J., Lond., 1902, iv, 170-172. Also: Chem. News, 
 
 Lond., 1902, Ixxxvi, 179-183. . Further Investigation 
 
 on the detection and approximate estimation of minute 
 quantities of arsenic in malt, beer, and foodstuffs. Med. 
 Chron., Manchester, 1903-^, 4. s., vi, 108-114, 2 pi. Also: 
 
 Chem. News, Lond., 1903, Ixxxviii, 228-231. . Arsenic 
 
 in foodstuffs; on the electrolytic methods for the detection 
 and approximate estimation of minute quantities of arsenic 
 in beer, malt, and foodstuffs. Brit. Food J., Lond., 1904, 
 vi, 126; 152; 171. Also: Med. Chron., Manchester, 1904-5, 
 4. s., viii, 5-15.— Thorpe (T. E.) The electrolytic estimaf 
 tion of minute quantities of arsenic, more especially in 
 brewing materials. Analyst, Lond., 1903, xxviii, 349-359. — 
 Todesehinl (G.) Intomo alia ricerca chimico-legale del- 
 1' arsenico coi prooessi Gautier e Selmi. Atti r. 1st. Veneto 
 di sc, lett. ed arti, 1901-2, 8. s., iv, pt. 2, 91-96.— Van En- 
 gelen (A.) La recherche toxioologique de I'arsenic et le d^ 
 gagement de ce m^talloide 4. I'^tat gazeux, pendant les 
 ph&omfenes de putrefaction. Ann. Soc. de mdd. l^g. de 
 Belg., Brux., 1908, xix, 206-213.— Vlnograd (Mariam). 
 Determination of arsenic in organic matter. J. Am. Chem. 
 Soc, Easton, Pa., 1914, xxxvi, 1548-1551.— Wesenberg (G.) 
 Ueber den biolog^schen Arsen-Nachweis. Naturw. Wchn- 
 schr., Jena, 1904, n. F., ill, 833-S35.— Wood (E. S.) Con- 
 tribution to the detection of arsenic in medico-legal cases in 
 which the cadaver has been embalmed with arsenical solu- 
 tion. J. Bost. Soc. M. Sc, 1896-7, No. 10, 7-9.— Ziemke (E .) 
 Ucber das Vorkommen von Arsen in menschlichen Organen 
 und seinen Nachweis auf biologischem Wege. Vrtljschr. f. 
 gerichtl. Med-., Berl., 1902, n. F., xxlii, 51-60. 
 
 Arsenic (TTierapeutic use of). 
 
 See, also, Ansemia ( Treatment of) with arsenic; 
 Arsen-haeraatose; Arsenic {Effects of, Physio- 
 logical, etc.); Arsenic and iron preparaticms; 
 Chorea ( Treatment of) with arsenic; Skin (Dis- 
 eases of. Treatment of) with arsenical compounds; 
 Syphilis (Treatment of) with arsenic; Tubercu- 
 losis ( Treatment of) with arsenic compounds. 
 
 AsTUUC (A.) *Medicaments chimiques a 
 base d'arsenic. [Paris.] 8°. Montpellier, 1904. 
 
 Concours. 
 
 Delobel (E.-J.) *L'arsenic et,r6tat actual 
 de la medication arsenicale. Etude mono- 
 grapMque. 8°. Lille, 1906. 
 
 Hbbzpeld (A.) Zur subkutanen Arsentlie- 
 rapie. 8°. New Yori, 1911. 
 
 Bepr.fTom: Deutsch. Am. Apoth.-Ztg., N. Y., 1911. 
 
 Lefbvee (L.) *Les arsenicaux en th^rapeuti- 
 que. Essai nistorique. 8°. Paris, 1907. 
 
 Leboux (J. MJ La medication arsenicale 
 moderne. 16°. Paris, 1904. 
 
 LiiVY (H.) *De I'acide ars^nieux employe 4 
 doses therapeutiques dans son action sur la di- 
 gestion et la nutrition. 4°. Paris, 1895. 
 
 MouNETRAT (A.) *De la medication arseni- 
 cale. 8°. Paris, 1902. 
 
 RiGHi (G.) Contribute all'azione terapeutica 
 dell'arsenico organico. 8°. Legna^o, 1903. 
 
 ScHWAER (G.) *Ueber die Einwirkung thera- 
 peutischer Arsendosen auf die Leukocyten 
 beim Menschen mit besonderer Beriicksichti- 
 gung der Atoxylwirkung. 8°. Wien & Leipzig, 
 1908. 
 
 96808°— Vol. II, 3d series— 19 2 
 
 Arsenic ( TTierapeutic use of) . 
 
 Weigl (J.) Das Arsen und seine therapeuti- 
 sche Verwendung. 8°. Leipzig, 1908. 
 
 Abbott (W. C.) The truth about arsenic; its toxicology; 
 its physiologic action, the true indications for its exhibition. 
 Alkaloid. Cfln., Chicago, 1902, ix, 115; 213.— Agniel. Choree 
 moyerme et eczema datant de six ans gu^ris par le traitement 
 arsenical. Lyon mM., 1902, xcix, 15-17. — Antonl (G.) 
 Chemoterapia arsenicale. Boll. chim. farm., Milano, 1915, 
 liv, 129; 161. — Astruc (A.) Sur la liqueur de Donovan. N. 
 Montpel. med., 1901, xii, 124-127.— Atonl (G.) Chemotera- 
 pia arsenicale. Boll. chim. farm., Milano, 1915, Uv, 129- 
 134. — Bachem (C.) Die moderne Arsentherapie. Berl. 
 Klinik, 1910, xxii, 268. Hft., 1-26.— Barclay (W. P.) Arse- 
 nic in therapy. Lancet-Clinic, Cincm., 1913, cix, 122-127. — 
 Bartlett(F. I.) A golden rule for the use of arsemc. Dental 
 Brief, Phila., 1903, vui, 71.')-717.— Bichler (Matylda). YAc- 
 tion of subcutaneous injection of arsenicin children.] Kron. 
 lek„ Warszawa, 1904, xxv, 801; 853.— BUvels (I. Y.) JSub- 
 cutaneous injection of Fowler's solution of arsenic.] Vo- 
 yenno-Med. j., S.-Peterb., 1901, Ixxlx, med.-spec. pt., 1876- 
 1878. — BramweU (B.) Therapeutic value of arsenic. 
 Clin. Stud., Edinb., 1909-10, viii, 36.5-367.— Brown (W. H.) 
 Lesions produced by arsenioals and their bearing on the 
 problem of specific arsenic therapy. Johns Hopkins Hosp. 
 Bull., Bait., 1915, xxvi, 309-314. Also, Reprint.- Bush 
 (A. D.) Tbe therapeutics of a pharmacologist; arsemc. N. 
 York M. J. [etc.], 1916, ciii, 1197.— Charteris (F.) The ac- 
 tion and uses of arsemc. Med. Brief, St. Louis, 1902, xxx, 
 
 1473-1478. . The comparative value of arsenious acid 
 
 and salvarsanin non-syphilitic diseases. Bnt. M. J., Lond., 
 1912, ii, 704.— Chauffard. La medication arsenicale. Rev. 
 e&a. de clin. et de th&ap.. Par., 1907, xxi, 265-267.— Chau- 
 mler (E.) Gu^rison rapide de la choree et de la coqueluche 
 par I'acide arsSnieux. Gaz. d. mal. infant, [etc.]. Par., 1900, 
 ii, 226-228.— Clark (G. H.) Some new toxic effects and 
 therapeutic uses of arsenic. Clinique, Chicago, 1903, xxiv, 
 406-408.— Cremer. Arsen und Sublimat ber Infections- 
 krankheiten. Dermat. Centralbl., Leipz.^ 1906, ix, 322- 
 327. — D'Emilo (L.) L'arsemco organico in terapia; acido 
 cacodllico, metilarsinico e loro sali. Gior. di farm, [etc.], 
 Torino, 1902, U, 433-441.— Ddlling (M.) Beitrag zur Arsen- 
 therapie. AUg. med. Centr.-Ztg., BerL 1909, Ixxviii, 605.— 
 Eckhard (H.) Zur Eisen-Arsen-Therapie. Mjinchen. 
 med. Wchnschr., 1911, Iviil, 1186.— Falkiner (N.) Notes 
 on the doses of the arsenium compounds of the British 
 pharmacopoeia. Tr. Roy. Acad. M. Ireland, Dubl., 190O- 
 1901, xix, 21-24. — Flelg (C.) On the comparative nocuous- 
 ness of concentrated and diluted arsenobenzene solutions; 
 the dilution to be applied in intravenous injections. K. 
 Akad. V. Wetensch. te Amst. Proc. sect, sc, 1912, pt. 2, 
 xiv, 893-902.— Foreman (W. H.) & Gertlei (J. H.) Ar- 
 semcal liquors. J. Indiana M. Ass., Fort Wayne, 1909, li, 
 372-375.— Friedlaender (M.) Zur intemen Arsenmedika- 
 tion. Deutsche Aerzte-Ztg., Berl., 1911, 78-81.— Gautier 
 (A.) La m&lication par I'arsenic latent. Bull. Acad, de 
 
 m(5d.. Par., 1901, 3. s., xlvi, 20; 64. Also, Reprint. . 
 
 Sur une forme et des applications nouvelles de la medication 
 par I'arsenic organique. Bull. mSd., Par., 1902, xvi, 191-198. 
 
 . Reponse k Rist et Danlos relativement aux origlnes 
 
 et k I'efiicacite de la medication par I'arsenic organique. 
 Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1910, 3. s., xxXjJ02- 
 704. — Gerard (E.) Les medicaments arsenicaux. Echo 
 med. du nord, Lille, 1903, vil, 349-352.— Golubofl (N. F.) 
 [On treatment by subcutaneouslnjections of arsenic] Terap. 
 Vestnik, S.-Peterb., 1898, i, 657-665. Also, Reprint.— 
 Gordon (J.) Zur Eisenarsenbehandlung. Med. Klin., 
 Berl.,. 1909, Vj pt. 1, 737. Also. Reprint.— Hauck (L.) 
 Arseniktherapie. Prakt. Ergebn. a. d. Geb. d. Haut- u. 
 Geschlechtskr., Wiesb., 1910, i, 1.51-194.— Herzf eld (A. A.) 
 A modified method for the subcutaneous use of arsenic. 
 J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1909, Iii, 557.— Jesionek. 
 Die Modifikatiou der subkutanen Arseniktherapie nach 
 Ziemssen Speth. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1902, xlix, 
 1254-1256.— Joachim (G.) Ein weiterer Beitrag zur Eisen- 
 Arsen-Therapie. Klin.-therap. Wchnschr., Berl., 1911, 
 xviii, 1002-1004.— Krichbaum (P. E.) Kali arsenicum and 
 arseuicum album compared. Med. Advance, Batavia, 111., 
 1912, xxxvlii, 661-664.— Lahusen. Neue Gedanken iiber 
 die Arsen-Therapie. Verhandl. d. Cong. f. innere Med., 
 Wiesb., 1901, xix, 598-600.— Lemalre (P.) Sur la liqueur 
 de Donovan et ses modifications; une erreur h eviter dans* 
 sa prescription. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1907, 
 xxviii, 366. — Letort (A.) L' administration intestinale de 
 I'arsenic et de ses derives. Med. orient., Par., 1903, vii, 289- 
 292. — LevTier. De la posslbilite d'administrer k I'homme 
 par vole veineuse les sels d'arsenic; de I'innocuite de I'ar- 
 seniate de sonde introduit par cette voie. Arch, de med. 
 nav.. Par., 1895, Ixiv, 450-455: 1896, Ixv, 127-133.— Lewis 
 (A. C.) Some observations on degenerative changes pro- 
 duced in optic nerves through administration of certain 
 arsenic preparations in the treatment of syphilis and pella- 
 gra; report of two cases. Memphis M. Month., 1914 xxxiv, 
 1062-1065.— IJeclardl (S.) Sull'efiicacia dell' Arsichinina 
 Le Maltre in diverse infezionl. Gazz. med. dl Roma, 1914, 
 xl, 30-39.— Lustverk (E.) [Combined treatment with 
 arsemc, iron, and iodine in internal diseases.] Terap. 
 Obozr., Odessa, 1913, vi, 384-387.— Maass (T. A.) Arsen als 
 
AESENIC. 
 
 18 
 
 ARSENIC. 
 
 Arsenic ( Therapeutic use of) . 
 
 Gift und Heilmittel. Berl. klin; Wclinsclir., 1907, xliv, 
 523-526.— Marrs (J. F.) The action of arsenic on the hu- 
 man economy from a therapeutical standpoint. Kentucky 
 M. J., Bowling Green, 1908, vi, 224.— Moore (B.) The his- 
 tory of organic compounds oi arsenic in the treatment of 
 protozoan diseases. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1916, i, 616-618.— 
 Monneyrat (A.) De la toxicity des ars^nos employ^ en 
 th§rapeutique. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1912, oliv, 
 284-286. — Meyer (H. N.) Hypodermic use of arsenic. 
 Chicago Clinic, 1899, xii, 271-274. Also: Iowa M. J., Des 
 Moines, 1899, v, 62-56.— IMurua y Valerdl (A.) Estudio 
 hio-quimico de la medicacidn arsenical. Cong, uitemat. de 
 m6d. C.-r., Madrid, 1904, xiv, sect, de physiol. [etc.], 77- 
 85. — Nishl (M.) Ueher die Eesorption und Ausscheidung 
 des Aisens bei einer Arsenwasserkur. Intemat. Beitr. z. 
 Path. u. Therap. d. Emahrungsstor., [etc.], Berl., 1910, ii, 
 7-10. — Norman (F.) The therapeutics of arsemc. Med. 
 Brief, St. Louis, 1906, xxxiv, 601-608.— NouveautSs thdra- 
 peutiques; deux nouveaux aisenicaux: le galyl et le ludyl. 
 Hygiine, Par., 1913, iv. No. 47, 17.— Peracchla (A.) La 
 cura (erruginosa arsenicale nella pratica. Lavori d. |Cong. 
 
 di med. int. 1901, Roma, 1902, 543. , La cura arsenico- 
 
 ferruginosa. Atti d. x. Cong, interprov. san. d. alta Italia 
 1902, Mantova, 1903, 341-343.— Perry (R. St. J.) Arsenic— 
 the multipotent drug. Am. J. Clin. Med., Chicago, 1912, xix, 
 54-59.— Renault (J.) Note sur les mjectlons rectales 
 d'arsenio. Bull. gto. de thftap. [etc.]. Par., 1898, cxxxv, 
 496-512.— Eoljin (A.) Les r^oents travaux de M. Armand 
 Gautier sur I'arsenic; leur importance pour la th6rapeutique. 
 Ibid. , 1902, cxliv, 837-839.— Bohden (B . ) Interne Arsenthe- 
 rapie unter Verwendung des Ichthyolsalizylatoxyls. Aerztl. 
 Rundschau, Miinchen, 1903, xiii, 154.— BoUeston (H. D.) 
 Some remarks on the uses and abuses of arsenic. Treatment, 
 Lond., 1901-2, v, 81-91.— Sandwltli (F. M.) Abstract of 
 the Gresham lectures on drugs, old and new. Lecture 3. 
 Arsenic. Med. Mag., Lond., 1913, xxii, 333-335.— Sclier- 
 batscbeff (D .) Du temps pendant lequel I'arsenic employ^ 
 en mMecine peut rester dans Torganisme. Ann. d'hyg.. 
 Par., 1898, 3. s., xxxix, 107-113.— Serslron (G.) Medica- 
 tion arsenicale et cure d'altibide associ^ dans le traitement 
 de certaines dystrophies. Gaz. d. eaux. Par., 1904, xlvli, 353; 
 361.— Shtange (V. A.) [Hypodermic injections of arsenic] 
 Yubil. shorn, v chest . . . Sklilosovskavo, S.-Peterb., 1900, 
 423-435.— Snowman (J.) Recent developments in the 
 therapeutical appUcations of arsenic. Lancet, Lond., 1907, 
 i, 1149-1151.— van der Spek (J.) [Subcutaneous injec- 
 tions of arsenic] Med. Weekbl., Amst., 1895-6, ii, 678. — 
 Steiner (R.) Ueber die subkutanen Injektionen natur- 
 licher und kiinstlicher Arsenpraparate. Deutsche Med.- 
 Ztg., Berl., 1901, xxii, 745-751. Also: Veroflentl. d. Hufe- 
 land. Gesellsch. in Berl., 1901, 354-374.— Stockman (R.) 
 The therapeutic value of arsenic and the justification of 
 its continued use in the light of recent observations con- 
 cerning its toxic action. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1902, ii, 1227- 
 1229.— Syllaba (L.) [The therapy of Ziemssen by arsen- 
 iate of sodium In large doses.] Shorn, poliklin. 1897, v Praze, 
 1898, 28-68.- Valent! (A.) Brevi considerazioni Sulla 
 farmacoterapia arsenicale. Policlin., Roma, 1911, xviii, 
 sez. prat., 1449-1451.— Vimossy (Z.) & Toffler (L. P.) 
 [Experiments with very small quantities of arsenic] - Orvo- 
 stud. Mek. gyiijt. Magy. orv. Arch,, Budapest, 1914, >i. f., 
 XV, 382-390.— Verpy (M.) Quelques indications de I'arse- 
 nic Bull, m^d.. Par., 1911, xxv, 425.— Vlnay (C.) Quel- 
 ques considerations sur I'administration de I'arsenic. Lyon 
 mcSd., 1896, Ixxxi, 493-495.— Vogel (G.) 1st die unversehrte 
 Haut durchgangig fur Arsentk? Arch, intemat. de phar- 
 macod., Gand & Par., 1898-9, v, 217-223.— von Zeynek (R.) 
 Ueber die Bindung des von der menschlichen Leber nach 
 Arseneinnahme lestgehaltenen Arsens. Centralbl. i. Phy- 
 siol., Leipz. & Wien, 1901, xv, 405-408. 
 
 Arsenic (Tolerance of). 
 
 See, also, Axsenic-eating. 
 
 Besredka. £tude sur I'immunite vis-&-vis des composes 
 arsenicaux. Ann. de I'lust. Pasteur, Par., 1899, xiii, 49; 
 209. — Blryukoff (M. I.) [On the toleration of large doses of 
 arsemc in childhood.] Med. besleda, Voronezh, 1899, xiii, 
 323.— Cloetta (M.) Ueber die Ursache der Angewohnung 
 an Arsenik. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmatol., Leipa., 
 Leipz., 1906, liv, 195-205.— Harding (H. G. A.) The tolera- 
 tion of arsenic by the human system. Lancet, Lond., 1914, 
 i, 241.— Hausmann (W.) Zur Kenntnis der Arsengewoh- 
 nung. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1906, oxiii, 327-340.— 
 Mackenna(R.W.) The toleration of arsenic. Brit. M.J. , 
 Lond., 1901, i, 85. — Salnt-Ange (L.) L'accoutumance & 
 rarsehlc. Arch. m^d. de Toulouse, 1906, xii, 181-199.— 
 Willberg (M.) Zur Frage nach der Resistenz verschiedener 
 Tiere gegeniiber Arsen. Biochem. Ztechr., Berl., 1913, 11, 
 231-252. 
 
 Arsenic (Trioxide of). 
 
 HoFMANN (J. A.) *tjeber den Einfluss der 
 arsenigen Saure auf die Zalil der roten und weis- 
 sen Blutkorperchen. 8°. Leipzig, 1906. 
 
 Blondlot. Influence des corps gras sur la solubility de 
 I'acide ars^nlque. Compt. rend. Acad. d. so., Par., 1860, 
 
 Arsenic (Trioxide of). 
 
 1, 165.— Boselllnl (P. L.) Arsenizismus mit retikuiarer 
 Melanodermie. Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph., Wien & Leipz., 
 1911, cix, 37-50.— Doyon (M.) & Morel (A.) R&istanco 
 du chien k Taction de I'acide arsfaiieux. Compt. rend. Soc. 
 de biol., Par., 1906, Ixi, 116. Also: Bull. Soc mSd. d. h6p. de 
 Lyon, 1906, v, 400-402.— Doyon (M.) & Policard (A.) In- 
 toxication suraigue par I'acide arsenieux; rapport entre les 
 Ifelons hepatiques et la teneur en flbrine du sang. Compt. 
 rend. Soc. de biol^ Par., 1909, Ixvi, 307.— Fransols (M.) & 
 Lassausse (E.) Essai des granules d'aclde arsfirdeux et des 
 granules d'arsiniate de soude. J. de pharm. et de chim.. 
 Par., 1915, 7. s., xi, 226-237.— Imyanltoff (A. I.) [Influence 
 of arsenious acid on the animal orgamsm.l Farmats., 
 Mosk., 1902, X, 505; 538; 667; 600; 632; 664; 701; 734; 767; 799.— 
 Littlejohn (H.) & Drlnkwater (T. W.) Two cases of pois- 
 oning with arsenious acid in which the yellow sulphide of 
 arsenic was found in the alimentary canal. Edinb. M. J., 
 1906, n. s., xix, 26-42.— Reychler (A.) Sur I'adsorption de 
 I'acide arsenieux par I'hydroxyde ferrique. J. de chim. 
 phys., Genfeve & Par., 1910, viri, 10. 
 
 Arsenic in coloring matters, wall-papers, 
 
 etc. 
 
 See, also. Colors (Poisonous); Cosmetics (III 
 effects of) ; Wall-paper. 
 
 " Great Britain. Secretary of State for Foreign 
 Affairs. Commercial. No. 40 (1883). Corre- 
 spondence respecting the presence of ' arsenic 
 and other poisonous pigments in wall-papers and 
 textile fabrics, fol. ionrfon, 1883. 
 
 Kedzie (R. C.) Shadows from the walls of 
 death; facts and inferences prefacing a book of 
 specimens of arsenical wall papers. 8 . Lansing, 
 1874. 
 
 Massachusetts. House of Representatives. 
 An act relative to the manufacture and sale of 
 papers containing arsenic. [Reported by the 
 committee on public health who were instructed 
 to consider the expediency of legislation rela- 
 tive to the sale of paper hangings containing 
 poisonous substances. No. 417. June 1^ 1886. 
 With appendix, containing the testimony. 
 March 2 to April 2, 1886. 8°. Boston, 1886.] 
 
 Angel! (E. R.) Poisonous wall-paper. Rep. Bd. Health 
 N. Hampshire, Concord, 1889, ill, 183-190. — Arsenic in wall- 
 paper. Boston M. & S. J., 1886, cxiv, 401-403.— Arsenic in 
 wall paper. Rep. Bd. Health Iowa, Des Moines, 1891, 44- 
 46. — Bingliam (B.) Danger to human beings from use of 
 Paris green. U. S. Dep. Agric. Div. entomol., Wash., 
 1888-9, i, 142. — Bolas (Ti) The cause of arsenical poisoning 
 by wall papers. J. Soc Arts, Lond., 1896-7, xlv, 1101.— 
 del Castillo y Bravo (8.) & Fernandez y Benltez (J. A.) 
 Intoxicacidn por el verde de Schweiniurth; sobre un caso 
 de investigadon quimico-legal. Rev. de med. y oirug. de la 
 Habana, 1905, x, 605-607.— Chronic arsenical poisoning 
 from wall-papers and fabrics. Boston M. & S. J., 1894, cxxx, 
 246.— Dove fE. L.) Notes on the pre.sence of arsemc in 
 modem wall papers and textile materials. Pub. Health, 
 Lond., 1911-12, xxv, 425. — Duhrlsay. Preparation du 
 vert de Schweinfurt; projet d'instruction sur les mesures i, 
 prendre par les patrons et par les ouvriers qui s'occupent 
 de cette preparation. Rec. d. trav. Comity consult, d'hyg. 
 pub. de France 1894, Melun, 1895, xxiv, 64-67.— FUrbrlnger. 
 Fall von todtlicher Vergittung mit Schweinfurter Griln. 
 Verhandl. d. Ver. f. innere Med. zu Berl., 1888-9, vlii, 28.— 
 Gaflky. Ein. Fall von chronischer Arsenvergiftung in 
 Folge des Gebrauchs larbiger Zeichenkreide. Festschr. z. 
 lOOj. Stiftungsfeier d. med.-chlr. Fried.-Wilh. Inst., Berl., 
 1895, 453-461.— Goslo (B^ The influence of microphytes on 
 arsenical wall-paper. Tr. vii. Intemat. Cong. Hyg. & 
 Demog. 1891, Lond., 1892, ii, 316-318.— Gram (C.) [Results 
 of examination for arsenic of carpets, cloths, flowers and 
 foliage, paper and lampshades, etc., in the laboratory of the 
 Board of Health of Copenhagen, 1890-91, with demonstrar 
 tion.l K^benh. med. Selsk. Forh., 1890-91, 131-133.— de Haas 
 
 el. K.) [The dark side of arsenic in our daily surroundings.] 
 eneesk. Bl. uit Klin, en Lab. v. de Prakt., Haarlem, 
 1917-18, XX, 1-42.— Henry (B.) Vert de Sohwinfurth en pftte 
 k la benzine; conditions particuliftres de recette; mSthode 
 analytique. Arch, de mM. nav.. Par., 1912, xcvii, 52-61.— 
 Hogg (J.) Inflaramation.of the eye and injuries to health 
 by arsenical wall-paper poisoning. San. Rec, Lond., 1879, 
 
 X, 257-262. Also, Reprint. :. Arsenical wall-papers and 
 
 cretonnes. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1889, n. s., xlvii, 
 405-407.— Hutchinson (J. R.) An outbreak of poisoning 
 by arsenical sweets. J. Roy Inst. Pub. Health, Lond., 
 1910, xviii, 601-612. .4ko[Abstr.]: J. Roy. San. Inst., Lond., 
 1909-10, XXX, 343.— Johnston (W.) Poisoning by Paris 
 green. Proc. Med.-Chir. Soc Montreal, (1892-4), 1895, vii, 
 222-225.— Kuttner (L.) Ueber Vergittung duroh arsen- 
 
ARSENIC. 
 
 19 
 
 ART. 
 
 Arsenic in coloring matters, wall-papers, 
 etc. 
 
 haltige Tapeten. Berl. klin. Wohnschr., 1912, xlix, 1536; 
 2122. — Lancet (The) Special Analytical Commission on 
 arsenical wall-papers. Lancet, Lond., 1892, ii, 43.— Landln 
 (J.) The examination of wall-paper, carpets, and textile 
 goods for arsenic, In Sweden. Analyst, Lond., 1892, xvii, 
 119.— Lautenschlager (T. H.) Green paint. Lancet- 
 Clinic, Cinoin., 1914, cxi, 452.— Lennmalm (F.) Ueber 
 chronische Arsenikvergiitung, speziell tiber chronische 
 Ansenikvereiftung in Wohnungen. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 
 
 1912, xxxvii, 507; 618; 529.— Markmiller (H. G.) Local 
 poisoning from Paris green. Cincin. Lancet-Clinic, 1898, 
 n. s., xl, 653. — lUlartinl (J.) Gntachten iiber arseniknaltige 
 Farben aul Backerwaaren. Ver. deutsche Ztschr. f. d. 
 Staats-Arznk., Freib. i. Br., 1860, n. F., vili, 243-252.— Metz 
 (A. L.) Arsenic poison by wall paper; a preliminary note. 
 Tr. Louisiana M. Soc, N. Orl., 1893, 118-121.— Putnam 
 (J. J.) On chronic arsenic poisoning, especially from wall- 
 paper, based on the analysis of twenty-five cases in which 
 arsenic was found in the urine. Boston M. & S. J., 1889, 
 cxx, 235; 263. Also, Eeprint. — Bobinson (F. C.) Arsenic 
 in wall paper. Pep. Bd. Health Maine, 1889, Augusta, 
 1890, V, 284-290.— Sanger (C. E.) On the formation of volar 
 tile compounds of arsenic from arsenical wall papers. Proc. 
 Am. Acad. Arts & Sc, Best., 1893-4, n. s., xxi, 112-147. 
 
 . On chronic arsenical poisoning from wall papers and 
 
 fabrics. Ihid., 148-177.— Smith (T.) The estimation of 
 arsenic in Paris green. J. Am. Chem. Soc, Easton, Pa., 
 1899, xxi, 769-772.— Smltb (W. E.) A case of poisoning' 
 from arsenical wall-paper. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1887, 
 ix, 699-702.— Sudendorl (T.) Mit Arsenik praparierte 
 japanische Kiiken, ein neues Spielzeug fiir Kinder. Ztschr. 
 f. Untersuch. d. Nahrungs- u. Genussmlttel, Berl., 1914, 
 xxvii, 281-285. — Zabel. Chronische Arsentapetenvergiftung. 
 Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1912, xxxviii, 
 92.— Zlnn. Ueber eine todthche Vergiftung mit Schwein- 
 furter Gnin. Ibid., 1901, xxvii, Ver.-Beil., 74. 
 
 Arsenic and iron preparations. 
 
 See, also. Anaemia ( Treatment of) with arsenic, 
 etc. 
 
 Bardacb (L.) Ueber Anwendung und Wfrkung der Ar- 
 sen-Ferratose. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1905, xix, 408- 
 409.— Crispoltt (C. A.) & Marlnaeci (M.) Sulla importanza 
 terapeutica dell' amministrazione associata del ferro e 
 dell' arsenlco; contributo clinlco. Clin. med. ital., Milano, 
 1911, 1, 153-182.— Ewald (C. A.) Ueber Arsentriferrol. 
 Med. Klin., Berl., 1913, ix, 94-96.— Gehring (F.) Meine 
 Erfahrungen mit Arsentriferrin. Fortschr. d. Med., Berl., 
 
 1913, XXXI, 847-853.— Leprlnce (M.) Sur les combinaisons 
 de I'acide monomfithylarsinique avec I'hydrate de peroxyde 
 defer. Moisth6rap.,Par.,1902,iii, 126. — Linke. Assoferrln. 
 Therap. Neuhelten, Leipz., 1908, iii, 345-347.— Nlkolskaya 
 (y. F.) [Clinical observations on Boehringer's arseno- 
 ferratose.] Terap. Obozr., Odessa, 1912, v. 93-95.— Salkow- 
 skl (E.) Ueber dasVernalten des arsenpaianuoleinsauren 
 Eisens und der arsenigen Saure im OrganismuS. Biochem. 
 Ztschr., Berl., 1908, xlii, 321-338.— Schleycn (K.) Erfahrun- 
 gen liber die therapeutische Wirksamkeit der Arsoferrin- 
 Tektolettes. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1910, Ix, 2546. Also, 
 Reprint.— Slbonl (G.) Arseniato ferroso solubile. Farmar 
 coterap., Lodi, 1910, x, 66.— Spiegel (L.) Soluble compound 
 of fron and arsenic and process of making same. [Pat. Spec] 
 No. 768886; Aug. 30, 1904.— Tavonius (E. A.) [Liquor 
 ferratini arseniati; a new preparation of arseniated fron.] 
 Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1911, xviii, 67. 
 
 Arsenic-eating. 
 
 Fraenckel (P.) Arsenikesser und Arsenvergiftung. 
 Aerztl. Sachverst.-Ztg., Berl, 1914, xx, 353-358.— Hausmann 
 (W.) Zur Kenntniss der Arsengewohnung. Deutschemed. 
 
 Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1903, xxix, 987-989. . Zur 
 
 Kenntnls der Arsengewohnung. Vernandl. d. Gesellsch. 
 deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1905, Leipz., 1906, pt. 2, 2. Hllte., 
 406-408.— Serena (M.) Ricerche suU' abitudine all' arse- 
 nlco. Policlin., Roma, 1900, vli, 372-376.— Vamossy (Z.) 
 & Toiller (L. P.) [Traces of arsenic in the organs and its 
 excretion in an arsenophagic dog.] Orvostud. &tek. gyiijt. 
 Magy. orv. Arch., Budapest, 1914, U. f., xv, 399-403. 
 
 Arsenious acid. 
 
 See Arsenic ( Trioxide of) . 
 
 Arsenobenzol. 
 
 See, also, Arsplienaniine; Neosalvarsan; 
 Novarsenobenzol; Salvarsan; Syphilis ( Treat- 
 ment of) with salvarsan. 
 
 Acb (L.), Botbmann (A.) & Giemsa (G.) Process of 
 preparing stable solutions of dimethylamino-tetramino- 
 arsenobenzene. [Pat. spec] No. 1,265,864; May 14, 1918. 
 Danysz (J.) Les propriety physico-chimiques des produits 
 du groupe des ars6nobenzfenes; leurs transformations dans 
 I'organlsme. Ann. de I'lnst. Pasteur, Par., 1917, xxxi, 114- 
 137. . Transformation des ars&iobenz§nes et lenr 
 
 Arsenobenzol. 
 
 action sur I'organisme. (2. m^m.) Ibid., 483-491. — Greggio 
 (P.) Le novarstoobenzol et quelques affections au Congo 
 beige. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1916,ix, 760, 1 pi.— Moles- 
 worth (E. H.) Arseno-benzol substitutes for German sal- 
 varsan. Med. J. Australia, Sydney, 1916, ii, 129. 
 
 Arsenophagy. 
 
 See Arsenic-eating. 
 
 Arsenophenylglycin. 
 
 Brelnl (A.) & Nierenstein (M.) Beitrag zur Kenntnls 
 des Arsenophenylglycins. Ztschr. 1. Immunltatsforsch. u. 
 exper. Therap., Jena, 1909-10, iv, 169-179.— Iversen (Y.) 
 [Theory of action of salvarsan and arseno-phenylglycin.] 
 Novoye v Med., S.-Peterb., 1912, vl, 13-15.— Ziegelroth. 
 Arsenophenylglycin. Arch. f. phys.-diatet. Therap., 
 Frankf. a. d. O., 1909, xi, 329. 
 
 Arsimoles (L.) *Des abcfes p^ri-amygdaliens; re- 
 cherches sur leur sifege anatomique. 2 p. 1, 
 (1 1.), 164 pp. 8°. Toulouse, 1902, No. 472. 
 
 . The same. La fossette sus-amygdalienne 
 
 et les abcfes p6rl-amygdaliens; reclierches sur 
 leur sifege anatomique. 166 pp., 1 1., 1 pi. 8°. 
 Paris, A. Maloine, 1902. 
 
 Arsine. 
 
 See Hydrogen arsenid. 
 Arsonneau (Alexandre) [1871- ]. *R6uidon 
 
 par premiere intention des fistulas k I'anus. 57 
 
 pp. 8°. Paris, 1901, No. 619. 
 d'Arsonral (A[rstoe] ) [1851- ]. 
 
 See Besson (Paul). Le radium [etc.]. 12°. Pam, 1904.— 
 Bordier (Ltonard-Henri) [in 2. s.]. Precis d'flectroth&apie 
 [etc.]. 16°. Paris, 1897.— Foveau de Courmelles (Fran- 
 Sois) [to 2. s.]. Trait4 de radiographie [etc.]. 8°. Paris, 
 1897. — Glover (Jules). Les calorisateurs [etc.]. 8°. Paris, 
 1904.— Trait* de physique [etc.] [in 2. s.]. 8°. Paris, 1903. 
 
 Ar sonvalization . 
 
 See Arteries {Hypertension of. Treatment of, 
 Electric) ; Arteriosclerosis ( Treatment of, Elec- 
 tric); Electrotherapy ly currents of high fre- 
 quency. 
 
 Arsotonin. 
 
 Stuchllk (J.) Ueber Arsotonin. Pest, med.-chir. 
 Presse, Budapest, 1910, Iii, 7-9. 
 
 Arsphenamine. 
 
 Arsphenamine. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1918, Ixx, 
 167. — Arsphenamine (salvarsan); Ucenses ordered and 
 rules and standards prescribed for its manufacture. Pub. 
 Health Rep., Wash., 1917, xxxii, 2071. — Arsphenamine 
 (salvarsan) and neo-arsphenamine (neo-salvarsan); licenses 
 ordered and rules and standards, prescribed for thefr manu- 
 facture. lUd., 1918, xxxlii, 540-542.— Boyd (A. S.) & 
 Joseph (M.) Intrarectal administration of arsphenamin. 
 J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1918, Ixxi, 521-523. Also, Re- 
 print— Meddls (V. N.) & Stfrling (W. C.) Report on 
 arsphenamin; satisfaetory use of the arseno-benzol brand in 
 one thousand one hundred and four injections for syphilis. 
 J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1918, Ixx, 1458.— Myers (C. N.) & 
 Du Mez (A. G.) Some qualitative and quantitative tests 
 for arsphenamine (3, 3'-diamino-4, 4'-dioxy-arsenobenzene 
 dihydroohloride) an<ineo-arsphenamlne(sodium-3, 3'-diami- 
 no-4, 4'-d)hvdroxy-arsenobenzene-methanal-sulphoxalate). 
 Pub. HealthRep., Wash., 1918, xxxlii, 1003-1018.— Sargent 
 (J. C.) The toxicity of various preparations of arsphena- 
 mine. Am. J. Sypn., St. Louis, 1918, ii, 637-543. . 
 
 Toxicity of the Ameiican-made arsphenamin (salvarsan): 
 report of cases. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1918, Ixx, 908. — 
 Warren (H.S.) Arsphenamin (salvarsan) reactions. Ibid., 
 1562-1563. Also, Reprint. 
 
 Arsumanlanz (Artasches) [1882- ]. *Zur 
 traumatischen Entsteliung der Basedow'sclien 
 Krankheit. 45 pp. 8°. Berlin, H. Blanke, 1901. 
 
 Arsumanjanz (Rafael) [1883- ]. *Komplika- 
 tionen und abnorme Verlaufsweisen des Schar- 
 lach nach. den Krankengesckichten der medi- 
 zinischen Klinik zu Leipzig. 37 pp. 8°. 
 Leipzig, E. Lehmann, 1910. 
 
 Art. 
 
 See, also, Anatomy (Artistic); Medicine and 
 the fine arts. 
 
 Hbllpach (W. H.) Das Pathologische in der 
 modemen Kunst. 8°- ' Heidelberg, 1910. 
 
ART. 
 
 20 
 
 ARTERIAL. 
 
 Art. 
 
 Marx (K. F. H.) Ueber die Beziehungen der 
 darstellenden Kunst zur Heilkunst. tol. Oot- 
 tingen, 1861. 
 
 Spindbn (H. J.) A study of Maya art; its sub- 
 ject matter and historical development, fol. 
 Cambridge, Mass., 1913. 
 
 WiTKOWSKi (G.-J.) L'art profane k I'^glise, 
 ses licences symboliques, satiriques et fan- 
 taisistes. 8°. Paris, 1908., 
 
 Adams (J. B.) The orientatioh of human and animal 
 figures in art. J. Ment. So., Lond., 1917, IxlU, 606-637.— 
 Boas(F.) Representative art of primitive people. Holmes 
 Anniv. Vol. Anthrop. Essays, Wash., 1916, 18-24.— Bour- 
 lon. Nouvelles d^couvertes a I'Augerie-Basse; rabots, os 
 utilis&, ceuvres d'art. Anthropologie, Par., 1916, xxvii, 
 1-45.— Capitan. Les derni^res d&iouvertes prdhistoriques 
 se rapportent aux origines de l'art. Bull. Acad, de mii., 
 Par., 1913, 3. s., Ixix, 296-301.— Clark (L. P.) Mental and 
 nervous diseases in classic pictorial art. Med. Pickwick, 
 Saranac Lake, 1916, ii, 1-14.— Drlnkwatei (H.) Inheri- 
 tance of artistic and musical ability. J. Genetics, Cam- 
 bridge, 1915-16, V, 229-241, 1 pi.— Finney (R. L.) Thesocial 
 function of art. School & Soc, N.Y., 1917, vl, 395-398.— 
 Fontalne(A.) Fffibienetlespoussimstes. Bull. del'Inst. 
 g^n. psychol.. Par., 1909, ix, 481-602.— Franckel (W.) Pro- 
 blames d'esth^tique; le r61e sociologique et psychologique de 
 l'art. Rev. d'hyg. et de m&l. inf. [etc.), Par., 1904, ui, 323- 
 331.— GaiUard (6.) De I'influence d'un type blond dans 
 l'art de la Renaissance. Bull, et mim. Soc. d'anthrop. de 
 Par., 1913, 6. s., iv, 689-596.— Haenel (H.) Zur Psychologie 
 der primitiven Kunst. Miinchen. med. Wchnsohr:, 1912, 
 lix, 1188. — lacobson (A. C.) The pathologic in art. Critic 
 & Guide, N. Y., 1909, xii, 321-335.— Jorissenne (6.) Mo- 
 dules et concepts artisHques au xiv» sifecle et au xv« sifecle. 
 Chron. mM., Par., 1905, xii, 497-506.— Kainzbauer (L.) 
 Zur Psychologie der primitiven Kunst. Mitth. d. anthrop. 
 Gesellsch. in Wien, 1909, xxxix, 139-147.— Ktllpe (O.) The 
 conception and classification of art from a psychological 
 standpoint. Univ. Toronto Stud. Psychol, s., 1902, il, 
 3-23.— Lanz-Iiiebenfels (J.) Die Urgeschichte der Kijnste. 
 Polit.-Anthrop. Rev., Eisenach & Leipz., 1903, ii, 134-156.— 
 Lenoir (A.) Les Evolutions et les parents en art. Bull.de 
 rinst. g^n. psychol., Par., 1908, viii, 264-281, 3 pi.— Mac- 
 Dongall (R.) The colored words of art. Psychol. Rev., 
 Princeton, N. J., & Lancaster, Pa., 1913, xx, 605-516.— 
 MtUler-Freienlels (R.) Indivlduelle Verschiedenheiten 
 in der Kunst. Ztschr. I. Psychol, u. Physiol, d. Sinnesorg., 
 Leipz., 1908, 1, 1. Abt., 1-61.— Nass (L.) Le macabre dans 
 Part. Corresp.. mfid.. Par., 1913, xx, taso. 436, 5-11.— Pflster 
 (O.) Die Ehtstehung der kiinstlerischen Inspiration. 
 Imago, Leipz. & Wien, 1913, ii, 481-512.— Pudflr (H.) 
 Mammches and weibliches Empflndenin der Eunst. Polit.- 
 anthrop. Eev., Eisenach & Leipz., 1902, i, 640-648.— Be- 
 gnault (P.) Contribution & I'dtude de la trontalitE des 
 statues dans l'art primitif. Bull, et mfim. Soc. d'anthrop. de 
 Par., 1914, 6.S., v, 143-147.— Robinson (D. M.) Reproduc- 
 tions of classical art. Art & Archseol., Wash., 1917, i, 221- 
 234.— Schmidkuz (H.) Psychologisches zur christlichen 
 Kunst. Ztschr. f. Religianspsychol., Halle a. S., 191L v, 
 277-295.— Smitb (G. E.) Pre-Columbian representations 
 of the elephant in America. Nature, Lond., 1915, xcv, 425. — 
 Spinden (H. J.) Portrmture in Central American art. 
 Holmes Anniv. Vol. Anthrop. Essays, Wash., 1916, 434-^50, 
 12 pi.— Thompson (E. Lf) Some medical paintings in 
 the Madrid Prado. Med. Pickwick, Saranac Lake, 1915, i, 
 51-55.— Tudor-Hart. Projet de reoherches de psychologie 
 artistique sur une base positive et soientifique. Bull, de 
 I'Inst. gto. psychol.. Par., 1908, vui, 214-219.— Utitz (E.) 
 -Vusserasthefische Faktoren im Kunstgenuss. Ber. ii. d. 
 Kong. f. exper. Psychol., Leipz., 1912, v, 282-284. 
 
 Art and Archaeology, v. 6-8, 1917-19. 4°. Wash- 
 ington. 
 Art (The) of invigorating and prolonging life by 
 
 food. See [Kitchiner (William)] [in 2. b.]. 
 Art (L') medical. Bulletin de la Soci6te des 
 
 m^decins de rH6pital Loiiise-Marie d'Anvers. 
 
 V. 5-6, 1912-13; Nob. 1-6, v. 7, 1914. 8°. 
 
 Anvers. 
 Art (L') medical. Journal de m^declne gdn^rale 
 
 et de m^decine pratique, v. 1-115, 1855-1912. 
 
 8°. Pans. 
 Want V. 36-37, 1873. 
 
 Art (The) of preserving the hair on philosophical 
 principles by the author of The art of improving 
 the voice, x, 260 pp. 8°. London, S. Prowett, 
 1825. 
 
 Artamonoff (Alexander^ [1883- ]. *Myoaitifl 
 ossificans traumatica. 85 pp. 8°. Miinchen, A. 
 Victor, 1910. 
 
 Artarit (Jules-Elie-Franeois). *Contribution k 
 r^tude du bromdi6thylac6tamide (neuronal), 
 son action hypnotique et sedative chez les 
 ali&^s. 82 pp., 11. 8°. Para, 1905, No. 230. 
 
 Artaud (l<;tienne). *Expos6 de quelques-uns des 
 traitements des fractures de la rotule. 44 pp., 
 
 1 1. 8°. Paris, 1903, No. 2. 
 
 Artaud (Marcel) [1877- ]. *Forme nerveuse de 
 
 la fiSvre typhoide avec contractures. 35 pp., 2 
 
 1. 8°. Paris, 1901, No. 214. 
 Artault (Aim6). *Appendicites et ent^rites. 88 
 
 pp. 8°. Paris, 1907, No. 153. 
 Arte (L') di conoscere i buoni da' cattivi medici e 
 
 di ben regolarsi nelle malattie. 80 pp. 12°. 
 
 [Torino], 1791. 
 Arte (L') medica. Giomale settimanale illus- 
 
 trato. V. 1-4, 1899-1902. 8°. Napoli. 
 Arte (L') ostetrica. Giomale per i medici e per le 
 
 levatrici. v. 13-32, 1899-1918. 8°. Milano. 
 
 Artemia. 
 
 Aponyi (A.) Experimentelle Daten zum Erkennen der 
 Artemia-Gattung. Ztschr. f. wissensch. Zool., Leipz., 1915, 
 cxiv, 95-168, 3 pi.— Anlklu (V. P.) Artemia brevicauda 
 nov. sp. Izvlest. Imp. Tomsk. Univ., 1896, x. No. 3, 1-27, 
 
 2 pi. — Bebnlng (A.) Artemia salina aus dem Astracban- 
 schen Gouvernement in Russland. Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1912, 
 xxxlx, 196-199.— Buj or (P.) Contribution k ]& biologie de 
 1' Artemia salina Leach. Ann. de biol.. Par., 1911, i, 207- 
 220.— Cusmano (G.) Sul grasso dell' Artemia salina 
 (Linn.) di Cagliari. Biologica, Torino, 1909, Ii, No. 11, 1-7.— 
 Evans (T.J.) The organisms of brine cultures. [Artemia.] 
 Rep. Brit. Ass. Adv. Sc. 1913, Lond., 1914, 530.- Harmei 
 (DO Specimens of Artemia salina from the nose (a new 
 form of sea serpent). Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1912-13, 
 vi, Laryngol. Sect., 93.— Jensen (A. C.) Some observa- 
 tions on Artemia gracilis, the brine shrimp of Great Salt Lake. 
 Biol. Bull., Woods Hole, Ma3S.> 1918, xxxiv, 18-32, 1 pL 
 
 Artemidol. 
 
 Manche (P.) . Elnin Vergessenheit geratenes Heilmittel, 
 das Artemidol. Zentralbl. f. d. ges. Therap., Wien, 1913, 
 xxxi, 115-117. 
 
 Artemisia. 
 
 Dautresne (M.) Sur les principes constituants de 
 I'essence d'estragon. Bull. d. sc. Pharmacol., Par., 1908 
 XV, 11-20. 
 
 Arterial dud. 
 
 See also, Aorta. 
 
 BiEL (G. E.) *De foraminia ovaUs et ductus 
 arteriosi mutationibus. 4°. Berolini, 1827. 
 
 PoLLOT ([G. L. T. H.] W.) *Histologischer 
 Bau und RuckbUdung des Ductus arteriosus 
 Botalli. 8°. Heidelberg 1909. 
 
 Argaud. Sur la structure du canal art^riel chez le foetus 
 du 6»>» mois. Toulouse mfid., 1905, 2. s., vii, 274.— Faber 
 (A.) Die anatomischen und physikalischen Verhaltnisse 
 des Ductus Botalli. Arch. f. Anat. u. Entwcklngsgesch., 
 Leipz., 1912, 157-170.— Flenx. De I' obliteration du canal 
 art&iel.. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. de Bordeaux, 1894, 
 XV, 36-39.— Fromberg (C.) Studien tiber den Ductus 
 arteriosus. Arb. a. d. Geb. d. path. Anat. , . . Inst, zu 
 Tubing., Leipz., 1914, ix, 198-224.— G«rard (G.) De I'obli- 
 tSration du canal arreriel; les theories et les lalts. J. de 
 I'anat. et physiol. [etcl. Par., 1900, xxxvt, 323-357.— Klr- 
 stein (F.) Der Verschluss des Ductus arteriosus (Botalli). 
 Arch. f. Gynaek., Berl., 1910, xc, 303-334, 4 pi.— Llnzen- 
 meler (G.) Der Verschluss des Ductus arteriosus Botalli 
 naoh der Geburt des Kindes. Ztschr. f . Geburtsb. u . Gynak. 
 Stuttg., 1914, Ixxvi, 217-253.— Roeder (H.) Die Histo- 
 genese des arteriellen Ganges; ein Beitrag zur Entwicke- 
 lungsmechanik der Fotalwege. Arch. f. Kinderh., Stuttg., 
 1902, xxxiii, 147-161.— Schaelfer (J. P.) The behavior of 
 elastic tissue in the post-fetal occlusion and obliteration of 
 the ductus arteriosus (Botalli) in Sus scrofa. J. Exper. M., 
 Lancaster, Pa., 1914, xix, 129-143, 6pl.— Schanz (F.) Ueber 
 den mechanischen Verschluss des Ductus arteriosus. Arch, 
 f. d, ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1888-9, xliv, 239-269, 2 pi.— Scharte 
 (H.) Der Ductus Botalli; Beitrilge zur Physiologie und 
 Patnologie des Verschlusses. Beitr. z. Geburtsh. u. Gy- 
 naek., Leipz., 1900, iii, 368-381, 1 pi.— Stienon (L.) Sur la 
 fenneture du canal de Botal. Arch, de biol., Li6ge & Par., 
 1912-13, xxvii, 801-813, 1 pi.— Strassmann (P.) Ueber 
 den Meohanismus des Verschlusses des Ductus arteriosus 
 (Botalli). Arch. f. Physiol., Leipz^ 1893, S66.— Vissman 
 (W.) Abnormal ductus arteriosus. Proc. N.York Path. Soc. 
 (1895), 1896, 73.— Wailjliofl (F.) Das Gewebedes Ductus ar- 
 teriosus und die Obliteration desselben. . Ztschr. f . rat. Med., 
 Leipz. AHeidelb., 1889,3. R.,xxxvi,109-129.— Weill. Canal 
 arteriel avec insertion anormale. Lyon m^d., 1903, c, 756. 
 
ARTERIAL. 
 
 21 
 
 ARTERIES, 
 
 Arterial duct {Aneurism and dilatation 
 
 of). 
 
 Balfour (G. W.) Aneunsm ol the ductus arteriosus. 
 Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc. Edinb., 1881-2, 1, 68. Also: Edinb. 
 M. J., 1881-2, xxvii, 920.— Dry (D. M.) Congenital aneu- 
 rysmal dilatation of ductus Botalli. Proc. Path. Soc. Phila. 
 (1916), 1917, xxxvil, 49.— Haushaltcr. Dilatation du canal 
 aitinel chez un enfant de deux mois. Soc. de mid. do 
 Nancy. C.-r. . . ., 1904-6, 23. Also; Eev. mii. de Test, 
 Nancy, 1905, xxxvil, 119. 
 
 Arterial duct {Ligation of). 
 
 Munro (J. C.) Ligation of the ductus arteriosus. Ann. 
 Surg., Phila., 1907, xlvi, 335-338. Also: Tr. Phila. Acad. 
 Surg., 1908, X, 118-121. 
 
 Arterial duct {Persistence of). 
 
 BoMMER (M.) *Ueber offenen Ductus arte- 
 riosus Botalli. 8°. Freiburg i. Br., 1900. 
 
 Brettaxjek (A.) *Drei Falle von Persistenz 
 des Ductus arteriosus Botalli. 8°. Zurich, 1905. 
 
 DoRVAtrx (A.-F.) , *De la persistance simple 
 du canal art^riel. Etude ^tiologique, anatomo- 
 pathologique et symptomatologique. 8°. Lille, 
 1900. 
 
 Arntaebn (G.) Persistenz des Ductus Botalli. Ver- 
 handl. d. Berl. med. Gesellsch.J903, Berl., 1904, xxxiv, pt. 2, 
 277-280.— Becher (E.) Beobachtungen an einem Fall von 
 persistierendem Ductus Botalli ilber eine seltene Welle 
 im Venenpuls. Med. Klin., Berl., 1918, xiv, 882-885.— 
 Boscli (B.) & Barabino Amadeo (S.) Persistencia del 
 agujero de Botal; observacito de un case y algunas con- 
 sideraciones clinlcas. Semana mM., Buenos Aires, 1917, 
 "Xxiv, 292-294.— Brooks (C.) Persistent patency of the 
 ductus arteriosus Botalli in the dog. Arch. Int. Med., 
 Chicago, 1912, ix, 44-54.— Chapman (C. W.) A case of 
 patent ductus arteriosus in a girl, aged nine years. Rep. 
 See. Study Dis. Child., Lond., 1906-7, vil, 188-190.— Dais jtt 
 (O.) rZwei Falle von Ductus arteriosus persistens.] Ref., 
 239.) Hygiea, Stockholm, 1904, 2. f., iv, 225-239.— Deeks 
 (W. E.) A case of patenf ductus arteriosus. Proc. Canal 
 Zone M:. Ass^ Mount Hope, C. Z., 1909, 176.— Dresler (K.) 
 Beitrag zur Diagnose der Persistenz des Ductus arteriosus 
 Botalli. Jahrb. i. Kinderh., Berl., 1902, Ivi, 705-718.— 
 Ferguson (FO Persistent ductus arteriosus. Soc. Lying- 
 in Hosp. N. York. Med. Eep. (1893), 1894, 119.— Forsch- 
 bach (J.) & Koloczek (M.) Zur Symptomatologie des 
 offenen Ductus BotalU. Miinchen. med. Wohnschr., 1916, 
 Ixiii, 1617-1619.— Foulis (J.) On a case of patent ductus 
 arteriosus, with aneurism of the pulmonary artery. Tr. 
 Med.-Chir. Soo. Edinb., 18S3-4, n. s., iii, 156-175, 2 pi.— 
 G£iaTd (G.) Le canal art&iel. J. de I'anat. et physiol. 
 
 [etc.]. Par., 1900, xxxvi, 1-21. . De la persistance 
 
 simple du canal art^riel: etiologie; physiologic pathologique 
 et symptomatologique. Eev. de roM., Par., 1900, xx, 645; 
 837.— Gibson (G. A.) A clinical lecture on persistent 
 ductus arteriosus. Med. Press & Clrc, Lond., 1906, n. s., 
 Ixxxi, 572-574.— GUlet (Bf.) Persistance du canal arttoel 
 (cas clinique). Bull. Soc. de pMiat. de Par., 1904, vi, 82- 
 85. Also: Gaz. d. mal. infant, [etc.]. Par., 1904, vi, 113 — 
 Goodman (E. H.) Eeport ol a case of patent ductus 
 arteriosus Botalli, with a study of the cases heretofore pub- 
 lished. Univ. Penn. M. Bull., Phila., 1910-11, xxiii, 509- 
 538.— Grlfflth (T. W.) Two cases of patency of the ductus 
 arteriosus. Quart. 3. Med., Oxford, 1915, viii, 191-200, 
 2pl.— Hamilton (W. F.) & Abbott (Maude B.) Patent duc- 
 tus arteriosus with acute infective pulmonary endarteritis. 
 Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila.,1914, xxix, 294-308.— Hand 
 (A.) Patulous ductus arteriosus. Tr. Path. Soc. Phila. 
 
 arteriosus Botalli bei einem 19jahrigen Patienten.] Deut- 
 sche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1903, xxlx, Ver.-Beil., 
 280.— Hondo (T . ) Ein kUnischer Beitrag zur Diagnose der 
 Persistenz des Ductus arteriosus Botalli. Med. Klin., Berl , 
 J908, Iv, 440-443.— LIsenko (V. I.) [Open ductus BotalU 
 in a child half a year old.] Klin. J., Mosk., 1900, iv, 37-49.— 
 Manges (M.) Infective pulmonary endarteritis occurring 
 with patent ductus arteriosus. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1916, 
 civ, 581-583. . Patent ductus arteriosus with infective 
 
 ?uImonary endarteritis. Tr. Am. Climat. & Clin. Ass 
 hila., 1916, xxxii, 313-322.— Martin (A.) Case of patent 
 ductus arteriosus. N. Zealand M. J., Dunedin, 1892, v, 165- 
 167.— MBIer (R.) & Orton (G. H.) A case of patent ductus 
 arteriosus, with skiagram. Brit. J. Child. Dis., Lond., 1913, 
 X, 109-111.— Motzfeldt (K.) Orel Falle von oflenstehen- 
 dem Ductus arteriosus Botalli. Deutsche med. Wchnschr , 
 Berl. & Leipz., 1913, xxxix, 2037-2039.— Murray (H. M.) 
 Specimen of a patent ductus arteriosus in a woman who 
 died, aged thirty-six, of malignant endocarditis. Lancet, 
 Lond., 1888, i, 879.— Oldrlght. Patent ductus arteriosus. 
 Proc. & Tr. Path. Soc. Toronto, lS90-91,ii, 17.— Olivier (P.) 
 & Dev6 (F.) [Persistance du canal arteriel 4 1'exclusion de 
 toute autre anomalie cardiaque.] Eev. mid. de Normandie, 
 
 Arterial duct {Persistence of) . 
 
 Rouen, 1908, 10-14.— Parkinson (J. P.) Morbus cordis; 
 patent ductus arteriosus. Tr. M. Soc. Lond., 1913-14, 
 xxxvil, 361.— Elva (A.) Un caso di porsistenza del dotto 
 arterioso. Settimana med. d. Sperimentale, Firenze, 1898, 
 Iii, 146; 158.— Sawyer (J. E. H.) A case of patent ductus 
 arteriosus. Brit. J. Child. Dis., Lond., 1908, v, 476-479.— 
 Schulhot ,(K.) K symptomatologii persistence duktu 
 Bottalova. Casop. Mk. &sk., v Praze, 1915, liv, 863-870.— 
 Sessa (P.) Permanenza del dotto arterioso di Botallo. 
 Osp. maggiore, Milano, 1916, 2. s., iv, 140-143.— SIdlauer 
 (Ht) Ein Fall von Persistenz des Ductus ISotalli. Arch. f. 
 Kinderh., Stuttg., 1902, xxxiv, 331-354.— Simons (I.) A 
 case of patent ductus arteriosus (Botalli), with report of a 
 new physical sign. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago. 1914, Ixii, 34.— 
 Sison (A. G.) A case of patent ductus arteriosus Botalli, 
 with a brief discussion of the diagnosis of this condition. 
 Bull. Manila M. Soc, 1911, iii, 198-200.— Stepp (W.) & 
 Weber (A.) Zur KUnik des persistierenden Ductus Botalli. 
 Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1917, xliii, 1534- 
 1536.— Sternberg (C. ) tfeber selbstiindige Persistenz des 
 Ductus Botalli. Verhandl. d. deutsch. path. Gesellsch., 
 Jena, 1910, 357-362.— Stoddard (J. L.) A case of open 
 ductus arteriosus (Botalli), with necropsy. Arch. Int. Med., 
 Chicago, 1915, xvl, 38-53. Also, Eeprint.— StudzlnsM 
 (I. B.) [Two cases of patent duct of Botallis.] Eussk. 
 Vraoh, Si-Peterb., 1913, xii, 1322-1326.— Tron (G.) Delle 
 varie modality di permanenza del forame di Botallo nella 
 vita extrauterina. Pathologlca, Genova, 1913-14, vi, 697- 
 602. Also, transl.: Anat. Anz., Jena, 1914, xlvi, 348-359.— 
 Turney (H. G.) Three cases of patent ductus arteriosus 
 with arterio-venous murmur. Tr. Clin. Soc. Lond., 1907, 
 xl, 245.— Wells (H. G.) Persistent patency of the ductus 
 arteriosus. Am. J. M. Sc^ Phila. & N. Y., 1908, cxxxvi, 
 381-100.— Wessler (H.) & Bass (M. H.) Persistent ductus 
 Botalli and its diagnosis by the orthodiagraph. Am. J. M. 
 Sc, Phila., 1913, cxlv. 643. Also, Reprint.— WWpliam 
 (T. R.) A case of patent ductus arteriosus. Proc. Roy. 
 Soc. Med^ Lond., 1910-11, iv. Sect. Stud. Dis Child., 31.— 
 White (W. H.) Patent ductus arteriosus. Tr. Path. Soc. 
 Lond.. 1884-5, xxxrvi, 182.— Williams (E. C.) A case of 
 patent ductus arteriosus. Rep. Soc. Study Dis. Child., 
 Lond., 1903-4, iv, 310-312.— Wynter(W. E.) Patentductus 
 arteriosus. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1913-14, vii, Clin. 
 Sect., 67.— Zlemblckl (W.) & Sabat (B.) (Persistent duct 
 of Botalli and its unusual radioscoplo picture.] Lwow. 
 tygodn. lek., 1912, vii, 382, 1 pi.— ZInn (W.) Zur Diagnose 
 der Persistenz des Ductus arteriosus Botalli. Berl. klin. 
 Wchnschr., 1898, xxxv, 433-435. [Discussion], 850.— van 
 ZwaluwenbUTg (J. G.) Report of a case of persistent 
 patency of the ductus arteriosus. Physician & Surg., 
 Detroit & Ann Arbor, 1910, xxxU, 159-162. [Discussion], 
 163. 
 
 Arterial duct {Rupture of). 
 
 Esser (J.) Die Ruptur des Ductus arteriosus Botalli. 
 Arch. f. Kinderh., Stuttg., 1902, xxxiil 398-405.— Boeder 
 (H.) Die Ruptur des Ductus arterissffi ]3otalli: eine mono- 
 graphische Studie zur Pathologie des Ductus. lUdj^ 1900, 
 
 XXX, 157-216. . Zwei Falle von Ruptur des Ijuctus 
 
 arteriosus Botalli. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1901, xxxviii, 
 72-78. — Rupture of the ductus arteriosus. J. Am. M. Ass., 
 Chicago, 1901, xxxvi, 1119. 
 
 Arteriensystem (Das) des Menschen im stereo- 
 sliopischen Rontgenbild. Hrsg. von Hilda- 
 brand, Scholz & Wieting. 27 pp., 10 pi. obi. 
 12°. Wiesbaden, J. F. Bergmann, 1901. 
 
 . The same. 2. Aufl. 29 pp., 10 pi. obi. 
 
 12°. Wiesbaden, 1904. 
 
 . Thesame. 3. Aufl. 29pp., lOpl. obi. 
 
 12° Wiesbaden, 1911. 
 
 Arteries. 
 
 See, also. Aorta; Blood-vessels; Pulse. 
 
 BoRT (L.) Lesartferes; ^tude anatomo-patho- 
 logique sur le tissu conjonctivo-^lastique art6- 
 riel et ses reactions g^n^rales. 8°. Paris, 1910. 
 
 Full (H.) *Versuche iiber die automatischen 
 Bewegungen der Arterien. [Wiirzburg.] 8°. 
 Miinchen, 1913. 
 
 Also, in: Ztschr. f. Biol., Miinchen & Berl., 1913, Ixi 287- 
 310. 
 
 Hbllenda (Martha). *Der Kaltereiz als 
 Mittel zur Funktionsprtifung der Arterien. 8° 
 Berlin, 1912. 
 
 Also, in: Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1912, Ixxiv, 334-346. 
 
 KoHOTKOFP (N. S.) *Optt opredieleniya sili 
 arterialntkh koUateralei. [Determination of 
 the strength of the arterial collaterals.] 8°. 
 S.-Peterburg, 1910. 
 
AKTERIES. 
 
 22 
 
 ARTERIES. 
 
 Arteries. 
 
 Kramp (C.) *De vi vitali arteriarum. 12°. 
 Argentorati, 1785. 
 
 Long (A.) *De la tension art6rielle, ses modi- 
 fications chez les vieillards. 8°. Lyon, 1901. 
 
 Alkman (J.) The arteries during some infections dis- 
 eases. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1906, i, 920.— AMaro (M.) & 
 Palacios (M.) Apuntes sobre el didmetro de las arterias. 
 Peri(5d. Acad, de med. [de Mexico], 1851-3, 91-93.— Bassuel. 
 Nouvel aspect de I'lnt^rleur des artires, et de leur structure 
 par rapport au cours du sang. M^m. de mathSmat. et de 
 phys. . . . Acad. roy. d. so.. Par., 1750, 23-54, 2pl.— Baum 
 (H.) Ueber die Benennungder Hand-und Fussarterien. 
 Verhandl. d. Gesellsoh. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1907, 
 Leipj., 1908, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 454.— Bindl (P.) Sul comporta- 
 mento del tessuto elastico nolle arterie m rapporto a varie 
 eta, della vita. Morgagni, Milano, 1908, 1, 197-213, 2 pi.— 
 Bin§ (H. I.) [Eecent investigations on the ability of the 
 arteries to accelerate circulation of the blood.] Ugeskr. f. 
 Laeger, Kjibenh., 1916, Ixxviii, 601-606.— Bory (L.) E,61e de 
 la tunique interne dans la constitution des parois artMelles. 
 Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1909, Ixvi, 1016.— Bosc 
 (F.-J.) & Vedel. La tension art^rielle dans les maladies. 
 Cong, frang. de mM. Eap., Par., 1904, 208-537. [Discussion], 
 C.-r. 1904, Par., 1905, 26-52.— Carrel (A.) Latent life of 
 arteries. J. Exper. M. Lancaster, Pa., & N. Y., 1910, xii, 
 460-486. ^teo,Beprint.— Cow(D.) Reactions of arteries to 
 certain drugs. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1910-11, iv, 
 Therap. & Pharmacol. Sect., 77-96.— Cowan (J. M.) The 
 influence of the acute infections upon the arteries. Glasgow 
 M. J., 1906, Ixvi, 88-92.— Danis (R.) Une experience sur le 
 pouvoir coagulant de la paroi art^rielle. J. de chir. et ann. 
 Soc. belgede chir., Brux., 1912, xii, 12-15.— D'Antona (S.) 
 Contributi alio studio della parete arteriosa in condizioni 
 normali e patologiche. Arch, per le se. med., Torino, 1913, 
 xxxvii, 169-198, 1 pi.— De Bonis (V.) Sulla reviviscenza del 
 tessuto muscolare di arterie umane. Pathologies, Geneva, 
 1910-11, iii, 22.— De Stone (F. G.) The arteries. Calif. M. 
 J., San Fran., 1906, xxvii, 198-202.— Drizin (Kh.) ■ [Fluc- 
 tuation in the j)ower of tonus in the peripheral arteries 
 when the position of the extremities is altered.] Sibirsk. 
 Vrach, Tomsk, 1913-14, i, 183-189.— Ewald (J. R.) Zur 
 Methodik der Messung des peripheren Widerstandes in 
 einer Arterie. Arch. J. Physiol., Leipz., 1899, Suppl,-Bd., 
 245-250.— Gibson (G. A.) Arterial structure and arterial 
 function. Edinb. M. J., 1908, n. s., xxiii, 609-514.— GrazlanI 
 (G.) Sopra 1 rapporti delle arterie, delle vene e del nervt 
 satelliti. Monltore zool. ital., Firenze, 1900, xi, 201-208, 1 
 pi.— Gtlnther (G.) Zur Kenntnis der Spontanbewegungen 
 iiberlebender Arterien. Ztschr. 1. Biol., Munchen & Berl., 
 1915, Ixv, 401-415.— Hartman (F. A.) The differential 
 effects of adrenin on splanchnic and peripheral arteries. 
 Am. J. Physiol., Bost., 1915, xxxviii, 438-^65. Also, Re- 
 print. — Hess (W. R.) Ueber die lunktionelle Bedeutung 
 der Arterienmuskulatur. Cor.-Bl. f. sohweiz. Aerzte, 
 Basel, 1914, xliv, 993-1000.— Katzensteln (M.) Ueber Ent- 
 stehung und Wesen des arteriellen Collateralkreislaufc. 
 Deutsche Ztschr. 1. Chir., Leipz., 1905, Ixxvii, 189-226.— 
 Kaufman (P. Y.) [Centripetal nerves of the arteries.] 
 Voyenno-Med. J., S.-Peterb., 1912, ccxxxiv, med.-spec. pt., 
 1-17. Also, transl.: Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1912, 
 cxlvi, 231-248. — Lejars. De I'attrition sous-cutanfe dlrecte 
 des grosses art&res. Bull, et m6m. Soc. de chir. de Par., 
 1902, n. s., xxviii, 609-619.— Lexer. [Die Arterienversorgung 
 der gesunden und kranken Knochen.l Deutsche med. 
 Wohnschr., Berl. & LeipZy 1906, xxxii, 483.— MacWllUam 
 (J. A.) & Mackle (A. EC.) Sections of human arteries. 
 Proc. Physiol. Soc. Lond., 1908, p. xxxiv.— MllUer (O.) 
 Zur Funktionspriifung der Arterien. Deutsche med. 
 Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1906, xxxii, 1531, 1577.— Park (E. 
 A.) & Janeway (J. C.) A study of the Meyer method of the 
 effect of blood serum and certain inorganic salts on surviving 
 arteries. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1911-12, ix, 
 51.— BSssle. Wachstum und Altem der grossen Arterien 
 und ihre Beziehung zur Pathologie des Gefassystem. Si- 
 tzungsb. d. Gesellsch. f. Morphol. u. Physiol, in Mflnohen 
 (1909), 1910^ XXV, 110-118.— Stanton (W. B.) The relation 
 of the cardiac muscle and valves to arterial tension. Penn. 
 M. J., Athens, 1906-7, x, 774-777.— Stevenson (C. M.) 
 The resistance of the arterial wall. J. Path. & Bacterid., 
 Cambridge, 1909-10, xiv, 466-483.— Stewart (H. A.) & Har- 
 vey (S. C.) Vsmations in the response of different arteries to 
 blood serum and plasma. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. Med., 
 N. Y., 1911-12, ix, 84-87.— Thoma (R.) Arteriendurch- 
 messerund Organgewicht. Arch. 1. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 
 
 1900, Ixxxii, 474-504, 1 tab. ■ . Ueber den Vorzweigungs- 
 
 modus der Arterien. Arch. f. Entwcklngsmechn. d. Organ., 
 Leipz., 1901, xii, 352-413.— Tlgerstedt (C.) VermutUche 
 Aktionsstrome bei den Arterien. Skandin. Arch. f. 
 Physiol., Leipz., 1913, xxviii, 433-441.— WUllams (L.) 
 Arterial tension. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1906, n. s., Ixxxii, 
 610. 
 
 Arteries (Ahnormities of). 
 
 See, also. Aorta {Abnormities of) ; Blood-ves- 
 sels {Abnormities of); and under Tuanes of the 
 various arteries. 
 
 Arteries {Abnormities of). 
 
 Vincent (A.) *Oontribution t I'^tude des 
 anomalies art^rielles, consider^e dans leurs rap- 
 ports avec le systfeme veineux normal. 8°. 
 Genive, 1878. 
 
 Anderson (J. H.) & Anderson (J. H.) A case of non- 
 union of the vertebrales with consequent abnormal origin of 
 the basilaris. Anat. Anz. , Jena, 1909, xxxv, 54-65.— Aubert 
 (V.) & Bruneau (A.) Anomalies art^rlelles; brides intra- 
 vasculaires; consid^atioiis embryog^niques et pathologi- 
 ques. Rev. de mfid.. Par., 1903, xxiil, 853-868.— Blunt- 
 schll (H.} Varietaten der Arteria profunda femoris und der 
 Arteria circumllexa femoris medialis des Menschen. Mor- 
 phol. Jahrb., Leipz., 1907, xxxvii, 142-154.— von B6kay 
 (Z.) Ueber Transposition der grossen Schlagadern des 
 Herzens. Arch. t. Klnderh., Stuttg., 1911, Iv, 321-338.— 
 Breme (G.) Casuistischer Beltrag zur Kenntniss der 
 Anomalien der Armarterien. Ztschr. t. Morphol. u. An- 
 throp., Stuttg., 1899, i, 483-494.— BUhler (A.) Ueber eine 
 Anastomose zwischen den Stammen der Arteria caeliaca 
 und der Arteria mesenterica superior. Morphol. Jahrb., 
 Leipz., 1904, xxxii, 185-194. — BussUre. Sur quelques 
 anomalies artdrielles. J. de m^d. de Bordeaux, 1904, xxxiv, 
 101.— Casall (R.) Dei tre rami soprannumerari non ancora 
 descritti deU' A. sueclavia; arteria del musculo succlavio, 
 arteria della cupola pleurica, arteria esolagea superiore. 
 Arch.ital.dianat.ediembriol.,rirenze,1911,x^l22-12S.— De- 
 litzln (S .) Ueber eine complicirte Anomalie im Gebiete der 
 Arteria obturatoria und epigastrica inferior. Arch . f . Anat. u . 
 
 Entwcklngsgesch., Leipz., 1896, 413-422, Ipl. . Ein Fall 
 
 vonDurchbohrungdes M. scalenusanterior durchdenTrun- 
 custhyreo-cervicalis. /Mi., 1899,124-129. — DubrcuU-Cham- 
 bardel (L.) Une curieuse observation de variation des 
 arteres de I'avant-bras et de la main. Gaz. m^d. du centre. 
 Tours, 1905, X, 98.— Duclaux (H . ) Anomalies de I'^pigastri- 
 que et de I'obturatrice. Bull, et m^m. Soc, anat. de Par., 
 1902, Ixxvii, 58.— Ernst (P.) Unpaariger Ursprung der 
 Intercostal- und Lumbalarterien aus der Aorta. Ver- 
 handl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1899, Leipz., 
 
 1900, Ixxi, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 9.— FetteroU (G.) Variations in 
 the arteries of the human body; a record of arterial anomalies 
 found in the dissecting room of the University of Pennsylvsr 
 nia. Univ. Penn. M. Bull., Phila., 1908-9, xxl, 323-329.— 
 Fontan (C.) Anomalie art^rielle de la region cervicale 
 inf^rieure. Echo mdd. du nord, Lille, 1911, xv, 361.— 
 Fralkln. Anomalies art^rielles de la carotide prirmtive et 
 des arteres de I'avant-bras. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol, 
 de Bordeaux, 1899, xx, 360. — Gilson-Herman. Anomalie 
 des arteres naissant de la crosse de Paorte. Clinique, Brux., 
 1914, xxviii, 12.— Girard (C.) Dysphagia und Dyspnoea 
 lusoria. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1913, d, 997-1008.— 
 Gitppert (E.) Ueber die Entwieklung von Varietaten im 
 Arteriensystem; Untersuchungen an der Vorderglied- 
 masse der weissen Maus. Morphol. Jahrb., Leipz., 1909-10, 
 xl, 268-410, 5 pi.— Gottlried (V.) [Free arteries in the ab- 
 dominal cavity.] Casop. 16k. 6esk., v Praze, 1885, xxiv, 36- 
 38. — Hauptmann (A.) Kongenitale Bildungsanomalie 
 der Arteria carotis und Subclavia sinistra. Miinchen. med. 
 Wchnschr., 1911, Iviii, 1187-1191.— Heller (A.) Ueber 
 eigentbiimuche Befunde an kleinen Arterien und Pfort- 
 ader. Verhandl. d. Gesellsoh. deutsch. Naturl. u. Aerzte 
 
 1899, Leipz., 1900, lxxl,pt.2, 2. Hlfte., 5-7.— Hosklns (E. E.) 
 Persistent arterise brachii superflcialis, antibrachiisupera- 
 eialis et mediana. Anat. Record, Phila., 1914, viii, 421.— 
 Imerwol (V.) Cite-va anomalli arteriale a membrelor 
 privite din punctul de videre al interpretarie lor. Bull. 
 Soc. d. mM. et nat. do Jassy, 1906, xx, 226-239.— Klein. 
 Eine interessante Anomalie der aus dem Aortenbogen 
 entspringenden Schlagadern. AUg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 
 
 1901, Ixx, 933.— Lucien (M.) & Barter (A.) Un cas de 
 transposition des troncs arteriels. Bibliog. anat.. Par. & 
 Nancy, 1907-8, xvii, 83-85.- Molllca (G.) Rara anomalia 
 delle arterie degli arti superiori. Riforma med., Palermo, 
 
 1900, xvi, 5t. 1, 134-136.— Neuberger (H.) Ueber einine 
 Arterienvarietaton am Hals. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1912, xii, 
 618-625.— Feyronny. Anomalies artfirielles multiples des 
 artferes du bras. J. de tdAA. de Bordeaux, 1902, xxxu, 411.— 
 FloUet. Anomalie des artSres de la paume de la main. 
 Lyon mM., 1904, oil, 526.— Schwalbe (E.) Beitrag zur 
 Kenntniss der Arterienvarietilten des Anns. Morphol. Arb , 
 Jena, 1898, viii, 1. Hft., 1-47, 1 pi. AUo, Reprint.— Se- 
 rrano de Zafra (E.) & Bomero Becerra (J.) Anomalias 
 arteriales. Gac. mM. de Granada, 1897, xv, 120-125 — 
 Steche (O.) Eine Abnormitat im Arterienverlaul bei 
 Rana esculenta. Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1908, xxxii, 563-566.— 
 Variot & nioTanc& Transposition art&rielle; cyanose 
 congtoltale sans souffle. Bull. Soc. de p4diat. de Par., 1911, 
 xiil, 337-340.— Velga (A.) Anomalias arteriaes. Gaz. d. 
 hosp. do P6rto, 1913, vil, 65-74.— Ventura Lloveras. Ano- 
 malias arteriales. An. san. mil., Buenos Aires, 1900, ii, 
 1055-1058, 1 pi.— de Verblzter & Baudet. Anomalies art^- 
 rlelles. Toulouse m6d., 1906, 2. s., viii, 6.— de VUhena (H.) 
 Anomalias arteriaes. Arch, de anat. [etc.], Lisb. 1912-13, i, 
 77-83.— Wynkoop (E. J.) An unusual condition of the 
 arteries of the forearm. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1898, liii, 879.— 
 Tatsuta (K. Z.) (Two rare cases of anomalies of the 
 arteries of the forearm.] Voyenno-Med. J., S.-Peterb., 1908, 
 ccxxiii,, med.-spec. pt., 191-199. 
 
ARTEKIES. 
 
 23 
 
 AKTERCES. 
 
 Arteries (ATiaMomosis of). 
 
 See Arteries {Surgery of) . 
 
 Arteries {Calcification of). 
 
 See Arteriosclerosis {Causes and pathology 
 of)- _ 
 
 Arteries {Oompression of). 
 
 See, also, Acupressure. 
 
 BouTgery. Instruments destines k la compression des 
 art^es sous-clavifere et carotide. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, 
 Par., 1837, v, 757. — Dezeimeris. De la compression des 
 arteres comme moyen tMrapeutique. Tbid., 726.— Janeway 
 (T. C.) & Park (E. A.) An experimental study of the re- 
 sistance to compression of the arterial wall. Tr. Ass. Am. 
 Physicians, Phila., 1910, xxv, 456-489. Also: Arch. Int. 
 Med., Chicago, 1910, vi, 686-613.— Malapert. De la com- 
 pression des arreres, consid6r6e comme moyen anti-phlogisti- 
 
 que. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1837, v, 652. . 
 
 Appareils compresseurs des art^res. lUd., 763. 
 
 Arteries {Contraction of). 
 
 See Arteries {Elasticity, etc., of). 
 
 Arteries (Degeneration of). 
 
 See, also. Arteriosclerosis. 
 
 Anorewes (F. W.) Second report on arterial degenera- 
 tion. Hep. Med. Off. Local Gov. Bd., Lond., 1913-14, 
 Append. B, No. 1, 151-208.— Bishop (L. F.) The early 
 recognition and management of arterial degeneration, 
 
 Phila. M. J., 1901, viii, 962-964. . Importance of treats 
 
 ment in the early stages of arterial degeneration. 'Med. Rec, 
 N.Y., 1904, bnr, 534. — Collins (J.) Hemarks on the symptom- 
 atology and therapeutics of arterial degeneration. Therap. 
 Gaa., Detroit, 1898, 3. s., xiv, 442^451 .—Frank (P.) Exper- 
 imental arterial degeneration. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1907, 
 Ixxil, 683.— Jacob (F. M.) Hyaline degeneration of arteries. 
 J. Med. Research, Bost., 1916, xxxv, 187-198. Also, Re- 
 print.— Kaufman (L. R.) The surgical significance of 
 arterial degeneration. Med. Century, N. Y. & Lancaster, 
 Pa., 1911, xviii, 35-37.— Klotz (O.) Fatty degeneration of 
 the Intuna of artBries. J. Med. Research, Bost., 1915, xxxil, 
 28^3, 1 pi. .Ateo, Reprint.— McMeans (J. W.) The split- 
 ting of the elastic fibers in arteries. J. Med. Research, Bost., 
 • 1915, xxxii, 377-390. 4tao, Reprint.— McMeans (J. W.)& 
 Klotz (O.) Superficial fatty streaks of arteries; an experi- 
 mental study. J. Med. Research, Bost., 1916, xxxiv, 41-63. 
 Also, Reprint. — Miles (Amy B.) Spontaneous arterial de- 
 generation in rabbits. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1907, xlix, 
 1173-1176.— Miller (J. L.) Experimental arterial degenera- 
 tion. Tr. Ass. Am. Phys., Phila., 1906, xxi, 491-501.— 
 Mott (F. W.) Arterial degenerations and diseases. In: 
 Syst. Med. (Allbutt & RoUeston), 8°, Lond., 1909, vi, 549- 
 620, 3 pi. — Pearce (R. M.) Occmrence of spontaneous 
 arterial degeneration in the rabbit. Albany M. Aim., 1909, 
 XXX, 88-91.— Rankin (G.) Arterial degeneration. Edinb. 
 M. J., 1904,n. s., XV, 402-408.— Bitter (E.) Ein FaU von 
 ausgedehnter Hyalinblldung in Arterien. Virchow's Arch. 
 f. path. Anat. [etc], Berl., 1908, cxcU, 535-544, 1 pi.— Syers 
 (H. W.) Arterial degeneration and the tendency thereto. 
 Treatment, Lond., 1901.^2, v, 241-249. 
 
 Arteries (Dilatation of). 
 See, also. Aneurism. 
 
 Arloing (F.) Ectasies artSrielles chez un enfant. Lyon 
 mM., 1902, xcviii, 798.— Halsted (W. S.) & Reid (M. R.) 
 An experimental study of circumscribed dilation of an 
 artery immediately distal to a partially occluding band, and 
 its bearing on the dilation of the subclavian artery observed 
 in certain cases of cervical rib; partial occlusion of the aorta 
 with the metallic band; observations on blood pressures 
 and changes in the arterial walls. J. Exper. M., N. Y., 1916, 
 xxiv, 271; 287. Also, Reprint.— Hutchinson (J.) On 
 enlarged and excessively pulsating arteries. Arch. Surg., 
 Lond., 1897, viii, 72-74.— Saint-Martin. Dilatations ser- 
 pentines des artferes de la base du cou. Gaz. m^d. de Nantes, 
 1907, 2. s. , XXV, 571-573.— Schleslnger (E . ) Ueber paroxy s- 
 male Erweiterung grosser Arterien. Deutsche men. Wchn- 
 schr., Berl: & Leipz., 1912, xxxviii, 1592-1594. 
 
 Arteries (Diseases of). 
 
 See, also, Aorta {Diseases of) ; Arteries {De- 
 generation of) ; Arteries {Hypertension of) ; Ar- 
 teries {Inflammation of) ; Arteries {Ossif cation 
 of); Arteries {Spasm of); Arteries (Syphilis 
 of); Arteries {Tuberculosis of); Arterioscle- 
 rosis; Blood-vessels {Diseases of); and under 
 names of the various arteries. 
 
 BoRY (L.) *Etudes anatomo-pathologiques 
 Bur lee artferes. Le tissu conjonctivo-elastique 
 des artferes et ses reactions g^n^rales. 8° Paris, 
 1910. 
 
 Arteries (Diseases of). 
 
 KoNDRATYEpp (Y. G.) *K voprosu ob izmiene- 
 niyakh v krupnikh arteriyakli u dietei pri 
 razliclmlkli zabolievaniyakli. [Alteration in 
 the large arteries in children in various diseases.] 
 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1909. 
 
 Ltjdwig (G.) *De arteriarum obUteratione. 
 8°. Lipdx, 1854. 
 
 RiEDKiN (M. p.) *0b izmieneniyakh elas- 
 ticheskioi tkani arteriy, porazhennlkh anevriz- 
 moyu i sklerozom. [On alterations in the elastic 
 tissue of arteries, injured by aneurysm and sclero- 
 sis.] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1898. 
 
 Zbierzchowski (L.) *Sur la modification des 
 artferes dans les maladies infectieuses aigues. 8°- 
 Genlve, 1908. 
 
 Atirams (A.) Diseases of the arteries. Med. Standard, 
 Ciiicago, 1900, xxiii, 608-513.— Allbutt (T. C.) Diseases of 
 
 the arteries. Phila. M. J., 1900, v, 578; 627. . On three 
 
 cases of arterial disease. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1906, i, 5-7. 
 
 . Arterial diseases. Ibid., 169. . The clinical 
 
 aspect of arterial disease. Hospital, Lond., 1909, xhi, 
 433-435.— Bishop (L. F.) The fundamental functions of the 
 muscle-cells of the cardio-vascular system with the sugges- 
 tion of a classification of arterial disorders. Med. Rec, N. 
 Y., 1909, Ixxvi, 929-934. Also, Reprint.— BlelchrOder (F.) 
 Intraarterielle Therapie. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1912, xlix, 
 1503-1505.— BrSmond (F.) Maladies des arttees. J. de la 
 ,sant4. Par,, 1897, xiv, 507: 1898, xv, 4; 23; 43,— Broking (E.) 
 Ein Beitrag zur Funktionspriifung der Arterien. Ztschr. f. 
 exper. Path. u. Therap,, Berl., 1907, iv, 220-238.— Brunton 
 {.Sir L.) Funktionelle Krankheiten der Arterien. Berl. 
 
 kiln. Wchnschr., 1913, 1, 193-196. . . Observations on 
 
 functional diseases of the arteries. Lancet, Lond., 1916, ii, 
 161-164.— Btlttner {C, G,) Besondere anatomische Wahr- 
 nehmungen von elnigen in den sogenannten ausseren giil- 
 denen Pulsadern, oder in denen von der Arteria iliaca in- 
 ■ terna abstammenden Aesten, von imterschiedener Grosse 
 gelundene Steinen, 7n?iM,-Anat, Wahmehm.,4°, KSnigsb,, 
 1769, 17-24.— Cesarls-Demel (A.) Sopra una rara forma di 
 Icsione arteriosa. Arch, per le sc. med,, Torino, 1902, xxvi, 
 241-268, 2 pi.— Councilman (W. T.) On the relation be- 
 tween arterial disease and tissue changes. Tr. Ass. Am. 
 Physicians, Phila., 1S91, vi, 179-199, 2 pL Also, Reprint.— 
 Cowan (J. M.) The influence of tlie acute infections upon 
 the arteries, Tr, Med,-Chir, Soc, Glasg,, 1905-7, vi, 160-164,— 
 Daland (J,) The relationship of the ductless glands to 
 arterial diseases. Arch. Diagn^ N. Y,, 1917, x, 32-38. Also, 
 Reprint,— D'Antona (S,) Contributi alio studio della 
 parete arteriosa in condizioni normali e patologicbe. Arch, 
 per le sc. med,, Torino, 1913, xxxvU, 199-235, 3 pi,— Fisher 
 (E, D,) Arterial disease in comparatively early life, J. 
 Nerv. & Ment, Dis,, N, Y,, 1902, xxix, 730,— Frothlngham 
 (C) The relation between acute infectious disease and 
 arterial lesions. Arch, Int, Med,, Chicago, 1911, viii, 163- 
 
 162, . Arterial lesions found in persons dying from acute 
 
 infections, and attempts to produce arterial lesions in ani- 
 mals by, non-infectious toxins. Ibid., 1912, x, 103-107, — 
 Fulton (F. T.) Remarks on specimens illustrating certain 
 forms of arterial disease. Providence M. J,, 1904, v, 7-11, 
 Hasenfeld (A,) [Treatment of vascular disturbances in the 
 aged,] Orvosi hetil,, Budapest, 1912, M, 1044-1046.— 
 Hedinger (E.) Keloidahnliche Verdickungen der Intima der 
 Arteria iliaca externa und femoralis. Cor,-Bl. f. schweiz. 
 Aerzte, Basel, 1916, xlvi, 963-955,— Jafie (R.) Ueber einen 
 Fall von Artenonekrose bei einem Neugeborenen. Frank- 
 furt. Ztschr. f. Path,, Wiesb,, 1914, xv, 118-126, 1 pi,— lores. 
 Ueber die Histogenese der Intimaverdickung m kleinen 
 Arterien. Verhandl. d. deutseh. path. Gesellsch. 1902, 
 Berl,, 1903, v, 95-104,— Jubb (A,) Two cases of arterial 
 disease. Treatment, Lond,, 1906-7, x, 324-331,— Kaul (I,) 
 Systematische Lichtungs- und Dickenmessungen der 
 grossen Arterien und Uie Bedeutung tiir die Pathologie 
 der Gefasse. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 
 1910, cci, 45-78,— Klotz (O,) & IVIanning (M. F,) Fatty 
 streaks in the intima of arteries, J, Path, & Bacteriol,, 
 Cambridge, 1911-12, xvi, 211-220,— Knox. On super-arterial 
 pericardial fibroid nodules. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull,, 
 Bait,, 1898, ix, 62,— McWiUiam (J. A.) & Ma«kie (A, H,) 
 Observations on arteries, normal and pathological. Brit, 
 M, J,, Lond,, 1908, ii, 1477-1481.— Marcozzi (V.) Alterazloni 
 del tessuto elastico del tronchi arteriosi sottoencefaUci nei 
 processi patologid delle arterie. Gazz. internaz, di med,, 
 Napoli, 1904, vii, 41-46,— Morelll (G.) Ueber Arterione- 
 krose, Berl, klin. Wchnschr^ 1908, xiv, 398.— Osier (W.) 
 Diseases of the arteries. In: Mod. Med,, (Osier), 8° PUla. & 
 N. Y., 1908, iv, 42^447,— Palazzo (G,) Sulla resistenza 
 delle arterie al processo di suppurazione. Klforma med,, 
 Napoli, 1913, xxix, 63; 99; 127; 151,— von Blto6k (S,) 
 Ueber die Hypoplasie des Arteriensystems. Ztschr. f. klin. 
 Med,, Berl,, 1907, Ixi, 32-63,— BOssle (R,) Wachstum und 
 Altem der grossen Arterien und ihre Beziehung zur Patho- 
 logic des Gefassystems. Miinchen. med, Wchnschr., 1910, 
 Ivu, 993-995,— Buffer (M, A,) On arterial lesions found in 
 
ARTERIES. 
 
 24 
 
 ARTERIES, 
 
 Arteries (Diseases of) . 
 
 Egyptian mummies (1680 B. C.-525 A. D.). J. Path. & 
 
 Bacteriol., Cambridge, 1910-11, xv, 45S-462, 3 pi. . 
 
 Arterial lesions In ancient man and their lessons. Lancet, 
 Lend., 1911, ii, 534.— SavUl (T. D.) Two cases of idiopathic 
 arterial hypermyotropby; with remarks on the symptoms, 
 diagnosis and treatment of the affection. Brit. M. J., Lond., 
 1897, i, 188-193.— Sewell (W. T.) Some observations on the 
 pathology of arterial disease. Univ. Durham Coll. Med. 
 Gaz., Newcastle, 1913-14, xiv, 25; 45.— Steven (J. L.) On 
 certain clinical aspects of arterial disea.se. Tr. Mcd.-Chir. 
 Soe. Glasg., 1905-7, vi, 165-172. Also: Glasgow M. J., 190G, 
 Ixvi, 81-87. — Tedenat. TJlc&>ation des art^res. Prov, mM., 
 Par., 1910, xxi, 57.— Welsh (D.,A.) Demonstration on dis- 
 eases of arteries and their effects.' Med. J. Australia, Sydney, 
 1918, i, 55-57.— Wlesel (J.) Die Erkrankungen arterieller 
 Gefasse im Verlaufe akuter Intektionen. Ztsohr. f. Heilk. 
 Wien & Leipz., 1906, xxvii, 262-294, 1 pi. 
 
 Arteries (Diseases of, Experimental). 
 
 See, also, Artexiosci.eiOBis (Experimental). 
 
 Adier (I.) The present status of experimental arterial 
 disease. Am J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1908, cxxxvi, 241- 
 255.— Barach (F.) Ueber das Verhalten der Duerck'schen 
 Fasem bel den experimentell erzeugten Arterienveranderun- 
 gen. Wien. med. Wehnschr., 1914, Ixlv, 2435-2442.— von Czy- 
 nlarz(E.B.)&Helblng(C.) ExperimentelleUntersuchun- 
 gen iiber die Beziehung von Nervenlasionen zu Gefassveran- 
 derungen. Centralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat., Jena, 1897, 
 viii, 849-855. — Delia Vlda (M. L.) Alcune alterazioni osser- 
 vate nelle arterie del cane. Ann. d' ig. sper., Roma, 1913, n. s., 
 xxiii, 238-241, 3 pi.— Denny (G. P.) & Frothlngham (C.) 
 Experimental arterial disease in rabbits. J. Med. Research, 
 Bost., 1914-15, xxxi, 277-283.— Erb (W.) Ueber experi- 
 mentell erzeugte Arterienerkrankung beim Kaninchen. 
 Verhandl. d. Kong. f. Innere Med., Wiesb., 1904, xxi, 110- 
 112, 1 pi.— Fischer (B.) Experimentelle Arterienerkran- 
 kungen durch Adrenalininjektionen. Miinchen. med. 
 Wehnschr., 1905, lit, 46.— Hedlnger (E.) Ueber experi- 
 mentell durch Adrenalin und Hamostasin erzeugte Arterien- 
 erkrankungen bel Kaninchen. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, 
 Basel, 1905, xxxv, 634-645.— Hill (M. C.) Various forms of 
 experimental arterial disease in the rabbit. Arch. Int. 
 Med., Chicago, 1910, v, 22-29. Also, Reprint.— Klotz (OJ 
 Concerning compensatory hyperplasia of the intima. J. 
 Exper. M., Lancaster, Pa., & N. Y., 1910, xii, 707-725. Also, 
 Reprint.- Levin (I.) & L,arkin (J. H.) The early stages of 
 the spontaneous arterial lesions in the rabbit. Proc. Soc. 
 
 Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1909-10, vil, 109. . 
 
 Studies on experimental arterial lesions in the dog. ■ Ibid., 
 164.— Llssauer (M.) Experimentelle Arterlenerkrankun- 
 gen beim Kaninchen. Berl. klin. Wehnschr., 1905, xlii, 675- 
 677. — Loeb (O.) Ueber experimentelle Arterienerkran- 
 
 kungen. Med. Klin., Berl., 1911, vii, 121. . Ueber 
 
 experimentelle Arterienver&nderungen beim Kaninchen 
 durch alipbatische Aldehyde. Erste Mittcilung. Ueber den 
 Zusammenhang zwischen chemischer Konstitution imd 
 Wirkung. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1912- 
 13, Ixix, 114-127.— Pearce (R. M.) Ocourrenc« of spontane- 
 ous arterial degeneration in the rabbit. Stud. Bender Hyg. 
 Lab., Albany, 1908, v, 88-91.— SlcUlano (L.) & Beverlnl 
 (F.) Contributo alio studio delle lesion! arteriose speri- 
 mentaU. Riv. crit. di clin. med^ Firenze, 1907, viii, 793; 
 809.— Weissenbach (B. .T.) & Bertier (H.) Beoherches 
 exp^rimentales sur les ulcerations des artferes de gros calibre 
 au contact des drains. Arch. g4n. de chir.. Par., 1912, viii, 
 754-773. 
 
 Arteries (Elasticity and contraction of). 
 
 Pommrich([G.M.]W.) *TJeber<iieElafltizitat 
 der Arterien. [Giessen.] 8°. Hannover, 1910. 
 
 . The same. 8°. Hannover, 1910. 
 
 Roy (G. S.) & Lewes (G. H.) The elastic 
 properties of the arterial wall. 8°. Cambridge, 
 [1880]. 
 
 Bishop (L. F.) Contraction of the arteries of nervous 
 origin as a cause of heart, brain, and kidney disease; preven- 
 tion and cure. Med. Exam. & Pract., N. Y., 1907, xvii, 
 289-291.— Bory (L.) Les r&ctious du tlssu msti9^ue des 
 artferes. Arch. d. mal. du cceur [etc.]. Par., 1910, ui, 302- 
 321. — BUhler (A.) Versuche iiber die elastisehe Kapai'.itat 
 der Arterien. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1916, xM, 
 1003-1016.— Dawson (P. M.) Pulse velocity and blood 
 .pressure; an attempt to determine the variations of elasticity 
 in the walls of living arteries. Am. J. Physiol., Bost., 1916- 
 17, xlii, 613.— Euebuske (0. J.) Orthoarteriotony (a new 
 form 01 pharmacodynamic energy); the biochemic exiilana- 
 tion of its action, together vrith a contribution to the inter- 
 pretation of its physiological mechanism. Boston M. & 
 S. J., 1917, clxxvii, 799-808.— Gibson (G. A.) Misconcep- 
 tions regarding arterial elasticity. Lancet, Lond., 1896, li, 
 804-806. Also, Reprint.— Hill (L.) & Flack (M.) The 
 effect of the liability (resilience) of the arterial wall on the 
 blood pressure and pulse curves. Proc. Roy. Boo. Lond., 
 1913, Ixxxvi, s. B., 365-371.— HUrthle. Ueber elektrische 
 Ersoheinungen bel pulsatorischer Dehnung toter Arterien. 
 
 Arteries (Elasticity and contraction of) . 
 
 Berl. klin. Wehnschr., 1913, 1, 1590. Also: Skandiu. Arch, 
 f. Physiol., Leipz., 1913, xxix, 100-113, 2 pi.— Meyer (O. B.) 
 Rhythmische Kontraktionen an ausgescnnittenen Arterien. 
 Vorlauflge Mitteilung. Zentralbl. f. Physiol., Leipz. & 
 
 Wien, 1909, xxiii, 685-689. . Ueber rhythmische Spon- 
 
 tankontraktionen der Art«rien. Sitzunesb. d. phys.-med. 
 
 Gesellsch. zu Wiirzb., 1910, 59. . Ueber rhythmische 
 
 Spontankontraktionen von Arterien. Ztschr. f. Biol., Miin- 
 chen & Berl., 1913, 1x1, 275-286, 1 pi.— Moutler (A.) De la 
 mesure de I'aasticitS art&ielle en clinique. Compt. rend. 
 Acad. d. sc. Par., 1912, cUv, 639-542.— Smith (A. H.) 
 Muscular action of the arteries. N. York M. J., 1901, Ixxiii, 
 938.— Thoma, Arterial elasticity. Lancet, Lond., 1896, 
 U, 1296-1298.— WeUs (S. R.) & Hill (L.) The influence of 
 resilience of the artenal wall on blood-pressure and on the 
 pulse curve. Proc. Royal Soc. Lond., 1912-13, Ixxxvi, 
 s. B., 180-186. 
 
 Arteries (Embryology and morphology 
 
 of). 
 
 HiJRLiMANN (K.) *Die arteriellen Kopfgefaase 
 der Katze. [Zurich.] 8°. Leipzig, 1912. 
 
 Also, in: Intemat. Monatschr. t. Anat. u. Physiol., 
 Leipz., 1912, xxix, 1-72, 1 pi. 
 
 Allls (E. P.) The pseudobranchial and carotid arteries 
 
 in Ameiurus. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1908, xxxiii, 256-270. . 
 
 The pseudobranchial and carotid arteries in the gnathostome 
 
 fishes. Zool. Jahrb., Jena, 1908-9, xxvii, 103-134, 1 pi. . 
 
 The pseudobranchial and carotid arteries In Polyodon 
 
 spathula. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1911, xxxlx, 257: 282. . 
 
 The branchial, pseudobranchial and carotid arteries In 
 
 Chlmasra (Hydrolagus) Colliei. Ibid., 1912, xlii, 10-18. . 
 
 The pseudobranchial and carotid arteries In Esox, Salmo 
 and (ladus, together with a description of the arteries in the 
 
 adult Amia. Ibid., xli, 113-142. . The branchial, 
 
 pseudobranchial and cafotid arteries m Raja radiata. Ibid., 
 
 579-589. . The pseudobranchial and carotid arteries in 
 
 Ceratodus Forsteri. Ibid., 1914, xlvi, 638-648.— Argaud (B.) 
 Sur la structure des artSres chez les olseaux. Compt. rend. 
 
 de I'Ass. d. anat., Nancy, 1904, vi, 90-95. . Sur la 
 
 structure des artferes chez les reptiles et, en particuller, sur le 
 mode de transition du type £Iastique du type musculaire. 
 
 BIbliog. anat., Par. & Nancy, 1905, xiv, 243-246. ■ . 
 
 Becherches sur rhistotopographie des elements contractiles 
 et conjonctife des parois art^rielles chez les mollusques et les' 
 vertebras. J. de I'anat. et physiol. [etc.]. Par., 1908, xUv, 
 328; 415; 522: 1909, xiv, 65; 176.— Bory (L.) De I'^diflca- 
 tion ^lastlque dans les artferes de Tembryon. Compt. rend. 
 Soc. de biol.. Par., 1909, Ixvil, 644-646.— Danlorth (C. H.) 
 The relation of coronary and hepatic arteries in the common 
 ganoids. Am. J. Anat., Phila., 1916, xix, 391-400.— Dra- 
 gendorff (O.) Ueber die Formen der Abzweigungsstellen 
 von Arterien bei den Wirbeltieren. Anat. Hefte, Wiesb., 
 1911, xUi, 737-803, 5 pi.— Duvernoy (G.-L.) Note sur deux 
 bulbes art^riels olsant les fonctions de coeurs accessoires, 
 qui se volent dans les art^res ianomin^es de la ohimfere arcti- 
 que. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par., 1837, v, 463-466.— 
 Favaro (G.) Cono e bulbo arterioso negli anamni. Moni- 
 tore zool. ital., Firenze, 1911, xxli, 121-125.— Felix (W.) Zur 
 Entwicklungsgeschlchte der Rumptarterien des menschli- 
 chen Embryo. Morphol. Jahrb., Leipz., 1910, xU, 577-614.— 
 Gfippert (E.) Die Beurteilung der Arterienvanetaten der 
 oberen GHedmasse bel den Saugetieren und beim Menschen 
 auf entwieklungsgeschichtlicher und vergleichend-anato- 
 mischer Grundlage. Ergebn. d. Anat. u. Entwcklngsgesch. 
 
 1904, Wiesb., 1905, xiv, 170-233. . VariablUtat im em- 
 
 bryonalen Arteriensystem. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1908, xxxii, 
 
 Ergnzngshft., 92-103. . Die Entwickelungsgesohichte 
 
 der Arterienvanetaten. Klin.-therap. Wehnschr., Berl., 
 1911, xviu, 221-228.— von Hotmann (L.) Die Entwick- 
 lung der Kopfarterien bei Sus scrofa domesUcus. Morphol. 
 Jahrb., Leipz., 1914, xlviii, 645-671, 2 pi.— Krassnig (M.j 
 Ueber die Arteria vertebralis und die Intercostalartenen bei 
 Bradypus tridactylus; als Nachtrag zur Publikation: 
 "Von der Arteria vertebralis thoracica usw." Anat. Hefte, 
 Wiesb., 1914, 1, 413-421.— Manners-Smith (T.) The 
 limb arteries of primates. J. Anat. & Physiol., Lond., 1909- 
 10, xliv, 271-302: 1910-11, xiv, 23-64: 1911-12, xlvl, 95-172, 24 
 pi.— Mannu, (A.) Conslderazionl suUa morfologla delle 
 arterie vertebralis e occipitalis in alcutd mamitiifen. Arch. 
 Ital. dl anat. e dl embriol., Firenze, 1913-14, xii, 435-442.— 
 Morpurgo(B.) UeberdieEntwicklungderArierienwand. 
 Sitzungsb. d. k. Akad. d. WIssensch. Math.-naturw. CI., 
 Wien, 1884, xc, 231-252, 2 pi.— PItzorno (M.) BIcerohe dl 
 morfologla comparata sopra le arterie succlavia ed ascellare. 
 Arch. Ital. di anat. e dl embriol., Firenze, 1903, II, 324-343.— 
 Fopowsky (J.) Contribution a la morphologie de I'artfere 
 saphtoe chez I'liomme. Bull, et m£m. Soc. d'anthrop. de 
 Par. , 1903, 5. s. , iv, 696-607.— SVensson (E .) Zur Morpholo- 
 gie der Arteria subclavia und axillaris bei Lacerta. Anat. 
 Hefte, Wiesb., 1908, xxxvii, 603-658, 10 pi.— Tandler (J.) 
 Zur Entwickeiungsgeschichte der arteriellen Wundemetze. 
 Ibid., 1906, xxxi, 235-265, 1 1., 4 pi.— TroflmoU (S. M.) [The 
 arteries of the anterior extremities of the domestic mammals.] 
 Shorn, trud. Kharkovsk. Vet. Inst., 1896-8, v, 21-233, 3 pi.. 
 
ARTERIES. 
 
 25 
 
 ARTERIES. 
 
 Arteries {Embryology and morpTwlogy 
 of). 
 
 12 tab.— Toung (A. H.) & Robinson (A.) The develop- 
 ment and morphology of the vascular system in mammals; 
 the posterior end of the aorta and the iliac arteries. Proc. 
 Eoy. Soc. Lond., 1897-8, Ixii, 350-352.— Zernofl (D. N.) 
 [Apropos of Tonkofl's article: On the mon>hology of the 
 arteries of the arm and forearm.] Khimrgia, Mosk., 1908, 
 xxxiv, 3-12. 
 
 Arteries {Exploration of). 
 
 Arteriensystem (Das) des Menschen im 
 Btereoskopischen Rontgenbild. Hrag. von Hilde- 
 brand, Scholz & Wieting. obi. 12°- Wiesbaden, 
 1901. 
 
 . The same. 2. Aufl. obi. 12°. Wies- 
 baden, 1904. 
 
 . The same. 3. Aufl. obi. 12°. Wies- 
 baden, 1911. 
 
 Abadie & GagnlSre. Art&res visibles en radiographie. 
 Arch, d'aectric. mid., Bordeaux, 1903, xi, 136-141. — ^Alvarez 
 Am£zquita (J.) & de Le6n (E.) Radiografia arterial. 
 Bol. d. Inst, patol., Mexico, 1907-8, 2. 4ip., v, 29-31.— Bau- 
 don. Radiogrammes d'artgres. Bull, et m^m. Soc. de 
 radiol. mid. de Par., 1913, v, 321.— Bittorf (A.) Ueber das 
 Elektroangiogramm bei Menschen und Tleren. Vorlaufige 
 Mittcilmig. Zentralbl. f. innere Med., Leipz., 1913, xxxiv, 
 82. — Carpenter (J. H.) Radiograms of the injected arterial 
 system. Illinois M. J., Chicago, 1918, xxxili, 156-169.— 
 Frlberger (E.) [On arterial palpation.) Upsala Lakaref. 
 Fiirh., 1910,-n. P., xv, 473-487.— GaUl (G.) Sul palpito 
 arterioso. Lavori d. Cong, di med. Int. 1909, Roma, 1910, 
 xix, 558-562.— Groedel (P.M.) Anonyma und Subclavia im 
 Rontgenbllde. Fortschr. a. d. Geb. d. Rontgenstrablen, 
 Hamb., 1911-12, xviii, 183-187, 1 pl^— tande (L.) Ueber die 
 Palpabilitat der Arterien. Deutsches Arch. f. kiln. Med., 
 Leipz., 1914, cxvi, 295-327. — Leiay. Radiographies d'ar- 
 tftres sur le vivant. Presse mgd., Par., 1898, li, 115.— Mal- 
 mejac Radiogrammes d'artferes. Bull, et m£m. Soc. de 
 radiol. mM. de Par., 1913, v, 311, 1 pi.— Vogt (E.) Das Ar- 
 teriensystem Neugeoorener im Kontgenbilde. Fortschr. a. 
 d. Geb. d. Rontgenstrablen. Hamb., 1913, xxl, 32, 1 pi. — 
 Wertheim-Salomonson (J. K. A.) Die Nagelpalpation 
 der Arterienwand. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 
 1910, xcviii, 596-599. — Zoja (L.) -Sul palpito arterioso. La- 
 vori d. Cong, di med. int., Roma, 1907, xvii, 411-416. Also.- 
 Boll. d. Soc. med. di Parma, 1908, 2. s., i, 42-44. 
 
 Arteries {Histology of). 
 
 Argaud (R. ) *Recherches sur la structure des 
 artfires chez rhomme. 8°. Toulouse, 1903. 
 
 Earner (A. M.) *Ueber den histologischen 
 Bau der Arterien in der Brust- und Bauchhohle 
 des Pferdes mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der 
 Anpassung dieser Gefasse an die Umgebung, etc. 
 [Giessen.] 8°. Jena, 1905. 
 
 Also, in: Jenaische Ztschr. f. Naturw., Jena, 1905, xxxiii, 
 319-382, 3 pi. 
 
 Eller (C. R. H.) *Ueber den Bau der Intima 
 in normalen und hypertrophischen Arterien 
 mittleren und kleineren Kabbers. 8°. Bonn, 
 1903. 
 
 RossMiJLLER (E.) *Ueber den histologischen 
 Bau der Arterien in der Brust- und Bauchhohle 
 des Rindes. 8°. Bamberg, 1906. 
 
 Bonnet. Bau der Arterienwand. Verhandl. d. anat. 
 Gesellsch., Jena, 1912, xxvi, 7-11.— Dobrovolskl (N.) [Al- 
 terations in the arteries in children according to age.) Med. 
 pribav. k morsk. sbornlku, S.-Peterb., 1903, pt. 1. 24; 81; 
 149; 189; 246; 303; pt. 2, 11— Grttnstein (N.) Ueber den 
 Bau der erosseren menschlichen Arterien in verschiedenen 
 Altersstufen. Arch. f. mikr. Anat,, Bonn, 1896, xlvii, 583- 
 654, 2 pi.— Henneberg (B.) Ruhende und thatige Mus- 
 kelzellen in der Arterienwand. Anat. Anz., Wiesb., 1901, 
 xvii, 425-466^ 1 jjl.- Huber (G. C.) A note on the structure 
 of the elastica interna of arteries. Anat. Record, Phila., 
 1916-17, xi, 161-175.— de LasOne. Recherches sur la struc- 
 ture des artJres. Hist. Acad. roy. d. sc. 1756. Par., 1762, 107- 
 133.— MacCoTdlck (A. H.) An improvedmethod for the 
 histological study of the arteries. J. Path. & Bacteriol., 
 Cambridge, 1912-13, xvii, 552-558. Also, traml.: Centralbl. 
 
 {. allg. Path. u. path. Anat., Jena, 1914, xxv, 721-727. . 
 
 On the existence of longitudinal and oblique muscle bands in 
 the media of certain arteries. [Zusatz von E. von Barde- 
 leben.J Anat. Anz., Jena, 1913, xliv, 255-261.— Magrath 
 (G. B.) Observations upon the elastic tissue of certain 
 human arteries. J. Host. Soc. M. Sc, 1897-8, 195-200: 1898, 
 iii,45; 139, 2 pi.— Mall (F. P.) Development of the internal 
 mammary and deep epigastric arteries in man. Johns 
 HopklDS Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1898, ix, 232-235.— Oppen- 
 
 s\ 
 
 Arteries {Histology of). 
 
 hetnier (.\.) Radial fibres in arteries (Duerck). Proc. N. 
 York Path. Soc, 1908-9, viii, 81-83.— Triepel (H.) Das 
 elastische Gewebe in der Wand der Arterien der Schadel- 
 hohle. Anat. Hefte, Wiesb., 1896-7, vii, 189-214, 2 pi. 
 
 Arteries {Hypertension of). 
 
 See, also. Arteriosclerosis; Blood-pressure. 
 
 Israel (A.) *Klinische Beobachtungen aus 
 der medizinischen Klinik in Strassburg iiber das 
 Symptom der Hypertension. [Strassburg.] 8°. 
 Leipzig, 1907. 
 
 ScHONTHALER (P.) *Bericht iiber die in den 
 letzten 4 Jahren an der Heidelberger medizini- 
 schen Klinik beobachteten Hypertonien. 8°. 
 Heidelberg, 1912. 
 
 Ambarci ( L. ) Hypertension art^rielle sans lesions r^nales. 
 Tribune mdd.. Par., 1908, n.s.,xl, 696.— Aniblard(L.-A.) De 
 
 I'hypertensionart&ielle. Paris m(5d., 1911-12, 590-593. . 
 
 Hypertensions art&ielles gto^rale et locale. Tribune mid.. 
 Par., 1913^ n. s., xlvii, 629-538.— Arsuffl (F.) Due easi 
 d'ipertensione arteriosa. Gazz. med. itaJ., Torino, 1904, Iv, 
 441-444. — Barker (L. F.) The classification and relations 
 of cardio- vascular-renal disease. South. M. J., JBinningham, 
 1917, X, 22-29.— Barry (W. F.) Studies in hypertension. 
 Providence M. J., 1912, xiii, 187-196.— BayUss (W. M.) On 
 the local reactions of the arterial wall to changes of internal 
 wessure. J. Physiol., Lond., 1902, xxviii, 220-231.— Bie (V.) 
 Hypertensio arterialis. Ugesk. f. Lseger, Kjjbenh., 1915, 
 Ixxvii, 311-324.— Birt (A.) Excessive blood-pressure; a 
 promismg sphere for preventive medicine. Canada Lancet, 
 Toronto, 1910-11, xliv, 729-745.— BDhan (P. T.) Hyper- 
 tension. Med. & Surg., St. l/ouis, 1917, i, 9S-103.— Brooks 
 'H.) The significance of high blood pressure. N. YorkM. 
 r. [etc.], 1914, c, 171-174. Also, Reprint.— Carr (J. G.) 
 Hypertension. Illinois M. J., Chicago, 1916, xxix, 276-279. — 
 du Castel (J.) L'hypertension art&ielle pr^coce dans les 
 corps de troupe. Bull, et mSm. Soc. m&d. d. hop. de Par., 
 1917, 3. s., xli, 63-67.— Cook (H. W.) Chronic arterial hy- 
 pertension. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1905, xUv, 263-270. — 
 Cottet (J. ) Epreuve de la diurdse provoqu^e chez les sujets 
 atteints d'hypertension art^rieUe. Ann. de m^d.. Par., 
 1914^ i, 283-309.— Cunnlngliam (R. L.) Mechanism and 
 clinical aspects of chronic arterial hypertension. Calif. 
 State J. M., San Fran., 1912, x, 303-305.— Donzello (G.) 
 Sulla ipertensione. Gazz. slcil. di med. e chir. [etc.], Palermo, 
 1904, 111, 709-712.— Doumer (E.) Flux Mmorroldaires 
 dSpfetifs dans l'hypertension arterielle. Compt. rend. Acad, 
 d. sc. Par., 1909, cxlviil, 1282-1284.— Dupuy (R.J Hyper- 
 tensions aiTOrielles fonctionnelles; pseudo-artMosclerose. 
 
 Ihid., 1913, clvii, 639-641. . Quelques considerations 
 
 sur les hypertensions art^rielles fonctionnelles (pseudo- 
 art^rioscWrose). J. de m.id. de Par., 1913, 2. s., xxv, 855. 
 
 ■ . Hypertendus fonctionnels: pseudo-art&iosclffleux. 
 
 Monde mM., Par., 1914, xxiv, 688-597.— Elliott (A. R.) 
 Arterial hypertension. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1910, - 
 cxxxlx, 648-665.— Esmein (C.) L'hypertension arterielle. 
 Gaz. d. h6p.. Par., 1914, Ixxxvii, 101-110.— Fahr. Ueber 
 Blutdrucksteigening. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & 
 Leipz., 1917, xliii, 606. — Flexner (J. A.) Arterial tension 
 and its practical significance. Kentucky M. J., LouisviUe, 
 1906-7, iv, 827-829.— Frenck (H.) High blood pressure and 
 the commoner affections of arteries. Lancet, Lond., 1912, 
 ii, 69-74. — Gallavardln (L.) Les deux phases de l'hyper- 
 tension art&ielle; phase latenteet phase troubieepar compen- 
 sation et insuffisance ventriculaire gauche. Lyon m^d., 
 1913, cxx, 1433-1442.— Gordon (A. L.) Hypertension, its 
 early recognition and treatment. Am. J. Electrotherap.& Ra- 
 diol., N. Y.,1918,xxxvi,9-ll.— Grahani-Stewart(A.) Ob- 
 servations on hyperpiesis and arteriosclerosis. Practitioner, 
 Lond., 1915, xciv, 561-565.— Gugllelmo (G.) Sulla iper- 
 tensione arteriale permanente. Tommasi, Napoli, 1913, viil, 
 446-452.— Halberf(H. V.) High blood pressure, illustrated 
 by a case. Clinique, Chicago, 1913, xxxiv,367-372. — Hanssen 
 IS..) Untersuchungen iiber die Elastizitat der Aorta und 
 ier Gefasse und ihre Bedeutung liir die Hypertonic. Ver- 
 handl. d. 6. nord. Kong. f. inn. Med., Skagen, 1909, Stock- 
 holm, 1910, 288-307.— Hasebroek (K.) Physikalisch-experi- 
 mentelle Eiawande ge^en die sogenannte arterielle Hyper- 
 tension; zugleich ein Beitragzur Frage der aktiven Artenen, 
 bewegung. Arch. f. d. ges, Physiol., Bonn, 1911-12, cxliii. 
 519-559.— Huchard (H.) Les trois hypertensions. Bull' 
 gin. de thfirap. [etc.]. Far., 1901, cxli, 922-941. Also, transl.: 
 Siglo m^d., Madrid, 1902, xlix, 196; 209.— Janeway (T. C.) 
 A clinical study of hypertensive cardio-vascular disease. 
 Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila., 1913, xxviii, 333-386.— 
 Jokn. Ueber Vorkommen und Bedeutung arterieUer 
 Hypertension. Med. Klin. , Berl., 1913, ix, 942-946.— Jolin- 
 ston-Lavis (H. J.) Hypertension, blood viscosity, and 
 capillary spasm. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1911, ii. 111.— Jones 
 (N. W.) Arterial hypertension. Med. Sentinel, Portland, 
 Oreg., 1910, xviii, 580-583.— King (J. M.) Increased blood 
 pressure. Calif. State J. M., San Fran., 1915, xiii, 94-100. — 
 Lawrence (C. H.) Some aspects of hypertension. Inter- 
 state M. J., St. Louis, 1916, xxiii, 165-169.— Uan (C.) & 
 
 1. 
 
ARTERIES. 
 
 26 
 
 ARTERIES. 
 
 Arteries (Hypertension of) 
 
 Chabannler (H.) De la stoMion tinale chez les hyperten- 
 dus.Gaz.d.h6p.,Par.,1913,lxxxvi,1981-1984.— Lichty(M.J.) 
 Hjyertension; a report of cases under prolonged observation, 
 and a protest against some ideas. Am. 3. M. So., Phila., 
 1914, cxlvii, 681-692.— Mareaca (A.), Golgl (C.) & Sala (L.) 
 Ipertensione arteriosa; illustrare rargomento anche con ricer- 
 cne personal!. Atti d. fond. sc. Cagnola, Milano, 1913, xxiii, 
 pp.lxxxiii-lxxxv. 4teo;R. 1st. Lomb. disc, elett. Rendic, 
 Milano, 1913, 2. s., xlvi, 1061.— Martinet (A.) Les deux 
 hypertensions: hypertension fonctionnelle et hypertension 
 l&ionnelle. Presse miA., Par., 1912, xx, 1(505-1007.— 
 Matbleu (M.-A.) De I'hypertension art^rielle et de la vis- 
 cosity sanguine dans leurs rapports avec I'hydrologie. Gaz. 
 d'eaux. Par., 1913, Ivi, 45; 74.— Metcalfe (J.) Hypertension. 
 Brit. M. J., Lond., 1910, ii, 1891.— MUler (J. L.) Clinical 
 aspects of hypertension. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1913, 
 1x1, 1259-1264.— Moscnthal (H. O.) Essentialhypertension; 
 a patient illustrating the uncomplicated disease and its 
 benign symptomless course. Med. Clin. N. Am., Phila., 
 1917, i, 101-117.— Moutier (A.) Sur le stigmate de I'hy- 
 pertension art^rielle. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par., 
 
 1914, clviii, 590-693.— Mulon (P.) Les glandes hyperten- 
 sives. Cong, frane. de mdd. C.-r. 1904, Par., 1905, 129- 
 131.— Oughterson (W. A.) Arterial hypertension. South. 
 Pract., Nashville, 1911, xxxiii, 285-294.— Pal (J.) Ueher per- 
 manente Hypertonie. Med. Klin., Berl., 1909, v, 1312; 
 1356. — Parker (G.) A clinical lecture on some aspects of 
 high blood pressure. Clin. J., Lond., 1916, xlv^ 357-361.— 
 Parker (H. P.) Arterial hypertension. Virginia M. Semi- 
 Month.. Eiohmond, 1912-13, xvii, 162-166.— Rendleman 
 (W. H.) High blood pressure. J. Iowa State M. Soc, Clin- 
 ton, 1913-14, ill, 427-434.— Biesman (D.) High arterial 
 pressure; high pressure hypertrophy of the heart. Am. J. 
 
 M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1913, clxv, 487-494. . The limits 
 
 of safety in blood pressure changes. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 
 
 1915, Ixxi, 428-433. [Discussion], 508-512. .4too, Reprint.— 
 Roberts (S. R.) High pressure disease. N. York M. J. 
 [etc.], 1913, xcviii, 169-lSO. Also, Reprint. . Hyper- 
 pressure. J. Med. Ass. Georgia, Augusta, 1917-18, vli, 159- 
 165.— BusseU (W.) A post-graduate lecture on the estima- 
 tion of heart power, and the terms blood pressure, hyperten- 
 sion, hyperpiesis, hypertonus. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1912, 1, 
 659-662. — Schneider (J. P.) Chronic vascular hypertension 
 in the ambulant. Journal-Lancet, Minneap., 1918, xxxviii, 
 247-250.— SchOnthaler (F.) Bericht Uber die in den letzten 
 4 Jahren an der Heidelbercer medizinischen Klinik beob- 
 achteten Hypertonien. ' Wien. kiln. Rundschau, 1914, 
 xxviil, 63-69.— Scott (T. B.) On some clinical aspects of 
 abnormal arterial tension. Practitioner, Lond., 1912, 
 Ixxxix, 256-260. — Sexton (T. C.) Arterial hypertension. 
 N. Mexico M. J., Las Cruces, 1916, xvl, 48-56.— Sneden (C. 
 M.) Some aspects of high blood pressure. Tr. N. Hamp- 
 shire M. Soc, Manchester, 1914, cxxiil, 174-180. — Steven 
 (J. L.) Increased blood pressure and arterial disease. Brit. 
 M. J., Lond., 1906,ii, 1009.— StoU (H. F.) Arterial hyperten- 
 sion; symptoms, significance, sequelae and management. 
 Med. Eec, N. Y., 1916, xo, 757-760.— Stone (W. J.) The 
 differentiation of cerebral and cardiac types of nyperarterial 
 tension in vascular disease. Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 1915, 
 XV, 775-794.— Strickler (C. W.) Significance of hyper- 
 tension. South. M. J., Birmingham, Ala., 1917, x, 191- 
 194. — Taylor (L.) Regional hypertonus. Cleveland M. 
 J., 1916, XV, 468-474.— Teissier (P.) A propos de rhyper- 
 tension artSrielle. Bull, et m§m. Soc med. d. hflp. de Par., 
 1904, 3. s., xxi, 169-172.— Turlals (C.) Hypertension art^ 
 rielle; valeur clinique. Arch. med. d' Angers, 1912, xvi, 
 257-266.— TJUom (J. T.) [Case.] Penn. M. J., Athens, 
 1911-12, XV, 724.— Vaquez (H.) Hypertension. Bull, et 
 m6m. Soc. m6d. d. h6p. de Par., 1904, 3. s., xxi, 120-132. 
 Also: Tribune m^d.. Par., 1904, 2. s., xxxvi, 85; 677.— Villa- 
 ret (M.) Contribution k I'^tude du syndrome d'hyperten- 
 sion portale; note sur la modification de la tension art^rielle 
 normale et au cours des cirrhoses alcooliques, sous I'influ- 
 ence de I'orthostatisme et de la digestion. Compt. rend. 
 Soc. de biol.. Par., 1913,lxxiv, 1158.— de VrtesBelllngli (D.) 
 Hypertensie. Geneesk. Bl. uit Klin, en Lab. v. de prakt., 
 Haarlem, 1916-17, xx, 1-42.— Warfleld (L. M.) The classi- 
 fication of the chronic high blood-pressure cases. Am. J. M. 
 Sc, Phila., 1917, cUv. 414^24. Also: Wisconsin M. J., Mil- 
 waukee, 1917-18, XVI, 200-206. . The significance of 
 
 high pulsepressure. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1917, Ixviii, 
 824-826.— Waugfi (W. F.) Arterial hypertension. South. 
 Pract., Nashville, 1911, xxxiii, 349-352.— Weiss, fitudo 
 critique des proced^ cliniques d'^tude de la tension art^ 
 rielle. Rev. eto. de clin. et de th^rap., Par., 1916, xxix, 33- 
 37. — Tung (J. R.) Blood-pressure and significance in 
 hypertension cases. J. Indiana M. Ass., Fort Wayne, 1914, 
 vu, 96-99. 
 
 Arteries (Hypertension of, Causes and 
 pathology of). 
 
 See, aZso, Arteriosclerosis (Causes, etc., of); 
 Kidney (Inflammation of. Complications, etc., 
 
 of)- 
 
 Hagelberg (M.) *Hyperteiision und Blut- 
 zucker. 8°. Berlin, 1912. 
 
 Ti 
 
 Arteries (Hypertension of, Causes and 
 patJiology of) . 
 
 Ambard (L.) L'origine r^nale de Phypertensiou artfr 
 rielle permanente. Semaine mM^ Par.. 1906, xxvi^ 361- 
 366.— Anibard(L.)&BeauJard. Hypertension artSnelleet 
 rtontion chlorurfe. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1904, Ivi, 
 
 317-319. . Causes de I'hypertension artinelle. 
 
 Arch. g&. de m«d., Par., 1904, i, 520-633.— Amblard (L.-A.) 
 L'hypertension arrerielle permanente suivant I'Age; patho- 
 g&ie et valeur sSmaologique. Paris rodd., 1913, xi, 48-51.— 
 Bain (W.) The causes and treatment of high blood-pres. 
 sure. Med. Mag., Lond., 1912, xxi, 216-221.— Berlin (W, 
 C. K.) Arterial hypertension; its relation to arterioscle- 
 rosis and Bright's disease. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1914, Ixxxvi, 
 17.— Blackman (W.) High blood pressure; its causes and 
 treatment. Charlotte [N. C] M. J., 1918, Ixxviii, 12-14.— 
 BouTges (H.) Un cas d'hypertension artirielie perma- 
 nente longtemps solitaire et compensatrice chez un sujet 
 atteint de n(5phrite chronique hypertensive latente avec 
 hypertrophic thyroidienne concomitant*. Rev. g^n. de 
 cUn. et de th^rap., Par., 1915, xxix, 518-520.— Child (S. PJ 
 Arterial hypertension; its pathogenesis. J. Missouri M. 
 Ass., St. Louis, 1913-14, x, 81-86,— CoUa (V.) Una famiglia 
 di angiospastici (ipertensivi). Clin. med. ital., Milano, 1904, 
 xliii, 177-180.— Cyrlax (E. F.) A hitherto unrecognized 
 cause of high blood-pressure. Practitioner, Lond., 1917, 
 xcix, 468-473.— Deusslng (R.) Zur Unterscheidung orga- 
 nisch bedingter und funktloneller Hypertonie. Med. Klin.^ 
 Berl., 1913, ix, 1371.— Ferrannlnl (A.) Riassunto degU 
 studi sull' angio-ipotonia costituzionale. Med. ital., Napoli, 
 1906, iii, 82-86.— FInck. Hypertension artSrio-capillaire et 
 retention chlorurfe. Cong, franc;, de m^d. C.-r. 1904, Par., 
 1905, 54-57.— Forlanlnl (C.) Contributo alio studio della 
 tatogenesi dell' ipertensione arteriosa. Gazz. med. di 
 iOrino, 1899, 1, 561-572.— Hagelberg (M.) Hypertension 
 und Blutzucker. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1912, xlix, 1877- 
 1881. — Heitz (J.) Conceptions pathog4niques de I'hyper- 
 tension permanente; dMuctions cliniques et thdrapeutiques. 
 J. mid. banq.. Par., 1912, vi, 64-72.— Huchard (H.) Patho- 
 genic de I'hypertension art^elle. Cong, intemat. de m^., 
 Lisbonne, 1906, xv, sect. 5, 50-80.— I«e (R. I.) Pathologic 
 findings in hypertension. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1911, 
 Ivii, 1179-1184.— van Leersum (E. C.) AUmentare Blut- 
 druckerhohung. Ztschr. f. exper. Path. u. Therap., Berl., 
 1912, xi, 408-425, 2 pi.— McCaskey (G. W.) Diseases of 
 the digestive organs in the pathogenesis of arterial hyper- 
 sion. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1906, Ixxxiv, 176-180.— Molester 
 (J. S.) The causes of arterial hypertension, with special 
 reference to syphilis; a clinical inquiry. Am. J. Syph., St. 
 Louis, 1917, i, 746-749.— MUnzer (E.) & SeUg (A.) Vascu- 
 lare Hypertonie und Schrumpfniere; gleichzeitig ein Beitrag 
 zur Lehre von der vascularen Hypertonie iiberhaupt. Med. 
 Klin., Berl., 1914, x, 1183. Also: Prag. med. Wchnschr., 
 1914, xxxlx, 249-K5.— Port (F.) Hypertension und Blu1> 
 zucker. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1913, 
 xxxix, 69.— Rappleye (W. C.) The kidney function in 100 
 cases of hypertension. Boston M. & S. J., 1918, clxxix, 441- 
 447.— B6non (L.) L'hypertension par retention chlomr^e 
 et la cachexie cardio-r^nale. Bull, et m^m. Soc. mM. d. 
 h6p. de Par., 1906, 3. s., xxui, 454.— StoU (H. F.) The rOle 
 of syphilis in hypertensive cardiovascular disease. Am. J. 
 . M. Sc, Phila., 1915^ cl, 178-195.— Trunecek (C.) Patho- 
 genic de l'hypertension art&lelle. Cong, intemat. de m^d., 
 Lisbonne, 1906, xv, sect. 5, 36-50.— Williams (T. A.) The 
 antecedents of high blood pressure and nervousness. West 
 Virg. M. J., Wheeling, 1914-15, ix, 363-366. . The ante- 
 cedents of high blood pressure and nervousness. Med. Insur. 
 & Health Conserv., Dallas, 1917, xxvi, 243-246. 
 
 Arteries ( Hypertension of. Complications 
 and sequelse of). 
 
 See, also, Apoplexy; Arteriosclerosis; Brain 
 (Exmorrhage in or on). 
 
 FoT (G.) *Manife8tations c6r^brales de 
 rhypertension art6rielle. 8°. Paris, 1911. 
 
 Cantlerl (C.) Ipertensione e colesterinemia. Riv. crit. 
 di din. med., Firenze, 1913, xiv, 657-667.— Castalgne (J.) 
 & Heltz (J.) I^ gros foie dur des hypertendus. J. mM. 
 frang.. Par., 1913, vii, 143-149.— Comessattl (G.) Contri- 
 buto alio studio chimico-clinico delle sostanze ipertensive. 
 Gazz. d. osp:, Milano, 1908, xxix, 1574.— Danlelopolu (D.) 
 & Heltz (J.) Sur la presence d'une arythmie sinusale chez 
 quelques hypertendus. Arch. d. mal. du coeur [etc]. Par., 
 1914, vii, 448-4.53.— Doumer (E.) Ueber depletive Ha-- 
 morrhoidalblutungen bei arterieller Hypertension. Zt- 
 schr. f. med. Elektroly Leipz., 1911, xiii, 69-71.— Doumer 
 (E.) & Lemolne (G.) Sur les douleuis n^vralgiques 
 rebelles qu'on observe chez les hypertendus. Compt. rend. 
 Acad. d. sc. Par., 1910, cl, 565. AUo: Nord mfid., Lille, 
 1910, xvii, 69.— Hamman (L.) Hypertension; its clinical 
 aspects. Med. Clin. N. Am., Phila., 1917, 1, 155-176.— 
 Huchard (H.) Les consequences de l'hypertension arte- 
 rielle. Gaz. d. hflp., Par., 1906, Ixxix, 663. .4 too.- Rev. gen. 
 declin.etdetherap.,Par., 1906, XX, 148; 164; 183; 261; 275;— 
 Ide. Le sort des hypertendus. Rev. med. de Louvain, 
 1914, ix, 79.— Lsiflte-Dupont. Hypertension arterielle et 
 
ARTERIES. 
 
 27 
 
 ARTERIES. 
 
 Arteries {Hypertension of, Complications 
 and seguelm of) . 
 
 hypertension labyrinthique. Gaz. hebd. d. so. mM. de 
 Bordeaux, 1908, xxix, 448-451. Also: Cong, franc de mid., 
 10. sess., 1908, Genfeve, 1909, ii, 74-80.— l«acli (W. J.) Vas- 
 cular hypertension in eye, ear, nose and throat diseases. 
 J. Indiana M. Ass., Fort Wayne, 1916, ix, 245-247.— Leclercq 
 (A.) I/'extrasystole chez les hypertendus. Hev. g^n. de 
 clin.etdeth&ap.. Par., 1916 xxx, 758-760.— Llan (C.) Les 
 palpitations par hypertension arterielle aux armies. Presse 
 m«d.. Par., 1916, xxiv, 228.— Mougeot (A.) Troubles du 
 rythme cardiaque chez les hypertendus et medication 
 hypotensive. Bull. gda^Ae th^rap. [etc.]. Par., 1909, civii, 
 890-897— Parisot (J.) & Lucien. Hypertension art&ielle, 
 hypertrophie cardiaque, hyperplasies hypophvsaire et sur- 
 r&ale. Eev. mM. de Test, Nancy, 1908, xl, 37i-374.— Peter 
 (L. C.) Arterial hypertension and its relation to morbid 
 changes in the eye. Penn. M. J., Athens, 1910-11, xiv, 411- 
 417.— PLssavy (A.) Les dangers de I'hypertension. Cli- 
 nique. Par., 1914, ix, 357-359. AUo, transt: Gazz. d. osp., 
 Milano, 1914, xxxv, 1895-1897.— B«non (L.) La c^phatSe 
 matinale continue des hypertendus. Paris m6d., 1916-17, 
 xxi, 4-7. — Blesman (D.) Are we exaggerating the dangers 
 of high arterial pressure? Penn. M. J., Athens, 1914-5, 
 xviii, 193-202. Alio, Eeprint.— Bussell (W.J A post- 
 graduate clinic on recurring arterial hypertonus in ^anular 
 kidney and in migraine. Lancet, Lond., 1910, ji, 1602- 
 1604. — Souques (A.) Syndromes d'hypertension Intra- 
 cranienne; ^^panation decompressive et gu6rison complete 
 depuis cinq ans; pseudo-tumein: cerebrale. Rev. neurol., 
 Par., 1914, xxii, 587.- Thome (L. T.) The fatty degen- 
 eration of arterial hypertension. Lancet, Lond., 19lO, i, 
 1536.— Vaquez (H.) Des eflets mecaniques de I'hyper- 
 tension sur le sysfeme cardio-aortique. Semaine mdd.. 
 Par., 1905, xxv, 217-220.— Vaquez (H.) & Esmein. Des 
 epistaxis meningees au cours des maladies hypertensives. 
 BuU. et mem. Soc. med. d. h9p. de Par., 1906, 3. s., xxiii, 
 1189-1196.— Williams (L.) The effects of high arterial 
 tension on the heart. Clin. J., Lond., 1907, xxx, 29-32. — 
 Wilson (A. C.) Cases of hsemorrhage and high arterial 
 tension. Liverpool Med.-Chir. J., 1905, xxv, 284-291. 
 
 Arteries {Hypertension of, Diagnosis 
 and, semeiology of). 
 
 See, also, Arteriosclerosis (Diagnosis, etc., 
 of); Blood-pressuie (Estimation of). 
 
 Amblard (L. A.) L'hypertension arterielle, valeur 
 semeiologique et pronostique. Paris med., 1910-11, 609- 
 612.— Arrillaga (I\ C.) Desdoblamiento del 2" tono en la 
 hipertensidn arterial. Rev. Asoc. med. argent., Buenos 
 Afres, 1916, xxv, 136-138.— Cook (H. W.) The early recog- 
 nition of hypertension. Tr. M. Soc. Vlrg. 1904, Richmond, 
 190.5, 105-111. Also: Am. Med., Phila, 1905, ix, 65-67.— 
 Cornwall (E. K.) The value of an antiputrefactive diet 
 in the differential diagnosis of conditions producing high 
 blood pressure. Arch. Diagn., N. Y., 1912, v, 213-218.— 
 Israel (A.) Klinische Beobachtungen fiber das Symptom 
 der Hypertension. Samml. Min. Vortr., Leipz., 1907, No. 
 449^50 (Inn. Med., 135, 853-888).— Molle. Le signe de la 
 jambe croisee dans l'hypertension arterielle. Lyon med., 
 1916, cxxv, 80-82.— Newell (L.BJ Ajhenomenou of hyper- 
 tension reading. South. M. J., Birmmgham, 1917, x, 464. — 
 Qulmby (C. R.) Some manifestations of arterial tension. 
 Tr. Am. Climat. Ass., Phila., 1907, xxih, 279-288.— de 
 SchweinlCz (G. E.) Concerning the signs of the retina of 
 persistent high arterial tension and their diagnostic and 
 prognostic import. Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Hartford, 1906-8, 
 xl, 87-101.— Willlamson (O. K.) The importance of 
 diastolic readings in the differentiation and treatment of 
 high blood-pressure cases. Practitioner, Lond., 1918, c, 
 134-140. 
 
 Arteries {Hypertension of. Treatment 
 
 of). 
 
 See, also, Arteriosclerosis {Treatment of). 
 
 Dejault (M.) *De I'hypertension arterielle 
 et de son traitement. 8°. Paris, 1902. 
 
 Lefebtee (M.-P.-W.) *Contributiona,r6tude 
 clinique de la mesure et du traitement des 
 hypertensions art6rieUes. 8°. lAlle, 1913. 
 
 Lesthat (B.) *Contribution El I'^tude du gui 
 comme hypotenseur; sa comparaison avec le 
 nitrite de soude et la trinitrine. 8°. Paris, 
 1911. 
 
 Schaefbe (E.) *Versuche mit Amylnitrit 
 bei Hypertonieen. 8°. Marburg, 1910. 
 
 Abrams (A.) Augmented blood-pressure. Intemat. 
 Clin., Phila., 1913, 23. s., iv, 49-57.— Amblard (L. A.) 
 Traitement de I'hypertension arterielle permanente. Pro- 
 vince med.. Par., 1912, xxiii, 227.— Babcock (B. H.) The 
 management of hypertensive cardiovascular cases. Louis- 
 
 bi 
 
 Arteries {Hypertension of. Treatment 
 of). 
 
 viUe Month. J. M. & S., 1914-15, xxi, 292-299. A Iso: Lancet- 
 Clinic, Cincin., 1915, cxili, 204-208.— Bach (A.) Trinitrine 
 et veratrum vlride dans rhypertension arterielle. [Clinique, 
 Par., 1911, vi, 461.— Bain |W.) The causes and treatment 
 of high blood-pressure. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 
 1911-12, V, Therap. & Pharmacol. Sect., 43-54. AUo: Med. 
 Mag., Lond., 1912, xxi, 216-221.— Baird (B. W.) What has 
 become of my lugh blood pressure cases; analysis of 125 
 cases. Texas State J. M., Fort Worth, 1917, xii, 349-351.— 
 Ballard (I. W.) Arterial hypertension; its clinical signifi- 
 cance and latter-day treatment. Tr. Med. Ass. Alabama, 
 Montgomery, 1914, 649-653. Alto: Med. Rec., N. Y., 1914, 
 Ixxxv, 1165-1167. — Bcnelll (A.) Colina e guanina nella 
 terapia ipotensiva. Arch, di farmacol. sper., Roma, 1914, 
 xvii, 193-215.— BUarart (D.) Lactosuero como hipotensor; 
 estudlo clinico y fisioldgico. Rev. Asoc. med. argent., 
 Buenos Aires, 1916, xxv, 134.— Bishop (L. F.) The climate 
 of southern Maine in the treatment of the later stages of 
 hypertonia vasorum. J. Am. M. Ass., Chic^o, 1907, xlviii, 
 
 1350. Also, Reprint. . The causes and treatment of' 
 
 high arterial tension. N. York State J. M^ N. Y., 1908, 
 vui, 300-302. AUo, Reprint.— Castaigne (J.) & Esmein 
 (0.) 'Traitement des hypertensions. Province med.. Par., 
 
 1914, xxv, 230. — Castellano (R.) Intomo alia cura del- 
 1' ipertensione. Gazz. med. di Roma, 1914, xl, 2-10. — Coley 
 (T. L.) The action of drugs in vascular hypertension. 
 Brit. M. J., Lond., 1906, ii, 14S4-14S6.— Danlelopolu (D.) 
 Action hypotensive de la digitale, seule ou associee a la 
 
 hysostigroine, chez les hypertendus. Compt.-rend. Soc. de 
 
 oiol.. Par., 1916, Ixxix, 445-448. . Action de la digitale 
 
 sur la tension arterielle chez les hypertendus. Arch, d. 
 mal. du cceur [ete.]. Par., 1917, x, 228-246.- Dawes (S. L.) 
 The general treatment of high blood-pressure. Tr. Am. 
 Therap. Soc. 1912, Phila., 1913, xiii, 67-70. AUo: Albany 
 M. Ann., 1913, xxxiv, 84-88.— Dossin (F.) Contribution a 
 retude experimentale de la medication hypotensive. Arch, 
 intemat. de pharmacod., Brux. & Par., 1911, xxi, 425-465. — 
 Edgecombe (W.) & Mantle (A.) The significance, treat- 
 ment, and prognosis of high blood-pressure. Proc. Boy. 
 Soc. Med., Lond., 1912-13, vi, Balneol. [etc.], Sect., 77-95. 
 AUo: Clin. J., Lond., 1913-14, xlii, 376-384.— Eggleston 
 (E. L.) The clinical significance and therapeutics of arterial 
 hypertension. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1916, cxv, 584-560. — 
 Elliott (A. R.) The treatment of arterial hypertension. 
 
 Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1910, cxl, 6-16. . The 
 
 treatment of liigh blood pressure. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 
 
 1915, Ixv, 999-1002.— Elmore (R. R.) Intravenous use of 
 radium in high blood pressure, Kentucky M. J., Bowling 
 Green, 1916, xiv, 384.— Faught (F. A.) The value of 
 physical measures in the treatment of hypertension. Am. 
 J. Physiol. Therap., Chicago, 1910-11, i, 410-414.— Field 
 (C. E.) Radium, its physiochemieal properties considered 
 with relation to nigh blood pressure. Med. Rec, N. Y., 
 
 1916, Ixxxix, 135-139.— ricsslnger (C.) Les formes curables 
 de I'hypertension arterielle permanente. BuU. Acad, de 
 med., Par., 1912, 3. s., Ixvii, 311-316. AUo: Rev. gfin. de 
 Clin, et de therap.. Par., 1912, xxvi, 246-248.— Francis (A.) 
 The reduction oi blood-pressure by nasal cauterization. 
 Practitioner, Lond., 1917, xcix, 129-136.— Freeman (J. V.) 
 The management of increased blood pressure. J. Florida 
 M. Ass., Jacksonville, 1917, iv, 100-103.— French (H.) A 
 lecture upon the vaso-motor factor in the causation and 
 treatment of high bloodjressure. Clm. J., Lond., 1911, 
 
 xxxviii, 193-204. . Reduction of blood pressure by 
 
 iodide of potassium. Guy's Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1912, bn-i 
 361-363.— feoepp (B. M.) High arterial tension; a clinical 
 and therapeutic study.' Penn. M, J., Athens, 1910-11, xiv, 
 524-529.— Orossman (M.) High blood pressure; treatment 
 by means of muscular relaxation. N. York M. J. [ete.], 1915, 
 cii, 645-650. AUo, Beprint.— Hall (F. de H.) "The causes 
 and treatment of high blood-pressure. Chn. J,, Lond., 1914, 
 xliii, 305-310.— Hlrsh (A. B.) Correction of abnormal 
 blood pressure. Penn. M. J., Athens, 1914-15, xviii, 189- 
 193.— Hodges (J. A.) High blood pressure, and its manage- 
 ment. Virginia M. Semi-Month,, Eichmond, 1913-14, xviii, 
 601-605. — Hogan (J. J.) On the alleged dangers of intra- 
 venous injections in high blood pressure. Lancet-Clinic, 
 
 Cincin., 1915, cxiii, 6. . The use of colloidal (gelatin) 
 
 solution in low blood pressure. Am. J. Surg., N. Y., 1916, 
 xxx, Q. Suppl. Anesth., 34-36.— Huchard (H.) La medica- 
 tion hypotensive. Bull. Acad. roy. de med. de Belg., Brux., 
 
 1901, 4. s., XV, 202-215. . Traitement de I'hypertension 
 
 arterielle. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap.. Par., 1903, xvii, 
 
 451; 483; 534. . Sur la medication hypotensive. Bull. 
 
 gen. de therap. [ete.]. Par., 1907, cliii, 384-394. AUo: Rev. 
 gen. de clin. et de therap.. Par., 1907, xxi, 164-166.— Inde- 
 mans (J.-W.-M.) Le ticto-serum dans le traitement -de 
 rhypertension arterielle. Eev. de therap. med.-chir., Par., 
 1909, Ixxvi, 721-726.— Janeway (T. C.) The pathological 
 physiology of chronic arterial hypertension audits treatment. 
 Tr. Ass. Am. Phys., Phila., 1906, xxi, 193-200. AUo: Am. 
 J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1907, cxxxiil, 50-55.— Johnson 
 (W. T.) Physical measures for treatment of abnormal 
 blood pressure. N. York M. J. [ete.], 1917, cvi, 539-542.— 
 
AKTERIES. 
 
 28 
 
 ARTERIES. 
 
 Arteries {Hypertension of, Treatment 
 of). 
 
 Ktmberlln (A. C.) The symptoms and management of the 
 early stages of increased blood pressure. Tr. Indiana M. 
 Soo., Indianap., 1906, Ivii, 135-144— Lattlmore (E.) Sig- 
 nificance of arterial hypertension; its treatment. Tr. M. 
 Ass. Georgia, Atlanta, 1908, lix, 371-382.— Lemoine (G.) 
 Sur le traitement de I'hypertension art^rielle. Compt. rend. 
 Acad. d. sc. Par., 1908, cxlvii, 1345-1347.— I^evison (L. A.) 
 The results of treatment in arterial hypertension due to or 
 associated with syphilis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1916, 
 Ixvii, 730-733: Also, Reprint.— Uewellyn (E. F.) The 
 treatment of the persistent arterial hypertension of the 
 middle-aged and elderly. Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1913, 
 xjodv, 335-339.— Luke (T. D.) Some notes on blood pres- 
 sure; physiotherapeutic treatment. Prescriber, Edmb., 
 1917, xl, 72-74.— Blaloney (W. J. M. A.) & Sorapure (V. E.) 
 The relief of states of high vascular, muscular and mental 
 tension. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1914, xli, 464-467. 
 Also: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1914, xcix, 1021-1026. Also, 
 Eeprint.- Mantle (A.) The treatment of confirmed cases 
 of high blood-pressure; the imdesirability of actively apply- 
 ing therapeutic means to reduce it. Proc. Eoy. Soc. Med., 
 Lond., 1912-13, vi [Balneol. Jetc.1, Sect., 96-102. Also: 
 Lancet, Lond., 1913, i, 1229.— Martin (W.) Blood pressure 
 variations with some reference to treatment. J. Advanc. 
 Therap., N. Y., 1915, xxxiii, 17-27. Also: Med. Eec, N. Y., 
 
 1915, Ixxxvii, 269-272.— Martinet (A.) Faut-il toujours 
 chercherii, combattre'l'hypertension artMelle? Presse mid.. 
 Par., 1911, xix, 426. . Faut-il prescrire I'iodure de po- 
 tassium aux hypertendus? Ibid., 915. . Les ^Wments 
 
 pharmacologiques essentiels de la medication hypertensive. 
 Ibid., 1913, xxi, 487.— Martinet (A.) & Heckel (F.) La 
 restriction des boissons dans la cure des hypertensions vaseu- 
 laires. /ftiii., 274-276.— Masuccl(U.) Lo iodo clinlcamente 
 combinato ad un acido organico nella cura deir ipertensione. 
 N. Eiv. clin.-terap., Napoli, 1914, xvii, 566-572.— Meyers 
 (S. J.) Arteiial nypertension, with especial reference to 
 treatment. Am. Pract, N. Y., 1915, xlix, 29-37.— MlUcr 
 (J. L.) Hypertension and the value of the various methods 
 tor its reduction. 3. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1910, liv, 1666- 
 
 1669. . Some points In the treatment of hypertension. 
 
 J. Mich. M. Soc-, Grand Eapids, 1916, xv, 105-107.— Morl- 
 arta (p. C.) Eadium and symptomatic blood pressure. 
 Med. Eec. N. Y., 1916, Ixxxix, 865-868.— Moutiet (A.) 
 Traitement de I'hypertension arterielle par les agents phy- 
 siques. Eev. d. mal. de la nutrition. Par., 1905, 2. s., lii, 
 404-426. Also: Eev. de therap. m6d.-ohir.. Par., 1905, Ixxii, 
 649-666.— Mttnzenmaier (U.) Ueber Hypertonle. Wien. 
 med. Wchnschr., 1909, lix, 1234; 1311.— Olfrer (G.) A clin- 
 icallecture on the treatment of high Wood-pressure. Med. 
 
 Press & Circ, Lond., 1910, n. s., Ixxxix, 106-108. . 
 
 The treatment of high blood-pressure. Polyclin., Lond., 
 1910, xiv, 68-72,— Olivier (D.) Une auto-observation; gu4- 
 rison de la constipation; traitement de I'hypertension artS- 
 rielle. Eev. dethftap. mM.-chir., Par., 1909,Ixxvi, 226-228.— 
 Osborne (O. T.) High blood pressure; its causes and 
 treatment. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1911, xelii, 1161.— Plersol 
 (G. M.) The clinical significance of extreme degrees of 
 high blood pressure^ with remarks on its management. 
 Med. & Surg. Eep. Kpisc. Hosp., Phila., 1913, i, 181-201. 
 
 . The management of high blood-pressure. Therap. 
 
 Gaz. [etc.], Detroit. 1913, n. s., xxix, 609-613.— Pope (C.) 
 Bational freatment of hypertension and sclerosis of the 
 arterial system. Month. Cycl. & M. Bull., Phila., 1910, 
 ill, 1-4. — Porter (W. H.) Sodium nitrate in arterial hyper- 
 tension. Tr. Am. Therap. Soc. 1912, Phila., 1913, xiii, 
 77-81. Also: Month. Cycl. & M. Bull., Phila., 1913, vi, 
 65-69.— Price (B. S.) High arterial blood pressure and 
 treatment. J. Advanc. Therap., N. Y., 1911, xxiX; 384- 
 389. — Proescher (F.) Influence of intravenous injection of 
 soluble radium salte In high blood pressure. Eadium, 
 Pittsburgh, 1914, iii, 1; 17.— Renon (L.) Une medication 
 hypotensive phytochlinique (Crataegus et thiosinamine). 
 Bull. g&. de therap. [etc.]. Par., 1914, cbcvii, 457-462.— 
 Bezende (M. ) As injecgSes intra-venosas de iodeto de sodio 
 na hypertensao arterial. Arch. brasU. de med., Eio de Jan., 
 
 1916, vi, 212-217.— Boblnsou (W. D.) Pilocarpine in 
 high blood-pressure. Tr. Am. Climat. & Clin. Ass., Phila., 
 1914, XXX, 290-304. Also: N. York M. J. [etc.], c, 918-921. 
 Also, Reprint.— Eodano (F.) II nitrate di mannitolo e 
 il suo impiego come rimedio inotensxvo. Gior. d. r. Accad. 
 di med. di Torino, 1910, 4. s.,xvi, 199-201.— Bostalne (P.) 
 A new treatment of hypertension. Med. Press & Circ, 
 Lond., 1913, n. s., xev, 685.— Sergent (E.) & Cottenot (P.) 
 L'irradiation des glandes surr6nales dans la th^rapeutique 
 de I'hypertension arterielle. Bull, et mdm. Soc. med. d. 
 h6p. de Par., 1914, xxxvii, 385-392.— Shaw (H. B.) An 
 address on the treatment of hypertension based upon the con- 
 sideration of the cause. Bnt. M. J., Lond., 1910, ii, 1761- 
 1764.— Snow (W. B.) The treatment of hypertension 
 and complicatmg conditions. Am. J. Electrotherap. & 
 Eadiol., N. Y., 1917, xxxv, 8-17. AUo: N. York M. J. [etc.], 
 
 1917, cv, 6-9.— Stewart (A. G.) Some vascular states and 
 their treatment. Clin. J., Lond., 1917, Ixvi, 45-51.— StoU 
 
 SI. F.) The significance and management of hypertension, 
 ed. Eec, N. Y., 1913, Ixxxiii, 798-S)l. . Don'ts to be 
 
 observed in the management of hypertensive cardiovascular 
 
 Arteries (Hypertension of, Treatment 
 of). 
 
 disease. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1916, Ixvii, 874. Also, 
 Reprint.— Tliayer (W. S.) The management of the early 
 stages of hypertensive cardio-vascular disease. South. 
 M. J., Birmingham, 1917, x, 367-377.— Thome (L. T.; 
 The treatment of cases of arterial hypertension. Practi- 
 tioner, Lond., 1911, Ixxxvii, 96-100.— Titus (E. CO Modem 
 physical treatment of artenal hypertension. N. York State 
 J. M., N. Y., 1912, xii, 40O-40S— VIsscher (L. G.) The 
 treatmentof chronlchypertension. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 
 1911, Ivii, 1829-1832.— WaUer (H. E.) High blood-pressure; 
 climcal course and treatment. Prescriber, Edinb., 1916-17, 
 xi, 104; 117; 135. Also: Midland M. J., Birmingh., 1917, 
 xvi, 97-103.— WUllams (T. A.) Remarls on the cause of 
 arterial hypertension, with an account of its treatment. 
 Lancet-Chnic, Cincin., 1915, cxiii, 628-630. . Antece- 
 dents of high blood^jressure and nervousness; the treat- 
 ment. Am. Med^ Burlington, Vt., 1917, xxiii, 27-30.— 
 Williamson (O. E.) Some pomts in regard to the treat- 
 ment of cases of high arterial blood-pressure, with a note 
 on prognosis. Middlesex Hosp. J., Lond., 1909-10, xiii, 
 43-51 .--Willis (J. D.) Blood pressure variations and treat- 
 ment of hypertension. Virginia M. Semi-Month., Rich- 
 mond, 1912-13, xvii, 537-639.— Zlmmern & Cottenot. 
 Eesultets et technique de l'irradiation des glandes surre- 
 nales dans I'hypertension arterielle. Bull, et mem. Soc. de 
 radiol. med. de Par., 1912, iv, 174-180. 
 
 Arteries (Hypertension of, Treatment of, 
 Dietetic). 
 
 See, also, Arteriosclerosis (Treatment of, 
 Dietetic). 
 
 Dnb$ (J. E.) Hypertension arterielle et sontraitement 
 hygleno-dietetique. Union med. du Canada, Montreal, 
 1916, xlv, 1-30.— Elliott (A. R.) Hygienic and dietetic 
 . treatment of arterial hypertension. Therap. Gaz. [eto.], 
 Detroit, 1911, 3. s., xxvii, 837-841.— Bustis (A.) The die- 
 tetic treatment of high blood pressure. South. M. J,, Nash- 
 ville, 1912, V, 244-247.— Hecht (V.) Ueber die diatetische 
 Beeinflussung pathologischer Blutdrucksteigerungen. Zt- 
 schr. f. klin. Med., Berr, 1912, Ixxvi, 87-114, 2 pi.— Madsen 
 (S.) [High blood-pressure; vegetable diet.] Nord. Tidsskr. 
 f. Terapi, K0benh., 1913-14, xii, 97-109.— Soper (H. W.) 
 The dietetic treatment of arterial hypertension. Interstate 
 M. J., St. Louis, 1915, xxli, 1101-1110. 
 
 Arteries (Hypertension of, Treatment of) 
 hy electricity. 
 
 See, also, Arteriosclerosis (Treatment of) 
 by electricity. 
 
 AuLONa (G.) *Couraiits de haute fr6quence 
 et d'arsonvaliaation; action but la pression 
 sanguine; application au traitement de 1' hyper- 
 tension arterielle permanente et accessoirement 
 au traitement du diabfete. 8°. Lyon, 1906. 
 
 Challambl (A.) *La d'arsonvalisation ■ de 
 I'hypertension arterielle. 8°. Paris, 1905. 
 
 . The same. 8°. Pans, 1905. 
 
 Geiveau (A.) *Du traitement 61ectrique de 
 rhypertension artdrielle. 8°. Paris, 1905. 
 
 Askcnstedt (E. C.) Auto-condensation in the treatment 
 of high blood-pressures. Med. Times, N. Y., 1916, xliv, 
 
 370-372. . The question of auto-condensation tor high 
 
 blood-pressure. Ibid.. 1917, xlv, 165.— Bldou (G.) Hy- 
 pertension arterielle et haute frequence. Dauphine med., 
 Grenoble, 1908, xxxii, 25-32.— Burch (J. H.) The electrical 
 treatment of arterial hypertension. Med. Eec, N. Y., 1911, 
 Ixxx, 866-868.— Cabrera Benltez (¥^ Autocondensadfin 
 e hipertension. Actas y trab. d. ii. Cong. med. nac, Ha- 
 bana, 1911, 94-97. Also: Cr6n. med.-qulr. de la Habana, 
 1911, xxxvii, 162-165.— Carrlire (Q.) D'arsonvalisation, 
 tension arterielle, diurtee chez les arteriosciereux hyper- 
 tendus. Paris med., 1911-12, v, 191-194.— Delberm & 
 Laquerrlire. Sur Paction des couranta de haute frequence 
 Chez les hypertendus. Arch, d'eiectric med^ Bordeaux, 
 1907, XV, 601-518. Also: J. de physiotherap.. Par., 1907, v, 
 276-301.— Doumer (E.) Action de I'autoconduction sur 
 I'hypertension arterielle. Bull, et mim. Soc. med.-chir. du 
 Nord, Lille, 1907, iii, 85-92. Also, transl.: Deutsche Rev., 
 
 Stuttg. & Leipz., 1908, 11, 336-340. . De la duree des 
 
 effets hypotenseurs de la d'arsonvalisation. Compt. rend. 
 
 Acad. d. sc, Par., 1909, cxlviii, 312^314. . Traitement 
 
 de I'hypertension arterielle par I'eiectrisation de I'abdomen 
 et de la region renale. lUd., 1912, clv, 358.— Eberhart (N. 
 M.) Autocondensation in the reduction of high blood pres- 
 sure. Chicago M. Eecorder, 1916, xxxvii, 136-140.— Fon- 
 tana (M.) Dell'azione delle correnti ad alta frequenza 
 sulla pressione arteriosa in rapporto alia permeabilitk renale. 
 Idrol. e climat., Firenze, 1914, xxv, 170-181.— GuUlemlnot 
 (H.) Eesultats de I'autoconduction par les spirsUes dans 
 I'hypertension arterielle. Arch, d'eiectric. med., Bor- 
 
ARTERIES. 
 
 29 
 
 ARTERIES. 
 
 Arteries (Hypertension of, Treatment of) 
 hy electricity. 
 
 deaux, 1906, xiv, 663-666. . Action des courants de 
 
 baute frequence (autoconduotion) sur Thypertension arW- 
 rielle; statistiCLue d'observations prises avec le sphygmo- 
 manom^tre de Potain et roscillomfetre de Pachon. Ibid., 
 
 1911, 3dx, 165-176.— Hiss (E.) Hypertension und ihre Be- 
 handlung mit Hochfrequenzstromen. Ztschr. f. phys. u. 
 diatet. Therap., Leipz., 1913, xfii, 277-286.— Humphris 
 (F. H.) Pathological blood pressure and its treatment by 
 modem electro-therapeutic measures. Brit. M. J., Lond., 
 
 1913, il, 935-938. Also, transl.: Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1913, 
 1, 1891-1894.— Lemolne (G.) Note clinique sur le tralte- 
 ment de I'hypertension arterielle par la d'arsonvalisation. 
 Nord m«d., Lille, 1909, jcvl, 13-15.— Letulle (M.) & Moutler 
 (A.) Action hypotensive de la d'arsonvalisation dans 
 I'hypertension arferielle permanente. Compt. rend. Acad. 
 d. so.. Par., 1909, cxlviii, 375.— Moutler (A.) Sur les nou- 
 veaux r&ultats obtenus dans le traitement de I'hyperten- 
 sion art^elle par la d'arsonvalisation. Ihid., 1903, cxxxvi, 
 1665-1667. Also: Eev. intemat. de th&ap. phys., Turin, 
 
 1903, iv, 361. . Sur dix cas d'hypertension art&ielle 
 
 traltfe par la d'arsonvalisation. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, 
 
 Par., 1904, cxxxviii, 1367. . Sur la dur^ des s&mces 
 
 dans le traitement de I'bypertension arterielle par la d'arson- 
 valisation. lUi., cxxxix, 238-241. . Du relfevement 
 
 et de I'abaissement de la pression arterielle dans les cas 
 d'hypotension ou d'hypertension art^rielles permanentes 
 par les courants de haute pr^quence. Cong, trang. de mM. 
 C.-r. 1904, Par., 1905, 58-60. . Surladurfe de I'abaisse- 
 ment de la pression arterielle i, la suite du traitement de 
 I'hypertension permanente par la d'arsonvaJisation. Rev. 
 
 d. mal. de la nutrition. Par., 1907, 2. s., v. 136-138. . 
 
 Hypotension exteme et hypertension interne; repercussion 
 de Paction hypotensive de la d'arsonvalisation appliquee 
 localement & I'hypertension interne. Compt. rend. Acad, 
 d. sc. Par., ,1912, cUv, 1831-1833=— Moutler (A.) & Cbal- 
 lamel { A.) Etude comparative sur Paction de la cage auto- 
 conductrice et du ht condensateur dans le traitement de 
 I'hypertension arterielle par la d'arsonvalisation. Arch, 
 d'aectric. med., Bordeaux, 1905, xiii, 228. Also: Compt. 
 
 rend. Acad. d. sc. Par., 1905, cxl, 462; 602. . 
 
 Sur 50 nouveaux cas d'hypertension arterielle permanente 
 traites par la d'arsonvalisation. Arm. d'eiectrobiol. [etc.], 
 Par., 1904,'vil, 657-673. Also: Cong, frane. de med. C.-r. 
 
 1904, Par., 1905, 60-76. — • . L'hypertension arte- 
 rielle permanente traitee par la d'arsonvalisation. Arch. 
 
 fen. de med., Par., 1904, ii, 2833-2835.— Petit (P.-C.) Haute 
 •equence et hypertension arterielle. J. de med. int.. Par., 
 1906, X, 337-339. AUo: Eev. med.. Par., 1906, xv, 835-840.— 
 Slavik (E.) Hypertension arterielle; ArteriosMerose; d'Ar- 
 sonvalisation. Arch. f. phys. Med. u. med. Techn., Leipz., 
 1911-12, vi, 162-214. — Stamp (H.) Is there error at times in 
 using auto-condensation in flie treatment ol high blood pres- 
 sures? Med. Times, N. Y., 1917, xlv, 66-70.— Summons 
 (W. H.) High blood-pressure treated by high-frequency 
 currents. Austral. M. J., Melbourne, 1911, xvi, 218^221. — 
 Van Rensselaer (H.) The high-frequency current in the 
 treatment of high blood-pressure. It. Am. Therap. Soc 
 
 1912, Phila., 1913, xiii, 71-76. Also: Albany M. Ann., 1913, 
 xxxiv, 77-84. — va^uez. Hypertension arterielle et haute 
 frequence. Arch, d'eiectric med., Bordeaux, 1906, xiv, 
 624-624.— Watson (C. W.) The d'Arsonval current in the 
 treatment oJ hypertension. Journal-Lancet, Minneap., 
 
 1914, xxxiv, 437.— Westney (A. W.) High frequency elec- 
 tricity as a means ol controlflng high blood pressure. Hahne- 
 man. Month., Phila., 1913, xlviii, 688-695. 
 
 Arteries ( Hypertension of, Treatment of) 
 by hydrotherapy. 
 
 Baruch (S.) Hydrotherapy in hypertension. Am. J. 
 Physiol. Therap., Chicago, 1910-11, i, 398-402.— Gulbert 
 (H.) L'hypertension arterielle et la medication hypoten- 
 sive k Balaruc-Ies-Bains (eaux chaudes, chlorurees sodiques 
 fortes, cuivreuses et magnesiennes). Montpel. med., 1912, 
 xxxiv, 613-621.— Heitz (J.) Hypertension et bains car- 
 
 bogazeux. Eev. de med., Par., 1906. xxvi, 523-534. . 
 
 Quels sont les hypertendus qu'il faut envoyer k Eoyat? J. 
 de physiotherap., Par., 1914, xii, 313-321.— Huchard (H.) 
 & Mougeot (A.) Sur Paction hypotensive des bains carbo- 
 gazeux naturels dans les hypotensions arteriellcs (grande 
 et petite circulation). Ibid., 1907, v, 538-551. — de KervUy 
 (G.) Hypertension arterielle et eaux thermales k efiet 
 hjrpotensit Gaz. d. eaux, Par., 1918, lix, 79-81.— lefebvre 
 (il.) Le traitement des hypertensions arterielles par les 
 bains carbo-gazeux (Eoyat). Gaz. d. prat., Lille, 1914, 
 xxi, 35-39.— Lopez. Action des bains carbo-gazeux dans 
 un cas d'hypotension essentielle avec tachycardie. Gaz. d. 
 eaux. Par., 1906, xlix, 55. — Parlset. La reaction circula- 
 toire en hydrotherapie; consequences pratiques pour le 
 traitement de l'hypertension arterielle. Progr&s med.. 
 
 Par., 1908, 3. s., xxiv, 149. . Hypertension arterielle et 
 
 hydrotherapie. J. de physiotherap.. Par., 1909, vii, 184-194.— 
 Zueblln (E.) Hypertension under the treatment with 
 radioactive mineral water. Am. Med., Burlington, Vt., 
 1917, n. s., xii, 98-102. 
 
 Arteries (Hypotension of). 
 
 Baduel (C.) Terapia fisica e dietetica delP artero-ipoten- 
 sione costituzionale. Idrol. et climatol., Firenze, 1903, xiv, 
 196-210.— Bayllss (W. M.) Methods of raising a low arterial 
 pressure. Proc Eoy. Soc. Lond., 1916, s. B., Ixxxix, 380- 
 
 393. . Intravenous injections of gum in low blood 
 
 pressure. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1917, u, 808.— Castellino 
 (P. F.) Un case tipicodiangio-ipotonia costituzionale. Tom- 
 
 masi, Napoli, 1905-6, i, 316-320. . Pseudo-aneurisma 
 
 aortico e degh altri grossi tronchi arteriosi per angio-ipotonia 
 generale. Ibid., 396. — Cornwall (E. E.) Low blood pres- 
 sure; practical points in its interpretation and management. 
 N. York M. J. [etc.], 1914, xctx, 470-475. Also, Eepriut.— 
 Faught (F. A.) Hypotension; its clinical significance. 
 Interstate M. J., St. Louis, 1912, xix, 950-957.— Ferranninl 
 (A.) L'artero-ipotensione cronica. Med. ital., Napoli, 
 
 1903, i, 374; 410; 441; 463. . II secondo tono aortico 
 
 nelP angio-ipotonia costituzionale. Clin. med. ital., Milano, 
 
 1904, xmi, 684-695. . L'angio-ipotonia costituzionale. 
 
 Tommasi, Napoli, 1905-6, i, 35-37. . Jfefrite da angio- 
 ipotonia costituzionale. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1905, 
 Eoma, 1906, xv, 401-404. — Goodman (E. H.) Some cases 
 of hypotension associated with- a definite symptomatology. 
 Am. J. M. Sc, PhUa. & N. Y., 1914, cxlrii, 503-514.— Grassct 
 & Calmette. Le pouls instable dans I'hypotensiou arte- 
 rielle. Cong, frang. de med. C. r.. Par., 1902, ii, 608-513.— 
 Knapp (A.) Die Hypotonie, eine klinisch-physiologische 
 und anatomische Untersuchung. Monatschr. f . Psychiat. u. 
 Neurol., Berl., 1908, xxni, Ergnzngshft., 16-97.— Low 
 pulse pressure. Boston M. & S. J., 1918, clxxviii, 722.— Mar- 
 tinet (A.) Hypotension arterielle et viscosite sanguine. 
 Presse med.. Par., 1911, xix, 870.— Moullnier (R.) Sur les 
 etats d'hypotension arterielle; la tension arterielle minima 
 juste sufftsante. Bull, et mem. Soc. de med. et chir. de 
 Bordeaux (1914), 1915, 163-170. Also: Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. 
 de Bordeaux, 1914, xxxv, 255-257. — Oddo. L'hypotension 
 d'effort Chez les convalescents. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. 
 Par., 1905, Iviii, 1089-1091.^Parlset. Un cas d'hypoten- 
 sion d'ongine cardiaque ameiiore par I'hydrothlrapie. 
 J. de phjrsiotherap., Par., 1904, ii, 265-271.— Plerson (G. M.) 
 
 - The clinical significance of low blood pressure. Penn. M. 
 J., Athens, 1913-14, xvii, 625-633. —Porter (W. T.) Obser- 
 vations sur les pressions arterielles basses et leur traitement. 
 Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Pir., 1916, clxiii, 492-494.— 
 Teissier (J.) & Morel (A.) Eesultats de la recherche de la 
 choline dans le sang des sujets hypotendus. Lyon med., 
 1909, cxiii, 916. 
 
 Arteries (Inflammation of) . 
 
 See, also, Arteriosclerosis; Periarteritis 
 nodosa. 
 
 Camitset (R.-H.) *Contributioii k I'etude de 
 I'arterite dite spontanee. 8°. Pans, 1902. 
 
 . The same. 8°. Paris, 1902. 
 
 Laganb (L.) *Le8 arterites intestinales; 
 ^tude clinique, anatomo-pathologique et ex- 
 p&imentale. 8°. Pari,s, 1911. 
 
 ScHKEiBBK (R.) *Ueber Polyarteiiltis no- 
 dosa. 8°. Konigsberg i. Pr., 1904. 
 
 Baglnsky (A.) Septische Arteriitis und Aneurysma 
 beim Kinde. Berl. kUn. Wchnschr., 1908, xlv, 144-147. 
 jlbo.- Verhandl. d. Berl. med. Gesellsch. (1908), 1909, xxxix, 
 pt. 2, 11-18.— Seattle (J. M.) & Douglas (M.) A case of poly- 
 arteritis acuta nodosa. J. Path. & Bacteriol., Cambndge, 
 1912-13, xvii, 195-198, 2 pi.— Beltzke (H.) Ueber einen Fall 
 von Arteriitis nodosa. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], 
 Berl., 1910, cic, 214-237, 1 pi.— Boy-Telssler. De I'arterio- 
 xerose et pathogenie de I'arterite chronique. Cong, franp. 
 de med. 1895, Par., 1896, ii, 581-583.— Bruno (A.) Sopra 
 le arteriti nel decorso delle malattie infettive. Clin. med. 
 ital., Milano, 1903, xiii, 136-148.— Clow (G. B. N.) Periph- 
 eral endarteritis. Calif. State J. M., San Fran., 1908, vi, 
 262. — Datnowsld (H.) Ueber Periarteriitis nodosa. Wien. 
 Hin. Rundschau, 1911, xxv, 469; 488; 503; 520.— De Benzl 
 (E.) L'arterite cronica. N. riv. clin.-terap., Napoli, 1913, 
 xvi, 1-10. — Dickson (W. E. C.) Polyarteritis acuta nodosa 
 and periarteritis nodosa. J. Path. & Bacteriol., Cambridge, 
 1907-8, xii, 31-57, 3 pi. [1 col.].— Ferrari (E.) Ueber Poliar- 
 teriitis acuta nodosa (sogenannte Periarteriitis nodosa) und 
 ihre Beziehungen zur Polymyositis und Polyneuritis acuta. 
 Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. aUg. Path., Jena, 1903, xxxiv, 
 350-386, 1 pi.— Fox (H.) Peripheral endarteritis with symp- 
 toms of Raynaud's disease. J. Cutan. Dis. incl. Syph., N. 
 Y., 1910, xxviil, 293.— Freund (G.) Zur Kenntniss der 
 Periarteriitis nodosa. Deutsches Arch. f. Idin. Med., Leipz., 
 1898-9, Ixil, 537-563, 1 pi.— Glorgl (E.) Considerazioni snl- 
 PeziologiaesuUapatogenesldelPendoarteritenelvecchi. Riv. 
 venetadisc med.,Venezia, 1902,xxxvi, 388; 454.^»reves (E. 
 H.) Acute arteritis. Clin. J.,Lond.,1916,xlv,85-87.— Gul- 
 yas (K.) [A case ofendoarteritis in homed cattle.] AUator- 
 vosi lapok, Budapest, 1906, xxix, 73.— Halner (B.) Arteriitis 
 petrificans; ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Arterienerkrankun- 
 gen des Eindes. Mitt. d. Ver. badisch. Tierarzte, Elarlsrahe, 
 1912, xii, 145-149.— Hart (C.) Die Meso-Periarteriitis (Pe- 
 
AETERIES. 
 
 30 
 
 ARTERIES. 
 
 Arteries {Inflammation of). 
 
 riarteriltis nodosa). Berl. kiln. Wclinschr., 1908, xlv, 1305- 
 1309.— Higier (H.) [Acute arteritis witli intermittent claudi- 
 cation.] Medycynai Kron. lek., Warszawa, 1910, xlv, 1014; 
 1047.— Hollis (W . A.) Endarteritis prolilerans. J. Anat. & 
 Physiol., Lond., 1897-8, xxjdi, 153-163. Also, Eeprint.— 
 Istomln (E. K.) [Cnronio nodular periarteritis with 
 
 aneurisms.] Pat.-anat. kazuist Kliarkov. Univ. 1902-3, 
 
 Mosk., 1904, 60.— Jores (L.) Ueber die Neubildung elasti- 
 iicher Fasem in der Intima bei Endarteriltis. Beitr. z. path. 
 Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1898, xxiv, 458-474, 1 pi. Also 
 [Abstr.]: Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 
 1897, Leipz^ 1898, bdx, pt. 2, 2. HUtc., 33-36.— Kriyszkow- 
 skl (J.) [Periarteritis; a case ol the class oi Kahlden's re- 
 searches.] Przegl. lek., Krak6w, 1899, xxxviii, 30; 45; 58.— 
 Lecfine (P.) Art6rite et thrombose de I'art^re hum^rale; 
 art^ototaie; extraction da caillot; suture de I'artfere; refor- 
 mation d'un caillot. Arch. d. mal. du cceur [etc.]. Par., 1909, 
 ii, 138-143.— Lunn (J. R.) Acaseofarteritis. WestLond.M. 
 J., Lond., 1902, vii, 311.— Marburg (O.) Endarteriitis carti- 
 laginosa der grossen Himgefasse. Centralbl. i. allg. Path. u. 
 path. Anat., Jena, 1902, xiii, 300-304.— MtUler (P.) Ueber 
 Periarteriitis nodosa. Festschr. z. Peier . . . d. Stadt^ 
 krankenh. zu Dresd.-Priedriohstadt, Dresd., 1899, pt. 2, 
 457-480, 1 pi.— Pernlce (B.) Ricerchfi intorno alia etiologia 
 dell' arterite (arterite sperimentale di origine microbica). 
 Atti d. r. Accad. d. sc. med. in Palermo (1895), 1896, 101- 
 112. — Sabin (Florence R.) A case of arterial disease, possi- 
 bly periarteritis nodosa. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 
 1901, xil, 195-198.— Tatarlnofl (D. I.) [Pathology of embolic 
 arteriitis.] Babotl hosp. khirurg. kiln. Dyakonova, Mosk., 
 1903, ii, 173-187, 1 pi.— Vaquez & Brlcont. Vari«& dvolu- 
 tives des arterites subaigues et chroniques avec ou sans clau- 
 dication intermittente. Bull, et m^m. Soo. m&i. d. h6p. de 
 Par., 1913, 3. s., xxxvi, 158-175.— Wiesel (J.) Die Erkran- 
 kungen arterieller Gefasse im Verlaufe akuter Infektionen. 
 3. Teil. Die akute herdformige Mesarteriitis der Koronar- 
 arterlen und ihre Folgezustande. Ztschr. f. Heiik., Wien & 
 Leipz., 1907, xxviii, Abt. 1. path. Anat., 69-100, 1 pi.— 
 Ziegler. Ueber traumatische Arteriitis und deren Bezie- 
 hungen zur Arteriosklerose und zum Aneurysma (naclv 
 Experimental-Untersuchungen von Dr. Malkoff). Ver- 
 handl. d. deutsch. path. GeseUscb. 1898, Berl., 1899, 85-88. 
 
 Arteries (Inflammation of, Ohliterative). 
 
 See, also, Gangrene {Spontaneous) ; Thrombo- 
 angiitis obliierans. 
 
 Berard (L.) *Le traitement chirurgical des 
 art^tes oblit^rantes aigues localisees des mem- 
 bres. 8°. Lyon, 1909. 
 
 GuBAREFF (P. A.) *K patologicheskoi ana- 
 tomii endarteriitis obliterans. 8° S.-Peterburg, 
 1902. 
 
 WiENHtTES (H.) *Ueber Endarteriitis produc- 
 tiva. 8°. Milnchen, 1908. 
 
 Adert. Obliterations vasculaires. Rev. mid. de la 
 Suisse Rom., Genfeve, 1904, xxiv, 306-308.— Augler. Arte- 
 rite oblitdrante progressive. J. d. so. mSd. de I jlle^ 1904, i, 
 139-141.— Ayerza (A.) Sobre un caso de endarteritis obli- 
 terante. Semana m^d., Buenos Aires, 1913, xx, pt. 2, 502. — 
 Barber (R. F.) Thrombo-angitis obliterans. Long Island 
 
 M. J., Brooklyn, 1917, xi, 29. . Thrombo-arteritis. 
 
 Ibid., 30. — Bennett (R. A.) A case of ohliterative arteritis. 
 Lancet, Lond^ 1909, ii, 1207-1209.— Borchard. Beitrage 
 zur primaxen Endarteriitis obliterans. Deutsche Ztschr. f. 
 Chir., Leipz., 1896, xliv, 131-178, 1 pi.— Branson (W. P. S.) 
 Ohliterative arteritis. Tr. Path. Soc. Lond., 1904-5, Ivi, 212- 
 223.— Buerger (L.) Recent studies in the pathology of 
 thromboangiitis obliterans. J. Med. Research, Bost., 
 
 1914-15, xxxi, 181-194, 5 pi. . Cases of thromboangiitis 
 
 obliterans. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1914, Ixxxvi, 860. . Is 
 
 thrombo-angiitis obliterans an infectious disease? Surg., 
 Gvnec. & Obst., Chicago, 1914, xbc, 582-588. Also [Abstr.J: 
 
 Med. Rec., N. Y., 1914, Ixxxvf, 863. ■: . Recent studies 
 
 in thrombo-angeitis obliterans. Proc. N. York Path. Soc, 
 
 1914, xLv, 108-113. . Concerning vasomotor and trophic 
 
 disturbances of the upper extremities; with particular refer- 
 ence to thrombo-angiitis obliterans. Am. J. M. So., Phila., 
 
 1915, cxlix, 210-229. . The pathological and clinical 
 
 aspects of thrombo-angiitis obliterans. Tr. Coll. Phys. 
 Phila., 1916, 3. s., xxxviii, 214-225. Also: Am. J. M. Be, 
 Phila., 1917, cliv, 319-328.— Cliristlansen (V.) [A case 
 of ... in a taan of 32 years.] Hosp.-Tid., K0benh., 1903, 4. 
 R., xi, 653-665.— Despard (D. L.) Endarteritis obliterans. 
 Ann. Surg., Phila., 1916, bdv, 751.— Elslng (E. H.) Obli- 
 terative endarteritis of femoral distribution with gangrene of 
 the feet. Med. Rec., N. Y., 1906^ Ixx, 739-741.— Evans (E.) 
 A case of thrombo4ngeitis obliterans? Wisconsin M. J., 
 Milwaukee, 1915-16, xiv, 430.— Frauenthal (H. W.) Obli- 
 terating endarteritis of the digitals, dorsals, and plantares. 
 J. Advanc. Therap., N. Y., 1910, xxviii, 265-268.— Glnsburg 
 (N.) A consideration of the treatment of peripheral gan- 
 grene, due to thrombo-angiitis obliterans, with reference to 
 femoral vein ligation and sodium citrate injections. Tr. 
 
 Arteries {Inflammation of, Ohliterative). 
 
 Coll. Phys. Phila., 1916, 3. s., xxxvui, 226-243. Also: Am. 
 J. M. Sc, Phila., 1917, cliv, 328-338.— Goodman (C.) A 
 serological study of presenile gangrene (thrombo-angeitis 
 obliterans) with reference to the possibility Sf typhus fever 
 being an etiological factor. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1916, Ixxxix, 
 805: 1917, xcii, 276.— Goodman (C.) & Bernstein (E. P.) 
 Presenile gangrene, thromboangiitis obliterans. N. York 
 M. J. [etc.], 1916, ciu, 1073.— Gottliell (W. S.) Endarteritis 
 obliterans (syphilitica?). J. Cutan. Dis. incl. Syph., N. Y., 
 1909, xxvii, 185.— Gottlieb (I.) The rdle of minor surgical 
 procedures in the development of thromboangiitis obliterans. 
 N. York M. J. [etc], 1918, cvli, 65-67.— Guthrie (L.) Arte- 
 ritis obliterans of right upper extremity associated with 
 malformation of both clavicles. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., 
 Lond., 1907-8, i, Neurol. Sect., 101-103.— Heydenrelcli (A.) 
 Un cas d'endart^rite obliterante. Cong, franf. de m^d., 
 Par. & Nancy, 1896-7, iii, fasc 2, 178.— Johnson (H. P.) A 
 case of obliterative arteritis. J. Roy. Army M. Corps, Lond., 
 1904, ii, 598.— Johnson (W. T.) The diathermic treatment 
 of thromboangiitis obliterans. Am. J. Electrotherap. & 
 Radiol., N. Y., 1916, xxxiv, 72-78.— Kjargaard (S.) Bin 
 Pall von praseniler Gangran (Arteriitis obliterans). Nord. 
 med. Ark., Stockholm, 1916, 3. f., xvi. Aid. i. No. 10, 1-11.— 
 Kralt (L.) Et tilfEelde af endarteritis obliterans med Pt.- 
 demonstration. Hosp.-Tid., K0benh., 1911, 5. R., iv, 641- 
 645.— Landau (A.) [Endoarteriitis obliterans.] Neurol, 
 polska, Warszawa, 1910, i, No. 3, 115.— Lepoutre (C.) Arte- 
 rite calciflante et obliterante et gangrfene senile; sclerose du 
 rayocarde et asystolie. J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1906, ii, 216- 
 219. — Levin (I.) A case of endarteritis obliterans. Proc. 
 N. York Path. Soc, 1907-8, n. s., vii, 213-219.— Lund (F. B.) 
 A case of arteriovenous anastomosis for obliterative endarte- 
 ritis. Boston M. & S. J., 1908, cllx,v683.— Lusk (W. C.) 
 Endarteritis obliterans reneved of symptoms and function 
 becoming restored in conjunction with the use of the Schnee 
 four-cell electric bath. Tr. N. Y. Surg. Soc, Phila., 1913, ii, 
 304-309, 1 pi. Also: Ann. Surg., Phila., 1913, Ivlii, 670-675, 
 
 1 pi. . A case of thrombo-angiitis, whose Wassermann 
 
 was for a long time negative, but is now positive. Med. Rec, 
 N. Y., 1914, Ixxxvl, 833.— Maes (Uo The conservative 
 treatment of thrombo-angiitis obliterans. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 
 1910-17, Ixix, 449-452.— Marquis. Nevrotomie pour endar- 
 terite obliterante. Arch. gen. de chir., Par^ 1911, vii, 867- 
 873. Also: Bull, et mem. Soc de cliir. de Par., 1911, ri. s., 
 xxxvii, 1000-1006.^Weyer (W.) The conservative treat- 
 ment of gangrene of the extremities due to thrombo-angiitis 
 
 obliterans. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1916, Ixiii, 280-296. . 
 
 Remarks on the conservative treatment of gangrene due to 
 thrombo-angiitis obliterans. Med. Reo^ N. Y., 1916, Ixxxix, 
 494.— Mlchels (E.) & Weber (F. P.) Two cases of oblitera- 
 tive arteritis in young men leading to gangrene in extremities. 
 Brit. M. J., Lond., 1903, il, 566-568. . Oblitera- 
 tive arteritis, leading to gangrene of extremities in otherwise 
 apparently healthy men in theprime of life. Tr. Path. Soo. 
 Lond., 1904-5, Ivi, 223-230.— Uobecourt (P.) & Faisseau 
 (G.) Arterite obUterante d'un membre Inferieur et paro- 
 tidite suppuree terminees par la guerison chez une enfant de 
 cinq ans. Ann. de med. et chir. inf.. Par., 1911, xv, 194-199. 
 Also: Bull. Soc. de pediat. de Par,, 1911, xiii, 45-50.— Pain- 
 ter (C. F.) Obliterating endarteritis; types and their sur- 
 gical importance. Boston M. & S. J., 1908, clix, 36; 80. 
 . The operative treatment of thrombo-angiitis oblite- 
 rans. St. Paul M. J., 1916, xviii, 41-46. — Foi^Avramescu. 
 [Arteritis obliterans followed by intermittent lameness.] 
 Spitalul, BucurescI, 1906, xxvl, 537-539.— Rupfle (J.) Ein 
 Fall von Arteriitis obhterans ascendens nach Trauma. 
 Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1907, liv, 215. — Saundby (R.) 
 Obliterative endarteritis and the inflammatory changes in 
 the coats of the small vessels. J. Anat. & Physiol., Lond., 
 1882-3, xvii, 180-187. Also, Reprint.— SInkovrttz (S. J.) 
 & Gottlieb (I.) Thrombo-angiitis obliterans; the conserva- 
 tive treatment by Bier's hyperemia suction apparatus. J. 
 Am. M. AsSj Chicago, 1917, Ixviii, 961-963. Also, Reprint.— 
 SklUern (P. G.) Thrombo-angiitis obliterans (Buerger's 
 disease). Tr. Phila. Acad. Surg., 1914, xvi, 319-323. Also: 
 Arm. Surg.. Phila., 1914, lix, 443-447. . Thrombo- 
 angiitis obliterans (Buerger's disease) of the lower extremity, 
 with relief of pain by neurectomy. Internat. Clin., Phila., 
 1914, 24. s., i, 200-202, 1 pi,— Spencer (W. G.) A. case of 
 arteritis obliterans affecting three limbs, with photographs 
 of the microscopical appearance of the arteries In the ampu- 
 tated leg. Tr. Clin. Soc. Lond., 1897-8, xxxi, 89-93, 3 pf — 
 . Stooke (6. F.) & Grabam (A.) Case of obliterating arte- 
 ritis. China M;. Miss. J., Shanghai, 1904, xviii, 126.— Sy- 
 monds (C. J.) A case ol obliterative arteritis. Proc. Roy. 
 Soc. Med,, Lond., 1914-15, viil, Surg. Sect., 32-36.— TImme 
 (W.) A case of endarteritis obliterans. Boston M. & S. J., 
 1916, clxxiy, 539. . Obliterative arteritis and 1^ 
 
 Eoisoning. Lancet, Lond., 1916, ii, 162.— Trimble. Syphl- 
 tic obliterating endarteritis. J. Cutan. Dis. incl. Syph., 
 Chicago, 1918, xxxvi, 179.— Tuholske (L.) Thrombo obli- 
 terative angiitis, so-called presenile gangrene. J. Missouri 
 M. Ass., St. Louis, 1917, xiv, 457.— Van Beuren (F. T.) 
 Thromboangiitis obliterans, ulcer of toe. Med. Rec, N. Y., 
 
 1914, Ixxxvl, 860. Thrombo-angiitis obliterans. Ann. 
 
 Surg., Phila., 1916, Ixiv, 102-105, 1 pi.— Velel (E.) Beitrag 
 
ARTERIES. 
 
 31 
 
 ARTERIES. 
 
 Arteries (Inflammation of, Obliterative) . 
 
 zur Arteriitis obhterans. Miinctaen. med. Wdmschr., 1913, 
 Ix, 2560-2562.— Vlannay (C.) Un cas d'arWrite avec gan- 
 
 frene; tentative infructueuse de traitement cliirurglcal. 
 'rov. mM., Par., 1909, xx, 303. . Anastomose art^rio- 
 
 veineuse termino-terminale pour,art^rite oblit^rante; 6chec 
 thdrapeutique, Loire m6d., St.-Etienne, 1910, xxix, 433- 
 438.— ViUard (E.) & Perrin (E.) Traitement des oblitera- 
 tions vasculaires. Lyon chirurg., 1913, ix, 4-30.— Weber 
 (F. P.) Arteritis obliterans of the lower extremity with 
 intermittent claudication (angina cruris). Lancet, Lond., 
 
 1908, i, 152-154. Also, Reprint. . Chronic arteritis 
 
 obhterans (lower extremity) associated with phlebitis. 
 Proc. Eoy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1909-10, ill, Clin. Sect., 97. 
 Also: Tr. M. Soc. Lend., 1909-10, xxxiu, 394. Also, Ee- 
 
 print. . Non-syphihtie arteritis obliterans (thrombo- 
 
 angeitis of Leo Buerger) with intermittent claudification of 
 the left lower extremity. Proc. Eoy. Soc. Med., Lond., 
 1912-13, vi, CUn. Sect., 72-78. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1912, i, 
 
 169. . Non-syphilitio arteritis obliterans ('fthrombo- 
 
 angitis" of Leo Buerger), with gangrene of toes; remarks on 
 the occasional connexion with traumata. Proc. Eoy. Soc. 
 Med., Lond., 1914-15, viii, Clin. Sect.. 49-52. Also, Eeprint. 
 
 . Intermittent claudication of the right leg in an early 
 
 case of thrombo-angiitis obliterans (non-syphihtic arteritis 
 obliterans of Hebrews). Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond-, 
 1916-17, X, Clin. Sect., 18. . Thrombo-angiitis obhte- 
 rans (non-syphilitic arteritis obhterans of Hebrews) affect- 
 ing three limbs. Ibid., 1-7. Also, Reprint. Also: Quart. 
 J. Med., Oxford, 1916, ix, 289-300, 2 pi. Also, Reprint.— 
 Wliyte (G. D.) Thrombo-angltis obliterans. China M. J., 
 Shanghai, 1917^ xxxi, 371-378, 2 pi.— Wwedensky (A. A.) 
 Ueber Arteriitis obliterans and ihre Folgen. Arch. f. klin. 
 Chir., Berl., 1898, Ivii, 98-117. 
 
 Arteries (Inflammation of, SypJiilitic) . 
 See -Arteries {Syphilis of) . 
 
 Arteries (Inflammation of. Tuberculoids). 
 
 See Arteries (Tuberculosis of). 
 Arteries (Ligation of). 
 
 See, also, Aneurism (Treatment of) by liga- 
 tion; Ligation; and under names of the various 
 arteries. 
 
 Akcoleo (E.) SuU' allacciatura e suUa com- 
 pressione temporanea delle arterie. Nota speii- 
 mentale. 8°. Palermo, 1898. 
 
 Meeibl (E.) & RouGBAU (R.) Les ligatures 
 d'artferes k 1' amphitheatre (precis iconographi- 
 que). 8°. Paris, [1908] 1909. 
 
 Petpbrs (H. F. a.) De ligatuur v66r A. 
 Par6. (Protest tegen de ten name van Dr. K. 
 Prins staande kritisch-historische bijdrage.) 8°. 
 [Am.sterdam, 1901.] 
 
 Scarpa (A.) Lettere al Cav. Professore A. 
 VaccS, Berlinghieri suUa legatura delle grosse 
 arterie degli arti e rispoBta alle medesime del Cav. 
 ProfeBsore A. Vacca Berlinghieri. 8°. Pisa, 
 1820. 
 
 Vacca Bbrlinghibki (A.) Lettere al profes- 
 sore Antonio Scarpa. 12°. Ptsa, 1820. 
 
 Vbitch (J.) Observations on the ligature oi 
 arteries, secondary hemorrhage and amputation 
 at the hip-ioint. 8°. London, 1824. 
 
 Ajello (A.) Contributo alia chirurgia delle arterie. L 
 Allacciatura dell' iliaca esterna per emorragia secondaria; 
 guarigione. IL Allacciatura della femorale per ferita; 
 guarigione. Gazz. di med. e chir., Palermo, 1909, viil, 229- 
 235.— Aleglanl {U.) Compressione e allacciatura tempo- 
 ranea delle arterie. Policlin., Roma, 1902, ix, sez. chir., 264- 
 288.— Allen (C. W.) Testing the emciency of the collateral 
 circulation as a preliminary to the occlusion of the great 
 surgical arteries. J. Arkansas M. Soc, Little Rock, 1912-13, 
 ix, 91-98.— Alves Pinlielro (A.) Laqueacao das grandes 
 arterias. Med. contemp., Lisb., 1915, xxxiii, 105-108.— 
 Bardacb (H.) Die Durchleuchtung von Blutgefassen und 
 die Drosselung des arteriellen Gefassrohres. Wien. klin. 
 Wchnschr., 1914, xxvii, 1175-1177.— von Beclch-Wldnian- 
 stetter (H. A.) Ueber Ligaturen an schwer zugangUchen 
 Stellen. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1914, Ixi, 1516. — Bick- 
 hain(W. S.) Ligation ofarteries in continuity. /«.• Surgery 
 (Keen), 8°, Phila. & I^nd., 1909, v, 656-731.— Bishop (G. T.) 
 Li^ture of arteries in the continuity of a limb; notes from 
 the surgical practice of the Royal Naval Hospital, Malta. 
 J. Eoy. Nav. M. Serv., Lond., 1916, ii, 153-157.— CampbeU 
 (H. F. ) The Hunterian hgation of arteries to relieve and to 
 prevent destructive inflammation. South. J. M. Sc, N. 
 Orl., 1886, i, 201-218. Also, Reprint.— Cooper (E. S.) 
 Ligating the arteries with their satellite veins. Tr. M. Soc. 
 
 Arteries (Ligation of) . 
 
 CaUf., Sacramento, 1858, ii, 128-132.— Doberauer. ' Die 
 Unterbindung grosser Gefassstamme mit Hilfe der allmah- 
 lichen Zuschnurung. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. 
 Chir., Berl., 1908, xxxvii, 122-126.— Duplay (S.) & Lamy 
 (H . ) Cicatrisation des artferes k la suite de la ligature dans la 
 continuity; effets compare des ligatures septiques et asep- 
 tiques. Arch. g^n. de mM., Par., 1897, ii, 513-535.— Ender- 
 len. Unterbindung frischer Arterienverletzungen. Miin- 
 chen. med. Wchnschr., 1916, Ixiii, 265.— Faure (J.-L.) Sur 
 la ligature temporaire des artferes. Ass. franp. de chir. 
 Proc.-verb. [etc.], Par., 1899, xiii, 713-717.— Fifteen hundred 
 B. C. to 1915 A. D., such is the stretch of time over which 
 ligatures have traveled to presentday perfection. Mod. 
 Hosp., St. Louis, 1916, vi, 337.— Fiorl (P.) Influenza dell'al- 
 lacciatura delle giugulari sugli esitt della legatura dei grossi 
 tronchi arteriosi delcollo. Riforma med., Palermo-Napoli, 
 1905, xxi, 981-985. Also: Rassegna di sc. med., Modena, 
 1904-5, xix, 261-275.— Giovanni (M.) Alcuni casi dl impro- 
 pria legatura delle arterie nella continuity del vaso. Gazz. 
 d. osp., Milano, 1916, xxxvii, 1027 - 1030. — KOnig (F.) 
 Priifuhg des Kollateralireislaufs vor der Unterbindung 
 grosser Arterienstamme. Zentralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1916, 
 xliii, 909; 963.— Kozlovski (B. S.) [Tying at the same 
 time of both external iliac artery and vein for false 
 (traumatic) aneurysm.] Khirurgia, Mosk., 1897, i, 219- 
 228.- KrOnlg (B.) Die Unterbindung zufilhrender Gefasse 
 am Orte der Wahl bei schweren postpartalen Blutungen. 
 Zentralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1911,xxxv, 1575. — Lastarla(r.) 
 SuU' allacciatura e sulla compressione temporanea deUe 
 arterie. Atti e rendic. d. Accad. med.-chir. di Perugia, 1897, 
 ix, 346-357. ■ . L'allacciatura e la compressione tem- 
 poranea delle arterie nella clinica e nel laboratorio. Riforma 
 med., Napoli, 1898, xiv, pt. 1, 373-37,5.— McDonald (E.) 
 An improved method of preparing catgut ligatures; a pre- 
 liminarv communication. Am. J. Surg., N. Y., 1910, 
 xxiv, 129-131.— Mallett (E. P.) An automitic ligature 
 parser. Tr. South. Surg. & Gynpc. Ass. 1900, Phila., 
 1901, xiii, 4'>6-429.— Matas (E.) Tests to determine the 
 efficiency of the collateral circulation before atternpting the 
 permanent occlusion of the great surgical arteries. Ann. 
 
 Surg., Phila., 1910, Hi, 126-130. . Testing the efaciency 
 
 of the collateral circulation as a preliminary to the occlusion 
 of the great surgical arteries; further observations, with 
 special reference to the author's methods, including a review 
 of other tests thus far suggested (abridged). J. Am. M. 
 Ass., Chicago, 1914, Mil, 1441-1447. [Discussion], 1450- 
 1462.— Monks (G. H.) Tying the knots of hgatures and 
 sutures with one hand. Ann. Surg., PhUa., 1912, Ivi, 780- 
 782, 4 pi.— Pugh (T. .T.) Subcutaneous arterial hgation. 
 Tr. Texas M. Ass., Austin, 1898, 176-178. Also: Med. Times, 
 N. Y., 1899, xxvii, 16.— Razzabonl (G.) Sulle fine altera- 
 zioni strutturaU della parete arteriosa nei casi di emorragia 
 secondaria verificatasi nella sede di una pregressa legatura. 
 Policlin., Roma, 1918, xxv, sez. chir., 146-158.— Klcketts 
 (B. M.) Ligation of arteries; cocaine anesthesia. Inter- 
 state M. J., St. Louis, 1902, ix, 188-191. Also: Med. Fort- 
 nightly, St. Louis, 1902, xxii, 795-800. A Iso, Reprint.— Sche- 
 petmann (E.) Eine Ligaturklemme fiir Aluminium- 
 agraflen. Zentralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1912, xxxix, 772-774.— 
 Seggel (R.) Ueher die Naht der Arterien. Sitzungsb. d. 
 arztl. Ver. Miinchen (1900), 1901, x, 61-78.— Thomas (H. L.) 
 Cases of gunshot injury requiring ligation of the artery. 
 Confed. States M. & S. J., Richmond, 1864, i, 184-186.— 
 Thomas (W. T.) Descriptions of conditions found in the 
 head and neck two years and a guarter after hgature of all 
 the carotid arteries, jugular veins, etc., of the left side. 
 Brit. M. J., Lond., 1897, h, 465.— Tuffler & Halllon. Sur uu 
 procM6 permettant de pr6voir que I'irrigation sanguine per- 
 sistera dansun membre aprfes hgature de son artere principale. 
 Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1912, bcxiil, 606.— Unger 
 (E.) Zur Behandlung der Extremitaten nach tJnterbindung. 
 Zentralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1916, xliii, 73.— Veau (V.) La 
 suture des'artferes. Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1901, Ixxiv, 297- 
 300. — Wehfritz. Ueber Arterienunterbindung nach se- 
 kundaren Nachhlutungen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., 
 Beri. &'Leipz., 1915, xh, 179.— Wright (D. F.) The effects 
 of the Hunterian method of ligation on inflammation. 
 Confed. States M. & S. J., Richmond, 1864, i, 177-179.— 
 Wyeth (J. A.) Ligation of arteries. Tr. South. Surg. & 
 Gynec. Ass. 1894, Phila., 1895, vii, 219-233. 
 
 Arteries (Ligation of Ex-perimental) . 
 
 See, also, under names of various arteries. 
 
 Delrez (L.) Recherches exp^rimentales sur la hgature 
 aseptique des artferes. Arch. g§n. de chir.. Par., 1911, v, 488- 
 508.— Githens (T. S.) The results of hgation of the pul- 
 monary and cutaneous arteries in the frog. Proc. Soc. 
 Exper. Biol. Med., N. Y., 1911-12, ix, 82-84.— Murphy. 
 Resection of arteries and veins injured in continuity; end to 
 end suture; experimental and clinical research. Railway 
 Surgeon, Chicago, 1896-7, hi, 385-404. [Discussion], 418-420.— 
 Offergeld. Ueber die Unterbindung der grossen Gefasse des 
 Unterleibes; experimentelle und kntische Studien. Deu1> 
 sche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1907, Ixxxviii, 217-310.— Schaef- 
 fer (J. P.) The behavior of the elastica in arteries following 
 hgation and in the organization of thrombi which ensue 
 Anat. Record, Phila., 1916-17, xi, 40O-4O3.— Sehrt (E.) 
 
ARTERIES. 
 
 32 
 
 ARTERIES. 
 
 Arteries (Ligation of, ExverimerdaT) . 
 
 Ueber die kiinstliche Blutleere von (Medmassen und unteter 
 Korperhalfte, sowie uber die Ursache der Gangran des 
 Glieaes nach tTnterbindung der Arterien allein. Med. Klin., 
 Berl., 1916, xii, 1338-1341.— Wyeth (J. A.) Demonstration 
 by experimental studies on animals and operations on human 
 beings, of the process of permanent arterial occlusion after 
 deligation. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1910, liv, 1301. 
 
 Arteries ( Morphology of) . 
 
 See Ajcteries (Embryology and morphology of) . 
 
 Arteries (Murmurs in). 
 
 See, also, ATieirrism (Diagnosis of); Blood- 
 vessels (Murmurs in). 
 
 Feerabio (A.) Ricerche sui rumori delle ar- 
 terie indipenti da vizio organico. 8° Milano, 
 1847. 
 
 Valentin (P.) *Du double souffle intermit- 
 tent crural et de sa pathog^nie. 8°. lyon, 1904. 
 
 Bard (L.) De I'appr&iation des rfeistances pfiriph^- 
 riques par I'auscultation des souffles artgriels. Arch, d: mal- 
 du coeur [etc.], Par., 1915, viii, lO.i-111.— DeWo (K.) Ueber 
 das pulsatorische Tonen der Arterien. Petersb. med. Ztschr. 
 St. Petersb., 1913, xxxyiii, 259-263.— Ferrio (L.) & Bosio 
 (E.) Sul meccanismo di produzione del doppio sofflo erurale 
 (fenomeno di Durosiez). Eiv. orit. di clin. med., Firenze, 
 1901, ii, 61-67. - Also, transl.: Klin.-therap. Wchnschr., 
 Wien, 1901, viii, 305; 339.— Phillips (S.) On some arterial 
 murmurs. Lancet, Lond., 1889, i,979; 1024.— Roberts (S. E.) 
 A study of arterial sounds. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1917, 
 Ixix, 873-878. AUo, Reprint. 
 
 Arteries (Necrosis of). 
 See Arteries (Diseases of). 
 
 Arteries (Obliteration of). 
 
 See Arteries (Inflammation of, Obliterative); 
 Arteries (Occlusion, etc., of); Blood-vessels 
 (Obliteration of); Thromboangiitis obliterans. 
 
 Arteries (Occlusion and ohstruction of). 
 
 See, also, KmboUsm; Thrombosis. 
 
 BoGOLlEPorF (L. P.) Metodi razrabotki kli- 
 nicheskavo materiala s obraztsom analiza 30 slu- 
 chayev zakuporki arteriy serdtsa. [Methods of 
 working up clinical material, with a specimen 
 analysis of 30 cases of thrombosis of the cardiac 
 arteries.] 8°. Moshva, 1904. 
 
 Paradis (h.) *De I'feoitesse congfinitale du 
 systfeme arteriel. 8°. Lyonj 1903. 
 
 Balard (P.) Valeur diagnostique et prognostique de 
 I'indice oscUlom^trlque au cours de I'oblitlration art&ielle 
 des membres. Progrfes m6d.. Par., 1917, 3. s., xxxii, 217; 
 225. — Bryant (T.) On obstructed arteries. Lancet, Lond., 
 
 1896, i, 1274. . Occlusion of arteries the result of injury. 
 
 Ibii., 1486-1489.— Cawadlas (A.) L'exploration de la per- 
 meability des artferes des membres par I'oscillomfetre. Bull. 
 Acad, de m^d., Par., 1915, 3. s., Ixxiv, 691. . L'explo- 
 ration de la permdabilite des artires des membres par I'os- 
 cUlomtoie. Arch. d. mal. du ooeur. Par., 1916, ix, 201-208.— 
 Frenkel (H.) & Sarda (H.) St^nose du tronc bracliioc^- 
 phalique ayant Simula un r^tr^issement de I'aorte; oblite- 
 ration de I'art^re coronaire droite; mort subite. iilcho m^d., 
 Toulouse, 1900, 2. s., xiv, 601-607.— GoodWnd (M. L.) & 
 Elsendratli (D. N.) Pathological closure ol the large arte- 
 ries arising from the arch of the aorta. Chicago M. Recorder, 
 
 1897, xiii, 69-76.— Halsted (W. S.) Partial, progressive 
 and complete occlusion of the aorta and other large arteries 
 in the dog by means ol the metal band. J. Exper. M., Lan- 
 caster, Pa., 1909, 373-391, 3 pi. . Derparttelle VerscUuss 
 
 grosser Arterien. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Chir., 
 Berl., 1914, xliii, pt. 2, 349-367. AUo: Arch. f. klin. Chir., 
 Berl., 1914, cv, 680-599.— Halsted (W. S.) & Soweis (W. 
 F. M.) E:q)erimental partial occlusion of arteries. Intemat. 
 J. Surg., N. Y., 1907, xx, 186.— Hutclilnson (J J On sudden 
 occlusion of arteries by coagulation. Arch. Surg., Lond., 
 
 1898, ix, 100-106.— liC Play (A.) Pieces relatives i, des rtofi- 
 'oissements art^riels expeiimentaux. Bull, et m^m. Soc. 
 
 anat. de Par., 1906, Ixxxi, 393.— Lerlche (R.) Du syndrome 
 sympathique consfoutif a certaines obliterations arterielles 
 traumatiques et de son traitement par la sympatbectomie 
 peripherique. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1917, n. s., 
 xliii, 310-314.— Lerlche (E.) & Helta (J.) De la reaction 
 vaso-dilatatrice consecutive S, la resection d'un segment 
 arteriel oblitere. Compt. rend. Soc. de blol., Par., 1917, 
 Ixxx, 160-162.— Syers (H. W.) Case oJ arterial occlusion. 
 Clin. J., Lond., 1899-1900, xv, 138.— Vanverts (J.) Valeur 
 du signe de Moskowiez pour le diagnostic du siege de Tob- 
 structiqn arterielle dans les gangrfenes dues & cette obstruc- 
 tion. Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1909, xiii, 592-594. 
 
 Arteries (Ossification of). 
 
 O'Brien (S. J.) Ueber Verknocherungsvor- 
 gange in den Arterien. 8°. WiiTzburg, 1902. 
 
 Bassal. Sur un cas d'ossiflcation d'une artfere. Toulouse 
 med., 1911, 2. s., xui, 158.— Harvey (W. H.) Experimental 
 bone-formation in arteries. J. Med. Research, Bost., 1907-S, 
 xvii, 25-34, 2 pi .— Miesowlcz (E . ) Ueber die expenmentelle 
 heteroplastische Knorpelbildung in der Tleraorta. Cen- 
 tralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat., Jena, 1907, xvili, 8-10.- 
 Mttnckeberg (J. C.) Ueber Knochenbildung in der Arte- 
 rienivand. Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1902, clxvii, 
 191-210, 1 pi. 
 
 Arteries (Rigidity of). 
 
 Hamburger (F.) tfeber Arterienriglditat im Kindes- 
 alter. Miinehen. med. Wchnschr., 1911. ivlii, 250. —Kit- 
 tenliouse (W.) Ueber Arterienrigiditat bei Kindem. 
 Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1912, xxv, 920.— Roemheld (L.) 
 [Eine abnorme Rlglditat der Arterien nervoser jugendlicher 
 Indivlduen.] Med. Cor.-Bl. d. wlirttemb. arztl. Landesver., 
 Stuttg., 1909, Ixxix, 795.— Wolkow (M.) Arteriemigiditat 
 und Aortenenge. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Kong. t. innere 
 Med., Wiesb., 1910, xxvii, 611-616. 
 
 Arteries (Rupture of). 
 
 See, also. Aneurism (Aortic, Rupture of); 
 Blood-vessels (Rupture of) . 
 
 JiJNGLiNG (T. P. T.) *Ueber Arterien-Zerreis- 
 Bungen, nebst zwei Fallen spontaner Aortenrup- 
 tur. 8°. Leipzig, 1894. 
 
 MicHAUT (P.-E.) *Ruptures spontan^es des 
 artkes. 8°. Pans, 1910. 
 
 PicQtTET (P.) *Les ruptures art^rielles trau- 
 matiques. 8°. Paris, 1906. 
 
 . The same. 8°. Paris, 1906. 
 
 Bdtticher (C.) Ueber den Mechanismus subcutaner Ge- 
 fassrupturen im Anschluss an einen Fall von Zerreissung der 
 Artena popUtea. Deutsche Ztschr. i. Chir., Leipz., 1898, 
 xlix, 267-292.— Crook (J. A.) Subcutaneous rupture of 
 large arteries from contused wounds. Tr. M. Soc. Ten- 
 nessee, Nashville, 1899, 69-63. [Discussion.], 57. Also: 
 South. Pract., Nashville, 1899, xxi,' 245-249.— Klotz (O.) 
 Fracture of arteries. J. Med. Research, Bost., 1916, xxxiv, 
 496-507. Also, Reprint.— Lejars (F.) Des ruptures sous- 
 cutanees directes des grosses art*res et des gangr&aes con- 
 secutives. Rev. de chir.. Par., 1898, xviii, 290; 540.— Petit 
 (G.) Le mecanisme histologique de la rupture tardive des 
 arteres. Presse med., Par., 1915, xxiil, 457. — Bitter. Ueber 
 traumatische Schlagademipturen. Vrtljschr. f. gerichtl. 
 Med., Berl., 1904, xxvii, 1-35.— Schorong (A.) Zwei Falle 
 von direkter subkutaner Euptur grosser Extremitatenar- 
 terien. Strassb. med. Ztg., 1905, ii, 192-202.— Vanverts^CJ.) 
 Du traitement de la rupture incomplete des artires. Echo 
 med. du nord, Lille, 1909, xiii, 453-460. 
 
 Arteries (Sounds in). 
 
 See Arteries (Murmurs in). 
 
 Arteries (Spasm of). 
 
 De Kraft (B\} The relief of localized arterial spasm by 
 electricity. J. Advanc. Therap., N. Y., 1912, xxx, 444- 
 450.— JLazarus (P.) Spasm of the arteries; translated and 
 abstracted by A. A. Eshner. Tr. Coll. Phys. Phila., 1909, 
 3. s., xxxi, 190-192.— Sharp (J. G.) A series of cases of 
 transient aphasia, hemiplegia, and hemiparesis due to 
 arterial spasm. Lancet, Lond., 1915, ii, 863-^66. 
 
 Arteries (Stenosis of). 
 
 See Arteries (Occlusion and obstructioii of). 
 
 Arteries (Surgery of). 
 
 See, also, Arteries (Ligation of); Arteries 
 (Suture of); Arteries (Transplantation of); Ar- 
 teries ( Wounds of) ; Blood-vessels (Surgery of) . 
 
 [Butler (W.)] An improved method of open- 
 ing the temporal artery; also, a new proposal for 
 extracting the cataract; with descriptions and 
 delineations of the instruments contrived for 
 both operations. By the author, when a student 
 at Edinburgh. To which are now added a mis- 
 cellaneous introduction, and cases, and observa- 
 tions, chiefly tending to illustrate the good 
 effects of arteriotomy m various diseases of the 
 head. By the same author. 8°. London, 1783. 
 
 Delbet (P.) & MocQUOT (P.) Affections 
 chirurgicales des artferes. roy. 8°. Pom, 1911. 
 
 Maunder (C. F.) Surgery of the arteries; 
 Lettsomian lectures of the Medical Society of 
 London. 12°. London, 1875. 
 
AETERIES. 
 
 33 
 
 ARTERIES. 
 
 Arteries {Surgery of) . 
 
 MoNOD (C.) & Vanvekts (J.) Chirurgie des 
 artferes. R6sum6 du rapport pr&ent6 au xxii° 
 Congrfes frangais de chirurgie. 8° iiZZe, 1908. 
 
 . Chirurgie des artferes. Rap- 
 port au xxii° Congrfes de chirurgie. 8°. Paris, 
 1909. 
 
 Also, in.- Ass. trang. de chir. Proe.-verb., Par., 1909, 
 xxii, 20-166. Also [Abstr.l, in: Ann. de chir et d'orthop., 
 Par., 1909, xxii, 292-312. 
 
 Vance (R. A.) Surgery of arteries. A paper 
 read before the Ohio State Medical Society, 
 June 14th, 1882. 8°. Columbus, 1882. 
 
 Ajello (A.) Contributo alia chirurgia delle arterie. 
 Tommasi, Napoli, 1908, lil, 641-646.— Auvray. Chirurgie des 
 artferes. Ass. frane. de chir. Proc.-verb., Par., 1909, xxii, 
 184-190.— Bajardl (D.) Contributo alia chirurgia delle 
 arterie. Se'ttimana med. d. Sperimentale, Pirenze, 1898, 
 Hi, 25; 37. —Carrel (A.) & Guthrie (C.-C.) R&ultats du 
 
 Eatehmg des artSres. Conjpt. rend. Soo. de biol., Par., 1906,- 
 1, 1009-1011.— Cary (P. S.) Arterio-arterial anastomosis by 
 telescoping a branch into a trunk. Bull. El Paso Co. M. 
 Soc, El Paso, Tex., 1909, 1, No. 2, 21. — Caucci (A.) Lo 
 zaflamento intravasale del grossi tronchi arteriosi. Nota 
 meventiva. Policlin., Roma, 1918, xxv, sez. prat., 509.— 
 Darpres (J.) Chirurgie des artferes. Arch. prov. de chir.. 
 Par., 1909, xviii, 655. .^teo.' Ass. Iraug. de chir. Proc.-verb., 
 Par., 1909, xxii, 210-215.— Doyen (EJ Chirurgie des 
 artferes. Ibii., 181.— Ehrenfried (A.) & Boothby (w. M.) 
 The technie of end-to-end arterial anastomosis, with report 
 of a case. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1911, llv,485-495, 3 pi. Also, 
 Reprint.— Forgue (E.) Chu-urgie des art^res. Ass. frang. 
 de chir. Proc.-verb., Par., 1909, xxii, 166-168.— Fummi (A.) 
 Chirurgia dei vasi succlavi e del tronco innominate. Policlin. , 
 Roma, 1904, xi, sez. chir., 408-429.— Golden (W. W.) Ar- 
 terio-arterial anastomosis by telescoping a branch into a 
 trunk. West Virg. M . J., Wheeling, 1906-7, i, 216.— Grelflen- 
 bagen ( W . ) Zur Kasuistik der arteriovenosen Anastomose 
 bei drohender Gangran. St. Petersb. med. Wchnschr., 1911, 
 xxxvi, 484-486.— Hoffmann (A.) Arterienplastik nach 
 Arterienresektion. Zentralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1916, xliii, 
 981-983. — Jourdan. La chirurgie des artferes. Ass. frang. 
 de chir. Proc.-verb., Par., 1909, xxii, 226.— Matas (R.) 
 Testing the efficiency of the collateral circulation as a pre- 
 liminary to the occlusion of the great surgical arteries. Ann. 
 Surg., Phila., 1911, liU, 1-43.— Mattocks (B.) The key- 
 ring artery-clamp. Proc. Nebraska M. Soc, Lincoln, 1884, 
 245. — Nefl (J. M.) A method of gradual automatic occlu- 
 sion of the larger blood-vessels at one operation. J. Am. 
 M. Ass., Chicago^ 1911, Ivii, 700-708.— Neuhot (H.) Fascia 
 transplantation into lateral defects of the major arteries. 
 Surg., Gyneo. & Obst., Chicago, 1918, xxvi, 324-330. Also 
 [Abstr.l: Med. Bee, N. Y., 1917, xcii, 217.— von Oppel (W. 
 A.) The surgery of the arterial system; reduzierter Blut- 
 kreislauf. Tr. Intemat. Cong. Med., Lond., 1913, Sect vii, 
 Surg., 189.— Princeteau. Chirurgie des artires. Ass. franf. 
 de chir. Proc.-verb., Par., 1909, xxii, 195-199.— Salvia (E.) 
 La resezione delle arterie. Gior. intemaz. d. sc. med., Na- 
 poli, 1902, n. s., xxiv, 631-640. Also, iransl.: Wien. med. 
 Wchnschr., 1902, lii, 841; 895; 970.— Savariaud (M.) Chi- 
 rurgie des artferes. Ass. frang. de chir. Proc.-verb., Par., 
 1909, xxii, 194.— Sore! (R.) Chirurgie des artferes. Jbid., 
 206-208.— Vander Veer (A.) Surgery of the arteries; some 
 personal experiences. Tr. Am. Suig. Ass., Phila., 1912, xxx, 
 366-380. Also: Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago^ 1912, xv, 
 255-261.— Vidal (E.) Sur quelques cas de chirurgie des 
 artferes. Ass. franc, de chir. Proc.-verb., Par., 1909, xxii, 
 199-205. 
 
 Arteries (Surgery of, Experimental). 
 
 See, also, Arteries (Ligation of, Experimental) ; 
 Arteries (Suture of. Experimental); Arteries 
 ( Transplantation of) . 
 
 Carrel (A.) Au sujet de la conservation des art^res en 
 cold storage. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1907, l.xii, 
 1173-1175. — •. Latent life of arteries. J. Exper. M., Lan- 
 caster, Pa., 1910, xii, 460^86, 4 pi.— Cow (D.) Some reac- 
 tions of surviving arteries. J.Physiol., Lond.,1911,xlii, 125- 
 143.— Hagemann CR.) TJeber die Resorbierbarkeit in 
 Formol geharteter Kalbsarterien. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. 
 deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte, Konigsb., 1910, Leipz., 1911, 
 Ixxxil, pt. 2, 121-123.— Kesson (J. E.) Some properties of 
 surviving arteries. Heart, Lond., 1912-13, iv, 269-272.— 
 Murphy (J. B.) Resection of arteries and veins injured 
 in continuity; end-to-end suture; experimental and clinical 
 research. Railway Surg., Chicago, 1896-7,111,385-404. AUo: 
 Med. Rec, N. Y., 1897,U, 73-88.— SaUnarKS".) & Vlrdla (T.) 
 Contributo sperimentale edistologicoallasutura delle arterie. 
 Gior. d. r. esercito, Roma, 1902, 1, 463; 561.— Somers (W. F. 
 M.) Experimental partial occlusion of arteries. Tr. South. 
 Surg. & Gynec. Ass. 1908, Phila., 1907, xix, 486-490.— Strat- 
 ton (R. T.) The gradual surgical occlusion of large arteries; 
 its relative advantages, together with an experimental 
 inquiry as to its feasibility. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1903, xxxviii, 
 256-264. — Torraca (L.) Sulla soprawivenza delle arterie 
 
 96808°— Vol. II, 3d series— 19 3 
 
 Arteries (Surgery of, Experimental) . 
 
 isolate e conservate a bassa temperatura. Sperimentale. 
 Arch, di biol., Flrenze, 1911, bcv, 319-325.— Vitale (E.) Ri- 
 cerche sperimentali suUa rigenerazione delle tonache interne 
 delle arterie in segulto a raschiamento. Gior. internaz. d. 
 sc. med;, Napoli, 1906, n. s., xxviil, 740; 775. 
 
 Arteries (Survival of). 
 
 See Arteries (Surgery of, Experimental). 
 
 Arteries (Suture of). 
 
 Baum (F. L.) *Ueber die Blutgefass-Kaht. 
 [Freiburg i.B.] 8°. Grdfswald, 1902. 
 
 BouRDERON (A.-F.-A.) *Contribution a 
 I'^tude de la suture arterielle circulaire com- 
 plete. 8°. Bordeaux, 1909. 
 
 FiGHiERo (P.) *Coiitribution a I'^tude du 
 traitement des plaies art^rielles par la suture. 
 8°. Montpellier, 1903. 
 
 Landais (M.) *Sutures arterielles chez 
 rhomme; r^sultats imm^diats et r&ultats 
 ^loignes. 8°. Pom, 1904. 
 
 Levy (M.) *Traitemeiit des plaies arterielles 
 par la suture. 8°. Montpellier, 1^10. . 
 
 Battistini (A.) Sulla sutura delle ferite arteriose. Poli- 
 clin. , Roma, 1896,iii-C., 141-144.— Couteaud. Echec d'une 
 suture arterielle. Bull, et m&n. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1916, 
 xlii^ 696-698.— Delanglade. Suture circulaire des artftres 
 radiale et cubitale. Ihii., 1903, n. s., xxix, 401^05.— Delia 
 Rovere (O.) Contributo alia sutma delle arterie secondo 11 
 metodo Salomoni. Clin, chir., Milano, 1909, xvii, 28-35.— 
 Djemll- Pacha. Sutures des plaies art&ielles. Compt .- 
 rend. Cong, intemat. de m«d. 1897, Mosc, 1899, v, 663-666. 
 
 . A propos des sutures art&ielles. Bull, et m^m. Soc. 
 
 de chir. de Par., 1904, n. s., xxx, 718.— Ddrfler (J.) Ueber 
 Arteriennaht. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1899, xxv, 7J1- 
 825.— Fayklss (F.) [The suture of the arteries.] Buda- 
 pest! orv. ujsdg, 1907, v, 567; 587; 603. Also, transl: Beitr. 
 z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1908, Iviii, 606-650.— Fovfelin (H.) 
 Ein Fall von partieller Naht der Arteria brachialis und ein 
 Fall von zirkularer Naht der Arteria femoralis. Ibid., 1913, 
 Ixxxiii, 56-61.— Goblet (J.) Beitrage zur Arteriennaht. 
 Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1909, xxii, 1433-1439.— Grasmann 
 (M.) Ueber die Naht der Gelasstamme bei Stichverle- 
 tzungen der Extremitaten; ein Beitrag zur zirkularen Arte- 
 riennaht am Menschen. Milncben. med. Wchnschr., 1909, 
 Ivi, 807-809.— Hoogenhoom (J. H.) Eeu en ander over 
 arterienaad. Nederl. Tiidschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1909, 11, 
 382-389.— Hubbard (J. C.) The sutiue of arteries. Boston 
 M. & S. J., 1902, cxlvi, 323-327. [Discussion], 339. Also, 
 Reprint.- Jacobsthal (H.) Zur Histologic der Arterien- 
 naht. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1900, xxvii, 199-230, 1 
 pi.— Knoll (W.) Arteriennaht in inflciertem Gebiet. 
 Ibid., 1917, cv (Kriegschir. Hefte, vii), 350-358.— Lejars (F.) 
 Valeur pratique de lasuture art&ielle. Semaine mM., Par., 
 1903, xxiii, 109-111.— MacLaurin (C.) Two cases of arte- 
 riorrhaphy. Austral. M. Gaz., Sydnev, 1913, xxxiii, 122. — 
 Martin (E.) Zirkulare Arteriennaht beim Menschen 
 Med. Klin., Berl., 1908, iv, 1455-1458.— Matas (R.) The 
 suture of the arterial system; the suture as applied to the 
 surgical cure of aneurysm. Tr. Intemat. Cong. Med. 1913, 
 Lond., 1914, Sect, vii, Surg., pt. 2, 149-172. [Discussionl, 
 173-190, 3 pi.— Mehliss. Ein Fall von zirkularer Arte- 
 riennaht. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1915, Ixli, 7.— 
 Morestin(H.) Un cas de suture arterielle. BulLetm^m 
 Soc. de chir. de Par., 1911, n. s., xxxvii, 1012-1015.— Mur- 
 phy (J. B.) On end to end suture of large vessels. Tr 
 Illinois M. Soc, Chicago, 1897, 274-280.— Opokin (A A ) 
 [Circular arterial suture.] Ehlrurgia, Mosk., 1907, xxi, 277- 
 305.— Orloff (L. V.) [On sutuiing wounds of arteries ] 
 Vestnik Med., Klarkov, 1896, i, 87.— Papaioannou (T.) 
 Ein Fall von zirkularer Arteriennaht. Miinchen. med 
 Wchnschr., 1910, Ivii, 1179.— Pluyette. Suture circulaire 
 des artJres. Marseille med., 1903, xl, 304-308.— Proust (R.) 
 Les r&ultats aotuels des sutures arterielles chez I'homme 
 J. de chir., Par.^ 1908, i, 94-106.— Salomoni (A.) Sulla 
 sutura delle artene. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1903, xxiv, 591 — 
 Schmitz (H.) Die Arteriennaht. Deutsche Ztschr. f 
 Chir., Leipz., 1902-3, Ixvi, 299-318.— Seggel (R.) Ueber 
 die Naht der Arterien. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1900, 
 xlvii,1105; 1138.— Smith (A.) Ueber Arteriennaht. Arch 
 f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1909, xxviii, 729-766, 1 pi.— Smith (E. 
 A.) On circular or end-to-end suturing of arteries; being a 
 modification of au already published method. Brit M J 
 Lond., 1910, i, 1407-1409.— TomaseUi (G.) Sugli esiti 
 lontani della sutura col metodo dell'aflrontomento del- 
 I'endotelio e sui process! di guarigione delle ferite arteriose. 
 Chn. chir., MUano^ 1903, xi, 367-379, 2pl.— Vogel (R.) Ueber 
 Arteriennaht; Beitrage zur Gefasschirurgie. Wien. med 
 Wchnschr., 1913, Ixiii, 43^5.— Wiart (P.) Un cas de suture 
 arterielle. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1903, n s , 
 xxix, 347-353.— Wllle (H.) Cirkulaer arteriesutur. Norsk 
 Mag. f. Lsegevldensk., Kristiania, 1910, 5. R., vui, 530-539.— 
 Wolf (A.) [Suture of arteries.] Lwow. tygodn. lek., 1913. 
 viu, 381-383. ' 
 
ARTERIES. 
 
 34 
 
 ARTERIES. 
 
 Arteries {Suture of, Experimental). 
 
 Amberg (H.) *Experimenteller Beitrag zur 
 Frage der circularen Arteriennalit. [Bern.] 8° 
 Leipzig, 1903. 
 
 ■ JuM, in; Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1903, Ixviii, 
 1-16. 
 
 Smith (E. A.) Suture of arteries; an experi- 
 mental research. 8°. London, 1909. 
 
 De Ga«tano (L.) Sutura delle arterie; rieerche speri- 
 mentali sul processo di guarigione delle fente delle arterie, 
 in rapporto alia rigenerazione delle fibre elastiche. Gior. 
 intemaz. d. so. med., Napoli, 1903, n. s., xxv, 289-312.— 
 Dorrance (G. M.) An experimental study of suture of 
 arteries, with a description of a new suture. Tr. Phila. 
 Acad. Surg., 1908, ix, 106-121, 8 pi.— PozzUli (P.) Contri- 
 huto sperimentale © dinico alia sutura delle arterie. Poli- 
 clin., Koma, 1907, xiv, se?. prat., 577-580. 
 
 Arteries {SyphUis of). 
 
 See, also, Aneurism {Aortic, Syphilitic); Ar- 
 teriosclerosis (Syphilitic). 
 
 Darier (J.) De I'art^rite syphilitique. 8°. 
 Paris, 1904. 
 
 Durandard (M.) *Contribution k I'^tude des 
 arterites syphilitiques des membres. 8° Paris, 
 1902. 
 
 . The same. 8°. Paris, 1902. 
 
 Beikowskl (J.) [Syphilis of the arteries of the extremi- 
 ties.] Gaz. let., Warszawa, 1906, 2. s., xxvi, 1249; 1280; 
 1309. — Bonnet (L.-M.) & Courjon. Art^tcssyphilltiques; 
 considerations sur les consequences de I'obliteration des 
 arteres p6ripheriques. Lyon m^d., 1909, cxii, 813-821. — 
 Bor^ f E.) Contribution a I'fitude anatomique de I'artdrite 
 syphilitique des membres. Ann. d. mal. v6n:. Par., 1908, 
 ill, 801-830.— Caussade (G.) & L«vy-Franckel (G.) Un 
 cas d'arterite syphilitique des collaterales des doigts gain 
 par le traif«ment mercuriel. Bull. Soc. frang. de dermat. 
 et syph., Par., 1913, xxiv, 236-241.— Cipollina (A.) Con- 
 ■ ■ ■• ' "• " ■ •■ — - Clin. 
 
 tribute alio studio dell' endoarterite sifiUtica. 
 
 med. 
 
 ital., Milano, 1902, xh, 579-583.— Darter (J.) Syphilis artfr 
 rielle ou de I'artente syphilitique. Syphilis, Par., 1906, iv, 
 86-109. — Davies (H. M.) Arteriovenous anastomosis for 
 gangrene due to syphilitic endarteritis. Proc. Koy. Soc. 
 Med., Lond., 1911-12, v, Clin. Sect., 25-27.— Gaucher. Les 
 arterites syphilitiques. ProgrSs med., Par., 1913, xxix, 475- 
 478.— Gaucher & Bory. Artdrite syphilitique et gangrfene 
 du pied gauche. Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et sy^., Par., 
 1908, xix, 58-62.— Gowers (Sir w . E.) On a case of syphi- 
 litic arterial disease. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1901, il, 1581- 
 1584. — Grau (R.) Un caso de arteritis sifllltica. Actas y 
 trab. d. l'' Cong. med. nac., Habana, 1905, i, 109-112.— Hays 
 (J. E.) Arterial disease due to syphilis. Louisville Month. 
 J. M. & S., 1914-15, xxi, 1-8.— Hummel (E. M.) Syphilitic 
 disease of the arteries of the central nervous system, with 
 detailed report of a case. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1910, Iv, 
 994-997. — ^Igleslas y Carral (M.) Arteritis sifilitica; locali- 
 zacidn cerebral. Ciencia mod., Madrid, 1897, iv, 334-337. — 
 Klotz (H. G.) Peripheral syphilitic arteritis. J. Cutan. 
 Dis. incl. Syph., N. Y., 1907, xxv, 449-459. Also: Intemat. 
 Dermat. Cong., vi, 1907. Tr., N. Y., 1908, ii, 812-825.— 
 IietuUe (M.) Syphilis arterielle. Presse med.. Par., 1896, 
 605-608. . Contribution a, I'etude de la syphilis arte- 
 rielle; les ruptures spontanees de I'aorte par aortite sciero- 
 atrophique. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1909, Ixxxiv, 
 473-509. — ^Leudet (E.) Curabilite de I'arterite syphilitique. 
 Ass. frang. pour I'avance. d. sc. C.-r. 1884, Par., 1885, xiii, 
 pt. 2, 452-459.— McPhedran (A.) Syphilitic disease of the 
 arteries. N. York State J. M., N. Y., 1916, xvi, 10.— Mlllan 
 (G.) Syphilis arterielle. Progres med.. Par., 1909, 3. s., 
 xxv, 21.— Nordman. Gang^ne du pied par arterite 
 syphilitique. Loire med., St.-Etienne, 1909, xxviii, 75-77.— 
 Flatot. Diagnostic etiologique precoce des affections arte- 
 rielles, r61e capital de la syphilis. Paris med., 1911-12, 631- 
 634. — SSzary (A.) Histo-microbiologie de I'arterite syphili- 
 tique. Presse med.. Par., 1910, xviii, 929-931.— Trols- 
 fontaines. Gangrtoe de la phalangette par arterite syphi- 
 litique obliterante. J. d. mal. cutan. et syph., Par., 1908, 
 xix, 36-38. — ^Vanzettl (F.) Rieerche s^erimentalisull' arte- 
 rite sifilitica dei grandi vasi. Pathologica, Geneva, 1909-10, 
 ii, 441-442. AUa: Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Tonno, 1910, 
 4. s., xvi, 276-278.— Walker (T.) Syphilitische Arteriitis. 
 Intemat. dermat. Kong. Verhaudl. u. Ber. 1904, Berl., 1905, 
 ii, 238-248. 
 
 Arteries {Tortus^). 
 
 See Arteries (Elasticity, etc., of); Blood- 
 pressvire. 
 
 Arteries {Torsion of). 
 
 Schrader (C.-A.-C.) *De la torsion des ar- 
 teres. Traduitdu latin par A. Petit. 8°. Paris, 
 1831. 
 
 Arteries {Torsion of). 
 
 ViTBLLiNi (M.) De la torsion des artfires. 
 8°. Montpellier, 1833. 
 
 aiacfarlane (J. W.) Torsion of arteries. Penn. M. J., 
 Pittsburgh, 1901-2, v, 241-246. 
 
 Arteries {Transplantation of). 
 
 Christian (S. L.) & Sanderson (E. L.) Arterial trans- 
 plantation, with technic employed. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 
 1913-14, Ixvi, 517-521. [Discussion], 547-550.— Delbet (P.) 
 Tentative de grefle artenelle. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de 
 Par., 1907, n. s., xxxili, 413-421.— Hubbard (J. C.) Trans- 
 plantation of arteries. Div. Surg. M. Sch. Harv. Univ., 
 Bost, 1902-3, 80-85, 1 pi. Also: J. Med. Research, Bost., 
 
 1903, ix, 456-461, 1 pi. Also, Reprint.— Ingebrigtseu (R.) 
 The influence of isoagglutinins on the final results of homo- 
 plastic transplantations of arteries. J. Exper. M., Lancas- 
 ter, Pa., 1912, xvi, 169-177, 1 pi. Also, transl. [Abstr.l: 
 Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1912, lix, 1475.— Levta (I.) & 
 Laikln (J. H.) Transplantation of devitalized arterial 
 segments. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1907-8, 
 
 V, 109-111. • . 'Transplantation of devitalized 
 
 arterial segments; morphologicafchanges in the implanted 
 segments. J. Med. Research, Bost., 1909-10, xxi, 319-326, 
 1 pi.— Moure (P.) Technique des ^effes vasculaires ap- 
 pliquees au retablissement de la continuite des arteres. J. 
 de chir.. Par., 1912, ix, 641-560.— Perrin & Delachanal (J.) 
 Heterogrefles artenelles; considerations histologiates. Lyon 
 med., 1911, cxvii, 1491-1496.— PIrovano (A.) Un cas de 
 grefle arterielle. Presse med., Par., 1911, xix, 55.— Taver- 
 nler & DubieuU. De la survie des greSes aiterielles homo- 
 plastiques. Bull. Soc. med. d. hfip. de Lyon, 1912, x, 543- 
 547. Also: Lyon med., 1912, cxix, 1038-1042.— Tavemler & 
 Perrin. Grefle arterielle heteroplastique. Tbid., 1911, 
 cxvii, 434-436.— Vlllard (E.), Tavernler (L.) & Perrin (E.) 
 Reeherches experimentales sur les grefles vasculaires. Lyon 
 chirurg., 1911, V, 144-171, 2 pi. 
 
 Arteries {Tuberculosis of). 
 
 Bosco (G. A.) Arteritis tuberculosa en la circunvolu- 
 cifin de Broca y afasia motriz verdadera. Prensa med. 
 argentina, Buenos Aires, 1914-15, i, 66-68, 1 pi.— Challer (A.) 
 Tuberculose inflammatoire des art^res; anevrismes, en 
 particulier de I'aorte, d'oiigine tuberculeuse. Progrfes med.. 
 Par., 1907, 3. s., xxiii, 230-233.— CornU. Arterite tubercu- 
 leuse de I'artere pulmonatre chez le chien. Bull, et mem. 
 Soc. anat. de Par., 1901, kxvi, 525-527.— Gelssler (O.) 
 Ueber Arterientuberkulose. Virohow's Arch. f. path. 
 Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1906, clxxxvi, 135-145.— Giannettaslo 
 (N.) Sull' arterite tubercolare. Polielin., Roma, 1903, x, 
 sez. chir., 441-457, 1 pi. Also, Reprint.— Haythorn (S. R.) 
 Tuberculosis of the large arteries, with the report of a case of 
 tuberculous aneurism of the right common iliac artery. J. 
 Am. M. Ass., Cbricago, 1913, lix, 1413-1416. Also, Repnnt.— 
 Vanzetti (F.) Rieerche speiimentali suUe alterazioni 
 tubercolari del vasi sanguigni e sulla produzione degli 
 aneurismi. Pathologica, Geneva, 1909-10, 20i-205. 
 
 Arteries {Wounds of). 
 
 See, also, Aneurism; Hsematoma; Hsemor- 
 rhage; and under names of arteries. 
 
 Carozzo (Q.) *De8 plaies art^rielles. 4°. 
 Gines, 1811. [P., v. 2151.] 
 
 Razzaboni (G.) Processo di guarigione delle 
 lesioni traumatiche delle arterie. roy. 8°. Bo- 
 logna, 1910. 
 
 Vaccari (L.) Le ferite delle grosse arterie e la 
 loro sutura. 8°. Bologna, 1910. 
 
 Alamartine. Sur les plaies arterielles & manifestations 
 tardives. Bull, et mem; Soc. de chir. de Par., 1917, n. s., 
 xliii, 177-182. — Arnsperger. Arterienverletzungen. Beitr. 
 z. klin. Chir., Tilbing., 1904, xliii, Suppl.-Hft., 205.— Bar- 
 denheuer. Die ischamische Eontraktur und Ganpan 
 als Folge der Arterienverletzung. Gdntechr. f. d. verstorb. 
 Geueralstabsarzt d. Armee ... v. Leuthold, Berl., 1906, ii, 
 87-131. — Bazy (L.) Traitement des bematomes arteriels. 
 Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap.. Par., 1913, xxvii, 228-231.— 
 Bernhardt (M.) Trauma una Arterienerfctankung. Deut- 
 sche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1907, xxxii, 294-296.— 
 Brewer (G. E.) Some experiments with a new method of 
 closing wounds of the larger arteries. Ann. Surg., Phila., 
 
 1904, xl, 856-864, 4 pi.— Brown (C. S.) Traumatic arterial 
 hematoma. Tr. FIoridaM. Ass., Jacksonville, 1899, 56-61.— 
 Burrows (H.) Paralysis following arterial injuries. Brit. 
 M. J., Lond. , 1918, i, 199-203.— Busalla. Ueber die Versor- 
 gung verletzter Extremitilten-Schlagadern in der Nahe des 
 SchultergilrtelsunddesBeckenringes. Med. Klin., Berl„1917, 
 xiii, 14. — Catorlo ( L. ) La rigenerazione delle fibre elastiche 
 neileferite delle arterieln rapporto almaterialedisuturaedal 
 fattorefunzionale;contribut6sperimentaleallameecano-mor- 
 fosi in patologia. Riforma med., Napoli, 1914, xxx, 59-68. — 
 Cralnz^S.V.) Lesionichirurgichedelle^andiarterie. Clin, 
 chir., Milano, 1916, xxiv, 546-564.— De Gaetano. Rieerche 
 sperimentali sul processo di riparazione delle ferite delle 
 arterie, in rapporto alia rigenerazione delle fibre elastiche. 
 
ARTERIES. 
 
 35 
 
 ARTERIOSCLEROSIS. 
 
 Arteries {Wounds of). 
 
 Arch, ed atti d. Soc. ital. di chir. 1902, Eoma, 1903, x\'il, 
 pp. Ixxx-lxxxii. — Dry wounds of the arteries. J. Am. M. 
 Ass., Chicago, 1917, Ixix, 1019.— Edtogton (G. H.) Obser- 
 vations on the laceration of large arteries. Brit. M. J., 
 Lend., 1912, il, 875-877.— Erdman (S.) Wounds otarteries; 
 incomplete division, the cause of repeated hemorrhages and 
 the formation of false aneurysm. N. York M. J. [etc.l, 1914, 
 0,1261. ^(so. Reprint.— Ferran (T.) Six observations de 
 plaies ait^rielles sans h^morragie. Rev. gfin. de din. et de 
 fc^rap.. Par., 1917. xxxi, 311.— Kroli (F.) & Krabbel (M.) 
 Artenal contractihty in wounds. Brit. M. J., Lond.^ 1918, 
 i, 574.— I<ef6vre (H.) L&ions des artires dansles plaies par 
 arrachement. J. de m4d. de Bordeaux, 1908, xxxviii, 379. — 
 MalkoH (G. M.) Ueber die Bedeutung der traumatischen 
 Verletzungen von Arterien (Quetschung, Dehnung) fiir die 
 EntwicMung der wahren Aneurysmen und der Arterioskle- 
 rose. Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path. , Jena, 1899, xxv, 
 431-446, 2 pi.— Martin (A.) Les plaies s6ches des artferes. 
 PressemM., Par., 1917. xrv, 460.— IttonodfC.) & Vanverts 
 (I.) Du traitementdeshdmatomesart^rielsetart^rioveiiieux. 
 Rev. dechlr., Par., 1911, xliii, 46; 1%.— K«iion (L.) Valeur 
 diagnostique et pronostique del'oscillom&tre au cours de Tob- 
 litmition traumatiqiie des grosses art^res. Bull. Acad, de 
 mM., Par., 1915,3. s.,lxxiv,125-128. Also. ■'Rev. eia. declin.et 
 deth&ap.,Par.,1915,xxix,497.— Sannle(P.) Geneezlngvan 
 twee gekwetste slagaders. Verhandel. uitgeg. d. de Holland. 
 Maatseh. d. Weetensch. te Haarlem, 1757, in, 575-597, 1 pi.— 
 Treatment of arterial wounds. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1917, i, 
 403. — Tuffler. De I'intubation dans les plaies des grosses 
 artires. Bull. Acad, de m^d.. Par., 1915, 3. s., bcxiv, 455-460. 
 
 . A propos des plaies des artferes. Bull, et m^m. Soe. 
 
 de chii. de Par., 1917, n. s., xliii, 1469-1471.— Weiss. Apro- 
 pos du traitement des plaies des artferes. Rev. mM. de 
 rest, Nancy, 1912, xliv, 706-708.— Wieting. Zui Frage der 
 traumatischen falschen Aneurysmen. Beitr. z. Hin. Chir., 
 Tiibing., 1914, xeiv, 1-8. — WitieL Behandlung der Arte- 
 rienverletzung. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., T-.eipz. & Berl., 
 1906, xxxii, 1518.— Wylie (S. M.) Traction injuries of 
 arteries. Dlinois M. J., Springfield, 1903-4, v, 139-143.— 
 Tvert (A.) Traitement d'une blessure de grosse artfere. 
 Presse m6d., Par., 1904, i, 69. 
 
 Arteries {Wownds of, Gunshot). 
 
 EcKEKT (F.) *Ueber die SchussverletzungeD 
 der Arterien. 8°. Miinchen, 1002. 
 
 Makins (G. H.) Gunshot injuries of the 
 arteries. The Bradshaw lecture. 8° London, 
 1914. 
 
 Also, in: Brit. M. J., Lond., 1913, ii, 1569-1577. Also, in: 
 Lancet, Lond., 1913, ii, 1743-1752. 
 
 Bergasse. Revue des modes d'h^mostase actuels dans les 
 blessures des grosses artferespar les armes k feu. Bull. Soc. 
 mM.-chir. de la Drdme [etc.]. Valence, 1912, xiii, 161-180.— 
 Dupuicli. Des modes d'hemostase actuels dans les bles- 
 sures des grosses artferes par les armes k feu. Arch, de m6d. 
 et pharm. mil.. Par., 1913, bd, 113-158..— Enderlen.— 
 Behandlung der Arterienverletzungen. Beitr. z. kiln. 
 Chir., Tiibing., 1916, xcviii (Kriegschir. Hefte, iii), 677-681. 
 Gi£goire (R.) Ouverture tardive des art^res dans les 
 plaies par projectiles de guerre. Presse med,. Par., 1915, 
 
 xxiii, 372. . L&ions des artcres par projectiles de 
 
 guerre. Paris, miA., 1916-17, xxi, 22-25.— Lampe. Ein 
 und tiinfzig Falle von Verletzungen der Schlagadem. Med. 
 Klin., Berl., 1915, xi, 201.— Lapeyre. Plaies lat^rales art^- 
 rielles. Presse m^d.. Par., 1916, xxiv, 206. — Lament (O.) 
 Les blessures latentes de I'artfere humerale. BuU. Acad, de 
 mM., Par., 1915, 3. s., Ixxiii, 402^04.— Macewen (J. A. C.) 
 Three cases of gunshot wounds of large arteries, with trau- 
 matic aneurysms. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1915, ii, 464.— Mon- 
 dorfH.) Plaies des artSres par projectiles de guerre. Rev. 
 B^ de Clin, et de th^rap.. Par., 19i7, xxxi, 771-774.— Orhan- 
 Bey. Zwei felsche Aneurysmen durch Schussverletzung. 
 Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibmg., 1914, xciv, 9.— Orth (O.) 
 Epikritisehe Bemerkungen zu den Arterienverletzungen mit 
 besonderer Beriicksichtigimg ihrer Spatfolgen. Ibid., 1917, 
 cv (Kriegschir. Hefte, viiV 342-349. — Ficqu£. Fonctionne- 
 ment du Service de sante a I'armde d'Orient; causes et Evo- 
 lutions des plaies art^rielles sfeches. BuU. Acad, de roM., 
 Par., 1917, 3. s., Ixxvii, 84-86.— Pybns (F. C.) Note on 
 arterial wounds, with four cases. Brit. J. Surg., Bristol, 
 1915-16, iii, 494-496.— Rouvillols (H. ) Deux cas de plaie 
 artEriellepar coup de feu. Bull, et m4m. Soc. de chu:. de 
 Par., 1913, n. s., xxxviii, 128-138.— Weiss (T.) Le traite- 
 ment des plaies des grosses art^res et plus sp&ialement de 
 celles qui sont produites par les baUes de petit calibre. 
 Paris m^d., 1912-13, xi, 119-125.— Wilson (J. BO Two cases 
 of traumatic aneurism from gunshot wounds, treated in a 
 station hospital. South A&ica; operation; recovery. J. 
 Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond., 1905, iv, 513-517. 
 
 Arteriofibrosis. 
 
 See Arteriosclerosis. 
 
 Arterioles. 
 
 DEvaux (E.) De la perte de tonicity des arterioles pr&a- 
 pillaires. Bull, et m^m. Soc. m^d. d. h6p. de Par., 1904, 3. s., 
 xxi, 852-854.— Johnson (Sir G.) A post-graduate lecture 
 on the influence of the arterioles m relation to various path- 
 ological conditions. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1894, i, 841;897. 
 
 Arteriosclerosis [and atheromatosis]. 
 
 See, aha, Aorta (Sclerosis of); -Arteries (Rij- 
 pertension of); Arteries {Infiammalion of). 
 
 Alonzo (A. F.) *Breve estudio sobre la 
 arterioesclerosis y su importancia patol6gica. 
 8°. Mixico, 1892. 
 
 Baerthlein (K.) *Ueber prasenile Arterio- 
 sklerose. 8°. Miinehen, 1904. 
 
 Bishop (L. F.) Arteriosclerosis; a considera- 
 tion of the prolongation of life and efficiency 
 after forty. Second impression. 8°- London, 
 1915. 
 
 Bratji/t (A.) Les arterites et les scleroses. 
 12°. Paris, [1897]. 
 
 BuRwiNKEL (O.) Ueber Arteriosklerose. 8°. 
 Miinehen, 1908. 
 
 Also, in: Aerztl. Rundschau, Miinehen, 1908, xviii, 133; 
 145. 
 
 CoRSTEN (J.) *UeberdasVerhaltenderelasti- 
 schen Fasem in den Arterien bei der Arterio- 
 sklerose. 8°. Bonn, 1899. 
 
 DoNNER (H.) Ueber Arteriosklerose. Ver- 
 kalkung der Arterien. 8°. Stuttgart, \n. d.]. 
 
 Edgren ( J. G. ) Kliniska studier ofver arterio- 
 skleros. 8° Stockholm, \?,01. 
 
 . The same. Die Arteriosklerose. 
 
 Klinische Studien. 8°. Leipzig, 1898. 
 
 Hirsch[E.] Ueber Arteriosklerose. 8° Miin- 
 
 chen, 1902. 
 
 Also [Abstr.], in; Aerztl. Rundschau, Munchen, 1902, xii, 
 181-186. 
 
 JtiTTiNG ( H.) *Zur Lehre von der Himar- 
 teriosklerose nut Herdsymptomen und multi- 
 plen Erweichungsherden. 8°. Kiel, 1912. 
 
 Ljungdahl (M.) Untersuchungen liber die 
 Arteriosklerose des kleinen Kreislaufs; aus der 
 med. Universitatsklinik zu Lund. Mit einem 
 Vorwort von Prof. K. P6tren. 4°. Wiesbaden, 
 1915. 
 
 MuRAWTSCHlK (L.) *Ueber ArterioBclerosis. 
 cerebrospinalis. 8°. Basel, 1908. 
 
 OirvBR (G.) A r^sum^ of recent clinical stud- 
 ies of atheroma and arterio-sclerosis. 12° Lon- 
 don, 1908. 
 
 Also, in: Clin. J., Lond., 1908, xxxii, 337; 358. 
 
 ScHWARz (A.) *Nebenniere und Arterioskle- 
 rose. 8°. Bonn, 1906. 
 
 Smith (A.) I. Die Gefassentartung (Arterio- 
 sklerose). 8°. Berlin, 1908. 
 
 VON STBtJMPELL (A.) Blutkreislauf und Arte- 
 riosklerose. 8°. Wien & Leipzig, 1914. .3 
 
 Teissier (J.) Art^rio-sclerose et ath6romasie 
 8°. Paris, 1908. 
 
 Warfield_(L. il.) Arteriosclerosis; etiology, 
 pathology, diagnosis, prognosis, prophylaxis and 
 treatment; with a special chapter on blood pres- 
 sure, rov. 8°. St. Louis, 1912. 
 
 Adler (J.) Remarks on arteriosclerosis. Med. Rec , 
 N. Y., 1902, Ixi, 921-924.— Allbutt (Sir C.) An address on 
 arterio-sclerosis and the kidneys. Brit. M. J;, Lond., 1911, i, 
 853; 922.— Allen (C. L.) Arteriosclerosis and nervous sys- 
 tem. Tr. M. Soc. N. Jersey, Newark, 1901, 129-139. Also: 
 Phila. M. J., 1902, ix, 590-593.— Arnold (H. D.) Arterio- 
 sclerosis. Vermont M. Month., Burlington, 1907, xiii, 1-10.— 
 Aschofi: (L.) Arteriosklerose. Beihefte z. Med. Klin 
 Berl. & Wien, 1914, x, 1-16.— ATilde (J.) Arterio-sclerosis! 
 Pacific M. J., San Fran., 1913, Ivl, 267; 330; 385.— Baumler 
 (C.) Ueber Arteriosklerosis und Arteriitis. Miinehen 
 med. Wchnschr., 1898, xlv, 133-135.— Batnes (A.) [Case 1 
 Arch. Pediat.,N.Y.,1901,xviu,583-688.— Barr(J.) Arterio: 
 
ARTERIOSCLEROSIS. 
 
 36 
 
 ARTERIOSCLEROSIS. 
 
 Arteriosclerosis [and atheromatosis]. 
 
 sclerosis. Liverpool M.-Chlr. J., 19Q5, xxv, 1-24. Also 
 [Abstr.l: Brit. M. J., Lond., 1905, i, 53-57.— Baumgartner. 
 Die AiteriosMerose. Deutsche Aerzte-Ztg., Berl., 1906, 385- 
 389.— Bernheiin. Siir le coeur des artSrioseltoto:. Clini- 
 que, Bnix., 1906, xx, 351-357.— Bishop (L. F.) Arterio- 
 sclerosis; orthecardiovasoulardisease. N.York State J. M., 
 
 N.Y., 1911, pd, 416-420. ■ 
 
 -. The nature of arteriosclerosis 
 
 and its relation to mental efficiency and deterioration. Med. 
 
 Times, N. Y., 1915, xliii, 191. . Cardiovascular-renal 
 
 disease (arteriosclerosis). Med. Eec, N. Y., 1915, Ixxxviii, 
 593-595. Also, Reprint. — Bllglit ( W . L. ) Arterio-sclerosis. 
 Lancet, Lond., 1915, i, 1167-1169.— Bollinger. Ueber Arte- 
 riosWerose. SitjunKsb. d. arztl. Ver. Miinchen (1902), 1903, 
 xii, 2. — Botts (J. W.) Arteriosclerosis. Kentucky M. J., 
 Bowling Green, 1909-10, viii, 1336.— Bozzolo (C.) Arte- 
 rioselerosi; disbasia angiosclerotica. Tommasi, Napoli, 
 1905-6, i, 121-127.— Brown (A. 'G.) Present-day view of 
 arteriosclerosis and its signiiicance. South. M. J., Nashville, 
 1908, i, 372-375.— Brown (T.) Arteriosclerosis. J. Mis- 
 souri M. Ass., St. Louis, 1906-7, iii, 409-412.— Burwinkel 
 (0.) Ueber Arteriosklerose. Keichs-Med.-Anz., Leipz., 
 1905, XXX, 503-507. — Carpenter (W. B.) Arterio-sclerosis 
 and the nervous system. Cleveland M. & S. Reporter, 1909, 
 xvii, 66-70.— Castcllino (P. F.) [Case.] Gazz. intemaz. di 
 
 med.., Napoli, 1903, vi, 323: 1904, vii, 17. . Relazione 
 
 suU' arteriosclerosi. Gazz. d. osp., Milaao, 1906, xxvii, 
 1371. — Clarke (J. F.) Arterio-sclerosis. J. Iowa State M. 
 Soc, Clinton, 1912-13, ii, 534-540.— Coleman (T. D.) Arte- 
 riosclerosis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, lix, 1933-1937.— 
 Colombo (K.) Die Arteriosklerose, ihre Pathogenese und 
 ihre Behandlung. Med. Kiln., Berl., 1907, iii, 1903-1905.— 
 Courtney (J. E.) Arterio-sclerosis. Tr. M. Soc. N. Y., 
 Phila., 1899, 322, 1 pi.— Cowan (J.) The current theories 
 regarding ■ arterio-sclerosis. Practitioner, Lond., 1911, 
 Ixxxvl, 750-771. — Curtis (G. L.) Arteriosclerosis; its cause 
 and cure. Am. J. Clin. M., Chicago, 1918, xxv, 189-193.— 
 Cutter (E.) Arteriosclerosis. Med. Bull., Phila., 1906, 
 xxviii, 448. Also, Reprint. — De Buck (D.) De I'in- 
 ffluence des aflections interourrentes sur la marche de I'ar- 
 t&ioscl&ose. Belgique mM., Gand-Haarlem, 1898, ii, 193- 
 196. — De Benzl (E.) Arteriosclerosi. Gazz. d. osp., Mi- 
 lano, 1908, xxix, 1089-1091.— Devoto (L.) SuU' arterio- 
 sclerosi. Clin. med. ital., Milano, 1907, xlvi, 128-145. Also: 
 livori d. Cong, di med. int. 1906, Roma, 1907, xvi, 67-89.— 
 Devoto (L.) & Biva (A.) Relazione suU'arterloselerosi. 
 Tommasi, ISlapoli, 1905-6, i, 857-860.— Dixon (W. B.) Ar- 
 terio-sclerosis. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond^ 1907-8, i, 
 Therap. & Pharm. Sect., 33-38.— Domlnick (G. C), Mln- 
 ton (H. B.) [et al.}. A symposium on arteriosclerosis. J. 
 Am. Inst. Homoeop., Cleveland, 1911-12, iv, 804-832.— 
 
 Ri 
 
 rosis. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1911-12, Ixiv, 496-501.— Emme- 
 rlcli (M.) Arteriosklerose. Arzt als Erzieher, Miinchen, 
 1915, xiii, 21-28.— Emmert (M.) Arterio-sclerosis. J. 
 Iowa State M. Soc, Clinton, 1912-13, ii, 542-549.— Epstein 
 'S.) Arteriosclerosis as the orthopedist views it. Med. 
 iec, N. Y., 1914, Ixxxv, 797-799.-5Faber (A.) Die Arte- 
 riosklerose. Repert. d. prakt. Med., Berl., 1914, xi, 352. — 
 Federal (S.) Ursaehe, Diagnose und Behandlung der Arte- 
 riosklerose und ihrer Folgen. Wien. Klinik, 1905, xxxi, 
 
 193-228. . Ueber Arteriosklerose. Beibl. d. Mitt. d. 
 
 Gesellsch. f._ph3rs. Med., Wien, 1009-10, ii, 22-30. Also; 
 Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1909, lix, 2363-2367.— Ferguson (J.) 
 Arteriosclerosis. Canada Lancet, Toronto, 1907-8, xli, 423- 
 433. Also: Capad. Pract. & Rev., Toronto, 1908, xxxiii, 
 
 92-103. . Discussion on arteriosclerosis. Canada 
 
 Lancet, Toronto, 1907-8, xli, 856-862.— Ferranninl (A.) 
 Suir arterosclerosi. Tommasi, Napoli, 1908, iii, 625-627. — 
 Fitz (R. H.) The clinical significance of arteriosclerosis. 
 Boston M. & S. J., 1903, cxlviii, 357-359. Also, Reprint. 
 Also: Med. Exam. & Pract., N. Y., 1903, xiU, 537-539.— 
 Frald (N. I.) Atheroma, or endarteritis deformans. Lan- 
 cet-Clinic, Cinoin., 1906, n. s., Ivii, 627-631.— Fremont- 
 Smltb (F.) Arteriosclerosis in the young. Am. J. M. Sc, 
 
 Phila. & N. Y., 1908, n. s., cxxxv, 199-207. . Local 
 
 arteriosclerosis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1908, 1, 761-763. 
 Also, Reprint. — ^Frick (D. J.) Arteriosclerosis; review of 
 cases. Calif. State J. M., San Fran., 1911, ix, 337-340.— 
 Fulton (D.) The clinical course of arteno-sclerosis and 
 chronic vascular hypertension. CaUf. M. & S. Reporter, Los 
 Angeles, 1905, i, 337-340. [Discussion], 350; 388. Also: 
 Toledo M. & S. Reporter, 1906, xxxii, 156-159.— Gelgel (E.) 
 Sklerose und Atherom der Arterien. Wilrzb. Abhandl. a. d. 
 Gesamtgeb. d. prakt. Med., 1904, iv, 107-136.— Gendron. 
 Ath&ome. Gaz. mM. de Nantes, 1905, 2. s., xxiii, 217.— 
 de Giovanni (A.) Sur l'art&io-scl6roso. Cllnique, Par., 
 1909, iv, 421.— Gluflrft (L.) Ateromasia ed arteriosclerosi. 
 Gazz. med. lomb., Milano, 1910, Ixix, 289-291.— Gordlnler 
 (H. C.) [Arteriosclerosis.] N. York State J. M., N. Y., 
 1909, Ix, 8-10.— Grassmann (K.) Ueber ueuere klinlsche 
 Gesichtsptmkte in der Lehre von der Arteriosklerose. Miin- 
 chen. med. Wchnschr., 1902, xlix, 347-351. Also: Si- 
 tzungsb. d. arztl. Ver. Miinchen (1902), 1903, xii, 3-16.— 
 Hall (S. H.) Some notes on arterio-sclerosis and allied con- 
 ditions. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1909, n. s., biyviii. 
 
 Arteriosclerosis [and atheromatosis]. 
 
 600-503.— Hardin (C. B.) Scattering thoughts on arterio- 
 sclerosis or arterio-capillary fibrosis. Med. Herald, St. 
 Joseph, 1908, n. s., xxvii, 43S-439.— Hart (C.) Ueber die 
 Atherosklerose. Med. Kim., Berl., 1916, xii, 75-78.— Helnc- 
 man(H. N.) Observations on arteriosclerosis. Med. Rec, 
 N. Y., 1907, Ixxi, 673-678.— Herrlngham (W. P.) [Case.] 
 
 Clin. J., Lond., 1906-7, xxix, 49-52. . An address on 
 
 arterial sclerosis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1907, i, 61-63. Also, 
 transl.: Lavori e riv. di chim. e micr. clin., Salsomaggiore, 
 1908-9, i, 158-163.— Herz (M.) Ueber Arteriosklerose. AUg. 
 Wien. med. Ztg., 1908, liii, 187; 197.— HiU (E. C.) Arterio- 
 sclerosis. Denver M. Times, 1902-3, xxii, 395-398.— HIrsch 
 (C. ) Sur Part^rioscl&ose; pathologie et nature physique de 
 I'art^rioscl&ose. M^dccin prat.. Par., 1914, x^ 99. — ^HShn 
 (J.) Neue Forsohungsergebnisse auf dem Gebiete der Arte- 
 riosklerose. Oosterr. Aerzte-Ztg., Wien, 1913, x, 21. . 
 
 Neuere Arterioskleroseforschung. Mitt. d. Ver. a. Aerzte in 
 Steiermark, Graz, 1914, Ii, 201-205.— Holmes (A. W.) Arte- 
 riosclerosis. Canad. J. M. & S., Toronto, 1917, xli, 71-79. — 
 Hom£n (E. A.) Ein Fall von verhaltnissmassig schnell 
 f ortschreitender Arteriosklerose, insbesondere in den unteren 
 Extremitaten. Finskalak.-sallsk. handl., Helsingfors, 1903, 
 xlv, pt. 2, p. xliv.— Howard (H. W.) Artenosclerosis. 
 Northwest Med., Seattle, 1908, vi, 205-214. . Sympto- 
 matology, diagnosis and treatment of arteriosclerosis. Tr. 
 Oregon M. Soc, Portland, 1908, xxxiv, 122-127.— Huchard 
 (H.) L'ath^rome et Tarcerioscl^rose. Rev. g6n. de clin. et 
 
 de th&ap.. Par., 1903, xvii, 322-324. . Quelques oon- 
 
 sid^,rations sur les causes, la nature et le teaitement de 
 I'artdrio-scl^rose. Bull. Acad, de m^d., Par., 1908, 3. s., Ix, 
 69-73. Also: Rev. gin. de clin. et de thdrap., Par., 1908, 
 
 xxii, 473-476. . Considerations g^n^rales sur I'art^rio- 
 
 scMrose. Rev. gto. de cUn. et de therap.. Par., 1909, xxiii, 
 497-501. Also.transl.: Med. Klin., Berl., 1909, v, 1318-1321. 
 Also, transl.: Samml. klin. Vortr., Leipz., 1909, n. F., No. 
 
 661 (ton. Med., No. 175), 179-191. . L'artSrio-scl&ose. 
 
 Cong, intemat. de mdd. (xvi.). C.-r., Budapest, 1909, Sect, 
 vi, Med. Intern., 64-119. Also: Presse m^d. beige, Brux., 
 
 1909, Ixi, 769; 787. Also, transl.: Clin, mod., Zaragoza, 1909, 
 viu, 543; 651; 735: 1910, ix, 330.— Hume (W. E.) Arterio^ 
 sclerosis. Clin. J., Lond., 1913-14, xUi, 257-261.— Hum- 
 plMey (W. A.) Arteriosclerosis; a study. Cleveland M. 
 & S. Reporter, 1907, xv, 55-64,— Hunt (E. L.) Arterioscle- 
 rosis. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1916, Ixxxix, 958.— Jackson (H.) 
 The clinical aspects of arterio-sclerosis. Boston M. & S. J , 
 
 1910, cxliil, 237-245. Jones (H. W.) Arteriosclerosis. 
 
 Northwest. Lancet, Minneap., 1904, xxiv, 438-440.— Jones 
 (T.) Arterio-sclerosis. Gaillard's M. J., N. Y., 1901, Ixxv, 
 1-9.— losue (O.) Ath&ome art^riel et art«rio-scl&-ose. 
 Presse m&i.., Par., 1904, i, 281-284.— Jousset (P.) De 
 rart&io-scl4rose; de I'aortite chronique. Art m^d.. Par 
 1907, cv, 401-430.— von KStly (K.) Ueber Arteriosklerose. 
 Cong, iiiternat. de mM. (xvi.). C. r., Budapestil909, Sect, 
 vi. Med. Intern., 120-166. Also: Klin.-therap. Wclmschr , 
 Wien, 1909, xvi, 885; 954.— Kimberlln (A. O.) Clinical 
 consideration of arteriosclerosis. Tr. Indiana M. Soc 
 Indianap., 1904, Iv, 84-97. Also: Fort Wayne M. J.-Mag , 
 1904, xxiv^ 214-221.— Klemperer (G.) >reuere Arbeiten 
 fiber Arteriosklerose. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1915, Hi, 251. — 
 Klotz (0.) Studies in arteriosclerosis. Science, N. Y. & 
 Lancaster, Pa., 1911, n. s., xxxiii, 899.— Krlloit (D. O.) 
 [Clinical data on the rapidity of the blood supply in arterio- 
 
 ) Arteriosclerosi ed ateromasia. Gazz. d. osp., Milano 
 1908, xxix, 1603.— Llchty (D.) Arteriosclerosis not a dis^ 
 ease of old age alone. Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1913, xxiii, 
 402-416.— Lots. Arterienfuiiktion und Arteriosklerose 
 Psychiat.-neurol. Wchnschr., Halle a. S., 1912-13, xiv, 331- 
 345; 356.— Lowder (H. R._) Arteriosclerosis. J. Indiana 
 M. Ass., Fort Wayne, 1911, iv, 205-209.— IjUbarscli (O.) 
 Ueber die Atherosklerose der Schlagadem. Verhandl. d 
 Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte (Munster), 1912 
 Leipz., 1913, Ixxxiv, pt. 2, 2. Hltte., 7-10.— McAlpIn (J). H.5 
 A pronounced case of arteriosclerosis. Proc. N. York Path 
 Soc. (1899-1900), 1901, 192.— McCarty (M. T.) Arterio- 
 sclerosis. Med. Insur. & Health Conserv., Dallas, 1917-18 
 xxvU, 402-407.— McDoneU (J. A.) Arterio-sclerosis. Chi- 
 cago M. Times, 1909, xUi, 59.— Mackenzie (J.) Arterio- 
 sclerosis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1906, i, 319.— Mahamey (R 
 C.) An interesting case of arteriosclerosis. Am. J. Roen^ 
 genol.,N.Y.,1916,iii,637.— Maier. Zur Aetiologie, Sympto- 
 matologie und Therapie dor Arteriosklerose. Allg. med 
 Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1912, Ixxxi, 443-446.— Marcliand. Ueber 
 Arteriosklerose. Verhandl. d. Kong. f. innere Med., Wiesb . 
 
 B.) , , „ 
 
 endocerebrale. (Contributo aUa conoscenza dell'arterio- 
 sclerosi circoscritta.) Boll, d. Soc. Lancisiana d. osp di 
 Roma, 1907, xxvii, 18-21.— Martinet (A.) ViscositS san- 
 gume et art^rio-scWrose. J. mM. frang.. Par., 1912, vi, 60- 
 63.— MartlnottI (C.) Dell' arteriosclerosi. Arch, di 
 
 psichiat. [etc], Torino, 1896, xvii, 407-417, 1 pi. ^. Del' 
 
 r arterio-sclerosi. Confer, clin. ital., Milano, 1897, i, 125- 
 179.— Matthews (W. J.) Arterio-sclerosis. J. Tenu. M. 
 
ARTERIOSCLEROSIS. 
 
 37 
 
 ARTERIOSCLEROSIS. 
 
 Arteriosclerosis [and atheromatos%s\. 
 
 Ass., Nashville, 1911, iv, 153-159.— Menticr (S. E.) Arterio- 
 sclerosis. Fort Wayne M. J.-Mag., 1907, xxvii, 414-420.— 
 Merritt (C. H.) Arterio-sclerosis; arteno-fi'brosis; athero- 
 ma. Chicago M. Times, 1909, xlii, 279-281.— Meynold (X. ) 
 Arteriosklerose. Leipa. med. Monatschr., 1907, xvi, 235- 
 239.— Millard (0.) Arteriosclerosis ( Lobstein). Med. Ex- 
 am. & Pract, 1905, xv, 163-166.— Minor (T. C.) What 
 is arterio-sclerosis? How to avoid and how to cnre it. 
 Lancet-Clinic, Cuicin., 1909, cii, 396-398.— MoritJ (E.) De 
 ^a^t§^^oscl&ose. Cong, intemat. d. mSd. de comp. d'assur., 
 Brux., 1901, ii, pt. 4, 1-25. Also, transl.: Gaillard's M. J., 
 N. Y., 1902, Ixxvl, 197-208. Also, transl.: Med. Exam., 
 N. Y., 1902, xii, 223-229.— Moyer (H. N.) Arteriosclerosis. 
 Medicine, Detroit, 1901, vii, 811-814.— MttUer (O.) Ueher 
 Arteriosklerose. Deutsche Klinik, Berl. & Wien, 1909, xii, 
 329-360.— Murray (C. D.), Skinner (S.) [et al.]. Arterio- 
 sclerosis. Maritime M. News, Hali&x, 1900, xii, 306-319.— 
 Musser(J. H.) [Arterio-sclerosis.] Centr. States M. Mag., 
 Anderson, Ind., 1904, ii, 345-348.— Nanunack (C. E.j 
 Ajrterio-sclerosis; importance, definition, etiology, and 
 sjtmptomatology. Med. Eec, N. Y., 1901, Ix, 653-666. 
 
 Also: N. York State J. M., N. Y., 1901, i, 318-320. . 
 
 Artlerial degeneration. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1916, Ixxxix, 681- 
 685;— Nascher (I. L.) Some remarks on arteriosclerosis. 
 Am. Med., Burlington, Vt., & N. Y., 1913, n. s., viii, 531- 
 533. — Nevltt (J. E.) Arteriosclerosis. Virginia M. Semi- 
 Month.^ Richmond, 1916, xxi, 465-457.— Nichols (J. B.) 
 •lie etiology, diagnosis, and treatment of arteriosclerosis. 
 
 Internal. Clin., Phila., 1904, 14 s., ii, 134-150, 4 pi. . . 
 
 Arteriosclerosis. Wash. M. Ann., 1906, v, 143-159. Also, 
 Reprint.- von Nooiden (C.) Ueber Arteriosklerose. 
 
 Med. Klin., Berl., 1908, iv, 1-5. — . Klinischevoordracht 
 
 over arteriosclerose. Med. Weekbl., Amst., 1908, xiv, 649; 
 573.— Olmer (D.) Cachexie artfirielle; sclerose des grosses 
 artferes k manifestations multiples. Marseille m6d., 1899, 
 xxxvi, 686-691.— Patino Mayer (C.) Arterioesclerosis. 
 S6manam4d.,Bu6nos Aires, 1915,xxii^pt.2, 183; 239. — Pear- 
 son (M.M.) Arterio-sclerosis. Am. Pract. & News, Louis- 
 ville, 1905, xxxix, 615-624.— Pltner (T. J.) Arteriosclerosis. 
 Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1908, xiv, 141-150.— Plumler 
 (L.-L.) L'art^rioscl&ose extra-cardiaque. Scalpel, Li^ge, 
 1908-9, 1^, 239-243.— Potter (L. A.) Arterio-sclerosis. 
 Wisconsin M. J., Milwaukee, 1905-6, iv, 402-407.— Price 
 (G. E.) [Case.] J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., Lancaster, Pa., 
 1908, XXXV, 668.— Quattlebaum (T. A.) Arterio-fibrosis. 
 J. South Car. M. Ass., Greenville, 1909, v, 14-18.— Biva. 
 SuU'arteriosclerosi. Rassegna san. di Roma, 1906, iv, 266; 
 266. Also: Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1906, Roma, 1907, 
 
 xvi, 89-107. • : Ancora SuU'arteriosclerosi. Ibid., 1908, 
 
 Roma, 1909, xvlii, 87.— Roberts (D. J.) Arteriosclerosis. 
 South. Pract., Nashville, 1913, xxxv, 551-563.— Robertson 
 (C. H.) Arterio-sclerosis. Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1903, 
 xvii, 68-70. — ^Romberg (E.) Ueber Arteriosklerose (Athero- 
 Sklerose). Verhandl. d. Kong, t iimere Med., Wiesb., 1904, 
 xxi, 60-94. [Discussion], 143-180.— Rosenfeld (F.) Ueber 
 einlge seltene Lockalisationen der Arteriosklerose. Deut- 
 sche Aerzte-Ztg., Berl., 1906, 412-416.— Rumpt (T.) Ueber 
 Arteriosklerose. Mflnchen. med. Wchnschr., 1905, lii, 45. — 
 Rupp (F. A.) Arteriosclerosis. Penn. M. J., Athens, 
 1911-12, XV, 804-808. — Sand (R.) Zur Atheromlrage, 
 mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung des kleinen Kreislaufes. 
 Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1909, xxiii, 763-767. — Sapping- 
 ton (S. W.) Observations in arteriosclerosis. Hahne- 
 man. Month., Phila., 1908, xliii, 889-899.— Satterthwaite 
 (T. E.) Arteriosclerosis; angiosclerosis. Tr.M. Soc. N. Y., 
 Albany, 1904, xcviii, 354-365. Also: Pos^Graduate, N. Y., 
 
 1904, xrx, 277-291.— Sawyer (J. E. H.) On arterial sclerosis. 
 Birmingh. M. Rev., 1913^ Ixxiv, 112-117.— Schilling (F.) 
 Arteriosklerose. Med.-chir. Centralbl., Wien., 1902, xxxvii, 
 297-301.— von SchrOtter (L.) Ueber Arteriosklerose. 
 Deutsche Klinik, Berl. & Wien, 1901, iv, 2. Abth., 23-40.— 
 Schuster (B.) Ueber den heutigen Stand der Arterio- 
 sklerose. Deutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1910, xxxi, 109-111. — 
 Shannon (W. A.) Arteriosderosis; history, etiology, and 
 pathology. Northwest Med., Seattle, 1905, iii, 327-330.— 
 Shoemaker (J. V.) Arteriosclerosis. Med. BuU., Phila., 
 
 1905, xxvii, 119.— Smith (W. F.) Arterio-sclerosis. North- 
 west. Lancet, St. Paul, 1900, xx, 8-12.— StarokadomsW 
 (L. M.) [Arteriosclerosis in man and animals.] Med. 
 pribav. k morsk. sbamiku, S.-Peterb., 1909. 363: pt. 2, 30- 
 
 .. 76; 179.— Stengel (A.), Daland (J.) [et al.]. Symposium 
 on arteriosclerosis. Proc. Phila. Co. M. Soc, Phila., 1905-6, 
 xxvi, 427-458.— Stockton (G.) Arteriosclerosis. Am 
 Med., Phila., 1905, x, 240-242.— Sumlkawa (T.) Ueber das 
 Wesen der Ajteriosklerose. Virchow's Arch, f . path. Anat 
 [etc.], Berl., 1909, cxcvi, 232-303, 1 pi.— Symposium on 
 artcno-sclerosis. Albany M. Ann., 1903, xxiv, 127-^169. 
 Also: Canada Lancet, Toronto, 1903-4, xxxvii, 13-33 — 
 Thayer (W. S.) k Fabyan (M.) Studies on arterioscle- 
 rosis, with special reference to the radial artery. Tr. Ass. 
 Am. Physicians, Phila., 1907, xxii, 694-716. [Discussion!, 
 731-733. AUo: Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1907, n. s. 
 cxxxlv, 811-829.— Thiroioix. L'arteriosclerosi all'inizio. 
 Gazz. intemaz. di med., Napoli, 1909, xii, 38.— Tleken (T.) 
 Arteriosclerosis. Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1913, xxiii, 643- 
 656.— Toepfer (A.) Arteriosklerose eines Arztes. N. 
 Yorker med. Monatschr., 1906, xvi, 389.— Torregglanl. 
 
 Arteriosclerosis [and atheromatosis]. 
 
 Contribute alio studio della ar*"erioscIerosi. Gior. d. r. Soc. 
 ed Accad. vet. ital., Torino, 1906, liv, 1146-1149.— Toye (J. 
 E.) Arteriosclerosis. Tr. N. Hampshire M. Soc, Concord, 
 1912, cxxi, 67-77.— Tuflley (F. S.) Arteriosclerosis. Wis- 
 consin M. J., Milwaukee, 1906-7, v, 17-25.— Verstracten (C.) 
 L'ath^ro-sol&ose des artSres n'est pas rigoureusement 
 sym^tiique chez I'homme. Cong, frang. de mid. C.-r. 1904, 
 Par., 1905, 38-41.— Voje (J. B.^ Arteriosclerosis. Mil- 
 waukee M. T., 1906, xiii, 279-283.— Wagner ( G. W.) Arterio- 
 sclerosis and atheroma. Detroit M. J., 1904-6, iv, 72-75. — 
 Walbrldge (J. S.) Arterial sclerosis. Wisconsin M. J., 
 Milwaukee, 1904-5, iii, 79-81.— Walton (G. L.) & Paul 
 (W. E.) Arteriosclerosis; a contribution to its clinical 
 study. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1908, 1, 169. Also: Pub. 
 Mass. Gen. Hosp., Bost., 1908, ii, 176-184. Also, Re- 
 print. — Watson (C. W.) Artenosclerosis. Journal-Lan- 
 cet, Minneap., 1914, xxxiv, 165-167.— Waugh (W. F.) 
 Arteriosclerosis. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1911, Ixxx, 624-626.— 
 van der Weljde (A. J.) Arteriosclerose. Geneesk. Bl. u. 
 Klin, en Lab. v. de prakt., Haarlem, 1904-5, xi, 237-262.— 
 Whlttaker (J. T.) Arterio-sclerosis. Med. Mirror, St. 
 Louis, 1899, X, 163-167. Also: Penu. M. J., Pittsburg, 
 
 1898-9, ii, 449-463. Also, Reprint. . Varieties of 
 
 arteriosclerosis. Phila. M. 3., 1899, iii, 277-280.— Wiesel (J.) 
 Der heutige Stand der Lehre von der Arteriosklerose. Mitt. 
 d. Gesellsch. f. phys. Med., Wien, 1909, ii, 24.— Williams 
 (L.) Arteriosclerosis. Lancet, Lond., 1914, i, 815-817. 
 Also: Med. Mag., Lond., 1914, xxiii, 198-210. — Zoege von 
 Manteuflel (W.) Die Arteriosklerose der unteren Extre- 
 mitaten. Mitt. a. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir., Jena, 1902, 
 X, 343-410, 1 pi. 
 
 Arteriosclerosis {Abdominal). 
 
 See, also, Aorta (Sclerosis and atheroma of); 
 Arteriosclerosis (Gasiro-intesiinal) ; Arterio- 
 sclerosis (Visceral). 
 
 DiJNKBLOH (W.)_ *Ein Beitrag zur Atheroma- 
 tose der splanchnischen Arterien. 8°. Miin- 
 chen, 1909. 
 
 Buch(M.) EnteralgieundKolik. III. Pathogeneseund 
 Behandlung des arteriosklerotischen Leibwehs. Arch. f. 
 
 Verdauungskr., Berl., 1904, x, 657-598. . Das arterio- 
 
 sklerotische Leibweh. St. Petersb. med. Wchnschr., 1904, 
 xxix, 289-293.— Dupaquier (E. M.) Points oil treatment 
 of abdominal arteriosclerosis; outline of treatment of black- 
 water lever. [Abstr.l N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1905-6, Iviii, 617- 
 621.— Hamburger (W. W.) Arteriosclerotic changes in 
 the abdominal vessels. Interstate M. J., St. Louis, 1911, 
 xviii, 669-668.— Jaquet (A.) Zur Symptomatologie der ab- 
 dominalen Arteriosklerose. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Ba- 
 sel, 1906, xxxvi, 481; 622.— Kreuzfuchs (S.) Ueber Angina 
 abdominalis. (Abdominalgefasssklerose.l Mitt. d. Gesell- 
 sch. f. phys. Med., Wien, 1909, ii, 57-61.— lauterbach (M.) 
 Ueber arteriosklerotische Abdominalbeschwerden. Wien. 
 med. Wchnschr., 1909, lix, 2793.— Lucibclli (G.) Arterio- 
 sclerosi addominale. Gazz. intemaz. di med., Napoli, 1913, 
 xvi, 1-4.— MUUer (K.) Ueber abdomlnale Arteriosklerose. 
 Cong, intemat. de mM. (xvi.). C.-r., Budapest, 1909, Sect, 
 vi, Med. Intern., 157-176. Also: Allg. Wien. med. Ztg., 1909, 
 liv, 403; 413; 425; 433.— Nazari (A.j Arteriosclerosi e occlu- 
 sione delle arterie mesenteriche. Policlin., Roma, 1907, xiv, 
 sez. med., 42; 87.— Perutz (F.) Ueber abdomlnale Arterio- 
 sklerose (Angina abdominis) uud verwandte Zustande. 
 Muncl.en. med. Wchnschr., 1907, liv, 1075- 1135. [Discus- 
 sion], 1104. Also: Sitzungsb. d. arztl. Ver. Munchen (1907), 
 1908, xvii, 30-52.— Rosengart (J.) Einige Beitrage zu den 
 kllnischeu Eischeinungsformen der abdominalen Arterio- 
 sklerose. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1906, liii, 965-970 — 
 Sgalltzer (M.) Eia uuter dem Bilde der Cholera nostras 
 verlaufender Fall von Arteriosklerose der Mesenterial- 
 getasse. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1910, xxxv, 446.— Wirsing 
 (E.) Ueber arteriosklerotischen Lcibschmerz (nebst einem 
 Fall von arteriosklerotischem Lcibschmerz und Aortenaneu- 
 rysma). Ztschr. f. arztl. Fortbild., Jena, 1906, iii, 442-447. 
 
 Arteriosclerosis (Blood-pressure in). 
 
 See, also, Arteries (Hypertension of) 
 
 Frank (L.) *Wirkuiig des Blutdfnicks und 
 Blutdruckmessung bei der Arteriosklerose. 
 [Freiburg im Breisgau.] 8°. Freihurq i. Br., 
 1908. 
 
 BoTBRMUND (K. H.) *Ueber den Capillar- 
 druck besonders bei Arteriosclerose, nebst Be- 
 merkungen uber den Blutdruck bei Arterio- 
 sclerose. 8°. Marburg, 1904. 
 
 Russell (W.) Arterial hypertonus, sclerosis 
 and "blood-pressure. 8°. Edinburgh & London, 
 1907. 
 
 Amblard (L.-A.) Variations des tensions vasculaires 
 Chez les artdrio-scldreux hypertendus; leur valeur stoiolo- 
 gique et pronostique. Gaz. d. h6p.. Par., 1907, Ixxx, 1299- 
 
ARTERIOSCLEROSIS. 
 
 38 
 
 ARTERIOSCLEROSIS. 
 
 Arteriosclerosis (Blood-pressure in). 
 
 1302.— Bishop (L. F.) Significance of low blood pressure 
 in arteriosclerosis. Aroh. Diagn.,N. Y.. 1909, ii, 358i Also, 
 Keprmt— Bodenstab (W. H.) High blood-pressure and 
 arteriosclerosis. Journal-Lancet, Mmneap., 1913, xxxiil, 
 193-1%.— Brasher (C.W.J.) Hyperpiesisandarterio-solero- 
 sis. Bristol M.-Chir. J., 1914, xxxii, 41 -54.— Briggs (J. B.) 
 Certain hypertensive crises In artcrio-sclerotic subjects. 
 Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y.; 1905, n. s., cxxx, 252-259.— 
 Bucco. Le scosse ritmiche del capo nell' ipertensione con 
 arteriosclerosi. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1902, Boma, 
 
 1903, xii, 145-148.— Campbell (H.) Arterial hypertonus 
 and arteriosclerosis. Lancet, Lond., 1901, .1, 1627.— Can- 
 tlerl (C. ) Hypertension und Cholesterinamie. Wien. Win. 
 Wchnschr., 1913, xxvi, 1692-1698.— Colombo (0.) La 
 pressione del sangue nell' arteriosclerosi. Lavori d. Cong, 
 dimed. int. 1908, Roma, 1909, xvji, 88.— Danlorth (L. LT) 
 Arterio-sclerosis and arterial hypertension. N. Am. J. 
 Homoeop., N. Y., 1911, lix, 363-372.— Davidson fJ. T. K.) 
 Hidi blood pressure in arteriosclerosis. Lancet, Lond., 
 1912, ii, 850.— Dobson (L.) A case ol arterio-sclerosis with 
 high blood-pressure varying from 220 mm. to 165 mm. Hg. 
 West Lond. M. J., Lend., 1913, xviii, 128-131.— Dunln (T.^ 
 Der Blutdruck ira Verlaufe der Arteriosklerose. Ztschr. f. 
 Bin. Med., Berl., 1904, liv, 353-372.— Engel (H.) Ueber 
 arteriosclerotische Blutdruckunterschiede beim einzelnen 
 Menschen. BerL kliu. Wchnschr., 1909, xlvi, 1727.— 
 fitlenne (G.) & Farlsot (J.) Pressure art4rielle et artfeio- 
 scl&ose. Cong. Iran?, de mM., 10. session, 1608, Genfeve, 
 1909, ii, 68-70. — ^FerTaiminl (A.) Arteroipotensione e 
 arterosclerosi. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1903, Padova, 
 
 1904, xiii, 235-239.— Finck (C.) -Nouvelles recherches sur 
 la valeur du rapport des tensions art^rieUe et capillaire dans 
 I'arWrio-scl&ose. Rev. de mM., Par., 1908, xviii, 747- 
 757.— Fransois-Franck (C.-A.) Deformation spfeiale des 
 artferes scl^reuses en presence des contre-pressions maxima; 
 surestimation de la pression systolique. Compt, rend. Soc. 
 de biol., Par., 1910, Ixviii, 1130-1133.— Fllrst (L.) Die 
 Herabmmderung des intrameriellen Druckes bei Arterio- 
 sHerose. Wien. med. Presse, 1904, xlv, 2452-2455.— Graup- 
 mer. Funktionelle Diagnostik des hoheu Blutdrucks bei 
 Arteriosklerose und bei chronischen Merenleiden; die Be- 
 handlung derselben. VerofFentl. d. Hufeland. Gesellsch. 
 in Berl. Balneol. Gesellsch., 1907, pt. 2, 61-68. [Discus- 
 sion], pt. 1, 19.— Grossmann (M.) Das Verhalten des 
 Blutdniokes und der Herzarbeit bei der Arteriosklerose. 
 Arb. a. d. neurol. Inst. a. d. Wien. Univ., Leipz. & Wien, 
 
 1907, xvi, pt. 2, 161-168. . Ueber die Beziehungen 
 
 zwisohen dem Blutdrucke und dem Nutzeflekte der Herz- 
 arbeit bei der Arteriosklerose. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1908, 
 Iviii, 2129; 2223.— Hammes (T.) Spierarbeid, resp. exci- 
 tatie, bloeddrukverhooging, r^p. apoplexie. Nederl. Tijd- 
 schr.-v. Geneesk., Am|f., 1906, i, 403-406.— Jackson (J. M.) 
 Remarks on high blood pressure and arteriosclerosis. Bos- 
 ton M. & S. J., 1911, oxlv, 675-679. Also: Med. Commu- 
 nicat. Mass. M. Soc, Bost., 1911; xxii, 335-346. — Janowskl 
 (W.) [Blood-pressure and arterial pressure in arteriosclero- 
 sis and nephritis.] Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1914, 2. s., xxxlv/ 
 257; 289; 313. Also [Abstr.]: Now. lek., Poznafi, 1914, xxvi, 
 121-124.— Klsch ( F. ) Ueber das Verhalten des PulsOTUckes 
 bei Arteriosklerose. Med. Klin., Berl., 1909, v, 1193-1195. 
 Also: Veroffentl. d. balneol. Gesellsch. in Berl., Berl. & 
 Wien, 1909, pt. 2, 337-344.— LltcMeld (W. F.) High blood 
 tension in arterio-sclerosis. Med. J. Australia, Sydney, 1918, 
 i, 58. — Mengeaud. * Importance de l'6tude des rapports des 
 tensions radiales et digitales dans la marche de I'artfeio- 
 sol&ose. Cong, franc, de mdd. C.-r. 1904, Par., 1905, 83- 
 86. — Porter ( W.) Arterio-sclerosis, with especial reference 
 to the blood-pressure changes in this condition, and to the 
 use of the sphygmometer for determining the pressure in 
 routine practice. Proc. Connect. M. Soc, Hartford, 1906, 
 205-220. — Reed (B.) Arteriosclerosis, with report of obser- 
 vations on blood pressure. South. Calif. Praot. , Los Angeles 
 1910, XXV, 361-367.— BudoK (R. D.) The blood pressure in 
 arteriosclerosis. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1908, oxxxvi, 
 
 374-379. . An address on high blood pressure In 
 
 arterio-sclerosis. Brit. M. J., LondT, 1910, ii, 1667-1669.— 
 Bussell (W.) Arterial hypertonus and arterio-sclerosis; 
 their relations and significance. Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc. Edlnb., 
 1900-1901, n. s., XX, 132-146, 5pl. Also: LancSt, Lond., 1901, 
 i, 1519-1524.— Sajous (C. E. de M.) The adrenals and the 
 blood-pressure in their relations to arteriosclerosis. Tr. Am. 
 Therap. Soc. 1912, Phila., 1913, xiii, 51-54. Also: Month. 
 Cycl. & M. Bull., Phila, 1913, vi, 228-231.— Sawada (K.) 
 Blutdruckmessungen bei Arteriosklerose. Deutsche med. 
 Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1904, xxx, 425.— Schrumpl (P.) 
 Die dynamische Pulsuntersuchung bei beginnender Arterio- 
 sklerose. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr.^ 1918, Ixv, 348-350.— 
 Thome (R. T.) Arterio-sclerosis lu relation to blood 
 pressure. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1912, 1, 1363.— Tlxler (J.) 
 Bapporte de la jpression et de la viscosity sanguines avec la 
 sclerose art(Sriolle. Ann. mfid.-chir. du centre. Tours, 1913, 
 xiii, 193-198.- Williamson (O. K.) Variations of arterial 
 blood-pressure in cases of arteriosclerosis. Practitioner, 
 Lond., 1909, Ixxxii, 626-636.— Zimmermann. Beltrag zu 
 den Blutdruckmessungen bei Arteriosklerose. Mitt. a. d. 
 Hamb. Staatskrankenanst., Leipz. & Hamb., 1911, xii, 465- 
 474. Also: Jahrb. d. Hamb. Staatskrankenanst. 1911, 
 Hamb. & Leinz., 1912, xvi, 465-474.— Zoja (L.) Arterio- 
 sclerosi e ipertensione. Boll. d. Soc. mod. di Parma, 1909, 
 2. s., ii, 29-36. 
 
 Arteriosclerosis {Causes and pathology 
 
 of). 
 
 See, also, Arteries (^Hmertension of); Arte- 
 riosclerosis {Abdominal) ; Arteriosclerosis 
 {Blood-pressure in); Arteriosclerosis {Expm- 
 mental); Arteriosclerosis {Ej/e in); Arterio- 
 sclerosis (Gastro-intestinal); Arteriosclerosis 
 {Generalized); Arteriosclerosis _ {Hsemorrhwje 
 m); Arteriosclerosis {Heart in); Arterio- 
 sclerosis (JIferatoZ condition in); Arteriosclero- 
 sis {Metabolism in); Arteriosclerosis {Periph- 
 eral); Arteriosclerosis (SeniZc); Arterioscle- 
 rosis {Syphilitic); Arteriosclerosis {Trau- 
 matic); Arteriosclerosis {Urine in); Arterio- 
 sclerosis ( Visceral) ; Arteriosclerosis in chil- 
 dren; Arteriosclerosis 171 «oWiers; Brairi(..4rie- 
 riosclerosis of) ; Kidney {Inflammation of, Com- 
 plications, etc. , of) . 
 
 Delventhal (K. F. a.) *Ein Fall von weit 
 verbreiteter Verkalkung der mittleren und 
 kleineren Arterien der Haut und der Extremi- 
 taten. 8°. Kiel, 1902. 
 
 Faber (A. Die Arteriosklerose; ihre patholo- 
 gische Anatomie, ihre Pathogenese una Aetio- 
 logie. 4°. Jena, 1912. 
 
 Fkitsch (A. -J.) *Contribution k 1 '6tade de la 
 chaux dans rorganisme, sp^cialement dans ses 
 rapports avec la pathogenie.de rart6rioscI4rose. 
 8°. Nancy, 1909. 
 
 Gentili (G.) L'ateromasia arteriosa e la sua 
 patogenesi. 4°. Pesda, 1910. 
 
 HiHscH (E.) Ueber Arterienverkalkung. 8°. 
 Miinchen, 1902. 
 
 1904. 
 
 The same. 2. Aufl. 8° 
 
 1907. 
 
 The same. 3. Aufl. 8°. 
 
 Miinchen, 
 Munchen, 
 
 The same. 
 
 8°. Miinchen, 
 
 4. Aufl 
 1910. 
 
 Lbmoinb (G.) Du r61e de la cholest^rine dans 
 le ddveloppement de rart6rio-scl6rose et de 
 rath&ome. 8°. Paris, 1911. 
 
 Also, in: Nord mSd., Lille, 1911, xviii, 69-72. 
 
 LusTia (A. A.) Arterien verhartung und Ar- 
 terienverkalkung. 8°. Tachau, 1910. 
 
 Matusewicz (J.) *Isolirte Verkalkung der 
 Elastica interna bei Arteriosclerose. [Zurich 1 
 8°. /ena,1902. 
 
 Also, in: Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1902, 
 xxxi, 217-229, 2 pi. See, also, infra, Joies. 
 
 Pesbmco (L.) Cause esterne e condizioni 
 individuali nell' arteriosclerosi. 8°. Vicehza, 
 1905. 
 
 Ratzebueg (H. L. H. E.) *Ueber Vorkom- 
 men und Aetiologie der Arteriosklerose; nebst 
 einigen anhangsweisen symptomatischen Bemer- 
 kungen. [Breslau.] 8°. Boma-Leipzig, 1905. 
 
 Reich (F. L. C.) *Ueber Arteriosclerosis no- 
 dosa mit besonderer Berucksichtigung des Ver- 
 haltens der elastischen Elemente der Gefass- 
 wand. 8°. Konigsbergi. Pr., 1896. 
 
 RocHER (E.) De rin%ale rfoartition des 
 l&ions art^rielles dans rart^rio-sclerose g^n^ra- 
 lis6e. 8°. Paris, 1897. 
 
 ZiBGELEOTH. Die Arterienverkalkung. 12° 
 Frankfurt {Oder), [n. d.]. 
 
 Adami(J. G.) The nature of the arteriosclerotic process. 
 Proc Path. Soc. Phila., 1909, n. s., xii, 309-334. Also: Am. 
 J. M. Sc. Phila.. 1909, n. s., cxxxviii, 485-504. Also, Re- 
 print.— Albrecht. [Aetiologie imd pathologische Anatomie 
 der Arteriosklerose.^ Sitzungsb. d. ftrztl. Ver. Munchen 
 (1902), 1903, xii, 24-31.— Anderson (H. B.) The etiology 
 and pathology of arteriosclerosis. Am. Med., Phila., 1904, 
 vii, 426-430.— Anichkoll (N. N.) [New data on the par 
 thology and etiology of arteriosclerosis.] Russk. Vrach., 
 Petrogr., 1915, xiv, 184; 207.— Askanazy (M.) Ueber 
 Arteriosklerose; Aetiologie und pathologische Anatomie. 
 Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1907, xxi, 443-449.— Aulrecht (J.) 
 Die Genese der Arteriosklerose (Arteriitis). Deutsches 
 
ARTERIOSCLEROSIS. 
 
 39 
 
 ARTERIOSCLEROSIS. 
 
 Arteriosclerosis (Causes and pathology 
 of). 
 
 Arch. i. kliB. Med., Leipz., 1908, xciii, 1-14. AUo [Abstr.]: 
 Bepert. d. prakt. Med. Berl., 1908, v, 393-395.— Baldauf 
 (L. K.) The chemistry of atheroma and calciflcation 
 (aorta). Stud. Bender Hyg. Lah., Albany, 1906,iii, 18-23.— 
 Barach (F. ) [Duerck's fibers in the blood-vessel walls, their 
 idle and alterations in arterial atheroma.] Pam. Towarz. 
 Lek.,Warszaw.,1910,cvi,281-394,6pl. Also,transl.: Beitr. 
 z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1911, 1, 71-112.— Bar- 
 Iiaccl (O.) Sulla patologia delle Gitterfasem in alcuni 
 organl parenchimali. Pathologica, Geneva, 1909-10, ii, 
 
 219-221. . 11 legato duro arteriosclerotico. Speri- 
 
 mentale. Arch, di biol., Firenze, 1910, Ixiv, 31-48. — Bastai 
 (P.) La milza arteriosclerotica. Sperimentale, Firenze, 
 1913, Ixvii, 473-482.— Belli (C. M.) Le nuove dottrine sul- 
 r arteriosclerosi concepita come malattia cardio-vascolo- 
 renale. Ann. di med. nav., Roma, 1915, ii, 460-407. — Ben- 
 venuto (M.-S.) Contribulio alia patogenesi della arterio- 
 sclerosi da strapazzo fisico. Clin. med. ital., Milano, 1913, 
 hi, 163-228.— Bemlielm (S.) Causes de I'art&io-scMrose. 
 Inddpend. m^d.. Par., 1900, v, 193-196.— Bertrand (E.) 
 Nature de I'ath&ome et r61e de la cholestSrine dans sa forma- 
 tion. Eev. mod. de m^d. et de chir.. Par., 1913, xi, 380- 
 382.— Blasiotti (A.) Patogenesi dell' arteriosclerosi. Boll. 
 d. Soe. Lancisiana d. osp. di Roma, 1908, xxviii, 127-134.— 
 Billings (P. S.) Arteriosclerosis due to lead. J. Am. M. 
 Ass., Chicago, 1904, xliil, 772-774.— Bishop (L. F.) The 
 cellular factor in arteriosclerosis. J. Med. Soc. N. Jersey, 
 Orange, 1915, xii, 375-377. . Arteriosclerosis as a cellu- 
 lar disease, together with a study of its hygienic treatment. 
 N. York M. J. [ete.], 1915, cii, 1121-1123. Also, Reprint. 
 
 . Food idiosyncrasies; the relation of those acquired 
 
 through protein sensitization to the development of cardio- 
 vascular-renal disease (arteriosclerosis). N. YorkM. J. [etc.], 
 1916, ciii, 738. Also, Reprint.— Bond (C. S.) Clinical ob- 
 servations of arteriosclerosis from alimentary toxins. Tr. 
 Ass. Am. Phys., Phila., 1906, xxi, 73-79.— Boverl (P.) 
 Arteriosclerosi e cardiopatie da lavoro. Rama^zini, Firenze, 
 1909, iii, 415-447, 1 pi.— Brown (A. G.) Arteriosclerosis; its 
 causes and significance. Virginia M. Semi-Month., Rich- 
 mond, 1908-9, xiii, 227-233.— Buerger (L.) & Oppenbetmer 
 (AdJle). Bone formation in sclerotic arteries. J. Exper. 
 M., Lancaster, Pa., & N. Y., 1908, x, 354-367, 2 pi.— Cabot 
 (R. C.) The relation of alcohol to arteriosclerosis. J.Am. 
 M. Ass., Chicago, 1904, xliil, 774. .dtoOjReprint. — Caven (J ) 
 The renal aspect of arterio-sclerosis. Dominion M; Month., 
 Toronto, 1903, xxi, 174-179.— Clapp (H. C.) Worry as a 
 cause of arteriosclerosis. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1912, Ixxxii, 
 519-522.— Colbeck (E. H.) The pathogenesis of arterio- 
 sclerosis. Practitioner, Lond., 1908, Ixxxi, 768-775. — 
 Constant. L-'uric^mie de rarteriosclerose. Gaz. mM. de 
 Strassb., 1911, Ixx, 41; 78. Also: Ann. Soc. de mi5d. d'An- 
 
 vers, 1912, Ixxiv, 101-113. . Uricfimio, m&iopause et 
 
 artSrio-sclftose. J. m^d. de Brux., 1911, xvi, 335-338.— 
 Coplin (W. M. L.) The early lesions of airteriosclerosis, 
 with special reference to alterations in the elastica. Proc. 
 Path. Soc. Phila., 1904, n. s., vii, 133-166.— Covpan (J. M.) 
 The current theories regarding the cassation of arterio- 
 sclerosis. Practitioner, Loud., 1905, Ixxv, 203-216: 1906, 
 Ixxvi, 317-331, 4 pi.— Dmltrijcfl (A.) Die Verandening des 
 elastischen Gewetes der Arteidenwande bei Arteriosklerose- 
 Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1897, xxii, 207- 
 247, 1 pi.— Dock (G.) Artenosolerosis of nephritic origin. 
 J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1904, xliU, 730.— Eiker (B. L.) 
 Etiology and pathology of arteriosclerosis. 3. Iowa State M 
 Soc, Clinton, 1912-13, ii, 541.— EmmericU (M.) Jodka- 
 chexle bei Arteriosclerose. Berl. klin. 'Wchnschr., 1910, 
 xlvii, 2015.— English (D. E.) The infancy of migraine and 
 artenosolerosis. J. Med. Soc. N. Jersey, Orange, 1914, xi 
 386-390. Also, Reprint.— Epplen (F.) The etiology and 
 pathology of arteriosclerosis. Northwest Med., Seattle, 1916 
 XV, 289-294.— Ernst. IsoUrte Verkalkung der Membrana 
 elastica der Arterien. Vei-handl. d. deutsch. path. Gesell- 
 Bch. 1901, Berl., 1902, 240. Also: Verhandl. 5. Gesellsch. 
 deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1901, Leipz., 1902, Ixxlii, pt. 2 
 med. Abth., 23.— Etienne (G.)-& Dauplals (H.) Sur la 
 pathog^nie de I'athtome h, propos d'un cas d'ost^malacie. 
 Compt. rend. Soe. de biol.. Par., 1910, Ixviii, 1025-1027.— 
 Farmachidis (C. B.) Alcune osservazioniaproposito della 
 arteriosclerosi e colesterinemia. Tommasi, Napoli, 1914, ix 
 124.— Ferreira (J. C.) Tachyphagia, polyphagia, arthri- 
 tismo e arterlo-esclerose. Brazil-med., Eio de Jan., 1912, 
 xxvi, 385; 395; 407.— Fraenkel. [Domonstrationen aus dcm 
 Gebiete der Verkalkung.] Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1908, 
 Iv, 1102.— Frothlngham (C.) Etiology of arteriosclerosis. 
 Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1913, xxiv, 323-326. 
 AUo, Reprint.— Gascard (A.) Radiographie et analyse 
 chimique d'art^res calciflfes. Rev. m^d. de Normandie, 
 Rouen, 1904, iv. 253-255, 1 pi.— Gazert. Ueber den Fett- 
 und Kalkgehalt der Arterienwand bei Atheromatose und 
 Arteriosclerose. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz , 
 1898-9, Ixii, 390-402. Also: Arb. a. d. med.-Hin. Inst. d. k! 
 Ludwig-MaximiUans-Univ. zu Miinchen, Leipz., 18S9, iv, 
 636-648.— Glanl (P.) Alterazionl del fegato nell' arterio- 
 sclerosi. Gior. med. d. r. esercito [etc.], Eoma, 1897, xlv 
 1243-1246.— Hammerschlag (V.) L'^tiologie de I'otoscl^ 
 rose. Arch, intemat. de laryngol. [etc.]. Par., 1908, xxv, 397; 
 
 Arteriosclerosis {CaiLses and pathology 
 of)- 
 
 752.— Harvey (W. H.) Die Ursache der Arteriosklerose. 
 Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl. 1909, cxcvi, 303- 
 312, 1 pi.— Hasebroek (K.) L'arterioscKrose comme tj-pe 
 de la fatigue et de I'lnsufBsance de la circulation extracar- 
 diaque. Aim. de m^d. phys., Anvers, 1914, xii, 2-7.— 
 Heineke (A.) Ueber Beziehungen des renalen Oedems zur 
 Arteriosklerose. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl 
 1909, cxcvi, 313-321.— Herz (M.) Ueber die Aetiologie der 
 Arteriosklerose; Ergebnisse einer Eundfrage. Wien. klin. 
 Wchnschr., 1911, xxiv, 1526-1530.— HIrsch (C.) Zur Patho- 
 genese und Physik der Arteriosklerose. Deutsche med. 
 Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1913, xxxix, 1817-1819.— Hlrtz. 
 Ueber die Aetiologie una Symptomatologie der Arterioscle- 
 rose. Allg. Wien. med. Ztg. 1902, xlvii, 100; 123.— Hollls 
 (W. A.) Atheroma. J. Path. & Bacterid., Edinb. & Lond., 
 1894-5, ui, 1-31, 2pl.— Huchard (H.) E6Ie de I'lntoxication 
 dans I'an^rio-scBrose et les cardiopathies artSrielles. Atti 
 d. Cong, internaz. di terap. fis. 1907, Roma, 1908, ii, pt. 1, 
 
 167-181. . Principales causes de I'art^rio-sclgrose. Rev. 
 
 g&. de clin. et de chSrap., Par., 1909, xxiii, 322-325. — 
 Huebschmann (P.) Beitrag zur pathologischen Anatomic 
 der Arterienverkalkung. Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg 
 Path., Jena, 1906, xxxix, 119-130, 1 pi.— Huynen. Calcifi- 
 cation des artferes c^r^brales et spinales chez un bouvillon; 
 sympt6mes d'immobiIit(5. Ann. de raid, rit., Brux., 1907, 
 Ivi, 80-83.— Jankau (L.) Zur Aetiologie der Arterioskle- 
 rose. Report, d. prakt. Med., Leipz., 1906, iii, 103; 165.— 
 Jores (L.) Isolirte Verkalkung der Elastica interna; Be- 
 merkungen zu dem gleichlautigen Aufsatze von Jadwiga 
 Matusewicz. Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg.. Path., Jena, 
 1902, xxxl, 571.— Josue (O.) Les l&ions du tissu ^lastique 
 des art6res dans I'ath&ome. Compt. rend. Soc de biol 
 
 Par., 1904, Ivii, 539-541. . Pathog^me de I'athgrome 
 
 art^riel. Cong, franc, de m^d. C.-r. 1904, Par., 1905, 33-38, 
 . L'art&io-sclerose; anatomic pathologique et patho- 
 genic. Presse mid., Par., 1906, xiv, 743-745. . Athe- 
 
 rome arttSriel et calcification. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol 
 Par., 1907, Ixii, 1189.— King (H. M.j A case of arterio^ 
 sclerosis; necropsy. Med. News, N. Y., 1899, Ixxiv, 395- 
 397.— Klotz (O.) Calciflcation of the media m arteries of 
 the elastic tissue type. J. Exper. M., N. Y., 1906, viii, 330- 
 
 336. . The closure of the ductus arteriosus and its 
 
 bearing on arteriosclerosis. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, 
 Phila., 1907, xxii, 213-228.— Krcuzfuchs (S.) Nikotin und 
 Arteriosklerose. Beibl. d. Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. phys Med 
 Wien, 1909-10, ii, 13-15. Also: Wien. med. Wchnschr , 1909 
 lix, 2309-2311.— Landau (H.) Ueber die anatomischen 
 Veranderungen in den Nebennieren bei Arteriosklerose 
 Ztschr. f. kim. Med. Berl., 1907, Ixiv, 227-246.— Langheld. 
 Is arteriosclerosis a form of gout? Therapist, Lond., 1906 
 xvi, 130; 141.— Lavagna (S.) Sulla patogenesi dell' arterio- 
 sclerosi e deir ateromasia. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1909, xxx 
 281.— Lemoine (G.) Sur la pr&ence de d^pdts de cholestd- 
 rine dans les tuniques art^rielles sclto-ath&omateuses 
 
 Compt. rend. Acad. d. so., Par., 1910, cli, 1079. . Th^o- 
 
 rie et I'art^rio-scl&ose bas^e sur la cholest^rin^mie. ijuU et 
 m^m. Soc. m^d. d. h6p. de Par., 1912, 3. s., xxxiii, 227- 280 
 
 Also [Abstr.]: Gaz. d. prat., Lille, 1912, xix, 137-139. ' 
 
 Du mode d'oblit^ration des artdres atWomateuses. Bull 
 et m^m. Soc. mid. d. hfip. de Par., 1914, 3. s., xxxviii 154-1 
 
 157. . Medicaments sclerosants et toxines scierosantes 
 
 Rev. mod. de tMrap. et de biol.. Par., 1914, iii, 175-178 — 
 Levin (I.) & Larkln (J. H.) On arteriovenous anastomosis 
 and the mechanical theory of arteriosclerosis. J. Exper M 
 Lancaster, Pa., 1911, xiii, 24-30, 4 pi.— des Ligneris (m'J 
 Intimal keloid-Iike thickening of the femoral and external 
 iliac artery, and its relation to arteriosclerosis. Heart 
 Lond., 1916-17, vi, 249-268, 1 pi.— Loeper (M.) Les poisons 
 des arreres et retiologie de I'atherome et de Tarterioscierose 
 
 Presse med., Par., 1906, xiv, 233. . Le processus his- 
 
 tologique de I'atherome et de I'arteriosoierose. Itid., 225 
 
 . Poisons aUmentaires et atherome. Cong, franc de 
 
 med. 1907. Compt. rend.. Par., 1908, 52-62. . Venenos 
 
 de la alimentacion y ateroma. Escuela de med., Mexico 
 1908, xxiii, 313-318.— Loeper (M.) & Boverl (P.) La chaux 
 et les arteres. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1907, Ixii 
 1160-1162. Also: Presse med.. Par., 1907, xv, 401.— Loeper 
 (M.) & Gourand (X.) Calciflcation et decalcification dans 
 I'atherome arteriel. Bull, med., Par., 1908, xxii, 817.— 
 liUharsch (O.) Uelier alimentiire Schlagaderverkalkung 
 Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1910, Ivii, 1577-1580.— Mac- 
 Cordlck (A. H.) On the rigidity of calcified arteries. 
 Bnt. M. J., Lond., 1913, ii, 980. Also: Tr. Intemat. Cong 
 Med. 1913, Lond., 1914, Sect, in. Gen. Path. & Path. Anat 
 pt. 2, 309-312.— MacKenzie (J. J.) The pathology of arterio- 
 sclerosis. Canada Lancet, Toronto, 1C07-8, xlT, 817-820 — 
 Magnus-Levy (A.) Ueber ungewchnliche Verkalkung der 
 Arterien (Arterienverkalkung ohne primare Arterioskle- 
 rose?). Deutsche med. Wchnschr-., Berl. & Leipz 1914 xl 
 1305-1309.--Manou611an (Y.) Eecherches sur la patho- 
 geme <ies lesions arterio-sciereuses. Compt. rend. Acad d 
 sc. Par., 1911, Clin, 303. Also: Ann. de I'lnst. Pasteur, Par 
 1913, xxvii, 19-22, 2 pi.— Marcozzi (V.) Diflerenze istol(> 
 giche tra I'arterio-sclerosi, I'endo-arterite cronica e I'atero- 
 masia. Gazz. internaz. di med., Napoli, 1906, ix, 36- 46- 
 56.— Marcuse (J.) Zur Aetiologie der Arteriosklerose! 
 
ARTERIOSCLEROSIS. 
 
 40 
 
 ARTERIOSCLEROSIS. 
 
 Arteriosclerosis (Causes and pathology 
 of). 
 
 Deutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1899, xx, 1081.— Marlni (G.) & 
 Scandola (C.) Esiste rapporto tra dieta calcica e ateroma? 
 Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1909, Roma, 1910, xix, 260.— 
 Marshall (H. T.) The pathology of arteriosclerosis. Vir- 
 ipnla M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1910-11, rr, 388-390.— 
 Martlus (K.) Beitrag zur Fraffi der Entstehung der 
 Arteriosklerose und der weissen Flecke des Mitralsegels. 
 Fiankfurt. Ztschr. f. Path., Wiesb., 1914, xv, 135-145.— 
 MdnckebeTg (J. G.) Ueber die reine Mediaverlcalkung der 
 Extremitatenarterien und ihr Verhalten zur Arteriosklerose. 
 Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1903, cxxl, 141-167, 1 pi. 
 
 . Mediaverkalkung imd Atherosklerose. Virchow's 
 
 Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1914, ccxvi, 408-416.— Mora 
 Guarnldo (A.) La histogenesis de la arterio-esclerosis. 
 Gac. m^d. d. Sur de Espafia, Granada, 1910, xxviii, 316-322.— 
 MoTWitz (E.) Zur Aetiologle der Arteriosklerose. St. Pe- 
 tersb. med. Wchnschr., 1904, xxix, 115. Also, iransl.: Med. 
 Exam. & Pract., N. Y., 1904, xiv, 600.— Moutier (A.) 
 M^canisme des troubles gfe&aux ou locaux de la circulation 
 art^rielle engendrant l'art4rio-scl6rose g6n6rale ou locale. 
 Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1911, cliii, 1040-1043.— 
 Murray (A.) The pathology and etiology of arterio-sclero- 
 sis. Long Island M. J., Brooklyn, 1909, iii, 329-336.— 
 Nascher (L L.) A new conception ol arteriosclerosis. 
 Med. Insur. & Health CJonserv., Dallas^ 1917-18, xxvii, 102- 
 106. — Nenadovlcs (LJ Die Myastheme der Herz- und Ge- 
 lassmuskulatur als Grundlage der Arteriosklerose. Ver- 
 handl. d. deutsch. Kong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1910, xxvii, 
 705-730. Also: Zentralbl. f. Herzkrankh., Wien & Leipz., 
 
 1910, 314; 342; 377. . Zur Genese der Arteriosklerose. 
 
 \ eroflentl. d. bahieol. Gesellsch. in Berl., Berl. & Wien, 1910, 
 284-296.— Oguro (Y-) Ein Beitrag zur Erage der Arterio- 
 sklerose und der Gefassnerven-Veranderung bei derselben. 
 Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1909, excviii, 554- 
 563. — Osl>ome(0.T.) The etiology of arteriosclerosis. Proc. 
 Connect. M. Soc, Bridgeport, 1904, 278-287.— Pagano (G.) 
 Sul meccanismo delle alterazioni funzionali del circolo nella 
 arteriosolerosi. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1908, Roma, 1909, 
 xviii,93. — Pawlnski (J.) Ueber den Emfuss der Gemiitsbe- 
 wegungen und geistiger Ueberanstrengung auf das Herz, ins- 
 besondere auf die Entstehung der Arteriosklerose. Ztschr. f. 
 klin. Med., Berl.. 1913,lxxix, 135-146.— Pelnat (J.) (A cassof 
 calcification of the arteries; neuropragia.] Casop. l^k desk., 
 V Fraze, 1903, xlii, 336-338, 1 pi.— Pic (A.) & Bonnamour 
 (S.) Etiologie et pathog^nie de rarorio-scl^ose. J. de 
 physiol. et depath. ein., Par., 1906, viii, 494-507.— Piera«clni 
 (G.) II lavoro quale coefficiente patogenetico dell' arterio- 
 solerosi. Eamazzini, Firenze, 1908, ii, 529-572, 1 pi. . 
 
 Strapazzo fisico ahituaie e tumultuario causa di arterio- 
 solerosi a placche multiple disseminate in giovani soggetti. 
 Hid., 1915, ix, 3-25. — Pirera (A.) Altre cause e meccanismi 
 patogeneticl dell' arteriosolerosi. Gior. intemaz. d. sc. med., 
 Napoli, 1912, n. s., xxxiv, 385-413.— Pissavy (A.)- Valeur 
 r^elle et importance r^ciproque de quelques fecteurs ^tiolo- 
 giques de rart^rio-scl^rose. Bull, et m^nx. Soc. m^d. d. hdp. 
 de Par., 1913, 3. s., xxxv, 353-355. Also: Rev. internal, de 
 mfid. et de chir., Par., 1913, xxiv, 89. — Remllnger (P.) 
 Continence sexuelle et art^rio-scl&ose. Presse m^d., Par., 
 1908, xvi, 821.— Rlbbert (H.) Ueber die Genese der arterio- 
 sklerotischen Veranderungen der Intima. Verhandl. d. 
 deutsch. path. Gesellsch. 1904, Jena, 1905, viii, 168-177. 
 
 . Ueber ArterienverkaUoing. Sitzun^b. hrsg. v. 
 
 naturh. Ver. d. preuss. Rheinl. u. Westfal., Bonn, 1911-12, 
 B, 17.— RitoOk (Z.) [Contributions to the estiological con- 
 ditions of arteriosclerosis.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1896, xl, 
 547; 561; 575; 589; 600. Also, traml. [Abstr.]: tJnrar. med. 
 Presse, Budapest, 1897, ii, 78.— Robertson (W.E.) The 
 etiolo^ and pathology of atheroma and arteriosclerosis. 
 Med. Exam. & Pract., 
 
 "ked'., 
 
 Yj 1907, xvii, 152-154. Also: 
 Month. Cycl. Pract. ked., Phila., 1907, xxi, 159-103.— 
 Roux (W.) Berichtigung zu dem Aufsatz E. Thoma's: 
 Ueber Histomechanik des Gefasssystems und die Pathologie 
 der Angiosklerose. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. fete.], 
 Berl., 1911, ccvi, 190.— Royster (L. T.) Arteriosclerosis, its 
 etiology and symptoms. Virginia M. Semi-Month., Rich- 
 mond, 1910-11, XV, 385-388.— Russell (W.) On arterial 
 sclerosis and hypertonus in their relation to diet and to the 
 digestive system. Bnt. M. J., Lond., 1904, i, 1297-1300.— 
 Rusznyak (S.) Die Struktur der Kalkplatten der Intima 
 bei der Atherosklerose. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. 
 [cte.l, Berl., 1913, ccxiii, 519-522.— Saltykow (S.) Aetiolo- 
 gle der Arteriosklerose. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 
 1911, xli, 897; 940. — Sand (R.) Anatomie pathologique et 
 fitiolone de Tartdrlo-scldrose. M6m couron. Acad. roy. de 
 mdd. de Belg., Brux., 1910, xx, fasc. 6, 111 pp., 2 double pi.— 
 Sanders (W. E.) Atherosclerosis with special reference to 
 the physiological development and pathological changes in 
 the intima. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1911, n. s., cxlii, 727- 
 738. — Savlll (T. D.) On arterial sclerosis, especially in 
 regard to arterial hypermyotrophy and the other morbid 
 clianges which occur in the muscular tunic of the arteries. 
 Tr. Path. Soc. Lond., 1903-4, Iv, 375-449. Also: Lancet, 
 Lond.j 1904, ii, 875-882.- Scandola (C.) Sull' importanza 
 del calcio nella genesi dell' ateroma e dell' arteriosclerosi e la 
 loro cura colla dieta acalcica. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1913, 
 xxxiv, 1111-1119. — ScbelTer. L'art^rioscWose; nouvelle 
 th&rie pathog^nique: traitement par le silicate de sonde. 
 Arch. gen. de m^d.. Par., 1908, 337-358.— Scherk (P.) Die 
 
 Arteriosclerosis {Causes and ■pathology 
 of). 
 
 neurogene Aetiologie der Arteriosklerose. Deutsche Aerzte- 
 Ztg., Berl.. 1908, 361-364. . Zur Aetiplogie der Arterio- 
 sklerose. Deutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1910, xxxi, 55.— 
 Schneider (H.) Ueber Erblichkeit des Atheroms. Mun- 
 ehen. med. Wchnschr., 1913, Ix, 294.— Schuster. Die kli- 
 makterische resp. praklimakterische Atherosklerose, eine 
 Folge innersekretorischer Storungen. Fortschr. d. Med., 
 Berl., 1910, xxviii, 257-260.— Shedd (J. Z.) A thief in our 
 homes. [Lead as a cause of arteriosclerosisj Tr. N. Haimv 
 shire M. Soc, Concord, 1913, cxxii, 215-234.— Simon (C.) 
 L'art&io-sclSrose consid^rfe comme une reaction de d^ense 
 contre des influences morbides diverses. J. .de m^. et chir. 
 prat, Par., 1914, Ixxxv, 81-87.— Sondern (F. EJ The 
 etiology and diagnosis of arteriosclerosis. Arch. Diagn., 
 N. Y., 1910, iii, 118-127.— Sumlkawa (P.) Ein Beitrag zur 
 Genese der Arteriosklerose. Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. 
 Path., Jena, 1903, xxxiv, 242-252.— Tawara (S.) Referat 
 iiber Arteriosklerose; pathologisch-anatomischer 'Teil. Ver- 
 handl. d. Japan, path. Gesellsch., Tokio, 1913, iii, 4-8.— 
 Thayer (W. S.) & Brush (C. E.) The relation of acute 
 infections to arteriosclerosis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1904, 
 xliii, 726-729.— Tbicm. Der derzeitige Stand der An- 
 schauungen fiber die Ursachen der Sclilagaderwandverhar- 
 tung (Arteriosklerose), erortert an einem arztlichen Gutach- 
 ten. Monatschr. f. Unfallheilk., Leipz., 1915, xxii, 201-219.— 
 Thoma (R.) Das elastische Gewebe der Arterienwand 
 und seine Veranderungen bei Slderose und AneurysmabU- 
 dung. Festsclir. z. Feier d. 50. Besteh. d. med. Gesellsch. zu 
 
 Magdeb., 1898, 19-38, 2pl. . Ueber die Histomechanik 
 
 des Gefasssystems imd die Pathogenese der Angiosklerose. 
 Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [^etc], Berl., 1911, cciv, 1-74. 
 
 See,also,swpTa,'Ro\ix.. . DieGestaltderGefasslicntung 
 
 bei der dinusen und loiotigen Arteriosklerose. Z6id.,1914, 
 ccxvi, 314-320.— tJllmann (K.) Der anatomisch-ldimsche 
 Begrifl der Arteriosklerose in seinen Beziehungen zu gewissen 
 Hautveranderungen. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1909, xxii, 667; 
 718. — ^Vaccaro (G.) Patogenesi meccanica dell' arterio- 
 sclerosi. Tommasi, Napoh, 1905-6, i, 825; 847.— Valin (C. 
 N.) Ath^rome et arttkioscl^rose; anatomie pathologique 
 et etiologie, traitement prophylacHque. Union mM. du 
 Canada, Montr&l, 1906, xxxv, 397-399.— Van Bogsert (L.) 
 Le tabac et I'alcool comme facteurs 6tiologiques de l'art6- 
 rioscl^rose. Cong, franc, de m6d., 10. sess., 1908, Genfeve, 
 1909, ii, 117-122.— Van Cott (J. M.) A pathological-olinical 
 consideration of arterio-sclerosis. N. York State J. M., N. Y. 
 1906, vi, 163-167.— Warfleld (L. M.) The etiology of arterio- 
 sclerosis. J. Lab. & Clin. M., St. Louis, 1917-18, iii, 115- 
 117.— Well (L.) Ueber Automtoxikation bei Arterioskle- 
 rose. Med. Cor.-Bl. d. wiirttemb. arztl. Ver., Stuttg., 1907, 
 Ixxvii, 101-109.^-Weinberg. De I'influeirce du regime sur 
 la production de I'ath^rome spontanfi. Compt. rendTAcad. 
 d. sc. Par., 1910, cl, 940-942.— Weiss (E.) Die Pathologie 
 der Arterioselerose. St. Petersb. med. Wchnschr., 1909, 
 xxxiv, 473-480. — West (S.) Forms of arterial thickening. 
 Clin. J., Lond., 1915, xliv, 191.— Wljn (C. L.) Hypopitui- 
 tarisme oorzaak van arterio-sclerose. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. 
 Geneesk., Amst., 1913, ii, 1589-1598.— Winter (H. L.) The 
 etiologjf of arterial sclerosis. N. York State J. M., N. Y., 
 1912, xii, 4CM3. — Ziegelroth. A calciflca^^ao das arterias. 
 Brazil-med., Rio de Jan., 1909, xxiii, 96-98. 
 
 Arteriosclerosis {Cerebral). 
 
 See Arteriosclerosis {Mental condition in); 
 Brain {Arteriosclerosis of). 
 
 Arteriosclerosis {Complications and se- 
 quelse of). 
 
 See, also, Arteriosclerosis {Abdominal) ; Ar- 
 teriosclerosis (Eye in) ; Arteriosclerosis {Gas- 
 tro-intestinal) ; Arteriosclerosis {Generalized) ; 
 Arteriosclerosis {Ssemorrhage in); Arterio- 
 sclerosis {Heart in); Arteriosclerosis {Mental 
 condition m); Arteriosclerosis {Senile); Ar- 
 teriosclerosis {Syphilitic) ; Arteriosclerosis 
 ( Traumatic) ; Arteriosclerosis ( Visceral) ; Brain 
 (Arteriosclerosis of). 
 
 Behnot (J.) *Maiiifestations pleurales droites 
 dans les cardiopathies, le brightisme et rart^rio- 
 scl6rose; ^tude clinique et pathog^nie. 8° 
 Paris, 1910. 
 
 GouHfON (V.-A.) *Vertige des art6rio- 
 scl^reux. 8°. Paris, 1897. 
 
 Klotz (0.) Arteriosclerosis; diseases of the 
 media and their relation to aneurysm. 4° 
 Lancaster, Pa., 1911. 
 
 Lampb (C.) *Arteriosklerose, Spatparalyse 
 und Unfall. [Gottingen.J 8°. Berlin, 1913. 
 
 Also, in: Monatschr. f. Psychiat. u. Neurol., Berl., 1913, 
 xxxiii, 335-354. Also, Reprint. 
 
AKTERIOSCLEROSIS. 
 
 41 
 
 AETERIOSCLEROSIS. 
 
 Arteriosclerosis (Complications and se- 
 quelse of). 
 
 LuDA Ifi.) Die Arterienverkalkimg und ihre 
 Folgen, Lahmungen und Schlagfluss, Wesen, 
 ' Vernutun" und Beliandlung. 3. Aufl. 8°. 
 Berlin & Leipzig, [1912]. 
 
 Sasse ([A.] F. G.) *Ueber die bei Arterio- 
 sklerose vorkommenden Herdsymptome, be- 
 sonders die Apbasie. [Kiel.] 8°. Hildesheim, 
 1910. 
 
 Stamm (H.) *Ueber einen Fall von Arterio- 
 sclerose und miiltipler Aneurysmabildung. 8° 
 Gottingen, 1896. 
 
 Alagna (0.) Arteriosclerosi ed aflezioni dell' acustico. 
 Tommasi, Napoli, 1907, ii, 758-761.— Anglade (J.) Syn- 
 drome d'angine de poltrlne chez un art6rio-scl6reux, avec 
 n^vralgie du plexus cardiaj^ue; predominance du processus 
 arterio-scl^reux et localisation des irradiations douloxireuses 
 k toute la moitie gauche du corps. Montpel. mdd., 1908, 
 xsrvii, 179-191. — Apelt (F.) ArteriosMerose und Commotio 
 cerebri. Aerztl. Sachverst.-Ztg., Berl., 1902, viii, 248-263.— 
 Bishop (L. F.) Arteriosclerosis, cardiosclerosis, and In- 
 testinal putrefaction. N. YorkM. J. [etc.], 1911,xciv,612-61o. 
 
 AUo, Eeprint. . Arteriosclerosis and diseases of the 
 
 sldn. Urol. & Cutan. Eev., St. Louis, 1913, xvil, 294-297.— 
 Bosse {E.) Ein Fall von arteriosklerotischer Schrumpf- 
 niere mit Endarteriitis pulmonalis thrombotica. Zentralbl. 
 f. innere Med., I-eipz.,1905,xxvi, 857-862.— Bruntoii(T.L.) 
 On atheroma and some of its consequences, with their treat- 
 ment. Lancet, Lond., 1895, ii, 897-904. Also, Reprint. — 
 Camac (C. N. B.) Some observations on aneurysm and 
 arteriosclerosis. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1905, n. s., cxxix, 
 845-875. Also, Reprint— Cast«llino (P. F.) Arterio- 
 sclerosi di^sa con locallzzazioni cerebrali, cardiache e 
 renali; angina pectoris. Tommasi, Napoli, 1907, ii, 743. — 
 Cauts (J.) & Auld (A. G.) On endarteritis deformans, or 
 atheroma, and aneurysm, and their relations to each other. 
 J. Path. & Bacteriol., Edinb. & Lond., 1896-7, iv, 78-118, 2 
 pi. — Caven(J.) The renal aspect of arterio-selerosis. Can- 
 ada Lancet, Toronto, 1903-4, xxxvii, 18-23.— Chevron (J.) 
 Des 4tats Xiataleptiques chez les arorio-scWieux. Umon 
 m^d. du nord-est, Reims, 1907, xxxi, 161-172.— Collins (J.) 
 Arterio-selerosis; its relation to disease of the nervous system 
 and to disorder of function. South. M. & S., Chattanooga, 
 1906, vi, 1; 17; 39.— Coulter (F. E.) Some nervous symp- 
 toms depending upon arteriosclerosis. West. M. Rev., 
 Omaha, 1907, xii, 456-464.— DonettI (E.) Sulla dispnea 
 toxiallmentare nell' arteriosclerosi. Morgagni, Milano, 1900, 
 xlii, 247-257. — Dunn (A. D.) _ Some general considerations 
 in regard to arteriosclerosis with special reference to inter- 
 mittent claudication. West. M. Rev., Omaha, 1907, xii, 
 447-456. [Discussion], 463.— Fisher (E. D.) & Brooks (H.) 
 Arteriosclerosis in il3 relation to diseases of the nervous 
 system. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., Lancaster, Pa., 1905, 
 xxxii, 289-309. Also, Reprint.- Fleckseder (R.) [Folge- 
 erscheinungen allgemeiner Arterio-Sklerose.] Mitt. d. Ge- 
 seUsch. t mn. Med. u. Kinderh. in Wien, 1908, vii, 103.— 
 Foerster (O.) Die arteriosklerotische Neuritis. Wien. 
 med. Wchnschr., 1913, Ixiii, 313-321.— Grassmann (K.) 
 Ein auf Arteriosklerose zuriickzufuhrendes Schluckhinder- 
 nis. . Wien. kiln. Rundschau, 1904, xviii, 723. — Hagelstam 
 (J.) [Claudication intermittente (Charcot) comme symp- 
 tdme de l'art6rioscl6rose. R&., pp. xi-xiii.J Finska lak.- 
 sallsk. handl., Helsingfors, 1901, xliii, 107-1S5.— Hamilton 
 (A. S.) Arteriosclerosis in the nervous system, with special 
 reference to apoplexy. J. Minn. M. Ass. [etc.], Minneap., 
 1910, XXX, 337-340.— Herrlck (J. B.) Arterio-selerosis with 
 cases illustrating its effects on (1) the kidney, (2) the brain, 
 (3) the heart, and (4) the large vesseK Intemat. Clin., 
 Phila., 1897, 7. s., ii, 146-156.- Hlrschfeld (F.) Uebcr 
 Arteriosklerose una Nephritis. Berl. klin. Wchnsclir., 1906, 
 xliii, 387; 427.— Hoist (P. F.) ArteriosMerose med skrump- 
 nyre og hjertehypertrofi; hjerteinsufficiens med hjfit 
 blodtryk; toxisk dyspnoe. Norsk Mag. t Lsegevidensk., 
 Kristiania, 1909, 5. R., vii, 1-12.— Hoppe-Seyler (G.) Ueber 
 Veranderungen des Pankreas bel Arteriosklerose. Mitt. f. 
 d. Ver. Schlesw.-Holst. Aerzte, Kiel, 1903, x, 14.— Houck 
 (G. E.j Arteriosclerosis, with report of a rapidly fatal case. 
 Med. Sentinel, Portland, Oreg., 1904, xii, 315-318.— Jores 
 (L.) Ueber die ArteriosMerose der kleinen Organarterien 
 una ihre Beziehungen zur Nephritis. Vhehow's Arch. f. 
 path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1904, clxxviil, 367-406.— JosuS (O.) 
 & Alexandrescu (C.) Pathog^nie de la nephrite intersti- 
 tielle des art^rioscl&eux. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 
 1906, Ix, 943-945.— KIotz(0.) Fracture of arteries. J.Med. 
 Research, Best., 1916, xxxiv, 495-506, 1 j)l.— Kyle (J. J.) A 
 study of ear symptoms in arterio-selerosis, with special refer- 
 ence to the labyrinth. Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhlnol. & Otol. 
 Soc, St. Louis, 1907, 123-134. Also: Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & 
 Laryngol., St. I/Ouis, 1907, xvi, 326-337. Also, Reprint- 
 Landau (A.) Ueber die intermlttierende Nlereninsuffi- 
 cienz bei ArteriosMerose. Berl. Min. Wchnschr., 1903, xl, 
 1171-1173. — Lazarus (P.) Ueber arteriospastische Zustande. 
 liid., 1907, xliv, 322.— Lyon (I. P.) Arterio-selerosis and the 
 
 Arteriosclerosis (Complications and se- 
 quelse. of). 
 
 Hdney. Albany M. Aim., 1903, xxiv, 137-140. Also Re- 
 print.— McCreery (W. B.) Arteriosclerosis; complications 
 and sequelae. Northwest Med., Seattle, 1905, iii, 333-335 
 AUo: Med. Exam. & Pract., N. Y., 1906, xvi, 43.— Mark- 
 wald (B.) Ueber ischamische Sohmerzen; ein Beitrag zur 
 Symptomatologie der ArteriosMerose. Ztschr. f prakt 
 Aerzte, Munchen, 1900, ix, 81-89.— Mayer (M j Plotz^ 
 licher Tod bei ArteriosMerose; Apoplexia serosa; aeonale 
 Verletzung. Aerztl. Sachverst-Ztg., Berl., 1904 x 181- 
 .183.— Norbury (F. P.) Arterio-selerosis as it affecfs the 
 bram and spinal cord. Tr. Illinois M. Soc., Chicago 1897 
 88-97.— Pick (A.) ArteriosMerose und Verdauungssto^ 
 rungen. Med. Klin., Beri., 1912, viu, 767-770.— Potain. 
 L'atherome arteriel; quelques-unes de ses consequences; 
 son traitement. Echo mM., Toulouse, 1899, 2. s xiii 181- 
 193; 205; 217; 241. Also: J. de m6d. int. Par . 1899 Hi' 
 355-361.— Preseott (W. H.) Arterio-selerosis, ■s^th report 
 of a case of thrombosis of the basilar and coronary arteries 
 Boston M. & S. J., 1896, cxxxv, 588-590. [Discussion] 597- 
 599.— Rab6. Art^rio-scl&ose et respiration de Chevne- 
 Stokes. BuU. et m^m. Soc. m^. d. hdp. de Par 1900 3 s 
 xvii, 331-338.— Randolph (B. M.) The Mdney in'arte^ 
 riosclerosis. . Virginia M. Semi-Montb., Richmond 1912-13 
 xvii, 497-499.— Richardson (F. C.) The relationship be^ 
 tween arteno-sclerosis and nervous diseases. N Ene M 
 Gaz., Bost, 1911, xlvi, 1120-1124.— Kodhe (E.) [Gastro^ 
 intestinal disturbances from arteriosclerosis 1 Hveiea 
 Stockholm, 1905, 2. f., v, 1054-1061.— von Romberg. Arte^ 
 riosclerosis and nervous affections; a clinical lecture Post^ 
 Graduate, N. Y., 1911, xxvi, 11-23.— RossL Siiidrome 
 spastica degU artenosclerotici. Gazz. d. osp., Milano 1906 
 xxvu, 852.— RusseU (W.) Cerebral manifestations oi 
 hypertonus in sclerosed arteries. Practitioner, Lond , 1906 
 Ixxvi, 306-316.— Sofre (G.) Forma ricorrente e continua di 
 pseudo-stenosi mitralica neU'arteriosclerosi. Lavori d 
 Cong, dl med. int 1909, Roma, 1910, xix, 574-577.— Stengei 
 (A.) Nervous mamlestations of arteriosclerosis. Tr Ass 
 «™i ^^'SJ!?^' S^i?-' ^^' "'i' 716-733. Also: Am. J. 
 M. Sc., Phi^ & N. Y., 1908, n. s., cxxxv, 187-199. Also, 
 Reprmt--Stocker. Kombinierte Hinterseitenstraneer- 
 krankung be; ArteriosMerose. Berl. klin. Wchnschr 1913 1 
 703.— ^Vaccaro (G.) Sindromi nervroipertensiche e nevfa- 
 stemcbe nell' arteriosclerosi. Med. ItaJ,, Napoli 1909 vii 
 453^58.-Wandel (O.) Ueber nervo^ StonJngm dS 
 oberen Extrenutat bei ArteriosMerose (Dyskinesia und 
 Parafisthesia intermittens). Miinchen. med Wchnschr 
 1908, Iv, 2268-2271.-Weber (A.) Du point de C6t6 chez le^ 
 art<5rio-scl«reux et de la st^nose des art^res intercostales. 
 Rev. gSn. de chn. et de th&ap.. Par., 1897, xi, 65-67 —Wil- 
 liams (T. A.) Nervous symptoms of arteriosclerosis and 
 the removal of the state causing them. Alabama M J ■ 
 Birmingh., 1911, xxiv, 132-134.— WIndscheid. Die Be^ 
 ziehungen der ArteriosMerose zu Erkrankungen des Ge- 
 hims. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1902, xlix, 34^-347 _ 
 Zangger (T. F.) On the danger of hiih altitudes for pa- 
 tients affected with arteriosclerosis. Lancet, Lond., 1899 i 
 1628. * ' 
 
 Arteriosclerosis (Diagnosis and semsi- 
 ology of). 
 
 See, also, Arteriosclerosis (Blood-pressure in); 
 Arteriosclerosis (Eye in); Arteriosclerosis 
 (Gastro-intestinal); Arteriosclerosis (Hxmor- 
 rhage in); Arteriosclerosis (Mental condition 
 in); Arteriosclerosis (Senile); Arteriosclero- 
 sis in children. 
 
 Basch. O skittom arterioaklerozie. 
 
 [Masked arteriosclerosis.] 
 , 1895.] 
 
 [Transl.] 8°. [Mos- 
 
 DouviLLB (G.) *De quelques signes d'art^- 
 rite chez des art6rioEcl6reux. 8°. Paris, 1910. 
 
 Tete (J.-U.) *Du double souffle intermittent 
 crural en dehors de rinsuffisance aortique et 
 particuliferement dans I'atherome art^rid 8° 
 Lyon, 1897. 
 
 TouiXEC (F.-L.) *Les symptQmes d'alanne 
 de I'arterio-sclerose; contribution a I'^tude des 
 petits signes. 8°. Bordeaux, 1912. 
 
 AllerhandJJ.) Zur Klinik der Arteriosclerose. Aerztl. 
 
 Centr.-Aiiz.,_Wien, 1899, xi, 33-42.— AJraJBaiai (P. Fo'u 
 "' '"' ' '"" lelladiagnosiprecocedeirarterio- 
 
 piccolo aneurisma cutaneonellL.iii»j,uuoii,i o wto uou ai bei lu 
 sclerosi. Morgagni, Milano, 1917, lix, pt. 1, 285-290, 2 pi.— 
 von Basch ( S. ) Ueber Arteriosklerosis und AngiosMerosis; 
 eine diagnostische Betrachtung. Wien. med. Presse, 1905, 
 xlvi, 373-379.— Beck ( C. ) Ueber den diagnostischen Wertb 
 der Rontgenstrahlen bei der Arteriosklerose. Deutsche 
 med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1898, xxiv, 106.— Bishop 
 (L. F.) Some diagnostic features of arteriosclerosis in clinical 
 medicine. BostonM. & S. J., 1907, clvi, 273-275. . Some 
 
AKTERIOSCLEROSIS. 
 
 42 
 
 ARTERIOSCLEROSIS. 
 
 Arteriosclerosis {Diagnosis and semei- 
 ology of). 
 
 points in the diagnosis of arteriosclerosis. Arch. Biagn., 
 
 N. Y., 1913, vi, 335-337. . The diagnosis of arteriosele- 
 
 losis. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1913, xcviii, 1050. A Iso, Reprint. 
 . The importance of the early recognition of arterio- 
 sclerosis. N. York State J. M., N. Y., 1916, rvi, 237-239.— 
 Blake (A. H.) A case report. [X-ray diagnosis of arterio- 
 sclerosis.) Boston M. & S. J., 1917, clxxvi. 356.— Boulcn- 
 gler. La pr&cWrose art^rielle. Pressemai. beige, Brux., 
 
 1907, lix, 173-176.— Bouveret (L.) [Prognosis in arterio- 
 sclerosis.] Prakt. Vrach., S.-Peterb., 1902, i, 80; 97.— Buch- 
 inan(A. P.) The etiology andsymptomaiology of arterio- 
 sclerosis. Fort Wayne M. J.-Mag. , 1906, xxvi, 58-63.— Cap- 
 pIello(S.) Sudiunpartlcolare.sintoniadell'artero-solerosi. 
 N. rlv. clm.-terap., Napoli, 1906, ix, 192.— Castex. Badio- 
 graphies d'artferes atheromateuses. Bull. Soc. scient. et 
 mfid. de I'ouest, Eennes, 1908, xvil, 44. — CtaApman (C. 
 W.J Prognosis in arteriosclerosis. Clin. -J., Lond., 1918, 
 xlvii, 10-12.— Cliartler (M. E.) Etiology and symptom- 
 atol<^y of arteriosclerosis. Med. Exam. & Pract., N. Y., 
 1902, xii, 432-434.— CMrle-Llgnlere (M.) Eicerche sullo 
 scroscio laiingeo. Med. Ital., Napoli, 1905, iii, 82,— Clark 
 
 iR.) Symptoms and physical signs of arterio-sclerosis. 
 ^ong Island M. J., Brooklyn, 1909, iii, 337-348.— Cli- 
 menko (H.) Prodromal symptoms of the nervous form of 
 arteriosclerosis. Med. Eec^ N. Y., 1918, xdv, 366-369. 
 Also, Reprint. — Coflen (T. H.) Cerebral and cardiac types 
 of arteriosclerosis. Northwest Med., Seattle, 1918, xvii, 
 1-6. — Cowan (J. M.) The current theories regarding arterio- 
 sclerosis. III. The symptoms. Practitioner, Lond., 1905, 
 Ixxv, 203-216; 1906, Ixxvi, 317-331, 4 jpl.: 1909, Ixxxiii, 614- 
 631. — Daland (J.) Clinical diagnosis of arterial sclerosis. 
 Med. Exam. & Pract, N. Y., 1907. xvii, 145-147. AUo: 
 Month. Cycl. Pract. Med^ Phila., 1907, xxi, 145-149. Also, 
 Reprint. — Dexter (R.) The climcal manifestations of arte- 
 riosclerosis. Ann. Gynec & Pediat., Bost., 1907, xx,_ 545- 
 560. — DoddS (W. T. S.) Arterio-sclerosis from a clinical 
 standpoint. Med. Connoil, Phila., 1912, xvli, 90-95.— Doll 
 (E.) Die sichtbare Pulsation der Arteria brachialis bei 
 Arteriosklerose. Wieu. klin. Rundschau, 1907, xxi, "197; 
 . 214. — Dupaqiiier (E. M.) Some observations on latent 
 cases of arterial sclerosis. Froc. Orleans Parish M. Soc. 1893, 
 N. Orl., 1894, i, 33-45.— EUlOtt <e. A.) Clinical obser- 
 vations on arteriosclerosis. Illinois M. J., Springfield, 
 1903-4, n. s., V, 728-734.— Fischer (H.) & Scblayer. 
 Arteriosklerose imd Fiihlbarkeit der Arterienwand. 
 Deutsches Arch. f. Win. Med., Leipz., 1909, xcviii, 164- 
 185. .4*80, transl.: Gazz. med. lomb., Milano, 1910, bdx, 
 265. — Garcia Guerrero (D.) Pormas clinicas de la ar- 
 terio-esclerosis. Rev. mm. de Chile, Sant. de Chile, 1902, 
 XXX, 58; 101; 148.— de Grandmalson (F.) L'exag&a- 
 tion des reflexes pateUaires et le clonus du pied chez les 
 athSromateux. MM. mod.. Par., 1896, vii, 785.— Green 
 (J. T.) Arteriosclerosis and the importance of an early 
 diagnosis and treatment. Kentucky M. J., Bowling Green, 
 1907-8, V, No. 8, 14-16.— Gubb fA. S.) The premonitory 
 signs of arteriosclerosis. Lancet, Lond., 1908, ii, 84. — 
 Hampetn (P.) Ueber den Volarton. Deutsche med. 
 WchnschTy BerL & Leipz., 1904, xxx, 307.— Hawxhurst 
 (H. H. ) The diagnosis of incipient arteriosclerosis. Hahne- 
 man. Month., Phila., 1908, xUii, 111-119.— Heard (J. D.) 
 The significance of transient cerebral crises and seizures,, as 
 occurring in arterio-sclerotics. Bdinb. M. J., 1910, n. s., v, 
 417-427. Also: Penn. M. J., Athens, 1910-11, xiv, 174-182.-- 
 Heitz (J.) & Infrolt (C.) Radiographies d'art&es athero- 
 mateuses; m^me degre de l^ions arterielles du c6t6 h^mi- 
 pMgl6etduc6t6sain. Bull. etm^m. Soc. anat. dePar.,1903, 
 Ixxviii, 142-144.— HertzeU (CO Die Stauungsreaktion bei 
 Arteriosklerose. BerL klin. Wchnschr., 1913, 1, 635-538.— 
 Hoppe-Seyler (G. ) Ueber die Anwendung der X-Strahlen 
 zum Nachwels der Arteriosklerose. Mitth. f. d. Ver. 
 
 Schlesw .-Hoist. Aerzte, Kiel, 1895-8, n. F., iv, 66-68. . 
 
 Ueber die Verwendung der RSntgen'schen Strahlen zur 
 Diagnose der Arteriosklerose. MUnchen. med. Wchnschr., 
 1896, xliii, 316, 1 pi.— Huchaid (H.) Formes oliniques de 
 I'arterio-scl&ose. Cong, franc, de med., 10. session, Genlve, 
 
 1908, i, S-72. [Discussion], ii, 47-54. Also, Reprint. Also 
 [Abstr.l: Gaz. d. hflp.. Par., 1908, Ixxxi, 1191-1195. [Dis- 
 cussion], 1215. Also, transl.: Klin.-therap. Wchnschr., 
 Wien, 1908, xv, 1041-1047. Also, transl. [ Abstr.]: Med. Press 
 & Circ, Lond., 1909, n. s., Ixxxvli; 560. — Jackson (H.) 
 The clinical aspects of artenosclerosis. Med. Commumcat. 
 Mass. M. Soc, Bost., 1910, xxi, 833-852.— Jzicquet (A.) Les 
 formes cliniques de rart^rio-scl^rose. Cong, franc, de m^d., 
 10. session, Geneve, 1908, i, 73-99.— Jardlni (A.) Maladie do 
 Dupuytren et arterioscKrose mddullaire. N. Icohog. de la 
 Salp^trifere, Par., 1906, xix, 552-560, 1 pi.— Josufi (0.) Les 
 petits signes de rart^rio-sclfirose. Presse m^.. Par., 1907, 
 xv,689-691. — : — . Lediagnosticderarterio-scl^rose. Gaz. 
 d. Mp., Par., 1908, Ixxxi, 1467-1470.— Kudo (S.) Eeferat 
 fiber Arteriosklerose: klinischer Tell. Verhandl. d. japan, 
 path. GeseUsch., ToMo, 1913, iii, 1-4. — Leclercq. Signes 
 cliniques de I'art^rio-scl&ose. J. de m6d. de Par., 1909, 2. s. , 
 xxi, 34.— McCreery (C. R.) Symptoms and diagnosis of 
 arteriosclerosis. Northwest Med., Seattle, 1916, xv, 294- 
 296.— Maragllano (E.) Le forme cliniche dell' artenoscle- 
 rosi. Boll. 3. clin., Milano, 1900, xvii. 385-391. Also: Gazz. 
 d. osp., Milano, 1900, xxi, 625-627.— MenottI (B.) Lescosse 
 
 Arteriosclerosis (Diagnosis and semd- 
 ology of). . , . „. 
 
 ritmiche del capo nell' ipertensione con artenoselerosi. Ei- 
 forma med., Roma, 1903, xix, 197-203.— Merklen (P.) Pr4- 
 cociW et longue durde de la respiration de CheTOe-Stokea 
 dans I'artirio-scl^rose. Bull, et m6m. Soc. ined. d. h6p. de 
 Par., 1900, 3. s., xvil, 338-343.— MUanI (A.) Contribute alia 
 sintomatologia dell' artoriosclerosi degli arti. Boll. d. Soc. 
 Lancisiana d. osp. di Roma, 1906, xxvi, 80-91.— MUler 
 (A.M.) Climcal manifestations of arteriosclerosis. Illinois 
 M. J., Springfield, 1911, xx, 645-548.— MInervlnl (L.) Les 
 trois pomts pulsatiles de la radiale dans I'artSrioscWrose. 
 
 Semamem(5£, Par., 1906, xxvi. 111. . Ipuntipulsantl 
 
 e la dlagnosi d'arteriosclerosi. Corrlere san., Milano, 1907, 
 xviii, 3^; 408. Also: Gior. internaz. d. sc. med., Napoli, 
 
 1907, n. s., xxix, 193-212.— M3x (C. L.) Physical signs of 
 arterio-sclerosis. Med. Exam. & Pract., N. Y., 1903, xiii, 
 404-407.— Osborne (0. T.) The early diagnosis and pre- 
 vention of arteriosclerosis. Yale M. J., N. Haven, 19d6-7, 
 xiii, 115-123.— von Phnl (P. V.) Arteriosclerosis; symp- 
 tomatology and course. Northwest Med., Seattle, 1905, iii, 
 330-333. Also: Med. Exam. & Pract., N. Y., 1906, xvi, 
 42. — PInmler (L.-L.) Les formes cliniques de I'art^rio- 
 solto)se. Scalpel, Li4e, 1908-9, Ix, 181-184.— Bhelner (G.) 
 Zur Diagnodtik der Arteriosklerose. Fortschr. d. Med., 
 Berl., 1909, xxvii, 1281; 1324.— Klva(A.) Losorosciblaringeo 
 e lo indurimento giovanile delle arterie. Med. ital., Napoli, 
 1906, iii, 81. Also: Rendic. d. Ass. med.-chir. di Parma, 
 1906, vi, 16.— Roberts (S. R.) The diagnosis of the arterial 
 group. Arch. Diag., N. Y., 1917, x, 129-139.- Rochester 
 (D.) The early dia^osis and symptoms of arterio-sclerosis. 
 Tr. M. Soc. N. Y., Albany, 1903, 86-91. AUo: Albany M. 
 Ann., 1903, xxlv, 127-133.— Bosenbusch (J.) Zur Diagnose 
 der arterloskleroUschen Erkrankungen der unteren Extre- 
 mltat. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1911, xlviii, 1712-1714.— 
 Runeberg (J. W.) [L'art&ioscl&ose, son image clinique, 
 ses symptbmes, sa marche et son traitement. E&., p. 
 Ixxxiv.] Finska lak.-sailsk. handl., Helsingfors, 1900, xlu, 
 793-818.— Russell (W.) Some of the clinical phenomena 
 associated with artenosclerosis. Intemat. Clin., Phila., 
 1912, 22. s., iv, 45-54.— Scheel (O.) Gefassmessungen und 
 Arteriosklerose. Virchow's Arch.f. path. Anat. [ete.], Berl., 
 
 1908, cxd, 136-167.— Schmlllnsky (H.) Zwei Diagramme 
 einer Arterlosclerose und geringgradigen Erweiterung der 
 
 ^ Aorta ascendens und des Aortenbogens. Fortschr. a. d. 
 Geb. d. Eontgenstrahlen, Hamb., 1897-8, i, 236-238, 1 pi.— 
 Slhle (M.) Beitrage zu einer funktionellen Diagnose der 
 Arteriosklerose und zur Diflferentialdiagnose der Angina 
 pectoris. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1904, xvii, 379-393.— van 
 Spanje (N. P.) Enkele opmerkinjen over aetiologie en 
 klinische verschijnselen der artonosclerose; tevens een 
 bijdraee tot de functioneele diagnostiek van hart en vaten. 
 Nederl. Tiidschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1911, ii, 1321-1343.— 
 Stengel (A.) The clinical course and diagnosis of arterio- 
 sclerosis. Penn.M. J., Pittsburg, 1903-4, vli, 585-597. AUo: 
 Wisconsin M. J., Milwaukee, 1904, iii, 137-153. AUo, Re- 
 print. . The early diagnosis of arteriosclerosis. Am. 
 
 Med., Phila., 1904, vii, 9-11. jlteo,Eeprmt. . Clinical 
 
 studies in arteriosclerosis. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, PhUa., 
 1904, xix, 512-519. Also: Cleveland M. J., 1904, iii, 525- 
 530. — Swan (J. M.) A case of extensive artenosclerosis 
 simulating aneurysm of the arch of the aorta. Univ. Penn. 
 M. Bull., Phila., 1903-4, xvi, 384-388. Also, Reprint.— 
 Teissier (J.) Valeur s^mfiologique des hypertensions par- 
 tiellesdansleursrapportsaveclessympt6mesetlescompfica- 
 tions del'artMoscKrose;interpr4tationpathog^nique. %ulL 
 
 Acad, de mM., Par., 1908, 3. s., lix, 283-293. . Les 
 
 formes cliniques de rarterio.scI&ose. J. m6d. franc Par 
 
 IQflR. iT_ fi^a-fi.^ Alxn- Vrcnr m&A T>ar lOAQ -"*x 351-355* 
 
 :,'448; 466; 
 ..„. - — , — ^, .. »"-..- .»., .j-iiio uuiuija. aspects of 
 arteno-sclerosis. Canad. J. M. & S., Toronto, 1913, xxxui 
 274-289. AUo: Canad. M. Ass. 3., Toronto, 1913, iu, 261- 
 268.— Tuxlans Fedr^osa (J.) El sindrome de Josufi en 
 las arterio-esclerosis. Rev. vialeno. de cien. m6d., Valencia 
 1914, xvi, 249-257.— Vlrshubski (A. M.) [Pseudoarteriol 
 sclerosis.] Prakt. Vrach, Petrogr., 1915, xiv, 377- 391 — 
 Walton (G. L.) & Pau^W. E.) Arteriosclerosis; a contri- 
 bution to its clinical study. J. Am. M. Ass., Chlcaeo 1908 
 1, 169-172.-Weber (L. W.) Zur Klinik dei arten^klerS 
 tisehen Seelenstorungon. Monatschr. f. Psychiat u Neu- 
 rol., Berl., 1908, xxui, Ergnzngshft., 175-212, 1 pi.— WlUlams 
 Cr. A ) Errors in the diagnosis and treatment Of arterio- 
 sclerotic antecedents. Virginia M. Semi-Month , Rich- 
 mond, 1912-13, xvu, 457-460. . The detection and treats 
 
 ment of the neurological phenomena preceding arteriosclero- 
 sis Med. Times, N!Y.,l913,xli, 1391141. — i-. DetecHoS 
 and treatment of neurological phenomena preceding arterio- 
 sclerosis, illustrated by cases and some errors. Am Pract 
 N. Y., 1914, xlviii, 74-81. '' 
 
 Arteriosclerosis (Epistaxis in). 
 
 See Arteriosclerosis (Hsemorrhage in). 
 
 Arteriosclerosis (Experimental). 
 
 See, also. Arteries (Diseases of, Experimen- 
 tal). 
 
AETERIOSCLEROSIS. 
 
 43 
 
 AETERIOSCLEROSIS. 
 
 Arteriosclerosis (ExperimentaT). 
 
 Albarede (L.) *Etucle pathog^nique et 
 experimental e de rath6rome. Ath6rome et 
 hyper^pin^phrie. 8°. Toulouse, 1904. 
 
 Fbuilli^ (P.) *Contribution k r6tude de 
 I'atMroine experimental. 8° Lyon, 1905. 
 
 HiiDBBHANDT (F.) *Experimentell erzeugte 
 lokale Atherosklerose imd ihre Beziehungen zur 
 Niere. 8°. Heidelberg, 1912. 
 
 JoRES (L. A.) Wesen und Entwickelung der 
 Arteriosklerose auf Grund anatomischer und ex- 
 perimen teller Untersuchungen. roy. 8°. Wies- 
 baden, 1903. 
 
 KrIloff (D. D.) *K voprosu o tak nazlvaye- 
 mom eksperimentalnom arteriosklerozie; sovre- 
 mennoye sostoyaniye voprosa voobshtshe i ob 
 izmieneniyakh, vlztvayemlkh. v aortie krolika 
 pod vliyaniyem sporlnyi v svyazi s ucheniyem 
 ob eksperimentalnom arteriosklerozie v chast- 
 nosti. [On so-called experimental arteriosclero- 
 sis; present state of the question in general, and 
 the alterations produced in the aorta of rabbits 
 under the influence of secale cornutum in con- 
 nection with the study of experimental arterio- 
 sclerosis in particular .1 8°. S.-PeterbuTg,!^!^. 
 
 Oertbl (R.) *Die Bedeutung des Nervus de- 
 pressor fur Blutdriick und Aorta. Experimen- 
 telle Untersuchungen zur Lehre von der Arterio- 
 sklerose. 8°. Boma-Leipzig, 1913. 
 
 Shirokogoroff (I. I.) *Adrenaliaovly 
 skleroz arteriy; eksperimentalnoye izslledova^ 
 niye. [Adrenalinic arteriosclerosis; experi- 
 mental investigation.] 8°. Yuryev, 1907. 
 
 Starokadomski (L. M.) *K voprosu ob 
 eksperimentalnom arteriosklerozie; eksperimen- 
 talnoye i sravnitelno-patologo-anatomicheskoye 
 izsliedovaniye. [Experimental arteriosclerosis; 
 an experimental and comparative pathologo- 
 anatomical investigation.] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 
 1909. 
 
 STtTKKBl (N. V.) *0b izmieneniyakh aorti 
 krolikov pod vliyaniyem usilennavo kormleniya 
 zhivotnoi pishtshei; k voprosu o dieteticheskom 
 arteriosklerozie. [Alterations in the aorta of 
 rabbits under the influence of excessive animal 
 diet; on dietetic arteriosclerosis.] 8°. S.-Peter- 
 burg, 1910. 
 
 Adier (I.) Studies in experimental atherosclerosis. Tr. 
 Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila., 1914, xxix, 512-527, 4pl. Also: 
 J. Exper. M., Lancaster, 1914, xx, 93-107, 4 pi. . Fur- 
 ther studies m experimental atherosclerosis. J. Exper, M., 
 Bait, 1917, xxri, 581-602, 4 pi.— Adler (I.) & Hensel (O.) 
 Studies of so-called experimental arteriosclerosis. Tr. Ass. 
 Am. Physicians, Phila., 1907, xxii, 683-693. [Discussion], 
 731-733. — Baduel (A.) Per retiologia e patogenesi delle 
 alterazioni arteriose sperimentali in relazione con I'ateroma- 
 sia umana. Eiv. crit. di clin. med., rirenze, 1907, viii, 273- 
 277.— Bailey (C. H.) Atheroma and other lesionsjiroduced 
 in rabbits by cholesterol feediDg. J. Exper. M^^ Lancaster, 
 Pa., 1916, xxiil, 69-85. AUo, Reprint. . The produc- 
 tion of arteriosclerosis and glomerulonephritis in the rabbit 
 by intravenous iniectionsof diphtheria toxin, J. Exper. M., 
 K. Y., 1917, XXV, 109-127. Also, Reprint.— Baldaut (L. K.) 
 Experimental arterio-sclerosis, St. Louis M . Rev,, 19M, Iviii, 
 
 257-261, . Experimental arterio-sclerosis. Lmnsville 
 
 Month. J. M. & S., 1915-16, xxil, 97-105.— Benda (C.) Die 
 Arteriosklerose (Atherosklerose) im Llchte der expcrimen- 
 tellen Forschung, Therap, d. Gegenw„ Berl., 1909, 1, 121- 
 126.— Biedl (A.) & Braun (L.) Zur Pathogenese der ex- 
 perimentellen Arteriosklerose, Wien, kiln. Wdmschr., 
 
 1909, xxii, 709-711. , ExperimenteUe Studien 
 
 jiber Arteriosklerose. Sitzungsb. d. k, Akad. d. Wissensch. 
 Math.-naturw, Bl, Wien, 1910, cxix, 329-262, 2 pi.— Bon- 
 namour (S.) & TliSvenot (L.) Toxine diphtWrique et 
 adrenaline dans la production de I'ath^rome experimental. 
 
 Compt, rend. Soo. de bid., Par., 1909, Ixvi, 387-389. 
 
 , Du mode d'action de radrSnaline dans la production 
 
 de I'atherome experimental; dissociation des propriet6s 
 vasomotrice, toxique et atheromatogfene; action aes rayons 
 X et de lalampe de Kromayer, J. dejphysiol. et de path. 
 gfin.. Par., 1910, xii, 248-252.— Boveri (P.) Contribute alio 
 Btumo degli ateromi aortici speriraentau; fatti nuovi iu- 
 tomo all' eziologla dell' artenosclerosi. Clio, med. ital., 
 
 Arteriosclerosis (Experimental) . 
 
 Milano, 1906, xlv, 41-64, 2 pi. . Arterioscierose experi- 
 
 mentale chez le singe. Compt. rend. Roc. de biol.. Par., itfos, 
 Ixv, 597: 1909, IxVl, 753. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Lavori d. 
 
 Cong, di med. int. 1908, Roma, 1909, xriii, 177. . 
 
 Nuovo contribute alio studio deirarteriosclerosi sperimen- 
 tale nella scimia. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1909, Roma, 
 1910, xix, 640.— Cheboksarofl (M. N.) [Tscheboksarofl in 
 German.) [Experimental atheroma of the aorta in rabbits 
 and the influence of the so-called inorganic serum of Tru- 
 necek.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1907, vi, 1600. AUo, 
 traml.: Zentralbl. t Herzkrankh., wien, 1910, ill, 160; 200; 
 
 274. . [On experimental arteriosclerosis.l_ Xazan. 
 
 Med. J., 1909, ix 247-329, 1 pi.— Cummins (W. T.) & 
 Stout (P. S.) Experimental arteriosclerosis by adrenalin 
 inoculations and the effect of potassium iodide. Univ. 
 Penn. M. Bull., Phila., 1906-7, xix, 101.— Denny (G. P.) & 
 Frothlngliani (C.) Experimental arterial disease in rab- 
 bits. J.Med.Research,Bost.,1914,n.s.,xxvi,277-283. Also, 
 Reprint. — J!tienne(G.)&FTltsch. LerSleatheromatisant 
 du chlorure do calcium dans I'atherome experimental n'ap- 
 partient pas & sa chaux. Compt. rend. Soc, de biol.. Par., 
 1909, Ixvi^ 937-939.— Fahr (T.) Beitrage zur experimeutel- 
 leu Atherosklerose unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung der 
 Frage nach dem Zusammenhang zwischen Nebennieren- 
 veranderungen und Atherosklerose. Verhandl. d. deutsch. 
 path. Gesellsch., Jena, 1912, xv, 234-249.— Fischer (B.) Zur 
 Frage der experimentellen Arterionekrose durch Adrena- 
 lininjektionen; Bemerkungen zu dem Aufcatz des Herrn 
 Kaiserllng. Berl. kiln. Wchnschr., 1907, xUv, 262.— Gaultler 
 (R.) Recherches sur le r61e de la tension arterielle dans la 
 production de I'atherome experimental par retude de Tac- 
 tion simultanee de "I'adrenaline," substance hypertensive, 
 et de "I'extrait aqueux de gui," substance hypotensive. 
 Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1908, Ixiv, 1159.— Gilbert 
 (A.) & iiloVL (G.) A propos du procfe-verbal, note sur 
 
 I'atherome arteriel experimental. Ibid., 1903, Iv, 1408. 
 
 : Note sur I'atherome arteriel experimental. Arch. 
 
 de mea. exper. et d'anat. path.. Par., 1904, xvl, 73-82, 1 pi.— 
 Gouset. Sur I'atherome tabagique experimental. Bull, 
 et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1908, 3. s., xxv, 1005-1007. 
 
 , Atherome experimental et silicate de soude, Presse 
 
 med.. Par., 1911, xix, 1005.— Heubner (W.) Experimen- 
 teUe Arteriosklerose, Ergebn. d. inn, Med. u. Kinderh., 
 Berl., 1908, i, 273-297.— Hlrscli (C.) & Thorspecken (O.) 
 ExperimenteUe Untersuchungen zur Lehre von der Arterio- 
 sklerose. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1912, cvli, 
 411-422. — ^Hornowskl (J.) JArteriosclerosis, specially of 
 the pulmonary artery, idiopathic and experimental diseases 
 of the arteries in animals and on the mutual relations of those 
 
 processes.] Now, lek., PoznaA, 1910, xxu, 584; 641. . 
 
 Untersuchungen iiber Atherosklerosis (Atherosklerosis art. 
 pulmon., Atherosklerosis beim Pferd und beim Rind, 
 Verandemngen in Arterien von Kaninehen, hervorgerufen 
 durch Transplantation von Nebennieren.) Virchow'sArch. 
 f. path. Anal;, [etc.], Berl., 1914, ccv, 280-309.— Klotz (O.) 
 Experimental production of arteriosclerosis, Brit. M. J., 
 Lond., 1906, 11,1767-1772, Also: Canad. J. M. & S., Toronto, 
 1907, xxii, 223-234. . Experimental studies m arterio- 
 sclerosis. Boston M. & S, J., 1907, clvi, 267-269. . 
 
 Studies upon calcareous degeneration; the relation of experi- 
 mental arterial disease in animals to arteriosclerosis in man. 
 J. Exper. M., N. Y., 1906, viii, 504-513, 1 pi. Also, Reprint. 
 
 . Experimental "work-arteriosclerosis." Montreal 
 
 M. J., 1908, xxxvU, 165-169. Also, Reprint. Also, transl.: 
 Centralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat., Jena, 1908, xix, 535- 
 539.— Knack (A. V.) Ueber Cholesterinsklerose. Vir- 
 chow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.^, Berl., 1915, ccxx, 36-52. — 
 Kon (J.) Rcferat liber Arteriosklerose; experimenteller 
 Teil. Verhandl. d. japan, path. Gesellsch., "Tokio, 1913, 
 8-19, 4 pi.— Kriloff (D. D.) [Rising of blood pressure in 
 experimental arteriosclerosis; experiments on rams.) Vrach. 
 
 Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1911, xvlii, 497; 541. . [Experimental- 
 
 arteriosclerosis.] Voyeimo-Med. J., Petrogr., 1915, ccxlii, 
 
 med.-spec. pt., 293-310. . Sur I'arterioscierose experi- 
 
 mentale des arrores coronaires du coeur. Compt.-rend. Soc. 
 de biol., Par., 1916, Ixxlx, 399.— van Leersum (E. C.) Zur 
 Frage der experunentellen alimentaren Atherosklerose. 
 Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. (etc.), Berl^ 1914, ccxvii, 452- 
 462.— van I^eisum (E. C.) & Rassers (J. R. F.) Beitrag 
 zur Eeimtnis des experimenteUen Adrenalin-Atheroms. 
 Ztschr. f. exper. path. u. Therap.,'Berl., 1914, xvi, 230-236, 1 
 pi. — Lemoine (G.) Production experimentale de plaques 
 atheromateuses de cholesterine chez les lapins; nouveUe 
 conception pathogenique de I'arterio-scierose. Nord med., 
 LiUe, 1911, xviil, 237-240.— Levi deUa Vida (M.) Ueber ex- 
 perimentelle Arteriosklerose; Bemerkung zu der Arbeit von 
 O. Loeb, Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1913, 
 xxxix, 2200. — Loeb (O.) Ueber Arteriosklerose. II. 
 Ueber experimenteUe Ajterienveranderungen mit besonde- 
 rer Beriicksichtigung der Wirkung der Milchsaure au f Grund 
 
 eigener Versuche. Ibid., 1819-1822. . Experimental- 
 
 untersuchung zur Stoflwechselgenese der Arteriosklerose. 
 Ibid., 1915, xD, 178.— Luclen (M.) & Parisot (J.) Note sur 
 les rapporls entre les lesions de I'atherome experimental et 
 spontane. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1908, Ixlv, 467- 
 
 469. — . La pathogenie de I'atberome d'aprfes 
 
 retude de ses lesions experimentales et spontanees. J. med. 
 
ARTERIOSCLEROSTS. 
 
 44 
 
 AETERIOSCLEROSIS. 
 
 Arteriosclerosis (ExperimentaT). 
 
 franc., Par-. 1909,lii, 88-93, 2pl.— LukeS (J.) [Experimental 
 lesions of the arteries and their significance in atherosclerosis.] 
 Casop. 1&. desk., v Praze, 1914, liii, 1381-1391.— Mlllia- (J. L.) 
 Experimental arterial degeneration. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. 
 & N. Y., 1907, n. s., cxxxiii, 593-601.— OrlowsW (Z.) [Ex- 
 perimental atheroma of the arteries in rabbits.] Przegl. lek., 
 Krakflw, 1906, xlv, 277-280.— Parlsot (J.) Ath^rome ex- 
 perimental par injections rfip^tiSes de clilorure de barjmm. 
 Rot. mii. de I'est, Nancy, 1908, xl, 444-447. Also: M4m. 
 Soc. de m&d. de Nancy, 1907-8, 136-139.— Pearce (R. M.) 
 Experimental arteriosclerosis and myocarditis. Johns 
 Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1906, xvii, 94.— Pearce (E. M.) 
 & Stanton (E. McD.) Experimental arteriosclerosis. 
 Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1904-5, ii, 77-79. 
 
 .Experimental arteriosclerosis. Albany M. 
 
 Ann., 1906, xxyii, 77-88. 2 pi. Also: J. Exper. M., N. Y., 
 1906, Tiii, 74-86, 2 pi. AUo, Eeprint.— Pic (A.) & Bonna^ 
 mour (S.) Du role des moditlcatioiis de la pression san- 
 guine dans la production de I'atMrome exp&imental. J. de 
 Physiol, et depath. gin., Par., 1906, Tiii, 460-465.— Rauten- 
 Derg (E.) Experimentell erzeugte, mit Arteriosklerose 
 yerbujtdene chronische Albuminurien. Verhandl. d. Ge- 
 sellsch. dcutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1909, Leinz., 1910, Ixxxi, 
 pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 66.— Elckett (G. E.) Experimental athero- 
 ma. J. Path. & Bacterid., Cambridge, 1907-8, xii, 16-30, 6 
 pi. [2 col.l. — Rubinstein. L'ath^rome experimental par 
 mgestion de cholest(5rine. Compt. rend. Soc. de bioL, Par., 
 1917, Ixxx, 191-194.— Saltykow (S.) Ueber experimentelle 
 AtherosklOTOse. Verhandl. d. deutsch. path. Gesellsch., 
 
 Jena, 1908, xii, 197-202. . Die experimentell erzeugten 
 
 ArterienTerauderungen in ihrer Beziehung zu Athero- 
 sklerose und Terwandten Kranltheiten des Menschen. 
 Centralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat, Jena, 1908, xix, 321; 
 
 369. . Experimentelle Forschung in der Lehre dcr 
 
 Arteriosklerose. Zentralbl. f. d. ges. Physiol, u. Path. d. 
 
 StofEwechs., Berl. & Wien, 1908, n. P., iii, 654-665. . 
 
 Experimentelle Atherosklerose. Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. 
 allg. Path., Jena, 1913-14, iTii, 415-473, 2pl.— Schmiedl (H.) 
 Experimentelle Untersuchungen zur Frage der mechani- 
 schen Genese der Arteriosklerose. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 
 1914, xxTii, 597-606.— Sorel (E.) Contribution k I'^tude 
 experimentale de Tatherome. Arch. med. de Toulouse, 
 
 1905, xi, 228-236. . Athfirome experimental. Langue- 
 
 doc med.-chir., Toulouse, 1905, xiii, 76. — Starokadomsky 
 (L. M.) & Ssobolew (L. W.) Zur Frage der exnerimentel- 
 len Arteriosklerose. Frankf. Ztschr. f. Path., Wiesb., 1903, 
 iu, 912-925, 2 pi.— Steinblss (W.) Ueber experimentelle 
 alimentare Atherosklerose. Virchow's Arch, f . path. Anat. 
 [etc.], Berl., 1913, ccxii^ 152-187, 1 tab.— Tsumoda (T.) & 
 tJnieliara(N.) Vergleichende Studienderexperimeutellen 
 Atherosklerose durch Tcrschiedene Nahrungsmittel, Ver- 
 handl, djap. path. Gesellsch., Tokyo, 1915, t, 62: 1916, Ti, 
 90-93.— Wacker(L.) & Hueck (W.) Ueber experimentelle 
 Atherosklerose und Cholesterinamie. Munchen. med. Wchn- 
 schr., 1913, Ix, 2097-2100.— Zi^ler (E.) Ueber die Wirkung 
 intraTcnoser Adrenalininjektion auf das Gefasssystem nnd 
 ihre IBeziehung zur Arteriosklerose. Beitr. z, path. Anat. 
 u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1905, xxxTlii, 229-254. 
 
 Arteriosclerosis (Eye in). 
 
 See, also. Retina {Blood-supply of. Disorders 
 of). 
 
 Walther (H.-F.-J.) *Arterio-scl^rose et artfere 
 centrale de la retine. 8° Nana/, 1906. 
 
 Zentmater (W.) Some unusual ocular mani- 
 festations of arteriosclerosia. 8°. Chicago, 1906. 
 
 Also, in: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1907, xlTiil, 750-754. 
 
 Antonelli. L'appareil oculaire dans quelques formes 
 cliniquesdel'arterioscl6rose. Cong.frang. demed.,10.session, 
 1908, GenfeTC, 1909, ii, 91-101.— Bardsley (P. C.) The retinal 
 signs of arteriosclerosis compared with those due simply toin- 
 creased blood-pressure. Proc Eoy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1916-17, 
 X, Sect. Ophth., 34-42. AUo: Clin. J., Lond., 1918, xlTii, 
 136-139. Also: Brit. J. Ophth., Lond., 1917, i, 239-245.— Bar- 
 rett (J. W.) & Orr (W. F.) A note on the ophthalmoscopic 
 appearance of arteriosclerosis. Austral. M. J., Melbourne, 
 1911-12, n. s., i, 3S6— Bishop (L. F.) The relation of arterio- 
 sclerosis to ophthalmology; neurology, and surgery, from 
 the Tiewpoint of the internist. Med. Eec, N. Y., 1915, 
 IxxxTlU, 85. Also: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1915, ci, 987. Also, 
 Reprint. — Bistls (J.) Des troubles des alterations de la Tue 
 pendant I'arterioscierose. Grfece med., Syra, 1904, Ti, 38. — 
 Bruner(W. E.) Ocularsymptomsofarteriosclerosis, Ann. 
 Ophth^ St. Louis, 1903, xriii, 683-702, 1 pi. Also: Ohio 
 il. J., Columbus, 1910, Ti, 78-88.— Cantonnet (A.) Lcs pa- 
 ralysies oculaires des arterio-sciereux. J. de med. et chir. 
 prat.. Par., 1913, IxxxiT, 289-291.— Caaude (H.) Ophtal- 
 moplegie transitoire, re^esslTe, chez un arterio-sciereux. 
 Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1906, 3. s., xxiii, 
 567-571. — ConneU (J. C.) Eye-symptoms in arterio-scle- 
 rosis. Canada Lancet, Toronto, 1903-4, xxxTii, 27-29. Also: 
 Canad. Praot. & Ect., Toronto, 1903, xxTiii, 475-477.— 
 Fehr. Vcrstopfung der Cen tral-Artcriebei Sklerose der Art e- 
 rien und Periarteritis. Centralbl. f. prakt. Augenh., Leipz., 
 
 Arteriosclerosis (Eye in) . 
 
 1902, xxTi, 240.— Greenwood (A.) Early fundus signs of 
 arteriosclerosis. Ann. Ophth., St. Louis, 1913, xxii, 248- 
 254.— Henschen (S. E.) Ueber clrcumscripte artcno-skle- 
 rotische Nekrosen (Erweichungeni in den SehnerTen, im 
 Chiasma und in den Tractus. Arch. f. Ophth., Leipz., 
 1911, IxxTiii, 212-223, 1 pi.— Hertel (E.) Veriinderungeu der 
 Netzbautgeffisse bel Arteriosclerose. Ber. ii. d. Versamml. 
 d. ophth. Gesellsch. 1900, Wiesb., 1901, xxTui, 150-154, 1 pi.— 
 Maclielsli (A. L.) The contribution of ophthalmology to 
 the diagnosis of arteriosclerosis. South. Calif. Pract., Los 
 Angeles, 1907, xxii, 1-6.— Marple (W, B.) The ocular le- 
 sions of general arteriosclerosis. Med. Eec., N, Y., 1907, 
 
 Ixxi, 421-425. [Discussion], 454, . Arteriosclerosis as 
 
 seen by the ophthalmologist. N. York M. J, [etc.], 1915, 
 ci, 988-993. Also, Eeprint— Moore (B. F.) The retinal 
 circulation in arterio-sclerosis, Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, 
 
 Lond., 1916, xxxTi, 319-335. ■ 
 
 , The retinitis of arterio- 
 
 sclerosis, and its relation to renal retinitts and to cerebral 
 vascular disease. Quart. J. Med., Oxford, 1917, x, 29-77, 
 8 pi.- Possek (R.) Ueber senile MaoulaTeranderung bei 
 Arteriosklerose. Ztschr. f. Augenh., Berl., 1905, xiii, 771- 
 779.— Keber (W.) The Talue of the ophthalmoscope in 
 the early diagnosis of arteriosclerosis. Month. Cycl. Pract. 
 Med., Phila., 1907, xxi, 149-159. Also: Med, Exam. & 
 Tract., N. Y., 1907, xvii, 147-151.— Sanderson (H.) Ocular 
 manifestations of arteriosclerosis, Canada Jjancet, Toronto, 
 1907-8, xll, 848-851.— Sibley (B. D.) Ophthalmic signs in 
 arteriosclerosis. Alabama M, J., Birmlngh., 1908-9, xxi, 
 650-655.— Smitli (E.) Relation of general arteriosclerosia 
 to certain ocular conditions. Ann, Ophth., St. Louis, 1914, 
 xxiii, 62-77, Also: Interstate M. J., St. Louis, 1914, xxi, 52- . 
 64. — Snyder (W. H.) The relation between general arterial 
 sclerosis and increased tension in eye-ball; some practical 
 obserrations on the use of the Schiotz-tonometer. Ophthal- 
 mol., Seattle, 1910-11, vii, 586-592, Abo, Reprint.— StlUson 
 (H.) The eye symptoms in arteriosclerosis. Northwest 
 Med., Seattle, 1916, xv, 300.— Stiilting (B.) Zlrkulations- 
 storungen in der Netzhaut bel Arteriosklerose. Klin. Mo- 
 natsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg., 1910, xlTlii, 305-314.— Straub 
 (M.) OTer de prognose bij netTliesbloedingen door arterio- 
 sclerose. Nederl. Tijdsehr, t, Geneesk., Amst., 1908, i, 
 1838-1842.— Sufla (G. AA Ocular manifestations of arterio- 
 sclerosis. N. Eng. M. Gaz., Bost., 1911, xlvi, 1117-1119.— 
 Suker (G, F,) Diagnostic eye-findings in arteriosclerosis 
 (angiosclerosis), Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1906, n. s^ Ivii, 595- 
 601, AUo, Reprint.— Swift (G. W.) The flindus of the 
 eye in arterio-sclerosis. Northwest Med., Seattle, 1911, n. s., 
 iii, 251.— Veasey (C. A.) The ocular manifestations of arterio- 
 sclerosis and their diagnostic and prognostic significance, 
 J. Ophth. & Oto-Laryngol., Chicago, 1911, v, 137-145. Also: 
 Northwest Med., Seattle, 1911, n. s., ill, 34-37. Also, Re- 
 print. — Venneman. The senile eye and the arterioscle- 
 rotic eye. Homoeop. Eye, Ear & Throat J., N. Y., 1906, xii, 
 342-345.— Wiener (M.) & WoUnei (H. L,) A reaction of the 
 pupil, strongly suggestive of arteriosclerosis with increased 
 blood pressure. J. Am. M, Ass., Chicago, 1915, Ixv, 214- 
 216.— WlUiams (E. R.) The eye examination a help to 
 diagnosis of commencing arteriosclerosis. Tr. Am, Ophth. 
 Soc, Phila., 1913, xiii, pt. 2, 531-554.— Wllmer (WT H.) 
 Arterio-sclerosis in relation to ocular lesions. J. Ophth. & 
 Oto-I^aryngol., Chicaw, 1909, iii, 213-218. AUo: Old Do- 
 minion J, M. & S., Richmond, 1909, viii, 317-323.— Wriglit 
 (E. W.) Early diagnosis of arteriosclerosis from the retSial 
 vessels. Med. Council, Phila., 1917, xxii, 31-33, 
 
 Arteriosclerosis (Gastro-intestindl). 
 
 Ott (A.) L'arteciosclerosi gastrica e intesti- 
 nale (con contribute sperimentale sulla pato- 
 genesi). 8°, Sassari, 1910, 
 
 Akin (H. L.) Gastric symptoms consequent on arterio- 
 sclerosis, J. Am, M. Ass., Chicago, 1909, Iii, 1825-1828.— 
 Bierring CW. L.) The gastro-intestinal type of arterio- 
 sclerosis. Iowa M. J., Des Moines, 1902, viii, 6»-639. , 
 
 The significance and treatment of the gastro-intestinal form 
 of arteriosclerosis. Intemat. Clin., Phila., 1904, 14. s., ii, 
 151-164, 1 pi —Blind. Des troubles digestifs dans I'arterio- 
 scierose. Cong. fran?. de med. Rap., Par., 1899, t, 696- 
 700. — Buch (M.) [Arteriosclerotic gastric pains.] Ilnska 
 lak.-sallsk. hand!., Helsingfors, 1904, xlTi, pt. 2, 118-155.— 
 Canaveri (C.) Sopra un case di dispraraa arteriosclerotica 
 intermittente intestinale, Progresso med., Torino, 1906, v, 
 39-42.— Chelnlsse (L.) L'arteriosclerose gastrique. S©- 
 maine med.. Par., 1907, xxtU, 385-387.— Frugonl (C.) 
 Arteriosclcrosi gastro-intestinale. RiT. crit. d. cltn. med 
 Firenze, 1913, xit, 104; 120; 135; 153; 168; 184; 197; 204. AUo, 
 Reprint.— GUbrlde (J. J.) Gastrointestinal disturbances 
 due to arteriosclerosis, J, Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1909, Iii, 
 955-957.— KllmmeU (R.) Ueber die Sklerose der Emge- 
 weidearterien der Bauchh5hle. Centralbl. f. allg. Path. u. 
 path. Anat., Jena, 1906, xvii, 129-134.— Lagane (L.) L'ar- 
 terio-scierose intestinale. Proeres med.. Par., 1911, 3. s , 
 xxTii, 505-S12.— Longcope (W. T.) The early changes in 
 arteriosclerosis of the gastrointestinal tract. Proc. Path. 
 Soc. Phila.. 1904, n. s., Tii, 165-172.— Neusser (E.) Zur 
 Symptomatologie gastrointestinaler St6rungen bci Artcrio- 
 
ARTERIOSCLEROSIS. 
 
 45 
 
 ARTERIOSCLEROSIS. 
 
 Arteriosclerosis (Gastrointestinal) . 
 
 sklerose. Wien. kiln. Wchnschr., 1902, xv, 965-967.— 
 Nuckols (O. P.) Splanchnic arteriosclerosis. Kentucky 
 M. J., Bowling Green, 1909-10, vUI, 1203, 1221.— Raulln (L.) 
 I/'art«rio-scl(5rose gastro-intcstinale. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. m^d. 
 de Bordeaux, 1908, xxix, 409-411.— Shtshukln (I. V.) 
 [Pathology and treatment of gastro-intestinal arteriosclero- 
 sis.] Prakt. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1913, xii, 3; 24.— Stockton 
 (C. G.) Arterio-sclerosis and the digestive system. Albany 
 M. Ann., 1903, xxiv, 140-145. 
 
 Arteriosclerosis (Generalized). 
 
 RocHEK (E.) *De rinegale repartition des 16- 
 sions arterielles dans I'artMo-sclerose g^nera- 
 lis^e. 8°. Paris, 1897. 
 
 Boteano (E.-R.) Art<5rio.scl4rose g^n^ralis^e avec dys- 
 trophic cardiaque et insufflsance rtoale; 6pithffiome de 
 I'estomac; intoxication par les boissons h. essences et par 
 I'alcool; mort subite par rupture du coeur. J. de mid. int., 
 Par., 1908, xii, 252-254.— Brady (C. M.) General arterio- 
 sclerosis. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1907-8, k, 221-229. AUo: 
 Proc. Orleans Parish M. Soc, N. Orl., 1907, 140-148.— 
 Castex (M. R.) Arterioesclerosis generalizada; nefrocsclero- 
 sis primitiva; pardlisis total del oculomotor comlinizquierdo. 
 Prensa mdd. argentlna, Buenos Aires, 1915-16, ii, suppl., 
 125-127.— Cliapman (C. W.) A case of generalized athero- 
 ma without apparent valvular disease. Tr. M. Soc. Lond., 
 1910-11, xxxiv, 421.— Ecker (L. C.) General arterial sclerosis 
 with aneurysm of the ascending aorta. Virginia M. Semi- 
 Month., Richmond, 1913-14, xviii, 275.-^L,aubry (C.) & 
 Farvu. Art4rio-scl&ose gto&alisde de I'artfere pulmonalre. 
 Tribune mid.. Par., 1909, n. s., xii, 485.— Saladrlgas (E.) 
 Lecci6n cUnica sobre un case de arterio-esclerosis generaliza- 
 da. Rev. de med. y clrug. de la Habana, 1904, ix, 131-134. — 
 Stengel (A.) Arteriosclerosis as a general disease. Am. 
 Med., Phila., 1906, xi, 195-198. Also: Medicine, Detroit 
 
 1906, xii, 422-428. Also, Reprint. . Some clinical 
 
 manifestations, visceral and general, of arteriosclerosis. 
 Brit. M. J., Lond., 1906, ii, 1010-1012.— Stordeur. Art^rio- 
 scKrose gto&alisfe. J. mfid. de Brux., 1903, vili, 156; 788. — 
 WilUamson (O. K.) Symptoms which precede and are 
 associated with general arterio-sclerosis. Lancet, Lond., 
 1918, i, 627-630. 
 
 Arteriosclerosis (Haemorrhage in). 
 
 See, also, Brain {JSsemorrhage in). 
 
 Baillt (A.) *Le purpura chronique de 
 I'angio-Bclerose. 8°. Paris, 1910. 
 
 Bitot (E.) & Maurlae (P.) Artirio-scMreux; mort par 
 h^mat^mlse. J. de m&l. de Bordeaux, 1910, xl, 76. — ^Escat 
 (E.) L'6pistaxis grave des arterio-sclereux; topographic des 
 foyers; traitement local. Piesse med.. Par., 1905, 569-571. 
 Also, iransl.: Gior..ital. di larlngol., otol. e rinol^ Napoli, 
 1906, vi, 5-7.— Healy (W. P.) Arteriosclerosis and the con- 
 trol of uterine hemorrhage. N. York M. j. [etc.], 1915, ci, 
 996. Also, Reprint, — Hilliaid (J. W.) Spontaneous hem- 
 orrhage into the peritoneal cavity in arterio-sclerosis Brit. 
 M. J., Lond., 1918, i, 231. — Lucas-Ctaajupionniere (P.) 
 Purpura chronique de Pangio-scl6rose. J. de ni(^,d. et chir. 
 prat.j Par., 1911, Ixxxii, 408. — Perkins (C. E.) Epistaxis in 
 arteriosclerosis. Med. Rec., N. Y., 1915, Ixxxviii, 86. Also: 
 N. York M. J. [etc.], 1915, ci, 995. Also, Reprint.— Vergely 
 (J.) romat^mfese chez un artSrioscltoux. J. de m^. de 
 Bordeaux, 1911,gcli, 407-409. 
 
 Arteriosclerosis (Heart in). 
 
 See, also. Artery (Coronary). 
 
 VON Basch (S.) Bie Herzkran kh eiten bei 
 Arteriosclerose. 8°. Berlin, 1901. 
 
 HtJCHAED (H.) Maladies du coeur; arterio- 
 sclerose. 8°. Paris, 1910. 
 
 RiT (E.) Du syndrome mitro-aortique chez 
 les atberomateux. 8°. i^oTi, 1901. 
 
 ScHNELLEK (P.) *Ueber die isolierte Arterio- 
 sklerose des kleinen Kreislaufes mit isolierter 
 HypertrophiedesrechtenVentrikels. 8° MUn- 
 chen, 1912. 
 
 Wachenfeld. Herzkrankheiten' und Arte- 
 rienverkalkung. 8°. Miinchen, 1910. 
 
 Anglada & Cbauvin. Volumineuse plaque d'athSrome 
 sous-aortique. Montpel. m^d., 1912, Iv, 516-518.— Babcock 
 (R. H.) Arterio-sclerosis, with special reference to its effects 
 on the heart, and to treatment. Tr. Colorado M. Soc, Den- 
 ver, 1899, 72-88.— Bernheim. Sur le coeur des art&iosclfr 
 reux. Rev. mM. de I'est, Nancy, 1906, xxxviii, 233; 388. 
 AUo [AbstrJ: Soc. de m^d. de Nancy. C.-r. . . ., 1905-6, 
 pt. 2, 115.— Butler (G. R.) Arterio-sclerosis and the heart. 
 Albany M. Ann., 1903, xxiv, 133-137.— CaUliau. La myo- 
 cardite grippale chez les arterio-scWieux. J. de m&3. int.. 
 Par., 1911, XV, 177-179. — Dellepiane (A.) Sopra un caso di 
 arterio-sclerosi con insufficienza delle valvole aortiche e 
 ateroma diffuse della polmonare e dei suoi rami. Gazz. d 
 
 Arteriosclerosis (Heart in). 
 
 osp., Milano, 1912, xxxiii, 1297. — Faber (j;) Diagnose und 
 Therapie der arteriospastischen Herzschwache, nebst TJnter- 
 suchungen liber das Zustandekommen der beiden ersten 
 katakroten Elevationen der Pulskurve. Vereinsbl. d. pfalz. 
 Aerzte, Frankenthal, 1897, xiii, 156-161.— HascnIeM (A.) 
 Ueber die HerzhyTpertrophie bei Arteriosclerose, nebst 
 Bemerkungen ut>er die Herzhypertrophle bei Schrumpfiiieie. 
 Deutsches Arch. f. Hln. Med., Leipz., 1897, lix, 193-221.— 
 Hawes (Mary). Arterio-sclerosis ending in cardiac insuffi- 
 ciency and acute glosso-labio-laryngeal paralysis. Colorado 
 Med., Denver, 1905, ii^ 192-195.— Johnston (C. H.) The 
 heart in artenosclerosis. J. Mich. M. Soc, Battle Creek, 
 1913, xii, 256-261. — Josu€ (O.) Formes cliniques de I'insuffi- 
 sance cardiaque des art^riosclfireux. ProgrSs m^.. Par., 
 1908, 3. s., xxiv, 517.— Klemperer (G.) Die Prognose der 
 arteriosklerotischen Herzerkrankung. Therap. d. Gegenw., 
 Berly 1914, Iv, 289-292,— Longcope (W. T.) & McClintock 
 {X. T.) The effect of permanent constriction of the splanch- 
 nic arteries and the association of cardiac hypertrophy with 
 arteriosclerosis. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila., 1910, 
 XXV, 45-57.— McKay (T. W. G.) The cardiac aspect of 
 arterio-sclerosis. Canada Lancet, Toronto, 1903-4, xxxvii, 
 13-17. AUo: Canad. Pract. & Rev., Toronto, 1903, xxviii, 
 470-475.— Marshall (C. R.) On the treatment of the heart 
 feilure of arterio-sclerosis. Brit. M. T., Lond., 1897, ii, 171.3- 
 1717. — ^Neu (C.} Arteriosclerosis with especial reference to 
 the heart and kidneys. Northwest Med., Seattle, 1911, n. s., 
 iii, 245-248. — Pirera (A.) Alterazioni indotte sul cuore 
 dall' arteriosclcrosi e daUe modificazioni della pressione delle 
 arterie. Gior. intemaz. d. sc. med., Napoli, 1912, n. s., xxxiv, 
 961; 1009.— Preble (R. B.) The effects of arterio-sclerosis 
 upon the heart. Medicine, Detroit, 1897, iii, 551-555. — 
 Schabert (A.) TJeber die VentrLkelhypertrophie bei Arte- 
 riosklerose und chronischer Nephritis. St. Petersb. med. 
 Wchnschr., 1908, xxxiii, 327-329.— Scherb. R^tr&issement 
 mitral chez un art^rioscMreux. Bull. mM. de I'Afrique, 
 Alger, 1904, xv, 77. 
 
 Arteriosclerosis (History and statistics 
 
 of). 
 
 Ratzebueg (H. L. H. E.) *Ueber Vorkom- 
 men und Aetiologie der Arteriosklerose, nebst 
 einigen anhangsweisen symptomatisclien Bemer- 
 kungen. [Berlin.] 8°. Leipzig, 1905. 
 
 Remldtger (J. A.) *ZurStatistik der Arterio- 
 sklerose. 8°. Marburg, 1905. 
 
 B^umler. 1st die Arteriosklerose eine Allgemeinkrank- 
 heit? Berl. khn. Wchnschr., 1905, xlii, Fesf^Num., 38- 
 44.— Kluczenko (B.) [Statistics of atheroma.] Przegl. 
 lek., Krakdw 1872, xi, 293; 301; 313.— Laubry (C.J L'art«- 
 riosclerose (d'aprfes Josud). Arch. d. mal. du cceur [etc.], 
 Par., 1909, li, 469^77.— Saltykow (S.) Ueber die Hauflg- 
 keit der Atherosklerose. Cor.-BL £. schweiz. Arezte, Basel, 
 1915^ xlv, 1379-1388. — Zoneliello. La diflusione e la distri- 
 buzione geograffca dell'arteriosclerosi in Italia. Salute 
 pubb., Perugia, 1906, xix, 97-109. 
 
 Arteriosclerosis ( Mental condition in ) . 
 
 See, also. Brain (Arteriosclerosis of). 
 
 RoGGE (H.) *XJeber sensorische Aphasie und 
 Geistesgtorung bei Arteriosklerose. 8° Kiel, 
 1911. 
 
 Seeinges (G.) *Contribution k 1' etude des 
 psychopathies dans I'arterio-sclerose. 8° Bor- 
 deaux, 1914. 
 
 Tamaein (A . ) *Zur Kenntnis der arteriosklero- 
 tischen Psychosen. [Bern.] 8°. Berlin, 191Z. 
 
 Also, in: Ztschr. f. d. ges. Neurol, u. Psychiat., Berl. & 
 Leipz., 1913, xix, Orig., 497-527. 
 
 Albrecht. Ein forensischer Fall von arteriosklerotischer 
 Geistesstorung. Ztschr. f. Med.-Beamte, Berl., 1904, xvii, 
 683-687. — Aretinl (A.) La demenza senile e I'arterioscle- 
 rotica rappresentano due forme cliniche distinte od una 
 stessa entity nosologica? Gior. di psichiat. clin. e teen, 
 manic, Ferrara, 1909, xxxvii, 23-48. — Campbell (C. M.) 
 Arterio-sclerosis in relation to mental disease. Proc. Am. 
 Med.-PsychoL Ass.^ Bait., 1907, xiv, 171-180.— Castelllno 
 (P. F.) I fenomemcerebralitransitorldelP arteriosclcrosi; 
 raccolta A. Marotta. Tommasi, Napoli, 1911, vi, 473-478. — 
 Courtney ( J. E . ) Nervous and mentalphenomcna of arte- 
 rio-capillajy fibrosis and atheroma. Tr. Colorado M. Soc, 
 
 Cong. Intemat. de mM. (xvi.). C.-r., Budapest, 1910, Sect. 
 xii, Psychiat., 173-192. — I,eonard (E. F.) Arteriosclerosis 
 and its relation to mental diseases. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 
 
 1914, cxi, 641. . Arteriosclerosis and its relation to 
 
 mental diseases. Illinois M. J., Chicago, 1917, xxxi, 393- 
 395. Also: Inst. Quart., Springfield, 111., 1917, viii, 32-34.— 
 Marinesco (G.) & Minea (L) Lesions de la n^vroglie cor- 
 ticate dans \m cas d'angio-sclerose avec d&nence. Compt.- 
 
AETEEIOSCLEEOSIS. 
 
 46 
 
 AETEEIOSCLEEOSIS. 
 
 Arteriosclerosis {Mental condition in). 
 
 rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1916, badx, 454.— Oiah (G.) Psy- 
 chosis arteriosclerotica. Verhandl. d. Budapest, k. Ge- 
 sellsch. d. Aerzte 1907, Budapest, 1908, 94. Also: Orvosi 
 
 hetil., Budapest, 1907, 11, 881. . Was tann manheute 
 
 unter arteriosklerotisclien Psyohosen verstehen? Cong, 
 internat. de mgd. (xvi.). C.-r., Budapest, 1909, Sect, xii, 
 Psychiat, 45-48. AUo: Psyohiat.-neurol. Wchnschr., 
 Halle a. S., 1909-10, xl, 455-457.— Penta (P.) In tema di 
 demenza arteriosclerotica; parere medico-legale sur un 
 caso dl furto qualiflcato. Eiv. mens, di psichiat. forense, 
 Napoli, 1904. vii, 83-114.— Pilcz. Klinik der arteriosklero- 
 tisclien Geisteserkrankungen. Wien. med. Wclinschr., 1911, 
 bd, 305; 382; 443; 509.— Price (G. E.) Arteriosclerosis with 
 symptoms resembling pseudobulbar palsy ol gradual onset. 
 J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N, Y., 1916, xliii, 58.— Beckzeh. 
 TJeber die Begutachtung arteriosklerotiscner und konsti- 
 tutioneller psychischer Anomalien. Forteohr. d. Mod., 
 Berl., 1914, xxxil, 809-813. Also: Ztschr. t. Versicherungs- 
 med., Leipz., 1914, vii^ 193-197.— Schroder (P.) Himrin- 
 denveranderungen bei arteriosklerotischer Demenz; mit 
 Demonstration von Mikrophotogrammen. Verhandl. d.Ge- 
 sellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1907, Leipz., 1908, pt. 2, 
 2. Hlfte., 238-240.— Stephenson (F. H.) Notes on nervous 
 and mental manifestations due to arteriosclerosis. Buffalo 
 M. J., 1909-10, Ixv, 416-419.— von Tschlrch (W.) Die im 
 Verlauf der Arteriosklerose aultretenden nervosen und 
 psychischen Storungen. Cong, internat. de mM. fxvi.). 
 G.-i., Budapest, 1909, Sect. 12, Psychiat., 37-44.— Water- 
 mann (O.) & Baum (F. L.) Die Arteriosklerose eine 
 Folge des psychischen und physischen Traumas. Neurol. 
 Centralbl., Leipz., 1906, xxv, 1137-1143.— Weber (L.W.) Ar- 
 teriosklerotische Verstimmungszostande. Miinchen. med. 
 Wchnschr., 1909, Ivi, 1524-1527. 
 
 Arteriosclerosis {Metabolism in). 
 
 Bakscht (Frieda). *Ueber Jodausscheidung 
 bei Arteriosklerose. 8°. Zurich, 1^12. 
 
 BoLLAO (K.) *Untersuchungeii tiber den 
 Ealkstoffwechsel bei Atherosklerose. [Zurich.] 
 8°. Winterthur, 1911. 
 
 Bishop (L. F.) Metabolism, Arteriosclerosis and diet. 
 J. Med. Soc. N. Jersey, Orange, 1917, xiv, 49-62. Also: N. 
 YorkM. J. [etc.], 1917', cv, 265-268. Also, Reprint. 
 
 Arteriosclerosis {Pathology of). 
 
 See Arteriosclerosis {CaiLses arid pathology 
 of)- 
 
 Arteriosclerosis {Peripheral). 
 
 Burr (C. W.) Intermittent lanleness and other nervou? 
 symptoms ofperipheral arterial disease. Am. Med., Phila., 
 1904, viii, 497. Also, Eeprint.— Coleman (T. D.) Localized 
 arteriosclerosis. Tr. Am. Climat. & Clin. Ass., Phila., 1917, 
 xxxiii, 1-6. — Klotz (O.) Arteriosclerosis of the peiimieral 
 vessels. Cleveland M. J., 1914, xiii, 207-211.— Morris (R. S.) 
 & WooUey (P, G.) Peripheral arteriosclerosis. Lancet- 
 Clinic, Cincin., 1916, cxvi, 235-237.— Oberndorter. Beitrag 
 zur Frage der Lokalisation atherosklerotischer Prozesse in 
 den peripheren Arterien, DeutBches Arch. f. klin. Med., 
 Leipz., 1911, oil, 515-519, 2 pi.— Tedeschl (E.) L'arterio- 
 sclerosi iocauzzata perjferica considerata dal punto di vista 
 clinico. Tommasi, Napoli, 1911, vi, 49-57. 
 
 Arteriosclerosis {Prevention of). 
 
 See Arteriosclerosis {Treatment of, Prophj- 
 ■ lactic). 
 
 Arteriosclerosis {Retinal). 
 
 See Retina (Blood-supply of. Disorders of); 
 Retina (Diseases of, Causes, etc., of). 
 
 Arteriosclerosis {Senile). 
 
 Valleteau de Moulliac (E.-J.-A.) *Contri- 
 bution h, I'^tude de I'ige critique. L'i,ge critique 
 ciez rhomme (troubles nerveux et psyclii- 
 ques). 8° Bordeaux, 1907. 
 
 AUaman. Neurasth&iie de Tart^rio-sol^rose chez un 
 vieillard de 91 ans; troubles cardiaques et urinaires; tenta- 
 tives r^pfitte de suicide. ProgrSs m4d.. Par., 1913, 3. s., 
 xxix, 533. — Brtlnniche (A.) Senilitas, Arteriosclerosis, et 
 quidemrenum. InMs: Praktikantklin., 8°, Ejobenh., 1892, 
 124-127.— Curl (S. W.) Senile arterio-sclerosis with second- 
 ary dilatation of the heart and incompetence of the mitral 
 valve. Med. Press & Circ. Lond., 1905, n. s., Ixxix, 660. — 
 Doyen & Takamlne. Reaction sp&ifique d'Abderhalden 
 en presence des tissus m&odermiques dans I'art^rio-scltose 
 dela vieillesse. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1914, 
 Ixxvii, 315. — Friedmann (F.) Ein Beitrag zur Symptoma- 
 tologie der Alterssklerose; ein bemerkenswerthes Phanomen 
 bei der Auscultation der Aorta descendens. Wien. klin. 
 Wchnschr., 1900, xiii, 569-573.— Galezowski (J.) & Bene- 
 detti. Alterations s&iiles de la macula chez un art^rio- 
 
 Arteriosclerosis (Senile) . 
 
 scltoux. CUn. opht., Par^ 1906, xii, 234.— Ham^eln (P.) 
 Ueber Arteriosklerose des Greisenalters. St. Petersb. med. 
 Ztschr., 1912, xxxvil, 209-212.— Hasenleld (A.) & SzUl (A.) 
 Greisenalter, Artenosklcrose und die Wassermannsche 
 Eeaktion. Cong. Internat. dem^d. (xvi.). C.-r., Budapest, 
 1910, Sect, vi, Med. Int.; 364-368.— Letlenne (A.) De la 
 sdnilit^; l'art4rioscl&ose. Presse m&i.. Par., 1906, xiv, 
 129.— McCorkle (J. A.j Senility; with suggestions as to 
 management. Long Island M. J., Brooklyn, 1912, vi, 195- 
 20O. [Discussion], 234.— McGunagle (J. E.) The degen- 
 erative and vascular changes of the aged; arteriosclerosis and 
 atheroma. J. Florida M. Ass., Jacksonville, 1916, iii, 233.— 
 Morandl (E.) Contribute alio studio dell' equilibrio cir- 
 colatorio nelP aterosclerosi senile. Policlin., Boma, 1912, 
 xix, sez. med., 19-41.— Nascher (I. L.) Amorphous phos- 
 phorus in seni le arteriosclerosis. N. York M. J^ [etc.], 1913, 
 xcviii, 1042.— Rosenthal (G. E.) Senile artcno-sclerosis. 
 Med. Fortnightly, St. Louis, 1900, xxx, 438-440.— Shepard 
 (B. A.) Age and arterial degeneration. J. Mich. M. Soc, 
 Detroit, 1916, xv, 515-521.— Smith (W. H.) Age in its 
 relation to arteriosclerosis and death from arteriosclerosis. 
 Boston M. & S. J., 1908, clviii, 701-705. Also: Pub. Mass. 
 Gen. Hosp^ Best., 1908, ii, 185-195. AUo, Eeprint.— 
 Stewart (W. B.) Premature arterial senility. J. Med. 
 Soc. N. Jersey, Orange, 1912-13, ix, 383-385.— Va«caro (P.) 
 L'arteriosclerosi dell' etS, matura. Med. ital., Napoli, 1908, 
 vi, 274; 293; 318; 341. 
 
 Arteriosclerosis (Statistics of). 
 
 See Arteriosclerosis (History and statistics 
 of). 
 
 Arteriosclerosis (Syphilitic). 
 
 MoLiNARi (G. G.) *Ueber die scbwielige Ar- 
 teriosclerose und ihre Beziehung zur Syphilis. 
 8°. Leipzig, 1904. 
 
 Campana (E.) L'arteriosclerosi nei suoi rapport! colla 
 sifilide. Riforma med., Napoli, 1911, xxvii, 1317-1319. 
 
 . Le arteriosclerosi caseose nei rapporti colla sifilide. 
 
 Clin, dermosifilopat. d. r. Univ. di Eoma, 1914, xxxli, 26- 
 30.— Plesslnger (C.) L'art4rio-scl6rose du coeur et de 
 I'aorte n'est souvent que de la syphilis. Bull. Acad, de m&i.. 
 Par., 1911, 3. s., Ixvi, 135-140.— Ktthler (A.) Lues; Arterio- 
 sklerose. Fortechr. a. d. Geb. d. Eontgenstrahlen, Hamb., 
 1902-3, vi, 247-251, 1 pi.— Weber (¥. P.) Syphilis and the 
 etiology of atheroma. Am. J. M. Be, Phila., 1896, n. s., cxi 
 531-537. Also, Reprint. 
 
 Arteriosclerosis (Traumatic). 
 
 Lehmann (G.) *ArterioBkleroae und Unfall. 
 8°. Leipzig, 1910. 
 
 Bloch (E.) Arteriosklerose und Unfall. Aerztl. Sach- 
 vcrst.-Ztg., Berl., 1911, xvii, 602-506.— Colella (B.) Arterio- 
 sclerosi e nevTosi post-traumatiche. Atti d. Cong. d. Soc- 
 ital. di nevrol., Eoma, 1914, iv, 275-286. Also: Tommasi, 
 Napoli, 1914, ix, 424-430.— Holzmann (W.) Ueber Arterio- 
 sklerose und TJnfall. Aerztl. Sachverst.-Ztg., Berl., 1910, 
 xvi, 297-304.— Liccrs (0.) Ueber die Beziehungen der trau- 
 matischen Neurosen zur Arteriosklerose. Verhandl. d. Ge- 
 sellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1906, Leipz., 1907, pt. 2, 
 2. Hlfte., 360.— Plckenbach. Arterienverkalkung naoh 
 Unfall. (Kasuistischer BeitragJ Aerztl. Sachverst.-Ztg., 
 Borl., 1912, xviii, 53.— BlvaIta(F.) Arteriosclerosi precoce 
 traumatica. Lavori d. Cong, di med. Ifit. 1906, Eoma, 1907, 
 xvi, 116-120. Also: Policlin.. Roma, 1907, xiv, sez. med., 
 X, 108-113.— Rumpf (T.) Ueber Arteriosklerose und Un- 
 fall. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1914, xl, 
 1059. — Schulz. Eann Arteriosklerose durch eine Unfallver- 
 letzung verschlimmert werden? Reiohs-Med.-Anz., Leipz., 
 1903, xxvili, 107.— Volt! (W.) Ueber die Beziehungen der 
 Arteriosklerose der unteren Extremitat«n zur traumatischen 
 Arthritis des Fussgelenkes, nebst einem Fall von lokaler 
 traumatischer Arteriosklerose. Arch. f. Orthop. [etc.], 
 Wiesb., 1905-6, iv, 101-119, 3 pi.— Whidsctaeld. Verschlim- 
 merung einer Arteriosklerose und Myocarditis mit todtlichem 
 Ausgang durch eine Brustquetschung. Monatschr. f. Un- 
 fallheilk., Leipz.. 1910, xvu, 8-11.— Zlegler. Ueber trau- 
 matische Arteriitis und ihre Beziehungen zu der Arterio- 
 sklerose und der Aneurysmabildung. Verhandl. d. Ge- 
 sellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1898, Leipz., 1899, Ixx, 
 pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 13. 
 
 Arteriosclerosis {Treatment of). 
 
 See, also. Arteries (Hypertension of. Treat- 
 ment of). 
 
 Amblard (L.-A.) *Variations quotidiennea 
 des tensions art^rielle et art^rio-capillaire chez 
 les art6rio-scl6reux hypertendus en cours de 
 traitement. 8°. Paris, 1907. 
 
 AuPRECHT (E.) Zur Patholorie und Therapie 
 der Arteriosklerose. roy. 8°. Wien & Leipzig, 
 1910. 
 
ARTERIOSCLEEOSIS. 
 
 47 
 
 ARTERIOSCLEROSIS. 
 
 Arteriosclerosis {Treatment of). 
 
 Barest ( G. ) * La medication de Trune- 
 cek dans rart^riosclfoose; 6tude clinique. 8° 
 Lyon, 1902. 
 
 Bishop (L. F.) Arteriosclerosis; a considera- 
 tion of Uie prolongation of life and efficiency after 
 forty. 8°. London, 1914. 
 
 GouGET (A.) L'art6rioBcl6rose et son traite- 
 ment. 12°. Paris, 1907. 
 
 JosuE (0.) Trait6 de rart^rio-scl^rose. Pre- 
 face de M. le Professeiir Rodger. 8°. Paris, 
 1909. 
 
 KiJHNER (A.) Arterienverkalkun^ heilbar! 
 Neue Mittel und Wege zur Erkenntnis, Verhii- 
 tung und Heilung. 8°. Leipzig, [19111. 
 
 Lbclercq (A.) L'art^rioscl&ose (evolution 
 clinique ettraitement). 8°. Pam, 1911. 
 
 Mbngbaud (A.) Bapports des tensions radiale 
 et digitals dans l'arteno-scl6rose et les insuffi- 
 sances h^patiques. 8°. Paris, 1904. 
 
 MiJNz (P.) Die Arterienverkalkung (Arterio- 
 sklerose), ihr Wesen und ihre Behandlung. Mit 
 einem Anhang: Ihre Behandlung in Bad Kis- 
 singen. 8°. Berlin, [1907]. 
 
 . Alpestrl (A.) Contnbuto alio studio della sderosi vasale 
 ed mdicazioni teiapeutiche. Bassegna di clin. e terap., 
 Eoma, 1914, xlii, 635-642.— Amblard (L. A.) Arttrio- 
 scl^ose et bains luminoux. J. de physiotnSrap., Par., 1912, 
 X, 456-466. — Anders ( J. M. ) The treatment of arteriosclero- 
 sis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1904, xllii, 776-783. Also: 
 Med.-Chir. J., PMIa., 1904, v. No. 9, 29-35.— Arthur (H. M.) 
 Arteriosclerosis and its treatment. Therap. Med., N. Y., 
 1910, iv, 431-437. — BacelU (G. ) La eura dell' arterioselerosi. 
 Med. ital., NapoU, 1908, vl, 740-745.— Barr (Sir J.) On the 
 treatment of arterio-sclerosis. Liverpool M.-Chir. J., 1905, 
 XXV, 351-377. AUo [Abstr.l: Brit. M. J., Lond., 1906, i, 121- 
 126. Also, trarnl.: Allg. Wien. med. Ztg., 1906^11, 526; 538; 
 550; 560; 572: 684. — Bauiug|litneT. Die modeme Behand- 
 lung der Aiteriosklerose. Heilkunde, Berl., 1907, 182-190.— 
 Bergemann (W.) Die Bedeutung der reaktiven Hypera^ 
 mie bei arteriosHeiotischer Nekrose. Beitr. z. Win. Cbir., 
 Tiibing., 1909, Ixiii, 1-18.— Bishop (L. F.) The treatment 
 of arteriosclerosis. Ti. Am, Therap. Soc, Phila., 1913, 16-19. 
 AUo: Month. Cycl. & M. Bull., Phila., 1913, vi, 449-453. 
 
 . Arteriosclerosis as a cellular disease; together with 
 
 a study of its hygienic treatment. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1915, 
 cii, 1121-1123. Also, Eeprint.— BJorkmann (G.) The 
 treatment of arteriosclerosis. Med. Exam. & Pract., N. Y., 
 
 1905, XV, 547. — Bonnier JP.) Les centres manostatiques et 
 le traitement physiologique de Tartfirioscldrose. Compt. 
 rend. Acad. d. sc. Par., 1909, cxlviii, 730.— Branson (w. 
 P. S.) The treatment of arterio-sclerosis and high tension. 
 Lancet, Lond., 1913, i, 1343. — Braun (L.) Zui Pathogencse 
 und JBehandlung der Arteriosklerose. Med. Klin., Berl., 
 1908, iv, 983-988.— Brooks fflC.) The modem treatment of 
 arteriosclerosis. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1911, 21. s., iii, 
 32-47. — Brown (A. G.), jr. The therapeutic management 
 of arteriosclerosis based on the present view of its pathology. 
 J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1910, hv, 104-108.— Burwlnkel (0'.) 
 Aetiologie und allgemeine Therapie der Arteriosklerose. 
 Berl. klin. Wcbnschr., 1905, xlii, 472-475. Also: Veroffentl. 
 d. Hufeland. Gesellscn. in Berl. Balneol. Gesellsch., 1905, 
 
 pt. 2, 124-132. . Ueber den heutigen Stand der Lehre 
 
 Ton der Aetiologie und Therapie der Arteriosklerose. Deut- 
 sche klin .-therap. Wchnsohr., Leipz., 1906, iii, 585; 618. 
 Also: Wien. klin.-therap. Wchnschr., 1906, iii, 585; 618. 
 , Zur Therapie der Arteriosklerose. Med. Bl., Wien, 
 
 1906, xxix, 461. . Die Therapie der Arteriosklerose. 
 
 Portechr. d. Med., Berl., 1912, xxx, 577; 609. . Ueber 
 
 Arteriosklerose imd ihre Behandlung. Aerztl. Eundschau, 
 Miinohen, 1914, xxiv, 40; 49; 61: 77.— Butler (G. F.) Treat- 
 ment of arteriosclerosis. Med. Standard, Chicago, 1906, 
 xxix, 641. — Butler (G. E.) Medical treatment of arterio- 
 sclerosis. Long Island M. J., Brooklyn, 1909, iii. 348-351. 
 AUo: Therap. Med., N. Y., 1909, iii, 216-221.— Cabanes. 
 Hygifene et traitement de I'art^o-scl^rose. J. de la sant^, 
 Par., 1901, xviii, 464-466.— Camurrl (V. L.) II trattamento 
 dell' arterioselerosi. Farmacoterap., Lodi, 1906, vi, 33-44.— 
 Cartier ( F. ) The a^ion of barium salts in arterio-sclerosis. 
 Med. Century, N. Y. & Chicago, 1907, xv, 65-67.— Cassine. 
 Traitement del'art^rioscl^rose et de ses localisations: angine 
 de poitrine et h(5morrhagie c4r6brale. Nord mM., lille, 
 1899, V, 28-31. — Cavaclnl (V.) Azione dl talune sostanze 
 suUa eliminazione del ealcio attraverso le urine in rapporto 
 alia cura decalcificantedell' arterioselerosi. Gazz. intemaz. 
 di med., Napoli, 1916, xix, 109; 121.— Charterls (F. J.) 
 Arterio-sclerosis and its treatment. Med. Brief, St. Louis, 
 1906, xxxiv, 523-526.— Coleman (T. D.) Treatment of 
 arteriosclerosis. Tr. Am, Climat. Ass., Phila., 1912, xxviii, 
 212-220.— Coleschl (L.) Contribute alia terapia dell' arte- 
 rioselerosi. Bassegna di din. e terap., Boma, 1911, x, 27^ 
 
 Arteriosclerosis {Treatment of) . 
 
 292. — Colombo (C.) La cura fisica dell' arterioselerosi 
 riustiflcata dalla nuova interpretazione della sua patogenesi. 
 
 Eiforma med., Palermo-Napolij 1907, xxiil, 701-703. . 
 
 L'arteriosclerosi; sua patogenesi e cura. Eiv. intemaz. di 
 terap. fls^ Eoma, 1907, viii, 99-102. AUo, transl.: Lyon 
 mid., 1907, cix, 433-440.— Crofton (W. M.) Eecovery from 
 apparent arterial sclerosis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1910, ii, 311. — 
 Crothers (T. D.) The radiant-light bath in arteriosclerosis. 
 J. Advanc. Therap., N. Y., 1905, xxiii, 437-442.— Davison 
 (J. L.) Therapeutics of arterio-sclerosis. Canad. Pract. & 
 Rev., Toronto, 1903, xxviu, 465-470.— DlosSIne (La) Pronier 
 et le vertigo de rartgrio-scli5rose. Chron. m^d.. Par., 1917, 
 xxiv, 48-51. — Dlosfiine (De la) Prunier. II. Th&apeutique 
 de rart^rio-scKrose. Hid., 138; 201.— Eisner (H. L.) "The 
 control and treatment of hypertension and arteriosclerosis. 
 Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1911^ cxli, 22-34.— Erlen- 
 meyer (A.) Die Steigening des artenellen Druckes bei der 
 Arteriosklerose und deren Behandlung. Deutsche med. 
 Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1906, xxxu, 269-261.— Falvre. 
 Considerations nouveUes sur la pathog^nie de l'arterio-scl§- 
 rose: les propridtfe hypertensives de I'acide urique. Gaz. 
 
 m6a. de Par., 1915. Ixxxvi, 42. . Un cas de vertigo 
 
 arterio-scltoux gum par I'urodonal. Ibid., 1916, Ixxxvii, 
 141. — ^FavUl (H. B.) Treatment of arteriosclerosis. Med. 
 News, N. Y., 1898, Ixxii, 364-366.— Foumes. Un cas d'art4- 
 riosclerose cardio-aortique traits par les phosphatides col- 
 loidaux. Eev. mod. de therap. et de biol.. Par., 1914, iii, 
 206-208.— Fraenkel (A.) Ueber Theorie und Behandlung 
 der Arteriosklerose. Wien. klin. Eundschau, 1905, xbc, 509; 
 
 527. . Ueber die Behandlung der Arteriosklerose. 
 
 Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1913, 1, 765-768.— Fianze (P. C.) 
 Treatment of arteriosclerosis. Folia Therap., Lond., 1910, 
 iv, 43-46. — Glax (L) Arteriosklerose und Seekhma. Zen- 
 tralbl. f. Thalassotherap. [etc.], Abbazia, 1911, iii, 92-95.— 
 Goldscheider. Die Behandlung der arteriosklerotiscben 
 Schmerzen.' Ztschr. f. phys. u. diatet. Therap., Leipz., 
 1909-10, xiii, 6-22.— Goloschmldt (S.) Antisklerosin bei 
 Arteriosklerose. Aerztl. Eundschau, Munchen, 1903, xiii, 
 
 552. . Zur Behandlung der Arteriosklerose. Eepert. 
 
 d. prakt. Med., Leipz., 1908, iii, 435-443.— Gordon (W. S.) 
 The treatment of arteriosclerosis. Virginia M. Semi-Month., 
 Eichmond, 1910-11, xv, 390-392.— Groedel. Ueber den 
 Wert der Blutdruckmessung f ilr die Behandlung der Arterio- 
 sklerose. Verhandl. d. Kong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1904, 
 xxi, 113-123. — Hall (F. de H.) Discussion on the treatment 
 of arteriosclerosis and high tension. Tr. M. Soc. Lond., 
 1912-13, xxxvi, 247-271. AUo: Clin. J., Lond., 1913-14, xlii, 
 161-176. — ^Haller (A.) Die Arteriosclerose des Herzens una 
 der Aortaund die Therapie der Arteriosclerose. St. Petersb. 
 med. Wchnschr., 1909, xxxiv, 133-139.— Hasebroek (K.) 
 Ueber Arteriosklerose und aktive Zander-Gymnastik. 
 Deutsche klin.-therap. Wchnschr., Leipz., 1906, ui, 653-556. 
 Also: Wien. klin.-therap. Wchnschr., 1906, xiii, 653-556. 
 
 . Arteriosclerose und Gymnastik. Cong, internat. de 
 
 m6d., Lisbonne, 1906-7, xv, sect. 4, 104-110. A Iso: Deutsche 
 med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1907, xxxiii, 836-840.— 
 Herz (M.) Die abdominale Therapie der Arteriosklerose. 
 
 Klin.-therap. Wchnschr., Berl., 1910, xvii, 1037-1039. . 
 
 Die psychiscbe Aetiolo^e und Therapie der friihzeitigen 
 Artenosklerose. Miinehen. med. Wchnschr., 1911, Iviii, 771. 
 
 AUo: Wien. kiln. Wchnschr., 1911, xxiv, 484-487. . 
 
 Die Aetiologie der Arteriosklerose und Ihre Bedeutung fiir 
 die Therapie. Med. Klin., Berl., 1913, tx, 1362-1366.— 
 Heussy (W . C. ) Some recent forms of treatment for arterio- 
 sclerosis. Northwest Med., Seattle, 1911, n. s., iii, 248-251.^ 
 Hcyn (L. G.) Pathology and treatment of arteno-sclerosis. 
 Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1909, di, 83-87.— Hlrschbcrg (R.) 
 Le massage dans le traitement de I'art^rio-scierose gto^li- 
 sde. Arch. gfe. de kin(5sither., Par., 1910, xii, 61-69. 
 Also: Cong, intemat. de physiothdrap. Compt. rend. 1910, 
 Par., 1911, iii, 329-336.— Hlrschlcld (A.) Untersuehungen 
 liber die Beeinflussung des erhohten Blutdrucks bei Arterio- 
 sklerotikem durch Ehodalzid. Zentralbl. f. d. ges. Therap., 
 Wien, 1914, xxxii, 519-526.— Hirshfeld (E. B.) [Treatment 
 of arteriosclerosis and similar diseases by iodine combined 
 with theobromine.] Novoye v Med., S.-Peterb., 1911, v, 
 70-74. — ^Hochhaus (H.) Die Behandlung der Arterioskle- 
 rose. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1912, 
 xxxviii, 1529-1531.— HOhn (J.) Ziele und Aussichten der 
 Arteriosklerosebehandlung. Oesterr. Aerzte-Ztg„ Wien, 
 1911, viii, 169-172.— Huchard (H.) Traitement dfe la prf- 
 scl^rose. Eev. gto. de clin. et de therap.. Par., 1S07, xxi, 
 
 35-39. . Cequ'estl'art^rio-scl&ose; comment I'Sviteret 
 
 la gu^rir. Bull. gto. de th&ap. [etc.]. Par., 1909, clviij881- 
 889. — Ide. Arteriosklerose und Seeklima. Med. Klin., 
 Berl., 1908, iv, 871.— JosuS (O.) Traitement de Part&io- 
 scl4rose. J. mid. fran?.. Par., 1912, vi, 73-83. AUo, traml.: 
 Med. Notes & Quer., Lancaster, Pa., 1912, vii, 80; 87. — 
 Jousset (P.) Action de I'adr&aline dans l'arten(>scl4rose. 
 Art m4d.. Par., 1904, xcviii, 325; 401. AUo, transl.: N. Am. 
 J. Homceop., N. Y., 1905, liii, 68-71.— Kahane (M.) Bemer- 
 kungen zur Patbologie imd Therapie der Artenosklerose. 
 Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1909, Irix, 2846; 2904; 2972.— Kirby 
 (F. B.) The treatment of arteriosclerosis. Therap. Med., 
 N. Y., 1907^ i, 234-236.— Kirchberg (F.) Wirkung der 
 Massage bei Arteriosklerose und Muonischer Kreislauf- 
 schwache. Ztschr. f. phys. u. diatet. Therap., Leipz., 1913, 
 
ARTERIOSCLEROSIS. 
 
 48 
 
 ARTERIOSCLEROSIS. 
 
 Arteriosclerosis {Treatment of) . 
 
 xvii, 672-678.— Klempcrer (G.) Einlge Erfahrungen uber 
 Aetiologle und Therapie der Arterioslderose. Therap. d. 
 Gegenw., Berl., 1905, xlvi, ^81-483.— Kose (O.) [The treat- 
 ment ol arteriosclerosis.] Casop. 14k. desk., v Praze, 1902, 
 xll,713; 744.— Laldlaw (G. F.) What shaU we do for arterio- 
 sclerosis? N. Eng. M. Gaz., Bost, 1911, xlvi, 1124-1130.^ 
 liancereaux. L'art&io-scl&ose; sapathog&iieetson traite- 
 ment. BuU. Acad, de m^d.. Par., 1908, 3. s., lix, 597-605. 
 Also: J. de m4d. int.. Par., 1908, xii, 161-163.— te Fevre (E.) 
 The management and treatment of arterio-sclerosis. N. 
 York State J. M., N. Y., 1902, ii, 47-51.— L«moine (G.) 
 Traitement de rart6rioscl6rose par des solutions de phospha- 
 tides extraits des lipoldes et dissolvant la cholestSrlne. 
 Nord mSd., Lille, 1911, xvili, 93-98. — ■ — . L'art(5rio-scl6rose 
 et I'ath^rome; leur pathog&iie; leur thgrapeutlque; leur 
 regime alimentaire. Presse mM. helge, 1913, bcv, 999-1006. 
 
 1914, Ixvi, 5-12. . Note sur un nouveau cas d'art^rio- 
 
 scl^rose du type cardio-r^nal traits par la solution de phos- 
 phatides. Kev. mod. de th&ap. et de biol.. Par., 1913, ii, 
 
 107-109. . Action de la cholest^rlne sur PartMo-scl^- 
 
 rose; faits exp&imentaux pubhds en 1913. Gaz. d. prat., 
 Lille, 1914, xxi, 77-79.— Lowndes (C. H. T.) The rational 
 treatment of arteriosclerosis. XJ. States Nav. M. Bull., 
 Wash., 1910, iv, 150-154.— Lustig (A. A.) Die Arterio- 
 slderose una Gefassverkalkung und deren erfolgreiche Be- 
 handlung. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. 
 
 Aerzte 1905, Leipz., 1906, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 64-68. . Die 
 
 Arteriosklerose und deren Benandlung. Med. Bl., Wien, 
 1907, XXX, 76; 75.— Lydston (G. F.) Note on thiosinamine 
 In arteriosclerosis. Therap. Gaz. [etc.], Detroit, 1912, 3. s., 
 xxviii, 466.— M'Caskey (O. W.) Etiology and treatment 
 of arteriosclerosis. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1913, cix, 178- 
 183,— McPhedTon (A.) The treatment of arteriosclerosis. 
 Canada I/ancet, Toronto, 1907-8, xli, 851-866.— Malau (G.) 
 Sulla cura dell' artcriosclerosi con 1' ipotenina Serono. Eiv. 
 intemaz. di clin. e terap., Napoli, 1913, viii, 121-125.— Mar- 
 cliand (L.) De la poudre mlnlrale de Trunecek dans le 
 traitement des alitofe art^rioscl^reux. Ann. m^d.-psychol.. 
 Par., 1903,. 8. s., xvii, 112-114.— Martinet (A.) Traitement 
 medicamenteux syst6matique de I'art^rio-scl^rose. Presse 
 mM., Par., 1907, xv, 629.— Massalongo (R.) & Malenza 
 (G.) Sull' ipotenina. Eiv. Intemaz. dl clin. e terap., 
 Napoli, 1910, V, 219-223.— Mazzolani (A. D.) Sulla cura 
 dell' arteriosclerosi. Bassegna di clin. e terap., Eoma, 1914, 
 xiii, 395-406.— Minkowski (O.) Die Diagnose und Thera- 
 pie der Arteriosklerose. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1907, xxi 
 449-460.— Mohr (L.) Einiges zur Pathologle und Therapie 
 der Arteriosklerose. Berl. khn. Wchnschr., 1906, xliii, 722; 
 755.— Mora Guamldo (A.) Tratamiento de los accidentes 
 en los arterio-escler(5sicos. Gac. mdd. d. Sur de Espafla, 
 Granada, 1910, xxviii, 433; 462.— Morison (A.) On the 
 use of mercury in the treatment of cardiac failure due to ar- 
 terio-sclerosis. Lancet, Lond., 1900,1,1881-1883.— Morosow 
 (N.-A.) Emploi de la spermine de Pcehl dans le traitement 
 de I'art^rio-scl&ose. Belgique m4d., Gand, 1909, xvi, 327- 
 329. Also: Oesterr. Aerzte-Ztg., Wien, 1911, viH, 91.— M111- 
 lerfH.) Die Arteriosklerose und ihre Behandlung. Univ 
 Ziinch. Festgahe, 1914, pt. 3, 233-252.— von Noorden (C j 
 On the etiology and treatment of arteriosclerosis. Post- 
 Graduate, N. Y., 1913, xxviii, 415-431.— Ortner (N.) Mcdi- 
 kamentose und Mysikalische Therapie der ArteriosHerose 
 Jahresk. f. arztl. TFortbild., Miinchen, 1911, 37-57. — Oshorne 
 (0. T.) The astiology and treatment of arteriosclerosis 
 N. York M. J. [etc.], 1904, Ixxx, 349-352. Also, Reprint.- 
 Perchon. Technique du traitement de I'art&io-scl&ose 
 
 §ar les phosphatides coUoIdaux. Rev. mod. de therap et 
 e biol.. Par., 1914, iii, 140-144.— Pick. Behandlung der 
 Arterienverkalkung durch Gymnastik in Gestalt von TTnter- 
 druckatmung. Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1911, Ixxx, 
 643-645.— Pope (C.) Rational treatment of hypertension 
 and sclerosis, of the arterial system. Month. Cycl & M 
 BuU.^ Phila., 1910, iii, 1; 82.— Price (B. S.) The diagnosis 
 and treatment of arteriosclerosis. Intemat. Clin., Phila 
 1915, 25. s., ii, 17-38.— Reed (B.) The hygiene and climatic 
 treatment of arteriosclerosis. Calif. State J. M., San Fran 
 1909, vii, 322-326.— Klbas y PerdigO (M.) 'Tratamiento 
 general de la arteriosclerosis. Rev. balear de cieu. m&A , 
 Pahna de Mallorca, 1909, xxxi, 421; 449: 477; 529.— Blvlire 
 (J.-A.) La physico-thtoapie et I'art^noscl&ose. Gaz. d 
 eanx, Par., 1908, Ii, 105-107. Also: MMeeine scient. Par 
 1908,xvi,3-5. AUo,tTansl.: Med. Press &Cire., Lond., 1908, 
 n. s., Ixxv, 317-320.— Robin (A.) L'artdrio-scWrose et son 
 traitement. Bull. gto. de thdrap. [etc.]. Par., 1907, cliv, 686; 
 918. Also: J. de mM. int., Par., 1908, x, 1-3.— Robinson 
 (B.) Arteriosclerosis; points in its treatment. N. York M 
 J. [etc.], 1911, xciv, 375-376. AUo, Reprint— Rttpke (W.) 
 Aktive Myperamie in der Behandlung arteriosklerotischer 
 Gangran. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1907, liv, 666.— 
 Rohde (F.) Zur Zeimtnis arteriosklerotischer Schmerzen 
 und deren Behandlung. Jahresb. d. Gesellsch. f. Nat- u 
 Heilk. in Dresd. 1910-11, Munchen, 1911, 46-63. Also- 
 Med. Klin., Berl., 1911, vii, 74.— Romberg (EO Die Be- 
 handlung der Arteriosklerose. Deutsche med. Wchnschr , 
 Berl. & Lcipz., 1905, xxxi, 1377-1381.— Rutkcwitsch (K.) 
 Zur vergleichenden Bewertung der Medikamente hei Hyper- 
 tension der Arteriosklerotiker. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Borl., 
 1914, Ixxix, 231-247.— de Sa (A.) Contribuigao ao trata- 
 
 Arteriosclerosis {Treatment of). 
 
 mento da arterio-esclerose. Brazil-med., Rio de Jan., 1910, 
 xxiv, 405; 415. — Salem! (A.) Su 1' azione dell' ipotenina 
 nei disturbi da arteriosclerosi. Rassegna di elm. e terap., 
 Roma, 1913, xii, 245-250.— von Schrdtter (L.) Zur Thera- 
 pie der Arteriosclerose. Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl. & Wien, 
 1899, n. F., i, 13-18.— Selig (A.) Das Verhalten der Arterio- 
 sklerotiker bei Schwitzprozeduren. Bl. f. kUn. Hydro- 
 therap., Wien, 1907,xvii, 113-121.— Senator (H.) Ueberdie 
 Ursachen una die Behandlung der Arteriosklerose. Russ. 
 med. Rundschau, Berl., 1907, v, 24-30. Also: Therap. d. 
 Gegenw., Berl., 1907, xlviil, 97-101. . Ueber die Ur- 
 sachen und die Behandlung der Arteriosklerose. Oesterr. 
 Aerzte-Ztg., Berl., 1911, viii, 105-107.— Snow (W. B.) The 
 treatment of arteriosclerosis and hypertension. J. Advanc. 
 Therap., N. Y., 1909, xxvii, 280-291. Also: Med. Counselor, 
 Detroit, 1909, xxviii, 202-212.— SteinsberB(L.) Zur Be- 
 handlung der Arteriosclerose. Berl. klin. Welinsohr., 1905, 
 xlii, 568-570.— Stoner (W. J.) The symptomatology and 
 treatment of arteriosclerosis. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1917, 
 cliii, 693-701.— Strubell (A.) Die Therapie der Arterio- 
 sklerose. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., BerL & Leipz., 1912, 
 xxxviii, 2107-2111. — Sutberland (J. P.) Arterio-sclerosis; 
 what can we do about it? N. Eng. M. Gaz., Bost., 1911, 
 xlvi, 1130-1138.— Swan (J. M.) The treatment of arterio- 
 sclerosis by physiological methods. N. York State J. M., 
 N. Y., 1912, Hi, 376-387. Also: South. M. J., Nashville, 1913, 
 vi, 43-53.--Sz6csi. Der gegenwartige Stand des Heilver- 
 fanrens bei Arteriosklerose. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1914, 
 Ixiv, 440-447. — Taylor (M. R.) The etiology and treatment 
 of arteriosclerosis. Med. Bull., Phila., 1907, xxbc, 283-287.— 
 Terrile (E.) L'asclerosina; dl un nuovo prodotto organico 
 contro 1' arteriosclerosi da usarsi specialmente nolle forme 
 gravi di ipertensione arteriosa. Riforma med., Napoli, 1915, 
 xxxi, 1041-1046.— Tranquilli (E.) La cura dell' arterio- 
 sclerosi. Gazz. med. dr Roma, 1908, xxxiv, 661; 689. — 
 TruneEek (C.) Arteriosklerose; ihr Wesen und ihre Be- 
 handlung. Wien.med.Wchnschr., 1905, Iv, 1093; 1160; 1225. 
 
 . . Die Pathologic und Therapie der Arteriosklerose. 
 
 Klin.-therap. Wchnschr., Wien, 1909, xvi, 190; 218; 247.— 
 UbllTZ (E.) Ziele und Grenzen der Arteriosklerosethera- 
 pie. Oesterr. Aerzte-Zt^., Wien, 1912, ix, 294; 309.— Vela 
 Gonzalez (M.) Tratamiento de la arterio-esclerosis. Rev. 
 mid. de Sevilla, 1910, Iv, 18; 42; 75; 101.— Waterman (N.) 
 Einige Bemerkungen zur Frage: Arteriosklerose nach Adre- 
 nalin-Iuiektionen. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], 
 Berl., 1908, cxci, 202-208.— Wedeklnd (C. H.) Beitr2« zur 
 Behandlung der Arteriosklerose und Fettleibigkcit. Med. 
 Klin., Berl., 1914, x, 1646.— Well (L.) Klinisch-therapeu- 
 tische Studien zur Arteriosklerose. Med. Cor.-BL d. wurt- 
 temb. arztl. Ver., Stuttg., 1906, Ixxvi, 698-710.— Wetter- 
 wald (F.) La km&itMrapie dans I'artfirioscl&ose. Rev. 
 de cin&ie, Prag. , 1908, x, 159-167.— Wiesel ( J. ) Der heutige 
 Stand der Lehre von der Arteriosklerose (Atherosklerose) 
 und ihre medikamentose Behandlung. Wien. klin. Wchn- 
 schr., 1909, xxii, 401; 455.— Wiesel (J.), Erlenmayer & 
 Stein. L'artenosclerosi e la sua cura medicamentosa. 
 Gazz. med. lomb., Milano, 1909, Ixviii, 237-241.— Winter- 
 nltz (W.) Physiologic therapeutics in the treatment o, 
 arteriosclerosis. Mod. Med., Battle Creek, Mich., 1908, xviif 
 193; 220.— Wybauw (R.) Arteriosclerose; pouls irregulier; 
 indications thfirapeutiques. PoUclin., Brux., 1909, xviii, 
 
 340-342. . Le traitement physiotherapiquedel'arterio- 
 
 scl&ose. Ann. de m4d. phys., Anveis, 1911, ix, 189-203. 
 Also: Policlin., Brux., 1911, xx, 305; 321.— vonZg6rskI (L.) 
 Antisklerosin bei Arteriosklerose. AJle. Wien. med. Ztg . 
 1904, xlix, 605. ' 
 
 Arteriosclerosis {Treatment of, Die- 
 tetic) . 
 
 Cav AiLLB s (M . ) *DyBpn6e et mort rapid e chez 
 les art6rio-scl6reux, rapports de ces accidents 
 avec regime alimentaire. 8°. Paris, 1913. 
 
 Lematte (L.) Lea regimes aUmentaires dans 
 l'ent6riteetrart&io-scl6rose. 8°. Pom, [1908]. 
 
 Shevelefp (N. N.) *0 vliyanii vinograd- 
 navo sakhara na vidieleniye izvesti pri arterio- 
 sklerozle. [On the influence of grape sugar on 
 the excretion of lime in arteriosclerosis.] 8°. 5- 
 Peterburg, 1897. 
 
 Amblard (L.-A.) Influence du regime antitoxique et 
 diuretique sur les tensions art^rielle et arterio-capillaire des 
 arteno-sciereux hypertendus. Atti d. Cong, intemaz. de 
 terap. fls. 1907, Roma, 1908, ii, pt 1, 203-214. AUo: J. di 
 physioth&ap.. Par., 1908, vi, 16-27. Also, transl: Eiv. 
 
 intemaz. di terap. fls., Roma, 1908, ix, 167-169. . Faut- 
 
 il ou ne faut-il pas prescrire des boissons abondantes aux 
 arteno-scWreux? Monde mid.. Par., 1914, xxiv, 44-49.— 
 Bayer (E.) Ueber den Einfluss des Koohsalzes auf die 
 artenoskleroHsche Hypertonie. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. 
 Pharmakol., Leipz., 1907, Ivii, 162-176.— Bishop (L. F.) 
 Diet m arteriosclerosis. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1916, ciii, 456. 
 ^bo.- Boston M. & S. J., 1917, clxxvl, 721-725.— Bock (H.) 
 Die diatetische Behandlung der Arteriosklerose. Ztschr. t 
 
ARTERIOSCLEROSIS. 
 
 49 
 
 ARTERIOSCLEROSIS. 
 
 Arteriosclerosis {Treatment of, Die- 
 tetic) . 
 
 diatet. u. physik. Therap., Leipz., 1898, ii, 33-41.— Coley 
 (T. L.) The dietetic treatment of arterio-sclerosis. Med. 
 News, N. Y., 1904, Ixxxiv, 292-297.— Daude (O.) Ueber 
 wertvolle Heilfelctoren der physikalisch-diatetischen Be- 
 liandlung der Arterioslderose. Oesterr. Aerzte-Zte., Wien, 
 
 1912, ix, 109-111.— Huchard (H.) Importanza dell' intossi- 
 cazione nell' arterio-solerosi e nelle carmopatie arteriose, loro 
 trattamento con il regime alimentare. Hiv. intemaz. di 
 terap. fls., Eoma, 1908, ix, 179-182.— Josu6. Regime habi- 
 tuel des art^rioscWreux. Paris m4d., 1911-12, iv, 88-90.— 
 Jousset (M.) Le regime d^calcifiant dans Tath^rome art^riel. 
 Art mSd., Par., 1909, cviil, 38-48.— Lemoine (G.) Le 
 regime hypocholest^rinique des art&io-scMreux. Gaz. d. 
 prat., Lille, 1913, XX, 45-49. Also: Pressem^d. beige, Brux., 
 
 1913, ixv, 221-227. ■. L'art6rio-scl6rose et I'atMrome; 
 
 leur pathog&ie; leur tMrapeutique; leur regime allmen- 
 taire. lUi., 1914, Ixvi, 19-23.— liOeper (M.) & Gouraud 
 (X.) Ler6gimed6calciiiantdansrath6romearteriel. Presse 
 m^d.. Par., 1908, xvi, 705.— Lustig (A.) Die Diatetik bei 
 Arterienverkalkimg. Verbandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. 
 Naturf. u. Aerzte 1907, Leipz., 1908, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 58-61.— 
 Marini (G.) & Scandola (C.) Sulla dieta acalcica negli 
 ateromatosi. Lavori d. Gong, di med. int. 1909, Roma, 1910, 
 xix, 268-260. — Powell (A. E.) Diet and arterio-sclerosis. 
 Cincin. Lancet-Clinic, 1903, n. s., 1, 428-432.— Strasser (A.) 
 Die physikalisch-diatetische Bebandlung der Arterioskle- 
 rose. Mitt. d. Gesellsch. 1 phys. Med. , Wien, 1909, il, 27-32. 
 Also: Wien. Jdin. Wchnschr., 1909, xxii, 482-526.— Strauss 
 (H.) Die diatetische Bebandlung der Arteriosklerose. 
 Jahresk. f. arztl. Fortbild., Miinchen, 1911, 8. Hlt.^ 50-58.— 
 Watson (C. ) The inliuence of a milk diet on arterial sclero- 
 sis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1907, i, 175.— Wtnternltz (W.) 
 Ein Beitrag zur physikalisch-diatetisclien Bebandlung der 
 Arteriosklerose. Ztscbr. f. phys. u. diatet. Therap., Leipz., 
 1907, xi, 520-538. AUo: Bl. 1. klin. Hydrother., Wien, 1908, 
 xviii, 25-43. 
 
 Arteriosclerosis {Treatment of, Opera- 
 tive) . 
 
 Hauke (H.) *Die Wieting'sche Operation. 
 [Breslau.j 4°. Tubingen, 1912. 
 
 Bissell (J. B.) The field of surgery in arteriosclerosis. 
 Med. Rec, N. Y., 1915, Ixxxviil, 85. AUo: N. York M. J. 
 [etc.], 1915, ei, 993-995. Aho, Reprint.— Carrel (A.) & 
 Gutnrle (C.-C.) Art^rio-scWrose par modification chirur- 
 gicale de la circulation. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 
 1906, Ix, 730.— PUcbier (P. M.)^ The surgical treatment of 
 lesions due to arteriosclerosis. Long Island M. J., Brooklyn, 
 1909, ui, 352-356:— Siegel (E.) Die Arteriosklerose in der 
 Chirurgie. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1906, lilt, 595-597.— 
 Wettstein (A.) Die Bebandlung der angiosklerotischen 
 Emahrungsstorungen durch die arteriovend'se Anastomose: 
 die AVietingsche Operation. Med. Klin., Berl., 1914, x, 28; 
 71. — Wietlng. Die erfolgreiche Bebandlung der angioskle- 
 rotischen Emahrungsstorungen durch die arteriovenose 
 Anastomose. Deutsche Ztschr. t. Chir., Leipz., 1912, cxix, 
 515-551. ■ 
 
 Arteriosclerosis {Treatment of, Pro- 
 pJiylactic) . 
 
 Pick (J.) Welchen Schutz gibt es gegen 
 fruhzeitige Arterienverkaltuiig. 8° Berlin, 
 1912. 
 
 ToNNiGBS (0. W. C.) Wie schiitze ich mich 
 gegen Aiterienverkalkung? Ursachen, Verhii- 
 tung und Heilung der Krankheit. 3. Aufl. 8° 
 Leipzig, [1911]. 
 
 . The same. 12°. Leipzig, [1912J. 
 
 Blsbop (L, F.) The prevention of arteriosclerosis. Am. 
 Pract, N. Y., 1914, xlviii, 411-413. Also: Good Health Mag., 
 Battle Creek, 1914, xUx, 113-117.— De Facia (D. P.) Delia 
 presclerosi come causa dell' arterioselerosi e mezzl j>er com- 
 batterla. Gazz. intemaz. di med., Napoli, 1906, ix, 284.— 
 Goldmann (J. A.) Zur Therapie und Prophylaxe der 
 Arteriosklerose. Deutsche Aerzte-Ztg., Berl., 1906, 437- 
 440. — ^Herz (M.) Zur Prophylaxe der Arteriosklerose. 
 Klin.-tberap. Wchnschr., 1910, xvii, 102-104.— Huchard 
 (H.) Traitement de la pr&cMrose. Bull. Acad, de mgd., 
 
 Par., 1907, 3. s., Ivii, 108-121. . Qu'est-ce que I'art^rio- 
 
 scl&ose? Comment l'4viter et la gufirir. J. de m4d. de Par. , 
 
 1909, 2. s., xxi, 374-376. . L'artM(MeMrose; comment 
 
 on pent I'^viter et la gu^rir. Actuality mM.-chir. (Roth- 
 schild), Par., 1911, 87-106.— Janes (E. W.) Prophylaxis 
 and treatment of arteriosclerosis. Northwest Med., Seattle, 
 1916, XV, 296-300. Also: Med. Fortnightly, St. Louis, 1917, 
 xlix, 65-69.— Jousset (P.) La mMication hypotensive 
 dans la pr6-scl4rose et les cardiopathies artfirielles. Art 
 m&J., Par , 1903, xcvi, 262-274.— Koenig (D. H.) & Po- 
 totzky (C.) Die prophylaktisehe Bebandlung der Arterio- 
 sklerose. Ztschr. f. Bahieol., Berl., 1908, i, 357-360.— Walton 
 
 96808°— Vol. II, 3d series— 19 4 
 
 Arteriosclerosis {Treatment of, Pro- 
 
 (J. C.) Arterio-sclerosis; a pica for its prevention by early 
 diagnosis and treatment with auto-condensation, light 
 baths, hydrotherapy and regulation of the diets and habits; 
 clinical summary. Virginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 
 1910-11, XV, 376-379.— Warfleld (L. M.) Points in the pro- 
 phylaxis of arteriosclerosis. Tr. M. Ass. Georgia, Atlanta, 
 
 1909, Ix, 462-469.— Williams (T. A.) On the radical removal 
 of the conditions causing arterial changes leading to non- 
 psychogenic disturbances of the ner\'ous system. Month, 
 Cycl. & M. Bull., Phila,, 1911, iv, 651-655, Also: Nashville 
 J. M, & S., 1912, cvi, 145-152. 
 
 Arteriosclerosis {Treatment of) with 
 iaths and mineral waters. 
 
 MiJNZ (P.) Die Arterienverkalkung (Arterio-. 
 sklerose), ihr Wesen und ihre Behandlung; mit 
 einem Anhang: Ihre Behandlung in Bad Kissin- 
 gen, 8° Berlin, [1907], 
 
 , The same, 2. Aufl, 8°. Berlin, 
 
 1913. 
 
 Amblard (L.-A.) ArtMo-scl^rose et bains thermo-lu- 
 mineux. J. de mM, Int,, Par,, 1912,, xvi, 211-214, — Baup. 
 Le traitement de I'art^rioscl^rose^ Evian-les-Bains, Paris 
 mid., 1911-12, 611,— Benl-Barde. De I'hydroth^rapie dans 
 quelques afEections cardio-vasculaires et particuhferement 
 dans I'art&io-scKrose. Cong, intemat. de physiotMr. C.-r. 
 
 1910, Par., 1911, iii, 819-823.— Bergoulgnan (P.) Clinical 
 lecture on arteriosclerosis and its treatment by means of diu- 
 retic waters, Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1915, n. s., xcix, 
 534, — Groedel (J.) Bader bei Arteriosklerose, Veroffentl, 
 d. Huteland. GeseUsch. in Berl. Balneol. Gesellsch,, 1895, 
 xvi, 10-22. Also: Wien. med, Wchnschr,, 1896, xlvi, 665; 
 727, , Baths and gymnastics in arterio-sclerosis. Lan- 
 cet, Lond., 1897, i, 1080. Also, Reprint,— GuiUa.ume (E,) 
 Action du bain carbo-gazeux dans rart^rioscl^rose. Cong, 
 franc, de m^d. C.-r. 1904, Par., 1905, 159-166,— Heitz (J,) 
 Indications et r&ultats des bams carbogazeux de Royat 
 Chez les art^rio-sclereux, Gaz, d, eaux. Par,, 1907, 1, 409: 
 1908, H, 1,— Kerr (W. W.) Danger of baths in patients 
 suffering from arterio-sclerosis, Calif, State J, M., San 
 Fran., 1916, xiv, 279-282— Loebel (A,) Die Bader- und 
 Diatotherapie der Arteriosclerose mit besonderer Beriick- 
 sichtiguug der Domaer Moorbader. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 
 1899, xlix, 2279; 2333; 2379. Also: KUn.-tberap. Wchnschr., 
 
 Wien, 1899, vl, 601; 633; 669, , Die Behandlung der 
 
 Arteriosklerose mit Moorbadem, Deutsche Med.-Ztg,, 
 Berl., 1900, xxi, 581-585. Also: Veroffentl. d. Hufeland. 
 
 Gesellsch. m Berl., 1900, 226-241, . Zur Behandlung 
 
 der Arteriosklerose mit Moorbadem, Ztscbr, f. diatet. u. 
 physik. Therap., Leipz., 1905, ix, 90,— Martinet (A,) 
 Traitement hydnatique de I'artSrio-sclerose, Presse raid., 
 Par,, 1908, xvi, 842.— Perrier. L'aiteriosclerose et les eaux 
 sulfat^es calciques magn&iermes. Echo m^d, d, C^vermes, 
 Nimes, 1909, x, 342-348, . Considerations sur le traite- 
 ment hydro-mln&al de I'artSriosclerose, Jbid., 1910, xi, 77- 
 85. — Piatot (A.) & Bergoulgnan (P,) L'artSrio-sclerose 
 (cardiopathies aroriellesT et son traitement hydro-mineral. 
 Ann. Soc. d'hydrol. med, de Par. C.-r., 1911, Ivi, 229; 241, 
 Also: Gaz. med, de Nantes, 1911, 2, s., xxix, 728-736,— Sad- 
 ger (J,) Die Hydriatik der beginnenden Arteriosklerose. 
 Beibl. d. Mitt. d. Gesellsch, f. phys. Med., Wien, 1909-10, 
 ii, 16-21. Also: Wien, med. Wchnschr,, 1909, Ux, 2367- 
 2371,— Schntltgen. TJeber Sarasonsche Ozetbader bei 
 Arteriosklerose; einige Bemerkungen iiber das Kohlensaure- 
 und Sauerstofl-Perlbad, Therap. d. Gegenw,, Berl,, 1908, 
 xlix, 363-357,— Selig (A,) Die Arteriosklerose und ihre 
 balneologisch-physikalische Behandlung. Prag, med, 
 Wchnschr,, 1907, xxxil, 249-252,— Steinsberg (L,) Zur 
 Behandlung der Arteriosklerose, Veroffentl, d, Hufeland, 
 GeseUsch, in Berl. Balneol, Gesellsch,, 1905, pt, 2, 186-194, 
 [Discussion], pt, 1, 9-11,— Wlcklioa (M,) Die Kohlen- 
 saurebadtheorie bei den arteriosklerotischen Schmerzen, 
 Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1910, Ix, 1812-1817. 
 
 Arteriosclerosis ( Treatment of) hy elec- 
 tricity. 
 
 Anton JEWiTSCH (A.) *Arteriosklerose und 
 Hoehfrequenzbehandlung. 8°. Zurich, 1911. 
 
 BossAHT (L.) *Ueber den Einfluss der Hoch- 
 frequenzstrome (Arsonvalisation) auf den arte- 
 riellen Blutdruck, speziell bei Arteriosclerose. 
 [Ziirich,] 8°. St. Gallen, 1910, 
 
 von Aufsctanaiter (O,) Bemerkungen zu dem Artikel: 
 Ein Beitrag zur Wirkung der Wechselstrombader bei Arte- 
 riosklerotikern mittleren Grades, von L, Pohlmanu. Wien. 
 klin. Wchnschr,, 1907, xx, 263, — Berdez. Sm le traitement 
 eiectrique de rarterioscl&ose. Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom., 
 Genive, 1909, xxix, 220.— Birdsall (S, T,) Electricity in the 
 treatment of arterio-sclerosis. Tr. Homoeop, M, Soc, N. Y, 
 
ARTERIOSCLEROSIS. 
 
 50 
 
 ARTERIOSCLEROSIS. 
 
 Arteriosclerosis {Treatment of) hy elec- 
 tricity. 
 
 1909, liii, 291-294.— Btlbler (A.) Die Behandlimg der Arte- 
 riosklerose mit hochlrequentem Strom. CJor.-Bl. 1 schweiz. 
 
 Aerate, Basel, 1912, xlii, 473-485. . Eriolge der Hoch- 
 
 {requemzstrome bei Arteriosklerose. Med. TTlin., Berl., 1914, 
 X, 55-57. — Dumont (L.) La d'arsonvalisation gu&it-elle 
 I'art&iosclerose? Kev. m4d.. Par., 1913, xxiii, 204.— Foa (C.) 
 La oorrente ad alta frequenza ed ad alta tensione nelle maJat- 
 tie del ricambio, e nell' arterio-sclerosi in particolare, ed 
 ipertensione vasale. Gior. di elett. med., Napoli, 1908, ix, 
 180-190.— Humphrls (F. H.) Electric treatment m arterio- 
 sclerosis. Lancet, Lond., 1915, i, 1261.— Llbotte (O.) Th«- 
 rapeutique 61ectrique de rarterio-scl^rose et de ses d6termi- 
 natioDS. Compt.-rend. Cong, internat. d'flectrol. et de ra- 
 diol. mM.,Amst,,1908,iv,25&-271. .4feo.-J. deneurol., Par., 
 
 1908, xiii, 341-354. Also, Reprint. . Le traltement de 
 
 choix de I'art6riosel6ros6 appartient k I'^lectroth^rapie. J. 
 m6d.deBrux.,1911,2m,512-514.— dlLuienberger(A.) L'ar- 
 teriosclerosi e I'alta frequenza. Ann. di elett. med. [etc.], 
 Napoli, 1910, ix, 71-89.— MOglie (G.) II bagno idro-elettrico 
 neltrattamento dell' arteriosclerosi. Gazz. med. di Roma, 
 1897, xxiil, 197-208.— Moutler (A.) Sur la durSe du traite- 
 ment de rhypertension art(5rielle dans I'art^ioscWrose par 
 la d'arsonvalisation. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par., 1904, 
 
 cxxxviii, 781-783. . Traltement de rart^rioscl^rose par 
 
 la d'arsonvalisation. Arcb. d'^lectrie. mM., Bordeaux, 
 1904, xii, 701-707. Also; Bev. d. mal. de la nutrition, Par., 
 
 1904, 2. s., ii, 397-405. . Die Behandlung der Arterio- 
 
 sklerose mittelst Arsonvalisation. Ztscbi. f. Elektrother., 
 Leipz., 1905, vii, 33-40.— POhlmann (L.) Ein Beitrag zur 
 Wirkung der Wechselstromtherapie bel Arteriosklerose 
 mittleren Grades. Wien. klin. ■Wonnschr., 1906, xix, 1589- 
 1692. — Prapopoulos. Un cas d'uu malade arteriosclerosi 
 qui a 4t4 gu(5rl avec les eourabts de haute frequence. Atti d. 
 Cong, intemaz. di terap. fls. 1907, Roma, 1908, ii, pt. 1, 627.— 
 Royo y Villanova (R.) Eleetroterapia cnoulatoria; las 
 corrientes de gran Irecuencia y la arterioesclerosis. Clin, 
 mod., Zaragoza, 1907, vi, 369; 415.— Rutter (G. H.) Electric 
 treatment in arteriosclerosis and cases of high bloodpressure. 
 Lancet, Lond., 1915, ii, 42.— Sattertliwalte (T. ET) High 
 frequency currents in the treatment of arteriosclerosis. 
 Med. Rec, N. Y., 1910, Ixxvili, 166. Also: N. York M. J. 
 [etc.], 1910, xcii, 6-9.— Seeuwen. Ipertensione; arterioscle- 
 rosi; arsonvaUzzazione. Ann. di elett. med. [etc.], Napoli, 
 
 1910, ix, 281-284.— Snow (W. B.) D'Arsonvalization in the 
 treatment of hypertension and arteriosclerosis. Med. Rec, 
 N. Y., 1911, Ixxx, 1222-1226.— Valobra (I.) La d'arson- 
 valisation dans le traitement de l'art6rioscl6rose. Atti d. 
 Cong, intemaz. di terap. fls. 1907, Roma, 1908, ii, pt. 1, 647- 
 650. — Walton (J. C.) 'The treatment of arteriosclerosis or 
 general arterial fibrosis with the d'Arsonval current, with 
 reports of cases. J. Advanc. Therap., N. Y., 1910, xxvlii, 9-16. 
 
 Arteriosclerosis {Treatment of) with 
 iodine preparations. 
 
 Kern (H.) *Beitrage zur Prage der Jodwir- 
 kung bei Arteriosklerose. 8°. Tubingen, 1909. 
 
 Ajello (S.) Un case di arteriosclerosi delle coronarie e 
 generalizzata, curate con la jodipina. Gazz. med. sicil., 
 Catania, 1903, vi, 125-128.— Capps (J. A.) Efleot of iodids 
 on the drcumion and blood-vessels in arteriosclerosis. J. 
 Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, lix, 1350-1352.— Erlenmayer & 
 Stein (H.) Jodwirkung, JocUsmus und Arteriosklerose. 
 Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1909, xxiii, 133-145.— Ettenne (G.) 
 & Parlsot (J.) Les composfe iodfe jouissent-ils de pro- 
 
 Sndtils anti-athfiromatisantes? Recherohes expgrimentales. 
 [«m. Soc.de mdd. de Nancy, 1907-8, 95.— Flury ( F. ) Ueber 
 die wissenschaftlichen Grundlagen der Jodk^umtheraple 
 bei der Arteriosklerose. Arch. {. Angenh., Wiesb., 1913, 
 Ixxv, 240-256. AUo, transl: Arch. Ophth., N. Y., 1914, 
 xliii, 405-416.- HoffmamrfA.) Eisensajodin bei Arterio- 
 sklerose. Deutsche med. Wcbnschr., Berl. & Mpz., 1913, 
 xxxix, 945.— Ide (M-) lodure et art&ioscWrose. Rev. m^d. 
 de Louvmn, 1914, 142-144.— Indications de la lipoidine ehez 
 les scl&eux hypertendus. Caducfej Par., 1918, xviii, 23.— 
 Jodlbaner. Kann man eine Jodwirkung bei Arterioskle- 
 rose phannakologisch begriinden? Miinchen. med. Wchn- 
 schT., 1902, xlix, 653. Alio: Sitzungsb. d. arztl. Ver. Miin- 
 chen (1902), 1903, lai, 16-23.— Kalmus (F.) The impor- 
 tance of iodipln in the treatment of arteriosclerosis. Folia 
 TherapT., Londy 1908, ii, 93. Also: Merck's Arch., N. Y., 
 1908, X, 347.— Kravkoft (N. P.) [Action Of iodide prep- 
 arations on experimental arteriosclerosis.] Russk. Vrach, 
 S.-Peterb., 1908, vii, 285-287.— Irf)ewy (J.) Ueber die Beein- 
 flussung arteriosklerotischer Beschwerden durcb Jodtropon. 
 Deutsche med. Wchnsohr., Berl. & Leipz., 1912, xxxviii, 
 1091-1093.— Matthew (E.) Iodides in high blood-pressure 
 and arteriosclerosis. Edinb. M. J^1911, n. s., vi, 228-241.— 
 miUler (O.) & Inada (R.) Zur Kenntnis der Jodwirkung 
 bel Arteriosklerose. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & 
 Leipz., 1904, XXX, 1751-1753.— Patschke (F.) Die Behand- 
 lung der Arteriosklerose des Zentralnervensystems mIt 
 Tiodine. Ihid., 1911, xxxvil, 1S13-1516.— Sarvonat (F.) & 
 Cremlett (R.) Traitement lodur^ et d^hloruration. 
 Province med.. Par., 1913, xxiv, 184.— Scbwalbe (J.) Wel- 
 
 Arteriosclerosis {Treatment of) with 
 iodine preparations. 
 
 Chen Binfluis hat die Jodtherapie auf die Alterio^errae? 
 Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berf & Leipz., 1914, xl, 749; 801. 
 Also: Vortr. fl. prakt. Therap., Leipz., 1914, 5. s., 717-741.— 
 Sbtremberg (G. Kh.) [Muenro of lotoie upon ejroe- 
 rimental atheromatosis.] Russk. Vracb, S.-Peterb., 1909, 
 viii, 1018-1020.-Spltzly (J. H.) Pot^um iodide and 
 arterial thickening. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1908, u, 1009.— 
 Stetner. Jodozitin und Arteriosklerose.. ..Deuteohe med. 
 Wchnschr., Berl. & LeipZy 1912, xxxviu, 1371-1373.— 
 Vierordt (O.) Ueber die Wirkung des Jods bei Arterio- 
 sclerose, besouders bei Coronarangina. Verhandl. d. Cong, 
 f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1897, xv, 277-282.— Zlegelroth. Das 
 Jod bei der Arteriosklerose. Arch. f. phys.-diatet. Therap., 
 Frankf. a. 0., 1915, xvii, 153. 
 
 Arteriosclerosis {Treatment of) with 
 serum [Trunecek], 
 
 Carbonell y SoMs (F.) Las inyecciones de suero en los 
 sujetos con arterioesclerosis. Arch, de ginecop. [etc.]. Bar- 
 eel., 1908, sxi, 317-319.— Klttel (F.V Behandlung der Arte- 
 riosklerose nut TrunecekBerum._ Klin.-therap. Wchnschr^, 
 Berl., ' ' 
 
 Press 
 
 Clin., j:iiUi..,iouu, iu.o.,ii,*i»-*-«. — : — ^ ;, 1- — 
 
 fldal action of Trunecek's inorgamc serum m vascular sclero- 
 sis and atheromatosis.] Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1913, Ixxx, 
 651-662.— Merklen (P.) Les Indications du s§rum de 
 Trunecek chez les art&iosoMreux. Bull, et m^m. Soc. med. 
 d. hOp. de Par., 1902, 3. s., xix, 516-519.— RonsoU. II siero 
 Truneceek nella cura dell' arterio-sclerosi. Gazz. san., 
 Catania, 1906, vi, 1-4.— Saccone (A.) H siero di Trunecek 
 nella terapia dell' arteriosclerosL Gazz. intemaz. di med., 
 Napoli, 1909, xii, 63-66.— St. Clatr (C. T.) Trunecek's 
 serum m a case of arteriosclerosis. Mobile M. & S, J., 1907, 
 xi. 225-227. Also: Charlotte (N. C] M. J., 1908, xxxii, 83.— 
 SnuTlgin (N. A.) [Treatment of arteriosclerosis by hypo- 
 dermic mjections of inorganic serum by Trunecek's method.] 
 Russk. Med. Vestnik, S.-Peterb., 1901, iii. No. 21, 1-13.— 
 Stern (GJ [Arteriosklerose der Koronararterien; Schlaf- 
 losigkeit; Behandlung mit Serum Trunecek.] Med. Bl., 
 Wien, 1906, xxix, 375.— Teissier (J.) & TMvenot (L.) 
 S^ram de Trunecek et ath&ome eJcp&imentaL Compt. 
 rend. Soc. debiol., Par., 1908, Ixiv, 1084.— TranqullU (E.T& 
 BasUe (G.) II siero inorganico Trunecek nella cura del- 
 1' arteriosclerosi. Gazz. med. di Roma, 1902, xxviii, 421- 
 431. — Trunecek (C.) Traitement de Tart^nosclSrose par 
 les injections sous-cutan^es de s6rum inorganique. Arch, de 
 m&i. et chir. spfc.. Par., 1901, ii, 385; 469. Also: Semaine 
 m4d.. Par., 1901, xxl, 137. Also, transl.: Med. Press & Circ, 
 Lond., 1902, n. s., Ixxiv, 667-569. Also, transl.: Aerztl. 
 Centr.-Ztg., Wien, 1902, xiv, 37-40. Also, transl.: Klin.- 
 therap. Wchnschr., Wien, 1902, ix, 1672; 1703.— ZanonI (G.) 
 & I^ttes (C.) Alcuni risultati di cure della arteriosclerosi 
 col siero inorganico di Trunecek. Cron. d. clin. med. di 
 Geneva, 1902, viii, 193-200. Also: Gazz. d. osp., Mllano, 
 1902, xxin, 47; 797. 
 
 Arteriosclerosis ( Urine in). 
 
 Maes (V.) De la cryoscopie des urines chez 
 les art^rio-BCl6reux. 8°. LUle, 1901. 
 
 Paul (W. E.) Excessive polyuria of arteriosclerosis. 
 Boston M. & S. J., 1913, clxix, 57. 
 
 Arteriosclerosis {Viscercd). 
 
 See, also. Arteriosclerosis {Abdominal); Ar- 
 teriosclerosis {Gastro-intestinal). 
 
 Bauer (J. AJ Arteriosclerosis of the hollow viscera. 
 Canada Lancet, Toronto, 1907-8, xii, 837-842.— FrugonI (C.) 
 Arteriosclerosi viscerali. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1911, 
 Roma, 1912, xxi, 215—241. [Discussion], 242-245.— Le Clerc 
 (R.) Scl^ose art^rio-visc^rale; un syndrome bulbo-protu- 
 b6rantiel spMal~ Bull, et m£m. Soc. m^d. d. h6p. de Par., 
 1911, xxviii, 320-325.— Bossl (A.) L'arteriosclerosi viscerale. 
 Lavori d. Cong, dl med. int. 1911, Roma, 1912, xxi, 199-215. 
 [Discussion], 242-245. 
 
 Arteriosclerosis in animals. 
 
 Lyding (J. K.) *'Ziir Kentniss der Arterio- 
 sklerose bei Haustieren. 8°. Jena, 1907. 
 
 Also, in: Ztschr. f. Tiermed., Jena, 1907, xi, 359-377, 1 pi. 
 
 Mettani(A.E.). Arteriosderosisinadog. J.Comp. Path. 
 & Therap., Lond., 1915, xxviii, 43-49.— Otto (C.) Ueber 
 Arteriosklerose bel Tieren und ihr Verhaltnis zur mensch- 
 lichen Arteriosklerose. Virchow's Arch. I. path. Anat. [etc.], 
 Berl., 1911, cclil, 352-404, 1 pi.— Pearce (R. M.) Occurrence 
 of spontaneous arterial degeneration in the rabbit. J. Am. 
 M. Ass., Chicago, 1908, Ii, 10,W.— Quadrl (G.) Alterations 
 ath^omateuses de I'aorte des lapins en I'absence de toute 
 injection de substances toxiques. Rev. g4n. de clln. et de 
 th&'ap.. Par., 1907, xxi, 519.— Satterlee (G. R.) A case of 
 arteriosclerosis with production of bone and bone marrow in 
 the aorta of a cockatoo. Proc. N. York Path. Soc., 1906, n. s., 
 vi, 121-126.- Torrance (F.) Arteriosclerosis epidemic in 
 
AETERIOSCLEROSIS. 
 
 51 
 
 AKTERY. 
 
 Arteriosclerosis in animals. 
 
 sheep. Am. Vet. Rev., N.Y.,1912,xlii,284-292.— Weinberg 
 & VellIard(A.} Atli^omespontaii4chezlecbeval. Compt. 
 rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1908, Ixv, 616-618.— Tamaglwa 
 (K.J & Adachl (O.) Ueber die Arteriosklerosebei Hiilmem. 
 Vernandl. d. japan, path. Gesellsch., ToWo, 1914, iv, 55-60, 1 
 pi.— ZInserllne(W. D.) Ueber die pathologlsohenVeraiiQe- 
 rungcn der Aorta beim Pferde in Verbindung mit der Lelire 
 der Atherosklerose beim Menschen. Vircnow's Arch. f. 
 path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1913, coxiii, 23-41. 
 
 Arteriosclerosis in children and young 
 subjects, 
 
 VoLLBRECHT (R.) *Ueber jiigendliche Arte- 
 riosklerose bis zum 36. Lebenejakre. 8°. Leip- 
 zig, 1907. 
 
 Babidt. Juvenile ArteriosMerose. Berl. klin. Wchn- 
 schr., 1908, xlv, 1424.— Balnes (A.) A case of advanced 
 artenosclerosis in a child. Canada Lancet, Toronto, 1900- 
 
 1901, xxxiv, 632-636. . Case ol arteriosclerosis. Tr. 
 
 Am. Pediat. Soc, N. Y., 1901, xlu, 58-63.— Boteans (B. K.) 
 Observation d'un cas exceptionnel et grave d'artirio-scl&ose 
 chet un jeune homme. J. de mSd. int.. Par., 1913, xvii, 71- 
 73.— Buchwald. Ein Fall von juveniler Arteriosklerose 
 mit genuiner Schrumplniere und Retinitis albumiuurica. 
 Mitt. d. Gesellsch. 1. inn. Med. u. Kinderh. in Wien, 1914, 
 xiii, 118.— Chapman (C. W.) Arterio-sclerosis with ab- 
 sence of both radial pulses in a girl, aged 15 years. Proc. Roy. 
 Soc. Med., Lond., 1912-13, vi. Sect. Stud. Dis. Child., 109- 
 111.— Detm (T. J.) Arteriosclerosis; a clinical study of the 
 disease as to its comparative frequency in the young, the 
 middle age, and the old. Tr. Med. Ass. Alabama, Mont- 
 gomery, 1914, 643-648.— Fcrenczl (A.) Ueber die iriimeitige 
 Arteriosklerose. Ungar. med. Presse, Budapest, 1906, x, 
 . 411-415.— Fremont-Smltli (F.) Arteriosclerosis in the 
 young. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1908, n. s., cxxxv, 199-207. 
 .4&o,RCT)rint.— Frledrlcli (W.) Arterioslderoseim Jugend- 
 alter. Cong, internat. de med. (xvi.). C.-r., Budapest, 
 1910, Sect. VI, M«d. Int., 355-363. Also: ZentraJbl. f. Herz- 
 krankh. [etc.], Wien, 1910, 6; 46.— Halbey (K.) Ueber die 
 friihzeitige Verhartung des arteriellen Blatgefasssystems 
 (Atherosklerosis praecox). Med. KUn., Berl., 1916, xi 1135- 
 1139.— Hasenleld (A.) Ueber die Bedeutvmg und die 
 Ursaohen der friibzeingen Arteriosklerose. Ungar. med. 
 Presse, Budapest, 1906, xi. No. 24, 1-4.— Hattori (S.) Ein 
 Fall von juveniler Arteriosklerose. Verhandl, d. jap. path. 
 Gesellsch., Tokyo, 1915, v, 122.— Hirscli (M.) Zur Frage der 
 Arteriosklerose vor dem 30. Lebensjahre. Med. Tflin Berl., 
 1913, ix, 1119-1121. Also: Veroffentl. d. baineol. Gesellsch. 
 in Berl , 1913, xxxlv, pt. 2. 185-193. [Discussion], pt. 1, 20- 
 28.— Hopklnson (D.) Arterio-sclerosis in the vaung. 
 Wisconsin M. J., Milwaukee, 1911-12, x, 491-500.— Oppen- 
 taelmer (R.) Ueber Aorfenruptur und Arteriosklerose im 
 Kindesalter; ein Beitrag zur Entstehung der Arterioskle- 
 rose. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.]. Berl., 1906, 
 clxxxi, 382-390, 1 pi.— Ba«h (E.) [Gehjm und Nieren eines 
 Falles von hocngradiger Arteriosklerose und Schmmpfniere 
 bei einem 13jalirtgen Miidchcn.) Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. inn. 
 
 Med. u. Kinderh. in Wien, 1906, v, 143-145. . Ueber 
 
 einen Fall von Arteriosklerose bei einem dreizehnjahrigen 
 Madchen. Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Berl., 1907, Ixv, 221-239. — 
 Kiva (A.) Ancora dell' induramento giovanile delle arterie. 
 Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1905, Roma, 1906, xv, 243.— 
 Saltykovr (S.) Jugendliche und beeuinende Atheroskle- 
 rose. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1915, xlv, 1057; 1089, 
 1 pi. — Schlayer. Ueber die sogenannte Arteriosklerose der 
 Jugendlichen. Miincheu. med. Wchnschr., 1908, Iv, 50. 
 
 Arteriosclerosis and life insurance. • 
 
 Bahrdt. Arteriosklerose und Lebensversicherung. Ver- 
 _handl. d. Kong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1904, xxi, 124-130.— 
 Burwinkel (O.) Arteriosklerose und Lebensversiche- 
 mng. Ztschr. f. Versicherungsmed., Leipz., 1909, ii, 165; 
 198.— Cuthbertson (W.) Arterio-sclerosis m its relation 
 to life insurance. Med. Exam. & Pract., N. Y., 1904, xiv, 
 337.— Jones (T.) Arterio sclerosis; the greatest foe of the 
 life Insurance company. Med. Exam., N. Y., 1901, xi, 
 272-278.— Quackenbos (H. F.) Arteriosclerosis in its rela- 
 tion to life insurance. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1915, Ixxxviii, 87. 
 Also: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1915, cl, 999. Also, Reprint. 
 
 Arteriosclerosis in soldiers. 
 
 Bakei (R. W.) Arterio-sclerosis as a pensionable dis- 
 ability. Tr. Nat. Ass. U. S. Pension Exam. Surg., Rochest., 
 N. Y.^ 1904, ii, 175-180.— Bussenlus. Die Beziehungen der 
 Artenosklerose zum Heeresersatz und Heeresdienst. Fest- 
 schr. d. med.-naturw. Gesellsch. in Miinster, 1912, 299-314.— 
 Drenklialin. Die Arteriosklerose bei dem Ersatze des 
 Fijsllier-Regiments General-Feldmarschal.' Graf Moltke 
 (Schlesisehen) Nr. 38. Deutsche mil.-arztl. Ztschr., Berl., 
 1905, xxxiv, 425-428.— MOnckebcrg (J. G.) Ueber die 
 Atherosklerose der Kombattanten (nach Obduktionsbe- 
 funden). Zentralbl. f. Herzkrankh. [ete.], Dresd. & Wien. 
 1915, vii, 7-10. ' 
 
 Arteritis. 
 
 See Arteries (Inflammation of). 
 
 Artery (Appendicular). 
 
 Robinson (B.) A summation of data in regard to the 
 appendicular artery in 65 personal dissections. Denver M. 
 Times [etc.], 1908-9, xxviil, 323-331. Also [Abstr.]: Am. M. 
 Compend, Toledo, 1909, xxv, 103. — — . Appendicular 
 artery: arteriaappendicularis; ramus appendicularis; arteria 
 vermicularis. Milwaukee M. J., 1908, xvi, 291; 325. Also 
 [Abstr.]; Lancef^Clinlc, Cinoin., 1908, xcio, 452-459. 
 
 Artery (Axillary). 
 
 See, also. Aneurism (Axillary); Embolism 
 in axillary artery. 
 
 Bailuet (A.) *Coiitributioii k I'^tude des 
 h^inatomes traumatiques de I'artfere axillaire 
 (pathog6me des troubles paralytiques; traite- 
 ment). 8°. Paris, 1911. 
 
 Grant (E. O.) End-to-end anastomosis of the axillary 
 artery,withreport of acase. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 
 1915, XX, 447-449.— Hltzrot (J. M.) A composite study of 
 the axillary artery in man. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., 
 Bait., 1901, xii, 136-145. Also, Reprint.— Urrutla (A.) 
 Arteria axilar. Gac. mM., M&dco, 1902, 2. s., ii, 3, 1 pi.— 
 Witney (E. W.) A case of arterial hsematoma of the 
 second part of the axillary artery of unusual type. Brit. M. 
 J., Lend., 1916, ii, 769. 
 
 Artery (AxiUary, Abnormities of). 
 
 Ferrari (G.) Anomalie di rapporti e distnbuzione del- 
 r arteria ascellare. Atti Accad. d. sc. med. e nat. in Ferrara, 
 1902-3, Ixxvii, 269-262.— Garrigues (H.) & VaUols (H.) 
 Sur une anomalie de I'artfere axillaire. Montpel. m4d., 1909, 
 xxvlii, 356. — Kubo & Shirota. Varietaten der Aeste der 
 A. axillaris. [Japanese text.] Mitt. d. med. Gesellsch. zu 
 Tokyo, 1906, xx, 467-^81: 14. Hft., suppl., 3.— Mlcliel. Des 
 rapports que les anomalies des arteres ajollaire et hum^rale 
 detenninent aveo le plexus brachial et ses branches termi- 
 nales; deductions op&atoires. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. 
 Par., 1855, xl, 1299-1301.— Sakurai. Ueber eine seltene 
 Anomalie der Arteria axillaris. [Japanese text.] Mitt. d. 
 med. Gesellsch. zu Tokyo, 1S02, xvi, 633-645.— Waist (J. J.) 
 Anomalies of the axillary arteries. Univ. M. Mae., Phila., 
 1897-8, X, 228. 
 
 Artery (AxiUary, Ligation of). 
 
 See, also. Aneurism. (AmUary); Aneurisin 
 (Axillary, Arterio-venous). 
 
 Arkhangelsk! (A.P.) [Ligation of the axiliaiy artery 
 and vein with preservation ol the extremityj Knirurgi'a, 
 Mosk., 1913, xxxiv, 675-681.— Camagglo (F.) Legatura 
 dell' arteria ascellare sotto la clavicola. Gazz. intemaz. di 
 med. prat., Napoli, 1899, 125.— Carle. Recherches sur la 
 veine basilique; application k la ligature de I'axillaire. 
 BuU. et m^m. Soc anat. de Par., 1900, Ixxv, 321-329.— 
 Derocque (P.) De la ligature de I'art&e axillaire.' Nor- 
 mandle mM., K.ouen, 1898, xiii, 237-243.— Froelich. H6- 
 morr^e foudroyante de I'axillaire trois mois aprfes sa bles- 
 sure; Ugature de I'artfere; fausse paralTOie ischSmique de 
 Volkmann. Ann, de mM. et chir. mf., Par., 1913, xvii, 395. 
 Also: Rev. mM. de Test, Nancy, 1913, xlv, 294-296.— P«-. 
 ralre (M.) H^morrhagle secondaire dans une plaie de 
 guerre; ligature de I'artere axillaire; gu&lsoru Paris chir., 
 1915, vii, 118-120.— Phocas (G.) H^morragie secondaire de 
 la region de I'feaule; ligature de I'axillaire sous la clavicule; 
 gu&ison. Bull, et m6m. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1915, n. s., 
 xli, 2479.— Soupait (F.-J.-D.) Dangers de la ligature de 
 I'artfere axillaire. Belgique mid.. Gand-Haarlem, 1898, 
 i, 353-363. Also: Bull. Acad. roy. de mM. de Belg., Brux, 
 1898, 4. s., xii, 27-36.— Vauverts (J.) & Looten (J. ) La liga- 
 ture de I'artfere axillaire n'expose pas k la gangrene du 
 membre sup^rieur. IBcho m6d. du nord, Lille, 1909, xiii, 
 575-577.— Zerenln (V.) [Ligature of axillary vein and artery 
 inremoval of tumors.] Trudl Obsh. Russk. Vrach. v Mosk., 
 1897. xxxvi, pt. 1, 124-138.- Zhnln (A. N.) [Simultaneous 
 ligation of axillary and cephalic veins.] Siblrsk. Vrach. 
 VIedonL, Krasnoyarsk, 1902-3, i, 265. 
 
 Artery (AxiUary, Wounds and injuries 
 of). 
 
 See, also. Aneurism. (Axillary); Axilla 
 (Wounds, etc., of); Shoulder- joint (Dislocation 
 of. Complications, etc., of). 
 
 Tafblmeier (H.) *Ueber einen Fall von voll- 
 standiger subcutaner Zerreissung der Arteria 
 axillaris. 8°. Miinchen, 1899. 
 
 Armstrong (L. C.) Ligation of the left subclavian artery 
 from pistol-shot severing axiUary artery. Med. Rev., St. 
 Louis, 1898, xxxvlii, 302.— Bergasse. Plaie par coup de 
 revolver de rartere et de la veine axillaires; suture, gu^ison. 
 Bull. Soc. m^d. chir. de la DrOme [etc.]. Valence. 1911, xii 
 129-133.--Bogart (J. B.) Bullet wound involving the 
 axtUary artery. Brooklyn M. J., 1906, xx, 142-144.— Cleaves 
 (F. H.) Incised wound of the axillary artery. Med. Rec, 
 N. Y., 1898, liii, 282.— Coulaln (J.) H^matome trauma^ 
 tique circonscrit de I'artte axillaire, dd £ im coup de cou- 
 
ARTERY. 
 
 52 
 
 ARTERY. 
 
 Artery {Artillery, Wounds and injuries 
 of). 
 
 teau; section partielle du nerf brachial cutan^ interne; in- 
 cision de rh^nLatome et .suture latfirale de Tartfere quinze 
 jours apr^ I'acoidsnt; gu^rison avec persistance de troubles 
 nerveux. J. d. sc. mSd. de Lille, 1911, i, 637-543.— De- 
 rocq ue. Eupture traumatique de I'artfere axillaire; ligature 
 des deux bouts; sphacfele cons^cutif du membre; dfesurticu- 
 lation de I'^paule; gu^rison. Gaz. d. Mp., Par., 1897, Ixx, 
 1121-1124.— Dobson (J. F.) & Hlggins fw. E.) A case of 
 contusion of tbe axillary artery. Brit. J. Surg., Bristol, 
 1918-19, -yi, 15-18.— Gayet. Ligature de I'artfere axillaire 
 sectionn^e par une balle de revolver. Bull. Soo. de chir. de 
 Lyon, 1905. viii, 5-10. Alio: Lyon mM., 1905, civ, 274-279.— 
 Gross (G.) Plaie par balle de revolver de la veine et de 
 I'artfere axillaire; hematome an^vrysmal diffus secondaire; 
 ligatures art^rielle et veineuse; gu^rison. Rev. m^d. de Test, 
 Nancy, 1911, xliii, 432-436.— Imbcrt (L.) & ClSment. Plaie 
 de I'arare axillaire; ligature. Marseille mdd., 1912, xlix, 
 785.— Lucas (A.) Eupture of the axillary artery. Brit. 
 M. J., Lond., 1904, i, 731.— Morestln. Plaie de I'artfere 
 axillaire droite; ligature de Tartfere axillaire sous la clavi- 
 oule; retour de I'h^niorragie; ligature des deux bouts de 
 I'artire dans la plaie; gudrison. Bull, et m£m. Soc. de chir. 
 de Par., 1901, n. s., xxvU, 365-374.— Murry (F. W.) A case 
 of pistol-shot wound of the axillary artery; ligation of first 
 portion; recovery. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1909, 1, 448-456.- 
 Fomponl (E.) Ferita dell' arteria asoeUare; guarigione 
 spontanea. Gazz. med. di Eoma, 1902, xxviii, 141-150. — 
 Kicard. Plaie longitudinale de I'art^re axillaire. Bull, et 
 m^m. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1899, n. s., xxv, 562.— Salvettl 
 (C. ) Inflltrazione eraorragica per ferita dell' arteria ascellare 
 simulante un' infezione acuta. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1910, 
 xxxi, 913.— Terry (C. H.) Stab wound of the axillary 
 artery. Brooklyn M. J., 1900, xiv, 386.— Vaivrand (M. G.) 
 General considerations on the treatment of wounds and 
 aneurisms of the axillary artery. Intemat. Clin., Phila., 
 1916, 26. s., iv, 236-257. 
 
 Artery (Basilar). 
 
 See, also, AneuriBm (Basilar). 
 
 DE Vkiesb (Bertha). *Recherc]ies sur la mor- 
 phologie de I'art&re basilaire. 8°. Gand, 1905. 
 
 Bender (B.) Obliteratio art. basilaris. Orvosi hetil., 
 Budapest, 1903, xlvii, 281.— Blze (K.) Ueber das Verhalten 
 der Axtena basilaris bei verschiedenen Species des Genus 
 Ateles. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1910, xxxrti, 33-38. 
 
 Artery (Brachial). 
 
 See, also, Aneurism (Brachial); Embolism 
 of brachial artery; Thrombosis (Brachial). 
 
 Becco (A.) Sui rapporti dell' arteria brachiale col nervo 
 mediano ed applicazioni chimrgiche. Boll. d. r. Accad. med. 
 di Geneva, 1897, xii, 145-290, 1 pi.— Georgiyevskl (I. V.) [A 
 variant of the brachial artery, combined with other peculiar- 
 ities olthe case.] Khirurgi'a Mosk., 1906, xx, 475-486. — . 
 
 [Eare relationship between the median nerve and brachial ar- 
 tery.] Eussk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1906, v, 33.— Gdppert (E.J 
 Ueber Riickbildung und Ersatz der Arteria brachialis bei 
 Echidna; Beitrag zur Kermtnis der Arterien der Vorderglied- 
 masse bei den Saugetieren. Morphol. Jahrb., Leipz., 1905, 
 xxxiii, 535-554.— Hewlett (A. W.) The pulse flow in the 
 brachial artery; the influence of certain drugs. Arch. Int. 
 Med., Caiicagq, 1916, xx, 1-9.— Tonkoffl (V. N.) [Develop- 
 ment of the brachial artery.] Eussk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 
 1909, viii, 841-843. 
 
 Artery (Brachial, Abnormities of). 
 
 Bourguet. Anomalies art^rieUes dU membre sup^rieur. 
 Languedoo mM.-chir., Toulouse, 1905, xiii, 118. — G£raid 
 (G.) & Breucg (E.) Sur un cas de bifurcation prgcoce de 
 I'arfere humaine. Bibliog. anat.. Par. & Nancy, 1905, xiv, 
 164-170. — Haberer (H.) [Fall von Kommunikation der 
 Arteria und Vena brachialis.] Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. inn. 
 Med. u. Kinderh. in Wien, 1904, iii, 68.— Hawthorne (CO.) 
 A patient with an abnormal condition of the arteries of the 
 left upper limb. Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc. Glasg., 1895-7, 1, 6.— 
 Herrlngton (Minerval. High bifurcation of the brachial 
 artery with reunion at the elbow. Johns Hopkins Hosp. 
 Bull., Bait., 1905, xvi, 65.— Laflte-Dupont. Dessins d'ano- 
 malies diverses de I'artfere hum^rale et de ses branches. 
 Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. de Bordeaux, 1898, xix, 67. 
 Also: J. de mM. de Bordeaux, 1898, xxviii, 153. — Stadnlt- 
 skl (N. G.) [Very rare, so called low division of the bra- 
 chial artery in man, in connection with the oriran of anoma- 
 lies of this artery and its forearm branches.] Eussk. Ehir. 
 Arch., S.-Peterb., 1907, xxiii, 674-593.— Svenson (G.) & 
 Wetterdal (P.) [A study of the variations of the brachial 
 arteries in man.] Svenska lak.-saUsk. handl., Stockholm, 
 1916, xlii, 1300-1319, 2 pi.— Vlnon & Duces. Anomalie de 
 I'art^re hum&ale avec apophyse sus-6pitrochl^erme. Mont- 
 pel, m^., 1912, xxxiv, 132. 
 
 Artery (Brachial, Diseases of). 
 
 See, also. Aneurism (Bradiial); Embolism 
 of bradhial artery; Thrombosis (Brachial). 
 
 Artery (Brachial, Diseases of) . 
 
 JuNGHANNS (G. R.) *De obliteratione arte- 
 riarum adjecto hujus modi casu novo ad arte- 
 riam brachialem pertinente. 8°. Lipsix, 1853. 
 
 Cafferata (J. F.) Ulceracidn de la arteria humeral por 
 un absceso del pliegue del codo, ligadura en el tercio medio 
 del brazo; curacidn. Arch. Latino-Am. de pediat., Buenos 
 Aires, 1906, ii, 343.— Carbonera (A.) Sul modo di con- 
 tenersi dell' arteria omerale nell' artenosclerosi. Clin. med. 
 Ital., Milano, 1911, 1, 681-689, 1 pi.— Gross (G.) & HeuUy (L.) 
 Endart^rite obliMrante de rnumSrale et de ses branches. 
 Eev. mM. de Test, Nancy, 1912, xliv, 541-543.— Le Jemtel. 
 Obliteration artSrielle de i'artfere hiim&ale avec syndrome 
 sympathique cons&utif. Bull, et m^m. Soc. de chir. de 
 Par., 1917, n. s., xliii, 1085.— Pagnlez (P.) Constatations 
 oscillom^mques dans un cas d'artMte hum^rale. Bull, et 
 m&oa. Soc. mid. d. hdp. de Par., 1914, 3. s., xxxvii, 807-810. 
 
 Artery (Brachial, Ligation of) . 
 
 See, also. Aneurism (Brachial); Aneurism 
 (Brachial, Arterio-venous). 
 
 Cestan (E.) Hdmatome anSvrysmal de I'art^re hum^rale 
 par coup de couteau; ligature de^ deux bouts de I'artdre. 
 Toulouse nM.., 1901, 2. s., iii, 223-225.— levers (P. G.) Notes 
 on ligature of the brachial artery for wound. Brit. M. J., 
 Lond., 1898, U, 1551.— Mally. Ligature de I'artftre humdrale 
 au pll du ooude; troubles paralytiques. J. de m6d. de Par., 
 1898, 2. s., X, 227-229. Also: Efev. de psychlat., Par.t^S, 
 n. s., 70-75.— Presno y Bastiony (J. A..) Las anora^lias 
 musoulares en el pliegue del codo, desde el punto de vlMa de 
 la ligadura de la arteria humeral. Eev. de den. m^.-. Ha- 
 bana, 1896, xl, 77-79. 
 
 Artery (Brachial, Surgery of). '-- 
 
 See, also. Aneurism. (Brachial); Artfery 
 (Brachial, Ligation of); Artery (Braavial, 
 Wounds, etc., of). 
 
 Eicbel. Stichverletzung der Arteria brachialis; Arterien- 
 naht. Deutsche mil.-arztl. Ztschr., Berl., 1906, xxxv, 549- 
 552. — Glauner. Em Fall von Naht der Arteria brachialis. 
 Deutsche mod. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz,, 1904, xxx, 1049. — 
 Le Fur. Suture de I'artfere humSrale pour plai e lat^rale par 
 balle; conservation du pouls radial. Paris chir., 1915, vii, 
 111 — Milllkln (M.) An unsuccessful anastomosis of the 
 brachial artery. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1908, xcix, 247. — 
 Rosa (U.) Contributd clinico alia sutura delle arterie; 
 sutura della omerale. Arch, ed atti d. Soc. ital. di chir. 
 1900, Eoma, 1901, xv, pp. Ixiv-lxviii.— SlierrUl (J. G.) 
 Direct suture of the brachial artery lor traumatism; resto- 
 ration of circulation; subsequent development of ischemic 
 paralysis. Louisville Month. J. M. & S., 1913-14, xx, 289- 
 294. Also: Old Dominion J. M. & S., Richmond, 1914, 
 
 xviii, 113-120. . Direct suture of the brachial artery 
 
 following rupture, result of traumatism. Ann. Surg., Phila., 
 1913, Iviii, 534-536, 2 pi.— Stewart (F. T.) End-to-end 
 anastomosis of the brachial artery. Ann. Surg., PhUa., 
 1908, xlviu, 152-155. AUo: Tr. Phila. Acad. Surg., 1909, xi, 
 73-76.— Torrance (G.) Suture of the brachial artery. 
 Am. Med., Phila., 1904, viii, 1038. Also: Ann. Surg., Phila., 
 1904, xl, 107.— Turner (R. L.) End to end anastomosis of 
 the brachial artery. Gulf States J. M. & S. [etc.], 1910, xvi, 
 42^423. L J. . , 
 
 Artery (Brachial, Wounds and injuries 
 of). 
 
 Otten (M. O.) *Ein Fall von Stichverletzung 
 der Arteria brachialis. 8°. Kiel, 1901 
 
 Blanc (H.) Plaie sfohe de I'art^re hum&aie (section 
 complete par balle sans h^morragie). Paris chir., 1917, ix, 
 108-113.- Burk (W.) Schussverietztmg der Artena bra- 
 chialis; Resektion und zirkulare Naht der Arterie. Muu- 
 chen. med . Wchnschr., 1909, Ivi, 2.5-28.— Cestan (E .) Hema- 
 toma an^vrysmal de I'artere humilralapar coup de couteau; 
 ligature des deux bouts de Partfere. Echo mM., Toulouse, 
 1901, 2. s., XV, 499-501.— Lee (B.J.) Rupture of the brachial 
 artery and musculo-spiral nerve, without fracture of the 
 humerus. Tr. N. York Surg. Soc, 1912, i, 292.— Magenau 
 (F.) Verlegung der Arteria brachialis durch Abknickung 
 bei komplicierter Epiphysenl6sung am unteren Humcrus- 
 cnde. Beitr. z. Mm. Chir., Tubing., 1907, Iii, 590-593.— 
 Maudaire (P.) Hemorragie secondaire par ulceration de 
 I'artere humerale au contact de la pointe d'un fragment de 
 balle. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1914, n. s., xU, 
 322.— Michel (G.) Rupture sous-cutanee directe de I'artere 
 humerale; obliteration consecutive; guerison sans gangrfene. 
 Gaz. d. hflp.. Par., 1901, Ixxiv, 49-51.— Moty. Section de 
 rartere humerale par balle. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. 
 
 de Par., 1915, n. s., xli, 2100. . Hemosta-ie des sections 
 
 totales de I'artere humerale par simple pansement com- 
 presslf. IMii., 1916, xlu, 158-161.— Murard (J.) Des rup- 
 tures de i'artere humerale par balle. Lyon chirurg., 1914-15, 
 XU, 789-802.— Newton (E. C.) Destruction of the brachial 
 artery. N. York M. J., 1898, Ixviii, 62.— Schorong. rVflr- 
 letzung der Arteria brachialis durch Schrotschuss.) Deut- 
 sche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1906,xxxii. 902. Also: 
 
ARTERY. 
 
 53 
 
 ARTERY. 
 
 Artery {Brachial, Wounds and injuries 
 of). 
 
 Strassb. med. Ztg., 1906, iii, 67.— Stiles (H. J.) Punctured 
 wound of brachial artery. Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc. Edinb., 
 1901-1902, n. s., xxi, 68.— TIssot (J.) Plaie de I'hum^rale 
 gauche; an^vrysme diffus constaitif; ligature au-dessus et 
 au-dessous de la poche; garrison. Paris chirurg^ 1910, ii, 
 146.— Van Arsdale (W. W.) Gunshot wound of the arm 
 severing brachial artery. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1898, xxvii, 
 666. ■ 
 
 Artery (Brachio-cepJuilic). 
 
 See Artery {Innominate); Thrombosis (Bra- 
 chial and brachwcephalic). 
 
 Artery {Bronchial). 
 
 See, also, Lungs (Circulation of blood in). 
 SusLOFP (K. I.) *K anatonui bronkhialnlkh 
 arteriy u chelovieka. [On the anatomy of the 
 bronciiial arteries in man.l 8°. S.-Peterburq, 
 1895. 
 
 Artery {Osecal). 
 
 Patel. Coup de couteau de I'abdomen; blessure d'une 
 artfere caecale; intervention; gu&ison. I>yon vaid., 1913, 
 exxi, 154. 
 
 Artery {Carotid). 
 
 See, also, Aneurism (Carotid); Embolism 
 of carotid artery; Thrombosis (Carotid). 
 
 Ayers (H.) The morphology of the carotids, 
 based on a study of the blood-vessels of the 
 Chlamydoselachus anguineus, G^man. 8°. 
 Cambridge, 1889. 
 
 Cttttimijrom: BuU. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harv., Cambridge, 
 
 Allis (E. P.) The pseudobranchial and carotid arteries 
 in Chlamydoselachus anguineus. Anat. Am., Jena, 1911, 
 xxxix, 511-519.— Kelller (W .) A note on the relation ol the 
 external carotid artery. Proo. Ass. Am. Anat. 1899, Wash., 
 1900. 20.— La Rocca (C.) Le fasi di sviluppo e di regresso 
 dell' arteria carotide interna in Bos taurus. Kicerche n. lab. 
 di anat. norm. d. r. Univ. di Roma, 1910-11, xvi, 107-113, 1 
 pi— lilvinl (F.) II tipo normale e le variazioni dell' A. 
 carotis externa. Sperimentale. Arch, di biol., Firenze, 
 
 1902, M, 473-486. . L'arteria carotis externa. Arch. 
 
 ital. di anat. e di embriol., Firenze, 1903, ii, 633-741. — 
 Rathke (H.) Ueber die Carotideu der iirokodile und der 
 Vogel. Arch. f. Anat., Physiol, u. wissensch. Med., Berl., 
 
 - 1850, 184-192. . Bemefkungen ilbcr die Entstehung der 
 
 bei manchen Vogeln und den Krokodileu vorkommenden 
 unpaarigen gemeinschaltlichen Carotis. Ibid.. 1858, 315- 
 322.— Siciliano. l^es eHets de la compression des carotides 
 sur la pression, sur le coeur et sur la respiration. Arch. ital. 
 de biol., Turin, 1900, xxxiil, 338-344.— Tanasescu (1.) 
 Situation, rapports et branches de la carotide interne dans le 
 sinus caverneux. Bull. Soc. d. mi5d. et nat. de Jassy, 1906, 
 XX, 73-88, 1 pi. Also [Abstr.]: Bull, et m6m. Soc. anat. de 
 Par., 1905, Ixxx, 834.— Tslmlnaskis (C.) La compression 
 des carotides dans I'^pilepsie et I'hvst&ie. N. iconog. de la 
 Salp^tri&re, Par., 1916-17, xxviii, 62-64.— Tvrtning (G. H.) 
 The embryonic history of carotid arteries in the chick. 
 Anat. Anz., Jena, 1906, xxix, 650-663. - 
 
 Artery {Carotid, Abnormities of). 
 
 von Angermayer (S.) Ein Fail von getrenntem Ur- 
 sprung der Carotis externa sinistra und der Carotis interna 
 sinistra aus dem Aortenbogen in Verbindung mit Anoma- 
 lien der Wirbelsaule und der Eippen. Anat. Hefte, Wiesb., 
 1S06-7, xxxU, 213-230, 1 pi.— Antlpas (A.) Anomahe de la 
 carotide primitive droite. Gaz. mdd. d'Orient, Constant., 
 1900-1901, xliii, 299.— Descomps & Vin{otte. Anomalie 
 de trajet et de ramescence de la carotide exterue. Bull, et 
 mixa. Soc. anat. de Par., 1910, Ixxxvi, 749.— Edington (G. 
 H.) Tortuosity of both internal carotid arteries. Brit. M. 
 J., Lond., 1901, ii, 1526.— Fisher (A. G. T.) Sigmoid tor- 
 tuosity of the internal carotid artery and its relation to tonsil 
 and pharynx. Lancet, I^ond., 191.5, ii, 128-130.— Fontan 
 (C.) Anomalie art&ielle de la r^ion cervicale 'inf^rieure. 
 Bull. Soc. de m^d. du nord 1911, Lille, 1912 202.— Hansen 
 (E.) Ein Fall von Verlauf der Carotis interna durch die 
 Paukenhohle. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1903, 1, 949.— 
 Hopkins (G. S.) Notes on the variation in origiQ of the 
 internal carotid of the horse. Proc. Ass. Am. Arlat., Bait., 
 1902-3, p. xi.— Kantor (H.) Tiefe Teilung der Arteria 
 carotis communis. Anat. Anz., Jena, W05, xxvi, 492-496. — 
 Kelly (A. B.) Cases in which the internal cardtid bulges 
 into the pharynx. Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc. Glasg., 1905-7, vl, 
 355.— Kubo. Ueber die Varietateii der A. carotis. Mitt. d. 
 med. Gesellsch. zu Tokyo, 1906, xx, 14. Hft., Suppl. 3.— Lake 
 (R.) Case of aberrant carotids. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., 
 Lond., 1912-13, vi, Otol. Sect., 21.— Mage. Anomalie de la 
 carotide primitive. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. de Bor- 
 
 Artery {Carotid, Abnorrmties of). 
 
 deaux, 1895, 37.— Moorliead (T. G.) Tortuosity of internal 
 carotid arteries, Brit. M. J., Lond., 1902, i, 332.— Morita. 
 Eine seltcne Anomalie von Verlauf und Verfctelung der 
 Arteria carotis externa. [Japanese text.] Mitt. d. med. 
 OeseUsch. zu Tokyo, 1902, xvi, 692-697, 1 pi.— Orr (A. E.) 
 A rare anomaly of the carotid arteries (internal and external) . 
 J. Anat. & Physiol., Lond., 1900-7, xli, 51.— Pereira Cou- 
 tinho (A.) & da Costa e Silva (G. C.) Anomalia da caro- 
 tida externa. Rev. portugueza de med. e cirurg. prat., 
 Ijsb., 1S98-9, V. 359-363.— Plsk (E.) Ueber elne seltene 
 Varietat im Verlaufe der Arteria carotis externa. Ztschr. f. 
 ang. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1913, i, 99-101. Also: Anat. Anz., 
 Jena, 1914, xlv, 373-37.«.— Powell (.Sir E. D.) Tortuosity of 
 the common carotid artery (with high division of the inno- 
 minate) simulating aneurysm. Middlesex Hosp. J., 1909-10, 
 xiii, 1-5.— lloope(A. P.) Anomalous internal carotid artery. 
 J. Indiana M. Ass., Fort Wayne, 1913, vi, 162.— Bowlands 
 (R. P.) & Swan (R. H. J.) Tortuosity of both internal 
 carotid arteries. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1902, i, 76.— Sack (N.) 
 Ein Fall von anormalem Verlauf der Carotis interna im 
 Rachen. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh., Berl., 1907, xli, 277.— 
 Saint-Martin. Division tardive de I'artfere carotide 
 
 Srimitive dans I'^paisseur de la parotide. Gaz. mfid. de 
 fan tes, 1907, 2. s., xxv, 551-553. . Brifevet^ du tronc 
 
 de Tartere carotide exteme et naissance presque immediate 
 d'un bouquet de collat&ales. Ibid., 553.— Skillem (P. G.) 
 Anomalous sigmoid tortuosity of cervical portion of internal 
 carotid artery. Proc. Path. Soc. Phila., 1912, n. s., xiv (xv), 
 166. — Skoda (K.) ' Eine seltene Anomalie des Carotidenur- 
 . sprunges: Mangel des Truncus bicaroticus, beim Pferde. 
 Anat. Anz., Jena, 1912, xl, 540-.541.— Smith (G. E.) Note 
 on an anonialous anastomosis between the internal carotid 
 and basilar arteries. J. Anat. & Physiol., Lond., 1909, xliii, 
 310.— Smith (G. M.) Tortuosity of internal carotid. Brit. 
 M. J., Lond., 1902, i; 1602.— Thompson (J. A.) An anoma- 
 lous position of the internal carotid artery. Milwaukee M. 
 J., 1898, vi, 12.— Wood (G. B.) Anomalous position of the 
 common carotid, visible in the pharynx. Am. J. M. Sc, 
 Phila. & N. Y., 1902, n. s., cxxiv, 478-481.— Tevrelnofr 
 (M. V.) & Botezat (M. J.) [Anomalies of the common 
 carotid artery.) Russk. Khir. Arch., S.-Peterb., 1902, xviii, 
 1049-1058, 1 pi. 
 
 Artery {Carotid, Aneurism of). 
 See Aneurism (Carotid). 
 
 Artery {Carotid, Diseases and tumors of). 
 
 See, also, Aneurism (Carotid); Embolism of 
 carotid artery; Thxoinbosia (Carotid). 
 
 BalUet, Ulceration de la carotide interne produite par 
 un adfeo-plegmon; mort. Ann. m^d.-chir. du centre. 
 Tours, 1904, iv, 22.— Chiari. Ueber das Verhalten des 
 Teilungswinkels der Carotis communis bei der Endarteriitis 
 chronica deformans. Verhandl. d. deutsch. iiath. Gesellsch. 
 1905, Jena, 1906, 326-330.— Cook (J. E.) Case of tumor 
 olthe carotid artery. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1907, 
 V, 324-326.— Brb (W.) Ein FaUvon ausgedehnter Gehimei- 
 weichung bei totaler Obliteration der Carotis communis 
 sinistra. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1904, 11, 946.— Freed- 
 man(A.) Cj>st of the wall of the carotid artery. Montreal 
 M. J., 1909, xxxviii, 583-586.— LecSne. Sarcome de la gaine 
 des vaisseaux carotidiens; extirpation avec r&ection de la 
 carotide primitive, des deux carotides exteme et interne du 
 c6t^ gauche, de la jugulaire interne et du pneumogastrique; 
 mort le 8= jour par ramollissement progressif de rh^misphere 
 c&4bral gauche. Bull, et m4m. Soc. anat. de Par., 1905, 
 Ixxx, 746-751.— Poyet (G.) Ulceration tuberculeuse de la 
 carotide; hemorrhagic; mort- examen histologique. j* nn. d. 
 
 mal. de roreille, du larynx [etc.]. Par., lOOTj xxxiii, 319^ 
 (A. R.) Specimen showing (?) ulceration of 
 
 330.— Tweedle ( 
 
 the left internal carotid artery from a boy, aged 1 year 8 
 months. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1912-13, vi, Larvn- 
 gol. Sect., 15. ■' 
 
 Artery {Carotid, Excision of). 
 See Artery (Carotid, Surgery of). 
 
 Artery {Carotid, Ligation of). 
 
 See, also, Aneurism (Carotid); Aneurism 
 (Innominate, Treatment of, Operative). 
 
 CoTJLON (J.) *De la ligature de la carotide ex- 
 terne chez le vivant; proc^de Moreslin. 8° 
 Paris, 1911. 
 
 Khanepuhl (J. T.) *Zur Unterbindung der 
 Arteria carotis commimis. 8°. Marburg, 1901. 
 
 LossEN (W. K. M.) *Ein Beitrag zur Frage 
 der pralimuiaren CarotisliBatur. 8° Ldvzia, 
 1909. ^ ^ 
 
 Pavloff (Nadine). *Contribution k 1' etude 
 de la ligature de I'artfere carotide primitive. 8°. 
 Lausanne, 1906. 
 
ARTERY. 
 
 54 
 
 ARTERY. 
 
 Artery (Carotid, Ligation of). 
 
 Rennefahrt (K. R.) *Drei Falle von TJnter- 
 bindung der Carotis communis zur Verhindening 
 des Wachsthums inoperabler Krebse des Ge- 
 sichts. 8°. Kiel, 1901. 
 
 ScHiRMER (R.) *Die Unterbindung der Ai- 
 teria carotis communis und ihrer beiden Endaste. 
 8°. Marburg, 1906. 
 
 Amenta (G.) Legatura della carotlde estema. Gazz. d. 
 osp., Milano, 1905, xxvi, 137.— Bartlett (W.) & McKlttrlck 
 (O. F.) A study of secondary hemorrhage treated by liga- 
 tion of the common carotid artery. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1917, 
 Ixv, 715-729.— Billet. Ligature de la carotide interne. Paris 
 mM., 1917, xxiii, 44. . Ligature de la carotide primi- 
 tive. Presse mM., Par., 1917, xxv, 325.— Boarl (A.) Con- 
 tributo clmico alia teoria del prof. Ceci sulla allacdatura 
 simultanea della carotide e delta giugulare interna. Arch, 
 ed atti d. Soo. ital. di chir. 1905, Koma, 1906, xlx, 183-186.— 
 Broca (A.) & Farabeuf (L. IT.) Ligatures des artires caro- 
 tides. Presse mM., Par., 1915, xxiii, 404.— Broca (P.) 
 Plaie par balle ^clat£e de la m&choire intMeure et du con; 
 ulceration secondaire de la carotide primitive; ligature; 
 gu4rison. Rev. ggn. de clin. et de th^rap.. Par., 1915, xxlx, 
 641-643 —Browne (H. L.) Traumatic aneurism of the in- 
 ternal maxUlary treated by ligature of the common carotid. 
 Med. Rec, N. Y., 1897, Ui, 360.— Capdepon. Ligature de 
 la carotide primitive non suivie d'accidents c6r6braux. Bull. 
 Soc. d'anat. et physiol. de Bordeaux, 1896, xvii; 299. Also: 
 Gaz. d. h6p. deToulouse, 1897, xi, 103.— Cappelll (L.) ' C!oa- 
 tributo clmico alia allacciatura della carotide e giugulare. 
 Arch.ed. atti d. Soc. ital. di chir. 1906, Roma, 1907, xx, 207- 
 213.— Cavazzanl (E .) Sugli efletti della legatura delle caro- 
 tid! comuni associata al taglio bilaterale del simpatico cervi- 
 cale nel coniglio. Boll. d. Soc. med.^hir. di Modena, 1911- 
 12, xiv, 57-105.— CUalot (V.) Ligature simultanee des 
 deux carotides extemes et, plus tard, ligature de la carotide 
 primitive gauche pour un an^vrysme cttsoide qui occupait 
 principE^ement la tempe. les paupiferes et le front du c6t6 
 gauche, ainsi que la racme du nez: r&ultats ^loignfe trfe 
 satisJaisants. Indfipend. mii., Par., 1896, ii, 129.— Cbe- 
 vasse. Ligature de la carotide primitive droite pour une 
 p^e par coup de feu. Bull, et m^m. Soc. de chir. de Par., 
 1904, n. s., XXX, 714-718.— Glutton (H. H.) Case of pharyn- 
 geal abscess: hemorrhage: ligature of carotid arteries. Proc. 
 Roy. M. & Chir. Soc. Lend., 1896-7, 3. s., ix, 143-146.— 
 Collins (Sir W.J.) Three cases of ligature of the common 
 carotid artery. Lancet, Lend., 1903, i, 1090. — Crosson 
 (p. M.) Successful ligation of the common carotid artery. 
 Tr. South. Car. M. Ass., Charleston, 1899, 113.— Davenport 
 Ligature of left common carotid. China M. J., Shanghai, 
 1911, xxv, 232.— Depage. A propos de la ligature de la 
 carotide externe. Ann. Soc. beige de chir., Brux., 1897-8, 
 V, 264-269. AUo: Eev. intemat. de rhinol., otol. et laryn- 
 gol.. Par., 1898. ix, 304-311.— Derby (G. S.) Ligation of the 
 common carotid artery for malignant recurrent hemorrhage 
 of the vitreous. J. Am. M. Ass^ Chicago, 1907, xlix, 107-110. 
 Also, Reprint. — Descomps (P.) La ligature de I'artfere 
 carotide externe. Presse mid., Par., 1912, xx, 325-329.— 
 I>esgouttes. Un cas de ligature de la carotide primitive k 
 la base du cou; gu6rison operatoire. Lyon-m6d., 1910,_ cxiv, 
 1069-1072.— Dlel (A.) De la ligature lente et progressive de 
 la carotide primitive. Arch. g&i. de mid., Par., 1903, ii, 
 3272-3276.- Duncan (R. B.) Ligature of both carotid 
 arteries; paralysis; death. Intercolon. M. J. Australas., 
 Melbourne, 1898, iii, 35.— Dunn (T. D.) Ligation of the 
 common carotid artery in a child of three and one-half yeairs, 
 for hemorrhage following peritonsillar abscess: recovery. 
 Univ. M. Mag., Phila., 1891, iU, 455^58. AUo, Reprint— 
 Elsengrilber. Eine seltene Indilcation zur Unterbindung 
 der linken Carotis communis. Med. Klin., Berl., 1913, ix, 
 62.— Eliot (E.) Ligation of common carotid for pulsating 
 exophthalmos. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1912, Iv, 454.— riorlYP.) 
 Ulteriori ricerehe sul valore della allacciatura della ^ugulare 
 come atto complementare alia legatura della carotide primi- 
 tiva. Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir. di Modena, 1905-6, ix, 21-27.— 
 Fisher (J. H.) Case of arterio-venous communication in 
 the cavernous sinus successfully treated by ligature of the 
 common carotid. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., LonoT, 1912-13, vi, 
 Ophthalmol. Sect., 99-101.— Flske (A. L.) Ligation of the 
 enernal carotids, with reports of seven ligations in four 
 cases. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1909, xlix, 766-776. [Discussion], 
 872.— de Fourmestraux (J.) Pronostie actuel de la liga- 
 ture de la carotide primitive. Ass. fran;. de chii. Proc- 
 verb. [etc.]. Par., IWS, xxi, 855-858. . Suture et liga- 
 ture de I'art&re carotide prirnitive. Ibid., 1909, xxii, 215- 
 221. — Frank (R.) Haemorrhagia eximia post operatlonem 
 cystidis venosae feciei; Ligatura carotidis communis; Hei- 
 lung. Jahrb. d. Wien. k. i. Erankenanst. 1896, Wien & 
 Leipz., 1898, v, pt. 2, 249.— Franz (V.) Zur Ligatur der 
 Kaiotis. Miinchen. med. Wchnsohr., 1915, Ixii, 966.— 
 Fummi (A.) Un caso di allacciatura della carotide pri- 
 mitiva. Bull. d. r. Accad. med. di Roma, 1900, xxvi, 31-62, 
 1 pi.— Garovl (L.) Contribute alia legatura della carotide 
 estema per la cura di vasti angiomi facciali. Gazz. med. 
 ital., Torino, 1904, Iv, 171-174.— Gestro (G. LJ Allaccia- 
 tura dell' arteria carotide estema. Pollclin., Roma, 1916, 
 
 Artery (Carotid, Ligation of). 
 
 xxiii,sez. prat., 1204. Also: Riv. med., Milano, 1916, xxlv, 
 119._Grlffltlis (C. A.) Haemorrhage from a large vessel 
 in or about the base of the skull, internal hgature of both 
 common carotids. Brit. J. Surg., Bristol, 1915-16, iii, 302.— 
 Guenlot (P.) H^morragies et htoostase dans les mutila- 
 tions de la face (cinq observations de ligature de la carotide 
 exteme). BulLm^d., Par., 1916, xxx, 405-409.— Horner (A.) 
 Unterbindung der Carotis communis weeen Arrosionsblu- 
 tung (Halsabszesse nach Oesophagusvefletzung). Frag, 
 med. Wchnschr., 1914, xxxix, 365-367.— Jackson (C.) 
 Ligation of the external carotid artery , considered from a rhl- 
 nological and pharyngological viewpoint. Tr. Am. Laryn- 
 goL Ass., N: Y., 1907, xxix, 14-26. Also: N. York M. J., 
 
 1907, Ixxxvi, 305-309. AUo, Reprint.— Jordan (M.) Zur 
 Ligatur der Carotis communis; eine neue Methode zur Orien- 
 tierung iiber eventuelle Circulationsstorungen. Arch. f. 
 klin. Chir., Berl., 1907, Ixxxiii, 23-29. AUo: Verhandl. d. 
 deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Chh., Bed., 1907, xxxvi, pt. 2, 83-89.— 
 Kaeppelln. H^morragie grave par ulceration de la carotide 
 interne au cours d'une otite; hgature de I'art^e carotide 
 primitive; gudrison. Lyon mM., 1906, cvi, 122-124.— Keen 
 (W. W.) Two cases of ligation of the external carotid for 
 severe haemorrhage, one alter tonsillotomy, the other af- 
 ter a slight intranasal operation. Ann. Surg., Phila., 
 1901, xxxlv, 21-24. AUo: Tr. Acad. Surg., Phila., 1902, 
 iv, 142-146.— Kudryashofl (A. I.) [Ligation of the left 
 common carotid ,artery.] Vrach, S.-Peterh., 1892, xiii, 
 932.— Lauwers. A propos de la ligature de la carotide 
 exteme. Ann. Soo. beige de chir., Brux., 1898-9, vi, 67.— 
 Ieser(E.) ligature of the common carotid artery. Inter- 
 nat. Clin., Phila., 1903, 12. s., iv, 175, 1 pi.— UUentlial. 
 Ligation of both common carotids. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1903, 
 xxxvii, 443.— Lynn. The first hgatlon of the carotid artery 
 ever performed in this country. Lancet, Lond., 1910, ii, 
 1100.— McKone ( J. K.) Ligation of common carotid artery 
 for hemorrhage followlnglnjuryolsuperior maxilla. North- 
 west Med., Seattle, 1908, vi, 386.— Malsonneuve (J.-G.) 
 M^moire sur la hgature de I'artfere carotide exteme. Compt. 
 rend. Acad. d. sc. Par., 1855, xl, 168-171.— Melampo (G.) 
 Ferita con emorragia uifrenabile e allacciatura della carotide 
 estema. Gior. med. d. r. esercito, Roma, 1898, xlvl, 1245- 
 1251.— Mlrotvortseff (S. R.) [Collateral circulation; tying 
 the carotid artery in experimental and human pathology 
 from this viewpomt.l Imp. Voyenno-Med. Akad. Rabotl 
 
 Proped. Khirurg. Klin Oppel, S.-Peterb., 1912, iv, 243- 
 
 285, 2pl.— Morestin (H.) La ligature de la carotide exteme 
 sur le vivant. Ass. ftanb. de chir. Proc.-verb., Par., 1909, 
 xxii, 492-)96. AUo: Bull, et mSm. Soc. anat. de Par., 1909, 
 IxxxiVj 539-542.— Morris (R. T.) Ligations olthe common 
 carotid. Southwest. M. Bee, Houston, 1897, ii, 270-278.- 
 Murdocb (R.) Reportof acaseofligationofboth common 
 carotids for secondary hemorrhage. Confed. States M. & S. 
 J., Richmond, 1864, i, 137.— NIcoll (J. H.) The collateral 
 circulation after hgature of the common carotid. Brit. M. 
 J., Lond., 1897, ii, 683.— PleUIenbeFger (T. M.) Ligation of 
 the common carotid artery. Sclent. Tr. M. Soc City Hosp. 
 Alumni St. Louis (1904), 1905, 28-33.— Polak (M.) Dub- 
 belzijdige atbinding van de art. caret, comm. Nederl. Tijd- 
 schr. V. Geneesk. , Amst., 1900, 2. R . , xxxvi, d. 1, 1213-1215.— 
 Prior (S.) DobbelsidigUnderbindingaf Carotis communis 
 for postoperativ Epistaksis. Ugesk. 1 Laeger, K^henh., 
 1907, 5. R., xiv, 1107-1110.— Qu§nu. Apropos de la ligature 
 de la carotide primitive. BuU.etm^m. Soc. dechir. de Par., 
 1904, n. s., xxx, 686-694.— KadzlyevskI (A. G.) [Ligation 
 of the internal carotid artery near the base of the skull in the 
 removal of tumorsj Khir^rgia, Mosk,, 1911, xxx, 146-158. — 
 Ransohoff (J. ) Rupture of middle meningeal artery with- 
 out fracture; li^ture of common carotid artery for secondary 
 haemorrhage. Ann. Surg., St. Louis, 1890, xii, 116-124.— 
 Beclus. Ligature de la carotide primitive. Bull, et m^m. 
 Soc. de chir. de Par., 1901, n. s., xxvii, 279.— Kledlnger. 
 Zur Unterbindung der Carotis communis nach Schussver- 
 letzung. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1915, Ixii, 561.— BoU- 
 Hansen (D. H.) [A case of angina phlegmonosa with liga- 
 tion of the external carotid for haemorrhage.] Med. Rev., 
 Bergen, 1918, xxxv, 283-287.- Santucci (A.) Grave emor- 
 ragia per ferita deUa regione carotidea superiore; legatura 
 della carotide primitiva. Atti d. r. Accad. d. fisiocrit. in 
 Siena, 1903, 4. s., xv, 9-19.— Santy. Un cas de ligature de la 
 carotide primitive avec h6niipI6gie immediate transitoire. 
 Gaz. mea. de Par., 1913, Ixxxiv, 368-370.— Sattlep (M.) Zur 
 Kasuistik der Unterbmdung der Arteria carotis externa. 
 Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1903, xvil, 57-69.— Schwartz (A.) 
 Plaieetligaturedelacarotidoprimitive. Progrfesmed.,Par., 
 
 1908, 3. s., xxiv, 76.— Senn (N.) Ligation of intemal and 
 excision of external carotids for malignant disease. Ann. 
 Surg., Phila., 1905, xUi, 310.— Shaw (J. J. M.) Notes on 
 three cases olligature of the common carotid artery at a casu- 
 alty clearing station. J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond., 1917, 
 xxxix, 333-336. -* — . Ligature of common carotid artery. 
 Lancet, Lond., 1917, i, 879.- Smoler (F.) Zur Unter- 
 bindung der Carotis communis. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., 
 Tiibing., 1912-13, Ixxxii, <;94-507.— Snyder (A. A.) Two 
 cases of ligation of carotid artery for inoperable malignant 
 growth. Wash. M. Ann., 1902, i, 296.— Stevens (R. H.) 
 Ligation of the common carotid for traumatic aneurism; 
 recovery. Eomeop. J. Surg. & Gynec. Chicago & N. Y., 
 
ARTERY. 
 
 55 
 
 ARTERY. 
 
 Artery {Carotid, Ligation of). 
 
 1898, i, 143-147.— Symonds (C. J.) Ligature of both com- 
 mon carotid arteries. Abstr. Tr. Hunterian Soc. Lond., 
 1894-^, 135.— Tandler (J.) Die Unterbindung der Arteria 
 carotis externa am Ligamentum stylomandibulare. Arcii. 
 f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1911, xcvi, 553-555.— Tayloe (D. T.) 
 [Ligation of the common carotid artery for stab wound of the 
 neck.] Charlotte M. J., 1906, xxix, 282.— Thomas (T. T.) 
 Ligation ofboth common carotid arteries; report of a case in 
 which the* right common carotid artery was ligated for 
 inoperable sarcoma, with temjjorary improvement; liga- 
 tion of the left common carotid sixty-nine days after the first 
 operation. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1904, xl, 669-674.— Vanverts 
 (J.) Sur la ligature do la carotide primitive. BuU. etm^m. 
 Soc. de chir. de Par., 1907, n. s., xxxiii, 1193.— Wessely. 
 Ueber die Wiederherstellung der normalen Blutvereorgung 
 des Anges nach Karotisunterbindung. Sitzungsb. d. phys.- 
 med. Gesellsch. zu Wiirzb., 1909, 23-26.— Wletlng. Ueber 
 den Nutzen und die Gefahren der ein- und doppelscitigen 
 Oberkieferresektion vorausgeschickten Carotisunterbta- 
 dung. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1907, xc, 1-22.— 
 Waktnson (H. B.) Ligature of the common carotid. Do- 
 minion M. Month., Toronto, 1904, xxii, 213.— Wyeth (J. A.) 
 Ligation of the external carotid arteries. Country Doctor, 
 Sparta, Tenn., 1899, v, 411-413. 
 
 Artery {Carotid, Ligation of. Complica- 
 tions and sequelae, of). 
 
 Capdepon (P.-H.) *De Themiplegie tardive 
 aprfes la ligature de la carotide primitive (essai 
 sur sa pathogfoie). 8°. Bordeaux, 1898. 
 
 DE FouRMESTRATjx (J.-J.) *Les accidents 
 c&^brajix: et oculaires cons^cutifs k la ligature de 
 la carotide primitive; ^tude exp&imentale et 
 clinique. 8°. Paris, 1907. 
 
 Also, in: Chir. d. ali^n. 1907, Par., 1909, vii, 327-418. 
 
 Lestelle (J.) *Des accidents c^rebraux 
 conseciitifs k la ligature de I'artfere carotide 
 primitive. 8° Pom, 1903. 
 
 MuTKE (E.) *Ein Fall von Hemiplegie und 
 Aphasie nach Ligatur der Arteria carotis com- 
 munis sinistra. [Greitswald.] 8°. Potsdam, 
 1901. 
 
 Bereznegovskl (N.) [On the Influence of tying the com- 
 mon carotid artery upon the central nervous system.] 
 ' Obozr. psildiiat., nevrol. [etc.], S.-Peterb., 1908, xiii, 353- 
 361.— Cavazzani (E.) Sugli effetti della legatura delle caro- 
 tidi comuni associata al taglio bilaterale del simpatico cervi- 
 cale nel coniglio. Arch, di fisiol., Firenze, 1910-11, ix, 285-296. 
 AUo: Atti Accad. d. sc. med. e nat. in Ferrara, 1910-11, 
 Ixxxv, 117-143, 1 pi.— Crile (G.) An experimental and clin- 
 ical research on the temporary closure olthe carotid arteries. 
 Ann. Surg., Phila., 1902, xxxv, 441-454, 4 pi.— D' Anna (E.) 
 EHetti deU' allacciatura della carotide sul cervello di ani- 
 mali neonati. Pisani, Palermo, 1902, xxiii, 231-233.— 
 Elschnlg (A.) Die Folgen der Carotisunterbindong fiir 
 das Centralgefasssystem der Retina. Med. Klin., Berl., 
 1911, vii, 1493.— Emtn. Schwere Himstorung nach Unter- 
 bindung einer A. carotis communis und vena jugularis 
 interna mit Ausgang in vollige Heilung. Munchen. med. 
 Wchnschr., 1907, liv, 1736.— Ferrand (J.) Aphasie avec 
 hfimipl^gie gauche par ligature de la carotide. Paris m^d., 
 1916, vi, 537-540.— de Fourmestraux (J.) La ligature de 
 la carotide primitive (pronostic et complications). Arch. 
 g<Sn. de chir.. Par., 1907, i, 515-535.— Gentes & BeUot. Al- 
 terations des neurofibrilles des cellules de Tecorce c^^brale 
 du chien, apr^s hgature de la carotide primitive. Compt. 
 rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1904, Ivii, 004.— Gonzalez (J. M.) 
 Un caso de hgadura de la cardtida externa practicada con 
 6xito en el Hospital GonziUez, Monterrey (Nuevo Ledn). 
 Crdn. mM. mexicana, Mexico, 1898-9, ii, 125-128.— Konose- 
 vich (M. A.) [Influence of tying the cervical arterial trunks 
 in youth on the development of the skull and brain.] Nevrol. 
 Vestnik, Kazan, 1900, viii, No. 2, lll-163,2pL— Kumnier(E.) 
 Ligature de la carotide primitive, smvie d'un ramollisse- 
 ment ciSriSbral, qui ^volua lentement vers la gu^rison; mort 
 par pneumome. Rev. mM. de la Suisse Bom., Geneve, 
 1909, xxix, 143. — ^Lebram (P.) Ueber Storungen des Ge- 
 hororgans nach Unterbindung der Carotis. Ztschr. f. 
 Ohrenh., Wiesb., 1905, 1, 176-181.— Madden (F. C.) A case 
 of marked temporary aphasia after ligature of the common 
 carotid artery for traumatic aneurysm. Brit. M. J., 1916, i, 
 585.— Martins da Sllva. Dois cases de laquea^ao da caro- 
 tida primitiva sem o desequilibrio circulatorio produzir 
 pertnrba?Oescerebraes apreciaveis. Med. mod., Porto, 1905, 
 xii, 277.— Santy. Un cas de ligature de la carotide primi- 
 tive avec h^mipldgie immediate transitoire. Lyon mM., 
 1913, cxxi, 586-591.— Siegrist (A.) Die Gefahren der Ligatur 
 der Carotis communis und interna fiir das menscUiche 
 Sehorgan. Ber. tt. d. Versamml. d. ophth.Gesellsch. Bei- 
 
 Artery {Carotid, Ligation of. Complica- 
 tions and seguelse of) . 
 
 delb. 1898, Wiesb., 1899, xxvU, 10-28, 7 pi. . Die Ge- 
 fahren der Ligatur der grossen Halsschlagadem fiir das 
 Auge und das Leben der Menschen. Arch. f. Ophth., 
 Leipz., 1900, 1, 511-646, 7 pi.— Stewart (F. T.) Ligation of 
 the common carotid artery for hemorrhsfee from the cheek; 
 hemiplegia; recurrence of bleeding: deatli. Am. J. M. Sc, 
 Phila., 1901, U.S., cxxU, 775.— Valence. Phlegmon pt^rygo- 
 maxillaire; Mmorragies; ligature de la carotide primitive; 
 accidents c^r^braux; gu^rison. Arch, de med. et pharm. 
 nav., Par., 1913, c, 279-295. — Wagenmaun. Exophthalmus 
 pulsans des rechten Auges mit Erblindung des Auges 
 langere Zeit nach Unterbindung der Carotis communis. 
 Cor.-Bl. d. allg. arztl. Ver. v. Thiiringen, Weimar, 1901, 
 XXX, 263. — Wessely (H.) Ueber den Einfluss der Carotis- 
 unterbindung auf die Blutversorgung des Auges. Verhandl. 
 d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte, Leipz., 1909, pt. 2, 
 2. Hlfte., 411-414. 
 
 Artery {Carotid, Rupture of). 
 
 See, also, Aneurisra (Carotid). 
 
 Lebon (H.) *Sur les ruptures de la carotide 
 interne dans le sinus caverneux (ane^'Tysme caro- 
 tido-cavemeux). 8°. Paris, 1902. 
 
 Carlotti (P.) Un cas de rupture de la carotide interne 
 dans le sinus caverneux. traits par les injections de s6rum 
 eflatln^. Ann. d'ocul.. Par., 1908, cxxxix 450-456.— Gibson 
 (J. L.) Traumatic rupture of carotid Into cavernous sinus; 
 pulsating exophthalmos. Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 
 1896, XV, 147. — ^Kurosawa (Y.) Spontane Ruptur des 
 intrakraniellen Abschnittes der Arteria carotis interna 
 dextra. Mitt. a. d. med. Fakult. d. k. Univ. zu Tokyo, 
 1918-19, xcili, 51-69, 3 pi. — ^Nuernberg (F.) Ueber spontane 
 Arrosion una Ruptur der Carotis interna nach Jugularis- 
 unterbindung. Arch. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1910, Ixxxi, 200- 
 . 207. — Preston (R. J.) Rupture of carotid artery; success- 
 fully ligated. Virginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1903-4, 
 viii, 75. 
 
 Artery {Carotid, Surgery of). 
 
 See, also, Aneurism (Carotid); Artery (Ca- 
 rotid, Ligation of). 
 
 Bristow (A. T.) Double extirpation of external carotids. 
 Brooklyn M. J., 1903, xrvii, 499-502.— Carrel & MoreL 
 Ana.stomose bout k bout de la jugulaire et de la carotide pri- 
 mitive. Lyon m&l., 1902, xcix 114-116.— Dawbarn (R. H. 
 M.) Excision of both external carotids for sarcoma. Ann. 
 Surg., PhUa., 1897, xxvi, 366-368.— Everhart (G. H.) Exci- 
 sion of the common carotid artery in connection with starva- 
 tion treatment of malignant growths; case reports. Mary- 
 land M. J., Bait., 1915, Iviii, 287-294.— Fumml (A.) La 
 chirurgia della carotide. Policlin., Roma, 1903, x, 411-4.32.— 
 Geary (E. P.) Extirpation of external carotid! arteries with 
 branches, for cure oi certain malignant growths. Med. 
 Sentinel, Portland, Greg., 1905, xui, 104-109.— von Haberer 
 (H.) Zirkulare Naht der Carotis communis (Aneurysma 
 durch Schuss). Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1914, xxvii, 1533- 
 1536. — Jabouiay. La perte de connaissance provoqu^e par 
 la compression de la r^on carotidienne peut-elle^tre utihsde 
 en chlrurgie? Lyon mM., 1897, Ixxxvi, 177-179.— I«xer. 
 Ringformige Naht der linken Car. commun. Miinchen. med. 
 Wchnsclir., 1918, lx\', 468.— Malda (G.) Algunas considera- 
 ciones sobre la cardtida interna desde el punto de vista de la 
 anatomia quirflrgica. Gae. ToiA. de Mexico, 1908, iii, 441- 
 446. — ^Nicolson (W. P.) Personal experiences in operations 
 upon the carotid arteries, comprising twenty-three ligations 
 and four excisions. Tr. M. Ass. Georgia, Atlanta, 1902, 196- 
 
 210. . Some points in surgery of the external carotid 
 
 artery. Tr. South. Surg. Ass. 1916, Pliila., 1917, xxx, 349- 
 356. [Discussion], 365-368.— von Farczewskl. Resektion 
 und Naht der A. carotis communis. Miinchen. med. Wchn- 
 schr., 1916, Wu, 1646.— Stoney (R. A.) Occlusion of the 
 common carotid by a metal band. Clln. J., Lond., 1912-13 
 xli, 334.— Summers (J. E.) Contribution to the surgery 
 of the carotid arteries. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1897, xxv, 617-622. 
 
 Artery {Carotid, Wounds and injuries 
 of). 
 
 See, also. Aneurism. (Carotid); Artery (,Ca- 
 rotid. Ligation of). 
 
 Alexander (E. G.) Gunshot wound of the carotid artery. 
 Ann. Surg., Phila., 1917, Ixv, 115-119.- BastogI (G.) Sin- 
 drome cerebrale successiva alesionedellacarotidSintemaed 
 allacciamento della carotide estema. Riforma med., NapoU, 
 1918, xxxiVj, 444-446. — Betcke. Schussverletzung der 
 Karotis. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1915, Ixii, 870.— 
 Carlyon (T. B^ Gunshot wound of the right common 
 carotid artery. St. Barth. Hosp. J., Lond., 1918, xxv, 105 — 
 Catterina (A.) Ferite della carotide. Boll. d. Soc. Eusta- 
 chiana, CMnerino, 1903, i, Nos. 1-2 12-17.— Colledge (L.) 
 & Dunn (J. S.) Four cases of hemiplegia caused by embo- 
 
ARTERY. 
 
 56 
 
 ARTERY. 
 
 Artery {Carotid, Wounds and injuries 
 pf)- 
 
 lism following gunshot wounds of the carotid arteries. Lan- 
 cet, Lond., 1917, i, 57-59.— Crolsler & Mauclalre. Ligature 
 de la carotide primitive droite pour h^morragie tardive, con- 
 siSoutive k une plaie par &;lat d'obus de la carotide interne 
 
 ?rfes de la base du crine. Bull, et m^m. Soc. de chir. de 
 'ar., 1916, xiii, 110-112.— FauccUo (D.) Ferita della caro- 
 tide interna destra e morte per flebotrombosi dillusa, e ram- 
 mollimento cerobrale. Gazz. d. osp., Uilano, 1908, xxix, 
 947-951.— Heermaun. Ein Fail von Carotisblutung. 
 Arch. t. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1902, Iv, 86-89.— Jacob! (A.) & 
 Ewing (J.) Septic perforation of the right internal carotid 
 artery; autopsy five months after death. Tr. Ass. Am. 
 Physicians, Phila., 1898, xiii, 326-332. Also; Pliila. M. J., 
 1898, i, 1061-1063. Also, Beprmt.— Launay. Plaie longitu- 
 dinEue de la carotide primitive gauche au niveau de 
 sa bifurcation: suture lat^rale; gu&ison. Bull, et m6m. 
 Soc. de chir. de Par., 1904, n. s., xxx, 672-681.— Maguire 
 (L. C.) Complete severance of carotid artery with sponta^ 
 neous arrest of hsemorrhage. Vet. Rec, Lend., 1917, xxx, 
 191.— Marx (H.) & Ffleger (E.) Eine interessante Verlel^ 
 zung der Carotis interna. Berl. klin. Wchnsohr., 1914, li, 
 1220.— Morestin (H.) Coup de feu de la face; blessure de la 
 carotide exteme; anevrisme diffus parotidien. Bull, et 
 m^m. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1913, n. s., xxxix, 1783-1792.— 
 Naegell (O.) Schiisse durch beido Halsschlagadem. Cor.- 
 TJl. f.-sohweiz. Aetzte,Basel. 1909, xxxix, 84-86.— aVwrtSrup 
 
 gl. X(.) Punctured -rcound'of tQe.GDiimion. carotid artery, 
 ahneman. Month., Phila., 1898, xxidii, 714-720. .i too: 
 Tr. HomoBop. M. Soc. Penn. 1898, Phila., 1899, 108-114.- 
 Perez Noguera (E.) Un oaso de herida por bala de fusil 
 con hemorragia secundaria de la car<5tida primitiva. Rev. 
 de san. mil., Madrid, 1899, xiii, 446-450.— Picqu6 (L.) 
 Plaie, par balle de revolver, de la carotide primitive et de la 
 jugulaire interne; ligature de la carotide; suture lat4rale de 
 la jugulaire; accidents c6r6braux immSdiats; gu6rison. 
 Bull, et m^m. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1906, n. s., xxxii, 779- 
 787.— Pybus (F. C.) Wound of the external carotid artery. 
 Brit. J. Surg., Bristol, 1915-16, iii^ 496.— Relnecke (R.) 
 Anspiessung der Carotis commums durch einen Stahl- 
 splitter. Portschr. a. d. Geb. d. Rontgenstrahlen," Hamb., 
 1910-11, xvi, 432-434, 1 pi.— Rivet (A.) De la contusion des 
 carotidcs. Seraaine med., Par., 1898, xviii, 99. — Savariaud. 
 Section complete de la carotide primitive par balle; hdmo- 
 stase spontan^e par formation de caillot et obliteration 
 fibreuse de I'artere; MmipMgie et aphasie cons&utives 
 expliqutSes par de nombreuses anomalies du systfeme caroti- 
 dien, constati^es k I'autopsie. Bull, et m^.m. Soc. de chir. de 
 Par.; 1916, n. s., xiii, 2426-2429.— Sernau. Zwei Fallevon 
 Gehimstorung bei Karotisverletzung. Miinchen. med. 
 Wchnsohr., 1918, Ixv, 946.— Shvarts (N. V.) [Wounds' of 
 the internal carotid artery.] Khirurg. Arkh. Velyaminova, 
 S.-Peterb., 1911, 1175-1178.— Sterrs (W. E.) Woimds of 
 carotid artery; reports of two cases. J. Nat. M. Ass., Tus- 
 kegee, Ala., 1912, iv, 42.— Treves (F.) The treatment of 
 carotid haemorrhage. Proc. M. Soo. Lond., 1887-8, xi, 115- 
 119. — Whale (H. L.) Two cases of fatal wounds involving 
 the carotid vessels and presenting unusual features. Proc. 
 Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1916-17, x. Sect. Laryngol., 35-37. 
 
 Artery (Caudal). 
 
 Hochstetter (I. F.) Ueber den Ursprung der Arteria cau- 
 dalis beim Orang und beim Kaninchen, nebst Bemerkungen 
 fiber sogenannte Getasswurzelwanderung. Anat. Hefte, 
 Wiesb., 1911, xliii, 243-334, 1 pi. 
 
 Artery (Central) W retina]. 
 
 See, also, Artery (Hyaloid) ; Embolism. (Reti- 
 nal); Retina (Blood-suppbj of); Thrombosis 
 (Retinal). 
 
 BaUliart (P.) Circulation art^rielle r^tinienne; essais de 
 determination de la tension art^rielle dans les branches de 
 Vartfere centrale de la r6tine. Ann. d'ocul.. Par., 1917, cliv, 
 257-271.— Baumgartner. Ueber die regressiven Ver- 
 anderungen der Arteria centralis retinae bei Arteriosklerose. 
 Arch. f. Augenh., Wiesb., 1914, Ixxvii, 145-172, 2 pi.— Gil- 
 bert (W.) Ueber Sklerosen, Thrombosen und Aneurysmen 
 der Zentralgefasse (mit besonderer Berilcksichtigung der 
 Gefasswandentartung). Arch. f. Augenh., Wiesb., 1914, 
 Ixxvii, 131-144, 3 pi.— Haltz (E.) Vier Falle von Erkran- 
 Imng der Zentralarterie. Beitr. z. Augenh., Hamb. & 
 Leipz., 1902, 50. Hft, 1 - 48.— Lundle (R. A.) Transient 
 blindness due to spasm of the retinal artery. Tr. Med.- 
 Chir. Soc. Edinb., 1905-6, n. s., xxv, 173-182. Also; Ophth. 
 Rev., Bond., 1906, xxv, 129-140.— Stephenson (S.) Ob- 
 struction of the central artery of the retina in a girl of fifteen 
 years. Rep. Soc. Study Dis. Child., Lond., 1905-6, vi, 46- 
 51, 1 pi. — ^Zentmaj;er (W.) A case of complete sclerosis of 
 the retinal circulation. Ann. Ophth., St. Louis, 1915, xxlv, 
 65, 1 pi. 
 
 Artery (Cerebdlar). 
 
 See, also, Aneurism (Cerebellar). 
 ScHWABZ (E.) *Ueber den anatomischen und 
 klinischen Befund bei Verschluss der Arteria 
 
 Artery (Cerebellar). 
 cerebelli posterior inferior. [Breslau.] 8°. 
 
 [Berlin, 1912.] 
 
 Also, m: Monatschr. f. Psychiat. u. Neurol., Berl., 1912, 
 xxxii, 132-159. 
 
 Gordlnler (H. C.) Occlusion of the posterior inferior 
 cerebellar artery, a definite symptom-complex; with the 
 report of three cases of thrombosis of the right inferior cere- 
 bellar artery. Albany M. Ann., 1911, x^fxii, 685-601.— 
 Robinson (G. W.) Occlusion of the posterior inferior cere- 
 bellar artery; report of case. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1913, 
 Ixi, 179. 
 
 Artery (Cerebral). 
 
 See, also, Aneurism (Cerebral) ; Brain (Blood- 
 vessels of); Embolism (Cerebral); Thrombosis 
 (Cerebral) ; Willis (Cirde of). 
 
 TixiEE (Mme. Jeanne). *Artfere sylvieime, 
 branches corticales et r^seau de la pie-mfere. 
 [Paris.] 8°. Tcnirs, 1912. 
 
 Cheveis (N.) Disease of the cerebral arteries. Med. 
 Times & Gaz., Lond., 1885, i, 474-476.— Coudray (J.) Bles- 
 sure directe, par coup de couteau, d'une branche de I'artere 
 sylvienne. Bull, et mSm. Soc. anat. de Par., 1913, Ixxxviii, 
 .324-326.-^Derrlese{Bertha). ZurEBtwiekelungsgesehichte 
 ..der Axteriae cerebrales anteriores. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1907, . 
 31XX, SJignzngijft^ 125-129.— NIcoU. Case of ligature of a 
 cereljral artery. Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc. Glasg., 1897-8, il, 23- 
 25. — Vasterlni Cresl (G.) Su di una vanetk,delle arterie 
 cerebrall auteriori. Atti d. r. Accad. med.-chir. di Napoli, 
 1897, n. s., 11, 163-158, 1 pi.— Vers*. Ein Fall von ungewohn- 
 lich grossem' Angioma arteriale lacemosum dar A. cerebri 
 ant. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1918, Ixv, 224. 
 
 Artery (Cervical)^ 
 
 Voss. Stichverletzung der Arteria cervicalis superfl- 
 cialis dextra. Deutsche mil.-arztl. Ztschr., ^erL, 1898, 
 xxvii, 383-390. 
 
 Artery (Ciliary). 
 
 Coats (G.) Infarcation of the posterior ciliary arteries. 
 Tr. Internat. Cong. Med. 1913, Lond. 1914, Sect, ix, Oph- 
 thalmol., pt. 2, 277-286.— Huguenin (M.) Ruptures trau- 
 matiques des artferes ciliaires. CUu. ophth., Par., 1916, xxi, 
 78-93, 1 pi.— Schrelber (L.) Ueber Drusenbildung des 
 Pigmenteptthels nach experimenteller CUiarArterien-Durch- 
 schneidung beim Kaninchen. Ber. ii. d. Versamml. d. 
 ophth. Gesellsch. 1906, Wiesb., 1907, 286-288 
 
 Artery Cilia-retinal). 
 
 Levy (A.) Obstruction of cilio-retinal artery. Tr. Ophth. 
 Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond., 1908-9, xxix, 130, 1 pi. 
 
 Artery (Circumflex) [of sTioulder]. 
 
 Dallest. Anomalie de I'artere circonflexe post^rieure. 
 Bull, et m^m. Soc. anat. de Par.^ 1907, Ixxxii, 327. — ^Wieder- 
 wald ( A. ) Verletzung der Art. crrcumflexahumeri posterior; 
 Tod durch Verblutung aus dem genannten Gefasse. Med.- 
 chir. Centralbl., Wien, 1896, xxxi, 423. 
 
 Artery (Circumflex) [of thigh,]. 
 
 Adachi (B.) Zwei Anomahen der Arteria circumflexa 
 femoris medialis. [Japanese text.] Ztsclir. d. med. Gesellsch. 
 zu Tokyo, 1896, x, 10. Hft., 42^4.— Auburtln (6.) Die 
 beiden Atxeriae circumflexae femoris des Menschen. Anat. 
 Anz., Jena, 1905, xxvii, 247-269 
 
 Artery (Ccdiac). 
 
 See, also, Thrombosis (Cceliac). 
 
 DO Rio-Branco (P.) *Essai sur I'anatomie et 
 la m^decine op6ratoire du tronc cceliaque et de 
 ses branches de I'artfere hiSpatique en particulier. 
 8°. Paris, 1912. 
 
 ViNCENS (L.-A.) *Etude anatomique du tronc 
 cceliaque et des artferes h6patiques. 8° Bor- 
 deaux, 1910. 
 
 Aubaret & Vincens, Constitution anatomique du tronc 
 cceliaque. J. do med. de Bordeaux, 1910, xl, 645. — Eaton 
 (P. B.) The coeliao axis. Anat. Rec, Phila., 1917, xiii, 
 369-374.— Hecht (V.) Ueber einen Fall von Kollateralkreis- 
 laufimGebiet der Arteria cceliaca. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1905, 
 xxvi, 570-676. — Upshutz (B.) A composite study of the 
 cceliac axis artery. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1917, Ixv, 159-169. — 
 Marlconda (P.) Sull' arteriosderosi del tronco celiaco 
 (tripode di Haller). Polielin., Roma, 1916, xxiii, sez. prat., 
 520.— Robinson (B.) Cceliac axis (arteria eoeliaca). Am. 
 Pract. & News, Louisville, 1908, xiii, 206-214.— Tandler 
 (J.) Ueber die VarietSten der Arteria cceliaca und deren 
 Entwickelung. Anat. Hefte, Wiesb., 1904, xxv, 473-500. 
 
 Artery (Coronary). 
 
 See, also. Aneurism (Coronary); EmboUsm 
 of coronary artery; Thrombosis (Coronary). 
 
AETERY. 
 
 57 
 
 ARTERY. 
 
 Artery (Coronary). 
 
 Chevers (N.) ObservatiDns on the structure, 
 functions, and diseases of the coronary arteries 
 of the heart. 8°. [London, n. d.] 
 
 D OCK (G . ) Notes on the coronary arteries . 8 ° 
 Ann Harbor, Mich., 1896. 
 
 Dbagneff (S.) *Recherches anatomiques sur 
 lea artferes coronaires du coeur chez rhomme. 
 8°. Nancy, 1897. 
 
 Brodle (T. G.) & Cullls (W. C.) The innervation of 
 the coronary vessels. J. Physiol., Lond., 1911, xUii, 313- 
 324.— Eicliliorst (H.) Die Beziehungen der Coronar- 
 arterieu zum Herzmuskel. Med. Klin., Berl., 1918, xiv, 
 753-755.— Bppinger (H.) & Hess (L.) Versuone fiber die 
 Einwirkung von Arzneimittehi auf tiberlebende Coronar- 
 gefasse. Ztschr. f. exper. Path. u. Therap., Berl., 1908-9, 
 V, 622-625.— FleschI (D.) Innesto delle carotid!. Eitorma 
 med., Palermo, 1900, xvi, pt. 2, 543-546.— Le Roy des 
 Barres. Plaie par cou^ de polgnard de I'artfere coronaire 
 stomachique; laparotomie; hgature du vaisseau; gu^rison. 
 Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1912, n. s., xxxviii, 
 1407. — Meyer (F.) Ueber die Wirkung verschiedener 
 Arzneimittel auf die Coronargefiisse des lebenden Tieres. 
 Arch. f. Physiol, Leipz., 1912, 223-258.— Rabe (F.) Die Re- 
 action der Kranz-^etasse auf Arzneimittel (nach TJntersu- 
 ohuagen am iiberletaenden Warmbliiterherzen). ztschr. f. 
 exper. Path. u. Therap., Berl., 1912, xi, 175-190.- 
 .Spaltebolz (W.)_^Zur.vrargleiohenden Anatoniie der Ar- 
 terise eoronanae cordis. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1908, xxxii, Er- 
 enzgshft., 169-180, 1 pi.— Talianl (F.) Contributo alia 
 dehmitazione del temtorio delle AA. coronarie cordis. 
 Eicerche n. lab. di anat. norm. d. r. Univ. di Roma, 
 1914-15, xviii, 209-215, 1 pi.— Talyantseffl (A.) [On the 
 coronary circulation of the heart.] Russk. Arch. Patol., 
 KUn. Med. i Bakteriol., S.-Peterb., 1896, i. 367; 407; 5 tab.— 
 Voegtlln (C.) & Macht (D. I.) The action of nitrites and 
 drugs of the digitalis group on the isolated coronary artery. 
 J. Pharmacol. & Exper. Therap., Bait., 1913-14, v, 77-86.— 
 Wheeldon(T. F.) The coronary vessels of the heart of the 
 20-mm pig embryo. Anat. Record, Phila., 1916-17, xi, 
 430.— Wlggers (C. J.) The innervation of the coronary 
 vessels. Proc. Am. Physiol; Soc., Best., 1908-0, p. xxiv. 
 
 Artery {Coronary, Abnormities of). 
 
 Banchl (A.) Un nuovo rarissimo case di arteria coro- 
 naria cordis soprannumeraria. Monitore zool. ital., Firenze, 
 1907, xviii, 162-165. — Cazzaniga (A.) Anomala origine 
 della arteria coronaria cordis sinistra dalla arteria polmonare, 
 miocardlte consecutiva, lieve trauma; morte immediata. 
 Morgagni,Milano, 1915, Ivii, pt. 1. 466-480.— Engelman (G.) 
 Ein Fall von Maqgel einer Ck)ronararterie. Anat. Anz., 
 Jena, 1897-8, xiv, 348-350.— FetteroU (G.) A ease of anoma- 
 lous origin and distribution of the coronary arteries. Univ. 
 Perm. M. Bull., Phila,, 1909-10, xxil, 243.— FoUi (A.) Ano- 
 malia di origine delle arterie cardiache; morte improwisa. 
 Anniv. (Nel xxv) di insegn. Clin. d. prof. A. Riva, Parma, 
 1902, 217-223. — Gaiand. Un cas de malformation congSni- 
 tale des artferes coronaires; mort subite. Marseille med., 
 1909, xlvi, 82-84.— Irkura (S.) Ueber einen Fall von be- 
 deuteud hohem Ursprung der rechten Kranzarterie. [Japa- 
 nese text. Ausz., Hft. 6.] Mitt. d. med. Gesellsch. zu 
 Tokyo, 1904, xviii, 299-302.— Mdnckeberg (J. G.) Ueber 
 eine seltene Anomalie des Koronararterienabgangs. Zen- 
 tralbl. f. Herzkrankh. (etc.], Dresd. & Leipz., 1914, vi, 441- 
 445.— Symmers (W. St. C.) Note on accessory coronary 
 arteries. J. Anat. & Physiol., Lond., 1906-7, xli, 141.— 
 WoHIhllgel (K.) Ursprung der Arteria coronaria cordis 
 dextra aus der Arteria pulmonalis bei einem Rlnde. Ztschr. 
 f. Fleisch- n. MUchhyg., Berl., 1901, xii, 38-42. 
 
 Artery (Coronary, Diseases of). 
 
 See, also. Aneurism (Coronary); Angina 
 pectoris (Causes, etc., of); Embolism of coronary 
 artery; Thrombosis (Coronary). 
 
 Goldberg (Fejga). *Ueber den plotzlichen 
 Herztod bei Kianzaaererkrankung. 8°. Zurich, 
 1913. 
 
 PozARTSKA (Felicie). *TJeber die Aiterio- 
 sclerose der Aorta und der Coronar-Arteiien. 
 [Zurich.] 8°. Ziirich, 1908. 
 
 Stieklin (C.) *Ueber den plotzlichen Tod 
 bei Arteriosklerose der Kranzarterien des Her- 
 zens. 8°. Zurich, 1902. 
 
 Weintkaub (Sophie). *Ueber Koronarskle- 
 rose aiit Magensymptomen. 8°. Berlin, 1911. 
 
 Zlateva (Theodora). *Oontribution 4 1'^tude 
 d'un cas de mort subite par lesions des arteres 
 coronaires. 8°. Genive, 1904. 
 
 Aklta (T.) Ueber die Koronarsklerose. Verhandl. d. 
 japan, path. Gesellsch., Tokio, 1912, ii, 66-68.— Brooks (H.) 
 
 Artery (Coronary, Diseases of) . 
 
 A study of sclerosis of the coronary arteries. N. York M. J. 
 [etc.]; 1906, Ixxxiv, 825-832. AUo, Reprint.— Dunn (A. D.) 
 Coronary artery sclerosis. West. M. Rev., Omaha, 1890, xiii, 
 462-471. — Goldberg (F.) Ueber den plotzlichen Herztod 
 bei Kranzadererkrankiing. Wien. Win. Rundschau, 1916, 
 XXX, 43; 55, p/jssim.— Held (T. W.) Coronary sclerosis with 
 special reference to gastric symptoms. Med. Ecc, N. Y., 
 1912, Ixxxii, 336-339. — Lyonnet. Ath&ome tres marqu4 
 des arf^res coronaires sans angine de poitrine. M^m. et 
 compt.-rend. Soo. d. sc. mii. de Lyon (1895), 1896, xxxv, pt. 
 2, 130. — Marclilafava (E.) Sulla sclerosi deli'arterie coro- 
 narie del cuore. Sperimentale. Arch, dibiol., Firenze, 1903, 
 
 hTl, 708-710. . Sopra la sclerosi delle arterie coronarie. 
 
 Eiv. orit. di chn. med., Firenze, 1904, v, 205-272. . 
 
 Sopra due casi di sclerosi delle arterie coronarie. Boll. d. 
 Soc. Lancisiana d. osp. di Eoma, 1905, xxv, 43-46. — Mol- 
 laret. Art&ite des coronaires. Marseille miA.., 1906, xliii, 
 405. — Muir (R.) Changes in the myocardium as a result of 
 lesions of the coronary arteries.* Proc. Scot. Micr. Soc, 
 Lond. & Edinb., 1890-95, i, 175-177.— von Opencbowskl 
 (T.) Sclerose und Erweiterung der Coronararterie des 
 rechten Herzens durch Digitalis ermittelt. Berl. klin. 
 Wchnschr., 1904, xli, 1045-1047.— Perrtn (M.) Calcification 
 des artferes coronaires. Soc. de mi^d. de Nancv. C.-r. . . ., 
 1904-.5, 18. AJso: Eev. mSd. de Test, Nancy, "1905, xxxvii, 
 87.— von Bedwltz (E.) Der Einfluss der Erkrankungen der 
 Koronararterien auf die Herzmuskulatur mit besondcrer 
 ; Beriicksichttgmig der chronischen Aortitis. Virchow's 
 Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1809, cxcvii, 433-472, 1 pi.- 
 -Remlinger (P.) Sclerose de I'art^re coronaire anterieure; 
 ddg^niSrescence consecutive du vehtricule gauche; an^ 
 vrysme du coeur diagnostiqu^ pendant la vie. Bull. m&J., 
 Par., 1895, x, 483-485.— Silverthorn (G.) Disease of the 
 coronary arteries and its effects. Canad. Pract., Toronto, 
 1898, xxiii, 193-198.— Traversier. Coronarite obhtfirante. 
 Dauphin^ mM., Grenoble, 1909, xxxiii, 63-66. — ^Vigouroux 
 & Collet (G.) Obliteration des deux coronaires; mort 
 subite. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1906, Ixxxi, 704- 
 708.— Wlesel (J.) Ueber akute Erkrankungen der Coro- 
 nararterien. Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. inn. Med. u. Kinderh. in 
 Wien, 1906, v, 133. . Ueber Erkrankungen der Koro- 
 nararterien im Vcrlaufe akuter Infektionskrankheiteu. 
 Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1906, xix, 723-725.— WIesner (E.) 
 Ueber Veranderungen der Koronargefasse bei Intektions- 
 krankheiten. IbH., 725.— WooUey (P. G.) Three cases 
 which illiistrate the consequences of coronary lesions. J. 
 Lab. & Chn. M., St. Louis, 1917-18, iii, 192-198. 
 
 Artery (Coronary, Ligation of). 
 
 Brun (H.) Ueber die Bedeutung der Unterbindung 
 der Arteria coronaria sinistra bei Resektionen des Magens, 
 insbesonderedcrKardia. Deutsche Ztschr. 1. Chir., Leipz., 
 1916, cxxxv, 81-100.— Connio (G.) . Sulla soprawivenza 
 alia allacciatura della coronaria sinistra. Boll. d. r. Aecad. 
 med. di Geneva, 1903, xxiii, 172-176. AUo: Pathologia, 
 Geneva, 1908-9, 1, 652-654.— Gulb6. Sur la ligature de 
 I'art^re coronaire stomachique &, propos d'une anomalie de 
 cette artere. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par.,']901, Ixxvi, 
 212-214.— MUler (J. L.) & Matthews (S. A.) PreUminarv 
 report on experimental ligation of the coronary arteries. Tr . 
 Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila., 1908, xxiii, 83-91.— Smith (F. 
 M.) The ligation of coronary arteries with electrocardio- 
 graphic study. Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 1918, xxii, 8-27. 
 
 Artery (Coronary, Rupture of). 
 
 Ahern (E.) Atheroma of right coronary artery; soften- 
 ing; rupture. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1905, U, 329.— Conder 
 (A. F. E.) Eupture of the left coronary artery. IKd., i, 
 653. — Dean (J. S.) Eupture of the coronary artery; a 
 cUnical report. Med. Fortnightly, St. Louis, 1906, xxix, 
 359-361.— Ehrliardt (A.) Die Diagnose der plotzlichen 
 idiopathischen Todesfalle im Anschluss an einen Fall von 
 todlicher Ruptur einer Kranzarterie. Vrtljschr. t. gerichtl 
 Med., Berl., 1904, 3. F., xx\Tii, 1-.56.— Humphry (L.) 
 Eupture of the left coronary arterv; hEemopericardium; 
 failure of pulse in the right carotid and' radial arteries. Lan- 
 cet, Lond., 1898, ii, 689.— Magnin (I,.) Rupture de I'artere 
 cardiaque droite. Eec. de mM. v^t.. Pa-., 1903 8 s x 
 693-69,'). > • ■> . 
 
 Artery (Coronary, Stenosis and obstruc- 
 tion of). 
 
 See, also, "Emhoiiaiaof coronary artery; Throm- 
 bosis (Coronary). 
 
 Bartb. Plotzlicner Tod durch Verstopfung der rechten 
 Kranzarterie. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz 
 1896, xxii, 269.— Biggs (G. P.) Occlusion of the coronary 
 arteries. Proc. N, York Path. Soc. (1896), 1897, 8-11.— 
 Ctalarl (H.) Thrombotische Verstopfimg des Haupt^ 
 stammes der rechten und embolische Verstopfang des 
 Hauptstammes der linken Coronararterie des Herzens bei 
 einem 32|ahr. Manne. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1897, xxii, 
 61; 75.— Cowan (J. M.) On obstruction of the coronary 
 arteries. Tr. Glasg. Path. & Clin. Soc., 1901-2, ix, 49-63. 
 Also: Glasgow M. J., 1902, Ivii, 260-275.— Finny (J. M.) A 
 
ARTERY. 
 
 58 
 
 ARTERY. 
 
 Artery {Coronarff, Stenosis and obstruc- 
 tion of). 
 
 case of sudden death due to thrombosis and advanced endar- 
 teritis of the coronary arteries. Tr. Roy. Acad. M. Ireland, 
 Dublin, 1896, xiv, 330-337. Also: Dublin J. M. Sc, 1896, ci, 
 289-294.— Herrlck (J. B.) Clinical features of sudden ob- 
 struction of the coronary arteries. Tr. Ass. Am. Phy.sioians, 
 Phlla., 1912, xxvU, 100-116. AUo: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 
 1912, hx, 2015-2020.— His & Beltzke. Demonstration einer 
 Dilatation und Thrombose der Coronararterien. Berl. klin. 
 Wchnsohr., 1910, xlvii, 645— Hoclihaus (H.) Zur Diag- 
 nose des plotzUchen Verschlusscs der Kranzarterien des 
 Herzens. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1911, 
 xxxvii, 206.5-2008.— Marchlafava. Snlla stenosi degli oriflzi 
 delle coronarie. Bull. d. Soo. Lancisiana d. osp. di Roma, 
 1897, xvii, fasc. 1, 276-279. Also: Ritorma med., Napoli, 
 1897, xiU, pt. 2, 198.— MUIer (J. L.) & Matthews (S. A.) 
 Effect on the heart of experimental obstruction of the left 
 coronary artery. Arclt Int. Med., Chicago, 1909, iii, 476- 
 484. — Notlinagel.(H.) Stenocardia ex sclerosl arteriarum 
 coronarium cordis. AUg. Wieu. med. Ztg., 1897, xlli, 39; 
 49; 61. — Farisot (P.) Mdrt rapide; soup^on d'empoisonne- 
 ment; obstruction d'une artfere coronaire. Kev. mM. de 
 I'est, Nancy, 1904, xxxvi, 708-712.— Porter (W. T.) Further 
 researches on the closure of the coronary arteries. J. Exper. 
 M., N. Y., 1896, i, 46-70. AUo, Reprint.— Beda«lU (M.) 
 Su di un caso di stenosi coronarica (con prescntazione di pre- 
 parati). Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir. di Pavia, 1909, xxiii, 
 225-243.— Taylor (J. GO Obliteration of the orifice of the 
 right coronary artery. Proo. Path. Soc. PhUa., 1897-8, 1, 243. 
 
 Artery (Dorsal) [of foot]. 
 See, also, Aneurism (Pedal). 
 Viannay. Note sur I'anatomie de I'artfere p^dieuse et 
 sur la ligature de ce Taisseau. Lyon mgd., 1902, xcvlii, 
 84-87.— Villar (P.) La ligature de I'artfere pedieuse. J. de 
 mM.de Bordeaux, 1906, xxxvi, 607-609. 
 
 Artery (Epigastric). 
 
 See, alsb, AnevLriam. (Emgastric). 
 
 Boutin (A.-V.-M.) *Sur ranastomose de 
 r^pigastrique et de la mammaire interne. 8° 
 Bordeaux, 1909. 
 
 Emerson (M. L.) Rupture of deep epigastric artery by 
 muscular strain; report of a case. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 
 191S, Ixx, 1145.— Foy (Cr.) & Wotmant (H.) Perforation de 
 I'art&re epigastrique au cours d'lme paracentfese abdomi- 
 nale. Bull, et m^m. Soo. anat. de Par., 1910, Ixxxv, 225- 
 227.^Legueu (F.) Rupture indirecte de I'art^re Epigas- 
 trique. Bull, et m^m. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1908, n. s., 
 xxxiv, 122. — ^Merle (P.) Perforation de I'art&re ^iga.strique 
 au cours d'une paracent^se abdominale; mort. Bull, et 
 m^m. Soc. anat. de Par., 1907, Ixxxii, 522-524.— Michaux 
 (P.) H^matome sous-pdriton^l par rupture spontani^e de 
 I'artfere Epigastrique. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 
 1906, n. s., xxxu, 715.— Sklllern (P. G.) Stab wound of 
 the deep ftpigastnc artery, with comment upon the surgery 
 of that vessel. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1917, Ixv, 450-455, 2 pi. 
 
 Artery (Facial). 
 
 See, also, Aneurism (.Facial). 
 
 Dall' Acqua (U.) & MenegbettI (A.) Sulle arterie della 
 faccia nell' uomo. Monitore zool. ital., Firenze, 1902, xiii, 
 243-245. 
 
 Artery (Femoral). 
 
 See, also, Aneurism (Femoral); Embolism 
 of femoral artery; Thrombosis (Femoral). 
 
 Bltjntschli (H.) *Die Aiteria femoraUs und 
 ihre Aeste bei den niederen catarrhinen Affen. 
 [HabiUtationsschrift.] [Zurich.] 8°. Leipzig, 
 1906. 
 
 Also, in: Morpbol. Tahrb., Leipz., xxxvi, 276-461. 
 
 Lipschntz (B. B.) Studies on the blood vascular tree. 
 I. A composite study of the femoral artery. Anat. Record, 
 Bait., 1916, X, 361-370.— Mader (JO Thrombose beider 
 Arteriae femorales ohne Gangran; Besserung. Jahrb. d. 
 Wien. k. k. Krankenanst. 1894, Wien & Leipz., 1896, iii, 846.— 
 Pearce (F. S.) Thrombosis of femoral artery. Tr. Path. 
 Soc. Phila. (189J-5), 1896, xvii, 80-82.— Rodman. Perfora- 
 tion of femoral artery by osteophyte. Ann. Surg., Phila., 
 1909, xlix, 427.— Scliultz (W.) Ueber Doppeltontnldung an 
 den Cruralgefassen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Bert & 
 l«ipz., 1905, xxxi, 1381-1383. 
 
 Artery (Femoral, Abnormities of). 
 
 Adachl (B.) Seltene Missbildtmg der A. profunda femo- 
 ris. [Japanese text.) Ztschr. d. med. Gesellscb. zu Tokyo, 
 
 1896, X, 6. Hft., 8-19, 1 tab., 1 pi. . Das Verhaltniss 
 
 von A. femoralis prof, beim Menschen und Thiere. [Japanese 
 text.) iWd., 1898, xii, 6-9.— Avtokratolt-(D.) (Anomalous 
 division of tne femoral artery In the horse.) Arch. vet. nauk, 
 S.-Peterb., 1902, xxxu, pt. 2, 16-20.— Johnston (T. B.) 
 
 Artery (Femoral, Abnormities of). 
 
 A rare anomaly of the arteria profunda femoris. Anat. 
 Anz., Jena, 1912, xlii, 209-272 —Lenormant (C.) & Desjar- 
 dins (A.) Deux cas d'anomalie de I'artire fiSmorale pro- 
 fonde. Bull, et mSm. Soc. anat. de Par., 1904, Ixxix, 121- 
 123— MaUnovsW (L S.) [Rare anomalous deep femoral 
 artery.) Khinirpa, Mosk., 1913, xxxlv, 440-443. 
 
 Artery (Femoral, Ligation and excision 
 
 of). 
 
 See, also, Aneurism (Femoral, Treatment of. 
 Operative). 
 
 KiRSTEiN (A. [G.]) *Historisch-kritische 
 Untersuchungen fiber die Unterbindui^en der 
 Arteria femoralis. 8°. Konigsberg i. Pr., 1896. 
 
 Mayer (K. H.) *Beitrag zur Unterbindung 
 der grossen Schenkelgefasse am Ligamentum 
 Poupartii. 8°- Freiburg i. Br., 1903. 
 
 Adamson (H. K.) Gunshot wound of femoral arteiy; 
 ligation; recovery. Tr. Kentucky M. Soc. 1899, Louisville, 
 1900, xliv, 221-224.— Barbarroux (T.) Quelques observa- 
 tions de ligature des vaisseaux f Emoraux mimitifs. Marseille 
 mid., 1918, Iv, 720-725.— Bartheiemy. Blessur© de I'art^e 
 f^morale protonde par coup de couteau; h^morragies secon- 
 dalres tardives; ligature de la f6morale profonde k sa nais- 
 sance 60 jouis apr6s I'accident; gu^risoru Arch, de mM. 
 nav.. Par., 1901, Ixxv, 221-225.— Brlegleb (K.) Durchtren- 
 nimg der Artena femoralis mit giinstigem Ausgang. Deut- 
 sche Praxis. Ztschr. f. prakt. Aerzte, Miinchen, 1902, xi, 
 130-133.— Clark (H. E.). Case of ligature of the profimda 
 femoris artery, common femoral artery, and common iliac 
 artery on the same side, with perfect reoove^. Brit. M. J., 
 Lond., 1905, ii, 850.— Davenport (C. J.) Ligature of the 
 common femoral. China M. Miss. J., Shanghai, 1906, xx, 
 14. — DelagSni^re (H.) R&ection de I'artfere f^morale pour 
 h^matome diffus; une observation. Ass. fran$. de chir. 
 Proc.-verb., Par., 1909, xxU, 221-225.— FancWottl (E.) 
 Sopra un caso di allacciatura della femorale j)er ferita d'arma 
 ' da punta e taglio. Gior. med. d. r. esercito [etc.], Boma, 
 1897, xlv, 696-709.— Gubb & Duvernay. Resection of the 
 middle third of the femoral artery for secondary haemorrhage. 
 Brit. M. J., Lond., 1915, i, 224.— Hartleib. Unterbindung 
 der Arteria femoralis im oberen Drittel. Zentralbl. f. Chir., 
 Leipz., 1916, xliii, 185. — Hutxblnson (J.) A case of ligature 
 of the common femoral artery and vein; gangrene; amputar 
 tion; recovery. Lancet, Lond., 1906, i, 1388.— Inouye (T.) 
 & Okamoto (R.) [Experimentsontyingthearteriesof the 
 thigh.] Tokyo-med. Wchnschr., 1896, No. 944, 1-6.— Isam- 
 bert & Petit (J.-J.-H.) Blessuredel'art^ref^motale^uche 
 par une pointe de couteau; anSvrysm* faux consteutif; liga- 
 ture; guerison. Arch, de m^d. et pharm. mil., Par., 1904, 
 xliii, 121-126. — Jeannel. Hfimorragie de la f^morale infec- 
 t^e par un abc^ poplitE, ayant pour origine une ost4omy41ite 
 de I'extr^mitd inf^rieure du f^mur; ligature double de 
 I'artfere. Arch. prov. de cbir.. Par., 1913, xxii, 468-470.— 
 Johnson (R. ) Ligature of femoral artery for aneurism in a 
 child. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1898, n. s., Ixv, 54.— 
 Kageyania(M.) [Tying the arteries of the thigh.] Tokyo- 
 med. Wchnschr., 1896, No. 945, 1-9; No. 946, 24-26; No. 
 950, 10-13; No. 957, S-10; No. 962, 8-10; No. 968, 8-10; No. 
 969, 10-13; No. 970, 13-17; No. 971, 10-15.— Kalantariants 
 (S. I.) [Ligation of the femoral artery in the femoro-pop- 
 liteal canal.] Russk. Vrach^S.-Peterb., 1904, iii, 1609-1611. 
 Also, Repnnt. — ^Layton (H. R.) Traumatic aneurism 
 with ligation of femoral artery and vein. Iowa M. J., Des 
 Moines, 1895-6, i, 493-495.— Mally. Ligature de I'art&re 
 humble au ph du coude; troubles paralytiques consEcutifs. 
 Cong. d. mid. alignistes et de neuroL de Iiance . . . 1898. 
 C.-r., 1899, ix, 608-614.— Martnacci (S.) Due casi di allac- 
 ciatura dell' arteria femorale. Policlin., Roma, 1918, X3CT, 
 sez. prat., 227.— Martin (E.) Suture of the femoral artray. 
 Ann. Surg., Phila.,- 1905, xlli, 618-623.— Mears (J. E.) 
 Ligation of the femoral artery for large aneurism of the 
 popliteal artery; recovery. Phila. M. Times, 1873, iii, 500. 
 Also, Reprint.— de MeUo Breyner (T.) [Laquea(&o da 
 art«ria femoral para tratamento de aneurisma.] Rev. portu- 
 gueza de med. e cirurg. prat., Lisb., 1897-8, ii, v. 1, 295^1. — 
 Morgan (J. B.) Ligation of the femoral artery for trau- 
 matic aneurism; report of four cases. Tr. M. Ass. Georgia, 
 Atlanta, 1902, 211-219.— Nott (T. E.) Gunshot wound of 
 femoral arteiy; ligation- recovery. Tr. South Car. M. Ass., 
 Charleston, 1896, 105.— Orecchla (C.) Su la legatura simul- 
 tanea dell' arteria e della vena femorale. Atti Cong, region, 
 ligure, Geneva, 1901, vil, 48-50. Also: Gazz. d. osp., Milano 
 1903, xxiv, 1095.— Paddison (J. R .) Ligation of the femoral 
 artery; results. Charlotte [N. C] M. J., 1908, Iviii, 253- 
 255.— Parker (W. E.) Clinicalreportof twocasesofligation 
 of the femoral artery. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1895-6, xxiii, 647- 
 649.— Kobelo (A.) Ensayo deunnuevoprocedimientopara 
 la ligadura de la arteria femoral enel canalde Hunter. Mem. 
 Soc. cient. "Antonio Alzate," Mexico, 1895-6, ix, 73-75, 1 pi.— 
 Rousseau (R.) HEmorragies secondaires r&idivantes des 
 artires femorales profonde et superficielle; ligature et mort 
 par infection. Arch. mdd. d' Angers, 1915, xix, 57-59.— 
 RusUn (F.) Collateral circulation following ligation of the 
 
ARTERY. 
 
 59 
 
 ARTERY. 
 
 Artery (Femoral, Ligation and excision 
 of). 
 
 femoral artery, with rei)ort of a case. West. M. Rev., 
 Omaha, 1906, xl, 184-188.— Senn (N.) Amputation made 
 necessary by gangrene of tlie limb resulting from ligation of 
 the femoral artery. Clin. Rev., CHiicago, 1902-3, xvU, 115. — 
 UUricb (W.) Achtstiindige doppelte Unterbindung der 
 Arteria femoralis ohpe Dauerschadigung. ZentralbL 1. Chir., 
 Lcipzy 1917, xliv, 29.— Wallace (C. S.) A case of ligature of 
 Guperncial femoral artery and vein for secondary hsemor- 
 Thage. Tr. Clin. Soo. Lond., 1896, xxlx, 226.— Zondek. 
 Hohe Unterbindung der Arteria una Vena femoralis. Berl. 
 Hin. Wchnschr., 1912, xlix, 539. 
 
 Artery (Femoral, Rupture of). 
 
 Brown (W. H.) A case of rupture of the femoral arterv. 
 Lancet, Lond. 1900, i, 539.— Hunt (E. H.) A case of rup- 
 tured femoral artery and vein. St. Barth. Hosp. J., Lond., 
 1901-2, ix, 174. — Lazard (J.) Report of a case of subcuta- 
 neous rupture of femoral artery. Med. Brief, St. Louis, 
 1905, xxsii, 796.— LetuUe (M.), Walther (C.) & Larden- 
 nols (R.) Rupture spontanfe de I'artSre f^morale. Bull, et 
 m&n. Soc. anat. de Par., 1910, Ixxxv, 509-515.— PIcquct. 
 Rupture de I'artftre f^morale par coup de feu; gangrfene de la 
 iambe et du pied; amputation de cuisse. Bull, et mdm. 
 Soc. de chir. de Par., 1915, n. s., xli, 1195-1200.— Purves (R.) 
 Rupture of the femoral artery. Tr. Mod.-Cliir. Soc. Edinb., 
 1901-2, n. s., xxl, 282. — ^W^ther. Rupture spontan^ de 
 I'art^re fdmorale. Bull, et m4m. Soc. de cbir. de Far., 1903, 
 n. s., XXLX, 729-731. 
 
 Artery (Femoral, Sviure of). 
 
 Camagglo (F.) Un caso di angiorafia per ferita da 
 
 Santa e t^lio dell'arteria e vena femorale. Riforma med., 
 [apoli, 1898, xiv, pt. 4, 304; 315. — DaUa Vedova (R.) 
 Ematoma arterioso, diiluso da ferita della femorale; inci- 
 sione; arterorrafla; guarigione. Bull. d. r. Acead. med. di 
 Roma, 1913, xxxix, 90-96.— Gell6rt (E.) Zirkulare Naht 
 der Arteria femoralis nach einer Schussverletzune; Heilung. 
 Verhandl. d. Budapest, k. Gesellsch. d. Aerzte (1911), 1912, 
 46-51. Also; Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1912, xMU, 
 52. — Gubb & Duvernay. Secondly hsemorrhage, suture 
 of the femoral artery for secondary l&morrhe^e. Brit. M. 
 J., Lond., 1915, i, 224.— Henderson (W. T.) Suture of the 
 femoral artery. Am. Med., Phila., 190.5, ix, 53.— Liebleln 
 (V.) XJeber einen Fall von Rpsektion und gelungener cir- 
 culirer Naht der Arteria femcialis wegen Aneurysma trau- 
 maticum spurlum. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1910, 
 Ixvli, 44-60.- Iiund (F. B.) Angdorrhaphy; suture of a 
 double stab wound of the femoral artery and vein. Ann. 
 Surg., Phila., 1909, xlix, 394-401.— Martin (E.) Suture of 
 the femoral artery. Tr. Phila. Acad. Surg. (1905), 1906, vlii, 
 143-148.— Mauclaiie (P.) Plaie et suture de I'artSre femo- 
 rale au coors de I'ablation en bloc d'un toithaioma vulvaire 
 et de son territolre lymphatique. Bull, et mSm. Soc. de 
 chir. de Par., 1915, n. s., xll, 1979.— Ortiz de la Torre. Su- 
 tura de la arteria femoral. Cong, intemat. de mii. C.-r. 
 1903, Madrid, 1904, xiv, sect, de chir. g^n., 898-900.— Sehrt 
 (E.) VoUkommener Dauererfolg von Venenautotraosplan- 
 tation eines Defektes der Arteria femoraUs nach JJ Jahren. 
 Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1918, Ixv, 326.— Sencert (L.). 
 Un nouveau cas de suture de la femorale commune. Bull, et 
 ra«m. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1913, n. s., xxxix, 1387-1389.- 
 SonnenbOTg (E.) Erfolgreiche Naht der fast vollig quer 
 zerrissenen Arteria femoralis. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., 
 Berl. & lieipz., 1910, xxxvi, 601. [Discussion], 636.— Stewart 
 (F. T.) Suture of the femoral artery. Tr. Phila. Acad. 
 Surg. (1905), 1906, viii, 61.— SwUiteckl (J.) [Suture of the 
 femoral artery.) Medycyna, Warszawa, 1906, xxxiv, 825- 
 828. 
 
 Artery (Femoral, Wounds and injuries 
 of). 
 
 See, also, Aneuxisin (Femoral). 
 
 Bruggemann (R.) *Ein Fall von Verblutung 
 in Folge von Perforation einer Oberschenkelar- 
 terie m der Wandung einea intermuscularen 
 Abscesses. 8°. Miinchen, 1901. 
 
 Dubois (J. B.) *An, vulnerata cnuali arteria 
 ab amputatione auspicandum? 8°. Parisiis, 
 1726. 
 
 GouRsoLLE (M.-P.-M.) *Contribution & 1'6- 
 tude du traitement moderne des plaies re- 
 centes de I'artere femorale primitive. [Nancy.] 
 8°. Saint-Nicolas, 1913. 
 
 Amehlslavskl (M. L.) [Wounding of the femoral artery 
 and vein by a small caliber bullet with formation of false 
 aneurism.] Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1905, xii, 1347.— Bettl 
 (O.) Ematoma saccato secondario a ferita dell' arteria 
 femorale. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1899, xx, 1127. — Brln. 
 Plaie par baionnette de rorigine de la f^moi^e. Bull, et 
 m^m. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1916, n. s., xlii, 2042-2044.— 
 Butrullle. Plaie de la femorale par coup de couteau. Nord' 
 
 Artery (Femoral, Wounds and injuries 
 of). 
 
 mM., LUle, 1908, xv, 60.— Darling (0. G.) Wounds of the 
 femoral artery. Tr. Clin. Soc. Univ. Mich., Ann Arbor, 
 1914, V, 33-36. Also: J, Mich. M. Soc., Grand Rapids, 1914, 
 xiii, 46-49. — ^Fox (A. C.) Femoral artery severed and not 
 lieated. Confed. States M. & S. J., Richmond, 1865, ii, 36.— 
 Hickson (S.) Notes on some cases of gunshot injury to the 
 femoral artery. J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond., 1904, ii, 
 23-26.— Jones (C. P.) Gunshot wound Involving femoral 
 artery an^ vein; ligations under difflculties; death during 
 amputation. Virginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1896-7, 
 1, 629. — ^Mulder (E. M.) [First aid in wounds of the femoral 
 artery.] Reddingwezen, Rotterdam, 1916, v, 299-302.— 
 NeB (W.) Ruptured traumatic aneurism of the femoral 
 artery, due to gunshot wound; with report of a case. Tr. 
 M. Soo. Dist. Columb. 1901, Wash., 1902, vi, 109-113.— 
 Picque (R.) Contusion de I'artire femorale; himorragie 
 secondaire mortelle. Bull, et m^m. Soc. de chir. de Par., 
 1917, n. s., xliii, 1794-1796.— Balner (Mtru;. M.) Plaie par 
 come de boeuf au niveau du triangle de Scarpa droit. Bull, 
 et m^m. Soo. de chir. de Bucarest, 1906-7, ix, 42—44. — 
 RIcketts (B. M.) Femoral artery and vein; their destruc- 
 tion without loss of leg. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1899, 
 XXX, 381. .4teo,Repruit.— [Slmard (A.)] Blessure de I'ar- 
 tfere femorale par instrument tranehant. Bull. mM. de 
 Quebec, 1903-4, v, 201-207.— Tslgler (D. K.) [Wound of the 
 femoral artery.] Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1914, xxi, 1034.— 
 Vaugtian (G. T.) Perforating bullet wounds of the femo- 
 ral artery and vein resulting in aneurysmal varix; two 
 wounds in each vessel closed by sutures; recovery. Tr. Am. 
 Surg. Ass., Phila., 1911, xxix, 422-425. Also: Surg., Gynec. 
 & Obst., Chicago, 1911, xiii, 155.— Vincent. Broiement de 
 I'artire Kmorale droits dans le triangle de Scarpa. Bull. 
 Soc. de chir. de Lyon, 1901-2, v, 329-331.— White (S.) Bullet 
 wound of the profunda femoris artery. Brit. J. Surg., 
 Bristol, 1915-16, ui, 326. 
 
 Artery (Frontal). 
 
 See, also. Aneurism (Frontal). 
 Bloblllo (0.) Origine dell' arteria frontale dalla menin- 
 gea media in un Equus mulus, con osservazioni sul foro 
 . meningeo. Arch, sdent. d. r. Soc. ed Accad. vet. Ital., 
 Torino, 1909, vii, 54-61. 
 
 Artery (Gastric). 
 
 Alhara (S.) Ein interessanter Pall von Huptur der 
 Magenarterien. Verhandl. d. jap. path. Gesellsch., Tokyo, 
 1915, V, 95. 
 
 Artery (Gastro-eviploic). 
 
 See, also, Embcmsia of gastro-epiploic artery. 
 
 Krieder (G. N.) Ligation of the gastro-eplploie artery. 
 J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1899, xxxii, 110.— Vatter (G.) Ein 
 Fall von subkutaner Ruptur der Arteria gastroepiploica 
 dextra. Zentralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1904, xxxi, 1252. 
 
 Artery (Gfluteal). 
 
 See, also, Aneuxisra (GliUeal) ; Embolism of 
 gluteal artery. 
 
 Stelling (H. G. M. a.) *Ein Fall von 
 Stichverletziuig der Arteria glutea. 8°. Kiel, 
 1902. 
 
 VON Vaebndoepp (R.) *Ueber die Verle- 
 tzungen und Aneurysmen der Art. glutsea und 
 ischiadica. 8°. Marburg, 1899. 
 
 Fischer (G.) Die Wunden und Aneurysmen der Arteria 
 glutea und ischiadica. Arch, f . klin. Chir., Berl., 1869, xi, _ 
 762-838.— Nasi-Kolb (A.) Unterbindung der Arteria glu- 
 ttea inferior wegen subkutaner traumatischer Zerreissung. 
 Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1912, lix, 643.— Paget (S.) 
 Ligature of gluteal artery lor secondary nsemorrhage. Clin. 
 J., Lond., 1897, x, 8.— Rottensteto. HSmorragie de I'artere 
 fcssi&re cons&utive k un abcte quinique. Marseille m^., 
 1917, n. s., 309-312. 
 
 Artery (Hepatic). 
 
 See, also. Aneurism (Hepatic). 
 
 Alessandrl (R.) Lesione del ramo destro dell' arteria 
 e'patica durante una colecistectomia per calcolosi. Polidin ., 
 Roma, 1908, xv, sez. prat., 837-840.— Dantorth (C. H.) The 
 structural relations of anterior hepatic arteries. Anat. Re- 
 cord, Phila., 1915, ix, 72.— Gentes (L.) & Philip (M.) 
 L'artfere h^patique gauche; sa simincation; ses rapports 
 avec rind6pendance des lobes du loie. Compt. rend. Soc- 
 
 de biol.. Par., 1906, W, 640-642. . L'art*re 
 
 Mpatique et guelques-unes de ses variations. Bibliog. 
 anat., Par. & Nancy, 1907, rvi, 17.'>-189.— Piquand (O.) 
 l.*saTOresh4patiquesaccessoires. ProgrSsmM., Par., 1910, 
 3. s., xxvi, 26-31. 
 
 Artery (Hepatic, Abnormities of). 
 
 G£rard f G.) & Cordonnier (D.) Un cas-type de tripli- 
 cit4 de I'artere h^patique. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 
 
AKTERY. 
 
 60 
 
 ARTEEY. 
 
 Artery (Hepatic, Abnormities of). 
 
 1914, Ixxvi, 619. Also: Bibliog. anat., Par. & Nancy, 1914, 
 xxiv, 211-217. — ^Kuss (G.) Anomalie do I'artAre hiSpatique; 
 artire h^patlqne droite naissant du tronc csliaque et artere 
 hipatiquo gauche naissant de la m(5sent4rique supiSrieure. 
 Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. do Par., 1909, Ixxxiv, 733-735.— 
 Leiiclie (R.) & Villemln (F.) Deux cas d'anomalie de 
 Partfere hepatique. Ibid., 1907, Ixxxii, 229.— Plquand (G.) 
 -Artire Mpatlque foumie par la m&ent&ique sup&ieure. 
 
 lUd., 1909, Ixxxiv, 547-550. . Volumineuse art&re 
 
 Mpatique accessoire foumie par la ooronaire gastrique. 
 IbU., 6.50. — ^Rlvero (F. H.) Oontribucifln al^studio de las 
 anomallas de la arteria hepdtica. Gac. m^d. .de Caracas, 
 1896, iv, 185. — da Silva Rio-Branco (P.) Deux cas d'ano- 
 malie de Partfere Mpatlque. Bull, et m^m. Soc. anat. de 
 Par., 1906, Ixxxi, 526-531. 
 
 Artery {Hepatic, Ligation of). 
 
 Baudoain(M.) LaUgaturedel'art^reh^patlgue. Ann. 
 internat. de cMr. eastro-intest.. Par., 1909, iii, 39-42.— 
 Bereznegovskl (N.) [Morphological changes of the liver 
 from tying the hepatic artery.] Russk. Ch&. Arch., S.-Pe- 
 terb., 1906, xxii, 413-430.— Burdenko (N.) [ligature of the 
 hepatic artery with simultaneous and prehimnary vasculari- 
 zation of the liver by means of the omentum.] Ehirurg. 
 Arkh. Velyaminova, S.-Peterb., 1911, xxvii, 17-46.— Ha^ 
 berer, Emerimentelle Unterbindung der Arteria hepatica. 
 Verhandl. a. deutsnh. Gesellsch. f. Chir., Bcrl., 1905, xxxiv, 
 167-171.— Kehr (H.) Ueber die Stillung der Blutung aus 
 der Art. cystica durch Unterbindung der Art. hepatica 
 propria. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1909, Ivi, 237-219.- 
 Lanpbear (E.) Ligation of the common iliac artery under 
 unfavorable conditions; a case report. Am. J. Surg., N. Y., 
 1909, xxiii, ISO.— Narath (A.) Onderbinding Art. he- 
 patica. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1905, 2. r., 
 
 xli, d. 2, 1529. . Ueber die Unterbindung der Arteria 
 
 hepatica. Beitr. z. kiln. Chir., Tilbing., 1909, Ixv, 504-521, 1 
 
 pi. . Die arterio-venbse Anastomosis an der Plortader 
 
 als Mittel zur Verhiitung der Lebernekrose nach Unterbin- 
 dung der Arteria hepatica. Zentralbl. f. Chir., ieipz., 1915, 
 xlii, 1. . Ueber Entstehung der anamischen Leberne- 
 krose nach Unterbindung der Arteria hepatica und ihre 
 Verhiitung durch arterlo-portale Anastomose. Deutsche 
 Ztschr. f. Chir., LelpZii 1916, cxxxv, 305-379.— Nlcolettl (V,) 
 Sugli efletti delta legatura delV arteria epatica. Arch, ed atti 
 
 d. Soc. ital. di chir. 190S, Roma, 1909, i, 925-929. . La 
 
 legatura delP arteria epatica e del suoi rami; studl speri- 
 mentali e clinici. Policlin., Boma, 1910, xvii, sez. chir., 50; 
 124.— Tenanl (O.) La legatura dell' arteria epatica e 11 
 tentative di creare al fegato nuove vie circolatorie di com- 
 penso mediante Pomentopessia peri ed intraepatica. Pen- 
 siero med., Milano, 1917, vu, 122-126. 
 
 Artery ( Humeral). 
 See Artery (Brachial). 
 
 Artery (Hyaloid, Persistent). 
 
 LucHTiNG (G. H.) *Eiii Beitrag zur Casuistik 
 der Arteria hyaloideapersistens. 8°. Kiel,l897. 
 
 Pesbrico (L.) Delia persistenza dell' arteria 
 jaloidea. 8°. Vicenza, 1902. 
 
 Bowes (L. M.) Persistent hyaloid artery. J. Am. M. 
 Ass., Chicago, 1913, Ix, 173.— Calderaro. Contributo aUo 
 studio dei tessutl jaloidei persistenti; loro classUicazione e 
 genesi. Atti d. r. Accad. a. sc. med. 1908, Palermo, 1909, 
 70-122, 1 pi.— van Duyse. Terminaison paracristallinienne 
 d'tme artere hyaloidienne persistante et porm&ble. Arch, 
 d'opht, Par., 1902, xxU, 305-310.— Eason (H. H.) Persistent 
 patent hyaloid artery. Tr. Ophtli. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond., 
 1903-4, xxiv, 324.— Filatoff (V7) Arteriahyaloideapersistcns. 
 VestnlkOftalmol.,Kiev, 1898,xv,359-363.— Flemmlng(P.) 
 & Parsons (J. H.) Persistent hyaloid artery. Tr. Ophth. 
 Soo. U. Kingdom, Lend., 1902-3,xxiii, 242.— Giles (J. E.) A 
 case ofpersistent hyaloid artery. Manhattan Eye & Ear 
 Hosp. Rep., N. Y., 1897, iv, 12.— Glnzburg (L I.) Sluchal 
 arteriae hyaloide® persistentis. Vestnik Oftalmol., Kiev, 
 1895, xii, 369-371.— Gunn (A. B.) Persistent hyaloid artery 
 with massive white formation obscuring the optic disk. 
 Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1912-13, vi, Ophthalmol. 
 Sect., 57, 1 pi. — Herslng. Ueber Arteria hyaloidea persis- 
 tens. Amtl. Ber. ii. d. Versamml. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 
 1883, Freiburg i. B., 1884, Ivi, 252-255. —lerusallmskl(M.L) 
 Sluchal arterifB hyaloideae persistensis completsc. Vestnik 
 Oftalmol., Mosk., 1904, xxi, 537-539.— KUUclI (C^ Case of 
 complete persistent hyaloid artery. Proc. Roy. Soo. Med., 
 Lond., 1913-14, vii, Ophthalmol. Sect., 9.— Uttle (W. S.) 
 Remarks on persistent hyaloid artery; two cases presented 
 for observation. Proc. Phila. Co. M. Soc. 1881-2, Phila., 
 1882, iv, 54.— Marlow (F. W.) A case of persistent hyaloid 
 artery containing blood. Ann. Ophth., St. Louis, 1898, vii, 
 226-228.— Marx (E.) Over arteria hyaloidea persistens. 
 Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1908, 2. R., xllv, 1. 
 Afd., 1245-1251.— Mltvalsky. Ein typischer Fall von per- 
 sistirender Arteria hyaloidea. Arch. f. Augenh., Wiesb., 
 1893-4, xxviii, 235.— Nelson (R. M.) Rarity of certain var 
 riety of persistent hyaloid artery, with report of a case. 
 South. M. J., Nashville, 1914, vii, 661-S63.— Pulvermacher 
 
 Artery (Hyaloid, Persistent). 
 
 (E.) Arteria hyaloidea persistens. Centralbl. f. prakt. 
 Augenh., Leipz., 1892, xvi, 329.— Eenault. Persistance de 
 I'artfere hyaloidienne et du canal de Cloquet. Bull. m4d.. 
 Par., 1909, xxiii, 877-879.— Sher (S.) Arteria hyaloidea 
 persistens. Voyermo-Med. J., S.-Peterb., 1896, clxxxvi, 1. 
 sect., 729-731.— Shoemaker (W. T.) Persistent hyaloid 
 artery in both eyes; unusual variety iii one eye. Ann. 
 Ophth., St. Louis, 1906, xv, 201.— SUcock (A. Q.) Vestimal 
 hyaloid artery starting from a macular coloboma. Tr. 
 Ophth. Soo. U. Kingdom, Lond., 1899-1900, xx, 188, 1 pi., 
 1 1. — Talko (J.) Arteria hyaloidea persistens. Post, okul., 
 Erakaw, 1901, iii, 225-227.— Terrien (F.) Constance Chez 
 I'homme d'un vestige de I'aitftre-hyaloide dans les premiers 
 mois de Pexlstence. Arch, d'opht.. Par., 1897, xvii, 675- 
 689. — de Vrles (W. M.) Arteria hyaloidea persistens. 
 Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1908, 2. B., xliv, 1. 
 Afd.,1399-1401.— Waardenburg(P.J.) Twee gevallen van 
 arteria hyaloidea persistens met een elgenaardige gezichts- 
 veldbeperking. Ibid., 1915, ii, 2396-2400.— White (J. A.) 
 Case of double persistent hyaloid artery. Ann. Ophth. & 
 Otol., St. Louis, 1^96, V, 483-485.— Turgelyunas (A. A.) 
 Sluchal arteriae hyaloid, persist. Vestnik Oftalmol., Kiev, 
 1903, XX, 53. — Zentmayer (W.) A case of probable rem- 
 nants of the sheath of the hyaloid artery. Ann. Ophth., 
 St. Louis, 1898, vii, 209. 
 
 Artery , ( Hypogastric ) . 
 
 See, also, Anetirism (Hypogastrie). 
 
 GlUs. Le tronc de I'artJre hypogastrique. Montpel. 
 mM., 1902, xiv, 74; 97.— Lip-sliutz (B.) A composite study 
 of the hypogastric artery and its branches. Ann. Surg., 
 Phila., 1918, Ixvli, 584-608.— Seraflni (G.) Rara ferita del- 
 I'arteria ipogastrica. Progresso med., Torino, 1903, ii, 74. — 
 Tra«y (S. E.) The possibility of mistaking the remains of 
 the hypogastric artery for a ureter. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 
 1918, Ixxvu, 947. 
 
 Artery (Hypogastric, Ligation of). 
 
 Baudet (R.) & Kendlrdjy (L.) Ligature de I'artfere 
 hypogastrique; de son application th^rapeutique, en particu- 
 lier dans les andvrysmes fessiers. Gaz. d. hdp.. Par., 1899, 
 Ixxii, 349-358— D'Antona (A.) Ligature deUa seconda 
 ipogastrica nello stesso individuo. Atti d. r. Accad. med.- 
 chir. di Napoli, 1903, n. s., Ivii, 48-51.— Fldrcken. Zur Be- 
 kampfung der Nachblutung aus der A. glutaea sup. durch 
 Unterbindung der A. hypogastrica. Miinchen. med. Wchn- 
 schr., 1916, Ixiii, 1499.— Israel (C.) Unterbindung der 
 Arteria hypogastrica dextra wegen Aneurysma der Arteria 
 glutsea inferior. Deutsche med. w ohnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 
 1905, xxxi, 176.— Klelnwachter (L.) Bandbemerkung zu 
 Kronlg's Mittheilung: Die doppelseltige Unterbindung der 
 Arteria hypogastrica, ete. Centralbl. f. Gyiiak., Leipz., 
 1902 xxvi, 1332-1334.— Kroenlg. Die doppelseltige Unter- 
 bindung der Arteria hypogastrica und ovarica zur pallia- 
 tiven Behandlung des Uteruscarclnoms. /6irf., 1073. See, 
 
 also^jxipra, Kleinwachter. — ; . Eine kurze Bemerkung 
 
 zu Klemwachter's Entgegnung: Die doppelseitige Unter- 
 bindung der Aorta hyposastrica, ete. (d. Bl. 1902, Nr. 49). 
 Ibid., 1903, xx™, 48 — NJkolskij (A.) Ueber die Unter- 
 bindung der Arteriae hypogastricae. Monatschr. f. Geburtsh. 
 u. Gynaek., Berl., 1913, xxxvin, 270-282— Vulllet. [La 
 ligature de I'artfire hypogastrique pour h(5morragies secon- 
 daires de lafessiSre.] Eev. m(a. dela Suisse Bom., Genfeve, 
 1903, xxiu, 121-124. 
 
 Artery (Ileal). 
 
 Robinson (B.) The ilea, artery [arteria ilei]. Med. 
 Summary, Phila., 1908-9, xxx, 200-205. 
 
 Artery (Ileocolic). 
 
 Robinson (B.) The ileo-colic circle. Denver M. Times 
 
 [etc.], 1907-8, xxvii, 168-171. . Arteria ileo-collca in 
 
 twenty-five subjects. Med. Fortnightly, St. Louis, 1907, 
 xxxii, 452-455. . Arches of the arteria ileoooUca. Phy- 
 sician & Surg., Detroit & Ann Arbor, 1907, xxix, 247-251. 
 
 Artery (Eeo-jejunal). 
 
 Bardeen (C. R.) The ileo-jejunal artery. Anat. Record, 
 Phila., 1915, ix, 137. 
 
 Artery (Eiac, Common, Ligation of). 
 
 See, also, Aneurism (JZiac). 
 
 Dreist (K. G. a.) '*Ueber Ligatur und Kom- 
 
 Eression der Arteria iliaca communis. [Stra-ss- 
 urg.] 8°. Leipng, 1903. 
 
 jliso, in: Deutsche Ztsdhr. f. Chir., I/eipz., 1903-4, Ixxi, 
 5-34. 
 
 Heckel (C. a,) *Ueber die Unterbindung 
 der Arteria iliaca communis und ihrer Zweige., 
 8°. Leipzig, 1868. 
 
 Berthomler (A.) Ligature r^c Viliaque primitive; pro- 
 c6i& rapide et facile; son extoition pr^alable dans toutos les 
 disarticulations de la ouisse. Ass. fran(;. de chir. Proc- 
 verb. [etc.]. Par., 1901, xiv, 909-912.— Chalier (A.) & Mu- 
 rard {].) B^ou termiuo-aorttque et ligature de I'art&re 
 
ARTERY. 
 
 61 
 
 ARTERY. 
 
 Artery {Iliac, Common, Ligation of). 
 
 iliaque primitive et des autres vaisscaux do la region. Rev. 
 de chir., Par., 1912, xlv, 261-295.— Chassalgnac. Note sur 
 un cas de ligature de I'artfere iliaque primitive. Coinpt. 
 rend. Acad. d. so., Par., 1850, xxxi, 455. — Cliristel. Ein 
 Fall von Unterbindung der Iliaca commums. Arch. t. ofl. 
 Gsndlitspflg., Strassb., 1902, xxii, 17.— Gillette (W. J.) 
 Ligation of the left common iliac artery, with report of a 
 recent case. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1908, xlviii, 22-24.— Hal- 
 stead (W. S.) The enect of ligation of the common iliac 
 artery on the circulation and function of the lower extremity, 
 • and report of a cure of iliofemoral aneurysm, by the applica- 
 tion of an siluminum band to that vessel. 1r. Am. Surg. 
 Ass., Phila., 1912, xxx, 196-286. Also: Johns Hopkins Hosp. 
 Bull., Bait., 1912, xxiii, 191-220. Afeo.Keprint.— Made- 
 lung (O. w.) Ueber intraperitoneale Dieitalkompression 
 der Beckenblutgefasse. Verhandl. d. Gesellsoh. deutsch. 
 Naturf. u. Aerate 1903, Leipz., 1904, ii, 2. Hlfte., 157.— 
 Martin (A. A.) Traumatic aneurysm in left groin; ligature 
 of left common iliac artery; recovery. Brit. M. J., Lend., 
 1903, i, 77.— Morton (T. S. K.) Trans-peritoneal hgatlon 
 of the iliac arteries, with report of seven new cases and sta- 
 tistics of twenty-nine operations. J. Am. M. Ass^ Chicago, 
 1898, xxx, 116-119. Also, Reprint.— Pitts (B.) Transperi- 
 toneal ligation of the iliac arteries. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1898, 
 ii, 1817. Also: Lancet, Ix)nd., 1898, ii, 1631: 1899, 1, 142-144.— 
 Solomon (R. A.) Effects of ligating the external and 
 intemaliliac arteries, with case reports. Indianapolis M. J., 
 1918, xxi, 477-480.— Strauss (F.) Tjeber Zirkulationsstorun- 
 gen an der untoren Extremitat nach Unterbindung der 
 Arteria iUaca communis uud der Arteria iliaca externa. 
 Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tilbiiig., 1913, Ixxxvi, 395-402. 
 
 Artery {Iliac, Common, Oiliteration of). 
 
 XaJibeu (C.) *L' obliteration complete des ar- 
 tferes iliaques primitive et exteme sans gan- 
 grene du membre inf6rieur correspondant. 8°. 
 Lyon, 1908. 
 
 Paterson (A. M.) ObUteraKon of the left common 
 external and internal iliac arteries. J. Anat. & Physiol., 
 Lond., 1909-10, xllv, 56.— Boque (G.) & Chalier (J.) De 
 I'obliteration des artftres iliaques primitive et exteme saris 
 
 fangr^ne du membre inlSrieur correspondant. Presse m6d., 
 'ar., 1909, xvU, 377. 
 
 Artery {Eiac, External). 
 
 Beetier (H.) *Des ulcerations dea artferes et 
 plus specialement de I'artfere iliaque exteme au 
 contact des drains; ^tude exp&imentale et cli- 
 nigue. 8°. Pom, 1912. 
 
 BSnard (H.) & Lamy (L.) Ulceration de I'artftre ilia- 
 que exteme, examen histologique. Bull, et m^m. Soc. anat. 
 de Par., 1909, Ixxxiv, 673.— Besskd (G.) Mancanza 'del- 
 1' arteria iliaca estema nel cane. Arch, scient. d. r. Soc. ed 
 Accad. vet. ital,., Torino, 1908, iv, 136-141.— Lericlie (R.) & 
 Murard (J.) A propos d'un cas d'artSriotomie de I'iliaque 
 exteme pour arr^t de circulation dans le membre inf^rieur, 
 par une artSrite. Lyon chlrarg., 1912, vii, 407-410. Also, 
 transl.: Zentralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1912, xxxix, 1433-1437.— 
 Savarlaud & Bonvoisin. H^morragie par ule&ation de 
 I'artfere iUaque exteme an contact d'un drain. Bull. Soc. de 
 p^diat. de Par., 1909, xi, 552-558. Also: Tribune m4d.. 
 Par., 1910, n. s., xlili, 5. 
 
 Artery {Iliac, External, Ligation of). 
 
 Croly (H. G.) On the ligation of the external iliac artery 
 for ilio-femoral aneurysm and other tumours. Tr. Roy. 
 Acad. M. Ireland, Dubl., 1902, xx, 178-188. Also: Med. 
 Press & Giro., Lond., 1902, n. s., bcxiii, 397-399.— Darting 
 (G. G.) A ligation of the external iliac artery. J. Am. M. 
 Ass., Chicago, 1898, xxxi, 721.— Davie (J. C.) Transperi- 
 toneal ligation of the external iliac artery for aneurysm; 
 secondary coeliotomy for intestinal obstruction; recovery. 
 Brit. M. J., Lond., 1896, i, 904.— De Gaetano (L.) Allac- 
 ciatura transperitoneale dell' iliaca estema per ferita d'arma 
 da fuoco con vastlssimo ematoma; guarigione. Tommasi, 
 Napoli, 1905-6, 1, 17.— Delorme (E.) Sur la ligature de 
 I'artfere iliaque exteme. Compt. rend. Acad. d. so.. Par , 
 1915, cbd, 284.— Godldn (S. R.) Early establishment of 
 collateral circulation after ligature of the external iliac artery. 
 J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond., 1911, xvii, 163.— Harmer 
 (W. D.) A ease of ligature of the external iliac artery for 
 secondary haemorrhage. St. Barth. Hosp. Rep. 1899, 
 Lond., 1900, xxxv, 269-271.— Makins (G. H.) A case of 
 ligature of both external iliac arteries by the transperitoneal 
 method. Tr. Clin. Soc. Lond., 1896, xxix, 228.— Moschco- 
 witz (A. V.) Simultaneous hgatlon of both external iliac 
 arteries lor secondary hemorrhage following bilateral uretero- 
 lithotomy. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1908, xlviii, 872: 1911, liii, 
 647.— Nydegger (J. A.) Extraperitoneal ligature of exter- 
 nal iliac artery for aneurism; report of a recent case followed 
 by recovery. Ibid., 1906, xliv, 96.— Renton (J. C.) Liga- 
 ture of right external iliac art«ry lor ilio-femoral aneurysm. 
 Edinb. M. J., 1902, n. s., xi, 463.— Komanin (I. A.) [Tying 
 the external iliac and femoral arteries and femoral vein at 
 
 Artery {Iliac, External, Ligation of). 
 
 the same time.] Khirurgia, Mosk., 1902, xii, 559-562. — 
 Ross (P.) Ligature of external iliac artery. Brit., Guiana 
 M. Arm., Demerara, 1897, p. xxxiv. — Smith (A. C.) A 
 ligation of the external iliac artery. J. Am. M. Ass., Chi- 
 cago, 1904, xUii, 813.— Tonkofl (V. N.) [On the develop- 
 ment of anastomosis after tying the external iliac artery.] 
 Russk. Khir. Arch., S.-Peterb.Ll895, i, 474-486, 1 pi. Also, 
 in: Protok. i Trudl Russk. Khir. Obsh. Pirogova, S.- 
 Peterb., 1894-5, xui, pt. 2, 26-38, 1 pi.— Trancu-Ralner 
 (Marta). [A case of ligation of external iliac for a wound 
 in the femur.] Rev. de chir., Bucuresci, 1906, x, 487-499.— 
 Westbrook (R. W.) Ligation of external iliac arterv. 
 Long Island M. J., Brooklyn, 1908, ii, 237.— WUcox (DeW. 
 C.) Ligation of the external Uiac artery. Med. Counselor, 
 Detroit, 1897, xvi, 371-376. 
 
 Artery {Iliac, External, Rupture of) . 
 
 IjCtoux, Sur un hematome d(i k la rupture de I'iliaque 
 exteme gauche. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1915, 
 n. s., xli, 1803.— Loubat & Perrucliot. Rupture com- 
 plete de I'art^re iliaque exteme; plaie contuse 6tendue et 
 profonde de la parol abdominale et de la fosse iliaque; rup- 
 ture du muscle psoas iliaque; gu^rison. J de m^d. de Bor- 
 deaux, 1913, xliu, 692. 
 
 Artery {Uiac, External, Wounds and in- 
 juries of). 
 
 Prince (J. H.) Wound of the'extemal iUac artery treated 
 by suture. Scot. M. & S. J., Edinb., 1901, ix, 320-322. — 
 Pringle (J. H. ) Wound of the external iUac artery. Glas- 
 gow M. J., 1901, Ivi, 195. Also: Tr. Med.-Chlr. Soc. Glasg 
 1902, in, 405-406.— Stattuck (F. C.) Rupture ol the right 
 iliac artery. Boston M. & S. J., 1901, cxliv, 183.— de la 
 Torre (O.) Sutura de la arteria iliaca externa. SiglomM.. 
 Madrid, 1907, liv, 802-805. 
 
 Artery {Mac, Internal, i^igaiion of). 
 
 FicK (F. L.) *Diss. exhibens historiam com- 
 
 . memorabilem deligationis arterise iliacee intemte 
 ob im m ensum femoris tumorem institute. fMar- 
 burg.] 12°. CasseUis. 1836. 
 
 Dervaux. Plaie de la fesse par coup de feu; hematome 
 aveo Mmorragies k repetition; ligature de I'iliaque interne; 
 guSrison. Bull, et mSm. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1912, xxxviii, 
 1222-1227.— Gay (G. W.) Ligature of the internal iliae 
 artery. Boston M. & S.J., 1906, civ, 615.— Haynes (J. S.) 
 Ligation of the intemal iliac arteries. Am. Med., Burling- 
 ton, Vt., & N. Y., 1912, n. s., vii, 535-511.— MerrlU (N ) 
 Ligation of the Intemal iliac artery lor aneurism; successful 
 Iowa M. J., Des Moines, 1897, ill, 324-326.— Robinson (B ) 
 Note on the distribution ol the branches of the intemal lUac ■ 
 artery and the zones of exsanguination resulting from its 
 deligation. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1902, xxxv, 189-206 -Scott 
 (R. L.) & McLachlan {.A.. R.) Ligature of the right inter- 
 nal iliac artery for secondary haemorrhj^e from the buttock 
 Lancet, Lond., 1916, ii, 559. Also: J. Roy. Army Med 
 Corps, Lond., 1917, xxix, 592.— Vulliet (H.) Ligature de 
 I'artfere iliaque interne (hypogastrique) pour hemorragies 
 secondaires de la fessifere inforieure (Isohlatique) Arch 
 intemat. de chir., Gand, 1903-4, i, 440-452. 
 
 Artery {Iliac, Intemal, Wounds of). 
 
 Maxwell (J. P.) Gunshot wound, injurv to the right 
 internal iliac artery. China M. J., Shanghai, 1917 xxxi 
 295-298. o , , , 
 
 Artery {Iliolumbar). 
 
 Patel & Murard. Un cas de mort par ulceration de 
 I'ilio-lombaire au cours d'une appendicite aveo abc6s lom- 
 baire draine. Lyon med., 1911, cxvl, 1116-1118. 
 
 Artery {Inferior dental). 
 See Artery {Mandibular). 
 
 Artery {Inguinal). 
 
 See, also,An.ewnara {Inguinal). 
 
 Spencer (W. G.) Wound of a large superficial inguinal 
 artery in which the blood was flowing from the trunk to the 
 thigh. Tr. Clin. Soo. Lond., 1898-9, xxxii, 156. Also- 
 Brit. M. J., Lond., 1899, i, 965. 
 
 Artery {Innominate). 
 
 See, also, Aneurism {Innominate); Embol- 
 ism of innominate artery. 
 
 deIsla(E.) Anomaliade'ltroncobraquio-cefilico. Cone 
 intemat. de mSd. C.-r,, Madrid, 1904, xiv, sect, d'anac, 3%'. 
 
 Artery {InnmninMe, Ligation of). 
 
 See, also, Aneurism. {Innominate); Aneurism 
 {Subclavian, Treatment of, Operative). 
 
 Albert. Un cas de ligature du tronc iunomlne suivi de 
 guerison. Cong. iiiJemat. de med. C. r., Par 1900 sect 
 de chir. gen., 309-316.— Bennett (A. L.) Ligature of the 
 
ARTERY. 
 
 62 
 
 ARTERY. 
 
 Artery {Innominate, Ligation of). 
 
 Innominate for aneurism of right common carotid and sub- 
 clavian. Colorado M. J., Denver, 1900, vl, 467-475.— 
 Bucbanan (G.) Aneurism of innominate artery; galvano- 
 puncture; rupture of sac; ligature of innominate artery. 
 Glasgow M. J., 1880, i. s., xiv, 152.— Burns (W. B.) Suc- 
 cessful ligation of the Innominate artery. J. Am. M. Ass., 
 Chicago, 1908, li, 1671-1677. -BurreU (H. L.) Ligature of the 
 innominate artery. Boston M. & S. J., 1895, cxxxiii, 125- 
 131. .4 too. Reprint. — Coughlln (W. T.) Removal of por- 
 tion of sternum for ligation of the innominate artery, with 
 reports of two cases. Tr. West. Surg. Ass., Minneap., 
 
 1916, xxvl, 271-283, 3 pi. . Removal of portion of 
 
 sternum for ligation of the innominate artery. Surg^ Gynec. 
 & Obst., Chicago, 1918, xxvi, 112-116.— Curtis (B. F.) Suc- 
 cessful ligature of the innominate artery. Ann. Surg., 
 Pliila., 1900, xxxi, 629-632. . Milton's method of ex- 
 posing the anterior mediastinum modified for ligature of the 
 
 innominate artery. Ibid., 1901, xxxiv, 472-480, 3 nl. . 
 
 Ligature of the innominate artery. Ibid., 1907, xlv, 966. — 
 Delaup (S. P.) A case of ligature of the innominate artery 
 
 for aneurysm. Phila. M. J., 19D1, vii, 171-177. . Triple 
 
 ligature of the innominate arteiy for high innominate and 
 carotid aneurism, followed by a simultaneous double ligature 
 of the common carotid and vertebral arteries at a subsequent 
 operation; death from shock on the twenty-first day. Proc. 
 Orleans Parish M. Soc. 1900, N. Orl., 1901, 147; 160.— Gay 
 (G. W.) A case of ligature of the umominate artery for 
 anevirism. Boston M. & S. Z., 1897, cxxxvii, 73-77. Xbo, 
 Reprint. — Giordano (E.) Nuovo processo per I'allaecia- 
 tura dell' arteria innominata. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1906, 
 xxvii, 409.— Hall (J. C.) The first successful ligation of the 
 innominate. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1907, xlix, 55. — 
 Hamann (C. A.) legation oi the innominate artery; re- 
 port of a successful case. 'Tr. Am. Surg. Ass., Phila., 1914, 
 xxxii, 445-460. [piscossion], 483-^83d. Also: Ann. Surg., 
 Phila., 1914, Lx, M2-9C7.— Harte (R. H.) Ligature of the 
 innominate artery for hemorrhage, with report of a case. Tr. 
 Coll. Phys. Phila., 1897, 3. s., xix, 191-198. AUo: Ann. 
 Sur^., Phila., 1897, xxvi, 489^97.— Lewtas (J.) Ligature of 
 the innominate artery. Indian Lancet, Calcutta, 1898, xi, 
 494. AUo: Tr. Indian M. Cong. 1894, Calcutta, 1895, 192- 
 194. — ^Styles (T.) A case of Ugature of the innominate 
 artery. Tr. Roy. Acad. M. Ireland, Dubl., 1907-8, xxvi, 
 178-180.— Persons (R. C.) Ligation of the ri^ht innominate 
 artery. Rep. Surg.-Gen. TJ. S. Navy, Wash., 1904, 272.— 
 von Bnedlger Bydygler (R.) Ein neues verfahren zur 
 Unterbindung der Arteria anonyma^ eventuell des An- 
 fangsteiles der Arteria subclavia. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 
 1906, xix, 1514.— Rydydier (L.) [New method of tying the 
 innominate artery, and description of a case of tying the 
 subclavian artery.] Przegl. lek., Krakdw, 1901, xl, 541- 
 543. — Sheen (W.) Ligature of the innominate. Ann. 
 
 Surg., Phila., 1905, xlii, 802. . A case of ligature of the 
 
 innominate artery. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1905, ii, 870. — 
 VvedensW (A. A.) [Modem methods of tying the innomi- 
 nate artery and their application in other operations on the 
 anterior mediastinum.] Russk. Chir. Arch., S.-Peterb., 1905, 
 xxi, 1-45. 
 
 Artery {Innominate, Ocdusion and oh- 
 literation of). 
 
 See, also, Embolism of innominate artery. 
 
 Cottu (A.) Obliteration ath&-omateuse compfete du 
 tronc brachio-c^phalique artt^riel et d e la sous-clavi&re gauche. 
 Bull, et m£m. Soc. anat. de Par., 1902, Ixxvii, 634.— Thurs- 
 fleId(H.) Occlusion of the innominate arteiy without sub- 
 sequent thrombosis. Tr. Path. Soc. Lond., 1902-3, liv, 
 146.— WlniarsW (J.) [Obliteration of the innominate and 
 left subclavian arteries.) Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1906, 2. s., 
 xxvi, 1233-1239. 
 
 Artery {Intercostal). 
 
 See, also. Aneurism (Intgtcostal). 
 
 Brlk (A.I.) [On the so-called high recession of the inter- 
 costal artery.) Khirurgia, Mosk., 1909; xxvl, 686-696.— Luna 
 (E.) Rara anomalia dell' arteria intercostalis suprema. 
 Ricerche n. lab. di anat. norm. d. r. Univ. di Roma, 1908-9, 
 xiv, 243-247.— Pensa (A.) Osservazioni sulla morfologia e 
 sullo sviluppo della arteria intercostalis suprema e delle 
 arteriae intcrcostales. Boll. d. Soc. med.-cnir. di Pavia, 
 190.5, 48-83, 1 pi. AUo: Ricerche n. lab. di anat. norm. d. r. 
 Umv. di Roma, 1905-6, xi, 33-142, 2 pi. 
 
 Artery {Intercostal, Wounds and in- 
 juries of). 
 
 FrobIbp (L.) *Ueber Verblutung nach Ver- 
 letzung einer Intercostal- Arterie. 8°. Tubin- 
 gen, 1898. 
 
 AUo, in: Beitr. z. Mm. Chir., Tubing., 1898, xxii, 2. Hft., 
 457-501. 
 
 Lewenstern (E.) [Severe hsemorrhage from Intercostal 
 artery into the pleural cavity.] Gaz, lek., Warszawa, 1900, 
 2. s., XX, 28-31.— Miller (J. S.) Hemothorax from stab- 
 wound 01 an, intercostal artery; operation; recovery. Med. 
 & Surg. Reporter, Phila., 1896, Ixxlv, 739, 
 
 Artery {Internal mammary) . 
 
 See, also, Aneurism {Mammary). 
 
 Anile (A ) Di un' arteria mammaria interna laterale. , 
 Riforma med., NapoU, 1897, xiU. pt. 4, 352 -Fawcett. The 
 internal mammary arising from the thyroid axis. J. Anat. <s 
 Physiol., Lond., 1914-15, xlix, 343.— Hepburn (D.) The 
 lateral thoracic branch of the internal mammary artery. 
 Ihid., 1898-9, xxxiu, 259.— MaU (F. P.) Development of the 
 internal mammary and deep epigastric arteries in man. 
 Johns Hopkins Hosp. BuU., Bait., 1898, Ix, 232-235. AUo, 
 Reprint. ^ 
 
 Artery {Internal mammary, Wounds and 
 injuries of). 
 
 Carson (N. B.) Ligature of the internal mammary 
 artery for stab wound. Interstate M. J., St. Louis, 1912, 
 tix, 533-535.— DesROUttes (I/.) & liambert (L.) Sur un 
 cas de plaie de poitrine compliqufe de hlessure de la mam- 
 maire intemo. Lyon mr5d., 1913, cxx, 1008-1011.— Jopson 
 (J. H.) Stab wound of the internal mammary artery. Ann. 
 Surg., Phila.,1906, xliv, 948-952. AUo: Tr. FhUa. Acad. Surg., 
 1908, ix, 156-160.— Turner (F. 0.) Wound of left internal 
 mammary artery; septicaemia, ulcerative aortitis; death 
 from haemothorax. Tr. Path. Soc. Lond., 1886, xxxvii, 176- 
 182. 
 
 Artery {Internal pudic). 
 
 See Artery {Pvmc). 
 
 Artery {Jejunal). 
 
 Robinson (B.) Jejunal artery (arteria jejunalis). N. 
 Eng. M. Month., Danbury, Conn., 1908, xxvii, 402-408. 
 
 Artery {Lin^vdl). 
 
 Flechb (J.-L.-P.-M.) *RechercheB anato- 
 miques sur I'artere linguale et ses branches; em- 
 ploi du proc6d6 radaographique. 8°. Bor- 
 deaux, 1911. 
 
 MSrlel & Florence. Anomalies de I'art&re linguale aa 
 point de vue op^ratoire. Bull, et m6m. Soc. anat. de Par., 
 1903, Ixxviii, 573-575.— Shepherd (F. J.) Rare anomaly of 
 the lingual artery. Proc. Med.-Chir. Soc. Montreal (1887-9), 
 1890, iv, 254. 
 
 Artery {Lingual, Ligation of). 
 
 See, also, Tongue (Surgery of). 
 
 Mink (O.J.) Pointsinthe post-mortem ligation of the lin- 
 gual artery. U. States Nav. M. Bull., Wash., 1914, viii, 462- 
 464. — Moncalvt (L.) Allacciatura dell' arteria linguale per 
 emorragia secondaria della hngua. Policlin., Koma, 1916, 
 xxiii, sez. prat., 273-276— Parodi (F.) Ricerche sul tri- 
 angolo di Hueter in rapporto all' allacciatura dell' arteria 
 linguale. Boll. d. r. Accad. med. di Geneva, Siena, 1904, 
 xix, 45-54. — SCInccr (R.) La ligadura de la arteria linEual 
 en ios tridngulos de Beclard y PirogofE. Arch, de la Boc. 
 estud. clin. de la Habana, 1916, xxiii, 88-90. AUo: Rev. de 
 med. y cirug. de la Habana, 1916, xxi, 149-151. — VUlar. Ar- 
 rachement d'un segment de I'artfere linguale au cours de 
 la ligature de cctte art^re en dehors du triangle hypoglosso- 
 hyoidien, au-dcssous du tendon digastrique. J. de ni^. de 
 Bordeaux, 1899, xxix, 523. AUo: liim. et buU. Soc. de 
 mM. et chir. de Bordeaux (1899), 1900, 110.— Toskiesenskl 
 (V. F.) [On ligature of lingual artery.] Russk. KMr. Arch., 
 S.-Peterb., 1895, i, 599-605. 
 
 Artery {Lumbar). 
 
 See, also. Aneurism (Lumbar). 
 Toung (A. H.) Observations on the lumbar arteries. 
 Stud. Anat. . . . Univ. Manchester, 1906, ill, 285-289, 2 pi. 
 
 Artery {Mandibular). 
 
 Allls (E. P.) The so-called mandibular artery and the 
 persisting remnant of the mandibular aortic arch in the 
 adult selachian. J. Morph., Phila., 1916, xxvii, 99-118. 
 
 Artery {Maxillary). 
 
 See, also. Aneurism (Maxillary). 
 
 Blen (Gertrud). Eine seltene Varietat der Arteria maxil- 
 laris interna. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1907, xxx, 421-426.— 
 GrOnroos (H.) Eine seltene Anordnung der Arteria masil- 
 laris externa bei einem Erwachsenen. /did., 1901, xx, 9-16.— 
 Lauber (H.) Ueber einige Varietaten im Verlaufe der 
 Arteria maxillaris interna. Ibid., xix, 444-448.— Monjar- 
 dlno (A.) Anomalia da arteria maxillar interna. 3. Soc 
 d. sc. med. de Lisb., 1906, Ixx, 181.— Whoerlln (A.) Ueber 
 Verletzun^en xmd traumatische Aneurysmen der Arteria 
 maxillaris interna. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1898, xxi, 
 663-690. 
 
 Artery {Median). 
 
 Delltsln (S. N.) [Anomalies of the median artery (cases 
 of the median nerve passing thro'igh it).] Laitop. Russk. 
 Khfr., S.-Peterb., 1901, vi, 515-534, 1 pi.— Dubreulf-Cham- 
 bardel (L.) L'artfere mMiane. Gaz. mM. du centre, 
 Tours, 1906, xi, 115: 167.— Georglyevski (I. V.)_[Certain 
 variations in the median artery of the forearm.] Knirurgiia, 
 Mosk., 1906, xix, 356-369. 
 
AKTERY. 
 
 63 
 
 AETERY. 
 
 Artery (Meningeal). 
 
 See, also, Aneurism (Meningeal). 
 
 Yatsuta (K. Z.) *K anatomii arteri^ menin- 
 gese mediae u chelovieka i mlekopitayuslitsliikh. 
 [Anatomy of the ... in man and mammals.] 8° 
 S.-Peterhurg 1905. 
 
 Boucbon (J.) Auatomie topographlque chirurgicale. 
 ArtSre m^ningSe moyenne. Arch, de Doyen, Par., 1910, i, 
 5-11.— GlannelU (L.) Ricerche anatonuche sull' arteria 
 meningea media. Atti d. r. Accad. d. fisiocrit. in Siena, 1895, 
 
 4. s.,TO, 193-214.— Gluflrida-Rug^erl (V.) Proposta diuno 
 studio delle ramtficazioni dell' artena meningea media nei de- 
 geneiati. Riv.sper.difreniat.,Eegglo-Emilia, 1906, xxxi, 379. 
 . Ueber die endocranischen Furchen der Arteria menin- 
 gea media teim Menschen. Ztectu. f. Morpliol. u. Anthrop., 
 
 Stuttg., 1912, XV, 401-412. . Variability, delle ramifl- 
 
 cazioni terminali dell' arteria meningea media neU uomo. 
 Ricerche di nevrol. [etc.], Catania, 1913, 211-217.— Guidone 
 (P.) Un nuovo metodo per la rapida e sicura ricerca del- 
 r arteria meningea media. Gazz. intemaz. di med., Napoli, 
 1911, xiv, 1165-1170.— Latarjet. L'art^re m^ning^ moy- 
 eime chez le nouveau-n4. BuU. Soc. d'obst. de Par., 1909, 
 xii, 277-281. — Plsand (G.) Su di un metodo per la ricerca 
 della meningearmedia. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1907,xxviii, 
 1583. — Slf ton (H. A.) Anatomy and surgery of meningeal 
 artery. Tr. M. Soc. Wisconsin^ Madison, 1897, xxxi, 103- 
 119. — Tatsuta (K. Z.) [Surgical anatomy of memngeal 
 artery.] Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1905, xu, 497-500. 
 
 Artery {Meningeal. Abnormities of). 
 
 malagnzzi-Valen ^R.) Arterie meningee dalla occlpi- 
 tale. Monitore zool. ital., Firenze, 1914, sxv, 231-245. — 
 Meyer (A. W.) A unilateral accessory aberrant meningeal 
 artery, arising from the occipital. J. Anat. & Physiol., 
 Lond., 1913-14, xlviil, 143.— Koclier. Anomalie de I'artfere 
 m6ning6e moyenne. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. de 
 Bordeaux, 1899, xx, 394. Also: J. de m&l. de Bordeaux, 
 1900, XXX, 32. 
 
 Artery (^Meningeal, HsemorrJiagefrom). 
 
 See, also, Brain. (Hssmorrhage in or on). 
 
 Baldwin (H. C.) & Brewster (G. W. W.) Report of a 
 case of middle meningeal hemorrhage successfully operated 
 upon; surgical aspects of the ease. Pub. Mass. Gen. Hosp., 
 Bost., 1909, ii, 761-767.— Hammeslahr. [Eln bemerkens- 
 wertes Hamatom der Arteria meningea media.]^ Sitzungsb. 
 d. nied.-rhein. GeseUseh. f. Nat.- u. Heilk. zu Bonn (1903), 
 1904, med. Sekt, 56-58.— Landry (L. H.) Intracranial 
 hemorrhage due to rupture of middle meningeal artery; re- 
 port and exhibition of three operated cases with recovery. 
 N. Orl. M. & S. J.;1914-5,lxvii, 783-786.— Plummer (S. C), 
 jr. The Hartley-Krause flap in haemorrhage from the mid- 
 dle meningeal artery, with reports of two cases. Ann. Surg., 
 Phila., 1902, xxxvi, 591-605.— Pringle (J. H.) An unusually 
 situated heenmrrhage from the meningeal artery. Scot. M. & 
 
 5. J., Edinb^904, 328-330, 1 pi. 
 
 Artery (^Meningeal, Rupture of). 
 
 HovNANiAN (S.) *Rupture de I'artere menin- 
 gee moyenne sans fracture du crdne. 8°. Paris, 
 1902. 
 
 Defrancesclii (P.) Tod durch Zerreissung der mittleren 
 Himhautarterie ohne Schaxielverletzung. Aerztl. Sachverst.- 
 Ztg., Berl., 1902, yuL 132-134.— Egldi (G.) Ematoma epidu- 
 rale per rottura del ramo arteriore dell' arteria meningea 
 media sinistra. Ri v. ospedal., Roma, 1911, i, 238-290.— Har- 
 rison (L. W.) Traumatic rupture of middle meningeal 
 artery; operation; recovery. J. Roy. Army Med. Corps. 
 Lond:., 1906, vi, 459-461.— Jopson (J. H,)_ Extradural 
 haemorrhage from rupture of the middle meningeal artery. 
 Tr. Phila. Acad. Surg.^ 1903, v, 136-148.— Keen (W. W.) 
 Traumatic rupture of middle meningeal artery without skull 
 fracture. (1902.) J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1913, Ix, 1420.— 
 Landry (L. H.) Intracranial hemorrhage due to trauma- 
 tic rupture of arteria meningea media, report of six operated 
 cases with one death. South. M. J., NashviUe, 1916, ix, 157- 
 166.— Lemon (C. H.) The diagnosis of rupture of the mid- 
 dle meningeal artery. Wisconsin M. J., 1905-6, iv, iy, 125- 
 133. — Leoncini (F.) Un caso di ematoma estradurale 
 traumatico per rottura della meningea media senza frattura 
 del cranio. Clin, mod., Firenze, 1906, xii, 25-33. — Martin 
 (E. D.) Rupture of the middle meningeal artery in a boy 
 13 years of age, produced by a blow on the right temple with a 
 baseball, no grave symptoms for first twenty-four hour."; 
 convulsions and death. Proc. Orleans Parish M. Soc. 1906, 
 N. Orl., 1906, 131-134.— Rylkogel (H. A. L.) Rupture of 
 the posterior meningeal artery without fracture at the point 
 of injury. Calif. Slate J. M., San Fran., 1907, v, 180.— 
 Smitta (G. M.) Caseof ruptureof middlemeningealartery; 
 operation; recovery. Bristol M.-Chir. J., 1908, xxvi, 58.— 
 St«wart (F. T.) Rupture of the branches of the middle 
 memngeal artery by contre-coup. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1904, 
 
 Artery (Meningeal, Rupture of) . 
 
 xxxix, 451.— Weston (A. T.) Rupture of the meningeal 
 artery. Proc. N. York Path. Soc. (1892), 1893, 50. 
 
 Artery (Meningeal, Surgery of). 
 
 AlevoU (E.) Sui critert- direttivi negU interventi sul- 
 1' arteria meningea media. Gazz. intemaz. di med., Na- 
 poli, 1912, XV, 154-158.— Gentile (E.) Topografla ed allao- 
 ciatura dell' arteria meningea media col metodo del Prof. F. 
 Padula. Ann. di med. nav., Roma, 1900, vi, 544-.554. — 
 Klmont (M. P.) [Ligation of the middle meningeal artery.] 
 Protok. zasled. Kavkazsk. Med. Obsh., Tiflis, 1902-3, xxxix, 
 497-501. — Shiman (O. G.) [Ligaure of meningeal artery.) 
 Vestnik KMr., Mosk., 1901, ii, 385-387. 
 
 Artery (Meningeal, Wounds and inju- 
 ries of). 
 
 CusTODis (U.) Die Verletzung der Arteria 
 meningea media. 8°. Berlin, 1908. 
 
 Geschkb (B. E. L.) *Ueber Schussverletzun- 
 gen der Arteria meningea media. 8° Berlin, 
 1911. 
 
 GoLLiNG (P. G.) *Ueber Verletzimgen der 
 Arteria meningea media. 8°. Berlin, 1905. 
 
 Faguet (C.) Section de la branche ant(5rieure de 
 I'art&re m^ning^e moyenne gauche par un coup de couteau; 
 mort rapide en quelques minutes. MH. d. accid. du travail. 
 Par., 1905, Ui, 190-192.— Fniano (L.) Due casi di ematoma 
 extradurale per lesione deU' arteria meningea media scnza 
 frattura del cranio. Med. ital., Napoli, 1909, vii, 165-169.— 
 Makels (M. S.) Hemorrhage from middle meningeal 
 artery due to traumatism; hemiplegia, motor aphasia; 
 osteoplastic flap for ligation of vessel; recovery. Am. J. 
 Surg., N. Y., 1915, xxix, 16-18. Abo: Med. Rec., N. Y., 
 1915, Ixxxvii, 120.— Vcntiin (A.) Lesione della a. meningea 
 per contraccolpo con lungo intervallo libero. Riv. ospedal., 
 Roma, 1911, i, 538-540. 
 
 Artery (Mesenteric). 
 
 See, also, Aneurism (Mesenteric); EniboUsm 
 of mesenteric blood-vessels; Thrombosis (Mesen- 
 teric). 
 
 Aldiicli (C. J.) Traumatic rupture of the mesenteric 
 arteries. Ann. Surg., PhUa., 1902, xxxv, 342-344.— Brin. 
 De I'infarctus mtestmal par obhtiration des vaisseaux m^ 
 sent(5riques. Arch. mdd. d'.-Vngers, 1914, xviii, 14; 43. — 
 Dwlgbt (T.) Distribution of superior mesenteric artery. 
 
 J. Bost. Soc. M. Sc, 1897-8, ii, 47. . The branches of 
 
 the superior mesenteric artery to the jejunum und ileum. 
 Anat. Anz., Jena, 1903, xxiii, 184-186. Also, Reprint. — 
 Gelsler (F. K.) [Symptomatology of the occlusion of the 
 mesenteric artery.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1906, x, 570- 
 573. — ^Hall ( J. M.) The r61e of the superior mesenteric vessels 
 in abdominal disease. N. York State J. M., '^. Y., 1916, xvi, 
 135-142.— Kirkoroffl (S. K.) [Contribution a la question de la 
 formation de I'infarcte h^morrhagique dans I'artere in&ent4- 
 rique sup&ieure. Extr., 978.] Russk. Arch. Patol., Klin. 
 Med. i Bakteriol., S.-Peterb., 1902, xiv, 970-973.— Krakht- 
 Paileyeff (P. N.) (^n the anterior mesenteric artery in do- 
 mestic mainmals.] Shorn, trud. Kharkov. Vet. Inst., 1908-10, 
 ix No. 3, 1-44, 4 pi. — ^Lardennois {G,.) & Okinczyc (J.) La 
 veritable terminaison de I'artfere m&entfirique sup^rieure; d^ 
 duetions pathologiques. Bull, et m^m. Soc. anat. de Par., 
 1910, Ixxxv, 13-23. — Ligature of a ruptured mesenteric ar- 
 tery. Lancet, Lond., 1898, u, 1077.— Longcope (W. T.) & 
 McCllntocIr (A. T.) The effect of compression of the su-" 
 perior mesenteric artery upon the systemic blood pressure. 
 Univ. Penn. M. Bull., Phila., 1909-10, xxii, 226-228.— Bob- 
 inson (B . ) -Arteria mesenterica distal: the dis tal mesenteric 
 artery. Med. Fortnightly, St. Louis, 1907, xxxii, 613; 1908, 
 xxxiii, 7; 32. . Arteria mesenterica proximal: the proxi- 
 mal (superior) mesenteric artery: composed of the jejunal 
 artery and ileal artery. Physician & Surg., Detroit & Ann 
 Arbor, 1908, xxx, 1-33.— Eoughton (E. W.) A case of 
 ruptured mesenteric artery; laparotomy; recoverv. Lanc«t, 
 Lond., 1899, i, 89.— Scbmledl (H.) Die histologischen 
 Veranderungeu der Arteria mesenterica superior in den 
 verschicdenen Lebensaltem. Ztschr. f. Heilk^ Wicn 
 & Leipz., 1907, xxviii, 165-193.— Sharpe (N. W.) The 
 arcuate distribution of A. mesenterica superior and A. me- 
 senterica inferior; surgical sigmflcaDce in intestinal resec- 
 tions. Interstate M. J., St. Louis, 1913, XX, IISZ-ILW. Also, 
 Reprint. — SouUgous (C.) & Lagane (L.) Note sur le 
 mode de terminaison fonctionnellement anastomotique des 
 branches de I'artere mesentSrique supSrieure. Gompt. 
 rend. Soc. debiol.. Par., 1910, Ixix, 612.— Theobalds (Annie 
 F.) A note on a case of rupture of the superior mesenteric 
 artery. Lancet, Lond., 1908, ii, 311.— Tblele. Ein Fall von 
 spontEuier Ruptur der Arteria mesenterica superior und 
 daraus erfolgter todhcher Blutung. Aerztl. Sachverst.- 
 Ztg., Berl., 1906, xU, 193-197.— Vlcq-d'Azyr. Sur vm sujet 
 
ARTERY. 
 
 64 
 
 ARTERY. 
 
 Artery {Mesenteric). 
 
 dans leqnol la grande anastomose qui r^unit les deux ar- 
 tfres ni(5sentPriques manquoit absolument. Hist. Acad, 
 roy. d. so. 1776, Par., 1779, 702, 1 pi. 
 
 Artery (OUurator). 
 
 See, also. Aneurism (Obturator). 
 
 Delltzln (S.) Ueber eine complicirte Anomalie im 
 Gablete der Arteria obturatoria und epi?astrica interior. 
 Arch. f. Anat. u. Physiol., Leipz., 1896, 413-422. 
 
 Artery (Occipital). 
 
 See, aha, Aneurism (Ocdpital) . 
 
 BaMera (V.) Nuovo processo di allacciatura dell' occi- 
 pitale. Boll. d. Soc. Lancislana d. osp. di Roma, 1907, xxvii,, 
 33-35.— Powell (C. L.) A case ol abnormal occipital artery. 
 St. Thomas's Hosp. Gaz., Land., 1911, xxi, 258. 
 
 Artery (OmvJialo^mesenteric). 
 
 Wasteels (B.) Artfre omphalo-mgsent^rique tondue 
 horizontaleraent entre la parol abdominale et le mi^sentfere 
 Chez I'adulte. Bull. Soc. de m«d. de Gand, 1906, Ixxili, 184, 
 Ipl. 
 
 Artery (Ophthalmic). 
 
 See Aneurism (Ophthalmic); Eye (Blood-ves- 
 sels, etc., of). 
 
 Artery (Ovarian). 
 
 . See Ovary (Blood-vessels of); Thronibosis 
 
 (Ovarian). 
 
 Artery (Palmar). 
 
 See, also, Aneurism (Palmar). 
 Pliilip. Anomalie du palmaire cutan4. J. de m^d. de 
 Bordeaux, 1899, xxix, 187. 
 
 Artery (Parathyroid). 
 
 Thompson (E. L.), Leightou (W.E.) & Swarts (J. L.) 
 Ligation of the parathyroid artery in the dog. J. Medi Re- 
 search, Bost., 1909, xxi, 125-133, 1 pi. 
 
 Artery (Pedal). 
 
 See Artery (Dorsal) [of foot]. 
 Artery (Peroneal). 
 
 Gfirard (G.) Note sur une p^dieuse fournie par la p^ro- 
 ni^re. BibUog. anat._, Par. & Nancy, 1900, viii, 101.— 
 Mannot (A.) Artena peronea communis, arteria peronea 
 profunda, arteria peronea superflcialis. Studi sassaresi, 
 Sassari, 1906, iv, 82. 
 
 Artery (Pharyngeal). 
 
 See, also. Aneurism (Pharyngeal). 
 
 Griffln (E. H.) Two cases of an enlarged ascending 
 phaiyngeal krtery, situated on the posterior wall of the 
 pharynx. Med. Eec, N. Y., 1896, 1, 247.— Paquln (O.) 
 Abnormal ascending pharyngeal artery. Tri-State M. J., 
 St. Louis, 1896, iii, 551-553.— Uruauela (E.) Ectasia de la 
 arteria farmgea inferior. Con^. intemat. de m6d. C.-r. 1903, 
 Madrid, 1904, xiv, sect, de rhino-laryngol., 95-109. 
 
 Artery (Phrenie). 
 
 Meyer (A. W.) A large phrenieo-hepatic artery. Anat. 
 Rec, Phila., 1915, ix, 502.— K«lnhardt (A.) Intraperi- 
 toneale Blutung infolge isolierter Zerreissung eines Astes 
 (Arteriaphrenica) der linken Leberarterie. Deutsche Zt- 
 schr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1913, cxxii, 309-317.— Boblnson (B.) 
 Ganglion of the phrenic artery (ganglion arterise phrenicaj). 
 St. Paul M. J., St. Paul, Minn., 1905, vii, 847-849. 
 
 Artery (Plantar). 
 
 See, also, Aneurism (Plantar). 
 Frauenthal (H. W.) Obliterating endarteritis of the 
 digitalis dorsalis and plantares. Cong, intemat. de mid. 
 (xrri.). C.-r., Budapest, 1910, Sect, vii, ohirurg., 906-909.— 
 Tilcoml Allegra (G.) Conftnbuto alia mbrfologia delle ar- 
 terise plantares. Gazz. sicil. di med. e chir. [etc.], Palermo, 
 1907, vi, 353-369. —Turner (R.) Incised wound! of the in- 
 ternal and external plantar'arteries. Lancet, Lend., 1896, 
 ii, 1514. 
 
 Artery (Popliteal). 
 
 See, also. Aneurism (Popliteal); Embolism 
 of popliteal and tibial arteries; Thrombosis 
 (Popliteal). 
 
 Dubrkuil-Chambaedel (L.) *L'art&'ite po- 
 plit6e et sea branches terminales. Variations 
 anatomiques et morphog6nie. 8° Paris, 1905. 
 
 . The same. 8°. Paris, 1905. 
 
 Dubreuil-Chambardel (L.) L'artSre poplltSe et ses 
 variations anatomiques. Gaz. m^d. du centre. Tours, 1904, 
 ix, 41-44.— Introna (N.) Dispragia intermlttente- angio- 
 
 Artery (Popliteal). 
 
 sclerotica ed embblismo della poplitea sinistra. Gazz. d. 
 osp., MUano, 1903, xxiv, 86.— Parana (F.) Sopra rna 
 rarissima anomaUa anatomica al poplite destro. Policlin., 
 Roma, 1903, x, sez. chir., 433-441. 
 
 Artery (Popliteal, Ligation and suture 
 of). 
 
 See, also, Aneurism (Popliteal, Treatment of, 
 Operative). 
 
 Bertein. Hfimatome de la loge jambiftre postMeure; 
 ligature de la ponlit^e. Bull. Soc. de mSd. du nord 1911, 
 Lille, 1912, 80.— ifroiss. Ueber einen Fall von Naht der 
 Arteria poplitea. Wien. klin. Wohnsohr., 1911, xxiv, 407.— 
 Marlnaccl (S.£ Nuovo processo per I'allaociatura dell' arte- 
 ria poplitea. Policlin., Roma, 1917, xxiv, sez. prat., 888.— 
 MassimI (S.) Allacciatura dell' arteria poplitea per ancu- 
 risma falso dell' arteria tibiale anteriore nel 3 superiore della 
 gamba sinistra; guarigione. Oazz. med. di Boma, 1903, 
 xxix, 29-32.— Owen (E.) A case of simultaneous ligation of 
 the popliteal artery and vein; recovery without gangrene. 
 Lancet, Lend., 1898, i, 1115.— Tlnel CJ.) Paralysie iscMmi- 
 que du membre inKrieur par ligature de I'artere poplit<?e. 
 Rev. neurol., Par., 1914, xxii, 489.— Zappulla (A.) Lega- 
 tura deir arteria poplitea e in secondo tempo della lemorale 
 
 ?er aneurisraa falso dell' arteria tibiale posteriore. Osp. di 
 alermo. Boll, trimest., 1909, IL, 282-285. 
 
 Artery (Popliteal, Rupture and wounds 
 of). 
 
 KuTSCHER (F.) ' *Ein Fall von subkutaner 
 totaler Ruptur der Arteria poplitea. 8°- Strass- 
 burg, 1902. 
 
 Merle (A.) *OccluBion de I'artere poplitfe 
 par rupture de ses tuniques interne et moyenne. 
 8°. Paris, 1901. 
 
 Behrend (M.) Traumatic rupture of the popliteal 
 artery and vein., Proc. Path. Soc. Pliila., 1908, xxxviii, 29. — 
 Delore (X.) Ecrasement sous-cutan(5 de I'artAre et de la 
 veino popliti5es sans Ifcions des os et des tissus voisins; 
 
 fmgrSne consecutive; amputation de cuisse: gu^nsou. 
 rovince mid., Lyon, 1S96, x, 361-364.— Drew (D.) Rup- 
 ture of the popliteal artery and vein; diffuse hsematoma. 
 Lancet, Lond., 1911, ii, 1400.— Ferguson ( A. H.) A case of 
 end-to-end anastomosis of the popliteal artery for gunshot 
 injury. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1903, xxxvii, 719-723.— Ferrari. 
 Plaie dtanche de I'artere poplit^e; ganCTfene gazeuse consecu- 
 tive. Bull, et m^m. Soc. de chir. de Par.. 1917, n. s.j xliii, 
 1954-1958.- Fredet (P.) Perforation de I'artdre poplitfe a, 
 sa partie initiale, par balle; h^matomes angvrismaux du 
 creux poplite et de la cuisse; extirpation des deux poches; 
 resection du segment d'artfere perforce et ligature des deux 
 bouts. Ibid., 191.5, n. s., xli, 2.347.— Halste^d (A. E.) Bul- 
 let wound of the popliteal artery and vein; dry gangrene of 
 the leg; amputation of the thigh; Internat. Clin., PMia., 
 
 1896, 6. s., iii, 228-231.— Klenim (P.) Die re-secirten Stiicke 
 einer von ihm unterbundenen Art. und Vena poplitea, 
 welohe beide durch das Projectil einer Flobert^BUonse qucr 
 durchsetzt sind. St. Petersb. med. Wchnschr., 1897, n. F., 
 xiv, 447. — Le Fur (R.) De la conduite k tenir dans les 
 hdmorr^es seoohdaires de I'artfire poplitee consecutives k 
 des suppurations graves du creux poplitS aveo fracture de 
 I'extremite inf^rieure du f6mur et arthrite purulente du 
 genou. Paris chir., 1916, viii, 256-264.— IX'O (G.) A propos 
 des'hemorragies secondaires de I'artfere poplitfe dans leurs 
 rapports aveo I'amputation. lUd^ 322-331. — ^Meyer (W.) 
 Zur Ruptur der Arteria poplitea. Deutsche Ztsohr. t. Chir., 
 Leipz., 1899, 11, 356-360.— Mlel (G. W.) Penetrating wounds 
 of the popliteal art crv. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1898, xxxi, 
 334-336.— Miuln (.\. V.) [Spontaneous rupture of the pop- 
 liteal artery.] Protok. RussK. Khir. Obsh. Pirogova 1897-8, 
 S.-Peterb., 1900, x-\i, 126-12S.— Mulert. Ein Fall von 
 Ruptur der Arteria poplitea durch Ueberstreckung. Deut- 
 sche Ztschr. f. Chir., Ijoipz., 1898, xlviii, 423-425.— Or- 
 snlanl (M.) Sopra un caso di rottura dell' arteria popli- 
 tea. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1907, xxviii, 636. — PIcquet & 
 Claeys. Rupture traumatique de I'artdre poplitfie. Bull, 
 et mdm. Soc. anat. de Par., 1905, Ixxx, 928-932.— Ruptured 
 popliteal artery; amputation; recovery. St. Thomas's Hosp. 
 Rep., Lond., 1906, n. s., xxxiv, 358; 359.— Schnitzler 
 (J.) Ueber einen Fall von subcutaner Ruptur der Arteria 
 
 )oplitea. AUg. Wien. med. Ztg., 1897, xUi, 361; 373. Also: 
 ahrta. d. Wien. k. k. Krankenanst. 1895, Wien & Leipz., 
 
 1897, iv, pt. 2, 140-143.— Schulz ( IC.) Die totalen Rupturen 
 der Arteria poplitea. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1897, 
 xlvi, 470-.')22,— Thomas (L. K.) Bullet wound of leg with 
 cofnplete section of the popliteal artery. Brit. M. J., Lond. , 
 1901, i, 9.''>6. — Veau (V.) 'Thrombose de I'artdre poplitSe par 
 rupture traumatique des tuniques moyenne et interne de ce 
 vaisseau. Gaz. d. h6p.. Par., 1902, Ixxv, 461-164. 
 
 Artery (Profunda femoris). 
 
 See Artery (Femoral, Abnormities of). 
 
 K 
 
ARTERY. 
 
 65 
 
 ARTERY. 
 
 Artery (Pvdic). 
 
 Goldlng-Bird (C. H.) & Dunn (L. A.) A case of 
 wound of the internal pudio artery; operation; recovery. 
 Lancet, Lond., 1898, ii, 84.— Levi (G.) Di alcune frequent! 
 variazionl nei rami terminali dell' arteria pudenda interna. 
 Atti d. Accad. med.-fls. fiorent. 1901, Firenze, 1902, 60-62.— 
 Mackintosh (J. S.) Rupture of the bulbar branch of the 
 internal pudift arte^. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1908, ii, 1745. — 
 Middleton (B. L.) Eupture of the bulbar branch of the 
 internal pudio artery. Ibid., ISfil.- Petit (G.), Gjermain & 
 Hannequln. Rupture spontani^e mortelle, post^opi^ra- 
 toire, de I'artJre honteuse externe, chez un cheval; etude 
 histologlque et pathog&ique. Bull, et m(5ni. Soo. anat. de 
 Par., 1913^ Ixxxviii, 141-146.— Zuckerkaudl (E.) Zur 
 Morphologie der Arterie pudenda interna. Sitzungsb. d. k. 
 Alcad. d. Wissensch. Math.-naturw. CI., Wien, 1900, cix, 
 405-458, 1 pi. 
 
 Artery (Pulmonary). 
 
 See, also, Aneurism (Pulmonary); Embolism 
 (Pulmonary); Tbxombosis (Pulmonary). 
 Bremer (]. L.) On the origin of the pulmonary arteries 
 
 in mamirals. Am. J. Anat,, Bait., 1901-2, i, 137-144. . 
 
 On the origin of the pulmonary arteries in mammals. Anat. 
 Record, Phila., 1909, iu, 334-340. . An acknowledg- 
 ment 01 Fedorow's work on the pulmonary arteries. IMd., 
 1912, vi, 491-493.— ryodoron (V. V.) [Development of pul- 
 monary arteries in the guinea pig.l Izvlest. Imp. Voyenno- 
 Med. Akad., S.-Peterb., 1911, xxh, 26-31.— Jordan (!h. E.) 
 A note on the anatomy of the pulmonary arteries of mam- 
 mals. Anat. Record, Phila., 1911, v, fe7-4f!0.— Karsner 
 (H. T.) Nerve flbrillae in the pulmonary artery of the dog. 
 J. Exper. M., Lancaster, Pa., 1911, xiv, 322-.325.— Marht 
 (D. I.) Action of the nitrites on the isolated surviving 
 
 Eulmonary artery; preliminary report. J. Am. M. Ass., 
 hlcago, 1914, IxU, 524. Also, Reprint. ■. The ac- 
 tion of drugs on the isolated pulmonary arterv. J. Phar- 
 macol. & Exper. Therap., Baft., 1914-1.';, vi, 13-37. AUo, 
 Reprint. — Pensa (.\.) Osservazioni suUa morfologlae suUo 
 sviluppo dell'arteria piilmonalis nell'uomo. Boll. d. Soc. 
 med.-chlr. di Pavia, 1910, xxiv, 297-324, 2 pi.— Plana 
 (G. P.) Osservazioni comparative intomo alia struttura 
 delle ultime dlramazioni delle arterie pulmonarl. Mem. 
 Accad. a. sc. d. 1st. dl Bologna, 1880, 4. s., 1, 477-420, 1 pi. 
 Also, Reprint.— Busca (C. L.) Osservazioni suUa oistri- 
 buzione della arteria pulmonalls nel polmone umano. Ri- 
 cerche n. lab. di anat. norm. d. r. Univ. di Roma, 1913-1 1, 
 xvU, 183-203, 6 pi.— von Schrtttter (L.) Zur Kenntnis der 
 im Gehiete der Lungenarterie entstehendcn Gerausche. 
 Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1908, xxi, 969-971.— Sclavounos (G.) 
 De I'art^re pulmonaire et plus spfcialement des rapports de 
 sa branche droit* aveo le co?ur. Bibhog. anat.. Par. & 
 Nancy, 1911, xxi, 287-295.— Wlggers (C. J.) The variations 
 of pressure in the pulmonary artery. Proc. Soo. Exper. 
 
 Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1911-12, ix, 81. . The contour 
 
 of thepressure curve in the pulmonary artery. Am. J. Phy- 
 siol., Bost., 1914, xxxili, 1-12. . The nature and causes 
 
 of the respiratory pressure variations in the pulmonary 
 artery. Ibid., xxxv, 124-142. Also, Reprint. 
 
 Artery (Pulmonary, Abnormities of) . 
 
 See, also, Aorta (Abnormities of); Artery 
 (Pulmonary, Dilatation of). 
 
 Laval (P. O.) *Ueber einen seltenen Fall von 
 Missbildimg der Arteria pulmonalis. 8°. Magde- 
 hirg, 1901. 
 
 Biegnietli (J.) Gas d'anomalie de I'artfere pulmonaire. 
 Ann. Soc. d'anat. path, de Brux., 1897, No. 44, 13.— Glae- 
 vecke & Doclile. Ueber eine seltene angehorene Anomalie 
 der Pulmonalarterie. Miinchen. med. Wchn.?chr., 1897, 
 xliv, g.™.- Klsel (A.) [Congenital narrowing of the pul- 
 monary artery in a boy one year and seven months old.J 
 DIetsk. med., Mosk., 1896, i, 466.- Krassnlg (MO Eine 
 seltene Variefat der A. puhnonalis bei einem Hiihner- 
 Bmbryo. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1913, xliii, 227-230.— MeCotter 
 (R. E.) Ontheoccurrenceofpulmonaryarteriesarisingfrom 
 the thoracic aorta. Anat. Record, Phila., 1910, iv, 291-297.^ 
 Meloy (C. RJ Abnormalities of the pulmonary blood-ves- 
 sels. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1908, xix, 221-223.— 
 Vervaeck (L.) & De SmetJh (J.) Contribution & I'^tude 
 des anomalies valvulairesdel'art^re pulmonaire. Ann. Soc. 
 d'anat. path, do Brux., 1897, No. 44, 73-79.— Williams (S. 
 R.) AnomaUes of the pulmonary arterv In Necturus. Anat. 
 Record, Phila., 1909, ill, 409-414. 
 
 Artery (Pulmonary, Dilatation of). 
 
 See, also. Aneurism. (Pulmonary). 
 
 Ztjber (B.) *Ueber einen noch nie beschrie- 
 benen Fall von hochgradiger angeborener Ef- 
 weiterung der Arteria pulmonalis in toto. 
 [Zurich.] 8°. Berlin, 1903. 
 
 Also, in.- Jabrb. f. Kmderh., Berl., 1904, lix, 30-53. 
 
 BaclalU (L.) Un caso di dilatazione del tronco d'ori- 
 gine deir arteria polmonare. Pensiero med., Milano, 1914, 
 
 96808°— Vol. II, 3d series— 19 5 
 
 Artery (Pulmonary, Dilatation of). 
 
 iv, 725-727.— Corsy (F.) Snr un cas de dilatation de I'artSre 
 pulmonaire. Marseille mgd., 1911, xlviii, 350-353.— Dmi- 
 trenko (L. F.) [Diagnosis of arteriosclerosis and dilatation 
 of the pulmonary artery, and relative insufficiency of its 
 valves m stenosis of the left auriculo-ventricular orifice.] 
 Prakt. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1912, xi, 303; 319; 340; 355.— Fran- 
 SOis (A.) Dilatation simple etjrimitive de I'art^re pul- 
 monaire. Presse mgd. beige, Brux., 1913, Ixv, 69-71. — 
 Littlejolin (H.) Dilatation of the pulmonary arterv. Tr. 
 Med.-Chir. Soc. Edlnb., 1901-2, n. s., xxi, 9.— Weinberger 
 (M.) Ueber die dureh Erweiterung tier Pulmonalarterie im 
 Rontgenbilde entstehande Schattenform. Corapt.-rcnd. 
 Cong, intemat. d'Slectrol. ct de radiol. m(Sd. 1902, Berne, 1903, 
 ii, 394-398. 
 
 Artery (Pulmonary, Diseases and tu- 
 mors of). 
 
 See, also, Aneurism (Pulmonary); Artery 
 (Pulmonary, Dilatation of) ; Artery {Pulmonary, 
 Stenosis of); EmbpUsm. (Pulmonary); Throm- 
 bosis (Pulmonary). 
 
 Bayer (J.) *Zur Casuistik der Defecte im 
 Septum ventriculorum bei scheinbar weiter 
 Lungenarterienbahn und compensatorischer Hy- 
 pertrophie der Lungenarterienaste. 8° Giessen, 
 1895. 
 
 Ehleks (H. W. E.) *Zur Histologie der Ar- 
 teriosklerose der Pulmonalarterie. [Bonn.] 8°. 
 Berlin, 1904.. 
 
 Also, in: Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1904, 
 clxxviii, 427-446, 1 pi. 
 
 GmoTJX (L.) *Scl6rose et ath&ome de I'artfere 
 pulmonaire; r61e des conditions m^caniques. 8° 
 Paris, 1910. 
 
 AUo, in: Arch. d. mal. du coeur [etc.], Par., 1910, iii, 
 595-«24. 
 
 ToRHOBST (H. R..0.) *Die histologischen 
 Veranderungen bei der Sklerose der Puunonal- 
 arterien. [Naumburg a. S.] 8°. Marburg, 1904. 
 
 Also, in: Bcitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Patn., Jena, 
 1904, xxxvi, 210-241. 
 
 TxTQENDEEicH (J.) *Ueber die Sklerose der 
 Arteria pulmonalis. 8°. Berlin, 1912. 
 
 Andrews (F. W.) & Branson (W. P. S.) Infective en- 
 darteritis of pulmonary artery and of patent ductus arte- 
 riosus; infective endocarditis of aortic valve. St. Barth. 
 Hosp. Rep. 1910, Lond., X911, xlvi, 210.— Barlaro (P. M.) 
 Enlermedad de Ayerza; algunas consideraciones. Prensa 
 m^d. argentina, Buenos Aires, 1916-17, iii, 223.— Barth (H.) 
 Ein Fall von Mesarteriitis luetica der Arteria pulmonalis mit 
 Aneurysmenbildung. Frankl. Ztschr. f. Path., Wiesb., 
 1910, V, 138-148.— Boinet & Poesy. Ath&ome de I'artfere 
 pulmonaire. Marseille mM., 1906, xliii, 151-153.— Boyd (F. 
 D.) Regurgitation of the pulmonary artery. Tr. Med.- 
 Chir. Soc. Edlnb., 1898-9, n. s., xviii 41-49.— Chernevskaya- 
 Shtshuklna (Natalya A.) ('Sclerosis of the pulmonary 
 artery.] Sibirsk. Vrach, Tomsk, 1916, iii, 177-181.— Evans 
 (F. A.) Unilateral sclerosis of the pulmonary artery. Johns 
 Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1913, xxiv, 284-2S9. Also, Re- 
 print. — Gerhartz (H.) Die diagnostische Bedeutung der 
 rontgenologisch sichtbareu Lungengefasspulsation. Zen- 
 tralbl. f. Herzkrankh. [etc.], Wien & Leipz., 1915, vii, 265- 
 267.— Josefson (A.) Offenstehender Ductus BotaUi nebst 
 Atherom in den Aesten der Arteria pulmonalis. Nord. 
 med. Ark., Stockholm, 1897, n. F., vii, 2. Hft., No. 10, 1-12.— 
 Kitamura (S.) Ueber die Sklerose der Pulmonalarterie bei 
 fortgesetztem iiberma-ssigen Biergenuss. Ztschr. f. klin. 
 Med., Berl., 1908, Ixv, 14-18.— Laubry (C.) & Parvn. AttA- 
 rio-scl&ose gfinSralisfe de I'artfire pulmonaire. Bull, et nujm. 
 Soc. mid. d. hop. de Par., 1909, 3. s., xxvi, 1326-1332. Also, 
 traml.: Tribune m4d. Am. ed., N. Y., 1909, v, 253-258.- 
 Mair (W.) Atheroma of the pulmonary artery. J. Path. & 
 Bacteriol., Cambridge, 1913-14, xviii , 127-129.— Malxner (E.) 
 
 S Clinical study of sclerosis of the pulmonary artery } Casop 
 ek.. desk., V Praze, 1914, liii, 1003-1020.— Manxes (M.) In- 
 fective pulmonary endarteritis occurring with patent ductus 
 arteriosus; with some observations on pregnancy and heart 
 disease. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1916, civ, 581-583. jlbo, Re- 
 
 Srint.— Morquio (L.) Un caso de obliteracidn congenita 
 e la arteria pulmonar. Semana mfid., Buenos Aires, 1901, 
 viii, 335.— Patlflo iVIayer (C.) Arterio-esclerosis de la 
 pulmonar; cardiacos negros de Ayerza. Ibid., 1916, xxiii, 
 115; 597.— Posselt (A.) pie klinische Diagnose der Pulmo- 
 na^teriensklerose. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1908 Iv 
 1625-1629. Also: Samml. klin. Votr., Leipz., 1908, n. F.,Nos 
 
 504-507 (Inn. Med., Nos. 149-152, 361-474). . Die Er- 
 
 krankungcn der Lungenschlagader. Ergebn. d. allg. Path, 
 n. path. Anat. [etc.], Wiesb., 1909, xiii, 298-520.— Relche 
 (F.) Arteriitis pulmonalis. Jahrb. d. Hamb. Staatskran- 
 
ARTERY. 
 
 66 
 
 ARTERY. 
 
 Artery {Pulmonary, Diseases and tu- 
 mors of) . 
 
 kenanst. 1891-2, Hamb. & Leipz., 1894, iii, pt. 2, 287-300.— 
 Scbmldt (M. B.) Uebor Krebszellenembolieen in den 
 Lungenarterien. Centralbl. 1. allg. Path. u. path. Anat., 
 Jena, 1897, viii, 860.— Seaucira (J. H.) Tumour ol the 
 pulmonary artery. Tr. Path. See. Lond., 1896-7, xJtuI, 
 58-60.— Tlrumurtl (T. S.) A case of primary atheroma of 
 the pulmonary artery and its branenes contributing to 
 valvular insufficiency of the heart. Indian M. Gaz., Cal- 
 cutta, 1915, 1, 468-460.— Trugonl (C.) Arterinsclerosi pul- 
 monare. Morgagni, Milano, 1912 liv, 561; 609. AUn,ae- 
 
 Frint. — ^Vaquez & Giroux. Arterio-scl^rose gi^n^ralis^ de 
 artfere pulmonaire avec ath^rome; r61e de I'hypcrtension 
 dans la genJ'se de I'artdrio-scltose. Bull, et mdm Soc. mc^d. 
 d. hfip. de Par., 1908, 3. s., xxv, 183-190.— Zinsser (H.) Notes 
 on artsriosclerosis of the pulmonary arteries. Proc. N. 
 York Path. Soc, 1908-9, vili, 74-78. 
 
 Artery (Pulmonary, Embolism, of). 
 
 See Artery (Pulmonary, Stenosis, etc., of); 
 Embolisiu (Pulmonan/). 
 
 Artery {Pulmonary, Ligation of). 
 
 von Ostrowskl (T. B.) Ueher den Binnuss der Unter- 
 bindung der Pulmonalarterie auf die lamge und tiber ihre 
 therapeutische Bedeutung; experimentelle Untersuchung. 
 Wien. kiln. Wchnschr., 1916, xxix, 1353-1362.— Schu- 
 macher (E.D.) DieXJnterbinaungvon Pulmonalarterien- 
 g^ten zur Erzeugung von Lungenschrumpfung. Verhandl. 
 d. dajitsch. Gesellsch. f. Chir., Berl., 1911, xl, pt. 2, 246-259. 
 Also: Berl. kiln. Wohnsohr., 1911, xlvlii, 864. 
 
 Artery (Pulmonary, Stenosis and ob- 
 struction of). \ 
 
 See, also, Bmbolisra (Pulmonary); Heart 
 ( Valvular disease of .right side of) ; Thrombosis 
 (Pulmonary). 
 
 EssER (W. H.) *Ueber CoUateralkreislauf bei 
 angeborener Pulmonalstenose. 8°. Bonn, 1908. 
 
 KiDD (G. H.) On mflammation and obstruc- 
 tion of the branches of the pulmonary artery. 
 8°. [n. p., n. d.] 
 
 KissNER (A.) *Ueber die Btrictur der Pul- 
 monalarterienaste. 8°. Giessen, 1895. 
 
 RocHER (H.-H.) *Contribution ^ I'^tude des 
 terminaisons de la stfeose cong6nitale de I'artSre 
 pulmonaire. 8°. Bordeaux, 1897. 
 
 Wagner (L.) *Ein Fall congenitaler Atre- 
 sie der A. pulmonalis, combinirt mit Tricuspidal- 
 stenose bei eeschlossener Kammerscheidewand. 
 [Giessen.] 8^. Darmstadt, 1889. 
 
 Abrahams (R.) C!ongenital stenosis of the pulmonary 
 artery; a: study of five cases. Contrib. Sc. Med. & Surg. . . . 
 25. aimiv. founding of N. Y. Post-Grad. M. Sch. & Hosp., 
 N. Y., 1908, 481-485. — Arnozan. E^trficissement congeni- 
 tal de I'art^re pulmonaire et perforation de la cloison inter- 
 ventriculaire. Gaz. d. hSp. de Toulouse, 1896, x, 145.— 
 Babtnski (J.) & Toufesco ( Mlk. S.) Cyaiiose des ratines 
 dans im cas de r6tr6cissement de I'art&re pulmonaire sans 
 cyanose g6n6ralis6e. Ann d'ocul.. Par., 1905, cxxxiil, 115- 
 118. — Bucco (M.) Un caso di compressione dell' arteria 
 polmonare con fenomeni di stenosi. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 
 
 1902, xxiii, 1023.— Cavlna (G.) Stfinose experimental de 
 I'artJre pulmonaire. Arch. ital. de biol.. Pise, 1915, bdv, 
 213-228.— Cochez (A.) Eto&issement de rinfundihulum 
 de I'artfere pulmonaire et communication interventriculaire 
 sans troubles lonctionnels appri5ciables jusqu'd, I'S-ge de 
 vingt-six ans; cyanose; tuberculose pulmonaire. Bull, et 
 m§m. Soc. mM. d. h6p. de Par., 1896, 3. s.. xiii, 420-423.— De 
 Renzi (E.) Un caso di compressione dell' arteria polmonare 
 con fenomeni di stenosi. N. Eiv. clin.-terap., Napoli, 1902, 
 V, 340-343. — Dickinson ( L. ) Thrombosis of the pulmonary 
 artery inaoaseofcongenitalstenosisoltheoriiice. Tr. Path. 
 Soc. Lend., 1895-7, xlvili, 67.— Drzhevetskl (A. F.) [Steno- 
 sis of the pulmonary artery.] Voyenno-Med. J., S.-Peterb., 
 
 1903, iii, med. pt., 715-725, 1 diag.— Frlgo (F.) Stenosi con- 
 genita ed aneurisma dell' arteria polmonale. Clin. med. 
 ital., Milano, 1902, xli, 348-360.— Harrington (A. W.) Ob- 
 struction of the pulmonary artery due to carcinoma. Glas- 
 gow M. J., 1913, Ixxx, 250-263, 1 pi.— Ibarguren (A.) tJu 
 caso de estrechez de la arteria pulmonar. Rev. Soc. mid. 
 argent., Buenos Aires, 1898, vi, 103-116.— Jaccoud. E6tr4- 
 cissement acquis de I'artfere pulmonaire et tuberculose pul- 
 monaire. Eev. prat. d. trav. de m^d.. Par., 1899, Ivi, 226. — 
 Kasem-Beck (A.) Ein Fall von erworbener Stenose der 
 Pulmonalarterie. Centralbl. f. inhere Med., Leipz., 1900, 
 xxi, 393-598. — Kirzner (B.) Stenosis arteriae pulmonalis, 
 cirrhosis hepatis, atrophia granulans renum et cet. Objazat. 
 pat.-aoat. izslied. stud. med. Imp. Charkov. Univ., 1895, 
 
 Artery (Pulmonary, Stenosis and ob- 
 struction of). 
 
 529-538.— Launols (P.-E.) E^tr^cissement cong&ital de 
 I'arttoe pulmonaire. Eev. gto. de elm. et de th&ap.. Par., 
 1897, la, 241.— Lefas (E.) E^tr^dssement de I'mfundi- 
 bulnm de I'artfere pulmonaire. Bull, et m4m. Soc. anat. de 
 Par., 1901, Ixxvi, 210.— Mann (M.) Stenosis arterise pul- 
 monalis. Budapest! k. Orvosegy. 6vi evkonyve, Budapest, 
 
 1906, pt. 2, 46.— MliUch (K.) Ein Fall von Stenosis der 
 Arterm pulmonaUs. Pest, med.-ohir. Presse, Budapest, 
 
 1907, xliii, 808.— Tlkanadze (I. E.) [Acquired stenosis of 
 the pulmonary artery.] KUn. J., Mosk., 1901, v, 240-244.— 
 Weinberger (M.) Ueber periphere Verengerung der Pul- 
 monalarterie und die klinischen Zeichen derselben. Wien. 
 klin. Wchnschr., 1903, xvi, 1149-1157. 
 
 Artery (Pulmonary, Surgery of). 
 
 See, also, Artery (Pulmonary, Ligation of). 
 
 Lozano(R.) Cirugladelaartcriapulmonar. Cltn.mod., 
 Zaragoza, 1910, ix, 365-373, 1 pi.— Myer (W.) The surgeiy 
 of the pulmonary artery. Tr. Am. Surg. Ass., Phila., 1913, 
 xxxi, 223-248. AUo: Ann. Surg., Phila., 1913, Iviii, 188- 
 205, 7 pi. 
 
 Artery (PulTrumary, Wounds and injur- 
 ries of). 
 
 Brown (O. J.) Stab-wound of the pulmonary artery. 
 Tr. Mass. Med.-Leg. Soc, Bost., 1888-96, il, 276-280. Also: 
 Boston M. & S. J., 1896, cxxxiv, 330-332.— Martin (G.) 
 Ein Fall von Naht einer Schusswunde der Lungenschlag- 
 ader. Mod. Cor.-Bl. d. wilrtt«mb. arztl. Landesver., 
 Stuttg., 1913, Ixxxiii, 333-337.— Pier! (G.) Ferita da punta 
 e tagUo deU' arteria polmonare; legatura laterale. Riv. 
 ospedal., Roma, 1915, v, 621.— VIscontInt (C.) Ferita del- 
 I'^teria polntonare con caduta e permaneuza innocua del 
 proiettile nel ventricolo destro del cuore. Gazz. d. osp., 
 Milano, 1910, xxxi, 697. 
 
 Artery (Radial). 
 
 See, also, Aneurism (Radial); Embolism of 
 radial artery. 
 
 Hailenberger (O.) *Ueber Sklerose der 
 Arteria radialis. 8°. Marburg, 1906. 
 
 Also, in: Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1906, 
 Ixxxvii, 62-86, 1 pi. 
 
 Borden (D. L.) End-to-end arterial anastomosis of 
 radial artery (ollowmg transfusion. Wash. M. Ann., 1916, 
 XV, 131.— MacCordick (A. H.) A statistical study ol the 
 liormal growth, atrophy and hypertrophy of the middle cbat 
 of the radial artery. J. Med. Research, Bost., 1914, xxx, 
 185-203, 3 pi. 
 
 Artery (Radial, Abnormities of). 
 
 Ball! (R.) Una sotto-varieti radiale concomitante ad 
 una sotto-variet&, aberrante. Eassegna di sc. med. , Modena, 
 1903-4, xviii, 125-132, 1 pi.— Bartels (P.) Ueber eine Oesen- 
 bildungder Arteria recurrensradialis fiir den Nervus radialis 
 profundus, kombiniert mit anderen Abnormitatcn. Anat. 
 - Hefte, Wiesb., 1900, xv, 1. Hft., 205-211, 1 pi.— Brik (A. I.) 
 [On radial arteries with two origins.] Khirurgia, Mosk., 
 1909, xxv, 576-593.— Charles (G. E.) Note on an abnor- 
 mality ol the radial artery. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1903, 
 xxxviii, 259. — Dlballofl (S. I.) [Two cases of anomaly of 
 radial artery.] Prakt. Vraoh, S.-Peterb., 1904, iii, 682. 
 
 . [Absenceofpulseintheleftradialartery.] Ibid. ,1909, 
 
 viii, 706. — Fawcetl (E.) A double radial artery. Lancet, 
 Lond., 1917, i, 422.— Gentes & FhlUp. Anomaliedel'art^re 
 radiale. Bull. Soo. d'anat. et physlol. de Bordeaux, 1899, 
 XX, 170. Also: J. de mid. de Bordeaux, 1899, xxix, 331- 
 333. — Georgiyevski (I. V.) [High origin and subcutaneous 
 position of the dorsal branch of the radial artery.] Khirurgia 
 Mosk., 1905, x\iil, 319-337. . [Large anastomosis be- 
 tween the radial and median artenes.] Eussk. Vraoh, S.- 
 
 Petorb., 1906, v, 160-162. . [The passing of the dorsal 
 
 branch of the radial artery through the second intermeta- 
 carpal Interspace, and excessive development of the dorsal 
 metacarpal artery.] Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1906, xiii, 
 289.7-Kochlnefl. [Three cases of anomalous left radial 
 artery.] Voyenno-Med. J., S.-Peterb., 1899, cxcv, med.- 
 spec. pt., 1025. — Fltzorno (M.) Di una variety dolrartoria 
 radiale. Studi sassaresi, Bassari, 1907-8, v, suppl., 23-30. — 
 Suslott (K. I. ) [Subcutaneous position of the radial artery 
 in the lower half of the forearm.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 
 1903, li, 1420-1422. 
 
 Artery (Radial, Surgery of) . 
 
 See, also, Aneurism (Radial). 
 
 Catterina (A.) La resezione del polso col mio metodo. 
 Policlin., Roma, 1897, iv-C, 185-188.— Dobczynskl (B.) 
 Durchschneidung der Radians bei Verstorbenen. Aerztl. 
 Sachverst.-Ztg., Berl., 1896, ii, 477.— Kress (W. J.) Case of 
 collateral circulation after tearing of both radial and ulnar 
 arteries. Interstate M. J., St. Louis, 1902, ix, 281.— Mor- 
 phew (E. M.) A case of rupture of the radial artery, caused 
 by a blow. J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond., 1900, vii, 603. 
 
AKTERY. 
 
 67 
 
 AKTKHY. 
 
 Artery {Renal). 
 
 See, also, Anetirism (Renal) ; Kidney (Blood- 
 vessels of); Thrombosis (Renal). 
 
 KoNASHKO (P. I.) K voprosu o kharakterie 
 otnosheniy mezhdu aa. renales i v. porta renia u 
 lyagushki (Rana esculanta). [Character of the 
 relations between the renal arteries and the renal 
 portal vein in the frog.] 8°. [Kiyev, 1913.] 
 
 ScHMEEBBR (P.) *Recherches anatomiques 
 sur I'artSre r^nale. 4°. Lyon, 1895. 
 
 BeUocq (P.) Sur le mode de division et sur la systtmar 
 tisatlon des branches de Tartfere rtoale. Bibllog. anat., 
 Par. & Nancy, 1914, xxiv, 15»-179.— Bremer (J. L.) The 
 origin of the renal artery in mammals and its anomalies. 
 Am. J. Anat., Phila., 1915, xriii, 179-200. Also, Reprint.— 
 Frouin (A.) Section des deux artferes r6nales_; pr&enta^ 
 tion d'un animal ayant subi cette operation depuis un mois. 
 Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1910, bdx, 89. — Lespinasse 
 (V. D.), Fisher (G. C.) & Wolfer (J. A.) Some experience 
 on the renal artery. Tr. Am. Urol. Ass. 1910, Brookline, 
 1911, iv, 180-182. (Discussion], 193. AUo: Surg., Gynee. 
 & Obst., Chicago, 1911, xii, 46.— litncoln (W. A.) Sirauta- 
 neous rupture of the renal artery. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 
 1918, Ixx, 80-82. Also, Reprint. — ^Moulsset & JMangini 
 (L.) Ath6rome de I'artfere r^nale. Lyon m§d., 1913, cxxi, 
 498. — Wiart (P.) Note sur le mode de division de Part^re 
 r^nale et les rapports de ses branches au niveau du hile. 
 BuU. Soc. anat. de Par., 1897, Ixxii, 645-666.— Young (J. H.) 
 Rupture of renal artery. West. M. Rev., Omaha. 1908, xiii, 
 . 606. 
 
 Artery (BeTwI, Abnormities of). 
 
 See, also, Aneurism. (Renal). 
 
 Bremer (J. L.) Explanation of variations of the renal 
 artery. Anat. Record, Phila., 1915, Ix, 59-61. — BussiSre. 
 Anomalie de I'art&re renale. J. de m^d. de Bordeaux, 1903, 
 xxxiii, 252. — [Cas oil le tronc d'origine de I'artfere renale 
 rtait double.] Ann. Soc. d'anat. path, de Brux., 1893, No. 
 42, 51-53. — Corsy. Anomalies des artferes rfinaJes. Mar- 
 seille m^d., 1911, xlvui, 294-296— lyHaenens & Kips. 
 Anomalie de I'art^re renale gauche. Ann. Soc. d'anat. 
 path, de Brux., 1893, No. 42, 27.— Ferron (J.) Sur un cas 
 • d'anomahe de I'artfere rfoale. J. de mM. de Bordeaux, 
 1910,- xl, 676.— FerTilano (G.) Anomalie delle arterie renali. 
 Gazz. interna/-, dl med., Napoll, 1912, xv, 409^18. — Gerard 
 (M.) Un cas d'anomalie d'artere r&iale. Echo m4d. du 
 nord, LUle, 1908, xii, 257.— Harvey (R. W.) A case of multi- 
 ple renal arteries. Anat. Record, Phila., 1914, viii, 333- 
 339. — Hecpin (A.) Note sur quelques anomalies de I'artere 
 rfeale. Toulouse m^d., 1905, 2. s., vii, 9-11.— Lucien & 
 Barter (A.) Artfere renale sumum&aire ayant determine 
 Une hydron^phrose avec atrophic d'un rein. Miia. de Soc. 
 de med. de Nancy, 1907-8, 250. Also: Rev. m6d. de I'est, 
 Nancy, 1908, xl, 721.-^Mlcheleau. AnomaUe de I'artSre 
 r6nale droite. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. de Bordeaux, 
 1898, xix, 243. Also: ]. de mii. de Bordeaux, 1898, xxvui, 
 648.— Millan. Obhtfiration des deux branches movennes 
 de I'artfere r&ale. Bull. Soc. anat. de Par., 1S97, Ixxil, 577- 
 579. — Plergrossi (L.) Di una nuova anomalia dell' arteria 
 renale. Arch interna/, di med. e chir., Napoll, 1900, xvi, 
 148-150, 1 pi.— Roujcan (R.) Anomalies de I'artfere rfenale. 
 :Echo mfed., Toulouse, 1900, 2. s., iv, 520-522. Also: Tou- 
 louse mfed., 1900, 2. s., 11, 244-246.— Roussy (G.) Artferes 
 rfenales surnum&aires. Bull, et mdm. Soc. anat. de Par., 
 1904, Ixxix, 47.— Varaldl (L.) Arteria accessoria del rene 
 sinistToin uncavallo. Clin, vet., Mllano, 1908, xxxi, 119-122. — 
 Whittaker (C. R.) A curious abnormality of the renal 
 arteries. J. Anat. & Physiol., Lend., zxxix, 493. — ^Toung 
 (A. H.) & Thompsoii (P.) Abnormalities of the renal 
 arteries, with remarks on their development and mor- 
 phology. Bid., 1903-4, xxxviii, 1-14, 2 pi. .4 teo.- Stud. Anat. 
 . . . Univ. Manfehester, 1906, ill, 127-145, 2 pi.— Zeldovict 
 (Ya. B.) [Multiplicity of the renal artery, and the surgical 
 significance of this phenomenon.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 
 1907, vi, 1525; 1563; 1637; 1675; 1709; 1744; 180O. 
 
 Artery (Renal, Ligation of). 
 
 Beddard (A. F.) Some eflects of the ligature of the renal 
 arteries in the frog. J. Physiol., Lond., 1902, xxviii, 20-31. — 
 Castaigne (J.) & Battaery (F.) Ligature unilat^rale de 
 I'artfere rfenale de I'uretfere ou du p&iicule; accidents cons^ 
 cutifs. Compt. rend. Soc. debiol., Par., 1901, U.S., iii, 1150. — 
 McNlder (W. deB.) The pathological changes which 
 develop in the kidney as a result of occlusion by ligature of 
 one branch of the renal artery. J. Med. Research, Bost., 
 1911, xxiv, 424-454, 4 pi.— PUcher (J. D.) Ou the excretion 
 of nitrogen subsequent to ligation of successive branches 
 of the renal arteries. J. Biol. Chem^ Bait., 1912-13, xiv, 
 389-395. Also [Abstr.]: Proc. Am. Physiol. Soc, Bost., 
 
 1912-13, p. xii 
 
 The e3ect of successive ligation of the 
 
 renal arteries on the nitrogen balance. Cleveland M. J., 
 1913, xii, 246-248. 
 
 Artery (Retinal). 
 
 See Artery (Central).; 
 of). 
 
 Retina (Blood-supply 
 
 Artery (Sacral). 
 
 Young (A. H. Abnormalities of the middle sacral ar- 
 terv, and their morphological significance. J. Anat. & 
 Physiol., Lond., 1896-7, xxvl, 169-175. Also: Stud. anat. 
 . . . Owens Coll., Manchester, 1900, 11, 41-^7. 
 
 Artery (Saphenous). 
 
 Maiino (A.) Sur un cas mt<5ressant de arteria saphena 
 magna chez I'homme; considferations sur la morphologic de 
 la circulation art<5rieUe dans le membre abdominal. Bi- 
 bUog. anat.. Par. & Nancy, 1905, xiv, 193-206. 
 
 Artery (Sciatic). 
 
 See, also, Aneurism (Sciatic). 
 Manno (A.) Sopra una varieti de arteria isehiadica 
 nell' uomo. Studi sassaresi, Sassari, 1906, iv, suppl. 3, 34-41. 
 
 Artery (Spermatic). 
 
 See, also, Aneurism (Spermatic.) 
 GrSgoire (R.) & Tourneii (J.) L'artfere spermatique. 
 Paris mi5d., 1913-14, xii, 81-87, 1 pi.— Montero (M.) Ano- 
 malia de la arteria espermAtica derecha. Crdn. ni^.d., Lima, 
 1897, xiv, 293. • 
 
 Artery (Spinal). 
 
 See, also. Aneurism (Spinal) ; Embolism of 
 spinal artery; Thrombosis (Spmal). 
 
 Orbison (T. J.) A clinical contribution to the subject 
 of lesions of the upper segment spinal arteries. Boston M. & 
 S. J., 1909, clxi, 891-893. 
 
 Artery (Splenic). 
 
 See, also. Aneurism (Splenic). 
 
 Janiisoa (S. C.) Experimental ligation of the splenic 
 arteries in dogs. N. Orl. M. & S. J ., 1914-15^ Ixviii, 199-201.— 
 Lanz (O.) Ligatuurder arteria lienalis bij gefixeerde zwerf- 
 milt. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1905, 2. r., xii, 
 d. 2, 337-340.— Wegelin. Hochgradige A.rterioslderose der 
 Arteria lienalis. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1908, 
 xxxvlii, 253. 
 
 Artery (Stapedial). 
 
 Alexander (G.) Ein Fall von Rersistenz der Arteria 
 stapedia bemi Menschen. Monatschr. t. Ohrenh., Berl., 
 1899, xxxiii, 273-276.— Lewln (L.) I. Das Vorkommen von 
 Persistenz der Arteria stapedia beim Menschen und die ver- 
 glelchend-anatomisehe und phylogenetische Bcdeutung 
 dieses Phanomens. II. Eigerittiiullche Excrescenzen am 
 Trommelfclle imd Eollikelbildung in der Paukenschlelm- 
 haut. Arch. f. Ohrenh., Leipz. 1906-7, Ixx, 28-^4. 
 
 Artery (Subclavian). 
 
 See, also, Aneurism (Subclavian); Embolism 
 of subclaoian artery; Thrombosis (Subclavian). 
 
 Abrams (.V.) A new method of eliciting the subclavian 
 arterial and venous murmur. Med. Standiird, Chicago, 1899, 
 xxii, 4GD-462.— AcUard (C.) & Demanclic (R.) L'oblitfr 
 ration art^rielle du tronc principal du membre sup^rieur. 
 Arch. d. mal. du' coeur [etc.]. Par., 1908, i, 273-287.- Bean 
 (R. B.) Observations on a study of the subclavian artery 
 m man. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1904, xv, 203- 
 205. — Casall (R.) L'arco deU' arteria succlavia dal punto 
 di vista morfologico e topografico. Policlin.^ Roma, 1911, 
 
 xviii, sez. chir., 452-467. . Osservaziom sui rami col- 
 
 laterah dell' arteria succlavia. BibUog. anat.. Par. & 
 Nancy, 1912, xxll, 41-56.— Evans (H. M.) On the earliest 
 blood vessels in the anterior limb buds of birds and their 
 relation to the primary subclavian artery. Am. J. Anat., 
 Phila., 1909, ix, 281-319, 9 pi.— KOnlge. Ein Fall von Ver- 
 schluss der Arteria subclavia sin. und ihrcr Aeste. Miin- 
 chen. med. Wchnschr., 1899, xlvi, 954.— Landls (H. R. M.) 
 & Munf ord (S. A.) The significance of cardio-respiratory 
 and subclavian artery murmurs. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & 
 N. Y., 1910, cxl, 698-702.— PeUegrinl (A.) U tipo normale 
 e le variazioni delle arterise subclavia e axillaris. Monitore 
 zool. ital., Fircnze, 1904, xv, 232-244. . I/C artcriae sub- 
 clavia e axillaris nell' uomo studiate col metodo statistics. 
 Arch. ital. di anat. e di embrlol., Flrenze, 1906, v, 205; 460, 
 2 pi. — Pitzomo (M.) Ricerche di morlologia comparata 
 sopra le arterie succlavia ed ascellare selaci. Monitore zool. , 
 ital., Fircnze, 1905, xvi, 94-103.- Rlebold (G.) Pulsus para- 
 doxus s. inspiratione Intermittens inlolge von Kompression 
 der Subclavia zwischen Schliisselbein und 1. Rippe. Berl. 
 Hin. Wchnschr., 1910, xlvii, 1.542.— Sabln (C. G.) The 
 origin of the subclavian artery in the chick. Anat. Anz , 
 Jena, 1905, xxvl, 317-3.32.— Scott (L. B.) A simple way to 
 compress the subc]avi.an arterv. Indian M. Gaz.,' Calcutta, 
 1904, xxxix, 18.— Wilkinson (R.) Obstruction of the sub- 
 clavian. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1905, ii, 952.— Wilson (F. G.) 
 Dilatation of the subclavian artery. Internat. r.lin Phiia 
 1910, 20. s., iii, 109-175. 
 
 Artery (Subclavian, Abnormities of). 
 
 HoLZAPPBL (G.) *IJngew6hnlicher Ursprung 
 und Verlauf der Arteria subclavia dextra. [Tu- 
 bingen.] 8°. Wiesbaden, 1899. 
 Also, in: Anat. Hefte, Wiesb., 1899, xii, 369-523, 2 pi. 
 
ARTERY. 
 
 68 
 
 ARTERY. 
 
 Artery {Subclavian, Abnormities of) . 
 
 Anile (A..) Di un' importante anomalia artefo-nervosa 
 (arteria succlavia di destra e nervo laringco inferiore coi- 
 rispondente). Rilorma mod., Napoli, 1898, xiv, pt. 2, 411- 
 415.— Bevier (GJ An anomalous origin ol the subclavian 
 artery. Anat. Bee, Phila., 1915, ix, 785-789. — Boucliet 
 (P.) Anomalie de naissance et de trajet de I'artdre sous- 
 clavifere droite. Bull, et m6m. Soc. anat. de Par., 1903, 
 Ixxvili, 155. — Cobey (J. F.) An anomalous right subcla- 
 vian artery. Anat. Record, Phlla., 1914, viii, 15-19. — Denl- 
 sofl (B. N.) [Abnormal origin of the right subclavian 
 artery.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1912, xi, 1069-1071.— 
 Evans (H. M.) On an instance of two subplavian arteries 
 of the early arm bud of man and its fundamental significance. 
 Anat. Record, Phila., 1908-9, ii, 411-424.— Geddes (A. C.) 
 A note on abnormal right subclavian artery. J. Anat. & 
 
 Physiol., Loud., 1911, xlv, 197. . Note on the reputed 
 
 • passage of abnormal right subclavian artery (A) in front of 
 the Irachea (B) between the trachea and oesophagus. 
 Ihid., 199-201.— GeorsiycvsW (1. V.) [Abnormal position of 
 rightsubclavianinfrontof scalenus amicus musclej Vrach. 
 Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1906, xiii, 153.— Gladstone (B. J.) & 
 Wakeley (C. P. G.) Two cases, considered from the devel- 
 opmental standpoint, in which the right subclavian artery 
 arose from the arch of the aorta beyond the origin of the left 
 subclavian artery; with a note on the relation of the sub- 
 clavian veins to the cardinal system. J. Anat. & Physiol., 
 Lond., 1914-15, xlix, 362-375.— Gould (E. L. P.) A case 
 of abnormal right subclavian artery. Ibid., 1909, xlui, 324- 
 328.— Hamann (C. A.) Right subclavian artery passing 
 behind the trachea and esophagus; other anomalies. Cleve- 
 land J. M., 1900, V, 4.53^55.— Harvey (R. W.) Notes on two 
 cases of anomalous right subclavian artery. Anat. Record, 
 Phila., 1917-18, xil, 329.— Maliyefl (N.) [Transposition and 
 irregular course of the right subclavian artery.] Trudl 
 Tomsk. Obsh. Yestestvolsp., 1&S9-90, ii, 71-75.— Owen 
 (W. G.) Case of anomalous origin of the right subclavian 
 artery. Wash. M. Ann. 1909-10, viii, 291 —Trias Pujol (J.) 
 TJn caso de anomalia de la arteria subclavia derecha y su ex- 
 plieacidn embriogf^nica. Arch, de anat. [etc.], Lisb., 1915, iii, 
 17-30, port.— Walsh (J. J.) The right subclavian ari-sing 
 from the lower part of the descending arch of the aorta. 
 Univ. M. Mag., Phila., 1897-8, x, 226. 
 
 Artery {Subclavian, Ligation of). 
 
 See, also, Aneurism. {Aortic, Treatment of. 
 Operative); Anevirism (Subclavian, Treatment 
 of, Operative); Axtery {Innominate. Ligation of). 
 
 Lindner (C.) *Eine neue Methode der TJnter- 
 bindung der A. subclavia unter dem Schluasel- 
 befin (iind der Ausraumung der Achselhohle). 
 8°. Leipzig, 1904. 
 
 MikhaIlofp (N. N.) *Klmiche8kiye itogi 
 perevyazki podklyuchichnoi arterii (za 100 liet). 
 [Cliiiical resiilta of tte ligature of the subclavian 
 artery (for 100 years).] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1897. 
 
 Browne (P. F.) Ligature of the right subclavian artery. 
 Confed. States M. & S. J., Richmond, 1804, i, 23— fle Caule- 
 Jac. Coup de leu de la region sus-claviculaire droite; h^mor- 
 ragie primitive; ligature de la sous-olavifere et fordopressure 
 du trono thyro-cervical; gu^rison. Bull, et m^ra. Soc. de 
 chir. de Par., 1914, n. s., xl, 345-349— Curtis (B. F.) Liga- 
 tion of the first part of the subclavian artery. Ann. Surg., 
 Phila.; 1898, xxvii, 540-512.— Duval (P.) Technique op^ra- 
 toire de la hgature de la sous-clavifere en dedans des scalfenes 
 et dans le m^diastin. Rev. de chir^ Par., 1910, xlii, 1094- 
 1100, 4 pi.— de Garay. Ligadura dela arteria subclavia. 
 Escuelademcd., MCxico, 1903, xviii, 385-394.— Granata (L.) 
 Nuovo proccsso per I'allacciatnra dell' arteria succlavia fuori 
 deli scaleni. Incurabili, Napoli, 1902, xvli, 001-607.— 
 Graves (S. C.) Observations on aubclavian deligation. 
 Med. Rec., N. Y., 1900, IviU, 528.— Heuston (F. TJ Liga- 
 tion of subclavian artery for axillary aneurysm. Tr. Roy. 
 Acad. M. Ireland., Dubl., 1899-1900, xvih, 190.— HlRhet 
 (H C.) A case of ligature of the left subclavian artery. 
 Lancet, Lond., 1905,1, 641.— Hodges (J. H.) Ligation of the 
 subclavian artery for a large aneurism in the axilla. Proc. 
 . Florida M. Ass., Jacksonville, 1896, a5-88.— Horwltz (O.) 
 Successful ligation of the third portion of the subclavian. 
 Phila. Hosp. Rep., 1896, iii, 71-74.— Jlingst. Ein geheilter 
 Fall von Unterbindung der Arteria subclavia sinistra am 
 Aortenbogen. Beltr. z. Win. Chir., Tiibing.. 1902, xxxiv, 
 307-312.— Lawrason (C. B.) & Uoyd (T. P.) Renort of a 
 case of succe-sslul ligation ol the third portion of the nght 
 subclavian artery. >r. Ori. M. & S. J., 1911-12, Ixiv, 765.- 
 liTCau-sland (R. B.) Stab wounds of the left shoulder, 
 necessitating ligature of the left subclavian arterv on the 27tli 
 dav for secondary hEcmorrhagos; recovery. Med. Ttess & 
 Circ, Lond., 1898, n. s., Ixvi, 621.- MatthloUus. Sub- 
 claviaunterbmdung und Gelatine-Injektion bei wieder- 
 holter Brachialisblutung. Deutsche med. Wclinsolir., 
 Bert. & Lcip7,., 1901, xxvU, eiC.-Morozoff (P. I.) [Tying 
 the subclarian artery.] Dnevnik Syezda Obsh Russk. 
 Vrach. v pamyat Pirogova, S.-Peterb., 1888-9, lu, 354-357.— 
 
 Artery {Subclavian, Ligation of) . 
 
 Navarro (J. N.) Herida de la subclavia; aneunsma false 
 consecutiva; ligadura de la arteria; reproduccidn de la 
 bemorragia a los seis dias; muorte a los nueve. PeriSd. 
 Acad, de med. [de Mf^xico], 1861-3, 49-55.— Neff (J. M.) 
 Ligation of the first portion of the loft subclavian artery, 
 with report of a recent successful case. Ann. Surg., Phila., 
 1911, liv, 603-516.— PariysW (N. V.) [Ligature of the sub- 
 clavian artery.) Otchot o dleyateln propedevt. khirurg. 
 
 klin. [etc.], S.-Peterb., 1891-2, 13-15. Also: Voyenno-Med. 
 J., S.-Peterb., 1892, olxxv, unofTic. pt, 1. sect., 141-143.— 
 Fartbey. Ein Fall von Unterbindung der linken SchlOs- 
 selbeinschlagader nach Stichverletzung. Deutsche mil.- 
 arztl. Ztschr., Berl., 1900, xxix, 515-521.— Bledel. Die 
 Unterbindung der Arteria subclavia oberhalb des SchlUs- 
 selbeines mittels Lgjogsschnittesin der Bichtung der Nerven 
 und des Gefiisses. Zentralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1907, xxxiv, 
 942-944.- Tansui!(I.) Sullalegatura dell' arteria succlavia. 
 Pensiero med., Milano, 1914, iv, 177.— Tuffler. Ligature de 
 la sous-claviftre pour an^vrisme. Bull, et m^m. Soc. de 
 chir. de Par., 1900-1901, iii, 1145.— Wletlng. Die Unter- 
 bindung der A. subclavia sin. in Ihrem ersten Absehnitt. 
 Zortralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1912, xxxix, 1156-1161.— Wright 
 (O. A.) & Wrigley (P. E.) Aneurysm of the subclavian and 
 axillary arteries; ligature of the second part of the sub- 
 clavian. Lancet, Lond., 1901, i, 1756.— Zlegler (P.) Ein 
 Fall von Stichverletzung der Arteria subclavia unterbalb 
 des Schliiteelbeines; Unterbindung; Heilung. Ann. d. 
 stadt. allg. Krankenh. zu Miinchen (1894), 1896, viii, 229-233. 
 
 Artery {Subclavian, Wounds and inju- 
 ries of). 
 
 AupiAis (J.) *Contribution i I'^tude des 
 plaies de I'artdre sous-claviSre. 8°. Paris, 1903. 
 
 Brttckmann (O. W. F. a.) *Zur Casuistik der 
 Stichverletzungen der Arteria subclavia iii der 
 MohrenheimBchen Grube. 8°. Kiel, 1900. 
 
 earless. Wound of the sub-clavian artery. Med. Press 
 & Circ, Lond., 1902, n. s., Ixxiv, 111.— Ciul (H. C.) I/acera- 
 tion of the subclavian artery and complete severing of 
 brachial plexus. U. States Nav. M. Bull,, Wash., 1914, viii, 
 654.— Donald (H. C.) Removal of shrapnel from the sub- 
 clavian artery. Lancet, Lond., 1917, li, 715. — Hans (H.) 
 Seitliche Naht des Durchschusses der Arteria subclavia. 
 Med. Kiln., Berl., 1915, xi, 920.— Kttttner (H.) Zur Ver- 
 sorgung der in der Oberschliisseibeingmbe arrodierten 
 Arteria subclavia. Zentralbl. f. Cliir., Leipz., 1916, xliii, 
 973-976.— Lexer. Ringformige Naht der linken Art. sub- 
 clavia. Miinchen. med. Wohnschr., 1918, Ixv, 408. — ^Luxcm- 
 bourg (H.) Zur Kasuistik der Schussverletzungen der 
 Arteria subclavia und brachialis. Ibid., 1910, hii, 305. — 
 Metlvet (G.) PMe de I'art&re sons-olavi6re. Paris jn£d, 
 1917, xxU, 433-^35.- Morton (T. S. K.) Gunshot wound 
 dividing nght subclavian arterv; dangerous burning by 
 X-rays. Proc. Phila. Co. M. Soc., Phila., 1897, xviii, 36. 
 AUo, Reprint. — Tcrburg (J. T.) Een geval van verwon- 
 dingderarteriasubcla-'/iadoorenschot. Geneesk. Tijdschr. 
 V. Nederl. Indie, Batav., 1893, xxxiii, 123-130.— Zlegler (P.) 
 RLecovery from a wound of the subclavian artery. N. York 
 M. J., 1S97, Ixv, 704. . Stichverletzung der Art. sub- 
 clavia: Nachblutungen; secundare Unterbindimg; Ilcllung. 
 Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1899, xlvi, 553. Also: SitzungsD. 
 d. arztl. Ver. Miinchen (1899), 1900, ix, 44^7. 
 
 Artery {Sublingual). 
 
 Bertelll (D.) L'arteria sottolingnale. Monitore zool. 
 ital., Firenze, 1902, xiii, 23.— Rouvlirc iH.) & Vallols (H.) 
 Note sur le mode de tcrminaison de I'artoro sublinguale chcz 
 I'homme (tcrminaison de la branche maxillafre de la sub- 
 hnguale). Bibliog. anat.. Par. & Nancy, 1908-9, xviii, 106-109. 
 
 Artery {Submental). 
 
 Bertelll (D.) L'arteria sottomcntale. Monitore zool. 
 ital., Firenze, 1902, xiii, 39. 
 
 Artery {Sylvian). 
 
 See Artery {Cerebral). 
 
 Artery {Temporal). 
 
 See, also, Aneimsm {Temporal). 
 Corbusier (H. D.) Case of spontaneous rupture of a 
 branch of the temporal artery. J. Ass. Mil. Surg. IT. S., 
 Carlisle, 1904, xv, 299.— D.ill'Acqua (U.) L'arteria tcm- 
 porale superfldale dell' uomo. Monitore zool. ital., Firenze, 
 1900, xi, 317-324.— Grote (.(>.) Die Varietiltcn der Arteria 
 temporalis in ibrer Beziehung zu Blntdruckbestimmnngen. 
 
 Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1900, xlvii, 733. . Die 
 
 Varietaten der Arteria temporalis suporflcialis. Ztschr. f. 
 Morpbol. u. Anthrop., Stuttg., 1901, ui, 1-20.— Horsley (J. 
 8.) 'Transplantation of the. anterior temporal artery. 'Tr. 
 South. Surg. & Gyneo. Ass. , Phila., 1914, xx\-ii, 84-92, 6 pi. 
 Alao: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1915, Ixiv, 408-410.— Sakor- 
 rapbos. La flexuosit^ de I'art^re tomporale et sa signifi- 
 cation clinique. Progr6s mdd.. Par., 1896, 3. s., iii, 373. 
 
ARTERY. 
 
 69 
 
 ARTERY. 
 
 Artery (Thoracic). 
 
 Brossi (V.) Contributo alia moriologia delle 
 arterie dell' arto toracico dei mamm'iferi domes- 
 tici. 8°. Pisa, 1902. 
 
 Sawin (V. N,) [Anomaly of the right internal thoracic 
 artery.] Khirurgia, Mosk., 1909, xx^-i, 06. 
 
 Artery (Thyroid). 
 
 See, also, Aneurism (Thyroid); Goitre (Ex- 
 ophthalmic, Treatment of, Operative); Goitre 
 (Treatment of, Operative); Thyroid gland (Blood- 
 supply of). 
 
 Casali (11.) Bapporto dei nervi simpatiro oervicale e 
 ricorrentc coll' arteria tiroidea inieriore. Kicerche n. lab. di 
 anat. norm. d. r. Univ. di Roma, 1910-11, xvi, 149-154. — 
 Cavazza ( E.) Orijone anomala della tiroidea superiore da 
 un tronco accessorio dclla carotide comune. Suppl. al 
 roliclja., Roma, 1897-8, Iv, 235.— Jenny (H.) Abnorme 
 eiuselUge Verdoppelnng der Arteria thyreoidea inferior. 
 Anat. Anz., Jena, 1911-12, xl, 623.— La Rocca (C.) Ramo 
 prostemale, non ancora descritto, dell' arteria tiroidea infe- 
 riore destra. Arch, di anat. pat., Palermo, 1906, ii, 211-218, 
 
 1 pi. — Llvlni (F.) Studio morfologico delle arterie tiroidee. 
 .Speriraentale. Arch, di biol., Firenze, 1900, liv, 42-129, 
 
 2 pi. — Meoni (L.) Contributo alia morfologia doll' arteria 
 thyroidea inferior. Ann. d. Fac. di med., Perugia, 1904, 
 3. s., iv, 117-125.— Pratt (G. W.) The thyroidea ima artery. 
 J. Anat. & Physiol., Lend., 1915-16, 1, 238-242.— Shepherd 
 (F. J.) A hitherto undescribed arrangement of the Inferior 
 thyroid arteries. Proc. Med.-Cliir. Soo. Montreal (1887-9), 
 1890, iv; 2.54— Shhnonck (G. F.) Absence of left inferior 
 thyroid artery. Am. Mod., Phila., 1902, iv, 170.— Toma- 
 shcvskl (V. N.) [On a deviation from the normal in the 
 situation of the right inferior thyroid artery, important from 
 a practical viewpoint. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1899, xx, 484.— 
 VaragUa (S.) Di un'arteria tiroidea Inferiore accessoria. 
 Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1900, 4. s., vi, 248-202.— 
 Whale (U. L.) Specimen from a case of fatal haemorrhage 
 from gimshot woundinvolving the superior thyroid arterv.- 
 Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1910-17, x, Sect. Laryngol., 73. 
 
 Artery (Tibial). 
 
 See, also. Aneurism (Tibial); Embolism of 
 poplit^eal and tibial arteries; Thrombosis (Tibial). 
 
 Baudot. Anomalie de I'artere tibiale ant^rieure. Tou- 
 louse m§d., 1907, 2. s., IX, 155. — Clemente (M.) Ateromasia 
 dilTusa dell' arteria tibialis anterior e posterior. Gazz. 
 intemaz. di med., Napoli, 1915, xviii, 402.— Ricdel. Ver- 
 schluss der Artena tibialis antica durch Endarteritis bei 
 ireier Art. tib. post. Nervenquetschung, Gritti. Arch. f. 
 klin. Chir., Berl., 1911, xcv, 529-535.— Valeri (T.) Un caso 
 di ematoma arterioso successivo a ferita della tibiale ante- 
 riore. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1903, xxiv, 1263. — Waterhouse 
 (H. r.) Ligaturing posterior tibial. Clin. J., Loud., 1901-2, 
 xix, 78.— Whlttaker (C. R.) A note upon the mode of 
 termination of the posterior tibial artery and nerve. J. 
 Anat. & Physiol., Lend., 1905-6, xl, 186. 
 
 Artery (tflnar). 
 
 See, also, Anetirism ( Ulnar). 
 
 Bailet (.T. M.) A case of complete obliteration of the 
 ulnar artery by suppuration. Lancet, Lond., 1917, ii, 713. — 
 Barrcna (A.) Herida de la artena cubital; aneurisma 
 falso consecutive; ligadura de la humeral. Rev. de med. y 
 ciruj. de la Habana, 1896, i, 70.— Fortttn (E.) Herida ^or 
 instrumento punzante de la arteria cubital; hemorragias 
 secandarias; ligadura. Ibid., 1898, iii, 89. — Gcntes & G«n- 
 dre. Un cas d'anDmalie de I'art&re cubitale. Bull. Soc. 
 d'anat. et physiol. de Bordeaux, 1899, xx, 46. Also: Gaz. 
 hebd. d. sc. mid. de Bordeaux, 1899, xx, 69. — Guleke. 
 Zirlculare Naht der A. cubitalis. Deutsche med. Wchn- 
 schr., Berl. & Leipz., 1913, xxxix, 1534.— Moresthi (H.) 
 H^matome pulsatile enkyst^ cons&utlf k une plaie de I'ar- 
 tere cubitale. Bull, et m^m. Soc. anat. de Par., 1911, 
 lxxx\'l, 590-592. — Peyronny. Artfere cubitale anormale. 
 Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. . . . de Bordeaux, 1902, xxiii, 
 157. — Suslolt (K. I.) ["Tying the ulnar artery in the lower 
 third of the forearm.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1903, ii, 
 669.— Zuckerkandl (E.) Ueber die tiefen Hohlhandaste 
 der Arteria ulnaris. Anat. Hefte, Wiesb., 1895-6, vi, 533- 
 559, 2 pi. 
 
 Artery (Umbilical). 
 
 See, also, TTmbilicus (Blood-supply of). 
 
 Auolon (P.) Persistance de la communication d'une 
 artfere ombilicale avcc I'ext^rieur sans inSammation ombili- 
 cale notable, 10 jours apr&5 la naissance; septic^mie d'origine 
 - ombilicale. Bull, et mSm. Soo. anat. de Par., 1900, Ixxv, 
 291. — Bovero (A.) Unicitk delP arteria ombelicale. Gior. 
 d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1900, 4. f ., vi, 10-29.— Bucura 
 (C. J.) Casuistischer Beitrag zur Physiologie der Nabelar- 
 terie, nebst Bemerlomgen fiber die Entwicklung der Gefass- 
 museulatur im Nabelstrang. Beitr. z. Geburtsh. u. Gv- 
 nak. Rudolf Chrobak ... 60. Geburtst. [etc.], Wien, 1903, 
 
 Artery (Umbilical). 
 
 i, 573-585. — De .ircangelis (E.) Sull' arteria ombelicale 
 unica nel feto umano-normale. Arch, di ostet. e ginec, 
 Napili, 1901, viii, 419-437.— Frankl (O.) Ueber den Ver- 
 schluss der Nabelarterien. Wien. med. Wchnschr, 1903, 
 liii, 1651; 1700.— Hcnnehcrg (B.) Verhaltcn der Umbill- 
 calarterien bei den Embryonen von Ratte und Maus. Anat. 
 Anz., Jena, 1900, xvii, 321-324.— Mouchotte (J.) Artdre 
 ombiUcale unique. Bull, et mom. Soc. anat. de Par., 1900, 
 Ixxv, 786-788.— SaJa (L.) Di un easo intcressante di arteria 
 ombelicale unica originantesi direttamente dall' aorta addo- 
 minale. Atti Accad. d. so. med. e nat. in Ferrara, 189.5-6, 
 Ixx, 17.5-20.'!, 1 pi.— Woia (B.) Ueber MissbiHungen rait 
 einiacher Nabelarterie. Arch. f. Gynaek., Berl., 1S98-9, Ivii, 
 635-661, 1 pi. 
 
 Artery (Uterine). 
 
 See, also. Aneurism ( Uterine); Embolism of 
 uterine arteries; Uterus (Blood-vessels of). 
 
 De PaoU (E.) Legatura delle arterie uterine. Clin, 
 chir., Milano, 1900, %Tii, 934-940.— Mangin. Action de la 
 ligature des art^res urerines dans Ics h^morrhagies de 
 I'ut^rus. Cong. pMod. de gynfe., d'obst. et de paediat. 1S98. 
 M6m. et disc.. Par., 1900, ii, 174-181. 
 
 Artery (Utero-ovarian) . 
 
 See, also, Thrombosis ( Utero-ovarian). 
 
 Lamicq (E.) *Alguna8 consideracioDes sobre 
 la anatomia y fisiologia de la arteria utero- 
 ov&ica. 8°. Mexico, 1883. 
 
 Robinson (B.) The pelvic floor segment of the utero- 
 ovarian artery. Cincin. LanceWJlinic, 1901, n. s., xlvii, 
 643-649. 
 
 Artery (Vertebral). 
 
 See, also, Aneurism (Vertebral); Embolism 
 of vertebral artery. 
 
 BoucAUT (P.) *Contributioii k I'^tude des 
 plaies de I'artfere vert^brale. 8°. Paris, 1908. 
 
 Deltlle (H.) *Ligature de I'artere vertebrale 
 dans sa portion Bous-occipitale. 8°. Pam, 1912. 
 
 VON Ot (A.) *Ein Fall von Arrosion der Ar- 
 teria vertebralis. 8°. Miinchen, 1911. 
 
 Carson (A. IJ Specimen of vertebral artery injured by 
 bullet. Cincin. Lancet-Clinic, 1899, n. s., xliii, 645.---Cavaz- 
 zanl (T.) Un caso di ferita delP arteria vertebrale. Clin, 
 mod., Pisa, 1896, ii, 449-452.— Garrelon & Lardennols (G.) 
 Ligature des arteres vert^brales sur le chien. Bull, et m^m. 
 Soc. anat. de Par., 1910, Ixxxv, 659-565. — KenunetmlUler 
 (H.) Ueber eine seltene Varietat der Art. vertebralis. 
 Anat. Hefte, Wiesb., 1911, xliv, 305-363, 4 pi.— Krama- 
 renko (Ye. Yu.) [Ligation of the vertebral artery ending 
 in recovery.] Syezd Bossiysk. Khirurg., Mosk., 1911, x, 118- 
 120. — Krassnig (M.) Von der Arteria vertebralis tnora- 
 cica der Sanger und Vogel. Anat. Hefte, Wiesb., 1913, xlix, 
 523-609, Ipl.— Krlmgolts (M. L.) [Ligation of vertebral 
 artery.) Khirurgia, Mosk., 1906, xx, 81-95.— KUttner (H.) 
 Eiu typisches Verfatiren zur Unterbindung der Arteria 
 vertebralis in der Suboccipitalregion. Zentralbl. t. Chir., 
 Leipz., 1917, xliy, 305-308.— Mannu (A.) Sopra una 
 varieta dell' Art. vertebralis nell' uomo. Boll. d. Soc. med. 
 
 di Parma, 1913, 2. s., vi, 85. . Sulla morfologia del- 
 
 1' arteria vertebralis. Ibid., 86. . Variazionl dell' ar- 
 teria vertebralis nell' uomo e nei mammiferi. (Con- 
 tributo alia morfologia dell' arteria vertebralis nel mam- 
 miferi.) Arch. ital. di anat. e di embriol., Firenze, 1914, 
 xiii, 79-113, 1 pi.— Marburg (O.) Eln Fall von Schuss- 
 vcrlctzung im Gebiete der Arteria vertebralis dextra. 
 Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1915, xxviii, 1175.— Ninnl (G.) 
 Alcune considerazioni sull' allacciatura dell' arteria ver- 
 tebrale. Atti d. r. Accad. med.-cbir. di Napoli, 1908, 
 n. s., Ixii, 207-214. [Discussion], 215-220. Also: Gior. in- 
 temaz. d. sc. med., NapoU, 1908, n. s., xxx, 874-879. — Patter- 
 son (H. S.) A case of tnromix)Sis of the vertebral artery. 
 St. Luke's Hosp. M. & S. Rep., Brooklyn, 1911, iii, 133.— 
 Silvan (C.) Sopra una singolare forma di anomalia del- 
 1' arteria vertebrale con successiva espansione aneurismatica, 
 comprimente il midollo cervicale e il bulbo rachideo. Speri- 
 mentale, Firenze, 1913, Ixvii, 614-638.— Splller (W. G.) The 
 symptom-complex of a lesion of the uppermost portion of 
 the anterior spinal and adjoining portion of the vertebral 
 . arteries. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1908, xxxv, 77.5- 
 778. — Waldeyer ( W .) Sur la situation de I'artere vertebrale. 
 
 Compt. rend, de I'Ass. d. anat.. Par., 1906, viii, 83. . 
 
 Weitere Bemerfcungen riber die Lage der Arteria vertebralis. 
 Ibid., 1909, xi, 181.— Wal-sh (J. J.) Anomalous vertebrals. 
 Univ. M. Mag., Phila.; 1897-8, x, 227. 
 
 Artery (Vesical). 
 
 Descomps (P.) Les artJres g^nito-v&icales; leurs rap- 
 ports analogues, chez I'homme et chez la femme, avoc i'ar- 
 tere pelvien. Bull, et m6m. Soc. anat. de Par., 1910, Ixxxv, 
 552-557. 
 
ARTERY. 
 
 70 
 
 ARTHRITIS. 
 
 Artery (Vitelline). 
 
 BaUey (R. C.) [Band formed by the persistence of an 
 obliterated vitoUlne artery.) Proc. Anat. Soc. Gr. Brit. & 
 Ireland, Lond., 1902-3, p. Ixiv.— Papcz (J. W.) & liCwis 
 (F. T.) On the 'position of the vitelline arteries in human 
 embryos. Anat. Record, Phila., 1916-17, xi, 392-394. 
 
 Arthigon. 
 
 See, also, Gonorrhoea (Treatment of) with 
 Vaccines. 
 
 Brascli (M.) Blutbefundo nach intravenSsen Artlii- 
 goninjektionen. Miinchen. med. Wohnschr., 1914, Ixi, 1334- 
 1336. — Dorn (P.) Erfahrungen mit Gonokokken-Vakzino 
 Artliigon. Dermat. Wohnschr., I/Cipz. & Hamb., 1912, liv, 
 301-309.— Fischer (H.) Ein schwerer Anfall zerebraler 
 Erkrankung nach Arthigoninjektionen. Ibid., 1913, Ivii, 
 858. — ^FrlilLwald (R.) Die -diagnostische Verwertbarkeit 
 intravenoser Arthigoninjektionen. Med. Klin., Berl., 1913, 
 ix, 1799-1803.— Kyrle (J.) & Mucha (V.) Ueber intrave- 
 nose Arthigoninjektionen. Wien. kiln. Wohnschr., 1913, 
 xxvi, 1755.— l«wluskl (J.) Ueber den Wert intravenSser 
 Arthigoninjektionen. Munchen. med. Wchnsclir., 1913, Ix, 
 2784-2787.- Rlecke (E.) Ueber Arthigon. Schmidt's 
 Jahrb., Loipz., 1914, cccix, 561-565.— Schlasberg (H. I.) 
 [Intravenous injections of arthigon as a diagnostic measure.] 
 Hygiea, Stockholm, 1915, Ixxvu, 1275-1287. 
 
 Arthralgia. 
 
 See Hysteria; 
 matism. 
 
 Joints (Neuroses of); Rheu- 
 
 Arthritis. 
 
 See Grout; Joints (Inflammation of) ; Osteo- 
 arthritis; Osteochondritis; Rheumatic /^Der; 
 Rheumatism (Chronic); Rheumatoid arthri- 
 tis; Spine (I>eformities of, Osteoarthritic). 
 
 Arthritis (Gonorrheal). 
 
 See Gonorrhoea (Complications of, Articular); 
 Joints (Inflammation of Gonorrhcsal) . 
 
 Arthritis deformans. 
 
 • See, also,^ Hip-joint (DeforMities of, Osteoar- 
 thritic); Joints (Ankylosis, etc., of); Osteoar- 
 thritis deformans; Osteoarthropathy (Pul- 
 monary); Rheumatoid ariAritis [in 2. s.[; Spine 
 {Deformities of, Osteoarthritic). 
 
 Gout, rheumatism and arthritis deformans. 
 8°. [Ambler, Pa., 1910.] 
 
 Jones (R. L.) Aithritis deformans; compris- 
 ing rheumatoid arthritis, osteo-arthritia, and 
 spondylitis deformans. 8°. JVeti) York, 1909. 
 
 Axhausen (G.) Ueber das Wesen der Arthritis defor- 
 ^mans. Berl. khn. Wohnschr., 1913, 1, 126; 298. Also: 
 Verhandl. d. Berl. med. Gesellsch. (1913), 1914, xUv, pt. 2, 1-9. 
 
 [Discussion], pt. 1, 8-10. . Die deformierende Ge- 
 
 lenkentziindimg (Arthritis deformans) im Lichte neuer 
 Forschung. Berl. kirn. Wchnschr.,'1915, lii. 1206-1209.— 
 Barr (Sir J.), Watson (C.) [et al.]. Rheumatoid arthritis. 
 Brit. M. J., Lond., 1913, i, 753; 911; 1084.— Baudouin (M.) 
 La polyarthrite alvfiolalre depuis le (juatcrnaire jusqu'a 
 r^poque romaine. Arch. prov. de chir.. Par., 1912, xxi, 
 
 738-749. . L'ost&)-artnrite d^formante & l'i5poque de la 
 
 pierre polie. Coinpt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par., 1912, cliv, 
 
 1361-13G3. . L'ost^o-arthrite dfiformante chronique k 
 
 I'&ge de la pierre polie, dans I'ossualre de Bazoges-en-Pareds 
 (VendiSe). > Bull. Soc. franp. d'hist. de la mM., Par., 1914, 
 xili, 96-102. — Beitzke (H.) Ueber die sogcn. Arthritis de- 
 formans atrophica. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1912, Ixxiv, 
 215-229, 2 pi. — Boorstcin (S. W.) Chronic progressive 
 polyarthritis, or arthritis deformans, with a report of one 
 hundred and Ave cases. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1916, Ixxxvii, 
 1009-1019.— Briscoe (J. C.) Rheumatoid arthritis. Brit. 
 M. J., Lond., 1911, 1, .544-646.— Brown (D. D.) Rheuma- 
 toid arthritis. 76w., 1914, ii, 666.— Butler (Q.F.) Arthritis 
 deformans. Illinois M. J., Chicago, 1916, xxix, 103-108. 
 Also: Lancet^Clinlo, Cincin., 1916, cxv, 80-83.— Cassidy 
 (M. A..) [Case.] Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1912-13, vi, 
 Clin. Sect.,^ 31.— Chloupefc (C. J.) Arthritis deformans. 
 Wisconsin M. L, Milwaukee, 1913-14, xii, 221-225.— Davtd- 
 son (P.) Rheumatoid arthritis. Liverpool M.-Chir. J., 
 1915, XXXV, 305, 1 pi.— Dent (E. A.) Notes on rheumatoid 
 arthritis. Brit. MT J., Lond., 1918, 1, 365-368.— Barp (S. E.) 
 Arthritis deformans. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1909, cii, 87. 
 Also, Reprint.— Ely (L. W.) Arthritis deformans (prelimi- 
 nary paper). Am. J. Surg., N. Y., 1912, xxvi, 49-52. Also, 
 Reprmt.— EwaldJP.) Ueber Arthritis deformans. Berl. 
 
 Klmik, 1911, 282. Sft., 1-17. —. . Arthritis deformans des 
 
 Schultergelenks. Miinchen. med. Wohnschr., 1911, Iviii, 
 1049. — Geist (E. S.) Chronic multiple arthritis. Journal- 
 Lancet, Minneap., 1914, xxxiv, 128-131.— Harris (W. L.) 
 Rheumatoid arthritis. N. Eng. M. Month., Bost., 1911, xxx. 
 
 Arthritis d^ormans. 
 
 165-170. AUb: Providence ^I. J., 1911, xii, 133-138.— Heath 
 (P. M.) Cdse of marked hybertrophic arthritis of the knee. 
 Tr. M. Soc. Lond., 1910-11, xxxiv^ 431-434.— HlUor (K.) 
 Arthritis deformans (chronic infective arthritis), Med. J. 
 Australia, Sydney, 1914, i, 341-344.— Jones (J. J.) Rheuma- 
 toid arthritis, with exhibit of cases. Delaware State M. J., 
 Wilmington, 1912-13. iv, 1-8.— Jones (R. L.) Arthritis de- 
 formans. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., I-ond; 1909-10, iii. No. 6, 
 Bahieol. & Climat. Seot^ 86-98. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1910, 
 i, 997-1000;— K»nlg. Bemerkungen zur kUnischen Ge- 
 schichte der Arthritis deformans coxae auf Grand von 
 Beobachtungen. Arch. f. klin. Chir.; Berl., 1909, xxvili, 
 319-327.— Langmead (F.) [Case.] Tr. M. Soe. Lond., 
 1909-10, xxxiii, 343-345. Also: Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 
 1910-11, iv. Sect. Stud. Dis. Child., 33-38.— Ledderho.se. 
 Arthritis deformans. Deutsche med. Wohnschr., Berl. & 
 Leipz., 1913, xxxix, 2437.— Lyle (H. H. M.) Rheumatoid 
 arthritis of the hip. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1910, 11, 937-939.— 
 Macallster (C. J.) A clinical lecture on rheumatoid arthri- 
 
 ological conception of arthritis and some of its practical uses. 
 Am. J. Orthop. Surg., Phila.i 1911-12, ix, 86-116.— Mead 
 (L. D.) Arthritis deformans. Calif. State J. M., San Fran., 
 
 1909, vil, 247-251.— Morris (Emily .H.) Observations on the 
 temperature and pulse rate in ninety-five cases of rheumatoid 
 arthritis. Bull. Comm. Study Spec. Dis. 1908-9, Edlnb. & 
 Lond., 1912, iii, 75-81.— Morrison (J. R.) Remarks on 
 arthritis deformans and so-called rheumatoid arthritis. 
 Louisville Month. J. M. & S., 1914-16, xxi, 271-276.— Nathan 
 (P. W.) The nature, dia,gnosis, and treatment Of metabolic 
 osteoarthritis, so-called rheumatoid arthritis, arthritis de-. 
 formans, etc. Am. J. M. Be, PWla., 1909, n. s., cxxxvii, 
 817-848.— Nichols (E. H.) & Elchardson (F. L.) Arthritis 
 deformans. J. Med. Research, Bost., 1909-10, xxi, 149-221, 
 26 pi. Also, Reprint.- Nohel (B.) Ein Fall von Arthritis 
 chronica progressiva. Wien. med. Wohnschr., 1912, Ixn, 
 527.— Palmer (F. S.) [Case.] West Lond. M. J., Lond., 
 1911, xvi, 114.— Parker (F. H.) Rheumatoid arthritis; a 
 personal experience of the disease. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1911, 
 ii, 1351-1363.— Parkinson (J. F^ Rheumatoid arthritis. 
 Ibid., 1909, i, 333.— Pemberton (R.) The metabolism and 
 treatment of rheumatoid arthritis. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 
 
 1916, cli, 351; 678. . Observations on rheumatoid 
 
 arthritis. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, Pliila., 1916, xxxi, 371- 
 374. — Ponuner (G;) Die chronjsche deformierende Ge- 
 lenksentziindung (Arthritis deformans) vom Standpunkte 
 der neuzeitlichen Forschung aiis. Ber. d. naturw.-ined. 
 Ver. in Innsbruck, 191.5, xxxv, 1-36.— Preiser (G.) Ueber 
 Arthritis deformans cubiti. Ztschr. f . orthop. Chir.,- Stuttg., 
 
 1910, XXV, 391-418.— Eobinson (B.) Rheumatoid arthritis. 
 Med:. Rec., N. Y., 191.5, Ixxxvii, 208.— SBver (D.) Our pres- 
 ent conception of aHhritis deformans. Perm. M. J., Athens, 
 1913-14; xvii, 615-621.— Somervllle (W. F.) Rheumatoid 
 arthritis illustrated. Glasgow M. J., 1909, Ixxi, 354, Ipl. — 
 von Stubenrauch (L.) Die deformierende Geienk- 
 eritziindurig (Arthritis deformans) im Lichte neuerer For- 
 schungen. Miinchen. med. Wohnschr., 1914, Ixi, 1494; 
 1565.— Swaim (L. T.) A study of fifteen cases of hyper- 
 trophic arthritis. Clifton Med. Bull., Clifton Springs, N. Y., 
 1913-14, 1, 54-59.— Taylor (A. E.) Rheumatoid arthritis. 
 Austral. M. J., Melbourne, 1911-12, n. s., i, 477-480.— Theo- 
 balds (T.) Rheumatoid arthritis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1911, 
 i, 1051.— Tliomson (F. G.) Some problems connected 
 with rheumatoid arthritis. Ibid., 1913, 1, 336-3.37.— Tubby 
 (A. H.) Two lectures on arthritis deformans. Clin. J., 
 Lond., 1911-12, xxxix, 1; 21.— Turner (P.) Multiple 
 arthritis. Rep. Soc. Study Dis. Child., Lond., 1907-8, vili, 
 260-262. 
 
 Arthritis deformans (Bacteriology of). 
 
 Hewlett (R. To The bacteriology of rheumatoid arthritis. 
 Am. Med., Burlington, Vt., & N. Y^ 1915, n. s., x, 349- 
 361.— Moon (V. M.) & Edwards (S. R.) Re,sults of blood 
 cultures in rheumatoid arthritis. J. Iniect. Dis., Chicago, 
 
 1917, xxi, 154-161.— Vlpond (A. E.) Recent work on the 
 bacteriology of rheumatoid arthritis and its treatment. 
 Am. Medy Burlington, Vt., 191,5, x, 894-898. Also: Med. 
 Press & Circ, Lond., 1916, clii, 284-286.— Ward (A. R.) 
 Bacterium pyogenes associated with a case of multiple 
 arthritis in a hog. J. Bact., Bait., 1916, i, 114. 
 
 Arthritis deformans (Causes and path- 
 ology of). 
 
 See, also, Arthritis deformans (Bacteriology 
 of); Arthritis deformans (Traumatic). 
 
 Frank (P. ) *tJ eber den Kheumatiemus nodo- 
 sus mit besonderer Berucksichtigung des patho- 
 logisch-anatomiachen Befundes. [Strassburg.l 
 8°. Berlin, 1912. 
 
 Also, iv,: Berl. klin. Wohnschr., 1912, xllx, 1358-1361. 
 
 Abels (H.) Eine seltene Erscheinungsform von Rheu- 
 matismus nodosus. Wien. klin. Wohnschr., 1913, xxvi, 
 440. — Andd (A.) Delle alterazioni anatomiche ed istolo- 
 
ARTHEITIS. 
 
 71 
 
 ARTHKITIS. 
 
 Arthritis deformans {Causes and path- 
 ology of). 
 
 giohe in un caso di artrite deformante del ginocchio. Ann. 
 a. r. 1st. di Clin. chir. di Koma, 1909, ii, 985-992. Also: Poli- 
 olin., Roma, 1909, xvi, sez. chir., 105-113.— Andrews (C. R.) 
 & Hoke (M.) A preliminary report on the relation of albu- 
 minous putrefaction in the Intestines to arthritis deformans . 
 (rheumatoid arthritis, osteo-arthritis); its influence upon 
 treatment. Tr. M. Ass. Georgia, Atlanta, 1907, Iviii, 243- 
 264.— Axhausen (G.) Klinlsche und hlstologisehe Bei- 
 trage zur Kenntnis der juvenilen Arthritis deformans coxae. 
 
 Charit(S-Ann., Berl., 1909, xxxiii, 414-422. . Neue 
 
 Untersuchungen fiber die RoUe der Knorpelnekrose in der 
 Pathogenese der Arthritis deformans. Arch. f. kiln. Chir., 
 Berl., 1914, civ, 301-346, 6 pi. :. Neues zur Pathoge- 
 nese der Arthritis deformans. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., 
 
 Berl. & Leipz., 1914, xl, 1541. . Die Entstehung der 
 
 freien Gelenkkorper und ihre Beziehung zur Arthritis 
 deformans. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Chir., Berl., 
 1914, xliil, pt. 1, 182-186.— Bauinan (C. I.) Chronic deform- 
 ing arthritis developing during the course of a tuberculous 
 infection of the ankle. Cleveland M. J,, 1912, xi, 33-35.— 
 Canney (L.) The cause of rheumatoid arthritis. Brit. 
 M. J., Lond., 1913, n, 833.— Church (H. M.) "On rheuma- 
 toid arthritis;" a clinical record of two cases, presumably 
 of puerperal causation. Edinb. M. J., 1910, n. s., Iv, 18-30. — 
 Cornwall (E. E.) Arthritis deformans and its relation to 
 Intestinal putrefaction. Med. Rec, N. Y^ 1911, Ixxix, 579- 
 581. [Discussion], 603-605.— Crowe (H. W.) The primary 
 cause of rheumatoid arthritis. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., 
 Lond., 1913-14, vii. Path. Sect., 25-36. Also: Lancet, Lond., 
 
 1913, ii, 1460-1464. . A contribution to the etiology of 
 
 rheumatoid arthritis. Lancet, Lond., 1913, i, 1377-1379. — 
 Davis (D. JJ The etiology and pathogenesis of rheumatoid 
 arthritis. Illinois M. J., Chicago, 1914, xxvi, 168-163.— 
 Donald (J.) The cause of rheumatoid arthritis. Brit. M. J., 
 Lond., 1913, ii, 1647.— Elliott (G. R.) The present status 
 of chronic multiple arthritis, with special consideration of 
 infection as an etiological factor. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1916, 
 xc, 529; 666.— Ely (Ij. W.) A case of rheumatoid arthritis of 
 almost undoubted syphilitio origin. Colorado Med., Denver, 
 
 1911, viii, 290-293. . The etiology of chronic nontu- 
 
 berculous arthritis; the miscalled arthritis deformans. Am. 
 J. Orthop. Surg.. Phila:, 1912-13, x, 171 - 177.— Garry (T. 
 G.) The cause of rheumatoid arthritis. Brit. M." J., Lond., 
 
 1913, ii, 1185. — Goadby (K.) Arthritis of mouth origin. 
 Tr. Internat. Cong. Med. 1913, Lond., 1914, Sect, xvil, St* 
 matol., pt. 2, 191-197.— Head (J.) Osteoarthritis in its 
 relation to mouth infection. Am. J. Orthop. Surg., Phila., 
 1914-16, xiii, 71-86.— Heckmann (J.) Etiology of arthritis 
 deformans. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1909, Ixxv, 958-962. Also, 
 transl: Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1909, Ivi, 1688-1591.— 
 Hlrsh (A. B.) Deforming arthritis and intestinal stasis. 
 J. Advane. Therap., N. Y., 1913, xxi, 432-442.— Hodge 
 (E. H. V.) Nodular subacute rheumatism in an adult. 
 Indian M; Gaz., Calcutta, 1914, xlix, 19.— KOhler (H.) Die 
 Arthritis deformans bei Subluxatio coxEe: eine statische 
 Erkrankung. Ztschr. f. orthop. Chir., Stuttg., 1915, xxxv, 
 89-109. — Kttlbs. Arthritis deformans sine arthritide. Berl. 
 klin. Wchnschr., 1911, xlviii, 133.— Lambert (J.) A report 
 on some points in the etiology and onset of 196 cases of 
 rheumatoid arthritis. Bull. Com. Study. Spec. Dis., Cam- 
 bridge, 1908, ii, 83-94. — Lindsay (J.) The relation of infec- 
 tive foci to rheumatoid arthritis; an analysis of 172 cases. 
 Ibid., 106-116.— MDdelton (W.J.) The cause of rheumatoid 
 arthritis. Brit. M. J., Lend., 1913, ii, 772.— Mlllan. Nodo- 
 sitfe chroniques du rheumatisme d^formant. Bull. Soc. 
 franc, de dermat. et syph.. Par., 1910, xxi, 161-154.— Nathan 
 (P. W.) Arthritis deformans as an infectious disease; an 
 experimental and clinical study from the Carnegie Labo- 
 ratory (University and Bellevue Medical College) and the 
 Monteflore Home and Hospital for Chronic Diseases. J. 
 Med. Research, Bost., 1917, xxxvi, 197-223, 6 pi.— Parkin- 
 son (J. P.) Rheumatic nodules. Clin. J., iSond., 1912-13, xl, 
 48. — Pemberton (R.) The metabolism, prevention, and 
 successful treatment of rheumatoid arthritis; second con- 
 tribution. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1913, cxM, 895: 
 
 1914, cxlvii. 111; 266; 423. — Pommer (G. ) Mikrosko- 
 pische Befunde bei Arthritis deformans. Denkschr. d. 
 k. Akad. d. Wissensch. Math.-naturw. Elasse, Wien, 
 1914, Ixxxix, 65-316, 17 pL — Preiser (G.) Abwehr und 
 Kritik zu der Arbeit von G. A. WoUenberg fiber Aetio- 
 logie der Arthritis deformans. Ztschr. f. orthop. Chir., 
 Stuttg., 1910, xxvi, 369-380..— K«gn,ault (F.) Squelette de 
 rhumatisme d^formant gtoeraUsg. Bull, et mim. Soc. anat. 
 de Par., 1909, Ixxxiv, 335.— Ritchie (L. C. P.) Arthritis 
 deformans in relation to industrial conditions. J. State 
 Med J Lond;, 1916, xxiv, 300-309. — ^Rosenbach (O.) Ueber 
 die Heberden'schen Enotchen der Finger. Wien. klin. 
 Rundschau, 1903, xvii, 831-834. — ^Bosenow (E. C.) Pre- 
 liminary note on the etiology of arthritis deformans. Tr. 
 Chicago Path. Soc, 1914, ix, 115-118. Also: J. Am. M'. Ass., 
 Chicago, 1914, Ixii, 1146. — BothschUd (J.) Zwei Falle von 
 Arthritis deformans nach Typhus, ein Beitrag zur Kennt- 
 nis der Aetiologie der Arthritis deformans. Berl. kUn. 
 Wchnschr., 191& xlvii, 145-147.— Kuge (E.) Zahlrciche 
 Ireie GelenkkBrper bei isolierter Arthritis deformans der 
 Fossa cubitalis. Arch. f. kUn. Chir., Berl., 1909, xci, 227- 
 235. — Saunders (A.) A case of rheumatic nodules. West 
 
 Arthritis deformans {Causes and path- 
 ology of) . 
 
 Lond. M. J., Lond., 1912, xvii, 39.— Shepherd (I. M.) The 
 cause of arthritis deformans. Am. Med., Burlington, Vt., 
 & N. Y., 1911, n. s., vi, 60-56.— SUver (D.) The role of vis- 
 ceroptosis in the etiology of arthritis deformans. Am. J. 
 Orthop. Surg., Phila., 1916, xiv, 613-621.— Snow (W. B.) 
 Rheumatoid arthritis, a distinctive form of multiple arthri- 
 tis of toxic origin. J. Advane Therap., N. Y., 1915, xxxiii, 
 336-349.— Stailel (A.) Zur Casuistlk der Arthritis defor- 
 mans des Hiiftgelenks als Berufskrankheit. Arch. f. klin. 
 Chir., Berl., 1912-13, c, 693-596.— Steadman (F. St. J.) 
 A case of rheumatoid arttiritis twice cured by the removal 
 of septic teeth. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1913-14, vii, 
 Odont. Sect., 21-28.— Suquet (L.) Trois cas de rhumatisme 
 d^formant prfeentant de nOmbreux arthrqphytes. Montpel. 
 mfid., 1918, xl, 220-222.— Wagner (K.) Zur Aetiologie der 
 Arthritis deformans. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1913, bciii, 
 . 1907-1910.— Walkhofl (E.), Ewald (P.) & Preiser (G.) 
 Die vaskulare Theorie der Arthritis deformans. Ztschr. f. 
 orthop. Chir., Stuttg., 1911, xxviii, 231-202.— Warden (C. 
 C.) The toxemic factor in rheumatoid arthritis. CaUt. State 
 J. M., San Fran., 1909, vii, 299-301. — Watson (T. A.) The 
 cause of rheumatoid arthritis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1913, ii, 
 704. — Wharton (E. L.) The teeth as a possible causative 
 agent of arthritis deformans. N. Jersey Dent. J., Newark; 
 1916, V, 291-295. — WoUenberg (G. A.) Aetiologie der Ar- 
 thritis deformans. Ztschr. f. orthop. Chir., Stuttg., 1909, 
 xxiv, 359-461. — r . Die atiologiscnen Faktoren der Ar- 
 thritis deformans; eine Erwlderung an Preiser. Ibid., 1910, 
 xxvi, 381-386.— Takunln (N. N.) [The thyroid gland and 
 arthritis deformans.] Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1913, Ixxx, 731- 
 737. — Young (J. K.) The etiology of arthritis deformans. 
 Internat. Clui., Phila., 1910, 20. s., lii, 281-285, 1 pi. 
 
 Arthritis deformans {Complications and 
 sequelx of). 
 
 Burt (J. B.) The production of osteophytes and ex. 
 ostoses in chronic gout and arthritis deformans. Proc- 
 Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1913-14, vii, Balneol. [etc.]. Sect., 
 4.5-68.— Ewald (P.) Die Schmerzen bei der Arthritis de- 
 formans. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz, 1910, 
 
 xxxvi, 898-900. . Plattfusssclunerzen und Arthritis 
 
 deformans. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1911, xlviii, 670-672.— 
 Hawthorne (C. O.) Rheumatoid arthritis in association 
 with cardiac valvular disease. Polyclin., Lend., 1910, xiv, 
 44-47.— Herringham (W. P.) A case of rheumatoid 
 arthritis with albuminuria, and with great enlargement of 
 the liver. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1909-10, in, CUn. 
 Sect., 61-63.— Lyonnct & Charvet. Rhumatisme daor- 
 mant; aortit* ohronique; tubercuiose pulmonaire; mort par 
 nephrite aigue. Bull. Soc. mfid. d. hflp. de Lyon, 1911, x, 
 1S6-189. Also: Lyon m^d., 1911, cxvi, 982-985.— Meyer 
 (A. W.) The effect of arthritis deformans (?) on the tendon 
 of the long head of the biceps. Am. J. Orthop. Surg., Phila., 
 1915-16, xii, 91-96.— Molinie. Observation de polyarthrite 
 deformante progressive avec goitre concomitant;^soriasis 
 arthropatique chez un descendant. Bull, et m^.m. Soc. m6d. 
 d. h6p. de Par., 1908, 3. s., xxv, 369.— Nathan (P. W.) The 
 . neurological condition associated with polyarthritis and 
 spondylitis. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1916, clii, 667-688.— 
 Palmer (F. S.) A case of rheumatoid arthritis with bursal 
 compUcation. West Lond. M. J., Lond., 1913, xviii,46. — Pen- 
 rose (N. C.) Chronic arthritis with enlargement of the lym- 
 phatic glands and spleen. Rep. Soc. Study Dis. Child., Lond., 
 1907-8, viii, 419-421, 5 pi.— Salomon (H.) Delormierende 
 Polyarthritis mit nervosen Symptomen. Mitt. d. Gesellsch. 
 f. inn. Med. u. Einderh. in Wien, 1912, xi, 20.— Smith 
 (P. H.) The incidence of a liistory of vaginal discharge in 
 one hundred and fifteen cases of rheumatoid arthritis. Bull. 
 Comm. Study Spec. Dis. 190S-9, Edinb. & Lond., 1912 iti, 
 92-96.— Spriggs (B. I.) Exophthalmic goitre with rheu- 
 matoid arthritis. Proc Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1908-9, ii, 
 
 Clin. Sect., 49-51. . A case of rheumatoid arthritis 
 
 with enlargement of lymphatic glands and spleen. Ibid., 
 1909-10, iii, CUn. Sect., 15-19.— Weber (F. P.) Rheumatic 
 nodules (rheumatismus nodosus) associated with rheu- 
 matic torticollis. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., I/ond., 1913-14, 
 vii, Clin. Sect., 21-26. 
 
 Arthritis deformans {Diagnosis of) . 
 
 Dent (E. A.) Rheumatoid arthritis; its clinical aspects, 
 diagnosis, and treatment. Practitioner, Lond., 1909, Ixxxiii, 
 339-355.— Fernandez Sanz (E.) El signo de Babinski en 
 el reumatismo crdnico deformante. Rev. clin. de Madrid, 
 1911, vi, 91-96.— Hastings (T. W.) Complement fixation 
 tests in chronic infective deforming arthritis and arthritis 
 deformans. J. Exper. M., Lancaster, 1914, xx, 62-71. Also 
 [Abstr.]: Boston M. & S. J., 1916, clxxii, 558.— Herringham 
 (W. P.) A clinical lecture on rheumatoid arthritis. Clin. 
 J^ Lond., 1909, xxxiv, 257-260.— Hickling (Gertrude H. G.) 
 Notes on the clinical history of rheumatoid arthritis. Med. 
 Chron., Manchester, 1912-13, Ivii, 317-341^ 1 pi.— Lindsay 
 (J.) Vaso-motor phenomena as apremomtory symptom in 
 rheumatoid arthritis. Clin. J., Lond., 1913-14, xlii, 268- 
 271.— Lufl (A. P.) The diagnosis and treatment of rheu- 
 matoid arthritis and other forms of infective arthritis. Prac- 
 titioner, Lond., 1912, Ixxxviii, 22-33.— Midelton (W. J.) 
 
ARTHRITIS. 
 
 72 
 
 ARTHRITIS. 
 
 Arthritis deformans (Diagnosis of). 
 
 The early dwnosis and treatment of rheumatoid arthritis. 
 Med. Mas., Lond., 1909, xvlil, 115-120.— Scttegast. Die 
 charatteristischen Formen der Arthritis deformans bei den 
 verschiedenen Gelenken im RSntgenogramm. Verhandl. 
 d. deutsch. Eontg.-Gesellsch., Hamb., 1907, iii, 157-169.— 
 Shoemaker (J. V.) Arthritis deformans; aclinical lecture. 
 
 Lancet-Clinic, Cincm., 1910, oiil, 393-395. ^Walton (J. C.) 
 
 The differential diagnosis and treatment of rheumatic ar- 
 thritis deformans. Richmond J. Pract., 1910, xxiv, 121-129. 
 Also: South. M. & S., Chattanooga, 1910, xiii, 211-213. 
 
 Artliritis deformans {Experimental). 
 
 Axbausen (G.) Kritisches und Experimentelles zur 
 Oenese der Arthritis deformans, insbesondere fiber die 
 Bodeutung der aseptischen Knochen- und Knorpelhekrose. 
 Arch. f. kUn. ChiT;, Berl., 1911, xciv, 331-351.--Axbausen 
 (G.) & Pels (I.) Experimentelle Beitrage zur Genese der 
 Arthritis deformans. Deutsche Ztschr. J. Chir., Leip/,., 1911, 
 ox, 515-531.- Kroli (F.) Experunentelle Arthritis defor- 
 mans. IIM., 1909. xoix, 425-443, 1 pi.— von ManteuSel. 
 Ueber experimentelle Arthritis deformans. Ibid., 1913, 
 cxxiv, 321-327.— Wollenlierg (G. A.) Die Aetiologle der 
 Arthritis deformans im Lichte des Experlmentes. Arch. f. 
 Orthop. [etc.], Wiesb., 1909, vii, 226-234. 
 
 Artliritis deformans (Traumatic). 
 
 SMiRNorp (Kaleria). *Contribution k I'^tude 
 de rarthrite d^formaiite post^traumatique. 8°. 
 Lausanne, 1907. 
 
 Ledderhose (G.) Arthritis deformans und Unfall. 
 Aerztl. Sachverst.-Ztg., Berl., 1912, xviii, 345-349.— Senger 
 (E.) Ueber die Art&itis deformans und ihre Beurteilung 
 nach Unfallen. Berl. klin. Wohnschr., 1916, liii, 244-246. 
 
 Arthritis deform/ins (Treatment of). 
 
 Abbott (S.) Radiant light in the treatment of rheumar 
 toid arthritis. J. Advano. Therap., N. Y., 1910, xxviii, 420- 
 423. — ^Alexander (D. L.) A case of arthritis deformans in 
 which large doses of arsenic were taken. J. Am. M. Ass., 
 Chicago, 1905, xliv, 627-629. Also, Reprint. — Armstrong 
 (W.) The therapeutics of rheumatoid arthritis. Brit. M. 
 
 J., Lond., 1896, i, 1197. . The treatment of rheumatoid 
 
 arthritis by intestinal lavage. Lancet, Lond., 1909, i, 500. — 
 Bailey (C. F.) The treatment of chronic rheumatic and 
 rheumatoid arthritis by radiant heat and cataphorcsis. 
 Brit. M. L, Lond., 1909, i, 13; 630.— BlUlngs (F.) Clinical 
 aspect and medical management of arthritis deformans. 
 Illinois M. J., Chicago, 1914, xxv, 14-17. Also: Old Do- 
 minion J. M. & S., Riehmond, 1914, xviii, 1-10.— Boorstein 
 (S. W..) Abstract of treatment of arthritis deformans in 
 Monteflore Home; with report of cases. Med. Rec, N. Y., 
 1912, Ixxxl, 265-267. . Institutional treatment of ar- 
 thritis deformans. Mi., Ixxxii, 469-473.— Booth (F.) A 
 note on the treatment in a case of arthritis deformans. Lan- 
 cet, Lond., 1908, ii, 1814.— Brabazon (A. B.) Analysis of 
 100 cases of rheumatoid arthritis treated In the Royal Mineral 
 Water Hospital, Bath. Brit. M. }., Lond., 1896, i, 723.— 
 Butler (G. F.) The management of rheumatoid arthritis. 
 Mod. Brief, St. Louis, 1914, xlii, 89-93.— Cameron (W. H.) 
 Radium emanation therapy in arthritis deformans. Ra- 
 dium, Pittsburgh, 1913, i, 3-5.— Chaix. Action do la parar 
 . toxinesurlerhumatismechroniqued^formant. Nordm6d., 
 Lille, 1911, xviii, 201-203.— Clotet (B.) Tractament de les 
 artropaties seques d eformants per I'opoterapia ovdrica. An. 
 Acad, y lab. de cien. m^d. de Catalunya, Barcel., 1912, vi, 
 1-7.— Comstock (A.) The treatment of rheumatoid ar- 
 thritis. Am. Med., Burlington, Vt., & N. Y., 1915, n. s., x, 
 420-422.— da Costa & Ducoeurjoly. Polyarthrlte diSfor- 
 mante; abc6s de fixation. Arch, de Doyen, Par., 1910-11, 
 i, 568.— Ely (L. W.) Teamwork in chronic arthritis in the 
 Stanford clinic. Interstate M. J., St. Louis, 1917, xxlv, 
 500-506.— Foster (M.) Dell' influenza del climanellaartrite 
 reumatica. Atti d. Cong. naz. d'idrol. e climat,, Perugia, 
 1908, 220-223.— Gamlen (H. E.) Case of rheumatoid ar- 
 thritis successfully treated with high frequency currents. 
 Northumberland & Durham M. J., Newcastle-upon-Tyne, 
 1903, xi, 165. . Treatment of rheumatic and rheuma- 
 toid arthritis by radiant heat and cataphoresis. Brit. M. J., 
 Lond., 1909, i, 371.— Goodell (G. Z.) Heat in the treatment 
 of rheumatoid arthritis. J. Advanc. Therap., N. Y., 1910, 
 xxviii, 423-425.— Granger (F. B.) X-ray treatment of 
 rheumatoid arthritis. Ibid., 426.— Grlfflths (C. T.) Rheu- 
 matoid arthritis apparently cured by auto-counter-irritation. 
 Brit. M. Jj Lond., 1916, ii, 836. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1916, 
 it, 993.— Bterrlngham (W. P.) A case of rheumatoid 
 arthritis treated by bee stings. St. Barth. Hosp. J., Lond., 
 1909-10, xvii, 36.— HlcWUig (G. H. G.) The blood-pressure 
 in rheumatoid arthritis and the effect of bath treatment 
 thereon. Med. Chron., Manchester, 1912-13, Ivii, 25-41. 
 BIrsh (A. B.) An advance in treatment of deforming 
 arthritis infectious, toxic, or metastatic arthritis). J. 
 Advanc. Therap., N. Y., 191.5, xxxili, 428-450.— Hitchcock 
 (W. H.) Dietetics in rheumatoid arthritis. Ihid., 1910, 
 xxviii, 429-431.— Ipaton (K. V.) [Fibrolysin in arthritis 
 deformans.] Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1912, xix, ,1219; 
 1256.— Jewett (H. S.) Notes on the use of the continuous 
 
 Arthritis deformans (Treatment of). 
 
 current in arthritis deformans, or rheumatoid arthritis. Tr. 
 Am. Electrother. Ass., (Chicago), 1896, v 154-160.— Jones 
 (R.) On the treatment of arthritic deformities. Brit. M. J., 
 Lorid., 1914, ii. 741-745.— Kolipinski (L.) On pyroUgneous 
 acid and its mtemal use in arthritis deformans. Month. 
 Cycl. Pract. Med., Phila., 1907, x, 290. Also, Reprint.— 
 Lane (SirVf. A.) Some remarks on the causation and treat- 
 ment of rheumatoid arthritis. Am. Med^ Burlington. Vt., 
 & N. Y., 1915, n. s., X, 386-390.— Latham ( P. W.) An address 
 on the etiology and treatment of rheumatoid arthritis. 
 Lancet, Lond., 1910, 11, 927-929,— Laumonler (J.) La 
 di^tfitlque de la polyarthrite d^formante. Gaz. mid. de 
 Par.. 1912, Ixxxiii, 318-320.— McFee j;W. D.) The staUc 
 treatment of rheumatoid arthritis. J. Advano. Therap., 
 N. Y., 1910, xxviii, 419.— Mldelton (W. J.) Thyroid ex- 
 tract in rheumatoid arthritis. Brit. M. J., Lond., ii, 1892. 
 
 . Some notes on arthritis deformans, with an analysis 
 
 of fifty cases treated by means of continuous counter-irrita- 
 tion. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1913, n. s., xcvi, 422. 
 . Two cases of arthritis deformans treated by con- 
 tinuous counter-irritation. Proc. Roy. Soo. Med., Lond., 
 
 1913-14, vii, Clin. Sect., 19-21. . Continuous coimter- 
 
 irritation as a therapeutic measure in rheumatoid arthritis, 
 etc.' Practitioner, Lond., 1916, xcvii, 371-376: 1917, xcvlil, 
 491-496. Also [Abstr.]: Med. Times, Lond., 1917, xlv, 
 290-292. — ^Murrell (W.) A clinical lecture on rheumatoid 
 arthritis and its treatment. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1908, 
 n. s., Ixxxvi, 714-717.— Nathan (P. W.) A new and ap- 
 parently successful method of treating metabolic osteo- 
 arthritis; so-called arthritis deformans. J. Am. M. Ass., 
 Chicago, 1911, liv, 1779-1784. . The mechanical treat- 
 ment of deforming arthritis. Am. Med., Burlington, Vt., &■ 
 N. Y., 1915, X, 612-621.— Osgood (B.) Certains types d'ar- 
 thrite d^formante et leur traitement. Orthop. et tuberc. 
 chir.. Par., 1914, i, 93-124. Also, Reprint.- Peckham (F. 
 E.) The treatment of some types of rheumatoid arthritis. 
 Am. J. Orthop. Surg., Phila., 1908-9, vi, 702-713.— Pember- 
 ton (R.) The nature and suqpessful treatment of rheuma- 
 toid arthritis. Intemat. Clin., Phila., 1914, 24. s., iii, 55-61. 
 . The metabolism and successful treatment of rheu- 
 matoid arthritis. Penn. M. J., Athens, 1916-17, xx, 820-824: 
 1918, xxl, 220-224. [Discussion], 226-229.— Perkins (G. S.) 
 A case of rheumatoid arthritis treated by thyroid extract. 
 Lancet, Lond., 1910, i, 643.— Phillips (J.) Arthritis de- 
 formans, from the medical standpoint. Ohio M. J., Colum- 
 bus, 1916; xii, 91-94.— Pommer (G.) Zur Kenntnis der 
 Ausheilungsbefunde bei Arthritis deformans, besonders im 
 Bereiche ihrer Knorpelusuren, nebst einem Beitr^ zur 
 Kenntnis der lakunaren Knorpelresorption. Virchow's 
 Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 191.5, ccxix,361-278.— Porter 
 (J. L.) The treatment of rheumatoid arthritis of the hypertro- 
 phic type. Am. J. Orthop. Surg., Phila., 1914-15, xii, 718-721. 
 
 . The treatment of rheumatoid arthritis of the hsrper- 
 
 trophic type. Railway Surg. J., Chicago, 1916-17, xxiii, 
 299-302. Also: Intemat. J. Surg., N. Y., 1917, xxx, 280- 
 282.- Koberts (P. W.) The practical management of 
 chronic osteoarthritis. Med. Rec., N. Y., 1914, Ixxxv, 829- 
 833.— Bobin (A.) The treatment of rheumatoid arthritis. 
 Med. Press & Circ, Lopd., 1909, n. s., Ixxxviil, 369.— Bosen- 
 bloom (J.) A study of the urinary nitrogen and sulphur 
 partition in a case of rheumatoid arthritis treated with in- 
 travenous injections of radium salts. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 
 1915, cxlix, 718-722.— Schanz (A.) Zur Aetiologle und 
 Therapie der Arthritis deformans. Verhandl. d. deutsch. 
 orthop. Gesellsch., Stuttg., 1913, xii, 177-183. Also: Ztschr, 
 f. orthop. Chir., Stuttg., 1914, xxxlv, 258-264.— Senlse (T.) 
 L'azione terapcutica degll ioni e Petiologia dell' artrito de- 
 formante amiotrofica. Studium, NapoU, 1912, v, 96; 335. — 
 Shands (A. R.) The prevention and correction of deformi- 
 ties in chronic joint diseases. Tr. Tri-State M. Ass., Raleigh, 
 1904, vi, 82-95.— Sibley (W. K.) Two cases of rheuma- 
 toid arthritis treated by the hot-air method. Med. Press & 
 Circ, Londy 1890, n. s., Ixi, 597.— Skinner 7C. E.) The 
 treatment of arthritis deformans. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., & 
 N. Y., 1910, cxl, 684-696. Also, Reprint.— Smith (J. S. K.) 
 Arthritis deformans and a purin-free diet. Med. Press & 
 Circ, Lond., 1912, n. s., xciv, 56-58.— SomervUle (W. F.) 
 Treatment of rheumatoid arthritis by cataphoresis. Brit. 
 M. J., Lond., 1909, i, 1120.— Stoutenbnrgh (J. A.) What 
 can be done for the relief of our arthritic patients? Am. 
 Med., Burlington, Vt., & N. Y., 1913, n. s'., yiii, 269-263.- 
 
 chronic arthritis. Therap. Gaz. [etc.], Detroit, 1917, xii, 
 327.— Walsh (C. J.) Treatment of rheumatoid arthritis. 
 J. Advanc. Therap., N. Y., 1910, xxviii, 427.— Webb (J. 0.) 
 Treatment of rheumatic or rheumatoid arthritis by radiant 
 heat and cataphoresis. Brit. M. J., Lond.', 1909, i, 952.— 
 Williams (C.) X-rays in the treatment of rheumatoid 
 arthritis. Practitioner, Lond., 1912, Ixxxviii, 141-144.— 
 Wilson (H.) Thyroid extract in rheumatoid arthritis. 
 Brit. M. J., Lond., 1910, ii, 1769. AUo: Therap. Med., N. Y., 
 191 1, xxv (v), 381.— Wollenberg (G. A.) Zur Therapie der 
 Arthritis deformans. Verhandl. d. deutsch. orthop. Ge- 
 sellsch., Stuttg., 1913, xii, 190. Also: Ztschr. f. orthop. 
 Chir., Stuttg., 1913, xxxu, 442.— Woodwork (A. S.) 3: 
 
ARTHRITIS. 
 
 73 
 
 ARTHROPODA. 
 
 Arthritis deformans ( Treatment of) . 
 
 Wallace (E. I^. M.) The relation of the Rastrio secretion to 
 rheumatoid arthritis. Lancet, Lond., 1912, ii, 942-944.— 
 Wright (S. J.) Advanced therapeutics of arthritis defor- 
 mans; progressive polyarticular. J. Advanc. Therap.,N.Y., 
 1908, xxvi, S59. 
 
 Arthritis deformans {Treatment of, Of- 
 
 erative). 
 
 Bastlanelll (E.) Un tentative di oura dell' osteoartrite 
 deformantc dell' anca mediante artroplastica. Biv. ospedaJ., 
 Roma, 1911, i, 1-8, 3 pi.— Brackett (15. G.) Operative treat- 
 ment of osteoarthritis. Am. J. Orthop. Surg., Phila., 1914- 
 15, xiii, 46-58. — Carotbers (R.) Arthritis deformans, from 
 the surpical standpoint. Ohio M. J., Columhus, 1916, xii, 
 89-91.— Elliott (G. R.) The operative treatment of con- 
 tracted and deformed hands in multiple arthritis; a prelimi- 
 nary paper. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1914, c, 957-969. Also, 
 Reprint.— Fuller (E.) The cure through genito-urinary 
 surgery of arthritis deformans and allied varieties of chronic 
 rheumatism. Tr. Am. Ass. Genito-Urin. Surg., N. Y., 1913, 
 viii, 121-134, 2 pi— Lane (A.) & Barrtngton-Ward. A 
 case of rheumatoid arthritis treated hy ileo-colostomy. Tr. 
 . M. Soc. Lond., 1911-12, xxxv, 384-386.— Uoyd (S.) The 
 surgical treatment of rheumatoid arthritis. Am. Med^Bur- 
 llngton, Vt., & N. Y., 1915, n. s., x, 456-461.— Lyle (H. H. M.) 
 Albee's operation tor arthritis deformans of the hip. St. 
 Luke's Hosp. M. & S. Rep. 1910, Poughkeepsie, 1911, ii, 24- 
 28.— MUUer (W , ) Zur operativcn Behandlung der A rthritis 
 deformans. Verhandl. a. Gesellsch. deutsch. N^turt. u. 
 Aerzte, Leipz., 1909, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 190.— Muller (G. P.) 
 Surgical aspects of chrome hypertrophic arthritis. Ann. 
 Surg., Phila., 1909, 1, 630-635.— Murphy (J. B.) Rheumar 
 toidartliritis. Surg. Clin., Chicago, 1913, ii, 531.— Kichard- 
 son (F. A.) Excision of the hip-joint in arthritis deformans. 
 Intemat. Clin., Phila., 1909, 19. s., i, 100-115.— Rowlands 
 CM. J.) The radical treatment of rheumatoid arthritis. 
 Lancet, Lond., 1916, 1, 133-135.— Smith (R.). Ileocolostomy 
 and colectomy for arthritis deformans. J. Am. M. Ass., 
 Chicago, 1915, Ixv, 771-773.— Tuhby (A. H.) Arthritis 
 deformans [osteo-arthritis; rheumatoid arthritis); with a 
 notice of its surgical treatment. , Lancet, Lond., 1908, ii, 
 1865-1870.— Tyler (G. T.) Some remarks on chronic arthritis, 
 ■with report of a case. South. M. J., Birmingham, 1916, ix, 
 983-985.— Welsz (E.) [Straightening the upper extremities 
 in case of deforming rheumatism.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 
 1905, xlix, 308-311. 
 
 Arthritis deformans {Treatment of) hy 
 vaccines. 
 
 Bannatyne (G. A.) & Lindsay (J.) A note on the treat- 
 ment of rheumatoid arthritis by vaccines. Brit. M. J., 
 Lond., 1911, i, 192.— Davy (P. C. T.) Vaccine treatment in 
 .subacute and chronic arthritis. ■ J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, 
 Lond., 1913, xx 53-55.— Greene (H. M.) Arthritis defor- 
 mans; successful treatment by an autobacterin. N. York 
 M. J. [etc.], 1912, xcvi, 421. Also, Reprint.— Horder (T. J.) 
 Vaccine-therapy in rheumatoid arthritis. Lancet. Lond., 
 1912, i, 1053.— Oppenhelm (R.) & Lamy (P.) JEssai de 
 traitement du rhumatisme dyormant par la tubercuUne. 
 Clinique, Brux., 1912, xxvi, 599-607.— Porter (F.) Notes 
 on a case of rheumatoid arthritis treated with subcutaneous 
 injections of rheumatism phyteogen. Lancet, Lond., 1913, 
 1, 1588. — Smith (L.) Vaccine therapy in rheumatoid 
 arthritis and allied conditions. Glasgow M. J., 1911, Ixxv, 
 218; 288. — Soltau (A. B.) A note on the use of vaccines in 
 the treatment of rheumatoid arthritis^ Lancet, Lond., 1913, 
 i, 1379. 
 
 Arthritis deformans (Vertehral). 
 
 See Spine {Deformities of, Osteoartkntic). 
 
 Arthritis deformans in children. 
 
 See, also, Hip-joint {Deformities of, Osteoar- 
 thritic); Joints {Diseases of) in children; Kheu- 
 matoid arthritis in children. 
 
 BoDLAENDEB (H.) *Beitrag zur Arthritis de- 
 formans juvenilis. 8°. Berlin, 1909. 
 
 VON Meyenbxjrg (H.) *KasuiBtische Bei- 
 trage zur Prage der Arthritis deformans juvenilis 
 idiopathica. 8°. Zurich, 1914. 
 
 Abt (I. A.) Arthritis deformans in children. Interstate 
 M. J.. St. Louis, 1908, xv, 581-585. Also, Reprint.- Ander- 
 son (A. V. M.) A case of subacute infective artliritis (Still's 
 disease) treated by vaccines. Austral. M. J., Melbourne, 
 1911-12^ n. s., i, 421.— Berg (J.) [A case of circurtiscribed 
 arthritis deformans with loose joint-mouse in a cliild, with 
 some remarks on arthritis deformans.] Hygiea, Stockholm, 
 1916, Ixxviii, 977-964.— Birk (W.) Der Stoffwechsel bei 
 Arthritis deformans des Kindes. Zentralbl. f . d. ges. Physiol. 
 u. Path. d. StofEwechs., Berl. & Wien, 1908, n. F., iii, 801- 
 806. — Bolt. Juvenile Arthritis deformans. Deutsche mcd. 
 Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1913, xxxix, 972.— Chenhall 
 
 Arthritis deformans in cMldren. 
 
 (W. T.) Still's disease. Australas. M. Gaz., Svdney, 1912, 
 xxxi, 547.— Chornofl (V. E.) [Polyarthritis deformans in 
 children.] Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1898, xix, 181; 221; 283.— 
 Collins (J.) Report of a case of chrome infectious poly- 
 arthritis (Still's disease) presented at the weekly clinical 
 conference of the Neurological Institute of New York. Am. 
 Pract., N. Y., 1912, xlvi, 553-558.— Cunllffe (E. N.) .Chronic 
 joint disease of Still's type. Drcschfeld Memorial, Man- 
 chester, 1908, 217-225, 1 pi.— DeKarde & Fontan (C.) Poly- 
 arthrite d^formante chez une fillette de 14 ans. Echo mM. 
 du nord, Lille, 1911, xv, 597-600. —Dock (G.) Defective 
 development from arthritis in early hfe. Tr. Ass. Am. 
 Physician.s, Phila., 1912, xxvU, 332-337.— Glbney (V. P.) 
 A case of Still's disease. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1912, Ixxxii, 93- 
 96.— Heath (P. M.) Bilateral hypertrophic arthritis of the 
 knees, existing for fifteen years in a girl of 18. Tr. M. Soc. 
 Lond., 1910-11, xxxiv, 454-450.-^Hershfleld (A. S.) A case 
 of arthritis deformans in a child. Pediatrics, N. Y., 1909, 
 xxi, 219-221. [Discussion], 237-240.— Hlngston (D.) Still's 
 disease; a report of two cases. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1909, 
 xxvi, 417-423.— Holden (O.) A case of Still's disease. Bir- 
 mingh. M. Rev., 1914, Ixxv. 83-90, 2 pi.— Jones (Eleanor C.) 
 Arthritis deformans in children; report of a case of Still's 
 disease. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1911, xxviil, 135-141. [Dis- 
 cus,sion], 155-157. — Jordan (W. RJ Rheumatoid arthritis 
 in a child. Brit. J. Child. Dis., Lond., 1912, ix, 502-505. 
 Also: Brit. M. L, Lond., 1912, i, 363.— Koeppe (H.) Ein 
 Fall von StUl'scher Krankheit. Jahrb. f. ]£nderh., Berl., 
 1912, n. F., Ixxvi, 707-716 2 pi.— Kopllk (H.) Chronic 
 rheumatoid sirthritis of childhood. Tr. Am. Pediat. Soc, 
 N. Y., 1910, xxii, 72-90. Also: Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 
 1910, xxvii, 652-671.— Kttnne. Arthritis deformans im 
 Kindesalter. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 
 1912, xxxviii, 337.— Lance (M.) La poliartritis rheumAtica 
 en los niiios (enfermedad de Still). Clin, mod., Zaragoza, 
 1914, xiii, 662-668.— Lindsay (J.) Rheumatoid arthritis in 
 children. Edinb. M. J., 1913, n. s., x, 332-346, 3 pi.— Longo 
 (A.) Contributo alio studio della cost dctta malattia di 
 Still. Riv. di clin. pediat.; Firenze, 1917, xv, 225-251, 1 pi.— 
 Lorenztnl (A.) Morbo o sindrome di Still? Bull. d. se. 
 med. di Bologna, 1916, 9. s., Iv, 311-324.— Manning (J. B.) 
 & Fass'ett (F. J.) Some considerations concerning StUl's 
 disease and arthritis deformans. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 
 1914, xxxi, 414-418.— Ness (R. B.) Clironic polyarthritis 
 witii enlargement of the lymphatic glands (Still's disease). 
 Brit. J. Child. Dis., Lond., 1910, vii, 199-207.— Okada (T.) 
 Ueber infantile Formen der Arthritis deformans. Arch. f. 
 Orthop. [etc.], Wiesb., 1909, viii, 126-138.— Parkinson (J. 
 P.) Rheumatoid arthritis in a child. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., 
 Lond., 1908-9, ii, Sect. Stud. Dis. Child., 118-121. Also: 
 
 Brit. J. Child. Dis., Lond., 1909, vi, 199-201. . Case of 
 
 rheumatoid arthritis in a boy. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 
 1913-14, vii. Sect. Stud. Dis. Child., 6-8.— Plsek (G. R.) 
 The present status of Still's disease. Arch. Diagn., N. Y., 
 1909, ii, 355-357, 2 pi.— Rhonhelmer (E.) Arthritis de- 
 formans juvenilis nnd Blutergelenke; mit besonderer Be-' 
 riicksichtigung der Diflerentialdiagnose gegeniiber tuber- 
 kulosen Gelenkerkrankimgen im Kindesalter. Miinchen. 
 med. Wchnschr., 1917, ixiv, 1392-1394.— Rosenleld (A. S.) 
 Still's disease; with report of acase. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 
 1917, Ixix, 115-118.— Schmidt (R.) FaU von StiU-Chauf- 
 fard'scher Erkrankung. Med. KUn., Berl., 1917, xiii, 1076.— 
 Stamm (C.) Rheumatismus nodosus. Arch. t. Kmderh., 
 Stuttg., 1913, Ix-lxi, 706-709.— tfflenhclmer (E.) Arthritis- 
 mus im Kindesalter und Harnsaureausscheidung. Verhandl. 
 d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte (Karlsruhe) 1911, 
 Leipz., 1912, Ixxxiii, pt. 2, 1. Hlfte., 330.— Weber (F. P.) 
 A case of chronic rheumatoid disease in a child with anky- 
 losis of both knee-joints. Rep. Soc. Study Dis. Cluld., 
 Lond., 1907-8, viii, 280-285.— Young (J. K.) Arthritis de- 
 ' formans in children. Pediatrics, N. Y., 1912, xxiv, 276-279. 
 
 Arthrodesis. 
 
 See Joints {Surgery of). 
 
 Arthromotor. 
 
 Bidou (G.) Arthromoteur g&^ral. Soc. de m6d. mil. 
 fran? ., Par., 1909, iii, 372-374, 1 pi.— Scholder. Der Arthro- 
 motor. Zentralbl. t. phys. Therap. u. Unfallh., Wien & 
 Beri., 1904, i, 36-43. 
 
 Arthropathy. 
 
 See Ataxia {Locomotor, Complications, etc., 
 of, Osteoarthropathic); Joints {Neuroses of); Os- 
 teoarthropatliy {Pulmonary). 
 
 Arthropoda. 
 
 Pavlovski (Ye. N.) *K voprosu o stroyenii 
 yadovitilch zhelyoz sustavchatonogikh. [Struc- 
 ture of the poison glands of Arthropoda.] [St. 
 Petersburg. Army' Medical Academy.] 8°. 
 Yuryeo, 1912. 
 
ARTHEOPODA. 
 
 74 
 
 ARTILLEEISTS. 
 
 Arthropoda. 
 
 Bethe (A.) Vergleichende Untersuchungen iiber die 
 Functionen des Centralnervensystcms der Arthropoden. 
 Arch. I. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1897, Ixviii, 449-545, 1 pi. 
 Also, tranal: J. Comp. Neurol., GranviUo, O., 1898-9, viii, 
 232-238.— Bordage (E.) Sur lo mode probaWe de formation 
 de la soudm:e Wmoro-trochantdriqiie chei les arthropodes. 
 Compt. rend. Soe. de biol.. Par., 1898, 10. s., T, 839-842.— 
 Burnet (J.) The rSle of blood-sucking arthropods in the 
 causation of tropical diseases. Med. Times, Lond., 1909, 
 xxxvli, 231.— Carnoy (J.-B.) La cytodlerfese chez les 
 arthropodes. CeUule, Lierre & Louvain, 1884-5, i, 189-440, 
 8 pi. — Claypole (A. M.) Some points on cleavage apiong 
 arthropods. Tr. Am. Micr. Soc., Buffalo, 1897, xix, 74 -S2, 
 1 pi.— Cooley (K,. A.) Killing small arthopods with the legs 
 extended. J. Parasitol., Urbana, 111., 1914-15, i, 105.— 
 Fasten (NJ CiUa in tbe Arthropoda. Science, N. Y. & 
 Lancaster, Pa., 1917, n. s., xlvl, 440-442.— Gamble (M.) A 
 list of blood-sucking arthropods from the lower Congo, with 
 a vocabulary. J. Trop. M. [etc.], Lond., 1914, xvii, 148- 
 150. — GUson (G.) Etude compar^e de la spermatog^n&se 
 Chez les arthropodes. Cellule, Lierre & Louvain, 1884-5, 
 i, 7-188: 18S6, ii, 81-239: 1888, iv, 1-93, 16 pi.— Goodricb 
 (E. R.) On the relation of the arthropod head to the an- 
 nelid prostomium. Quart. J. Micr. Sc, Lond., 1897-8, xl, 
 247-268.- Henneguy (P.) Les modes d'insertiou dcs 
 muscles sur la cuticule chez les arthropodes. Compt. rend. 
 - de I'Ass. d. anat.. Par., 1906, viii, 133-140.— Holmgren (E.) 
 Zur Kenntnis des Hautnervensystems der Arthropoden. 
 Anat. Anz., Jena, 1896, xU, 449-4.57.— Joyeux (C.) Sur 
 quelques arthropodes recoltffl en Haute-Guin^ fran^aise. 
 Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1915, viii, 656-659.— Kellogg 
 (V. L.) The divided eyes of Arthropoda. Zool. Anz., 
 Leipz., 1898, xxi, 280.— KffJSeneck^ (JO Ueber die typi- 
 sohe SBrpemussbUdung der Arthropoden. Anat. Anz., 
 
 Jena, 1913, xlv, 64-73. . Ueber die Homoosis und 
 
 Doppelbildungen bei Arthronoden. ZooL Anz., Leipz., 
 1913, xlii, 20-28.— Mlrandc (M7) Sur la pr&ence d'un corps 
 r#,ducteur dans le t&ument chitineux des arthropodes. 
 
 Arch, d'anat. micr.. Par., 1904-.5, vii, 207-238. . Sur 
 
 une nou velle fonctiqn du tegument des arthropodes, Compt. 
 rend. Soc. de bioU Par., 1904, Ivii, 404.— MUUer (R.) Ar- 
 thropoden als Kjankheitsiihcrtrager. Mtinchen. med. 
 Wchnschr., 1910, Ivii, 2398-2402.— Packard (A. S.) Hints 
 on the classiflcauon of the Arthropoda; the group a prophy- 
 letic one. Proc. Am. Phil. Soc, Phila , 1903, xlii, 142-161. 
 1 ch.— Rabaud (E.) G&i5ralit6 du rfflexe d'immobilisa- 
 tion chez les arthropodes. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 
 
 1916, Ixxix, 823-826. . Nature et m<?canisme de I'im- 
 
 inobilisation rfflexe dcs arthropodes. Ibid., 826-829. . 
 
 Immobilisation r^flexe et immobility simple chez les arthro- 
 podes. Ibid., 930-934.— Bad! (E.) Ueber die Lichtreak- 
 tionen der Arthropoden auf der Drehscheibe. Biol. Cen- 
 tralbl., I.,eipz., 1902, xxxii, 728-732.— Scliuchert (C.) The 
 earliest fresh- water arthropods. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sc, Bait., 
 
 1916, ii, 726-733.— Stamm (E. H.) Ueber die Muskelin- 
 sertionen an das Chitin bei den Arthropoden. Anat. Anz., 
 Jena, 1909, xxxiv 337-349.— Young (Anne). Arthropod 
 
 garasites suggested as a factor in the aetiology of soldier's 
 eart and allied war diseases. Canad. M. Ass. J., Toronto, 
 
 1917, vii, 1020-1024. Also, Reprint. 
 
 Arthrotomy. 
 
 See Joints (Surgery of). 
 Arthuis (A.) Un traitement curatif de la tuber- 
 
 culose pulmonaire. 43 pp., 11. 12°. Paris, A. 
 
 Maloine, 1905. 
 . Guide pratique des applications m^dicales 
 
 de I'flectricite statique. 62 pp. 8°- Paris, A. 
 
 Maloine. 1907. 
 Arthur (David) & Dluir (Jolin). A manual of 
 
 practical X-ray work, xii, 244 pp. 8°. London, 
 
 Eebman, 1909. 
 . The same. 2. ed. xiv, 351 pp. 
 
 12° London, W. Heinemann, [1917]. 
 
 Arthur (David MitcheU) [1854-1905]. 
 
 Obituary. Lancet, Lend., 1905, 1, 198. 
 
 Arthur {Hugh) [1844-1909]. 
 
 Obituary. Bnt. M. J., Lond., 1909, ii, 1387. 
 
 Arthur (Robert) [1819-80]. A treatise on the use 
 
 of adhesive gold foil. 86 pp-. 8°. Philadelphia, 
 
 Jones, White & McCurdy, 1857. 
 . Address before the annual meeting of the 
 
 American Academy of Dental Science. 15 pp. 
 
 8°. Boston, Woodbury & Yates, 1877. 
 
 For Biography, set Dental Rev.,' Chicago, 1903, xvii, 678- 
 
 684 (B. L. Thorpe). 
 
 Arthur (WiUiam B.^ Supplementary first aid to 
 miners. 27 pp. 16°. Bristol, J. Wright & Co., 
 1908. 
 
 Arthus (Maurice) [1802- ]. Coagulation des 
 liquides organiques, sang, lymphe, transsudats, 
 lait. iii,214pp. 12°. Paris, i?M«/<fc Cie., 1894. 
 *Nature des enzymes. 59 pp. 4°- 
 
 Pans, 1896, No. 136. 
 
 La coagulation du sang. 93 pp. 8° 
 
 Paris, G; Carre & C. Naud, [1899]. 
 
 Elements de physiologie. xii, 874 pp. 
 
 12°. Paris, Masson & Cie., 1902. 
 
 The same. 2. ^d. xv, 764 pp. 8°. 
 
 Paris, Masson & Cie., 1905. 
 
 -. The same. 4. 6d. xvii, 930 pp. 8°. 
 
 Paris, Masson & Cie., 1912. 
 
 -. L'alcool est-il un aliment? 16 pp. 8° 
 
 Lausanne, Lib. Nouvelle, & Paris, Masson <fe 
 
 Cie., 1908. 
 . Precis de chimie physiologique. 5. fid. 
 
 vi, 427 pp., 2 pi. 8°. Paris, Masson & Cie., 
 
 1908. 
 . The same. 6. 6d. vi, 397 pp. 8° Paris, 
 
 Masson & Cie., 1909; 
 See, alio, Gautier (Emile-Justin-Armand) Hn 2. s.J. 
 
 Le?onsde chimie biologiquenormale [etc.]. 8°. Ports, 1897. 
 
 Arthus phenomenon. 
 See Anaphylaxis (Local). 
 
 Artiaco (Ignazio). *Ricerche batteriologiche so- 
 pra alcuni mezzi di medicatura antisettica. Tesi 
 di laurea originale. 35 pp. 8° Napoli, G. M. 
 Priore, 1901. 
 
 Artichoke. 
 
 Cockerel! (T. D. A.) The girasole, or Jerusalem artichoke 
 a neglected source of food. Sclent. Month., N. Y., 1918, vi, 
 260-269. — Coupin (H.) Sur I'orientation des faisceaux 
 dans les foUoles Involucrales de I'artichaut. Compt. rend. 
 Soc. de biol.. Par., 1905, lix, 708.— Howard (L. O.) The 
 Jerusalem artichoke as a war plant. Science, N. Y., 1918, 
 xlvii, 344. 
 
 Articles that interest practicing physicians. No. 
 92. Edited by A. P. Stephens. 16 pp. 8°. [w. 
 p., n. rf.] 
 
 Artificial anus, eye, limbs, etc. 
 
 See, Anus, Eye, Iiimhs, etc.. Artificial. 
 
 Artigas (Gustavo E,.) *Estudio sobre la flor de 
 noche buena. 24 pp. 8° Mexico, F. Mata, 
 1880. 
 
 *Breves consideraciones sobre las perdidas 
 
 seminales. 30 pp. 8° Mexico, I. Escalante, 
 
 1889. 
 Artignan (Johannes) [1872- ]. *Du lait ma- 
 
 temisfi et spficialement du lait de Backhaus dans 
 
 I'aUmentation du premier 4ge. 39 pp. 8°. 
 
 Nancy, 1899, No. 19. 
 Artigue (Alexandre) [1883- ]. *De la chan- 
 
 crelle en Algfirie. Frequence et formes cUniques. 
 
 vi, 7-36 pp., 1 1. 8° Montpellier, 1908, No. 74. 
 
 Artillerists. 
 
 See, also, Deafness in soldiers; Ear-protec- 
 tors. 
 
 Asplund (G.) [A comparison between vision and skill 
 of shooUng In the fleet during the fall manoeuvers of 1909.1 
 Tidsskr. 1 mil. Halsov., Stockholm, 1910, xxxv, 235-a55.— 
 Bogdanon-Berezovskl (M. V.) [Influence of artillery fire 
 upon the ear, and protective measures for that organ.) Morsk 
 Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1914, 143-163.— BostrOm (C. G.) [The 
 vision, quickness of conception and skill of shooting oi the 
 gunners on ships.) Tidsskr. 1 mil., Halsov., Stockholm, 
 
 1910, XXXV, 215-235. . [Eye examination of artillery 
 
 men.) Ibid., 245-249.— Jaehne (A.) Untersuchungen fiber 
 HBrstBrungen bei Fussartilleristen. Ztschr. f. Ohrenh. 
 [etc], Wlesb., 1910, Ixil, 111-134.— Luzzatl (A.) Sui teppi 
 antifonici adottati dalla r. marina per la protezione dell' oreo- 
 chio negli spari delle artigliorio. Ann. di med. nav., Roma, 
 
ARTILLERISTS. 
 
 75 
 
 ARZNEI-TAXE. 
 
 Artillerists. 
 
 1916, i, 86-88.— Miranda (G.) Awelenamento da balisttte 
 ab ingestis? Considerazioniapropositodil8 ca£ldi awele- 
 namento acuto nel cantlere dl S. Bartolomeo. Ibid^ 1906, 
 1, 699-722.— von ROmer (L. S. A. M.) Eln neues Instru- 
 ment zur Untersuchung der Eichttahigkeit der ArtUlorLsten. 
 Cong, intemat. de psychiat. [etc.) 1907, Amst., 1908, i, 639. 
 
 Artiques (Paul-Gabriel-Raymond) [1880- ]. 
 *L'iiitoxicatioii saturnine; ses causes, ses conse- 
 quences. 169 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1906, No. 25. 
 
 Artists. 
 
 Jeffries (B. J.) Defects of vision affecting 
 artists, fol. Boston, 1873. 
 
 Mepr. from: Boston Daily Advertiser, April 22, 1873. 
 
 Ilberg (J.) Sudhoff (K.) [et al.]. Eine Zeicheniilnst- 
 lerin Oiympias? Arch. t. Gesch. d. Med., Leipz., 1909, ii, 
 426-430. Also, Reprint.— Patrlzl (M. L.) I.a sensibility 
 tattile e la muscolare nell'emozione e nell'elaborazione 
 artistica. Kiv. di antlirop., Roma, 1915-16, xx. No. 23, 3-16^ 
 
 Artmann (Adolf) [1871- ]. *Ehescheidungund 
 Psychose. Klinische Beiti-age zu § 1569, BGB. 
 52 pp. 8°- Erlangen, Junge & Sohn, 1910. 
 
 Artolin. 
 
 Hayashi (H.) Ueber die peptisehen Spaltungsprodukte 
 des Weizenldebereiweisses Artolin. Arch. f. exper. Path, 
 u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1904-5, lii, 2S9-314. 
 
 Artsenstaking een teeken des tijds. 8 pp. 8°- 
 
 Amersfoort, P. M. Wirik, 1906. 
 Artur (Rene-Fraiigois-Eugfene) [1886^ ]. *De 
 
 la possession demoniaque; etude clinique. 116 
 
 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1910, No. 43. 
 Artus (Alfred) [1877- ]. *Des pseudo-metrites. 
 
 60 pp., 1 1. . 8°- Montpellier, 1902, No. 10. 
 
 Artyfechinostomum. 
 
 Lane (C.) Artyfecliinostomum sufrartyfex; a new para- 
 sitic echinostome of man. Indian J. M. Research, Calcutta, 
 1914-15, il, 977-983. 
 
 Artzeney buchlein, darinne man schreibett was 
 zur Wundartzeney gehort und wasz sonst altenn 
 Schedennund andem Kranckheiten vonntiten 
 seinwiU. MSS. 2141. 16°. [n. p., 1583.] 
 
 Artzney BucUein vor Menschen und Vieh, etc., 
 erstlich vor allerhand Schaden, vor alte Schaden, 
 vor fliissige gcbenckel, vor Schwulsten und vor 
 hart Gescbwier. 16 1. 16° {n. p., n. d.} 
 
 Artzney Biichlein. [German Ms. of the sixteenth, 
 seventeenth, and eighteenth centuries.] 
 
 Description: Paper, 6J by 8 inches, written m different 
 hands, the numbered 74 11. in sixteenth century writing. 
 Collation: Flyleaf (title), 74 numb. 11., numbered in the 
 same hand, + 39 unnumbered 11., of which 27 11. are blank. 
 Binding: Original, Tellum, sides (double Unes), stamped 
 pattern on edges, title (ink): Barbare von Hansen. Libel- 
 lusmedicus. (Line.) MS. Germanie,A.D.1582. Stamped 
 design in center of front and back cqver, and stamped on 
 front cover: B[arbara] V[on] H[ausen], 1582. 
 
 Aruch (Eugeiiio). Malattie del sistema nervoso e 
 deir apparato genito-uiinaiio. xi, 330 pp. 12° 
 Milano, F. Vallardi, [1900]. 
 
 Arum. 
 
 Briens (G.-R.-E.) *Etudepharmacognosique 
 
 des aroid^es et en particulier de rArum macu- 
 
 latum. 8°. Paris, 1916. 
 
 Kemp ( Miss H. B.) & Sanders ( Miss C. B.) Metabolism 
 
 of Arum spadices; enzyme action and electrical response. 
 
 Rep. Brit. Ass. Adv. ,Sc., Lond., 1907, 667.— Richardson 
 
 (C. M.) Arum trlphyllum (dragonroot). J. Therap. & 
 
 Dietet., Bost., 1910-11, v, 243. 
 Arvedson (J.) Antecknvngar i sjukdomslara for 
 
 Bjukgymnaster. [Vade mecum for kinesipa- 
 
 thists.] 201 pp. 8°. Stockholm, Centraltryche- 
 
 riet, 1908. 
 . Anteckningar i fysiologi for gymnaster. 
 
 [Physiological vade mecum for gymnasts.] 140 
 
 pp. 8°. Stoclhqlm, 1909. 
 Fon Arx (Max). 
 
 lichen Lage des Gebarorgins. 
 
 In: Samml. klin. Vortr., n. F., I/eipz., 1898, No. 210 (Gy- 
 
 nilkol.. No. 77, 1186-1220). 
 
 l/eber die Ursachen einer natiir- 
 
 von Arx (Werner). *Zur Histologie der Herz- 
 klappenaneurysmen. [Bern.] 36 pp. 8°. 
 Wiesbaden, J. F. Bergmann, 1913. 
 
 Aryans. 
 
 Penka (K.) 0. Schraders Hypothese von der 
 siidrussischen Urheimat der Indogermanen. 
 roy. 8°. Leipzig, [1908]. 
 
 Zaboeowski (M.-S.) Lea peuples aryens 
 d'Asie et d' Europe, leurs origines en Europe. 
 La civilisation protoaryenne. 12°. Paris, 1908. 
 
 Brunnbofer (H.) Die Herkunft der Sanskrit- Arier aus 
 Armenien und Medlen. Verbandl. d. Berl. Gesellsch. f. 
 Anthrop., 1S99, 478-483. — Duret. L'origine des Aryens et 
 ■le Sanskrit. J. d. sc. raed. de Lille, 1912, i, 531-542.— Far- 
 dunjl Dadabbal MiiUa. On the geography of the ancient 
 Aryans. J. .A.nthrop. Soc. Bombay, 1899-1902, v, 107-200, 
 2 mag., 4 maps, 1 tab. — Grierson (G. A.) Migrations into 
 nearer and further India. Nature, Lond., 1906-7, Ixxiv, 
 283.— Hubert (H.) L'origine des Aryens. Anthropologic, 
 Par., 1910, xxi, 619-528.— Much (M.) Zur Frage der Indo- 
 germanen-Heimat. Arch. f. Rassen- u. Gesellsch.-Biol., 
 Berl., 1904, i, 675-.57R. See, also, infra, Penka.— Penka (K.) 
 Die Flutsagen der arischen Volker. Pollt.-anthrop. Rev., 
 
 Leipz., 1905, iv, 163-171. . Neue Hypothesen fiber die 
 
 Urheimat der Arier. Ibid., 1906, v, 200-221. . M. Much 
 
 und die Heimat der Indogermanen. Ilnd., 527-529. See, 
 also, infra, ZaborowsM. — ^Ratzel (F.) .Die geographische 
 Methode in der Frage nach der Urheimat der Indogermanen. 
 Arch. 1. Rassen- u. Gesellsch.-Bicl., Berl., 1904, i, 377-.385. 
 
 . Zur Frage der Indogermanen-Heimat. Ibid., 579- 
 
 580.— Relbmayr (.\.) Zur Entwlcklungsgeschichte der 
 wichtigsten Charaktere und Anlagcn der indogermanischen 
 Rasse. Ibid., Leipz. & Berl., 19i0, vli, 328-3.53.— Richard 
 (E.) The Scandinavian theory of Indo-European origins. 
 Boas Anniv. Vol., N. Y., 1906, 373-386.- Weber (A.) Zur 
 Frage iiber die Wanderang der Germanen aus ihren L rsitzen. 
 Ztschr. d. deutech. morgenland. Gesellsch., Leipz., 1854, 
 viil, 389-391.— Wilser (L.) Was wissen wir von den ludo- 
 germanen? Polit.-anthrop. Rev., Eisenach & Leipz., 1904, 
 ill, 38-46. — ^ZabOTOwskJ. Le Centre-Asieet les origines 
 aryennes. Rev. sclent., Par., 1902, 4. s., xvlii, 705-712. 
 
 . La,patrie originaire des Arvens d'aprfes O. Schrader. 
 
 Rev. de I'Ecole d'anthrop. de Par.", 1903, xui, 263; 301; 382. 
 
 . Origine europ^eime des Aryens de I'Asie; comment 
 
 s'est op^rfel'organisation de I'Asie. Rev. scient.. Par., 1904, 
 
 5.s.,i, 1-7. . Partiesprotogennaniqueetprotoaryenne; 
 
 rWutation des opinions de MM. Kossinna et Penka. Bull, et 
 m^m. Soc. d'anthrop. de Par., 1906, 5. s., vii, 277-289. 
 
 Arylarsonates. 
 
 See, also, Arsacetin; Atoxyl; Soamin; 
 Syphilis ( Treatment of) mih arylarsonates. 
 
 Iiambldn (F. J.) The dangers of arylarsonates- Brit. 
 M. J., Lond., 1910 i, 664.— Lane (J. E.) The dangers of 
 arylarsonates. Ibid., 599.— Wray (C.) [et dl.]. The dangers 
 of arylarsonates. Ibid., 724. 
 
 Arytenoid cartilage. 
 
 See Larynx. 
 
 Arzac (Marc-Michel) [1874r- ]. *De la con- 
 duite a tenir dans rhydramnios a marche 
 rapide. 89pp. 8°. Bordeavx, 1901, No. 8. 
 
 Arzamasskoff (G[rigoriy] Ye[vdokimovich]) 
 [1865-99]. *0 bakteritsidnlkh svoistvakh kro- 
 vyanoi sivorotki loshadi normalnoi i immunizi- 
 rovannei k difterii. [On the bactericidal prop- 
 erties of the blood serum of the horse, normal and 
 immunised, to diphtheria.] 92 pp., 2 1. 8°. 
 S.-Peterburg, G. Bernstein, 1896. 
 
 For Bioaraplty, see Bolnitsch. gaz. Botkina, St.-Peterb., 
 1899, X, 1073-1077 (M. Volkoff). 
 
 Arzberger (Hans). Die Priifuag der Arzneimittel 
 der osterreichischen Pharmakopoe mit kurzen 
 Erlauterungen zum Gebrauche ftir Apotheker, 
 Amtsarzte und Studierende. 8. Aufl. 2. Teil. 
 vii, 228 pp. 8°. Leipzig & Wien, F, Deuticke, 
 1908. 
 
 Arzneimittel (Die) der heutigen Medizin mit 
 therapeutischen Notizen zusammengestellt fur 
 praktische Aerzte und Studierende der Medizin 
 von Otto Dombltith. 10. Aufl. viii, 516 pp. 
 12°. Wilrzburg, C. Kabitzsdi, 1906. 
 
 Arznei-Taxe fiir das Konigreich Bayem 1901 mit 
 Dr. BedaU's Erganzungstaxe. 8. Aufl. 190 pp., 
 1 1. 8° Munchen, J. Grubert, 1901. 
 
ARZNEITAXE. 
 
 76 
 
 ASCARID^.. 
 
 Arzneitaxe zu der osterreichischen Pharmakopoe. 
 
 Ed. VIII. xiv, 118 pp.. 8°. Wien, Eof- u. 
 
 Staatsdr., 1906. 
 . The same. 2. Aufl. xv (1 1.), 129 pp. 
 
 8°. Wien, 1907. 
 ArzneiTerordnungen zum Gebrauche fur Kli- 
 
 nicisten und practische Aerzte. Zusammenge- 
 
 stellt von S. Rabow. 22. Aufl. v (11.), 108 pp., 
 
 1 tab., interleaved. 16°. Strassburq, P. Bull, 
 1894. 
 
 . The same. 25. Aufl. vi, 110 pp., inter- 
 leaved, 1 pi., 1 diag. 12°- Strassburg, F. Bull,- 
 
 . The same. 27. Aufl. v, 117 pp., 1 pi. 
 
 interleaved 16°. Strassburg, F. Bull, 1898. 
 . The same. 28. Aufl. 2 p. 1., 117 pp-, 
 
 interleaved, ' port. 16°. Strassburg, F. Bull, 
 
 1899. 
 . The same. 36. Aufl. vi, 124 pp., 1 pi., 
 
 port. 12°. Strassburg, F. Bull, 1905. 
 . The same. 37. Aufl. vi, 154 pp., port., 
 
 2 pi. 12°. Strassburg, F. Bull, 1906. 
 
 -. The same. 40. Aufl. iv (1 1.), 132 pp. 
 
 port. 12°. Strassburg, F. Bull, 1909. 
 
 Arzouian (Sarkis-Kirkor). *Contribution k V6- 
 tude de I'^tat fendtr6 des valvules sigmoides du 
 cceur chez I'homme. 39 pp. 8°- Nana/, 1897, 
 No. 29. 
 
 Arzt (Der) als Erzieher. Blatter ftir naturgemasse 
 Lebensfuhrung in gesunden und kranken Tagen. 
 V. 1-10, 1905-14; Nos. 1-10, v. 11, 1915. fol. 
 Miinchen. 
 
 Arzt (Der),im Hause, ein Rathgeber fiir Gesunde 
 und Kranke. v. 2-3, 1901-2. fol. Berlin. 
 
 Arzt und Privatversicherung. 102 pp. 8°. Ber- 
 lin, 1912. 
 Bibllothek fur soziale Medizin, No. 5. 
 
 Asada (Shigetaro). *Ueber die Diazo-Reaction 
 im Ham der Phthisiker. [Erlangen.]. 23 pp. 
 8°. Berlin, 0. Rothacker, 1901. 
 
 Asafoetida. 
 
 See, also, Ferula. 
 
 PolaSek (J.) *Ueber Asafoetida. 8°. Bern, 
 1897. 
 
 Harrison (E. F.) & Sell (P. A. W.) The oil of asafetid?, 
 and the valuation of the drug; preliminary report. Pharm. 
 J., Lond., 1912, 4. s., xxxiv, 205-209.— Moore (R. W.) Ad- 
 ditional analysed of asafCBtiaa. J. Soc. Chom. Indust., Lend., 
 1906, XXV, 627.— R«asoner (M. A.) A peouhar- case of 
 poisoning [a-safcetidal. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1904, xliii, 
 12,'iO.— Rippetoe (J. B.) On the method for determining the 
 lead number of asafctida. Am. J. Pharm., Pliila., 1913, 
 Ixxxv, 199-203. -Schler (H. M.) & Becker (M.) The detec- 
 tion of gum ammouiaoum and gum galbanum in asafetida. 
 Ibid., 1912, Ixxxiv, 4-7. 
 
 Asahara (Shinjiro)^ [1871- ]. *Ueber Meta^ 
 
 stasen der Gonorrhoe. 41 pp., II. 8° Berlin, 
 
 E. Ebering, 1898. 
 Asai (K.) Beitrage zur pathologischen Anatomie 
 
 des Ohres bei Lues hereditaria. 135 pp. 8°. 
 
 Wiesbaden, J. F. Bergmann, 1908. 
 Asai (Kwaichiro) j;i882- ]. nieber akuten 
 
 Morbus Basedowu. 1 p. I., 35 pp. 8°. Greifs- 
 
 wald, E. Hartmann, 1913. 
 Asakura (Bundzo). *Ueber Cysticerken im 
 
 Aquseductus Sylvii. 25 pp. 8°. Freiburg i. B., 
 
 C. Lelvmann, 1896. 
 Asambl'ea regional de medicos y farmac^uticos de 
 
 Filipinas. Memorias y comunicaciones. v. 
 
 1-2, 1912-14. 8°. ManiU. 
 
 Asaprol. 
 
 See, also, Abrastol. 
 
 De Buck (D.) L'asaprol. Belgique mfid., Gand-Haar- 
 lem, 1897, ii, 76-80.— Massalongo (R.) & Sllvestrl (S.) 
 Dell' asaprolo. Riforma med., Napoli, 1896, xii, pt. 3, 734- 
 737. AUo: Terap. clin., NapoU, 1896, v, 434-437.— Mon- 
 corvo hijo. De la accidn hemostdtica del asaprol. Prim. 
 
 Asaprol. 
 
 reun. d. Cong, cient. lat.-amer., Buenos Aires, 1898, xv, 667- 
 670. — Rie^ler (E.) Zur Anwendung des Asaprol als Reagens 
 auf EiweisskSrper und Alkaloide. Wien. med. Bl., 1896, 
 xix, 197. 
 
 Asarum. 
 
 Brlssemoret (A.) & Combes (R. ) Contribution &, 
 I'^tude pharmaeologique de quelques plantes 6, asarone. 
 Bull. d. so.pharmacol.. Par., 1906, xlii, 368-378.— von Sury 
 (K.) Fruchtabtreibung mit Asarum europseum. Miinchen. 
 med. Wchnsclff., 1910, Ivii, 26. 
 
 Asbeck (Fritz iPaul Eduard) [1873- ]. *Vier 
 Falle von Sanduhrmagen und ihre operative 
 Behandlung. 24 pp., 2 1. 8°. Kiel, P. Peters, 
 1898. 
 
 Asbestos. 
 
 Tara (A.) *Dell' amianto. 8°. Pavia, 1848. 
 
 Coplans (M.) The action of the asbestos minerals and 
 allied materials on bacterial and other substances. Brit.- 
 M. J., Lond., 1913, ii, 1360-1363.— Coplans (M.) & Lloyd 
 (W. G.) On the action of asbestos on certain physiological 
 substances. lind., 1375-1377.— Kane (E. O'N.) Asl>estos 
 in emergency surgery. Railway Surg. J., Chicago, 1915-16, 
 xxii, 244. 
 
 Ascanio Rodriguez (J.-B.) Comment on peut 
 faire S, Caracas le diagnostique diff^rentiel pre- 
 cis entre la fifevre jaune et la fifevre typhoide, 
 dSs le d6but de I'une et I'autre de ces maladies. 
 10 pp. 8°. Caracas, Vargas, 1913. • 
 
 . Le sel et le sucre dans le diabgte. 29 pp. 
 
 8°. Caracas, Vargas, 1914. 
 
 . Trabajos del Laboratorio bioqulmico. 20 
 
 pp. 8°. Caracas, Vargas, 1915. 
 
 Ascari (Domenico). Un caso di cistoma deU'ilo 
 dell' ovaio destro con ripetute rotture. 14 pp. 
 8°. Brescia, F. Apollomo, 1903. 
 
 Ascariasis. 
 
 See Asoaris lumbricoides {Infection by). 
 
 Ascaridse. 
 
 Fluey (F.) *Zur Chemie und Toxikologje 
 der Ascariden. [Habilitationsschrift. Wtirz- 
 burg.] 8°. Leipzig, 1912. 
 ' aUo, in: Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 
 1911-12, Ixvii, 275-392. 
 
 von Apathy. (S.) Meine angebliche Darstellung des 
 Ascaris-Nervensystems. Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1907, xxxl, 381- 
 385. — Baylis (H. A.) Some ascarids in the British Museum 
 (natural history). Parasitology, Cambridge, 1915, viii, 280- 
 378, 4 pi. . The types of the species of Ascaris de- 
 scribed by Baird. Im., 411-419.— BUek (F.) ,Ueber die 
 flbrUlaren Strukturen in den Muskel- und Darmzellen der 
 Ascariden. Ztschr. f. -vrtssensch. Zool., Leipz., 1909, xcili, 
 
 625-667, 2 pi. . Die Muskelzellen der grossen Ascaris- 
 
 Arten. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1910, xxxvii, 67-78. — Boveri (T.) 
 Die Potenzen der Ascaris-Blastomeren bei abgeanderter 
 Furohung; zugleich ein Beitrag zur Frage qualitativ-imglei- 
 cher Chromosomen-Teilung. Festschr. z. 60. Geburtst. 
 Richard Hertwigs, Jena, 1910, iii, 131-214, 6pl.— Boveri (TO & 
 Hogue (M. J.) Ueber die Moglichkeit, Ascariseier zur "Tei- 
 lung in zwei gleichwertiee Blastomeren zu veranlassen. 
 Sitzungsb. d. phys.-med. Gesellsch. zu Wiirzb., 1909, 44.— 
 Boveri (T.) & Stevens (N. M.) Ueber die Entwickliing 
 dispermer Ascaris-Eier. Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1904, xxvli, 406- 
 417.— Bussano (G.) Rlcerche sperimentali sulla cosl detta 
 azione urticante degli ascaridi. Clin, vet., Milano, 1911, 
 xxxiv, 337-351.— Carnoy (J. B.) Conftence donnee 6. la 
 Socifit^ beige de microscopie le 5 mars 1887; suivle d'un 
 appendice sur les globules polaires de I'Asoaris clavata. 
 Cellule, Lierre & Louvain, 1887, iil, 227-324, 1 pl,— Cat- 
 taneo (C.) Nota preventiva sulla tossicitA degli ascaridi. 
 Pedlatna, Napoli, 1903, 2. s., i, 257-265. Ateo.- Kendio. d. 
 Ass. med.-chir. di Parma, 1903, iv, 53-58. AUo, transl. [Ati- 
 str.]: Cong, intemat. de m«d. C.-r, 1903, Madrid, 1904, 
 xiv, sect, de pddiat., 961.— Cosentino (A.) Sulla tossicitft 
 degli ascaridi. Sperimentale. Arch, dibiol., Firenze, 1904, 
 Iviil, 530-534.— Edvpards (C. L.) The sex-chromosomes In 
 Ascaris felis. Arch. f. Zellloisch., Leipz., 1911, vii, 309-313, 
 1 pl.— Favre & Gartn (C.) Sur un ascaride appartenantS, 
 I'espfece Heteralds inflexa; trouv6 dans un oeui de poule. 
 Bull. Soc. m^d. d. h6p. de Lyon, 1913, xi, 130-132. Also: 
 Lyon m^d., 1913, oxx, 410-412.— Flury. Zur Toxikologie der 
 Askariden. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1912) 
 xxxviii,7B4.— Francke. Perforation des Diinndarmesbeim 
 Pferde durch Askariden verursaoht. Fortsohr. d. Vet.-Hy g., 
 Berl. , 1904, ii, 185-188.— Gelnltz(B.) Ueber Abweichungen 
 bei der Eireitung von Ascaris. Arch. f. Zellfoisch., Leipz., 
 
ASCARID^. 
 
 77 
 
 ASCARIS. 
 
 Ascaridse. 
 
 1915, xiii, 588-633, 3 pi.— Glard (A.) Exuviations m^tamor- 
 pMques chez les ascarides des poissons (groupe de I'Ascaris 
 adunca Rud.)- Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1903, Iv, 
 627-630.— Goldschmldt (R.) Mitteilungen zur Histologie 
 von Ascaris. Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1906, xxix, 719-737.— 
 Guerrini (G.) Sulla cosi detta tossicitk degli ascaridi; 
 osservazioni critiche e ricerohe sperimentali. Sperimentale. 
 Arch, dl blol., Firenze, 1910, Lriv, 549-580, 1 pi. Also 
 [AbstrJ: Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1911-12, Ix, 283-296, 
 1 pi.— Hall (M. C.) The longevity of adult ascarids out- 
 side the body of the host; its bearing on anthelmintic 
 treatment. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1917, Ixviil, 772. 
 Also, Reprint.— Harms (W.) Abnonnitatcn des Genital- 
 apparats bei Aseariden. Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1906, xxx, 
 487.— HUrschler ( J. ) Cytologisohe Untersuchungen an Asca- 
 riden-ZeUen. Bull, infemat. Acad. d. se. de Cracovie, 1910, 
 s. B., 638-645.— Jaeerskieid (L. A.) Ueber die biischelfor- 
 migen Organe bei den Ascarisarten. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. 
 [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1898, xxlv, 737; 785.— Logan (O. T.) An 
 undescribed form of Ascaris and its egg; is it a new species? 
 China M. Miss. J., Shanghai, 1906, xx, 193-198, 1 pi.— Ma- 
 gath (T. B.) The catalase content of Ascaris suum, vrith a 
 suggestion as to its rfile in protecting parasites against the 
 digestive enzymes of their hosts. J. Biol. Chem., N. Y., 1918, 
 xxxiii, 395-400.— Marcus (H.) Ein Rhachiskem bei Asea- 
 riden. Biol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1905, xxv, 479-482.— Mi- 
 diiUa (C.) L'ulcera degli arti mferiori fra gli ascari libici 
 nclla Tripolitanla. Morgagni, Milano, 1915, Ivii, pt. 1, 391- 
 408, 1 pi.— Nassonow (N.) Sur les glandes lymphatiques 
 
 des ascarides. Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1897, xx, 524-.530. . 
 
 Sur les organes terminaux des cellules excr6t«ures de Mr. 
 
 Hamann chez les ascarides. Ibid., .1898, xxi, 48-50. . 
 
 Sur les organes phagocytaires des ascarides. Arch, de para- 
 sitol., Par., 1898, i, 170-179.— Pavonl (G.) SvUuppo pre- 
 coce degU organi della riproduzione in un nematode, 
 Ascaris capsularia Eud., nello stadio di passaggio dalla 
 forma embrionale a quelle larvale. Boll. d. Soc. zool. ital., 
 Roma, 1906, 2. s., vii, 215-220, 1 pi.— Perronclto (E.) Note 
 ed osservazioni suUa vita degli ascaridi. Clin, vet., Milano, 
 1912, XXXV, 966-970. Also: Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. dl 
 Tormo, 1912, 4. s., xviii, 73-76. Also, transl.: Bull. Acad, de 
 mM., Par., 1912, 3. s., Ixvii, 167-170.— Railllet (A.) & Henry 
 (A.) Recherches sur les ascarides des carnivores. Compt. 
 rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1911, Ixx, 12-16.— de BouvUle (E.) 
 Le systfeme nerveux de PAscaris. Arch, de zool. exp^r. et 
 g&i. Notes et rev., Par., 1910, xlv, p. Ixxxi: 1910-11, xlvi, 
 p. xx: 1911, 5. s., vii, pp. xxviii-xlix: viii, pp. cii-cxxiii. — 
 Sala (L.) Intomo ad una particolaritk di struttura delle 
 cellule epiteliaU che tappezzano il tubo ovarico e spermatico 
 degU ascaridi. Arch, per le sc. med., Torino, 1904, xxviii, 
 301-317, 2 pi. Also: Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir. di Pavia, 1905, 
 168.— Seurat (L. G.) Sur une ascaride de la grenouille. 
 Conipt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1917, Ixxx, 94-97.— Smith 
 (A. J.) & Gicetli (R; A.) Ascaris texana; a note on a hither- 
 to undescribed Ascaris parasitic in the human intestine. J. 
 Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1904, xliii, 542-544.— Stewart (F. H.) 
 Note on Ascaris infection in man, the pig, rat, and mouse. 
 Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1917, lii, ^2.— Stiles (C. W.) 
 Notes sur les parasites: sur la dent des embryons d'Ascaris. 
 Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par^ 1891, 9. s., ili, 465. AUo, 
 Repiint.— zur Strassen (O. L.) Riesenembryonen bei 
 
 Ascaris. Biol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1896, xvi, 426-431. . 
 
 Ueber die Riesenbildung bei Ascaris-Eiem. Arch. f. Ent- 
 wcklngsmechn. d. Organ., Leipz., 1898, vii, 642-676, 2 pi.— 
 Tremmel (L.) AscariscapsularisbeimKabljau. Thierarztl. 
 Centralbl., Wien, 1900, xxiii, 361.— Walton (A. C.) A case 
 of the occurrence of Ascaris triquetra Schrank in dogs. J. 
 Parasitol., Urbana, 111., 1916-17, iii, 39-41.— Welnland (E.) 
 Ueber die Zersetzung stickstoffhaltiger Substanz bei Ascaris. 
 Ztsehr. f. Biol., Munchen & Berl., 1904, xlv, 517-531. 
 
 Ascaris canis. 
 
 Glaue (H.) Zur Unterscheidung von Ascaris canis und 
 A. feUs (Ascaris canis s. mystax). Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1908-9, 
 xxxiil, 786-790.— Ilile (J. E. W.) Twee aseariden van den 
 bond. Tijdschr. v. diergeneesk., Utrecht, 1916, xliii, 276- 
 278. — Marcus (H.) Ei imd Samenreife bei Ascaris canis 
 (Werner) (Asc. mystax). Arch. f. mikr. Anat., Bonn, 1906, 
 Ixviil, 441-490, 2 pi.— Scbfippler (H.) & Killger (P.) Zur 
 Unterscheidungsirage von Ascaris canis und A. felis (Ascaris 
 canis s. mystax). Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., 
 Jena, 1912, Orig., Ixli, 143-146.— Walton (A. C.) Ascaris 
 canis (Werner) and Ascaris fells (Goze), a taxonomic and a 
 cytological comparison. Biol. Bull., Bost., 1916, xxxi, 364- 
 
 370, 1 pi. . The oogenesis and early embryology of 
 
 Ascaris cauls Werner. J. Morphol., Phila., 1918, xxx, 527- 
 603. 
 
 Ascaris lumbricoides. 
 
 VON Kemnitz (G. a. H.) *Die Morphologie 
 des Stoffwechsels bei Ascaris lumbricoides, ein 
 Beitrag zur pliysiologisch-cheinisclien Morpho- 
 logic der Zelle. [Munchen.] 8°. Leipzig, 1912. 
 
 Also, in: Arch. f. Zellfoisch., Leipz., 1911-12, vii, 463-603, 
 5 pi. 
 
 Adriano (C.) Su di una anomalla nell' apparato genitale 
 femmiuile di "Ascaris lumbricoides" L. Boll. d. Soc. zool. 
 
 Ascaris lumbricoides. 
 
 ital., Roma, 1912, 3. s., 1, 161-163.— Balss (H.) MitteUungen 
 ilber einen abnormen 9 Geschlechtsapparat von Ascaris 
 lumbricoides L. Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1906, xxx, 485-487. — 
 Bonnevie (Kristine). Abnormltaten in der Furchung von 
 Ascaris lumbricoides. Jenaische Ztsehr. f. Naturw., Jena, 
 1902, n. F., xxx, 83-104, 3 pi.— Brandes (G.) Die Ent-nck- 
 lung von Ascaris lumbncoides. Biol. Centralbl., Leipz., 
 1896, xvi, 839^1. — Brinda (A.) Ckmtribution k la cormais- 
 sance de la toxicity des ascarides lombricoides. Arch, de 
 mii. d. enl.. Par., 1914, xvu, 801-906.— Dogiel (A. S.) 
 Einige Worte aus Anlass des "Nachtrag bei der Korrektur" 
 zur Arbeit von R. Goldschmldt: Das Nervensystem von 
 Ascaris lumbricoides und megalocephala. Ztsehr. f. wls- 
 sensch. Zool., Leipz., 1908, xci, 659-662.— Edwards (C. L.) 
 The idiochromosomes in Ascans megalocephala and Ascaris 
 lumbricoides. Arch. f. ZeUlorsch., Leipz., 1910, v, 422-429, 
 2 pi.— Fearnslde (C. F.) Memorandum on Ascaris lum- 
 bricoides. Tr. South Indian Branch Brit. M. Madras, 
 1897-8, vii, 191-221, 1 pi., 2 diag.— Foster (W. D.) Observa- 
 tions on the eggs oi Ascaris lumbricoides. J. parasitol., 
 Urbana, HI., 1914-15, 1, 31-36— Goldschmldt (R.) Das 
 Nervensystem von Ascaris lumbricoides und megalocephala; 
 ein Versuch, in den Aufbau eines einfachen Nervensj^stems 
 einzudringen. III. Festschr. z. 60. Geburtstag Richard 
 Hertwigs, Jena, 1910, ii, 253-354, 7 pi. See, also, supra, 
 Dogiel. — Gonzaga (L.) Nocividade das ascarides lombri- 
 coides. Brazil-med., Rio de Jan., 1918, xxxil, 206. — Hall 
 (M. C.) The longevity of adult ascarids outside the body of 
 the host; its bearing on anthelmintic treatment. J. Am. M. 
 Ass., Chicago, 1917, Ixvili, 772-773. Also, Reprint.— Horl- 
 sawa (J.) Beitrage zur Frage von Ascaris lumbricoides. 
 Verhandl. d. japan, path. Gesellschj Tokio, 1914, Iv, 126.— 
 Kautzsch (Gf) Studlen iiber EntwlcMungsanomalien 
 bei Ascaris. Arch. f. Entwcklngsmechn. d. Organ., Leipz., 
 1912-13, XXXV, 642-691.— von Kemnitz (G.) Erwidenmg 
 auf die Bemerkungen J. Hirschler's iiber meine Ascaris- 
 Arbeit. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1912, xlli, 29 —Lane (C.) The 
 life-history of Ascaris lumbricoides. Indian M. Gaz., Cal- 
 cutta, 1917, 111, 380.— Logan (O. T.) The little known 
 atypical (unfertilized) egg of Ascaris lumbricoides. N. 
 York M. J. [etc.], 1907, Ixxxvi, 1164. Als.o, Reprint.— Low 
 (G. C.) The life-history of Ascaris lumbricoides. Brit. M. 
 J., Lend., 1918, i, 286.— Mlura (K.) & Nishluclil (N.) 
 Ueber befruchtete und unbefruchtete Ascarideneier Im 
 menschlichen Kote. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., 
 Jena, 1902, xxxil, 637-641.— Morris (R. S.) The viability of 
 parasitic ova in two per cent formalin, with especial refer- 
 ence to Ascaris lumbricoides. Johns Hopkiiis Hosp. Bull., 
 Bait., 1911, xxii, 299.— Pantln (Mabel). Life history of 
 Ascaris lumbricoides. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1918, 11, 2S7. — 
 Bansoin ( B . H . ) & Foster ( W . D . ) Life history of Ascaris 
 lumbricoides and related forms. J. Agric. Research, Wash., 
 1917, xl, 395-398. Also, Reprint.— de Rlbaucourt (E.) 
 Sur les giandes de Morren des lombricides d' Europe. Compt. 
 rend. Acad. d. sc.. Par., 1899, cxxviii, 1528-1535.— Boss (E. 
 N. MacB.) Ascaris lumbricoides. Brit. M. J., Loud., 1908, 
 1, 1232.— Boss (R.) The life-history of Ascaris lumbricoides. 
 Ibid., 1916, ii, 60.— Stewart (F. H.) On the life-history of 
 Ascaris lumbricoides. /Wd., 5; 474; 753. jlteo.- China M. J., 
 
 Shanghai, 1917, xxxi, 113-118. . On the development 
 
 of Ascaris lumbricoides Lin. and Ascaris suilla Duj. in the rat 
 and mouse. Parasitology, Cambridge, 1917, Ix, 213-227, 2 
 pi.— Stott (J. S.) The lumbricoid of the Tropics. North- 
 west Med., Seattle, 1903, i, 532.— Tlrumurtl (T. S.) The 
 vagrant habits of Ascaris lumbricoides, with the report of a 
 case of Interest. J. Trop. M. [etc.], Loud., 1913, xvi, 379. — 
 Welnland (E.) Ueber Kohlehydratzersetzung ohne 
 SaucrstofEaufnahme bei Ascans, einen tierischen Garungs- 
 prozess. Ztsehr. f. Biol., Milnchen & Leipz., 1901, n. F., 
 xxlv, 5.5-90. . Ueber ausgepresste Extrakte von As- 
 caris lumbricoides und ihre wirkung. Ibid., Munchen & 
 
 Berl., 1902, n. F., xxv, 86-111. . Ueber Energlcgcwin- 
 
 nung durch Zersetzung von Kohlehydrat ohne SauerstoS- 
 zufuhr bei Ascaris lumbricoides. Sitzungsb. d. Gesellsch. f. 
 
 Morphol. u. Physiol. In Milnchen (1901), 1902, xvii, 1. . 
 
 Ueber die von Ascaris lumbricoides ausgeschiedene Fett- 
 saure. Ztsehr. f. Biol., Milnchen & Berl., 1903, xlv, 113- 
 116.— Wharton (L. D.) The eggs of Ascaris lumbricoides. 
 PhlUpplne J. Sc, Manila, 1915, x, B, 19; 111. . Devel- 
 opment of the round worm. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1918, 
 lid, 74. 
 
 Ascaris lumbricoides (Infection by). 
 
 See, also, Intestines (Parasites in); Worms 
 (Intestinal, etc.). 
 
 LiESEN (P.) *Ueber das Vorkommen von As- 
 caris lumbricoides im menschlichen Korper, 
 speciell in der freien Bauchhohle. 8° Bonn, 
 1904. 
 
 M.\RADEi (il.) Di un raro caao di elmintiasi 
 intestinale da ascaridi lombricoidi. 8° Castro- 
 ■dllari, 1902. 
 
 Alessandrinl (G.) Sovra due ca-ii dl anormale espul- 
 sione dl Ascaris lumbricoides Lin. Boll. d. Soc. rom per 
 gli stud, zool., Roma, 1899, viii, 83.— Alessandrlnl (G.) & 
 
ASCARIS. 
 
 78 
 
 ASCARIS. 
 
 Ascaris lumbricoides (Infection hy) . 
 
 Paolucci (G.) Sulla tossicitk degli ascaridi. Ann. d'ig. 
 sper., Roma, 1909, n. s., xix, 497-542.— Bamabo (V.) 
 L'ascariasi a tipo epidemico in Cadore. Clin, ostet., Boma, 
 1909, xi, 193-204.— Calvert (J. T.) Note on the prevalence 
 ol Ascaris lumbricoides in the Darbhanga district. Indian 
 M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1900, xxxv, 38.5.— Cartolarl (E.) Sugli 
 aceidenti chirurgici determinati daUa presenza degli asca- 
 ridi. Fracastoro, Verona, 1911, vii, 91; 107; 128; 168; 189; 
 212. — Consort! (D.) Alcune considerazioni sull' elmintiasi 
 del bambini e specialmente suU' ascaride lombricoide. 
 Pedlatria, Napoli, 1912, 2. s., xx, 855-858— Crouzel (E.) 
 De la r&istancB des teguments des ascarides lombricoSdes 
 aux sues digestifs de rorganisme humain. J. de m^d. 
 de Bordeaux, 1907, xxxrii, 312.— Dale (W. C.) Cyst 
 in abdominal wall containing ascarides. Cbina M. J., 
 Shanghai, 1918, xxxii, 131-133.— lyAlessandro (F.) L'im- 
 portanza dello ascaride lombricoide nelle ferite degU intes- 
 tini. Gazz. internaz. di med., Napoli 1905, Till, 67.— Doyle 
 (E. A.G.) Ascarides lumbricoides in an adult. Brit. M. J., 
 Lond.^ 190O, i, 840.— Bpstein (A.) Ueber experimenteUe 
 Ascans-InJection. Verfimdl. d. GeseUsch. deutsch. Naturf. 
 u. Aerzte 1891, Leipz., 1892, Ixiv, 323-325.— Flury. Zur 
 Toxikologie der Askariden. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 
 1912, lix, 664.— Fontoynont. La lombricose. Eev. de 
 mM. et d'hyg. trop.. Par., 1909, vi, 8-12.— GauloiQ & Bru- 
 nei. L'asoaridiasechezPenJant. Montpel. mfid., 1909, xxix, 
 321-323.— Glbbs (M. D.) Report ota case ol round worms 
 in an adult. Colorado Med., Denver, 1906, iii, 231.— Gobln- 
 dan Nair (T. K.) Ascaris lumbricoides infection in Malabar 
 district. Indian M. Gaz.,Calcutta, 1914, xUx, 349-352.— Gold- 
 schmidt (R.) Die Askarisvergiftung. Miinchen. med. 
 -Wchnschr., 1910, Ivu, 1991-1993 —Hainlss (G.) Ascaris in- 
 vasion in achild set. six. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1903, n. s., 
 
 lxxvl^70. — . Eine Asearis-Invasion bei einem 6 Jahre 
 
 alten Kinde. Pest, med.-chir. PressCj Budapest, 1903, xxxix, 
 966.— Haynes (B.) Ascaris lumbricoides, and report of 
 cases. J. South. Car. M. Ass., Seneca, 1913, ix, 340.— He&ir 
 (P.) Remarks on ascariasis. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 
 1911, xlvi, 75.^Ihfe€tlon with the round worm Ascaris. J. 
 Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1918, bcx, 460.— Jeflerys (W. H.) A 
 
 geculiar case of Ascaris lumbricoides. China M. Miss. J., 
 hanghai, 1903, xvii, 145-148. — Kermorgant. Observa- 
 tions de lombricose aux colonies. Bull. Acad, de m6d.. 
 Par., 1904, 3. s., 11, 335-342.— Lane (C.) Ascaris lumbri- 
 coides and coprophagia. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1917, 
 
 Iii, 269-272. . Major Stewart on Ascaris infection. 
 
 Ibid.f 301. — Lapasset. Contusion de I'abdomen par roue de 
 canon; abcSs stercoral, avec expulsion d' Ascaris lombri- 
 coides; gu^rison. Soc. de m(Sd. mil. franc. Bull., Par., 1910, 
 iv, 139-142.— Lutz (A.) Zur Frage der Invasion von Tsenia 
 elhptica und Ascaris lumbricoides. Centralbl. 1. Bakteriol. 
 
 u. Paiasitenk., Jena, 1887, ii, 713-718. . Weiteres zur 
 
 Frage der Uebertraigung des menschlichen Spulwurmes. 
 lUi., 1888, iii, 265; 297; 553; 585; 617.— Macgregor (R. F.) 
 Ascaris infection. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1914, xlix, 
 187. — ^Martini (N.) Nouvelles recherches sur la nature de 
 la lombricose. Rev. gin. de cUn. et de tMrap., Par., 1909, 
 xxiii, 646-648. — ^maxwell (J. P.) The eetiology, symptoms, 
 diagnosis and treatment of round-worm infection. J. Trop. 
 M., Lond., 190O-1901,iii, 56-59.— Mey. Fall von Entleerung 
 massenhafter Ascariden bei einem Kinde. St. Petersb. med. 
 Wchnschr., 1897, n. F., xiv, 447.— Milne (C. J. R.) Two 
 unusual oasesof the presence of Ascaris lumbricoides. Indian 
 M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1907, xhi, 140.— Mlyake (H.) Ueber die 
 Askaridenerkrankung in der Chirurgie. Arch. f. klin. 
 Chir., Berlv 1908, Ixxxv, 325-342.— MUUer (L.) Askariden 
 und ihre Bedeutung liir die Chirurgie. Centralbl. f. d. 
 Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir., Jena, 1909, xil, 11; 57; 91.— 
 Feterl (I.) Vorkommen einer grosseren Anzahl von Aska- 
 riden bei mehreren MltgUedem einer Famille. Jahrb. f. 
 Klnderhy Berl., 1911, n. F., Ixxiii, 352-356.— BadaeU (S.) 
 L'eosinofllia nella ascaridiasi. Clin, mod., Firenze, 1905, 
 xi, 363-367.— Regnault (J.) La lombricose intestinale 
 en Chine et en Indo-Chine. Caducfe, Par., 1904, iv, 133.— 
 Kiesnun (D.) Round worms (Ascaris lumbricoides) 
 from a patient with typhoid fever. Froc. Path. Soc. Phila., 
 1902-3, n. s., vi, 55.— Selirt (E.) Ueber die Askaridener- 
 krankung der Bauchhole. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 
 1906, li, 699-713, 3 pi.— Soma (N.) Sull' importanza degli 
 ascaridi nella chirurgia addominale. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 
 1905, xxvi, 550.— Spletb (H.) Beitrag zur Askaridener- 
 krankung mit besonderer, Beriicksichtigung der Frage der 
 Giftwirkung. Virchow's Arch. i. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 
 1914, ccv, 117-126.— Stewart (A. D.) , Twocasesof ascariasis. 
 Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1911, xlvl, 16.— Stewart (P. H.) 
 Further experiment on Ascaris infection. Brit. M. J., Lond., 
 1916, ii, 486-488.— Ward (G.) An Interesting case of Ascaris 
 infection. Practitioner, Lond., 1918, c, 503.— Weill & Mou- 
 rlquand (G.) Lombricose chez un nourrisson de 13 moi& 
 Lyon mM., 1909, cxii, 340-345.— Weinberg (M.)& Jullen 
 (A.) Recherches sur la toxine ascaridienne. Hyg. de la 
 viande [etc.]. Par., 1913, vii, 225-244.— WeUman (P. C.) 
 Ascariasis in the Tropics; analysis of 158 cases. J. Trop. M., 
 Lond., 1905, viii, 328.— WettendorO (H.) Les Ascaris 
 lombncoides chez les enfants. Policlln., Brux., 1903, xii, 
 244-249. 
 
 Ascaris lumbricoides (Infection by, Oom- 
 flications and sequelse of). 
 
 Berenguibe (E.) *Les formes abdominales 
 graves de la lombricose. 8°. Lyon, 190G. 
 
 Feltmann (L.) *Des accidents chirurgicaux 
 les plus frequents dus aux ascarides lombricoides. 
 8°. Pom, 1908. 
 
 Fbesbn (J.) *Ascarislumbricoidesausserhalb 
 des Darmes, speziell in perit3rphlitisclien Abszes- 
 sen. 8°. Greifswald, 1908. 
 
 Masson (C.-J.) *Cri8es gastriques et pseudo- 
 appendiculaires caus^es par I'Ascaris chez 
 I'adulte. 8°. Pans, 1905. 
 
 Rehbebg (T. F.) *Darminvagination durch 
 Ascariden. 8°. Kimigsbergi. Pr., 1907. 
 
 Sahattchiepp (A.) *Ascarides lombricoides 
 dans les voiesbUiairesetdahslefQie. 8°. Mont- 
 pellier, 1906. 
 
 Xemard (G.) *Migration des ascarides lom- 
 bricoides dans le foie et le pancreas. 8°. Lyon, 
 
 1908. 
 
 Alf arc (B. ) Caso raro de emigraoifin de las ascd.rides lom- 
 bricoides. Um6p mM. de Mexico, 1857-8, ii. 211-214.— AUen 
 (Mary D. ) Ascaris lumbricoides as a complication ol a surgi- 
 cal operation. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1913, Ix, 1963. — 
 Andrews (O. W..) A case of appendicitis; removal of ster- 
 colith, passage of an Ascarislumbricoides fourteen days later. 
 Brit. M. J., Lond., 1906, ii^ 1174.— Anley (F. E.) Ascaris 
 lumbricoides and appendicitis. lUd., i, 677. — Aparicio. 
 Peritonitis enquistada producida por asc&rides. Gac. m^d. 
 d. Norte, BUbao, 1913, xix, 204-207.— Apostolldes (P.) 
 Two cases of perforation of the intestine by Ascarides. Lan- 
 cet, Lond., 1898,i, 1254.— Aymaretto(T.) Uncasoditiflite 
 da ascaridi. Gazz. med. ital., Torino, 1905, Ivi, 195-197.— B. 
 (J. M. L.) Absceso de la pared abdominal con eliminaci(3n 
 de los lombrices. Rev. mM. de BogotA, 1900-1901, xxiii, 
 206-208.— BaUiano (A.) Sopra la presenza di un' ascaride 
 lombricoide nella cavita pleurica destra. Gior. d. r. Accad. 
 di med. di Torino, 1917, 4. s., xxiii, 185-193.^Barnab6 (V.) 
 La tbsse nell' ascariasi. Clin, ostet., Roma, 1909, xi, 346- 
 351. — Bartet(A.) Lombricsettroublesintestinaux. Arch, 
 de m6d. nav.. Par., 1908, Ixxxix, 5-31.— BartMlemy. 
 Contributions, I'Stude de la perforation de I'lntestln grf lepar 
 les ascarides. BuU. Soc. ceutr. de mM. v^t.. Par., 1905, lix, 
 278-281. — Berne (J. G.) A case of ascariasis with enteric 
 temperatures. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1904, li, 1170. — Borinl 
 (A.) Pseudo-appendicite da ascaridi. Gazz. d. osp., Mi- 
 lano, 1913, xxxiv, 1447. — Brnn (V.) Appendicite provo- 
 qufe par un lombric. Bull, et m^m. Soc. de chir. de Par., 
 
 1900, n. s., xxvi^ 311. . Le complicazioni da ascaridi 
 
 nella chirurgia infantile. Policlin., Boma, 1912, xix, sez. 
 prat., 1481-1489.— Candido (P.) Intossicazione acuta da 
 ascaride lombricoide; nota clinica. Gior. intemaz. d. sc. 
 med., Napoli, 1910, n. s., xxxii, 411-417. Also: Mod. ital., 
 Napoli, 1910, viii , 137; 160.— Cannaday ( J. E . ) Perforation 
 ol appendix by round-worm. J. Am. M. Ass. , Chicago, 1909, 
 liii, 1029.— earlier (G.) Perforation intestinale et lombri- 
 cose. Dauphin^ miSd., Grenoble, 1905, xxlx, 103-112. — 
 Cbristle (W. F.) Notes on the migration of Ascaris lum- 
 bricoides. J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond., 1914, xxiii, 
 201-205. — CorreaAloy(A.) Caso de meningismus por asca- 
 rides. Rev. m&i. de Yuoatdn, Mi^rida, 1911, vii, 29. — 
 Deak (S.) Ein Fall von Pyromanie, der durch Ascaris 
 lumbricoides verursacht wurde. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, 
 Budapest, 1912, xlix, 65.— Duckwortli {.Sir D.) & Champ- 
 neys. A case of pyrexia and vomiting relieved by the pas- 
 sage of a round-worm from the rectum. St. Barth. Hosp. 
 Rep., Lond., 1906, xli, 148.— Dufour (E.) Cas de kyste de 
 I'ovaire renfermant des lombrics vivants; double perforation 
 intestinale. Gaz. de gyn(5c.. Par., 1905, xx, 97-99.— Duprey 
 (A. J. B.) Fever and convulsions due to Ascarides. Lan- 
 cet, Lond., 1903, 11, 1649.— Elmgren (R.) [Some sluggish 
 diseases liom the vlvlfieation ol Ascaris lumbricoides.] 
 Duodecim, Helsinki, 1906, xxii, 281-287.— Estape. Caso 
 cHnico notable; [peritonitis s^ptica con coleccidn aparente 
 debida & perforacidn intestinal causada por ascarides 
 lumbricoidesl. Rev. de med. y drug., Barcel., 1903, xvii, 
 515-520.— Freda (A.) Un caso di perforazione intestinale 
 da ascaride lombricoide. Gior. mtemaz. d. sc. med., 
 Napoli, 1907, n. s., xxix, 1029-1036.— Frolofl (V. I.) [Trau- 
 matic rupture of the intestines with appearance of As- 
 caridae In the abdominal cavity.] Voyenno-Med. J., S.- 
 Peterb., 1903, ii, med. pt, 48-53.— Gallet de Santerre. 
 Cas de diarrh^e dysent^riforme d'origine ascaridienne. 
 Ann. d'hyg. et de mM. colon.. Par., 1913, xvi, 452-454.— 
 Gardon (v.) Un cas de lombrico-typbose h. forme grave. 
 Bull. m6d. de I'Alg^rie, Alger, 1907, xvlii, 270.— GSraud. 
 Un cas de pseudo-crise appendiculaire provoqu^e par 
 des ascarides lombricoides. Bull. Soc. de chir. de Lyon, 
 1901-2, V, 291-294.— GliUels. Perforation de I'lntestln grMe 
 par les Ascaris. Bull. Soc. centr. de mfid. v4t., Par.,1905, lix, 
 
ASCARIS. 
 
 79 
 
 ASCARIS. 
 
 Ascaris lumbricoides {Infection hy, Com- 
 plications and sequelse of). 
 
 158-164. — Gomess (A. I\ B.). Ascaris lumbricoides and 
 pernicious anaemia; gregarinosis in man. Lancet, Lend., 
 1907, 1, 51. — Gufegan. Ascarides et appendlcite en Tunisia. 
 Caducfe, Par., 1902, ii, 116.— Gupta (B. C. S.) A ease of 
 in^ntUe convulsions due to "Ascarides." Ind ian M. Gaz., 
 Calcutta, 1913, xlviii, 332.— Heliir (P.) Remarks on ascaria- 
 sls; is there a round-worm lever? IbH., 1910, xlv, 287-290.— 
 Helm (il.) Ucber das Vorkommen von Ascaris lumbri- 
 koides und durcb dieselbe hervorgenifene scbwere nervose 
 Symptome bei Kindem unter einem Jahre. Deutsche med. 
 Wchnscbr., Beri. & Leipz., 1900, xxvi, 166.— Higgs (P. W.) 
 Case of toxaemia apparently produced by Ascaris lumbri- 
 coides. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1908-9, ii. Sect. Stud. 
 Dis. Child., 1-4.— Hornowskl (J.) {On the possibility of 
 perforation of the intestine by Ascaris lumbrieoid es. ] Medy- 
 cyna, Warszawa, 1906, xxxiv, 464-466.— Huber (T. C.) 
 Reizwirkung von Askaris am Darme des lebenden Menschen 
 beobacbtet. Miinchen. med. Wchnscbr., 1912, lix, 2669. — 
 lofle(M. G.) (Presence of ascaris in the abdominal cavity .1 
 Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1911, x, 1506-1508.— Jacquet (G.) 
 P^tonite tu berculeuse avec ascite; lombric vivant dans la 
 cavit6p^riton6ale(?):laparotomie; gu^rison. Bull. etm6m. 
 Soc. de mSd. de Vaucluse, Avignon, 1909, v, 119-121. — 
 l^rdenois. Ascaris lombncoide 61iiiun(5 par un abcte de la 
 parol abdominale. Gaz. d. hSp. de Toulouse, 1901, xv, 
 337. — I/lston (P. St. L.) A case of severe cough and loss of 
 weight due to round worms in the intestme. Lancet, Lond., 
 1905, i, 226.— Sladelung. Operative Entfemung ernes den 
 Ductus choledochus versehliessenden Spulwurms. Strassb. 
 med. Ztg., 1909, vi, 189.— Magi (A.) ContributoaUa casis- 
 tica del meningismo da ascaridi lombricoidi. Clin, mod., 
 Pirenze, 1906, xii, 569.— Mabood (C. P.) Migration of the 
 Ascaris lumbricoides. West Virg. M. J., Wheeling, 1908-9, 
 iii, 265. — Maillard (C. H.) Lombricose et perforation in- 
 t«stinale. Arch, de m^. et pharm. mil.. Par., 1911, Ivii, 
 219-^. — ^Malagodi (A.) Sindrome epilettica in un bam- 
 bino affetto da ascaridiasi. Riv. di clin. pediat., Fircnze, 
 1904, ii, 433-440.— Matas (R.) A vermicular abscess of the 
 anterior abdominal waU, which contained a large living 
 Ascaris lumbricoides nine inches in length. Proc. Orleans 
 Parish M. Soc. 1900, N. Orl., 1901, 34-36.— M6riel. Deux 
 formes de pseudo-m^ningite due aux lombrics. Ann. de 
 m6d. et chir. inf.. Par., 1900, iv, 434-439. Also, transl..- 
 Indian M. Rec., Calcutta, 1900, xlx, 284.— Mertens. Zwel 
 Palle von Einwanderung von Spulwurmem in das Galleu- 
 gangssystem. Deutsche med. Wchnscbr., Berl. & Leipz., 
 1898, xxlv, 358-360.- Moiissu (G.) Surlerole des ascandes 
 dans les perforations intestinales. Bull. Soc. centr. de med. 
 
 v^t.. Par., 1905, lix, 502-504. . Sur les perforations de 
 
 I'intestin par des ascarides. Ibid., 1906, Ix, 225-232. — Naab 
 (J. P.) ReflexkrampfebeiAscarislumbricoides. Med. Bl., 
 Wien, 1902, xxv, 407. Also: Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 
 
 1902, xUx, 793.— NystrOm (G.) [Ein Fall von Enteritis 
 und Ascaris mit Deus-Symptomen; Laparotomie. Uebers., 
 p. xvii.l Upsala Lakaref. Forb., 1903-4, n. f., ix, 304-315.— 
 Parretras (D.) De un case de ascaridiose com localisagoes 
 h^paticas. Arch, brasil. de med., Rio de Jan., 1916, vi, 
 530-536. — Pieiantoni (G.) Laringo-spasmo e pseudo- 
 meningite da ascaridi lombricoidi. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 
 
 1903, xxiv, 694-696.— Pillary (T. J. M.) A remarkable case 
 in which Ascaris lumbricoides find their way out of the gut 
 through the abdominal wall; recovery. Indian M. Rec, 
 Calcutta, 1902, xxiii, 600.— Plew (H. ) Ueber die Perforation 
 des Darmes durch Askariden. Arcb. f. Kiuderb., Stuttg., 
 1913, Ixii, 11-13. — Foucel. Ascaris dans I'appendice caecal. 
 Marseille mid., 1904, xli, ISO.- Radaell (S.) Pseudo^pUes- 
 sia da ascaridi e la teoria della loro tossicita. Gazz. d. osp., 
 Milano, 1905, xxvi, 773-776.— BJbon (V.) Las ascarides; su 
 verdadera sintomatologia y accidentes que detcrminan. 
 Repert. de med. y cirug., BogotA, 1917-18, ix, 66-75.— Rizza^ 
 casa (N. ) Ascaridi quale complicazione durante e dopo gli^ 
 Interventiaddominali. Arch. diostet.eginec.,Napoli,1908, 
 2. s., i, 161-168. — Robtoe & Duvemoy. Pseudo-m^ningite; 
 ascarides lombricoides dans les canaux biliaires.' Rev. mM. 
 de Franche-Comt^, Besancjon, 1908, xvi, 39-41.— Santar- 
 neccjii de Francony (G.) Sindromi meningee e ascari- 
 diasi. Riv. di clin. pediat., Fiienze, 1915, xiii, 97-109. — 
 Sdiloessmaiin. Ueber chirurgische Erkrantungen durch 
 Askariden. Beitr. z. klin. Cbir., Tiibing., 1914, xc, 531- 
 548, 1 pi.— Spencer (W. G.) Acute septic peritonitis fol- 
 lowing inflammation of the ileum by a round worm. West- 
 minst. Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1909, xvi, 36-38.— Szinessi (J.) 
 Ein Ascaris, welcher ungewohnliche Erseheinungen verur- 
 sacht«. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1904, xl, 852.— 
 TaUlens. Ascarides etm^ningisme. Arch, de m^d. d. enf.. 
 Par., 1906, ix, 409-422.— Teoflli (R.) Migrazione pleu- 
 rica di Ascaris lumbricoides in reperto pleuro polmonitico. 
 L' Abruzzosan., Cbieti, 1904, i, 129-134.— Torres Casanovas 
 (R.) Perforacitointcstinalproducidaporunascdrides. Rev. 
 de med. y cirug., Barcel., 1914, xxviii, 46-49.— Triboulet 
 (H.) Lombricose et accidents m^ningfe. Clinique, Par., 
 1908,iii, 775.— TujTl(R.) Lombricosi biliare. AttlAccad. 
 d. sc. med. e nat. in Ferrara, 1903^, bcxviii, 49-52.— Variot. 
 Accidents ftilamptiques dus 4 la lombricose. J. de mM. int. , 
 Par., 1908, xii, 172.— Vennersch. Migration curieuse d'un 
 ascaride lombncoide; abcte venuineux de rombilic. { From : 
 feho m^d. du nord, Lille, 1897, i.] J. de clin. et de th&ap. 
 
 Ascaris lumbricoides {Infection hy, Com- 
 vlications and sequelse of) . 
 
 mf.. Par., 1897, v, 854. — Viola (G.)' Un caso di migrazione 
 degli ascaridi lombricoidi nelle vie biliari maggiori e nel 
 fegato; ascesso epatico secondario. Riforma med., Napoli, 
 1896, xii, pt. 1, 603-605.— Walther. Lombric emprlsonng 
 dans le duodenum aprfes une gastro-ent^rostomie et expuls6 
 par vomissement. BuU. et m^m. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1911, 
 n. s., xxxvii, 656. — ^Whitelocke (R. H. A.) A ease simu- 
 lating meningitis, in which the symptoms were caused by 
 the escape of threadworms into the peritoneal cavity through 
 a i)erforated appendix vermiformis. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., 
 Lond., 1912-13, vi. Sect. Stud. Dis. Child., 192-194.— Zie- 
 mann (H. ) Ueber eitrige Perforationsperitonitis und Spul- 
 wijrmer (Ascaris lumbricoides) bei einem Neger. Arch. f. 
 Scbifls-u. Tropen-Hygi, Cassel, 1905, ix, 32. 
 
 Ascaris lumbricoides {Infection by, Deatlis 
 from). 
 
 Castor (R.H.) Ascaris lumbricoides causing perforation 
 of stomach and intestine and death. Indian M. Gaz., Cal- 
 cutta, 1903, xxxviii, 295. — Enernao (T.) Sopra im caso di 
 morte causata da ascaridi. Pobclin., Roma, 1914, xxi, sez. 
 prat., 163. — ^Foumifi (H.) Suffocation mortelle par les as- 
 carides lombricoides cbez un adulte. Arch, de parasitol.. 
 Par., 1898, i, 23-29.— Hattort (S.) A ease of cardiac paraly- 
 sis with Ascaris lumbricoides in the bronchus on autopsy. 
 [Japanese text.] Sei-i-Kwai 51. J., Tokyo, 1910, xxix. No. 5 
 [May]. — ^Hazen (C. MJ Death from lumbrieoid worms. 
 Old Dominion J. M. & S., Richmond, 1910, x, 127.— Jullien. 
 Perforation intcstinale par des ascaris lombricoides; mort 
 rapide par peritonite suraigue. Rev. %ia. de clin. et de 
 tb&ap.. Par., 1908, xxli, 247.— Katsurada (P.) Three 
 cases of death caused by emigration of Ascaris lumbricoides. 
 Sei-i-Kwai M. J., Tokyo, 1899, xviii, Nos. 3-14.— Lamou- 
 reux (A.) Un cas d'ascaridiase mortel. BuU. Soc. path, 
 exot.. Par., 1912, v, 842.— Lgon (N.) Mort par asphyxie 
 produite par des ascarides. Centralbl. f . Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. 
 Abt., Jena, 1913, Ixxii, Orig., 380-332.— M61issou & Brou- 
 telle. Cas de mort due S, la pr&ence de nombreux lombrics 
 dans le tube digestif. Arcb. m&i. d' Angers, 1899, iii, 121. — 
 Negresco. Mort d'un enfant de trois ans par p&etration 
 dans les voies aeriennes d'un ascaride lombricoide. J. de 
 mgd. de Par., 1904, 2. s., xvi, 35. Also: Rev. de m^d. \i%.. 
 Par., 1904, xi, 37-39.— Orosa (S. Y.) One fatal case of 
 ascariasis and six cases with severe symptoms. Rev. 
 filipina de med. y farm., Manila, 191S, ix, 188-194.- Tri- 
 boulet (H.), BIbaideau-Duinas & Menard. Lombricose; 
 m^ningite k pneumocoques mortelle; variations de la for, 
 mnleleucocytaire. Bull, et m^m. Soc. m&i. d. hOp. de Par.. 
 1908, 3. s., xxvj 519-523.— Vermeulen (P.) Un cas ds 
 lombricose termin6 par la mort. Belgique m^., Gand- 
 Haarlem, 1898, 1, 769-774.— Tierordt (O.) Todliche Askari- 
 diasis mit Leber- imd Pankreasabszessen. Miinchen. med- 
 Wchnschr., 1903, 1, 443. 
 
 Ascaris lumbricoides {Infection by, Di- 
 agnosis of). 
 
 Bendini (U.) Ascaridiasi a forma tifoidea. 
 Xota clinica. 8°. Pmto, [1900]. 
 
 Arbor^Bany (Catherine). Une observation d' Ascarides 
 lombricoides qui avaient provoqu6 des symptdmes d'ap- 
 pendicite. Arch, de mii. d. enf., Par., 1900, iii, 738-740. 
 
 . Ascarides lombricoides ayant simuM une crise d'ap- 
 
 pendicite. Nicc-mM., 1900-1901, xxv, 76.— Bircli (R. R.) 
 A serum test influeaced by Ascaris infestation. J. Am. Vet. 
 M. Ass., Ithaca, 1917, Ii, 694-696.— ChauHard (A.) Clinical 
 lecture on lumbricosis simulating typhoid fever. Med. 
 Week, Par., 1895, iii, 577.— Dalzil (K. R.) Round worms 
 simulating abdominal tumours. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1904, i, 
 835. — Dass (S.) An interesting case of ascariasis simulatmg 
 appendicitis. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1911, xlvi, 445. — 
 Del Vecchlo (E.) Lombricosi a forma tifoidea. Ann. di 
 med. nav., Roma, 1906, i, 192-204 —Ebstein (W.) Die 
 Strangulationsmarke beim Spulwurm in ihrer dia^osti- 
 schen Bedeutung. Deutsobes Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 
 
 1904, Ixxxi, 543-550. . Zusatz zu meiner Arbeit: Die 
 
 Strangulationsmarke beim Spulwurm in ihrer diagnosti- 
 schen Bedeutung. Ibid . , 1906-7, Ixxxvfii, 596.— Ferrari ( A. ) 
 Um diagnostico imprevisto; obuteracao do canal choledoco 
 por um verme intestinal (Ascarides lombricoides). BrazU- 
 med., Rio de Jan., 1900, xiv 277. — Gargiulo (G.) A pro- 
 posito della tosse da ascaridi. Clin, ostet., Roma, 1909, 
 xi, 248.— Gaultler (R.) Ascaridiase intcstinale avant 
 Simula un ulcfere de I'estomac. Presse mM., Par., 1909, 
 xvii, 500.— Harris (J.) Ascaris lumbricoides, the bane of 
 ^agnosis. Indian M. Rec., Calcutta, 1899, xvi, 390. — Haw 
 (WT H.) An analysis of the symptoms presented bjr 132 
 cases associated with the presence of Ascaris lumbricoides. 
 Lancet, Lond., 1904, i, 1722.— Isola (D.) Omopolielmin- 
 tiasi da ascaridi nell'uomo. Clin. med. ital., Milano, 1908, 
 xlvii, 537-.T46. — ^Kldd (A.) Ascaridiasis simulating appen- 
 dicitis. Lancet, Lond., 1918, i, 637.— LecMer (X.) Zur 
 Frage der Haufigkeit, Diagnose und neueren Behandlung 
 der Spulwurmkrankbeit bei Kindem. Arch. f. Kinderh., 
 Stuttg., 1913, Ixii, 49-75. — Lewers (A.) Unusual symptoms 
 
AS'CARIS. 
 
 80 
 
 ASCARIS. 
 
 Ascaris lumhricoides (Infection hy, Di- 
 agnosis of). 
 
 due to Ascans lumbricoides. Intercolon. M. J. Australas., 
 Melbourne, 1898, iii, 634.— Llgorlo (E.) Ascaiidiasi a forma 
 tiloidea. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1904, xxv, 142-144.— Lol (C.) 
 Contribute alia sintomatologia degll ascaridi. Ibid., 1898, 
 xix, 516.— LyubarskKV. A.) [Ascarides simulating acute 
 general peritonitis.] Voyenno-Med. J., S.-Peterb., 1914, ccxl 
 med.-speo. pt., 233.— MUller de la Fuente. Zur Diagnose 
 des Ascaris lumbricoides. Munohen. med. Wohnschr., 1897, 
 xliv, 739.— de Nabias. Erreur h, 4viter dans le diagnostic de 
 lombricose. J. de mM. de Bordeaux, 1905, xxxv, 605. — 
 Flantier. Ascaridiose k forme typhoide. Bull. Soc. mfid. 
 d. b6p. de Lyon, 1909, vlii, 320-322. Also: Lyon mM., 1909, 
 cxiil, 331-333.— Schupjer (F.) Sulla lombricosl a forma 
 tifoidea. Gazz. d..osp., Milano, 1901, xxii, 696-599.— Walters 
 (Ethelwyn M.) Ascaridiasis simulating appendicitis. 
 Lancet, Lond., 1918, i, 725.— von Westphalen (R.) Lum- 
 brlcosis mit Typhnserscheinungen. Strassb. med. Ztg., 
 1906, Hi, 192-194.— iol^tkowskl (A.) [Diagnosis of the 
 
 ?resenoe of ascaris lumbricoides in children!) Now. lek., 
 'oznall, 1908, xx, 24-30. , 
 
 Ascaris lumhricoides (Infection hy, Path- 
 
 ologic effects of). 
 Bonet(G.-T.-L.) 
 
 Bonet(G.-T.-L.) *De la lombricoso; manifes- 
 tations pathologiques dues k la pr&ence des 
 ascarides chez I'liomme; diagnostic et traite- 
 ment. 8°. Bordeaux, 1896. 
 
 Brttgbas (E.) *L'ascaridiose en pathologie 
 infantUe; 6tude clinique. [Lyon.] 8°. Tre- 
 voux, 1911. 
 
 Battlsta (G. G.) SuUapatogenesi delle varie forme raor- 
 bose da ascaridi lombriooidl nel bambini. Gazz. d. osp., 
 Milano, 1901, xxii, 963-966.— Clnaglia (B.) Importanza 
 patogenetica dell' elmintiasi da ascaridi, specialmente in 
 rapporto ad aflezionl oiirurgiohe. Ibid., 1913, xxxiv, 450- 
 452.— Demattels (P.) Sui mloroorganismi intestinali degll 
 ascaridi lombriooidi e loro azione patogena. Jhid., 1900, xxi, 
 692-694. Also: Glor. d. r. Accad. dl med. dl Torino, 1900, 
 4. s., vl, 401-409.— Federlcl (N.) Contribute alio studio 
 dell' importanza patogena dell' ascarlde lombricoide. Clin, 
 mod., Pisa, tt02, yiii, 170.— Galde. Lombricose; son rflle 
 en pathologie exotiqne; ses relations avec I'appendicite. 
 Ann. d'hyg. et de mfid. colon., Par., 1904, vil, 575-595.— 
 Guiart (J.) Le rdle pathogfene de 1' Ascaris lumbricoides 
 dans rintestin. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol^ Par., 1899, 11. s., 
 I, 1000-1002. Also: Arch, de parasitol.. Par., 1900, lii, 70- 
 81. — Ribon (V.) Fiobre verminosa. Eepert. de med. y 
 drug., BogotA, 1916-17, viU, 64-7-654.— Slivlero (G.) Con- 
 tributo alia patoIoTia degli ascaridi. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 
 1914, XXXV, 1075-1077. 
 
 Ascaris lumhricoides (Infection hy, 
 Treatment of). 
 
 See, also, Worms (Intestinal, etc. , Treatment of). 
 
 ScHMiTZ ([J.] W.) *Zur Therapie der Ascar 
 ridiasis (01. chenopodii anthelminthici). 8°. 
 Bonn, 1908. 
 
 TiiBLEN ([T.] 0.) *Klinische Erfahrungen 
 uber das amerikanische Wurmsamenol als Anti- 
 ascaridiacum bei Kindem. 8°. Rostock, 1907. 
 
 BarnabO(V.) Cloroformizzazione e ascariasi. PoUclin., 
 Eoma, 1909, xvi, sez. prat., 880-882.— BrUning (H.) Zur 
 Behandlung der Askaridiasis. Med. Klin., Berl., 1906, ii, 
 
 747-749. . Erfahrungen mit dem amerikanischen 
 
 Wurmsamenol (Oleum chenopodU anthelmintici) als Ant- 
 ascaridiacum bei Kindem. Deutsche med. Wohnsohr., 
 Berl. & Leipz., 1907, xxxiii, 425-427.— Gockel (M.) Ueber 
 Ascaridiasis und ihre erfolgreiche Behandlung mit dem 
 amerikanischen Wurmsamenol (Oleum chenopodii anthel- 
 minthici). Munchen. med. Wohnschr., 1910, Ivii, 1643.— 
 Hall (M. C.) The loueevit/ of adult ascarids outeide the 
 body ol the host; its bearing on anthelmintic treatment. 
 J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1917, Ixviii, 772.— Plzzlnl (L.) 
 Patogenesi e cura della elmintiasi da ascaridi lombricoidi. 
 Gazz. med. dl Torino, 1895, xlvi, 297-304.— PraedborskI (J.) 
 Ueber einen interessanten Fall von Ascaridiasis und Menin- 
 gitis tuberculosa und tiber Wirkung des Oleum chenopodii 
 auf Ascariden. Berl. klin. Wohnschr., 1913, 1, 1987.— 
 Boper (L. J.) The round worm evil and its treatment. 
 Therap. Med., N. Y., 1910, iv, 132-136.— Steber. Zum Ver- 
 laufe und zur Behandlung schwerer Spulwurm-Erkran- 
 kimgen. Deutsche med. wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1917, 
 xliil, 1040.— Weinberg & Seguin (P.) Quelgues observa- 
 tions sur la toxine ascaridienne; dissociation des eflets pro- 
 duits; neutralisation de Paction toxique par le s^rum de 
 chevaux spontaniSment Immunises. Compt. rend. Soo. de 
 biol., Par., 1913, Ixxiv, 865-857. 
 
 Ascaris megalocephala., 
 
 Blanckertz (R.) *Die Ausbildung der Te- 
 trade im Ei von Ascaris megalocepnala uni- 
 valens. [Mtinchen.] 8°. Leipzig, 1910. 
 
 Greim (W.) *Ueber Ascaris megalocephala. 
 8°. Giessen, 1910. 
 
 ScHiMMELPFENNiG (G.) *tJeber Ascaris mega- 
 locephala. Beitrage zur Biologie und physiolegi- 
 schen Chemie derselben. [Bern.] 8°. Berlin, 
 1902. 
 
 AUo, in: Arch. f. wissensch. u. prakt. Thierh., Berl., 1903, 
 xxii, 332-376. 
 
 VoLTZENLOGEL (E.) *Unter8uchungen uber 
 den anatomischen und histologischen Bau des 
 Hinterendes von Ascaris megalocephala und 
 Ascaris lumbricoides. [Bern.] 8°. Jena, 1^2. 
 Albiecbt (A.) Zur Entwicklung der Spulwiirmer beim 
 Pferde. Ztschr. f. Veterinark., Berl., 1908, xx, 465-471, 
 1 pi. — Budnowskl. Darmpertoratiou durch Ascans mega- 
 locephala. lUd., 1904, xvi, 390-392.— Cappe de BaUlon 
 (P.) Etude sur les fibres musoulaires -d' Ascaris; fibres 
 pari^tales. Cellule, Lierre & Louvain, 1911, xxvii, 165-211, 
 3 pi.— Catnoy (J.-B.) La cytodidrfese de Pceuf; la v&icuje 
 germinative et les globules polaires de I'Ascaris megalo- 
 cephala. Ibid., 1886, ii, 1-76, 4 pi.— Camoy (J.-B.) & Le- 
 brun (H.) La fdcondation chez I'Ascaris megalocephala. 
 ' md., 1897, xiii, 61-195, 2 pi.— FaurS-Fremlet (E.) Sur la 
 constitution des mitochondries des gonocytes de I'Ascaris 
 megalocephala. Colnpt. rend. Soc. de blol., Par., 1912, 
 
 Ixxil, 346. . La cellule intestinaleetleliquldeoavitaire 
 
 de I'Ascaris megalocephal'a. lUd., 1913, Ixxiv, S67-569. 
 
 . Le cycle gernunatif chez I'Ascaris megalocephala. 
 
 Arch, d'anat. micr., Par., 1913-14, xv, 435-768, 3 pi.— FUrst 
 (E.) Ueber Centrosomen bei Ascaris megalocephala. Arch. 
 t. mikr. Anat., Bonn, 1898, lii, 97-133, 2 pi.— Gibson (H.) 
 Brata and heart symptoms, due to Ascarides, in a mare. 
 Vet. J., Lond., 1907, n. s., xiv,' 150.— Guerrlnl (G.) Di 
 alcuni latti dl secrezione studiati nelP epitelio intcstinale 
 dell' Ascaris megalocephala. Arch, de parasitol.. Par., 1910, 
 xiv, 193-223.- Hastings (S.) On the action of various sub- 
 stances on the development, of the ova of Ascaris megaloce- 
 phala. Arch. Middlesex Hosp., Lond., 1910, xix, 228-236. 
 
 . On the action of the secondary X-rays from copper 
 
 on the development of the ova of Ascaris megalocepliala. 
 IWii., 1912, xxvii, 164-166.— Held (H.) Ueber den Vorgang 
 der Belruchtung bei Ascaris megalocephala. Verhandl. a. 
 anat. Gesellsch., Jena, 1912, xxvl, 242-248.— Humann. 
 Ascariasis beim Pfcrd. Wchnschr. f. Tierh. u. Viehzucht, 
 Miinchen, 1907, Ii, 125.— Kurin (S.) [Two cases of Ascaris 
 la stallions.] Vestnik Obshtsh. Vet., B.-Pet«rb., 1913, xxv, 
 997-999.— Lazarus-Barlow (W. S.) & Somervllle (H.) 
 On the action of certain animal and other substances on the 
 development of the ova of Ascaris megalocephala. Arch. 
 Middlesex Hosp., I^ond., 1909, xv, 200-204.— Letbenger. 
 Darmperforation dnrch Ascaris megalocephala. Wchn- 
 schr. f. Tierh. u. Viehzucht, Miinchen, 1907, ll, 241. — Lcroy 
 (A.) Sur la toxicity du liquide pMenterique d' Ascaris 
 megalocephala. Arch, internat. de physiol., Li^ge & Par., 
 1910, Ix, 276-282.— Markus (H.) Darmruptuur bij het 
 paard tengevolge van Ascaris megalocephala. Tijdschr. v. 
 veeartsenijk. Maandbl., Utrecht, 1905-6, xxxiii, 435-439, 
 1 pi.— Mayer (A.) Zur Kenntnis der Samenbildung bei 
 Ascaris megalocephala. Zool. Anz., Jena, 1908, xxv, 495- 
 546, 2 pi.— Mettam (A. E.) Perforation of the small intes- 
 tine, caused by the Ascaris megalocephala. Vet. J., Lond., 
 1906, vi, 688.— Moszkowskl (M.) Zur Kiohtungskorper- 
 blldung von Ascaris megalocephala. Arch. f. mikr. Anat., 
 Bonn, 1901, Ux, 388-401.— Murlln (I. R.) Carnoy and Le- 
 brun's observations on fertilization in Ascaris megaloce- 
 
 Shala. J. Applied Micr., Rochester, 1899, 11, 337-339. — 
 lurray (R.) Ascaris In a foal; death. Vet. Rec., Loud., 
 1906-7, xix, 53.— Payne (F.) A study of the effect of 
 radium iipon the eggs of Ascaris megalocephala univalens. 
 Arch. f. Eatwcklngsmechn. d. Organ., Leipz., 1913, xxxvi, 
 287-293, 3 pi.— Romeis (B.) Ueber Plastosomen und 
 andere Zellstruktureu in den Uterus-, Darm- und Muskel- 
 zellen von Ascaris megalocephala. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1913, 
 xliv, 1-14, 2 pi.— Rubinstein (M.) & Jullen (A.) Examen 
 des scrums de chevcaux atteints d'ascaridiosepar la mfithode 
 d'Abderhalden. Compt. rend^Soc. de blol.. Far., 1913, Ixxv, 
 180-182.— Schoonjans (H.) Etude sur la phase d'accroisse- 
 ment des ovocytes choz Ascaris megalocephala bivalens; com- 
 munication prfiUminaire. Bull. Soc. d. sc. m6d. et nat. de 
 Brux., 1909, Ixvil, 36-46.— SoshestvenskI (A. N.) [Asca- 
 riasis in horses.] Arch. vet. nauk, S.-Peterb., 1913. xliil, 
 1102-1105.— zur Strassen (O.) Embryonalentwickelung 
 der Ascaris megalocephala. Arch. f. Entwcklngsmcchn. d. 
 Organ., Leipz., 1896, lii, 27; 133; 5 pi.— Thum (n.) Aska- 
 ridiasis beim Pferde und Sohweine. Ztschr. f. Tiermed., 
 Jena, 1914-15, xviii, 503-528.— Toldt (K.) Ueber die Dif- 
 fereuzlerungeu In der Outicula von Ascaris megalocephala 
 
ASCARIS. 
 
 81 
 
 ASCHAFFENBURG. 
 
 Ascaris megalocephala. 
 
 Cloqu. Zool. Anz., I/eipz.,- 1904-5, xxviii, 539-542. . 
 
 Die Saltbalmen in der Cuticula von Ascaris megalocepliala 
 
 Cloqu. Ibid., 1904, xx^oii, 728-730. . Bemerkungen 
 
 zur neuerlichen Diskussion fiber den Bau der Cuticula von 
 Ascaris megalocephala. Ibid., 1912, xxxlx, 495-497.— Wein- 
 berg (M.) & Julien (A.) Substances toxiques de 1' Ascaris 
 megalocephala. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1911, Ixx, 
 337-339.— Weinberg & Kellln (.Mile.) Une maladie de 
 1' Ascaris megalocephala. Ibid., 1912, Ixxiii, 260-262.— 
 Wlldman (B. E.) The spermatogenesis ol Ascaris megalo- 
 cephala with special reference to the two cytoplasmic inclu- 
 sions, the refractive body and the mitochondria; their origin, 
 nature, and r61e in fertilization. J: Morph., PhUa., 1913, 
 xxiv, 421-457.— Za«harlas (O.) Eine neue Varietat des 
 Pferdespulwurms (Ascaris megalocephala, var. trivalens). 
 
 Biol. Centralbl., Erlang, 1912, xxxil, 718-721. . Die 
 
 Chromatin- Dinunution m den Furchungszellen von Ascaris 
 megalocephala. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1913, xliii, 33-53. — Zoja 
 (R.) Untersuchungen fiber die Bntwioklung der Ascaris 
 megalocephala. Arch. 1. mikr. Anat., Bonn, 1896, xlvii, 
 218-260, 2 pi. 
 
 Ascaris mystax. 
 
 Albrecbt. Eurze Mitteiltmg fiber Ascaris mystax. 
 Wchnschr. t. Tierh. u. Viehzucht, Miinchen, 1903, xlvii, 377- 
 380. — Belsele. Ueber eine<i Pall von Ascaris mystax beim 
 Henschen. Miinchen. mcd. Wchnschr., 1911, Iviii, 2391. 
 Also, Reprint.— Engel (R.) De la prfeence de 1' Ascaris 
 mystax Rudolphi chez I'nomme (Ascaris canis); revue 
 gto^rale et observations personnelles de Hermarm Schop- 
 pler. Gaz. miii. de Par., 1913, Ixxxiv, 189.— Linton (R. Gr.) 
 Occurrence of Ascaris mystax in a lion. Vet. J., Lond., 1905, 
 Ixi, 21.— Marcus (H.) Ueber Samen und Eibildung bel 
 Ascaris mystax. Sitzungsb. d. GeSellsch. f. Morphol. u. 
 
 Physiol, in Munchen, 190,5, xxi, 39-44. . Reduktion 
 
 una Gonomerie der Chromosomen bei Ascaris mystax. 
 Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsoh. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1905, 
 Leipz., 1906, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 421-426.— Petit (6.) & Motas. 
 P^niStration de 1' Ascaris mystax dans les canaux h^patiques 
 du chien. Bull. Soc. oentr. de m6d. v6t.. Par., 1902, n. s., xx, 
 146. — Kagazzl (V.) Sulla presenza dell' Ascaris mystax 
 Zeder nell' uomo. Ann. di med. nav., Roma, 1903, ix, pt. 2, 
 609-520.— Scbttppler (H.) Ueber das Vorkommen von 
 Ascaris mystax Rud. beim Menschen, nebst einem kasuisti- 
 sohen Beitrage. Wlen. klin. Rundschau, 1908, xxii, 129-131. 
 . Ueber Ascaris mystsux R. beim Menschen. Cen- 
 tralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1911, Ivtii, Orig., 
 667. — Schroeder (C.) Vergleichende Untersuchungen zur 
 Feststellung der Identitat des Hunde- und des Katzen- 
 spiilwurms und Biologic der Ascaris mystax. Ztschr. f. 
 Tlermed., Jena, 1914, xviii, 419-451.— Tabusso (M. E.) 
 Vermlnosi entero peritoneale da ascaride mistace nel cane. 
 Arch, sclent, d. r. Soc. ed Acad. vet. ital., Torino^ 1905, iii, 
 36-39. — VallUlo (G.) Das Vorkommen von Ascans mystax 
 beim Lowen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 
 1909, 1, Orig., 461. 
 
 Ascaris trichiuris. 
 See Trich.ocephalus. 
 
 Ascaris vermicularis. 
 See Oxyuxis. 
 
 Ascaris visceralis. 
 See Strongylus. 
 
 Ascaris vitulorum. 
 
 Jammes (L.) & Martin (A.) Le d^veloppement de 
 I'OBUf de 1' Ascaris vitulorum Goeze en milieu artiUciel. 
 
 Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par^ 1906, cxliii, 67-70. 
 
 . Remarques au sujet du dSveloppement artiflciel de 
 
 I'Ascaris vitulorum Goeze. Ibid., 189. . Surles 
 
 propri^tfe de la coque de I'Ascaris vitulorum Goeze. Compt. 
 
 rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1907, 1x11, 15-17. ■ -. Sur 
 
 le d^terminisme de I'infestation par I'Ascaris vitulorum 
 Goeze. Jijd., 137-139. 
 
 Ascarzo (Victoriano F.) Nociones de fisiologia 6 
 higiene, con aplicaci6n 4 la economia, medicina 
 y farmacia domesticaa dispuestas para lectura y 
 estudio en las escuelas y colegios de niiias de 
 primera ensenanza. 3. ed. 88 pp. 16°. Madrid, 
 [1906]; 
 
 Asceticism. 
 
 Klernan ( J. G.) Asceticism as an auto-erotism. Alienist 
 & Neurol., St. Louis, 1911, xxxii, 407-438.— Mason (P. S.) 
 •The mental and physical peculiarities of the Hindoo aScetic. 
 Month. Cycl. & M. Bull., Phila., 1912, v, 329-337.— von 
 Wlese (L.) Soziologische Botraohtungen ilber das Wesen 
 der Askese. Arch. f. Sexualforsch., Heidelb., 1915, i, 32-42. 
 
 . Social aspects of asceticism. Am. J. Urol., N. Y., 
 
 1916, xii, 168-176. 
 
 96808°— Vol. II. 3d series— 19 6 
 
 Asch (David Dagobert) [1873- ]. *Zur Kennt- 
 nis der Schwefligmolybdate. 45 pp., 11. 8° 
 Berlin, F. Cynamon, 1902. 
 
 Asch (Max) [1855- ]. Wer ist herzkrank? Die 
 neuen Forschungen fiber die Beziebungen zwi- 
 schen Herz- und Nervenleiden und die Behand- 
 lung des kranken Herzens nacb einer neuen 
 Methode. 46pp. 8°. Berlin, H.Baake,\lWS\. 
 
 . Herz- und Nervenleiden und ihre Be- 
 
 handlung mit unterbrorhenen und Wechsel- 
 str6men._ Historisches, Theoretisches und Prak- 
 tisches in gemeinveratandUcher Darstellung. 
 55 pp. 12°. Berlin, L. Abel, [1906]. 
 
 Zur Hypertrophie der quergestreiften 
 
 Muskeln, spezieil des Herzmuskels. Ein Bei- 
 trag zur Entstehungsgeschichte der Herzmuskel- 
 erkrankungen. 47 pp. 8°. Berlin, J. Springer, 
 1906. 
 
 Ascli {Morris Joseph) [1833-1902]. 
 
 Mayer (E.) Obituary. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1903, 
 xiii, 17-22. Also: Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass., N. Y., 1902, 
 246-251. Also: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1902, xxxix, 995. 
 Aha: Med. News, N. Y., 1902, Ixxxi, 715. Also: Med. Rec., 
 N. Y., 1902, Ixii, 585. Also: N. York M. J., 1902, Ixxvi, 642. 
 Also: Year Bk. M. Ass. Gr. N. York, 1903, 45. 
 
 Asch (Paul) [1873- ]. *Das Sarkom des Obres. 
 
 86pp. 8"^. Strassburg i. E., C. Miih & Co., 1896. 
 . Ueber den Einfluss der bakteriellen Stoff- 
 
 wechselprodukte auf die Mere. 106 pp. 8° 
 
 Strassburg i. E., L. Beust, 1904. 
 
 Die moderne Therapie der Gronorrhoe 
 
 beim Manne; ein Leitfaden fiir Studierende und 
 Aerzte. 84 pp. 8° Bonn, A. Marcus & E. 
 Weber's Verlag, 1914. 
 
 The same. . Twelve lectures on the 
 
 modem treatment of gonorrhea in the male, 
 Translated and annotated by Faxton E. Grardner. 
 vui (2 1.), 104 pp. 8°. New Yorh, Rebman Com- 
 pany, [1915]. 
 
 Asch (Richard) [1883- ]. *Ueber einen durch 
 den Meningococcus intracellularis verursach- 
 ten posttraumatischen Abszess. 19 pp. 8°- 
 Miinchen, C. Gerbe/, 1909. 
 
 Asch (Robert) [1859- ]. Diagnostische und 
 therapeutische Ratschlage fiir den gyniikologi- 
 schen Praktiker. pp. 129-160. 8°. Berlin & 
 Wien, Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1914. 
 Forms 6. Hft., v. 10, of: Beihefte z. Med. Klin. 
 
 Ascli (Sigismund) [1825-1901]. 
 
 Ascb (R.) [Biography.] Jahresb. d. schles. Gesellsch. f. 
 vaterl. Kult. 1901, Bresl., 1902, Ixxix, Nekrol., 1-6.— Cohn. 
 [Nachruf.] Ibid., hyg. Sect., 35-38.— K. (T.) [Obituary.] 
 Schles. Aerzte-Corresp., Bresl., 1901, iv, 107. 
 
 Aschaffenburg (Gustav) [1866- ]. *Experi- 
 men telle Studien iiber Associationen. I. Theil. 
 Die Associationen im normalen Zustande. 
 [Heidelberg.] 95 pp. 8°. Leipzig, W. Engel- 
 mann, 1895. 
 
 . Das Verbrechen und seine Bekampfung. 
 
 Einleitung in die Kriminalpsychologie fur 
 Mediziner, Juristen und Soziologen; ein Beitrag 
 zur Reform der Strafgesctzgebung. 2. verbes- 
 aerte Aufl. xx, -277 pp. ' 8°. Heidelberg, C. 
 Winter, 1906. 
 
 The same. Crime and its repression. 
 
 Translated by Adalbert Albrecht, with an edi- 
 torial preface by Maurice Parmelee, and an intjo- 
 duction by Arthur 0. Train, xxviii, 331 pp. 
 8°. Boston, Little, Brovm & Co., 1913. 
 
 . Ueber die Stimmungsschwankungen der 
 
 Epileptiker." 55 pp. 8°. Halle a. S., C. Mar- 
 hold, 1906. 
 
 Forms Hft. 1, v. 7, of: Samml. zWangl. Abhandl. a. d. 
 Geb. d. Nerven- u. Geisteskr. 
 
 See, also, Handbuch der gerichtlichen Psyohiatrie [etc.]. 
 4°. Berlin, 1901. . The same. 2. Aufl. 8°. Berlin, 
 
ASCHAFFENBUKG. 
 
 82 
 
 ASCHOFF. 
 
 Aschaffenburg (Gustav) — continued. 
 
 1909.— Lehrbuch der Nervenkrankheiten [etc.]. 8°. Ber- 
 lin, 1909. 
 
 von Aschen (Heinrich) [1866- ]. *Ueber die 
 Stellung der inlantilen Cerebrallahmung zu deu 
 endogenen Erkrankungen. [Leipzig.] 30 pp., 
 1 1. 8°. Berlin, G. Schade, 1897. 
 
 Aschenbrenner (Eugen). *Ueber die patholo- 
 gischen Veranderungen des Netzea iin Bruch- 
 sack. 20 pp. 8° Milnchen, Kastner & Lossen, 
 1898. 
 
 Aschenbrenner (Eugen Jakob) [1885- ]. *Die 
 Resorptionsbedingungen von Jodkaliumklys- 
 tieren unter dem Einfluss schleuniger Mittel. 
 [Giessen.] 71 pp. 8°. Niirnberg, B. Hitz, 1910. 
 
 Aschendorf (W.) Die Krankheiten der Augen, 
 ikre Pflege und deren Schutz durch vorsichtige 
 Wahl passender Brillen. Ein Rathgeber fur 
 Augenleidende und Aerzte. 2. Aufl. 4 p. 1., 
 
 , 104 pp., 2 1. sm. 4°- Miinster, E. C. Brunn, 
 1864. 
 
 Aschenheim (Erich) [1882- ]. *Ein Fall von 
 multipleui Aortenaneurysma auf luischer und 
 atheromatoser Grundlage. 39 pp. 'S° Miin- 
 chen, C. Wolf & Sohn, 1906. 
 
 Ascher (Bemliard), 
 See Handbucb 
 Jeni, 1908. 
 
 der Arbeiterkrankhelten [etc.]. 8°. 
 
 Ascher (David) [1879- ]. *Beobaclitungen 
 
 liber Ausflockungs-Erscheinungen. 18 pp. 8°. 
 
 Wurzburg, P. Freudenberger, 1905. 
 Ascher (Ernat). *Ueber extraarticulSre Lipome 
 
 des Kniegelenks. 18 pp. 8°. Wurzburg, P. 
 
 Scheiner, 1898. 
 Ascher (Leo) [1879- ]. *Ueber intia- und 
 
 extxaperitoneale Operationen der Fistula ster- 
 
 coralis und des Anus prsetematuralis. 37 pp., 
 
 1 1. 8° Kimigsberg i. Pr., Karg & Manned, 
 
 1907. 
 Ascher [Louis]. Die Lungenkrankheiten Konigs- 
 
 bergs. 89 pp., 3 ch. 4°. Konigsbergi.Pr., W. 
 
 Koch, 1904. 
 . Der Einfluss des Rauches auf die At- 
 
 mungsorgane. , Eine sozialhygienische Unter- 
 "suchung ftir Mediziner, Nationalokonomen, 
 
 Gewerbe- und Verwaltungsbeamte, sowie fiir 
 
 Feuerungstechniker. 66 pp. 8°. Stuttgart, F. 
 
 Enke, 1905. 
 Also, Editor of; Ergebnisse der Physiologie, Wiesbaden, 
 
 1902-14. 
 
 Ascher (Ludwig) [1887- ]. *Ueber endemiearti- 
 ges Auftreten von epithellalen Geschwulaten bei 
 grauen Mausen. 33 pp., 2. pi. 8°. Marburg, 
 1911. 
 Repr.from: Ztschr. f. Krebsforsoh., Jena, 1911, ii. 
 
 Ascher (Martin) [1884- ]. *Hydronephrose 
 bei angeborenen Anomalien der Harnorgane. 
 [Leipzig.] 31 pp. 8°. Berlin, L. Wechselmann, 
 1908. 
 
 Ascher (Max) [1880- ]. *Die bei Erkrankungen 
 des Corpus striatum beobachteten Symptome 
 mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der okularen 
 Symptome. 24 pp. 8°. Marburg, 1904. 
 Eepr.from; Ztschr. f. Augenb., Berl., 1904, xi. 
 
 Ascher (Theodor) [1871- ]. *Beitrag zur 
 
 mediko-mecllanischen Behandlung von Ge- 
 
 lenksteifigkeiten. [Leipzig.]. 89 pp. 8°. 
 Magdeburg, 1895. 
 
 Aschheim (Mrs E. Fleischthcm) [ 
 1905]. 
 
 [Death from prolonged use of X-ray.] Med. Bee., N. Y., 
 1905, Ixvlij, 307. 
 
 Aschheim (Hugo). Specielles und AUgemeines 
 zur Fi-age der Augentuberkulose. 35 pp. 8°. 
 Halle a 8., C. Marhold, 1903. 
 
 Forms 2. Hft., y. 6, ot: Samml. 7^wangl. Abhandl. a. d. 
 Geb. d. Augenh. 
 
 Aschheim (Selmar) [1878- 1 *Zur Kenntniss 
 der Erythiocytenbildung. [Freiburg.] 30 pp. 
 8°. Bonn, F. Cohn, 1902. 
 Repr.from: Arch. f. mikr. Anat., Bonn, 1902, Ix. 
 
 Aschlianasy (Willy) [1878- ]. *Zur Patholo- 
 gic der vorzeitigeh Losung der normalsitzenden 
 Placenta. 48 pp.* 21. 8°. Konigsbergi. Pr.,L. 
 Krause & Ewerlein, 1902. 
 
 Aschkenasi (Dagobert) [1879- ]. *Ueber die 
 Entzundung der Schultergelenkschleimbeutel 
 mitVerkalkung. Ip. 1., 22pp., 11. 8°. Konigs- 
 berg, 0. Kilmmel, 1912- 
 
 Aschlcenasy (Sarah). *Ueber die Unfalle mit 
 todlichem Ausgang in der Schweiz wahrend der 
 Jahre 1900-1905 durch Erschlagenwerden, Schlag 
 eines lieres, Stoss und Anprall. 63 pp. 8°. 
 Bern, 1908. 
 
 Aschicinasi (Isaac-Salmon) [1867- ]. *Les 
 otites moyennes purulentes aigues en rapport 
 avec les maladies infectieuses. 115 pp. 4°. 
 Paris, 1895, No. 478. 
 
 See, also, Astier (Camille) & Ascbklnasl (Isaac-Salmon). 
 Lachirurgiederoreille[etc.J. 12°. Poria, 1900. 
 
 Aschoff (Albert). Zur Lehre von der Darmein- 
 klemmung in inneren Bauchfelltaschen. 28 
 pp., 2 pi. 8°. Berlin, 1896; 
 Forms 100. Hit. of:" Berl. Klinik. 
 
 . Ueber die neueren histologischen Unter- 
 
 suchungen der Appendicitis und ihre Bedeutung 
 fiir die Auffassung des Krankheitsprocesses. 
 
 In: Samml. klin. Vortr., Leipz., 1906, No. 435 (Chir. 
 No. 121). 
 
 Ueber die Entwicklungs-, Wachsthums- 
 
 und Alters- Vorgamge an den Gefassen vom elasti- 
 
 Bchen und muskularen Tvpus. Vortrag. 24 pp. , 
 
 3 pi. 8°. Jena, G. Fischer, 1908. 
 . Bemerkungen zur Sauglingsemahrung. 
 
 1 p. 1., 21 pp. 8°. Jena, G. Fischer, 1911. 
 Aschoflf (Hermann) [1878- ]. *Untersuchungen 
 
 tiber die Verwendbarkeit des Hydrargyrum di- 
 
 jodparakresolsulfuricum (Veterol) in der Tier- 
 
 heilkunde. [Bern.] 8°. Eerzberga. H., G. F. 
 
 Preiss, 1910. 
 Aschoff (Karl). Die Radioaktivitat der Kreuzna- 
 
 cher Solquellen und die therapeutische Ver- 
 
 wendung der aus denselben gewonnenen ra- 
 
 dioaktiven Substanzen. 8 pp. 8°. Bad Kreuz- 
 
 nach, Voigtldnder Nachfolger 1908. 
 
 . The same; 16 pp. 8°. Kreuznach, R. 
 
 Voigtlander Nachf., [1911]. 
 Aschoff (Ludwig) [1866- ]. Kurze Ueber- 
 
 sichtstabelle zur Geschichte der Medizin. 26 pp. 
 
 8°. Wiesbaden, J. F. Bergmann, 1898. 
 . Ueber die Wirkungen des SonnenUchtes 
 
 auf den Menschen. Vortrag. 33 pp. 8° 
 
 Freiburg & Leipzig, Spe;/er & Kaemer, 1908. 
 . Die Wurmfortsatzentziindung. Eine 
 
 pathologisch-histologische und pathogenetische 
 
 Studie. vi, 114 pp., 18 pL, 1 1. 8° Jena, G. 
 
 Fischer, 1908. 
 . Pathologische Anatomie; ein Lehrbuch 
 
 fiir Studierende und Aerzte, bearb. von L. 
 
 Aschoff, M. Askanazy, etc., hrsg. von L. 
 
 Aschoff. 2. Aufl. 2 v. 4°. Jena, G. Fischer, 
 
 1911. 
 
 Contents. 
 V. 1. Allgemeine Aetiologie: allgemeine pathologische 
 
 Anatomie. xii, 778 pp., 1 1. 1911. 
 V. 2. Spezielle pathologische Anatomie. vili, 997 pp., 1 pi. 
 
 The same. 3. Aufl. 2 v. 8°. Jena, G. 
 
 Fischer, 1913. 
 
 Arterioslderose. 
 
 16 pp. 8°. Berlin & 
 Wien, Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1914. 
 
 Forms 1. Hft., v. 10, of: BeUiefte z. Med. KUn. 
 
 See, also, Gaylord (Harvey Russell) & Ascbofl (Ludwig). 
 The principles ot pathological histology [etc.). toy. 8°. 
 Philadelphia <ft New York, 1901.— Tawara (S.) Das Reiz- 
 leitungsystom des Saugetierherzens [etc.]. 8°. Jena, 1906. 
 
ASCHOFF. 
 
 83 
 
 ASCITES. 
 
 Aschoff (Ludwig) — continued. 
 
 & Bacmeister (Adolf). Die Cholelitliiasis. 
 
 vii, 117 pp., 18 pi. roy. 8°. Jena, G. Fischer, 
 
 1909. 
 
 , von Beck (B.) \et al.'\. Beitrage zur 
 
 Thrombosefrage, von L. Aschoff, B. von Beck, 
 O. deLaCamp, B.Kronig, 99 pp. 4°. Leipzig, 
 P. C. W. Vogel, 1912. 
 
 & Gaylord (H.) Kursus der pathologi- 
 
 schen Hiatologie, mit einem mikroskopisclien 
 Atlas, xix, 340 pp., 36 1., 36 pi. roy. 8°. Wies- 
 baden, J. F. Bergmann, 1900. 
 
 " Tawara (S.) Die heutige Lehre von 
 
 den pathoiogisch-anatomischen Grundlagen der 
 
 Herzschwache. Kritisclie Bemerkungen auf 
 
 Grund eigener Untersuchungen. 1 p. 1., 79 pp. 
 
 8°. Jena, G. Fisclier, 1906. 
 Aschpiz ( Aron) . *Kindersterbliclikeit beim engen 
 
 Becken im Frauenspitale Basel-Stadt. 23 pp. 
 
 8°. Basel, Brin & Co., 1908. 
 Aschrott (P. F.) Aus dem Strafen- tind Ge- 
 
 fangnisswesen Nordamerikas. 60 pp. 8°. 
 
 Hamburg, 1889. 
 
 Forms 76. Htt. n. F., of: Samml. gemeinverstandl. wis- 
 sensch. Vortr., Hamb 
 
 Aschwanden ( Joseph). *TJeber Myocarditis 
 tuberculosa und ihre Differenzialdiagnose. 
 [Ziii-ich.] 26 pp. 8°. Mnsiedeln, Eberle, Kalin 
 & Cie., [1906]. 
 
 Ascidia. 
 
 Huntsman (A. G.) Ascidians from the coasts 
 of Canada. 8°. [roronto], 1912. 
 Univ. Toronto Stnd. Biol, s.. No. 12. 
 
 Daumezon. Dosage du for assimilable chez une ascidic 
 alimentaire. Compt. rend. See. de bi,ol., Par., 1914, Ixxvi,, 
 142. — Feclincr (P.) Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Kiemen- 
 spaltenbildung der Ascidien. Ztsehr. f. wisseusch. Zool., 
 Eeipz., 1907, Ixxxvi, 523-556, 2 pi.— ■Hccht (S.) The water 
 current produced by Ascidia atra Lesueur. J. Exper. Zool., 
 
 Phila., 1916, xx, 429-434. . The physiology of Ascidia 
 
 atra Lesueur. Am. J. Physiol., Bait., 1918, xlv, 157-187. 
 Also: J. Bxper. Zool., PhUa., 1918, xxv, 229-299.— Henze 
 (M.) Uel)er das Vorkommen ireier Schwefelsaure im Mantel 
 von Ascidia montula. Ztsehr. f. physiol. Chcm., Strassb., 
 1913, Ixxxvi, 345.— Huntsman (A. G.) Protostigmata in 
 ascidians. Proc. Roy. Soc, Lond., 1913, Ixxxvi, s. B., 440- 
 
 453. . On the origin of the ascidlan mouth. Ibid., 
 
 454-4,59.— Oka (A.) Zur Kenntnis dor zwei aberranten 
 Aseidiengattungen Dioopia Sluit. und Hexacrobylus Sluit. 
 Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1913, xliii, 1-10. 
 
 Ascites. 
 
 See, also. Ascitic fluid; Dropsy; Heart {Dis- 
 eases of, CmnpUcations, etc., of) ; liver {Cirrhosis, 
 Complications, etc., of); Peritoneum {Effusion 
 ill); Pregnancy {Dropsy in); Thrombosis 
 {Portal). 
 
 Blancardus (S.) *De hydrope ascite. sm. 
 4°. Franeker^,l&Ji. 
 
 Crabbe (H.) *De hydrope ascite. 4° 
 Lugd. Bat., 1708. 
 
 RiTzius (J.) *De hydrope aacite. sm. 4°. 
 Basilese, 1592. 
 
 VAN SiTTERT (H.) *De hydrope ascite. 4° 
 Lugd. Bat., 1703. ' 
 
 Wolff (J.) Casus medico-practicus ascitico- 
 tympanitici exponens hydropem renalem cum 
 annotiortibus practicis, et animadversionibus 
 anatomicis illustratiis, cum figuris seneis in incre- 
 mentum artis mefiicse typis vulgatus. 24°. 
 Ohnudum, 1750. 
 
 Bryant (T.) Ascites. Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1900, 
 xlv, 141-148.— Cabot (R. C.) A study of ascites. Tr. Ass. 
 Am. Physicians, Phila., 1911, xxvi, 8-21.— Cadbury (W.W.) 
 A study of cases of ascites in the- wards of the Canton, Hos- 
 pital, China. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1917, cUv, 425^35. 
 Also, Reprint. — Cerf (L.) Pesfe quotidlenne d'une ascite. 
 Anjou m6d.. Angers, 1902, ix, 263-268.— Clotet. Auto-reab- 
 sorcitS en I'ascites; son mecanisme. An. Acad^ -y lab. de cien. 
 m§d. de Cataluna, Barcel., 1912, vi, 217-221.— Darwin (E.) 
 Hydropisie du taas-ventre. Biblioth. m6d.-phys. du nord. 
 
 Ascites. 
 
 Lausanne, 1783, i, 132-134.— De Loflre (S. M.) A case of 
 enormous ascites. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1910, xci, 547.— 
 Dougall (J.) An unusual case of ascites. Edlub. M. J., 
 1899, n. s., vi, 360-353.— Ettles (W. J. McC.) Case of ascites 
 lasting four years. Abstr. Tr. Hunterian Soc,, Lond^l90O- 
 
 1901, 116.— Frfies (J. A. G.) Ascite. BrazU-med., Rio de 
 Jan., 1908, xxU, 41; 51.— Gerhardt. Drei Falle von Aszites. 
 Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1918, Ixv, 520,— Gomes (V,) 
 Um case rare de ascite. J. de med. de Pernambuco^ 1909, v, 
 108-llO.^Idone (C.) Intorno alle asciti. Gazz. mtemaz. 
 dl med., Napoli, 1906, be, 61.3-517.— Loevpe (O.) Boricht 
 liber einen Fall von Ascites necessitatis mit liistonschen und 
 therapeutischen Notizen. Aerztl. Prax., Berl. & Leipz., 1902, 
 XV, 163-166.— Mariscbler (J.) & Ozarkiewicz (E.) Stoff- 
 wechsel bei abnehmendem und zunehmendem Ascites. 
 Arch. f. Verdauungskr., Berl., 1899, v, 222-237,— MarteUi 
 (C.) Sindrome ascitica epato-miocardica. Pediatria, Na- 
 poli, 1917, 2. s., xxv, 401-412.— PSrez MirO (A.) Ascitis 
 mtraepiploica; apuntes para el estudio de la bidropesia de 
 la gran cavidad de los epiploones. Rev. de med. y cirnj. 
 dela Habana, 1897, ii, 51-64.— Bichelot. Ascite oonsidd- 
 rable. Bull, et m^m. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1902, n. s., xxviii, 
 444-447.— BoUeston (H. D.) A clinical lecture on ascites. 
 Clin. J., Jjond., 1900, xvi, 289-297.— Schulz (O.) & MUUer 
 (L. R.) Elinische, physiologische imd pathologisch-anato- 
 mische Untersuchungen an einem Fall von hoehgradigem 
 Ascites bei Pfortaderthrombose. Sitzungsb, d. phys.-med. 
 Soc. in Erlang. (1903), 1904, 231-237.— Shavp. Ascites. 
 Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1898, xii, 345-349.— Smith (F. J.) 
 Multiple attacks of ascites. Abstr. Tr. Hunterian Soc. 
 1901-2, Lond., 1903, 71,— Smith (W. B.) Tympanitic ab- 
 domen with fluid. Medicine, Detroit, 1902, viii, 224. — 
 Turner (Q. M.) A curious if not a unique case of abdominal 
 dropsy. Am. Pract. & News, Louisville, 1900, xxix, 449. 
 
 Ascites {Biliary). 
 
 See Gail-bladder {Dropsy of) . 
 
 Ascites {Causes and •pathology of). 
 
 BinettI (G.) Contribute alio patogenesi dell' ascite. 
 Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir. di Pavia, 1901, 23-31.— Cabot (R. C.) 
 The causes of ascites; a study of Ave thousand cases. Am. 
 J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1911, cxllii, 1-14. AUo, Reprint.- 
 Emrys-iKobeits (E.) Ascites and tumours of the ovary. 
 Lancet, Lond., 1908, ii, 234-236.— Guthrie (L.) Case of 
 ascites of obscure origin. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 
 1916-17, X, Sect. Stud. Dls. Child,, 20-24,— Lascals (H.) 
 Pathog^nie ,des anasarques sans albuminurie ni lesions 
 visc&ales. EchomM. de Lyon, 1898, ui, 331-337.— Malkofl 
 (G. M.) [On ascites caused by complete and incomplete re- 
 tention of bile; experimental mvestigation.] Trudl Obsh. 
 Russk. Vrach. v S.-Peterb., 1896-7, 109-136.— MarteUI (C.) 
 Ascite epato-pericardica di origine polisierositica. Gazz. in- 
 ternaz. di med., Napoli, 1916, xlx, 205-209.— Mitchell (J. E.) 
 Traumatic ascites. Clin. J., Lond., 1917, Ixvi, 104. — Nellson 
 (C. H.) The etiology and clinical aspect of ascites. Inter- 
 state M. J,, St. Louis, 1912, xix, 343-348. Also [Abstr.]: 
 Weekly Bull. St. Louis M. Soc, 1912, vi, 310.— Orlandl (E.) 
 & Cova (F.) Su la diliuslone e I'elinunazione del bleu di 
 metilene in alcuni casi di ascite in rapportocollaloro ezio- 
 logia. Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir. di Pavia, 1903, No. 4, pp. 
 xxxi-xxxv. Also: Gazz. med. ital., Torino, 1903, liv, 231- 
 233. — Osier (W.) Note on the occurrence of ascites in solid 
 abdominal tumors. Phila. M. J., 1902, Ix, 928.— Phillips 
 (L. P.) The r61e played by malaria in the production of 
 ascites, being observations on 100 consecutive cases of ascites 
 at Kasr-el-Aini Hospital, Cairo. Rec. Egypt. Gov. Sch. Med., 
 Cairo, 1904, ii, 45-65.— Poljakoft (W.) Zur Pathogenese des 
 pseudochylosen Ascites. Fortsehr. d. Med.. Berl., 1903, xxi, 
 1081-1084.— Sampietro (E.) & Martini (E.) Ueber einen 
 interessanten Fall von Ascites fllante, bedingt durch eine 
 Bauchfellgeschwulst. Ztsehr. f. Zrebsforsoh., Berl., 1908-9, 
 vu, 431-461, 1 pL— Smith (A. L.) Ascites with abdominal 
 tumors. Phila. M. J., 1902, x^ 190.— Takata. [A case of 
 ascites of obscure origin.] Saisei Gakusha Iji Shimpo, Tolry o, 
 
 1902, 295-299.— Tieken (T.) Pathogene-sLs of ascites, flli- 
 nois M. J., Springfield, 1906, x, 373-379.— Valle. Un oaso 
 de ascitis de causa desconocida. Rev. espec. mM. La oto- 
 rino-larlngol. espan., Madrid, 1903, vi, 17. — Waldo (H.) 
 A case of ascites most probably caused by infective throm- 
 bosis of the hepatic veins. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1903, ii, 79. 
 
 Ascites {Chylous). 
 
 See, also, Ascites {Pseudochylous); Ascites in 
 children. 
 
 DiECK (W. T.) *Ueber die diagnostische Be- 
 deutung und Verwendung des Jodipin bei As- 
 cites chylosus. 8°. Halle a. S., 1903. 
 
 Drbsch (R.) *Ueber Ascites chylosus und 
 chyliformis. 8°. Gottingen, 1913. 
 
 Latjquin (M.) *De I'asoite chyleuse. 8°. 
 Lyon, 1897. 
 
 MoEHLE ([J.] H. [G.]) *Beitrage zxim Ascites 
 chylosus et chyliformis. 8° Greifswald 1896. 
 
ASCITES. 
 Ascites {Chylous). 
 
 NiERiKBK (A.) *Ueber Chylothorax und Chy- 
 loperikard; drei Falle von chylosen Anaamm- 
 lungen. 8°. 2uncA, 1911. 
 
 Sarrazin (L.) *Bin Fall von chylasem As- 
 cites. 8°. Gottingen, !?,%&. 
 
 ScHiEMER (K. E. W.) *Ein Fall von chylo- 
 sem Ascites. 8°. MiinMen, 1903. 
 
 WiTTB (G. C. W.) *Ein Fall von Chyfuserguss 
 inBrust-undBauchhohle. 8°. Halle a. S., 1901. 
 
 Bartolottl (G.) Contributo alia patogenesi delle asdti 
 cMlose. Riv. ospedal., Boma, 1913, lii, 45-53.— Bayer (J.) 
 ITeber chylosen Erguss in Brust- una Baucliliolile. Mitt. a. 
 d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chlr., Jena, 1897, ii, 67-85.— Bell 
 (J. r.) Chylous ascites, with report of chemle examination 
 of the fluid by S. P. Beebe. Am. Med., Phlla., 1905, ix, 
 861-866. jltoo, Reprint.- BoUiet. [Cases.] Cong.frang.de 
 m&d. C.-r., Par., 1902, il, 467-472.— Bonorlno TJdaondo 
 (C.) & Castex (M. R.) Contribuoifin al estudio de la etio- 
 patogenia de los derrames quilosos. Rev. Asoo. mid. ar- 
 gent., Buenos Aires, 1916, xxv, 130.— Boston (L. N.) Chy- 
 lous ascites with eosinophilia; an analysis of reported cases. 
 J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1905, xliv, 613-518.— Boyd (F. D.) 
 Chyliform ascites. Edinb. Hosp. Rep., 1900, vi, 104-112.— 
 Burgess (A. H.) [Case.] Lancet, Lond., 1903, i, 1740.— 
 Carpi (U.) Beitrag zur biologiscnen Analyse der chyli- 
 formen Ergusse. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1910, xlvli, 1536- 
 
 1538. —. Contributo all' analisi biologica del versa- 
 
 menti chilitorml. Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir. di Pavla, 1910, 
 xxiv, 433.. Also: Gazz. med. ital., Torino, 1910, Ixi, 311- 
 313.— Cecon) (A.) [Case.] Milnchen. med. Wchnschr., 
 
 1899, xlvi, 477-480. . Die milchahnllchen Ergiisse in 
 
 den serosen Hohlen. Wien. med. Bl., 1899, xxii, 84; 107.— 
 Christen (T.) Zur Lehre vom milchigen Ascites. Zen- 
 tralbl. f. innere Med., Xeipz., 1903, xxlv, 181.— Christie 
 (B. J.) [Case.) Illinois M. J., Springfleld, 1900-1901, n. s., 
 ii, 387.— ClpoUlna (A.) Versamenti chilosl e chillforml. 
 Cron. d. cun. med. -di Geneva, 1903, ix, 293-298. Also: 
 Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1903, xxiv, 964— Clarkson (G. A.) 
 [Case.] Lancet, ^iond., 1903,1,960.— CoUlns(H.D.) Chylo- 
 ascites of traumatic origin. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1913, Iviii, 
 553.— Corselll (G.) & Frisco (B.) Le asoiti lattee e la lore 
 patogenesi. Riforma med., Napoli, 1896, xli, pt. 4, 630; 
 642; 651. Also: Pisani, Palermo, 1897, xviii, 79-107.— Co- 
 mey (P. B.) Chylous ascites; report.of a case due to total 
 occlusion of the thoracic duct; pathology by W. W. McKib- 
 ben. Boston. M. & S. J., 1903, cxlvin, 109-114.— Czemy. 
 Ein Fall von Hydrops chylosus der Bauchhohle. Milnchen. 
 med. Wchnschr., 1898, xlv, 30.— Day (J. A.) [Case.] Med. 
 News, N. Y., 1897, Ixxi, 469.— Edwards (A. R.) [Case.] 
 Tr. Chicago Path. Soc, 1895-7, il, 105-111. Also: J. Am. 
 M. Ass., Chicago, 1896, xxvi, 1166-1168.— Blsenschltz (E.) 
 [Case.] WienHin. Rundschau, 1895, ix, 785; 805.— Pran$ois 
 (L.) Les ascites laiteuses. Gaz. d. h6p., Par^ 1899, Ixxii, 
 1113-1118.— Gandln (S.) Pathoeenese und Klassiflkation 
 der milchartigen Ergiisse. Ergebn. d. inn. Med. u. IKin- 
 derh., Berl., 1913,^xii, 218-326.— Gaultler (R.) Essai 
 pathog^nigue d'une ■vaii&tA d'ascite eraisseuse; du r61e 
 probable du pancr<!as. Coinpt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 
 1906, Ixi, 429.— Gros (H.) Sur un cas d'ascite chyleuse 
 gu4rie par la ponction suivie d'lnjection d'air. Bull. mid. 
 de I'Alg^rie, Alger, 1905, xvl, 653-655.— GtiUlaumln (A.) 
 Examen d'un liquide de ponction pdriton^ale; ascite chy- 
 leuse. J. de pharm. et chim., Par^ 1909, 6. s., xxix, 283- 
 288.— Han (W. S.) & Morgan (W. E.) CUnioal and physio- 
 logical aspects of rupture of the chyleduct. Quart. Bull. 
 Northwest. Univ. Med. Soh., Chicago, 1909-10,, xi, 44-55.— 
 Haushalter & Blchon. Un cas d'ascite opalescente. 
 M4m. Soc. de mii. de Nancy, 19D7-8, 130-132. Also: Rev. 
 mM. del'est, Nancy, 1908, xl, 438^40.- Herczel (E.) [Case.] 
 Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1904, xl, 1257.— Hdfll- 
 moser (K.) Chemische Untersuchung einer fetthaltigen 
 Ascitesfliissigkelt. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1898, xi, 1149- 
 1152.— Hutchinson (R.) Chylous and chyliform ascites. 
 Tr. Path. Soc. Lond., 1901-2, liil, 274-276.— Joa«Wm (J.) 
 Uober die Ursache der Triibung in milchigen Aszitesfliissig- 
 keiten. Miinohen. med. Wchnschr., 1903, 1, 1915.— Kahn 
 (L. Z.) Sur un cas d'ascite ohyliforme. Bull. m&S.., Par., 
 
 1900, xlv, 321-324. . Del'asoite chyleuse ouchyllforme. 
 
 M«d. orient.. Par., 1900, Iv, 41-45.— Kales (J. W.) Chylous 
 ascites. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1900, IviU, 795.— Laurent! (T.) 
 Ascite lattescente. Gazz. med. dl Roma, 1914, xl, 68-64.— 
 Ledlard (H. A.) [Case.] Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 
 1912-13, VI, Med. Sect., 123-135. Also: Brit. J. Child. Dis., 
 Lond., 1913, x, 433-443.— Lendon (A. A.) A case of serous 
 ascites converted into chylous ascites. Intercolon. M. Cong. 
 Australas. Tr. 1892, Sydney, 1893, lii, 180-184.— Lescht- 
 schlnskl (A. E.) TJeber elnen Fall von Ansammlung von 
 chyloser Flilssigkeit in der Bauch- und BrusthShle. Deut- 
 sche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Lelpz., 1907, xxxiii, 101-103.— 
 I/Uffier (W.) Ueber Chylascltes und Chylothorax. Cor.- 
 Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1912, xlii, 1049-1064.— Lyonnet 
 (B.) & Martz (FJ [Two oasesj Province mtSd^ Lyon, 
 1897, xl, 433-436.— Macalgne & Vallcry-Badot (P.) Sur 
 
 84 
 
 ASCITES. 
 
 Ascites (Ohyloits). 
 
 un cas d'ascite lactescente graisseuse. Bull. et. m^m. Soc. 
 m(!d. d. hop. de Par., 1911, 3. s., xxxi, 234-246.— Maslng 
 (E.) [Three oases.] St. Petersb. med. Wchnschr., 1907, 
 xxxil, 231-234.— Mauclalre. iTwo casesj Arch. gto. de 
 chlr.. Par., 1908, U, 37-42.— Mertgot de "rrelgny. Ascites 
 chyleuses et chyliformes. Rev. g6n. de clin. et de th^rap., 
 Par., 1898, xii, 51-55.— MUlaa (G.) Les vari^tfe macrosco- 
 piques de I'ascite chyliforme. Btul. et m4m. Soc. anat. de 
 Par., 1900, Ixxv, 912-914.—Mlnkowski. [Case.] Berl. klin. 
 Wchnschr., 1912, xlix, 38.— Moorhead (T. G.) Chyliform 
 ascitic fluid. Dublin J. M. Sc, 1907, cxxiii, 81-84.— Morgan 
 (W. E.) Exhibition of case of traumatic chylous ascites. 
 Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1908, Xili, 457-^59.— Morse (C. W.) 
 A case of chylous ascites; venous peritoneal anastomosis; 
 recovery. Boston M. & S. J., 1912, clxvi, 294.— Mosse (M.) 
 Zur Lehre vom milchigen Ascites. Intemat. Beitr. z. mn. 
 Med. (Leyden), Berl., 1902, ii, 299-305.— Nash (J. B.) Lac- 
 tescent ascites. Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1913, xxxiv, 
 427-430.— Nehrkorn & Kaposi. Ascites chylosus mit allge- 
 meinem Hydrops. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1904, xlui, 
 Suppl.-Hlt., 123-126.— Pagenstecher (E.) Ueber Ascites 
 chylosus. Deutsches Arch. (. klin. Med., Leipz., 1901-2, 
 Ixxii, 105-160. Also [Abstr.]: Deutsche Ztsehr. f. Chlr., 
 Leipz., 1901-2, Ixii, 313-322.— Pateln (G.) Contribution a 
 I'^tude des llquides pathologlques d'apparenoe chyleuse. 
 2. Llquides d'ascite chyliformes. J. de pharm. et de chim.. 
 Par., 1916, 7. s., xiii, 317-327.— PhUlp (R. W.) A case of 
 chylous ascites. Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc. Edinb., 1906-7, n. s., 
 xxvi, 67.— Puslnelll & Gelpel. Ueber chylBse Ergiisse. 
 Jahresb. d. Gesellsch. f. Nat. u. Heilk. in Dresd., Milnchen, 
 1904-5, 1-5,— Bendu. Ascite chyleuse. Rev. gon. de clin. 
 et de th^rap.. Par., 1901, xv, 161-163.— Kessen. [Case.) 
 Nederl. Tiidsohr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1908, ii, 1284-1288.— 
 Salmon (P.) Ascite chyleuse ou ascite chyliforme. Arch. 
 g(Sn. de m(5d.. Par., 1896, i, 464-473.— Schumm (O.) Che- 
 mische Untersuchung des Inhaltes einer Chyluscyste. Zt- 
 sehr. f. phy.siol. Chem., Strassb., 1906, xlix, 266-272, 1 pi.— 
 Shaw (H. B.) Milky effusions occurring in serous cavities; 
 with report on a case of chylous ascites and chylous hydro- 
 thorax. J. Path. & Bacteriol., Edinb. & Lond., 1899-1900, 
 vi, 339-355. — Sommer. Ueber Hydrops chylosus und chy- 
 liformis; ein kasuistischer Beitrag. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. 
 Med., Leipz., 1906, Ixxxvil, 87-97.— Stalker (A.M.) A case 
 of chylous ascites. Scot. M. & S. J., Edinb., 1897, i, 238- 
 242.— Stroh (K.) Ascites chylosus bel einem Fall von 
 Amyloidentartung kombiniert mit Leberzirrhose und 
 Schrumpfniere. Charit4-Ann., Berl., 1907, xxxi, 16-20. — 
 von Tabora. Ueber Ascites chylosus. Deutsche med. 
 Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1904, xxx, 1595.— Tallerclo (A.) 
 [Case.] Gior. intemaz. a. so. med.. Napoli, 1906, n. s., xxviii, 
 76-80.— TlUng (P.) [Case.] St. Petersb. med. Wchnschr., 
 1906, Kxxi, 430-433.— Van Zant (C. B.) Report of a case 
 of chylous ascites and chvlothorax. Denver M. Times & 
 Utah M., J., 1910-11, xx"x, 1-5.— Vaguez & Esmonet. 
 Ascite chyleuse vraie. Bull, et mSm. Soc. mjd. d. hflp. de 
 Par., 1900, 3. s., xvii, 207-212.— VerdelU (C.) Ancora sulle 
 aseiti chihformi. Morgagni, Milano, 1897, xxxix, 800-811. — 
 Voipe (M.) Dell' ascite lattescente. Gior. med. d. r. eser- 
 dto, Roma, 190.5, liii, 512-520.— WaUIS (R. L. M.) Chylous 
 and pseudo-chylous ascites. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 
 1912-13. vi, Med. Sect., 136-142,— WaUIs (R. L. M.) & Schdl- 
 berg (H. A.) On chylous and pseudo-chylous ascites. 
 Quart. J. Med.', Oxford, 1909-10, ill, 301: 1910-11, iv, 153.— 
 TTldal (F.) & Merklen (P.) Ascite lactescente h, leuco- 
 cytes d'origine lymphatique. Bull, et m^m. Soc. mid. d. 
 h6p; de Par., 1900, 3. s., xvil, 200-207. Also: Presse mM., 
 Par., 1900, 1, 97.— Winkler. Hydrops chylosus. Verhandl. 
 d. Gesellsch. deulsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1899, Leipz., 1900, 
 Ixxi, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte^ 25-27.— Wise (K. S.) Chylous ascites. 
 J. Trop. M. [etoj, Lond., 1909, xii, 227-229.— Zorab (A.) & 
 Daw (S. W.) The examination of a chylous ascitic fluid; 
 with an account of the case by J. M. Brydone, and a note on 
 milky ascitic fluids by E. I. Sprlggs. Guy's Hosp. Gaz., 
 Lond., 1904, xviU, 464^66. 
 
 Astites (Oomplications and sequehe of). 
 
 See, also, Ascites {Chylous); &.scites {Hse- 
 morrhagic); Ascites (Spontaneous evacuation of 
 fluid in) ; Pregnancy (Dropsy in) . 
 
 Ckozat (P.-F.) *De la tension intra-abdo- 
 minale dans I'ascite; contribution ft I'^tude de 
 sa mesure, de ses variations, de ses rapports 
 avec la respiration de la tension art^rielle. 8°. 
 Bordeaux. 1913. 
 
 Gilbert (A.) & Well (E.) Sur la tension des llquides asd- 
 tlques. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1899, 11. s., 1, 511- 
 514.— Menotit Bucco. Influenza del versamenti Uquldl 
 addominalisulla meccanlca respiratoria. Gior. intemaz. d. 
 so. med., Napoli, 1907, n. s., Scxlx, 1-8.— Perrln (M.) Consi- 
 derations sur I'an^mie s^reuse chronique progressive des 
 asdtiques. Mto. Soc. de mid. de Nancy, 1907-8, 222-225. 
 Also: Rev. mi5d. de Test, Nancy, 1908, xl, 678-682.— Pltres 
 (A.) De la tension intra-abdomlnale dans I'ascite. Compt. 
 
ASCITES. 85 
 
 ASCITES. 
 
 Ascites {Oom'phcatwns and sequelae, of) . 
 
 rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1899, 11. s., i, 674-679. A lao [Abstr.]: 
 Bull. Soc. de mM. de Gand, 1901, Ixviii, 270.— Smltti (A. L.) 
 Ascites with abdominal tumors. Phila. M. J., 1902, x, 190. 
 Also, Reprint.— Villaret (M.) & B£nard (H.) Eecierohes 
 sur I'hydrtoiie au cours des ascites. Ciompt. rend. Soc; de 
 bid., Par., 1914, Ixxvi, 822-824.— Weltz (W.) Ueber den 
 intraabdominellen Druck bei Ascites. Deutsches Arch. f. 
 klin. Med., Leipz., 1908-«, xcv, 257-269. 
 
 Ascites (Diagnosis of). 
 
 Castello Branco (JT.) *Cadeira de clinica 
 propedeutica; semeiotica das ascdtes. roy. 8° 
 Rio de Janeiro, 1905. 
 
 Jannet (II.) *Le signe du son abdominal; 
 contribution k la s6m6iologie de I'ascite. 8° 
 ; Lyon, 1911. 
 
 Peyke (J.-A.-A.) *La position de Trendelen- 
 burg directe et renvers6e dans le diagnostic des 
 petits ^pancbements asdtiques; 4tude exp6ri- 
 mentale et cUnique. 8°. Bordeaux, 1909. 
 
 Roux (L.) *!Recberclies sur le diagnostic 
 ^tiologique de I'ascite chez les alcooliques tu- 
 berculeux. 8°. Lyon, 1909. 
 
 Alpago-Novello (L.) Un nuovo metodo per la diagnbsi 
 precoce dell' ascite. Gazz. med. di Torino, 1896, xlvii, 401- 
 404. — Benedict (A. L.) Ascites masked by peritoneal 
 adhesions. Intemat. Clin., Phila., 1914, 24. s., iv, 196- 
 199.— Braun (H.) Die diagnostische Bedeutung aouter 
 riussigkeitsergiisse in die Bauchhohle. Deutsche med. 
 Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1899, xxv, 837-840.— Carnot (P.) 
 & Baufle (P.) Sur un proo^d6 simple pour determiner la 
 tension ascitique. Paris m^d., 1911-12, ii, 205-207.— Cerf 
 (L.) A propos de la communication: Pesfe quotidienne 
 d'une ascite; une lettre de M. le Dr. Chauffard. Anjou 
 mM., Angers, 1903, x, 18-20. — Chavannaz (G.) La posi- 
 tion de Trendelenburg directe et reuvers^ dans le diagnostic 
 des petits Spanchemeuts ascitiques. J. de mM. de Bordeaux, 
 
 1908, xxxnii, 331. . Diagnostic de I'ascite par le &&■ 
 
 placement du corps autour de son axe transversal. Ciong. 
 mtemat.'de m^d. (XVL). C.-r., Budapest, 1910, Sect, vii, 
 Chirurg., 788.— Edwards (A. R.) Differential diagnosis of 
 ascites. Chicago M., Recorder, 1986, xij 256-258. [Discus- 
 sion], 267-273. Also: Intemat. Clin., Phila., 1896, 6. s^iii, 
 
 111-121. . The clinical significance of ascites. Rep. 
 
 Mercy Hosp., Chicago, 1903, 57-76. AUo: Wisconsin M. jT, 
 Milwaukee, 1903, i, 6-22.— Engiander (M.) Diagnostische 
 Bedeutung des prozentischen Eiweissgehaltes und des 
 speziflschen Gewichtes der Ascitesfliissigkeiten. Verhandl. 
 d. Kong. f. ionere Med., Wiesb., 1906, xxiii, 546-554. Also: 
 Ztschr. f. Heilk., Wien & Leipz., 1906, xxvii, Abt. f. int. 
 Med., 319-366.— Gilbert (A.) & Phlllbert (A.) Le liquide 
 ascitique est-il stagnant ou circulant? Compt. rend. Soc. 
 de biol.. Par., 1910, bcvili, 242-244.— Landau (L.) Ueber 
 den friihen Nachweis von freier Bauchwasseisudnt. Cen- 
 tralbl. f. Gynaky Leipz., 1900, xxiv, 1202.— Lesleur (C.) & 
 Bebattu (J.) Le signe du son abdoininal; contribution h 
 la s^mfiologie de I'ascite. Bull, et m^m. Soc. mgd. d. h6p. 
 de Par., 1911, 3. s., xxxi, 675-679. , AUo: Lyon m4d., 1911, 
 cxvii, 291-296. — Piazza Martini (V.) Come un' idrqpe- 
 ascite possa mentire un idrotorace. Gazz. sicU. di mei e 
 chir. [etc.], Palermo, 1903, ii, 36.— Bamsbottom (A.) As- 
 cites as a prognostic factor in alcoholic cirrhosis of the liver 
 and simple chronic peritonitis. Med. Chron., Manchester, 
 1906-7, xlv, 7-22.— Shaw (L. E.) Ascites; the diagnosis of 
 its cause, and its treatment. Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1903, 
 xvii, 269-276.— Smith (R. H.) One case of ascites with dif- 
 ferential diagnosis. Illiaois M. J., Springfield, 1913, xxiii, 
 656-659.— Tyson (J. ) Diagnosis in ascites. J. Am. M. Ass., 
 Chicago, 1897, xxix, 264. AUo, Reprint.— Wallace (R.) 
 The clinical significance of ascites. 'Pr. M. Soc. Tennessee, 
 Nashville, 1905, Ixxii, 248-252. Also: South. M. & S., 
 Chattanooga; 1905, iil, 94-96.— Webster (G. W. ) The differ- 
 ential diagnosis of ascites. Northwest. Lancet, St. Paul 
 1896, xvi, 423-427. ' ' 
 
 Ascites (Festal and congenital). 
 
 Gkuss (J.) *Zwei Palle von fotalem Ascites. 
 8°. Strassburg i. E., 1908. 
 
 Duuoyer. Un cas d'ascite cong^nltale. Ass. frang. pour 
 I'avance. d. sc. C.-r. 1890, Par., 1891, xix, pt. 2, 793-796.— 
 Bdeu(T. W.) A case of foetal ascites. Tr. Obst. Soc. Lond. 
 (1903), 1904, xlv, 45-47.— Inglls (H. M.) A case of ascites in 
 the newljr bom. Lancet, Lond., 1908, ii, 158.— Pateln (G.) 
 Composition chimique d:'un liquide d'ascite foetale. J. de 
 pharm. et ehlm.. Par., 1910, ii, 209.— SlnionInl(R.) Contri- 
 Duto alio studio dell' ascite congenita. Morgagni, Milano, 
 
 1898, xl, 376.^13. . Sopra un oaso di ascite congenita 
 
 con numerose comnlicanze. PolicUn., Roma, 1900-1901, vii, 
 sez. prat., 1345-1349.— SIttler (P.) Aszites beim Neuge- 
 borenen; diirch mehrmalige Punktion geheilt. Munchen 
 med. Wchnschr., 1910, Ivii, 134-136. 
 
 Ascites (Hsemorrhagic) . 
 
 Donovan (C.) Seventeen pints of sanguineous fluid 
 tapped from a case of ascites. Tr. South Indian Branch 
 
 Brit. M. Ass., Madras, 1896-7, vii, 90-93. . Sanguineous 
 
 ascites. Indian M. Rec, Calcutta, 1897, xi, 290.— Ehret (H.) 
 Ueber Hervorwolbung und Perforation des Nabels bei 
 Stauungsasoitcs. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1898, xlv, 
 448. — Finny (J. M.) Acute haemorrhagic ascites. Tr. Roy. 
 Acad. M. Ireland, Dubl., 1898-9, xvii, 11-25. AUo: Dublin 
 J. M. Sc, 1899, cvii, 1-13.— Fisher (T.) A case of haimor- 
 rhagic ascites. Lancet, Lond., 1900, i, 17; 131. — ^Mlddleton 
 (G. SO A case of haemorrhagic ascites with very gravesymp- 
 toms; recovery after paracentesis. Ibid., 1899, li, 1286. 
 
 Ascites (Pseudochylous). 
 
 Achaid (C.) Sur le sSnim lactescent et I'ascite laiteuse 
 non chyleuse. Bull, et mfim. Soc. m(?d. d. h5p. de Par., 
 1896, 3. s., xiii, 773-775.— Apert (E . ) Un nouveau cas d'ascite 
 laiteuse non chyleuse. Bull. Soc. anat. de Par., 1897, Ixxii, 
 187-192.— Ascoll (G.) Sui versamenti lattescenti non adl- 
 posi. Clin. med. ital., Milano, 1900, xxxlx,375-384. — Barberlo 
 (M.) Contributo alio studio dell' ascite pseudochilosa. 
 Pohclin., Roma, 1911, xviii, sez. med., 322-332. — Barlocco 
 (A.) Asciti opalescent! pseudochilose. Gazz. d. osp., 
 MUano, 1905, xxvi, 1048-1050.— Calwell (W.) A case of 
 pseudo-chylous ascites. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1914, i, 424. — 
 CantonI (Q.) Dei versamenti chiliformi non adlposi. 
 Lavori e riv. di chlm. e micr. cliu., Salsomaggiore, 1908-9, 
 i, 188-211.— CeconI (A.) A proposito delle asciti lattescenti 
 non adipose. Morgagni, Milano, 1898, xl, 136-140.— Davies 
 (E. T. H.) A case of milky non-fatty ascites. St. Mary's 
 Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1909, xv, 27.— Ghedlnl (G.) Sulla 
 genesl della opalescenza nei versamenti pseudochilosi. 
 Cron. d. clin. med. di Geneva, 1906, xii, 193-196. AUo: 
 Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1906, xxvii, 875.— Gross (A.) Ein 
 Beitrag zur Kenntniss der pseudo-chyl6sen Ergiisse. Arch, 
 f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1900, xliv, 179-185.— 
 Henry (F. P.) A case of pseudochylous ascites. Tr. Ass. 
 Am. Physicians, Phila., 1911, xxvi, 381-390. AUo: N. York 
 M. J. [ete.], 1911, xciv, 1-4. AUo, Reprint.— Huber (F.) & 
 Silver (H. M.) A case of acute chylous ascites (non-fatty, 
 pseudo-chylous, lactescent or miUry type) in a boy eight 
 years old. Tr. Am. Pediat. Soc, Chicago, 1914, xxvi, 28»- 
 296. AUo: Am. J. Dis. Child., Chicago, 1914, viii, 50-57.— 
 lovane (A.) Le pseudo-asciti nei bambini. Pedlatria, 
 Napoli, 1907, 2. s.,v, 347-356.— Joachim (J.) Ueber pseudo- 
 chylose Ergiisse. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1906, xix, 1168; 
 1592.— MIcheU (P.) & Mattirolo (G.S Contributo alia 
 conoscenza delle asciti pseudochilose. Riv. crit. di clin. 
 med., Firenze, 1899-1900, i, 89-95. AUo, traml.: Wien. kUn. 
 Wchnschr., 1900, xiii, 56-59. — Morrack (J. ) Pseudochylous 
 body fluids. Quart. J. Med., Oxford, 1913, vl, 463-468.— 
 Nash (J. B.) Pseudochylous ascites. Australas. M. Gaz., 
 Sydney, 1912, xxxii, 625-629.— Polyakoff (V.) [Case of 
 pseudochylous ascites.] Russk. Arch. Patol., Klin. Med. i 
 .Bakteriol., S.-Peterb., 1902, xiv, 951-958. . [Pathoge- 
 nesis of pseudochylous ascites.] Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1903, 
 lix, 423-430. — Pretl (L.) Nota sopra un versamentqpseudo- 
 chiloso. Cprriere san., Milano, 1907, xviii, 50.— Satoton 
 'P.) Un cas d'ascite lactescente non chyleuse. Gaz. hebd. 
 le m«<J., Par., 1897, xliv, 61.— ShtsherbachefT (D.) [Exa- 
 men chimique du hqulde dans un cas d'ascite laiteuse non 
 chyleuse. Extr., 20O-2O2.] Russk. Arch. Patol., Klin. 
 Med. i Bakteriol., S.-Peterb., 1900, x, 184-195.— Szabad. 
 Wypadek wrzekomo mieezowej puehliny brzusznej (ascites 
 pseudoohylosus). Lek. Wilenski, 1913, i, No. 10, 1-3 — 
 Taylor (F.) & Fawcett (J.) A case of milky ascites in 
 which opalescence was not due to fat. Tr. Clin. Soc. Lond , 
 1904-5, xxxviii, 169-173.— Zypkln (S. M.) Ueber pseudo- 
 chylose Ergiisse. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1906, xLx, 1377. 
 
 Ascites (Spontaneov^s evacuation of fluid 
 in). 
 
 BouTRT (H.) *De r^vacuation spontan^e de 
 I'ascite par rombilic. 8°. Pom, 1912. 
 
 Glais (R.) *Des ouvertures spontan6es de 
 I'ascite. 8°. J'aris, 1903. 
 
 Challer (J.) Evacuation spontanfe d'ascite par perfora- 
 tion de I'iQtestin. Prov. miZ., Par., 1907, xx, 407-409 — 
 Challei (J.) & Chattot (J.) Des divers modes d'gvacua- 
 tion sponlanfe des ascites k I'ext^rieur. Gaz. d. hdp Par 
 1908, Ixxri, 1659-1662.— Cochez (A.) Un cas de rupture 
 sponfan^ede I'ascite kl'ombilic. Bull, et mim. Soc. mM d 
 h6p. de Par., 1904, 3. s., xxi, 671-674.— Cudmore (A. M.) ' a' 
 case of rupture of abdominal wall in ascites. Australas M 
 Gaz., Sydney, 1902, xxi, 256.— Lechevalller (E.) Evacua^ 
 tion spontan^e d'ascite par I'ombilic. Rev. gfe. de clin et 
 de th&ap., Par., 1914, xxviii, 136.— Merklen (P.) & Gouee- 
 let. Rupture spontanea d'ascite & I'ombilic BulLetmSn. 
 Soc. mid. d. h6p. de Par., 1901, 3. s., xviii, 952-951.— MoUard 
 (J.) & Chattot (J.) Evacuation spontaniSe de I'ascite par 
 rombilic, particulierement dans la cirrhose de Laennec 
 Lyon med., 1908, ex, 1187-1193. [Discussion], 1280.— MoIIe.' 
 Deux observations de fistulisation spontange d'ascite abdo^ 
 minale chronique d'origine cirrhotique, au niveau d'une 
 
 g 
 
ASCITES. 
 
 86 
 
 ASCITES. 
 
 Ascites (Spontaneous evacuation of fluid 
 in). 
 
 hemiB ombiliqale surdisten<jiic par le liquide abijominal; 
 effets favorables de,cette flstulisation;,ooiisiddrations sur le 
 m(5canisnie de ramSlioration observSe dans oes oas,, Loire 
 m«d., St.-Etienne, 1900, xix 213-217.— Perrln (M,). Rup- 
 ture spontanfie d'ascite 5. rombilio. Rev. taia. de I'est, 
 
 Nancy, 190S, xxxv, 737-745. . Deux nouveaux cas de 
 
 rupture spoutanSe d'.asoite k rombilio.' Tbii., 1909, xli, 355- 
 358.— Ralfe (C. H.) The spontaneous relief of ascites. In- 
 teruat. Clin., Phila., 1896, 6. s., ii, 118-123, , . 
 
 Ascites {Treatment of). 
 
 Maignot (A.) *Traitement de I'ascite par les 
 ■ injections intrap6riton6ales d'oxygerie. 8°. 
 I/i/on, 1898. 
 
 RouHB (H.) Hyperchloruration et d6cHo- 
 ruration sp^cialement dans I'ascite; applications 
 th&apeutiques. 8°. Lyon, 1904. 
 
 Terai (L.). *Les injections intrap^riton^ales 
 de strophantine dans le traitement des ascites 
 d'origine h^patique et cardiaque. 8°. Paris, 
 
 Achard (C.) & Faisseau (G.) Chloruration et d^chloru- 
 ration dans I'ascite de cause cinhotique et cardiaque. Bull, 
 et m^m. Soo. mM. d. h6p. de Par., 1903, 3. s., xx, 1165-1173.— 
 Bigg (A. H.) The treatment Of ascites. Med. Rec, N. Y., 
 1901, lix, 635.— HaU (F. de H.) A case of ascites and its 
 treatment. Tr. M. Soc. Lond., 1913-14, xxxvii, 294-314.— 
 Hare (H. A.) Oxygen injections for ascites. ■ Internal CUn., 
 Phila., 1898, 7. s., iv. 111.— Herringham (W. P.) & Had- 
 fleld (C. F.) Cases of ascites treated by deprivation of salt. 
 St. Earth. Hosp. Rep. 1905, Lond., 1906. xli, 25-36, 4 ch.— 
 Jump (H. D.) & Tyson (T. M. ) A note on the treatment 
 of ascites by the intraperitoneal injection of adrenalin. 
 Phila. Gen. Hosp. Rep. (1910) 1911, viii, 121-123. Alio: 
 Therap. Gaz. [etcT], Detroit, 1911, 3. s., xxyu, 10-12.— Knox 
 (R.) The treatment of ascites. Lancet, Lond., 1906, i, 
 1639. — Lance (M.) Les essais r^cents de traitement de 
 I'ascite. Montpel. m^d., 1911, xxxvi, 581-593. — Landau (J.) 
 TJeber Behandlung der Bauchwassersucht. Med.. Woche, 
 Berl., 1901,3; 11.— Lisbonne. Coagulation deliquides d'as- 
 cite par le ohloroforrae. Compt. rend. Soo. de biol., Par., 
 1915, Ixxviii, 405-407.— Mclntyre (C.) The treatment of 
 abdominal dropsy. N. Am. J. Diag. & Pract., St. Louis, 
 1901, iv, 17-21.— Muret (M.) Du traitement de I'ascite par 
 la faradisation des parois abdominales. Rev. de mM., Par., 
 1888, viii, 719-725.— Ostertag (W.) Ueber die Behandlung, 
 des rezidivierenden Ascites mit einer neuen Leibbinde. 
 Deutsche Aerzte-Ztg., Berl.; 1902, 292-295.— Paterson 
 (J. H. L.) Treatment ofaseites by calcium chloride. China 
 M. J., Shanghai, 1913, xiix, 396-398.— Pereira ( J. A. "W. ) . A 
 case.of ascites rapidly cure4 on the administration of iodide 
 of potassium. Lancet, Lond., 1904, i, 24; 190.— Pisanl (A.) 
 Ascites; its etiology and treatment. Post-Graduate, N. Y., 
 1907, xxii, U15-1121.— Rlehl. Zur Behandlung der Bauch- 
 wassersudat init Kollargol. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 
 1910, Ivii, 1120-1122.— Bipamontl (A.) Storia di un asoite, 
 e'di una dose straordinaria d'oppio. N. gior. d. piti recente 
 lett. med.-chir. d'Europa, Milano, 1796, x, 144^151.- Teissier. 
 Injections d'oxygiSne dans le p^ritoine dans I'ascite. Lyon 
 m4d., 1896, Ixxxii, 358-360.— Valle y Aldabalde. Ascitis 
 de origen obscuro tratada con ^xito por los calomelanos. 
 Rev. de med. y cirug. prict., Madrid, 1903, Iviii, 227. — Wil- 
 son (W. J.) Treatment of abdominal ascites. J. Mich. M. 
 Soc, Battle Creek, 1912, xi, 633-636.— Zapolskl (A.) [Treat- 
 ment of ascites of cardiac origin by diminishing the salt al- 
 lowance.] Vrach. Gaz., S.-Pet6rb., 1903, xii, 879. ' 
 
 Ascites {Treatment of Operative). 
 
 See, also. Abdomen (Paracentesis of) ; Ascites 
 (Treatment of) by ahdmninal draindg'e; Paracen- 
 tesis. 
 
 Getjnvald (Mile.) *Complications mortelles 
 de la paracentlse chez les ascitiques. 8°. Mont- 
 pellier, 1912. 
 
 HuNAULD (F. J.) XJtrum in ascite paracente- 
 sim tardare, malum? Thoma-Bernardo Bertrand 
 praeside. 8°. Parisiis, 1730. 
 
 RoEDER (.T. J.) *De paracentesi abdominis 
 evacuantibus intemis in ascite ant0ferenda et de 
 eandem recte instituendi methodo. 16°. Er- 
 fordix, 1799. 
 
 Arcelaschl (G.) Contributo alia cura chiriirgjca dell' as- 
 cite. Atti d. Ass. med. lomb., Milano, 1896, 45-62.— Ardin- 
 Deltell (P.)' Modification du troCart pour ponction d'ascite. 
 Montpel. m&i., 1904, xviil, 197-199.— Bklf (Sir C.) Veno- 
 venostomy for ascites. Brit. M. J., Eond.,'1911, ii, 1097. 
 . Case of veno-venostomy for the relief of ascites. 
 
 Ascites {Treatment of , Operative) . 
 
 Tr. Roy. Acad. M. Ireland; Dubl., 1912, xxx, 142-146.— 
 Berg-Hansen (C.) [An unusually chronic case of ascites 
 treated by repeated punctures.] Ugeslcr. f. L»ger, K0benh., 
 1916, Ixxviii, 177-179.— Bcrnheim (B. M.) Saphenoperito- 
 ■neal anastomosis for ascites. Am. J. M. So., Phila., 1916, 
 cli, 806-811.— BldwftU (L. A.) Some cases of ascites treated 
 by abdominal section. Tr. Clin. Soc. Lond,, 1901, xxxiv, 
 
 171-178. . The surgical treatment of ascites. Clin. J., 
 
 Lond., 1906-7, xxix, 344-346.— Blnnie (J. F.) The surgical 
 treatment of ascites. Interstate M. J., St. Louis, 1912, xix, 
 338-342. Also; Weekly Bull. St. Louis M. Soc.,. 1912, vi, 
 320-323.— Blad (A.) Ascites og.dens kirurgiske Behandling. 
 Ugeskr. f. Laeger, Kdbenh., 1915, Ixxvii, 1124; 1169.— Bobblo 
 (L.) A proposito della safeno-peritoneo-anastomosi. Gior. 
 d. r. Accad. di med.. di Torino, 1911, ,4. s., xvii, 85-89.— 
 Boldln (L.) Embrochepient de I'artfere ^pigastrique par le 
 trocart, au cours d'une ponction d'ascite. Bull, et m^,m. 
 Soc. anat. de Par., 1903, Ixxviii, 415.— BoreUl (L.) Effettq 
 ritardato dell' omentopessia in un caso di ascite 'da cirrosi 
 epatica. Gior. d.. r. Ac<;ad. di med. di Torino, 1911, 4. s., 
 xvii, 112-118.— Branbam (J. H.) Suture of the omentum 
 to the parietal peritoneum (epiplopexy) for ascites. Med. 
 News, N. Y.. 1904, Ixxxiv, 448.— Browd (E. K.) Abdomi- 
 nal ascites" with 150 tappings. Ibid., 640.— Buth. Kapillar- 
 punlrtion des Ascites. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & 
 Leipz., 1914, xl, 1217.— Gastle (H. E.) Improved technic of 
 venoperitoneostomy for relict of ascites. J. Am. M. Ass., 
 Chicago, 1911, Ivii, 2123.— Clarke (J.) Omentopexy for 
 ascites. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1912, n. s., xciii, 379. — 
 Dandols (L.) Les ascites au pomt de vue chirurgical. 
 Rev. TnAi. de Louvain, 1904, n. s., i, 307-313.— Davlcs (J.) 
 Frequent repetition of tapping- for ascites. . Lancet, Lond., 
 
 1902, i, 513. — Dock (G.) A plea for laparotomy rather than 
 paracentesis in ascites. Int«rnat. Clin., Phila., 1907, 17. s., 
 ri, 61-63.— Drummond (D.) & Morlson (R.) A case of 
 ascites due to cirrhosis of the liver cured by operation. Brit. 
 M. J., Lond., 1896, ii, 728. — Bstachy. HiSmorrliagie mor- 
 telle aprjis ponction d'ascite. Bull, et miSra. Soc. de mM. 
 do Vaucluse, Avignon, 1906, ii, 432.— Gluseppl (P. L.) 
 Ascites due to heart disease cured by the TalmarMorison 
 operation. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1908-9, ii, Clin. 
 Sect., 47-49.— Goetjes (H.) Zur Frage der TalmarOpera- 
 tion.' Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1912, cxvii, 252-283. 
 . Zur chirurgischen Behandlung des Aszites. Ver- 
 
 ■handl. d. Gesoilsoh. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte (Miinster) 
 1912, Leipz., 191.S, Ixxxiv, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 152-156. Also: 
 Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1912, xxxviii, 
 2052.— Grlfflth (F.) A new tappinginstrument. N. York 
 M. J., 1902, Ixxvi, 1094.— Grlsson (H.) Die operative Be- 
 handlung des Stauungsaseites durch Herstellung eines Col- 
 lateralkreislaufes. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1904, 
 Ixxv, 358-361.— Grissow. Operative Heilung eines Stau- 
 ungsaseites. Deutsche med. Wchnsclir., Berl. & Leipz., 1900, 
 xxvi, Ver.-Beil., 162.— Grtinberger (V.) & Zinser (V.) 
 Das Verhalten der Herzarbeit una des Gefasstonus bei der 
 Ascitespunktion. Ztschr. f. Heilk., Wien & Leipz., 1907, 
 xxviii, Abt. f. int. Med., 117-164.— Gulllermln. Ponction 
 d'une , ascite par le malade lul-m6me. Dauphin^ m6d., 
 Grenoble, 1904, xxviii, 290.— Hawkins (F.) Case of ascites; 
 peracentesis performed twenty-five times in one year and 
 three months; patient quite well seven years Iat«r. Proc. 
 
 Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1907-8, 1, Chir. Sect., 190-192. . 
 
 On ascites relieved or cured by paracentesis. Med. Press & 
 Circ, Lond., 1908, n. s., Ixxxv, 452; 472.— Hebbert (R. F.) 
 Tahna's operation for ascites. Indian M. Gaz.. Calcutta, 
 1908, xliii, 298.— HSpfner (E.) Der Aszites und seine chi- 
 rurgische Behandlung. Ergebn. d. Ctiir. u. Orthop., Berl., 
 
 . 1913, vi, 410-480.— Idqne (C.) Un caso dl asoite da peri- 
 tonite sierosa cronica guaiito radicalmente, dopo due parar 
 oentesi addominali in ragajsza di anni dodid. Gazz. mter- 
 naz. di med., Napoli, 1906, ix, 607.— Ito (H.) & Oml (K.) 
 Klinische und experimentelle Beitrage zur chirurgischen 
 Behandlung des Ascites. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 
 1901, Ixii, 141-183. Also [Abstr.]: Sei-i-Kwai M. J., -Tokyo, 
 
 1903, xxi, 174-179.— Jones (F. A.) & Collier (C.) A report 
 of a remarkable case of ascites, due to failing compensation 
 in mitral regurgitation. Memphis M. Month., 1913, xxxiii, 
 320-322. Also: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1913, xcvii, 1296.— 
 Klrchner (W. C. G.) Subcutaneous dermic fistula in the 
 treatment of ascites. Tr. South. Surg. & Gynec. Ass., Phila., 
 1915, xxviii, 400-406, 1 pi.— Kumarls (J.) Zur Bescitigung 
 des Ascites. Zentralbl. f. Clur., Leipz^ 1913, xl, 1916-1918: 
 1914, xli, 1609.— Lawen. Aszites bca Zuekergussleber und 
 Zuckergussmilz durch Talmasche Operation geheilt seit 6 
 Jahren. MUnchen. mod. Wchnschr., 1912, lix, 2082.— 
 Lejars (F.) Chirurgie des grosses ascites. Semaine mM., 
 Par., 1903, xxiii, 93-96.— Llan (0.) Perforation de I'artfere 
 ^pigastrigue dans une ponction d'ascite. Bull, et m^m. Soc. 
 anat. de Par., 1906, Ixxxi, 664-667 —Lyonnet & de Tcyssler. 
 D'un moyen propre k pr^vcnir la cachexie consiScutive h, 
 I'evacuatlon d'iSpanchemenls abdominaux abondants. Lyon 
 m^d., 1902, XQviii, 569-571,— Maberly (F. H.) A case of ascites 
 tapped sixty-nine times. Lancet, Lond., 1906, 1, 1108.— 
 APUougall (W. I,,) Case of ascites, in which paracentesis 
 was performed over one hundred times. Scot. M. & S. J., 
 Edlnb., 1898, iii, 517-519.— Mauclalre. Diagnostic et traite- 
 
ASCITES. 
 
 87 
 
 ASCITES. 
 
 Ascites {Treatment of, Operative) . 
 
 ments ohirurgicaiix de I'asoite. Clinique, Par., 1910, v, 
 265-267 —Meyer (H.) Bin Fall von Ascites infolge von 
 Plortaderkomprosslon, geheilt duroli die Talma'sohe Opera- 
 tion. Beitr. z kiln. Cliir., Tubing., 1900, 1, 576-581.-Moiuo 
 (T. K.) & McGregor (A. N.) Operation of epiplopexy for 
 the relief of ascites. Tr. Med.-Cliir. Soo. Glasg., 1905-7, vi 
 184 —Montgomery (W. P.) On the surgical treatment of 
 ascites; a critical review, -with a note of two personal oases. 
 Med. Chron., Manchester, 1902, 4. s., m, 1&-25.— Mori (T ) 
 Beitraa zur ohirurgischen Behandlung der Ascites. Deut- 
 sche Ztechr. 1. Chir., Leipz., 1912, cxiv,7,'>-89.-Morison (S.) 
 The operative cure of ascites due to hver currhosis (Talmar 
 Morison operation). Proo. Roy. Soc. Med^, Kqnd., 1911-12, 
 V, Surg. Sect., 37-60.— MouUin (0. M.) The treatment of 
 ascites bv fixation of the omentum and the formation of ad- 
 hesions. Tr. Clui. Soc. Lend., 1901-2, xxxv, 14-19 -MUllcr 
 (W ) Zur Frage iier operativen Ascitesbehandlung bei 
 Pfortadercompression. Arch, f . Min. Chir., Berl., 1902, Ixvi, 
 652-657.— Murphy (J. B.) Exploratory laparotomy m a 
 case of severe ascites in a girl fifteen years of age; withremark 
 by Paul Chester. Surg. Clin., Chicago, 1913, n, 697-703.— 
 Murray (G.) The cure of ascites by operation. Northum- 
 berland & Durham M. J., Newcastle-upon-Tyne, 1907, xv, 
 182-184.— Novis (T. S.) Epiplopexy. Tr. Bombay M. 
 Cong., Bombay, 1909, 594-598.-Pentrup (W ) Die Tal- 
 ma'sche Operanon. Fortschr. d. Med., Berl., 1904, xxn, 197- 
 205.— Pcrrin (M.) Sur un m&auisme sp&ial de mort 
 rapide aprfts la ponotion de I'asoite. M^m. Soo. de med. de 
 Nancy, 1907-8, 19-26. Also: Eev. m^d. de Test, Nancy, 
 1907 xxxix, 740-746. — '■ — . La mort des ascitiques aprSs la 
 paracentfese. Presse m«d., Par.,_ 1908, xvi, 609-611.— PiUay 
 (B. S.) Cure of a case of ascites in which paracentesis of the 
 abdomen was performed 23 times. Indian M. Reo., Calcutta, 
 1900, xvii, 53.— Pluinler (T..-L,) La mort des ascitiques 
 apr& la paracentSse. Scalpel, Lidge, 1908-9, bd, 279.— 
 Pozzan (T.) Contributo all' operazione del Talma nell' as- 
 cite. Gazz. d. osp., Milano. 1901, xxii, 249-262.— Ram (L.) 
 Ascites and its operative treatment. Brit. M. J., Lond., 
 1909, ii, 142.— Blcketts (B. M.) Abdominal incision tor 
 ascites. Cincin. Lancet-Clinic, 1897, n. s., xxxix, 347-349. 
 Also, Reprint.— Buotte. De I'abouohement des veines 
 sapbftnes internes au pMtoine abdominal, dans certains cas 
 d'ascite k reproduction. Lyon chlrurg_^ 1910, iii, 336-344. 
 Also: Lyon, mdd., 1910, cxiv, 911-921.— Schepelmann (E.) 
 Klinische Erfahrungen mit meiner Methode der plastischen 
 Ascitesdrainage. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1915, cvi, 663- 
 688.— Schwaizmann (E.) Zur ohirurgischen Behandlung 
 des Ascites. Deutsche Ztsohr. 1. Chir., Leipz., 1913, oxxiv, 
 546-573.— Selby (P.) Frequent tapping for ascites; recovery. 
 Brit. M. J,, Lend., 1906, i, 620.— Settl (G.) Sulle osoiUazioni 
 nella ellminazione del cloruri in rapporto all' ascite, ed alle 
 . paraoentesi. Cior. internal, d. so. med., Napoli, 1897, n. s., 
 xix, 1005-1014.— Simon. Ueber Euotte'sche Operation. 
 Berl. ilin. Wchnschr., 1913, 1, 1501'.— Sokoloffl (A. S.) 
 [Treatment of ascites.] Khirurgiya, Mosk., 1914, xxxv, 842- 
 g49._Spencer (W. G.) Case four years after fixation of 
 omentum for ascites. Tr. Clin. Soc. Lond., 1905-6, xxxix, 
 239._Stoney (R. A.) & Moorhead (T. G.) Ascites treated 
 by lymphangloplasty. Lancet, Lond., 1911, 1, 1069.— Til- 
 mann. Ueber die chirurgische Behandlung des Ascites. 
 Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1899, xxv, 284- 
 286.— Turner (G. G.) The cure of ascites by operation. 
 Brit. M. J., Lond., 1906, ii, 1296. [Discussion], 1298.— 
 Vicrordt ffl.) Ueber elmge oftmals punktlerte Falle von 
 Ascites. Fortsclir. d. Med., Berl., 1906, xxiv, 411.— Wardle 
 (M.) Notes on two cases of epiplooraphy for the cure of 
 ascites. Northumberland & Durham M. J., Newcastle-upon- 
 Tyne, 1897, V, 78-80.— Tashvlll (A. O.) [Two hundred and 
 seventeen punctures of the abdomen for ascites in one 
 woman ] 'frudl i Protok. Imp. Kavkazsk. Med. Obsh., 
 Tiflis, 1908-9, xlv, 35-40. 
 
 Ascites {Treatment of) ly abdominal 
 
 drainage. 
 
 Delon (A.) *Traitemeiit chirurgical de I'as- 
 cite par rap^ration de Ruotte et le drainage sous- 
 cutan6. [Lyon.] 8° Valence, 1911. 
 
 Egeot (G.) *De r incision suivie de drainage 
 substitu6e k la ponction comme traitement pal- 
 liatif de certaines ascites. 8°. Paris, 1898. 
 
 Bonnet (E.) Continual drainage in ascites. Med. Rev. 
 of Rev., N. Y., 1915, xxi, 723.— Dobbertln. Die directe 
 Dauerdrainage des chromschen Ascites durch die Vena 
 ' saphonaindieBlutbahn. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1913, e, 
 1121-1128.— Franke (F.) Ueber Versuche mit Dauer- 
 drainage bei Ascites. -Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. 
 Chir., Berl., 1912, xlii, pt. 2, 215-231. [Discussion], pt. 1, 
 203-207. Also: Arch, t klin. Chir., Berl., 1912, xcviu, 1059- 
 1075.— Henschen (K.) Dauerdrainage stagnierender As- 
 citesergiisse in das subkutane Oder retroperitoneale Zell- 
 
 fiwebe mit Hilfe von fiummi- Oder Fischblasenkondoms. 
 entralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1913, xl, 41-43. . Entstehung 
 
 cines grosseu Hautwassersackes nach subkutaner Ascites- 
 
 Ascites {Treatment of) by abdominal 
 drainage. 
 
 drainage. J\.rch. f. Chir., Berl., 1916, cvii, 469-478.-Kalli (0.) 
 Zur Asoitesdramage. Deutsche Zfschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1916, 
 cxxxviu, 105-112.— L«wls (E. A.) Abdonnnal dramage m 
 easesofascites. Med.Brief,St.Louis,1904,xxxu,840.— McDiU 
 (,T R ) Chronic ascites; treatment and drainage by lymph- 
 angloplasty through a trocar wound under local an^siihesia; 
 an experimental study. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 
 1913, 522-532. Also, Reprint.— Mauclaire (P.) Essais do 
 drainage de I'ascite dans le tissu cellulaire sous-cutan«. 
 
 Arch. gin. de chir.. Par., 1911, vii, 56-66. . Ascite trMtee 
 
 par le drainage sous-cutanfi permanent avec un tube en T en 
 caoutchouc. Bull, et mi5m. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1915, n. s., 
 jl 829.— Morlson. A case ofascites treated by dramage, and 
 establishing an anastomosis through the great omentum. 
 Northumberland & Durham M. J., Newcastle-upon-Tyne, 
 1897 V 178-180.— Nash (W.G.) Two cases of ascites treated 
 bv multiple paracentesis and by femoral drainage. Lancet, 
 Lond , 1913, ii, 1381.— Oberst (A.) Zur Dauerdramage bei 
 Ascites. Zentralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1914, xU, 1465-1467.— 
 Paterson (P.) The treatment of ascites by dramage mto 
 the subcutaneous tissues of the abdomen. Lancet, Lond., 
 1910 ii, 1273.— PSrlnoft (V. A.) Drainage k demeure de 
 I'asoite dans le Hssu cellulaire sous-cutan& Arch. gen. de 
 
 chir Par., 1913, ix, 1281-1290. . Ueber Versuche mit 
 
 Dauerdrainage bei Ascites. Zentralbl. f. Chir.. Leipz., 1913, 
 xl 1.— Perrln (M.) L'ombiho des ascitiques (influence des 
 dispositions anatomiques pr^existantes sur sa distension et 
 sur sa rupture possible. Arch. gto. de mdd., Paiy^mO, 72- 
 80 — Bosensteln (P.) Ventilbildung an der Harnblase 
 zur Ableitung der Ascitesfliissigkeit. Zentralbl. f. Chu-., 
 I^ipz , 1914, xU, 373-376.— Schepelmann (E.) Expen- 
 raente zur plastischen Aszitesdrainage, zugleich ein Beitrag 
 7i]r Histologie implantierter Pormolgefiisse. .Virchows 
 
 Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1913, ccxiv, 279-289. . 
 
 Klinische Erfahrungen mit meiner Methode der plastischen 
 Ascitesdrainage. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1915, cvi,663-688.- 
 Tavel CE:) Ueber die sublaitane Dramage des Ascites. Cor.- 
 Bl f schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1911, xli, 806-810.— VUlard & 
 Tavernler. Traitement chirurgical de I'ascite par I'opera- 
 tion de Ruotte et le drainage capil aire sous-outand. Lyon 
 mM., 1911, cxvi, 1009-1015.— Weber (F. P.) Omentopexy 
 and peritoneal drainage for chronic ascites connected with 
 hepatic cirrhosis. Clin. J., Lond., 1909-10, xxxv, 208.— 
 Wynter (W. E.) Cure of ascites by permanent drainage 
 through the femoral ring. Proc. Roy. Soo. Med^ Lond., 
 
 1907-8, i, Clin. Sect., 49-51: 1908-9, Ii, Clin. Sect., 169. . 
 
 The treatment of ascites by continuous drainage into the 
 tissues. Arch. Middlesex Hosp., Lond., 1909, xvi, 15-22. 
 
 Also: Polyclin., Lond., 1909, xiii, 77-81. . A case of 
 
 femoral drainage for ascites. Tr. M. Soc. Lond., 1911-12, xxxv, 
 387._Wynter (W. E.) & Murray (f.) Case of subcutane- 
 ous drainage for ascites. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 
 1912-13, vi, Clin. Sect., 59-61.— Zadoc-Kahn (L.) & Vlna- 
 ver (B.) Appareil permettant de rdaliser le drainage con- 
 tinu hors de I'organisme de certaines ascites k rdp6tition 
 frdquente. J. de mM. int., Par., 1910, xiv, 181-184. 
 
 Ascites ( Treatment of) by auiosero- 
 therapy. 
 
 Galup (J.) *L'autoth&apie ascitiqiie. 8°. 
 Paris, 1911. 
 
 Lauze (J.) *Contribution a I'^tude de I'auto- 
 s&otWrapiede I'ascite. 8°. Montpellier, 1911. 
 
 Audibert (V.) Autos&oth&apie ascitique spontan^e. 
 Bull. et m4m. Soc. mdd. d. hdp. de Par., 1910, 3. s., xxix, 516- 
 519._Audlbert (V.) & Monges (F.) L'autos^roth^rapie 
 de I'ascite. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1909, Isvii, 
 610. . L'auto-s^roth&apie de I'ascite. Mar- 
 seille miSd. , 1910, xlvii, 3-10.— Baldini (G. ) Contribution k 
 I'dtude de I'autos&oth&apie de I'asoite. Clinique, Par., 
 1911, vi, 303.— Calabrese (A.) Alcune ricerche suu'auto- 
 sieroterapia dell'ascSte. Gazz. intemaz. di med., Napoli, 
 1910, xiii, 1161-1173.— Doren (N. C.) Autoseroterapia de 
 las ascitis. Rev. mSd. de Chile, Sant. de Chile, 1910, xxxviii, 
 135-138.— Fasanl-Volarelli (F.) L'autosieroterapia nel- 
 1' ascite. Studium, Napoli, 1910_, iU, 245.— Godlewskl (E.) 
 Deux cas d'autosSrothSrapie ascitique. Bull, et mto. Soc. 
 de Vaucluse, Avignon, 1910, vi, 419-422.— Housquains 
 (A.A.) The autoserotherapy of ascites. Interstate M. J., St. 
 Louis, 1910, xvii, 281-283.— L€? Play (A.) Action compara- 
 tive des injections rSpStdes de solutions isotomques de 
 Uquide d'ascite et de sfirum physiologique. Compt. rend. 
 Soc. de biol.. Par., 1910, Ixix, 457-459.— Pron (L.) Un cas 
 nfigatif d'autos&otb&apie de I'ascite. Bull. g(5ii. de thSrap. 
 [etc.]. Par., 1910, clix, 702-706.- Roger & Chavivln. De 
 I'autosSroth&apiede I'asoite: Insucofes dans un cas deeirrhose 
 de Laennec. Montpel. mSd., 1910, xxx, 481-490. — Boque 
 (G.) & Cordler (Vt) AutoserothCTapie ascitique. Presse 
 m6d., Par., 1910, xviil, 465.— Sicard (J.-A.) & Galup. 
 AutothiSrapie ascitique par injections massives intraveineu- 
 scs. Bi:ll. et miSm. Soc. mii. d. hSp. de Par., 19U, 3. s., 
 xxxi, 111-113. Also: Gaz. mM. de Par., 1911, Ixxxii, 154. 
 
ASCITES. 
 
 88 
 
 ASCOBOLEiE. 
 
 Ascites {Tuberculous). 
 
 See, also, Peritonitis (TvAerculoua, Compli- 
 cations of). 
 
 Alwens (W.) Eoohsalzarme Diat znr Beseltigung des 
 Ascites tuberoulosus. Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl., 1910, li. 
 100-105.— Courmont (P.) & Cade (A.) Hepatite et 
 nephrite d'origine tabeiculeuse sans lesions folliculaires; 
 s^ro-diagnostic des ascites. Bull. Soo. m^d. d. hfip. de 
 Lyon, 1908, 498-510.— Marfan. Ascite tuberculeuse. 
 P^diatrie prat., Lille, 1910, viii, 51-54.— Mourlquand (G.) 
 L'air chaud dans la tMrapeutique des ascites d'origiue 
 tuberculeuse. Rev. gfe. de clin. et de tMrap., Par., 1910, 
 xxiv, 679.— Schttmann. Ein Beitrag zur Benandlung des 
 tuberkuloseu Ascites. Zentralbl. f . Chir. , Leipz. , 1904, xxxi, 
 1409-1411.— Schulze (K.) Ueber intraperitoneale Sauer- 
 stofOnfusionen bel Ascites tuberoulosus. Mitt. a. d. Qrenz- 
 geb. d. Med. u. Chir., Jena, 1907, xviii, 150-160.— Verstraete 
 (E.) Ascite tuberculeuse: laparotomie; ponctions r^p^tfies; 
 gu^rison. J. d. so. vaM. de Lille, 1897, i, 157-163. 
 
 Ascites in animals. 
 
 AlbTeebt. Ueber einen Fall von Ascites beim Hunde 
 und kleinere Versuche mit Theocin. Wchnschr. f. Tierh. u. 
 Viehzucht, Munchen, 1905, xlix, 725; 741; 757; 773.— Gregg 
 (J.) Ascites in'do^. Vet. Reo., Lond., 1906-7, xix, 400. — 
 Onler. Zur Easuistik des Ascites beim Hunde. Wcbn- 
 sobr. f. Tierh. u. Viehzucht, Miinchen, 1908, Li, 453-458.— 
 Pavlofl (1. P.) [Laboratory case of ejcperimental ascites in 
 o dog.l Trudl Obsh. Russk. Vraoh. v S.-Peterb., 1896-7, 43; 
 63. Also: Bolnitseh. Gaz. Botkina, S.-Peterb., 1896, vU, 
 1051-1053. — Slvlerl (G.) XJn caso di ascite nel cane; guari- 
 gione. N. Ercolanl, Pisa, 1908, xiil, 19.— Storch. Ein Pall 
 von Ascites beim Schweme. Berl. thierarztl. Wchnschr., 
 1902, 679.— Walter ( F. A. ) Peritoneal ascites with hydroce- 
 phaJio-foetus in a mare. J. Am. Vet. M. Ass., Ithaca, 1917, 1, 
 879. — Woodward (S. M.) Acaseotascites[inadog1; opera- 
 tion and recovery. Vet. J., Lond., 1905, n. s., xii, 333. 
 
 Ascites in children. 
 
 See, also, Ascites (Fcetal and congenital). 
 
 AssMUS (W. A. O.) *Eiii Fall von Ascites 
 chylosus im Kindesalter. 8°. Greifswald, 1909. 
 
 Alfaro (G. A.) Diagnfistico de las ascitis intantiles y 
 especialmente de la peritonitis tuberculosa de forma ascitica. 
 Arch, latino-am. de pediat., Buenos Aires, 1905, 1, 184-191. — 
 d' Astros (L.) L'ascite Chez les enfants. Bull. mM., Par., 
 1897, xi, 713-715. — O. (J.) Ascite ohyleuse chez les enfants. 
 Arch, de m^d. d. enf.. Par., 1912, xv, 206-212.— Chaumler 
 (E.) L'ascite des enfants. Gaz. d. mal. infant, [etc.l, Par., 
 1900, ii, 209; 221.— Cowie (D. M.) The casuistry of chylous 
 ascites and chylocele in sucklings and very young infants, 
 with report of a case. Tr. Am. Pediat. Soc, N. Y., 1910, 
 xxii, 311-335. AUo; Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1911, xxviii, 595- 
 619.— Kamlefiskl (S. ) Ueber chylose Ergusse m die serosen 
 HShlen des Eorpers in Folge eines Ealles von Ascites chylo- 
 sus bei einem SSugllnge. Jaiah. t. Kinderh., Leipz., 1895-6, 
 xli, 404-441.— Kerr (Le G.) Chylous ascites in an infant 
 sixteen days old. N. York State J. M., N. Y., 1909, ix, 14.— 
 de Lange (Cornelia). Over biiUcpercusslebij kinderen en 
 overpseudoascites. Nederl. Tijdschr.v. Geneesk., Amst., 
 1912, i, 1239-1254.— Loprlore (S.) L'ascite nella prima eti. 
 Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1900, xxi, 1005.— Variot (Gf.) Ascite 
 lactescente et dlchroique chez deux enfants attaints de 
 ndphrite chronique. Bull, et mdm. Soc. mM. d. h6p. de 
 Par., 1900, 3. s., xvii, 226-229.— Variot (0.) & CMcotof (G.) 
 Observations radloscopiques sur les dpanchements asciti- 
 ques chez les enfants. Imd., 1901, 3. s., xviii, 101-103. 
 
 Ascites in pregnancy. 
 
 SeeFregziaxicy (Dropsy in). 
 
 Ascites in women. 
 
 See, also. Pregnancy (Dropsy in). 
 
 Boullly (G.) De l'ascite des Jeunes filles. Semalne 
 fiyaia.. Par., 1896, i, 369. Also: Med. inf.. Par., 1897, 221- 
 225.— Chaimard. L'ascite chez la femme. ' Rev. gin. de 
 clin. et de th&ap.. Par., 1905, xix, 182.— Dndley. Abdomi- 
 nal dropsy.. Am. J. Obst., ^r. Y., 1900, xU, 686.— Gusserow 
 (A.) Ueber Ascites In gynSkologischer Bezlehung. Arch, 
 f. Gynffik^ Berl., 1892, xlli, 469-488. Also, Reprint- 
 Spencer (w. G.) Milk white ascites in a case of cancer of 
 the ovaries and peritoneum. Westminst. Hosp. Rep., 
 Lond., 1909, xvi, 38^0.— Vlllar (F.) Traitement chlrargioal 
 de l'ascite par vole vaginale. Gaz. hebd. d. so. m^d. de 
 Bordeaux, 1904, xxv, 8. 
 
 Ascitic fluid. 
 
 Gilbert (A.) & Llppmann (A.) Note sur la bactdrlo- 
 logie des ascites. Compt. rend. Boo. de biol.. Par., 1900, Ix, 
 917-919.— Grenet (H.) & Vltry (G.) Cytologie des ascites. 
 lUd., 1903, Iv, 959.— Kanamorl. Uefcer den Wert der 
 mikroskopiscben Untersuchung der in der Asdtes-FlQssig- 
 keit suspirenden Flocken. [Japanese text.] Mitt. d. med. 
 Gesellseh. zu Tokyo, 1900, xiv, 486-501.— Pescl (E.) Sopra 
 un caso di ascite Slante, con ricerche sti la reazione degU 
 
 Ascitic fluid. 
 
 essudati v&so I'acido acetico. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1905, 
 xxv, 793-798.— BoUeston (H. D.) A case of eosinophUe 
 ascites; with remarks. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1914, 1, 238.— Thl- 
 baut (D.) Pouvoir prfcipitant et hdmozolque de l'ascite 
 et de I'oedfeme. Compt. rend Soc. de biol., Par^ 1911, Ixxl, 
 642.— Zenonl (C.) Del valore del globuli rossi e dell' emoglo- 
 bina nell' idrope ascite. Gazz. mod. di Torino, 1896, xlvii, 
 361; 381. 
 
 Ascitic _yZraM? (Chemistry of). 
 
 Christen (T.) *Unter8uchtiiigen uber Ascites 
 im Liquor pericardii. [Zurich.] 8° Leipzig, 
 1905. 
 
 Also, in: Zentralbl. f. innere Med., Leipz., 1905, xxvi, 
 329-341. 
 
 Young (G.) *Ueber das Mukoid der Ascites- 
 flussigkeit. 8°. Ziirich, IQOl. 
 
 de Carvallio (R.) Sobre a composigao chimica dos liqui- 
 dos asciticos. Med. comtemp., Lisb., 1914, xxxii, 267; 277; 
 293.— D6el (H.) Pr&ence d'un ferment glycolytique dans le 
 liquide d'ascite. Compt. rend. Soo. de biol.. Par., 1911, Ixx, 
 146.— Bngiander (M.) Dlagnostische Bedeutung des pro- 
 zentischen Eiweissgebalte8'(Minima und Maxima) der Asci- 
 tesSiissigkeiten. Mitt. d. Gesellseh. f. inn. Med. u. Kinderh. 
 in Wien, 1906, v, 58-60.- Hamburger (H. J.) Lipolytisch 
 ferment in ascites-vloeistof van een mensch. Versl. d. . . . 
 wis- en natuurk. Afd. d. k. Akad. v. Wetensch., Amst., 
 1899-1900, viii, 424-432. Also: Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Ge- 
 neesk., Amst.i 1900, 2. B., xxxvi, d, 1, 1205-1213.— Lagneau 
 (A.) Analyses de liquides d'ascite. J. de pharm. et chim.. 
 Par., 1911, 7. s., iii, 489.— MalmCjac (F.) Note sur les albu- 
 mines des Uquides d'ascite. Ibid^ 1901, 6. s., xiv, 15-17..— 
 Olmer (D.) & Audlbert (V.) De la rtontion des chlo- 
 rures dans l'ascite. Marseille m(5d., 190.'?, xl, 591-593. — 
 Fateln (G.) & Weltz (R.) Contribution k I'dtude des ma- 
 ti&res albuminoides du liquide d'ascite; considerations sur 
 la r(5action de Rivalta. J. de pharm. et de chim.. Par., 1912, 
 7. s., V, 521; 691.— Baynaiio (F.) Analyses de liquides 
 d'ascite. IMd., 1913, 7. s., viii, 458-461.— Strzyzowskl (C.) 
 Ueber die chemische Zusammensetzung einer chylSsen 
 Ascitesflflssigkeit. Cor.-Bl. i. schweiz. Aerzfe, Basel, 1903, 
 
 xxxiii, 618-620. . Zur Eenntnis der physikalisoh- 
 
 chemischen Eigenschaften milchig aussehender Aseitesflii&- 
 sigkeiten. Ztschf. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1908, Iviii, 
 92-96. — ^Well (R.) Properties of ascitic fluids, especially in 
 ca.ses of cancer. J. Med. Research, Bost., 1910-11, xxiii, 
 85-94. 
 
 Ascitic fluid (Therapeutic use of). 
 
 See, also. Ascites (Treatment of) by autosefo- 
 therapy. 
 
 Carter (H. S.) The use of ascitic fluid for nutritive and 
 otherpurposes, with therapeutic indications. Am. J. M. 
 Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1911, cxlli, 241-253.— Leary (T.) & 
 Hststlngs (R. W.) The therapeutic use of ascitic fluid; a 
 preliminary communication. Boston M. & S. J., 1910, clxili; 
 283-288. 
 
 Asclepiades Bithynus [120-30 B.0.\. 
 
 VON Vilas (H.) Der Arzt und Philosoph. 
 Asklepiades von Bithyiii«n; historisch-kritiscne 
 Studie. 8°. Wien & Leipzig, 1903. 
 
 Asclepias. 
 
 Euiz CabaSas (M.) *E1 venenillo. 8°. Mi- 
 xico, 1882. 
 
 SANCHEZ (M.) *E3tudio bot&nico-qufmico del 
 ponchilhuitz. • 16°. Mixico, 1881. 
 
 Bates (J.) Asclepias tuberosa (pleurisy root). J. Mat. 
 Med., New Lebanon, N. Y., 1869, viii, 193-204.— Masson 
 (G.) Sur I'hydrate de carbone ISvogyre du rhizome d' Ascle- 
 pias vincetoxicum. Bull. i. so. Pharmacol., Par., 1911, xviii, 
 
 Asclepieion. 
 
 GiKARD (P.) L' Asclepieion d'Athfenes d'aprfes 
 de r^centes d6couvertes. 8°. Pons, 1881. 
 
 Asclepiodotus. 
 
 Asmus (R.) Der Neuplatoniker Asklepiodotos d. Gr. 
 Arch. f. Gesch. d. Med., Leipz., 1913, vii, 26-42. 
 
 Asclepius. 
 
 Arabantlnos (A.) [Ascleplos and his remedies.] 'Iutoi- 
 
 clepl 
 
 •fp; 
 
 «df itr)vtiTwp, 'A&ijvai, 1907, vlf, 101; 111. — Ascleplos worship, 
 Lancet, Lond., 1917, 11, 145. 
 
 AscoboIe%. 
 
 Molllard. RAle des bact($ries dans la production des 
 p^rithtecs des Ascobolus. Compt. rend. Acad. d. so., Par., 
 
ASCOBOLE^. 
 
 89 
 
 •ASHBURN. 
 
 Ascobolese. 
 
 1903, oxxxyi, 899-901.— Ramlow (G.) Beitrftge zur Entwick- 
 lungsgeschlolite der Asooboleen. Mycol. Centralbl., Jena, 
 1914-15, V, 177-198, 4 pi.— Welsford (E. J.) Fertilisation in 
 Asoobolus furfuraceus (Pers.). Eep. Bnt. Ass. Adv. Sc. 
 Lond., 1907, 688. 
 
 Ascochyta. 
 
 Glover (W. 0.) Ascochyta clematidina, the cause of 
 stem-rot and leaf-spot of clematis. J. Agrio. Eesearch, 
 Wash., 1915, iv, 331-342, 3 pi. 
 
 AscoU (Alberto). Elementi di sierologia. 163 pp. , 
 5 1., 12 pi. 8°. Capodistria, C. Pnora, 1911. 
 
 . The same. 2. ed. 193pp., 11., 6 col. pi. 
 
 8°. Milano, Stucchi: Ceretti & Co., 1912. 
 
 AUo, Editor of: Blochlmlca e terapia sperimentale, 
 Milano, 1909-14. 
 
 Ascoli (GpuUo]). Vorlesungen tiber Uramle. 
 
 vi (1 1.), 296, xcii pp. 8*^. Jena, G. Fischer, 
 
 1903. 
 Ascoli (Vittorio). Lezioni di patologia spedale 
 
 medica. Baccolte da G. Catalano. 871 pp. 8°. 
 
 Roma, C. Awdisio, 1905. 
 . La febbre dalpunto de visfa cUnico. 96 
 
 pp. 8°- Roma, C. Colontbo, 1912. 
 
 Ascoli reaction. 
 
 See Anthrax {Serodiagnosis of). 
 
 Ascomycetes. 
 
 See, also, Aspergillus; Ergot; Fungi; Molds; 
 Yeasts. 
 
 Bessey (E. A.) Some suggestions as to the phylogeny of 
 the Ascomycetes. Mycol. Centralbl., Jena, 1913, iii, 149- 
 153.— Bwert. Die Ueberwinterung von Sonmierlcomdien 
 pathogener Ascomyceten und die Widerstandsfahiglseit 
 aerselben gegen Kalte. Ztschr. t. Pflanzenkr., Stuttg., 1910, 
 XX, 129-141. — Fraser (Miss H. C. I.) Nuclear fusions and 
 reductions in the Ascomycetes. Eep. Brit. Ass. Adv. Sc, 
 Lond., 1907, 688.— GuUliermond (AJ Nouvelles reoher- 
 ches surl'^piplasme des ascomycfetes. Compt. rend. Acad. d. 
 
 so., Par., 1903, cxxxvi, 1487-1489. . Contribution k 
 
 I'^tude cytologique des ascomycetes. Ibid., cxxxvii, 938. 
 
 . Eemarques sur la oytologie des ascomycetes. Ibid., 
 
 1904, Ivii, 208. . Sur le nombre des chromosomes chez 
 
 les ascomycetes. Ibid., 1905, Iviii, 273-275.— Klebahn (H.) 
 Zusammenhange von Ascomyceten mlt Fungis imperfectis. 
 Centralbl. f. Balrteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt^, Jena, 1905, xiv, 336. 
 
 . Untersuchungen fiber einige Fungi imperfecti und 
 
 diezugeliorigenAscomyeetenformen. Ztschr. f. Pflanzeiikr., 
 Stuttg., 1906, xvi, 65-83: 1908, xviil, 5-17, 3 pi.— Malre f E.) 
 La formation des asques cnez les pSzizes et I'Svolution 
 nucl6aire des ascomycfetes. Compt. rend. Soe. de biol., 
 
 Par., 1903, Iv, 1401. . Eemarques sur la cytologie de 
 
 quelques ascomycfetes. Ibid., 1904, Ivi, 86. . Sur les 
 
 divisions nucl^aires dans I'asque de la morille et de quelques 
 autres ascomycfetes. /6i(f., 822-824.— Obermeyer(W.) Geo- 
 pora graveolens n. sp. und Guttularia geopora n. sp., zwei 
 neue Ascomyceten. Mycol. Centralbl.,, Jena, 1913-14, iii, 
 2-10.— Eehm (H.) Ascomycetes pliihppinenses coUecti a 
 clar. C. F. Balcer. Philippine J. Sc, Mamla, 1913, viii, s. C, 
 181; 251.— Zimniermann(A.) Einige javanische,aufCoc- 
 ciden parasitierende Ascomyceten. Centralbl. f. Balcteriol. 
 [etc], 2. Abt., Jena, 1901, vii, 872-876. 
 
 Ascospores. 
 
 BezssonoS (N. ) Sur quelques faits relatifs i, la formation 
 du p6ritli&ce et la delimitation des ascospores chez I'es Erysi- 
 phacese. Compt. rend. Acad. d. so.. Par., 1914, clviii, 1123- 
 1125. 
 
 Asdale {WiUiam James) [1842-1912]. 
 
 Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, Iviii, 1701.— 
 Werder(X. O.) In memoriam. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1913, 
 Ixvii, 762, port. Also: Tr. Am. Ass. Obst. & Gynec. 1912, 
 Yorlc, 1913, XXV, 595, port. 
 
 Asef (Nota). *Die Mortalitatsstatistik der Peri- 
 typhlitiden in der Schweiz. Eine medizinisch- 
 statistische Studie. [Wurzburg.] 40 pp. 8°. 
 Bern, Stampfli & Co., 1898. 
 Repr./rom: Ztschr. f. schweiz. Statist., Bern, 1898. 
 
 AseUius (Caspar) [1581-1626]. 
 
 Albebtoni (G.) *I)ella vita e delle opere di 
 Gaspiare Asellio, Cremonese. 12°. Pavia, 1847. 
 Henry (F. P.) Asellius and the discovery of the lym- 
 phatic circulation. N. Yorlt M. J. [etc.], 1913, xcvii, 321- 
 324. Also, Eeprint. 
 
 Asellus. 
 
 MiETHE (C.) *A8ellus cavaticus Schiodte In 1. 
 leste Leijdig (As. Sieboldii de Rougemont). Ein 
 Beitrag zur Hohlenfauna der Schweiz. [Bern.] 
 (Extrait de la Revue Suisse de zoologie, t. 7, 
 1899.) 8°. Geneve, 1899. 
 
 von Kaulbersz (G. J.) Biolorascbe Beobachtungen an 
 Asellus aquations, nebst einigen Bemerkungen fiber Gam- 
 marus und Niphargus. Zool. Jahrb. Abt. f. allg. Zool., 
 Jena, 1913, xxmi, 287-359, 3 pi.— Wege (W.) Morpholo- 
 gische una expenmentelle Studien an Asellus aquaticus. 
 Zool. Jahrb., Jena, 1910-11, xxx, 217-320, 2 pi. 
 
 Asemia. 
 
 See Asymbolia. 
 
 Asepsis. 
 
 See, also, Obstetrics (Antisepsis and asepsis 
 in); Surgery (Antiseptic and aseptic); Wounds 
 (Treatment of. Antiseptic and aseptic). 
 
 Armstiong (E. K.) Medical asepsis. Interstate M. J., 
 St. Louis, 1918, XXV, 262-270.— Dukeman (W. H.) Surgi- 
 cal teohmque without the use of antiseptics; with report of 
 forty-one consecutive successful abdominal operations. 
 Med. Bee, N. Y., 1908, Ixxiv, 184-186.— Bdsalf (D. L,) 
 Medical sepsis and asepsis. [Abstr.J Tr. N. Hampsliire M. 
 Soc, Concord, 1913, cxxil, 196-205.— de Garay (A.) La 
 prictica de la asepsia y de la antisepsia, se impone como un 
 deber, moral y socialmente considerado para los gobiemos, 
 los medicos y el pflbUeo en general. Escuela de med. , Mexico, 
 1908, xxiii, 1.— GriffltU (F.) An aseptioinstrumentholder. 
 N. York M. J., 1902, Ixxvi, 791.— Grosse. Ueber improvi- 
 sierte Asepsis. Munchen. mod. Wchnschr., 1907, Uv, 1849. — 
 Keen (W. W.) On the use of gloves in surgical operations. 
 Ann. Surgv Phlla., 1898, xxvii, 224-227.— Odebrecht (E.) 
 Ueber die Grenzen der Aseptik gegen die Antiseptik. Med.- 
 chir. Centralbl., Wien, 1899, xxxiv, 387; 403.— SaUer (J.) 
 Changes in the central nervous system after aseptic injury. 
 Proo. Path. Soc. Phila., 1897-8, n. s., i, 45-49.— Woliman 
 (E.) La vie aseptique. Bull. del'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1914, 
 xii, 921; 953. 
 
 Aseptolin. 
 
 Edson (C.) Aseptolin; a formulated treat- 
 ment for tuberculosis, septicaemia, malaria and 
 la grippe, with report of cases. 12°- Jersey 
 City, N. J., 1896. 
 
 Dodge (W.) Edson's aseptolin. Tr. M. Soc. Calif., San 
 Fran. , 1896, xxvi, 48-58.— liCngteld ( A. L. ) Aseptolin. Am. 
 Med.-Surg. Bull., N. Y., 1896, ix, 878. 
 
 Aserjer (Ber). *Untersuchungen uber den Ge- 
 
 burtsharn. 20 pp. 8° Bern, B. Stolz, 1914. 
 Asersky (Alexander). *Intermediar geheilte 
 
 Falle von Eklampsie. 17 pp. 8°. Basel, F. 
 
 Rdnhardt, 1914. 
 Asersky (Lima) [1889- ]. *Ueber Pancreas- 
 
 cysten. 31pp. 8°. Berlin, E. Ebering, 1912. 
 
 Asferryl. 
 
 Bachem (0.) Ueber Asferryl. Therap. Eundschau, 
 Halle a. S., 1908, ii, 413.— Unke. Asferryl. Therap. 
 Neuheiten, Leipz., 1909, iv, 33-35. 
 
 Ash (Edwin [Lancelot]). Hypnotism and sug- 
 gestion. A practical handbook. 2 p. 1. , 134 pp., 
 2 pi., 1 1. 12°. London, J. Jacobs, 1906. 
 
 . Mind and health; the mental factor and 
 
 suggestion in treatment, with special reference 
 to neurasthenia and other common nervous 
 disorders. 116 pp. 8°. New York, W. Wood 
 & Co., 1910. 
 
 -. Nerves and the nervous, vii (1 1.), 239 pp. 
 
 8°- London, Mills & Boon, [1911]. 
 
 The nursing of nervous patients, iv (1 1.), 
 
 116 pp. 8°. London, The Scientific Press, [1913]. 
 -. Nerve in war-time. 126 pp. 8°. London, 
 
 Mills & Boon, [1914]. 
 
 Stammering and successful control in 
 
 speech and action. 4p.l., 116 pp. 8°. London, 
 Mills <fe Boon, 1916. 
 Ashburn (Percy M.) [1872- _ ]. The elements 
 of military hygiene; especially arranged for 
 officers and men of the Une. 314 pp. 12°. 
 Boston & New York, Houghton, Mifflin Co., 1909. 
 
ASHBURNf 
 
 90 
 
 ASHTON. 
 
 Ashburn (Percy M.) — continued. 
 
 . The same. [2. ed.] viii, 351 pp. 8° 
 
 Boston & New York, Houghton, Mifflm Co., 
 
 [1915]. 
 
 Mosquito-borne diseases. 19 pp. 12°. 
 
 Washington, Gov. Print. Office, 1914. 
 Ashby (Henry) [1845-1908]. Health in the 
 
 nursery, xii, 227 pp. 12°. London, New York 
 
 & Bombay, Longmans^ Green & Co., 1898. 
 . The same. 3. ed. xii, 241 pp. 8°. 
 
 London, Longmans, Green & Co., 1902. 
 
 The same. De hygiene der kinderkamer. 
 
 Vrij bewerkt naar Ashby: Health in the nur- 
 sery, door Cornelia de Ijange. 2. ed. 165 pp., 
 V, 1 pi. 8°. Hengelo, B. T. Blenken, 1902. 
 
 . Notes on physiology. 7. ed. xxi, 406 
 
 pp. 12°. New York & Bombay, Longmans, 
 Green & Co.. 1900. 
 
 For Biography, see Lancet, Lond., 1908, ii, 198. Also: 
 Monatschr. t. Kinderh., Lelpz. & Wien, 1908, vii, 633 (J. 
 Thomson). 
 
 & Wright (G. A.) The diseases of chil- 
 dren, medical and surgical. Edited for Ameri- 
 can students by WUham Berry Northrup. 2. 
 ed. 773 pp. 8^. New York & London, Long- 
 mans, Green & Co., 1893. 
 
 The same. 4. ed. xxvi, 872 pp., 
 
 12 pi. 12°. London, New York & Bombay 
 Longmans, Green & Co., 1899. 
 
 . The same. 5. ed. xix, 920 pp., 
 
 14 pi. 8°- London, Longmans, Green & Co., 
 1905. 
 
 Ashby (Hugh Tuke) [1880- ]. Infant mor- 
 tality. X, 229 pp. 8°- Cambridge, University 
 Press 1915. 
 
 Ashby' (Thomas Almond) [1848-1916]. A text- 
 book of the diseases of women. 661 pp. 8°. 
 Baltimore, Williams & Wilkins Co., 1903. 
 
 For Biography, see Bull. Med. & Cliir. Fac. Maryland, 
 Bait., 1916, ix, 7. Also: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1916, 
 Ixvii, 133. Also: Maryland M. T.. Bait., 1916, lix, 203-207, 
 port. Also: Univ. Gaz., Bait., 19l6, iii, 26-28, port. 
 
 Ashdown (A. MUlicent). A complete system of 
 nursing, xv, 746 pp. 12°. London & Toronto 
 J. M. Dent & Sons; New York, E. P. Dutton & 
 Co., 1917. 
 
 Ashe (Evelyn Oliver). Besieged by the Boers, a 
 diary of life and events in Kimberly during the 
 siege. 6 p. 1., 2-175 pp., 24 pi. 8° New York, 
 Doubleday, Page & Co., 1900. 
 
 Ashe {MiTcJiMil Antonovich) [1853-1909]. 
 
 Andres (V.) [In memoriam.] Vestnik S.-Peterb., 
 Vraoh. Oteh. VzaSmn. Pom., 1910, ix, 1, port. 
 
 Asher (Leon) [1865h- ]. Der physiologische 
 Stoffaustausch zwischen Blut und Geweben. 
 38 pp., 1 1. 8°- Jena, G. Fischer, 1909. 
 Samml. anatom. u. physiol. Vortrage u. Aufsiltze, 5. Hft. 
 
 . Der Anteil einfachster Stoffe an den 
 
 Lebenserscheinungen. 29 pp. 8°. Bern, M. 
 Drechsel, 1913. 
 
 Asher (Philip) [1867- ]. Chemistry and toxi- 
 cology for nurses. 190 pp. 8°. Philadelphia & 
 London, W. B. Saunders Co., 1914. 
 
 Asher (Wilhelm) [1869- 1. Repetitorium der 
 Augenheilkunde, im Anschluss an die neueren 
 Lehrbticher dargestellt. vl, 209 pp. 12° Leip- 
 zig, A. Ddcheit, 1900. 
 
 . _ The same. 2. Aufl. vii, 278 pp. 12°. 
 
 Leipzig, G. Bohme, 1906. 
 
 . The same. 3. Aufl. xlvi, 346 pp. 8°. 
 
 Leipzig, A. Dei^hert, Nachf., 1912. 
 
 Ashes. 
 
 Aron (H.) Asohenanalyse. In: Abderhalden (E.) 
 Handhuch der hiochemischen Arbeltsmethoden, 8°, I^eipz., 
 1909, i, 372-428.— Stolte (K.) Eine elnfache und zuver- 
 Ia,ssige Methodik der Asohenanalyse. Biochem. Ztschi., 
 Berl., 1911, XXXV, 104-107. 
 
 Asheville, North Carolina. 
 
 Linn (T. E.) Asheville, North Carolina. Med. Century, 
 Chicago, 1894, ii, 629-533.— Paouln (P.) The climate of 
 Asheville for malarial disease, tuberculosis, etc. N. York 
 M. J.,1899, Ixx, 563. 
 
 Ashford (Bailey K.) [1873- ]. The relation of 
 the genus Monilia to certain fermentative con- 
 ditions of the intestinal tract in Porto Rico. 8 ' 
 pp. 8°. Porto Rico, 1915. 
 
 See, also, Eeport of the commission for the study and 
 treatment of anemia [etc.] [in 2. s.i. 8°. Sam Juan, Porto 
 Rico, 1904. 
 
 & Gutierrez Igaravidez (Pedro). Uncina- 
 
 ' riasis (hookworm disease) in Porto Rico; a med- 
 ical and economic problem. 335 pp., 28 pi., 1 
 ma)p. 8°. Washington, Govt. Print] Office, 1911. 
 
 Ashhurst (Astley Paston Cooper) [1876- ]. 
 An anatomical and surgical study of fractures of 
 the lower end of the humerus. 163 pp. 4°. 
 Philadelphia & New York, Lea & Febiger, 1910. 
 
 . Surgery; its principles and practice, for 
 
 students and practitioners, ix, [17]-1141 pp. 
 8°. Philadelphia & New York, Lea & Febiger, 
 1914. 
 
 See, also, Deaver (John B.) & Ashhurst (Astley Paston 
 Cooper). Surgery of the upper abdomen, [etc.]. 8". Phila- 
 delphia, 1909. 
 
 Ashhurst (Jolin), jr. [1839-1900]. 
 
 Harte (E. H.) [Biography.] Tr. Coll. Phys. Phila., 
 1902, 3. s., xxiv, pp., xliii-lvii. Also: Univ. Penn. M. Bull., 
 Phila., 1902-3, xv, 44-51, port. Also, Eeprint.— Obituary. 
 Boston M. & S. J., 1900, cxliii, 71. Also: J. Am. M. Ass., 
 Chicago, 1900, xxxv, 178. Also: Med. News, N. Y., 1900, 
 Ixxvii, 66. Also: Nashville J. M. & S., 1900, Ixxxviii, 47. 
 
 Ashihara (Nubuyuki) [1868- ]. *Ueber das 
 Lupus-Carcinom. 60pp., 11. 8°. Breslau,1900. 
 
 Ashley {Edward Fiske) [1877-1911]. 
 
 Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1911, M, 979. 
 Ashmead (Albert Sidney) [1851-1911]. Suppres- 
 sion and prevention of leprosy, xiv, 94 pp. 8°. 
 Norristown, Pa., 1897. 
 
 For Biography, see J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1911, Ivi, 758. 
 Also: Pacific M. J., San Fran., 1908, Ii, 621-624. 
 
 Ashmore (Edythe Florence) [1872- ]. Oste- 
 opathic mechanics; a text-book; 3 col. pi., 237 
 pp. 8^. Kirksville, Mo., Journal Printing Co., 
 1915. 
 
 Ashton (Thomas G.) [1867- ]. Diseases of the 
 stomach. 
 In: Stst. Pract. Therap. (Hare), Phila., 1897, iv, 533-.'i80. 
 
 Ashton (Thomas John). On the diseases, inju- 
 ries and malformations of the rectum and anus; 
 with remarks on habitual constipation. 2. ed. 
 xxiv, 396 pp. 8°. London, J. Churchill, 1W7 . 
 
 Ashton (WilUam Easterly) [^1859- ]. Essen- 
 tials of obstetrics, arranged in the form of ques 
 tions and- answers, prepared especially for stu- 
 dents of medicine. 5. ed. xv, 17-256 pp. 8° 
 Philadelphia, W. B. Saunders & Co., 1900. 
 
 . The same. 6. ed. xv, 256 pp. 16° 
 
 Philadelphia & London, W. B. Saunders & Co. 
 1905. 
 
 . The same. 7. ed., revised by John A. 
 
 McGlinn. 287 pp. 8°. Philadelphia & London, 
 W. B. Saunders Company, 1911. 
 
 . The same. 8. ed., revised by J. A. McGlinn. 
 
 2p. I., 11-290 pp. 12°. Philadelphia & London. 
 W. B. Saunders Company, 1916. • 
 
 . A text-book on the practice of gynecology 
 
 for practitioners and students. 1079 pp. 8°. 
 Philadelphia, W. B. Saunders & Co., 1905. 
 
 The same. 2. ed. 1079 pp. 8°. Philor 
 
 delphia, W. B. Saunders Co., 1906. 
 
 The same. 3. ed. 1097 pp. 8°. Phila- 
 
 delphia & London, W. B. Saunders Co., 1906. 
 
 The same. 4. ed. 1099 pp. 8°. Philor 
 
 delphia & London, W. B. Saunders Co., 1909. 
 
ASHTON. 
 
 91 
 
 ASPARAGIN. 
 
 Ashton (William Easterly) 
 
 . The same. 5. ed. 
 
 Philadelphia & London, 
 
 Qontinued. 
 1 p. 1., 9-1100 pp. 
 W. B. Saunders 
 
 Comparm, 1912. 
 
 . The same. 6. 
 
 Philadelphia & 
 
 ed. 1 p. 1. 
 London, W. 
 
 , 9-1097 pp. 
 B. Saunders 
 
 Company, 1916 
 
 Asia. 
 
 See, also, Cholera (History and statistics of), 
 Epidemics (History of), Fever (Malarial, His- 
 tory of), Fever (Typhoid, History of). Fever 
 (Typhus, History of). Insane (Legislation relat- 
 ing to), Leprosy (History and statistics of), Men- 
 ingitis (Cerebrospinal, History and statistics of), 
 Plague (History of), by localities. 
 
 Bretschnbidbr (E.) Mediseval researches 
 from eastern Asiatic sources. Fragments towards 
 the knowledge of the geography and history of 
 central and western Asia from the 13th to the 
 17th century. 2 v. 8°. London, 1910. 
 
 Cajandek (A. K.) Beitrage zm Kenntniss der 
 Vegetation der AUuvionen des nordlichen Eura- 
 siens. 4°. Helsingfors, 1903. 
 
 HrdliSka (A.) Remains in eastern Asia of the 
 race that peopled America. 8°. Washington, 
 1913. 
 
 LoRENTZEN (0.) *Die mittlere Hohe von 
 Asien. [Kiel.] 8°. Leipzig-R., 1906. 
 
 Czaplicka (Miss M. A.) The influence of environment 
 upon the rehgious ideas and practices of the aborigines of 
 northern Asia. Bep. Brit; Ass. Adv. Sc. 1913, Lond., 1914, 
 B42.— Jauffret (L.-F.) Cours d'histoire naturelle de 
 rhomme (deuxi^me race); peuples de I'Asie orientale. Eev. 
 anthrop., Par., 1914, xxlv, 261-276.— KhanzacUan. Mesures 
 sanitaires .en Asie occidentale. Cong, internat. de path, 
 comp., Par., 1914, ii, 387-392.— Krebs (W.) Ueber das 
 Klima Ostasiens in seinen weltwirthschafthchen und sani- 
 taren Beziehungen. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Na- 
 turf. u. Aetzte, Leipz., 1895, Ixvii, pt. 2, 1. Hlfte., 146.— 
 Lannelongue (O.-M.) Inde, Chine; impressions de voy- 
 age. Rev. soient., Par., 1910, 5. s., xiii, v. 2, 481-490.— von 
 IiUSClian'(F.) Anthropologie von Vorder-Asien. Compt.- 
 rend. Cong, internat. de raid. 1897, Mosc, 1899, ii, sect. 1, 
 
 67. ■ . The early inhabitants of western Asia. Rep. 
 
 Smithson. Inst. 1914, Wash., 1915, 553-577, 12 pi,— Maxl- 
 mowlcz (C. .T.) Dia^osesplantarumnovarumasiatiearum. 
 Melanges biol. Acad. imp. d. sc. de St.-PStorsb., 1880-83, xi, 
 623-876, 3 pi.— Sarasln (F.) Les types humains inf^rienrs 
 dn sud-est de I'Asie. Rev. g6n. d. sc. pures et appliq ., Par., 
 1908, xix, 303-313.— Sclieercr (O.) Zur Ethnologie der In- 
 selkette zwischen Luzon und Formosa. Mitt. d. deutsch. 
 Gesellsch. f. Nat.- u. Volkerk. Ostasiens, Tokyo, 1906, xi, 
 1-31.— Senn (N.) Medical and surgical notes" from Asia. 
 Am. Med., Phila., M02, iv, 467HI69. Also, Reprint.- 
 Urstcin (M.) Klinisches una Therapeutisches aus Mittel- 
 asien. Therap. d. Gegcnw., Berl., 1906, xlvii, 417-421. — 
 Weissenberg (S.) Medizinisches aus Zentralasien. Deut- 
 sche med. Wchnsohr., 1913, xxxix, 1417-1419. 
 
 Aslain (Manuel). *Breves consideraciones acerca 
 de las indioaciones que hacen necesaria la resec- 
 ci6n en las fracturas compliradas del brazo. 
 65. pp. 8° Mexko, B. Veraza, 1885. 
 
 Asiatische (Ueber die) Brechruhr ("Cholera 
 morbus) und das Verhalten vor und bei dem 
 Erscheinen derselben. Ein Wort an unsere 
 verehrten Mitbiirger von dem Sanitats-Amte der 
 freien Stadt Frankfurt. Im September 1831. 
 14 pp. 12°. Frankfurt a. M., J. F. Wenner, 
 1831. 
 
 Asilidae. 
 
 Enderleln(G.) DipterologischeStudien. XI. ZurKennt- 
 nis troplscher Asiliden. Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1914, xliv, 241- 
 263. 
 
 Asimina. 
 
 Barber (M. A.) Poisoning due to the papaw (Asimina 
 triloba). J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1905, xlv, 2013. 
 
 Ask (Carl Jakob) [1825-97]. 
 
 Ask (J.) Nagra minnesblad. 98 pp., 2 port. 
 8°. Lund, 1898. 
 
 Akerman (J.) [Biography.! Hygiea, Stockholm, 1897, 
 lix, pt. 2, 267-272. 
 
 Ask (Fritz) [1870- ]. *Cy;sticercus cellulosse 
 subconjunctivalis. 49, xliii pp., 2 pi. 8° 
 Lund, H. Holler [1902J. 
 
 . Studien iiber die pathologische Anatomie 
 
 der erworbenen Linsenluxationen, nebst Beitrii- 
 gen zur Kenntnis der pathologischen Anatomie 
 der Spontanresorptidh der Lins'e in geschlos- 
 sener Kapsel una der traumatischen Irisablo- 
 sung. 3 p. 1., 164 pp., 10 pi. 8° Wiesbaden, 
 J. F. Bergmann, 1913. 
 
 Askanazy (Hans) [1877- 1. *Zur Kenntnia der 
 chorioepitheliomatosen Wucherungen in den 
 Teratomen der Keimdriisen. [Leipzig.] 34 pp., 
 1 1. 8°. Berlin, L. Schumacher, 1904. 
 
 Askanazy (M[ax]) [1865- ]. _ Die Dermoidcys- 
 ten des Eierstocks, ihre Geschichte, ihr Ban und 
 ihre Entstehung, sowie ihre Beziehung zu 
 verwandten pathologischen BUdungen. vLii, 
 116 pp., 6 pi. 4°. Stuttgart, E. Nagele, 1905. 
 Forms 19. Hft. of: Bibliotheca medica, Abth. C. ■ 
 
 Askew (Anthony). 
 
 Barnes (H.) On Anthony Askew, M. D., F. R. S., and 
 his library. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1915, ix. Sect. 
 Hist. Med., 23-27. 
 
 Askovrith (Hyman). Fletcherism as household 
 economy. A paper prepared under the direc- 
 tion of Horace Fletcher, the apostle of thorough 
 mastication. -2 1. 8°. Brooklyn, 1906. 
 Repr. from: Good Houskeeping Mag., Brooklyn, 1906. 
 
 Aslanlan (Goloatt). *Contribution k I'fitude de 
 
 la peritonite canc^reuse. 152 pp. 4° Paris, 
 
 1895, No. 150. 
 Asmus (Eduard). Das Sideroskop und seine 
 
 Anwendung. 4 p. 1., 88 pp., 1 1., 4 pi. 8° 
 
 Wiesbaden, J. F. Bergmann, 1898. 
 Asness (Vera). *Cancer du col de I'ut&us et 
 
 grossesse. 52 pp. 8°. Lausanne, C. Pache, 1908. 
 Asociacion medica de Puerto-Rico. Boletin. 
 
 Director: Agustin Stahl. v. 1-6, 1903-8. 8° 
 
 San Juan, Puerto-Rico. 
 Asociacifin m6dico-farmac6utica de la Isla de 
 
 Cuba. Revista. Director -administrador: El 
 
 secretario de la asociacion, Enrique B. Bamet. 
 
 V. 1-2, 1900-1902. 8°. Habana. 
 Asociatiunei generale a medicilor din t^ra. Bule- 
 
 tinul. V. 3^, 1899-1901. 8° Bucuresci. 
 
 Asparagin. 
 
 Chomsky (M.) *Ueber die Bedeutung des 
 Asparagins fiir die thierische Emahrung. 8°. 
 Halle a. S., 1895. 
 
 DE Tryniszewski (S.) *Versuch iiber die 
 Bedeutung des Asparagins fiir die Emalirung 
 des Kalbes. 8°. Halle, 1S98. 
 
 BlancbetiSie (A.) Action du bacille fluorescent liqufr 
 fiant de Fliigge sur I'asparagine en milieu chimiquement 
 d^fini; vltesse et limite de I'attaque. (2. mcmoire.) Ann. 
 de I'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1917, xxxi, 291-312.— Bourquelot 
 (E.) & Hfirlsscy (H.) Sur la prC'sence d'asparagine dans la 
 goussedegrossef6ve. Compt. rend. Soc. debiol.. Par., 1S98, 
 10. s., V, 948.- Brcsler (H. W.) Ueber die Loslichkeit des 
 /9-1-Asparagins und der /5-1-Asparaginsaure. Ztschr. f. phys.' 
 Chemie, Leipz., 1904, xlvii, 611-617.— Etolieli (F.) & Lange 
 (F.) Ueber die Umwandlung des Asparagins beim Kochen 
 in wasseriger Losung. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1913, liv, 
 256-276. — Guarescbl (I.) Studisull' asparagina e suir acido 
 aspartico. Atti d. r. Accad. d. Lincei, Roma, 1875-6, 2. s., 
 iu, pt. 2, 378-393.— .Tolinson (T. B.) & Guest (H. H.) CC- 
 Hydantoins; the action of potassium thiocyanate on a.*^para- 
 gine. Am. Chem. J., Bait., 1912, xlviii, 103-110.— Jolles (.4..) 
 Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Asparaginsaure und des Aspartt- 
 gins. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bomi, 1901, Ixxxiv, 446- 
 450. — Kellner (O.) Untersuchungon iiber die Bedeutung 
 des Asparagins und der Milcbsaure fiir die Ernahrung des 
 Pflanzenfressers. . Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. 
 
 u. Aerzte 1904, Leipz., 190.5, pt. 2, 145-148. . Notiz 
 
 betreffend die Nahr^virkung des Asparagins. Arch, f, d. ges. 
 Physiol., Bonn, 1907, cxviii, 641.— Ktesel (A.) Ueber das 
 Verhalten des Asparagins bei Autolyse von Pflanzen. Zt- 
 schr. f. physiol. Ohem., Stra.ssb., 1909, Ix, 476-481.— I^li- 
 mann (C.) Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Wirkung des 
 Asparagins auf den Stickstoffumsatz im Thlerkorper. 
 
ASPARAGIN. 
 
 92 
 
 ASPERGILLUS. 
 
 Asparagin. 
 
 Arch. t. d. ees. Physiol., Bonn, 1906, cxii, 339-351: cxv, 448- 
 461, 1 pi.— MUIler (M.) Untersuohungen fiber die bisher 
 beobachtete eiweisssparende Wlrkung des Asparaglns bei 
 der Ernahning. Ibid., 245-291, 3 pi. . Untersuohun- 
 gen fiber die Wirkung des Asparagins aiif den Stickstoflum- 
 satz und -ansatz des Tierkorpors. Ibid., 1907, cxvii, 497- 
 537.— Neuberg (C.) & Capezzuoll (C.) Biochemlsche Um- 
 wandlung von Asparagin und Asparaginsaure und Bem- 
 steinsaure. Biochem. Ztschr., Ben., 1909, xviii, 424-430.— 
 Petit (G.) & Thezard (A.) Asparagine; son emploi en 
 tMrapeutique. M(5d. orient., Par., 1907, xi, 257-261.- 
 Pteiffer (T.) Einfluss des Asparagins auf die Milchproduk- 
 tion. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturl. u. Aerzto 1904, 
 Leipz., 1905, pt. 2, 172-175.— Prlngshelm (H.) Notiz fiber 
 das Vorkommen von Eechts-Asparagin in der Natur. Zt- 
 schr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1910, Ixv, 89-95.— Salkow- 
 skl (E.) Ueber das Verhalten der Asparaginsg,ure im 
 Organismus. Ibid., 1904, xlii, 207-212.— VMtz (W.) Be- 
 morkungen zu der Arbeit von T. Pfeifler, W. Schneider und 
 A. Hepner: Ueber den Elnflnss des Asparagins auf die 
 Erzeugung der Milch und ihrer Bestandteile. Zentralbl. f. 
 Physiol., Leipz. & Wien, 1906, xx, 549-552. 
 
 Asparagus. 
 
 MORSE (F. W.) Experiments in keeping 
 asparagus after cutting. 8°. Amhast, Mass., 
 1917. 
 
 Gtintz (J. E.) Miliaria-Ausschlag in Folge von Berfih- 
 rung mit rohem Spargel (Asparagus officinalis). Vrtljschr. 
 t. Dermat, Wien, 1880, vii, 65.— Hare (H. A.) A prelimi- 
 nary note on the use ol asparagus as a diuretic. Therap. 
 Gaz., Detroit, 1899, 3. s., xv, 589.— Mackintosh (J. S.) As- 
 
 Saragus and luematuna. Lancet, Lend., 1901, i, 1825.— 
 lorse (P. W.) The soluble carbohydrates in asparagus 
 roots. J. Am. Chem. Soc, Easton, Pa., 1911, xxxili, 211- 
 215.- Roberts (E.) Asparagus talcatus. J. ' Ceylon Br. 
 Brit. M. Ass., Colombo, 1905, ii, 37, 1 pi.— Tauret (G.) Sur 
 deux nouveaux hydrates de carbone retirds de i'asperge. 
 Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par., 1909, exlix, 48-.'i0.— Win- 
 discn (Z.) & Scliiuldt (P.) Ueber die Veranderungen des 
 Spargels beim Aufbewahren in Wasser. Ztschr. f. Unter- 
 such. d. Nahrungs- u. Genussmittel, Berl., 1904, vlii, 352- 
 355.— Wlnterst«ln (E.) & Huber (P.) Zur Kenntnis der 
 Bestandteile des Spargels. Ibid., vii, 721-730: 1905, ix, 
 411-413. 
 
 Aspects of child life and education. By G. Stan- 
 ley Hall and some of Ms pupils. Edited by 
 Theodore L. Smith, ix (1 1.), 326 pp. 12*. 
 Boston, Ginn & Co., 1907. 
 
 Asper (Burt Jacoh) [1889-1918]. 
 
 Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1918, Ixx, 1392. 
 
 Aspergillosis. 
 
 See, also, Auditory mnal (External, Parasitic 
 disease of); Lungs (Mycoses of); Skin (Diseases 
 of. Parasitic). 
 
 Albbrtotti (G.) Contributo alio studio di 
 una forma benigna di cheratomicosi aspergUlina. 
 4°. Modena, 1906. 
 
 JJepr. from: Mem. d. r. Accad. d. sc, Modena, 1906, 3: s., 
 vii. 
 
 NiEL (P.-S.) *Contribution 4 I'^tude de 
 I'aflpergillose des fosses nasales et des sinus de 
 la face. ?,°. Bordeaux, 19,^%. 
 
 Rbnon (L.) fitude sur I'aspergilloBe chez 
 les animaux et chez I'homme. tr^face de M. le 
 pfofesseur G. Dieulafoy. 8°. Paris, 1897. 
 
 Archibald (R. G.) Aspergillosis in the Sudan ostrich. 
 J. Comp. Path. & Therap., Bdinb. & Lond., 1913, xxvi, 171- 
 173.— BartoluccI (A.) A proposito dell'aspergillosi nei 
 bovini. Gior. d. r. Soc. ed. Accad. vet. ital., Torino, 1903, 
 111, 490-492.— Bovo (P.) Micosi de\ piede da aspergillo. 
 Policlin., Roma, 1906, xiii, sez. ohlr., 97-119.— Brault (J.) 
 I«s aspergilloses cutanfies dans les pays ohauds, lour distri- 
 bution g(^ographique. J. m4d. Irang., Par., 1908, ii, 123- 
 128.— Chretien. Nouveau cas d'aspergillose. Hyg. de la 
 viande [etc.], Par., 1911, v, 355.— FumagaUl (A.) Enterite 
 enzootica da aspergillosl. Gior. d. r. Soc. ed Accad. vet. 
 ital., Torino, 1907, Ivi, 97.— Graplolo (F. L.) Neumomy- 
 cosis aspergillar cspontAnca del pato silvestro Anas cristata. 
 Semana mdd., Buenos Aires, 1911, xviii, pt. 2, 921-936. — 
 Greggto CE.) Contributo alio studio dell' aspergillosl. 
 Gazz. internaz. di med., Napoll, 1916, xlx, 73; 85.— GuCgln 
 (F.) Abcfes sous-dermiques a. rfip^tition produits par I'as- 
 pergillus Fontoynontl n. sp.; morphologie et blologle do 
 cette espftce. Arch, de parasitol.. Par., 1910, xiv, 177-192.— 
 Holden (G. W.) A case ol pulmonary and glandular asper- 
 gillosis. Tr. Am. Climat. & Clin. Ass., Phila^ 1915, xxxi, 
 97-105, 1 pi.— Hoover (F. P.) Aspergillosis; its diagnosis and 
 
 Aspergillosis. 
 
 treatment. Med. Council, Phila., 1912, xvii, 106-108.— 
 dc Jong (D. A.) Aspergillosis der Kanarienvogel. Cen- 
 tralbl. 1. Bakteriol. retc.],'l. Abt., Jena, 1912, Ixvl, Orig., 
 390-393. — Jowett (W.) Pulmonary mycosis in the ostricn. 
 T. Comp. Path. & Therap., Edinb. & Lond., 1913, xxvi, 253- 
 257.— Leopold-L«vl. De rapergillose. Gaz. d. hOp., Par., 
 1897, Ixx, 721-729.— Lucksch (F.) Vegetation eines bisher 
 nocn nicht bokannt gewesenen Aspergillus im Bronchial- 
 baume eines Diabetikers. Ztsclir. f. Heilk., Wien & Leipz., 
 1902, xxiii, Abth. f. path. Anat., 153-170, 1 pi.— Mahon (P. 
 C.) The aspergillosis of birds, man, and animals; a r&um4. 
 Vet. J., Lond., 1918, Ixxiv, 59-65.— Mettam (A. E.) Asper- 
 gillosis; aspergillar mycosis. Tr. Roy. Acad. M. Ireland, 
 Dubl., 1911, xxix, 484-494.— Mori (N.) Natura ifomicetica 
 del corpuscoli delta pleuropolmonite essudativa delle capre, 
 ilgermespeciflcodellamalattia&un aspergillo. Pathologioa, 
 Geneva, 1915-16, vlil, 311-315.- NIcolle ^C.) & Pinoy. Sur 
 un cas de myaStome d'origine aspergiUaire observfi en 
 Tunisie. Arch, de parasitol.. Par., 1905-6, x, 437-458, 1 pi.— j 
 NuvolettI (G.) & Casella (A.) Un caso di aspergillosl dil- 
 fusa nel malale. Arch, scient. d. r. Soc. ed Accad. vet. 
 Ital., Torino, 1903, i, 6; 21.— IWnon (L.) Becherches sur 
 le premier stade de I'infection dans rasperglllo.se expiSrimen- 
 tale. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1896, 10. s., ill, 851- 
 
 854. — . L'aspergUlose, malame primitive. Cong, inter- 
 
 nat. de mM. C. r.. Par., 1900, sect, de path, int., 312-314. 
 AUo: Rev. gto. de clln. et de tMrap., Par., 1900, xiv, 533.— 
 Bothwell (T. A.) Experimental aspergillosis. J. Path. 
 & Bacteriol., Edinb. & Lond., 1900-1901, vii, 34-52, 1 pi.— 
 ZironI (A.) Sul potere patogeno degli aspergilli. Ann. 
 d'ig. sper., Roma, 1915, n. s., xxv, 167 -203.— Zlverl (P.) As- 
 pergilfosi sperimentale. Arch, scient. d. r. Soc. ed Accad. 
 vet. ital., Torino, 1904. ii, 97-101. 
 
 Aspergillus. , 
 
 CoDUR (L.-E.-J.) *Contribution k I'dtude 
 de Taction des sels inorganiques et organiques 
 d'argent sur diverses. esp^ces d' Aspergillus, 
 suivie d'un essai th^rapeutique. 8°. Nancy, 
 1905. 
 
 MiRSKY (Bojana). *Sur quelques causes 
 d'erreur dans la determination des aspergill^es, 
 parasites de I'homme. 8°. Nancy, 1903. 
 
 PiNARD (P.-M.-P.) *Ferments solubles s^ 
 cr^t^s par les muc6din6es et en particulier par 
 I'Aspergillua repens et I'Aspergillus clavatus. 
 8°. Bordeaux, 1902. 
 
 Schmidt (A. O. H.) *Ueber die Bedingui^en 
 der Conidien-, Gemmen- und Schlauchfrudit- 
 Production bei Sterigmatocystis nidulans, 
 Eid[am], ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Asper- 
 gilleen (Pinselschiromel). [Greifswald.] 8°. 
 HaUea.S., 1897.^ 
 
 Blochwitz (A.) Vergleichende Physiologie der Gattung 
 Aspergillus. Centralbl. t. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 
 1913, xxxix, 497-502.— Boston (L. N.) Cultivation ot the 
 Aspergillus on urine. Phila. Hosp. Rep. (1900), 1901, iv, 
 243-247. AUo: Proo. Path. Soc. Phila., 1900-1091, n. s., iv, 
 104-107.— Ceud (C.) Sulla variabilltii tossica del mulle 
 nelle stagionl delV anno, a proposito di un lavoro dci C. 
 Ravenna e G. Pigheni. Riv. pellagrol. ital., Udlne, 1911, xi, 
 23-26.— Codur (L. E. J.) & Thiry (G.) Aspergillus et 
 argent m^talllque. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1913, 
 Ixxiv, 487.— Currle (J. N.) Production of oxalic acid by 
 Aspergillus ficuum. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1915, 
 n. s., xiii, 952.— Golden (K. E.) Aspergillus oryzse. Am. 
 Month. Mior. J., Wash., 1899, xx, 351-300, 1 pi.— Gu£guen 
 (F.) Formes ^voluUves et caractftros sp^ciflques de I'asper- 
 gillus Fontoynontl. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1909, 
 
 Ixvi, 10-12. . Aspergillus Fontoynontl nova sp., 
 
 parasite probable des nodosit^a juxta-artioulaires. Ibid., 
 1052.— Herter (W.) Zur Kritik neuerer Speciesbesehrei- 
 bungen in der Mycologie. Uebor drei angeblich neue As- 
 
 Sergillaceon. Mycol. Centralbl., Jena, 1913, ill, 286-290.— 
 ean (F.) & Bruhat (J.) Note sur la composition d'une 
 pluie dite do sang. Expert, de pharm., Par., 1901, 3. s., xiii, 
 193.— Jousset (P.) De Taction emnSchante du chlorure 
 d'or sur le ddveloppement de I'Aspergillus. Art mfid., Par., 
 1904, xcviii, 192-194.— KIta (G.) Einige japanische Schim- 
 melpilze. U. Ueber die Aspergillusarten aus Katsuobushl 
 und Vergleichung von vier A. oohracensartigen Pilzen. 
 Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1914, xli, 361- 
 363.— KUbl (H.) Zur Charakteristik des Aspergillus glau- 
 cus Link. Ztschr. f. ang. Mikr., lyoipz., 1910-11, xvi, 85-88.-^ 
 I.«plerre (C.) Zinc et Aspergillus. Arg. do Inst. bact. 
 
 Camara Pestana, Lisb., 1913-14, iv, 125; 235. . Zinc et 
 
 Aspergillus; les experiences de Coupin et de Javillier. Compt. 
 rend. Acad. d. sc. Par., 1914, clvlii, 67-70.— Lode (A.) 
 Studlcn fiber die Absterbebedingungen der Bporen einiger 
 Aspergillusarten. Arch. f. Hvg., Munchen & Berl., 1902, 
 xlii, 107-152.— Mangln (L.) Formation normale et forma- 
 
ASPERGILLUS. 
 
 93 
 
 ASPERGILLUS. 
 
 Aspergillus. 
 
 tion d&ordonnfe des conldies dhez les aspergillacte. Compt. 
 rend. Acad, d; sc, Par., 1908, cxlvu, 260-263.— Okazakl (K.) 
 Bine neue AsperglUos-Art und ihre praktische Anwendung. 
 Ccntralbl. {. Baktenol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1907, xix, 481-484, 
 
 2 pi. . Beitrage zur Afflnitat eines neuen weissen 
 
 Fadenpilzes (Aspernllus Okazakaii). Ibid., 1914, xlii, 225- 
 240.— Ptltchard (U.) Specimen of Aspergillus. Tr. Otol. 
 Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond., 1902, iii, 17, 2 pi.— Sartpry (A.) 
 De I'influence d'une bact^rie sur la production des pen- 
 thfeces Chez un. Aspergillus. Compt.-rend. Soc. de biol.. 
 Par., 1916, Ixxix, 174.— Sartory (A.) & Balnler (G.) Sur 
 un pigment produit par deux Aspergillus. Ibid., 1911, Ixx, 
 639-641.— Scales (F. M.) The enzymes of Aspergillus tor- 
 ricola. J. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1914, xix, 459-472.— Trubln 
 A. G.) [A new species of mold fungus belonging to the 
 'spergiUus familvS Eussk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1911, x, 
 a9.— Wehmer (C.) Aspergillus Wentii, eine neue techni- 
 
 ii 
 
 ifi3g ^ __ 
 
 sohe PiYzart Javas! ' CentralEl. f. Bafcteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., 
 
 Jena, 1896, ii, 140-150, 1 pi. . Zur Kenntms emiger 
 
 Aspergillus-Arten. lUd., 1907, xviii, 385-395. 
 
 Aspergillus auricuiaris. 
 
 See Auditory canal (External, Parasitic disease 
 of). 
 Aspergillus fumigatus. 
 
 See, also. livings (Mycoses, of). 
 
 Balnler (G.) & Sartory (A.) Etude d'un Aspergillus 
 pathog&ne; Aspergillus fumigatoides. Compt. rend. Soc. de 
 bid.. Par., 1909, Ixvi, 22.— Besta (C.) Nuove rlcerche sopra 
 il tossico deU' Aspergillus fumigatus. Eiv. pellagrol. ifcal., 
 
 Udine, 1905, v, 222-226. . Sopra il potere patogeno 
 
 dell' Aspergillus fumigatus. Eiv. sper. di freniat., Beggio- 
 Bmilia, 1905, xxxi, S02-517, 1 pi.— Bodln (E.) & Gaufler 
 (L.) Note sur une toxine produite par 1' Aspergillus fumi- 
 
 fatus. Ann. de I'lnst. Pasteur, Par., 1906, xx, 209-224.— 
 lodtii(E.)&leiiorinand(C.) Eecherches sur les poisons 
 produits par 1' Aspergillus fumigatus. lUd., 1912, xxvi, 371- 
 380.— Cenl (C.) Le pronrietk tossiche dell'- Aspergillus 
 fumigatus in rapporto colle stagioni dell' anno. Beltr. z. 
 path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path^ Jena, 1904, xxxv, 628-535. 
 Also: Eiv. sper. di freniat., Heggio-EmiUa, 1904, xxx, 85- 
 95.— <?olas (A.) Action des mfitaux coUoidaux electriques 
 sur I'Aspergillus fumigatus. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. 
 Par., 1909, Ixvii, 374.— Grljns (G.) Die Ascusform des As- 
 pergillus fumigatus. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.), 2. Abt., 
 
 Jena, 1903, xi. 330-332. Also: Versl. d wis- en natuurk. 
 
 Aid. d. k. Akad. v. Wetensch., Amst., 1903-4, xil, 1. ged., 
 454.— Lucet (A.) Aspergillus fumigatus cihez les animaux 
 domestiques et dans les oeufs en incubation. Bull. Acad, de 
 
 mgd.. Par., 1890, 3. s., xxxvi, 377-380. . Experimental 
 
 arid clinical study of the Aspergillus fumigatus. Vet. J. & 
 Ann. Comp. Path., Lond., 1897, xUv, 215; 285; 392: xlv, 226; 
 301. — Oblci (A.) Ueber die pathogenen Eigenschaften des 
 Aspergillus fumigatus. Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. 
 Path., Jena, 1898, xxiii, 197-237.— PiglUnl (G.) & Ravenna 
 (C.) La pretesa influenza delle stagioni suUa tossicitS- delle 
 culture di Aspergillus fumigatus. (In risposta al Prol. C. 
 Ceni.) Eiv. pellagrol. ital., tJdine, 1911, xi, 41-43.— RSnon 
 (L.) Passage du mycelium de 1' Aspergillus fumigatus dans 
 les urines au cours de I'aspergillose exp6rimentale. Compt. 
 rend. Soc. de bid.. Par., 1896, 10. s., iii, 393-395. . Re- 
 cherche des spores de I'Aspergillus fumigatus dans le mucus 
 nasal et la salive de personnes seines et malades. Ibid., 45G- 
 
 459. . De I'attMuation de la vitaUtfi des spores de 
 
 I'Aspergillus fumigatus dans les membranes organiques. 
 
 Cinquanten. de la Soc. do biol.. Par., 1899, 4S0. . Dis- 
 
 parition de la vitality et de la virulence des spores de I'As- 
 per^lus fumigatus, aprfes 25 ans de s^jour dans une vieille 
 culture. Compt. rend. Soc. de bid.. Par., 1917, Ixxx, 61fi.— 
 Sauton (B.) Sur la sporulation de I'Aspergillus niger et de 
 I'Aspergillus fumigatus. Ann. de I'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1913, 
 
 xxvu, 328-333. . Sur la sporulation de I'Aspergillus 
 
 fumigatus. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1913, Ixxiv, 
 38.— Saxer. Experimentelle Untersuchungen iij)er As- 
 pergillus-Mycosen (Aspergillus fumigatus). Verhandl. d. 
 deutsch. path. Gesellsch. 1898, Berl., 1899, 149-151.— Slon 
 (V.) & Afexandrescu (N.) Sur la toxicity d'un type d'As- 
 
 SergUlus fumigatus IsolS du mais avari^; note pr^Iiminaire. 
 ompt. rend. Soc. de bid., Par., 1908, Ixiv, 288.— VuUlemln 
 (P.) L'Aspergillus fumigatus e.st-il oonnufe I'^tat ascospor^? 
 Arch, de parasitd.. Par., 1904, viii, 640-542. 
 
 Aspergillus niger. 
 
 See, also, Auditory canal (External, Parasitic 
 ' uiscciss of) 
 
 Orlovski (Z. F.) *0 vliyanii mlshyaka na 
 rest i khimicheskiy eostav Aspergilli nigri; 
 eksperimentalnoye izBliedovaniye._ flnfluence 
 of arsenic on the growth and chemical composi- 
 tion of Aspergillus niger; experimental investi- 
 gation.] 8°. S.-Peterhurg, 1902. 
 
 Also,trangl.in: Polnisch. Arch. f. biol. u.ined.Wissencli., 
 Lemberg, 1903-4, u, 182-193. 
 
 Aspergillus niger. 
 
 Reese (H.) *Der Einfluss der gebrauchten 
 Nahrlosung, des Zinis und des Mangans auf das 
 Wachstum von Aspergillus niger. 8°. Kiel, 
 1912. 
 
 Abdertaalden (E.) &Eona(P.) DleZusammensetzung 
 des Eiweiss von Aspergillus niger bei veischiedener Stick- 
 stoffquelle. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb^ 1905, xlvi, 
 179-186.— Abderhalden (E.) & Teruuclil (Y.) Klultur- 
 versuche mit Aspergillus niger auf elnigen Aminosauren und 
 Peptiden. /M., 1906, xlvii, 394-396.— BaUand&Droz. Sur 
 I'Aspergillus niger des tanneries. J. de pharm. et chim.. 
 Par., 1909, 6. s., xxix, 573-575.— Bertrand (G.) Sur I'ex- 
 traordtnaire sensibilite de I'Aspergillus niger vis-il-vis du 
 mangantee. Ann. de I'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1912, xxvi, 
 
 767-777. . Sur le T61e capital du mangan^ dans 
 
 la production des conldies de I'Aspergillus niger. Bull, 
 d. sc. Pharmacol., Par., 1912, xix, 321-324. Also: Compt. 
 rend. Acad. d. sc. Par., 1912, cliv, 381-383. . L'argent 
 
 Seut-il, k une concentration convenable, exciter la croissance 
 e I'Aspergillus niger? Ibid., 1914, clviii, 1213-1216.— Ber- 
 trand (G.) & JavtlUer (M.) Influence du zinc et du manga- 
 n6se sur la composition min^rale de I'Aspergillus niger. Ibid., 
 1911, clii, 1337-1342. Also: Ann. del'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1912, 
 
 XXVI, 515-521. . Influence du mangan&e sur le 
 
 dfiveloppement de I'Aspergillus mger. Compt. rend. Acad, 
 d. sc. Par., 1911, clii, 225-228. Also: Ann. do I'Inst. Pas- 
 teur, Par., 1912, xxvi, 241-^9.— Blerry (H.) & Coupln 
 ( Jfite. F.) Stengmatocystis nigra et lactose. Compt. rend. 
 Acad. d. sc. Par., 1913, civil, 246.— Bornand (M.) Influ- 
 ence des mfitaux sur le Mveloppement de I'Aspergillus niger 
 cultivg sur hquide de Raulin. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 
 2. Abt., Jena, 1913, xxxix, 488-496.— Boselli (J.) Etude de 
 rinulase d' Aspergillus niger. Ann. de I'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 
 1911, XXV, 695-704.— Buromsky (J.) Die Salze Zn, Mgund 
 Ca, K und Na imd ihr Einfluss auf die Entwicklimg von 
 Aspergillus niger. Centralbl. f. Bateriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., 
 Jena, 1912, xxxvi, 54-66.— Clement (H.) Action de l'argent 
 sur la v^g^tation de I'Aspergillus mger. Compt. rend Soc. 
 de biol.. Par., 1913, Ixxiv, 749.— Coupln (Fernande). Ee- 
 cherches sur I'adaptation du Sterigmatocystis nigra au 
 lactose. J. de physiol. et de g&.. Par., 1914, xvi, 419-434.— 
 Coupln (H.) Zinc et Sterigmatocystis nigra. Compt. 
 rend. Acad. d. sc. Par.,- 1913, clvii, 1475.— Currle (J. N.) 
 Production of citric acid by black Aspergillus. Science, 
 
 N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1915, n. s., xlii, 952. . On the 
 
 citric acid production of Aspergillus niger. Ibid., 1916, n. s., 
 
 xliv, 215. . The citric acid fermentation of Aspergillus 
 
 niger. J. Bid. Chem., Bait., 1917, xxxi, 15-37, 2 pi. AUo, 
 Eeprint.— Dox (A. W.) The phosphorus assimilation of 
 
 Aspergillus niger. J.Biol. Chem., Balt.,1911,x, 77-80. . 
 
 effluence of exhaustion of the medium upon the rate of autol- 
 ysis of Aspergillus niger. Ibid., 1913-14, xvi, 479-484. . 
 
 The influence of autolysis on the mycodextran content of 
 AspergiUus niger. Ibid., 1915, xx, 83-85.— Dox (A. W.) & 
 Neldlg (E. E.) Spaltung von a- und p-Methylglucosid 
 durch Aspergillus niger. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1912, xlvi, 
 397-402.— Engelka (C.) Sceptromyces opizi Corda (Bo- 
 tiytis seeptrum Corda) ist erne Conidienform von Asper- 
 gillus niger Eob. Ztschr. f. ang. Mikr., Leipz., 1903, ix, 
 40.— Fernbach (A.) Influence de I'acide sulfocyanique sur 
 la v&^tation de TAspergillus niger. Compt. rend. Acad. d. 
 sc. Par., 1902, cxxxv, 51.— GaUi-Valerlo (B.) & Bochaz- 
 de-Jongli (Jeanne). Ueber die Wlrkung von Aspergillus 
 niger und Aspergillus glaueuS auf die Larven von Culex und 
 Anopheles. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 
 1905-6, xl, 630-633.— Grezes (G.) Eecherches sur la suerase 
 de I'Aspergillus mger: contribution^ r(5tude de I'influence de 
 I'allment carbon^ sur la sto^tion des diastases. Ann. de 
 I'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1912, xxvi, 556-573.— HSrlssey (H.) 
 Action du chloroforme sur la maltase de I'Aspergillus niger. 
 Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1896, 10. s., iii, 915-917.— 
 HSrissey (H.) & I.ebas (C.) Utilisation de I'aucubine par 
 I'AsperpUus niger V. Tgh. J. de pharm. et chim., Par., 
 1911, 7. s., iii, 521.— JavllUer (M.) Sur I'influence favorable 
 qu'exercent de trfes petites quantit^s de zinc sur la vdg^tation 
 de I'Aspergillus mger Cramer. Bull. d. se. Pharmacol., 
 
 Par., 1907, xlv, 694-698. . Sur I'influence mvorable de 
 
 petites doses de zinc sur la vfe^tation du Sterigmatocystis 
 nigra V. Tgh. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par., 1907, cxlv, 
 
 1212-1215. . Influence exerc^ par le zinc sur I'utilisa- 
 
 tion par 1' Aspergillus niger de ses aliments hydrocarbonfe, 
 azotS et mm^raux; definition nouvelle des coefBcients 
 d'utiht^ spdcifique des 616ments. Bull. d. se. Pharmacol., 
 Par., 1912, xix, 513-520. .Influence de la suppression 
 du zinc du milieu de culture de I'Aspergillus niger sur la 
 sdcr^tion de suerase par cette muc4ain&. Compt. rend. 
 Acad. d. sc. Par., 1912, cliv, 383-386. . Sur la substi- 
 tution au zinc de divers aSments chimiques pour la culture 
 du Sterigmatocystis nigra. Ibid., civ. 1551. . Ee- 
 cherches sur la substitution au zinc de divers 616ments chi- 
 miques pour la culture de I'Aspergillus niger (Sterigmato- 
 cystis mgra V. Tgh.): 6tade particulifere du cadmium et du 
 gluclDium). Ann. de I'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1913, xxvii, 
 1021-1038. Also: Bull. d. sc. Pharmacol., Par., 1913, xx, 
 
 321-337. . Essais de substitution du glucinium au 
 
 TnagT^A'?"inx et au zinc pour la culture du Sterigmatocystis 
 
ASPERGILLUS. 
 
 94 
 
 ASPHYXIA. 
 
 Aspergillus niger. 
 
 nigra V.Tgh.(AspergillusnigerV.Tgli.). Compt. rend. Acad. 
 
 d. so., Par., 1913, clvi, 406-409. —. . Nouveauxfaits relatifs 
 
 h I'intervention du zinc dans le d^veloppement de I'Asper- 
 gillus niger; la culture de 1' Aspergillus sur milieux profonds. 
 
 3ull. d. so. Pharmacol.. Par., 1914, xxi, 278-287. 
 
 Snr 
 
 la culture de 1' Aspergillus niger (Sterigmalocystis nigra V. 
 Tgh.) dans des milieux oil le zinc est remplac§ par divers 
 (Slements chimiques (ouivre, uranium, vanadium). Ibid., 
 452-463. . Utility du zinc pour la croissanoedel' Asper- 
 gillus niger (Sterigmatocyst^s niger V. Tgh.) oultive en 
 miUeux profonds. Compt. rend. Acad.- d. jc, Par., 1914, 
 cMii, 1216-1219.— Javlllier (M.) & Sauton (B.) Le fer 
 est-il indispensable k la formatioi), des conidies de I'Asper- 
 gUlHS niger? Kid., 1911, ollu, 1177-1180.— Javlllier (M.) & 
 TclieriiOTOUtzky (,Mme. H.) J^'amygdalase et I'amygda-* 
 linase Chez I'Aspergillus niger (Sterigmatooystis nigra V. 
 Tgh.) et quelques hyphomycfites voisins. Bull. d. so. Phar- 
 macol., Par., 1913, xx, 132-140.— Jousset (P.) De Paction 
 empScnante dos doses inflnit^simales de nitrate d'argent 
 sur la TiSg^tatiou de I'Aspergillus niger. Ait m^d., Par., 
 1903, xovii, 81-95. Also [Abstr. ]: Compt. rend. Soc. 
 de biol., Par., 1903, Iv, 942.— Klesel (A.) Recherches sur 
 Taction de divers acides et sels acides sur le dfiveloppement 
 de I'Aspergillus niger. Ann. de I'lnst. Pasteur, Par., 1913, 
 
 xxvii, 391-420. . Changements morphologiques de 
 
 I'Aspergillus niger en presence de divers acides et sels acides. 
 Ibid., 481-^88, 2 pi. . L'influence de la r&ction du mi- 
 lieu sur Paction de Pinulase de I'Aspergillus niger. Ibid., 
 1914, xxviii, 747-757.— Kocli (W.) & Beed (H. S.) The 
 relation of extractive to protein phosphorus in Aspergillus 
 niger. J. Biol. Chem., N. Y., 1907-8, iii, 49-52.— leplerre 
 (C.) Bemplacemeut du zino par le glucinium dans la 
 culi^e del' Aspergillus niger. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. 
 
 Par., 1913, clvi, 409-411. . Eemplacement du zinc par 
 
 Puranium dans la culture del' Aspergillus niger. Ibid., 1179- 
 
 1181. . Eemplacement du zinc par le ouivre dans la 
 
 culturedel'Aspergillusniger. /6iii., 1489-1491. . Non- 
 
 sp^cificit^ du zinc comme catalyseur biologique dans la 
 culture del' Aspergillus niger, son remplacement par d'autres 
 laments. Arq. do Inst, bacteriol. Camara Pestana, Lisb., 
 1913, iv, 93-123. Also [Abstr.]: Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. 
 
 Par., 1913, clvi, 258-261. . Inutility du zinc pour la 
 
 culture de I'Aspergillus niger. Compt. rend. Acad. d. so.. 
 Par., 1913, olxvii, 876-879.-^IJnossler (G.) Influence du fer 
 sur la formation des spores 'de I'Aspergillus niger. Ibid., 
 1910, cU, 1075.— Malfltano (G.) Sur laprotdase de PAsper- 
 gillus niger. Ann. de Plnst. Pasteur, Par., 1900, xiv, 420- 
 448.— Mortensen (M. L.) Versuche iiber die Giftwirkung 
 von Kobalt-Salzen aul Aspergillus niger bei Kultur auf 
 festen und fliissigen Medien. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 
 2. Abt., Jena, 1909, xxiv, 521-638.- Mostlnskl (V; A.) 
 (Impressibility of cultures of Aspergillus niger to minimum 
 doses of silver nitrate in the nutritive medium.] Vet. 
 Obozr.^ Mosk., 1904, vi, 485.— Oestliiig (G. J.) Ueber die 
 Inversion von Rohrzucker durch Aspergillus mger. Mycol. 
 Centralbl., Jena, 1914, iv, 233-236.— Baciborski (M.) Erflige 
 Chemomorphosen des Aspergillus niger. Ztsohr. f. ang. 
 Mikr., Leipz., 1906, xii, 131-139.— Kobert ( Mile.) Influence 
 du calcium sur le dfiveloppement et la composiraon mingrale 
 de I'Aspergillus niger. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par., 1911, 
 
 cliil, 1175-1177. . Mode de fixation du calcium par 
 
 PAspergillus niger. Ibid., 1912, cliv, 1308-1310.— Sauton 
 (B.) Le fer est-il indispensable & la formation des spores de 
 PAspergillus niger? Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1911, 
 
 Ixxi, 689. . Germination in vivo des spores d'Asper- 
 
 gillus niger et d'A. fumigatus. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. 
 Par., 1911, clii, 1697. Also: Arm. de I'lnst. Pasteur, Par., 
 
 1912, xxvi, 48-50. . Influence compar^e du potassium, 
 
 du rubidium et du caesium sur le dfSveloppement et la sporu- 
 lation de I'Aspergillus niger. Compt. lend. Acad. a. sc. 
 
 Par., 1912, civ, 1181-1183. . Sur la sporulation de 
 
 I'Aspergillus niger et de I'Aspergillus fumigatus. Compt. 
 rend. Soc de biol., Par., 1913, Ixxiv, 263-266.— Thorn (C.) 
 & Currle (J. N.) Aspergillus niger group. J. Agric Re- 
 search, Wash., 1916, vii, 1-15.— Thomas (P.) & Moran 
 (R.-C. ) Sur les substances protaques de I'Aspergillus niger. 
 Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par., 1914, clix, 125-127.— Toep- 
 litz (M.) (Ein mikroscopisches Praparat von Aspergillus 
 niger.] N. Yorker med. Monatschr., 1902, xiv, 453.— Water- 
 man (H.J.) BeitragzurKermtnisderKohlenstoflnahrung 
 vonAspergillusniger. Foliamicrobiol., Delft, 1912,1, 422-486. 
 
 . Action of hydrogenous substances, boric acid, copper, 
 
 manganese, zinc and rubidium on the metabolism of Asper- 
 gillus niger. K. Akad. v. Wetensch. te Amst. Versl., 
 
 1912-13, XV, 753-764, 1 pi. '-. Metabolism of the nitrogen 
 
 in Aspergillus niger. Ibid., 1047-1057, 1 tab. . Meta- 
 bolism of the phosphorus in Aspergillus niger. Ibid., 1058- 
 
 1063. . Potassium sulphate and magnesium in the 
 
 metabolism of Aspergillus niger. Ibid., 1349-1355. . 
 
 Die Selektion bei der Nahrung von Aspergillus niger (Rohr- 
 zucker, Maltose, Raffinose und Gemische von Rechts- und 
 Linksweinsaure als organische Nahrung). Folia microbiol.. 
 Delft, 1913, ii, 135-161.— Wehmer (C.) Zur Oxalsaurega- 
 rung durch Aspergillus niger. Centralbl. f. Baktcriol, [etc.], 
 
 2. Abt., Jena, 1897, iii, 102-104, 1 pi. ■ . Zur Oxalslure- 
 
 bildung durch Aspergillus niger. Ibid., 1905-6, xv, 688-690. 
 
 . Der Gang der Aciditat in Kulturen von Aspergilliis 
 
 niger bei weohselnder Stickstoflquelle. Biocbem, Ztsehr., 
 Eerl., 1914, Ixix, 63-76. 
 
 Aspermatism. 
 
 See, also. Impotence. 
 
 Brown (F. F.) Aspermia. Proc. N. York Path. Soc. 
 (1893), 1894, 5.— Dubois-Havenith. ' Un cas d'aspermar 
 tisme; impuissance par absence d'^jaculation. Presse mM. 
 beige, Brux., 1912, Ixiv, 121-124.— Felekl (H.) [Case.] 
 
 Orvosl hetil., Budapest, 1905, xlix,fl3. r. [Ein Fall von 
 
 AspermacismusJ Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1905, 
 xli, 206; 1141.— Font y Mouteros (J.) Un caso tlpico de 
 aspermatismo. Rev. balear de eien. m6d., Palma de Ma- 
 Uorca, 1899, xvii, 217-224.— Lesplnasse (V. D.) Aspermar 
 tism. Tr, Urol. Soc, Chicago, 1915-16, 213. [Discussion], 
 217-219. Also: Urol. & Cutan. Rev., St. Louis, 1916, xx, 
 382.— Little (S. W.) A case of aspermia. Boston M. & S. J., 
 1917, clxxvi, 355.— Slmmonds. Le cause dell' azoospermia. 
 Clin, di Vienna, Napoli, 1898, xv, 335-352. 
 
 Aspesberro (JeaB-itienne) [1888- ]. *Con- 
 tribution k I'^tude des albuminuries orthosta- 
 tiques par 1' exploration, r^nale. 76 pp. 8°- 
 Bordeaux, 1912, No. lis. 
 
 Asphalene. 
 
 Gotteland. De I'asphalfene en obstfitrique. Dauphin^ 
 m(5d., Grenoble, 1910, xxxiv, 173-183, 5 diag.— Plaget (11.) 
 L'asphaltoe en oto-rhinologie. Ibid., 1909, xxxiii,' 49-57. 
 
 Asphalt. 
 
 Payen. M^moire sur les bitumes, leur 
 exploitation et leurs emplois utiles. 8°. 
 Payen, 1824. 
 
 Auerbach (J.) Der Papas; die Gesohichte einer al- 
 banesisohen Erdpechquelle [im DorlRomesi]. Deutsche 
 med. Presse, Berl, 1903, vii, 48; 57; 63.— Herzog (J.) Che- 
 mische Untersuchimg von Asphalt. Arb. a. d. pharmar 
 zeut. Inst. d. Univ. Berl. (1904), 1905, ii, 270.— Fellegrtnl 
 (P.) SuUe propriety fisico-igieniche degli asfalti. Riv. d'ig. 
 e san. pubby^Torino, 1898, ix, 61 1 ; 651 .— Boslnger ( A. ) Bei- 
 trage zur ^olloidehemie des Asphalts. KoUoid-Ztschf., 
 Dresd. & Leipz., 1914, xv, 177-179. 
 
 Asphodeltis. 
 
 Lafont (P.) *Etude botanique et chimique 
 de I'Aspliodelus ramosus Linn. 8°- Montpel- 
 lier, 1905. 
 
 Ecole de pharmacie. 
 
 Queyron (T.) Le pain d'asphodfele en 1709. France 
 ra&A., Par., 1910, Ivii, 323. 
 
 Asphyxia [and suffocation]. 
 
 See, also, Air-passag:es (Foreign bodies in) ; 
 Drowning; Gases (Irrespirable); Hanging; 
 Infants (New-born, Asphyxia, etc., of); Stran- 
 gulation; Suffocation. 
 
 Curry (J.) Observations on apparent death, 
 from drowning, hanging, suffocation by noxious 
 vapors, [etc.]. 2. ed. 8°. London, 1815. 
 
 Gallet de Santerre (L.-F.-E.-A.) *Asphy- 
 xie par irruption de ganglions tuberculeux dans 
 les voies respiratoirea. 8° Bordeaux, 1900. 
 
 Gardner (H. B.) The asphyxial factor in 
 anaesthesia, and other assays. 12° London, 
 Paris & Madrid. 1901. 
 
 Hall (M.) Abstract of an investigation into 
 asphyxia; its nature, carbonic acid blood pois- 
 oning, and its remedy, prone and postural 
 respiration. 8° London, 1855. 
 
 . The same. 8°. London, 1856. 
 
 LoRRE (L.) *Signification des lesions pul- 
 monaires dans la mort par suffocation. 8°- 
 Montpellier, 1913. 
 
 Malrietj (P.) Contribution a, I'^tude de 
 I'angor n6vroBique. 8°. Montpellier, 1911. • 
 
 MuTius (J. C.) *In asphyxin specimen. 4°. 
 Genuse, 1816. 
 
 Scott (R.) *De asphyxia. 8° Edinhurgi, 
 1820. 
 
 AJello (S.) Sulla tossieitS. degli organi nelle morti per as- 
 flssia rapida o lenta. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1897, xviii, 1569- 
 
 1572. . Sulla tossicitii della bile nolle asfissle lente. 
 
 Ibid., 1898, xlx, 163. '. L'urina nelle asfissie lente. 
 
 Riforma med., Napoli, 1898, xiv, pt. 1, 63; 76; 87. . 
 
 Asflssia ed asflfisie. Gazz. med. sicil., Catania, 1901, iv, 3; 
 11; 23.— Ambard (L.) & Morel (L.) La mort tardive par 
 asphyxie locale. Compt. rend. Soc de biol.. Par., 1912, 
 Ixxui, 660-652.— AscarelU (A.) L'indice emato-pneumo- 
 epatico nella diagnosi di asflssia. Bull. d. r. Aooad. med. di 
 Roma, 1907, xxxiii, 61-83.— Auer (J.) Theofloctof asphyxia 
 
ASPHYXIA. 
 
 95 
 
 ASPHYXIA. 
 
 Asphyxia [and suffocation]. 
 
 «n the pupil. Science, Jl. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1910, n. s., 
 xxxi, 578. — Bage (C.) Long- continuance of pulse after 
 failure of respiration. Intercolon. M. J. Australas., Mel- 
 bourne, 1898, ill, 32-34.— Banta (F. M.) Smoke and gas 
 narcosis in Are department. Woman's M. J., Cincin., 1914, 
 xxiv, 28-30.— Bivona (S.) Arresto della respirazione con 
 continuazione della tunzione cardiaca; contribuzione cliriica 
 a questa nuova sindrome nosologica. Riforma med., Na- 
 pou, 1898, xiv, pt. 4, 496-498. Also: Terap. Clin., Napoli, 
 1898, vii, 544-546. — Borrl (L.) Note microscopiche del 
 polmone asflttico In rapporto alia prcssione sanguigna nella 
 piccola circolazione. Arch. d. psicluat. [etc.], Torino, 1904, 
 XXV, 519-522. — Biicker (Elizabeth B.) Asphyxiation and 
 sufloeation. Proo. Conf. Indust. Phys., Athens, Fa., 1916, 
 i-ii, 3:^5.— Cammarata (A.) Mortelmpro^'^^sape^soflocar 
 zione da intasamento. CesalpinO; Arezzo, 1915, xi, 41-4G. — 
 Caronla ( G . ) Mortc per soUocazione m seguito ad apertura 
 e versamento in trachea di ghiandole linfatiche caseificate. 
 Pediatria, Napoli, 1914, 2. s., xxii, 441-447.— Corin (G.) 
 Pathog^nie des l^ions de I'asphyxie. Arch, d'anthrop. 
 crim., Lyon- & Par., 1911, xxvi, 632-635.— Daddl (L.) & 
 Treves fZ.) Observations sur I'asphyxie lente. Arch, 
 ital. de biol^ Turin, 1897-8, xxvlii, 408-443, 2 oh.— De Crec- 
 Gbio (G.) Ricerche istocbimiche del glicogeno nel fegato in 
 alcune morti per asfissia meccanica. Arch, di antrop. crim. 
 [eto.J, Torino, 1910, 4. s., viii, suppl., 81. — Demarquay. 
 Bur I'anesth^sie qui nalt de I'asphyxie. Compt. rend. Acad. 
 d. sc. Par., 1858, xlvii, 523. — Descoust & Tvon. Sur deux 
 cas d'asphyxie par I'acide carbonique. Bull. Soc.'de m^d. 
 pub., Par., 1884, vii, 11-21. [Discussion], 51; 135.— Dester- 
 nes. Un cas de mort par asphyxie aigue au cours d'un 
 examen radioscopique d^ I'oesophage. Bull, et mdm. Soc. 
 radiol. mfid. de Par., 1910, ii, 109-112.— DI Mattel (E.) Le 
 altera^ioni cadaveriche del reticolo neurofibrillare della 
 cellula nervosa nelle morti per asfissia rapida meccanica. 
 Riv. sper. di freniat., Beggio^milia, 1907, xxxiii, 242-257, 1 
 pi. — de DomlnlclS (.\.) Sulla dottrina delle asiissie. 
 Arch, internat de raid. Ug„ Bruxelles, 1911, ii, 48-50. AUo: 
 Gazz. internaz. di med., Napoli, 1911, xiv, 11.— Dotto (G.) 
 Delle altcrazioni degli elementi della corteccia cerebrale 
 nella mortc per asflssia lenta. Riv. di med. leg., Milano, 
 1897, i^ 65^67.— Duf our. Accident asphyxique niortel dans 
 un caisson k air comprim^; autopsie. Marseille mM., 1912, 
 xlix, 192-195.— Durdufl (G. N.) Die AsphyxiealsCardloto- 
 nicum. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1899, 
 xlih, 11.5-120.— Ercolani (G.) Della tossicita. della bile 
 nelle asflssie lente. Riv. veneta di so. mod., Venezia, 1900, 
 xxxii, 308-314.— Fer6 (C.) Note sur I'influence du jeHne 
 accidentel sur la resistance k I'asphyxie. Compt. rend. Soc. 
 de biol.. Par., 1901, 11. s., iii, 19-21.— FoUl (F.) Contribute 
 alio studio delle altcrazioni degli elementi nervosi nelle 
 asflssie. Ann. d. Lab. di med. leg. d. Univ. di Bologna; 
 Imola, 1900, i, 103-107, 1 pi.— Galante (E.) Sulla natura 
 dell' aziorie del vago nel decorso dell' asflssia. Arch, di 
 fisiol., Firenze, 1908-9, vi, 343-352. AUo, transl. [Abstr.l: 
 
 Arch. ital. de biol., Turm, 1910, liii, 475. . Azioue 
 
 comparativa del vago e del cordone simpatico cervicale nel 
 decorso dell' asflssia. Arch, di flsiol., Firenze, 1911-12, x, 
 241-250.— Guthrie (L.) The etymology of asphyxia. 
 Lancet, Lond., 1908, ii, 1552.— Harvey (A.) Apnoea or 
 asphyxia; on some notable discrepancies of statement in 
 recent physiological writings as to fundamental facts in the 
 process of death by suffocation. Mod. Times & Gaz.,Lond., 
 1383, ii, 622; 649. Also, Reprint.— Hoersclielmanii (E.) 
 Ein Fall von sohwerer Asphyxie. Deutsche med. Wchn- 
 schr., Berl. & Leipz., 1896, xxii, 451.— Huxley (Frances M.- 
 On the resistance to asphyxia of the duck in diving. Quart. 
 J. Exper. Physiol., Lond., 1913, vi, 183-196— Jappelll (G.) 
 Alcune osservazioni suUa morte del cuore nelP asflssia. 
 Atti d. r. Accad. med.-chir. di Napoli, 1899, n. s., liii, 249- 
 268.— Kane (P. A.) Asphyxiation; respiration; circulation. 
 N.York M. J. [etc.], 1918, cviil, 692-694.— Kaya (R.) & 
 Starling (E. H.) Note on asphyxia in the spinal ani- 
 mal. J. Physiol., Lond., 1909-10, xxxix, 346-353.— Kro- 
 necker (H.) Aerial communication between the cavities 
 of the chest and the abdomen. Proc. Physiol. Soc. Lond 
 1908-9, p. Ixxv.— Laqueur (E.) WirkUM von Gasen auf 
 den uberlebenden Darm; zur Analyse der Erstickung. Ver- 
 handl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte (Munster) 
 1912, Leipz., 1913,lxxxiv,pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 386-389.— Lauianlfi 
 (F.) De I'hypothermie asphyxique et de sa signification 
 dans la question de savoir s'll y a une consommation de luxe. 
 
 Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1903, Iv, 1096-1099. . 
 
 Des sources de la ohaleur animale dans la vie a-sphvxique. 
 Ibid., 1099-1102.— Legludlc (H.) Mort subite par asphyxie 
 foudroyante re^sultant de I'introduction de chyme dans les 
 voles a^riennes. Arch. m(5d. d' Angers, 1906, x, 642-646.— 
 Lewis (T.) & Mattiison (G. C.) Auriculo-ventricular 
 heart-block as a result of asphyxia. Heart, Lond., 1910-11, 
 u, 47-53, 1 pi.— Lltehfleld (W. F.) The appearances of the - 
 lungs after death from asphyxia and the reasons therefpr. 
 Med. J. Australia, Sydney, 1918, i, 1.— JVTKenzle (Ivy) 
 Pulmonary changes in asphyxia. J. Anat. & Physiol., 
 Lond., 190.5-6, xl, 120-132 —TttacWmiam (J. A.) Observa- 
 tions on thestateof the-vascularsjrstem in death byasphyxia 
 Brit. M. J., Lond., 1901, ii, 1078.— Magnanlml (R.) L'ipere- 
 mia polmonare nelle asflssie meccaniche. Studi sassaresi, 
 
 Asphyxia [aind suifocation]. 
 
 Sassari, 1906, iv, suppl. 6, "1-29. — Marx. Zur Lehrc von den 
 Erstickungsblutungcn. Berl. kiln. Wchnschr., 1913, 1, 24- 
 27.— Mathison (G. C.) The cause of the heart-block 
 occurring during asphyxia. Heart, Lond., 1910-11, ii, 54-73. 
 
 . The action of asphyxia upon' the spinal animal. J. 
 
 Physiol., Lond., 1910, xh, 416-449. . The effects of 
 
 asphyxia upon medullary centres; the vaso-motor centre 
 md., 1911, xlii, 283-300.— Modica (O.) Studu suU' asflssia; 
 contribute alia flsiopatologia delle asflssie. Arch, di farma- 
 col. sper., Siena, 1906, v, 1-21: 1909, viii, 110-137.— Mosso 
 (A.) La pausa e i movimenti respiratori terminaJi nell' as- 
 flssia; i ccntri respiratori spinali. Arch, di psichiat. fete 1, 
 Torino, 1904, xxv, 93-108. Also, transl.: Arch ital de biol 
 Turin, 1904, xli, 158-1G8.— Mosso (U.) L'asphyxie dans les 
 tunnels et experiences avec I'oxyde de carbone faites sur 
 I'homme. Arch. ital. dc biol., Turin, 1901, xxxv, 1-20 — 
 Murison (C. C.) A case of asphyxia, the result of inhaUiig 
 food most probably in the act of vomiting. Indian M Gaz 
 Calcutta, 1915, 1, 220.— Oppikoler (e.) Plotzlicher ToS 
 durch Erstickung intolge Verstopfung des Kehlkopfeinganges 
 durch Speiseteile. Ztschr. f. Larjmgol., Rhinol., fete.], 
 Wurzb., 1914, vli 243-248, 2 pi.— Pellegrini (R.) ll corn- 
 portamento della f iroide in alcune forme asflttlche Riforma 
 med., Napoli, 1917, xxxiii, 617.— Polimantl (O.) Ueber 
 die Asphyxie der Fische an der Luft und ihre postmortale 
 Herz-.und Muskelerregbarkeit. 1. Abhandlung Arch f 
 Physiol., Leipz., 1911, 287-338.— Rlchet (C.) PMnom6nes 
 post-asphyxiques (syndrome secondaire de I'asphyxie). 
 Arch.de mid. emir.et d'anatj^^path.. Par., 1910, xxii, 349- 
 362.— Bomant & EuziSre. Etude du contenu cardlaque 
 dans les asphyxies mecaniqucs. Ann. d'hyg.. Par 1907 4 
 s., viii, 208-221.— Serratrice (R.) Repertomicroscopico del 
 polmone nelle asflssie meccaniche con speciale riguardo al 
 comportamcnto delle fibre elasHche. PoUclin., Roma, 1905 
 
 xU, sez. med., 413-426. . Le modiflcazionl macro e 
 
 microscopiche del fegato e dei reni nelle morti asflttlche. 
 
 Boll. d. Soc. Laneisiana d. osp. di Roma, 1907. xxvii, 59-81 
 
 Sever! (A.) Sul decorso del respiro in alcune modalitS, 
 d'asfissia. Riv. di med. leg., MUano, 1897, i, 97-105 — 
 Siebenhaar (F. J.) Zur nahem Erkenntniss der Asphyxie 
 und des Todes durch Kohlendunst. Mag. f. d. Staatsarznk 
 Leipz., 1846, v, 162-172 —SoUmann (T.^ & Pilclier (J. D.j 
 The reaction of the vasomotor centre to asphyxia Am j 
 Physiol., Best., 1911-12, xxix, 100-107.— Torre (C ) Nuove 
 ricerche sulle altcrazioni degli orgam della respirazlone e 
 dell' orecchio nei varii modi di morte per asflssia Arch 
 ital. di laringol., Napoli, 1907, xxvi^ 53-81.— Tourey- 
 Flallat (M.) Accidents du travail; asphyxie. Clinique 
 Par., 1911, vi, 557.— Werthctmer (E.) & Battez (G.) Sur le 
 m&anlsme de la glycosurie asphyxique. Compt. rend Soc 
 de biol.. Par., 1909, IxviL 357.— White (G. B.) Cases of 
 suspended animation. Med. Press & Circ, Lond . 1897 
 n. s., Ixiii, 408. ' 
 
 Asphyxia {Blood in). 
 
 Berthotjmeau (M.) *De la glyc^mie dans les 
 6tats asphyxiques chez rhomme. 8° Paris 
 1907. 
 
 HocHSTETTER (F. W.) *Das Verhalten der 
 Leukocyten bei Erstickung. 8°. Berlin, 1912. 
 
 Okleanski (L. M.) *0 cherepno-mozgovom 
 krovoobrashtshenii pri ostrol asfiksii mekhani- 
 cheskavo proiskhozhdeniya. [Blood circulation 
 of the brain in acute asphyxia of mechanical 
 origin.] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1902. 
 
 AieUo(S.) II sangue nelle asflssie rapidee lente. Riforma 
 med., Napoli, 1898, xiv, pt. 2, 14; 26; 38; 51; 61.— Ascarelll 
 (A.) L'mdice emato-pneumo-epatico nella diagnosi di as- 
 flssia. Arch, di farmacol. sper., Siena, 1907, vl, 162-185 
 
 Also, Reprint. . Gli eritrociti punteggiati nel sangue 
 
 asflttico. Atti d. Soc. med. leg. in Roma, 1909, ii, 1-9. — 
 
 La resistenza dei leucociti nelle morti asflttlche Ibid 1910 
 ill, 124-138. Also, Reprint.— Bang (I.) & Stenstrttia (T ) 
 Asphyxie und Blutzucker. Biochem. Ztschr.j Berl 1913 
 1, 437-450.— Ferral (C. ) Ricerche viscosimetriche sul sangue 
 
 asflttico. Arch, di flsiol., Firenze, 1903-4, i, 385-397. . — - 
 
 Contributo alio studio del sangue nell' asflssia; ric«rche 
 sperimentali. Boll. d. r. Accad. med. di Geneva, Siena 
 1901, xix, 42-44.— Khundadze (E. S.) [Condition of the 
 blood in suffocation.] Vcstnik Obshtsh. Hig Sudeb i 
 Prakt. Med., S.-Peterb., 1904, pt. 2, 160-168.— Le Sourd (L ) 
 & Pagniez (P.) Augmentation brusque du nombre des 
 leucocytes dans I'asphyxie aigue. Compt. rend. Soc de 
 biol.. Par., 1908, Ixv, 602.-Mirto (D.) Le ossidasi nei glo- 
 buli del sangue noil' asflssia; contributo alia flsiopatologia 
 delle asflssie. Arch, di farmacol. sper., Roma, 1911, xli 119- 
 128. Also, transl.: Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1911-12, Ivl 
 301-312, 2 pi.— Modica (0.) Sangue ed organi emopoietici 
 nell' asflssia. Boll. d. Soc. med. di Parma, 1908, 2. s 170- 
 174.— Nlcloux (M.) Influence de I'asphyxie sur la teneur du 
 sang en oxyde de carbone; production d'oxvde de carbone 
 dans I'organisme. Compt. rend. Acad. d. 'sc. Par , 1898 
 cxxvi, 1595-1598.— Ottolenghl (S.) Sulla tossiciii del 
 sangue asfittico. Gior. di med. leg., Lanciano, 1897, iv, 29- 
 
ASPHYXIA. 
 
 96 
 
 ASPHYXIA. 
 
 Asphyxia {Blood in) . 
 
 32.— Pltlni (A.) La vlscositi, del sangue nelV asfissia, negli 
 statl convulsivi e nella Iperemia sperimentale. Arch, di 
 anat. path., Palermo, 1905, i, 390-394.— Puppe (G.) Experi- 
 mentelle Untersuchungen fiber den Sauerstoflgehalt des 
 Blutes bei der gewaltsamcn Erstickung mlttels des Halda- 
 neschen Verrahrens. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsoh. 
 Naturf. u. Aerzte (Karlsruhe) 1911, Leip?.., 1912, Ixxxiii, pt. 
 
 2, 2. Hlfte., 516.— TlrelU (V.) SuUa fosslcitk del sangue 
 nelle asfissle. Ann. dl Ireniat. [etc.], Torino, 1896, vl, 229- 
 251. Alsi), tranal. [Abstr.]: Arch. ital. de bloj., Turin, 1896-7, 
 
 xxvl, 335-344. . lutorno alia tos.siclt.k del sangue nelle 
 
 asfissie acute per una quistione di metodo. Gazz. d. osp., 
 Milano, 1897, xvUi, 1022-1027. Also: Gior. di med. leg., 
 Lanciano, 1897, Iv, 257-270. 
 
 As^yxia (Experimental). 
 
 Blanc (L.) 'Contribution expMmentale k 
 r6tude du contenu cardiaque dans la mort par 
 asphyxie m^canique. 8°. Montpellier, 1901. 
 
 BellazzI (L.) Ueber die Wirkungen einiger Gase auf die 
 Autolyse; Untersuchungen zu den Stoffwechselvorgangen 
 bei der Asphyxie. Ztschr. f. phvsiol. Chem., Strassb., 1908, 
 Ivlii, 389-394.— FtUrner (H.) Einige Beobachtungen an 
 Erstickungslroschon. Arch. I. d^ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1909, 
 cxxix, 255-290.— Gelie (E.) Etude exp&imentale des 
 causes prochaines de I'asphyxie ou de la pressioh intra- 
 thoracique et intra-cardlaque dans les st(§noses des voles 
 respiratoires. Arch, intemat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 
 1907, xxiv, 163-168.— Langlols (C.) & Rlchet (C.) Do- 
 sage des faz dans I'asphyxie du canard. Compt. rend. Soc. 
 de biol.. Par., 1898, 10. s., v, 718. — Malassez. Sur la resis- 
 tance du cana^ et des animaux plongeurs k I'asphyxie par 
 submersion. Ecole prat. d. hautes 4tudos. Lab. d'histol. 
 du Coll. de France. Trav. 1894-5, Par., 1898, 43.— Montaltl 
 (A.) Ricerche sperimentali suUe alterazionl degli element! 
 nervosi della cortccoia cerebrale nelle asflssie rapide mecca- 
 niche. Riv. di med. leg., Milano, 1898-9, ii, 68-74.— Noll 
 (P.) & Pliimler (L.) Contribution k I'gtude des reactions 
 cardio^vasculaires de I'asphyxie che? le chien. J. de physiol. 
 et de path. g6n.. Par., 1904, vi, 241-253.— Pachon (V.) Sur 
 la resistance compar^e du canard et du pigeon k I'asphyxie 
 dans Pair confine. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1907, 
 Ixii, 1120-1123. — Pappe. Experimentelle Untersuchungen 
 liber den 0-Gehalt des Blutes mittelst des Haldaneschen 
 Verfahrens bei der gewaltsamen Erstickung. Vrtljschr. 1. 
 gerichtl. Med. JBerl., 1912, 3. F., xliii, 2. Suppl.-Hft., 49^8.— 
 RIcliet (C.) De la riSsistanoe des canards a I'asphyxie. J. 
 de physiol. et depath. gto.. Par., 1899, i, 641-650.— Buju (A.) 
 11 reticolo flbrillareendocellulare nei mammiferi sottoposti 
 all' asfissia lenta. Studi sassaresi, Sassari, 1908, vi, 11. — 
 Sarda (G.) Recherches experimentales sur I'Stat du con- 
 tenu cardiaque dans la mort par asphyxie mdcanique. Ann. 
 d'hyg.. Par., 1902, 3. s., xlvii, 490-,')00. Also: Montpel. mfid., 
 1902, 2. s., XV, 841-852.— Zeehuljsen (H.) Ueber den Ein- 
 fluss der Asphyxie auf die Wirkung einlgor Gilte an Tanbeu. 
 Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1900, xlv, 130- 
 155. 
 
 Asphyxia (Jurisprndence of). 
 
 NiKOLSKi (S. I.) *K voprosu o milxoskopi- 
 cheBkikh izmienemakh lyokhochnoi tkani 
 utoplennikov i poviesivBliikhsa. [On the micro- 
 Bcopical changes in lung tisBue after drowning 
 and hanging.] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1895. 
 
 BeUln (E. F.) [Psychical and nervous disturbances in 
 those resuscitated after hanging and their equivalents; 
 medico-forensic significance of these disturbances,] Vestnik 
 Obshtsh. Hig., Sudeb. i Prakt. Med., S.-Peterb., 1896, xxix, 
 
 3. sect., 1-48.— Benon (R.) & VladoS. Les amn&ies as- 
 phyxiquespar pendaison, strangulation, submersion, etc., 
 au point de vue cllnique et mddico-iegal. Ann. d'hyg., 
 
 ■ Par., 1908, 4. s., ix, 395-402.— Brouarflcl. La suflocation; 
 questions medico-l&ales. Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1896, Ixix, 
 945; 965; 1001.— Byl (C.) & Godefroy (J. C. L.) Merkwur- 
 dige Todesursache bei einer Rauferei. Friedreich's Bl. f. 
 gerichtl. Mod., Nfimb., 1914, Ixv, 103-105.— CUpsham (W. 
 E.) Appearances of lungs after death from asphyxia and 
 the reasons therefor. Med. J. Australia, Sydney, 1918, i, 
 163.— Corin (G.) Pathog&iie des lesions de I'asphyxie. 
 Ann. d'hygy Par., 1911, 4. s., xvl, 179-182. Also: Cong, de 
 med. leg.. Par., 1911, i, 179-182.— de Craene (E.) L'etat 
 du sang dans la mort par asphyxie au point de vue medico- 
 legal. Ann. d'hygy Par., 1909, 4. s., xli, 388-430.— De , 
 Domlnlcls (A.) Beplezlone e distendlmento del cuore 
 destro nelle asflssie meccaniche. Cesalpino, Arezzo, 1917, 
 jdii, 245-248.— FUomusl-Guelfl (G.) Suite ecchlmosisotto- 
 slerose nelle morti per asfissia. Gior. di med. leg., Lanciano, 
 1899, vi, 162-186.— Ghelanl (M. N.) Accidental suffoca- 
 tion; important from a medico-legal point of view. Indian 
 M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1917, lii, 204.— von HoToszklewicz. 
 Mord duroh Erstickung mlttels Einffihrune von FremdkBr- 
 pem in die oberen Luftwege. Vrtljschr. f. gerichtl. Med., 
 Leipz., 1914^ 3. F., xlvii, 1. Suppl., 111-115.— Sarda (G.) 
 Determination du moment de production des eechy- 
 
 Asphyxia (Jurisprudence of) . 
 
 moses sous-pleurales dans les asphyxies mecanlques. Cong, 
 intemat. de med. C.-r., Par.,,1900, sect, de med. leg., 48-50. 
 Also: N. Montpel. med., 1901, xiii, 321-324.— Smith (A. J.) 
 Death from asphyxia. In: Text-Book Leg. Med. (Peterson 
 & Haines), 8°, Phlla., 1903, 1, 187-244.— Strolnovski (F. S.) 
 [Strange case of death from sufllocation; medico-forensic 
 importance of the signs of so-called death by asphyxia.] 
 Vestnik Obshtsh. Hig., Sudeb. i Prakt. IJed., S.-Peterb., 
 
 1905, pt. 2, 317-329. . [Asphyxia or cardiac paralysis.] 
 
 im., 1690-1703.— Wachtolz (L.) Ueber den diagnosti- 
 schen Worth der fliissigen Blutbeschaffenielt bei plotz- 
 lichem Erstickungstod und liber den Werth der, Lacassagne- 
 Martm'schen Docimasie hepatique. Vrtljschr. f. gerichtl. 
 Med., Berl., 1902, n. F.,xxiii,34-43.— Wunderllch. Todtung 
 nach Scheintod. Med. Cor.-Bl. d. wijrttemb. firztl. Ver., 
 Stuttg., 1896, Ixvi, 289-294. 
 
 Asphyxia (Local). 
 
 See Acroasphyxia; Raynaud's disease. 
 
 Asphyxia (Traumatic). 
 
 See, also, Hanging; Strangulation. 
 
 Beach (H. H. A.) & Cobb (F.) Traumatic asphyxia. 
 BostonM. & S. J., 1902, exlvi, 513.— Beatson (G. T.) Trau- 
 matic asphyxia. Scot. M. & S. J., 1908, xxii, 485-488, 3 pi.— 
 Bolt (R. A.) Traumatic asphyxia, with report of a case. 
 Cleveland M. J., 1908, vu, 647-659.— BurreU (H. L.) & 
 Crandon (L. R. G;) Traumatic apnea or asphyxia. Bos- 
 ton M. & 3. J., 1902, cxlvI, 13-15. Also, Reprint.— Despard 
 (D. L.) Traumatic asphyxia; with report of a case. Tr. 
 Phila. Acad. Surg., 1910, xli, 72-82.— Garson (J. H. R.) 
 Traumatic asphyxia. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1910, i, 990.— 
 I,liilngton(w.W.) Traumatic a.sphyxia. Lancet, Lond., 
 1915, 11, 911, 1 pi.— Pierce (F. EJ Traumatic asphyxia, with 
 report of two cases. Quart. Bull. Northwest Univ. Med. 
 Sch., Chicago, 1910, xU, 39-44.— Bobertson (L. B.) Trau- 
 matic asphyxia, with a report of six cases. Canad. M. Ass. 
 J., Toronto, 1914, iv, 501-507.— Robertson (W. S.) A case 
 of traumatic asphyxia. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1905, ii, 1339.— 
 Robinson (H. B.) A case of traumatic asphyxia. Brit. 
 J. Surg., Lond., 1914, ii, 172.— Ryerson gE. S.) A case of 
 traumatic asphyxia with recoveiy. Canad. Praict. & Rev., 
 Toronto, 1907, xxxli, 195-201.— Sherrin (L G.) Traumatic 
 asphyxia. Tr. South. Surg. Ass. 1916, Phila., 1917, xxx, 
 298-306. Also [Abstr.]: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1917, 
 Ixviil, 1237. — Shimonek (F.) Traumatic asphyxia. Wis- 
 consui M. J., Milwaukee, 1904-5, ill, 78.— Stokes (H.) 
 Traumatic asphyxia and injury to brachial plexus. Tr. 
 Roy. Acad. M. Ireland, Dubl., 1910, xxvlli, 203.— Syms (P.) 
 Traumatic asphyxia. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1911, liv, 267.— 
 Wlnslow (R.) A case of so-called traumatic asphyxia. 
 Med. News, N. Y., 1905, Ixxxvi, 207.— Wright (F. G.) Case 
 of traumatic asphyxia. Hosp. Bull. Univ. Maryland, 
 Bait., 1906, 11, 55. 
 
 Asphyxia ^Treatment of). 
 
 See, also, Infants (New-horn, Asphyxia of, 
 Treatment of); Bespiration {Artifi6iaLl); Ke- 
 suscitation. 
 
 Bahandon (J.) *Un nouvel insufflateur pour 
 la respiration artlflcielle dana les cas d'asphyxie. 
 8°. Lyon, 1898. 
 
 B]fiRAUD (A.) *Les injections hypodermiques 
 d'oxygfene dans le traitement des dyspn^es et 
 de I'asphyxie; faits cUniques; recherches exp^ri- 
 mentales. 8°. Paris, 1911. 
 
 Bbailowsky (Zina-Agnfes) *Recherches sur la 
 pr^tendue efficacit^ des tractions rhythm^es de 
 la langue dans rasphyxie. 8°. (renCTe, 1906. 
 
 Also, in: Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1906, 
 xxvl, 369-408. 
 
 DB Gardanne. Dialogo sopra un genere di 
 morte in apparenza detta asphyxia, ossia istru" 
 zione sopra il modo di recar soccorso, [etc.]. 16°- 
 Genova, 1785. 
 
 Gillakd (E.) *Le proc6d6 de Laborde comme 
 traitement de la mort appaxente. 4° Paris, 
 1896. 
 
 Glass (L.) *Ueber Asphyxie und deren Be- 
 handlung. [Leipzig.] 8°. Naumhurg a. S., 
 1866. 
 ( Sage. Experiments showing that volatUe 
 alkali fluor is the most efficacious remedy in the 
 cure of as^yxies . . . Translated from the 
 French by Thomas. 12°. London,mS. 
 
 Bayeux (R.) Observations clinlques et experimentales 
 sur I'emplol des injections hypodermiques d'oxygtoe dans 
 
ASPHYXIA. 
 
 97 
 
 ASPIRATORS. 
 
 Asphyxia {Treatment of). 
 
 les ^tats" asphyxiques. Ann. de mdd. et chir. inf.. Par., 
 1912, xvi, 737-741. Also: Cong, internat. de path, comp.. 
 Par., 1911, il, 837-S44.— Bowles (E.. L.) On the. practical 
 
 ?oiuts in the treatment of threatened asphyxia. Lancet, 
 ,ond., 1901, i, 1743; 1814: il, 1.— Broscti (A.) Zur kunst- 
 liohen Athmung; Entgemung auf die Bemerkungen des 
 Herm Prof. Dr. Max Schifller in Berlin. Arch. f. path. Anat. 
 [etc.], Berl., 1898, cliii, 347-3r)2.— Buch (M.) [Dangers de 
 rapplication de la respiration artiflcielle. R&., p. xxxii.] 
 Finska lak.-sallsk. handl., Helslngtors, 1898, xl, 327-331.— 
 Campanella (G.) La ipodermoclisi di acqua ossigenata 
 nelle asflssie. G&n. d. osp., Milano, 1902, xxiil, 1406.— Cox 
 (E.) A note on the restoration of those apparently dead 
 from suffocation. J. Roy. Nav. M. Serv., Lond., 1916, ii, 
 516.— Crlle (G. W.) The resuscitation of the apparently 
 dead and a demonstration of the pneumatic rubber suit as 
 a means of controlling the blood pressure. Tr. South. Surg. 
 & Gyneo. Ass. 1903, Phila., 1904, xvi, 302-370, 1 pi.— Bavls 
 (R. H.) Apparatus for administering oxygen to persons in 
 a state of coUapse by asphyxiation or other causes. [Pat. 
 spec] No. 1,172,879; Feb. 22, 1916.— de Domlnlcis (A.) 
 Sur quelques exp&iences de rappels 4 la vie dans les asphy- 
 xies. Rev. de m^d, Ifc., Par., 1913, xx, 353-355.— Faure. 
 Recherches sur I'emploi des cauterisations Un^aires de la 
 region thoraoique sup^rieure dans I'asphyxie. Coinpt. 
 rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1855, xli, 308-311.— Fell (G. E.) The 
 value of forced artificial respiration (Fell method) in saving 
 human life in chloroform, ether and nitrous oxide narcosis. 
 Med. Rec, N. Y., 1896, xlix, 760-763. AUo: Med. Times & 
 
 Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1896, xxiv, 403; 419. . Remarkable 
 
 cases of life saving by the Fell method of forcing artificial 
 respiration. Med. Exam., N. Y., 1899, ix, 168-171.— Fowler 
 (F. T.) Demonstration of lung motor. Railway Surg. J., 
 Chicago, 1913-14, xx, 285-287.— Freudentlial (W.) Bine 
 Modification des Verfahrens von Laborde zur Wiederbe- 
 lebung bei tlefer Asphyxie. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., 
 Leipz., 1898, xlix, 608-610. Also, transt: N. York M. J., 
 1898, Ixviii, 853. — Grobei. Behandlung der Asphyxie 
 (nach Erhangen, Ertrinken, Verbluten, Intoxikation, 
 Einatmung irrespirabler Gase). Deutsche med. Wchnschr., 
 Berl. & Leipz., 1913, xxxbc, 2546-2547.— Hall (M.) De la 
 position la plus favorable k donner aux indlvidus aspbyxife 
 sur lesquels on tente la respiration artiflcielle. Compt. 
 
 rend. Acad. d. sc. Par., 1855, xU, 949. . Rfegles pour le 
 
 traitement de I'asphyxie. Ibid., 1856, xUii, 569-571. . -. 
 
 Mi5thode de traitement de I'apnSe (ou asphyxie). Ibid., 
 1867, xUv, 595-597.— Hare (H. A.) & Martin (E.) The value 
 of the electrical methods employed for the resuscitation of 
 persons who have ceased breathing. Univ. M. Mag., Phila., 
 1889-90, ii, 57-61. Also, Reprint.- Hilsman (P. L.) Ready 
 method of resuscitation m suspended animation, with 
 report of cases. Tr. M. Ass. Georgia, Atlanta, 1895, 205-210.— 
 Kiiapp (L.) Erfahrungen fiber Laborde's rhythmische 
 Zungentraktionen, nebst einigen Bemerkungen liber Ver- 
 letzungen duroh diese und andere Wiederbelebungsmetho- 
 den. Centralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1896, xx, 729-740.— Kuhn 
 (F.) Die Wlederbelebung Asphyktischer. Zentralbl. f. d. 
 
 Gesamtgeb. d. Med. [etc.], Leipz., 1908, iv, 117. . Die 
 
 erste HiUe bei Asphyxien mittels direkter Einblasung von 
 Luft. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1913, Ix, 647-650.— L,a- 
 boide (J.-V.) Du proc^d^ des tractions rythmics de la 
 langue. Gaz. d. hop.. Par., 189.3, Ixvi 854-857. . Con- 
 tribution nouvelle a rappUeation de la mfithode des trac- 
 tions rythm<Ses de la langue; quatorze cas de r&urrections 
 vitales. Bull. Acad, de mid., Par., 1899, 3. s., xlii, 273-288. 
 
 . Les tractions rythmics de la langue dans les asnhy- 
 
 xiesd'origine toxique. Ibid., 293-298. . Sur une applica- 
 tion nouvelle des tractions rythm^^ de la langue k la m6de- 
 cine et k la ohirurgie d'armfe. Ibid., 1900, 3. s., xliv, 469-472. 
 
 . Les tractions rythm^es de la langue et le tube la- 
 
 ryngien. Ibid., 1901, 3. s., xlv, 133-139. . Le tracteur 
 
 m^anique ou automatique pour les tractions rythmfe de 
 lalangue. Ibid., 1902,3.s.,xlvii,738-748.— I.al)orde(J.-V.), 
 BlumenfeldTc/ o7.]. Traitement physiologique de la mort 
 
 303-311.— Loewy (L.) Forcirte kiinstliche Athmung mit 
 O'Dwyer's Apparat. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & 
 Leipz., 1898, xxiv, 296-299.— Lucas-Champlouniire (J.) 
 Les tractions rythmges de la langue et I'asphyxie. J. de 
 m4d. et chir. prat.. Par., 1907, Ixxviii, 161-165.— Malsonnet. 
 Des bons effets des injections sous-cutan6es d'oxygfene dans 
 les ^tats asphyxiques. Soo. de mfid. mil. franc. Bull., Par., 
 1911, V, 37-42.— Martinet (A.) & Heckel (F.) Les injec- 
 tions sous-cutan^es d'oxygene dans les syndromes hypos- 
 phyxiques. Presse m4d.. Par., 1913, xxi, 241-244.— Netter 
 Tractions rythm&s de la langue applicables au traitement 
 des asphyxliSs (m^thode dn Dr. Laborde); mesures a prendre 
 pour vulgariser cette m^thode. Rec. d. trav. Comite con- 
 stat, d'hyg. pub. de France 1901, Par., 1903, xxxi, 51-53.— 
 Northrup (w. F^ Apparatus for artiflciEd forcible respi- 
 ration. Med. & Surg. Rep. Presbyterian Hosp., N. Y., 
 1S96, i, 127-136.— Pick (M.) & KnoU (P.) Ueber die Er- 
 soheinungen bei Wiederbelebung der durch Erstickung 
 Oder Chloroformznfuhr vernichteten Athmung. Arch. f. 
 exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1897, xl, 81-97, 3 pi.— 
 
 96808°— Vol. II. 3d series— 19 7 
 
 Asphyxia {Treatment of ) . 
 
 Pifiron (H.) De I'inlluence de I'oxygfene dissous sur le com- 
 
 Sortement des invert(Sbr& marins; quelques moyens de 
 6fense contre I'asphyxie. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 
 1908, Ixiv, 955-957.— Prevost (J.-L.) Note sur la prStendue 
 efflcacite des tractions rythmics de lalangue dans rasphyxie. 
 Ibid., 1906, Ixi, 17-19.— Prfevot (A.J Tractions rythmges de 
 la langue. Compt.-rend. Cong, internat. de mid. 1897, 
 Mosc, 1898, ii, sect. 2, 9-11.— Pnis (J.) Can Ufe be restored 
 in cases of death from sulfocation, chloroform-poisoning, 
 or electric shock? Treatment, Lond., 1900-1901, iv, 560- 
 564.— Kamond (F.) Indications et technique des lavements 
 d'oxygfene [dans tous les 6tats asphyxiques]. J. de med. 
 de Par., 1912, 2. s., xxiv, 798. — ^Rapin. Respiration sous- 
 cutan(Se; une m^thode nouvelle pour lutter contre les 6tats 
 asphyxiques. Rev. m6J. de la Suisse rom., Genftve, 1911, 
 xxxi, 260-265.- Bosenthal (G.) Les appareils de security 
 Roth dans la prophylaxie de I'asphyxie et de I'incendie par 
 le gaz; cheminf^es, fourneaux, bees, etc. Rev. d'hyg.. Par., 
 1910, xxxii, 432-437.— Boussel (A. E.) The lingual traction 
 method (Laborde) of artificial respiration, with a report 
 of two successful cases. Proc. Phila. Co. M. Soc, Phila., 
 lS95,xvi,97-103.— Scli1111er(M.) Zur kunstlichen Athmung. 
 Arch. 1. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1898, cli, 176-180.— To- 
 melllnl (L.) Sulla ripresa del respiro nelle asfissie da com- 
 pressione delle vie aeree nel collo. Boll. d. r. Accad. med. di 
 Roma, 1910, xxv, 161-172.— Waterman (S.) Revivifica- 
 tion. Yale M. J., N. Haven, 1897-8, iv, 237-240.— White 
 (G. B.) Case of cyanosis; asphyxia successfully averted by 
 means of inhalation of oxygen; new method of administra- 
 tion. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1897, n. s., Ixiii, 273. 
 
 Asphyxia neonatorum. 
 
 See Infants {New-bom, Asphyxia, etc., of). 
 
 Aspidin. 
 
 Gonnermann (M.) Physiologische Studien mit Aspi- 
 din und Filmaron. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1907, 
 cxix, 110-116. 
 
 Aspidium. 
 
 See, also, Aspidin; Filix mas. 
 
 Altan (A.) Rhizome de paima. J. de pharm. et chim.. 
 Par., 1903, 6. s., xviii, 497-502.— Du Mez (A. G.) The physi- 
 cal and chemical properties of the oleoresm of aspidium with 
 respect to the detection of adulterations. Philippine J. Sc, 
 Manila, 1913, viii, [B], 523-538.— Farup (P.) Ueber die 
 Zusammensetzung des fetten Oeles von Aspidium spinu- 
 losum. Arch. f. Pharm., Berl., 1904, ccxlii, 17-24. — Pouls- 
 son (E.) Untersuchungen fiber Aspidium spinulosum. 
 Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1898, xli, 
 246-264. 
 
 Aspidosperma. 
 
 See, also. Quebracho. 
 
 Wood (H. C.) Some experiments with, the alkaloids of 
 aspidosperma. Univ. Penn. M. Bull., Phila., 1910-11, 
 xxiii, 1-10. 
 
 Aspidospermin. 
 
 Wood (H. C. ) & Hoyt (D . M. ) The effects of aspidosper- 
 mine on the respiration and circulation. Univ. Penn. M 
 Bull., Phila., 1903-^, xvi, 250-259. 
 
 Aspinwall [Colon]. 
 
 See Fever ( Yellow, History of), by localities. 
 
 Aspiration. 
 
 See, also. Chest {Paracentesis of) by aspiration; 
 Empyema ( Treatment of Operative) ; Pleurisy 
 {Purulent, Treatment of. Operative). 
 
 Clement (P.) L'aspiration en th^rapeutique chirurgi- 
 cale. Arch. gin. de mii.. Par., 1906, ii, 2267-2272.— Icard. 
 Origine de la ponction aspiratrice; l'aspiration sans aspira- 
 teuT. Chron. m&A., Par., 1904, xi, 512.— Laurens (G.) 
 De I'hgmato-aspiration en'chirurgie oto.rhino-laryngolo- 
 gique. Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.]. Par., 1906, xxi, 
 174-181.— Loch (A.) Ueber das Absaugen von Sekreten. 
 Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1917, Ixiv, 1509. — Myles (R. C.) 
 The use of the aspiration or vacuum suction apparatus in 
 cases where the ability to swallow or cough has been par- 
 tially or completely lost and the patients are practically 
 being drowned in their own secretions. Laryngoscope, St. 
 Louis, 1918, xxviii, 56.— Sondermann (R.) Aspiration in 
 diseases of the ear and the nose. Lancet, Lond., 1905, ii 
 434-436. > > , 
 
 Aspirators. 
 
 LuTZ (C. W.) Eine neue Form des Ebertscten 
 Aspiiations-Apparates. 8°. Miindien, 1909. 
 
 Repr./Tom: Sitzungsb. d. k.-bayer. Akad. d. Wissensch. 
 Math.-phys. CI. zu Miinchen, 1909. 
 
 Ammett (E. V.) Combination aspirating and infu.sion 
 apparatus. Hosp. Bull. Dep. Pub. Char., N. Y., 1917, i, 
 No. 4, 61-64.— Benedict (A. L.) A simple aspirating device 
 
ASPIRATORS. 
 
 98 
 
 ASPIRIN, 
 
 Aspirators. 
 
 N. York M. J., 1917, cvi, 156.— Brickner (W. M.) The suc- 
 tion apparatus in surgical operations. Am. J. Surg., N. Y., 
 1917, xxxi, 117-121.— Butler (E.) The use of the aspirator 
 for removing pus, blood, exudate, transudate and bowel 
 contents dunng surgical operations. Calif. State J. M., San 
 Fran., 1917, xv, S73.— Connell (K.) The ignition vacuum 
 bottle; a cheap, convenient, powerful aspirator. Med. Eec, 
 N. Y., 1903, llv, 39.— Bvler. Demonstration eines selbst^ 
 thatigen regulirbaien Federventils fiir medicinische Aspira- 
 tionsapparate. Verhandl. d. Berl. med. Gesellsch. (1900), 
 1901, xxxi, pt. 1, 169-173.— Ferrari (G.) Un Auovo apparec- 
 chio aspiratore. Atti Accad. d. sc. med. e nat. in Ferrara, 
 1907, Ixxxi, 81.— Flint (J. M.) Apparatus for suction and 
 aspiration. Proc. Connect. M. Soc, N. Haven, 1914, cxxii, 
 143.— Hall (J. N.) Some of the sources of error and danger 
 in the use of the aspirator. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1900, 10. 
 s., U, 122-125.— Hartert (W.) Eine eiufache und sparsam 
 arbeitende Vorrichtung zum Absaugen von Korpemiissig- 
 keiten. Zentralbl. f. Cfiir., Leipz., 1914, xli, 630-632.— Hart- 
 mann (H.) Aspirateur-evacuateur abdominal. Bull, et 
 m(Sm. Soc. de chlr. de Par., 1909, n. s., xxxv, 1293-1295.— 
 Huber(F.) A new siphon aspirator. Tr. Am. Pediat. Soc. 
 1906, N. Y., 1907, xviii, 145-149.— Knapp (L.) Em verbes- 
 serter Aspirator. Gynaek. Rundschau, Berl. &. Wien, 1914, 
 vihi, 161. — Lane (J. E.) A simple aspirating apparatus. 
 Northwest Med., Seattle, 1912, n. s., iv, 69.— Legueu (F.) 
 De I'aspiratiou par la trompe h, eau; ses appUcations a la 
 chirurgie op^ratoire. Presse m^d.. Par., 1908, xvi, 201. — Mc- 
 Caw (W; J.) Aspirator. [Pat. spec] No. 657,440; Sept. 
 4, 1900.— Mendlnl (G.) L'idroaspiratore. Ann. di med. 
 nav., Roma, 1899, v, 644-650.— Menzles (P. K.) An ap- 
 paratus for contmuous aspiration. Canad. M. Ass. .f., 
 Toronto, 1913, iii, 36-38.— Myles (R. C.) Aspiration or 
 vacuum suction apparatuis; its use In cases where the ability 
 to swallow or cou^ has been partially or completely lost 
 and the patient is bemg practically drowned m his own 
 secretions. N. York M. J., [etcj, 1917, cvi, 629.— Perrln (M.) 
 Modifications apport^es k certams details de construction de 
 I'aspirateur de Potain. Prov. m4d.. Par., 1909, xx, 529. — 
 Pynelion (E.) Aspirator. [Pat. spec] No. 869,262; Oct. 
 29, 1907.— Saxon (G. J.) & Drvimmond (L. E.) A combi- 
 nation holder and aspn^tor for use with the blood pipet. 
 J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1915, Ixv, 1182.— SewaU (H.) A 
 new and simple device for exploratory aspiration. lUi., 
 
 1909, Iii, 296. Also, Reprint— Sheaft (P. A.) Improved 
 aspirating apparatus. J. Am. M; Ass^ Chicago, 1917, Ixviii, 
 710. Also, Reprint. — Stevens (H. C.) An aspirator for 
 paracentesis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1918, Ixxi, 1381. — 
 Straus (D. CO A nonplugging aspirator for emptying the 
 gallbladder. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1916, Ixvii, 1939.— 
 TMvenet (V.) Nouvel appareil pour ponctions explora- 
 trices s'adaptant au flacon aspirateur de Potain. Xyon 
 m4d., 1905, civ, 41-43. — Villard. Aspirateiu: p6riton&l. 
 Ihid., 1911, cxvii, 542-546. — WlUiams (J. H;.) An aspirating 
 device. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1911, M, 244. 
 
 Aspirin. 
 
 See, also, Acid (Acetylrsaliq/lic). 
 
 Beecke (R. a. H.) _*KliTriRcne Erfahrungen 
 fiber ein losliches Amirin. 8°. Leipzig, 1911. 
 
 Bekgeret (P.) *Contribution a I'^tude de 
 raspirine (6ther ac^tique de I'acide salicylique), 
 [Lyon.] 8°. Valence, 1907. 
 
 Block (F.) *Untersuchungen fiber Aspirin, 
 Novaspirin und Aspirophen. [Giessen.] 8°- 
 Boma-Leipzig, 1909. 
 
 A Iso [Abstr.], in: Deutsche tierarztl. "Wchnschr., Hannov, 
 
 1910, xviii, 129-132. 
 
 LiBON (A.) *Etude chimique, physiologique 
 et clinique sur I'aspirine (acide ac6tylsalicy- 
 lique). 8°. Paris, 1900. 
 
 Mastjr (M.) *Ueber Aspirin. 8° Freiburg, 
 1900. 
 
 Chlstoni (A.) & Lapresa (F.) Ricerche farmacologiche 
 suU' aspirina. Arch, di farmacol. sper., Roma, 1909, viii, 63- 
 80.— Danlelsobn (P.) Ueber zweckmassigen Aspirmer- 
 satz. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1912, lix, 1046.— Davld- 
 solin(F.) Aspirin; Sammelreferat. Deutsche med. Presse, 
 Berl., 1901, v, 72.— Dreser (H.) Pharmakologisches fiber 
 Aspirin (Acctylsalicylsaure). A^ch. f. d. ges. Physiol., 
 Bonn, 1899, Ixxvi, 306-318. Also, transl.: Am. Therapist, 
 N. Y., 1899-1900, viii, 1-7.— FlIlppI (E.) Ricerche farmar 
 cologiche sopra raspirina. Ann. di farmacot. e chim.. Mi- 
 lano, 1899, ii, 503-508. Also: Clin, mod., Pisa, 1900, vl, 52- 
 64.— FUippI (E.) & Nestl (G.) Ueber die Aussoheidung des 
 Aspirins. Allg. ined. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1902, Ixxi, 613. 
 . Bicerche farmacologiche sull'aspinna. Lavori 
 
 Fransols (M.) Notes de laboratoire; sur I'essai de I'as- 
 pirine. J. de pha^m. et de ohlm., Par., 1917, 7. s., xv, 213- 
 
 Aspirin. 
 
 222.— Frledeberg. Einige Bemerkungen fiber Aspirin. 
 Centralbl. f . innere Med., Leipz., 1900, xxi, 369-372.— Gorges. 
 Ueber neuere Arzneimittel: Aspirin und Digitalis-Dialysat. 
 Verhandl. d. Berl. med. Gesellsch. (1902), 1903, xxxiii, pt. 2, 
 
 177-183. [Discussion], pt. 1, 164-166. . Eine Verbes- 
 
 serung des Aspirins, das Aspirin-Loslich. Deutsche med. 
 Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipa., 1912, xxxviii, 1232. . Be- 
 merkungen zum Aspirin-Loslich. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 
 1914, li, 73.— Hebestrelt. Ueber Aspirin-Loslich. Allg. 
 med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1913, Ixxxii, 449.— Hewitt (G. A.) 
 Aspirin; an improved salicylic acid. Med. Bull., Phila., 
 1900, xxii, 409-413.— Kropll. Ueber Aspirin. Allg. Wien. 
 med. Ztg., 1900, xlv, 328.— Lehmann (O.) Das Aspirinum 
 solubile. Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1912, Ixxxi, 375.— 
 Lemtere (G.) L'aspirine. Pratique jour., Lille, 1902, vii, 
 225; 241; 257.— Links (H.) Ueber die Bestandigkeit und 
 Scharfe der Eisenchlorld-Salicylsaore-Reaktion und Ver- 
 such einer annahernd quantitativen Bestimmung der in den 
 Aspirin- und alien anderen AcetylsaJicyisanretabletten 
 nachweisbarenfreienSalicylsaureaufkolorimetrischemWege 
 mittels dieser Reaktion. Apoth. Ztg., Berl., 1911, xxvi, 
 
 1083-1086. . Aspirin una Azetylsalizylsaure. Therap. 
 
 Monatsh., Berl., 1912, xxvi, 799-902.— Lomnltz. Ueber das 
 Aspirin; Sammelreferat. Aerztl. Rundschau, Miinchen, 
 
 1900, X, 233-235.— Macnt (D. I.) A case of aspirin habit. 
 Med. Rec, N. Y., 1918, xciv, 767.— Manasse (K.) Ueber 
 Aspirin. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1900, xiv, 594.— Mans- 
 flefd (W.) Microscopical analysis of aspirm and acetyl 
 salicylic acid. J. Am. Phann. Ass., Columbus, 1913, ii, 202- 
 205.— Merkel (S.) Mitthcilungen fiber das Aspirin. Miin- 
 chen. med. Wchnschr., 1902, xlix, 357.— MlUer (R.) Ap- 
 proximate determination of novaspirin, alone or when mixed 
 with aspirin. Am. J. Pharm., Phila., 1917, Ixxxi'x, 155. — 
 Mttiner (C. T.) [Aspirin und einige andere Acetylsali- 
 cylsaurefabrikate. TJebers., 656.) Upsala Lakaref. Forh., 
 1904-5, n. f., X, 562-655.— Mouquet. Sur l'aspirine. Bull. 
 Soc centr. de m6d. v^t.. Par., 1907, Ixi, 201-206.— Negri (G.) 
 La questione del prodotti pari. Gazz. med. sicil., Catania, 
 1916, xix, 427.— Raubenliclmer (O.) The chemistry of 
 aspirui or acetylsalicyUc acid. J. Am. Pharm. Ass., Colum- 
 bus, 1913, ii, 206-209.— Kotky (H.) Ueberempftndlichkelt 
 gegen Aspirm. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1913, xxxviii, 710. — 
 Seller. Ueber Aspirin-Calcium, ein losliches Aspirin, 
 Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz^ 1912, xxxviii, 
 2176. — Tatislg (A:) Aspirm, ein neues Srsatzmittel fiir 
 Salicyl. Klin.-therap. Wchnschr., Wien, 1901, viii, 245- 
 249. — Toepfer (A.) Aspirin. N. Yorker med. Monatschr., 
 
 1901, xiij, 24-31. — Trlpold (FO Ueber Aspirin, ein neues 
 Salicyl-Derivat. Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1900, xlv, 717. — 
 Tsakalotos (D. E.) Sur I'essai de I'aspirine; r^ponse k M. 
 M. Francois. J. de pharm. et de chim.. Par., 1917, 7. s., xvi, 
 336-339.-^TJtz. Vergleichende Untersuchungeu fiber As- 
 pirin Beyer und Acetylsalioylsaure' Heyden. Pharm. 
 CentraJhalle, Dresd., 1902, n. F., xxiii, 461-457.— White 
 (R.C.) Themanufactureofaspirintablets. Am.J.Pharm., 
 Phila., 1918, xc, 640-646. Also: J. Am. Pharm. Ass., Easton, 
 Pa., 1918, vii, 697-700.— Wltthauer (E.) Aspirin, ein 
 neues Salicylpraparat. Heilkunde, Wien [etc.], 1898-9, iii, 
 396-398.— Wohlgemutli (J.) Ueber Aspirin (Acctylsali- 
 cylsaure). Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1899, xiii, 276-278. 
 
 Aspirin (Effects of). 
 
 See, also, Aspirin (Idiosyncrasy to); Aspirin. 
 (Toxicology of). 
 
 Carre (J.) *Contribution k I'^tude clinique 
 des propri^tes antithenniques de raspirine. 8°. 
 Pans 1901. 
 
 Anderson (H. B.) Two cases of angioneurotic eruption 
 due to aspirin. Canad. Pract. & Rev., Toronto, 1912, xxxvii, 
 610.— Besangou. Sur I'action anti-t6brile de l'aspirine. 
 J. de mid. int., Par., 1901, v, 954.— Biandels (R.) & Ver- 
 
 fely (J.) Efimoglobmurie provoqu^e par I'aspuine. Gaz. 
 ebd. d. sc. m^d. de Bordeaux, 1912, xxxiii, 260.— Carbonell 
 ySoies(F.) La aspirina como sedan te. Arch, de ginecop., 
 Barcel., 1904, xvii, 115-117.- Chldlchlmo (F.) Diephysio- 
 logisohe und therapoutische Wirkung des Aspirins, mit be- 
 sonderer Beriicksichtigung der Wirkung auf den Uterus. 
 Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1906, xx, 389-396.— Faucheux. 
 Manifestations outan^es toxiques dues k I'ingestion de l'as- 
 pirine. Centre m4d. et pharm., Gannat, 1907-8, xiii, 129; 
 173.— Finkelstein (S. A.) Klinlsche Beobachtungen fiber 
 die Wirkung des Aspirins. Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 
 1903, lx.xil, 785-787.— Fischer (E.) Eflets secondaires de 
 l'aspirine. Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.]. Par., 1906, ii, 
 136.— Freund (R.) Arzneiexanthem nach Aspirin. Muu- 
 chen. med. Wchnschr., 1905, Iii, 707.— Goldberg (L.) Die 
 Wirkung des Aspirins in der Nervenpraxis. Deutsche 
 Med.-Ztg., Bert., 190O, xxi, 229.— Grawltz (E.) Beitrag ziu: 
 Wirkungsweise des Aspirin. Deutsche -\erzte-Ztg., Berl., 
 1900, 121.— Hlrschbeig. Mittheilung fiber einen Kill von 
 Nebenwirkun^ des Aspirin. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., 
 Berl. & Leipz., 1902, xxviii, 416.— Holder (C. A.) New drug 
 eruption. Am. Med., Phila., 1903, vl, 428.— Karcher. 
 [Fall von Aspirin-Exanthem.] Cor.-Bl. schweiz. Aerzte, 
 Basel, 1903, xxxiii, 836.— Kraus (A.) Ueber Hauteischei- 
 
ASPIEIN. 
 
 99 
 
 ASPLANCHNA. 
 
 Aspirin (Effects of) . 
 
 nungen tei Amiringebrauch. Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph., 
 Wien & Leipz., 1914, cxix. Bef., 1-4.— Mtlller (L.) Einige 
 Erfahnmgeu fiber die Wirkung des Aspirin. Wien. klin. 
 Rundschau, 1900, xiv, 999-1001.— Otto. Ueber einen wei- 
 teren Fall von Nebenwirkung des Aspirins. Deutsche med. 
 Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1903, xxix, 123.— Pltlni (A.) 
 Sull' azione dell' aspirina e di alcuni O. acetil-derivati. 
 Arch, di farm, e terap., Palermo, 1910, xri^ 221-237.— B«non 
 (L.) Propridtfe antithermiques de raspirine (adds acfityl- 
 salioylique). Bull. See. m^d. de I'Yonne 1901, Auxerre, 
 1902, xlii, 55.— Schlesler. Erfahruugen fiber die Wirkung 
 des Aspirins. Jahresb. d. Gesellsch. f. Nat.- u. HeUk. in 
 Dresd. 1900-1901, Munchen, 1901, 62-65.— Singer (H.) 
 XJeber Aspirin; Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Salicylwirkung. 
 Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1901, Ixxxiv^ 527-546.— 
 Stroblndei (J.) Ueber eine besondere Wirkung des 
 Aspirins. Allg. Wien. med. Ztg.", 1902, xlvii, 124.— Valentin 
 (F.) Klinische Erfahrunsen fiber die Wirkung des Aspirin. 
 Deutsche Aerzte-Ztg., Berl.,. 1900, 454.— Weil (R.) Die 
 schmerzlindemde Wirkung des Aspirin. Allg. med. Centr.- 
 Ztg., Berl., 1900, Ixix, 37.— WincUelmann. Aspirin-Neben- 
 wirlrang. MUnchen. med. Wchnschr., 1903, 1, 1817.— Wobr 
 (F.) Einige Bemeirkungen aus der Praxis zur Wirkungs- 
 weise des Aspirins. Med. Woche, Berl., 1902, xxx, 326. 
 
 Aspirin (Idiosynerasy to). 
 
 See, also. Aspirin (Toxicology of). 
 
 DIetz (J. W. L.) Een geval van idiosynkrasle voor asjpi- 
 rinum. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geueesk., Amst., 1903, 2. E., 
 xxxix, d. 2, 1452.— Donunlssee (F. H.) Aspirin idiosyn- 
 crasy. South African M. Rec, Cape Town, 1913, xi, 10.— 
 Gilbert (G. B.) Unusual idiosyncrasy to a^irin. J. Am. 
 M. Ass., Chicago, 1911, Ivi, 1262.— Graham (CO Idiosyn- 
 crasy to aspinn. Ibid., 261.— Jacobs (M.) [Hvpersensi- 
 tiveness to acetvlcvsalicylic acid and aspirin.] Nederl. Tijd- 
 schr. V. Geneesk., Amst., 1913, li, 759.— Reed (E. N.) Idio- 
 synerasy to aspirm (acetylsalioylic acid). J. Am. M. Ass., 
 Chicago, 1914, Ixii, 773. — Roland. IJn cas d'ldiosyncrasie 
 relative 5. 1'aspirine. Poitou m&d., Poitiers, 1912, xxvii, 97. 
 
 Aspirin (Therapeutic use of). 
 
 Genglaire _(E.) *Contribution k l'6tude cli- 
 nique de I'aspiriae (acide ac^tysalicylique). 8°. 
 Paris, 1902. 
 
 Manasse (K.) *Therapeutisches ilber Aspirin. 
 [Wiirzburg.] 8°. Heilbronna. N.,[1Q00]. 
 
 Allan (J.) The value of aspirin in ophthalmic work. 
 Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1914, u. s., xcvii, 172.— Astruc (A.) 
 Essal et dosage de Paspirine. J. de pharm. et de chim.. 
 Par., 1913, 7. s., viii, 5-8.— Bram (L.) Ueber das Verhalt- 
 nis der intemen Aspirinmedlkation zu den Heilfaktoren der 
 physikaUschen Therapie. Heilkunde, Berl., 1903, 496-499.— 
 Brunnei (A.) Ueber den therapeutischen Wert des As- 
 pirin. Klin.-therap. Wchnschr., Wien, 1900, vii, 1377- 
 1382.— Burnet (J.) The therapeutics of aspirin and meso- 
 tan. Lancet, Lond., 1905, i, 1193-1196. Also: Therap. 
 Soo. Tr., Lond., 1905, iii, 95-108.— Chapman (C. W.) The 
 continuous administration of aspirin. Lancet, Lend., 1917, 
 ii, 659.— Chidlchlmo (F.) Azione flsiologica e terapeutlca 
 dell' aspirina con specialeriguardo all'utero. Ann. di ostet., 
 Milano, 1905, xxvU, 366-374.— Dengel (A.) Erfahrungen 
 mit Aspirin aus der Privatpraxls. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 
 
 1900, xxxvil, 604.— Fabriclus (J.) Die Anwendung des 
 Aspirins in der Gynakologie. Aerztl. Reform-Ztg., Wien, 
 1902, iv, 148.— Gassner (.K^ Uebe'r Aspirin und seine An- 
 wendung in der Praxis. Klin.-therap. Wchnschr., Wien, 
 
 1901, viii, 1677-1680.— Gazert. Therapeutische Erfahrungen 
 mit Aspirin. Deutsches Arch. f. khn. Med., Leipz., 1900, 
 Ixviji, 142-154.— G6tli (L.) Das Aspirin in der geburts- 
 hilflichen und gynakologischeu Praxis. Med. Bl., Wien, 
 1904, xxvi. 71-74.— Graul (G.) Ueber den therapeuti- 
 schen Wert des Aspirins. Deutsche Prax., Munchen, 1901, 
 X, 90-93.— Gulda (T.) L'aspirina in terapia infantile. 
 Med. e chir. d. med. prat., Napoli, 1917, i. No. 7, 
 1-11.— Guihal (E.) L'aspirine; ses propriety th&apeu- 
 tiques. Presse mM., Par., 1902, i, 305-307.— Habermann. 
 Mittheilungen aus der Praxis fiber Aspirin. Deutsche med 
 Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1900, xxvi, 134.— Hill (E. C.) 
 Some experiments as to the best manner of administering 
 aspirin. Therap. Gaz., Detroit, 1902, 2. s., xviii, 799-- 
 Landau (J.) & Scbudmak (A.) Der therapeutische 
 Wert des Aspirins in der Kinderpraxis. HeilkunHe, Wien 
 [etc.], 1901, 509-514.^LazzarinI (P.) Nota clinico-terapeu- 
 uca suUa aspirina. Gazz. med. lomb., Milano, 1903, Ixxii 
 402-407.— Lemalre (P.) Notes de th^rapeutique: adminis- 
 tration de racideacStylsalicylique(aspirine); son association 
 avec le bicarbonate de sonde. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. mM de 
 Bordeaux, 1912, xxxiii, 457-459.— Llesau (H.) Klinische 
 Erfahrungen fiber Aspuin. Deutsche med. Wchnschr . 
 Berl. & Leipz., 1900, xxvi, 338-340.— McCabe (C. P.) Clin- 
 ical notes on aspirin. N. Albany M. Herald, 1903, xxii, 121 — 
 Manasse (K.) Zur Anwendung des Aspirin. Therap 
 Monatsh., Berl., 1900, xiv, 246.— Meier (E.) Ohrenfirzt- 
 liche Erfahrungen nut Aspirin. Heiltunde, Berl, 1904 
 
 Aspirin (Tlierapeutic use of). 
 
 494. — Merkel (F.) Aspirin als Analgeticum in der Gynako- 
 logie und GeburtshiUe. Deutsches Arch. f. klm. Med., 
 Leipz., 1905, Ixxxlv, 261-264.— Merkel (S.) Erfahrungen 
 mit Aspirin. Sitzungsb. d. aerztl. Ver. Nflmb. 1901, Mun- 
 chen, 1902, 50-52.— Orvan (E.) Die vielseitige Verwend- 
 barkeit des Aspirins in der Praxis. Allg. Wien. med. Ztg., 
 1907, Iii, 417.— R*non (L.) Sur la valeur th&apeutique de 
 Paspirine. Bull, et mfim. Soo. m4d. d. h6p. de Par., 1900, 
 3. s., xvu, 993-997.— Rudolph. Zur Verwendung des As- 
 pirins. Heilkimde, Berl. & Wien, 1904, 392.— Ryblczka 
 (E.) Erfahrungen fiber den antirheumatischen und anti- 
 neuralgisohen Wert des Aspirins. Ibid., Wien [etc.], 1900, 
 816-819.— Suess (A.) Ueber die therapeutische Verwen- 
 dung des Aspirins. Med. Bl., Wien, 1902, xxv, 705-707.— 
 Thleme (L.) Erfahrungen fiber Aspirin. Therap. Mo- 
 natsh., Berl., 1903, xvu, 465.— Wlcherkievricz (B.) Aspirin 
 in der Augenheilkunde. Wchnschr. 1. Therap. u. Hyg. d. 
 Auges, Dresd.-Blasewltz, 1900, iv, 45-47. Also, transl.: 
 Am. M. Compend, Toledo, 1901, xvii, 739-741.— Wielsch 
 (F.) Erfahrungen fiber Aspirin. Wien. med. Presse, 1902, 
 xliii, 209-216.— Wltthauer (K.) Erfolge mit Aspirin. 
 Therap. Monatsh,, Berl., 1900, xiv, 534.— Wobr (F.) Er- 
 fahrungen fiber 362 mit Aspirin behandelte Kraukheits- 
 falle. HeiUmnde, Wien [etc.], 1902, 158-160. Also, transl.: 
 Med. Bull., Phila., 1902, xxiv, 274-276.— Zlmmermann 
 (P.) Ein Beitrag zur Aspirinbehandlung. Berl. klin. 
 Wcnnschr., 1900, xxxvli, 604. 
 
 Aspirin (Toxicology of). 
 
 See, also. Aspirin (Idiosyncrasy to). 
 
 Abercromble (P. H.) Poisoning after small doses of 
 aspirin. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1911, i, 1314.— BlaUde (J. B.) 
 Toxic effect of aspirin. Lancet, Lond., 1911, ii, 1094. — 
 Brown (A.) Note on a toxic effect of aspirin. Ibid., 761. — 
 Dockray (J. S.) Some toxic effects of aspirin. Brit.M.J., 
 Lond., 1905, ii, 1692.— Franke. Vergiftungserscheinungen 
 nach Aspirin. Mfinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1903, 1, 1299.— 
 KlUen<S. J.) Poisoning after small doses of aspirin. Brit. 
 M. J., Lond., 1911, i, 476.— Maeht (D.I.) A case of aspirin 
 poisoning. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1911, Ixxx, 826. Also, Re- 
 print. — Rothfuchs. Fall von Aspirinvergiftung. Mun- 
 chen. med. Wchnschr., 1916, Ixiii, 573.— Shelby (E. P.) 
 Acute poisoning by five grains of acetylsalicy Uc acid, aspirm. 
 J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1918, Ixxl, 1381.— Stlell (W. F.) 
 Chronic aspjrinlsm. Practitioner, Lond., 1917, xcix, 293.— 
 Waller (H. E.) Toxic effect of aspirin. Lancet, Lond., 
 1911, ii, 916.— Wimmer. Aspirin-Intoxikation. Ztsohr. f. 
 Wundarzte u. Geburtsh.,_Fellbach, 1903, liv, 143-145. , 
 
 Aspirocliyl. 
 
 Cluffo (G.) & Mamell (E.) Su una nuova forma df- 
 sffmmmistrazione dell' aspirochyl. Arch, di farraacol. sper... 
 Roma, 1913, xv, 22-35. Also: CUn. med. ital., MUano, 1913- 
 lii, 515-524. ' ' 
 
 Aspirophen. 
 
 _ Linke. Aspkophen. Therap. Neuheiten, Leipz., 1907, 
 u, 161-163.— Zernik (F.) Aspirophen. Apoth.-Ztg., Berl 
 1906, xxi, 10S4. Also: Arb. a. d. pharmazeut. Inst. d. Univ 
 Berl. 1906, Bed. & Wien, 1907, iv, 38-41. 
 
 Aspisoff (N[ikoki] M[ikailovici]) [1877- ]. 
 *Materiall k riesheniyu voprosa o vliyanii radi- 
 kalnoi operatsii srednyavo ukha na funktsiyu 
 slukha i vestibulyamavo apparata. [Data on tlie 
 problem of the influence of the radical operation 
 of tie middle ear upon the function of audition 
 and vestibular apparatus.] 74 (1 1.), 51 pp 8° 
 S.-Peterburg, M. I. Anhifiyeff, 1910. 
 
 Aspisoff (S[ergiei] - M[ikhanovich]) [1880- ]. 
 *OjpltJ liechenlya pereMsyu vodoroda tuber- 
 kulyoznikh porazheniy verkhnildi dlkhatel- 
 nlkh putei v svyazi s izucheniyem dieistviya 
 yeya na tuberkulyoznlya batsilU i tuberkuliu. 
 [Experience of the treatment of tuberculosis of 
 the upper respiratory organs with hydrogen 
 peroxide, in connection with the study of its 
 action upon tiibercle bacilli and tuberculin ] 
 1 p. 1., 147 pp., 3 1., 5 pi. [on 31.]. 8° S.-Peter- 
 burg, tip. Shtaba Otd. Korp. Zhand., 1913. 
 
 Asplanchna. 
 
 T?Jw f ""'anger (R.) & Lauterbom (R.) Ueber die ersten 
 lintwicklungsyorgange im parthenogenetischen und be- 
 fpcht«t«n Eaderthierei (Asplanchna priodontal Zool 
 Anz Leipz., 1897,, Y.,452-456.-Lange (A. ) Zur Kenntnii 
 von Asplanchna sieboldu Leydig. Ibid., 1911, xxxviii, 43.V 
 441.— Mraaek (A.) Zur EmbryonalentwicMung der Gat- 
 tung Asplanchna. Sitzungsb. d. k.-bohm. Gelellsch. d. 
 Wissensch. 1897, Prag, 1898, No. IviU, 1-11, 1 pi 
 
ASPLENIUM. 
 
 100 
 
 ASSHETON. 
 
 Asplenium. 
 
 Comlnelli (A.) Eicerolje tossicologiche su di una lelce 
 (Asplemum coeterali). Gazz. intemaz. di med., Napoli, 
 1917, XX, 209^21'lV ■ , 
 
 Asplund (Martm). Helsa och. sjukdom. Lakare- 
 ' bok for hemmet. I vissa delar bearbetning efter 
 
 C. E. Bock's arbete: Das Buch. vom gesunden 
 
 und kranken Menschen. [Health, and disease, a 
 
 guidebook for the home.] vui, 967 pp. 8°. 
 
 Stockholm, W. Silens Forlag, [1895]. 
 Aspray (Charles Owen). Stricture of the urethra; 
 
 its safe and rapid cure by the new screw-dilator; 
 
 with remarks on its prevention and diagnosis. 
 
 32 pp. 8°. London, H. Remhaw, 1869. 
 Asprldes (Charllaos) [1884- ]. *Ueber die 
 
 Ileocoecaltuberkulose und ihre operative Be- 
 
 handlung. 26 pp., 1 1. 8° Leipzig, E. Leh- 
 
 mann, 1909. 
 Asquier (F61ix) [1884- _ ]. *Contribution k 
 
 r^tude de rh61ioth6rapie dans le traitement des 
 
 tuberculoses ost6o-articulaires. 46 pp. 8°. 
 
 Montpellier, 1915, No. 17. 
 Asrielowltsch-Nemirowsky (Margola) [1888- .] 
 
 *Zur Frage der Typhusbazillentrager im Kindes- 
 
 alter. 1 p. 1., 35 pp. 8°. Strassburg i. E., Miih 
 
 & Cie., 1913. 
 
 Assab. 
 
 Flantelli (G.) Brevi note suUa patologia di Assab. 
 Studl dl med. txop.,. Bergamo, 1914, 1, 15-21. 
 
 Assailly (L6on) [1878- ]. *Du hoquet dans la 
 pneumonie. 56pp., 21. 8°. ij/on, 1903, No. 98. 
 
 Assainissement et salubrit6 de I'habitation. 
 2^ Congrfes international k Genfeve du 4r-10 
 septembre 1906. 29 pp. 12°. Genive, [1906]. 
 
 . Compte-rendu des travaux du 2^ Congr&s 
 
 international tenu k Genfeve du 4 au 10 septem- 
 bre 1906. 874 pp. 8°. Paris, J. Rcmsset, 1907. 
 
 Assaki (GheorgJie) [1855-99] 
 
 [Biography.] Rev. de ohlr., BucurestI, 1899, iii, no. 5. 
 Also: Eomanla med., BuonrestI, 1899, vii, 177. 
 
 Assalini (Paolo) [1795-1840]. _ Discorso sopra un 
 nuovo stromento per I'estrazione della cateratta. 
 34 pp., 1 pi. 12°. Pavia, B. Comini, 1792. 
 
 . Notice sur des instrumens nouveaux 
 
 pour terminer les accouchemens compliqu^s. 
 Lue k la Soci6t6 m^dicale d'6mulation de 
 Paris et a I'lnstitut de France. 32 pp., 3 pi. 
 12°- [n. p., n. rf.] 
 
 Assamin. 
 
 Halberkann (J.) Ueber Assamin, das neutrale Saponin 
 der Assamtesamen. Bioohem. Ztscnr., Berl., 1909, xix, 
 310-367. 
 
 Assassins. 
 
 Browning (W.) American assassins; their prospective 
 prevention. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1913, xcvii, 801-804. Also, 
 Reprint. — Femel. Les caprices de la camarde; quelques 
 morts toanges et singuli^res de I'histoire. ^cho mdd. du 
 nord, Lille, 1909, xiii, 413; 425; 438.— Ferrer (F. J.) A pro- 
 
 Sfisito de los atentados terroristas. Rev. trenopAt. espaS., 
 larcel., 1908, vl, 225-229.— Ma«Donald (A.) Assassins of 
 
 rulers. J. Am. Inst Criminol., Chicago, 1911, ii, 505-520. 
 
 Also, Reprint. . Would-be assassin of Theodore 
 
 Roosevelt. Indian M. Rec, Calcutta, 1914, xxxiv, 1-7.— 
 Maridort (P.) La psychologie d'un assassin. Normandie 
 m^d., Rouen, 1902, xvii, 59-65,— Marie (A.) & MacAullfle 
 (L.) Physionomie des assassins, conclusions de reoherches 
 sur oette catSgorie de criminels. Compt. rend. Acad. d. so.. 
 Par., 1912, cUv, 1004-1006.— Subotltscli (W. M.) Brfolglose 
 Hypnose bei einem Attentater und noch drei Komplizen. 
 Cong. Intemat. de psychiat. [etc.], 1907, Amst., 1908, i, 
 870-873. 
 
 Assatiani (Julia). *Ueber Scharlachrezidive. 
 30 pp. 8°. Zurich, Leemann & Co., 1912. 
 
 Assault {Indecent). 
 
 See, also, Bape; Sexual instinct {Perversion 
 ofl 
 
 Brouaedel (P.) Les attentats aux moeurs. 
 Preface duProfesseurThoinot. 8°. Paris, 1909. 
 
 Assault (Indecent). 
 
 Brouardel (P.) Rapport sur un cas d'outrage public & 
 
 lapudeur. Rev. de mM. 16g., Par., 1899, vl, 16. . Les 
 
 attentats k la pudeur. Ann. d'hyg., Par., 1907, 4. s., viii, 
 149-179.— Charge (The) against J. A. Campbell, Carlisle; 
 verdict of insanity. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1898, li, 1528-1630.- 
 Corln (C.) Une accusation d'outrage k la pudeur d^mori- 
 trfe impossible k cause des malformations achondropla- 
 siaques de l'acous& Arch, internal, de m6d. 16g., Bruxelles, 
 1914, V, 193-203, 1 pi.— Garnler. Des impulsions k propos 
 d'un rapport m^dlco-l&al sur un cas r&ent d'attentats a la 
 
 gudeur. Cong. d. mM. alifinistes et neurol. de France . . . 
 .-r. Proc.-verb. [etc.]. Par., 1908, xviii, 351-356.— Geill iC.) 
 [Sur I'examen mOTico-Wgal en ce qui concerne les attentats a 
 la pudeur. R&., 306: 1903, iii, 91.) Tidsskr. f. nord. rets- 
 med. og psykiat., Kristiania, 1902, ii, 178-288: 1903, iii, 6/- 
 Guldone (F.) Supposta violenza carnale contro natura; 
 revisione di perizie. Gior. p. i med. periti giud. ed ufl. san. 
 [etc.], Napoli, 1900, iv, 241-249.— Masselon (R.) Une 
 affaire d'attentats k la pudeur. Ann, mgd.-psychol., Par., 
 1913, 10. s., iv, 608-521.— Meyer (B.) Sitthchkeits-Ver- 
 brechen? Sex.-Probleme, Frahkf. a. M., 1908, iv, 205-216.— 
 Paeheco (R.) S^vices sur les enfants. Rev. de mM. l^g., 
 Par., 1907, xiv, 165.— Penta (P.) In causa di oltragglo al 
 pudore. Riv. mens, di psichiat. forense, Napoli, 1900, iii, 
 89-95.— Pontoppldan (K.) [Offenses against decency.) 
 Bibliot. f. Laeeer, Kfibenh., 1906, 8. R., vii, 494-522.— Klcotix 
 (6.) Dfibauche sexuelle et responsabilit^ p^nale. Arch, 
 d'anthrop. crlm., Lyon & Par., 1903, xviii, 652-661.— Baberg. 
 Unsittlicher Ueberiall eines 8jahrigen Madchens von einem 
 9jahrigen Knaben uuter Beihillfe seiner beiden Brlider von 
 5 und 6 Jahren. Ztschr. f. Med.-Beamte, Berl., 1897, x, 165- 
 167.— Boublnovltch. Inculpation d'outrage k la pudeur 
 Chez un tab^tique. Rev. de mM. Wg., Par., 1901, viii, 350- 
 
 355. . Tabes et inculpation d'attentats aux moeurs. 
 
 Arch, d'anthrop. crim., Lyon & Par., 1902, xvii, 56-68. — 
 Toulzac. Attentat aux moeurs; d4gSn&escence mentale 
 avec hyperesthfeie sexuelle et permanence morbide de 
 I'instinct genital; responsabilit^ att6nu6e. Rev. de m6d. 
 l^g.. Par., 1907, xiv, 357-360. Also; J. de mM. de Par., 1908, 
 2. s., XX, 9.— Vucol (A.) [Offenses against decency.) Spi- 
 talul, Bucurescl, 1904, xjav, 64-73,-3giroveiC (I.) [Thfid 
 case of indecency of a teacher with Uttle school gu'ls.] Liefi. 
 viestnik, u Zagrebu, 1905, xxvii, 120-128. 
 
 Assaying. 
 
 See Drugs (Adulteration, etc., of); Phamia- 
 cognosy; Pharmacology. 
 
 Asselin (Gustave-Aimable) . [1877- ]. *L'6tat 
 mental des parricides. Etude mddico-l^gale. 
 152 pp. 8°. SorrfeaM, 1901, No. 45. 
 
 The same. 152 pp. 8°. Paris, J.-B. 
 
 O. *Contribution 
 pp. 8°. Paris, 1899, 
 
 Baillike & fils, 1902. 
 Assellneau (Henri) [1872- 
 
 k I'etude de I'aphasie. 40 
 
 No. 6. 
 Assgmat (Ernest). _ *Etude de rorganisation du 
 
 service de la vaccine en France par application 
 
 de la loi du 15 f^vrier 1902 sur la sant6 publique. 
 
 109 pp. 8°. Toulome, 1907, No. 744. 
 van Assen (Johan). *Experimenteel-kritisch on- 
 
 derzoek betreftende het vraagstuk der door kunst- 
 
 bewerking te veroorzaken steriliteit. 4 p. 1., 63 
 
 pp. , 8 pi. 8°- Groningen, Scholtens & Zoon, 1900. 
 Assenmacher (Joseph) [1883- ]. *Zwei Falle 
 
 von Duodenalgeschwiir. 39 pp. 8°. Bonn, 
 
 S. Foppen, 1908. 
 Assgnova (Saba) [1875- ]. *:6tude sur la pro- 
 venance des entozoaires superficiels. 132 pp. 
 
 8°. Nancy, 1899, No. 6. 
 Asser (Ernst) [1885- ]. *Ueber Aenderung der 
 
 Methylalkoholoxydation durch andere Alkohole. 
 
 [Breslau.] 13 pp. 8°. Berlin, L. Schumacher, 
 
 1914. 
 Assereto (Luigi). *Contributo alia patologia 
 
 della metrlte parenchimatosa cronica. (Disser- 
 
 tazione per la libera docenza in obstetricia e gine- 
 
 cologia.) 116 pp., 3 col. pi. 4°. Pavia, Mattel, 
 
 Speroni & Cie., [n. d.X 
 Assfalg (Karl) [1873- ]. *Ueber die Verwen- 
 
 dung des Methylenblau zur Priifung der Nieren- 
 
 function. [Wiirzburg.] 44 pp. 8°. Berlin, L. 
 
 SchuTniCLchcr 1901 
 Asshcton (Richard) [1863-1915]. Growth, in 
 
 length; embryological essays, xi, 104 pp. 8°. 
 
 Cambridge, University Press, 1916. 
 
ASSICOT. 
 
 101 
 
 ASSOCIATION. 
 
 Asslcot (Louis). *Contributioii h, I'^tude des 
 colobomes du nerf optique. 131 pp., 2 pi. 8°. 
 Paris, 1902, No.--365. 
 
 Assimilation. 
 
 See, also, Digestion; MetaboUsm; Nutri- 
 tion. 
 
 Le Dantec (F.) Assimilation physique et assimilation 
 fonctlonnelle. Biologica, Par., 1913, Hi, 33-40.— Marfori 
 (P.) Importanza della stereoisomerla nei processi di assimi- 
 lazione (acidl fosfogllcerici stereo-isomeri). Arch, di fislol., 
 Jirenze, 1908-9, vl, 496-504.— Pacchionl (D.) & Carllnl 
 (C.) Contributi alio studio dell'asslmilazione. Ibid., 190i-5, 
 ii, 297; 561: 1908-9, vi, 33-40.— Heffer (W.) Ueber Auf- 
 nahme und Ausgabe ungeloster Korper. Abhandl. d. 
 math.-phys. CI. d. k. sachs. Gesellsch. d. Wissensch., 
 Leipz., 1890-91, xvi, 147-184, 1 pi.- B1111 (J.) Ueber das 
 erste organische Assimilationsprodukt. Ztsohr. I. allg. 
 Physiol., Jena, 1907, vi, 493-512.— Slovtzoff (B.) Xes par- 
 tieularites Individuelles en oe qui concerne les processus 
 d'assjmilation et de ddsassimilation. Compt.-rend. Soe. de 
 Writ, Par., 1916, Ixxix, 467.— Sperling (A.) Assimilation, 
 Asslmilatlonsstorungen und Assimilationskuren. Med. Bl 
 Wien, 1909, xxxli, 133; 145; 157. 
 
 Assire_ (Edgard). *Traitement du cancer de 
 rs iliaque par la r&ection suivie de suture cir- 
 culaire. 72 pp. 8°. Paris, 1908, No. 24. 
 
 Assistance (L'). Bulletin officiel de la Policli- 
 nique de Paris, v. 1-6, 1891-6. 8° Paris. 
 Continued as: Assistance publique. 
 
 Assistance (L') familiale. Revue intemationale 
 bimensuelle. v. 11, 1902. 8°. Paris. 
 Continuation of: Assistance publique. 
 
 Assistance (L') mfidicale indigene dans I'Etat 
 
 indfoendant du Congo. 60 pp. 8°. Bruxelles, 
 
 A. & G. Bulensfrires, 1907. 
 Assistance (L') publique. v. 7-10, 1897-1901. 
 
 8°. Paris. 
 Continuation of: Assistance. Continued as: Assistance 
 
 familiale. 
 
 Assmann (Fritz) [1881- ]_. *Beitrage zur 
 Kenntnis pflanzlicber Agglutinine. 23 pp. 8° 
 Rostock, 1911. 
 
 Assmann (Georg) [1875- ]. *Da8 eo^saure 
 Methylenblau und Methylenazur in slftec. Be- 
 deutung ftir die Blutfarbung. 3^ P^^*^- 
 Leipzig, E. Lehmann, 1908. * ^* 
 
 Assmann (Heinrich) [1874- ]. *Zur- Casui- 
 stik der Pityriasis rubra pUaris. 32 pp. 8° 
 Wiirzburg, 1902. 
 
 Assmann (Herbert) [1882- ]. *"Versuche iiber 
 den Wert des Aethylalkobols, insbesondere des 
 alkalischen Alkobols als einea Desinfektions- 
 mittels bei bakteriologiscben Sektionen. 53 pp. , 
 
 • 11. 8°. Konigsbergi. Pr., C. Kummel, 1^05. 
 
 Assmann (Richard). Beitrage zum Klima von 
 Norderney ; nach. den Beobacbtungen des Apothe- 
 kenbesitzers O. J. Ommen. 44 pp. 4°. Ham- 
 burg, L. Friederichsen & Co., 1908. 
 . Assmann (Rudolf Karl WiUielm) [1882- ]. 
 *Beitrag zur Desinfektion des Darmkanales 
 unter besonderer Berucksicbtigung von KoUar- 
 golundLysargin. [Leipzig.] 154 pp. 8°. Jena, 
 G. Fischer, 191L '" ^ ^ .■' 
 
 Assmann (W[ilhelm]) [1871- ]. *Grenz- 
 werte iiber den Geschmack verunreinigten 
 Waasers. 36 pp. 8° Wiirzburg, Memminger, 
 
 Assmus (Werner August Otto) [1884- ]. *Ein 
 Fall von Ascites cbylosus im Kindesalter. 36 
 pp. 8°. Greifswald, ' H. Adler, 1909. 
 
 Assmuth (Christfried) [1882- ]. *Ueber pri- 
 mares Chorioepithelioma des Ovariums. 21 pp. 
 8°. Tubingen, E.Lauppjr., 1908. 
 
 Assmutli (Eduard) [1792-18531. 
 
 See von Baer (Zarl Ernst). Aus den Jugendiahren fetcl. 
 8°. Riga, 1909. 
 
 Assmy (Johannes) [1877- ]. *Beitrag zur 
 Casuistik der Syniphysiotomie. 30 pp. 8°. 
 Ealle a. 8., C. A. Kaemmerer & Co., 1904. 
 
 Assmy (P.) *Ueber den Einflusa der Durchtren- 
 nung motorischer Nerven auf die Narbenbildung 
 bei extramedianen Bauchschnitten. [Heidel- 
 berg.] 17 pp. 8°. Tubingen, E. Laupp, 1899. 
 
 Association. 
 
 See Ideas (Association of). 
 
 Association time. 
 
 See Reaction time. 
 Association of American Medical Colleges. 
 Bulletin. Issued by: Perry H. Millard, secre- 
 tary-treasurer. 1892. 8°. St. Paul, Minnesota. 
 
 . Report of the committee syllabus. 1896. 
 
 8°. Chicago. 
 Repr.from: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1896, xxvi. 
 
 . Transactions. 1897-1903. 8°. [n. p.] 
 
 Continued as: Proceedings of the Association of Ameri- 
 can Medical Colleges. 
 
 . Proceedings. 1908-13; 1915-17. 8°. Bal- 
 timore:^ Chicago. 
 
 Continuation of: Transactions of the Association of 
 American Medical Colleges. 
 
 Association amicale des internes et ancLens 
 internes. Annuaire de I'intemat en m^decine, 
 des asiles publics d'alifoes du D6partement de 
 la Seine. 8°. Paris, Vigotfrh-es, 1911. 
 
 Association des Anatomistes. Comptes rendus. 
 Publics par le Professeur A. Nicolas, secretaire 
 perp^tuel de I'association. v. 1, 1899; v. 3-7, 
 1901-5. 8°. Paris, & Nancy. 
 
 Association de I'Ecole odonto-technique (scien- 
 tifique et philanthropique). Ecole et clinique 
 dentaires; enseignement sup6rieur libre. Dis- 
 pensaire gratuit pour les maladies des dents. 
 Programme des etudes et rSglements, 1896-7. 
 40 pp. 8°. Pans, 1896. 
 
 Association of Economic Entomologists. Pro- 
 ceedings of the annual meetings. See United 
 States. Department of Agriculture, Bureau of 
 Entbmology. Bulletins. 
 
 Association frangaise pour I'avancement des 
 sciences. Comptes-rendus. v. 1-30, 1872-1901. 
 roy. 8°. Paris. 
 
 Association frangaise de chirurgie. Congrfes de 
 chirurgie. Procfes-verbaux, m^moires et discus- 
 sions. V. 7-24, 1893-1912. 8°. Paris. 
 
 Association frangaise pour I'^tude du cancer. 
 Bulletin. V. 1-7, 1908-14. 8°. Paris. 
 
 Association fran^aise d'urologie. Procfes-verbaux, 
 m^moires et discussions, v. 1-15, 1896-1911. 
 8°. ^Paris. 
 
 Association g6n6rale des m^decins de France. 
 Caisse d'assistance m^dicale de guerre et "Se- 
 coura de guerre a la famille medLcale" r6unis. 
 La caisse d'assistance m^dicale de guerre; son 
 fonctionnement; son but. 46 pp., 1 1. 8°. 
 Paris, P. Dupont, 1916. 
 
 Association of Hospital Superintendents. Trans- 
 actions. V. 6-12, 1904-10. 8°. [n. p.] 
 
 Association de I'lnstitut Marey. Travaux. 2 v. 
 1905; 1910. _ 8° Paris. 
 
 Association Internationale des m^decins experts 
 de compagnies d'assurances. • Bulletin, v. 1-6, 
 1902-7. 8°._ Bruxelles. 
 
 Association intemationale d'urologie. Congrfes. 
 Procfes-verbaux, rapports et discussions. Pu- 
 blics par le Dr. E. Desnos, secretaire g6n6ral du 
 Congrte. 8°. Paris. 
 
 Association of Life Insurance Medical Directors. 
 Medico-actuarial mortality investigation. Com- 
 piled and published by the Association of Life 
 Insurance Medical Directors and the Actuarial 
 Society of America, fol. New York, 1912-13. 
 
 CONTENTS. 
 
 v: 1. Introduction; statistics of height and weight of in- 
 sured persons; rates of mortaUty . . ., instructions to compa- 
 nies for preparing data ... 131 pp., 2 1, fol. 1912. 
 
ASSOCIATION. 
 
 102 
 
 ASTASIA-ABASIA. 
 
 Association of Life Insurance Medical Directors 
 — continued. 
 
 V. 2. Influence of build on mortality among men; causes 
 of death among men; mortality among women, etc. 139 pp. 
 fol. 1913. 
 
 V. 3. Effectofoccupationonmortality. 219pp. fol. 1913 
 
 Association of Life Insurance Presidents. Pro- 
 ceeding. 1910-14; 1916-17. 8°. [d. p.] 
 
 Association of Medical Librarians. Bulletin. 
 V. 1, 1902. 8°. Baltimwe. 
 
 Continued as: Bulletin of the Medical Library Associa- 
 tion. 
 
 Association Medical Officers, C. S. A. 
 
 Cuttingafrom: Atlanta Constitution, May 2% 1874. 
 
 Association m^dico-chirurgicale des accidents 
 du tra-vaU. Bulletin, v. 1-2, 1908. 8°. Paris. 
 
 Association of Military Surgeons of the United 
 States. Columbus and the Association of Mili- 
 tary Surgeons of the United States. A souvenir 
 of the seventh annual meeting, held at Colum- 
 bus, May 2&-27, 1897. 8°. Columbus, 0., 
 Columbus Med. Pub. Co., 1897. 
 
 . Proceedings, v. 4-9, 1894-1900. 8°. 
 
 [""■ P-] ^ 
 
 . Journal, v. 10-19, 1901-6. 8°. [v. p.] 
 
 Continued as: Military Surgeon. 
 
 Association of Physicians of Long Island. Transac- 
 tions. v;l-3, 1898-1902 ;v. 7, 1905-6. 8°. [v. p.] 
 
 Association for the Prevention of Tuberculosis of 
 the District of Columbia. Aimual report. 
 1908-9. 12°. Washington, 1909. 
 
 . Washington health rules, a commentary 
 
 on the twelve health rules formulated and dis- 
 tributed by the Association for the Prevention 
 of Tuberculosis of the District of Columbia; a 
 collection of chapters dealing with the essentials 
 of hygiene and adapted for school teachers and 
 for normal school pupils. 3 p. 1., 95 pp. 8°. 
 [Washington, The Camahan Press], 1915. 
 
 Association for Promoting the Extension of the 
 Conta^ous Diseases Act. Sixth report on the 
 operation of the contagious diseases acts. 30 pp. 
 12°. London, Harrison & Sons, 1875. 
 
 Associazione del cavalieri italiani del Sov. mil. 
 ordine di Malta pel servizio sanitario di guerra. 
 Regolamento pel tempo di guerra. 153 pp. 8" 
 Roma, 1896. 
 
 Associazione medica mantovana. BoUettino. 
 V. 1-3, 1902-3. 8°. Mantova. 
 
 Associazione medica tridentina. Bollettino. 
 V. 1-14, 1882-95; V. 25-34, 1906-15. 8°. Trmto. 
 V. 15-24, 1896-1905, under title: BoUettliio medico tren- 
 tino. 
 
 Associazione medico-chirurgica calabrese. Bol 
 
 lettino. V. 1-2, 1896^7. 8° Catanzaro. 
 Associazione medico-chirurgica di Parma. Ren- 
 
 diconti. 1.-8., 1900-1907. 8°. 
 Associazione nazionale dei medici condotti. 
 
 Bollettino. v. 1-4, 1902-6. fol. Milano. 
 Associazione oftalmologica italiana. Kendiconto 
 
 del Congresso. v. 11-17, 1888-1905. 8° [v. p.] 
 Associazione romana per la cura medico-pedago- 
 
 gica dei fanciulli anormali e deficienti poveri. 
 
 Bollettino. Anno v, No. 22, 1911. 8°. Roma. 
 Associazione sanitaria milanese. v. 1-2, 1899- 
 
 1900. 4°. Milano. 
 
 Assouan. 
 
 Edwards (G. D.) Notes on Assouan. 12°. 
 iorufon, 1904. 
 
 KcNGSFOED (W. E.) Assouan as a health 
 resort. 16°. London, 1899. 
 
 Moirm (F. G.) The Assouan cure. Boston M. & S. J,, 
 1904, cli, 440-142.— Schaclit (E.) Assuan in Oberagypten. 
 
 Balneol. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1905, 1-4. . Egypten oeh 
 
 sarsklldt Assuan sasom klimatisk kurort. Hyeiea, Stock- 
 holm, 1911, Ixxiii, 1354-1369.— Schweinfurth (G.) . tJeber 
 alte Tlerbilder uiid Felsinschriften bei Assuan. Ztschr. f. 
 Ethnol., Leipz., 1912, xlir, 627-658. 
 
 Assam (Hans). *Ueber Rhinoplastik. 31 pp. 
 8°. A. Vollrath, 1900. 
 
 Assrerus (Joannes). Hectas affectionum caplllos 
 et pUos human! corporis infestantium. 2 p. I., 
 120 pp. 16°- Rostochi, A. Ferber, 1623. 
 
 Assyriology. 
 
 ZErrscHRiFT fur Assyriologie imd verwandte 
 Gebiete in Verbindung mit E. Schrader und 
 Anderen hisg. voir Carl Bezold. [Quarterly.] 
 Nob. 1-2, v. 20, February, 1907. 8°. Strassburg. 
 Ast (Paul) [1878- 1. *Ueber einen Fall von 
 Tuberkulose der Schilddriise. [Erlangen.] 31 
 pp. 8°. Frankfurt a. Oder, F. Kohler, 1906. 
 
 Astacus. 
 
 Andrews (E. A.) Breeding habits of crayfish. Am. 
 Naturalist, Bost., 1904, xxxviii^ 165-206.— Betlie (A.) Bin 
 Beitrag zur Kenntnis des penpheren Nervensystems von 
 Astacus fluviatilis. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1896, xii, 31-34. — 
 Fuilnskl (B.) Beitrgge zur embryonalen Entwicfclung des 
 Flusskrebses. Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1908, xxjciii, 20-28. — 
 Jordan (H.) Die Verdauung und der Verdauungsapparat 
 des Flusskrebses (Astacus fluviatilis). Arch. f. d. ges. Phy- 
 
 siol., Bonn, 1904, ci, 263-310, 1 pi. • 
 
 . Zur Frage nach der 
 
 exkretiven Funktion der Mitteldarmdrijse (Leber) bei Asta- 
 cus fluviatilis. lUd,, cv, 365-379.— Moseley (Margery). On 
 the existence of an anterior rudimentary gill in Astacus flu- 
 viatilis, Fabr. Quart. J. Mlcr. Sc, Lond., 1904-5, xlviii, 
 359-366, 2 pi. 
 
 Astaldioff (N[ikolai] A[leksandrovich]) [1875- 
 
 ]. *K voprosu o patogenezie zubn&h okolo- 
 
 komevlkh kist. [On the pathogenesis of cysts 
 
 near the dental roots.] 1 p. 1., 104 pp., 1 1., 5 pi. 
 
 S°. S.-Peterburg, I. Fleitman, 1908. 
 
 Astaouroff (Mm£. O.) *Contribution k I'etude 
 de I'ad^nolipomatose sym^trique a predomi- 
 nance cervicale. 83pp.,2pl. 8°- Pom, 1904, 
 No. 371. 
 
 Astasia-abasia. 
 
 DupRAT (A.) *Contribution k I'^tude des 
 troubles moteurs psychiques; syndrome de Jac- 
 quod (astasie-abasie). 4°. Paris, 1892. 
 
 Theron (J.-E,.) *Contribution k I'^tude du 
 syndrome astasie-abasie. 8° Bordeaux, 1912. 
 
 Verniere (L.) *Contribution k I'etude de 
 I'astasie-abasie. 8°. Paris, 1909. 
 
 ViANEY (F.) *Formes cUniques de I'astasie- 
 abasie. 8°. Toulouse, 1902. 
 
 Wentzbl (H.) *Beitrag zur Lehre von der 
 Astasie und Abasie. 8°. Kiel, 1908. 
 
 de Almeida (T.) Astasia-abasia. An. sclent, da Fac. 
 de med. do P6rto, 1915, ii, 309-327.— Amore (G.) Astasie- 
 abasie e lore patogencsi. Riv, med., Miljano, 1914, xxii, 
 37-39.— Ballet (GO Difl&entes formes d'astasie-abasie. 
 Ind^pend. m&i.. Par., 1897, ill, 297; 305. . Astasie- 
 abasie. Geneesk. Courant, Tiel, 1898, lii, No. 4; No. 5. 
 
 . Les astasies-abasies: abasies amn^ques, abasies par 
 
 obsession et par idte flxe. Semaine mdd.. Far., 1898, xviii, 
 9-11.— Bonnier (P.) L'astasie-abasie labyrinthique. Eev. 
 neurol., Par., 1903, xi, 359-365.— Brununall (J. D.) jCase.] 
 J. Missouri M. Ass., St. Louis, 1909-10, vi, 265. — Bubllg. 
 (W. H.) A case of astasia-abasia associated with epUepsy. 
 Am. J. Insan., Bait., 1904-5, bti, 71-76.— Chaultard (A.) 
 rCase.l J. demM.etchir. prat.. Par., 1903,bu[iv,88. Also: 
 Rev. mtemat. de mM. et de chir.. Par., 1904, xv, 235. 
 
 . [Case.] Bull. jniSd., Par., 1914, xxviii, 619-621.— 
 
 Claude. Astasie-abasie d'ori^ine pseudopathique dans les 
 aflections organiques. Eev. g^n. de clin. et de th&ap.. Par., 
 1911, XXV, 620.— Claus (A.) [Case.] Belgique mM., Gand- 
 Haarlem, 1898, i, 193; 262.— Collins (J.) Astasia-abasia; 
 report oi a case eventuating in recovery after' many years' 
 duration. Med. Rec., N. Y., 1915, Ixxxvii, 673-679.— Cres- 
 pln (J.) & Aboulker (H.) Astasie-abasie d'origine laby- 
 rinthique. Province mM., Par., 1911, xxii, 121.— Cursch- 
 niann(H.) Ueberatypischei'ormenundKomplikationen 
 der arteriosklerotischen und angiospastischen Dysbasio. 
 Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1910, Ivil, 1630-1634.— De 
 Buck (D.) Reflexions sur un syndrome d'astasie-abasie. 
 Belgique m^d., Gand-Haarlem. 1903, x, 417-121. Also: 
 Bull. Soc. de mM. ment. de Belg., Brux., 1903, 195-200.— 
 D£]erlne. [Casel Eev. gin. de clin. et de therap., Par., 
 1911, XXV, 821.— Dercum (F. X.) [Two cases.] J. Nerv. 
 
 & Ment. Dis., Lancaster, Pa., 1909, xxxvl, 298. . 
 
 [Case.] Ibid., 1911, xxxvili, 282-287.— De Sandro (D.) 
 L'astasia-abasia. Med. ital., Napoll, 1908, vi, 241; 265; 
 289.— DUler (T.) [Case.) Pittsburgh M. Rev., 1896, x, 
 327-331.— Duque Estrada (H.) Sobre nm caso de astasia- 
 
ASTASIA-ABASIA. 
 
 103 
 
 ASTEGIAXO. 
 
 Astasia-abasia. 
 
 abasia trepidante. Gaz. clin., S. Paulo, 1905, iii, 137-146. — 
 Eshner (A. A.) [Case.] J. Am. M. Ass^ Chicago, 1896, 
 xxvl, 966. Alio: J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis„ N. Y., 1S96, n. s., 
 xxi,480-484. — ^Foy(G.) Reported cure of paralysis. [Astasia 
 abasia?] Med. Press, Lond., 1918, n. s.,cvl,10.— Fuchs (A.) 
 Ein Fall von sogenannter trepidanter Abasie. Wlen. klin. 
 Wchnschr., 1903, xri, 913.— GabbI (U.) Rein traumatische 
 Astasie-Abasie. Klin.-therap. Wdmschr., Wien, 1902, ix, 
 633; 679.— Goldstein (L.) Zur Casuistik der Astasie-Abasie. 
 Centralbl. f. Nervenb. u. Psychiat^ Coblenz. & Leipz., 1898, 
 n. F., i!C, 257-262.— Grandjean. Betraehtungen iiber einen 
 Fall von Astasie-Abasie mit Herzneurose. Cor.-Bl. f. 
 schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1912, xlil, 213.— Grasset. [Two 
 cases.] Cong- d. med. ali^nistes et neurol. de France . . - 
 C. r. Proc.-verb. [etc.]. Par., 1899, x, 437-MO.— Gulllain 
 (G.) & Barre (J.-A.) Deux cas d'astasie-abasie avec trou- 
 bles du nerf vestibulaire chez des syphilitiques anciens. 
 Ann. de mid... Par., 1915-16, iii, 431-436.— Hervouet. fCase.] 
 Gaz. mid. de Nantes, 1898-9, xvii, 65.— Kline (G. M.) 
 [Case.J Physician & Sinrg., Detroit & Aim Arbor, 1908, 
 xxxiii, 166.— ICnapp (P. C.) Astasia-abasia, with the report 
 of a case of paroxysmal trepidant abasia associated with 
 paralysis agitans. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1891, n. s., 
 xvl, 673-703. Also, Reprint.- Kttster. [Case.] Hygiea, 
 Stockholm, 1900, Ixii, 232-237.— Lagarde (A.) Astasia- 
 abasia. Bev. Soc. mM. argent^ Buenos Aires, 1893, U, 
 58-62.— liCblond (V.) [Case.] J. de vaM. et chir. prat., 
 Par., 1896, Ixvii, 938-940.— McCarthy (D. J.) Astasia- 
 abasia; adiposis dolorosa. In: Mod. Med. (Osier), 8°, Phlla , 
 & N. Y., 1909, vi, 568-574, 2 pi.— Marie (P.) Deux cas 
 d'astasie-abasie k a&hat senile. Bull, et m^m. Soc. mM. 
 
 d. hflp. de Par., 1901, 3. s., xviii, 1225. . L'astasle- 
 
 abasie (forme dysbasique). J. de m^d. int.. Par., 1902, vi, 
 vi, 26-29.— Marque (J.) [Case.] Loire m^., St. Etietme, 
 1902, xxi, 135-138.— Massalongo (R.) SuU' astasia-abasia. 
 
 abasie ataxique unUaterale avec h^mianesth&ie similaire. 
 Rev. de mM., Par., 1897, xvii, 399.— Nylander (E.) [Case.] 
 Hygiea, Stockholm, 1893, Ix, pt. 2, 176-188.— Pelnar (J.) A 
 propos d.es relations entre I'astasie-abasie et I'arterioscWrose. 
 Rev. neurol., Par., 1902, x, 850-858.— Petren (K.) [Case.] 
 Hygiea, Stockhohn, 1896, Ivlii^ i)t. 2, 515-347.— Plertran- 
 cesco (Z.) Su di un caso di astasia-abasia. Penslero med 
 Milano, 1917, vii, 433-436.— Prince (M.) [Case.] Boston 
 M. & S. J., 1905, clli, 219.— Raymondl Astesle-abasie con- 
 s&utive k une pseudo-attaque apoplectique. Rev. de I'hyp- 
 
 not. et psychol. physiol., Par.^ 1900-1901, xv, 56. . 
 
 Astasie-abasie et stasobasophobie. J. de clin. m&L et chir 
 
 Par., 1906, i, 113. . L'astasie-abasie et les troubles 
 
 analogues. J. de mM. int.. Par., 1907, xi, 134-136.— Kay- 
 mond (F.) & I/e]onne (P.) Astasie-abasie fonctionnelle 
 avec association de ph^nomfenes organiques. Rev. neurol 
 Par^ 1906, xiv, 564-567.— Sanna Salaris (G.) Note clinich'e 
 su due osservazioni dl astasiarabasia in soggetti epilettici. 
 Riv. di patol. nerv., Firenze, 1902, vii, 497-504.— Sanz (F.) 
 Un caso de astasia-abasia peri<Sdica. Rev. de med. y cirug. 
 pi&ct.j Madrid, 1909, Ixxxiv, 71-74.— SDva (B.) Su di un 
 caso di astasia abasia a tipo spasmodico. Clin, mod Fi- 
 renze, 1896, ii, 113-116.— da SDva (V.) Astasia-abasia. Rev. 
 da Soc. de med. e cirurg., Bio de Jan., 1897, i, 120-126.— Stern 
 (H.) Astasia-abasia; presentation of a case of the tliird 
 teree. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1909, xc, 454.— Stroliinayer 
 (W.) Ueber das Symptom der Abasie- Astasie. Monat> 
 schr. S. Psychiat. u. Neurol., Berl., 1902, xii, 315-328 — 
 Taylor (C. F.) An early American description of astasia- 
 abasia. Alienist & Neurol., St. Louis, 1905, xxvi, 339; 
 411.— Taylor (E. W.) Senile trepidant abasia; report of 
 cases. Boston M. & S. J., 1907, civil, 220-222. Also: Dep 
 Neurol. Harv. M. Sch. Contrib. [etc.], Bost., 1908, in, 
 51-58.— Terrien. Tin cas complexe d'astasie-abasie. Cong 
 intemat. de Phypnot. exp4r. et th&ap. 1900, Par^ 1902, ii, 
 237-241.— Trammer (E.) Ueber Abasie resp. Dysbasie. 
 Monatschr. f. Psychiat. u. Neurol., Berl., 1907, xxii, Ergn- 
 
 zngshft., 132-145. . Ueber Abasie. Miinchen. med. 
 
 Wchnschr., 19OT, liv, 2304.— Crrlola (C. L.) Astasie-abasie. 
 Progrfes mM., Par., 1899, 3. s., x, 65-67.— Wldal. Astasie- 
 abasie Chez tin vieillard de soixante-huit ans. Bull, et m^m 
 Soc. m6A. d. h6p. de Par., 1901, 3. s., xvlii, 1224.— WUson 
 (J. C.) On astasia-abasia, witJi a case. Am j. M. Sc 
 Phila., 1899, n. s., cxviii, 45^8.— Wtmmer (A.) Ueber 
 Astasie-Abasie. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nerveiih., Leipz 1908, 
 XXXV, 379-390. 
 
 Astasia-abasia (Hysterical, choreiform 
 and neurasthenic). 
 
 KoNiG (C. H.) *HysteriBclie Astasie-Abasie 
 nach Trauma. 8°. Kiel, 1910. 
 
 Bauer (J.) Handgranatenverletzung; hysterische Abasie 
 und ebensolche Lahmung des linken Armes. Wien. klin. 
 Wchnschr., 1917, xxx, 217.— Billet. Observation d'astasie- 
 abasie, k tonne choreique, d'oiigine hyst^rique; guerison 
 par suggestion ft I'Stat de veille. Marseille mM., 1900, 
 xxxvii, 665-667.— Burr (C. W.) Hysterical astasia-abasia 
 
 Astasia-abasia (Hysterical, choreiform 
 and neurasthenic) . 
 
 occurring in acute multiple neuritis. X. York M. J. [etc.], 
 1914, c, 1245. AUo: Am. Med., Burlington, Vt., 1915, x, 
 898-901. Also, Reprint.— De Sandro (D.) Un caso di 
 astasia-abasia emotiva. Riforma med., Napoli, 1908, xxiv, 
 169-175.— Ferrannlnl (L.) Astasia-abasia emotiva. Stu- 
 dium, Napoli, 1909, ii, 22-26. — Gillot. Astasie abasie, puis 
 flexion forcfe de la tSte d'origine hysterique. BuIL mM. de 
 I'Alg&ie, Alger, 1903, 2. s.,i, 187.— KeUer (K.) Ein Fall von 
 hysterlscher Astasie-Abasie. Pest, med.-ehir. Presse, Bu- 
 dapest, 1907, xliu, 732.— lejonne (P.) & Chartler (M.) Un 
 cas d'astasie-abasie choreifonne. Encephale, Par., 1907, ii, 
 543-546, 1 pi.— Mader (J.) Astasia; Abasia neurasthenica; 
 ungeheilt. Jahrb. d. Wien. k. k. Erankenanst. 1894, Wien 
 & Leipz., 1896, iii, 841. — ^Monsour & Uaras. Astasie- 
 abasie choreiforme. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physioL de Bor- 
 deaux, 1897, xviii, 163-165.— Mongour & Verdelet- Sur un 
 cas d'astasie-abasie choreiforme. Ibid., 1896, xvii, 330-333. — 
 MoskoB (N.) Astasia-abasia neurasthenica. Med. na- 
 prled., Soflya, 1901, i, 251-262.— Motta Coco (A.) Un caso 
 (11 astasia-abasia emotiva su tm fondo isterico. Gazz. d. 
 osp., Milano, 1898, xlx, 1127.— Xizzoll (A.) Di un caso di 
 astasia-abasia istcrica. liid., 1912, xxxiii, 772-774. — Ray- 
 mond. Astasie-abasie hysterique chez un homme de 
 trente-deux ans. BulL ni^.. Par., 1902, xvi, 514. AUo: 
 Rev. gto. de clin. et de th^rap.. Par., 1903, xvii, 774.— Row- 
 land ( V. C.) Astasia abasia, apparently hysterical, pro ving 
 to be associated with organic nervous disease. Cleveland 
 M. J., 191-5, xiv, 508. — ^Roxo (H.) Etiologia infecciosa da 
 hvsteria; um caso de astasia-abasia. BrazU-med., Rio de 
 Jan., 1903, xvii, 151; 161. — Terrien. Astasie-abasie hystiri- 
 que: marche sur les genoux et sur les avant-bras; exag^ra- 
 tion consid&able du reflexe patellaire; par&ie des deux 
 avant-bras et des mains sans anesthesie; duree de I'affection, 
 4 ans: gu&ison instantanee compute et durable par psycho- 
 
 thdrapie. .*.njou m4d.. Angers, 1900, vii, 145-152. . 
 
 Un cas complexe d'astasie-abasie; astasie-abasie hysterique; 
 marche sur les genoux et sur les coudes et avant-bras; exa- 
 g^ration considerable des reflexes patellairessans trepidation 
 epileptoide ni phenomfene du pied; paresse des avant-bras 
 et des mains sans anesthesie; duree de I'affection, quatre 
 ans; guerison instantanee complete et durable par psycho- 
 therapie. Cong, intemat. de I'hypnot. exper. et therap.. 
 Par., 1902, 237-241.— Truelle. Astasie abasie deiirante ou 
 simuiee. Rev. de psychiat., Par., 1909, xiii, 275-281. 
 
 Astasia-abasia (Treatment of). 
 
 Gelineau. Les desequiKbrfe des jambes; 
 €tude psycbologique et therapeutique. l^' 
 serie: Les astasia ues. 16°. Pom, 1898. 
 
 Dovbnya (Ye. N.) [Astasia-abasia of five years' stand- 
 ing, cured by psychotherOTy.] Psikhoterapiya, Mosk., 1910, 
 i, 69-85.— Fuuke (R.) Em Beitrag zur Behandlung der 
 Astasie-Abasie. Ztschr. t diatet. u. physik. "Therap., 
 Leipz., 1898-9, ii, 189-208.— Gautret. Astasie-abasie; 
 guerison. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1904, 2. s., xxii, 614-616.— 
 GInestous. Astasie-abasie guerie par suggestion ft I'etat de 
 veille. BuU. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. de Bordeaux, 1897, 
 xviii, 63-66. — Hammer (D.) Ueber die Behandlung der 
 Astasia-Abasia. Ungar. med. Presse, Budapest, 1904, ix, 6.3. 
 
 . Ueber die Heilung der Astasie-Abasie. Therap. d. 
 
 Gegenw., Berl., 1905, xM, 163-169.— Stembo. Un cas 
 special d'abasie, gueri par la suggestion. Rev. de I'hypnot. 
 et psychol. physioL, Par., 19(W-5, xlx, 113-115. 
 
 Astasia-abasia in children. 
 
 Alessi (U.) Astasiarabasia traumatica in una bambina 
 frenastenica. .Gazz. d. osp., MUano, 1906, xxvii, 1622. — 
 Ausset (E.) A propos d'un cas d'astasie-abasie paralytique, 
 chez un eniant de dix ans. Bull. Soc. cpntr. de med. du 
 
 nord, LUle, 1900, 2. s., iv, 109-116. -.. A propos d'un cas 
 
 d'astasie chez un enfant de huit ans. Echo med. du nord, 
 LUle, 1902, vi, 289; 307. 
 
 *^«.^, »«,•, .1, «,», .,^1. . Astasie-abasie paralvtique 
 
 chez un enant de huit ans. Bull. Soc. centr. de med. du nord. 
 
 Lille, 1902, 192-197. . Astasie-abasie chez un eniant; 
 
 rectification au procfes-verbal de la seance du 13 juin. Ibid., 
 205-207.— Babonnelx (L.) Un cas d'astasie-abasie chez une 
 en&nt de dix ans. Glaz. d. h6p., Par., 1908, Ixxxi, 1371- 
 1374. — Benedettl (A.) Astasia-abasia traumatica in bam- 
 bina epilettioa. Manicomlo, Nocera, 1906, xxii 94-102. 
 D'Espine. Fillette de 9 ans atteinte d'astasie-abasie. Rev. 
 med. de la Suisse Rom., GenSve, 1914, xxxiv, 379.— Gabbi 
 (U.) Astasia-abasia traumatica in bambina "epilettica. 
 Riv. di patol. nerv., Firenze, 1902, vii, 57-68.— Jasiflski (R.) 
 Astasia congenita. Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1889, 2. s., ix, 1; 30; 
 68; 8 pi.— NSWe. Astasie-abasie chez une enfant nyste- 
 rique. Rev. mens. d. mal. de Penl^ Par., 1905, xxiii, 268- 
 271.— Thomas (A.) & Jumentie(J.) Syndrome atonique- 
 astasique de I'enlanee. Rev. neurol., Par., 1913, xxi, 566- 
 571. 
 
 Astegiano (Giovanni). _ Notizie suUa scuola 
 d'applieazione di sanity militare in Firenze 
 107 pp. 12° Firmze, 1901. 
 
ASTENGO. 
 
 104 
 
 ASTHENOPIA. 
 
 Astengo (Alphonse). *Rapport du poids des en- 
 fantsibladurtedelagrossesse. 48 pp. 8°. Pa- 
 ris, 1905, No. 544. 
 
 Astereognosis. 
 
 See, also, Touch {Sense of, Disordered) . 
 
 Batten (F. B.) Case of astereognosis _probably due to a 
 lesion of the posterior columns in the cervical regions. Proc. 
 Roy. Soe. MTed., Lond., 1911-12, v, neurol. sect., 150-163.— 
 Booth (J. A.) Cortical astereognosis from a cyst; operation 
 with improvement. Med. Rec., N. Y., 1913, Ixxxiv, 870.— 
 Gulllaln (G.) &JLaToclie (G.) Ast^rfegnosie spasmodique 
 juv&iile. Rev. neurol.. Par., 1910, xviii, 5-9.— Harris (W.) 
 & Feainsides (E. G.) Case of astereognosis of the left 
 hand. Proo. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1915, viii, Neurol. 
 Sect., 79-83.— JeUlfle (S. E.) & Casamajor (L.) Brain of 
 patient with cortical astereognosis. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., 
 N. Y., 1913, xl, 593. Also: Med. Rec., N. Y., 1913, Ixxxiv, 
 870. — ^BttU. Astereognosie nach SohSdelverletzung. Deut- 
 sche med. Wsohenschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1915, xli, 875.— 
 Strtlmpell (A.) Die Stereognose durch den Tastsinn und 
 ihre Storungen. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1918, 
 Ix, 154-168.— VUlaret & Maystre. L'ast^r&gnosie, reliquat 
 des blessures graves du lobe parietal. Paris mM., 1916, vi, 
 274-280.— Wectsler (I. S.) & TUney (F.) Cortical hemi- 
 astereognosis with acro-agnosis. Neurol. Bull., N. Y., 1918, 
 i, 75-85. Also, Reprint. 
 
 Asterias vulgaris. 
 
 Crozler (W. if.) On the number of rays in Asterias 
 tenuispina Lamk. at Bermuda. Am. Naturalist, Lancaster, 
 Pa., 1915, xlix, 28-36.— Genunill (J. F.) Double hydrocele 
 in the development and metamorphosis of the larva of Aste- 
 rias rubens^ L. Quart. J. Micr. Sc, Lond., 1915-16, Ixi, 51- 
 80, 2 pi.— King (Helen D.) Regeneration in Asterias vul- 
 garis. Arch. f. Entwcklngsmechn. d. Organ., Leipz., 1898, 
 vii, 351-363, 1 pi.— Scliiemem (P.) How do starfishes 
 open oysters? J. Marine Biol. Assoc. U. King., Plymouth, 
 1895-7, n. s., iv, 266-265.— Stone (Ellen A.) Some observa- 
 tions on the physiological function of the pyloric caeca of 
 Asterias vulgaris. Am. Naturalist, Phila., 1897, xxxi, 1035- 
 1041. ' 
 
 Asteridea. 
 
 Cu£not (L.) Contribution k I'^tude anatomique des 
 ast^rides. Arch, de zool. exp&. et g4n. Hist. nat. [etc 1, 
 
 Par., 1887-90, 2. s., v bis, 1-144, 9 pi. . Etudes physiolo- 
 
 giques sur les ast^idcs Jbid., 1901, 3. s., ix, 233-259, 1 pi. 
 
 Asterina. 
 
 Cu£not (L.) L'hermaphroditisme protandrique d' Aste- 
 rina gibbosa Perm, et ses variations suivant les localitis. 
 Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1898, xxi, 273-279.— Heath (H.) Th« 
 early development of a starfish, Pateria (Asterina) mineata. 
 J. Morphol., Phila., 1917, xxix, 461-468, 1 pi.— Zirpolo (G.) 
 Alcuni casi dl anomalia delle braccia dl Asterina gibbosa 
 Penn. Boll. d. Soc. di nat. in Napoli 1916 (1917), 2. s., ix, 
 3-16, 2 pi. 
 
 Asteroidea. 
 
 FisHEE (W. K.) Asteroidea of the North Pa- 
 cific and adjacent waters. 4°. Washington, 1911. 
 
 Forms Bulletin No. 76, Smithsonian Instituaon. 
 
 Chadwick (H. C.) Notes on the haemal and water- 
 vascular systems of the Asteroidea. Proc. Liverpool Biol. 
 Soc, 1892-3, vii, 231-244, 4 pi. 
 
 Asterol. 
 
 Beckmann. Asterol Roche. Therap. Neuheiten, 
 Leipz., 1906, i, 125.— Frledlaender (M.) Ueber das Asterol. 
 Deutsche Aerzte-Ztg., Berl., 1901, 170-173.— Manasse (K.) 
 Das Asterol als Antisepticum. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 
 1901, XV, 362.— Vertun (M.) Asterol als Antisepticum im 
 Vergleicn zum Sublimat. Berl. klin. Wohnsohr., 1899, 
 xxxvi, 432-434.— Vollert. Asterol. Therap. Neulftlten, 
 Leipz., 1907, ii, 321-323. 
 
 Asteronyx. 
 
 Mort«nsen (T.) Ueber Asteronyx loveni M. Tr. Zt- 
 schr. f. wissensch. Zool., Leipz., 1912, ci, 264-289, 4 pi. 
 
 Asthenia. 
 
 See, also. Debility. 
 
 CoucHOUD (P.-L.) *L'asth6nie primitive. 
 8°. Paris, 1911. 
 
 KuBiG (G. A.) *Beitrage zur Asthenia univer- 
 salis congenita (Stiller). 8°. Leipzig, 1911. 
 
 Stiller (B.) Die asthenische Konstitu- 
 tionskrankheit (Asthenia universalis congenita; 
 morbus asthenicus). 8°. Stuttgart, 1907. 
 
 Benon (R.) Petlts aoefes d'asth^me pfiriodique. Aim. 
 m^d.-psychol., Par^ 1913, 10. s., iil, 528-531.— Benon (R.) & 
 Lelnberger (M.) L'asth^nie dans la nosologie m^thodique 
 
 Asthenia. 
 
 de Sauvages. N. iconog. de la SalpStrifere, Par., 1916-17, 
 xxviii, 297-300.— Bornsteln (M.) Asthenia paroxysmalis. 
 Medycyna, Warszawa, 1904, xxxu, 646; 667; 692; 716. Also: 
 
 Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1905, xxiv, 696; 750. . W 
 
 sprawie asthenia paroxysmalis. Neurol, polska, Warszawa, 
 1913, iii, 131-144.— De Buck (D.) & Broeckaert (J.) Un 
 nouveau cas d'hypokinfeie asthtoique ou syndrome d'Erb. 
 Belgique mSd., G^and-Haarlem, 1901, 1, 257-265.— D6jerlne 
 (J.) & Gauckler (E.) Les asthenics pgriodiques, crises de 
 fatigues. Presse med.. Par., 1914, xxil, 457-459.— Deschamps 
 (A.) Les asthenics et I'entrainement. Paris mM., 1913-14, 
 xiii, 154.— Falnshmldt (I. I.) Asthenia universalis con- 
 genita (Stiller). Kharkov. M. J., 1908, v, 260; 386.— Graul 
 (E.) Ueber das Zusammentrefleu iiind den Zusammenhs^g 
 von vasomotorischen Dermatosen mit Achylie des Magens 
 als Teilerscheinungen der Asthenia congenita. Deutsche 
 med. Wchnsohr., Berl. & Leipz., 1908, xxxiv, 67.— Greene 
 (C. L.) Asthenia universalis congenita. Tr. Am. Therap. 
 Soc, Phila., 1910, xi, 41-44. Also: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1911, 
 xdii, 913-915.— Grlnshteln (A. M.) Morbus asthenicus. 
 Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1909, Ixxi, 832-845.— Hall (M.) On the 
 state of sinlung, from various causes. In his: Pract. Obs. 
 & Suggestions, 8°, Lond., 1845, 310-331.— Halpern (M.) 
 [Metabolism in paroxysmal asthenia.] Medycyna i Zron. 
 lek., Warszawa, 1911, xlvi, 607; 630; 646.— Hausmann (T.) 
 Palpatorisch bestimmbare abdominale Zeichen der astheni- 
 sohen Konstitutionskrankheit (Morbus asthenicus) Stillers.. 
 (Coecum mobile. Pylorus palpabilis u. a.) Wien klin. 
 Wchnschr., 1909, xxii, 1098-1101.— van der Hoeven (P. 0. T.) 
 De asthenic. Nederl. Maandsohr. v. Verlosk. [etc.], Leiden, 
 1915, iv, 231-239, 1 pi.— Jamln (F.) Ueber juvemle Asthe- 
 nic. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Kong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 
 1913, XXX, 344-346.— Jones (N. W.) The principles under- 
 1 lyingthetreatmentofthegeneralasthenicstate. Northwest 
 Med., Seattle, 1913, v, 239-244.— Londe (P.) L'asth6nie. - 
 
 Semaine mid., Par^ 1905, xxv, 157-160. • 
 
 -.' L'asth6nie 
 
 t3t:ill?l.lllp UXCU., J. ad ., XJJUlJ, jwav, jioi- xuu. . JU oouucuxc 
 
 constitutionnelle. Rev. de med., Par., 1907, xxvii, 1023- 
 1037.— Mathes (P.) Enteroptose, Asthenia universalis con- 
 genita. Bemerkungen zu Stiller's Monographie: Dieastheni- 
 sche Konstitutionskrankheit. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1908, 
 xlv, 988-990.— Mester (E.) Ueber asthenische Reaktionen. 
 Wien. klin. Wclmschr., 1908^ xxxi, 132-134.— Perutz.' De- 
 monstration von Rontgenbildcm und Photographien des 
 Habitus asthenicus sive enteroptoticus. Miinchen. med. 
 Wchnschr., 1909, Ivi, 1760.— Raymond. Astenia motrice 
 bulbo-spinale. Riv. mternaz. di clin. e terap., Napoli, 1907, 
 il, 241-243.— Blesman (D.) A peculiar state of asthenia of 
 short duration, ending In recovery. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 
 1912, Iviii. 1846.— Sperk (B.) Ueber das schwache Kind. 
 Wien. kUii. Wchnschr., 1914, xxvii, 169-173.— StlUer (B.) 
 Asthenia universalis congenita, a new constitutional disease. 
 
 Cleveland M. J., 1909, viii, 509-516. . Az asthenia. 
 
 Orvosi, hetil., Budapest, 1914, Iviii, 247; 275; 294.— Strauss 
 (H.) tJeber den Habitus asthenicus und seine klinische 
 Bedeutung. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1910, xlvli, 207-210.— 
 del Valle (T.) Paroxismos angustiosos de los ast^nicos y 
 su tratamiento. Bol. de med. nav., Madrid, 1896, xix, 
 246-249. 
 
 Asthenomania. 
 
 BoNVALLET (P.) *Contribution k I'^tude de 
 l'asth6nomaniepo8t-apoplectique. [Paris,] 8°. 
 Nantes, 1911. 
 
 Benon (R.) & Bonvallet (P.) Ictus, 4pilepsie jackso- 
 nienne et asthSnomanie. Ann. mM.-psychol., Par., 1912, 
 10. s., i, 149-154. — Gourbon (P.) Asthlnomanieet psychose 
 mamaque depressive. Rev. de psychiat.. Par., 1912, xvl, 
 278-288. 
 
 Asthenopia. 
 
 See, also. Astigmatism; Eye (Accommodation 
 etc., of. Disordered); Eye-strain; Headache 
 {Ocular)- Neurastnenia {Manifestations of). 
 
 AllenfS. B.) Asthenopia due to glare. Manhattan Eye 
 & Ear Hosp. Rep., N. Y., 1896, iii, 6fr-52.— Ascunce (R.) 
 Astenopfas; congesudn papilar. Arch, de oftal. Hispano- 
 
 Am., Madrid, 1903, iii, 419-425. . Congestidn papilar 
 
 y astenopia. Ibid., Barcel., 1906, vi, 442-461.— Aubineau 
 "(E.) I/asth^nopie r^tinieime. Arch, d'opht., Par., 1914, 
 xxXiv, 264-277.— van der Bru^h (J. P.) Chronische hoofd- 
 pijn als asthenopisch verschijnsel. Nederl. Tiidschr. v. 
 Geneesk., Amst., 1917, ii, 132-139.— Bruner (W. E.) Exo- 
 phoria as a cause of asthenopia. Cleveland J. M., 1901, vi, 
 176-181.— Bull (G. J.) De rasth&iopie produite par le cli- 
 gnement. Bull, et m^m. Soc franp. d'opht.. Par., 1902, xix, 
 577-693. Also, transl. : Arch, de oftal. hispano-am., Madrid, 
 1903, iii, .5-21.— Campbell (E. K.) Asthenopia. Med. 
 Press & Circ, Lond., 1902, n. s., Ixxlv, 102; 1,58.— Cross 
 (A. E.) Imperfect development of the fusion faculty as a 
 factor in asthenopia. Homceop. Eye, Ear, Throat J., Lan- 
 caster, Pa., 1910, xvi, 157-173.— Davles (D. L.) Asthenopia. 
 Clin. J^ Lond., 1916, xlv, 341-346.— Drew (C.) Asthenopia. 
 Proc. Florida M. Ass., Jacksonville, 1893, 67-74.— Dudley 
 (W. H.) Gouty and rheumatic conditions as a cause of 
 
ASTHENOPIA. 
 
 105 
 
 ASTHMA. 
 
 Asthenopia. 
 
 asthenopia. Calif. M. & S. Reporter, Los Angeles, 1909, v, 
 11. — Elliot (R. H.) Conjunctival asthenopia due to glare. 
 Ophthalmoscope, Lond., 1907, v, 87-90.— Fish (H. M.) 
 Hysterical asthenopia. Ophthalmol., Milwaukee, 1904-6, i, 
 16-28.— Foster (M. L.) Keflex asthenopia from intranasal 
 pressure. Ann. Ophth^ St. Louis, 1909, xvili, 718-726. 
 Also: Manhattan Eye, Ear & Throat Hosp. Rep., N. Y., 
 
 1910, xi, 267-279.— Gale (M. Jean). Asthenopia. Woman's 
 M. J., Toledo, 1903, xiii, 85-88.— Gradle (H.) Asthenopia 
 not due to refractive errors. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1897, 
 xxviii, 447-451. . Asthenopia dependent on neuras- 
 thenia and hysteria. Arch. Ophth., N. Y., 1903, xxxii, 350- 
 368.— Grtlnliauni (A. A.) Psychophysika van de opti- 
 sche vermoeienis. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 
 1917, i, 272.— Hallett (G. De W.) Asthenopia due to latent 
 hyperphoria. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1905, Ixviii, 580.— Hoople 
 (H. N.) Asthenopia. Brooklyn M. J., 1901, xv, 615-518.— 
 Howe (L.) On the frequency of asthenopia, especially in 
 America. Am. J. Ophth., St. Louis, 1901, xviii, 225-230. 
 Also, Reprint. Aim: Tr. M. Ass. Central. N. Y. 1901, 
 Buffalo, 1902, viii, 1-5.— Hunter (D. W.) Some phases of 
 asthenopia; a study of eye strain. N. York M. J. [etc.], 
 
 1911, xciii, 122-127.— Koster (W.) Presbyopische astheno- 
 pie. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1916, ii, 1929- 
 1931.— Mayo (Florence). Asthenopia. Rep. Proc. Alum- 
 nae Ass. Woman's M. Coll. Perm., Phila., 1894, 60-66.— 
 Peters (A.) Ueber den Blendimgsschmerz. Klin. Mo- 
 natsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg., 1916, Ivii, 556-564.— Piekcma (J.) 
 Asthenopie en hoofdpijn. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., 
 Amst., 1906, i, 451.— Pooley (T. R.) Asthenopia from hy- 
 permetropia. Internat. Clin., Phlla., 1898, 8. s., i, 322-324.— 
 Keynolds (D. S.) Asthenopia. Tr. Kentucky M. Soc, 
 Louisville, 1897, n. s., vi, 243-248.— Klsley (S. D.) Persistent 
 asthenopia. Ophthalmoscope, Lond., 1909, vii, 169. — 
 Boosa (D. B. St. J.) Asthenopia as a forerunner of neuras- 
 thenia. Manhattan Eye & Ear Hosp. Rep., N. Y., 1897, iv, 
 1-5.— de Schweinitz (G. E.) Concerning asthenopia fol- 
 lowing exposure to brisht light. Tr. Coll. Phys. Phila^ 1913, 
 3. s., XXXV, 444-446.— Sborter (J. H.) Asthenopia. 'Tr. M. 
 Ass. Georgia, Atlanta, 1897, 390-399.— Snell (A. C.) The 
 relation of general asthenia to asthenopia. Dietet. & Hyg. 
 Gaz., N. Y., 1907, xxiii, 276-278.— Stauifer (P.) The causal 
 relationship of deformities and diseases of the nose and 
 throat to diseases of the eye, with special reference to astheno- 
 pia. Ann. Ophth., St. Louis, 1917, xxvi, 13-21. [Discus- 
 sion}, 147-160.— Stevenson (D. W.) Asthenopia and a few 
 factsthatoughttobegenerally knownaboutit. Tr. Indiana 
 M. Soc, Indianap., 1904, Iv, 196-203. Also: Med. & Srirg. 
 Monitor, Indianap., 1904, vii, 393-398.— Straub (M.) As- 
 thendl)ie. Geneesk. Bl.'n. Klin, en Lab. v. deprakt., Haar- 
 lem, 1901, viii, 311-334.— Thomas (C. H.) Vicious reading 
 distance as a cause of asthenopia. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 
 1898, XXX, 243.— Walter (W.) On the primary causation of 
 asthenopia; influence of fatigue. Am. J. Ophth.^ St. Louis, 
 1897, xiv, 321-331. . On asthenopia as a fatigue neuro- 
 sis and its analogy to the professional neuroses. Ophth. 
 Rec, Chicago, 1897, vi, 71-77. Also, Reprint.— Wlcsner 
 (D. H.) Asthenopia; a clinical study. Med. News, N. Y., 
 1904, Ixxxiv, 921-923.— Wllletts (J. E.) Retinal asthenopia. 
 Penn. M. L, Athens, 1906-7, x, 956-967. 
 
 Asthenopia (Accommodative). 
 
 See, also, Eye (Accommodation, etc., of, Dis- 
 ordered). 
 
 Bull (G.-J.) L'asthfeopie accommodative de Donders. 
 Ann. d'ocul.. Par., 1903, cxxx, 154-165. Also: Cong, inter- 
 nat. de m&i. C.-r. 1903, Madrid, 1904, xiv, sect, d'opht., 
 485-494. Also, transl.: Ann. Ophth., St. Louis, 1903, xii, 
 406-415. — Pilgrim (M. P.) Accommodative asthenopia. 
 Refraotionist, Bost., 1896-7, ill, 113-118.— Sous. Astheno- 
 pie accommodative; loi de Donders. M6m. et bull. Soc de 
 m^d. et chir. de Bordeaux (1899), 1900, 249-266.— Theobald 
 (S.) Subnormal accommodative power in young persons a 
 not infrequent cause of asthenopia. Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, 
 Hartford, 1891, 127-140.— Woods (W. H.) Accommodative 
 asthenopia. Tr. Louisiana M. Soc, N. Orl., 1896, 291-294. 
 
 Asthenopia (Muscular). 
 
 See, also, Eye (Accommodation, etc., of. Dis- 
 ordered) . 
 
 Getjt (E. H.) Asthenopia muscularis. Fore- 
 drag holdt ved det nordiske Ophthalmolog-M0de 
 i Stockholm d. 7. Juni 1900. 12°. Kj0benhavn, 
 1900. 
 
 Bennett (A. G.) The influence of the vertical muscles 
 in the production of asthenopia. Buflalo M. J., 1900-1901, 
 n. s., xl, 517-520.— Hansen (H. F.) The asthenopia of mus- 
 cular imbalance. Ophthalmol., Seattle, 1914, x, 255-260. 
 Also: Papers Sect. Ophth. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1913, 376- 
 382.— Homan (R. w.) Muscular asthenopia. J. Ophth., 
 Otol. & Laryngol., N. Y., 1911, xvii, 82-93^— Kocsis (E.) Az 
 
 asthenopia muscularisrfil. Szem&zet, Budapest, 1897, 60. 
 AlsOitransl.: Ungar.med. Presse, Budapest, 1897, ii, 661-663.— 
 Landolt(E.) De I'asth^nopie musculaire. Arch, d'opht.. 
 
 Asthenopia (Muscular). 
 
 Par., 1890, x, 609-518.— McLachlan (D. A.) An avoidable 
 cause of muscular asthenopia. Med. Counselor, Detroit, 
 1898, n. s., iii, 67-72.— MajewskI (K. W.) Asthenopia mus- 
 cularis. Post, okul., Krakdw, 1902, iv, 201; 290; 348.— Mills 
 (L.) Complete vocational disability from muscular imbal- 
 ance of the eyes. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1916, Ixvii, 737- 
 739.— NeuschtUer (I.) Un caso di odontalgia dipendente 
 da astenopia muscoiare. Boll, d'ocul., Fireuze, 1889, xi, 
 33. — Norton (A. B.) Muscular asthenopia. N. Am. J. 
 Homceop., N. Y., 1892, 3. s., vii, 439-447.— Eeddlnglus 
 (R. A.) lets over musculaire asthenopie. Med. Weekbl., 
 Amst., 1898-9, v, 157-163.— Towsley (G. G.) Muscular as- 
 thenopia. Homceop. Eye, Ear, & Throat J., Lancaster, Pa., 
 1910, xvi, 130-136. — VIgnes. Vaieur comparative du traite- 
 ment operatoire de I'asthtoopie musculaire protopathique. 
 Compt.-rend. Cong, internat. de mM. 1897, Mosc, 1898, vi, 
 sect. 11, 33-37.— Walter (W.) The etiology of nonparalytic 
 ocular imbalance; some original conceptions and interpreta- 
 tions based on the physiology and psychology of ocular 
 movements. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1916, Ixvii, 193-200. 
 Also, Reprint. 
 
 Asthenopia (Treatment of). 
 
 Fox (L. W.) Gold-blindness, or retinal asthenopia and 
 its treatment. Dental Cosmos, Phlla., 1901, xliii, 121-124. 
 Also: J. Med.-Chir. Coll., Phila., 1903, iv, No. 9, 1-4. AUo, 
 Reprint. — Fildenberg (P.) Die Ueberkorrektiou der Hy- 
 permetropie als Behandlungsmethode bei asthenopischen 
 Beschwerden. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg., 1908, 
 xliv, 21-25.— Graddy (L. B.) Mechanism and present 
 status of the treatment of asthenopia. Tr. M. Soc. 'Tennes- 
 see, Memphis, 1894, 124-149.— Harris (H. B.) Muscular 
 asthenopia and treatment by ocular gymnastics. Ohio M. 
 J., Columbus, 1906-7, ii, 460-466.— Hllgartner (H. L.) 
 Amber tinted lens for the rehef of asthenopia. Texas State 
 J. M., Fort Worth, 1909-10, v, 410.— Jenkins (N. B.) As- 
 thenopia; graduated tenotomy; prisms. Phila M. J., 1902, 
 ix, 896.— Lydston (J. A.) An analysis of accommodative 
 and muscular asthenopia, with indications for their treat- 
 ment. Chicago M. Recorder, 1896, x, 390-394.— Marlow 
 (F. W.^ Some of the causes of failure to relieve asthenopia 
 and alhed symptoms. Med. New?, N. Y., 1900, Ixxvi, 3-8.— 
 Miller (C. M.) Report of a case of asthenopia and hysterical 
 amblyopia relieved by intranasal operation. Virginia M. 
 Semi-Month., Richmond, 1916, xxl, 443.— Moore (T. W.) 
 Asthenopie symptoms relieved by correcting slight errors 
 of refraction. «outh. M. 3^ Nashville, 1916, viii, 637-640.— 
 Pagenstecber (H.) Zur Behandlung der Asthenopie. Zt- 
 schr. f. Augenh., Berl., 1901, v, 331-346.— Bider (W.) Ra- 
 tional treatment of asthenopia. Tr. M. Ass. Central N. Y. 
 1896, Buflalo, 1897, 66-61. Also: Buffalo M. J., 1896-7, 
 xxxvi, 580-585. — Bowe (E. H.) Treatment of asthenopia 
 dependent upon esophoria relative to near work. Ophthal- 
 mol., Seattle, 1916-16, xii, 225-236.— VlUasevagUos (C. G.) 
 Cura delP astenopia con le lenti radioattive. Riv. intemaz. 
 
 di Clin, e terap., Napoli, 1912, vii, 25-27. ■ . Cenni sden- 
 
 tifici suU' uso delle lenti radioattive e cura dell' astenopia con 
 le lenti radioattive. Prat, oculistica, Roma, 1913, xi, 49-56. — 
 de Waele (H.) Asthenopie nerveuse par lumi^re 61ectrique, 
 emploi de verres jaunes. Arch, d'opht., Par., 1909, xxix, 
 566-670. Also: Belgique m^d., Gand, 1909, xvi, 375-377. 
 
 Asthma. 
 
 See, also, Dyspnoea; Hay-fever. 
 
 Beekart (J. I. B.) On bronchial asthma, its 
 pathology and treatment. 8°. London, 1911. 
 
 Beugelmann (W.) Das Asthma, sein Wesen 
 und seine Behandlung, auf Grund zweiundzwan- 
 zigjahriger Erfahrungen und Forschungen. 8°- 
 Wiesbaden, 1901. 
 
 . The same. 4. Aufl. 8°. Wiesbaden, 
 
 1905. 
 
 The same. 5. Aufl. 4° Wiesbaden, 
 1910. 
 
 Cramee (E. H.) *De asthmate. 4° Traj. ad 
 Rhenum, 1707. 
 
 Doazan (J.) *Essai sur les principaux types 
 d'asthme cardiaque. 8°. Paris, 1901. 
 
 Faber (M.) Diss. med. de asthmate. sm. 4°. 
 Giessse Hassorum, 1666. 
 
 Fischer ([K. C.] A.) *Ueber das Wesen des 
 Asthma convulsivum. 8°. Heidelberg, 1910. 
 
 GoLDScHMiDT (S.) Asthma. 8° Miinchen, 
 1898. 
 
 . The same. 2. Aufl. 8° MiVnchen, 
 
 1910. 
 
 Hagenbbrg (J.) *Beitrage zur Lehre vom 
 Asthma bronchiale. 8° Gottingen, 1899. 
 
ASTHMA. 
 
 106 
 
 ASTHMA. 
 
 Asthma. 
 
 MoNcORoi: (R.) L'asthme. 8° Paris, 1909. 
 
 Nebel (P. C. G.) *De asthmate et speciatim 
 tumoroso. sm. 4°. Oiessx-Cattorum, 1776. 
 
 d'Orell (H.) *De asthmate. sm. 4° Lugd. 
 Batavorum, 1569. 
 
 Reiss (C.) Das Asthma, Atemnot und Brust- 
 beklemmung; Wesen, Ursachen, erfolgreiche Be- 
 handlung. 2. Aufl. 8°. Berlin, 1900. 
 
 Thobowgood (J. C.) Notes on asthma; its 
 natm-e, forms, and treatment. 12°. London, 
 1873. 
 
 WiBTz (W.) Asthma; kurze allgemein ver- 
 standliche Abhandlung tiber Ursachen, Wesen 
 und Behandlung. 4. Aufl. 12°. Bad Kissingen, 
 1911. 
 
 Adam (J.) Notes on asthma. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1918, 
 i, 113.— Auld (A. G.) A lecture on asthma. Ibid., 1908, ii, 
 1850-1853.— Bate (R. A.) Asthma. Tr. Mississippi Valiey 
 M. Ass., Asheville, N. C., 1900, 11, 405-413.— Bayma (A.) 
 Uni'Caso de asthma essential. Brazil-med., Rio de Jan., 
 1904, xviii, 8.— Bell (W. B.) Spasmodic asthma. Edinb. 
 M. J., 1899, n. s., vi, 339-343.— Brandes (S.) Enkele opmer- 
 kingen over asthma bronchiale. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Ge- 
 neesk., Amst., 1918, i, 686-692.— Brown (O. H.) Some ob- 
 servations on bronchial asthma. J. Missouri M. Ass., St. 
 Louis, 1915, xii, 19-21.— Buchanan (J. H.) Observations 
 on bronchial asthma. J. Med. See. N. Jersey, Orange, 1908-9, 
 V, 173-178.— Buning. Asthma bronchiale. Med. Rev., 
 Haarlem, 1901, i, 101-108.— Chaplu (J. B.) Asthma; its 
 nature, character, causes and the best method of treatment. 
 Boston M. & S. J., 1843, xxix, 189; 209.— Cholewa. Ueber 
 Asthma. Med. Khn., Berl., 1912, viii, 1150-1152. See, also, 
 infra, Passelt.— Cohen (S. S.) Asthma; its varieties and 
 their treatment. Penn. M. J., Pittsburg, 1904^, viii, 92- 
 99. — De Woll (H.) Some remarks on bronchial or true 
 asthma. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1913, Ixxriii, 1165-1167.— Emer- 
 son (F. P.) Asthma. Boston M. & 8. J^ 1901, cxhv, 520- 
 523.— Ephratm (A.) Zur Theorie des Bronchialasthma. 
 Berl. Win. Wchnschr., 1913, 1, 1015-1017.— Eschle (0. E.) 
 Das Asthma. Aerztl. Rundschau, Munchen, 1915, xxv, 
 397; 415; 422.— Eshner (A. A.) Asthma. Intemat. Clin., 
 Phila., 1900, 10. s., Ii, 65-68.— Faulkner (R. B.) Asthma. 
 Phlla. M. J., 1900, V, 1250-1252. Also, Reprint— Fraenkel 
 (A.) Ueber Asthma bronchiale. Berl. khn. Wchnschr., 
 """, XXXV, 693. — — -. Ueber Bronchialasthma. Deutsche 
 
 18! 
 
 KUnik, Berl. & Wien, 1901, iv, 1. Abth., 25-60, 2pl.— Free- 
 man (G. F.) Epidemic bronchial asthma of Guam. U. 
 States Nav. M. Bull., Wash., 1907, i, 88-91.— Freudenthal 
 (W.) Bronchial asthma. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1917, cv, 
 1-6.— Galup (J.) Les donnto nouvelles sur l'asthme essen- 
 tiel. Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1914, Ixxxvii, 501-507.— Gold- 
 schelder (A.) Ueber Asthma bronchiale. Ztschr. f. arztl. 
 
 Fortbild., Jena, 1907, iv, 712-720. — . Asthma bronchiale 
 
 (essentielles Asthma, Asthma spasmodicum nervosum). 
 Deutsche KKiuk, Berl. & Wien, 1909, xii, 385-408.— Gold- 
 schmldt (S.) Asthma; Begriffsbestimmung, Sympto- 
 matik. Diagnose, verschiedene Arten, Differentialdiagnose. 
 Aerztl. Rundschau, Miinchen, 1898, viii, 465; 481; 531; 582; 
 645; 659; 681. Also, Reprint. Also: Deutsche Prax., Miin- 
 chen, 1898, 1, 157; 199; 247;-345; 388; 443; 484. . Ueber 
 
 Asthma. Deutsche Praxis, Miinchen, 1903, xii, 73; 105; 
 142; 168; 206; 298; 329. . Das Asthma. Aerztl. Rund- 
 schau, Miinchen, 1909, xix, 493; 506; 521; 533; 544.— Goluboff 
 (N. F.) [Nature of bronchial asthma.l Prakt. Vrach, 
 Petrogr., 1915, Xiv, 117; 131; 152.— Goodhart (J. F.)' & 
 Sprlggs (E. I.) Asthma and hay-fever. In: Svst. Med. 
 (Allbutt & Rolleston), 8°. Lond., 1909, v, 45-71.— Gottlieb 
 (M. J.) Etiology and treatment of bronchial asthma. N. 
 York M. J. [etc.], 1917, cvi, 313-315.— Goureau. Nature de 
 l'asthme. Actuality mid., Fax., 1896, viii, 180-1S6.— Grant 
 (D.) The expiratory nature of stridor in bronchial asthma. 
 Lancet, Lond., 1910, i, 1499.— Grlgg (A. H.) Bronchial 
 asthma. West Virg. M. J., Huntington, 1916, xi, 40-43.— 
 Haslebacher. Zur Psvchologie des Asthmas. Ann. d. 
 schweiz. balneol. Gesellsch., Aarau, 1914, 10. Hft., 18-23.— 
 Henry (W.) Asthma. St. Louis M. & S. J., 1901, Ixxxi, 
 136-138.— Hertz (A. F.) A clinical lecture on asthma. Clin. 
 J., Lond., 1910, xxxvi, 198-205.— Jepson (E.) Bronchial 
 asthma. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1917, ii, 650.— Kahn (M.) 
 Asthma bronchiale. N. Yorker med. Monatsohr., 1905, 
 xvi, 169-176.— Koenlg (C. C. L.) De catarrho suffocative. 
 In: Brendel (J. G.) Opusc. math, et med. etc., 4°, Goettin- 
 gae, 1769, ii, 88-102.— Kohn (S.) Asthma. Med. Rec, N. 
 Y., 1905, Ixviii, 325-332.— Krez. Gedanken und Erfahrun- 
 gen zur Aetiologie, Symptomatologie und Therapie des 
 Asthmas. Wiirzb. Abhandl. a. d. Gesamteeb. d. prakt. 
 Med., 1914, xiv, 213-230.— Lazarus. Experimentelle 
 Untersuchungen zur Lehre vom Asthma bronchiale. Ver- 
 handl. d. Ver. f. innere Med. zu Berl., 1891-2, xi, 8; 30. [Dis- 
 cussion], 36: 44. — Lemaire (A.) L'asthme et ses varii5t&. 
 Rev. mH. de Louvain, 1905, n. s., ii, 356-368.— Mplne (R.) 
 Asthme du premier sommeil. Bull. Soc. mid. d. h6p. de 
 Lyon, 1903, ii, 233.— Lesleur (H.) Asthma. Milwaukee 
 M^ J., 1911, xix, 131-134.— Levi (L.) & de BothschUd (H.) 
 
 Asthma. 
 
 Asthme endocritique. Rev. d'hyg. et de m6d. inf. [etc.]. 
 Par., 1910, ix, 393-459, 7 pi. Also [Abstr.l: J. de mM. int.. 
 Par., 1910, xiv, 252-255.— Meessen (W.) De l'asthme 
 bronchique. J. mfid. de Brux., 1909, xiv, 33-38.— Mlddle- 
 mlss(J.E.) Bronchialasthma. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1917, ii, 
 878.— Mldelton (W. J.) [CaseJ Proo: Roy. Soc. Med., 
 Lond., 1913-14, Tii, Sect. Stud. Dis. Child., 183.— Modern 
 conception of bronchial asthma. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1917, 
 xcii, 815.— Moucorgfe (R.) Considerations gfin^rales sur 
 l'asthme. Larynx,l'oreilleet le nez, Marseille & Par., 1909, ii, 
 
 33-43. . Les trSves de l'asthme. Mfid. mod.. Par., 1910, 
 
 xxi, 67. — Monln(E.) De l'asthme. J. de de la santS, Par., 
 1906, xxlii, 690-693.— Morris (M. F.) Bronchial asthma. 
 Med. Rec, N. Y., 1917, xcii, 190-192.— MtlUer (F.) Bron- 
 chial asthma. Interuat. CUn., Phila., 1900, 9. s., iv, 122- 
 133.— Nelson (J. G.) Asthma. Virginia M. Semi-Month., 
 Richmond, 1906, x, 34-36.— North (J.) Asthma. Tr. 
 Mississippi Valley M. Ass. 1901, Kansas City, 1903, iii, 84- 
 96.— Patton (J. M.) Asthma. Clin. Rev., Chicago, 1898-9, 
 
 viii, 260-269. . Bronchial asthma. Dlinois M. J., 
 
 Springfield, 1913, xxiil, 163-169.— Percepled (E.) Les 
 fibauches de l'asthme. Bull. m^d. , Par., 1909, xxiil, 587-589. 
 Also: Centre mdd. etpharm., Gannat, 1909-10, xv, 69-74.— 
 Pescatore. Betrachtungen iiber Asthma bronchiale. 
 Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & I^eipz., 1911jXxxvii, 351- 
 
 353. . Ein Asthmafragebogen. Med. Klin., Berl., 
 
 1911, vii, 970.— Pettus (W. G.) Bronchial asthma. Texas 
 M. News, Austin, 1903-4, xiii, 217-220.— Plenlazek. Bemer- 
 kungen iiber das Asthma bronchiale. Wien. klin. Wchn- 
 schr., 1906, xviii, 1201-1212.— Possselt. Ueber Asthma; Be- 
 merkungen zu dem Artikel von Cholewa. Med. Klin., 
 Berl., 1912, viii, 1589.— Quelques travaux rdcents sur Pasth- 
 me. Presse mM., Par., 1918, xxvi, 92.— Kackemann (F. 
 M. ) A clinical study of one hundred and fifty cases of brou - 
 chial asthma. Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 1918, xxii, 517- 
 652. Aim [Abstr.]: Boston M. & S. J., 1918, clxxviii, 770- 
 772. — Bobinson (B.) Clinical notes on asthma and its 
 treatment. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1898, liv, 388.— Saenger (M.) 
 Ueber Asthma. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1904, Ii, 335-338. 
 [Discussion], 368.— Schleslnger (H.) Zur Lehre vom 
 Asthma bronchiale. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1898, xi, 365.— 
 Schmidt (H.) Ueber Acetonurie bei Asthma bronchiale. 
 Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1909, lix, 2611-2517.— von Schrtttter 
 (H.) Ueber Bronchosfcopie bei Fremdkorpem, nebst Be- 
 merkungen zur Kenntnis des Asthma bronchiaM. Ibid., 
 1911, Ixi, 130; 200; 265; 326.— SchUtz (J.) Asthma tind asth- 
 ■matiscm Anfalle. In his: Med. Casuistik, 8°, Prag, 1873, ii, 
 1-112.— Shaw (H. B.) Asthma. Clin. J.f Lond., 1910, 
 xxxvi, 86-91.— Simon (R. M.) A post graduate Wcture on 
 spasmodic asthma. Birmingh. M. Rev., 1906, Ix, 297-312. — 
 Smith (E. L.) Asthma; observations on 300 cases. Med. 
 Rec, N. Y., 1907, Ixxi, 1069-1071.— Spirig (W.) Ueber 
 einseitiges bronchiales Asthma. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, 
 Basel, 1897, xxvii, 679-684.— Stoeckel (G.) Ueber Asthma 
 bronchiale. Klin.-therap. Wchnschr., Wien, 1903, x, 881; 
 910; 931.— Strttblng (P.) Ueber Asthma bronchiale. 
 Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Lelpz., 1906, xxxii, 1252; 
 1370. — Talma (S.) Ueber Asthma bronchiale. Berl. klin. 
 Wchnschr., 1898, xxxv, 1141-1144.— Thorowgood (J. C.) 
 & Lamplough (C.) Two cases illustrating spasmodic and 
 bronchialasthma. Brit.M. J., LK)nd.,1898,i,1589. — Under- 
 wood (E. C.) A clinical consideration of asthma. N. 
 Albany M. Herald, 1896, xvi, 231-234.— von den Velden (R .) 
 Bronchialasthma. Med. Klin., Berl., 1909, v, 343-349.— Wal- 
 ker (I. C.) The cause and treatment of bronchial asthma. 
 Med. Clin. N. Am., Phila., 1918, i, 1177-1195.— Warren 
 (L. F.) An orthodiagraphio study of a case of bronchial 
 asthma. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1913, cxlvl, 711- 
 716.— Weber (E.) Neue Untersuchimgen iibar experi- 
 mentelles Asthma und die Innervation der Bronchialmus- 
 
 keta. Arch. f. Physiol., Leipz., 1914, 63-164. . Ueber 
 
 experimentelles Asthma. Med. Klin., Berl., 1914, x, 112. — 
 Weiss (O.) Ueber den Stand der neutigen Lehre vom 
 Asthma. Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl., 1910, 11, 443-446.— 
 Wells (W. A.) ITie present state of our knowledge concern- 
 ing the cause, nature, and treatmentofasthma. N. YorkM. 
 J., 1900, Ixxu, 624; 663.— WermelfS.B ) Beitrag zur Lehre 
 vom Bronchialasthma. Med. Woche, Berl., 1900, i, 337-343. — 
 West(S.) Unilateralasthma. Lancet, Lond., 1912,11 1750. — 
 Wethered (F. J.) A clinical lecture on asthma. Clin. J., 
 
 Lond., 1900-1901, xvi, 81-87. . Asthma. Ibid., 1911, 
 
 xxxvui, 406-410.— Williams (C. T.) On bronchial asthma. 
 Polyclin., Lond., 1902, vi, 332-335.— WUllams (P. W.) 
 Asthma. Practitioner, Lond., 1910, Ixxxv, 526-543. — 
 ZlSer (E.) Der gegenwartige Stand unserer Kenntnisse vom 
 Asthma. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1909, lix, 1887; 1951.— 
 Zugsmlth (E.) & Kahn (M.) A study of the metabolism 
 of asthma. Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 1918, xxi, 510-518. AUo, 
 Reprint. 
 
 Asthma {Anaphylaxis in). 
 
 See, also. Anaphylaxis {Manifestations of, 
 Respiratory) . 
 
 BiAL (V.) *L'anaphylaxie dans l'asthme. 
 8°. Parii, 1910. 
 
 Babcock (R. H.) Spasmodic asthma; report of cases 
 illustrating its anaphylactic nature and the difficulties in the 
 
ASTHMA. 
 
 107 
 
 ASTHMA. 
 
 Asthma (Anaph/ylaxis in). 
 
 way of successful treatment. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1917, 
 Ixviii, 438-440. Also, Eeprint.— Barach (J. H.) Asthma 
 and anaphylaxis.- N. York M. J. [etc.], 1911, xcui, 117-119. 
 Also, Reprint.— BSai (V.) Nouvelles observations d'ana- 
 phylaxie dans I'asthme. Centre m6d. et pharm. Gannat, 
 1912-13, xviii, 99-102.— De Bescbe (A.) Hypersensitive- 
 ness and asthma, especially in relation to emanations from 
 horses. J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1918, xxii, 594-600.— Girard- 
 Mangln (N.) Trois cas cUniques d'asthme d'origine ana- 
 phylactique d. cause occasionnelle commune chez un vieil- 
 lard, un enfant et un chien. Cong, intemat. de path, comp., 
 Par., 1914, ii, 354-356.— Goodale (J. L.) Studies regard- 
 ing anaphylactic reactions occurring in horse asthma and 
 allied conditions. Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass., N. Y., 1914, 
 xxxvi, 95-110. Also: Ann. Otol., Ehinol. & Laryngol., St. 
 Louis, 1914, xxiii, 635-641.— Koessler (K. K.) Bronchial 
 asthma due to hypersusceptibility to hens' eggs. Illinois 
 M. J., Springfleld, 1913, xxiii, 68-71.— Manollofl (E.) 
 Asthma hronohiale als anaphylaktische Erscheinung. Cen- 
 tralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1912, Ixiii, Orig., 664- 
 570.— Matthews (J.) The relation of nasal conditions to 
 anaphylaxis and asthma. Tr. Am. Laryngol., Ehinol. & 
 Otol. Soc, N. Bedford, Mass., 1913, xix, 62-67. Also: Med. 
 Eec, N. Y., 1913, Ixxxiv, 512-514.— Meltzer (S. J.) Bron- 
 chial asthma as a phenomenon of anaphylaxis. Tr. Ass. 
 Physicians, Phila., 1910, xxv, 66-74. Also: J. Am. M. Ass., 
 Chicago, 1910, Iv, 1021-1024.— Palmer (H. S.) Egg-poison- 
 ing and asthma. Practitioner, Lond., 1917, xcviU, 88. — 
 Percepiea (K.) Les variations de I'anaphylaxie dans 
 I'asthme. Bull, mid., Par., 1912, xxcvi, 637.— Philippart. 
 iitiologie anaphylactique de I'asthme. Arch. med. beiges, 
 Brux., 1911, xxxvii, 73-95.— Plazja (V. C.) Asma bron- 
 chiale e anaHlassi. Ann. di clin. med., Palermo, 1916, vii, 
 144-195.— Talbot (F. B.) Asthma in children; its relation 
 to egg poisoning (anaphylaxis). Boston M. & S. .1., 1914, 
 clxxi, 708-712: 1916, clxxv, 191-195.— Walker (I. C.) Stud- 
 ies on the sensitization of patients with bronchial asthma. 
 J. Med. Research, Bost., 1916-17, xxxv, 487; 497; 509: xxxvi, 
 
 231; 237. Also, Reprint. : Complement fixation and 
 
 precipitin reactions with the serum of bronchial asthmatics 
 who are sensitive to the proteins of wheat, horse dandruff, 
 cat hair, and bacteria, usmg these proteins as antigens, and 
 the cutaneous reaction as an index of sensitization. J. Med. 
 Research, Bost., 1917, xxx^'i, 243-266. Also, Reprint.- 
 Wldal (F.J, Lermoyer [et al.]. Les ph&om6nes d'ordre 
 anaphylactique dans I'asthme; la cause hi5mocIasique im- 
 tiale. Presse m^d., Par., 1914, xxii, 525-527. 
 
 Asthma {Blood in). 
 
 Spinas (B.) *Ueber das Verhalten der 
 Leuliocyten im Blute und Sputum bei asthma- 
 tischen Zustanden. 8°. Leipzig, 1908. 
 
 Bezan$oii (F.) & de Jong (S.-j;) L'&sinophilie locale 
 dans I'asthme. Bull, et mAia. Soc. mSd. d. h6p. de Par., 
 1910, 3. s., xxix, 506-512.— Heineke (A.) & Deutscbinaiui 
 (F.) Das Verhalten der weissen Blutzellen wShrend des 
 Asthmaanfalles. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1906, ' liii, 
 797.— Herrick (W. W.) The eosinophilia of bronchial 
 asthma; with report of a case showing extreme blood changes. 
 J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1911, Ivii, 1836,— Houssay (B. A.) 
 Sobre la pretendida azotemia del asma. Prensa m^d. 
 argentina, Buenos Aires, 1914-15, i, 21. — Jack (G. N.) 
 Asthma of blood origin and not nerve or reflex. N. York 
 
 State J. M., N. Y., 1902, ii, 145-150. Also, Reprint. . 
 
 Asthma and its relation to environments from a blood 
 etiological standpoint. N. York State J. M., N-. Y., 1904, Iv, 
 
 422-425. . Some peculiarities of the asthmatics' blood. 
 
 N. Albany M. Herald, 1906, xxiv, 53-55.— Keicher (K.) & 
 Stein (B. H.) Purinstoffwechsel und Hypereosinophilie 
 bei Asthma. Sitzungsb. d. Berl. ha!matol. Geseflsch., 
 Leipz., 1910, ii, 64-72.— Salecker (P.) Blutuntersuchungen 
 bei Asthmatikern. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1907, liv, 
 368-360. 
 
 Asthma (Cardiac). 
 
 AUbutt (C.) Cardiac asthma. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1911, 
 ii, 1136. — Da Costa (J. M.) Cardiac asthma. Med. Age, 
 Detroit, 1899, xvii, 169. — Flessinger (C.) L'asthme car- 
 diaque. Rev. g&. de clin. et de th&ap., Par., 1916, xxx, 
 793.— Fraenkel (A.) Conferenza elinica sulP asma cardiaca 
 e 1' angina pectoris. Gazz. intemaz. di med., Napoli, 1905, 
 vili, 225-227.— Gibson (G. A.) & Mackenzie (J.) Cardiac 
 asthma. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1911, ii, 1231.— Gyurmftn (E.) 
 Ueber das kardiale Asthma. Pest., med.-chir. Presse, Buda- 
 pest, 1901, xxxvii, 901; 932.— HolTmann (F. A.) Asthma 
 cardiale. Deutsche KJinik, Berl. & Wien, 1902, iv, 2. Abth., 
 57-120. — Huchard (H.) Asthme ou cardio-scl&ose chez le 
 vieillard. Rev. gSn. de clin. et de th^rap.. Par., 1907, xxi, 
 19.— Jellinek (E. O.) & Cooper (C. M.) Cardiac asthma 
 and sclerosis of the right coronary artery. J. Am. M. Ass., 
 Chicago, 1908, 1, 689.— Mvy (L.) Asthma cardiale. Gyfi- 
 gvSszat, Budapest, 1904, xliv, 132-134. Also: Pest, med.- 
 chir. Presse, Budapest, 1904, xl, 966.— Merklen (P.) Asth- 
 me cardiaque. Eev. gSn. de clin. et de thSrap., Par., 1901, 
 XV, 241-243. . L'asthme cardiaque; les indications 
 
 Asthma (Cardiac). 
 
 therapeutiques. J. do mdd. int.. Par., 1904, viii, 51-53. 
 
 Also: Poitou mid., Poitiers, 1904, xviii, 41; 65. . The 
 
 treatment of cardiac asthma. Intemat. Clin., Phila., 1905, 
 15. s., i, 1-8.— Popofl (L. V.) [Cardiac asthma and similar 
 diseases.] Bolnitsch. Gaz. Botkina, S.-Peterb., 1902, xlli, 
 377; 436; 483; 528; 673; 624.— Rosenbacli (O.) Ueber cere- 
 brales und cardiales Asthma, nebst Bemerkungen iiber 
 Stenocardie, Abdriicken und verwandte Zustande. Miin- 
 chen. med. Wchnschr., 1900, xlvii, 683; 736.— Bosin (H.) 
 Patholoirie und Therapie des kardialen Asthmas. Deutsche 
 med. Wchnschr., Berl. & I/Cipz., 1912, xxxviii, 737-746.— 
 Wilson (C.) A case o f cardiac asthma. Brit. M. J., Lond., 
 1913, i, 219. 
 
 Asthma (Causes and pathology of). 
 
 See, also, Asthma (Anaphylaxis in); Asthma 
 (Cardiac); Asthma (Dyspeptic); Asthma (Na- 
 sal); Asthma (Nervous); Asthma (Reflex); 
 Asthma (Senile); Laryngismus stridulus; 
 Thymus-gland (Hypertrophy of). 
 
 Beown (0. H.) Asthma, presenting an expo- 
 sition of the nonpassive expiration theory; with 
 a foreword by G. Dock. 8°. St. Louis, 1917. 
 
 Bryson (H. B^ Evolution of the pathology 
 of asthma. 8°. Cleveland, 0., 1895. 
 
 Gerard (L.-P.) *Sur les causes de l'asthme. 
 8°. Paris, 1904. 
 
 Hermann (K.) *Ueber einen Fall von Asth- 
 ma bronchiale als Beitrag zur Frage uber die 
 Entstehung desselben. 8°. Giessen, 1909. 
 
 KtJss (c!) *Une nouvelle theorie de l'asthme. 
 8°. Paris, 1897. 
 
 LuDA (G.) Asthma eine Kohlensaurevergif- 
 tung und sem Wesen, Behandlung und Heilung 
 durch Entgiftung des Blutes. 2. Aufl. 8° 
 Berlin, 1906. 
 
 Boux (J.) *De I'^tiologie de l'asthme. 8°. 
 Paris, 1902. 
 
 Schmidt (G. P.) *Dissertatio medica sistens 
 asthmatis pathologiam. 16°. Jense, 1697. 
 
 Wbrtz (F.) *Consid6rations sur I'^tiologie 
 de l'asthme. 8°. Paris, 1911. 
 
 Abrams (A.) Asthma and the lung reflexes of Abrams. 
 Med. Rec, N. Y., 1910, bcxviii, 813.— Apostolides (A. G.) 
 The etiology and pathogenesis of bronchial asthma. Ibid., 
 
 1912, Ixxxii, 507-513.— Babcock (R. H.) An inquiry into 
 the cause of bronchial asthma. Tr. Am. Climat. Ass., 
 Phila., 1913, xxix, 96-107. Also: Illinois M. J., Springfield, 
 
 1913, xxiv, 6-9. — Barbieri (G.) Su di un caso di asma bron- 
 chiale mestruale. Policlin., Eoma, 1911, xviii, aez. prat., 
 1659. — Barlaro (P. M.) Consideraciones sobre la etiologia, 
 patogenia y fisiologla patoWgica del asma. Pensiero mM, 
 argentina, Buenos Aires, 1916-17, iii, 138-146. — Bcrtucci 
 (E. A.) Asthmaticattacksandtheinhalationofflourdust. 
 N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1914-15, Ixvui, 173-176.— de Besche (A.) 
 [A study of constitutional supersensitiveness and bronchial 
 asthma.] Norsk Mag. f. Lsegevidensk., Kristiania, 1918, 
 Ixxix, 377-413.— BramweU (B.) Cat asthma. Clin. Stud., 
 Edinb., 1902-3, n. s., i, 330-332.— Brodle (T. G.) & Dixon 
 (W. E.) The pathology of asthma. Tr. Path. Soc. Lond., 
 1902-3, liv, 17-39.— BrUgelmami (AV.) Aetiologie und 
 Symptomatologie des Asthmas. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 
 1901, Ii, 2104, 2159.— Carter (W. W.) Hay fever and other 
 rhinological causes of asthma. Med. Eev., N. Y., 1909, bcv, 
 920-925.— Castalgne. Crises d'asthme et sypliilis. Eev. 
 gto. de eUn. et de th&ap., Par., 1914, xxviii, 388-390.— Cbel- 
 moflski (A.) Zur Pathogenese des Asthma bronchiale. 
 Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1912, cv, 522-530.— 
 Chiodi (W.) Sopra tre casi di asma familiare. Eiv. di 
 clin. pediat., Firenze, 1907, v, 395-404.— Crane (B. T.j 
 Pathological processes in the lung associated with bronchial 
 asthma. Tr. Am. Climat. & Clin. Ass., Phila., 1916, xxxii, 
 228-234.— Davles (B. C.) An etiologicalstudy of asthma for 
 treatment. Tr. Am. Therap. Soc, N. Y., 1915, x\-i, 63-58. 
 Also: Interstate M. T., St. Louis, 1915, xxii, 1111-1116.— 
 De-Luca (B.) La patogenesi dell' asma bronchiale. Ei- 
 forma med., Roma, 1901, xvii, pt. 4, 662; 674; 686; 698.— 
 Deschamps (E.) Acefes d'asthme provoqufe par I'gplu- 
 chage. Arch. g^n. de m&i.. Par., 1897, ii, 346-350.— Drink- 
 water (H.) Mendelian heredity in asthma. Brit. M. J., 
 Lond., 1909, i, 8S.— Dtlnges. Zur Theorie des Asthmas. 
 Verhandl. d. Ver. siiddeutsch. Laryngol., Wiirzb., 1907, 
 465-472.— Dunn (J.) Concerning the etiology of asthma. 
 Tr. .\m. Laryngol., Ehinol., & Otol. Soc. 1901", N. Y., 1902, 
 vii, 247-263.— Ebstein (W.) Die Beziehungen der Kopros- 
 tase zum Bronchialasthma. Deutsche med. Wclinschr 
 Berl. & Leipz., 1911, xxxvii, 1921-1923.— Edelmann (A.) & 
 
ASTHMA. 
 
 108 
 
 ASTHMA. 
 
 Asthma {Causes and pathology of). 
 
 Karpel (L.) Eosinopliilie der Harnwege im Verlaufe von 
 Asthma bronchiale, nebst emem Beitrag zur Farbemetliodik 
 der Hamsedimente. Ibid., 1912, xxxviii, 1271-1273.— ElUs 
 (A. G.) The pathological anatomy of bronchial asthma. 
 Am. J. M. Sc, PhUa. & N. Y., 1908, cxxxvi, 407-429. Also, 
 Reprint.— Epnraim (A.) Zur Theorie des Bronchial- 
 asthmas. Verhandl. d. Ver. deutech. Laryngolog., Wiirzb., 
 1913, XX, 79-93. — Eustis (A.) Acute spasmodic asthma as 
 evidence of autointoxication. N. Orl.,M. & S. J., 1909, Ixii, 
 
 98-106. . Evidence in support of the toxic pathogenesis 
 
 of bronchial asthma, based upon experimental research. 
 Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1912, cxliii, 862-868.— Fraen- 
 kel (A.) Zur Patbologie des Asthma bronchiale. Deu1> 
 sche med. Wclmschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1898, xxiv, Ver.-Beil., 
 99; 105. AUo: Ztschr. f. kirn. Med., Berl., 1898, xxxv, 559- 
 
 572, 1 pi. . MilcrosJcopische Lmigenscnnitteeines todt- 
 
 licn verlaufenen Palles von Asthma bronchiale. Deutsche 
 med. Wclmschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1899, xxv, Ver.-Beil., 299. 
 
 . Railroad asthma. Intemat. Clin., Phila., 1899, 9. s., 
 
 li, 288-290.— Francis (C. R.) Influence of a cat. Med. 
 Temper. Rev., Ix)nd., 1898, i, 221.— Frugonl (C.) & Flsanl 
 (S.) Sulla patogenesi degu accessi di asma nottumo essen- 
 ziale e sintomatieo di lesioni cardio renali. Riv. crit. di clin. 
 med., Ftrenze, 1918, six, 289; 301; 313; 325.— Galdl (F.) Con- 
 tributo clinico alia patogenesi vasomotoria dell' asma bron- 
 chiale. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1905, xxvi, 292-295.— Gigllo 
 (C.) Considerazioni suUa narara e patogenesi dell' asma 
 bronchiale. Ibid., 1907, xxviii, 598-601.- Gtttze (A.) & 
 KienbOck (R . ) Asthma bronchiale und Verkleinerung des 
 Herzens. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1908, xxi, 1261-1265.- 
 Goldmann. Zur Aetiologle des Asthma bronchiale. Ver- 
 handl. d. Ver. deutsch. Laryngolog., Wurzb., 1912, 67-60.— 
 Goldscbmldt. Beitrage zur Physiologie des Asthmas. 
 Aerztl. Rundschau, Miinchen, 1909, xlx, 373-377.— Gonzaga 
 (L.) Sobreumcasode asthma heredo-syphilltica. Brazil- 
 med., Rio de Jan., 1918, xxxu, 311.- GottUeb (M. J.) Etiol- 
 ogy and treatment of bronchial asthma. N. York M. J. 
 [et«.l, 1917, cvi, 313-315. Also, Reprint.— Hare (F.) The 
 mechanism of asthma. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1905, 
 
 n.s.,lxxix, 395-398. . The vasomotor factor in asthma. 
 
 N. York M. J. [etc.], 1906, Ixxxiii, 701-704. . The 
 
 mechanism of the asthmatic dyspnoea. CUn. J., Lond., 1907, 
 XXX, 171-176. AUo: Brit. M. J., Lond., 1909, i, 307.— Hatct 
 (J. L.) Acute asthma an expression of the gouty diathesis. 
 Med. Exam. & Pract., N. Y., 1904, xiv, 739. Also, Reprint— 
 Hiiscb (C.) Ueber Asthma bronchiale mit bcsonderer 
 Beriieksichtigung der Diathesenlehre. Med. Klin., Berl., 
 1917, xiii, 1055-ia58.— von Hoesslln (H.) Ueber den Zusam- 
 menhang von Asthma broncliiale und Lungenodem, Mun- 
 chen. med. Wchnschr., 1907, liv, 2183-2185.— Hofbauer (L.) 
 Das Asthma beim Morbus Basedowii ein Beitrag zur Lehre 
 vom Kropfasthma. Med. BI., Wien, 1903, xxvi, 491-493. 
 
 . Zur Pathogenese des Eropfasthmas. Ibid., 1907, 
 
 XXX, 157.— Jack (G.N.) The etiology of asthma. Buflalo 
 
 M. J., 1898-9, n. s., xxxviii, 488-491. . The pathology 
 
 of asthma. iWd., 1900-1901, n. s., xl, 815-832. Also,'Repimt. 
 Asthma^f blood origin and not nerve or reflex. '' 
 
 York State J. M., N. Y., 1902, ii, 135-150. 
 
 N. 
 
 ^ui>.ui.a^.7.^., A., ji., i!,u»,ii, iu./-iuu. . Thepathol- 
 
 ogy of asthma, with special reference to Its vicious circle. 
 Buffalo M. J., 1903-4, n. s., xliii, 381-392.— Jezlerskl (P. V.) 
 Zur Patholome des Asthma bronchiale. Deutsches Arch. f. 
 klin. Med., Leipz., 1905, Ixxxv, 342-347, 1 pi.— Jllanl (M. 
 H. G.) Asthma due to gastric derangement; recovery. 
 Indian M. Rec., Calcutta, 1901, xx, 284.— Kldd (G. H.) On 
 the pathology of asthma. Dublin Q. J. M. Sc, 1861, xxxi, 
 292-302.— KIngscoteCE. C.) The vagus origin of asthma 
 and its treatment. Lancet, Lond., 1898, i, 931-fl33.— Levi 
 (L.) Pathog&iie de I'asthme thyroidieu et ovarien. Arch. 
 g«n. de mM., Par., 1912, v, 217-225, 1 pi.— Ley (A.) AccSs 
 d'asthme vlolents d'origine hypo-thyroidlenne. 3. de neu- 
 rol.. Par., 1901, vi, 167.— Lloyd (W.) Asthma; its causation 
 and treatment. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1909, i, 143. — Loeper 
 (M.)&Codet(H.) L'asthme traumatique. Progrfesmld., 
 Par., 1917, 3. s., xxxii, 287.— MaragUano. Broncopolmo- 
 nite e attacchi d'asma sintomatieo. Cron. d. clin. med. di 
 Geneva, 1905, xi, 386.— Marchand (F.) Ein neuer Fall von 
 AsthmabrancliialemitanatomischertJntersuchung. Deut- 
 sches Arch, t klin., Med., Leipz., 1918, cxxvii, 184-209.— 
 Mink (O. J.) A note on the pathology of epidemic asthma. 
 U. States Nav. M. Bull., Washy 1909, lii, 222, 1 pi.— BBsSU- 
 dlue (J. G.) Horse asthma. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1914, c, 
 825. AUo, Keprint.— Moeller (A.) Zum heutigeu Stande 
 der Frage der Asthmaentstehung und -behandlung. heut- 
 sche Aeizte-Zte., Berl., 1908, 1-3.— MOnckeberg (J. G.) 
 ZuT pathologischen Anatomie des Bronchialasthmas. Ver- 
 handL d. deutsch. path. Gesellsch., Jena, 1909, 173-180.— 
 MoUe. De Paction asthmatog^ne des poussieres prove- 
 nant de certains sols argilo-calcdres gtologiquement difinis. 
 Loire mdd., St.-Etienne, 1904, xxiii, 129-139.— Moncorgf 
 (B.) M^caiusmede Faeces d'asthma. Lyon m&l., 1906, cvi, 
 
 1220-1227. . Un type asthmatique h^pato-pulmonaire. 
 
 J. de mM. int.. Par., 1914, xviii, 41.— Oettlnger (B.) Some 
 data concerning a humoral etiology of spasmodic asthma; 
 outline of treatment in accordance with the foregoing. 
 Med. Rec, N. Y.^ 1912, Ixxxii, 833-839.— Percepled (t.) 
 Du r61e de I'intoxication dans la causality de I'asthme. J. 
 de m&I. et cbir. prat., Far., 1909, Ixxxi, 374-384.— Bamplnl 
 
 Asthma (Causes and pathology of). 
 
 (J. A.) Al asma; sus causas, delectos e inconvenientes de un 
 solo m^todo exclusivo para curarla como el m^todo de 
 Efraim; necesidad de varies tratamientos con relacidn a las 
 varias causas asmatdgenas. Proc. Pan Am. Scient. Cot^., 
 Wash^ 1917, X, 335-338.— Saenger (M.) Ueber die psychi- 
 sche Komponente unter den Asthmaursachen. Berl. klin. 
 Wchnschr., 1912, xlix, 345-347.— Schlemmer (G.) Asthme 
 et adde urique. Presse miA., 'Fat., 1896, 222.— Sclunldt 
 (A.) Das Bronchialasthma afa Typus nervoser Katarrhe. 
 Wurzb. Abhandl. a. d. Gesamtgeb. d. prakt. Med., 1903, ill, 
 215-240.— Sewall (H.) Experimental asthma in the guinea 
 pig. J. Lab. & Clin. M., St. Louis, 1916-17, li, 874-882, 1 ch. 
 AUo, Reprint.— von Strtimpell (A.) Ueber das Asthma 
 bronchiale und seine Beziehimgen zur sogenannten exsuda- 
 
 tiven Diathese. Med. Khn., BerL. 1910, vi, 889-894. . 
 
 Die Pathologie und Therapie des Asthma bronchiale. [Dis- 
 cussion.] Mitt. d. Gesellsch. t phys. Med., Wien, 1910, iii, 
 16-29.— Teske-Czersk. Traumatisches Asthma angenom- 
 men, wo eine alte EpUepsie bestand. AerztL Prax., BerL & 
 Leipz., 1902, xv, lOl.— Thorowgood (J. C.) A case of 
 asthma due apmirently to arterial spasm. I/ancet, Lend., 
 1898, ii, 1628.— truman (J. S.) The relation between sur- 
 gical infections of the gastro-intestinal tract and asthma; a 
 preUminary report. South. M. J., Nashville, 1915, viil, 
 223-225.— VltOn (J. J.) El asma; nuevas orientadones 
 sobre su etiolo^ y pat<^enia (investigaciones personales). 
 . Semana mM., Buenos Au-es, 1913, xx, pt. 2, 718.— Wachs- 
 mutb (G. FO Das Asthma und die Atmosphare. AUg. 
 
 med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1899, Ixvifl, 13; 25. . Das 
 
 Asthma und die meteorologiscn-atmo^harischen Einflusse 
 aul dasselbe. Med.-chir. Centralbl., men, 1899, xxxiv 571; 
 587. AUo: Ztsclir. f. Krankenpfl., Berl., 1899, xxi, 269- 
 282. — ^Wagner (H. L.) A contribution to the pathogenesis 
 of bronchial asthma. Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass., N. YT, 1912, 
 xxxiv, 265-267.— Walker (I. 0.) & Adkinson (J.) The 
 relationship between the cutaneous reaction, serum aggluti- 
 nation tests and bacteriological examination of the sputum 
 and nasal secretions in determining the part Staphyl(M»ccus 
 pyogenes aureus and albus may play in the cause of branchial 
 asthma. J. Med. Eesear^ Best., 1917, xxxvi, 295-308. 
 AUo, Reprint.— Waugli ON. F.) Asthma with mixed in- 
 fection following repeated attacks of la grippe. Lancet- 
 Clinic, Cmcin., 1907, n. s., Iviii, 205-208. AUo, Reprint.- 
 Winter (D.) Zur Pathogenese des bronchialen Asthma. 
 Monaitschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Berl. & Wien, 1910, xMv, 630- 
 
 645. . 1st es gerechtfertigt als Ursache des bronchial- 
 
 asthmatischen AnfoUs eine Verengerung der feineren Luft- 
 wege, sei es in Form von SchleimMutsMwellung, anzuneh- 
 men? Med. Klin., Berl., 1914, 1319-1321.— Wnlff(M.) Zur 
 Psychogenitat des Asthma bronchiale. ZentralbL 1. Psy- 
 choanal., Wiesb., 1912-13, lil, 202-205, 
 
 Asthma {Complications and sequelse of), 
 
 Beddoes (T. P.) Asthmatic dermatitis. Treatment, 
 Lond., 1904-5, viii, 250-253.— Calverley (E. J. G.) Intersti- 
 tial emphysema beneath the deep cervical fascia as a compli- 
 csition of asthma. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1902, ii, 1899.— Cas- 
 telllno (P. F.) Asma esscnziale; enSsema; Ileve iposistolia 
 cardiaca; inlziale scompenso. Tommasi, Napoll, 1905-6, i, 
 150.— DOnges. Asthma und inlektiose Lungenleiden (Tu- 
 berculose, Pnenmonie). Deutsche med. Wdinschr., BerL 
 & Leipz., 1904, XXX, 1678-1681.— Flckler (A.) Atropinwahn- 
 sinn bei einem Asthmatiker. Ibid., 1910, xxxvi, 1033.— 
 Gilbert (A.) & TUIaret (M.) L'hfipatalde des asthma- 
 tiques. Presse mM., Par., 1906, xiv, 81.— Langsteln (L.) 
 Ekzem und Asthma; ein Beitrag zur Eenntnis der exsuda- 
 tiven Diathese. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1908, xiv, 1218 — 
 I>ven (G.) Asthme, dyspnfe. et toux gastriques. BnU. 
 gto. de th&ap. [etc.]. Par., 1912, clxiv, 833-856.- Merklen. 
 Asthme, emphys&me pulmonaire, nephrite et asystolie 
 J. de mAJ., int.. Par., 1904, viii, 305-307.— Miner (W.) A 
 case of asthma with vaso-motor complications. Lancet, 
 Lond., 1909,ii, 1587.— Moncorg£. Del'amaigrissement chez 
 lesasthmatiques. Arch. g&.demM., Par., 1897, ii, 76-84.— 
 OlsIil(B.) A case of spasmodic stricture of oesophagus due 
 to asthma. Sei-i-Kwai M. J.. Tokyo, 1910, xxix/^No. 2, 
 1910.— Osier (W.) Case of asthma with cyanosis, extensive 
 purpura, pamfiil muscles, and eosinophilia. Johns Hopkins 
 Hosp. BuU., Bait., 1901, xii, 17— Percetiled (6.) La con- 
 
 fesfaon pulmonaire unilat^rale dans les attaques d'asthme. 
 lull. mSd., Par., 1910, xxiv, 588-590.— Shaw (H. B.) Re- 
 current attacks of dyspnoea (asthma), accompanied on each 
 ocrasion by a fcunt erythymatous annular rash on the limbs 
 and body. Clm. J., Lond., 1911-12, xxxix, 94.— Taylor 
 (H. N.) A cluneal note on the connection between asthma 
 and eczema. N. York M. J., 1899, Ixx, 593.— WWtby (C.J.) 
 Subcutaneous emphysema in a case of spasmodic asthma. 
 Brit. M. J., Lond., 1905, 1, 73. 
 
 Asthma {Diagnosis of). 
 
 5ee, aUo, Asthma {Btoodin); Asthma {Spw- 
 tum m) ; Curschmami's spirals. 
 
 Ricci (O.) Sintomatologia e patogenesi delle 
 vane forme di asma. 4°. lAvomo, 1910. 
 
 Abrams (A.) The tracheal traction test as an aid In the 
 recognition of the asthmatic limg. Med. News, N. Y., 1904, 
 
ASTHMA 
 
 109 
 
 ASTHMA. 
 
 Asthma {Diagnosis of) . 
 
 Ixxxiv, 1207-1209— Andrt 0.) Aura et asthme. Bull. 
 Soc. mM.-ebii.,(le la Drome tetc.], Valence & Par., 1902, iii, 
 91-93. AUo: Echo mC'd. d. Cevennes, Nlmes, 1903, iv, ]09- 
 111. — B^al. La pi5riode prtasthmatique. Gaz. d. hdp.; 
 Par., 1911, IxxxiT, 777-782.— Cutter (E.) The pre-asthma- 
 tlc state. Med. Age, Detroit, 1896, xiv, 481-483. Also, Re- 
 print.— Davles (B.C.) A clinical study of asthma. J.Am. 
 M. Ass., Chicago, 1914, Ixii, 1006-1008.— Fennwlck (P. C.) 
 Pseudo-asthma. N. Zealand M. J., Wellington, 1903, iii, 
 96-100. — GlUn (H. Z.) The examination of the nose and 
 throat in relation to general diagnosis; results in asthma fol- 
 lowing nasal operation. Boston M. & S. J., 1911, clxiv, 228- 
 230.— Goldschmidt (S.) Ueber zwei Falle von Pseudo- 
 asthma. Deutsche Prax., Milncheu, 1903, xii, 677-680. — 
 Halbert (H. V.) A clinical study of asthma. Clinique, 
 Chicago, 1906, xxvii, 293-297.— Hayem (G.) Sur nn cas de 
 faux asthme d'origiDe eastrique. Bull. -icad. de mid., Par., 
 1903, 3. s., 1, 471-176.— Jack (G. N.) The prognosis of asth- 
 ma from a digestive blood metabolic etiologic standpoint. 
 Buffalo M. J., 1905-6, Ixi, 16-20.— Laubry (C.) Sur le di- 
 agnostic et le traitement de Tasthme. Tribime m^d.. Par., 
 1903, 2. s., XXXV, 456.— May (W. L.) Case of bronchial or 
 catarrhal asthma followed by very peculiar symptoms. 
 Memphis M. Month., 1898, xvui, 163-165.— Minervlnl (L.) 
 & Tagliamuro (P.) La posizione del corpo nell' asma e 
 sue varie forme. Gazz. d- osp., Milano, 1905, xxvi, 1461- 
 1465. — ^nioncorg£. Pression art^elle et reflexes rotuliens 
 Chez Ics asthmatiques (loi d'opposition). Lyon m6d., 1903, 
 c, 414-419.— Monro (A.) Observation sur un asthme ac- 
 compagn6de,sympt6mes bizarres. Essais et obs. de med, 
 de la Soc. d'Edlnb., Par., 1742, iii, 426-432.— O'Connor (C. 
 E.) A plea for the routine examination of the nose in all 
 persons affected with asthma. Quecn'sM. Quart., Kingston, 
 Canada, 1908-9, xiii, 123-126.— Pignattl Morano (G.) 
 Polso paradosso nell' asma bronchiale. CUn. med. ital., 
 Milano, 1900, xxxix, 622-624.— Porter (H. G.) Asthma; its 
 various forms. Mass. M. J.^ Bost., 1903, xxiii, 193-199. — 
 Seilly (T. F.) The diagnosis of bronchial astlima. Arch. 
 Diagn., N. Y., 1910, iii, 223-226.— Smltb (A. A.) Some 
 clinical features of spasmodic asthma. Med. Rec., N. Y., 
 1906, Ixlx, 40.— Vires (J.) Diagnostic de I'asthme vrai et 
 des asthmes symptomatiques. Gaz. d. hdp.. Par., 1900, 
 Ixxiii, 765-771. Also.- N. Montpel. mM., 1900, xi, 161-183. 
 AUo, tranal. [Abstr.]: Eiv. crit. di clin. med., Firenze, 1899- 
 1900,1, 540.— West (S.) A clinical lecture on asthma. Clin'. 
 J., Lond., 1909, xxxiv, 273-277. 
 
 'tic). 
 
 Asthma 
 
 Boas (J.) Ueber'Asthma dyspepticum. Ges. Beitr. a. d. 
 Geb. d. Physiol., Path. u. Therap., Beri., 1886-1906, i, 619- 
 630. — Boutavant. Asthme dyspeptique de H&och et 
 a^rophagie. Eev. gto. de clin. et de thftap.. Par., 1914, 
 xxviii, 472. — Cristalll (G.). Tre casi di asma dispeptico. 
 Pediatria, Napoli, 1902, x, 76-89.— Ehrlicli (F.) Casuisti- 
 scber ISeitrag zum Asthma dyspepticum. Arch. 1. Ver- 
 dauungskr., Beri., 1899, v, 126-128.— Elnhorn (M.) Dys- 
 tpeptie asthma. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1902, xxxviii, 310- 
 313. AUo: Ztschr. f. Win. Med:., Beri., 1902, xIt, 490^98.— 
 Murdocb (F. H.) Dyspeptic asthma. N. Yorlc M. J., 
 1901, Ixxiii, 58-60. 
 
 Asthma (Nasal). 
 
 Braun (E.) *Ueber das Asthma bronchiale 
 bei Siebbeinerkrankungen. 8°. Breslau, 1913. 
 
 Francis (A.) Asthma in relation to the nose, 
 ■with notes of 402 cases. 8°. London, 1903. 
 
 Also [Abstr.], in: Clin. J., Lond., 1903-4, xxiii, 222-224. 
 
 MuLLBB (P.) *Ethmoiditi8 und Asthma. 
 [Gottingen.l 8°. Eamm, 1912. 
 
 Abbott fW. J.) Bronchial asthma and the relation of 
 nasal conditions to it. Ann. Otol., Khinol. & Laryngol., 
 St. Louis, 1914, xxiii; 83-92.— Boswortli (F. H.) The rela- 
 tion of pathological conditions of the ethmoid region of the 
 nose to asthma; treatment. Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass. 1899, 
 N. Y., 1900, xxi, 104-119.— Brown (J. M.) Asthma associated 
 with ethmoidal disease. Ann. Otol., Khinol. & Laryngol., 
 St. Louis, 1916, xxvi, 397-407.— CoggeshaU (H.) The rela- 
 tion of ethmoidal inflammation to asthma. Med. Kec, 
 N. Y., 1905, Ixvi, 855.— Cooke (W. H.) The part that affec- 
 tions of the upper air passages take in producing asthma. 
 Med. Dial., Mmneap., 1903, v, 105.— Crlchton (L. M.) 
 Beport of cases of asthma due to intra-nasal pressure. 
 Atlanta M. & S. J., 1898-9, n. s., xv, 669-673.— Downie (W.) 
 Two examples in men of severe and prolonged attacks of 
 asthma, associated with, and apparently dependent upon, 
 the presence of nasal polypi, extirpatSon of which resuited 
 in complete immunity from asthmatic symptoms. Glas- 
 gow M. J., 1900, liv, 249-251.— Dudley (W. H.) The consid- 
 eration of nasal conditions causing asthma. Calit State 
 J. M., San Fran., 1914, xil, 466-459. Also: J. Ophth. & Oto- 
 Laryngol., Chicago, 1915, ix, 14-19.— Egbert (J. H.) Asthma 
 a nasal disease. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1909, Ixxxix, 380-384. 
 Alto, Reprint. — Farrell (P. J, H.) Asthma of nasal origin, 
 its radical cure. Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1901-2, n. s., 
 
 Asthma (iVasaZ). 
 
 iii, 588. Also: J. Am. M. Ass., Chic^o, 1901, xxxvii, 241. 
 
 . Chronic nasal catarrh in its relation to asthma. In- 
 
 temat. M. Mag., N. Y., 1903, xii, 78-81.— Ferrer! (G.) Siero- 
 terapia deir asma d'origine nasale. Atti d. clin, oto-rino- 
 laringoiat. 1914, Roma, 1916, xii, 293-312.— Gelie. Accis 
 d'asthme nocturnes par h6niist6nose nasale; experiences sur 
 la respiration et la phonation nasales. Ann. d. maL de 
 I'oreille, du larynx [etc.]. Par., 1900, xxv, 109-115.— Grant 
 (D.) Nasal disease in relation to asthma. Practitioner, 
 Lond., 1913, xc, 914-923.— Grossmann (M.) Experi- 
 mentelle Beitrage zur Lehre vom nasalen Asthma. "^ ien, 
 med. Wchnschr., 1910, Ix, 145; 214; 272. Also, transl.: Arch, 
 intemat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1910, xxlx, 836-847, 2 
 
 fold, pi, . Expemnenteller Beitrag zur Lehre vom 
 
 nasalen Asthma. Beri. klin. Wchnschr,, 1914, U, 1000. — 
 Haseltine (B.) The relation of asthma to ethmoid disease, 
 Clinique, Chicago, 1913, xxxiv, 65-74.— Ingals (E. F.) The 
 relation of pathological conditions of the etlimoid region of 
 the nose to asthma; clinical phases. Tr. Am. Laryngol. 
 Ass. 1899, N. Y., 1900, xxi, 101-104. [Discussion], 110-119.— 
 Jay (M.) Asthma in relation to the nose. Australas. M. 
 Gaz., Sydney, 1911, xxx, 248-251,— Kaulmann. Asthme 
 d'origine nasale, Arijou m^,. Angers, 1906, xiii , 146-148. — 
 King (G.) Etiologie nasale et traitement de I'asthme. 
 Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.]. Par., 1906, ii, 609-614,— 
 Lewis (E. R,) Asthma in relation to nasal and accessory 
 sinus conditions, Iowa M. J. [etc.], Des Moines, 1908-9, 
 XV, 437-443. — McBride (P,) Asthma in relation to the 
 upper air pass^es. Edinb. M. J,, 1899, n, s,, vi, 7-11,— 
 MacPherson (D,) Asthma following operative measures 
 in ethmoiditis. Laryngoscope, St, Louis, 1909, xix, 295- 
 298. [Discussion], 306-309.— Matthews (J.) The relation 
 of nasal conditions to asthma. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 
 1912, lix, 1107. [Discussion], 1111. Also, Reprint.— Men- 
 gottl (E.) DI un caso tipico di asma di engine nasale. 
 Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.], Torino-Palermo, 1908, xix, 108.— 
 Xeunaayer. Behandlung des Asthma nasale durch Ner- 
 venresektion. Ztschr. f. Larjngol., Ehinol. [etc.], Wurzb,, 
 1911, iv, 303-312.— Nlkitin (W. N.) Ueber die Bedeutung 
 der Nasenhohle in der Entstehung des Bronchialasthmas. 
 Arch. f. Laryngol, u, Eliinol., Beri., 1910, xxiii, 118-122.— 
 Payne (R.) Asthma of nasal origin and its radical cure. 
 Tr, M, Soc. Callf^ Monterey, 1899, xxix, 124-129, AUo: 
 Pacific M. J,, San Fran., 1899, xiii, 280-284.— Percepled (E.) 
 L'asthme nasal. Normandie mM,, Rouen, 1911, xxvii, 
 193; 229.— Richardson (C, W.) Asthma as a reflex mani- 
 festatiqn from abscess of the antrum. Laryngoscope, St, 
 Louis, 1899, vii, 87-89. AUo: Tr, Am. Laryngol., Rhinol., 
 & Otol. Soc. 1899, N. Y., 1900, v, 40-44.- Boy (G. L.) 
 L'asthme nasal, son traitement. Rev. m^.. Par., 1911, 
 xxi, 517-519, — Sandusky (C, M,) Report of a case of 
 reflex bronchial asthma caused by the presence of nasal 
 
 Solypi, South. Clloic, Richmond, 1907, xxx, 283. — Scbech. 
 las nasale Asthma und seine Beziehungeu zum E mphysem. 
 Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1896, xliii, 773.— Schmiegelow 
 (E.) [Case of violent attack of asthma caused by bilateral 
 disease of the accessory sinuses; recovery after operation.] 
 Ugeskr. f. Laeger, K^l)enh., 1916, Ixxviil, 189-191.— Smurth- 
 walte. Asthma, witli nasal stenosis; nasal treatment; dis- 
 appearance of asthma. Northumberland & Durham M. 
 J7, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, 1905, xiii, 79.— Solow (J.) Nasal 
 obstructions as causative factors in bronchial asthma cases. 
 N. York M. J., [etc.], 1911, xciv, 637-639. AUo, Reprint.— 
 Straughn (C. G.) Bronchial asthma as a nasal reflex. 
 Homoeop. Eve, Ear & Throat. J., Lancaster, Pa., 1909, xv, 
 334-336.— Swain (H. L.) The relation of pathological con- 
 ditions of the ethmoid region of the nose to asthma. N. 
 York M. J., 1899, Ixx, 613-615. AUo, Reprint. . Bron- 
 chial asthma, its relation to nasal diseases. Proc. Connect. 
 M. Soe-tWaterbury, Conn., 1900, 197-211, 3 pi. AUo, Re- 
 print. — Walb (G.) tTeber Rachitis der Nase und ihre 
 Beziehungen zum Asthma bronchiale. Deutsche med. 
 Wchnschr., Beri. & Leipz., 1913, xxxix, 2300-2302.— Taj Ima 
 (Y.) On the nasal asthma. See-i-Kwai M. J., Tokyo, 1911, 
 xxx, No. 9. 
 
 Asthma {Nervous). 
 
 Bebkaet (J. I. B.) The pathology and treat- 
 ment of the so-called nervous asthma. 8°. 
 London, 1916. 
 
 Also, in: Polyclin., Lond., 1915, xix, 79-87. 
 
 Salterini (G.) L'asma bronchiale e nervoso. 
 24°. Jfifano, 1895. 
 
 Avellls (G.) Kann die Ursache des nervosen Asthmas in 
 einer Stoning des Organgefuhls fiir das respiratorische 
 Gleichgewicht gefunden werden? Therap. Rundschau, 
 
 Halle a. S,, 1908, ii, 253-256, , Ueber Storung des 
 
 OrgangefiUus fiir das respiratorische Gleichgewicht als 
 Ursache des nervosen Asthmas, Verhandl. d. deutsch. 
 laryngol. Gesellsch. 1907, Wiirzb., 1908, ii, 75-91.— Barto- 
 lottl (C. ) Sulla patogenesi e sulla terapia dell'asma nervoso 
 essenziale. Folia med., NapoU, 1916, ii, 457; 505; 5-59; 586.— 
 Fiessinger (C.) L'asthme neurasth^nique. Rev, g6n. de 
 clin, et de th&ap., Par,, 1902, xvi, 694-696,— Goldscbmldt. 
 
ASTHMA. 
 
 110 
 
 ASTHMA. 
 
 Asthma (Nervous). 
 
 Ueber Initialsymptome bei Astbma nervosum. Veroflentl. 
 d. Hufeland. Gesellsch. in Berl. Balneol. Gesellscb., 1892, 
 xlv, 70-76. . Beitiage zum nervosen Asthma. Deut- 
 sche Prax., Miinchen, 1899, li, 599; 636; 662; 687. Also: 
 Aerztl. Rundschau, Munchen, 1899, ix, 737; 753; 807: 1900, 
 X, 3.— Gualdrlnl (G.) Contnbuto alio studio della pato- 
 genesi nervosa dell' asma. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1906, xxvii, 
 663.— Hofbauer (L.) Zur Behandlung des Asthma bron- 
 chiale (nervosum). Med. Bl., Wien, 1911, xxxiil, 73-75.— 
 vou JaglC (N.) Zur Behandlung des Asthma bronchiale 
 (nervosum). Berl. klin. Wchnohr., 1909, xlvi, 583-685.— 
 Katzenbacli (W. H.) Neurotic asthma. Intemat. Clin., 
 Phila., 1904, 14. s., il, 191-197.— Marfori (P.) Sulla terapia 
 dell' asma nervoso. Med. prat., Napoli, 1917, ii, 273-279.— 
 Pottenger(F. M.) Asthma; considered in its relationship 
 to the vegetative nervous system. Tr. Am. CUmat. & Clin. 
 Ass., Phlla., 1917, xxxiii, 129-141. Also: Am. J. M. Se., 
 Phila., 1918, civ, 417-424.— Sadger (J.) 1st das Asthma 
 bronchiale eine Sexualneurose? Zentralbl. f. Psyohoanal., 
 Wiesb., 1910-11, i, 200-213. 
 
 Asthma (Reflex). 
 
 de Boucaud (J.-L.) Contribution h I'^tude de I'asthme 
 rSflexe. Bull, et m£m. Soc. de m^d. et chir. de Bordeaux 
 (1911), 1912, 613-619. Also: Gaz. hebd. d. sc. mdd. de Bor- 
 deaux, 1912, xxxiii, 64-66. — Casarlnl (C.) Asma riflesso. 
 Eassegna di sc. med., Modena, 1896, xi, 212-215.— Chierlci 
 (L.) L'asma riflesso. Progresso med., Torino, 1908, v, 87- 
 89.— Eaton (G. L.) Asthma produced by urethral irrita- 
 tion and stricture. Occidental M. Times, San .Fran., 1903, 
 xvii, 377-379. — Henderson (H. L.) A case of reflex bron- 
 chial asthma and its cure. Eclectic M. J., Cincin., 1910, Ixx, 
 237. 
 
 Asthma (Senile). 
 
 Courtellemont (V.) L'asthme des vleux. Clinique, 
 Par., 1908, iii, 711: 1909, iv, 280.— Pawinski (J.) Asthme 
 v&ioal; contribution h I'dtiologie de I'asthme cbez les vieil- 
 lards dans r<>vacuation incomplete de la vessie. Eev. de 
 mid.. Par., 1899, xLx, 219-243. 
 
 Asthma (Spidum in). 
 
 See, also, Curschinann's spirals. 
 Bezanson (F.) & de Jong (S.-J.) L'&)slnophilie du 
 crachat des asthmatiques; savaleiir diagnostique,sa signifi- 
 cation pathogfihlque. Presse m^d.. Par., 1910, xviii, 785.— 
 Buchanan (R. J. M.) Observations on the sputum in 
 asthma, with special reference to the formation of Cursch- 
 marm's spirals, and their relation to the spasm. Liverpool 
 M.-Chir. J., 1898, xviii, 366-369.— Casteigts (M. M.) & 
 Martinez (B. D.) Nuevos dosajes de la Area y esputos en 
 el -asma esencial. Prensa m6d. argentina, Buenos Aires, 
 1914-15, i, 39.— Cutter (E.) Bifurcated double ended 
 crystal from asthmatic sputum. Am. Month. Micr. J., 
 Wash., 1896, xvii, 242-244.— Fraenkel (A.) Zur Pathologie 
 des Bronchialasthma; iiber den asthmatischen Katarrh und 
 die Entstehung der Curschmann'schen Spiralen. Deutsche 
 med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1900, xxvi, 269-272.— 
 KishenskI (D. P.) [On the origin of eosinophile cellules 
 and Charcot- Leyden's crystals in the sputum of those suffer- 
 ing from bronchial asttima.] Russk. Arch. Patol., Klin. 
 Med. i Baktoriol., S.-Peterb., 1896, i, 88; 169. Also, transl. 
 [Abstr.]: Ibid., 208.— I,aslett (E. E.) On the nature of 
 Curschinann's spirals. Lancet, Lond., 1903, ii, 1296.— 
 Leyden. Demonstration eosinophiler Zellen aus dem 
 Sputum von Bronchialasthma. Verhandl. d. Ver. f. innere 
 Med. zu Berl., 1891-2, xi', 122-128.— Montessorl (Maria). 
 Sul signiflcato dei cristalli del Leyden neU'asma bronchiale. 
 Bull. d. Soc. I<ancisiana d. osp. di Roma, 1895-6, xvi, fasc. i, 
 69-72.— Oltedal (S.) Elective localization in the bronchial 
 musculature of streptococci; from the sputum ol cases of 
 bronchial asthma; preliminary report. J. Am. M. Ass., 
 Chicago, 1918, tan, 1693. Also, Reprint.— Pennetta (M.) 
 Le cellule eosinofile nell' espettorato degli asmatici. Poli- 
 clin., Roma, 1911, xviii, sez. prat., 421-423.— Predtet- 
 schensky ( w .) Ueber die Struktur und die diagnostische 
 Bedeutung der Curschmann'schen Spiralen bei Asthma 
 bronchiale. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1906, lix, 29-37.— 
 Kieder (H. ) Ueber Vorkommen und Aufiinden der Cursch- 
 mann'schen Spiralen. Sitzungsb. d. Gesellsch. f. Morphol. 
 u. Physiol, in Munchen (1890), 1891, vi, 166-169.- Blehl 
 (M.) Makroskopische Asthmaspiralen. Miinchen. med. 
 
 Wchnschr., 1906, llil, 2240; 2302. . Makroskopische 
 
 Asthmaspiralen Im Auswurf. Ibid., 1909, Ivi, 23-25.— 
 Walker (I. C.) & Adklnson (June). Studies of diphthe- 
 roid organism isolated from the sputum of patients with 
 bronchial asthma. J. Med. Research, Bost., 1917, n. s., xxx, 
 
 39M02. Also, Reprint. . The relationship 
 
 between the cutaneous reaction, serum agglutination tests 
 and bacteriological examination of the sputum and nasal 
 secretions m determinmg the part staphylococcus pyogenes 
 aureus and albus may play in &e cause of bronchial asthma. 
 T. Med. Research, Bost., 1917, xxxvi, 295-308. 
 
 Asthma (Thymic). 
 
 See Laxyngismus stridulus; Thymus gland 
 (Hypertrophy of). 
 
 1907. 
 
 Asthma (Treatment of). 
 
 Bbissaud (E.) L'hygifine dea asthmatiqueB. 
 16°. Paris, 1896. 
 
 Chapin (J. B.) Asthma; its causes and treat- 
 ment. 8°. Boston, 1843. 
 
 Also, in: Boston M. & S. J., 1843, xxix, 189; 209. 
 
 Cluscabd (S.) *An asthmali sudorifica? 
 Ludovico Guillot, prseside. 8°- Parisiis, 1705. 
 
 GuREWiTscH (Sara Riwka). *Zur Gliihlicht- 
 behandlung bei Asthma bronchiale. 8°. 2w- 
 ri£h, 1911. 
 
 GusTAFSsoN (L.) *Mobili8ation des Thorax 
 bei einem Asthmatiker. 8°. Berlin, 1911. 
 
 Hunter (J. W.) On asthma, its causation 
 and treatment-, with reports of cases. The use of 
 Alkalithia, as the best method of treatment of 
 the uric acid diathesis. 8°. [Dallas, Tex., 1895.] 
 
 Jacobsohn (M.) *Ueber die Behandlung 
 einiger Falle von Asthma bronchiale mit Vasoto- 
 nin. 8°. Berlin, 1911. 
 
 KiNGScoTB (E.) Asthma; recent develop- 
 ments in its treatment. 8°. London, 11399. 
 
 LuTHEBiTZ (K. F.) Der Arzt fur Engbrustige, 
 over guter Rath fiir Alle, so an kurzem Athem 
 und den damit verbundenen Krankheiten lei- 
 den. 16°. Ilmenau, 1825. 
 
 Sabngbk (M.) Ueber Asthmabehandlung. 
 8°. Magdeburg, 1905. 
 
 . The same. 2. Aufl. 8°- Magdeburg, 
 
 1906. 
 
 The same. 3. Aufl. 8°. Magdeburg, 
 
 Ueber Asthma und seine Behand- 
 lung. 8°. Berlin, 1910. 
 
 Saidiner (I.) *Die Zusammensetzung der 
 Geheimmittel gegen das Asthma bronchiaie. 
 8°. Berlin, [1907]. 
 
 Salter (H. H.) On asthma; its pathology 
 and treatment. 2. ed. 8°. London, 1868. 
 
 Wabschavsky (Rachel). *Zur physikali- 
 schen Behandlung des Asthma bronchiale und 
 des Emphysems. 8°. Berlin, 1911. 
 
 AUo [Abstr.l, in: Ztschr. f. phys. u. diatet. Therap., 
 Leipz., 1911, XV, 268-273. 
 
 Wentscher (C. W.) *Ueber die mechanische 
 Behandlung von Asthma bronchiale und Em- 
 pyem. 8°. Leipzig, 1909. 
 
 Abbott (W. I.) Clinical results of nasal treatment in 
 asthma. Cleveland M. J., 1913, xil, 184-189.— Abtams (A.) 
 The treatment of asthma. Am. 'Therapist, N. Y., 189S-9, 
 
 vii, 41-44. . Inhibition of the asthmatic paroxysm. 
 
 Med. Fortnightly, St. Louis, 1906, xxx, 611-613.— Adam 
 (J.) Remarks on the nature and treatment of asthma, with 
 cases. Glasgow Hosp. Rep., 1901, iii, 151-201.— AJello (S.) 
 Tre casi di asma bronchiale curati con la jodipina Merck. 
 Gazz. med. sicil., Catania, 1903, vi, 128.— Ambroslnl (G.) 
 Alcune osservazioni sull' uso dell' antiasmatico Mafiioli. 
 Ibid., 1916, xix, 423-426.— Amrelu (0.) EinigeErfahrungen 
 bei Asthma bronchiale. Therap. Rundschau, Berl., 1910, 
 iv, 193-198.— ApostoUdes (A. (3.), On the treatment of 
 bronchial asthma. FoUa Therap., Lond., 1911, v, 38-46.— 
 ApostoUdes (L.) & ApostoUdes (A.) Ueber Aetiologie 
 und Behandlung des Asthma bronchiale. Therap. Rund- 
 schau, Berl, 1908, ii, 711-717.— ArnelU (J. R.) Asthma; a 
 report on the etiology and treatment of some interesting 
 cases. Am. Med., Phila., 1906, xi, 198-201.— Auld (A. G.) 
 Preliminary note on a new treatment of bronchial asthma. 
 
 Brit. M. J., Lond., 1917, i, 580. . Treatment of asthma 
 
 by peptone injections., lUi., 749: 1918, ii, 49.— Avellls (G.) 
 Astnmakuren mit Geheimmitteln und Fatentmedi^en. 
 
 Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1904, li, 1923-1925. . Heu- 
 
 tige Orenzen und Icunftige Ziele der Asthmatherapie. 
 lUd., 1905, Iii, 2010-2012.— Baar (V.) Asthma bronchiale 
 und Luftdruck. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1914, bdv, 1656; 
 1719.— Babcock (R. H.) The nature and treatment of 
 bronchial asthma. J. Mloh. M. Soc, Battle Creek, 1913, 
 
 xii, 403-407. . The nature and treatment of bronchial 
 
 asthma. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1915, Ixiv, 2115-2118. 
 
 . A further discussion ol the nature and treatment of 
 
 bronchial asthma. Med. Herald, St. Joseph, 1917, xxxvi, 
 143.— Bader (J.) Asmrin bei Asthma und Emphysem. 
 Klin.-therap. Wchnschr., Wien, 1907, xiv, 1291.— BSluniler 
 (C.) Die Behandlung des Asthma bronchiale. Ztschr. f. 
 arztl. FortbUd., Jena, 1913, x, 129-137.— BaU (J. B.) On the 
 
ASTHMA. 
 
 Ill 
 
 ASTHMA. 
 
 Asthma ( Treatment of) . 
 
 nasal treatment of bronchial asthma. Med. Mag., Lond., 
 1905, xiv, 751-758.— Banon (E. A.) The successful treat 
 ment of asthma. Georgia J. M. & S., Savannah, 1903, xii, 
 161-168.— Barnes (G. E.) Sodium nitrite in bronchial- 
 asthma. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1909, liil, 2098.— Bass (H. 
 T.) Report of five cases of asthma treated with silver 
 nitrate injections. Phlla. M. J., 1902, ix, 1137.— Below. 
 Asthma bei Lichtbehandlung. Arch. f. Lichttherap. [etc.],, 
 Berl., 1901, iii, 9-12.— Bennett (L.) .The treatment of 
 asthma, with clinical reports. Med. Brief, St. Louis, 1904, 
 xxxii, 229. — Beitram (H.) Zur Therapie des Bronchial- 
 asthmas. Zentralbl. f. innere Med., Leipz., 1905, xxvi, 137- 
 143. — Bicbaton. Sur le traitement nasal de I'asthme. 
 Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.]. Par., 1907, ii, 129-138. Also, 
 transl. [Abstr.]: Allg. Wien. med. Ztg., 1907, Iii, 376.— 
 Boellke (O.) Zur Therapie des chronischen Ltmgenem- 
 physems una Asthmas. Med. Klin., Berl., 1909, v, 283- 
 285. — Bonnier (P.) Traitement direct de Tasthme par 
 voie naso-bulbaire. Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.]. 
 Par., 1911, xxxi, 392-406.— Bornemann (W.} Behand- 
 lung elnes Falles von Asthma bronchiale mittelst Ner- 
 veumassage. CharitfrAnn., Berl., 1912, xxxvi, 578-580. — 
 Bowle(J. C.) Asthma; its relation to atmospheric pressure; 
 a rational and successful treatment. Edinb. M. J., 1897, 
 n. s., ii, 143-154. — Bram (I.) Treatment of bronchial 
 asthma. Merck's Arch., N. Y., 1914, xrvii, 104-110.— Bram- 
 well (B.) Spasmodic isthma and its treatment. Clin. 
 Stud., Edinb., 1902-3, ; 149.— Bruck(L.) ZurPathoge- 
 nese und Therapie des sthma bronchiale. Memorabilien, 
 Heilbr., 1899, n. F., xvii, 129-137.— Brligelmann (W.) For- 
 schungen iiber das Weseu und die Behandlung des Asth- 
 mas. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1897, xl, 74-86: 1899, xiii, 
 
 199; 263. . Die verscniedenen Formen des Asthma una 
 
 ihre Behandlung. Berl. Klimk, 1901, 162. Hft., 1-28. . 
 
 Das Asthma hystericum und die Asthmatherapie im allge- 
 meinen. Deutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1902, xxiii, 969-972. 
 
 . XTeber die Behandlung von Asthma und asthmaahn- 
 
 licher Zustande; Erwiderung auf den gleichlautenden 
 Aufsatz von W. Siegel. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1906, xx, 
 548-551. — Camescasse (1.) Un traitement de I'accfes 
 d'asthme. Bull. gfe. de therap. [etc.], P£U\, 1918, cbdx, 865- 
 870. [Discussion], 871.— Campbell (C.) The treatment of 
 asthma by the direct route. Liverpool M.-Chir. J., 1903, 
 xxiii, 415-421.— Campbell (H.) The treatment of spas- 
 modic, asthma. Clin. J., Lond., 1909-10, xxxv, 193-199.— 
 Campbell (H.) & Pearson (J. S.) The mechaliism and 
 treatment of the attack in spasmodic asthma. Lancet, 
 Lond., 1906, ii, 1642. — Casorati (E.) L'eupnina Toschi 
 nella cura deir asma. Rassegna med., Bologna, 1903, xi. 
 No. 12, 2-4.— Castelllno (P.) & Albanese (P. N.) Cura 
 dell' asma bronchiale. Tommasi, Napoli, 1908, iii, 278-283. — 
 Cloetta (M.) Zur experlmentelleu Pathologie und Thera- 
 pie des Asthma bronchiale. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Phar- 
 makol., Leipz., 1913, Ixxiii, 233-250.— Cohen (S. S.) A 
 note on the treatment and clinical pathology of asthma. 
 
 Phila. M. J., 1898, ii, 803. . Asthma; its varieties and 
 
 their treatment. Perm. M. J., Athens, 1904, vlii, 92-98. 
 A Iso, Reprint. . Some unfamiliar methods in the treat- 
 ment of asthma. Med.-Pharm. Critic, N. Y., 1913, xvi, 
 7-10. Also, Reprint.— Cohen-Kysper. Zur Pathogenese 
 und Th&apie des Asthmas. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., 
 Berl. & Leipz., 1900, xxvi, 739-743. [Discussion], Ver.-Beil., 
 119; 126.— Corin (G.) Nouvelles recherches sur la nature et 
 le traitement de I'asthme. Arm. Soo. mM.-chlr. de LiSge, 
 1898, xxxvii, 91-97.— Courtry (A.) De la narcotisation 
 locaUsde pratiqu^e k I'aide d'lnjections de sulfate d'atropine 
 sur le nerf pneumogastrique comme nouveau moyen de 
 gu^rir les attaques d'asthme. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. 
 Par., 1859, xlix, 666-670.— Creed (J. M.) Yellow sandal- 
 wood oil as a remedy for asthma and bronchitis, accompa- 
 nied by excessive bronchial secretion. Australas. M. Cong. 
 Tr. 1908, Victoria, 1909, 1, 291.— Cnrsehniann (H.) Zur 
 Fraee der Bronchotetanie der Erwachsenen und ihre Be- 
 handlung mit Kalzium. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1914. 
 Ixi, 289-293. — Dagrln. Cocaine-tampon in den neus bij 
 asthma. Tijdschr. v, inland. Geneesk., Batavia, 1895, iii, 
 28-30. — Danysz (.1.) Traitement anti-anaphylactjque de 
 I'asthme de certaines dermatoses et des woubles gastro- 
 intestinaux. Presse mM., Par., 1918, xxvi, 367-369.— De 
 Lnca (B.) II metodo auto-neuro-terapico nell' asma bron- 
 chiale. Riforma med., Roma, 1902, xviii, pt. 1, 39-43. — 
 Desal (C. K. ) Asthma and ajwan ash; a cheap and prompt 
 remedy. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1917, In, 116.— Dttnges. 
 Asthma und Nasenbehandlung. Miinchen. nied. Wchn- 
 schr., 1918, Ixv, 440.— Eckstein (G.) Rontgenbehandlung 
 bei Asthma bronchiale (Demonstration). Prag. med. 
 Wchnschr., 1907, xxxiii, 173.— Ewbank (W. W.) Asthma; 
 its cause and treatment. Med. J, Austraha, Sydney, 1916, 
 ii, 53-55. — Fairbairn (H. A.) Asthma, from the stand- 
 point of the practitioner. Brooklyn M. J., 1901, xv, 530- 
 534. — Florand. Traitement des acc6s d'asthme. Rev. 
 gfin. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1918, xxxii, 105.— Francis 
 (A.) The nasal treatment of asthma. Tr. Clin. Soc. Lond., 
 1902-3, xxxvi, 1-51. Ai^o: J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, 
 Londy^ 1904, iii, 459-468. . Nasal cauterization in asth- 
 ma. Brit. M. J., Lend., 1910, ii, 54.— Fieudenthal (W.) 
 
 Asthma {Treatment of ) . 
 
 Contributions to the therapy of bronchial asthma. N. 
 York State J. M., N. Y., 1916, xvi, 574-^580.- Friedeberg (J.) 
 Beitrag zur medikamentosen Behandlung des Asthma 
 bronchiale. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 
 1911, xxxvii, 265.— FUrbrluger (P.) Ueber die Behand- 
 lung des Bronchialasthmas. Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl., 
 1907, xlviii, 193-193.- Gacey (P.) R^Mucation de la respi- 
 ration de I'attitude droite chez un asthinatigue. Bull. 
 mid. de Quebec, 1911, xii, 271-276.— von Gebbardt (F.) 
 Ueber die Behandlung des Asthma. Pest, med.-ohir. 
 Presse, Budapest, 1902, xxxviii, 223-227.— Geyser (A. C.) 
 'The successful treatment of asthma. Am.. Med., Burling- 
 ton, Vt., 1917, xii, 248.— Ghosb (B. N.) Soamin in the 
 treatment of bronchial asthma. Glasgow M. J., 1918, 
 Ixxxix, 343-347.— Gibson (G. A.) Discussion on the 
 varieties and treatment of asthma. Brit. M. J., Lond., 
 1911, ii, 791-795.— Gilg (E.) Ueber die als Heilmittel gegen 
 Asthma emptohlene Punaria ascochiogae. Ber. d. deutsch. 
 pharm. Gesellsch., Berl., 1908, xviii, 277-283.— Glasgow 
 (L. E.) Salvarsan in asthma. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1913, 
 xcvii, 663. Also, Reprint.— Goldmann (A.) Zur medica- 
 mentosen Therapie des Asthma bronchiale. Wien. med. 
 Wchnschr., 1899, xlix, 1989-1991.— Goldscheider. Die 
 physikalische Behandlung des Asthma bronchiale. Ztschr. 
 f. phys. u. diatet. Therap., Leipz., 1909, xiii, 176-184.— 
 Goldsclmil(lt(A.) UeberAsthma. Repert.d.prakt.Med., 
 
 Leipz., 1906, iii, 291; 339. — . Ueber die Anwendung des 
 
 Morphiums bei Asthma. Berl. kiln. Wchnschr., 1907, xliv, 
 807. ^bo.-Veroffentl. d.Hufeland. Gesellsch. in Berl. Bal- 
 
 neol. Gesellsch., 1907, pt. 2, 251-253. . Zur Pathologie 
 
 und Behandlung des Asthma bronchiale. Repert. d. 
 
 prakt. Med., Berl., 1908, v, 189-196. . Therapie des 
 
 Asthma. Aerztl. Rundschau, Miinchen, 1909, xix, 544- 
 
 549. . Zur medikamentosen Behandlung des Asthma 
 
 bronchiale. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1910, Ivii, 2241. — 
 Golubofl (N.) Das Bronchialasthma und seine Behand- 
 lung. Samml. klin. Vortr., n. F., Leipz., 1899, No. 256- 
 257 (Innere Med., No. 77, 1515-1570). —Greene (W. A.) The 
 treatment of bronchial asthma. N. York M, J. [etc.], 1906, 
 Ixxxui, 36. — Grose [B. D.) Severe bronchial asthma; 
 recovery under sedative treatment. Indian M. Rec, Cal- 
 cutta, 1900, xix, 37.— Grumme. Beitrag zur Jodbehandlung 
 des Asthma bronchiale. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. 
 & Leipz., 1916, xiii, 256.— Gllnzel (O.) Eine neue Behand- 
 lung von Bronchialasthma. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1908, 
 xlv, 2021-2023.— Guye (A. A. G.) Over bronchiaal-asthma 
 en ademhalings-gymnastiek. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Ge- 
 neesk^ Amst., 1899, 2. R., xxxv, d. 1, 37-41.— Haynes (G. 
 S.) 'The nature and treatment of spasmodic bronchial 
 asthma. Practitioner, Lond., 1906, Ixxvii, 624-529.— Hett 
 (J. E.) The aetiology and treatment of asthma. Dominion 
 M. Month., Toronto, 1897, ix, 808-812.— Hlrschberg (J.) 
 Ueber die Behandlung des Asthmaanfalls durch Exibards 
 abyssinisches Raucherpulver. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 
 1913, liv, 189-191.— Hirscbkron (J.) Das Asthma und 
 seine Behandlung im akuten und chronischen Stadium. 
 Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1906, xxxi, 342.— Hitz (H. B.) 
 Asthma and its treatment. Tr. M. Soc. Wisconsin, Madison, 
 1899, xxxiii, 401^151 — Hofbauer(L.) Atmungsgymnastik 
 beim Bronchialasthma. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1909, hx, 
 
 1489-1493. . Technik und Erfolge der Atmimgsgym- 
 
 nastik beim Bronchialasthma. Med. Klin., Berl., 1910, vi, 
 
 430; 894. . Welche Berechtigung hat Ausatmun^for- 
 
 derung bei der Behandlung des Asthma bronchiale? IhU.., 
 1911, vii, 140. ;. Wesen und Behandlimg des Bronchial- 
 asthmas. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1911, 1x1, 3262-3264.— 
 Hoffmann (R.) Die Behandlung des Asthma broncblalB 
 und verwandter Zustande mit Kalziumsalzen. Therap. 
 Monatsh., Berl., 1912, xxvi, 352.— Hrach (J.) Das Bron- 
 chialasthma und die pneumatische Kammer. Wien. med. 
 Wchnschr^ 1905, Iv, 2025-2028.— Huber (3. B.) Bronchial 
 asthma. 'Therap. Med., N. Y., 1910, iv, 121-127.— Hughes 
 (W. K.) Notes on nasal treatment of asthma. Intercolon. 
 M. J. Australes., Melbourne, 1904, ix, 570-574. [Discussion], 
 
 580. . Asthma; its cause and treatment. Med. J. 
 
 Australia, Sydney, 1916, ii, 83.— Hunter (J. W.) Asthma; 
 etiology and treatment. Southwest. M. Rec, Houston,1898, 
 iii, 479-491.— Iskowitz (H.) Immunization with autoge- 
 nous proteins in bronchial asthma; a preliminary communi- 
 cation. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1915, cii, 950-953. Also, Re- 
 print.— Jack (G. N.) "The hygiene of the asthmatic. Buf- 
 falo M. J., 1899-1900, n. s., xxxix, 405-414.— Jackson (D. E.) 
 The pharmacology of bronchial asthma. J. Lab. & Clin. M. 
 St. Louis, 1915, i, 126-130.— Januschke (H.) & Follak (L.) 
 Zur Pharmakologie der Bronchialmuskulatur. (Zugleicn 
 ein Beitrag zur Lehre von der Lungenstarre.) Arch. f. 
 exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1911, Ixvi, 205-220.— Jep- 
 sen (G.) [Some cases of bronchial asthma treated with 
 acetylsalicylic acid, and some remarks on asthma.] Ugesk. 
 f. Lseger, Kdbenh., 1914, Ixxvi, 1449-1459.— Johns (J.) 
 Bronchial asthma; a study of its pathogenesis and therapy. 
 Am. J. Clin. Med., Chicago, 1914, xxi, 239-241.— Johnson 
 (G. R.) The study of the etiology of asthma as necessary 
 for treatment. Med. Times, N. Y., 1901, xxix, 290-292.— 
 Jopplch (O.) Die Behandlung des Asthma bronchiale. 
 Beitr. z. Klin, d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1914, xxxi, 247-260.— 
 
ASTHMA. 
 
 112 
 
 ASTHMA. 
 
 Asthma {Treatment of ) . 
 
 Kalemaim (B.) Zur Entwicklung der medikamentosen 
 Asthmatherapie. Med. Kiln., Berl., 1911, vii, 1816.— Kahn 
 (M. H.) & Emshetmer (H. W.) Autogenous deflbrinated 
 blood in the treatment of bronchial asthma. Arch. Int. 
 Med., Chicago, 1916, xvii, 445-454. Also: Med. Eev. of Rev., 
 N. Y., 1917, xxiii, 353-360. Also, Reprint.— Kayser (C.) 
 Die Behandlung des Asthma bronchiale und verwandter 
 Zustande noit KaUumsalzen. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 
 
 1912, xxvi, 165-169. . Klinische und experlmentelle 
 
 Studien zur Kalktherapio, speciell beim Asthma bronchiale. 
 Ztschr. f. exper. Path. u. Therap., Berl., 1914, xvi, 369- 
 378.— King (G.) Observations on the nasal treatment of 
 spasmodic asthma. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1908-9, Ixi, 285-290.— 
 Knight (F.I.) Thetreatmentotbronchialasthma. Boston 
 M.&S. J., 1897, cxxxvi, 273-275. [Discussion), 28.5-287. Also, 
 Reprint. — Knopt (H. E.) Ueber Atmungstherapie bei 
 Asthma. Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl., 1909, 1, 268-273.— 
 Kochs (J.) P. Harold Hays Asthma-Medizmen. Apoth.- 
 
 Zta., Berl., 1906, xxi, 367. . B. W. Hairs asthma cure. 
 
 Itnd., 749.— Kraus (F.) Zur Behandlung des asthmatischen 
 Anfalls. Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl.-Wien, 1900, n. F., ii, 
 390-393.— Krause (H.) Zur Therapie des Asthma bron- 
 chiale. 7W(i., 1913, hv, 292-295.— Kronenlierg(E.) Asthma 
 bronchiale und SaUcylpraparate. Klin.-therap. Wchnschr., 
 Wlen, 1908, xv, 294-296.— KUss (G.) Traitement de I'asth- 
 me par I'atropine. Bull. mM., Par., 1898, xii, 1030.— Kulin 
 (E.) Physikahsche Behandlung des Asthma bronchiale. 
 Med. Khn., Berl., 1910, vi, 1656; 1697.— Lament (W. A.) 
 Treatment of bronchial asthma. Denver M. Times [etc.J, 
 1906, xxvi, 81.— Latham (AO Some points in the treat- 
 ment of bronchial asthma. Practitioner, Lend., 1913, xc, 
 909-913.— Leclerc (C.) Un remMe empirique de I'astnme. 
 Gaz. d. h6p.. Par., 1914, bcxxvii, 1078-1080.- Lemann 
 (I. I.) The treatment of bronchial asthma. Am. J. M. So., 
 Phila. & N. Y., 1911, cxlii, 865-869.— de Levie (D. J.) Intra- 
 tracheale behandeling van asthma bronchiale. Nederl. Tijd- 
 schr. V. Geneesk., Amst., 1918, i, 221-226.— Llberoll (N.) 
 [Treatment of bronchial asthma with asthmolysin.] Sibirsk. 
 Vrach, Tomsk, 1913-14, i, 411-415.— Macgregor (A.) Paral- 
 dehyde in asthma. Lancet, Lend., 1899, 1, 363.— Machado 
 (M.) Tratamento da asthma bronchica. Brazil-med., 
 Rio de Jan., 1918, xxxii, 301. — Manmiat. H&oinismo 
 Chez un asthmatique. Bull, gto de therap. [etc.]. Par., 
 1903, cxM, 256-259.— Marrs (W. T.) Bronchial asthma 
 and its treatment. Med. Times, N. Y., 1908, xxxvi, 35-40. — 
 Martin (S.) A clinical lecture on asthma and its treat- 
 ment. Brit. M. T., Lond., 1898, ii, 1861-1863. Also: Gail- 
 lard's M. J., N. Y., 1899, Ixx, 133-139. AUo, transl: Med. 
 Rundschau, Berl.. 1899, .Nos. 61-63.— Martin (T. M.) 
 The treatment of bronchial asthma. Clin. J., Lond., 
 
 1914, xUU, 622-624.— Martinet (A.) M&anisme des m^ 
 dications antiasthmatiques. Presse mM., Par., 1912, 
 XX, 271.— Meyer (E.) Zur Behandlung des Asthma bron- 
 chiale. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. .& Leipz., 1912, 
 xxxviii, 1812. Also, transl.: Indian M. Rec^ Calcutta, 1913, 
 xvi, 177.— Meyer (F.) Physiologische Untersuchungen 
 liber Koffein als Asthmamittel. Arch. f. Physiol., Leipz., 
 
 1915, 1-8.— Moeller (A.) Zur Asthmaentstehung und 
 -behandlung. Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl,, 1908, xlix, 250- 
 253.- Moon (R. O.) The treatment of spasmodic asthma. 
 Foha Therap., Lond., 1910, iv, 6.5-71.— Morlson (A.) A 
 lecture on the meciianism and treatment of the attack in 
 spasmodic asthma. Lancet, Lond., 1905, ii, 1521-1524. — 
 Morrish (R. S.) Treatment of asthma and hay fever by 
 active immunization. J. Mich. M. Soc^ Grand Rapids, 
 1915, xiv, 400-402.— Naumann (H.) Die physikahsche 
 Behandlung des Asthmas. Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl., 
 1908, xUx, 108-111.— Nerktng (J.) Ueber Asthma und 
 seine Behandlung. Zentralbl. i d. ges. Therap., Wien, 
 1911, xxix, 393-395.— Netolltzky (F.) & Hirn (R.) Rauch- 
 versuche mit einigen Asthmamitteln. Wien. klin. Wchn- 
 schr., 1903, xvi, 583-585.— von IVoorden (C.) Zur Behand- 
 lung des Asthma bronchiale. Wien. med. Presse, 1898, 
 xxxix, 1657-1660.— Oliver (J. P.) & Nelson (F. L.) How 
 do you treat bronchial asthma? N. York M. J. [etc.], 1906, 
 Ixxxiii, 37.— Ott (A.) Die Behandlung von Asthma una 
 Lungenemphysem mit einer neuen Atmungsmaohine. 
 Verhandl. d. deutsch. Eong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1911, 
 xxviii, 648-651. — Pal (J.) Action de la caf^ine sur les grou- 
 ches et dans le traitement de I'asthme; contribution exp4- 
 rimentale k l'4tude du spasme des bronohes. Arch. gen. 
 de m&l.. Par., 1913, vi, 69-71.— Palmer (E. P.) Some 
 points in the treatment of idiopathic asttuna. Tr. Arizona 
 M. Ass., Phoenix, 1902-4, 73.— Pescatore. Zur Theorie der 
 physikalischen Asthmatherapie. Med. Klin., Berl., 1911, 
 vii, 224.— Pfromm (G. W.) The treatment of asthma. 
 Med. Bull., Phila., 1903, xxv, 341-344.— PhlUppart. Traite- 
 ment prophylactique de I'asthme. Ann. mSd.-cliir., Dour, 
 
 1913, xxi, 172. — Posselt. Therapie des Asthma bronchiale. 
 Med.Klin., Berl., 1909, v, 879-881.— Quadrl (A.) Tratamiento 
 bulbo-nasal del asma (m^todo de Bonnier). Semana m^d., 
 Buenos Aires, 1914, xxi, 991-998.— Backemann (F. M.) 
 Interesting reactions incidental to the treatment of two 
 cases of bronchial asthma. J. Am. M. Ass.. Chicago, 1917, 
 Ixix, 889. Also, Reprint.— Randolph ((J.) Hystero- 
 asthma; report of an illustrative case, cured by tincture of 
 
 Asthma (Treatment of). 
 
 stramonium. Virginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1902-3, 
 vii, 514.— Reilly (T. F.) The management of some forms of 
 asthma. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1904, xlii, 1475.— K*non. 
 Traitement de I'asthme et de ses diverses vari^tfe. Eev. 
 internat de m^d. et de chir., Par., 1910, xxi, 173-176. — 
 Blegel (F.) Zur Behandlung des asthmatischen Anfalls. 
 Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1899, xxv, 669- 
 671.— Boblnson (B.) Clinical notes on asthma and its 
 treatment. Therap. Gaz., Detroit, 1899, 3. s., xv, 1-9.— 
 Rochester (DeL.) The treatment of asthma. J. Am. M. 
 Ass., Chicago, 1906, xlvii, 1983-1986.— Roger (P.) Traite- 
 ment de I'asthme. Rev. ein. de clin. et de therap.. Par., 
 1915, xxix, 825.— Boss (W. H.) Some experiences in the 
 treatment of asthma. Tr. Ass. Physicians Long Island, 
 Rahway, N. J., 1900-1901, u, 93-103.— BothschUd (M.) 
 Zur Therapie des Asthma bronchiale mit Vorstellung elnes 
 neuen Apparates. N. Yorker med. Monatschr., 1898, x, 
 221-231.— Budolt (R. D.) The nature and treatment of 
 bronchial asthma. Canada Lancet, Toronto, 1911, xlv, 184- 
 189.— Ssienger (M.) Ueber Asthmabehandlung. Deutsche 
 
 Aerzte-Ztg., Berl., 1905, 289-295. . Zur Asthmatherapie. 
 
 Med. Klin., Berl., 1909, v, 966.— Sajous (L. T. de M.) Vi- 
 cious circles in respiratory disorders and their treatment; 
 bronchial asthma. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1918, cvui, 565.— 
 Schilling. Demonstration eines Apparates gegen Asthma. 
 Verhandl. d. Berl. med. Gesellsch. 1903, Berl., 1904, xxxiv, 
 175. Also: Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1903, xl, 576.— Schlesln- 
 ger (E.) Beitrag zur endobronohialen Behandlung des 
 Asthma bronchiale. Arch. 1. Laryngol. u. Ehinol., Berl., 
 1914, xxviii, 310-323.— Segel (J.) Bin Beitrag zur Therapie 
 des Asthma bronchiale. Zentralbl. f. innere Med., Leipz., 
 1910, xxxi, 569-571.— Short (A. T.) A sure cure for asthma. 
 J. Ass. Mil. Surg. U. S., Carhsle, 1906, xviii, 185.— Slegel (W.) 
 Ueber die Behandlung von Asthma una asthmaahnlicher 
 Zustande. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1906, xx, 327-333. 
 . Ueber Asthmabehandlung. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 
 
 1907, XX, 105-108. 
 
 -. Vibrationsmassage bei Asthma. 
 
 Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl., 1912, liii, 67-70.— Sihle (M.) 
 Zur Pathologie und Thefapie des Asthma. Wien. klin. 
 Wchnschr., 1903,xvi, 86-95.— Squire (J. B.) Asthma and 
 its treatment. Haspital, Lond., 1909-10, xlvii, 653-656.— 
 StadlerCE.I DieBehandlungdesAsthmabronchiale. Med. 
 Klin., Berl., 1913, ix, 123-128.— Staehelin (R.) Entstehung 
 und Behandlung des Asthma bronchiale. Jahresk. I. 
 arztl. Fortbild., Munchen, 1912, 2. Hft., 25-39.— Staubll 
 (C.) Zur Pathologie und 'Therapie des Asthma bronchiale. 
 Verhandl. d. deutsch. Kong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1911, 
 
 xxviii, 284-287. . Beitrag zur Kenntnis und zur iTherar 
 
 pie des Asthma. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1913, Ix, 113- 
 119. — Stoeekel. Beitrage zur Pathogenese und Therapie 
 des Asthma broncldale. Verhandl. d. Ver. siiddeutsch. 
 Laryngol. 1894-1903, Wiirzb., 1904, 649-670.— Strasser (A.) 
 Termoterapia dell' aSma bronchiale. Boll. d. clin., Milano, 
 
 1909, xxvi, 279-283. . Zur physikalischen Behandlung 
 
 des Asthma bronchiale. Monatschr. f. d. phvs.-diatet. 
 Heilmeth. [etc.], Munchen, 1909, i, 27-32.— von S'trUmpell 
 (A.) Zur Pathologie und Behandlung des BronchiEilasth- 
 mas. Jahresb. d. schles. Gesellsch. f. vaterl. Kult. 1907, 
 Bresl., 1908, Ixxxv, 160-168. Also: Med. Klin^ Berl., 1908, 
 
 iv, 6-10. .Ueber die Pathologie und 'Therapie des 
 
 Asthma bronchiale. AUg. Wien. med. Ztg., 1910, ly, 295.— 
 Symonds(C. J.) The nasal treatment of asthma. Lancet, 
 Lond., 1902, ii, 1151.— Tau.szk (F.) Die Behandlung des 
 Asthma bronchiale mit Jodpraparaten. Wien. med. Presse, 
 1907, xlviii, 213-218.— Terray (P.) Bin mit Atropiu ge- 
 heilter Fall von Asthma bronchiale. Pest, med.-chir. 
 
 -. Ueber Asthma 
 
 Presse, Budapest, 1907, xliii, 709. . i,>iu<;i jiouiiua 
 
 bronchiale und dessen Behandlung mit Atropin. Med. 
 Klin., Berl., 1909, v, 79-83.— Thomas. Note sur le spficifique 
 Tucker. Clinique, Par., 1909, iv, 492.— Tobias (E.) Er- 
 fahrungen iiber die GluhUchtbehandlung des Asthma bron- 
 chiale. Med. Klin^ Berl., 1910, vl, 547-549. Also: Ver- 
 eaentl. d. balneol. Gesellsch. in Berl., Berl. & Wien, 1910, 
 76-81.— Tracy (J. L.> Bronchial asthmarand its curability. 
 N. York M. J. rptc), 1917, cv, 149-152. Also, Reprint.— 
 Treupel (G.) Die Behandlung des Asthma bronchiale. 
 Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipzy 1908, xxxiv, 
 2297-2300. Also: Vortr. ii. prakt. Therap., Leipz., 1909, 3. 
 s., 51-62.— Tucker's Asthma Specific; an insidiously dan- 
 gerous cocain mixture. J. Am. M. Ass^ Chicago, 1911, Ivi, 
 1495.— Van Swerlngen (B.) The effect of quinine on 
 asthmatic attacks. Indiana M. J., Indianap., 1898-9, xvii, 
 342-344 —Walker (I. C.) Studies on the cause and the 
 treatment of bronchial asthma. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 
 
 1917, Ixix, 363-366. Also, Reprint. . The treatment of 
 
 patients with bronchial asthma with subcutaneous injec- 
 tions of the proteins to which they are sensitive. J. Med. 
 
 Eesearchj Bost,, 1917, xxxvi, 423-480. Also, Reprint. . 
 
 The treatment of bronchial asthma with proteins. Arch. 
 Int. Med., Chicago, 1918, xxii, 466-476.— WaU (C.) The 
 treatment of spasmodic asthma. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., 
 Lond., 1908-9, li, Therap. & Pharmacol. Sect., 113-126.— 
 Waterman ( J . S.) Treatment of asthma. ■ Brooklyn M. J., 
 1001, XV, 539-542.— Weiss (L.) The treatment of bronchial 
 asthma. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1912, xcvi, 854; 905,— Weiss 
 (O.) Neuer Wes zur Asthmabehandlung. Deutsche med. 
 
ASTHMA. 
 
 113 
 
 ASTHMA 
 
 Asthma {Treatment of ) . 
 
 Wclmsclir., Berl. & Leip?,., 1912, xxxviii, 1789.— Whltaker 
 (F.) Paraldehyde in asthma. N. York M. J., 1896, Ixiii, 
 591. — Wilkinson (A. T.) The nature and medical treat- 
 ment of spasmodic asthma. Med. Chron., Manchester, 
 1903-4, 4. s., vi, 219-242.— Wllltanis (P. W.) The varieties 
 and treatment of asthma. Brit. M. J., Lend., 1911, il, 1676. — 
 Zehden (G.) Ueber Asthmacarbon. Med. "VVoche, Halle 
 a. S., 1906, vii, 361-363.— Zelenln (V. P.) [Treatment of 
 bronchial asthma.) Kharkov. M. J., 1916, xxi, 405-J23.— . 
 Zuelzer (Q.) Zur Therapie des Bronchial-Asthmas. The- 
 
 rap. d. Gegenw., Berl., 1906, xlvil, 391-394. . Ern 
 
 neuer Apparat zur Asthmabehandlung. lUd., 1910, li, 157. 
 
 Asthma ( Treatment of, Climatic) . 
 
 AvelUs (G.) Klimatische Einfliisse auf Asthmatiker. 
 Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1904, li, 2048.— Bell (B..) Ex, 
 perience in search of a cure lor asthma in the far Southwest; 
 with observations of the comparative value of diHerent sec- 
 tions in respiratory diseases. Boston M.& S. J., 1901, cxliv, 
 395-397. — Hartog. Asthma bronchiale an der Nordsee. 
 Verhandl. d. intemat. Kong. f. Thalassotherap. 1908, Berl., 
 1909, 87-94.— Ide. Zur Wirkung des Seeklimas auf das 
 Asthma. Deutsche med. Wclmschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1904, 
 XXX, 1892.— Kniglit (F. I.) The climatic treatment of 
 bronchial asthma. Tr. Am. Climat. Ass., Phila., 1889, 159- 
 164. Also, Beprint.- Nicolas. Nordsee und Asthma. Zt- 
 schr. f. Balneol., Klimat. [etc.], Berl. & Wien, 1913-14, vi, 
 548-565. — BoWnson (B .) Bronchial asthma and alUed dis- 
 orders; their summer treatment. Tr. Api. Climat. Ass., 
 Phila., 1902, xviii, 233-240. Also: Med. News, N. Y., 1902, 
 Ixxxi, 598-600.— Turban (K.) & Spengler (L.) Eesultate 
 der Asthmabehandlung im Hochgebirge. Aim. d. schweiz. 
 balneol. Gesellsch., Aarau, 1906, 2. Hft., 72-84. 
 
 Asthma (Treatment of , Dietetic). 
 
 ■ Eustis (A.) Experiences in the dietetic treatment of 
 bronchial asthma. South. M. J.^ Nashville, 1916, ix, 387- 
 394.-.-Hare (F.) The food factor in asthma; hyperpyrsemia. 
 N. York M. J. [etc.], 1905, Ixxxii, 573; 647. Abo, Eeprint.— 
 Jack (G. N.) The diet of the asthmatic. Buffalo M. J., 
 1902-3, n. s., xlii, 317-324. Also, Reprint.- BabagUatl 
 (A. C. F.) The treatment by diet of bronchial asthma. 
 Med.- Press & Giro., Lond., 1908, u. s., Ixxxv, 688-690. 
 
 Asthma {Treatment of , Electric). 
 
 Courtade (D.) Pathog&iie et traitement 61ectrique de 
 I'attaque d'asthme. Bull. off. Soc. franc, d'^ectroth^r., 
 Par., 1906, xiv, 81-84. Also: Rev. gta. declin. et de th^rap.. 
 Par., 1906, XX, 247.— Freudenthal (W.) On the direct gal- 
 vanization and faradization of the bronchi and their topical 
 medicinal treatment in bronchial asthma. Am. Med., Bur- 
 lington. Vt., & N. Y., 1915, n. s., X, 176-184. Also, transl: 
 Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1915, xxix, 443-452.— 
 Grilnzel ( O .) Eine neue Behandlung von Broncnialasthma 
 (auf elektrischem Wege). Med. KUn., Berl., 1909, v, 1190- 
 1192. Also: Veroflentl. d. balneol. Gesellsch. in Berl., Berl. 
 & Wien, 1909, pt. 2, 329-336. 
 
 Asthma {Treatment, of Endobronchial). 
 
 Bourgeois (H.) Exp&ienbe sur le traitement de I'asthme 
 par les injections mtratrachto-bronchiques. Bull. Acad, de 
 mM., Par., 1914, 3. s., Ixxi, 601-603. AUo: Rev. de thfirap. 
 mdd.-chir., Par., 1914, Ixxxi, 299-301.— Freudentbal (W.) 
 The endobronchial treatment of asthma. Tr. Am. Laryn- 
 
 fol.. Rhinol. & Otol. Soc, N. Y., 1911, xvii, 30-40. Also: 
 r. York M. J. [etc.], 1911, xciii, 1219-1222. Also, Reprint. 
 
 . Further experience with endobronchial therapy of 
 
 asthma. J. Am. H. Ass., Chicago, 1912, lix, 1108-1112.- 
 Galebsky (A.) Ueber die Anwendiing der Bronchoskopie 
 in 2 Fallen von Asthma bronchiale. Monatschr. f. Ohrenn., 
 
 Berl., 1908, xlii, 359. . Zur Pathogenese und Therapie 
 
 des Bronchialasthmas auf Grund der Bronchoskopie. Klin.- 
 therap. Wchnschr., Berl., 1910, xvii, 1189-1194.— Glgnoux 
 (A.) Le traitement endobronchique de I'asthme et des 
 affections bronchiques.chroniques. Oto-rhino-laryngol. in- 
 temat., Lyon, 1914, ii, 49-53.— GrUnwald 0^.) Ein ein- 
 faches Verfanren der tracheo-bronchialen Injektion zur 
 Asthmabehandlung. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1913, Iv, 
 1377.— Guisez. Du traitement endo-bronciique de I'asthme 
 d'apr^s les plus r^centes conceptions pathogeniques. Clin, 
 jrat. m^d.-chir. de path, [etc.]. Par., 1914, x, 121-126.— Horn 
 H.) The bronchoscopic treatment of bronchial asthma. 
 J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1910, Iv, 930-934.— Keiper (G. F.) 
 The bronchoscopic treatment of spasmodic asthma. Aim. 
 Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1914, xxiii, 53-58.— 
 Large (S. H.) The bronchoscope in asthma. Cleveland 
 M. J., 1913, xii, 426.— Mermod. Asthme et bronchoscopic. 
 Larynx, I'orellle et le nez, Marseille & Par., 1914, vii, 97- 
 106.— Nowotny (F.) Bronchoskopie und bronchoskopi- 
 sche Behandlung von Bronchialasthma. Monatschr. f. 
 Ohrenh., Berl., 1907, xli, 697-711. Also, fransl.: Przegl. 
 lek., Krakdw, 1909, xlviii, 371; 388.— SegurafE. V.) Tra- 
 tamiento endobronquial del asma; mStodo de Ephraim. 
 Semana m^d., Buenos Aires, 1914, xxi, pt. 2, 853-860.— 
 Sourdllle (M.) Le traitement endobronchique de I'asthme. 
 Presse m&d.., Par., 1914, xxli, 122-126.— Stepban. Behand- 
 
 96808°— Vol. II, 3d series— 19 8 
 
 8 
 
 Asthma {Treatment of Endohroncliial) . 
 
 lung des Asthma bronchiale mit dem Endobronchialsprav. 
 Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1914, li, 1478. Also: Deutsche med. 
 Wchnsclu:., Leipz. & Berl., 1916, xlu, 102- 105.— Syme 
 (W. S.) Bronchoscopy in the treatment of asthma. Bnt. 
 M. J., Lond., 1917, i, 868.— Tsltovicli (M. F.) [Bronchial 
 asthma treated by bronchoscopy.] Vestnik Ushn., Gorlov, 
 i Nosov. BoUezn., S.-Peterb., 1912, iv, 140-143. 
 
 Asthma {Treatment of, Operative). 
 
 Adam (J.) Asthma and its radical treatment. 
 8°. London, 1913. 
 
 Aboulker (H.) Deux cas d'accidents asthmatiques 
 gu^ris par op&ation intrariiasale. Bull, de laryngol., otol. 
 et rhinol.. Par., 1908, xi, 252. Also: Verhandl. d. Internat. 
 liaryngo-Rhinol.-Kong. 1908, Wien & Leipz., 1909, i, 589.— 
 Andrews (E. W.) Chondrectomy or operative treatment 
 of bronchial asthma. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1914, Ixiii, 
 1066-1069.— Grove (C. E.) Asthmacuredby operation. J. Ori- 
 flc. Surg., Chicago, 1899-1900, 82-84.— Hirschberg (M.) Oper- 
 ative Behandlung des Asthma. Samml. klin. Vortr., Leipz., 
 1910, n. F., No. 604 (Chir., No. 169, 257-279).— Hirtz (E.) & 
 Braun(P.) I)yspn^easthmatiqueet operation de Freund. 
 Progrfts m(5d.. Par., 1913, 3. s., xxix, 45.— Lambotte (E.) 
 Un cas d'asthme gu^ri par la resection de I'^piploon. Ann. 
 Soc. m^d.-chir. du Brabant, Brux., 1900, x, 176-178.— Lenor- 
 mant. Op&ation de Freund chez un asthmatique. Bull, 
 et mSm. Soc. mgd. d. hdp. de Par., 1911, xxviii, 748-750.— 
 Moore (T . W . ) Some cases of asthma treated by removal of 
 the middle turbinate. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1903, xiii, 
 533-536._ [Discussion], 545-648.— Patten (W. 'T.) A few 
 interesting points in regard to bronchial asthma, and report 
 of a very severe ease cured by intra-nasal surgery, ihid., 
 1914, xxiv, 982-984.— Richiter (E.) Operative Heilung eines 
 Asthma. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh., Berl., 1907, xli, 309-312.— 
 Sicard & Gutmann. Op&ation unilat^rale de Freund au 
 cours d'un syndrome asthmo-emphj^s^mateux; r^sultat 
 nSgatif. Bull, et m^m. Soc. mM. d. hop. de Par., 1912, 3. s., 
 xxxiii, 131-134. 
 
 Asthma {Treatment of, Patent specifi- 
 cations for). 
 
 Day (G. F.) Medicine for asthma. No. 308,596; Dec. 2, 
 1884.— Gird wood (J.) Remedy for asthma. No. 333,513; 
 Jan. 6, 1886. — Hair (B. W.) Improvement in medical com- 
 pounds. No. 219,396; Sept. 9, 1879.— Iselin (C.) & CaUaban 
 (D.) Remedy for asthma. No. 437,599; Sept. 30, 1890.— 
 Mendelsohn (A.) Cigar for asthma. No. 811,942; Feb. 
 6, 1906.— Nicbols (D. G.) Medical compound for asthma, 
 etc. No. 374,491; Dee. 6, 1887.— Plnchard (J.) Improve- 
 ment in compounds and apparatus for the cure of asthma. 
 No. 137,093; March 25, 1873. 
 
 Asthma {Treatment of) with animal ex- 
 tracts. 
 
 .Aronsohn (E.) Das Adrenalin zur Coupirung von 
 Asthmaanfallen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & 
 Leipz., 1903, xxix, 59.— Bensaude (R.) & Hallion (LJ La 
 medication adrgnaUno-hypophysaire de I'asthme. Presse 
 mM., Par., 1918, xxvi, 185.— Borchardt (L.) Asthma- 
 behandlung mit Hypophysenextrakten. Therap. d. Ge- 
 genw., Berl., 1913, liv, 536-541.— Bourgeois (h!) Traite- 
 ment de I'asthme nasal et bronchique par les applications 
 ■locales d'extrait d'hypophyse. Progrfes mM., Par., 1917, 
 3. s., xxxii, 37. — Butallnl. La medicazione adreno-ipoflsa- 
 ria nella cura delP asma. Riv. crit. dl cUn. med., Firenze, 
 1918, xix, 370-372.— Bullowa {J. G. M.) & Kaplan (D. M.) 
 On the hypodermatic use of adrenalin chloride in the treat- 
 ment of asthmatic attacks. Med. News, N. Y., 1903, Ixxxiii, 
 787-790.— Clemesha (W. F.) A case of asthma treated by 
 adrenalin chloride. Med. Coimcil, Phila., 1906, xi, 297. — 
 Coben (S. S.) The use of adrenal substance in the treat- 
 ment of asthma. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1900, xxxiv, 1164- 
 1166. Also, Reprint.- Crooksbank (F. G.) A note on 
 the value of pituitary gland substance in some cases of asth- 
 ma. Lancet, Lond., 1914, i, 747.— Dolg (R. L.) Epine- 
 phrin; especially in asthma. Calif. State J. M., San Fran., 
 1905, iii, 64.— Dumstrey (F.) Das Supraremn bei Asthma. 
 
 AUg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1913, Ixxxii, 631. . . Noch 
 
 einmaJ Suprarenin bei Asthma. Ibid., 1914, Ixxxiii, 23.— 
 Flsbberg (M.) Treatment of certain forms of asthma with 
 ovarian substance and corpus luteum. Med. & Surg., St. 
 Louis, 1918, u, 26-34.— GlUck (T.) [Subcutaneous applica- 
 tion of tonogen (adrenalin) in asthma.] (JySgydszat, Buda- 
 pest, 1913, Uii, 499.- Hall (J. N.) Prolonged use of epine- 
 phrin in asthma. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1910, Iv, 128.— 
 Hertz (A. F.) Adrenalin in asthma. Brit. M. J., Lond., 
 1914, i, 965.— Kaplan (D. M.) On the hypodermatic use 
 of adrenalin chloride in the treatment of asthmatic attacks. 
 Med. News, N. Y., 1905, Ixxxvi, 871-875.— Keyzer (W. H. 
 C. G.) Het gebruik van adrenallne-oplossing bij asthma 
 bronchiale. Nederl. Tijdschr. V. Geneesk., Amst., 1913, ii, 
 1304.— McCord (C. P.) Therationaleof theuseofadrenalin 
 in the treatment of asthma. Med. Eec, N. Y., 1913, Ixxxiii, 
 431-433.— Mattbews (C.) The use of adrenalin in acute 
 
ASTHMA. 
 
 114 
 
 ASTHMA. 
 
 Asthma {Treatment of) with animal ex- 
 tracts. 
 
 asthma. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1910, i, 441.— MeUand (B.) 
 The treatment of spasmodic asthma by the hypodermic in- 
 jection o( adrenalin. Lancet, Lond., 1910, i, 1407-1411.— 
 M£ndez (M.) Algo sobre el tratamiento del asma esencial 
 por las inyecciones de adrenalina. Repert. de med. y drug., 
 Bogota, 1916-17, viii, 654-568.— Meulengracht (E.) Erfa- 
 ringer og Bemserkninger qm Adrenalinbehandling ved Asth- 
 ma bronchiale. Ugesk. f.'Lieger, Kiabenh., 1913, Ixxv, 1847- 
 1864.— Panflloff (P. V.) [Adrenalia in bronchial asthma.] 
 Med. Obozr., Most., 1909, Ixxi, 589-597.— Pick. Deber die 
 Wirkung von Nebennierenpraparaten bei Asthmabronchiale. 
 Med. Klin., Berl., 1911, vu, 175.— Purjesz (B.) Therapeu- 
 tische Erfahrungen nut Glanduitrin-Tonogen, mit beson- 
 derer Beriieksichtigung bei Asthma bronchiale. Therap. d. 
 Gegenw., Berl., 1915, Ivi, 380-384.— Riese (E.) Zur Wirkung 
 des Hypophysenextraktes bei Asthma bronchiale und zur 
 Asthmatheorie. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1915, lii, 768-771. — 
 Thiroloix (J.) Crise d'asthme; traitement par I'adr^naline. 
 Bull. gdn. de thSrap. [etc.]. Par., 1916-17, cbdx, 97.— Tran- 
 quilll (E.) L'adrenaJina negli accessi d'asma. Gazz. med. 
 di Eoma, 1911, xxxvii, 646-649.— Waller (H. W. L.) A note 
 on adrenalin chloride in the treatment of spasmodic asthma. 
 Lancet, Lond., 1914, il, 445.— Warfei (F. C.) Report of 
 seven cases of bronchial asthma treated with pituitary body 
 anterior lobe. Indianapolis M. J., 1915, xviii, 287-290.-r 
 Weil (M.) Ueber Adrenalin bei Asthma. Deutsche med. 
 Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz.^ 1903, xxix, 220.— ZueWIn (E.) 
 Treatment of asthma by pituitrin and adrenalin injections. 
 Med. Bee., N. Y., 1917, xci, 364-367: xcU, 10-12. 
 
 Asthma (Treatment of) with haths and 
 mineral waters. 
 
 AndkA (J.) Astlune et Mont-Dore. Traite- 
 ment du neuro-arthritisme asthmatique au 
 Moat-Dore (cure constitutionnelle ou diatli^si- 
 que; ciireasthinatog^n^tique). 8°. M7nes,1902. 
 
 Debidour.' Traitement hydro-minSral de I'asthme. 
 Arch. g&i. de m4d., Par., 1912, v, 302-309.- Ferras. Contri- 
 bution au traitement de Tasthme. Ann. d'hydrol. et de 
 climat. miSd., Par., 1900, v, 124-137. [Discussion], 183-188.— 
 Fischer (C. C.) Ueber hydrotherapeutische Behandlung 
 des Asthma "bronchiale. Ztschr. f. pnys. u. diatet. Therap., 
 Lelpz., 1907, xi, 141-150.— Richelot (G.^ Dti traitement de 
 I'asthme par les eaux thermales du Mont-Dore. Union m^d. 
 Par., 1859, ii, 267; 280; 297; 315. ^teo. Reprint— Riva (A.) 
 L'asma e le acque di Salsomaggiore. Rendic. d. Ass. med.- 
 chir. di Parma, 1902, iii, 227-229.- Robinson (B.) Clinical 
 notes on asthma and its treatment. J. Balneol. & Climat., 
 Lond., 1899, iii, 281-290.— Schlemmer. L'asthme et son 
 traitement hydromin^ral. J. mcSd. de Brux., 1911, xvi, 193; 
 209. — SSgard (M.) Les asthmatiques aux eaux minfirales. 
 Gaz. d. eaux. Par., 1914, Ivu, 806. — de Souza Baptista 
 (A. M. ) Tratamento das bronchites asthmaticas pela agua 
 d'Entie-os-Rios na Estancia da Tone. Med. mod., Parto, 
 1909, xvi, pt. 6, 63-66.— Tardleu. L'asthme et le Mont- 
 Dore. Arch. gen. d'hydrol. [etc.], Par., 1906, xvii, 237-246.— 
 Valcarcel y Vargas (L.) Tratamiento hydromineral del 
 asma esencial. Cong, intemat. de med. C.-r. 1903, Madrid, 
 1904, xiv, sect, d'hydrol. m4d., 188-194.— Vergara Lope (D.) 
 Tratamiento del asma esencial por los bafios alteroativos de 
 aire comprimido y de aire enrarecido. Mem. Soc. cient. 
 Antonio Alzate, M&cico, 189R-9, xii, 316-321.— Weil (M. P.) 
 & Renard (J.-B.) La medication sulfureuse sous la forme 
 coUoidale Chez les emphysdmateux asthmatiques. Rev. 
 gto. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1914, xxviii, 4^7.— Weill- 
 Splre. Traitement de Pasthrae par les eaux sulfureuses 
 d'Enghien. Arch. m^d. de Toulouse, 1910, xvii, 409. 
 
 Asthma (Treatment of) ly hypnotism 
 and suggestion. 
 
 BrUgelmann. Le traitement de ra'5thme par la psycho- 
 th^rapie et I'^ducation asthmatique. Rev. de I'hypnot. et 
 psychol. Physiol., Par., 1899-1900, xiv, pt. 2, 136-141.— 
 Dellus (H.) Die hypnotische Behandlung des Asthma 
 nervosum. J. f. Psychol, u. Neurol., Leipz., 1912, xix, 374- 
 379.— Lopez ViUalonga (J.) Asma de nueve meses y 
 catarro-bronquial apir^tico, curado por sugestidn en siete 
 sesiones. Crdn. m&.-guir. de la Habana, 1914, xl, 3-8.— 
 Marclnowskl (J. ) Die Heilung eines schweren Ealles von 
 Asthma durcb Psychoanalvse. Jahrb. f. psychoanal. u. 
 psychopathol. Forsch., Lapz. & Wien. 1913,v,2.Hlfte.,529- 
 620. — Stegmann (A.) Ergebnisse der psychisohen Be- 
 handlung einiger Falle von Asthma. Zennalbl. f. Psyohoa- 
 nal., Wiesb., 1910-11, i, 377-382. 
 
 Asthma (Treatment of) hy inhalations. 
 
 Brtlgelmann. Die Dr. Briigelmann'sche Losung zum 
 F.inatmen bei Asthma als Ersatz fur Strammonium. Deut- 
 sche Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1903^ xxiv, 86.— Einhorn (A.) Ueber 
 ein Asthma-Innalationsraittel. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 
 1907, liv, 1314.— Fracnke? (M.) Die Behandlung des As- 
 thma mit Inhalationsmltteln. Fortschr. d. Med., Berl., 
 
 Asthma (Treatment of) hy inhalations. 
 
 1907, XXV, 781-784.— GerberfO. P.) Die Behandlung des 
 Broncfaialastbmas mit dem Dr. Bayer'schen Vibro-Inhala 
 tionsapparat. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1913, 1, 2188.— Gttck 
 (T. ) ['Treatment of bronchial asthma by afropin Inhalation. 
 Budapest, orv. ujsdg, 1908, vl, 996^98.— Ingles (J. W.) An 
 asthma-powder inhaler, patented. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1904, 
 il, 1468.— Sawyer (Sir J.) Fil min g inhalations in asthma. 
 Midland M. J., Birmingh., 1904. lii, 35.— Schaeler (F.) 
 Ueber ein Asthma-Inhalationsmittel nach Alfred Einbom. 
 Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1907, liv, 1378-1380. 
 
 Asthma (Treatment of) with sera and vac- 
 cines. 
 
 A. (M. K.) Antidiphtheria serum in asthma. Brit. M. 
 L, Lond., 1909, il, 300.— Acosta (E.) Tratamiento del asma 
 por el suero antidift^rico. Crdn. m^d.-quir. de la Habana, 
 1900, xxvi, 27.— Baranl (F.) Considerazioni a proposito 
 ' dellasieroterapiaapplicata all' asma essenziale. Gazz. med. 
 lomb., Milano, 1908, Ixvii, 199; 210.— BUlaid (G.) & Maltet 
 (L.) S4roth&apie centre le rhume des foins et I'asthme. 
 Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1909, bcxxii, 651-654.— Boucheron (A.) & 
 BouclieTon (F.) Stoth&apie antistreptococcique dans 
 l'asthme. Conipt. rend. Soc. de bid., Par^ 1898, 10. s., v, 
 479.— Briscoe (J. C.) Asthma. J. Vaccine 'Therapy, Lond., 
 1913,ii,29-37.-rCarmaIt-Jones(D. W.) The treatment of 
 bronchial asthma by a vaccine. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1909^ ii, 
 1049.— Dobsou (LJ A case of asthma cured by vaccme. 
 West Lond. M. J., Lond., 1916, xxi, 57.— Espina. [Algunas 
 observaciones de asma, curado o aliviado con las inyecciones 
 de suero antiditt&ico.J An. r. Acad, de med., Madrid, 1901, 
 xxi, 102-105.— FIndlay (0. W.) The treatment of bronchial 
 asthma with autogenous vaccines. J. Med. Ass. Georgia, 
 Augusta, 1916-17, vi, 198-201.— Frankfurter (O.) Tuber- 
 kulinbehandlung des Asthma bronchiale. Wien. klin. 
 Wchnschr., 1913, xxvi, 970-973.— Galup (J.) Traitement de 
 certains asthmes bacillaires par la cr6noth6rapie et la indi- 
 cation biologique associi^es. Paris mSd., 1913-14, xv, 159- 
 163.— Grau (R.) El empleo del suero antiditt6rico en el 
 tratamiento del asma bronquica. Rev. de med. y cirug. de 
 la Habana, 1908, xiii, 342-345.— Hofbauer (L.) DieSerum- 
 therapie des Bronchialasthmas. Deutsche med. Wchn- 
 schr., Berl. & Leipz., 1914, xl, 1106-1109.— Hutcheson (J.M.) 
 & Budd (S. W.) A vaccine for the treatment of bronchial 
 asthma; report of twenty cases. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1918, 
 civ, 826-829.— Kitzmiller (F. E.) Diphtheria antitoxin in 
 the treatment of bronchialasthma. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 
 1907, xlviii, 1045.— Levison (L. A.) The treatment of horse 
 asthma by repeated injections of normal horse serum. N. 
 York M. J. [etc.], 1915, cii, 901-903. A Iso, Reprint— Marti- 
 net (A.) R&ultats malheureux du sfirum antidiphtfirique 
 avec etude sp&iale de ses relations aveo I'asthme. Presse 
 med., Par., 1909, xvii, 360.— O'Brien (M. C.) CUnical 
 results with mixed injection phylacogen in asthma. West 
 Canada M. J., Winnipeg, 1914, viii, 254-258.— Parker (H. R.) 
 Observations on the use of antitoxin in asthma. N. York 
 State J. M., N. Y., 1911, xi, 35-37.— Revilllod (LJ Traite- 
 ment de l'asthme par le s6rum antidiphterique. Rev. med. 
 de la Suisse Rom., Genf've, 1897, xvii, 689-897.- Rogers 
 (SJrL.) Thevaccinetreatmentofasthmain Bengal. Prac- 
 titioner, Lond., 1918, xcvi, 573-577.— Rubenstone (A. lA 
 Immunization therapy in bronchial asthma. N. York M. J. 
 [etc.], 1918, cviii, 285-2157.— Ruiz Casab6 (M.) Tratamiento~ 
 del asma por el suero antidifterico. Cr6n. med.-quir. de la 
 Habana, 1901, xxvii, 193-201.— Scheppegrell (W.) The 
 treatment of hay fever and asthma by pollen extracts and 
 bacterial vaccines. N. YorkM. J. [etc.], 1918, evil, 1016-1018. 
 Also, Reprint.— Sicard (M. H.) The treatment otbronchial 
 asthma by vaccination, with report of cases. Am. J. M. Sc, 
 Phila., 1917, cliii, 866-867.— Stearns (R. W.) A ease of 
 asthma relieved by normal horse serum. Northwest Med., 
 Seattle, 1917, xvi, 376.— Thomas (J. D.) A preliminary 
 report of vaccine therapy in bronchial asthma. Tr. Am. 
 Climat & Clin. Ass., Phila., 1916, xxxii, 203-220.- Walker 
 (T. C.) The treatment with bacterial vaccines of bronchial 
 asthmatics who are not sensitive to proteins. J. Med. Re- 
 search, Bost., 1917, xxxvii, 61-74, 1 pi. Also, Reprint.-^ 
 WlUla (P. W.) The treatment of asthma with diphtheria 
 antitoxin, with report of a death following its administra-- 
 tion. Northwest Med., Seattle, 1908, vi, 104-107.— Wilson 
 (A. D.) Bacterin therapy in bronchial asthma. Southwest. 
 Med., El Paso, 1917, i, 18-23.— Zener (C. R.) Horse asthma, 
 treatment of a case with normal horse serum. J. Am. M. 
 Ass., Chicago, 1917, Ixviii, 843. 
 
 Asthma in children. 
 
 See, also, Laryngismus stridulus; Thymus 
 gland {Hypertrophy of) . 
 
 Barbarin (H.) *Contribution k I'^tude de 
 I'asthme chez r enfant. 8°. Pam, 1904. 
 
 Campuzan (.T.-M.-E.) *Quelques considera- 
 tions sur l'asthme et en particulier sur l'asthme 
 infantiler et son traitement. 4°. Bordeaiix, 
 1896. 
 
ASTHMA. 
 
 115 
 
 ASTIER. 
 
 Asthma in cliildren. 
 
 Heizer (H.) *Ein Fall von Asthma bron- 
 chiale bei einem zweijahri^en Kinde. 8° 
 Miinchen, 1911. 
 
 Lemonnyeb (J.) *Contributioii il'otudede 
 rasthme chez les enfants. 8°. Paris, 1902. 
 
 Maiikel(H.) L'asthme chez les enfants. 8°. 
 Paris, 1901. 
 
 Abt (I. A.) Asthma in children. Med. Clin. N. Am., 
 Phila., 1918, i, 1425-1444.— Arkawin (J. S.) Ueber das 
 Broncbialasthma der Kinder. Arch. f. Kinderh., Stuttg., 
 1908, xlviii, 226-244.— Bellottl. Asma infantile epidemico 
 da autointossicazione. Gazz. d. osp., MUano, 1900, xxl^l26»- 
 1267.— Cameron. Asthma in childhood. Guy's Hosp. 
 Gaz., Lond., 1915, xxix, 319-322.— Cautley (E.) Asthma in 
 iulants and children. Clin. J., Lond., 1906-7, xxix, 313-316.— 
 Chaumier (E.) L'asthme chez les jeunes enfants. Ass. 
 frang. pour I'avance. d. sc. C.-r. 1884, Par., 1885, xiii, pt. 2, 
 500-503.— Comby (J.) L'asthme chez les enfants. Arch. 
 de mfid. d. enf.. Par., 1911, xiv, 721-758.— Dabuey (T. S.) 
 Asthma in young children. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1902-3, Iv, 
 732-739. Aho; Proc. Orleans Parish M. Soc. 1903, N. Orl., 
 
 1904, 50-57.— Doming (J.) Bronchial asthma. Am. Text- 
 Bk. Dis. Child. (Starr), 2. ed., Phila., 1898, 956-962.— Evpart 
 (W.) Dyspeptic asthma at the age of seven months. Rep. 
 Soc. Study Dis. Child., Lond., 1900-1901, i, 119-121.— For- 
 lanlnl (F.) L'asma infantile. Boll. d. clin., Milano, 1897, 
 xiv, 633-540.— Frazler (B. C.) Asthma in a child 14 months 
 old. Kentucky M. J., Bowling Green, 1909-10, vih, 1561.— 
 Frledjung (J. K.) Der gegenwaxtige Stand der Frage vom 
 Asthma thy micum im Kindesalter und sein VerhSltnlss zum 
 sogen. Status lymphaticus. Arch. f. Kinderh., Stuttg., 1900, 
 xxix, 344-353.— Hutinel. L'asthme intantUe. Rev. g6n. 
 de clin. et de thfirap.. Par., 1909, xxiii, 501: 1914, xxviii, 
 23. — Johnson (C. K.) Bronchial asthma in children. 
 Am. Med., Burlington, Vt., & N. Y., 1912, n. s.^, vii, 452- 
 454.— KIsel (A. A.) Fiinf Falle von nervosem bronchlalem 
 Asthma bei Kinderu. Arch. f. Kinderh., Stuttg., 1898, 
 xxiv, 172-186. . [Nervous bronchial asthma in chil- 
 dren; treatment with sodium iodide.) Med. Obozr., Mosk., 
 1901, Iv, 374-386. — . [Three cases of nervous bronchial 
 asthma in children (in boys of 6 years 3 months, and 11 years 
 6 months, and a girl 6 years old).] Sibksk. Vrach. Gaz., 
 Irkutsk, 1911, iv, 323-331.— KnopI (H. E.) Ueber Asthma 
 bei Kindern und dessen Behandlung. Berl. kUn. Wchn- 
 schr., 1912, xlix, 1566-1568.— La F6tra (L. E.) Bronchial 
 asthma in infants and children, with an analysis of forty- 
 three cases. Tr. Am. Pediat. Soc. 1904, N. Y., 1905, xvl, 
 262-266. Also- Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1904, xxi, 904-918. 
 AUo, Reprint. — McCIanahan (H. M.) The management 
 of asthma in children. Am. J. M. So., Phila. & N. Y., 1912, 
 cxhii, 836-843.— Maurel (P.) De I'asthme'infantile. Gaz. 
 d. hdPy Par., 1909, 566-569.— M6ry (H.) De l'asthme infan- 
 tile. Gaz. d. mal. infant, [etc.]. Par., 1902, iv, 49-52. . 
 
 L'asthme infantile. Rev. gfe. de clin. et de th&ap.. Par., 
 
 1905, xix, 774. . L'asthme infantile et son traitement. 
 
 M«d. inf.. Par., 1906, iv, 37-43.— Moon (R. O.) A clinical 
 lecture on asthma in children. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 
 1911, n. s., xcii, 60-62.— Muggia (A.) L'asma infantile. 
 Gazz. med. di Torino, 1897, xlviii, 421-429.— Neiunann (G.) 
 Ueber das Asthma bronchiale im Kindesalter. Zentralbl. f. 
 Kinderh., Leipz., 1910, xv, 339-344.— Perp«re (E.) Traite- 
 ment de l'asthme chez I'enfant. M6decm prat., Par., 1910, 
 vi, 453-455.— von Planta (A.) Einige Bemerkungen fiber 
 das alpine Hochgebirge in seiner Wirkung aul das Asthma 
 nervosum der Kinder. Ann. d. schweiz. balueol. Gesellsch., 
 Aarau, 1910, 40-45.— KletscUel (H.) Bronchotetanie, Bron- 
 cbialasthma und asthmatische Bronchitis im Sauglingsalter. 
 Monatschr. f. Kinderh., Leipz. & Wien, 1913, xii, Orig., 
 261-265.— Kohmer (P.) Zur Kenntnis des Asthma car- 
 diale beim Kinde. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1914, Ixi, 
 2129-2131. — Scbeltema. Asthma en asthma-achtige aan- 
 doeningen bij Mnderen. Nederl. Maaudschr. v. Verlosk. 
 [etc.], Leiden, 1913, ii, 398-404.— Smith (E. B.) Asthma 
 m children. Practitioner, Lond., 1913, xc, 924-939.— Sou- 
 maripas (J. P.) Etude clinique sur l'asthme infantile. 
 Gajz. d. mal. infant, [etc.]. Par., 1902, iv, 313-315.— de Sonza 
 Baptista (A.M.) A asthma infantil, as deforma^oes thora- 
 cicas e as aguas de Entfe-os-Rios na Estancia da Torre. 
 Med. mod., Porto, 1909, vi, 66-68.— Spolverlnl (L. M.) 
 Sulla etiologia e terapia deU' asma essenziale nei bambini. 
 
 Riv. di clin. pediat., Firenze, 1913, xi, 736-745. . Sulla 
 
 etiologia e patogenesi della nevrosi asmatica infantile. Pe- 
 diatria, Napoli, 1918, xxvi, 569-576.— Stanley (D.) Asthma 
 in childhood. Birmingh. M. Rev., 1903, n. s.. i, 104-109, 
 
 ' 1 diag.— Stegmann (A.) Zur Aetiologie des Asthmas bei 
 Kindern. Med. Klin., Berl., 1908, iv, 1113-1116.— Szege 
 (K.) [Asthma in children.] Gy(5gy4szat, Budapest, 1909, 
 
 xhx, (; 23; 41; 53; 104. ■ -. Beitrage zur Pathologic und 
 
 Therapie des Bronchialasthmas der Kinder. Verhandl. d. 
 internat. Koni;. f. Thalassotherap. 1908, Berl., 1909, 94-99.— 
 Talbot (F. B.) Asthma in children; its relation to egg 
 poisoning (anaphylaxis). Boston M. & S. J., 1914, clxxi, 
 708-712. Also, Reprint. . Asthma in children; its 
 
 Asthma in children. 
 
 treatment. Long Island M. J., Brooklyn, 1917, xi, 245-250. 
 [Discussion], 281-284. — Thomas. Traitement par la qui- 
 nine de I'acc&s d'asthme infantile. Rev. m^d. de la Suisse 
 Rom., Geneve, 1903, xxiii, 275.— Thomas (J. D.) Asthma 
 in children. Am. J. Obsl, N. Y., 1909, lix, 904-909. [Dis- 
 cussion], 873.^— Vigouroux (H.) El asma infantU. Cr6n. 
 mM. mexicana, Mexico, 1913, xvi, 275-278.— Warbrick (J. 
 C.) Infantile asthma. Buffalo M. J., 1914-15, Ixxi, 57-60.— 
 Webster (E. P.) Asthma ui children. J. Maine M.. Ass., 
 Portland, 1916-17, vii, 226-230.— Wentzke. Zwei Falle von 
 Millar'schem Asthma bei Kindern. Uebers. d. Arb. u. 
 Verand. d. schles. Gesellsch. f. vaterl. Kult., Bresl., 1825, 
 55. — Whltacre (M.) Asthma in children, Lancet-Clinic, 
 Cincin., 1911, cv, 497-500. 
 
 Asthma in mregnancy. 
 
 Chambrelent. Crise d'asthme mortelle chez tme femme 
 enceinte. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. mfid. de Bordeaux, 1898, xix, 
 190. — Hepworth (W. G.) Primary asthma in a pregnant 
 multipara. Canaa. M. Ass. J., Toronto, 1917,- vu, 1097. — 
 tugo-Vlna (N. ) Asmiticas nuHparas, y ex-asmd,ticas 
 multiparas y uniparas. Rev. de med. y cirug, de la nabana, 
 1912, xvii, 480-483.— Marek (R.) Asthma bronchiale in 
 graviditate. Casop. Mk. 6esk., v Praze, 1913, lii, 1397-1399.— 
 Middlemiss ( J. E.) A case of bronchial asthma associated 
 with pregnancy treated by hypnotism. Brit. M. J., Lend., 
 1914, 1, 194. — Terzaghl (G.) Coutributo alia casistica del- 
 1' asma essenziale in gravidanza. Arte ostet., Milano, 1910, 
 xxiv, 251-260. 
 
 Asthma and tuberculosis. 
 
 Reboul (A.-E.-E.) *De I'asthine pr6tubercu- 
 leux. 8°. MonMlier 1904. 
 
 Brown (O. H.) 'Tuberculosis and asthma. Southwest. 
 Med., El Paso, 1917, i, No. 11, 31-33.- BrUgelmann (W.) 
 Asthma und Tuberculose; kurzer Beitrag zur Lehre von 
 Asthma. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1898, xu, 320-323.— 
 Gtffln (H. Z.) Asthma and tuberculosis. .\m. J. M. Sc, 
 Phila. & N. Y., 1911, cxUi, 869-S74.— Passlnl (R.) Sopraun 
 case di asma tubercolare con peculiare alternativa di accessi 
 asmatici e di periodi emottoici. Policlln., Roma, 1909, xvl, 
 sez. prat, 205-210. — Pierson (P. H.) The interrelationship 
 of asthma and tuberculosis. Calif. State J. M., San Fran., 
 1918, xvi, 284-287.— de Beynier ( L. ) Asthme et tuberculose. 
 Tr. Internat. Cong. Tubere. (Wash.), Phila., 1908, i, pt. 2, 
 1133-1142. AUo, transl.: Rev. m4d. de la Suisse Rom., 
 GenSve, 1909, xxtx^ 674-686.— Kozenf eld (K.) [Bronchial 
 asthma and phthisis.] Przegl. lek., Krakdw, 1913, lii, 309- 
 314.— Soca (F.) Les rapports de l'asthme et de la tuber- 
 culose; asthme fruste; asthme secondaire. Arch. gto. de 
 m4d., Par., 1907, i, 353-380.— Vergano (R.) Coutributo 
 casuistico air associazione dell' asma colla tubercolosi polmo- 
 nare. Pensiero med., Milano, 1914, iv, 267-259. 
 
 Asthmolysin. 
 
 Fischer (C. C.) Ueber lokale Anwendung des Asthmo- 
 Ivsins. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1915, xli, 
 1430: 1916, xlii, 1319. 
 
 Astte (Andr^) [1874- ]. *Contribution k 
 r^tude de la nevrite amyotropbique des tuber- 
 culeux. 85 pp. 8°. Paris, 1898, No. 472. 
 
 Astig (Cbarles-Fred^ric) [1867- ]. *Le thorax 
 en bateau de la sjaingomy^lie. 60 pp., 1 1. 8° 
 Paris, 1897, No. 225. 
 
 Astie (Joseph) [1869- i|. *Contribution b. 
 I'etude de I'^pith^liome de la main. 52 pp. 4° 
 Toulouse, 1895, No. 73. 
 
 Astie (Renf Franfois-G^rard) [1887- ]. *Le8 
 complications nerveuses dans le couis du traite- 
 ment de la syphilis par le 606. 83 pp. 8°. 
 Bordeaux, 1912, No. 50. 
 
 Astier (Antoine-Mathieu-Jules) [1873- ]. 
 
 *Etude critique de quelques observations 
 d'art^rites rhumatismales. 40 pp., 1 1. 8° 
 Bordeaux, 1897, No. 60. 
 
 See, also. Parrot (L.-M.) Petit manuel du paludisme k 
 I'usage des &oles primaires [etc.]. 8°. Paris, 1911. 
 
 Astier (C[amiUe]) [1854- ] & Aschkinasi 
 
 (Isaac-Salmon). La chirurgie de I'oreille. 327 
 
 p^. 12°. Paris, 0. Doin, 1900. 
 Astier (L6on) 11877- 1. *Rhumatisme tuber- 
 
 culeux. Kystes poplit^s d'ori^ine tuberru- 
 
 leuse. 46 pp., 1 1. 8°. Lyon, 1904, No. 143. 
 Astier (Marcel) [1885- ]. *La loi Roussel et la 
 
 surveillance des remplagantes. 63 pp. 8°. 
 
 Montpellier, 1907, No. 85. 
 
ASTIER. 
 
 116 
 
 ASTIGMATISM. 
 
 Astier (P.) [1856-1918]. 
 
 Bardet (G.) Ncorologie. Gaz. d. eiux, Par., 1918, lix, 
 51 — Necrologie. Monde m^d., Par., 191S, xxvii, 65-68. 
 
 Astigmatism. 
 
 See, also, Eye (Accommodation and refraction 
 of, Disordered). 
 
 VAN DBN BoRG (J.) *Statistisclie en andere 
 bijdragen tot de kennis van het astigmatisme. 
 8°. Amsterdam, 1905. 
 
 _ BoTViNNiK (N. p.) *0b izmlenenii astigma; 
 tizma pod vliyaniyem mekotorlkh fizicheskikh i 
 fiziologicheskikh. faktorov. [Changes of astigma- 
 tism under the influence of various physical and 
 physiological factors.] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1898. 
 
 Also, transl. in: Arcli. f. Augenh., Wiesb., 1899, xxxix, 
 336-375. 
 
 Bhandes (S.) *Astigmatische accommodatie 
 onder den invloed van e6nzijdige inwerking van 
 homatropine en eserine. [Leiden.] 8°. Oorin- 
 chem, 1903. 
 
 Faehndeich (E.) *Klinische Studien uber 
 Astigmatismus. [Bern.], 8°. Zilrich-Oberstrass, 
 1900. 
 
 Labandb (E.-M.) *Contribution k I'^tude 
 clinique de I'astigmatisme. 8°. Paris, 1912. 
 
 LiJHL ([C] B. O. W.) *Ueber die Haufigkeit 
 des Astigmatismus una seine Beziehungen zur 
 Sehscharfe. 8°. Marburg, 1909. 
 
 Sali8(A.) Manuel pratique de I'astigmatisme, 
 sa determination et sa correction. 16 . Paris, 
 1898. 
 
 Wilkinson (0.) Astigmatic accommodation. 
 4°. [Washington, 1907.] 
 
 Allen (F. J.) Irregular astigmatism. Proc. Physiol. Soc. 
 , Ijond., 1901-2, p. ii. — Amor (J.) Sar I'astigmatisme in- 
 verse et son importsmce antliropologique. Bull, et mSm. 
 , See. d'antbrop. de Par., 1907, 5. s., vlii, 509.— Antonelli (A.) 
 S\ir les rapports outre I'astigmatisme cornfen et I'astigma- 
 tisme total (ophtalmom^trie clinique et optom^.trie). Arch, 
 d'opht. Par., 1900, xxvi 146-1.57.— Axenleld (D.) Sohach- 
 brettflgur durch Gitter nervorgebraolit, abhangig vom As- 
 tigmatismus des Auges. Centralbl. 1. Physiol., Leipz. & 
 Wien, 1898, xii, 389.— Bajardi. Delia Tisione negli astig- 
 matici. Bendic. d. Cong, d. Ass. oftal. ital. 1888, Pavia, 
 1889, xi, 101-110.— Barrett (J. W.) Diplopiarpolyopia in 
 connection with astigmatism. Ophthalmoscope, Lond., 
 1914, xii, 396-400.— Bennett (A. G.) & Clemesha (J. C.) A 
 study in astigmatism. Am. Med., Phila., 1903, vi, 189-192. — 
 Blanco (TO Acomodacifin astigmica. Arch, de ottal. 
 hispano-am., Barcel., 1906, vi, 437-442.— van den Borg (J.) 
 Statistische mededeeling omtrent het astigmatisme. Ne- 
 derl. Tijdsohr. v. Geneesk., Amst, 1905, 2. r., xU, d. 1, 188^ 
 192. — BoTscbke (A.) Uetaer die llieorie der skiastopischen 
 Schattendrehung bei Astigmatismus. Arch. t. Ophth., 
 Leipz., 1906, Ixiil, 388-391.— Bourgeois (A.) Unification 
 de la notation de I'astigmatisme. Arch, d'opht., Par., 1916- 
 17, XXXV, 641-646. — Broca (A.) & Sulzer. Compensation 
 accommodative de I'astigmatisme. Compt. rend. Soo. de 
 biol.. Par., 1899, 10. s., vi, 267-269.— Brown (J. E.) The 
 tropnio disturbances of astigmatism. Tr. Ohio M. Soc, 
 Toledo, 1896, 280-287. Also: Columbus M. J., 1896, xvi, 
 539-546.— Bruns (H. D^ Change in astigmatism produced 
 by chalazion. Ophth. liec, Chicago, 1905, xiv, 420. — Bur- 
 nett (S. MJ Astigmia or astigmatism; which? Am. J. 
 Ophth., St. Louis, 1903, xx, 374-379. A Iso, Reprint.— Cady 
 (W. G.) Color dispersion in the astigmatic eye. Science, 
 N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1911, n. s., xxxiii, 26-28.— Chacfin 
 (A.) Sohre la notaci(5n de los meridianos del astigmatisme. 
 Gac. mM. de Mexico, 1912, 3. s., vii, 717-721.— Chanoz (M.) 
 Particularity dans la vision des astigmates; application h la 
 determination subjective des m^ridiens principaux de I'ceil; 
 appareil de I'auteur. Lyon mM., 1907, cviii, 69-75.— Chlarl 
 (Cr) Astigmatisme secondo norma e contrazione dei muscoli 
 retti superior! ed inferiori; astigmatismo contro norma e con- 
 trazione dei quattro muscoli retti; modiflcazioni della cornea 
 normale (emmetrope). Arch, di ottal., Napoli, 1906-7, xiv, 
 399-421.— Claiborne (I. H.) The axi^ of astigmatism. J. 
 Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1905, xliv, 372-377. TDiscussion], 
 379.— Dimmer (F.) Zur Lehre vom Astigmatismus. 
 Arch. f. Ophth., Leipz., 1897, xliii, 3. Abth., 613-642.— 
 Doane(L.L.) Some observations upon astigmatism. Am. 
 Med., Phila., 190.5, ix, 26-27.— Druault (A.) Astigmatisme 
 des rayons p^ntoant obliquement dans I'ceil; apphcation 
 de la skiascopie. Arch, d'opht., Par., 1900^ xx, 21-28.— 
 Dufour. L'aocommodation et I'astigmatisme. Compt. 
 rend, Soo. de biol., Par., 1912, Ixxli, 950.— Fergus (F.) A 
 simple demonstration of the focusing of rays in astigmatism. 
 Ophth. Rev., I/ond., 1899, xvlii, 187.— Fick (A. E.) Ueber 
 
 Astigmatism. 
 
 das Accommodiren de? Astigmatiker bei ungezwungenem 
 Sehen. Arch. f. Ophth., Leipz., 1901, lU, 175-190.— Fowler 
 (W. S.) High degrees of astigmatism. Paciflo M. J., San 
 Fran., 1900, xliii, 426-431.— Griffin (O. A.) Transient astig- 
 matism. Am. J. Ophth., St. Loms, 1902, xix, 201-211.— 
 Grossmann (K.) International notation of astigmatism. 
 Brit. M. J., Lond., 1909, i, 1573.— Guen (J.) & Hardy (W.F.) 
 Astigmatism against the rule. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1918, 
 ovii, 1148.— Hummelshelm (E.) Ueber monoculares Dop- 
 pelsehen bei Astigmatikern. Ber. ii. d. Versammi. d. ophth. 
 
 Gesellsoh. 1901, Wiesb., 1902, xxix, 188-200. . Bin Vor- 
 
 schlag zur Eimgung iiber die Astigmatismus- und Gesichts- 
 fcldaulnahme. Cong, intemat. d'opht. 1904, Lausanne, 1905, 
 b3-b8.— Jenkins (N. B.) Crescentic astigmatism. Med. 
 Rec, N. Y., 1898, ii v, 52.— Jessop (W. H.) The report of the 
 international commission on the determination of visual 
 acuity and of the notation of the meridians of astigmatism. 
 Tr. Ophth. Soo. U. Kingdom, Lond., 1903-9, xxix, 292-296.— 
 JuseUus (E.) [Observations concerning the relation be- 
 tween the corneal and the complete regular astigmatism in 
 diilerent refractionary conditions.] Finska iak.-sallsk. 
 handl., Helsingfors, 1910, lii, pt. 1, 145-157.— Kerrlck (S. E.) 
 Some points regarding astigmatism. Journal-Lancet, Min- 
 neap., 1916, xxxvi, 45.— Klimovlcli (E. F.) & Zambrzlii- 
 tskl. [Course of the rays of light in astigmatic media.] 
 Vestnik Oftalmol., Kiev. 1899, x^a, 579-585.— Knapp (H.) 
 A point in the dioptrics of astigmatic refraction illustrated by 
 a new model. Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc., Hartford, 1J02, ix, 
 620-622.— Koster (AV.) Zum besseren Verstandniss deS 
 Astigmatismus. Arch. t. Ophth., Leipz., 1910, Ixxiv, 16S- 
 206.— Lapsley (R. M.) The importance of astigmatism. 
 Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1899, viii, 663-566.— La Rosa ^Ujff 
 Alcuni nuovi fatti sulla visione degli occhi astigmatici'% 
 normal! e loro interpretazione. Progresso oftal., Palermo, 
 1909-10, V, 1-17.— McClelland (E. S.) Variable hyperQiaft 
 astigmatism in cliildren and its correction. Med. Bec7> 
 N. Y., 1918, xciv, 276-278. Also, Reprint.— Markbrelter 
 (I.) [Astigmatism as related to complete refraction and 
 accommodation of the eyes.) Szemfeet, Budapest, 1913, xl, 
 347-353. — M&rquez (M.) Sobre el biastigmatismo. Arch. 
 , . „ _ , . ... ... _^ Tflota 
 
 de oftal. liispano-am., Barcel., 1909, ix, 401-405. —p — . j.iui.a 
 de un nuevo defecto de refracci6n, el Diastigmatismo., Rev. 
 Clin, de Madrid, 1912, vii, 324-326.— Martin (G.} Etudes 
 sur les contractions astigmatiques du mascle cUlaire. Ann. 
 d'ocul., Brux., 1886, xovi, 6; 81; 217: 18S7, xcvii, 5; 141; 
 277.^Millikiu (B. L.) Additional notes on a patient with 
 high astigmatism. Arch. Ophth., N. Y., 1912, xii, 109-113.— 
 Moilat (J. L.) Asttginia, not astigmatism. J. Ophth., 
 Otol., & Laryngol., N. Y., 1897, iX, 290.— Mtlgge (F.) 
 Ueber die Haufigkeit des Astigmatismus und seine Bezie- 
 hungen zur Sehscharfe. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg., 
 1908, xlvi, 474-489.— Oliver (C. A.) A brief summation of the 
 interrelationsUp of binocular fields of color vision and com- 
 bined areas of astigmia. Ann. Ophth., St. Louis, 1906, xv, 
 11. . Ccetaneous contrast colors and 'astigmia. Oph- 
 thalmoscope, Lond., 1906, iv, 223.— Olsho (S. L.) A dia- 
 gram for teaohine the varieties of regular astigmatism. J. 
 Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1913, Ix 1538.— Oreste (A.) Direc- 
 tion des m&idlens principaux de I'ceil astigmate en rapport 
 avec I'inclinaison laterafe de la t^te. Ann. d'ocul.. Par., 
 1910, cxliii, 469-468.— Orlandlnl (O.) Comportamento del 
 cristallino nell' astigmatismo. Aim. di ottal., Pavia, 1904, 
 xxxiii, 792-829.— Pardee (G. C.) Is astigmatism, like myo- 
 nia, ever progressive? Tr. M. Soc. Calif., Sacramento, 1901, 
 .62-174.— Peltzer (M.) Unregelmassiger Resorptions-Astig- 
 matismus. Therap. Rundschau, Berl., 1909, ui, 67. — Per- 
 gcns (E.) Relations entre I'astigmatisme unilateral et le 
 ptosis unilateral. Presse m^d. beige, Brux., 1896, xlrai, 
 137.— Pfalz (GO Sur I'astigmatisme contrau-e k la r6gle. 
 Ann. d'ocul.. Par., 1899, cxxii, 214-216. . Zur Ein- 
 
 s 
 
 fiihrung der internationalen Astigmatismusachsenbezeich- 
 nung. KUn. Monatsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg., 1910, xlviii, 
 67-69.— PflUger (E.) Zur EinlUhrimg der Internationalen 
 Astigmatismusbezeichnung. Ibid., 667. — Poblman (J.) 
 Astigmatic changes. Am. Med., Phila., 1904, vii, 479. — 
 Polack & Chevallereau (J.) D^faut de paralfelisme entro 
 les m^ridiens principaux de I'astigmatisme cornSen et ceux 
 de I'astigmatisme. Ann.d'ocul Par., 1910, cxliv, 413-418.— 
 Rectae. Biastigmatismus. Wchnschr. f. Therap. u. Hyg. 
 d. Auges, Dresd., 1912-13, xvi, 121-123.— Reynolds (p. S.) 
 Astigmatism. Tr. West. Ophth., Otol. [etc.] Ass. Ophth. 
 div., St. Louis, 1897,39-45. Aho: J. Am. M. Ass., Chica.go, 
 1897, xxviii, 1020.— Blbas Valero, De astigmatismo. Arch, 
 de oftal. hispano-am., Barcel., 1914, xiv, 401-429.— Risley 
 (S. D.) The relative importance of astigmatism in the pro- 
 duction of asthenopia. Ann. Ophth. & Otol., St. Louis, 
 1893, ii, 10-14.— Scbley. Ueber Haufigkeit und Seescharfe, 
 des Astigmatismus. Deutsche mil.-arztl. Ztsohr., Berl., 
 1905, xxxiv, 353-374.— Schneldeman (T. D.) Very high 
 astigmatism. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1899, xxxiii, 1471- 
 1476.— de Schweinltz (0. E.) One hundred cases of astig- 
 matism contrary to the rule, and the associated symptoms. 
 Tr. Ophth. Sect. Am. M. Ass. [Chicagol, 1891, 147-202.— 
 Souter (W. N.) A common misconception of astigmic re- 
 traction. Ann. Ophth,, St. Louis, 1906, xiv, 90-92. — Spe- 
 clale. Intorno alia visione in vicmanza dSgli astigmatiol. 
 Clin, ocul., Palermo, 1913, xiv, 1569-1584.— Stelger (A.) 
 
ASTIGMATISM. 
 
 117 
 
 ASTIGMATISM. 
 
 Astigmatism. 
 
 L'asUgmatisme k I'^oole; 4tade d'hygifene scolalre. Rev. 
 d'hyg.. Par., 1897, xix, 508-515.— Sulzer. Etude expiri- 
 mentale de la vision des astigmigues. Ann. d'ociil., Par., 
 1903, cxxix, 86-89, 2 pi.— Todd (F. C.) Variation in the 
 axis ol astigmatism in distant and near vision. Ophth. 
 Rec, Cliicago, 1912,-xxi, 71. — Tracy (J. L.) A case of myo- 
 pic astigmatism with urinary disorders. Am. Med., Pliila., 
 & York, 1907, n. s., ii, 73.— Valentine (C. W.) Tlie effect 
 of astigmatism on tne norizontal-vertical illusion, and a sug- 
 gested theory of the illusion. Brit. J. Psychol., Cambridge, 
 
 1912, V, 308-330.— Valero (R.) Consideraciones sohre el 
 astigmatismo. Arch, de oftal. hispano-am., Barcel., 1913, 
 xiii, 505; 569.— Walker (H. S.) A model to illustrate the 
 passage of rays of light through the eye in the various forms 
 of astigmatism. Tr. Ophth. Soo. U. Kingdom, Lond., 
 1904-5, XXV, 307.— Walter (W.) The objections to the 
 theories of the harmonious symmetrical action on the oblique 
 muscles in oblique astigmatism. Ann. Ophth., St. Louis, 
 1897, vi, 726-733.— Wclnhold (M.) Zur Theorie der skia- 
 skopischen Schattendrehuug boi Astigmatismus. Arch. f. 
 Ophth., Leipz., 1905, Ixu, ^5-285: 1906^7, Ixv, 150-154.— 
 Wcliss (G.) The formation of images in regular astigmatic 
 systems. Ann. d'ooul., N. Y., 1896, cxv, 254-261.— Weve 
 (H.) Ueber den angeblicheu Astigmatismus der Katzeu- 
 augen und die Bedeutung der spalttormigen Pupille. Arch. 
 f. vergleich. Ophthmol., Leip/.., 1912-13, iii, 77-83.— Wilkin- 
 son (O.) Astigmatic accommodation; a study of its relative 
 frequency in 60 cases with marked asthenopio symptoms. 
 Ann. Ophth., St. Louis, 1906, xv, 268-276.— Wipper (O.) 
 The advantages of a small amount of astigmatism with the 
 rule. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1915, xxiv, 296.— Woodworth 
 (C. W.) Astigmatism and coma. Science, N. Y. & Lan- 
 caster, Pa., 1918, n. s., xlvii, 459.— Worton (A. S.) Fuch's 
 coloboma and astigmatism. Ophthalmoscope, Lond., 1911, 
 ix, 833-838. 
 
 Astigmatism {Causes of). 
 
 See, also, Astigmatism {Corneal); Astig- 
 matism (Lenticular). 
 
 Clark (C. F.) Astigmatism after cataract extraction. 
 Ann. Ophth., St. Louis, 1899, viii, 498-513.— Eaton (F. B.) 
 Experimental and climcal evidence of dynamic (spastic) 
 astigmatism. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1905, xlv, 613-617.— 
 Bills (F. W.) Irregular astigmatism due to the microscope. 
 Arch. Ophth., N. Y., 1896, xxv, 287-290.— Garcia Bijo (R.) 
 Un caso de astigmatismo traumitico. Crdn. mfid.-quir. de 
 la Habana, 1909, xxxv, 499-602.— Gould (G. MO The 
 etiology of astigmatism. Ann. Ophth^ St. Louis, 1905, xiv, 
 494-505. Aho. Reprint.— Hall (G. P.) Does pterygium 
 cause astigmatism? Texas State J. M., Fort Worth, 1910-11, 
 vi, 143. — Lautenbacb (L. J.) A few thoughts indicating a 
 causative connection between the uric-acid diathesis and 
 astigmatism against the rule. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1900, 
 iv, 171-175. jltoo. Reprint. — Lokteff (V. A.) [Rare case of 
 pathological astigmatism.) . Vestnlk Oftalmol., Mosk.^ 1905, 
 xxii, 173-175. — Plalz (G.) TJeber perversen Astigmatismus. 
 Cong, internat. d'opht. d'Utrecht. C.-r., Amst., 1900, 266- 
 
 271. . Ueber Astigmatismus perversus,eineerworbene 
 
 Refractionsanomalie. Ztschr. f. Augenh., Berl., 1900, iii, 
 16-26. . Berichtiguug zu dem Autsatz: Ueber perver- 
 sen Astigmatismus, eine erworbene RefractionsanomaUe. 
 Ibid., 155. — Powers (G. H.) A case of astigmatism of 
 unusual degree and of traumatic origin. Tr. M. Soc. Calif., 
 San Fran., 1897, 365-367.— Bamos (J.) Astigmatismo 
 mifipico regular anisom^trico, que se maniflesta de improvise 
 despu^ de un entriamiento. Gac. mM., Mexico, 1903, 2. s., 
 iii, 29-32.— Savage (G. C.) The obhque muscles as related 
 to oblique astigmatism; reply to Hotz's criticism. Ann. 
 Ophth. & Otol., St. Louis, 1895, iv, 305-316.— Seldel (E.) 
 Ueber hochgraoigen traumatischen Astigmatismus bei 
 Schielamblyopie des andern Auges. Arch. t. Ophth., Leipz. , 
 
 1913, Ixxxiv, 312-316.— Terrien (F.) Astigmatismo et con- 
 tusion du globe oculaire. Arch, d'opht., Par^ 1916-17, xxxv, 
 689-691. — Woodruff (E. E.) Crossed cylinders in irregular 
 astigmatism. Am. J. Ophth., St. Louis, 1914, xxxi, 65-58. 
 Also: Weekly Bull. St. Louis M. Soc, 1914, vui, 132-134. 
 
 Astigmatism ( Corneal) . 
 
 Garmy (A.) *Contribution a I'^tude sur 
 I'astigmatisme com^en d^termin^ par le pt^ry- 
 gion. 8°. Toulouse, 1904. 
 
 MoLLBR (M. P. G.) *Entstelit auch Horn- 
 hautastigmatismua nach Extemus- und Inter- 
 nustenotomie? 8°., Halle a. 8., 1904. 
 
 SoNDER (L.) *Etude sur lea variations de 
 I'astigmatisme com^en avec I'^ge. 8°- Bor- 
 deaux, 1904. 
 
 Zahmenhof (A.) *Contribution a I'^tude de 
 I'^tiologie et des variations de I'astigmatisme 
 com6en. 8°. Lausanne, 1912. 
 
 Ablie (A. J.) The angle between the principal meridians 
 in corneal astigmatism. Refractionist, Best., 1896-7, iii. 
 
 Astigmatism {Corneal). 
 
 1-3.— -Uessandro (F.) Curvatura deUa cornea nell' astig- 
 matismo regolare congenito. Arch, di ottal., Palermo, 
 1901-2, ix, 180-200, 2 tab., 1 pi.— AntoneUl (A.) On the 
 relations between corneal and total astigmatism. Ophthal- 
 moscope, Lond., 1906, v, 325-334.— Ascbtieim (H.) Ueber 
 einen Fall von erworbenem Hornhaut-Astigmatismus von 
 32 Dioptrien. Khn. Monatsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg., 1897, 
 xxxv, 103-113.— AverbakU (M. O.) [Changes in corneal 
 astigmatism under the influence of operations on muscles.] 
 Vestnik Oftalmol., Kaev, 1900, xvii, 431-433.— Bane (W. C.) 
 Regular corneal astigmatism is not always congenital, nei- 
 ther is it unchangeable. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1898, xxxi, 
 777-780.— Batten (R. D.) Conical astigmatism, and 
 staphyiomata of the sclerotic as a cause of astigmatism. 
 Ophth. Rev., Lond., 1897, xvi, 1-4.— Burnett (S. M.) As- 
 tigmatism acquired by a change in the curvature of the 
 cornea. Am. J. Ophth., St. Louis, 1899, xvi, 54-57.— Evers. 
 Ein Beitrag zur Entstehung von regularem Hornhaut- 
 Astigmatismus. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg., 1898, 
 xxxvi, 240-253.— Grady (I. L.) A cause for corneal astig- 
 matism. Optic. J., N. Y., 1899, vi, 21.— Howe (L.) Note 
 on the heraUty of corneal astigmatism and of muscular 
 anomaUes. Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Phila., 1909-11, xii, 1001- 
 1004.— Lagrange (F.) Sur les variations de I'astigmie 
 cornfenne avec rage. Bull. Acad, de mid.. Par., 1905, 3. s., 
 liii, 321. — Lautenbacb (L. J.) Some observations on 
 corneal astigmatism and conditions that change corneal 
 curvature. Proc. Phila. Co. M. Soc, Phila., 1894, xv, 329- 
 
 331. . The influence of nasal disease in modifying the 
 
 quantity and axis of corneal astigmatism. Ophth. Bee, 
 Chicago, 1897, vi, 109-112.— Boure (F.) Two problems in 
 the correction of corneal astigmatism by cyhndrical glasses. 
 Ann. d'ocul., N. Y., 1896, cxv, 102-111.— Bowan (J.) A 
 note on the relation ol corneal and absolute astigmatism. 
 Brit. M. J., I^ond., 1912, i, 70.— SarU (H. D.) On the general 
 aspects of corneal astigmatism. Year Book M. Ass. Gr. N. 
 York, 1902, 69-62. Also: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1903, Ixxvii, 
 550-552.— Seggel. Abhangigkeit des Astigmatismus comeae 
 von der Scliadelbildung. Arch. i. Augenh., Wiesb., 1902, 
 xlv, 161-164, 1 pi.— Spengler (E.) 1st Homhautastigma- 
 tismus vererblich? Klin. Monatsbl. i. Augenh., Stuttg., 
 1904, xlii, 164-171.— Steiger (A.) Zur Aetiologie und Varia- 
 bilitat des Hornhautastigmatismus. Arch. f. Augenh., 
 
 Wiesb., 1897, xxxvi, 123-139. . Ueber Veranderungen 
 
 des Hornhautastigmatismus und der Hornhautretraktion 
 im Zeitraum von 5i Jahren an Hand von 3000 Doppelmes- 
 sungen. Ztschr. 1. Augenh., Berl., 1907, xviii, 103-116.— 
 Sulzer (D.-E.) Du rSle de la cornfe dans la production des 
 difltoences existant entre I'astigmatisme corn^en mesur^ k 
 I'aide de I'ophtalmomfetre et I'astigmatisme total. Ann. 
 d'ocul., Par., 1897, cxvii, 123-132. 
 
 Astigmatism {Diagnosis of). 
 
 Beiger (E.) *Untersucliuri3en uber die 
 Genauigkeit der Bestimmung des Astigmatismus 
 mit dem Sutcliffe-Ophthalmometer. [Breslau.] 
 8°. Berlin, [1913]. 
 
 OsoRiNO (E. C.) *Diagn6stico del astigma- 
 tismo y su determinacion. 8°. Mexico, 1893. 
 
 Pautet (E.-L.-R.) *De la determination des 
 astigmiea par la m6thode de Bonders. 8°- 
 Bordeaux, 1912. 
 
 Barats (V. G.) [Technique of diagnosing astigmatism.] 
 Vestnik Oftalmol., Mosk., 1908, xxv, 441-456, 1 pi.— Cbacftn 
 (A.) Sobre la notacidn de los meridianos del astigmatismo. 
 An. de oftal., M&aiao, 1912-13, xv, 281-287.— Clerc (J.) Note 
 au sujet d'un moyen simple pour determiner les diamfetres 
 principaux dans I'astigmatisme. Arch, d'opht., Par., 1909, 
 xxix, 177-180.— Coburn (E. B.) An improved astigmatic 
 axis finder. Ann. Ophth., St. Louis, 1911, xx, 347-350.— 
 Crisp (W.-H.) Combined use of cross cylinder and astig- 
 matic dial. Ibid., 1917, xxvl, 42-46. [Discussion], 154. — 
 Dimmer (F.) Die Methodeu zur Bestimmung des regu- 
 laren Astigmatismus und Uir relativer Wert. Heilkunde, 
 Wien [etc.], 1837, i, 803-809.— Foltnea (G.) Ricerca del 
 meridian© principale dell' astigmatismo corneale per mezzo 
 del quadrante di Polack. Arch, di ottal., Napoli, 1912-13, 
 XX, 225-240.— Greefl (R.) Zur Gradbestimmung bei Astig- 
 matismus. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg., 1910, 
 xlviii, 362-359.— Green (J.) Verhoefl's astigmatic charts. 
 Ophthalmol., Milwaukee, 1907-8, iv, 436-439.— Hill (G. A.) 
 An improved dial lor the detection of astigmatism. Phila. 
 M. J., 1898, ii, 390.— Jackson (E.) A valuable subjective 
 method of measuring astigmatism. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 
 1900, ix, 64-67.— liOhmann (A.) Ein Apparat zur Demon- 
 'Stration des Astigmatismus und seiner Korrektion. Zen- 
 tralbl. f. Physiol., Leipz. & Wien, 1914, xxviii, 733-735.- 
 Mulder (M, E.) Ein neuer Astigmometer. Klin Mo- 
 natsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg., 1903, xh, 281-285.— Parker (H. 
 C.) Two astigmatic charts". Arch. Ophth., N. Y., 1908, 
 xxxvii, 403-405, 1 pi.— Porcelll-Tltone (F.) Una nuova 
 tavola ottotipica per la diagnosi e la correzione dell' astig- 
 matismo. Arch, di ottal., Napoli, 1913-14, xxi, 522-529.— 
 • Banly (J.) Diagnosis of astigmatism.' Lancet-CUuic, 
 
ASTIGMATISM. 
 
 118 
 
 ASTIGMATISM. 
 
 Astigmatism (Diagnosis of). 
 
 Cincln., 1916, cxvi, 27$-2gO.— Rhoails fj. N.) A one-degree 
 astigmatism scale. Ophth. Rec., Cliicago, 1910, six, 221- 
 228.— Both (A.) Das Astigmoskop, eine Verrollstandl- 
 gung des Placldo'schen Keratoskops. Centralbl. f. pralrt. 
 Augenh., I^eipz., 1905, xxix, 13-15.— Southard (W. F.) 
 An improved astigmometer. Ann. Ophth., St. Louis, 
 1900, ix, 677-581, 2 pi.— Stevenson (D. W.) The unrelia- 
 bility of tlie astigmatic fan or clock dial test. J. Am. M. 
 Ass., Chicago, 1909, liu, 8-12.— Talbot (G. H.) An appa- 
 ratus for the detection and measurement of astigmia. J. 
 Ophth., Otol., & Laryngol., N. Y., 1904, xvi, 26.— TrebU- 
 cock (F. C.) On the astigmatic dial. Canada Lancet, 
 Toronto, 1909-10, xliii, 520-523.— Verhoefl (F. H.) Two 
 new astigmatic charts. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1899, viii, 
 641-544. Also, Reprint. — Wells (D. W.) Keratometry and 
 astigmatism. Homoeop. Eye, Ear & Throat J., N. Y., 1899, 
 T, 115-121. AUo, Reprint.— Williams (C. H.) The dis- 
 crepancy between the astigmatism as shown by JavaTs 
 ophthalmometer and the total astigmatism by trial lenses. 
 Ann. Ophth. & Otol., St. Louis, 1896, v, 500-503. 
 
 Astigmatism {Lenticular). 
 
 Cabannes & Marcat. Spasmes de raccommodation et 
 astigmatisme cnstallinlen. Arch, d'opht., Par,, 1912, xxxii, 
 93-100. — Dean (G. E.) Lenticular astigmatism. Refrac- 
 tionist. Best., 1896-7, id, 145-149.— Frost. [Case of crystal- 
 line astigmatism following irido-cvclitis.] Vestnik Oftal- 
 mol., Mosk., 1915, xxxii, 449.— GOt« (G.) Ueber Vorkom- 
 men und Bewertung des ablenkenden Linsenastigmatismus 
 bei Pferden. Milnchen. tierarztl. Wchnschr., 1915, Ixvi, 
 749; 769; 789; 809; 829; 849; 869: 905.— Jackson (E.) The 
 astigmic lens (crossed cylinder); to determine the amoimt 
 and principal meridians of astigmia. Ophth. Rec., Chicago, 
 1907, xvi, 378-383.— Nuel (J.-P.) :6tiologie etpathog&ue de 
 certains astigmatismes irr^guliers de si^ge cnstallinlen. J, 
 m6d. de Brux., 1905, ix, 457.— Thomson (E. S.) Some 
 clinical aspects of lenticular astigmatism. J. Am. M. Ass., 
 Chicago, 1908, li, 302-307. AUo: Manhattan Eye, Ear & 
 Throat Hosp. Rep., N. Y., 1909, x, 23-41. 
 
 Astigmatism {Mixed). 
 
 Brav (A.) & Staller (M.^~ A case of mixed astigmatism 
 presenting symptoms of brain tumor. N. York M. J. [etc.], 
 1911, xciv, 420-»22. Also, Reprint.— Daly (R. R.) Func- 
 tional relation of the eye and ear curiously shown by a case 
 of mixed astigmatism. Atlanta Jour. -Rec. Med., 1906-7, 
 viii, 582-587.— Lamb (R. S.) Another case of mixed irregu- 
 larastigmatismloUowinginjury. Ophth. Rec, Clucago, 1915, 
 xxiv, 124-126.— Mllllkln (B. L.) Additional notes on a 
 case of high mixed astigmatism. Am. J. Ophth., St. Louis, 
 1898, XV, 94.— Pannell (W. L.) Mixed astigmatism with 
 mendians of 'astigmatism not crossing at right angles. 
 Ophthalmol., Seattle, 1909-10, vi,163.—Schoute(G. J.) Een 
 eigenaardigheid van het gemengd astlgmatische oog. Ne- 
 derl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1905, 2. r., xli, d. 1, 192- 
 196. 
 
 Astigmatism {Traumatic). 
 See Astigmatism {Causes of). 
 
 Astigmatism {Treatment of). 
 
 Bonders (F. C.) Astigmatisme en cilindri- 
 scte glazen. 8°. tftrecht <fc Amsterdam, 1862. 
 
 Dtjfouk (M.-J.-B.) *Lea verres cylindriques 
 et toriques et la correction del 'astigmatisme. 8 ° . 
 Nancy, 1904. 
 
 . The same. 8°. Paris, 1904. 
 
 Also [Abstr.], in: Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1904, 
 Ivi, 729. 
 
 Kkoll (W. [C. H.]) Stereoskopische Bilder. 
 obi. 16°. Hamburg & Leipzig, 1887. 
 
 . The same. 2, Aufl. obi. 16°. Ham- 
 burg & Leipzig, 1888. 
 
 . The same. 3. verbeeserte Aufl. 
 
 obi. 16°. Hamburg & Leipzig, 1895. 
 
 Chac6n (A.) Conver3i6n<5 transposici6ndelasf6nnulas 
 de los cristales que sirven para corregir el astigmatisme. 
 
 Arch, de oftal. hispano-am., Barcel., 1911, jd, 645-649. . 
 
 Los vldrios tdricos correctores del astigmatismo. An. de 
 oftal., Mexico, 1914-15, xvil, l-«.— Chlsohn (J. J.) Degrees 
 of astigmatism, however low, when they annoy should be 
 corrected. Tr. Itttemat. Ophth. Cong., Edinb^ 1894, viii, 
 285-289. Also: Presb. Eye, Ear & ThroatChar. Hosp. Rep., 
 Bait, 1896, i. No. 1, 3-7.— Clark (C. F.) The correction of 
 
 sixteen diopters of astigmatism by means of the galvano- 
 cantery. Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Hartford, 1903, x, 125-130.— 
 Deschsunpsa Modification des courbures de la com^ sous 
 
 I'influence des Injections sous-conjonctivales; leur action sur 
 I'astigmatisme. Gaz. d. Ii6p. de Lyon, 1905, vi, 663-568.— 
 Dntolt (A.) Brillen una Astigmatismus. Cor.-Bl. f. 
 schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1909, xxxix, 448-454.— Eaton (F. B.) 
 Some forms of irregular astigmatism, their detection and cor- 
 
 Astigmatism {Treatment of). . 
 
 rection. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1903, xii, 488-492.— Ellis 
 (H. B.) Astigmatism, its detection and correction. J. Am. 
 JI. Ass., Chicago, 1901. xxxvi, 731.— Emmert (E.) Wie 
 verhalt sich die bei Astigmatismus durch das Ophthauno- 
 meter gefimdene Axenstellung zur Axenstellung, welche der 
 Astigmatiker den corrigierenden Cylinderglasem bei Selfflt- 
 einstellung gibt? Cong, intemat. d'opht. 1904, l^ausaime, 
 1905, b77-b79.— Engelbrecht (K.) Zur Frage des Biastigma- 
 tismus und der Anwendung von Bizylindem. Arch, t 
 Ophth., Leipz. , 1916, xc, 160-164.— Garlel. Sur un m^moire 
 du Dr. Ostwalt intitulfc Recherches exp&imentales sur 
 I'influence que I'floignement de I'oeil exerce sur la force r6- 
 fringente du cylindre correcteur dans les diffSrentcs formes 
 d'astigmatisme. Bull. Acad, de mM., Par., 1892, 3. s., 
 xxviii, 93.— Gradle (H.) Zur Correction des Astigmatismus 
 durch ungleichmassige Anspannung des CUiarmuskels. 
 Arch. f. Ophth., Leipz., 1897, xhii, 1. Abth., 262-266.-- 
 GuUloz (T. ) Sur la correction de Tastigmatisme. Compt. 
 rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1904, Ivl, 730-732.— Koster (W.) 
 Stereoscople bii het zieu der astigmaten. Feestb. op^dr. 
 aan H. Treub, Leiden, 1912; 23-32.— Lagrange (F.) De la 
 eu^risonspontanSederastigmiecomfeimehypermetrqpique 
 Arch, d'opht.. Par., 1909, xxix, 406^16.— Lautenbach (L. 
 II The use of full correction cylindrlc glasses m all cases of 
 s^tigmatism. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1898, xxx, 244.— 
 Llebermann (L.) [Spectacles for astigmatism.] Szeme- 
 szet, Budapest, 1913, xl, 74-83.— Marquez (M.) Ilusiones de 
 dntioa en un astigmitico despu^s de la correccion. Arch, de 
 
 oftal. hispano-am., Barcel., 1907, vii, 545-660. ^. Del 
 
 diagnfistico y de la correccifin del biastigmatismo. iow., 
 
 1914 xiv, 147-164. ■—. A propos du diagnostic du Diastig- 
 
 matisme et de son traitement par les verres bicylindriquesS, 
 axes obliques. Clin, opht., Par., 1914, xx, 221-229.— Nor- 
 densend. W.) Omkorrektionenaf astigmatism. Upsala 
 
 Lakaref. Forh., 1916, n. f., xx, 303-317. . On the rules ■ 
 
 for the correction of astigmatism. Bnt. J. Ophth., Lond., 
 1917 i, 148-152.— Prentice (C. F.) The sphero-toric lens in 
 astigmatic aphalda. Ophth. Rec, Nashville, 1894-5, iv, 260- 
 264— Reymond (C.) Annotazione sulla visione astig- 
 matica e la sua correzione dinamica. Ann. di ottal., Pavia, 
 1892, xxi, 521-633. Also: Rendic d. Cong. d. Ass. oftal. ital. 
 1892 Pavia, 1893, xiii, 44-56.— Blbas Valero. Nota sobre la 
 correcci<5n del astigmatismo bi-obiicuo. Arch, de oftaL 
 
 hispano-am., Barcel., 1912, xii, 421-428. . Nota 
 
 clfnica sobre la correcddn snbjetiva del astigmatismo. 
 md , 1913, xiii, 119-127.— von Bohr (M.) Ueber astlg- 
 matische Glaser mit puuktueUer Abbildung. Ber. u. d. 
 Versamml. d. ophth. Gesellsch., Heidelb. 1912, Wiesb., 1913, 
 xxxviii, 94-100, 1 pi.— Koufflandls. Sur la correction de 
 i'astigmatisme etl'aptitude au service militaire. Boc. de 
 mfid. mil. franc BuU., Par., 1914, viu, 308-510.— Boure. 
 De I'astigmatisme bi-oblique et de sa correction. Arch, 
 d'opht., Par., 1896, xvi, 231-247.— Steele (N. C.) When not 
 to prescribe cylinders lor astigmatic eyes, and when to pre- 
 scnbe them for non-astigmatic eyes. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 
 1903, xii, 669-572.— Sulzer (D.-E:) La correction optique 
 du kfiratBc6ne, de I'astigmatisme irrigulier et de I'astigma- 
 tisme cicatriciel. Bull, et m4m. Soc. franc, d'opht.. Par., 
 
 1892, X, 113-420. . Proc(Sd4s et outillage simples et 
 
 exacts pour determiner rapidemeut les verres correctenrs 
 de I'astigmie. Ann. d'ocul.. Par., 1912, cxlvii, 401-410. 
 Also, transl: Ann. Ophth., St. Louis, 1913, xxii, 49-58.^ 
 Vallet (A.) D'un cas de correction d'astigmatisme chez un 
 anisometroiie a-vec v&rflcation eOT^rimentale de la vision 
 binoculaire k I'aide du diploscope de M. le Dr. R6my. Eec 
 d'opht. Par., 1904, 3. s., xxvi, 265-268.— Valude (E.) Si- 
 gnes cliniques et traitement de I'astigmiei Bull, med.. Par., 
 1905, xix, 651-653.— Wray (C.) Caseof 6 D. othypennetropic 
 astigmatism cured by cautery. Tr. Ophth. Soc U. King- 
 dom, Lond., 1914, xxxiv, 109.— Zapatero (P.) Correccidn 
 prictiea del astigmatismo. Arch, de oftal. hispano-am. 
 Barcel., 1907, vii,~694-696.— Zurkowskl (J.J [The methods 
 of correcting mixed astigmatism, and which?] Post, okul., 
 
 Krakdw, 1910, xii, 201-226. . [Methods ofcompensatine 
 
 compound astgmatism (As. H. H. and As. M. M.] Ibid., 
 1913, XV, 4-18. 
 
 Astigmatism (Treatment of, Operative). 
 
 ScHONEBECK (W.) *Ueber operative Behand- 
 
 lung des regelmassigen Astigmatismus. 8°. 
 
 BerKn, 1912. 
 
 Averbakh (M.) [Alterations of corneal astigmatism ef- 
 fected by operations on the recti muscles.] Med. Obozr., 
 Mosk., 1899, li, 847-869.— Breuer (A.) On the operative 
 treatment of corneal astigmatism. Lancet, Lond., 1901, i, 
 1529-1532. — BuU (G. J.) An astigmatism cured by opera- 
 tion. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1903, Ixxvii, 221. Jiho, Re- 
 print. — Davis (A. E.) A consideration of the operative 
 metiiods for the cure of astigmatism. Ibid., 1016-1018. — 
 Frldenberg (P.) Astigmatism cured by corneal trauma. 
 Ibid., 837.— Levlnsohn (G.) Beitrag zur operativen Be- 
 handlung des regelmSssigen Astigmatismus. Milnchen. 
 med. Wclmsclir., 1911, Iviii, 2613.— Pfluger. Traitement 
 op^ratoire de I'astigmatisme. Bull, et m§m. Soc. frani;. 
 d'opht.. Par., 1896, xiv, 493-497.— SUex (P.) Zur Frage der 
 
ASTIGMATISM. 
 
 119 
 
 ASTRAGALUS. 
 
 Ast^matism (Treatment of, Operative). 
 
 operativen Behandlung des angeborenen Astigmatismus. 
 Ztschr. i. Augenh., Berl., 1906, xvi, 516-519.— Weber (A.) 
 Stadien fiber operative Behandlung des Astigmatismus. 
 Ibid., 1899, ii, ErgnzngshJt., 96-98. AUo: Cong, intcrnat. 
 d'opht. d'Utrecht. C. t., Amst., 1900, 612-615.— Winsel- 
 niaim(G.) Beitrag zur operativen Behandlung des Astig- 
 matismus. Ztschr. f. Augenh., Berl., 1909, xxii, 426. 
 
 Astigmatism in soldiers. 
 
 GInestous (E.) L'arm^ baa^aise perd 20,000 astig- 
 mates. Caducfe, Par., 1915, xv, 99.— I^agrange (F.) De 
 la correction de Tastigmatisme envisage aa point de vue du 
 service militaire. Soc. de mM. mil. frang. Bull., Par., 1912, 
 vi, 650-659. . De la correction de I'astigmatisme en- 
 visage au point de vue du service militaire. Arch, d'opht.. 
 Par., 1914, xxxiv, 401-^15. Also: Bull. Acad. AemM.. Par., 
 1914, 3. s., iTTTri , 763-777.— Seetelder. Ueber Astigmatismus 
 bei Soldaten, nebst Bemerkungcn fiber die Beziehimgen des 
 Astigmatismus zur Myopic. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh., 
 Stnl^., 1907, xlv, 486-501.— Toubert. La correction de 
 I'asK^natisme et I'aptitude au service militaire. Soc. de 
 m6d. mU. frang. Bull., Par., 1914, vlii, 359-366.— Weekers 
 (L.) 1/es astigmates k I'amwe. Ann d'ocul.. Par., 1916, 
 cliii, 1-6. 
 
 Astigueta (Jose M.) [ -1897]. 
 
 Ai&tn Altaro (G.) [Biography.J An. d. Ciic. mM. ar- 
 gent., Buenos Aires, 1897, xx, 485. 
 
 Astlnet (Franz Karl Josef) [1879- ]._ *Em 
 Fall von Chondro-Sarkom der Scapula mit enor- 
 mer anaplastisclier Metastasierung in der Bauch- 
 hohle. 24 pp. 8°. Munehen, C. Wolf & Son, 
 1907. 
 
 Astolfl (Carlo). *DeUa risipola. 21 pp. 8°. 
 Pavia, Bizzoni, 1849. [P., v. 2227.] 
 
 Astolfonl (G.) & Soprana (F.) Sulle variazioni 
 della tossicitS, urinaria durante la fatica. 15 pp. 
 8°. Bologna, P. Neri, 1903. 
 In: B. Univ. di Padova. Lav. d. lab. di fisiol., 1903, xi. 
 
 Astor (Joh. Bapt.) Zur Geschiclite und Statistik 
 der freien Aiztwahl in Berlin, vii, 157 pp. 8°- 
 Berlin, Siemenroth & Troschel, 1899. 
 
 Astragalus. 
 
 See, also, Ankle-joiiit. 
 
 Appleton (A. B.) Note on a variable feature of the astra- 
 galus. J. Anat. & Physiol., Lond., 1913-13, xlvii, 123-142.— 
 Cotton (F. J.) Astragalus Injuries. Am. J. Surg., N. Y., 
 1914, twiii, 32-37. — ^Nehring (A.) Ueber einen bearbeite- 
 ten Astragalus einer Ur-Kuh (Bos primigenius). Ztsclir. f. 
 Ethnol., Berl., 1903, xxxv, 641.— Pilatte (E.) Origine du 
 mot astragale. Cliron. mM., Par., 1898, v, 84.— ^Sewell 
 
 S. B. S.) A study of the astragalus. J. Anat. & Physiol., 
 nd., 1903-4, xxxviii, 233; 423: 1904-5, Txxix, 74; 152, 15 pi. 
 
 . Some variations in the astragalus. Eep. Brit. Ass. 
 
 Adv. Sc. 1904, Lond., 1905, 716. . Lamellae in loetal 
 
 astragalus. J. Anat. & Physiol., Lond., 1906-7, xli, 47.— 
 Urrutia (A.) Algo de anatomia normal: el astragalo. 
 Crfin. m6i. mexicana, M&ico, 1903, vi, 305-307. 
 
 Astragalus (Diseases and tumors of). 
 CosTE (M.-E.-S.-M.) *L'osteomyelite de 
 I'aetragale. 8°. Bordeawc, 1908. 
 
 VrviEE (G.) *Traitement conservateur de la 
 tuberculose de I'astiagale et de I'articulation 
 tibio-tarsienne. 8°. Paris, 1904. 
 
 jl2»o[Abstr.], in: MSd. Inf., Par., 1906, iv, 20-23. 
 
 Bechl (G.) Intomo ad una notevole osservazlone di 
 lipoma dell' articolazione astragalo-scafoidea interna. Gazz. 
 Intemaz. di med., Napoli, 1910, xiii, 1030-1032.— Cazzamali 
 (A. G.) Contributo aUo studio degli osteo-sarcomi primitivi 
 dell' astragalo. Foliclin., Boma, 1904, xi, sez. prat., 1226- 
 
 1231. — Damlonos. [Operative Entfemung des Sprung- 
 beins wegen Tuberkulose der Sprunggelenksgegend.] W ien. 
 klin. Wchnschr., 1903, xvi, 747.— Grittl (B.) Dell' as- 
 
 tragalotomia per la cura precoce della smovife fungosa 
 delT articolazione tibio-tarsica. Arch, di ortop., Hilano, 
 1887, iv, 161-170.— Leplus (J.) L&ion tuberculeuse du 
 cou-de-pied et astragalectomie. J. d. sc. m^. de Lille, 1908, 
 i, 102-105.^II6nard (V.) De I'astragalectomie dans la 
 tuberculose tibio-tarsienne cbez I'enlant. Ass. fran;. de 
 chir. Proc.-verb. [etc.]. Par., 1906, xix, 559-567.— Michel 
 (G.) Un cas de saicome de I'astragale; contribution^ I'fitude 
 des sarcomes des os du tarse. Rev. d'orthop.. Far., 1900, 
 2. s., i', 419-436. — Poulsen (KO [A case of osteochondritis 
 dissecans tali.] Hosp.-Tid., KjSbenh., 1918, 1x1, 29-31.— 
 Sherrill (J. G.) Peculiar Ixrny tumor springing from the 
 astragalus. Kentucky M. J., Bowling Green, 1910, viii, 
 1390-.- Walther. Ost^myffite de I'astragale. Bull, et 
 m£m. Soc. de chlr. de Par.> 1911, n. s., xxxvii, 66. 
 
 Astragalus (Dislocation of). 
 
 See, also. Ankle-joint (Dislocation of). 
 
 Baumgaeten- (W. E. O.) *Die Luxationen 
 des Talus. 8°. fiaZZea. S., 1896. 
 
 Debec (P.-A.-F.) *Contribution \ I'etude des 
 luxations sous-afitragaliennes; luxations en de- 
 hors. 8°. Bordeavx, 1906. 
 
 DoRSCH (L.) *Ueber die Luxation des Talus. 
 8°. Erlangm, 1889. 
 
 GtJxTEE (F.) *Ueber Luxationen des Talus 
 und ihre Behandlung. 8°. WiiTzburg , l?ii7 . 
 
 Lamt(E.) *LuxationB de I'astragale, un nou- 
 veau precede de reduction par la bande d'Es- 
 march. 8°. Lycm, 1899. 
 
 iloEs-AED (F.) *Contribution k I'etude des 
 luxations totales et compliqu6es de I'astiagale. 
 8°. Paris, 1899. 
 
 Rbudelhxtbee (G.) *Ueber isolirte Luxatio- 
 nen des Talus und ihre Behandlung. 8° Wiirz- 
 hurg, 1886. 
 
 Schulte (L.) *ireber die complete Luxa- 
 tion des Talus. 8°. Greifswald, 1882. 
 
 "WiNTEEBERT (0.) *Pes luxatious de I'astra- 
 gale par rotation. [Paris.] 8°. Lille, 1900. 
 
 Amory. Consid&ationssur les luxations de I'astragale. 
 Arch. m^d. Tjelges, Brux., 1900, 4. s., xvi, 369-3S0.— Bird 
 (F.D.) Dislocation of the astragalus. Intercolon-M.J.Aus- 
 tralas., Melbourne, 1908, xiii, 360-363.- Bojckel (A.) Un 
 cas in^dit de luxation de I'astragale suivi d'examen ne- 
 cropsique des I&ions artieulaires. Gaz. med, de Strasb., 
 1909, Ixviii, 73-75.— Boudta (P.) Beductiou de luxation 
 de I'astragale par la bande d'Esmarch. Lyon m&L, 1899, 
 
 xc, 473. . Luxations de I'astiagale; leur rMuction par 
 
 I'emplol de la bande d'Esmarch. Ibid., 1902, xcriii, 978.— 
 Broca (A.) Luxation double de I'astr^ale avec rotation 
 suT place; astragalectomie, par Lapeyre. Bull, et mem. Soc. 
 de chir. de Par., 1908, n. s., xxxlv, 34-36.— Catterina (A.) 
 Contributo clinico-sperimentale alio studio delle lussazioni 
 sottoastragaliche. Arch, di ortop., Milano, 1909, xsvi, 449- 
 460, 4 pL — Crisler (J. A.) A dislocation of the astragalus 
 reqtiinng removal. J. Mississippi M. Ass., Biloxi, 1898-9, 
 11,116-119. — Croly (H. G.) Dislocations and fractures of the 
 astragalus. Tr. Eoy. Acad. M. Ireland, Dubl., 1898-9, 
 xvH, 232-250, 6 pi.— Dclbet (P.) Luxation dorsale exteme 
 de I'astragale par fyuiciiation. Ass. franc de cliir. Proc. 
 verb, [etc.], Par., 1907, 934-939.— Duramd. Luxation en 
 dedans du corps ac I'astragale. Lyon mii., 1909, cxii, 506- 
 508. — Duret. Eadiograpliies et desseins relatiisi trois cas de 
 Itixations traumatiques de I'astragale. Bull, et m£m. Soc. 
 med.^;hlr. du Nord, Lille, 1905, i, 105-108.— BUot (E.) A 
 rare form of dislocation of the tarsus. Med. & Surg. Eep. 
 Presbyterian Hosp., N. Y., 1900, iv, 99-101.— Falconer (E. 
 C.) Dislocation of astragalus associated with compound 
 fractttte of the malleolus. Intemat. J. Sure., N. Y., 1914, 
 xxvli, 8.— Fargln (G.) & Lbonune (G.) Luxation totale 
 de I'astragale en avant et en dehors. Arch, de mM. et 
 pharm. mil., Far., 1899, xxTciii, 295-298.— Fasano (il.) 
 Contributo all' eziologia ed alia cura della lussazione ante- 
 riore delP astragalo. Foliclin., Eoma, 1909, xvi, sez. chir., 
 349-360.— Gartner (O.) Blutige Eeposltion einer frischen 
 Talusluxation. Med. Abhandl. Festschr. d. Stuttg. arztl. 
 Ver., 1897, 267-269.- Hingston (W. H.) Compound dislo- 
 cation of the astragalus. Froe. Med.-Chlr. Soc. Montreal 
 (1887-9), 1890, iv, 166.— Hopkins (W. B.) Dislocation of 
 the oscalcis and scaphoid from the astragalus. Ann Surg., 
 
 Phila., 1899, xxix, 645, 1 pi.. . Backward luxation of 
 
 the astragalus at the ankle-joint. Ibid., 647, 1 pi. Also: 
 Tr. Acad. Surg. Phila., 1900, II, 14, 2 pi.— Jei^on (W.) 
 The treatment of Irreducible backward dislocation of the 
 astragalus by opening the jouit and repositlM same. Kan- 
 sas Cfty M. Bee., 1902, xlx, 148-151. AUo: West. M. Eev., 
 Lincoln, Neb., 1902, vli, 38-40.— Jolion (E.) Moulage 
 d'tme luxation complete de I'astragale en dehors. Gaz. m^. 
 de Nantes, 1906, 2. s., xxlv, 51-53.— Kelly (W.J.) Compound 
 dislocation of the astragalus with rupture of the posterior 
 tibial artery. Nat. A^. Bailway Surg. Ofi. Bep., Clil- 
 cago, 1892, V, 205-207.— Kendirdjy (L.) Deux cas de lu- 
 xation totale de I'astragale, avec plaie; astragalectomie. 
 Bull, et m^m. Soc. anat. de Far., 1899, Ixxiv, 744-746.— 
 Kirctaner (A.) Hochgradlger Spitzfuss infolge von nicht 
 reponierter Luxation des Talus nach vom-aussen; eln 
 Beitrag zur Kenntnls der Talusluxationen; die Fraktnren 
 des Sustentaculum tall. Deutsche Ztsclir. f. Chir,, Leipz., 
 1907, xc, 132-164.— Lapeyre (L.) Luxation double de 
 I'astragale avec rotation sur place; rotation en dedans; ^tra- 
 galectomie; gu^rison. Gaz. mM- du centre. Tours, 1908, 
 xiil, 17.— litDker (K.) Klinisch-anatomischer Beitrag zur 
 Lehre von der Entstehung der kompleten Luxation des 
 Talus. Mitth. a. d. chir. Klin, in Greifswald 1S82-3, Wien 
 & Leipz., 1884, 1-9. — ^Lotbrop (H. A.) Dislocatiou and 
 
ASTRAGALUS. 
 
 120 
 
 ASTRAGALUS. 
 
 Astragalus (Dislocation of) . 
 
 fracture of astragalus. Boston M. & S. J., : 
 
 _ _ , , 1908, cUv, 648.— 
 
 Luckett (W. H.) Dislocation of the astragalus around its 
 anteroposterior axis; operation, reduction^ recovery, "without 
 the removai of the bone. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1909, 
 lii, 279. — Luys (G.) Les luxations totales de I'astragale. 
 Gaz. d. h6p.. Par., 1899, Ixxii, 673; 686.— MlddeldorpI (G.) 
 Ueber den Mechanismus der Talusluxationen nach aussen 
 und vorn. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1886, xxxiii, 929; 
 952. — Morestln (H.) Luxation de I'astragaje; ^nucWatlon 
 incomplete aveo rotation de dehors en dedans autour de 
 I'axe vertical; fracture partielle du calcantom. Bull, et 
 mdm. Soc. anat. de Par., 1902, Ixxvii, 71-75.— Pozzau{T.) 
 Due casi di lussazione traumatica dell' astragalo. Biv. 
 veneta di so. med., Venezia, 1899, xxxi, 163-171.— R«ynler 
 (P.) I/uxation double de I'astragale; ablation de I'astragale; 
 
 fu&ison, par M. Legueu. Bull, et m^m. Soc. de chir. de 
 'ar;, 1899, n. s., xxv, 342-345. . Luxation totale de 
 
 I'astragale, r^uite par operation sanglante; gui5rison. Ibid., 
 1902, n. s., xxvui, 248-250.— von Schlemann (O.) Zur 
 Eenntniss der subcutanen isolirten Talusluxation: ein 
 Fall auf blutigem Wege reponirt. Deutsche Ztschr. f. 
 Chir., Leipz., 1898, xlix, 105-109.— Schlagintwelt. Ueber 
 sublmtane Luxationen des Talus mit besonderer Beriick- 
 sichtigung der blutigen Kepositionsmethode. Ibid., 1907, 
 Ixxxviii, 101-108.:— ScWatter (C.) Zur Kasuistik der 
 Talusluxationen. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1894, xi, 
 80-90. — Scbmitt (W.) Zur operativen Behandlung der 
 Talusluxation. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., . Leipz., 1914, 
 cxxx, 321-352. — Sr.hweizer (E.) Eine Complete Luxation 
 des Talus. Cor.-Bl. 1. schweiz. Aerzte,, Basel, 1911, xli, 
 ."189. — Sencert (L.) Luxation oompliqu^e de I'astragale 
 Chez un facteur; astragalectomie; r&ultats dloirofe. Eev. 
 m^d. de I'est, Nancy, 1906, xxxviii, 312-314.— Soubeyran 
 (P.) Luxation de I'astragale en dehors et en avant. Bull, 
 et m^m. Soc. anat. de Par., 1902, Ixxvii, 637. — Thomas 
 (J. L.) Some practical remarks upon the use of X-rays in 
 surgery, with skiagraph of a dislocation of the astragalus 
 backward. Ann. Sure., Phila., 1897, xxvi, 703-706, 3 pi.— 
 Tiffany (L. McL.) Dislocation of the astragalus. Mary- 
 land M. J., Bait., 1901, xliv, 220.— Trinel, Worms & 
 Bceckel (A.) Contribution t I'etude des luxations doubles 
 de I'astragale. Arch. gin. de chir.. Par., 1910, vi, 651-658.— 
 Vakar (A. V.) [Operative interference in dislocation of 
 the astragalus.] Trudl Kiyev. Khirurg. Obsh. (1908-9), 
 1910, 245-251, 1 pi.— Villar (F.) Luxation totale de I'as- 
 tracale par rotation, accomnagn^ de 'fracture 6tendue 
 de I'os; astragalectomie. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bor- 
 deaux, 1905, xxvi, 153.— Wfnkler (F.) Ein Fall von Luxar 
 tion des Sprungbeines nach aussen. Fortschr. a. d. Geb. 
 d. R6ntgenstrahlen, Hamb., 1909, xiv, 173, 1 pi.— Wlntre- 
 Ijert (E.) Luxation anoienne de I'astragale par rotation 
 double; deformation du pied et diflSculti de la marche; 
 astragalectomie. J. d. sc. m&i. de Lille, 1900, 1 294-297. i 
 
 Astragalus (Excision of). 
 
 Cakbonell (C.) *Le8 indications de I'astra- 
 galectomie dans les luxations irr^ductibles de 
 I'astragale. 8°. Paris, 1899. 
 
 DuBARRY (J.-P.) *Contribution k I'^tude des 
 ^nucl&tionsde I'astragale. 8°. Toulouse, 1901. 
 
 Gerin (J.) *Contribution k I'^tude de I'astra- 
 galectomie. (Radiographie.) 8°. Montpellier, 
 1900. 
 
 Haltekmann (W.) *Verwerth.img und Me- 
 thode der Exstirpatio tali. 12°. Greifswald, 
 1883. 
 
 Lamy (L.) *E6sultat orthop^dique de I'astra- 
 galectomie chez I'enfant; contribution &, I'^tude 
 de la marcbe pathologique. -8°. Paris, 1910. 
 
 AUo [Abstr.], in: Eev. d'orthop.. Par., 1911, 3. s., ii, 
 47-84. 
 
 Eamel (L.-A.) ^Contribution k I'^tude des 
 resections tibio-tarsiennes et particuliferement de 
 I'astragalectomie. 8°. Geneve, 1909. 
 
 Ashhurst (A. P. C.) Excision of tne astragalus tor frac- 
 ture dislocation. Tr. Phila. Acad. Surg., Phlla., 1912, xiv, 
 137-139. AUo: Ann. Surg., Phila., 1912, Iv, 120-122, 2 pi.— 
 Barron (G. B.) Case of removal of the left astragalus 
 twenty-two years ago. Liverpool M.-Ohir. J., 1887, vii, 
 456.— Chevrler (L.) Technique de I'extirpation de I'astra- 
 gale. Gaz. d. h6p.. Par., 1906, btxix, 591-597.— Delore. R^ 
 sultat eloign^ d'une resection de I'astragale. Lyon mdd., 
 1902, xcviii, 129.— Destot (E.) Sur un nouveau procdde 
 d'astra»aleotomie. Paris mM., 1916, xviil, 219. — Edmunds 
 (A.) Excision of the astragalus. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 
 1909, n. s.,lxxxvil, 635. — EIder(J. M.) Excision of the astra- 
 
 falus. Montreal M. J., 1910, xxxix, 63.— Gayet. Fracture 
 i-mall(^olaire; luxation de I'astragale et du pied en arriftre; 
 astragalectomie. Lyon chirurg., 1909-10, ii, 251.- Helnleln 
 (H.) Ueber Talusexstirpation. Miluchen. med. Wchn- 
 
 Astragalus (Excision of). 
 
 schr., 1888, xxxv, 604-608.— Hotcbklss (L. W.) Simple 
 comminuted fracture and dislocation of the astragalus; re- 
 moval of astragalus. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1899, xxix, 343.— 
 Jeanne. Les suites 41oign6es de la rfeection de I'astragale 
 dans les arthrites tibio-tarsiennes suppurto. Normandie 
 m^d., Kouen, 1907, xxii, 583.— Lofaro (F.) Eisultati lon- 
 ■tani dell' astragalectomia ed artrodesi col processo Durante 
 nella cura del piedi torti vari equini. Arcn, ed atti d. Soc. 
 ital. di chir. 1908, Roma, 1909, i, 775-786, 3 pi.— Marin. 
 R&ection de I'astragale pour luxation irr^uctible. Eev. 
 
 g^n. de Clin, et de th^rap.. Par., 1909, xxiii, 440. . Un 
 
 cas de r&cction de I'astragale pour luxation irr6ductible; 
 quelques apergus sur la physiologie de cet os. Bull, et m^m. 
 Soc. de m6d. de Vaucluse, Avignon, 1911, vii, 649-652. — 
 Mursell (H. T.) A case of removal of the astragalus. 
 Transvaal M. J., Johannesburg. 1912-13, viii, 230.— Rlbas y 
 Bibas (E.) La astragalectomla en algunas de las compll- 
 caciones de las fracturas supra y bi-maleolares. Rev. de 
 cien. m6d. de Barcel., 1902, xxviii, 13-18.— Savarlaud. A 
 propos de I'arthrodfee par astragalectomie temporaire. Bull, 
 et m^m. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1916, n. s., xlii, 2396.— Sen- 
 lecq. Apparel! d'immobilisation pour astragalectomie. 
 Presse m&i.. Par., 1917, xxv, 690.— Ventura (E.) & Bona- 
 lede (A.) Enucleazione all' indentro dell' astragalo. In 
 fheir: Alcuni casi [etc.], 8°, Valenza, 1907, 34.— VUlard. Re- 
 section de I'astragale sans drainage. Lyon mii., 1912, crviii, 
 431-436: 1913, cxxi, 798. 
 
 Astragalus (Fracture of). 
 
 Bastian (J.) *Etude exp^rimentale sur quel- 
 ques types de fractures astragaliennes. [Geneve.] 
 8°. [Paris], 1899. 
 
 Al80, In: Rev. de chir., Par., 1899, xix, 305-329. 
 
 Bergbret (G.) *Des fractures de I'astragale 
 sans plaie ni d^placement. 8°. Lyon, 1898. 
 
 Delanib (A.) *Oontribution a I'^tude des 
 fractures de I'astragale. Fractures par arracbe- 
 ment. 8°. Paris, 1898. - 
 
 Ferrand (J.) *Sur une vari6t6 de fracture de 
 I'astragale (fracture double, verticale et trans- 
 versale). 8°. Montpellier, 1906. 
 
 JouBAiRE (P.) *Oontribution a I'^tude des 
 fractures de I'astragale; fractures simples. 8°. 
 Paris, 1901. 
 
 Louis (J.) *De I'astragalectomie dans les 
 fractures de I'astragale. 8°. Lyon, 1903. 
 
 Matjranges (R.-M.-J.) *Oontribution k 
 I'dtude des fractures vertico-transversales de 
 I'astragale. 8° Paris, 1913. 
 
 Menissbz (A.) *Contribution k I'^tude des 
 fractures de I'astragale. 8°. Pam, 1898. 
 
 NicoLiEFP (I.) *Contribution k I'^tude de 
 fractures de I'astragale. 8°. Montpellier, 1903. 
 
 Petiteatj (R.) *Contributidn k I'etude des 
 fractures de I'astragale avec d^placement des 
 fragments. 8°. Paris, 1907. 
 
 ScHUHR (F. W.) *Ueber Practuren und Luxa- 
 tionen des Talus. 8°. Kiel, 1901. 
 
 VoLF (A.-L.-J.) *Des fractures et luxations 
 simultan^es de I'astragale. 8°. Bordeaux, 1913. 
 
 Abadie (J.) Fracture de la t^te de I'astragale et du 
 cubo'ide par tassement. Rev. d'orthop., Par,, 1911, xxii, 
 377.— Alberttn. R^ultats eloign^ des Iracttres de I'astra- 
 gale. Bull. Soc. de chir. de Lyon, 1901-2, v, 182-184. . 
 
 Fractures de I'astragale. Ibid., 1902-3, vi, 37-43.— Ander- 
 son(G.C.) Ararecaseoffractureoftheastragalus. Edinb. 
 M. J., 1911, n. s., vii, 61, 1 pi.— ArangUena. Fractura y 
 luxaci6n del astragalo. Rev. Ibero-Am. de cien. miSd., 
 Madrid, 1909, xxl, 418-421.— van Assen (J.) Operative 
 Behandlung der Fraktur des Processusposteriortali. Ztschr. 
 f. orthop. Chir., Stuttg., 1911, xxvin, 468-472.— Auban. 
 Fracture oblique, Isolde et abrit^e del'astragale sans luxa- 
 tion. Arch, de m^d. et pharm. mil.. Par., 1905, xiv, 71-78. — 
 Batut. Fracture de I'astragale et du p^ronS; astra^ecto- 
 mie; r&ultats. Bull. Soc. de chir. de Lyon, 1898-9, ii, 124- 
 126. — Baudet (R.) Fracture vertico-transversale del'astra- 
 gale: 4nucl{Sation du fragment i)ost6rieur; astragalectomie 
 totale. Bull, et m^m, Soc. de chir. de Par., 1914, n. s., 430; 
 473. . Contrit3ution k I'^tude des fractures de I'astra- 
 
 fle; les fractures vertico-transversales du col et du coros. 
 ev. de chir.. Par., 1914-15, xlix, 305-376.— Bennett (E. H.) 
 Fracture of the astragalrs. Tr. Roy. Acad. M. Ixeland, 
 Dubl., 1903, xxi, 329.— Billet. Fracture m^connue du corps 
 dp I'astragale. Lyon mid., 1913, cxxi, 770-773.— Brooke 
 (J. A.) Fractures of the astragalus. Med. & Surg , St. 
 
ASTRAGALUS. 
 
 121 
 
 ASTRlE. 
 
 Astragalus {Fracture of) . 
 
 Louis, 1918, ii, 530-533.— Celso (T. ) Contribute alle Iratture 
 duplici dell' astragalo. Arch, dl ortop., Milano, 1910, xxvii, 
 41-59.— Courtln(J.) Pseudo-fractures del'astragale. Gaz. 
 hebd. d. sc. mSd. de Bordeaux, 1909, xxx, 66-68.— Couteaud. 
 Fracture etluxation de I'astragale; astragalectomie partielle; 
 gufirison. Gaz. d. hdp., Par., 1906, xxix, 399. Also: M4d. d. 
 aecid. du travail, Par., 1906. iv, 144-148.— Croly (H. G.) 
 Dislocations and fractures of the astragalus. Brit. M. J., 
 Lond., 1899, i, 536. Also; Dublin J. M. Sc, 1899, cvii, 302- 
 304.— CrooK (J. L.) Fractures of the astragalus. Railway 
 Surg. J., Chicago, 1916, xxiii, 17-21.— Curran (W. J. P. A.) 
 Fracture of the astragalus. J. Eoy. Army Med. Corps, 
 Lond., 1912, xLx, 207- 1 pi.— Darraeh (W.) ■ Fracture of the 
 astragalus, with dislocation backward of the posterior frag- 
 ment; removal of the fragment. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1914, 
 lix, 80O-802.— Delapchier. Fractures bilat^rales de I'astra- 
 
 fale aprfes une descente brutale en parachu te. Presse m4d., 
 'ar., 1917, xxv, 326.— Destot. Les fractures de I'astragale et 
 les rayons X. Province m^d., Lyon, 1897, xi, 207; 253. 
 
 A ISO [ Abstr.]: Gaz. d. h6p. de Toulouse, 1898, xil, 106. . 
 
 Fracture ancienne de I'astragale. Lyon mii., 1903, ci, 311- 
 
 315. — . Fracture du corps de I'astragale. Ibid., 1911, 
 
 cxvi, 374-377.— Ebblnghaus (H.) Der Bruch des Stieda- 
 schen Fortsatzes des Sprungbeines. Ztschr. f. orthop. Chir., 
 Stuttg., 1908, XX, 251-258.— Edington (G. H.) Compound 
 comminuted fracture of astragalus, complicated by fracture 
 of external malleolus and ofneighbouring bones of the tarsus; 
 Syme's amputation. Tr. Glasg. Path. & Clin. Soc, 1899- 
 1900, viii, 80. — Ferraton. Fracture transversale de I'astra- 
 gale; remise en place das fragments par manoeuvres extemes; 
 bon r&ultat definitif. Bull, et mem. Soc. de drir. de Par., 
 1912, n. s., xxxviii, 1495-1500.— Foraz (A.) & Salle (L.) Les 
 fractures de I'astragale. Gaz. d. h6p.. Par., 1912, Ixxxv, 363- 
 369.— Fowler (G. K.) Cases of fracture of the astragalus. 
 Brooklyn M. J., 1902, xvi, 33-35.— Freund. Falle der 
 soeenannten Shepherdschen iFraktur des Processus posticus 
 tali. Wien. Mn. Wchnschr., 1917, xxx, 680.— Cangolpbe. 
 Astragalectomie pour fracture fermfe de I'astragale. Lyon 
 m^d., 1909, cxii, 75-77.— Graupp (E.) Die Fraktur des 
 Talus. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tubing., 1894, xi, 91-126. Also, 
 Reprint.— Gayet (G.) Fracture de I'astragale; astragar 
 lectomie; r&ultat ^loigufi. Lyon chirurg., 1908-9, i, 312- 
 
 315. Also: Lyon m^d., 1909, cxii, 73-75. . De I'astra- 
 
 galectomie dans le traitement des fractures abrit^es de I'astra- 
 gale. Lyon chirurg., 1909-10, ii, 35-55.— Gazin. Fracture 
 bimall&laire par adduction et luxation totale de I'astragale 
 en avant et en dehors. Arch, de raii. et pharm. mil.. Par., 
 1903, xlii, 531-534.— Gibbon (R. L.) Fracture of the astra- 
 galus with forward dislocation of trie foot; report of a case. 
 Charlotte [N. C.l M. J., 1910, M, 167.— Gregsio (E.) Frat- 
 tura di Shepherd. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1917, xxxviii, 228- 
 230. — Grunert. Bruch des Prozessus posterior tali. Deut- 
 sche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1910, xxxvi, 1408.— 
 Herbet (H.) Fracture verticale du corps de I'astragale; 
 luxation du fragment post^rieur en arri^re. Bull, et m^m. 
 Soc. anat. de Par., 1904, bcxix, 146-149.— Hutchinson (J.) & 
 Lett (H.) The operative treatment of certain cases of 
 fracture of the astragalus; Tr. Clin. Soc. Lond., 1904-5, 
 xxxviii, 159-168.— Infante (C.) Badiogrtoimi del piede, 
 a proposito di due fratture dell'astragalo. Gior. mel d. r. 
 esercSto, R oma, 1907, Iv, 844-850.— Jaboulay. Fracture du 
 col de I'astragale. Lyon mii., 1912, cxix, 659.— Jaboulay 
 & Patel. Fracture de I'astragale; astragalectomie; r&ultat 
 datant de cinq abs. Lyon chirurg., 1908-9, i, 317.- Also: 
 Lyon mii., 1909, cxii, 108.— Jackson (R.) A case of frac- 
 ture through the neck of the astragalus with dislocation of the 
 body backward; operation; recovery. Quart. M; J., Shef- 
 field, 1899-1900, viii, 194, 2 pi.— Jeanne. Fracture de 
 I'astragale et de la pente apophvse du calcan^um; r&ection 
 de I'astragale et d'une partie du caloanfium. Normandie 
 mdd., Rouen, 1906, xxf, 373-375.— Jensen (J.) Fraotura 
 proc. post. tali. Hosp.-Tid., K0benh., 1917, 8. E., x, 403; 
 430, 2 pi.— Jouon (E.) Un cas de fracture de I'astragale 
 Chez I'enfant. Rev. d'orthop.. Par., 1912, 3. s., iil, 186-188.— 
 Kllmmer (E.) Recherches exp^rimentales sur les divgrses 
 formes de fractures astragaheimes. Ass. franc, de chir. 
 
 Proc.-verb. [etc.]. Par., 1897, xi, 658-662. . La fracture 
 
 de I'astragale. Rev. mM. ae la Suisse Rom., GenSve, 1898, 
 
 xviii, 349-367. . Contribution 5, 1'^tude du traitement 
 
 des fractures de I'astragale mal gurries. Rev. d'orthop.. 
 Par., 1898, ix, 253-257, 1 pi.— Lang (A.) [Fractures of the 
 astragalus.] Budapesti orv. ujs^g, 1914, xii, 279-285.— I<evy 
 (R.) Talusfrakturen. Berl. kiln. Wchnschr., 1909, xlvi, 
 1113-1115.— Mallland. Fracture horizontale de I'astragale 
 avec luxation du pied en avant. Gaz. d. h6p.. Par., 1900, 
 Ixxiii, 1K9. — Mauclalre (P.) Deux observations de frac- 
 tures de I'astragale par toasement. Bull, et mim. Soc. de 
 
 chir. de Par., 1909. 2. s., xxxv, 337-339. . Fracture de 
 
 I'astragale avec deplacement en arri&re du corps de I'astra- 
 gale. Ibid., 1911, n. s., xxxvii, 1186.— Mauclalre (P.) & 
 Petlteau (P.) Lesfracturesdel'astragaleavecluxationdes 
 fragments. Arch. g^n. de chir.. Par., 1909, iv, 575-^93. — 
 Montgomery (A. H.) Fractures through the neck of the 
 astragalus. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1917, Ixv, 493-498, 1 pi.— 
 Morestin (HJ Fracture de I'astragale. Bull, et m4m. 
 Soc. anat. de Par., 1899, Ixxiv, 1029-1035. . Fracture 
 
 Astragalus (Fracture of) . 
 
 de I'apophy.se externe de I'astragale. Ibid., 1902, Ixxvii, 66- 
 68.— Morgan (D.) Fracture and displacement backwards 
 of posterior half of astragalus. Arch. Rcentg. Ray, Lond., 
 1903-4, viii, 139, 1 pi.— Murphy (J. B.) Ancient fracture of 
 astragalus; artnrotomy of ankle-joint for resection of astra- 
 galus; tenotomy of tendo AchilUs. Surg. Clin., CUcago, 
 1916, V, 363-366.— Natzler (A.) Ueber Bruche des Sprung- 
 bems. Arch. f. Orthop. [etc.], Wiesb., 1912, xi, 186-195, 3 
 pi.— Ombrfidanne (L.) Contribution Si I'ftude des frac- 
 tures de I'astragale. Rev. de chir.. Par., 1902, xxvi, 177; 414. 
 Also [Abstr.]: Bull, et laiva. Soc. anat. de Par., 1902, bacvii, 
 522. — PllCQUe(L.) Fracture vertico-transversale de I'astrar 
 
 fale avec luxation postSro-inteme du fragment postMeur. 
 lull, et m^m. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1914, n. s., xl, 816-819.— 
 Rey. Luxation de I'astragale en dehors avec fracture de la 
 diaphyse du p^ron6 au tiers inf^rieur. Bull. m6d. de I'Al- 
 g«ne, Alger, 1903, 2. s., i, 258.— Robinson (E. F.) Fracture- 
 dislocation of the astragalus ; treatment by reduction through 
 open incision. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1916, Ixiii. 606.— Bussell 
 (M.) Fracture of the astragalus. Northwest Med., Seattle, 
 1905, iii, 68.— Scherrer (P.) & Latour (.T.) Fractures 
 transversales de I'astragale; recherches sur leur pathog&iie; 
 fracture par rotation du pied en dedans, tiaho m^d. du 
 nord, Lille, 1911, xv, 621-624.— Shepheid (F. J.) A hitherto 
 undescribed fracture of the astragalus. J. Anat. & Physiol., 
 Lond., 1882-3, xvii, 79-81. Also, Reprint.— Sllcock (A. Q.) 
 Gase orfracture dislocation of astragalus. Brit. M. J., Lond., 
 
 1903. i, 311. — SkiUem (P. G.) Fracture of processus posti- 
 cus tali with fracture of calcaneum. Tr. Phila. Acad. Surg., 
 1915, xvii, 218, 1 pi. — Soubelran & Jacquemet. Fracture 
 expos^e double verticale et transversale de I'astragale; 
 astragalectomie. Montpel. mM., 1906, xxiii, 114.— Stealy 
 (J. H.) Fracture of the astragalus. Surg^ Gynec. & Obst, 
 Chicago, 1909, viii, 36-48. — Tanton (.T.) Un cas excepfion- 
 nel de fracture de I'astragale. Bull, et mto. Soc. de chir. de 
 Par., 1915, n. s., xli, 2128-2131.— Tesson. Sur une fracture 
 du col de I'astragale. Ibid., 1917, n. s., xffll, 1014. — Thlen- 
 haus (C. O.) Fracture of the astragali's with sub-astragal- 
 oid forward dislocation of the foot; removal of the entire 
 astragalus. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1906, xliii, 295-298, 2 pi.— 
 Top (G.) Traitement typique d'une fracture de I'astragale. 
 Bull, mi'd.-chir. d. accid. du travail. Par., 1908, i, 114; 136. 
 
 . Fractures de I'astragale (recherches historiqres et 
 
 cliniques). Ibid., 217-235.— Trenel & Worms. Considera- 
 tions anatomo-cliniquessur les fractures del'astragale. Arch, 
 prov. de chir., Par., 1910, xix, 31-44. — Vaccarl (L.) Contri- 
 buto alio studio delle fratture dell' astragalo. Clin, chir., 
 Milano, 1901, ix, 20; 92. — Vallas. Fracture des deux astra^ 
 gales. Province m^d., Lyon, 1902, xvi, 463. — Villard. 
 Fracture de I'astragale; ablation de cet os. Bull. Soc. de 
 
 chir. de Lyon, 1902-3, vi, 50-52. . Fracture ancienne de 
 
 I'astragale; r&ection de cet os; guMson. Ibid., 1903, vi, 
 298.— Volkovich (N. M.) [Fracture of the astragalus.] 
 Khirurg. Arkh. Velyamlnova, S.-Peterb., 1914, xxx, 193- 
 207. — Warren (J. C.) A case of fracture of the astragalus 
 with dislocation inward: successful reduction by incision 
 and displacement of tendons. Boston M. & S. J., 1896, 
 cxxxiv, 391. Also, Reprint. 
 
 Astrakhan. 
 
 See,. also, Cholera {History and statistics of), 
 Epideiiiics {History of), Fever {Malarial, His- 
 tory of), Hygiene {Municipal, Laws, etc., of), by 
 localities. 
 
 - POPOFP (S. M.) Sanitamfy obzor i mediko- 
 statisticlieskoye izsliedovaniye g. Astrakhani s 
 kratkim izlozheniyem pervoi desyatilletnei 
 dieyatelnosti Astrakhanskikh, gorodskikh. eatli- 
 tamikh vrachei. [Sanitary review and medico- 
 statistical investigation of Astrakhan, with short 
 review of first decennium of the Astrakhan city 
 sanitary physicians.] Pt. 1. 8°. Astrakhan, 
 1895. 
 
 Khiopin (G. V.) [The sanitary condition of Astrakhan, 
 and measures necessary to render it healthy.] Vestnik Ob- 
 shtsh. Hig., Sudeb. i Prakt. Med., S.-Petersb., 1910, xlvi, pt. 
 3, 1-125, 1 plan, 1 diag.— Lozinskl (A. A.) [Sanitary excel- 
 lencies of Astrakhan.] Obshtsh.-san. Obozr., S.-Peterb., 
 1897, ii, 132-137. 
 
 Astraiid Marcel) [1881- ]. *Petits et grands 
 accidents nerveux de la maladie de Eeckling- 
 hausen. 87 pp. 8°. Paris, 1909, No. 300. 
 
 Astre (Joseph). Gravity de la bronchite chez les 
 deform^s thoraciques. 61 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 
 
 1904, No. 23. 
 
 AstriS (Eugfene) [1890- ]. *Contribution a 
 r^tude de la tuberculose primitive de I'ut^rus. 
 [Lyon.] 88 pp. 8°. Valmce, 1914, No. 148. 
 
ASTEINGENTS. 
 
 122 
 
 ASTRUC. 
 
 Astringents. 
 
 GoscHWENDBR (B.) Beittage zur Gerbstoff- 
 frage. Gerbstoffe von schwarzem Tee, Sumach, 
 Malettorinde und Quebracho Colorado, mit be- 
 sonderer Beriicksichtigung des letzteren, Que- 
 brachorot. [Erlangen.] 8° Boma-Leipzig, 
 1906. 
 
 Steeng (W.) Beitrag zur Lehre von den ge- 
 fasscontrahirenden Mitteln. 8°. Giessen, 1888. 
 
 Harned (F. P.) Method of preparing cast astringent 
 pencils. [Pat. spec] No. 497659; May 16, 1893.— Israel- 
 ]antz (T..) Untersuchungen iiber die Wirkung der Ad- 
 stringentien auf den Magensaft, speziell uber die Fepsinad- 
 sorption. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1914, xxviii, 117-123. 
 
 Astro (Pieter Vincent). *Statistiek der carcl- 
 noomsterfte in de geme'ente Utrecht gedurende 
 het tijdvak. 4 p. 1., 60 pp., 3 diag., 1 tab. 8° 
 Utrecht, F. Wentzel & Co., 1902. 
 
 Astrom (Emil Elias). *0m de mediko-legala 
 bevisen uti fall af arsenik-forgiftning. 63 pp. 
 8°. Helsingfors, J. C. Frenckell & Son, 1872. 
 
 Astroff (P. I.) Eusskaya fabrichnaya ineditsina; 
 kritika zakohoproyekta komissU Gosudarstven- 
 noi DumI po rabochemu voprosu. [Russian 
 factory medicine; criticism of the law proposed 
 by the commission of the Imperial Duma on the 
 labor question.] 15 pp. 8°. Moskva, Gorodsh. 
 tip., 1911. 
 
 Astrolin. 
 
 Brulin (P.) Astrolin. Therap. Neuheiten, Leipz., 1909, 
 iv, ,325-327.— Ijinke. Astrolin. Therap. Neuheiten, Leipz., 
 1909, iv, 321-324.— Wimhclmer (E.) Astrolin, ein neues 
 Migranepalver. Apoth.-Ztg., Berl., 1909, xxiv, 610. 
 
 Astrological tract. Latin MS. of the XIV. cen- 
 tury, 5 by 7 inches; initials and headings of 
 chapters in fed. 
 
 Astrology. 
 
 ABiosrs (J.) Trutina rerum terrestrium et 
 coelestium. 4°. [n. p., n. rf.] 
 
 Bailet (E. H.) The prenatal epoch. 8° 
 London, 1916. 
 
 Bennett (E. H.) Astrology; science of knowl- 
 edge and reason; a treatise on the heavenly 
 bodies in an easy and comprehensive form. 8°. 
 New York, 1897. 
 
 Bbeuneb (S.) Das grosse Planeten-Buch, 
 welches aus dem Platone, Ptolomeo, Hali, 
 Albumasar, Barlaam und Johann Konigsperger 
 aufs fleissigste zusammen gezogen. Benebst der 
 Geomantie, Physiognomie und Chiromantie, wie 
 auch der alten Weiber Philosophie und kleinen 
 Cosmographie [etc.]. 12°. [n. p., 1690.] 
 
 Dalton (J. G.) The spherical basis of as- 
 trology; being a comprehensive table of houses 
 for latitudes 22° to 56° fol. Boston, 1893. 
 
 [Dickson (D.)] An essay on the possibility 
 and probability of a child's being bom alive, and 
 live, in the latter end of the fifth solar, or in 
 the beginning of the sixth lunar month. 16°. 
 Edinburgh, 1712. 
 
 Hazelrigg '(J.) Astrosophic principles, an 
 enquiry into the tenets and the philosophy of the 
 stellar science, with numerous arguments, con- 
 troversial and evidentiary, in support of its 
 rationality ... 8°. New York, 1917. 
 
 Smith (Mrs. J. M.) The new psychology; or, 
 how to determine the character and life of man. 
 2. ed. 8°. Pittsburgh, Pa., 1917. 
 
 Flambart (P.) H&Mit4 astrale. Ann. d. sc. psych.. 
 Par., 1904, xiv, 66-61.-^GUbert (O.) Babylons' Gestirn- 
 dienst. Globus, Bmschwg., 1904, Ixxxvi, 225-231.— Gue- 
 rrero (P.) Astrologia modema. Gac. m4d. d. Sur, Grana- 
 da, 1914, xxjdi, 109; 128.— Taylor (W, H.) Two astrologers 
 of the nineteenth century. Charlotte [N. C.) M. J., 1914, 
 Ixx, 292-296.— Wiedemann (E.) Zur Beurteilung von 
 A'strologie und Alchemie bei den Muslimen. Arch. f. d. 
 
 Gesch. d. Naturw. [etc.], Leipz., 1910-11, iii, 79. . 
 
 Ueber einen astrolo^schen Traktat von al Klndi. Ibid., 
 224-226. 
 
 Astrology and medicine. 
 
 Peerhow (F.) Die medizinische Astrologie. 
 8°. Leipzig, [19141. 
 
 Mercier (C. a.) Astrologjr in medicine; the 
 Fitzpatrick lectures . . ., with addendum on 
 saints and signs. 8°. London, 1914. 
 
 Also [Abstr.], in: Lancet, Lond., 1913, u, 1522-1527. 
 
 Mesmer (A.) ' *Di88. physico-medica de 
 planetarum influxu. 16°. Vindobonx, 1766. _ 
 
 DE RuBBBTi (B.) Osservazioni de astrologia 
 et altre'appartenenze, circa della medicina e mu- 
 tazione de tempi. 8°. Firenze, 1567 . ^ 
 
 Derrley (M.) Les mddedns et astrologues italiens en 
 Prance du x" au xvi« si&cle. France mM., Par., 1913, Ix, 
 45-47.— von Oetele (P.) Astrologisch-medizinlsche Scnein- 
 ■wissenschaft und deren Ueberbleibsel in der Neuzeit. N. 
 Yorker med. Monatschr., 1911, xxii, 31-35.— TanfanI (G.) 
 L'astrologia nella medioma e 11 "fasciculo" di Petrus da 
 Montagnana. Gazz. d. osp., Mllano, 1908, xxix, 597-599. 
 
 . Une vieille gravure italienne d'astrologie m&iicale. 
 
 .Siseulape, Par., 1914, iv, 18.— Wickershelmer (E.) La 
 m^decine astrologique dans les almanachs populaires du 
 xx' sitele. Bull. Soc. frang. d'hist. de la mSd., Par., 1911, x, 
 26-39. Also: Paris m^d., 1911-12, annexe, 371-377. Also, 
 Reprint. - — — . Figures mfidico-astrologiques des neuvlfeme, 
 dixlfeme et onzifeme siMes. Tr. Intemat. Cong. Med. 1913, 
 Lond., 1914, Sect, xxiii. Hist. Med., 313-323. Also: Janus, 
 Leyde, 1914, xix, 157-177. Also, Reprint. 
 
 Astrorhiza limicola. 
 
 Schultz (B.) Le hyle de la vie; observations et expfr 
 riences sur Astrorhiza limicola. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. 
 Par., 1915, Ixxviii, 298-300. 
 
 d'Astros ( Jean-Bdlthazar-Leonr-Louis ) 
 [1815-1905]. 
 
 Poucel (E.) iHoge funfebre. Marseille mid., 1905, xlii, 
 318-323, port. 
 
 d'Astros (L6on). Les hydrocephalies. 341pp., 
 
 11. 8°. Paris, G. Stdnheil, 1898. ' 
 
 Astruc (Adrien). *Contribut,ion h, l'6tude de la 
 
 separation des urines. 98 pp. 8°. Totdouse, 
 
 1909. 
 Astruc (Albert). *De I'acidimetrie de I'acide 
 
 phosphorique, ses applications. 47 pp. 4°. 
 
 Mgntpellier, 1898, No. 600. 
 Ecole de pharmacie. 
 
 . *Alcalimetrie et acidim^trie dans la s^rie 
 
 organique. 64 pp., 8° Montpellier, 1900, No. 
 
 Concours. Ecole de pharmacie. 
 
 *Medicaments chimiques h, base d' arsenic. 
 
 Ill pp. 8°j^^ Montpellier, 1904. 
 Concours. Ecole de pharmacie de Parte. 
 
 . Pr6cis des operations pharmaceutiques 
 
 k I'usage du pharmacien et d'eifeve en pharmacie. 
 
 Preface de F. Jadin. 380 pp. 8°. Paris, Coulet 
 
 & fils, 1908. 
 Astruc (Albert). *La paralysie faciale hyste- 
 
 rique, en particulier chez I'enfant. 58 pp. 8° 
 
 Paris, 1898, No. 43. 
 . Therapeutique; nouvelle methode pour 
 
 retudier et la retenir. iv, 25 pp., 2 1. 8° 
 
 Paris, A. Maloine, 1902. 
 
 Astruc (Jean) [1684-17661. Memoire sur la 
 cause de la digestion des alimens. 24 pp. sm. 
 4°. Montpellier, H. Peck, 1711. [P., v. 2153.] 
 
 . L'art d'accoucher reduit k ses principes, 
 
 oft Ton expose les pratiques les plus sures et les 
 plus usitees dans les differentes espfeces d'accou- 
 chemens. Ixxxvii, 392 pp. 16°. Paris, Mi- 
 quignon aine, 1785. 
 
 For Fortran, sec Collection of Portr. (Libr,). 
 
 See, also: 
 
 [QuESNAY (F.)] Lettres [i-xii] sur les dis- 
 putes qui se sent eievees entre les medecins et 
 les chirurgiens [etc.]. 4°. [n. p., 1737-8.] 
 
 Fiessinger (C.) La therapeutique de Jean Astruc, 1684- 
 1766. In his: Thfeap. d. vieux maitres, 8°, Par., 1897, 226- 
 232. — One of the first to maVe a systematic study of venereal 
 diseases. Urol. & Cutan. Eev., St. Louis, Tech. Suppl., 
 1913, i, port.— Osier {Sir W.) Jean Astruc and the higher 
 
ASTEUC. 
 
 123 
 
 ATAXIA. 
 
 Astruc (Jean) [1684-1766]— continued. 
 
 criticism. Canad. M. Ass. J., Toronto, 1912, ii, 151. — Simp- 
 son (Sir A.) Jean Astruc and his conjectures. Edinl). M. 
 J., 1915, xiv, 461-475. Also: Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 
 1914-15, viii, Sect. Hist. Med., 59-71. 
 
 Asturias. 
 
 Casal (G.) Memorias de Mstoria natural y 
 m^dica de Asturias; reimpresas y anotadas por A. 
 Buylla y Alegre y R . Sarandeses y Alvarez . roy .- 
 8°. Oviedo, 1900. 
 
 Asturias (Francisco). *IIistoria de la medicina. 
 559 pp., 36 pi. 4°. Oiiatemala, Tipog. nadonal, 
 1902. 
 
 Astvatsaturoff_ (Mpkhail] I[vanovlcli]) [1877- 
 ]. _ *Kliniclieskiya i eksperimentalno-psi- 
 kholo"iclieskiya izsliedovaniya riechevol funk- 
 tsii. [Clinical and experimental psychological 
 investigations of the function of speech.] Ip. 1. , 
 227 pp. 8° S.-Peterburg, Buze & Lassman, 
 1908. 
 
 Asureo y Cortazar (Vicente) . De la traqueotomfa 
 en el garrotiUo. Sobre la traqueotomfa en el 
 croup. [Clippings from El Pabell6n medico, 
 Madrid, 1864.J 21 1., port. 8°. 
 
 Asurol. 
 
 Scboeller (W.) & Scbraut (W.) Zur Synthese des 
 Asurol. Therap. Monatsli., Berl., 1909, xxiii, 631-634.— 
 Scbreiber (L.) Experimentelle Untersucliungen iiber die 
 ^balctericide Wirkung des Asurols am Kaninchenauge. 
 Arch. f. Ophth., Leipz., 1911, Ixxviii, 337-344. 
 
 Aswadurow (Christoph) [1884- ]. *Ueber die 
 Sympathikussymptome bei der Migrane, insbe- 
 sondere tiber die Anisokorie. 54 pp. 8° Berlin, 
 E. Meiing, 1911. 
 
 Asylums. 
 
 See Foundlings (Asylums ^ar); Idiots (Asy- 
 lums for); Insane (Hospitals for) . 
 
 Asymbolia. 
 
 Breuklnk (H.) Over asymbolie. Psychiat. en Neurol. 
 Bl., Amst., 1907, xi, 167-178.— Da Costa (J. C.) Report of a 
 case of traumatic asemia. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 
 1906, iii, 642-644.— Gordon (A.) Asymbolia. J. Abnorm. 
 Psychol., Best., 1911-12, vi, 214-220.— Mocbl (A.) Le 
 asimbolie. Rassegna di studi pslchiat., Siena, 1914, It, 4- 
 306. — R«icb. Asymbolie als Stoning der Reproduktion. 
 Berl. klin. Wohnschr., 1909, xlvi, 131. 
 
 Asymmetry. 
 
 See, also, Body (Human, Symmetry, etc., of); 
 Face (Atrophy of); Hemiatropliy; Hemihy- 
 pertrophy. 
 
 Anderson (R.J.) On some points regarding asymmetry. 
 
 Brit. M. J., Lond., 1899, ii, 840. . Asymmetry. Hid., 
 
 1912, ii, 773.— Aschau (0.) [Asymmetry as a condition of 
 life.) Finslca lai.-sallsk. handl., Helsingfors, 1912, ii, 243- 
 267.— von Baideleben (K.) Ueber bilaterale Asymmetrie 
 beim Menschen und bei hoheren Tieren. Anat. Anz., Jena, 
 1909, xxxiv, Ergnzngshft., 2-72. — Cammarata (A.) Con- 
 tribute alle asimmetne delle regioni esterne del corpo umaiio 
 in rapporto alia patologia delTavoro ed all' infortunistica. 
 Ccsalpmo, Arezzo, 1916, xii, 189-196.— Clark (A. H.) A 
 study of asymmetry, as developed in the genera and families 
 of recent crinoids. Am. Naturalist, Lancaster, Pa., 1915, 
 xlix, 521-546.— Duncker (G.) Ueber Asymmetrie bei Ge- 
 lasimus pugilator Latr. Biometrika, Cambridge, 1903, ii, 
 307-320.-H3odln (P.) Asymgtries normales des organes bi- 
 naires chez Thomme. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par., 1910, 
 cU, 621-623.— Jaeger (P. M.) Onderzoekingen over Pas- 
 teur's beginsel betreflende den samenbang van moleculaire 
 en fysische asymmetrie. K. Akad. v. Wetensch. te Amst. 
 Versl., 1914-15, xxiii, 1291-1316, 1 pi.— Morita (S.) The cause 
 of mverse symmetry and the principle of normal organization. 
 Sei-i-Kwai M. J., Tokyo, 1918, xxxvii, No. 7.— Poynter 
 fC. W. M.) Lateral asymmetry in chick embryos develop- 
 ing without circulation. Anat. Record, Phila., 1918, xiv, 
 47.— Tissl*. Asymitrie thoracique et gymuastique m^di- 
 cale. M4m. et bull. Soc. de mM. et chir. de Bordeaux (1896), 
 1897, 388-391.— Walker (J. W.) Optical activity and the 
 product of asymmetry. J. Phys. Chem., Ithaca, 1909, xiii, 
 574-584. — Zeleny (C.) Experiments on the control of asym- 
 metry in the development of the Serpulid, Hydroides 
 dianthus. J. Morphol., Phila., 1911, xxil, 927-944. 
 
 Atabekiantz (Alexandre). *De la pathog6nie de 
 Tangine de poitrine. 153 pp., 2 1. 8°. Omhe, 
 1896. 
 
 Atabekiantz (Anna). *De I'influence de I'iiriga- 
 tion rectale k double courant sur la temperature 
 animale normale et pathologique. 54 pp., 1 1., 
 2 pi. 8°. Genive, C. Eggimann & Cie., 1901. 
 
 Atabeldantz-Sokoloff (i/me.) Opium et nouris- 
 Bons; contribution I, I'^tude de I'opiophagie in- 
 fantile. 42 pp., 1 ch. 8°. Genive, Koch & 
 Becker, 1908, No. 175. 
 
 Atanassi6vitcli (Stareras). *La myelite aigue. 
 110 pp. 8° Paris, 1909, No. 331. 
 
 Atavism. 
 
 See, also. Heredity. 
 
 KoHLBRUGGB (I. H. F.) Der Atavismus. I. 
 Der Atavismus und die Descendenzlehre. II. 
 Der Atavismus und die Morphologie des Men- 
 schen. 8°. Utrecht, 1897. 
 
 Albrecht (O.) Ein Atavismus beim Schweln. Berl. 
 tieriirztl. Wchnschr., 1904, 191. — Debierre (C;) A propos 
 des organes dits reversijs; I'atavisme et les laite. Arch. d. sc. 
 mM. . . . de Bucarest, Par., 1896, i, 285-298.— Emery (C.) 
 Homologie und Atavismus im Licht der Keimplasma- 
 Theorie. Biol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1896, xvi, 344-352.— 
 Gonsalves (J.) Atavismo e crime. Med. contemp., Lisb., 
 1907, XXV, 35-37. — Guyer (M. P.) Atavism In guinea- 
 chicken hybrids. J. Exper. ZooL, Phila., 1909, iv, 723-716, 
 4 pi. — Hatscbek (R.) Ueber Riickschlagserscheinungea 
 aui psychiscbem Gebiete. Jahrb. f. Psychiat. u. Neurol., 
 . Leipz. & Wien, 1914, xxxvi, 229-242.— Hllzbelmer (M.) 
 Atavismus. Ztsclir. f. indukt. Abstammungs- u. Verer- 
 bungsl., Berl., 1908, i, 201-214.— Kraus (E.) Atavismus Im 
 Neuen. Polit.-aatnrop. Rev., Leipz., 1909, vii, 579-595. — 
 Lombroso (C.) Atavismus und Civilisation. Ibid., Eise- 
 nach & Leipz., 1904, in, .153-156.— Magnus (W.) Der 
 physiologische Atavismus unserer Eichen und Buche. 
 Biol. Centralbl., Erlang., 1913, xxxiii, 309-337.— Mabon 
 (F. C.) The evolution of the horse, a zoological study; 
 atavism of portion of the appendicular skeleton of the horse. 
 Vet. J., Lond., 1915, Ixxi, 251-255.— Santoro-SUlpignl (G.) 
 II case e gli organl atavici anomotopi. Boll. d. Soc. zool. ital., 
 Roma, 1901, 2. s., ii, 176-188— von Ubisch (G.) Analyse 
 eines Falles von Bastardatavismus und Faktorenkoppelung 
 bei Gerste. Ztschr. f. indukt. Abstammungs- u. Verer- 
 bungsl., Berl., 1915, xiv, 226-237.— Vermeulen. (H. A.) 
 Over bet niet constant zijn van den bouw van het dierlijk 
 lichaam; atavismus en evolutie. Tijdschr. v. veeartsenijk., - 
 Utrecht, 1912, xxxix, 304-308. 
 
 Ataxia. 
 
 See, also, Hemiataxia. 
 
 Brown (J. J. G.) Ataxia; a symptom. Edlnb. M. J., 
 1912, n. s., viii, 487-500, 4 pi.— De Buck (D.) L'ataxie. 
 Belgique m^d^ Gand-Haarlem, 1898, i, 37; 101; 165; 302.— 
 Dercum (F. X.) -A case of ataxia limited to the right arm. 
 J. Nerv. & Meut. Dis., N. Y., 1899, xxvi, 41.— Donnadieu- 
 Lavlt. De quelques rMexlons k propos de l'ataxie. N. 
 Montpel. mM., 1900, x, 492-606.— Erben (S.) Ueber Ataxic. 
 Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f . iim. Med. u. Kinderh. in Wien, 1908, vii, 
 70. — Faure (M.) Les ataxiques, consider^ comme atteints 
 de phobie ou d'ataxie-abasie, sont, en partie, des cas d'inco- 
 ordination ou d'anesth^sie du tronc m^connus. Informa- 
 teurd. alito. [etc.]. Par., 1906, i, 177-180.— tenaz (L.) Ueber 
 Ataxic. Deutsche Ztschr. 1. Nervenh., Leipz., 1900-1901, 
 xix, 151-163.— Lewandowsky (M.) Die Ataxic. Eandb. 
 d. Neurol., Berl., 1910, i, 815-859.— MWchell (S. W.) Motor 
 ataxy from emotion. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., Lancaster, Pa., 
 
 1909, xxxvi, 257-260.— Muskens (L. J. J.) Demonstration 
 ol experimental ata^a and ite recovery. J. Bost. Soc. M. 
 Sc, 1897-8, ii, 216-219.— No lslievskl(K:.) [Ataxia.] Obozr. 
 Psikhiat, Nevrol. [etc.], S.-Peterb., 1913, xviii, 1-6.— Play- 
 fair (E.) Functional ataxia with other hysterical pheno- 
 mena. King's Coll. Hosp. Rep. 1896-7, Lond., 1898, iv, 196- 
 198.— Kteln (J. H. W.) A case exhibiting the symptoms of 
 ataxia of the left arm, with inability to recognize objects in 
 the left hand, while all forms of sensation were preserved. 
 J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., Lancaster, Pa., 1908, xxxv, 57R.— 
 Scbermers (D.) Ataxie. Medisch Weekblad, Amst., 
 1912-13, xix, 225; 237; 249.— Schmey (F.) Ein Fall von 
 isolierter Ataxie eines Armes nach Trauma. Eeichs-Med.- 
 Anz., Leipz., 1905, xxx, 346. — Ulbelelsen (K.) Beitrag zur 
 Behandlung der Ataxieen. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 
 
 1910, Ivii, 2532.— Van der Vloet. - Contribution k I'«ude de 
 l'ataxie. Ann. Soc. de m^d. d'Anvers, 1907, Ixix, 65-74. — 
 Wolf (H. F.) The symptom ataxia; its successful treat- 
 ment. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1916, civ, 494. Also, Reprint. 
 
 Ataxia (Acute). 
 
 HuYGHB (I.-L.-M.) *L 'ataxia aigue. 8° 
 Lille, 1898. 
 
 Batten (F. E.) Case ol acute ataxia in a boy. Brain, 
 Lond., 1905, xxviii, 360.— Bregman (L. E.) Ueber acute 
 Ataxie. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1907, xxxiii, 
 409-424.— Dana (C. L.) Acute ataxia. J. Nerv. & Ment. 
 Dis., N. Y., 1901, xxviii, 105-107. . Acute spinal 
 
ATAXIA. 
 
 124 
 
 ATAXIA. 
 
 Ataxia (Acute). 
 
 ataxia (non-tabetic), and its relation to other forms of acute 
 ataxia. N. York M. J., 1901, Ixxiii, 667-671.— Fllatoff (N.) 
 Ueber acute Ataxie im Kindesalter. Arch. t. Kinderh.. 
 Stuttg., 1898, XXV, 7-16.— GuUlaln (G.) & Laroche (G.) 
 Un cas d'ataxle aigue avec gu&ison rapide. Bull, et mSm. 
 Soc. mdd. d. hap. de Par., 1911, 3. s., xxxi, 235-237.— Haupt- 
 mann (A.) Akute Ataxie Del tuberkuloser Meningitis. 
 Mitt. a. d. Hamb. Staatskrankenanst., 1910, xi, 191-198.— 
 Mendez(J.) Ataxia aguda central; emermeaad de Leyden, 
 Rev. Soc. m^d. argent, Buenos Aires, 1893, ii, 19-45. — 
 Osann. Demonstration eines Falles von akuW Ataxie. 
 Miineheu. med. Wchnsohr.,.1909, Ivi, 2392. — Preobra^ 
 zbenskl (P. A.) [Acute ataxia.] J. Neuropat. i Pslkbiat. 
 . . . Eorsakova, Mosk., 1905, v, pt. 2, 39.— Kevenstorf & 
 Wigand. Ueber akute Ataxie nach Hitzschlag. Aerztl. 
 Sachverst.-Ztg., Berl., 1907, xiii, 177-188.— Schwarz (E.) 
 Ueber akute Ataxie. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., I«ipz., 
 1908, xxxiv, 456-464.— Soesman (F. J.) Eeu geval van 
 acute ataxie (vermoedelijk berustende op een encephalitis 
 cerebelli acuta). Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1906, 
 il, 328-335.— Thomas (A.) Ataxie aigre. Clinique, Par., 
 1913, viil, 805-808.— Voelcker (A. F.)- Case of acute ataxy. 
 Brain, Loud., 1905, xxvili, 360. 
 
 Ataxia (Cerebellar). 
 
 See, also, Ataxia (Cerebro-cerebellar); Cere- 
 bellum (Diseases of). 
 
 Rommel (R.) *Kleiiihim und cerebellare 
 Ataxie. [Gottingen.] 8°. Uannover, 1900. 
 
 Schmidt (W.) *Ueber fiinf FiiUe von akuter 
 und chroAischer Ataxie (akute, cerebellare und, 
 Friedreich 'sche Ataxie). [Heidelberg.] 8°. 
 Mainz, 1911. 
 
 Abbruzzettl (A.) Contribute alio studio clinico del- 
 I' atassia cerebellare. Riv. crit. di clin, med., Firenze, 1906, 
 vii, 245; 261; 277.— Angellnf (C.) Valore diagnostico dcl- 
 1' atassia cerebellare. Riv. veneta di sc. med., Venezia, 1898, 
 xxix, 510-.521. — Bablnski. I/asynergie c6r6b6lleuse (ataxie 
 c<5r«belleuse). J. de mid. int.. Par., 1903^ vii, 269.— Batten (F. 
 E.) Acute ataxia (encephalitis cerebelh). [3cases.] Tr.Clln. 
 
 Soc. liond., 1907, xl, 276. . Case of progressive cerebellar 
 
 ataxia. Proo. Boy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1910-11, iv, Neurol. 
 
 Sect., 19. . [Case.] Ihid., 1913-14, vii, ISfeurol. Sect., 
 
 22.— von Bechterew ( W .) Ueber acute cerebellare Ataxie. 
 Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1902, xxi, 43.5-438.— Becker (E.) 
 Eia Fall von hochgradiger Zerstorung des Kleinhirnwurmes, 
 nebst casuistisohen Beitragen zur Lehre von der sogen. cere- 
 bellaren Ataxie. Arch. f. path. Anac. [etc.], Berl., 1888, 
 cxiVj 173-186, Ipl. — BuzzaTa(E. F.) Case of acute cerebellar 
 ataxlain an adult. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1913-14, vii, 
 Neurol. Sect., 22. — Collier (J.) A case of cerebellar ataxia 
 with symptoms of a (? preceding) hypophysial lesion. 76m/., 
 1912-13, vi, Neurol. & Cutan. Sect., p. xxx.— Dercum 
 (F. X.) Cerebellar titubation; sunstroke sequelae. Inter- 
 nat. Clin., Phila., 1892, 2. s., ii, 104-108, 1 pi. Also, Reprint. 
 
 . Cerebellar titubation, peculiar speech, and mental 
 
 deficiency; autopsy showing cerebellar atrophy. Phila. 
 Hosp. ReT)., 1893, ii, 159.— d'Esplne (A.) Observation 
 d'ataxie ci5r6belleuse dans la m^ningite tubcrculeuse. Arch. 
 de mM. d. enl.. Par., 1914, xvii, 367.— Fayollc. Sur tm cas 
 d'ataxie c^rdbeUeuse probable. Lyon mM., 1899, xoi, 294- 
 299.— Foerster (0.) Meningoeerebellarer Symptomoncom- 
 
 Slex bei fleberhaften Erkrankungen. Deutsche Ztschr. f. 
 [ervenh., Leipz., 1913, 1, 88-90.— Grazlani (G.) Atassia 
 cerebellare. Gazz. intemaz. di med. prat., Napoli, 1901, iv, 
 169.— Harris (W.) A case of cerebellar ataxv. Brain, 
 
 Lond., 1907, xxx, 143. . Two cases of cerebellar ataxy. 
 
 Proc. Roy. Boo. Med., Lond., 1907-8, 1, Neurol. Sect., 52-54.— 
 Hulsbon Pol (D. J.) Gerebellair ataxic. Psychiat. en 
 Neurol. Bl., Amst., 1919, xiii, 273-303.— Knapp (A.) Pseu- 
 dozerebellare Schlafenlappenataxie. Deutsche med. Wchn- 
 sohr., Berl. & Leipz., 1918, xllv, 717— Knttpfelmacher (W.) 
 Zur Casuistik der cerebellareu Ataxie. Wien. med. Bl., 
 1897, XX, 363-365.— Lennmalm (F.) [Sur I'h^r^do-ataxia 
 c<Sr«belleuse. C.-r., No. 38. 29.1 Nord. med. Ark., Stock- 
 hohn, 1897, n. F., viii, Festbd. Axel Key . . ., No. 29, 1-32.— 
 Londe (P.) L'ataxie c&&elleuse. Ann. de psychiat. et 
 d'hypnol.. Par., 1895, n. s., v, 263-276. Also: Presse mdd., 
 Par., 1895, 259-262.— Meyers (C.) Case of cerebellar ataxia. 
 Canada Lancet, Toronto, 1896-7, xxix, 167-169.— Musmeci 
 (N.) Un caso di atassia cerebellare da probabile causa reu- 
 matizzante. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1896, xvii, 605-608. — 
 Parkinson (J. P.) A case of ataxy of the cerebellar type 
 probably due to a lesion in the neighborhood of the corpora 
 quadrigemina. Brit. J. Child. Dis., Lend., 1905, ii, 23-25. 
 Also: Rep. Soc. Study Dis. Child. 1904-5, Lond., 1905, v, 
 62. — P6rez Vento (R.) Ataxia cerebolosa experimental. 
 Actas y trab. d. 1" Cong. mM. nao^^ Habana, 1905, i, 164. 
 Also: Rev. de med. y drug, de la Habana, 1905, x, 224.— 
 Porot. C&;it6 ocdpitale; Mmianosmie hippoDampique 
 directe; ataxie c^rfibelleuse. Bull. Soc. mM. d. h6p. de 
 Lyon, 1906, v, 369-374. Alio: liVon mid., 1906, ovii, 10,58- 
 1063.^Ilosenneck (C J Cerebellar ataxia; with report of a 
 case. Med. Rec., N. Y., 1910, Ixxvii, 923.— Schultze (E.) 
 
 Ataxia (Cerebellar). 
 
 Zur Lehre von der acuten cerebellaren Ataxie. Arch. f. 
 Psychiat., Berl., 1909, xlv, 489-515.— Shnltser (Y. B.) 
 [Acute cerebellar ataxy.] Vopr. Nerv.-Psikh. Med., Kiyev, 
 1900, V, 552-556.— Valle y Aldabalde. Ataxia cerebelosa. 
 Rev. de med. y cirug. prict., Madrid, 1905, Ixvii, 430-432. — 
 Voelcker (A. F.) A case of acute ataxy (encephalitis cere- 
 belli). Brain, Lond., 1905, xxviii, 95.— WlUiamson (0. K.) 
 [Case.] Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1912-13, vi. Sect. Stud. 
 Dis. Child., 41.— Williamson (R. T.) Cases of ataxia due to 
 disease of the cerebellum or of the adjacent parts. Practi- 
 tioner, Lond., 1910, Ixxxv, 357-365. 
 
 Ataxia (Cerebellar, Congenital). 
 See Ataxia (Cerebellar) m children. 
 
 Ataxia (Cerebellar, Hereditary) [Marie]. 
 
 Hoffmann (B.) *Ein Fall von hereditarer 
 cerebellarer Ataxie, kompliziert durch das Hin- 
 zutreten einer traumatiscben Hamatomyelie. 
 8°. Leipzig, 1912. 
 
 Makgulibs (A.) *Ein Beitrag zu den Ueber- 
 gangsformen zwiscben Friedreich'scher Ataxie 
 und der H^r^do-Ataxie c6r6belleuse von Marie. 
 8°. Berlin, 1901. 
 
 ScHONBN (J. A. H.) *Ueber die familiar© 
 cerebellare Ataxie, mit zwei Kraiikheitsfallen. 
 8°. Giessm, 1904. 
 
 Vincent (M.) *Contribution k I'^tude du 
 syndrome d'ber^do-ataxie c6r6belleuse. 8°. 
 Paris, 1909. 
 
 Wernicke (J. O.) *Ueber die bereditare 
 Ataxie Friedreicbs und die H6r6do-Ataxie c6r6- 
 belleuse P. Maries im Anschluss an zwei in der 
 Kgl. Nervenpoliklinik zu Breslau beobachtete 
 Falle. 8°. Breslau, 1903. 
 
 Agleyeva (O. G.) [Case of hereditary cerebellar ataxy.] 
 J. Nevropat. i Psikhiat. . . . Korsakova, Mosk., 1914, xiv, 
 139-149.— Ballet (G.) l-a maladie de Friedreich et I'herMo- 
 ataxie c&dbelleuse. Rev. gfea. de clin. et de th&ap.. Par., 
 1906, XX, 311.— Ballet (G.) & Taguet. Maladie fainiliale; 
 maladie de Friedreich ou Mrddo-ataxie c&dbelleuse. Rev. 
 neurol., Par., 1906, xiv, 207.— Bauer & Gy. Maladie de 
 Friedreich et h&^do-ataxie c&6belleuse dans une meme 
 famille; maladie de Friedreich avec lymphocytose rachi- 
 dienne. Itid., 1909, xvii, 97-99.— Blauner(S. A.) Heredi- 
 tary cerebellar ataxia. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1914; c, 83. 
 Also, Reprint.— Breton (M.) & Painblau (E.) Syndrome 
 cfirdDelleuxde Friedreich et atrophic op tique. Echb mM. 
 du nord, Lille, 1907, xi, 553-556.— Brissaud (E.) Deux cas 
 d'h&Mo-ataxie cdrebelleuse. Rev. neuroU Par., 1909, xvii, 
 1418-1420.— Brissaud (E.) & Londe (P.) Sur un cas 
 d'hdrMo-ataxie c^r^belleuse. Ibid., 1894, ii, 129-135.— 
 Brower (D. R.) Hereditary cerebellar ataxia; noctm-nal 
 epilepsy. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1901, 11. s., iii, 158-163.— 
 Cerletti (U. ) & Perusinl (G. ) Sopra due casi lamigliari di 
 atassia cerebello-spinale (tipo Friedreich?) presentanti 
 ' alcunerareparticolariti. Riv. dipatol.nerv.,Fu-enze, 1905, 
 X, 353-374.— Clarke (J. M.) Hereditary cerebellar ataxy in 
 two brothers. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1902, ii, 1640.— Classen 
 (K.) Ueber fiimiliare Elelnhimataxie. Centralbl. f. innere 
 Med., Leipz., 1898, xix, 1209-1217.— Claude (H.) & BouU- 
 lard. Syphilis cerfibro-spinale avec symptdmes ataxo- 
 cSrdbelleux du type Friedreich. Eev. neurol.. Par., 1913, 
 XXV, 705-711.— CfoUins (J.) Atypical hereditary cerebel- 
 lar ataxia. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1895, xxii, 788. 
 Also; Med. News, Phila., 1895, Ixvii, 499.— Cramer. Hir&- 
 doataxie o^rdbellevse (Marie). Deutsche med. Wchnschr., 
 Berl. & Leipz., 1912, xxxviii, 1358.— Dercum (F. X.) A 
 case of heredocerehellar ataxia (?) presenting I'niqre features; 
 reversed Argyll-Robertson pupil. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1917, 
 cvi, 346. Also, Reprint.- HIgler H.) [Hereditary mfan- 
 tile cerebellar ataxy and the Tay-Sachs disease. Meaycyna, 
 Warszawa, 1907, xxxv, 392-399.— Jurado (L.) Un caso de 
 ataxia cerebelosa hereditaria. Eev. mSd. de Sevilla, 1907, 
 xlix, 197-203.— KoUevpl]n (J. E.) Eeu geval van hfirMo- 
 ataxie cdrdbelleuse. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst, 
 1917, 11, 1225-1228.— Landsbergen (F.) Die BoteiUgung des 
 Grossmms bei der H6r4doataxie c^r^belleuse (P. Marie). 
 Ztschr. f. d. ges. Neurol, u. Psychiat., Berl. & Leipz., 1912, 
 xiii, Orig., 625-554.— Legraln (E.) Sur un cas d'h^rddo- 
 ataxie cfirebelleuse. Rev. m^d. de UAfrique du nord, Alger, 
 1899, ii, 481-486.— Lenoble (E.) Etude clinique sur cmq 
 cas d'h&Mo-ataxie c^rfibeUeuse dfiveloppfe dans la mSme 
 famille. Arch. prov. de m«d.. Par., 1899, i, 796-821.— Leno- 
 ble (E.) & Aublneau (E.) Deux cas de maladie nerveuse 
 familiale interm^diaire entre la maladie de P. Marie (h^rddo- 
 ataxie c^rSbelleuse) et la maladie de Friedreich. Rev. neu- 
 rol.. Par., 1901, ix, 393-397.— L6rl (A.) & Labbe (R.) Forme 
 anormale de maladie familiale (her^do-ataxie ciSriSbelleuse?). 
 Rev. neurol.. Par., 1905, xiii, 1105.— Londe (P.) Sur deux 
 
ATAXIA. 
 
 125 
 
 ATAXIA. 
 
 Ataxia {Cerebellar, Hereditary) [Marie]. 
 
 cas tamiliaux d'hfirMo-ataxie c^rSbeUeuse. Ibid., 1894, ii, 
 
 521-527. . L'hfirSdo-ataxie cerfibelleuse. Presse med., 
 
 Par., 1895, 386-389.— MaUhouseCM.) Hereditary cerebellar 
 ataxia. Proc. Connect. M. Soc, Waterbury, 1900, 189-191. 
 Also: J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1900, xxvii, 658-660.— 
 Marie (P.) Clrnical lecture on cerebellar heredo-ataxy. 
 Med. Week, Par., 1893, 1, 478-481.— Marie (P.) & Folx. 
 L&ions mMiillaires dans quatre cas d'h&gdo-ataxie c&§bel- 
 leuse. Eev. neurol., Par., 1914, xxii, 797.— Miralli* (C.) 
 H6r4do-ataxie c&^belleuse et traumatisme. Ann. d'hyg.. 
 Par., 1910, 4. s., xiv, 209-218.— Mlura (K.) Ueber I'MrSdo- 
 ataxie c^rfibelleuse Marie's. Mitth. a. d. med. Fac. d. k.-jap. 
 Univ., Tokio, 1898, iv, 19-47.— Monis (J. N.) Hereditary 
 cerebellar ataxia. Intercolon. M. J. Australas., Melbourne, 
 1908, xili, 185-188.— Nefl (J. H.) A case o( family ataxia ol 
 the hereditary cerebellar form, with necropsy. J. Mich. M. 
 Soc, Detroit, 1905, iv, 328-332.— Nonne (M.) Ein weiterer 
 anatomisoher Befund bei einem J?all vou lamUiarer Klein- 
 hirnataxie. Arch, t Psychiat., Berl., 1905, xxxix, 1225- 
 1251.— OddO (C.) & Mate! (C.) Deux cas d'hSrMo-ataxie 
 cSr(!beIIeuse (cliez le p6re et le fils), avec ptosis, tremblement 
 de la t^te et attitude rectiUgne. Rev. neurol., Par., 1916, 
 xxiii, 2. semes., 135-139.— Patrick (H. T.) Hereditary 
 cerebellar ataxia, with report of a case. J. Nerv. & Ment. 
 Dis., N. Y., 1902, xxix, 129-152. [Discussion], 169-172.— 
 Pauly & Dreyfus. Un cas d'h&4do-ataxle c&6belleuse. 
 Lyon m«d., 1897, Ixxxv, 622-626.— Perrero (E.) Sopra le 
 forme di transizlone fra il morbo di Friedreich e I'eredo- 
 atassia cerebellare di P. Marie. Arch, di psichiat. [etc.], 
 Torino, 1906, xxvli, 565-589, 1 pi.— Raymond (J.) Maladie 
 de Friedreich et hdrMo-ataxie cSrebelleuse. N. iconog. de 
 la Salpetriftre, Par., 1905, xviii, 5-16, 3 pi.— Baymond (F.) 
 & Rose (F.) H^rMo-ataxie c&^belleuse. Eev. neurol.. 
 Par., 1906, xSv, 546-650.— Richaud. Un cas d'h&Sdo- 
 ataxie c&ebelleuse. J. de m8d. de Bordeaux, 1916, xlvi, 
 219-221.- Bomanoft(M. P.) [Hereditary cerebellar ataxy.] 
 Trudl klin. nerv. boUez. Imp. Kazan. Umv., 1899, i, 62-76. — 
 Rossollmo (G. I.) [Hereditary cerebellar ataxy.] Protok. 
 zasled. Obsh. Nelropat. i Psikhiat. pri Imp. Moskov. Univ. 
 
 1897-8, 61-63. . Trois cas d'ataxie c6r«belleuse h&6di- 
 
 taire dans la mgme famille. N. iconog. de la Salpetri&re, 
 Par., 1899, xii, 22-33, 2 pi;— Russc! (C. E.) Friedreich's 
 ataxia, Marie's hereditary cerebellar ataxia. In: Modem 
 Med. (Osier), 8°, Phila. & N. Y., 1910, vli, 131-139, 2 pi.— 
 Rydel (A.) Sui I'anatomie pathologique d'une forme 
 d'hSrSdo-ataxie c&fibelleuse. N. iconog. de la Salpgtrifere, 
 Par., 1904, xvii, 289-303.— SOderbergli (G.) Un cas de 
 , maladie familiale avec symptdmes de maladie de Friedreich 
 ' et d'iSr^do-ataxie c^r^belleuse tr6s am^llorfe par les rayons 
 X. Eev. neurol.. Par., 1910, xvili, 7-12.— Spadaro (G.) 
 Malattia di Friedreich ed eredo-atassia cerebellare. Tom- 
 masi, Napoli, 1910, v, 73; 110.— Spiller (W. G.) Four cases 
 of cerebellar disease (one autopsy! with reference to cerebellar 
 hereditary ataxia. Brain, Lond., 1896, xix, 688-615, 3 pi. — 
 Sprawson (0. A.) A family with cerebellar ataxia. Brit. 
 M. J., Lond., 1914, i, 23.— Stanley (D.) Hereditary-cerebel- 
 lar ataxy. Birmingh. M. Rev., 1895, xxxviti, 266-273. — 
 Stewart (T. G.) Hereditary cerebellar ataxia. Syst. Med. 
 (AUbutt), Lond., 1899, vii, 157-159.— Sutherland (G. A.) 
 Two cases of cerebellar ataxy (family type). Proc. Roy. 
 Soc. Med., Lond., 1908-9, ii. Sect. Stud. Dis. Cbild., 229.— 
 Swltalski. Sur Tanatomie patholoeique de I'b^rMo-ataxie 
 c&^bellei'se. N. iconog. de la Salp^triSre, Par., 1901, xiv, 
 373-387, 2 pi.— Ten Cate (B. F.) Mededeelmgen over 
 h&Mo-ataxie c4r6bellerse. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., 
 Amst., 1901,2. R., xxxvii, d. 2, 1069-1076.— Thomas (A.) & 
 Roux (J.-C.) Sur une forme d'h&Mo-ataxie 0(!r6belleuse, 
 Apropos d'uneobservationsuivied'autopsie. Eev. dem^d.. 
 Par., 1901, xxi, 762-792.— Tissot(F.) H&^do-ataxiec^rftel- 
 leuse. N. iconog. de la SalpStri&re, Par., 1912, xxv, 71-75, 1 
 pi.— Varlot (G.) & Bonniot (E.) H^rMo-ataxie c^rgbel- 
 leuse prdcoce avec troubles auditi^. Ann. de m^d. et chir. 
 inf.. Par., 1907, xi, 354-357. Also: Eev. neurol.. Par., 1907, 
 XV, 298-301.— Volsin (R.) & Mac6 de L«plnay. Cinq cas 
 de h&^do-ataxie cfirSbeUeuse dans la m^me famille. Rev. 
 neurol., Par., 1907, xv, 512-614.— Weber (F. P.) Family 
 cerebellar ataxia in two half-sisters. Proc. Eoy. Soc. Med., 
 Lond., 1912-13, vi, Clin. Sect, 50-52.— Wietscher (L.) Zur 
 Easuistik der Frledreichschen Ataxieund der H^rMo-ataxie 
 c&Sbelleuse Marie. Med. Klin., Berl., 1910, vi, 1932. 
 
 Ataxia (Oerehdlar) in children. 
 
 Batten (F. E.) Congenital cerebellar ataxia (cerebellar 
 
 diplegia). Clin. J., Lond., 1903, xxii, 81-S8. . Case of 
 
 congenital cerebellar ataxia. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 
 1910-11, i V, Neurol. Sect. , 20.— Collier ( J. ) Case for diagnosis? 
 Cerebellar ataxy presenting typical symptoms of dissemi- 
 nated sclerosis in an undersized boy, aged 13. Ibid. , 1912-13, 
 vi, Neurol Sect., 75-77.— Dana (C. L.) Congenital cerebel- 
 lar ataxia. N. York M. 3. [etc.], 1915, ci, 1296. Also, Re- 
 print.— De Vlllaverde (J. M.) Sobre la ataxia cerebelosa 
 congenita. Rev. clin. de Madrid, 1915, xili, 417-431. — Gril- 
 fltli(J. P. C.) Acute cerebellar ataxia in children. Am. J. 
 Obst., N. Y.,xl915, Ixxii, 549. Also: Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 
 1915, xxxii, 381-383. . Acute cerebellar ataxia in chil- 
 dren; report of a case, with rapid and complete recovery. 
 
 Ataxia (Cerehellar) in children. 
 
 Am. J. M. Sc, PhUa., 1916, cli, 24-38.— Guthrie (L.) Con- 
 genital cerebellar ataxy. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 
 1912-13, vi, Neurol. Sect., 51-53. Also: Polyclin., Lond., 
 1913, xvii, 34.— Marks (H. K.) Congenital cerebellar 
 ataxia. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1915, xlii, 703-706.— 
 Paravlclnl (F.) Ein FaU von spinal-cerebellarer Ataxie 
 im Kindesalter. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte., Basel, 1£01, 
 xxxi, 305-312.— Sutherland (G. A.) A case of congenital 
 cerebellar ataxy. Eep. Soc. Study Dis. Child., Lord., 
 
 1902-3, ill, 158-162. . Case off congenital cerebellar 
 
 ataxy, /tid., 1906-7, vii, 99.— Taylor (E. S.) Notes on four 
 cases of cerebellar ataxia in children. Guy's Hosp. Eep., 
 Lond., 1913, 3. s., lii, 98-104.— Thomson (J.) [Congenital 
 cerebellar ataxia.] Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc. Edinb., 1903-4, n. s., 
 xxiii, 209. 
 
 Ataxia {Cerebral). 
 
 See, also, 'PaxaXjsis {Cerebral). 
 
 Davidenkofp (S. N.) *K ucheniyu ob ostroi 
 ataksii Leyden-Westphal'ya. [ Leydfin-West- 
 phal's acute ataxia.] [St. Petersburg.] 8°. 
 Kharhov,^ 1911. 
 
 Ascoll (G.) Atassia frontale e lesione della trave. Clin, 
 med. ital., Milano, 1913, lii, 329-336.— Blckel (A.) Ueber 
 akute zerebrale Ataxie. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1903, 
 L 199-201.— Cautley (E.) Cerebral ataxia and imbecility. 
 Eep. Soc. Study Dis. (Jhild., Lond., 1907-8, viii, 240.— 
 Davidenkofi (S. N.) Contribution a I'Stude de I'ataxie 
 
 aigue c^r^brale. Enc^phale, Par., 1910, i, 44-65. . 
 
 [Eecent contribution to the study^ of acute Leyden-West- 
 phal's ataxy.] J. Nevropat. i Psikhiat. . . . Korsakova, 
 Mosk., 1915-16, XV, 50-87.— Dinkier (M.) Ueber acute 
 cerebrale Ataxie. Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1899, xviii, 
 530-538.— Fairbanks (A. W.) Ataxia of central ori-in 
 appearing in childhood. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1905, 
 xiv, 1075-1078. ^!so, Reprint.— Frasnito(0.) Sull' atassia 
 frontale. Riv. ital. di neuropat. [etc.], Catania, 1915, viii, 
 210-223. — Hunt (J. R.) Diataxia cerebralis infantilis; the 
 ataxic type of cerebral birth palsy. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 
 1918, civ., 503. Alio, Reprint.— Lttthje (H.) Die acute 
 cerebrale und cerebro-spinale Ataxie. Deutsche Ztschr. f. 
 Nervenh., Leipz., 1902, xxii, 280-311.— Mayer (O.) Ein 
 Fall von akuter cerebraler Ataxie bei Infektionskrankheit. 
 J. f. Psychol, u. Neurol., Leipz., 1914, xxi, ii-14. — Olmsted 
 (I.) A case of cerebral ataxia affecting chiefly the right 
 upper extremity with marked involvement of the stereog- 
 nostic sense. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1898, xxx, 807- 
 813. — Polimanti (O.) Ueber Ataxie cerebralen und cere- 
 bellaren Urspmngs. Arch. 1. Physiol., Leipz., 1909, 123- 
 136, 3 pi.— Veckenstedt. Ein merkwilrdiger Fall von 
 cerebraler Ataxie. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 
 1899, XV, 453-457. 
 
 Ataxia {Cerebro-cerehellar) . 
 
 Gordon (A.) Cerebro-cerebellar ataxy. .1. Nerv. & 
 Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1916, xliii, 550. Also: N. York M. J. [etc.], 
 1916, ciii, 440. Also, Reprint. . Two cases of cerebro- 
 cerebellar ataxia. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1918, xMi, 
 370-372.— Polimanti (O.) Ueber Ataxie cerebralen und 
 cerebellaren Urspmngs. Arch. f. Physiol., Leipz., 1909, 123- 
 136, 3 pi. 
 
 Ataxia {Hereditary) [Friedreich]. 
 
 See, also, Ataxia {Cerebellar, Hereditary); 
 Ataxia {Locomotor, Familial). ' 
 
 BoNNTJS (G.) *Contribution h, I'^tude de la 
 maladie de rriedreich. S, d^but tardif. 8°. Paris, 
 1898. 
 
 The same. 8°. Paris, 
 
 Also [-\bstr.], in: N. iconog. de la SalpStrifere, Par., 1898, 
 xi, 178-184, 2 pi. 
 
 Beousse (A.) De I'ataxie li6r^ditaire (mala- 
 die de Friedreich). 8°. Pom, 1882. 
 
 Christingeb (Minna). *Die Kranklieit der 
 drei Geschwister Weilemann; klinischer Beitrag 
 zur Kenntnis der heredofamiliaren Erkrankun- 
 gen. [Zurich.] 8°. Berlin, 1913. 
 
 Also, in: Monatschr. f. Psychiat. u. Neurol., 1913, xxxiv, 
 456--169. 
 
 Combes (P.) *Maladie de Friedreich. 8° 
 Montpellier, 1902. 
 
 Friedmann (H.) *Ueber die sporadische 
 Form der Friedreich' schen Ataxie. 8°. Gies- 
 sen, 1910. 
 
 Haeseler (P.) *Zur Casuistik der heredi- 
 taren Ataxie. 8°. Leipzig , l^QA. 
 
 Klopt (H.) *Zwei Falle von hereditarer 
 Ataxie. [Giessen.] 8°. Strassburg i. E., 1^06. 
 
ATAXIA. 
 
 126 
 
 ATAXIA. 
 
 Ataxia {Hereditary) [Friedreich]. 
 
 Keoeck (A.) *Ein Fall von Friedreich'scher 
 Krankheit. [Freiburg i. B.] 8°. Emmendin- 
 gen. 1908. 
 
 Lackmann (F.) *Beitrag zur Kenntnis der 
 Friedreich'sclien Ataxie. [P>langen.] 8°. Bam- 
 berg, 1909. 
 
 Ottersbach (P.) *Ein Fall von Friedreich'- 
 scher Krankheit. [Bonn.] 8°. Siegburg, 1897. 
 
 Uhlig (H. F.) *Drei Falle von Friedreich'- 
 scher Ataxie. 8°. Leipzig, 1912. 
 
 Abrabams (B.) Sporadic case of Friedreich's disease. 
 Tr. Clin. Soo. Lond., 1903^, xxxvli, 237.— AUdn (J. M.) 
 Friedreich's ataxia. West. M. Rev., Lincoln, Neb., 1898, 
 ili, 262.— AubeTtin (C.) La maladle de Friedreich et les 
 auections cong^nitales du cceur. Arch. g&n. de m^d., Par., 
 1904, ii. 1993-1999.— Babinskl. [Case.) Rev. gto. de Clin, 
 et de th&ap.. Par., 1910, xxiv, 645.— Babonnelx (L.) & 
 Roederer (C.) [Case.] Bull. Soc. de p^diat. de Par., 1913, 
 XV, 112-116.— BaiUy (U.) Un cas de maladie de Friedreich 
 k Evolution rapide. Ann. mM.-cliir. du centre. Tours, 1903, 
 iii, 17. — Baldwin (A.) [Case.] West Lond. M. J., Lond., 
 1906, xi, 197.— Baskett (B.) [Case.] Brit. M. J., Lond., 
 1896, ii, 749. — Bennett (G.; Case of Friedreich's ataxia, 
 with ahbreviated clinical digest. Kansas City M. Index- 
 Lancet, 1899, XX, 449; 492. — Berdez. Un cas isom de maladie 
 de Friedreich. Rev. mdd. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1896, 
 xvi, 304-309.— Biro (M.) Einige Mittheilungen iiher die 
 Friedreich'sche Kranlcheit. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., 
 Leipz., 1900-1901, xlx, 164-187.— Bornlkoel. Zur Casuistilc 
 der hereditaren Ataxie (Friedreich'schen Krankheit). 
 CharitS-AnUj Berl., 1899, xxiv, 300-306.— Bouchaud. La 
 maladie de Friedreich chez deux frferes jumeaux. J. d. se. 
 mgd. de Lille, 1899, ii, 265-272.— Bowes (T. A.) [Two cases.] 
 Lancet, Lond., 1897, ii, 87.— Boxwell (W.) [Case.) Tr. 
 Roy. Acad. M. Ireland^ uubl., 1915, xxxili, 123.— Bramwell 
 (13.) Remarks on Friedreich's ataxia, with notes of three 
 cases. Brit. M. J., Lond„ 1897, ii, 896^99.— Brown (D. R.) 
 [Case.] J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1897, xxviii, 871. — Camp- 
 bell (H.) Some cases of Fneorcich's ataxia. Polyclin., 
 Lond., 1912, xvi, 106.— Canrtela (M.) [Case.] Rilorma 
 med., Napoli, 1909, xxv, 1217-1221.— Carslaw (J.) An iso- 
 lated case of Friedreich's ataxia. Tr. Med.-Chlr. Soc. 
 Gla.sg. (1899-1901), 1902, iii, 112-115.— Cautley (EJ [Case.] 
 Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1913-16, ix^ Child. Seoty 6.— 
 Cbieidlnl (M.) Un caso interessante di atassia di Fried- 
 reich. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1905, Roma, 1906, xv, 
 391.— Christiansen (V.) [Fonr cases.] Hosp.-Tid., K^ 
 benh., 1906, 4. R., xiv, 877-888.— Clarke (F. H.) Fried- 
 reich's ataxia; with report of two cases. Tr. Kentucky M. 
 Soc. 1899, Louisville, 1900, xliv, 172-181. Also: Louisville 
 Month. J. M. & S., 1899, vi, 139-143.— Cohn (P.) [Two 
 cases.] Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1898, xvil, 302-310.— 
 Coles (W. W.) [Two cases.] J. Am. Inst. Homceon., 
 N. Y,, 1910, iii, 264-271.— Combe. Maladie de Friedreich. 
 Ann . de mSd. et chir. inf.. Par ., 1898, ii, 825-842. Also, iransl. : 
 Boll, d . Clin., Milauo, 1892, xvi, 1 28-135.— Cousot. Sur la ma- 
 ladie de Friedreich. J. mM. de Brux.,1003,viii, 13. — Cusbing 
 (G. M.) Friedreich's ataxia. Clinique, Chicago, 1903, xxiv, 
 304-307; — Del Flano (A.) Contributo clinico alio studio 
 deUa malattia di Friedreich. N. raccoglitore mod., Imola, 
 1903, ii, 493-510.- De Pastrovlcli (G.) Di un caso singolare 
 di morbo del Friedreich (atassia eredltaria), Riv. sper. dl 
 Ireniat., Reggio-Emilia, 1903, xxix, 346-353.— Devlc (A.) & 
 Kocher. Maladie de Friedreich. Lyon m^d., 1914, cxxiii, 
 74-76.— Dodge (A. H.) & Lloyd (J. H.) An isolated case of 
 Friedreich's ataxia. J. Am. M. Ass.j Chicago, 1906, xlvi, 
 802. — Durand (P.) Maladie de Fnedreich. Bull. Soc. 
 mi&. d. hdp. de Lyon, 1914, xiii, 141-146.— Durand-Vlef 
 (P.) [Case.] Rev. m^d. de Normandie, Rouen, 1903, iv, 
 437-442.— Edieston (R. S. C.) [Case] Brit. M. J., Lond., 
 1902, ii, 1642.— Elliott (T. B.) ? Unilateral Friedreich's 
 disease. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1912-13, vi, Neurol. 
 Sect., 66. — Famell(F. J.) Hereditary spinal ataxia. Arch. 
 Pediat., N. Y., 1916, xxxiii, 48-55.— Ferenczl (A.) [Case.] 
 Ungar. med. Presse, Budapest, 1904, ix, 603.— Fergus (J.) 
 Two cases of Friedreich's ataxia in adolescents. Glasgow 
 M. J., 1917, Ixxxviii, 193-207.— Fernandez Sanz (E.) 
 
 [Three cases.] Siglo m«d., Madrid, 1904, Ii, 850; 868. . 
 
 [Case.] Rev. de mid., y drug, prdct., Madrid, 1905, Ixvil, 
 356.— Ferrler & Chassin. Cas atypiquo de maladie de 
 Friedreich. Bull, et m^m. Soc. mia. d. h6p. de Par., 1906, 
 3. s., xxiii, 880-885.- Foerster (O.) [Two casps.] Janresb. 
 d. schles. Gesellsch. f. vaterl. Kult. 1905, Bresl., 1906, ,TO-62.— 
 Fornario (G.) L'atassia eredltaria. Ann. di nevrol., 
 Napoli, 1894, xu, 379-402.— FraiSier (B. C.) [CaseJ Louis- 
 ville Month. J. M. & 8., 1903-4, 191.— Frey (K.) Zwei 
 Stammbaume von hereditarer Ataxie. Deutsche Ztschr. f. 
 Nervenh., Leipz., 1912, xliv, 361-379, 1 pj.— Fry (F. R.) 
 Additional cases of Friedreich's ataxia. Tr. M. Ass. Mis- 
 souri 1896-7, Kansas City, 1898, 96-106.— Gaussel. [Two 
 cases.] Montpel. mM., 1906, xxiii, 125-130.— Geerts (J.) 
 [Two cases,] J. de neurol.. Par., 1908, xiii, 281-284,— Gem- 
 mcU (S.) [Case.] Tr. Med.-Chir. Soo. Glasg., 1905-7, vi. 
 
 Ataxia (Hereditary) [Friedreich]. 
 
 101-103. Also: Glasgow M. J., 1906, Ixvi, 120-122,— Glo- 
 Tleux. [Case.] J. de neurol.. Par., 1898, iii, 303-307.— 
 Glynn. [Case.] Liverpool M;.-Chlr. J., 1898, xvtii, 290.— 
 Goltmab (A.) Hereditary ataxia. Med. (jritio, N. Y.j 
 1903, iii, 1096.— Graunau (St. G. T.) [Three cases.) Pea' 
 atrics, N. Y., 1910, xxii, 231-234.— Greenlees (T. D.) & 
 Purvis (G. C.) Fnedreich's paralysis. Brain, Lond,, 1901, 
 xxiv, 134-148, 4 pi.— HaU (A.) [Two cases,] Lancet, 
 Lond., 1906, ii, 1589.— Hallock (F. it.) Two cases of Fried- 
 reich's ataxia; brother and sister. Neurol. Bull., N. Y., 
 1918, i, 57-61.— Haushalter (P.) [Case,] Ann. dem4d. et 
 chir. inf., Par., 1899, iii, 197-199.— Hayes (A. I.) Friedreich's 
 ataxia. Colorado M. J., Denver, 1902, viil, 338-341.— Heub- 
 ner (O.) Ueber hereditare Ataxie. CharitfrAnn,, Berl., 
 1907, xxxl, 11,')-119.— Hlgler. [Case of atypical Friedreich's 
 disease.) Neurol, polska, Warszawa, 1911-12, ii, 602. — 
 Hoehhaus. Ein exquisiter Fall von Friedreichscher 
 Ataxie. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1903, 1, 669.— Hodge 
 (G.) [Three cases,] Brit. M. L, Lond., 1897, i, 1405.— Hoff- 
 mann (A.) Ueber hereditare Ataxie (Friedreich). Allg. 
 Ztschr. 1. Psychiat. [etc.], Berl,, 1899, Ivi, 598-602,— Hoff- 
 mann (J.) Zur Lehre von der hereditaren splnalen Ataxie. 
 Verhandl. d. deutsch. Kong. f. innere Med., Wiesby 19U, 
 xxviii, 363-356.— Hoppe (H. H.) [Two cases.) Cincin. 
 Lanc«t-Clinic, 1903, n. s,, 1, 361.— Hunt (E. L.) Fried- 
 reich's ataxia. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1910, Ixii, 125-137. 
 
 '—. [Two oases.) Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1910. xxvii, 
 
 373.— Jacod (M.) Maladie de Friedreich. Lyon med^ 1905, 
 civ, 341-344, — Jelgersma (G.) De ziekte van Friedreich. 
 Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1905, 2. r., xU, d. 1, 
 1161-1184.— Kalischer (S.) Ueber erbhche Tabes. Berl. 
 klin. Wchnschr., 1808, xxxv, 401-403.— KeUogg (J. H.) 
 Early observation of the disease noW Imown as Friedreich's 
 ataxia. Mod. Med. & Bacterid. Rev., Battle Creek, Mich., 
 
 1898, vii, 273. . The first observed cases of Friedreich's 
 
 ataxia in America. Med. Rec., N. Y., 1914, Ixxxv, 431. — 
 Kinsman (F. S.) [Case.) Maritime M. News, Halifax, 
 1897, ix, 88-90.— Knapp. [Two cases.) J. Nerv. & Ment. 
 Dis., N. Y., 1908. xxxv, 36.— KopczyfisW (SO [Ataxia 
 hereditaria s. morbus Friedreichl.) Medycyna, Warszawa, 
 
 1899, xxvii, 6; 25; 58; 77. — Kramer. Demonstration von 
 Fallen Friedreichscher Tabes bei Geschwlstem. Cor.-Bl. f. 
 schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1916, xlvi, 182-184.— Kroll (M.) & 
 Terentjew (A.) Zur Kasuistik der hereditaren Ataxie. 
 Ztschr. 1. d. ges. Neurol, u. Psychiat., Berl. & Leipz., 1914, 
 xxvi, Orig.^ 352-360.— Lambrior (A.-A.) Un cas de maladie 
 de Friedreich, avec autopsie. Rev. neurol.. Par., 1911', xxii, 
 525-540. — Uplne (R.) Maladie de Friedreich avec propul- 
 sion en avant. Rev. de m4d.. Par., 1896, xvi. 271.— Lloyd 
 (J. H.) [Case.] J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 191S, xiii, 
 156.— Long (E,) Du tabes hfirSditaire debutant k- Page 
 adulte. Rev. neurol., Par^ 1911, xxii, 808-812.— Lucid! (G.) 
 [Case.] Gazz. d. osp., Mllano, 1898, xix, 748,— Lyman 
 (H. M.) Hereditary ataxia. Internat. Clin., Phila,, 1899, 
 9. s., ii, 126-133,— Maekay (H. J.) The isolated type of 
 Friedreich's disease. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1894, n. s., cviii, 
 151-158.— Martin. [Case.) Nord mM., Lille, 1898, iv, 
 91-94, — Massalongo (B.) Delia sindrome atassica eredo- 
 famigliare e sue varietk. Policlin., Roma, 1917, xxiv, sez. 
 med., 229-243.— Meignant. [Tluree cases,) Anjou m6d.. 
 Angers, 1912, xix, 1-24.— Meyer-HUrllmann. Fried- 
 reich'sche Ataxie. Cor,-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1912, 
 xiii, 720-722.— Miller (J. W.) Friedreich's ataxia. Med. 
 Rev. of Rev., N. Y^ 1916, xxii, 192-195.— Mlngazzlnl (G.) 
 Beitrage zum Studium der Friedreichschen Krankheit. 
 Arch. f. Psychiat,, Berl., 1907, xiii, 917-948, 1 pi.- Moore 
 (W. G.) An atypical case of Friedreich's ataxia. J. Nerv. 
 & Ment. Dis., Lancaster, Pa., 1908, xxxv, 667.- Moyer (H. 
 N,) [Two cases.]^ Chicago M. Recorder, 1897, xii, 422. 
 Also: Northwest. Lancet, St. Paul, 1897, xvii, 229,— Murray 
 (G.) Cases of Friedreich's ataxia. Northumberland & 
 Durham M. J., Newcastle-npon-Tyne, 1899, vii, 36-38.— 
 MurrI (A.) [Case.) Soc. med.-chir. dl Bologna. Resoc. 
 (1896), 1897, 30,— Nefl (I. H.) A report of tMrteen cases of 
 ataxia in adults vrith hereditary history. Am. J. Insan., 
 Chicago, 1894-5, Ii, 365-373.— Nesbit (A. D.) [Case.) West 
 
 M. Rev., Lincoln, Nob,, 1898, iii, 253.— Noever (J.) [Case.] 
 
 ' " " Xj 1904, ix, 669.— Oettlnger (B.) [Case.] 
 
 Denver, 1912, ix, 208-211.— OgUvle (G,) 
 
 J. m^d. de BruXj 1904, ix, 669.— Oettlnger < 
 Colorado Med,, Denver, 1912, ix, 208-211,— Il.b"v.c i.«,y 
 [Case,] Proc. Roy. Soo. Med., Lond., 1907-8, i, Neurol. 
 Sect., 92 —de Ollvelra (O.) [Case.] Arch, brasil. de med., 
 Rio de Jan., 1912, ii, suppl. No. 2, 141-149,— Ormerod (J. A.) 
 On Friedreich's disease. Clin. J., Lond., 1896-7, viii, 118- 
 122,— Osnato (M) An analysis of seven cases of Fried- 
 reich's ataxia. N. York M, J. [etc.], 1918, cvli, 204-208.— 
 Ozoilo (,T.) Sobre um caso d!e molestia de Friedreich. 
 
 Bi'azil-med., Rio de Jan,, 1917, xxxi, 436. . Mai de 
 
 Friedreich. Ibid., 437.— Pagllerl (L.) Di una forma frusta 
 di malattia di Friedreich. Tommasi, Napoli, i907, U, 629- 
 633.— Palmer (F. S,) Friedreich's ataxia. Med. Press & 
 
 Circ, Lond., 1907, n. s., Ixxxiii, 605-608. . Cases of 
 
 Friedreich's ataxia. Tr. M. Soc. Lond,, 1912-13, xxxvi, 350. 
 
 . [Two cases.) West Lond. M. J^^ Lond., 1913, xviii, 
 
 43,— Pearce (F. S,) & Swan (J. M.) Friedreich's disease, 
 with the report of a fatal case. Phila, M, J,, 1900, v, 1201.— 
 P6rez Vento (R.) La enfermedad de Friedreich. Rev. de 
 
ATAXIA. 
 
 127 
 
 ATAXIA. 
 
 Ataxia (Hereditary) [Friedreich]. 
 
 med. y cirug. dc la Habana, 1910, xv, 3-10.— Perrln (M.) 
 Maladie de Friedreioli. Ann. de m6d. et ehir. inf.. Par., 1909, 
 xiii, 325-328.— Pravaz. Maladie de Friedreich. Lyon mM:, 
 1902, xcix, 792-79i.— Pujol & Taple (J.) [Case.] Toulouse 
 m(5d., 1912, 2. s., xiv, 192-195.— Kanklu (G.) Friedreich's 
 ataxia. Lancet, Lend., 1902, 1, 150-163.— Baymond. 
 — - - , Par., 1904, yiii, 289. . [Three 
 
 J. de mM. int., a. eu.^ 
 
 Corriere san., MUano, 1907, -xviii, 213-215. 
 
 [Two cases.L Eev. giSn. de cun. et de th&ap., Par., 1910, 
 xxiv, 664.— Biggs (C. E.) [Two eases.] Northwest. Lan- 
 cet, St. Paul, 1896, xvl, 264.— Bobins (W. L.) Friedreich's 
 disease; report of case; with a clinical digest of one hundred 
 cases. .Wash. M. Ann., 1906-7, v, 378-390.— Bosenhaiim. 
 Ueber Friedreich'sche Ataxie. Verhandl. d. Ver. f. innere 
 Med. zu Berl., 1895-6, xv, 459; 485.— Eossi (A.) Atassia 
 ereditaria del Friedreich. Cron. d. clin. med. dl Geneva, 
 1917, xxiii, 129-138.— Bossi (E.) Due casi singolari di 
 malattia del Friedreich. Manicomio mod., Nocera, 1892, viu, 
 238-281.— Buggieri (L. M.f [Case.) Riv. ospedal., Boma, 
 1913,iii, 837-845.— Sandy (W.C.) Hereditary ataxia. Am. 
 J. Insan., Bait., 1912-13, bdx, 403-409.— Schier (A. R.) 
 Friedreich's ataxia; report of cases. Bull. Iowa Inst., Des 
 Moines, 1903, v, 200-203, 3 pi.— Scboenboru (S.) Mitthei- 
 lungen zur Friedreich'schen Ataxie. Neurol. Centralbl., 
 Leipz., 1901, XX, 10-19.— Tedesko (F.) Ueher famUiare 
 Friedreich'sche Ataxie. Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. inn. Med. u. 
 Kmderh. in Wien, 1911, x, 178.— Seiffler (W.) Ueber die 
 Friedreich'sche Krankheit und ihre Tretmung in eine spinale 
 und eerebellare Form. Charity- Ahn., Berl., 1902, xxvi, 413- 
 444,— Slnkler (W.) Friedreich's ataxia, with a report of 
 thirteen cases. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1906, Ixxxiii, 65-72. 
 Also, Reprint.— SpUler (W. G.) Friedreich's ataxia. J. 
 Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1910, xxxvii, 
 411-435. Also: Phila. Gen. Hosp. Rep. 1910, viu, 1911, 83- 
 99.— Starr (M. A.) Friedreich's ataxia. J. Nerv. & Ment. 
 Dis., N. Y., 1898, xxv, 194-199, 3 pi.— Stein (J.) Ein casuis- 
 tischer Beitrag zur hereditaxen Ataxie. Prag. med. Wchn- 
 schr., 1902, xxvii, 133-135.— Steiner. Hereditaxe Ataxie 
 (Friedreich). Deutsche med. Wchnsehr^ Berl. & Leipz., 
 1912, xxxviii, 2392.— Stephenson (F. H.) [Two cases.) 
 Buffalo M. J., 1896-7, xxxvi, 568-573.- Stewart (J.) Fried- 
 reich's ataxia. Montreal M. J., 1902, xxxi, 900.— Steiflcr 
 (G.) [Case.] Wien. kiln. Wohnschr., 1911, xxiv, 1144.— 
 Stintzing. [Case.] Miinchen. med. Wohnschr., 1913, Ix, 
 157.— Symfes (T-.) Friedreich's disease. Dublin J. M. Sc, 
 1897, .Gui, 103-108.— Tamson (J. A.) Ataxie en h&^ditaire 
 ataxic; naar aanleiding van eeu ziektegeval. Geneesk. Tijd- 
 schr.iy. Nederl. Indie, Batav., 1894, xxxiv, 188-209.— Taylor 
 (J.) [Ca.se.] Proc. Roy. Soo. Med., Lond., 1913-14, vii, 
 Neurol. Sect., 15.— Teixelra (J.) [CaseJ Brazil-med., Rio 
 de Jan., 1904, xviii, 40.— Thistle (W. B.) Friedreich's 
 ataxia. Canada Lancet, Toronto, 1899-1900, xxxii, 136- 
 138.— Thomas (H.M.) [Case.] Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., 
 Bait., 1913, xxiv, 121.— Tomaschew. [Case.) Ann. de 
 mM. et chir. inf.. Par., 1901, v, 655-658.— "Traniner. Falle 
 von hereditarer Ataxie Friedreich. Deutsche med. Wchn- 
 schr., Leipz. & Berl., 1918, xUv, 1007.— Turner (J. S.) 
 Hereditary ataxia, or family ataxia. Texas State M. J ., 
 Fort Worth, 1911-12, vii, 11-13.— Van Wart (R. M.) Fried- 
 reich's ataxia; report of an unusual case. N. York M. J. 
 [etc.), 1904, Ixxx, 1263.— de "Vasconcelos (M.) [Four cases.] 
 Med. mod., Porto, 1915, xxii, 25-31.— Voelcker (A.) A case 
 of Friedreich's paralysis. Tr. Clin. Soc. Lond., 1900, xxxiii, 
 221-223. — Vorkastner. Ueber hereditare Ataxie. Med. 
 , Kim., Berl., 1914, x, 360; 404; 448; 495.— Weber. Friedreich- 
 sche Ataxie. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1918, Ixv, 945. — 
 Weber (E.) [Three cases.) Deutsche med. Wchnschr., 
 Berl. & Leipz., 1901, xxvii, 676-679.- van Wely. Fried- 
 reichsche ataxie. Geneesk. Coinant, Amst., 1903, Ivii, 85; 
 93.— Whyte (J. M.> Four cases of Friedreich's ataxia, with 
 a critical digest of recent literature on the subject. Brain, 
 Lofld., 1898, xxi, 72-137, 4 pi.— Wichmann. [Case.-] Neu- 
 rol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1897, xvi, 43.— WIckel (C.) Ein Fall 
 von Friedreich' scher Krankheit. Miinchen. med. Wchn- 
 schr., 1900, xlvu, 249-251.— WiUiams (E. M.) Hereditary 
 ataxia. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1914, cxlviii, 387-390.— 
 Williams (L.) Friedreich's ataxia in three sisters. Poly- 
 clin., Lond., 1905, ix, 9.— Winkler (C.) & Jacob! (J. w.) 
 Een studie over hereditaire ataxie. Psychiat. en Neurol. 
 Bl., Amst, 1898; ii, 36; 122, 2 pi. 
 
 Ataxia {Hereditary, Causes and pathol- 
 ogy of). 
 
 AmotjbouX (P.) *Essai sur I'etiologie et la 
 pathog6iiie de la maladie de Friedreich. 8°. 
 Paris, 1899. 
 
 Barker (L. F.) A description of the brains 
 and spinal cords of two brothers dead of heredi- 
 tary ataxia. Cases xviii and xx of the series in 
 the family described by Sanger Brown. With a 
 clinical introduction by S. Brovra. 4° Chieago, 
 
 1903. 
 
 Eepr.from: Univ. Chicago. Decenn. pub., Chicago, 1903, 
 1. s., x. 
 
 Ataxia (Hereditary, Causes and pathol- 
 ogy of). 
 
 Demoulin (P.-J.) *Ab8ence du caractfere 
 famiUal et 6tiologie iniectieuse dans certains cas 
 de maladie de Friedreich. 8°. LilU, 1902. 
 
 DuMON (F.) *Oontribution k I'^tude de I'ana- 
 tomie pathologique de la maladie de Friedreich. 
 8°. I^on, 1902. 
 
 GuENOT (F.) *Oontribution a I'^tude cLinique 
 anatomo-pathologique et 6tiologique de la mala- 
 die de Fnedreich. 8°. Lyon, 1904. 
 
 HtJBSCHER (F.) *Klimsche und anatomische 
 Beitrage zur Keimtnis der Friedreich'schen 
 Krankheit. [Ziirich.] 8°.. Leipzig, 1909. 
 
 Also, in: J. f. Psychol, u. Neurol., Leipz., 1909, xv, 31-60. 
 
 Lecouffb (J.-C.-A.) *De rorigine her^do- 
 syphilitique de certains cas de maladie de Fried- 
 reich. 8*. Lille, 1905. 
 
 MiJiiER (W.) *Zur pathologischen Anatomie 
 der Friedreich'schen Ataxie. 8°. Wurzburg, 
 1907. 
 
 Aleo, in: Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1908, xxii, 771; 787; 
 804; 821. 
 
 Strakosch (H. H.) *Beitrag zur Aetiologie 
 der Friedreichschen Ataxie. 8°. Gottingen, 
 
 1909. 
 
 • Alzona (F.) Due casi di morbo di Friedreich seguito da 
 
 autopsia. Gazz. med. itaJ., Torino, 1912, Ixlii, 421-423. 
 
 . Le alterazioni del midoUo spinale in due casi di 
 
 "morbo di Friedreich." Ann. di nevrol., Napoli, 1913; xxx, 
 113-126, 4 pi.— Ardin-DelteU & 016nofI {Mile.) L'h6rfr 
 ditS dans la maladie de Friedreich.- Montpel. mid., 1903, 
 xvi, 566-570.— Ausset (E.) Absence du,caract6re lamUial 
 dans un cas de maladie de Friedreich. Echo mM. du nord, 
 Lille, 1904, viii, 545-548.— Barjon (P.) & Cade (A.) Li- 
 quide c^phalo-rachidien et mSningite chronique dans im cas 
 de maladie de Friedreich. Compt. rend. Soc. de bid.. Par., 
 1901, 11. s., iii, 247-249.— Brown (S.) Huits on the pathol- 
 ogy of Friedreich's disease, based on the study of a series of 
 twenty-four cases. Internat. M. Mag., Phila., 1892, i, 785- 
 790.— Camp (C. D.) Case of tabes dorsahs, with a marked 
 faimly history of the disease; observations on the etiology of 
 tabes and treatment of the ataxia. J. Mich. M. Soc, Grand 
 Rapids, 1914, xiii, 527.— Combemale & Ingelrans. A I'ap- 
 pm de I'origine iniectieuse de certains cas de maladie de 
 Friedreich. Cong, franc, de mM. C. r.. Par., 1902, ii, 524- 
 528. — Dana. A case of Friedreich's ataxia, with autopsy. 
 Post>Graduate, N. Y., 1896, xi, 328-331, 3 pL— D6]erine (J.) 
 & Andrfe-Thomas. Les I4sions des racines, des gangUons 
 rachidlens et des nerfs dans im cas de maladie de Friedreich; 
 examen par la miSthode de Ramon y Cajal (impriignation i 
 I'argent). Rev. neurol.. Par., 1907, xv, 41-54.— Dreyer-Dufer 
 (R.) Un cas de maladie de Friedreich; syphUis causale. 
 marche suraigue; troubles oculaires rares; guSrison. Ann. 
 de dermat. et syph.. Par., 1896, 3. s., vii, 1469-1474.— Hen- 
 richs (J.) Hereditier ataksi; Friedreich's og Marie's syg- 
 domme. Norsk Mag. 1. Leegevidensk., Knstiania, 1918, 
 Ixxix, 207-229.— Hoffmann (J.) Pyramidenseitenstrang- 
 Symptome bei der hereditaren Friedreichschen Ataxie; 
 Sektionsbelund. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1918, 
 Ix, 179-188.— Hunter (W. K.) Case of Friedreich's disease 
 with atrophy In the left leg. Glasgow M. J., 1900, liv, 375- 
 380.— Lambrior (A.-A.) Un nouveau cas de maladie de 
 Friedreich, aveo autopsie. Rev. neurol.. Par., 1913, xxv, 
 57-67.— Ijeyden (E.) & Goldscheider. Friedreich'sche- 
 Krankheit; hereditare Ataxie. Spec. Path. u. Therap., . . . 
 Nothnagel, Wien, 1897, x, pt. 2, 1. Abth., 694-603.— Oier- 
 mltte & Artonu Un cas de maladie de Friedreich suivi 
 d'autopsie. Bull, et m^m. Soc. anat. de Par., 1907, Ixxxu, 
 556-661.— Ijt«hfleld (W. F.), Latham (0.) & CampbeU 
 (A. W.) A clinical and anatomical report of a ease of Fried- 
 reich's disease. Mod. J. Australia, Sydney, 1917, iv, 135- 
 140.— Mackay (H.) Pathology of a case of Frledi-eich's 
 disease, with a summary of previously reported cases. 
 Brain, Lond., 1898, xxi, 435-474,4pl.— Menzel(P.) Beitrag 
 zur Kenntniss der hereditaren Ataxie und Kleinhirnatro- 
 phie. Arch. f. Psychiat., Berl., 1890, xxii, 160-190, 1 pi.— 
 Mingazzlnl (G.) & Perusini (G.) Two cases of familial 
 heredo-spinal atrophy (Friedreich's type), with one autopsy, 
 and one case of so-called abortive form of Friedreich's disease; 
 anatomopathological and clinical study. J. Ment. Path., 
 N. Y., 1904-5, vl, 14; 57; 105, 10 pi.— Mirallie (C.) H&Mo- 
 ataxie c^r^beileuse et traumatisme. Pediatric prat., Lille, 
 1910, viii, 523-627.— MtlUcr (E.) Zur Pathologie der Fried- 
 reichschen Krankheit. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., 
 Leipz., 1907, xxxii, 137-182, 1 pi.— Myer (A.) The morbid 
 anatomy of a case of hereditary ataxy, with an introduction 
 by Sanger Brown. Brain, Lond., 1897, xx, 276-289.— Pernet 
 (G.) A note on Friedreich's ataxia and syphilis. Med. 
 Press & Circ, Lond., 1907, n. s., Ixxxiv, 60.— Petit (G.) 
 
ATAXIA. 
 
 128 
 
 ATAXIA. 
 
 Ataxia (Hereditary, Causes and pathol- 
 ogy of). 
 
 Malaoie de Friedreich sans ant^cMents nerveux hSrgdi- 
 taires; rougeole ayaut miciii le developpement de la ma- 
 ladie. J. de clia. et de tMrap. inf., Par., 1898, vi, 508.— 
 Philippe (C.) & Oberthtlr (J .) Deux autopsies de maladie 
 de Friedreich. Rev. neurol.. Par., 1901, ix, 971-980.— Pic 
 (A.) & Bonnamour (S.) Un cas de maladie de Friedreich, 
 aveo autopsie (coincidence de ramoUlssement c6r4bral). N. 
 ioonog. de la SalpStri^re, Par., 1904, xvii, 126-135, 1 pi.— 
 Eainy (H.) On the nature of Friedreich's ataxia. Med. 
 
 Press & Circ, Lond., 1905, n. s^^ Ixxix, 131. . The 
 
 pathology of Friedreich's ataxia. Bev. Neurol. & Psyohiat., 
 Edinb.j 1905, iii, 245-265, 2 pi.— Raymond. Tabfe et h^rSdo 
 specificity. J. de m^d. int., Par., 1904, viii, 290.— Kennie 
 (G. E.) A ease of Friedreich's hereditary ataxia; with 
 necropsy. Brit. M. J., iond., 1899, ii, 129-131.— Richard- 
 sou (O.J The lesions m the cord from a case of Friedreich's 
 or hereditary ataxia. J. Best. Soc. M. Sc, 1898-9, iii, 25-28, 
 3 pi.— Roasenda (G.) & Negro (C.) Malattia di Friedreich 
 e sderosi in placohe. Eiv. neuropat., Torino, 1908, iii, 264- 
 272.— Segre (L.) Coutributo alio studio dell' ejiologia del 
 morbo di Friedreich. Gazz. med. ital., Torino, 1907, Iviii, 
 401. — Simon (J.) Un cas de maladie de Friedreich, avec 
 autopsie et examen histologique. Progrfes m&d., Par., 1897, 
 3. s., vi, 145-147.— Spiecker (A.) Beitrage zum Studium 
 der hereditaren Lues des Nervensystems (Friedreich'scher 
 Symptomenkomplex). Jahrb. 1. Kinderh^ Berl., 1914, 
 n. F., Ixxix, 619-538.— Tedeschl (A.) Die Friedreich'sche 
 Krankheit; kritische und pathologisch-anatomische Unter- 
 suohung. Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1896, 
 XX, 61-84, 2 pi.— Thomas (A.) & Duiupt (A.) Examen 
 du n^vraxe dans un cas de maladie 'de Friedreich; atrophie 
 du bulbe, du ruban de Reil et du pMoncule c4r6belleux 
 sup&ieur. Rev. neurol., Par., 1912, xxiv, 317-323. 
 
 Ataxia (Hereditary, OompUcations and 
 
 sequelx of) . • 
 
 Sattky (L.) *Le coeur dans la maladie de 
 Friedreich. 8°. Lyon, 1905. 
 
 Angela (C.) I disturbi della sensibiUtI, ed i disturbi car- 
 dlaci nella malattia di Friedreich. Riv. neurol., Torino, 
 1914, i, 67; 101.— Best (W. H.,) Notes on a case of rapidly 
 fatal glycosuria in a subject of Friedreich's disease. Lancet, 
 Lond., 1899, i, 371. — Boschl (G.) Atassia ereditaria con 
 paramioolono moltepUce tipo Unverricht. Atti Aocad. d. 
 so. med. e nat. in Ferrara, 1911-12, Ixxxvl, 205-216.— Burr 
 (C. W.) The ejre in hereditary ataxia with a report of four 
 cases of Friedreich's ataxia in one family. Ann. Ophth., 
 St. Louis, 1897, vi, 139-143. Also, Reprint.- Carrau (A.) & 
 Musslo Fournler (J. C.) Sindroma de Friedreich y mal de 
 Pott. Rev. de mM. d. Uruguay, Montevideo, 1917, xx, 627- 
 629. — Collet. Troubles larynges dans la maladie de Fried- 
 reich. Arch. Internat. de laryngol. [etc.]. Par., 1908, xxv, 
 1060. — DuprS & Logre. Maladie de Friedreich et dSbilite 
 mentale avec perversions instinctives. Euctohale, Par., 1913; 
 ii, 557-559, 1 pi.— Fernandez Sanz (E.) Un oaso de enfer- 
 medad de Friedreich con sintomas sensitives. Siglo ra&A., 
 Madrid, 1910, Ivli, 114-117.— Gladstone (H.) Friedreich's 
 ataxia with kiiee-ierks and ankle clonus. Brain, Lond., 1899, 
 xxii, 615-620, 2 pi.— Jastrowltz (H.) Hereditare Ataxie mit 
 Muskeldystrophie. Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1911, xxx, 
 426-432. — JumentlS & Chenet. Troubles de la sensibiUte 
 dans un cas de maladie de Friedreich. Rev. neurol., Par., 
 1909, xviij 944. — Kramer. Ein Fall von Friedreiohscher 
 Ataxie mit myasthenischer Reaktion. Berl. kMn. Wchn- 
 schr., 1913, 1, 1634. Also: Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1913, 
 xxxh, 985. — Long. DSbilitfi mentale et maladie de Fried- 
 reidi. Eno^phale, Par., 1912, ii, 486-489.— Nolca. Kon- 
 trakturen bei der Friedreichscnen Krankheit. Neurol. 
 
 Centralbl., Leipz., 1908, xxvii, 883. . Objektive Sensi- 
 
 bilitatsstorungen bei der Friedreichschen Krankheit. lUi. 
 Also, tran8l.:Kev. neurol.. Par., 1908, xvi, 92-94.— Nolan 
 (M. J.) Three cases of Friedreich's disease (hereditary 
 ataxy) associated with genetous Idiocy. Tr. Roy. Acad. M. 
 Ireland, Dubl., 1894-5, xiii, 70-85, 1 pi.— Parkinson (J. P.) 
 Friedreich's disease with spastic phenomena. Proo. Koy. 
 Soc. Med., Lond., 1914-15, viii. Sect. Stud. Dis. Child., 3.— 
 Purser (F. C.) The deformity of the feet in Friedreich's 
 hereditary ataxia. Dublin J. M. Sc, 1917, oxliii, 81-84.— 
 Bothmann (M.) Ueber familiares Vorkommen von 
 Friedreichsoher Ataxie, MyxSdem und Zwergwuohs. Berl. 
 klin. Wchnschr., 1915, m, 31-33.— Saunders (P. W.) Sen- 
 sory changes in Friedreich's disease. Brain, Lond., 1913, 
 xxxvi, 166-192.— Schreve (F. H.) Een geval van Fried- 
 reich's tabes met maag crises. Nederl. Tiidsohr. v. G«neesk., 
 Amst., 1912, i, 722.— SIngerJK.) Die Sensibilitatsstorun- 
 gen bei der Friedreichschen Krankheit. Monatschr. f . Psy- 
 chiat. u. Neurol., Berl., 1910, xxvii, 489-511.— Stelu. Ueber 
 einen eigenartigen Fall von Friedrelchscher Ataxie com- 
 binirt mit Athetose. Berl. klui. Wchnschr., 1897, xxxiv, 
 1079. 
 
 Ataxia (Hereditary, Diagnosis of). 
 
 Menaut (B.) *I)e la main bote dans la 
 maladie de Friedreich. 8°- Paris, 1906. 
 
 Ataxia (Hereditary, Diagnosis of). 
 
 RosENSTBiN (G.) *Ueber hereditare Ataxie 
 und verwandte Symptomencomplexe. 8°. 
 Konigsberg i. Pr., 1897. 
 
 Anglade & Robert. Symptomes de maladie de Fried- 
 reich ayant surv^cu & un syndrome de paralysie gtoSrale 
 juv&iile. J. de mfid. de Bordeaux, 1912, xhi, 718. — Ba- 
 olnskl. Diagnostic d'un tab^s; maladie de Friedreich; 
 symptdmes cerdbelleux. M6d. mod.. Par., 1908, xix, 298. — 
 Bablnski, Vincent & Jaikowskl. Des r^exes cutan^s 
 de defense dans la maladie de Friedreich. Rev. neurol., 
 Par^ 1912, xx, pt. 1, 463-468.— Broglio (O.) ha, malattia 
 di Friedreich; considerazioni sulla diagnosi diflerenziale 
 Ann. di freniat. [etc.], Torino, 1905, xv, 97-112.— Collins (J.) 
 A clinioal report of nme cases of Friedreich's disease; heredi- 
 tary or family ataxy so called, with comments on note- 
 worthy symptoms. Am. Med., Phila;, 1903, v, 865-870.— 
 Flatau (G.) Klinischer Beitrag zur Kenntnis der heredi- 
 taren Ataxie (Friedreichsche Krankheit). Deutsche Ztsolir. 
 f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1908, xxxv, 461-466.— Gardner (E.) 
 A family in which some of the signs of Friedreich's ataxy 
 appeared discretely. Brain, Lond., 1906, xxix, 112-136. — 
 Griffith (T.W.) A clinical lecture on a series of five cases 
 of Friedreich's ataxy occurring tu two families. Brit. M. J., 
 Lond., 1907, i, 541-546.— Katz ( A. ) Das Symptomenbild der 
 Friedreich'scneu Ataxie nach einer acuten Infectionskrank- 
 heit. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1898, xxiv, 
 687.— Krol (M. B.) [Clinical picture of hereditary ataxy.] 
 Kharkov. M. J., 1914, xviii, 123-130.— Marie (P.) & Thiers 
 (J.) Reflexes vestibulaires et reflexes de defense dans la 
 maladie de Friedreich. Rev. neurol.. Par., 1912, xxiv, 597- 
 599.— Melrowity (P.) Friedreich's disease; its differential 
 diagnosis. Am. Med.-Surg. Bull., N. Y., 1896, x, 661-«63.— 
 Mingazzlnl (G.) & Baschlerl-Salvadorl (G.) Considerar 
 zioni cliniche sulla tabe ereditaria. Riv. di patol. nerv., 
 Firenze, 1906, xi, 580-688.— Neff (F. C.) The diagnosis of 
 Friedreich's disease. Kansas City M. Index-Lancet, 1909, 
 xxxii, 117-119.— Vlnaj (S. G.) Malattia di Friedreich? 
 Gazz. med. di Torino, 1894, slv, 1001-1005. 
 
 Ataixia (Hereditary, Treatment of). 
 
 Deschamps (E .) Du traitement eiectrique dans deux cas 
 de maladies de Friedreich. Compt.-rend. Cong, internat. de 
 mdd. 1897, Mosc, 1898, ii, sect. 4a, 87. Also: Arm. d'electro- 
 hiol. [etcj. Par., 1898, i, 349-353. Also, transl: J. Electro- 
 ther., N. Y., 1898, xvi, 231-233.— Dreyer-Duler (R.) Un cas 
 de maladie de Friedreich; syphihs causale; marchesuraigue; 
 troubles oculaires rares; gu&ison. Bull. Soc. frang. de 
 dermat. et syph.. Par., 1896, vii, 612-617.— Patoll, Baviait 
 & Duvivler. Maladie de Friedreich; reeducation motrice. 
 i;cho med. du nord, Lille, 1905, ix, 417.— Rauzler (G.) 
 Traitement de la maladie de Friedreich. N. Montpel. med., 
 1896, V, 785-792: 1898, -vii, 877-885.— Zabludowskl (J.) Ein 
 Fall von Friedreich'scher Ataxie; Behandluug durch Mas-, 
 sage. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 189S, xxxiii, 757. 
 
 Ataxia (Hereditary) in cJiildren. 
 
 MiNciOTTi (G.) Sopra un caao di tabe giova- 
 nile (malattia di Friedreich). 12°. Perugia, 
 1898. 
 
 Thalwitzer (F. H. a. E.) *Ueber zwei in 
 triihstem Kindesalter begonnene Falle von 
 FriedreichBcher Krankheit. 8°. Berlin, 1897. 
 
 Clarke (J. J.) Early Friedreich's disease. Rep. Soc. 
 Study Dis. Child., Lond., 1903-4, iv, 118.— Guthrie (L.) 
 ? Early Friedreich's disease (congenital ataxy). Polyclin., 
 Lond., 1906, x, 4.— Kaulmann (R.) Ueber hereditaie, 
 infantile Tabes. Wien. kUn. Rundschau, 1904, xviii, 625- 
 627.— MUiau. La descendance des tabetiques et le tabfes 
 juvenile. Rev. mens. d. mal. de I'enf., Par., 1905, xxiii, 133- 
 138.— Neustaedter (M.) An interesting case of Friedreich's 
 ataxia in a child five and a half years of age. Am. Med., 
 Burlington, Vt., & N. Y., 1910, n. s., v, 477-480.— Oppen- 
 heim (H. ) Ataxia spinalis chronica infantilis et congenita 
 (angeborene vnd friiherworbene Hinterstrangdegeneration). 
 Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1911, xxx, 466-472.— Poynton 
 (F. 3.) A case of Friedreich's disease. Rep. Soc. Study 
 Dis. Child., Lond., 1906-7, vii, 98.— Smith (H. J.) Pres' 
 entation of a tabetic child and paretic parents and brother. 
 J. Napv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1916, xliv, 66.— Taylor (J.) A 
 case of Friedreich's ataxia m an undersized girl, aged 10. 
 Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1912-13, vi, Neurol. Sect., 141.— 
 Varlot (0.) Un cas d'ataxie locomotrice de I'enfance (ma- 
 ladie deFnedreich); absence d'antecedents nerveux heredi- 
 taires; coqueluche ayant precede le developpement de la 
 
 176-178. 
 
 Ataxia (Locomotor). 
 
 See, also, Nervous system (Syphilis of). 
 
 Althaus (J.) Progressive locomotor ataxy; 
 its symptoms, diagnosis, and treatment. 8°. 
 London, 1866. 
 
ATAXIA. 
 
 129 
 
 ATAXIA. 
 
 Ataxia (Locomotor). 
 
 Bassuet (M.) *La descendance des tab^ti- 
 ques. 8°. Pam, 1904. 
 
 Dowse (T. S.) On ataxia and the preataxic 
 or curative stage of locomotor ataxia. 8°. 
 London, 1881. 
 
 Ferrier (D.) On tabes dorsalis. The Lum- 
 leian lectures delivered before the Royal Col- 
 lege of Physicians, London, March, 1906. 8°. 
 London, 1906. 
 
 . The same. 8°. New Torh, 1906. 
 
 Also, in: Brit. M. J., Lond., 1906, i, 721; 792; 851. Also, 
 in: Lancet, Lond., 1906, i, 881; 961. 
 
 Flatau(G.) Die Tabes dorsalis. 8°. Leipzig, 
 1904. 
 
 Gachet (J.-F.-A.) *Mouvements involon- 
 taires et stereotypies des doigts s'organisant en 
 tic dans le tabte. 8°. Borckaux, 1905. 
 
 Goldstein (M.) *UnterBUchungen iiber 
 Muskeldruckempfindlichkeit bei Tabes dorsalis. 
 [Halle a. S.] 8°. Leipzig, 1911. 
 
 Herrmann (H.) *Der Einfluss der Funktion 
 auf die Symptomatologie der Tabes, roy. 8°. 
 Miinchen, 1910. 
 
 Also, in: Ann. d. stadt. allg. Krankenh. zu Miinchen 
 (1906-8), 1910, xiv, 54-S5. 
 
 Idman (N. J. W.) *Afhandling om tabes i 
 benen. 16° SeMngfors, 1846. 
 
 Lalgtj (S.) *Oontribution k l^^tude du tabfes 
 chez les deux conjoints. 8°. Paris, 1898. 
 
 VON Leydbn (E.) Die Tabes dorsualis 
 (Riickenmarksschwindsucht, Ataxie locomo- 
 trice progressive, graue Degeneration der hinte- 
 renRuckenmarlfflstrange). 3. Aufl. 8°. Berlin 
 & Wien, 1901. 
 
 Maloney (W. J. M. A.) Locomotor ataxia 
 (tabes dorsalis); an introduction to the study 
 and treatment of nervous diseases. 8°. New 
 York & London, 1918. 
 
 MocHUTKOvsKi (O. 0.) Lektsii o spinnol 
 sukhotkie, chitannlya dlya vrachei ■. . . v 1896 i 
 1897 gg. (Zapisanl S. S. Voltke.) [Lectures on 
 tabes dorsalis, delivered to physicians in 1896-7. 
 (Collected by S. S. Voltke.)] -8°. S.-Peterburg, 
 1899. 
 
 Also, in: Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1898, xix, 637; 661; 699; 727; 
 794; 820. 
 
 MoBius (P. J.) Ueber die Tabes. Eine Ab- 
 handlung fur praktische Aerzte. 8° Berlin, 
 1897. 
 
 OiivET (W.) *Beitrage zur Lehre von der 
 Tabes dorsaUs. 8°. Gottingen, 1891. 
 
 Pbtzschb (J.) *Zur Kenntnis der Tabes 
 dorsalis und ihrer symptomatologischen Entwi- 
 ckelung. 4°. Leipzig, 1903. 
 
 Railliard (E.-V.-M.-L.-F.) *Recherches sur 
 la descendance des tab6tiques. 8°. Bordeaux, 
 1902. 
 
 Sanberg (Sophie). *La descendance des 
 tabetiques. 8°. Paris, 1903. 
 
 Schmidt (K.) *Beitrage zur Lehre der Tabes 
 dorsalis. 8°. Gottingen, 1900. 
 
 Stern (R.) Ueber korperliche Kennzeichen 
 der Disposition zur Tabes. 8°. Leipzig & 
 Wien, 1912. 
 
 Bartlett (C.) Some general remarks on locomotor ataxia. 
 Tr. Homoeop. M. Soc. Penu. 1897, Phila., 1898, 224-232.— 
 Benedikt (M.) La th^orie des mouvements atactiques 
 spinaux. Compt.-rend. Cong. Intemat .de m4d. 1897, Mosc, 
 
 1898, ii, sect. 2, 40. . Centrlpetaler Irrthum una centri- 
 
 lugale Wahrheit. Wien. med. Presse, 1901, xlii, 105-109.— 
 Bltol (E.) & Sabrazis (J.) Note sur le retourde lasensi- 
 bilitS^ testiculaire dans le tab6s. Rev. de mAi., Par., 1897, 
 XTii, 156-158.— Bramwell (B.) A series of post-graduate 
 demonstrations on nervous diseases (tabes, or locomotor 
 ataxia). Clin. Stud., Edinb., 1907-8, vii, 69; 101.— Bris- 
 saudfE.) Variations de la gravity du tabfe. Rev. neurol., 
 Par., 1902, x, 56-62.— Brower (D. R.) Locomotor ataxia. 
 
 96808°— Vol. II, 3d series— 19 9 
 
 Ataxia (Locomotor). 
 
 Clin. Rev„ Chicago, 1900, xli, 354. 
 
 v^iiLi. j.vcv.t v^iiiwigui xjuU) * ■ ■ J tiL/i< — • XB06S QOrSaUSi 
 
 Intemat. Clin., Phiki., 1904, 13. s., iv, 265.— Cliristlansen 
 (V.) Tabes dorsalis (bulbaris, sacralis). Bibliot. (. Laeger, 
 K0benh., 1914, 8. R., xv, 232-252.— Claptam (J. T.) A 
 note on tabes dorsalis. J. Roy. Army Med. Coips, Lond., 
 1905, V, 673-687.— Clarke (F. B.) A study of proximo- and 
 acro-ataxia in tabes dorsalis. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1916, 
 clil, 674-581.— Collins (J.) Tabes dorsalis; symptoma- 
 tology; morbid anatomy and pathology; prognosis. Med. 
 News, N. Y., 1903, Ixxxii, 7; 450; 491; 1121; 1155: Ixxxiii, 
 388.— Coulter (F. E.) Observations on tabes dorsalis. 
 Med. Herald, St. Joseph, 1902, xxi, 272-288.— Cros. Etude 
 sur la marche, la duree, la terminaison et le traltement de 
 I'ataxie locomotrice progressive. Ann. d'hydrol. et de 
 cUmat. mfid., Par., 1901, vi, 79-94.— Cutter (J. A.) Loco- 
 motor ataxia and other nerve degenerations. Alkaloid. 
 Clin., Chicago, 1905, xii, 365-362.— Dana (C. L.) Locomo- 
 tor ataxia. Med. Bee, N. Y., 1899, Ivi, 645-647. . 
 
 Tabes dorsalis; its pathology, diagnosis, and treatment. 
 Ibid., 729-732.— Delfcnbaugli (W. B.) Tabes dorsalis. 
 Med. Herald, St. Joseph, 1900, n. s., xix, 7-14.— Denslow 
 ( Le G. N. ) Locomotor ataxia; a new theory and treatment, 
 with cases. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1908, ixxiv, 870-875.— De 
 Renzi (E.) Sulla tabe dorsale. Clin, mod., Pisa, 1898, iv, 
 
 113; 137; 163. . Tabe dorsale. N. riv. clin.-terap., 
 
 Napoli, 1910, xi, 617-625.— Dinkier. Ueber Tabes dorsaUs. 
 Deutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1904, xxv, 253-255. Also: Verof- 
 fentl. d. Hufeland. Gesellsch. in Berl., 1904, 5-12.— Du- 
 chenne. Recherches sur I'ataxie locomotrice progressive, 
 maladie caract^ris^e sp6cialement par des troubles g^neraux 
 de la coordination des mouvements. Compt. rend. Acad. d. 
 sc, Par., 1918, xlvii, 859.— El>steln(E.) Tabes dorsalis imd 
 Lyssa; eine historische Notiz. Janus, Harlem, 1907, xii, 
 77.— Edwards (G. P.) Tabes dorsaJis. Tr. M. Soc. Ten- 
 nessee, Nashville, 1905. Ixxii, 326-335.— Erb (W.) Tabes 
 
 dorsalis. Deutsche Khnik, Berl., 1906, vi, 807-932. . 
 
 Tabes: Riickschauende una nachdenkhche Betrachtungen. 
 Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1913, xlvii-xlviii, 74- 
 101.— Eshner (A. A.) A case of tabes dorsalis without 
 ataxia. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1911, Ivi, 194.— Faworsky 
 (A.) Die Abbauerschemungen bei Tabes dorsalis. Histol. 
 u. histopath. Arb. ii. d. Grosshimrinde, J.ena, 1913-14, vl, 74- 
 88, 5 pi. — Frenkel & Faure (M.) Des attitudes anormales, 
 spontan^es ou provoqufe, dans le tabSs dorsal sans arthro- 
 pathies. N. iconog. de la Salp4tri6re, Par., 1896, ix, 189-196, 
 4 pi.— Germaix. La p^riode inltiale du tabfe. Rev. mdd. 
 et pharm. de I'Afrique du nord, Alger, 1898, 1, 541; 663; 594; 
 649: 1899, ii, 54; 114; 164; 176; 199; 262; 351. Continued in: 
 Rev. mM. de I'Afrique du nord, Alger, 1900, ill, 702; 943.— 
 GhllarduccI (F.) Tabe dorsale. Suppl. al Policlin., 
 Roma, 1897-8, iv, 348-360.— Grasset (J.) Le tabfe, maladie 
 de la sensibility profonde. J. mM. Iranf., Par., 1908, ii, 274- 
 280. Also: Prov. med.. Par., 1908, xix, 143-145. Also, Re- 
 print. — Griggs (A. C.) Interesting features in locomotor 
 ataxia. Med. Age, Detroit, 1902, xx, 281-287.— Grossman 
 (M.) Plea for the tabetic. Interstate M. J., St. Louis, 1916, 
 
 xxiii, 927-936. . Tabes dorsalis. J. Nerv. & Ment. 
 
 Dis., N. Y., 1918, xlvii, 81-92.— Haenel (H.) Eme typische 
 Form der tabischen Gehstorung. Deutsche Ztschr. f. 
 Nervenh., Leipz^ 1908, xxxiv, 279-288.— Hamel (C. P.) 
 Tabfes dorsalis. Union m^d. du Canada, Moutr&il, xlvii, 
 278-289.— Henry (T. H.) Locomotor ataxia. Tr. M. Ass. 
 Alabama, Montgomery, 1907, 347-353.— Hering (H. E.) 
 Ueber centripetale Ataxie. Prag. med. 'Wchnschr., 1896, 
 xxi, 457; 471.— Hirschhtrg (R.) Des mouvements invo- 
 lontaires spontanfe chez les tab^tiques. Rev. neurol., Par., 
 1897, V, 662-667.— Hirschkron (J.) On the etiology, prog- 
 nosis and modem treatment of tabes dorsalis. Gaillard's 
 M. J., N. Y., 1902, Ixxvii, 209-220. Also: Med. Exam., N. Y., 
 1902, xii, 233-238.— Hoover (C. F.) The significance of acro- 
 ataxia and proximo-ataxia. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, 
 Phila., 1915, xxx, 3^-385.— Janovsky (V.) [The question 
 of tabes dorsaUs.] Casop. Idk. eesk., v Praze, 1882, xxi, 676; 
 743; 775; 792; 806; 826.— Johnson (G. W.) Tabes dor- 
 salis. Chicago M. Recorder, 1898, xiv, 347.— KaUscher (S.) 
 Die Tabes dorsalis; Sammel-Referat fiber Arbeiten aus den 
 Jahren 1894-7. Monatschr. f. Psyschiat. u. Neurol., 1898, ill, 
 180; 252; 368.— von Kraflt-Ebing. Tabes dorsalis. AUg. 
 Wien. med. Ztg., 1898, xlii, 337; 347; 359; 369.— Kron (H.) 
 Tabesfragen. Monatschr. f. Psychiat. u. Neurol., Berl., 
 1908, xxiv, 479-507.— Langdon (F. WO Locomotor ataxia 
 in its modem aspect. Med. Ree.^ N. Y., 1898, liil, 45-49.— 
 Langdon (H. M.) Tabes dorsalis. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., 
 N. Y., 1913, xl, 528.— Langelaan (J. W.) Over tabes 
 dorsalis. Med. Weekbl., Amst, 1911-12, xviii, 213-220.— 
 Iieszynsky (W. M.) Tabes dorsalis. Ref. Handb. Med. 
 Sc, N. Y., 1917, viii, 89-94.— Leydeu (E.) & GoldscbeideT. 
 'Tabes dorsalis (Riickenmarksschwindsucht, Riickenmarks- 
 darre, Ataxie locomotrice progressive, graue Degeneration 
 der hinteren Riickenmarksstrange). Spec Path. u. Therap. 
 . . . Nothnagel, Wien, 1897, x, pt. 2, 1. Abth., 604-593, 4 pi.— 
 Loewenteld (L.) Ueber spontane Besserang von Tabes- 
 symptomen. Deutsche Prax., Miinchen, 1900, iii, 308-311.— 
 Loveland (B. C.) Locomotor ataxia. Med. Rec, N. Y., 
 1900, Ivii, 541-643.— Mahan (H. P.) Tabes dorsalis. J. 
 Kansas M. Soc, Columbus, 1908, viii, 12o6-125S.— Marina 
 (A.) Ancora sulla questione perchfe un ammalato di atassia 
 
ATAXIA. 
 
 130 
 
 ATAXIA. 
 
 Ataxia (Locomotor). 
 
 acuta ha potuto nuotare benissimo. Policlin., Roma, 1916, 
 xxiii, sez. prat., 1095-1105.— MerWen (P.) Le tabfes; 
 orientation actuelle de la question. Tribune mM., Par., 
 1913, n. s., xlvii, 97-109.— Mettler (L. H.) Tabes dorsalis. 
 N. York M. J. (etc.l, 1905, lxxxli> 677-682. AUo, Reprint.— 
 Mlllan (G.) Faculty viriles; fecondit^ et descendance des 
 tab^tiques. Arch. g&i. de mid., Par., 1905, i, 65-74.— Mo- 
 czntkowsU (O. O.) Ueber Ruckenmarksschwindsucht. 
 Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1900, box, 923; 937; 950; 962; 
 974; 984; 997; 1009.— MOWus (P. J.) Neuere Beobachtun- 
 gen liber die Tabes. Schmidt's Jahrb., 1896, ccxUx, 81-96. 
 
 . Tabes dorsalis. Twentieth Cent. Pract. , N. Yy 1897, 
 
 3d, 803-880. . Neuere Beobachtungen fiber die Tabes. 
 
 Schmidt'sJahrb.,Leipz., 1902, cclxxiii, 6-21. . Neuere 
 
 Beobachtungen fiber die Tabes. Ibid., 1906, cclxxxix, 13- 
 26.— Moffltt (H. C.) Tabes as it presents itself to the genem 
 
 Sractitioner. Calif. State J. M.. San Fran., 1907, v, 309-314.— 
 lorltz (P.) Neuere Arbeiten fiber Tabes dorsalis. 
 
 Schmidt's Jahrb., Leipz., 1908, ccc, 113-129. . Neuere 
 
 1 Arbeiten fiber Tabes dorsalis. Joid., 1911, cccix, 1-12.— 
 ' Moyer{H. N.) Tabes. Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1904, vi, 
 707-710.— Murrl (A.) L'atassia nel cammino e nel nuoto. 
 ! Riformamed., Napoli, 1915, xxxi, 1009-1019.- Mylko(G.W.) 
 Locomotor ataxia. Kingston M. Quart., 1901-2, vi, 149- 
 152.— Negro (C.) Sui movimentl involontari, one conse- 
 guono a rappresentazioni ideo-motrici nei tabetid atassici. 
 Rlv. neUTOpat., Torino, 1907, ii, 193-196.— Ogllvle (G.) Lo- 
 comotor ataxia. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lend., 1907-8, i, 
 Neurol. Sect., 93.— Pal (J. ) Ueber Tabes und Diabetes mel- 
 litus. Wlen. kirn. Rundschau, 1901, xv, 1-3.— Papado- 
 .poulos. Contribution k I'^tude de.l'ataxie locomotrice 
 
 Progressive. Grfece mid., Syra, 1904, vi, 13-15. Also: 
 Togrfes mfid.. Par., 1904, 3. s., six, 145. Also, transl.; 
 Brazil-med., Bio de Jan., 1904, xvui, 248.— Pardo (G.) 
 Contributo alio studio clinico della tabe. Riv. quindicin. di 
 psicol. [etc.], Roma, 1897-8, i, 289-299.— Patella (V.). La 
 tabe dorsale. Clin. med. ital., Milano, 1913, lii, 305-318.— 
 Patrick (H. T.) Locomotor ataxia. Intemat. Clin., 
 Phila., 1900, 10. s., ii, 147-161.— Pease (C. A.) Locomotor 
 ataxia. Vermont M. Month., Burlrneton, 1902, viii, 125- 
 128.— Pech. Autour du tab§s. Bull, m^.. Far., 1913, 
 xxvil, 195.— Pltres. Tabte. M.4m. et bull. Soc. de m^d. et 
 chir. de Bordeaux (1900), 1901, 138-140.— Preble (R. B.) 
 Tabes dorsalis. Chicago Clin., 1903, xvi, 205-209.— Prltch- 
 ard <W. B.) A clinical talk on tabes. N. York M. J. 
 [etc.], 1910, xd, 97.— Punton (J.) Modem views of locomo- 
 tor ataxia. Kansas City M. Index- Lancet, 1904, xxv, 177- 
 183.— Raymond. Tabes dorso-lombaire. J. de m^d., int.. 
 Par., 1905, ix, 172.— Beading (E. M.) Locomotor ataxia. 
 Chicago M. Times, 1907, xl, 1-6.— Held (W.) Tabes dor- 
 salis. J. Miim. M. Ass. [etc.], Minneap., 1909, xxix, 67. — de 
 Bezende Fuech (1,.) Tabes dorsualis e tabes associada 
 (tabes combinada). Arch, brasil. de psyohiat. [etc.], Rio de 
 Jan., 1906, ii, 58-97.— Bosenba«h (O.T Remarks on locomo- 
 tor ataxy. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1898, ii, 954-957.— Bosin (H.) 
 Ein Beitrag zur Lehi« von der Tabes dorsalis. Ztschx. f. 
 klin. Med., Berl., 1896, xxx, 480-628, 2 pi.— Sabrazes. 
 Mouvements involontaires st4r§otyp& des doigts s'organi- 
 sant en tics dans le tabSs. J. de neurol.. Par,, 1905, x, 377. — 
 Saebs (B.) Tabes dorsalis. In: Modem Med. (Osier), 8°, 
 Phila. & N. Y., 1910, vii, 688-706.— Salinas (P.) Considerar 
 clones acerca de la ataxia locomotriz progressiva. Arch, de 
 la Policlin., Habana, 1897, v, 17-23.— Sbrocchi (A.) Ancora 
 deir atassia nel cammino e nel nuoto. Riv. crlt. di clin. med., 
 Flrenze, 1916, xvil, 307-311.— Schwab (S. I.) Tabes dor- 
 salis. InterstateM. J., St. Louis, 1912, xix, 458-463.— Shoe- 
 maker (J. V.) Locomotor ataxia. Med. Bull., Phila., 
 
 1903, xxv, 85-88. . Tabes dorsalis. Month. Cycl. & M. 
 
 BuU., Phila., 1910, ill, 33-35.— Slgnorelll (A.) Tabe e 
 malaria; contributo alio studio delle assodazioni morbose in 
 genere. Boll. d. Soc. Lancisiana d. osp. di Roma, 1904, xxiv, 
 1-31.— Skaia. [Contribution &l'6tuaederataxie.] Rev. v 
 neurol., psychiat., lys. a diaetet. therap., v Praze, 1909, v, 47; 
 120; 172.— Starkey (F. R.) A broader view of tabes dor- 
 salis. Med. Rec, N. If., 1916, Ixxxix, 415-417.— Starr (M. 
 A.) On tabes. Tt. Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila., 1899, xiv, 
 
 146-153. . Locomotor ataxia. Intemat. Clin., Phila., 
 
 1901, 11. s., ii, 172-184, 4 pi.— Swolfs (O.) Du tabte dorsalis. 
 Clinique, Brux., 1898, xli, 737; 801; 837.— Taylor (J.) A 
 clinical lecture on tabes dorsalis. Practitioner, Lond., 1900, 
 Ixiv, 636-649.— Thompson (L.) The early diagnosis and 
 treatment of tabes dorsalis. J. Arkansas M. Soc., Little 
 Rock, 1917-18, xiv, 239-245.— Trevelyan (E. F.) On locomo- 
 tor ataxia. Quart. M. J., Sheffield, 1897-8, vi, 352-361.— 
 TuraaJiski (G. J.) [Locomotor ataxia.] Lwow. tygodn. 
 lek., 1909, iv, 527; 540; 554.— Vlllaret (M.) & Boudet (G.) 
 Contribution k I'etude du tabfes dans ses rapports aveo la 
 eampagne actuelle. Montpel. mid., 1917, xxxix, 803-811.— 
 Wise (P. M.) Locomotor ataxia. Am. Med., Phila., 1906, 
 
 xi,90. . Locomotor ataxia. /Md., Phila. & York, 1906, 
 
 n. s., i, 621.— Wuffl. Die Tabes dorsalis. Reichs-Med.- 
 Anz., Leipz., 1904, xxix, 325; 347; 386; 405; 427. — von 
 Zlegenweidt. Eenlge onderzoeklngen overeenige verschijn- 
 selen bij tabes dorsalis. Med. Rev., Haarlem, 1905, v, 119- 
 121. 
 
 Ataxia (Locomotor, , Atypical forms of). 
 Ingblbans (L.) *Etu<ie clinique des formes 
 anormalea du tabfes dorsualis. 8°. Pam, 1897. 
 
 . The same. 8°. Pam, 1897. 
 
 Also [Abstr.l, in: Echo mM. du nord, Lille, 1897, i, 430- 
 435. 
 
 Febrero (E.) Le forme frusta della tabe spi- 
 nale e lore eziologja. Tesi di libera docenza. 8° . 
 Torino, 1904. 
 
 SiGERisT (A.) *Ueber inkomplete Formen 
 von Tabes dorsalis (Formes frustes). 8° . Tubin- 
 gen, 1906. 
 
 Also [Abstr.], in: Med. Klin., Beri., 1906, ii, 864-870. 
 
 Achard (C.5 & Folx (C.) TabSs fraste avec arthropathie. 
 J. de neurol., Par., 1909, xiv, 249. AUo: Rev. neurol.. Par., 
 1909, xvii, 643-647.— Achard (C.) & Salnt-Glrons (F.) 
 Tabte fruste. Kev. neurol., Par., 1911, xxii, 724.— Blenlalt 
 (A.) Un cas de tabfts atypique. Gaz. med. beige, LK^ge, 
 1901-2, xiv, 184.— Callewaert. Tab&i dorsal fraste. Policlin., 
 Brux., 1906, XV, 341.— Ceconl (A.) Sopra un caso com- 
 plesso di tabe dorsale; contribuzione aJla clinica delle asso- 
 dazioni morbose in patologia nervosa. Arch. ital. di din., 
 Milano, 1897, xxxvi, J65-206.— Christiansen (V.) [An 
 atypical case of tabes dorsalis.] Hosp.-Tid., K0benh., 1899, 
 4. R., vii, 947-962.— Craverl (Q. C.) Contributo alio studio 
 diagnostico delle forme aberrantl e tardive di tabe dorsale. 
 Morgagni, Milano, 1908, 1, 329-362.— Dev6 (F. ) Vomissements 
 p^riodiques et tab^ frustes. Normandie mfid., Rouen, 
 1905, XX, 268-272.— Edgeworth (F. H.) On .some anoma-' 
 lous eases of locomotor ataxy. Bristol Med.-Chir. J., 1905, 
 xxiii, 234-239.— Engelen. Bin Fall von hoher Tabes. 
 Deutsche med. Wdinsdir., Berl. & Leipz., 1904, xxx, 1770.— 
 £tienne (G.) A propos de deux cas de crises gastriques 
 du tabfes de forme anormale. Scalpel, Li^e, 1913-14, Ixvi, 
 69.3-695.— Plandin (C.) Tabte fruste ou meningite syphi- 
 litique. Rev. neurol., Par., 1911, xxii, 739.— GulUaln (G.) 
 & Troisier (J.) Livedo coexistant avec untabSs fruste. Bull, 
 et m6m. Soc. m6d. d. h6p. de Par., 1909, 3. s., xxvl, 747- 
 751. [Discussion], 773.— Hassin (G. B.) & CarroU (E. P.) 
 Sacral tabes with clinical picture of a lesion of the conus 
 medullaris. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1918, Ixx, 75.5-757. — 
 Heldenbergh (C.) Un cas de tabfes dorsalis a Evolution 
 insolite. Belglque mM., Gand-Haarlem, 1897, Iv, 321- 
 331. — Heveroch (A.) [Very rare cases of locomotor ataxia.] • 
 Casop. Wk. 6esk., v JPraze, 1895, xxxiv, 64-66. [Discussion], 
 89; 111. — Hitchcock (C. W.) Two cases of atypical tabes. 
 DetroitM. J., 1911,xi,316-318.r-Hnatek (J.) [Some unusual 
 forms of locomotor ataxia.] Casop. l^k. cesk., v Praze, 1894, 
 xxxili, 121; 141.— Keller (K.) [A peculiar form of tabes.] 
 Zzem&zeti lapok, Budapest, 190O, 31.— Laplnskl (M.) 
 [Forms of tabes dorsalis met with rarely.] Med. Obozr., 
 
 Mosk.,.1902, Iviii, 707-722. . Emige wenig beschriebene 
 
 Formen der Tabes dorsalis. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., 
 Leipz., 1906, xxx, 17^200.— Long (E.) & Cramer (A.) Du 
 tabes tardlf. Rev. neurol.. Par., 1906, xiv, 110-116.— Meyer 
 (H.N.) Anomalous form of tabes; a clinical lecture. Medi- 
 cine, Detroit, 1901, vii, 899-902.— Raymond. Formes 
 frustes du tab^. Bull. mM., Par., 1906, xx, 625-630. Also: 
 
 Poitou m^d., Poitiers, 1907,xxi, 35-47. . Quelques cas 
 
 de tabfe fruste. J. de m#d. et chir. prat.. Par., 1909, Ixxx, 
 649-^53.— Reynolds (E. S.) Some unusual cases of tabes 
 dorsalis. Rev. Neurol. & Psychiat, Edinb., 1904, ii, 177- 
 185.— Rimbaud (L.) Tabfes fruste. Montpel. mtd., 1908, 
 xxvi, 355-358.— Schttller (A.) Ueber atypische Verlauls- 
 formen der Tabes. Wlen. med. Wchnschr., 1906, Ivi, 761; 
 817. — Schuster. Einige merkwfirdige Tabesfalle. Ver- 
 handl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1903, Leipz., 
 1904, ii, 2, Hltte., 284.— Shebayefl (N. V.) [Rare case of 
 tabes.] Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1902, ix, 781; 805.— Sou- 
 ques (A.) Tabfe fraste. Rev. neurol., Par., 1911, xxii, 
 734.— Starr (M. A.) A new type of ataxia. Med. Rec, 
 N. Y., 1907, Ixxl, 804.— Stewart (P.) Rudimentary forms 
 of tabes. Hospital, Lond., 1907-8, xliii, 289.— Taylor (J.) 
 On some anomalous cases of tabes dorsalis. Brit. M. J., 
 
 Lond., 1902, ii, 165-167. . Two atypical cases of tabes 
 
 dorsalis. Policlin., Lond., 1902, vi, 251.— Vaquez. Trois cas 
 d'aortite avec tab^ fruste: examen cytologique positif. 
 Rev. neurol.. Par., 1903, 3d, 336.— Ward (F. F.) A peculiar 
 case of locomotor ataxia. Boston M. & S. J., 1899, C3cl, 143. — 
 Westphal (A.) Beitrag zur Lehre von der station&ren 
 Tabes. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1918, Ix, 80- 
 89. 
 
 Ataxia (Locomotor, Blood in). 
 
 See, also, AtaidB, (Locomotor, SerodiagTwsis of). 
 
 Falls (F. H.) Proteolytic ferments of the blood serum 
 in tabes dorsalis and general paresis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chi- 
 cago, 1916, Ixvi, 22-24. Also, Reprint.— Heltz (J.) & No- 
 rero. De la pression art^rielle chez les tab^tiques; etude des 
 modifications gu'elle subit sous I'influence des crises gas- 
 triques et des douIeuTS fulgurantes. Arch. d. mal. du coeur 
 [ete.]. Par., 1908, i, 505-531.- KUppel & Lielas. ^osinophilie 
 
ATAXU. 
 
 131 
 
 ATAXIA. 
 
 Ataxia (Locomotor, Blood in). 
 
 dans le tabhs. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1903, Iv, 
 461.— Mendelssolin (M.) Sur quelques propri^tfe phjslco- 
 cWmiquesdu sang Chez lestabStlques; contribution k fa pa- 
 thogmie du tab^. Cong, intemat. de m4d. C.-r. 1903, Ma- 
 drid, 1904,xiv,sect.de neuropath, [etc.], 637-640.— Orsag(0.) 
 Veranderungen des Blutes bei Tabes dorsalis. Cong, inter- 
 nat. de m^d. C.-r., Budapest, 1910,Sect. vi, mM. int., 610. 
 Also: Folia clln., chim. e£ micros., Salsomaggiore, 1910, ii, 
 346-349.— Pardo (G.) Ricerche sul sangue del tabetici. 
 Riv. mens, di neuropat. e psichiat., Roma, 1900-1901, No. 11, 
 2-18.— Slcard (J.-A.) & Bloch (M.) Variations quantita- 
 tives de la lymphocytose rachidienne chez les tab^tiques 
 non trait^; influence de la statique; deductions pathog6- 
 niques. Bull, et mfim. Soc. m^d. d. h6p. de Par., 1911, 3. s., 
 xxxil, 77-82.— Verhoogeu (R.) Sur les pr^tendues alt&a- 
 tions histologiquBS du sang dans le tabte. J. m^d. de Brux., 
 1903, vili, 535.— Williams (T. A.) Tabes dorsalis without 
 lymphocytosis. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1913, xl, 
 180-182. Also: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1913, xcvii, 705. 
 
 Ataxia (Locomotor, Bulbar and cervical). 
 See Ataxia (Locomotor, Superior). 
 
 Ataxia (Locomotor, Oases and statistics 
 
 of). 
 
 Bernhard (P.) *Drei Falle von Tabes dor- 
 salis. 8°. Miinchen, 1902. 
 
 Burton (C. H.) & Burton (F.) A study of 
 locomotor ataxia based upon treatment of 375 
 cases. 12°. Detroit, 1914. 
 
 . A study of locomotor ataxia and 
 
 kindred diseases based on the treatment of 600 
 cases. 8°. Detroit, 1915. 
 
 Ehemann (H.) *Statistisclie Mitteilungen 
 tiber die Tabes dorsalis (1894-1903). 8°. Miln- 
 chen, 1905. 
 
 EiNHOBN (F. D.) *Klimsche Beobachtungen 
 an 94 Fallen von Tabes dorsalis. [Strassburg.] 
 8°. Freiburg LB., 1910. 
 
 Fbanke (H.) *Statistische Mitteilung fiber 
 die Tabes dorsualis. 8°. Mimchen, \^Q2. 
 
 MocHUTKOVSKi (O. O.) Kliniko-statistiche- 
 skoye izslledovaniye spinnoi sukhotki. [Clinical 
 statistical investigation of tabes dorsalis.] 8° 
 S.-Peterburg, 1899. 
 
 Weil (M.) *Ein Fall von Tabes incipiens. 
 [Heidelberg.] 8°. Berlin, 18H. 
 
 Aldrlcli (C. J .) A case of locomotor ataxia beginning in 
 the sacral cord and presenting unusual sensory symptoms. 
 Med. News, N. Y., 1899, Ixxv, 685-687.— de Azevedo SoOit 
 (A.) jrequencia da tabes dorsalis no Brazil. Brazil-med., 
 Rio de Jan., 1904, XA'iii, 175-178. Also, iransl: An. san. 
 mil., Buenos Aires, 1904, vl, 866-879.— Belugou (A.) & 
 Faure (M.) Pathog&iie, pronostic et th&apeutique du 
 tabfes (d'aprfes 1,960 observations). Rev. de mM., Par., 
 1903, xxiii, 663-676.— Bonar (A. B.) A study of the cases of 
 tabesdorsallsinM. Allen Starr'scUnie, Columbia University, 
 from January, 1888, to January, 1901. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., 
 N. Y., 1901, xxviii, 259-272.— Booth (D. S.) Locomotor 
 ataxia; recovery in a case repeatedly so diagnosed. Phila. 
 M. J., 1900, T, 359.— Bowers (W. G.) A typical case of 
 tabes dorsalis in a negress. N. York M. J. [etc.], N. Y., 
 1906, Ixxxiv, 845. Also, Reprint.— Bramwell (B.) Analy- 
 sis of 155 cases of tabes. Brain, Lond., 1902, xxv, 19^. 
 
 . Analysis of 263 cases of tabes dorsalis. Clin.Stud., 
 
 Edlnb., 1907-8, vi, 120-148. Also: Brit. M. J., Lend., 1908, i, 
 669-677.— Brown (S.) Permanent non-progressive ataxia, 
 with a cliiiical report of three cases. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 
 1900, cxix, 657-665. X&o,Reprint.— BttrstenWnder. Casuis- 
 tische Beitrage zur Tabes dorsalis. Ophth. Klin., Stuttg., 
 1900, iv, 341-343.— Buflettl (V.) TJn interessante case di 
 tabe dorsale. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1907, xxviii, 1351- 
 1360.— Collins (E. C.) Five cases of locomotor ataxia. 
 Mass. M. J., Best., 1907, xxvil, 379-385.— Collins (J.) Tabes 
 dorsalis; a study of 140 cases of locomotor ataxia. Med. 
 News, N. Y., 1903, Ixxxii, 7; 450; 491; 1121; 1155. Also, RV 
 print. — Dennaene. Note sur un cas de tab^ dorsal S, la 
 p&iode prgataxique. Arch. mfid. beiges, Brux., 1896, 4. s., 
 vil, 305-318.— De R«nzi <E.)Due casi di tabe dorsale; artro- 
 patia tabetica. Riv. clin. e terap., Napoli, 1897, xix, 3. — 
 Dudgeon (L. S.) A case of tabes dorsalis in a man set. 44. 
 Tr. Clin. Soc. Lond., 1902-3, xxxvi, 250.— Dunger. Sta- 
 tistische Angaben iiber 95 Falle von Tabes. Deulsche med. 
 Wchnschr., Berl. & Lelpz., 1907, xxxiii, 327.— Egger (M.) 
 Un nouveau cas d'ataxie sans troubles sensitife. Rev. 
 neurol., Par., 1909^ xvii, 382.— Eshner (A. A.) Five cases 
 of locomotor ataxia. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1897, 
 xxiv, 163-170.— Fenoglietto (E.) Sopra un caso di tabe 
 
 Ataxia (Locomotor, Cases and statistics 
 of). 
 
 dorsale. Policlln., Roma, 1909, xvi, sez. prat., 1295-1302.— 
 Fischer (F.) Some features of tabes dorsalis as illustrated 
 by cases recorded at the neurological clinic of Cooper Medical 
 College. Occidental M. Times, Sacramento, 1898, xii, 129- 
 137.— Fox (C. D.) & Hicks (W. L.) Tabes dorsalis, with an 
 analysis of twenty-flve cases. Halmeman. Month., Phila., 
 1907, xlii, 481-490.— Frankenberger (O.) [Contribution to 
 the statistics of tabes dorsalis.] Z ii liSk. klin., v Praze, 1900, 
 79-91.— Fulton (D.) A report of two interesting cases of 
 locomotor ataxia. Mod. Med., Battle Creek, Mich., 1899, 
 viii, 290. . Observations on fiftj^-four oases of loco- 
 motor ataxia, with special notes on etiology. J. Nerv. & 
 Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1902, xxix, 216-223.— Hamlll (R. C.) 
 Two cases of locomotor ataxia. Med. Clin., Chicago, 1915, 
 i, 339-347.— Herrero( A. S.) Unatdxicoensegundoperlodo. 
 Siglo m^d., Madrid, 1908, Iv, 200.— Joslpowlcl (S.) Ueber 
 eineu Fall von acuter Ataxie bei Tabes. Wlen. med. Presse, 
 1902, xliil, 745; 801.— Lawrence (F. M.) A statistical study 
 in locomotor ataxia. Tr. Homoeop. M. Soc. Perm. 1897, 
 ■ Phila., 1898, 264-267.— Leopold (S.) Report of a case show- 
 ing ataxic gait and speech disturbance. J. Nerv. & Ment. 
 Dis., N. Y., 1917, xlvi, 123-125.— Lucke (B.) Tabes dor- 
 salis; a pathological and clinical study of 250 cases. Ibid., 
 
 cases of tabes dorsalis. Clin. J., Lond., 1898, xii, 181-185.— 
 Negro (C.) Dati statistlci su 257 casi dl tabe dorsale. Riv. 
 iconog. d. sez. mal. nerv. d. Pohclin. gen. di Torino, 1897-8, 
 i, 164-185. Also: Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1901, 
 4 s vii, 753-777. — Onut (B.) A case of superior tabes. 
 
 J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1899, xxvi, 34. . A case 
 
 of tabes with marked bulbar symptoms. Ibid., 1902, xxix, 
 728 —Palmer. A case of tabes dorsalis. West Loud. M. J., 
 1910, XV, 138.— Patrick (H. T.) A case of tabes dorsalis. 
 J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1906, xxxiii, 467.— Bobbins 
 (C. P.) Report of ten cases of tabes dorsalis. N. Eng. M. 
 Month., Danbury, Conn., 1897, xvi, 282-286.— Sanz G6mez 
 (T ) Varies cases de ataxia espinal aguda no tabetica. 
 Siglo m^d., Madrid, 1913, Ix, 630.— Sarb6 (A.) [Clinical and 
 statistical contributions on the symptomatology of tabes 
 from 195 tabes cases: tabes among workmen.] Orvosi hetil., 
 
 Budapest, 1902, xlvl, 722; 740. ■ . Tabcsstatistiken; 
 
 die Tabes bei den Arbeitem. Centralbl. f. Nervenb. u. 
 Psychiat., Berl. & Leipz., 1903, n. F., xiv, 343.— Simerka 
 (V.) Contribution statistique k la symptomatologie du 
 tabes dorsalis. Rev. neurol.. Par., 1896, iv, 386-390.— 
 Stevenson (M. D.) A typical case of locomotor ataxia, 
 tabes dorsalis, or posterior spinal sclerosis. Ciociu. Lancet- 
 Clinic, 1902, n. s., xlix, 437.— Taylor (S.) A case ollocomotor 
 ataxia. West Lond. M. J., Lond., 1907, xii, 39.— Thomas 
 (H. M.) Statistical study of cases of tabes examined at the 
 Johns Hopkins Hospital. Boston M. & S. J., 1899, cxl, 
 143-145. Also: J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1899, xxvi,, 
 
 119-123. . An analysis of the cases of tabes in the Johns 
 
 Hopkins Hospital and Dispensary from Its opening in May, 
 1889, to December 1, 1898. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., 
 Bait., 1899, X, 61-54.— Turner (W. A.) On some cases of 
 tabes dorsalis. Clin. J., Lond., 1901, xviil, 71-74.— William- 
 son (R. T.) Note on the geographical distribution of tabes 
 dorsalis. Rev. Neurol. & Psychiat., Edlnb., 1909, vii, 
 522-529.— Woolsey (E. H.) Locomotor ataxia. [3 cases.] 
 Times & Reg., Phila. & Bost., 1896, xxxl, 461-464. 
 
 Ataxia (Locomotor, Causes and pathology 
 of). 
 
 See, also, Ataxia (Locomotor, Blood in) ; 
 Ataxia (Locomotor, Cerebrospinal fluid in); 
 Ataxia (Locomotor, Complications, etc., of); 
 Ataxia (Locomotor, Conjugal); Ataxia (Loco- 
 motor, Experimental); Ataxia (Locomotor, Fa- 
 milial); Ataxia (Locomotor, Jurisprudence of); 
 Ataxia (Locomotor, Traumatic); Ataxia (Loco- 
 motor) in children; Ataxia (Locomotor) in fe- 
 males; Ataxia (Locomotor) and marriage; Ataxia 
 (Locomotor) and syphilis. 
 
 Berbni (A.) *Reclierc]ies statistiques et 
 critiques_ sur I'^tiologie du tabfes. D'aprfes 225 
 observations in^dites recueilUes dans le service 
 ou aux consultations de M. le Professeur Pitres. 
 4°. Bordeaux, 1894. 
 
 Beutteb (M.) *Path.og6nie conjonctive-vas- 
 culaire du tabfes dorsalis. 8°. Lyon, 1906; 
 
 Bouchard. Des lesions anatomiques dans 
 I'ataxie locomotrice progressive et de ses rap- 
 ports avec d'autres maladies peu coimues de la 
 moelle ^pinifere. 8°. Lyon, 1865. 
 
ATAXIA. 
 
 132 
 
 ATAXIA. 
 
 Ataxia {Locomotor, Causes and pathology 
 
 of). 
 
 Ehrbeck (V.) *Zur Aetiologie der Tabea 
 dorsalis. 8°. Gottingen, 1906. 
 
 DE LA FuBNTE (^P.) *Patogema de la ataxia 
 locomotriz progresiva. 8°. Mexico, 1892. 
 
 Ghap (Clara). *StatiBtisclies uber die Aetiolo- 
 gie und Symptome der Tabes dorsalis. 8°. Zu- 
 rich, 1901. 
 
 ISHiHARA (T.) *Zur Aetiologie der Tabes 
 dorsalis. Eiae statistische Studie. 8°. Miin- 
 chen, 1908. 
 
 BE Massary (E.) Le tabfes dorsalis; d6g6- 
 n&eacence du protoneurone centripfete. 4°. 
 Paris, 1896. 
 
 . The same. 8°. Paris, 1896. 
 
 Obersteiner (H.) Bemerkungen zur tabi- 
 scben Hinterwurzelerkrankung. 8". Leipzig & 
 Wien, 1895. 
 
 Also, in: Arb. a,, d. Inst. t. Anat. u. Physiol, d. Oentral- 
 nervensyst. aa d. Wien. Univ., 3. Hft. 
 
 Philippb (0.) *ContributioiL S, I'^tude anato- 
 mique et clinique du tahba dorsalis. 8° Paris, 
 1897. 
 
 . The same. Le tabfes dorsalis; 6tude 
 
 anatomo-clinique. 8°. Paris, 1897. 
 
 Rein (P. 0.) *Aiiatoraischer Befund bei 
 einem Pall von Tabea dorsalis mit progressiver 
 Muskelatrophie. [Erlangen.] 8°. Leipzig, 1903. 
 
 RoGGE (H . C . ) *De beteekenis der lange neer- 
 dalende achterstrengvezels voor de pathologische 
 anatomie van de tabes dorsalis. 8°. Amster- 
 dam, 1906. 
 
 TiNBL (J.) *RadicuUtes et tab^s; les lesions 
 radiculaires dans les m^iui^ites; pathog6nie du 
 tabfes. 8°. Paris, 1910. 
 
 Vincblet (J.) *Etude sur I'anatomio patho- 
 logique de la maladie de Priedreich. 8°. Paris, 
 1900. 
 
 WiLDBGANS (H.) *Ueber akute Ataxie im 
 Verlaufe der multiplen Sklerose. 8°. Berlin, 
 1913. 
 
 Andrt-Thomas & Hauser (G.) TabiSs avec l&ions i 
 peine apprtciables de la moelle. Rev. neurol., Par., 1906, 
 xiv, 573-575.— Antoni (N. R. E.) [The preataxic stage; 
 the significance ol regenerative changes in sentient and sen- 
 sory neurones.] Svenska lak.-sallsk. handl., Stockholm, 
 1916, xlii, 355-373.— Arullanl (P. P.) I centri nervosi nella 
 tabe dorsale. Gazz. med. di Torino, 1896, xlvii, 284-290. 
 
 . Tabe dorsale incipiente; esame istologico del midoUo. 
 
 Ann. dilreniat. [etc.], Torino, 1902, xii, 240-2'18.— Astwaza- 
 turow (M.) Ueber Beziehungen zwischen Tabes und Lep- 
 tomeningitis. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz,, 
 1911, xxxvii, 64-86.— Babes (V.) & Kreinnltzcr(F.) L'ana- 
 tomie microscopique des ganglions spinaux et la pathogdnie 
 du tabfe. Arch. d. sc. mdd. . . . de Bucarest, Par., 1896, i, 
 134-145, 1 pi.— Barter (H. W.) A study of the astiology 
 and symptoms in seventeen cases of tabes. Guy's Hosp. 
 Rep., Lond., 1911, Ixv, 65-76.— Barker (L. F.) A descrip- 
 tion of the brains and spinal cords of two brothers dead of 
 hereditary ataxia. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila., 1903, 
 xviii, 637-709 Also, Reprint- Batten (F. E.) & Holmes 
 (G.) The nervous system of a dog, which suffered from 
 ataxia and involuntary movements. Proo. Roy. Soo. Med., 
 Lond., 1907-8, i, Neurol. Sect, 22-26.— Belugou (A.) & 
 Faure (M.) Pathog^nie, prOnostic, thSrapeutique du tabfes 
 (d'aprSs 1,960 observations). Cone, intemat. de med. 
 C.-r. 1903, Madrid, 1904, xiv, sect de path, int., 806-820.— 
 Bernhardt (M.) Beitrag zur Aetiologie und Pathologie 
 der Tabes dorsalis. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1912, xlix, 1505- 
 1509. — Bemheim (H.) Die Natur der Tabes dorsalis. 
 Klin.-therap. Wchnschr., Wien, 1907, xiv, 879-S83.— BIckel 
 (A.) Ueber die Function der Hinterstrange des Riicken- 
 marks; ein Beitrag zu der Lehre von der Tabes dorsalis. 
 Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1898, xiv, 1166-1170.— BIckel 
 (H.) Die Erkrankung der Vorderhomer des Riiokenmarks 
 bei der Tabes. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1912, xlix, 1006.— 
 Bing (R.) Die Pathogenese der Tabes (Theonen und 
 Tatsachen). Med. Klin., Berl., 1905, i, 1253; 1286.— Bittorl 
 (A.) Ueber die Beziehungen der angeborenen ektoderma- 
 len Keimblattsohwache zur Entstehung der Tabes dorsalis. 
 Deutsche Ztsclir. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1905, xxviii, 404-437.— 
 Bramwell (E.) Sections of the spinal cord from a case of 
 very early preataxic tabes, illustrating the spinal root locali- 
 sation ol the knee- and Achillis-jerks. Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc. 
 
 Ataxia (Locomotor, Causes and pathology 
 of). 
 
 Edinb., 1902-3, n. s., xxii, 250-257, 2 pi.— Brazzola (F.) 
 SuUe localizzazioni anatomo-patoloache e suUa patogenesi 
 della tabe. Mem. r. Accad. d. so. d. 1st. di Bologna, 1894, 
 5. s., iv, 417-433.— Bresowsky (M.) Ueber die Veran- 
 derungeu der Meningen bei Tabes una ihre pathogenetische 
 Bedeutung. Arb. a. d. neurol. Inst. a. a. Wien. Univ., 
 Leipz. & Wien, 1912, xx, 1-46.— Brodskl (I. A.) [Influence 
 of the events of the revolutionary period upon the course of 
 locomotor ataxiaj Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1908, Ixix, 428- 
 438.— Brush (A. C.) The etiology of tabes dorsalis. J.Am. 
 M. Ass., Chicago, 1904, xlii, 870-872.— Burnett (S. G.) A 
 study of the diagnosis and pathology of tabes dorsalis In 
 synopsis. Kansas City M. Rec, 1900, xvii, 297-304.— 
 Burton (C. H.) Intracranial changes in tabes dorsaUs. 
 Detroit M. J., 1918, xix, 49-54.— Camp (C. D.) Muscular 
 atrophy, degeneration of the trigeminus nerve and of lateral 
 columns, and anaemic changes In the spmal cord occurring 
 in tabes dorsalis, Univ. Penn. M. Bull., Phila., 1905, xvii, 
 365-372. Also, Reprint— Ceconi (A.) Sopra un caso com- 
 plesso di tabe dorsale; contribuzione alia clinica delle associa- 
 zioni morbose in patologia nervosa. Arch. ital. di cUn. 
 med., Milano, 1897, xxxvi, 165-206.— Champagne (J.) Du 
 tabf's: de I'^tiologie, des troubles viso^raux et de I'anatomie 
 patholocique. Union mM. du Canada, Montreal, 1917, xlvii, 
 290-297.— Clufflnl (P.) Studio clinico suUa evoluzione 
 della tabe. Policlin., Roma, 1917, xxiv, sez. med., 1-26.— 
 Claude (H.) & Schaefler (H.) Le syndrome d'ataxie 
 aicue dans ses rapports avec les infections diffuses du sys- 
 t^me nerveux. Bull, et m^m. Soc. mM. d. hdp. de Par., 
 1911, 3. s., xxxi, 192-200.— Cohen (S. S.) & SplUer (W. G^ 
 A case of cervical and bulbar tabes, with necropsy. Am. J. 
 M. Sc, Phila., 1901, n. s., cxxii, 170-193.— Colella (R.) Con- 
 tributo alia patologia e all' anatomia patologica della tabe 
 dorsale. Lavori d. Cong, dlmed. int, Milano, 1895, vi, 184. 
 Also: Clin, mod., Pisa, 1897, iii, 248.— Crouzon (O.) Ana- 
 tomie pathologique des scleroses combin^es tab^tiques. N. 
 iconogf de la Salp^tri^re, Par., 1904, xvii, S2-66, 2 pi.— Da 
 Fano (C.) A proposito delle nuove dottrine sulle modifi- 
 cazioni della struttura dei gangli spinali nella tabe. Boll, 
 d Soo. med.-chir. di Pavia, 1907, xxi, 191-208. Also: Osp. 
 magg. Riv. scient prat d. . . . di MUano, 1907, ii, 373- 
 384.— Dambacher (E.) Untersuchung fiber das Ver- 
 halten der hinteren Wurzeln bei einem Falle von Tabes dor- 
 salis. Deutsche Ztsclir. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1898, xii, 184- 
 195.— Darkschewitsch (L.) Ueber die Natur der Rucken- 
 marks-Veranderunsen bei der Tabes. Wien. klin . Rund- 
 schau, 1897, xi, 817-820.- DSjerlne (J.) & Egger. Ataxie 
 d'origine centrale et d'origine p&ipherique. Arch, de neu- 
 rol., Par., 1903, 2. s., xv, 475. . Contribution k 
 
 rgtude de la physiologie pathologique de rincoordination 
 motrice (ataxie d'origine pdriphdrique et ataxie d'origine 
 centrale). Rev. neurol.. Par., 1903, xi, 397-405.— Denslow 
 (L. N.) Locomotor ataxia; a new theory as to its cause. 
 Med. Ree., N. Y., 1907, Ixxi, 985.— De BemI (E.) Pato- 
 genesi e eura della tabe. Rassegna med., Bologna, 1898, 
 vi. No. 4, 1-5.— Destot (E.) Lfeions radiographiques du 
 tabfe. Compt-rend. 2o Cong, iotemat d'aectrol. et de 
 radiol. mM. 1902, Berne, 1903, 194.— Dinkier. Zur Aetio- 
 logie und pathologischen Anatomie der Tabes dorsalis. 
 Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1900, xviii, 225-242, 
 2 pi. — ^Bgger (M.) Le m^canisme physio-pathologique de 
 I'ataxie du tabfes. Bnc^phale, Par., 1910, li, 35-51, 2 pi.— 
 Erb (W.) On the etiologr of tabes (locomotor ataxia), 
 transl. by R. W. Felkin. In: Sel. essays and monogr., 8", 
 Lond., 1900, 65-142.— Espina. Tabes por satumismo. 
 Rev. de med. y cirug. prdot., Madrid, 1906, bad, 376.— 
 EulenhUTg (A.) Nature et physiologie pathologique du 
 tabfis. Cong, mteruat. de mM., Lisbonne, 1905-7, xv, sect. 7, 
 247-254. Also, transl: Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1906, Ivi, 
 1537-1541.— Faure (M.) Les ori«ines du tab^. Cong. d. 
 m6d. ali^nistes et neurol. de France . . . C.-r.- Par., 1902, 
 
 ii, 274. . Pathogfinle et pronostic du tal)*s. J. de 
 
 mid. de Bordeaux, 1903, xxxiii, 543. . Physiologie 
 
 Sathologique et r^Mucation motrioe des troubles visciSraux 
 es tab^tiques. Cong. franQ. de mi5d. 1907. C. r.. Par., 1908, 
 393.— Favorskl (A.) [Pathological alterations in the nerv- 
 ous system in tabes dorsalis;] Nevrol. Vestnik, Kazan, 1915, 
 xxii, 299-322.— Fernandez Sanz (E.) La emooidn en la 
 etiologla de la tabes dorsal. Rev. de med. y cirug. de la 
 Habana, 1918, xxiii, 297-303.— Fournler (A.) Etlologie du 
 tab^s d'aprfes nn imllier d'obscrvations. Bull. m6d.. Par., 
 .1901, XV, 1017-1023.— Fratinl (G.) Note cUniche air etio- 
 logla e al decorso della tabe. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1905, 
 xxvi, 1363-1369.— Frenkel. Die Ursachen der Ataxie bei 
 der 'Tabes dorsalis. Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1897, xvl, 
 688; 734.— Galcwsky. Ueber Tabes in den ersten Jahren 
 naoh der Infektion. Med. KUn., Berl., 1908, iv, 260-262.— 
 Gatti(L.) La patogenesi dlunsmtomo della tabe cervicale. 
 Riv. orit. di olin. med., Firenze, 1912, xiii, 436-440.— Gowers 
 (Sir W. E.) On the nature ot tabes. IBrit. M. J., Lond., 
 1905, ii, 57-61.— Grossman (M.) Tabes dorsalis; notes on 
 the age ot onset, the incidence of syphilis and tabes , and the 
 pretabetio period. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1917, cvi, 402.— 
 Grossman (0.) [On alterations in the central nervous 
 system in tabes dorsalis.] Vopr. Nerv.-Psikh. Med., Kiyev, 
 1898, iii, 217; 404.— Gumpertz (K.) Hautnervenbefunde 
 
ATAXIA. 
 
 133 
 
 ATAXIA. 
 
 Ataxia {Locomotor, Causes and 'pathology 
 of). 
 
 bei Tates. Ztschr. i. kliu. Med., Berl., 1898, xxxv, 36-52.— 
 Guthile (L.) Acute ataxy, encephalitis cerebelli. Brain, 
 Lond., 1905, xxviii, 363.— Hassln (G. B.) PaWiogenesis of 
 locomotor ataxia. Clin. Rev., CMcago, 1903, xviii, 258; 
 
 330; 413. . Contributions to the Obersteiner-Redlich 
 
 theory of tabes dorses. Med. Eec, N. Y., 1904, Ixv, 168- 
 
 170. . Histo-pathological studies in tabes dorsalis. 
 
 J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1915, xlu, 699. . Beitrage 
 
 zur HistopatholoEie der Tabes dorsalis. Neurol. Centralbl., 
 Leipz., 1914, xxxiii, 1138-1140.— Heym. (A.) Wie entstehen 
 die pathologjscb-anatomischen Veranderungen bei Tabes 
 dorsalis? Ibid., 1909, xxviii, 1255-1261.— HlrscWelder (J. O.) 
 The etiology of locomotor ataxia. Calif. State J. M., San 
 Fran., 1905, iii, 116.— Hltt (A.) Etiology of locomotor 
 ataxia. Tribune m^d. Am. ed., N. Y., 1905, i, 283-286.— 
 Holmes (G. M.) The aetiology of tabes dorsahs. Dublin 
 
 J. M. So., 1901, cxii, 321-338. . A note on the condition 
 
 of the postcentral cortex in tabes dorsalis. Eev. Neurol. 
 & Psyohiat., Edinb., 1908, vi, 5-11, 1 pi.— Ingelrans (L.) 
 Qu'est-ceque letabfes^ DermSres recherches sur sa patho- 
 g^nie et sa nature. Echo mSd. du nord, Lille, 1911, xv, 
 137-144.— Ja«obsolin (L.) Ueber den gegenwartigen 
 Stand der Pathogenese und Therapie der Tabes. Berl. 
 Klimk, 1901, 152. Hft., 1-21.— JeUlfle (S. E.) On some of 
 the more recent literature of tabes dorsalis; pathology and 
 etiology. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1907, 17. s., ii, 257-268.— 
 Jelllnek (E. O.) Ueber das Verhalten des Kleinhimes 
 bei Tabes dorsalis. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 
 ' 1894-5, vi, 231-244, 1 pi.— Jones (A.) Histopathologic de 
 la cellule nerveuse dans le tabSs dorsalis et la febo-paralisie. 
 Eev. Soo. mii. argent Buenos Aires, 1907, xv, 5-27, 3 pi. — 
 K^mmerer (H.) Tabes und pseudokombimerte Strang- 
 sUerose. Munchen med. Wchnschr., 1907, liv^ 1437-1439.— 
 Kende (M.) Die Aetiologie der Tabes dorsalis. Ztschr. f. 
 klin Med., Berl., 1899, xxxvii, 49-80.— Kllppel.—Le tab6s 
 d'aprfes les travaux du P' Pierrot. Rev. de psychiat.. Par., 
 1897, n. s., 291-296.— Langdon (P. W.) Locomotor ataxia; 
 it's newer pathology and treatment. Cincin. Lancet-Clinic, 
 1897, n. s., xxxix, 269-275. [Discussion], 278.— Laplnsky 
 (M.) Ueber die Affection der Vorderhorner bei Tabes dor- 
 salis. Arch. f. Psyohiat., Berl., 190.5, xl, 752-816, 2 pi.— 
 Laspeyres (R.) Anatomische Befunde bei einem Fall von 
 Tabes mit Kiefernekrose. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., 
 Leipz., 1898-9, xiv, 319-324.— Leclerc (J.) L'^longation de la 
 moelle chez les tab(5tiques. Presse mfid.. Par., 1899, i, 
 161-163.— Lefftvre. Nouvelle th^orie sur I'ataxie. Arch. 
 mM. beiges, Brux., 1900, 4. s., xv, 189-304.— Leopold (S.) 
 Sacral tabes; a case with necropsy. J. Nerv. & Ment. 
 Dis., N. Y., 1909, xxxvi, 193-199, 1 pi.— Lesser (P.) 
 Zur Aetiologie und Pathologie der Taoes. Berl. klin. 
 Wchnschr., 1904, xli, 98-101. Also: Verhandl. d. Berl. 
 med. Gesellsch. 1904, Berl., 1905, xxxv, pt. 2, 13-30. 
 [Discussion], pt. 1, 24-32. — Levi (E.) Contribute critico 
 all' anatomia ed alia patologia delle radici posteriori sptnali 
 con speciale riguardo alia patogenesi della tabe dorsale. 
 Riforma med., Napoli, 1909, xxv, 449-456.— von Leyden 
 (E.) Zur Aetiologie der Tabes. Berl. klin. Wclmschr., 
 1903, xl, 449-453.— von Leyden (E.) & Lazarus (P.) Ueber 
 die sensorische Theorie der spinalen Ataxic. Festschr. J. 
 Rosenthal [etc.], Leipz., 1906, pt. 2, 3-10.— Lissauer (H.) 
 Ueber Veranderungen der Clarkesohen Saulen bei Tabes 
 dorsalis. In; Weigert (C.) Gesajnm. Abhand., 8°, Berl., 
 1906, ii, 539.— Loewenleld (L.) Tabes und korperUche 
 Ueberanstrengung. Centralbl. f. Nervenh. u. Psychiat., 
 Coblenz & Leipz., 1898, n. F., ix, 321-330.— Lukftcs (E.) 
 Amyotrophische Tabes mit histologischem Befunde. Zt- 
 schr. f. dr. ges. Neurol, u. Psychiat. .Berl. & Leipz., 1914, 
 xxiv, Orig., 437-444.— Mader (J.) Tabes; die Hinter - 
 strangaffection im- Cervicaltheile am starksteu und nicht 
 ganz bis unten reichend; gesteigerte Patellarsehnenreflexe; 
 emseitige Posticuslahmung; mteme Oculomotoriuslahmung; 
 Tod Infolge von eitriger Cystopyelonephritis: Sectionsbe- 
 Jund. Jahrb. d. Wien. k. k. Krankenanst. 1894, Wien & 
 liCipz., 1896, iii, 835.— Maloney (W. J. M. A.) The deter- 
 minants of tabes. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1914, xcix, 1225- 
 1229.— Maragliano (F.) Contributo all' anatomiajpatolo- 
 gica della tabe dorsale. Riv, crit. di clin. med., Firenze, 
 1901, ii, 504-606.— Marie (P.) Tabis et m^ningite spinale 
 post^rieure. Eev. neurol.. Par., 1903, xi, 530.— Marie (P.) 
 & Blschoffswerder. Trois cas de tabes pr&entant des 
 corps granuleux dans les cordons postSrieurs de la moelle. 
 Ibid., 1902, X, 241-247.— Marie (P.) & Guillaln (G.) Les 
 lesions du sysf^me lymphatiqiie post^eur de la moelle sont 
 I'origine du processus anatomo-pathologique du tab6s. 
 Bull. TuiA., Par., 1903, xvii, 45. Also; Eev. neurol., Par., 
 1903, xi, 49-52.— Marinesco (G.) Eecherches sur les l&ions 
 des cellules des ganglions spinaux dans le tabfes. Presse 
 
 m^d.. Par., 1901, ii, 49-52. . Histologie pathologique 
 
 du tabfes. Cong, internat. de mM., Lisbonne, 1906-7, xv, 
 
 sect. 7, 625-631. . ContnbutionM'^tudedel'histologie 
 
 et de la pathog^nie du tabfes. Semaine mM., Par., 1906, 
 
 xxvi, 181-1S6. . Nouvelle contribution k I'^tude de 
 
 I'existence d'anesthdsie ou d'anesthfeie et d'hyperthermie 
 locales dans I'arthropathie tab^tique. Compt. rend. Soc. 
 de biol., Par., 1916, Ixxix, 877-879.— Marinesco (G.) & 
 
 Ataxia (Locomotor, Causes and pathology 
 of). 
 
 MInea (J.) Nouvelles recherches sur I'histologie fine de- 
 gangUons et des racines post#rieures dans le tabSs. Encfe 
 
 phaJe, Par., 1907, ii, 243. -. Contribution ^.Tana- 
 
 lomie pathologique et 4 la pathog^ule du tab^. J. f. Psy- 
 chol, u. Neurol., Leipz., 1908, x, 182-200. . 
 
 L&ions des ganglions craniens dans le tabfes. Compt. rend. 
 Soc. de biol., Par., 1910, Ixviii, 900.— Massalongo & Van- 
 zetti. Alterazioni istologiche del midollo spinale In un caso 
 di artropatie multiple tabetiche. Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. 
 di Torino, 1900, 4. s., vl, 43.— de Massaiy (EO Le tab^s; 
 d^g^n^rescence du protoneurone centripite. Presse m^d., 
 Par., 1903, 1, 423-426.— Melrowitz (P.) Locomotor ataxia, 
 induced by chronic alcoholism. Post-Graduate, N. Y., 1896, 
 xi, 380-391.— Mettler (L. H.) The newer conception of 
 locomotor ataxia in the light of the neuron theory. Chicago 
 
 M. Recorder, 1898, xv, 29.5-300. [Discussion, 345-349.. . 
 
 The newer pathology of locomotor ataxia and its bearing 
 upon treatment. N. York M. J., 1898, Ixviii, 550- 653. 
 
 . The pathogenesis of locomotor ataxia. J. Am. M. 
 
 Ass., Chicago, 18P8, xxx, 701-705.— Millan (G.) La nature 
 du tab^. Syphilis, Par., 1904, ii, 1-66.— Mochutkovskl 
 (O. O.) Ob etiologii tabes'a. Dnevmk Syezda Obsh. 
 Russk. Vrach. v pamvat Pirogova, ECazan, 1899, vii, 94; 227. 
 
 [Disenssion], 280; 288. . Zur Aetiologie der Tabes. 
 
 Euss. med. Rundschau, Berl., 1906, Iv, 581-588.— Moxter. 
 Beitrag zur Auffassung der Tabes als Neuronerkrankung. 
 Ztschr. f. Win. Med., Berl., 1896, xxix, 334-343.— Nageotte 
 (J.) La l&ion primitive dutabfe. Bull. Soc. anat. do Par., 
 
 1894, bdx, 808-820. — . Note sur la Msion primitive du 
 
 ■ ' ■ Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1900, 11. s., ii, 354- 
 Note sur la throne du feibis. lUd., 357. • 
 
 356. . - 
 
 A propos des l&ions radiculalres du tabis. Ibid., 1902, U.S., 
 
 iv, 1226-1228. Also, Eeprint. . Pathogenic du tabfes 
 
 dorsal. PressemM., Par., 1902, 11,1179-1182. ^feo. Reprint. 
 
 . Note sur la topographie, la forme et la signification 
 
 de la bandelette exteme de Pierret. Compt. rend. Soc. de 
 
 biol.. Par., 1904, Ivi, 30-33. . Uu cas de tabte amyo- 
 
 trophique ^tudi^ par la mdthode h, I'alcool-ammoniaque de 
 Ramdn y Cajal; rfigto&ation de fibres k myfiline dans les 
 racines ant&ieures, de fibres sans my^liae dans les racines 
 
 posf^rieures. IWd., 1905, Iviii, 849-851. . Note sur la 
 
 regeneration coUaterale des neurones radiculalres posterieurs 
 dans le tab&s et sur la signification physiologique des cellules 
 pourvues d'appendices termines par des boules encapsuiees, 
 
 de Ramdn y Cajal. Ibid., 1906, Ix, 745-747. . Note sur 
 
 la regeneration amyeiinique des racines posterieures dans le 
 tab#s et sur les massues d'accroissement quij^rmlnent les 
 fibres neoformees. Ibid., 477-479. Also: Ecole prat. d. 
 hautes etudes. Lab. d nistol. du Coll. de France. Trav. 
 
 190.5-6, Par., 1907, xxii, 100-102. . Un cas de tab^s 
 
 amyotrophique etudie par la methodeS- I'alcool-ammoniaque 
 de Ramon y Cajal; regeneration de fibres k myeiine dans le 
 racines anterieures de fibres sans myeiine dans les racines 
 posterieures. ]6cole prat. d. hautes etudes. Lab. d'histol. 
 du Coll. de France. Trav. 190.5-6, Par., 1907, xxii, 16-18. 
 . Le tabJs ne peut^tre defini que par I'anatomie patho- 
 logique et I'etiologie. Rev. neurol., Par., 1911, xxii, 752- 
 761.— Oberst«lner (H.) Die Pathogenese der Tabes. Berl. 
 kiln. Wchnschr., 1897, xxxiv, 905-908. AUo: Compt.-rend. 
 Cong, internat. de med. 1897, Mosc, 1899, iv, sect. 7, 326- 
 332.— Orta (F.) Sull' eziologia della tabe dorsale. Clin, 
 mod., Firenze, 1906, xli, 368-370.— Pandy (C.) Die Entste- 
 hung der Tabes. Neurol. Centralbl^ Leipz., 1901, xx, 1083- 
 1086. Also: Med.-chir. Centralbl., Wien, 1902, xxxvii, 258- 
 
 260. . Die Entstehung der Tabes. Deutsche Ztschr. 
 
 t. Nervenh., Leipz., 1903, xxiv, 124-176, 1 pi.— Patrick 
 (H. T.) A case of superior tabes. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., 
 N. Y., 1904, xxxi, 675.— Peserlco (L.^ Studio morfologico 
 clinico sulla patogenesi della tabe. Chn. med. ital., Milano, 
 1906, xlv, 209-270. Also, Reprint— Philippe (C.) Contri- 
 bution k I'etude anatomo-clinique des localisations medul- 
 laires du tabfes dorsalis. Arch, de neurol., Pm., 1897, 2. s., 
 Iv, 177-204.— Philippe (C.) & Decroly (O.) Integrite des 
 fibres nerveuses, myeiiniques, de I'ecorce cerebrale dans trois 
 cas de tabfes dorsalis ancien. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., 
 
 Par., 1898, 10. s.,v, 524-527. . :6tude sur I'ecorce 
 
 cerebrale des tabetiques. Ann. Soc. roy. d. sc. med. et nat. 
 de Brux., 1900, ix, fasc. 1, pt. 2, 1-30, 2 pi.— Pierret (A.) 
 Considerations synth6tiques sur la pathogenic du tabfes. 
 Compt.-rend. Cong, internat. de med. 1897, Mosc, 1899, 
 iv, sect. 7, 332-371.— Pontlggla (C.) Contributo alia pato- 
 logia della tabe dorsale. Gazz. med. lomb., Milano, 1904, 
 Ixxiii, 193-197.— Ponyatovskl (A. A.) [Historico-critical 
 sketch of the theories concerning the pathogenesis of tabes 
 dorsalis.) Med. pribav. k morsk.sborniku, S.-Peterb., 1898, 
 [i], 24; 91; 153.— Purser (F. C.> A case of tabes dorsalis (?) 
 with spinal lesion. Dublin J. M. Sc, 1913, cxxxv, 321-325, 
 2 pi. [Discussion], 373.— Putnam (J. J.) A side-Mght 
 on the origin of tabes, drawn from a comparison of tabes 
 with diffuse spinal degeneration as seen in certain anemias 
 and kindred disorders of nutrition. J. Am. M. Ass., Chi- 
 cago, 1909, liii, 996-998. Also; Dep. Neurol. Harv. M. 
 Son. Contrib. [etc.], Bost., 1910, iv, 133.— Raymond. 
 Evolution generate du tabfes. 'kaho med., Toulouse, 1896, 
 2. s., X, 349; 361; 373. AUo: Progres med., Par., 1896, 3. s., 
 
ATAXIA. 
 
 134 
 
 ATAXIA. 
 
 Ataxia (Locomotor, Causes and pathology 
 of). 
 
 ill, 337-343.— K«gnault. Symptflmes de tab^s dependant 
 d'une autointoxication bnghtique. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et 
 physiol. de Bordeaux, 1896, xvii, 150-153.— von B«usz (F.) 
 Beitrag zur pathologischen Anatomie der Bulbarerkran- 
 kungen bei Tabes. Arch. 1. Psychiat., BerU 1599, xxxii, 
 535-549.— Blcliter (H.) Zur Histogenese der Tabes. (Vor- 
 laulige Mitteilung.) Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1914, xxxiii, 
 882-885.— Boasenda (G.) Eeperto anatomo-patologico in 
 un case di tabe dorsale nel quale erano presentl il riflesso 
 4i retrazione ed il riflesso di aUungamento crociato negli arti 
 interiorl. Pensiero med., Milano, 1915, v, 261— Roberts 
 (p. J.) The influence of uric acid in locomotor ataxia. 
 Clinique, Chicago, 1898, xix, 476-479.— Bodbe (E.) Tabes 
 dorsalis patogenes. Hygiea, Stockholm, 1906, 2. f., vi, 
 922-927.— Bose (F.) La rooaJisation segmentaire de I'ataxle 
 corticale. Semaine void., Par., 1914, xxxiv, 145-147. — 
 Bosenbacb (O.) Zum Problem der Aetiologie der Tabes. 
 Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1905, six, 111-116.— Basin. Zur 
 pathologischen Anatomie der Tabes dorsalis. Deutsche 
 med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1898, xxiv, Ver.-Beil., 
 58. — Rons (J.-C.) Recherches sur les l&ions du grand 
 sympathique dans le tabfes. Compt. rend. Soo. de biol.. 
 Par., 1899, 11. s., I, 792-794. Also: Cong, internat. de mSd. 
 C.-r., Par., 1900, sect, de neurol., 290-292.— Bows (R. G.) 
 The bearing of recent research in the posterior root ganglia 
 upon the new theories concerning the aetiology of tabes 
 dorsalis. J. Ment. Sc, Lond., 1902, xlviii, 308-312.— Bussel 
 (C. K.) Tabes dorsalis and the Brsatz-Theorie: illustrated 
 by four cases. Montreal M. J., 1910, xxxix, 162-167.— Saiz 
 (U.) Traumatische Eiickenmarksblutung bei beginnender 
 Tabes dorsaUs. Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1907, xxvi, mo- 
 llis.— Salaman (K. N.) Report of a case of tabes with 
 especial reference to the changes in the posterior root gang- 
 lia. Arch. Neurol. Path. Lab. Lond. County Asyl. Clay- 
 bury, Lond., 1900, 388-402.— Schafler (K.) Das Verhalten 
 der Spinalgangllenzellen bei Tabes auf Grand Nissl's Far- 
 
 bung. 
 
 Leipz., 1898, xvii, 2-7. ■ 
 
 Ueber die Localisation und das Wesen der tabischen Dege- 
 neration. Ungar. med. Presse, Budapest, 1898, ui, 901; 
 925. . Ueber Fibrillenbilder tabischer Spinalgang- 
 llenzellen. Ztschr. f. d. ges. Neurol, u. Psychiat., Berl. & 
 Leipz., 1910, i, Orte., 439-468.— Scliniey (F.) Zur Aetiolo- 
 gie der Tabes. fieichs-Med.-Anz., Leipz., 1908, xxxiii, 
 405.— Schroder (P.) Bin Beitrag zur Histopathologic der 
 Tabes dorsalis. Centralbl. f. Nervenh. u. Psychiat., Berl. 
 & Leipz., 1906, xxix, 585-593.— Sclutl (M.) Contributo 
 all' anatomia patologica della tabe dorsale. Ann. di nevrol., 
 Napoli, 1901, xix, 495-520, 1 pi.— Selling (L.) Die Zentral- 
 windungen bei Tabes dorsalis. Monatschr. f. Psychiat. u. 
 Neurol., Berl., 1912, xxxil, 123-131, 2 pi. Also, Reprint.- 
 Sepp (E.) Ueber die Pathogenese der Tabes. Deutsche 
 Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1914, Ui, 46-53.— SbeafT (P. A.) 
 Locomotor ataxia, following cholelithiasis, in which the 
 gastric crises simulated biliary colic. Am. Med., Phila., 
 1905, X, 809.— Soury (J.) Anatomie et physiologie patho- 
 logiques du tabfes; .doctrines .de l'6cole de vienne contempo- 
 rames. Arch, de neurol.. Par., 1901, 2. s., xi, 1; 115.— Splel- 
 meyer (W.) Bin Beitrag zur Pathologic der Tabes. Arch. 
 f. Psychiat., Berl., 1905, xl, 389-401, 2 pi.— SplUer (W. G.) 
 The pathology of tabes dorsalis; a critical digest. Internat. 
 M. Mag., Phila., 1897-8, vi, 321-332, 4 pi.— Strauss (H.) 
 Ueber zwei gleichartige Falle von rasch entstandener Ataxie 
 mit Muskelsumstorungen und Fehleu der PateUarreflexe; 
 ein klinischer Beitrag zur Lehre von den Neuronerkran- 
 kungen. Charit§-Ann., Berl., 1896, xxi, 264-287.— Sttss- 
 ireln (J.) Bin Fall subacuter, spinocerebellarer Ataxie 
 mit anatomischem Betund. Ztschr. f. Heilk., Wien & 
 Leipz., 1903, xxiv, Abth. f. int. Med., 807109, 2pl.— Thomas 
 (A.) De qiielques alt^ratioils des racines anUrieures dans 
 le tabSs. Rev. neuroly^ Par., 1909, xvii, 683-689.— Thomas 
 (A.) & Blng (R.) Elxamen anatomique d'un tabfes h 
 d6butsphinct4rienv KM., 1905, xili, 140-144.— Thomas (A.) 
 & Hauser (G.) Etude sur les l^ions radiculaires et gan- 
 glionnaires du tab^. N. iconog. de la Salp^trttre, Par., 1902, 
 XV, 290; 412, 4 pi. Also [Abstr.J: Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., 
 
 Par., 1902, 11. s., iv, 979-981. . Les alterations 
 
 du ganglion rachidien chez les tab('tiques. N. loonog. de 
 la Salpfitrihre, Par., 1904, xvii, 207-239, 2 pi. Also [Abstr.]: 
 Rev. neurol.. Par., 1904, xii, 326-328.— Thom.son (H. C.) 
 The pathology of tabes. Arch. Middlesex Hosp., Lond., 
 I912-.f3, xxvi, Clin, ser.. No. x, 20-23.— Thorne (F. H.) 
 Some of the histological changes found in tabes. J. Med. Soc. 
 N. Jersey, Orange, 1914, xi, 504-509.— TumpowskI (A.) 
 Beitrag zur Aetiologie und Symptomatologie der Tabes 
 dorsalis. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1897, x, 
 467-477. . [Locomotor ataxia following an acute in- 
 fectious disease.1 Medycyna, Warszawa, 1899, xxvii, 804- 
 807.— Valnshtein (Z. ) [Etiology or tabes dorsalis.] 
 Obozr. Psichiat., Nevrol. [etc.], S.-Peterb., 1900, v, 721; 
 801.— Van Giessen. Locomotor ataxia as a form of chronic 
 parenchymatous degeneration of the paraneural system. 
 Brit. M. J., Lond., 1897, ii, 787.— Von Baitz (F.) The 
 etiology of tabes; its social, legal and therapeutic conse- 
 quences. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1905, Ixviii, 648-653.- Watson 
 
 Ataxia (Locomotor, Cause? and patJiology 
 of). 
 
 (C.) The comparative pathology of ataxia; the wimary 
 importance of vascular disease. Tr. Med. -Chir. Soo. Edinb., 
 1900-1901, n. Sy XX, 108-110, 13 pi.— Welgert (C.) Bemer- 
 kung fiber, Kleinhimveranderung bei Tabes dorsalis. 
 Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1904, xxiii, 738. Also, in his: 
 Gesamm. Abhand., 8°, Berl., 1906,ii, 710.— WUUams (T. A.) 
 The pathogenesis of tabes dorsalis. Am. J. M. Sc., Phila. 
 & N. Yy 1908, cxxmi, 206-226. Also, Reprint. Al^o 
 
 [Abstr.]: Lancet, Lond., 1908, ii, S75. . The pathology 
 
 of the cranial nerves in tabes dorsalis. Am. J. M. Sc. , Phila. 
 
 & N. Y., 1910, cxxxlx, 406-417. ■ . Pathog^nie du 
 
 tabts et la delimitation clinique de cette affection. Rev. 
 
 neurol.. Par., 1911, xxii, 799-802. . An unusual case 
 
 of tabes with toxic complications in the etiology. Med. 
 Rec, N. Y., 1912, Ixxxii, 66.— Williamson (R. T.) Note 
 on the early changes in the spinal cord in a case of locomotor 
 ataxia. Med. Chron^ Lond., 1897-8, viii, 1-6.— Wolfst*in 
 (D. L) Etiology of locomotor ataxia. Cincin. Lancet- 
 Clinic, 1900, n. s., xliv, 163-174. [DiseussionJ, 180-186.— 
 Zert (A.) Sulle alterazionl del centri nervosi nella tabe. 
 Eiv. sper. di freniat., Reggio-Emilia, 1895, xxi, 580-641, 
 2 pi. 
 
 Ataxia (Locomotor, Cerebrospinal fluid 
 in). 
 
 Armand-Delille & Camus (J.) Examencytologiqi'edu ' 
 liquidec(5phalo-rachldien dans le tabfes. Rev. neurol.. Par., 
 1903, xi, 199-202.— Brissaud & Bruandet. Examen cy tolo- 
 gique dans huit cas de tabiis. Rev. neurol.. Par., 1903, xi, 
 337.— Bury (J. S.) & Bamsbottom (A.) On lymphocytosis 
 of the cerebro-spinal fluid in relation to tabes. Quart. J . Med., 
 Oxford, 1909-10, iu, 27-29.— FrenkcL Zur Cytodiagnose 
 der Tabes. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1903, xl, 1199. Alio: 
 Arch. f. Psychiat., Berl., 1905, xxxix, 1335.— Gombault 
 & Halbron. Examen cytologique du liquide c^phalo- 
 rachidien dans le tab&. Rev. neurol.. Par., 1903, xi, 340.— 
 Halverson (J. O.) & Bergeim (O.) The calcium content 
 of cerebrospinal fluid, particularly in tabes dorsalis. J. 
 Biol. Chem., N. Y., 1917, xxix, 337-340. Also, Reprint.— 
 Lebas. Syndrome de coagulation massive du liquide 
 cephalo-rachidien au d^but d'lm tabf^s. Ann. m^d.-chir. 
 dii centre. Tours, 1914, xiv, 51-56.- Marie (P.) & Crouzon 
 (O.) Quelques r&ultats du cytodiagnostic du liquide 
 cdphalo-rachidien chez les tab^tiques. Rev. neurol.. Par., 
 1903, xl, 339.— Merle (P.) Ataxie aigue k guerlson rapide 
 (magma albumineux d'originecytologiqueobtenu par pone- 
 tion lombatre). Province m6d.. Par., 1913, xxiv, S27-530. — 
 Milian (G.) Le liquide ceplialo-rachidien des tab^tiques. 
 Ann. de dermat. et syph.. Par., 1903, 4. s., iv, 3.54; 555. 
 Also [Abstr.l: Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et svph.. Par., 
 1903, xiv, 193.— Nonne (M.) & Holtzmann (W.) Ueber 
 Wassermann-Reaktion im Liquor spinalis bei Tabes dorsalis 
 sowieiiber quantitative Auswertung von Starktgraden der 
 W.-Reaktion bei syphllngenen Krankheiten des Zentral- 
 Nervensystems. Monatechr. f. Psychiat. u. Neurol., Berl., 
 
 i910, xxvii, 128-152.— SabrazSs ( J. ), Gufirive & Mougneau. 
 L propos de deux cas de tabfts; stereotypies des doigts; 
 absence de lymphocytose du liquide cephalo.rachidien chez 
 un tabetique vierge. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med., de Bordeaux, 
 1905, XXVI, 578-585.— Severlno (G.) Intomo alia diagnosi 
 iniziale della tabe donsale ed al valore diagnostico del liquido 
 cefalo-rachidiano in tale malattia. Rilorma med., Palermo- 
 Napoli, 1905, xxi, 459-464. — Souques (A.) Examen cyto- 
 logique dans le tab6s. Rev. neurol,. Par., 1903, xi, 339.— 
 St«Inberg (S. U.) [Condition of the cerebro-spinal fluid in 
 tabes doraalis.) Nevrol. Vestnik, Kazan, 1915, xxii, 224- 
 228.- VUlard (M.) & Thier (L.) Deux cas de tabfts avec 
 poussees de polynucieaircs dans le liquide cephalo-racliidien; 
 alterations et disparition rapides de ces elements cellulaires. 
 Compt. rend. Soo. de biol., Par., 1906, Ixi, 233-235.— Wey- 
 ganat (W.> Ueber die Frage svphilitiscner Antistofie in 
 der Cerebrospinalflilssigkeit bei I'abes dorsalis. Sitziingsb. 
 d. phys.-med. Gesellseh. zu Wiirzb., 1907, 8; 17.— Wfdal 
 Sicard & Bavaut. A propos du cytodiagnostic du tabis. 
 Rev. neurol.. Par., 1903, xi, 289; 334. 
 
 Ataxia (Locomotor, Complications and 
 sequelse, of). 
 
 See, also, Ataxia (Locomotor, Death from); 
 Ataxia (Locomotor) in children; Ataxia (Loco- 
 Tnotor) in pregnancy, etc.; Ataxia (Locmnotm) 
 and syphilis. 
 
 OuziN (C.) *De I'influence des intoxications 
 intercurrentes sur I'apparition des crises dou- 
 loureuses chez les tabetiques. 8°. Lyon, 1899. 
 
 FiscHEL (J.) *Sur un cas de h^matomes spon- 
 tan6s chez une tabetique. 8°. Paris, 1913. 
 
 Jolly (A.) *Crises h^patiques et tab^. 8°. 
 Paris, 1906. 
 
ATAXIA. 
 
 135 
 
 ATAXIA. 
 
 Ataxia (Locomotor, Complications and 
 sequelx of). 
 
 KoDDEKMANN (G.) *Ueber seltenere motori- 
 Bclie KranklieitserscnemungeD. bei Tabes dorsa- 
 lis. 8°. Jena, 1903. 
 
 MoiSAN (A.) *Etude clinique des crises en- 
 t&algiques du tabfes. 8°. Paris, 1911. 
 
 MuLLBK (J.) *Korsakow'sc]ier Symptomen- 
 komplex bei Tabes. 8°. Konigsberg i. Pr., 
 1906. 
 
 Oggnianoff (I.) *Des mouvements invo- 
 lontaires au repos cbez les tab^tiques. 8°. 
 Montpellier, 1902. 
 
 Schmidt (C. VJ *Die tabetischen Krisen. 
 Eia kasuistischer Beitrag. 8°. Leipzig, 1903. 
 
 ScHMiDTPOTT (E.) *Ueber sekretorische 
 Krisen bei Tabes dorsalis unter besonderer Be- 
 rucksicbtigung eines Falles mit sekretorischen 
 Mammakrisen. 8°.. Freiburg i. B., 1908. 
 
 Alexander (W.) Tabes mit Geschmacks- und Speichel- 
 taiseu und Analgesie im V-Gebiet. Berl. Idin. Wclmsclir., 
 1911, xlviii, 495.— Babinski (J.) & IVageotte (J.) Note sur 
 im cas de tabte k syst^matisation exceptionnelle. Compt. 
 rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1905, lix, 280-283.— Barkan (M.) 
 Uober Kombination von Tabes und Basedow. Wien. med. 
 Wchnschr., 1914, Ixiv, 45-47.— B6rard (A.) Maux perfo- 
 rants multiples chez un tab^tique; dfearticulation de Clio- 
 part; un an aprte, amputation de jambeA lambeau externe. 
 Lyon mM., 1907, cix, 704-707.— BOkelmaim. Erialunangen 
 iiber die WiTkung der Spinalnarkose bei tabischen Visce- 
 ralkrisen. Ztsclir. f. d. ges. Neurol, u. Psycliiat., Berl. & 
 Leipz., 1913, xvii, Orig., k9.— Bonnier (P.) Le tabSs 
 labyrintliique. N. iconog. de la SalpStrifere. Par., 1899, xii, 
 131-166.— Bonorino Udaondo (C.) & Martinez (B.) 
 Las reacciones del sistema vegetatiyo en las crisis viscerales 
 del tabes. Prensa mSd. argentina, Buenos Aires, 1915-16, 
 ii, 73-75. — Bowlby (A. A.) On some surgical complications 
 of tabes dorsalis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1906, i, 1021-1023.— 
 Bramwell (B.) Early tabes with rastrio, rectal, intestinal, 
 and larjmgeal crisis. Clin. Stud., Edinb., 1906-7, n. s., v, 
 
 378-380. ■ — . Preataxic tabes with nasal crises. Ibid., 
 
 1909-10, viii, 377-380.— Brown (R. C.) The loss of sexual 
 power in tabes dorsalis. Lancet, Lond., 1898, 1, 1613.— 
 de Brulne Floos van Amstel (P.-J.) Une complication 
 rare de I'ataxie locomotrice progressive. Lyon mid., 1900, 
 xciil, 37-41.— Collier (J.) & Mummery (J. P. LJ A case 
 of tabes dorsalis, with early rectal crises. Proc. Eoy. Soc. 
 Med., Lond., 1910-11, Iv, Clin. Sect., 117— Conner (L. A.) 
 The visceral anesthesias of tabes dorsalis in relation to the 
 diagnosis of acute inflammatory conditions in the abdomen; 
 with an illustrative case. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1910, Iv, 
 1427-1430.— Conzen(F.) Uteruskrisen bei Tabes. Neurol. 
 Centralbl., Leipz., 1908, xxviil, 18-20. — Danlos & Blanc. 
 Mai perforant du rtmxillaire sup^rieur et maux perforants 
 
 Elantaires chez un tab^tique. Bull, et m6m. Soc. med. d. 
 6p. de Par., 1908, 3. s., xxv, 11-13.— De Renzl (E.) Tabe e 
 splancnoptosi. N. riv. clin.-terap., Napoli, 1914, xvii, 113- 
 127. — DescarpentTies. Sur un cas de pied tab^tique. 
 Echo miSd. du nord, Lille, 1905, ix, 104-106.— De Vaseon- 
 cellos (M. ) & De Lacerda ( J. C. ) Tabes fruste e crises visce- 
 raes. Med. contemp., Lisb., 1913, xxxi, '273-275. — Ducos & 
 Pujol. Sur un cas de tabfes combing. J. de mSd. de Bor- 
 deaux, 1912, xlii, 117. — Dumolard. Tabfes avec crises rec- 
 tales. Bull. med. de I'Alg^rie, Alger, 1907, xviii, 510.— 
 Epplnger (H.^ & Hess (L.) Zur Pathogenese der viszeralen 
 Storungen bei Tabes dorsalis. Wien. kiln. Rundschau, ■ 
 1909, xxlii, 765.— FltzwUliams (D. C. L.) A case of per- 
 forating ulcer sometime preceding other tabetic phenomena. 
 West Lond. M. J., Lond., 1909, xiv, 272.— Foerster (O.) 
 Ueber einige seltnere Formen von Krisen bei" der Tabes 
 dorsalis, sowle iiber die tabischen Krisen im AUgemeinen. 
 Monatschr. f. Psychlat. u. Neurol., Berl., 1902, xi, 259-283.— 
 Friend (S.H.) Prostatic crisis. IST. York M. J. [etc.], 1904, 
 Ixxix, 923-925. — Glorleux. Crises clitoridiermes dans le 
 tabfes. J. de neurol.. Par., 1902, vil, 157-159.— Goldstein. 
 Quelques considerations sur un cas de crise visc&ale mor- 
 telle Chez un tab^tique. Ihid., 1910, xv, 361-371.— GulUaln 
 (G.) & Laroche (G.) Le syndrome d'Avellis dans le tabis. 
 Bull, et m^m. Soc. mM. d. h6p. de Par., 1908, 3. s., xxv, 
 668-676.— Habel (A.) Tabes dorsalis und Wanderniere. 
 Centralbl. f. innere Med., Leipz., 1897; xviii, 161-163. — 
 Btall (J. N.) Locomotor ataxia with special reference to the 
 visceral crises. Colorado Med., Denver, 1912, ix, 15-17. — 
 Hunt (E. L.) Complications in tabes dorsalis. J. Am. M. 
 Ass., Chicaco, 1912, hx, 1187-1191.— JuUlan (H.) La crise 
 nasale tabgtique. Rev. de mfid.. Par., 1900, xx, 590-594. — 
 Kllppel (M.) & litaermitte (J.) Les crises nasales du tabte. 
 Semaine mM., Par., 1909, xxix, 73-76.— Koch (R.) Ente- 
 roptosen bei Tabes dorsaUs. Deutsche Ztschr. t. Nervenh., 
 Leipz., 1915, liv, 150-160.— KOnig. Tabische Krisen. Deut- 
 1 sohe med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1911, xxxvii, 2357. — 
 ( KOster (G.) Zur Kenntniss der Clitorisknsen. Mfiinchen. 
 
 Ataxia (Locomotor, Complications and 
 sequelse of). 
 
 med. Wchnschr., 1901, xlviii, 169-172.— Krauss (W. C.) 
 Report of a case of tabes with hepatic crises; autopsy. J. 
 Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1899, xxvi, 107-111.— Lemolne 
 (G.-H.) Crises d'ent&algie chez un tabfitique provoqufe par 
 un ascaride. Bull, et mSn. Soc. mii. d. h6p. de Par., 1910, 
 3. s., xxix, 764-766.— Loeper (M.) Les crises ent^ralgiques 
 dutabfes. Semaine m4d.. Par., 1909, xxix, 157-160.— Lucas- 
 ChampionniSre (P.) Crises tabi5tic[ues abdominales 
 simulant I'obstruction mtestinale, au point d'entr^ner une 
 intervention chirurgicale; traitement de la bronchite grip- 
 
 Eale. J. de m^d. et chir. prat., Par., 1912, Ixxxiii, 85-^1. — 
 lUtaud. Les crises clitbridiennes dans I'ataxie. Rev. 
 prat, d'obst. et de gyn&;., Par., 1901, xvii, 373-376.— Man- 
 nlnl (C.) Senso muscolare e fenomeno di Romberg. Gazz. 
 d. osp., Milano, 1903, xxiv, 1286.— Martin (C. F.) The 
 ataxic rectum. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1906, Ixxxiv, 521-523.— 
 Matthews (H.) The vasomotor system in tabes. Brit. M. 
 J., Lond., 1911, i, 1104.— Mazet. Denudation des deux ti- 
 morales et hersage des deux sciatiques pour douleurs ful- 
 gurantes et mal perforant plantaire chez une tab^tlque. 
 Lyon m^d.^ 1910, cxv, 66.— Merklen (P.) & Heltz (J.) 
 Crises gastnques du tabfes compUquSes d'oedfeme h^morra- 
 gique aigu de la face; chute consecutive des dents et necrose 
 du maxillaire inf&ieur. Bull, et m^m. Soc. mSd; d. hSp. 
 de PaTy 1902, 3. s., xix, 971-973.— Messing (Z.) Tabte com- 
 bine. Neurol, polska, Warszawa, 1914, iv, 109-128. — Moss6 
 (A.) Action frenatrice de la compression du cou dans les 
 crises bulbaires tabetiques. Ass. franc, pour I'avance. d. sc. 
 C.-r. 1890, Par., 1891, lOK, pt. 2, 784-790.— MtUler (Therese). 
 Seltene Krisen (Nasen-, Augen-, Speichel- und motorische 
 Extremitatenkrisen) bei Tabes. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 
 1918, Ixvlii, 953-960.— Oirergeld (H.) Ovarialkrisen im 
 Verlaufe der Tabes dorsahs; ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der 
 genitalen Krisen tabischer Frauen. Beitr. z. Geburtsh. u. 
 Gynak., Leipz.. 1910-11, xvi, 373-389.— Plerret (R.) & 
 Duhot (E.) Arthropathie tabetique; crises pharyng^es. 
 ficho med. du nord, Lille, 1912, xvl, 566 — PShhnann (A.) 
 Superinfektion bei Tabes dorsalis. Munchen. med. Wchn- 
 scher., 1914, Ixi, 2200-2203.— Raymond. Crises tabetiques 
 en ceinture. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap.. Par., 1904, 
 xviii, 136.— de Bezende Puech (L.) Tabes dorsualis e 
 tabes associada (tabes combinada). Arch, brasil. de psy- 
 chiat. [etc.], Rio de Jan., 1906, ii, 58-97.— Bhein (J. H. W.) 
 Three cases- of involuntary movements in locomotor ataxia. 
 J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1902, xxxix, 1632-1634.— Roy (P.) 
 Eschare sacree chez une tabetique non aUtee. Arch. gen. de 
 med.. Par., 1905, i, 1042-1046.— Sabrazes & Fauquet. 
 Une comphcation du tab^^ non encore signaiee; fracture 
 complete de la totalite du rebord alveolaire des deux maxil- 
 laires superieurs, pendant I'avulsion d'une canine, dans un 
 cas de tabfes; large brfeche de communication bucco-sinu- 
 sienne consecutive, simulant le mal perforant buccal; fades 
 special (demoniaque). N. iconog. de la Salp^triere, Par., 
 1900, xiii, 253-259, 1 pi.— Siding (A.) Tabes dorsalis mit 
 Hsematemesis und Herpes zoster atypicus wahrend des 
 Verlaufes und Milchsekretion bei einer 62jahrigen Frau; ein 
 Beitrag zur Lehre von der Milchsekretion. Wien. klin. 
 Wchnschr., 1909, xxii, 269; 306.— Singer (K.) Die Krisen 
 der Tablker. Berl. klm. Wchnschr., 1911, xlviii, 2168-2171.— 
 SpUler (W. G.) The association of severe anemia with 
 tabes dorsalis. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1916, xUv, 
 155-158.— Stembo (L.) Zwei Falle von Singultuskrisen 
 bei Tabes. Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1905, xxiv, 985-988.— 
 Taylor (E. W.) Unusual comphcation of tabes. I. Tabes 
 with progressive muscular atrophy. II. Tabes with multiple 
 sclerosis. Boston M. & S. J., 1902, cxlvii, 129-131. Also, Re- 
 print.— Thiblerge (G.) Note sur une variete d'uloeration 
 chronique du visage, observee au corps du tabfes dorsal. 
 Ann. de dermat. et syph.. Par., 1901, 4. s., ii, 525-530.— 
 Torroella (M. A.) Crisis convulso-atAxica abdominal de la 
 tabes. Rev. d. hosp., Mexico, 1913, ii, 73.— Verhaeghe (D.) 
 Sur un cas de diarrhee tabetique. Echo med. du nord, 
 LUle, 1897. i, 301-303.— Welsenburg (T. H.) & Work (P.) 
 The distribution of tabetic crises, with the exhibition of an 
 unusual ease. J. TSTerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1916, xUi, 639- 
 642.— WlUlams (C. T.) Tabes dorsahs with rectal crises. 
 PolycUn., Lond., 1901, V, 242.— Wood (H. C.) Abstract of 
 a chnical lecture on ataxic lymphopathy and ataxic cardio- 
 pathy. Med. Week, Par., 1893, i, 49. 
 
 Ataxia (Locomotor, Complications and 
 sequelse of Bioccfil). 
 
 Henry (R.) *Etude sur le ijial perforant 
 buccal tabmque. 8°. Paris, 1905. 
 
 Lafontaine (D.-J.-M.) *De la cbute spon- 
 tan^e des dents dans le tab^. 4°. Bordeaux, 
 1896. 
 
 Mazataud (L.) *De la sialorrh^e dans le 
 tabfes. 8°. Paris, 1898. 
 
 Santi (J.) *Contribution de la cbute spon- 
 tan^e des dents et du mal perforant buccal dans 
 le tab^s. 8°- Toulouse, 1897. 
 
ATAXIA. 
 
 136 
 
 ATAXIA. 
 
 Ataxia (Locomotor, Complications and 
 sequelx of, Buccal). 
 
 Sebba (M.) Die trophischen Storungen der 
 Mund- und Kiefergebilde mit besonderer Be- 
 rucksichtigung der Tabes dorsalis. 4°- ieip- 
 zig, 1912. 
 
 Balzer (F.), Belloir & Tameaud. Mai perforant buccal 
 tabStique. ' Bull. Sec. Iranc. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1913, 
 xxiv, 162-167.— Caussade (G.) Ulceration tuberculeuse de 
 la l^gue Chez un tab6tique; note histologique. Bull, et 
 m^m. Soc. mM. d. hflp. de Par., 1905, 3. s., xxn, 1256-1261.— 
 Chompret (J.) Mai perforant buccal ou necroses multiples 
 du maxillaire cliez un tab^tique. Arch. g&i. de m§d., Par., 
 
 1903, u, 3009-3017.— Dev6 (F.) Mai perforant buccal tabfr 
 tique. Normandie va&a., Eouen, 1905, xx, 459-465.— 
 Gaucher & Touchard. Tab^ avec mal perforant buccal 
 et r&orption osseuse du maxillaire suptoeur. Bull. Soc. 
 frang. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1905, xvl, 88-90. Also: 
 Aim. de dermat. et syph.. Par., 1905, 4. s., vi, 265-267.— 
 Graitner. Praparat von Malperforant buccal eines Tabi- 
 kers. VerhandL d. laryngol. Gfesellsch. zu Berl., 1911, xxi, 
 pt. 1, 67. AUo: Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1911, xlviii, 36.— 
 Grenler de Cardenal (H.) Chute spontan^e des dents et 
 niScrose des maxillalres chez les tabdtiques. J. de m^d. de 
 Bordeaux, 1905, xxxv, 470; 489.— Ness (R. B.) Case of 
 locomotor ataxia, with cancrum oris as a fatal complication; 
 post-mortem examination. Edinb. M. J., 1899, n. s., v, 
 595-601.— Kobln (P.) Odontoptose tabgtique ou chute des 
 dents consecutive k rarthropathie alviolo-dentaire oompli- 
 qufie d'infection dans le tab^s. Rev. de stomatol.. Par., 
 
 1904, xi, 21; 61.— Bodler (H.) & Capdepont. Mal per- 
 forant buccal Chez une femme ataxique. Ibid., 1903, x, 566- 
 575. [Discussion], 592. AUo: J. d. mal. cutan. et S5T)h., 
 Par., 1904, xvi, 161-169.— Souques (A.) & Legrain (P.) 
 MaTix perforants buccaux et ata-ophie du maxillaire sup^- 
 rieur, d'origine tabdtique. Rev. neurol.. Par., 1913, xxi, 
 419-422. 
 
 Ataxia {Locomotor, Gomplications and 
 sequelse of, Oardio-vascular) . 
 
 See, also, Angina, pectoris {Causes, etc., of). 
 
 Dtjmont (A.-M.) *L6sions cardio-vaeculaires 
 au cours du tabfes et de la paralysie g^n^rale. 8° 
 Nancy, 1908. 
 
 Enshn (F.) *Ueber die Coincidenz von 
 Tabes dorsalis und Aortenerkrankungen. 8° 
 Berlin, 1898. 
 
 Heitz (J.) *Les nerfs du ccEur cbez les tab6- 
 tiques; ^tude cUnique et anatomo-patholqgique. 
 8°. Paris, 1903. 
 
 HiJTTNEE (W.) *Ueber das Zusammentreffen 
 von Tabes dorsalis und Herzklappenfeblem. 
 8°. Berlin, 1897. 
 
 JiJRST (G.) *Ein Fall von Tabes dorsalis mit 
 Bchwerer Arteriosclerose und Apoplexie. 8°. 
 Kiel, 1912. 
 
 Matstjnaga (M.) *Ueber Tabes und Aorten- 
 erkrankungen. 8°. Miinchen, 1910. 
 
 NoRDMANN (B.) *Le ccEur des tab^tiques 
 (lesions cardio-aortiques et angine de poitrine). 
 4°. Paris, 1895. 
 
 Plathneb (P. [W. P.]) *Ueber das Zusam- 
 menvorkommen von Tabes dorsuaUs und In- 
 sufficienz der Aortenklappen. 8°. Berlin, 1895. 
 
 Reber (F.) *Ueber das Zusammentreffen 
 von Tabes dorsalis mit Herzklappenfehlern. 8°. 
 Zurich, 1910. 
 
 Also, in: Schweiz. ftrztl. Mitt. a. Univ.-Inst., Zilrich, 1910, 
 285-312. 
 
 Amllani (P. F.) Tabe dorsale ed aortite. Riforma 
 med., Roma, 1902, xviii, pt. 4, 366; 377. Also, transl. [Abstr ]: 
 
 Rev. neurol.. Par., 1902, x, 970. . Aortite tabica. 
 
 Gazz. med. ital., Torino, 1904, Iv, 472-477.— Barie (E.) Le 
 ccBur Chez les.tabetiques. Rev. g^n. de clin. et de therap.. 
 Par., 1896, x, 705-707.— Blocli (M.) Tabes mit Stenose und 
 Insufflzienz der Aorta, Bradykardie und Adams-Stokes'- 
 schem Symptomenkomplex. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., 
 Berl. & Leipz., 1904, xxx, 1225.— Brandt (F. H.) Aneurism 
 in tabes. Medicine, Detroit, 1905, xl, 743-747. — Buceo (M.) 
 Su un caso di tabe dorsale con insufficienza aortica. N. riv. 
 clin.-terap., Napoli, 1903, vl, 618-620.— Camus (P.) & 
 Labonnette (MT.) Ruptures traumatiques de I'aorte, de la 
 veine cave inf&ieure k son insertion dans I'oreillette, eclate- 
 ment de la face ant^rieure du pfiricarde survenus chez un 
 tabetique aprfes une chute sur les pleds, puis sur la partie 
 laterale gauche du thorax. Bull, et m6m. Soc. anat. de Par., 
 1903, Ixxviii, 723-726.— Challer (J.) & Vincent. An^vrysme 
 
 Ataxia {Locomotor, Complications and 
 sequelse of, Gardio-vascular). 
 
 de raorte thora<;ique descendante chez un tabStique mort 
 par pericardite et mediastinite suppurees. Lyon m^d., 1909, 
 oxii, 22-24.— Courtellemont. Tabfes et l&ions aortiques. 
 Nord med., Lille, 1905, xi, 188.— Debove. Tabfes et ane- 
 vrysme aortique. Rev. gm. de chu. et de th^rap., Par., 
 1906, XX, 353-355. Also: Rev. intemat. de m^d. et de chir., 
 Par., 1906, xvii, 242.— Flatau (G.) Ein Fall von Tabes mit 
 Situs inversus cordis. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1903, xl, 876. — 
 Gnudi (A.) Tabe dorsale e aftezioni eardio-vascolari. 
 Scritti med. m omaggio a A. Murri, Bologna, 1912, 733-746.— 
 Gonzalo (R.) Las lesiones cardlo-adrticas de los tabeticos 
 J son de origen trdfico 6 sifiUtico? Rev. de san. mil., Madrid, 
 1914, 3. s. , iv, 221-225.— Heitz ( J. ) Insufflsance aortique; dila- 
 tations multiples de I'aorte et de ses branches chez un tabeti- 
 que. Bull, et mfim. Soc. anat. de Par., 1901, Ixxvi, 722-726. 
 
 . Des crises vasculaires chez les tabetiqucs ou pression 
 
 artdrielle et douleur chez les tabetiques. Tribune med.. 
 Par., 1908, n. s., xl, 806.— Hopkins (S. D.) Locomotor 
 ataxia complicated by thrombosis of the pontile arteries, 
 witii report of a case. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1903, xli, 
 182.— Josefowltscb (A. B.) & IJI.sch11tz (M. J.) Zur Lehre 
 von den Palschen Gefasskrisen (ein Fall gastrischer Krisen, 
 die jedesmal mit dem Wesphalschen Symptom verbundeu 
 waren). Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1910, xl, 464- 
 482.— liantman (M. F.) Cardiac crises in tabes dorsalis; 
 report of a case with sudden death. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1916, 
 xc,722.— Leyden. UeberHerzkrankheitenbei Tabes. Ver- 
 handL d. Ver. f. innere Med. zu Berl., 1888-9, viii, 104-113.— 
 Mattiiolo (G.) Ricerche istologiche in un caso dl fabe 
 rudimentale associata con lesloni aortiche. Clin. med. ital., 
 Milano., 1908, xlvii, 61-68. AUo [Abstr.]: Riforma med., 
 Napoli, 1908, xxiv, 1023. AUo, transl.: Rev. neuroL, Par., 
 1908, xvi, 648-652.— MOrcben (F.) Ein tasuistischer 
 Beitrag zu Pals Lehre von den Gefasskrisen der Tabiker. 
 Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1906, xxv, 940-946.— Pal (J.) 
 Zur Kenntnis der abdomlnellen Gefasskrisen der Tabiker 
 und ihrer Beziehung zur Aortite abdominale. Med. Klin., 
 Berl., 1908, iv, 1790-1792.— Perrtu (M.) Hypertrophic du 
 coeur, aortite chronique et tab^s fruste. Soc. de med. de 
 Nancy. C.-r. ..., 1904-5, 18.— PoUacl. Ilcuoreneitabetici. 
 Riforma med., Napoli, 1896, xii, pt. i, 541-543.— B«non. 
 Les affections cardiaques et le tabes. R ev. gen. de clin. et de 
 therap., Par., 1904, xrai, 406.— Ruge (H.) & Htlttuer (W.) 
 Ueber Tabes una Aorteninsufficienz. Berl. klin. Wchn- 
 schr., 1897, xxxiv, 760-762.— Sainton (P.) & Ferrand (J.) 
 Varicosites generalisees et symetriques chez une tabetique. 
 Encephale, Par., 1907, ii, 546-549. jlfeo.- Cong, franj. de 
 med. 1907. C.-r.. Par., 1908, 381-383.— Samberger (F.) 
 [L'ataxie locomotrice et les lesions cardiaques. Res., 83.1 
 Shorn, klin., v Praze, 1900-1901, ii, 69-85.— Stab! (B. F.) 
 The associanon of valvular heart disease with tabes. Am. 
 Med., Phila., 1903, vi, 788-790. AUo: Phila. Hosp. Rep. 
 (1902), 1903, V, 126-131.— Strllmpell (A.) Ueber die Vereini- 
 gung der Tabes dorsalis mit Erkrankvmgen des Herzens und 
 der Gefasse, nebst Bemerkuneen zur allgemeinen Pathologie 
 der Tabes. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1907, 
 XJodii, 1931-1936.— Vaquez (H.) & Digne. Insufflsance 
 aortique traumatique survenue au cours d'un tabes fruste. 
 Tribune med.. Par., 1904, 2. s., xxxvi, 839. AUo: Bull, et 
 mem. Soc. med. d. hfip. de Par., 1905, 3. s., xxii, 1261-1264. 
 
 Ataxia {Locomotor, Complications and 
 sequelse, of , Cerebral and nervous) . 
 
 See, also. Ataxia (LocoTnotor, Complieations 
 and sequelx of, Mental); Ataxia (Locomotor, 
 Complications, etc., of, Muscular); Ataxia (Lo- 
 comotor, Complications, etc., of, Paralytic); 
 Ataxia (Locomotor, Complications, etc., of. 
 Sensory); Ataxia (Locomotor, Complications, 
 etc., of, Trophic); Ataxia (Locomotor, Reflexes 
 in). 
 
 AuDAN (J. -J.) *Forme c6r6brale du tabfes sen- 
 sitif. 8°. Lyon, 1902. 
 
 Edens (E.) *Tabe8 dorsalis und chronische 
 Spinalmeningitls. 8°. Kiel, 1902. 
 
 Fraenkel (E.) *Athetose bei Tabes dorsalis. 
 8°. Berlin,l898. 
 
 Freysz (M.) *Ein Fall von dauemdem Sym- 
 pathicuskrampf bei Tabes dorsalis. 8°. Strass- 
 burg i. E., 1895. 
 
 Gross (A.) *Ueber die apoplektiformen An- 
 falle bei Tabes dorsalis. 8°. Erlangen, 1Q06. 
 _ KoDDERMANN (G.) *Ueber seltenere moto- 
 rische Krankheitserscheinungen bei Tabes dor- 
 salis. 8°. Jena, 190.3. 
 
 Raskine (A.) *Sur les mouvements atli6to- 
 siques dans le tabfes dorsalis. 8°. Paris, 1900. 
 
ATAXIA. 
 
 13-7 
 
 ATAXIA. 
 
 Ataxia {Locomotor, Corn-plications and 
 sequebe of, Cerebral and nervous) . 
 
 Reichel (A.) *Ueber die Beteiligung des 
 Trigeminus und Vagus bei Tabes dorsalis. 8°. 
 Ertangen, 1896. 
 
 RoTJX (J.-C.) *Les l&ions du syst^me grand 
 sympathique dans le tabfes et leur rapport avec 
 les troubles de la sensibility visc^rale. 8°. 
 Pom, 1900. 
 
 Amsperger. Ueber Athetose als Complication von 
 Tabes dorsalis. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1900, 
 xviii, 389-398.— Ayer (J. B.) Compression myelitis by an 
 aneurysm occurring in a tabetic. Boston M. & S. J., 1911, 
 clrv, 211-214.— Bal)lnskl. Tab6s k 11 ans, compliqu^ k 26 
 ans, d'une mfiningo^jnc^phalite diffuse. J. de med. int.. 
 Par., 1899, iu, 569-571.— Bikeles (G.) Bin Fall von Tabes 
 dorsalis mit akut einsetzenden ungewohnlichen Koordina- 
 tionsstorungen am Kumpf. Neurol. Ceutralbl., Leipz., 
 1915, xxxiv, 707-709. — Boinet. Des mouvements atli^to- 
 siques dans le tabfes dorsalis. Rev. neurol., Par., 1901, ix, 
 618-626.— BrtllU (G.) Bin Fall von nervoser Taubheit bei 
 Tabes. Ztschr. f. Ohrenh., Wiesb., 1906, Ifl, 232-238.— de 
 Brulne Ploos van Amstel (P. J.) Gewrichtsaandoe- 
 ningen bij tabes dorsalis. Med. WeekbL, Amst., 1900-1901, 
 vii, 85; 19.— Buzzard (E. F.) Case of tabes with lumbo- 
 sacral disease. Proc. Boy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1910-11, iv, Clin. 
 Sect., 13. — Camp (C. D.) Muscular atrophy, degeneration 
 ol the trigeminus nerve and of the lateral columns, and 
 ansemic changes in the spinal cord occurring in tabes dor- 
 salis. Univ. Penn. M. Bull., PhUa., 1904-6, xvii, 366-372, 
 1 pi., flgs. 12 and 13.— Curclo (E.) Tabe con atetosi dop- 
 pia; cura della incoordinazione motrice della tabe con la 
 rieduccazione del muscoU; metodo di Frenkel. Ann. di 
 med. nav., Eoma, 1898, iv, 274-289.— Cursclmianii (H.) 
 Tabes and polyneuritis. Intemat. Clin., Phila., 1892, 8. s., 
 iv, 168-176.— Egger. (M.) L'effet de la sommation; le r^veil 
 de la sensibility douloureuse et thermique dans le tabfes, 
 les n^vrites et I'h^mianesth&ie c^rfibrale organique. Compt. 
 rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1902, 11. s., iv, 750.— Ferenczy (A.) 
 Tabes kompliziert durch Neuritis. Med. Bl., Wien, 1903, 
 
 xxvi, 247. . Ein mit Neuritis complicirter Fall von 
 
 Tab^. Ungar. med. Presse, Budapest, 1903, viii, 95-97. — 
 Ferenczy (S.) Ein Fall von mit Neuritis compMcirter Tabes. 
 Pest, med.^jhir. Presse, Budapest, 1906, xlii, 30.— von Frag- 
 stein. Zur Trigeminuserkrankung als Initialsymptom 
 der Tabes. Deutsche med.Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1901, 
 xxvii, 185-187.— Gowers {Sir W. R.) Tabetic atrophy of the 
 auditory nerve. Rev. Neurol. Psychiat., Edinb., 1907, v, 
 169-172.— Guinon (L.) Enc^phalite et ataxia aigue. 
 Arch, de mM. d. enf.. Par., 1914, xvii, 561-578.— Guinon 
 (L.) & Aine. Enc^phalites b^nignes et ataxic aigue. Bull. 
 Soc. de pMiat. de Par., 1914, xvi, 307-310.— Heitz (J.) Note 
 sur r^tat des fibres k my^line du plexus cardiaque chez les 
 tab^tiques. Rev. neurol.. Par., 1903, xi, 740.— Btertz. Cere- 
 bral thrombosis associated with latent tabes dorsalis. Guy's 
 Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1908, xxii, 225. — ^LSpine (J.) A propos de 
 la m6ningite spinale du tabes. Lyon m6d., 1905, cv, 981- 
 988.— Masuccf (A.) Neuro-tabe. Ann. di med. nav., 
 Roma, 1905, ii, 556-558.— Fanegrossl (G.) Beitrag zum 
 Studium von chronischer spinaler Meningitis bcKleitetcn 
 Tabes. Monatschr. f. Psychiat. u. Neurol., Berl., 1908, 
 xxiil, 290-310, 2 pi.— Pavlot (J.) Des l&ions m^ningfe da 
 tabfes dorsal. Lyon m(5d., 1905, cv, 913-930.— Bieln (J. H. 
 W.) Involuntary movements m a case of ataxia. J. Nerv. 
 
 & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1902, xxix, 422^26. . A case of 
 
 locomotor ataxia with a tremor resembling that of paralysis 
 agitans. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1905, xUv, 608. . Men- 
 ingitis and disease of the radicular nerves in tabes dorsalis. 
 Tr. Coll. Phys. PhUa., 1910, 3 s., xxxii, 222-245, 2 pi. AUo: 
 
 3. Med. Research, Bost., 1910, xxiii, 461-479, 2 pi. . 
 
 Nervous symptoms, tabes dorsalis. Old Dominion J. M. & 
 S., Richmond, 1915. xxi, 156.— Blspal & de Verbizier. 
 Enc^phalite aigue heraorragique au cours d'une pneumonie 
 latente chez un tabttique. Toulouse mM.j 1913, 2. s., rv, 
 110-114. — Koger (H.) La m^ningite tab^tique. Montpel. 
 mM., 1913, xxxvi, 417; 454.— Rowland (V. C.) Tabes dor- 
 salis with unusually extensive mvolvement of the cranial 
 nerves as well as of the spinal cord. Cleveland M. J., 1915, 
 xiv, 506-508.— Sabrazes (J.) Mouvements athStoides st4- 
 r&typ& des doigts associ& a la parole chez un tab^tique. 
 
 Gaz. nebd. d. sc. m6d. de Bordeaux, 1905, xxvi, 219. . 
 
 Mouvements involontaires st6r6otyp6s des doigts s'organi- 
 sant en tics dansle tabSs. Rev. neurol.. Par., 1905, xiii, 857. — 
 SabrazSs (J.) & Calmettes ( A .) Tic des doigts et mouve- 
 ments atMtoides des tab^tiqnes. Gaz. hebd. d. so. mid. ■ 
 de Bordeaux, 1905, xxvi, 315.— Semon (Sir F.) Case of tabes 
 with early and unusual implication of various cerebral nerves. 
 J. Laryngol., Lond., 1903, xviii, 259-261.— Strasser( A.) Tabes 
 mid Pohneuritis. Bl. f. klin. Hydrother., Wien, 1908, xviii, 
 1-14. — Wagner (L.) Einige Beobachtungen fiber den 
 Druck im Lumbalkanal insbesondere bei Tabes dorsalis. 
 Charit6-Ann., Berl., 1909, xxxiii, 81-91.— Welsenburg (T. 
 H.) A case of tabes dorsalis with involvement of many cra- 
 
 Ataxia (Locomotor, Complications and 
 sequelse of, Cerebral and nervous) . 
 
 nial nerves. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1907, xxxiv, 
 536. — WeTtbeim-Salomonson. HaematomyeUe bij tabes 
 dorsalis. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1905, 2. r., 
 Xli, d. 1, 359-368. 
 
 Ataxia (Locomotor, Complications and 
 sequelse of. Cutaneous). 
 
 Alepeld (H. a.) *Zwei Falle von Herpes 
 zoster bei Tabes dorsalis. 8°. Munehen, 1905. 
 
 DuPEET (J.) *Contribution J, 1' etude du 
 prurit tab^tique simple ou complique. 8°. 
 Paris, 1912. 
 
 Rbbaub (J.) *Du prurit tab^tique avec ou 
 sans lichenification. 8° Paris, 1908. 
 
 Savin (L.-M.-A.) *Prurit tab^tique. 8°. 
 Bordeaux, 1911. 
 
 Bitot (E.) Du prurit tab^tique. Ann. de dennat. et 
 syph.. Par., 1911, 5. s., ii, 356-365.— Chauflard. Zona chez 
 un ataxique. J. de mia. et ehir. prat.. Par., 1905, Ixxvi, 
 805-807.— Cordler (V.) & CMmieu (B.) Le prurit des 
 tabfitiques; sa disposition radlculaire. Lyon m&l., 1914, 
 cxxiii, 120-123. — Desqueyroux. Zona intercostal chez im 
 tab^tique. J. de m&l. de Bordeaux, 1912, xlii, 771. — Freuch- 
 tbandler (E. A.) Diseases of the skin and subcutaneous 
 tissues in locomotor ataxia. Post-Graduatc, N. Y., 1910, xxv, 
 297-299. — ^Introna (N.) TJn caso di atassia locomotrice 
 progressiva con diabete e suggelazione cutanea. Gazz. d. 
 osp., Milano,^ 1903, xxiv, 245.— Janovsk^ (V.) (Tabetic 
 eruptions.] Casop. 16k. iSesk., v Praze, 1884, xxiii, 811; 826. — 
 Jeanselme (E.) & Sfizary (A.) Herp& de la lace et syn- 
 drome sympathique cervical unilatfi-aux chez un tabitique. 
 Rev. neurol.. Par., 1907, xv, 1029-1031.— Little (E. G. G.) 
 Case for diagnosis. [Anomalous locomotor ataxy eruption?] 
 Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1908-9, ii, Dermat. Sect., 78.— 
 Milian (G.) Prurit avec lichenification et tab^s fruste. 
 
 Ann. d. mal. v&i., Par., 1906, i, 321-332. . Le prurit 
 
 tab^tique. Bull, et m4m. Soc. void. d. hflp. de Par., 1907, 3. 
 
 s., XXIV, 991-1000. . Prurit et resale urticarienne 
 
 tab^tiques. Ibid., 1911, 3. s., xxxi, 203-206.— PaSchUne (A.) 
 Le dermographisme dans le tab^ dorsalis. Compt. rend. 
 Soc. de biol.. Par., 1897, 10. s., iv, 958-960.— Pujol (M.) 
 Prurit tab^tique et ars&obenzol. Progres med., Par., 1913, 
 3. s., xxix, 100. — Souques, Baudouin & LantuejouL 
 Tabfes et zona. Rev. neuroL, Par., 1914, xxii, 868-871.— 
 Vlgnolo-Lutatl (C.) Sul cosidetto prurito tabetico. 
 Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1917, xxxviii, 694-596.— Westphal (A.) 
 Ein Fall von Tabes dorsalis mit Herpes zoster. Charity- 
 Ann., Berl., 1897, xxii, 656-659. 
 
 Ataxia (Locomotor, Complications and 
 sequelse of. Gastric). 
 
 See, also] Ataxia (Locomotor, Treatment of. 
 Operative). 
 
 Berneaud (J. E. [C.]) *Koterbrechen bei 
 tabische'n gastrischen Krisen. 8°. Marburg a. 
 L., 1910. 
 
 BouRGTJiGNON (L.) *Des crises gastriques 
 dans le tabfes. 4°. Paris, 1895. 
 
 Dalle (M..) *H6mat4m6ses tab6tiques et 
 fausses hemat^mfeses tabetiques. 8°. Paris, 
 1912. 
 
 GoLOSTSCHOKOw (S.) *Gastrisclie Krisen 
 und Habitus asthenicus. 8°. MiJnchen, 1913. 
 
 Jappa (A.) *Ueber Blutbrecben bei gastri- 
 schen Kjisen. 8°. Berlin, 1911. 
 
 Lehmann(P.) *Leshematemfeses et les crises 
 gastriques du tabfes. 8°. Paris, 1911. 
 
 Rafinesque (M.) *Le syndrome crise gastri- 
 que, sa valeur cUnique et ^tiologique. 8°. 
 Paris, 1912. 
 
 RoussELiER^ L.-A.) *L'h6mat6mfese au cours 
 des crises gastriques du tabfes. 8°. Montpellier, 
 1911. 
 
 Sauveroche (J.) *Crises gastriques pro- 
 longees des tabetiques morpMuomanes. 8°. 
 Pom, 1908. 
 
 Babtnski (J.), Cbauvet (S.) & Durand (G.) Un cas de 
 crises gastriques tab6tifomies liOes a I'existence d'lm petit 
 ulcus juxta-pylorique. Rev. neurol.. Par., 1913, xxv, 4.36- 
 43S.— Basct (S.) A contribution to the studv ol the gastric 
 crises of tabes. Med. Rec., N. Y., 1899, Ivi, 541-551. AUo, 
 
ATAXIA. 
 
 138 
 
 ATAXIA. 
 
 Ataxia {Locomotor, Complications and 
 sequelse of, Gastric) . 
 
 transl: Ges. Beitr. a. d. Geb. d. Physiol., Path. u. Therap., 
 Berl., 18S6-1906, ii, 109-161— Blerens le Haan (J. C. J.) 
 De operatie van Forster bij tabetische maagkrisen. Nederl. 
 Tijdsohr. v. Geneesk, Amst., 1910, xlv, pt. 2, 182-193.— 
 Bonardi (E.) II pUorospasmo coUa sindrome del tumore 
 pilorico fra i sintami precocl della tabe dorsale. Pensiero 
 med., Milano, 1913, ia, 241-246. Aim: R. 1st. Lomb. di sc. e 
 lett. RendiCy Milano, 1913, xlvi, 120; 197.— Bonorlno 
 Udaondo (C.) Hematemesis en las crisis g^tricas del 
 tabes. Prensa mSd. argentina, Buenos Aires, 1917-18, iv, 
 6-8.— von Bonsdorlt (H.) On operativ behandling af gas- 
 triska knser vid tebes dorsalis. Tinskaliik.-sallsk., handl., 
 Helsingfors, 1912, i, 112-125.— Bourcy. Les cnses gastri- 
 ques An tabes. Independ. mM., Par., 1897, iii, 353.— Brauer. 
 Tabische gastrische Krise mit echtem Koterbrechen. Miin- 
 chen. med. Wchnsehr., 1909, Ivi, 425.— Buettner (W.) 
 Ueber einen Fall gleichzeitigeu Vorkommens von tabi- 
 schen gastrischen Krisen una von Tetanie. Wien. klin. 
 Wchnsehr., 1910, xxiii, 1108-1115.— Byrne g.) A theory of 
 the mechanism of gastric and pain crises in tabes. N. York 
 M. J. [etc.l, 1915, ci, 880-883. jlls5. Reprint.— Cade (AO Les 
 crises gastnqnesdutabfes; diagnostic ettraitement. Progr&s 
 mM., Par., 1912, 3. s., xxviii, 2)8-251.— Cade (A.) & Leriehe 
 (R.) Etude cimlque, pathogfinique et th&apeutique des 
 crises gastriques du taws. J. med. frang., Par., 1912, vi, 
 2S9-303. AUo, transl.; Deutsche Ztschr. t Cnir., Leipz., 
 1913, cxxi, 41-80.— Camus (P.) & Baufle (P.) Crises 
 gastriques et zona, origine radiculaire de quelques crises 
 gastriques dites essentielles. Paris m6d., 1911-12, li, 47-50. — 
 Carnot (P.) & BruySre (,Mlle. I.) Crise gastrique du 
 tabSs de type moteur avec hoquets et vomissements incoerci- 
 bles: hSmatSm^^es consfeutives. Bull, et m^m. Soc. m^d. 
 d. hflp. de Par., 1917, 3. s., xll, 1103-1110.— Castaigne. 
 Crisi gastriche della tabe. Gazz. d. 0S5., Milano, 191 i, xxxv, 
 1910.— CastcUJ (E.) The pathogenesis of the gastric crises 
 of tabes. Med. Rec, N. YT, 1913, Ixxxiil, 783-787.— Castel- 
 llno (P. F.) Tabe dorsale nel suo periodo iniziale; crisi 
 gastriche; tachicardia riflessa. Tommasi, Najpoli, 1907, ii, 
 526. — Cheney (W. F.) Gastfic disturbances m tabes dor- 
 saUs. Am. J. M. Sc, PhUa. & N. Y., 1913, clxv, 328-335.— 
 Claude (H.) & Cotonl (L.) Tabte fruste avec crises gastri- 
 ques li^es aux variations de la tension art(^rielle. Rev. 
 neurol.. Par., 1911, xxh, 728.— D6jerlne, TInel & Angheiofl. 
 Sur r^tat de la moelle epinifere dans trois cas de crises gastri- 
 
 Sues tab«iques. Ibid., 1913, Toa'j 348-3.50.— De B«nzl (E.} 
 'n caso di tabe dorsale con crisi gastriche ed abbondanti 
 ematemesi. N. riv. clin.-terap., Napoli, 1902, v, 455-457. — 
 DSvf. Vomissements pfiriodiques et taWs fruste. Rev. 
 m6d. de Normandie, Rouen, 1905, vi, 229-234.— Dufour (H.) 
 & Cottenot. Crise gastrique tab^tique prise pour une 
 obstruction intestinale; anus iliaque; gu6rison. Rev. neu- 
 rol.. Par., 1909, xvli, 365.— Duhot & Lcroy (H.) Crises 
 gastriques tabdtiformes au cours d'un uMro-cancer de la 
 petite courbure. -Echo m^d. du nord, Lille, 1913. xvii, 
 252.— Exncr (A.) Ein neues Operationsverfahren bei 
 tabischen Crises gastriques. Deuteche Ztschr. f. Chir., 
 
 Leipz., 1911, cxi, 576-590. . Tabische Krisen, Ulcus 
 
 ventriculi und vagus. Wien. klin. Wchnsehr., 1912, xxv, 
 1405.— Exner (A.) & Sehwarzmann (E.) Gastrische 
 Krisen und Vagotomie. Mitt. a. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. 
 Chir., Jena, 1914, xxviii, 15-52.— Faure (M.) Pathogfnie 
 et therapeutique des crises gastriques des tabetiques. Rev. 
 neurol.. Par., 1913, xxvi, 237.— Fauser (A.) Em Fall von 
 Tabes dorsalis mit alternirenden Erscheinungen von gastri- 
 .schen Krisen und lancinirenden Schmerzen. Med. Ab- 
 handl. Festschr. d. Stuttg. firztl. Ver., 1897, 143-151.— 
 Fcrrannlnl (L.) La patogonesi delle crisi gastriche della 
 tabe. Riforma med., ^fapoli, 1914, xxx, 216.— Frledenwald 
 (J.) & Leltz (T. F.) The gastric crises of tabes. Maryland 
 M. J., Bait, 1912, Iv, 157-166. AUo: N. York M. J. [etc.], 
 1912, xcvi, 9-13. AUo, Reprint.— Frugonl (C.) Contri- 
 buto alio studio delle crisi ematemetiche essenziali e dell'os- 
 teoartropatia vertebrale nella tabe. Riv. crit. di din. med., 
 Firenze, 1914, xv, 1; 17: 33. AUo, Reprmt.- Fuchs (M.) 
 Beitrag zur Behandlung gastrischer Krisen. Miinchen. 
 med. Wchnsehr., 1913, Ix, 1327.— Guleke. Erfahrungen 
 mit der Foerster'schen Operation bei gastrischen Krisen. 
 Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Chir., Berl., 1911, xl, pt. 
 2, 205-232.— Hayes (R.) Note on a case with severe gastric 
 crises; treated by Aachen methods. Lancet, Lond., 1917, i, 
 652.— Heyn (L. G.) A case of locomotor ataxia with aortic 
 insufficiency and the absence of secretory disturbance of 
 stomach during a gastric crisis. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1906, 
 n. s., Ivii, 480.— Hitchcock (C. W.) Gastriculcer associated 
 with the gastric crises of tabes dorsalis. J. Mich. M. Soc, 
 Grand Rapids, 1917,xvi,271.— Hnatck(J.) Astudyoflhe 
 chemical composition of vomited matters in the gastric 
 crises of tabes. Cleveland M. Gaz., 1896-7, xii, 13-19.— 
 Holmes (B.) The adrenalin reaction In gastric crises of 
 tabes and the slgniflcance of betaiminazolyl-ethylamine in 
 the feces. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1915, cxiv, 392-394. AUo, 
 Reprint.^Hudovernlg (K.) [Gastric crisis in tabes and 
 morphinism.] Elme- 6s idegkfirt.. Budapest, 1909, vi, 73- 
 83.— IizefovlcU (A. B.) & LItshlts (M. I.) [On Pal's 
 vascular crises; case of gastric crises, combined every time 
 
 Ataxia (Locomotor, Complications and 
 sequelae, of,. Gastric). 
 
 with Westphal's symptom.] Kharkov. M. J., 1910, ix, 
 1-21.— Kido (H. J.) A. fatal case of tabetic gastric crisis. 
 Lancet, Lond., 1904, ii, 1282.— Kohnstanun (O.) Ein 
 bakterieller Liquorbefund bei fleberhafter gastrischer Krise 
 Miinchen. med. Wchnsehr., 1916, Ixiii, 320.— Lambret (O.) 
 Un cas de rfeeotion des raoines postdrieures de la moelle pour 
 crises gastriques du tabjis. Ass. franp. de chir. Proc.-verb. 
 [etc.]. Par., 1910, xxiii, 293-295.— LercbouUet. La crise 
 gastrique des tabgtiques. Rev. gto. de clin. et de tMrap., 
 Par., 1917, xxxi, 532-534.— Lerlclie (R.) Traitement ohi- 
 mrgical des crises gastriques et intestinales du tab^s. 
 Ass. Iran?, de chir. Proc.-verb. [etc.], Par., 1912, xxv^ 466- 
 
 472. . Dehnung^des Plexus Solaris wegen tabischer 
 
 gastrischer Kiisen. TDeutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1913, 
 
 cxxii, 159-161. . Ueber die Bewertung der Dehnung 
 
 des Plexus Solaris bei der Behandlung der gastrischen 
 Krisen der Tabiker. Ibid., 1914, cxxxii, 77-87.— Levin (A. 
 L.) Gastric crises of tabes. N. Orl. M. <5t S. J., 1917-18, Ixx, 
 425-429.— Loeper (M.) & Oppenhelm (R.) La dyspepsie 
 tab^tique. Bemaine gyn&.. Far., 1913, xviii, 49-52.— Mal- 
 llen (G.) Crises gastriques avec MmatSmfeses chez un 
 oxalurlque . Marseille mSd., 1913, 1, 557-566.— Marie (L.) & 
 Farturler. Note sur deux cas de crises gastriques du tab^, 
 am61ior£es ou guMes par I'opfiration de Franke. Bull, et 
 mgm. Soc m^a. d. hdp. de Par., 1911, 3. s., xxxi, 247-251.— 
 Mattileu (A.) Sur un cas de crises gastriques tabetiques 
 combin^es des crises de reaction colique. Arch. d. mal. de 
 I'appar. digest, [etc.], Par., 1912, vi, 101-104.— Mathleu (A.) 
 & Allvlsatos (A. S.) Vomissements par reaction cfllique ou 
 par faim nausfieuse, survenant en dehors des grandes crises 
 gastriques typiques chez une malade atteinte de tabfes 
 dorsal; h^mat^mfese au cours d'une crise tabdtique. Ibid., 
 1916, ix, 92-94 —Neumann (A.) Haematemesis bei orga- 
 nischen Nervenerkrankungen (Tabes). Deutsche Ztschr. f. 
 Nervenh., Leipz., 1905, xxix, 393-412.— Oczesalski (K.) 
 I^Fecal vomiting in the course of gastric crises in tabes dor- 
 salis.] Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1913, 2. s., xxxiil, 803-S06.— 
 Ostankow (P.) Ueber die Behandlung der gastrischen 
 Krisen der Tabetiker. Therap. Wchnsehr., Wien, 1896, iii, 
 282-584. — Pauchet (V.) Traitement chirurgical des crises 
 gastriques du tab^s; I'op^ration de Forster. Ann. internat. 
 de chir. gastro-intest.. Tar., 1911, v, 29-31.— Rauzler (G.) 
 L'h^matem^se des taMtiques. Province mid., Par., 1912, 
 xxiii, 113-117. — Banzler (G.) <St Eoger. Crises gastriques 
 subintrantes avec hfimatimMes au cours d'un tares fruste 
 d'origine spSciflque. Montpel. mSd., 1911, xxxiii, 342-351.- 
 
 Jtaymond " '- " — ^-^^-t- » j — ^ - 
 
 chir. prat., 
 temesisin 
 
 s., xxiii, 503-512.— Boger'(fi.) & Baiimel. Crises gastri- 
 ques tabetiques traitfies par les injections sous-arachnoi- 
 dienues de novocaine et de sulfate de magn^sie. Montpel. 
 
 med., 1912, xxxlv, S61-566. . Th&apcutique 
 
 intra-rachidienne des crises gastriques du tabte; ponctions 
 lombaire et injections sous-arachnoidiennes. Presse med.. 
 Par., 1912, XX, 658-661.— Spalikowskl (E.) De I'influence 
 du sommeil hypnotique sur les gastralgies du tabfes dorsal. 
 Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par., 1897, cxxiv, 1401. — Taylor 
 (J.) Tabes dorsalis with gastric crises. Polyclin., Lond., 
 1913, xvii, 7.— Tria ( G . ) & Landolfl (M. ) Le crisi gastriche 
 e lo stomaco del tabid (contributo alio studio del chimismo 
 gastrico e della patogenesi). Riforma med., Napoli, 1909, 
 xxv, 673-680.— 'Turner (A. J.) Tabes dorsalis, alleoting 
 chiefly the upper limbs, gastric crises; epileptiform seizures, 
 following the Injection of morphia. Australas. M. Gaz., 
 Sydney, 1898, xvii, 463^65.— Vires. Du syndrome des 
 crises gastriques. N. Montpel. med., 1899, ix, 837-867.— 
 Weill (O.) Un cas de crises gastriques dans les symptflmes 
 habituels du tabfes. Clinique, Brux., 1913, xxvii, 297-2!" 
 
 Ataxia {Locomotor, Complications and 
 sequelae of, Laryngeal). 
 
 DoRENDORF (li.) Kehlkopfstopungeii bei 
 Tabes. Nacli dem Material der Gerhardt'schen 
 Klinik. 8°. Berlin, 1903. 
 
 Herms (F.) *Beitrag zii den Storungen des 
 KehlkopfeB bei Tabes. 8°. Berlin, 1895. 
 
 ZscHiRNT (A.) *Ueber Larynxkrisen bei 
 Tabes dorsalis. 8°. Erlangen, 1895. 
 , Baumearten (E.) Ein Fall von Tabes, mit Kehlkopf- 
 krisen einhergehend. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 
 1905, xll, 733. AUo: Ungar. med. Presse, Budapest, 1905, 
 
 X, 137. : Kehlkopflahmung in einem Falle von begln- 
 
 nender Tabes. Verhandl. d. Budapest, k. Gesellsch. d. 
 Aerzte (1911), 1912, 57.- Chamberlain (W. B.) Two cases 
 of locomotor ataxia with abductor paralysis of the vocal 
 cords. Cleveland M. J., 1909, viii, 281.- Collet. Paralysies 
 et crises laryngees du tatfts. lyon med., ir03, c, 459-466.- 
 Davldsohn (E.) & Westhelmer (B.) Ueber einen Fall von 
 
ATAXIA. 
 
 139 
 
 ATAXIA. 
 
 Ataxia {Locomotor, Complications and 
 sequelse of, Laryngeal). 
 
 Tabes mit K^hltoptaflelctton (VaKas-Accessonuslahmung) 
 und Erkrankung des Ohrlabyrinths. Deutsche mea. 
 Wolmsohr., Berl. & Leipz., 1904, xxx, 1712-1714.— Davis 
 (E D. D.) Centrally caused bUateral laryngeal aoduclor 
 mralvsis in tabes, with a report ol the post-mortem exami- 
 nation. J. Xaryigol., LonS., 1916, xxxl, 361-366.-Freer 
 (O. T.) Tabes with laryngeal crises. [Discussion.! Ilhnois 
 
 M J., Springfield, 1908, xiy, 488. .Tabes with laryngeal 
 
 crises. Xarjiigoscope, St. Louis, 190$, xviii, 398-400. . 
 
 Laryngeal crises and paresis ol the abductors ol the yocai 
 cords as important early symptoms ol tabes, with the report 
 ol a case; with supplementary report by S. A. Fnedberg. 
 J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1908, h, 815-818.-Grabower & 
 Oppenhetm, TJeber einen Fall Ton Tabes dorsaus mit 
 Kehlkopfsymptomen. Arch. f. PsycMat., Berl., 1896-7, 
 xxix, 689-«87.— Graefflner. Studien iiber Tabes dorsaJis mit 
 hesonderer Beriicksichtigung der Kehlkopfsymptome (221 
 Falle). Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1907, liv, 1775-1779.— 
 Greene (D.C.) A study ol the larynx in tabes. Boston M. 
 & S. J., 1906, oliv, 97-99. [Discussion], 107.— Harland (W. 
 B Gf ) The larynx in locomotor ataxia. J. Am. M. Ass., 
 Chicago, 1907, xflx, 924-926.— Hoag (O. E.) A case of tebes 
 dorsaUs with laryngeal crises. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N . Y . 
 Lancaster,Pa.,1911,xxxviil,e92.— Ide(O.E.)Caseexhibitmg 
 laryngeal crises. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1913, xxm, 93b.— 
 Krause (H.) Quelques examens du larynx dans le tabes dor- 
 sal. Ann d. mal. de I'oreille, du larynxfetc], Par., 1899, xxv, 
 401-404.— teptne (J.) Accidents laryngfe labStiques; con- 
 tribution k I'dtude des l&ions. Compt. rend. Soc. do biol., 
 Par., 1903, Iv, 1444.— Martin (H. H.) Pretabetio laryngeal 
 spasm. South. M. J., Nashville, 1909, il, 1112-1114. Also: 
 Gulf States J. M. & S. [etc.], MobUe, 1910, xvi, 243-247.- 
 Nordquist (K.) fA case of tabes dorsalis with laryngeal 
 complications.] Hygiea, Stockholm, 1900, bdi, 646-649.— 
 Orr {C. J.) Laryngeal crisis in locomotor ataxia; report ol a 
 case. St. Louis Cour. Med., 1902, xxvi, 189-192. AUo: 
 Sclent. Tr. M. Soc. City Hosp. Alumni St. Louis (1901), 
 1902, 309-314.— Sendiiak (G.) Disturbi laringei nella tabes 
 dorsalis. Atti d. Cong. d. Soc. ital. di laringol. [etc.] 1899, Em- 
 poli, 1900, iv, 250-253.— Thomson (B.. C.) Laryngeal ver- 
 tigo in a case of early tabes. Proc. Boy. Soc. Med., Lend., 
 1908-9, ii, Laryngol. Sect., 16-19.— Touche. Les crises 
 laryngdes tab^tiques dans leurs rapports avec les autres 
 crises viscSrales du tabte. Presse med.. Par., 1899, li, 121.— 
 TresUlan (F.) Remarks on a case of tabes dorsalis, with 
 laryngeal crises and laryngeal vertigo. J. Laryngol., Lontt., 
 1897, xii, 239-241.— Wendel (J. S.) Keport of a case of laryn- 
 geal crisis in tabes dorsaUs. Tr. (5lin. Soc. Univ. Mich., Ann 
 Arbor, 1916, vii, 46-48. Also: 7. Mich. M. Soc, Grand Kapids, 
 1916, XV, 148-150.— ZwiUinger (H.) Fall von tabischer 
 Kehlkopfmuskel- und Gaumensegellahmung. Pest, med.- 
 chir. Presse, Budapest, 1906, xUi, 431^33. 
 
 Ataxia {Locomotor, Complications and 
 sequelse of, Mental). 
 
 BouziQUEs (G.) *Des hallucinations ctez les 
 tab^tiques, leurs rapports avec les troubles de la 
 vue. 8°. Paris, 1909. 
 
 Cassiker (R.) Tabes und Psychose. Eine 
 klinische Studie. 8°. Berlin, 1903. 
 
 Desktjellbs (M.-E.-M.-L.) Contribution h 
 r^tude clinique des troubles mentaux chez les 
 tab6tiques. 8°. Lille, 1911. 
 
 Fressel (T. K. M.) *Ueber einen Fall von 
 Tabes dorsalis mit chronischer haHuzinatorischer 
 Paranoia. 8°- Kiel, 1910. 
 
 Goes (H.) *Ueber die nicbt paralytischen 
 Geistesstorungenbei Tabes dorsalis. [Kiel.] 8°. 
 Plan, 1908. 
 
 Hahn(R.) *Ueberdiepsychisc]ienStorunMn 
 bei Tabes dorsalis. [Freiburg i. Br.] 8°. Em- 
 mendingen, 1907. 
 
 Rauh (P.) *Nicht paralytische Psychosen bei 
 Tabes dorsaUs. 8°. feci, 1909. 
 
 Rydlewski (C. T. a.) *Ueber Psychosen bei 
 Tabes dorsalis. [Greifswald.] 8°. Posen, 1909. 
 
 TtJtzbr (M.) *Psychosen bei Tabes dorsalis. 
 8°. Freiburg {Baderi), 1904 
 
 Ballet (G.) & GI6nara (R.) A propos des troubles hal- 
 lucinatoires et dflirants observables chez les tabfitiques. 
 Enc^phale, Par., 1908, ii, 680-684. Also [.^-bstr.]: Eev. neu- 
 rol., Par., 1908, xvi, 1288.— Barnes (F. M.) The psychoses 
 associated with tabes dorsalis. J. Missouri M. Ass., St. 
 Louis, 1915, -xii, 53-58.— Bornstein (M.) Tabes dorsalis 
 und Psychose. Monatschr. 1. Psychiat. u. Neurol., Berl., 
 1905, xvii, Ergnzgshft., 130-144.— Briand (M.) Hallueina- 
 tions k caractfere p^nlble dans le tabfts dorsalis. Ann. mdd.- 
 psychol., Par., 1897, 8. s., v, 268-280.— Burr (C. W.) In- 
 
 Ataxia {Locomotor, Complications and 
 sequelse, of, Mental) . 
 
 sanity, other than paresis, in locomotor ataxia. Am. J. 
 Insan., Bait., 1913-14, Ixx, 551-566.-Claude (H.) Tabte et 
 troubles psychiques. Rev. gto. de clin. et de th«rap., Par., 
 1913, xxra, 657-660.— ColeUa (R.) Sulla patogenesi deUe 
 atrofie muscolari e del disturbi psichid nella tabe dorsale. 
 Policlin., Boma, 1898, v, sez. med., 342-344. AUo: Eiloma 
 med., N^apoU, 1898, xiv, pt. 2, 30.5-307.-De Buck (D.) 
 Notes sui un cas de tabes compliqu^ des mouvemenls 
 choraques et de paranoia. Bull. Soc. de med. ment. de 
 
 Belg., Brux., 1903, 332-341. . Psychose tabgtique. 
 
 Ann. Soc. de m«d. de Gand, 1904, Ixxxiv, 167-174, Ipl. Also: 
 Belgique mM., Gand-Haarlem, 1905, xri, 267-270.^Emiere, 
 Salager & Ctemcnt. Troubles psychiques dans un cas de 
 tabfes; combinaisou de la paralysie gen&ale ft, un tabes 
 vieux de 26 ans. MontpeL to&A., 1910, xxx, 618-J21.— 
 Fauser (A.) Ueber Psychosen bei Tabes. Fortschr. d. 
 Med., Berl., 1912, xxx, 289-294.-Henderson (D. K.) 
 Tabes dorsalis and mental disease. Rev. Neurol. & Psy- 
 chiat., Edinb., 1911, Lx, 529-545, 1 pi -Jacobsohn (L ) 
 Krisenartig auftretende Bewusstlosigkeit imt Atemstill- 
 stand bei Tabes. Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl., 1910, li, 298- 
 300 — Kahn (P.) Un cas de eycTothymie et de tabes chez 
 le meme malade. Enci?phale, Par., 1913, ii, 61-63.--B;aU- 
 scher (S.) Tabes mit Ophthalmoplegie, Demenz und Mus- 
 kelatrophie. Arch. f. Psychiat, Berl., 1898, xxx, 1003- 
 1005.--«Uppel & L«¥y-Darras. Tab6s et m^galomarue. 
 Ann. mi5d.-psychol.. Par., 1912, 10. s., ii, 564-567.— Leri (A.) 
 Les troubles mentaux du tabds-cMt«; de I'lmportence des 
 l&ions optiques et des hallucinations visuelles; a. propos 
 d'un cas de tabte-c&it^ avec hallucinations conscientes 
 multiples. EncSphale, Par., 1913, ii, 76-80.-LucangeU 
 (G L.) Paralysis post tabem; attenuarsi dei fenomem 
 somatici con aggravamonto dl quelU demenziali. Pohclm., 
 Roma, 1913, xx, sez. prat, 1004-1006.-Masoin (P.) & 
 d'Hollander (F.) Psychose tab^tique. BuU. Soc. de 
 m^d. ment. de Belg., Brux., 1908, 171-182.-Meyer (O.J 
 Beitrag zur Kenntnis der nichtparalytischen Psychosen bei 
 Tabes dorsalis. Monatschr. 1. Psychiat. u. Neurol., Berl., 
 1903, xiil, Ergnzngshft., 532-576.— Mlklialevskaya(S.V.) 
 Mental diseases combined with hereditary ataxy oJ Fried- 
 reich's type.l J. Nevropat. i Psikhiat. . . . Korsakova, 
 Mosk., 1914, 3dv, 323-335.— Myslivecek. Ueber Pseudo- 
 halluzination bei Tabes dorsalis. Rev. de m^d. tcheque, 
 Prague, 1909, i, 146.— Noehte. Die Behandlung der Tabes, 
 speziell ihrer rudimentaren Form, vmd deren Beziehungen 
 zu Dsychopathischen Stonmgen. Deutsche med. Wchn- 
 schr., Berr& Leipz., 1913, xxxix, 999-1002.— Parisot (P.) 
 D^mence cons&utive au tabte. Rev. mM. de rest, Nancy, 
 
 1897, xxix, 748-754. . De la basophobie chez les ataxi- 
 
 ques. Rev. de psvchol. elin. et therap.. Par., 1897-8, i, 
 329-334. AUo: (Jong. d. m6d. aliSnlstes et de neurol. de 
 France . . . 1898. C.-r., 1899, ix, 590-597.- Patrick (H. T.) 
 Tabes with hysteria. Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1905, vu, 
 
 14 Raymond. L'hypochondrie associSe au tabes. Rev. 
 
 ein. de clin. et de th&ap.. Par., 1906, xx, 8.— Rezza (A.) 
 Eeperto istologico in un caso di tabe dorsale con psicosi. 
 Riv. ital. di neuropat. [etc.], Catania, 1912, v, 433-150.- 
 Bilble. Niohtparalytische Geistesstorung neben Tabes. 
 AUg. Ztschr. t Psychiat. [etc.],' Berl., 1903, be, 219-222.— 
 Scbultze (E.) Ueber Psychosen bei Taljes. Munchen. 
 med. Wchnschr., 1903, 1, 2131-2135.— Seglas (J.) & Vallon 
 (0.) Tab^s et dflires des persc'cutions. Ann. mM.-psy- 
 chol.. Par., 1909, 9. s., ix, 80-89.— Simpson (F. O.) A case 
 of tabes dorsalis, with delusional insanity. J. Nerv. & Ment. 
 Dis., N. Y., 1897, xxiv, 409-412.— SioU (F.) Histologische 
 Befunde in einem Fall von Tabespsychose. Ztschr. 1. d. 
 
 dans le tabfts. Ann. m«d.-psychol., Par., 1910, 9. s., xi, 18; 
 177 —Truelle (V.) & Cornet (A.) Troubles mentaux dans 
 le tabfes. Ihii., 1914, 10. s., v, 80-93.— Vigouroux (A.) & 
 Herisson-Laparre. Deux cas de dSlire mbgalomamaque 
 survenus chez des tab^tiques anciens. Ihi^., 1912, 10. s., 
 ii, 567-,574.— Vires. L'association hyst^ro-tabStique. Gaz. 
 d. h6p.. Par., 1897, Ixx, 49-57. 
 
 Ataxia {Locomotor, Complications and 
 sequelse of, Muscular). 
 
 Carre (J.) *De8 d^faiUances musculaires 
 chez les tab^tiques et du traitement de Prenkel. 
 8°. Lym, 1900. 
 
 Fahmijller (M.) *Ueber einen Fall von 
 Muskelatrophie bei Tabes dorsalis. 8°. Wurz- 
 burg, 1894. 
 
 LussATJLT (F.-L.-P.) *Essai d'6tiologie des 
 ruptures spontan^es musculaires et tendineuses 
 en general dans le tabfes en particulier. 8°. 
 Bordeaux, 1907. 
 
 Patzke (J.) *Dafl Vorkommen von Muskel- 
 atrophieen bei Tabes. 8° Berlin, 1909. 
 
ATAXIA. 
 
 140 
 
 ATAXIA. 
 
 Ataxia (Locomotor, Gomplications and 
 seguelse of, Muscular). 
 
 StTREAU (E.) *De rhypotonie musculaire 
 dans letab6s(sa frequence). 8°. Paris, 1898. 
 
 Ufen (O.) *Eiii Fall von Tabes dorsalis mit 
 Muskelatrophie. 8°. Kiel, 1896. 
 
 Wagnbk (L. [F. W.]) *Ueberneuritische Mus- 
 kelatrophie bei Tabes dorsalis. 8°. Berlin, 
 1896. 
 
 Arkbangelskaya (Yekaterlna N.) [On amyotrophy in 
 tates dorsaus.) Nevrol. Vestnik, Kazan, 1913, xx, 660-569, 
 1 pi.— Ban* (A.) Bemarques anatomo-pathologiques et 
 pathog^niques sur certaines amyotrophies des taDetiques. 
 Tr. Intemat. Cong. Med. 1913, Lond., 1914, Sect, xi. Neuro- 
 path., pt. 2, 255-259.— Bomsteln (M.) [Muscular atrophies 
 and diseases in tabes dorsalis.) Kron. leK., Warszawa, 1901, 
 xxii, 415; S62; 614.— Calcaterra (E.) Le amiotrofle tabe- 
 tiche ed il concetto anatomo-clinico della tabs distrofica. 
 Morgas;ni, Milano, 1909, U, 129-135.— Chretien (E.) & 
 Thomas (A.) Les amyotrophies rachidiennes des tabfi- 
 tiques. Semaine mfid.. Par., 1898, xviii, 210-215.— Colella 
 (R.) Sulla pato^enesi delle atfofle muscolari e dei disturb! 
 psichici nelfa tabe dorsale. Glor. d. Ass. napol. di med. e 
 nat., Napoli, 1898, vlli, 23; 65, 3 pi. Also [Abstr.]: Gazz. d. 
 osp., Milano, 1898, xix, 673.— Collins (J.) Tabes and mus- 
 cular atrophy. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y.j 1903, xxx, 
 324-340, 3 pi.— Dauwe (F.) Over amyotrophisohe tabes. 
 Handel, vlaamsch nat.- en geneesk. Cong., Gent, 1910, 476- 
 480. — DSJerine & Leenhardt. Atrophie et paralysie uni- 
 lat^rale des muscles du dos et de I'abdomen au cours du 
 tabfts. Eev. neurol.. Par., 1905, xiii, 1218.— Desclaux. 
 Tabfe; hypotonie musculaire. Gaz. mM. de Nantes, 1899- 
 
 1900, xvlii, 337; 347.— Drey & malespine. Le tabfes amyo- 
 tropnique. Lyon m&L., 1913, cxxi, 749-762, 1 pi.— Duplant 
 (F.) ExcitabihtS idiomusoulaire Chez les tabetiques. Ibid., 
 
 1901, xcvi, 434^43— Duvergey (J.) Des ruptures muscu- 
 lalres spontan^es dans le tabfes. Gaz. hebd. d. so. mM. de 
 Bordeaux, 1906, xxvii, 482-484.— Frenkel. Ueber Muskel- 
 schlaflheit (Hypotonie) bel der Tabes dorsalis. Neurol. 
 
 Centralbl., Leipz., 1896, xv, 355-360. . L'hypotonie 
 
 musculaire dans le tab6s. Presse mM., Par., 1898, u, 29. — 
 Freund (C. S.) Tabes mit Muskelatrophie. Berl. klin. 
 Wchnschr., 1914, li, 1618.— GoUa. Kongenltale Muskelde- 
 lekte bel einem Tabiker. Ibid., 1913, 1, 703.— Hunt (E. K) 
 A case of tabes and muscular atrophy. Med. Eec.( N. Y., 
 1910, Ixxvii, 877.— Kapustin (A. A.) Amyotrophiae tabl- 
 dorum. Nevrol. Vestnik, Kazan, 1914, xxi, 1089-1106.— 
 KrasnoflkhovaCYe. P.) [Caseof atrophyoftnemusclesin] 
 tabes. Psikhiat. Gaz., Petrogr., 1916, lii, 197-199.— Krueger 
 (H.) Ueber die lokalisierten Muskelatrophien bei Tabes. 
 Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1915, lii, 858. Also: Monatschr. t. 
 Psychiat. u. Neurol., Berl., 1915, xxxviii, 129-153.— Marie 
 (P.) &I.§rl(A.) Tabfes aveo atrophie des muscles InnervSs 
 par la branche motrice trijumeau gauche (masticateurs, 
 mylo-hyoidien, p^ristaphylin exteme); concomitance de la 
 c€cit4 et de la paralysie des iii«, iv», v*, et vi« paires cra- 
 niennes; mgningitede la base des tabMiques aveugles. Bev. 
 neurol.. Par., 1905, xiii, 246-248.— Medea (E.) Amyotrophle 
 du membre supSrieur gauche dans un cas de tabes. Ibid., 
 1904, xii, 802.— Meirowltz (P.) A case of tabes presenting 
 an unusual muscular disturbahce of the lower extremities. 
 Post-Graduate, N. Y.. 1900, xv, 648-653.— Merle (P.) Atro- 
 phie musculaire cervicale et mains d'Aran-Duchenne chez 
 une tab^tique. Bev. neurol., Par., 1909, xvii, 1429-1432.— 
 Plnl (P.) Un caso di tabe con atrofla degenerativa del 
 muscoli della mano e dell' avambraccio sinistro. Gazz. med. 
 lomb., MUano, 1904, Ixxlii, 221-223.— Raymond (F.) & 
 Huet (E.) Taras probable avec atrophie des muscles de la 
 nuque, d'une partie des muscles de la ceinture scapulaire 
 et des membres supSrieurs; malionnations familiales du 
 squelette des avant-bras; appareil de contention pour remfr 
 dier k I'insufflsance des muscles extenseurs de la t^te sur le 
 cou. Rev. neurol.. Par., 1906, xiv, 1182-1188.— Raymond 
 
 F.) & Rendu (H.) Tab6s avec atrophie musculaire des 
 Jeux membres sup^rieurs. Ibid., 1907, xv, 762-764.— Rosen- 
 bach (O.) Zur Lehre von der spinalen musculotonischen 
 Insuffldenz (Tabes dorsalis). Deutsche med. Wchnschr., 
 Berl. & Leipz., 1899, xxv, 153; 174; 190.— Russell. A case of 
 locomotor ataxia with muscular atrophy. West Lond. M. L, 
 Lend., 1903, viii, 31-33 —Souques & Ch«n6 (H.) Tab6s 
 avec atropine des muscles innervds par la branche motrice 
 du trijumeau, le pneumogastrique, le spinal, I'hypoglosse et 
 lesracmesinflrieuresdu plexus brachial. Rev.neurol., Far., 
 1909, xvii, 249-255.— Sfeassmann (R.) Myoklome bei 
 Tabes. Ztschr. t. d. ges. Neurol, u. Psychiat., Berl. & Leipz., 
 1912, X, Orig., 592-598.— Tooth (H. H.) & HoweU (C. M. H.) 
 Progressive myotrophy in tabes dorsalis. Proo. Roy. Soc. 
 Med., Lond., 1911-12, v, Neurol. Sect., 81-102.— Wan (C.) 
 Tabes with amyotrophy. Ibid., 1909-10, iii, Neurol. Sect., 
 27.— Wilson (S. A. K.) The pathology of tabetic amyo- 
 trophy. Ibid., 1908-9, il, Neurol. Sect., 19-28. . The 
 
 pa&ology of two cases of tabetic amyotrophy. Eev. Neurol. 
 & PsycHat., Edinb., 1911, ix, 401-418, 16 pi. 
 
 ^, 
 
 Ataxia (Locomotor, Gomplications and 
 sequelse of, Nervous). 
 
 See Ataxia (Locomotor, Complications, etc., of. 
 Cerebral and nervous). 
 Ataxia (lyocomotor, Complications and 
 sequelse. of. Ocular). 
 
 , See Ataxia (Locomotor, Eye in) ; Nerve (Op- 
 tic, Atrophy of , Causes, etc., of). 
 Ataxia (Locomotor, Complications and 
 sequelse of, OsteoarihropatTiic). 
 
 See, also, Ataxia (Locomotor, Spontaneous 
 fractures in). 
 
 Arthub (J.-A.I *Etude des arthiopathies 
 tab^tiques et de Pinfluence des nerfs trophiques 
 sur la nutrition. 8°. Paris, 1899. 
 
 AuERBACH (F.) *Ueber tabische Arthropa- 
 thieen. 8°. Berlin, [1897]. 
 
 Barre (A.) f Les osteoarthropathies du tabfes; 
 etude critique. 8°. Paris, 1912. 
 
 BtJDiNGBB (K.) TJeber tabische Gelenkser- 
 krankungen. 8°. Wien & Leipzig, 1896. 
 
 (ilABROL (E.) *Sur un cas de tabfes avec arthro- 
 pathies multiples et h^mipl^gie organiques. 8°. 
 Pari^, 1897. 
 
 Caxjvt (B.) *Contribution a I'etudedes 
 arthropathies tab^tiques. Valeur diagnostique 
 de la radiographie. 8°. Montpellier, 1899. 
 
 Ciampi (A.) Delle lesioni articolari nella tabe 
 dorsale, artropatia tabetica (malattia di Charcot). 
 8°. Roma, 1899. 
 
 Djelalian (K.) *Contribution a I'^tude 
 d'arthropathie tab^tique. 8°. Ports, 1896. 
 
 Fort (C.) *Contribution a I'etude des arthro- 
 pathies tab^tiques (trois cas d'arthrite tabetique 
 aigue. 4°. Pans, 1891. 
 
 PouBNiER (P. -IS.) *Les arthropathies alv^o- 
 lodentaires au cours de I'ataxie locomotrice. 
 8°. Lyon, 1898. 
 
 Frankenstein (P. P.) *Beitrag zur Entste- 
 hung von tabischer Arthropathie und von 
 Spontanfrakturen dutch abnorme Belastung. 
 8°. Miinchen, 1913. 
 
 Gbelck (J. J.) *Ueber Arthropathien bei 
 Tabes. 8°. Kiel, 1903. 
 
 HoLTBiNG (G. W.) *Ueber tabische Gelenk- 
 erkrankungen. 8°. Bonn, 1898. 
 
 Jaeger (A.) *Die Arthritisbei Tabes und 
 Syringomyelie unter Berucksichtigung ihrer 
 radiographischen Diagnose, ihrer Therapie und 
 Unfallbegutachtung. 8°. Freiburg i. Br., 1912. 
 
 Lebhab (E.) *Contribution & i'etude clini- 
 que des arthropathies tab^tiques. 8°. Tcnt- 
 louse, 1900. 
 
 Maignou (F.) *Contribution &. I'^tude de 
 Post^oarthropathie hypertrophique des tab6ti- 
 ques. [Paris.] 8°. Lille, 1911. 
 
 Pansini (S.) Sull' artropatia tabetica (ar- 
 thropathia tabidorum). Osservazioni e conside- 
 razioni cliniche. 8°. Napoli, 1896. 
 
 Parbeidt (K.) *Beitrag zur tabischen Arthro- 
 pathie des Hiiftgelenks. 8°. Leipzig, 1913. 
 
 Perrey (J.-C.) *Des arthropathies syringo- 
 my^liques. 4°. Paris, 1894. 
 
 ScHAD (R, J,) *Ueber tabische Arthropathie 
 der Wirbelsaule. 8°. Oiessen, 1912. 
 
 ScHiEMANN (C.) *Beitrag zur Lehre von den 
 Gelenkerkrankungen bei Tabes und Syringo- 
 myelie. 8° Konigsberg i. Pr., 189i. 
 
 Schmidt (F. W.) *Die tabischen Gelenks- 
 affektionen. [Heidelberg.] 8°. Frankfurt a. 
 M., 1910. 
 
ATAXIA. 
 
 141 
 
 ATAXIA. 
 
 Ataxia {Locomotor, Complications and 
 seguelsc of, Osteoarihropathic) . 
 
 Schneider (P. F.) *Ueber Gelenkerkran- 
 kungen bei Tabes dorsalis. 8°. Salle a. S. , 1898. 
 
 ScHUNCK (F.) *Mu8kelverknocherung nacb 
 Spontanluxation bei Arthropathia tabica. 8°. 
 Bonn, 1908. 
 
 ScHWARz (E.) *Ueber die tabische Arthro- 
 pathie des Huftgelenks. 8°. Tubingen, 1909. 
 
 Also, in: Boilr. z. Idin. Chir., Tubing., 1909, Ixii, 216-249. 
 
 SzuMLANSKi (P.-A.) *Un cas d'arthropathie 
 tabdtique pr6coce i, forme hypertrophique chez 
 un -vieillard. 8°.. Pans, 1898. 
 
 Wilde (K. G.) *TJeber tabische Gelenker- 
 trankungen. [Greifswald.] 8°. Leipzig, 1902. 
 
 ZiMMBEMANN (A.) *Tabische Gelenk- und 
 Knochenerla-ankungeii. 8°. Strassburg i. E., 
 1899. 
 
 Abadle (J.) Les ost(5o-arthropathies verWbrales dans le 
 tab6s. N. iconog. de la SaMtrifere, Par , 1900, xui, 116; 
 260; 426; S02, 5 pi.— Achard (C.) & Foix (C.) Sympl6mes 
 tab^tlcjues aveo arthropathie, sans leucocytose c^phalo- 
 rachidienne. Rev. neurol.. Par., 1909, xvii, 7S7. — ^Adler (S.) 
 Ueber tabische Knochen- und Gelenkserkrankungen. Cen- 
 tralbl. 1. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir., Jena, 1903, vi, 849; 
 887.— Albee (F. H.) Charcot's arthropathy. J. Med. Soo. 
 N. Jersey. Orange, 1912-13, ix, 1-3.— Audlbert (V.) Osteo- 
 arthropathies et fractures spontan^es^ la p^riodepreataxique 
 du tabes, avec radiographics. Marseille m4d., 1900, xxxvii, 
 513-522, 2 pi. — Baduel (C.) Le osteo-artropatie vertebraU 
 nella tabe; contribute di 2 casi. Ely. crit. di clin. med., 
 Firenze, 1905, yi, 537; 553; 569.— Ballet (G.) & Barbe (A.) 
 Arthropathie tab^tique monosymptomatique. Rev. neu- 
 rol., Par., 1908, xyi, 178. Also, transl.: Neurol. Centralbl., 
 Leipz., 1908, xxvii, 886. — Barkliasb (P.) [Knee arthropa- 
 thy in tabes dorsalis.] Kharkov. M. J., 1906, i, 187-194.— 
 Barre (A.) Les arthropathies tab^tiques; nouvel 6tat de la 
 question. J. m4d. fran^., Par., 1912, vi, 329-335. AUo, 
 transl.: J. f. Psychol, u. Neurol., Leipz., 1913, xx, 257-265.— 
 Barth. Histologische Knochenuntersuchung bei tabischer 
 Arthropathie. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1903, Ixix, 174- 
 180. — Baylac. Tabfts prSooce avec arthropathies multiples; 
 lnefflcacit6 du traitement mercuriel prolong^. Toulouse 
 mM., 1904, 2. s., vi, 263-257.— Baylac & Serr (G.) Ntoose 
 des maxlllaires chez une tabdtique. lUi., 1906, 2. s., viii, 
 2-i. — Bergman (V. G.) Sluchal arthropathise tabidorum. 
 Trudl Kiyev Khirurg. Obsh. (1908-9), 1910, 197-207, 1 pi.— 
 BllUngton (R. W.) Tabetic spinal arthropathy (Charcot's 
 spine), treated by intradural injections of mercurialized 
 serum. Am. J. Orthop. Surg., Bost., 1917, xv, 257-361.— 
 Blencke (A.) Eln Beitrag zur Arthropathie bei Tabikern. 
 Ztschr. f. orthop. Chir., Stuttg., 1904, xii, 632-693.— Bram- 
 well (B.) Tabes with Charcot's joint lesion. Clin. J., 
 
 Lond., 1903-4, xxiii, 238-240. . Tabetic arthropathy 
 
 of the lower dorsal and lumbar vertebrae; remarkable de- 
 formity of the spinal column. CUn. Stud., Edinb., 1909-10, 
 
 n. 6., viii, 245-248. . Tabetic osteo-arthropathies of 
 
 the vertebral column. J6id., 248-251. . A case of tabes 
 
 with remarkable spinal curvature. Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc. 
 Edinb., 1909-10, n. s., xxix, 54-56.— Brissaud, Bauer & 
 Gy. Arthropathie suppuree chez un tabStique. Rev. 
 neurol.. Par., 1909, xvii, 941.— Burnett (S. G.) What shall 
 we do with Charcot joints? A clinical presentation. Med. 
 Eortmghtly, St. Louis, 1907, xxxi, 160-163.— Campbell 
 (W. H.) Report of a case of Charcot joint of the spine. 
 Calif. State J. M., San Fran., 1918, xvi, 41.— Carman (R. 
 D.) The Roentgen rays In the diagnosis of tabetic osteo- 
 arthropathies; report of eight cases with skiagrams. J. 
 Missouri M. Ass., St. Louis, 1910-11, vii, 386-394.— Carter 
 (A. H.) A case of tabetic arthritis. Intemat. Clin., Phila., 
 1897, 6. s., iv, 146-152, 1 pi.— Castay (F.) Sur un cas d'ar- 
 thropathie tabfitique du genou. Toulouse mSd., 1910, 2. s., 
 xii, 270. — Cedrangolo (E.) SuUe artropatie tabetiche. 
 Eiforma med., Napoli, 1910, xxvi, 484; 509.— Charcot 
 (J.-B.) Arthropathie syringomy^lique et dissociation de la 
 sensibility. Rev. neurol.. Par., 1894, ii, 250-252.— Charcot 
 (J.-B.) & Dulour (H.) Quelques mots sur un cas d'Mmar- 
 throse tab^tique. Trav. de neurol. chir.. Par., 1898, iii, 
 294-297.— Chekhovlch (M. I.) [Tabetic osteo-arthropa- 
 thies.) Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1913, xii, 960-965.— 
 Cblpaut ([A.) De quelques interventions r^centes pour 
 arthropathies trophiques. Rev. de chir.. Par., 1891, xi, 
 1037-1054. — Clioiapret. Ntooses multiples du maxillaire 
 sup&ieur chez un tab^tique. Bull. Soc. frang. de dermat. 
 et syph.. Par., 1903, xiv, 369-361. Also: Ann. de dermat. et 
 syph.. Par., 1903, 4. s., iv, 961-963.— Claude (H.) Trau- 
 matismes et localisation des arthropathies tabStiques. Rev. 
 neurol.. Par., 1907, xv, 1217.— Cohen (S. S.) On some 
 angioneural arthroses (periarthroses, pararthroses) com- 
 monly mistaken for gout or rheumatism. Tr. Ass. Am. 
 Physicians, PhUa., 1913, xxviii, 739-757.— Cotte (G.) Ostgo- 
 artbropathie tabfitique du cou-de-pied k forme hypertro- 
 phique. Bull. Soc. m&i. d. hflp. de Lyon, 1912, x, 469-474. 
 
 Ataxia {Locomotor, Complications and 
 sequelse of, Osteoarihropathic) . 
 
 Also: Lyon in^d., 1912, cxix, 872-877.— Cunning (J.) 
 Charcot's joint. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1907, n. s,, 
 Ixxxiii, 41. — Delbet< Arthrites dites tab^tiques. Bev. 
 
 gto. de clin. et de th&ap.. Par., 1913, xxvii, 629. . 
 
 Arthropathie tab^tique. loii., 1915, xxix, 22. — Desquey- 
 roux. Ost^o-arthropathie vert^brale chez une tabgtique. 
 J. de m^. de Bordeaux, 1912, xlii, 573-575.— Dcstot. Ar- 
 thropathies et osteopathies tabetiques. Lyon m^d., 1904, 
 cii, 57-59. — Deutschiander. Genu valgum im Anschluss 
 an Tabes. Deutsche med. Wchnsohr., Berl. & Leipz., 1912, 
 xxxviii, 581. — Donlon (S. E.) Charcot's tabetic joint. 
 Chicago M. Recorder, 1897-8, xiii, 358-361.— Dufour (n.) 
 Cytologie du liquide sero-citriu d'une arthropathie tatafr 
 tique. Bull, et m^m. Soc. m^d. d. hflp. de Par., 1901, 3. s., 
 xviii, 1038-1040.— Eccles (W. M.) Charcot's disease of the 
 right ankle-joint. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1908-9, ii, 
 Clin. Sect. , 150.— Ely (L. W.) The pattology of tabetic 
 arthropathy; preliminary study of two cases. Am, J. 
 Orthop. Surg., Phila., 1914, xi, 404-407.— fitlenne (G.) 
 Arthropathies tab^tiques des pieds. Rev. m^d. de Test, 
 
 Nancy, 1911, xhil, 340-342. . Arthropathie tabStique 
 
 et rhumatisme deformant. Ibid., 1913, xlv, 259.— fitlenne 
 (G.) & Perrin (M.) Traitement sp^ciflque et arthropathies 
 tabetiques. Presse m(Sd., Par., 1911, xix, 809. — Ewald. 
 Ein Fall von Crises noires (Charcot). Deutsche med. Wchn- 
 sohr., Berl. & Leipz., 1910, xxxvi, 865.— Frank (K.) Ueber 
 tabische Osteoarthropathien der Wirbelsaule; eine kritisch- 
 zusammenfassende Studie. Centralbl. f. d. Grenzgeb. d. 
 
 Med. u. Chir., Jena, 1904, vii, 661; 623; 658. . W&beler- 
 
 krankung bei Tabes dorsalis. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1904, 
 xvii, 919-922.— Friedlaender (B.) Ueber Storungen der 
 Gelenksensibilitat bei Tabes dor,salis. Neurol. Centralbl., 
 Leipz., 1905, xxiv, 601-606.— Gangolphe. Tabfes osseux 
 
 et articulau-e. Lyon m^d., 1906, cvi, 911-913. . Sur 
 
 les formes ost&j-articulaires du tab^s. Bull. Soc. de chir. 
 de Lyon, 1907, x, 269-281. Also: Lyon mSd., 1907, cix, 
 
 1008-1019. . R&ultats de I'lntervention op^ratoire 
 
 chez des tabetiques osteoartropathes. Lyon med., 1907, 
 
 cvui, 632. . Osteo-arthropathie pre-tabetique. Ibid., 
 
 1913, cxx, 509. — Gaucher, Gougerot & Meaux Saint- 
 Mare. Osteite du maxillaire inferieur chez un tabetique 
 aveo elimination d'un volumfafeux sequestre. Bull. Soc. 
 fran?. de dermat. et syph.j Par., 1912, xxiii, 341-343.— 
 Gayet. Arthropathies tabetiques. Lyon med., 1909, cxiii, 
 740.— von Genersich (A.) Arthropathien bei Tabetikern. 
 Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1898, xii, 717-719.— Glbert. Les 
 arthropathies tabetiques et la radiographle. N. iconog. de 
 la Salp^trifere, Par., 1900, xiii, 145-152, 3 pi.— Gillette (A. J.) 
 A Charcot's joint. St. Paul M. J., St. Paul, Minn., 1906, 
 viii, 418-420. — Gordon (A.) Pathogenesis of tabetic ar- 
 thropathies, based upon an anatomo-cllnical study of two 
 cases. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1909, Ixxvi, 812-815. Also,transl.: 
 Rev. neurol.. Par., 1909, xvii, 1133-1140.— Gougerot & 
 Meatix-Saint-Marc. Arthropathies du type tabetique 
 sans signes de tabfes, chez un syphilitique. Ann. d. mal. 
 ven.. Par., 1913, viii, 50-54.— Grosse (F.) Patient mit 
 tabetischen Entzundungen des linken Knies imd rechten 
 Fussgelenks. N. Yorker med. Monatschr., 1906, xvu, 315- 
 
 317. . A case of tabetic arthropathia. Post-Graduate, 
 
 N. Y., 1908, xxiii, 447-449, 2pl.— Haines (W. D.) A Charcot 
 joint. Lancet-Clinic, Cmoin., 1916, Ixvi, 397.— Handels- 
 man. [0.steo-arthropathy in a case of tabes dorsalis.] 
 Neurol, polska, Warszawa, 1913, ill, 214.— Harris (M. L.) 
 Charcot's joint. Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1905, n. s., viii, 
 88.— Henderson (V. E.) Jomt affections in tabes dorsalis. 
 J. Path. & Bacteriol., Edinb. & Lond., 1904-5, x, 211-264, 
 6 pi. — Hom6u (E. A.) Eln Fall von Tabes mit starker 
 Hypotonic und Arthropathie in den Kniegelenken, mit 
 Bandage behandelt. Flnskalak.-sallsk. handl., Helsingfors, 
 1903, xlv, pt. 2, p. xliii.— Idelsohn (H.) Ein Beitrag zur 
 Patnologie und Histologie des tabischen Fusses. Deutsche 
 Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1904, xxvii, 121-130.— Jagot. 
 Deux cas d'arthropathies tabetiques; considerations thera- 
 peutiques. Arch. mfid. d' Angers, 1906, x, 385-390. — Jaski 
 (T. J.) Arthropathia tabica. Nederl. 'TijdschT. v. Ge- 
 neesk., Amst, 1906, i, 1929-1932.— Johnson (A. B.) Char- 
 cot's joint; resection. Internal. J. Surg., N. Y., 1900, xiii, 
 • 79-81.— Jolly. TabteS. debut arthropathique. Lyonmed., 
 1903, c, 292-294.— Kawamura (K.) Beitrag zur tabischen 
 Osteo- Arthropathie. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1912, 
 cxv, 368-406.— Klippel & Monier-Vinard. Forme ost^o- 
 hypertrophique de I'arthropathie tabetique. Rev. neurol., 
 Par., 1907, xv, 742. — KSnig, Surgical treatment of tabetic 
 joints. Intemat. Clin., Phila., 1899, 9. s., ii, 201.— KoUarlts 
 (J.) Zur Kenntniss der tabetischen Arthropathie und 
 Knochenerkrankung. Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1904, 
 xxiii, 304-311.— Kouindjy (P.) Traitement krnesithera^ 
 pique des arthropathies tabetiques. J. de physiotherap.. 
 Par., 1912, x, 130-138.— Krtlger (M.) Zur tabischen Ar- 
 thropathie. Mitt. a. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir., Jena, 
 1911, xxiv, 109-122. — Lafarelle. Osteo-arthropathies pre- 
 coces de la hanche et du pied dans un cas de tab^s fruste. 
 J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1899, xxix, 232-234.— Laurent (E.) 
 Un cas rare d'arthropathie tabetique. Courrier med., Par., 
 1890, xl, 158-160.— Leavltt (B. C.) Charcot's joints. Den- 
 ver M. Times, 1904-5, xxiv, 183. — ^Leclerc. Arthropathie 
 
ATAXIA. 
 
 142 
 
 ATAXIA. 
 
 Ataxia {Locomotor, Complications and 
 sequelae, of, Osteoarihwpathic) . 
 
 tabetique. Lyon mii., 1909, cxiil, 1014-1016.— Leclerc, 
 Cluzet & Pauly. La scoliose tab^tique. Bull. Soc. mdd. d. 
 h6p. de Lyon,.1911, x, 588-594. Also: Lyon m^d., 1911, cxvji, 
 1115-1121.— Legueu (F.;j & Deverre (G.) Deux cas d'ar- 
 thropathie tabStique tibio-tarso-mStatarsienne. Bull, et 
 mfim. Soc. anat. de Par., 1908, IxxxUi, 13-32.— Lejonne (P.) 
 & Gouiserot. Arthropathie vertebrale tab^tique. Rev. 
 neurol.. Par., 1907, xv, 622-624.— Le Play & Sezary. Ar- 
 thropathie du tarse dans un cas de tab&s combing (discus- 
 sion de sa nature). Ibid., 1910, xix, 392-394.— Levi (K.) 
 Fall von hochgradiger tabisoher Arthropathie des Hiiftge- 
 lenkes. Mitt. d. Gesellsch. t. inn. Med. u. Klnderh. in 
 Wion, 1913, xii, 59.— Lloyd (J. H.) Arthropathies and tro- 
 phic lesions in locomotor ataxia. Intemat. Clin., Fhila., 
 1896, '6. s., ii, 160-173.— Londc (P.) Sui un cas d'arthro- 
 patnie tab£tique des deux hanches. N. iconog. de la Sal- 
 pStrifere, Par., 1893, vl, 144-152, 3 phot.— Londe (P.J & 
 Perrey (T.) Des arthropathies synngo-myfiliques. Imd., 
 1894, vii, 232; 286.— Loxton (A.) LocomotOT ataxia, with 
 tabetic foot. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1907, i, 497.— Maas (O.) 
 Ueber die Ursache der Arthropathien bei Tabes dorsaUs. 
 Berl. kiln. Wchnsehr., 1915, lii, 8SS.— MaUhoiJse (M.) 
 Case of Charcot joint and tabes. Proc. Connect. M. Soc, 
 N. Haven,, 1914, cxxii, 161-154.— Manhelmer-GommSs. 
 Troubles de I'dcriture par arthropathie de I'^paule chez un 
 tab^tique. N. iconog. de la SalpStriftre, Par., 1913, xxvi, 
 242-244.— Mirer (J.) Hochgradige Deformation des Fusses 
 bei Tabes dorsalis (pied tabitique). AUg. Wien. med. Ztg., 
 1906, 11, 537. Also: Pest, med.-chir. Presso, Budapest, 1907, 
 xliii, 10-12.— Maile (P.) & Bouttier. Snr une vari4t4 de 
 deformation du pied chez une tab^tiqne. N. iconog; de la 
 i5alp^tri6re. Par., 1913, xxvi, 473-175, 2 pi. Also: Rev. nen- 
 rol.. Par., 1913, xxvi, 627.— Marinesco (G.) Sur I'existence 
 d'une hyperthermie locale et d'anesth(5sie vibratoire dans 
 I'arthropattue tabStiquo. Compt. rend. Poc. de biol.. Par., 
 1914, Ixxvil, 592-594.— Marino (S. A.) Artropatia tab^tica 
 de las articulaciones intervertebrales, v^rtebro-costales y 
 cqndro-costales. Prensa m^d. argentina, Buenos Aires, 
 1914-15, i, 189.— Martin (J. R.) Osteoarthritis in tabes 
 dorsalis. N. YorkM. J. [etc.], 1915,ci, 69. .4 iso. Reprint.- 
 de Massary (E.) & Pqsteur-Vallery-Badot. Artliropa- 
 thle & tj-pe tab4tique du genoii, avec signe d' Argyll et 
 lymphocytose rachidienne, sans aucun autre symptfime de 
 tabfes. Rev. neurol.. Par., 1911, xxii, 723.— Matsuoka (M.) 
 Ueber Gelenkerkraniciing bei Tabes dorsalis. Deutsche Zt- 
 schr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1910, evi, 292-300.— Mauslalre & 
 Barre (A.) Ost^o-arthropathie & type tab(5tiqiie chez une 
 malade non tab^tique et trfes probablement syphilitique. 
 Rev. neurol.. Par., 1911, xxii, 736-739. — Merkel. Kieferne- 
 krosenach Tabes. DeutscheMonatschr.f. Zahnh.,Berl.,1910, 
 xxviii, 663-666.— Micheleau (E.) Ost^o-arthropathietaWti- 
 quedelacoIonnevert*^brale(r6gioniombo-saer6e). Gaz.hebd. 
 d. sc. m4d. de Bordeaux, 1910, xxxi, 536-538. Also: Bull, et 
 m^m. Soc. de mSd.etchir. de Bordeaux (1910), 1911, 462-468. 
 
 . Arthropathie tab^tiqiie et gommes juxta^articu- 
 
 laires; bons effets th^rapeutiques de I'emploi successif do 
 plusieurs sels mereuriels. Caz. hebd. d. sc. m4d. de Bor- 
 aeaux, 1912, xxxiii, 315.— Morftvek (A.) [Arthropathy in 
 tabes.] Shorn, l^k., v Praze, 1911, xu, 181-196, 15 pi.— 
 Moutler (F.) & Deroide (J.) Arthropathie tabiStique de la 
 hanche .(type atrophique) et du genou (type hypertro- 
 phique);j>articipation du p^Tondk cette articulation. Rev. 
 neurol., Par., 1906,' xiv, 568-570.— Muchln (N.) Zur Frage 
 (Iber den Zusammenhang zwischen der tabischen Arthro- 
 patliie und der Syphilis. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., 
 Leipz., 1894, v, 25.5-264.— Miilroney (C. H.) Charcot's 
 joint simulating injury. Railway Surg. J., Chicago, 1916, 
 xxii, 481-484.- Murard. Arthropathie tabi'tique du genou 
 gauche. Lvon vafiA., 1912, cxviii, 488.— Murphy (J. B.) 
 Charcot ankle-joint. Surg. CUn., Pliila., 1912, i. No. 2, 
 151-153. 3 pi.— Nicolas (J.) & Ctaarlet (L.) Curieuses d^ 
 formations des mains chez un tabdtique; osreoarthropathies 
 tab^tiques mdtatarso-phalangiennes. Bull. Soc. m^d. d. 
 hflp. de Lyon, 1912, x, 221; 376. Also: Lyon mi(L, 1912, 
 cxviii, 987; 1416.— Noyes (W. B.) The diagnosis of Cliarcot 
 jotot. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1894, xlv, 752-754.— Oddo (C.) 
 Tabfes avec amyotrqphie et arthropathie suppur^. Rev. 
 neurol.j Par., 1906, xiv, 587-590.— Oehlecker (F.) Zur 
 chirurgischen Behandlimg tabischer Gelenkerkrankungen. 
 Verhandl. d. deutsoh. Gesellsch. f. Chir., Berl., 1913, xhi, pt. 1, 
 29J-296. . ZurKlinik,UnfallbegutachtungundBehand- 
 lung tabischer Gelenkerkrankungen. Fortsehr. d. Med., 
 
 Berl., 1914, xx.-di, 567-569. . Ein weiterer Beitrag zur 
 
 Klinik, Unfallbegutaohtungund Behandlung tabischer Ge- 
 lenkerkrankungen. Beitr. z. klin. Chir , Tubing., 1914, xcu, 
 .')99-666.— Panslni (R.) Soprauncasodi artropatia tabetica. 
 Gior. intemaz. d. sc. med., Na^oll, 1905, n. s.^ xxvii, 1057- 
 1065. — Pauly (R.) Considerations patnog(5niques sur les 
 arthropathies tabetiques. Lyon tom., 1899, xci, 190-193.— 
 Ferrlii (M.) Arthropathie tab^tique m^tatarsophalan- 
 
 gienne. Soc. de m^d. de Nancy. C.-r , 1905-6, pt. 2,35.— 
 
 Potti^rat (E.) Exostose volumineuse da f^mur chez un 
 tabetique. Bull, et m^m. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1906, n. s., 
 xxxii, 463-465.— Potter (H. E.) X-ray findings in neuro- 
 pathic joints. J, Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1917, xlv, 449- 
 453. — Baymond. Les arthropathies tamtiques. Rev. 
 
 Ataxia (Locomotor, Gomplications and 
 sequelse of, Osteoarthropafhic) . 
 
 gto. de clin. et de th&ap., Par., 1906, xx, 661-663. . 
 
 Arthropathies syphilitiques chez un tabdtique. Ibid., 1910, 
 xxiv, 134.— Baymond & GuUIain (G.) Ost^o-arthropa- 
 thies tabetiques; aspect ei^phantiasique aes membres inf4- 
 rieurs; grosses alterations du squelette. Rev. neurol.. Par., 
 1905, xiii, 772.— Eeport of a committee of the Society, nomi- 
 nated November, 1884, to investigate joint disease in con- 
 nection with locomotor ataxy. Tr. Clin. Soc. Lond., 1886-7, 
 XX, 271-363— Boasenda (G.) Sopra un caso di osteo- 
 artropatie tabetiche (con reperti radiografici). Riv. neuro- 
 
 Eat., Torino, 1909-10, iii, 207.— Bttpert (W.) Ein Fall von 
 ocngradigen neuropathischen Oelenkertoankungen bei 
 Tabes dorsalis. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1913, 
 xlvii-xlviii, 684^3.— Sabrazis (J.) Monstrueuse defor- 
 mation du tibia droit en fourreau d6 sabre chez un tabStiqne; 
 heredo-syphilis et tat)^s. N. iconog. de la Salp^triere, Par., 
 
 1903, XVI, 118-122, 1 pi.— Schelber (S. H.) Ueber eincn 
 Fall von Arthropathie tabidorum (pied tabetique). Wien. 
 med. Wchnsehr., 1903, Uii, 1151; 1207.— Schrefber (S. H.) 
 Ueber Arthropathia tabidorum. Med. Bl., Wien, 1903, 
 xxvi, 71-73.— Scliwab (S. I.) & Allison (N.) The tabetic 
 foot as a factor in the ataxia of the lower extremities in 
 tabes dorsalis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1905; xlv, 1840- 
 1846. — Scott (S. GO Charcot'sjomtassociated with myositis 
 ossificans. Arch. Radiol. & filectroth., Lond., 1916-17, xx, 
 239.— Sellemann (C. G.) The inhibitory eflect on bacterial 
 growth of the viscid exudate in tabetic joints, etc. Tr. 
 Path. Soc. Lond., 1902-3, liv, 68-74.— Senator (M.) Zwei 
 Falle von Tabes dorsalis; Tabesfuss und Tabes mit Dupuy- 
 tren'scher Sehnencontractur. Berl. klin. Wchnsehr., 1898, 
 XXXV, 633-636— Sheaft (P. A.) A patient with locomotor 
 ataxia, presenting unusual arthropathies of the feet. J. 
 Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1906, xxxiii, 274.— Slcard & 
 Boger. Osteo-arthropathie tabetique typigue du genou. 
 Marseille med., 1918, Iv, 677.— Simon & Hoche. Tuber- 
 culisation ultimo d'une arthropathie tabetique. Rev. med. 
 de I'est, Nancy, 1907, xxxix, 369-372. . Arthro- 
 pathie tabetique terminee par tul)erculose. Ibid., 423. — 
 Sonnenburg (E.) Die Arthropathie tabidorum. Ver- 
 handl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Chir,, Berl^ 1887, xvi, pt. 2, 
 1-26, 1 pi.— SouQUcs (A.) & Charcot (J. B.) Trois cas 
 d'arthropathie tabetique. N. iconog. de la SalpStri^re, 
 Par., 1894, vii, 221-231, 1 pi.— SpUImann (L.) Un cas 
 d'arthropathie tabetique simulant la syphilis osteo-articu- 
 laire du genou. Mem. Soc. de med. deNanoy, 1907-8, 225- 
 229. Also: Rev. med. de I'est, Nancy, 1908, xl, 682-686.— 
 Stargardt (K.) Ueber die Aetiologle der tabischen Ar- 
 thropathien. Arch. f. Psychiat., Berl,, 1912, xlix, 936-954, 
 2 pi.— Stefanl (J.) Le tab^s osteo-articulaire precoce; a, 
 propos de quelques cas de manifestations osteo-articulaires 
 pretabetiques. Gaz. ct. h6p.. Par., 1908, Ixxxi, 267-272.— 
 Strlckler (E. J.) Charcot's disease ol knee. Kentucky 
 M. J,, Bowlmg Green, 1911, ix, 487.— Tanon & Bljon. Ar- 
 thropathie tabetique. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 
 
 1904, Ixxix, 354-357.— Targett (1. H.) On the tabetic or 
 trophic loot. Tr. Path. Soc. Lond., 1896-7, xlviii 2S8-300, 
 1 pi.— Taylor (H. L.) Charcot joints as an initial or early 
 symptom in tabes dorsalis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1913, 
 Ixi, 1784-1788.— Thllo (G.) Charcot's Arthropathia bM 
 Tabes dorsalis. N. Yorker med. Monatschr., 1903, xv, 
 165.— mimann (B.) Beitr^zur Therapie der tabischen 
 Arthropathie. Wien. med. Wchnsehr., 1898, xlviii, 1209; 
 1266; 1316; 1373.— Urbacli (J.) Zwei Falle tabischer Kno- 
 chen- una Gelenkserkrankung. Wien. klin. Rundschau, 
 1909, xxiii, 481; 501 —Verse. Demonstration einer hoch- 
 gradigen Arthropathia tabica des Hflttgelenkes. Miinchen. 
 med. Wchnsehr., 1915, Ixii, 21.— Vlllard. Arthropathie 
 tabetique ooxo-femorale droite. Lyon med., 1912, cxviii, 
 420-422. . Resection sans dramage pour une arthro- 
 pathie tabetique. Ibid., 1913, cxx, 1409.— Vlllard & Mu- 
 rard. Arthropathie tabetique de la hanche. Ibid., 1912, 
 oxix, 967.— Welborn (J. Y.) Charcot's joint. Illinois 
 M. J., Chicago, 1916, xxix, 108. Also: Lance^Clinlc, Ctn- 
 ein,, 1916, cxvi, 327.— Werttaetan-Salomonson (J. K. A.) 
 Een geval tabische arthropathie van de heup. NederL 
 Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amsl^ 1918, i, 52-54.— Wilms (M.) 
 Arthropathie, Myositis ossificans und Exostosenbildung 
 bei Tabes. Fortsehr. a. d. Geb. d. RSntgenstrahlen, Hamb., 
 1899, iii, 39-48, 1 pi.— Wohlauer (F.) Merkwfirdige De- 
 formiemng des Calcaneus bei tabischer Osteoarthropathie. 
 Ztschr. f. orthop. Chir., Stuttg., 1918, xxxviii, 311-314.— 
 Woltermann (S. J.) Bilateral Charcot hips, occurring 
 simultaneously. J. Am. Ass., Chicago, 1916, Ixvli, 1590.— 
 Zoepffel (H.) Tabische Knochen- und Gelenkerkrankun- 
 gen; krltisches Sammeheferat. Berl. kUn. Wchnsehr.. 1911. 
 xlviii, 2032; 2072.. 
 
 Ataxia {Locomotor, Complications and 
 sequelse of, Paralytic). 
 
 Arnaud (J.) *De rh^mipl^gie chez les tab^- 
 tiques. 8°. Montpellier, 1911. 
 
 Eaton (W. B.) *Ueber peripherische 
 Lahmungen bei Tabes dorsalis. 8°. Berlin, 
 1895. 
 
ATAXIA. 
 
 143 
 
 ATAXIA. 
 
 Ataxia {Locomotor, Complications and 
 sequelae, of, Paralytic) . 
 
 Jacquier (L.-A.-M.) *Tabfe8 et paralysie fa- 
 ciale. 8°. Paris, 1913. . ^ ^ 
 
 Salin (A.) *Dti syndrome de paralysie gene- 
 rale chez les tab6tiques; 6tude clinique et patho- 
 g6nique. 8°. Lwn, 1908. 
 
 Berger (A.) Ziir Frage der Tabes mit Himnervenlah- 
 mungen. Wien. klin. Etmdschau, 1909, xxiii, 743-749.— 
 Bornstein (M.) Ueber LiUunungen und Muskelatrophieu 
 bei Tabes dorsalis. Fortschr. d. Med., Berl., 1901, xix, esi- 
 669.— Bouchaud. Ataxielocomo trice, paralysie etatropme 
 du nerf de la 3» paire du c6t6 gauche. J. d. sc. med. de 
 Lille, 1897, i, 457^71.— Boverl (P.) H6mipl«gie et tabfs. 
 
 Rev. neurol., Par., 1911, xxii, 735. . Tabeedenuplegia. 
 
 Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1912, Roma, 1913, xxu, 513.— 
 Brlssaud & Foix. Sur un cas de tabfes avee paralysie anti- 
 brachiale h, type saturnin. Rev. neurol.. Par., 1909, xvu, 
 1436-1439.— Charcot (J.-B.) & Dulour (H.) De I'h^mar- 
 . throse tab^tique et de deux symptdmes rares dans le cours 
 du tab^ dorsalis; paralysie dans le domaine d'un nerJ 
 spinal (crural) et tremblement taxique de la langue. N. 
 ioonog. de la Salp^trifere, Par., 1896, ix, 265-277, 1 pi.— 
 ChlappOTl (R.) Tabes y hemiplejla. Semana med., 
 Buenos Aires, 1917, xxiv, 597.— Crenshaw (H.) & Bemsen 
 (C. M.) A case of hemiparesis, ataxia and astereognosis 
 associated with arachnoidal edema. J. Am. M. Ass^ Chi- 
 cago, 1916, Ixvi, 262. AUo, Reprint.— Daume (F.) & 
 d'Bollander (F.) Tabfes amyotrophique avee paralysie 
 labio-glosso-laryng^e progressive. J. de neurol.. Par., 1910, 
 XV, 241-246.— Dreschleld (J.) On ataxic paraplegia. Med. 
 Chron., Manchester, 1896-7, n. s., vi, 256-261.— Eshner 
 (A. A.) Locomotor ataxia and paralysis agitans m the 
 same patient. Am. J. M. Sc, PMla., 1909, n. s., cxxxvm, 
 729-733. .4teo, Reprint.— renoglietto(E.) Paraplegia pre- 
 atassica in una (fcnna tabetica. Riv. neuropat., Tormo, 
 1909-10. ill, 50-59.— Flnkelnlmrg. Ueber Peroneuslah- 
 mung bei Tabes. Centralbl. t. Nervenh. u. Psychiat., 
 Coblenz & Leipz., 1899, n. F., x, 465.— Gilbert, Camot & 
 Descomps. Paralysie du biceps et du brachial ant&ieur 
 Chez un tab^tique. Rev. neurol., Par., 1909, xvii, 374-376.— 
 Halbey (K.) Tabes dorsalis und atate (apoplelctische 
 Bulbarparalyse). Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1909, xxviu, 
 7-11.— Hawthorne (C. O.) A case ol ataxic paraplegia. 
 PolycUn., Lond., 1903, vii, 153.— Herzog (F.) [Tabetic 
 ataxia and paralysis of sensation causing disordered move- 
 ment.) Orvostud. 6rtek. gyiijt. Magy. orv. Arch., Buda- 
 pest, 1909, <1. f., X, 358-367.— Hunt (J. R.) The ^-elation of 
 locomotor ataxia and paresis. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1908, 
 Ixxxviii, 3. Also, Reprint.— liUbbers (H. A.) Ueber 
 Lahmung des motorischen Trigeminus bei Tabes dorsahs. 
 Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1913, 1, 1656.— Ltiziatto (A. M.) 
 ParaUsi radicolare del plesso lombare nel corso della tabe 
 dorsale. Riv. veneta ol sc. med., Venezia, 1903, xxxvUi, 
 629-541.— Marinesco (G.) & NoKca. Deux cas de tab6s 
 compliqu4 d'h^mipl^gie. Enc^phale, Par., 1913, i, 413-424.— 
 Bauzler (G.) Tab6s et h^mipl^ie. Montpel. m^d., 1912, 
 xxxiv, 193; 222.— Raymond. Les parapl&ies brusques au 
 cours du tabte. Rev. g6n. de clln. et de thjrap.. Par., 1906, 
 XX, 97; 114.— Schnell. De la paralysie du voile du palais 
 daus I'ataxie locomotrice. Ass. fran?. pour I'avance. d. sc. 
 C.-r. 1891, Par., 1892, xx, pt. 2, 689-691.— Taylor (S.) A case 
 of tabes dorsalis with signs of early generalparalysis. West 
 Lond. M. J., 1910, xv, 132.— Whiting (A. T.) On paralysis 
 and muscular atrophy in tabes dorsalis, with observations 
 on the relation ol aflerent impulses to movement and mus- 
 cular nutrition. Brain, Lond., 1898, xxi, 494-519, 2 pi. 
 
 Ataxia (Locomx)tor, Complications and 
 sequelse of, Respiratory). 
 
 GuYONNET (L.) *Contribution & I'^tude du 
 diaphrag^e des tab6tiques; spiromfetre, radio- 
 scopie, radiographie instantan^e. 8°. Lyon, 
 
 1912. 
 
 Cluzet & Cordler (V.) Le diaphragme des tab^tiques; 
 fitude radioscopique et radiographique. Bull. Soc. m^d. d. 
 h6p. de Lyon, 1911, x, 741-745. AUo: Lyon m^d., 1911, 
 cxvii, 1454-1468.— Egger (M.) Un cas de respiration rare chez 
 une tab^tique, ataxique des quatre membres. Compt. rend. 
 Soc. de biol., Par., 1899, 11. s., i, 636-538.— Bppinger (H.) & 
 Hess (L.) Zur Kasmstik der Atemstorungen bei Tabes 
 dorsalis. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1909, xxu, 852.— Faure 
 (M.) L'iuooordlnation des muscles de la respiration chez les 
 ataxiques et son traitement. Arch, de neurol., Par., 1905, 
 2. s., XX, 235-238. Also: Cong. d. mfid. ali&iistes et neurol. 
 de iVance ... C. r.. Par., 1905, xv, pt. 2, 303-306.— Gnillain 
 (G.) & Laroche. Sur une forme apn^que de la crise bul- 
 baire des tab^tiques. Rev. neurol.. Par., 1908, xvl, 343.— 
 Kiaus (V.) [Respiratory troubles in progressive locomotor 
 ataxia.! Casop. 1&. desk., v Praze, 1911, 1, 719-722.— Loeb 
 (A ) Bin Fall von Atemstillstand bei Tabes. Miinchen. 
 med. Wchnschr., 1904, 11, 1823-1825.— Perrln (M.) . Acro- 
 asphyxie et acro-sphac61e dans un cas de tabhs indpiens. 
 M&n. Soc. de m«d. de Nancy, 1907-8, 123-126. Also: Rev. 
 
 Ataxia {Locomotor, Complications and 
 sequelae, of, Respiratory) . 
 
 m&L. de I'est, Nancy, 1908, xl, 409^12.— Wlbo (E.) Spasme 
 respkatoire de cause Emotive; un cas de bradycardie; la 
 sanlonine dans les douleurs tulgurantes du tabfe. Presse 
 m«d. beige, Brux., 1907, lix, 1138-1142.— Zamazal (J.) 
 [Respiratory trouble la progressive locomotor ataxy.) 
 Casop. lac. 6esk., v Praze, 1911, 1, 1364-1366.-von Zlegen- 
 weidt. StUstand der ademhaling bij tabes. Med. Rev., 
 Haarlem, 1905, v, 117. 
 
 Ataxia {Locomotor, Complications and 
 sequels^ of, Serisory). 
 
 See, also. Ataxia (Locomotor, Complications 
 and sequelx qf, Cutaneous). 
 
 Cabrez (H.-G.) *Etude clinique de quel- 
 quea analg^sies visc6rales profondes dans le 
 tablis; de Fanalgfeie linguale. 8°. Paris, 1903. 
 
 HiNTZB (W.) *Ueber Senfiibilitatsstorungen 
 am Rumpfe bei Tabes dorsalis. 8°. ^onn, 1896. 
 
 JuLLiAN (H.) *Troubles du gout et de I'odorat 
 dansletabfes. 8°. Pam, 1900. 
 
 Leitz (K.) *SenBibilitatsst6rungen bei Tabes 
 dorsalis. 8°. Berlin, 1898. 
 
 NoGUE (M.-L.-L.-M.-O.) *Recherclies but le 
 tabfes sans douleurs fulguiantes. 8°. Bordeaux, 
 
 1907. ^ . ,. 
 
 Pauit (E.-R.-G.) *De I'analg&ie tendineuse 
 k la pression et en particulier du tendon d'A- 
 chilledansletabfes. 8°. Bordeaux, I90b. 
 
 Retjss (H.) *Das Abadie'sche Phanomen 
 (Druckanalgesie der Achillessehne), ein Friili- 
 symptom bei Tabes dorsalis? Eine kritische 
 Kontrolluntersuchung aus der Munchener med. 
 Polikliaik. 8°. Miinchen, 1908. 
 
 Tardu (F.) *Contribution k I'^tude clinique 
 de quelques analgesics visc6rales profondes 
 dansl'ataxie locomotrice progressive; analge- 
 sics trach6ale, mammaire, epigastrique et testi- 
 culaire. 8°. Paris, 1899. 
 
 Abadie (J.) L'analg^sie tendineuse k la pression et en 
 particulier I'analg&ie achUlienne dans le tabJs. G az. hebd. 
 d. so. miSd. de Bordeaux, 1905, xxvi, 409-412.— Beijerman 
 CH. D . ) Eigenaardige s toomissen van bet pijngevoel bij eene 
 liideresse aan tabes dorsalis. K. Akad. v. Wetensch te 
 Amst. Versl., 1900-1901, ix, 254, 1 pi. AUo, transl: K. 
 Akad V. Wetensch. te Amst. Proc. sect, sc, 1900-1901, m, 
 253, 1 pi.— Bonar (A.) Sensory disturbances in locomotor 
 ataxia; a study of the localizatiou of anaesthetic areas as an 
 early symptom. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1897, U, 721-726.— Bram- 
 well (B.) Locomotor ataxia of eight years' duration; ex- 
 treme inco-ordination and total aboUtion of the muscular 
 sense in the lower extremities; tactile sensibility of the skin 
 of the lower extremities very slightly, if at all, impaired; 
 increased sensibility to cold, and increased sensibility to 
 pain m the same parts. Clin. Stud., Edinb., 1903-4, n. s., 
 fl, 374-377.— Burr (C. W.) Anesthesia of the trunk m loco- 
 motor ataxia. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1898, xxx, 769.— 
 Chlpault (A.) Remarques sur la topographie des troubles 
 sensitifS fab6tiques. Med. mod.. Par., 1896, vii, 345-347.— 
 Eeeer (M.) De la gen^se de I'anesth&ie dans le tabes. 
 Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1902, 11. s. , Iv, 752.— Frenkel 
 & Foerster. Les troubles de la sensibihtd dans le tab&s. 
 
 Rev. neurol.. Par., 1899, vii, 822-826. . Unter- 
 
 suchimgen tiber die Storungen der SensibiUtat bei der Tabes 
 dorsalis. Arch. 1. Psychiat, Berl., 1900, xxxiii, 108; 450.— 
 FryfF.B.) Astereognosis in a cased tabes. InterstateM. 
 J., St. Louis, 1903, X, 535-537.— Goldstein (M.) Ueber die 
 Storungen des Muskeldruckschmerzes bei der Tabes dorsalis. 
 Deutsche Ztsohr. 1. Nervenh., Leipz., 1912, xliv, 1-20.— Gow 
 (A.) Objective paraesthesise of locomotor ataxy. South 
 African M. Rec, Cape Town, 1911, ix, 69-71.— Gowers (.Sir 
 W. R.) A lecture on the pains of tabes. Brit. M. J., I/ond., 
 1905, i, 1-5.— Grebner (F.) Ueber die Localisation der 
 tactilen Haufanasthesie Tabctischer. Wien. med. Presse, 
 1900, xll, 1902; 1949.— Heltz (J.) Du sifege des anesth&ies 
 cutan&!S Chez les tab^tiques, dans leurs relations avee les 
 crises gastriques et intestinales. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., 
 
 Par., 1903, Iv, 437-439. . De I'analg&ie du nerf cubital 
 
 k la pression et de la valeur s^maologlque de ce signe dans 
 le tabfes. J. de clin. m^d. et chir., Par., 1906, 1, 57-69.— 
 Herzog (F.) Ueber die tabische Ataxle und iiber die durch 
 Sensibflittltslahmung verursachte Bewegungsstorung. Deut- 
 sche Ztechr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1910, xxxix, 228-234.— 
 Hunt (E. L.) The occurrence and treatment of pain in 
 locomotor ataxia. Dominion M. Month., Toronto, 1917, 
 xlviii, 65-68.— Jacob (P.) & BIckel (A.) Zur sensorischen 
 Ataxic. Arch. I. Physiol., Leipz., 1900, 369-372.— Klippel 
 
ATAXIA. 
 
 144 
 
 ATAXIA. 
 
 Ataxia {Locomotor, Complications and 
 sequelse of, Sensory) . 
 
 (M.) Des troubles du godt et de I'odorat dansletab6s. 
 Arcb. de neurol., Par., 1897, 2. s., iu, 257-281.— Lang (A.) 
 Ueber lanzitiierende Schmerzen im Bereiche des Koples 
 bei Tabes dorsalis. Wien. klin. Wohnschi., 1908, xxi, 1438- 
 1441.— van Londen. The extent of the sensory distur- 
 bances in tabes dorsalis, and its significance in the study ol 
 segmentation. Folia neuro-biol., Leipz., 1910, iv, 6-15.-- 
 Loitat- Jacob (L.) Hyperesth&ie tactile douloureuse a 
 topographie radiculaire cnez un tabStique. Eev. neurol., 
 Par., 1906, 3dv, 1169-1172.— Marinesco (G.) De la topo- 
 grapme des troubles sensitifs dans le tabfes; ses rapports avec 
 les sensations des tab^tiques. Semaine mM., Par., 1897, 
 xvii, 369-372. Also, transl: Med. Week, Par., 1897, V, 565- 
 568.— Mlliatti La cryesthi5sie tab^tique. Bull, et mem. 
 Soc. mid. d. h6p. de Par., 1912, 3. s., xxxiii, 929-B31.— 
 Monrad-Krohn (G. H.) [The sensory disturbances m 
 tabes with special consideration of joint sensibility and its 
 clinical investigation (a standard of joint sensibility).] 
 Norsk Mag. t. Lsegevidensk., Kristiania, 1914, Ixxv, 1284- 
 1291.— Muskens (L. J. J.) Eetardation of pam-sense in 
 locomotor ataxia. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1899, xxvi, 
 424-426.— Pal (J.) Die vasomotorischen Begleiterscheuiun- 
 geu der lanzinierenden Schmerzen und das Altemieren 
 tabischer Kriseu. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1904, liv, 1-6.— 
 Patrick (H. T.) Anaesthesia of the trunk in locomotor 
 
 ataxia. N. York M. J., Il897, Ixv, 173-178. . Two cases 
 
 of tabes with trunk anaesthesia. 3 . Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 
 1898, XXV, 843-8.50.— Pleifer (B.) Verspatete Geschmacks- 
 empiindung bei vorwiegend cerebraler mit bulbarparaly- 
 tiscnen Symptomen beginnender Tabes. Deutsche Ztschr. 
 f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1907, xxxiii, 246-304.— Pltres (A.) 
 De I'analg&ie fcigastrique profonde chez les tab^tiques. J. 
 de neurol.. Par., 1898, lii, 413-417.— Price (F. W.) A case 
 of tabes dorsalis in which widespread cutaneous sensory 
 manifestations completely disappeared. Lancet, Lond., 
 
 1906, ii, 225.— Ra«lne. Ueber Analgesie der Acliillessehne 
 bei Tabes (Abadie'sches Symptom). Miinchen. med. 
 Wchnschr., 1906, liii, 963.— Rennie (6. E.) A clinical lec- 
 ture on astereognosis in tabes dorsalis. Brit^M. J., Lond., 
 1903, 1, 297.— RictieCA.) & de Gothard. Etude sur les 
 troubles objectiiS des sensibility superficielles dans le tabes. 
 N. iconog. de la Salp^triSre, Par., 1899, xii, 327; 408, 9 pi.— 
 Sabrazis (J.) & Bousquet (P.) A propos d'un cas d'allo- 
 chirie sensoiielle. Eev. neurol. Par., 1905, xiii, 573-578. — 
 Sieard (A.) De I'analgi^sie trach&le profonde chez les 
 tab^tiques. Bull, et m^m. Soo. m^d. d. n6p. de Par., 1899, 
 3. s., xvi, 199-203.— Spiller (W. G.) Incipient tabes wilh 
 severe pains in the neck. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 
 
 1907, xxxiv, 663-665.— Stembo (L.) Beseitigung sehr 
 heftiger lancmierender Schmerzen bei eiuem Tabiker nach 
 28 Injectionen von antirabischer Markemulsion. Neurol. 
 Oentralbl., Leipz., 1904, xxiii, 303.— Umber (F.) Sensorielle 
 Krisen bei Tabes dorsalis. Ztschr. t. klin. Med., Berl., 
 1900, xxxix, 480^87.— Vaschldc (N.) & Rousseau (P.) 
 Sur la sensibiliti? tactile et musoulaire dans le tab^s. Eev. 
 neurol.. Par., 1903, xi, 1210-1212.— Williams (T. A.) Tabes 
 with unusual distribution of deep-pain loss. Practitioner, 
 Lond., 1913^xci, 426-428. Also: Wash. M. Arm., 1913, xii, 221- 
 223. Also, Eeprint. 
 
 Ataxia (Locomotor, Complications and 
 sequelse of, Trophic) . 
 
 See, also, Ataxia (Locomotor, Complications, 
 etc., of, Muscular). 
 
 Batievskt (Mile. Vera). *Consid6ration8 g6- 
 n^rales sur le tabfes trophique. 8°. Montpellier, 
 1910. 
 
 PomiER (E.) *Coirtribution S, I'^tude des 
 troubles trophiques dans le tabfes. Sur une forme 
 particulifere d'ulc6ration du visage observ6e 
 chez les tab6tiques. 8°. Paris, 1902. 
 
 Sthisoweb (Sophie). *Die Beziehung der 
 trophischen Storungen bei Tabes zu den Sensi- 
 bihtatsstorungen. 8°. Berlin, 1905. 
 
 Weissbbkg (M?e. B.) *Contribution h I'^tude 
 des troubles trophiques dans le tabfes. 8°. Ge- 
 nlve, 1898. 
 
 Berard. Ancien traumatisme du pied chez un jeune tab^- 
 
 tique agS de 24 ans, troubles trophiques osseux persistants 
 Lyon chirurg., 1908-9, 1, 431-434.— Chalier (A.) Forme tro- 
 phique du tabfes; pieds tabStiques; maux perforants; r&orp- 
 tion du maxillaire sup&ieur. Lyon mM., 1908, cxi, 1154. — 
 
 DeMeis(V.) Dlsturbitroflcinellatabespinale. Arch, in- 
 temaz. dl med. e chlr., Napoli, 1897, xiii, 43-59. — Dercum 
 (F. X.) Tabes associated with trophic changes suggesting 
 acromegaly. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., Lancaster, Pa,, 1908, 
 xxxv,607-511. Also: Phila.Hosp.Eep.(1908), 1909, vti, 1-4.— 
 Dobrokohtoff (V. P.) (^Trophic disturbances in tabes dor- 
 salis; case, withrare combmation of trophic disturbances and 
 complication on the part of the t°.l J. nevropat. i psifchiat. 
 . . . Korsakova, Mosk., 1904, iv, 794-815.— Duprfe (E.) & 
 
 Ataxia (Locomotor, Complications and 
 sequelse of, TropMc) . 
 
 Devaux (A.) Tabfes trcphique; arthropathies; radiogra- 
 phie. N. iconog. de la Salpetrifere, Par., 1900, xiii, 498- 
 501, 2 pi.— Fernandez Sanz (E.) Comentarios A un caso 
 de tabes dorsal con sintomas trtfficos. Eev. espaii. de sif. 
 y dermat., Madrid, 1903, v, 433-449. Also: Eev. Ibero-Am. 
 de cien med., Madrid, 1903, ix, 75-86.— Gowers (Sir W. E.) 
 On the dystrophy of tabes and the problem of trophic 
 nerves. Brit. M. J-, Lond., 1906, i, 1267-1269.— Hlrtz 
 (E.) D'un trouble trophique des orteils non d^crit encore 
 dans le tabfes. Bull, et med. Soc. m4d. d. hfip. de Par., 
 1898, 3. s,, XV, 18-21.— Legraln & Pietklewlcz (W. B.) 
 Troubles trophiques dans la sph&re du trijumeau chez un 
 tab^tique. Eev. de stomatol., Par., 1913, xx, 207-211.— 
 Maillard (G.) Troubles trophiques des pieds paraissant 
 dus k un tabSs juvenile fruste. Eev. neuroL, Par., 1907, xv, 
 192.— Oulmout & Gilbert. Un cas de tabfes trophique. 
 Ibid., 306.— Plrrone CD.) Tabe sensitlva e troflca. Bi- 
 forma med., Palermo-Napoli, 1904, xx, 1261; 1298.— Pont 
 (A.) Troubles trophiques bucco-dentaires dans I'ataxie 
 locomotrioe. Odontologie, Par., 1899, 2. s., vlil, 11-23.— Ray- 
 mond. Forme tropliique du tabfes. Eev. g^n. declin. et 
 de th^rap.. Par., 1909, xxiii, 488.— Rlspal & Bauby. Tabfes 
 trophique. ficho m^d., Toulouse, 1902, 2. s., xvi, 143; 157. 
 Also: Toulouse mM., 1902, 2. s., iv, 59; 61.— Schaller (K.) 
 [The origin of the disturbances in tabes tropliicus.] Magy. 
 
 orv. Arch., Budapest, 1897, vi, 162-199, 1 pi. . Ueber 
 
 Nervenzellveranderungen des Vordcrhoms bei Tabes; ein 
 Beitrag zur Pathogenese der trophischen Stiirungen der 
 Tabes. Monatschr. f. Psychiat. u.Neurol., 1898, iii, 64-98.— 
 Thomson (c.) The trophic changes in locomotor ataxy. 
 Clin. J., Lond., 1903-4, xxiii, 264-267. 
 
 Ataxia (Locomotor, Complications and 
 sequelse of. Urinary and vesical). 
 
 Blanc (J.) *Contributioii h l'6tude des trou- 
 bles v&icaux dans I'ataxie locomotrice. 8°. 
 Montpellier, 1908. 
 
 Barney ( J. D.) The care and management of the tabetic 
 bladder. Boston M. & S. J., 1910, clxiii, 933; 986: 1911, 
 clxiv, 13, 1 pi. — Bastin-WUliams. Dysurie tab^tique. 
 PoUclin., Bnix., 1904, xiii, 247-250.— Blerhoff (F.) Beitrag 
 zura Studium der Hamretention bei Tabes dorsalis. Der- 
 mat. Ztschr., Berl., 1904, xi, 181-189.— BOhme (F.) Die 
 Balkenblase als Fruhsyinptom bei Tabes dorsalis. Muu- 
 chen. med. Wchnschr., 1908, Iv, 2610-2615.— CassaneUo (E.) 
 Vescica a colonne nei tabici e sua importanza diagnostica. 
 Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1910, xxxi, 81-83.— Courtnney (J. W.) 
 Locomotor ataxia and the urologist. Am. 3. Urol., N. Y., 
 1905^, ii, 41-44. — Duhot. Les troubles nrinaires dans le 
 tabfes. Eev. prat. d. mal. d. org. gto.-urin.. Par., 1907-8, iv, 
 285-290.— Ehilch (W. S.) The bladder in early tabes; 
 report of case. Tr. Urol. Soc, Chicago, 1915-16, 35. Also: 
 Urol. & Cutan. Eev., St. Louis, 1916, xx, 73.— Frohnstein 
 (E.) Die Balkenblase als Friihsymptom bei Tabes dorsalis. 
 Ztschr. f. Urol., Berl. & Leipz., 1910, iv, 497-504. Also, 
 transl.: Ann. d. mal. d. org. gSnito-urin., Par., 1910, ii, 1441- 
 1452.— Qoodkind (M. L.) Tabes; hyposensitive condition 
 of the anus and urethra in the Incipient stage; Swift^Ellis 
 treatment. Med. Clin., Chicago, 1915, i, 137-139.— Howard 
 (H. W.) Djrsuria of the tabetic. Med. Sentinel, Portland, 
 Ore., 1918, xxvi, 172-177.— Klussman (H.) Tabes dorsalis, 
 as it concerns the urologist. Pacific M. J., San Fran., 1911, 
 liv, 726-730. A Iso: Am. J. Dermat. & Genito-Urin. Dis., St. 
 Louis, 1912, xvi, 26-27.— Koll (I. S.) A study of twenty-five 
 tabetic bladders. Tr. Am. Urol. Ass., Brookllne, 1914, viii, 
 232-237, 1 pi. Also: Surg., Gyneo. & Obst., Chicago, 1915, 
 XX, 176.— Marlon. Incontinence d'urine dans le tabfes; 
 incontinence d'urine infantile. M4d. mod.. Par., 1910, xxi, 
 385.— Mendelssohn (M.) Quelquos remarques sur les 
 troubles urinaires chez les tabltiques. Bull. gai. de th&ap. 
 [etc.]. Par., 1904, cxlvii, 372-374.— Meyer (E.) Glykosurie 
 und Tabes. Miinchen. med. Wchnsolir., 1902, xUx, 1537."— 
 Overcnd (W.) Urotropin in the pyuria of tabes dorsalis. 
 Lancet, Lond., 1903, u, 1019.— Rinaldo (C.) Vescica a 
 colonne nei tabici e sua importanza diagnostica. Gazz. d. 
 osp. e d. olin., Milano, 1910, xxxi, 81. Also, Eeprint.— 
 Squier (J. B.) The bladder in tabes. N. York M. J, [etc.], 
 1908, Ixxxvii, 1038. ilteo, Eeprmt.— Vance (ApM.) Oper- 
 ation for the relief of the very distressing bladder and bowel 
 complications of late locomotor ataxia. Tr. Am. Ass. Obst. 
 & Gyneo. 1912, York, 1913, xxv, 193-195. [Discussion], 
 197.— Watson (E. M.) Prostatic hypertrophy with tabes; 
 its diagnosis and management from the standpoint of uri- 
 nary obstruction. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1917, cvi, 448. Also, 
 Reprint.- Whiteside (G. S.) The care and treatment of 
 the urinary function in locomotor ataxia. Med. Sentinel, 
 Portland, Oreg., 1905, xiii, 367-370.— Zenner (P.) Locomo- 
 tor ataxia with vesical crises. Cincin. l/ancet-Clinic, 1903, 
 n. s., 1, 646. 
 
 Ataxia (Locomotor, Complications and 
 
 sequelse of. Vascular). , 
 
 See Ataxia (Locomotor, Complications and 
 sequelx of, Cardio-vascular) . 
 
ATAXIA. 
 
 129 
 
 ATAXIA. 
 
 Ataxia {Locomotor). 
 
 Bassubt (M.) *La descendance dea tab^ti- 
 ques. 8° Paris, 1904. 
 
 Dowse (T. S.) On ataxia and the preataxic 
 or curative stage of locomotor ataxia. 8°. 
 London, 1881. 
 
 Ferrier (B.) On tabes dorsalis. The Lum- 
 leian lectures delivered before the Royal Col- 
 lege of Physicians, London, March, 1906. 8°. 
 London, 1906. 
 
 ■ . The same. 8°. New York, 1906. 
 
 Also, in: Brit. M. J., Lond., 1906, 1, 721; 792; 851. Also, 
 in: Lancet, Lond., 1906, i, 881; 961. 
 
 Flatau(G.) Die Tabes dorsalis. 8°. Leipzig, 
 1904. 
 
 Gachet (J.-P.-A.) *Mouvements involon- 
 taires et stereotypies des doigts s'organisant en 
 tic dans le tabfes. 8°. Bordeaux, 1905. 
 
 Goldstein (M.) *Untersuchungen uber 
 MuBkeldruckempfindUchkeit bei Tabes dorsalis. 
 [Halle a. S.] 8°. Leipzig, 1911. 
 , Herrmann (H.) *Der Einfluss der Funktion 
 auf die Symptomatologie der Tabes, roy. 8°. 
 Milnchen, 1910. 
 
 Also, in: Ann. d. stadt. allg. Krankenh. zu Miinchen 
 (1905-8), 1910, xiv, 54-85. 
 
 Idman (N. J. W.) *Afhandling om tabes i 
 benen. 16°. Helsingfors, 1846. 
 
 Lalou (S.) *Contribution k 1' etude du tabfes 
 chez les deux conjoints. 8°. Paris, 1898. 
 
 VON Leyden (E.) Die Tabes dorsualis 
 (Riickenmarksschwindsucht, Ataxie locomo- 
 trice progressive, graue Degeneration der hinte- 
 renRuckenmarkistrange). 3. Aufl. 8°. Berlin 
 & Wien, 1901. 
 
 Maloney (W. J. M. A.) Locomotor ataxia 
 (tabes dorsalis); an introduction to the study 
 and treatment of nervous diseases. 8° New 
 Yorh & London, 1918. 
 
 MocHUTKOvsKi (O. 0.) Lektsii o spinnol 
 Bukhotkie, chitannlya dlya vrachei . . . v 1896 i 
 1897 gg. (Zapisanl S. S. Voltke.) [Lectures on 
 tabes dorsalis, delivered to physicians in 1896-7. 
 (Collected by S. S. Voltke.)] 8°. S.-Peterburq, 
 1899. 
 
 Also, in: Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1898, xix, 637; 661; 699; 727; 
 794; 820. 
 
 MoBius (P. J.) Ueber die Tabes. Eine Ab- 
 handlung fiir praktische Aerzte. 8°- Berlin, 
 1897. 
 
 Olivet (W.) *Beitrage zur Lehre von der 
 Tabes dorsalis. 8°. Gottingen, 1891. 
 
 Petzschb (J.) *Zur Kenntnis der Tabes 
 dorsalis und ihrer symptomatologischen Entwi- 
 ckelung. 4°. Leipzig, 1903. 
 
 Railliard (E.-V.-M.-L.-F.) *Recherches sur 
 la descendance des tabetiques. 8° Bordeaux, 
 1902. 
 
 Sanberg (Sophie). *La descendance des 
 tabetiques. 8°. Paris, 1903. 
 
 Schmidt (K.) *Beitrage zur Lehre der Tabes 
 dorsalis. 8°. Gottingen, 1900. 
 
 Stern (R.) Ueber korperliche Kennzeichen 
 der Disposition zur Tabes. 8° Leipzig & 
 Wien, 1912. 
 
 Bartlett (C.) Some general remarks on locomotor ataxia. 
 Tr. Homoeop. M. Soc. Penn. 1897, Phila., 1898, 224-232.— 
 Benedikt (M.) La th&irie des mouvements ataotiques 
 spinaux. Compt.-rend. Cong, intemat .de mgd. 1897, Mosc, 
 
 1898, ii, sect. 2, 40. . Centripetalerlrrthumund centri- 
 
 lugale Wahrlieit. Wien. med. Presse, 1901, xlil, 105-109.— 
 Bltol (E.) & Sabrazte (J.) Note sur le retour de la sensi- 
 bility testiculaire dans le tabfes. Eev. de mM., Par., 1897, 
 xvii, 156-158.— Bramwell (B.) A series of post-graduate 
 demonstrations on nervous diseases (tabes, or locomotor 
 ataxia). Clin. Stud., Edinb., 1907-8, vii, 69; 101.— Bris- 
 saudfE.) Variations de la gravity du tabSs. Rev. neurol., 
 Par., 1902, x, 56-62.— Brower (D. R.) Locomotor ataxia. 
 
 96808°— Vol. II, 3d series— 19 ^9 
 
 Ataxia (Locomotor). 
 
 Clin. Rev., Chicago, 1900, xii, 354. . Tabes dorsalis. 
 
 Intemat. CUn., Pbila., 1904, 13. s., iv, 265.— Christiansen 
 (V.) Tabes dorsalis (bulbaris, sacralis). Bibliot. t. Laeger, 
 Kiibenli., 1914, 8. E., xv, 232-252.— Clapham (J. T.) A 
 note on tabes dorsalis. J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond., 
 1905, V, 673-687.— Clarke (F. B.) A study of proximo- and 
 acro-ataxia in tabes dorsalis. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1916, 
 clii, 574-581.— Collins (J.) Tabes doisahs; symptoma- 
 tology; morbid anatomy and pathology; prognosis. Med. 
 News, N. Y., 1903, Ixxxii, 7; 450; 491; 1121; 1155: Ixxxiil, 
 388. — Coulter (F. E.) Observations on tabes dorsalis. 
 Med. Herald, St. Joseph, 1902, xxi, 272-288.— Cros. Etude 
 sur la marcbe, la duree, la terminaison et le traitement de 
 I'ataxie locomotrice progressive. Ann, d'hydrol. et de 
 climat. mM., Par., 1901, vl, 79-94.— Cutter (J. A.) Loco- 
 motor ataxia and other nerve degenerations. Alkaloid. 
 Clin., Chicago, 1905, xii, 355-362.— Dana (C. L.) Locomo- 
 tor ataxia. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1899, Ivi, 645-647. . 
 
 Tabes dorsalis; its pathology, diagnosis, and treatment. 
 Ibid., 729-732.— Deflenbaugh (W. B.) Tabes dorsahs. 
 Med. Herald, St. Joseph, 1900, u. s., xix, 7-14.— Denslow 
 (LeG. N.) Locomotor ataxia; a new theory and treatment, 
 with cases. Med. Eec, N. Y., 1908, Ixxiv, 870-875.— De 
 Benzi(E.) Sulla tabe dorsale. Clin, mod., Pisa, 1898, iv, 
 
 113; 137; 163. . Tabe dorsale. N. riv. ciiu.-terap., 
 
 Napoli, 1910, xi, 617-625.— Dinkier. Ueber Tabes dorsalis. 
 Deutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1904, xxv, 253-255. Also: Verof- 
 fentl. d. Hufeland. Gesellsch. in Berl., 1904, 5-12.— Du- 
 chenne. Recherches sur I'ataxie locomotrice progressive, 
 maladie caractSrisfe spficialement par des troubles g&ieraux 
 de la coordination des mouvements. Compt. rend. Acad. d. 
 sc, Par., 1918, xlvii, 859.— Ebsteiu (E.) Tabes dorsalis und 
 Lyssa; eine historisohe Notiz. Janus, Harlem, 1907, xii, 
 77.— Edwards (G. P.) Tabes doisaUs. Tr. M. Soc. Ten- 
 nessee, Nashville, 1905, Ixxii, 326-335.— Erb (W.) Tabes 
 
 dorsalis. Deutsche Khnik, Berl., 1906, vi, 807-932. . 
 
 Tabes: Rilckschauende una nachdenkliche Betrachtungen. 
 Deutsche Ztscbr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1913, xlvii-xlvili, 74- 
 101.— Eshner (A. A.) A case of tabes dorsalis without 
 ataxia. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1911, Ivi, 194.— Faworsky 
 (A.) Die Abbaueischemungen bei Tabes dorsalis. Histol. 
 u. histopath. Arb. ii. d. Grosshimrinde, Jena, 1913-14, vi, 74- 
 88, 5 pi.— Frenkel & Faure (M.) Des attitudes anormales, 
 spontan^es ou provoqufe, dans le tabfe dorsal sans arthro- 
 pathies. N. iconog. de la Salp6tri6re, Par., 1896, ix, 189-196, 
 4 pi.— Germaix. La pMode initiale du tabis. Rev. raid. 
 et pharm. de I'Afrique du nord, Alger, 1898, i, 541; 563; 694; 
 649: 1899, ii, 54; 114; 164; 176; 199; 252; 351. Continued in: 
 Eev. m^d. de TAfrique du nord, Alger, 1900, iii, 702; 943.— 
 Gbilarduccl (F.) Tabe dorsale. Suppl. al Policlin., 
 Roma, 1897-8, iv, 348-350.— Grasset (J.) Le tabte, maladie 
 de la sensibility profonde. J. mid. Iranf., Par., 1908, ii, 274- 
 280. Also: Prov. mgd.. Par., 1908, xix, 143-145. Also, Ee- 
 print. — Griggs (A. C.) Interesting features in locomotor 
 ataxia. Med. Age, Detroit, 1902, xx, 281-287.— Grossman 
 (M.) Plea lor the tabetic. Interstate M. J., St. Louis, 1916, 
 
 xxiii, 927-936. . Tabes dorsalis. J. Nerv. & Ment. 
 
 Dis., N. Y., 1918, xlvii, 81-92.— Haenel (H.) Eine typische 
 Form der tabischen Gehstorung. Deuteche Ztschr. f. 
 Nervenh., Leipz^ 1908, xxxiv, 279-288.— Hamel (C. P.) 
 Tabfes dorsalis. Union m^d. du Canada, Montreal, xlvii, 
 278-289.— Henry (T. H.) Locomotor ataxia. Tr. M. Ass. 
 Alabama, Montgomery, 1907, 347-353.— Hering (H. E.) 
 Ueber centripetale Ataxie. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1896, 
 xxi, 457; 471.— Hirschberg (R.) Des mouvements invo- 
 lontaires spontanes chez les tab^tiques. Rev. neurol.. Par., 
 1897, V, 662-667.— Hirschkron (J.) On the etiology, prog- 
 nosis and modern treatment of tabes dorsalis. Gaillard's 
 M. J., N. Y., 1902, Ixxvii, 209-220. Also: Med. Exam., N. Y., 
 1902, xii, 233-238.— Hoover (C. F.) The significance of acro- 
 ataxia -and proximo-ataxia. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, 
 Phila., 1915, xxx, 382-385.— Janovsky (V.) [The question 
 of tabes dorsalis.] Casop. Idk. desk., v Praze, 1882, xxi, 676; 
 743; 775; 792; 806; 826.— Johnson (G. W.) Tabes dor- 
 salis. Chicago M. Recorder, 1898, xiv, 347.— Kallsclier (S.) 
 Die Tabes dorsalis; Sammel-Eeferat fiber Arbeiten aus den 
 Jahren 1894-7. Monatschr. 1. Psyschiat. u. Neurol., 1898, ill, 
 180; 252; 368.— von Kiaftt-Ebing. Tabes dorsalis. Allg. 
 Wien. med. Ztg., 1898, xlii, 337; 347; 359; 369.— Kron (H.) 
 Tabesfragen. Monatschr. f. Psychiat. u. Neurol., Berl., 
 1908, xxiv, 479-507.— Langdon (F. WO Locomotor ataxia 
 in its modem aspect. Med. Eec.^ N. Y., 1898, Uii, 45-49.— 
 liangdon (H. M.) Tabes doisahs. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., 
 N. Y., 1913, xl, 528.— Langelaan (J. W.) Over tabes 
 dorsalis. Med. Weekbly Amst., 1911-12, xviii, 213-220.— 
 Iieszynsky (W. M.) Tabes dorsalis. Ref. Handb. Med. 
 Sc, N. Y., 1917, vhi, 89-94.— Leyden (E.) & Goldschelder. 
 Tabes dorsalis (Riickenmarksschwindsucht, Rilckenmarks- 
 darre, Ataxie locomotrice progressive, graue Degeneration 
 derhmteren Riickenmarksstrange). Spec. Path. u. Therap. 
 . . . Nothnagel. Wien, 1897, x, pt. 2, 1. Abth., 504-593, 4 pi.— 
 Loewenfeld (L.) Ueber spontane Besserung von Tabes- 
 symptomen. Deutsche Prax., Miinchen, 1900, iii, 308-311.— 
 Loveland (B. C.) Locomotor ataxia. Med. Rec, N. Y., 
 190O, Ivii, 541-543.— Mahan (H. P.) Tabes dorsalis. J. 
 Kansas M. Soc, Columbus, 1908, viji, 1255-1258.— Marina 
 (A.) Ancora sulla questione perchfe un ammalato di atassia 
 
ATAXIA. 
 
 130 
 
 ATAXIA. 
 
 Ataxia (Locomotor). 
 
 acuta ha potuto nuotare benissimo. Pollclin., Eoma, 1916, 
 xxiii, sez. prat., 1095-1106'.— Merklen (P.) Le tabfes; 
 orientation actuelle de la question. Tribune mM., Par., 
 1913. n. s., xlvii, 97-109.— Mettler (L. H.) Tabes dorsalis. 
 N. York M. J. (etc.l, 1905, Ixxxii, 677-682. Also, Beprint.— 
 MlUan (G.) Faoult& viriles; tecondit^ et descendance des 
 tab^tiques. Arch. g&i. de mid., Par., 1905, i, 65-74.— Mo- 
 czutkowskl (O. O.) Ueber Ruokenmarksschwindsucht. 
 Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1900, Ixix, 923; 937; 950; 962; 
 974; 984; 997; 1009.— MOblus (P. J.) Neuere Beobachtun- 
 gen ilber die Tabes. Schmidt's Jahrb., 1896, ccxlix, 81-96. 
 
 . Tabes dorsalis. Twentieth Cent. Pract., N. Y^ 1897, 
 
 xi, 803-880. . Neuere Beobachtungen iiber die Tabes. 
 
 Schmidt's Jahrb., Leipz., 1902, cclxxiil, 6-21. . Neuere 
 
 Beobachtungen fiber die Tabes. Ibid.. 1906, eclxxxix, 13- 
 26.— Moffltt(H. C.) Tabes as it presents itself to the general 
 
 Sractitioner. Calif. State J. M., San Fran., 1907, v, 309-314.— 
 loritz (P.) Neuere Arbelteu fiber Tabes dorsalis. 
 
 Schmidt's Jahrb., Leipz., 1908, ceo, 113-129. . Neuere 
 
 Arbelten fiber Tabes dorsalis. ibid., 1911, cccix, 1-12.— 
 moyer (H.N.) Tabes. Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1904, vi, 
 707-710.— MurrI (A.) L'atassia nel cammino e nel nuoto. 
 1 Eitorma med., Napoli, 1915, xxxi, 1009-1019.— Mylko (;G.W.) 
 Locomotor ataxia. Kingston M. Quart., 1901-2, vi, 149- 
 152.— Negro (C.) Sui movimenti Involontari, che conse- 
 guono a rappresentazioni Ideo-motriei nei tabetici atassici. 
 Riv. neuropat., Torino, 1907, ii, 193-196.— OgUvle (G.) Lo- 
 comotor ataxia. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lend., 1907-8, i, 
 Neurol. Sect., 93.— Pal (J.) Ueber Tabes und Diabetes mel- 
 litus. Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1901, xv, 1-3.— Papado- 
 poulos. Contribution 4 I'fitude de I'ataxie locomotrice 
 
 ? regressive. Gr6ce m&i., Syra, 1904, vi, 13-15; Also: 
 rogrfes m^d.. Par., 1904, 3. s., xix, 145. Also, transl.: 
 ' Brazil-med., Rio de Jan., 1904, xviii, 248.— Pardo (G.) 
 Contribute alio studio olinico della tabe. Riv. quindicin. di 
 psicol. [etc.], Roma,- 1897-8, i, 289-299.— PateUa (V.) La 
 tabe dorsale. Clin. med. ital., Milano, 1913, hi, 305-318.— 
 . '■ Patrick (H. T.) Locomotor ataxia. Intemat. Clin., 
 Phila., 1900, 10. s., ii, 147-161.— Pease (C. A.) Locomotor 
 ataxia. Vermont M. Month., Burlington, 1902, viii, 126- 
 128.— Pech. Autour du tabes. Bull m^d.. Par., 1913, 
 xxvii, 195.— Pltres. Tabfes. Mto. etbuU. Soc. de m6d. et 
 chir. de Bordeaux (1900), 1901, 138-140.— PreWe (R. B.) 
 Tabes dorsalis. Chicago Clin., 1903, xvi, 205-209.— Pritcli- 
 ard (W. B.) A clinical talk on tabes. N. York M. J. 
 [etc.], 1910, xei, 97.— Punton (J.) Modem views of locomo- 
 tor ataxia. Kansas City M. Index- Lancet, 1904, xxv, 177- 
 183.— Raymond. Tabes dorso-lombaire. J. de m^d., int.. 
 Par., 1906, ix, 172.— Reading (E. M.) Locomotor ataxia. 
 Chicago M. Times, 1907, xl, 1-6.— Reld (W.) Tabes dor- 
 salis. J. Minn. M. Ass. [etc.], Miimeap., 1909, xxix, 67. — de 
 Rezende Puecli (L.) Tabes dorsualis e tabes associada 
 (tabes combinada). Arch, brasil. de psychiat. [etc.], Rio de 
 Jan., 1906, ii, 58-97.— Rosenbach (O.) Remarks on locomo- 
 tor ataxy. Brit. M. J., Lend., 1898, ii, 954-957.— Rosin (H.) 
 Ein Beitrag zur Lehre von der Tabes dorsalis. Ztschr. J. 
 kirn. Med., Berl., 1896, xxx, 480-628, ■ 2 .pi.— Sabrazes. 
 Mouvements involontaires stCT&typfe des doigts s'organi- 
 sant en tics dans le tabSs. J. de neurol.. Par., 1905, x, 377. — 
 Saclls(B.) Tabes dorsalis. /«.• Modern Med. (Osier), 8°, 
 Phlla. & N. Y., 1910, vii, 688-706.— Salinas (P.) Considerar 
 ciones acerca de la ataxia locomotriz progressiva. Arch, de 
 la Policlln., Habana, 1897, v, 17-23.— Sbrocclil (A.) Ancora 
 deir atassia nel cammino e nel nuoto. Riv. crit. di clln. med., 
 Pirenze, 1916, xviij 307-311.— Schwab (S. I.) Tabes dor- 
 salis. Interstate M. J., St. Louis, 1912, xix, 458-463.— Shoe- 
 maker (J. V.) Locomotor ataxia. Med. Bull., Phila., 
 
 1903, xxv, 85-88. . Tabes dorsalis. Month. Cyol. & M. 
 
 Bull., PhUa., 1910, ill, 33-35.— SlgnorelU (A,) Tabe e 
 malaria; contributo alio studio delle associazioni morbose in 
 genere. ' Boll. d. Soc. Lancisiana d. osp. dl Roma, 1904, xxiv, 
 1-31.— Skaia. [Contribution A, I'^tudedel'ataxie.i Rev. v 
 neurol., psychiat. , fys. a diaetet. therap., v Praze, 1909, v, 47; 
 120; 172.— Starkey (P. R.) A broader view of tabes dor- 
 salis. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1916, Ixxxix, 415-417.— Starr (M. 
 A.) On tabes, "rr. Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila., 1899, xiv, 
 
 146-153. . LocomotBr ataxia. Intemat. Clm., Phila., 
 
 1901, 11. s., ii, 172-184, 4 pi.— SwoMs (O.) Du tabte dorsalis. 
 Clinique, Brux., 1898, xli, 737; 801; 837.— Taylor (J.) A 
 clinical lecture on tabes dorsalis. Practitioner, Lend., 1900, 
 bdv, 636-649.— Thompson (L.) The early diagnosis and 
 treatment of tabes dorsaUs. J. Arkansas M. Soc., Little 
 Bock," 1917-18, xiv, 239-245.— Trevelyan (E. P.) On locomo- 
 tor ataxia. Quart. M. J., Sheffield, 1897-8, vi, 352-361.— 
 Turzallskl (G. J.) [Locomotor ataxia.] Lwow. tygodn. 
 lek., 1909, iv, 527; 640; 554.— Vlllaret (M.) & Boudet (G.) 
 Contribution k I'^tude du tab6s dans ses rapports avec la 
 campagne actuelle. Montpel. m4d., 1917, xxxix, 803-811. — 
 Wise (P. M.) Locomotor ataxia. Am. Med., Phila., 1906, 
 
 xl,90. . Locomotor ataxia, /ijii., Phila. & York, 1906, 
 
 n. s., i, 521. — Wulfl. Die Tabes dorsalis. Reichs-Med.- 
 Anz., Leipz., 1904, xxix, 325; 347; 386; 405; 427. — von 
 Zlegenweldt. Eenigeonderzoekingenovereenlgeverschijn- 
 selen bij tabes dorsaus. Med. Rev., Haarlem, 1905, v, 119- 
 121. 
 
 Ataxia (Locomotor, _ Atypical forms of). 
 
 Ingelrans (L.) *Etu(ie clinique des formes 
 anormales du tabfes dorsualis. 8°. Paris, 1897. 
 
 . The same. 8°. Pom, 1897. 
 
 Also [Abstr.], in: Echo m^d. du nord, Lille, 1897, i, 430- 
 435. 
 
 Pereeko (E.) Le forme fruste della tabe spi- 
 nale e loro eziologia. Tesi di libera docenza. 8° . 
 Torino, 1904. 
 
 SiGERisT (A.) *TJeber inkomplete Formen 
 von Tabes dorsalis (Formes frustes). 8°. Tilbivr 
 gen, 1906. 
 Also [Abstr.], in: Med. KUn., Berl., 1906, ii, 864-870. 
 Achard (C.) & Foix (C.) Tabis fruste avec arthropattile. 
 J. de neurol.. Par., 1909, xiv, 249. Also: Rev. neurol.. Par., 
 1909, xvii, 643-647.— Achard (C.) & Salnt-Girons (F.) 
 Tabes fruste. Rev. neurol.. Par., 1911, xxii, 724.— Bienfalt 
 (A.) Un cas de tabfes atypique. Gaz. med. beige, Li^ge, 
 1901-2, xiv, 184.— Callewaert. TabSs dorsal Imste. Pollclin., 
 Brax., 1906, XV, 341.— Ceconi (A.) Sopra un caso com- 
 plesso dl tabe dorsale; contribuzione alia clinica delle asso- 
 ciazioni morbose in patologia nervosa. Arch. ital. di clin., 
 Milano, 1897, xxxvi, 165-206.— Christiansen (V.) [An 
 atypical ease of tabes dorsalis.] Hosp.-Tid., Kabenh., 1899, 
 4. B., vii, 947-962.— Craverl (G. C.) Contributo alio studio 
 diagnostico delle forme aberrant! e tardive di tabe dorsale. 
 Morgagni, Milano, 1908, 1, 329-362.— Dev6 (F.) Vomissements 
 pSriodiques et Iab6s frustes. Normandie mfid., Bouen, 
 1905, XX, 268-272.— Bdgeworth (F. H.) On some anoma- 
 lous cases of locomotor ataxy. Bristol Med.-Chir. 1., 1905, 
 xxiii, 234-239.— Engelen. Ein Fall von hoher Tabes. 
 Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1904, xxx, 1770.— 
 £tlenne (G.) A propos de deux cas de crises gastriques 
 du tabfes de forme anormale. Scalpel, Ligge, 1913-14, Ixvi, 
 693-^95. — Flandin (C.) Tabfes fruste ou meningite sji)hi- 
 litique. Rev. neurol., Par., 1911, xxil, 739.— Guillaln (G.) 
 & Troisier (J.) Livedo coexistant avec untab^s fruste. Bull. 
 et m6m. Soc. mM. d. hflp. de Par., 1909, 3. s., xxvl, 747- 
 751. [Discussionl, 773.— Hassin (G. B.) & CarroU (E. P.) 
 Sacral tabes with clinical picture of a lesion of the conus 
 medullaris. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1918, Ixx, 76.6-767.— 
 Heldenbergh (0.) Un cas de tabte dorsaUs h, Evolution 
 insolite. Belglque m4d., Gand-Haarlcm, 1897, iv, 321- 
 ^1.— HeverOch (A.) [Very rare cases of locomotor ataxia.] 
 Casop. lac. fesk., V Praze, 1895, xxxiv, 64-66.f [Discussion], 
 89; 111.— Hitchcock (0. W.) Two oases of atypical tabes. 
 DetroitM. J., 1911, xi, 315-318.— Hnatek (J.) [Some unusual 
 forms of locomotor ataxia.] Casop. l^k. Cesk., v Praze, 1894, 
 xxxiii, 121; 141.— Keller (K.) [A peculiar form of tabes.] 
 Zzem&zeti lapok, Budapest, 1900, 31.— Laplnskl (M.) 
 [Forms of tabes dorsaUs met with rarely.] Med. Obozr., 
 
 Mosk., 1902, Iviii, 707-722. . Einige wenig beschriebene 
 
 Formen der Tabes dorsalis. Deutsche Ztschr. 1. Nervenh., 
 Leipz., 1906, xxx, 178-200.— Long (E.) & Cramer (A.) Du 
 tabes tardif. Eev. neurol.. Par., 1906, xiv, 110-116.— Moyer 
 (H.N.) Anomalous form of tabes; a clinical lecture. Medi- 
 cine, Detroit, 1901, vii, 899-902.— Raymond. Formes 
 frustes du tabis. BuU. mM., Par., 1906, xx, 626-630. Also: 
 
 Poitou m^d., Poitiers, 1907, xxi, 35-47. . Quelques cas 
 
 de tabfe fruste. J. de m^d. et chir. prat.. Par., 1909, bcxx, 
 • 649-653.— Reynolds (E. S.) Some unusual cases of tabes 
 , dorsalis. Bev. Neurol. & Psychiat., Edlnb., 1904, ii, 177- 
 185.— Rimbaud (L.) Tab6s fruste. Montpel. med., 1908, 
 xxvl, 355-358.— SchttUer (A.) Ueber atypische Verlaufs- 
 formen der Tabes. Wien. med. Wclinschr., 1908, Ivl, 761; 
 817. — Schuster. Einige merkwurdige Tabesfalle. Ver- 
 handl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1903, Leipz;, 
 1904, ii, 2, Hlfte., 284.— ShebayefT (N. V.) [Rare case of 
 tabes.] Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1902, ix, 781; 805.— Sou- 
 ques (A.) Tabfe Imste. Bev. neurol., Par., 1911, xxii, 
 734.— Starr (M. A.) A new type of ataxia. Med. Rec, 
 N. Y., 1907, Ixxi, 804.— Stewart (P.) Rudimentary forms 
 of tabes. Hospital, Lend., 1907-8, xliii, 289.— Taylor (J.) 
 On some anomalous cases of tabes dorsalis. Brit. M. J., 
 
 Lond., 1902, ii, 165-167. ■ 
 
 -. Two atypical cases of tabes 
 1.— Vaquez. Troiscas 
 
 dorsalis. PoUclin., Lond., 1902, vi, 251.- __ 
 
 d'aortite avec tab^ fruste: examen cytologique positif. 
 Eev. neurol.. Par., 1903, xl, 336.— Ward (F. F.) A peculiar 
 caseof locomotor ataxia. Boston M. & S. J., 1899, oxl, 143.— 
 Westphal (A.) Beitrag zur Lehre von der stationaren 
 Tabes. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1918, Ix, 80- 
 89. 
 
 Ataxia (Locomotor, Blood in). 
 
 See, also, Ataxia (Locomotor, Serodiagnosis of). 
 Falls (F. H.) Proteolytic ferments of the blood serum 
 in tabes dorsaUs and general paresis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chi- 
 cago, 1916, Ixvi, 22-24. Also, Reprint.- Heitz (J.) & No- 
 rero. De la pression art^rielle chez les tabStiques; etude des 
 modifications qu'elle subit sous I'iniluence des crises gas- 
 triques et des douleurs f ulgurantes. Arch. d. mal. du cobut 
 [etc.]. Par., 1908, i, 605-531.— KUppel & Lietas. ^osinophilie 
 
ATAXIA. 
 
 131 
 
 ATAXIA. 
 
 Ataxia (Locomotor, Blood in). 
 
 dans le tabfes. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1903, Iv, 
 461.— Mendelssohn (M.) Sur quelques propriStfe physico- 
 clumiques du sang chez les tab^tiques; contribution^, la pa- 
 thog&ie du tabfes. Cong, intemat. de m(5d. C.-r. 1903, Ma- 
 drid, 1904,xiv,sect.deneuropath.[etc.l, 637-640.— Orsftg(0.) 
 Veranderungen des Blutes bei Tabes dorsaUs. Cong, inter- 
 nat. de m6A. C.-r., Budapest, 1910, Sect. Ti, mM. int., 610. 
 Also: Folia clin., enim. ei micros., Salsomaggiore, 1910, ii, 
 346-349.— Pardo (G.) Eicerche sul sangue del tabetici. 
 Kiv. mens, di neuropat. e psichiat., Roma, 1900-1901, No. 11, 
 2-18.— Slcard (J.-A.) & Blocli (M.) Variations quantita- 
 tives de la lymphocytose.racliiaienne chez les tab^tiques 
 non trait&; influence de la statique; dMuctions pathogfi- 
 niques. Bull, et m(5m. Soc. m^d. d. hdp. de Par., 1911, 3. s., 
 xxxii, 77-S2. — Verhoogen (R.) Sur les pr^tendues alt&'a- 
 tions nistologiques du sang dans le tabte. J. raid, de Brax., 
 1903, viii, 535.— WUllams (T. A.) Tabes dorsalis without 
 lymphocytosis. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis.^ N. Y., 1913, xl, 
 180-182. Also: N. York M. J. [etc.l, 191-3, xcvii, 705. 
 
 Ataxia (Locomotor, Bulbar and cervical). 
 See Ataxia (Locomotor, Superior). 
 
 Ataxia (Locomotor, Cases and statistics 
 
 of). 
 
 Beknhard (P.) *Drei Falle von Tabes dor- 
 Balis. 8°. Miinchen, 1902. 
 
 BuBTON (C. H.) & Burton (F.) A study of 
 locomotor ataxia based upon treatment of 375 
 cases. 12°. Detroit, 1914. 
 
 . A study of locomotor ataxia and 
 
 kindred diseases based on the treatment of 600 
 cases. 8°. Detroit, 1915. 
 
 Ehbmann (H.) *Statistisclie Mitteilungen 
 uber die Tabes dorsalis (1894-1903). 8°. Miln- 
 dien, 1905. 
 
 EiNHOEN (F. D.) *Klim8cIie Beobachtungen 
 an 94 Fallen von Tabes dorsalis. [Stfassburg.] 
 8°. Freiburg i. B., 1910. 
 
 Feanke (H.) *Statistische Mitteilung iiber 
 die Taioea dorsualis. 8°. Miinchen, 1902. 
 
 MocHUTKOvsKi (O. O.) Kliniko-statistiche- 
 skoye izsliedovaniye spinnoi sukhotki. [Clinical 
 statistical investigation of tabes dorsajlis.] 8°. 
 S.-Peterburg, 1899. 
 
 Weil (M.) *Ein Fall von Tabes incipiens. 
 ^ [Heidelberg.] 8°. Berlin, 1894. 
 
 Aldrlcb (C. J.) A case ol locomotor ataxia beginning in 
 the sacral cord and presenting unusual sensory symptoms. 
 Med. News, N. Y., 1899, Ixxv, 685-687.— de Azevedo Sodre 
 (A.) Frequencia da tabes dorsalis no Brazil. Brazil-med., 
 Rio de Jan., 1904, xviii, 175-178. Also, transl.: An. san. 
 mil., Buenos Aires, 1904, vi, 866-879.— Belugou (A.) & 
 Faure (M.) Pathog6nie, pronostic et th6rapeutique du 
 tabfe (d'aprfe 1,960 observations). Rev. de mSd., Par., 
 1903, xxlii, 663-676.— Bonar (A. B.) A study of the cases ol 
 tabes dorsalis in M . Allen Starr's clinic, Columbia Universaty, 
 from January, 1888, to January, 1901. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., 
 N. Y., 1901, xxviil, 259-272.— Bootli (D. S.) Locomotor 
 ataxia; recovery in a case repeatedly so diagnosed. PhUa. 
 M. J., 1900, V, 359.— Bowers (W. G.) A typical case ol 
 tabes dorsalis in a negress. N. York M. J. [etc.], N. Y., 
 1906, Ixxxiv, 845. Also, Reprint.— Bramwell (B.) Analy- 
 sis of 1S5 cases of tabes. Brain, Lend., 1902, rxv, 19-84. 
 
 . Analysis of 263 cases of tabes dorsalis. CUn. Stud., 
 
 Edinb., 1907-8, vi, 120-148. Also: Brit.M. J., Lend., 1908, i, 
 669-677.— Brown (S.) Permanent non-progiesgive ataxia, 
 with a cliiiical report of three cases. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 
 1900, cxix, 657-665. .4 too. Reprint— Btlrstenblnder. Casuis- 
 tische Beitrage zur Tabes dorsalis. Ophth. Klin., Stuttg., 
 1900, iv, 341-343.— Buflettl (V.) tJn Interessante caso di 
 tabe dorsale. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1907, xxviii, 1351- 
 laeo.-^CoIUns (E. C.) Five oases of locomotor ataxia. 
 Mass. M. J., Bost., 1907, xxvii, 379-385.— ColUns (J.) Tabes 
 dorsalis: a study of 140 cases of locomotor ataxia. Med. 
 News, N. Y., 1903, Ixxxii, 7; 450; 491; 1121; 1155. AUo, Re- 
 print. — Dennaene. Note sur un cas de tab^ dorsal & la 
 p&iode pr&taxlque. Arch. mM. beiges, Brux., 1896, 4. s., 
 vii, 305-318.— DeBeuzi (E.)Due casi di tabe dorsale; artro- 
 patia tabetica. Riv. clin. e terap., Napoll, 1897, xix, 3. — 
 Dudgeon (L. S.) A case of tabes doisalis in a man set. 44. 
 Tr. Clin. Soc. Lond., 1902-3, xxxvi, 250.— Dunger. Sta- 
 tistische Angaben iiber 95 Falle von Tabes. Deutsche med. 
 Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1907, xxxiii, 327.— Egger (M.) 
 Un nouveau cas d'ataxie sans troubles sensiti&. Rev. 
 neurol.. Par., 1909, xvil, 382.— Eshner (A. A.) Five cases 
 of locomotor ataxia. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1897, 
 xxir, 163-170.— Fenoglletto (E.) Sopr^un caso di tabe 
 
 Ataxia (Locomotor, Oases and statistics 
 of). 
 
 dorsale. Policlin., Roma, 1909, xvi, sez. prat, 1295-1302.— 
 Fischer (F.) Some features of tabes dorsalis as illustrated 
 by cases recorded at the neurological clinic of Cooper Medical 
 College. Occidental M. Times, Sacramento, 1898, xli, 129- 
 137.— Fox (C. D.) & Hicks (W. L.) Tabes dorsalis, with an 
 analysis of twenty-five cases. Hahneman. Month., Phila., 
 1907, xlii, 481-490.— Frankenberger (O.) [Contribution to 
 the statistics of tabes dorsaUs.] Z ii Kk. khn., v Praze, 1900, 
 79-91.— Fulton (D.) A report of two interesting cases of 
 locomotor ataxia. Mod. Med., Battle Creek, Mich., 1899, 
 viii, 290. . Observations on fifty-four cases of loco- 
 motor ataxia, with special notes on etiology. J. Nerv. & 
 Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1902, xxLx, 216-223.— HamiU (R. C.) 
 Two cases of locomotor ataxia. Med. Clin., Chicago, 1915, 
 i, 339-347.— Herrero (A. S.) Unatixicoensegundoperiodo. 
 Siglo m6d., Madrid, 1908, Iv, 200.— Josipowlcl (S.) Ueber 
 einen FaU von acutcr Ataxic bei Tabes. Wien. med. Presse, 
 1902, xliii, 745; 801.— Lawrence (F. M.) A statistical study 
 in locomotor ataxia. Tr. Homoeop. M. Soc. Perm. 1897, 
 Pliila., 1898, 264-267.— Leopold (S.) Report of a case show- 
 ing ataxic gait and speech disturbance. J. Nerv. & Ment. 
 Dis., N. Y., 1917, xlvi, 123-125.— Lucke (B.) Tabes dor- 
 sahs; a pathological and cUnical study of 250 cases. Ibid., 
 Lancaster, Pa., 1916, xliii, 393-410.— Melrowltz (P.) A case 
 of tabes in the preataxic stage. Post-Graduate, N. Y., 1900, 
 XV, 326-329.— Mott (F. W.) A cUnical lecture on five 
 cases of tabes dorsalis. Clin. J., Lond., 1898, xii, 181-185.— 
 Negro (C.) Dati statistici su 257 casi di tabe dorsale. Riv. 
 iconog. d. sez. mal. nerv. d. Policlin. gen. di Torino, 1897-8, 
 i, 164-185. Also: Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1901, 
 4 s , vii, 753-777.— Onuf (B.) A case of superior tabes. 
 
 J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1899, xxvi, 34. . A case 
 
 ol tabes with marked bulbar symptoms. Ibid., 1902, xxix, 
 728 —Palmer. A case of tabes dorsalis. West Lond. M. J., 
 1910, XV, 138.— Patrick (H. T.) A case of tabes dorsalis. 
 J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1906, xxxiii, 467.— Bobbins 
 (C P.) Report ol ten cases of tabes dorsalis. N. Eng. M. 
 Month., Danbury, Conn., 1897, xvi, 282-286.— Sanz GOmez 
 (T ) Varies casos de ataxia espinal aguda no tabdtica. 
 Siglo mM., Madrid, 1913,lx, 630.— SarbO (A.) [Clinical and 
 statistical contributions on the symptomatology of tabes 
 from 195 tabes cases: tabes among workmen.] Orvosi hetil., 
 
 Budapest, 1902, xlvi, 722; 740. . Tabesstatistiken; 
 
 die Tabes bei den Arbeitem. Centralbl. f. Nervenh. u. 
 Psychiat., Berl. & Leipz., 1903, n. F., xiv, 343.— Slmerka 
 (V.) Contribution statistique h la symptomatologie du 
 tabSs dorsalis. Rev. neurol.. Par., 1896, iv, 386-390.— 
 Stevenson (M. D.) A typical case of locomotor ataxia, 
 tabes dorsalis, or posterior spinal sclerosis. Cincin. Lancet- 
 Clinic, 1902, n.s.jxllx, 437. — Taylor (S.) A case of locomotor 
 ataxia. West Lond. M. J., Lond., 1907, xii, 39.— Thomas 
 (H. M.) Statistical study of cases of tabes examined at the 
 Johns Hopkins Hospital. Boston M. & S. J., 1899, cxI, 
 143-145. Also: J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1899, xxvi,. 
 
 119-123. . An analysis of the cases of tabes in the Johns: 
 
 Hopkins Hospital and Dispensary from its opening in May, 
 1889, to December 1, 1898. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., 
 Bait., 1899, X, 51-54.— Turner (W. A.) On some cases of 
 tabes dorsalis. Clin. J., Lond., 1901, xviii, 71-74.— William- 
 son (R. T.) Note on the geographical distribution of tabes 
 dorsalis. Rev. Neurol. & Psychiat., Edinb., 1909, vii, 
 .522-629.— Woolsey (E. H-) Locomotor ataxia. [3 cases.] 
 Times & Reg., Phila. & Bost., 1896, xxxi, 461-464. 
 
 Ataxia (Locomotor, Causes and pathology 
 of). 
 
 See, also. Ataxia (Locomotor, Blood in); 
 Ataxia (Locomotor, Cerebrospinal fluid in); 
 Ataxia (Locomotor, Complications, etc., of); 
 Ataxia (Locomotor, Conjugal); Ataxia (Loco- 
 motor, Experimental); Ataxia (Locomotor, Fa- 
 milial) ; Ataxia (LocoTnotor, Jurisprudence of) ; 
 Ata^a, (Locomotor, Traumatic); Ataxia (Loco- 
 motor) in children; Ataxia (Locomotor) %n fe- 
 males; Ataxia (Loccfmotor) andmarriage; Ataxia 
 (Locomotor) and syphilis. 
 
 Bekbni (A.) *Reclierches statistiques et 
 critiques sur I'^tiologie du tabfes. D'aprfes 225 
 observations in^dites recueillies dans le service 
 ou aux consultations de M. le Professeur Pitres. 
 4°. Bordeaux, 1894. 
 
 Betttteb (M.) *Patliog4iiie conjonctive-vae- 
 culaire du tabfes dorsalis. 8°. Lyon, 1906. 
 
 Bouchard. Des Msions anatomiques dans 
 I'ataxie locomotrice progressive et de ses rap- 
 ports avec d'autres maladies peu connues de la 
 moelle ^pinilre. 8° Lyon, 1865. 
 
ATAXIA. 
 
 132 
 
 ATAXIA. 
 
 Ataxia {Locomotor, Causes and 'pathology 
 
 of). 
 
 Ehrbeok (V.) *Zur Aetiologie der Tabes 
 dorsalis. 8°. Oottingen, 1906. 
 
 DE LA FuENTE (P.) *Patogenia de la ataxia 
 locomotriz progresiva. 8°. Mexico, 1892. 
 
 Graf (Clara). *Statistisches liber die Aetiolo- 
 gie und Symptome der Tabes doraalis. 8° Zu- 
 rich, 1901. 
 
 IsHiHAHA (T.) *Zur Aetiologie der Tabes 
 dorsalis. Eine statistische Studie. 8° Miln- 
 chen, 1908. 
 
 DB Massaby (E.) Le tabfes doraalis; d6g6- 
 n6rescence du protoneurone centripfete. 4° 
 Paris, 1896. 
 
 . The same. 8°. Paris, 1896. 
 
 Oberstbinee (H.) Bemerkungen zur tabi- 
 sclien Hinterwurzelerkrankiing. 8°- Leipzig & 
 Wim, 1895. 
 
 Also, in: Arb. a. d. Inst. U Anat. u. Physiol, d. Central- 
 nervensyst. an d. Wien. Univ., 3. Hit. 
 
 Phiuppb (0.) *Ooiitribution k I'^tude a^ato- 
 mique et cUnique du tahha dorsalis. 8°. Paris, 
 1897. 
 
 . The same. Le tab^ dorsalis; 6tude 
 
 anatomo-clinique. 8°. Paris, 1897. 
 
 Eein (P. O.) *Aiiatomischer Befund bei 
 einem FaU von Tabes dorsalis mit progressiver 
 Muskelatrophie. [Erlangen.] 8°. Leipzig, 1903. 
 
 RoGGB (H. C.) *De beteekenis der lange neer- 
 dalende achterstrengvezels voor de pathologische 
 anatomie van de tabes dorsalis. 8° Amster- 
 dam, 1906. 
 
 TiNEL (J.) *Radiculites et tabfes; les lesions 
 radiculaires dans les m6ningites; pathog^nie du 
 tabfes. 8°. Paris, 1910. 
 
 ViNCELET (J.) *Etude sur Fanatomio patho- 
 logique de la maladie de Friedreich. 8°. Paris, 
 1900. 
 
 Wildbgans (H.) *Ueber akute Ataxie im 
 Verlaufe der multiplen Sklerose. 8°. Berlin, 
 1913. 
 
 AndT#-Thoijias & Hauser (G.) TabJs aveo l&ions k 
 peine apprfclables de la moelle. Rev. neurol.. Par., 1906, 
 xiv, 673-576.— Anton! (N. E. E.) [The preataxic stage; 
 ' the significance of regenerative changes in sentient and sen- 
 sory neurones.] Svenska lak.-sallsk. handl., Stockholm, 
 1916, xlii, 365-373.— AruUani (P. F.) I centri nervosi nella 
 tabe docsale. Gazz. med. di Torino, 1896, xlvii, 284-290. 
 
 -. Tabe dorsale inciplente; esame istologico del midollo. 
 
 Ann. difreniat. [etc.], Torino,.1902, xil, 240-2-lS.— Astwaza- 
 turow (M.) Ueber Beziehungen zwischen Tabes und Lep- 
 tomeningitis. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 
 1911, xxxvii, 64-66.— Babes (V.) & Krenmitzcr(F.) L'ana- 
 tomie microscopique des ganglions spinaux et la pathogdnie 
 du tabfe. Arch, d. sc. mbd. . . . de Bucarest, Par., 1896, i, 
 134-145, 1 pi.— Barber (H. W.) A study of the aetiology 
 and symptoms in seventeen cases of tabes. Guy's Hosp. 
 Rep., Lond., 1911, Ixv, 65-76.— Barker (L. P.) A descrip- 
 tion of the brains and spinal cords of two brothers dead of 
 hereditary ataxia. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila., 1903, 
 xviii, 637-709 Alio, Reprint— Batten (P. E.) & Holmes 
 (G.) The nervous system of a dog, which suffered from 
 ataxia and involuntary movements. Proc. Roy. jSoe. Med., 
 Lond., 1907-8, i, Neurol. Sect., 22-26.— Belugou (A.) & 
 Faure (M.) Pathogfinie, pronostic, thtopeutique du tab6s 
 'd'aprfes 1,960 observations). Cong, internat. de mid. 
 i.-r. 1903, Madrid, 1904, xiv, sect de path, int., 806-820.— 
 Bernhardt (M.) Beitrag zur Aetiologie und Pathologie 
 der Tabes dorsalis. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1912, xlix, 1505- 
 1509.— Bernheim (H.) Die Natur der Tabes dorsalis. 
 Klin.-therap. Wchnschr., Wien, 1907, xiv, 879-883.— BIckel 
 (A.) Ueber die Function der Hinterstrange des Biicken- 
 marks; ein Beitrag zu der Lehre von der Tabes dorsalis. 
 Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1898, xiv, 1166-1170.— BIckel 
 (H.) Die Erkrankung der Vorderhomer des Eiickenmarks 
 bei der Tabes. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1912, xlix, 1006.— 
 Bine (R.) Die Pathogenese der Tabes (Theonen und 
 Tatsachen). Med. Klin., Berl., 1905, 1, 1253; 1286.--BlttorI 
 (A.) Ueber die Beziehungen der angeborenen ektoderma- 
 len Keimblattschwache zur Entstehung der Tabes dorsalis. 
 Deutsche Ztschr. f, Nervenh., Leipz., 1905, xxviii, 404-437. — 
 BramwPll (E.) Sections of the spinal cord from a case of 
 very early preataxic tabes, illustrating the spinal root locali- 
 sation of the knee- and Achillis-Jerks. Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc. 
 
 Ataxia {Locomotor, Causes and pathology 
 of 
 
 Edinl 
 
 g 
 
 Edinb., 1902-3, n. s., xxii, 250-257, 2 pi.— Brazzola (F.) 
 Sulle locaUzzazioni anatomo-patologiche e suUa patogenesi 
 della tabe. Mem. r. Accad. d. so. d. 1st. di Bologna, 1894, 
 5. s., iv, 417-433.— Bresowsky (M.) Ueber die verau- 
 derungen der Meningen bei Tabes una ihre pathogenetische 
 Bedeutung. Arb. a. d. neurol. Inst. a. d. Wien. Univ., 
 Loipz. & Wien, 1912, xx, 1-46.— Brodskl (I. A.) [Influence 
 of the events of the revolutionary period upon the course of 
 locomotor ataxiaj Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1908, box, 428- 
 438.— Brush (A. C.) The etiology of tabes dorsalis. J.Am. 
 M. Ass., Chicago, 1904, xlii, 870-872.- Burnett (S. G.) A 
 study of the diagnosis ana pathology of tabes dorsaUs in 
 synopsis. Kansas City M. Rec, 1900, xvii, 297-304.— 
 Burton (C. H.) Intracranial changes in tabes dorsalis. 
 Detroit M. J., 1918, xix, 49-54.— Camp (0. D.) Muscular 
 atrophy, degeneration of the trigeminus nerve and of lateral 
 columns, and anaemic changes in the spinal cord occurring 
 in tabes dorsalis. Univ. Penn. M. Bull., Phila., 1906, xvii, 
 366-372. j4!so, Reprint— CeconJ (A.) Sopra un oaso com- 
 plesso di tabe dorsale; coutribuzione alia chnica delle associa- 
 zioni morbose in patologia nervosa. Arch. ital. di clin. 
 med., Milano, 1897, xxxvi, 165-206.— Champagne (J.) Du 
 taWis; de I'dtiologie, des troubles visc&aux et de Tanatomie 
 pathologique. Union mM. du Canada, Montreal, 1917, xlvii, 
 290-297.— Ciufam (PJ Studio clinico sulla evoluzione 
 della tabe. Policlin., Roma, 1917, xxiv, sez. med., 1-26.— 
 Claude (H.) & Schaeffer (H.) Le syndrome d'ataxie 
 aigue dans ses rapports avec les infections diffuses du sys- 
 t^me nerveux.' Bull, et mdm. Soc. m<5d. d. h6p. de Par., 
 1911, 3. s., xxxi, 192-200.— Cohen (S. S.) & Splller (W. Gj 
 A case of cervical and bulbar tabes, with necropsy. Am. J. 
 M. Sc, Phila., 1901, n. s., cxxii, 170-193.— Colella (R.) Cou- 
 tributo ^a patologia e all' anatorma patologica della tabe 
 dorsale. Lavori d. Cong, dimed.lnt, Milano, 1895, vi, 184. 
 Also: Clin, mod., Pisa, 1897, iii, 248.— Crouzon (O.) Ana- 
 tomie pathologique des scleroses combio^es tabdtiques. N. 
 iconog. de la Salpdtri^re, Par., 1904, xvii, 52-66, 2 pi.— Da 
 Fano (C.) A proposito delle nuove dottrine sulle modifl- 
 cazioni della struttura dei gangli spinali nella tabe. Boll, 
 d. Soc. med.-chir. di Pavia, 1907, xxi, 191-208. Also: Osp. 
 magg. Eiv. sclent, prat d. . . . di Milano, 1907, ii, 373- 
 384.— Dambacher (E.) Untersuchung iiber das Ver- 
 halteu der hinteren Wurzeln bei einem FaUe von Tabes dor- 
 salis. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1898, xii, 184- 
 195. — Darkschewitsch (L.) Ueber die Natur der Riicken- 
 marks-Veranderungen bei der Tabes. Wien. klin. Rund- 
 schau, 1897, xi, 817-820.— Dfijerlne (J.) & Egger. Ataxie 
 d'origine centrale et d'origine p&ipherique. Arch, de neu- 
 rol.. Par., 1903, 2. s., xv, 475. . Contribution k 
 
 I'lStude de la physiologie pathologique de ^incoordination 
 motrice (ataxie d'origine pdriphMque et ataxie d'origine 
 centrale). Rev. neurol.. Par., 1903, xi, 397-405.— Denslow 
 (L. N.) Locomotor ataxia; a new theory as to its cause. 
 Med. Rec, N. Y., 1907, Ixxi, 985.- De Renzl (E.) Pato- 
 genesi e cura della tabe. Eassegna med., Bologna, 1898, 
 vi, No. 4, 1-5. — Destot (E.)- L&ions radiographiques du 
 tabfes. Compt.-rend. 2" Cong, internat. d'flectrol. et de 
 radiol. mdd. 1902, Berne, 1903, 194.— Dinkier. Zur Aetio- 
 logie und pathologischen Anatomie der Tabes dorsalis. 
 Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1900, xviii, 225-242, 
 2 pi.— Egger (M.) Le mScanisme physio-pathologique de 
 I'ataxie du tabfe. Encdphale, Par., 1910, li, 35-51, 2 pi. — 
 Erb (W.) On the etiology of tabes (locomotor ataxia), 
 transl. by R. W. Felkin. In: Sol. essays and monogr., 8°, 
 Lond., 1900, 65-142. — Espina. Tabes por satumismo. 
 Eev. de med. y drug, prdct., Madrid, 1906, Ixxi, 376. — 
 EnlenbUTg (A.) Nature et physiologie pathologique du 
 tabfes. Cong, mtemat. de mdd., Lisbonne, 1906-7, xv, sect. 7, 
 247-254. Also, transl.: Wien. mod. Wchnschr., 1906, Ivi, 
 1537-1541.— Faure (M.) Les ori?inos du tabfes. Cong. d. 
 mdd. ahdnlstes et neurol. de Prance . . . C.-r.- Par., 1902, 
 
 ii, 274. . Pathogdnie et pronostic du tab^. J. de 
 
 mdd. de Bordeaux, 1903, xxxiii, 543. . Physiologio 
 
 pathologique et rdSduoation motrice des troubles viscdraux 
 des tabfitiques. Cong. frauQ. de mdd. 1907. C. r., Par., 1908, 
 393.— Favorskl (A.) [Pathological alterations in the nerv- 
 ous system in tabes dorsalis.) Nevrol. Vestnik, Kazan, 1915, 
 xxu, 299-322.— Fernandez Sanz (E.) La emocidn en la 
 etiologla de la tabes dorsal. Rev. de med. y drug, de la 
 Habana, 1918, xxiii, 297-303.— Fournier (A.) Etiologie du 
 tabfes d'aprfes un millier d'observations. Bull, mdd.. Par., 
 1901, XV, 1017-1023.— Fratinl (G.) Note cliniche all' etio- 
 logia e al decorso della tabe. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1905, 
 xxvi, 1363-1369.— Frenkcl. Die Ursaohen der Ataxie bei 
 der Tabes dorsalis. Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1897, xvi, 
 688; 734.— Galewsky. Ueber Tabes in den ersten Jahren 
 nach der InJektion. Med. Kim., Berl., 1908, iv, 260-262,— 
 Gattl(L.) La patogenesi dlunsmtomo della tabe cervicale. 
 Eiv. erit. di din. med., Firenze, 1912, xiii, 436-440. — Gowers 
 (.Sir W. E.) On the nature of tabes. J3rit. M. T., Lond., 
 1905, ii, 57-61.— Grossman (M.) Tabes dorsalis; notes on 
 the age of onset, the inddence of syphilis and tabes , and the 
 pretabetio period. N. York M. T. [etc.], 1917, cvl, 402.— 
 Grossman (0.) [On alterations in the central nervous 
 system in tabes dorsalis.) Vopr. Nerv.-Psikh, Med., Kiycv, 
 1898, ill, 217; 404.— Gumpertz (K.) Hautnervenbetunde 
 
ATAXIA. 
 
 133 
 
 ATAXIA. 
 
 Ataxia {Locomotor, Causes and pathology 
 of). 
 
 bel Tabes. Ztsohr. f. Uin. Med., Berl., 1898, xxxv, 36-52.— 
 Guthrie (L.) Acute ataxy, encephalitis cerebelll. Brain, 
 Lond., 1905, xxvlii, 363.— Hassln (G. B.) Patftiogenesis ol 
 locomotor ataxia. Clin. Rev., Chicago, 1903, xvili, 258; 
 
 330; 413. . Contributions to the Oberstemer-Redlich 
 
 theory ot tabes dorsalis. Med. Eec, N. Y., 1904, Ixv, 168- 
 
 170. . Histo-pathological studies in tabes dorsalis. 
 
 J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1915, xlii, 699. . Beitrage 
 
 zur Histopathologie der Tabes dorsalis. Neurol. Centralbl., 
 Leipz., 1914, xxxui, 1138-1140.— Heym (A.) Wie entstehen 
 die pathologisch-anatoniisohen VerSjiaerungen bei Tabes 
 dorsalis? Ibid., 1909, xxvili, 1255-1261.— HlrscWelder (J. O.) 
 The etiology of locomotor ataxia. Calif. State J. M., San 
 Fran., 1905, iii, 116.— Hitt (A.) Etiology of locomotor 
 ataxia. Tribune m6d. Am. ed., N. Y., 1905, i, 283-286.— 
 Holmes (G. M.) The aetiology of tabes dorsalis. Dublin 
 
 J. M. So., 1901, cxii, 321-338. . A note on the condition 
 
 of the postcentral cortex in tabes dorsalis. Rev. Neurol. 
 & Psychiat., Edinb., 1908, vl, 5-11, 1 pi.— Ingelrans (L.) 
 Qu'est<;eque letabte?, Derm&res recherches sur sa patho- 
 g&aie et sa nature. Echo m&i. du nord, Lille, 1911, xv, 
 137-144. — Jacobsobu (L.) Ueber den gegenwartigen 
 Stand der Pathogenese und Therapie der Tabes. Berl. 
 KUnik, 1901, 162. Hit., 1-21.— JeUUfe (S. E.) On some of 
 the more recent literature of tabes dorsalis; pathology and 
 etiology. luternat. Clin.,^ Phila., 1907, 17. s., ii, 257-268.— 
 Jellinek (E. O.) Ueber das Verhalten des Kleinhirnes 
 bei Tabes dorsalis. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 
 1894-5, vi, 231-244, 1 pll- Jones (A.) Histopathologie de 
 la cellule nerveuse dans le tabfes dorsalis et la tabo-paralisie. 
 Rev. Soc. m6d. argent Buenos Aires, 1907, xv, 5-27, 3 pi. — 
 Ka.iiunerer (H.) Tabes und pseudokombimerte Strang- 
 sklerose. Miinchen med. Wchnschr., 1907, liv, 1437-1439.— 
 Kende (M.) Die Aetiologie der Tabes dorsalis. Ztschr. f. 
 klin Med., Berl., 1899, xxxvii, 49-80.— Klippel.—Le tab6s 
 d'aprte les travaux du P' Pierret. Rev. de psychiat.. Par., 
 1897, n. s., 291-296.- Langdon (F. W.) Locomotor ataxia; 
 it's newer pathology and treatment. Cincln. LancetCltoic, 
 1897, n. s., xxxix, 269-275. [Discussion], 278.— Lapinsky 
 (M.) Ueber die Affection der Vorderhorner bra Tabes dor- 
 salis. Arch. f. Psychiat, Berl., 1905, xl, 752-816, 2 pi.— 
 Iiaspeyres (R.) Anatomische Betunde bei einem Fallvon 
 Tabes mit Kiefernekrose. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., 
 Leipz., 1898-9, xiv, 319-324.— Leclerc (J.) L'aongation dela 
 moelle chez les tabdtiques. Presse m6d.. Par., 1899, i, 
 161-163. — Leffivre. Nouvelle th^orie sur I'ataxie. Arch. 
 m4d. beiges, Brux., 1900. 4. s., xv, 189-304.— Leopold (S.) 
 Sacral tabes; a case with necropsy. J, Nerv; & Ment. 
 Dis., N. Y., 1909, xxxvl, 193-199, 1 pi.— Lesser (F.) 
 Zur Aetiologie und Pathologie der Tabes. Berl. Win. 
 Wchnschr., 1904, xli, 98-101. Also: Verhandl. d. Berl. 
 med. Gesellsch. 1904, Berl^ 1905, xxxv, pt. 2, 13-30. 
 [Discussion], pt. 1, 24-32.— Levi (E.') Contributo critico 
 all' anatomia ed alia patologia delle radici posteriori spinali 
 con speciale riguardo alia patogenesi della tabe dorsale. 
 Riforma med., Napoli, 1909, xxv, 449-456. — ^vou Leyden 
 (E.) Zur Aetiologie der Tabes. Berl. klin. Wclmschr., 
 1903, xl, 449-453.— von Leyden (E.) & Lazarus (P.) Ueber 
 die sensorische Theorie der spinalen Ataxic. Festscbr. J. 
 Rosenthal [etc.], Leipz., 1906, pt. 2, 3-10.— Lissauer (H.) 
 Ueber Veranderungen der Clarkeschen Saulen bei Tabes 
 dorsalis. In: Weigert (C.) Gesamm. Abhand., 8°, Berl., 
 1906, il, 639.— Loewendteid (L.) Tabes und korperliche 
 Ueberanstrengung. Centralbl. f. Nervenh. u. Psychiat., 
 Coblenz & Leipz., 1898, n. F., ix, 321-330.— Lukacs (E.) 
 Amyotrophische Tabes mit bistologischem Befunde. Zt- 
 schr. f. Q. ges. Neurol, u. Psychiat. .Berl. & Leipz., 1914, 
 xxiv, Orig., 437-444.— Mafler (J.) Tabes; die Hinter ■ 
 strangaflection im Cervicaltheile am starksten und nicht 
 ganz bis nnten reichend; gesteigerte Patellarsehnenrefiexe; 
 emseitige Posticuslahmung; mteme Oculomotoriuslahmun?; 
 Tod Infolge von eitriger Cystopyelonephritis; Sectionsbe- 
 fund. Jahrb. d. Wien. k. k. Krankenanst. 1894, Wien & 
 I>eipz., 1896, iii, 835.— Maloney (W. J. M. A.) The deter- 
 minants of tabes. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1914, xcix, 1225- 
 1229.— MaragUano (F.) Contributo all' anatomia i>atolo- 
 gica della tabe dorsale. Rjv. crit. di clin. med., Firenze, 
 190], ii, 504-506.— Marie (P.) Tabis et m^ningite spinale 
 postfirieure. Rev. neurol., Par., 1903, xl, 530.— iWarle (P.) 
 & BischofFswerder. Trois cas de tabes pr&entant des 
 corps granuleux dans les cordons postSrieurs de la moelle. 
 Ibid., 1902, X, 241-247.— Marie (P.) & Guillain (G.) Les 
 l&ions du systfeme lymphatique post^rieur de la moelle sont 
 I'orlgine du processus anatomo-pathologique du tab6s. 
 Bull. m6d.. Par., 1903, xvii, 45. Also: Rev. neurol.. Par., 
 1903, xi, 49-52.— Marlnesco (G.) Recherches sur les l&ions 
 des cellules des ganglions spinaux dans le labSs. Presse 
 
 m^d.. Par., 1901, ii, 49-52. . Histologie pathologique 
 
 du tabfes. Cong, internat. dfe m^d., Lisbonne, 1906-7, xv, 
 
 sect. 7, 625-631. . Contnbutionai'fitudedel'histologie 
 
 et de la pathog^nie du tahfes. Semaine mM., Par., 1906, 
 
 xxvi, 181-1.%. . Nouvelle contribution & I'^tude de 
 
 I'existence d'anesthdsie ou d'anestMsie et d'hyperthermie 
 locales dans I'arthropathie tab^tiqne. Compt. rend. Soc. 
 de biol.. Par., 1916, Ixxix, 877-879.— Marlnesco (G.) & 
 
 Ataxia (Locomotor, Gauses and pathology 
 of). 
 
 Minea (J.) Nouvelles recherches sur I'histologie fine de- 
 gangUons et des racines post^rieures dans le tabfes. Enc6s 
 
 phaJe, Par., 1907, il, 243. . Contribution^ I'ana- 
 
 tomie pathologique et k la pathog^uie du tabte. J. f. Psy- 
 chol, u. Neurol., Leipz., 1908, x, l«2-200. . 
 
 L&ions des ganglions craniens dans le tabfes. Compt. rend. 
 Soc. de biol., Par.^ 1910, Ixviii, 900.— Massalongo & Van- 
 zetti. Alteraziom istologiche del midollo spinale in im caso 
 di artropatie multiple tabetiche. Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. 
 di Torino, 1900, 4. s., vi, 43. — de Massary (EO Le tabJs; 
 ddg&iSrescence du protoneurone centrip^te. Presse vaid.. 
 Par., 1903, i, 423-426.— Mclrowitz (P.) Locomotor ataxia, 
 induced by chronic alcoholism. Post-Graduate, N. Y., 1896, 
 xi, 386-391.— Mettler (L. H.) The newer conception of 
 locomotor ataxia in the light of the neuron theory. Chicago 
 
 M. Recorder, 1898, xv, 295-300. [Discussion, 345-349.. ■. 
 
 The newer pathology of locomotor ataxia and its bearing 
 upon treatment. N. York M. J., 1898, Ixviii, 5^ 553. 
 
 . The pathogenesis of locomotor ataxia. J. Am. M. 
 
 Ass., Chicago, 18P8, xxx, 701-705.— MlUan (G.) La nature 
 du tabfts. Syphilis, Par., 1904, ii, 1-66.— Mocbutkovskl 
 (O. O.) Ob etiologii tabes'a. Dnevnik Syezda Obsh. 
 Russk. Vrach. v pamvat Pirogova, Kazan, 1899,viij 94: 227. 
 
 [Discussion], 280; 288. . Zur Aetiologie der Tabes. 
 
 Russ. med. Rundschau, Berl., 1906, iv, 581-588.— Moxter. 
 Beitrag zur Auifassung der Tabes als Neuronerkrankung. 
 Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1896, xxix, 334-343.— Nageotte 
 (J.) Lal6sionpriipitivedutab6s. Bull. Soc, anat. de Par., 
 
 1894, Ixix, 808-820. . Note sur la Ifoion primitive du 
 
 tabte. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1900, 11. s., ii, 354- 
 
 356.- 
 
 Note sur la theorie du tabfes. Ibid., 357. 
 
 Apropos deslfeionsradiculaires du tabfes. Ibid., 1902, 11. s., 
 
 iv, 1226-1228. Also, Reprint. — : Pathog^nie du tabfes 
 
 dorsal. Presse m(5d.. Par., 1902, ii, 1179-1182. Also, Reprint. 
 
 . Note sur la topographic, la forme et la signification 
 
 de la bandelette externe de Pierret. Compt. rend. Soc. de 
 
 biol.. Par., 1904, Ivi, 30-33. . Un cas de tabSs amyo- 
 
 tropnique 6tudil par la methode h I'alcool-ammoniaque de 
 RamOn y Cajal; r^g^n^ration de fibres k my61ine dans les 
 racines ant^rieures, de fibres sans my^line dans les racines 
 
 post^rieures. Ibid., 1905, Iviii, 849-851. . Note sur la 
 
 r^g6n6ration coUat^rale des neurones radiculairos post6rieurs 
 dans le tabfes et sur la signification physiologique des cellules 
 pourvues d'appendices terminus par des boiiles encapsul^es, 
 
 de Ramdn y Cajal. Ibid., 1906, Ix, 745-747. . Note sur 
 
 la r^gtoSration amy^Iinique des racines post^rieures dans le 
 tab&s et sur les massues d'accroissement qui ,terminent les 
 fibres n^oform&s. Ibid., 477-479. Also: Bcole prat. d. 
 hantes etudes. Lab. d histol. du Coll. de France. Trav. 
 
 1905-6, Par., 1907, xxii, 100-102. . Un cas de tab^s 
 
 amyotrophique (Studio par la m^thode^ I'alcool-ammoniaque 
 de Ramon y Cajal; r6g6n6ration de fibres k my^line dans le 
 racines antSrieures de fibres sans mySline dans les racines 
 post^rieures. Ecole prat. d. hautes etudes. Lab. d'histol. 
 du Coll. de France. Trav. lOO.^'p-e, Par., 1907, xxii, 16-18. 
 . Letab^snepeutptred^fini que par Tanatomie patho- 
 logique et I'fitiologie. Rev. neurol., Par., 1911, xxii, 752- 
 761.— Obersteiner (H.) Die Pathogenese der Tabes. Berl. 
 kiln. Wchnschr., 1897, xxxiv, 9O5-908. Aho: Compt.-rend. 
 Cong, internat. de mM. 1897, Mosc, 1899, iv, sect. 7, 326- 
 332.— Orta (F.) Sull' eziologia della tabe dorsale. Clin, 
 mod., Firenze, 1906, xii, 368-370.— Pandy (C.) Die Entste- 
 hung der Tabes. Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1901, xx, 1083- 
 1086. Also: Med.-chir. Centralbl., Wien, 1902, xxxvii, 258- 
 
 260. — •. Die Entstehung der Tabes. Deutsche Ztschr. 
 
 f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1903, xxiv, 124-176, 1 pi.— Patrick 
 (H. T.) A case of superior tabes. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., 
 N. Y., 1904, xxxi, 675.— Peserlco (L.) Studio morfologico 
 clinico sulla patogenesi della tabe. Clin. med. ital., Milano, 
 1906, xlv, 209-270. Also, Reprint.— PWiippe (C.) Contri- 
 bution k I'fitude anatomo-clinique des localisations mMul- 
 laires du tabfes dorsalis. Arch, de neurol.. Par., 1897, 2. s., 
 iv, 177-204.— PMiippe (C.) & Decroly (O.) Int4grit6 des 
 fibres nerveuses, mylltniques, de I'^corce c^rebrale dans trois 
 cas de tabfes dorsalis ancien. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. 
 
 Par., 1898, 10. s., v, 524-527. . iltude sur I'^corce 
 
 c^rMrale des tabetiques. Ann. Soc. roy . d. sc. mfid. et nat. 
 de Brux., 1900, ix, fasc. 1, pt. 2, 1-30, 2 pi.— Pierret (A.) 
 Consid&ations synthStiques sur la pathogSnie du tabfe. 
 Compt.-rend. Cong, internat. de med. 1897, Mosc, 1899, 
 iv, sect. 7, 332-371— Pontiggla (C.) Contributo alia pato- 
 logia della tabe dorsale. Gazz. med. lomb., Milano, 1904, 
 Ixxiii, 193-197.— Pohyatovski (A. A.) [Historico-criticai 
 sketch of the theories concerning the pathogenesis of tabes 
 dorsalis.] Med. pribav. k morsk. sborniku, S,-Peterb , 1898, 
 [i], 24; 91; 163.— Purser (F. C.) A case of tabes dorsalis (7) 
 with spinal lesion. Dublin J. M. So., 1913. cxxxv, 321-325, 
 2 pi. [Discussion], 373.— Putnam (J. J.) A slde-Hght 
 on the origin of tabes, drawn from a comparison of tabes 
 with diffuse spinal degeneration as seen in certain anemias 
 and kindred disorders of nutrition. J. Am. M. Ass Chi- 
 cago, 1909, liii, 996-998. Also: Dep. Neurol. Harv. M 
 Set. Contrib. [etc.], Bost., WIO, iv, 133.— Raymond! 
 Evolution gto&ale du tabte. Echo mM.,ffoulouse, 1896. 
 2. s., X, 349; 361; 373. Also: Progrfes mM., Par., 1896, 3. s.. 
 
ATAXIA. 
 
 134 
 
 ATAXIA. 
 
 Ataxia {Locomotor, Causes and pathology 
 of). 
 
 ill, 337-343.— Bepiault. Symptdmes de tabSs dependant 
 d'une auto-intoxication bnghtique. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et 
 physiol. de Bordeaux, 1896, xvii, 150-153.— von Beusz (F.) 
 Beitrag zur patholopschen Anatomie der Bulbarerkran- 
 kungen bei Tabes. Arob. f. PsycMat., Berl^ 1899, xxxii, 
 535-549.— Rlchter (H.) Zor Hlstogenese der Tabes. (Vor- 
 lauflge Mitteilung.) Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1914, yxxiii, 
 882-885.— Boasenda (G.) Eeperto anatomo-patologico in 
 un case di tabe dorsale nel quale erano presenti il riflesso 
 di retrazione ed il riflesso di allunganiento crociato negli arti 
 Interiori. Pensdero med., Milano, 1915, v, 261— Roberts 
 (D. J.) The Influence of uric acid in locomotor ataxia. 
 Clinique, Cbicago, 1898, xix, 47M79.— Rodhe (EO Tabes 
 dorsalis patogenes. Bfygiea, Stockholm, 1906, 2. f., Ti, 
 922-927.— Rose (F.) La localisation segmentaire de I'ataxie 
 corticale. Semalne vaiA., Par., 1914, xxxiv, 145-147.— 
 Bosenbacb (O.) Zum Problem der Aetiologle der Tabes. 
 Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1905, xix, 111-116.— Rosin. Zur 
 patbologischen Anatoniie der Tabes dorsalis. Deutsche 
 med. Wchnsohr., Berl. & Leipz., 1898, xxiv, Ver.-Beil., 
 58.— Roux (J.-C.) Eecherohes sur les l&ions dn grand 
 sympathique dans le tabfes. Compt. rend. Soc. deoiol., 
 Par., 1899, 11. s., i, 792-794. Also: Cong, internat. de vaU. 
 C.-r., Par., 1900, sect, de neurol., 290-292— Rows (R. G.) 
 The bearing of recent research in the posterior root ganglia 
 upon the new theories concerning the etiology of tabes 
 dorsalis. J. Ment. Sc, Lond., 1902, xlviii, 308-312.— Rnssel 
 (C. K.) Tabes dorsalis and the Ersat^-Theorie; illustrated 
 by four oases. Montreal M. J., 1910, xxxix, 162-167.— Salz 
 (G.) Traumatische Ruckenmarksblutung bei beginnender 
 Tabes dorsalis. Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1907, xxvi, 1110- 
 1115.— Salaman (R. N.) Report of a case of tabes with 
 especial reference to the changes in the posterior root gang- 
 lia. Arch. Neurol. Path. Lab. Lond. County Asyl. Clay- 
 bury, Lond., 1900, 388-402— Schaffer (K.) Das Verhalten 
 der Spinalganglienzellen bei Tabes auf Grand Nissl's Far- 
 
 bung. Neurol. Centralbl., Leira., 1898, xvii, 2-7. 
 
 Ueber die Localisation und das wesen der tabischen Degi 
 neration. Ungar. med. Presse, Budapest, 1898, iii, 901; 
 925. . Ueber Fibrillenbiloer tabischer Spinalgang- 
 lienzellen. Ztschr. f. d. ges. Neurol, u. Psychiat., Berl. & 
 Leipz., 1910,J, Grig., 439-468.— Sclimey (P.) Zur Aetiolo- 
 gle der Tabes. Reichs-Med.-Anz., Leipz., 1908, xxxiii, 
 405. — Scbriidei (P.) Ein Beitrag zur BUstopathologie der 
 Tabes dorsalis. Centralbl. f. Nervenh. u. Psychiat., Berl. 
 & Leipz., 1906, xxix, 585-593.— Sctutl (M.) Contributo 
 all' anatomia patologica della tabe dorsale. Ann. di nevrol., 
 NapoU, 1901, xix, 495^20, 1 pi.— SeUlng (L.) Die Zentral- 
 windungen bei Tabes dorsalis. Monatschr. f. Psychiat. u. 
 Neurol., Berl., 1912, xxxii, 123-131, 2 pi. Also, Reprint.— 
 Sepp (E.) tfeber die Pathogenese der Tabes. Deutsche 
 Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1914, Iii, 46-53.— Slieaff (P. A.) 
 Locomotor ataxia, following cholelithiasis, in which the 
 gastric crises slmiilated bUiary colic. Am. Med.^ PhUa., 
 1905, X, 809. — Soury (J.) Anatomie et physiologic patho- 
 logiques du tab^; doctrines de I'^cole de vienne contempo- 
 rames. Arch, de neurol.. Par., 1901, 2. s., xi, 1; 115.— Spfel- 
 meyerCW.) Ein Beitrag zur Pathologie der Tabes. Arch. 
 J. Psychiat., Berl., 1905, xl, 389-401, 2 pi.— SpUler (W. G.) 
 The pathology of tabes dorsalis; a critical digest. Internat. 
 M. Mag., Phila., 1897-8, vi, 321-332, 4 pi.— Strauss (H.) 
 Ueber zwei gleichartige Falle von rasch entstandener Ataxic 
 mit Muske&innstorungen und Fehlen der Fatellarreflexe; 
 ein klinischer Beitrag zur Lehre von den Neuronerkran- 
 kungen. Charit^Ann., Berl., 1896, xxi, 264-287.— Sttss- 
 wcln (J.) Ein Fall subacuter, spinocerebellarer Ataxie 
 mit anatomischem Betund. Ztschr. f. Eeilk., Wien & 
 Leipz., 1903, xxiv, Abth. f. int. Med., 80-109, 2 pi.— Thomas 
 (A.) De quelgucs alterations des racines anterieures dans 
 le tabfes. Rev. neuroU Par., 1909, x\'u, 683-689.— Thomas 
 (A.) & BIng (R.) Exameu anatomique dun tab£s ft 
 d^butsphinct^rienv J6i(f., 1905, xiij, 140-144.— Thomas (A.) 
 & Hauser (G.) Etude sur les l^ions radiculaires et gan- 
 glionnaires du tabfes. N. iconog. de la Salp^trifere, Par., 1902, 
 XV, 290; 412, 4 pi. Also [Abstr.j: Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., 
 
 Par., 1902, 11. s., Iv, 979-981. . Les alterations 
 
 du ganglion rachldlen chez les tabetiques. N. iconog. de 
 la SalpStri6re, Par., 1904, xvii, 207-239, 2 pi. Also (Abstr.l: 
 Rev. neurol., Par., 1904, xii, 326-328.— Thomson (H. C.) 
 The pathology of tabes. Arch. Middlesex Hosp., Lond., 
 1912-13, xxvi, Clin, ser.. No. x, 20-23.— Thome (F. H.) 
 Someofthehistologicalchangesfoundin tabes. J.Med. Soc. 
 N. Jersey, Orange, 1914, xi, 504-509.— Tumpowskl (A.) 
 Beitrag zur Aetiologie und Symptomatologie der Tabes 
 
 Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1897, x, 
 [Locomotor ataxia following an acute In- 
 
 doisalS. 
 
 467-477. . „ 
 
 fectious disease.i Medycyna, Warszawa) 1899, xxvii, 804- 
 807.— Valnshtein (Z.) [Etiology of tabes dorsalis.l 
 Obozr. Psichiat., Nevrol. [etc.], S.-Peterb., 1900, v, 721; 
 801.— Van Giessen. Locomotor ataxia as a form of chronic 
 parenchymatous degeneration of the paraneural system. 
 Brit. M. J., Lond., 1897, il, 787.— Von Raita (F.) The 
 etiology of tabes; its social, legal and therapeutic conse- 
 quences. M^d. Eec, N. Y., 1905, Ixviii, 648-653.— Wajson 
 
 Ataxia {Locomotor, Causes and pathology 
 of). 
 
 (C.) The comparative pathology of ataxia; the primary 
 importance of vascular disease. Tr. Med. -Chir. Soc. Edinb., 
 ^ 1900-1901, n. s., XX, lOS-110, 13 pi.— Weigcrt (C.) Bemer- 
 kung liber • Kleinhimveranderung bei Tabes dorsalis. 
 Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1904, xxiii, 738. Also, in his: 
 Gesamm. Abhand., 8°, Berl., 1906, ii, 710.— Williams (T. A.) 
 The pathogenesis of tabes dorsalis. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. 
 & N. Yj 1908, cxxxvi, 206-226. Also, Reprint. Alio 
 
 [Abstr.]: Lancet, Lond., 1908, ii, 875. ■ . The pathology 
 
 of the cranial nerves in tabes dorsalis. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. 
 
 & N. Y., 1910, cxxxix, 406-417. . Pathogenie du 
 
 tabis et la delimitation clinique de cette affection. Rev. 
 
 neurol., Par^ 1911, xxii, 799-802. . An unusual case 
 
 of tabes with toxic complications in the etiology. Med. 
 Rec. N. Y., 1912, Ixxxii, 66.— Williamson (R. T.) Note 
 on the early changes in the spinal cord in a case of locomotor 
 ataxia. Med. Chron., Lond., 1897-8, viii, 1-6.— WollsMn 
 (p. I.) Etiology of locomotor ataxia. Cincin. Lancet- 
 Clinic, 1900, n. s., xliv,. 163-174. [DiscussionJ, 180-185.— 
 Zcrl (A.) Sulle alterazioni dei centri nervosi nella tabe. 
 Riv. sper. di freniat., Reggjo-Emilia, 1895, xxi, 580-641, 
 2 pi. 
 
 Ataxia {Locomotor, Cerebrospinal fluid 
 
 in). 
 
 Armand-Delille & Camus (J.) Examen cytologique du 
 liquidecephalo-rachidlen dans le tabfes. Rev. neurol., Par., 
 1903, xi, 199-202.— Brls.saud & Bruandet. Examen cytolo- 
 gique dans huit cas de tahJs. Rev. neurol.. Par., 1903, xi, 
 337. — Bury (J. S.) & Ramsbottom (A.) On lymphocytosis 
 of the cerebro-spinal fluid in relation to tabes. Quart. J. Med., 
 Oxford, 1909-10, ill, 27-29.— FrenkcL Zur Cytodiagnose 
 der Tabes. Berl. kiln. Wchnschr., 1903, xl, 1199. Alio: 
 Arch. f. Psychiat., Berl., 1905, xxxix, 1335. — Gombault 
 & Halbron. Examen cytologique du liquide cephalo- 
 rachidien dans le tab6s. Rev. neurol., Par., 1903, xi, 340. — 
 Halverson (J. O.) & Bergelm (O.) The calcium content 
 of cerebrospinal fluid, particularly in tabes dorsalis. J. 
 Biol. Chem., N. Y.j 1917, xxix, 337-340. Also, Reprint.- 
 Lebas. Syndrome de coagulation massive du liquide 
 cephalo-rachidien au debut d'lm taWs. Ann. med.-chir. 
 du centre. Tours, 1914, xiv, 51-56.— Marie (P.) & Crouzon 
 (O.) Quelques resultats du cytodiagnostio du liquide 
 cephalo-rachldien chez les tabetiques. Rev. neurol.. Par., 
 1903, xi, 339.— Merle (P.) Ataxie aigue k guerison rapide 
 (magma albumineux d'originecytologiqueobtenuparpono- 
 tion lombaire). Province med.. Par., 1913, xxiv, 627-SIO.— 
 Milian (G.) Le liquide cephalo-rachidien des tabetiques. 
 Ann. de dermat. et syph.. Par., 1903, 4. s., iv, 354; 555. 
 Also [Abstr.l: BuIL Soc. franc, de dermat. et svph., Par., 
 1903, xiv, 193.— Nonne Q/L-), & Holtzmann (W.) Ueber 
 Wassermann-Reaktion im Liquor spinalis bei Tabes dorsalis 
 sowie iiber quantitative Auswertung von Starktgraden der 
 W.-Reaktion bei syphilngenen Krankheiten des Zentral- 
 Nervensystems. Monatschr. f. Psychiat. u. Neurol., Berl., 
 1910, xxvii, 128-152.— Sabraz6s ( J. ), Gufirlve & Mougneau. 
 A propos de deux cas de tabfes; stereotypies des doigte; 
 absence de lymphocytose du liquide cephalo-rachidien chez 
 un tabetique vierge. Gaz. hebd. d. sc med., de Bordeaux, 
 1905, xxvi, 578-585. — Severino (G.) Intorno alia dlagnosl 
 iniziale della tabe dorsale ed al valore diagnostico del liquido 
 celalo-rachidiano in tale malattia. Riforma med., Palermo- 
 Napoli, 1905, xxi, 459-464.— Souques (A.) Examen cyto- 
 
 228.— VUlard (M.) & Tlxler (L.) Deux cas de tabes avec 
 poussees depolynucieaircs dans le liquide cephalo-raclildien; 
 alterations et disparition rapides de ces elements cellulaires. 
 Compt. rend. Soc de biol., Par., 1906, Ixi, 233-235.— Wey- 
 
 gandt (W.) Uober die Frage svphihtiscber Antistofle in 
 er Cerebrospinalfliissigkeit bei Tabes dorsalis. Sitzungsb. 
 d. phys.-med. Gesellsch. zu Wiirzb., 1907, 8; 17.— Wfdal 
 SIcard & Ravaut. A propos du cvtodiagnosUc du tabfes. 
 Rev. neurol.. Par., 1903, xi, 289; 334. 
 
 Ataxia {Locomotor, Complications and 
 sequelse of). 
 
 See, also, Ataxia {Locomotor, Death from); 
 Ataxia {Locomotor) in children; Ataxia {Loco- 
 motor) in pregnancy, etc.; Ataxia {Locomotor) 
 and syphilis. 
 
 CtJZiN (0.) *De I'influence des intoxications 
 intercurrentes sur rapi)arition des crises dou- 
 loureuses chez les tabetiques. 8°. Lyon, 1899. 
 
 FiscHBL (J.) *Sur un cas de h^matomes spon- 
 tan6s chez une tabetique. 8°. Paris, 1913. 
 
 Jolly (A.) *Crises h6patiques et tabfes. 8°- 
 Paris, 1906. 
 
ATAXIA. 
 
 135 
 
 ATAXIA. 
 
 Ataxia {Locomotor, Complications and 
 sequelse of). 
 
 KoDDERMANN (G.) *Ueber seltenere motori- 
 sche Kraiikheitsersciieiiiungeii bei Tabes dorsa- 
 lis. 8°. Jena, 1903. . 
 
 MoiSAN (A.) *Etu<ie clinique des crises en- 
 t&algiques du tab^s. 8°. Paris, 1911. 
 
 MiJLLEE (J.) *Korsakow'scher Symptomen- 
 komplex bei Tabes. 8°. Konigsberg i. Pr., 
 1906. 
 
 Oggnianoff (I.) *Des mouvements invo- 
 lontaires au repos chez les tab^tiques. 8°. 
 Montpellier, 1902. 
 
 Schmidt (C. VJ *Die tabetischen Krisen. 
 Ein kasuistischer Beltrag. 8°. Leipzig, 1903.. 
 
 ScHMiDTPOTT (E.) *Ueber sekretorisclie 
 Krisen bei Tabes dorsalis unter besonderer Be- 
 riicksicbtiguiig eines Falles mit sekretorischen 
 Manrmakrisen. 8°. Freiburg i. B., 1908. 
 
 Alexander (W.) Tabes mit Gesohmacks- imd Speichel- 
 krisen und Aaalgesie im V-Gebiet. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 
 1911,' xlvili, 495.— Babinskl (J.) & JIageotte (J.) Note sur 
 Tin cas de tab6s h, systematisation exceptionnelle. Compt. 
 rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1905, Ux, 280-283.— Barkan (H.) 
 Ueber £:ombination von Tabes und Basedow. Wien. med. 
 ■Wclmschr., 1914, Ixiv, 45-47. — BSrard (A.) Maux perfo- 
 rants multiples chez un tab6tique; disarticulation de Cho- 
 part; un an aprfes, amputation de jambe £ lambeau externe. 
 Lyon mid., 1907, oix, 704-707. — Boketmann. Erfahrungen 
 liber die Wirfcung der Spinalnarkose bei tabischen Visce- 
 ralkriseu. Ztschr. f. d. ges. Neurol, u. Psychiat., Berl. & 
 Leipz., 1913, xvii, Orig., 1-9. — Bonnier (P.) Le tabfes 
 labyrinthique. N. iconog. de la Salpfitrifere, Par., 1899, xii, 
 131-166.— Bonorino TTdaondo (C.) & Martinez (B.) 
 Las reacciones del sistema vegetativo en las crisis viscerales 
 del tabes. Prensa mfid. argentina, Buenos Aires, 1915-16, 
 ii, 73-75. — Bowlby (A. A.) On some surgical complications 
 of tabes dorsalis. Brit. M. J., Lend., 1906, i, 1021-1023.— 
 Bramwell (B.) Early tabes with gastric, rectal. Intestinal, 
 and laryngeal crisis. Clin. Stud., Edinb., 1906-7, n. s., v, 
 
 378-380. . Preataxic tabes with nasal crises. Ibid., 
 
 1909-10, viii, 377-380.— Brown (R. C.) The loss of sexual 
 power in tabes dorsalis. Lancet, Lond., 1898, 1, 1613.— 
 de Bruine Floos van Amstel (P.-J.) Une complication 
 rare de I'ataxie locomotrice progressive. Lyon m6d., 1900, 
 xciii, 37-41.— Collier (J.) & Mummery (J. P. LJ A case' 
 of tabes dorsalis, with early rectal crises. Proe. Boy. Soc. 
 Med., Lend., 1910-11, iv, Clin. Sect., 117— Conner (L. A.) 
 The visceral anesthesias of tabes dorsalis in relation to the 
 diagnosis of acute inflammatory conditions in the abdomen; 
 with an illustrative case! J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1910, Iv, 
 1427-1430.— Conzen(F.) Uteniskrisen bei Tabes. Neurol. 
 Centralbl., Leipz., 1908, xxviii, 18-20. — Danlos & Blanc. 
 Mai perforant du maxiilaire supirieur et maux perforants 
 plantaires chez uu tabitique. Bull, et mim. Soc. mid. d. 
 Mp. de Par., 1908, 3. s., xxv, 11-13.— De Renzi (E.) Tabe e 
 splancnoptosi. N. riv. clin.-terap., Napoli, 1914, xvii, 113- 
 127.— Descarpentrles. Sur un cas de pied tabitique. 
 Echo mid. du nord, Lille, 1905, ix, 104-106.— De Vascon- 
 cellos (M.) & De Lacerda (J. C.) Tabes fruste e crises visce- 
 raes. Med. contemp., Lisb., 1913, xxxi, 273-275.— Ducos & 
 Pujol. Sur un cas de tabfes combini. J. de mid. de Bor- 
 deaux, 1912, xlii, 117. — Dumolard. Tabfe avec crises reo- 
 tales. Bull. mid. de I'Algirie, Alger, 1907, xviii, 510. — 
 Epplnger (H.J) & Hess (L.) Zur Pathogenese der viszeralen 
 Storungen bei Tabes dorsalis. Wien. klin. Rundschau, 
 1909, xxiil, 765.— Fltzwllllams (D. C. L.) A case of per- 
 forating ulcer sometime preceding other tabetic phenomena. 
 West Lond. M. J., Lond., 1909, xiv, 272.— Foerster (O.) 
 Ueber einige seltnere Formen von Krisen bei der Tabes 
 dorsalis, sowie iiber die tabischen Krisen im Allgemeinen. 
 Monatschr. f. Psychiat. u. Neurol., Berl., 1902, xi, 259-283.— 
 Friend (S. H.) Prostatic crisis. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1904, 
 Ixxix, 923-925.— Glorleux. Crises cUtoridiennes dans le 
 tabfes. J. de neurol., Par., 1902, vii^ 157-159.— Goldstein. 
 Quelques considirations sur un cas de crise viscirale mor- 
 telle Chez un tabitique. Ibid., 1910, xv, 361-371. — GulUain 
 (G.) & Laroche (G.) Le syndrome d'Avellis dans le tabis. 
 Bull, et mim. Soc. mid. d. hdp. de Par., 1908, 3. s., xxv, 
 668-676.— Habel (A.) Tabes dorsalis und Wandemiere. 
 Centralbl. f. innere Med., Leipz., 1897^ xviii, 161-163.— 
 Hall (J. N.) Locomotor ataxia with special reference to the 
 visceral crises. Colorado Med.^ Denver, 1912, ix, 15-17. — 
 Hunt (E. L.) Complications m tabes dorsahs. J. Am. M. 
 Ass., Chicago, 1912, Iix, 1187-1191.— Jtilllan (H.) La crise 
 nasaJe tabitique. Kev. de mid.. Par., 1900, xx, 590-594. — 
 Kllppel (M.) & litaermitte (J.) Les crises nasales du tab^. 
 Semaine mid.. Par., 1909, xxix, 73-76.— Koch (R.) Ente- 
 roptosen bei Tabes dorsahs. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., 
 Leipz., 1915, liv, 150-160.— KCnIg. Tabische Krisen. Deut- 
 I . sohe med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1911, xxxvii, 2357. — 
 I I KOster (G.) Zur Kenntniss der Clltorisknsen. Munchen. 
 
 Ataxia {Locomotor, Complications and 
 sequelse of). 
 
 med. Wchnschr., 1901, xlviii, 169-172.— Krauss (W. C.) 
 Report of a case of tabes with hepatic crises; autopsy. J. 
 Nerv. & Ment. Dis.. N. Y., 1899, xxvi, 107-111.— liemolnc 
 (6.-H.) Crises d'entiralgie chez un tabitique provoquie par 
 un ascaride. Bull, et mim. Soc. mid. d. h6p. de Par., 1910, 
 3. s., xxix, 764-766.— Loeper (M.) Les crises entiralglques 
 du tabis. Semaine mid., Par., 1909, xxix, 157-160.— Lucas- 
 Champlonnl&re (P.) Crises tabitiques ahdominalcs 
 simulant I'obstraction intestinale, au point d'entralner une 
 intervention chirurgicale; traitement de la bronchite grip- 
 pale. J. de mid. et chir. prat., Par., 1912, Ixxxiii, 85-91.— 
 Lutaud. Les crises clitoridiennes dans I'ataxie. Rev. 
 prat, d'obst. et de gynic, Par., 1901, xvii^ 373-376.— Man- 
 ninl (C.) Senso musoolare e fenomeno di Romberg. Gazz. 
 d. osp., Milano, 1903, xxiv, 1286.— Martin (C. F.) The 
 ataxic rectum. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1906, Ixxxiv, 521-523.— 
 Matthews (H.) The vasomotor system in tabes. Brit. M. 
 J., Lond., 1911, 1, 1104.— Mazet. Dinudation des deux fi- 
 morales et hersage des deux sciatiques pour douleurs ful- 
 
 furantes et mal perforant plantaire chez une tabitique. 
 ,yon mid.^ 1910, cxv, 66.— Merklen (P.) & Heitz (J.) 
 Crises gastnques du tabis compUquies d'oedime himorra- 
 gique aigu de la face; chute consicutive des dents et nicrose 
 du maxiilaire infirieur. Bull, et mim. Soc. mid. d. Ii6p. 
 de Par., 1902, 3. s., xix, 97M73.— Messing (Z.) Tabis com- 
 bini. Neurol, polska, Warszawa, 1914, iv, 10^128. — Mossi 
 (A.) Action frinatrlce de la compression du cou dans les 
 crises bulbaires tabitiques. Ass. fTan?. pour I'avance. d. sc. 
 C.-r. 1890, Par., 1891, mx, pt. 2, 784-790.— Mllller (Therese). 
 Seltene Krisen _(Nasen-,_ Augen-, Speichel- und motorische 
 Extremitatenkrisen) bei Tabes. Wien. med. Wchnsclir., 
 1918, Ixviii, 953-960.— Offergeld (H.) Ovarialkrisen im 
 Verlaufe der Tabes dorsalis; ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der 
 genitalen Krisen tabischer Frauen. Beitr. z. Geburtsh. u. 
 Gynak., Leipz., 1910-11, xvi, 373-389.— Plerret (B.) & 
 puhot (E.) Arthropatnie tabitique; crises pharyngies. 
 Echo mid. du nord, Lille, 1912, xvi, 566.— POMmann (A.) 
 Superlnfelrtion bei Tabes dorsahs. Miincheu. med. Wchn- 
 soher., 1914, bd, 2200-2203.— Raymond. Crises tabitiques 
 en ceinture. Rev. gin. de ohn. et de thirap.. Par., 1904, 
 xviii, 135. — de Bezende Puech (L.) Tabes dorsualis e 
 tabes associada (tabes comblnada). Arch, brasil. de psy- 
 cliiat. [etc.]. Bio de Jan., 1906, U, 58^97.— Rhein (J. H. W.) 
 Three cases of involuntary movements in locomotor ataxia. 
 J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1902, xxxix, 1632-1634.- Boy (P.) 
 Eschare sacrie chez une tabitique non aUtie. Arch. gin. de 
 mid.. Par., 1905, i, 1042-1046.— Sabrazis & Fauquet. 
 Une comphcation du tabis non encore signalie; fracture 
 complite de la totaliti du rebord alviolaire des deux maxil- 
 laires supirieurs, pendant I'avulsion d'une canine, dans un 
 cas de tabis; large briche de communication bucco-sinu- 
 sieime consicutive, simulant le mal perforant buccal; lacies 
 spicial (dimoniaque). N. iconog. de la Salpitriire, Par., 
 1900, xiii, 253-259, 1 pi.— Siding (A.) Tabes dorsalis mit 
 Hsematemesis und Herpes zoster aiypicus wahrend des 
 Verlaufes und Mitchsekretion bei elner 62jahrlgen Frau; ein 
 Beltrag zur Lelire von der Mllchsekretion. Wien. klin, 
 Wchnschr., 1909, xxii, 269; 306.— Singer (K.) Die EMsen 
 der Tabiker. Berl. klin. Wchnsclir., 1911, xlviii, 2168-2171.— 
 SpUler (W. G.) The association of severe anemia with 
 tabes dorsalis. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1916, xliv, 
 155-158.— Stembo (L.) Zwei Falle von Siugultuslcriseu 
 bei Tabes. Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1905, xxiv, 985-888. — 
 Taylor (E. W.) Unusual complication of tabes. I. Tabes 
 with progressive muscular atrophy, n. Tabes with multiple 
 sclerosis. Boston M. & S. J., 1902, cxlvli, 129-131. Also, Re- 
 print.- Thlblerge (G.) Note sur une variiti d'uloiration 
 chronique du visage, observie au corps du tabis dorsal. 
 Ann. de dermat. et syph.. Par., 1901, 4. s., ii, 525-530.— 
 Torroella (M. A.) Crisis convulso-atAxica abdominal de la 
 tabes. Rev. d. hosp. Mixico, 1913, ii, 73.— Verhaeghe (D.) 
 Sur un cas de diarrhie tabitique. Echo mid. du nord 
 Lille, 1897, i, 301-303.— Welsenburg (T. H.) & Work (P.) 
 The distribution of tabetic crises, with the exhibition of an 
 unusual case. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1915, xlii, 639- 
 642.— WlUlams (C. T.) Tabes dorsalis with rectal crises. 
 Polyclin., Lond., 1901, v, 242.— Wood (H. C.) Abstract of 
 a clinical lecture on ataxic lymphopathy and ataxic cardio- 
 pathy. Med. Week, Par., 1893, i, 49. 
 
 Ataxia {Locomotor, Complications and 
 sequelse of, Buccal). 
 
 . HE>fKT (R.) *Etude sur le mal perforant 
 buccal tabitique. 8°. Paris, 1905. 
 
 Lapontaine (D.-J.-M.) *De la cbute spon- 
 tan^e des dents dans le tab^. 4°. Bordeaux, 
 1896. 
 
 Mazatattd (L.) *De la sialorrh^e dans le 
 
 ' ■ 8°. Paris, 1898. 
 
 Santi (J.) *Contribution d« la cbute spon- 
 tan^e dea dents et du mal perforant buccal dana 
 le tabfea. 8°. Toulouse, 1897. 
 
ATAXIA. 
 
 136 
 
 ATAXIA. 
 
 Ataxia {Locomotor, Complications and 
 sequelse of, Buccal). 
 
 Sebba (M.) Die trophisclien Storungen der 
 Mund- und Kiefergebilde mit besonderer Be- 
 rucksichtigung der Tabes dorsalis. 4°- Leip- 
 zig, 1912. 
 
 Balzer (F.), BeUoir & Tameaud. Mai perloranttaccal 
 taMtique. Bull. Soc. tran?. de dermal et syph., Par., 1913, 
 xxiv, 162-167.— Caussade (G.) Ulc&ation tuberculeuse de 
 la langue ohez un tab^ttque; note Mstologique. Bull, et 
 m^rn. Soc. mfid. d. Ii6p. de Par., 1906, 3. s., xxii, 1256-1261.— 
 Chompret (J.) Mai perlorant buccal ou ntooses multiples 
 du maxillaire cnez un tabdtique. Arch. gin. de m^d.. Par., 
 
 1903, ii, 3009-3017.— D6v6 (F.) Mai perforant buccal tab^- 
 tique. Normandie mii., Rouen, 1905, xx, 459-465.— 
 Gaucher & Touchard. Tab6s avec mal perforant buccal 
 et rfeorption osseuse du maxillaire suptaeur. Bull. Soc. 
 Iran?, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1905, xvi, 88-90. Also; 
 Ann. de dermat. et syph.. Par., 1905, i. s., vi, 265-267.— 
 Graffner. Praparat von Mal perlorant buccal eines Tabi- 
 kers. Verhaudl. d. laryneol. Cfesellsch. ku Berl., 1911, xxi, 
 pt. 1, 67. AUo: Berl. kfln. Wchnschr., 1911, xlviii, 36.— 
 Grenler de Cardenal (H.) Chute spontanfe des dents et 
 ntkirose des maxillaires chez les tab^tiques. J. de m^d. de 
 Bordeaux, 1905, xxxv, 470; 489.— Ness (E. B.) Case of 
 locomotor ataxia, with cancrum oris as a fatal complication; 
 post-mortem examination. Edinb. M. J., 1899, n. s., v, 
 595-601.— Robin (P.) Odontoptose tab^tique ou chute des 
 dents consecutive h I'arthropathie alv6olo-dentaire compli- 
 qufe d'intection dans le tabfes. Eev. de stomatol.. Par., 
 
 1904, xi, 21; 61.— Rodler (H.) & Capdepont. Mal per- 
 forant buccal Chez une femme ataxique. Itid., 1903, x, 566- 
 575. [Discussion], 692. Also: J. d. mal. cutan. et sj'ph., 
 Par., 1904, xvi. 161-169.— Souques (A.) & Legrain fp.) 
 Manx perforants buccaux et atoophie du maxillaire sup6- 
 rieur, d'origine tabiStique. Rev. neurol.. Par., 1913, xxi, 
 419-422. 
 
 Ataxia {Locomotor, Complications and 
 sequelse of, Cardio-vascular) . 
 
 See, also, Angina pectoris (Causes, etc., of). 
 
 DuMONT (A.-M.) *L6sions cardio-vasculaires 
 au cours du tab^s et de la paralysis g^n^rale. 8° . 
 Nana/, 1908. 
 
 Enslin (F.) *Ueber die Coincidenz von 
 Tabes dorsalis und Aortenerkrankungen. 8°. 
 Berlin, 1898. 
 
 Heitz (J.) *Les nerfs du coeur chez les tab^- 
 tiques; ^tude clinique et anatomo-pathologique. 
 8°. Paris, 1903. 
 
 HxJttneb (W.) *Ueber das Zusammentreften 
 von Tabes dorsalis und Herzklappeniehlern. 
 8°. Berlin, 1897. . 
 
 JtJBST (G.) *Ein Pall von Tabes dorsaUs mit 
 Bchwerer Arteriosclerose und Apoplexie. 8°. 
 Kiel, 1912. 
 
 Matsxinaga (M.) *Ueber Tabes und Aorten- 
 erkrankungen. 8°. Milnchen, 1910. 
 
 NoRDMANN (B.) *Le coeur des tab^ticjues 
 (lesions cardio-aortiques et angine de poitrine). 
 4°. Paris, 1895. 
 
 Plathnek (F. [W, p.]) *TJeber daa Zusam- 
 menvorkommen von Tabes dorsualis und In- 
 eufficienz der Aortenklappen. 8°. Berlin, 1895. 
 
 Reber (F.) *Ueber das Zusammentreffen 
 von Tabes dorsalis mit Herzklappenfehlern. 8° 
 Zurich, 1910. 
 
 Also, in: Schweiz. arztl. Mitt. a. Univ.-Inst., Ziirich, 1910, 
 285-312. 
 
 Arullani (P. F.) Tabe dorsale ed aortite. Riforma 
 med., Roma, 1902,xvili,pt.4,366; 377. Also,tranal.[AistT]: 
 
 Rev. neurol.. Par., 1902, x, 970. . Aortite tabica. 
 
 Gazz. med. ital., Torino, 1904, Iv, 472-477.— Barie (E.) Le 
 coetir chez les tab^tiques. Eev. g&i. de clin. et de therap.. 
 Par., 1896, x, 705-707.— Blocb (M.) Tabes mit Stenose und 
 Insumzienz der Aorta, Bradykardie und Adams-Stokes'- 
 schem Symptomenkomplex, Deutsche med. Wchnschr., 
 Berl. & Lerpz., 1904, xxx, 1225.— Brandt (P. H.) Aneurism 
 in tabes. Medicine, Detroit, 1905, xl, 743-747.— Bucco (M.) 
 Su un caso di tabe dorsale eon insufficienza aortica. N. riv. 
 clin.-terap., Napoli, 1903, vi, 618-620.— Camus (P.) & 
 Liabonnette (M.) Ruptures traumatiques de I'aorte, de la 
 veine cave inf^rieure k son insertion dans I'Dreillette, eclate- 
 ment de la face antfirieure du piSricarde survenus chez un 
 tab^tique aprfes une chute sur les pieds, puis sur la partie 
 lat^rale gauche du thorax. Bull, et m4m. Soc. anat. de Par., 
 1903, Ixxviii, 723-726.— Challer ( J. ) & Vincent. An^vrysme 
 
 Ataxia {Locomotor, Complications and 
 sequelse of, Gardio^ascutar) . 
 
 de Faorte thoracique descendante chez un tab^tique mort 
 par piSricardite et m^diastinite suppurfe. Lyon mM., 1909, 
 cxii, 22-24.— Courtellemont. Tab6s et l&ions aortiques. 
 Nord mM., Lille, 1905, xl, 188.— Debove. Tabfes et anfr 
 vrysme aortique. Eev. g&. de clin. et de th&'ap., Par., 
 1906, XX, 353-355. Also: Rev. interuat. de m^d. et de chir., 
 Par., 1906, xvii, 242.— Flatau (G.) Bin Fall von Tabes mit 
 Situs inversus cordis. Berl. kiln. Wchnschr., 1903, xl, 876.— 
 Gnudl (A.) Tabe dorsale e affezioni cardio-vasoolari. 
 Seritti med. in oraaggio a A. Murri, Bologna, 1912, 733-746.— 
 Gonzalo (R.) Las lesiones cardio-a<5rticas de los tab^ticos 
 I son de origen tr(3fico 6 sifilitico? Rev. de san. mil, , Madrid, 
 1914, 3. s., iv, 221-223.— Heltz (J.) Insufflsance aortique; dila- 
 tations multiples del'aorteetoeses branches chez imtabdti- 
 
 ■ que. Bull, et m«m. Soc. anat. de Par., 1901, Ixxvi, 722-726. 
 
 . Des crises vasculaires chez les tab^tiques ou pression 
 
 art^rielle et douleur chez les tabfitiques. Tribune m^d., 
 Par., 1908, n. s., xl, 806.— Hopkins (S. D.) Locomotor 
 ataxia complicated by thrombosis of the pontile arteries, 
 with report of a case. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1903, xli, 
 182.— Josefowitsch (A. B.) & LUschUtz (M. J.) Zur Lehre 
 von den Palschen Gelasskrisen (ein Fall gastrischer Krisen, 
 die jedesmal mit dem Wesphalschen Symptom verbunden 
 waren). Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1910, xl, 464- 
 482.— tautman (M. F.) Cardiac crises In tabes dorsalis; 
 report of a case with sudden death. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1916, 
 xc, 722.— I^yden. UeberHerzkrankheitenbei Tabes. Ver- 
 handl. d. Ver. f. innere Med. zu Berl., 1888-9, viii, 104-113.— 
 Mattiroio (G.) Ricerohe istologiche in un caso di tabe 
 rudimentale associata con lesioni aortiche. Clin. med. ital., 
 Milano., 1908, xlvii, 61-68. Also [Abstr.]: Riforma med., 
 Napoh, 1908, xxiv, 1023. Also, transl.: Eev. neurol., Par., 
 1908, xvi, 648-652.— MBrchen (F.) Ein kasuistischer 
 Beitrag zu Pals Lehre von den Gefasskrisen der Tablker. 
 Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1906, xxv, 940-946.— Pal (J.) 
 Zur Kenntnls der abdominellen Gefasskrisen der Tabiker 
 und ihrer Beziehung zur Aortite abdominale. Med. Klin., 
 Berl., 1908, iv, 1790-1792.— Perrin (M.) Hypertrophic du 
 coBur, aortite chronlque et tabfes fruste. Soc. de mM. de 
 
 Nancy. C.-r , 1904-5, 18.— poUaci. Deuoreneltabetici. 
 
 Riforma med., Napoli, 1896, xii, pt. 4, 541-543.— Rinon. 
 Les affections cardiaques et le tabes. Rev. g6n. de clin. et de 
 therap.. Par., 1904, xviii, 406.— Ruge (H.) & Httttner (W.) 
 Ueber Tabes una Aorteninsufficienz. Berl. klin. Wchn- 
 schr., 1897, xxxiv, 760-762.— Sainton (P.) & Ferrand (J.) 
 Varicosit^s g6n6ralis6es et symfitriques chez une tab^tique. 
 Enc^phale, Par., 1907, li, 546-549. jl&o.- Cong, franj. de 
 m«d. 1907. C.-r., Par., 1908, 381-383.— Samberger (F.) 
 [L'ataxie loeomotrice et les l&ious cardiaques. R&., 83.1 
 Shorn, klin., v Praze, 1900-1901, ii, 69-85.— Stahl (B. F.) 
 The association of valvular heart disease with tabes. Am. 
 
 ' Med., Phila., 1903, vi, 788-790. AUo: Phila. Hosp. Eep. 
 (1902), 1903,v,126-131.— Strttinpen(A.) Ueber die Vereini- 
 gune der Tabes dorsalis mit Erkrankungen des Herzens und 
 der Gefasse, nebst BemerkungeiiiZur allgemeinen Pathologie 
 der Tabes. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1907, 
 xxxiii, 1931-1936.— Vaquez (H.) & Digne. Insufflsance 
 aortique traumatique survenue au cours d'un tabfes fruste. 
 Tribune m^d.. Par., 1904, 2. s., xxxvi, 839. AUo: Bull, et 
 mto. Soc. mfid. d. Mp. de Par., 1905, 3. s., xxii, 1261-1264. 
 
 Ataxia {Locomotor, Complications and 
 sequelse of. Cerebral and nervous). 
 
 See, also. Ataxia (Locomotor, Complications 
 and sequelx of, Mental); Ataxia (Locomotor, 
 Complications, etc., of, Muscular); Ataxia (Lo- 
 comotor, Complicatims, etc., of, Paralytic); 
 Ataxia (Locomotor, Complications, etc., of. 
 Sensory); Ataxia (Locomotor, Complications, 
 etc., of, TVophic); Ataxia (Loarmotor, Reflexes 
 in). 
 
 AtTDAN (i.-J.) *Forme c&6brale du tabfes sen- 
 sitif. 8°. Lyon, 1902. 
 
 Edbns (E.) *Tabes dorsalis und chronische 
 Spinalmeningitis. 8°. Kiel, 1902. 
 
 Fraenkel (E.) *Athetoae bei Tabes dotsalis. 
 8°. Berlin,lS98. 
 
 Fkbysz (M.) *Ein Pall von dauerndem Sym- 
 pathicuskrampf bei Tabes dorsalis. 8°. Strass- 
 burg i. E., 1895. 
 
 Gross (A.) *Ueber die apoplektiformen An- 
 falle bei Tabes dorsalis. 8°. Erlangen, 1906. 
 _ Koddermann (G.) *IJeber seltenere moto- 
 rische Krankheitserscbeinungen bei Tabes dor- 
 salis. 8°. Jena, 1903. 
 
 Raskins (A.) *Sur les mouvements ath6to- 
 siques dans le tabfes dorsalis. 8°. Paris, 1900. 
 
ATAXIA. 
 
 137 
 
 ATAXIA. 
 
 Ataxia {Locomotor, Complications and 
 sequelee of, Cerebral and nervous) . 
 
 Reichel (A.) *Ueber die Beteiligung des 
 Trigenunus und Vagus bei Tabes dorsaliB. 8°. 
 Erlangm, 1896. 
 
 Roux (J.-C.) *Les lesions du systfeme grand 
 sympathique dams le tabfes et leur rapport avec 
 les troubles de la sensibility visc6rale. 8°. 
 Paris, 1900. 
 
 Arnsperger. Ueber Athetose als Complication von 
 Tabes dorsalls. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1900, 
 xviii, 389-398.— Ayer (J. B.) Compression myelitis by an 
 aneurysm occurring in a tabetic. Boston M. & S. J., 1911, 
 clxv, 211-214.— Babinski. Tabte ii 11 ans, compliqufi b, 26 
 ans, d'une m6ningo-enc<SpliaUte diffuse. J. de med. int., 
 Par., 1899, iii, 569-571.— Blkeles (G.) Ein Fail von Tabes 
 dorsalis mit akut einsetzenden ungewohnliclien Koordina- 
 tionsstorungen am Rumpf, Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 
 1915, xxxiv, 707-709.— Bolnet. Des mouvements atMto- 
 siques dans le tabfes dorsalis. Eev. neurol.. Par., 1901, ix, 
 518-526.— Brilhl (G.) Ein Fall von nervoser Taubheit bei 
 Tabes. Ztschr. I. Ohrenh., Wiesb., 1906, Iii, 232-236.— de 
 Brulne Ploos van Amstel (P.' J.) Gewrichtsaandoe- 
 ningen bij tabes dorsalis. Med. vVeekbl., Amst., 1900-1901, 
 vii, 85; 19. — Buzzard (E. P.) Case of tabes with lumbo- 
 sacral disease. Proc. Roy. Soo. Med., Lond. , 1910-11, iv, Clin. 
 Sect., 13.— Camp (C. D.) Muscular atrophy, degeneration 
 of the trigeminus nerve and of the lateral columns, and 
 ansemic changes in the spinal cord occurring in tabes dor- 
 salis. Univ. Penn. M. Bull., Phila., 1904-5, xvii, 366-372, 
 1 pi., figs. 12 and 13. — Curcio (E.) Tabe con atetosi dop- 
 pia; cura della incoordinazione motrice della tabe con la 
 rieduccazione del muscoli; metodo dl Frenkel. Ann. dl 
 med. nav., Eoma, 1898, iv, 274-289.— Curschmann (H.) 
 Tabes and polyneuritis. Intemat. Clin., Phila., 1892, 8. s., 
 iv, 108-176. — Egger (M.) L'efflet de la sommation; le r^veil 
 de la sensibiUt^ douloureuse et thermique dans le tabfes, 
 les n^vrites et I'h^mianesthfeie c&^.brale organique. Compt. 
 rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1902, 11. s., iv, 750.— Ferenczy (A.) 
 Tabes tompliziert durch Neuritis. Med. Bl., Wien, 1903, 
 
 xxvi, 247. . Ein mit Neuritis compUcirter Fall von 
 
 Tabes. Ungar. med. Presse, Budapest, 1903, viii, 95-97. — 
 Ferenczy (S.) Ein Fall von mit Neuritis compUcirter Tabes. 
 Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1906, xlii, 30.— von Frag- 
 stein. Zur Trlgeminuserkrankung als Initialsymptom 
 der Tabes. Deutsche med.Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1901, 
 xxvii, 185-187.— Gowers (Sir W. R.) Tabetic atrophy of the 
 auditory nerve. Rev. Neurol. Psychiat., Edinb.^ 1907, v, 
 169-172.— Guinon (L.) EncSphalite et ataxie aigue. 
 Arch, de m6d.-d. enf., Par., 1914, xvii, 561-578.— Guinon 
 (L.) & Alne. Enciphalites b^nignes et atajde aigue. Bull. 
 Soo. de p&liat. de Par., 1914, xvi, 307-310.— Heitz (J.) Note 
 sur r^tat desibres k my^Une du plexus cardiaque ohez les 
 tab^tiques. Rev. neurol., Par., 1903, xi, 740.— Hertz. Cere- 
 bral thrombosis associated with latent tabes dorsalis. Guy's 
 Bosp. Rep., Lond., 1908, xxii, 225.— Mpine (T.) A propos de 
 la m^ningite spinale du tabte. Lyon miA., 1905, cv, 981- 
 988.— Masuccl (A.) Neuro-tabe. Ann. dl med. nav., 
 Roma, 1905, ii, 556-558.— Fanegrossl (G.)_ Beitrag zum 
 Stadium von chronischer spinaler Meningitis begleiteten 
 Tabes. Monatschr. f. Psychiat. u. Neurol., Berl., 1908, 
 xxiii, 290-310, 2 pi.— Paviot (J.) Des l&ions mfiningtes du 
 tabfes dorsal. Lyon m^d., 1905, cv, 913-930.— Rheln (J. H. 
 W.) Involuntary movements in a case of ataxia. J. Nerv. 
 
 & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1902, xxix, 422-426. . A case of 
 
 locomotor ataxia with a tremor resembUng that of paralysis 
 agitans. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1905, xUv, 608. . Men- 
 ingitis and disease of the radicular nerves in tabes dorsalis. 
 Tr. Coll. Phys. Phila., 1910, 3 s., xxxU, 222-245, 2 pi. AUo: 
 
 J. Med. Research, Host., 1910, xxiii, 451-479, 2 pi. . 
 
 Nervous symptoms, tabes dorsalis. Old Dominion J. M. & 
 S., Richmond, 1915, xxi, 156.— Blspal & de Verblzier. 
 Enc^phalite aigue hemorragique au cours d'une pneumonie 
 latente chez un tab«ique. 'Toulouse mM,, 1913, 2. s., xv, 
 110-114.— Roger (H.) La mfein^ite tab^tique. Montpel. 
 mM., 1913, xxxvi, 417; 454.— Bowland (V. C.) Tabes dor- 
 salis with unusually extensive involvement of the cranial 
 nerves as well as of the spinal cord. Cleveland M. J., 1915, 
 xiv, 506-508.— Sabrazfis (T.) Mouvements ath^oides st4- 
 r^otypfe des doigts assoeife a la parole chez un tab^tique. 
 
 Gaz. hebd. d. so. mM. de Bordeaux, 1905, xxvi, 219. . 
 
 Mouvements involontaires st^fetypfe des doigts s'organi- 
 sant en tics dans le tabfes. Rev. neurol.. Par., 1905, xiii, 857.— 
 Sabrazte (J.) & Calmettes (A .)■ Tic des doigts et mouve- 
 ments ath^to'ides des tab^tiques. Gaz. hebd. d. so. mSd. 
 de Bordeaux, 1905, xxvi, 315.— Semon i,SiT F.) Caseof tabes 
 withearly and im usual implication of various cerebral nerves. 
 J. Laryngol., Lond., 1903, xviii, 259-261.— Strasser(A.) Tabes 
 und PoUneinitis. Bl. i. Hin. Hydrother., Wien, 1908, xviii, 
 1-14. — ^Wagner (L.) Einlge Beobachtungen fiber den 
 Druck im Lumbalkanal insbesondere bei 'Tabes dorsalis. 
 Charit4-Aim., Berl., 1909, xxxiii, 81-91.— Weisenburg (T. 
 H.) A case of tabes dorsalis with involvement of many cra- 
 
 Ataxia {Locomotor, Complications and 
 sequelse of, Cerebral and nervous) . 
 
 nial nerves. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1907, xxxiv, 
 536.— Weithelm-Salomonsou. HaematomyeUe bij tabes 
 dorsalis. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1905, 2. r., 
 xU, d. 1, 359-368. 
 
 Ataxia {Locomotor, Complications and 
 sequelse of, Cutaneous). 
 
 Alepeld (H. a.) *Zwei Falle von Herpes 
 zoster bei Tabes dorsalis. 8° Miinchen, 1905. 
 
 DuPREY (J.) *Contribution JL I'^tude du 
 prurit tab^tique simple ou compliqu6. 8°. 
 Paris, 1912. 
 
 Rebaud (J.) *Du prurit tab^tique' avec ou 
 sans licb^nification. 8° Paris, 1908. 
 
 Savin (L.-M.-A.) *Prurit tab^tique. 8°- 
 Bordeavx, 1911. 
 
 Bitot (E.) Du prurit tabitique. Ann, de dermat. et 
 syph., Par., 1911, 5. s., ii, 356-365.— Chauflard. Zona chez 
 un ataxique. J. de m6a. et chlr. prat^ Par., 1905, Ixxvi, 
 805-807.— Cordier (V.) & Crfimleu (B.) Le prurit des 
 tab^tiques; sa disposition radiculaire. Lyon m§d., 1914, 
 cxxiii, 120-123.— Desqueyroux. Zona intercostal chez un 
 tab^tique. J. de m&J. de Bordeaux, 1912,xlu, 771.— Freucli- 
 thandler (E. A.) Diseases of the skin and subcutaneous 
 tissues in locomotor ataxia. Post-Graduate, N. Y., 1910, xxv, 
 297-299.— Introna (N.) TJn casodl atassia locomotrice 
 progressiva con diabete e suggelazione cutanea. Gazz. d. 
 osp., Milanot 1903, xxiv, 245.— JauovskJ (V.) [Tabetic 
 eruptions.] , Casop.l^k. 6esk.,vPraze, 1884, xxiii, 811; 826. — 
 Jeanselme (E.) & Sezary (A.) Herpfes de la face et syn- 
 drome sympathique cervical unilat^aux chez un tab6tique. 
 Rev. neurol.. Par., 1907, xv, 1029-1031.— lattle (E. G. G.) 
 Case for diagnosis. [Anomalous locomotor ataxy eruption?] 
 Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1908-9, Ii, Dermat. Sect., 78.— 
 Milian (G.) Prurit avec lich&uflcation et tabte miste. 
 
 Ann. d. mal. vfe.. Par., 1906, i, 321-332. . Le prurit 
 
 tabStique. Bull, et mSm. Soo. m^d. d. h6p. de Par., 1907, 3. 
 
 s., xxiv, 991-1000. . Prurit et ros&)le urticarienne 
 
 tab^iques. Hid., 1911, 3. s., xxxi, 203-206.— Falchline (A. ) 
 Le dermographisme dans le tabes dorsalis. Compt. rend. 
 Soc. de biol.. Par., 1897, 10. s., iv, 958-960.— Pujol (M.) 
 Prurit tabitique et arstoobenzol. Progrfes med., Par., 1913, 
 3. s., xxix, 100.— Souciues, Baudouln & Lantuejoul. 
 Tabfes et zona. Rev. neurol., Par., 1914, xxii, 868-871.— 
 Vlgnolo-Lutatl (C.) Sul cosidetto pmrito tabetico. 
 Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1917, xxxviil, 594-596.— Westphal (A.) 
 Ein Fall von Tabes dorsalis mit Herpes zoster. Charitfi- 
 Ann., Berl., 1897, xxii, 655-659. 
 
 Ataxia {Locomotor, Complications and 
 sequelse of. Gastric). 
 
 See, also, Ataxi?. (Locomotor, Treatment of, 
 Operative) . 
 
 Berneatjd (J. E. [C.]) *Koterbrechen bei 
 tabischen gaatrischen Krisen. 8°. Marburg a. 
 L., 1910. 
 
 BouRGUiGNON (L.) *Des crises gastriques 
 dans le tabfes. 4°. Paris, 1895. 
 
 Dalle (M.) *H6matemfe8es tab^tiques et 
 fausses h^mat^mfeses tab^tiques. 8°- Paris, 
 1912. 
 
 GoLOSTSCHOKOw (S.) *Ga8trische Krisen 
 und Habitus asthenicus. 8°. Mvnchen, 1913. 
 
 Jappa (A.) *Ueber Blutbrecben bei gastri- 
 schen Krisen. 8°. Berlin, 1911. 
 
 Lbhmann(P.) *Lesb6mat6mfeses et les crises 
 gastriques du tabfes. 8°. Paris, 1911. 
 
 Rapinesque (M.) *Le syndrome crise gastri- 
 que, sa valeur clinique et ^tiologique. 8°- 
 Paris, 1912. 
 
 Rousselier) L.-A.) *L'beinat6m6se au cours 
 des crises gastriques du tabfes. 8°. Montpellier, 
 1911. 
 
 Sauverochb (J.) *CriBe8 gastriques pro- 
 long^es des tab^tiques morpMnonianes. 8°. 
 
 Paris 1908. 
 
 Bab'tnski (I.), Chauvet (S.) & Durand (G.) Un cas de 
 crises gastriques tab6tiformes li6es k I'existence d'un netit 
 ulcus juxta^pvlorique. Eev. neurol., Par., 1913, xxv,"436- 
 43S. — Bascb (S.) A contribution to the study of the gastric 
 crises of tabes. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1S99, Ivi, 541-551. .4;.so, 
 
ATAXIA. 
 
 IBB 
 
 ATAXIA. 
 
 Ataxia (Locomotor, Complications and 
 sequelse, of, Gastric) . 
 
 transl.; Ges. Beitr. a. d. Geb. d. Physiol., Path. u. Therap., 
 Berl., 1SS6-1906, u, 109-161.— Biercns dc Haan (J. C. J.) 
 De operatie van Forster bij tabetische maagkrisen. Nederl. 
 Tijdschr. v. Geneesk, Amst., 1910, xlv, pt. 2, 182-193.— 
 Bonaidl (E.) II pilorospasmo coUa sindrome del tumore 
 piloiioo fra i sintoml precoci della tabe doisale. Pensiero 
 med., MUano, 1913, ill, 241-246. AUd: R. 1st. Lomb. di so. e 
 lett. Eendic^ Milano, 1913, xlvi, 120; 197.— Bonorlno 
 TTdaondo (C.) Eematemesis en las crisis gflstncas del 
 tabes. Prensa m^d. argentina, Buenos Aires, 1917-18, iv, 
 6-8.— von Bonsdorff (H.) Onoperativ bohandling al gas- 
 triska kriser vid tabes dorsalis. Finskaliik.-sallsk., handl., 
 Helsingtors, 1912, i, 112-125.— Bourcy. Les crises gastri- 
 ques dii tabfts. Independ. mM., Par., 1897, iu, 353.— Brauer. 
 Tabiscbe gastrische Krise mitechtem Koterbrechen. Mfln- 
 chen. med. Wchnschr., 1909, Ivi, 425.— Buettner (W.) 
 Ueber einen Fall gleicnzeitigen vorkommens von tabi- 
 schen gasfrischeu Krisen una von Tetanie. Wien. kUn. 
 Wchnschr., 1910, xxiii, 1108-1115.— Byrne (J.) A theoiy ol 
 the mechanism of gastric and pain crises in tabes. N. York 
 M. J. [etc.l, 1915, ci, 880-883. ^&o,Eeprint.— Cade(AJ Les 
 crises gastriquesdutabfis; diagnostic ettraitement. Progr&s 
 mM., Par,, 1912, 3. s., xxviii, 218-251.- Cade (A.) & Lericbe 
 (E.) Etude clmique, pathog^nique et th&apeutique des 
 crises gastriques du tabte. J. med. Iran?., Par., 1912, vi, 
 289-303. Also, transl.: Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chlr., Leipz., 
 1913, cxxi, 41-80.- Camus (P.) & Baufle (P.) Crises 
 gastriques et zona, origine radiculaire de quelques crises 
 gastriques dites essentielles. Paris m6d.; 1911-12, li, 47-50.— 
 Carnot (P.) & Bruyfere (.Mile. I.) Crise gastrique du 
 tab6s de type moteur avec hoquets et vomissements incoerd- 
 bles; h^mat^m^ses cons^cutives. Bull, et m^m. Soc. m6d. 
 d. hflp. de Par., 1917, 3. s., xli, 1103-1110.'— Castaigne. 
 Crisi gastriche della tabe. Gazz. d. osjj., Milano, 1914, xxxv, 
 1910.— CastcUj (E.) The pathogenesis of the gastric crises 
 ol tabes. Mod. Eec, N. Y., 1913, Ixxxul, 783-787.— Castel- 
 Ilno (P. F.) Tabe dorsale nel suo periodo inlziale; crisi 
 gastriche; tachicardia riilessa. Tommasi, Najjoli, 1907, il, 
 626. — Cbeney (W. F.) Gastric disturbances in tabes dor- 
 salis. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1913, clxv, 328-335.— 
 Claude (H.) & Cotonl (L.) Tabte Iruste avec crises gastri- 
 ques li^es aux variations de la tension artMelle. Eev. 
 neuTol., Par., 1911, xxii, 728.— Dejerlne, Tine! & AnghSlofl. 
 fiur r^tat de la moeUe epinifere dans trois cas de crises gastri- 
 ques tab^tiques. Ibid., 1913, xxv, 348-3.50.— De Kenzi (E.) 
 Un caso di tabe doi'sale con crisi gastriche ed abbondanti 
 ematemesi. N. riv. clin.-terap., Napoli, 1902, v, 455-457.— 
 D6v*. Vomissements p<iriodiques et taMs fruste'. Eev. 
 m^d. de Normandie, Eouen, 1905, vi, 229-234.- Duf our (H.) 
 & Cottenot. Crise gastrique tab^tique prise pour une 
 obstruction ihtestinale; anus iliaque; gu^rison. Eev. neu- 
 rol., Par., 1909, xvii, 365.— Duhot & I*roy (H.) Crises 
 gastriques tab^tiformes au cours d'un ulc^ro-cancer de la 
 petite courbure. Echo m^d. du nord, Lille, 1913. xvli, 
 ■252.— Exner (A.) Ein neues Operationsverfehren bei 
 tabischen Crises gastriques. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., 
 
 Leipz., 1911, cxi, 576-590. . Tabiscbe Krisen, Ulcus 
 
 ventriculi und Vagus. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1912, xxv, 
 1405.— Exner (A.) & Scliwarzniann (E.) Gastrische 
 Krisen und Vagotomie. Mitt. a. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. 
 Chir., Jena, 1914, xxviii, 15-52.— Faure (M.) Pathog^nie 
 et th^rapeutique des crises gastriques des tabetiques. Eev. 
 neurol.. Par., 1913, xxvi, 237.— Fauser (A.) Em Fall von 
 Tabes dorsalis mit altemirenden Erseheinungeu von gastri- 
 schen Krisen und lancinirenden Schmerzen. Med. Ab- 
 handl. Festschr. d. Stuttg. Brztl. Ver., 1897, 143-151.— 
 Fcrrannlni (L.) La patogenesi delle crisi gastriche della 
 tabe. Eitorma med., ^fapoii, 1 914, xxx, 216.— Frledenwald 
 (T.) & Leltz (T. F.) The gastric crises oi tabes. Maryland 
 M. J., Bait, 1912, iv, 157-166. AUo: N. York M. J. fete], 
 1912, xcvi, 9-13. Also, Eeprint.— FrugonI (C.) Contri- 
 huto alio studio delle crisi ematemetiche essenziah e dell'os- 
 teoartropatia vertebrale nella tabe. Eiv. crit. di clin. med., 
 Firenze, 1914, xv, 1; 17: 33. Also, Eeprint.— Fuchs (M.) 
 Beitrag zur Behandlung gastrischer Krisen. Miinchen. 
 med. Wchnschr., 1913, Ix, 1327.— Guleke. Erfahrungen 
 mit der Foerster'schen Operation bei gastrischen Krisen. 
 Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Chir., Berl., 1911, xl, pt. 
 2, 205-232. — Hayes (E.) Note on a case with severe gastric 
 crises: treated by Aachen methods. Lancet, Lond., 1917, i, 
 652.— Heyn (L. G.) A case of locomotor ataxia with aortic 
 
 .insufficiency and the absence of secretory disturbance ol 
 stomach during a gastric crisis. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1906, 
 n. s., Ivii, 480.— Hitchcock (C. W. ) Gastric ulcer associated 
 with the gastric crises of tabes dorsalis. J. Mich. M. Roc, 
 Grand Eapids, 1917,xvi,271.— Hnat«k(J.) A study of the 
 chemical composition of vomited matters in the gastric 
 crises of tabes. Cleveland M. Gaz., 1896-7, xU, 13-19.— 
 
 JSolmes (B.) The adrenalin reaction in gastric crises of 
 tabes and the significance of betaiminazolyl-ethylamine in 
 the feces. Lancet-Clinic, Gincin., 1915, cxiv, 392-394. Also, 
 Eeprint.— Hudovernig (K.) [Gastric crisis in tabes and 
 morphinism.] Elme- ^s idegkdrt., Budapest, 1909, vi, 73- 
 83.— lozefovicb (A. B.) & LIfshlts (M. I.) [On Pal's 
 
 vascular crises; case of gastric crises, combined every time 
 
 Ataxia (Locomotor, Complications and 
 sequelse of. Gastric). 
 
 with Westphal's symptom.] Kharkov. M. J., 1910, ix, 
 1-21. — ^Kldd (H. J.) A fetal case of tabetic gastric crisis. 
 Lancet, Lond., 1904, ii, 1282.— Kolinstainin (O.) Ein 
 bakterieller Liquorbefund bei fleberhafter gastrischer Krise 
 Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1916, Ixjil, 320.— Lambret (0.) 
 Un cas de r&ection des raclnes postiSrieures de la moelle pour 
 crises gastriques du tabte. Ass. franj. de chir. Proc.-verb. 
 [etc.]. Par., 1910, xxiii, 293-295.— LeretiouUet. La crise 
 gastrique des tabetiques. Eev. gto. de clin. et de thdrap.. 
 Par., 1917, xxxi^ 532-634.— lieriche (E.) Traitement chi- 
 rurgical des crises gastriques et intestinales du tab^s. 
 Ass. fran?. de chir. Proc.-verb. [etc.]. Par., 1912, xxv^ 466- 
 
 472. . Dehnung des Plexus Solaris wegen tabischer 
 
 gastrischer Krisen. TDeutache Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1913, 
 
 cxxii, 159-161. . Ueber die Bewertung der Dennung 
 
 des Plexus Solaris bei der Behandlung der gastrischen 
 Krisen der Tabiker. Ibid., 1914, cxxxii 77-87.— Levin (A. 
 L.) Gastric crises of tabes. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1917-18, Ixx, 
 425-429.— Loeper (M.) & Oppenbetm (E.) La dyspepsie 
 tab^tique. Semaine gyn&.. Par., 1913, xvili, 49-62.— Mal- 
 Uen (G.) Crises gastriques avec hdmattofeses chez un 
 oxalurique . Marseille mSd., 1913, 1, 657-566.— Marie (L.) & 
 Farturler. Note sur deux cas de crises gastriques du tabte, 
 am^Uor^ on gu<5ries par I'optotiou de Franke. Bull, et 
 . m&n. Soc. m§d. d. hdp. de Par., 1911, 3. s., xxxi, 247-261.— 
 Mathieu (A.) Sur un cas de crises gastriques tab(5tiques 
 combin^es des crises de ruction oolique. Arch. d. mal. de 
 I'appar. digest, [etc.]. Par., 1912, vi, 101-104.— Mathieu (A.) 
 & Alivisatos (A. S.) Vomissements par ri^action cdlique ou 
 par faim naus^euse, survenant en dehors des grandes crises 
 gastriques typiques Chez une malade atteinte de tabfes 
 dorsal; hdmat^nfese au cours d'une crise tabiStique. Ibid., 
 1916, ix, 92-94. — Neumann (A..) Hsematemesis bei orga- 
 nischen Nervenerkrankungen (Tabes). Deutsche Ztschr. f. 
 Nervenh., Leipz., 1905, xxlx, 393-412.— Oczesalski (K.) 
 [Fecal vomiting in the course of gastric crises in tabes dor- 
 salis.) Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1913, 2. s., xxxiii, 803-E06.— 
 Ostankow (P.) Ueber die Behandlung der gastrischen 
 Krisen der Tabetiker. Therap. Wchnschr., Wien, 1896, lii, 
 282-584. — PaucUet (V.) Traitement chirurgical des crises 
 gastriques du tabte; I'oMration de Forster. Ann. internat. 
 de chir. gastro-intest.. Par., 1911, v, 29-31.— Bauziei (G.) 
 L'h^matem^se des tabetiques. Province mii., Par., 1912, 
 xxiii, 113-117.— Rauzler (G.) & Roger. Crises gastriques 
 subintrantes avec hemat^mtees au cours d'un tabSs'fruste 
 d'origine sp&!ifique. Montpel. mM., 1911, xxxiu, 342-351.— 
 Raymond. Crises gastriques dans le tabte. J. de mfid. et 
 chir. prat., Par., 1907,lxxvm,809-811.— R6bln(W.) [Hsema- 
 temesis in locomotor ataxy.) Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1903, 2. 
 s., xxiii, 503-512.— Roger (H.) & Baumel. Crises gastri- 
 ques tabetiques traitees par les injections sous-arachnol- 
 diennes de novoca'inc et de sulfate de magn^sie. Montpel. 
 
 med., 1912, xxxiv, 561-566. . Therapoutique 
 
 intrarrachidienne des crises gastriques du tab^s; ponctions 
 lombaire et injections sous-arachnoidiennes. Presse med.. 
 Par., 1912, XX, 658-661.— Spallkowskl (E.) De I'influence 
 du sommeil nypnotique sur les gastralgles du tabte dorsal. 
 Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1897, cxxiv, 1401.— Taylor 
 (J.) Tabes dorsalis with gastric crises. Polyclin., Lond., 
 1913, xvii, 7.— Trla (G.) & Landolfl (M.) Le crisi gastriche 
 e lo stomaco del tabici (contribute alio studio del chimismo 
 gastrico e della patogenesi). Eitorma med., Napoli, 1909, 
 XXV, 673-680.— ■Turner (A. J.) Tabes dorsalis, alleeting 
 chiefly the upper limbs, gastric crises; epileptiform seizures, 
 following the injection of morphia. Ausfralas. M. Gaz 
 Sydney, 1898, xvii, 463^65.— VlreS. Du syndrome des 
 crises gastriques. N. Montpel. med., 1899, ix, 837-867.— 
 Weill (O.) Un cas de crises gastriques dans les sympt6mes 
 habituels du tabte. Clinique, Brux., 1913, xxvii, 297-299. 
 
 Aloft' T mAj^ /?A "Dvm^r 1A10 - ^ - - ? i J ...... t >A n/.^a- #^ ■- v 
 
 Ataxia (Locomotor, Complications and 
 sequelse of, Laryngeal). 
 
 DoRBNDORP- (ri.) Kehlliopfstorungen bei 
 Tabes. Nach dem Material der Gerhardt'sclien 
 Klinik. 8°. Berlin, 1903. 
 
 Hehms (P.) *Beitrag zu den Storungen des 
 Kehlkopfes bei Tabes. 8°. Berlin, 1895. 
 
 ZscHiRNT. (A.) *Ueber Larynxkrisen bei 
 Tabes dorsalis. 8°. Erlangm, 1895. 
 
 Baumgarten (E.) Ein Fall von Tabes, mit Kehlkopf- 
 krisen einhergehend. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 
 1905, xli, 733. AUo: Ungar. med. Presse, Budapest, 1905, 
 
 X, 137. . Kehlkopflahmung in einem Palle von begin- 
 
 nender Tabes. Verhandl. d. Budapest, k. Gesellsch. d. 
 Aerzte (1911), 1912, 57.— Chamberlain (W. B.) Two cases 
 of locomotor ataxia with abductor paralysis of the vocal 
 cords. Cleveland M. J., 1909, viii, 281— Collet. Paralysies 
 et cnses laryngees du tabte. Lyon med., If 03, c, 469-466 — 
 Davldsohn (E.) & Westhetmer (B.) Ueber einen Fall von 
 
ATAXIA. 
 
 139 
 
 ATAXIA. 
 
 Ataxia {Locomotor, Complications and 
 sequelsRof, Laryngeal). 
 
 Tabes mit Kehlkopfaftektion (Vagus-Accessoriuslaiimung) 
 und Erkraakung des Ohrlabyrinths. Deutsche med. 
 Wclmsohr.. Berl. & Leipz., 1904, xxx, lfl2-1714.— Davis 
 (E. D. D.) Centrally caused bilateral laryngeal abductor 
 paralysis in tabes, with a report of the post-mortem exami- 
 nation. J. Laryngol., Lond., 1916, xxxl, 361-366.— Freer 
 (O. T.) Tabes with laryngeal crises. [Discussion.] Illinois 
 
 M. J., Springfield, 1908, xiv, 488. . Tabes with laryngeal 
 
 crises. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1908, xviii, 398-400. . 
 
 Laryngeal crises and paresis of the abductors of the vocal 
 cords as important early symptoms of tabes, with the report 
 of a case; with supplementary report by S. A. Friedberg. 
 3. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1908, U, 815-818.— Grabower & 
 Oppenbelm. Ueber einen Fall von Tabes dorsalis mit 
 Kehlkopfsymptomen. Arch. f. Psychiat., Berl., 1896-7, 
 xxix, 689-687.— Graeflner. Studien fiber Tabes dorsalis mit 
 besondcrcr Beriicksichtigung der Kehlkopfsymptome (221 
 Falle). Mijnchen. med. Wchnsohr., 1907, llv, 1775-1779.— 
 Greene (D.C.) A study of the larynx in tabes. Boston M. 
 & S. J., 1906, cUv, 97-99. [Discussion], 107.— Harland (W. 
 B. G.) The larynx in locomotor ataxia.' J. Am. M. Ass., 
 Chicago, 1907, xUx, 924-926.— Hoag (O. E.) A case of tabes 
 dorsahs with laryngeal crises. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y. 
 Lancaster, Pa., 1911, xxxviii,e92.— Ide(C. E.) Case exhibiting 
 laryngeal crises. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1913, xxiii, 936.— 
 Kraiise (H. ) Qnelques examens du larynx dans le tab6s dor- 
 sal. Ann. d. mal. de I'oreille, du larynx f etc.), Par. , 1899, xxv, 
 401-404.— Leplne (J.) Accidents laryng^ tabftiques; con- 
 tribution k rgtude des l&ions. Compt. rend. Soe. de biol., 
 Par., 1903, Iv, 1444.— Martin fH. H.) Pretabetic laryngeal 
 spasm. South. M. J., Nashville, 1909, ii, 1112-1114. Also: 
 Gulf States J. M. & S. [etc.]. Mobile, 1910, xvi, 243-247.— 
 Niwdqulst (K.) [A case of tabes dorsalis with laryngeal 
 comphcations.] Bfygiea, Stocldiolm, 1900, Ixii, 646-649.— 
 Orr (C. J.) Laryngeal crisis in locomotor ataxia; report of a 
 case. St. Louis Cour. Med., 1902, xxvi, 189-192. Also: 
 Sclent. Tr. M. Soo. City Hosp. Alumni St. Louis (1901), 
 1902, 309-314,— Sendzialc (G.) Disturbi laringei nella tabes 
 dorsalis. Atti d. Cong. d. Soc. ital. dl laringol. [etc.] 1899, Bm- 
 poli, 1900, iv, 250-253.— Thomson (H. C.j Laryngeal ver- 
 tigo in a case of early tabes. Proc. Koy. Soc. Med., Lond., 
 1908-9, ii,' Laryngol. Sect., 16-19.- Touclie. Les crises 
 laryng6es tab^tioues dans leurs rapports avec les autres 
 crises visc^rales du tabfes. Presse med.. Par., 1899, ii, 121.— 
 Tresllian (F.) Remarks on a case of tabes dorsalis, with 
 laryngeal crises and laryngeal vertigo. J. Laryngol., Lond., 
 1897, xii, 239-241.— Wendel (J. S.) Report of a case of laryn- 
 geal crisis in tabes dorsalis. Tr. Clin. Soc. Univ. Mich., Ann 
 Arbor, 1916, vii, 46-48. Also:]. Mich. M. Soc, Grand Rapids, 
 1916, XV, 148-150.— Zvrilllnger (H.) Fall von tabischer 
 Kehlkopfmuskel- und Gaumensegellahmung. Pest, med.- 
 chir. Presse, Budapest, 1906, xlii, 431-433. 
 
 Ataxia (Locomotor, Complications and 
 sequelscof. Mental). 
 
 BouziauES (G.) *De8 hallucinations chez les 
 tab^tiques, leurs rapports avec les troubles de la 
 vue. 8°. Paris, 1909. 
 
 Cassirer (R.) Tabes und Psycbose. Eine 
 klinische Studie. 8°. Berlin, 1903. 
 
 Desruelles (M.-E.-M.-L.) Contribution k 
 r^tude clinique des troubles mentaux chez les 
 tabetiques. 8°. Lille, 1911. 
 
 Pressel (T. K. M.) *Ueber einen Fall von 
 Tabes dorsalis mit chronischer halluzinatorischer 
 Paranoia. 8°. Kiel, 1910. 
 
 Goos (H.) *Ueber die nicht parajytischen 
 Geistesstorungen bei Tabes dorsalis. [Kiel.] 8°. 
 PZon,. 1908. 
 
 Hahn (R.) *Ueber die psychischen Storungen 
 bei Tabes dorsalis. [Freiburg i. Br.] 8°. Em- 
 mendingen, 1907. 
 
 Rauh (P.) *Nicht paralytische Psychosen bei 
 Tabes dorsahs. 8°. Kiel, 1909. 
 
 Rydlewski (C. T. a.) *Ueber Psychosen bei 
 Tabes dorsalis. [Greifswald.] 8°. Posen, 1909. 
 
 TiJTZBB (M.) *Psychosen bei Tabes dorsalis. 
 8°. Freiburg (Baden), 1904. 
 
 Ballet (G.) & GKnard (R.) A propos des troubles hal- 
 luoinatoires et d^lirants observables chez les tab^Hques. 
 EncSphale, Par., 1908, u, 680-684. Also [Abstr.]: Rev. neu- 
 rol.. Par., 1908, xvi, 1288.— Barnes (F. M.) The psychoses 
 associated with tabes dorsalis. J. Missouri M. Ass., St. 
 Louis, 1915, xii, 53-58.— Bornstcin (M.) Tabes dorsalis 
 und Psyohose. Monatschr. t Psychiat. u. Neurol.^ Berl., 
 1905, xvii, Ergmgshft, 130-144.— Briand (M.) Hallucina- 
 tions h caraot^re pSnlble dans le tabfts dorsalis. Ann. mi^d.- 
 psychol.. Par., 1897, 8. s., v, 268-230.- Burr (C. W.) In- 
 
 Ataxia (Locomotor, Complications and 
 sequelse. of. Mental) . 
 
 sanity, other than paresis, in locomotor ataxia. Am. J. 
 Insan., Bait., 1913-lC Ixx, 551-558.— Claude (H.) Tab6s et 
 troubles psychiques. Rev. g6n. de elm. et de th^rap., Par., 
 1913, xxvii, 657-660.— Colella (R.) Sulla patogenesi delle 
 atrofie muscolari e dei disturbi psichici neUa tabe .dorsale. 
 Polichn., Roma, 1898, v, sez. med., 342-344. Also: Rilorma 
 med., Napoli, 1898, xiv, pt. 2, 30.5-307.— De Buck (D.) 
 Notes sur un oas de tabes compliqu^ des mouvements 
 chorSiques et de paranoia. Bull. Soo. de m^d. ment. de 
 
 Belg., Brux., 1903, 332-341. . Psychose tab^tique. 
 
 Arm. Soc. de m&i. de Gand, 1904, Ixxxiv, 167-174, 1 pi. Also: 
 Belgique mdd., Gand-Haarlem, 1905, xu, 267-270.— Euzl6re, 
 Salager & Clement. Troubles psyohiqups dans un cas de 
 tabfes; combinaison de la paralysie geuerale h un tabfts 
 vieux de 26 ans. MoutpeL mi5d., 1910, xxx, 618-621.— 
 Fauser (A.) Ueber Psychosen bei Tabes. Fortschr. d. 
 Med., Berl., 1912, xxx, 289-294.— Henderson (D. K.) 
 Tabes dorsalis and mental disease. Rev. Neurol. & Psy- 
 chiat, Edinb., 1911, ix, 529-615, 1 pi.— Jacobsohn (L.) 
 Krisenartig auttretende Bewusstlosigkeit mit AtemstiU- 
 stand bei Tabes. Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl., 1910, 11, 298- 
 300. — Kahn (P.) Un cas de cyclothymie et de tates chez 
 le mSme malade. Enc^phale, Par., 1913, ii, 61-63.— Kali- 
 sehei (S.) Tabes mit Ophthalmoplegie, Demenz und Mus- 
 kelatrOTjlue. Arch. f. Psychiat., Berl., 1898, xxx, 1003- 
 1005.— Kllppel & LSvy-Darras. Tabfis et m^galomanie. 
 Arm. m(Sd.-psychol., Par., 1912, 10. s., ii, 564-567.— Wrt (A.) 
 Les troubles mentaux du tabes-cdcit^; de I'importance des 
 lesions optiques et des hallucinations visuelles; k propos 
 d'un cas de tab§s-c^cit§ avec hallucinations conscientes 
 multiples. Enc<5phale, Par., 1913, ii, 76-80.— Lucangell 
 (G. L.) Paralysis post tabem; attentlarsi dei fenomeni 
 somaticicon aggravamento diquelli demenziali. Policlin., 
 Roma, 1913, xx, sez. prat., 1004-1006.— Masoln (P.) & 
 d'HoUander (F.) Psychose tab^tique. BuU. Soc. de 
 m^d. ment. de Belg., Brux., 1908. 171-182.— Meyer (O.) 
 Beitrag zur Kermtnis der nichtparalytischen Psychosen bei 
 Tabes dorsalis. Monatschr. f. Psychiat. u. Neurol., Berl., 
 1903, xui, Ergnzngshtt., 532-576.— Mikhalevskaya (S. V.) 
 [Mental diseases combined with hereditary ataxy of Fried- 
 reich's type.] J. Nevropat. i Psikhiat. . . . Korsakova, 
 Mosk., 1914, 3dv, 323-335.— Mysllvecek. Ueber Pseudo- 
 halluztaation bei Tabes dorsalis. Rev. de m4d. tehfeque, 
 Prague, 1909, i, 146.— Noehte. Die Behandlung der Tabes, 
 speziell ihrer rudimentaren Form, und deren Beziehungen 
 zu psyehopathischen Storungen. Deutsche med. Wchn- 
 schr., Berl. & Leipz., 1913, xxxix, 999-1002.— Parisot (P.) 
 Dfimenee consecutive au tab6s. Rev. m^d. de Test, Nancy, 
 
 1897, xxix, 748-754. . De la basophobie chez les ataxi- 
 
 ques. Rev. de psychol. cltn. et therap.. Par., 1897-8, i, 
 329-334. Also: Cong. d. mfid. aKnistes et de neurol. de 
 France . . . 1898. C.-r., 1899, ix, 590-597.— Patrick (H. T.) 
 Tabes with hysteria. Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1905, vii, 
 14.— Raymond. L'hypochondrie assocife au taWs. Rev. 
 
 f&n. de Clin, et de therap.. Par., 1906, xx, 8.— Rezza (A.) 
 leperto istologico in un case di tabe dorsale con psicosi. 
 Riv. ital. di neuropat. [etc.], Catania, 1912, v, 43^150.- 
 Kflhle. Nichtparalytische Geistesstorung neben Tabes. 
 Allg. Zfschr. f. Psychiat. [etc.], Berl., 1903, Ix, 219-222.— 
 Scbnltze (E.) Ueber Psychosen bei Tabe-s. Miiuchen. 
 med. Wchnschr., 1903, 1, 2131-2135.— Seglas (L) & Vallon 
 (C.) Tabfts et d^lires des persi^cutions. Ann. m^d.-psy- 
 chol.. Par., 1909, 9. s., ix, 80-89.- Simpson (F. O.) A case 
 of tabes dorsalis, with delusional insanity. J. Nerv. & Ment. 
 Dis., N. Y., 1897, xxiv, 409-412.— Sioli (F.) Histologische 
 Befunde in einem Fall von Tabespsychose. Zfschr. f. d. 
 ges. Neurol, u. Psychiat., Berl. & Leipz., 1910, iii, Orig., 
 330-340. AUo [Abstr.]: Allg. Ztschr. f. Psychiat. [etc.], 
 Berl., 1910, Ixvii, 962.— Truelle (V.) Les troubles mentaux 
 dans le tabJs. Arm. m^d.-psychol.. Par., 1910, 9. s., xi, 18; 
 177.— Truelle (V.) & Comet (A.) Troubles mentaux dans 
 le tabfe. Ihid., 1914, 10. s., v, 80-93.— Vlgouroux (A.) & 
 H^risson-Laparre. Deux cas de dfilire mdgalomaniaque 
 survenus chez des tabetiques anciens. Ihii., 1912, 10. s., 
 ii, 567-574. — ^Virfis. L'association hyst6ro-tab6tique. Gaz. 
 d. hop.. Par., 1897, Ixx, 49-57. 
 
 Ataxia {Locomotor, Complications and 
 sequelse of, Muscular). 
 
 Carre (J.) *De8 d^faillances musculaires 
 chez les tabetiques et du traitement de Frenkel. 
 8°. Lyon, 1900. 
 
 Fahmullbk (M.) *Ueber einen Fall von 
 Muskelatrophie bei Tabes dorsalis. 8° Wiirz- 
 hurg, 1894. 
 
 LussAtiLT (F.-L.-P.) *Essai d'^tiologie des 
 ruptures spontan^es musculaires et tendineuses 
 en gfe6ral dans le tabte en particuUer. 8°. 
 Bordeaux, 1907. 
 
 Patzke (J.) *Das Vorkommen von Muskel- 
 atrophieen bei Tabes. 8°. Berlin, 1909. 
 
ATAXIA. 
 
 140 
 
 ATAXIA. 
 
 Ataxia {Locomotor, Oomplications and 
 sequelse of, Muscular). 
 
 SuREAu (E.) *De rhypotonie musculaire 
 dans le tabfes (sa frequence). 8°. Paris, 1898. 
 
 Ufen (O.) *Ein Pall von Tabes dorsalis mit 
 Muskelatrophie. 8°. Kiel, 1896. 
 
 Wagner (L. [P. W.]) *TJeber neuritische Mus- 
 kelatrophie bei Tabes dorsalis. 8°. Berlin, 
 1896. ^ 
 
 Arkhangelskaya (Yekaterina N.) [On amyotrophy in 
 tabes dorsaUs.] Nevrol. Vestnik, Kazan, 1913, xx, 560-569, 
 1 pi. — Barr£ (A.) Bemarques anatomo-patnologiques et 
 pathog&uques sur certaines amyotrophies des tahetiques. 
 Tr. Internat. Cong. Med. 1913, Lond., 1914, Sect, xi, Neuro- 
 path., pt. 2, 255-259.— Bomsteln (M.) [Muscular atrophies 
 and diseases in tabes dorsalis.] Kron. lek., Warszawa, 1901, 
 xxii, 4lS; S62; 614.— Calcaterra (E.) Le amiotrofie tabe- 
 tiche ed il concetto anatomo-chnico della tabe distroflca. 
 MorgaKUi, Milano, 1909, 11, 129-135.— Chretien (E.) & 
 Thomas (A.) Les amyotrophies rachidiennes des tab^- 
 tiques. Semame mM., Par., 1898, xviii, 210-215.— Colella 
 (R.) Sulla patoeenesi delle atrofle muscolari e del disturb! 
 psichlci nella tabe dorsale. Gior. d. Ass. napol. di med. e 
 nat., Napoli, 189^ Tiii, 23; 65, 3 pi. Also [Abstr.]: Gazz. d. 
 osp., Milano, 1898, xlx, 673.— Collins (J.) Tabes and mus- 
 cular atrophy. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1903, xxx, 
 324-340, 3 pi.— Dauwe (F.) Over amyotrophlsche tabes. 
 Handel, vlaamsch nat.- en geneesk. Cong., Gent, 1910, 476- 
 480. — D£]erine & Leenhaidt. Atrophie et paralysie uni- 
 latfeale des muscles du dos et de I'abdomen an cours du 
 tabfts. Eev. neurol.. Par., 1905, xiii, 1218. — Desclaux. 
 Tabfes; hypotonie musculaire. Gaz. mM. de Nantes, 1899- 
 
 1900, xviii, 337; 347.— Drey & Malesplne. Le tab§s amyo- 
 trophlque. Lyon mid., 1913, oxxi, 749-762, 1 pi.— Duplant 
 (F.) Exotabilit^ idiomusoulalre Chez les tabetiques. Ihid., 
 
 1901, xcvi, 434-443.— Duvergey (J.) Des ruptures muscu- 
 laires spontan^s dans le tabfes. Gaz. hebd. d. so. mAA. de 
 Bordeaux, 1906, xxvii, 482-484.— Frenkel. TJeber Muskel- 
 schlaSheii (Hypotonie) bei der Tabes dorsalis. Neurol. 
 
 Centralbl., I«ipz., 1896, xv, 355-360. . L'hypotonie 
 
 musculaire dans le tab6s. Presse mM., Par., 1898, u, 29.— 
 Freund (0. S.) Tabes mit Muskelatrophie. Berl. klin. 
 Wchnschr., 1914, li, 1618.— Golla. Kongenitale Muskelde- 
 fekte bei einem Tabiker. Ibid., 1913, 1, 703.— Hunt (E. L.) 
 A case of tabes and muscular atrophy. Med. Eec, N. Y., 
 1910, Ixxyli, 877 — Kapustin (A. A.) Amyotrophiae tabi- 
 dorum. Nevrol. Vestnik, Kazan, 1914, xxi, 1089-1106.— 
 KrasnoOkliova(Ye. P.) [Caseof atrophyoftnemusclesln] 
 tabes. Psikhlat. Gaz., Petrogr., 1916, iil, 197-199.— Krueger 
 (H.) Ueber die lokalisierten Muskelatrophien bei Tabes. 
 Berl. klin. Wchnschr^ 1915, Iil, 858. Also: Monatschr. f. 
 Psychiat. u. Neurol., Berl., 1915, xxxviii, 129-153.— Marie 
 (P.) & I/Srl (A.) Tab6s avec atrophie des muscles innervfe 
 par la branche motrice trijumeau gauche (masticateurs, 
 mylo-hyoi'dien, pfiristaphyiin exteme); concomitance de la 
 cmt€ et de la paralysie des iii", iv, v=, et -vi" palres era- 
 nlennes; m^ningite de la base des tabMiques aveugles. Rev. 
 neurol., Par., 1905, xiii, 246-248.— Medea (E.) Amyotrqphie 
 du membre supSrieur gauche dans un cas de tabes. Ibid., 
 1904, xii, 802.— Meirowltz (P.) A case of tabes presenting 
 an unusual muscular disturbance of the lower extremities. 
 Post-Graduate, N. Y., 1900, xv, 648-653.— Merle (P.) Atro- 
 phie musculaire cervicale et mains d'Aran-Ducnenne chez 
 une tabfitique. Rev. neurol., Par., 1909, xvii, 1429-1432. — 
 Plnl (P.) Un caso di tabe con atrofla degenerativa dei 
 muscoli della mano e dell' avambraccio sinistro. Gazz. med. 
 lomb., Milano, 1904, Ixxiii, 221-223— Raymond (F.) & 
 Huet (E.) Tab^s probable avec atrophie des muscles de la 
 nuque, d'une partie des muscles de la ceinture scapulaire 
 et des membres sup^rieurs; malformations familiales du 
 squelette des avant-bras; appareil de contention pour remiS- 
 dier k I'insufflsance des muscles cxtenseurs de la tfite sur le 
 cou. Eev. neurolj Par., 1906, xiv, 1182-1188.— Raymond 
 (F.) & Rendu (H.) Tabte avec atrophie musculaire des 
 deux membres supmeurs. Ibid., 1907, xv, 762-764.— Rosen- 
 bach (O.) Zur Lehre von der spinalen musculotonischen 
 Insufficienz (Tabes dorsalis). Deutsche med. Wchnschr., 
 Berl. & Leipz., 1899, xxv, 153; 174; 190.— Russell. A case of 
 locomotor ataxia with muscular atrophy. West Lond. M. J., 
 Lond., 1903, viii, 31-33.— Souaues & Chtni (H.) Tab6s 
 avec atropme des muscles innervfe par la branche motrice 
 du trijumeau, le pneumogastrique, le spinal, I'hypoglosse et 
 les racmesinferieuresdu plexus brachial. Rev. neurol., Par., 
 1909, xvii, 249-255.— Strassmann (E.) Myoklobie bei 
 Tabes. Ztschr. f. d. ges. Neurol, u. Psychiat., Berl. & Leim., 
 1912, X, Orig., 592-598.— Tooth (H. H.) & BovreU (C. M. H.) 
 Progressive myotrophy in tabes dorsalis. Proc. Eoy. Soc. 
 Med., Lond., 1911-12, v, Neurol. Sect., 81-102.— Wall (C.) 
 Tabes with amyotrophy. Ibid., 1909-10, iii, Neurol. Sect:, 
 27.— Wilson (S. A. K.) The pathology of tabetic amyo- 
 trophy. Ibid., 1908-9, ii, Neurol. Sect., 19-28. . The 
 
 pauiology of two cases of tabetic amyotrophy. Rev. Neurol. 
 & Psychiiat., Edinb., 1911, ix, 401-418, 16 pi. 
 
 Ataxia (Locomotor, Oomplications and 
 sequelss of, Nervous). 
 
 See Ataxia (Locomotor, Complications, etc., of, 
 Cerebral and nervous). 
 
 Ataxia (Locomotor, Oomplications and 
 sequelse of, Ocular). 
 
 See Ataxia (Locomotor, Eye in); Nerve (Op- 
 tic, Atrophy of , Causes, etc., of). 
 
 Ataxia (Locomotor, Oomplications and 
 sequelse of, Osteoarthropatkic) . 
 
 See, also, Ataxia (Locomotor, Spontaneous 
 fractures in). 
 
 Arthur (J.-A.') *Etude des arthropathies 
 tab^tiques et de rinfluence des nerfs trophiques 
 sur la nutrition. 8°. Paris, 1899. 
 
 AuEBBACH (P.) *Ueber tabische Arthropa- 
 thieen. 8°. Berlin, [1897]. 
 
 Baere (A.) *Les osteoarthropathies du tabfes; 
 etude critique. 8°. Paris, 1912. 
 
 BtJDiNGBR (K.) Ueber tabiflche Gelenkser- 
 krankungen. , 8°. Wien & Leipzig, 1896. 
 
 Cabrol (E.) *Sur'un cas de tab^s avec arthro- 
 pathies multiples et h^mipl^gie organiques. 8°. 
 Paris, 1897. 
 
 Cauvy (B.) *Contribution a I'^tudedes 
 arthropathies tab^tiques. Valeur diagnostique 
 de la radiographie. 8°. Montpelliei-, 1899. 
 
 CiAMPi (A.) Delle lesioni articolari nella tabe 
 dorsale, artropatia tabetica (malattia di Charcot). 
 8°. Roma, 1899. 
 
 DjTELALiAN (K.) *Contribution a I'^tude 
 d'arthropathie tab^tique. 8°. Paris, 1896. 
 
 Fort (C.) *Contribution a I'^tude des arthro- 
 pathies tabltiques (trois cas d'arthrite tabetique 
 aigue. 4°. Paris, 1891. 
 
 FouRNiER (P.-E.) *Les arthropathies alv^o- 
 lodentaires au cours de I'ataxie locomotrice. 
 8°. Lyon, 1898. 
 
 Prankenstein (P. p.) *Beitrag zur Entste- 
 hung von tabischer Arthropathie und von 
 Spontanfrakturen durch abnorme Belastung. 
 8°. Milnchm, 1913. 
 
 Grelck (J. J.) *Ueber Arthropathien bei 
 Tabes. 8°. Kiel, 1903. 
 
 HoLTRiNG (G. W.) *Ueber tabische Gelenk- 
 erkrankungen. 8°. Bonn, 1898. 
 
 Jaeger (A.) *I)ie Arthritis bei Tabes und 
 Syringomyelie unter Beriicksichtigung ihrer 
 radiographischen Diagnose, ihrer Therapie und 
 Unfallbegutachtung. 8°. Freiburg i. Br., 1Q12. 
 
 Lebhar (E.) *Contribution k I'^tude clini- 
 que des arthropathies tab^tiques. 8°. Tou^ 
 louse, 1900. 
 
 Maignou (P.) *Contribution a I'^tude de 
 rost^oarthropathie hypertrophique des tab6ti- 
 ques. [Paris.] 8°. Lille, 1911. 
 
 Pansini (S.) Sull' artropatia tabetica (ar- 
 thropathia tabidorum). Osservazioni e conside- 
 razioni cliniche. 8°. Napoli, 1896. 
 
 Parreidt ( K. ) *Beitrag zur tabischen Arthro- 
 pathie des Hiiftgelenks. 8°. Leipzig, 1913. 
 
 Perrey (J.-C.) *De8 arthropattdes syringo- 
 my61iques. 4°. Paris, 1894. 
 
 ScHAD (R, J,) *Ueber tabische Arthropathie 
 der Wirbelsaule. 8°. Giessen, 1912. 
 
 ScHiEMANN (C.) *Beitrag zur Lehre von den 
 Gelenkerkrankungen bei Tabes und Syringo- 
 myelie. 8°. Konigsbergi. Pr.,lSQ4:. 
 
 SCHMIBT (P. W.) *Die tabischen Gelenks- 
 affektionen. [Heidelberg.] 8°. Frankfurt a. 
 M., 1910. 
 
ATAXIA. 
 
 141 
 
 ATAXIA. 
 
 Ataxia {Locomotor, Complications and 
 . sequelx of, OsteoartJiropathic) . 
 
 Schneider (P. P.) *Ueber Gelenkerkran- 
 kungen bei Tabes dorsalis. 8°. Halle a. S. , 1898. 
 
 ScHUNCK (F.) *Muskelverka6clierung nach 
 Spontanluxation bei Arthropathia tabica. 8°. 
 Bonn, 1908. 
 
 ScHWARz (E.) *Ueber die tabische Arthro- 
 pathie des Huftgelenks. 8°. Tubingen, 1909. 
 
 Also, in: Bcitr. z. klin. Chir,, Tubing., 1909, Ixii, 216-249. 
 
 SzuMLANSKi (P.-A.) *UrL cas d'arthropathie 
 tab^tique pr^coce i forme hypertrophique chez 
 Tin vieillard. 8°. Paris, 1898. 
 
 Wilde (K. G.) *Ueber tabische Gelenker- 
 krankungen. [Greifswald.] 8°. Leipzig, 1902. 
 
 ZiMMEEMANN (A.) *Tabische Gelenk- und 
 Knochenericrankungen. 8°. Strassburg' i. E., 
 1899. 
 
 Abadie (J.) Les ostSo-arthropathies vert^brales dans le 
 tabfes. N. iconog. de la SalpStri^re^ Par,, 1900, xiii, 116; 
 260; 425; 502, 5 pi.— Acbard (C.) & Folx (C.) Symptames 
 tab^tiques avec artbropathie, sans leucocytose cJphalo- 
 rachidienne. Rev. neurol.. Par., 1909, xvii, 787.— Adler (S.) 
 Ueber tabische Enochen- und Gelenkserkrantamgen. Cen- 
 tralbl. f. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Cbir., Jena, 1903, vi, 849; 
 88?.— Alljee (P. H.) Charcot's arthropathy. J. Med. See. 
 N. Jersey, Orange, 1912-13, ix, 1-3.— Audihert (V.) Osteo- 
 arthropathies et fractures spontan^es^ la p6riode preataxique 
 du tabes, aveo radlographies. Marseille m^d., 1900,vxxxvii, 
 513-522, 2 pi. — Baduel (C.) Le osteo-artropatie vertebrah 
 nella tabe; contribute di 2 casi. Eiv. crit. di clin. med., 
 Firenze, 1905, vi, 537; 553; 669.— Ballet (G.) & Barbfi (A.) 
 Arthropathie taretique monosymptomatique. Rev. neu- 
 rol.. Par., 1908, xvi, 178. Also, transl.: Neurol. Centralbl., 
 Leipz., 1908, xxvii, 886. — Barkbasb (P.) [Kifee arthropa- 
 thy in tabes dorsahs.), Kharkov. M. J., 1906, i, 187-194.— 
 Barr£ (A.) Les arthropathies tabetiques; nouvel 6tat de la 
 question. J. mfid. franp.. Par., 1912, vi, 329-335. Also, 
 transl.: J. f. Psychol, u. Neurol., Leipz., 1913, xx, 257-265. — 
 Bartb. Histologische Knochenuntersuchung bei tabischer 
 Arthropathie. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1903, Ixix, 174- 
 180. — Baylac. Tab6s pr^coce avec arthropathies multiples; 
 inefllcacite du traitement mercuriel prolong^. Toulouse 
 med., 1904, 2. s., vi, 263-257.— Baylac & Serr (G.) Ntoose 
 des maxUIaires chez une tabetique. Ibid., 1906, 2. s., viii, 
 2-4. — Bergman (V. G.) Sluchal arthropathise tabidorum. 
 Trudl Kiyev Khirurg. Obsh. (1908-9), 1910, 197-207, 1 pi.— 
 BUIington (R. W.) Tabetic spinal arthropathy (Charcot's 
 spine), treated by intradural injections of mercurialized 
 serum. Am. J. Orthop. Surg., Bost., 1917, xv, 267-361.— 
 Blencke (A.) Ein Beitrag zur Arthropathie bei Tabikem. 
 Ztschr. f. orthop. Chir., Stuttg., 1904, xii, 632-693.— Bram- 
 well (B.) Tabes with Charcot's joint lesion. Clin. J. 
 
 Lond., 1903-4, xxiii, 238-240. . Tabetic arthropathy 
 
 of the lower dorsal and lumbar vertebra; remarkable de- 
 formity of the spinal column. Clin. Stud., Edinb., 1909-10, 
 
 n. B., viii, 245-248. . Tabetic osteo-arfhropathies of 
 
 the vertebral column. /6id., 248-251. . A case of tabes 
 
 with remarkable spinal curvature. Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc. 
 Edinb., 1909-10, n. s., xxix, 64-56.— Brlssaud, Bauer &• 
 Gy. Arthropathie suppuree chez un tabetigue. Rev. 
 neurol.. Par., 1909, xvii, 941.— Burnett (S. G.) Whalt shall 
 we do with Charcot joints? A clinical presentation. Med. 
 Fortmghtly, St. Louis, 1907, xxxi, 160-163.— Campbell 
 (W. H.) Report of a case of Charcot joint of the spine. 
 Calif. State J. M., San Fran., 1918, x\'i, 41.— Carman (R. 
 I).> The Roentgen rays in the diagnosis of tabetic osteo- 
 arthropathies; report of eight cases with skiagrams. J. 
 Missouri M. Ass., St. Louis, 1910-11, vii, 385-394.— Carter 
 (A. H.) A case of tabetic arthritis. Intemat. Clin., PhUa., 
 1897, 6. s., iv, 146-162, 1 pi.— Castay (F.) Sur un cas d'ar- 
 thropathie tabetique du genou. Toulouse med., 1910, 2. s., 
 xii, 270.— Cediangolo (E.) Sulle artropatie tabetiche. 
 Eitorma med., Napoli, 1910, xxvi, 484; 509.— Charcot 
 (J.-B.) Arthropathie syringomyeiique et dissociation de la 
 sensibUite. Rev. neurol., Par., 1894, ii, 250-252.— Ciarcot 
 (J.-B.) & Duloui (H.) Quelques mots sur un cas d'hemar- 
 throse tabetique. Trav. de neurol. chir., Par., 1898, iii, 
 294-297.— Cliekliovlcli (M. I.) [Tabetic osteo-arthropa- 
 thies.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1913, xii, 960-966.— 
 Clilpaut (A.) De quelques interventions recentes pour 
 arthropathies trophiques. Rev. de chir.. Par., 1891, xi, 
 1037-1054. — Chompret. Necroses multiples du maxillaire 
 superieur chez un tabetique. Bull. Soc. frang. de dermat. 
 et syph^ Par., 1903, xiv, 369-361. Also: Ann. de dermat. et 
 syph., Par., 1903, 4. "s., Iv, 961-963.— Claude (H.) Trau- 
 matismes e t locaUsation des arthropathies tabetiques. Rev. 
 neurol., Par., 1907, xv, 1217.— Cohen (S. S.) On some 
 angioneural arthroses (periarthroses, pararthroses) com- 
 monly mistaken for gout or rheumatism. Tr. Ass. Am. 
 Physicians, Phila., 1913, xxviii, 739-757.— Cotte (G.) Osteo- 
 arthropathie tabetique du cou-de-pied k forme hypertro- 
 phique. Bull. Soc. med. d. hflp. de Lyon, 1912, x, 469^74. 
 
 Ataxia {Locomotor, Complications and 
 sequelx of, OsteoartJiropathic) . 
 
 Also: Lyon med., 1912, cxix, 872-877.— Cunning (J.) 
 Charcot's joint. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1907, n. s., 
 Ixxxiii, 41. — Delbet. Arthrites dites tabetiques. Rev. 
 
 gen. de clin. et de therap.. Par., 1913, xxvii, 629. . 
 
 Arthropathie tabetique. Imi., 1915, xxix, 22.— Desquey- 
 Toux. Osteo-arthropathie vertebrale chez une .tabetique. 
 J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1912, xHi, 573-.675.— Destot. Ar- 
 thropathies et osteopathies tabetiques. Lyon med., 1904, 
 oil, 57-59. — DeutscUander. Genu valgum im Anschluss 
 an Tabes. Deutsche med. Wchnachr., Berl. & Leipz., 1912, 
 xxxviii, 581. — Donlon (S. E.) Charcot's tabetic joint. 
 Chicago M. Recorder, 1897-8, xiii, 368-361.— Dulour (H.) 
 Cytologie du liquide sero-citrin d'une arthropathie tabe- 
 tique. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1901, 3. s., 
 xviii, 1038-1040.- Eccles (W. M.) Charcot's disease of the 
 right ankle-joint. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1908-9, ii, 
 Clin. Sect. , 150.— Ely (L. W.) The pathology of tabetic 
 arthropathy; preliminary study of two cases. Am. J. 
 Orthop. Surg., PhUa., 1914, xi, 404-407.— fitienne (G.) 
 Arthropathies tabetiques des pieds. Rev. med. de Test, 
 
 Nancy, 1911, xlui, 340-342. . Arthropathie tabetique 
 
 et rhumatisme deformant. Ibid., 1913, xlv, 259. — £tienne 
 (G.) & Perrin (M.) Traitement sp6eiflque et arthropathies 
 tabetiques. Presse med.. Par., 1911, xix, 809.— Ewald. 
 Ein Fall von Crises noires (Charcot). Deutsche med. Wchn- 
 schr., Berl. & Leipz., 1910, xxxvi, 86.5.— Frank (K.) Ueber 
 tabische Osteoarthropathien der Wirbelsaule; eine iritisch- 
 zusammenfassende Studie. Centralbl. f. d. Grenzgeb. d. 
 
 Med. u. Chu-., Jena, 1904, vii, 661; 623; 658. . Whbeler- 
 
 krankung bei Tabes dorsalis. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1904, 
 xvii, 919-922.— Frledlaender (R.) Ueber Storungen der 
 Gelenksensibilitat bei Tabes dorsalis. Neurol. Centralbl., 
 Leipz., 1905, xxiv, 601-606.— Gangolphe. Tab6s osseux 
 
 et articulaire. Lyon med., 1906, cvi, 911-913. . Sur 
 
 les formes osteo-articulaires du tabfes. Bull. Soc. de chir. 
 de Lyon, 1907, x, 269-281. Also: Lyon med., 1907, cix, 
 
 1008-1019. . Resultats de I'intervention operatolre 
 
 chez des tabetiques osteoartropathes. Lyon med., 1907, 
 
 cviii, 632. . Osteo-arthropathie pre-tabetique. Ibid., 
 
 1913, cxx, 509. — Gauclier, Gougerot & Meaux Saint- 
 Marc. Osteite du tnaTrillaire inferieur chez un tabetique 
 avec elimination d'tm volumineux sequestre. Bull. Soc. 
 frang. de dermat. et syph.. Par., 1912, xxiii, 341-343.— 
 Gayet. Arthropathies tabetiques. Lyon med., 1909, cxili, 
 740.— von Geuersich (A.) Arthropathien bei Tabetikern. 
 Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1898, xii, 717-719. — Gibert. Les 
 arthropathies tabetiques et la radiographic. N. iconog. de 
 la Salp^triere, Par., 1900, xui, 145-152, 3 pi.— Gillette (A. J.) 
 A Charcot's joint. St. Paul M. J., St. Paul, Mmn., 1906, 
 viii, 418-420. — Gordon (A.) Pathogenesis of tabetic ar- 
 thropathies, based upon an anatomo-clinicai study of two 
 cases. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1909, Ixxvi, 812-815. Also,transl.: 
 Rev. neurol.. Par., 1909, xvii, 1133-1140.— Gougerot & 
 Meaux-Salnt-Mare. Arthropathies du type tabetique 
 sans signes de tabes, chez un syx»hihtique. Ann. d. mal. 
 ven.. Par., 1913, viii, 50-54.— Grosse (F.) Patient mit 
 tabetisJhen Entzundungen des linken Knies und rechten 
 Fussgelenks. N. Yorker med. Monatschr., 1906, xvn, 315- 
 
 317. . A case of tabetic arthropathia. Post-Graduate, 
 
 N. Y., 1908, xxiii, 447-449, 2pl.— Haines (W. D.) A Charcot 
 joint. Lancet-Clinic, Cmcin., 1916, Ixvi, 397. — Handels- 
 man. [Osteo-arthropathy in a case of tabes dorsalis.1 
 Neurol, polska, Warszawa, 1913, ill, 214. — Harris (M. L.) 
 Charcot's joint. Illinois M. J., Springfield, 190.5, n. s., viii, 
 88.— Henderson (V. E.) Joint affections in tabes dorsalis. 
 J. Path. & Bacterid., Edinb. & Lond., 1904--5, x, 211-264, 
 6 pi. — Homfin (E. A.) Ein Fall von Tabes mit starker 
 Hypotonie und Arthropathie in den Kniegelenken, mit 
 Bandage behandelt. Finskalak.-sallsk. handl., Helsingfors, 
 1903, xlv, pt. 2, p. xUii.— Idelsohn (H.) Ein Beitrag zur 
 Patholo^e und Histologic des tabischen Fusses. Deutsche 
 Ztschr. 1. Nervenh., Leipz., 1904, xxvii, 121-130.— Jagot. 
 Deux' cas d'arthropathies tabetiques; considerations thera- 
 peuttques. Arch. med. d' Angers, 1906, x, 385-390. — Jaski 
 Cr. L) Arthropathia tabica. Nederl. 'Tijdschr. v. Ge- 
 neesk., Amst., 1906, i, 1929-1932.— Johnson (A. B.) Char- 
 cot's joint; resection. Internat. J. Surg., N. Y., 1900, xiii, 
 79-81.— Jolly. Tabes a, debut arthropathique. Lyoumed., 
 1903, c, 292-294.— Kawamura (K.) Beitrag zur tabischen 
 Osteo-ArthropatUe. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1912, 
 cxv, 368-406.— Klippel & Monler-Vinard. Forme osteo- 
 hypertrophique de 1' arthropathie tabetique. Rev. neurol., 
 Par., 1907, xv, 742.— KOnig. Surgical treatment of tabetic 
 joints. Intemat. Clin., Plnla., 1899, 9. s., ii, 201.— Kollarits 
 (J.) Zur Kenntniss der tabetisenen Arthropathie und 
 Knochenerkrankung. Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1904, 
 xxiii, 304-311.— Koutndjy (P.) Traitement kmesithera^ 
 pique des arthropathies tabetiques. J. de physiotherap., 
 Par., 1912, x, 130-138.— Krilger (M.) Zur tabischen Ar- 
 thropathie. Mitt. a. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir., Jena, 
 19il, xxiv, 109-122. — Lafarelle. Osteo-arthropathies pre- 
 coces de la hanche et du pied dans un cas de tab^ fruste. 
 J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1899, xxix, 232-234.— Laurent (E.) 
 Un cas rare d'arthropathie tabetique. Courrier med.. Par., 
 1890, xl, 168-160.— Leavitt (B. C.) Charcot's joints. Den- 
 ver M. Times, 1904-6, xxiv, 183.— Leclerc. Arthropathie 
 
ATAXIA. 
 
 142 
 
 ATAXIA. 
 
 Ataxia {Locomotor, Complications and 
 seguelse of, Osteoarthropathic) . 
 
 taMtique. Lyon m6d., 1909, cxiii, 1014-1016.— I^eclerc, 
 Cluzct & Pauly. La scoliose tabftique. Bull. Soc. m^d. d. 
 h6p.de Lyon, 1911, X, 588-594. Also: Lyon mM., 1911, cxyii, 
 1115-1121.— I«gueu (F.) & Deverre (G.) Deux cas d'ar- 
 thropathie tab^tique fibio-tarso-m^tatarsienne. Bull, et 
 mdm. Soc. anat de Par., lOOS, Ixxxiii, 13-32.— Lejonne (P.J 
 & Gourgerot. Arthropathie verMbrale tab^tique. Rev. 
 neurol.. Par., 1907, xv, 622-624.—!^ Play & S6zary. Ar- 
 thropathie du tarse dans un cas de tabfes combing (discus- 
 sion de sa nature). Ibid., 1910, xix, 392-394.— Levi (E.) 
 Fall von hochgradiger tabischer Arthropathie des Hfittge- 
 lenlces. Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. inn. Med. u. Kinderh. m 
 Wion, 1913, xii, 59.— Lloyd (J. H.) Arthropathies and tro- 
 phic lesions in locomotor ataxia. Internal. Clin., Phila., 
 1896, 6. s., ii, 160-173.— Londc (P.) Sur uu cas d'arthro- 
 pathie tabfitique des deux hanohes. N. ioonog. de la Sal- 
 pStrifere, Par., 1893, vl, 144-152, 3 phot.— Londe (P.) & 
 Perrey (J.) Des arthropathaos synngo-mySliques. Ibid., 
 1S94, vil, 232; 286.— Loxton (A.) LocomotOT ataxia, with 
 tabetic foot. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1907, i, 497.— Maas (O.) 
 Ueber di« Ursache der Arthropathien bei Tabes dorsalis. 
 Berl. Bin. Wchnschr., 1915, lii, 858.— Mailhouse (M.) 
 Case of Charcot joint and tabes. Proc. Connect. M. Soc, 
 N. Haven, 1914, cxxli, 161-164.— Manhelmer-Gommis. 
 Troubles de I'^criture par arthropathie de I'^paule chez un 
 tabfitique. N. iconog. de la SalpStri^re, Par., 1913, xxvi, 
 242-244.— Mirer (J.) Iloehgradige Deformation des Fusses 
 bei Tabes dorsalis ^ied tabiitique). Allg. Wien. med. Ztg., 
 190C, li, 637. Also: Pest, med.-chir. Presso, Budapest, 1907, 
 xliil, 10-12.— Marie (P.) & Bouttler. Sur une variSt^ de 
 deformation du pied chez une tabdtiqne. N. iconog. de la 
 Salp^triftre, Par., 1913, xxvi, 473-476, 2 pi. Also: Rev. nen- 
 rol.. Par., 1913, xxvi, 627.— Marinesco (G.) Sur I'existence 
 d'une hyperthermie locale et d'anesthfeie vibratoire dans 
 I'arthropathie tab^tique. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 
 1914, Ixxvii, 592-594.— Marino (S. A.) Artropatia tabStica 
 de las articulaciones intervertebrales, v^rtebro-costales y 
 condro-costales. Prensa mfid. argentina, Buenos Aires, 
 1914-15, i, 189.— Martin (J. R.) Osteoarthritis In tabes 
 dorsalis. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1915, ci, 69. .Aim, Reprint.— 
 de Mas.sary (E.) & Pasteur-Vallery-Radot. Arthropa- 
 tWe A, type tabotique du genon, avec signe d' Argyll et 
 lymphocytose raehidienne, sans aucuu autre symptome de 
 tabSs. Rev. neurol.. Par., 1911, xxii, 723.— Matsuoka (M.) 
 Ueber Gelenkerkrankung bei Tabes dorsalis. Deutsche Zt- 
 schr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1910, cvi, 292-300.— Mauslaire & 
 Barre (A.) Ostdo-arthropathie ^ type tab(!tique chez une 
 malade non tabStique et trts probablement syphiUtique. 
 Rev. neurol.. Par., 19ll, xxii, 736-739.— Merkel. Kieferne- 
 krosenaoh Tabes. DeubicheMonatschr. 1. Zahnh., Berl. ,1910, 
 xxviii, 663-666.— Micheleau (E.) Ost&)-arthropathietab(5ti- 
 qnedelacolonnevert4brale(r6gionlombo-sacree). Ga^.hebd. 
 d. sc. m4d. de Bordeaux, 1910, xxxi, 536-538. Also: Bull, et 
 m«m. Soc. de mSd. etchir. de Bordeaux (1910), 1911, 462-468. 
 
 . Ajthropathie tab^tique et gommes juxtararticu- 
 
 laires; bons effets th&apeutiques de I'emploi surcessif de 
 plusieurs sels mercuriels. Oaz. hebd. d. so. m^d. de Bor- 
 deaux, 1912, xxxiii, 315.— Moravek (A.) [Arthropathy in 
 tabes.] Shorn. 16k., v Praze, 1911, xii, 181-196, 15 pi.— 
 Moutler (F.) & Deroide (J.) Arthropathie tabSoque de la 
 hanche (type atrophique) et du genou (type hypertro- 
 phique); participation du piTonih cette articulation. Rev. 
 neurol., Par., 1906, xiv, 568-570.— Muehin (N.) Zur Frage 
 iiber den Zusammenhang zwischen der tabischen Arthro- 
 pathie und der Syphilis. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., 
 Leipz., 1894, V, 255-264.— Mulroney (C. H.) Charcot's 
 joint simulating injury. Railway Surg. J., Chicago, 1916, 
 xxii, 481-484.— Murard. Arthropathie tabraque du genou 
 gauche. Lvon mi!d., 1912, cxvlil, 488.— Murphy (.7. B.) 
 Charcot atikle-joint. Surg. Clin., Phila., 1912, i, No. 2, 
 151-153, 3 pi.— Nicolas (J.) & Charlet (L.) Curieuses d<!- 
 formations des mains chez.un tabdtique; osteoarthropathies 
 tabetiques metatarso-phalaugiermes. Bull. Soc. m^d. d. 
 hfip. de Lyon, 1912, x, 224; 376. Also: Lyon m(Sdv 1912, 
 cxvlii, 987; 1416.- Noyes (W. B.) The diagnosis of Charcot 
 joint. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1894, xlv, 752-754.— Oddo (C.) 
 TabSs avec amyotrophie et arthropathie suppurfie. Rev. 
 neurol.. Par., 1906, xiv, 587-590.— OchlecKer (F.) Zur 
 chirurgischen Behandlung tabischer Gelenkerkranlaingen. 
 Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Chir., Berl., 1913, xlii, pt. 1, 
 293-296. . Zur Klini)::, Unfallbegutachtungund Behand- 
 lung tabischer Gelenkerkrankungen. Fortschr. d. Med., 
 
 Berl, 1914, xxxij, 567-569. . Bin weit«rer Beitrag zur 
 
 Kllnlk, unfallbegutachtungund Behandlung tabischer Ge- 
 lenkerkrankungen. Beitr. z. klin. Chir , Ttibing., 1914, xcii, 
 .5g9-66fi.— Panslnl (S.) Sopranncasodiartropatiatabetica. 
 Glor. intemaz. d. sc. med., Nanoli, 1905, n. s., xxvii, 1057- 
 1065.— Pauly (R.) Considerations patnogi5mques sur les 
 arthropathies tahfitiques. Lyon mdd., 1899, xd, 190-193.— 
 Perrln (M.) Arthropathie tabetique metatarsophalan- 
 glenne. Soc. de med. de Nanov. C.-r. . . ., 1905-6, pt. 2, 35.- 
 Potherat (E.) Exostose volumineuse du femur chez un 
 tabetique. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1906, n. s., 
 xxxii, 463-465.— Potter (H. E.) X-ray findings in neuro- 
 pathic joints. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1917, xlv, 449- 
 453.— Baymond. Les arthropathies tab^tlques. Rev. 
 
 Ataxia (Locomotor, Gomplications and 
 sequelse of, Osteoarthropathic). 
 
 gen. de clin. et de therap.. Par., 1906, xx, 661-663. '. 
 
 Arthropathies syphilitiques chez un tabetique. Ibid., 1910, 
 xxiv, 134.— Raymond & GuUlaIn (G.) Osteo-artnropa- 
 thies tabetiques; aspect eiephantiasique aes membres Infe- 
 rieurs; grosses alterations du squelette. Rev. neurol.. Par., 
 1905, xiii, 772.— Report of a committee of the Society, nomi- 
 nated November, 1884, to Investigate joint disease m con- 
 nection with locomotor ataxy. Tr. Clin. Soc. Lond., 1886-7, 
 XX, 271-363.— Roasenda (G.) Sopra un caso di osteo- 
 artropatie tabetiche (con reperti radiograflci). Riv. neuro- 
 
 gat., Torino, 1909-10, iii, 207.— Bttpert (W.) Ein Fall von 
 ocngradigen neuropatnischen Gelenkerlcrankungen bei 
 Tabes dorsalis. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1913, 
 xlvii-xlviii, 684-693.— Sabrazfei (J.) Monstrueuse defor- 
 mation du tibia droit en fourreau de sabre chez un tabetique; 
 heredo-isyphilis et tabfes. N. iconog. de la SalpStrifere, Par., 
 
 1903, xvi, 118-122, 1 pi.— Schelber (S. H.) Ueber einon 
 Fall von Arthropathie tabidorum (pled tabetique). Wien. 
 med.. Wchnschr., 1903, lili, 1151; 1207.— Schielber (S. H.) 
 Ueber Arthropathia tabidorum. Med. Bl., Wien, 1903, 
 xxvi, 71-73.— Schwab (S. I.} & Allison (N.) The tabetic 
 foot as a factor in the ataxia of the lower extremities in 
 tabes dorsalis. 3. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1905, xlv, 1840- 
 1846. — Scott (S. G.) Charcot's joint associated with myositis 
 ossificans. Arch. Radiol. & Electroth., Lond., 1916-17, xx, 
 239.— Sellgmanu (C. G.) The inhibitory effect on bacterial 
 growth of the viscid exudate in tabetic joints, etc. Tr. 
 Path. Soc. Lond., 1902-3, liv, 68-74.— Senator (H.) Zwd 
 Falle von Tabes dorsalis; Tabesfuss und Tabes mit Dupuy- 
 tren'scher Sehnencontractur. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1898, 
 XXXV, 633-636.— Sheafl (P. A.) A patient with locomotor 
 ataxia, presenting unusual arthropathies of the feet. J, 
 Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1906, xxxiii, 274.— Slcard & 
 Roger. Osteo-arthropathle tabetique typique du genou. 
 Marseille med., 1918, Iv, 677.— Simon & Hoche. Tuber- 
 culisation ultime d'une arthropathie tabetique. Rev. med. 
 de I'est, Nancy, 1907, xxxix, 369-372. . Arthro- 
 pathie tabetique termlnee par tuberculose. Ibid., 423. — 
 Sonnenbuig (E.) Die Arthropathie tabidorum. Ver- 
 handl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. t. Chir., BerU 1887, xvi, pt. 2, 
 1-26, 1 pi — Souques (A.) & Charcot (J. B.) Trois cas 
 d'arthropathie tabetique. N. iconog. de la SalpStriere, 
 Par., 1894, vii, 221-231, 1 pi.— SpUlmann (L.) Un cas 
 d'arthropathie tabetique simulant la syphilis osteo-arlicu- 
 laire du genou. Mem. Soc. de med. de Nancy, 1907-8, 225- 
 229. Also: Rev. med. de I'est, Nancy, 1908, xl, 682-686.— 
 Stargardt (K.) Ueber die Aetiologie der tabischen Ar- 
 thropathien. Arch. f. Psychiat., Berl., 1912, xlix, 936-954, 
 2 pi. — Stefan! (J.) Le tabSs osteo-articulaire precoce; s, 
 propos de quelques cas de manifestations osteo-^ticulaires 
 pretabetiques. Gaz. d. h6p.. Par., 1908, Ixxxi, 267-272.— 
 Strlckler (E. J.) Charcot's disease of knee. Kentucky 
 M. J., Bowling Green, 1911, ix, 487.- Tanon & Bijon. Ar- 
 thropathie tabetique. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 
 
 1904, Ixxix, 354-357.— Targett (J. H.) On the tabetic or 
 trophic foot. Tr. Path. Soc. Lond., 1896-7, xlviii 288-300, 
 1 pi. — Taylor (H. L.) Charcot joints as an initiai or early 
 symptom in tabes dorsalis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1913, 
 Ixi, 1784-1788.— Thllo (G.) Charcot's Arthropathia bra 
 Tabes dorsalis. N. Yorker med. Monatschr., 1903, xv, 
 165— Ullnfann (E.) Beitrag zur Therapie der tabischen 
 Arthropathie. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1898, xlviii, 1209; 
 1266; 1316; 1373.— Urbach (T.) Zwei Falle tabischer Kno- 
 chen- una Gelenkserkrankung. Wien. klin. Rundschau, 
 1909, xxiii, 481; 601. — Vers6. Demonstration einer hocb- 
 gradigen Arthropathia tabica des Hiiftgelenkes. Miinchen. 
 med. Wchnschr., 1915, Ixii, 21.— Vlllard. Arthropathie 
 tabetique coxo-femorale droite. Lyon med., 1912, cxviii, 
 420-422. . Resection sans dramage pour une arthro- 
 pathie tabetique. Ibid., 1913, cxx, 1409.— Vfflard & Mu- 
 rard. Arthropathie tabetique de la hanche. Ibid., 1912, 
 cxiic, 967. — Welborn (J. Y.) Charcot's joint. Illinois 
 M. J., Chicago, 1916, xxix, 108. Also: Lancetollnio, Cin- 
 oin., 1916, oxvi, 327.— Wertbeim-Salomonson (J. K. A.) 
 Een geval tabische arthropathie van de heup. Nederl. 
 Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst,, 1918, i, 52-54.— Wilms (M.) 
 Arthropathie, Myosins ossificans und Exostosenbildung 
 bei Tabes. Fortschr. a. d. Geb. d. RSntgenstrahlen, Hamb., 
 1899, iii, 39^8, 1 nl.— Wohlauer (F.) Merkwilrdige De- 
 formierung des Calcaneus bei tabischer Osteoarthropathie. 
 Ztschr. f. orthop. Chir., Stuttg., 1918, xxxviii, 311-314.— 
 Wolfermann (S. J.) Bilateral Charcot hips, occurring 
 simultaneously. J. Am. Ass., Chicago, 1916, Ixvii, 1590.— 
 Zoepnel (H.) Tabische Knochen- una Gelenkerkrankun- 
 gen; kritisches Sammelreferat. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1911, 
 xlviii, 2032; 2072.. 
 
 Ataxia (Locomotor, Gomplications and 
 sequelse of, Paralytic). 
 
 Aknaud (J.) *De I'h^mipldgie chez les tabe- 
 tiques. 8°. Mont pettier, 1911. 
 
 E.A.TON (W. B.) *Ueber peripherische 
 Lahmungen bei Tabes dorsaliB. 8°. Berlin, 
 1895. 
 
ATAXIA. 
 
 143 
 
 ATAXIA. 
 
 Ataxia {Locomotor, Complications and 
 sequelse, of, Paralytic) . 
 
 JACQUIBB (L.-A.-M.) *Tab68 et paralysie fa- 
 ciale. 8°. Pom, 1913. 
 
 Salin (A.) *Du syndrome de paralysie gene- 
 rale Chez les tabitiquee; 6tude clinique et patho- 
 g^nique. 8°. iuon, 1908. 
 
 Berger (A.) Zur Frage der Tabes mit Hirnnervenlah- 
 munEen. Wien. klin. Eundschau, 1909, xxui, 743-749.— 
 Boinsteln (M.) Ueber Lahmungen und Muskelatrophien 
 bei Tabes dorsalis. Fortschr. d. Med., Berl., 1901, xix, 653- 
 669— Bouchaud. Ataxie locomotrice, paralysie et atrmlue 
 du nerJ de la 3= paire du o6t6 gauche. J., d. sc. nisd. de 
 LUle, 1897, i, 457-471.— Boverl (P.) ffimipltoe et tabfes. 
 
 Eev.neurol., Par., 1911, xxii, 735. Tabeedemiplegia. 
 
 Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1912, Eoma, 1913, xxu, 513.— 
 Brlssaud & Folx. Sur un cas de tabis avee paralysie anti- 
 brachiale S, type saturnln. Kev. neurol.. Par., 1909, xvu, 
 1436-1439.— Charcot (J.-B.) & Dufoui (H.) De 1 h^mar- 
 throse tab«ique et de deux symptfimes rares dans le cours 
 du tabl!S dorsalis; paralysie dans le domarne d'un neri 
 spinal (crural) et tremblement taxique de la langue. JN. 
 ioonog. de la SalpStrifere, Par., 1896, ix, 265-Z77, 1 pl.- 
 Ctaiapporl (R.) Tabes y bemiplejia. Semana mea., 
 Buenos Aires, 1917, xxiv, 597.— Crenshaw (H.) & Remsen 
 (C. M.) A case ol hemiparesis, ataxia and astereognosis 
 associated with arachnoidal edema. J. Am. M. Ass^ Chi- 
 cago, 1916, Lxvi, 262. Also, Beprmt.— Daume (F.) & 
 d'HoUander (F.) Tabfes amyotrophique avee paralysie 
 labio-glosso-laryng^e progressive. J. de neurol.. Par., 1910, 
 XV, 241-246.— Dreschfeld (J.) On ataxic paraplegia. Med. 
 Chion., Manchester, 1896-7, n. s., vi, 256-261.— Eshner 
 (A. A.) Locomotor ataxia and paralysis agitans m the 
 same patient. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1909, n. s., cxxxvm, 
 729-733. XZso, Reprint— FenogUetto(E.) Paraplegia pre- 
 atassica in una donna tabetica. Riv. neuropat., Torino, 
 1909-10, iii, 50-59.— Finkelnliurg. Ueber Peroneuslah- 
 mung bei Tabes. Centralbl. i. Nervenh. u. Psychiat., 
 Coblenz & Leipz., 1899, n. F., x, 465.-«Ul)ert^ pa™".' & 
 Descomps. Paralysie du biceps et du brachial ant^rieur 
 Chez un tab^tique. Rev. neurol., Par., 1909, xvii, 374-376.— 
 Halhey (K.) Tabes dorsalis und akute (apoplektische 
 Bulbarparalyse). Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1909, xxvui, 
 7-11.— Hawthorne (C. O.) A case of ataxic paraplegia. 
 
 Polyclin., Lond., 1903, vii, 153.— Herzog (F.) [Tabetic 
 ataxia and paralysis of sensation causing disordered move- 
 
 IxxxvUi, 3. Also, Reprint.— Lubbers (H. A.) Ueber 
 Lahmung des motorischen Trigeminus bei Tabes dorsaus. 
 Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1913, 1, 1656.— Luzzatto (A. M.) 
 Paralisi radicolare del plesso lombare nel corso della tabe 
 dorsale. Riv. veneta di sc. med., Venezia, 1903, xxxvui, 
 529-541.— Marinesco (G.) & Nolca. Deux cas de tabes 
 compliqug d'h^mipMgie. Encfiphale, Par., 1913, i, 413-424.— 
 Bauzier (G.) Tab6s et hgraipl^ie. Montpel. m6d., 1912, 
 xxxiv, 193; 222.— Raymond. Les parapWgles brusques au 
 cours du tabfes. Rev. gto. de clih. et de th&ap.. Par., 1906, 
 XX, 97; 114.— SchneU. De la paralysie du voile du palais 
 dans I'ataxie locomotrice. Ass. frang. pour Pavance. d. sc. 
 C.-r. 1891, Par., 1892, xx, pt. 2, 689-691.— Taylor (S.) A case 
 of tabes dorsalis with signs of early generalparalysis. West 
 Lond. M. J., 1910, xv, 132.— Whiting (A. T.) On paralysis 
 and muscular atrophy in tabes dorsalis, vrith observations 
 on the relation of afferent impulses to movement and mus- 
 cular nutrition. Brain, Lond., 1898, xxi, 494-519, 2 pi. 
 
 Ataxia (Locomotor, Complications and 
 sequelse of. Respiratory). 
 
 GuYONNBT (L.) *Contribution k I'^tude du 
 diaphragme des tab^tiques; spiromfetre, radio- 
 scopie, radiographie instantan^e. 8°- Lyon, 
 
 1912. 
 
 Cluzet & Cordler (V.) Le diaphragme des tabStiques; 
 fitude radioscopique et radiographique. Bull. Soc. mM. d. 
 h6p. de Lyon, 1911, x, 741-745. Also: Lyon raiA., 1911, 
 cxvii, 1454-1458.— EggerCM.) Uncasderespirationrarechez 
 une tab^tique, ataxique des quatre membres. Compt. rend. 
 Soc. de bid., Par.. 1899, 11. s., i, 536-538.— Epphiger (H.) & 
 Hess (L.) Zur Kasmstik der Atemstorungen bei Tabes 
 dorsalis. Wien. kiln. Wchnschr., 1909, xxu, 852.— Faure 
 . (M.) L'incoordination des muscles de la respiration Chez les 
 ataxiques et son traitement. Arch, de neurol., Par., 1905, 
 2 s , XX, 235-238. AUo: Cong. d. mM. ali^nistes et neurol. 
 de ftanoe . . . C. r.. Par., 1905, xv,pt. 2, 303-306.— Gulllain 
 (G ) & liaroche. Sur une forme apn&que de la cnse bul- 
 baire des tabdtiques. Rev. neurol.. Par., 1908, xvi, 343.— 
 Kiaus (V.) [Respiratory troubles in progressive locomotor 
 • ■ "■ sop. 1&. 6esk., V Praze, 1911, 1, 719-722.— Loeb 
 
 ataxia! Casop. wji. i!>j=«^., \„'^"»'>5 f".*' 'v'"^' w.^'C"" 
 (A ) Bin Fall von Atemstillstand bei Tabes. Munchen. 
 med. Wchnschr., 1904, U, 1823-1825.— Perrta. (M.) . Acro- 
 asphvxie et acro-sphacfele dans un cas de tabes ineipiens. 
 M&m. Soc. de mfid. de Nancy, 1907-«, 123-126. Also: Rev. 
 
 Ataxia (Locomotor, Complications and 
 sequelse of. Respiratory) . 
 
 md. de I'est, Nancy, fl08, xl, 409-412.-Wlbo (E.) Spasme 
 respiratoire de cause ^motive; un cas de bradycardie; la 
 santonine dans les douleurs fulgurantes du tabSs. Presse 
 mii. beige, Brux., 1907, lix, ll38-1142.-Zaniazal (J. 
 [Respiratory trouble in progressive locomotor ataxy.] 
 '•fiasop.l&.'&sk., V Praze, 1911, 1, 1364-1366.-von Zlegen- 
 weidt. Stilstand der ademhahng bij tabes. Med. Kev., 
 Haarlem, 1905, v, 117. 
 
 Ataxia (Locomotor, Complications and 
 
 sequelse of, Sensory). 
 
 See, also, Ataxia (Loccmotor, Complications 
 and sequelx of, Cutaneous). 
 
 Cakrez (H.-G.) *Etude clinique de quel- 
 ques analg^sies visc^rales profondes dans le 
 tabfes; de Panalgfeie llnguale. 8°. Paris, 1903. 
 
 HiNTZE (W.) *Ueber Sensibilitatestorungen 
 am Rumpfe bei Tabes dorsalis. 8°. Bonn, 1896. 
 
 JuLLiAN (H.) *Troubles du goftt et de I'odorat 
 dansletabfes. 8°. Paris, 1900. , .„, 
 
 Lbitz (K.) *SenBibilitatsst6rungen bei Tabes 
 dorsalis. 8°. Berlin, 1898. 
 
 NoGUE (M.-L.-L.-M.-O.) *Recnerches sur le 
 tabfes sans douleurs fulgurantes. 8°. Bordeaux, 
 
 1907. ^ . . ,. 
 
 Pauiy (E.-R.-G.) *Deranalg68ietendmeuse 
 a, la pression et en particulier du tendon d'A- 
 chilledansletabfes. 8°. Bordeaux, 1905. 
 
 Reuss (H.) *Da8 Abadie'sche Phanomen 
 (Druckanalgesie der Achillessehne), ein Friib- 
 symptom bei Tabes dorsalis? Eine kritische 
 KontroUuntersuchung aus der Mimchener med. 
 Poliklinik. 8°. Munchen, 1908. 
 
 Tardit (F.) *Contribution k I'^tude clinique 
 de quelques analg6sies viscerales profondes 
 dans I'ataxie locomotrice progressive; analg6- 
 sies trach6ale, mammaire, ^pigastrique et testi- 
 culaire. 8°. Poris, 1899. . 
 
 Abadie (J.) ' L'analg&ie tendineuse k la pression et en 
 oarticulier I'analg&ie achill^enne dans le tabes. Gaz. hebd. 
 a sc. m^d. de Bordeaux, 1905, xxvi, 409-412.— Beljerman 
 (H D ) Eigenaardigestoomissenvanhetpijngevoelbijeene 
 Uideresse aan tabes dorsalis. K. Akad. v. Wetensch te 
 Amst. Versl., 1900-1901, Ix, 254, 1 pi. Also,transl: K. 
 Akad V. Wetensch. te Amst. Proc. sect, sc, 1900-1901, m, 
 253 1 pi — Bonar (A.) Sensory disturbances in locomotor 
 ataxia: a study of the localization of anaesthetic areas as an 
 early symptom. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1897, U, 721-726.-Bram- 
 well (B.) Locomotor ataxia of eight years' duration; ex- 
 treme inco-ordination and total abolition of the muscmar 
 sense in the lower extremities; tactile sensibility of the skin 
 of the lower extremities very slightly, if at all, impaored; 
 increased sensibUity to cold, and increased sensibdity to 
 pahi in the same parts. Clin. Stud., Edinb., 1903^, n. s., 
 a 374-377 —Burr (C. W.) Anesthesia of the trunk m loco- 
 motor ataxia. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1898, xxx, 769 — 
 ChipatUt (A.) Remarques sur la topographic des troubles 
 sensitifs tabfitiques. Med. mod.. Par., 1896, vu, 345-^4 (.— 
 Eeeer (M.) De la genfee de I'anesthfeie dans le tabes. 
 Compt. rend. Soc. debiol., Par., 1902, U.s ,iv,752.-Frenkel 
 & Foerster. Les troubles de la sensibiht^ dans le tabes. 
 
 Rev. neurol.. Par., 1899, vii, 822-826. -. Unter- 
 
 suchungen iiber die Storungen der SensibiUtat bei der Tabes 
 dorsalis. Arch. t. Psvchiat, Berl., 1900, xxxiii, 108; 450.— 
 Fry(F. B.) Astereognosis in a case of tabes. Interstate M. 
 J., St. Louis, 1903, X, 535-537.— Goldstein (M.) Ueber die 
 Storungen des Muskeldruckschmerzes bei der Tabes dorsahs. 
 Deutsche Ztschr. t. Nervenh., Leipz., 1912, xliv, 1-20.— Gow 
 (A.) Objective. parEESthesise of locomotor ataxy. South 
 African M. Rec, tape Town, 1911, ix, 69-71.— Gowers (Sir 
 W. R.) A lecture on the pains of tabes. Brit.M. J., Lond., 
 1905, i, 1-5.— Grebner (F.) Ueber die Localisation der 
 tactilen Hautanasthesie Tabetischer. Wien. med. Presse, 
 1900, xli, 1902; 1949.— Heitz (J.) Du sifege des anesth&ies 
 cutanfies chez les tabStiques, dans leurs relations avec les 
 crises gastriques et intesttnales. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., 
 
 Par., 1903, Iv, 437-439. . De I'analgfeie du nerf cubital 
 
 k la pression et de la valeur s^maologique de ce signe dans 
 le tabfes. J. de clin. mM. et chir.. Par., 1906, i, 57-,';9.— 
 Herzog (F.) Ueber die tabische Ataxie und iiber die durch 
 SensibfiitiitslahmungverursachteBewegungsstorung. Deut 
 sche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1910, xxxix, 228-234.— 
 Hunt (E. L.) The occurrence and treatment of pain in 
 locomotor ataxia. Dominion M. Month., Toronto, 1917, 
 xlviii, 65-68.— Jacob (P.) & BIckel (A.) Zur sensorisehen 
 Ataxie. Aich. 1. Physiol., Leipz., 1900, 369-372.— Kllppel 
 
ATAXIA. 
 
 144 
 
 ATAXIA. 
 
 Ataxia {Locomotor, Complications and 
 sequelae of, Sensory) . 
 
 (II.) Des troubles dii goSt et de I'odorat dansletabte. 
 Arch, de neiirol., Par., 1897, 2. s., iii, 257-281.— J^ang (A.) 
 Ueber lanzinierende Schmerzen im Bereiche des Kopies 
 bei Tabes dorsaUs. Wlen. klin. Wchnschr., 1908, xxi, 1438- 
 1441.— van Londen. The extent of the sensory distur- 
 bances in tabes dorsalis, and its signilicance in the study of 
 segmentation. Folia neuro-biol., Leipz., 1910, iv, 6-15. — 
 Lortat-Jacob (L.) Hyperesth&ie tactiie douloureuse k 
 topographie radiculaire ctiez un taMtique. Bev. neural., 
 Par., 1906, xiv, 1169-1172.— Marinesco (G.) De la topo- 
 grapnie des troubles sensitifs dans le tab6s; ses rapports avoc 
 les sensations des tab^tiques. Semaine m§d.. Par., 1897, 
 xvii, 369-372. Also, transl: Med. Week, Par., 1897, v, 565- 
 668.— Mlllano La cryesthfeie tab^tique. Bull, et m^m. 
 Soc. mM. d. h6p. de Par., 1912, 3. s., xxxiii, 929-931.— 
 Monrad-Kroliu (G. H.) [The sensory disturbances in 
 tabes with special consideration of joint sensibility and its 
 clinical investigation (a standard of joint sensibility).] 
 Norsk Mag. f. Laegevldensk., Kristiania, 1914, Ixxv, 1284- 
 1291.— Muskens (L. J. J.) Retardation of pain-sense In 
 locomotor ataxia. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1899, xxvi, 
 424-426.— Pal (J.) Die vasomotorischen Begleiterscheinun- 
 gen der lanzinierenden Schmerzen und das Alternieren 
 tabischer Krisen. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1904, liv, 1-6. — 
 Patrick (H. T.) Anaesthesia ol the trunk in locomotor 
 
 ataxia. >r. York M. J., 1897, Ixv, 173-178. . Two cases 
 
 of tabes with trunk anaesthesia. J . Nerv . & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 
 1898, XXV, 843-8.50.- Pfetter (B.) Verspatete Geschmacks- 
 empflndung bei vorwiegend cerebraler mit bulbaiparaly- 
 tiscnen Symptomen beginnender Tabes. Deutsche ztschr. 
 f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1907, xxxiii, 246-304.— Pitres (A.) 
 De ranalg&ie^pigastriqueprofonde Chez les tab(5tiques. J. 
 de nenrot. Par., 1898, iii, 413-417.— Price (F. W.) A case 
 of tabes dorsalis in which widespread cutaneous sensory 
 manifestations completely disappeared. Lancet, Lond., 
 1908, ii, 225.— Racine. Ueber Analgesie der Achillessehne 
 bei Tabes (Abadie'sches Symptom). Miinchen. med. 
 Wchnschr., 1906, Uii, 963.— Kenuie (6. E.J A clinical lec- 
 ture on astereognosis In tabes dorsalis. Brit^M. J., Lond., 
 1903, 1, 297.— Rlclie(A.) & de Gothard. Etude sur les 
 troubles objectiiS des sensibility superficielles dans le taljfes. 
 N. iconog. de la SalpStrifere, Par., 1899, xii, 327; 408, 9 pi.— 
 SabrazSs (J.) & Bousquet (P.) A propos d'un cas d'allo- 
 chirie sensorielle. Ee.v. neurol. Par., 1905, xiii, 573-578. — 
 Slcard (A.) De l'analg(?sie frach&le profonde chez les 
 tab^tiques. Bull, et m#m. Soe. mSd. d. hip. de Par., 1899, 
 3. s., xvl, 199-203.— Spiller (W. G.) Incipient tabes with 
 severe pains in the neck. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 
 1907, xxxiv, 663-666.— Stembo (L.) Beseitigung sehr 
 heftiger lancmierender Schmerzen bei einem Tabiker nach 
 28 Injectionen von antirabischer Markemulsion. Neurol. 
 Centralbl., Leipz., 1904, xxiii, 303.— Umber (F.) Sensorielle 
 Krisen bei Tabes dorsalis. Ztschr. {. klin. Med., Berl., 
 1900, xxxix, 480-487.— Vaschlde (N.) & Rousseau (P.) 
 Sur la sensibilit(5 tactile et musculaire dans le tabfes. Rev. 
 neurol.. Par., 1903, xi, 1210-1212.— WUllams (T. A.) Tabes 
 with unusual distribution of deep-pain loss. Practitioner, 
 Lond., 1913, xci, 426-428. Also: Wash. M. Ann., 1913, xii, 221- 
 223. Also, Reprint. 
 
 Ataxia (Locomotor, Complications and 
 sequelseof, TropTiic). 
 
 See, also, Ataxia (Locomotor, Complications, 
 etc., of, Muscular). 
 
 Batievskt (Mile. Vera). *Consid6ration8 g6- 
 n6rales sur le tebfes trophique. 8°. Montpellier, 
 1910. 
 
 PoiBiBB (E.) *Coiitributioii S, I'^tude des 
 troubles tropniques dans le tabfes. Sur une forme 
 particulifere d'ulc^ratiou du visage observ^e 
 chez les tab^tiques. 8°. Paris, 1902. 
 
 Strisoweb (Sopbie). *Die Beziehung der 
 trophischen Storungen bei Tabes zu den Sensi- 
 bilitatsstorungen. 8°. Berlin, 1905. 
 
 Weissbbkg ( MZe. B.) *Contribution&,r6tude 
 des troubles trophiques dans le tabfes. 8° Ge- 
 neve, 1898. 
 
 B£rard. Ancie.n traumatisme du pied chez un jeune tabfr 
 
 tique kg& de 24 ans, troubles trophiques osseux persistants. 
 Lyon chirurg., 1908-9, i, 431-434.— Challer (A.) Forme tro- 
 phique du tabta; pieds tabStiques; maux perforants; rfeorp- 
 tion du maxillaire sup&ieur. Lyon m6d., 1908, cxi, 1154. — 
 
 DeMeis{V.) Disturbitroflcinellatabespinale. Arch, in- 
 temaz. di med. e chlr., Napoli, 1897, xiii, 43-69.— Dercum 
 (F. X.) Tabes associated with trophic changes suggesting 
 acromegaly. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., Lancaster, Pa., 1908, 
 XXXV, 507-511. Also: Phila. Hosp. Rep.(1908), 1909, vii, 1-4.— 
 Dobrokohtofl (V. P.) I^Tropnic disturbances in tabes dor- 
 
 Ataxia (Locomotor, Complications and 
 sequelse of, Trophic) . 
 
 Devaux (A.) Tabfes trophique; arthropathies; radiogra- 
 phic. N. iconog. de la Salpltrite, Par., 1900, xiii, 498- 
 601, 2 pi.— Fernandez Sanz (E.) Comentarios A un case 
 de tabes dorsal con sintomas tr6floos. Rev. espan. de sif. 
 y dermat., Madrid, 1903, v, 433-449. Also: Bev. Ibero-Am. 
 de cien med., Madrid, 1903, ix, 76-«6.— Gowers (Sir W. B.) 
 On the dystrophy of tabes and the problem of trophic 
 nerves. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1906, i, 1267-1269.— HIrtz 
 (E.) D'un trouble trophique des orteils non d&rit encore 
 dans le tabte. Bull, et med. Soc. mid. d. hSp. de Par., 
 1898, 3. s., XV, 18-21.— Leeraln & Fletklewlcz (W. B.) 
 Troubles trophiques dans la sphfere du trijumeau chez un 
 tab^tique. Rev. de stomatol.. Par., 1913, xx, 207-211. — 
 Maillard (G.) Troubles trophiques des pieds paraissant 
 dus k un tarns juvenile fruste. Bev. neurol., Par., 1907, xv, 
 192.— Oulmont & Gilbert. TJn cas de tabfes trophique. 
 Ibid., 306.— Plrrone (D.) Tabe sensitiva e troflca. Bi- 
 forma med., Palermo-Napoli, 1904, xx, 1261; 1298.— Pont 
 (A.) Troubles trophiques bucco-dentaires dans I'ataxie 
 locomotrice. Odontologie, Par., 1899, 2. s., viii, 11-23.— Ray- 
 mond. Forme trophique du tabgs. Bev. gdn. de clin. et 
 de thdrap., Par., 1909, xxiii, 488.— Bispal & Bauby. Tabhs 
 trophique. ]feoho m^d., Toulouse, 1902, 2. s., xvi, 143; 157. 
 Also: Toulouse m6d.., 1902, 2. s., iv, 59; 61.— Scbafler (K.) 
 [The origin of the disturbances m tabes trophicus.) Magy. 
 
 orv. Arch., Budapest, 1897, vi, 162-199, 1 pi. . Ueber 
 
 Nerveuzellveranderungen des Vorderhoms bei Tabes; ein 
 Beitrag zur Pathogenese der trophischen Storungen der 
 Tabes. Monatschr. f. Psychiat. u.Neurol., 1898,111, 64-98.— 
 Thomson (C.) The trophic changes In locomotor ataxy. 
 Clin. J., Lond., 1903-4, xxUi, 264-267. 
 
 Ataxia (Locomotor, Complications and 
 sequelse of, Urinary and vesical). 
 
 Blanc (J.) *ContriDution S, I'^tude des trou- 
 bles v^sicaux dans I'ataxie locomotrice. 8°. 
 Montpellier, 1908. 
 
 Barney ( J. D.) The care and tnanagement of the tabetic 
 bladder. Boston M. & S. J., 1910, clxiii, 933; 986: 1911, 
 clxiv, 13, 1 pi. — Bastln-WlUlams. Dysurie tab^tique. 
 Poliolin., Brux., 1904, xiii, 247-260.— BierholT (F.) Beitrag 
 zum Studium der Hamretention bei Tabes dorsalis. Der- 
 mat. Ztschr., Berl., 1904, xi, 181-189.— BOhme (F.) Die 
 Balkenblase als Friihsymptom bei Tabes dorsalis. Miin- 
 chen. med. Wchnschr., 1908, Iv, 2610-2615.— Cassanello (R.) 
 Vescica a colonne nei tabid e sua importanza diagnostica. 
 Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1910, xxxi, 81-83.— Courtney (J. W.) 
 Locomotor ataxia and the urologist. Am. J. Urol., N. Y., 
 1906-6, il, 41^4.— Dubot. Les troubles urinaires dans le 
 tabfes. Rev. prat. d. mal. d. org. ggn.-urin.. Par., 1907-8, iv, 
 285-290.— Elirlehi (W. S.) The bladder in early talDes; 
 report of case. Tr. Urol. Soc, Chicago, 1915-16, 35. Also: 
 Urol. & Cutan. Rev., St. Louis, 1916, xx, 73.— Prolmsteln 
 (R.) Die Balkenblase als Friihsymptom bei Tabes dorsalis. 
 Ztschr. f. Urol., Berl. & Leipz., 1910, iv, 497-504. Also, 
 transl.: Ann. d. mal. d. org. g6nito-urin.. Par., 1910, ii, 1441- 
 1452.— Goodklnd (M. L.) Tabes; hyposensitive condition 
 of the anus and urethra in the incipient stage; Swif1>Ellis 
 treatment. Med. Clin., Chicago, 1915, i, 137-139.— Howard 
 (H. W.) Dysuria of the tabetic. Med. Sentinel, Portland, 
 Ore., 1918, xxvi, 172-177.— Klussman (H.) Tabes dorsalis, 
 as it concerns the urologist. Pacific M. J., San Fran., 1911, 
 liv, 726-730. Also: Am. J. Dermat. & Genito-Urin. Dis., St. 
 Louis, 1912, xvi, 25-27.— Koil (I. S.) A study of twenty-five 
 tabetic bladders. Tr. Am. Urol. Ass., Brookline, 1914, viii, 
 232-237, 1 pi. AUo: Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1915, 
 XX, 176.— Marlon. Incontinence d'urine dans le tabfes; 
 incontinence d'urine infantile. MM. mod.. Par., 1910, xjd, 
 385.— Mendelssohn OS..) Quelques remarques sur les 
 troubles urinaires chez les tab^tiques. Bull. gen. de th^rap. 
 [etc.]. Par., 1904, cxlvil, 372-374.— Meyer (E.) Glykosurie 
 und Tabes. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1902, xlix, 1637.— 
 Overend (W.) Urotropin in the pyuria of tabes dorsalis. 
 Lancet, Lond., 1903, u, 1019.— EInaldo (C.) Vescica a 
 colonne nei tabici e sua importanza diagnostica. Gazz, d. 
 osp. e d. clin., Milano, 1910, xxxl, 81. Also, Reprint.— 
 Squler (J. B.) The bladder in tabes. N. York M. J. [etc.], 
 1908, Ixxxvii, 1038. .4i«o, Reprint.— Vance (Ap M.) Oper- 
 ation for the reUef of the very distressing bladder and bowel 
 complications of late locomotor ataxia. Tr. Am. Ass. Obst. 
 & Gynec. . 1912, York, 1913, xxv, 193-195. [Discussion), 
 197.— Watson (E. M.) Prostatic hypertrophy with tabes; 
 its diagnosis and management from the standpoint ol uri- 
 nary obstruction. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1917, cvi, 448. Also, 
 Beprint.— Whiteside (G. S.) The care and treatment of 
 the urinary function in locomotor ataxia. Med. Sentinel, 
 Portland, Oreg., 1905, xiii, 367-370.— Zennftr (P.) Locomo- 
 tor ataxia with vesical crises. Cincin. Lancet^Clinio, 1903, 
 n. s., 1, 646. 
 
 Ataxia (Locomotor, Complications 
 sequelse of. Vascular). 
 
 See Ataxia {Locomotor, Complications 
 sequelse of, Cardio-vascular) . 
 
 and 
 
 and 
 
ATAXIA. 
 
 161 
 
 ATAXIA. 
 
 Ataxia {Locomotor) and syphilis. 
 
 Patschke (B.) *Zur Tabes-Syphilis-Frage. 
 8°. Leipzig, 1907. 
 
 Storbbck (A.) Tabes dorsalis und Syphilis. 
 12°. Berlin, 1895. 
 
 Also, in: Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1896, xxix, 140-173. 
 
 Adrian (C.) Ueber das gleichzeitige Vorkommen von 
 manifester Syphilis und Tabes. Ztschr. f. kiln. Med., Berl., 
 1904,, Iv, 327-372.— Audry. Faits poiir ^tabUr la nature 
 syphllitique du tabfe. Ann. de dermat. et syph.. Par., 
 1903, 4. s., iy, 338-342. Also: Bull. Sof . franp. de dermat. 
 et syph., Par., 1903, xiv, 177-181.— Babinskl (J.) Tabfe 
 hdredb-syphilitique (tabes h^rSditaire). Bull, et m^m. 
 
 Soc. mii. d. h6p. de Par., 1902. 3. s., xix, 884-889. . 
 
 Bur un oas de tabfes hfirSdo-speoifique. MM. mod.. Par., 
 1910, xxi, 314.— Bargues. Syphilis ocnoeptionnelle latente 
 aboutissant au tabfes. Gaz. hebd. d. so. m&i. de Bordeaux, 
 1912, xxxiii, 448.— Bertolottl (M.) Tabe eredltaria tardiva 
 per sifilide congenita. Ritormamed., Palermo-Napoli, 1905, 
 xxi, 93-97.— Blgelow (G. H.) A review oJ 127 clmical 
 cases of ataxic para^egia. Boston M. & S. J., 1916, clxxv, 
 99.— Btthme (A.) Die Beziehungen zwischen Tabes und 
 Lues vom Standpunkte desinneren Medlziners. Berl. klin. 
 Wchnschr., 1916, liii, 1183. Also: Miinchen. med. Wchn- 
 schr., 1916, Ixiii, 1632.— Bounian (L.) Een geyal van tabes 
 op erfelijk luetischen bodcm. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., 
 Amst., 1917, i, 1519-1521.— Bounbol. Syphilis et tabes. 
 Gaz. mM. de Par., 1916, Ixxxvii, 75.— Brasch (M.) Bei- 
 trage zur Aetiologie der Tabes (Tabes infantilis heredi- 
 taria; Syphilis-Tabes-Paralyse unter Ehegatten; syphili- 
 tisohe E'rscheinungen bei Tabikem). Deutsche Ztschr. i. 
 Nervenh., Leipz., 1901, xx, 345-368.— Calderoue (C.) Note 
 di climca dermosifllopatica. [Tabe dorsale.] Gior. ital. 
 d. mal. ven., Milano, 1905, xl, 417-423.— Cardarelll._ Forma 
 combinata ai tabe dorsale e sclerosi a placche di origine 
 sifilitica. Boll. d. elin., Milano, 1897, xiv, 97-101. Also: 
 Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1897, xvlii, 141.— Casslrer & Strauss 
 (J.) Tabes dorsalis mcipiens und Syphilis. Monatschr. f. 
 Psyohiat. u. Neurol., .Berl., 1901, x, 241-265.— CharmeU. 
 Syphilis et -tabfe. Echo m4d.. du nord, Lille, 1904, viii, 
 277-283.— Claude (H.) Specificity et tab6s. Rev. gfe. 
 
 de clin. et de th&ap., Par., 1911, xxv, 117. . Dlter- 
 
 minatipns' m^ningo-enc^phalitiques de la syphlhs chez 
 
 les tabWiques. lUd., 785-787. . La mSningo-enctoha- 
 
 lite syphilitique aigue des tab^tiques. Enc^phale, Par., 
 1912, ii, 417-432, 4 pi.— Claude (H.), Vincent (C.) & Cotonl. 
 Tabes fruste ou polyradioulite syphilitique; disparition 
 de la lymphocytose du liquide c^phalo-rachldien. Bull, et 
 mim. Soc. mM. d. h5p. de Par., 1912, 3. s., xxxiii, 392- 
 396.— Cochet & Vanverts. Fracture sus-mall^olaire con- 
 solid(5e; d^veloppement ult^rieur d'une arthrite du cou-de- 
 pied et d'une ostfite de la partie int&ieure des os de la 
 jambe; syphilis et tabfes. Nord m^d., Lille, 1905, xi, 58. — 
 Courmont t.I.) & Mourlquand (G.) Chancre syphili- 
 tique sym^trique d' origine hospitalifere; tabfes consecutif.' 
 Lyon mM., 1904, cii, 1142-1145.— Dalous.' Les accidents 
 syphilitiques pendant le tabfes. Rev. de mii., Par., 1904, 
 XXIV, 71-80.— Danlos & Dervy. Syphilis en activity et 
 tabfes Chez le mSme individu. Bull. Soc. franp. de dermat. 
 et syph., Par., 1906, xvii, 484. Also: Ann. de dermat. 
 et sy^.. Par., 1906, 4. s., vii, 1049.— Dej6rlne (J.), Andr«- 
 Thomas & Heuyer. Tabfes et h^rMo^yphilis 4 propos 
 d'une observation suivie d'autopsie. Enc^phale, Par., 
 1912, ii, 233-244, 1 pi.— De Fascalis (G.) La siflUde nella 
 patogenesi, delta tabe dorsale. Policlm., Roma,. 1906, xiii, 
 sez. med., 199-213.— D8v6. Trois observations de syphiUs 
 en activite chez des tab^tiques. Rev. m6d. de Norraandie, 
 Rouen, 1906, vii, 393-395.— Donadleu-lavlt. Des injec- 
 tions mercurielles dans le tab6s syphilitique. Cong. Iran?, 
 de m&d.. C.-r., Par., 1902, ii, 265-273.— Dougherty (W. J.) 
 Terminal syphilis and tabes. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1903, Ixiv, 
 766-771.— Drenncn (C. T.) Syphilis as an setiological 
 factor in the production of locomotor ataxia. Alienist & 
 Neurol., St. Louis, 1896, xvii, 483-487. Also: Hot Springs 
 M. I., 1896, V, 367-370.— DuTjuc. Observation de tabes 
 dorsalis d'origine manifesfement syphilitique. Bull. Soc. 
 de mM. de Par. (1882), 1883, xvii, S7-243.— Dufour (H.) 
 & Cottenot. Coexistence du tab^s chez une malade et de 
 syphilis en Evolution chez son enfant nouveau-n6. Bull, 
 et m6m. Soc. mM. d. hflp. de Par., 1908, 3. s., xxv, 953.— 
 Echepare. Le tabfes mMuUaire, conditions fitiologiques et 
 pathog&iques, sesrapports avec la syphilis. MercredimM., 
 Par.,1892,iii,633-535.— Erb(W.) Syphllisund Tabes. Berl. 
 
 klin. Wchnschr., 1896, xx.xiii, 225-227. ■ . Syphilis und 
 
 Tabes. Jahrb. f. P-sychiat.. Leipz. & Wien, 1902, xxii, 1-17. 
 Also: Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1904, xli, 9: 40; 62; 86.— 
 Ferras. Du tabfts syphilitique, prfi-ataxiqiie; son traite- 
 ment aux thermes de Luohon. Arch. g(5n. d'hydrol. [etc.), 
 Par., 1897, viii, 405: 1898, ix, 69; 115; 233.— van Fieandt 
 (H.) Ein kasuistischer Beitrag zur Frage liber die spezi- 
 fisch syphilitischen Aflektionen bei Tabes dorsalis una zur 
 Lehre von den syphilitisch-tabischen OhrenafEektionen. 
 Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1909-10, xxxviii, 
 109-136.— nilpklevltz (S.) Tabes und Syphilis. Pest, 
 med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1907, xliii, 533-638.— Flexner 
 (J. A.) Syphilis or locomotor ataxia? Am. Pract. & News, 
 
 96808°— Vol. II, Sd series— 19 11 
 
 Ataxia (Locomotor) and syphilis. 
 
 Louisville, 1904, xxxviii, 743-747.— Frlediander (W.) 
 TJeber die Bedeutuug der Syphilis in der Aetiologie der 
 Tabes. (Kritisches Reterat.) Fortschr. d. Med., Berl., 
 1903, xxi, 624-537. Also [Abstr.]: Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 
 
 1903, xvii, 193-196.-r<ialezowskl (J.) Manifestations ocu- 
 laires de la syphilis tertiaire chez les tab^tiques. Ann. d. 
 mal. vto.. Par., 1907, ii, 192-200.— Gaucher. Accidents 
 syphilitiques en activite chez un tab^tique. Syphilis, 
 
 Par., 1905, iii, 812. . Deux cas de tabes. Ibid., 818- 
 
 '821.— Giaser (J. A.) Vorschlag zu einer Sammelforschung 
 betrefiend die Haungkeit des Vorkommens von Tabes bei 
 Syphilitischen. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1902, xVi, 609- 
 612. . Ueber die Bedeutung der Syphilis in der Aetio- 
 logie der Tabes; einige Bemerkungen. Fortschr. d. Med., 
 Berl., 1904, xxii, 509; 557. — Glorleux. Un cas atypique de 
 tabfes dorsalis chez un syphilitique. J. de neurol.. Par., 
 yii, 112. . Formes frustes de tabfes chez des syphili- 
 tiques. Policlin., Brux., 1902, xi, 435-440.— Goebei (W.) 
 Ueber die syphiUtische Aetiologie und Therapie der Tabes 
 dorsalis. Aerztl. Rundschau, Miinchen, 1906, xvi, 469- 
 471.— Gumpertz (K.) Was beweisen tabisohe Symp- 
 tome bei hereditar syphilitischen Kindern fiir die Aetiologie 
 der Tabes? Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1900, xix, 803-806.— 
 Guszman (J.) Zur Tabes-Syphilislrage im Anschliisse an 
 einige mit manifester Syphilis verbundene Tabeslallo. 
 Monatsh. f. prakt. Dermat., Hamb., 1904, xxxix, 703-729.— 
 Hallopeau (H.) & Lemierre. Sur un cas de tabfes dorsalis 
 avec alterations dentaires provenant vraisemblablement 
 d'une syphilis her^dltaire. Arm. de dermat. et syph.. 
 Par., 1901, 4. s., ii, 170-172. Also: Bull. Soc. franc, de 
 dermat. et syph., Par., 1901, xii, 85-87.— Heine (L.) Ueber 
 Lues und Tabes vom opnfchalmologischen Standpunkt. 
 Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1916, Ixiii, 1717-1719.— Hfiresco 
 (P.) & Druelle (M.) Incontinence d'urine chez un syphili- 
 tique pr^sentant des signes de pseudo-tabfes; traitement 
 par les injections de calomel; guerison. Ann. d. mal. d. 
 org. gfenito-urin.. Par., 1899, xvii, 48-52. — Bermanldes 
 (S. R.) Syphilis und Tabes. Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], 
 Berl., 1897, cxlviii, 102-139.— HSdlmoser (C.) Tabes und 
 Syphilis mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Verhaltnisse 
 von Bosnien und Herzegowina. Wien. klin. Rundschau, 
 
 1904, xviii, 221; 244; 262.— von HdssUn (R.) Tabes dor- 
 salis im spateren Alter auf der Basis hereditarer Lues. 
 Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1932, xxxi> 23.— Homfn (E. 
 A.) Klemer Beitrag zur Syphilis-Tabes-Fraee. Ibid., 
 1.899, xvlii, 439-443.— Isaac (H.) & Koch. Der Zusam- 
 menhang zwischen Syphilis und Tabes dorsualis; klinisch 
 und kritlsch behandelt. Dermat. Ztschr., Berl., 1894, i, 
 177-194. — Jaccoud. Cardiopathie, nephrite et tabfes chez 
 un syphilitique. Semaine mi5d.,- Par., 1898, xviii, 337. — 
 Kadler (L.) Quatre mille frictions mercurielles dans un 
 cas de tabfes d'origine syphilitique. Rev. du prat.. Par., 
 1808, i, 131; 166.— Kaiisclier fS.) Ueber die bei Tabes 
 dorsalis auftretenden syphilitischen und trophoneurotlschen 
 Veranderungeu der Haut und anderer Organe. Dermat.. 
 Ztschr., Berl., 1897, iv, 443-476.— Kaplan (D. M.) The 
 Wassermann-fast tabes; a serologic precursor of taboparesis. 
 .T. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1913, Ixi, 2214.— Lagoudaky (S.) 
 ."^ur retiologie du tabfes et sou traitement antisj^hilitiqiie. 
 Compt-rend. Cong, intemat. de mdd. 1897, Mosc, 1899, 
 iv, sect. 7, 490-4PO.— Le Sourd (L.) & Pagnlcz (P.) La 
 rdaction de precipitation "de Porges dans la syphilis et le 
 tabfes. Gaz. d. hop.. Par., 1910, Ixxxiii, 1170-1172.— Lesser 
 f F.) Zur .Aetiologie und Pathologie der Tabes, speciell ihr 
 Verhaltniss zur Syphilis. Berl. kUn. Wchn.schr., 1901, xli, 
 80-86. — Lhermltte (J.) Comme quoi certaines amyotro- 
 phies du tabfes reconnaissent une origine syphilitique. 
 Semaine med., Par., 1908, xx\'iii, 61,5-617.— Marlnesco (G.) 
 Nature de I'arthropathie tabetique et reaction do Wasser- 
 mann. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1912, Ixxiii, 232- 
 234.— Mendel (K.) & Tobias (E.) Die Svphilisritiologie 
 der Frauentabes. Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1911, xxx, 
 1158-1162. AUo [Abstr.l: Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., 
 Leipz., 1911-12, xliii, 337.— Mettlcr (L. H.) The syphilitic 
 etiology of locomotor ataxia. Alienist & Neurol., St. Louis, 
 
 1898, xix, 683-.588. . Locomotor ataxia in relation to 
 
 excessive venery. Am. T. Dermat. & Genito-Urin. Dis., 
 St. Louis, 1907, xi, 281.— Mingazzlnl (G.) Tabe e slfilide. 
 Policlin., Roma, 1907, xiv, sez. prat., 114-119.— Mir y Mir 
 (J.) Un caso de ataxia locomotriz no sifilitica. Rev. 
 balear de cien. med., Palma de Mallorca, 1906, xxviii, 193- 
 205.— Monroe (W. E.) The patho.eenesis of tabes, and 
 its relation to the biochemistry of S3rphilis. Univ. Perm. 
 M. Bull., Phaa., 1910-11, xxiii, 253-2.5S.— Nicolas (J.) & 
 Moutot (H'.) Sur deux cas de coexistence de lesions 
 syphilitiques tertiaires avec lo tabfes. Lyon med., 1905, 
 cv, 911-913.— Nonne (M.) Ein Fall von Tabes dorsalis 
 incipiens mit gummoser Erkrankung der Hirnsubstanz; 
 klinische Beitrage zur Syphilis-Anamnese bei Tabes dor- 
 salis. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1S99, xxxvi, 322; 34B. . 
 
 Ueber die Bedeutung der Syphilis in der Aetiologie der 
 
 Tabes. Fortschr. d. Med., Borl., 1903, xxi, 977; 1017. . 
 
 Eift Fall von familiarer Tabes dorsalis auf SyphUitischer 
 Basis; Tabes bei der Mutter und ihren zwei hereditar- 
 syphilitischen Tochtem. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1904, xli, 
 
 845-847. . Ein neuer Fall von familiarem Auftreteu 
 
 von Tabes dorsalis und Dementia paralytica auf der Basis 
 
ATAXIA. 
 
 162 
 
 ATGER. 
 
 Ataxia {Locomotor) and sypMlis. 
 
 von Lues acquisita et hereditaria; Dementia paralytica 
 hereditaria mit Heubner'scher Endarterlitis Dei einem 
 12iahrigen Kinde. Fortschr. d. Med., Berl., 1904, xxii, 
 1037-1042.— Nose (S.) Beitrag zur Tahes-Syphilisfrage. 
 Mitth. a. d. med. Fao. d. k.-iap. Univ., ToWo, 1901-2, v, 
 19-56.— Oltramare (H.) Tabes d'origine sypblUtique, 
 gu^rl par le traitement mercuriel Intensif et prolong^. 3. 
 5. mal. cutan. et syph.. Par., 1904, xiv, 169-174.— O'Jfeill 
 (J.) An interesting case of locorttotor ataxy ol syphilitic 
 origin. Indian M. Reo., Calcutta, 1897, xdi, 453.— Pick 
 (f!) Tabes mit Meningitis sypnilitica, nebst Bemer- 
 kungen iiber die Genese der sogenamnten neugebildeten 
 Elastica bei Endarterlitis obliterans. Arch. f. Dermat. u. 
 Syph., Wien & Leij>z., 1898, xUv, 51-76, 2 pi.— Plate (E.) 
 1st die Arthropathie tab^tique erne syphilitisohe Erkran- 
 kung? Dermat. Wchnschr., Lelpz. & Hamb., 1914, Iviii, 
 Ergnzngshft., 61-69. — Pope (C.) An educative experience 
 with a case of syphilis, followed by tabes, improvemeiit and 
 apparent (?) cure. Indianapolis M. J., 1911, xiv, 172-174.— 
 Preobrascliensld (P. A.) Zur Frage der Bedeutung der 
 Syphilis in der Aetlologie der Tabes dorsalis; iiber einen 
 Fall von Tabes dorsalis im Kindesalter. Monatschr. f. 
 Kinderh., Leipz. & Wien, 1906, iv, 133-145.— Pujol. Le 
 tabfes MrMo-syphilitique. Arch. mfid. de Toulouse, 1913, 
 XX, mid., 113-130.— Baymond. Tabfes et syphilis ceribro- 
 spinale. Bull, m&i.. Par., 1897, xi, 141.— Baymond (F.) 
 & GuUlaIn (G.) Manifestations cutanges syphiUtiques 
 dans un cas de tab6s. Bull, et mto. Soc. tnSd. d. Eflp. 
 de Par., 1904, 3. s., xxi, 1101-1103.— R«non (L.) EtoS- 
 cissement mitral, aortite, coronarite et tabfes chez une syphi- 
 litique. Arch. g&. de mid.. Par., 1906, i, 853-858.— Bogge 
 (M.) & MUller. Tabes dorsalis, Erkrankungen der Zirku- 
 lationsorgane und Syphilis. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. 
 Med., Leipz., 1907, Ixxxix, 614-546.— Bosenljaeli. (O.) 1st 
 far die Entstehung der Tabes die Syphilis oder die Anlage 
 und ein sozialer Faktor massgetaend? Therap. Monatsh., 
 Berl., 1904, xviii. 111; 197.— Euge (H.) Tabes, Aortenaneu- 
 rysma una Syphilis; statistisohe Bemerkungen. Berl. klin. 
 Wchnschr., 1904, xli, 277.— Sarb6 (A.) Die EoUe der 
 LuSs bei der Tabes und der Paralysis progressiva. Pest. 
 med.-oMr. Presse, Budapest, 1898, xxxiv, 49; 77; 97. — 
 Sehetber (S. H.) Zur Tabessyphilisfrage. Deutsche med. 
 
 Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1898, xxiv, 604. . Die 
 
 Tabessyphilis-Frage undT die Stellungnahme Virchow's 
 zur selben. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1898, xxxiv, 
 1114-1118. Also: Ungar. med. Presse, Budapest, 1898, iii, 
 1047-1049.— Schittenhelm (A.) Tabes incipiens und 
 Syphilis cerebro-spinalis. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1903, 
 1, 1956.— Schtitze (A.) Tabes und Lues. Ztschr. f. klin. 
 Med., Berl., 1908, bcv, 397-424.— von Seligson (E.) 1st die 
 Sypralis wirklicn die Hauptursache der Tabes dorsalis? 
 Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1900, Ixix, 959; 971.— Shlels 
 (G. F.) Syphilis and tabes. Med. Eec, N. Y., 1905, Ixviii, 
 869.— SpUlman (L.), Hanns (A.) & Boulangii, Un cas 
 de tabis hirido-syphilitique. Bev. mid. de I'est, Nancy, 
 1912, xhv, 676-682.— Splllmann (P.) & Perrln (M.) Le 
 r61e de la syphilis dans I'itiologie du tab&s dorsalis. J. mid. 
 franc.. Par., 1909, iii, 642-649. Also: Prov. mid., Par., 
 1909, XX, 469-472.— Sutherland (H. G.) A case of syphilis, 
 phthisLs, and locomotor ataxia. Brit. M. J., Lend.-, 1908, 
 t 680-682.— Tlnel (J.) Minlngites et tabis. Presse mid., 
 Par., 1911, xix, ' 137-140.— Touch« (E.) Syphilis et tabte. 
 lUd., 1899, i, 124.— Turlna (V.) Tabe dorsale due mesi 
 dopo un'infczione sifiUtica. Gazz. med. di Torino, 1892, 
 xlin, 903.— Valll (O.) Contributo alio studio della pseudo- 
 tabe superiore luetica con neurite ottica interstiziale. Ann. 
 di ottal., Pavia, 1913, xUi, 629-649, 1 pi.— Van Gehuchten 
 (A.) La syphilis et le traumatisme dans I'itiologie du tabis. 
 .Ajm. de la .PoUclin. de Par., 1896, vi, 16-17.— Variot. 
 Syphilis et oranio-tabfes. T. de mid. Int., Par^ 1908, xii, 
 171.— Verger (H.) & Grenler de Cardenal (H.) Tabis 
 
 Eendant rivolution duquel apparalt un chancre vralsem- 
 lablement syphihtique; retard dans I'ivolution anato- 
 mique des lisions midmlaires; nivrites piriphiriques in- 
 tenses en rapport avec une arthropathie du genou. Rev. 
 neurol.. Par., 1906, xiv, 602-606.— Vincent (C.) Miningite 
 syphihtique et tabis.. J. mid. franc.. Par., 1912, vi, 322- 
 328.— Wernicke (0.) Tabes und SyphiUs. Centralbl. t. 
 
 grakt. Augenh., Leipz., 1908, xxxii 129-131. — Weygandt. 
 yphilitische AntistoUe in der Cerebrospinalfliissigkeit bei 
 Tabes dorsalis. Deutsche med. Wohnschry^Berl. & Leipz., 
 1907, xxxiii, 1239. Also: Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1907, 
 liv, 1667.— Wile (U. J.) Demonstration of a case of gumma 
 of the testis, associated with tabes. Tr. Clin. Sec. Univ. 
 Mich., Ann Arbor, 1916, vii, 60.— WlUlams (T. A.) The 
 pathological prodromes of taboparesis; syphilis; menin- 
 gitis; the genesis of the cranial nerve implications. Mod. 
 Rec, N. y% 1910, Ixxvii, 219-226. Also, Reprint.— Wojclc- 
 cUowskl (J.) [Skin syphilides in the course of tabes dorsaUs 
 and progressive paralysis.) Medycyna 1 Kron. lek., War- 
 szawa, 1912, xlvii, 758-760. 
 
 Ataxia {Perivheral). 
 
 Bebtband (A.-L.) *Contributioii k I'^tude 
 des nervo-tabes p^riph&iques d'origine alcooli- 
 que. 8°. UlU, 1903. 
 
 Breton & Mlnet (J.) XTn cas de nervo-tabfes piriphi- 
 rique d'origine alcoolique. Echo mid. du nord,.Lillo, 1906, 
 
 Ataxia (Peripheral). 
 
 X, 421-424.— Dijirlne (J.) & Jumentlfi (J.) Un cas de 
 tabfes piriphirique. Rev. neurol., Par., 1914, xxvii, 464- 
 468. — Duque Estrada (H.) Um oaso de nervotabes pori- 
 pherica. Arch, brasil. de psychlat. [etc.], Rio de Jan., 1907, 
 iii, 286-287.— Egger (M.) Contribution h, I'itude de Pataxiej 
 ataxic piriphinqiie et ataxie centrale. J. de neurol.. Par., 
 1908, xlii, 232. Also: Rev. neurol., Par., 1908, xvi, 257-259.— 
 Hruby. Fall von Neurotabes peripherique (Dijirine). 
 Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1917, xxx, 1374.— Mendlcinl CA.) 
 Sulla pseudo-tabe periferica radicolare di origine traumatica. 
 PoUolm., Roma, 1918, xxv, sez. med., 33-42. 
 
 Ataxia (Vasomotor or autonomic) [Solis 
 OoJien, 1892]. 
 
 See, also, Nervous system ( Vasomotor, Diseases 
 of); Vagotonia [m 2. s.]. 
 
 Bunce (M. A.) Vasomotor ataxia. Tr. Phila. Co. M. 
 Soc, Phila., 1899, xx, 336-344.— Cohen (S. S.) A contribu- 
 tion to the subject of vasomotor ataxia. Am. Med., Phila., 
 1902, iv, 729-733, Aho: Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila., 
 
 1902, xvii. 644-659. Also, Reprint. . . Visceral angio- 
 
 neuroses (the visceral crises of vasomotor ataxia). N. York 
 
 M. J. [etc.], 1910, xci, 365: 421; 485. . Brief notes on 
 
 vasomotor ataxia. Med. Rev. of Rev., N. Y., 1912, xviii, 
 21-27. Also, Reprint. 
 
 Ataxia (Vestibular). 
 
 See Ear (Internal, Diseases oj). 
 
 Ataxia in children. 
 
 See, also. Ataxia (Hereditary); Ataxia (Lo- 
 comotor) in children. 
 
 Batten (F. E.) Ataxia in childhood. Brain, Lond., 
 
 1905, xxviii, 484-505. . Case of ataxia in a child. Proc. 
 
 Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1915-16, ix, Neurol. Sect., 63.— 
 Dobson (L.) A case of congenital ataxia. West Lond. 
 M. J., Lond., 1905, x, 204-207.— Jacob! (Mary P.) Ataxia 
 in a child. Med. Bee, N. Y., 1897, 11, 761-765.— Pexa (W.) 
 Beitrag zur Ataxie im Kindesalter. wien. med. Wchnschr., 
 1908, Iviii, 1779; 1841; 1882.— Playtalr (E.) Functional 
 ataxia in a boy aged thirteen. King's CoU. Hosp. Rep., 
 1896-7, Lond., 1898,iv, 197.— WlUlams (E. C.) A case of 
 ataxia in a child, aged three and a half years. Bristol M.- 
 Chir. J., 1911, xxix, 163-166. 
 
 Atcham (Georges) [1874^ ]. *Contribution k 
 r^tude de I'ost^omy^lite du maxillaire inf^rieur. 
 80 pp. 8°. Paris, 1900, No. 206. 
 
 Atcliison (WiUiam A.) [1831-1911]. 
 
 [Obituary.] Kentucky M. J., Bowling Green, 1911-12, 
 X, 01-93. 
 
 Atelectasis. 
 
 See Lungs (Atelectasis of). 
 
 Ateleiosis. 
 
 See, also. Infantilism; Progeria. 
 
 Gilford (H.) Ateleiosis; a form of dwarfism. Practi- 
 tioner, Lond., 1903, Ixx, 797-819, 7 pi. . Case of 
 
 asexual ateleiosis. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1910-11; 
 
 iv, Clhi. Sect., 34-36. . Ateleiosis. Brit. J. Child. 
 
 Dis., Lond., 1911, viu, 289-292.— Shaw (H. B . ) A clinical 
 lecture on ateleiosis (Eastings Gilford's form of essential 
 infantilism). Clin. J., Lend., 1910-11, xxxvii, 136-140.— 
 Weber (F. P.)' Ateleiosis in a man aged 42; physical 
 development said to have been arrested at about the age 
 of 9 years. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lon±, 1909-10, ill, pt. 1, 
 143-146. Also: Brit. T. Child Dis., Lond., 1910, vii, 359-363. 
 
 jlteo. Reprint. . •. Ateleiosis ma man, aged 45. Proc. 
 
 Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1912-13, vi, CUn. Sect., 197-201. 
 . Ateleiosis in a woman, aged 20, with a slight con- 
 genital malformation of the hands and feet. Ibid. , 201-204. 
 
 . Two cases of ateleiosis; ateleiosis in a woman aged 
 
 20 years, with a slight congenital malformation of the 
 hands and feet; also a further account of a case of ateleiosis 
 proviouslydesoribod. Brit. J. Child. Dis., Lond., 1913, x, 
 S46-353.— Weber (F. P.) & Stebbing (G. F.) A case of 
 ateleiosis. lUd., 1916, xiii, 200-206. 
 
 AtenstSdt ([Franz] Rudolf) [1875- J. *Ueber 
 Thrombose der Vena cava inf^or. 57 pp., 2 1. 
 8°. Leipzig, B. Oeorgi, 1900. 
 
 Atger (Edgar) [1877- ]. *Les traitements des 
 angiomas et leurs indications particuUferes. 68 
 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1912, No. 13. 
 
 Afger (Joseph) [1873- ]. *De la dysplasia des 
 parties molles comme contre-indication k I'ac- 
 couchement pri5matur6 provoqu6 dans les cas 
 de basstn g^n&alement r6tr6ci. vii, 9-63 pp. 
 8°. Montpellier, 1899, No. 8. 
 
ATHANASESCU. 
 
 163 
 
 ATHETOSIS. 
 
 Athanasescu (Basile). *Sur la laudanosine et un 
 essai de ^nthfese de la papav^ririe. 59 pp. 8°. 
 Genhe, TV. Kiindig & jus, 1900. 
 
 Athanasiu (Aurelj. *Angine ulc&o-membra- 
 neuse aigue & bacilles fusitonnes de Vincent et 
 spirilles chez les enfants. 208 pp. , 11. , 3 pi. 8° - 
 Paris, 1900, No. 550. 
 
 Athanasoff (Philippe) [1877- []. *Contribu- 
 tion k I'etude de la cheiloplastie inf6rieure et en 
 
 Earticulier du proc6d6 de Larger (de Maisons- 
 affitte). 73 pp., 2 pi. 8°. Nancy, 1904, 
 No. 26. • 
 
 Athanasow (Pierre) [1871- ]. *Reclierclie8 
 Mstologiques sur I'atropMe de la prostate conse- 
 cutive h, la castration, &, la vasectomie et &, 
 rinjection scl^rogfene epididymaire. Ill pp., 
 1 1. 8°. Nanaj, 1898, No. 9. 
 
 Athanassio-Benisty {Mme.) ■ Formes cliniques 
 des lesions des nerfs. Preface du professeur 
 PierreMarie. Ip.l., 234pp., 21., Slillus., 7 pi. 
 12°. Pons, Masson & Cu., 1916. 
 
 ■ . The same. Clinical forms of nerve lesions 
 
 with preface by Professor Pierre Marie. With a 
 preface by E. Farquhar Buzzard, xxi, 235 pp., 
 81 illus., 7 pi. 12°\. London, University of 
 London Press, 1918. 
 
 Traitement et restauration des lesions 
 
 des nerfs. Pr(5face du professeur Pierre Marie. 
 
 1 p. 1., 176 pp., 1 1., 4 pi. 12° Paris, Masson & 
 
 Cw., 1917. 
 . The same. Treatment and repair of 
 
 nerve lesions; preface by Professor Pierre 
 
 Marie. With a preface by Farquhar Buzzard. 
 
 xxii, 181 pp., 4 pi. 12°. London, University 
 
 of London Press, 1918. 
 Attaanassoff (Ivan) [1884- ]. *Le diagnostic 
 
 des taches de sang par les cristaux d'htoatiae. 
 
 "37 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1914, No. 26. 
 Athanassoff (Paul) [1875- ]. *Contribution a 
 
 I'etude de I'acide hippurlque et sa synthase 
 
 dans I'organisme animal chez I'horrane normal 
 
 et malade. 86 pp., 1 1. 8° Montpellier 1904, 
 
 No. 11. 
 Attaanassoff (Wladimir) [1872- ]. *Contribu- 
 
 tion k retude d'une vari6t6 de tubercules sous- 
 
 cutan^s douloureux dus k la presence de corps 
 
 strangers. 42 pp. 8°._ Bordeaux, 1902, No. 72. 
 Athanassow (Peter). *Ueber kongenitale Sko- 
 
 liose. -[Zurich.] pp. 6-20, 1 pi. 8°. Wiesbaden, 
 
 1903. 
 Bepr.from: Arch. 1. Orthop. [etc.], Wiesb., 1903, 1. 
 
 Athan6 (Jean-Marie-Bemard-Urbain) [1878- ]. 
 •*Contribution a I'etude de la mucocele etlmoi- 
 dale. 89 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1904, No. 128. 
 
 Atharaka. 
 
 CUampion (A. M.) The Atharaka. J. Roy. Anthrop. 
 Inst. Gr. Brit. & Ireland, Lond., 1912, xlii, 68-90, 1 pi. 
 
 Atharva-veda sainhita. Translated with a criti- 
 cal and exegetical commentairy by William 
 Dwight Whitney. Revised and brought nearer 
 to completion and edited by Charles Rockwell 
 Lauman. 2 v. clxi, 470 pp.; 471-1046 pp. 
 roy. 8°. Cambridge, Mass., Harvard University, 
 1905. 
 
 Athens. 
 
 See, also, Asylums (Insane, Description, etc., 
 of), Fever (Malarial, History of), Fever (Ty- 
 phoid, History of), Fever (Typhus, History of). 
 Influenza (History, etc., of), Plague (History, 
 etc., of), by, localities. 
 
 Cardaznatis (J.-P.) L'assainissement de la ville d'Atli6- 
 nes. Grfece mid., Syra, 1911, xiii, 37-39. 
 
 Atheroma. 
 
 See, also. Aorta (Sclerosis, etc., of); Tumors 
 (Atheromatous) . 
 
 Pabst (Sizzo). *Zur Anatomie und Genese 
 der Atherome. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1897. 
 
 Czistorlna Sanfllippo (G.) Contribute alio studio della 
 strattnra e patogenesi degli ateromi. Bull. d. sc. med. dl 
 Bologna, 1910, 8. s., x, 604-620.— Jfpgaclievsld (N.) [A 
 simple method of operating for atheropaa.] Russk. Med., 
 S.-Peterb., 1892, xvll, 624.— Betterer (E.) De deux loupes 
 ou ath(komes avant la structure de rhabdomyomes. Compt. 
 rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1915, Ixxriii, 554-657. — . Struc- 
 ture et origine des ath&oines. lUi., 581-584.— Vladlmlroffl 
 (G. Ye.) [Removal of atheromata by the sharp spoon.] 
 Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1891, xxxv, 831.— Zimmermaim (W.) 
 Seltene Atheromformen. Arch. t. klin. Chir., Berl., 1908-9, 
 Ixxxvili, 903-916, 1 pi. 
 
 Atheromatosis. 
 
 See, Arteriosclerosis [and atheromatosis]. 
 
 Atherosclerosis. 
 
 See Arteriosclerosis. 
 Atherstone (William Guyhon) [1814- ]. 
 
 [Biography.] South African M. J., Cape Town, 1896-7, 
 iv, 26fe-258. 
 
 Atherton (Alexander Montague) [1875- 
 19031. 
 
 Obituary. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1903, Ixxviii, 471. 
 
 Athetosis. 
 
 See, also, Hemiatlietosis. 
 
 BiBCKBNSTAEDT (A.) *Ueber Athetose. 8°. 
 Leipzig, 1906. 
 
 Langeloh (J. H.) *Ueber Athetose. 8°. 
 Kiel, 1900. 
 
 _ Mills (C. K.) Athetosis and athetoid affec- 
 tions. 
 
 In: AM. Text-Bk. Dis. Child. (Starr), 2.ed., Phlla., 1898, 
 
 MoTOHANE (C6cile). *Sur certaines formes 
 des contractures dans I'ath^tose. 8°. Paris, 
 1900. 
 
 Olszewski (V.) *Ueber Athetose. 8°. 
 Greifswald, 1895. 
 
 RiNGEK (S.) Notes on a case of athetosis, 
 preceded by heniiplegia and hemiansesthesia, 
 and accompanied by unilateral swellings. 8°. 
 London, 1877. 
 
 Atbetosis. Pediatrics, N. Y., 1903, xv, 481.— Barraauer 
 (L.) Contribucifin al estudio de la atetosis. Gac. mM. 
 catal., Barcel., 1S97, xx, 385-391.— Berger (A.) Zur Kennt- 
 niss der Athetose. "Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1901, xv, 751, 
 
 . Zur Kenntnis der Athetose. lahrb. f. Psychiat., 
 
 Leipz. & Wien, 1903, xxiii, 214-233.— Buzzard. (E. F.) An 
 obscure case of athetosis, with abolition of tendon reflexes. 
 Proo. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1912-13 vl, Neurol. Sect^ 60.— 
 de Castro (A.) Nota sobre a marcha na athetose. Brazil, 
 med., Rio de Jan., 1912, xxvl, 361, 1 pi. Also, transl.: N. 
 
 ioonog. de la Salp6tri6re, Par., 1912, xxv, 265-266, 2 pi. , 
 
 Dos movimentos assooiados na athetose. -Brazil-med., 
 Rio de Jan., 1912, xxvi, 501-603. Also, transl.: Rev. neurol.. 
 Par., 1912, xxiii, 368-372.— Claude. Athetose fruste. Rev. 
 gto. de cUn. et de th^rap.. Par., 1911, xxv, 167.— Collins (J.) 
 Dystonia musculorum deformans or athetosis. N. York 
 M. J. [etc.], 1916, ci, 703.— Davldlan' (H.) Athetosis; review 
 Of the Uterature, with clinical report of a case. Alienist & 
 Neuroly St. Louis, 191-5, xxxvl, 269-295, 6 pi. — Denekamp 
 (M.) Een geval van hemiathetosis posthemiplegiea. Me£ 
 Weekbl., Amst., 1896-7, iii, 201-205.— Eisenlohi (C.) Zur 
 
 Eathologisohen Anatomie der Athetose. Jahrb. d. Hamb. 
 taatskrankenanst. 1893-4, Hamb. & Leipz., 1896, iv, 22- 
 40. — Fernandez Sanz (B.) La atetosis como sintoma 
 de las encefalopatias iafantiles. Rev. de med. y cirug. prdct., 
 Madrid, 1912, xcv, 129-138.— Pisclier (O.) Demonstration 
 zur Patholo^e der Athetose und verwandter zerebraler 
 Bewegungsstorungen. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1910, 
 Ivii, .2778.— von Frankl-Hocliwart (L.) Ueber Athetose. 
 Deutsche Klinik, Bcrl., 1904, vi, 709-718.— Fromaget. 
 De I'ath^tose pupiUaire ou hippus. Mm. et buU. Soc. de 
 mM. et chir, d^ Bordeaux (1897), 1898, 331-336.— Grancher. 
 L'ath^tose. Rev. intemat. de mM. et chir.. Par., 1896, vii, 
 221-223.— Haenel. Ueber die Leitung der MotUltat im 
 Zentralnervensystem; im Anschluss an die mikroskopische 
 Untersuchung eines Falles von Hemiathetose. Jaliresb. d. 
 
ATHETOSIS. 
 
 164 
 
 ATHLETES. 
 
 Athetosis. 
 
 Gesellsch. i. Nat> u. Heilk. in Dresd., Munohen, 1901-2, 112- 
 115.— Harris (G. H. A.) A case of post hemiiDlegio athetosis. 
 Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1900, xxxv, 178-180.— Kaiser (0.) 
 Myotonisohe Stoningen feei Athetose. Neurol. Centralbl., 
 Leipz., 1897, xvi, 674-680.— von Kiaflt-Ebing. Ueber 
 Athetose. Allg. Wien. med. Ztg., 1897, xlii, 383; 395.— 
 Kunn (C.) Ueber Augenmuskelkrampfe bei Athetose. 
 Deutsche med. 'Wohlisohr., Leipz. & Berl., 1897, xxiii, 370- 
 372.— Landrieux & Pllcqufi (A.-FJ Un cas d'ath^tose 
 hyst&:ique tenmniS par la gudrison. Rev. g&i. de clin. et de 
 thfirap., Par., 1897, xi, 2fil.— Latinols (Mi) Hypertrophic 
 unilat^rale du sein dais I'h^miath^tose Intaatile. M6m. et 
 compt.-rend. Soo. d. so. m^d. de"Ijy;on (1898), 1899, xxxviii, 
 79-86. — Leroy. H^,nilath(5tose atypique. Med. mod.. Par., 
 1897, yiii, 129.— McPliedran (AT) Athetosis, or mobile 
 spasm. Cauad. J. M. & S., Toronto, 1901, ix. 4-6.— Mason 
 (E. G.) Report ol a case of functional athetosis; recovery. 
 N. York Polyclin., 1897, ix, 140.— Medea (E.) & Bossl (P.) 
 Besezioni parziali del nervi motorl nell' atetosi. Osp. magg. 
 Eiv. soient.-prat. d. . . . dl Milano, 1911, vi, 165-172. AUo, 
 
 transl.: Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1912, xxxi, 684. ^ 
 
 . L'excitation m^canique des fibres d'un trone ner- 
 
 veux k fin d'individualiser les fibres destinies aux dlfE6rents 
 muscles (L propos de quelques cas d'ath^tose traitfe par la 
 rfceotion partielle des nerts moteurs). Eev. neurol., Par., 
 1912, xxiii, 472.— Nikltlna-Pakhorskaya (T. P.) [Case 
 of choreo-athetosis of war-traumatic origin.] J. NevTopat. i 
 Psikhiat. . . . Korsakova, Mosk., 1915-16, xv, 436-444.— 
 O'Carroll. Athetosis. Tr. Eqy. Acad. M. Ireland, Dubl., 
 1911, xxix. 112. Also: Dublin J. M. Sc, 1911, cxxxl, 461.— 
 Peskoffi (V. N.) [Congenital athetosis.) Med. jpribav. k 
 morsk. sbomiku, S.-Peterb., 1900, 388-393.— Plnatelle. 
 Deux observations d'athdtose; atMtose i, forme paraplfigique 
 rang^nitale; h^mlathStose de I'enfance. , Loire med., St.- 
 Etienne, 1898, xvii, 242-247.— Popoft (N. M.) [Athetosis.] 
 Nevrol. Vestnik, Kazan, 1901, ix. No. 3, 42i^5, 1 pi. Also, 
 in his: Klin, lekts. no nervn. bollezn., 8°, Kazan, 1902, ii, 
 19^2.— Prentice (H. B.) [Case.] Proc. Boy. Soo. Med., 
 Lond., 1911-12, V, Neurol. Sect., 140.— Belclie. Athetose. 
 Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1912, xxxviii, 
 337.— Rennie (G. E.) [Case.] Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 
 1897, xvl, 439-441.— Btpamontl (A.) Emiatetosi o movi- 
 mentl atetoidi? Attl a. Ags. med. lomb., Milano, 1896, 140- 
 155.— Bublno (A.) [Two cases.] Ufficiale san., Napoli, 
 1897, X, 207-213.— Sander (M.) Ein Fall von Athetose rait 
 Sectionsbefund. Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1897, xvl, 301- 
 308. — Spiller (W. G.) Acquired spasticity and athetosis. 
 J. Nerv. & Ment., DiSy Lancaster, Pa., 1908, xxxv, 452-455. — 
 Starokoplitsld (N. I.) [Localization and pathogenesis of 
 athetotic movements; case of hemiathetosis with epilepsy.] 
 Nevrol. Vestnik, Kazan, 1911, xviii, 565-591.— StrOzewsld 
 (K.) [An equivocal athetosis.] Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1897, 
 2. s., xvii, 914-917.— Strllblng. Ueber Athetose bei Lues. 
 Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph., Wien & Leipz., 1895, xxxiii, 409- 
 414.— SwMt (W. H.) The speech m athetosis. Rev. Neurol. 
 & Psychiat., Edinb., 1916, xiv, 151-155.— Taylor (P.) Athe- 
 tosis m a case of mitral disease. Rep. Soo. Study Dis. ChUd., 
 Lond., 1902-3, iii, 241-246.— Taylor (J.) Athetoid move- 
 ments. Proc. Roy. Soc. Medy Londy 1911-12, V, Sect. Stud. 
 Dis. Child., 141.— Tumey (H. G.) General athetosis in two 
 sisters. Ibid., Neurol. Sect., 142.— Valli (A.) Contribute 
 alia conoscenza delle sindromi atetosiohe. Eiv. sper; dl 
 freniat., Reggio-EmUia, 1903, xxix, 513-526.— Zenner (P.) 
 [Case.] Lanc6l>Clinic, Cincin., 1907, n. s., Ivtii, 16. 
 
 Athetosis (Double). 
 
 Goulard (R.) *Oontribution k I'^tude 
 cliniqiie et pathog^aique de I'ath^tose double. 
 8°. Paris, 1903. 
 
 SwTNGHBDAuw (P.-J.-M.) *AtIitose double 
 et choree cong&itale. (Syndrome ath6toso-cho- 
 idique.) 8°. Lille, 1909. 
 
 Agosta (A.) Un case dl atetosi doppia con autopsia. 
 Atti d. Cong. d. Soo. ital. di neurol., Roma, 1914, iv, 246.-^ 
 Bellottl (M.) Atetosi doppia. Gazz. d. osp., Milano. 1897, 
 xviii, 997-1000.— Boumevllle & Chapotln. AtMtose 
 double avee monvements convulsifs chronlques de la face 
 simulant les tics convulsifs. Eecherches clin. et tMrap. sur 
 r^pUcps. [etc.]. Par., 1899, xix, 26-39, 3 pi.— Brandels. Un 
 cas d%th4tose double debutant chez I'adulte. Cong. d. 
 m^d. ali^nistes et neurol. de France . . . Proc.-verb. [etc.] 
 1895, Par., 1896, Ii, 432-435.— Campbell (G.) A case of 
 bilateral athetosis with some unusual symptoms. Alienist 
 & Neurol., St. Louis, 1899, xx, 216-219.— Collier (J.) Three 
 cases of bilateral athetosis. Proc. Boy. Soc. Med., Lond., 
 1911-12, V, Neurol. Sect., 60-62.— Courmont & Florence. 
 Amelioration extraordinaire d'un diab^te grave chez une 
 athdtosigue double. Bull. Soc. mfid. d. h6p. de Lyon, 1910, 
 ix, 335-339.— Dalton (If.) Caseofdbubleathetosis. Tr.Clin. 
 Soc. Lond., 1898-9, xxxii, 219-222.— Das (G. E.) [Athetosis 
 of the whole body.) Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1906, xli, 
 134.— Dobrovolskl (Y. Y.) [Pathogenesis of athetosis, 
 double athetosis.] Nevrol.Vestruk, Kazan, 1913, xx, 61; 282.— 
 Drewry (W. F.) Double athetosis: report of two cases. 
 Virginia M. Month., Elchmond, 1895, xzii, 201-207. Also, 
 
 Athetosis (Double), 
 
 Eeprint.- Flscher;(0.) Zur Frage der anafomischen 
 Grundlage der AtMtose double und der posthemiplegischen 
 BewegujigsstBrung iiberhaupt. Ztsohr. 1. d. ges. Neurol u 
 Psychiat., Berl. & Leipz., 1911, yii, Orig., 463-486, 6 pi.— 
 Grancber. Sur I'athgtose double. Ind^pend. miSd Par 
 1897, ui, 249.-Gulllaln (G.) & Dubois (f.) Action mhibil 
 trice de la compression oculaire sur les mouvements anor- 
 maux dans un cas d'ath^tose double. Bull, et m^m. Soc 
 
 m4d. d. hOp. de Par. 1914, 3. s., xxxvii, 850. ' 
 
 Sur un cas d'athtose double aveo signe de Babinski provo^ 
 
 Su6 par l'excitation de la surface cutanfe de tout le corps 
 A?Z;t™"i°'t,^*'^« 1^"' Z^"™?. 714-716.-HaUpre (A.) 
 Athetose double. Rev. mfid. de Normandic, Rouen, 1911, 
 3737375. Also: Normandie m^d., Ilouen, 1912,xxviii, 10- 
 .12.— Haupt (H.) Ein Beitrag zur Eenntnis der idiopathi- 
 schen Athetose (AtMtose double). Deutsche Ztsdir. f 
 Nerveni Leipz., 1907, xxxiii, 464-^76.— Head (H.) Athe^ 
 tosis of left hand with tremor of right hand. Proc. Eov Soc 
 Med., Lond., 1912-13, vi, Neurol. Sect., 81-84.— Hccker'. 
 Mitbewegungen und Athetose double. Monatechr. f 
 Psychiat. u. Neurol., Berl, 1911, xxix, 84.— Hlgler (H.) 
 [Case of bilateral idiopathic athetosis. In a youth.] Neurol, 
 polska, Warszawa, 1910-11, i, No. 4^84-86.- Hultgren(E. ) 
 [Case, of bilateral athetosis.) Hygiea, Stockholm, 1915, 
 '?^?V 13P6-1312.-Jaroszyllska. fDouble athetosis in a 
 child.] Neurol, polska, Warszawa, 1910-11, i. No. 6, 113. 
 ;;r~Ji E.°."^^^ A**'«'°8'S') ^'^-r wis, m, 223-226.— ma 
 Krafft-Bbta^g (R.) Zur Athetosis • bilateralis. In Ms: 
 Arb. a. d. Gesammtgeb. d. Psychiat. u. Neuropath., 8°, 
 
 Leipz., 1897, Hft. 2, 137-149. . Idiopathic bilaieraj 
 
 athetosis. Ahemst & Neurol., St. Louis, 1903, xxiv, 325- 
 337.— Krol (M. B.) [Double athetosisj Nevrol. Vestnik. 
 Kazan, 1913, XX 763-777.-tukacs (E.) Fortsohreitende 
 zweisoitige Athetose ohne Liihmung. Ztsohr. f. d ee.s 
 JiS^'Sv"- Psyhiat., Berl. & Leipz., 1914, xxiv, Orig., 445- 
 452 -Massalongo ftft.) Atetosi doppia: nevrosi trauma^ 
 tiche; tetania. In: Tratt. ital. di patol. med., 8°, Milano. 
 tSiii' V' P*- «. 351:442 -JTotlmagel. Un caso A atetos 
 Waterale guanta. Boll. d. clin., MUauo, 1S98, xv, 491-494 — 
 Ponyatovskl (A. A.) [Bilateral athetosis, the bodUv 
 musculature takme considerable part.) Med. nribav k 
 morsk. sbormku g.-Peterb^ 1902, pt. 1, 228-26, 2 pi.— 
 Renault (J.) & Balbron (P.) Athetose double femifiale. 
 r4h=V?i?°f- ^- T'- 1?''^P*-^.^^-' 1805, xxiii, 495^14. Also 
 ^iSfJi /--A^-r^® ™^'^- «*,'=^- ^h ^^■> 1905, ix, .544-546.- 
 
 ■ w'^^T®"?^^''^'^/!^-) Athetose double. Deutschemed! 
 Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1916, xlii, SOS.-Sllatschek (K.) 
 ■ Fall von dpppelseitiger Athetose. Mitt. d. Gesellsch. t. 
 mn. Med. U. Kinderh. m Wien, 1912, xi, 154-157. Also: 
 Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1912,. Ixi, 177i.-^f«wart (T. G.) 
 A case of ^alateral involuntary movements, athetoid and 
 choreiforrn. Proc. Eoy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1911-12, v, 
 Neurol Sect.. 6M7.-gtlegUtz (L.) bouble Ithetosis Irom 
 infantile cerebralpalsv: J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1898. 
 ^Vf •^^5i~;^I'%™ (T- ^■) Case of athetoid inovl: 
 Sf"|!^^'?'^*'™.'ls-„J,™o- Eoy. Soo. Med., Lond., 1913-14, 
 vn Sect. Stud. Dis. Child., 63.— Zwelg (W.^ Ein !Fall von 
 1898 iu 42^28°^"^ bilateralis. Wien. kUn. Eundschau, 
 
 AtUas (Marck) [1875- ]. *Recherches sur 
 1 histogtofese de I'^corce du cervelet. 40 pp. 
 8°. Paris, 1897, No. 220. 
 
 Athletes and athletics. . 
 
 See, also, Education (P%siW); Exercise: 
 Gymnastics; Training (Physical). 
 
 Abrahams (A ) Athletics and the medical man. Prac 
 titioner, Lond., 1911, Ixxxvi, 429^46.-Anderson (W. G.) 
 Further studies m the longevity of Yale athletes. Med. 
 T™^.* N- Y.. 1916, xhv, 75.-Bara«li (J. HJ Against over^ 
 athleticism Wnat. (5ong. School Hyg. i<r. 1913, Bv^alo, 
 1914, m, 591-595.-Benedlc! (F. G.) & Smith (H. k.) The 
 rnetabohsm of athletes as compared with normal individuals 
 °' ^'SJ'^.i'®'&' ?'"1 weight. J. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1915, 
 XX, 243--252.-'Slake (J B.) Medical aspects of athlekcs in 
 preparatory schools. Boston M. & S. J , 1907 clvi 106- 
 iSSi.'^T.^M "^^'iP;] ■*■ djf £"ssion of the deleterious efle'cts of 
 competi&veathletios Albany M. Ann., 1917, xxxviii, 151- 
 ?St^T™.^S^-^-1 The evolution of athleflc evils. Am. 
 Phys. Educat. Eev., Sprmgfield, Mass., 1909, xiv, 161-166 — 
 Brooks(H.) The effects of college afoleties on ^er Ufe. 
 n^ullf^\' ^- ^■' J°'^' ^■?' 573-577.-Brooks fW. T.) & 
 Rrit ?/°-] ^i="'"5S"'^™'^Smedicalaspectsotathleticism. 
 fT M^^•T^,•i,J^™'^•A ^^™<vF' 829-838.-l-Burn-Murdoch 
 liriJs'' f ??S and possible abuse of athletics during the 
 penod of growth and development. Edinb. M J 1910 
 n. s., iv, 391-404.-Cabanls. Psycholorie d^' atLlltcs 
 Rev. de psychiat., Par 1901, n. s., lC4£^f-ic^a?S(A ) 
 Un atleta nel Laboratorio di flsioljgia. Rassegnadi sc 
 S.fh'i^S!?^''^*^?''^-^' l^' S7-95.-Colaneri (Z.) *L6 ooulge 
 
 66?^oi.w rwT- lf"^°''^"'«S;' P"' i9ii ^v, set: 
 
 tSv M T T^ j^ Jj?":"""^' albummuria in athletes. 
 Brit. M. J Lond., 1907, i, 4-6.— Coughlto (E. E ) The 
 use and abuse of athlet&s Med. Eeo., nTY , IMrf, Irri 
 
ATHLETES. 
 
 165 
 
 ATKINSON. 
 
 Athletes and athletics. 
 
 484-487. ■ 
 
 -. Deaths of athletes and fatalities in athletic 
 
 games during the year. lUi., 1906, Ixix, 870-873. 
 
 The athletic life in its relation to degenerative changes in 
 
 the cardiovascular system. lUi., 1910, Ixxvii, 574-578. 
 
 . Deaths of athletes and fatalities in athletic games 
 
 during the year 1910. N. York State J. M., N. Y., 1911, xi, 
 
 358-363. . The medical aspect of athletics. Med. 
 
 Keo.,, N. Y., 1914, Ixxxvi, 247-249. . Fatalities in ath- 
 letic games and deaths of athletes. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1917, 
 ov, 1204.— Cummins (R. A.) A study of the effect of basket 
 ball practice on motor reaction, attention and suggestibility. 
 Psycnol. Rev., Lancaster, Pa^ & Princeton, N. i., 1914, xxi, 
 356-369.— Dearborn (G. V. N.) Athletics and life. Boston 
 M. & S. J., 1913, clxviii, 406.— Fisher (G. J.) A study of 
 athletic administrative bodies; their pomts of resemblance 
 and difference. Am. Phys. Educat. Revy Springfield, 
 Mass, 1916, xxi, 281-296.— Hetterlngton (C. W.) Analysisot 
 problems in college athletics. liii., 1907, xii, l.')4-181.— Hill 
 (L.)& Flack (M.) Theinfluenceofoxygenonathletes. Proc. 
 Physiol. Soo. Lend., 1908-9, pp. xxviii-xxxvi. Also: J. Phy- 
 siol., Lend., 1909, xxxviii,pp. xxviii-xxxvi. Also, Reprint. — 
 Hogner(R.) [Olympic games and athletics.] Halsovannen, 
 Stockholm, 1911, xxvi, 241; 257; 275; 309; 3'42: xxvii, 66; 75; 
 87; 101; 117. — Jarvis (N. S.) The reasons and necessity for 
 athletics as a health measure. Bull. State Bd. Health Rhode 
 Island, Providence, 1917, in. No. 1, 10-20.— Klme (J. "W.) 
 High school and college athletics as viewed from the medical 
 standpoint. Internat. Cong. School Hvg. Tr. 1913, Buffalo, 
 1914, lii, 696-602.— KtUbs & Brustmann (M.) Untersu- 
 ohungen an Sportsleuten. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1913, 
 Ixxvu, 438-445.— Lamed (C. W.) Athletics from a historical 
 and educational standpoint. Am. Phys. Educat. Rev., 
 Springfield, Mass., 1909, xiv, 1-9.— Ijavontus (H.) Zur 
 Kenntuiss des Stoflwechsels bei Athleten. Skandin. Arch. 
 f. Physiol., Leipz., 1905, xvii, 196-204.— Lyaston (G. F.) 
 Remarks on athletics for health. Interstate M. J., St. Louis, 
 1909, xvi, 120-122. — — . Lessons for the athlete in the 
 Jeffries-Johnson battle. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1910, xeii, 
 349-351.— M'Kensie (R. T.) Relation of athletics to lon- 
 gevity. Med. Exam. & Pract., N. Y., 1906, xvi, 195-198.— 
 McVey (W. EJ The effects of modem college athletics 
 on the heart. , J. Kansas M. Soc, Kansas City, Kan.. 1910, 
 X, 179-182. — ^Meade (G. P.)' An analytical study of athletic 
 records. Sdent. Month., N. Y., 1916, ii, 696-600.— Middle- 
 ton (W. S.) The influence of athletic training on blood- 
 pressure. Am. T. M. Sc, Phila., 1915, cl, 426-430.— Nass (L.) 
 Les sports athl4tiques dans I'antiqmt^. Corresp. m^d.. 
 Par., 1910, xvii, Nos. 5-10.— Orr (W.) The place ofathletics 
 in the curriculum of secondary schools for girls and boys. 
 Am. Shys. Educat. Rev., Bost., 1907, xii, 49-59.— Potter 
 (N. B.) & Harrington (J. T.) Medical supervision of ath- 
 letics among boys at boarding school. J. Am. M. Ass., 
 Chicago, 1909, Mil, 1957-1960.— Power (H. D'A.) Effects of 
 athletics on young people. , Calif. State J. M., San Fran., 
 
 1913, xi, 223-225. . The effect of competitive athletics 
 
 on scholarship. lUi., 392-397.— Raub (E. L.) Athletics for 
 elementary school boys. Internat. Cong. School Hyg. Tr. 
 1913, Buffalo, 1914, iii, 603-609.— Shumaclcer (L.) & Mld- 
 dleton (W. S.) The cardiac effects of immoderate college 
 athletics. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1914, Ixii, 1136-1144.— 
 Simpson (B. T.) Consideration of the advisability of ath- 
 letics in professional colleges, with special reference to the 
 Universify of Buffalo. Buffalo M. J^ 1904-5, n. s., xliv, 435- 
 444.— Stokes (C. F.) The effect ofathletics upon health. 
 Internat. Cong. School Hyg. Tr. 1913, Buffalo, 1914, iii, 
 625-630. — Symposium (A); the effect oi athletics on young 
 men. Med. Times, N. Y^ 1912, xl, 32; 61.— Taylor (C. K.) 
 Athletics and the boy. Psychol. Clin., Phila., 1912-13, vi, 
 74-78. — Torgersen (P.) [Medical examination of those 
 who took part in the 50-kilometer foot race at HolmenkoUer, 
 1913.] Norsk Mag. f. Lsegevldensk., Kristiania, 1913, 5. R., 
 xi, 923-929. — 1 — . [Anatomic-physiological examination ol 
 athletes.] lUd., 1914, 5. R., xii, 369-356, 8pl.— Walker (F. A.) 
 College athletics. Technol. Quart., Bost., 1£93, vi, 116-131.— 
 WWlelockeVR. H. A.) The injuries incidental to athletic 
 Hospital, Lond., 1908, xliv, 649-652. 
 
 Athletics in relation to disease. Tr. M. Soc. Lond., 1909, 
 xxxii, 53-69. Also: Clin. J., Lond., 1908-9, xxxiii, 371-384.— 
 Wlllson (R. N.) The heart of the athlete, its prospect and 
 OTOtection. Perm. M. J., Athens, 1915-16, xix, 83-94.— 
 Wilson (E. E.) Testing the athletic ability of elementary 
 school boys. Am. Phys. Educat. Rev., Springfield, Mass., 
 ' 1917, xxii, 284-292. 
 
 Athletic sports. The out of door librarjr. By 
 D. A. Sargent, H. J. "WMgham [et al.]. xiii, 318 
 pp., 9 pi. 12°- New York, C. Seribner's Sons, 
 1897. 
 
 Athrepsia. 
 
 See Infants (New-bom, Atrophy, etc., of) 
 
 Athyreosis. 
 
 See Myxcedema. 
 Atkins (Henry) [1830-1914]. 
 
 Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1915, i, 142. 
 
 Atkins (Ringrose) [1851-98]. 
 
 J. (H. M.) Obituary. Med. Press & Circ^ Lond., 1898, 
 n. s., Ixv, 150.— Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond.., 1898, i, 468. 
 Aho: J. Ment. Sc., Lond., 1898, xliv, 453^56. 
 
 Atkinson (Charles Francis). Dictionary of Eng- 
 lish and German military terms and other words 
 useful to officers. 2 v. 12°. London, H. Rees, 
 1915-16. 
 
 Atkinson (Daniel Mouncey)[ -1904]. 
 
 Obituary. Glasgow M. J,, 1904, Ixi, 359. 
 Atkinson (Donald T.) [1874^ ]. Adenoids and 
 Idndred perils of school Ufe. 224 pp. 8°- New 
 York, Vail-Ballou Co., [1914]. 
 
 Social travesties and what they cost. 
 
 152 pp. 8°. New York, Vail-Ballou Co., [1916]. 
 
 Atkinson (Edward) [1827- ]. The right ap- 
 plication of heat to the conversion of food 
 material. 20 pp. 8° Salem, 1890. 
 
 . Suggestions for the establishment of food 
 
 laboratories in connection with. the agricultural 
 experiment stations of the United States. 20 pp. 
 8°. Washington, Gov. Print. Off., 1893. 
 
 Forms Bull. No. 17 of U. S. Dep. Agric. Off. exper. 
 stations. Wash. 
 
 See, afeo, Ganot (Adolphe)[tn2.s.]. Elementary treatise 
 on physics, experimental and applied [etc.). 14. ed. 12°. 
 New iTorli, im. 
 
 Atkinson (Edward) [1830-1905]. 
 
 Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond.. 1905, i, 631, port. Also: 
 Lancet, Lond., 1905, i, 754. Also: iled. Press & Circ, Lond., 
 1905, n. s., Ixxix, 258. 
 
 Atkinson (Ernest Francis Joseph) [1873- ]. 
 
 *Ueber Dihydro toluol und Dihydro-m-Xylol. 
 
 28 pp., 2 1. 8°. Berlin, C. Koepsel, 1903. 
 Atldnson (George Francis) [1854^ ]. Some 
 
 fungi from Alabama. Collected chiefly during 
 
 the years 1889-92. 50 pp. 8°. Ithaca, Andrus 
 
 & Church, 1897. 
 Bull. Cornell University. (Science.) No. 2, v. 2. 
 
 . . Studies of American fungi. Mushrooms, 
 
 edible, poisonous, etc. With a chapter on re- 
 cipes for cookiiig mushrooms, by Sarah Tyson 
 Borer; on the chemistry and toxicology of 
 mushrooms, by J. F. Clarlc; on the structural 
 characters of mushrooms, by H. Hasselbring. 
 V, 275 pp., 66 pi. 8°. Itham, N. Y'., Andrus & 
 Church, 1900. 
 
 Atkinson 
 
 1906]. 
 
 [Obituary.] J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1906, xlvii, 1S45. 
 
 Atkinson (James) [1759-1839]. 
 
 Sbarp (G.) James Atkinson, surgeon, scholar, wit, of 
 York. Med. Maj., Lond., 1S97, vi, 930-945. 
 
 Atkinson (John Mitford) [1857-1917]. 
 
 Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1917, i, 827. Also: Lancet, 
 Lond., 1917, i, 890. 
 
 Atkinson (RobeH 0.) [1841-1917]. 
 
 Obituary. J. Missouri M. Ass., St. Louis, 1918, xv, 93. 
 Atkinson (Stanley Bean) [1874^1910]. Golden 
 rules of medical evidence. 63 pp. 32°. Bristol, 
 J. Wright & Co., [1906]. 
 . The law in general practice; some chap- 
 ters in every-day forensic medicine. 239 pp. 
 8°. London, Frowde, Hodder & Stoughton, 1908. 
 Tor Biograiphy, see Brit. |M. J., Lond., 1910, i, 298. Also: 
 Lancet, Lond., 1910, i, 339. 
 
 Atkinson (Thomas George) [1870- ]. 
 
 FAUof of: Practical Therapeutics. 8°. La Orange, lU., 
 1909. 
 
 Atkinson (Trhomas] RueU). Aids to examina- 
 tions in medicine, surgery, midwifery, and the 
 allied sciences. Part II. 170 pp. 16°. London, 
 Baillih-e, Tindall & Cox, [1898]. 
 
 Atldnson (V. T.) Osteomalacia in cattle. 2 pp. 
 8°. {Washington, 1904.] 
 U. S. Dep. Agric. Bureau animal indust. Circ. No. 66. 
 
 (Isaac Edmondson) [1846- 
 
ATKINSON. 
 
 166 
 
 ATLAS. 
 
 Atkinson (V. T.) — continued. 
 
 . Special report on disease of horses. Rev. 
 
 ed. 551pp., 52 pi. 8°- Washington, Gov. Pririt. 
 
 Off., 1909. 
 U. S. Dept. Agrio. Bureau animal indust. 60. Cong., 
 
 2. sess. H. B. Doc. No. 1254. 
 
 Special report on diseases of cattle. 8°. 
 
 Washvngtnn, 1912. 
 
 U. S. Dep. Agric. Bureau animal indust. 61. Cong., 
 3. sess. H. R. Doc. No. 1507. 
 
 Atkinson (WiUiam Biddle) [1832-1909]. Hints 
 in the obstetric procedure, xii, 13-121 pp. 12° 
 Philadelphia, D. G. Brinton, 1879. 
 
 Fm Biography, see N. York M. J. [etc.], 1909, xc, 1127. 
 
 Atkinson (William Henry) [1815-91]. 
 
 Thorpe (B. L.) Leader, teacher of teachers, prophet, 
 and past grand master dental enthusiast. [Biography.] 
 Dental Brief, Phila., 1904, ix, 671-676, port. 
 
 Atkinson (William Walker) [1862- ]. Sugges- 
 tion and auto-suggestion. 217 pp. 12°. London, 
 L. N. Fowler & Co., 1915. 
 
 Atlanta. 
 
 See Fever (Tellow, History of). Hospitals 
 (Description of), by localities. . 
 Atlanta Journal-Record of Medicine v. 40-64, 
 1899-1918. 8°. Atlanta. 
 
 formed, in 1899, by union of: Atlanta Medical and 
 Surgical Journal and: Soutbem Medical Record. 
 
 Atlantic City. 
 
 YouNGMAN (M. D.) Atlantic City, N. J., as a 
 resort for invalids; comprising statistics, meteo- 
 rological tables, etc., concerning the climate of 
 Atlantic City, N. J., its sanitary regulations, and 
 observations on its value as a resort in various 
 diseased conditions. 8°. Atlantic City, 1884. 
 
 DarnaU (W. E.) The climate of Atlantic City and its 
 
 'lieffmann (H.) Sanitation at Atlantic City. Phila. 
 M. I., 1902, X, 392.— Marvel (P.) Some remarks on thirty 
 odd years of continuous climatic observations in Atlantic 
 City. Tr. Am. Cllmat. Ass., Phila., 1912, xrviii, 114-124. 
 
 Atlantic Ocean. 
 
 Lotamann (H.) Beitrage zur Charakterisierune des 
 Tier- und Pflanzenlebens in den von der "Deutsehland" 
 wahrend ihrer Fahrt nach Buenos Ayfes durchfahrenen 
 Gebieten des Atlantischen Ozeans. Intemat. Rev. d. ges. 
 Hydrobiol. u. Hydrograph., Leipz., 1911-12, iv, 407-432, 
 
 Atlas and axis. 
 
 Aichel. Die Bedeutung des Atlas fur die Anthropologic 
 unter Beriicksichtigung des Fundes vom Monte Hermoso. 
 Anat. Anz., Jena, 1914, xlvi, Ergnzhgshft., 274-278. Also: 
 Ztschr. f. Ethnol., Berl., 1914, xlvi, 187-190i^Barge (J. A. J.) 
 Over den pro-atlas der zoogdieren. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. 
 Geneesk., Amst., 1915, ii, 2446.— Chugunofl (S.) [What 
 is the processus odontoideus atlantis hominis Funke?] 
 Izvlest. imp. Tomsk. Univ., 1902, xix. No. 7, 1-11, 1 pi.— 
 Dubreuil-CUambardel (L.) Variations sexuelles de 
 I'atlas. Bull, et m^ra. Soo. d'anthrop. de Paf., 1907, 5. s., 
 
 viii, 399; 401. . Les ligaments propres de I'atlas. Cong. 
 
 intemat. demid. (xvl.). C.-r., Budapest, 1910, Sect, i, Anat., 
 
 Embryol., 206-210. . I^es ligaments propres de I'atlas. 
 
 Gai. mid. du centre. Tours, 1913, xviii, 116.— Funke (E.) 
 Ueber einen Processus odontoideus atlantis hominis. Anat. 
 Anz., Jena, 1898, xiv, 385-390.— Gerlacli (L.) Ueber die 
 Bewegungen in den Atlasgelenken und deren Beziehungen 
 zu der BlutstrBmung in den Vertebralarterieu. Beitr. z. 
 Morphol. . . . Erlang. 1883, Stuttg., 1884, 104-117, 1 pi.— 
 Pltzorno (M.) L'epistrofeo. Arch, per I'antrop., Firenze, 
 1898, xxviii, 207-242, 1 pi.— Wright (W.) [A hitherto unde- 
 scribed groove on the atlas.] Proc. Anat. Soo. Gr. Brit. & 
 Ireland, Lend., 1904-5, p. vu. 
 
 Atlas and axis (Ainormities of). 
 
 Giuflrida^Ruggerl (V.) Forame sottotrasversario dell' 
 atlante. Monitore zool. ital., Firenze, 1906, xvii, 88-90.— 
 Soboleff (L. V.) [Demonstration of a rare case of anomaly 
 of the atlas and axis.] Trudl Obsh. Patol. v S.-Peterb. 
 1910-11, Kharkov, 1912, 19.— Tenchlni (L.) Di una singo- 
 lare variety deir atlante uinano. Arch, perl'antrop., Firenze, 
 1896, xxvi, 69-77. 
 
 Atlas and axis (Ankylosis of). 
 
 Bolk (I/.) Zur Frage der Assimilation des Atlas am 
 Schadel beim Menschen. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1906, xxviii, 497- 
 
 Atlas and axis (Ankylosis of) . 
 
 506.— Dwight (T.) I. Concomitant assimilation of the 
 atlas and occiput with the manifestation of an occipital 
 vertebra. H. Jflotes on a hypochordal brace. Anat. Record, 
 Phila., 1909, iii, 321-333.-1^6 Double (A.-F.) Soudure ohez 
 I'homme de I'atlas h la base du cr.4ne. Bull, et m(Sm. Soo. 
 d'anthrop. de Par., 1912, 6. s.,iii, 20-35.— Magnlfi (H.) Sou- 
 dure patnologique de I'atlas et de I'occipital. Toulouse m(5d., 
 1903, 2. s., V. 123.— Mouchotte. Fusion partielle, pathologi- 
 que,^ de I'atlas et de roocipital. Bull, et m4m. Soc. anat. 
 de Par., 1900, Ixxv, 935-937.— Noack (F.) Ueber die Ent- 
 stehung der angeborenen Atlasankylose und ihre Unter- 
 sohiede von der erworbenen. Virchow's Arch."f. path. Anat. 
 [etc.], Berl., 1915, ooxx, 62-80.— Smith (G. E.) A further 
 note on the case of fusion of the atlas and axis. Anat. Anz., 
 Jena, 1909, xxxiv, 357.— Welgner (K.) Ueber die Assimila- 
 tion des Atlas und tiber die Variationen am Os ocdpitale 
 beim Mensohen. Anat. Hette, Wiesb., 1911-12, xlv, 81- 
 195. 
 
 Atlas and axis (Diseases and tumors of). 
 
 Brown (R. H.) A case of exfohation of the anterior arch 
 of the atlas. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1904, xUi, 708.— 
 Inhelder (A.) Mitteihingen (iber Neurapophysen des Pro- 
 atlas in der Hinterhauptsschuppe des Menschen. Anat. 
 Anz., Jena, 1910, xxxvii, 541.— NjTilasy (F. A.) An inter- 
 esting case of atlo-axoid disease. Intercolon. M. J. Aus- 
 tralas., Melbourne, 1901, Vi, 319-322, 1 pi.— Rugh (J. T.) 
 Atlo-axoid disease, with report ol two cases; successful 
 operation in one. Am. J. Orthop. Surg., Best., 1917, xv, 
 61-56. — Steele (J. D.) Carious odontoid process of axis and 
 ulcerated destruction of transverse ligament. Tr. Path. Soc. 
 Phila. (1893-5), 1896, xvii, 7.— Thorburn (W.) & Gardner 
 (J.) A case of tumour of the axis, illustrating the functions 
 of the third cervical spinal segment. Brain, Lond., 1903, 
 xxvi, 120-137. 
 
 Atlas and axis (Dislocation of). 
 
 RoMM (M.) *Ein Fall von Atfasluxation mit 
 Abbruch des Epistropheus. [Konigsberg i. Pr.] 
 8°. Tubingen, 1905. 
 
 Aho, in: Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tubing., 1905, xlvii, 626- 
 643. Also, Reprint. 
 
 Wbidenhatjpt (H. [J.]) *Luxatio atlanto- 
 occipitalis. 8°. Bonn, 1905. 
 
 WiTTKOP (C.) *Zur Kenntnifi der Luxation des 
 Atlas. 8°. Leipzig, 1910. 
 
 Baudouin (M.) & Lannelongue. Luxation traumar 
 tique simple de I'atlas sur I'axis sur un squelette trouv^ en 
 
 " place dans un m^galithe de Vendue. Coi^t. rend. Acad. d. 
 so.. Par.; 1904, cxxxix, 494-496.— B!a«k (0. E.) Dislocation 
 of atlas. Illinois M. J., Snringfleld, 1910, xviii, 479^93. 
 Also, Reprint.— Blackwood (N. J.) Atlo-oocipital dislo- 
 cation. Ann. Surg. Phila., 1908, xlvii, 654-668.— Braque- 
 haye (J.) Luxation bilat^rale de I'axis en avant par choc 
 
 ■ direct sur la nuque; paralysie progressive des deux mem- 
 bres; hyper(5mie; extension continue; gu^rison. M^m. et 
 bull, Soc. de m^d. et chir. de Bordeaux (1895), 1896, 163-165.— 
 Comer (E. M.) Rotary dislocations of the atlas. Ann. 
 
 Surg., Phila., 1907, xlv. 9-26, 2 pi. 
 
 -. Rotatory sub- 
 
 ^] 
 
 luxation of the atlas. "Tr. CUn. Soc. Lond., 1907, xl, 10-16. 
 
 . Case of unilateral rotatory dislocation or the atlas 
 
 with fracture of the anterior arch. Med. Press & Circ, 
 Lond., 1909, n. s., Ixxxvii, 557.— Elsendrath (D.N.) Dislo- 
 cation of the atlas. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1905, xli, 798. — ^Ely 
 (L. W.) Subluxation of the atlas; report of two cases. IIM., 
 1911, liv, 20-29, 3 pi. Aha, Reprint.- Griffith (J. D.) Re- 
 port of three cases of partial luxation of the atlas on the axis. 
 Am. J. Orthop. Surg., Phila., 1914-15, xii, 332-340.— Hall 
 (J. N.) cfe Taylor (H. L.) A case of partial dislocation of the 
 occipito-atloidean articulation. Denver M. Times, 1897-8, 
 xvii, 384. — Hamburger (Y. E.) [Dislocation of the odon- 
 toid process of the atlas into the cranial cavity.] Protok. ' 
 zasled. Kavkazsk. Med. Obsh,, Tiflis, 1904-6, xli, 64.— Hollls 
 'H.) Death from dislocation between the atlas and axis, 
 jancet, Lond., 1899, ii, 1614.— Kabler (P. L.) A case of 
 atlo-axoid dislocation. Am. J. Surg. & Gynsec, 'VVellston, 
 ' Mo.> 1895-6, viii, 88. Also: Tr. M. Ass. Missouri 1896-7, 
 Kansas City, 1898, 187-190.— Kelly (J. A.) Dislocation 
 forward of the atlas, with fractui'e of the odontoid process of 
 the axis. Ann. Surg., Phila., 190.'), xlii, 245-251, 6 pl.-r 
 KlenbOck(R.) Demonstration eines Fallesvonunvollstan- 
 dieer Luxation des Atlas mit Abbruch der Dens epistrophei. 
 Wien. klin. Wohnschr., 1911, x.xiv, 145. — ^Laquerrl^re. Ra- 
 diographie de disjonctiou de I'atlas. Bull. off. Soc: franc. 
 d'tfeotrotMr,, Par., 1906, xiv, 183.— Law (F. M.) Disloca- 
 tion of the atlas from the axis of the vertebra. Laryngoscope. 
 St. Louis, 1912, xxii, 143,— Lloyd (J. H.) A case of disloca- 
 tion of the atlas, shown by a skiagram, causing paralysis of 
 the left arm and the syringomvelic dissociation symptom on 
 the opposite side. Am. J. M. So,, Phila. & N. Y., 1904, n. s., 
 cxxviii, 751-761. — Morestln (II.) Luxation ancienne de 
 I'atlas sur I'axis. Bull. Soc. anat. de Par., 1896, Ixxi, 99- 
 101.— Morton (J. J.) A case of rotary dislocation of the 
 atlas. Boston M. & S. J., 1914, clxxi, 822, 1 pi.— Ogilvy (C.) 
 Subluxations of the atlas upon the axis. Am. J. Orthop. 
 Surg., PhUa., 1914-16, xii, 314-331.— Pamas. Luxation de 
 
ATLAS. 
 
 167 
 
 ATLASS. 
 
 Atlas and axis (Dislocation of). 
 
 I'atlas et de I'axis, ,et amblyopie consc^cutive. Anjou nK^d.- 
 Angers, 1898, v, 41^5.— PeUssier (G.) Luxation atloido- 
 axoidienne traumatigue. Bull, et mim: Soo. anat. de Par., 
 1912, Ixxxvii, 369-371.— Ravenna (E.) Compressione bul- 
 bare per lussazione antoriore dell' atlante e anclulosi ossea atlo- 
 axoidea da artrite cronlca. PatholoKlca, Geneva, 1913-14, 
 vl, 672-680. — ^Regnault (F.) Luxation ancienne de Taxis 
 sur I'atlas. Bull, et m^m. Soc. anat. de Par., 1902, Ixxvii, 
 63.— Rimliaud (M.-L.) Luxation de I'atlas en apparence 
 spontan^e. Marseille m4d., 1916-17, liii, 493.— da Sllva 
 Amado (T. J.) Luxacao atloido-occipital por esmaga- 
 mento. Med. conterap., Lisb., 1902, xx, 168; 177. — Soeklr- 
 man. Luxatio epistrophei. 'Tijdschr. v. inland. Geneesk., 
 Batavia, 1894, ii, 28-30. ■=-Tlioinp.sou (L. L.) An occipito- 
 atlantoid and an atlanto-axoid dislocation. Calif. State J. 
 M., San Fran., 1911, ix, 387. Also: N. York M. J. [etc.], 
 1911, xciv, 640. Also, Reprint.— WaUace (D.) & Bruce (A.) 
 Case of dislocation between the atlas and the axis vertebrae, 
 with probable fracture of the odontoid process; reduction; 
 recovery. Tr. Med.-Chir. Soo. Edinb., 1909-10, n. s., xxix, 
 16-22, 2 pi.— van de Wlelc (L.) Luxation anoienne de 
 I'atlas sur I'axis. Ann. Soo. mM.-cliir. d'Anvers, 1896, 
 i, 107-109. Also: Belgique mM., Gand-Haarlem, 1896, iii, 
 pt. 2, 106-108. 
 
 Atlas and axis (Fractures of). 
 
 Battle(W. H.) Acaseoffracturedlslocatlonintheupper 
 cervical region without symptoms. Tr. Clin. Soc. Lend., 
 1903-4, xxxvu, 232-234.— BUlot. Fracture del'atlas: luxa- 
 tion ae I'axis. Arch, de m^d. et pharm. mil., Par.^ 1899, 
 xxxiv, 38-41. — Blanc. Fracture de I'atlas et de I'axis aveo 
 dSplacement en avantL gufirison persistante au bout de six 
 ans. Loire mM., St.-Etienne, 1908, xxvii, 348-351. — Bruce 
 (A.) & Wallace (D.) Fracture of the axis vertebra; reduc- 
 tion; recovery. Med. Press & Circ, Lond^ 1909, n. s., 
 Ixxxviii, 527. — Caboche (H.) Luxation de I'atlas sur 
 I'axis en arrifere; fracture de I'apophyse odontoide de I'axis. 
 Bull. Soo. anat. de Par., 1898, Ixxiii, 779.— Carson (F. L.) 
 Fracture dislocation of the atlas. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1911, 
 liv, 677, 1 pi.— Corner (E. M.) Fracture of both pedicles of 
 
 the axis. Tr. CUn. Soc. Lond., 1903^, xxxvii, 234. . 
 
 A case of unilateral dislocation of the atlas from the axis, 
 with fracture of the anterior arch of the atlas. Ibid., 1904-5, 
 
 xxxvlii, 228. . Fractures of the odontoid process of the 
 
 axis. Med.-Chir. Tr., Lond., 1907, xc, 637-665. '■ — . 
 
 Fracture of the atlas. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1909, n. s:, 
 Ixxxvii, 557. — Delbet (P.) Fracture de la lame droite de 
 I'axis. Bull, et m^m. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1900, n. s., xxvi, ■ 
 47.— Elliott (G. R.) & Sachs (E.) Observations on fracture ' 
 of the odontoid process of the axis with intermittent pressure 
 paralysis. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1912, Ivi, 876-882, 8 pi.— 
 Fossati (P.) Frattura oomminutiva dell'ala trasversa del'- 
 I'atlante. Clin, vet., Milano, 1907, xxx, 83.— Holding (A.) 
 Report of a case of fracture of the atlas vertebra, with com- 
 plete recovery of patient. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1906, 
 xlvl, 1697.— Hugues. Fracture unique de I'atlas, par 
 traumatismej^ mort subite. France mfid.. Par., 1897, xfiv, 
 traumatique de I'atlas. Rev. mi5d. 
 - ■ "' Killani 
 
 241. 
 
 Fracture 
 
 et pharm. de I'Afrique du nord, Alger, 1898, i, 116. 
 
 (O. G. T.) Fracture of the odontoid process of the axis. 
 Tr. N. York Surg. Soc, N. Y., M13, ji, 368. Also: Ann. 
 Surg., Phila., 1914, lix, 297-299.— Kissinger (P.) Luxations- 
 fraktur im Atlanto-occlpitalgelenke. Centralbl. f. Chir.,' 
 Leipz., 1900, xxvii, 933.— Le Breton (P.) A case of fracture 
 of the odontoid process of the axis. Am. T. Orthop. Surg 
 Phila., 1916, xiv, 649-561.— Ludloff. Fraktur der linken 
 Massa lateralis des Atlas. Ztschr. f. Elettrother., Leipz , 
 1906, viil, 93-100^ 3 pi.— O'Brien (F. W.) A non-fatai 
 fracture of the axis. Boston M. & S. J., 1916, clxxiv, 85. — 
 Park (R.) Fracture of the atlas; separation of a fr^ment,' 
 and its subsequent extrusion through the mouth. Buffalo 
 M. J., 1912-13, Ixviii, 312.— PUclier (L. S.) Atlo-axoid 
 fracture-dislocation. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1910, li, 208-211, 2 
 
 gl. — Quercioli (V.) Considerazioni cliniche su di un caso di 
 attura isolata comminuta simmetrica dello atlante senza 
 lesioni midollari In seguito a caduta sul capo. Policlin 
 Roma, 1908, sez. chir., xv, 241-255.— Reclion (G.) & Bicliat 
 (H.) Fracture de I'apophyse odontoide et du corps de 
 I'axis. Paris mid., 1916-17, xxi, 263-255.— Schneider (O.) 
 [Isolierte Fraktur des Atlas.] Jahrb. d. Hamb. Staatskran- 
 
 kenanst. 1909, Hamb. & Leipz., 1910, xiv, pt. 1, 122. . 
 
 Atlasfraktur, Armlahmung; Heilung; Beitrag zur Kasuistik 
 dieser Verletzung. Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1911, xxx 
 1346-1353— Sicard (J. A.) & Roger (H.) Anesth&ie dii 
 nerl sous-occipital comme signe de fracture de I'arc post^rieur 
 de I'atlas. Marseille mM., 1916-17, liii, 449-453.— Smith 
 (J. W.) & Clegg (J. G.y Fracture 01 the atlas and axis, with 
 crushing of the spinal cord; a case in which life was pro- 
 longed tor three and a half hours by artificial respiration. 
 Med. Chron., Manchester, 1898; ix, 417-423.— Taddei (D.) 
 Frattura dell'epistrofeo senza smtomi midollari. Arch, di 
 ortop., Milano, 1912, xxix, 167-182.— Van der Vlcet. Cas de 
 fracture de I'axis. Ann. Soc. de mdd. d'Anvers, 1909, Ixxi 
 13-18, 2 pi.— WaUace (C. S.) A case of fracture of axis 
 vertebra. Tr. Clm. Soc. Lond., 1896-7, xxx, 105.— Wilson 
 (H. A.) Fracture dislocation of the atlas without symptoms 
 of spinal cord injury. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1907, xiv, 632-635, 
 1 pf. Also: Tr. Phila. ACad. Surg., 1908, x, 1-4, 1 pi. 
 
 Atlas and axis (Wounds and injuries of) . 
 
 See, also, Atlas and axis (Dislocation of); 
 Atlas end axis (Fractures of) . 
 
 RoussEL (H.) *Lesions traumatiques de 
 I'atlas etde I'axis. 8°. Paris, 1900. 
 
 Brill (F. W.) Ein Beitrag zu den Verletzungen im 
 Bereich der beiden ersten Halswirbel. Deutsche Ztschr. 
 f. Chir., Leipz., 1911, cxi, 510-523.— Kanavel (A. B.) Bul- 
 let located between the atlas and the base of the skull; 
 tcchnic of removal through the mouth. Surg. Clin., Phila., 
 1917, i, 361-366.— Lahey (F. H.) Removal of bullet from 
 atlas. Boston M. & S. J., 1914, clxxi, 820.— Mixter (S. J.) 
 & Osgood (R. B.) Traumatic lesions of the atlas and 
 axis. Am. J. Orthop. Surg., Phila., 1909-10, vii, 348-370. 
 [Discussion], 418-421. Also: Am. Surg., Phila., 1910, li, 
 193-207, 5 pi. 
 
 Atlas der atiologischen und experimentellen 
 SypMlisforschung. Mit Unterstutzung der 
 deutschen dermatologisclien Gesellschaft. Hrsg. 
 von Erich Hoffmann, vii, 55 pp., 34 pi., port, 
 roy. 8° Berlin, J. Springer, 1908. 
 
 Atlas der Heilpflanzen des Praelaten Kneipp. 
 Verfasst von Erzherzog Joseph. Bildlich darge- 
 stellt durch Margareth Fiirstin von Thum und 
 Taxis. 1 p. 1. , 209 p 1. 4°. Eegensberg, W. Wun- 
 derlings, 1903. 
 
 Atlas (An) of illustrations of clipical medicine, 
 surgery and pathology. Compiled for the new 
 Sydenham Society. (A continuation of the 
 "Atlas of patholo^." Fasc. 14-27. fol. Lon- 
 don, 1902-7. 
 
 Atlas (An) of illustrations of pathology. Com- 
 piled (chiefly from original sources) for the New 
 Sydenham Society. Fasc. 11-13. fol. London, 
 1898-1900. 
 
 Atlas der in- en uitwendige geschlachtsorganen 
 van den man en van de vrouw, hun misvormin- 
 gen, eenige merkwaardige gevallen van herma- 
 phroditisme," benevens de entwikkeUng van de 
 menschUjke.vrucht. 14 pi. 4° Amsterdam, A. 
 van Klaveren, [n. rf.]. 
 
 Atlas klinisch wichtiger Rontgen-Photogramme, 
 welche im ' Laufe der letzten 3 Jahre in der 
 konigl. chirurgischen Universitats-Ivlinik zu 
 Konigsberg in Pr. aufgenommen wurden. Hrsg. 
 von von Eiselsberg und K. Sudhoff. 401., 37 pi. 
 roy. 8°. Berlin, A. Hirschwald, 1900. 
 
 Atlas der normalen und pathologischen Anatomie 
 in typischen Rontgenbildern. 81pp.; 40 pp., 
 18 pi. 4° Hamburg, Lucas Grafe &. Sillem, 
 1900-1901. 
 
 Forms Ergnzngshlte. 1-7 of: Fortschr. a. d. Geb. d. Ront- 
 genstrahlen, Hamb. 
 
 Atlas der pathologischen Histologie des Nerven- 
 systems'. Hrsg. von V. Babes, P. Blocq [et al.l. 
 Lfg. 1-9, 1892-1903. roy. 8° Berlin. 
 
 Atlas skhem po anatomJl chelovieka. [Schematic 
 atlas of human anatomy.] 2. ed. 24 pi. 4° 
 Varshava, V. A. Kozloff, [n. d.]. 
 
 Atlas der tierarztUche Opera tionslehre in fihif 
 Btichem: I. Zwangsmittel und Zwangsmassre- 
 geln. II. Instrumentenlehre. III. Verbands- 
 lehre. IV. AUgemeine Operationen. Bearb. 
 von Leonhard Hoffmann, xxiv, 508 pp. 4°. 
 Stuttgart, E. TJlmar, 1908. 
 
 Atlas of venereal and skin diseases. 2. ed. Text 
 entirely rewritten by James C. Johnston. With 
 the addition of chapters on acute and chronic 
 gonorrhea, by George Knowles Swinburne, vi, 
 240 pp., 76 pi. fol. New Yorl, W.Wood & Co., 
 1900. 
 
 Atlasoff (Ivan Ydkovlyovich) [1857-19111. 
 
 Nekrolog. [In memoriam.) Voyeimo-Med. J., S.-Pe- 
 terb., 1912, ccxxxiii, ined.-spec. pt., 175. 
 
 Atlass (Heniicus). *Dissertatio inauguraUs pa- 
 thologico-therapeutica de otalgia. 21 pp., 1 1. 
 12°. Vindohonx, 1835 
 
ATLAY. 
 
 168 
 
 ATOMIZERS. 
 
 Atlay (James Beresford) [1860- ]. Sir Henry 
 Wentworth Acland, Brt., Regius Professor of 
 medicine in the University of Oxford; a memoir, 
 "viii, 501 pp., 2 pi., 4 port. 8°. London, Smith, 
 Elder & Co., 1903. 
 
 . Trial of the Stauntons. 6 p. 1., 332 pp., 
 
 9_pl. (1 front.). 8°. Edinburgh & London, W. 
 Hodge & Co., [1911]. 
 
 Atlee {John L.) [1799-1885]. 
 
 DetwUer (B. H.) Personal recollections of John t. and 
 Washington L. Atlee. Am. Med., I'hila., 1904, viii, 753. 
 
 Atlee (Washington L.) [1808-78]. 
 
 DetwUer (B. H.) [Biography.) Am. Med., PMla., 1904, 
 viu, 753. 
 
 Atmometry. 
 
 LIvtneston (B. E.) Atmometrio units. Johns HopMns 
 Univ. Circ, Bait., 1917, n. s., 358-368. 
 
 Atmosphere. 
 
 See, also, Air. 
 
 UNrrsD States. Department of Agriculture. 
 Weather Bureau. Studies on the tnermodynam 
 ics of the atmosphere, by Frank Hagar Bigelow. 
 4°. Washington. 1907. 
 
 Amoldnff (V. A.) [Ammonia and nitric acid in the alr.J 
 Vestnik Obshtsh. HiR., Sudeb. i Prakt. Med., S.-Peterb., 
 
 1914, 1, 1012-1024.— Carracido (J. E.) Los gases nobles. 
 Gao. mM. d. Sur de Espafla, Granada, 1909, xxvii, 37- 
 42. — Dember (H.) Ueber die Bestimmung der Loschmidt- 
 schen Zahl dutch Messung der Absorption des Sonnen- 
 lichtes in der Atmosphare. Atti d. lab. sdent. A. Mosso 
 [etc.], Torino, 1914, iv, 36^2.— Gockel (A.) Aus der Physik 
 der Atmosphare. Med. Klin., Berl., 1911, vii, 1242-1244.— 
 Ivanofl (A.N.) [Quantitative analysis of formaldehyde in 
 the air.] Izvlest. Imp. Voyenno-Med. Akad., S.-Peterb., 
 1909, xix, 389-400.— Kimball (H. H.) The unusual atmos- 
 pheric haziness during the latter part of 1912. J. Wash. 
 Acad. Sc, Bait., 1913, iii, 269-273.— Lee (F. S.) Recent 
 progress in our knowledge of the physiological action of 
 atmospheric conditions. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, 1916, 
 n. s., xUv, 183-190. Also, Reprint. Also [Abstr.l: Arch. 
 Pediat., N. Y., 1916, xxxiii, 332-336.— Miller (J. A.) Some 
 physiological effects of various atmospheric conditions. 
 Am. J. M., Sc, Phlla., 1917, cliii, 412-420.— Wengler (J.) 
 Aenderung des KSrpervolumens bel AufeUthalt in verdich- 
 teter Luft. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1904-6, cvi, 31.3- 
 322.— Zwaardemakei (H.) Ueber einen Geschwindig- 
 keitsmesser fur stromende Luft (Aerodromometer). Onder- 
 zoek. ged. in h. physiol. Lab. d. Utrecht. Hoogesch., 1909, x, 
 150-154. 
 
 Atmotherapy. 
 
 See, also, Aerotherapy; Air (Compressed) 
 as remedy. 
 
 Golesccano (C.) Contribution S, l'4tude de I'atmotMrar 
 pie. Arch, intemat. de laryngol. [etc.]. Par., 1904, xviii, 
 874: 1906, xix, 110.— SlaVik (E.) [Eifluence of atmospheric 
 changes upon the course of certain diseases, and on the new 
 method oitreatmentof rheumatism and gout, and of certain 
 nervous diseases.] Casop. 1&. desk., v Praze, 19li, 1, 1205- 
 1208. 
 
 Atomic theory, 
 
 Deescher (A.) Der Aufbau des Atoms und 
 dasLeben. 8°. Oiessen, 190S. 
 
 Pekkin (T. B.) Atoms. Authorized transla- 
 tion by D. L. Hammick. 8°. New York, 1916. 
 
 Thomson {Sir J. J.) The atomic theory. The 
 Romanes lecture. 8°. Ojcford, 1914. 
 
 Bateman (H.) A model atom. Nature, Lond., 1908-9, 
 Ixxix, lj)9. — Bosler (J.) Sur le nombre des corpuscmes dans 
 I'atome. Radium, Par., 1908, ii, 106.— Cohen (E.) & Olie 
 (J.) Das Atomvolumen allotroper Modifikationen bei sehr 
 tiefen Temperaturen. Ztsobr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1910, 
 Ixxi, 385-400. — Cole (A. D.) Recent evidence for the exist- 
 ence of the nucleus atom. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, 1915, 
 n. s., xli, 73-81. Also [Abslr.]: Sclent. Am. Suppl., N. Y., 
 
 1915, Ixxix, 194.— De Acosta y Tovar (M.) Concepto del 
 dtomo en la f Isico-quimica modema. Gac. ra6d. d. Sur de 
 Espafia, Granada, 1909, xxvii, 297; 322.— De Boissoudy ( J.) 
 Le probl6me de la constitution de I'atome. Scientia, Bo- 
 logna, 1911, X, 250-277.— Debus (H.) Die Genesis von 
 Dalton's Atomtheorie. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 
 1897, xxiv, 325-352.— De Heen (P.) Demonstration exp6- 
 rimentale de la variability de la molecule et de I'atome. 
 Acad. roy. de Belg. Bull, de la cl. d. sc, Brux., 1913, 680- 
 694. — ^Eve (A. S.) Modem views on the constitution of the 
 atom. Am. J. Pharm., Phila., 1915, Ixxxvli, 183-195. Also: 
 J. Prankl. Inst., Phila., 1916, clxxix, 269-282.— Hardin (W. 
 L.) The nature of the chemical aiom. Science, N. Y. & 
 
 Atomic theory. 
 
 Lancaster, 1916, xHv, 665-664.— Lodge (Sir O.) The struc- 
 ture of the atom. J. Soc Chem. Indust., Lond., 1908, xxvii, 
 731-739.— Lorenz (R.)& Eltel ( W.) BeitrSge zur Atomistik. 
 Nr. 1. Ueber die brtliche Verteilung der Teilchen in einem 
 
 Atome. 
 
 Bakestraw (, , , _ 
 
 popular exposition of an abstruse scientific theory. Scient. 
 Am. Suppl, N. Y., 1916, Ixxx, 354-356.— Kemsen (I.) The 
 lite-history of a doctrine. Am. J. Pharm., Phila., 1903, 
 Ixxv, 116-130.— Bflscoe(C. E.) & Harden (A.) Die Genesis 
 der Atomtheorie. Ztschr. 1 phvs. Chemie, Leipz., 1897, xxii, 
 241-249.— Rudolph (H.) Die Erklarung der Radioaktivltat 
 aus dem ohemischen Zerfall der Atome. Ztschr. f. Balneol., 
 KMmat [etc.], Berl., 1909, li, 429; 463.— Rutherford (Sir E.) 
 The structure of the atom. Scientia, Bologna, 1914, xvi, 337- 
 351. AUo [AhstT.]: Pop. Sc. Month., N. Y., 1914, Ixxxiv,' 
 616.— Soddy (F.) Some aspects of the atomic theory. 
 Science Progr. 20. cent., Lond., 1915, Ix, 673-^685.— Stewart 
 (G. W.) The content and- structure of the atom. Science 
 N. Y. & Lancaster, 1914, n. s., xl, 661-663.— Thomson (Sir 
 J. J.) On bodies smaller than atoms. Pop. Sc. Month.. 
 N. Y., 1901, Ux, 323-335. — ^ — . The structure of the atom. 
 Notices Proc. Roy. Inst. Gr. Brit, 1905, Lond., 1906-7, xviii, 
 
 49-63. . La structure de I'atome. Monit. sclent.. Par., 
 
 1913, 5. s., xxvii, 493; 613.— Venable (F. P.) Recent concep- 
 tions of the atom. J. Elisha Mitchell Sc. Soc, 1915; xxx, 117- 
 125. — Wcinsteln (R.) Die moderne Atomisierung der 
 Welt. Deutsche Rev., Stuttg. & Leipz., 1914, iv, 147-152.— 
 Wilson (H. A.) The constitution of the atom. Proc. Am. 
 Phil. Soc, Phila., 1911, 1, 366-373. 
 
 Atomizers. 
 
 See, also, Innalation; Nebulizers; Vapor- 
 izers. 
 
 Bishop (S. S.) Sprays and inhalents. Laryngoscope, 
 St. Louis, 1898, iv, 112-115.— Dietz (W.) & Flor. Zerstauber. 
 ■ lUust. Monatschr. f. arztl. Polytech., Berl., 1907, xxix, 34.— 
 Faught (F. A.) An easily sterilizable atomizer. J. Am. 
 M. Ass., Chicago, 1910, liv^ 374.— Guyenot. Sur un nouveau 
 thermo-piilv6risateur k air ccmprim^. Compt. rend. Acad, 
 d. sc, Par., 1908, cxlvi, 1172-1174.— Hedderich. Ein Pul- 
 verblaser fur den Larynx. Verhandl. d. Ver. suddeutsoh. 
 Laryngol. 1894-1903, WUrzb., 1904, 115.— PreUe (O.) Be- 
 trachtvmgen fiber den Sanger'sohen Arzneiverdampfungsap- 
 parat. Aerztl. Prax,, Berl., 1905, xviii, 87-89. — Fynchon 
 (E.) A new nebulizing device. Ann. Otol., Bhinol. & 
 Laryngol., St. Louis, 1897, vi, 158-161.— Bcgnler (G.) & 
 Amous des Saulsays. Construction rapide et &!ono- 
 mique d'un pulv6risateur dans les formations sanitaires de 
 I'avant. Rev. gin. de clin. et. de thfaap.. Par., 1916, xxx, 
 316.— Saenger (M.) Eine verbcsserte Zerstaubungsvor- 
 richtung. Med. Klin., Berl., 1910, vi, 2017-2019.— Strauch. 
 Ein neuer an die Zentral-Niederdruckdampfheizung ange- 
 Echlossener Sprayapparat. Verhandl. d. ver. siiddeutscn. 
 Laryngol. 1894-1903, Wiirzb., 1904, 143-147.— Voorhees 
 (T. W.) A new atomizer bracket. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 
 1916, Ixiv, 1069. 
 
 Atomizers {Patent specifications for). 
 
 Bailey (J. J.) Atomizer. No. 606282: Aug. 18, 1896.— 
 Baker (w. D.) Adjustable atomizer. No. 1036540; Aug. 
 27, 1912.— Ballentlnc (J. B.) Atomizer. No. 955937; April 
 
 26, 1910. . Atomizer. No. 955938; April 26, 1910. . 
 
 Atomizor. No. 990949; May 2, 1911.— Benson (R. L.) Atom- 
 izing apparatus. No. 664923; Jan. 1, 1901.— Blackman 
 (C. M.) Atomizer. No. 613222; Oct. 25, 1898.— Boekel 
 (W.) & Boekel (J.) Atomizer. No. 595759; Deo. 21, 1897. 
 
 . Nebulizer and means tor attaching same to 
 
 , supporting-tanks. No. 745415; Deo. 1, 1903.— Braymer (F. 
 V.) Atomizer. No. 750521; Jan. 26, 1904.— Brigham (0. 
 H.) Atomizer. No. 667491; Feb. 5, 1901. — Bulling (A.) 
 Atomizer-inhaler. No. 787874; April 18, 1905.— Burke 
 (S. W.) Pocket atomizer. No. 1148749; Aug. 3, 1915.— 
 Cadman (W. H.) Appliance for use in administering 
 medicaments to the respiratory passages. No. 1066255; 
 March 18, 1913.— Callan (R. H.) Atomizer. No. 1208475; 
 Deo. 12, 1916.— Cott (G. F.) & Loos (J.) Atomizer. No. 
 638446; Deo. 5, 1899.— Comlns (F. B.) Atomizer. No. 
 760260; Jan. 26, 1904,— Cooperlder (J.) Atomizer. No. 
 891911; June 30, 1908.— Cramer (J. C.) Holder for atomizer. 
 No. 729138; May 26, 1903.— Davol (C. J.) Atomizer. No. 
 830S89: Sept. 11, 1906. — De VUblss (T. A.) Spray-producing 
 
 point for atomizers. No. 842390; Jan. 29, 1907. . Inverti- 
 
 ble atomizer. No. 904515; Nov. 24, 1908. . Spray head. 
 
 No. 1062223; Feb. 4, 1913. . Atomizer or the like. No. 
 
 1093039; April 14, 1914. . Valve for atomizers or the 
 
 like. No. 1097008; May 19, 1914. . Atomizer. No. 
 
 1193524; Aug. 8, 1916. . Medicinal vaporizer. No. 
 
 1221516; April 3, 1917.— DIcktoson (F. S.) Atomizer. 
 No. 838960; Dec IS, 1900.— Dormcnt (F. C.) Atomizer or 
 
ATOMIZERS. 
 
 169 
 
 ATOPPIAN. 
 
 Atomizers {Patent specifications for) . 
 
 nebulizer. No. 815411; March 20, 1006. . Atomizer and 
 
 like instrument. No. 839085; Dec. 18, 1906. . Pocltet 
 
 atomizer. No. 956052; April 26, 1910 . Atomizer. No. 
 
 1075467; Oct. 14, 1913.— Dorment (F. C.) & McVoy (G. C.) 
 Atomizer. No. 862828; May 7, 1907.— Du Brul (N.) Atom- 
 izer. No. 591745; Oct. 12, 1897.— Dunlap (H. M.) Spray- 
 tube for atomizer. No. 646491; April 3, 1900.— Edgerton (C.) 
 Air-pressure-supply apparatus for atomizer. No. 834185; 
 Oct. 23, 1906.— Eggers (A. C.) Atomizer. No. 835882; Nov. 
 13, 1906.- Endres (J.) & Eppensteln (W.) Atomizer. 
 No. 1176669; March 21, 1916.— EngUsh (W. J.) Atomizer. 
 No. 871579; Nov. 19, 1907.— Farmer (J. P.) Atomizer. No. 
 766161; March 29, 1904.— FeUerer (C.) Atomizer. No. 
 1083528; Jan. 6, 1914.— Foster (A. M.) Atomizer. No. 
 6)3413; Nov. 1, 1898.— Froldcvaux (A.) Atomizer. No. 
 662763; June 23, 1896.- Frost (W. S.) Atomizer. No. 602070; 
 
 April 12, 1898.— Fusch (G.) Method ol atomizing soUd medi- 
 caments. No. 92S038; July 13, 1909.— Goldman (M.) 
 Atomizer. No. 725954; Aprfl 21, 1903.— Goltermanu (H.) 
 
 Atomizer. No. 701711; June 3, 1902.— Guibor (C. H.) At- 
 omizer. No. 670494; March 26, 1901.— Gurnee (J. Z.) Atom- 
 izer. No. 816656; Aprils, 1906.— Halapleus( J. G.) Atomizer. 
 No. 705074; July 22, 1902.— Hasbrouck (S.) Atomizer. 
 No. 719587; Feb. 3, 1903.— Hawley (F. G.) Atomizer. No. 
 772802; Oct. 18, 1904.— Hay (W. S.) Atomizer. No. 1032.333; 
 July 9, 1912.— Heiman (S.) Pocket-atomizer. No. 653866; 
 July 17, 1900.— Herscher (C.) Atomiser. No. 495735; April 
 18, 1893.— Htnkle (F. W.) Atomizer. No. 1018193; Feb. 20, 
 1912.— HoUand (J. J.) Atomizer. No. 1229016; June 12, 
 1917.— Holland (J. J.) & Disclier (W.) Combination atom- 
 izer and nebulizer. No. 1020647; March 19. 1912. — Hollweg 
 (C.) Atomizer. No. 636042; Oct. 31, 1899.— Holman(O.Q.) 
 Atomizer. No. 661313; Nov. 6, 1900.— Jahn (E. A.) Atom- 
 izer or pump-sprayer. No. 842097; Jan. 22, 1907.— Kellcy 
 (G. J.) Atomizer. No. 1042685; Oct. 29. 1912.— Kenny (T.) 
 Atomizer. No. 642130; Jan. 30, 1900.— Kettle (S.) Atom- 
 izer. No. 757200; April 12, 1904.— Knight (0. C.) Atomizer 
 or nebulizer. No. 803170; Oct. 31, 1905.— Knimm (A. W.) 
 Atomizer. No. 560507; May 19, 1896.— Lindkugel (A. C.) 
 Vaporizer. No. 1184248; May 23, 1916.— MaUory (H. H.) 
 Atomizer. No. 905087; Nov. 24, 1908.— Manning (E. J.) 
 Atomizer. No. 1020833; March 19, 1912.— Marks (G. C.) At- 
 omizer. No. 693750; Nov. 16, 1897.— Mastin (J. G.) 
 Atomizer. No. 1141721; June 1, 1915.— Melnecke (C. W.) 
 Atomizer and nebulizer. No. 918762; April 20, 1909.— 
 Menges (E. E.) Atomizer. No. 794033; July 4, 1905.— 
 Michael (C.E.) Atomizer. No. 922307; May lS,1909.—Mllls 
 (H. E.) Atomizer. No. 660225; Mavl9,lS96.— Mitchell (F. 
 J.) Arr-foroing device lor atomizers. No. 686220; Juno 29, 
 1897.— Munro (W. B.) Atomizer. No. 1145029; July 6, 
 1916.— Oleshak (R. A.) Powder-atomizer. No. 783128; 
 Feb. 21, 1905.— Parker (R.) Bulb for atomizers. No. 
 564390; July 21, 1696.— Pettit (E. R.) Atomizer. No. 
 1103684; July 14, 1914.— Pierce (J. D.) Atomizer. No. 744603; 
 Nov. 17, 1903.— Prescott (R. W.) Atomizer. No. 606240; 
 • June 28, 1898.— Rachmann (H.) Atomizer for scent and 
 other sprays. No. 904149; Nov. 17, 1908.— Richards (R. F.) 
 Pocket atomizer. No. 963179; July 5, 1910.— Robertson 
 (J.) Atomizing apparatus. No. 703611; July 1, 1902.— 
 Romelsler (C.) Atomizer. No. 727069; May 6, 1903.— Root 
 (W. L.) Apparatus for atomization. No. 856301; June 11, 
 1907. — Rose (W. H.) Door-operated air-pump for atomizer. 
 No. 812883; Feb. 20, 1906.— Sams (W.) Atomizing device. 
 
 No. 73884S; Sept. 15, 1903. . Atomizer. No. 790318; 
 
 May 23, 1905.— Schoonmaker (F. W.) Nasal device. 
 No. 1143731; June 22, 1915.— Sehrader (F. C.) Sprayer. 
 No. 613321; Nov. 1, 1898.— Seltzer (C. J.) Atomizer and 
 
 nebulizer. No. 692486; Feb. 4, 1902. . Atomizer. No. 
 
 700838; May 27, 1902.— Smart (W. J.) Atomizer. No. 
 1110653; Sept. 16, 1914.— Smith (E. L.) Atomizer. No. 
 657710; Sept. 11, 1900.— Sonn (E. J.) Atomizer. No. 679436; 
 July 30, 1901.— Stevenson (W. L.) Atomizer. No. 583341; 
 May25, 1897.— Strumpf (H.) Atomizer. No. 1035261; Aug. 
 13, 1912.— Tatum (A. H.) Atomizer. No. 712213; Oct. 28, 
 1902.— Tatiim (0. A.) Atomizer. No. 1099474; June 
 2, 1914.— Tolman (G. S.) & Jones (G. K.) Atomizer. 
 No. 717474; Dec. 30, 1902.— Trask (S.) Atomizer. No. 
 
 1113069; Oct. 6, 1914. . Valveless atomizer. No. 1169301; 
 
 Jan. 25, 1916.— Truesdale (A.) & Virgin (W. S.) Surgical 
 atomizer. No. 9S4619; Feb. 21, 1911.— Truman (C.) Sprav- 
 ing device. No. 905250; Dec. 1, 1908.— Turner (C. L".) 
 Atomizer. No. 757157; April 12, 1904.— Tygard (J. W.) 
 Vibrative liquid atomizer and mixer. No. 862856; Aug. — . 
 1907.— Vant Woud (V. C.) Atomizer. No. 568058; Sept 22, 
 1896.— Venner (B. F.) & Brown (A. W.) Atomizer. 
 No. 931240; Aug. 17, 1909.— Waldman (J.) Atomizer. No, 
 851265; April 23, 1907.— Walz (C. J.) Air-forcing device for 
 atomizers. No. 700995; May 27. 1902.— Weaver (H. B.) At- 
 omizer. No. 587890; Aua. 10, 1897.— 'Wcitling (W. W.) 
 Atomizer. No. 630277; Aug. 1, 1899.— Whittler (W. E.) 
 Atomizer No. 625621; May 23, 1899.— Woodruff (T.) Atom- 
 izer. No. 578436; March 9, 1897.— Worst (E. J.) Atomizer. 
 No. 915646; March 16, 1909. 
 
 Aton (Edmond) [1877- ]. *De quelques 
 troubles anormaux dus &, -la presence de v^g^ 
 tatione ad&oides dans le naso-pharynx de 
 
 I'enfant. 
 No. 27. 
 
 58 pp., 1 1. 8°. Montpellier, 1903, 
 
 Atony (Gastro-intestinal) . 
 
 See Intestines (Atony of) ; Stomach {Atony 
 of). 
 Atony {Muscular). 
 
 See Muscles {Atony of); Myatonia congenita. 
 
 Atophan. 
 
 Atophan (2-phenyl-cliiiiolin-4-carboiuc acid); 
 a definite chemical substance wMcli lias been 
 found to exercise a powerful influence upon the 
 uric acid metabolism; new physiologically and 
 clinically approved therapy in gout and articular 
 rheumatism. 8°. New York, 1911. 
 
 Saratovski (I. I.) *KlinicheskIya nablyu- 
 deniya nad dieistviyem atofana na vldieleniye 
 mocnevoi kislotl. [Clinical observations on the 
 action of atophan upon the secretion of uric acid.] 
 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1912. 
 
 Chemlkofl (Y. A.) [Clinical and experimental data on 
 the action of atophan J Russk. Vrach,.S.-Peterb., 1912, xi, 
 48-60. — Dohrn (il.) Ueber das Verhalten des Atophans im 
 Organismus. Biocnem. Ztschr., Berl., 1912, xliii, 240-244. 
 
 . Ueber die entzundrmgswidrige Eigenschaft des 
 
 Atophans und einiger anderer Carbonsauren. Therap. d. 
 Gegenw., Berl., 1913, liv, 196-199.— Faslanl (G. M.) Ricer- 
 che sulP azione delP atophan sulla nucleasi del siero. Arch, 
 dl farmacol. sper., Roma, 1912, xiv, 4SO-490.— Folln (O.) & 
 Lyman (H.) On the influence of phenylquinolin carbonic 
 acid (atophan) on the uric acid elimination. J. Pharmacol. & 
 Exper. Therap., Bait., 1912-13, iv, 539-546.— Frank (E.) 
 Untersuchungeu fiber die Hamsaurebildung aus Nuclein- 
 saure und Hypoxauthiu unter dem Einflusse des Atophans; 
 ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis des NucleinstofEweohsels und der 
 Atophanwirkung. Arch. f. exper. Path.u. Pharmakol., 
 Leipz., 1911-12, Ixviii, 349-370. — - — . Ueber Variationen 
 des oxegenen Purinstofiwechsels duroh Atophan. Ver- 
 handl. d. deutsch. Kong. f. innfcre Med., Wiesb., 1912, xxix, 
 615-622.— Frank (E.) & Bauch (B.) Ueber den Ahgriff- 
 spunkt des Atophans bei seiner Ein-wlrkung auf die Ham- 
 saureausscheidung; nebst Bemerkungen zur Theorie der 
 gichtischen Urilcamle. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1911, xlviii, 
 1463-1467.— Guinet (M.) Contribution k I'^tude de I'acide 
 ph&iylquinoliqne carbonique; atophan. Rennes m^d., 
 1912-13, viii, 369-371.— HeUer (E.) Atophan bei Gicht und 
 akutem Gelenkrheumatismus. Berl. khn. Wchnschr., 1911, 
 xlviii, 526. — Klemperer (G.) Wesen der Atophanwirkung. 
 Verhandl. d. deutsch. Kong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1913, 
 XXX, 183-186.— Schittenhehn ( A.)& Ullmann (R.) Ueber 
 Nucleinstollwechsel unter dem Einflusse des Atophans. 
 Ztschr. f. exper. Path. u. Therap., Berl., 1912-13, xii, 360- 
 379.— Skorczewskl (W.) Ueber den Einfluss der Atophan- 
 darreichung auf die Urochromausscheidimg. liid., 1913, 
 xiv, 113-115.— SkOrczewski (W.) & Sohn (J.) Ueber das 
 Verhalten der 2-Phenyl-chinolin-4-Karbonsaure [Atophan! 
 im Organismus. Bull, internat. Acad. d. sc. de Cracovie, 
 1912, A, 885-887. Also; Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1912, xxv, 
 
 593. . Stoflwechselversuche bei Atophandar- 
 
 reichung. Ztschr. f. exper. Path. u. Therap., Berl., 1912, 
 xi, 254-263.— Smith (C. A;) & Hawk (P. B.) Action of 
 atophan and novatophan m gout and iritis. Arch. Int. 
 Med., Chicago, 1915, xv, 181-187. Also, Reprmt.— Starken- 
 stein (E.) Ueber die Beernflussung des Purinstofiwechsels 
 durch Phenyloinohonsaure (Atophan). Arch. f. exper. 
 
 Path. u. Pharmacol., Leipz., 1911, Ixv, 177-196. . 
 
 Ueber die Pbarmakologie des Atojjhans. (Nach gemein- 
 samen Versuohen mit Wiechowski.) Wien. klin. Wchn- 
 schr., 1913, xxvi, 87. 
 
 Atophan {ExantTiemata from.) 
 
 Brammer (M.) Et TUla3lde af Atophanexantem. 
 Ugeskr. f. Lseger, Kjjbenh., 1915, Ixxvii, 1065.— De Oyar- 
 zabal (E.) Dermitis artificial, tipo eczema, producida por 
 el atofin. Rev. espafi. de dermat. y sif., Mfadrid, 1913, xv, 
 301-303.— Herrlck (AV. W.) A scarlatiniform rash from' 
 atophan. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1913, 1x1, 1376.— Huber- 
 Pestalozzl (G.) Pruritus outaneus umversalis mit urtica- 
 riellem und scharlachahnUchem Exanthem nach Atophange- 
 brauch. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1915, xiv, 624- 
 626.— Kissmeyer (A.) Et Tilfselde af Atophanexanthem. 
 Ugeskr. f. Leei^er, Kfibenh., 1915, Ixxvli, 792.— Phillips (J.) 
 Sinn rashes following the administration of atophan . J. Am. 
 M. Ass., Chicago, 1913, Ixi, 1040. Also, Reprint— Thomseu 
 (H.) [A case of atophan exanthem.1 Ugeskr. f. Lseger. 
 Kfibenh., 1916, Ixxvu, 834. 
 
 Atophan (2-phenyl-chinolin-4-carbonic acid; a 
 definite chemical substance which has been 
 found to exercise a powerful influence upon the 
 uric acid metabolism; new physiologically and 
 
ATOPHAN. 
 
 170 
 
 ATOXYL. 
 
 Atophan — continued. 
 
 clinically approved therapy in gout and articu- 
 lar rheumatism. 16 pp. 8°. New Yorhy Scher- 
 ing & Glatz, 1911. 
 
 Atoxicocaine. 
 
 Brun (H.) Atoxikokain. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, 
 
 Basel, 1915, xlv, 1267.— Walthard (H.) ErJahrungen jnii 
 Atoxikokam. Ibid., 191(5, xlvi, 667-669. 
 
 Atoxyl. 
 
 See, also, Arsacetin. 
 
 Alvarez (!£. G.) Algunas palabras sobre el atoxil. Gac. 
 m^d, de Mexico, 1909, 3 s., iv, 527-533.— Blumenthal (F.) 
 Ueber den Naobweis und den Gang der Aussoheidung des 
 Atoxyls im Ham. Deutsche med. Wchnscbr., Berl. & 
 
 Leipz., 1908, xxxiv, 2266. . Atoxyl. Bioohem. Ztsobr., 
 
 Berl., 1910, xxviii, 91-96. . Ueber Atoxyl und seine De- 
 
 rivate. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1910, 
 xxxvi, 2275-2278. [Discussion In]: Med. Klin., Berl., 1911, vii, 
 78.— Blumenthal (F.)&Jacoliy(E.) Ueber Atoxyl. Bio- 
 chem. Ztschr., Berl., 1909, xvi, 20-36.— Blumenthal (F.) & 
 Navassart(E.) Ueber Atoxyl; I6»S., 1911, xxxil, 380-393.— 
 Croncr {¥.) & Sellgmann (E.) Ueber das Verbalten des 
 Atoxyls im Organismus. Deutsche med. Wchnschr. , Berl. & 
 
 Leipz., 1907, xxxiii, 995-997. . Pharmakologische 
 
 Untersuchungenmit Atoxyl. Med. Klin., Berl., 1908, iv, 632- 
 634.— Dcleuze. L'atoxyl. Eev. pharm., Gand, 1907, n. s., 
 xxiii,' 203-211. — Duliire (W.) Note sur le dosage de I'arsenlc 
 dans l'atoxyl. Bull. Acad. roy. de m^d. de Belg., Brux., 
 1912, 4. s., xxvi, 358-360.— EhrUch (F.) & Beitheim (A.) 
 Zur Geschichte der Atoxylformel. Med. Klin., Berl,., 1907. 
 iii, 1298.— FotUTieau (E.) Sur I'atoxyle. J. do pharm. et 
 chlm.. Par., 1907, 6. s., xxv, 332; 62S.— Lafay (L.) Un nou- 
 Teau-n6 de quarante-CLuatre ans: I'atoxvl. Cllmque, Par., 
 1907, ii, 295-298.— Langgaard (A.) Atoxyl. Therap. Mo- 
 natsb., Berl., 1907, xxi, 418-422.— Lockemann (G.) Zur 
 Frage der Aussoheidung des Atoxyls durch den Ham; 
 Erwiderung auf die Bemerkungen des Herm Blumenthal. 
 Deutsche med. 'Wohnschf .,,Berl. & Leipz., 1909, xxxv,.209. — 
 Nterensteiu (M.) Comparative chemo-therapeutical study 
 of atoxyl and trypanocides. Aim. Trop. M. & Parasitol., 
 
 Liverp., 190S, ii, 249-255. . Chemical notes on atoxyl. 
 
 Ibid., 329. . Ueber die Ausscheidung des Atoxyls im 
 
 Fferdeharn. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforscb. u. exper. Therap.,' 
 Jena, 1909, il, 453^58.— Sigel (J.) Atoxyl. Berl. kUn. 
 Wchnschr., 1904, xU, 18.— Tendron (E.) Eecherches sur 
 raimination de I'arsenlc aprfes injections sous-cutanfe d'ato- 
 xyl, par le dosage de I'arsenic dans les urines et les fSces. 
 Bull. Soc. path, exot.. Par., 1909, ii, 140-143.— Terry (B. T.) 
 Different amounts of transformed atoxyl produced by 
 incubating one per cent and ten per cent atoxyl in blood. 
 J. Exper. M., Lancaster, Pa., 1916, xxi, 258-266.— tJmbert. 
 Nota sobre I'atoxH. An. de med. Butll. mens, de I'Acad. 
 . . . de Catalunya, Barcel., 1909, iii, 289; 447.— WoodaU 
 (A. E.) On the chemistry and pharmacology of atoxyl and 
 arsacetin, with some observations on the excretion of these 
 compounds. Med. Chron., Manchester, 1912-13, Ivi, 299- 
 311. — Taklmofl (W. L.) Zur Frageuber die Zersetzung des 
 Atoxyls. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1908, 
 xxxiv, 201-203. 
 
 Atoxyl (Effects of): 
 
 Dietrich (W.) *Untersuchungen fiber die 
 Wirkung des Atoxyls bei Pferd und Hund. 
 [Giessen.] 8°. Stuttgart, [19101. 
 
 Also [Abstr.], in: Deutsche tierarztl. Wchnschr., Hannov., 
 1910, xviii, 81-83. 
 
 Hasse (A. [A.] J.) *Ueber die Wirkung des 
 Atoxyles bei kleinen Haustieren, speziell beim 
 Hunde. [Giessen.] 8°. Berlin, [1909]. 
 
 Arat (L.) & Kerl (W.) Ueber die Beeinflussung der 
 .Uoxylvnrkung durch Organbrci. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 
 1912, xxv, 1408-1413.— Beck (M.) Ueber die Wirkung des 
 Atoxyls im tierischen Organismus. Ztschr. f. Immuni- 
 tatsforscb. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1910-11, viil, Orig., 218- 
 232. — Blumenthal (F.) Atoxyl and its mode of action. 
 Sleeping Sick. Bureau. Bull., Lond., 1908-9, No. 4, 144- 
 148. — Bayd (F. D.) A contribution to the study of protein 
 metabolism under atoxyl. Arch, internat. de pharmacod., 
 Brux. & Par., 1911, xx, 281-285.— Clannl (A.) Ricerche 
 sperimentaH sull' azione fisiologica dell' atoxyl. Spcrimen- 
 tale. Arch, di bipl., Firenzc, 1908, Ixii, 243-292.— Igershei- 
 mer. Experimenteller Beifrag zur Wirkung des Atoxyls 
 auf den tierischen Organismus. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. 
 Pharmakol., Leipz., 1908, Suppl.-Bd., 282-285.— Igcrs- 
 helmer (J.) & Botmuanu (A.) Ueber das Verhalten 
 des Atoyyls im Organismus. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., 
 Strassb., 1909, lix, 256-280.— PeschlC (S.) Versuche (Iber 
 die Wirkungsweise des Atoxyls. Ztschr. f. Immunitats- 
 lorsoh. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1912, xiii, Orig., 364-370. — , 
 Jtoehl (W.) Ueber den Wirkungsmechamsmus des 
 Atoxyls. Berl. kliu.' Wchnschr., 1909, xlvi, 494-497. — 
 Botheimnndt (M.) & Dale (J.) Experimentelle Studicn 
 fiber die Wirkungsweise des Atoxyls in vitro und im "Tier- 
 kSrper. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., 
 
 Atoxyl (Effects of). 
 
 Jena, 1911-12" xii, Orii., 665-594.— So. Beeinflusst Atoxyl 
 die Bildung der Antikorper? Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1911, 
 xxiv, 452.— Terry (B. 'T.) The action, of atoxyl. Proc. 
 See. Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1911-12, Ix, 41.— Uhlen- 
 huth. Gross & Blckel. Untersuchungen liber die Wir- 
 kung des Atoxyls auf Trypanosomen tmd Spirochaten. 
 Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1907, xxxiii, 
 129-132.— Wlttrock. Ueber Empflndlichkeit der Haut 
 gegen Beriihrung mit Atoxyllosung. Arch. f. Schifls- u. 
 Tropen-Hyg., Leipz., 1914, xviii, 163. 
 
 Atoxyl (Effects of) on the eye. 
 
 Birch-Hifschleld (A.) & Kdster (G.) Die Schadigung 
 des Auges durch Atoxyl, auf Grund klinischer, anato- 
 mischer und experimenteller Untersuchungen. Arch. f. 
 Ophth., Leipz., 1910, Ixxvi, 403-463, 1 pi.— Bomemaun 
 (W.) Bin Fall von Erblindung nach Atoxylinjektionen 
 bei Lichen ruber planus. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1905, 
 Iii, 1043-1045. — Coppez (H.) Sobre los accidentes oculares 
 producidos por el atoxil. Arch, de oftal. hispauo-am., 
 Barcel., 1909, ix, 409-413.— Costantino (T.) Contributo 
 clinlco alio studio delle ambliopie e delle amaurosl tossiche 
 prodotte dall' atoxil. Arch, di ottal., Napoli, 1910-11, xviii, 
 673-692. — Garcia del Mazo. Nuevo caso de ceguera pro- 
 duclda por el atoxil. Arch, de oftal. hispano-am., Barcel., 
 1911, xi, 661-667.— Grignolo (F.) Dell' influenza dell' atoxil 
 snip occhio; rivista sintetica e ricerche personal!. Palho- 
 
 logica, Genova, 1909-10, ii, 637-646. . Delle alterazioni 
 
 oculari nelP awclenamento acuto da atoxil. Ann. di ottal., 
 Pavia, 1911, xl, 230-235.— Herford (E.) Sebstorungen nach 
 Atoxyl-Anwendung. Charit6-Ana.^ Berl., 1908, xxxil, 
 440-449.— Igeishelmer ( J. ) Ueber die Wirkung des Atoxvls 
 auf das Auge. Arch. f. Ophth., Leipz., 1909, Ixxi, 379.4'28, 
 
 1 pi. . Experimentelle Studien fiber die Wirkung des 
 
 Atoxyls auf das Auge. Ber. ii. d. Versamml. d. ophth. 
 
 Gesellsch. 1908, Wiesb., 1909, xxxv, 242-260. . On the 
 
 effect of atoxyl on the eye. Arch. Ophth., N. Y., 1911, xl, 
 402-404.— Key (B. W.) 'The effect of atoxyl on the eye, being 
 a clinical and experimental study. Univ. Perm. M. Bull., 
 PhUa., 1909-10, xxv, 124r-134.— Makrocki. Ein Beitrag 
 zur Atoxylamaurose. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1914, 11, 1766. — 
 Maucione (L.) Ancora un caso di ceciti per atoxil. Arch, 
 di ottal., Napoli, 1910-11, xvui, 769-772.— Schwarz (E.). 
 Ueber Atoxyl-Polyneuritis und Atoxyl-Amblyopie. St. 
 Petersb. med. Wchnschr., 1909; xxxiv, 223-227.— Steindorfl 
 (K.) Die Wirkung des Atoxyls auf das Auge; Samrael- 
 referat. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1910, xlvii, 1837.— Stelne- 
 bach (E.) Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Sebstorungen nach 
 Atoxyl. Ibid., 1914, Ii, 1116.— Szekeres (O.) [Disturbances 
 of vision following atoxyl.] Szemfezet, Budapest, 1909, 
 xlvi, 56-59.— Van Gehuchten & Tits (A.) Un cas d'am- 
 blyopie atoxylique. Nivraxe, Louvain, 1909, x, 3-12. 
 
 Atoxyl (Therapeutic use of). 
 
 See, also. Sleeping-sickness (Prevention, 
 etc., of); Syphilis (Treatment of) with atoxyl; 
 Trypanosomiasis (Treatment of). 
 
 Biringer (F.) Klinische Erfahrungen mit Atoxvl. 
 Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1903, xvii, 3S9-393.— Blumentlial 
 (F.) Ueber die Anwendung des Atoxyls in der inneren 
 Medizin. Med. Klin., Berl., 1907, iii, 319-322.— DroWaskl 
 [Therapeutic use of atoxyl m relapsmg fever and malarial 
 fever.] Kharkov. M. J., 1907, iv, 214-217, 1 dia?.— Fabian 
 (R.) Weitere Ergebnisse der Atoxylbehandlung, Berl. 
 klin. Wchnschr., 1909, xlvi, 99-101.— Fourneau (E.) Sur 
 I'emplol medical de l'atoxyl. Bull. d. so. Pharmacol., Par., 
 1907, xiv, 313-329.— Hallopeau (H.) Sur un danger de la 
 medication par l'atoxyl et robligation qu'il impose. Clin, 
 opht., Par., 1907, xiii, 298-300. Also: Rev. sclent., Par., 
 
 1907, 5. s., vul, 104. . Nouvelle note sur I'emploi de 
 
 l'atoxyl dans la syphilis, la tuberculose et la Iftpre. Cong, 
 frang. de m(5d. 1907. Compt. rend., Par., 1908, 461-468.— 
 Jacohson (R.) Die Anwendung der Atoxyl-Blaud- und 
 Chinatoxylkapseln bei der Behandlung der Anamie und 
 Neurasthenie. Deutsche Aerzte-Ztg., fieri., 1909, 77-79.— 
 Lateiza (G.) Cure con l'atoxyl. Lavori d. Cong, di med. 
 int. 1908, Roma, 1909, xviii, 421.— Loewenthal. Ueber 
 Atoxyl, mit besonderer Berilokslchtigung der damit ange- 
 stellten experimentellen Tierversuche una dossen bisberiger 
 Anwendung in der Veterinfijmedizin. Berl. tierarztl. 
 Wchnschr., 1908, 873-875.— Masslou. Des diverses applica- 
 tions thi5rapeutiques de l'atoxyl. Ann. d'byg. et de m6d. 
 colon^ Par., 1909, xii, 116-140.— Moller (J.) Ueber AtoxyJ 
 und dessen intramuskuiare und endovendse Anwendung. 
 Borl. klin.-tberap. Wchnschr., 1904, 255-263. Also: Wien. 
 klin.-Tborap. Wchnschr., 1904, 256-263.— XaegeU-Akeiblom 
 (H.) & Vernier (P.) Beitrag zum Studium der tberapeuti- 
 schen Wirkung des Atoxyls und seiner Derlvate. Therap. 
 Monatsh., Berh, 1909, xxffi, 261-206.— Schacht (E.) Atoxyl 
 als Tonicum. Med. Klin., Berl., 1908, iv, 1419.— Schlid 
 (W.) Das Atoxyl (Metaarsensaureanilid), ein neues Arsen- 
 praparat, und dossen dermatotherapeutische Verwendung. 
 
 Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1902, xxxix, 279-282. . Versuche 
 
 mit Atoxyl. Dermat. Ztschr., Berl., 1903, x, 35-33.— 
 Walthcr. Anwendung des Atoxyls in der Veferinarme- 
 dida. Berl. tierarztl. Wchnschr., 190S, 265.— von Zeissl 
 (M.) Die therapeutische Bedeutung des Atoxyls (Metaar- 
 sensaureanilid). Wien. klin. Wchnschr.. 1903, xvi, 461. 
 
ATOXYL. 
 
 171 
 
 ATROPHY. 
 
 Atoxyl {Toxicology of). 
 
 See, also, Atoxyl {Effects of) on the eye. 
 
 SiMONOT (E.-L.) *Oontributioii ft I'^tude de 
 I'intoxication exp6rimentale par I'atoxyl. 8°. 
 Bordeaux, 1909. 
 
 feole de pharmaeie. 
 
 Also [Abstr.), in: Folia serolog., Leipz., 1910, iv, 307-309. 
 
 ■ Blrch-Hirschleld (A.) & KOster (G.) Zur patholoKi- 
 schen Anatomie der Atoxylvergiftung. Fortschr. d. Med , 
 Berl., 1908, 673.— Blumenthal (F.) Toxikologische Unter- 
 suchungen mit Atoxyl. Deutsche med. Wchnsohr., Berl. &. 
 
 Leipz., 1907, xxxiii, 1065. . Ueber Konstitutiou und 
 
 Gittwirkung verschiedener Korper der Atoxylgruppe. Med. 
 Klin., Berl., 1908, iv, 1687.— Blumenthal (F.) & Hersch- 
 mann (F.) Atoxyl- und Anilinvergiftung. Biochem. 
 Ztsohr., Berl., 1908, x, 240-244.— Blumentbal (F.) & 
 Jacoby (E.) Toxikologisclie Untersuchungen mit Atoxyl. 
 Sled, klin., Berl., 1907, ili, 1365.— Brennlng (M.) Zwei 
 Falle von .A-toxylintoxikation. Dermat. Centralbl., Leipz., 
 1907, X, 135-138.— Hallopeau (H.) Sur un danger de la 
 medication par I'atoxyl et I'obllgation qu'il Impose. Bull. 
 Acad, de med.. Par., 1907, 3. s., Iviii, 61-64.— Igcrshelmer 
 (J.) Ueber die Atoxylverelftung mit besonderer Berilck- 
 sicntigung der Wirkung auf das Sehorgau. Deutsche med. 
 Wclmschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1909, xxxv, 1142-1146.— Iger- 
 shelmer (J.) & Itaml (S.) Zur Pathologie und patho- 
 logischen Anatcmie der experimontellen AtoxylvergOtung. 
 Arch. t. ejcper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1909, Ixi, 18-36.— 
 Klister (G.) Klinischer und experimentell-pathologischer 
 Beitrag zur Atoxvlvergiftung. Fortschr. d. Med., Berl., 
 
 1909, xxvii, 1153-1'157. . Beitrage zur Lehre von der 
 
 chronischen Atoxylvergiftung. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., 
 Bonn, 1910, cxxxvi, 1-64, 2 pi.— Muto (K.) Ueber die 
 Giftigkeit des Atoxyls. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., 
 Leipz., 1910, Ixii, 494-601.— Sanno (Y.) Ueber den Einfluss 
 der Temperatur auf die Giftempfindhchkeit des Frosches; 
 Versuche mit Atoxyl und Colchicin. Ibid., 1911, Ixv, 325- 
 336.— Schlecht (H.) Ueber einen todUch verlaufenen Fall 
 von Atoxylvergiituiig. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1909, 
 Ivi, 972-974.— Waelscli (L.) Eln Fall von Atoxylvergiftung. 
 Ihid., 1907, Uv, 937.— Wedemann (W.) Toxikologische Ver- 
 suche mit Atoxyl an zahmen Ratten. Arb. a. d. k. Gsndhts- 
 amte, Berl., 1908, xxviii, 586-594. 
 
 Atractis. 
 
 von Linstovir. Atractis perarmata n. sp. Centralbl. f. 
 Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1910, liii, Orig., 516-518, 4 pi. 
 
 Atractylis. 
 
 Angelico (F.) Sui principl dell' Atractylis gummifera 
 (sicihano: Masticogna). Arch, di farm, e terap., Palermo, 
 1907, xiii, 91-100.— Angclico (F.) & Pitini (A.) ■ Ricerca 
 tossicologioa de! principio velenoso dell' Atractylis gum- 
 mifera. Ibid., 1906, xii, 377-381.— Malatosse (P.) Un em- 
 poisonnement k forme stupffiante par le chardon, Atractvlis 
 gummifera (el heddad des Arabes). Gaz. d. hOp., Par., 1&05, 
 Ixxvui, 111. 
 
 Atrichia. 
 
 See Alopecia; Hair {Abnormities of). 
 
 Atriplicism. 
 
 Abbatucci. Notes cliniques sur un cas de faux atripli- 
 cisme. Ann. d'hyg. et de mi?d. colon., Par^ 1907, x, 612- 
 615. — Boddaert (A.) L'atriplicisme. Bull.Soc.demed.de 
 Gand, 1900, Ixvii, 281. — Laveran. Sur ime note de M. le 
 Dr. J. J. Matignon, concernant l'atriplicisme. Bull. Acad, 
 de mi&.. Par., 1897, 3. s., xxxviii, 237.— Matignon (J.-J.) 
 De l'atriplicisme (intoxication par I'arroche). China. Imp. 
 Customs. Med. Eep. 1897, Shanghai, 1898-9, 1-24, 4 pi. 
 
 Atropa ielladonna. 
 
 See Atropin; Belladonna. 
 
 Atropa mandrdgora. 
 See Mandrake. 
 
 Atroptioderma. 
 
 See Skin {Atrophy of). 
 
 Atrophy {Facial). 
 
 See, also, Face {Atrophy and asymmetry of). 
 
 MoBius (P. J.) Der umschriebene Gesichts- 
 achwund. ■ 8°. Wien, 1895. 
 
 B6rard. Atropine facials par ancienne ost^omy^lite du 
 maxillaire infMeur; indications th^rapeutiques. Lyon 
 chhurg., 1909-10, ii, 252.— Burley (B. To Bilateral facial 
 atrophy, with report of a case and its treatment by the sub- 
 cutaneous injection of parafBn. Boston M. & S. J., 1904, cl, 
 391-397. 4&o[Abstr.l: J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. V., 1904, 
 xxxi, 474,— Hertz (A. F.) & Johnson (W.) Case of bilateral 
 atrophy of the face. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1912-13, 
 Clin. Sect., vi, 92-94.— Montesano (V.) Gli effetti troflci 
 nella cute in un caso di emiatrofia facciale con sarcoma 
 
 Atrophy {Facial). 
 
 idiopatico (state delle fibre elastiche). Bull. d. r. Accad. 
 med. di Roma, 1900, xxvi, 255-261, 1 pi.— Morel-Lavallee. 
 Troubles trophiques unilat&aux do la face et de la bouche. 
 Ann. de dermat. et syph.. Par., 1897, 3. s., vlu, 1261-1263.— 
 Ruhemann. Beziehnngen des Trigeminus zur Gesichts- 
 atrophie. Verhandl. d. Ver. f. innere Med. zu Berl., 1888-9, 
 viu, 186-1S7.— Schlesinger (A.) Ein Fall von doppelsciti- 
 ger, umschriebener Gesichtsatrophie. Arch. f. Kinderh., 
 Stuttg., 1905, xlii, 374-379.— ShavF (H. B.) Bilateral waf!t- 
 ing 01 the sub-cutaneous tissues of the face in a boy a3t. 10. 
 Tr. Clin. Soc. Lond., 1904-5, xxxviii, 222.— Stegmann (R.) 
 Ein Fall von Atrophia faciei und seine kosmetische Behand- 
 lung. Wien, Idin. Wchnschr., 1904, x^^i, 944; 
 
 Atrophy {Facial, Unilateral). 
 
 See, also, Hemiatrophy. 
 
 Barrel (E.) *De rh^miatropliie facials dans 
 ses rapports avec les lesions du ganglion cervical 
 inferieur. [Lyon.] 8°. Bourg, 1902. 
 
 RuTTEN. Un cas d' hernia tropHe faciale gau- 
 che. 8°. Namur, 1903. 
 
 Steinert (H.) *TJeber Hemiatrophia faciei. 
 8°. Halle a. S., 1889. 
 
 Abrams (A.) Note of a case of facial hemiatrophy. N. 
 York M. J., 1896, Ixiv, 582. — Beauchant. Un cas de mala- 
 die de Romberg. Poito\i m^d., Poitiers, 1903, xvii, 266- 
 270.— Calmetto & Pages. • Un cas d'hdmiatronhie faciale 
 progressive. N. iconog. de la SalpStriSre, Par., 1903, xvi, 
 26-29, 2 pi. — Ciauri (R.) Sull 'emiatrofia facciale progres- 
 siva. Riiorma med., N^oli, 1910, xxvi, 479-484.^-Claude 
 (H.) & Pfeary (A.) Hemiatrophie faciale progressive; 
 lymphocytose du liquide c^phalo-rachidien. Presse mM., 
 Par., 1908, xvi, 806-808.— Courtney (J. W.) A case of 
 unilateral progressive facial atrophy. Boston M. & S. J., 
 
 1902, cxlvi, 463^65.— Dameron (E. P.) Progressive 
 unilateral facial atrophy. Dental Digest Chicago, 1903, ix, 
 174-180.— DScsl (K.) [A case of facial atrophy.) Orvosi 
 hetil., Budapest, 1896, xl, 603.— Donath (J.) Beitrag zur 
 Hemiatrophia facialis progressiva. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 
 1897, X, 418-421.— Galimberti (A.) Emiatrofia facciale con- 
 temporanea ed emiatrofia dorsale del lato opposto. Clin, 
 dermosifllopat. d. r. Univ. di Roma, 1913, xxxi, 117, 1 pl.^ 
 Hoeflmayer (L.) Ein Fall von halbseitigem -Gesichts- 
 schwund (Hemiatrophia facialis progressiva). Munehen. 
 med. Wchnschr., 1898, xlv, 391.— HuberfF.) Hemiatrophia 
 facialis progi'assiva. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1899, xvi, 89-92. — 
 KOrner (O.) Die Betheiligung der Ohrmuschel und des 
 Kehlkopfs bei der Hemiatrophia faciei. Ztschr. f. Ohrenh., 
 Wiesb., 1902 xli, 3.57-360, 3 pi.— Langclaan (J. W.I Over 
 trophische stoornissen, naar aanleiding van een geval van 
 hemiatrophiafacialis. Nederl. Tiidschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 
 1913, ii, 655-661.— Le Maire. [A case of facial atrophy.] 
 Hosp.-'Tid^ Kjfibenh., 1897, 4. R., v, 689-697.— Obarfio 
 (J. M.) Hemiatrofia facial progresiva. Semana m^d., 
 Buenos Aires, 1917, xxiv, i, 125-128. — Pages. Un cas 
 d'Mmiatrophie faciale progressive. Montpel. mSd., 1903, 
 xvi, 66-70. — Reiss. Fall von Hemiatrophia faciahs pro- 
 gressiva.- Med. Cor.-Bl. d. vnirttemb. arztl. Landesver., 
 Stuttg., 1916, IxxxN"!, 383.— Roeher & Boisserie-Lacroix. 
 Hemiatrophie faciale congtoitale aveo malformation de 
 I'oreille et hyponlasie du muscle sterno-clffldo-mastoidien. 
 J. de m{5d. de Bordeaux, 1913, xliii, 842: 1914, xhv. 10.— Salas 
 yVaca(J.) Trofo-neurosis facial. Corresp. med^^ Madrid, 
 
 1903, xxxviii, 242; 256.— Sato (K.) Ein FsOl von Hemiatro- 
 , phia facialis progressiva. [Japanese text.] Ztschr. d. med. 
 
 Gesellsch. zu TokyoJ894^ viii, 22. Hft., 1-6, 1 pi.— Schabad 
 (Z.) Ein Fall von Hemiatrophia faciei et cranii sin. conge- 
 nita. St. Petersb. med. Wchnschr., 1898, n. F., xv, 30-32.— 
 Schlcslnger (H.) Fall von Hemiatrophia faciei mit mulH- 
 ■ plen Hirnnervenlahmungen. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1897, 
 X, 515. — Thompson (J. A.) Facial hemiatrophy, causing 
 deformity of the septum nasi; report of a case. Laryngo- 
 scope, St. Louis, 1898, iv, 220.— Verrotti (G.) Di un caso di 
 emiatrofia sclerotica del viso a sinistra estesa a tutto il terri- 
 torio della 3» branca del 5" paio, con incipiente diflusione al 
 territorio della 1» e 2» branca. Med. prat., NapoU, 1916, i, 
 10-16, 1 pi.— Wolft (H.) Ein Fall von Hemiatrophia facialis 
 OTogressiva. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1897, xliv. 9. — 
 Yonge (E. S.) A case of facial hemiatrophy. Brit. M. J., 
 Lond., 1897, i, 585. 
 
 Atrophy {Infantile). 
 
 See Infants {Atrophy of) . 
 Atrophy {Muscular). 
 
 See, also. Ataxia {Locomotor, Complications, 
 etc., of, Muscular); Dystrophy {Muscular); 
 Hemiatrophy; Muscles {Atrophy, etc., of); 
 Myatonia atrophica; Myopathy {Primitive 
 progressive) ; Thomsen's disease. 
 
 Arnold! (W.) *Zwei Falle von Muskelatro- 
 phie. 8°. Grafenhainichen, 1908. 
 
ATROPHY. 
 
 172 
 
 ATKOPHY. 
 
 Atrophy (Muscular). 
 
 CoHN (T.) Muskelatrophien. 12°. Leipzig, 
 1910. 
 
 LoBwENTHAL (W.) *TJnter8Uchungeii fiber 
 das Verhalten der quergestreiften Muekulatur 
 bei atrophischen Zustanden. [Erlangen.] 8°. 
 Leipzig, 1898. 
 
 Also, in: Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1898, xili, 
 106-146, 1 pi. 
 
 Medina (0.) *Atrofia muscular. 16°. Aguas- 
 calientes, 1895. 
 
 Austreg£sUo (A.) Sur un cas d'atrophie musculau'e 
 Chez un nfegre. N. Iconog. de la Salp6trifere, Par., 1913, xxvi, 
 430-432, 1 pi.— Batten (F. B.) Case of muscular atrophy. 
 Proo. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1915-16, ix, Neurol. Sect., 62.— 
 Bradford (J. R.) A case of muscular atrophy. Clm. J., 
 Lond., 1896, vlii, 294-299.— Brown (W. L.) An unusual 
 case of muscular atrophy. Lancet, Lond., 1904, i, 1651. — 
 Bnibaker (F. B.) A consideration of atrophy. Med. 
 Tunes, N. Y., 1906, xxxiv, 104-109.— Bryant (J. H.) On a 
 case of muscular atrophy. Clin. J., Lond., 1901, xviii, 327- 
 
 335. . Muscular atrophy. Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 
 
 1902, xvl, 329-338.— Bnzzard (E. F.) An unusual case of 
 muscular atrophy. Proo. Boy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1908-9, ii, 
 Neurol. Sect., 33-35.— Campbell (G.) A case of muscular 
 atrophy: with presentation of patient. St. Louis Cour. 
 Med., 1901, XXV, 407-412. Also: Sclent. Tr. M. Soc. City 
 
 Hosp. Alumni St. Louis (1901), 1902, 227-23.5. . A case 
 
 of extensive muscular atrophy. Polyclin., Lond., 1901, v, 
 246-248.— ColUer (W.) A case of muscular atrophy, with 
 stocWng-glove anrestnesia. showing gradual iinprovement. 
 Lancet, Lond., 1906, 1, 1839-1831.— De Buck (D.) L'atro- 
 phie musculaire. Belgigue m^d., Gand-Haarlem, 1900, ii, 
 778: 1901, i, 4; 38.— De Buck (D.) & De Moor (L.) Een 
 mertwaardig goval van spieratrofle. Handel, v. h. vlaomsch 
 ' nat.- en geneesk. Cong., Gent en Antwerpen, 1901, v, 96-101, 
 1 pi.— De Pastrovicn (G.) Due casi di amiotrofla. Riv. 
 sper. di freniat., Regjao-Emiha, 1900, xxvi, 664-.691.— Hare 
 (H. A.) A case of universal muscular atrophy. J. Nerv. & 
 Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1898, xxv, 460, 1 pi.— Herrlngham CW. 
 P.) AcUnicallectureonacaseof muscular atrophy. Clin. 
 J., Lond., 1907-8, xxxi, 209-213.— Isola. Discussione clinica 
 sopra un caso di atrona muscolare. Cron. di clin. med. di 
 Genova, 1911, xvii, 97-100. — ^Laetir CM.) Muskelatrophie 
 nach dem Typus cervicalis inferior, fieri. Man. Wehnschr., 
 1898, XXXV, 565. — Lannofs. Myotonic avec atrophie muscu- 
 laire. J. de neurol.. Par., 1904, ix, 366. — L6pine (B.) & 
 Froment (J.) Deux cas d'atrophies musculaires. Bull. 
 Soc. mM. d. hflp. de Lyon, 1906, iv, 16-19. Also: Lyon 
 
 m^d., 1905, civ, 223-226: ■ 
 
 Atrophic musculaire 
 
 et bradycardie. Bull. Soc. mM. d. hflp. de Lyon, 1906, Iv, 
 84-86. Also: Lyon m^d., 1905, civ, 480-482.— Mailing. 
 Muskelatrofl. Ho.sp.-Tid., Kfibeuh., 1914, 5. R., vii, 1166.— 
 Marcus. Ein Beitrag zur Lehre von der Muskelabmage- 
 rung. Monatschr. f. UnfaUheUk., Leipz., 1905, xii, 202-213.— 
 Mettler (L. H.) Spinal amyotrophy with pupillary in- 
 equaUty, and juvemle dystrophy. J . Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 
 1906, xlvi, 1829-1833.— NorstrOm (G.) Contractures and 
 muscular atrophy. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1906, Ixx, 693-695.— 
 Oudln (P.) Action de I'eflluve de r&onnance dans les 
 atrophies musculaires. Compt.-rend. Cong, internat. 
 d'aectrol. et de radiol. mM., Amst, 1908, iv, 224-233.— 
 Pick (F.) Zur Lehre von den Muskelatrophien. Ver- 
 handl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1899, Leipz., 
 1900, Ixxi, pt. 2, 2. HUte., 283.— Sigman (H. G.) An 
 interesting case of simple atrophy. Med. Fortnightly, St. 
 Louis, 1896, ix, 273.— SmltU (R. S.) Some unusual cases of 
 muscular atrophy. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1896, 6. s., ill, 
 164-171, 1 pi.— Steven (J. L.) & Monro (T. K.) Four cases 
 of muscular atrophy. Tr. Med.-Chir. Soo. Glasg., 189.5-7, i, 
 249-260. Aho [Abstr.l: Glasgow M. J., 1897, xlvii, 272.— 
 Tlkhoinlroa (D. M.) [Isolated nonprogressive muscular 
 atrophies.] Voyenno-Med. J., S.-Peterb., 1914, ccxU, med.- 
 speo. pt., 1-8. — Verrier (E.) Du retour & l'unlt6 de type 
 &as Patrophie musculaire de I'adulteet de I'enfance. France 
 m&l.. Par., 1898, xlv, 677-580.— Welch (K.St. V.) Aciuious 
 case of muscular atrophy. Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 
 1911, XXX, 30.— Wolff (K.) Ein Fall vou Muskelatrophie. 
 Miinchen. med. Wehnschr., 1912, lix, 1247.— Yates (W. W.) 
 Muscular atrophy: causes; diagnosis; treatment. J. Kan- 
 sas M. Soc, Kansas City, Kan., 1910, x, 84-88.- Eanletow- 
 ski. TJeber die Wirkung der BesonanzelHuviou auf die 
 Muskelatrophie. Ztschr. f. Med. Elektrol. u. ESntgenk. 
 [etc.], Leipz., 1908, X, 467-471. 
 
 Atrophy {Muscular, Arthritic). 
 
 Dechauffouk (M.) *Traitement pr^ventii des 
 atrophies musculaires reflexes et des ankyloses 
 dans les lesions traumatiques ou inflammatoires 
 des articulations. 8°. Paris, 1904. 
 
 Jin (T.) *Experimen telle Beitrage zur Lehre 
 der emfachen arthritischen Muskelatrophie. 
 8°. Konigsberg i. Pr., 1910. 
 
 Atrophy {Muscular, Arthritic) 
 
 KoRNiLOFF (A.) Mlshechniya pokhudaniya 
 pri stradaniyakh sustavov, kostei i prilezha- 
 shtshikh chastei. [Muscular atrophy in diseases 
 of the joints, bones, and adherent parts.] 8°. 
 Moskva, 1895. 
 
 Moussous (A.-C.) *Contribution ^ I'^tude 
 des atrophies musculaires succ6dant aux affec- 
 tions articulaires. Recherches anatomo-patho- 
 logiques. 4°. Bordeaux, 1885. 
 
 ScHLESiNGER (A.) *Die Pathogenese der 
 Muskelatrophie nach Gelenkerkrankungen. 8°. 
 Berlin, 1898. 
 
 Acbard (C.) & LSvI (L.) Atrophie des centres nerveux, 
 dans un cas d'atrophie musculaire et osseuse d'origine a ti- 
 culaire. N. ioonqg. de la Salp6trifere, Par., 1898, xi, 262-275, 
 3 pi.— Allen (C. L.) Arthritic muscular atrophy. J. Am. 
 MT Ass., Chicago, 1911, Ivii, 2063-2055.— Bastlu. Un cas 
 d'amyotrophie abartioulalr*. J. de neurol.. Par., 1903, viii, 
 20O-202.— Bum (A.) Ueber arthritische Muskelatrophie. 
 Wien. med. Presse, 1906, xlvii, 2609-2615. Also [Abstr.]: 
 Wien. klin. Wehnschr., 1906, xix, 1462.— Courtade (D.) 
 Pathog^nie et traitement aectrique des atrophies rfflexes 
 d'origine artioulaire. Ann. d'^lectroblol. [etc.]. Par., 1904, 
 vii, 686-689. . Des atrophies rMexes d'origine artiou- 
 laire et de leur traitement par Pflectrisation et le massage. 
 J. de mM. de Par., 1904, 2. s., xvi, 122.— Courtln (J.) De 
 I'atrophie musculaire d'origine artioulaire. Gaz. hehd. d. 
 so. mid. de Bordeaux, 1900, xxi, 433-435.— Crocq. Un cas 
 d'atrophie abarticulaire des deux jambes. J. de neurol.. 
 Par., 1906, xi, 19.— Deroubalx (A.) Un cas d'atrophie 
 abarticulaie. IbH, 1905, x, 241-246. Also [Abstr.]: J. mM. 
 de Bnix., 1005, x, 393.— Duplay (S.) & Cazlu (M.) Recher- 
 ches expfirimentales sur la nature et la_ pathog^nie des 
 atrophies musculaires cons^utives atix lesions des articula- 
 tions. Arch. g6n. de mSd., Par., 1891, i, 6-26.— Flatau ('G.) 
 Muskelatrophien nach Frakturen, Luxationen imd arthri- 
 tischen Gelenkserkrankungen. Centralbl. f. d. Grenzgeb. 
 d. Med. u. Chir., Jena, 1902, v, 305; 350.— Grtffltll (J. P. C.) 
 A case of arthritic muscular atrophy. Med. News, Phila., 
 1888, liii, 726.— Hallprfi (A.) M;&!anism6 des atrophies 
 abarticulaires; paralysie radiculaire supSrieure cons&utive 
 k une arthrite de I'fipaule. Normattdle mdd., Rouen, 1903, 
 
 xviii, 449-453. . Les amyotrophies abarticulaires; leur 
 
 origioe spinale. Eev. mM. de Normandie, Rouen, 1903, 
 423-431.— Hoffa (A.) Zur Lehre der arthritischen Muskel- 
 atrophie. Aerztl. Sachverst.-Ztg., Berl., 1898, iv, 457-459.— 
 MajOy, Les amyotrophies rfflexes d'origine artioulaire. 
 Arch, d'aectric. m^., Bordeaux, 1908, xvi, 674-579i— 
 Mally & Mignot. Recherches exp^rnnentales sur les 
 amyotrophies d'origine artioulaire. Bull, et m^m. Soo. de 
 chir. de Par., 1900, n. s., xxvi, 416-426.— Morestin (H.) 
 Les amyotrophies d'origme articulaire. Rev. d'orthop.. 
 Par., 1900, 2. s., 1, 373-397.— Palclillne. Pr&entation d'un 
 cas d'atrophie du bras d'origine articulaire, simulant la 
 paralysiie infantile. J. de m&i. de Par., 1896, 2. s., viii, 
 273.— Patrick (H. T.) Arthritic muscular atrophy. Illi- 
 nois M. J., Springfield, 1906, vii, 12.— PlgWnl (cT.) Nerv- 
 ous lesions m amyotrophia of articular origin. J. Ment, 
 Path., N. Y., 1902-3, iii, 135-143.— PoUenolt.^Arthropathlo 
 muscular atrophy.] Dnevnik Obsh. vrach. pn Imp. Kazan. 
 Univ., 1900, pt. 2, 1-6. — Popoff (N. M.) [Muscular atrophy 
 in diseasesof the jointsand bones.) Nevrol. Vestnik, Kazan, 
 1901,ix,No.2il51-168,lpl. jl&o, in his.- Klin, lekts.ponervn. 
 boUezn., 8°, Kazan, 1902, ii, 1-18, 1 pi.— BAehara (E.) & 
 de Champtassin (P.) Du traitement des atropines mus- 
 culaires consfcutives aux ^panchements articulaires (et en ' 
 particulier k I'hydarthrtise) , par la m^thode du travail mus- 
 culaire aveo progression des r^sistiuices. Bull. Acad, de 
 mM., Par., 1907, 3. s., Ivii, 246-265. Aho: Bull. gfe. de 
 th&ap. [etc.]. Par., 1907, cliii, 406-416.— Schlfl (A.) & Zak 
 (E.) Exnerimentelle Untersuchungen zur Pathogenese der 
 arthritischen Muskelatrophien. Wien. klin. Wehnschr., 
 1912, xxv, 651-668.— Spiller (W. G.) Articular amyotro- 
 phio spastic paralysis (arthntic muscular atrophy), with 
 the report of a case. Phila. Polyclin., 1898, vii, 96.— Stewart 
 'P.) Muscular atrophy In rheumatism. Practitioner, 
 jond., 1912, Ixxxviii, 77-81.— Sulzer (M.) Anatomische 
 Untersuchungen Uber Muskelatrophie articularen Ursprungs. 
 Festsohr. Ed. " ' . ^ , . .. — . . - 
 135-173, . 
 
 abarticulaire. , , , , _ 
 
 mern (A.) Traitement des' atrophies musculaires r^Sexes 
 d'origine artioulaire. Ann. d'filectrobiol. rerto.], p.ar., 1902, 
 V, 394-406. Also: Presse mid.., Par., 1902, i, 567-669. 
 
 Atrophy {Muscular, Causes and path- 
 ology of). , 
 
 See, also, Ataxia (Locomotor, Complications, 
 etc., of, Muscular); Atrophy (Muscular, Ar- 
 thritic); Atrophy (Muscular, Cerebral): Atro- 
 phy (Muscular, Localized) ; Atrophy (Muscular, 
 
 e 
 
ATROPHY. 
 
 173 
 
 ATROPHY. 
 
 Atrophy {Muscular, Causes and path- 
 ology of) . 
 
 Primary progressive, Causes, etc., of); Atrophy 
 (Muscular, Primary progressive, Hereditary); 
 Atrophy (Muscular, Progressive, Causes, etc., 
 of); Atrophy (Muscular, Progressive, Heredi- 
 tary); Atrophy (Muscular, Traumatic); Atro- 
 phy (Neuromuscular). 
 
 Jamin (F.) Experimentelle Untersuchungen 
 zur Lehre von der Atrophie gelahmter Muskeln. 
 8°. Jena, 1904. 
 
 KoTTMANN (W.) *Ueber Kernveranderungen 
 bei Muakelatrophie. [Bern.] 8°. Berlin, 1900. 
 
 AUo, in: Arch. i. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1900, olx, 75-85, 
 Ipl. 
 
 Barblei (H.) Mauvaise alimentation et atrophie. Bull. 
 %6n. de th&ap. [etc.]. Par., 1907, cliv, 742-747.— Bramwell 
 (B.) Muscular atrophy; acetonsemla; no diabetes mellitus; 
 extreme fatty degeneration of liver and other organs. Clin. 
 Stud., Edinb., 1909-10, n. s., Tui, 257-261.— Cole (H. P.) 
 Restriction versus paralysis as a cause of atrophy. Tr. Am. 
 Inst. Homoeop., Cleveland, 1906, 252-262.— David (A.) & 
 Desplats (R.) Atrophie musculaire trfes prononcde du 
 membre inf #rieur gauche chez un vieux syphihtique; examen 
 clinique, examen des reactions filectrique^ traitemcnt 
 sp^cinqueettraitement41ectrique; r&ultats. J. d. sc. m^d. 
 de Lille, 1903, 1, 251-266.— De Buck (D.) & De Moor (L.) 
 Experimenteele en anatomopathologische bijdrage tot de 
 leer der spieratrofie. Handel, v. h. vlaamsch nat.- en 
 
 geneesk. Cong., Gent & Antwerpen, 1900, iv, 57-62. . . 
 
 . Morphologic de la regression musculaire. NSvraxe, 
 
 Louvaln, 1903-4, v, 227-262.— Dowd (C. N.) Ischaemic ■ 
 muscular atrophy. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1906, xliv, 442-444, 
 1 pi. — Durante (G.) Du processus histologique de I'atro- 
 
 ?hie musculaire. Arch, de m&i. exp&:. et d'anat. path., 
 'ar., 1902, xiv, 658-677. Also: Cong. d. mM. ali^nistes et 
 
 neurol. de Prance C.-r., Par., 1902, ii, 304-317.— Dzler- 
 
 iyHskl (W.) [Muscular atrophy of reflex and muscular 
 originj Lek. wilefisld, 1913, 1, No. 5, 1-3.— Ferguson 
 (A. H.) Ischemic muscular atrophy, contractures and 
 paralysis. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1906, xUii, 599-608, 6 pi. [Dis- 
 cussion], 640. jiteo.- West. Canada M. J., Winnipeg, 1908, 
 ii, 1-11. — Franco (E. E.) Sulla atrofia con prohterazione 
 del tessuto adiposo. Arch. f. Entwcklngsmechn. d. Organ., 
 Leipz., 1911, xxxil, 608-616, 1 pi.— Freire (L.) Algunas con- 
 sideragSes sobre a pathologia nervosa a proposito das atro- 
 phias musculares e perturba<;oes da sensibilidade. Brazil- 
 med. Rio de Jan., 1911, xxv, 152; 183; 213; 233; 265: 1912, xxvi, 
 111; 197.— Frisco (B.) Contribute clinico e sperimentale 
 all' etiologia ed alio studio anatomo-patologico delle atrofie 
 muscolari. Pisani, Palermo, 1900; xxi, 71-105.— Gross- 
 mann (M.) Die Muskelatrophie miolge von Inaktivitat. 
 Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1912, xxv, 346.— Grund (G. ) Ueber 
 die chemische Zusammensetzung atrophlscher Muskeln. 
 Neurol; Centralbl., Leipz., 1913, xxxii, 48'6-490.— Grune- 
 • wald (J.) Ueber die spezvflsche LabUitat der Streckmus- 
 keln una iiber Inaktivitatsatrophie (iberhaupt. Ztschr. f. 
 orthop. Chir., Stuttg., 1912, xxx, 9-31. — Hernaman- 
 Jobnson (F.) Sling-atrophy and Mndred disabilities. 
 Brit. M. J., Lond., 1916, ii, 423.— Jamin (P.) Ueber die 
 Atrophie gelahmter Muskeln. Sitzungsb. d. phys.-med. 
 Soz. zu Erlang. (1904), 1905, xxxvi, 300-306.— Kushtalofl 
 (N. I.) [Connection of hyperplasia with atrophy.] J. 
 Akush. i Zhensk. Bollez., S.-Peterb., 1912, xxvii, 1725-1738, 
 1 pi.— Lejonne (P.) & Toucbard (P.) Atrophies muscu- 
 laires multiples d'origine tuberculeuse probable. Rev. 
 neurol.. Par., 1909, xvil, 792-796.— LevadltlcC.) Contribu- 
 tion h, IMtude des atrophies musculaires exp^rimentales. 
 Presse mii., Par., 1899, ii, 214-217.— Luzzatto (A. M.) 
 Ueber vasomotorische Muskelatrophie. Deutsche Ztschr. f. 
 Nervenh., Leipz., 1902-3, xxiii, 482-498. Also, transl. 
 [Abstr.l; Lavon d. Cong, di med. mt. 19()2, Roma, 1903, xii, 
 602.— Mager. Zwei Falle von Muskelatrophie verschiedener 
 Aetiologie. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1908, xxi, 1283.— Mag- 
 glore (S.) Un caso di amiotroiia di origine professibnale. 
 Ramazzini, Firenze, 1909, iii, 25-34.— Majoll (A.) L'atrofla 
 della gamba in seguito all' uso prolungato delle mullettjere. 
 Policlin., Roma, 1916, xxiii, sez. prat._, 1314.— Martini (G.) 
 Un caso di amiotrofla professionale in una microscopista. 
 Ramazzini, Firenze, 1910, iv, 305-314.— Mignot & Mally. 
 Recherches exp^mentales sur les- amyotrophies r^exes. 
 Arch. gto. de m^d.. Par., 1900, n. s., iv, 296-311.— Morse 
 (M.) Atrophy doesnotinvolveaccelerationoftissueenzyme 
 action. Proc. Soc. Egier. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1914, xii, 
 46.— Mouchet (R.) Ein Fall von Diffusion des Chroma- 
 tins in das Sarkoplasma; ein Beitrag zum Studium der 
 Muskelatrophie. Beitr. z. path. Anat. n. z. allg. Path., 
 Jena, 1909, xlv, 154-160.— Pach (E.) [Muscular atrophies 
 caused by mechanical pressure.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 
 1913, Ivii, 90.— Papazolu ( Mme. Alex.) ■ Sur la pr&ence et 
 la sTOciflcite des ferments dans le sang des malades atteints 
 d'afropliie musculaire. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 
 1913, Ixxiv, 979. — ^Raymond. Atrophie musculaire d' origine 
 
 Atrophy (Muscular, Causes and path- 
 
 ology of) . 
 
 reflexe. • Bull. 
 
 mia., Par., 1897, xi, 285. 
 
 -. Atrophie 
 
 musculaire r^exe; diagnostic. J. de m^d. int., Par., 1904, 
 viii, 371. AUo, transl.: Med. ital., NapoU, 1906, iv, 6.— 
 Bussell (J. W.) Case of inherited muscular atrophy of 
 unusual distribution. Birmingh. M. Eev., 1898, xliu, 289- 
 292.— Schnitzler (J. G.) Klinische Beitrage zur Kenntnis 
 der mit Muskelatrophien verlaufenden Formen von multi- 
 pier Skleroseund ohronischer Myelitis. Ztschr. f . ges. Neurol, 
 u. Psychiat, Berl. & Leipz., 1912, xii. Grig., 310-352, 1 pi.— 
 Scuderl (A.) Su di un caso di atrofla muscolare daintossi- 
 cazione saturnina. Riv. ital. di neuropat. [etc.], Catania, 
 1913, vi, 560-563.— Slebert (C.) Ein Fall von, hysterischer 
 Muskelatrophie mit Veranderung der elektrischen Erreg- 
 barkeit. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1898, 
 xxiv, 833. — Skinner (E. H.) Atrophy of disuse. Kansas 
 . City M. Index-Lancet, 1910, xxxiii, 329— SpiUer (W. G.) 
 A case of intense and general muscular atrophy caused by 
 encephalomyelitis. R cv. Neurol. & Psychiat., E dinb. ,1904, 
 ii, 34-39, 1 pi.- Sudeek (P.) Ueber die Mfuskelatrophie 
 (Reflextneone und Inaktivitatstheorie). Deutsche med. 
 Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1907, xxxiii, 881-886.— Verger 
 (H.) & Dumora (H.) Atrophie musculaire ancienne du 
 membre supMeur, hdmatomyflie probable. J. de mfi. de 
 Bordeaux, 1908, xxxviii, 422-424.— Walsh (J. J.) Disuse 
 cripplings. Internat. CUD., Phila., 1915, 25. s., ii, 156-171. 
 
 Atrophy (Muscular, Cerebral). 
 
 Maegulis (M. S.) [Muscular atropMes in 
 focal cerebral diseases. 8°. MosTcva, 1907. 
 
 ScHEiDT (K.) *Zur Lehre von der zerebralen 
 MuskelatropMe. [Erlangen.] 8°. Numherg, 
 1910. 
 
 ZiMBLS (M.) *Ueber Muskelatrophien bei 
 cerebralen Afiectionen. [Ei^eiburg i. B.] 8°. 
 Berlin-Charlottenburg, [1907]. 
 
 Caracciolo (R.) Sulla patogenesi delle amiotrofie di ori- 
 gine cerebrale. Riv. sper. di freniat., Reggio-Emilia, 1904, 
 xxx, 486-^19, 5 pi.— Finley (F. G.) TvfO cases of early 
 atrophy of muscles in cerebral disease.- Montreal M. J., 
 1S96-7, xxv, 208-213. Also, Reprint.— Fuchs (A.) Atro- 
 phie der linken Korperhalfte nach Schadeltrauma in der 
 Jugend (zerebrale Hemiplegie mit hochstgradiger Atro- 
 pine). Jahrb. f. Psychiat. u. Neurol., Leipz. & Wien, 1911, 
 xxxil, 312-315. — Lewy (F. H.) Der Muskelbefund bei cere- 
 braler und spinaler Muskelatrophie. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 
 1910, xlvii, 2056. . Zur Frage der cerebralen Muskel- 
 atrophie. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1911, cxxxvii, 
 511-514.— Markelofl (G. I.) XPathogenesis of cerebral 
 muscular atrophies.] Obozr. Psikhiat., Nevrol. [etc.], 
 S.-Peterb., 1909, xiv, 160-175.— Muratofl (V. A.) [Patho- 
 genesis of muscular atrophies in diseases of the brain.) Trudl 
 Syezda Russk. Vrach. v pam. Pirogova 1891, Mosk., 1892, 
 iv, 668-^72. — Petrlna (T.) Ueber cerebral Muskelatrophie. 
 Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1899, xxiv, 511; 625; 539. AUo: 
 Beitr. z. inn. Med. Festschr. d. Cong. ... in Karlsbad 1899, 
 Wien, 1900, 134-151.— Popoff (N. M.) [Muscular atrophy- 
 in brain disease.) Nevrol. Vestmk, Kazan, 1899, -rii. No. 1, 
 1-19, 1 pi.— Bausenbact (C. W.) & Scott (W. M.) Report 
 of a case of abiotrophic cortical degeneration with section 
 of posterior spinal roots for reUef of symptoms. Hosp. 
 Bull. Univ. Maryland, Bait., 1912-13, viii, 28-30.— Boa- 
 senda (G.) & Angela (C.) A proposito delle atrofie musco- 
 lari di origme cerebrale; due casi cliriici e relative considera- 
 zioni patogenetiche. Riv. crit. di din. med., Firenze, 1913, 
 xiv, 337; 354.— SdiafTer (K.) Ueber cerebrale Muskel- 
 atrophie. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1896, xxxii, 
 1041; 1072; 1094. . Zur Lehre von der cerebralen Mus- 
 kelatrophie, nebgt Beitrag zur Trophik der Neuronen. Mo- 
 natschr. f. Psyclilat. u. Neurol., Berl., 1897, ii, 30-52.— 
 Stelnert (H.) Cerebrale Muskelatrophie; nebst einem 
 Beitrag zur Casuistlk der Balkentumoren. Deutsche Ztschr. 
 
 1. Nervenh., Leipz., 1903, xxiv, 1-59. . Neue Beitrage 
 
 zur Lehre von der Muskelatrophie bei supranuclearen 
 Lahmungen, besonders bei der cerebralen Hemiplegie. 
 Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Cliir., Leipz., 1905-6, Ixxx^-, 445- 
 490.— Tliorel (C.) Cerebrale und hysterische Muskelatro- 
 phie. Ergebn. d. allg. Path. u. path. Anat. [etc.] 1899. 
 Wiesb., 1901, vl, 724-726. 
 
 Atrophy (Muscular, Diagnosis of). 
 
 See, aZso, Atrophy (Muscular, Primary pro- 
 gressive. Diagnosis of); Atrophy (Muscular, 
 Progressive, Diagnosis of) . 
 
 Bles (C.) Schijnbare atrophie bij rcentgenopnamen. 
 Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1916, ii, 1255.— Buz- 
 zard (T.) Case of muscular wasting with unusual symp- 
 toms. Brain, Lond., 1905, xxviii, 359.- Dfijerine. Les 
 atrophies musculaires consdcutives aux n^^Tites pMphe- 
 riques et leur diagnostic diaSrentiel. Clinique, Par., 1912, 
 Tu, 818-820.— Dentchau (D.) Un cas d'atrophie muscu-' 
 laire d'origine syphilitique k type de paralysie saturnine. 
 
ATROPHY. 
 
 174 
 
 ATROPHY. 
 
 Atrophy {Muscular, Diagnosis of. 
 
 Bull, et m^m. Soc. m&&. d. hSp. de Par., 1916, 3. s., xl, 
 1418-1423. — Forll (V.) Valore clmico della reazione degene- 
 rativa a distanza dl Ghilarducci. Ely. sper. di Jreniat., 
 
 Reggio-Emllia, 1911, xxxvii, 441-455. . Ueter die 
 
 klinische Bedeutung der FernreaWion auf Entartung von 
 Ghilarducci. Med. Klin., Berl., 1912, viil, 1865-1868.— 
 Grlnker (J.) Demonstration of several types of muscular 
 atrophy. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1915, xlii, 570- 
 574. — Guthrie (L.) Case of muscular atrophy with de- 
 layed thermal sensation. Proo. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 
 1907-8, i, Neurol. Sect., 10.— Mazzf (V.) Sulla dia^nosi 
 dell' atrofia muscolare degli arti in genere e della coscia in 
 particolare nella pratica degli infortuni del lavoro. Medi- 
 cina d. infortuni d. lav. [etc.], Perugia, 1914, vli, 185-193.— 
 B^inond (A.) Note sur une forme npn class^e d'atropble 
 musculaire. Arch. m^d. de Toulouse, 1897, ill, 257-264. 
 
 Atrophy {Muscular, Facio-scapulo-Tiu- 
 ■merdl). 
 
 See Atrophy (Muscular, Primary progressive, 
 Facio-scapulo-humeral) . 
 
 Atrophy {Muscular, Infantile). 
 
 See Atrophy {Muscular, Primary progressive, 
 Hereditary); Atrophy {Muscular, Primary pro- 
 gressive, Infantile); Atrophy {Muscular, Pro- 
 gressive, Hereditary); Atrophy (Muscular) in 
 children. 
 
 Atrophy {Muscular, Localized). 
 
 See, also. Atrophy (Muscular, Unilateral). 
 
 Achard (C.) & DemancheXR.) Atropine musculaire et 
 osseuse d'un membre inf^rieur, consecutive k une lesion du 
 f^murdatantdel'enfancB. Bull, etmto. Soc. mM. d. hfip. 
 de Par., 1906, 3. s., xxiii, 1210-1214.— Allaire. Une flUette 
 atteinte d'atrophie des muscles de I'dminence thenar; radio- 
 graphie de la colorme cervicaJe. Gaa;. m4d. de Nantes, 1907, 
 
 2. s., XXV, 474-476. — Amato (L.) Sopra un caso di atrofla 
 muscolare dell'arto superiore simstro con paraMsi ed aneste- 
 sia. Gior. med. d. r. eseroito, Roma, 1906, liv, 190-193. — 
 Babonneix (L.) & Page. Sur un eas d'atrophie muscu- 
 laire localis^e. Bull, et m6m. Soc. m6d. d. hop. de Par., 
 1917, 3. s., xU, 122-127.— Batten (F. E.) Atrophy of distal 
 musclesinallfourextremities; ?cause. Proo. Roy. Soc. Med., 
 Lond., 1912-13, vi, Neurol. Sect.; 62.— BSgouln. Atrophic 
 musculaire du quadriceps. Gaz. hehd. d. sc. mSd. de 
 Bordeaux, 1905, xxvi^ 412. — Bllbaut (M. ) Atrophic muscu- 
 laire de la jambe droite et de la cuisse gauche chez un m^me 
 malade; ^tiologie des l^ions ainsi distributes. Ann. de 
 chir. et d'orthop.. Par., 1906, xix, 161-164.— Bose. Le 
 emiatrofle familiari delle estremitS,. Gazz. d. osp., Mllano, 
 1896, xvii, 1373.— Bradsliaw (T. R.) Case ollocal muscular 
 atrophy. Liverpool M.-Chir. J., 1900, xx, 203-205.— Buz- 
 zard (E. F.) A case of muscular atrophy of left upper limb. 
 Proo. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1912-13, vi, Neurol. Sect., 84.— 
 Cadwalader (W. B.) A ease presenting atrophy of the 
 right lower extremity, with increased reflexes and positive 
 Babinski sign. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1916, xliii, 
 546t-550. — Cnartier. Atrophie musculaire pto-scapulatre, 
 pseudo-myopatique, chez un tuberculeux au premier d6gr^. 
 Lyon mM., 1916, oxxv, 338.— Cockayne (E. A.) Distal 
 myopathy. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1912-13, vi, Sect. 
 Stud;. Dis. Child., 184.— ColIevUle. Sur un cas d'atrophie 
 musculaire de la region thenar et de paralysie des extenseurs 
 de la main chez un syphilitique. Union mM. du nord-est, 
 Reims, 1914, xxxviii, 49-64.— Crocn. Un cas d'amyotro- 
 phie du membre supSrieur droit. J. de neurol.. Par., 1906, x, 
 19; 39: 1909, xiv, 106-107.- Felling (A.) A note on three 
 cases of atrophy of the small hand muscles. St. Barth. 
 Hosp. J., Lond., 1914-15, xxii, 37.— Gay (J.) Amyotro- 
 phies r^gionales et impotences fonctionnelles. Ann. Soc. 
 d'hydrol. m^d. de Par. C.-r., 1911, M, 281-290.— Glorleux. 
 Atrophie musculaire du membre inl^rieur gauche chez tm 
 gargon de 12 ans. J. de neurol., Par., 1903, viii, 258. [Dis- 
 cussion], 274-276. — Gordon (A.) Spinal muscular atrophy 
 limited to one segment of a limb. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., 
 N. Y., 1913, xl, 320.— Gowers (.Sir W. R.) Local panatro- 
 phy. Rev. Neurol. & Psyohiat., Edinb., 1903, i, 3.— Knapp 
 (A.) Ein Fall von doppelseitigem Schwund der Wadon- 
 muskulatur. Monatschr. f. Psyohiat. u. Neurol., Berl., 1904, 
 xvi, 161-165.— Manlredl (L.) Sopra un caso di atrofla isolata 
 non progressiva dei picooli muscoli della mano. Liguria 
 med., Geneva, 1914, viii, 121.— Marie (P.) & Chatelln (C.) 
 Un cas d'atrophie musculaire intense des membres su- 
 
 Efirieurs et de la ceinture scapulaire par osMosarcome pro- 
 able des derniferes vcrtAbres cervicales. Rev. netirol.) Par., 
 1914, xxvii, 857.— Marie (P.) & Foix (C.) L'atrophie 
 isolee non progressive des petits muscles de la main; fre- 
 quence relative et pathogenic; tephromalacie anterieure; 
 poliomyeilte, n^vrite radiculaire ou non radiculalre. N. 
 iconog. de la SalpStrifere, Par., 1912, xxv, 353; 427, 1 pi.— 
 Morse (Mary Ehzabeth). A study of the spinal cord in a 
 case of isolated atrophy of the small muscles of the hands. 
 
 3. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1915, xhi, 257-269.— Pasteur 
 (W.) A case of widespread atrophy and shortening of the 
 
 Atrophy {Muscular, Localized). . 
 
 muscles of the limbs, with fixation of joints and extreme 
 deformity. Arch. Middlesex Hosp., Lond., 1906, viii, 57-64, 
 2 pi.— Popoff (N. M.) & Zbestkoff (V. I.) [Peculiar 
 trophic disturbance in the region of the upper extremities.] 
 NevTol. Vestnik, Kazan, 1896, Iv, No. 1, 53-62>— Pritchard 
 (E.) Multiple exostoses with symmetrical wasting of the 
 muscles of both upper arms. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 
 1912-13, vi. Sect. Stud. Dis. Child., 35.— Raymond & 
 GuUlaln (G.) L'amyotrophie & type lombo-pelvi-t6moral. 
 Presse m^d.. Par., 1906, xiv, 317.— Kobertson (R.) [Case 
 of atrophy of the deltoid muscle.) Tr. South Indian Branch 
 Brit. M. Ass., Madras, 1902-3, x, 19.— Rose (F.) L'atrophie 
 musculaire partielle dans les myopathies. Semalne m^d.. 
 
 Par., 1913, xxxiil, 397-399.— Schdnlials. Muskelatrophie 
 an den Handen. Kor.-Bl. d. allg. arztl. Ver. v. Thiiringen, 
 Jena, 1912, xli, 429. Also: Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1912, 
 lix, 2312.— Sttderbergli.(G.) & Sundberg (C.) [Atrophy 
 of the small muscles of the hand through compression of the 
 upper cervical cord.l Hygiea, Stockholm, 1916, Ixxviii, 417- 
 436.— Tedesehl (E.) Atrofla isolata non progressiva del 
 piccoli muscoli della mano. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 
 
 1913, Roma, 1914, xxtti, 429^31. Also: Tommasi, Napoli, 
 
 1914, ix, 97-102.— Teleky (L.) Isolierte Atrophie einzaner 
 ' Daumcnballenmuskeln bei Peilenhauern. Witen. klin. 
 
 Wchnschr., 1913, xxvi, 374.— Thompson (T.) Wasting of 
 the small muscles of the hand in a girl, aged 20, and her 
 father aged 46. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond!, 1907-8, i, 
 Neurol. Sect., 63.— Thomson (H. C.) Atrophy of the 
 small muscles of one hand followed by symptoms suggesting 
 
 tabes dorsalis. Polyclin., Lond., 1905, ix, 83. . Case 
 
 of rapid wasting of muscles of hands and arms, (?) cause. 
 Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1912-13, vi, Neurol. Sect., 134- 
 136. — Toucbe. Atrophie bilat^rale des muscles moyens 
 fessiers. Bull, et m^m. Soc. anat. de Par., 1900, Ixxv, 887.— 
 tJlillcli (P.) Ein Fall von isolirter Atrophie des M. supra- 
 und infraspinatus. Deutsche mil.-arztl. Ztsohr., Berl., 1902, 
 xxxi, 329-332. — Van Gebuchten (A.) Un cas d'amyotro- 
 phie de la main droite. J. de neurol. et hypnol.. Par., 1898, 
 ui, 193-204. [Discussion], 207-209.— Weber (E. P.) & Dor- 
 ner (G.) A case of chronic muscular atrophy, cliiefly affect- 
 ing the thigh muscles. Tr. M. Soc. Lond., 1909-10, xxxiii, 
 391-393. Also, Reprint.— Wolfsteln (D. I.) A case of ■ 
 atrophy of hand muscles with localized sensory disturbances; 
 possible early syringomyelia. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1904, 
 xhi, 941-944. 
 
 Atrophy {Muscular, Peroneal). 
 
 See Atrophy (Muscular, Progressive, Neural 
 
 Atrophy {Muscular, Primary progres- 
 sive) [Primary myopathy, Dystrophia 
 mttscularis progressiva [Erh, 18911]. 
 
 See, also, Myopathy (Primary progressive) [in 
 2. s.] 
 
 Bakzinsky (M.) * Ueber Dystrophia muscu- 
 lorum progressiva. 8°. Berlin, [1904:]. 
 
 CoNSTANTiNiDBS (J.) *Klinische Beitrage zur 
 Kenntnis der Dystrophia musculorum progres- 
 siva. 8°. Erlangen, 1902. 
 
 D'Abundo (G.) SuUe distrofie muscolari 
 progressive, roy. 8°. Catania, 1897. 
 
 Peknholz (F. W. K. K.) *Zur Lehre von der 
 Dystrophia muscularis progressiva. 12°. Berlin, 
 ' 1896. 
 
 Grimm (P.) *Ueber einen Fall von genera- 
 lisierter Dystrophia muscularis progressiva. 8°. 
 Heidelberg, 1910. 
 
 HiMMER (A.) *Ueber einen Fall von Distro- 
 phia musculorum progressiva. 8° Miinchen, 
 1901. 
 
 Illing (L.) *Ueber Dystrophia musculorum 
 progressiva. 8°. Miinchen,, 1902. 
 
 Jamin (F.) *Beitrag zur Kasuistik der Dystro- 
 phia muscularis progressiva. rEiiangen.l 8°. 
 Berlin, [18961. 
 
 JoRRAND (P.) _ *Contribution a I'l^tude de la 
 myopathie primitive, progressive atrophique. 
 8°. Paris 1909. 
 
 Mendb '(K. [M. H. a.]) *Zwei Falle von 
 Dystrophia muscularis progressiva. [Kiel.] 8°. 
 Schleswig, 1909. 
 
 MuGGB (F. G. K. H. J. L.) *Zwei Falle von 
 Dystrophia musculorum progressiva. 8°. Ber- 
 lin, 1902. ■ ■ 
 
ATROPHY. 
 
 175 
 
 •ATEOPHY. 
 
 Atrophy (Muscular, Primary progres- 
 sive) [Primary myopathy, Dystrophia 
 muscularis progressiva [Eri, 1891]]. 
 
 ScHAEDBL (W.) *Zur Lehre von der Dystro- 
 phia musculoriun progi-essiva. 8°. ScZ, 1909. 
 
 ScHONEMANN (A. [W.]) *Dystrophia muscu- 
 laris progressiva. 8°. Berlin, [1892]. 
 
 SoHUNKE (C.) *Ein casuistischer Beitrag zur 
 Lehre von der Dystrophia muscularis progressiva 
 (Erb). 8. Greifiwald, 1901. 
 
 Stepeen (W.) *Histologische Untersuchung 
 eines Falles von Dystrofia musculorum pro- 
 gressiva. 8°. Kiel, 1901. 
 
 WoNGTSCHOwsKi (A.) *Ueber Dystrophia 
 muscularis progressiva. 8°. Berlin, [1891]. 
 
 Accornero (AO Atrofia rouscolare progressiva idio- 
 
 patica. Policlln., Roma, 1908, xv, sez. prat., 339-342. — . 
 
 Atrofia muscolare progressiva idiopatica. Liguria med., 
 "Genova, 1914, viii, 123.— Batten (F. E.) The myopathies 
 or muscular dystrophies; critical review. Quart. J. Med., 
 
 Oxford, 1909-10, iii, 313-328, 1 pi. . Myopathy, simple 
 
 atrophic type. Proo. Eoy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1915, viii, 
 Neurol. Sect., 69.— Biscons & Fabre. Un cas de myo- 
 pathie primitive progressive. Gaz. m6d. du centre, Tours, 
 . 1906, XI, 102-104.— Boelime (G. F.) Case ot progressive 
 muscular dystrophy. LaQcet-Clinic, Cincin., 1916, cxv, 
 108-110.-i-Boulenger. Uu cas de myopathie atrophique 
 progressive. J. de neurol.. Par., 1902, vii, 116-120.— Bou- 
 veret (L.) Deux cas de myopatnie atrophique progressive; 
 atrophie linguale myopathique. Lyon med., 1895, Ixxx, 
 148-153.— Boyd (W. R.) Two cases of primary muscular 
 atrophy. Intercolon. M. J. Australas., Melbourne, 1896, 
 i, 493-497.— Bramwell (B.) Extreme (?myopathic) mus- 
 cular atrophy. Clin. Stud., Edinb., 1907-8, vi, 61-67, 1 pi.— 
 Cade (Ao Deux cas de myopatnie atrophique progres- 
 sive non te^ditaire. Bull. Soc. mM. d. n6p. de Lyon, 
 
 1902, i, 255-260.— Campbell (C. M.) A case of muscular 
 dystrophy affecting hands and feet; depression after ex- 
 haustion, withreoovery. Rev. Neurol. & Psychiat., Edinb., 
 1906, iv, 192-202, 1 pi.— Campbell (H.) Idiopathic mus- 
 cular atrophy. CUn. J., Lond., 1896-7, ix, 247.— Carr 
 (J. W.) A case of idiopathic muscular atrophy. Tr. Clin. 
 
 See. Lond., 1896, xxix, 239. . A case of muscular 
 
 dystrophy. Polyclin., Lond., 1904, viii, 117.— Case (A) 
 of muscular dystrophy. Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lend., 1917, 
 xxxi, 250.— Caswell (W. H.) Progressive muscular dys- 
 trophy. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1900, xxvii, 656.— 
 de Champtassta (P.) Traitement des dystrophies mus- 
 culaires et des dystrophies gtotoales par les mouvements 
 actils. Presse mid., Par., 1905, 1, 219.— Cliaiiflard._ Les 
 myopathies primitives progressives. Rev. g^n. de clin. et 
 de th^rap.. Par., 1906, xx, 579.— CliOrno-Slivarts (B. N.) 
 [Progressive muscular dystrophy.) Dietsk. med., Mosk., 
 
 1903, vm, 317-321.— CipoHina (A.) & Maragliano (V.) 
 Due casl di distrofia muscolare progressiva. Clin. med. 
 ital., Milano, 1902, xli, 666-673.— CoUms (J.) & Cllmenlco 
 (H.) A clinical study of fifty cases of muscular dystrophy; 
 idiopathic muscular atrophy, myopathy. Contrib. Sc. 
 Med. & Surg. ... 25. annlv. founding of N. Y. Post-Grad. 
 M. Sch. & Hosp., N. Y., 1908, 360-384, 5 pi.— Concetti (L.) 
 Ueber die idlopathische und diffuse Amyotrophic. Klin.- 
 therap. 'Wchnschr., Wien, 1900, vii, 1565; 1613.— DaUa 
 VeccWa (G.) & Oreflce(E.) Contribute alio studio della 
 distrofia muscolare progressiva idiopatica. Morgagni, Mi- 
 lano, 1901, xUil, 651-566.— Dalton (N.) A case of myopar 
 thic muscular atrophy in an adult. Tr. Clin. Soc. Lond., 
 1896, xxix, 230-^2. — Dfijertne. Les atrophies musculaires 
 myopathlques. Clinlque, Par., 1912, vii, 148-150. — ^En- 
 gelen. Dystrophia musculorum progressiva. Aerztl. 
 Rundschau, Milnchen, 1903, xvtii, 597. — Escli (P.) Ueber 
 Dystrophia musculorum progressiva. Klnder-Arzt, Leipz., 
 1900, XI, 2; 25.— Esbner (A. A.) A contribution to the 
 study of the muscular dystrophies. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 
 1898, cxvl, 307-325. Also, Reprint. . A case of pro- 
 
 f'essive muscular dystrophy. Proe. Phila. Co. M. Soc, 
 hUa., 1898, xlx, 79-81. Also: Maryland M. J., Bait., 1898, 
 xxxix, 493-496. Also, Reprint.— Feinberg (J. A.) Fall 
 von Dystrophia muscularis progressiva. Neurol. Cen- 
 tralbl., Leipz.; 1900, xlx, 106-110.— Franccscliini. Dis- 
 trofle muscolari. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1916, xxxvil, 49- 
 53. — Galloway (J.) Case of progressive muscular dystro- 
 phy. Proe. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1911-12, v, Clio. Sect., 
 157-163.— HamUl (P.) Case of muscular dystrophy. Ibid., 
 1915-16, ix, Neurol. Sect., 81.— Head (G. D.) A case ot 
 primary muscular dystrophy. Northwest. Lancet, Min- 
 neap., 1904, xxiv, 387^- Herbert (L. H.) Dystrophia mus- 
 cularis progressiva, with illustrative case report. Centr. 
 States M. Monlt., Indlanap., 1906, ix, 519-521.— Holmes 
 (G.) A case of abortive muscular dystrophy. Proe. Roy. 
 Soc. Med., Lond., 1908-9, 11, Neurol. Sect., 167.— Hooker 
 (R. S.) Report of a case of myopathy. Med. & Surg. Rep. 
 Episc. Hosp., Phila., 1913, i, 220-223.— Hunt (J. R.) A 
 case of muscular dystrophy. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 
 
 Atrophy (Muscular, Primary progres- 
 sive) [Primary myopathy, Dystrophia 
 muscularis progressiva [Eri, 1891]]. 
 
 1904, xxxi, 100.— Jendrasslk (E.) Gibt es heilbaro FaUe 
 von Dystrophic? Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Bcrl. & 
 Leipz., 1909, xxxv, 830.— Jolly. Dystrophia muscularis 
 progressiva. IWd., Leipz., 1889, xv, -446.— Kron (H.) Vor- 
 stellung eines Falles von Dystrophia musculorum pro- 
 gressiva. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1913, 1, 1130. Also: Ver- 
 oflentl. d. Hufeland. Gesellsch. in BerU 1913-14, pt. 1, 16.— 
 Lafora (G. R.) Contribucifin al estudlo de las lormas de 
 mlopatlas primitivas 6 distrofias musoulares progresivas. 
 Rev. clin. de Madrid, 1913, x, 86-93.— Leegaard (C.) Om 
 dystrophia musculorum progressiva. Norsk Mag. f. Laege- 
 vidensk.j KxisUania, 1905, 5. R., iii, 129-205.— Legros. Sur 
 un cas de myopatnie primitive progressive. Arch. mM. 
 d' Angers, 1906, x, 722-726.— Lcroy & Petit. , Des atro- 
 phies musculaires progressives myopathlques. Echo m6d., 
 Toulouse, 1901, 2. s., xv, 553; 565. Also: J. d. so. mdd. de 
 Lille, 1901, U, 299; 321.— Lcsage (A.) Deux observations 
 d'atrophle musculalre progressive myopathique. Union 
 m(5d. du Canada, Montr&l, 1917, xlvi, 182-189.— Lortat 
 (J.) & Thaon (P.) Atrophie musculaire myopathique et 
 maladle de Thomsen. Rev. neurol., Par., 1905, xul, 778- 
 780.— McConneU (J. B.) Pseudo-progressive muscular 
 dystrophy. Montreal M. J., 1902, xxxi, 369.— McCrudden 
 (F. H\) Progressive muscular dystrophy. J. Am. M. 
 Ass., Chicago, 1918, Ixx, 1216. Also, Reprint.— Mailing 
 (K.) [Case.) Hosp.-Tld^ Kflbenh., 1906, 4. R., xiv, 1287- 
 1295.— von Marsovsky (P.) Ueber einen Pall yon Dystro- 
 phia muscularis progressiva. Pest, med.-chlr. Presse, 
 Budapest, 1908, xhv, 525-532.— Marvin (J. B.) Muscular 
 dystrophy. Louisville Month. J. M. &. S., 1902-3, ix, 
 496-498.— Mautner (B.) Dystrophia musculorum pro- 
 gressiva. Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. inn. Med. u. Kinderh. in 
 Wien, 1910, ix, 78-80.— Mendel (K.) Casuistischer Beitrag 
 zur Lehre von der Dystrophia musculorum progressiva- 
 Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1901, xx, 601-605.— Mery. L'a- 
 trophie musculaire progressive d'origine myopathique. 
 Rev. gfe. de clin. et de thdrap.. Par., 1904, xviii, 532.— 
 Messing. Przypadek dystropnise musculorum progres- 
 sivae. Neurol, polska, , Warszawa,- 1911-12, 11, 750.— Mlnet 
 (J.) & Verhseglie (E.) Myopathie primitive progressive. 
 Bull. Soc. de mid. du nord 1908, LlUe, 1909, 382-389. AUo: 
 Echo mM. du nord, Lille, 1908, xM, 410-412.— Mookerjee 
 (N. L.) Progressive muscular dystrophy. Indian M. Ga^., 
 Calcutta, 1915, 1, 299, 1 pi.— Naccaratl (S.) Primary 
 myopathies. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1917, cv, 351-353.— 
 Negro (C.) Per la storia delle distrofie muscolari progres- 
 sive. Riv. neuropat., Torino, 1909-10, in, 289-296.— Ness 
 (R. B.) Muscular' dystrophy. Glasgow M. J., 1908, Ixx, 
 35-41.— Nogues & Slrol. Un cas de myopathie primitive 
 progressive. Arch. m6d. de Toulouse, 1905, xl, 145-152. — 
 Odrlozola (E.) Miopatia progresiva sistematizada. Crdn. 
 m4d.^ Lima, 1918, xxxv, 187-190.— Oppenbeim (H.) Les 
 relations des myopathies. Rev. neurol.. Par., 1913, xxvi, 
 337. — Orblson (T. J.) Myopathy: with clinical records 
 of eight cases comprising various types. Am. J. M. Sc, 
 Phila., 1914, cxlviii, 550-562.— Patrick (H. T.) Idiopathic 
 muscular atrophy. Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1905, vii, 9. — 
 Perrln (M.), £egris (A.) & Masson (J.) Myopathie 
 primitive progressive. Rev. m^d. de I'est, Nancy, 1914, 
 xlvl, 183-186.— Pescarolo (B.) Distrofie muscolan pro- 
 gressive primitive: atrofia muscolare progressiva nevrotica. 
 In: Tratt. Ital. di patol. e terap. med., Milano, [n. d.], u, 
 pt. 4, 371-441. — Plerret. Myopathie primitive progressive. 
 :6cho m(5d. du nord, Lille, 1909, xiii, 201.— Playtair (E.) 
 Idiopathic muscular atrophy. King's Coll. Hosp. Rep. 
 1896-6, Lond., 1897, ill, 175.— Port (F.) Beitrag zm 
 Lehre von der Dystrophia muscularis progressiva. Ztschr. 
 f. klin. Med., Berl., 1906, llx, 464-472.— Preston (G. J.) 
 Two cases of muscular dystrophy. Intemat. Clin., Phila., 
 1897, 7. s., 1, 198-201, 3 pL— Rivers (W. C.) An unusual case 
 of muscular dystrophy. J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond., 
 1906, iv, 207-209. — Sacbs (B.) Progressive muscular dys- 
 trophies; the relation of the primary forms to one another' 
 and to typical progressive muscular atrophy. N. York 
 M. J., 1888, xlvul, 620; 651. Also, Reprint.— Sano (F.) 
 Amyotrophic progressive primitive; pr^entation d'un cas. 
 Rev. internat. d'flectrotMr., Par., 1897-8, viii, 64-58. — 
 von Sarbo (A.) Demonstration eines Falles von Dys- 
 trophia muscularis progressiva. Centralbl. f. Nervenh. u. 
 Psychiat., Berl. & Leipz., 1902, n. F., 247. — Sawyer (J. E. 
 H.) A rare form of muscular dystrophy. Brit. M.' J., 
 Lond., 1902, 11, 1644. — Sctalesinger (H.) Dystrophia mus- 
 culorum progressiva. Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. inn. Med. u. 
 Kinderh. in WieU; 1910, ix, 198. — Scbulz. Ueber einen 
 Fall von Dystrophia muscularia progressiva. Wien. kiln. 
 Wchnschr., 1889, ii, 931.— Sfipet (P.) Sur un cas de myo- 
 pathie progressive. Marseille med., 1906, xllii, 289-293. — 
 Simon (P.) & Guilioz (T.) Un cas de myopathie primi- 
 tive progressive. Rev. mid. de I'est, Nancy, 1904, xxxvi, 
 461-467. — Spiller (W. G.) Progressive muscular dystrophy 
 (primary myopathy). In: Modem Med. (Oslerl, 8 , 
 
 Phila. & N. TT, 1910, vii, 119-125, 2 pi. . Relations 
 
 des myopathies. Rev. neurol.. Par., 1913, xxvl, 338-340.— 
 Spillmann (L.) Deux cas de myopathie primitive pro- 
 
ATROPHY. 
 
 176 
 
 ATROPHY. 
 
 Atrophy (Musular, Primary progres- 
 sive) [Priinary myopathy, Dystrophia 
 mv^cularis progressiva [Erh, 1891]]. 
 
 gresslve. Rev. de m^d.. Par., 1901, xxi, 22-26.— StiegUtz 
 (L.) Progressive muscular dystrophy. J. Nerv. & Ment. 
 Dis., N. Y., 1900, xxvil, 657. — Swyi>gliedauw. Un cas 
 de myopathie primitive progressive. Echo mM. du nord, 
 Lille, 1912, xvi 326.— Ttorel (C.) Dy^tropMa musoularis 
 progressiva. Ergehn. d. allg. Path. u. path. Anat. [etc.] 
 1899, Wiesb., 1901, vi, 710-720.-rTrOmner. Muskeldys- 
 trophie. Deutsche med. Wohnschr., Berl. & Lelpz., 1905, 
 xxxi, 562.— Van Deuseu (B. H.) A. case ofprogressive 
 muscular dystrophy. Tr. Homceop. M. Soo. Perm., 1898, 
 PhUa., 1899, 215-224. — ^Vteloll (F.) Contrlbuto alio studio 
 clinico e anatomo-patologioo delle distrofle muscolari pro- 
 gressive; lettera aperta al prol. G. Miagazzini. Poliolin., 
 Roma, 1897, iv-M., 42-46.— Votrubai (F.) [Two cases of 
 
 ? regressive muscular dystrophy.) Casop. UTs.. 6esk., v 
 'rase, 1906, xlv, 756-760.— Walton (G. L.) Idiopathic 
 muscular atrophy. Internat. Clin., Phlla., 1899, 9. s., u, 
 141-145, 1 pi. — Washburn (B. E.) Keport of a case of 
 progressive muscular dystrophy (primary myopathy). 
 Virginia M. Serai-Month., Bichmond, 1911-12, xvi, 159- 
 162.— Williamson (A. H.) Primary myopathy (muscular 
 dystrophy). Old Dominion J. M. & S., Richmond, 1916, 
 xxii, 87-89.— Wyss (O.) Bin Fall von Dystrophia muscul. 
 progress. Cor.-Bl. i. sohweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1900, xxx, 
 211-213.— Tanchevski (M. I.) Dystropliia musoularis pro- 
 Voyenno-Med. J., S.-Peterb., 1901, Ixxlx, med.- 
 
 spec. pt., 510-516. 
 
 Atrophy {Muscular, Primary progres- 
 sive, Causes and pathology of). 
 
 See, also, Atrophy (Muscular, Primary progres- 
 sive. Hereditary); Atrophy (Muscular, I'rimary 
 progressive, Traumatic). 
 
 Makquardt (K. [F.]) *Zux Aetiologie der 
 Dystrophia musctdans progressiva. 8°. Berlin, 
 
 1896. 
 
 Acbard (C.) & Binet (L.) Myopathie progressive; 
 recherches mologiques. Bull, et m^m. Soc. m^d. d. Mp. de 
 Par., 1918, 3. s., xlli, 630-635.— Aubourg (P.) Badiogra- 
 phies du squelette d'un myopathique atrophlque. Bull, et 
 mSm. Soc. radlol. mM. de Par., 1909, 1, 106.— Cadwalader 
 (W. B.) & Corson-Wliite (E. P.) The relation of syphihs 
 to progressive muscular dystrophy. Med. Bee, N. Y., 
 1911 Ixxxiii, 1033.— Capezzuoli (C.) L'eliminazione orma- 
 ria della creatinlna, PCaMg in tre diverse forme di distrofla 
 muscolare. Biv. crit. di clin. med., Firenze, 1909, x, 345- 
 351.— CardarelU (N.) Contributo alio studio chnico ed 
 anatomo-patologico delle distrofle muscolari progressive. 
 Poliohn., Soma, 1896, iii-M., 453^75.— Criado y AguUar 
 (F.) Naturaleza de las miopatlas primitivasprogresivas. 
 Clin, mod., Zaragoza, 1910, ix, 683-702.— Erji (W.) Dystro- 
 phia muscularis progressiva; klinische und pathologisch- 
 anatomische Studien. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 
 1891, i, 13; 173, 3 pi. Also, Eeprint.— Forster (E.) Ueber 
 das Verhalten der Vorderhornganglieuzellen bei progres- 
 siver MuskeldystropMe. Charity-Ann., Berl., 1908, xxxu, 
 210-222.— Gastou & Kosenthal. Dystrophies de d^velop- 
 pement des tissus vasoulo-conjonctils et osseux; najvus en 
 nappeapeauiacheetpendante. Bull. Soc. franc, dedermat. 
 et syph.. Par., 1912, xxiii, 255-257.— Gianni (G.) Contri- 
 buto alio studio anatomo-patologico delle distrofle muscolari 
 progressive. Eiforma med., Palermo, 1900, xvi, pt. 2, 361; 
 363; 374.— Holmes (G.) On the spinal changes in a case of 
 muscular dystrophy. Eev. Neurol. & Psycbiat, Edinb., 
 1908, vi, 137-149.— Ingham (S. D.) A case of muscular 
 dystropny following acute poliomyelitis in Infancy. Arch. 
 Diagn., N. Y., 1908, i, 269-274.— Janney (N. W.), Good- 
 hart (S. P.) & Clack (L. P.) The endocrine origin of muscu- 
 lar dystrophy. Med. Bee., N. Y., 1918, xciii, 128.- Janney 
 (N. W.), Goodhart (S. P.) & Isaacson (V. I.) The endo- 
 crine origin of muscular dystrophy. Arch. Int. Med., Chi- 
 cago, 1918, xxi, 188-215.— KUenebereer (Q.) Zur Frage der 
 Kombination der Muskeldystrophle mit anderen Mus- 
 ieleriiankungen. Arch. f. Psychiat, Berl., 1913, li, 1085- 
 X094.— KoUarlts (.T.) Beitrag zur Kermtniss der anatomi- 
 schen Grundlage der Muskeldystrophie. Deutsches Arch, 
 f. Win. Med., Leipz., 1901, Ixx, 157-167.— Lorenzelll (E.) 
 Distrofle flslologiche. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1899, 
 Eoma, 1900, x, 490.— McCrudden (F. H.) The nature of 
 the pathologic process in progressive muscular dystrophy. 
 Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 1918, xxi, 255-262.— McCrudden 
 (F. H.) & Sargent (C. S.) Hypoglycemia and progressive 
 muscular dystrophy. Ibtd., 1916, xvii, 465-475. Also, Ee- 
 
 pfjut. . Chemical changes in the blood and urine 
 
 in progressive muscular dystrophy, progressive muscular 
 atrophy and myasthenia gravis. Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 
 1918, xxi, 252-255.— MacKenzle (L. E.) Ueber Dystrophic 
 vcreinzelter Muskeln beim Schweineund fiber die Pseudohy- 
 pertrophia lipomatosa des Eindes. Virchow's Arch, f . path. 
 Ariat. ^tc], Berl., 1912, cox, 57-67.— Merle (P.) & Baulot-La^ 
 
 Atrophy (Muscular, Primary progres- 
 sive, Gauges and pathology of) . 
 
 polnte. l/cs alterations osseuses au cours de la myopathie. 
 K. iconog. de la SalpStri&re, Par., 1909, xxii. 229-239, 3 pi— 
 Navarro (J. C.) & Correa (C.) Histologfa patoldgica de 
 mtlsculos en nn miopAtico. Pedlatria espafi. , Madrid, 1917, 
 
 yi 310. . L^ones cardiovasculares en las 
 
 miopatlas. Prensa m^d. argentina, Buenos Aires, 1917-18, 
 
 iv, 4-6. . El sistema nervioso y las glAndulas 
 
 cndficrinas en las mlopatias primitivas. Ibii., 41-43.— 
 Parhon & Savlni. Quatre cas de myopathie primitive; 
 considerations sur la pathogenic et sur le traitement. Bull, 
 et mem. Soo. d. med. et nat. de Jassy, 1915, xxix, 1-17.— 
 Feruzzl (F.) Transformazione adiposa della flbra muscO- 
 lare in uu caso di amlotrofla primitiva. Pediatria, Napoli, 
 1911, 2. s., xix, 22-28, 1 pi.— Baikhmanoff (A. V.) [Changes 
 in the Internal organs in progressive muscular dystrophy; 
 pathological investigation.! Obozr. Psikhiat., Nevrol. [etc.], 
 S.-Peterb., 1910, xv, 193-200.— K«nou (L.) & Louste. Sur 
 les myopathies vasculaires, atrophic musculaire consecutive 
 aunearieritesyphilitique. Arch. gen. demed., Par., 1903,1, 
 7g_83._BossI (O.) Alterazloni del muscoh, studiate per 
 biopsia, inun caso di distrofla muscolare progressiva. Eicer-. 
 Che di nevrol. [etc.], Catania, 1913, 385-406, 1 pi.— Sachs 
 (B.) & Brooks (H.) Progressive • muscular dystrophy, 
 with the report of au autopsy. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., ISOl, 
 n. s., cxxii, 54-73. Also, Eeprint. Also [Abstr.]: N. York 
 M. J., 1901, bcxiii, 655.- SpiUer (TV. G.) Atrophy of bone 
 m progressiv'e muscular dystrophy. Eev. Neurol. & Psy- 
 chiat., ildinb., 1905, hi, 388-391, 1 pi.— Tlmme (W.) Prtn 
 gresslve muscular dystrophy as an endocrine disease. Arch. 
 Int. Med., Chicago, 1917, xix, 79-104. Also, Eeprint.— Van 
 Deusen (E. H.) Some remarks on the pathology of myo- 
 pathic dystrophy. Tr. HomoBop. M. Soc. Penn. 1899, Phila., 
 1900, 447-450.— von Werdt (F.) Ein Fall von Dystrophia 
 musculorum progressiva mit Sektionsbelund. Frankt 
 
 Ztschr. f. Path., Wiesb., 1908-9, il, 577-590, 1 pi. . 
 
 Zur Histologie det Dystrophia musculorum proeressiva. 
 Cor.-BI. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1911, xh, 1057-1070. 
 
 Atrophy (Muscular, Primary progres- 
 sive, Complications of). 
 
 Dkeyeb (li.) *Ueber Skelettveranderungen 
 und Pruhkontrakturen bei Dystrophia musculo- 
 rum progreBsiva. [Marburg.] 8°. Leipzig, W06. 
 
 Also, in: Deutsche Ztschr. f. "Nervenh., Leipz., 1909, 
 xxxi, 147-163. 
 
 Braunwarth. Ein Fall von Dystrophia musculorum 
 progressiva; Tod durch Zwerchfellahmung. Ztschr. f. klin. 
 Med., Berl., 1913, Ixxviii, 361-369, 1 pi.— Goldreich (A.) 
 Dystrophia musculorum progressiva mit lordotischer Albu- 
 mmurie. Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. inn. Med. u. Kinderh. in 
 Wien, 1911, x, 135.— Gutzmann (F.) Geburt bei progres- 
 siver Muskelatrqphie (Dystrophia musculorum progressiva 
 Erb). Zentralbi; f. Gynak., Leipz., 1911, xxxv, 641-646.— 
 Hahn (F.) Ueber das Auftreten von Contracturen bei 
 Dystrophia muscularis progressiva. Deutsche Ztschr. f . Ner- 
 venh., Leipz., 1901, XX, 137-151.— Kaulmann (M.) Ueber 
 einen Falfvon Dystrophia musculorum progressiva, com- 
 plicirt durch eine neuritische SerratuslShmimg; nebst 
 einem Beitrag zur Analyse der Schultergiirtellahmnngen 
 nach der Methode von MoUier. Deutsches Arch. 1. kiln. 
 Med., Leipz., 1900, bdx, 103-129.— Uebers (M.) Ein Fall 
 von Dystrophia musculorum progressiva kombiniert mit 
 Morbus Basedow. Miinchen. med. Wohnschr., 1907, liv, 
 371.— McKendree (C. A.) Combined dystrophy with loss 
 of vesical control. Neurol. Bull., N. Y., 1918, i., 61-63.— 
 Marie (P.) Sur une forme de myopathie progressive primi- 
 tive avec ptosis bilateral et participation des muscles masti- 
 cateuis. Bev. neurol.. Par., 1901, ix, 446-453.— Schllppe 
 (P. L.) Hochgradige Kontrakturen und Skelettatrophle 
 bei Dystrophia musculorum progressiva. Deutsche Ztschr. 
 f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1906-6, xxx, 128-143, 1 pi.— Slorza (N.) 
 Miopatia primitiva e deflcienza raentale. Policlin., Eoma, 
 1905, xii, sez. med., 67-74.— Zhukovskl (M. N.) [PsycMcal 
 alterations in progressive muscular dystrophy (Joftroy's 
 myopsychy); objective-psychologicalinvestigation.j Obozr. 
 PsiUiiat., Nevrol. [etc.], S.-Peterb., 1913, xviii, 449-459. 
 
 Atrophy (Muscular, Primary progres- 
 sive, Diagnosis of). 
 
 Ammosoir (M. M.) "[Transitional forms ofprogressive 
 muscular dystrophy.] Nevrol. Vestnik, Kazan, 1913, xx, 
 923-938.— Boehme (G. F.) A case for diagnosis, probably 
 allied to progressive muscular dystrophy. Lancet-Clinic, 
 Cincln., 1916, cxv, 110.— Collins (J.) A clinical lecture; 
 muscular dystrophy; primary myopathy. Post-Graduate, 
 N. Y., 1908, xxiii, 314-321.— De lilsl.(L.) Contributo clinico 
 alia miopatia progressiva primitiva (con speciale rlguardo 
 ai rapporti Ira le alterazioni dell'eccitabUlta idiomuscolare 
 e quelle del riflessi tendinei). Morgagni, Milano, 1914, Ivl, 
 pt. 1, 1-22, 2pl.— Dreyer (L.) Ueber Skelettveranderungen 
 und Friihkontralrturen bei Dystrophia musculorum pro- 
 Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervraih., Leipz., 1906, xxxi. 
 
ATROPHY. 
 
 177 
 
 ATROPHY. 
 
 Atrophy {Muscular, Primary progres- 
 sive, Diagnosis of). 
 
 147-163. — Erb (W.) Dysfeophia nrascularis progressiva mit 
 ungewohuUcher Lokalisation in deu Nackenmuskeln. 
 
 Miinohen. med. Wchnsohr., 1908, Iv, 2189. . Ueber 
 
 Soliwierigkeiten in der Diagnose der Dystrophia muscularis 
 progressiva. Deutsche med. Wchnsohr., Berl. & Leipz., 
 1910, xxxvi, 1865-1868.— Gianni (G.) Contributo clinloo 
 alio studio delle distrofie muscolaii progressive. Eiv. 
 quindicin. di psicol. [etc.!. Roma, 1898-9, ii, 325; 357.— 
 Guliloz (T.) & Henrlot (A.) Suppli?ance respiratoire du 
 diaphragme ^tudi^e aiix rayons de Roentgen dans un oas 
 d'atrophie musculaire progressive myopathique. Rev. 
 m6d. de I'est, Nancy, 1899, xxxi, 129-136.— Hoffmann (P.) 
 Klinisoher Beitrag zur Lehre von der Dystrophia muscularis 
 progressiva. Deutsche Ztschr. t. Nervenh., Leipz., 1898, xil, 
 il8-445.— Klippel & Vlllaret (M.) Asthenics et atrophies 
 myopathiques. Arch. g^n. de mdd.. Par., 1906, i, 363-375.^ 
 Kramer. Ungewohnlicher elektrischer Bef una bei Muskel- 
 
 dystrophie. BerI.klin.Wchnschr.,1917,liv,930. . Myo- 
 
 pathie aveo spasmes localise. Lyon m^d., 1905, civ, 226. — 
 Lannois (M. ) & Poiot (A.) Tin cas de myopathle atrophi- 
 que progressive avec troubles de la sensibility. N. iconog. 
 delaSalp6tri6re, Par., 1903, xvi, 108-117, 1 pi.— Marina (A.) 
 Gibt es Formes frustes Oder rudimentare Formen der mus- 
 kuiaren Dystrophie (Erb) und ist deren Heilung moglich? 
 Deutsche med. Wchnsohr., Berl. & Leipz., 1908, xxxlv, 
 1087-1092.— Savlll (T. D.) Un cas d'amiotropbie primitive, 
 accompagn^e de reactions flectriques anormales et de trou- 
 bles de la sensibility. N.iconog. delaSalp^triSre, Par., 1894, 
 vii, 184-197. Also, Reprint. — Verrlest. Dystropliie mus- 
 culaire rc^unissant le type d'atrophie scapulo-hum^rale de 
 Erb et celui de la pseuao-hypertrophie de Duchenne, avec 
 grande faiblesse de la musculature pelvieime. J. de neurol. 
 ethypnol.. Par., 1898, iii, 105-107. 
 
 Atrophy {Muscular, Primary 'progres- 
 sive, Facio-scapulo-Jiumeral) [Landouzy- 
 Dejerine]. 
 
 LoBW (P.) *L'atrophie olivo-ponto-c&6bel- 
 leuse, type I)6jeriiie-Tnomas. 8°. Paris, 1903. 
 
 RosENBEEQ ([E. S.] W.) *ireber Dystrophia 
 muscularis progressiva mit BeteUigung des Ge- 
 ' sichts. 8°. Marburg, 1895. 
 
 Barba (S.) A proposito di un casb dl atrofla muscolare 
 progressiva, tipo Landouzy-DSjerine. Lavori d. Cong, di 
 med. int., Eoma, 1907, xvii, 99-104.— Batten (F. E.) Myop- 
 athy. ?JuvenUe type. ?Landou2y-D6jerine type. Proc. 
 Roy. Soo. Med., Lend., 1915, viti, Neurol. Sect., 70. — Baylac 
 & Moucliardo Atrophia musculaire progressive h type 
 facio-scapulo-hum^ral d'origine myiSlopathique. Toulouse 
 mM., 1905, 2. S.J vii, 214; 217.— Bielschovpsl^. Zwei Falle 
 von Dystrophia muscularis progressiva (Typus facio- 
 scapulo-numeraUs). Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1890, ix, 
 13; 43.— Bonar (A. B.) A case oi primary progressive 
 muscular dystrophy ol the facio-scapulo-humeral type of 
 Laudouzy and Dejerine. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y^, 1900, 
 xxvii, 647-550. — Bonardl (E.) Distrofla muscolare pro- 
 pesslva; tipo misto laoio-scapolo-omerale di D^jerme- 
 Landouzy e femorale con piede equino e ad arti^lio di Bros- 
 sard. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1897, xviii, 1021.— Brasch. 
 Ueber eine Abart (Dejerine) der neurotischen Muskelatro- 
 
 ?hie mit Krankenvorstellung. Centtalbl. f. Nervenh. u. 
 'syohiat., Berl. & Leipz., 1903, xxvi, 636.— Chaddocli: 
 (C. G.) A case ol muscular dystrophy (Landouzy-Dfije- 
 rine). J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1901, xxviii, 149-163.— 
 Debray (A.) H6miatrophie {aoio-scapulo-hum4rale. J. de 
 neurol.. Par., 1903, viii, 63-69.— DeviUe & Dnrand-Viel. 
 Un cas de myopathie atrophlque progressive du type facio- 
 scapulo-humeral (Landouzy-D^jerme). Eev. mM. de Nor- 
 mandie, Rouen, 1903, 485-489, 1 pi.— Franjals (H.) Sur un 
 cas de dystrophie musculaire faeio-scapulo-hum6rale k type 
 myopathique cons^cutif k un traumatisme de guerre. Rev. 
 neurol.. Par., 1916, xxix, 494-497.— Garclso (A.) Sobre un 
 caso de miopatia progresiva tipo laoio-escipulo-humeral 
 (Landouzy-DSjerine). ilev. Soc. m6d. argent., Buenos 
 Aires, 1905, xiii, 145-150.— Gordon (A.) Progressive mus- 
 cular atrophy ol scapulo-humeral type. J. Nerv. & Ment. 
 Dis., N. Y., 1916, xKv, 145.— Gulllatu (G.l Amyotrophic 
 double du type scapulo-hum&al cons&utive k un trau- 
 matisme umlat^ral extra-articulaire. N. iconog. de la 
 Salp6tri6re, Par., 1899, xii, 386-397, 1 pi.— Hlrtai (E.) & 
 Deiamare (G.) Atrophie musculaire scapulo-braohio-jam- 
 bi^re; myopathie priimtive avec r&ictiou de d^gfe&escenco. 
 Tribune m6d.. Par., 1906, n. s., xxxviii, 197.— Landouzy 
 (L.) & Lortat-Jacob (L.) Histoire d'lm atrophlque 
 myopathique (du type facio-scapulo-hum&al) suivl pendant 
 trente ans. Rev. de m4d.. Par., 1909, xxix, 337-36C Also: 
 Bull. Acad, de mid., Par., 1909, 3. s., Ixi, 24.3-269.— IMOn- 
 gazzinl (G.) Dystrophie musculaire progressive h4mi- 
 bt^rale (type facio-scapulo-humeral); ^tude clinique. N. 
 iconog. de la SalpteiSre, Pai., 1912, xxv, 320-333, 3 pi.— 
 Palmer (F. S.) Primary progressive myopathy; raoio- 
 scapulo-humeral (Landouzy-Dfijerine) type; advanced stage. 
 Proo. Roy. Soo. Med., Lond., 1912-13, vi, Neurol. Sect., 
 
 '—Vol. II, 3d series— 19 12 
 
 Atrophy {Muscular, Primary progres- 
 sive, Facio-scapulo-humeral) [Landouzy- 
 Dijerine]. 
 
 136. — Fasquler (A.) Sur un cas de myopathie facio- 
 scapulo-humdrale, a.JbrMominance nasale. Bull, de laryn- 
 gol., otol. et rhinol., Par., 1907, 202-206.— Raymond. Atro- 
 phie musculaire progressive du type Landouzy-D^jerlne. 
 Bull. m«d.. Par., 1903, xvii, 203-206.— Rublno (A.) Dis- 
 trofla muscolare progressiva a tipo scapolo-omerale. Gior. 
 intemaz. d. so. med., Napoli, 1902, n. s., xxiv, 433-442. — 
 Sbaw (H. B.) & Edmunds (P. J.) Facio-scapulo-humeral 
 type of muscular dystrophy in four patients in three genera- 
 tions. Proo. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1911-12, v, CUn. Sect., 
 
 Nancy, 1914, xlvi, 176-179.— Sperling. Ein ungewBhn- 
 licher Fall von Dystrophia muscularis progressiva (facio- 
 scapulo-humeraler Typus). Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 
 1889; viii, 67-71. — Torres (L.) Um caso de myopathia typo 
 Landouzy-D^jerine. Ann. paulist. de med. e oirurg., S. 
 Paulo, 1916, vi, 121-126. 
 
 Atrophy {Muscular, Primary progres- 
 sive, Hereditary and familial) . 
 
 BuissoN (J.^ *Dy8trophie coiig6nitale mul- 
 tiple du tissu elastique. 8°. Paris, 1904. 
 
 WITH (0.) *Eine lamUiare atypische Form der 
 Dystropnia musculorum progressiva. 8°. Frei- 
 burg i. B., 1906. 
 
 Bernbardt (M.) Notiz fiber die famlliare Form der 
 Dystrophia muscularis progressiva und deren Combination 
 mit periodisch auftretender paroxysmaler Lahmung. Deut- 
 sche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1895-6, viii, 111-118.— Biber- 
 gell (E.) Ueber eine atypische Form famlliaxer Myopathie 
 des Kindesalters. Ztschr. f. d. ges. Neurol, u. Psychiat., 
 Berl. & Leipz., 1914, xxii, Orig., 411-416.— Brascti (M.) 
 Dystrophie bei Mutter una Kind. Berl. klin. Wchnsohr., 
 1903, xl, 787: 1904, xli, 60-62.- Bunting (C. H.) Three cases 
 of progressive muscular dystrophy occurring in the male 
 members of a single family and commencing at the same age 
 Iq each. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1903, xxx, 350-353.— 
 Cade (A.) & Goyet (A.) Atrophie musculaire progressive 
 d'origine myopathique, type Leyden-Moebius, k d^but 
 tardif. Bull. Soc. m^d. d. hdp. de Lyon, 1913, xi, 606-609. 
 Also: Lyon m^d., 1913, cxxi, 957-960.— Chambers (H. W.) 
 Two' cases of familial muscular dystrophy. West Lond. 
 M. J., 1910, XV, 64-66. — Claude (H.) Dystrophie musculaire 
 progressive famiUale; asymtoie des atrophies musculaire^, 
 arrjts de dfiveloppement, troubles vaso-moteurs. Enc§- 
 phale. Par., 1908, u, 612-516, 1 pi.- Esliner (A. A.) Two 
 cases of progressive muscular dystrophy in brother and 
 sister. Perm. M. J., Pittsburg, 1901-2, v, 70-73. Also: Phlla. 
 M. J., 1902, ix, 1023-1025. Also, Reprint.— Hager (P.) Bei- 
 trage zur Aetiologie der verschiedenen progressiven Mus- 
 kelatrophien im Anschlusse an 2 famlliare Falle von Dystro- 
 phia musculorum progressiva. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, 
 Budapest, 1903, xxxix, 833-838.— Haushalter (P.) Myo- 
 pathie primitive progressive chez deux frferes aveo autopsie. 
 Rev. neurol.. Par., 1913, xxv, 587-691.— KUppel (M.) Dys- 
 trophie congenital multiple du tissu Elastique. Arch. gen. 
 de m&i.. Par., 1903, i, 84-86.— Melge (H.) Dystrophie 
 ced^mateuse h^r^ditaire. Cong. d. mid. ali4nistes et de 
 neurol. de France . ; . 1898. C. r., 1899, ix, 493-502.— Nolca, 
 Deux Irferes atteints de myopathie primitive progressive. 
 N. Iconog. de la Salp6tri4re, Par., 1905, xviii, 426-442: 1E06, 
 xix, 151-160, 1 pi.— Plui (P.) Distrofla muscolare congenita 
 a forma ipertroflca. Riv. crit. di clin. med., Firenze, 1904, 
 V, 237-240. — B.ayinond. Atrophie musculaire progressive, 
 type Leyden-Moebius. J. de m^d. int.. Par., 1900, iv, 725- 
 728.— Rose (C. W.) Ein Fall von hereditarer progressiver 
 Muskeldystrophie mit BeteUigung der Gesichfe-, Lippeu- 
 und Zungenmuskulatur. BerL khn. Wchnsohr., 1916, liii, 
 1267-1269. — Salas Vada. Miopatia primitiva del tipo 
 Leyden-Moebius. Rev. de med y cirug. prdct., Madrid, 1903, 
 lix, 161-166. — Stetnert (H.) Dystrophia musculorum pro- 
 gressiva retrahens; Kasuistisches una Kritisehes zur Lehre 
 von den hereditaren Krankheiten. Mitt. a. d. Grenzgeb. d. 
 Med. u. Chir., Jena, 1909, xxi, 105-124.— Wendenburg (K.) 
 Zwei seltene Falle famihaier Dystrophie. Monatschr. f. 
 Psychiat. u. Neurol., Berl., 1906, xviii, 1-3.— Winocovu-off 
 (J.) Zwei Falle von Dystropnia muscularis progressiva 
 famUiaris. Arch. t. Kinderh., Stuttg., 1907, xlvi, 109-112. 
 
 Atrophy {Muscular, Primary progres- 
 sive, Infantile). 
 
 Barbier (H.) & Lebon. Un cas de inyopathie primitive 
 progressive chez une fille de onze ans. Bull, et m^m. Soc. 
 m6d. d. hflp. de Par., 1900, 3. s., xvii, 1142-1151.— Croly 
 (W. C.) Dystrophia muscularis progressiva infantum. 
 J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond., 1907, viii, 287-289.— Du- 
 tolt (A.) Die Wechselwurkungen der inneren Driisense- 
 kretionen in ihren Beziehungen zu den infantilen Dystro- 
 phien. Aerztl. Rundschau, Munchcn, 1911, xxi, 361. — 
 Eulenburg (A.) Ueber emen schweren Fall inbutiler. 
 
ATEOPHY. 
 
 178 
 
 ATROPHY. 
 
 Atrophy {Muscular, Primary progres- 
 sive, Infantile. 
 
 familiarer Muakeldystrophie mlt osteo-arthropathisclien 
 Delormationen. Deutsche med. Wclmsolir., BerL & Leipz., 
 1896, xxii, 458-460.— FInkelnburg. Anatomischer Belund 
 bei progressiver Muskeldystxophie in den ersten Lebens- 
 jahren. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1908, xxxv, 
 453-460, 2 pi.— GOtt. Zehnjahriges Madohen mit atypisoher 
 Muskeldystrophie. Verhandl. d. Mlinchen. Gesellsch. t. 
 Kinderh. 1911, Berl., 1912, 9.— Haushalter (P.) Trois 
 nouveaux cas d'amyotrophie primitive progressive dans 
 I'entance. Rev. de mM.., Par., 1898, xviii, 445-460.— Hutlnel 
 Dystrophies infantiles et synergies glandulaires. Gaz. d. 
 mal. inlant. [etc.], Par., 1911, xlii, 17-19.— Kdster. [Fall von 
 infantiler Muskeldystrophie, kombiniert mit Morbus, Base- 
 dowil und chronischer Bleivergiftimg.l Munchen. med. 
 Wchnsclu:., 1905j lii, 725.— Korelln (V. V.) Atrophie mus- 
 culaire progressive de I'entance (Duohenne); myopathie 
 atrophique progressive debutant d'ordinaire dans renfanoe 
 par la face (Landouzy et Dfijerine). Sibirsk. Vrach Gaz., 
 Irkutsk, 1908; i, 217-221.— Marina (A.) Le forme iniziali 
 e rudimentali della distrofla muscolare nella pratica pedia- 
 trioa. Pediatria, Napoli, 1903, 2. s., i, 161-105.- Morselll 
 ^A.) Contribute climco alio studio della distrofia muscolare 
 infantile. Riv. sper. di freniat., Reggio-Emilia, 1905, xxxi, 
 233. — Opensbaw (T. H.) Case of myopathy; infantile 
 type (Batten's) frog-ohild). Proo. Eqy. Soo. Med., Lond., 
 1909-10, iU, Clin. Sect., 39. — Patolr. Les atrophies muscu- 
 laires de I'entance (myopathie progressive primitive). 
 PMiatrie prat., Lille, 1903, i, 109-115.— Raymond. Myo- 
 pathie prunitive de I'enfance; atrophie et pseudo-hyper- 
 trophie. Bull, mii., Par., 1897, xi, 285.- Sfinonlnl (R.) 
 Radiografla dello scheletro nell'atrona muscolare Idlopatica 
 infantile. Atti d. Cong, pediat. ital. 1911, Palermo, 1912, 
 vli, 483-494. — ^Ziehen. Beziehungen zwischen angeborenen 
 Muskeldefekten, infautilem Kemschwund und Dystrophia 
 muscularis progressiva infantilis. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 
 1908, xlv, 1557-1560. 
 
 Atrophy {Muscular, Primary progres- 
 sive. Juvenile) [Eri, 1884]. 
 
 MtJLLER (A.) *Zur Lehre der Dystrophia 
 muscularis progressiva, juvenile Form mit Be- 
 teiligung der Gesicttsmuskulatur und hereditare 
 Form. 8°. Liibbecke, 1902. 
 
 Paysen (H.) *Ein Fall von Dystrophia mus- 
 cidaris progressiva (familiaris), juvenile Form. 
 8°. Kiel, 1908. 
 
 RosoHEK (A.) *Ein Fall von juveniler pro- 
 gressiver spinaler Muskelatrophie. 8°. Erum- 
 gen, 1898. 
 
 ViARD (R.) *De la myopathie primitive pro- 
 gressive; forme juvenile d'Krb. 8°. Pans, 1900. 
 
 Ardillaux. Observation sur un cas de myopathie primi- 
 tive progressive (type Erb) avec une photographie. Bull. 
 Soo. m^d. de 1' Yonne 1905, Auxerre, 1906, xlvi, 89-93.— 
 Bradley (J. M.) Progressive muscular dystrophy of the 
 juvenile type. Med. Fortnightly, St. Louis, 1910, xxxvli, 
 157. X!«o.- Weekly Bull. St. Louis M. Soo., 1910, iv, 171.— 
 Buttner. [Dystrophia musculorum progressiva; juvenile 
 Form.] Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berr & Leipz., 1908, 
 xxxiv, 1913. — Cardarelli. Distrofia muscolare progressiva 
 giovanile. Boll. d. clin., Milano, 1896, xiii, 385-389.— Clarke 
 (J. M.) A case of Erb's juvenile dystrophy associated with 
 bilateral enlargement of the parotid and submaxillary 
 glands. Brain, Lond., 1903, xxvi, 202-205, 1 pi.— Cruchet 
 (R.) & Codet-Boisse. Myopathie atrophique et pseudo- 
 hypertrophique de I'enfance. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. m^d. de 
 Bordeaux, 1906, xxvii, 158-162. [Discussion], 164. — Doeven- 
 speck. Juvemle Muskeldystrophie infoipe Ueberanstren- 
 gung, Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1910, Ivii, 1397. — Drescb- 
 leld. Two cases of Erb's juvenile paralysis. Med. Chron., 
 Manchester, 1891-2, xv, 299-301.— Ebsteln (E.) Juvenile 
 Djretrophie und lordotische Albumiuurie im Kindesalter. 
 Ztschr. t. Kinderh., Berl., 1911, iii, Orig., 206-208.— Ferran- 
 nlnl (L.) Trauma e distrofia muscolare tipo Erb. Stu- 
 dlum, Napoli, 1912, v, 225-228.— GellUorn. [Fall von 
 Dystrophia muscularis progressiva (juvenile Form ohne 
 Gesiohtsbethciligung).] Allg. Ztschr. f. Psychiat. [etc.], 
 Berl., 1903, Ix, 745.--Grasset. Amyotrophie primitive pro- 
 gressive (forme juvenile de Erb). Gaz. hebd. d. sc. mid. de 
 Montpel., 1889, xi, 209-214.— Grelwe (J. E.) Report of two 
 cases of pseudo-hypertrophic muscular atrophy occurring in 
 brothers. Cincin. Lancet-Clinic, 19Q3, n. s., I, 66.— Hocli- 
 halt (K.) Dystrophia muscularis progressiva adultorum. 
 Magy. orv. Arch., Budapest, 1893, li, 110-113.— Hoenlger. 
 Ein Fall von progressiver Muskeldystrophie (juvenile Form, 
 Erb). VerhaMl. d. Ver. d. Aerzte zu Halle a. S., Milnchen, 
 1900-1901, 6.— von Hdsslin. Juvenile Muskeldystrophie bei 
 einem alteren Manne nach Trauma. Milnchen. med. 
 Wchnschr., 1904, li^ 1156.— Hoffmann (A.) Juvenile 
 Muskeldystrophie bei einem alteren Manne nach Trauma. 
 Ibid., 1027.— Jagot. Amyotrophic progressive (type juv6- 
 
 Atrophy (Muscular, Primary progres- 
 sive, Juvenile) [Erb, 1884]. 
 
 nile d'Erb). Arch. mM. d' Angers, 1903, vii, 162-169.— 
 ' Lagoudaky. Dystrophie musculaire progressive juvenile. 
 FKlium^.) Compt.-rend. Cong, internat. de med. 1897, 
 Mosc, 1899, iv, sect. 7, 765.— Llttleiohn (E. S.). Progressive 
 muscular atrophy, with a case of facial type of Erb's j uvenile 
 progressive muscular atrophy. Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 
 1906, XXV, 620-626.— McKlsa«k (H. L.) A case of muscular 
 dystrophy (Erb's Juvenile form) occurring in an adult. 
 Brit. M. J., Lond., 1910, i, 699.— Ularcus. Juvenile Muskel- 
 dystrophie bei einem alteren Manne und Trauma. Aerztl. 
 Saohverst.-Ztg., Berl., 1904, x, 327.— Marina (A.) Esistono 
 forme fruste o rudimentali di distrofia muscolare (tipo Erb); 
 ne 4 possibile la guarigione? Policlin., Roma, 1908, xv, sez. 
 med., 193-206. — ^Micbaud. Atrophie musculaire progres- 
 sive d'Erb. Cor.-Bl. (. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1916, xlvi, 
 63fr-539.— Murrl (A.) Sur un cas demaladie d'Erb. Arch, 
 ital. de biol., Turin, 1896, xxv, 64-92.— O' Carroll (J.) Juve- 
 nile muscular dystrophy. Tr. Roy. Acad. M. Ireland, 
 Dubl., 1914, xxxii, 84.— Pettyjohn (E. S.J Erb's primary 
 muscular atrophy; report of two cases, with photographs. 
 Tr. Mich. M. Soo., Grand Rapids, 1896, xx, 382-387, 2 photo. 
 Also: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1896, xxvii, 1140-1142. Also, 
 Reprint. — Pic & Florence. Un cas d'atrophie musculaire^ 
 type d'Erb. Bull. Soc. mM. d. h6p.de Lyon, 1912, x, 386-388. 
 Also: Lyonmfid., 1912, cxviii, 1465-1467.— Pomarlco(G.) In- 
 torno ad un case di atrofla muscolare giovanile. IncurabUi, 
 Napoli, 1896, xi, 457-478.— Blolaccl. Un cas d'atrophie ju- 
 venile d'Erb. Loire m^d., St.-Etienne, 1895, xiv, 131-135, 1 
 pi.— Konca {R.) Considerazioni cliniche sopra un caso 
 Sella forma giovanile di Erb dell'atrofla muscolare progres- 
 siva. Arch, intemaz. di med. e chir., Napoli, 1898, xiv, 229- 
 237. — Scbliller ( A.) Typischer Fall erner juvemlen Muskel- 
 atrophie bei einem SOjabr. Mann. Wlen. klin. Wchnschr., 
 1903, xvi, 516.— Slppy (B. W.) A case of dystrophia muscu- 
 laris progressiva; Erb's type. Chicago M. Recorder, 1899, 
 xvii, 242-245. [Discussion], 265-259.— Splllmann (L.) 
 Atrophie musculaire myopathique (type juvenile d'Erb) et 
 nsevivasculaires. Soc. de mdd. de Nancy. C.-r. ..., 1903-4, 
 93. Also: Rev. m&i. de Pest, Nancy, 1904, xxxvi, 449-451.— 
 Stelnert. [Fall von juveniler Muskeldystrophie mit 
 Atrophie der Zunge und Main succulente.] Munchen. med. 
 Wchnschr., 1905, lii, 83l!-^Stlntzing. Ein Fall von Dystro- 
 phia muscularis progressiva (juvenile Form). Kor.-Bl. d. 
 allg. arztl. Ver. v. Thiirlngen, Jena, 1912, xh, 86.— Stowell 
 (W. L.) Progressive muscular atrophy in the young. N. 
 York M. J., 1897,'lxv, 383-385.— Trevelyan (E. F.) Erb's 
 juvenile dystrophy. Rev. Neurol. & Psychiat., Edinb., 
 1905, iii, 594-601.— Tokota. [Atrophia musculorum juve- 
 nilis Erb.] Chiugal Iji Shinpo, Tokio, 1902, xxiii, 727-733. 
 
 Atrophy (Muscular, Primary progres- 
 sive, Pseudo-TiypertropJiic) . 
 
 See, also, Paralysis (Pseudo-hypertrophic). 
 
 HoREL (G.-F.-G.) *La paralysie pseudo- 
 hypertrophique; dystrophie musculaire progres- 
 sive. (Etude clinique.) 8°. Lille, 1907. 
 
 Battle (C. J.) Fraternal pseudo-hypertrophic paraJysis. 
 Brit. M. J., Lond., 1910, ii, 197.— BramweU (B.) Post- 
 mortem findings in a case of pseudo-hypertropnic paraly- 
 sis; artefact of spinal cord. Clin. Stud., Edinb., 1909, vil, 
 308-318. Also [Abstr.]: Edinb. M. J., 1909, n. s., iii, 5-7, 
 
 7 pi. . Analysis of 42 cases of pseudo-hypertrophic 
 
 paralysis and myopathic muscular atrophy. Clin. Stiid., 
 Edinb., 1909, vii, 319-328.— Bruce (A. N.') The muscle 
 
 ■ " ■ ' • • ■ - • jjgy Neurol. 
 
 . The spinal 
 
 spindles in pseudo-hypertrophic ■ 
 
 & Psychiat., Edinb., 1911, ix, 110-114. ■ 
 
 changes in pseudo-hypertrophic paralysis. Edinb. M. J., 
 1914, n. s., xii, 42-49. — Camp (CT. D.) A contribution to 
 the study of hereditary degeneration (pseudohypertrophic 
 muscular dystrophy in combination with degeneration in 
 the central nervous system). Am. J. M. Be, Phila. & 
 N. Y., 1913, cxlvi, 716-725. . A case of pseudohyper- 
 trophic muscular dystrophy. Tr. Clin. Soc. Univ. Mich., 
 Ann Arbor, 1916, vii, 102. Also: J. Mich. M. Soc, Grand 
 Rapids, 1916, xv, 317.— Carling Vw.) Pseudo-hypertro- 
 phio muscular paralysis. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 
 1909-10, iii. Sect. Stud. Dis. Child., 158.— Carr. Case of 
 pseudo-hypertrophic muscular paralysis. Mag. Lond. 
 (Roy. Free Hosp.) School Med. f. Women, Lond., 1910-11, 
 V, 431, 2 pi.— Christian (F. L.) Pseudo-hypertrophic 
 paralysis; report of a case. Med. Era, St. Louis, 1908, xvii, 
 445-448. Also: St. Louis M. Rev., 1910, n. s., iv, 271-273.— 
 Daruvala (B. P.) Pseudo-hypertrophic muscular paraly- 
 sis. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1910, xlv, 60, 1 pi.— Demp- 
 sey. Pseudo-hypertrophic muscular paralysis. Tr. Roy. 
 Acad. M. Ireland, Dubl., 1910, xxviii, 102.— Fearnsldes 
 (E. G.) Case of pseudo-hypertrophic muscular dystrophy 
 associated with amentia. Proc. Roy. Soo. Med., Lond., 
 1914-15, via, Sect. Stud. Dis. Child., 75.— Frantz (M. H.) 
 Pseudo-hypertrophic muscular dystrophy. Med. Times, 
 N. Y., 1917, xlv, 279-282.— Gallet. Observation clinique 
 d'un cas de paralysie pseudo-hypertrophique., PMiatrie 
 
 Srat., Lille, 1908, vi, 277-279.— Garcia del Dlestro (J.) 
 ,>os cases de amiotrofia pro^resiva de origen miopdtico 
 
ATKOPHY. 
 
 179 
 
 ATROPHY. 
 
 Atrophy {Muscular, Primary progres- 
 sive, Pseudo-TiypertropTbic) . 
 
 (tipo pseud(>-hypertr6fico). An. de la Acad, de obst. [etc.], 
 Madn^, 1910, iii, 480-485.— Gemmell (S.) Case ol pseudo- 
 hypertrophic paralysis in a man, aged 23. Tr. Med.-Chir. 
 Soc. Qlasg., 1905-7, vi, 101.— Gonzilez-Alvarez (M.) Dos 
 casos de distrofla muscular pseudo-hipertrtfflca. Pediatria 
 espafi., Madrid, 1917, vi, 43-51.— Gowcrs (Sir W.) A typical 
 case of pseudo-hypertrophic paralysis. Hospital, Lend., 
 1909, xl-vi, 281.— Hunter (W. K.) Two cases. Tr. Med.- 
 Chir. Soc. Glasg (1899-1901), 1902, iii, 183; 196.— Hutinel. 
 Myopathie primitive progressive h, forme pseudo-hyper- 
 trophique. Rev. gfin: de clln. et de th^rap., Par., 1910, xxiv, 
 
 , 711.— Ingbert (C. E.) Pseudo-hypertrophic muscular 
 atrophy. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1907, xxxiv, 1-13.— 
 Johnstone (0. P.) Pathology of pseudohypertrophic 
 muscular dystrophy. Hid., Lancaster, Pa., i908, xxxv, 
 461.— Kllnman (A. I.) Sluchal pseudohypertrophise mus- 
 . culorum progressivae Erb'a. Voyenno-Med. J., S.-Peterb., 
 1900, Ixxvih, med.-speo. pt., 778-705.— Kodama (K.) 
 Pseudo-hypertropic muscular atrophy. Sei-i-Kwai M. J., 
 Tokyo, 1911, XXX, No. 3.— Leon (J. T.) Case of pseudo- 
 hypertrophic paralysis. Proc. Eoy. Soc. Med., Lond., 
 1913-14, vii. Sect. Stud. Dis. ChUd., 182.— Levin (J. J.) 
 Seven oases of pseudo-hypertrophic muscular paralysis with 
 special note on the differentiatblood count. South African 
 M. Eec, Cape Town, 1914, xii, 251-255.— Manara (G.) Un 
 case di distroHa muscolare progressiva di origine miopatica 
 (a forma pseudoipertrofica). Pratica d. med., Napoh, 
 1907-8, viil, 319-323.— Manuel (A.) Pseudo-hypertrophic 
 muscular paralysis. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1909-10, 
 iii. Sect. Stud. Dis. CMld., 72.— M6ry. La paralysie pseudo- 
 hypertrophique. Rev. g4n. de clin. et de therap.. Par., 
 1908, xxu, 38.— Nalli (V.) Sul meccanismo patogenetico 
 della paralisi muscolare pseudo-ipertroflca. Gazz. dl med. 
 e chir., Palermo, 1909, viii, 427.— N aville (F.") Note sur un 
 cas exceptionnel de myopathie unilat^rale, k dfibut p^riph^ 
 rique et aveo pseudohypertrophie nucale. Schweiz. Arch. 
 f. Neurol, u. Psychiat., Ziirich, 1917, i, 338-341.— Palijier 
 (F. S.) Two cases of pseudo-hypertrophic paralysis; broth- 
 ers (early and late stages). Tr. M. Soc. Lond., 1911-12, 
 xxxv, 391-393. — Parkinson (J. P.) Pseudo-hypertrophic 
 paralysis. Clin. J., Lond., 1912-13, xl, 317.— Porter (L.) 
 A case of pseudo-hypertrophic muscular dystrophy. Calif. 
 State J. M., San Fran., 1905, iii, 349-351.— Potter (F. C.) 
 A pathological study of a CEise of pseudo-hypertrophic mus- 
 cular dystrophy, with changes in the heart muscle, cells of 
 the anterior horn, anterior roots, and peripheral nerves. 
 
 - N. York M. J., 1909, xc, 398-400.— Bankln (G.) Pseudo- 
 hypertrophic paralysis. Clin. J., Lond., 1912-13, xl, 239. — 
 Reichmann. A case of progressive muscular dystrophy 
 of the pseudohypertrophic muscular atrophy type. Illinois 
 M. J., Springfield, 1910, xvii, 96-98.— Bocaz & Crucliet. 
 Sur un cas de myopathie primitive pseudo-hypertrophique 
 avec autopsie; alterations m^dullaires. Arch, de mdd. d. 
 enf.. Par., 1906, ix, 344-353.— BubSo Melra. Urn oaso de 
 paralysia pseudo hypertrophica on myoesclerosica. Gaz. 
 clin., S. Paulo, 1907, v, 12.— Sala (G.) Die pseudohyper- 
 tropnische Paralyse; klinische und histopathologische Be- 
 traohtungen. Arch. f. Psychiat., Berl., 1915, Iv, 389-431, 
 3 pi. — ScnUller (A.) [Dystrophia musculorum progressiva 
 (Pseudohypertrophie) mit Beteiligung der Gesichtsmus- 
 kulatur.] Jahrb. f. Psychiat., Leipz. & Wien, 1903, xxiii, 
 431-434.— Taylor (J.) Pseudo-hypertrophic paralysis. Po- 
 lyclin., Lond., 1913, xvii, 6. — Vires & Anglada. Myo- 
 pathie gto^ralisfe avec pseudo-hypertrophie et atrophic; 
 hypertrophie du cceur observ&S, dix ans d'intervalle. N..- 
 iconog. de la Salpe trite. Par., 1909, xxil, 240-252, 2 pi.— Vlr- 
 shubskl ( A. M.) [Progressive muscular atrophy of pseudo- 
 hypertrophic type.) Prakt. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1905, iv, 
 982-984.— Walshe (F. M. R.) Case of pseudo-hn>ertrophlc 
 dystrophy presenting some unusual features. Proc. Roy. 
 Soc. Med., Lond., 1913-14, vii, Neurol. Sect., 29. 
 
 Atrophy (Muscular, Primary progres- 
 sive, Traumatic). 
 
 BossuNG (J. C.)_ *Ueber die Moglichkeit des 
 Traumas als atiolorisches oder verschlimmemdes 
 Moment bei der Dystrophia musculorum pro- 
 gressiva Erb. 8°. Leipzig, 1913. 
 
 Claude (H.), Vigouroux (A.) & Lbermltte (J.) Sur 
 certaines dystrophies musculaires du type myopathique 
 cons^cutives aux traumatismes de guerre. Presse m^d., 
 
 Par., 1915, xxiii, 393-396. . Deux nou- 
 
 veaux cas de dystrophic musculaire k type myopathique 
 cons^cutifs au trauraatisme. Bull, et m6m. Soc. m6d. d. 
 
 h6p. de Par., 1916, 3. s., xl, 190-194. . 1 
 
 propos des dystrophies musculaires cons&iutives aux trau- 
 matismes de guerre. Progrfes mM., Par., 1917, 3. s., xxxii, 
 204. — GSrres. Ueber Dystrophia musculorum progressiva 
 und Unfall. Monatschr. f. UnlallheiUc., Leipz., 1915, xxii, 
 65-72.— Grariadei (B.) Polimiosite primitiva cronica 
 atrofica da guerra. Riv. crit. di clin. med., Firenze, 1917, 
 xviil, 221; 229; 237.— Hennlng. Ueber einen Fall von 
 myopathischer progressiver Muskelatrophie nach Trauma. 
 
 Atrophy {Muscular, Primary progres- 
 sive. Traumatic). 
 
 Deutsche mil.-arztl. Ztschr., Berl., 1903, xxxii, 100-106.— 
 Kramer (F.) Muskeldystrophie und Trauma. Monat- 
 schr. t. Psychiat u. Neurol., Berl., 1902, xii, 199-209.— 
 Marcus. Fall von Muskeldystrophie nach Unfall. Monat- 
 schr. f. Unfallheilk., Leipz., 1913, xx, 18-26. 
 
 Atrophy {Muscular, Primary progressive. 
 Treatment of). 
 
 Dlamantberger & Weil (A.) Un cas de myopatliie 
 atrophique progressive; traitement ^ectrique; guerison, 
 J. de physiothwap.. Par., 1906, iv, 1-5. Also: M4d. orient.. 
 Par., 1906, x, 233-235.— Ehrbardt (O.) Zur Vernahung der 
 Scapulae .bei Dystrophia musculorum progrediens. Arch. 
 f. kUn. Chir., Berl., 1901, IxUi, 764-771. —Gerard MUo (J.) 
 Primair myopathische spieratrophie behandeld met Kru- 
 kenberg's weerstandgymnastiek en testadeen. Nederl. Tijd- 
 sohr. V. Geueesk., Amst., 1898, 2. R., xxxiv, d. 2, 214-219.— 
 Kub (R.) Die Dystrophia muscularis progressiva und 
 deren orthopadische Behandlung. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 
 
 1905, XXX, 215-217.— L«vl (L.) & de Rothschild (H.) Myo- 
 pathie atrophique progressive ou myatonie amffiorfe par 
 ropoth^rapie hypophysaire; considerations sur Paction de 
 I'hypophyse sur le systAme musculaire. Rev. neurol., Par., 
 1907, XV, 613-618.— Marie (T.) & Sorel (E.) Diagnostic et 
 traitement 61ectrique des myopathies primitives. Ann. 
 d'aectrobiol. [etcj, Par., 1902, v, 528-539.— Parhon (C.-J.) 
 & SavinI (E.) Essais de th&apeutique biologique dans 
 les myopathies primitives. Rev. neurol.; Par., 1914-15, 
 xxvii, 1215-1218.— Putti (V.) L'osteodesi interscapolare 
 in ua caso di miopatia atrofica progressiva. Arch, di ortop., 
 Milano, 1906, xxiii, 319-331, 1 pi. Also: Boll. d. clin., Mllano, 
 
 1906, xxiii, 458-465.— Wiener (A.) Kurze Mittheilung ilber 
 einen Fall von progressiver Muskeldystrophie, bedeutend 
 gebessert nach Anwendung von methodiscner Gymnastik. 
 Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1896, xv. 395-399. 
 
 Atrophy {Muscular, Progressive) [Aran- 
 Duchenne, 1847-61]. 
 
 See, also, Paralysis (Pseudobulbar) ; Poliomye- 
 litis (chronic anterior); Spinal cord (Sclerosis of, 
 Amyotrophic lateral). 
 
 Batjeb (A. H. S.) *Kasuistisclier Beitrag zur 
 Lehre von der spmalen progressiven Muskel- 
 atrophie. 8°. Miinchen, 1904. 
 
 BuTTERMiLOH (M.) *Ueber den Radialistypus 
 der spinalen progressiven Muskelatrophie. 8°- 
 Berlin, 1895. 
 
 Charcot (J.-B.-A.-E.) *Contributiona,r6tude 
 de I'atrophie musculaire progressive type Du- 
 chenne-Aran. 4°. Paris, 1895. 
 
 Dipper (E.) *Ueber progressive Muskelatro- 
 phie. 8°. Tubingen, 1896. 
 
 Franziss (M.) *Ueber einen Fall von spina- 
 ler progressiver Muskelatrophie. 8° Miinchen, 
 1904. 
 
 Jezierski (P. V.) *Kasuistischer Beitrag zur 
 Lehre von der spinalen Muskelatrophie (Typua 
 Duchenne-Aran). [Freiburg i. Br.] 8°. Ham- 
 burg, [1903, vel subseq.\ 
 
 Keferstein (G.) *Ueber die progressive 
 Muskelatrophien. 8°. Gottingen, 1894. 
 _ Klimowicz-Drzewina (Marie). *Contribu- 
 tion k I'^tude des fausses contractures dans 
 I'atrophie musculaire progressive. 8°. Paris, 
 1902. 
 
 Lipschttetz (I.) *Ueber einen PaU von spi- 
 naler progressiver Muskelatrophie. 8° Berlin, 
 1911. 
 
 MiJLLER (J.) *Stoffwech8eluntersuchungen 
 bei einem Palle von progressiver Muskelatrophie. 
 8°. Wurzburg, 1896. 
 
 Pelz (A.) *Ueber die Beziehung der progres- 
 siven Muskelatrophie zur amyotropischen Late- 
 ralsklerose. [Breslau.J 8° Berlin-Zossen, 1903. 
 
 ScHiRMETER (F.) *Beitrag zur Kenntniss der 
 progressiven Muskelatrophie. [Gottingen.] 8° 
 Osnabrilch, 1884. 
 
 ScHWECKENDiEK ([H.] H. E.) *Ueber aty- 
 pische Formen der progressiven iluskelatrophie. 
 8° Marburg, 1912. 
 
ATROPHY. 
 
 180 
 
 ATROPHY. 
 
 Atrophy {Muscular, Progressive) [Aran- 
 Duchenne, 1847-61]. 
 
 Verdugo (P. V.) *Notas cHnicas relativaa d 
 la atrofia muscular progresiva. 8°. Mixico, 
 1883. 
 
 Abadlc (J.) & Nenoyis (J.) Un cas d'amyotrophie pro- 
 gressive dite essentielle avec reaction de dfigfinerescence. N. 
 loonog. de la SalpStrito, Par., 1900, xili, 415-424, 1 pi.— 
 Alvarez (C. ) Sobre dos oasos de atrofia muscular progresiva. 
 An. d. Giro. mgd. argent., Buenos Aires, 1899, xxii, 448-461,— 
 A^ostolidSs (A.-GI) Contribution k I'^tude. des amyotro- 
 phies du type Aran-Duobenne. Presse mM.,Par., 1908, xvi, 
 260. — Bailey (P.) Atypical progressive muscular atrophy. 
 J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N.Yt, 1899, xxvl, 34-36.— BiancM 
 (L.) . Un caso di atrofia musoolare progressiva. Med. ital., 
 Napoli, 1906, iv, 130; 149.— Bramwell (B.) Analysis of 42 
 cases 01 progressive muscular atrophy., Clin. Stud., Edinb., 
 1908-9, vii, 121-130.— Bregmau (T. S.) [Progressive muscu- 
 lar atrophy.] Neurol. Vestnik, Kazan, 1898, vl. No. 4, 106- 
 145, 2 pi.— Bregman (L. E.) Bin casuistisoher Beitrag zur 
 progressiven Muskelatrophie. Deutsche Ztsohr. f. Nervenh., 
 Leipz., 1898-9^ xiv, 254-287.— Buy (J.) Sur un cas d'atro- 
 phle musoulaire progressive. Toulouse mSd., 1903. 2. s., v, 
 161-165.— Camp (CD.) Demonstration of oases of progres- 
 sive muscular atrophy. Tr. Clin. Soc. Univ. Mich., Ann. 
 Arbor, 1909-10, i, 38-40. Also: Physician & Surg^ Detroit & 
 Ann Arbor, 1910, xxxii, 25. — Charcot (J. B.) Progressive 
 muscular atrophy. Intemat. Clin., Phila., 1901, 10. s., iv, 
 14&-155.— Collier (T.) A case ol progressive atrophy or the 
 muscles supplied by the brain-stem i;uclei. Proc. Eoy . Soo. 
 Med., Lend., 1908-9, ii, Clin. Sect., 28.— Concetti (L.) Ueber 
 Amyotrophia muscularis progressiva. AUg. Wien. med. 
 Ztg., 1901, xlvi, 371; 383; 395.— Coulter (F. E.) Chronic 
 muscular atrophies of spinal origin, with report of cases. 
 
 Med. Herald, St. Joseph, 1903, xxii, 1-8. . Existe-t-il 
 
 une atrophle musculaire progressive Arftn-Duchenne? Ann. 
 Soc. miSd.-chir. du Brabant, Brux., 1898, viii, 102; 152; 186. 
 Also: Presse m^d. beige, Brux., 1898, 1, 137; 145; 289.— 
 Crocq. Un cas d'atrophie musoulaire progressive Aran- 
 
 Duchenne. J. de neurol., Par., 1898, Mi, 404-412. . Les 
 
 atrophies musculaires progressives. Presse m^d. beige, 
 Brux., 1898, 1, 201; 209.— Debray. Atrophic musculaire 
 deut^ropatbique du type Aran-Duohenne. J. m6d. de 
 Brux., 1903, viii, 14. . Atropine musoulaire progres- 
 sive. J. de neurol.. Par., 1908, xiii, 1-20.— De Buck & 
 Seroubaix. Notes sur un cas d'atrophie musculaire pro- 
 gressive. Ibid., 1906, xi, 161-175.— De Grazia. SuU'atrofla 
 muscolare progressiva. Riforma med., Napoli, 1896, xii, pt. 
 3, 229-231.— Deiearde (A.) Un cas d'atrophie musculaire 
 progressive fmaladie d'Aran-Duchenne, type Vulpian). 
 Nord m6d., tille, 1899, v, 5-7.— DUler (T.) A case of pro- 
 gressive muscular atrophy of sudden onset. N. York M. J., 
 1896, Ixiii, 740-742. Also [Abstr.]: J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., 
 N. Y., 1896, n. s., xxi, 557.— Dupr6 & Monler-Vlnard. 
 Amyotrophie myelopathique soapulo-brachiale (tgie Vul- 
 pian). Eev. neurol.. Par., 1908, xvi, 1343-1345.— Etlenne 
 (G.) Sur les atrophies musculaires progressives d'origine 
 i t, ii-i -kt J .4.. i« Dnin7t+..:x..n "D.... tonn ...;; 
 
 xlix, 391-399.— Fernandez Sanz (E.) La atrofia muscular 
 progresiva de Aran-Ducherme y la esderosis lateral amio- 
 trofica; sus ahalogias y diferendas. Siglo m4d., Madrid, 
 
 1903,1,394; 412. . LaduaUdaddelamlopatiaprimitiva 
 
 y de la atrofia muscular progresiva de Aran-Duohenne. 
 lUd., 1905, lii, 462; 478.— Ferrannlnl (L.) Atrofia musco- 
 lare progressiva mielopatica tipo Aran-Duchenne. Stu- 
 diumf Napoli, 1913, vi, 94-96.— Ferrlo (L.) & Bovere (L.) 
 Contributo alio studio delle atrofle muscolan progressive 
 nell' etii avanzata. Ann. di nevrol., Napoh, 1901, xix, 409- 
 429.— Fisher (E. D.) A case of progressive muscular atro- 
 phy of the left upper extremities. J . Nerv.' & Ment. Dis., 
 N, Y., 1905, xxxii, 649.— Fyodorofl (P. I.) [Muscular 
 atrophy of the Aran-Duchenne type.] Pediatriya, S.- 
 Peterb., 1913, iv, 446-455.— Gillespie (B. L.) Progressive 
 muscular atrophy. Med. Sentinel, Portland, Orog., 1905, 
 xiii, 173-177, 2 pi.— Goebel (W.) Progressive splnale Mus- 
 kelatrophien; zusammenfassendes Eeferat , ilber die seit 
 1893 erschlenenen Arbeiten. Monatschr. f. Psychiat. u. 
 Neurol., Berl., 1898, lii, 419; 518: iv, 142.— Gucclone (A.) 
 Sopra un caso di amiotrofla mielogena progressiva. Riv. 
 di patol. nerv., Eirenze, 1911, xvi, 65-80.— Harris (HJ A 
 case of progressive muscular atrophy of spinal origin. Calif. 
 States J. M., San Fran., 1902-3, i, 70.— Hay (J.) Progressive 
 muscular atrophy. Liverpool M.-Chlr. J., 1903, xxin, 86- 
 90 —Hertz (A. F.) & Johnson (W.) Progressive muscular 
 atrophy associated with primary muscular dystrophy in the 
 second generation. Proo. Roy. Soc. Med., Lend., 1912-13, 
 vi, Clin. Sect., 177-181. Also: Guy's Hosp. Rep., Lend., 
 1913, 3. s., lii, 108-111.— Hoffmann (A.) Ueber einen Fall 
 von progressiver spinaler Muskelatrophie mlt seltener Loea- ' 
 lisation. Allg. Ztschr. i. Psychiat. [etc.], Berl., 1899, Ivi, 
 277-282.— Holstl (H.) Zwei Falle von spmalor Muskelatro- 
 phie. Finskalak.-sallsk. handl., Helsingfors, 1906, xMii, p. 
 xxii.— Hrach. [Fall von progressiver spinaler Muskelatro- 
 phie (Type Duchenne-Aran).] Milltararzt, Wien, 1904, 
 
 Atrophy (Muscular, Progressive) [Aran- 
 Duchenne, 1847-61]. 
 
 xxrviii, 46. — Karsten (P.) Der Mumienmensch. Globus, 
 Brnschwg., 1897, IxxU, 151-153.— Katsu (S.) A case of pro-' 
 gressive muscular atrophy. Sei-i-Kwai M. J., Tokyo, 1911, 
 XXX, No. 9.— Khanutlna (Maria D.) [Progressive muscu- 
 lar atrophy.) Bolnitsch. Gaz. Botldna, S.-Peterb., 1899, x, 
 
 823; 868; 920. . [Contribution h I'etude de I'atrophie 
 
 musculaire progressive. Extr., 308-311.) Russk. Arch. 
 Patol., Klin.»d. 1 Bakteriol., S.-Peterb., 1901, xii, 229-248, 
 1 pi. — Klau (F.) Beitrag zur Lehre von der progressiven 
 Muskelatrophie. Wien. med. Wchnsohr., 1900, 1, 2059- 
 2066.— von KoTa,nyl (A.) Eln Fall von. Atrophia mus- 
 cularis progressiva (Duchenne-Aran). Ungar. med. Presse, 
 Budapest, 1902, vii, 501.— LacalUe (E.) Sur un cas d'atto-, 
 phie musoulaire progressive avec inversion anormale de la 
 lormule de Pfluger. Rev. d'hyg. th^rap., Par., 1897, ix, 
 195-198.— Leltner (P.) Bin Fall spinaler progressiver 
 Muskelatrophie. Wien. klin. Wchnsohr., 1916, xxix, 1529.— 
 Leut (A. H. P.) A case of progressive muscular atrophy; 
 cured. Penn. M. J., Pittsburg, 1898-9, ii, 471^73.— Lcyden 
 (E . ) & Goldscheldei. Progressive spinale Muskelatrophie. 
 Spec. Path. u. Therap., . . . Nothnagel, Wien, 1897, x, pt. 2, 
 
 1. Abth., 604-619. — ^LoMae (J.) . Cas d'atrophie musculaire 
 progressive, Duchenne-Aran. Echo m4d^ Toulouse, 1897, 
 
 2. s., xi, 188-192. Also: Ji d. sc. mM. de Lille, 1897, i, 169- 
 175. — Lopez (G.) Nota olinica acerca de un caso de atrofia 
 muscular progi;esiva, tipo Aran-Duchenne (poliomielitis 
 anterior cr&iica). An. Acad. de cien. mM. . . .delaHabana, 
 1902-3, xxxix, 241-256. Also: Cr6n. m(5d.-quir. de la Har 
 bana, 1902, xxviii, 407; 417.— Marie (P.) Bxiste-t-il une 
 atrophic musoulaire progressive Aran-Duchenne? Eev. 
 neurol.. Par., 1897, v, 686-690.— Matyfts (Q.) [Mixed pro- 
 gressive muscular atrophy.) Z ii. Ui. Win., v Praze, 1902, 
 96-113. — ^Mayer (E. E.) The progressive muscular atro- 
 phies. Phila. M. J., 1901, viii, 611-615 —Mehrer (I.) Ein 
 Pall von Atrophia musculorum progrediens spinalis. Wien. 
 med.Wohnschr., 1897, xlvii, 819-821.— Melge (H.) L'homme- 
 momie. Nature, Par^ 1896-7, xxv, pt. 1, 245.— Merklen 
 (P.) & Schaeffer (H.) Un cas de myopathie avec re- 
 action de d^gto&escenoe dans certains muscles des mem- 
 bres infdrieurs et atrophie type Aran-Duchenne d6butante. 
 Rev. neurol.. Par., 1912, xxui, 447-450.— Mitchell (J. K.) 
 A case of progressive muscular atrophy with remarkable 
 Improvement. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis^ Lancaster, Pa., 1909, 
 xxxvi, 294-298.— Monro (t. K.) & Flndlay (J. W.) Case 
 of subacpte spinal muscular atrophy. Tr. Glasgow Path. 
 & Chn. Soc, 1905-6, xl, 30-37. Also[Ahsti.]: Glasgow M.J., 
 1906, Ixv, 443.— Morasca (E.) Atrofia muscolare progres- 
 siva spinale. Op. pia de Ferrari Brignole Sale in Genova. 
 Resoc. clln.-statist. d. osp. (1895), 1896, 108-114.— Mott 
 (F. W.) On progressive muscular atrophy. Practitioner, 
 Lond., 1904, Ixxii, 483; 639.— Moyer (H. N.) An anomar 
 lous form of progressive muscular atrophy. Medicine, 
 Detroit, 1896, u, 575-577.— Ormerod. Clinical lecture on 
 two typical oases of progressive muscular atrophy. St. 
 
 , Barth. Hosp. I., Lond., 1900-1901, viri, 17-19.— Owen (S.) A 
 case of progressive muscular atrophy (myelopathic) with 
 rapid course. West Lond. M. J., Lond., 1916, xxl, 48-50. — 
 Palmer (F. S.) A case of progressive muscular atrophy 
 (of spina] type). 'Ibid., 1915, xx, 190.— Pellzaeus. Bin 
 ungewiihnlicner Fall von progressiver Atrophie. Cen- 
 tralbl. f. Nervenh. u. Psychiat., Coblenz & Leipz., 1897, n. F., 
 viii, 129-131. — Perkins (J. 3.) A case of progressive mus- 
 cular atrophy of unusual distribution. Tr. CUn. Soc. Lond., 
 1898-S, xxxii, 243.— Petit (P.) Atrophie musculaire pro- 
 gressive. J. a. so. m&i. de Lille, 1903, ii, 201-204.— Pick (F.) 
 Zur Kenntniss der progressiven Muskelatrophie. Deutsche 
 Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1900, xvii, 1-56, 3pl.— Pitlnl ( A.) 
 Contributo alio studio nosqgrafico delle atrofie muscolari 
 progressive e forme aflSni. Pisani, Palermo, 1904, xxv, 57- 
 80. — Potts (C. S.) A case ol progressive spinal muscular 
 atrophy in which the atrophy began in the extensors of the 
 hand and fingers. Univ. Penn. M. Bull., Phila., 1904-5, 
 xvii, 112-114.— Preobrazhenskl (P. A.) [On progressive 
 muscular atrophy.) Obozr. PsUchiat., Nevrol. [etc.), S.- 
 Peterb., 1903, viii, 321-333.— BalchUne. Pr&entatlon d'une 
 malade attemte d'une forme rare d'atrophie musculaire 
 progressive. Rev. de psychiat.. Par., 1896, n. s., 112.— 
 B,ankln(G.) Progressive muscular atrophy. Practitioner, 
 Lond., 1908, Ixxx, 757-765.— Raymond (F.) Sur un cas 
 d'atrophie musculaire progressive du type Aran-Duchenne. 
 
 Somaine m6d., 1899, xix, 209-211. . Nosologic gtoeralo 
 
 des atrophies musculaires progressives. Presse mgd., Par., 
 
 1903, 1, 117-119. . Quelques considerations gen^rales 
 
 sur les atrophies musculaires progressives et les maladies 
 cotmexes. EnoSphale, Par., 1908, ii, 298-309.— Reading 
 
 spinaler Muskelatrophie mlt reflektorischer PuplUenstarre.] 
 Berl. klin. Wchnsohr., 1906, xliii, 1230.— Rla. Un caso di 
 atrofia muscolare progressiva; tipo Duchenne-Aran. In- 
 curabili, Napoli, 1«2, xvii, 449-473. Also: Boll. d. clin., 
 Milano, 1903, xx, 145-160.— RIcca (S.) Un caso di atrofia 
 muscolare progressiva atlpico. Riv. neuropat., Torino, 1908, 
 lii, 65-71.— Kdtstadt (J.) [Progressive muscular atro- 
 
ATROPHY. 
 
 181 
 
 ATROPHY. 
 
 Atrophy {Muscular, Progressive) [AraTi- 
 Duchenne, 1847-61]. 
 
 phies.] Medyoyna, Warszawa, 1906, xxxiv. 858; 879; 900; 
 923; 945; 968; 985, 1 pL— BouWer (C.) & Leclerc. Atro- 
 
 fhie musoulaire progressive d'origine myaopathique. 
 .yonm^d., 1907, oviii, 818-823.— Bussell (A. E.) Two cases 
 01 progressive muscular atrophy. West Lond. M. J., Lond,, 
 1905, X, 210.— Sangregorio (A.) Di due casl notevoli di 
 atro&a musoolare progressiva. Gazz. tned. lomb., MUano, 
 1899, ivlii, 21; 31.— Sanna Salaris (G.) Un caso di atrofia 
 muscolare progressiva, del tessuto musoolare. Eiv. sper. di 
 treniat., Reggio-Emilia, 1905, xxxi, 252. — Saunders (A.) 
 A case of progressive muscular atrophy. West Lond. M. J., 
 Lond., 1906. xi, 116.— Schultze (F.) Progressive Muskel- 
 atrophien (pystrophien, spinale progressive Muskelatro- 
 phien und Bulbarparalyse. Deutsche klin., Berl., 1906, vi, 
 1243-1280.— Slccirdl ( P. D.) Contributo clinico ed anatomo- 
 patologico alio studio dell' atrofla muscolare progressiva. 
 Eiv. sper. di freniat., Reggio-Emilia, 1904, xxx, 739-764. 
 Also, Reprint.- Solluas (P.) Sull' atrofla musoolare pro- 
 
 fressiva. Arch, per le sc. med., Torino, 1898, xxii, 105-121. — 
 IpUler (W. G.) Progressive spinal muscular atrophy. In: 
 Modern Med. (Osier), 8°, Phila. & N. Y., 1910, vli, 82-89.— 
 SplUer (W. G.) & Glttings (J. C.) Progressive muscular 
 atrmhy of cervioobulbar type occurring with cervical rib. 
 N.i'Cork M. J. [etc.], 1906, Ixxxiv, 683-685. Also, Reprint,— 
 SplUmann (P.) & Perrln (M.) Atrophie musculaire 
 Aii^-Duchenne; fausses arthropathies par distension ligar 
 
 menteuse. Soo. de mM. de Nancy. C.-r , 1905-6, pt. 2, 
 
 171^173.— Targowla (JJ Un Job moderne; atrophie mus- 
 culaire du type Aran-Duchenne chez un cheniineau. N. 
 iconog.de laSalpgtrifere, Par., 1897, x, 415-417, 1 pi.- Tborel 
 (C.) Progressive spinale Muskelatrophie. Ergebn. d. allg. 
 Path. u. path. Anat. [etc.] 1899, Wiesb., 1901, vi, 705^710.— 
 Van Genuctiten (A.) Un cas d'atrophie segmentaire on 
 atrophie musculaire progressive, type Aran-Duchenue. J. 
 de neurol., Par., 1900, v, 281.— Zur Verth. [Fall einer 
 progressiven spinalen Muskelatrophie.) Mitt. 1. d. Ver. 
 sehlesw.-holst. Aerzte, Kiel, 1906, n. F., xiv, 110.— Vltek (V.) 
 [On the knowledge of progressive spinal amyotrophy.] 
 Casop. la. fiesk., v Praze, 1906, xlv, 398; 425.— Voss (G.) 
 Zur Frage der erworbenen Myotonien und ihrer Kombma- 
 tlon mit der progressiven Muskelatrophie und angeborenem 
 Muskeldefekt. Deutsche Ztsohr. t Nervenh., Leipz., 1908, 
 xxxiv, 465-474.— VySm (V.) [Progressive muscular atro- 
 phy.) Casop. 16k. desk., v Praze, 1900, xxxix, 625; 652; 675; 
 700.— Warren ,(A. C.) Progressive muscular atrophy 
 (Aran-Duchenne's type). West Lond. M. J., 1917, xrii, 
 73.— Westpnal (C.) Ueber einige Falle von progressiver 
 Muskelatrophie nut Betheiligung der Gesichtsmuskeln. 
 Charlt6-Ann., Berl., 1886, xi, 377^08. Also, Reprint.— 
 Wholey (C. C.) A case of myatonla and three cases of pro- 
 
 fessive muscular atrophy with metabolism studies in each, 
 enn. M. J., Athens, 1917-18, xxl, 620-623.— WUliams (L.) 
 Progressive muscular atrophy. Rev. Neurol. & Psychlat., 
 Edinb., 1905, ui, 405-409.— Takub. [Rare case of progres- 
 sive atrophy.] Vraoh. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1913, xx, 466.— 
 Tudelson (A. B.) Progressive muscular atrophy, acute 
 form. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1915, xlii, 759-761.— 
 Zavadovski (K. N.) [Progressive muscular atrophy.] 
 Obozr. Psiohiat., Nevrol. [etc.], S.-Peterb., 1910, xv, 258- 
 ■ 278.— Zlegler (K.) Beitrag zur Lehre von den Spatformen 
 der progressiven Muskelatrophie nicht famiharen Charak- 
 ters. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1913, xlvii-xlviii, 
 816-832. 
 
 Atrophy (Muscular, Progressive, Causes 
 and patJiblogy of) . 
 
 See, also. Atrophy {Muscular, Progressive, 
 Hereditary); Atrophy {Muscular, Progressive, 
 Syphilitic); Atrophy {Muscular, Progressive, 
 TrauiiMic). 
 
 Oppenhbimbr (H.) *Ein Beitrag zur Patho- 
 logie der progreamven Muslielatrophie. 8°. 
 WUrzhurg, 1899. . 
 
 Also, in: Verhandl. d. phys.-med. Gesellsch. zu Wiirzb., 
 1899, n. F., xxxiii, 75-100. 
 
 Baron & Boques (E.) Atrophie musculaire progressive, 
 type Aran-Ducheime, par sol&ose lat&'ale amyotrqphique 
 probable. Toulouse mM., 1911, 2. s., xiii, 71-74.— Camp- 
 Dell (A. W.) The pathology o: progressive musouiar atro- 
 phy. Liverpool M.-Chlr. J., 1003, xxiii, 406-408.— Colllris 
 (J.) A case of progressive muscular atrophy and tabes, 
 with autopsy. J. Nerv. &'Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1901, xxxvUl, 
 S64-571.-:-Dana (C. L.) Progressive musouiar atrophy; a 
 study of the causes and classifications, with the report of 
 an autopsy. Ibid., 1906, xxxill, 81-100. Also, Reprint.- 
 DSjerlne & Thomas (A.) Un cas de myopathie a topo- 
 graphle type Aran-Dudienne suivi d'autopsie. Rev. neu- 
 rol., Par., 1904, xii, 1187-1190. [Discussion], 1238.— Erb 
 (Wi) Fall von Amyotrophia spmaUs progressiva, im 
 Anschluss an eine kurze Ueberanstrengung des rechten 
 Armes. Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1912, xxxl, 1060.— 
 Fasano (V.) Eapporti tra la sclerosi laterale amlotrofica 
 
 Atrophy {Muscular, Progressive, Causes 
 and fothology oj). 
 
 muscolare progressiva tipo Aran-Ducherme. Riv. internaz. 
 di din. e terap., Napoli, 1910, v, 105; 121.— Gibson (J.) A 
 case of progressive muscular atrophy, with unusual cord 
 lesions. Intercolon. M. Cong. Australas. Tr. 1892, Syd- 
 ney, 1893, iil, 84-87, 8 pi.— Huber. Ueber die Riickenmarks- 
 veranderungen bei spinaler progressiver Muskelatrophie. 
 Deutsche med. Wchnschr^ Leipz. & Berl,, 1913, xxxix, 
 649.— Hutctinson (J.) Progressive muscular atrophy 
 after exposure to cold. Polyclin., Lond., 1903, vii, 192. — 
 Lambrlor (A.-A.) Un cas d'atrophie musculaire progres- 
 sive type Aran-Duchenne par polyomyaite chromque 
 (atrophie musoulaire progressive type Aran-Duchenne da- 
 taut" de onze ans, pleuresie mfidiastine; autopsie). Bull. 
 Soo. d. mfid. et uat. de Jassy, 1906, xx, 177-189.— Llppl (U.) 
 Contributo alle amiotrofie spinali progressive. Gazz. d. 
 osp., Milano, 1906, xXvii, 317.— Long (E.) Atrophie mus- 
 culaire progressive, type Aran-Duchenne, de nature nfivii- 
 tique (n^vrite interstitielle hypertrophique). Rev. neurol., 
 Par., 1906, xiv, 1198.. Also: J. de neurol.. Par., 1907, xii, 
 
 78. — ■. Atrophie musculaire progressive des membres 
 
 sup&ieurs type Aran-Duchenne par nSvrite interstitielle 
 hypertrophique (contribution k I'ltude des maladies d'^vo- 
 lution). N. iconog. de la SalpStriJre, Par., 1907, xx, 46- 
 
 65, 2 pi. . Atrophie musculaire progressive, type 
 
 Aran-Duchenne, de nature n^vritique (second cas suivi 
 
 d'autopsie). Ibid., 1912, xxv, 281-308, 2 pi. . Examen 
 
 histologique d'une atrophie musculaire progressive, type 
 Aran-Duchenne, de nature nfivritique. Rev. neurol., Par., 
 1912, xxiii, 212.— Moussous (A.) & Carles (F.) Sur un 
 cas d'atrophie inusculaire progressive de I'enfance, type 
 Aran-Duchenne d'origine myopathique probable. Arcn. 
 de m^d. d. inf., Par., 1909, xii, 42-61.— Placzek (S.) Kli- 
 nisch-mikroskopische Bfeitrage zur Lehre von der progres- 
 siven Muskelatrophie. Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 
 1899, clviii, 105-125, 1 pi.— Bot (V. K.) [Pathogenesis of 
 progressive muscular atrophy.] Trudl Syezda Russk. 
 Vrach. V pam. Pirogova 1891, Most., 1892, iv, 673-682.— 
 Sanna Salaris (G.) Un caso di atro&a musoolare pro- 
 gressiva; studio clinico ed istolqgico (per biopsia) del tessuto 
 muscolare. Ann. di nevrol., Napoli, 1905, xxiii, 212-227. — 
 Slccardl (P. D.) Contributo clinico ed anatomo-patolo- 
 gico alio studio dell' atrofla muscolare progressiva. Riv. 
 sper. di freniat., Reggio-Emilia, 1904, xxx, 739-764, 1 pL— 
 Soprana (F.) Ulteriore contributo alia conoscenza del- 
 1' atrofia muscolare progressiva da lesione del cemali semi- 
 ciroolari. Atti r. 1st. Veneto di sc, lett. ed arti, Venezia, 
 1907-8, Ixvii, pt. 2, 161-171, 1 pi. Also, trcmsl.: Arch. ital. 
 de biol., Turin. 1908, xlix, 176-184, 1 pi.— Souqucs (A.) & 
 Barb0 (A.) Amyotrophie Aran-Ducherme consecutive k 
 una m^ningo-myeUte difluse. Rev. neurol.. Par., 1913, 
 xxvi, 57-63. [Discussion], 45.— Taylor (E. W.) Progres- 
 sive muscular atrophy, without involvement of the pyra- 
 midal tracts. J. Best. Soc. M. Sc, 1900-1901, v, 523-525, 
 1 pi.— Tr«moueres (F.) & GaUais (A.) Contribution k 
 retude de I'atrophie num&lque. Presse m^d.. Par., 1909, 
 xvii, 707-712.— Valobra (J.) Sulla nosografia e sulla pato- 
 genesi delle atrofle muscolari progressive. Riv. sper. di 
 freniait, Reggio-Emilia, 1904, xxx, 533-571.— Vltek (V.) 
 Zur Aetiologie der progressiven spinalen Muskelatrophie. 
 Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1906, xxv, 753-755.— Vb. Kli- 
 nischer und anatomischer Beitrag zur Kenntnis der spi- 
 nalen progressiven Muskelatrophie. Arch. f. Psychlat., 
 Berl., 1910, xlvli, 1212-1227, 1 pi.— Weber (F. P.) Pro- 
 gressive spmal muscular atrophy (Ducherme-Aran) toUow- 
 mg electric shock; positive Wassermann reaction. Proc. 
 Roy. Soc Med., Lond., 1916-17, x, Clin. Sect., 4-6. Also, 
 Eeprint.— Williamson (R. T.) On the pathological 
 changes in a case of progressive musouiar atrophy. Lancet, 
 
 Lond., 1901, il, 19-21. . Amyotrophic lateral sclerosis 
 
 and progressive muscular atrophy. Edlnb. M. J., 1907, 
 n. s., xxi, 304^15. 
 
 Atrophy {Museidar, Progressive, Oom- 
 plications and sequeke of). 
 
 Brumpt (E.) Doigts en lorgnette au cours d'une 
 atrophie musculaire progressive chez un n^gre du Soudan. 
 Rev. neurol.. Par., 1906, xiv, 477-479.— CblaravaUoa (L.) 
 Atrofla musoolare progressiva e diabete. N. riv. olin.- 
 terap., Napoli, 1911, xiv, 629-637.— fitieune (G.) Troubles 
 tropniques osseux et articulalres chez un homme atteint 
 d'atrophie musculaire myaopathique. Rev. de mSd., 
 Par., 1899, xix, 652-558.- Fabre & Trillat. Grossesse et 
 accouchement chez une malade atteinte d'atrophie mus- 
 culaire progressive, type Aran-Duchenne. Bull. Hoc. d'obst. 
 de Par., 1910, xiii, 92-94.— Garrett (R. E.) Report of a 
 case of progressive muscular atrophy (spinal) with mental 
 symptoms. Maryland M. J., Bait., 1902, -xlv, 437-440.— 
 Gramegna (G.) & FIno (C.) Atrofla musoolare pro- 
 gressiva in donna gravida. Rassegna d'ostet. e gmec, 
 NapolL 1906, XV, 129; 209.— KSster. [Ein atypisch ver- 
 laufender Fall von spinaler progressiver Muskelatrophie, 
 kombiniert mit Dupuytrenscher Kontraktur der Pahnar- 
 faszie an beiden Handen.) Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1905, 
 lii, 725. — ^LSrl (A.) Atrophie g&i^ralis^ de la muscula- 
 ture de tons les viscferes dans une amyotrophie progressive. 
 
ATROPHY. 
 
 182 
 
 ATEOPHY. 
 
 Atrophy {Muscular, Progressive, Com- 
 plications and sequelse of) . 
 
 type Aran-Duohenne. Rev. neurol., Par., 1902, x, 394-401. 
 
 . Nouveau cas d'atrophle rausculaire visc^rale dans 
 
 Patrophie musculalre p6riph6rique d'origine spinale. Ibid., 
 1904, xii, 795.— Margulls (M. S.) [Combined progressive 
 muscular atrophy "with multiple sclerosis.] Obozr. Psi- 
 khiat.. Nevrol. [etc.], S.-Peterb., 1913, xviii, 92-114.— Meu- 
 nler (H.) Atropbie musculalre progressive (type Aran- 
 Ducbenne) avec contracture intermittente et passagSre, 
 
 T, , T,._ , _ „ ,j^ ^ „ 
 
 patalysi 
 de mid. du nord 1908, Ilille, 1909, 168-174.— Munro (T. K. j 
 Progressive muscular atrophy complicated with herpes 
 zoster. Tr. Med.-Cbir. Soc. Glasg., 1909-10, ix, 135.— 
 Murphy (D. J.) A contribution to the study of progres- 
 sive muscular atrophy, and a report of four cases with 
 mental disorders. Alienist & Neurol., St. Louis, 1915, 
 xxxvi, 215-230.— Rabboni (I.) Contributo alio studio 
 delle assoclazioni morbose nelle nevropaiie (morbo di Du- 
 puytren ed atrofia muscolare progressiva tipo Aran-Du- 
 ohenne). Med. nuova, Roma, 1913, Iv, .349-352.— Schmidt 
 (H. H.) Ueber einen Fall von progressiver Muskelatrophle 
 uud fiber rachitische Pseudoparaplegie. Berl. kiln. Wchn- 
 schr., 1907, xliv, 1272-1274.— Sorgoni (B.) Neurite par- 
 ziale ed amlotrolia spinale spastica. Raccoglitore med 
 Forll, 1895, 5. s., xx, 149; 173.— Souques & Bollack (J.) 
 Atropine musculalre progressive du type Aran-Duchenne 
 aveo hSmianopsie bitemporale. Rev. neurol.. Par., 1912, 
 xidii, 446-447.— Spiller (W. G.) & Gittlngs (J. C.) Pro^ 
 gressive muscular atrophy of cervicobulbar type occurring 
 ■with cervical rib. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1906, Ixxxiv, 683- 
 685.— SpUlmann (P. ) & Perrip (M.) Atrophie muscu- 
 lalre Aran-Duchenne; lausses arthropathies par distension 
 ligamenteuse. Rev. m6± de Test, Nancy, 1906, xxxvih, 
 777.— Stacker. Ein Fall von halluzinatorisoher Psyohose 
 bel einem an spinaler Muskelatrophie leidenden 34janrigen 
 Manne. Berl. kliu. Wchnschr., 1911, xlviii, 1252.— Wash- 
 burue (C. L.) A case of progressive muscular atrophy 
 ■with taUpes deformity. Physician & Surg., Detroit & Arm 
 Arbor, 1910jXxxii, 389.— Weiss (K.) Ueber einen Fall von 
 tablformer Erkrankung mit oongenitalem KUumpfuss iind 
 progredienten Muskelatrophien. Beibl. z. d. Mitt. d. 
 Gesellsch. f. inn. Med. u. Kinderh. in Wieu, 1912, xi, 44-48. 
 Also: Wieu. med. Wchnschr., 1912, Ixii, 979-981. 
 
 Atrophy {Muscular, Progressive, Diag- 
 nosis of). 
 
 See, also, Paralysis {Pseudobulbar). 
 
 Petit (P.-C.-J.) *Re^vTie critique et clinique 
 des atrophies musculaires progressives. (Impor- 
 tance de la reaction, de d6g6n6rescence.) 8° 
 Ulle, 1903. 
 
 Beevor (C. E.) Progressive muscular atrophy, immobile 
 pupils, exostosis on humerus. Brain, Lond!, liS05, xxviii, 
 354. — Capriati CV.) L'elettrodiagnostica nell' atrofia mus- 
 colare progressiva primitiva; contributo alia diagnosi dif- 
 lerenziale deUe diverse torme di atrofia muscdare pro- 
 gressiva. Aim. di nevrol., Napoli, 1905, xxiii, 228-235. 
 
 . Contribution au diagnostic difftontiel des difl^ 
 
 rentes formes d'amyQtrophie progressive. Arch, d'aectrio. 
 mM., Bordeaux, 1905, xiii, 867-873.— Cestan (R.) & Huet 
 (E.) Contribution clinique fi, I'Stude de la topographie 
 des atrophies musculaires my^opathiques. N. iconog. de 
 la SaMtrlSre, Par., 1902, xv, 1-26, 2 pi.— Collins (J.) 
 The diagnosis of diseases that have progressive muscular 
 atrophy as their most conspicuous symptoiu. Internat. 
 Clin., Phila., 1914, 24. s., iy, 107-121, 2 pi:— Grtiter (W.) 
 Eigenartige Augenmuskelstbrungen bei einem atypischen 
 Fall von progressiver Muskelatrophie. Ztschr. f. Augenh., 
 Berl., 1911, xxvi, 498-500.— Huet (E.) De raectrodlagnostic 
 des atrophies musculaires progressives. Ann. d'eleotro- 
 biol. [etc.]. Par., 1902, v, 671-696.— Raymond. Le prog- 
 nostic dans les atrophies musculaires progressives. Rev. 
 g&. de Clin, et de therap., Par., 1908, xxii, 114-116. 
 
 Atrophy {Muscular, Progressive, Heredi- 
 tary) [Werdnig-Hoffmann, 1890-94]. 
 
 Gehbing (A.) *Ein seltener Pall von juveniler 
 progressiver Muskel-Atrojihie mit mangelhafter 
 Entwickltmg der Ganglien der motorischen 
 Sphare. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1901. 
 
 Kehrer (T. a.) *Beitrag zur Lehre von den 
 hereditared Muskelatrophien. [Heidelberg.] 8°. 
 Frdburg {Baden), 1908. 
 
 Armand-DelUle (P.) & Boudet (G.) Autopsie et exa- 
 men histologlque des muscles et du syst^me nerveux dans 
 un cas d'amyotrophie spinale difluse chez un nourrisson. 
 Bull. Soc. de p^diat, de Par., 1906, ■viii, 327-329.— Babou- 
 nelx (L.) Un cas d'atrophie musculalre progressive chez 
 un enlant de cinq ans. Arch, de mfid. d. ent., Par., 1904, viij 
 
 1 
 
 Atrophy {Muscular, Progressive, Heredi- 
 tary) [Werdnig-Hqfpmann, 1890-94]. 
 
 340-355.— Batten (F. E.) "Hereditary form of progressive 
 muscular atrophy ■with spinal lesion in young children. 
 
 Brain, Lond., 1897, xx, 536-542. — . Three cases of family 
 
 progressive spinal, muscular atrophy (Werdnig-Hoflmann. 
 
 type). Tr. Clin. Soc. Lond., 1903-3, xxxvi, 226-228. . 
 
 Progressive spinal muscular atrophy of infante and young 
 
 ' children. Proc. Rby. Soc. Med., Lond., 1910-11, iv, Neurol. 
 Sect., 53-84. Also: Brain, Lond., 1911, xjodil, 433-463. . 
 
 ' Progressive spinal muscular atrophy of Infants (Werdnig- 
 Hojmann). Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1910-11, iv, Clin. 
 Sect., 115. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1911, i, 1481.— Batten 
 (F. E.) & Holmes (G.) Progressive spinal muscular 
 atrophy of infants (Werdnig-Hoffmann type). Brain, 
 Lond.',1912-13,xxxv, 38-49.— Beevor (C.E.) A case of con- 
 genital spinal muscular atrophy (family tjTpe), and a case 
 of hsemorrhage into the spinal cord at birth giving similar 
 symptoms. Ibid., 1902, xxv, 85-108, 4 pi.— Bliss (M. A.) 
 Wernig-Hoffmann early infantile progressive spinal muscu- 
 lar atrophy. J. Nerv. & Ment Dis., N. Y., 1916, xliv, 108- 
 114. — Bosc (F.^J.) Les amyotrophies familiales des extr4- 
 mit& k propos detrois nouveaux cas atypiques. Presse 
 miSd., Par., 1896, 497-504.— Browning (W.) A family form 
 of progressive muscular atrophy (myelogenic type) begin- 
 ning late in life. Neurographs, Brookljfn, 1907, i, 68-83. — 
 de Bruin. Infantile familiaire progressieve spinale spierar 
 trophic. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesky Amst., 1907, i, 
 1678-1682.- Bruns (L.) Zur Casulstik der inlaatilen pro- 
 gressivenspinalen Muskelatrophie voufamilialemresp.here- 
 dltSxem Charakter. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 
 1900-1901, xix, 401-413.— Bryant (J. H.) Two cases of the 
 peroneal type of family amytropny. Brain, Lond., 1905, 
 xxviii, 355-357. — Claurl (R.) Atrofia della mano, del tipo 
 Aran-Duchenne, segmentaria, congenita, eredofamiliare, 
 non-progressiva. Riforma med., Napoli, 1909, xxv, 78&- 
 787.— Cohn (T.) Symptome der Werdnig-HoSraann'schen 
 (infantil-familiaren) Form der progressiven Muskelatrophie. 
 Berl. kUn. Wchnschr., 1912, xlix, 1101.— Collins (J.) Hered- 
 itary progressive muscular atrophy, spinal and bulbar. 
 Posi>Graduate, N. Y., 1905, xx, 510-516.— Concetti (L.) 
 Contributo alio studio della amiotrofla spinale nei bambim. 
 Riv. di Clin, pedlat., Flrenze, 1906, iv, 1-15. — Dana (C. LJ 
 A new (familial) form of progressive spinal myopathy, j. 
 Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1914, xll, 681-685.— Fletcher 
 (H. M.) & Batten (F. B.) Case of progressive muscular 
 atrophy of spinal origm in a girl aged 11 years; with autopsy. 
 Bram, Lond., 1903, xxvi, 473; 615, 4 pl.--<xatz-EnimanueI 
 (Emma). Zwei Falle von Infantuer famiharer spinaler 
 Muskelatrophie (Werdnlg-Hoffmann'scher Typus). Neurol. 
 Centralbl., Leipz., 1912, xxxi, 1010-1020.— Gellhorn. [In- 
 fantile spinale progressive Muskelatrophie.) Allg. Ztschr. t. 
 Psyohiat. [etc.], Berl., 1903, Ix, 746.— GOtt (T.) & Schmidt 
 (Ho Beitrage zur Frage der friihinfantilen Amyotrophien 
 und elner sie begleitenden endogenen (?) Fettsucht. Ztschr. 
 f . Kinderh., Berl., 1911, iu, Orig., 256-285.— Gossage (A.M.) 
 A case of prowessive muscular atrophy in a child. West- 
 minst. Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1897, x, 57-59.— Granholm (R.) 
 Fall af tnfantil progressiv spinal muskelatrofi. Finska lak.- 
 sallsk. handl., Helsingfors, 1915, li, 1675-1682.— -Hervouet. 
 Un cas d'atrophie musculalre proCTessive famillale. Gaz. 
 m&i. de Nantes, 1897-8, x^ri, 213.— Boflmann (J.) Beitrag 
 zur Lehre von der hereditaren progressiven spinalen Mus- 
 kelatrophie im Kindesalter, nebst Bemerkungen fiber den 
 fortschreitendeu Muskelsohwund im AUgememen. Deut- 
 sche Ztschr. (. Nervenh., Leipz., 1896-7, x, 292-320: 1900, 
 
 xviii, 217-224. . Ueber die hereditare progressive 
 
 spinale Muskelatrophie im Kindesalter. Miinchen. med. 
 Wchnschr., 1900, xlvii, 1649-1651.— Korolkoll (P. Y.) [Pro- 
 gressive muscular atrophy in a ten-year-old boy.] Eussk. 
 Vraoh, S.rPeterb., 1904, iii, 1400-1403.— Lange (F.) Beitrag 
 zur Klinik der progressiven Muskelatrophie un Kindesalter. 
 Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1910, xl, 65-77.— 
 Lejonne (P.) & Rose (F.) Amyotrophie juvenile progres- 
 sive. Rev. neurol.. Par., 1907, xv, 173-175.— Lyonnet (B.) 
 & Martin (J.-F.) Sur uncas d'atrophie musculaire fami- 
 llale. Bull. Soc. mM. d. h6p. de Lyon. 1912, x, 176-181. 
 [Discussion], 184. Also: Lyon mfid., 1912, cxviii, 682^.— 
 Nlero (S.) Atrofia muscolare progressiva familiare. Gazz. 
 d. osp., Milano, 1916, xxxvh, 148-151.— Nylander (E.) 
 [Contribution to the knowledge of hereditary progressive 
 spinal muscular atrophy.] Hyglea, Stockholm, 1898, ix, 
 281-303 —Pappenhelmer (A. M.) Ueber juvenile Jamfliare 
 Muskelatrophie; zugleich ein Beitrag zurnormalen Histologic 
 des Sarkolemmas. Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., 
 Jena, 1908, xUv, 43^457, 2 pi.— Parsons (L.) Sections 
 from a case of progressive spinal muscular atrophy oJ infants 
 (Werdnig-Hoffmann type). Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 
 1912-13, vl. Sect. Stud. Dis. Child., 164-167.— Parsons (L.) 
 & Stanley (D.) Progressive spinal muscular atrophy of 
 young children— Werdnig-Hoffmann type; report of a case 
 with pathological exammation. Brain, Lond., 1912-13, 
 XXXV, 50-58.— Plantenga (B. P. B.) Amyotrophia spi- 
 nalis diffusa familiaris. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., 
 Amst., 1906, 11, 1790-1794.— Raymond (F.) Atrophies 
 musculaires familiales progressives; J. de med. int.. Par., 
 1900, iv, 722-728. . Atrophic musculaire progressive du 
 
ATEOPHY. 
 
 183 
 
 ATROPHY. 
 
 Atrophy {Muscular, Progressive, Heredi- 
 tary) [Werdnig-Hqffmanrb, 1890-94]. 
 
 type Werdnig-Hoflmann. Gaz. d. hdp., Par., 1903, Ixxvi, 
 137-141.— von Bitter (G.) Zur Kenntms der progressiven 
 spinalea Muskelatrophie im Jruhen Kindesalter. Jahrb. f. 
 Kinderh., Berl., 1904, lix, 224-236, 1 pi.— Robinson (G. W.) 
 The spinal type and family form ol progressive muscular 
 atrophy as appearing In adults. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., 
 N. Y., 1917, xlv, 401-409.— Schick (B.) Familiare friihin- / 
 .tantUe spinale Muskelatrophie mit Lasion der Pyramiden- 
 babn. Mitt. d. Gesellsch. I. inn. Med. u. Kinderh. in Wien, 
 
 1911, x, 136-139. . Zwei Falle von familiarer spinaler 
 
 MusWdystrophie. Beibl. z. d. Mitt. d. Gesellsch." f. inn. 
 Med. u. Kinderh. In Wien, 1912, xi, 75-8U Also: Wien. 
 med. Wchnschr., 1912, Ixil, 1186-1190.— Senator (H.) Sul- 
 1' atro&a muscolare progressiva tamigliare nei bambini. 
 Gazz. intemaz. di med. prat., Napoli, 1902, v, 69-71. Also, 
 transl,: Charitfi-Ann., Berl., 1902, xxvl, 81-88.— Spiller 
 (W. G.) Progressive spinal muscular atrophy of childhood 
 of famihal or hereditary character (type Werdnig-Hoffmann). 
 In Modern Med. (Osier), 8°, Phila. & N. Y., 1910, vii, 89-91.— 
 Tognoll (E.) Di una lorma non oomime di atrofla musco- 
 lare famigliare. Riv. veneta di so. med.', Venezia, 1899, xxx, 
 120-122.— Torrild (J.) [A case of progressive muscular 
 atrophy ol the Werdmg-HofEmann type.] Hosp.-Tid., 
 . K0beni.,19D2, 4. R.,x. 1187-1191.— Zatelli(T.) Zur Klinik 
 und Pathologie der familiaren, friihinlantUeii, spinalen, 
 progressiven Muskelatrophie (Typus Werdnig-Hoffmann). 
 Arb. a. d. neurol. Inst. a. d. Wien. Univ., Leipz. & Wien, 
 1911-12, xix, 436-460. 
 
 Atrophy {Muscular, Progressive, Neural 
 or Peroneal) [Ohar cot-Marie, 1886]. 
 
 See, also, Lead {Poisoning by) affecting tl'.e 
 nervous system; Neuritis {Multiple). 
 
 BuNDB (G. G. G.) *Ein kasulstisclier Beitrag 
 zui Lehre von der progressiven neuralen Muskel- 
 atrophie. 8°. Berlin, 1911. 
 
 BuNKE (P.) *Beitrag zur Lehre der progres- 
 siven neurotisehen Muskelatrophie. [iGeL] 
 8°. GelsenUrchen, 1912. 
 
 PiscHMANN (W. G. E.) *Neurale progressive 
 Muskelatrophie. 8° Greifswald, 1907. 
 
 VON Heumen (Georgine L.) *Ueber einen 
 atypischen Pall von progressiver Mtiskel-Atro- 
 phie (Typus Charcot-Marie). 8°. Mimchen, 
 1912. 
 
 Kahlert (H. H.) *Beitrag zur Lehre von der 
 progressiven neurotisehen Muskelatrophie. 8°. 
 Jena, 1906. 
 
 VON KuGELGEN (K. [F.]) *Beitrag zuT neura- 
 len progressiven Muskelatrophie. [Kiel.] 8°. 
 Berlin, 1909. 
 
 Also, in: Arch. f. Psyohiat., Berl., 1909, xlv, 944-963. 
 
 Sainton (P.) L'amyotrophie; type Charcot- 
 Marie. ' 8° Paris, 1899. 
 
 Vannier (E.) *Amyotrophie Charcot-Marie 
 chezl'aduke. 4°. Pans, 1895. 
 
 Wisselingk (A.) *Beitrag zur Lehre von der 
 progressiven neurotisehen Muskelatrophie. 8°. 
 Konigsherg i. Pr., 1896. 
 
 Alessandrlni (P.j Le atrofie del tipo Charcot-Marie. 
 Eiv. dipatol. nerv., Firenze, 1908, xiii, 553-580. — Allemand. 
 , Atropine musoulau-e progressive du type Charcot-Marie. 
 Loire mM., St.-iitierme, 1896, xv, 133-137.— Anspach 
 (B.M.) Neuritio muscular atrophy, not hereditary. Univ. 
 M. Mag., Phila., 1900-1901, xiu, 287-289.— Aoyama (T.) 
 Ein Fall von neurotischer Muskelatrophie mit bulbaren 
 Veranderungen. Deutsche Ztschr. 1. Nervenh. , Leipz 1910, 
 xl, 207-220.— Armand-DelUle (P) & Debrt (R.) Un cas 
 d'atrophie musculaire, forme Chaicot-Marie a dfibut prfi- 
 coce. Bull. Soc. dep^diat. de Par., 1909, xi, 545-548. AlIso: 
 Ann. de m4d. et ohir. inf., Par., 1910, xiv, 256-259.— Ballet 
 (G.) & Bose (F.) Un cas d'amyotrophie du type Charcot- 
 • Marie aveo atrophie des deux nerfe optiques. Rev. neurol.. 
 Par., 1904. xii, 522-524.— Bassoe (P.) & Byerson (E. W.) 
 Presentation ol two colored sisters with the Charcot-Marie 
 type of muscular atrophy. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 
 1917, xliv, 455-458. — Batten (F. E.) A case of progressive 
 muscular atrophy of the peroneal type, occurring after 
 measles in a boy set. 7 years. Tr. Clin. Soo. Lond., 1898-9, 
 xxxii, 239-241.— Baudouin & Schaefler (H.) Un c4s 
 d'amyotrophie type Charcot-Marie. Rev. neurol.. Par., 
 1910, XX, 143-145. — Beevor (C. E.) Peroneal type muscular 
 atrophy: familial type. Brain, Lond., 1905, xxviii, 354. — 
 Binert (A.) [Neurotic progressive muscular atrophy.l 
 Russk. Med. Vestnik, S.-Peterb., 1899, i. No. 19, 1-13.— Bour- 
 
 Atrophy {Muscular, Progressive, Neural 
 or Peroneal) [Charcot-Marie, 1886]. 
 
 roul (C.) Molestia de Charcot. Tribuna med., Rio de Jan., 
 1911, xvii, 216-218.— Bramwell (B.) Peroneal type of pro- 
 gressive muscular atrophy. Clin. Stud., Edinb.,1906-7, n. s., 
 V, 383-388.- Brasch (M.) Ueber eine besondere Form der 
 familiaren neurotisehen Muskelatrophie (D^jerine-Sotas). 
 Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenb., Leipz., 1904, xxvi, 302-313.— 
 Breton & Andrjis. Atrophie d'origine n^vritique on myo- 
 pathique. Bull. Soc. de ToAd. dunord 1908, Lille, 1909, 504-510. 
 Also: EcbomSd. dunord, LUle, 1909, xiii, 99-101.— Brulnlng 
 (L) Eenige gevalleu van progressieve neurotische spiera- 
 trophie. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1905, 2. r., 
 xli, d. 1, 1232-1251.— Bryant (J. H.) Two cases of the 
 peroneal type of family amyotrophy (Tooth's neurotic 
 muscular atrgphy). Tr. CUu. Soo. Lond., 1904-5, xxxviii, 
 195! — Burr (C. W.) A case of progressive nem'otie mus- 
 cular atrophy. J. Nefv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1897, xxiv, 
 631-636. Also, Reprint. — BycbowskL [Atrophia muscu- 
 lorum progressiva neiirotica (Charcot-Marie-Tooth).] Neu- 
 rol, polska, Warszawa, 1911-12, ii, 591.— Campbell ( G. ) Two 
 cases of muscular atrophy of the peroneal type. J. Nerv. & 
 Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1900, xxvii, 274-280. ^ . Peroneal mus- 
 cular atrophy. St. Louis Cour. Med., 1900, xxli, 343-349.— 
 Casazza (A.) Atrofia muscolare dipendente da alterazioni 
 del nervi. Morgagni, Milano, 1900, xiii, 540-548.— Cassirer & 
 Maas (O.) Beitrag zur pathologischeu Anatomie der pro- 
 gressiven neurotisehen Muskelatrophie. Deutsche Ztschr f 
 Nervenh., Leipz., 1910, xxxix, 321-340, 4 pi.— Cautley 
 (E.) Peroneal type ol muscular dystrophy. Rep. Soc. 
 Study Dis. ChUd., Lond., 1901-2, ii, 163-168.— Chaddock 
 (C. G.) A case of peroneal muscumr atrophy (type Charcot 
 Marie), J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis.; N. Y., 1901, xxviii, 408- 
 412.— ChuxcU (A.) The neuritic type of progressive mus- 
 cular atrophy: a ease with marked heredity. Ibid., 1906, 
 xjpdii, 447-453.— Colin (T.) Spinal-ueuritische Oder myo- 
 pathische Muskelatrophie? Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 
 1902, xxi, 488; 537.— Collier (J.) Twocases ol peroneal atro- 
 phy with a very late development ol symptoms. Proc 
 Roy. Soo. Med., Lond., 1908-9, 11, Neurol. Sect., 31.- Deguy. 
 De l'amyotrophie, type Charcot-Marie. Rev. g&i. de clin. et 
 de th&ap.. Par., 1899, xiii, 738-740.— D«jerlne & Armand- 
 Delllle. Un cas d'atrophie musculaire, type Charcot-Marie, 
 suivi d'autopsie. Rev. neuroi., Par., 1903, xi, 1198-1201.— 
 Delon. Un cas d'amyotrophie type Charcot-Marie. Loire 
 m^d., St-Etienne, 1896, xv, 220-224.— Dercum (F. X.) & 
 Leopold (I. ) A case of primary neurotic atrophy. J. Nerv. 
 & Ment. Dis., N; Y., 1897, xxiv, 400-403. [Discussion], 
 418.— Diller (T.) Peroneal type of progressive muscular atro- 
 phy: report of two cases. Phila. M. J., 1900, v, 642.— Dzer- 
 zhlnskl (V.) [Reflex amyotrophy and ascending neuritis.! 
 
 Kharkov. M. J., 1912, xiv, 95-101, 1 pi. . [Diagnosis 
 
 of progressive chronic amyotrophies; neuromyogenic pro- 
 gressive amyotrophy.] Obozr. PsUdhiat., Nevrol. [etc.l, 
 S.-Peterb., 1912, xvu, 471-480.— Egger (F.) Beitrag zur 
 Lehre von der progressiven neuralen Muskelatrophie. 
 Arch. f. Psyohiat., Berl., 1896-7, xxix, 400^19.— Farnell 
 (F. J.) A case ol progressive muscular atrophy, Charcot- 
 Marie-Tooth type. Boston M. & S. J., 1911, cbciv, 714-716 
 Also [Abstr.]: J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., Lancaster, Pa., 1911, 
 sjcxvui, 234.— Fazio (F.) Atrofia muscolare progressiva 
 tmo Charcot-Marie, in seguito a malaria. Riforma med 
 Napoli, 1910, XXVI, 653-657.— FedeU (A.) Un caso di atrofla 
 muscolare progressiva tipo Charcot-Marie. Cron. d. clin 
 med. di Geneva, 1908, xiv, 171-174.— FUrstner. Ein Fall 
 von neurotischer progressiver Muskelatrophie. Deutsche 
 med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1898, xxiv, Ver.-Beil., 
 14.— Gerliardt. Neuraler Typus der Muskelatrophie. 
 
 Ibid., 1907, xxxiii, 1318. . [Zwei Falle von neuralem 
 
 Typus der Muskelatrophie.] Kor.-Bl. d. allg. arztl. Ver. v. 
 Thiiringen, Jena, 1907, xxxvi, 77.— Gierllcli. Beitrag zur 
 Pathologie der neuralen Muskelatrophie (Hoffmann). 
 -Arch. 1. Psyohiat., Berl., 1909, xlv, 447-463, 1 pi.— Giuseppe 
 (E.) Le atrofie musoolari progressive; contributo olinico 
 alia ■ lorma peroneale (tipo Charcot-Marie) Folia med., 
 Napoli, 1915, i, 933-946.— Goldenberg (A.) [Neurotic pro- 
 gressive muscular atrophy, with vernal exacerbations.] 
 Czasopismo lek., I;<5dz, 1901, ill, 166-168.— Gonnet (A.) & 
 Grimaud (A.) Un cas d'atrophie musculaire Charcot- 
 Marie. Bull. Soc. m&d. d. h6p. de Lyon, 1914, xiii, 67-70, 
 1 pi. Also: Lyon m^d., 1914, cxxii, 361-364, 1 pi.— Ciordon 
 (A.) Remarks on primary neurotic atrophy (Charcot 
 Marie-Hoffmann type), with report ol a case m wluch there 
 was excessive indulgence in tea and coffee. J. Nerv. & 
 Ment. Dis.. N. Y., 1903, xxx, 354-359. [Discussion], 370.— 
 Guinon (L.) & Bydel. Amyotrophle progressive gtoe- 
 ralisfe type (Jharcot-Marie. Arch, de med. d. ent. Par., 
 1909, xii, 599-611.— Guthrie (L.) Two cases ol muscular 
 atrophy of the peroneal type (Charcot, Marie, Tooth) in 
 father and son. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1910-11, iv, 
 CUn. Sect., 126-128.— HaUlday (J. R.) & WWting (A. J.) 
 The peroneal type of muscular atrophy, with an account 
 of a lamUy group of cases. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1909, ii, 
 1114-1118.— Hamilton (A. S.) Report of acase of hereditary 
 muscularatrophyofthe Charcot-Marie-Tooth type.associated 
 with cataract. Rev. Neurol. & Psychiat., Edmb., 1911, lx, 
 645-661, 1 pi. .ilZso, Reprint— Harris (W.) Case of peroneal 
 
184 
 
 Atrophy (Muscular, Progressive, Neural 
 or Peroneal) [Charcot-Marie, 1886]. 
 
 atrophy. Proc. Roy. Soo. Med., Lond.,1907-8, i, Neurol. Sect., 
 54.— iatcli (F. F.) Progressive neuro-muscular atrophy, 
 (peroneal type of Charcot, Marie, and Tooth), with report of 
 three cases in a family withoutheredity. BostonM. & S. J., 
 1915, olxxii, 393-398. Also, Reprint.— Heverocli/ A.) [Mus- 
 cular atrophy of the Charcot-Marie type.] Casop. 14k. 
 desk., T Praze, 1904, xUii, 725; 775.— Hlgler (H.) Dyzostoza 
 1 myopathia tjrpu Marie-Tooth. Neurol, polska, "Warszawa, 
 1913, ui, 206-209.— Holsti (H.) Bin Fall von neurotisoher 
 Muskelatrophie. Finska lak.-sailsk. handl., Helsingfors, 
 1906, xlvili, p. xxlii.— Hunt (J. R.) The neural atrophy 
 of the small muscles of the hand, without sensory disturb- 
 ances. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1914, xli, 300-303. 
 
 Also: Med. Reo., N. Y., 1914, Ixxxv, 824. . A further 
 
 study of compression neuritis of the thenar branch of the 
 median nerve and the deep palmar branch of the ulnar 
 nerve. Rev. Neurol. &>Psychiat., Edinb., 1914, xii, 137- 
 148, 2 pi.— L6plne & Porot. Atrophies musoulaires n^vri- 
 tiques. Bull. Soo. mSd. d.hflp. de Lyon, 1905, Iv, 21-23. 
 Ako: Lyon mM., 1905, civ, 227-230.— Levi (E.) Saggio cU- . 
 nico e critico sulle amiotrofle progressive neuritico-spinali 
 in rapporto alle malattie eredo-famigliari del sistema ner- 
 voso. Riv. crit. diclin. med., Flrenze, 1907, viil, 417; 437; 
 457; 477.— liOng & Long {Mme.) Atrophie musculaire 
 type Charcot-Marie, associ^ k des ph&iom6nes spasmo- 
 cuques. Rev. neurol.. Par., 1913, xxv, 696-700.— torenz 
 (S.) Ueber Mlsohformen der ^rogressiven Muskelatrophie, 
 mlt Demonstration zweier Briider mit teils neurotischer, 
 teils myopathischer Muskelatrophie der oberen Extremi- 
 taten. Mitt. d. Ver. d. Aerzte In Steiermark, 1905, xlii, 
 145-150. — Marinesco (G.) Un cas d'arayotrophie Charcot- 
 Marie^ d6but par les membres supiSrieurs, avec participation 
 de quelques muscles de la face et des muscles masticateurs. 
 Rev. neurol.. Par., 1907, xv, 416-419.— Mondlo (G.) Due 
 casl di atrofia muscolare progressiva tipo Charcot-Marie 
 associati ad alterazionl della sensibilitS,, a disturbl psiohioi 
 ed al sintoma di Babinskl. Riv. ital. di neuropat. [etc.], 
 Catania, 1914, vii, 433-438.— Monro (T. K.) Two cases of 
 muscular atrophy of the peroneal type. Tr. Glasgow Path. 
 & Clin. Soc, 1904-5, X, 93-98. Aho: Glasgow M. J., 1905, 
 Ixiii, 47-52.— Oppenlielin (H.) & Cassiier (R.) Bin Bel- 
 trag zur Lehre von der sogenannten progressiven Heu- 
 rotischen Muskelatrophie. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., 
 Leipz., 1896, X, 143-164, 2 pi.— Patella (V.) Su di un oaso 
 di malattia di Charcot con rilevante edema neuropatico 
 agll arti inferiori. Riv. veneta di sc. med., Venezia, 
 1913, Ux, 296-320.— Pontlcaccia (M.) Amiotrofla progres- 
 siva faroiliale tipo Charcot-Marie. Pediatria, Napoli, 1912, 
 2. s., XX, 133-144. Also: Riv. veneta di sc. med., Venezia, 
 1912, Ivii, 104-115.— Potts (C. S.) Two oases of progressive 
 neurotic atrophy. Univ. M. Mag., Phila., 1897-8, x, 290- 
 292.— Reinhard. Beitrag zur Casuistik der neurotiicheu 
 Muskelatrophie. Deutsche Ztschr. f . Nervenh., Leipz., 1897, 
 xi, 431-461.— Klcca (S.) Atrofia muscolare progressiva spi- 
 nale, a inizio peroneale. Clin. med. ital., Milano, 1909, 
 xlviu,237-241.— BosenheckCC.) - TheCharoot-Marie-Tooth 
 type of progressive neuromuscular atrophy, with a report 
 of two cases. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1916, Ixvi, 1604- 
 1606. Also; Reprint.— Sainton (P.) Contribution J, 1'6- 
 tude anatomo-pathologique et clinique de I'amyotrophie 
 Charcot-Marie. N. ioonog. de la Salp6tri6re, Par., 1899, 
 
 xil, 206; 317, 5 pi. . Existe-t-il une variety p(Sronifere 
 
 de I'amyotrophie type Charcot-Marie? Ibid., 1902, xv, 
 466. — Scnultze (F.) [Fall von progressiver neurotischer 
 Muskelatrophie.] Bitzungsb. d. nied.-rheiu. Gesellsch. f. 
 Nat.- u. Heilk. zu Bonn (1905), 1906, med. Abt., 10-12.— 
 Scbulz (M.) Zur Lehre der progressiven neurotischen 
 Muskelatrophie. Charit6-Ann., Berl., 1899, xxiv, 218-229.— 
 Sbaw (J. E.) A case of neuritic muscular atrophy (pero- 
 neal type); Bristol Med.-Chlr. J., 1899, xvii, 319-322.— 
 Sbeeban ^R. F.) A case of progressive neural muscular 
 atrophy. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1916, Ixvii, 743.— Sle- 
 merling (B.) Zur Lehre der spmalen neuritisohen Mus- 
 kelatrophie (Atrophia muscularis progressiva spinalis neu- 
 ritica Bernhardt^ (progressiven neurotischen Oder neuralen 
 Muskelatrophie Hoflmann). Arch. f. Psyohiat., Berl., 1898, 
 xxxi, 105-1^ 3 pi.— Souques (A.) Deux cas d'atrophie 
 musculaire Cfharco(>Marie. N. ioonog. de la SalpStilto, 
 Par., 1914, xxvii, 175-187, 3 pi.— SpUlcr (W. G.) Myopathy 
 of the distal type and its relation to the neural form of mus- 
 cular atrophy (Charcot-Marie, Tooth type). J. Nerv. & 
 Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1907, ixxiv, 14-30. [Disoussloh], 47. 
 
 . Progressive neural (neurotic) muscular atrophy 
 
 (progressive muscular atrophy of the Charoot-Marie-Tootn 
 type). In: Modern Med. (Osier), 8°, Phila. & N. Y., 1910, 
 vu, 111-113, 2 pi.— Stlefler (G.) Zur KUmk der neuralen 
 Form der progressiven Muskelatrophie. Ztschr. f. Heilk., 
 Wien & Leipz., 1906, xxvii, Abt. f. mt. Med., 219-230. Also 
 [Abstr,]: Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 
 1905, Leipz., 1906, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 248-250.— Taylor (J.) ?Pe- 
 roneal atrophy. Proo. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1912-13, 
 
 vi, Neurol. Sect., 50. . Anomalous case of_peroneal 
 
 muscular atrophy. Polyolin.,Lond., 1913, xvii, 6. — Tnomas. 
 A case of the Charcot-Marie-Tooth form of neuritic muscular 
 atrophy. I. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1906, xxxiii, 787.— 
 
 Atrophy {Muscular, Progressive, Neural 
 or Peroneal) [Charcot-Marie, 1886]. 
 
 Tliorel (C.) Progressive neurotisohe Muskelatrophie. 
 Ergebn. d. allg. Path. u. path. Anat. [etc.] 1899, Wiesb., 
 1901, vi) 720-724.— Tognoll (E.) Di quattro casi di atrofia 
 muscolare progressiva della cosl detta forma Charcot e 
 Marie. Poficlm., Roma, 1898, v, sez. med., 522-536.— 
 Vorobyefl (V. V.) [Progressl've protopathio muscular 
 atrophy combined with neuritis.] Nevrol. Vestnik, Kazan, 
 1895, iii. No. 4, 51-CO.— Walton (G. L.) Peroneal type of 
 atrophy. Internal. Clin., Phila., 1899, 9. s.,ii, 145-147 .—War- 
 Ttagton (W. B.) A family of three eases of the peroneal 
 type'ol muscular atrophy (Charoot>Mari6-Tooth-Hoflmann); 
 with a note on the result of surgical treatment, by E. Jones. 
 Lancet, Lond., 1901, 11, 1574-1677.— Weter (F. P.) A case 
 of muscular atrophy, probably of the so-called peroneal type. 
 Rep. Soo. Study Dis. Child., Lond., 1904-5, v, 230-240. Also: 
 Brfl. J. Child.-Dis., Lond., 1906, ii, 397-400. Also, Reprint.- 
 Westphal (A.) Ueber ernen Fall von progressiver neuroti- 
 scher (neuraler) Muskelatrophie mit mamsoh-depressivem 
 Irresein und sogenannter Maladie des tics convulsifs einher- 
 
 gehend. Arch. f. Psychiat., Berl., 1909, xlv, 980-1003. . 
 
 Ueber progressive neurotische Muskelatrophie. Deutsche 
 med. Wchnsohr., Berl. & Leipz., 1917, xfui, 1519; 1675.— 
 WUtlng (A.) A clinical lecture on the peroneal type of 
 muscular atrophy. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1909, n. s., 
 Ixxxvli, 78-80. 
 
 Atrophy {Muscular, Progressive, Syphi- 
 litic). 
 
 Camus (C.) *Les amyotrophies my^lopa- 
 tliiques k type Aran-Duchenne d'origine syphili- 
 tique. 8° Lyon, 1905. 
 
 Lerouge (A.) *Les atrophies musculaires 
 progressives spinales d'origine syphilitique (la 
 my^Iite sypnilitique amyotrophique). 8°. 
 Paris, 1913. 
 
 Bailey (F.) Syphilitic muscular atrophy. Med. Rec, 
 N. Y., 1913, Ixxxili, 1051.— Burr (C. W.) Syphilis as a 
 cause of progressive spinal muscular atrophy. Therap. 
 Gaz. [etc.], Detroit, 1914, n. s., xxx, 90-93.— Casamajor (L.) 
 A case of muscular atrophy on a syphilitic basis. J. Nerv. 
 & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1914, xli, 243.— Collins (J.) Muscular 
 atrophy simulating that of amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, 
 due to syphilitic root neuritis. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1913, 
 Ixxxiil, 1049. — Foerster (O.) Spinale Muskelatrophie in 
 ihrer Beziehung zur Lues. Jahresb. d. schles. G^ellsch. 
 f. vaterl. Kult. 1912, Bresl., 1913, li, 36-38.— Gans (A.J 
 Mehingomyelitis mit Spondylosis luetica cervicalis bei 
 eiuem Patienten mit leichter Diastematomyehe; unter dem 
 Bilde einer progressiven spinalen Muskelatrophie. Ztschr. 
 f. d. ges. Neurol, u. Psyohiat., Berl. & Leipz., 1913, xix, 
 Orig., 320-330.— Gonnet (A.) Amyotrophle syphihtique 
 progressive ^ marche rapide. Bull. Soc. mSd. a. h6p. de 
 Lyon, 1913, xi, 582-589. Also: Lyon m&d., 1913^ cxxi, 
 904-911.— Gucclone (A.) Sifllide e atrofia muscolare pro- 
 gressiva spinale. Atti d. Cong. d. Soc. ital. di neurol., 
 Roma, 1914, iv, 144-149.— HaiuiU (R. C.) Presentation of 
 a case of progressive muscular atrophy due to syphilis of 
 the anterior horn cells. Med. Clin., Cnicago, 1916, ii, 289- 
 298.— Kummant (A.) Bin Fall von syphilitisaher spi- 
 naler Amyotrophie des Schultergurtels. Deutsche Ztschr. 
 f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1914, U, 106-115— liannois (M.) Atro- 
 
 {)hie musculaire du type Aran-Duchenne d'orinne syphi- 
 itique. Cong. d. mfid. ah^nistes et neurol. de France . . . 
 C. r. Proc.-verb. [etc.]. Par., 1905, xv, pt. 2, 314-324, 2 pi. 
 Also: N. ioonog. de la S^dtriSre, Par„ 1905, xviii, 593-COl, 
 2 pi. — Lannols (M.) & Porot (A.) Kxamen anatomiquo 
 d'un cas d'atrophie musculaire my^lopathique d'origine 
 syphilitique. Bull. Soc. m6d. d. h6p. de Lyon, 1906, v, 
 37-39. Also: Lyon m&i., 1906, ovl, 338-341.— Leopold (3.) 
 A case of progressive muscular atrophy with necropsy, 
 probably syphilitic in origin. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 
 1912, xxxix, 606-614.— L6rl (A.) Atrophies musculaires 
 progressives spinales et syphilis. Cong. d. m€d. ali^nistes 
 et neurol. de France . . . C.-r. Proc.-verb. [etc.], Par. & 
 Brux., 1903, xiii, pt. 2, 457-465. Also [Abstr.]: Progrfes 
 m^„ Par., 1903, 3. s., xviii, 138. . Les atropines mus- 
 culaires spinales d'origine syphilitique (le synmome vas- 
 culalre sypliilitlque des comes ant&ieures). Tr. Intemat. 
 Cong. Med. 1913, Lond., 1914, Sect, xi, Neuropat., pt. 2, 
 261-267.— Merle (P.) Atrophie musculaire progressive spi- 
 nale, syphilitique. Rev. neurol.. Par., 1909, xvii, 877-887.— 
 Savy (P.) & GardUre (0.) Atrophie musculaire d'origine 
 syphihtique. Province mfid.. Par., 1910, xxi, 294.— 
 Souques (A.), Baudouln & Lantu£jou]. Deux cas 
 d'amyotrophie progressive, type Aran-Duchenne, d'origine 
 syphUitique. N. iconog. de la Salp6tri6re, Par., 1914-15, 
 xxvii, 297-306, 3 pi.— Souques (A.) & Pasteur Vallery- 
 Badot. Un cas d'atrophie musoulaire Aran-Duchenne 
 d'origine syphilitique. Rev. neurol.. Par., 1913, xxv, 404- 
 407. — Stepuenson (J. W.) Syphilitic muscular atrophy. 
 J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1915, xlii, 693. Also: Med. 
 Rec, N. Y., 1915, IxxxvU, 1096. 
 
ATROPHY. 
 
 185 
 
 ATROPHY. 
 
 Atrophy (Muscular, Progressive, Traw- 
 matic). 
 
 GiBRiE (P.) *Des atrophies musculaires con- 
 s6cutives aux traumatismes 16gers dans les acci- 
 dents du travail. 8°. Paris, 1906. 
 
 Glaser (C.) *Ueber die Moglichkeit eines 
 Zuaammenhanges zwischen der progressiven 
 spinalen Muskelatrophie und einem Trauma. 
 8°. Miinchm, 1902. 
 
 LiSTCHiNB (Mme N.) *TrauiQatisme comma 
 cause occasionnelle de I'atrophie musculaire 
 progressive;' type Aran-Duchenne. 8°. Paris, 
 1899. 
 
 Pagenstbcher (H. E.) *Drei Falls von 
 posttraumatischer, chronischer, spinaler Amyo- 
 trophie mit Beriicksiclitigung der ubrigen 
 atiologisclien Momente. [Heidelberg.] 8°. 
 Leipzig, 1905. 
 
 Andernach (L.) Ein Fall von spinaler Muskelatrophie 
 nach Trauma kombiniert mit traumatischer Neurose. 
 Aerztl. Sachverst.-Ztgy Berl., 1910, xvi, 176-181.— Astwa- 
 zatuiow (M.) Ein Fall von posttraumatischer spinaler 
 Amyotrophie, nebst Bemerkungen iiber sogen. Poliomye- 
 litis anterior chronica. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., 
 Leipz., 1911, xlii, 353-364.— De Buck (D.) Un oas d'atro- 
 phle musculaire progressive aigue d'oria;ine traumatique 
 avec autopsie et 6tude anatomique des Idsions mMullaires. 
 Belgique mid., Gand-Haarlem, 1897, ii, 393-396. Also: 
 Cong, luternat. de neurol., de psychiat. [etc.] 1897, Brux., 
 
 1898, i, faso. 2, 60^62. . Un oas d'aljrophie musculaire 
 
 progressive d'origine traumatique prise pour une himato- 
 myeUe spontan^. J. de neurol. ethypnol.. Par., 1897, U, 
 202; 238.— Eccard. Ein Fall von progressiver Muskelatro- 
 phie naoh Trauma. Aerztl. Sachverst.-Ztg^ Berl., 1907, 
 xiii. 201.— Gumpertz (K.) Progressive Muskelatrophie 
 und Trauma. lUd., 1899, v, 119-122.— Klenbdck (R.) 
 Progressive spinale Muskelatrophie und Trauma. Monat- 
 schr. J. Unfallheilk., Leipz., 1901, vlii, 329-343.— I/adame 
 (P.-L. ) Sur I'amyotrophie myflopathique posttraumatique. 
 Bev. TOid. de la Suisse Rom., Gen6ve, 1909, xxix, 312-314. — 
 Procb&zka (F.) [Two cases of amyotrophic atrophy result- 
 ing from accident.] Casop. Wk. desk., v Praze, 1915, liv, 861; 
 903; 924. — Rose ( u.) Ueber eine eigenthiimliche Form von 
 progressiver Muskelatrophie nacn Trauma. Deutsches 
 Arch. i. klin. -- ■ - • 
 Unoasd'amj 
 
 de neurol., Jr eU ., AO.,;., XV, IIJ. — si,. I^^XOVyUOOXUllJ, 300 — 3U.^. — 
 
 Tetzner (R.) Spinale progressive Muskelatrophie (Type 
 Duchenne-Aran) nach Trauma. ■ — " ■ -^ - 
 
 Aerztl. Sachverst.-Ztg. 
 iseri., 19U7, xm, a-8. — ^'j.iuem. i-rogressive spinale Muskel- 
 atrophie als XJnfaJlfolge. Monatschr. f. Unfallheilk., Leipz., 
 1913, xxii, 72-81. 
 
 Atrophy (Muscular, Progressive, Treat- 
 ment of). 
 
 Brown (S.) Hypodermatic injection of strychnia nitrate 
 in the treatment of progressive muscular atrophy. Illinois 
 M. Z., Springfield, 1903-4. n. s., v, 972-975. Also: Med. Rec, 
 N. Y., 1904, Ixvi, 204-206.— Frankel (J.) Sehuenoperation 
 bei progressiver Muskelatrophie. Verhandl. d. Berl. med. 
 Gesellsch. (1905), 1906, xxxvi, 223.— Huet (E:) Traitement 
 61ectrique des atrophies musculaires progressives. Ann. 
 d'flectrobiol. [etc.], Tar., 1902, v, 697-720.— Swllt (W. B.) 
 Progressive muscular atrophy, case and treatment. Boston 
 M. & S. J., 1915, clxxui, 704. Also, Reprint. 
 
 Atrophy (Muscular, Progressive) in 
 children. 
 
 See Atrophy {Muscular, Progressive, Heredi- 
 tary).. 
 
 Atrophy (Muscular, Pseudo-hypertrophic). 
 See Atrophy (Muscular, Primary progressive, 
 Pseudo-hyper trophic) . 
 
 Atrophy (Muscular, Traumatic). 
 
 See, also, Atrophy (Muscular, Primary pro- 
 Traumatic); Atrophy (Muscular, Pro- 
 Traumatic). 
 Hering (F.) *Drei Falle von Atrophie und 
 ein Fall von Atrophie verbunden mit Entwick- 
 luneshemmung einer Extremitat nach Trauma. 
 [Erfangen.] 8^^ Wurzburg, 1895. 
 
 MoLEYS (K.) *Eia Fall von Muskelatrophie 
 nach Verletzung der Art. axillaris. 8°. Berlin, 
 1913. 
 
 Arnbetm (F.) Ueber die Behandlung von Muskelatro- 
 phieen nach Schussverletzungen mit dem Myoroborator. 
 Fortschr. d. Med., Berl., 1914-15, xxii, 981-984.- Caspar! (D.) 
 
 Atrophy (Muscular, Traumatic). 
 
 Ueber den Muskelsohwund Unfallverletzter. Preuss. Med.- 
 Beamten-Ver. Off. Ber., Berl., 1896, xiii, 147-155.— D'Abirn- 
 do. Contributo alio studio delle atrolie muscolari consecu- 
 tive a traumi del nervi periferici. Manicomio, Nocera, 1901, 
 xvii, 160-169.— Delherm & LaauerriSre. Les nouvelles 
 m^thodes d'aectrisation dans les atrophies musculaires 
 d'origine traumatique. Presse m^d., Par., 1909, xvii, 110- 
 113. — Elben. Ueber die Bewertung der Inaktivitatsatra- 
 phie des Arms nach Verletzungen der Finger. Monatschr. f. 
 Unfallheilk., Leipz., 1914, xxi, 66-68.— Esposito (G.) Amio- 
 trofle da trauma nervoso periferico. Manicomio, Nocera, 
 
 1905, xxi, 254; 350: 1906, xxu, 233; 291. . Atrofle mus- 
 
 • colari da trauma nervoso periferico. Riv. sper. dl freniat., 
 Reggio-Emilia, 1905,xxxi,249-2ol.— Faldlierbe(P.) Traite- 
 ment m6canotn6rapique des atrophies musculaires cons^u- 
 tives aux blessures de guerre. Paris m(5d., 1913-14, xv, 420- 
 426.— Ferraniilnl(L.) Contributoallostudiodelleamiotrofle 
 traumatiche. Riformamed., Palermo-Napoli, 1907,xxiii, 561; 
 592.— Palmer (F. S. ) & BaUance (C. A.) A case of weakness 
 and wasting of the muscles of the right forearm and hand, fol- 
 lowing aninjury to theelbowjoint. Tr. M. Soc. Lond., 1909- 
 10, xxxiii, 376. — PIet(P.) L'atrophie musculaire d'origine 
 traumatique. J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1910, i, 145; 169.— Sa^ 
 brazSs ( J. ) & Marty (L. ) Atrophie musculaire et osseuse du 
 membresup&ieurioit consecutive &, des traumatismes vio- 
 lents et multiples. N. ioonog. de la SalpStrifere, Par., 1899, xii, 
 107-130, 4 pi. — Sclmiidt. Quelques considerations generates 
 sur les atrophies musculaires d'origine traumatique. Arch. 
 miSd. beiges, Brux., 1903, 4. s., xxii, 170-178.— Severl (R.) 
 Atrofia muscolare permanente consecutiva a borsite olecra- 
 nica traumatica. Cesalpino, Arezzo, 1908, iv, 125-128. 
 
 Atrophy (Muscular, Treatment of). 
 
 See, also. Atrophy (Muscular, Primary pro- 
 gressive, Treatment of) ; Atro'p'h-y (Muscular, Pro- 
 gressive, Treatment of) . 
 
 Hedlet (W. S.) Practical muscle testing and 
 the treatment of muscular atrophies. 8° 
 London, 1897. 
 
 Abrahamson (I.) Treatment otthe musciilar atrophies 
 and dystrophies. Mod. Tr. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., Phila. & 
 N. Y., 1913, ii, 99-138, 8 pi.— Bordet (E.) Le traitement de 
 l'atrophie musculaire par les courants galvaniques ondul&. 
 Arch, d'eiectric. med., Bordeaux, 1907, xv, 452-461. — 
 Bordler (E.) Sul trattamento elettrioo delle airofie musco- 
 lari. Ann. di elett. med. [etc.], Napoli, 1904, tii, 241-246.— 
 Delherm (L.) Traitement des atrophies musculaires chi- 
 rurgicales par un nouvel appareU eiectrique provoquant la 
 contraction physiologique. Bull. off. Soc. franc, d'eiectro- 
 ther.. Par., 1907, xv, 217-220. Also: Atti d. Cong, inter- 
 
 naz. de terap. fls. 1907, Roma, 1908, ii, pt. 1, '519-521. . 
 
 Traitement des atrophies reflexes par les courants onduies 
 (appareil transportable). Compt.-rend. Cong, intemat. 
 d'eiectrol. et de radiol. med., Amst., 1908, iv, 462-^64.— 
 Descbamps (E.) Des intensites therapeutiques du cou- 
 rant galvanique dans le traitement des atrophies muscu- 
 laires. Compt.-rend. Cong, intemat. de medt 1897, Mosc, 
 1898, ii, sect. 4a, 89.— Granger (B.) Massage in simple 
 muscular atrophy. Cincin. Lancet-Climc, 1899, n. s., xUii, 
 619. — Hanawalt (W. C.) Injections for the cure of mus- 
 cular atrophy. Am. Vet. Rev.,.N. Y., 1903-4, xxvii, 412.— 
 JUaijuerrlftre & Delherm. Actions comparees de I'eieo- 
 tricite et des autres agents physiques dans le traitement 
 des atrophies musculaires. J. d. physiotherap.. Par., 1909, 
 vii, 527-532. — I^bon (H.) Les atrophies musculaires et 
 leur traitement par I'electricite. Clini^ue, Par., 1909, iv, 
 
 721-724. . 'Traitement des atrophies musculaires par 
 
 I'etincelle de haute frequence (excitation mediate). Bull, 
 off. Soc. franc, d'eieotrother., Par., 1910, xviii, 135-138.— 
 liOts (F.) Ueber Atrophie und Gymnastik der glatten 
 Muskeln. Cor.-Bl. d. aflg. arztl. Ver. v. Thuringen, 1899, 
 xxviii, 521-533.— Menuet (F.) R61e de reiectricite dans 
 les atrophies musculaires. Gaz. med. du centre. Tours, 1910, 
 XV, 133-137.— Plicque (A.-F.) Le traitement des atrophies 
 musculaires. J. de med. et ehir. prat.. Par., 1915, Ixxxvi, 
 - 801-814.— KflCliard(E.) & de Champtasstn (P.) Meear 
 notheraple dans le traitement des atrophies musculaires 
 perlpheriques. Presse med.. Par., 1909, xvii, 609-611. 
 
 ■ . Traitement des atrophies musculaires par 
 
 la methode des "resistances progressives." Rev. de chir.. 
 Par., 1909, xxix, 97-118.— Sbarkey (S. J.) Two cases of 
 general atKmhy treated by the Weir Mitchell method. St. 
 Thomas's Hosp. Rep. 1883, Lond., 1884, xiii, 65-74. Also. 
 Reprint. — Xliiell£. Atrophie des muscles de la cuisse et 
 de la jambe droites consecutive k une chute: contracture 
 du pied; traitees par la voltaisation sinusoidale. Bull. off. 
 Soc. frang. d'eiectrother.. Par., 1904, xi, 199.— Truchot (C.) 
 Des alteratives voltiennes dans le traitement des atrophies 
 musculaires. Arch, d'eieetric. med., Bordeaux, 1900, vili, 
 145-148.— ZImmern (A.) Necessite de I'eiectrisation pre- 
 eoce dans le traitement des atrophies reflexes (etude patho- 
 genique). Presse med.. Par., 1908, xvi, 417.— Zimmern 
 (A.) & Cottenot (P.) Les bases pnysiologiques de I'eiec- 
 trioite medicale; valour de reieetricite dans le traitement 
 
 des atrophies musculaires. Ibid., 1910, xviii, 625. 
 
 . Electricite et atrophie musculaires; la modalite 
 
 optima. Ibid., 786. 
 
ATROPHY. 
 
 186 
 
 ATROPINE. 
 
 Atrophy {Muscular, Unilateral). 
 
 See, also, Aixo^phj {Facial, Unilateral); Face 
 {Atrophy, etc., of); Hemiatrophy. 
 
 Debray. Un cas d'hfimiatropliie musculaire proto- 
 pathique. I. mfid. de Brux., 1003, viii, 72.— Galliard (L.) 
 Atrophie unilaWrale du grand dentelfi et myopatUe pro- 
 gressive. Bull, et in^ni. Soo. mfid. d. h6p. de Par., 1913, 
 3. s., XXXV, 1280-1283.— Gelst. Ein Fall von halbseitiger 
 Unterentwioklung. Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1911, xxx, 
 122-127.— Lunz (M. A.) Hemiatrophia totalis oruciata. 
 Deutsche med. Wchnsclir., Berl. & Leipz., 1897, xXiii, 185- 
 188.— Matavovszky (Z.) [Hemipleglo muscular atroply.] 
 Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1896, xl, 405.— Mesnard (L.) Un 
 cas d'amyotrophie unilatSrale. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. mod. de ' 
 Bordeaux, 1888, ix, 522-525.— Pellzaeus. Ueber elnen un- 
 gewohnlicnen Fall von progressiver Hemiatropbie,Myoscle- 
 rose, Sclerodermie und Atrophie der Knochen und Gelenke. 
 Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1897, xvi, 530-^537.— Botger (A.) 
 Un case de amiofaofia lateral asimetrica. Rev. balear de 
 cien. mM., Palma de Mallorca, 1907, xxix, 241-246.— Torday 
 ( F. ) [A case of hemiatrophia progressiva joined with sclero- 
 derma.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1898, xlii, 59. 
 
 Atrophy {Muscular, Urine in). 
 
 Barbier (H.) Reoherches sur les variations de I'acide 
 glyouronique dans I'uruie des atrophiques: valeur sdmio- 
 logique de ces variations et de la reaction ail camphre. 
 Bull, et m^m. See. mSd. d. hflp. de Par., 1915, 3. s., xxxix, 
 1237-1244. — Bonanno (G.) La prova della gllcosuria ali- 
 mentare in un case di avanzata atrofia muscolare. Riforma 
 med., Palermo-Napoli, 1907, xxiil, 1153-1167. 
 
 Atrophy {Muscular) in cTiildren. 
 
 See, also, Atrophy {Muscular, Primary pro- 
 gressive. Hereditary); Atrophy {Muscular, Pri- 
 mary progressive, Infantile); Atrophy {Muscular, 
 Progressive, Hereditary); infants {Atrophy of). 
 
 Daniel (A.) *Des arrets de d^veloppement 
 cons6cutifs aux lesions locales datant de I'en- 
 fance. Atrophie num^rique de KUppel. 8°. 
 Paris, 1899. 
 
 Babonnelx (L.) & Vltry (G.) Trois cas d'atrophie mus- 
 culaire infantile. Ann. de mM. et chir. int.. Par., 1904, viii, 
 343-349. Also: Bull. Soc. de pSdiat. de Par., 1904, vi, 112- 
 120.— Daniel (A.) Atrophie numfirique cons&jutive aux 
 brttlures de I'enlance. Pressc mM., ]?ar., 1908, xvi, 394- 
 396.— Garrod (A. E.) Muscular atrophy in a child. Tr. 
 Clin. Soo. Lend., 1905-6, xxxix, 254.— 'Kllppel. ArrSt de dS- 
 veloppement du membre superieur consecutif k un trauma- 
 tisme datant de I'enfance: atrophie musculaire numfirique. 
 
 Presse m6d., 'Par., 1897, ii, 49. —. Anomalies multiples 
 
 oongtoitales par atrophie numSrique des tissus. N. iconog. 
 de la SalpStnfire, Par., 1906, xix, 136-146; 1 pi.— Marburg 
 (0.) Zur Klinik und Pathologie derfruMnfantilen Muskel- 
 atrophien. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1911-12, 
 xliil, 353.— Perrero (E.) Contributo alio studio delle 
 atrofie muscolari congenite e partioolarmeute della atrofia 
 numerica di Klippel. Riv. di patol. nerv., Firenze, 1908, 
 xiii, 193-211.— Plerret & Benoit. Atrophie considerable du 
 membre inf^rieur gauche li6e & une monopl^gie infantile 
 d'origlne cortioale. Bull. Soc. de m^d. du nord 1911, Lille, 
 1912, 282-234.— Taylor (J.) & Sequelra (J. H.) Cases of 
 muscular atrophy in children. Kep. Soo. Study Dis. Child., 
 Loud., 1900-1901, i, 139. 
 
 Atrophy {Senile). 
 
 Dupre & BibiSre. Myosclfirose atrophique et retractile 
 des vieillards. Bull, mfid.. Par., 1907, xxi, 714. Also: 
 Encephale, Par., 1907, ii, 254-256.— KSvesi (G.) [The con- 
 ception of senile atrophy.] Orvosi hotil., Budapest, 1900, 
 xlrv, 800-803.— Metchntkofl (I.) [Present condition of 
 the question of senile atrophy.] Russk. Arch. Patol., 
 Klin. Med. i Bakteriol., S.-Peterb., 1899, vii, 210-225. 
 
 Atrophy (Unilateral). 
 
 See Atrophy {Facial, Unilateral); Atrophy 
 {Muscular, Unilateral); Hemiatrophy. 
 
 Atropine. 
 
 See, also, Belladonna; Homatropine. 
 Abbott (W. C.) & Waugb. (W. F.) Atropine. Alka- 
 loidal Clin., Chicago, 1902, ix, 825-837.— Amy (L. W.) 
 
 298.— Eggleston (C.) The antagonism between atropin 
 and certain central emetics. J. Pharmacol. & EMor. 
 
 I'atropine; titrage des aloaloides dans les extraits de bella- 
 done. Bull. d. sc. Pharmacol., Par., 1910, xvii, 629-634.— 
 Laurent (C.) Sur la variation de la quantity d'atropine et 
 la recherche de oet alcaloide dans des greSes de belladone et 
 
 Atropine. 
 
 tomate. Trav. sclent. Univ. de Rennes, 1906, v, pt. 2, 47- 
 53.— Patterson (P. D.) Atropine and similar alkaloids. 
 Am. J. Clin. M., Chicago, 1909, xvi, 1194.— PescI (LJ Ri- 
 cerche sull' atropina. Atti di r. Acoad. d. Lincei, Roma, 
 1880-81, 3. s., ix, 147-159.— Pohl (J.) Ueber den Nachweis 
 von Atropin neben PhysostiRmin und Pilocarpin. Therap. 
 Monatsh., Berl., 1910. xxiv, 691.— Schlff (M.) Antagonisme 
 entre i'atropine et I'eserine. In Ms: Ges. Beitr. z. Physiol., 
 8°, Lausanne, 1896, iii, 231-235.— Serross (G. L.) Atropme. 
 Texas M. J., Austin, 1910-11, xxvi, 405-409.— Tissot (E. R.) 
 The alkaloids of the atropine group. Am. T. Clin. M., Chi- 
 cago, 1910, xvii, 1299-1302.— Werner (L. F.) Analogues of 
 atropine and homatropine. J. Am. Chem. Soc, Easton, Pa., 
 1918, xl, 669-674.— van Zandt (I. L.) Belladonna atropia. 
 Texas State T. M., Fort Worth, 1909-10, v,-347-349. 
 
 Atropine {Exanthemata from ) . 
 
 Bryce (W.) Eczematous eruption produced by atropine. 
 Brit. M. L, tond.j 1898, ii, 987.— Knowles (F. C.) Gener- 
 alized eruptions of an unusual type, caused by the absorp- 
 tion from a belladonna plaster and from the ocular instilla- 
 tion of atropine; review of the local and general eruptions 
 caused by belladonna and atropine. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & 
 N. Y., 1911,0x111,73-87.— Lawson (A.) Profound atropine 
 dermatitis or atropine Irritation. Polyclln., Lend., 1904, 
 vlii,39.— Po6r(F.) [Skinidiosyncrasy to atropine.] Buda- . 
 pesti ory. ujsdg, 1908, vl, 30O-302.— Weill (G.) Ueber Atro- 
 pinekzem. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh., Btuttg., 1912, i, 
 458-460. 
 
 Atropine {Physiological actipn of). 
 
 DoBVE (W. 0. A.) *Die abnormen Kaubewe- 
 gungen mit erhohter Salivation nach Atropia- 
 iastillation ins Auge von Hund und Katze; 
 ihre Abschwachung oder Verhinderung, imter 
 gleichzeitiger Beriicksichtigung der therapeuti- 
 schen und diagnostischen Verwertung von epi- 
 o]£ularen Atropinapplikationen bei diesen Tie- 
 ren. [Bern.] 8°. Jena, 1914. 
 
 Also, in: Ztschr. f. Tiermed., Jena, xviii, 77; 106. 
 
 Walti (L.) *Ueber die Einwirkung dea 
 Atropins auf die Hamsekretion. [Strassburg.] 
 8°. Leipzig, 1895. 
 
 Aportl (F.) L'azione dell' atropina sull' intestino. 
 Eeadic d. Ass. med.-chir. di Parma, 1903, iv, 155-157.— 
 Aronbeim. Zur Darmwirkung des Atropms. Miinchen. 
 med. Wchnsohr., 1902, xlix, 1748.— Binz (C.) Die Wirkung 
 ilbergrosser Gabon Atropin auf die Athmung. Berl. Win. 
 Wchnsohr., 1896, xxxiii, 885-887.— Caporall (R.) & Slmo- 
 nelll (L.) Aloune ricerche sull' influenza dell' atropina 
 sulla secrezione gastrica. - Arch, internaz. di med. e chir., 
 Napoli, 1896, xri, 121-130.— Cavazzani (A.) & Soldatnl (G.) 
 Influenza paraUzzante dell' atropina sui nervl ghcosecretori 
 del fegato. Riforma med., Napoli, 1896, xli, pt. 2, 794-796. 
 Also, transl.: Arch. ital. debiot, Turin, 1896, xxv, 465-469.— 
 Cloetta (M.) Ueber das Verhalten des Atropins bei ver- 
 soMeden empflaidliohen Tierarten. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. 
 Pharmakol., Leipz., 1908, Suppl.-Bd., 119-125.— von Col- 
 dltz (G. T.) Unusual constitutional effects of atropine 
 solution in the eye. J. Ophth. & Oto-Laryugol., Chicago, 
 1908, ii, 182.— Cushny (A. R.) Atropine and the hyoscya- 
 mines; a study of the action of optical isomers. J. Physiol., 
 
 Lend., 1903, xxx, 176-194. . The action of atrppine, 
 
 pilocarpine and physostigmiue. JUd., 1910-11, xli, 233- 
 245. — Danielopolu (D.) Sur la dissociation sino-auricu- 
 laire; aetion de I'atropine, des mouvements respiratoires et 
 de la deglutition. Arch. d. mal. du cceur[etc.]. Par., 1913, vi, 
 
 792-804'. . Reoherches sur I'atropine; action du sfirum 
 
 de lapin sur I'atropine in vitro. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., 
 Par., 1913, Ixxiv, 297.— Doyon. Action de I'atropine sur le 
 foie. Ibid., 1910, Ixviii, 294.— Doyon (M.) & Gautler (C.) 
 Action oomparee de I'atropine sur la coagulability du sang el 
 surlapressionarterielle. Ibid., 1908, Ixiv, 361.— Doyon (M.) 
 & Kare8 (N.) Action comparee de I'atropine sur le sang in 
 vitro et in vivo; influence de la digestion. Ibid., 1904, Ivi, 
 
 688. . Action del'atroplnesurlacoagulabiUtedu 
 
 sang; r61e du foie. . Lyon med., 1904, oil, 852. . 
 
 Action de I'atropine sur le foie; coagulabilite du sang des 
 veines sus-hepatiques. Bull. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Lyon, 
 
 1906, iv, 111-113. Also: Lyon med., 1905, civ, 686. 
 
 . Action de I'atropine sur la coagulabilite du sang. J. 
 
 de Physiol, ct de path, gen.. Par., 1906, viii, 227-236.— de 
 Fabre (A.) Sur I'aotion convulsivante de I'atropine. Ass. 
 franc, pom I'avanoe. d. so. C.-r., Par., 1887, xvi, pt. 2, 852.— 
 F6re (C.) Note sur la resistance des oiseaux a I'atropine. 
 Compt. rend. Soc debiol., Par., 1897, 10. s., iv, 510.— Pleiscb- 
 mann. Ueber die Dauer der vaguslahmenden Atropin- 
 wirkung. Verhandl. d. physiol. Gesellsch. zu Berl. (1910), 
 1911, XXXV, 35-37.— Gebele (H.) Bemerkungen uber Atro- 
 pin. Miinchen. med. Wchnsohr., 1902, xUx, 1746-1748.— 
 Gonzalez Castio (J.) Sobre varias acciones de la atropina. 
 Siglo med., Madrid, 1911, Iviii, 196.— Hedbom^K.)' [Ex- 
 periment with atropine sulphate.] Upsala Univ. Arsskr. 
 
ATROPINE. 
 
 187 
 
 ATROPINE. 
 
 Atropine (Physiological action of) . 
 
 Med., 1896, 112-116.— Heflter (A.) Ueber das Verhalten des 
 Atropine im Organismus des Kaniuoliens; nach von G. 
 Fiokewirth angestellteu Versuchen. Biochem. Ztsolir., 
 
 Berl., 1912, xl, 3fr47. . Beitrage zur Kenntnis der 
 
 Atropiuresistenz des Kaninoheus. Ibid., 48-55. — JoacM- 
 moglu (G.) Ueter die Wirksamkeit des Atropins und 
 Soopolamlns am Katzenauge. Berl. kiln. 'Wclmsclir., 1915, 
 lii, 911.— Kalinin (A. M.) [Effect of atropine and physo- 
 stigmine on the blood supply of the head.]" Bussk. Vrach, 
 S.-Peterb., 1902, 1, 1260.— Kaulmanu (R.) & Donatb 
 (Hedwig). XJeber inverse Atropinwirkung. Wien. klin. 
 
 Zur Wirkung kleinster Atropinmengen auf den Darm. 
 Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1908, cxxili, 95-98.- Mctzner 
 (R.) Mitteilungen fiber Wirkung und Verhalten des Atro- 
 pins im Organismus. Arch. i. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., 
 Leipz., 1912, Ixviii, 110-159. Also, Reprint.— Metzner (R.) 
 & Hedln^er (B.) Ueber die Beziehungen der Schilddriise 
 zur atropinzerstbrenden Kraft des Blutes. Arch. f. exper. 
 Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1912, Ixix, 272-292.— No6 (J.) 
 Resistance du herissou k r atropine. Compt. rend. Soc. de 
 bid.. Par., 1903, Iv, 40. — Fetzetakis. Eflet paradoxal de 
 
 I'atropine. Z6id(,1914, Ixxvi, 522. . La phase stimula- 
 
 trice de I'atropine; demonstration experimentale et clinique 
 de Paction excitante de I'atropine sur les vagues; extrasys- 
 toles, dissociation sino-auriculaire et auriculo-ventriculaire 
 pro'voqufes par I'atropine. Presse m^d.. Par., 1916, xxiv, 
 548-553.— Bidel (N. E.) [Action of atropine upon the in- 
 testines.] Bussk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1904, iv, 1403.— Budoll 
 (R. D.) Notes on atropine. Montreal M. J., 1900, xxix, 
 747-752. — Simon (J.) Delia rapiditS, con la quale le solu- 
 zioni acquose di solfato neutro di atropina perdono I'attivitk 
 paralizzante sul vago e dell' importanza pratica del fatto. 
 Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1915, xxxvi, 17. — Stefanl. Come si 
 modiflchi la reazione della pupilla all' atropina in seguito 
 aU' uso prolungato della sostanza; contributo alio studio 
 dell' adattamento. Rendio. d. Ass. med.-chir. di Parma, 
 1903, iv, 148-160.— Tysebaert (J.) Contribution k I'^tude de 
 Paction de I'atropine sur la digestion de la viande crue ou 
 cuite Chez le chien. Internat. Beitr. z. Path. u. Therap. d. 
 Ernahrungsstor. [etc.], Berl., 1912-13, iv, 329-342: 1913, v, 
 112-132, 1 tab.— Wertheimer (E.) & Boulet (L.) Action 
 del'atropine sur les mouvements de I'estomac et de I'intestin. 
 Arch, internat. de physiol., Li6ge & Par., 1913, xiii, 207-238.— 
 Willberg (M. A.) Die naturllohe Besistenz eiiiiger Tiere 
 dem Atropin gegenilber. Bioohem. Ztschr., Berl., 1914, 
 Ixvi, 389-407.— WUson (F. N.) The production of atrioven- 
 tricular rhythm in man after the administration of atropin. 
 Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 1915, xvi, 989-1007.— Winsel- 
 mann. Ueber die Wirkung des Atropinum methylobro- 
 matum Merck. . Ophth. klin., Stuttg., 1903, vii, 338.— Zap- 
 pulla (A.) SuU'azione vasale dell' atropina. Arch, di 
 ottal., Palermo, 1895-6, ui, 316; 369. Also: Arch, di farm, e 
 terap., Palermo, 1896, iv, 61-79.— Zunz (E.) & Tysebaert 
 (J.) On the action of atropine sulphate ou the isolated 
 stomach and bowel of the dog. J. Pharmacol. & Exper. 
 Therap., Bait, 1916, viii, 325-337. 
 
 Atropine (Psychic disturbances from ) . 
 
 Abt (I. A.) A case of acute delirium in a seven-year-old 
 child, probably caused by atropin poisoning. Arch. Pediat.. 
 N. Y., 1904^ xxi, 612.— Beyer (EJ Ueber Dehrieu bei 
 Atropinvergiftung. Centralbl. f. Nervenh. u. Psychiat., 
 Coblenz & Leipz., 1898, n. P., ix, 262-266.— Burr (C. W.) 
 Unusual duration of mental symptoms in a case of atropine 
 poisoning. Arch. Ophth., N. Y., 1913, xlii, 136-140.— 
 Deleonardi. Un caso di psicosi atropinica. Boll. med. 
 trenttno, Trento, 1897, xvi, 49-52. — Boy (D.) Acute mania 
 following the use of atropine solution in the eyes. South. 
 M. J., Nashville, 1914, vii, 946-948.— Takovenko (V. S.) 
 [Acute hallucinatory psychosis following atropine poison- 
 mg.] Obozr. Psichiat., Nevrol. [etc.], S.-Peterb., 1902, vii, 
 125-127. 
 
 Atropine (Thera;peutic use of). 
 
 See, also, ^je {Diseases of , Treatment of); My- 
 driasis. 
 
 Boyce(J.W.) The dosage of atropine. Pittsburgh M. J., 
 1913-14, ii. No. 3, 11-14.— Cloetta- (M.) Ueber Angewoh- 
 nung an Atropin. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., 
 Leipz., 1910-11, Ixiv, 427-438.— Cow (D. V.) The use of 
 atropine in the treatment of those suffering from the effects 
 of Irritant and other gases. Lancet, Lond., 1915, 1. 1147. — 
 Dailer (A.) Les sels d'atropine et leuis Indications en 
 . th^rapeutique ooulalre; moyens d'^viter lesinconvSnients 
 parfois sSrieux de I'atropine. Rev. de therap. m^d.-ohir.. 
 Par., 1903, Ixx, 153-153. A Iso [Abstr.]: Bull. Acad, de mM., 
 Par., 1903, 3. s., xltx, 616.— Deutschmann (R.) Ueber 
 Gebrauoh und Missbrauch von Atropin In der Augenhell- 
 kunde. Med. Woche, Halle a. S., 1906, vii, 47; 62.— Evans 
 (G.) The value pf atropine sulphate In the treatment of a 
 condition which frequently precedes death. St. Barth. 
 Hosp. J., Lond., 1913-14, xxi, 160.— Harman (N. B.) The 
 use and abuse of atropine in eye-work. West Lond. M. J., 
 
 Atropine ( Therapeutic use of) . 
 
 Lond., 1913, xvui, B-l'S!— Jameson (P. C.) Atropia, its 
 uses and contraindications In ophthalmic practice. Brook- 
 lyn M. J., 1903, xvil, 17-20.— Kahn (G.) Is it necessary to 
 use atropine? Optic. J., N. Y., 1898-9, iv, 327-331.— Kubo 
 (0.) Ueber den therapeutischen Wert des Atropiaum 
 methylobromattim. [Japanese text. Ausz.,Hlt. 20, Suppl., 
 2.] Mitt. d. med. Gesellsch. zu Tokyo, 1907, xxi, 999-1214, 1 
 ch. — Landman (O.) Use of atropin sulphate as a means of 
 diagnosis in certain persistent headaches. J. Am. M. Ass., 
 Chicago, 1900, xxxiv, 914.— Mplne (R.) Soil das Atropin 
 aus dem Arzneischatze gestrichen werden? Med.-chir. 
 Centralbl., Wien, 1896, xxxi, 673. Also, transl.: Med. 
 Week, Par., 1897, v, 61.— MatWeu (A.) Le sulfate d'atro- 
 pine dans la th^rapeittique ga^tro-lntestlnale. Paris mSd., 
 1912-13, xl, 503-506.— Matthews (H.) Atropine in eye 
 work. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1917, i, 581.— Murray (G. D.) 
 Atropin; its use and limitations in the correction of hetero- 
 phoria. Arm. Ophth., St. Louis, 1909, rvlil, 224-240.— 
 FUUppstal (A.) Klinische Erfahrungen mit Atropin- 
 schwefelsaure. Berl. klin. Wohnschr., 1913, I, 2145-2147.— 
 B«diield (H. H.) Atropine and its applications. Am. J, 
 Clin. M., Chicago, 1912, xtx, 375-379.— Eocti (M.) De 
 I'emplol de I'atropine dans I'intoxicatlon aigue par la mor- 
 phine et par I'opium; revue critique, pharmacodynamlque 
 et clinique; recherohes expSrimentales sur la respiration du 
 lapin. Rev. m6d. de la Suisse Rom., Genftve, 1907, xxvil, 
 241; 309; 397.— B0nne (H. ) [The use of atropine in ophthal- 
 mology.] Hosp.-Tld., Kjibenh., 1909, 5. B^ 11, 636-639.— 
 Byersou (G. S.) The decline of atropine. Canada Lancet, 
 Toronto, 1904-5, xxxvili, 411.- Schenck (H. D.) The use 
 of atropin in the eyes as a therapeutic agent. J. Ophth., 
 Otol. & Laryngol., N. Y., 1911, xvii, 72-81.— Simon (I.) 
 DeUe dosi minime di atropina atte a paraUzzare U vago. 
 Arch, di farmaool. sper., Eoma, 1913, xv, 254-267.— Tuller 
 (M. B.) Atropine m labor and in hemorrhage. Am. J. 
 Clin. M., Chicago, 1909, xvi, 1196.— Tuvlm (R. U.) [On the 
 action of atropine in delirium tremens and similar diseases.] 
 Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1897, xviii, 1439-1441.— Vald6s Lambea 
 (J.) Sobre el empleo de la atropina en terapSutica ocular; 
 dos cases de mtoxlcacidn por mstilaciones conjuntivales. 
 Rev. de san. mil., Madrid, 1912, 3. s., ii, 96-100.— Waugh 
 (W. P.) Atropine as a hemostatic. Med. Bee, N.Y., 1909, 
 bcxvi, 905. 
 
 Atropine (Toxicology of). 
 
 See, also, Atropine (Exanthemata from); Atro- 
 pine (Psychic disturbances from) . 
 
 Baebiek (F.-J.-A.-M.) *Siir deux cas d'in- 
 toxication par r atropine. 8°. Bordeaux, 1910. 
 
 Elsnbr (H. H.) *KliiiiBche und experimen- 
 telle Untersuchungen iiber die Ursaclien von 
 IntoxikationserBcheinungen nacji Atropinan- 
 wendung bei augenkranlien Kindern. [Basel.] 
 8°. Berlin, 1909. 
 
 Also, in: Ztschr.. f. Augenh., Berl., 1909, xxii, 387; 507. 
 
 Arthur (R.) [CaseJ Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1904, 
 xxiil, 572. — Beeliler (L. L.) A case of atropia poisoning, 
 with high temperature and recovery. J. Am. M. Ass., Chi- 
 cago, 1902, xxxviii, 1081.— Bell (A. K.) [Case.]^ Tr. M. 
 Ass. Georgia. Atlanta, 1897, 432.— B6naky (N.-P.) Em- 
 poisonnement par le sulfate d'atropine par erreur de phar- 
 macien; gU(5rison; mort 22 jours aprfes, avec des symp- 
 t6mes de gangrfene pulmonaire. Med. orient., Par., 1901, 
 V, 83.— Brouardel (P.), Ogier & Vibert (0.) [Case.] 
 Ann. d'hyg.. Par., 1900, 3. s., jdiU, 9-29.— Burnett (S. G.) & 
 Eoyer (J. E.) Atropia pokomng. Oklahoma M. News- 
 Jour., 1912, XX, 73-75.— C. (A. C.) & M. (E. M.) [Two oases.] 
 Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1913, xxvil, 378.— Cevldalll (A.) 
 Sul reperto cadaverico e su alcune particolarlt^ nell' awele- 
 namento da atropina. Arch, di psichiat. [etc.], 'Torino, 
 1906, xxvil, 356-367.— Chalmers (A.) Poisoning by atro- 
 pme. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1904, xxxbc, 180.— Cisler 
 (J.) Stimm- und Artikulationsstorung durch Atropin- 
 vergiftung. Arch. f. exper. u. klin. Phonet., Berl., 1913-14, 
 1, 149-167. Also: Ztschr. f. Laryngol., Rhtnol. [etc.],Wiirzb., 
 1913, vi; 429-236.— Colin (A.) Frequence de I'intoxica- 
 tlon par I'atropine chez les enfants ophthalmlques, Clin, 
 opht., Par., 1910, xvi, 589-592.— CoUomb (A.) Uu cas 
 d'empoisonnement par ingestion d'Xme forte dose d'atro- 
 pine; survle. Rev. mSd. de la Suisse Rom., Genftve, 1902, 
 xxii, 714-719.— Cortright (C. B.) [Case.] N. York M. J. 
 [etc.], 1903, Ixxviil, 467.— Crespin (J.) Quadruple em- 
 poisonnement par I'atropine dd k une erreur de preparation. 
 Province med., Par., 1910, xxi, 645.— Demjdovlch (B.) 
 [Atropine poisoning on introduction of drops into the con- 
 junctival sac] Voyenno-Med. J., S.-Peterb., 1902, Ixxx, 
 med.-spec. pt^ 2655-2660.— DOblin (A.) & Fleischmann 
 (P.) Zum Mechanismus der Atropinentglftung durch 
 Blut und klinische Beobachtungen uber das Vorkommen 
 der Entgiftung. Ztschr. 1. kUn. Med., Berl., 1913, Ixxvii, 
 145-152. — Dreisch. Eine eigenthiimllche Atropm-Vergif- 
 tung. Centralbl. f. prakt. Augenh., Leipz., 1902, xxvi, 
 331.— Fleischmann (P.) Atropinentglftung durch Blut. 
 Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1910, Ixii, 618- 
 
ATROPINE. 
 
 188 
 
 ATTENTION. 
 
 Atropine (Toxicology of). 
 
 526.— Franklin (G. D.) [Case.} Indian M. Gaz., Cal- 
 cutta, 1909, xliv, 20.— Gamier (L.) Empoisonnement 
 accidentel par le sirop d'atropine d'un enfant de trois mois. 
 Ann. d'hyg., Par., 1899, 3. s., xli, 330-337.— Geddes (A. M.) 
 Notes on a case of atropine poisoning in a cliild. Soutn 
 African M. J., Cape Town, 1913, xi, 308.— Goddaid (N. A.) 
 Case of recovery after five grains of atropine sufphate. Med. 
 Times, N. Y., 1898, xxvl, 365.— Harding (N. E.) [Case.] 
 J. Eoy. Army Med. Corps, Lond., 1908, x, 185.— Harris 
 (W. J.) A case of rapid development of symptoms of bella- 
 donna poisoning from use of sulphate of atropine eye drops. 
 Lancet, lond., 1898, i, 98.— Hegerstedt (A. F.) [Case.] 
 Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1896, xvii, 96-98.— Holz (B.) Ueber 
 Atropm-Vergiftung. Berl. Uin. Wchnsohr., 1904, xU, 1196. — 
 Httttel (V.T [Poisoning by seeds containing atropine.] 
 Casop. 1&. eesk., v Praze, 1901, xl, 186-188.— Ide. (Case.] 
 Rev. m^d., Louvain, 1904, n. Sy i. 111. — Ipsen (C.) Ueber 
 den Nachweis von Atropin. Vrtljsolir. I. gerichtl. Med., 
 Berl., 1906, n. F., xxxi, 308-322. Also [Abstr.l: Verhandl. 
 d. Gesellscn. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1905, Leipz., 1906, 
 pt. 2, 2. HHte., 451.— Ives (8. Edith). Atropin poisoning 
 from ocular instillations. Am. Med., Phila., 1903, v, 628.— 
 lepson (S. L.) Atropia rioisoning; a personal experience. 
 West Virg. M. J., Wheeling, 1907-8, ii, 199-205.— Kucera 
 (J.) Ein letal verlaufener Fall von Atropinvergiftung. 
 Klin.-therap. Wchnschr., Wien, 1909, xvi, 345-348.— Iiess- 
 Iiaflt. Zur Kasuistik der Atropinvergiftung. Ophth. 
 Klin., Stuttg., 1908, xil, 166-172.— Levi (E.) Sopra un case 
 di awelenamento da alcaloide pure di atropma. Gazz. 
 Intemaz. di med., Napoli, 1914, xvii, 488-491.— L6We (W.) 
 Vergiftungen mit Atropin (Hyosciamin, Belladonna). 
 Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1905, xviii, 888-891.— Matthews (V.) 
 Two cases of poisoning from the external application of 
 belladonna or atropine. Lancet, Lond., 1905, i, 714. — 
 Metzner (R.) Ueber paradoxen Speichelfluss bei ohroni- 
 scher Atropinvergiftung. VerhandL d. Gesellsch. deutsch. 
 Naturf. u. Aerzte (Mftnster) 1912, Leipz., 1913, Ixxxiv, pt, 2, 
 2. Hlfte., 384. Also, Reprint.— Meyer (A.) Zur Casuistifc 
 der Atropinintoxikation. ,Corr.-Bl. 1. schweiz. Aerzte, 
 Basel, 1905, xxxv, 648-560.— Modlca (O.) Sul riscontro 
 tossicologico deir atropina nel oadavere umano e sugli ele- 
 menti essenziall dl questo problema. Riforma med., 
 Napoli, 1898, xiv, pt. 1, 446; 458; 474. Also [Abstr.l: Gazz. 
 d. osp., Mllano, 1898, xlx, 683.— MtlUer (G.) [Abortion 
 c&used by atropine intoxication.] Casop. lek. fiesk., v 
 Praze, 1911, 1, 744.— Neflgen (H.) Atropinvergiftung bei 
 einem Pferde. Deutsche tierarztl. Wchnschr., Haimov., 
 1906, xiv, 643. — Falmlerl (M. A.) Awelenamento acute 
 da atropina. Gazz. d. osp., MUano, 1899, xx, 1316-1318. — 
 Parry (L. A.) An unusual case of atropine poisoning. 
 Brit. M. ]., Lond., 1906, i, 798.— PaschaU (G. Cj [Case.] 
 NashvlUe J. M. & S., 1896, bodx, 273.— Perry (R. St. J.) 
 [Case.] Alkaloid. Clin., Chicago, 1899, vi, 663-666.— 
 Pluymers (L.) [Case.] Scalpel, Li6ge, 1897-8, 1, 239.— 
 Frecliner (Z.) [Two cases.] Czasopismo lek., £da£, 1901, 
 iii, 309-311.— Kaptiaei (F.) Glykosurie bei Atropinvergif- 
 tung. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1899, xxv, 
 451-453. — Batlije. Atropinvergiftung nach einer Augen- 
 untersuchung. Ztschr. 1. Veterinark., Berl., 1915, xxvii, 
 1-3.— Kelcliert (E. T.) The phenomena of atropin poison- 
 ing following the cessation of the re^lratory movements. 
 PhUa., M. J., 1901, vii, 126-128.— Roche (M.) De I'emploi 
 de la morDhine dans I'empoisonnement par I'atropme. 
 Rev. mfid. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1908, xxviii, 81-151. — 
 Bodger (W. G.) Case of acute poisoning after the instilla- 
 tion of a small dose of atropine into the eye. Glasgow 
 M. J., 1903, Ix, 102-106.— Bodrlguez (F.) [Case.] Rev. 
 znii. cubana, Habana, 1913, xxii, 131-135. — ^Boshtsnevskl 
 (S.P.) [Atropine poisoning in diseases of the eyesj Vrach. 
 Gaz., S.-Petcrb., 1904, xi, 1057-1060.— Seelye (H. H.) Atro- 
 pia--poisonlng from eating turkey. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1894, 
 xiv, 14.— Selml {F.) Studio chimico-tossicologioo per la 
 ricerca dell' atropina, quando se applica il processo generate 
 per 1' estrazione degli alcaloidi venefld. Atti d. r. Aocad. 
 d. Linoei, Eoma, 1875-6, 2. s., iii, pt. 2, 29-40.— Selo (M.) 
 [Case.] Miinohcn. med. Wchnschr., 1901, xlviil, 1924.— 
 Spurgln (P. B.) Two cases of poisoning from the appli- 
 cation of atropine to the eyes. Lancet, Lond., 1906, ii, 964.— 
 Stalberg (ST) A case of accidental poisoning by an un- 
 known quantity of atropine sulphate; recovery. Am. J. 
 M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1904, n. s., oxxvii, 517-620.— TyrreU 
 (J. B.) Chronic atropine poisoning. N. York M. J. [etc.], 
 1906, Ixxxiv, 273.— Vickery (H. F.) [Case] Boston M. 
 & S. J., 1897, cxxxvii, S9.— VuJetlC (N.) Beitrag zur 
 Atropinvergiftung. Aerztl. Centr.-Anz., Wien, 1899, xi, 
 465. — ^WaUe. Ein Fall von akuter Atropin- Vergiftung mit 
 epikritischen ZusS.tzen. Aerztl. Sachverst.-Ztg., Berl., 1896, 
 ii! 239-242.— Wlcherklewlcz (BJ [Unusual case of atro- 
 pine poisoning.] Post, okul., Kiakdw, 1913, xv, 60-63.— 
 Wilson (R. J.J [Case.] Canad. M. Rev., Toronto, 1895, 
 ii, 174.— Wise (C. HO Case of poisoning from atropine eye 
 drops. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1904, i, 189. 
 
 Atta. 
 
 Huber (J.) Ueber die Koloniengrilndung boi Atta 
 sexdens. Biol. CenLralbl., Leipz., 1905, xxv, 606; 625. 
 
 Attagenus. 
 
 Illlngworth (J. F.) A troublesome household pest 
 (Attagenus plebius Shaip) of Hawaii. J. Econom. Entomol. 
 Concord, N. H., 1917, x, 340-344. 
 
 Attaix (B[oiinet]-C[laudeT) [1871- ]. *La 
 pip^razine: ses propri6tes th^rapeutiques. 61 
 pp. 4°. Paris, 1896, ISTo. 288. 
 
 The same. 62 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, A. 
 
 Maloine, 1896. 
 Attaix (Pierre-Francisque) [1876- ]. *Contri- 
 
 bution h, I'^tude de raccoucliement des ^paules 
 
 daBS les presentations- c6phaliques (eutocie; 
 
 dystocie). 50pp., 11. 8°. Pans, 1900, No. 323. 
 Attal (Josepli) [1871- _ ]. *Des troubles vaso- 
 
 moteurs dans 1'h.ystdrie. 58 pp. 8°. Paris, 
 
 1898, ]Vfo. 443. 
 Attal (Messaoud) [1885-' 1. _ *Contribution h 
 
 I'dtude de I'occlusion congenitale des choanes. 
 
 60 pp. 8°. Paris, 1911, ]No. 363. 
 Attang (Joseph) [1888- ]. *Psoriasifl palmaire 
 
 et plantaire et ]£6ratodermie sym^triques des 
 
 extr6niit6s. [Lyon.] 96 pp. 8° Toulouse, 
 
 1913, No. 47. 
 Attenhofer (Ch.) *La tubercuEne B6raneck 
 
 dans les tuberculoses chirurglcales. 83 pp., 3 
 
 ch. 8° Lausanne, 1910. 
 
 Attenhofer (Heinrich) [1837-1911]. 
 
 Beck. Nekrolog. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 
 1912, xlu, 250. 
 
 Attention. 
 
 AcH (N.) *Ueber die Beeinflussung der 
 Auffassungsfahigkeit durch einige Arzneimittel. 
 [Wurzburg.l 8° Leipzig, 1900. 
 
 Arnold (F.) Attention and interest; a study 
 in psychology and education. 8°. New York, 
 1910. 
 
 EcKBBT (K.) *Klinische Untersuchungen 
 iiber Abnahine und Reparation der Merldahig- 
 keit durch den Gebarakt. [Freiburg i. Br.] 8° 
 Colmari. E., 1911. 
 
 Hylan (J. P.) The fluctuations of attention. 
 8°. New York & London, 1898. 
 
 McQrBBN (E. N.) The distribution of atten- 
 tion. 4°. Cambridge, 1917. 
 
 Natbac (J .-P.) Physiologie et psychologic de 
 I'attention; Evolution, dissolution, reeducation, 
 education. Preface de Th. Ribot. 2. ed. 8°. 
 Paris, 1914. i 
 
 PiLLSBURT (W. B.) Attention. 8°. London, 
 1908. 
 
 . The same. L'attention. Traduitsur 
 
 le manuscrit de I'auteur par Monica A. MoUoy 
 et R. Meunier. 12°. Paris, 1906. 
 
 PovARNiN (K. I.) *Vnimaniye i yevo rol v 
 prostleishikh psikhichesldldi protsessakh; ekspe- 
 rimentahtto -psikhologicheskoye izslledovaniye. 
 [Attention and its r61e in simplest psychical 
 processes; experimental psychological investi- 
 gation.] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1906. 
 
 Alexander (A.) The ' - ■ ■ 
 Phllos. Psychol, [etc.], 
 291-298.— d'Alonues (( , 
 par les excitations exrerieures ou paf une activitfepropre 
 
 Alexander (A.) The paradox of voluntary attention. J. 
 Phllos. Psychol, [etc.], Lancaster, Pa., & N. Y., 1910, vii, 
 291-298.— d'Alonues TG.-R.) L'attention s'explique-t>elle 
 
 par les excitations exterieures ou par une activite proj 
 du cerveau? Rev. sclent.. Par., 1906, 5. s., vL 680-687. 
 Arnold(F.) Interest and attention. Psychol. Bull., N.l 
 
 1905, ii, 361-368. 
 
 -. The given situation in attention. 
 
 J. PhUos., Psychol, [etc.], Lancaster, Pa., & N. Y.,-1906, iii, 
 667-573.— Arps (G. F.) & Klenun (O.) Der Verlauf der 
 
 Aufmerksamkeil bei rhythmlschen Reizen. Psyoholog. 
 Studlen, Leipz., 1908-9, iv, 605-529.— Billings (M. L.) The 
 duration of attention. Psychol. Rev.LPrinceton, N. J., i 
 
 Lancaster, Pa., 1914, xxi, 121-135.— BUllngs (M. L.) & 
 Shepard (J. F.) The change of heart rate with attention. 
 Ibid., Bait., 1910, xvii, 217-228, 3 pi.— Burnham (W. H.) 
 Attention and interest. Am. J. Psychol., Worcestier, 1908, 
 xix, 14-18. — Chase (H. W.) Some aspects of the attention 
 problem. Pedag. Seminary, Worcester, 1909, xvi, 281- 
 300. — Clark (Helen). Visual imagery and attention; an 
 
ATTENTION. 
 
 189 
 
 ATTENTION. 
 
 Attention. 
 
 analytical study. Am. J. Psychol., Worcester, 1916, xsvii, 
 461-492.— Curtis (J. N.l & Foster (W. S.) Size vs. 
 intensity as determinant of attention. Ibid., 1917, xxviii, 
 293-296.— Darlington (L.) & Talbot (E. B.) A study of 
 certalQ methods of distracting the attention. Ibid., 1897-8, 
 ix, 332-336.— Dearborn (G. V. N.) Attention; certain of 
 its aspects and a few of its relations to physical education. 
 Am. Phys. Educat. Rev., Sprinrfeld, Mass., 1910, xv, 559: 
 637: 1911, xvi, 26; 125; 186. Also, Beprint.— De Sanctis (S.) 
 1/0 studio dell' attenzione conativa. Atti d. Soc. rom. di 
 antrop., Roma, 1896-7, iv, 281-299.— Drew (F.) Attention; 
 expenmental and critical. Am. J. Psychol., Worcester, 
 1895-6, vil, 533-573.— Fabri (E.) L'attenzione; ricerche 
 sopra alcuni gruppl di operai. Bamazzini, Firenze, 1910, 
 iv, 502-518, 6 df. — Farelll (Anna). Contrlbuto alia metodica 
 per lo studio deU' attenzione molteplice. Riv. di psicol. 
 applic, Bologna, 1909, v, 476-189, 1 pi.— Feilgenbauer (R.) 
 ifntersuchungen iiber die Geschwmdigkeit der Aufmerk- 
 samkeitwanderung. Arch. f. d. ges. Psychol., Leipz., 1912, 
 sxv, 350-416. — Ferree (C. E.) An experimental examina- 
 tion of the phenomena usually attributed to fluctuation 
 of attention. Am. J. Psychol., Worcester, 1906, xvii, 81- 
 120. — FMlgel (J. C.) The influence of attention In illusions 
 of reversible perspective. Brit. J. PsychoL. Cambridge, 
 1912-13, V, 3S7-397.— Gamble (E. A. McC), Pitkin (Caro- 
 line E.)&Foster(Eugenia). Attention and thoracic breath- 
 ing. Am. J. Psychol., Worcester, 1905, xvi, 261-292.— 
 Grass! (Isabella). Einache Reaktlonszeit und Einstellung 
 der Aulmerksamkeit; experimentelle Untersuohungen. 
 Ztschr. f. Psychol, u. Physiol, d. Sinnesorg., Leipz., 1911, 
 Ix, 1. Abt., 46-72.— Hammer (B.) Zur experimentellen 
 Eritik der Theorie der Aufmerksamkeitsschwankungen. 
 Ibid., 1905, xxxvii, 363-376.— Herrlck (C. L. ) Lecture notes 
 on attention; an illustration of the employment otneurolog- 
 ical analogues for psychical problems. J. C^mp. Neurol., 
 GranvUle, O., 1896, vl, 5-14.— Hicks (G. D.) The nature and 
 development of attention. Brit. J. Psychol., Cambridge, 
 1913-14, vi, 1-25.— Hylan (J. P.) The distribution of atten- 
 tion. Psychol. Rev., N. Y., 1903, x, 373; 498.— Uyln (A. V.) 
 [Method of experimentalpsychological investigation of the 
 actof attention.] Obozr. Psichiat., Nevrol. [ete.], S.-iPeterb., 
 1908, xlii, 328-344.-^ron KUtbe & Busemann (A.) tJeber 
 die Entwicklung der Merkfahigkeit bei Schulkindem. Zt- 
 schr. f . ang. Psych, [ete.], Leipz. , 1914-15, ix, 277-279.— KJIlen 
 (Bertha). The effects of closing the eyes upon the fluctua- 
 tions of the attention. Am. J. Psychol., Worcester, 1904, 
 XV, 512-514. — Kramer (O.) Zur Untersuchung der Merk- 
 f iihigkeit Gesunder. Psychol. Arb., Leipz., 1907, v, 2.58-291.— 
 Kraskowskl (C.) . Die Abhangigkeit des Umianges der 
 Aufmerksamkeit von ihrem Spannungszustande. Psychol. 
 Studien, Leipz., 1913, viii, 271-327.- Lahy (J. M.) L'adap- 
 tation orgamque dans les ^tats d'attentlon volontaires et 
 hrefe. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par., 1913, clvi, 1479-1482.— 
 Itewls (F. C.) Control of attention. School Hyg., Lond., 
 1911, ii, 620-624.— Iioreta (U.) Sopra l'attenzione. Riv. di 
 psicol. apphc, Bologna, 1915, xi, 235-254. — mcComas (H. 
 C.) Some types of attention. Psychol. Monog., Bait., 
 
 1910-11, xiii. No. 3, 1-55, 1 tab. . Individual diflerenoes 
 
 in fluctuations of the attention. Psychol. Bull,, Lancaster, 
 
 Pa., & Princeton, N. Y., 1915, xii, 60. . Blood pressure 
 
 and the attention. Ibid., 1917, xiv, 44. — McDougall (W.) 
 Physiological factors of the attention process. Mind, I/md. 
 & Edinb., 1902, n. s., xi, 316: 1903, n. s., xii, 289; 473; 1906, 
 n. s., XV, 329.— IMalgre (E .) Les id^es et les exp^ences de 
 M. W. MacDougall sur la physiologie de I'attention. Rev. 
 de psychiat.. Par., 1907, xi, 45-«2.— Malgre (E.) & Fieron 
 (H.) Le m^nisme du renforcement sensoriel dans I'atten- 
 tion est.il p&iph&ique ou central? J. de psychol. norm, et 
 
 path.. Par., 1907, iv, 246-252. . Une experience 
 
 sur le m^canisme de I'attention sensorielle. Rev. prat. d. 
 mal. cutan. [ete.]. Par., 1907, vi, 161-163.— Mann (A.) Zur 
 Psychologie und Psychogrwhie der Aufmerksamkeit. 
 Ztschr. t. ang. Psych-Jete.], Leipz., 1914-15, ix, 391-479.— 
 Marshal] (H. R.) Clearness, mtensity, and attention. 
 J. Philos., Psychol, [ete.], Lancaster, Pa., & N. Y., 1909, 
 vi, 287-290.— Martin (E. 6.), Paul (B. D.) & WeUes (E.S.) 
 A comparison of reflex thresholds with sensory thresholds, 
 the relation of this comparison to the problem of attention. 
 Am. J. Psychol., Worcester, 1915, xxvi, 428-437.— Meads 
 (L. G.) Form vs. intensity as a determinant of attention. 
 Ibid., 150.— Meyer (M.) The nervous correlative of atten- 
 tion. Psychol. Rev.,Balt.,1909,xvi,36-47.—MikuIskl (A.) 
 AuSassungs- und Merkversuche an Gesunden imd Kranken 
 mit hesonderer Beriicksichtigung des Geliihls der Sicher- 
 heit. Psychol. Arb., Leipz., 1912, vi, 451-J93.— Miller (H. 
 C.) Re-education of the attentive control. Brit. M. J., 
 Lond., 1912, ii, 1459-1462.— Nayrac (J.-P.) Expose d'une 
 th&)rie physiologique de I'attention. Bull, de I'lnst. g&i. 
 
 psychol.. Par., 1905, v, 184-191. . . Le processus et le 
 
 m^canisme de I'attennon. Rev. sclent.. Par., 1906, 5. s., 
 V, 422-427.— Xetscbajefl (A.) Untorsuchungen iiber die 
 Beobachtungsfahigkeit von Schiilem. Ztschr. f. ang. 
 Psych. [ete.J, Leipz., 1910-11, iv, 335-346.— Pappenhelm 
 (M.) Merkfahigkeit und Assoziationsversuch. Ztschr. f. 
 Pyschol. u. Physiol, d. Sinnesorg., Leipz., 1907, xlvi, 1. 
 Abt., 161-173.— Patrtel (M.-L.) Le_point de mire de I'at- 
 tention autoscopique et la localisation de son expression 
 
 Attention. 
 
 motrice. Arch. itaL de biol., Turin, 1912-13, Ivii, 205-212.— 
 Peters (W.) Aufmerksamkeit und Zeitveischiebung in 
 der Auf&ssung disparater Sinnesreize. Ztschr. t Psychol, 
 u. Physiol, d. Sinnesorg., Leipz., 1905, xxxix, 401-128, 1 pi. 
 
 . Aufmerksamkeit und Reizschwelle; Versuche zur 
 
 Messung der Aufmerksamkeitskonzentration. Arch. f. d. 
 ges. PsychoL, Leipz., 1906, viii, 385-432.— Phillips (W.) 
 Thelimitofschoolchildren'scapadtyforattention. J. Roy. 
 San. Inst., Lond., 1908-9, xxix, 785-791.— PUlsbiiry (W. B. ) 
 Attention and interest. Psychol. Bull., Bait., 1912, ix, 193- 
 
 196. . Attention. Ibid., Princeton, N. J., & Lancaster, 
 
 Pa., 1914, xi, 166-169.— Plltz (J.) Du r^flexe pupillahe de 
 I'attontion. Province mM., Lyon, 1899, xiii, 63-65.- 
 Pifflero(H.G.) Psico-flsiologia de la atenddn. An. d.Circ. 
 mM. argent., Buenos Aires, 1902, xxv, 13-32.— Kevault 
 d'AUonnes. Becherches sur rattention. Rev. phU., Par., 
 
 1911, Ixxi, 285; 494. . L'attention indirecte. Ibid., 1914, 
 
 bDdi. 32-54.- mbakofl (F. Y.) [Attention of students in 
 mental work.] J. Nevropat. i Pstkhiat. . . . Koisakova, 
 Mosk., 1910, X, 1497-1518.— Rignano (E.) Dell' atten- 
 zione. Scientia, Bologna, 1911, x, 326-351: 1912, xi, 64-80. 
 AUo, traml.: Arch, t d. ges. Psychol., Leipz., 1911, xxii, 
 267; 294. Also, transl.: Monist, Qiicago, 1912, xxii, 1-30. — 
 Rcerich. . L'attention spontan^ dans la vie ordinaire et 
 ses applications pratiques. Rev. phil.. Par., 1906, bdi, 136- 
 159.— Kossl (P.) Dell' attenzione collettiva e sociale. Ma- 
 nicomio, Nocera, 1905, xxi, 248-253.— Rousmanlere 
 (Frances H.) Certainty and attention. Harvard Psychol. 
 Stud., Best. & N. Y., 1906, ii, 277-291, 1 diag.— Houx (J.) 
 M^canisme anatomique de I'attention. Arch, de neurol.. 
 Par., 1898, 2. s., vi, 456-467.- Scheinermann (M.) Das 
 unmittelbare Behalten im unermiideten und ermiideten 
 Zustande unter hesonderer Berucksichtigung der Aufmerk- 
 samkeitsprozesse. Arch. f. d. ges. Psychol., Leipz. & Berl., 
 1914, xxxiii, 1-134.— Seashore (C. E.) Die Aufmerksam- 
 keitsschwankungen. Ztschr. t Psychol, u. PhysioL d. 
 Sinnesorg., Leipz., 1905, xxxix, 448-450.- Spffler (G.) The 
 dynamics of attention. Mind, Lond. & Edinb., 1901, n. s., 
 X, 498-624.— Stevens (H. C.) A plethysmographic study of 
 attention. Am. J. Psychol., Worcester, 1905, xvi, 409-483, 
 1 tab., 2 diag.— Suter (J.) Die Beziehung zwischen Auf- 
 merksamkeit und Atmung. Arch, t d. ges. Psychol., 
 Leipz.^ 1912, xxv, 78-500.— Swift (E. J.) The genesis of the 
 attention in the educative process. Science, N; Y. & Lan- 
 caster, Pa., 1911, XXXIV, 1-5.— Titchener (E. B.) Attention 
 . as sensory clearness. J. Philos., Psychol, [ete.], Lancaster, 
 Pa„ & N. Y., 1910, vii, lSO-182.— Vaschide (N.) & Mennier 
 (R.) La technique de l'attention. Arch, de neurol., Par., 
 1909, i, 122; 175; 251; 333.— Wiersma (E.) Untersuchnngen 
 uber die sogenannten Aufmerksamkeitsschwankungen. 
 Ztschr. f. Psychol, u. Physiol, d. Sinnesorg., Leipz., 1903, 
 XXXI , 110-126.— Woodrow (HJ OutUne as a condition of 
 attention. J. Exper. Psychol., Princeton, 1916, i, 23-39. 
 
 . The faculty of attention. Ibid., 285-318.— Ziehen 
 
 (T.) Zur Lehre von der Aufmerksamkeit. Monatschr. f. 
 Psychiat. u. Neurol., Berl., 1908, xxiv, 173-178. 
 
 Attention {Disordered). 
 
 See, also, Aprosexia. 
 
 FnjDEiSEN (J. E.) *Eiii Beitrag zUr patholo- 
 gischen Anatomie der llerkfahiglieitsstonmgeii. 
 8°. ieipzij?, 1909. 
 
 Vaschide (N.) & Mexjniee (R.) La pathalo- 
 gie de I'attentioii. 8°. Paris, 1908. 
 
 Boldt (K.) Studien iiber Merkdefekte. Monatschr. f. 
 Psychiat. u. NeuroL, Berl.^ 1905, xvU, 97-115.— De Sanctis 
 (S.) L'attenzione e i suoi disturbi. Atti d. Soc. rom. di 
 antrop., Roma, 1896, iv, 37-78.— Hoch (A.) On flights of 
 ideas. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dls., N. Y., 1906, xxxiii, 38-40.— 
 Hospital (P.) D'une maladie de l'attention. Ann. m^d.- 
 psychol., PaTy 1904, 8. s., xx, 379-398.— Kollarits (J.) Das 
 momentane Interesse bei nervosen und nicht nervosen 
 Menschen. J. t Psychol, u. Neurol., Leipz., 1915, xxi, 233- 
 246. — Margaln. L'toervement, trouble de I'attention. 
 Progrfe mm.. Par., 1904, 3. s., xx, 624-526.— Prager (J. J.) 
 Experimenteller Beitrag zur Psychopathologie der Merk- 
 fahigkeitsstorungen. J. f. Psychol, u. Neurol., Leipz., 1911, 
 xviu, 1-22.— Boiler (P.) Hypermetamorphose und Hyper- 
 prosexie. In: Festschr. z. 40jahr. Besteh. d. Edelschen 
 Heilanst zu Charlottenburg, Berl., 1909, 129-139. 
 
 Attention {Measurement of). 
 
 Kramer (O.) *Zur Untersuchung der Merk- 
 fahigkeit Gesunder. [Munchen.l 8° Leipzia, 
 1907. ^ ^ 
 
 Albert! (A.) & Petronl (G.) Nuovo apparecchio per 
 misurare la rapidity dell'attenzione. Note e riv. di psichiat., 
 Pcsaro, 1911, 3. s., iv, 184-188, 1 ch.— Cassel (Edna E.) & 
 DaUenbach (K. M.) The effect of auditory distraction 
 upon the sensory reacKon. Am. J. Psychol., Worcester, 
 1918, xxrx, 129-143.— DaUenbach (K. M.) The measure- 
 ment of attention. Ibid., 1913, xxiv, 465-507. . Dr. 
 
 Morgan on the measurement of attention. Ibid. , 1918, xxix, 
 122.— Geissler (L. B.) The measurement of attention. 
 
ATTENTION. 
 
 190 
 
 ATTI. 
 
 Attention (Measurement of). 
 
 Ibid., 1909, XX, 473-529. . The measurability of atten- 
 tion! by Professor Wirth's methods. Ibid., 1910, xxi, 151- 
 156. — lUQkulskl (A.) Ein Beitrag zur Methodik der Auf- 
 merksamkeitspriifung. Klin. t. psych, u. nerv. 'Krankh., 
 Halle a. S., 1913, viii, 215-228.— Placzek. Zur torensisohen 
 Bedeutung des Merkfahigkeitsgrades. Monatschr. f. Krim.- 
 Psychol. [etc.], Heidelb., 1909, vi, 83-87.— Woodtow (H.) 
 The measurement of attention. Psychol. Monog., Prince- 
 ton, N. J., & Lancaster, Pa., 1914, xvii. No. 5, 1-158. 
 
 Attfleld (John) [1835-1911.] Introductory ad- 
 dress: The relation of pharmacy to the state. 22 
 • pp. 8°. London, Butler & Tanner, 1882. 
 
 . The laws of nature in relation to health. 
 
 An address delivered at the anniversary meeting 
 of the Hertfordshire Natural History Society and 
 Field Club, 1807. With an appendix. 32 pp. 
 8°. Hertford, 1887. 
 Repr.from: Tr. Hertfordshire Nat. Hist., 1887, iv, pt. 5. 
 
 . A paper on an Imperial British Pharma- 
 copoeia. 12 pp. 12°. London, 1894. 
 
 . Summary with report on the colonial and 
 
 Indian suggestions in relation to the revision 
 of the "British Pharmacopoeia," 1885, prepared 
 for the use of the General Council of Medical 
 Education. 57 pp. 8° {Lcmdon, Spottiswoode 
 & Co., 1895.| 
 
 Chemistry; general, medical, and phar- 
 
 maceutical, including the chemistry of the U. S. 
 Pharmacopoeia. A manual of the science of 
 chemistry and its applications in medicine and 
 pharmacy. 16. ed. xxii, 780 pp., 3 tab. 8°. 
 Philadelphia & New Yorlc, Lea Brothers & Co., 
 
 1899. 
 
 For Biography, see Am. J. Pharm., Phila., 1906, Ixxviii, 
 103-113, port (F. A. U. Smith). Also: Nature, Lond., 
 1910-11, Ixxxvl, 117 (H. G. Greenish). Also: Pharm. J., 
 Lond., 1911, 4. s., xxxil, 396-398. Also: Proc. Roy. Soc, 
 lond., 1911-12,' s. A., Ixxxvl, pp. xliv-xlvi (A. C). , 
 
 Atthill (Lomle) [1827-1910]. 
 
 Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1910, ii, 917; 1011. Also: 
 Lancet, Loud., 1910, ii, 984. Also: Med. Press & Circ, 
 Lond.,1910,n.SyXC,317.— Smyly(SirW.) Obituary. Tr. 
 Roy. Acad. M. Ireland, Dubl., 1911, xxix, 415. 
 
 Attl della Accademia medico-fisica fiorentina. 7 
 
 V. 1872-4; 1901; 1909-13 8°. Firenze. 
 Atti della Accademia pontifica de' Nuovi Lincei. 
 
 See Atti della real Accademia dei Lincei. 
 Atti della Accademia delle scienze mediche e 
 
 natural! in Ferrara. v. 67-88, 1894 to 1913-14. 
 
 8°. Ferrara. 
 Atti della Associazione medica lombarda. 7 v. 
 
 1891-7. 8°. Milano. 
 Atti della cUnica oto-rino-laringoiatrica della r. 
 
 University, di Eoma. v. 1-10, 1903-12. 8° 
 
 Roma. 
 Atti del Congresso per I'igiene dell' allattamento 
 
 e la tutela della prima infanzia. 1 v. 1903. 
 
 8°. Firenze. , 
 Atti del Congresso intemazionale dei patologi. 
 
 Iv. 1912. 8°- Torino. 
 Atti del Congresso intemazionale di psicologia. 
 
 Iv. 1906. 8°. Roma. 
 Atti del Congresso intemazionale di terapia fisica. 
 
 Iv. 1907. 8°. iJojna, 1908. 
 Atti del Congresso interprovinciale sanitario dell' 
 
 Alta Italia. 3 v. 1903-5. 8°. [v. p.] 
 Atti del Congresso italiano per I'eaucazione fisica. 
 
 Iv. 1902. 8°. Napoli. 
 Atti del Congresso italiano di radiologia medica, 
 
 Milano, 12-14 ottobre 1913. 1 v. 1914. 8°. 
 
 Pavia. 
 Atti del Congresso medico intemazionale per 
 
 gl'lnfortuni del lavor6. 2.v. 1909. 8°. Roma. 
 Atti del Congresso medico interprovinciale della 
 
 Lombardia e del Veneto, 1896. v. 4, 1897. 8°. 
 
 Bergamo. 
 
 Atti del Congres3o medico regionale ligure. v. 
 
 1-4,1895-8. 8°. Genova. 
 Atti del Congresso nazionale per I'igiene dell' allat- 
 tamento mercenario, indetto dalla Pia istituzione 
 
 prowidenza baliatica. iv. 1900. 8°. Milano. 
 Atti del Congresso nazionale d'igiene, promosso 
 
 dalla SocietSpiemontese d'igiene. 2 v. 1899- 
 
 1900. 8°. Torino; Como. 
 Atti del Congresso nazionale per la lotta sociale 
 
 contro la tubercolosi, Firenze, 10-14 ottobre 
 
 1909. Iv. 1910. 8°. Firenze.' 
 Atti del Congresso nazionale "Pro infantia." 1 v. 
 
 1903. 8°. Torino. 
 Atti del Congresso nazionale di tiflologia e per la 
 
 prevenzione della cecitS, con annessa esposi- 
 
 zione "Pro ciechi," tenuto in Roma dal 1° al 
 16 dicembre 1906. 306 pp., port. 8°- Roma, 
 
 Tipog. Operaia Romana Coop., 1909. 
 Atti del Congresso nazionale veterinario di Torino, 
 
 8-11 settembre 1898. 1 v. 1898. 8°. Torino. 
 Atti del Congresso pediatrico itaUano. v. 1-2, 
 
 1891-2; V. 4^5, 1904-5; v. 7-8, 1912-14. 8°. 
 
 Atti del Congresso pellagrologico iuterprovinciale. 
 
 I V. 1899. 8°. Jldine. 
 
 Atti del Congresso pellagrologico italiano. v. 2-5, 
 
 1902-12. 8°. Udine. 
 Atti del Congresso della Society italiana di neu- 
 
 rologia. v. 3-4, 1911, 1914. 8°. Roma; Firenze, 
 
 1912-14. 
 Atti del Convegno medico interprovinciale della 
 
 redone Lombardo-Veneta, 1897. v. 5, 1898. 8°. 
 
 Vheenza. 
 Atti della fondazione scientifica Ca^ola dalla sua 
 
 istituzione in Poi, che abbraccia gli armi 1908-12. 
 
 v. 23. 8°. Milano, 1913. 
 Atti dei laboratorii scientifici "A. Mosso" sul 
 
 Monte Eosa della r. University di' Torino. 
 
 V. 3^, 1912, 1914. 8°. Tonno. 
 
 Atti della real Accademia dei fisiocritici di Siena. 
 28 v., 1868-1913. 8° Siena. 
 
 Atti della real Accademia dei Lincei. 1847-8 to 
 1879-80. 4°. Roma, 1851-80. 
 
 From 1851 to 1873 title was; Attl della Accademia ponti- 
 fica de' NuotI Lincei. 
 
 Atti della real Accademia medido-chirurgica di 
 
 Napoli, fondata nel 1818. Nuova sene. v. 
 
 46-69,1892-1915. 8°. Napoli. 
 Atti della real Accademia delle scienze mediche 
 
 in Palermo. 10 v., 1889-1903. 8°. Palermo. 
 Atti del reale Isututo d'incoraggiamento di 
 
 Napoli. 9v. 1896-1904. fol. Najioli. 
 Atti del reale Istituto Veneto di scienze, letters 
 
 edarti. 45 v. 1868-1911. 8°. Venezia. 
 Atti della reale Society, italiana d'igiene. 1 v. 
 
 1896. 8°. Milano. 
 Atti e rendiconti della Accademia medico-chi- 
 
 rurgica di Perugia, v. 1-12, 1889-1900. 8°. 
 
 Perugia. 
 Atti della Society italiana di ostetricia e gine- 
 
 cologia. V. 1-4, 1895-7; v. 7-10, 1900-1904; 
 
 V. 17,1912. 8°. [i). p.] 
 Atti della Society. itaUana di patologia. 1 v. 
 
 1906. 8°. Pavia. 
 Atti della Societil italiana di storia critica delle 
 
 scienze mediqhe e naturali. v. 1-2, 1908-9. 8°. 
 
 Paenza; Venezia. 
 Atti della SocietJi lombarda di scienze mediche e 
 
 biologiche. y. 1-5, 1912-16. 8°. Milano. 
 Atti della Society di medicina legale sede in 
 
 Roma. V. 2-6, 1909-14. 8° Roma. 
 Atti della Society piemontese d'igiene. v. 1-3, 
 
 1895-7. 8°. Tonno. 
 Atti della Society romana di antropologia. v. 
 
 1-15, 1893-1910. 8°. Roma. 
 
ATTI. 
 
 191 
 
 ATWATER. 
 
 Atti della Society per gli studi della malaria, v. 
 1-13, 1899-1912. 8° Ronia. 
 
 Atti del tredicesimo _ Congresso della Society, 
 italiana di laringologia, d'otologia edi rinologia 
 che ebbe luogo in Roma nei giomi 31 marzo, 
 1" e 2 aprile 1910. Pubblicati per cura del Prof. 
 Gherardo Ferreri e del Prof. Tommaso MancioU. 
 Parte 1. 86 pp. 8°. i?oma, 1910. 
 
 Attias (Isaac) [1876- ]. *De la rbino-pliaryn- 
 gite et amygdalite chronique et de ses conse- 
 quences chez les enfants. 79 pp. 8°. Paris, 
 1901, No. 326. 
 
 Attila (Louis-Edouard-Am^d^e) [1881- ]. *Les 
 affections de la corn^e si rii6pital civil de Brest. 
 50 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1907, No. 64. 
 
 Attimont [AHstide] [1842-1912]. 
 
 Monnier (;V.) NiScrologie. Gaz. m^d. de Nantes, 1912, 
 2. s., XXX, 570-575. 
 
 Attimont (Paul-Adolpbe) [1875- ]. *Consi- 
 d&ations sur le cancer secondaire de I'ombilic; 
 cas de n^oplasie ombilicale consecutive au 
 cancer du rectum. [Paris.] 71 pp. 8°. Nantes, 
 1901, No. 411. 
 
 Attitude. 
 
 See, also, Posture; School-desks; Spine. 
 
 Clarke (Helen M.) Conscious attitudes. Am. J. 
 Psychol., Worcester, 1911, xxii, 214-249.— Moslier (ElizaM.) 
 The importance of maintaining the pelvis in normal ob- 
 liquity. Eep. Am. Ass. Adv. Phys. Educat., N. Haven, 1894, 
 ix, 68-72.— Towne (Lillian M.) A continued study of pu- 
 pils' attitudes. Am. Phys. Educat. Rev., Brooklyn, 1902, 
 vii, 18-28. 
 
 Attraction (Molecular). 
 
 Gurwitscli (L.) Ueber die physiko-chemische Attrak- 
 tionskraft. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz. & Berl., 1914, 
 Ixxxvii, 323-332.— Mills (J. E.) Molecular attraction. J. 
 
 Phys. Chem., Ithaca, 1909, xiii, 512-531. . Molecular 
 
 attraction and the law of gravitation. Ibid., 1911, xv, 417-462. 
 
 Attraxin (Theory of). 
 
 Snow (0.) An experimental control of Fischer's at-, 
 traxin-theory. Proo. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 
 1.906-7, iv, 128. Also: Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1907, 
 n. s., xxvi, 412. 
 
 Attualitd, (La) medica, periodico mensile. Bol- 
 lettino ufficiale dell' ordine dei medici della 
 Provincia di Milano. Redattore-capo: Enrico 
 . Arienti. v. 1-7, 1912-17. 8°. Milano. 
 Atwater (Helen W.') Bread and the principles of 
 bread making. 39 pp. 8°. Washington, Oov. 
 Print. Off., 1900. 
 
 Farmers' Bull. No. 112. U. S. Dep. Agrio. Off. Exper. 
 Stations. 
 
 Atwater (Mary Meigs). El m6dico. pp. 555-559. 
 8°. New York, 1911. 
 
 Cutting from: Century Mag., N. Y., 1911, Ixxxii. 
 
 Atwater (Wilbur Olin) [1844-1907]. Methods and 
 
 results of investigations on the chemistry and 
 
 economy of food. 222 pp. 8°- Washington, 
 
 Gov. Print. Off., 1895. 
 
 Bull. No. 21. U. S. Dep. Agiio. Off. Exper. Stations. 
 
 -. Fond and diet. Charts 1—4. broadsides, 
 
 25 by 40 inches. Baltimore, 1896. 
 
 CONTENTS. 
 
 Chart 1. Nutrients of food and other uses in the body. 
 . Chart 2. Composition of food materials. 
 Chart 3. Pecuniary economy of food. 
 Chart 4. Dietaries and dietary standards. 
 
 . The nutritive value of alcohol, pp. 675- 
 
 684. 8°. New York, 1900. 
 
 Cutting from: Harper's Month. Mag., N. Y., 1900, ci. 
 
 . Alcohol, physiology and temperance 
 
 reform, pp. 850-858. 8°. New York, 1900. 
 Cutting from: Harper's Month Mag., N. Y., 1900, ol. 
 
 Principles of nutrition and nutritive 
 
 value of food. [Revised ed.] 48 pp. 8°. 
 Washington, Gov. Print. Off., 1902. 
 Farmers' Bull. No. 142. U. S. Dep. Agric. Off. Exper. 
 Stations. 
 
 Atwater (Wilbiu' Olin) — continued. 
 
 . The nutritive value of alcohol, pp. 171- 
 
 347. 8°. Cambridge, 1903. 
 
 Rem. from: Physiological (The) aspects of the liquor 
 problem. 8°. Boston, 1903, ii. 
 
 See, also, Physiological aspects of the liquor problem 
 [etc.] [t» 2. s.]. 8°. £osion, 1903.— Walt (Charles Edmund)' 
 [in 2. s.]. Dietary studies at the University of Tennessee, 
 8°. Washington, 1896. ' 
 
 For Biography, see Am. Chem. J.. Bait., 1907, xxxviii, 
 652-654 (A. C. True). Also: Brit. M. 1, Lond., 1907, u, 1108. 
 Also: Proc. Wash. Acad. Sc, 1908, x, 194-198 (A. C. True). 
 
 & Benedict (Francis Gano). Experiments 
 
 upon the metabolism of matter and energy in 
 the human body. With the cooperation of A. 
 W. Smith and A. P. Bryant. Rev. ed. 112 pp. 
 8°. Washington, Gov. Print. 0/., 1899. 
 Bull. No. 69. U.S. Dep. Agric. Off. Exper. Stations. 
 
 . Experiments on metabolism of 
 
 matter and energy in the human body. 1898- 
 1900. With the cooperation of A. P. Bryant, A. 
 Smith, and J. F. SneU. 147 pp. 8°. Washing- 
 ton, Gov. Print. Off., 1902. 
 Bull. No. 109. U.S. Dep. Agrio. Off. Exper. Stations. 
 
 Experiments on the metabolism of 
 
 matter and energy in the human body. 1900- 
 1902. With the cooperation of A. P. Bryant, 
 R. D. Milner, and Paul Murrill. [Corrected, 
 August 10, 1904.] 357 pp., front. 8° Washing- 
 ton, Gov. Print. Off., 1903. 
 BuU. No. 136. U.S. Dep. Agric. Off. Exper. Stations. 
 
 A respiration calorimeter, with 
 
 appliances for the direct determination of oxy- 
 gen. 193 pp., 16 pi. 8°. Washington, Carnegie 
 Institution, 1905. 
 
 A respiration calorimeter, with 
 
 appliances'for the determination of oxygen. 24 
 pp. 8° Middleton, Conn.,Pelton & King, [n. rf.]. 
 ■ & Bryant (A. P.) Dietary studies in Chi- 
 
 cago in 1895 and 1896. Conducted with the co- 
 operation of Jane Addams and Caroline L. Hunt, 
 of Hull House. 76 pp. 8°. Washington, Gov. 
 Print. Off., 1898. 
 Bull. No. 55. U. S. Dep. Agrio. Off. Exper. Stations. 
 
 . Dietary studies of University boat 
 
 crews. 72 pp. 8°. Washington, Gov. Print. 
 Off., 1900. 
 Bull. No. 75. U. S. Dep. Agric. Off. Exper. Stations. 
 
 . Dietary studies in New York City 
 
 in 1896 and 1897. 83 pp. 8°. Washington, Gov. 
 Print. Off., 1902. 
 BuU. No. 116. U. S. Dep. Agric. Off. Exper. Stations. 
 & Langworthy (C. F. ) A digest of metab- 
 olism experiments in which the balance of 
 income and outgo was determined. Rev. ed. 
 434 pp. 8°. Washington, Gov. Print. Off., 1897. 
 BuV. No. 45. U.S. Dep. Agric. Off. Exper. Stations. 
 
 & Bosa (E. B.) Description of a new 
 
 respiration calorimeter and experiments on the 
 conservation of energy in the human body. 
 94 pp., 8 pi. 8°. Washington, Gov. Print. Off., 
 1899. 
 Bull. No. 63. U. S. Dep. Agrio. Off. Exper. Stations. 
 & Sherman (H. C.) The effect of severe 
 
 and prolonged muscular work on food consump- 
 tion, _ digestion, and metabolism; and the me- 
 chanical work and efficiency of bicyclers, by 
 R. C. Carpenter. 67 pp. 8°. Washington, Gov. 
 Print. Off., 1901. 
 Bull. 98. U.S. Dep. Agric. Ofl. Exper. Stations. 
 
 & Woods (Chas. D.) The chemical com- 
 
 position of American food materials. 47 pp. 
 8°. Washington, Gov. Print. Off., 1896. 
 Bull. No. 28. U.S. Dep. Agric. 04. Exper. Stations. 
 
 Dietary studies with reference to 
 
 the food of the negro in Alabama in 1895 and 
 1896. Conducted with the cooperation of the 
 
ATWATER. 
 
 192 
 
 AUBERY. 
 
 Atwater (Wilbur Olin) — continued. 
 
 Tuskegee Normal and InduBtrial Institute and 
 the Agricultural and Mechanical College of 
 Alabama. 69 pp. 8°. Washington, Gov. Print. 
 
 Off., 1897. 
 'BiiU.No.38. U.S. Dep. Agrio. Off. Exper. Stations. 
 
 . Dietary studies in New York City 
 
 in 1895 and 1896. 117 pp. 8°. Washington, Gov. 
 Print. Off., 1898. 
 Bull. No. 46. U.S. Dep.Agric. Off. Exper. Stations. 
 
 & Benedict , (F. G.) Report of 
 
 preliminary investigations on the metabolism of 
 nitrogen and carbon in the human organism, 
 with a respiration calorimeter of special con- 
 struction. 64 pp. 8°. Washington, Gov. Print. 
 Off., 1897. 
 Bull. No. 44. U.S. Dep.Agric. Off. Exper. Stations. 
 
 Atwood (Alice). Description of the comprehen- 
 sive catalogue of botanical literature in the 
 libraries of Washington. 7 pp. 8°. Washington, 
 
 1911. 
 Ciro.No.87. U.S. Dep.Agric. Bureau Plant Indust. 
 
 Atzrott (Ernst Hermann Georg) [1885- ]. 
 *Zwei Falle von Angina Ludwigii. 29 pp. 8°. 
 Berlin, E. Ebering, [1912]. 
 
 Aub (Friednch Ernst) [1837-1900]. 
 
 Merkel (G.) Nekrolog. Miinohen. med. Wolmsclir., 
 1900, xlvii, 693-695, port. 
 
 Aub (Hermann) [1876- ]. *Ueber einen Fall 
 von Sarkom des Processus falciformis der Dura 
 mater. 28 pp., 1 1. 8°. Miinchen, C. Wolf & 
 Sohn, 1902. 
 
 . Wirkung des galvanischen Stromes bei 
 
 Erschopfungszustanden des menschUchen Ge- 
 hims. 28 pp. 8°. Miinchen, 0. Gmelin, 1910. 
 -. Hysteric des Mannes. 162 pp. 8° 
 
 Miinchen, E. Reinhardt, 1911 
 Aubac (Jean) [1891- ]. *Sur quelques cas de 
 
 laminectomie pour blessures de guerre. 118 pp. 
 
 8°. Bordeaux, A. Destout ainS & Cie., 1915. 
 Aiiban (Joseph) [1881- ']. fLes frottementa 
 
 pleuraux chez les h^patiques. 64 pp. 8°. 
 
 Paris, 1908, No. 25. 
 Aubaret (Jean-Baptiste-Marie-Edmond) [1874- 
 J. *Recherches jur les engines r^elles des 
 
 fibres optiques; la papille et le nerf optique. 81 
 
 pp., 4 pi. 8°. Bordeaux, 1902, No. 13. 
 . L'anatomie sur le vivant. 3 v. v. 1. 
 
 L'anatomie de surface; guide pratique des re- 
 
 pferes anatomiques. viii, 9, 136 pp. 8°. Paris, 
 
 J.-B. BaillHre & fils, 1913. 
 
 Aube (Paul) [ -1905]. 
 
 Nicolas (A.) Notiee. Centre m4d. et pharm., Ganuat, 
 1904-6, X, 323. 
 
 Aubenas {Georg Adolf) [1829-1906]. 
 
 Klein (J.) [Nekrolog.] Allg. deutsohe Hel3am.-Ztg., 
 Berl., 1906, xxi, 215. 
 
 Auber (Gabriel). An interdum hydropi curando 
 vense sectio conducit? 7 pp. 8°. Cadomi, 
 J. C. Pyron, 1760. 
 
 d'Auber de Peyrelongue (Marie-Joseph-Bm- 
 manuel) [1878- ]. *De la sterilisation par la 
 chaleur de I'eau de boisson dans la marine. 128 
 pp., 4 pi. 8°. Bordeaux, 1901, No. 31. 
 
 Aubert (A.) Contribution de I'^cole primaire k 
 la lutte centre I'abus du tabac. 30 pp. 8° 
 Tamines, C. Duaulot-Roulin, 1908. 
 
 Aubert (Adelphe) [1881- ]. *La physiologie 
 normale et patholegigue du thymus. 8°, Paris, 
 1910, Ne. 399. 
 
 Aubert (Frangois) [1874r- ]. *De la non- 
 ligature du bout placentaire du premier cordon 
 dans la grossesse g^mellaire. 37 pp. 8°. Paris, 
 1899, No, 127. 
 
 Aubert (Guillaume- Jean- Alfred) [1881- ]. 
 
 *Tuberculose et mariage. 114 pp. 8°. Bor- 
 deaux, 1908, No. 1. 
 
 Aubert {Hermann) [1826-92]. 
 
 For Portrait, see Phil. Port. Series, CMcago, 1898. 
 
 Aubert {Jacques). 
 
 Delaunay (P.) [Biography.] Prance m^d., Par., 1905, 
 lii, 41-48. 
 
 Aubert (Jean) [1887-^ J. *Les h^morragies 
 
 m^ningees; revue 6tiologique, clinique et di- 
 
 agnostique. 112 pp. 8°. Paris, 1912, No. 222. 
 Aubert (Joseph). .'Notions d'anatomie appliquee 
 
 au dessin a I'usage des 4coles normales, des 
 
 candidats au brevet sup^rieur et de tous ceux 
 
 qui etudient le dessin. 54 pp., 1 1. 4°. Paris, 
 ■ A. Colin & Cie, 1900. 
 Aubert (L.) La photographie de I'invisible; les 
 
 rayons X suivi d'un glossaire. 191 pp., 4 pi. 
 
 16° Paris, Schleicher frkres, 1898. 
 Aubert (Louis-Edmond) [1880- ]. *Cytologie 
 
 des hydroceles. 101 pp. 8°. lA/on, 1902, No. 
 
 52. 
 Aubert (Louis-H.) *Contribution k I'^tude de la 
 
 suture des tendons. 56 pp. 8°- Gentve, H. 
 
 Kiindig, 1905. 
 Aubert (P.) Pour lutter centre les maladies des 
 
 poumons. 94 pp. 12°- Paris, J.-B. Bailliire & 
 
 jils, 1902. 
 . Pour lutter centre les maladies de I'esto- 
 
 mac. 95 pp. 12°. Paris, J.-B. Bailliire & 
 
 fils, 1902. 
 
 Aubert {Pierre) [1839-1915]. 
 
 L. (P.) Un mddecin pofete (k propos d'un llvre recent). 
 [Sonnets etvers du docteur P. Aubert.] Paris m^d., 1911-12, 
 ii, annexe, 189-191.— MoUard (J.) Obituary. Lyon mM., 
 1915, cxxiv, 249-255. 
 
 Aubert (Baphael-PauUn-Alfred) [1874^ ]. 
 
 *Traitement de I'ecz^ma par I'acide picrique. 
 
 58 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, 1897, Ne. 34. 
 Aubert (Raymond) [1887- ]. *Les troubles 
 
 psychiques dans la sclerose en plaques. 66 pp. 
 
 8°. Montpellier, 1911, No. 1. 
 Aubert (Victor) [1876- ]. *Le drainage aprfes 
 
 les interventions par voie abdominale sur le 
 
 petit bassin de la femme. . 125 pp., 1 1. 8°. 
 
 Lyon, 1903, Ne. 182. 
 Aubert (Xavier-Paul) [1872- ]. *Surdite 
 . simul^e. 50pp., 11. 8°. Bordeaux, 1899, No.bS. 
 Aubert DUpetft-Thouars (Louis-Marie-Aubert) 
 
 [1758-1831]. 
 See FSIiuileT [in 2. s.] Observations sur la physiologie 
 
 T^g^tale [etc.]. 8°. [Versailles, ISISI} 
 
 Aubertin (Charles-lildeuard). *LeB reactions 
 sanguines dans les an6mies graves symptomati- 
 ques et cryptegfo^tiques. 266 pp., 1 1. 8°. 
 Paris, 1905, No. 503. 
 
 . The same. 266 pp., 1 1. 12°. Paris, J. 
 
 Rousset, 1905. 
 
 Aubertin (Leopold). Les m^faits de I'alceol; 
 ouvrage entiferemeht in6dit, k I'usage des ^coles 
 primaires et d'adultes, des sections pr6para- 
 toires aux ^coles meyennes et ath6nees, des 
 patronages, etc. 52 pp. 12°- Taninws, C. 
 Jluculot^Roulin, [n. d.] 
 
 Aubery (Oamille) [1875-_ _ ].■ *La paralysie 
 g6n6rale, affection syphilitique vraie. Traite- 
 ment par les injections de calomel. [Lyon.] 
 109 pp., 1 1. 8°. Saint-Etienm, 1902, No. 127. 
 
 Aubery (Jean). L'antidote d'amour, avec un 
 ample discours, contenant la nature et les causes 
 d'iceluy, ensemble les remfedes les plus singuliers 
 pour se preserver et gu6rir des passions amou- 
 reuses. 5 p. 1., 140 ff., 2 1. 24°- Paris, C. 
 Chappelet, 1599. 
 
AUBIAN. 
 
 193 
 
 AUCHEKE. 
 
 Aubian (Cora-Jos6phine-Jiilienne) [1876- ]. 
 *]i;tude critique Bur 1' omentofixation. 70 pp. 
 8°. Bordeaux, 1901, No. 29. 
 
 Aubiban (Louis). *De la tolerance in^gale des 
 calculs v^sicaux; 6tude anatomo-cUnique. 72 
 pp. 8°. Toulouse, 1912, No. 998. 
 
 [Aubin.] The cheats and illusions of Romish 
 priests and exorcists, discover'd in the history of 
 the devils of Jjoudun; being an account of the 
 pretended possession of the Ursuline nuns, and 
 of the condemnation and punishment of Urban 
 Grandier, a parson of the same town. [Transl. 
 from the French of . . J 3 p. 1., 331 pp. 12° 
 London, W. Turner & R. Bassert, 1703. 
 
 . The same. The history of the devils of 
 
 Lou dun; or, an account of the possession of the 
 Ursuline mms and the condemnation and pun- 
 ishment of Urban Grandier, a parson of the 
 same town. 4 p. 1., 331 pp. 12°. London, 1905. 
 Incomplete; wants title-page. This copy appears to tie 
 the same as [ Aubinl The cheats and illusions of the Komish 
 priests and exorcists, etc., 1703, but is credited to Mr. Boyer 
 on the incomplete title-page which appears with book. 
 
 Aubln (M[arc]). *Contribution a I'^tude de la 
 
 s6roth&apie de la dipht&ie. 128 pp. 8°. 
 
 Gentve, 1898. 
 Aubin (Vincent) [1874- ]. *Contribution h. 
 
 r^tude de rh6r6do-syphilis du larynx. 42 pp. 
 
 8°. Pons, 1900, No. 488. 
 
 Aubin (Walter Buret) [1848-1917]. 
 
 Obituary. Brit.M.J., Lend., 1917,1,499. Also: 'Lancet, 
 Lond.,1917, i, 468. 
 
 Aubincau (E[rnest-Ren^-Emile]) [1871- >.]. 
 
 *Essai sur I'application de la s6roth^rapie dans 
 le traitement de la dipht&ie conjonctivale. 59 
 pp. 4°. Paris, 1895, No. 22. 
 
 Aubini^re (Arthur). *Contribution k I'^tude de 
 la diphtdrie prolong^e. 94 pp. 8° Pam, 1903, 
 No. 363. 
 
 Aublant (Louis) [1890- ]. *Contribution k 
 r^tude de I'dtiologie de I'^pilepsie et de I'idiotie; 
 r61e de la syphilis, sa recherche par la reaction de 
 Wassermann. 87 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1913, No. 71. 
 
 Auboin (Gaston-Andre) [1876- ]. *Du traite- 
 ment electroth&apique de la paralysie infantile. 
 50 pp., 1 1. 8°. Bordeaux, 1901, No. 53. 
 
 Aubouin (Roger). *Le traitement des ulcferes 
 variqueux par le papsement de Unna (Ham- 
 bourg). 102 pp. 8*. Paris, 1897, No. MO. 
 
 Aubourg (Paiil-Emile) [1875- ]. *La rachico- 
 ca'inisation. 46 pp. 8°. Paris, 1904, No. 405. 
 
 Auboux (Achille-Louis) [1887- ]. *E8sai sur 
 la mortality infantile dans la Creuse, de 1903 a 
 1912. 55 pp., 1 map. 8°. Bordeaux, 1914, 
 No. 79. 
 
 Aubouy (Henry). *Eracture ^piphysaire sup^- 
 rieure du tibia communiquant avec 1' articula- 
 tion, viii, 9-50pp., 11. 8°. Montpellier, IdOO, 
 No. 84. 
 
 Auboyer (Ren6). . Contribution k I'^tude de 
 I'argent colloidal 61ectrique stabilise et isotoni- 
 que et de son emploi th^rapeutique dans les 
 diverses infections. 70 pp. 8°. Paris, 1908, 
 No. 141. 
 
 Aubr€e (Jean-Baptiste). *Le traitement mercu- 
 rieldutabfes. 63 pp. 8°. Pam, 1903, No. 325. 
 
 AubrSe (Richard-Fortun^-Louis) [1868- ]. 
 *De I'avenir genital de la femme aprfes ablation 
 unilat6rale des annexes de I'uterus. 103 pp., 
 1 tab.. 8°. Bordeaux, 1895, No. 44. 
 
 Aubrey (John) [1626-971. Miscellanies upon 
 various subjects. 4. ed. xvi, 227 pp., port. 
 [front.J, 1 pi. 8° London, J. R. Smith, 1857. 
 
 Aubrietia. 
 
 Gerber (C.) L'arc renyers^ de Aubrietia deltoidea DC. 
 Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1907, Mi, 976-S78. 
 
 96808°— Vol. II, 3d series— 19 13 
 
 Aubriot (Paul) [1888- ]. *Rapports du foie 
 avec la coagulation du sang; contribution a 
 I'etude de la substance anticoagulante secretee 
 par le foie. 78 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1911, No. 52. 
 
 Aubry _ (Andr^). *Recherches sur la synthase 
 biochimique de quelques d-glucosides A au 
 moyen de la glueosidase A. [Paris.] 77 pp. 8°. 
 Lons-le-Saunnier, 1914, No. 13. 
 Ecole de phannacie. 
 
 Aubry (ilmile-Charles) [1869- ]. *Contribu- 
 tion k r^tude des doctrines pathog^niques et de 
 la therapeutique de la pelade. 92 pp., 11. 8°. 
 Pom, 1897, No. 61. 
 
 Aubry (Georges) [1882- j. *Le syndi-ome de 
 coagulation massive du hquide c^halo-rachi- 
 dien. 108 pp. 8°. Paris, 1909, No. 28. 
 
 Aubry (Henn) [1870- ]. *Du sarcome diffus 
 de la muqueuse uterine. 168 pp., 1 pi. 4°. 
 Pom, 1896, No. 199. 
 
 Aubry (Jean-Marie-Edmond) [1876- ]. *Con- 
 tribution k I'^tude des rapports de la simulation 
 de la folie et de la deg^nerescence. .90 pp., 1 1. 
 8°. Naney, 1900, No. 13. 
 
 Aubry (Joseph). *Valeur et indications du mas- 
 sage de la prostate. 63 pp. 8° Pom, 1899, No. 
 489. 
 
 Aubry (Joseph-Georges) [1867- 1. *Contribu- 
 tion a r^tude de la torsion pediculaire des 
 kystes ovariens. 79 pp. 8°. Pom, 1900, No. 
 120. 
 
 Aubry (Justin). *Contribution k I'etude de 
 I'aortite blennorrhagique. 50 pp., 1 1. 8°. Po- 
 ns, 1901, No. 225. 
 
 Aubry (Paul). 
 
 See Corre (Armand-Marle) & Aubry (Paul) [in 2. s.l. 
 Documents decrimlnologle retrospective [etc.]. 8°. Lyon & 
 Paris, 1895. 
 
 Aubry ( Paul-Marie- Augustin) [1885- ]. *Con- 
 tribution k I'etude des infections paratyphoides. 
 58 pp. 8° Pom, 1911, No. 85. 
 
 Aubry (Pierre). *t)ea rapports de la choree avec 
 l'hyst6rie et en particulier de la choree rythmee 
 consecutive k la choree de Sydenham. 55 pp. 
 8°. Toulouse, 1903, No. 503. 
 
 Aubry (Pierre-Jules) _ [1889- ]. *Le prolap- 
 sus du rectum, affection cong^nitale; son traite- 
 ment. 60 pp. 8° Nana), 1913, No. 3. 
 
 Aubryet (Xavier). Le docteur Molifere. Com^- 
 die en un acte, en vers. 33 pp. 8° Paris, E. 
 Dentu, 1873. 
 
 Auburn, NewYorJc. 
 
 See Hospitals (Description of), Insane (Asy- 
 lumsfor, Description of, etc.), by localities. 
 
 Auburtin (Jean). *Les eftets tardifs du chloro- 
 forme. 142 pp. 8°. Paris, 1906, No. 281. 
 
 See, also, Castalgne (Joseph) & Auburtin (Jean). 
 Maladies de I'estomac [etc.]. 8°. Paris, 1912. 
 
 Auby (Emile). *De I'influence de I'iasertion du 
 placenta au segment inf6rieur sur la grossesse et 
 sur I'accouchement. 59 pp. 8°. Pam, 1904, 
 No. 436. 
 
 Aucaigne (Charles) [1872- ]. *De la t61algie 
 blennorrhagique et du traitement de cette affec- 
 tion par _ I'intei'vention chirurgicale dans les 
 cas chroniques de la forme simple. 52 pp., 2 1. 
 8°. Lyon, 1900, No. 81. 
 
 AuchS (B[emard]) [1861- ], Surmont (H.) 
 [et al.]. Fifevres 6ruptives. 258 pp. 8°. Pom, 
 J.-B. Baillihe & fils, 1905. 
 
 Forms No. 2 of: Nouveau traits de midecine [etc;!. 8°. 
 Paris, 1905-6. 
 
 Auchere (Rosalie) [1869- ]. *Contribution k 
 I'etude des formes prolongees de la m^ningite 
 c^r^bro-spinale 6pid6mique. 98 pp. 8°. Paris, 
 1912, No. 453. 
 
AUCHIER. 
 
 194 
 
 AUDET. 
 
 Auchier (F61ix) [1876- ]. *Cohtnbution k 
 r etude des rapports de la paralysie g&^rale 
 progressive et de la d^g^ndrescence. 72 pp. 
 8°. Bordeaux, P. Cassignol, 1901, No. 57.. 
 
 AucbUn (Theodor). Ueber das Wachstum des 
 Magencarcinoms. 46 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Zurich, L. 
 Filssli, 1896. c. 
 
 Auchmeromyia. 
 
 Balfour (A. ) A new locality for the Congo floor maggot. 
 J. Trop. M. [etc.].. Loud., 1909, xii, 47.— Bequaert (J.) Sur 
 quelques auclim^romyies du Congo. Bull. Soc. path, exot.. 
 
 Par., 1916, viii, 459-462. . Note rectificative concer- 
 
 nant les auchmtomyies du Congo. Jiid. , 693.— McConnell 
 (R. E.) Some observations on the larva ot Auchmeromyia 
 luteola, F. Bull. Entomol. Research, Loud., 1913, iv, pt. 1, 
 29.— Boubaud (E.) Recherches sur les auohmtoomyies 
 oaUiphorines k larves suceuses de sang de 1' Atrique tropicale. 
 BulT scient. de la France et de la Belg., Par., 1913, xlvu, 
 
 106-202, 2 pi. . 4tudes biologiques sur les auchmfiro- 
 
 myies. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., .1913, vi, 128-130.— 
 Scbeben. Auchmeromyia luteola Walk in Deutsch-Sild- 
 westafrika. Arch. f. Sohiffs- u. Tropeu-Hyg., Leipz., 1913, 
 xvti, 463.— Schwetz (J.) Quelques observations prffimi- 
 naires sur la morphologie de la larve, de la nymphe et de 
 rimage del' Auchmeromyialuteola, Fabr. Ann. Trop. M. & 
 Parasitol.,-Liverp., 1914-15, viii, 497-607.— Wellman (F. C.) 
 On the possible heterogenesis of Auchmeromyia luteola, 
 Fabr. J. Trop. M., Lond., 1906, ix, 31. 
 
 Auckland. 
 
 See Fever (Typhoid, History of), Hospitals 
 
 (Description of), by localities. 
 Auclair (Joseph) [1868- ]. *De I'hyst^rec- 
 
 tomie abdominale totale dans le traitement du 
 
 cancer de I'ut^rus. 122 pp. 8°. Pari^, 1899, 
 
 No. 563. 
 . The same. 124 pp. 8°- Paris, G. Stein- 
 
 heil, 1899. 
 Auclair (Jules) [1865- ]. *Etude exp&imen- 
 
 tale sur les poisons du bacille tuberculeux hu- 
 
 main. Essais de vaccination et de traitement. 
 
 110 pp. 8°. Paris, 1897, No. 321. 
 . The same. 112 pp. 8°. Paris, G. Stein- 
 
 heil, 1897. 
 Auclert (Lucien). *Contribution Ik I'^tude des 
 
 arthropathies syphiUtiques. 73 pp. 8°. Paris, 
 
 1908, No. 81. 
 
 Aucopt (Henri). *De I'hyst&ie traumatique et 
 de la simulation; 6tude medico-legale. 67 pp. 
 8°. Paris, 1903, No. 56. 
 
 Aucouturier (Louis) [1875- ]. *Contribution 
 k r etude des resections des mitatarsiens et des 
 phalanges des orteils; r&ultats fonctionnels. 
 58 pp., 1 1. 8°. Lyon, 1899, No. 17. 
 
 Aucouturier (IMichel). *Etude sur le cranio- 
 tabes. 77 pp. 8°. Paris, 1906, No. 463. 
 
 Aucubine. 
 
 Lebas (C.) *Recherches sur I'aucubine. 
 [Paris.] 8°. Lons-le-Saunier, 1911. 
 
 Ecole de pharmacie. 
 
 Bourdier ( L. ) Ueber das Vorkommen von Aucubin in den 
 verschiedenen Artcn der Gattung Plantago. Arch. d. 
 Pharm., Berl., 1908, ocxlvi, 81-88.— Bourquelot (E.) & 
 H^rissey (H.) Sur nn glucoside nouveau, I'aucubme, 
 retire des graiues d'Aucuba japonica L. Compt. rend. Soc. 
 de biol.. Par., 1902, 11. s., iv, 695-697. jlZso; Compt. rend. 
 
 Acad. d. sc. Par., 1902, cxxxiv, 1441-1443. ■ . 
 
 Nouvelles recherches sur I'aucubine. Compt. rend. Acad, 
 d sc. Par., 1904, exxxviii, 1114-1116. Also: Compt. rend. 
 Soc. de biol.. Par., 1904, Ivi, 665-667.— H6rlssey (H.) & 
 Lebas (C.) Utilisation dol'auoubipeparl'Aspergillusniger 
 V. Tgh. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1911, Ixx, 846- 
 848.— Lebas (C.) Sur la prfeeuce d'aucubtne dans diverses 
 vari6t& d'Aucuba japonica L. J. de phaim. et chim.. Par., 
 
 1909, 6. s., XXX, 390-397. 
 
 Auda (Fr. Domenico). Pratica de' speciali che 
 per mode di dialogo contiene gran parte anco 
 di theorica. Opera utile e necessaria per quelli 
 che desiderano ben comporre li medicamenti, 
 con un trattato delle confettioni nostrane per 
 uao di casa et una nuova aggiunta di segreti uti- 
 lissimi._ 5 p. 1., 328 pp., 2 1. 24°. Venetia,Z. 
 Conzatti, 1678. 
 
 Audain (Eugfene) [1874- ). *Colique fila^ 
 rienne et varicoc^^le lymphatique. 118 pp. 8°. 
 Paris, 1902, No. 359. 
 
 Audain (L6on). Pathologie intertropicale. Doc- 
 trines et clinique. XXX, 413 pp., 11. 8°. Port- 
 au-Prince, J. Verrollot, 1904. 
 
 Fifevres intertropicales; diagnostic h^ma- 
 
 tologique et clinique. Avec la collaboration de 
 Ch. Mathon, B. Ricot, G. Dalencour, V. Lissade 
 et P. Salomon. 1179 pp. 8° Port-au-Prince, 
 J. Verrollot, 1909. 
 
 -. L'organisme dans les infections; aper^us 
 
 nouveaux d'h6matologie et de pyi'^tologie. 
 Preface de Louis R6non. viii, 417 pp. 8°. 
 Paris, A. Maloine, 1912. 
 
 Les bases rationnelles de la medication 
 
 leucogfene dans les infections m^dicales et chi- 
 rurgicales. 3 p. 1., 384 pp. 8°. Paris, A. 
 J/oJoin« <fe^Zs, 1916. 
 
 See, aiso, Mergler (Guillaume Emile) [to 2. s.]. Tech- 
 nique instrumentale [etc. J. 8". Pari«, 1891. 
 
 Audan (Jules-Joseph) [1875- ]. *Forme c^r^- 
 
 brale du tabfes sensitif . 94 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1902, 
 
 No. 169. 
 Audard (Eugfene). *I.ve drainage vaginal du 
 
 p6ritoine aprfes rhyst^rectomie abdominale 
 
 totale pour annexites suppur6es. 83 pp. 8°. 
 
 Paris, 1903, No. 487. 
 Aurtat (Emile) [1872- ]. *De la rhino-pharyn- 
 
 gite chez les enfants. 64 pp. 8°. Paris, 1898, 
 
 No. 354. 
 Audas \j)se!udon.\. Wie werde icli verruckt? 
 ''Intimstes aus der Sprechstunde eines Arztes. 
 
 Teil 1. 5. Aufl. 2 p. 1., 57 pp. 8° Hamburg, 
 
 1901. 
 Audebal (Antoine) [1874- ]. *De I'^pididy- 
 
 mectomie dans la tuberculose testiculaire. 69 
 
 pp. 8°. Paris, 1898, No. 220. 
 Audebert (Alfred). *La rachistovainisalioii en 
 
 obst^trique. 95 pp. 8° Paris, 1906, No. 211. 
 Audebert [Joseph-Lfen] [1864- ]. ParaUele 
 
 entre I'accouchement pr6roatur6 et la symphys6- 
 
 otomie dans les baasins r^tr^cis de 8 c. ^ a 9 c. J. 
 
 79 pp., 2 1. 8°. Paris, G. Steinheil, 1897. 
 Audebert (Maurice) [1868- 1 *R61e de la 
 
 persistance du thymus dans la genese de la 
 
 syncope chloroformique. 88 pp. 8° Paris, 
 
 1909, No. 240. 
 Audebert-Lasrochas (Georges) [1877- ]. 
 
 *Contribution a 1' etude de la porok6ratose. 64 
 
 pp. 8°. Pom, 1902, No. 512. 
 
 . The same. 61pp. 8°. Paris, G. Steinheil, 
 
 1902. 
 
 Audemard (A.) *Recherche sur, la localisation 
 des alcaloides dans les genets. (Etude microchi- 
 mique.) 68 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1902, No. 22. 
 l^cole de pharmacie. 
 
 Audemard (Emile) [1870- ]. *Du c^r^bro- 
 
 typhus sans dothi6nent6rie (les typhopsychoses). 
 
 105 pp., 1 1. 8°. Lyon, 1898, No. 49. 
 Audeoud (Georges-E.) *Des maxima et de la 
 
 vitesse d'ascension des temperatures utilis6es en 
 
 clinique. 151 pp., 1 1., 12 ch. 8°. Genive, W. 
 
 Kiindig & fils, 1906, No. 105. 
 Audeoud (Henri) & Jacot-Descombes (Ch.) 
 
 Les alterations anatomiques et les troubles 
 
 fonctionnels du myocarde, suivis d'une etude 
 
 sur le retredssement mitral fonctionnel. 164 pp. 
 
 8°. Basel & Leipzig, 1894. 
 Forms 1. Hit., 2. R., of: Mitth. a. KUu. u. med. Inst. d. 
 
 Schweis. 
 
 Audet (Roland) [1884- ]. *Le pyopneumotho- 
 rax tuberculeux h, forme prolong6e; son traite- 
 ment par les ponctions repetees. 58 pp. 8°. 
 Lyon, 1907, No. 20. 
 
AUD'HOUI. 
 
 195 
 
 AUDITION. 
 
 Aud'boui (Victor). Comment on se defend 
 centre les maladies d'estomac. 4. ^d. 47 pp. 
 12°. Paris, [1900]. 
 
 . Traite de tli6rapeutique et de matifere 
 
 m^dicale. 2. dd. 2 v. vi, 751 pp.; 730 pp. 
 
 - roy. 8°. Paris, F. R. de Rudeval & Cie., 1902. 
 
 Audhuy_ (Georges-GUbert) [1882- ]. *Radio- 
 th6rapie coloniale. 62 pp., 1 1. 8°. Bordeaux, 
 1906, No. 55. 
 
 Audiau (Prangois) [1876- ]. *Contribution k 
 r6tude du traitement de la m6trite h^morragique 
 par I'flectricit^. 52 pp. 8°- Bordeaux, 1896, 
 No. 37. 
 
 . Guide administratif du m^decin des 
 
 troupes coloniales. 89 pp. 8°. Paris, H. Charles- 
 Lavauzelle, 1904. 
 
 Audiau (Jules) [1873- ]. *Contribution £i 
 I'etude du traitement operatoire des annexites. 
 98 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, 1897, No. 565. 
 
 — ■ . The same. 98 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, G. 
 
 Steinheil, 1897. 
 
 Audibert (Alphonse-EHe) [1881- ]. ''^Contri- 
 bution a r^tude de la laryngectomie partielle 
 ou totale. 189 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1908, No. 109. 
 
 Audibert (L.-J.-Victor) [1876- ]. *L'6osino- 
 pliile. [Montpellier.] 323 pp. 8°. Paris, 1903, 
 No. 48. 
 
 . Le processus ^berthien: qu'est-ce que la 
 
 fievre typhoide? 176 pp. 8°. Paris, Masson & 
 Cie., [1912]. 
 
 Audibert (Leopold) [187&- ]. *La paraplegia 
 des scaphandriers. 43 pp., 11. 8°. Montpellier, 
 1906, No. 3. 
 
 Audibert (Marcel) [1884- ]. *E6troflexion 
 aigue primitive de I'ut^rus gravide. 95 pp. 8°. 
 Paris, 1911, No. 365. 
 
 Audibert (Paul) [1886- ]. *L'aongation du 
 plexus solaire cormne traitement des crises 
 gastriques du tabfes. 64 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1912, 
 No. 134. 
 
 Audibert! (Giuseppe)_ [ -1826]. Discorso 
 pronunziato nella prima adunanza della eccel- 
 lentissima giunta superiore del vaccine il di 9 
 dicembre 1819. 28 pp. 12° Tonno, 1820. 
 
 Audlc (Josepb-Marie-Frangoiq) [1874- ]. *Con- 
 tribution a I'^tude de la scoliose de I'adole- 
 scence. 44 pp. 8°. Paris, 1900, No. 33. 
 
 Audier (Jules) [1877- ]. *Contribution k 
 r^tude des torsions du grand Epiploon. 62 pp. 
 8°. if/on, 1904, No.- 116. 
 
 Audiganne (L6on) [1871- ]. *Reclierclies 
 urologiques dans la tuberculose. 46 pp. 8°. 
 Paris, 1898, No. 190. 
 
 Audlge (L.) *Contribution a I'^tude de I'arthjite 
 purulente S, pneumocoque survenant au cours de 
 lapneumome. 65 pp., 11. 8°. Toulouse, 1899, 
 No. 324. 
 
 Audlnot (Pierre) [1891- ]. *L'ablation des 
 ,tumeur8 de I'orbite avec conservation de I'oeil 
 '(orbitotomie du Professeur Rollet). 79 pp. 8°. 
 Lyon, 1914, No. 140. 
 
 Audin-Rouviere (Josepb-Marie) [1764-1832]. La 
 m^decine sans le m^decin, ou manuel de sant6, 
 ouvrage destin6 k soulager les infirmit^s, k 
 pr^venir les maladies aigues, k gu^rir les mala- 
 dies chroniques, sans le secours d'une main 
 etrangfere. 12. M. xvi, 552 pp., port., 1 pi. 
 8°- Paris, Le Normantfils, 1829.- 
 
 Audiometer. 
 
 See, also, Aoumetry. 
 
 Faiiglit(F.A.) An improvement in audiometers. Med. 
 Eec, N. Y., 1911, Ixxix, 301.— Hays (H.) An improved 
 audiometer. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1913, xxiii, 864-866. — 
 Henry (C.) Sur un nouvel audiomfetre et sur la relation 
 g^&ale entre Tintensit^ sonore et les degr^ successifc de la 
 
 Audiometer. 
 
 sensation. Compt. renc'. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1896, cxxii, 1283- 
 1286. — Lubman (M.) Tlie aurometer; an instrument for 
 the exact recording of hearing and the determination of 
 progress in the treatment of various conditions of deafness. 
 N. YorkM. J. [etc.], 1913,xcviii, 1016. Also, Reprint.— Ost- 
 mann. Nature and aim of objective measurement ofhear- 
 ing, andontheuseoftheohjectiveaudiometer. Arch. Otol., 
 N. Y., 1905, xxxiv, 267-274.— Keid (St. G. C.) An audiome- 
 ter for noting the auditory appreciation in cases of deafness 
 and other diseases of the ear. Lancet, Lond., 1904, ii, 769. 
 
 Audlon (Pierre). *Contribution k I'^tude de 
 I'ombilic et des infections ombilicales cilez le 
 nouveau-n6. 192 pp., 5 pi. 8°. Paris, 1900, 
 No. 313. 
 
 ■■ — . The same. '192 pp. 8°. Chartres, Gamier, 
 
 1900. 
 
 Audiphone (Patent specifications for). 
 
 See, aha, Ear-tubes, etc.; Otophone. 
 
 Atkinson (L.M.) Auriphone. No. 738693; Sept. 8, 1903. 
 Buckvpalter (C, L.) Audiphone. No. 898036; Sept. 8, 
 1908.— Clayton (J.) Audiphone. No. 619639; Oct. 18, 1898.— 
 Fosgate (D. O.) Auriphone. No. 877317; Jan. 21, 1908.- 
 Gano(F.I.) Auriphone. No. 709978; Sept. 30, 1902.— Geh- 
 ring((}. P.) Audiphone. No. 648401; May 1, 1900.— Goers 
 (R.W.) Auriphone. No. 803892; Nov. 7, 1906.— Harmeyer 
 (H. W.) Micro-audiphone. No. 621244; Mar. 14, 1899.— 
 Lakin (J. A.) Vocalizing audiphone. No. 574644; Jan. 
 
 . 5, 1897. . Compound audiphone. No. 680872; April 20, 
 
 1897. — Lewis (G. A.) Hearing-tube for sound-reproducing 
 
 devices. No. 882700; March 24, 1908. . Hearing-tube 
 
 tor sound reproducing machine. No. 883818; April 7, 1908. — 
 Leyer (A.) Auriphone. No. 1173286; Feb. 29, 1916.— Mas- 
 singer (C. J.) Audiphone. No. 763414; June 28, 1904.— Koss 
 (A.) Audiphone. No. 613606; Nov. 1,1898.— Smith (D.E.) 
 Ear-phone. No. 774282; Nov. 8, 1904.— Turner (M. K.) 
 Audiphone. No. 697037; Jan. 11, 1898. 
 
 Audistfere (Camille). *De la d6g&&escence ■ 
 canc&euse de I'ulcfere de I'estomac (ulcere sim- 
 ple et ulcere brunn6rien). 114 pp. 8° Pons, 
 1903, No. 405. 
 
 Audition. 
 
 See, also. Acoustics; Auricle; Ear; Nerve 
 
 (Auditory); Sound (Perception of). 
 
 Bonnier (P.) L'audition. 12°. Paris, 1901. 
 
 Jaunin (M.) *Contribution k I'^tude des 
 sensations subjectives de I'ouie. 8°. Geneve, 
 1892. 
 
 Ka-MM (M.) Giebt es ein Horen ohne Laby- 
 rinth? 8°. Jenm, 1899. 
 
 TEK KuiLE (T. E.) *Over phasen, zwevingen 
 en klankaard, bijdrage tot de physiologie van 
 den gehoorzin. 8°. Amsterdam, 1904. 
 
 Pbrrolle. Dissertation anatomico-acous- 
 tique, contenant, 1°. Des experiences qui tendent 
 a prouver que les rayons sonores n'entrent pas 
 par la trompe d'Eustache, et qui font coimottre 
 une propriety qu'ont presque toutes les parties 
 extemes de la tSte et quelques-unes du col, de 
 sentir ou de propager le son par le toucher. II". 
 Un essai d'experiences fait a Paris en 1777 sur 
 des sourds et muets de M. I'Abb^ de I'Epee. 8?. 
 Paris, 1782. 
 
 Welch (G.) *De auditu. 8°. Edinburgi, 
 1799. 
 
 Winkler (J. H.) *De ratione audiendi per 
 dentes. 4°. [Lipsix, 1759.] 
 
 •ZiJND-BuRGU^ET (A.^ Conduction sonore et 
 audition; 6tude historique, critique et exp^ri- 
 mentale. v. 1. 8°. Paris, 1914. 
 
 Anderson ( Jfrs. J. S.) Developmentofthehearing. Tr. 
 Am. Laryngol., Rhinol. & Otol. Soc, New Bedford, Mass., 
 1910, 29-32. Also: Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1910, xx, 633- 
 636.— Angell (J. R.) & Flte (W.) Observations on the 
 monaurallooaUzation of sound. Psychol. Rev., N. Y., 1901, 
 viii, 449-458. — AugiSras (L.) Perception monoamiculaire 
 et biauriculaire de la direction des sons. Rev. intemat. de 
 rhinol., otol. etlaryngol., Par., 1897, vii, 353.— Axenteld (D.) 
 tJeber eine Eigenthiimlichkeit der Knochenleitung des 
 Schalles im menschlichen Unterkiefer. Centralbl. f. Phj^iol. 
 Leipz. & Wien, 1897, xi, 1.— Ayala (G.) Sull' audizione 
 musicale iconograflca. Riv. sper. di freniat., Reggio-Enulia, 
 
AUDITION. 
 
 196 
 
 AUDITION. 
 
 Audition. 
 
 1909, XXXV, 229-270.— Baley (S.) Versuche iiber die Lokali- 
 sation beim dichotischen Horen. Ztsohr. f . Psychol, u. Phy- 
 siol, d. Sinnesorg. , Leipz. ,1914-13, Ixx, 1. Abt., 347-372.— Bard 
 (L.) De I'existence et du raficanisme d'une accommodation 
 auditive i. la distance. J. de physiol. et de path, g&i.. Par., 
 
 1904, vi, 1051-1057. . De I'accommodation auditive, 
 
 son but et ses diverses modaUtfe. Rev. mdd. de la Suisse 
 
 Eom., Genive, 1904, xxiv, 737-752. . Sur I'orientation 
 
 et raccommodation audltives. Arch, intemat. de laryngol. 
 [etc.], Par., 1905, 11, 169-162.— Barr (G. W.) Perception, of 
 the direction oj sounds. Coll. & Clin. Roc, Phila., 1885, 
 vi, 78-80. — Barth (A.) Ueber die sogenannte Lateralisa- 
 tion bei Knochenleitimg. Verhandl. d. doutsch. otol. 
 
 Gesellsch., Jena, 1895, iv, 16-21. . Uober Tauschungen 
 
 des Horens In Bezue auf Tonhohe und Klangfarbe. Ver- 
 handl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1902, Leip^., 
 1903, li, 2. Hllte. , 427-429.— Beauregard (II . ) & Dupuy (E . ) 
 Note sur la variation 61ectrique (courant d'action) d6ter- 
 min6e dans le nerl acoustique par le son. Compt. rend. Soc. 
 
 de biol., Par., 1896, 10. s., iii, 690-692. — . Sur un 
 
 courant d'action d^termina dans le nerf acoustique sous 
 I'influence des sobs. Ibid., 1045.— Bentley (M.), Boring 
 (E.G.) Ruclsmicli (C. R.) New apparatus for acoustical 
 experimente. Am. J. Psychol., Worcester, 1912, xxiii, 609- 
 516, 3 pi.— Bingham (W. V. D.) The r61e of the tympanic 
 mechanism In audition. Psychol. Rev., Bait., 1907, xiv, 
 229-243. — Bonnafout. M4moire sur la transmission des 
 ondes sonores S. travers les parties solides de la t6te, pour 
 juger des divers degrfe de sensibiUtS des nerfs acoustiques. 
 Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1848, xxvi, 139-141.— Bon- 
 nier (P.) L'orientation auditive. Bull, sclent, dfip. du 
 
 Nord [etc.]. Par. , 1884-5, vii-viii, 1 1-29. . Le sens auricu- 
 
 laire de I'espace. BuU. sclent, de la France et de la Belg., 
 
 Par., 1891, xxiii, 1-54. . L'audition stSr&coustiquo. 
 
 Arch, intemat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1896, ix, 642-647. 
 
 . Du rOle de I'^branlement mol<§culaire et de r6branle- 
 
 ment molaire dans l'audition. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. 
 
 Par., 1898, 10. s., V, 965-967, .^ A propos de rorientation 
 
 auditive. lUd., 913-916. . A propos de raccommoda- 
 tion auditive. Arch, intemat. de laryngol. [etc.]. Par., 1905, 
 ' xlx, 806-816. . L'accommodatlon auditive k la dis- 
 tance. Bid., 1906, xxi, 159-163.— Bordler (H.) lieprincipe 
 de Pascal et le mecanisme de l'audition. Lyon med., 1898, 
 Ixxxvii, 491-496. — Bouclieron. Retraction des ondes de la 
 parole k travers les os du crAne. Bull. Soc. mSd. de I'Yonne 
 1890, Auxerre, 1891, xxxi, 63.— Boyd (W.) & Hopwood 
 (J. S.) A case havmg a bearing on the localization of the 
 auditory centre. Lancet, Lond., 1913, i, 1661.— Cameron 
 (J.) & Mllllgan (W.) Themodeof continuity of the fibres 
 of the auditory nerve with the auditory sense epithelium 
 and with the nuclei in the hind brain. J. Laryngol. , Lond., 
 1906, xxi, 278-280.— Castellani. Eflets des excitations 
 acoustiques sur la circulation c&^brale. Arch, intemat. 
 de laryngol. [etc.]. Par., 1913, xxxv, 124-130.— Castex & 
 Lajaunie. Etudes sur l'audition. Bull, de laryngol., otol. 
 et rhinol.. Par., 1904, vii, 37-40.— de Cigna fV.) Discussion 
 sur la fonotion acoustique et vues personnelles. Arch, inter- 
 • nat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1912, xxxiv, 779: 1913, xxxv, 
 131; 470; 796. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Atti d. Cong. d. Soc. 
 ital. di laringol. [etc.] 1912, Siena, 1913, xv. pt. 2, 438-442.— 
 Courtade (A.) De l'audition par les cicatrices de trepana- 
 tion du crane. Arch, intemat. de laryngol. [etc.]. Par., 1896, 
 ix, 625-630.— Dana (W. J.) Sclent. Am. Suppl., N. Y., 
 1918, Ixxxv, 91.— Dennert. Zur Physiologic der Schaltous- 
 losung im Gehororgan. Verhandl. d. deutsch. otol. Ge- 
 sellsch., Jena, 1910, xix, 41-56.— Dresslar (F. B.) On the 
 pressure sense of the drum of the ear and facial vision. Am. 
 J. Psychol., Worcester, 1892-3, v, 344-350.— Egger. Orien- 
 tation auditive. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1898, 
 10. s., V, 854-868.— Escat (E .) De I'audibUitfi du son; appU- 
 catlons h la physiologle et k la pathologie de l'audition. 
 Ann. d. mal. de I'oreUle, du larynx [etc.], Par., 1914, xl, 
 329-347.— Escat (E.) & Vaquler (L.) InegaUte de la sensi- 
 bility auditive pour la s^rie continue des tons; courbe de 
 I'audibilite. Presse oto-laryngol. beige, Brux., 1913, xil, 
 289-301.— Exner (S.) Ein Schulmodell zur Demonstration 
 des Mitschwlngens. (Mit Bozug auf die Helmholtzsche 
 Theorie des Horens.) Skandin. Arch. f. Physiol., Leipz., 
 1913, xxix, 97-99.— rere (C.) Des eOiets physiologiques de 
 I'interraptiondesexcitationsauditives. Compt.rend. Soc. 
 de biol., Par.,1902,ll.s.,vi, 1381-1383.— Fawler(E. P.) The 
 origin of labyrinthine rest-tone. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 
 1916, Ixiv, 118-120.— Frlgcrio(L.) 11 senso doll' udito. 
 Anomalo, Napoli, 1890, ii, 171-176.— Gclgel. Die Bedeutung 
 der Ohrmuschelfur das Horen. Mtinchen.med. Wchnschr., 
 1907 xliv, 1478.— Gelie. De quelques phenomfenes subjec- 
 tifs de l'audition. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1886, 
 8 s , ii, 125-128.— Goebel (O.) Ueber die Hortatigkeit des 
 mensohlichen Vorhofes. Arch. I. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1913, 
 xcii 250: xciii, 100.— Gosset (H.) Experiences relatives au 
 confr61e auditif. ProgrSs med.. Par., 1917, 3. s., xxxii, 9.— 
 Gowers (W. R.) The Bradshaw lecture on subjective sen- 
 sations of sound. J. Laryngol., Lond., 1897, xil, 267: 316.— 
 Gradenlgo (G.) Sul supposto spostamcnto del liquido 
 endolablnntico durante la audizione. Arch. ital. di otol. 
 [etc.], Torino, 1916, xxvil, 278-280. . A proposito di 
 
 Audition. 
 
 una recente pubblicazione di Marage sul senso dell' udito. 
 Ibid., 356^63.— Grossard & Pegot. Sur I'existence d'un 
 centre psychique d'auto-auditlon. Compt. rend. Soc. de 
 biol.. Far., 1901, 11. s., iii, 790— Gtltzmann (H.) Ver- 
 suche iiber HSren und Verstehen. Cong, internat. de 
 psyohlat. [etc.] 1907, Amst., 1908, i, 533-538.— Gulcclardl 
 fG.) Acoomodazione dell' oreochio a rumori variamente 
 distanti. Riv. sper. di freniat., Eeggio-Emilia, 1905, xxxi, 
 636-639.— HammerscMag (V.) Ueber den 'Tensorreflex. 
 Monatsohr. f. Ohrenh., Berl., 1898, xxxii, 133-140.— Hensen 
 (V.) Die Empflndungsarten des Schalls. Arch. f. d. ges. 
 Physiol., Bonn, 1907; cxix, 249-294.— Herzog. Kritisches 
 zur Verkiirzung der Knochenleitung bei normalem Gehor.' 
 Munebeu. med. Wchnschr., 1913, Ix, 18; 79.— Heschl (F.) 
 Das Verhaltnis zwischen Luft- una Knochenleitung bei 
 Schalleitungshindernissen. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.]., 
 Berl., 1913, xlvu, 1149-1178.— KOhler (W.) Ueber aku- 
 stische PrinzipalquaUtaten. Ber. ii. d. iv. Kong. f. exper. 
 Psychol. 1910, Leipz., 1911, 229-233.— Kreldl (A.) & Kato 
 (T ) Zur Frage der sekundaren Horbahnen. Folia neuro- 
 biol., Leipz., 1913, vii, 495-504. Also: Monatschr. f . Obrenh. 
 [etc.], Berl. & Wien, 1914^ xlviil, 1-14.— Larroque (F.) Sur 
 le mecanisme de l'audition des sons. Compt. rend. Acad, 
 d. sc. Par., 1900, cxxx, 119.— Little (W. S.) In the physi- 
 ology of hearing is there an overlapping of each auditory 
 field, the same as in the binocular field of vision? Tr. Am. 
 Otol. Soc, New Bedford, 1882-6, iii, 637-540.— Lucae (A.) 
 Historisoh-kritische Beitrage zur Physiologle des GehSr- 
 
 organes. Arch. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1897, xlu, 177-187. . 
 
 Beobaohtung der Tonsohwingungen des Trommeltells am 
 lebenden Ohr. liid., 1901-2, Uv, 274-277 —Luzzatl (A.) 
 11 campo uditivo nello spazio. Gior. d. r. Acoad. di med. di 
 Torino, 1896, 3. s., xhv, 205-212. Also, transl.: Ann. d. mal. 
 de roreille, du larynx [etc.]. Par., 1896, xxii, pt. 2, 553-662. 
 
 . Sulla percezionedelladlrezione del suoni. Gior. d.r. 
 
 Accad. di med. di Torino, 1897, 3. s., xlv, 123-132.— Ma«- 
 dougall (R.) The aflective quality of auditory rhythm 
 in its relation to objective forms. Psychol. Rev., N. Y., 
 1903, X, 16-36.— Makuen (G. H.) Do we hear ourselves as 
 others hear usf Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1908, xviii, 263- 
 265.— Marage. Contribution & I'etude de l'audition. 
 Arch. Intemat. de laryngol. [etc.]. Par., 1904, xvli, 825-828. 
 Also: Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par., 1904, cxxxviii, 482- 
 
 485. . Sensibilite speciale de Poreille physioloraque 
 
 pour certaines voyelles. Compt. rend. Acad. a. sc, Tar., 
 
 1906, cxl, 87-90. . Contribution^. I'etude de l'audition. 
 
 Ibid., 1908, cxlvii, 646-649. . Action sur les centres 
 
 auditlfs de vibrations sonores complexes et intermittentcs. 
 Ibid., 1913, clvi, 166-158.— Melati (G.) Ueber binaurales 
 Horen. Phil. Stud., Leipz., 1901, xvli, 431-461.— Meyer 
 (M ) Ueber Kombinationstone und einlge hierzu in 
 Beziehung stehende akustische Erscheinungen. Ztschr. f. 
 Psychol, u. Physiol, d. Sinnesorg., Hamb. & Leipz., 1896, 
 
 XI, 177-229. . Ueber die Unterschiedsempflndlichkeit 
 
 fur Tonhohen, nebst einigen Bemerkungen fiber die Methode 
 der Minimalanderungen. Ibid., Leipz., 1898, xvi, 362-372. 
 
 . Auditory sensation in au elementMy laboratory 
 
 course. Am. J. Psychol., Worcester, 1905, xvi, 293-301. 
 
 . Vorschlage zur akustischen Terminologie. Ztschr. 
 
 f. Psychol, u. Physiol, d. Sinnesorg^ Leipz., 1914, Ixviii, 
 1. Abt., 115-119.— Myers (C. S.) Hearing. Rep. Cam- 
 bridge anthrop. exped. Torres Straits, Cambridge, 1903, ii, 
 pt. 1, 141-108.— Nagel (W. A.) & Samojlofl f A.) Einlge 
 Versuche fiber die Uebertragung von Schallschwingungen 
 auf das Mittelohr. Arch. t. Physiol., Leipz., 1898, 505- 
 611.— Neuert (G.) Ueber Horfahigkeit und' Absehfertig- 
 
 keit. Med. padagog. Monatschr., Berl., 1900, x, 1-44. . 
 
 Ueber Horfahigkeit und Absehlertigkeit. Ibid., 1904, xiv, 
 257-300.— Ogden (R. M.) Hearing. Psychol. Bull., Bait., 
 1913, X, 107-116: 1914, xi, 96-106.— One (M.) Over den 
 invloed der intensiteit en der tonaliteit van den prikkel op 
 de refleotorische werkzaamheid van den M. tensor tympam. 
 Nedetl. Tijdsohr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1916, ii, 80.— Ost- 
 mann (P.) Ueber die Reflexerregbarkelt des Musculus 
 tensor tympani durch Schallwellen und ihre Bedeutung Ifir 
 den HBracf. Arch. f. Physiol., Leipz., 1898, 75-123. Also 
 [Abstr.]: Verhandl. d. deutsch. otol. Gesellsch., Jena, 1898, 
 
 vii. 77-83. . Zur Function des Musculus stapedius 
 
 beim Horen. Arch. f. Physiol., Leipz., 1899, 546-559.— 
 Perot (A) Influence du vent sur les conditions d'auditiou 
 du son. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1916, clxiii, 272.— 
 Peterson (J.) The place of stimulation in the cochlea 
 versus frequency as a direct determiner of pitch. Psychol. 
 Rev., Princeton, N. J., & Lancaster, Pa., 1913, xx, 312-322. 
 
 , The nature and probable origin of binaural beats. 
 
 Ibid., 1916, xxiii, 333-351.— Pluder (F.) Das Gehor und 
 seine Pflege. Ztsohr. f. Sohulgsndhtspflg., Hamb., 1899, 
 xii, 115-138. — Povarnln (K. I.) [Influence of distraction 
 of attention upon the difference of auditory perceptions.] 
 Obozr. Pslchiat.. Nevrol. [etc.], S.-Peterb., 1906, x, 422- 
 438.— Pusaterl (E.) Su di una qulstione riguardante il 
 decorso della via acustica centrale nell' uomo. Riv. ital. 
 di neuropat. [etc.], Catania, 1911-12, iv, 451^58.— Quix 
 (F. H.) Het verschijnsel van Hensen en de accommodatie 
 van het oor. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1910, 
 xlv, pt. 2, 981-985.— Kanjard. Contribution k I'etude de 
 
AUDITION. 
 
 197 
 
 AUDITION. 
 
 Audition. 
 
 I'audition et de son diveloppement par les vibrations de la 
 sirfene k voyelles. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1910, cl, 
 724-726.— BaugC (P.) Belief et orientation; r(5ponse k 
 Pierre Bonnier. Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc], Par., 
 1897, X, 38-47.— Keinhold (J.) & Alt (L.) Die Bogengango 
 als auatomische Grundlage der Schallrichtungswahrneh- 
 mung. Jahrb. f. Psycliiat. u. Neurol., Leipz. & Wien, 
 1913, xxxiv, 322-354.— Boels (F.) Over aoustisclie nebeel- 
 den. Onderzoek. ged. in h. pnysiol. Lab. d. Utrecht. 
 Hoogesch., 1916, 5. B., xvii, 191-204.— Scripture (E. W.) 
 New facts in the physiology of hearing. Laryngoscope, St. 
 Louis, 1910, XX, 178.— Sewall (H.) The ear and hearing. 
 Am. Text-Book Physiol. (Howell), Phila., 1896, 807-834. 
 
 . Hearmg. Bef. Handb. Med. So., 3. ed., N. Y., 
 
 1915, V, 24-39.— Stern (L. W.) Die Wahrnehmung von 
 Tonveranderungon. Ztschr. f. Psychol, u. Physiol, d. 
 Slnnesore., Hamb. & Leipz., 1896, xi, 1-30.— Stewart (P.) 
 The cortical centre for hearing. Hospital, Lond . , 1908, xHli, 
 551.— Strohmayer (W.) Anatomlsche tTntersuchung der 
 Horsphare beim Meuschen. Monatschr. i. Psychiat. u. 
 Neurol., Berl., 1901, x, 172-185, 1 pi.— Sur la manifere dont 
 les vibrations de I'air se communiquent i, I'organe immgdiat 
 de I'oiiie. Hist. Acad. roy. d. se. 1737, Par., 1740, 49-60, 
 1 pl.— Tonunaslnl (U.) Sulla fisiologia dell' udito. Arch. 
 di flsiol. , Pnenze, 1915-16, xiv, 11-20.— Vohsen (K.) Ueber 
 den Gehorsinn. Org. d. Taubst.-Anst. in Deutschl., Fried- 
 berg, 1898jXliv, 243; 257. Alw, Beprint.— Waetzmann 
 (E.) DieWirkungsweisoderBesonatorenimOhre. Arch. 
 f. d^es. Physiol., Bonn, 1908, cxxiii, 463^86.— Wales 
 (E. wT) Some observations of the acoustic function of the 
 ear. Aim. OtoU Bhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1909, 
 xviii, 150-155.— Wanner. Ein Pall zur Illustration des 
 Verhaltnisses von Ton- und Sprachgehor. Verhandl. d. 
 deutsch. otol. Gesellsch., Jena, 1906, 291-294.— Wells (W. A.) 
 The influence of sounds of dlflerent pitch, duration, and 
 intensity in the production of auditory fatigue. Laryngo- 
 scope, St. Louis, 1913, xxiii, 989-998. Also, Beprint. . 
 
 Some general remarks upon the sense of hearing, especially 
 from a hygienic standpoint. Wash. M. Ann., 1913, xii, 
 44-^8.— Zimmermann (G.) Unzureichende Einwande 
 gegeu neue Gesichtspunkte m der Mechanik des Horens. 
 
 Arch. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1902, Ivi, 40-46. . Beitrage 
 
 zur Mechanik des Horens. Miinchen med. WchnsoHr., 1902, 
 xllx, 2080-2083. Also: Jahresb. dv Gesellsch. f. Nat.- u. 
 Heilk. in Dresd. 1902-3, Munchen, 1904, 15-25.— Zwaarde- 
 maker (H.) Typen van gehoorvelden. Nederl. Tijd- 
 schr. V. Geneesk., Amst., 1903, 2. B., xxxix, d. 2, 214-216. 
 
 . Ueber den Schalloruck im Corti'schen Organ als der 
 
 eigenthche Gehorsreiz. Arch. f. Physiol., Leipz., 1905, 
 Suppl.-Bd., 124-132. Also: Onderzoek. ged. in h. physiol. 
 
 Lab. d. Utrecht. Hoogesch., 1905, 5. r., vi, 233-243. . 
 
 Voortgezette onderzoekingen over hoortoestellen. Nederl. 
 Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1916, ii, 81-85. Ibid., 1904, 
 2. r., xl, d. 2, 550-557. 
 
 Audition {Abnormal and disordered). 
 
 See, also, Audition. (Colored); Deaf-mutes; 
 Deafness; ^ai: (Sounds and noiseis in); Hallu- 
 cinations (Sensorial); Sound (Perception of, 
 Disordered); Synaesthesia. 
 
 Beckmann (0. H.) *Klmische Beobachtun- 
 gen tiber die Tonholie pathologischer Gehors- 
 empfindungen. 8°. Gottingen, 1908. 
 
 Descourtis (G.) Des hallucinations de 
 I'ou'ie. Mtooire couronn^ par I'Acad^mie de 
 midecine. 4°. Paris, 1889. 
 
 Heath (0. J.) An address on the treatment of 
 deafness in persons who hear best in a noise 
 (paracusis Willisii). The tightening of loose 
 drums; the raising of labyrinthine tension, the 
 mechanism of •aural accommodation. 12°. 
 London, 1911. 
 
 Maeib (A.) L 'audition morbide. 8°. Paris, 
 1908. 
 
 Obsch (A.) *Was konnen wir ohne Schnecke 
 horen? 4°. Basel, 1898. 
 
 Steubneb (T.) *De auditus diminutione et 
 abolitione. 4°. Liigd. Bat., 1669. 
 
 Trayanope (S.) *RechercheB cliniques sur 
 la diplacousie. [Genfeve.] 8°. Sophia, 1893. 
 
 ZiMMERMANN (G.) Die Mechanit des Horens 
 und ihre Storungen. 8°. Wiesbaden, 1900. 
 
 Alt (F.) Ein Fall von Diplaousis echotica. Monatschr. 
 
 Audition (Ahnormal and disordered) . 
 
 musikalisches Falschhoren (Diplakusis). Deutsche med. 
 Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1907, sxxiii, 383-385.— Barth 
 (E.) Zur Diplacusis disharmonica. JWd., 1908, xxxii, 1866- 
 
 1868. ■ . Zur Diflerentialdiagnose organischer und 
 
 psychogener Horstorungen. Ibid., 1918, xliv, 993.— Bellows 
 . (Et. P.) AnomaMes of hearing. J. Ophth., Otol. & Laryn- 
 gol.; N. Y., 1914, XX, 400-409.— Berthold (E.) Ueber Dipla- 
 cusis monauraJis. Arch. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1902, Iv, 17-25. — 
 Bezold (F.) Demonstration einer kontinuierlichen Ton- 
 reihe zura Nachweis von GehSrdefektcn, insbesondere bei 
 Taubstummen, und die Bedeutung ihrcs Nachweises tilr die 
 Helmholtzsche Theorie. Ztschr. f. Psychol, u. Physiol, d. 
 Sinnesorg. Harab. & Leipz., 1896-7, xiii, 161-174.— Bleyer 
 (J. M.) Tone blindness (Klang-Farben-BUndheit) and the 
 education of the ear; 1st as a practical agent in the study of 
 acoustics; 2nd with remarks preparatory to taking up the 
 training of the voice and the study of music. J. Eye, Ear & 
 Throat Dis.. Bait, 1897, ii, 1-18.— BOke (G.) [The in- 
 fluence of pathological changes of the Eustachian tube on the 
 power of audition.] Fiil&zet, Budapest, 1907, 13.— Bonnier 
 (P.) Sur diverses formes de paracousie. Compt. rend. Soc. 
 
 de biol., Par., 1898, 10. s., v, 851-854. . La paracousie 
 
 lointaine. Ann. d. mal. de I'oreille, du larynx [etc.]. Par., 
 1903, xxix, 111-118.— Breitung (M. ) Ein Fall von Doppelt- 
 horen. Deutsche med. Wchnscbr., Berl. & Leipz., 1898, 
 xxiv, 145.— Burger (H.) Beter hooren in lawaai. [Para- 
 cusis WUlisii.] Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst, 1916, 
 ii, 1992-2000. . De la paracousie de Wilhs. Eev. de 
 
 ' udito 
 
 negli artiglieri. ' Atti d. Cong. d. Soc. ital. di laringol. [etc.] 
 1913, Venezia, 1914, xvi, pt 2, 72-77.— Bartll (A.) Ueber 
 
 de laryngol., otol. et rhinol.. Par., 1900, iii, 16-21.— Cornet 
 (P.) Diplacousie dysharmonique. Arcn. internat. do 
 laryngol. [etc.]. Par,, 1906, u, 121-125.— De Kraker (J. M.) 
 The effect of abnormal conditions in the nose on hearing. 
 Detroit M. J., 1908, viii, 325-329.— Dcneli (E. B.) A con- 
 sideration of the pathologic conditions of the ear resulting in 
 £rofound irnpairment of hearing. Ann. Otol., Ehinol. & 
 .aryngol., St. Louis, 1911, xx, 54-62.— Egger (M.) De 
 I'orientation auditive; un cas de destruction unilatSrale de 
 I'appareil vestibulaire avec conservation de I'appareU 
 cochlfeire. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1898, 10. s., v, 
 740-742.— Escat (E.) Hiatus auditif dtl & I'absorption d'un 
 extMeur par un bourdonnement unisonnant ou consonnant 
 plus intense. Bull, d'oto-rhino-larjmgol.. Par., 1911, xlv, 
 1-9.— Fanning (A. M.) Impairment of heanng; a new, 
 simplified, and practical method of differentiating the 
 vanous forms of impaired hearing, with a working formula. 
 Post-Graduate, N. Y., 1891-2, vii, 263-268.— von Fragstein. 
 Ueber doppelseitige Gehoistorungen kombtniert mit bilate- 
 ralen Krampfenim Gebiete des Facialis, nebst Bemerkungen 
 uber das Vereorgungsgebiet des letzteren. Wien. kirn. 
 Wchnschr., 1903, xvi, 1061-1064.— GcU6 (G.) Trois faits de 
 troubles de I'ouie hfe 4 une nSvropathie. Ann. d. mal de 
 
 I'oreille, du larynx [etc.]. Par., 1892, xviii, 924-930. . 
 
 De Tauditiou par la vole cranienne dans les maladies du 
 systcme nerveux (nSvroses, psychoses). Cong, internat de 
 m6d. C. r.. Par., 1900, sect d'otol., 348-350.— Gradenlgo 
 (G.) La locallzzazione dei difetti funzionali lungo la scala 
 tonale nolle varie afEezioni dell'apparecchio uditivo. Gior. 
 d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino,- 1916, 4. s., xxii, 350-359. 
 
 . y n esperimento di fisiologia nella clinica; paralisi 
 
 traumatica del nervo facciale; influenza dello stapedio 
 sulla audizione. Ibid., 394-408.— Hubby (L. M.) Severely 
 impaned audition in childhood. Med. Rec^ N. Y 1915, 
 Ixxpni, 1089. Also, Reprint.— Kanesugi (E.) [A case of 
 diplacusis.] Dai Nippon Jl-Bi-In-Ko-Kwa^KwaiHo,Tokyo, 
 1898, IV, 123-149.— Klein (V.) Diplacusis echoica. Ugesk. f. 
 Lffiger, Kj0benh., 1913, Ixxv, 583.— Lachmunff (H.) 
 Ueber nervose Horstorungen. Monatschr. f. Psychiat u. 
 Neurol., Berl., 1906, xx, 66-84.— von Oebermann (P ) 
 Ueber Orthosymphonie; Beitrag zur Eenntnis des Falsch- 
 horens. Ztschr. £ Psychol, u. Physiol, d. Sinnesorg. , Leipz . 
 1908, xlviu, 259-275.— von Liebermann (P.) & K£vesz (G J 
 Experimentelle Beitrage zur Orthosymphonie und zum 
 
 FalschhSren. Ihid., 1912, Ixiii, 1. Abt., 286-324. 
 
 -; . Ueber eine besondere Form des Falschhorens in 
 
 tiefenLagen. /iM., 325-335.— Marage. Actionsur I'oreille, 
 a I'etat pathologique, des vibrations fondamentales des 
 voyelles. Compt rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1903, cxxxvi, 
 466-468.— Martin MonteUa (A.) Apuntes para el estudlo 
 de los midos subjetivos en sus relaciones con las enferme- 
 dades mentales. Rev. frenopAt espafl., Barcel., 1903, i, 
 225-232.— Nuvoli (G.) Biproduzione sperimentale e spiega- 
 zlone meccanica deUa paracusia di Willis. Atti di clin oto- 
 rino-lartngoiat d. r. Univ. di Boma, 1905, iii, 17-23.— Ost- 
 mann. Klinisohe Studlen zur Analyse der Horstorungen 
 Arch. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1906, Ixvii, 131-150.— Qurx (F.H ) 
 Bemerkungen zu den Arbeiten von Ostmann: Khnisclie 
 Studien zur Analyse der Horstorungen, und: Vom objek- 
 tiven zum einheitlichen Hormass. Z,tschr. f. Ohrenh 
 Wiesb., 1907, llii, 139-150.— Radtsikli (P.) [Subjective 
 auditory sensations of reflex origin.] Med. Obozr., Mosk , 
 1905, Ixui, 685-692.— Schulze (F. A. ) Ermiidung des Ohres. 
 Sitzungsb. d. Gesellsch. z. Betord. d. ges. Naturw. zu Marb. 
 (1910), 1911, 76.— Siebenmann (F.) Experimenteller und 
 histologischer Nachweis der Irrelevanz der Ejioohenleitimg 
 
AUDITION. 
 
 198 
 
 AUDITION. 
 
 Audition (Abnormal and disordered) . 
 
 bei der Entstehung akustischer SeMdigungen. Verhandl. 
 d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerate (Karlsruhe) 1911, 
 Leipz., 1912, Ixxxiii, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 410-412.— SiSsz (T.) 
 Ueoer funktionelle Horstorungen, Wien. kiln. Wchnscnr., 
 1915, xxviii, 818.— Tonletti (P.) Circa iina nuova forma di 
 
 f>aracusia incrociata in soggetti nonnali. Arch. ital. di otol. 
 etc.], Torino, 1902-3, xiii, 279-284.— Treltel (H.) XJeher 
 unctionelle Herabsetzung der HorfShigkeit; Neurol. 
 
 Centralbl., lelpz., 1901, xx, 689-697. . Ueber Storun- 
 
 gen des musikalischen und Sprachgehors. Deutsche med. 
 Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1904, xxx, 1134. — Urbant- 
 schltsch (V.) Ueber die Hyperakusis Willisii. Monatschr. 
 f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Berl. & Wien, 1912, xlvi, 741-754. Also 
 [Abstr.] : Verhandl. d. deutsch. otol. Gesellsch.", Jena, 1912, 
 xxi, 144-148. — Wliltlord (W.) Defective hearing or mis- 
 hearing in its relatien to shorthand writing. Chicago Clinic, 
 1898, xi, 318-322.— Wittmaak (K.) Ueber die tJrsachen 
 chroniscner Schwerhorigkeit. wien. klin. Rundschau, 
 
 1905, xlx, 544; 564. . Horstorungen, ihre Ermittlung 
 
 und diagnostische Bewertung. Ztsehr. i. arztl. Fortbild., 
 Jena, 1912, ix, 513-522. — Zange. Hysterische Horstorungen 
 im Kriege. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1915, 
 xli, 843. 
 
 Audition {Abnormal and disordered, 
 
 Treatment of). 
 i ' See, also, Ear {Diseases of, Treatment of) ; Ear 
 {Hygiene of). 
 
 Campbell (J. A.) Helps to hear. 12°. Chi- 
 cago, 1882. 
 
 Urbantschitsch (V.) Ueber methodische 
 Horubimgen und deren Bedeutung fiir Schwer- 
 horige. 8°. Wien & Leipzig, 1899. 
 
 Bryant (W. S.) The radical mastoid operation modified 
 to allow the preservation of normal hearing. Tr. Ain. Otol. 
 Soc, New Bedford, 1908, ix, pt. 2, 292-296.— Erbsiteln 
 (M. S.) [Treatment of difficulty of hearing by fibrolysin 
 injections.] Yezhemles. Ushn., Gorlov. 1 Nosov. Bollezn., 
 S.-Peterb., 1909, iv, 107-115.— Goldscliinldt (A.) Hllfs- 
 mittel des Horens. Samml. zwangl. Abhandl. a. d. Geb. d. 
 Nasen-, Ohren-, Mund- u. Halskr., Halle a. S., 1900, iv, 349; 
 414. — Gowers (W. B.) The Bradshaw lecture on subjective 
 sensations of sound. J. Laryngol., Lend., 1897, xii, 267; 
 315.— Kllramel. Beurteilung und Behandlung funktionel- 
 ler HBrstSrungen. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1917, liv, 1230.— 
 Kugel. Ueber Instrumente zur Verbesserung der Hor- 
 scharte. Klin.-therap. Wchnschr., Wien, 1902, ix, 73; 110.— 
 Levenson (Y. I.) [Thiosinamin in difficult hearing.] 
 Yezhemles. Ushn., Gorlov. ,i Nosov. Bollezn. , S.-Petorb., 
 1906, i, 41-48.— Marage. Education et reeducation des 
 centres audltifs. Gaz. mdd. de Par., 1913, Ixxxlv, 45. — 
 Maurice (A.) Reeducation de I'Duie. Arch, intemat. de 
 laryngol. [etc.]. Par., 1913, xxxvi, 429-435.— Miglioramcnto 
 (Sul) dell' udito per mezzo degll esercizi aoustici. Riv. di 
 patol. e terap. d. mal. d. gola [etc.], Firenze, 1896; lil, 73-78.— 
 Raoult (A.^ Reeducation de I'ouie par le precede eiectro- 
 phonoide. Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1911, ii, 209- 
 218. AUo [Abstr.l: Compt. rend. Soc. debiol.. Par., 1912, 
 Ixxii, 632-634. — Tillot (E. ) Le reveil de I'ouie par les excita- 
 tions fonctionnelles; nouvelles observations. Rev. med. de 
 Normandie, Rouen, 1913, 325; 345.— Treltel. Ueber Hor- 
 ubungen bei Verlust des Gehors. Arch. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 
 1895-6, xl, 123-132.— Ulens (E.) De I'education de I'ouie 
 Chez I'en&nt atteint de surdite. Presse med. beige, Brux., 
 1908, Ix, 347-353. 
 
 Audition {Acuity of). 
 
 See, also, Audition {Limits of). 
 
 Bacheach (D.) *Ueber die Horscharfe zu 
 verschiedenen Tageszeiten. 8°. Lausanne, 
 1915. 
 
 AlaOf in: Ztsehr. f. Psychol, u. Physiol, d. Sinhesorg., 
 Leipz., 1915, xlix, 2. Abt., 99-108. 
 
 Bruhns (C.) *Ueber das deutliche Horeh. 
 Ein Beitrag zur Physiologie des Horens. 8°. 
 Gottingen, 1857. 
 
 Brunek (F. G.) The hearing of primitive 
 peoples, an experimental study of the auditory 
 acuity and the upper limit of hearing of Whites, 
 Indians, Filipinos, Ainu, and African pigmies. 
 8°. New Yorh, 1908. 
 
 In: Archives of Psychology, 1908, No. 11. 
 
 Bortolotti (L.) Dell' a£uit& uditiva sotto I'azione di 
 luci colorate diverse. Atti d. Cong. d. Soc. ital. di laringol. 
 [etc.] 1906, Siena, 1907, 131-138.— poUlneau. L'acuite de 
 I'ouie selon les races. Rev. de I'Eoole d'authrop. de Par., 
 1903, xiii, 250. — Gellfi. Sur l'acuite auditive et la portde de 
 I'ouie. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1894, 9. s., vi, 70. — 
 Maloney (W. J. W. A.) The enhancing of auditory acuity 
 by psychological methods. N. York M. J. [eto.],1913, xcvii, 
 
 Audition {Acuity of) . 
 
 1077-1081. Also, Reprint.— Wagner X^.) Aoutenesa of 
 hearing before and after radical operations. Arch. Otol., 
 N. Y., 1900, xxix, 260-271.— ZwaardemakerfH.) Abso- 
 lute of summaire gehoorscherpte. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. 
 Geneesk., Amst., 1894, 2. R. xxx, 145-152. 
 
 Audition {Acuity of , Measurement of). 
 See Acmnetry; Audition {Tests for). 
 
 Audition (Colored). 
 See, also, Synsestliesia. 
 Benoist (E.) *Oontribution k I'dtude de 
 I'audition color^e. 8°. Pan's, 1899. 
 
 Also [Abstr.], in: Independ. med.. Par., 1899, v, 97-100. ' 
 
 Lemaitre (A.) Audition color^e et ph^no- 
 mtoea connexes observes chee des ^coliers. 
 12°. Paris, 1901. 
 
 SuAREZ DE Mendoza (P.) L'audition co- 
 lor^e; 6tude sur les fausses sensations secon- 
 daires physiologiques, et particuUferement sur 
 les pseudo-sensations de couleurs asspci^es aux 
 perceptions objectives des sons. 2. ^d. 8°. 
 Paris, 1899. 
 
 Azoulay (L.) Un cas d'audition et de representation 
 colorees reversibles. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1904, 
 Ivi, 24. — Bijlsma (R.) L'audition coloree. Med. Weekbl., 
 Amst., 1900-1901, vii, 629-632.— Blanchard (B.) De 
 I'encephalopsie chromatique. Bull. Acad, de med,. Par., 
 1916, 3. s., Ixxv, 61.5-639.— Breton (A.) Nouveau cas 
 d'audition coloree. Rev. gen. de clin. et de thdrap., Par., 
 
 1897, xi, 279. . Un cas eomplique d'audition oolorpe. 
 
 Ibid., 1898, xii, 663. — C. Le phenomene de l'audition coloree; 
 I'orgue des saveurs et le clavecin oculaire. Chron. med.. 
 Par., 1916, xxlii, 306-309.— Ceconl (A.) Intomo al feno- 
 mcno dell' audizione colorata. Arch. ital. di clin. med., 
 
 1896, XXXV, 679-715. — . Intomo ai fenomeni di sineste- 
 
 sia.. Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1901, 4. s., vii, 97- 
 142.— Cbaluiiecky (H.) Farbenhoren. Wien. klin. Rund- 
 schau, 1904, xviii, 373;.395; 412; 430. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: 
 
 Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1903, Iv, 1257-1259.— C)a- 
 vlSre (J.) L'audition coloree. Ann. d. so. psych.. Par., 
 1899, ix, 237-251,-^Colman (W. S.) Further remarks on 
 
 L'audition coloree. Rev. phil.. Par., 1900, xlix, 300-305.- 
 De Vescovi (P.) Visione cromatizzata delle parole (audi- 
 zione colorata). Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.], Torino, 1897, v, 
 273-341.— Epstein (S. S.) Ueber Modification der Gesichts- 
 wahmehmungen unter dem Einfluss von gleiohzeitigen 
 'Toneindrucken. Ztsehr. f. Biol., Miinchen & Leipz., 1896, 
 n. F., XV, 28^2.— Evans (T. H.) Color-hearing, with tactile 
 values of sound. Med. Times, N. Y., 1909, xxxvii, 71-74.— 
 GraJEe (A.) Note sur un nouveau cas d'audition coloree. 
 
 Rev. de med.. Par., 1897, xvii, 192-195. . Sur un cas a 
 
 rattacher k ceux d'audition coloree. Ibid., 1898, xviii, 225- 
 228.— Harris (D. F.) On psychochromaestheisia and cer- 
 tain synassthesise. Edinb. M. J., 1905, n. s., xviii, 529-539. — 
 Von Hug-Hellmutli (H.) Ueber Farbenhoren; ein Ver- 
 such das Phanomeu auf Grand der psycho-analytischen 
 Methode zu erklilren. Imago, Leipz. & Wien, 1912, i, 228- 
 264. — Laignel-Lavastine. Audition coloree familiale. Rev. 
 neurol.. Par., 1901, ix, 1152-1102.— Langcnbeck (K.) Die 
 akustisch-chromatischen Sjnopsien (tarbige Gchorsem- 
 plindungen); unter Berilcksichti^ung von Selbstbeobach- 
 tung. Ztsehr. f. Psychol, u. Physiol, d. Sinnesorg., Leipz., 
 1913, xlvii, 2. Aht., 159-181.- Langfleld (H. S.) A ease oi 
 color hearmg. Psychol. Bull., Princeton, N. J., & Lancas- 
 ter, Pa., 1914, xi, 61.— Lemaitre (A.) Un cas d'audition 
 coloree hallucmatoire suivi d'observations sur la stabilite et 
 I'hereditedosphotismes. Arch, depsychol., Geneve, 1903-4, 
 lii, 164-177.— liomer (G.) Beobachtungon uber farbiges 
 l-loren (Auditio colorata). Arch. f. Psychiat., Berl., 1905, xl, 
 593-601.— Marian! (C. E.) Un case di audizione colorata. 
 Ricerche dl psichiat. . . . ded. al Enrico Morsclli [etc.], Mi- 
 lano, 1907, 219-224.— Marlnesco (G.) Contribution k 
 retude des synesthesies particuliferement de l'audition 
 coloree. J. de psychol. norm, et path.. Par., 1912, ix,38S-121, 
 
 2 pi. . Ueber Mitenlpfindungen, insbesondere liber 
 
 farbiges Horen. Deutsche Rev., Stuttg. & Leipz., 1914, ii, 
 207-221.— Myers ( C. S.) Two cases of synsesthesia. Brit. J. 
 Psychol., Cambridge, 1914, vU, 112-117.— Netto (Ilse) & 
 Groos (Marie). Die Sinnesdaten im "Ring der Nibelun- 
 gen;" optiisches und akustischos Material; gesammelt von 
 . . .; hrsg. von Karl Groos. Arch. f. d. ges. Psychol., Leipz., 
 1911-12, xxii, 401^22,— Ottolenglil (S.) La sensazione 
 cromatioa nei pittori; contributo alia casuistica dell'audi- 
 zione colorata. Arch, di psichiat. [etc.], Torino, 1896, xvii, 
 310-312.— Paladlno (G.) Un oaso di udizione colorata. 
 
AUDITION. 
 
 199 
 
 AUDITION. 
 
 Audition (^Colored). 
 
 Med. ital., Napoll, 1904, li, 189-191.— Palau (F.) Audidfin 
 coloreada. Bol. mgd., L&ida, 1905, Iv, 637; 653.— Pflster 
 (O.) Die Ui'sache der Farbenbegleltung bei akustischen 
 Wanrnehmungen und das Wesen anderer Synfethesieen. 
 Imago, Leipz. & Wlen, 1912, i, 265-276.— Pron & BrlenFne 
 (M.) L'audition oolorte. Chron. va&A.., Par., 1918, xxv, 
 119-122.— Rosslgneux (C.) Essal sur l'audition oolor^e et . 
 savaleur estMtique. J. de psyoliol. norm, et path., Par., 
 1905, 11, 193-215.— Bostohar (M.) [Auditory synaesthe- 
 sise.J Ldk. rozhledy. Praha, 1914, xxi, 641-651: 191.5, xxli, 
 145-159.— Saral (T.) Ein Fall von atustiscli-optischer 
 Synasthesie (Farbeimoreii). Ztschr. f. Ohrenh., IViesb., 
 1904, xlvi, 130- 135.— Sokolov (P.) L'individuation co- 
 lor^e. Ann. d. so. psych.. Par., 1901, 3d, 302-308.— Warren 
 (H. 0.) Synesthesia and synopsia. Am. Naturalist, PhUa., 
 1896, XXX, 689-691.— Wcholer (F.J "Farbenhoren" (ohroma- 
 tische Phonopsien) bei Musik; ein Beitrag zur Psychologie 
 der Synasthesien aut Grund eigener Beobachtungen. Ztschr. 
 f. ang. Psych, [etc.], Leipz., 1912-13, vii, 1-54.— Wilkinson 
 (G.) Acoustic color In medical aspect. Omaha Cllnie, 
 1891-2, iv, 235-243. 
 
 Audition (Oomparative 'physiology of). 
 See, also, Auricle; Ear (Morphology of). 
 Beer (T.) Der gegenwartige Stand unserer Kenntnlsse 
 iiber das Horen der Thiere. Wien. klin. Wchnsclir., 1896, 
 
 ix, 866-872. -. Vergleichend-physiologischo Studien zur 
 
 Statocysteulunction; fiber den angebhcheu Gehorsinnund 
 das augebliche GehSrorgan der Crustaceen. Arch. t. d. ges. 
 Physiol., Bonn, 1898. Ixxhi, 1-41.— Bigelow (H. B.) The 
 sense of hearing in the goldnsh, Carassuis auratus L. Am. 
 NaturaMst, Bost., 1904, xxxviu, 275-284.— Constable (F. C.) 
 The dog's sense of direction of sound. Nature, Loud., 1907, 
 Ixxvi, 349.— Denker (A.) Ein Beitrag zur Lehre von der 
 Funktion des Sohallleituugsapparats dcs Saugethierohrs. 
 Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1896, Ixiv, 600-606.— Edingcr 
 (L.) Ueber das Horen der Fiscne und anderer nicderer 
 Vertebraten. Zcntralbl. f. Physiol., Leipz. & Wien, 190S-9, 
 xxil, IHl.- Goebel (O.) Ueber die 'Tatigkeit des Hbrorgans 
 bei den Vogeln. Ztschr. 1. Psychol, u. Physiol, d. Sinnes- 
 org., Leipz., 1913, 2. Abt., xlvii, 382-411.— Htinter (W. S.) 
 The auditory sensitivety ot the white rat. J. Animal Be- 
 havior, Cambridge, 1914, iv, 215-222: 1915, v, 312-329.— 
 Hunter (W. S.) & Yarbrougli (J. U.) The interference of 
 auditory habits in the white rat. Hid., Albany, 1917, vh, 
 49-65. — Jourdain (S.) L'audition chez les uivertArfe. 
 Cinquanten. do la Soc. de biol.. Par., 1899, 57.— Kalischer 
 (O.) Ueber den Sitz der Tondressur bei Hunden. Zcn- 
 tralbl. f. "Physiol., Leipz. & Wien, 1908, xxil, 495.— Lafite- 
 Dupont. Recherches sur l'audition des poissons. Compt. 
 rend. Soc. de biol.. Par,, 1907, Ixiii, 710.— Masiui (G.) & Be 
 (A.) Fonctions auditives dans des pigeons excdrSbrfe. 
 , Ann. di laringol. [etc.], Geneva, 1900, i, 156-160.— Parker 
 (G. H. ) The sense ol hearing in the dogfish. Science, N, Y. 
 & Lancaster, Pa., 1909, n. s., xxix, 42S.— Peter (IQ Ver- 
 suche fiber das Horvermogen eines Schmetterlin.^s (Endrosa 
 V. ramosa). Biol. Centralbl., Erlang., 1912, xxxu, 724-731, — 
 Piper (H.) Aktionsstrome vom Labyrinth der Fische bei 
 SchaUreizung. Arch. 1. Physiol., Leipz., 1901, Suppl,-Bd., 
 1911, 1-13, 1 pi,— Keseu (J,) Experimentelle Untersu- 
 chungen fiber das Gehor von LiogryUus campestris L, Zool. 
 
 Anz., Leipz,, 1912, xl, 305-316. . Haben die Antennen 
 
 ffir die alternierende Stridulation von Thamnotrizon apterus 
 , Fab. c? eine Bedeutung? .Ein Beitrag zur Frage des Ge- 
 horsinnes bei den Insekten. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., 
 Bonn, 1913, civ, 245-260,— Turner (C. H.) An experimental 
 study ot the auditory powers of the giant silkworm moths 
 (Saturniidse). Biol. Bull,, Woods Holl, Mas,, 1914, xxvli, 
 325-332,— Turner (C. H.) & Schwarz (E.) Auditory 
 powers of the Catocala moths; a^ experimental field study. 
 Ibid., 275-293. — Usiyevlch. [Physiological investigation ot 
 the auditory faculty of dogs.] Izvlest. Imp. Voyenno-Med. 
 Akad., S.-Peterb., 1912, xxlv, 484; 872.— Wallenberg (A.) 
 Die seouudare Acustiousbahn der Taube. ■ Anat. Anz., Jena, 
 1898, xiv, 353-369,— WUIem (V,) Les origines de l'audi- 
 tion Chez les vert^brds. Acad. roy. de Belg. BuU. de la cl. 
 d. sc, Brux., 1913, 1231-1259.— Terkes (E. M.) The sense 
 of hearing in frogs. 3. Comp. Neurol. & Psychol., Granville, 
 Ohio, 1905, XV, 279-304. Also [Abstr.l: J. Philos., Psychol, 
 [etc.], Lancaster, Pa., & N. Y., 1905, Jl, C7. 
 
 Audition (Conservation and hygiene of). 
 See, also, Deafness (Prevention of); Ear (Hy- 
 giene of). 
 
 Barnbill (J. F.) Conservation of hearing. J. Indiana 
 M. Ass., Fort Wayne, 1912, v, 115-119.— Bryant (W. S.) 
 , The preservation of hearing. Med. Eec, N. Y., 1907, tod, 
 " 349. Also, Eeprint. . Opportunities for the preserva- 
 tion of hearing. J . Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1913, be, 878-881. — 
 Edmondson (E. E.) The conservation of hearing. Il- 
 linois M. J., Chicago, 1915^ xxvli, 141-145.— Harris (C. M.) 
 Some important factors m the conservation of hearing. 
 Med. Bee, N. Y., 1914, Ixxxv, 478-480.— Hays (H.) The 
 
 Preservation ot hearing in children. Proc. Conv. Am. Instr. 
 leaf. Wash., D. C, 1917, xxi, 128-152,— Maloney (W. J.) 
 The enhancing of auditory acuity by psychologic methods. 
 
 Audition (Conservation and hygiene of). 
 
 Ann. Otol., Ehinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1913, xxli, 531- 
 537.— Phillips (W. 'O 'The conservation of the hearing 
 function. Lanoet-CIiiiic, Cincin., 1914, cxii, 122-125,— 
 Slebenmann. Akustisches Trauma und personhcher 
 Sohutz gegen prolessionelle Schwerhorigkeit. Cor.-Bl. f. 
 schweiz. Acrzte, Basel, 1915, xlv, 385-389.— Wells (A. A.) 
 Some general remarks upon the sense of heai'ing, especially 
 from a hygienic standpoint. Am. Pract., N. Y., 1913, xlvu, 
 179-188.— Wisliard (J. G.) The conservation of hearing. 
 Cleveland M. J., 1914, xiii, 622-629. 
 
 Audition ( Disordered) . 
 
 See Audition (Abnormal, etc.). 
 
 Audition (Limits of, Upper and lower). 
 
 Galton (F.) Whistles for determining the 
 upper limits of audible sound in different per- 
 sons. 12°. London., [n. d.]. 
 
 Helmholz (W. [W.]) *Vergleich zwischen der 
 Galtonpfeife und dem Schulzeschen Monochord 
 zur Bestimmtmg der oberen Horgrenze. [Ber- 
 lin.] 8°. Potsdam, 1910. 
 
 ZwAARDEMAKER (H.) Over de grenzen van 
 ons toongehoor. 8°. Utrecht, 1S9S. 
 
 Battelli (F.) Sul liinite inferiore del suoni percettibiU. 
 Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1896, 3. s,, xliv, 478-^86, 
 Also, transl.: Arch, ital. de biol,, Turin, 1897, xxvli, 202- 
 209,— Cliavanne (F,) Determination de la Umite su- 
 pdrieure de l'audition par conduction adrienne et osseuse au 
 moyen du monocorde de Struycken. Ann. d. mal, de 
 I'oreille, du larynx [etc]. Par,, 1911, xxxvii, 870-875.— 
 Gradenlgo (G,) II nmite superiore dell'udito nelle varie 
 eti; la legge della presbiacusi. Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.), 
 Torino, 1917, xxviii, 80-85, Also: Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. 
 di Torino, 1917, 4. s., xxlii, 230-235.— Hegener (.1.) Ueber die 
 Tonbildung bei der Edelmannschen Galtonpteile und dercn 
 Verwendung zur Bestimmung der physiologischen und 
 pathologischen oberen Horgrenze. Beitr. z. Anat,, Physiol., 
 
 Path, u. Therap. d. Ohres[eto,], Berl!, 1908, 1, 321-350. . 
 
 Kritische Untersuchungen zur oberen Horgrenze. Ver- 
 handl. d. deutsch. otol. Gesellsch., Jena, 1910, xlx, 98-109. 
 Also: Monatschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc], Berl. & Wien, 1910, 
 xliv, 749-756,— Heyninx. Eiiallsation de tout le champ 
 auditif tonal: 1° par le monocorde de Struycken, allant 
 jusqu'au seuil supMeur de l'audition; 2° par un diapason 
 unique alla,nt jusqu'au seuil in((5ricur de l'audition. Clini- 
 que, Brux., 1912, xxvl, 225-229, 2 ch.— Kaiahne (W.) 
 Untersuchungen mittels des Struyckcnschen Monochords 
 fiber die Wahmehmuug hochster Tone durch Luft- und 
 Knochenleitung. Beitr. z. Anat,, Physiol,, Path, u. Therap. 
 d. Ohres[etc.), Berl., 1911, v, 157-180. ^/so[Abstr.]: Deut- 
 sche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz,, 1911, xxxvii, 2351,— 
 Ostino (G,) Aneora a proposito della determlnazione del 
 limite mlnimo d'udizione compatibile col servizio mihtare; 
 deve la sorditk unilaterale costituire titolo di ritorma? Gior. 
 med. d. r. esercito, Eoma, 1899, xlvli, 465-478.— Pouget 
 (E. J.) D(5termination,du champ auditil. Arch, internat. 
 de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1911, Xxxu, 470-474.— Kandall 
 (B. A.) Some observations on the hmits ot hearing. Tr. 
 Am. Otol. Soc. New Bedford, 1901, vii, pt. 4, 546-552.— 
 Rayleigli (iorii). The limits ot audition. Nature, Lend., 
 1897, Ivi, 285. Also: Notices Proc. Eoy, Inst. Gr. Brit. 1897, 
 Lend., 1898, xv, 417.— Schaefer (K. L.) Die Bestimmung 
 der unteren Horgrenze. Ztschr. f. Psychol, u. Physiol, d. 
 
 Sinncsorg., Leipz., 1899, xxi, 161-173. . Neuere 
 
 Fortschntte in der Anwendung der Galtonpfeife zur Bestim- 
 mung der oberen Horgrenze. Chariti5-Aim^ Berl., 1911, 
 XXXV, 558-564,— Schuize (F. A.) Die obere Horgrenze und 
 ihre exakte Bestimmimg. Beitr. z. Anat., Physiol., Path. 
 
 u. Therap. d. Ohres [etc], Berl., 1908, i, 134-151. . 
 
 Monochord zur Bestimmung der oberen Horgrenze und der 
 Perzeptionstahigkeit des Ohres tur sehr hohe Tone. Ztschr. 
 
 f. Ohrenh., Wiesb., 1908, Ivi, 167-173. . Bestunmung 
 
 der oberen Horgrenze mlt der Zahnradsirene. Sitzungsb. d. 
 Gesellsch. z. Beford. d. ges. Naturw. zu Marb. (1910), 1911, 
 73-76.— Schwcudt (A.) Experimentelle Bestimmungen 
 der Wellenlange und Schwingungszahl hochsler horbarer 
 Tone, mlt Benutzung von Herrn Dr. Eudolph Konig briet- 
 lich mltgetheilter praktischer Anleitungen ausgeffihrt. 
 Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol,, Bonn, 1899, Ixxv, 346-364, 2pl. Also 
 [Abstr,]: Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 
 1899, Leipz., 1900, Ixxi, pt. 2, 2. Hlttc, 368-370,— Struycken 
 (H. J. L.) Beobachtungen fiber die physiologische obere 
 Horgrenze fur Lutt- und Knochenleitung. Beitr. z. Anat., 
 Physiol., Path: u. Therap. d. Ohres [etc.], Berl., 1911, v, 1-6. 
 . Tabellen fiber die obere Horgrenze bei pathologi- 
 schen Verhaltnissen. Ibid., 1913, vi, 289-301.— TurnbuU 
 (L.) Acoustics; laws of sound; the auricle. Limit of 
 perception of musical tones by the human ear, telephone, 
 audiometer, microphone, Eoentgen rays. Georgia J. M. &, 
 S., Savannah, 1898, ii, 85-93.— Wllberg (E.) Monochord 
 und obere Horgrenze. Arch. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1909, Ixxv 
 83; 165. 
 
AUDITION. 
 
 200 
 
 AUDITION. 
 
 Audition {Tests for). 
 
 See, also, Acumetry; Audiometer; Audi- 
 tion (Limits of) ; Ear (Exploration of) ; Malin- 
 gerers; Becruits (Examination of); Sound 
 (Perception of. Estimation, etc., of); Tuning 
 forks. 
 
 Arnaud (R.) *Contribution h, I'^tude de 
 quelques proc4d6s pratiques de I'examen de 
 raudition. 8°. Montpellier, 1915. 
 
 Bezold (F.) Ueber die ftinktionelle Priifung 
 des menschlichen Gehororgans. Gesammelte 
 Abhandlungen und Vortrage. v. 2. 8°. Wis- 
 badm, 1903. 
 
 BiEHL (K.) Die Horpriifung und deren 
 Verwertung bei der Untersucliuiig der Wehr- 
 pflichtigen. 12°. Wien, 1908. 
 
 Maragb. Meeure et d6veloppement de I'audi- 
 tion. 8°. Paris, [1906]. 
 
 OsTMANN (P.) Ein objektives Hormass und 
 seine Anwendung. 8°. Wiesbaden, 1903. 
 
 Panse (R.) Referat fiber Horprufung. Im 
 Namen der f ur die Vorberatung einer einbeitli- 
 chen Horprufungsmethode ernannten Commis- 
 sion erstattet von ... 8°. Jena, 1898. 
 
 Aldeiton (H. A.) Stinmigabel-Untersuohaiigen mit 
 Gabeln mittlerer Hohe an ilber 600 Fallen. Ztschr. 1. 
 Ohrenli., Wlesb., 1894-5, xxvi, 298-321.— Andrews (A. H.) 
 Sources of errorin functional tests of hearing. Laryngoscope, 
 St. Louis, 1902, xii, 249-263. . Sources of error m func- 
 tional tests othearing. J. OpMh. & Oto-Laryngol., CMcago, 
 1909, iii, 221-225.— Andrews (B. R.) Auditory tests. Am. 
 J. Psychol., Worcester, 1904, xv, 14-56: 1905, xvi, 302.— Baley 
 (S.) Versuche ilber die Lokahsation von Tonen. Beitr. z. 
 Anat., Physiol., Path. u. Therap. d. Ohres[etc.], Berl.. 1913, 
 vii, 69-99.— Ballenger (W. L.) The functional tests of hear- 
 ing. Phila. M. J., 1901, vii, 972-977. . Functional tests 
 
 of hearing; some of (he prmciples on which they are based. 
 J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1903, xl, 981-983.— Barftny (R.) 
 Neue Methoden der Stimmgabelpriifimg und deren prak- 
 tische Bedeutung. Wien. Hin. Wchnschr., 1909, xxli, 
 
 1401-1403. . [Cartilaginous soimd transmission.] Vest- 
 
 nlk Ushn., Gorlov. i Nosov. Bollezn., S.-Peterb., 1910, 
 
 ii, 22-24. . Worttabellen zur Horprufung. Verhandl. 
 
 d. deutsch. otol. Gesellsch., Jena, 1910, xix, 110-113.— 
 Baratoux (J.) D'une unit^ de mesure pour I'examen de la 
 perception avec le diapason; s^rle normale de diapasons; 
 rfeultat de I'examen fonctionnel d'un malade. Pratique 
 m^d.. Par., 1897, xi, 65-70. . Mesure de I'acmt^ audi- 
 tive. Ihid., 1899, xiii, 33-45. . De I'uniflcation de la 
 
 mesure de I'ouie. Jiji., 17-30. . De I'unit^ de men- 
 suration de Tome (femlle d'observation). Ibid., 97; 109. 
 
 . De I'unit^ de mensuration de I'ouie. Intemat. 
 
 Otol. Cong. Trans. 1899, Lond., 1900^ vi, 281-286. . 
 
 De I'adoption d'un diapason international en acoumdtrie. 
 Arch, intemat. de laryngoL [etc.]. Par., 1910, xxx, 120-127. 
 Aleo: Pratique mid.. Par., 1910, xxiv, 49-59.— Bardler. 
 Questions otologiques; mesure de I'acuit^ auditive des 
 blessfe ou malades; les sourds de la guerre; aptitude miU- 
 taire des otorrhflques. Arch, de m6d. et pharm. mil.. Par., 
 1916-17, Ixvi, 600.— Barr (T.) & Scott (S.) The value and 
 significance of hearing tests. Proc. Roy. Soo. Med., Lond., 
 1911-12, T, Otol. Sect., 97-132. [Discussion], 135-140.— 
 Baitb (A.) Ueber eine einheitlicne Form der gewohnli- 
 chen Horpriifung. Verhandl. d. deutsch. otol. Gesellsch., 
 Jena, 1898, vii, 12-20.— de Bechterew (W.) Nouvel ap- 
 pareil pour I'examen de la perception acoustique. Arch, de 
 psychol., Geneve, 1905-6, v, 108-111.— Behm. Ueber 
 Acustotechnik und Schallmessung. Arch. f. Ohrenh., 
 Leipz., 190& Ixix, 245. — Bentley (I. MJ Standard tests of 
 audition. Science, N. Y. Lancaster, Pa., 1904, n. a., xix, 
 959-961.— Beaold (F.) Nachtrag zu den Stimmgabel- 
 Untersuchungen. Ztschr. f. Ohrenh., Wiesb., 188S-9, xix, 
 
 212-230. . Referat fiber den gegenwiirtigen Stand der 
 
 Horprufungen (Spezieller Teil). Verhandl. d. deutsch. 
 
 otol. Geselfichy Jena, 1896, v, 18-30. . Ergebnisse der 
 
 functionellen Gehorspriifung mit der oontinuirlichen Ton- 
 reihe, insbesondere am Taubstummenohr. Sitzungsb. d. 
 Gesellsch. f. Morphol. u. Physiol, in Miinchen, 1900, xvi, 1-21. 
 
 . Eine Analyse des Rinne'schenVersuchs. Verhandl. 
 
 d. deutsch. otol. Gesellsch., Jena, 1900, ix, 42-50. Also: 
 Ztschr. f. Ohrenh., Wiesb., 1900, xxxvii, 197-207. Also, 
 
 transl.: Arch. Otol.^ N. Y., 1900, xxix, 453-461. . Die 
 
 Horprufung mit Stimmgabeln bei einseitiger Taubheit und 
 die Schlilsse welche sich daraus fiir die Knochenleitung und 
 fiir die Funktion des SchaUleltungsapparates Ziehen, lasscn. 
 
 Ztschr. f. Ohrenh., Wiesb., 1903, xlv, 262-274. . The 
 
 functional examination of the hearing with tuning-forks in 
 mono-lateral deafness, with deductions on bone conduction 
 and the function of the sound-conducting apparatus. Arch. 
 Otol., N. Y., 1906, XXXV, 214-221.— Bezold (F.) & Edel- 
 
 oil 
 
 Audition (Tests for). 
 
 mann. Bestimmung der HorschBrfe naoh richtigeu Pro- 
 portionen. Verhandl. d. deutsch. otol. Gesellson., Jena, 
 
 1898, vii, 24-34. — ■. . Eine neue Methode, die 
 
 Quantitat des H5rverm6gens vermittelst Stimmgabeln zu 
 •bestuumen, von E. Schmiegelow. Arch. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 
 1900, xlix, 8-16.— Blasloll (A.) Sull'esame funzionale del- 
 1' orecchio colla voce afona. Arch, ital, di otol. [etc.], Torino, 
 1908, xix, 177-182.— Biehl (K.) Ueber Horpriifung und ihre 
 ■ Verwendung in der amts- una zivilarztlichen Praxis. Med. 
 Klin., Berl., 1912, viii, 1696-1699.— Bljlsma (R.) De he- 
 aling van de gchoorscherpte en hare beteekenis voor de 
 iagnose. Geneesk. Bl. u. Ellin, en Lab. v. de prakt, 
 
 Haarlem, 1901, viii, 201-226. . De proet van Rinne. 
 
 Med. Weekbl., Amst., 1901-2, viii, 13-19.— Blng (A.) 
 Zum GellS'schen Vcrsuch (Pressions centripStes). Monat 
 
 schr. f. Ohrenh., Berl., 1899, xxxUl, 149-156. . Kriti- 
 
 scbes zu den Stimmgabelversuchen und deren diagnosti- 
 scher Wertung. Arch. I. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1915, xcvi, 159- 
 182. — Ble^ad (N. R.) Bemerkungen fiber Rinne's Ver- 
 such sowie fiber die Bestimmung der Perzeptionszeit von 
 Stimmgabeln. Nord. med. Ark., Stockholm, 1905, 3. f., v, 
 Afd. 1, No. 11, 1-12. AUo: Arch. f. Ohrenh.: Leipz., 1906, 
 Ixvi, 280-290.— Bloch (E.) Ueber einheitliohe Bezeich- 
 nung unscrer Funktionspriifungsergebnisse. (Ein Vor- 
 schlag.) Verhandl. d. deutsch. otol. Gesellsch., Jena, 1898, 
 
 vii, 21-23. . Ueber eine neue zuverlassige Methode der 
 
 Hormessung. IWd., 1905, 108-113. . Zur Frage der 
 
 einheitlichen Bezeichnung otologischer Funktionspriifung. 
 
 Arch. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1910, Ijcxxil, 108-120. . 
 
 Bemerkungen zu dem Vorschl^e der Kommission des 
 internationalen otologischen Eongresses, eine einheitliohe 
 Bezeichnung der Ergebnisse der Horprufung betreflend. 
 Verhandl. d. deutsch. otol. Gesellsch., Jena, 1910, xix, 173- 
 179.— Bonnier (P.) Un proc^dS simple d'acoum^trie. 
 Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.]. Par., 1899, xii, 131-133. 
 AUo: Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1899, 10. s., vi, 222- 
 
 224. . La pointure acoum^trique. Arch, intemat. de 
 
 laryngol. [etc.), Par., 1899, xii, 481-493. Also: dnquanten. 
 
 de la Soc. de biol.. Par., 1899, 370-378. . Unification 
 
 acoumfitrique. Cong, intemat. de m4d. C. r.. Par., 1900, 
 
 sect, d'otol., 22-24. . Acoum^trte. Intemat. Otol. 
 
 Cong. 1899, Lond., 1900, vi, 290-293. . Pointure 
 
 acoum^trique et diapason international. Arch, intemat. 
 
 de laryngol. [etel, Par., 1904, xviii, 511. . Notation 
 
 acoum^trique et diapason international. Bull, de laryngol., 
 
 otol. etrhinol.. Par., 1904, xii, 201. [Discussion], 263. , 
 
 L'acoumfitrie pratique. Arch, intemat. de largngol. [etc.]. 
 Par., 1909, xxvil, 159-163.— Breltung (M.) Einige Bemer- 
 kungen zur practischen Bewerthung des Gell^'schen Ver- 
 suches. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh., Berl., 1899, xxxiii, 238-241.— 
 Brlese. 1st es notig, dass fiir die Beurteilung des Horver- 
 mogens ausfuhrliche Bestimmungen eingefuhrt werden, 
 ahnlich wie sie fur die Beurteilung des Sehvermogens be- 
 stehen, und welche? Ztschr. f. Bahn- u. Bahnkassenarzfe, 
 Melsungen, 1914, ix, 141-152.— Brtthl (G.) Der Rinne'sche 
 und der GelM'sohe Versuch. Ztschr. f. Ohrenh^ Wiesb., 
 1897, xxxii, 45-60. Also, transl.: Pratique m^d.. Par., 1898, 
 xii, 66; 81; 97. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Arch. Otol., N. Y., 
 
 1900, xxix, 24-33. . Die moderue Funktionspriifung 
 
 des Ohres. Ztschr. f. arztl. Fortbild., Jena, 1911, viii, 163; 
 203. — Brttnlngs. Ueber die sogenannte Knochenleitung 
 als Grundlage der qualitativen Horpriifung. Verhandl, d. 
 
 deutsch. otol. Gesellsch., Jena, 1910, xix, 165-173. . 
 
 Ueber exakte Hormessung mit HUfe einer von M. Wien 
 angegebenen Anordnung (Kondensatorentladung in elektri- 
 schem Schwingungslaeis-Telefon mit Luftresonator). 
 JUd., 1913, xxii, 259-272.— Bryant (W. S.) A phonographic 
 
 acoumeter. Arch. Otol., N. Y., 1904, xxxiii, 438-443. . . 
 
 Practical hearing tests. J. Ass. Mil. Surg. U. S., CarMsle, 
 
 Pa., 1905, xvi, 245-261. Also, Reprint. . The value of 
 
 the present quantitative tests for hearing; with the demon- 
 stration of a new apparatus. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1905, Ixvi, 
 
 489-492. AUo, Reprmt. . The interpretation of clinical 
 
 hearing tests according to the author'ssensiUve hair theory of 
 sound perception. Cong.internat.demM. (xvi.). C.-r., Bu- 
 dapest, 1910, Sect. xvi, Otol.,551^63.— CastellanI(L.) Acu- 
 metria climca. Pensiero med., Milano, 1914, iv, 764; 803.— 
 Castex (A.) Examen fonctionnel de Toreille (acoumtoie). 
 Bull, de laryngoL, otol. etrhinol., Par., 1899, ii, 265-262.— 
 Cliavanne(F.) L'toreuvedeEinnesuivantlamanitodont 
 on la pratique. Arch.intemat. delaryngol.[etc.]. Par., 1911, 
 xxxi, 476-479.— Chudlelgh (R. A.) A method ofexpressing 
 car-power in degrees of a fixed scale. Bristol M.-Chlr. J., 
 1885, iii, 159-163.— Courtade (A.) De I'examen de I'acuite 
 auditive. Rev. internat. d'hyg. et de therap. oculaire. Par., 
 1914, viii, 58-62.— Delsaux (V.) L'aooumfcie; 6tat aotuei 
 delaquestion. Soc.roy.d.sc.mM.etnat. deBrux. Bull., 
 1904,1x11, 101-118.— Dcnnert. Referatiiberdengegenwarti- 
 gon Stand der Horpriifungen (allgcmelner Teil). verhandl. 
 d. deutsch. otol. Gesellsch., Jena, 1896, v, 4-18.— Dickie (P.) 
 Functional testsof the hearing.- Homoeop. Eye, Ear & Throat 
 J., N. Y., 1904, X, 83-90.— Ddlger (R.) Neuerungen auf dem 
 Gebiete der lunktionellen Prufung des Gehororgans. 1. 
 Ein neuer, fiir alle Stimmgabeln brauchbarer Stimmgabel- 
 crreger. MUnchen. med. Wchnschr., 1909, Ivi, 1127. — Dow- 
 ney (J. W.) An apparatus designed for the purpose of 
 
AUDITION. 
 
 201 
 
 AUDITION. 
 
 Audition {Tests for). 
 
 fiving an approximately accurate quantitative hearing test, 
 laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1914, xxiv, 820-825.. . An 
 
 analytic study of the Rmne and other tuning fork tests; 
 first communication concerning perception of deafness^. 
 Ann. Otol.i Rhiaol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1917, xxvi, 31- 
 53. — Edelmann (M. T.) Neues rationelles (objektives) 
 Messen der Tonstarken und der Horlfihigkeit. Ztschr. f. 
 Ohrenh., Wiesb., 1908, Ivi, 335-348.— Elyasson (M. I.) 
 [Investigation of the capacity for audition by the method of 
 conditional reflexes.] Yezhemles. Ushn., Gorlov. i Nosov. 
 Bollezn., S.-Peterb., 1910, v, 403-412.— Escat (E.) Acoum^ 
 trie phonique ou exameu de la capacity auditive pour le 
 langage articull. Arch. Internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 
 1910, xxix, 819-827. Also: Pratique m^d., Par., 1910, xxiv, 
 
 129-141. . Classement des surdity en degrfe (mfithode 
 
 pratique d'^valuation de faculty auditive en vue de I'apti- 
 tude au service mUitaire). Arch, de m6d. et pharm. mil.. 
 Par., 1917, Ixvii, 506-521.— Ferrer! (G.) Sulla importanza 
 del microfono nell'esame funzionale dell'udito. Arch. Ital. 
 di otol. [eto.], Torino, 1909, xx, 1-9. Also: Atti d. Cong. d. 
 Soc. ital. di lariugol. [etc.] 1908, Pavia, 1910, xii, pt. 2, 108- 
 115. Also, iransl.: Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.]. Par., 
 
 1909, xxvii, 620-527. . Gli esercizl aoustioi metodici 
 
 secondo 11 dott. V. Urbantschitsch. Infanzia anorraale, 
 Milano, 1911, v, 165-171.— Fowler (E. P.) A new method of 
 eliciting the functional ear tests; prehmmary report. Ann. 
 Otol., Ehinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1911, xx, 63-66.— 
 Gelie (E.) Quelques critiques de la mfithode de Bezold. 
 Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1904, xviii 833-843. 
 . Examen subjectif de I'oule par I'fipreuve de la dis- 
 tinction des sons sucoessits. Eev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.]. 
 Par.; 1905, 1, 177-183.— Gell6 (G.) Remarques sur I'audition 
 du diapason par la voie cranienne (audition solidienne) chez 
 les nerveux. Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.]. Par., 1900, 
 xiil, 392-395.— Gelie (G.) & Hennebert (C.) Mesure de 
 I'acuitiS auditive chez les ficollers; valeurs pratiques de di£f(5- 
 ■ rents prooddSs usuels ou sp^ciaux d'acoum^trie: montre, 
 parole, diapason, phonographe, sduomStre, eto. Cong, 
 internat. d'hyg. scol., Par., 1910, i, 655-674.---Golesceano 
 (C.^ Les 6preuves auditives chez Paveugle, campim^trie 
 auriculaire. Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.]. Par., 1905, 
 xix, 769-786. — Gradenigo (G.) Sulla notazione unilorme 
 del risultati dell' esame uditivo. Atti d. Cong. d. Soc. ital. 
 di laringol. [etc.], 1899jEmpoh, 1900, iv, 313. Also, iransl.: 
 Ztschr. f. Ohrenh., Wiesb., 1899, xxxvi, 141-144. Also, 
 Iransl.: Internat. Otol. Cong. Trans. 1899, Lend., 1900, vi, 
 
 15. . Un nuovo metodo ottico di acumetria. Arch. 
 
 ital. di otol. [etc.], Torino, 1899-1900, ix, 46-48, 1 pi. Also: 
 Iransl.: Internat. Otol. Cong. Trans. 1899, Lond., 1900, vi, 
 
 16, 1 pi. ^. Sur les di£E6rentes m^thodes d'acoum^trie et 
 
 sur la notation uniforme des rfeultats de I'examen auditif 
 fonctionnel. Parole. Rev. internat. de rhinol. [etc.]. Par., 
 
 , 1900, U.S., ii, 129-142. . Modello di acumetro telefonico 
 
 messo in azione dalla corrente elettrica stradale. Arch, ital." 
 
 di otol. [etc.], Torino, 1901, xi, 217-219. . Per la unifl- 
 
 cazione della notazione acumetrica. Ibid., 1904-5, xvi, 65. 
 . Sopra la misurazione dell' udito col mezzo dei diapa- 
 son. Ibid., 265-278. -. Su un metodo semplice di 
 
 acumetria coUa voce. Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 
 
 1907, 4. s., xili,- 165-168. . Sulla acumetria; progostadi 
 
 : — i.j: i_;„. Aich. ital. di otol. [et( " 
 
 CermI pratici suU' in ^ „. 
 pes! per I'esame uditivo mediante i diapasc 
 Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.], Torino, 1908, xix, 626-534. Also, 
 transl: Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.]. Par., 1908, xxvi, 
 825-832. — — -. Sopra tm nuovo metodo di acumetria, col 
 mezzo del diapason. Gazz. med. lomb., Milano, 1908, Ixvii, 
 
 51. . SuBa acumetria col mezzo dei diapason a distanza. 
 
 Arch.ital.diotol.[eto.],Torino,1910,xxi,341. . Dimos- 
 
 trazioni pratiche di metodi acumetrici. Atti d. Cong. d. 
 Soc. ital. di laringol. [etc.] 1908, Pavia, 1910, xii, pt. 2, 76. 
 
 . Sull'esame dell'udito mediante le sole vocali. Gior. 
 
 d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1912, 4. s., xviii, 231-233. 
 
 . Studi e proposte di acumetria. Arch. ital. di otol. 
 
 etc.], Torino, 1912, xxiii, 110-118. jlZso." Internat. Otol. 
 Dong. Tr., Bait, 1912, ix, 556-566, 1 pi. Also, iransl: 
 
 Arch. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1911-12, Ixxxvii, 123-133. . 
 
 Studi e proposte di acumetria: ind.ice vocale (index vocalis); 
 auditus. Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.], Torino, 1912, xxiii, 177- 
 208. Also, iransl.: Arch. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1912, Ixxxvii, 
 
 252-279. . Suggestions in acoumetry. Laryngoscope, 
 
 St. Louis, 1913, xxiii, 770-777. ■ . Sulla sensibUita 
 
 dell' udito per le dlflerenti regioni della scala tonale. Arch, 
 ital. diotol! [etc.], Torino, 1914, xxv, 443-456. Also,iransl.: 
 
 Arch. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1914 xcvi, 103-114. . L'esame 
 
 della funzione uditiva mediante I'altematore pendolare 
 elettro-magnetico Stcfanini. Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di 
 
 Torino, 1915, 4. s., xxi, 153-157. . Metodo della inter- 
 
 ferenza applicato alia acumetria cUnioa. Ibid., 1916, 4. s., 
 xxii, 464-469.— Gradenigo (G.) & Biaggi (C.) Applicazioni 
 dolla fonetica sperimentale alia clinica. Atti d. Cong. d. 
 Soc. ital. di laringol. [etc.] 1912, Siena, 1913, xv, 74-172.— 
 Gradenigo (G.) & Stetanini (A.) UebereineneueMethode 
 von Almmetrie mittelst Stimmgabeln. Ztschr. f. Ohrenh., 
 
 Wiesb., 1908, Ivi, 98-126. . Sur l'aooum6trie. 
 
 Cong, internat. de m6d. (xvi.). C.-r., Budapest, 1910, Sect. 
 
 C( 
 
 Audition (Tests for). 
 
 xvi, Otol., 486-493. . Studi e proposte di acume- 
 tria. Atti d. Cong. d. Soc. ital. di laringol. [etc.] 1911, Siena, 
 
 1912, xiv, pt. 2, 226-236.— Grandls (V.) Sulla misura 
 dell' acuifSi uditiva per mezzo di valori flsici fra loro para- 
 gonabiU. Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1901, 4. s., 
 vii, 801-819. Also, transl.: Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1902, 
 xxxvii, 359-376. — Grant (D.) Teaching diagrams for the 
 explanation of Weber'saud Emne's tests. Tr. Otol. Soc. U. 
 Kmgdom, Lend., 1901, ii, 63-65.— Gray (A. A.) On testing 
 the hearing with high and low notes in diseases of the ear. 
 Glasg. Hosp. Rep., 190O, ii, 212-219.— GuHreund (F.) 
 Mitteilung iiber eine Methode von Horpriifungen. Wien. 
 kUn. Wchnschr., 1916, xxix, 1150.— Hartmauu (A.) Les 
 notations acoum^triques; projet d'uniflcation. Cong, in- 
 ternat. de m^d. C. r.. Par.,. 1900, sect, d'otol., 13-17.— 
 Heitger (J. D.) The apphcation and interpretation of 
 the newer ear tests. J. Indiana M. Ass., Fort \\'ayne, 1918, 
 xi, 136. X&o, Repript. — Hlnsberg. Ueber Horprufungeu 
 vermittels des Waetzmann'schen Apparates. Verhandl. d. 
 deutsch. otol. Gesellsch., Jena, 1910, xix, 95-98. — ^Holinger 
 (J.) The results of routine inning fork tests. Internat. 
 Otol. Cong. Tr., Bait., 1912, ix, 486-500. Also: Papers 
 
 Internat. Otol. Cong., Host., 1912, ix, 367-378. . Edel- 
 
 marm's acoustics for otologists. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 
 
 1913, xxiu, 1053-1058.— Hubby (L. M.) Some tuning fork 
 tests with a special auscultation tube. Ann. Otol., Rhinol. 
 & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1910, xix, 688-691. [Discussion], 
 715-717. Also, Reprint. — Jones (H. M.) The Edelmann 
 Galton-PteiJe. Edinb. M. J., 1902, m. s., xi, 349-354, 1 pi.— 
 Junca (E.) L'examen fonctionnel ^lectrique de I'oreille. 
 Larynx [etc.], Marseille & Par. , 1912, v, 102-177.— Kabatseli. 
 nlk (M.) Bine neue Horpriifungsmethode. Monatschr. 
 f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Berl. & Wien, 1912, xl-rt, 1413-1415.— 
 Kaiisctier (O.) Ueber die experimentellen Ergebnisse der 
 Horpriifungsmethode mittels Dressur, speziell iiber die 
 Helmholtz'sche Resonanztheorie im Lichte dieser Unter- 
 suchungen. Berl. kUn. Wchnschr., 1912, xlix, 1952. — 
 Kayser (R.) Ein einfacher Ersatz liir den Larmapparat. 
 Monatschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Berl., 1910, xliv, 1215.— KeUar. 
 Beitrag zur Stimmgabelprufung. Miinchen. med. Wchn- 
 schr., 1898, xlv, 93. — KlrKpatrlcli: (E. A.) A simple and 
 practical test of hearing. Psychol. Clin., Phila., 1909-10, iii, 
 96. — Kdliler(W.) Akustische Untersuchungen. Ztschr. f. 
 Psychol, u. Physiol, d. Sinnesorg., Leipz., 1909, liv, 1. Abt., 
 241-289: 1910, Iviii, 1. Abt., 69-140.— Kolyubakiu (V.) 
 [Investigation of the auditory faculty of the students of the 
 Sixth Moscow High School.] Trudl Syezda Russk. Yeste- 
 stvoisp., [Kazan], 1873, iv, Stat.-Hyg., 144-147.— Lake (R.) 
 Brief note on testing the hearing with the higher tuning 
 forks; derived from tests made in a case of removal of the 
 necrosed lalyrinth, together with the membraneous cochlea, 
 shown in December, 1901. Tr. Otol. Soc. U. Kingdom, 
 
 Lond., 1903-4, v, 88. . A preliminary note on Rinn^'s 
 
 test. Lancet, Lond., 1907, i, S06. . Demonstration of 
 
 photographs showing sound waves as produced by various 
 musicalinstruments. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1913-14, 
 vii, Otol. Sect., 28.— Laker (K.) Zur Frage der Horprii- 
 fung. Ztschr. f. Ohrenh., Wiesb., 1909, Iviii, 147-155.— 
 Lucae (A.) Ueber den diagnostischeu Worth der Tonunter- 
 suchungen mit besonderer Berilcksichtigung der Bezold'- 
 schep continuirUchen TonreUie und der von mir geiibten 
 Untersuchungsmethode. Arch. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1902-3, 
 Ivii, 205-230. — Lyuri (S. A.) [Modern methods of testing 
 hearing.] Voyenno-Med. J., S.-Peterb., 1899, cxcvi, med.- 
 spec. pt., 528-561.— Mackay (D. M.) Notes on the func- 
 tional exanunation of the ear by means of the voice. Med. 
 Press & Circ, Lond., 1905, n. s., Ixxx, 296-298.— Mackenzie 
 (G.W.) TheRinnetest. Homoeop. Eye, Ear & Throat. J., 
 N. Y., xvi, 333-342. — ^Marage. Comment on pourrait 
 mesurer I'acuitS auditive. Bull, de laryngol., otol. et 
 
 rhinol.. Par., 1901, iv, 403-407. . Mesure de I'acuit^ 
 
 auditive. Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.]. Par., 1902, xv, 
 96-106. — Matte & Scbultes. Beitrag zur Bestimmung der 
 normaleu Horscharfe. Arch. t. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1897, xlii, 
 276. — ^Meyer (I.) Beitrage zur Frage der Schallokalisation; 
 Untersuchungen an Sauglingen und Tieren. Monatschr. f. 
 Ohrenh. [etc.], Berl. & Wien, 1912, xlvi, 449-474.— Mlnkema 
 (H. F.) Over het gebruik van woorden met tweeklanken 
 bij gehoorscherptebepaling volgens de methode der drie 
 breuken. Onderzock. ged. in h. physiol. Lab. d. Utrecht. 
 Hoogesch., 1905, 5. r., vi, 109-112.— MOlIcr ( J. ) Eine einheit- 
 Uche akumetrische Formel, von dem 8. mtemationalen 
 otologischen Kongress zu Budapest 1909, angenommen. 
 Arch. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1909-10, Ixxxi, 88-93. Also: 
 Internat. Zentralbl. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1909-10, vui, 76-81. 
 Also, iransl.: Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 
 
 1909, xviii, 858-863. Also, iransl.: J. Laryngol., Lond., 1909, 
 xxiv, 641-646. Also, transl.: Arm. d. mal. de I'oreille, du 
 larynx [etc.], Par., 1909, xxxv, pt. 2, 575-580. Also, transl.: 
 Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1910, i, 65-72. Also, 
 iransl.: Boll. d. mal. d. orecchio, d. gola e d. naso, Firenze, 
 
 1910, xxvhi, 49-54. . Zur Fra:;e der einheitUchen 
 
 Bezeichnung otologischer Funktions-Priifung. Arch. f. 
 Ohrenh., Leipz., 1910, Ixxxii, 254-259.— Molinie (J.) Con- 
 siderations sur racoum(5trie; nouvel acoumfetre. Larynx, 
 I'oreille et le nez, Marseille & Par., 1910, iii, 97-113.— Molll- 
 
AUDITION. 
 
 202 
 
 AUDITION. 
 
 Audition {Tests for). 
 
 son (W. M.) On the results of hearing tests on twenty- 
 normal Individuals. Guy's Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1912, Ixvi, 
 65-71.— Morsak (E.) Horprutuneeu mittelst der Spraohe 
 am gesunden und kranken Ohr. Arch. J. Ohrenh., teipz., 
 1906, Ixix, 1-26.— Mundt (G. H.) The subjective tests of 
 hearing. BUnois M. J., Chicago, 1914, xxv, 68-71. — ^Nleddu- 
 Seznldel (A.) Contributo all' esame funzionale dell'udito 
 eolla parola. Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.], Torino, 1903-4, xv, 
 433: 1904r-5, xvi, 104: 234; 279. Also [Abstr.]: Gior. d. r. 
 Aocad. di med. di 'Torino, 1904, 4. s., x, 433-435. AUo, 
 iransL: Internat. Centralbl. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1905, iii, 
 
 233-240. . Sull' esame dell'udito nei militare e nei ferro- 
 
 vieri. Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.), Torino, 1907, 2. s., xviii, 433- 
 
 437. . Acumetriateoricaedaoumetriapratica. lUd., 
 
 1913, xxiv, 143-159. Also: Gior. di med. mil., Roma, 1913, 
 bd, 393-405.— Njegotln (J. K.) Die graphische Regis- 
 trierung der bel dem grapliisch-akustischen Signalisi- 
 rungsverfahren hSrbaren Glockensohlage. Arch. t. d. ges. 
 Physiol., Bonn, 1907, cxix, 152-164, 3 pi.— Ono (M.) Over 
 den invloed der toonshoogte van den geiuidsprikiel op de 
 uitlcomst van den tensorreflex. Nederl. Tijdsohr. v. Ge- 
 neesk., Amst., 1916, ii, 457-462.— Ostlno (G.) L'esame 
 quaUtativo dell' udito oolla parola. Gior. d. r. Accad. di 
 
 med. di Torino, 1898, i. s., xlvi, 97. . Sul modo di 
 
 esprimere I'acuita, uditiva per la parola. Atti d. Cong. d. 
 
 Soc. ital. di laringol. [etc.) 1899, Empoli, 1900, iv, 335. . 
 
 Nuovo metodo per sventare la simulazione della sordit^. 
 Ibid., 1908, Pavia, 1910, xil, pt. 2, 117.— Ostmanu (P.) Die 
 Beeinflussung des Rinne'schen Versuches durch Sonalllei- 
 tungsstorung des andereri Ohres. Arch. f. Olmenh., Leipz., 
 
 1902-3, Ivii, 193-199. . Zur quantitativen Hormessung 
 
 mlt dem objektiven Hormass. Ihid., 1903-4, lix, 137-144. 
 Also, transl.: Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc], Par., 1903, 
 
 xvl, 1179-1184. . Die praktische Anwendung des 
 
 objelrtiven Hormasses. Verhandl. d. Gesellsoh. deutsch. 
 Naturf. u. Aerzte 1903, Leipz., 1904, ii, 2. Hltte., 335-340. 
 
 . Ueber Erweiterung memer Horprufungstabellen zu 
 
 Empflndlichkeitstabellen des schwerhorigen Ohres. Arch. 
 
 f. Ohrenh^ Leipz., 1904, Ixil, 48-52. . Ueber die Prii- 
 
 fung der Gehorfuiiktion. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. 
 
 & Leipz., 1904, XXX, 1845-1847. . Eine montierte 
 
 C-Gabelreihe als allgemeia verwendbares, objektives Hor- 
 mass. Verhiandl. d. deutsch. otol. Gesellsch., Jena, 1904, xiii, 
 
 87-93. . Berichtigung zu der Arbeit von Struycken: 
 
 Bestimmung der Gehorscharfe in MikromUlimetern. Zt- 
 
 schr. J. Ohrenh., Wiesb.^ 1904, xlvii, 277. . XJeber die 
 
 Aichung meines einheithchen Hormasses. Arch. f. Ohrenh., 
 
 Leipz., 1906, Ixviii, 223-226. . Vom objektiven zum 
 
 einheitlichen Hormass. Ztschr. f. Ohrenh., Wiesb., 1906, 11, 
 
 237-249. . tJne mesure unitaire de I'ouie pour rem- 
 
 placer la mesure objective. Arch. Internat. de laryngol. 
 htf], Par., 1906, xxi, 838-851.- Panse (R.) Anatomische 
 Befunde bei Horgepriiften- Arch. f. Olu-enh., Leipz., 1903-4, 
 
 lix, 84-98. . Tin nouveau proc4d6 pour graduer I'in- 
 
 tensit6 du son et pour faire I'Spreuve objective de I'audi- 
 tion. Bull, de laryngol., otol. et rhinol.. Par., 1904, vii, 200. 
 . Histologic der Horpriifungsergebnisse. Cong, inter- 
 nat. de m^d. (xvl.). C.-r., Budapest, 1909, Sect. Otol., 252- 
 271. — Pietri. De la valeur clinique du Rirme paradoxal 
 dans I'exameu tonctionnel de I'audition. Rev. hebd. de 
 laryngol. [etc.]. Par., 1908, i, 177-190.— Placzek. Zuj- Tech- 
 nik der Gehorpruflmg. Med. Klin., Berl., 1917, xiii, 127.— 
 Politzer, Gradenlgo & Delsaux. Choix d'une formule 
 acoum(5trique simple et pratique. Bull, de laryngol., otol. 
 
 et rhinol.. Par.. 1904, vii, 190-198.-^ . . 
 
 Formule acoumetrique simple et pratique. Pratique m^d., ' 
 Par., 1904, xviii, 161: 1905, xix, 1; 17. Also: Presse Oto- 
 laryngol, beige, Brux., 1904, in, 261-271. Also, transl.: 
 Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.], Torino, 1903-4, xv, 494-603.— Prenn 
 (J.) Hearing test apparatus. Boston M. & S. J., 1918, 
 
 clxxviii, 896. . Hearing tests. Ibid., clxxbc, 523.— 
 
 Prussak (A. F.) [Method of measuring hearing in health 
 and in ear diseases.) Dnevriik Syezda O osh. Russk. Vrach. 
 vpamyat Purogova, S.-Peterb., 1888-9, iii, 44.--Qulx(P.H.) 
 Bestimmung der Gehorsscharfe auf physUcalischer Grund- 
 
 lage. Ztschr. f. Ohrenh., Wiesb., 1903, xlv, 1-31. . 
 
 Ditermination de I'aculte auditive pour les sons ohuchoti5s 
 et pour ceux du diapason. Aim. d. mal. de I'oreille, du 
 larynx [etc.). Par., 1904, xxx, 224-247. Also [Abstr.): Bull. 
 
 de laryngol., otol. et rhmol.. Par., 1904, vii, 198-200. . 
 
 Bestimmung der Horscharfe mit Stimmgabeln. Verhandl. 
 
 d. deutsch. otol. Gesellsch., Jena, 1904, xiii, 93-100. . 
 
 Die Bestimmung der Gehbrscharfe durch Knochenleitung 
 und Stimmgabel-Versuche. Internat. Centralbl. f . Ohrenh., 
 
 Leipz., 1905-6, iy, 1-8. . De la determination du 
 
 pouvoir auditif. Presse oto-laryngol. beige, Brux., 1907, vi, 
 
 491; 529. . Die Hormessung mit Stimmgabeln. Ztschr. 
 
 f. Ohrenh., Wiesb., 1909, Ivii, 228-246, 1 pi.— Bae (J. B.) 
 The functional examination of the ear. Post-Qraduato, 
 N. Y., 1903, xviii, 42^434.- BandaU (B. A.) The practical 
 differential tests of the hearing. Perm. M. J., Athens, 
 1913-14, xvii, 2S2-286. Also: LancetCllnlc, Cincin., 1914, 
 cxi, 630-632.— Kaoult (A.) Simple dispositif micro-ta^ 
 phonique pour I'examen de I'audition en particulier k la 
 suite des accidents du travail. Arch. internat. de laryngol. 
 [etc.], Par., 1908, xxvi, 525-527.— Eegules (G.) Cuadricula 
 
 Audition {Tests for). 
 
 acutim^rlca. Rev. mid. d. Uruguay, Montevideo, 1915, 
 xviii, 675-685, 2 oh.— B«lk (H. O.) Practical hearing tests. 
 Mouth. Cyclop. & M. Bull., Phila., 1911, iv, 531-534.— fieuter 
 .■ (C.) Beitrag zur Prufung der Gehorsonarfe mit der Flilster- 
 stimme. Ztschr. f. Ohrenh., Wiesb., 1904, xlvU, 91-99, 1 
 pi.— Bhese. Ueber die Beziehungen zwischen Sprachge- 
 nor und Hfirdauer fiir StimmgabeltSne und die Verwertung 
 derselben bei der Beurteilung von Simulation und Aggra-' 
 vation. Monatschr. t. Ohreni., Berl., 1908, xiii, 447-515.— 
 BIctaaids ( G . L , j Hearing tests from a practical standpoint. 
 Boston M. & S. J., 1917, clxxvii, 213-216.— Eobin (P.) Ai>- 
 pareil pour mesurer I'acuitfi auditive. Bull, et m^m. Soc. 
 d'anthrop. de Par., 1902, 5. s., iii, 209.— Salagbl (S.) Nuovo 
 sonometro per lb studio di fenomeni acusticl. Gazz. d. osp., 
 Milano, . 1914, xxxv, 2041.— Samojloffl (A.) Zwei akusti- 
 sche Demonstrationen. Ztschr. f. Psychol, n. Physiol, d. 
 Siimesorg., Leipz., 1904, xxxvi, 440-445. — Sehaefer. Ueber 
 Starkdruckflammen in ihrer Beziehung zur lunktionellen 
 otiatrischen Diagnostik. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1914, Ii, 
 423. — SchUfers (F.) Notations acoumfitriques; projet 
 d'uiufication. Ann. d. mal. de I'oreille, du laryni [etej, 
 Par., 1900, xxvi, pt. 2, 456-461. Also: Cong, internat. de 
 m&d. C.-r., Par., 1900, sect, d'otol., 17-22.— Schmlegelow 
 (E.) Eine neue Methode, die Quantitat des Horvermogens 
 vermlttelst Stimmgabeln zu bestimmen. Arch. f. Ohrenh., 
 Leipz., 1900, 1, 32-44. Also, transl.: Internat. OtoL Cong. 
 Trans. 1899, Lond., 1900, vi, 11-15, 8pl.— Sehrwald. Kurze 
 Bezeichungen fur den Hdrbefund. Deutsche Med.-Ztg., 
 Berl., 1900, 277-280.— Senscney (E. T.) The sound block; 
 a modifloatiou of the Neumann Larmapparat, an ad- 
 junct to functional tests of the ear. N. York M. J., [etc.] 
 1910, xcii, 266. — Sondermann. Eine neue Methode zur 
 Priltung des Horvermogens. Med. Klin.. Berl., 1913, 
 ix, 375.— Sonnensclieln (R.) A suggestion regarding 
 the Rirme test. Ann. 01JoI., Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. 
 Louis, 1916, ;xxv, 455-462. [Discussion), 614-516. Also 
 [Abstr.]: Illinois M. J., Chicago, 1916, xxix, 306.— Spor-' 
 leder. Ueber lunctionelle Priifungsresultate und iiber Sec- 
 tionsergcbnisse im hohereu Alter (Ffriindnerhaus-Unter- 
 suchungen). [Abstr.] Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. 
 Naturf. u. Aerzte 1899, Leipz., 1900, Ixxi, pt. 2, 2. Hllte., 
 363. — Stelanlni (A.) Nuovo metodo ottico di acumetria 
 coi diapason. Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.], Torino, 1910, xxi, 
 
 338-341. . Eccitazione pendolare dei diapason montati 
 
 su cassa di risonanza. Ibid., 1911, xxii, 270-281. . 
 
 Altematore pendolare elettromagnetico e sue applicazioni 
 alia flsiologia e all' acumetria. Ibid., 1914, xxv, 438-443. 
 
 . Acumetro a induzione sinnsoidale. Ibid., 1917, 
 
 xxviii, 230-234. . Rsotomo con movimento pen- 
 dolare per ricerche di acustica fislologica; potere dis- 
 criminativodegli oreccM; lateralizzazione dei suoni. Ibid., 
 235-248. — Stein (O. J.) The diagnosis of disorders aflect- 
 ing the perception organ of hearing. Illinois M. J., Chi- . 
 cago, 1916, xxx, 188-193.— Stein (V. S.) [EnquSte surles 
 organes auditifs chez les employfe de locomotives et sur 
 I'audition des signaux acoustiques. C.-r^ No. 12, i.] Nord. 
 med. Ark., Stockhohn, 1899, n. P., x. No. 8, 1-38, 7 tab.— 
 Steinbrtlgge (H.) Ueber Stimmgabelprillungen. Ztschr. 
 f. Ohrenh., Wiesb., 1887-8, xviii, 10-30: 1888-9, xix, 139-146.— 
 Stewart(T.M.) Physiologic hearing tests. Laryngoscope, 
 St. Louis, 1908, xvih, 699-704.— Stoeker (A.) Eiu neuer 
 Gehormesser. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1915, Ixii, 1572. — 
 Struycken (H. J. L.) Eeu poging ter juiste bepaling en 
 ultdbukldng der gehoorscherpte. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. 
 
 Geneesk., Amst., 1902, 2. R., xxviii, d. 1, 727-735. . 
 
 Acoumdtrie en micromillimetres. Pratique m^d.j. Par., 
 1903, xvii, 129-135. Also,tTansl.: Ztschr. f. Ohrenh., Wiesb., 
 
 1904, xlvi, 378-385. See, also, supra, Ostmarm. . 
 
 Eimge Bemerkungen zu Edelmann's Versuchen, etc. . Ibid., 
 1906, 11, 286-289.— Stupka (W.) Beitrag zur Klinlk der 
 Tonperzeptionsanomalien. I6«d., 1914, Ixx, 1-12.— Tapla. 
 Fdrmula aoumdtfica universal. Rev. clin. de Madrid, 1910, 
 iii, 121-124.— Telcbmaun. Zur einheitlichen DarsteUung 
 dor Horprufungsergebnisse. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh., Berl., 
 1899, xxxiii, 194-197.— Tommasl (I.) L'acumetro dei 
 Prof. Stetanini. Atti d. Cong. d. Soc. ital. di laringol. [etc.] 
 
 1905, Siena, 1906, ix, 235-241. Also: Boll. d. mal. d. orecchio, 
 
 d. golae d. naso, Firenze, 1905, xxiii, 265-273. . Metodo 
 
 pratico del oampionazione dei diapason e della determina- 
 zione del potere uditivo. Atti d. Cong. d. Soc. ital. di 
 laringol. [etc.] 1908, Pavia, 1910, xii, pt. 2, 62-73.— Tonletti 
 (P.) Sull' esame funzionale dell' orecchio eolla voce afona in 
 rapporto all' uso di alcune delle principal! scale aeumetriche 
 itahane. Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.], Torino, 1908, xix, 1-30, 3 
 pi. Also: Atti d. Cong. d. Soc. ital. di laringol. [etc.] 1907, 
 
 Pavia, 1908, 196-210. . Ricerche sopra il valore acu- 
 
 metrico della spazzola e loro applicazioni medico-legali. 
 
 Ibid., 1908, Pavia, 1910, xii, pt. 2, 119-124. . Applica- 
 
 zione pratiche di medicina legale mihtare median te l'acume- 
 tro di Stefanini. Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.], Torino, 1912, 
 xxiii, 482: 1913, xxiv, 109.— Torrent (J.TE.) Observaciones 
 sobre las pruebas de Rinne y de Massini. An. d. Giro. m^d. 
 argent., Buenos Aires, 1897, xx, 541-545.— Torretta (A.) 
 Instrument d'usase courant dans la pratique medico- chirur- 
 gicale propre k substituer les diapasons 16/64 V. D. dans la 
 determination de la limite inferieure de I'audition. Arch. 
 
AUDITION. 
 
 203 
 
 AUDITION. 
 
 Audition {Tests for). 
 
 Intemat. de laryngol. [etc.), Par., 1913, xxxvi, 459-461. — 
 Torrtnl (U . L . ) Untersucliungen fiber die Horlunktion bei 
 zweihundett alten Indivlduen. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh. 
 [etc.], Berl. & Wien, 1911, xlv, 183; 282.— Toulpuse (E.) & 
 Vaschldc (N.) Nouvelle m^thode pour la mesure de I'aculM 
 auditive pour I'intensitS des sons. Compt. rend. Acad. d. 
 sc, Par., 1900, cxxx, 629.— Tr*trOp. Essai d'aooumStrie 
 metrique. Eev. liebd. de laryngol. [etc.]. Par., 1904, u, 401- 
 
 406. . L'acoum^trie nuBunfitrique. Arch, internal. 
 
 de larjmgol. [etc.], Par., 1908, xxv, 1084. . L'acoum^- 
 
 trie millimdfrique et ses avautages en pratique courante. 
 Tr. Intemat. Cong. Med. 1913, Lond., 1914, Sect, xvi, Otol., 
 pt. 2, 713-716.— Trlble (G. B.) Functional testing of tlie 
 ear. V. States Nav. M.Bull., Wash., 1915, Ix, 400-410.— 
 Urban (F. M.) Bin Apparat zur Erzeugung schwacher 
 Scliallreize. Arch. f. d. ges. Psyoliol., Leipz., 1913, xxvii, 
 232-234.— VaU (D. T.) A new field oJ hearing chart. 
 Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1902, xii, 344-346.— Vandcr- 
 lioof (D. A.) Functional tests of the ear. Lancet- 
 Clinic, Cincin., 1908, c, 737-739.— Vasclilde (N.) De I'au- 
 diomStrie. Bull, de laryngol., otol. et rhinol., Par., 1901, iv, 
 226; 347.— Verkhovskl (B. V.) [Method of investigating 
 the hearing by means of a series of uninterrupted tones^ ad- 
 missible to the generally normal human ear.) Bolnitsch. 
 Gaz. Botkina, S.-Peterb., 1896, vii, 913; 951; 983.— Viktor. 
 Zwei neue Hormessapparate. Monatschr. f. Otnenh. [etc.], 
 Berl., 1914, xlvili, S61-568.— Voss. Art und Gang der 
 Funktionsuntersuchung des O'hres. Gduksehr. f. d. ver- 
 storb. Generalstabsarzt d. Armee ... v. Leuthold, Berl., 
 1906, ii, 723-745.— Voyachefl (V.) [Recent progress in 
 acumetry.) Izvlest. Imp. Voyeimo-Med. Akad., S.-Peterb., 
 
 1903, vi, 255-264. -. [Problems of modern acumetry.] 
 
 Voyermo-Mcd. J., S.-Peterb., 1905, 1, med.-spec. pt., 657-668. 
 . [Further unprovementin the quantitative investiga- 
 tion otaudition.] Prakt.Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1006, v, 315; 338. 
 
 . [New methods of testing the function of audition.] 
 
 Novoye v Med., S.-Peterb., 1911, v, 1219; 1290; 1367: 1912, 
 
 vi, 1397; 1471. . [Development of the science of the 
 
 exploration of hearing in the last decade.) Vestnik Ushu., 
 Gorlov. i Nosov. BoUezn., S.-Peterb., 1911, iil, 799-810.— 
 Waetzmann. Vorschlag zu einer exakten Methode der 
 Horscharfebestimmung. vcrhandl. d. deutsoh. otol. Ge- 
 sellsch., Jena, 1910, xix, 90-94.— Weldner (C.) Functional 
 ear tests. Yale M. J., N. Haven, 1909-10, xvi, 504-511.— 
 Weisner. Blldhche Darstellung der Ergebnisse der Ohrun- 
 tersuchung mit Stimmgabehi. Berl. khn. Wolinschr., 1917, 
 liv, 275.— Weiss (A. P.) Sound intensity apparatus. 
 Psychol. Bully Lancaster, Pa., & Princeton, N. T., 1917, xiv, 
 54.— Wells ( W . A.) The measurement of auditory acuity. 
 J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1913, Ixi, 1239-1243, pt. 2. Also, 
 
 Reprint. . . The influence of sounds of diuerent pitch, 
 
 duration and intensity in the production of auditory fatigue. 
 Tr. Am. Larynol., Rhinol. & Otol. Soc, New Bedford, 
 Mass., 1913, xix, 239-249.— Wilde (P.) An instrument for 
 testing the acuteness of hearing. J. Ophth^ Otol. & Laryn- 
 gol., N. Y., 1903, XV, 305.— WoU (O.) Die Horpriifung 
 mittelst der Sprache; eine Beriohtigung und Ergauzung des 
 Bezold'schen Schema fur die Gehorprufung des kranken 
 Ohros. Ztschr. f. Ohrenh., Wiesb., 1898, xxiv, 289-311. 
 
 . Die Verweudung der Sprachlaute zur Horprufung, 
 
 Horiibung und zum Unterricht in den Taubstummenschu- 
 'len. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturl. u. Aerzte 
 1899, Leipz., 1900, Ixxi, pt. 2, 2. Hltte., 359-362.— Wolfl 
 (H. I.) Mouochord- und Stimmgabeluntersuchungen zur 
 Klarung der Beziehungen zwischen Lult- und Knochen- 
 leitung Dei Normal- und Schwcrhorigen. Beitr. z. Anat., 
 Physiol., Path. u. Therap. d. Ohres[etc.], Berl., 1911, v, 131- 
 150. — Tearsley (M.) A note upon erroneous results from 
 testing persons with only one functional ear. J. Laryngol., 
 Lond., 1909, xxiv, 251-264.— Zoth (O.) Ueber ein einfaches 
 Fallphonometer und die Bestimmung der Horscharfe mit 
 demselben. Arch. 1. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1908, cxxiv, 157- 
 197.— Zwaardemaker (H.) Sur la sensibiUtS relative de 
 I'oreille humaine pour des sons de hauteurs difEtontes 
 mesur^e au moyen de tuyaux d'orgue. Arch, internat. de 
 
 laryngol. [etc.]. Par., 1905, ii, 152-158. . Ueber die 
 
 Elnrichtung ernes gerauschlosen Untersuchungszimmers. 
 
 Ztschr. f. Ohrenh., Wiesb., 1907, hv, 248-265. . The 
 
 determination of aural acuity by means of the whisper test 
 Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1907, xvi, 59-69'_ 
 
 Audition {Theories of). 
 
 EwALD (J. R.) Kine neue Hortheorie 
 Bonn, 1899. 
 
 Adler. Eine Rhythmus-Theorie des Horens. Ztschr. 
 f. Ohrenh., Wiesb'., 1902, xli, 143-151. See, also, infra, 
 Panse. — Beckmann. Zur Theorie des Horens. Verhandl. 
 d. deutsch. otol. Gesellsch., Jena, 1898, vii, 47-52. Also: 
 Arch. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1898, xlv, 112.— Boecl (B.) La 
 teoria dell' udizioue piti consentanea alia complessa mor- 
 fologia dell' organo del Corti. Pohelin., Roma, 1911, xviii, 
 sez. med., 352-363. Also, trwnsl.: Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., 
 Bonn, 1913, cl, 111-127.— Bonnier (P.) Les derniSres 
 thrones de I'audition. Arch, intemat. de laryngol. [etc.]. 
 
 Par., 1896, ix, 218-241. . Une tMorie de I'audition. 
 
 Ibid., 1904, xvil, 156-165. . La th&rie de GuiUemin. 
 
 Audition {Theories of). 
 
 Ibid., 1905, xix, 817-821. . Les Idees actuelles sur 
 
 I'audition. Rev. d. sc. pures et appliq.. Par., 1909, xx, 
 324-328.— Bryaut(W.S.) Thepianostring theory of the basi- 
 lar membrane. Arch. Otol., N . Y., 1908, xxxvii, 127-129.— 
 Escliweilei. UnzulangUche Stiitzen von Zimmermann's 
 Theorie der Meclianik des Horens >md ihrer Storungen. 
 Arch. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1902, Iv, 59-66.— Gradeulgo (G.) 
 Precursori di Helmholtz. Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di 
 
 -. Fu Helmholtz 
 
 8° 
 
 Tormo, 1916, 4. s., xxii, pt. 1, 57. . ^u aj.o.ui.iv.... 
 
 veramente 1' ideatore della teoria sulla audizione che porta 
 U suo nome? I precursori: Du Verney (1683), Valsalva 
 (1704); 1' ideatore: Cotugno (1760). Nota 1. Arch. ital. di 
 otol. [etc.], Torino, 1916, xxvii, 485-495. Also: Gior. d. r. 
 
 Accad. di med. di Torino, 1916, 4. s., xxn, 453-463. . 
 
 La teoria sulla audizione Contugno-Helraholtz. II. I pre- 
 cursori: Antonio Maria Valsalva (1704). Arch. ital. di 
 otol. [etc.], Torino, 1917, xxvui, 65-77. Also: Gior. d. r. 
 Accad. di med. di 'Torino, 1917, 4. s., xxiii, 217-229.— Gray 
 (A. A.) On a modification of the Helmholtz theory of hear- 
 ing. J. Anat. & Physiol., Lond., 1899-1900, xxxiv, 324-350. 
 
 . 'I'he theories of hearing. J. Laryngol., Lond., 1905, 
 
 XX, 297-314.— Guillemln (A.) Theorie de I'audition. 
 Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.]. Par., 1905, xix, 451^59; 
 1906, xxu, 142; 854.— Hocart (A. M.) & McDougaU (W.) 
 Some data for a theory of the auditory perception of di- 
 rection. Brit. J. Psychol., Cambridge, 1900-8, ii, 386- 
 405.- Hurst (C. H.) A new theory of hearing. Proc. 
 Liverpool Biol. Soc, 1894-5, ix, 321-353, 1 pi.— Lindlg (F.) 
 Neue Beitrage zur Resonanztneorie des Horens. Natur- 
 wissenschaften, Berl,, 1913, i, 107-109.— Meyer (M.) Zur 
 Theorie des Horens. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1899, 
 
 Ixxviii, 346-362. . E. ter KuUe's Theorie des Horens. 
 
 Ibid., 1900, Ixxxi, 61-75.— Myers (C. S.) Recent develop- 
 ment of Helmholtz's theory of hearing. Rep. Brit. Ass. 
 Adv. Sc. 1904, Loud., 1905, 750.— Neumann (J. F.) Die 
 Gustav Zimmermannsche 'Theorie der Mechanik des Horens. 
 St. Petersb. med. Wchnschr., 1909, xxxiv, 423^31.— Nuvoll 
 (G.) Considerazioni a proposito di una nuova pubblica- 
 zione di Zimmermann. Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.], Torino, 
 1901, xi, 330-338.— Panse (R.) Zu Dr. Adier's Arbeit: 
 Eine Rhythmus-Theorie des Horens. Ztschr. f. Ohrenh., 
 Wiesb., 1902, xU, 309.— Kutlieriord (W.) A new theory 
 of hearmg. J. Anat. & Physiol., Lond., 1886-7, xxi, 166- 
 168.— SbambaugU (G. E.) The development of the 
 theory of hearing. Ilhnois M. J., Springfield, 1911, xix, 
 356. — Stengcr. Zur Theorie des binauralen Horens. Zt- 
 schr. f. Ohrenh., Wiesb., 1904-5, xlviii, 219-226.— Sturm 
 (F. P.) A new theory of hearing. J. Laryngol., Lond., 
 1914, xxix, 193-196.- Tomlnaga (K.) Eine neue Theorie 
 des Horens. Zeutralbl. f. Physiol., Leipz. & Wien, 1904, 
 xviii, 461-466.— Wales (E. de W.) A theory on the func- 
 tion of the middle ear muscles resulting in a modification 
 of the theory of hearing. Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol. & 
 Otol. Soc, [New Bedford, Mass.], 1909, 476-490, 1 ch.— 
 Zimmermann (G.) Der AVcrt unserer Stimmgabel- 
 prufungen auf Grund einer Nachpriifung der Helmholtz'- 
 schen Theorie. Verhandl. d. deutsch. otol. Grcsellsch., 
 Jena, 1899, viii, 45-59. Also: Ztschr. f. Ohrenh., Wiesb., 
 
 1899, XXXV, 155-157. ^ . Uniulanghche Stiitzen der 
 
 Helmholtz'schen Theorie von der Schalliibertragung im 
 Mittelohr. Ztsclir. 1. Ohrenh., Wiesb., 1900, xxxvi, 199-210. 
 
 Audition in children. 
 
 See, also, Sch.ool-children (Care of ears, etc., 
 
 of)- 
 
 Blake (C. J.) On the best mode of testing the hearing of 
 school children, and of providing for the instruction of 
 partially deaf children. Tr. Intemat. M. Cong., Phila., 
 1876,992-999. ^ Zso, Repruit.-Brauckmann (K.) Ueber 
 die Bedeutung des Gehores und die geistigen Folgen seiner 
 Storungen Im Mndhchen Alter. Ztschr. f. pad^og. Psy- 
 chol., Leipz., 1910, xi, 129-139.— Chiisman (O.) The 
 hearing of children. Pedag. Seminary, Worcester, 1892-93, 
 ii, 397^41.— Constantin (P. M.) Technique de I'examen 
 auditil dans la premiere enlance et dans la premiere partie 
 de la deuxiftme enfance. Arch, internat. de laryngol. 
 [etc.], Par., 1911, xxxii, 161-167. Also: Rev. hebd. de 
 laryngol. [etc.]. Par., 1911, ii, 737-745.— Daae (H.) [Re- 
 cherches sur les causes de la reduction de I'ouie chez les 
 entants des ^coles. R^s.,773.) NorskMag. f. Lsegevidensk., 
 Kristiania, 1903, 5. R., i, 734-764.— Dubar. L'audition 
 Chez les enlants k I'^cole. Presse m^d.. Par., 1904, i, 60- 
 62.— Felix (E.) [Importance of examining the auditory 
 apparatus of children in primary schools.] Presa med. 
 rom., BucurescI, 1903, ix, 49-53.— Gelle (G.) & Hennebert 
 (C.) Mesure de I'acuitS auditive chez les fcoliers; valeur 
 pratique des dlfE&ents proc^dfe usuels ou sp(5ciaux d'acou- 
 mfitrie: montre, parole, diapason, phonographe, sonomfetre, 
 etc. Arch, internat. de lar3mgol. [etc.]. Par., 1910, xxx, 
 488-495. — ^Lyurl (S. A.) [Qualitative and quantitative in- 
 vestigation of hearing m children of school age.) Vrach, 
 S.-Peterb., 1899, xx, 1125; 1162; 1197; 1260.— Ma«Millan 
 (D. P.) Some results of hearing-tests of Chicago school- 
 children. Medicme, Detroit, 1902, viii, 265-273.— Neuert 
 (G.) Ueber Horfahigkcit und Absehfertlgkeit. Med.- 
 padagog. Monatschr., Berl., 190J., xi, 1; 89.— Bizzi (M. J.) 
 
AUDITION. 
 
 204 
 
 AUDITORY. 
 
 Audition in children. 
 
 El oldo del nino; atrasados iutelectuales que no deberian 
 scrlo; Investigaciones bechas en los alumnos de las escuelas 
 de esta ciudad. Semana m6d., Buenos Aires, 1913, xx, 
 695-698. — Simon (T.) La determination du degr6 d'audi- 
 tion des entants. Soc. libre pour I'^tude psychol. de I'enf. 
 Bull. mens.. Par., 1912-13, xxxi, 71-91.— Walker (H. S.) 
 Case cl defective hearing from chUdhood; considerable 
 recovery. J. Laryngol., Lond., 1906, xxi, 342-347.— Weber. 
 Determination de I'acuite auditive des enfants des ^coles. 
 Med. scolaire. Par., 1909, ii, 106-108. Abo: Rev. d'hyg. et 
 de thfirap. scolaire. Par., 1909, lii, 107-109.— Tearsley (M.) 
 The technique ol auditory_ examination in infancy. J. 
 
 Laryngol., Lend., 1912, xxvii, 353-358. . Hearing tests 
 
 in school children. School Hyg., Lond.. 1915, vi, 146-155. 
 AUo: Brit. J. ChUd. Dis., Lond., 1916, zial, 129-138. 
 
 Audition in the new-horn. 
 
 Canestrinl (S.) Ucber den Gehorsiun des Neugebore- 
 nen. Naturwissenschaften, Berl., 1913, i, 969-972.— Kutvirt 
 (O.) Ueber das Gehor Neugeborener und Sauglinge. 
 Bcitr. z. Anat., Physiol., Path. u. Therap. d. Ohres [etc.], 
 Berl., 1910-11, iV, 166-190: v, 249-257.— Zimmermann (G.) 
 Das Horen der Neugeborenen. Ztschr. f. Ohrenh., Wiesb., 
 1907, Hv, 87. 
 
 Audition in soldiers. 
 
 See Armies (Recruiting of); Deafness in 
 soldiers; Recruits (Examination of). 
 
 Auditory canal {External). 
 
 See, also, Auricle; Ear (External). 
 
 Keixson (S. I.) *Aiiatomische und topogra- 
 phische Untersucliungen iiber den Condylus 
 mamdibulEe und den Meatus auditorius externus. 
 8°. Berlin, 1904. 
 
 PissoT (L.) *Es8ai sur les glandes du conduit 
 auditif externe (glandes dites c^rumineuses). 
 8°. Paris, 1899. 
 
 Hummel. Capacitatsbestimmungen des Gehorgangs 
 unter normalen und pathologischen v erhaltnissen. Arch. 
 f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1886-7, xxiy, 263-299.— Kate (L.) Ueber 
 einige Streitpunkte in der Histologie des Gehorganges. 
 Verhandi. d. x. internat. med. Cong. 1890, Berl., 1891, ii, 
 1. Abth., 70-72. — Lunghetti (B.) Ricerohe sulla strut- 
 tura della pelle del condotto uoitivo estemo. Bull- d. sc. 
 med. di Bologna, 1906, 8. s., vi, 251-261.— Mangold (E.) 
 WillkiirUche Kontraktionen des Tensor tympani und die 
 graphische Begistrierung von Druckschwankungen Im 
 aussereu Gehorgang. Arch. {. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 
 1912-13, cxlix, 639-587, 3 pi.— RandaU (B. A.) Further 
 studies as to the axis of the external auditory canal, based 
 on 600 crania. Tr. Am. Otol. Soc. New Bedford, Mass., 
 1912, xii, pt. 3, 488-493.— Sellgmann (H.) Ueber periodi- 
 sche Luftverdiinnung im' ausseren Gehorgange. Monat- 
 sohr. f. Ohrenh., Berl., 1897, xxxl, 9-13.— Sommer (E.) 
 Thermopalpatorische Untersuchungen iiber die Temperar 
 tur im ausseren Goh5rgang. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1904, 
 xU, 1023-1025.— Tricoml-Allegra (G.) Studio sperimentale 
 sulla via acustica fondamentale. Nevraxe, Louvain, 1906-fl, 
 vii, 227-281, 2 tab., 4 pi. Aho [Abstr.]: Anat. Anz., Jena, 
 1906, x3cvii, Ergnzngshft., 188-193.— Voyadiek fV.) [Pho- 
 tography of the pulse and other fluctuations of the column 
 of air in the external auditoiy meatus.) Prakt. Vrach, 
 S.-Peterb., 1908, vii, 98-100.- Tearsley (M.) La, Constance 
 et les variations de repine de Henl6 dans le meat superieur. 
 Bull, de laryngol., otol. et rhinol.. Par., 1904, vii, 177. 
 
 Auditory canal (External, Abnormities 
 
 of). 
 ' See, also, Auditory canal (Atresia, etc., of, 
 Congenital); Ear (Abnormities of). 
 
 Piues db Lima (J. A.) Agenesia do canal 
 auditivo externo e atrofia da orelha. 8°. 
 
 Pdrto, 1915. 
 
 Repr. frmn: Anais sclent, de faoult. de med. do P6rto, 
 1915, ii. 
 
 Amberg (E.) Meatus with abnormal direction. Phy- 
 sician & Surg., Detroit & Ann Arbor, 1899, xxi, 169-171.— 
 Buerkner. Anatomisoher Befund bei Mikrotie und Atre- 
 sie des Gehorganges. Verhandl. d. deutsch. otol. Ge- 
 sellsch., Jena, 1896, v, 49-52.— D'AjutoIo (G.) Su di una 
 plica cutanea dell' orincio auricolare. Atti d. Cong. d. Soc. 
 ital. di laringol. [etc.] 1911, Siena, 1912, xiv, pt. 2, 246.— 
 Francis (T. E.) A case of incomplete development of the 
 external auditory meatus; Brit. M. J., Lond., ,1910, ii, 
 645.— Guranowskl (L.) Bin Fall von Dnplicitat des 
 ausseren Gehorganges. Ztschr. f. Ohrenh., Wiesb., 1898, 
 xxiv, 245-247.— Habermann. Ueber Verdopplung des 
 ausseren Gehorganges. Arch. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1900, 1, 
 102-104.— Hartmann. Ueber Veranderung des knocher- 
 nen Gehorganges bei lieformlerteu Schadeln. Verhandl. 
 
 Auditory canxil (External, Abnormities 
 of). 
 
 d. deutsch. otol. Gesellsch., Jena, 1896, v, 79-81.— Malan 
 (A.) Sdoppiamento del condotto uditivo estemo. Arch, 
 ital. di otol. [etc.], Torino, 1911, xxU, 408-413.— Plres de 
 Lima (J. A.^ Absence of the auditory canal, and other 
 anomahes of the external ear. J. Anat. & Physiol., Lond., 
 1912-13, xlvli, 1-7. Also, Eeprint.— Salujl (S.) [Con- 
 tribution to the laws ol tne appearance ol abnormities of 
 the exterior auditory passage.) Dai Nippon Ji-Bi-In-Ko- 
 Kwa-Kwai Ho, Tokyo, 1898, Iv, 426-436.— Splra (B.) 
 [Rare case of combined genetic anomaly of the external 
 auditory meatus.) Lwow. tygodn. lek., 1907, ii, 249-252. 
 
 Auditory canal (External, Atresia and 
 obstruction of). 
 
 Schwarzkopf (A.) *Beitragzur Kenntnisder 
 erworbenen Gehorgaiigsverschlusse. [Breslau.] 
 8°. Leipzig, 1908. 
 
 Also, in: Arch. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1908, ixxvii, 60-77. 
 
 Berry (G.) Labyrinthitis following operation for atresia. 
 Boston M. & S. J., 1916, clxxu, 700-706,— Brlndel. Des 
 oomphcations auriculaires consecutives aux occlusions du 
 conduit auditif externe. Rev. hebd. de laryngol. {etc.), 
 Par., 1906, U, 33-43.— Bruehl (G.) Bony atresia of the 
 ear and connective tissue-atresia of the ear with spontane- 
 ously cured labyrinthitis. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1911, 
 xxi, 994-977. AUo, transl.: Monatschr. I. Ohrenh.,J[etc.], 
 Berl. & Wien, 1912, xlvl, 279-282.— Castex (A.) Rtee- 
 cissement du conduit auditif membraneux reseque par 
 decollement du pavUlon. Bull, de laryngol., otol. et rhi- 
 nol.. Par., 1903, vi, 106.— Compaired (C.) Tratamiento 
 de las estenosis rebeldes del conducto auditivo externo. 
 Siglo med., Madrid, 1916, Ixii, 3.— Courtade (A.) Contri- 
 bution k retude des occlusions acquises et congenitales du 
 conduit auditif. Ann. d. mal. de foreiUe, du larynx [etc.]. 
 Par., 1898, xxiv, pt. 2, 11-17.— Faivre. Stenose speoflque 
 du meat auditif. Poitou med., Poitiers, 1906, xx, 106.— 
 Forsytli (E. A.) Atresia ol the external auditory canal. 
 Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. [etc.]. Oto-Laryngol. Sect., St. 
 Louis, 1909, 131-136.— Gruber. Vorstellung eines Krankeu 
 mit erworbenem doppelseitigen Verschluss des ausseren 
 GehSrganges. Monatschr. (. Ohrenh,, Berl., 1898, xxxii, 
 110.— Jones (H. M.) Case of atresia of the meatus. J. 
 Laryngol., Lond., 1905, xx, 262.— Kelson (W. H.) Atresia 
 of left auditory meatus and deformity of auricle; operation. 
 
 Tr. Otol. Spo. U. Kingdom, Lond., 1904-5, vi, 44. . 
 
 Stenosis of right auditory meatus. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., 
 Lond., 1907-8, i, Otol. Sect., 14.— KruzhlUn (A. V.) [Plas- 
 tic surgery for acquired stenosis of the external auditory 
 meatus.] Voyermo-Med. J., S.-Peterb., 1912, ccxxxiii, 
 705-713,— tawrence (L. A.) A case of almost complete 
 occlusion ol the meatus the result of an accident. J. Laryn- 
 gol., Lond., 1906, xxi, 144. . Total occlusion of the 
 
 right external auditory meatus. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., 
 Lond., 1916-16, Ix, Otol. Sect., 5.— Leldler (R.) Beitrag 
 zur Kenntnis der erworbenen Atresien des ausseren Gehor- 
 gangs. Arch. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1905, Ixiv, 254-272. — 
 ' McKenzle (D.) Stenosis of external meatus; (7) result 
 of middle-ear suppuration. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 
 1913-14, vii, Otol. Sect., 66-67.— Macnaughton-Jones 
 (H.) Case of atresia of the meatus. Tr. Otol. Soc. U. 
 Kingdom, Lond., 1904-5, vi, 65.— Mahu (G.) Speculum- 
 dilateur pour I'exameu de I'oreille dans les cas de stenoses 
 accidentelles du conduit. Ann. d. mal. de I'oreille, du 
 larynx [etc.], Par., 1900, xxvl, 275-281.— Mermod. Eetre- 
 cissement osseux du conduit auditif gauche. Rev. med. 
 de la Suisse Rom., Genfeve, 1903, xxiii, 271. — ^Northcote 
 (A. B.) A case of occlusion of both external auditory 
 meatuses. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1906, 1, 798. — Ostmann. 
 Behandlung bindegewebiger Strictureu des ausseren Gehor- 
 ganges mittelst Elektrolyse. ,Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1896, 
 xxxih, 750.— Rendu (R.) Etude anatomique d'un cas 
 d'atresie bilaterale du conduit auditif externe avec pavilion 
 rudimentaire et absence d'oreille moyenne. Bull, de 
 laryngol., otol. et rhinoU Par., 1913, xvi, 100-104, 1 pi.— 
 Rodriguez de Mata (T.) Las estenosis y atresias del 
 conducto auditivo externo. Clin, y lab. Rev. quincen. 
 de espeo. med., Zaragoza, 1911, vii, 321-323.— Schwartze 
 (H.) Ueber erworbene Atresie und Strlctur des Gehor- 
 ganges und dercn Behandlung. Arch. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 
 1899, xlvii, 71-84: xlviii, 98; 261.— Stetanovskl (F. K.) 
 [Complete closure and stenosis of the external auditory 
 meatus.) Voyenno-Med. J., S.-Peterb., 1903, ii, med. pt., 
 357-362.— Stepanoffl (E. M.) [Plastic operation for -closed 
 external auditory meatus.) Vestnik Khir., Mosk., 1900, 
 i, 382^86.— Taubert. Erworbener vollkommenor Ver- 
 schluss des ausseren Gehorganges. Deutsche mil.-arztl. 
 Ztschr., Berl., 190G, xxxv, 642-644.— von TBrak (B.) Ver- 
 schluss beidor Gehorgange und partielle knooheme Oblite- 
 ration der Paukenhohle. Arch. (. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1907, 
 Ixx, 213-218.— Troflmoff (N. P.) [Surgical treatment of 
 closures ol the external auditory meatus.) Yezhemles. 
 Ushn., Gorlov. i Nosov. Bollozn., S.-Peterb., 1907-8, ii, 
 137-142. — vail (E.) L'occlusion du conduit auditif externe 
 
AUDITORY. 
 
 205 
 
 AUDITORY 
 
 Auditory canal {External, Atresia and 
 obstruction of). 
 
 et son traitement. Rev. intemat. de rhinol., otol. et laryn- 
 gol.. Par., 1897, vii, 133-140.— VUchuk (A. I.) (Atresia 
 of the auditory canal.] Yezhemles. Ushn., Gorlov. i Nosov. 
 BoUezn,, S.-Peterb., 1908, ill, 38.— Vlv6 Picas6 (J.) Atre- 
 sias adquiridas del conducto auditive externo. Oto-rino- 
 laringol. espafl., Madrid, 1898-9, i, 177-182. AUo: Bev. de 
 laringol. [etc.], Barcel., 1898, xiii, 678-586. 
 
 Auditory canal {External, Atresia and 
 obstruction of, Congenital): 
 
 Alexander (G.) Zur chirurgischen Behandlung der 
 kongenltalen Atresie. (Ueber alra^eitrige Mastoiditis bei 
 angeborenem Detekt der Ohrmuscliel and des ausseren 
 Gehorganges.) Ztscbr. S. Ohrenb., Wiesb., 1908, Iv, 144- 
 151. — Bezold (F.) The hearing power in cases of bUateral 
 cougerutal atresia of the auditory canal with rudimentary 
 auricle. Arch. Otol., N. Y., 1896, xxv, 127-131. Also, 
 
 transl: Pratique in^d., Par., 1896, x, 561-565. . Sek- 
 
 tionsbefund eines FaUes von einseitiger angeborener Atresie 
 des Gehorgangs und rudimentarer Muschel. Ztschr. f. 
 Ohrenh., wiesb., 1904-5, xlviii, 175-178, 1 pi.— Compaired 
 (C.) Imperforacidn congenita del conducto auditivo de- 
 recho; operacito: curacidn. Siglo ta6i., Madrid, 1903, 1, 
 35.— Dean (L. W.) & Gittins (T,E.) Report of case of 
 bilateral, congenital, osseous atresia of the external audi- 
 tory canal, with an exceptionally good functional result 
 lollowlng operation. ■ Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1917, xxvii, 
 461-473. — Deutscliiander (C.) Ueber erworbenen Gehor- 
 gangsverscMuss und dessen operative Behandlung. Deut- 
 sche Ztschr. t. Chir., Leipz., 1900, Iv, 317-325.— Feder- 
 schmldt. Ein Fall von tongenitaler Atresie beider Gehor- 
 gange ohne Missbildung der Ohnnuscheln und mit auftal- 
 lend gutem Gehor. Ztschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Wiesb., 1910, 
 Ixi, 170.— Hartmann (A.) Congenital and acquired atre- 
 sia of the meatus. Arch. Otol., N. Y., 1899, xxviii, 419- 
 421.— Hcrschel (K.) Ein Fall von kongemtaler Atresie 
 des Gehorganges bei normal gebildeter Ohrmuschel. Mo- 
 
 N. York M. J. fete], 1907, Ixxxvi, 45. Also, Reprmt.— 
 Imtioter (R . ) Beiderseitige angeborene Gehorgangsatresie 
 und angeborenes Colobom der Augenlider. Beitr. z. Anat., 
 PhysioL, Path. u. Therap. d. Ohres [etc.], Berl., 1910, iv, 
 62-70. — Jurgens (E.) Trols cas d'atrfeie cong&iitale du 
 conduit auditif externe, aveo microtie. Presse oto-laryn- 
 gol. beige, Brux., 1903, li, 381-384.— Kanellis. Sur un cas 
 d'atriSsie coug^nitale du conduit auditif exteme de I'oreUle 
 droite avec pavilion rudimentaire. Bull, de laryngol., 
 otol. et rhinol.. Par., 1906, ix, 255-259.— Lewln (L.) Ueber 
 kongenitale Atresie des ausseren Gehorganges mit Mikrotie 
 und deren chirurgische Behandlung. Monatschr. f . Ohrenh. 
 letc], Berl. & Wien, 1913, xlvli, 916-932.— Mosier (H. P.) 
 Congenital occlusion of the cartilaginous canal. Boston 
 M. & S. L, 1909, clvi, 86, 1 pi.— Rendu (R.) Atr&ie con- 
 g&iitaie des deux conduits auditifs extemes avec pavilions 
 rudimentaires et fissure palatine. Lyon m^d., 1912, cxix, 
 747-749, 1 pi.— Koyet. Ooht&ation cong^nitale double du 
 conduit auditif exteme. Centre mid. et pharm., Gannat, 
 1907-8, xiii, 37. — Scheilie. [Doppelseitige kongemtale Atre- 
 sie des Gehorgangs; Operation.) Miinchen. med. Wchn- 
 schr., 1904, h, 88.— Takanarlta (W.) Sektionsbelund 
 eines Falles von angeborener einseitiger Atresie des Gehor- 
 ganges. Arch. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1915, xcvl, 186-192. — 
 v411 (E.) Neures zur Frage der operativen Eroflnung der 
 congenitalen Atresien des Meatus auditorius extemus. 
 Cong, intemat. de m6d. (xvi.). C.-r., Budapest, 1909, Sect. 
 xvl, Otol., 427-438. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: J. Laryngol., 
 Lend., 1910, n. s., xxv, 417. — Weitzel. Occlusion conj^- 
 nitale de I'oriflce externe du conduit auditif. Ann. d. mal. 
 de I'oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par., 1904, xxx, 387. 
 
 Auditory canal. {Externxil, Atresia and 
 obstruction of, Traumatic and post-op- 
 erative). 
 
 Gift (A.) *Traumatisclie Atresien des Ge- 
 horganges. 8°. Miinchen, 1907. 
 
 Baiany. Neue Methode zur Behandlung von postope- 
 rativen Stenosen. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Berl., 1910, 
 xliv, 1268-1270. — Botcy (R.) Prophylaxie des stenoses 
 du conduit aprfes les operations radicales sur I'oreille. Ann. 
 d. mal. de PoreHle, du larynx [etc.]. Par., 1904, xxx, 262- 
 268. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Gac. mSd. de Granada, 1904, 
 xxii, 481.— Collet. AtrSsies traumatiques du conduit 
 auditif guiles par I'^videment p^tromastoidien. Lyon 
 mdd., 1916, cxxv, 163. — Danziger (E.) Traumatic atresia 
 of the external auditory meatus of the left ear with mastoid 
 complications. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1913, xxiii, 943. — 
 Hasslauer. Ueber Verengerung beziehungsweise Atresie 
 des ausseren Gehorganges nach Trauraen. Deutsche mil.- 
 arztl. Ztschr., Berl., 1903, xxxli, 750-757.— Lake (R.} Post- 
 operative atresia of meatus. Tr. Otol. Soc. U. Kmgdom, 
 
 Auditory cainal {External, Atresia and 
 obstruction of. Traumatic and post-op- 
 erative) . 
 
 Lond., 1901, li, 117-120.— PoUtzer. Atrdsie traumatique 
 du conduit; op&ation et gu4rison. Bev. hebd. de laryngol. 
 [etc.]. Par., 1904, ii, 193.— Raoult (A.) Occlusion du meat 
 et des parois du conduit auditif^ la suite d'un traumatisme; 
 raeotion du conduit. Ibid., 1901, ii, 113-115.- Kudolphy 
 (K.) Ueber traumatische Gehorgangsatresie. Ztschr. f. 
 
 Ohrenh., Wiesb., 1902, xiii, 20-27. . Traumatic atresia 
 
 of the auditory canal. Arch. Otol., N. Y., 1905, xxxiv, 
 504-506. — Tearsley (M.) Case of traumatic atresia of the 
 meatus successfully treated by operation. Tr. Otol. Soc. 
 U. Kingdom, Lond., 1903^, v, 96. Also: J. Laryngol., 
 Lond., 1904, xix, 361. 
 
 Auditory canal {Externxil, Cancer of). 
 
 Abliott (F. C.) Case of rapidly growing small spheroidal- 
 celled carcinoma of the external auditory meatus . Tr. O tol. 
 Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond., 1902, iii, 12-16, 1 pi.— Bezold. 
 Adenokarzinom des ausseren Gehorganges. Sitzungsb. d. 
 iirztl. Ver. in Munchen (1903), 1904, xiii, 7-10.— Biggs 
 (G. N.) Epithelioma of the external ear. J. Laryngol., 
 Lond., 1912, xxvii, 40. — Brenner (A.) Microscopic section 
 of epithelioma of cutaneous external meatus which was at 
 first mistaken for mastoid disease. Tr. Otol. Soc. U. King- 
 dom, Lond., 1901, ii, 39-41. . Notes with specimen 
 
 and microscopical sections, of two cases of carcinoma of the 
 external auditory meatus, ibid., 130. — Cbeatle (A. H.) A 
 case of epithelioma of the meatus in a man aged 43 years. 
 Ibid., 1900, i, 56, 1 pi.— Connal (J. G.) Epithehoma of the 
 external auditory canal. Glasgow M. J., 1905, Ixiv, 378-380. 
 AlsolKbstv.y. Tr. Glasg. Path. & Clin. Soc, 1904-6, x, 223,— 
 Deanesly (E . ) A case of carcinoma of the auditory meatus, 
 or tympanum, invading the under surface of the tempero- 
 sphenoidal lobe of the brain. Tr, Otol. Soc, U. Kingdom, 
 Lend., 1902-3, iv, 11-16.— Glbb (J. S.) Primary epithe- 
 lioma of the auditory canal; report of two cases, Tr, Am. 
 Laryngol., Rhinol. & Otol. Soc, 1905, St, Louis, 1906, xi, 
 447-451. Also, transl.: Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.]. 
 Par., 1905, xix, 741 - 745.— Gruenmg (E.) Case of car- 
 cinoma springing from the external canal. Arch. Otol., 
 N. Y., 1908, sxxvii, 164-166.— HaUas (E, A.) [Cancer of 
 the auditory canal.] Ugeskr, 1. Leeger, Kdbenh. 1914, 
 Ixxvi, 1627-1638.— Lake (B.) & Bowen (W. H.) Ma- 
 Ugnant disease of the external meatus. J. Laryngol., 
 Lond., 1907, xxii, 22. — Tonarelli (C.) Carcinoma a ceUule 
 cilindriche del condotto udltivo cstemo. Arch, ital, di 
 otol. [etc.], Torino, 1901, xi, 261-282, 1 pi.— Vaguler. Epithe- 
 lioma du conduit auditif exteme. Arch, intemat, de 
 laryngol, [etc,]. Par., 1903, xvi, 1295.— Walker (H. S.) 
 Epithelioma oi the external auditory meatus. Tr, Otol, 
 Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond., 1905-6, ™, 92. Also: J. Laryn- 
 gol., Lond., 1906, xxi, 347.— West (C. E.) Four cases of 
 carcinoma of the external meatus. Proc. Boy. Soc. Med., 
 
 Lond., 1908-9, ii, Otol. Sect., 34-37. . Patient four 
 
 years after operation for carcinoma of the external meatus 
 and tympanum. Ibid., 1911-12, v, Otol, Sect., 26-32.— 
 Zwlcke. Carcinom des ausseren Gehorganges und der 
 Schadelbasis; Bell'sche Lahmung; halbseitige Glottislah- 
 mung. Charlt^Ann, 1882, Berl,, 1884, be, 380. 
 
 Auditory canxil {Externxil, Cerumen and 
 epidermis plugs impacted in). 
 
 Altken (D, W.) General symptoms produced by accu- 
 mulations of cerumen. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1892, i, 652. — 
 Aparicio. Un caso de obstruccidn del conducto auditivo 
 externo por tapdn ceruminoso, Gac, m6d. d. Norte, Bilbao, 
 1896, ii, 58-60. — De Slmoni (A.) Dell' azione elettiva 
 dell' acqua ossigenata nei tamponi epidermoidaU del con- 
 dotto uditlvo esterno. Boll, d, Pohchn., Torino, 1897, 
 u, 169-171. — Duplay. La surdity par bouchon ciSruml- 
 neux. Union m4d., Par., 1890, 3. s., 1, 73-77.— Fowler 
 (W. P,) A condensed report of sixty-three cases of inspis- 
 sated ceramen, Tr, Homoeop. M. Soc. N. Y, 1880-Sl, 
 Havana, 1882, xvi, 403-406.— Herzog (J.) Ein Beitrag zur 
 Lehre, fiber Ohrreflexe, bedingt, durch Ansammlung von 
 Cerumen im ausseren Gehorgange. Monatschr. f, Ohrenh., 
 Berl., 1889, xxni, 97-101.— Hessler. Die Epidermisptropfe 
 des Gehorganges, Arch. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1896, xh, 
 176-198: 1897, xiii, 1-30,— Kosegarten (W.) The improve- 
 ment in hearing obtained by the action of intense sounds 
 in cases of ceruminal ^ugs. Arch. Otol., N. Y., 1889, xviii, 
 308.— Laurens (G.) Extraction des bouchons c&umineux 
 du conduit auditif. Presse m&i.. Par., 1896, 90.— Ricci 
 (C. A.) SuU' estrazione del tamponi di cerume. BoU. d. 
 mal. d. orecchlo, d. gola e d. naso, Flrenze, 1897, xv, 215- 
 218.— Schwartz (W.) Stearin im Gehorgang. Ztschr. f. 
 Ohrenh., Wiesb., 1897, xxxii, 61.— Somers (L. S.) Ceru- 
 mlnosis obturans. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1897, xxviii, 
 787.— Souwers (G, F.) Impacted ceramen; some of its 
 causes and treatment. Med. & Surg, Beporter, Phila., 
 . 1882, xlvi, 42fr430.— Theobald (S.) A case of aural reflex 
 of unusual character due to impacted cerumen. Tr. Am. 
 Am, Otol, Soc, N, Bedford, 1893, v, pt. 3, 508-510,— War- 
 
AUDITORY. 
 
 206 
 
 AUDITORY. 
 
 Auditory canal {External, Cerumen and 
 epidermis plugs impacted in). 
 
 bnc]£ (J. C.) Cerumen (wax) in the ears. Internat. Clin., 
 PMa., 1912, 22. s., ii, 262-267, 2 pi. Also: Cluoago M. Re- 
 corder, 1911, xxxlii, 564-560.— Well. Zur Symptomatologie 
 der Onrenschmalzpiropfe. Monatsotir. f. Oliienli., Berl., 
 1885, xix, 289. 
 
 Auditory canal {External, Diseases of). 
 
 See, also, Auditory canal (External, Furuncu- 
 losis of); Auditory comaZ {External, Parasitic 
 disease of)- Diphtheria of ear; Ear {External, 
 Diseases of). 
 
 Barclay (B.) Acute and chronic otitis externa, includ- 
 ing otomycosis and cancer of the auditory canal. Syst. 
 Dis. Ear, Nose & Throat (Burnett), Phila., 1893, i, 166- 
 217.— Bellows (H. P.) Some cases ol caries of the external 
 auditory canal. Homoeop. Eye, Ear & Throat J,, N. Y., 
 1900, vi, 111-118.— Blaice (C. J.)' Superficial dermatitis of 
 the extemai auditory canal. Boston M. & S. J., 1909, 
 clxi, 183. Also: Month. Cycl. & M. Bull., Phila., 1909, 
 ii, 475.— Bronner (A.) Zur Behandlung des chroniachea 
 Eczems im ausscren Gehorgange mittelst Massage. Arch, 
 f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1897, xliii, 235. Also, transl.; Cong, in- 
 ternat. d'otol. C.-r. 1895, Florence, 1897, v, 259-261.— 
 Brown (H. B.) Otitis externa circumscripta; furuncle of 
 auditory canal. PostGraduate, N. Y., 1912, xxvii, 378- 
 390. — Bull (O. B.) rSur I'emploi de I'acide chlorhydriquo 
 dans le traitement des affections osseuses des parois de la 
 cavity tympanique et du conduit auriculaire ossoux. B^., 
 84.] Norsk Mag. f. Laegeyidensk:., Kristiania, 1899, 4. R., 
 xiv, 38-50. — Carpenter (E. R.) Disease of the extemai 
 canal, simulating middle ear disease. N. Mexico M. J., 
 Las Cruces, 1913-14, xi, 182-184.— Howes (P. E.) Diseases 
 of the auditory canal. Am. M. J., St. Louis, 1897, xxv, 
 119; 159.— KanelUs. Un cas de toux rebelle life k I'ecz^ma 
 du conduit auditif. Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.]. Par., 
 1906, ii, 665-667.— Kelson (W. H.) Disease of extemai 
 auditory meatus. Proo. Roy. Soo. Med.^ Lond., 1908-9, 
 ii, Otol. Sect., 28.— Kretsclunann. Zwei Ealle-von Peri- 
 chondritis des Gehorgangcs. Arch. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1897, 
 xlii, 287. — Lannols. Abcfes p^riauriculaires cons6cutif s aux 
 otites extemes circonserites. Arch, internat. de laryngol. 
 [etc.]. Par., 1898, xi, 297.- Le Double. Deux points d'anar 
 tomo-pathologie du conduit auditif osseux. Presse oto- 
 larypgol. beige, Brux., 1903, ii, 677-580.- Levin (L. T.) 
 [Excessive running of cerebrospinal fluid from the extemai 
 auditory meatus, the tympanic membrane remaining 
 intact.) Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1906, v, 133-135.— 
 Lewln (L.) Untersuchungen iiber den wirkungsbereich 
 auf dem Wege des ausseren Gehorgangs eingebrachter ge- 
 loster Arzneistoffe. Arch. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1900, 1, 113 
 126.— Mallierbe (A.) Maladies du conduit auditif externe. 
 Bull, mgd.. Par,, 1899, xiii, 606-607.— MoUisou (W. M.) 
 Case of sypliilitlc tilceration of extemai auditory meatus. 
 Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1914-16, viii, Otol. Sect, 7.— 
 Ostino (G.) Tuberoolosi ulcerosa del condotto uditivo 
 estemo. Atti d. Cong. d. Soc. ital. di laringol. [eto.J, 1902, 
 NapoU, 1903, vi, 305.— Boy (D.) Case of bilateral mflam- 
 ma^on of the external auditory canal followed by bilateral 
 sinus thrombosis; autopsy. Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryn- 
 gol., St. Louis, 1912, xxi, 1061-1058.— Boy (L.-G.] Des 
 suppurations cnroniques dii conduit auditif externe. Rev. 
 mid., Par., 1911, xxi, 275.— Sclunldt (C.-J.-M.) Sur I'otite 
 externe -pnmitive au point de vue clinique. Ann. d. mal. 
 de I'oreille, du larynx [etc.]. Par., 1S98, xxiv, 78. — Shep- 
 pard (J. E.) Affections of the external auditory meatus. 
 Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol. & Otol. Soc, New Bedford, 
 
 1910, 124-131. . Affections of the extemai auditory 
 
 meatus. Long Island M. J., Brooklyn, 1910, iv, 199-203. 
 Also, Reprint.— Stirling (A. "W.) Itching of the auditory 
 meatus. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1900, vni, 146. — Stuart- 
 Low (W.) Keratosis of the auditory meatus. Proc. Roy. 
 Soc. Med., Lend., 1915-16, ix, Otol. Sect., 3.— Szmurlo (J.) 
 [Gangrene of the external auditory meatus.] Gaz. lek., 
 warszawa, 1913, 2. s., xxxiii, 13SO-1387.— Voss. Die Erfolge 
 der Vakzination bei Staphylokokkeninlektioneu des aus- 
 scren Gehorgangs. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1911, Iviii, 
 2245. 
 
 Auditory canal {External, Exostoses and 
 hyperostoses of). 
 
 Bratjnbbrger (B.) *Ueber die Exostosen 
 des ausseren Gehorganges. 8°. Strasshwrg i. E., 
 1896. 
 
 SABfioux (H.-E.-A.-L.) *Exostoses du con- 
 duit auditif. 8°. Bordeaux,'1^0\. 
 
 Braqueliaye (J.) Lcs exostoses du conduit auditif. 
 Bull, de I'Hdp. civ. frang. de Tunis, 1901, iv, 157-169.— 
 Connal (J. G.) Multiple exostosis in both extemai audi- 
 tory canals. Glasgow M. J., 1901, Ivi, 291.— Eulenstcin. 
 Movable spongy osteoma of the cartilaginous portion of the 
 external auditory meatus. Arch. Otol., N. Y., 1899, xxvlii. 
 
 Auditory canal {External, Exostoses and 
 hyperostoses of). 
 
 35-37.— Ferrerl (G.) Esostosi del condotto uditivo estemo. 
 Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.], Torino, 1903-4, xv, 353-365.— 
 Garzia (V.) Exostosis del oldo extemo. Rev. de laringol. 
 [etc.J, Baroel., 1895-6, xi, 150-152. Also, transl.: Cong, 
 intemat. d'otol. C.-r. 1895, Florence, 1897, v, 262.— GeUat 
 (P. P.) [Obliteration of both auditory meatuses by bone 
 growth; operative removal.) Vrach. Gaz., S,-Peterb., 1903, 
 X, 836.---Goldsteln (M. A.) Exostosis of external auditory 
 canal. J. Laryngol., Londy 1898, xiii, 338-342. Also 
 [Abstr.]: Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1898, iv, 268.— Hart- 
 inann (A. ) Ueber Hyperostose desaussereu Gehorganges. 
 Ztschr. f. Ohrenh., Wiesb., 1896. xxx, 48-62. Also, transl.: 
 Arch. Otol., N. Y., 1897, xxvi, 43^6.— HeMrlch (C. H.) 
 Exostoses of the auditory canal; operation with the dental 
 engine. Tr. Homoeop. M. Soc. N. Y., 1894, xxix, 208- 
 212.— Jackson (G.) The etiology of exostoses of the exter 
 nal auditory meatus. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1909, ii, 1137. — 
 Kautmanu (E.) Ueber ringfSrmige Leisten in der Cutis 
 des ausseren Gehorganges. Med. Jahrb., Wien, 1886, n. F., 
 i, 201-210, 1 pi. — KiSrnei (0.) Die Exostosen und Hyperos- 
 tosen im Gehorgange una die Osteome in den Operations- 
 hohlen des Schlafenbeines. Ztschr. (. Ohrenh., Wiesb., 
 1904-5, xlviii, 100-108.— Labourfi (J.) Indications et tech- 
 nique de I'ablatiou des exostoses du conduit auditif ex- 
 terne. Clinique, Par., 1910, v, 210.— Lake (R.) Aural ex- 
 ostoses. J. Laryngol., Lond., 1898, xiii, 383-385.— McAulifle 
 ( G . B . ) Removal of exostoses of the external auditory canal 
 with a hook. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1899, Ivi, 444.— McBiide 
 (P.J Note on an unusually large exostosis of the external 
 auditory meatus. J. Laryngol., Lond., 1907, xxii, 243. — 
 Mahler (L.) [Exostosis and hyperostosis of the auditory 
 canal.) Ugeskr. f. Laeger, Kj0benh., 1908, Ixx, 73-87.— 
 Manasse. Ueber Exostosen am Porus acusticus internus. 
 Verhandl. d. deutsoh. otol. Gesellsch., Jena, 1908, 185-188.— 
 Masinl (O.) Contributo alia patogenesi del tumori ossei 
 del condotto uditivo estemo. Imparziale, Firenze, 1882, 
 xxii, 615-619.— Moore. Exostoses of the extemai auditory 
 canal. Post-Graduate, N. Y., 1900, xv, 785.— Muncaster 
 (S. B.) Operation for pedunculated exostosis of the ex- 
 ternal auditory meatus. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1911, 
 Ixi, 1555. — ^Noquet. Quelques considerations sur les ex- 
 ostoses du conduit auditil externe. Arch, intemat. de 
 laryngol. [etc.]. Par., 1899, xii, 267-269. Also: Rev. hebd. 
 de laryngol. [etc.]. Par., 1899, xix, pt. 2, 241-247.— PoUtzer 
 (A.) Ueber hanfkorngrosse, symmetrische Exostosen am 
 inneren Ende des Gehorganges. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh., 
 Berl., 1897, xxxl, 211.— Butten. Exostose duconduitauditil 
 droit; ablation au moyen de la gouge; gu^rison. BuU. Soc. 
 beige d'otol. et de laryngol., Brux., 1896, i, 15. . Exos- 
 tose du conduit audltU droit. Intemat. Otol. Cong. 
 Trans. 1899, Lond., 190O, vi, 219-221. AlsOj transl. [Abstr.]: 
 Arch. Otol., N. Y., 1899, xxviii, 462.— Schumaclier (H.) 
 Eine frei gcwordene Exostose im Bereiche des knochernen 
 Gehorganges mit hautigem Stiele. Monatschr. i. Ohrenh. 
 [etc.), Berl. & Wien, 1915. xlix, 14-17.— Taylor (S. J.) 
 Removal ol an aural exostosis by the chisel after detachment 
 of the auricle. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1894, ii, 867.— TiUey (H.) 
 Large hyperostosis removed from left auditory meatus. 
 Tr. Otol. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond., 1902-3, iv, 23-27.— 
 Tod (H.) Exostosis of right external meatus in a boy 
 aged 10. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1909-10, iii, Otol. 
 
 removal. J. Laryngol., Lond., 1912, xxvii, 39. — Wlliiams. 
 Pediculated exostosis of extemai ear; specimen. St. Louis 
 M. & S. J., 1885, xlix, 123.— Zhlrmunskl (M. S.) [Ex- 
 ostoses of the external auditory apparatus.) Yezhemles. 
 Ushu., Gorlov. i Nosov. Bollezn., S.-Peterb., 1911, vi, 281- 
 284. 
 
 Auditory canal {External, Foreign bodies 
 in). 
 
 Anzlnger (F. P.) A suggestion for removing foreign 
 bodies from the external auditory canal. J. Am. M. Ass., 
 Chicago, 1915, Ixiv, 1908. — Boudallllez. Corps stranger du 
 condmt auditif externe, tol6r6 pendant dix ans. J. d. so. 
 mM. de Lille, 1908, 1, 11-16.— Boulal (J.) Corps stranger 
 bizarre du conduit auditif. Arch, internat. de laryngol. 
 [etc.]. Par., 1912, xxxiii, 144.— Cagnola (A.) Un nuovo 
 processo di estraziono del corpi stranieri dal condotto uditivo. 
 Ann. di laringol. [etc.], Geneva, 1902, iii, 220-224.— Caldera 
 (C.) Corpo estraneo del condotto uditivo ponetrato con 
 speciale meccanismo. Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.], Torino, 1912, 
 Scxiii, 343. — Clauda, Deux observations de corps Strangers 
 du conduit auditif. Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.l. Par., 
 1901, xiv, 398.— Clay (J. V. P.) Foreign bodies in the 
 extemai auditory canal. J. Ophth., Otol. & Laryngol., 
 Lancaster, Pa., 1915, xxi, 419-423.— Cox (F.) Case of otitis 
 externa due to au unusual foreign body. J. Laryngol., 
 Lond., 1893, vii, 65.— Domlnlcl (B.) L'elcocirtomele 
 gentile ed i corpi estranei de' condotti estemi dell' orecchio. 
 Morgagni, Napoli, 1883, xxv, 439-141.- Baton (F. B.) A 
 tooth in the extemai auditory canal. Laryngoscope, St. 
 
AUDITORY. 
 
 207 
 
 AUDITORY. 
 
 Auditory canal {External, Foreign bodies 
 in). 
 
 Louis, 1897, 11, 37.— Federlcl (N.) Corpo estraneo animale 
 nel condotto udltlvo esterno. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1905, 
 ixvi, 11. — Fernandez (F. M.) Cuerpo extrafio (frijol 
 negro) del conducto auditivo extemo, de muy diflcil extrac- 
 cidn. Crdn. mM.-quir. de la Habana, 1909, xxxv, 196-198.— 
 GiazzI (V.) Piombo fuso introdotto nel canale uditiYO 
 esterno. Corriere san., Milano, 1900, jd, 213.— Hfilot (K.) 
 Que doiton laire en presence d'un coros stranger du conduit 
 auditil? Eev. mM. de Normandie, Eouen, 1905, 127-129.— 
 HSIscher. Dienstunbraucbbarkelt infolge fehlerhalter 
 Versuche, einen Fremdkorper aus dem ausseren Geborgang 
 zu entfernen. Deutsche mil.-arztl. Ztsohr., Berl., 1904, 
 xxxiil, 283.— Hummel. Das Verhalteu des Gehorganges 
 Fremdkorpern gegeniiber uud die Art von dereu Entfemung 
 aus demselbcn durch der praktiscben Arzt. Miinchen. 
 med. Wchnscbr., 1897, xhv, 438-441.— Kepllnger (L.) 
 Foreign bodies In the external auditorjr canal, wltli report of 
 cases. Lar^goscope, St. Louis, 1897, ill, 22&-229. — Lalatta 
 (G.) Corpi stranieri nel condotto uditivo esterno. Arch. 
 ital. dl otol. [etc.], Torino, 1897, v, 209-217.— Lcutert (E.) 
 Schwierigkeiten der Begutachtung von Verletzungen bel 
 missgliickter Fremdkorperextraktion aus dem ausseren 
 Gehbrgange. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. 
 Aerz 1903, Leipz., 1904, ii, 2. Hlfte., 330-333.— Marchal. 
 Un cas de corps stranger souple dans le conduit auditif ex- 
 terne. Gaz. m^d. de Picardie, Amiens, 1896, xiv, 478-480. — 
 Moos. Misslungener Extractlonsversuch bel emer in den 
 ausseren Gehorgang gebrachten Kaffeebohne; consecutive 
 eitrige Entziindung mit Perloration des Trommellells, 
 Ausstossung des Amboses und vielfaoher PolypenbUdung; 
 Wanderung der Bohne durch die Perforation in die Trom- 
 melhohle und wicder heraus; Wiedervernarbung der Per- 
 foration mit theilweiser Wiederherstellung des Gehors. 
 Arch. f. Augen- u. Ohrenh., Carlsruhe, 1871-2, ii, 2. Abth., 
 155-158.— Raoult. Corps Stranger (dent) reste 14 ans dans 
 le conduit auditif. Rev. mgd. de Test, Nancy, 1900, xxxU, 
 251-253.— Sarage (G. C.) Removal of foreign bodies from 
 the auditory" canal. Medicine, Detroit, 1901, vii, 116.— 
 SindeUUC. [Foreign body 32 years in the external auditory 
 canal.) Casop. ISk. eesk., v Praze, 1908, xlvii, 639.— Spald- 
 ing (J. A.) Foreign body remaining wedged in the external 
 auditory meatus twenty-four years without injuring the 
 healing; removal with a hook and syringe. Arch. Otol., 
 N. Y., 1891, XX, 218.— Thomson (St. C.) A foreign body 
 which had remained innocuously in the meatus lor 26 years. 
 Tr. Otol. Soc. U. Kingdom, Loud., 1901, 11, 66.— Vidal (L.) 
 Extraction d'un corps 'Stranger du conduit auditif externe. 
 Languedoe mSd.-chir., Toulouse, 1904, xii, 139-143.— Wells 
 (W. A.) Button twelve years in external auditory canal. 
 J. Eye, Ear & Throat Dis., Bait., 1905, x, 161. Also, Re- 
 print. — Woodson (L. G.) Foreim bodies in the external 
 auditory canal. Alabama M. J., Birmingh., 1900-1901, xii 
 [xiii], 419-423. 
 
 Auditory can/d (External, Fracture of). 
 
 QuANDT (M. K.) *Ueber Frakturen dea 
 knochemen GeMrganges durch Gewalteinwir- 
 kung auf den TJnterkiefer. 8°. Halle a. S., 
 1904. 
 
 ScHoNBURG (E.) *Ueber Frakturen des 
 Meatus acusticus extemus und dea Processus 
 mastoideus durch direkte Gewalteinwirkung. 
 8°. Halle a. S., 1906. 
 
 Berini (F.) Un caso de fractura de ambos conductos 
 auditivos extemos. Gac. mSd. de Granada, 1900, xviii, 
 385-393. Also; Rev. de med., cirug. y farm., Barcel., 1900, 
 xiv, 97-105. — Broca (A.) Fracture du conduit auditil ex- 
 terne. Presse raid., Par., 1912, xx, 156.— Carroll (J. J.) 
 Compound comminuted fracture of the osseous wall of the 
 external auditory canal. J. Eye, Ear & Throat Dis., Bait., 
 1899, iv, 143.— Citelll (S.) Contribute alle Iratture indlrette 
 della pare1:e antero-inferiore del condotto uditivo. Arch, 
 ital. dl otol. [etc.], 1901, xi, 158; 313.— Denker (A.) Ein 
 Fall von Fractur der vorderen, unteren Gehorgangswand 
 durch Gewalteinwirkimg auf den TJnterkiefer. Arch. f. 
 Ohrenh., Leipz., 1897, xlii, 31-34.— Galettl (V.) Contributo 
 alio studio deUe fratture indlrette del condotto uditivo 
 esterno. Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.], Torino, 1897, v, 19-32.— 
 Hamilton (T. K.) Fracture of the anterior bony wall of 
 the external auditory meatus from a fall upon the chin. 
 Intercolon. M. J. Australas., Melbourne, 1906, xl, 617-619. — 
 Hasslauer. Fraktur der vorderen unteren Gehorgangs- 
 wand. Deutsche mll.-arztl. Ztschr., Berl., 1905, xxxiv, 
 259-261. — Herzfeld (J.) [Fraktur der vorderen knochemen 
 Gehorgangswand.] Deutsche med. Wohnschr., Berl. & 
 Leipz., 1907, xxxiii, 442. — Lande (P.) Fracture bilatSrale 
 de la parol antSrieure du conduit auditif externe et l&ions 
 de I'oreille moyerme; fractjire comphquSe de cuisse; mort 
 par gangrene gazeuse. Rev. de med.lSg., Par., 1908, xv, 
 102.— Passow. Anatomlsche Untersuchungen iiber das 
 Zustandekommeni von Gehorgangsfrakturen. Deutsche 
 med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1904, xxx, 1124.— Prfivost 
 
 Auditory canal (External, Fracture of). 
 
 (C.-A.-W.) Fracture indirecte de la parol antSrieure du 
 conduit auditif externe gauche. Arch, intemat. de laryngol. 
 [etc.]. Par., 1901, xiv, 149. 
 
 Auditory caTwI (External, Furunculosis 
 
 of)- 
 
 Pauohet (F.) *Du traitement des furoncles 
 du conduit auditif. 4°. Paris, 1895. 
 
 ViENNB (C.-O.) *Le furoncle du conduit 
 auditif externe. 8°. Lille, 
 
 Berini (F.) Dia^ndstico y tratamiento de los foninculos 
 del conducto auditivo. Rev. de med. y cirug., Barcel., 
 1905, xix, 392-398.— Buys & Delsaux. Rapport sur la 
 furonculose du conduit auditif (pathogSnie et traitement). 
 Arch, intemat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1899, xii, 527.— 
 Connal (J. G.) Furunculosis of the external auditory 
 canal simulating mastoid periostitis. Brit. M. J., Lend., 
 
 1901, i, 1264. . Furunculosis of the external auditory 
 
 canal. Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc. Glasg., 1902, iii, 424-434.— 
 Gradenigo { G. ) Sul loruncolo del condotto uditivo esterno. 
 Clin, mod., Pisa, 1896, 11, 279-283.— Hays (H.) Furuncu- 
 losis of the ear canal. Med. Times, N. Y., 1917, xiv, 260.— 
 Imbofer (R.) Zur Behandlung der Gehorgangsfurunkel. 
 Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1911, xxv, 357-360.— Jousset. 
 Furonculose du conduit auditil externe. Nord mSd., LUle, 
 1897, iii, 52-54. — Lederman (M. D.) Furunculosis of 
 external auditory meatus followed by suppurative otitis 
 media with mastoid involveinent and operation. Laryngo- 
 scope, St. Louis, 1897, ii, 230-234.— Lermoyez (M.) Traite- 
 ment du furoncle du conduit auditif. Presse med.. Par., 
 1900, i, 105-107.— Leutert (E.) Ueber periauriculare Abs- 
 cesse bei Furunkeln des ausseren Gehorganges. Arch. 1. 
 , Ohrenh., Leipz., 1897, xliii, 267-275.— Lotbrop (0. A.) 
 Furunculosis of the external auditory canal; the use of 
 alcohol as a valuable aid in treatment. Boston M. & S. J., 
 1913, cbcix, 645. — Maurice. Traitement des furoncles du 
 conduit auditil; nouveau furonculotome. Rev. raid., 1908, 
 xviii, 323-329.— Plummer (E. C.) Furunculosis of the ex- 
 ternal canal simulating mastoid disease. Physician & 
 Surg., Detroit & Ann Arbor, 1908, xxx, 649.— Boy (L.-G.) 
 La furonculose du conduit auditil, son traitement. Rev. 
 mSd., Par., 1904, xiii, 580-582. — Salaris (E.) Dl una nume- 
 rosa statistica non comune di foruncolosi del condotto 
 uditivo esterno e di alcune comphcazioni. Boll. d. mal. 
 d. orecchio, d. gola e d. naso, Flrenze, 1908, xxa-I, 73-90.— 
 Vignard & Sargnon. Deux cas d6 furoncles graves du 
 conduit aveo suppuration rStro-auriculaire simulant de la 
 mastoidite. Prov. mSd., Par., 1907, xx, 251.— WIcart., 
 La furonculose du condmt auditif externe. MSdecin prat., 
 Par., 1908, iv, 741. 
 
 Auditory canal (External, Hsemorrhage 
 
 from). 
 
 See Ear (Hxmorrhage in) . 
 
 AuditoTYcanal(External,Hyperostosesof). 
 See Auditory canal (Exostoses, etc., of). 
 
 Auditory canal (External, MorpTiology of) . 
 
 Batjchauer (J.) *Antliropologisclie Studien 
 iiber den ausseren knochemen Gehorgang. 
 [Miinchen.] 8° Wien, 1909. 
 
 Also, in: Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1909, xxiil, 17; 35; 
 50; 83; 100; 148; 164. 
 
 dl Colo (F.) Contributo alia conoscenza delle glandole 
 del condotto uditivo esterno negli uccelU. Monitore zool. 
 ital., Flrenze, 1909, xx, 335-343.— Freund (L.) Zur Morpho- 
 logie dea ausseren Gehorganges der Saugetiere. Beitr. z. 
 Anat., Physiol., Path. u. Therap. d. Ohres [etc.], Berl., 1909, 
 iii, 1-35.— Hegewald (C.) Verglelehende histologlsche 
 Untersuchungen iiber den ausseren Gehorgang der HauST 
 saugetiere. Ztschr. 1. Morphol. u. Anthrop., Stuttg., 1913, 
 xvi, 201-238, 1 pi.— 1« Double. De la forme difESrente de 
 la portion dure du conduit auditif externe dans la race 
 blanche et dans les races amSricaines anciennes et modemes 
 et principalement dans celles on la pratique de la deforma- 
 tion artificlelle du crane est encore en usase. Cong, intemat. 
 de mSd. C.-r., Madrid, 1904, xiv, sect, tfanat., 13R. — Sym- 
 ington (J.) The external auditory meatus in the child. 
 Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc. Edlnb., 1884-5, n. s., iv, 32-37, 1 pi.— 
 Vermeulen (H. A.) Die Tuba auditlva beim Pferde und 
 ihre physiologisohe Bedeutung. Morphol. Jahrb., Leipz., 
 1909-10, xl, 411^79, 2 pi. 
 
 Auditory canal (External, Obstruction of). 
 
 See AnddtoTj canal (External, Atresia, etc., of). 
 
 Auditory canal (External, Parasitic dis- 
 ease of). 
 
 Amberg (E.) Ornithodorus megnlni Duges im Ge- 
 horgang. Arch. f. Ohienh., Leipz., 1910, iTrmi, 2?3.— Bar 
 
AUDITORY. 
 
 208 
 
 AIJDITOEY. 
 
 Auditory canaZ (External, Parasitic dis- 
 ease of). 
 
 (L.) De I'otomycose ou inaammatiou parasitaire du con- 
 duit auditif exteme. Compt.-rend. Cong, internat. de mSd. 
 
 1897, Mosc, 1898, vi, sect. 12a, 109-121. . Otomycoses 
 
 associ^; aSections v&ioulo-pustuleuses du conduit auditif 
 exteme par microphytes et oact&ies pathogtoes associte; 
 diagnostic et traitement. Ann. d. mal. ae I'oreille, du 
 larynx [etc.]. Par., 1905, xxxi, 125-136. Also, [Abstr.]: Bull, 
 de laryngol., otol. et rhinol.. Par., 1904, vii, 230. Also, 
 transl..- Ann , otol., Ehinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1904, 
 xiii, 638-647.— Cook (S. E.) Mycotic disease of the ear 
 canal; with report of a new fungus. Am. Med., Phila., 1903, 
 vi, 905. Also: West. M. Eev., Lincoln, Neb., 1904, Ix, 7-9.— 
 Hemmeon. A case of parasite of external meatus, 3. 
 Laryngol., Lend., 1910, xxv, 671.— Heraog (M.) Vertici- 
 lium Graphii als Ursache eiuer hartnacklgen Otitis externa 
 dlSusa. Ztsohr. f. Ohrenh., Wiesb., 1895, xxvii, 279-282.— 
 Jolms (W. A.) Otomycosis or ear-mold. J. Mississippi 
 M. Ass., Biloxl, 1899-1900, iii, 769.— Theobald (S.) The 
 treatment of otomycosis by the insufiSatiou of boraoic acid 
 and oxide of zinc. Johns Hopldiis Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1898, 
 ix, 251. 
 
 Auditory canal {External, Stenosis of). 
 
 See Auditory canai {External, Atresia, etc., of). 
 Auditory canal {External, Surgery of). 
 
 Ambrosini (U.) Grosso sejuestro osseo asportato dal 
 condotto uditivo esterno. Specialista mod., Milano, 1904, ii, 
 143-148.— Erbsbteln (M. S.) [Cure of prolonged inflamma- 
 tion of the external auditory passages by a surgical method.] 
 Yezhemles. Ushn^ Gorlov. i Nosov. Bollezn., S.-Peterb., 
 1906, i, 122-126.— Fagge (0. H.) Bronchial rfnus leading 
 into external auditory meatus; sinus excised. Proc. Eoy, 
 Soo. Med., Lond., 1907-S, i, Otol. Sect., 90.— Kfirner. Zur 
 Operation erworbener Gehorgaiigsverscliliisse. Verhandl. 
 d. deutsoh. otol. Gesellsch., Jena, 1896, v, 105. — PritcbaTd 
 (U.) Notes of a case of removal of an impacted meatal 
 sequestrum facilitated by previous decalcification. Tr. 
 Otol. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond., 1901, ii, 47.— Baoult (A.) 
 Fistule de la paroi mf^rieure du conduit; ntoose des cellules 
 p&itaciales; op&'ation; gu^rison. Rev. hebd. de laryngol. 
 [etc.]. Par., 1905, ii, 219-2S1.— Ruttiu (E.) Draiu-Hautrohr- 
 Plastik zur Herstellung eines ausseren Gehorganges. Miin- 
 ohen. med. Wohnschr., 1916, Ixiii, 1731. Also: Wlen. kirn. 
 Wchnschr., 1916, xxix, 1475. 
 
 Auditory canal {External, Tumors of). 
 
 See, also, Auditory cawoi {External, Cancer of) ; 
 Auditory canal {External, Exostoses of). 
 
 PoLi (0.) Formazioni cistiche del condotto 
 uditivo esterno. 8°. Oenova, 1902. 
 
 RicHEATH (W.) *Ueber Geschwiilste des 
 ausseren Gehorganges. 8°. Bonn, 1910. 
 
 Andrewes (F. W.) & Sbattock (S. G.) Histological 
 report upon two growths removed from the external audi- 
 tory meatus. Tr. Otol. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond., 1903-4, 
 V, 1. — Baurowicz (A.) Eine ungewohnliche Gesohwulst 
 des ausseren Gehorganges. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh. J^tc], 
 Berl., 1913, xlvii, 1581-1584.— Benjamins (C. E.) Ueber 
 spitze Koudylome im ausseren Gehorgang. Ztschr. f. 
 Cjhrenh. [etc.], Wiesb., 1912, Ixvi, 117-130.— Bleyl. Multi- 
 tffe Papillome beider ausseren Gehorgange. Ibid., 1913, 
 Ixviii, 177-179. — Bronner (A.) Notes of a case of cholestea- 
 toma of external auditory meatus treated by local applica- 
 tion of enzymol. Proc. Eoy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1908-9, ii, 
 Otol. Sect., 83.— Bryant (W.S.) Eeportotacaseoffibroma 
 of the external auditory canal, with serious reflex symptoms. 
 Tr. Am. Otol. SoCy New Bedford, 1903, vili, 305-307. Also, 
 Eeprint. — Bull (O.) Lipom des ausseren GehBrganges. 
 Ztschr. f. Ohrenh., Wiesb., 1898, xxxii, 226.— Butza (I.) & 
 Uid&reanu (C.) [Polypus in the outer auditory passages.) 
 Eev. san. mil., BucurescI, 1902-3, vi. 189-196.— Caldera (C.) 
 Aiuuni casi di papUlomi del condotto uditivo. Arch. ital. 
 
 di otol. [etc.], Torino, 1912, xxiii, 147-150. . Nuovo 
 
 caso di papillomi multipli del condotto uditivo. Ibid., 341 .— 
 Castellinl (L.) Sui oosidetti papillomi del condotto 
 uditivo. Ibid., 1916, xxvii, 496-505.— Claus. Breite Condy- 
 , lome im ausseren Gehorgang. Berl. kiln. Wchnschr., 1903, 
 ' xlv, 813.— Cooiier (E. T.) Polypus of the ear. J. Brit. 
 Homceop. Soc, Lond., 1895, iii, 144-146.— Dallmainn (E.) 
 Zur Kasuistik der Tumoreu des.aussereu Gehorgangs (Mela- 
 nom). Arch. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1906-7, l;cx, 97-99.— Dun- 
 canson (K.) A molluscous tumour removed from the 
 external auditory meatus. Tr. Med.-Chir. Soo. Edinb., 
 1883-4, n. s., iii, 37.— Egger (L.) Un cas d'angiome du 
 coudmtauditit exteme (naevus tardif) trait(5 parl'(;iectrolyse. 
 Ann. d. mal. de Toreille, du larynx [etc.], Par., 1901, xxvii, 
 344-347.— Friedenwald (H.) On osteoma of the auditory 
 canal, with report of the successful removal of a large exos- 
 tosis by means of Schwartze's operation of detaching the 
 a'jriole. Ann. Otol., Ehinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1897, 
 vi, 62-54.— Goldstein (M. A.) Tumor of the aural canal. 
 Med. Eev., St. Louis, 1899, zzxrx, 265.— Grttnberg (E.) 
 
 Auditory canal {External, Tumors of). 
 
 Zur Kasuistik der Tumoren des ausseren Gehorganges. 
 Ztschr. f. Ohrenh., Wiesb., 1908, Iv, 265-259.— Habn (E.l 
 Papillomes cornfe du conduit auditif externe. Presse Oto- 
 laryngol, beige, Brux., 1913, xii, 301-310.— Kaiser (E.) 
 Ueber eia Osteom des ausseren Gehorganges. Verhandl. d. 
 deutseh. otol. Gesellsch., Jena, 1899, viii, 22-24.— Kayser. 
 An osteoma of the external auditory canal; demonstration. 
 Arch. Otol., N. y., 1899, xxviil, 375.— Konletzko (P.) Ein 
 Fall von Chondrom im knochemen Teil des ausserea Ge- 
 horgangs. Arch. I. Ohrenh., I/eipz., 1903-4, Ux, 7-12.— 
 * Lake (E.) A note upon the treatment of cbolesteatoma. 
 J. Larjrngol., Lond., 1912, xxvii, 36.— Lannois (M.) Pneu- 
 matocele du conduit auditif. Eev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], 
 Par., 1900, ii, 177-181.— Lawrence (L. A.) An elderly 
 woman with apapillomatous growth in the meatus. Tr. 
 Otol. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond., 1900, i, 44, 1 pi.— M'Bride 
 (P.) & Turner (A. L.) Tumours of the external auditory 
 meatus. Edinb. Hosp. Eop., 1898, v, 396-401— Marbaix. 
 A propos d'un cas de cholestfiatome du conduit auditif 
 exteme. Eev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.]. Par., 1905, i, 353- 
 356.— MUUgan (W.) Pedunculated papilliiorm growth 
 springing from the posterior border of the cartilaginous mea- 
 tus. Proc. Eoy. Soo. Med. Lond., 1909-10, iii. No. 6, Otol. Sect., 
 44-47.— Moure (E.-J.) Des ostfomes du conduit auditif et 
 de leur traitement. Ass. franc, de chir. Proc.-verb. [etc.], 
 Par., 1895, ix, 855-858.— Peck (G. S J Polypi of the external 
 auditory canals. Homceop. Eye, Bar & Throat J., N. Y., 
 1899, V, 30.— Poll (C.) Formazioni cistiche del condotto 
 uditivo esterno. Atti d. Cong. d. Soc. ital. di laiingol. [etc.] 
 1902, Napoli, 1903, vi, 298-305.— Pooley (T. E.) Osteomaof 
 the auditory canal. Tr. Am. Otol. Soc^ N. Bedford, Mass., 
 1898-9, vii, 271-274. Also: Ann. Otol., Ehinol. & Laryngol., 
 St. Louis, 1900, ix, 40-43.— Randolpb. Exhibition of a 
 case of osteoma of external auditory canal. Johns Hopkins 
 Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1901, xii, 219.— Scbeppegrell (W.) 
 Keloid tumors of the external ear. N. York M. J., 1896, 
 hdv, 510-612. jlteo, Eeprint.— Somers (L. S.) Cysts of the 
 external auditory canal; report of a case. Ann. Otol., 
 Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1900, ix, lO-M.— Scenes (S.) 
 Osteoma liberum meatus auditorii exteml dextri. Arch. f. 
 Ohrenh^ Leipz., 1904-5, Ixiv, 7-14. Also: Pest, med.-chir. 
 Presse, Budapest, 1906, xxxii, 352-354. Alsd,transl.lAbstT.]: 
 Bull, de laryngol., otol. et rhinol., Par., 1904, vu, 221.— 
 Todd (H. ) Case of a tumour of the right external meatus in 
 a woman aged sixty-seven, removed by operation; sarcoma. 
 
 Tr. Otol. Soc. U. Kingdom, Xond., 1903-4, v, 22. . 
 
 Specimen of cholesteatoma or keratosis obturans of the ex- 
 ternal auditory canal. Proc. Eoy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1909-10, 
 iii, Otol. Sect., 81.— Zuccardi-Merll (F.) Contribute alia 
 casuistioa dei papillomi del oondotto uditivo. Arch. ital. 
 dl otol. [etc.], Torino, 1914, xxv, 5. 
 
 Auditory canal {Esiemal, Tumors of, 
 Malignant). 
 See, also, Auditory ca?iaZ {External, Cancer of). ^ 
 Borras y Torres (P.) Exposicidu de un caso cllnico de 
 sarcoma secundario del couduoto auditive extemo Izquierdo. 
 Independ. m&i., Baroel., 1898-9, xxx, 477-479.— Cheatle 
 (A. H.) Notes of a case of tum!our of the meatus associated 
 with an abdominal tumour, with section and drawing; 
 endothelioma. Tr. Otol. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond., 1902-3, 
 iv, 17-20, 1 pi.— Connal (J. G.) Sarcoma of the exter- 
 nal auditory canal. Arch. Otol., N. Y., 1899, xxviii, 
 460-462. A Iso: Intemat. Otol. Cong. 1899, Lond., 1900, 295.— 
 Habn (E.) Linfo-angio-endotelloma cilindromatoso del 
 condotto uditivo esterno. Boll. d. mal. d. orecchio, d. gola 
 e d. naso, Firenze, 1914, xxxii, 25-33, 1 pi. — ^Lake (R.) Case 
 of sarcoma of the external ear. J. Laryngol., Lond., 1912, 
 xxvii, 37. — Melzl (U.) Su di un caso di flbro-angioma endo- 
 telioide del condotto uditivo esterno. In his: Su di un caso 
 di idrorrea, etc., 8°, Milano, 1899, 7-9. Also, transl.: In- 
 temat. Otol. Cong. 1899, Lond., 1900, vi, 412-414.— NIzil 
 (U.) Di un sarcoma del condotto uditivo esterno. Boll, 
 d. mal. d. orecchio, d. gola e d. naso, Firenze, 1901, xix, 
 193-206.— Tervaert (Q. D. C.) Ueber eineu operirten Fall 
 von Angio-Sarcom des Gehorganges. Monatschr. f. Oh- 
 renh., Berl., 1897, xxxi, 454. Also, transl.: J. Laryngol., 
 Lond., 1898, xiii, 76.— Waggett (E. B.) Tumour (endo- 
 thelioma) of external auditory meatus. Tr. Otol. Soc. U. 
 Kingdom, Lond., 1904-5, vi, 44. 
 
 Auditory canal {External, Wounds and 
 injuries o' 
 
 auditif. 
 
 457.— Bl____ ,_., , „^ 
 
 injury to the external auditory canal. Montreal M. J., 1900, 
 xxix, 195. — QiUnlan (F. J.) Bullet wound of the external 
 auditory canal. Ann. Otol., Ehinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 
 1916, xxv, 241-243.— Baoult (A.) Balle de revolver enclavfe 
 dans le conduit auditif externe gauche (le coup de feu ay ant 
 HA tvc& par la bouche); extraction au bout de vingt-cinq ans. 
 Arch. Internat. de laryngol. [etc.]. Par., 1911, xxxii, 130.— 
 Bozler (J.) Blessures du conduit auditif exteme; sttooses 
 et atr&ies constoutives; traitement op&atoire. Rev. de 
 laryngol. [etc.]. Par., 1917, xxxviii, 361; 385. 
 
AUDITOEY. 
 
 209 
 
 AUERBACH. 
 
 Auditory canal {Internal). 
 
 See, also, Nerve (Auditory); Temporal hone. 
 Bientait. Un cas d'htoorragie du conduit auditif in- 
 terne. J. mii. de Brux., 1904, ix, 70. 
 Audoly (Arthur) [1867- ]. *Coiitribution k 
 
 I'^tude des kystes dermoides de la region pre- 
 
 sterBale. 39 pp. 8°. Paris, 1898, No. 635. 
 Audonnet (G.) *Contributioii k I'^tude des effets 
 
 du s&um de Trunecek. 102 pp. 8°. Toulouse, 
 
 1903, No. 527. 
 Audouard (Gabriel) [1889- _]. *Extraction 
 
 des corps Strangers non magn^tiques du segment 
 
 post^rieur de I'oeil. 73 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1912, 
 
 No. 7. 
 Audoucet (Josepb-Jules-Anatole) [1870- _ ]. 
 
 *Autoplastie de la Ifevre^ inferieure. Essai sur 
 
 un nouveau proc6d6. 64 pp. 4°. Paris, 1895, 
 
 No. 523. 
 Audouin (Lfion). *Du traitement de I'liydrocMe 
 
 par lea grands lavages ph6niqu6s de la tunique 
 
 vaginale. 44 pp. 8°. Paris, 1897, No. 523. 
 Audouin (Maunce) [1877- _ ]. *Contributioii 
 
 k r^tude de la berme inguino-iuterstitielle. 47 
 
 pp. 8°. Paris, 1903, No. 303. 
 Audouy (Henri) [1885- ]. *Traitement des 
 
 Epitheliomas cutanea par le radium (m^tbode 
 
 du rayonnement composite). [Paris.] 74 pp. 
 
 8°. Nantes, 1911, No. 311. 
 Audoy (Kerre) [1884r- ]. *La r^tinite pro- 
 
 UMrante. 58 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1911, No. 12. 
 Audrade (Agustm). *De algunaa aplicaciones del 
 
 microscopio en las peaqiiisas m6dico-legales. 
 
 78pp., 11. 8°. Mexico, I. EscalanUyCia., 1870. 
 
 [Also, in: P., v. .2294.] 
 Audrain (Jules) [1867- ]. La syphilis obscure. 
 
 242 pp. . 8°. Paris, 0. Doin. & flh, 1911. 
 Audry (Charles) [1865- ]. Precis 616mentaire 
 
 dea maladies ven^riennes. xii, 342 pp. 12°. 
 
 Paris, J.-B. Baillike & fils, 1901. 
 . The same. Nouvelle 6d. xix, 246 pp. 
 
 12°. Paris, J.-B. BailKere, 1910. 
 
 -. Introduction k une cUnique des maladies 
 
 cutan^ea et v&6riennes. 115 pp., 1 1. 12°. 
 Paris, J.-B. Bailliire & fils, \n. d.\. 
 
 For Biography, see Arch. prov. de med., Par., 1899, i, 
 649-652 (M. Baudouin). 
 
 , Durand (M.) & Nicolas (J.) Traitement 
 
 dea maladies cutan^ea et v6n6riennes. xii, 691 
 pp. 12°. Paris, J.-B. Bailliire & fils, 1909. 
 Audubert. Traitement de la syphilis par les 
 eaux sulfureuses et les injections mercunelles k 
 Luchon. 16 pp. 12°. [Bordeaux, L. Delbrel & 
 die., 1908.] 
 
 Audubon {John James) [1780-1851]. 
 
 Shufeldt-(B. W.) On an old portrait of 
 Audubon, painted by himself, and a word about 
 some of his early drawings. 8°. [n. p.], 1886. 
 
 Cutting from: Ant, 1886, iii, No. 4. 
 
 Merriam (C. H.) Pioneers of science in America. Jolm 
 James Audubon. Pop. Sc. Month., N.-Y., 1907, Ixx, 301- 
 303, port. 
 
 Audureau (Jules) [1870- ]. *A propos de quel- 
 quea tumeurs encEphaUquea op6r6es. [Paris.] 
 vii, 1-27 pp. 8°. Angers, 1898, No. 324. 
 
 Audy (Achille-Pierre-Victor) [1876- ]. *Dea 
 accidents d' Eruption des dents permanentea 
 autres que lea denta de sagesse. 94 pp. 8° 
 Paris, 1901, No. 252. 
 
 Audy (Kerre) [1874- ]. *Etude critique sur 
 un signe precoce d'ad^nopathie bronchique 
 (signs d'Eustace Smith). 54 pp. 8°. Paris, 
 1900, No. 630. 
 
 -A'ol. II, 3d series— 19- 
 
 -14 
 
 Audy (Xavier-Louis-Alphonse) [1884^ ]. *Con- 
 tribution k I'^tude de la voie transpleural dans 
 les plaies du diaphfagme. 76 pp. 8° Bor- 
 deaux, 1910, No. 47. 
 
 Aue (H[enrich Christoforowitch]) .[1862- ]. 
 Zur Chirurgie der Nieren, zwei Falle von Nephro- 
 lithiasis. 
 
 ■In: Samml. kiln. Vortr., u. ¥., Leipz., 1900, No. 288 
 (Chir., No. 85, 81-98, 1 pi.). 
 
 . Kurs operativnoi khirurgii. [Manual of 
 
 operative surgery.] v, 255 pp. 8°. S.-Peter- 
 
 burg, Tvo. Khudozh. Pechati, ISll. 
 Aue (Joseph) [1881- ]. *Zur Lehre von der 
 
 Landry'schen Paralyse. 28 pp. 8°. Kiel, H. 
 
 Fiencke, 1908. 
 Auenbrugger (Leopold) [1722-1809]. NouveUe 
 
 m6thode de reconnoitre les maladies iatemea 
 
 de la poitrine par la percussion de cette cavity. 
 
 Traduite du latin. 60 pp. 16°. Paris, Bumaire, 
 
 1770. 
 Bound with: de RozifiEE de la Chassagne. Manuel des 
 
 pulmoniques, [etc.]. 16*. Paris, 1770. 
 
 . The same. On percussion of the chest; 
 
 being a translation of Auenbrugger's original 
 treatise,, entitled "Inventum novum, etc.," 
 and of a selection of the more important com- 
 mentaries of Corvisart on ihat work, the former 
 first published in 1761, the latter in 1808. 
 
 Jti.- FORBES (J.) Original cases with dissections and ab- 
 servations [etc.]. 8°. London, 1824, 1-64. 
 
 The same. Tratat asupra percu^iunei; 
 
 lucrare tradusS, din francez^ dupa I. N. Corvi- 
 sart, de Drd. G. A. Davideacu. 208 pp. 8°. 
 [Bu/MresA, Spitalul, 1902.] 
 
 The same. Neue Erlindung, mittelst des 
 
 Anschlagens an den Brustkorb, als eines Zei 
 chens, verborgene Brustlo-ankheiten zu entde- 
 cken. _ (1761.) Aus dem Original ilbersetzt 
 und eingeleitet von Viktor Fossel. 44 pp. 8°. 
 Leipzig, J. A. Barth, 1912. 
 
 Klassiker der Medlzin, hrsg. von K. Sudhoft, v. 15. 
 
 For Biography, see Berl. Win. Wchnsclir., 1910, xlvii, 2409 
 (C. Schelenz). XZso.- Brit. M. J., Lond., 1909, i, 1191. Also: 
 Mitt. d. Ver. d. Aerztein Steiermark, Graz, 1909, xlvi, 157-167 
 (V. Fossel). Also: Milnchen. med Wclinselir., 1909, Ivi, 
 1333-1338, port. (F. Pick). Also: Norsk Mag. 1. La^geri- 
 densk., Kristiania, 1911, 5. E., ix, 214-219, ill. (K. Gr0n). 
 Also: Virginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1914, xix, 24-98 
 (E. P. Copeland). - Also: Wien. kiln. Wchnscliry 1909, xxii, 
 699-709 (M. Neuburger). Also: Wien. med. Wchnschr., 
 1908, l-vili, 713-715, port. (Schrotter). Also: Hid., 1909, lix, 
 1097-1100 (E. von Toply). 
 
 Auer (IVIax). *Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnia der 
 
 Cervixmyome. 29 pp. 8°. Erlangen, E. T. 
 
 Jacob, 1896. 
 Auer (]Max) [1874- ]. *Ueber baciUare Pneu- 
 
 monie. 12 pp., 11. 8°. Kiel, E. Fiencke, IQOl. 
 Auerbach (Bruno) [1883- ]. *Ueber die Be- 
 
 handlung achwerer Anamien mit Blutinjektio- 
 
 nen. 1 p. 1., 41 pp., 1 1. 8° Leipzig, E. Leh- 
 
 mann, 1913. 
 Auerbach (Eliaa) [1882- ]. *Die Innervation 
 
 der Himgefasse. 46 pp. 8° Beclin, 8. Scho- 
 
 lem, 1905. 
 Auerbacli (Felix) [1873- ]. *Ueber tabische 
 
 Arthropathieen. 34 pp., 1 1. 8°. Berlin, E. 
 
 Ebering, [1897]. 
 Auerbach (Felix). Geachichtstafehi der Phyaik. 
 
 iv (1 1.), 150 pp. 8° Leipzig, J. A. Barth, 
 
 1910. 
 Auerbach (Franz) [1886- ]. *Ueber Multi- 
 
 plizitat primarer maligner Tumoren. 23 pp. 
 
 8°. Heidelberg, J. Horning, 1911. 
 Auerbach (Hirsch B.) Hysterische Hemiple- 
 
 gieen. 35 pp. 8°. Wurziurg, Becker, 1898. 
 
AUERBACH. 
 
 210 
 
 AUGfi. 
 
 Auerbach (Johannes Paul) [1883- ]. *Epithel- 
 korperchenblutungen und ilire Beziehungen zur 
 Tetanie der Kinder. [Leipzig.] 33 pp. 8°. 
 Berlin, S. Karger, 1910. 
 
 Auerbach. (Leopold) [1828-97]. 
 
 [Biography.) In: Graetzer "(J.) Lebensbilder hervor- 
 rag. schles. Aerzte, 8°, Bresl., 1889, 215.— Born (G.) Nekro- 
 log. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1898, xiv, 257-267. , 
 
 Auerbach (Max) [1876- ]. *Ueber Verschluss 
 des Ductus choledoclius an seinem untersten 
 Abschnitte durch. bosartige Tumoren. 46 pp., 
 1 1. 8°. Leipdg, O. Foci, 1899. 
 
 Auerbach (N[or.bert]). Pflege und Emaihrung des 
 Sauglings. 16 pp. 12°. Berlin, Vogd & 
 Kreienirinh, 1902. 
 Hygienische VolkSscliriften, No. 5. 
 
 Auerbach (Siegmund) [1860- ]. Zur Behand- 
 lung der functionellen Neurosen bei Mtgliedem 
 von Krankenkassen. 26 pp. 8°. Berlin, H. 
 Kornfeld, 1902. 
 Forms 170. Htt. of Berl. Klinlk. 
 
 . Der Knotchen- oder Sclnvielenkopf- 
 
 scbmerz und seine Behandlung. 
 
 In: Samml. klin. Vortr., n. F., Leipz., 1903, No, 361 
 (Iimere Med., No. 105, 1-30). 
 
 Der Kampf gegen den Larm. 15 pp. 
 
 Frankfurt a. M., Mahlau & Waldschfrddt, 1910. 
 
 . Die Hauptursachen der haufigsten 
 
 Lahmungatypen. 46 pp. 8°- Leipzig, J. A. 
 Barth, 1911. 
 
 In: SAMML. klin. Vortr., Leipz., 1911, n. F,, Nos. 633-634 
 (Inn. Med. Nos. 203-204) 
 
 Der Kopfschmerz 
 
 , seine verschiedenen 
 Formen, ikr Wesen, ihre Erkennung und Be- 
 handlung. Eine theoretische und praktische 
 Anleitung fur Aerzt^ und Studierende. 2 p. 1., 
 132 pp. 8°. Berlin, J. Springer, 1912._ 
 
 Tbe same. Headaciie; its varieties, their 
 
 nature, recognition, and treatment; a theoretical 
 and practical treatise for students and practi- 
 tioners. Translated by Ernest Playfair. vi 
 (1 1.), 208 pp. 8°. London, H. Frowde [etc.], 
 1913. 
 
 Auerbach (Wilhelm). *Ueber die Ursache der 
 Hemmung der Gelatine- Verfltissigung durch Zu- 
 ckerzusatz zur Gelatine. [Wurzburg.] 12 pp. 
 8*". Milnchen, R. Oldenhourg, J897. 
 
 Auernheimer (Otto) [1880- ]. *Gr6ssen- und 
 Formveranderungen der Baucheingeweide der 
 Wiederkauer nach der Geburt bis zum erwachse- 
 nen Zustand. [Zurich.] 110 pp., 2 pL, 9 tab. 
 8°. Wurzburg, J. Meixner, 1909. 
 
 Aufdermauer (Emil). *Ueber Dextrocardia con- 
 genita et acquisita. 82 pp., 8 pi. 8°. Ziirich, 
 Oebr. Leemann & Co., 1907. 
 
 Auf der Maur (Paul). *Ein Fall von rezidivie- 
 render Blasenlahmung als Beitrag zur Kenntnia 
 der Erkrankungen des Conus terminaUs und der 
 Cauda equina. 39 pp. 8°. Ziirich, J. Frank, 
 1904. 
 
 Auffermann (Hermann) [1880- ]. *Ueber das 
 circumscripte Aneuryama der Corftnararteiien 
 des Herzena. [Kiel.] 60 pp. 8°. Berlin, 
 L. M. Barschall, 1908. 
 
 Auffray (Eugfene) [1871- ]. *eontribution k 
 I'^tude du diagnostic de la p6ritonite suraigue 
 dans I'ulcfere perfor6 de Testomac. 63 pp. 8°. 
 Paris, 1898, No. 427. 
 
 Auffray (Pierre). *Bapports entre TalcooKsme et 
 I'ali^nation mentale dans le d^partement des 
 C6tes-du-Nord. 48pp. 8°. Pans, 1905^ No. 429. 
 
 Auffret (C[harles]). Secours aux victimes des 
 guerres sur mer. Ce qu'ila ont'6t6; ce qu'ils sont; 
 ce qu'ils doivent toe. 52 pp. 8°. Paris, L. 
 Baudoin, 1896. 
 
 Auffret (fimile) [1876- ]. *Transplantations 
 
 tendineuses dans le traitement de la paralysie 
 
 infantile du membra inf&ieur. 117 pp. 8°- 
 
 Paris, 1905, No. 371. 
 Auffret (Eugfene) [1877- ]. *De I'h^mostase 
 
 par le ptoc2d6 de Momburg. 93 pp. 8°. Paris, 
 
 1910, No. 32. 
 Aufgaben-Sammlung zum appUcatorlschen Stu- 
 
 dium des Feld-Sanitatsdienstes. 129 pp., 45 pi. 
 
 8°. Wien, J. &afdf, 1901. 
 Aufrccht (Emanuel) [1844^ J. Anleitung zur 
 
 Krankenpflege. viii, 169 pp. 12°. Wien & 
 
 Leipzig, A. Holder, 1898. 
 . Zur Verhiitung und Heilung der chroni- 
 
 Bchen Lungentuberculose; 24 pp. 8°. Wien, 
 
 A. Holder, 1898. 
 . Die Lungenentztindungen. x, 444 pp., 
 
 11., 4 pi. 8°. Wien, A. Holder, 1^9. 
 Forms pt. 2, v. 14. ol: Spec. Path. u. Therap. . . . Noth- 
 
 nagel. 8'\ Wim, 1899. 
 
 . The same. Inflammation of the lungs. 
 
 In: Encyclopedia pract. med. (Nothnagel). 8°. Phila- 
 delphia, 1902, 381-791. 
 
 Die Ursache und der ortUche Beginn der 
 
 Lungenschwindsucht. 1 p. 1., 23 pp., 2 pi. 8°. 
 Wien, A. Holder, 1900. 
 
 . Ueber die Lungenachwindaucht. 30 pp. 
 
 8°. Magdeburg, Faber, 1904. 
 
 Pathologic und Therapie der Lungen- 
 
 schwindsucht. x, 275, pp. 8°. Wien, A. Holder, 
 1905. 
 
 . The same. 2. Aufl. vii, 329 pp., 1 pi. 
 
 8°. Wien & Leipzig, A. Holder, 1913. ' 
 
 Zur Pathologie und Therapie der Arterio- 
 
 sklerose. 47 pp. roy. 8°. -Wien & Leipzig, A. 
 Holder, 1910. 
 
 Aufrecht (Paul). ..*Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der 
 Lebercirrhosen. [Leipzig.] 48 pp. 8°. Frank- 
 furt a. 0; P. Beholtz, 1894. 
 
 Aufschlager (Julius Ernst) . *Ueber die Weil'sche 
 Krankheit und die Stellung der Nierenerkran- 
 kung unter ihren Symptomen. 112 pp. , 1 1. 8°. 
 Strassburg, J. Singer, 1900. 
 
 von Aufschnaiter (Otto). 
 
 See Broscb (Anton) & AiiIscImaiteT (Otto). Das 
 subaquale Innenbad [etc.]. roy. 8°. Leipzig & Wien, 1912. 
 
 Augagneur (Andr6) [1885- ]. *Etude aur les 
 
 reactions des syphilitiques a la tuberculine. 
 
 103 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1910, No. 66. 
 Augagneur (V[ictor])_ & Carle (M[aiius]). Precis 
 
 des maladies v6ndrieimes. iv, 685 pp., 16 pi. 
 
 12°. Paris, 0. Doin, 1906. 
 . Thesame. 2. 6d. 2p.L, viii, 847 
 
 pp., 16 col. pi. 8°. Paris, 0. Doin & Jils, 
 
 1913. 
 . The same. 'A<ppo8LaLoi, vhaoC, fiera- 
 
 ippicTLs U T^s yaXKiK^s iiirb A. T. Calomenopoulos. 
 
 16 pp. 8°. 'Ec Siptj), TVTToyp. 'larp. irpboS., 
 
 1909. 
 
 Augar (Heinrich) [1887- 1. *Die Diagnostik 
 der Pankreaserkrankungen bei Anwendung der 
 funktionellen Pankreaeuntersuchungsmethoden. 
 [Konigsberg.] 24 pp. 8° Tilsit, J. JReylaender 
 & Sohn, 1910. 
 
 Augay (Claudius) [1875- ]. *De la j^junos- 
 toime dans le cancer de I'estomac. Indications, 
 technique, rdsultats. 60 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1908, 
 No. 112. 
 
 A.ug6 (Augustin) [1886- ]. *De la perception 
 S, distance des bruits intracardiaques. 89 pp.", 
 IL 8°. i!/o?i, 1907, No. 47. 
 
 Augg (Fr6d6ric) [1870- ]. *De I'observation 
 des reflexes jjupillaire et com^en pendant la 
 chloroformisation. 57pp.,lL 8°. Paris, 1897, 
 N0.38L • 
 
AUGfi. 
 
 211 
 
 AUGUSTIN. 
 
 Augg (Joseph-Jacques-Frangois) [1873- ]. *Des 
 modifications r^centes apport^es k l'61ectroljfse 
 des angiomes par I'flectropuncture bipolaue. 
 70 pp., 1 pi. 8*. Bordeaux, 1899, No. 36. 
 
 Auge (Raymond). *Recherches statistiques sur 
 la proportion des affections contagieuses ob- 
 serv^es dans une consultation ophtalmologique. 
 67j)p. 8°. Paris, 1906, No. 853. 
 
 Auge _ (Xavier-Charles-Eugfene) [1879- ]. 
 
 *Statistique raisonn^e de la consultation des ma- 
 ladies Bientales de Bordeaux (1893-1903). 50 
 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1903, No. 12. 
 
 Augendiagnose (Die), bearbeitet nach Pastor 
 Felke's Grundsatzen. vii, 196 pp., 6 pi. 8°- 
 Crefeld, Worms dc Liithgen, 1907. 
 
 Augener (Otto) [1885- ]. *Die Serodiagnostik 
 der Lues mittels Ausflockung durch. glykochol- 
 saures Natrium. 25 pp. 8°. Borna-Leipzig, R.- 
 Noshe, WIO. 
 
 Augenius (Hilarius). 
 
 See Augenius (Horatius). De febribus [etc.]. fol. 
 Francofurti ad Mcenum, 1604. 
 
 Augenius (Horatius) [1527-1603]. Del modo di 
 preservarsi dalla peste Hbri tre, scritti volgar- 
 mente per beneficio commune. 11 p. 1., 231 pp. 
 16°. ' a Permo, appresso A. de Grandi, 1577. 
 
 . De vera ratione, qua quisque vitse suae 
 
 amans periculosissimo pestis tempore sese 
 preeservare possit, perquam utilis et necessarius 
 tractatus, primum Italico sermone ab autore 
 conscriptus, et in tres libros distribuitur. Nunc 
 vero ex illo conversus in Latinum boni pubUci 
 causa a Jacobo Lebzeltero. 11 p. 1., 328 pp. 16°. 
 Lipsix, J. Apelii, 1593. _ 
 
 . De febribus, febrium signis, symptomati- 
 
 bus et prognostico libri septem, ab ipso authore 
 ab anno 1568 usque ad 1572 singuU conscript!, 
 nunc vero post eius obitum ab Hilario Augenio, 
 autoris filio in lucem emissi; his septem libris 
 accesserunt post modum alii tres eiusdem 
 materise. I. De curatione symptomatum febri- 
 um pestilentium. II. De febribus pestilentibus. 
 III. De curatione variolarum ac morbillorutn. 
 6 pp. , 443 pp. , 5 1. fol. FraTicofurti ad Mcenum, 
 T. SckSnwetter, 1604. 
 
 Augenklinik des Caroliniscben medico-cbirurgi- 
 schen Instituta zu Stockholm. Mtteilungen. 
 Hrsg. von J. Widmark. Hft. 1-11, 1898-1910. 
 8°. Jena. 
 
 Augereau (Pierre) [1870- ']. *Contribution k 
 r etude du pneumothorax latent. Attenuation 
 ou absence des signes fonctionnels initiaux 
 (douleur et dyspn^e). 43 pp. 8°. Paris, 1897, 
 No. 174. 
 
 Augey (A.) *Contribution k I'^tude des soufiies 
 extra-cardiaques. 102 pp. 8°. Toulouse, 1904, 
 No. 560. 
 
 Augier (Adrien) [1884- ]. *Contribution k 
 retude de la prostatectomie transv^sicale. 137 
 pp. 8°. Paris, 1910, No. 121. 
 
 Augier (Auguste-Marius) [1872- J. *R61e du 
 m^decin dans la soci^te. 65 pp., 1 1. 4° Bor- 
 deaux, 1895, No. 34. 
 
 Augier _( Dominique - Marie - Joseph - Charles ). 
 *Technique op^ratoire et r&ultata ^loign^s de 
 la resection du genou dans les ost^o-arthrites tu- 
 berculeuses. 93 pp., 1 1. 8°. Lille, 1906, 
 No. 29. 
 
 Augier (Louis) [1878- ]. *Traitement du 
 rhumatisme chronique d^formant progressif 
 pa^ les agents physiques et les eaux thermales 
 d'Evaux-les-Bams. 80 pp. 8°. Paris, 1908, 
 No. 370. 
 
 Augier (Marius-Adolphe). *Recherches sur I'os 
 frontal de I'homme, son d6veloppement normal 
 etanormal. [Nancy.] 151pp. 8°. Pans, 1913, 
 No. 1022. 
 
 Augistrou (Ren6-Marie-Camille) [1884- ]. 
 *La dissociation albumino-cytologique du li- 
 qui4e c^phalo-rachidien; sa signification; sa 
 valeur clinique. 176 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1912, 
 No. 114. 
 
 Augros (Francisque) [1865- ]. *Traitement 
 de I'empyfeme chronique par la decortication du 
 poumon (operation de Delorme). 74 pp., 1 1. 
 8°. Lyon, 1898, No. 94. 
 
 Augsburg. 
 
 See Cholera (History and statistics of). Deaf- 
 mutes (Asylums and institutims for), Fever 
 (Typhoid, History of), Hygiene (Jlunicipal, 
 Laws, etc., of), Pharmacopoeias (Official), by 
 localities. 
 
 Augsburg. Ains Erbem Rats der Statt Augspurg 
 bevelhe von wegen ainer Ersamen gemainde, 
 daselbs, und sonst manigklichs begeren, ist diss 
 kurtze eylend underricht, von den Doctom der 
 Artzney daselbs, geordnet, wie man sich in der 
 kranckhait Schwaissucht genannt, firsehen und 
 halten solle, biss zu weyter meer underricht. 
 5 1. 16°. [Augspurg, n. d.] 
 
 Augsburger (Feiix)._ *Recherche des corps de 
 Negri chez des rats infectes avec le virus fixe de 
 Sassari et comparaison des diff&entes methodes 
 de coloration des corps de Negri. 1 p. 1., 35 pp. 
 8°. Lausanne, 1913. 
 
 Augstein (Herbert) [1885- ]. *Ueber einige 
 an der Marburger Augenklinik mit dem Tono- 
 meter von ScMotz gemachte Erfahrungen. 33 
 pp. 8°. Marburg, Koster & Schell, 1913. 
 
 Auguet (Pedro Roca). /*Sueroterapia antidif- 
 tgrica. xiv, 84 pp., 11. 8°. Madrid, E. Barea, 
 1899. 
 
 Auguez (Paul). Spiritualisme; faits curieux pre- 
 cedes d'line lettre k M. G.' Marbru, suivis de 
 I'extrait d'un compte-rendu de la fete mesme- 
 rienne du 23 mai 1858 et d'une relation ameri- 
 caine des plus extraordinaires. 88 pp., 1 1. 8° 
 Paris, Dentu; G. BaillHre, 1858^ 
 
 Auguin (Gabriel) [1874- ]. *Signification 
 clinique du menmgisme dans la grippe. [Lyon.] 
 235 pp., 1 1. 4°- Nancy, 1895, No. 1119. 
 
 Augusta, Georgia. 
 
 See, also, Ferrer (Yellow, ffistory of). Hygiene 
 (Municipal, Laws, etc., of). Insane (Asylums for, 
 Description, etc., of), by localities. 
 
 Coleman (T. D.) The climatology ol Augusta, Georgia. 
 Tr. Am. Climat. Ass., Phila., 1901, xvii, 28-38. Also: 
 Intemat. Cliu., Pliila., 1902, U.S., Iv, 64-70. A Iso, Eeprint 
 
 Auguste (Emest-Theophile) [1882- ]. *Etude 
 d'hygiene navale. Organisation des secours aux 
 blesses des guerres maritimes. Les navires- 
 hopitaux. 85 pp. 8° Bordeaux, 1909, No., 18. 
 
 Auguste (Louis). *Le service medical des mu- 
 tualites. 52 pp. 8°. Paris, 1909, No. 286. 
 
 Augustin (Fnedrich Ludwig) [1776-1854]. Ver- 
 such einer voUstandigen systematischen Ge- 
 schichte der galvanischen Electricitat und ihrer 
 medicinischen Anwendung. xvi, 284 pp., 1 1., 
 ] pi. 8°. Berlin, Felisch, 1803. 
 
 Augustin (George). History of yeUow fever. 14; 
 1194 pp. 8°. New Orleans, Searai & Pfaff, 
 1909. 
 
 Augustin (Hermann). *Ueber Uterusperf oration 
 mit Verletzung des prolabirten Darmes. 23 pp. 
 8° Basel, 1906. 
 
AUGUSTIN. 
 
 212 
 
 AUPOIS. 
 
 Augustin (Kurt) [1887- ]. *Filaria flexuosa, 
 Wedl 1856. 1 p. 1., 49 pp., 6 pi. 8°. Konigs- 
 herg, G. Kemsies, 1913. 
 
 Augustin (Ludwig Adolf Hans) [1880-. ]. 
 *Beitrag zur Kenntnis dea Stoffwechsels bei 
 unzureicliender Emahrung. 36 pp. 8°. Jena, 
 A. Kampfe, 1909. 
 
 [de Augustis (Quiricus) . j Het licht des apotekers. 
 Tracteren de confectie, operatie, ende kennisse 
 van alderhande eleotuanen, pillen, trocissen, 
 pulveren, [etc.]. 7 p. 1., 152 ff. 24°. [T' 
 Antwerpen, Claes van den Wbuwere, 1564.] 
 
 Auguy (Josepli). *De I'ad^nopathie appendicu- 
 laire. 72 pp. 8°. In/on, 1901, No. 134. 
 
 Auguy (Paul) [1865- ]. *De la tuberculose 
 Hnguale. 1 p. 1., 237 pp. 4° Paris, 1895, 
 No. 46. »r 
 
 Aujaleu. *Consid6rations but les manifestations 
 hypocondriaques dans le cours de I'^pilepsie. 
 54 pp., 1 1. 8° Toulouse, 1901, No. 425. 
 
 Aujean (Octave). *Contribution k I'etude du 
 traitement mercuriel intensif dans les accidents 
 graves de la syphilis. 93 pp. 8° Paris, 1903, 
 No. 381. 
 
 Aulacocarpus. 
 
 PIttler (H.) On the relationship of the genus Aulacocar- 
 pus, with description of a new Panamanian species. Smith- 
 son. Misc. Collect., Wash., 1914, Ixiii, No. 4. 
 
 Aulastoma. 
 
 Spless (C.) Recherches sur la structure intime du tube 
 digestif d' Aulastoma gulo Mog. Taud. Bull. -n. intemat. 
 Zool.-Kong., Bern, 1904, No. 5, 7. 
 
 Auld (Alexander Gunn). Selected researclies in 
 pathology, vi (1 1.), 154 pp. 8°. London, J. & 
 A. Churchill, 1901. 
 
 Aulde (John). Typical tuberculosis; selected 
 cases from a report entitled: Collective investi- 
 gation on tuberculosis. 23 pp. 8° Philadel- 
 phia, 1904. 
 
 . The chemic problem in nutrition (mag- 
 nesium infiltration); a sketch of the causative 
 factors in disorders of- nutrition as- related to 
 diseases of the nervous system, xvi, 410 pp. 
 8°. Philadelphia. J. Aulde, 1912. 
 
 Auler (Richard) [1873- ]. *Ueber Hinische 
 und pathologisch-anatonuBche Beitrage zur 
 Kenntnis des NetzhautgHoms. 20 pp., 2 1., 1 pi. 
 8°. Marburg, Koster & Schell, 1898. 
 
 Aulhorn (Ernst [Rudolf]) [1877- _ ]. *Beiti:ag 
 zur Casuistik der primaren comblnierten Strang- 
 erkrankung. 39 pp. 8°. Leipzig, A. Eddmann, 
 1902. 
 
 See, also, Alte und neue Gynakologie [etc.]. fol. Mrni- 
 Chen, 1907. 
 
 Aulhorn f Karl Erich) [1879- ]. *Ueber opera- 
 tive Behandlung des durch Lebercirrhose be- 
 dingten Ascites (Talma'sche Operation). 56 pp. , 
 2 1. 8°. Leipzig, B. Georgi, 1903. 
 
 AuUke (Max) [1872- ]. *SympatiiiBche Oph- 
 thahnie und Opticusresektion. 28 pp., 1 sheet, 
 1 1. 8°. Berlin, C. Vogt, 1895. 
 
 AuU (WiUielm Joseph) [1880- ]. *Ueber Sep- 
 tumabszesse. [Wiirzburg.] 24 pp., 1 1. 8 
 Nurnberg, 0. Kirchhof, 1908. 
 
 Aulmann (Georg) [1884- ]. *IAe Mund- 
 Rachenwand der Vogel und Sauger. [Erlangen.] 
 pp. 34^82. 8°. Leipzig, 1909, No. 154. 
 Also, in: Morphol. Jahrb., Leipz., 1909, xxxix. 
 
 d'Aulnay (Gaston Richard). See Bicliard d'Aul- 
 ■nay (Gaston) [in 2. s.]. 
 
 Aulong (Gabriel) [1884- ]. *Courants de 
 haute frequence et d'arsonvalisation; action sur 
 la pression sanguine; appUcatioh au traitement 
 de rhypertension art^riella permanente et ac- 
 cessoirement au traitement du diabfete. [Lyon.] 
 81 pp. 8°. Lille, 1906, No. 16. 
 
 Aulophorus. 
 
 Beigliard (J.) On the anatomy and histology of Aulo- 
 - phorus vagus. Proo. Am. Acad. Arts & Sp., Bost., 1884-5, 
 n. s., xli, 88-106, 3 pi. 
 
 Aulus Cornelius Celsus fiber die Arzneiwis- 
 senschaft in acht Buchern. TJebersetzt und 
 eridart von Eduard Scheller. 2. Aufl. nach der 
 Textausgabe voii Daremberg neu durchgesehen 
 von Waltiier Frieboes. Mit einem Vorwort von 
 R. Kobert. xl, 862 pp., 4 pi., port., 1 1. 8°. 
 Braunschweig, F. Vieweg & Sohn, 1906. 
 
 Aumaitre (Auguste). *Contribution Ik I'^tude de 
 I'hyst^rie religieuse. Mme. Guyon. 58 pp. 8°. 
 Paris, 1907^No. 265. 
 
 Aumann (August) [1880- ]. *Ueber Befunde 
 von Bakterien der Paratyphusgruppe mit be- 
 Eonderer Berucksichtigung der tJbiquitatsfrage. 
 [Kiel.] 41 pp. 8°. Jena, G. Fischer, 1911. 
 
 Aumann (Julius Philemon Clemens) [1881- ]. 
 *Ueber Bruche des Fersenbeins. 48 pp. 8*. 
 Heidelberg, J. Horning, 1911. 
 
 Aumond (Leopold). *I)e I'iode com me topique 
 utdrin dans les infections puerp^rales. 50 pp., 
 1 1. 8°. Paris, 1904, No. 304. 
 
 Aumont (Alexandre) [1842r ]. *Etude cri- 
 tique sur la pathogenie des phl^bites infec- 
 tieuses. 42 pp. 4°. Bordeaux, 1896, No. 107. 
 
 Aumont (Fernand) [1869- ]. *Contribution k 
 I'dtude du traitement chirurgical de I'anuriedue 
 au cancer de I'ut^rus (n^pnrotomie lombaire). 
 66 pp., 1 1. 4°. Paris, 1895, No. 504. 
 
 L'estomac des gens du monde. Neuras- 
 
 th^nie digestive. 1 p. 1., ii, 205 pp., 2 1. 12°. 
 Paris, E. Flammarion, 1908. 
 
 Centre le vieilUssement des gens du 
 
 monde; r61e de I'arthritisme. 2 p. 1., [7]-221 
 
 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, P. Lafitte & Cie., [1913]. 
 Aumont (Gilbert- Antoine) [1879- ]. *La 
 
 main-d'cBuvre aux colonies franfaises. , 58 pp. 
 
 8°. Bordeaux, 1906, No. 124. 
 Aumont (L6on). *De I'appendicite chol6riforme 
 
 et de la diarrh^e dans I'appendicite. 66 pp. 8°. 
 ■ Paris, 1906, No. 467. 
 Aumiiller (Johann Baptist). *Ueber das Zinn der 
 
 in Blechbuchsen verwahrten Gemuse-Cpnserven 
 
 und dessen Resorption im Darmkanal. 22 pp., 
 
 1 1. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1897. 
 Aumiiller (Peter). *Ein Fall von congenitaler 
 
 Luxation im,Kniegelenk nach hinten. 26 pp. 
 
 8°. Wiirzburg, P. Sdieiner, 1895. 
 'Ann (Jarjas Tunus). Kitabu ^adkin al-bayani fi 
 
 tibia al-hayawani. [Handbook of veterinary 
 
 medicine.] 428 pp. 8°. Beyrouth, 18'84. 
 Arabic text. 
 
 Aunay (Henri). *Le reia dans la cirrhose hyper- 
 trophique bimire. 76 pp., 21. 8° Pam, 1901, 
 No. 509. . . . 
 
 Auneau (Jean). *De la cvstostomie sus-pubienne 
 k Paris. 101 pp. 4°. Paris, 1895, No. 114. 
 
 Aup£rin (Gaston) [1871- ]. '"Contribution k 
 r^tude clinique de la tuberculose r&ale k forme 
 h^matulique. 48 pp. 4°. Paris, 1895, No. 86. 
 
 Aupiais (Jean). *Contribution k l'6tude des 
 plaies de I'artfere sous-clavifere. 75 pp., 1 1. 
 8°. Paris, 1903, No. 144. 
 
 Aupicon (Emile) [1883- _ ]. *Valeur s6mio- 
 logique de la melanodermie des muqueuses. 66 
 pp. 8°. Pons, 1910, No. 456. 
 
 Aupinel (Pierre) [1852- ]. *Consid^rations 
 sur le processus curatif spontan6 de la tuber- 
 culose pulmonaire. 83 pp. 4°. Pam, 1895, 
 No. 439. 
 
 Aupois (Robert). '*Des kystes hydatiques du 
 grand Epiploon. 84 pp. 8°. Paris, 1902, 
 No. 122. 
 
AURA. 
 
 213 
 
 AmilCLE. 
 
 Aura. 
 
 KiLNER (W. J.) The human atmosphere; or, 
 the aura made visible by the aid of chemical 
 screens. 8°. New York, 1911. 
 Auraire (Victorin^-William) [ISSt ]. *Du 
 traitement de la ii6vralgie faciale rebelle par 
 la section de la racine sensitive protub^rantielle 
 du triiumeau. 60 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1909, 
 No. 97. 
 
 Auramin. 
 
 See, also, Pyoktanin. 
 
 Hake (W.) Note on a case of poisoning by a sweetmeat 
 containing auramine. Westmlnst. Hosp. Eep. 19C2, Lond., 
 1903, xiii, 175-178. 
 
 Aurantia. 
 
 Moser (W.) On the local effects of a-jrantia and its 
 treatment. N. York M. J., 1903, Ixxvii, 273. 
 
 Aurantiacese. 
 
 " Chapus (A.) Note sur quelques essences d'aurantiaccVs 
 alg^riennes. J. de pharm. et chim.. Par., 190*J, 6. s,, xxx, 
 ';484-487. 
 
 Aurantium. 
 
 See Oranges. 
 
 Aurggan (Arthur) [1874- ]. *De I'hydrorrhee 
 deciduale. 102 pp. 8°. Paris, 1897, No. 50. 
 
 AurSgan (Joseph) [1883- ]. *R6tr6cissement 
 mitral' pur et nanisme. 69 pp. 8°. Paris, 1910, 
 No. 312. 
 
 Aureggio (E.) Album-guide de rinspection sani- 
 taire des viandes. Etudes des viandes et des 
 maladies des animaux de boucherie dans leurs 
 rapports avec ralimentation humaine. 1 p. 1., 
 90gl.,21._ obi. 4° ij/on, 1906. 
 
 Aurei velleris oder der Guildin Schatz und Kunst- 
 kammer Tractatus ii. Darinn erstlich dess 
 edlen hochgelehrten und bewehrten Philosophi 
 und medici, PhiUppi Theophrasti, Bombasti von 
 Hohenheim, Earacelsi genannt, fumembste 
 chyniische Schrifften, Tincturen und Process, 
 so bisshero in keinem Truck noch nie gesehen. 
 Dann zam andern, dessauch edlen unnd fur- 
 treffenUchen Philosophi Bartholomei Kom- 
 dorffers Schrifften, so vil deren an jetzo bei- 
 handen gewesen, und sich zusammen der Ord- 
 nung halber gefilgt, auss den OriginaUen in ein 
 Volumen gebracht. 102 pp., port. sm. 4°. 
 Korschach am Bodensee, [n. d.}. 
 
 Aurelia. 
 
 Goodey (T.) A further note on the gonadial grooves of 
 a medusa, Aurelia aurita. Proc. gen. meet. . . . Zool. Soc, 
 Lond., 1909, 78-81, 1 pi.— Widmark (E. M. P.) Ueber 
 die Wasserstromungen in dem Gastrovaskularapjrarat von 
 Aurelia aurita L. Ztschr. t. allg. Physiol., Jena, 1913, xv, 
 33-48. 
 
 Aurelianus {Osdius). 
 
 Fiessinger (C.) La th^rapeutique de Csslius Aurfr 
 lianus, ii« sitele. In his: Th&ap. d. vleux maitres, 8°, 
 Par., 1897, 23-28.— Kttliu (C. Q.) De Cffilio Aurehano, 
 inter methodicos medicos hand ignoblU. In Ms: Opus 
 
 accad. med. et philol., 8°, Lips., 1828, ii, 1-8. . In 
 
 CasUum Aurelianum notae Dan. Gu. Trilleri manuscriptse 
 cum viris doctis communicantur. Ihid., 9-85. 
 
 Aurenche (A.-H.) [1879- ]. *Contribution a 
 r^tude du chlorure d'^thyle comme agent d'a- 
 nesth^sie g6n^rale en obstetrique. 96 pp. 8°. 
 Lyon, 1905, No. 139. 
 
 Auricle. 
 
 See, also. Anthropology. 
 
 Brown (A. G.) The acoustic potentials of the 
 human auricle. 8°. [iorwf on], 1881. 
 
 Austoni (A.) Morlologia dei muscoli auricolari estrin- 
 seoi dell' uomo. Monitore zool. ital., Firenze, 1906, xvii, 
 
 286. . Muscoli auricolari estrinseci dell' uomo. Arch. 
 
 ital. di anat. e di embriol., Firenze, 1908, vii, 193-243, 3 pi.— 
 Bertelll (D.) & Austom (A.) Intorno alle idee di Paul- 
 Eisler sopra ai muscoli auricolari estrinseci dell' uomo. 
 Monitore zool. ital., Firenze, 1912, xxiji, 182-189.— Blrmlng- 
 
 Auricle. 
 
 ham (A.) The muscles of the external ear. Dublin J. M. 
 Sc, 1894, xcviii, 288-302, 2pl.— Blocli (A.-M.) Keeherches 
 sur la presence des rides pr&uriculaires et des poils du tragus. 
 Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1905, llx^ 291.— Chiarugi 
 (G.) II tubercolo di Darwin e la dlrezione dei peli nel 
 padighone dell' orecchio umano. Boll. d. sez d. cult. d. 
 sc. mod. n. r. Accad. d. flsioc'rit. di Siena, 1888, vi, 60-63.^ 
 Eisler (P.) Zur Anatomie der Mm. auriculares des Men- 
 schen. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1913, xliii, 645-601. — TPiii (C.) 
 Note sur I'imjiortance physiologique des varigt^s morpholo- 
 giques du pavilion de I'oreille. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., 
 Par., 1896, 10. s., iii, 573-575.— Franke (H.) Ueber 'die 
 Funktion der Ohrmuschel. Beitr. z. Anat., Physiol., Path, 
 u. Therap. d. Ohres [etc.], Berl., 1912-13, vi, 219-243.— 
 Geigel (R.) Die Funktion dor Ohrmuschel. Munchen. 
 med. Wchnschr., 1907, liv, 2337.— Henpeberg (B.) Zur 
 Entwickelimg der Ohrmuschel. Anat. Anz^ Jena, 1907, 
 
 xxx, Ergnzngshlt., 171. . . Beitrage zur Entwickelung 
 
 der Ohrmuschel. Ibid., Wiesb., 1908, xxxvi, 107-187, 7 pi. 
 
 . Ueber die Bedeutung der Ohrmuschel. Ibid., 
 
 1909-10, xl, 95-147, 2 pi.— MUnch (F. E.) Ueber die Bnt- 
 wicklung des Knorpels des ausseren Ohres. Morphol. Arb., 
 Jena, 1897, vii, 583-610, 3 pi.— Plctro (T.) Considerazio m 
 suUa fisiologia del padigUone dell' orecchio. Arch. ital. di 
 otol. [etc.], Torino, 1908, xlx, 321; 381.— von Schumaclicr 
 (S.) Ueber eigentijmliche Verhaltnisse an den Venen der 
 Ohrmuschel emes neugeborenen Nilpferdes. Anat. Anz,, 
 Jena, 1916, xUx, 72-81.— Tatarofl (D.) Ueber die Muskeln 
 der Ohrmuschel und einige Besonderheiten des Ohrknor- 
 pels. Arch. f. Anat. u. Entwcklngsgesch., Leipz., 1887, 
 35-58, 1 pi.— Wilhelm (E.) Mati5riaux pour servirS. I'fitudo 
 anthropologique du pavilion de I'oreille. Rev. biol. du 
 nord de la France, Lille, 1891-2, iv, 201; 241; 329; 392; 477, 
 Sdlag. 
 
 Auricle {Ahnormities of) . 
 
 See, also. Anthropology (Criminal); Axiricle 
 (Plastic surgery of); Ear (Abnormities of). 
 
 Cainer (A.) Abnorme dlrezione dei peli nel padigUone 
 auricolare di un alienato. Arch, di psichiat. [etc.], Torino, 
 1898, xix, 447-449.— D'Ajutolo (Gf) Alcune rare nuove 
 forme di anomalie congenite del padiglione auricolare. Arch, 
 di antrop. crim. [etc.], Torino, 1915, 4. s., vii, 181.— Friden- 
 berg (P.) Bilateral invagination (epicanthus) of the 
 auricle; an unusual congenital anomaly. Tr. Am. Otol. Soc, 
 N. Bedford, 1905, ix, 189-198.— Grulier. Demonstration 
 einer seltenen Missbildung des ausseren Ohi;theiles. Mo- 
 natschr. f. Ohrenh., Berl., 1898, xxxil, 65-67.— Hecht (H.) 
 Zur Casuistik der operativen Behandlung congenltaler 
 Bildungsfehler der Ohrmuschel. Arch. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 
 1898, xliv, 89-96.— Iwata (H.) Angeborene MissbUdung 
 des ausseren Ohres. Beitr. z. Anat., Physiol., Path. u. 
 Therap. d. Ohres, Befl., 1911, v, 258-273.— Kartasbevski 
 (G. A.) [Supernumerary ear lobule.] Voyermo-Med. J., 
 S.-Peterb., 1914, ccxl, med.-spec. pt., 1-3.— Klesselbact 
 (W.) Ueber die Missbildung der Ohrmuschel und des 
 Paukenbeins bei angcborenem Verschluss des ausseren 
 Gehorganges. Beitr. z. Morphol. . . . Erlang. 1883, Stuttg., 
 1884, 94-98, 1 pi. — ^Manajsse. Demonstration eines Falles 
 von angeborenem Defekt der Ohrmuschel. Verhandl. d. 
 deutsch. otol. Gesellsoh., Jena, 1907, 145-165. — Massa (G.) 
 Un caso di fistola branchiale cieca interna. Gior. med. d. r. 
 esercito, Roma, 1900, xlviii, 126-134.— Max (B.) Beltrag 
 zur Casuistik der Ohrmuscheldefekte. Wien. med. Wchn- 
 schr., 1896, xlvi, 1985-1988.— Morestin (H.) Malformation 
 du pavilion de I'oreille. Bull, et mSm. Soc. anat. de Par., 
 1914, Ixxxix, 204-206.— Nannotti (A.) Di una maltor- 
 mazione della cartilagine dell' orecchio; Trago accessorio 
 simmetrico. Boll. Soc. med. pisana, 1894, i, 28. — Page 
 (J. R.) Patient presented live years after operation for con- 
 genital bilateral microtia. Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol., 
 St. Louis, 1916, XXV, 726-728.— Boy (D.) Congenital flstulae 
 of the auricle. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1896, i, 155-157. — 
 Speilno (G.) Sopra alcune modalitS, del ponticulus del 
 padiglione dell' orecchio umano. Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. 
 di Torino, 1896, 3. s., xhv, 364-368, 1 pi.— Toinmasi (C.) 
 Contribute alio studio delle anomalie del padigUone aurico- 
 lare e del sistema pilifero; ipertricosi auricolare famigUare. 
 Gior. di psichiat. clin. e teen, manic, Ferrara, 1907, xxxv, 
 1-21, 1 pi.— Wagner (L.) A congenital deformity of both 
 auricles. Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol. & Otol. Soc. 1901, 
 N. Y., 1902, vii, 19- 
 
 Auricle (Cancer of). 
 
 Theillet (P. -J.) *Du cancer du pavilion de 
 I'oreille. 4°. Paris, 1882. 
 
 AIderton(II. A.) EpitheUoma of the auricle. Brooklyn 
 M. J., 1903, xvii, 137. — Compalred. Curacifin sin recidiva 
 de los cases de epitelioma del pabelWn y conductos auricu- 
 lares por la amputaci6n y tratamiento consecutivo eon el 
 clorato pot^ico. Arch. lat. de rinol., laringol. [etc.], Bar- 
 cel., 1897, vlil, 59-62. Also: Rev. ,de laringol., Barcel., 1897, 
 xii, 294-296.— Costantlnl (H.) EpitheUoma des pavUlons 
 auriculaires. Bull, et m6m. Soc. anat. de Par., 1914, ixxxix, 
 210.— Coudray (P.) & Duliar (G.) Sur un cas d'^pithfr 
 lioma pavimenteux lobule en d^gen^rescence colloide du 
 
AURICLE. 
 
 214 
 
 AURICLE. 
 
 Auricle {Cancer of). 
 
 lobule de I'oreille. Bull. Soc. anat. de Par., 1897, Ixxii, 
 590-592. — Davis (H. J.) Epithelioma of the helix in a maix," 
 aged 70. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1912-13, vi, Otol. 
 Sect., 88-90.— Ferrerl (G.) SuU' epitelioma del padiglione 
 dell' orecchio e sua diflusione all' osso temporale. Sperimen- 
 tale, Firenze, 1888, Ixii, 31-39.— Fowler (B. P.) . Report ol a 
 case of epitnelioma oi the auricle. Ann. Otol., Rninol. & 
 Laryngol., St. Louis, 1912, xxi,472.— Ctarala(V.) Epitelioma 
 del padiglione dell' orecchio. Attl d. Cong. d. Soc. ital. di 
 laringol. [etc.] 1902, Napoli, 1903, vi, 321.— Graupner. Car- 
 cinoma auriculee. Deutsche med-Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 
 1910, xxxvi, 2219. — ^Lanndis (M.) Tumeur du pavilion de 
 I'oreille (adtoo-gpitMliome) d'origine sihsucie. Kev. hebd. 
 de laryngol. [etc.]. Par., 1898, xvm, 1233-1237.— tee (C. G.) 
 & Stockdale (C. M.) EpitneMoma ol pinna. [Two cases 
 and sections.) Liverpool M.-Chir. J., 1903, xxiii, 398.— Lch- 
 manii.^ Totalexstirpation' der Ohrrnuschel wegen eines 
 Plattenepithelcarcinoms. Berl. klin. Wchnsctir., 1912, 
 xlix, 1345.— McKenzle CD.) Epithelioma of auricle treated 
 by diathermy. Proo. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1915, vili, 
 Otol. Sect., 65. — ^Morestin (H.) Epithelioma du pavilion 
 de I'oreille (7 cas). Bull, et mdm. Soo. anat. de Par., 1906, 
 Ixxxi, 346-368. — Patterson (N.) Operation for epithelioma 
 of the auricle with secondary involvement of glands, May, 
 1912 (three years ago); no recurrence. Proc. Roy. Soc. 
 . Med., Lond., 1915, viii, Otol. Sect., 64.— Rlccl (P.) Sopra 
 vm caso di epitehoma del padiglione dell' orecchio. Atti 
 d. clin. oto-rino-laringoiat. d. r. Univ. di Roma (1912), 
 1913, X, 165-177, 1 pi.— Sonntag (K. F.) Epithelioma of 
 the auricle. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1911, i, 1429.— Starr (F. 
 N. G.) EpitheUoma of the external ear. Canad. J. M. & 
 S., Toronto, 1898, Iv, 10-12.— Szenes (S.5 Epithelioma 
 aurioulse. Arch. f. Ohreuh., Leipz., 1904-5, Ixiv, 3-7. Also: 
 Pest, med.-ohir. Presse, Budapest, 1906, xlil, 8^. Also, 
 transl.: Bull, de laryngol., otol. et rhinol., Par., 1904, vii, 
 221.— Vaii (E.) Carcinoma epitheliale auns. Ungar. med. 
 Presse, Budapest, 1898, iii, 375-377.— Walker (H. S.) 
 Epithelioma of the pitma; amputation. Tr. Otol. Soc. U. 
 Kingdom, Lond., 1905-6, vii, 92.— Tearsley (M.) - Patient, 
 drawing, macro- and microscopic specimens of a case of 
 epithelioma of the pinna. Ibid., 17-19. — ^Zslgmond (S.) 
 [Complete removal of the concha of the ear on account of 
 epithelioma.) Fiileszet, Budapest, 1904, 17. 
 
 Auricle {Diseases of). 
 
 See, also, Auricle (Hxmatdma of); Auricle 
 (Perichondritis of); ^av (External, Diseases of). 
 
 Henbich(F.T.) *Die circumscripte Knoten- 
 tuberkulose des Ohrlappchens. [Heidelberg.] 
 8°. Wiesbaden, 1911. 
 
 Also, in: Ztschr. f. Ohrenli. [etc.], Wiesb., 1910-11, Ixii, 
 334-346. 
 
 Prochownik (M.) *Die Hautkran]dieiteii der 
 Ohrrnuschel. 8 . Boma-Leipzig, 1910. 
 
 Bane (W. C.) Eczema of the auricle due to excess of 
 carbohydrates in the diet. Colorado Med., Denver, 1915, 
 xii, 161. — Beardsley (L. W.) Herpes auricularis. St. 
 Louis M. Gaz., 1898-9, il, 176.— Biehl (C.) Die idiopathlsche 
 Perichondritis der Ohrrnuschel und ass spontane Otha- 
 matom. Arch. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1897, xliii, 245-250.— 
 Bishop (S. S.) Frost-bite of the auricle. West. M. Rev., 
 Lincoln, Neb., 1896, i, 216.— Clarrocchl (G.) Su di un caso 
 di lupus pernio delpadiglione dell' orecchio sinistro. Arch, 
 ital. di otol. [etc.], Torino, 1897, v, 353-361.— Davis (H. J. B.) 
 Recurrent herpes of auricle in a boy, aged 9. Proc. Roy. 
 Soc. Med., Lond., 1917-18, xi. Sect. Otol., 53.— Dench 
 (E. B.) Congenital malformations, cutaneous diseases, 
 morbid growths, and injuries of the auricle. Syst. Dis . Ear, 
 Nose & Throat (Burnett), Phila., 1893, 1, 124-165.— De- 
 Simonl. Sopra una causa poco nota d'infezione del- 
 1' orecchio estemo. Boll. d. PoUclin., Torino, 1896, i, 269- 
 272. — Dor (H.) Soltooderme du pavilion de I'oreille. 
 M^m. et oompt.-rend. Soo. d. so. mM. de Lyon (1894), 1895, 
 xxxiv, pt. 2, 186. — Flelscliniann (L.) Elephantiasis auri- 
 culae. Budapesti k. orvosegy. 6vi evkonyve 1907, Buda- 
 pest, 1908, 145. Also, transl.: Verhandl. d. Budapest. k. Ge- 
 sellsch. d. Aerzte 1907, Budapest, 1908, 99. . Elephan- 
 tiasis auriculae. Budapesti k. orvosegy. ^vi evkonyve 1908, 
 Budapest, 1909, pt. 2, 25. Also,transl.: Verhandl. d. Buda- 
 pest, k. Gesellsch. d. Aerzte 1908, Budapest, 1909, 13.— Glo- 
 gau (O.) Othygroma nephrlticum; a hitherto undescribed 
 disease of the ear lobe. J. Am. M. Ass,, Chicago, 1913, Ix, 
 123.— Goldstein (M. A.) Bilateral syphilitic ulceration ol 
 the auricle. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1898, iv, 38-41. — 
 Guarnaccla (E.) & Storiil (V.) Ematidrosi auricolare. 
 Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.], Torino, 1915, xxvi. 193-204.— Her- 
 met. Ulceration phagedenique du pavilion de I'oreille 
 ayant envahl les rdgions mastoi'dienne et temporale. Ann. 
 de dermat. et syph.. Par., 1896, 3. s., vii, 1451-1453. Also: 
 Bull. Soc. franc, dedermat.etsyph., Par., 1896, vii, 594-596.— 
 Kelson (W. H.) Intractable ulcer of tragus and fistula of 
 helix. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1908-9, 11, Otol. Sect., 
 86.— Lflbbers (K.) Ueber die VerknScherung des Ohr- 
 musoheLmorpels. Beitr. z. Anat., Pbysiol., Path. u. The- 
 
 Auricle {Diseases of). 
 
 rap. d. Ohres [etc.], Berl., 1911, v, 26-39, 2 pi.— McKen- 
 zle (D.) Infiltration ol both auricles (? chronic lymphan- 
 gitis) in a woman aged 32. Proo. Rby. Soo. Med., Lond., 
 1910-11, iv, Otol. Sect., 37.— Malan (A.) Tuberooloma^del 
 lobulo dell' orecchio. Boll. d. mal. d. orecchio, d. gola e 
 d. naso, Firenze, 1915, xxxiii, 1-6.— Palen (G. J.) Noma 
 of the auricle, with report of a case. J. Ophth., Otol. & 
 Laryngol., Lancaster, 1917, xxiii, 505-514.— B.andall(B. A.) 
 The successful treatment ol eczema of the eai. Therap. 
 Gaz., Detroit, 1897, 3. s., xlii. 85-87.— Saral ^T.) Herpes 
 der Ohrmuschel mit Neuritis des Nervus faciahs; mit einem 
 Zusatze von O. Komer. Ztschr. 1. Ohrenh., Wiesb,, 1904, 
 xlvi, 136-138. Also, transl: Arch. Otol., N. Y., 1906^ xxxv, 
 529. — Seraflnl (G.) Di un voluminoso aneurisma cirsoideo 
 del padiglione dell' orecchio. Policlin., Roma, 1908, xv, 
 ,sez. chir., 159-168.— Somcrs (L. S.) Aural herpes. Am. 
 Med.-Surg. Bull,, N. Y,, 1896, x, 503.— SzeHies (Z.^ Hyper- 
 trophia chondrosa aurioularum. Orvosi betil,, Budapest, 
 1898, xlii, 546.— Taple. Lupus hyportrophique g^ant du 
 pavulon de I'oreille simulant un neoplasme. Arch. m^d. 
 de Toulouse, 1912, xlx, 123-131.— Trlfllettl (A.) Flemmonc 
 peri-auricola,re. RiTorma med., Napoli, 1897, xJii, pt. 4, 
 789-791.— Tweedy (S. C.) Symmetrical gangrene of the 
 ears. Tr. Roy. Acad. M. Ireland, Dubl., 1894-5, xiii, 356- 
 359, 1 pi.— Crbantschitscli (E.) Elephantiasis der Ohr- 
 muschel aul lymphaugiomatoser Grundlage. Monatschr. 
 f. Ohrenb. [etc.], Berl., 1910, xliv, 1276.— Urbantschltsch 
 (V.) tfeber einige mit Radium behandelte Erkrankungen 
 der Ohrmuschel und zwar je eiuen Fall von Epithehal- 
 karzinom, Sarcom, JJupus und Tuberkulose. Strahlen- 
 therapie, Berl. & Wien, 1914, iv, 95.— Vignolo-IiUtatI (C.) 
 Sugli stati elefantoasilormi del padlgUone delP orecchio. 
 (Contribute alio studio delle dermatosi artritiche. ) Riforma 
 med., Napoli, 1917, xxxiii, 838-841.— Wassmund. Ver- 
 knocnerung der Ohrmuschel und Rontgographie. Deutsche 
 med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1899, xxv, 439.— West 
 (C. E.) Chronic dermatitis of the pinna due to infection 
 by stMhylococcus aureus, under treatment by vaccine. 
 Proc. Roy. Soc. Med. Loud., 1910-11, iv, Otol. Sect., 38. 
 
 Auricle {HsematoTna of). 
 
 See, also. Wrestlers and wrestler's ear. 
 
 Balmes (G.) *Sur la disparition de I'hdma- 
 tome- des oreilles dans les asiles d'aH^n^s. 8°. 
 Toulouse, 1908. 
 
 Oarlot (L.) *Oontribution S, I'etude des 
 oth6matomes chez les alL6ii68. 8°. Lyon, 1912. 
 
 Tbtaed (L.) *De rh6matome du pavilion de 
 J'oreille. 4°. Paris, 1884. 
 
 TisHKOPF (V. P.) *0b othematomie; k 
 ucheniyu o Wogressivnom paraUchie pomie- 
 shamnlkh. [On othsematoma; a study of pro- 
 
 fressive paralysis of the insane.] 8°- S.-Peter- 
 urcj, 1891. 
 
 Baccelli (M.) Contributo alia patogenesi dell' oto-ema- 
 toma. Arm. di nevrol., Napoli, 1906, xxiv, 165-170, 1 pi.— 
 Bljl (C.) Bijdrage tot de casmstiek van het othaematoom. 
 Psycmat. en Neurol, Bl,, Amst., 1897, i, 486-488.— Bock- 
 bom (H.) Die Ohrblutgesohwulst. Irrenpflege, Halle a. 
 S., 1897-8, i, 109-113.— Bouchaud. Tumeurs sanguines et 
 tumeurs s&o-albumineuses du pavilion de I'oreille chez les 
 
 alienfe. Enc(5phale, Par., 1910, i, 686-695. . OtMma- 
 
 tome et epancnement sdreux du pavilion de I'oreille. Bev. 
 neurol.. Par., 1913, xxi, 737-742.— Cenl (C.) Sulla pato- 
 
 fenesidell' otoematomanepliaJienati. Riv, sper, di&'eniat., 
 teggio-Emilia, 1901, xxvu, 369-374.— Darcanne. Patho- 
 gffiie de I'othematome. Cong. d. mM. alienistes et neurol. 
 de France... C.r. Proc.-verb.[etc.], Par.,1905, xv,pt. 2, 
 226-228. Also: J. de neurol.. Par., 1906, xi, 90.— van Deven- 
 ter. [Originandnatureotauricularhsematoma.] Psychiat. 
 Bl., Arast., 1893; xi, 55-61.— Etlenne (G.) & Luclen. Othfe- 
 matome chez le lapin. Cong, internat. de path, comp.. Par., 
 1914, ii, 304-306.— Frisco (B.) & Noera (G.) SulP origine 
 infettivadell'otoematomaacutadeipazzi. Fisani, Palermo, 
 1897, xviii,\ 175-186. Also: Gior. intemaz. d. sc. med., 
 Napoli, 1898, n. s., xx, 302-308.— Ganter (R.) Vom Otha- 
 matom und seiner Entstehung. Irrenireund, Heilbr., 
 
 1897, xxxix, 71-84,— Jenkins (G. J.) Case of hsematoma 
 auris; operative treatment. Proo. Roy. Soo. Med., Lond., 
 1913-14, vii, Otol. Sect., 28.— Krilger. Zur Behandlung des 
 Othamatoms. Milnohen. med. Wchnschr., 1914, Ixi, 604. — 
 Laublnger (H.) Beitrage zur Casuistik der Othamatome 
 und der Perichondritis. Arch. f. Ohrenh., Leipz,, 1899, 
 xlvll, 135-146,- McCassy(J. H.) Hsematomaauris. Ann. 
 Ophth. & Otol., St. Louis, 1896, v, 616-618.— McKenile (D.) 
 Thickening of the cartilage of both auricles? (othsematoma). 
 Proc. Roy. Soo. Med., Lond^ 1909-10, iii, No. 6, Otol. Sect., 
 53.— McBeynolds {J. O.) Othsematoma and chronic peri- 
 chondritisoftheauncle. J. Ophth., Otol. & Laryngol., N.Y., 
 
 1898, X, 233-237.— Marie (P.-L.) Maladies de captivitfe 
 I'othematome. Arch, de m^d. et pharm. Mil., Par., 1917, 
 Ixvii, 501-505.— Morlsson. Trois cas d'himatome du 
 
AURICLE. 
 
 215 
 
 AUEICLE. 
 
 Auricle {Hsematoma of). 
 
 pavilion de I'oreille; quelques considerations relatives au 
 traitement de cette aaection. Arch, de m^d. et pharm. mil., 
 Par., 1908, lii, 189-193.— MorselU (E.) La piil antlcarafligu- 
 razione dell' otematoma. Boll. d. mal. d. orecchlo, d. gola e 
 d. naso, Firenze, 1896, xiv, 261-263.— Oliver. Double liEema- 
 
 toma auris. Brit. M. J., Lend., 1897, i, 81. . A case ol 
 
 hffimatoma auris. Northumberland & Durham M. J., 
 Newcastle-upon-Tyne, 1897, v, 27.— Qualle (W. F.) Notes 
 on blood tumour ol the ear. Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 
 1890-91, X, 227-229.— Robertson (W. F.) Hsematoma 
 
 auris. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1896, ii, 803. . On morbid 
 
 changes in the ear-cartilages, with special reference to the 
 pathology of hsematoma auris. Edinb. Hosp. Rep., Edinb. 
 a Lond., 1896, iv, 407-422, 1 pi.— Shattuck (W. St) Hema- 
 toma of auricle. Brooklyn M. J., 1903, xvii, 137.— SpratUng 
 (L. W.J A case of hsematoma auris without mental disease. 
 Med. Rec, N. Y., 1891, xl, 631.— VOrner (H.) Ueber 
 Lymphangiektoma auricuU (Othaematoma spurium). 
 iMilnchen. med. Wohnschr., 1006, liii, 408.— Webster (G. A.) 
 Othematoma, with report of a case. Boston M. & S. J., 1896, 
 cxxxv, 358-360.— Welsli (D. A.) On the relation <* micro- 
 organisms to hajmatoma auris. Edinb. Hosp. Rep., Edinb. 
 & Lond., 1896, iv, 423-428. 
 
 Auricle (Perichondritis of). 
 
 Davis (H. J.) Deformity ol both piimae resulting from 
 perichondiitis following double mastoid operation. Proc. 
 Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1909-10, ill, Otol. Sect^ 71.— Deady 
 (C.) Perichondritis auriculae. Homceop. Eye, Ear & 
 Throat J., N.Y., 1906, xii, 111-117.— rraser(J.S.) Perichon- 
 dritis of the auricle following the radical mastoid operation. 
 Scot. M. & S. J., Edinb., 1907, xx, 234-238.— Giftord (H.) 
 Perichondritis of the auricle treated successfully by injection 
 of fifty percent alcohol. I/aryngoscope, St. Louis, 1909, xix, 
 371.— Huss. Doppelseitige Idiopatlusche Perichondritis der 
 Oiirmuschel. Beitr. z. Anat., Physiol., Path. u. Therap. d. 
 Ohres [etc.], Berl., 1909-10, ui, 217-221.— Lermoyez. PM- 
 chondrite pyocyanique primitive du pavUlou de roreille. 
 Bull, de laryngol., otol. et rhinol.. Par., 1905, viil, 124. — 
 M0Uer (J.J^ [Some remarks on serous perichondritis of the 
 auricle.L Hosp.-Tid., K0benh., 1899, 4. R., vil, 199-214. 
 
 ' . To nye TiUselde af Perichondritis serosa auriculse. 
 
 278-281. — Okunefl (V. N.) [Case of idiopathic, creeping, 
 postoperative perichondritis of the concha of the ear, the 
 disease in general and its treatment.] Yezhemles. Ushn., 
 Gorlov. i Nosov. Bollezn., S.-Peterta., 1913, viii, 605-526.— 
 Saial (T.) On post-operative pyocyaneus perichondiitis pi 
 the auricle. Arch. Otol.,N.Y., 1906, xxxv, 121.— Schvparcz 
 (E.) [Perichondritis of thOj concha of the ear.] FilMszet, 
 Budapest, 1905, 37^6. 
 
 Auricle (Piercing of). 
 
 Vbatjx (E.) *Des accidents consdcutifs au 
 percement du lobule de I'oraille. 8° . Bordeaux, 
 
 1897. 
 
 Beer (H.) Die Durohstechung der Ohrlappchen. Aerztl. 
 Centr.-Ztg., Wien, 1902, xiv, 459.— Cappellarl (L.) Le 
 complicazioni da perforazione dell' orecchio. Corriere san., 
 MUano, 1909 xXj 423.— Castueil (E.) Le percement des 
 oreilles. Arch, de m«d. d. enf., Par., 1899, il, 94-98.— Ctau- 
 veau (C.) Complications intectieuses^ la suite de la perfora- 
 tion du lobule de I'oreille. Rev. gto. de clin. et de therap.. 
 Par., 1898, xii, 519.— Epstein (A.) Das Ohrringstechen lind 
 seine Gelahren, Insbesondere die tuberkulose Ansteolomg 
 der Stichoflnungen. M. Kassowitz . . . Festschr., Berl., 
 1912, 43-59.— Fdlkel (J.) Erne Hohlnadel zum Ohrenste- 
 chen imd deren Anwendung. Wien. Idln. Rundschau, 1906, 
 XX, 127.— Gou y Guma (F.) Consejos a las madres; peli- 
 gros de la perforaci6n del l<5bulo de la oreja. Med. de los 
 niflos, Barcel., 1913, xiv, 287.— McLeod (J. M. HO Keloids 
 of the ears following piercing tor ear-rings. Proc. Roy. Soc. 
 Med., Lond., 1911-12, v, Dermat. Sect., 206.— Perrln (L.) 
 De quelques accidents cons^cutifs au percement des oreilles. 
 Marseille m^d., 1903, xl, 608.— Thorner (M.) Pathological 
 conditions following piercing of the lobulesoftheear. J.Am. 
 M. Ass., Chicago, 1894, xxii, 110-112. Also, Reprint.- 
 Werner. Nacken-Abscess in Polge Ohrenring-Stecheus. 
 Ztschr. f. WundSrzte u. Geburtsh., Hegnach, 1887, xxxviii, 
 317. . 
 
 Auricle (Plastic surgery of). 
 
 CooHBKiL (R.-C.-M.-J.) *Es8ai sur la restaura- 
 tion du pavilloii de I'oreille. 4°. Paris, 1894. 
 
 Duel (A. B.) Exhibition of a case of deformity of both 
 auricles in an infant restored by plastic operation. Arch. 
 Otol., N. Y., 1906, XXXV, 137.— Grant (J. D.) Congenital 
 prominent auricles treated by operation. Proc. Roy. Soc. 
 Med., Lond., 1912-13, vi, Otol. Sec, 93.— Guicciardello (S.) 
 Plastica del padighone delP orecchio. Boll. d. mal. d. 
 orecchio, d. gola e d. naso, Firenze, 1916, xxxiv, 13-17. A Iso: 
 Policlin., Roma, 1915, xxii, sez. prat., 989-992.— Jones 
 (H. E.) A case of malformation of the left auricle with 
 atresia of tlie meatus, etc.; operation. Internat. Otcl. 
 Cong., 1899, Lond., 1900, vl, 403^05,, 1 pi.— Malherbe (A.) 
 Du redressement cosm^tique du pavilion de I'oreille. Bull. 
 
 Auricle (Plastic surgery of). 
 
 de laryngol., otol. et rhinol., Par., 1905, viil, i32.— Martini 
 (U.) Contribute alia chirurgia plastica dci padlglioni auri- 
 colari. Atti d. Cong. d. Soc. ital. di laringol. [etc.] 1912, 
 Siena, 1913, xv, pt. 2, 571.— Moslier (H. P.) The implanta- 
 tion of cartilage for the prevention and correction of de- 
 formity of the auricle. Tt. Am. Otol. Soc, N. Bedford, 
 Mass., 1913, pt. 1, xiii, 240-244.— Pooley (T. R.) An opera- 
 tion for prominence of the auricle. Tr. Am. Laryngol., 
 Rhinol. & Otol. Soc. 1901, N. Y., 1902, vti, 38^1.— Scham 
 (F.) Wiederersatz einer verloren gegangenen Ohrmuschel. 
 Cor.-Bl. d. allg. arztl. Ver. v. Thiiringen, Weimar, 1890, xix, 
 288-293.— Schmieden (V.) Der plastische Ersatz von 
 traumatischen Defekten der Ohrmuschel. Berl. Win. 
 Wchnsohr., 1908, xiv, 1433-1435.— Somcrs (L. S.) Fracture 
 of the cartilages of the external ear. N. York M. J., 1898, 
 Ixvii, 118. — Tonletti (P.) Contribute alle plastiche del 
 padigligne dell' orecchio. Atti d. Cong. d. Soc. ital. di 
 laringol. [etc.] 1908, Pavia, 1910, xii, pt. 2, 73-76. Also: 
 Arch. ital. di otol.Jetc], Torino, 1909, xx, 441^56.— Uflen- 
 orde (W.) Zur Plastik der Missbildungen der Ohr- 
 muschel; Mitteilung einer zweckmassigen Methode fiir 
 Falle von Mikrotie. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1907, liv, 
 2130-2132. 
 
 Auricle (Tumors of). 
 
 See, also, Auricle (Cancer of); Auricle (Uxma- 
 toma of); Auricle (Piercing of); Ear (External, 
 Tumors of). 
 
 Benjamin (A.) *Zur Caauistik der Ge- 
 schwulste am Ohrlappchen. 8°. Wiirzburg, 
 1896. 
 
 DtrpRBTz (A.) *Des kystes du pavilion de 
 I'oreille. 8° Lille, 1897. 
 
 Kraft (0. W.) *Ein Pali von Endotheliom 
 der Ohrmuschel. 8°. Strasshurg, 1904. 
 
 ZiEGLEK (O. [H.]) *Ueber ein Lymphangioma 
 cavemosum congenitum der Ohrmuschel. 
 [Munchen.] 8°. Wiesbaden, 1908. 
 
 Ardenne. Flbrome du pavilion de I'oreille. Bull, et 
 m^m. Soc. de mM. et chir. de Bordeaux (1914), 1915, 273- 
 278. — Basile _(G.) Cisti dermoid! del padiglione dell' orec- 
 chio. Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.], Torino, 1915, xxvi, 478-487. — 
 Beaurain (M.) Un cas de "botryomycome" du pavilion 
 de I'oreUle a structure sarcomateuse. Rev. mM. do Nor- 
 mandie, Rouen, 1908, ix, 329-333.— BlackweU (H. B.) 
 Lymphangiosarcoma of the concha. Ann. Otol., Rhinol. 
 & LarjTigol., ■ St. Louis, 1916, xxv, 738-740.— Boilvler. 
 Comu cutaneum der Ohrmuschel. Verhandl. d. deutsch. 
 otol. Gesellsch., Jena, 1911, xx, 388. — Branca (A.) Sur un 
 kyste dermoide du pavilion de I'oreille; sa transmission par 
 
 Contrib., 1912, 101-109.— ClteUl (T.) Kyste dermoide du 
 lobule de I'oreille. [Transl.l Arch, internat. de laryngol. 
 
 [etc.]. Par., 1907, xxui, 409-414. . Sul signiflcato 
 
 patologioo e clinico dei cosidetti pollpi auricolari e sulla 
 etiogenesi dei tumori benign! In genere (a proposito di otto 
 casi interessanti d! polipi deU' orecchio). Papers Internat. 
 Otol. Cong., Best., 1912, ix, 225-240.— Cocks (G. H.) Case 
 of recurrent keloid ol scalp and lobule of the ear. Arch. 
 Otol., N. Y., 1908, xxxvii, 202-204, 1 pi. [Discussion], 276.— 
 Coosemans (E.) Come du pavilion de roreUle. Rev. 
 
 hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1896, xvi, 369-378. . 
 
 Sur un cas de come du pavilion. Cong, internat. d'otol 
 C.-r. 1895, Florence, 1897, v, 55 -63.— Eulenstein (II.) 
 Bewegliches, spongioses Osteom des knorpeUgen Theiles 
 des ausseren Gehorgangs. Ztschr. f. Ohrenh., Wiesb., 
 1898, xxxiv, 40-43.— FaUas (A.) Kaoides du lobule de 
 roreUIe. Presse oto-laryngol. beige, Brax., 1907, vi, 394- 
 399.— Ferrerl (G.) Fibroma-condroide del lobulo, recidi- 
 vante, trattato col radium. Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.], Torino, 
 1907, 2. s., xviii, 423-428.— Gaudier (H.) Contribution k 
 r^tude de ranatomie pathologique et du traitement des 
 kystes du pavilion de,roreilIe. Echo m^d. du nord, Lille, 
 
 1898, ii, 175. . Etat du cartilage de roreUIe dans les 
 
 kystes du pavlUon. Gaz. d. hop. de Toulouse, 1898, xii, 
 253. .ilteo." Nord mM., Lille, 1898, iv, 94.— Gros (H.) 
 Tumeur flbreuse du pavilion de I'oreille. Arch. t. Schifls- u 
 Tropen-Hyg., Leipz., 1906, x, 179-183.— Gruber (J.) Ein 
 Fall von Angioma auriculae durch Operation geheilt. Wien. 
 med. Wchnschr., 1896, xlvi, 1409-1411.— Gusslo (S.) Pa- 
 pilloma del padiglione auricolare in metamorlosi cancerosa. 
 Arch, ed atti d. Soc. ital. di chir. 1908, Roma, 1909, ii, 6-44.— 
 Haug. Weitere Beitrage zur EUnik und pathologischen 
 Anatomie (Histologie) der NeubUdungen des ausseren 
 Ohres. Arch. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1897, xUii, 10-16, 1 pi.— 
 Herzteld (J.) Zur Kasuislik der Sarkome der Ohrmuschel. 
 Arch. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1907, bndii, 225.— Hubby (L. M.) 
 Enohondroma of the auricle. Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryn- 
 gol., St. Louis, 1912, xxi, 493. — Jacobs. Deux cas de tu- 
 meurs du pavilion. Bull. Soc. beige de gyn^c. et d'obst.. 
 
AURICLE. 
 
 216 
 
 AUSCULTATION. 
 
 Auricle {Tumors of). 
 
 Brux., 1897, ix, 30-32.— Jones (H. E.J Angeioma o£ the 
 auricle ("with photograj)hs, macroscopic and microscopic 
 specimens, and plastei: casts from a case). Tr. Otol. Soo. 
 U. Kingdom, Lond., 1905-6, vii, 50. — Joseph (L.) Beitrag 
 zur Lelire von den kongenitalen Geschwiilsten der Ohr- 
 muschel. Arch. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1914, xciii, 290-296, 
 1 pi. — Jungherr (E.) Kasuistischer Beitrag zu den Tu- 
 moren der Ohrmuschel. Ztschr. i. med. Elektrol. u. RBnt- 
 genk., Leipz., 1908, x, 165-167.— Junkel. Beitrag zu den 
 Knorpelcysten der Ohrmuschel. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., 
 Leipz., 1914, cxxvii, 408-414, 1 pi. — Levesque (L.) Volu- 
 mineux angiome pediouW du pavilion de I'oreHle. Rev. 
 hebd. de laryngoL [etc.]. Par., 1910, i, 77-79.— Luc (H.) 
 Le cholestfiatome de I'oreille. Mid. mod.. Par., 1897, vUi, 
 121-123.— MolUson (W. M.) Case of tumour on concha 
 after radical mastoid operation. Proe. Roy. Soc. Med., 
 Lond., 1915-16, ix, Otol. Sect., 7: 25.— Pansc (R.) Cho- 
 lesteatoma of the ear. Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol., 
 St. Louis, 1898, vii, 497-515.— PavlofT-Sllvansltl (V. IST.) 
 [Serous cysts of the concha of the ear.] Raboti hosp.- Vhi- 
 
 rurg. klin. Dyakonova, Mosk., 1904-5, v, 69^76, 1 pl. . 
 
 [Serous cysts of the ear concha.] Khirurgia, Mosk. , 1906, xix, 
 242-247. — Pistre (E.) Fibrome pur du pavilion de I'oreille 
 (anth^lix). Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.]. Par., 1909, i, 
 305-308.— PopofI (N. P.) [Keloid of the concha of the 
 ear.] Vestnik Ushh., Gorlov. i Nosov. Bollezn., S.-Peterbr, 
 1909, i, 715-720, 1 pi.— Pusaterl (S.) Emo-linfo-angioma 
 cavemoso del padiglione. Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.], Torino, 
 
 1912, xxiii, 353-356.— Roncall (D. B.) Intomo al sarcoma 
 del padiglione dell' orecchio. Ihid., 1897, v, 513-558, 1 pl.— 
 Scheppegrell (W.) Keloid tumors of the external ear. 
 N. York M. J., 1896, Ixiv, 510-512. Also, transl.: Rev. 
 hebd. de laryngol. [etc.]. Par., 1896, xvi, pt. 2, 1297-1304.— 
 Shtelnman (K. BJ Melanoma (naevus) conchse auris. 
 Yezhemles. Ushn., Gorlov. 1 Nosov. BoUezn., S.-Peterb., 
 
 1913, viii, 482-487.— Steiner (L.) Ueber Keloide der Ohr- 
 lappchen bei den Javanen. Arch. f. Sohifls- ii. Tropen- 
 Hyg., Leipz., 1911, xv, 13-15.— Sugar (M.) Tumor der Ohr- 
 muschel. Arch. 1. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1899, xlvl, 94-100.— . 
 
 Ein seltenes Neoplasma der Ohrmuschel. Pest, med.-chir. 
 Presse, Budapest, 1899, xxxv, 323. — Szenes (S.) Melano- 
 sarcoma alveolare gigantooellulare der rechtsseitigen Ohr- 
 muschel. Arch. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1904-5, Ixiv, 1-3. Also: 
 Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1908. xlii, 326. — Tervaert 
 (G. D.) & de Josselin de Jong (R.) Ein Lymphangio- 
 SarkomdesausserenGehorganges. Arch. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 
 1897, xhu, 53-57, 1 pl.— Turtur (G.) Contributo climco- 
 istologico alio studio delle Cisti dermoidi del padiglione auri- 
 colare. Atti d. clin. oto-rino-laringoiat. d. r. Univ. dl Roma 
 (1912), 1913, x, 73-77, 1 pl.— Villa (A.) Un caso di fibroma 
 del lobulo dell' orecchio provocate da ripetute introduzioni 
 rfoU' orecchino. Arch. ital. dl otol. [etc.], Torino, 1898, 
 
 dell' 
 
 vii, 154. — Willdnson (G.) Pulsating angioma (angioma- 
 racemosa, cirsoid aneurysm) of the right auricle. Proc. 
 Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1909-10, iii, Otol. Sea., 35.— Win- 
 grave (W.) Neoplasm of auricle (fibroma ?). J. Laryngol., 
 Xond., 1905, xx, 263, 1 pl.— Winkler (M.) Knotchenfor- 
 mige Erkrankung am Helix (Chondrodermatitis nodularis 
 chronica heUcls). Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph., Wien & 
 Leipz., 1915, cxxi, Orig., 278-285.— Zografldes (A.) Bila^ 
 terales Ekchondrom der Ohrmuschel. Wien. klin. Wchn- 
 ■ schr., 1913, xxvl, 18. 
 
 Auricombe(Raoul-Urbaiii-Jean-Bemar(i-Peniand) 
 [1885- ]. *EsSai de perfectionnement de la 
 succi-pompe de M. de Rohan. 77 pp. 8°. 
 Bordeaux, 1910, No. 53. , 
 
 Aurientis (Pemand). *Etude, m^dico-l^gale siir 
 la jurisprudence actuelle h propos de la trans- 
 mission des maladies v^n^rieimes. 93 pp. 8°. 
 Paris, 1906, No. 475. 
 
 Aurigo (Francis). La v&it6 sur la tuberculose. 
 148 pp. 12°. Paris, A. Maloine, 1905. 
 
 . Le soleil g6n&ateur et r^g&6rateur. 116 
 
 pp. 12°. Paris, A. Maloine, 1906. 
 
 . M6tliode abortive: la variole jugul^e en 
 
 moins de deux jours. 32 pp. 8°. Marseille, 
 Moullotfils, 1907. 
 
 Auriphone. 
 
 See Audiphone. 
 
 Auriscope. 
 
 De Zeng (H. L.) Auriscope. [Pat. spec] No. 1062698; 
 May 27, 1913.— Tearsley (P. M.) An electric auriscope. 
 J. Laryngol., Lend., 1912, xxvli, 32. 
 Aurnhammer (Albert) [1881- ]. *MUchver- 
 sorgung der" Stadt Miinchen. 62 pp., 1 1. 8°- 
 Miinchen, C. Wolf & Sohn, 1907. 
 
 Aurnhammer (Franz). *Beitrag zur operativen 
 Behandlung von Ureter-Scheiden-Elsteln. 42 
 pp., 11. 8 Wilrzburg, P. Schemer, 1898. 
 
 Aurometer. 
 
 See Audiometer. 
 
 Aurora chymica. 
 
 See Digby (Sir Kenelm) [in 2. 3.]. Medicina experimen- 
 talis Digbaeana [etc.]. 12°. FrancHfurt, 1672-6. 
 
 Auroy {Marguerite) [1746-74]. - 
 
 P6rot (F) [Biography.] Soc. d. sc. mM. de Gannat. 
 C.-r., Par., 1898-9, lUl, 49. 
 
 Aurum potabile. 
 
 Bacerni (G.) Breve narratione dei mirabili 
 et naturaU effetti della potentissima et arcana 
 medicina del oro potabile senza corrosivo. 8°. 
 Bologna, 1659. 
 
 Fabee (A. 0.) Von dem medicinalischen 
 Auro potabili; ein in der Praxi gegriindete 
 ErzeHung. Aus dem EngUscben ins Hochteut- 
 sche iibergesetzt. 4°. Franckfurt, 1677. 
 
 Auscaler (Maximilien) [1864- ]. *Contribu- 
 tion& r^tude du traitement flectrique desfibro- 
 mes ut^rins. 68 pp. 4°. Paris, 1896, No. 180. 
 
 Auschtrow (Michael). *Der suprasymphysare 
 Querschnitt nach Rapin-Kiistner-Pfannenstiel. 
 22 pp. 8°. Basel, Brin & Co., 1913. 
 
 Auscultation. 
 
 See, also. Abdomen {Exploration o/)j Aego- 
 phony; Arteries (ifitrmtfrs in); Blood-vessels 
 {Murmurs in); Chest {Exploration of ); Dyna- 
 moscopy ; Heart {Exploration of) ; Ijungs {Dis- 
 eases of, Diagnosis of); Microphone; Pectorilo- 
 quy; Percussion {Auscultatory); Pericardi- 
 tis {Diagnosis of); Stethoscope; Tuberculosis 
 {Pulmonary, Diagnosis of) ; Veins ( Murmurs in) . 
 
 Earth & Rogek. Trattato pratico di ascolta- 
 zione, ossia esposizione metodica delle diverse 
 apphcazioni di questo mezzo diagnostico alio 
 stato fisiologico e morboso dell' organismo. 
 Versione con note del Carlo Cesaris. v. 1. 8°. 
 Pavia, 1844. 
 
 Bbegeon. Des causes et du m^canisme du 
 bruit de souffle. 8° Pom, 1868. 
 
 Bermejo (R. B.) *Estudio clinico y semio- 
 Idgico de la auscultaci6n. 8°. Mexico, 1872. 
 
 CoirriEB (H.) Precis d'auscultation. 3. 6d. 
 16° Paris, 1894. 
 
 . The same. 4. ^d. 12°. Paris, 1897. 
 
 . The same. 5. ^d. 12°. Paris, 1902. 
 
 HopMANN (J.) *De limitanda laude ausculta- 
 tionis praemissa brevi hujus artis historia. 8°. 
 Lipsiae, 1836. 
 
 Moses (L.) *Ueber die Auskultation der 
 Pliisterstimme. 8°. Marburg, 1905. 
 
 Also, in: Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wilrzb., 1905, iv, 
 151-171. 
 
 Adam (J.) On mediastinal friction; with notes of a 
 peculiar case. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1896, i, 968.— Bakalelnlk 
 (P.) [Sound augmentor, an apparatus for augmenting the 
 sounds in auscultation.] Pratt. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1910, 
 ix, 803. — Benedict (A. L.) An imusuaJ auscultation 
 method. Med. Fortnightly, St. Louis, 1916, xlviii, 182. — 
 Bryant (F. A.) Acromion auscultation; anew and delicate 
 test in the early diagnosis of incipient pulmonary tubercu- 
 losis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1914,1x11, 1635.— Burrall 
 (F. A.) The crepitant r41e an intrapleural sound. Med. 
 Rec, N. Y., 1897, Iii, 382.— CagUerl (G. E.) The pulmonary 
 origin of the crepitant rale. Ibid., 613.— Campanl (A.) 
 Sull' ascoltazione orale. Riv^crit. di clin. mea., Firenze, 
 1904,v, 781:797.— Castex(E.) Etude g&i&ale de I'ausoul- 
 talion de I'appareil respiratoire. Arch, de physiol. norm, 
 et path.. Par., 1896, 6. s., viii, 367-367.— Davles (A. T.) 
 Note on mediastinal friction. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1896, ii, 
 1568.— Donettl (E.) Sui sofll cardiopolmonari e sul loro 
 diagnostico. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1898, xix, 68-72.— 
 Engelen. TJeber perkussorischo Auskultation. Reichs- 
 
AUSCULTATION. 
 
 217 
 
 AUSSET. 
 
 -. Ein neues 
 
 Auscultation. 
 
 Med.-Anz., Leipz., 1904, xjdx, 203-205. . 
 
 Auskultataonsinstrumeut. Deutsche med. Wchnsobr., Berl. 
 & Leipz., 1911, xxxvii, 1849. — GaUlard (L.) La zone sonore 
 inl&o-dorsale k gauche. Bull, et mim. Soc. mfid. d. h6p. 
 
 dePar., 1897, 3. s.,xiv, 13-17. . Le bruit derouetsous- 
 
 cla-riculaire. Ibid., 737-739.— Garcia (F. W.) An unusual 
 auscultation method. Med. Fortnightly, St. Louis, 1916, 
 xlvil, 146.— Garcia Trlvlflo. Un caso interesante de coni- 
 cidencia auscultatoria. Rev. Ibero-Am. de cien. m6d., 
 Madrid, 1911, xxvi_, 317-319.— Glover (J.) L'auscultation, 
 I'exploration Sectnques des organes et les vibrations soli- 
 diennes. Eev. gto. de clin. et de th&ap., Par., 1916, xxx, 
 suppl., p. dcclxxxv.— Gray (A. A.) An investigation 
 into some of the principles of auscultation. J. Anat. & 
 Pliysiol., Lond., 1896-7, xxxi. 202; 354.— Greenwald (M.) 
 Chnical observations of auscultation at the acromion process. 
 Med. Eec, N. Y., 1914, Ixxxv, 201.— Habershon (S. H.) 
 Vibration auscultation as an aid to physical diagnosis in 
 thoracic and abdominal disease. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1914, 
 i, 512.— Hamlin (C. ) The correlation of the diagnostic and 
 the musical ear. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1918, evil,- 597.— 
 Hedman (K.) [Experiences from auscultation in the 
 Epidemic Hospital of Stockholm.] Finska lak.-sallsk. 
 handl., Helslnglors, 1907, xlix, pt. 2, 373-378.— Herlng 
 (H. E.) Ueber ein postmortales Auskultationsphanomen 
 beim Menschen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & 
 Leipz., 1911, xxxvii, 4.— Hildebrandt (W.) Ueber kunst- 
 lich erzeugte Basselgerausche zu Lehrzwecken. Ibid., 1908, 
 xxxiv, 1593.— Hlrose. Ueber die directe Auscultation und 
 die Befunde duroh dieselbe. [Japanese text. Ausz., Hit. 
 22.] Mitt. d. med. Gesellsch. zu Tokyo, 1904, xviii, 988; 
 1015. — Hoover (C. F.) Cardiopulmonary murmurs. Tr. 
 Ohio M. Soc, Cleveland, 1898, 185-206.— Jones (L. H.) 
 The crepitant or vesicular r&le an iateipleural sound and 
 not caused in the pulmonary tissue. Med. Rec, N. Y., 
 1897, U, 804.— Kernig (V. M.) [On the dulhiess of percus- 
 sion tone over the lung apices, without any pathological 
 changes in them.] Bussk. arch, patol., klin. med. i bakte- 
 riol., S.-Peterb., 1897, iii, 5-21. AUo, transl. [Abstr.]: Ibid:, 
 61-64.- Kolipinski (Li) The ausoultopleotrum, a com- 
 bined stethoscope and percussion hammer. N. York M J. 
 [etc.], 1915, ci, 194-196.— Mader. Zur Auskultation der 
 Herz- und Gefasstone. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1904, liv, 
 989; 1056.— Mamlock. Die Entdeckuug der Auskultation. 
 Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1908, xxxiv,929.— 
 Notari (G. A.) DeU' ascoltazione oraje. Gazz. d. osp., 
 MUano, 1917, xxxviil, 767-771.— Orlaudl (A.) SuU' ascol- 
 tazione orale. N. riv. clin.-ferap., Napoli, 1899, ii, 353-361.— 
 Owen (I.) A note on the practice of direct or immediate 
 auscultation. Lancet, Lond., 1903, ii, 1049.— Perez (G. B.) 
 On a new auscultatory sign in connection with mediastinal 
 affections. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1896, ii, 717.— Piaaza- 
 Martlni (V.) D'unrumore digemitoallaregioneinfrasca- 
 polare sinistra. Riforma med., Napoli, 1897, xlii, pt. 1, 151- 
 153.— Pletneft (D. D.). [Phonoauscultation.T^ Russk. 
 Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1914, xiil, 705.— Quadri (G.) Intomo 
 alia genesi del cosidetto rantolo crepitante flsiologico. Ann. 
 di cEn. med., Palermo, 1915, vl, 363-377.— Raue fC. S.) 
 Some remarks concerning auscultation in children. Halme- 
 man. Month., Phila., 1905, xl, 444-448.— Relcbmann (E.) 
 Bemerkungen zur Stabchenauskultation. Fortschr. d. 
 Med., Berl., 1905, xxiii, 945-947. Also, transl.: Med. News, 
 N. Y., 1905, Ixxxvii, 548.— Eeld (W. D.) Variations in 
 pulmonary voice sounds. Boston M. & S. J., 1917, clxxvi, 
 601.— Rosenthal (G.) L'auscultation biloculaire. Compt. 
 rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1905, Ivlii, 538.— Boyet (H.) Per- 
 cussion auscultatoire. Gaz. *. hop. de Toulouse, 1896, x, 
 50-54.— Shaha (B. N.) Capillary bruit. Indian Lancet, 
 Calcutta, 1897, ix, 585; 525.— Shattuck (G. C.) Variations 
 in pulmonary resonance. Boston M. & S. J., 1917, clxxvi, 
 699. — Squire (J. E.) A cardio-pulmonary murmur; or a 
 respiratory murmur rythmical with the heart beats. Brit. 
 M. J., Lond., 1898, ii, 1740-1742.— Takata (K.) Oralauscul- 
 tation. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1912, xlix, 64-67.— Tovirnier 
 (0.) De la position hanch^e droite et de quelques autres 
 conditions fevorisant la production dii brmt de glou-glou 
 rythmS par la respiration. Province mM., Lyon, 1896, x, 
 314. — Warfleld (L. M.) Note on an auscultatory sign over 
 the manubrium. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1916, Ixvii, 
 1301.— Weiss (C.) Apropos des sons et des bruits. Compt. 
 rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1913, Ixxv, 672.— Welsz (B.) & 
 Zirkelbacli (A.) [The phonation sign in the intercostal 
 gastric regionj Orvosi hetU., Budapest, 1901, xlv, 213- 
 216.— West (S.) On bronchial breathing and rales; a 
 cUnical demonstration on some of the difficulties of aus- 
 cultation, given at St. Bartholomew's Hospital. Brit. M. 
 J., Lond., 1897, U, 65-68.— Tanovski (F. G.J [On the tech- 
 nique of auscultation.] Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1893, xiv, 789.— 
 Zleniec (M. K.) Neue Modifijkationen und Anwendungs- 
 weise des Stethoskops zur Auskultation der Lunge und des 
 Herzens. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1897, xlvii, 60fr-608. 
 
 Auscultation {Abdominal). 
 See Abdomen {Exploration of). 
 
 Auscultation (Cranial). 
 
 Adrtanl (R.) L'ascoltazione della parola alia superficie 
 del capo. Riv. sper. di Ireniat., Reggio-Enulia, 1881, vil, 97- 
 105. — Lane (L. C.) A case of mtracranial murmur. Occi- 
 dental M. Times, Sacramento, 1898, xii, 442.— Moreau (P.) 
 Auscultation de la parole k la surface du arkne. Compte- 
 rendu d'un m^moire adress6 par le Dr. Roberto Adriani. 
 Ann. mM.-psych., Par., 1882, 6. s., viii, 99-101.— Bichardson 
 JB. W.) Cranial auscultation in cases of vertigo and noises 
 in the head. Asclepiad, Lend., 1891, vui, 331-334.— Rob- 
 ertson (A.) On percussion and auscultatory percussion of 
 the skull in diagnosis and treatment. -Glasg.Ho— "" — 
 
 1898, i, 42-52.— Teleky (H . ) Ueber subjective und d 
 
 osp. Rep., 
 1 objective 
 Koplgerausche. Wien. med, Bl., 1893, xvi, 81-84.— Weiss 
 (H.^ Zur Lehre von den subjectiven Kopfgerauschen; ctn 
 Fall von doppelseitigem, traumatischem, pulsirendem 
 Exophthahnus. Wien. kiln. Wchnschr., 1898, xi, 1071-1075. 
 
 Auscultation (Ohstetrical) . 
 
 See Pregnancy (Diagnosis of). 
 Ausderau (Jakob). _ *Ueber die Beziehungen der 
 
 Syphilis zur pemicioaen Anamie. [Zurich.] 40 
 
 pp., 11. 8°. Frauenfeld, Ruber & Co., 1906. 
 Ausems (Andreas WiLhelmus). *De invloed van 
 
 alcohol op den loop van infektieziekten. 5 p. 1., 
 
 136 pp.. 8°. Utrecht, 1900. 
 See, also, Forstmann (F.) & Ausems (A. W.) Het 
 
 neomalthusianisme [etc.]. 12°. Utrecht, 1911. — Koumer 
 
 (B. J.) & Ausems (A. W.) De verloskundige kUniek [etc.]. 
 
 8°. kampen, 1904. 
 
 Auserlesene Heine Werke dreyer beriihinter 
 englischer Chymisten, Priestley, Henry und 
 Black, die Schwangerung des gemeinen Wassers 
 mit fixer Luft, die Magnesia und Kalkerde, die 
 faulungswidrige Kraft gewiseer Arztneyen und 
 andre erhebUche Gegenstande betreffend. 152 
 pp. 12°. Kopenhagen & Leipzig, J. F. Seineck 
 & Faber 1774. 
 
 Ausfeld (Rudolf). Wie schaffen und erhalten 
 wir una gesunde Zahne? 79 pp. 12° Berlin, 
 E. Steinitz, 1901. 
 
 AusfUhrliche Daratellung des Gall'schen Sys- 
 tems der Schadellehre. 112 pp. 16°- Magde- 
 burg, Keilsche Buchhandl., 1805. 
 
 AusfUhrliche Nachricht von der Beschaffenheit 
 und Success des Blatter-Beltzena in Neu- 
 Engelland beschrieben von Benjamin Colmann, 
 Predigem zu Boston, nebst einem Schreiben 
 eines anderen Predigers daselbst in welchem die 
 darwieder gemachten Gewissens-Scrupel beant- 
 wortet warden. Vor kurzem in London pubU- 
 ciret und mit einer historischen Einleitung 
 erlautert duch Daniel Neal. Nunmehro aber zu 
 mehrerer Bekrafftigung der ehemahls da von 
 edirten Schrifft aus dem Engliachen tibersetzet 
 von Abraham Vater. 7 p. 1., 52 pp. sm. 4°. 
 Wittenberg, Gerdes Wittwe, 1723. 
 
 Ausgestaltung (Zur) der Marodenzimmer d. k. u. 
 k. Heeres; nach den Erfahrungen einea Trup- 
 penarztes. 26 pp. 8°. Wien, J. Safdf, 1902. 
 
 Ausier Bentes (Dionysio). *Contribui5ao ao 
 estudo de demenoia precoce. 80 pp. roy. 8°. 
 Rio de Janeiro, M. Orosco & Co., 1905. 
 
 Aussendorf (Karl FeUx) [1886- ]. *Zur 
 Kenntnis der pathologischen Anatomie des 
 Zentralnervensystems bei EncephalopatHa sa- 
 turnina., 44pp. 8°. Leipzig, F.Leh-mann, 1911. 
 
 Ausset (E[douard-Louis]) [1866- ]. Sem6iolo- 
 gie g6n6rale de I'estomac. 248 pp. 12°. Paris, 
 L. Battaille & Cie., 1896. 
 
 Legons cliniques sur les maladies des 
 
 enfants faites a rh6pital Saint-Sauveur, 1896-7, 
 1" semestre. vii/291 pp. 8°. Paris, A. Ma- 
 loin^, 1898. 
 
 . The same. 1897-8, 1" semestre (deuxife- 
 
 me serie). 1 p. 1., 285 pp. 8° Paris, A. Ma- 
 loine, 1898. 
 
AUSSET. 
 
 218 
 
 AUSTRALIA, 
 
 Ausset (E[douard-Louis]) — continued. 
 
 . Elements d'hygifene infantile k I'usage des 
 
 6tablissements d',^ducation de jeunes fiUes. 
 Legons faites h I'Ecole normal d'institutrices de 
 Douai et aux grandes 61feves des 6coles de Saint- 
 Pol-sur-Mer. Preface de Budin. viii, 86 pp., 1 
 ch., 1 1. 12°. Paris, C. Delagrave, 1905. 
 
 See, also, Consultations mMioo-chirurgioales [eto.l. 8°. 
 Paris, 1904. * 
 
 Also, Editm of: PSdlatiie pratique, journal de clinique et 
 de th&apeutique Infantiles, Paris, 1903-13. 
 
 Aussilloux (Cliarles). *QuelqueB considerations 
 sur ranestn^sie lombaire. 67 pp. 8°. Paris, 
 1911, No. 22. 
 
 AussteUung fijr Verwundeten- und Krankenfiir- 
 Borge im Kriege. Ill pp. 8°. Berlin, [J. J. 
 Weber], 1914. 
 
 Austell (Ernest Edward) [1867- ]. A mono- 
 graph on the tsetse-flies (genus Glossina, West- 
 wood), baBed_ on the collection in the British 
 Musetim. With a chapter on mouth-parts, by 
 H. J. Hansen, ix, 319 pp., 1 map., 9 pi. 8° 
 
 ' London, Longmans & Co., 1903. 
 
 . Blood-sucking flies, ticks, -etc., and how 
 
 to collect them. 20 pp., 11. 8°. ionrfon, 1904. 
 Blood-sucking and other flies known or 
 
 likely to be concerned in the spread of disease. 
 In: Stst. Med. (Allbutt). 8°. London, 1907, ii, pt. 2, 
 169-186. 
 
 . Report to the Local Government Board, 
 
 on flies examined during 1908. 8 pp., 1 pi. 8° 
 London, Darling & Son, 1909. 
 
 Eep. Loc. Gov. Bd., Lond., 1909, n. s., f, pt. 11. 
 
 Illustrations of African blood-sucking 
 
 flies other than mosquitoes and tsetse-flies. 
 viii, 221 pp., 13 pi. 8°. London, Longmans & 
 Co., 1909. 
 
 . A handbook of the tsetse-flies (genus 
 
 Glossina). x, 110 pp., 10 col. pi. 8°. London, 
 printed by order of the Trustees of the British 
 Museum, 1911. 
 
 See, also, British Museum. Illustrations of British blood- 
 sucking fues [etc.]. Toy. 8". London, 1906. — Burnet 
 (Etierme). The campaign against microbes [etc.]. 8°. 
 New Yorle, 1909. — Calmette (A.) Venoms^ [etc.]. 8°. Lon- 
 don, 1908. — ^Reports of the trypanosomiasis expedition [etc.] 
 fin 2. s.]. 4°. London, 1904.— Ross (Ronald), Annett 
 (H. E.) & Austen (B. E.) Report of the malaria expedi- 
 tion [etc.]. 4°. Liverpool, 1900. 
 
 AusterUtz (Kurt) [1880- ]. *Ueber einen Fall 
 von Encephalomeningocele. 28 pp., 1 pi., 11. 
 8°. Milnchen, Kastner de Callwey, 1903. 
 
 Austin (Arthur Everett) [1861- ]. Diseases of 
 the digestive tract and their treatment. 552 pp. 
 8°. -Si. Louis, C. V. Mosby Co., 1916. 
 
 Austin (E. Arthur) & Coriat (Isador H.) ^ A 
 laboratory manual of physiological and clinical 
 chemistry and toxicology, x (1 1.), 97 pp. inter- 
 leaved. 12°. Boston, New York & London, 
 Lamson, Wolff e & Co., 1898. 
 
 Austin {Mired Chalmers) [ -1916]. 
 
 Obituary. Lancet, Lond., 1916, i, 1233. 
 
 Austin (Etienne) [1871- ]. *Des troubles 
 psychiques d'origine thyroidierme et de leur 
 traitement chirurgical. 49 pp. 8°. Lyon, A.- 
 H. Starch, 1897, No. 83. 
 
 Austin (G. Lowell). Water-analysis. A hand- 
 book for water-drinkers. 48 pp. 16° Boston, 
 Lee & Shepherd, 1883. 
 
 Austin (J[ohn] A[lfred]). Manual of fiist aid, 
 being a text-book for ambulance classes and a 
 work of reference for domestic and general use. 
 xi, 203 pp. 12° London, S. Low, Marston & 
 Co., 1898. 
 
 . The same, xi, 203 pp. 12°". London, 
 
 S. Low, Marston & Co., 1902. 
 
 Austin (J[ohn] A[lf red])— continued. 
 
 . The same, xi, 203 pp. 16°. London, 8. 
 
 Low, Marston & Co., 1904. 
 
 Austin (John Henry Edward) [ - 
 1917]. 
 
 Obituary. Lancet, Lond., 1917,'i, 819. 
 
 Austin {John Johnston) [1860-1915]. 
 
 [Obituary.] Lancet, Lond., 1915, il, 1316. 
 
 Austin {EoleH Emmet) [1872-1915]. 
 
 Obituary. Am. J. Roentgenol., Detroit, 1916, iii, 102. 
 
 Austin (Stephen Finis) [1889- 1. Principles 
 of drama-therapy, xi, 130 pp. 8 . New York, 
 F. Shay & Co., 1917. 
 
 Austin (Thomas) . Two fifteenth-century cookery- 
 books, Harleian IMS. 279 (ab 1430) and Harleian 
 MS. 4016 (ab 1450); with extracts from Ashmole 
 MS. 1429, Laud MS. 553, and Douce MS. 55. 
 xix, 151 pp. 8°. London, N. Triibner & Co., 
 1888. 
 Early English Text Society, orig. Ser., 91. 
 
 Austoni (Amatore). Ipofisiectomia; indicazioni, 
 contro-indicazioni e scelta del metodo operativo. 
 xi, 301 pp., pi. 4°. Padova, Premiata Societh 
 coop, tipogr., 1912. 
 
 Australasia. 
 
 See, also. Fever (Malarial, History of), by 
 
 EcoLES (A. L. A.) Australasia as a resort for 
 invalids and tourists. 8°. Torquay, \&Si. 
 Australasian Medical Congress. Transactions. 
 2v. 7.-8. sessions, 1905; 1908. 8°. Adelaide. 
 
 Continuation of: Intercolonial Medical Congress of 
 Australasia. 
 
 Australasian Medical Gazette. The official organ 
 of the combined Australasian branches of the 
 British Medical Association, v. 1-35, 1881-1914. 
 sm. 4°. Sydney. 
 
 Merged in: Australian Medical Journal, under title: 
 Medical Journal of Australia. 
 
 Australia. 
 
 See, also, Australians; Epidemics [History 
 of), Fever {Typhoid, History of), Insane {Asy- 
 lums for. Descriptions, etc^, of), insane {Care, con- 
 dition, etc., of), Insane (Legislation relating to), 
 Leprosy (History and statistics of). Plague 
 {History, etc., of), by localities. 
 
 Breinl (A.) RejDort on health and disease in 
 the Northern Territory. 4°. Melbourne, 1912. 
 
 Forms No. la, of: Bull. North. Ter., Melbourne, 1912. ^ 
 
 FoBSTER (G.) Flofulse Insularum Australium 
 prodromus. 8°. Gotiingx, 1786. 
 
 VON Mueller (F.) Systematic census of 
 Australian plants, wi& chronologic, literary and 
 
 feographic annotations. Vasiculares. 4°. Mel- 
 oume, 1882. 
 Report of preliminary scientific expedition 
 to the Northern Territory. 4°. Melbourne, 1912. 
 Forms No. 1, of: Bull. North. Ter., Melbourne, 1912. 
 
 Allen (H. B.) President's address before the Australasian 
 Medical Congress. Interqolon. M. J. Australas., Melbourne, 
 1908, xiii, 513-532. ^Iso, Reprint.— Arthur (R.) The colo- 
 nisation of tropical Australia. Australas. M. Cong. Tr. 
 1908, Victoria, 1909, ii, 93-97.— B. (R. B.) The health con- 
 ditions of the Northern Territory of Australia. St. Barth. 
 Hosp. J., Lond., 1914-15, xxii, 155.— Barling (J.) The rain- 
 fall of Australia. J. & Proc. Roy. Soc. N. South Wales, 
 Sydney, 1908, xUi, 253-263, 2 pi.— Cassldy (S.) The aborig- 
 inal doctors of Australia. Am. Med.-Surg. Bull., N. Y., 1896, 
 X, 182-186.— Cleland (J. B.) A contribution to the history of 
 disease in Australia. Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1911, xxx, 
 260; 737.— Danes (T. V.) Notes on the suitabiUty of tropical 
 Australia for the white races. J. & Proc. Roy. Soc. N. South 
 Wales, Sydney, 1910, xliv, 415-419.— Dick (J. A.) The 
 medical profession in New South Wales, 1910-11. Aus- 
 tralas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1911, xxx, 179-190.— Evans (E. P.) 
 Semon's scientific researches in Australia. Pop. Sc. Month., 
 N. Y., 1897-8, Iii, 17-37.— Ewart (E. J.), White (J.) & 
 
AUSTEALIA. 
 
 219 
 
 AUSTEO-HUNGARY, 
 
 Australia. 
 
 Tovey (J. K.) Contributions to the flora of Australia. J. 
 & Proc. Roy. Soc. N. South Wales, Sydney, 1908, xlu, 184- 
 200, 7 pi.— Maiden (J. H.) Records of Australian botanists; 
 
 (a) general; (b) New South Wales. Ibid., 60-132, 5 pi. . 
 
 A plea for the study of phonological phenomena in Australia. 
 Ibid., 1909, xliil, 157-170.— Maiden (J. H.) & Smith (H. G.) 
 Contributions to a knowledge of Australian vegetable exuda- 
 tions. Md., 1895, xxlx, 393-404.— NicoU (W.) The condi- 
 tions of Ufe in tropical AustraUa. J. Hyg., Cambridge, 1917, 
 xvi, 269-290.— Pockley (F. A.) The Inaugural address; 
 dehvered at the opening of the ninth session of the Australa- 
 sian Medical Congress. Australas. M. Qsli,, Sydney, 1911, 
 XXX, 486-498.— ScbUtt (E.) Aerzthche Verhaltnlsse in 
 AustraUen. Milnchen. med. Wchnschr., 1908, Iv, 1542. — 
 Tidswel) (F.) Notes on some little known diseases of human 
 beings said to occur in Austraha. [Pellagra; Mossman fever; 
 Barcoo vomit.) Rep. Gov. Bur. Microbiol., Sydney, 1912, 
 11, 89. 
 
 Australian (The) fever tree. [Transl. from: Das 
 Ausland.] pp. 344-348. 8°. [New York, 1875.] 
 Cutting from: Pop. Sc. Month., N. Y., 1875, vil. 
 
 Australian Health Society. Instructioii what to 
 do in cases of scarlet fever. 3 pp. 8°. Mel- 
 bourne, [n. d.]. 
 
 Australian Institute of Tropical Medicine. Ke- 
 port for the year 1911, by juiton Breinl, in colla- 
 boration with Frank H. Taylor and T. Harvey 
 Johnston. 96 pp., 17 pi. 4°. London, Angus & 
 Robertson, 1911. 
 
 Australian Journal of Dentistry, v. 1-23, 1897- 
 1919. 8°. Melbourne. 
 
 Australian Medical Journal. N. s., v. 1-3, 
 1911-14. Melbourne. 
 
 Continuation of: Intercolonial Medical Journal of Aus- 
 traha. In 1914, merged in: Australasian Medical Gazette, 
 under title: Medical Journal of Australia. 
 
 Australians. 
 
 Basedow (H.) *Beitrage zur Kenntnis der 
 Anthropologie AustraUens. [Gottingen.] 8°. 
 Berlin, 1910. 
 
 Dorset (G. A.) The photograph and skeleton 
 of a native Australian. 8°. Salem, Mass., ISQS. 
 
 Cutting from: Bull. Essex Inst., 1898, xxvlil, 57-69. 
 
 Thomas (N. W.) Natives of Australia. 8° 
 London, 1906. 
 
 Basedow (H.) Notes on the natives of Bathurst Island, 
 North Australia. J. Roy. Antlirop. Inst. Gr. Brit. & Ire- 
 land, Lond., 1913, xlii, 291-323, 14 pi;- Berry (R. J. A.) The 
 sectional anatomy of the head of the Australian abori^al; a 
 contribution to the subiect of racial anatomy. Proc. Roy. 
 Soc. Edinb., 1910-11, xxxi, 604-626, 14 pi.— Bischofs (J.) 
 DieNlol-Niol,einEingeborenenstamm. inNordwest-Austra- 
 lien. Authropos, Salzb., 1908, ill, 32-40, 2 pi.— Broad 
 (W. H.) The skeleton of a natlvq Austrahan. J. Anat. & 
 Physiol., Lond., 1902-3, x.xxvii, 89-96.— Brown (A. R.) 
 Tliree tribes of Western AustraUa. J. Roy. Anthrop. Inst 
 Gr. Brit. & Ireland, Lond., 1913, xliil, 143-194, 1 pi.— Craw- 
 f urd (J.) On the vegetable and animal food of the natives 
 of Australia in reference to socialposition, with a comparison 
 between the Australians and some other races of man. Tr 
 Ethn. Soc. Lond., 1867, n. s., vi, 112-122.— Crawley (E.) 
 The essential Austrahan. Nature, Lond., 1904, Ixx, 348 — 
 Cunningham (D.J.) The head: of an aboriginal Austra- 
 lian. J. Roy. Anthrop. Inst. Gr. Brit. & Ireland, Lond 
 1907,xxxvli, 47-57, 3 pi.— Fehlinger (H.) Die Bevolke- 
 rung. AustraUens. PoUt.-anthrop. Rev., Leipz., 1905, ill, 
 744-748.— GigUoU (E. H.) L'osso deUa morte e le pietre 
 nmgiche tra gU indlgeni dell' AustraUa. Arch, per I'antrop 
 Firenze, 1898, xxvui, 259-271.— Graebner (F.) Wandemng 
 imd Entwlckelung sozialer Systeme in AustraUen. Globus, 
 Bmschwg., 1906, xc, 181; 207; 220; 237.— Howltt (A. W.) 
 Austrahan group-relationships. J. Roy. Anthrop. Inst Gr 
 Brit. & Ireland, Lond., 1907, xxxvii, 279-289.— Johnson 
 (J. P.) Pygmy implements from Australia. Man, Lond., 
 1914, -xlv, 147.— Klaatsch. Ergebnisse meiner australl- 
 schen Reise. Kor.-Bl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. t. Anthrop. 
 [etc.], Bmschwg., 1908, xxxvlii, 79-93.— I<6vy-Bruhl. 
 Quelques faits caract^ristiques touchant la numeration chez 
 les AustraUens du Queensland. Inst, frang. d'anthrop. 
 Compt. rend., Par., 1911-12, 22-24.— MaUnowskl (B.) 
 [Tribal male associations of the Austrahan aboriginesf] 
 Bull. Intemat. Acad. d. sc. Cracovle, 1912, Nos. 4-6, 56- 
 63.— Mathew (J.) The origin of the Austrahan phratries 
 and explanations of some of the phratry names. J. Roy. 
 Anthrop. Inst. Gr. Brit. & Ireland, Lond., 1910, xl, 165-170.— 
 Mathews (R. H.) Divisions of the South Australian 
 aborigines. Proc. Am. Phil. Soc, PMla., 1900, xxxix, 78-93, 
 1 map. . Les indigenes d'Austrahe. Anthropologie, 
 
 Australians. 
 
 Par., 1902, xlii, 233-240. Also: Cong, intemat. d'anthrop. 
 
 1900, Par., 1902, 488-495. . Social organization of the 
 
 Chingalee tribe, Northern Australia. Am. Antln-op., 
 
 Wash., 1905, n. s., vil, 301-304. . Sociology of some 
 
 Austrahan tribes. J. & Proc. Roy. Soc. N. South Wales, 
 
 Sydney, 1905, xxxix, 104-123. . Austrahan tribes; 
 
 their formation and government. Ztsohr. f. Ethnol., Berl., 
 
 1906, xxxvin, 939-946. . Bemerkungen uber die 
 
 Elngebomen AustraUens. Mitt. d. anthrop. Gesellsch. in 
 
 Wien, 1906, xxxvi, 167-173. . Beitrage zur Ethno- 
 
 graphie der AustraUer. Ibid., 1907, xxxvU, 18-38. . 
 
 Matrihneale Deszendenz beta Wombaia-Stamme, Zentral- 
 austrahen. Ibid., 1908, xxxvlu, 321-323.— Schmidt (P. W.) 
 Die soziologische und reUgios-ethlsche Gruppierung der aus- 
 traUschen Stamme. Zfschr. f. Ettaol., Berl., 1909, xU, 328- 
 380. — ^choetensack. ErlautemdeBemerkrmgenzu meiner 
 Abhandlung: Ueber die Bedeutung AustraUens fiir die 
 Heranblldung des Menschen aus elner niederen Form. 
 Verhandl. d. Berl. Gesellsch. f. Anthrop., 1902, 104 — 
 Schultze (E.) Das Aussterben der austraUschen Urbevol- 
 kerung. Arch. f. Rassen-u. Gesellsch.-Blol., Leipz. & Berl., 
 1913-14, X, 93-199.— Smith (W. R.) The aborigmes of 
 Australia. Brit. J. Dent. Sc, Lond., 1910, liii, 963; 1009.— 
 SoUas (W. J.) On the relative age of the tribes with patri- 
 Uneal and matrilineal descent' m South-East AusfraUa. 
 Rep. Brit. Ass. Adv. Sc. 1913, Lond., 1914, 624. 
 
 Austregesilo (A.) Trabalhos clinicos. I'' serie. 
 286 pp. 8°. Rio de Janeiro, E. Bevilacqua & 
 Ca., 1908. 
 
 Also, Co- Editor of: Axchlvos brasilelros de medioina, Rio 
 de Janeiro, 1911-18. 
 
 Austria. 
 
 See, also, Insane {Asylums for. Description, 
 etc., of). Insane (Care, conditions, etc., of), In- 
 sane {Legislation relating to), by localities. 
 
 Adrbssbuch der Aerzte, Apotheker sowie der 
 Spitaler, Curorte und sonstigen Sanitats-Anstal- 
 ten von Oesterreich-Ungarn. 4. Jahrg., 1903-4. 
 8°. Wien, 1903. 
 
 Chenln. Les natlonaUtfe en Autriche-Hongrie. Bull, 
 et mem. Soc. d'anthrop. de Par., 1914, 6. s., v, 386, 399. — 
 Clar (C.) Ueber Klima und Indlcationen des osterrelchi- 
 schen Kiistenlandes." Veroflentl. d. Centralverb. d. Bal- 
 
 neolog. Oest., Wien, 1900, U, 60-69. . Oesterreichs 
 
 Inselkhma. Wien. klm. B.undschau, 1902, xvi, 667-669. 
 Also: Veroflentl. d. Centralverb. d. Balneolog. Oest. 1902, 
 Wien, 1903, ui, pt. 6, 1-8.— GiuHrlda^Buggerl (V.) Le 
 basi nazionah-etnlche in Austria-Ungheria. Scientla 
 Bologna, 1918, 2. s., xxlv, 115-126.— Reimer (J. L.) An- 
 thropologische Elndriicke aus der Wiener Portrat-Ausstel- 
 lung. PoUt.-anthrop. Rev., Leipz., 1906, v, 293-295.— 
 Teutsch (J.)& Fuchs (K.) Ethnographische MitteUun- 
 gen aus den Komitaten Kjonstadt und Fogaras in Sieben- 
 biirgen. Mitt. d. anthrop. Gesellsch. in Wien, 1905, xxxv, 
 133-153. - 
 
 Austriacus (Johannes). De memoria artificiosa 
 libellue, [etc.]. 93 pp. 24°. Francofurti, ex off. 
 M. Becheri, 1603. 
 
 Austro-Hungary. 
 
 See Cholera {History and statistics of), Diph- 
 theria {Eiston) of), Epidemics {History of). 
 Fever {Malarial, History of). Fever {Typhoid, 
 History of). Fever {Typhus, History of). Lep- 
 rosy {History and statistics of), Slening^tis 
 {Cerebrospinal, History and statistics of). Phar- 
 macopoeias {Official), Pharmacy {Legislation 
 relating to), Plague {History, etc., of), by 
 localities. 
 
 Austro-Hungary. Kaiserlich-honigliches Minis- 
 teriurn des Innem. Arzneitaxe zu der oster- 
 reichischen Pharmakopoe, Ed. viii. 2. Ausg. 
 xiv, 129 pp. 8°. Wien, 1907. 
 
 Austro-Hungary. Kaiserlich-konigliches Rdchs- 
 Kriegs-Ministerium. Taschen-Ausgabe der Mli- 
 tar-Vorschriften. Hft. 4, 26, 43, 80. 12°. Wien, 
 1899-1903. 
 
 Sanitats-Vorschriften fur die k 
 
 . „^ ,„.„.„.^..^ .^ ^,, ^. u. 'k. 
 
 Kriegs-Marine. Nos. 1-9. 4°. ■■ Wim, 1901. 
 . Keglement fiir den Sanitatsdienst des 
 
 k. u. k. Heeres. 3 pts. 12°. • Wi«n, 1901-2. ' 
 . Sanitatsstatistischer Bericht [nebst An- 
 
 hang] des k. und k. Heeres fiir die Jahre 1905- 
 
AUSTEO-HUNGARY. 
 
 220 
 
 AUTOBIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Austro-Hungary — continued . 
 
 1911. Ueber Anordnung des . . . bearbeitet 
 und hrsg. vom k. und k. technischen Militar- 
 komitee. 112 pp., 18 tab. (suppl., 11 pp., 1 
 map). 4°- Wien, 1906-12. 
 
 . Anleitung fiir die kriegacbinirgische 
 
 Tatigkeit auf dem ScUachtfelde. 16 pp. 16°. 
 Wien, h. h. Hof.- u. Staatsdr., 1909. 
 
 Vorschrift iiber die Verhutung und 
 
 Bekampfung der Infektionskrankheiten im k. 
 und k. Heere. 206 pp., 1 pi. 12°. Wien, 
 K. h. Hof- und Staatadruckerei, 191] . 
 Auszilge aus gerichtliclien Entscheidungen, be- 
 treffent den Verkehr mit NahrungsJnitteln, 
 Genussmitteln und Gebrauchsgegenstanden. v. 
 4^5. 8°. Berlin, 1900-1902. 
 
 Beila"en zu den: VerSflentliohungen des kaiserliohen Ge- 
 sundheitsamtes. 
 
 Autan. 
 
 Lange JP.) *Untersuchungen fiber Stall- 
 desinfektion mit dem neuen Autanpraparat. 
 [Bern.] 8°. Barmen, 1909. 
 
 LoPFLER- (H.) *Das Formaldehydpraparat 
 Autan als Desinfektionsmittel filr Stallungen, 
 Tierkjiniken ubw. [Giessen.] 8°. Berlin, 1910. 
 
 Also, in: Ztschr. f. Veterinark., Berl., 1909, xxi, 1-32. 
 
 Auerbacli (F.) & FlUddemann (W.) Ueber den Ver- 
 lust an Formaldeliyd bei der Desinfektion mit Autan. Arb. 
 a. d. k. Gsndhtsamte, Berl., 1909, xxx, 196-215.— Blelonov- 
 skl (6.) & Sadokoir (A.) [Disinfection by autan.] Med. 
 pribav. k morsk. sbomUcu, S.-Peterb., 1908, pt. 2, 329-332.— 
 Bock (F.) Untersuohungen fiber die Desinfektionswirkung 
 des Autaus. Klin. Jahrb., Jena, 1907, xviii, 59-78. — Brekle 
 (R.) Ueber den Desinfektionswert des Autanverfahrens 
 gegenuber der Permanganatmethode. Med. Cor.-Bl. d. 
 wiirttemb. arztl. Landesver., Stuttg., 1910, Ixxx, 701-704. 
 Brulin (F.) Autan. Therap. Neuheiten, Leipz., 1908, 
 iii, 99-102.— Christian. Kritisches und Exjierimentelles 
 zur Autandeslnfektion. Hyg. Rundschau, Berl., 1907, xvii, 
 
 571-591. -. Zur Autantrage. Ibid., 1908, xviii, 377-385.— 
 
 Corsini (A.) La disinfezione per mezzo dell' autan. Arch, 
 di farmaeol. sper., Soma, 1909, viii, 138; 145.— EichengrUn 
 (A.) Praktische Mitteilungen iiber das neue Autan-Desin- 
 lektionsverfahren. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. 
 
 u. Aerzte 1906, Leipz., 1907, pt. 2, 229-233. . Ueber die 
 
 Verstarkung der Autanwirkung. Gesundh.-Ingenieur, 
 Munchen, 1908, xxxi, 182-185.— Felaverfiwna (M.) (The 
 disinfecting action of autan.] Lwow. tygodn. lek., 1909, iv, 
 379; 388; 403.— Fischer. Beitrag zur Autanfrage. Desinfek- 
 tion^ Berl., 1909. ii, 169-199.— Frank (G.) Prfitung des 
 Desinfektionsmlttels Autan. Klin. Jahrb.; Jena, 1907, xviii, 
 10-18.— Fromme (W.) Ueber Raumdesinfektion nut dem 
 neuen Auta&praparat. Gesundh.-Ingenieur, Munchen, 
 1908, xxxi, 323-333.— Galll-Valerlo (B.) Untersuchungen 
 fiber das Desinfektionsvennogen des Autans. Therap. Mo- 
 natsh., Berl., 1908, xxii, 132-139.- Gernshelm (F.) Die 
 Desinfektion eines ganzen Hauses mit Autan. Med. Klin., 
 Berl., 1907, iii, 1079.— Gival. A propos de la d&infection par 
 I'autane. J. de m6d. de Par., 1909, 2. s., xxi, 416. — Hanunerl 
 ■ (H.) Autan. ein neues Raumdesinfektionsmittel. Mun- 
 chen. med. Wchnschr., 1907, liv, 1113-1116.— HOnigschmled 
 (E.) Das Autan, ein selbsttatigesFormaldehyd-Desinfek- 
 tionsmittel in der Therapie. Allg. Wien. med. Ztg., 1909, 
 liv, 119. — Hoerschelmann (E.) Ueber ein neues Formal- 
 denyd-Desinfektionsverfahren, das Autanverfahren. St. 
 Petersb. med. Wchnschr., 1907, xxxii, 163-166.— Hoflmanu 
 & Strunk. Kurze Betrachtungen iiber die Verwendbar- 
 keit des Autans in seiner neuesten Form fiir militarische 
 Verhaltnisse. Deutsche mU.-arztl. Ztschr., Berl., 1908, 
 xxxvii, 384-391.— Ingelflnger. Elnige Desinfoktions- 
 versuche mit Autan. Klin. Jahrb^ Jena, 1907, xviii, 1-9.— 
 Kaufmann (P.) Ueber die Zimmerdesinfektion mit 
 Autan und Perautan; Bemerkungen zu den Arbeiten von 
 Hirschbruch und Levy. Ztschr. f. Med.-Beamte, Berl., 1912, 
 XXV, 713-720.— Kfrchgaesser & HUgermann. Formalde- 
 hyddeslnfektion mit Autan. Klin. Jahrb., Jena, 1907, xviii, 
 35-58.— Kirstein (F.) Ueber ein neues Formaldehyd- 
 praparat, Autan, zur Raumdesinfektion. Ztschr. 1. Med.- 
 Beamte, Berl., 1907, xx, 38-46.— Krombholz (E.) Unter- 
 suchungen fiber die Desinfektionswirkung des Autans. 
 Wien, klin. Wchnsolir., 1908, xxi, 389-394.— Liangenuann, 
 
 Autan In der Desinfektionspraxis. Hyg. Rundschau, 
 Miinchen, 1908, xviii, 633-647.— NIeter (A.) Ueber die 
 Formaldehyddesinfektion mit Autan. loii.j Berl., 1907, 
 
 Xvii, 151-155.— Proskauer & Schneider (H.) Einige De- 
 sinfektionsversuche mit Autan. Klin. Jahrb., Jena, 1907, 
 xviii, 19-34.— Schmltz. Praktische Erfahrungen bei De- 
 sinfektionen mit Autan. Deutsch. Med.-Beamten-Ver. 
 Off. Ber. . . ., Berl., 1907, vi, 34-42.— Selter. Untersuchungen 
 
 Autan. 
 
 fiber Autandesinfektiou. Hyg. Rundschau, Berl., 1908, 
 xviii, 689-695. Also: Klin. Jahrb., Jena, 1908, xix, 225-228.— 
 Strunk (H.) Ueber das Autanverfahren. Veroflentl; a. d. 
 Geb. d. Mil.-San.-Wes., Berl., 1908, 38. Hft., pt. 2, 65-72.— _ 
 Tomarkta (E.) & Heller (O.) Ueber die Fonnaldehyd- • 
 desinfektion mit Autan. Deutsche med. Wchnscnr., 
 Leipz. & Berl, 1907, xxxiii, 226-229.— Tutsch (F.) Das 
 Autan in der arztlichen Landpraxis. Wien. med. Presse, 
 1907, xlviii, 852-857.— Xylander. Versuche mit einem 
 neuen Formalin-Desinfektionsverfiihren, Autanverfehren. 
 Afb. a. d. k. Gsndhtsamte, Berl., 1907, xxvi, 59-72. 
 
 Autefage (Maurice). *R&ultata floign^s et 
 
 valeur compar^e des diff^rents proc^dls; de la 
 
 cure radicale des bernies cruiales et inguinsCles. 
 
 116 pp., 2 pi., 1 1. 8°. Pom, 1905, No. 314. 
 Autenrieth (Oscar). *Zwei Falle von Milzbrand 
 
 beim Menschen. • 23 pp. 8°. Tubingen, F. 
 
 Pietzcker 1897. 
 Autenrieth (wilhelm) [1863- ]. Die Auffin- 
 
 dung derGifteund stark wirkenderArzneistqfte; 
 
 zum Gebrauche in cbemischen Laboratorien. 
 
 3. Aufl. xi, 199 pp. 8°. Tubingen & Leipzig, 
 
 1903. 
 . The same. 4. Aufl. xi, 286 pp. 8°. 
 
 Tubingen, J. C. B. Mohr, 1909. 
 
 The same. The detection of poisons and 
 
 strong drugs including the quantitative estima- 
 tion of medicinal principles in certain crude 
 materials. Authorized transl. from the 3. 
 enlarged German- ed., by William H. Warren, 
 xii, 222 pp. 8°. Philmelphia, P. BlakisUm's 
 Son & Co., 1905. 
 
 The same. Laboratory manual for the 
 
 detection of poisons and powerful drugs. Au- 
 thorized transl. of the completely revised 4. 
 German ed. , hy William H. Warren, xv, 320 pp., 
 1 col. pi. 8"* Philadelphia, P. Blahiston's Son 
 & Co., [1915]. 
 
 Authentic (Ai) narrative of the extraordinary 
 career of James Allen, the female husband, who 
 was married for the space of twenty-one years, 
 without her real sex being discovered even by 
 her wedded associate. 40 pp. 8°. London, 
 J. S. Thomas, 1829. 
 
 Authes (Hugo) [1882- ]. *Ueber die Bildung 
 von Arsenwasserstoff bei der Einwirkung arsen- 
 lialtiger Schwefelsaure auf Zink, Eisen und 
 Blei. [Giessen.] 24 pp. 8°- Frankfurt, 
 Komaand & Co., 1909. 
 
 Authier (Jean-Roger) [1883- ]. *De8 predo- 
 minances symptohiatiques et anatomo-pathologi- 
 ques dans la paralysie gfe^rale et dans la s^nilit^ 
 c^r^rale. 210 pp. 8*^, Bordeaux, 1911, No. 96. 
 
 Auti6 (Francois) [1881- ]. *Les abcfes du nez 
 et des fosses nasales. 47 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 
 1907, No. 23. 
 
 Auti£ (Marceau) [1884- ]. *Diagnostic des 
 kystes hydatiques du sommet du poumon. 54 
 
 pp. 8°-. Montpellier, 1912, No. 57. 
 Lulier (Emmanuel-Andr^) [1886- 
 bution exp6rimentale &. I'^tude de I'action du 
 
 ]. *Contri- 
 
 phosphore h petites doses sur I'ossification. 3 
 p. 1., 150 pp. 8°. Paria, 1913, No. 160. 
 
 Autism. 
 
 Bleuler (E.) Das autistische Denken. Jahrb. f. psycho- 
 anal, u. psychopathol. Forsch., Leipz. & Wien, 1912, iv, 1. 
 Hlfte., 1-39. 
 
 Autoaccusation. 
 
 See Insanity of self-accusation; Self -accusa- 
 tion. 
 Autobiography (The) of a neurasthenic. The 
 confession of a man who had a nervous break- 
 down arid has tried many times to recover, pp. 
 223-231. 8°. New York, 1910-11. 
 
 Cutting from: Am. Mag., N. Y., 1910-11, Ixxi 
 
AUTOCASTRATION. 
 
 221 
 
 AUTOLYSIS. 
 
 Autocastration. 
 
 See Self-mutilation. 
 
 Autocatalysis. 
 
 See, also, Catalysis; Growth. 
 
 Bradley (H. C.) Is autolysis an autooatalytic pheno- 
 menon? An interpretation. J. Biol. Chem., N. Y., 1916, 
 XXV, 201-204. Also, Eeprint.— CoUau (U.) Eiu Beitrag 
 zur Kenntnis der Autokatalyse. Ztsohr. f. phys. Chemie, 
 Leipz., 1892, x, 130-140. — Morse (M.) Is autolysis an auto- 
 catalytio phenomenon? J. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1916, xziv, 
 163-167. .4 (so, Eeprint. 
 
 Autochiria. 
 
 Pera(G.) L'autochiria; brevi note psicologiche e psichi- 
 atriche. Med. nuova, Roma, 1915, vl, 71-76. — Valtorta (D.) 
 SuU' autochiria; osservazioni cliniche e psicopatologiche. 
 Gior. di psiohiat. cUn. e teen, manic, Ferrara, 1911, xxxix, 
 1-14. 
 
 Autoclave. 
 
 See Sterilizers (Steam). 
 
 Autodigestion. 
 
 See Autolysis. 
 
 Autoerotism. 
 
 Rank (0.) Ein Beitrag zum Narzissismus. Jahrb. f. 
 psychoanaJ. u. psychopathol. Forsch., Leipz. & Wien, 1911, 
 fii, 401-426.— Sadger (J.) Die Psychoanalyse eines Autoero- 
 tikers. lUd., 1913, v, 2. Hlfte., 467-628. 
 
 Autogamy. 
 
 Dobell (C. C.) Some remarl^ upon the autogamy of 
 Bodolacertse (Grassi). Biol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1908, xxviii, 
 
 548-555. . The autogamy ol Bodo lacertae; a reply to 
 
 Dr. von Prowazek. Ibid., 1909, xrfx, 363. 
 
 Autoglycolysis. 
 
 Cbielle (L.) & Mauriac (P.) Du rOle des polynucl^aires 
 dans rautoglyeolyse de quelques liquides de I'organisme. 
 Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1914, Ixxvii, 110-113. 
 
 Autographs (Medical). 
 
 Delaunay (P.) Les autographes mfidicauxi I'exposition 
 de I'AcadSmie de Keims. France mM., Par., 1910, Ivii, 
 253.— Placzek. Aus meiner medizinischen Autographen- 
 mappe. Med. Klin., Berl., 1916, xi, 1277; 1304; 1414; 1430. 
 
 Autohematotherapy. 
 
 Mattel (C.) Modifications leucocytaires au cours de 
 I'auto-hfimatoth&apie. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 
 1913, Ixxv, 228. 
 
 Autohypnosis. 
 
 Douglas (A.) Involuntary auto-hypnosis. Med. Press 
 & Giro., Lond., 1915, c, 54. 
 
 Autoimmunization. 
 
 Butcber (D.) L'auto-immunizzazione col radio e con 
 i raggi Roentgen. Aim. di elett. med. [etc.], Napoli, 1911, x, 
 39-42. 
 
 Autoinfection. 
 
 See, also. Infection (Autogenetie); Toxsenua 
 (Digestive). 
 
 Aschoff (L.) Zur Frage dor Selbstinfektion; Bemer- 
 kungen zu dem Aulsatz von F. Ahlfeld. Deutsche med. 
 Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1911, xxxvii, 487. Also: Zen- 
 tralbl. t. Gynak., Leipz., 1911, xxxv, 1050-1052.— Benthln 
 (W.) Ueber Selbstinfektion. Ibid., 1915, ?xxix, 687-596.— 
 ■Bondy(0.) Zum Problem der Selbstinfektion. Ibid.,1911, 
 xxxv, 1633-1639.— BTimin (E.) & Sigwart (W.) Zur 
 Frage der Selbstinfektion. Arch. f. Gynaek., Berl.. 1912, 
 xcvii, 613-630.— Fehling (H.) Ueber den Begrifl der Selbst- 
 infektion. Zentralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1911, xxxv, 857- 
 860. — Llepmann (W.) Der "neue Gesichtspunkt" m der 
 Selbstinfektion. lUd., 1912, xxxvi, 198. 
 
 Autoinoculation. 
 
 Hort (E. C.) Auto-inoculation versus hetero-inoculation 
 in the treatment of estabUsbed infection. Clin. J., Lond., 
 1909, xxxiv, 1, 27; 40.— Riviere (C.) The rdle of auto-inocula- 
 tion in medicine; a plea for its rational extension. Proc. 
 Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1910-11, iv, Therap. & Phamiacol. 
 Sect., 39-50.— Synnott (M. J.) Autoinoculation; its prac- 
 tical apphcation in the treatment of various infections and as 
 a substitute for bacterial vaccines. Med. Eec, N. Y., 1911, 
 Ixxx, 125-127. AUo, Reprint. 
 
 Autointoxication. 
 
 See Autotoxins; Infection (Autogenetie); 
 Pregnancy (Toxssmia in); Toxeemia (Diges- 
 tive). 
 
 Autolactotherapy. 
 
 Duncan (C. H.) Autolactotherapy; a new system of 
 therapeutics. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1914, c, 464-469. Also, 
 Reprmt. 
 
 Autolysln. 
 
 Beebe (S. P.) Autolysin. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1916, 
 ciii, 360-364. Also, Reprint.— Dodge (H. C.) The auto- 
 lysm advertising. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1916, Ixvi, 375. 
 
 Autolysis. 
 
 See, also, Autocatalysis; Autolysin; Liver 
 
 (Autolysis of); Stomach. (Autodigestion of). 
 
 Frank (H.) *Ueber Xutolysine im Blute bei 
 Infektionskrankheiten. [Wtirzburg.] 8°. Ber- 
 lin, 1909. 
 
 Also, in: Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1908-9, Ixvi, 399-433. 
 
 Hedin (S. G.) An explanation of the influ- 
 ence of acid and alkali on the autolysis of organs, 
 roy. 8°. • Upsala & Wiesbaden, 1906. 
 
 Also, in: Upsala Lakaref. Forh. Festskr. . . . Hammars- 
 ten, 1906, pt. 6, 1-20. 
 
 Mette (H.) *Kami man in menschlichen 
 fettig degenerirten Orgarien den Gang der Auto- 
 lyse wiedererkennen? 8°. Oottingen, 1Q05. 
 
 Arald. Ueber die Autolyse der Organe. [Japanese text. 
 Ausz., 19. Hft., pt. 2, 1.] Mitt. d. med. Gesellsch. zu Tokyo, 
 
 1906, XX, 590-613.— Arnhelm (J.) Beitrage zur Kenntnis 
 der Autolyse. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1903, xl, 
 234-239. — AscoU (M.) & Izar (G.) Beeinflussung der Auto- 
 lyse durch anorganiscbe Kolloide. Biochem. ZtscJir., Berl., 
 
 1907, vi, 192-209: 1908, x, 356-370: xiv, 491-503. . 
 
 Azione di coUoidi inorganlci sull' autohsi; sulla inattivitS, 
 biologica dell' idrosol d'argento non stabilizzato. Boll. d. 
 Soc. med.-chir. di Pavia, 1908, xxii, 257-259. Also, transl.: 
 Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1909-10, lii, 399-412.— Baer. 
 Bedeutung des Serums fiir die Autolyse. Verhandl. d. 
 Kong. t. innere Med., Wiesb., 1905, xx, 221-225.— Bayer (G.) 
 Ueber den Einfluss einiger Driisen mit innerer Sekretion aui 
 dieAutolTOe. Sitzungsb. d. k. Akad. d. Wissensch. Math.- 
 naturw. Kl., Wieii, 1909, cxviii, 3. Abt., 181-214.— Bclazzl 
 (L.) Dell' azione di alcunl gaz sull' autolisi. Boll. d. Soc. 
 med.-chir. di Pavia, 1908, xxii, 201-203. Also: Clin. med. 
 ital., MUano, 1908, xlvii, 505-509. Also, transl.: Arch. ital. 
 de biol., Turin, 1910, liii, 469.— Benson (R. L.) & Wells 
 (H. G.) The study of autolysis by physico-chemical 
 methods. Proc. Soc. Ejcper. Biol & Med., N. Y., 1909-10, 
 
 vli, 6-8. See, also, infra, Chiari. . The study of 
 
 autolysis by physico-chemical methods. J. Biol. Chem., 
 Bait., 1910, viii, 61-75.— Bert! (G.) Contribute alio studio 
 dell' autodigestione. Pensiero med., Milano, 1912, ii, 801; 
 821; 841. — Blklunan (E. I.) [Importance of autolysis in 
 
 lathology.) J. Russk. Obsh. Okhran. Narod. Zdrav., S.- 
 'eterb., 1904, xiv, 185-200.— Bloch (E.) Ueber die Unab- 
 hangigkeit der autolytischen Eiweisspaltung von der An- 
 wesenheit des Blutes. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1909, xxi, 
 519-622.— Bradley (H. C.) Further studies in autolysis. 
 Proc. Am. Soc. Biol. Chemists, Bait., 1917, iv, 11.— Bradley 
 (H. C.) & Taylor (J.) The effect of reaction on hver autol- 
 ysis. J. Biol. Chem., N. Y., 1916, xxv, 261-280. Also, 
 
 Reprint. . The latent period in autolysis. J. 
 
 Biol. Chem., N. Y., 19l6, xxv, 363-375. Also, Reprmt. 
 
 . The influence of bile on autolysis. J. Biol. 
 
 Chemy N. Y., 1917, xxlx, 281-288.— BriiU (L.) Ueber die 
 Beeinflussung der Autolyse durch Salzionen. Biochem. 
 Ztschr., Berl., 1910, xxix, 408-413.— Centanni (E.) Sulle 
 modificazioni della resistenza cellulare per opera dei pro- 
 dotti dell' autolisi. Sperimentale. Arch, dl biol., Firenze, 
 1903, Ivii, 698-700.— Chiari (R.) Beeinflussung der Auto- 
 lyse durch die Narkotika der-Fettreihe. Arch . f. exper. 
 
 Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz^, 1909, Ix, 266^264. . Reply 
 
 to the paper of Benson and Wells. J. Biol. Chem., Bait., 
 1911, ix, 61-63.— Colwell (H. A.) Autolysis and malignant 
 disease. Arch. Middlesex Hosp., Lond"., 1910, xix, 55-58. 
 
 . The influence of salts of the alkali metals upon 
 
 autolysis. Ibid., 59-63.— Corper (H. J.) Significauce of 
 chemical changes occurring in autolysis, especially with 
 reference to the histologic changes occurring coincidently. 
 Tr. Chicago Path. Soc, 1911-12, viii, 245-248.-<:;ostantino 
 (A.) La continuazione dei processi autolitici alle tempera- 
 ture al di sotto di zero gradi centigradi. Arch, di farmacol. 
 
 sper., Eoma, 1917, xxiv, 257-262. . La continuation 
 
 des processus autolytiques aux temp&atures au-dessous de 
 0°C. Arch. ital. de biol., Pis6, 1917, bcvii, n. s., 206-212.— 
 Court (Dorothy). On the use of antiseptics in autolysis 
 of animal and vegetable matter. Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb., 
 1911-12, xxxii, pt. 3, 261-261.— Crulcksbaiik (J.) The 
 histological appearances occurring in organs undergoing 
 autolysis. J. Path. & Bacterid., Cambridge, 1911-12, xvi, 
 167-184, 2 pi.— Dernby (K. G.) A study on autolysis of 
 animal tissues. J. Biol. Chem., N. Y., 1918, xxxv, 179-219. 
 Also, Reprint. — Dletrlcli. Die an aseptiscn aufbewahrten 
 Organen auftretenden morphologischeu Veranderun|en in 
 
 P( 
 
AUTOLYSIS. 
 
 222 
 
 AUTOLYSIS. - 
 
 Autolysis. 
 
 ilireu Beziehungen zur Autolyse. Verhandl. d. deutsch. 
 path. Gesellsch., Jena, 1904, xv, Ergnzngshft., 81-94. — 
 Drzhevetskl(A. F.) [Autolysisoillvingtissue.] Voyenno- 
 Med. J., S.-Peterb., 1908, ccxxi, med. spec, pt., 1-13. — 
 Epplnger (H.) Uetier Autolyse in Punlctioiisflussigljeiteu. 
 Ztschr. (. Heilij Wien & Leipz., 1904, xxv, 378-384.— 
 Fagluoll (A.) Wirkung des kolloiden Schwefels auf die 
 Autolyse. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1913, Ivl, 291-294.— 
 Fukuhara (Y.) Ueber die toxischen una hamolytischen 
 Wirkungen der Organautolyse. Ztschr. f. expcr. Path. u. 
 Therap., Bed., 1907, iv, 658-674.- Hammarsten (O.) 
 [Ueber die Autolyse aus physiologisohen und pathologiscnen 
 Gesichtspunkten. Uebers.,-p. 1.) Upsala I^akaref. Forh., 
 1905-6, n. {., xi, 1-21.— Hedlu (S. G.) [Autolysis.) Hy- 
 giea, Stockholm, 1909, 2. f., ix, 233-235.— HeUe (B.) Ueber 
 iritravitale Beeinflussung autolytischer Vorgange im Kor- 
 
 per.- Ztschr. f: kUn. Med., Berl., 1904, Iv, 608-515. . 
 
 Die Autolyse als Heilfactor in der Chirurgie, insbesondore 
 die intravitale Verstarkung autolytischer Vorgange durch 
 Rontgenstrahlen. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. 1. 
 Chir., Berl., 1905, xxxiT, pt. 2, 718-732. Also: Arch. f. 
 kiln. Chir., Berl., 1905, Ixxvii, 1171-1188.— Hess (L.) & 
 Saxl (P.) Experimente an autolysierenden Organen. 
 Wien klin. Wchnschr., 1908, xxi, 486.— Izar (G.) Diver- 
 sity, d'azione del divers! idiosoh metallici sulP autohsi. 
 
 Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir. di-Pavia, 1909, xxiii, 26-28. . 
 
 AutoUsi e rioambio. Clin. med. ital., Milano, 1910, xhx, 
 234-238. Also: Intemat. Beitr. z. Path. u. Therap. d. 
 Emahrungsstor., Berl., 1910, i, 287-293.— Izar (G.) & Fa- 
 gluoU (A.) Autolisi e secrezioni interne. Sperimentale, 
 Firenze, 1916, Ixx, 265-327.— Ja«kson (H. C.) Concern- 
 ing the question of the rate of autolytio reaction and the 
 appearance of gases and acids in the autolysis of so-called 
 sterile livers of the dog. J. Med. Research, Bost., 1909-10, 
 xxi, 281-284.— Kaschlwatara (M.) Ueber den Einfluss 
 von Sauren und Alkahen auf die Autolyse bei Anwendung 
 verschiedener Antiseptica. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., 
 Strassb., 1912, Ixxx, 45-63.— Keplnow (L.) Ueber Beein- 
 flussung der Autolyse durch Jod. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 
 1911, xxxvii, 238-248.— Klkkojl (T.) Ueber die Bildung 
 von Kechtsmilchsaure bei der Autolyse der tierischen Or- 
 gane. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Sljrassb., 1907, liii, 415- 
 
 418. . Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Autolyse. Ibid., 
 
 1909, Ixiii, 109-135.— Kondo (K.) Zur Keimtnis des Essig- 
 atherextraktes der Organe und seines Verhaltens bei der 
 Autolyse. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1910, xxvli, 427-436.— 
 Kottmann (K.) Ueber Innere Sekretion una Adtolyse. 
 Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1910, xl, 1129-1147. [Dis- 
 cussion], 1163.— Lane-Claypon (Janet E.) & Schryver 
 (S. B.) Some researches on the autolytio degradation ot 
 tissues. J. Physiol., Lond., 1904, xxxi, 169-187.— Lanoy 
 (L.) L'autolyse des organes et les ferments endocellulaires. 
 BuU. de I'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1908, vi, 289; 337.— Laqueur 
 (E.) Ueber die Wirkung des Arsens, der SaUcylsaure, der 
 Eohlensaure und des Sauerstoffes auf die Autolyse. Zen- 
 
 tralbl. f. Physiol., Leipz. & Wien, 1908, xxH, 717-719. . 
 
 Ueber den Einfluss des salicylsauren Natriums auf die 
 Autolyse. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1912, Ixxix, 
 
 38-64. . Ueber den Einfluss von Gasen, im besondern 
 
 von Sauerstofl und Eohlensaure, auf die Autolyse. Ibid., 
 82-129. — ^Laqueur (E.) & Brtinecke (K.) Ueber den Ein- 
 fluss des benzoesauren Natriums auf die Autolyse. Ibid., 
 6,5-81.— Laqueur (E.) & Ettlnger (J.) Ueber den Einfluss 
 des Arsens auf die Autolyse; Autolyse und Stoffwechsel. 
 Ibid., 1-37.— Lattes (L.) Sul comportamento del grasso 
 organico nelV autolisi. Gior. d. r. Aecad. di med. di Torino, 
 1911, 4. s., xvii, 351-357.— Launoy (L.) L'autolyse des 
 organes et les ferments endocellulaires. Bull, de I'Inst., 
 Pasteur, Par., 1908, vi, 289-296.— Leupold (E.) Das Ver- 
 halteu des Blutes bei steriler Autolyse mit besonderer Be- 
 riicksiohtigung der Entstehung von Hamosiderinpigment. 
 Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1914, lix, 601- 
 519, 1 pi.— Levene (P. A.t The autolysis of animal organs. 
 AnLj; Physiol., Bost, 1904, xi, 437-447: 1904-5, xii, 276-296. 
 . Autiolysis. In: Harvey lect., 8°, Phila. & Lond., 
 
 1906, 73-100. Also: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1906, xlvi, 
 774; 866.— Lewin (C.) & Meyer (F.) Ueber Autolyse in 
 vivo. Med. KUn., Berl., 1905, i, 543.— Llndemann (W.) 
 Zur Kenntnis der Autolyse. Ztschr. f. Biol., Miinchen & 
 Berl., 1910-11, Iv, 36-52.— Longcope (W. T.) The influ- 
 enceofbloodserumuponautolysis. Proo. Path. Soc. Phila., 
 
 1907, n. s., X, 111-125. Also: Bull. Ayer Clin. Lab. Penn. 
 Hosp., Phila., 1908, No. 5, 116-129.— Luzzatto (A. M.) & 
 Bavenua (F.) Sul fenomeni di autolisi nelle emazie gra- 
 nulose. Folia olio. chim. et micros., Salsoma^giore, 1910-11, 
 iii, 63-60.— McCrudden (F. H.) The physiological point 
 of view and autopsies, Boston M. & S. J., 1916, clxxv, 
 167.— Maler (A.) Ueber die Autolyse von Nahrungsmit^ 
 teln. Arch. J. Verdauungskr., Berl., 1909, xv, 29-41.— 
 Manwaring (W. H.) & Oppentelmer (Ruth). Auto- 
 lysis of anaphylactic and immune tissues. Proc. Soc. Ex- 
 per. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1916, xiii, 176.— Mayer (L.) La 
 signification de l'autolyse en pathologie ohirur^icale. J. 
 de chir. et anh. Soc. beige de ohir., Brux., 1906, vi, 107-110. 
 Also [Abstr.l: Belgique mM., Gand-Haarlem, 1906, xiii, 
 147 —Mendel (L. B.) & Leavenworth (C. S.) The autol- 
 
 Autolysis. 
 
 ysis of embryonie tissues. Am. J. Physiol., Bost., 1908, 
 xxi, 69-76. — Morse (M.) Autolysis and nuclear relations. 
 
 Biochem. Bull., N. Y., 1915, iv, 226. . Enzyme and 
 
 substrate in autolysis. Proo. Am. Soc. Biol, Chemists, 
 
 Bait., 1916, xi, p. vii. . Hydrogen ion concentration 
 
 in autolysis. Ibid., p. xxvii. . Enzyme and reaction 
 
 of medium in autolysis. J. Biol. Chem., N. Y., 1917, xxx, 
 
 197-199. Also, Reprint. . Recent advances in the 
 
 study of autolysis. J. Lab. & Clin. M^ St. Louis, 1917, li, 
 S06-a)8,— Neuberg (C.) & Mllcliner (R.) Ueber das Ver- 
 halten der Kohlehydrate bei der Autolyse und zur Frage 
 nach der Bindung der Kohlehydratgruppe in den Eiweiss- 
 kBrpem. Berl. kiln. Wchnschr., 1904, xli, 1081-1091.— 
 Neumann (E.) Einige Veisuche zur Frage der Auto- 
 digestion. Centralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat., Jena, 
 1907, xviil, 2-6.— Nlcolle. L'autolyse (^tude de biologie 
 g&iarale). ,Ann. de I'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1913, xxvii, 97- 
 117. — OKeivBIom (M.) Zur Frage von den autolytischen 
 Ersoheinungen in Blutserum tmd Muskelsaft. Skandin. 
 Arch. f. Physiol, Leipz., 1903, xiv, 48-59.— Fesci (G.) In- 
 fluenza della tubercolina e della tetanotossina sul processo 
 di autolisi. (Comportamento del lipoidi.) Arm. d. 1st. 
 Maragliano p. la cura d. tuberc. [etc.], Genova, 1909-10, iv, 
 280-282. Also: Pathologica, Genova, 1910-11, iii, 146.— 
 Pretl (L.) Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Autolyse. Ztschr. 
 f. physiol.' Chem., Strassb., 1907, Iii, 485-495. . Wir- 
 kung von Salzen auf die Autolyse. Ibid., 1909, Ix, 317-340. 
 Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Arch. ital. de biol., Tiirm, 1910. liii, 
 
 474. . Ueber den Einfluss der Bleisalie auf die Auto- , 
 
 lyse. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1909, Ivili, 539- 
 544.— Bamond (F.) Du r6Ie de l'autolyse en pathologie. 
 J. de physiol. et de path, gfe.. Par., 1908, x, 1050-1054.— 
 Saltmbenl (A. T.) Preparation de solutions toxiques k 
 I'aide de l'autolyse. Ann. de I'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1913, 
 xxvii, 122-129. — Salkowski (E.) Ueber Autolyse. Deut- 
 sche Klinik, Berl. & Wien, 1903, xi, 147-182. . Bemer- 
 
 kungen iiber Autolyse una Konservierung. Ztschr. f . phy- 
 siol. Chem., Strassb., 1909, Ixiii, 136-142.— Saxl (P.) Ueber 
 die Beziehungen der Autolyse zur Zellverfettung. Beitr. z. 
 chem. Phys. u. Path., Bmschwg., 1907, x, 447-461.— ScWe- 
 slnger (E.) Untersuchungen iiber die Abhangigkeit der au- 
 tolytischen Prozesse von physiologisohen und pathologischen 
 Verjiaitnissen. Ibid., 1903,iv, 87-114.— Sclimldt-Nlelsen (S.) 
 Autolytische Vorgange in gesalzenen Heringen. Biol. Cen- 
 tralbl., Erlang., 1902, xxii, 408-412.— Schtttz (J.) Besteht 
 in Punktionsfliissigkeiten Autolyse? Centralbl. f. iimere 
 Med., Leipz., 1902, xxiii, 1161-1164.— Schumm (O.) Bei- 
 trage zur Kenntnis der Autolyse. Beitr. z. chem. Phys. u 
 Path., Bmschwg., 1905, vii, 175-203.- Shaffer (P. A.) The 
 effect of glucose on autolysis; a possible explanation of the 
 protein-sparing action of carbohydrates. Proc. Am. Soc. 
 Biol. Chemists (1913), 1914, p. xiii.— Ssoliolew (N.) Ueber 
 die MUchsaurebildung bei der antiseptischen Organauto- 
 lyse. Bioehem, Ztsclir,, Berl., 1912, xlvii, 367-373.— Stoo- 
 key (L. B.) Influence of iodides on autolysis. Proc. Soc. 
 Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1907-8, v, 119.— Tatum (A. L.) 
 The influence of bile on autolysis. J. Biol. Chem., N. Y. , 
 1916, xxvii, 243-248. Also, Reprint.— Truffl (M.) Ueber 
 die Wirkung von Quecksilbersalzen auf die Autolyse. 
 Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1909, xxiii, 270-277.— Umber (F.) 
 Die klinisch-pathologische Bedeutung der Autolyse. Aerzt. 
 Rundschau, ilunchen,.1903, xiii, 111-113. Also: Berl. klin. 
 Wchnschr., 1903, xl,. 185-188.— Waldvogel & Mette. Die 
 Autolyse in menschliohen fettig degenerierten Organen. 
 Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1906, liii, 402-406.— Wells 
 (H. G.) The relation of autolysis to the histolopcal changes 
 occumng in necrotic areas, J. Med. Research, Bost., 1906-7, 
 XV, 149-165.— WeUs (H. G.) & CaldweU (G. T.) The 
 inhibition of autolysis by alcohol. J. Biol. Chem., Bait., 
 1914, xix, 67-65.— Wiener (H.) Ueber den Einfluss der 
 Reaktion auf autolytische Vorgange. Zentralbl. f. Physiol., 
 Leipz. & Wien, 1905, xix, 349-360.— Toshlmoto (S.) Bei- 
 trage zur Kenntnis der Autolyse. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., 
 Strassb., 1909, Ivili, 341-368.— Zak (E.) TJeber Autolyse 
 in Punktionsfliissigkeiten. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1905, 
 xviii,'376.— Zimnitskl (S. S.) [Characteristics of bacterial 
 enzymes and their influence upon autolysis.] Russk, Vraeh, 
 S.-Peterb., 1906, v, 437-439. 
 
 Autolysis XPost-mortem). 
 
 Brites (G.) InvestigagSis istolojicas. Ca- 
 daverisacao e autolise. 8°. Coimbra, 1912, 
 
 Aschoff (L.) Zur Frage der kadaverosen Autolyse (nach 
 Untersuchjmgen von Oka). Verhandl. d. deutsch. path. 
 Gesellsch,, Jena, 1914, xvii, 109-113. [DiscussionJ, 138-140.— 
 D'Agata (Q.) Autolisi asettioa e forme mielmiche post- 
 mortali. Intemat. Monatschr. f. Anat. u. Physiol., Leipz., 
 1912, xxix, 460-470.— Falco (G.) Contribute alio studio 
 della autoUsl post-mortale. Arch, dl antrop. crim. [etc.], 
 Torino, 1917, xxxviii, 47-66.— Franceschelll (D.) Die 
 Wirkung der Autolyse auf das Leberprazipitinogen. Arch, 
 f. nyg., Mflnchon & Berl., 1909, Ixx, 163-172.— Jackson 
 (H. Co The eflect of conditions upon the latent period and 
 rate of aseptic post-mortem autolysis during the first ten 
 hours. Albany M. Ann., 1909, xxx! 92-llS. Also: J.Exmi. 
 M., N. Y., 1909, xl, 56-83. Also, UeptSxt. 
 
AUTOLYSIS. 
 
 223 
 
 AUTOMOBILES. 
 
 Autolysis (VegetaMe). 
 
 BTlgheuti (A.) SuU' autolisi delle sostanze vegetal!; 
 contributo alio studio degli enziml proieolitici nei semi non 
 germinanti. Arch, di fisiol., Firenze, 1911-12, x, 233-240.— 
 Mouton (H.) L'autolyse des champignons basidiomy- 
 cHes. Compt. rend. Soc. de bid., Par., 1903, Iv, 976.— 
 Pugllese(A.) SulV autolisi delle sostanze vegetali. Arch, 
 di fisiol., Firenze, 1909, vii, 253-267: 1911-12, x, 292-296. 
 
 Automatic disinfection of water-closets, etc., by 
 using Brown's patent self-acting disinfector, 
 charged with chloralium. 16 pp. 8° London, 
 Choralium Co., 1872. 
 
 Automatism. 
 
 Gauthier (E.) *Des mouvements automa- 
 tiques rythmiques. 8° Paris, 1898. 
 
 Huxley (T. H.) Animal automatism and 
 other essays. 8°. New York, 1884. 
 
 Amouroux. L'automatisme psyohologique; utilisation 
 de son mficanisme en psychotMrapie. Rev. de psychothfr 
 rap.. Par., 1913-14, xxvul, 355-369.— Bancrolt (Jessie H.) 
 The place of automatism in gymnastic exercise. Am. Phys. 
 Educat. Rev., Brooklyn, 1903, vUi, 218-231.— Benjamins 
 (C. E . ) & Rocb at ( G . F . ) Over een vasomotorische automa- 
 tie in het traankanaal van het konijn. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. 
 Geneesk., Amst., 1916, ii, 2319.— Diorlo (V.) Autonomia 
 ed automatismo studiato nelle operazioni istintive degli 
 animali. Atti d. Accad. Pontil. de'N. Lincei, Roma, 1871-2, 
 XXV, 251-284.— Fisher (J. T.) Epileptic and hysteric auto- 
 matism. Toledo M. & S. Reporter, 1907, xxxiii, 450.— Foltz 
 (S. P.) Automatism. Monist, Chicago, 1912, xxii, 91-123.— 
 Grasset. De l'automatisme psychologique (psychisme in- 
 Mrieur; polygene cortical) h I'etat physiologique et patholo- 
 gique. N. Montpel. m^d. Suppl., 1896, v, 47-162, 1 pi.— 
 Guimbail (H.) Contribution a I'Stude physio-pathologi- 
 que de l'automatisme delns ses rapports avec les ionctious du 
 corps humain. Monaco-m6d., 1900, iv, No. 54. 4; No. 57, 3; 
 No. 58, 4; No. 59, 4; No. 60, 5.— Guthrie (L.) Automar 
 tism with oUactory and gustatory aurse. Eep. Soc. Study 
 Dis. Child., Lond., 1903-4, iv, 151-163.— HeUpach (W.) 
 Unbewusstes oder Wechselwiikung; eine Untersuchung 
 fiber die Denkmoglichkeit der psychologischen Deutungs- 
 
 Erinzipien. Ztscbr. f. Psychol, u. Physiol, d. Siimesorg., 
 eipz., 1908, xlviii, 1. Abt., 238-258.— Johnson (Alice). A 
 reconstruction of some concordant automatisms. Proc. Soc. 
 Psych. Research, Jjond., 1914, xxvii, 1-156, 14 pi. — Lindsay 
 (J. A.) Case of automatism. Tr. Kqy. Acad. M. Ireland, 
 Dubl., 1915, xxxiii, 66. Also: DubUnJ.M.Sc, 1915,cxxxix, 
 407.— Lindsley (E. H.) & Partridge (G. E.) Some mental 
 automatisms. Pedag. Seminary, Worcester, 1897-8, v, 
 41-60.— Mangln (M.) Sur l'automatisme. Ann. d. so. 
 psych., Par., 1896, vi, 301-311.— Marinesco (G.) & Nolca 
 (D.) Automatisme mSduUaire. Eev. neurol.. Par., 1913, 
 XXV, 854-857. — Maxwell (J.) Rapports de Tautomatisme 
 et de la personnaUt6 normale. Bull, de I'lust. g6n. psychol.. 
 Par., 1916, xv, 101-110.— Newhold (W. R.) The interpretar 
 tions of automatism. Pop. So. Month., N. Y., 1896-7, 1, 
 507-517.— Partridge (G. E.) Second breath. Pedag. 
 Seminary, Worcester, 1896-7, iv, 372-381.— Piddington 
 (J. G.) Supplementary notes on a series of concordant 
 automatisms. Proc. Soc. Psych. Research, Glasg., 1910, 
 xxiv, 11-30. — Salmon (A.) Di un curioso e interessante 
 fenomeno che si ossorva dopo gli sforzi muscolari nei soggetti 
 sanl. Gazz. med.ital., Torino, 1914, Ixv, 201. Also,transl.: 
 
 Rev. neurol., Par., 1916, xxix, 27-34. Also, Reprint. . 
 
 Nuove osservazloni sui movimenti automatici che si com- 
 piono dopo gli sforzi muscolari e del loro valore in neu- 
 ropatologia. Sperimentale, Firenze, 1915, Ixbc, 598-611. 
 .4&0, Reprint.— Savage (Sir G.H.) Automatism. Practi- 
 tioner, Lond., 1913, xc, 645-652.— Sldgwlck ( Mrs. Henry). 
 A reply to Joseph Maxwell's paper on "Cross correspond- 
 ences and the experimental method." Proc. Soc. Psych. 
 Research, Lond., 1913, xxvi, 375-418.— SolUer. Du,sens de 
 la direction dans ses rapports avec l'automatisme. Bull, de 
 PInst. gin. psychol., Par.^ 1903, ill, 506-516, 1 ch.— Solo- 
 mons (L. M.) Automatic reactions. Psychol. Rev., N. 
 Y. & Lond., 1899, vi, 376-394.— Stein (Gertrude). Cul- 
 tivated motor automatism; a study of character in its re- 
 lation to attention. Ibid., 1898, v, 295-306.— Sullivan (W. 
 C.) A clinical note on alcoholic automatism. J. Ment. 
 Sc, Lend., 1904, 1, 285-296. . A clinical note on alco- 
 holic automatism. J. Inebriety, Bost., 1911, xxxiii, 1-14. — 
 Tamburini (A.) Ancoca sul fenomeno di automatismo 
 consecutive a sforzi muscolari negli individui sani. Qua- 
 demi di psichiat., Geneva, 1914, i, 349-351.— van Trotsen- 
 burg (J. A.) Een onderzoek van een handeling in vergelijk 
 met een automatisme. Psychiat. en Neurol. Bl., Amst., 
 1916, XX, 224-256.— Wintrebert (P.) L'automatisme des 
 premiersjnouvements du corps chez les s^laciens (Scyllium 
 canicula, Cuv.). Compt. rend. Acad. d. so.. Par., 1917, cbcv, 
 36&-371. 
 
 Automatism {Ambulatory). 
 
 See, also, Personality {Disordered); Vaga- 
 bonds. 
 
 CoTTU (L.) *Contribution S, I'^tude des 
 fugues, 6tude clinique, diagnostique, pronosti- 
 que et m^dico-l^gale. 8°. Paris, 1907. 
 
 Maass (S. M. T.) *Drei Falle von krankhal- 
 tem Wandertrieb, ohne Dammerzustand, im 
 jugendlichen Alter. 8°. Borna-Leipzig, 1910. 
 
 Parant (V.) Les fugues en psychiatrie. 8°. 
 Nantes & Paris, [1910]. 
 
 Benon (R.) & Trolssert (T..) L'automatisme ambula- 
 
 toire. Gaz. d. h6p.. Par., 1909, Ixxxii, 1087-1093. . 
 
 . Les fugues de I'enfance; influence des miheux sce- 
 
 laires et faraiUaux. Ann. d'hyg., Par., 1910, 4. s., xiii, 244- 
 251. — BramweU (B.) Post-epueptic automatism. Clin. 
 Stud., Edinb., 1907-8, vi, 261-263.— CamUo Paysse. Una 
 fuga hist^rica. Eev. raid. d. Uruguay, Montevideo, 1910, 
 xiii, 414-119. — Cha\1gny & Laurens, tin fugueur pendant 
 la guerre. Presse m^d.. Par., 1917, xxv, 326. — Courbon 
 (P.) Automatisme ambulatoire. Ann. m^d. -psychol., 
 Par., 1907, 9. s., v, 22-48.— Courtney ( J. W.) On the clinical 
 differentiation of the varijius forms of ambulatory automa- 
 tism. J. Abnorm. Psychol^ Best., 1906, i, 123-134.— Des- 
 ruelles (M.) & Castelain (C.) Automatisme comitial am- 
 bulatoire. Bull. Soc. de m^d. du nerd 1911, Lille, 1912, 269- 
 275;' — . Deux cas d'automatisme comitial ambu- 
 latoire. Echo med. du nerd, Lille, 1912, xvi, 80-82.— Du- 
 cost€ (M.) Les fugues dans les psychoses et les d^mences. 
 Arch, de neurol.. Par., 1907, 3. s., i, 38; 121.— Escandre de 
 MessiCres. Un cas d'antomatisme ambulatoire chez un 
 jeune soldat. Arch, de m6d. et pharm. mil., Par., 1900, li,41- 
 49. — Ffivrler (C.) & Parlsot (P.) De l'automatisme am- 
 -bulatoire, son importance au point de vue mfidico-l^al. 
 Rev. mid. de I'est, Nancy, 1904, xxxvi, 323-332.— Fisher 
 (J. T.) Eplleptio and hysteric automatism. Calif. M. & S. 
 Reporter, Los Angeles, 1907, iii, 129.— Fox (C. D.) Report 
 of a case of dissociated personality, characterized by the 
 presence of somnambulistic states and ambulatory auto- 
 matism^ which recovered, following the employment of 
 hypnotic suggestion. J. Abnor. Psychol., Best., 1909, iv, 
 201-217.— Fratlnl (F.) Diserzlene per automatismo ambu- 
 latorio. Ann. di med. nav., Roma, 1907, ii, 369-380. — Hell- 
 bronner. Ueber Fugues and fugue-ahnliche Zustandc. 
 Jahrb. f. Psychiat., Leipz. & Wien, 1903, xxili, 107-206.— 
 Joflroy (A.) & Dupouy (R.) Trois cas de fugue chez des 
 aUtofe. Rev. neurol.. Par., 1908, xvi, 896-898.— Lindsay 
 (J. A.) Case of automatism. Tr. Roy. Acad. M. Ireland, 
 Dubl., 1915, xxxiii, 66.— Logre (B.-I.) Sur quelques cas de 
 fugue pathelegique devant rennemi. Rev. neurol.. Par 
 1916, xxiii, 2. semes., 20-24.— Lyass (S. Y.) Ambulatomly 
 automatizm. Obozr. Psikhiat., Nevrol. [etc.], S.-Peterb., 
 1911, xvi, 71-74.— MaUet (R.) Fugues des d6g(in6r&. 
 Presse mid.. Par., 1916, xxiv, 493.— Martin. Les fugues 
 pathologiques. Arch. mid. beiges, Brux., 1912, 4. s., xxxix, 
 96-102. — Pacheco (R.) Automatismo ambulatorio. Arch. 
 
 brasil. de psychiat. [etc.], Rio de Jan., 1907, ill, 167-180. 
 
 Parant (V.) Les fugues en psychiatrie. Enctohale, Par., 
 1909, ii, 339-346.— Patrick (H. T.) Ambulatory automar 
 tism. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1907, xxxiv, 353-390.— 
 Pflster (H.) Wanderungen'' in abnormem Bowusstsein- 
 zustande. Deutsche Aerzte-Ztg., Berl., 1913, 305-310.— 
 Powers (H. W.) Ambulatory automatism. W^isconsln 
 M. J., Milwaukee, 1918, xvi, 404.— Baecke. Ueber epilep- 
 tischeWanderzustande (Fugues, Poriomanie). Arch. f. Psy- 
 chiat., Berl., 1907, xliii, 398-423.— Sa«erdote (A.) Contri- 
 buto alio studio delle fughe del ragazzi. Ann. di freniat 
 [etc.], Torino, 1910, xx, 239-248.— Schackwltz (A.) Ueber die 
 Methoden der Messung uubewusster Bewegungen. und die 
 Moghchkeit ihrer WeiterbUdung. Arch. f. d. ges. Psychol 
 Leipz., 1913, xxvi, 414-492.— Seiller (W.) Ueber abnorme 
 Bewusstseinszustande (Wandertrieb usw.). Med. K"lin 
 Berl., 1907, iii, 1341-1343.— Stewart (P.) [Epileptic am- 
 bulatory automatism.] Clin. J., Lond., 1910, xxxvi, 355.— 
 Stier. Wandertrieb und pathologisches Fortlaulen bei 
 Kindem. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz 1913 
 xxxix, 241.— Tobben (H.) Ein Beitrag zur kunischen 
 Beurteilung des krankhaften Wandertriebs. Festschr. d 
 med.-naturw. Gesellsch. in Miinster, 1912, 326-333.— Why 
 children run away. J. Hered., Wash., 1916, vii, 169-172. 
 
 Automobiles. 
 
 Barlow (H. P.) Motor cars for medical men; another 
 twelve months with a motor car. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1907, i, 
 577.- Baumann. Ueber Aerzte-AutomobUe. Deutsche 
 med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1907, xxxiii, 1101-1103 — 
 Beare (R. N.) Automobile-ventilator. [Pat. spec 1 No 
 1247490; Nov. 20, 1917.- Boruttau (H.) Die Hygiene des 
 Fahrrads, Motorrads und Automobils. Gesundh. in Wo* u 
 Bild, Berl., 1905, 688-695.— Edgar (J. C.) Theinfluence of the 
 automobile upon obstetrical and gynecological conditions. 
 
AUTOMOBILES. 
 
 224 
 
 AUTOPSIES. 
 
 Automobiles. 
 
 An. J. Obst., N. Y., 1911, Ixiii, 995-1007. [Discussion], 
 1084.— Fleux (G.) Est-il dangereux pour les malades d'etre 
 soignfe par un chirurgien ou un accoucheur laisant de 
 rautomobile. J. de m^d. de BoMeaux, 1906, xxxvi, 775. — 
 Foveau de Courmelles. Hygiene et s(!curit6 des moyens 
 ^lectriques de locomotion. J. d'hye., Par., 1903, xxviil, 92- 
 95.— Hell wig (A.) Automobil una Verbrechen. Arcn. f. 
 Krira.-Antlirop., Leipz., 1908, xxxi, 285-300.— Hirscli (C. 
 T. W.) Motoring notes. Lancet, Lond., 1908, i, 1027.— 
 Korfl-Petersen (A.) Gesuudheitsgefalirdung durch die 
 Auspuflgase der Automobile. Ztsehr. f. Hyg. u. Infelrtious- 
 krankb., Leipz., 1911, Ixix, 135-148.— le Gendie (P.) Der 
 Automobilismus und die Gesundheit. Wien. med. Presse, 
 1907, xlvlii, 586-590.— Marrlner (W. H. L.) Motor cars 
 for medical men; twelve montbs with a motor car. Brit. 
 M. J., Lond., 1907, i, 454.— Smith (E. S.) The motor omni- 
 bus in relation to public health. J. Prevent. M., Lond., 
 1906, xlT, 419-422.— Weitzel. Fahrrad und Automobil als 
 Fahrzeuge des praktischen Arztes. Deutsche med. Wchn- 
 schr.^ Berl. & Leipz., 1906, xxxii, 683-686.— Wolff (G.) 
 Hygiene und Automobilverkehr. Gesundheit, Leipz., 1911, 
 xxxvl, 69-73. 
 
 Automobiles {Accidents from). 
 
 Cutts (H. M.) Two automsbile oases. Tr. Mass. Med.- 
 Leg. Soc, Bosty 1914, iv, 95-101.— Stiassuy (S.) Zur Pro- 
 phylaxe von ManoveruufaUen dmrch Automobile. Mili- 
 tararzt, Wien, 1914, xlviii, 49.— Stiassmann (F.) Todliche 
 Verletzungen duroh Automobile. Deutsche med. Wchn- 
 sclir., Berl,, & Leipz., 1911, xxxvii, 2063. Also: Verhandl. 
 d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte (Karlsruhe) 1911, 
 
 Leipz., 1912, Ixxxiii, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 517. . Neuere 
 
 Eriabrungen ilber Automobilverletzungen. Tr. Intemat. 
 Cong. Med. 1913, Lond., 1914, Sect, xix, Forens. Med., pt. 2, 
 61. — Treves (E. M.) Neurosi traumatica ed investimento 
 automobilistico. Arch, di antrop. crim. [etc.], Torino, 1916, 
 4. s., viil, suppl., 74.— Walnwright ( J. w .) Accidents from 
 motor vehicles in New York lor first five months of year 
 1915. Am. Med., Burlington, Vt, & N. Y., 1915, x, 563-568.— 
 Zimjnei. Ueber Automobilverletzungen. Deutsche Zt- 
 schr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1908, xcv, 157-169. 
 
 Automobiles (Hygienic cmd therapeutic 
 value of). 
 
 Blanchbt (E.) *Autoinobilisme et medecine; 
 role tMrapeutique de I'automobile. 8° Lyon, 
 1903. 
 
 Barbatis (P.-N.) L'influence de I'automobilisme sur le 
 pSristaltisme intestinal. J. d'hyg., Par., 1907, xxxii, 11; 
 42. — Delavan (D. B.) The influence of the use of the auto- 
 mobile upon the upper air passages. Med. Eec, N. Y., 
 1910, Ixxviii, 305-309. Also, Eeprint.— GhirelU (G.) L'au- 
 
 J. de physiothSrap., Par., 1906, iv, 456-165. Also: Rev. de 
 thfeajp. med.-chir.. Par., 1906, Ixxiii, 729-733. Also, transl.: 
 N. Therap., Wien, 1906, iv, 405-411.— Monucyrat (A.) 
 Influence des rapides deplacements d'air que provoque 
 I'automobile sur la nutrition gSn^rale. Compt. rend. Acad, 
 d. sc, Par., 1907, cxiiv, 1241.— Viniay fC.) L'automobile 
 au pomt de vue de I'hygifene et de la therapeutique. Lyon 
 m^d., 1907, cix, 205-208, 
 
 Automobiiists. 
 
 von Anunon, Dlelile [et al.i Ueber die notwendigen 
 Sehleistungeu ernes Automdbilfuhrers, Miiuchen. med, 
 Wchnschr,, 1911, Ivlii, 313.— Clenmier (J. W.) Automania 
 the new disease. J. Am, M, Ass,, Chicago, 1906, xlvi, 1543. — 
 Freytag (G.) Das Sehorgau des Automobilfijhrers, Miin- 
 chen, med. Wohnschr., 1911, Iviii, 311-313,— Garcia Man- 
 sUla (S.) El sentido de la vista y el autom<5vil. Eev. de 
 med. y cirug. prAct., Madrid, 1912, xcvi, 5. — de Lantsheere. 
 Des exigences visuelles chez les conducteurs d'automobiles. 
 J. m^d. de Brux., 1908, xiii, 213,— Nacke. Der Geisteszu- 
 stand des Automobilfahrens. Arch. (. Krim.-Anthrop. u. 
 Kriminalist., Leipz., 1904, xvi, 335-337.— de Kidder (P.) 
 A propos de la vision k exiger des conducteurs d'automo- 
 bUes. J. m6d. de Brox., 1908, xiii, 297-299.— Woods (A.) 
 You who drive. Am. Red. Cross Mag., Garden City, N. Y., 
 1917, xii, 48-53. 
 
 Automors. 
 
 Messenzehl (K.) *Automor8. [Giessen.] 
 8°. 'Eildesheim, 1910. 
 
 Bitter (L.) Automors; experimentelle Studie. Hyg. 
 Rundschau, Berl., 1910, xx, 57-67.— Elnecker. Automors, 
 ein neues Desinlektionsmittel. Med. Klin., Berl., 1910, vi, 
 346-349.— Blchter (E.) Automors. Apoth.-Ztg., Berl., 
 1909, xxiv, 780.— BiOepke. Ueber Automors. Ztschr. 1. 
 Med.-Beamte, Berl., 1909, rxil, 909-919. 
 
 Autonarcosis. 
 
 Issallowltcb-Dnsclau. L'autonarcose. Presse mM., 
 Par., 1906, xiv, 375. 
 
 Auto-operations. 
 
 Reclus (P.) L'anesthfoie locaUsfe et les chirurgiens 
 qui s'opftrent eux-m6mes. Presse mM., Par., 1912, xx, 685- 
 687.'^Begnault (J.) La technique des auto-op4rations. 
 
 Paris mfid., 1911-12, ii, 408^14. . Utility des auto- 
 
 opfirations. Caducfe, Par., 1912, xli, 215-217. , Au- 
 
 tonr de mon auto-op6ration. .Ssculape, Par., 1913, iii, 
 193-200. 
 
 Autoparthenogenesis. 
 
 Glaser (O.) On auto-parthenogenesis in Arbacia- and 
 Asterias. Biol. Bull., Woods HoU, Mass., 1914, xxvi, 387-409. 
 
 Autopepsia. 
 
 See Autolysis; Stomach (Autodigestion of); 
 Stomach (Erosion of). 
 
 Autophonoscope. 
 
 Fanconcelll-Calcla (G.) Autophonoskop, ein Instru- 
 ment, um die Phonationsbewegungen im Larynx beobach- 
 ten zu lassen und gleichzeitig selbst zu beobachten. Ztschr. 
 f. Laiyngol., Rhinol. [etc.], Wiirzb., 1913, iv, 437-441. 
 
 Autophony. 
 
 Knapp (H.) PersonUche Erfahrung iiber einen acuten 
 Anfall von Autophonie. Ztschr. f. Ohrenh., Wiesb., 1902, 
 xU, 105-107. 
 
 Autopsies. 
 
 See, also. Coroners; Necropsies [in 2. s.]. 
 BxrsSE (0.) Das Obduktionsprotokoll. 8°. 
 Berlin, 1903. 
 
 . The same. 3. 
 
 . The same. 4. 
 
 Verkouteren (H.) 
 Schiedam, [1905]. 
 Wads WORTH (W. S.) 
 
 Aufl. 8° Berlin, 1906. 
 Aufl. 8°. Berlin, Wn. 
 Lichaamsoefeniiig. 8°. 
 
 Post-mortem examina- 
 
 tions. 8°. Philadelphia & London, 1915. 
 
 Aliba (F.) Padiglione per le autopsie nel cimitero di 
 Torino. Eiv. di ingegner. san., Torino, 1906, il, 167-170. — 
 Asebofl (L.) Zur Frage der Kriegsprosekturen. Wien. 
 med. Wchnschr., 1915, Ixv, 274-280.— Bellord (J. L.) Re- 
 ligious view of autopsies. Long Island M. J., Brooklyn, 
 1916, ix, 484. — Burrows (M. T.) Why should autopsies be 
 held? The argument to be used with relatives and friends. 
 Interstate M. J., St. Louis, 1918, xxv, 760-763.— Cattermole 
 (G. H.) Autopsies. .Univ. Col. M. Bull., Boulder, 1906-7, 
 iii, 132-134.— Chiarl (H.) The Importance of the autopsy 
 and other pathologic-anatomic examinations. J. Am. M. 
 Ass., Chicago, 1911, Ivi, 729-731.— Connell (T. C.) Some 
 post-mortem notes. Queen's M. Quart^ Kjng.ston, Canada, 
 1906-7, xi, 176-178.— Cozzoltno (V.) SuUa necessity asso- 
 luta del reperto necroscogico delle cavitk auricolari e nasali 
 primarie e secondarie nei reperti endocranlci con essudati 
 acuti o cronici, concl'usiom clinico-terapeutiche. Gazz. 
 internaz. di med., Napoli, 1906, ix, 311; 467.— DUrck (H.) 
 Pathologische Institute und Prosekturen. Deutsche Kran- 
 kenh., Jena, 1911, 557-593.— Fornl (G.) Resoconto delle 
 , autopsie eseguite durante iLcorso di anatomia patologica 
 tenuto dalprol. A.^)ionisi. Riv. ospedal., Roma, 1917, vii, 
 517-540.— Fox (J. T.) A plea for the habitual performance 
 of autopsies In general practice. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1908, 
 1, 1412. — Frazler (J. M.) The importance of autopsy work 
 in general practice. Texas State J. M., Fort Worth, 1908-9, 
 iv, 174-176.— Hamm (A.) Die Leichenschaubestimmun- 
 gen. Strassb. med. Ztg., 1908, .v, 135-145.— Hartel (C.) 
 The necessity of post-mortem examination^ Mass. M. J., 
 Best., 1906, xxvi, 429-442.— Janeway (T. Cj The great 
 need of American hospitals; more autopsies. Mod. Hosp., 
 St. Louis, 1913-14, i, 86-93.— Jenkins (E. O.) Post-mortem 
 examinations. J. South. Car. M. Ass., Greenville, 1907-S, 
 iii, 136-141. — Kaisner (H. T.) Necropsy service in a mih- 
 tary hospital in the fleld. Am. J. M. Be, Phila., 1918, civ, 
 900-905.— Kindley (G. C.) Galveston autopsies. South. 
 M. J., Nashville, 1914, vii, 495-499.— Landls (H. R. M.) 
 Signed consent to a necropsy a condition to admission to 
 our hospitals; a brief account of ten years' experience in the 
 Phipps Institute of Philadelphia. 1. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 
 1914, Ixii, 29.— Lay (E. B.) Sointille vlvificatrici nella 
 materia morta, PoUclin., Roma, 1917, xxiv, sez. prat., 415- 
 418.— Lucksch (F.) Die Feldprosektur. Wien. khn. 
 Wchnschr^ 1915, xxviii, 451.— MaccaUum (W. G.) The. 
 attitude of undertakers toward the performance of autop- 
 sies. Proo. N. York Path. Soc, N. Y., 1913-14, xiii, 104- 
 106.— McWalter (J. C.) & Glas (S.) On the necessity for 
 a necropsy in every case of death. Med. Press & Circ, 
 Lond., 1912, n. s., xciv, 134.— Martland (H. S.) Advan- 
 tages'of the autopsy and other pathologic anatomic exami- 
 nations. J. Med. Soc. N. Jersey, Orange, 1911-12, viii, 243- 
 249.— Miloslavlcli (E.) Die Feldprosektur. Wien. klin. 
 Wchnschr., 1915, xxviii, 343-345.— Moseley (W. E.) Au- 
 topsies as an aid in teaching special pathology. Lancet- 
 Clinic, Cincin., 1912, cvii, 350.— MllUer (F.) Der prak- 
 tische Wert der Obduktion. Ztschr. f. Yersicnerungsmed., 
 
AUTOPSIES. 
 
 225 
 
 AUTOPSIES. 
 
 Autopsies. 
 
 LeipZy 1913, vi, 229-233.— Porrltt (N.) An inquest on a 
 lee. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1917, it, 483.— Richter (M.) Er- 
 f^ungen ilber Sektionsvorschiiften. Ztschr. (. Med.- 
 Beamte, Bed., 1913, xxvi, 797-817.— Stapleton (W. J.) 
 Postmortems. Detroit M. J., 1906, vi, 297-301.— Stelu (K.) 
 The autopsy; a letter to the public. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1912, 
 Ix.xxi, 522,— Tegeler. Die Wichtigkeit der Obduktion filr 
 die Berutsgenossensohaft. Ztschr. t. Versicherungsmed., 
 Leipz., 1913, vi, 228: 1914, vii, 7.— Trevelyan (E. F.) A 
 lecture on the coBrdination of post-mortem work and clinical 
 observation. Lancet, Lond., 1907, ii, 749-751.— Van Cott 
 (J. M.), Brinsmade (W. B.) Ut al.]. Symposium on 
 autopsies. Long Island M. J., Brooklyn, 1915, ix, 475- 
 483.— Walker (J.) Post-mortem examination. Tr. Otol. 
 Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond., 1906-7, viii, 20-24.— Welskotten 
 (H. G.) The office of coroner and the medical school at 
 Syracuse. Boston M. & S. J., 1914, clxx, 46-48.— Wilson 
 (L. B.) The necropsy as a public service. J. Am. M. Ass., 
 Chicago. 1915, Ixlv, 1560-1562.— Zubleta (M.) Autopsias. 
 Bol. d. Inst, patol., Mexico, 1905-6, 2. ^p., ill, 444-448. 
 
 Autopsies (History of). 
 
 Botna (C. G.) Early Inquests and post-mortems at the 
 Cape, 1652-1825. South African M. Kec, Capetown, 1915-16, 
 xiv, 55-57.— Cumston (C. G.) A medieval Latin autopsy 
 protocol. Boston M.&S. J., 1911, clxv, 628.— Fox (R.H.) A 
 budget ol post-mortem reports, 1813-21: Matthew Baillie's 
 foundation workin morbid anatomy, Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., 
 Lond., 1917-18, xi. Sect. Hist. Med., 79.— Inquest (The) on 
 Lord Leven and Melville. Lancet, Lond., 1913, i, 1755. — 
 Lewis (J. W.) Champlain's narrative of early autopsies in 
 North America. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1905, 
 xvi, 199. Also, Reprint.— MacFarlan (DO The oldest 
 autopsy in history. Hahneman. Month., PUla., 1915, 1, 
 343-351.— Oertel (H.) The past and present position of the 
 autopsy in medical education and practice. J. Am. M. 
 Ass., Chic^o, 1913, Ix, 1787-1791.- Keed (A. 0.) A Chinese 
 autopsy. Boston M. & S. J., 1915, clxxiii, 601. — Spivak 
 (C. D.) Post mortem examinations among Jews; an his- 
 torical sketch and a plea to Jewish physicians. N. York 
 M.J. [etc.], 1914, xcix, 1185-1189. A Iso: Sanatorium, Denver, 
 1914, viii, 52-56. jltao. Reprint.— Stelner (W. R.) Some 
 early autopsies in the united States. Johns Hopkins Hosp. 
 Bull., Bait., 1903, xiv, 201-203. Also, Reprint. 
 
 Autopsies (Infection from). 
 
 See, also, Cadaver (Bacteriology of) ; Cadaver 
 (Poison of) [in 2. s.]; Skin ( Tuberculosis of, Ver- 
 rucous); 'Wounds (Dissection). 
 
 FvUIertou (W. D.) Washings from the autopsy table as 
 a possible source of the spread of disease. Cleveland M. J., 
 1913, xii, 353-359. — Savtm (E.) Some reflections concerning 
 the dangers of autopsies. Tribune mM. Am. ed., N. Y., 
 1909, V, 290-294.— Schmidt (A.) Die Infektionsgefahr bei 
 Leiohenoffnungen. Ztschr. f. Med.-Beamte, Berl., 1907, 
 XX, 1-13. — Simmonds (M.) Wie schiitzen wir uns vor 
 Sefctionsunfallen? Centralbl. t. allg. Path. u. path. Anat., 
 Jena, 1906, xvii, 1-4.— Thorel (C.) Wie schiitzen wir uns 
 und unsere Diener bei Sektionen? Miinchen. med. Wchn- 
 schr., 1906, liu, 1421. 
 
 Autopsies (Medico-legal). 
 
 See, also, Cadaver (Inspection of); Cadaver 
 (Jurisprudence of); Coroners; Jurisprudence 
 (Medical); Morgue. 
 
 Orth (J.) Erlauterungen zu den Vorschriften 
 fiir das Verfahren der Gerichtsarzte bei den ge- 
 richtlichen Untersuchungen menschlicher Lei- 
 chen. 8°. Berlin, 1905. 
 
 Saxony. Vorschriften fiir das Verfahren der 
 Aerzte bei den gerichtlichen Untersuchungen 
 menschlicher Leichen. 16°. Dresden, 1906. 
 
 Thoinot (L.) L'autopsie m6dico-16gale. 4° 
 Pom, 1910. 
 
 Also, in; Aim. d'hyg.. Par., 1909, 4. s., xii, 273; 431: 1910, 
 4. s., xiii, 26. 
 
 Ameuille (P.) Les proc4dfe de l'autopsie mSdico-l^gale 
 doivent-ils diffaer essentiellement de ceux de l'autopsie 
 clinique? Clinique, Par^, 1910, v, 261-2B4.— ConneU (W. T.) 
 Autopsies and medical evidence in medico-legal cases. 
 Queen's Univ. Med. Fac, Kingston, 1912, No. 6, 38-50.— 
 Durlacher. Ueber plotzliche durch Obduktionsbefund 
 nicht mit Sicherheit erklarliche Todesfalle bei Klndern und 
 
 XV, 145; 177.— Italy. Norme ed istnizioni mlnisteriale suUa 
 technica medico-legale delle autopsle giudlziarie. Med. 
 ital., Napoli, 1910, viii, 587; 604: 1911, ix, 35; 53. AUo, Re- 
 
 96808°— Vol. II, 3d series— 19 15 
 
 Autopsies ( Medico-legal ) . 
 
 print.— Littlejohn (H. H.) Medico-legal post-mortem 
 examinations. Tr. Med.-Leg. Soc, Lond^ 1902-4, i, li-29. 
 Also: Lancet, Lond., 1903, i, 862-866.— Moses (0. St. J.) 
 Review of a year's medico-legal work in the Calcutta morgue, 
 1910. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1911, xlvi, 289-298, 2 eh. 
 
 . Review of a year's medico-legal work In the Calcutta 
 
 morgue, 1912 (including comparative figures for the trien- 
 nium 1910-12). Ibid., 1913, xlviii, 209-216.— O'Hanlon 
 (P. F.) Facts from coroners' cases. N. York M. J. [etc.], 
 
 1906, Ixxxiv, 1036-1038. . Some coroner's cases. Med. 
 
 Rec, N. Y., 1909, Ixxv, 1017.— Perrando (G. G.) Polizia 
 mortuaria e necroscopia scientifica. Liguri med., Geneva, 
 1912, V, 2-8.— Sadikoff (J.) Ueber gerichtsarztllche Sec- 
 tionen mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der neuen Vor- 
 schriften des Ministers des Innern vom 6. October 1909. 
 St. Petersb. med. Wchnschr., 1910, xxxv, 702-704.— Sforza 
 (V.) Per 11 diritto di autopsia. Gazz. med. lomb., Milano, 
 1908; Ixvu, 356; 363.— Smith (F. J.), Westcott ( W.) let al.]. 
 A discussion on post-mortem examinations which do not 
 reveal the cause of death. Clin. J., Lond., 1905-6, xxvii, 
 379; 395. — ^Tovo (C.) Sopra due centinaia di autopsle medico- 
 legali. Arch, di psichiat. [etc.], Torino, 1908, xxix, 424; 578, 
 2 pi. 
 
 Autopsies (Methods and technique in). 
 
 Beattie (J. M.) Post-mortem methods. 8° 
 Cambridge, 1915. 
 
 Box (C. R.) Post-mortem manual; a hand- 
 book of morbid anatomy and post-mortem tech- 
 nique. 8°. London, 1910. 
 
 (jadeac (C.) & Ball (V.) Anatomie patholo- 
 gique et pratique des autopsies. 12° Paris, 
 1907. 
 
 Chiaki (H.) Pathologisch-anatomische Sek- 
 tionstechmk. 2. Aufl. 8°. Berlin, 1907. 
 
 Ghbrardini (P.) Technica delle necroscopia. 
 12°. MilanOj [1906]. 
 
 Enciclopedia italiana di veterinaria. 
 
 Gibson (A. G.) A handbook for the post- 
 mortem room. 12°. London, 1914. 
 
 VON Gierke (E.) Grundriss der Sektions- 
 technik. 8°. Freiburg i. B., 1912. 
 
 . The same. 2. Aufl. 8° Freiburg 
 
 i. B. & Leipzig, 1914. 
 
 Hauseh (G.) Die Zenkersche Sektionstech- 
 nik; eine Anleitung zur Vornahme von Sektionen 
 fur Studierende und Aerzte. 8°. Jena, 1913. 
 
 Maccallum (W. G. ) Special autopsy methods. 
 8°. Washington, 1918. 
 
 Nauwerck (C.) Sektionstechnik fur Stu- 
 dirende und Aerzte. 8° Jena, 1891. 
 
 . The same. 2. Aufl. 8°. Jena, 1894. 
 
 . Thesame. 3. Aufl. 8° J«na, 1899. 
 
 — . The same. 4. Aufl. 8°. Jena, 1905. 
 
 . The same. 5. Aufl. roy. 8°. Jena, 
 
 1912. 
 
 PiANESE (G.) La tecnica delle autopsie cli- 
 niche e giudiziarie e il reperto anatomo-pato- 
 logico macroscopico delle piu comuni lesioni 
 degli organi. 4 Milano, 1911. 
 
 EoussT (G.) & Ameuille (P.) Technique des 
 autopsies et des _ recherches anatomo-patholo- 
 giques k I'amphith^atre. Preface de Pierre 
 Marie. 8°. Paris, 1910. 
 
 ZiLGiEN (H.) Manuel th^orique et pratique 
 des autopsies. 8°. Paris, 1905. 
 
 . The same. 2. 6d. 8°. Paris, 1911. 
 
 Blerrlng (W. L.) Post mortem technique. Iowa M. J., 
 Des Moines, 1895-6, i, 550-558.- Cattell (H. W.) Some 
 practical post-mortem points. Proc. Path. Co. M. Soc, 
 Phila., 1893, xiv, 376-380.— Del Valle (D.) Nuevo procedi- 
 miento de apertura del tdrax del caddver en las autopsias 
 m^dlco-legales. Semana m^d^ Buenos Aires, 1909, xvi, 
 509-511.— von Hansemanu (D.) Die Luxation des Scha- 
 dels als Sektionsmethode. Centralbl. f. aUg. Path, u path. 
 Anat., Jena, 1909, xx, 1.— Heyer (H.Ji Die Arbeit des Gehil- 
 fen bei der Obduktion. Deutsche Krankenpfl.-Zte., Berl , 
 1906, ix, 193-195.— Horn (O.) [A holder of the skull an3 
 apparatus for fixing the head m autopsies.) Hosp.-Tid., 
 K^benh., 1908, 5. R., i, 528-535.— Kuliga (P.) Ueber die 
 Verwendung von Guminihandschuheu beim Sezieren und 
 
AUTOPSIES. 
 
 226 
 
 AUTOS YNOPTOMETER . 
 
 Autopsies {Methods aind technique in) . 
 
 ibre FSege. Centralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat., Tena, 
 1906, xvii, 260-263.— Littleton (Sir H. D.) How to perform 
 a post-mortem examination; the experience of a llie time, 
 and itspractical teaching. Hospital, Lond., 1907-8, xliii, 
 5; 31. — ^IMtotlaiil (GO AppUcazioni tanatologicbe del me- 
 todo Bielsohowsfy-Levi. Kir. dl med. leg., Pisa, 1916, 
 vi, 1; 33. — OberndOTtei. Die Losung der Sclmdelbasis als 
 Sektionsmethode. Centralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat., 
 Jena, 1909, xx, 529-531. — Rltter. Die Sektionsvorschrilten. 
 Ztsohr. f. Med.-Beamte, Berl., 1907, xx, 153-155.— Kobert- 
 son (H. E.) Some suggestions tor equipping a post-mortem 
 room. Intemat. Ass. M. Mus., Ann Arbor, 1916, 38-41, 
 i pi.— Robinson (W. L.) A method for filing necropsy 
 sections. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1917, Ixix, 2037. Also, 
 Reprint.— Sinell (A. I.) [Use of gloves in autopsies.) 
 Kharhov. M. J., 1907, iv, 228.— Westenliefer (M.) Zur 
 Sektionstechnik. Centralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat., 
 Jena, 1915, xxvi, 337-339. 
 
 Autopsies (Statistical reports of ). 
 
 Analysis of autopsy records. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Hep., 
 Bait., 1916, xviii, 98-102.— Bevacqua (A.) Resoconto delle 
 autopsie eseguite nell' Ospedale mihtare di Napoli dal 1° 
 lugUo 1902 al 1 ° agosto 1910, con reperto istologico e batteriolo- 
 gico dei casi plfi importanti. Gior. di med. mil.. Roma, 
 19U, lix, 161-189.— von BoUlnger (O.) Bericht liber die 
 LeichenofEnungen im pathologischen Institut wahrend der 
 Jahre 1900, 1901 und 1902. Ann. d. stadt. allg. Krankcnh. zu 
 Munchen, 1907, xii, 323-327.— Borst (M.) Bericht fiber die 
 Leichenoffnungen im pathologischen Institut wahrend der 
 Jahre 1909 und 1910. Ibid. (1909-10), 1913, xv, 395-406.— 
 Christian (J.) Einige Obductionsbefunde von grosserem 
 Interesse. Pest. med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1908, xUv, 1133- 
 1136.— Fernandez Davlla (G.) Las cieiiprimeras autopsias 
 practicadas en la morgue de Lima. Crdn. mid., Lima, 
 1918, XXXV, 304-312.— FiWger (J.) [Report on the autopsies 
 performed at the Pathological Institute of the University, 
 1910-11.] Hosp.-Tid., K0benh., 1912, 5. R., v, 1081-1135.— 
 Finlayson (G. A.) Summary of autopsies conducted at 
 Tan Teck Seng Hospital, October to December, 1904. J. 
 Malaya Br. Brit. M. Ass., Singapore, 1905, n. s., No. 2, 64.— 
 Goldschmid (B.) Sektionsstatistik 1913. Frankfurt. Zt- 
 schr. f. Path., Wiesb., 1915, xvii, 414-^30.^Herabetiner (G.) 
 Aus der Prosektur des stadtischen Zrankenhauses zu Wies- 
 baden. Aerztl. Festschr. z. Eroffn. d. stadt.*Kaiser Friedr. 
 Bades in Wiesb., 1913, 80-12?.— Horn (O.) Statistische und 
 kasuistlsche Mittellun^en aus dem Seziersaale des kommu- 
 nalen Erankenhauses Oresund in Kopenhagen. Virchow's 
 Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1908, xlx, 361-371.— Kohl- 
 baas. Ergebnisse von LeichenofEnungen. Med. Cor.-Bl. d. 
 wiirttemb. arztl. Landesver., Stuttg., 1916, Ixxxvi, 436.— 
 KtUz (L.) Kameruner Sektionsmaterial. Arch. f. Schlfls- 
 u. Tropen- Hyg., Ijcipz., 1913, xvii, 273-284.— Lewlnskl- 
 Coiwln (E. H.) Statistics of post-mortems in large hos- 
 pitals of the United States and abroad. J. Am. M. Ass.j 
 Chicago, 1913, Ix, 1787-1790.— van Loghem (J. J.) De 
 lijkopeningen in het hospital der Deli-maatschappij te 
 Medan (Deli), 1 juni 1908-31 Mei 1909. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. 
 Geneesk., Amst., 1910, xlv, pt. 2, 2150-2177.— Lowrey (L. G.) 
 Some unusual conditions observed in 245 post-mortem exam- 
 inations at Danvers State Hospital. Boston M. & S. J., 1917, 
 clxxvi, 872-875.— McCrae (J.) An analysis of two-hundred 
 autopsies upon infants. Montreal M. J., 1909, xxxviii, 586- 
 595.— MeCrudden (F. H.) More good autopsy figures. 
 Mod. Hosp., St. Louis, 1916, vi, 376.— Mariottl-Blanchl 
 (G. B.) Besoconto sistematico delle autopsie eseguite nel 
 settennio 1899-1905.— Gior. med. d. r. esercito, Roma, 1907, 
 Iv, 175-196.— Matcma (A.) & Penecke (R.) Bericht fiber 
 die Tatlgkeit der Prosektur des Bchles. Krankenhauses in 
 Troppaa wahrend des ersten Kriegshalbjahres mit beson- 
 " derer Beruoksichtigung der Intektionskrankheiten. Wien. 
 klin. Wchnsohr., 1915, xxviii, 392-397.— Mat«rna (L.) 
 Einlee seltene Obduktionsbetunde. Mitt. d. Ver. d. Aerzte 
 in Steiermark, Graz, 1909, xlvi, 181-184.— MUler (J. W.) 
 Brasilianische Sektionsergebnisse. Arb. a. d. Geb. d. path. 
 
 Anat Inst, zu Tubing., Leipz.,^1914, ix, 282-288.— Oertel 
 
 (H.) & LewlnsM-Corwin (E.TH.) Summary of the report 
 on post-mortem examinations In the United States and 
 reconmiendations. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1913, Ix, 1790.— 
 Ortb (J.) Berichte fiber das Leichenhaus des Charitfr 
 •Krankenhauses. CharitfrAnn,, Berl., 1906-12, xxx-xxxvi, 
 passim.— \on Pessl. Einige bemerkenswerte FaUe aus der 
 Prosektur. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1912, lix, 1549- 
 1552.— Pitt (G. N.) Observations upon the results of the 
 clinical and post-mortem examination. Med.-Chir. Tr., 
 Lond., 1907, xc, 49-60.- Rogers (L.) Gleanings from the 
 Calcutta post-mortem records. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 
 1910, xlv, 84; 124.— Taylor (F.) & French (H.) Observa^ 
 tions upon the results of the clinical and post-mortem exami- 
 nation. Med.-Chir. Tr., Lond., 1907, xc, 83-86.— Vomela 
 (S.) [Pathological findings in the autopsies of 60 soldiers in 
 the Vinohrady dissecting room, since the beginning of the 
 war.] L^k. rozhledy, Praha, 1915, xxii, 119-132.— WooUey 
 (P G.) Some good autopsy figures. Mod. Hosp., St. Louis, 
 1916, vi, 377. 
 
 Auto-riassunti e riviste dei lavori itaJiani (U 
 medicina interna ed aigomenti prossiiniori. 
 V. 1-12, 1903-15. 8°. Torino. 
 
 Autoscopy. 
 
 liemaitie (A.) Un accident mortel imputable k I'au- 
 toscopie. Arch, de psyohol., Geneve, 190*-5, Iv, 84-86. — 
 Sollfei. Quelques cas d'autoscopie. J. de psychol. norm, 
 et path.. Par., 1908, v, 160-165. 
 
 Autoserobacterins. 
 
 Wohl (M. G.) Autoserobacterins. Am. J. M. So., Phlla., 
 1916, cUl, 262-266. 
 
 Autoserotlierapy. 
 
 See, also, Autolactotherapy; Serotherapy 
 (Autogenous); "V&cciaea (Autogenous). 
 
 ZoLOTAEEFP (Mlk. B.) !Etude critique du 
 traitement des 6panchements s&eux et de 
 I'autos^roth^rapie. 8°. Paris, 1910. 
 
 Antonlnl (A.) L'autosieroterapia alia Gilbert. Gazz. 
 med. ital., Torino, 1913, Ixu, 413.— Austin (C. K.) Reports 
 on autoserotherapy. Intemat. Clin., Fhila., 1910, 20. s., 
 ill, 24-32. — BaUlon (A.) Essai de therapeutique organique; 
 auto.s6roth4rapie. Clinique, Par., 1913, viii, 101. — BelU- 
 bonl(E.) Studio preparatorio per conoscereflmeccanismo 
 di azione e le indicazioni delta auto-sieroterapia. Gazz. d. 
 osp., MUano, 1916, xx xvii, 1058-1064.— Bonardl (E.) 
 ' L'auto-sieroterapia quale efiScace mezzo di eura di alcnni 
 trasudati (ascite da cirrosi epatica; idtocele). R. 1st. Lomb. 
 di se. e lett. Bendic, Milano, 1912, 2. s., xlv, 366-374.— 
 Bronfenbrennei (J.) & Schleslnger (M. J.) Some sug- 
 
 festions for rational auto-serum therapy. Proc. Soc. Exper. 
 !iol. & Med., N. Y., 1916, xiv, 61-63.— Caforlo (L.) L'auto- 
 sieroterapia alia Gilbert. Gior. intemaz. d. sc. med., NapoU, 
 1912, n. s., xxxiv, 927-935.— Eisner (G.) Experimentelle 
 Untersuchungen fiber Autoserotheraple. Ztschr. f. klin. 
 Med., Berl., 1912, Ixxvi, 34-44, 1 pi.— Garmagnano (C.) 
 Considerazloni sulla auto-sieroterapia. Gazz. d. osp., Mi- 
 lano, 1911, xxxii, 475. — Hernandez (T.) Laautoseroterapia 
 ascitlca y antialcoh6Uca. Cron. mM.-quir. de la Habana, 
 1912, xxxviii, 169-172.— Huber (F.) Autoserotherapy. N. 
 York M. J. [etc.], 1916, civ, 20. AUo, Reprint.- Indelll (A.) 
 Alcune note cliniche e critiche suUa cura alia Gilbert. Fra- 
 castoro, Verona, 1912, viii, 173-183.— Jousset (A.) Be- 
 cherches expfirimentales sur I'autos&othfirapie. Arch. gto. 
 de med.. Par., 1912, v, 139-149.— Lemann (I. I.) Autosero- 
 therapy; the therapeutic use of the patient's own serous 
 exudates and transudates. Interstate M. J., St. Louis, 
 
 1911, xviii, 288-297.— MUUer (R.) Die Nachbarwirkung des 
 EigenserumsundderentherapeutischeVerwertung. Wien. 
 kiln. Wchnsohr., 1917, xxx, 805-813.— Nour (G. E.) Auto- 
 serotherapy. Med. Council, Phila., 1914, xix, 19. — Palmer 
 (E. E.) & SecoT (W. L.) An improved and simplified 
 technique tor autoserotherapy. Med. Rec., N. Y., 1915, 
 Ixxxviu, lOS.— Pierce (E. A.) Autoserotherapy. North- 
 west Med., Seattle, 1914, vi, 223-229.— Rosenthal (G.) Note 
 sur I'autos&oth&apie k uquide filtr& Rev. in£d., Par., 
 
 1912, xxii, 100.— Budolfl (A. F.) Ob autoseroterapii. 
 Voyenno-Med. J., S.-Peterb., 1912, ccxxxiv, med.-spec. pt., 
 227-240. — Sinclair (H. H.) Auto-sero-therapy in acute 
 infections. Intemat. J. Surg., N. Y., 1917, xxx, 114.— 
 Smith (C. E.) The present status of autoserotherapy. 
 St. Paul. M. J., St. Paul, Minn., 1913, xv, 435-443.— Splet- 
 hofl (B.) Zur Behandlung mit Eigenserum und Eigen- 
 
 blut. Med. Klin., Berl., 1913, ix, 949. . Methode und 
 
 Wirkung der Eigenserum- una Eigenblutbehandlung, nebst 
 Bemerkungen zur Umstimmung der Hautreaktion durch 
 Eigenstofl- und Natrium-Nuclein-Injektionen. Med. Klin., 
 
 Berl., 1913, Ix, 1845. . Zur therapeutischen Verwen- 
 
 dung des Eigenserums. Mfinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1913, 
 
 Ix, 521. . Zur Methode der Eigenblutbehandlung. 
 
 Med. Klin., Berl., 1915, xi, 38. 
 
 Autosuggestion. 
 
 Bernhelm. De I'auto-suggestion. Rev. de psychiat., 
 Par., 1912, xvi, 266-270.— Cermlnara (G.) & Montesanti 
 (F.) Simulazione autosuggestione? Med. prat., Nlcastro, 
 1903, i, No. 2, 2; No. 3, 2.— Coste do Lagrave. L'auto- 
 suggestion methodique. Rev. de psychoth&ap., Par., 
 1914-15, xxlx, 19-22.— Felletar (E.) [Autosuggestion and 
 accusation of poisoning founded on manifold suggestions.] 
 Gyflgyfozat, Budafiest, 1904, xliv, 549.- Gota (A.) La 
 autosugestion natural. Clln. mod., Zaragoza, 1907, vi, 
 29-36.— LSszlO (B.) Ein Fall von Autosuggestion. Arch, 
 f. Krim.-Anthrop. u. Krimlnalist., Leipz., 1908, xxx, 344.— 
 Perry (R. W.) Three experiments in auto-suggestion. 
 Dietet. & Hyg. Gaz., N. Y., 1908, xxiv, 722-724.— Relchel 
 (H.) Falscheid auf autosuggestiver Basis. Arch. f. Krim.- 
 Anthrop. u. Kriminalist., Leipz., 1908, xxx, 152-154. 
 
 Autosynoptometer. 
 
 Armalgnac. Autosynoptom^tre k miroir. Bull. Acad, 
 de m^d.. Par., 1906, 3. s.. Iv, 74-76. Also.- Rec. d'opht.. 
 Par., 1906, 3. s., xxvjii, 65-74. 
 
AUTOTHERAPY. 
 
 227 
 
 AUXIMONES. 
 
 Autotherapy. 
 
 See, also, Autohsematotherapy; Autoin- 
 oculation; Autoserotherapy; Serotherapy 
 {Autogenous); Vaccines (Autogenous). 
 
 Duncan (C. H.) Auto-therapy. Lancet-Clinic, Cinein., 
 1911, cvi, 472-481. Also: N. Am. J. Homceop., N. Y., 1911, 
 
 lix, 741-76.5. . Autotherapy; the natural autogenous 
 
 toxlne complex in the treatment of disease. N. York 
 
 M. J. [etc.], 1912, xovi, 1217; 1278. . Autotherapy in 
 
 gynecology and obstetrics. Med. Times, N. Y., 1914, xUi, 
 
 146-148. . Autother£(py in the prevention and cure ol 
 
 purulent infections. Practitioner, Lond., 1914, soil, 551- 
 
 566. . Autotherapy of urine and sea plasma. Therap. 
 
 Eec, Louisville, 1914, ix, 38-42. . A positive method of 
 
 preventing and curing purulent infection, an appeal to the 
 army surgeon. Am. Med., Burlington, Vt., &N. Y., 1915, 
 X, 772-775. Also: Interstate M. J., St. Louis, 1915, xxii, 996- 
 
 1003. . . A few points in autotjerapeutio technique. 
 
 Med. Sentinel, Portland, Oreg., 1915, xxiii, 1985-1993. . 
 
 Autotherany. Long Island M. J., Brooklyn, 1916, x, 325- 
 333.— Partam (J. C.) Autotherapy. South. M. J., Nash- 
 ville, 1916, ix, 303-307. 
 
 Autotomy. 
 
 DcUno (v.) La autotomia jes un acto reflejo o psiquico? 
 Bol. de cien. m(5d., Mexico, 1913-14, iv, 193-197. Also: Crfin. 
 mM.-quir. de la Habana, 1914, xl, 60-64.— Draewlna (Anna). 
 Sur la prStendue autotomie psychique. Compt. rend. Soc. 
 
 de biol., Par., ] 907, Ixiii, 459-461. . Y a-t-il une dlff tonce 
 
 effective entre lajr^tendue autotomie psychique et I'auto- 
 tomie rfflexe? K^ponse k M. Pi^ron. Ibid., 493-495.— 
 FrtdMcq (L.) Sur I'autotomie ou mutilation par voie r4- 
 flexe comme moyeu de defense chez les animaux. Arch, de 
 zool. exp^r. et gen. Hist. nat. [etc.]. Par., 1883, 2. s., i, 413- 
 426.— Legendre (R.) Traces fossiles d'autotomie. Compt. 
 rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1908, Ixv, 662.— Paul (J. H.) A 
 comparative study of the reflexes of autotomy in decapod 
 Crustacea. Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb., 1914-15, xxxv, 233- 
 262.— Pearse (A. S.) Autotomy in holothurians. Biol. 
 Bull., Woods Hall, Mass., 1910-11, xviil, 42-49.— P16ron 
 (H.) Recherches sur I'autotomie. De I'existence d'une 
 autotomie psychique superpos^e k I'autotomie r^flexe. 
 Arch, intemat. de physioI., Lifege & Par., 1907, v, 110-121. 
 
 . Autotomie et autospasie. Conipt. rend. Soc. de 
 
 biol.. Par., 1907, Ixiii, 425-427. . Sur une pr^tendue 
 
 refutation de I'autotomie psychique; r^ponse k Mile. Drze- 
 
 wina. Ibid., 461-463. . L'autotomie protectrice r^flexe 
 
 Chez les orthoptSres. Ibid., 463-465. . L'autotomie 
 
 volontaire des d^capodes; quelques id^es et quelques faits. 
 
 Ibid. J 517-519. . Autotomie protectrice et autotomie 
 
 (Svasive. Ibid., cxliv, 1379-1381. . Le problfeme de 
 
 l'autotomie. Bull, seient. de la France et de la Belg., Par., 
 1908, xlii, 185-246. Also [Abstr.]: Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. 
 Par., 1909, bcvi, 172-174.— Koskam (J.) Nouvelles re- 
 cherches sur le m^canisme de l'autotomie chez le crabe. 
 Arch, intemat. de physiol., Lifege & Par., 1913, xiil, 229- 
 249. 
 
 Autotoxsemia. 
 
 See Pregnancy ( Toxxmia in) ; ToxEemia {Di- 
 
 Autotoxins. 
 
 Banton (G. H.) Auto-toxins from beer and spirits. 
 J. Inebriety, Bost., 1910, xxxii, 36-41.— Manteulel. Unter- 
 suchungeu ilber die Autotoxine (Conradi) und ihre Bedeu- 
 tung als Ursache der Wachstumshemmung in Bakterien- 
 kulturen. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1906, xliii, 313-318.— Pas- 
 sinl (FJ Die bakteriellen Hemmungsstoffe Conradis und 
 ihr Einfiuss auf das Wachstum der Ana«robier des Darmes. 
 Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1906, xix, 627-630. 
 
 Autour (Stanislas) [1877- ]. *Actinomycose 
 du coeur et du p6ricarde. 56 pp. 8°. Lyon, 
 1903, No. 108. 
 
 Autovaccination. 
 
 See Vaccination [Accidental, etc.). 
 
 Autoxid^tion. 
 
 Falk (K. G.) Autoxidation of organic compounds. 
 School of Mines Quart., N. Y., 1907-8, xxix, 15-23.— Tbun- 
 berg (T.) Untersuchungen fiber autoxydable Substanzen 
 und autoxydable Systeme von physiologischem Interesse. 
 Skandin. Arch. f. Physiol., Leipz., 1910, xxiv, 90-96. 
 
 Autran (Manuel Francisco Monteiro). See Mon- 
 teiro Autran (Manuel_ Francisco) \in 2. s.]. 
 
 Autran (P. Sanudo). Alicante, estaci6n invemal. 
 14 pp. 8° Alicante, M. & V. Ouijarro, 1899. 
 
 Autunite. 
 
 Rolfe (B. H.) Autunite (hydrated uranium calcium 
 phosphate). Lancet, Lond., 1911, i, 766. 
 
 Auvard [Pierre-Victor-Alfred] [1855- ]. 1h6- 
 rapeutique g3m6cologique. vi, 330 pp. 12°. 
 Paris, 0. Doin, 1896. 
 
 . Formulaire gyn^cologique illustr^. 2. 6d. 
 
 Mi, 128 pp. 16°. Paris, Rueff & Cie., 1898. 
 
 Formulaire obstetrical illustr6. 2. ^d. 
 
 ill, 115 pp. 12°. Pans, Rueff A Cie., 1898. 
 
 Le nouveau-n6; physiologie, hygifene, 
 allaitement, maladies les plus fr^quentes et leur 
 traitement, avec une introduction sur I'hygifene 
 g6nitale de la femme. 3. M. xlii, 153 pp. 16°. 
 Paris, 0. Doin, 1898. 
 
 The same. 4. ed. 1 p. 1., 364 pp. 16°- 
 
 Paris, 0. Doin, 1901. 
 
 The same. 5. M. 372 pp., 1 pi. 12°. 
 
 Paris, 0. Doin, 1905. 
 . The same. 6. ^d. 369 pp. 8°. Paris, 
 
 0. Doin & fils, 1909. 
 . Malaidie (hysteric — neurasth^nie — ^16sion). 
 
 vii, 262 pp., 1 1., 1 illuB. 12°. Paris, A. Maloine 
 
 & fils, 1918. 
 See, also, Scbultz (Marie) \in 2. s.]. Hygitoe g&iitale de 
 
 la femme [etc.]. 12°. Paris, 1903. 
 
 For Biograplvy, see Galleria d. clin. ostet., Scansano, 
 
 1902, i, 41-48, port. 
 
 Auvergne. 
 
 See, also. Epidemics {History of), iy localities. 
 Van Hassel (V.) Mon camet d 'Auvergne; 
 
 voyage d'^tudes m6dicales. 8°. Dour, 1905. 
 Auvert (Lucien) [1881-1911]. *L'6vacuation 
 
 spontan6e des abcfes extra-duraux d'origine 
 
 otique. 54 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1905, No. 64. 
 
 Far Biography, see Gaz. m^d. de Par., 1911, Ixxxii, p. iii. 
 Auvinet (Louis-PhiUppe-Constant) [1876- ]. 
 
 *Des crises abdominales dans la convalescence 
 
 de la dipht&ie. [Bordeaux.] 50 pp., 1 1. 8°. 
 
 Nantes, 1903, No. 146. 
 Auvray (Adolphe-Charles) [1874^ ]. *Du 
 
 chondro-myxome. 76 pp. 8°. Paris, 1897, 
 
 No. 522. 
 Auvray (Maurice) [1868- ]. *Les tumeura 
 
 c6r6brales; clinique et chirurgie. 434 pp., 1 1. 
 
 4°- Paris, 1896, No. 166. 
 . The same. 466 pp., 1 1. 8° Pans, 
 
 J.-B. BaillHre 6s fils, 1896. 
 . Diagnostic de rappendicite. 95 pp. 8°'. 
 
 Paris, J.-B. BailMre & fils, 1904. 
 
 The same. Diagn6stico de la appendi- 
 
 citis. 96 pp. 12° Madrid, 1905. 
 
 . Maladies du crane etdel'enc6pliale. 508 
 
 pp. 8°. Paris, J.-B. Bailliire & Son, 1909, i 
 Nouveau traits de chirurgie. No. 13. "" ' 
 
 See, alsoj Terrier (Louis Ffilix) & Auvray (Maurice) [in 
 2. s.]. Chirurgie du foie et des voles bUiaires. 8°. Paris, 
 
 Auvray (Octave-Paul) [1873- ]. *Etude de 
 quelques variations du volume du foie; leur 
 valeur s^miologique. 94 pp. 8° Paris, 1901, 
 No. 245. 
 
 Auvret (Jean) [1881- ]. *Contribution ^ 
 retude des luxations recidivantes de I'^paule. 
 70 5p. 8°. Paris, 1908, No. 180. 
 
 Auxilysins and auzilysis. 
 
 de Blasi (D.) Ueber die auxolytlsohe Eigenschaft 
 emiger Menschensera. Folia serolog. [etc.], Leipz 1908-9 i 
 4.— Gengou (O.) Du pouvolr auxijytique An s&um 'de 
 cobaye normal. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena 
 1909, Iii, 615-522.— Manwaring (W. H.) On auxilysins- a 
 prehminary communication. J. Infect..Dis., Chicago. 1906 
 Iii, 225-227. Also, Reprint. ' 
 
 Auximones. 
 
 Bottomlcy (W. B.) Some effects of organic growth- 
 prpmotmg substances (auximones) on the growth of Lemna 
 mmormmmeral culture solutions. Proc. Roy Soc Lond 
 1917, s. B, Ixxxix, 1917, 481-507, 2 pi— Mockerldge (Flo^ 
 rence A.) Some effects of organic growth-promoting sub- 
 stances (auximones) on the soil organisms concerned in the 
 nitrogen cycle. Ibid. , 508-533. 
 
AUXION. 
 
 228 
 
 AVERY. 
 
 Auxion (Jules-G6rard-Ferdinand) [1883- ]. 
 
 *Du traitement des plaLes de la main par la 
 
 teinture d'iode. 74 pp. 8°. Paris, 1910, 
 
 No. 418. 
 Auxion (Prosper). *Quelques conflid^rations sur 
 
 la tuberculose infantile (6tude locale). 71 pp. 
 
 8°. Toulouse, 1901, No. 441. 
 
 Auxo-amylase. 
 
 Rockwood (E. W.) Auxo-amylases. Proo. Am. Soc. 
 
 Biol. Chemists, Bait., 1916, xi, p. xxxiv. . Some nitro- 
 
 genoiis auxoamylases. J. Am. Chem. Soc, Easton, Pa., 
 1917, xxxix, 2745-2752. 
 
 Auxocytes. 
 
 Bolles-Lee (A.) L'^tape strepsinfimatique des auxocytes 
 mUe; de I'esoargot. Cellule, Llerre-Louvain, 1912, xxvii, 
 221-253, 1 pi. 
 
 Auzat (Jean) [1865- ]. *Du traitement des 
 
 pleur&ies purulentes chroniques. 91 pp. 8°. 
 
 Paris, 1903, No. 512. 
 Auzimour (Bernard) [1878- ]. *Sobri6t6 et 
 
 resistance des Arabes. ix, 11-70 pp, 1 1. 8°. 
 
 Montpellier, 1905, No. 39. 
 Auzinger (August). Womit konnen wir den 
 
 Saugling am besten emahren, wenn die Mutter- 
 
 rnilch. mangelt? Ein Wort zur modemen Saug- 
 
 lingsmilchfrage. 16 pp. 8°. Leipzig, M. 
 
 HdriMus Nadif., 1909. 
 Auzolle (Hippolyte) [1876- ]. *Contribution 
 
 k l'6tude de la tuberculose musculaire primitive; 
 
 ses formes anatomiques. 48 pp., 1 pi. 8° 
 
 Lyon, 1910, No. 63. 
 Auzols (Alpbonse). *La diarrh^e; traitement par 
 
 la gelatine. 74. pp. 8°. Paris, 1907, No. 391. 
 Auzoux [Louis-Thomas-J^rome] [1797-1880]. Rap- 
 
 ?orts sur I'anatomie clastique. 16 pp. 8°. 
 'ari^, Knox, 1837. 
 
 . Anatomie clastique. Catalogue de 1894. 
 
 11 pp. 12°. Paris, 1894. 
 Avanzini (Jo. Baptista). De pellagra novo 
 morbo per qusedam Liguriae rura graasanti; 
 historia. 2. ed. 14 pp. 8°. Genuse, [1812]. 
 
 Avarice. 
 
 Aslunead (A. S.) Quid avarus? Stultus et insanus. 
 J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1897, xxviil, 933.— dePursac (J. E.) 
 De I'avarice; essai de psychologie morbide. Rev. phil.. 
 Par., 1906, Ixi, 15; 164.— Rogues deFursac{ J.) L'h&4dit« 
 dans I'avarice. I. de psychol. norm, et path.. Par., 1909, vi, 
 193-200. 
 
 Avarne {Arthur Blair) [1862-1910]. 
 
 Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lend., 1910, 1, 1028. 
 
 Avdakoff (Anna). *La paralysie de la branche 
 exteme du spinal dans le tabfes. 112 pp., 4 pi. 
 8°. Paris, 1906, No._212. 
 
 Aveenz (N. E. Conradi). Een vriend der cholera 
 waaran men niet denkt. 29 pp. 16°. Amster- 
 dam, 1866. 
 
 Areline (Georges-Henri) [1887- ]. *Des con- 
 vulsions 6piIeptiformes au cours du coma dia- 
 b^tique. 77 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1912, No. 73. 
 
 AreUne (Paul) [1875- ]. *Contribution ^ 
 retude de' I'ortnoforme; de quelques accidents 
 causes par son emploi, particmiferement en 
 obstetrique. 71pp. 8°. Paris, 1902, No. 35. 
 
 Aveling (James Hobson) [1828-92]. The present 
 state of medicine in Sheffield. An introductory- 
 address delivered at the Sheffield School of 
 • Medicine, October Ist, 1866. 22 pp., 1 sheet. 
 12°. Sheffield, Pawson & Brailsford, [1866]. 
 
 . The mid wives registration bill. Opening 
 
 address to a discussion on the biU by the British 
 Gynsecological Society. 12 pp. 8° London, 
 J. Bale & Sons, 1890. 
 
 Arellan (Hjalmar). Tutkimuksia celluloidin 
 Kayttokelposundesta _ hammasteknikaasa, Kir- 
 jottanut. [Investigation on the special uses of 
 celluloid in dental technics.] 100 pp. 8°. 
 Heldngissa, 1907. 
 
 Arellanal (Jos6 Ram6n). *Cuales son los deberes 
 de los medicos con sua compafieros en el ejercicio 
 profesional,? 12 pp., 1 1. 8°. Eabana, 1901. 
 
 d'AveUar (Edouard) [1866- ]. *Lea theories 
 de I'immunit^; revue critique. .116 pp. 8°. 
 Paris, 1898, No. 502. 
 
 de Avellar Figueira de Mello (Paulo). *Um 
 case de gravidez tubaria a' termo operado 4J 
 mezes depois da morte do feto. 47 pp. 4°. Rio 
 de Janeiro, 1906. 
 
 de Avellar Werneck (Paulino). *Tratamento da 
 neurasthenia. 100 pp., 1 1. roy. 8°. Rio de 
 Janeiro, Mendes, Marques & Co., 1896. 
 
 Avellis' syndrome [Pharyngo-laryngeal 
 hemiplegia]. 
 
 See Larynx (Paralysis of); Paralysis {Pha- 
 ryngolaryngeal). 
 Arellis (G[eorg]). Klinische Beitrage zur halb- 
 seitigen Kehlkopflahmung. 26 pp. 8°. Berlin, 
 1891. 
 Forms 40. Hft. of: Berl. Klinik. 
 
 Arena. 
 
 See Oats. 
 Avenbrugger (Leopold). See Auenbrugger. 
 Avenel (Pierre-Augitste) [1803-66]. 
 
 Roger (J.) [Biography.) In his; M^. normands [etc.], 
 8°, Par., 1890, i, 293-303. 
 
 Avenier (Ren^). *La m^ningite zonateuse. 44 
 pp. 8°. Paris, 1908, No. 321. 
 
 Avenin. 
 
 Abderbalden (E.) & HitmaiiUiien (Y.) Die Mono- 
 amincsauren des Avenins. Ztschr, f . physiol. Chem., Strassb., 
 1907, lii, 515-520.— Welser (S.) Ueber das Aveniu. Aroli. 
 f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1903, xcviii, 623-630. 
 
 Avenzohar (Abumeron) [1070-11611. 
 
 See CoUe (Joannes) [in 2. s.]. De cogmtu diflcillbus in 
 praxl [etc.]. 4° Venetiis, 1628. 
 
 Arerina (Olga) [1883- ]. *Traumati8che 
 Darmrupturen ohne Eroffnung der Bauchhohle. 
 31pp. 8°. Giessen,0. Kindt, 1910. 
 
 Averkiyeff (Semyon Nikltich) [1859- ]. *Ma- 
 teriyali k voprosu p vliyanii molochnavo sakhara 
 nausvoyeniye zhirovpishtshi, kozhno-lyokhoch- 
 nlya poteri, obmien vodi i vies tiela u zdoro- 
 vlkh lyudei. [Data on the influence of milk 
 sugar upon the assimilation of fats from food, 
 losses by skin and lungs, metabolism of water, 
 
 • and body weight in men.] 133 pp. 8°. S.- 
 Peterburg, V. P. Meshtshershi, 1896. 
 
 Arerrtaoes [1126-98]. Paraphrasisde partibus et 
 generatione animaUum tarn philosophis quam 
 medicis perutilis. Nuper ex HeDraico m Latinum 
 translata pereximium Artium et Medicinae Doc- 
 torem Miigistrum Jacob Mantinum Hebreum 
 Hispanum. 791. roy. 8°. [Romx,'per Marcelum 
 Siller al'sFranch, 1521.] 
 
 . See, also: 
 
 ZiMARA (M. A.) Solutiones contradictionum 
 in dictis Averrois. 
 
 In: AvERRHOES. Decimum volumen: Colliget libri vii 
 [etc.]. sm. 4°. Venetiis, 1574, ft. 173-177. . . 
 
 See, also, SndhoS (K.) Umfang und Gewicht dos Col- 
 liget des Ibn Ruschd (Averrocs). Mitt. z. Gesch. d. Med. 
 u. d. Naturw., Hamb., 1914, xiii, 451. 
 
 Aversenq (Jean). *L'61ectrolyse circulaire et les 
 r^tr^cissements de I'urfetre. 107 pp. 8°. Paris, 
 1903, No. 68. 
 
 Avery (Edward W.) [1841-1917]. 
 
 Obituary. Boston M. & S. J., 1917, clxxvi, 792. 
 
 Avery (John) [1807-55]. 
 
 Tearsley (M.) [Biography.] Proc. Eoy. Soc. Med., 
 Lond., 1912-13, vi, Sect. Hist. Med., 240-242. 
 
 Avery (Oswald Theodore), Chlckering (H. T.) 
 
 [et aZ.]. Acute lobar pneumonia; prevention 
 and serum treatment. 1 p. 1-, 110 pp., 3 pi. 
 
AVERY. 
 
 229 
 
 AVIATION. 
 
 Avery (Oswald Theodore) [et al.] — continued. 
 8°. New York, The Rockefeller Institute/or Medi- 
 cal Research, 1917. 
 
 Avery (Otis) [1808-1904]. 
 
 Obituary. Dental Cosmos, Phila., 1904, xlvi, 331-334. 
 
 Aveta (H.) & Stagno (P.) Casa di salute Fleu- 
 rent, con villini separati per malattie men tali e 
 nervose. Istituto londato nel 1831, Napoli. 35 
 pp., 1 1., 1 pi. 12°. NavoK, Piannim, 1896. 
 
 Aveze (Andr6). L'amour a I'envers roman. Pre- 
 face du docteur Doyen. 297 pp. 12°. Paris, 
 A. Michel; [1906]. 
 
 Aviat (Mane-Hubert) [1873- ]. *La question 
 des ^tabUssements sp^ciaux pour la cure d_e 
 ralcoolisme. Maison de convalescence, d 'absti- 
 nence et de travail. 127 pp. 8°. Ards-sur- 
 Aube, 1900, No. 170. 
 
 Aviation and aviators. 
 
 See, also, Aeronautics. 
 
 Hamel (G.) & Turner (C. G.) Flying; some 
 practical experiences. 8°. Loridon, [e<c.], 1914. 
 
 Marquis (R.) Hygifene i)ratique de I'aviateur 
 et del'a^ronaute. 8°. Paris, 1912. 
 
 Medical training of aviators for war purposes. 
 
 Cutting from: Sun (The), N. Y., 1917, Ixxxv, No. 7, Sept. 7. 
 
 Pag^ (V. W.) & MoNTARioL (P.) Glossary of 
 aviation terms. Termes d' aviation. English.- 
 Frencb. Franjais-Anglais. 8°. New York, 1917. 
 
 VON ScHROTTER (H.) Hygiene der Aeronautik 
 und Aviatik. fol. Wien & Leipzig, 1912. 
 
 Adier (J. E.) . Notes on the medical aspect of aviation, 
 
 ■with a suggested scheme for the medical examination of 
 
 pilots. In: Hamel (G.) & Turner (C. C.) Flying, 8°, 
 
 ■ Lond., 1914, 310-338.— Aggazzotti (A.) La terapia del 
 
 male degll aviatori,*la ipobaropatia. Gazz. med. lomb., 
 
 Milano^ 1918, Ixxvii, 73-77. . La ipobaropatia. Gazz. 
 
 med. sicil., Catania, 1918, xxl, 104-112. Also: Gior. di med. 
 nul., Roma, 1918, Ixvi, 183-191.— Air (The) medical service. 
 Lancet, Lond., 1918, i, 341.— Anderson (H. G.) Some medi- 
 cal aspects of aviation; a lecture for pupils at air stations. J. 
 
 Roy. Nav. M. Serv., Lond., 1917, iii, 328-331. . The 
 
 medical aspects of aeroplane accidents. Brit. M. J., Lond., 
 
 1918, i, 73-76. . Aeroplane accidents. J. Roy. Nav. 
 
 M. Serv., Lond., 1918, iv, 51-68. . The selection of 
 
 candidates for the air service. Lancet, Lond^ 1918, 1, 395- 
 399.— Attributes (The) of the successful flying officer. 
 Ibid., ii, 425. — Auditory afEections in airmen. Med. J. 
 Australia, Sydney, 1917, ii, 10. — Aviator's sickness. Med. 
 Rec, N. Y., 1918, xciii, 989.— Babcocli; (H. L.) Some 
 observations on the BdJdny tests as applied to aviators. 
 Boston M. & S. J., 1917, clxxvli, 840-843. AUo, Reprint.— 
 Bacbinan (R. A.) The examination of aviators. tJ. 
 States Nav. M. Bull., Wash., 1918, xil, 30-41.— Bernard.(A.) 
 Les problfemes mgdicaux de I'aviation. Progrfes m^d., Par., 
 1918. 3. s., xxxiil^ 166-170.— Berthler (D.) Note au sujet 
 de troubles cardiovasculaires pouvant expliquer certams 
 accidents d'aviation. Bull. Acad, de mM., Par., 1918, 3. s., 
 bcxx, 232. — Bilaneionl (G.) Alterazionl prodotte sull' or- 
 ganismo da una, improwisa e fortissima variazione della 
 pressione atmosferica. Gior. di med. mil., Koma, 1918, 
 irvl, 802-812.— Binet (L.) Le mal des aviateurs et la sflec- 
 tion des pilotes militaires. Rev. g^n. d. sc. pures et appliq., 
 Par., 1917, xxviii, 540-545. — Blaauw (E.) Visual require- 
 ments of nuUtary aviators. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1917, 
 Ixvili, 1205. — Bonnier (P.) Capacity manostatique chez 
 les aviateurs. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par., 1911, clii, 
 1498. — Boyer (J.) Selecting aviators, psycho-motive ex- 
 amination of candidates for the French service. Sdent. 
 Am., N. Y., 1916, cxv, 6.— Bozzi (F.) Contribute alia fisio- 
 logia dell' aviazione. Gazz. med. lomb., Milano, 1917, Ixxiv, 
 187. Also: Gior. di med. mU., Roma, 1917, Ixv, 653-656.— 
 Bru6re (P.) Aviation et produits compmnfe. Caducge, 
 Par., 1912, xii, 187.— Burtt (H. E.) The perception ofsUght 
 changes of equiUbrium, with especial reference to problems 
 of aviation. J. AppUed Psychol., Worcester, 1918, ii, 101- 
 115. — C. (A.) Un transluge de la mMecine et de la phar- 
 ma«ie: I'Mronaute Pilatre de Rozier. Chron. To&d., Par., 
 1917, xxiv, 337-340.— Camus (J.) & Nepper. Temps des 
 reactions psychomotrices des candidats&.Paviation. Compt. 
 rend. Acad. d. sc. Par., 1916, cbtiii, 106. Also: Paris mM., 
 1916, xix, 290-294.— Carpenter (E. R.) Value of the neuro-. 
 otologic tests in the army from a diagnostic standpoint. J. 
 Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1918, Ixxi, 899.— Castex (A.) Trou- 
 bles auriculaires chez les aviateurs militaires. Rev. g&i. 
 de clin. et de th^rap., Par^ 1917, xxxi, 36-38. Also: Arch, 
 de m(5d. et pharm. mil.. Par., 1918, Ixxx, 73-76.— JCham- 
 berlin (W; B.) Medical examination and the Aviation 
 
 Aviation and aviators. ' 
 
 Corps. Cleveland M. J., 1917, xvi, 545-548.— Conln (F. M.) 
 Physical examinations of applicants for the Aviation Serv- 
 ice, U. S. A. Nebraska M. T., Norfolk, Neb., 1918, iii, 120; 
 123.— Connor (C. H.) The special physical examination 
 of aviators for the United States Army. Mil. Surgeon, 
 Wash., 1917, xl, 29-32.— Cottle (G. P.) Naval aviation 
 personnel. Ibid., 1916, xxxix, 353-360.— Cowley (L. M.) 
 Higiene pr&ctica fisioldgica del a^nador y del aereonauta. 
 Rev. de med. y cirug. de la Habana, 1913, xviil, 475; 489. 
 Also: Espana med., Madrid, 1914, iv, No. 127, 10; No. 128, 
 4; No. 129, 4; No. 130, 2.— Crouzon (O.) Note sur la tension 
 art^rielle de deux aviateurs, aprfes un vol planS de 2,050 
 mfetres d'altitude. Compt. rend. Soc de biol.. Par., 1912, 
 Ixxii, 530-532.— Cruchet (R.) & Moullnier (R.) Le mal 
 des aviateurs. Presse m^d.. Par., 1911, xlx, 589-592.— De 
 Witt (Lydia M.) Aviation from a medical point of view. 
 Intemat. Ass. Med. Mus. Bull., Arm. Arbor, Mich., & Mon- 
 treal, Canad., 1918, No. 7, 197-202.— Doctor (The) and the 
 airman. Lancet, Lond., 1918, i, 411.— t«n Doesscliate (G.) 
 Ueber Gesichtsfeldstorungen bei Fliegerofflzieren. Ztschr. 
 ' f. Augenh., Berl.^ 1918, xxxix, 30-36.— Dudley (S. F.) 
 Active service flying; the medical point of view. J. Roy. 
 Nav. M. Serv., Lond., 1918, iv, 131-140.— Duulap (K.) 
 Psychologic observations and methods. [Medical Research 
 Laboratory Air Service.) J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1918, 
 Ixxi, 1392.— EflSclent (The) selection and care of flying 
 officers. Lancet, Lond., 1918, i, 190.— fitlenne (G.) & 
 liamy. Le coeur des aviateurs. Bull. Acad, de m^d.. 
 Par., 1918, 3. s., Ixxx. 151-153.— F. (W. C.) The advisability 
 of recording the models of the jaws of aviators. J. Ass. Mil. 
 Dental Surg., San Fran., 1918, ii, 169-171.— Fagln (R.) 
 Eye requirements for aviators. J. Tenn. M. Ass., Nashville, 
 1918-19, xi, 177-179.— Falcbl (L.) SuU' idoneitJl, al servizio 
 di aviazione. Gior. di med. mil., Roma, 1911, Ux, 347- 
 
 350. . De^Ii infortuni aviatorii e dei mezzi di pro- 
 
 tezione per gli aviatori. Ibid., 1912, Ix. 641-655.— Ferry 
 (M. G.) Le syndrome mal des aviateurs (etude exp^rimen- 
 tale de la tension art&ielle). Presse m^d.. Par., 1916, xxiv, 
 65-67. Also, iransl.: Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1916, ci, 
 
 395-398. . Le syndrome mal des aviateurs chez nn 
 
 pUote albuminurique; ^tude expfirimentale de ses reactions 
 cardio-vasculaires en vol. Arcn. d. mal. du coeur [etc]. 
 Par., 1917, x, 275-284. . Le syndrome mal des avia- 
 teurs et ses suites gloignfies; ^tiologie, pathog^nle et traite- 
 ment; aptitude b, I'aviation et hygiene de I'aviateur. Arch, 
 de mid. et pharm. mil.. Par., 1918, Ixxx, 77-86.— Fisher 
 (L.) & Lewis (E. R.) Visual factors in equilibration, 
 especially aviation. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1918, Ixx, 
 1625-1628.— Fislier (L.) & Lyman (H. W.) The ear in 
 stunt flying. Ibid., Ixxi, 1977-1980.— Fia«k (M.) Scientific 
 tests for the selection of pilots for the air force. Nature, 
 Lond., 1918, ci, 225.— Flemmlng. Bewusstlosigteit im 
 Luftschia. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 
 1912, xxxviii, 1338.— Flight surgeons appointed. J. Am. 
 M. Ass., Chicago, 1918, Ixxi, 665.— Frangenhetm. Ueber 
 die Verletzungen vom Fhegeriiberfall. Munchen. med. 
 Wchnschr., 1918, Ixv, 1091.— Frideuberg (P.) Visual fac- 
 tors in equilibration, especially aviation. J. Am. M Ass 
 Chicago, 1918, Ixx, 991.— Frlediander. Zur Physiologic imd 
 Pathologie der Luftfahrt. Jahrb. d. wissensch. Gesellsch. 
 
 f. Flugtechnik, Berl., 1913, i, 70-83. . Bericht des 
 
 Unterausschusses fiir medizinische und psychologische 
 
 , . r applicazione del metodi psico-fisici 
 all' esame dei candidati all' aviazione militare. Riv. di 
 psicol., Bologna, 1917, xiii, 157-190, 4 pi. Also, transl.: 
 
 Arch. ital. de biol., Pise, 1917, Ixvii, 162-205. . Sulla 
 
 composizione del sangue degli aviatori. Boll. d. 1st. siero- 
 terap. milanese, 1917. i, 105-110.— GUchrist (N. S.) Au 
 analysis of causes of breakdown in flying, with note on the 
 nervous mechanism of the flying man. Brit. M. J., Lond. 
 
 1918, ii, 401-403. . Causes of breakdown in flying! 
 
 N. York M. LJetc], 1918, cviii, 906.— Gradenlgo (G.) Ri- 
 cerche psicofisiologiche sui candidati al pilolaggio d'avia- 
 zione militare. Gior. di med. nul., Roma, 1918, Ixvi, 3- 
 1V-— Greene (R. N.) Some aero-medical observations. 
 Mil. Surgeon, Wash., 1917, xli, 689-597.— Guggenheim 
 (L. K.) Aviation and otology. Interstate M. J., St. Louis, 
 1917, XXIV, 865-867.— GuUlaiu (G.) Syndrome de Claude 
 Bemard-Horner cons&utif S, une chute d'avion. Bull et 
 vaim. Soc. mdd. d. h6p. de Par., 1918, 3. s., xlli, 761.— Hahn 
 (R.) & Malan (A.) Dell' esame del senso statico e del 
 senso vestibolare nei candidati all' aviazione. Arch, ital 
 di otol. [etc.], Torino, 1918, xxix, 78-87.— Halben. Die 
 Augeu der Luftfahrer. Jahrb. d. wissensch. Gesellsch. 1 
 Flugtechnik, Beri., 1914, ii, 158-168. AUo [Abstr.l: Med. 
 Khn., Berl., 1914, x, 88.— Hamilton (AUce). Industrial 
 poisomng in aircraft manufacture. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago 
 1917, Ixix, 2037-2039.— Hastings (H.) Reactions of tiie 
 normal labyrinth; recent experience in the United States 
 aviation examinations. Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol 
 St. Louis, 1918, xxvii, 481-489.- Helme (F.) Quelquel 
 reflexions sur le temps pr&ent; deux mots k propos de 
 I'aviation. PressemM., Par., 1912, xx,suppl.,3S7-359.— Hen- 
 derson (Y.) & Seibert (E. G.) Organization and objects 
 of the Medical Research Board, Air Service, U. S Army 
 
AVIATION. 
 
 230 
 
 AVICENNA. 
 
 Aviation and aviators. 
 
 J. Am. M. Ass., CMcago, 1918, Ixxi, 1382-1384.— HIrschlaff 
 (W.) Glbt es eine FUegerlcraakheit? Berl. kiln. Wchn- 
 schr., 1917, Uv, 1187: 1918,lv, 350-353. Also: Deutsche med. 
 Wohnsclir., Berl. & Leipz., 1918, xliv, 30.— Holloway 
 (T. B.) Aviator's dazzling. Ophtn. Eec, Chicago, 1917, 
 xxvl, 208.— Huss. Untersuchung auf Gleiohgewaohtssto- 
 rungen hei Fliegem; kurze Einliihrimg in die neueren.Unter- 
 suohungsmethoden und Vorsohlag zu einer S3rstematischen 
 Funlrtionspriifung. Veroffentl. a. d. Geb. d. Marine-Sani- 
 tatswes., Berl., 1913, 6. Hit., 1-31. Aho,traml.: V. States 
 Nav. M. Bull., Wash., 1914, viii, 87-106, 1 pi.— Johnston 
 (J. I.) The cardiovascular problem in the aviation recruit. 
 Penn. M. J., Athens, 1918-19, xxii, 53-55.— Jones (I. H.) 
 The ear and aviation. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1917, Ixix, 
 1007-1609. Also: Volta Rev., Wash., 1917, 3ax, 710-715.— 
 Jones (I. H.), Hunt (J. E.) [et al.]. Aviation problems, 
 Tfith speciaJ reference to the internal ear and the cerebellum. 
 N. York M. J. [eto.J, 1919, cix, 83-86.— Josu« (O.) L'examen 
 du coeur et des vaisseaux chez les aviateurs. Arch, de mM. 
 et pharm. mil., Par., 1918, Ixix, 609-628.— Kaulen, Ueber 
 den Einfluss des Fhegens auf das Blutbild bei Menschea, 
 Kaninchen und Mausen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. 
 & Leipz., 1917, xUii, 1562.— KeU (H.) Ueber den Flie- 
 gertod. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1917, Ixiv, 1123. — 
 Knott (J.) Aviator's sickness. Med. Press & Circ, Loud., 
 1916, ci, 519.— Koscbel (E.) Welche Anforderuneen mils- 
 sen an die Gesundheit der Fiihrer von Luftlanrzeugen 
 gestellt vrerden? Jahrb. d. wissensch. Gesellsch. t. Fiug- 
 teohnik, Berl., 1914, ii, 143-157. AUo, frami. [Abstr.j: 
 Scient. Am. Suppl., N. Y., 1915, Ixxix, 45.— L. (E.) Con- 
 dition d'aptitude au service de I'aviation militalre en Italic. 
 Caducfe, Par., 1911, xi, 234.— Lacrolx (P.) Les reactions 
 de rorcille chez les aviateurs pendant les vols. Bull. Acad, 
 de mM., Par., 1917, 3. s., Ixxvii, 94-87.— Lane (W. A.), 
 Sutherland (G. A.) & Joynsoh-Hlcks (W.) The medical 
 service of the E. A. F.; principles of promotion.' Lancet, 
 Lond., 1918, ii, 679.— Lee (C. F.) Aviation and the war. 
 J. Wash. Acad. So., Bait., 1918, viii, 225-232.— Legrand (0.) 
 L'aviation et le service de sant^ en campagne. Arch, de 
 mM. et pharm. mil.. Par., 1913, Ixi, 538-640.— L«plne (E.) 
 Pour la s^curit^ des aviateurs. Lyon m6d., 1911, cxvii, 
 997-999. — Lewis (E. E.) Influence of altitude on the hear- 
 ing and the motion-sensing apparatus of the ear. J. Am. 
 
 M. Ass., Chicago, 1918, Ixxi, 1398. —. B4r4ny chair 
 
 tests and flsriug ability. /Mo., Ixx, 1559. . Otologic 
 
 problems from the standpoint of aviation service. Tr. Am. 
 Otol. Soc, New Bedford, Mass.. 1918, xiv, pt. 3. 449-451. 
 
 . Otologic problems from the standpoint of aviation 
 
 service. Tr. Am. Otol. Soc^ New Bedford, Mass., 1918, 
 
 xiv, pt. 3, 449-451. . The ear and aviation. Arch. 
 
 Neurol. & Psychiat., Chicago, 1919, i, 167-171.— Loewy (A.) 
 & Flaczek (S.) Die Wirkung der Hohe auf das Seelenleben 
 des Luftfahrers. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1914, Ii, 102O-1023.— 
 Lyster (T. C.) Aviation medical service here and abroad. 
 Tr. Am. Otol. Soc, New Bedford, Mass., 1918, xlv, pt. 3, 
 452-458.— Mc Walter (J. C.) The sense of projection in 
 
 flying officers. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1917, ii, 672. . The 
 
 physiology of the aviator. Med. Press, Lond., 1918, n. s., 
 cvi, 133.— Marx. Fliegerverletzungen. Berl. klla. wchn- 
 schr., 1914, Ii, 53.— Medical (The) aspects of aviation. 
 Lancet, Lond., 1918, i, 67.— Mjedlcal problems of the air 
 service. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1918. i, 123.— MouUnier (R.) 
 Tension art&ielle cnez les aviateurs et vol aux hautes 
 altitudes. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. m4d. de Bordeaux, 1910, xxxl, 
 457— Murphy (J. St. J.) Some medical points in con- 
 nection with flying. J. Eoy. Nav. M. Serv., Lond., 1918, 
 iv, 281-284.— Murray (W. E.) The veiitibular apparatus 
 and its relation to aviation. Journal-Lancet, Minneap., 
 1918, xxxviii, 155-158.— Myers (D . P.) The criminal in the 
 air. I. Am. In.st. . . . Crirainol., Chicago, 1913-14, iv, 815- 
 836. — Nieddu-Scmldel (A.) L' esame doll' orecchio e 
 delie prime vie respiratorie negli aspiranti piloti di naviga- 
 zione aerea. Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.], Torino, 1911, xxii, 
 
 11-31. . SuU' idoneiti, fisica al servizio di navigazione 
 
 aerea. Gior. di med. mil., Eoma, 1911, lix, 3-27.— Okounell 
 (B.) Mat^riaux pour servir k I'^tude de I'influence de cer- 
 tains moments de I'a^rostation et de I'aviation sur I'oreille 
 satue et sur I'oreille malade. Arch. Internal, de laryngol. 
 [etc.], Par., 1911, xxxi, 127; 480.— Ovlngton (E. L.) 'The 
 psychic factors in aviation. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1914, 
 bdll, 419.— Panter (A. E.) Minor maladies in flymg offi. 
 
 A search for nonphyi _ 
 States Nav. M. Bull., Wash„ 1918, xil, 155-172.— Parsons 
 (E. P.) & Segar (L. H.) Bdriny chair tests and flying 
 abiUtv; a correlation study of one hundred naval aviators. 
 J Ain. M. Ass., Chicago, 1918, Ixx, 1064; 1879.— Paton (S.) 
 Effects of low oxygen pressure on the personality of the 
 aviator. Hid., haa, 1399.— Paton (S.T, Maclake (W.) 
 & Hamilton (A. 8.) Personality studies and the personal 
 eguatlon of the aviator. Ment. Hyg., Concord, N. H., 1918, 
 ii 629-634.— Bensl (G.) Un' analisi della vita volitiva. 
 Eiv. di psicol., Bologna, 1916, xii, 101-118.— Beymond 
 (E.) Les reflexes dans I'aviation. Bull, m^d., I'ar., 1911, 
 XXV, 975. . The hygiene and the physiology of the 
 
 Aviation and aviators. 
 
 airman. J. State Med., Lond ., 1913, xxi, 500-503.— RIppon 
 (T. S.) & Manuel (E. G.) The essential characteristics of 
 successful and unsuccessful aviators, with special reference 
 to temperament. Lancet. Jjond., 1918, ii, 411-415. — Rob- 
 ertson (C. M.) A new test and method of classiflcation 
 for labvrinth, mascle tone and blood pressure findings In 
 men entering military aviation service; preliminary report. 
 Tr. Am. Otol. Soc, New Bedford, Mass., 1918, xiv, pt. 3, 
 457-486. Also: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1918, Ixxi, 813- 
 817.— Rouch. ilcoles d'aviation et mMecins militaires 
 Caduc^, Par., 1911, xi, 289.— Sample (F. M.) Suit for 
 aviators. [Pat. spec] No. 1272537; July 16, 1918.— Satre 
 (A.) Les services atoens pendant la guerre de 1870. J. de, 
 mfid. de Par., 1918, xxxvii, 16-18.— Schneider (E. C.) 
 Physiologic observations and methods [Medical Research 
 Laboratory Air Service]. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1918, 
 Ixxi, 1384-1389.— SchOppler (H.) Ueber den Fhegertod. 
 Deutsche mil.-arztl. Ztschr., Berl., 1915, xliv, 265-270.— 
 von Schlatter (H.) Gesichtspunkte zur Hygiene,und 
 Prophylaxe der Luftfahrt: Aeronautik und Aviatik. Oes- 
 terr. San.-Wes., Wien, 1913, xxv, 1429; 1457.— Sehurmeler 
 (II. L.) Observations on the physical effects of flying. 
 J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1917, Ixix, 584-586.— Scruton 
 (W. A.) The examination of applicants for the Aviation 
 Service of the United States Army; disqualifying factors in 
 fifteen hundred rases; some observations of past-pointing 
 after rotation. Ann. Otol., Ehinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 
 1918, X3^pii, 392; 528.— Selbert (E. G.) The effects of high 
 altitudes upon the efflcienoy of aviators. Mil. Surgeon, 
 Wash., 1918, xlii, 145-148.— Selection of candidates for the 
 air service. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1918, i, 314-317.- Small 
 (C. P.) The visual requirements of military aviators. Ann. 
 Ophth.j St. Louis, 1917, xxvi, 325-328. Also: J. Am. M 
 
 Ass., Chicago, 1917, Ixviii, 841-843. Also, Eeprint. . 
 
 Equilibrium tests for aviation recruits. J. Am. M. Ass., 
 Chicago, 1917, Ixix, 1078.— Stivers (C. G.) Testing the 
 aviation candidate. South. Calif. Pract., Ix)s Angeles, 1917, 
 xxxii, 169-172.— Stlring (R.) Atmospharische Gefahren 
 fflr die Luftfahrt. Deutsche Eev., Stuttg. u. Iflipz., 1914, 
 iii, 364-369.— Tanturrt (D.) L' apparato uditivo negli 
 
 aviatori. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1918, xxxix, 5.5-58. -. 
 
 Sull' igiene delle vie superiori del respiro e dell' orecchio 
 nell' avlatore. Eiforma med., Napoli, 1918, xxxiv, 674.— 
 Tichy (H.) Typische Fliegerverletzungen. Mimcihen. 
 med. Wchnschr., 1917, Mv, 67.— Tracy (J. L.) As to to- 
 bacco and aviation. J. Am, M. Ass., Chicago, 1918, bcx, 
 1325 — ^Vorhe cSc Bocher (L.) Osttome des aviateurs. J. 
 de mM. de Bordeaux, 1916, xlvi, 174.— WeUs (H. V.) The 
 flying service, from a medicalpoint of view. J. Eo^. Nay. 
 
 diseases, with notes on the aviation service. J. Koy. 
 
 M. Senr., Lond., 1916, ii, 65-71.— WUmer (W. H.) Some 
 
 ocular conditions affecting the efliciency of the aviator. 
 
 Arch. Ophth., N. Y., 1918, xlvil, 439-447. . The eye 
 
 and aviation. Arch. Neurol. & Psychiat., Chicago, 1919, i, 
 162-166.— WUmer (W. H.) & Herons (C.) The effect of 
 altitude on ocular functions. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 
 1918, Ixxi, 1394-1398.— Zade. Ueber Blendung im Flie- 
 gerdienst. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg., 1916, 
 fvii, 152. 
 
 Avicenna [980-10361. Liber canonis Avicenne 
 revisus et ab omiii errore mendaque purgatus 
 summa quam cum diligentia impressuS; 453 
 ff., 11. [Ad fin.:"] Impressus et cEligentiflsime 
 correcte mandato et impensis heredum quou 
 dat nobilis Octayiani Scoti,_ 1505, Venetiis. 4°. 
 
 . Compendium de anima. De maiadj id 
 
 est de dispositione, eeu looo, ad quem revertitur 
 homo, vel anima eiiM^ost mortem. Aphorismi 
 de anima. De demnitionibus, et qusesitis. De 
 divisione scientiarum. _ Ab Andrea Albago 
 Bellunensi, ex arabico in latinum versa. Cum 
 expositionibus ejusdem Andreas collectis ab 
 auctoribus arabicis. Omnia nunc primum in 
 lucem sedita. 1 p. 1., 145 pp. sm. 4° Venetiis, 
 apud Juntas, 1546. ■ 
 
 Qanun fi at-tib lish-shaikh ar-rais Abi 
 
 'Ali Ibn Sina. [Kules of medicine by the 
 Shaikh Rais Abu 'Ali Ibn Sina.] 3 v. roy. 8°. 
 [Bulttq\, A. H. 1294 [1877]. 
 Arabic text. 
 
 Die Augenheilkunde des Ibn Sina. Aus 
 
 dem Arabischen iibersetzt und erlautert von J. 
 Hirschberg und J. Lippert. viii, 186 pp. 8°. 
 Leipzig, Veit & Co., 1902. 
 
 For Portrait, see Abblld. . . . d. Arznk. verd. Gelehrten, 
 [etc.]. 4". Augsburg, 1805, 50, port. 
 
AVICENNA. 
 
 231 
 
 AWENG. 
 
 Aricenna [980-1036] — continued. 
 
 • — ■ — ■ — ■. See, also: 
 
 Bertapalia (L.) Hse sunt recollectse habita3 
 super quarto Avicennse ab . . . magistro Leonardo 
 Bertapalia et ibi sunt mirabilia secreta habita ab 
 eo et per me experta. 
 
 In; Gut de Chaxtliac. Cyrurgia [etc.]. fol. V^eliis, 
 1499, 217-246 pp. 
 
 Carra de Vaux (A.) Avicenne. 8°, 
 . Paris, 1900. 
 
 CiRCULANUS (J.) Expositio in primarn fen 
 quarti canonis Avicennse. fol. [Venetiis, 1512.] 
 
 Di Forte (A.) [in 2. s.]. De calamitoso errore 
 Avicennse, unde communium mediconim or- 
 renda, maleiitia inter homines cotidie puUulant. 
 16°. [Venetiis, 1542.] 
 
 DEL Garbo (D.) [m 2. s.]. Expositio super 
 iii., iv. et parte v. fen Avicennse. fol. Im- 
 pressa Ferrarise, 1489. 
 
 . The same. fol. [Venetiis, 1499.] 
 
 . The same. fol. Venetiis, 1505. 
 
 DE Gradi [or Gradibtjs] (J. M. F.) [in 2. s.]. 
 [F. la (c. sign. aB):] Expositiones prseclarissimi 
 et Bubtiiissimi Magistri Jo. Mathei ex Perrariis de 
 Gradi super vigessimam secundami fen tertii 
 canonis d;omini Avicennse [etc.]. fol. Medio- 
 lani, 1494. 
 
 Hugo Jenensis [in 2. s.J. [F. l"- (c. sign. a2)-^ 
 Super quarta primi ' Avicennse incipit, [etc.]. 
 fol. Venetiis, 1485. 
 
 . The same. Expositio TJgonis Senen- 
 
 sis super prime Canonis Avicennse cum ques- 
 tionibus ejusdem, [etc.]. fol. Venetiis, 1498. 
 
 • — — — : The same. TJgonis Senensis super 
 quarta fen primi Avicennse prseclara expositio, 
 cum annotationibus Jacobi de Partibus noviter 
 perquam dUigentissime correcta. fol. Venetiis, 
 1502. . 
 
 Jacobus Forliviensis [in 2. s.]. Singularis 
 expositio et qusestiones in primum canonem 
 Avicennse. ioi. Venetiis, 1547: 
 
 DE KoNiNG (P.) Trois traitfe d'anatomie 
 arabes [etc.]. 4^. Leide, 1903. 
 
 Paternus (B.^ [in 2. s.]. Explanationes in 
 primam fen pnmi canonis Avicen. 4°. Venetiis, 
 1596. 
 
 Pellingerus (A. P.) [in 2. s.]. Contradic- 
 tiones Avicennse excerptse. 24°. [Venetiis, 1552.] 
 
 Sauter (C.) *Avicennas Bearbeitung der 
 aristotelischen Metaphysik. 8°. Freiburg i. B., 
 1912. 
 
 Cbatard (J.-A.) Avlcenna and Arabian medicine. 
 Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1908, xlx, 157-160, port.— 
 Coben (M. M.) Avicenna, Benzoar. Maryland M. J., 
 Bait., 1909, Iii, 321-327.— Flesslnger (C.) La tMrapeutique 
 d' Avicenne, 980-1037. In his: TMrap. d. vieux maitres, 
 8° Par., 1897, 29-35.— NeUgan (A. R.^ The tomb of Abu 
 Ali Ibn Sina (Avlcenna); a pilgrimage to Hamadan (Eeba- 
 tana). St. Barth. Hosp. J., Lond., 1913-14, xxi, 161-165.— 
 Osier (Sir W.) Suggested scheme for the restoration of the 
 tomb of Avicenna. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lend., 1913-14, 
 vii. Sect. Hist. Med., 280.- ThSrapeutique (La) d' Avicenne. 
 Rev. g&. de clin. et de th^rap^ Par., 1917, xxxi (suppl.), 
 pp. omlxxxix-cmxci. — Tomb (The) of Avicenna. Brit. M. 
 J., Lond., 1914, ii, 194.— Wiedemann (B.) Ibn Slni's 
 Anschauung vom Sehvorgang. Arch. f. d. Gesch. d. Na- 
 turw. [etc.], Leipz., 1911-12, iv, 239-241. 
 
 Avicennia. 
 
 Bournot (K.) Gewinnung von Lapachol aus deni 
 Kemholz von Avicennia tomentosa. Arch. d. Pharm., 
 Berl., 1913, ccli, 351-356, 1 pi. 
 
 Avi^rinos. Consultations pratiques sur les mala- 
 dies du foie. 103 pp. 8°. Paris, J.-B. Bailliire 
 & fils, 1910. 
 
 Anla (Miguel). _ *Pequeno estudio sobre el mis- 
 patle o quixmipatle. 4 pp. 8° Mixico, J. M. 
 Sandoval, 1882. 
 
 AtU^s Arnau (Juan). IngenierJa sanitaria; la 
 casa higi^nica. 594 pp. 8°. Madrid, Bailly- 
 Bailliire & hijos, 1904. 
 
 AvUgs y IWerino (Benito) [1850- ]. 
 
 Castells (R.) [Biography.] Rev. mM.-hidrol. espan., 
 Madrid, 1903, iv, 212. 
 
 Avinier (Gaetan) [1890- ]. *Contribution k 
 I'etude des abcfes intra-duraux d'origine otique. 
 88 pp. 8° Lyon, 1913, No. 43. 
 
 Avis aux buveurs d'eaux [etc.]. See MaiUard [in 
 
 2. 8.]. 
 
 ATitaminosis. 
 
 See Beri-beri; Deficiency diseases; Pellagra; 
 Scurvy; Vitaniines. 
 
 Avocado. 
 
 United States. Department of Agriculture. 
 Bureauof Plant Industry. Bulletin No. 77. The 
 avocado, a salad fruit from the Tropics. By 
 G. N. Calluis. 8°. Washington, 1905. 
 
 Avocado (The) a nutritive fruit. J. Am. M. Ass^ Chi- 
 cago, 1916, Ixvi, 898.— BaOey (H. S.) & Burnett (L. B.) 
 Oil from the avocado. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, 1917, 
 xlvi, 95. — La Forge (F. B.) D-mannoketoheptose, a new 
 sugar from the avocado. J. Biol. Chem,, N. Y., 1917, xxviii, 
 511-522. j4 too. Reprint. — Popenoe(W.) Avocados as food 
 in Guatemala. J. Hered., Wash., 1918, ix, 99-107. 
 
 Avogadro's Jaw. 
 
 Graebe (C. ) D^veloppement de I'hypoth^e d'Avogadro. 
 Monit. sclent.. Par., 1914, 5. s., xxviii, 65-85. 
 
 Avramoff^ Joachim). *Contribution k I'^tude des 
 affections nerveuses chroniques consecutives aux 
 intoxications aigues. 96 pp., 1 1. 8° Nancy, 
 1900, No. 24. 
 
 ATramoff (P[yotr] G[eorgiyevich]) [1866^ _ ]. 
 *Materiall po voyenno-meditsinskoi statistikie; 
 opit razrabotki meditsinskildi listov. [Data on 
 army medical statistics; attempted analysis of 
 the medical lists.) 119 pp., 1 1. 8°. S.-Peter- 
 burg, A. S. KhomsTci, 1895. 
 
 Avrard (Joseph-Ferdinand- Paul- Alfred). Lettre 
 sur les injections intra-ut&ines employees par 
 la m^thode du double courant. 8 pp. 8°. 
 Paris, E. Martinet, 1867. 
 
 Ami (Eugfene) [1884-_ ]. *La cocaiinomanie; 
 ^tude clmique, medico-llgale et th6rapeutique. 
 90 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1908, No. 27. 
 
 Avril (Jacques) [1870- ]. *Le8 dangers de la 
 suraUmentation chez les tuberculeux. 138 pp., 
 1 1. 8° Lyon, 1904, No. 137. 
 
 AvrUIeaud ( Paul-Emile )_ [1871- ]. *Des 
 pseudo-tuberculoses d'origine grippale. 43 pp. 
 4°. Bordeaux, 1896, No. 106. 
 
 AvToroff (Pavel [Pyotrovich]) [1870- _ ]. *0b- 
 mien veshtshestv i razvitiye energii v organiz- 
 mie pri polnom golodanii. [Metabolism and 
 development of energy in the organism in com- 
 plete starvation.] 190 pp., 1 1. 8°. S. -Peter- 
 burg, M. M. Gutzats, 1900. 
 
 . O vliyanii visushennoi hemoliticheskoi 
 
 sivorotki na sostav krovi i obmaen veshtshestv. 
 [Influence of dried hsemolytic serum upon the 
 composition of the blood and upon metabolism.] 
 71pp. 8°. Tcrnish, Sibirsk. Tvo. Pechatn. Diela, 
 1912. 
 Bound with: Izvlest. Imp. Tomsk. Univ., 1911, xlv. 
 
 Arsarkissoff (Alexander) [1882- ]. *Patho- 
 logisch-anatomische Studlen zur Genese der 
 Coryza syphiUtica. 30 pp., 1 1. 8°. Berlin, 
 E. Ebering, [1908]. 
 
 Avtokratoff (P[yotr] M[ikhailovich]) [1856- ]. 
 See Kaymond (F.) Klinicheskiyalektsli[etc.]. 8°. S.- 
 Peterhmg, 1900. 
 
 Awisatore sanitario, legale; amministrativo; pro- 
 fessionale. v. 1-2, 1902-3. 8°. Torino. 
 
 Awisi sopra la salute umana per gli anni 1775-84. 
 V. 1-10, bound in 5 v. sm. 4°. Firenze, 1776-84. 
 
 Aweng (Marie-Joseph-Xayier-Andr^) [1885- ]. 
 *La mortality infantile dans les agglomerations 
 ouvriferes du nord du departement de Meurthe- 
 
AWENG. 
 
 232 
 
 AXILLA. 
 
 Aweng(Marie-Josepli-Xavier-Andr6) — continued. 
 
 et-Moselle (Bassins de Briey et de Longwy). 
 
 195 pp. 8°. Nancy, 1910, No. 3. 
 Awerbuch (Rosa). *Ueber die Haufigkeit der 
 
 Hamsteine in der Schweiz. [Ziiiidi.] 18 pp. 
 
 8°. Leipzig, J. KlinJchardt, 1910. 
 
 Ax. 
 
 MacCurdj (G. G.) The cult of the ax. Hohnes Anniv. 
 Vol. Anthrop. Essays, Wash., 1916, 301-315, 2 pi. 
 
 Axell (0. T.) Homoopatisk terapi. 422 pp. 8°. 
 Ostersund, 1910. 
 
 Axenfeld ([Karl] Theodor [Paul Polykarpos]) 
 [1867- ]. Das Trachom (Conjunctivitis gra- 
 nulosa, agyptisclie Augenentziindung). Kurze 
 Darstellung der Differentialdiagnose, Therapie 
 und Propnylaxe; seinen Zuhorem zugeeignet. 
 36 pp. 12°. Freiburg i. Br., Speyer & Kaerner, 
 1902. 
 
 . Seirumtherapie bei infectiSsen Augener- 
 
 krankungen. Programm zur Feier des Ge- 
 burtstages seiner konigl. Hoheit des Grossberzogs 
 Friedricih des durcblauchtigsten Rektor mag- 
 nificentissimus der Albert-Ludwigs-Universitat 
 zu Freiburg i. Br. 91pp., 19 tab. 4°. Freiburg 
 i. B., U. Hochreuther, 1905. 
 
 . BUndsein und Blindenfiirsorge. Prorek- 
 
 torats-Eede. 34 pp. 8°. Freiburg i. Br., U. 
 Hochreuther, 1905. 
 
 . Rapport sur le catarrhe printanier. 134 
 
 pp., 11., 7 pi. 8°. Paris, G. Steinheil, 1907. 
 
 Die Bakteriologie in der Augenheilkunde 
 
 xii, 362pp., 31., 3 pi., 1 tab. roy. 8°. Jena,G 
 Fischer, 1907. 
 
 The same. The bacteriology of the eye 
 
 Translated by Angus Macnab. 402 pp., 3 pi. 8° 
 London, Bailli^re, Tindall & Cox, 1908. 
 
 Lehrbuch der Augenheilkunde, bear 
 
 beitet von Th. Axenfeld, Bach [et al.]. Hrsg, 
 von Theodor Axenfeld. xv, 679 pp., 10 pi. 8° 
 Jma, G. Fischer, 1909. 
 
 . The same. 2. Aufl. xvi, 708 pp., 11 col 
 
 pi. 4°. Jena, G. Fischer, 1910. 
 
 The same. 4. Aufl. xvi, 800 pp. 4° 
 
 Jena, G. Fischer, 1915. 
 
 See, also, Encyklopadle der Augenheilkunde [etc.]. 8' 
 Leipiif, 1902. — lielirljucli der Hinischen Untersuchungs- 
 methoden [etc.]. 8°. Berlin & Wien, 1903.— von Szily 
 (Aurel). Atlas der Kriegsaugenheilkunde [etc.]. 4°. Stutt- 
 gart, 1916. 
 
 Axentjan (Wartan). *Experimen teller Beitrag 
 zur Acetonitrilreaktion. Versuche tiber die Re- 
 siatenzerhohung gegeniiber Acetonitril bei Mau- 
 sen, durch Ftitterung verschiedener Thyreoid- 
 substanzen. 23 pp. 8°. Basel, Brin & Co., 
 1914. 
 
 Axhausen (Georg) [1877- ]. *Antiseptik oder 
 Aseptik im Felde? 46 pp., 1 1. 8°. Berlin, 
 G. Sdiade, 1902. 
 
 . Die pathologisch-anatomischen Grund- 
 
 lagen der Lelire von der freien Knochentrans- 
 plantation beim Menschen und beim Tiere. 
 pp. 23-58. 8° Berlin, Urban & Schwarzenberg, 
 
 1908. 
 Fonns 2. Hffc., v. i, of: Bejhelte z. Med. Klin. 
 
 Axilla. 
 
 See, also, Artery (Axillary). 
 
 BusHMAKiN (N. D.) Limfaticheskiya zhe- 
 lyozl podmishechnoi vpadinl i ikh pitaniye. 
 [The lymphatic glands of the axilla and then- 
 nutrition.] 8°. [Kazan, 1911.] 
 
 Also, transl. in: Anat. Anz., Jena, 1912, xU, 3-30. 
 
 Grossmann (F.) *Ueber die axUlaren 
 Ljanphdrtisen. 8°. Berlin, 1896. 
 
 Axilla. 
 
 ToBLER (L.) *Der Achselbogen des Men- 
 schen ein Rudiment des Panniculus camosus der 
 Mammalier. [Zurich.] 8°. Leipzig, 1902. 
 
 CaUblie (G.) Note anatomiche sulle aponevrosi della 
 regione ascellaie e sul legameuto del Gerdy. Atti d. r. 
 Accad. d. fisiocrit. in Siena, 1902, 4. s., xiv, 133-150, 2 pi. — 
 Cliarpy(A.)&Soiillfe(A.) L'apon^vroseaxillaire. Compt. 
 rend, de I'Ass. d. anat., Nancy, 1904. vi, 78-80. Also: 3. de 
 I'anat. etphysiol. [etc.], Par., 1905, xh', 268-287.— Gehry (K.) 
 Neue Beitrage zur Geschichte des Achselhogens des Men- ' 
 schen, einos Budimentes des Panniculus der MammaUer. 
 Morphol. Tahrh., L^z., 1903, xxxi, 446-452. — Griischka 
 (T.) Ueher eineu Fall von zusammengesetztem Achsel- 
 Dogeu beim Menschen. Ibid., 1911, xM, 359-368.— von der 
 Heide (AJ Zur Genese der AchseUiohlenmilohdrilsen. 
 Ztschr. I. Geburtsh. u. Gynak., Stuttg., 1911, Ixviii, 74-87.— 
 Heiderlch (F.) Die Fascien und Aponeurosen der Achsel- 
 hohle; zugleicn ein Beitrag zur Achselhogenfrage. Anat. 
 
 Hette, Wiesby 1905-6, xxx, 517-557. . Zur Achsel- 
 
 bogentrage. Euie Erwiderung an G. Euge. Anat. Anz., 
 Jena, 1911, xxxviii, 28.— ImerwolCV.) L'arc axillairo. Bull. 
 Soc. de mM. et nat. de Jassy, 1906, xx, 193-200.— Leblanc 
 (E.) Anatomie comparte de I'appareil fibreux axiUaire. 
 Bibliog. anat. Par. & Nancy, 1914, xxlv, 277-308.— Lo 
 Casio (G.) Contribute aUa morfologia dell'arco ascellare di 
 Langer. Bicerohe n. lab. di anat. norm. d. r. Ufliv. dl 
 Roma, 1913-14, xvii, 59-72.— Mitchell (Esther). The axil- 
 lary space. Woman's M. J., Toledo, 1900, x, 459-464.— 
 Moreau (L.) Eecherches anatomo-ehirurgicales sur les 
 apon^vTOses de I'aisselle dans leurs rapports avec les ad&o- 
 phlegmons de eette region. Rev. de chir.. Par., 1914, xllx, 
 740-772.— Phillips (W. F. R.) Irmervation of an axillary 
 arch muscle. Anat. Record, Phila., 1913, vii, 131. Also, 
 Reprint. — Pitsorno (M.) Contributo alia morfologia dell' 
 arco ascellare muscolare di Langer. Arch. ital. di anat. 
 e di embriol. , Firenze, 1911, x, 129-144. — Piinceteau & Jcan- 
 neney. Anomalies miisculaires du creux axillaire. J. de 
 m4d. de Bordeaux, 1916, xlvi, 129.— Bnge (G.) Ein Rest 
 des Haut-Rumpfmuskels in der Achselgegend des Men- 
 schen, Achselbogen. Morphol. Jabib., Xeipz., 1910, xli, 
 
 519-538. See, also, supra, Heiderlch. . AbnormeMus- 
 
 kehi der Achselgrubenwandungen des Menschen. Ibid., 
 1913-14, xlvii, 677-682.— Seltz (L.) TTeber die sogen. Aohsel- 
 hohlenmilchdrusen und dereu Genese. Sitzungsb. d. 
 Gesellsch. f. Morphol. u. Physiol, in Miinchen (1908), 1909, 
 xxiv, 114-117. — Sicher (H.) Zur Morphologie des Achsel- 
 bogens beim Menschen. Morphol. Jahrb., Leipz., 1911, 
 xliu, 339-344.— Talke (L.) Ueber die grbssen Drusen der 
 AchseUiohlenhaut des Menschen. Arch. f. mikr. Anat, 
 Bonn, 1902-3, Ixi, 537-555, 1 pi.— de Vllhena (H.) Algunas 
 variedades de arco axillar muscular. Arch, de anat. [etc.], 
 Lisb., 1912-13, i, 14-21.— Tatsuta (K. Z.) [The trans- 
 verse muscle of the axilla from a surgical and morphological 
 viewpoint] Voyenno-med. J., S.-Peterb., 1909, ocxxiv, 
 med.-spec. pt, 1-6. 
 
 Axilla {Cancer of). 
 
 Bauhy & Boques. Cancer mSanique des ganglions 
 axillaires. Toulouse mM., 1906, 2. s., viii, 212-214.— Gra- 
 ham(D.W.) Primary carcinoma of the axilla. J.Am.M. 
 Ass., Chicago, 1898, xxxi, 445-447.— Jones (H. M.) Isolated 
 duct cancer in the axilla. Brit. Gynasc. J., Lend., 1903-4, 
 xix, 204; 296.— Levi (I. V.) Epithelioma of the axillary 
 
 f lands presenting the clinical features of tuberculosis. Univ. 
 ■enn. M. Bull., Phila., 1902-3, xv, 227-229.— Mathews (F. 
 S.) Carcinoma of the axilla. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1913, Ivii, 
 2S0, 1 pi.— Morestin (H.) Cancer de la region du coude 
 d^veloppfi sur un ancien lupus; cancer ganglionnaire secon- 
 daire de I'aisselle; toorme envahissement des teguments de 
 I'aisselle et des rfeions circonvoisines; extirpation; impossi- 
 bility de r^unir la plaie; disposition prise pour mettre S, 
 I'abri le paquet vasculo-nerveux. B,ull. et m^m. Soc. anat. 
 de Par., 1913, Ixxxvili, 377-382.— Mudd (H. G.) & McCon> 
 nell (G.) Secondary epithelioma of the axillary nodes with 
 involvement of a large nerve. Interstate M. J., St. Louis, 
 1906, xiii, 310-314.— Xadal (P.) Cancer et tuberculose 
 simultanfe d'uu ganglion axillaire. Bull, et mfim. goc. 
 anat. de Par., 1913, Ixxxviii, 354.— Bavaut & Tillaye. 
 Cancer maanique. Ibid., 1902, Ixxvli, 823.— Boberts (J. B.) 
 Amputation through the shoulder joint as a routine pro- 
 cedure in axillary carcinoma, secondary to mammary tu- 
 mors. Penn. M. J., Pittsburg, 1902-3, vi, 193-195.— Snow 
 (H.) A case of primary scirrhous carcinoma in the axilla. 
 Lancet, Lond., 1898, i, 717. 
 
 Axilla (Diseases of). 
 
 See, also, Aneurism (Axillary). 
 
 Caplllery & Bougler. Adfeo-phlegmon de I'aisselle; 
 artA'ite axillaire et ulceration des parois de la veine axillaire 
 consiScutives; ligature de I'artSre axillaire et de la veine sous- 
 claviftre: gu^rison. Arch, de mid., et pharm. mil.. Par., 
 1904, xliv, 136-148.— Dclbet. Addnopathie axillaire. Rev, 
 gto. de Clin, et de tMrap., Par., 1915, xxix, 163.— Duval 
 
AXILLA. 
 
 233 
 
 Axilla {Diseases of). 
 
 (E.-R.) & Fage. Les adenopathies axillaiies non canc£- 
 reuses correspondant aux tumeurs du sein. Compt. rend. 
 Soc. de biol., Par., 1909, Ixvii, 802.— Grlshtshenko (A. A.) 
 [Phlegmon of the axilla complicated by secondary hsemor- 
 rhage from axillary abscess.] Voyenno-Med. J., S..-Peterb., 
 
 1901, Ixxix, med.-speo. pt., 1661-1666.— MaSek (D.) & 
 JoanovIC (M.) [A case of actinomycosis of the armpit 
 from a olmical and bacteriological standpoint.) Liec. 
 viestnik, u Zagrebu, 1901, xxvi, 67-60.— Pauchet (V.) 
 Phlegmons de I'aisselle; leur traitement. CUniciue, Par., 
 1909, iv, 436.— Talke (L.) Ueber Hydradenitis axillaris. 
 Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1903, xxxviii, 122-132.— Troi- 
 sier. AdSnopathie sus-claviculaire gauche et axillaire; 
 discussion du diagnostic. Bull, et m^m. Soc. m^. d. h6p. 
 de Par., 1900, 3. s., xvii, 754. 
 
 Axilla (Surgery of). 
 
 See, also, Aneurism (Axillary); Artery (Ax- 
 illary, Ligation of); Axilla (Wounds, etc., of). 
 
 Fenger. Tubercular glands of axilla; systematic removal. 
 Chicago M. Recorder, 1S96, xi, 188.— Guyot & Ricard. 
 D'une technique spSoiale dans les in terpen tions sur la region 
 axillaire par section temporaire des muscles pectoraux. 
 J. de mi&. de Bordeaux, 1910^ xl, 369-371.— Kelly (H. A.) 
 The use of a steel comb for dissection in the axilla. Ann. 
 Surg., Phila , l'906, xliv, 104.— Morestln (H.) De I'incision 
 dissimul6e dans le fonddu creux de raisselle pour Textirpa- 
 tion de certaines tumeurs p&iaxillaires, des tumeurs bSnig- 
 nes du sein en particuher. Bull, et m6m. Soc. anat. de Par., 
 
 1902, Ixxvii, 696-697.— Perez (G.) Plasticadelcavoascellare 
 per vasta cicatrice da scottatura. Arch, ed atti d. Soc. ital. 
 di chir. 1908. Roma, 1909, ii, 167-162. — Porter (F. J. W.) 
 A method of treating excessive axillary sweating by opera- 
 tion. Brit. M.J.jLond., 1909,1,277.- SennfN.) Suppura- 
 tive lymphadenitis in the axilla. Chicago Clin. Rev., 1896-7, 
 vi, 171. — von Winiwarter (A.) Un fragment de verre de 
 forme triangulaire, tr6s pointu, logS dans I'aisselle du patient 
 depuls cinq ans. Scalpel, Liege, 1908-9, Ixi, 391. 
 
 Axilla (Tuberculosis of). 
 
 Blakeway (H.) Tuberculous axiLary glands. St. 
 Barth. Hosp. Eep. 1910, Lond., 1911, xlvi, 190.— Broca. 
 Ad^nite tuberculeuse de I'aisselle avec bacilMmie. Rev. 
 gto. de clin. et de thfirap., I'ar.^ 1914, xxviii, 385.— Dubar 
 & Leroy. Tuberculose ganghonnaire de I'aisselle avec 
 hypertrophie transitoire de la mamelle. Bull. Soc. de mM. 
 du nord 1908, Lille, 1909, 219-221.— GufiriUon (A.) Sur un 
 cas d'ad&iite tuberculeuse primitive du creux de I'aisselle. 
 J. d. sc. m^d. de LiUe, 1905, ii, 317-319.— l«e (B.J.) A report 
 of thirteen cases of tuberculous axiUary adenitis. Med. & 
 Surg. Rep. Presbyterian Hosp., N. Y., 1904, vi, 226-245.— 
 Mauclalre (P.) & Ttaibierge. . CEdfeme dur lymphangitique 
 du bras consficutif k des extirpations larges d'ad&iites 
 tuberculeuses du creux de I'aisselle. Bull, et m^m. Soc. 
 de chir. de Par., 1915, n. s., xli, 1193.— Prym (P.) Tuber- 
 kulose und malignes Granulom der axillaren Lymphdriisen. 
 Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1915, xli, 212.— 
 Thfivenard (P.) Adtoopathie tuberculeuse axillaire, ,sus- 
 et sous-claviculaire; ablation partielle suivie de I'apphcation 
 de rayons de Roentgen. Paris chirurg., 1911, ill, 810-812.— 
 Viannay. Un cas d'ad^nite tuberculeuse de.l'aisselle avec 
 lymphangite retrograde. Loire m^d., St.-Etienne,' 1912, 
 XXXI, 107. 
 
 Axilla (Tumors of). 
 
 See, also, Axilla (Cancer of); Axilla (Tumors 
 of, Cystic); Axilla (Tumors of, Sarcomatous). 
 
 Le Boxjl (J.) *I)es tumeurs de la parol ant6- 
 rieure de I'aisselle. 4°. Paris, 1895. 
 
 BergonlS. Ad&iite nfeplasique secondaire de I'aisselle 
 devenue operable et amende k I'Stat complet de sphacfele 
 
 Ear la radlotherapie sans lesion grave de la peau. Gaz. 
 ebd. d. sc. mid. de Bordeaux, 1906, xxvii, 139. — Bonnel 
 (F.) Tumeur du creux de I'aisselle. Bull, et m^m. Soc. 
 anat. de Far., 1914, Ixxix, 110-112.— Bonl6 (D.) Volu- 
 mineux lipome du creux de I'aisselle. J. d. sc. m^d. de 
 Lille, 1899, i, 666-667.— Castay (F.) LymphocMe de I'ais- 
 selle. Toulouse mid., 1913, 2. s., xv, 306-30,7.— Channell 
 & Gaudier. Tumeur du pli de I'aine. Echo mSd. du 
 nord, Lille, 1906, x, 249.— Downes (W. A.) Hygroma of 
 axilla and neck. 'rr. N. York Surg. Soc, 1913, ii, 362. 
 Also: Ann.. Surg., Phila., 1914, lix, 763.— Falcone (R.) 
 Di un caso di peritelioma sottoascellare. Tommasi, Napoli, 
 1909, iv, 80-86.— Gilman (P. K.) AxUlary teratoma. 
 Phihppine J. Sc, Manila, 1913, viii (B), 231-235, 2 pi.- 
 Grube (V. F.) Keloid axillEe dextrae. In hit: Ocherki i 
 nabl. fak. khirurg. kHn. Imp. Kharkov. Univ., 8°, Kharkov, 
 1897, i, 51, 1 pi.— Le Gland. AdSnome du creux axillaire 
 d^veloppe aux d^pens d'un lobule aberrant de la mamelle. 
 J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1907, i, 305-308.— Lilienthal (H.) 
 Symmetrical axillary lipomata simulating polymastia. 
 Internat. Clin., Phila., 1911, 21. s., iii, 180, 1 pi.— McArthur 
 (L. L.) HemangioendotheUoma of axilla. Ann. Surg., 
 Phila., 1906, xUv, 629.— BTPherson (D. W.) Axillary 
 lipoma. Canada Lancet, Toronto, 1897-8, xxx, 49.— Man- 
 
 Axilla (Tumors of). 
 
 telU (0.) Cisti ematica del cavo ascellare slmulante reddiva 
 gangliaredlun carcinoma mamario. Riformamed., Napoli, 
 1912, xviii, 12. — Monnier (L.) Fibrome de la parol interne 
 de I'aisselle. J. de m6d. de Par., 1904, 2. s., xvi, 143. — 
 Morestln (H.) Fibro-adeno-lipome de raisselle d^veloppe 
 aux depens d'une glande mammaire aberrante. Bull, et 
 
 mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1901, Ixxvi, 235-241. , Volu- 
 
 mineux lipome de I'aisselle chez lane octogenaire. Ibid., 
 
 1903, Ixxviil, 384-387. . Lipome de I'aisselle. Bull. 
 
 et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1907, n. s., xxxiii, 961. — 
 Murphy (J. B.) Lipoma of ajolla; ablation. Surg. Clin., 
 Phila., 1916, v, 869-873.— Palmer (D. W.) An unusual 
 site for lipoma; axUla. Lancel^Chnic, Cincin., 1911, cv, 476. — 
 Piraire (M.) & Lefas. Lipome douloureux de I'aisseUe 
 avec glande mammaire aberrante. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. 
 de Par., 1907, Ixxxii, 671.— P6ralre (A.) & Marie. Tumeurs 
 epltrochieennes et axillaiies; ablation; guerison; examen 
 histologique. Ibid., 1905, Ixxx, 819.— Princeteau. Tu- 
 meur du creux axillaire. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1904, 
 xxxiv, 946.— Vanverts (J.) & Prouvost. Angiome profond 
 de I'aisselle; hemorragie intra et extra-angiomateuse au cours 
 d'une bronchopneumonie; suppuration de I'hematomo; 
 ouverture de I'abces et extirpation de I'angiome. BuU. et 
 mem. Soc. med.-chtr. du Nord, LUle, 1905, 1, 130-132. Also: 
 Nord med., Lille, 1906, xi, 211.— Vlllard & Vlgnard. Lym- 
 phangiome de I'aisselle. Bull. Soc. de chir. de Lyon, 1898- 
 99, ii, 231-233.— Walker (H. O.) Removal of tumor from 
 axiUary region. Harper Hosp. Bull., Detroit, 1904-5, xv, 
 100. 
 
 Axilla (Tumors of, Cystic). 
 
 CoTHBRAU (J.-E.-P.) *Des IjTiipliangiomes 
 kystiques de Taisselle. 8°. Bordeaux, 1902. 
 
 Hu (U.-F.) *Sur les kystes s&eux cong&i- 
 taux de I'aisselle. 8°. Lille, 1896. 
 
 Bassetta (A.) Kystes sereux congenitaux de I'aisselle. 
 Rev. d'orthop.. Par., 1906, 2. s., vii, 529-574.— CoUeville & 
 Guenart. Rupture d'un kyste hydatique du creux axil- 
 laire suivie de la suppuration et de reiimmation de la poche 
 kystique; troubles amyotronhiques concomitants. Gaz. 
 hebd. de med.. Par., 1896, xliii, 926-930.— HardoUln (P.) 
 iltude sur les kystes sereux congenitaux de I'aisselle. Arch, 
 prov. de chir., Par., 1904, xiii, 494; 531. — Lejars. Lymphan- 
 giome kystique de I'aisselle. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. 
 de Par., 1898, n. s., xxiv, 389-391.— Lewtas (J.) A case of 
 cystic hygroma; removal; recovery. Brit. M. J., Lond., 
 
 1904, i, 951.— Lindb (A.) [Large blood tumor in the right 
 axilla.] Goteborgs Lak.-sallsk. Forh., 1893, 68-70.— Mi- 
 cbaux (P.) Tumeur liquide de I'aisselle. Bull, et mem. 
 Soc. de chir. de Par., 1907, n. s., xxxiii, 1191.— Morris 
 (R. T.) Axillary cyst. Post-Graduate, N. Y., 1908, xxul, 
 322.— Prieur (A.-L.-J.-G.) Kyste sereux congenital de I'ais- 
 selle. Arch, de med. et pharm. mil.. Par., 1902, xxxix, 330- 
 336.— Reverdin ( J . ) Ly mphanglome kystique de I'aisselle; 
 extirpation partielle; guerison. Ass. franc.de chir. Proc- 
 verb. [etc.]. Par., 1904, xvii, 735-739.— Schtiller (M.) Erne 
 angeboreneLymphcvstederAchselhdhle. Deutsche Aerzte- 
 Ztg., Berl., 1904, 145-148.— Theuveny. Kyste sebacecalcme 
 de I'aisselle. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1901, Ixxvi, 
 658.— Thomson (P. J.) Hydatid cyst of the ajdlla in a 
 child. Lancet, Lond., 1899, i, 26. 
 
 Axilla (Tumors of, Sarcomatous). 
 
 Albanese (A.) Sarcoma fuso-cellulare al cavo ascellare 
 destro di una fanciulla. Gazz. sicil. di med. e chir. [etc], 
 Palermo, 1904, iii, 451.— Angler. Chondro-sarcome de I'ais- 
 selle; extirpation; guerison. J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1906, 
 i, 82-84.— sera ( A. ) Sarcorae primitif -du creux de I'aisseUe 
 im., 1907, 11, 224-226.— Deietrei (A.) Sarcome du creux 
 axillaire. Ann. de I'lnst. chfr. de Brux., 1902, ix, 116. — 
 Flguelra (M . ) Melanotic sarcoma of the axilla. Brooklyn 
 M. J., 1900, XIV, 187-189.— Gennari (C.) Sopra un case di 
 sarcoma dell' ascella guarito in seguito ad innesto di rlsipola 
 Gazz. med. di Torino, 1901, Iii, 968-973.— Puzey. (Enor- 
 mous sarcoma in the right axiUa.] Liverpool M.-Chir J 
 1902, xxii, 144.— Kchling (M.) A ease of axillary sarcoma. 
 Post-Graduate, N. Y., 1912, xxvii, 407.— Richardson 
 (M. H.) A case of apparently hopeless infiltration of left 
 axilla and scapula by round-celled sarcoma; extirpation 
 attempted and abandoned; extensive and severe wound 
 infection followed by disappearance of the tumor. Ann 
 Sutg., Phila., 1898, xxviii, 741-746.— Rlcketts (B. M.) Case 
 history and photograph. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1900, 
 xxxiv, 76.— Villar (¥.) Amputation interscapulo-thora- 
 cique pour sarcome de I'aisselle. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 
 1900, xxx, 753-765.— Wackerhagen (G.) Sarcoma of the 
 axillary region. Brooklyn M. J., 1900, xiv, 701. 
 
 Axilla (Wouvds and injuries of). 
 
 See, also, Aneurism (Axillary); Artery 
 (Axillary, Wounds, etc., of). 
 
 Albertin. Cicatrice videuse axillaire. BuU. Soc. de chir 
 de Lyon, 1901-2, v, 315.— Auglas. Plaie profonde du creux 
 de I'aisselle gauche par la poignee d'une epee-baiormette. 
 Arch, de med. et pharm. mil., Par., 1910, Iv, 341-343.— 
 
AXILLA. 
 
 234 
 
 AYERS. 
 
 Axilla ( "Wounds and injuries of) . 
 
 Beiard. Plaie de I'aisselle par balle de revolver; paralysie 
 radiculaire partielle. Lyon mid., 1908, ex, 935.— Bonainy 
 & VergSre. tin cas de gangrtae des doigts et de la main dans 
 la zone d'innervation du radial, consecutive 4 une l&ion par 
 talle de la region de I'aisselle. Paris chirurg., 1916, vii, 
 201-205.— Calverley (E. J. G.) & Bowlby { A. A.) Skiagram 
 of Mauser bullet lodged in axilla. Intercolon. M. J. Aus- 
 tralas., Melbourne, 1900, v, 451, 1 pi.— Hartweil (J. A.) 
 Rupture of the axillary artery and vein, with injury to the 
 filtfi and sixth cervical nerve-roots and compression ot the 
 brachial plexus. Ann. Surg., Phila., 19U, Ix, 516-519.— 
 Ijol (C.) Terita conrpleta della vena ascellare per lesione 
 diretta del cavo ascellare; legatura e guarigione. Gazir.. d. 
 osp., Milano, 1898, six, 1383.— Perez (G.) plastica del cavo 
 ascellare per vasta cicatrice da scottatura. Ann. d. r. 1st. 
 di cUn. cliir. di Roma, 1909, li, 747-752.— Phocas. Balle 
 enlev<;e de la region axillaire S, I'aide de Tappareil de de la 
 Baume. Bull, et mim. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1916, xlil, 
 1189.— Robert & Cornet. Coup de feu dans I'aisselle (balle 
 Lebel); lesions art^rioso-velneuses; an^vrisme diffus cons^ou- 
 / tif; intervention chlrurgicale (ligature des vaisseaux hu- 
 mftaux en bas et en haut de Paxillaire dans I'aisselle); 
 gufirison. Arch, do m4d. ot pharm. mil., Par.^ 1906, xlvii, 
 343-348.— RouvUlois (H.) Coup de feu de I'aisselle droite 
 de petit calibre, avec pMe de I'art^re axillaire et h^matome 
 arteriel circonscrlt traite par I'extirpation; l^ion concomi- 
 tante du plexus brachial. Bull, et mim. Soc. de chir. de 
 Par., 1913, n. s., xxxix,1736-1740.— Schwrzer (G.) Getremito 
 Aneurysma- und Varixbildung der AxlUargetasse durch 
 SchussVerletsung. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1912, 
 cxvl, 693-704.— Syme (G. A.) Bullet wound of axilla, 
 dividing axillary artery, and involving axillary vein; sub- 
 sequent paralysis of posterior cord of brachial plexus, opera- 
 tion; recovery. Intercolon. M. J. Australas., Melbourne, 1907, 
 xii, 402-404.— Verhaeshe (E .) A ;propos d'un cas d'hgma- 
 tome arteriel cons^cutU k une plaie de I'axillaire par coup 
 de poignard. ileho mM. du nord, Lille, 1911, xv, 49-53. 
 
 . Traumatisme axillaire. Ibid.,370. jlteo: Bull. Soc. 
 
 de mid. du nord 1911, Lille, 1912, 207. 
 
 Axillary artery. 
 
 See Artery {Axillary). 
 
 Axis. 
 
 See Atlas and axis. 
 
 Axis {Oceliae). 
 
 See Artery (Ccsliac). 
 Axista (Edgar). Die Magensekretion bei Morbus 
 
 Brightii. pp. 269-292. 8°. Berlin de Wien, 
 
 Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1905. 
 Forms 10. Hft., v. 31, of: Wien. Klinik. 
 Axmacher (Friedrich) [1875- ]. *Beitrag zui 
 
 Behandlung der Sklerose der PaukenhoUe mit 
 
 besonderer Beriicksiclitigung des Pilokarpins. 
 
 25 pp. 8°. Gottingen, Duterich, 1902. 
 
 Axolotl. 
 
 See Amblystoma. 
 Axon (William E. A.) In memoriam Adolph 
 Samelson. 14 pp., port. 12°. Manchester, J. 
 Eeywood, 1888. 
 Repr.from: Manchester Quarterly, 1888. 
 
 Axospermophora. 
 
 Bibaut (H.) Axospermorohora (myriopodes). Arch. 
 
 de zool. exp^r. et gto. [etc.]. Par., 1912, 5. s., x, 400-478, 
 
 17 pi. 
 Axt (Wilbelm). *Welche Erfolge hat die Anlegung 
 
 eines Anus praeternaturalis bei eingeklemnaten 
 
 Hemien aufzuweisen? 56 pp. 8°. Wilrzburg, 
 
 Becker, 1896. 
 Axtell {Edwin Rodarmel) [1866-99]. 
 
 H. (J. N.) [Obituary.] Denver M. Times, 1899-1900, 
 xix, 369-372. 
 
 Ayard (Joao). *Vertigem auricular. 55 pp. roy. 
 
 8°. Rio de Janeiro, C. Gomes, 1905. 
 Ayasse (Marcel) [1866- ]. *Etude historique 
 
 et critique des precedes de restauration du rebord 
 
 alv^laire dans le bec-de-lifevre compliqu6. 67 
 
 pp. 8° Paris, 1897, No. 240. 
 Aybar (Luis Eduardo) [1881- ]. *Les canaux 
 
 ^jaculateurs dans I'hypertrophie de la prostate; 
 
 fonctions sexuelles aprfes I'opi^ration de Freyer. 
 
 98 pp., 16 pi. 8°. Paris, 1911, No. 385. 
 
 Aycard (Georges) j;i885- J. *Des 6rythfemes 
 polymorpbes d'ongine 6berthienne avec ou sans 
 dothi^nenth^rie. 64 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1911, 
 No. 63. 
 
 Aycart [y L6pez] (Lorenzo) [ -1910]. La 
 campana de Filipinas. (Recuerdos i impre- 
 siones de un medico militar.) 162 pp., 1 1. 
 8". Madrid, 1900. 
 
 For Biography, see Rev. de san. mil., Madrid, 1911, 3. s., 
 1,49. 
 
 Ayer {James Bourne) [1849-1910]. 
 
 Obituary. Boston M. &. S. T., 1910, cbrii, 801.— South- 
 ard (E. E.) Obituary. Proc. Am. Med.-Psychol. Ass., 
 Bait., 1911, xvili, 346. 
 
 Ayer Clinical Laboratory of tbe Pennsylvania 
 Hospital. Bulletin. No. 1-6, 1903-10. 8°. 
 Philadelphia, Pa. 
 
 Ayers {Douglas) [1842-1913]. 
 
 [Obituary.] Albany M. Ann., 1914, xxxv, 42. 
 
 Ayers (Edward Augustus) [1855-1917]. Physical 
 diagnosis in obstetrics. A guide in antepartum, 
 partum and postpartum examinations for the use 
 of physicians and undergraduates, viii, 283 
 pp., 1 tab. 8°. Nm York, E. B. Treat, 1901. 
 
 . Color-blindness, with special reference to 
 
 art and artists, pp. 876-889. 8°- New York, 
 
 1907. 
 
 Outtmg fri/m: Cxniaxy Mag., N. Y., 1906-7, Ixxiii. 
 
 The mosquito as a sanitary problem. 32 
 
 pp. 8°. New York, The Scientific Am. Press, 
 1908. 
 
 . Eyes and vision from worm to man. pp. 
 
 601-610. 8°. New York, 1908. 
 
 Cutting from: Harper's Mag., N. Y., 1908, cxvil. 
 
 . Frrst sight at the age of forty, pp. 416- 
 
 424. 8°. JVew York, 1910. 
 
 Cutting from: Harper's Mag., N. Y., 1910, cxxi. 
 
 The seventh sense in man and animals. 
 
 pp. 605-614. 8°. New York, 1912. 
 
 Cutting from: Harper's Mag.. N. Y., 1912, cxxiv. 
 
 For Biographi/, see J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1917, Ixix, 
 2136. 
 
 Ayers (Howard) [1861- ]. The morphology of 
 the carotids, based on a study of the blood- 
 vessels of Chlamydoselachus anguineus, (Jarman. 
 pp. 191-2.^3, 1 pi. 8°. Cambridge, 1889. 
 
 Cutting from: Bull. Mus. Comp. Zobl. Harv., Cambridge, 
 1889. 
 
 . The ear of man; its past, its present, and 
 
 its future, pp. 180-233. 12°. Boston, 1891. 
 Cutting /row: Liect. at Marine Biol. Lab., Bost., 1S90, i. 
 
 & Jackson (C. M.) Morphology of the 
 
 Myxinoidei. 15 pp., 2 pi. 8°. Cincinnati, 0., 
 Univ. Press, 1900. 
 TJniv. Cincin., 1900, Bull. No. 1. 
 
 Ayers (S. Henry). The pasteurization of milk. 
 44 pp. 8°. Washington, Gov. Print. Off., 1912. 
 ins. Dep. Agric. Bureau Animal Indust., Wash., 1912, 
 Circ. 184. 
 
 . The present status of the paflteurization 
 
 of milk. 16 pp. 8°. Washington, 1915. 
 U. S. Dep. Agric. Bull. No. 342. 
 
 & Johnson (William T.) The bacteriol- 
 ogy of commercially pasteurized and raw market 
 milk. 98 pp. 8°. Washington, Gov. Print. Off., 
 
 1910. 
 U.S. Dep. Agric. Bureau of Animal Indust., Bull. 126. 
 
 . A study of the bacteria which 
 
 survive pasteurization. 66 pp. 8°. Wash- 
 ington, Gov. Print. Off., 1913. 
 U. S. Dep. Agric. Bureau Plant Indust., Bull. No. 161. 
 
 A bacteriological study of retail 
 
 ice cream. 24 pp. 8°. Washington, Gov. Print. 
 Off., 1915. 
 
 V. S. Dep. Agric. Bull. No. 303. 
 
AYERS. 
 
 235 
 
 AZAM. 
 
 Ayers (S. Henry) — continued. 
 
 . Pasteurizing milk in bottles and 
 
 bottling hot milk pasteurized in bulk. 27 pp. 
 
 Washington, Gov. Pnvt. Off., 1915. 
 U. S. Dep. Agric. Prof, paper. Dairy Div., 
 No. 240. 
 
 Bull. 
 
 Aygueb6re (Henri) .-_ *Etude clinique sur la p6- 
 richondrite sypHlitique du larynx. 99 pp. 8° 
 Toulouse, 1909, No. 822. 
 
 Aymara. 
 
 Sera (G.) I caratteri antropometrici degli AymarJi e il 
 mongolismo primordiale dell' America. Monitore zool. 
 ital., Fironze, 1914, xxv, 21.5-230. 
 
 Ayin€ (Henri). *Contribution> a I'^tude et au 
 traitement de I'ongle incarne. 46 pp., 1 1. 8°. 
 Paris, 1901, No. 89. 
 
 Aym§ (Henri-L.) [1888- ]. *Deux cent cin- 
 quante-trois accidents oculaires du travail 
 m^tallurgique, avec considerations statiatiques, 
 6tiologiques et propbylactiques. 62 pp. 8°. 
 Montpellier, 1911, No. 102. 
 
 Aymg (M[arie-Eugfene-Renal]) [1872- ]. *Con- 
 tribution S, I'^tude de I'hypertrophie de I'amyg- 
 dale linguale; 47 pp. 4°. Pom, 1896, No. 551. 
 
 Aymeric (Dlsirl). *De I'^volution du moignon 
 cervical aprfes rhyst^rectomie abdominale sub- 
 totale. 68 pp. 8°. Toulouse, 1910, No. 880. 
 
 Aymerich [Alfredo Rodriguez de Aldao]. La 
 «pr&ctica del hipnotisino. 1 p. 1., 384 pp., 1 1. 
 10°. Madrid, 1906. 
 
 — . Los estados liipn6ticos. Segunda parte 
 
 de "La prdctica del hipnotismo." 304 pp., 6 
 pi. 12°. Madrid, Dona Carlota, [1907]. 
 
 Aym^s (Gaston) [1886-; ]. *Diab6te et troubles 
 mentaux; revue critique. 113 pp. 8°. Mont- 
 pellier, 1910, No. 18. 
 
 Aynaud (Albert) [1887- ]. *Contribution li 
 retude des indications operatoires dans les 
 ictferes. 55 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1914, No. 37. 
 
 Aynaud (Marcel-Noel). *Le globulin des mammi- 
 feres. 234 pp. 8° Pam, 1909, No. 93. 
 
 . The same, viii, 232 pp. 8°. Pom, G. 
 
 Steinheil, 1909. 
 
 AynSs (Franpois-Paul) [1873- ]. *Reclierches 
 et considerations sur la typhlite et I'appendicite 
 tuberculeuses. 91pp.. 11. 8° Bordeaux, 1895, 
 No. 19. 
 
 Ayraud (Gaston-Emmanuel) [1875- ]. , *La 
 tuberculose conjonctivale primitive. Etude 
 clinique. 43 pp., 2 1. 8°. Bordeaux, 1900, No. 
 61. 
 
 Ayraud (Roger-Jean-Jules) [1878- .] *Les 
 affections oculaires cons^cutives aux lesions 
 dentaires. 85 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1905, No. 95. 
 
 Ayre (John Joseph) [1811-1908]. 
 
 Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1908, i, 846. 
 
 Ayre (Joseph) [1781-1860]. A letter to the presi- 
 dent and fellows of the Roj^l College of Physi- 
 cians, in relation to the evidence, cited in their 
 late report, on the treatment of epidemic cholera. 
 71 pp. 8°. London, J. Churchill, 1854. 
 
 d'Ayrenx (Albert) [1868- ]. *Etude sur le 
 traitement du glaucome. 42 pp., 11. 8°. Paris, 
 1899, No. 655. 
 
 Ayrer (Franz). *BeItrag zur Lehre von der 
 Hydronephrose im Kindesalter. 28 pp. 8° 
 Gottingen, W. F. Kaestner, 1891. 
 
 Ayrer (Immanuel Guilielmus). *De vermibus 
 intestinorum. 45 pp. 4°. Jense, Stanno 
 Weriherkmo, [1670]. 
 
 Ayrer (Joannes Christophorus). *De palpitation e 
 cordis. 1 p. 1., 32 pp. sm. 4°. Altdarffi, lit. E. 
 Meyeri, 1678. 
 
 Ayrer (Johannes Guilielmus). *De scLrrho hepa- 
 tis. 9 pp. sm. 4°. \Altdorffi\, lit. Schonner- 
 staedtianis, 1688. 
 
 Ayres (Charles James) [1850-1905]. 
 
 Obituary. Med. Press & Giro., Lond., 1905, n. s., Ixxx, 
 661. 
 
 Ayres (Leonard Porter) [1879- ]. Open-air 
 school, xvii, 171 pp., 51 pi. 12°. New York, 
 Douhleday , Page <Sc Co., 1910. 
 
 See, also, Gulick(Luther Halsey) & Ayres (Leonard P.) 
 Medical inspection of schools, [etc.]. 8". yew YorTt, 1908_ 
 
 Ayres (May), Williams (Jesse A.) & Wood 
 (Thomas D.) Healthful schools; how to build, 
 equip, and maintain them, xii, 292 pp. 12° 
 Boston, New York [etc.], Houghton, Mifflin Co., 
 [1918]. 
 
 Ayres (Philip Bumard Ohenery) [1840- 
 99]. 
 
 Obituary. Lancet, Ix>nd., 1899, ii, 1190.' 
 
 Ayres (Stephen Cooper) [1842- ]. Shall we 
 operate through the upper or lower canaliculus? 
 9 pp. 12°- Norwalh, Ohio, The Laning Printing 
 Co., 1897. 
 
 . The battle of Nashville, with personal 
 
 recollections of a field hospital. Read before 
 the Ohio Commandery of the Loyal Legion, De- 
 cember, 1897. 16 pp. 8°. Cincinnati, 1903. 
 
 Some reminiscences of the treatment of 
 
 the eye. 4 pp. 8°. Cincinnati, 1915. 
 Ayres de Oliveira Bastos (Francisco). *Peri- 
 
 cardite brightica. 62 pp., 1 1. roy. 8°- Rio -de 
 
 Janeiro, Neri & Co., 1901. 
 Ayres do Amarale Souza (Elias). *Do accli- 
 
 mamento e acclimagao nos paizes quentes e 
 
 especialmente no Brazil. 110 (1 1.), xvi pp., 2 1. 
 
 4°. Rio de Janeiro, 1901. 
 Ayres Netto (Jos^). *Contribui5ao ao estudo da 
 
 hysterectomia - abdominal supra-vaginal. iii 
 
 (1 1.), 88 pp. 4° Rio de Janeiro, A. Ribeiro & 
 
 Co., 1901. 
 Ayrignac (Joseph) [1874- ]. *Etude du chi- 
 
 misme gastrique dans les dermatoses; rapport 
 
 du chimisme urinaire et du chimisme gastrique. 
 
 82 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, 1901, No. 43. 
 Ayroles (Laurent) [1873- _ ]. *De la salpingo- 
 
 ovaro-syndfese, ou resection de la trompe de 
 
 Fallope, et anastomose ovaro-salpingienne. 58 
 
 pp. 8°. Pons, 1899, No. 256. 
 AyroUes (Henri) [1886- ]. *L'osteomyeiite du 
 
 nourrisson. 45 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1913, 
 
 No. 64. 
 AyroUes (Ren6) [1883- ]. *Contributlon k 
 
 retude de la cr^niotomie k lambeau. Manuel 
 
 op^ratoire; indications. 58 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1909, 
 
 No. 36. 
 Ayscough (James). A description of an universal 
 
 microscope, xii, 177 pp. 8°- [n. p.], Univ. 
 
 Mag., 1753. 
 Ayuso (Francisco G.). 
 
 See Knelpp (Sebastian). Como habSis de vivir [etc.]. 
 
 B'. BaTcelima, 1897. 
 
 Ayrazian (Zareh) [1872- ]. *Etude critique 
 des traitements applicables aux cancers inop6- 
 rables de I'ut&us. 43 pp. 8°. Pom, No. 100. 
 
 Azais (Armand) [1885- ] *La lumifere, son 
 application dans le traitement de la tuberculose. 
 71 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1910, No. 112. 
 
 Azais (Charles) [1874- ]. *Le lipome du pied. 
 X, 11-37 pp., 1 1. 8°. Montpellier, 1900, No. 68. 
 
 Azais (Joseph) [1874- ]. *Contribution h, 
 I'etude clinique des tumeurs du cervelet. viii, 
 9-34 pp., 1 1. 8°. Montpellier, 1901, No. 3L 
 
 Azais (Norbert). *Des tumeurs liquides de 
 I'ovaire pendant la puerp6ralit6. (Complica- 
 tions et traitement.) 103 pp. 8° Toulouse, 
 1904, No. 577, 
 
 Azam [C.-M.-Etienne-Eugfene] [1822-99]. Hyp- 
 notisme et double conscience, origuie de leur 
 etude et divers travaux sur des sujets analogues. 
 
AZAM. 
 
 236 
 
 AZTECS. 
 
 Azam [C.-M.-Etienne-Eugfene] — continued. 
 Avec des prefaces et des lettres de MM. Paul 
 Bert, Charcot et Ribot. viii, 375 pp. 8°. Paris, 
 F. Alcan, 1893. 
 
 For Biography, see Arch. prov. de mid., Par., 1900, ii, 
 34. Also: Hist. d. trav. Soc. m^d.-psychol. (A. RitU), 
 Par., 1914, ii, 387-390. Also: Rev. de I'hypnot. et psychol. 
 physiol., Par., 1899-1900, xiv, pt. 2, 193-195. 
 
 Azam (Jean). *Sur un syndrome d'insufflsance 
 hypophysaire au cours des maladies toxi-infec- 
 tieuses. Essai clinique et th^rapeutique. 63 
 pp. 8°. Paris, 1907, No. 329. 
 
 AzambouTg (Gaston-Emest-Antoine) [1885- ]. 
 *Contribution S, I'^tude de la m6ningite conse- 
 cutive k I'toucl^ation de I'oeil. 84 pp. 8°. 
 Nana/, 1910, No. 14. 
 
 Azanchevskl (V.) Oplt riesheniya problem! o 
 proizvolnom vliyanii na pel potomstva; prak- 
 ticheskiy sintez evolyuteionnol i epigenetiche- 
 skoi teoriy obrazovaniya pola u embriona; 
 populyamoye izlozheniye novo! teorii. [Attempt 
 to solve the problem of influencing at will sex 
 in heredity; practical synthesis of the evolution 
 and epigenetic theories of forming sex in the 
 embryo; popular presentation of a new hy- 
 pothesis.] 64 pp. 12°. S.-Peterburg, 1903. 
 
 Azema (L.) *De la broncho-pneumonie tubercu- 
 leuse chez les enfants. 96 pp. 8° Toulouse, 
 1903, No,. 535. 
 
 Azemar (Edouard) [1878- ]. *De la docimasie 
 h^patique. Variations du glucose et du glyco- 
 gfene sous I'influence de la putrefaction. 44 pp. 
 8°. Lyon, 1901, No. 50. 
 
 Azeredo (Raul). *Do apparelho circulatorio na 
 febre amarella. 74 pp. 4°. Rio de Janeiro, 
 Besnardfrtres, 1903. 
 
 de Azeredo Albuquerque (Carlos Jos6). Endo- 
 scopia do apparelho urinario; urethroscopia; 
 cystoscopia; catheterismo cystoscopico dos ure- 
 teres. Applicagao pratica. 6 p. 1., 577 pp., 6 pi., 
 3 tab. 8^. Porto, 1903, 
 
 de Azeredo Corte Real (Joao Eduardo). *Da 
 gaatrostomia em geral. 88 pp., 1 1. 4°. Rio de 
 Janeiro, Besnardfrhres, 1901. 
 
 de Azevedo e Sd, (Joao Hippolyto). *Segredo 
 medico. 135 pp., 1 1. 4°. Rio de Janeiro, typ. 
 Altina, 1903. 
 
 de Azevedo Sodrfi (A. A.) Beri beri. 
 
 In: Twentieth Cent. Pract., N. Y., 1898, xiv, 469-524. 
 Also, Editor of: Brazil-medico, Rio de Janeiro, 1887-1918. 
 d'Azincourt (Charles) [1870- ]. *Des r6sultats 
 
 de rintervention chirurgicale dans les bron- 
 
 chiectasies. 80 pp. 4°. Paris, 1896, No. 236. 
 — ■■ . The same. 78 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, G. 
 
 Steinhdl, 1896. 
 Azmanova (Neviana) [1875-; ]. *Traitement 
 
 de la tuberculose pulmonaire par le cinnamate 
 
 de sonde. !^tude critique et exp6rimentale. 
 
 113 pp. 8° Nancy, 1899, No. 3. 
 Azml (Mahmoured). *Participation de la vfeicule 
 
 sSminale au processus gonococcique. 47 pp., 
 
 1 pi. 8°. Lausanne, 1907. 
 
 Azo compounds. 
 
 Heller (E. R.) *Ueber die Einwirkung von 
 alkoholischer Salzsaure auf Azoverbindungen. 
 8°. Erlangen, 1907. 
 
 HoLZAPPEL (J.) *Ueber die Darstellung und 
 Reaktionen von Azoacidylverbindungen. 8°. 
 Eeidelberg, 1909. 
 
 Azodermin. 
 
 Curschmann (F.) Experimentelle iind kliniscTie Er- 
 fehrungen mit Azodermin. Tlierap. Monatsli., Beri., 1911, 
 XXV, 717-721. — Gurbski (S.) [Contributions on tlie action 
 of azodermin: a modified scarlet red ointment.] Medycyna 
 i Kron. lek., AVarszawa, 1911, xlvi, 937. 
 
 Azoimid. 
 
 Smith (L.) & WoK (C. G. L.) The physioIoEjoal action 
 of azoimid. J. Med. Research, Bost., 1904, xii, 451-474, 
 14 pi. 
 
 Azolitmin. 
 
 Mlkhallovskl (I. P.) Azolitmin. Vrach. Gaz., S.- 
 Peterb., 1912, xix, 847.— Rosenbloom (J.) & Gles (W. J.) 
 Some azolitmin compounds of mucoids, nucleo-protelns and 
 other proteins, with exhibition of products. J. Biol. Chem., 
 N. y., 1907-8, ill, p. xjcxix. 
 
 Azoospermia. 
 
 See, also, Impotence (Causes, etc., of). 
 
 PosNBR (H. L.) *Beitrage zur Kenntnis der 
 Azoospermie. 8.°. Berlin, 1908. 
 
 ScHWAKz (N.) *AnatomiBche Grundlage der 
 erworbenen Azoospermie eines zweijahr. Zuchts- 
 tieres und Bau der Hoden desselben. [Bern.] 
 8°. Aschafenburg^909. 
 
 Bruusgaard (E.), Hansteen (E. H.) & Harbitz (F.) 
 [Azoospermia; causes and diagnosis.] Tidsskr. f. d. norske 
 I,n=,gefor., Kristiania, 1918, xxxviii, 53-56.— Frank (E. R. 
 W.) Asth^nozoospermie, azoospermie et aspermie. Ann. 
 . d. mal. d. org. gSnito-urin., 1907, ii, 1601-1617.— Groag (P.) 
 Ueber einen merkwijrdigen Fall von Azoospermie. 'Med.- 
 KUn., Beri., 1909-10, v, 1694.— Posuer (C.) Die prognose 
 der Azoospermie. Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph., Wien A 
 Leipz., 1912, cxiii, Orig., 815-820.— Posner (C.) & Colin 
 (J.) Zur Diagnose una Behandlung der Azoospermie. 
 Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Beri., 1904, xxx, 106^- 
 1064. 
 
 Azores. 
 
 Bombarda. Azores medico. Med. coutemp., Lisb.> 
 1898, xvi, 325; 333; 341; 349; 358.— Bottinl (C.) Le isole 
 Azorre. Aim. di med. nav., Roma, 1907, i, 708-713.— 
 Campana (R.) Avanti alle Azorre. Clin, dermosifilopat. 
 d. r. Univ. di Roma, 1908, xxvi, 35-46.— Dames (M. L.) & 
 Seemann (E . ) Folklore of the Azores. Folk-Lore, Lond., 
 1903, xiv, 125-146. 
 
 Azotsemia. 
 
 See XTrsBmia. 
 
 Azotobacter. 
 
 See Bacteria (Nitrifying). 
 
 Azotogen. 
 
 von FeUitzen-JBnkOking (D.) Azotogen, Nitragin 
 Oder Naturimpferde? Impfversuche zu verschiedenen 
 Lepimlnosen auf neuknitiviertem Hochmoorboden. Cen- 
 tralbl. t. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt. Jena, 1911, xxix, 198-205, 4 
 
 pi. . Noch einmal Azotogen, Nitragin und Natur- 
 
 impferde. Ibid., 1911-12, xxxii, 449-451. 
 
 Azoturia. 
 
 Eakins (H. S.) Azoturia; sarcolactic acid retention as 
 its cause. J. Am. Vet. M. Ass., Ithaca, 1917, Ii, 558-560. — 
 Wynn Lloyd (L.W.) Azoturia or forage poisoning? Vet. 
 Eec, Lend., 1917, xxx, 269. 
 
 Azoulay (L6on) [1862- ]. 
 
 See Rani6n y Cajal (Santiago) [in 2. s.]. I.es nouvelles 
 
 idfies sur la structure [etc.]. 8°. Paris, 1894. . Histo- 
 
 logle du syst^me nerveux [etc.] 8°. Pons, 1909. 
 
 Azoxins. 
 
 DE GoTTRAU (H.) *Contributions k l'6tude 
 des colorants azoxiniques. 8°. Genhie, 1906. 
 
 Neil ( A .-A . ) *Recherches dans la s6rie d 'azo- 
 xines. 8°. Gmhe, 1906. 
 
 Azoxonium. 
 
 Grbslt (W. P.) *Contribution k I'^tude des 
 d^riv6s de razoxonium. 8°. Genive, 1907. 
 
 Aztecs. 
 
 BiART (L.) Lea Aztfeques; histoire, moeurs, 
 coutumes. 8°. Paris, 1885. 
 
 FoRSTEMANN (E.) Commentary on the Maya 
 manuscript in the Royal Public Library of 
 Dresden. Translated by Selma Wesselhoeft and 
 A. M. Parker. 8°. Cambridge, 1906. 
 
 Forms v. 4, No. 2, of: Papers Peabody Museum, Cam- 
 bridge. 
 
 MoRLBY (S. G.) An introduction to the study 
 of the Maya hieroglyphs. 8°. Washington, 
 1915. 
 
AZTECS. 
 
 237 
 
 AZZONI. 
 
 Aztecs. 
 
 NuTTALL (Zelia). A penitential rite of the 
 ancient Mexicans. 8°. Cambridge, 1904. 
 
 Forms v. 1, No. 7, of: Papers oJ the re'abody Museum oJ 
 American Archifiology and lithnology. 8°. Cambridge, 190i. 
 
 ScHBLLHAS (P.) Representation of deities of 
 the Maya manuscripts. 8°. Cambridge, 1904. 
 
 Forms v. 4, No. 1, of: Papers of the Peabody Museum of 
 American Archaeology and Lthnology. 8°. Cambridge, 190i. 
 
 TozzER (A. M.) A comparative study of the 
 Mayas and the Lacandones. 8°. New York, 
 1907. 
 
 & Allen (G. M.) Animal figures in the 
 
 Maya codices. 8°. Cambridge, 1910. 
 ' Forms v. 4, No. 3, of: Papers of the Peabody Museum of 
 American Archaeology and lithnology. 8"'. Cambridi/e, 1910. 
 
 Beni (C.) Di alcune maniere di scrittura usate dagh 
 Azteohi. Arch, per I'antrop., Firenze, 1884, xiv, 53-62, — 
 BgrlUon. La pathologie des Aztfeques d'aprfes leurs ex-voto. 
 
 Aesculape, Par., 1911, 1,169-173. . Jjapathologie pr6- 
 
 colombienne d'aprfes les ex-voto azt&ques. Efipert. die m^d. 
 
 126.-Mi]Skat (G.) Ueber elne elgenartige Form des 
 Sltzens bei den soges. Azteken. Verhandl. d. Berl. Ge- 
 sellsch. (. Anthrop., 1902, 32-36.— Tozzer (A. M.) The 
 domain of the Aztecs and their relation to the prehistoric 
 cultures of Mexico. Holmes Anniv. Vol. Antliroo. Escays, 
 Wash., 1916, 464-468. 
 
 de Azija (Juan). Estudios clinicos sobre el 606. 
 Preparacion del "606" para inyecciones intra- 
 musculares con lanolina y petrovaselina. 204 
 pp. roy. 8°. Madrid, Centra grdfico-ariistico, 
 1911. 
 
 See, also, Pinllla (Rodriguez) [in 2. s.]. Mentiras con- 
 vencionales [etc.]. 12". Madrid, 1899. 
 
 Azuero (Manuel Plata). See Plata Azuero 
 
 (Manuel) [in 2. s.]. 
 
 Azurol. 
 
 de Vasconcellos (A.) Nova materia corante para subs- 
 tituir a solugao de Ciemsa: azurol. Brazil-med., Rio de 
 Jan., 1917, xxxi, 367. 
 
 Azurophilia. 
 
 lial)or(M.) Ueber Azurophilie. Wien. med. VV chnsehr., 
 1918, Ixviii, 942-951.— Boss! (A.) & Albert! (O.) L'azzurro- 
 filia nelle iutossieazioui. Boll. d. Soc. med. di Parma, 1914, 
 2. s., vii, 7. 
 
 Azy (L6on) [1874- ]. *De la toraion du p6di- 
 . cule des kystes de I'ovaire h. forme d'appendi- 
 
 cite aigue et a repetition. 60 pp. 8°. Lyon, 
 
 1900, No. 183. 
 Azzonl (Francesco). *Dell' educazione fisica del 
 
 fanciulli. 35 pp. 8°. Pavia, P. Bizzoni, 1841. 
 
 [P., V. 2225.] 
 
B. 
 
 B. 
 
 B. Belehrung zur Verhutung und Bekampfung 
 der Lungentuberkulose (Lungenschwindsuclit). 
 4 pp. 12° Karlsruhe, C. F. Milller, \n. d."]. _ 
 
 B. (A.) Patologicheskaya histologiya; opisaniye 
 89 preparatov. [Pathological histology; descrip- 
 tion of 89 preparations.] 29 pp. 8° Kiyev, S. 
 V. Kulzhenko, 1911. 
 
 B. (A. M. H.). 
 
 See Jamleson (John) [in 2. s.]. *De I'origlne de la crfr 
 mation [etc.]. 12°. Pam, 1821. 
 
 B. (F.) New improvement of the barometer, how 
 to render it portable, pp. 75-77. 8°- \London, 
 n. rf.] 
 
 Cutting from: Gentleman's Mag. 
 
 B. (G. J.) Oefent U! Waar door kunnen wij 
 onze gezondheid bevorderen? 12. pp., 12°- 
 Zaandam, K. Blees, [n. d.]. 
 
 B. (H.) Death from snake bite. p. 425. 8°. 
 [New York, 1899.] 
 
 CvMngfrom: Forest & Stream, N. Y., 1899, lii. 
 
 B. (J. S.) Tirocinium medicum, oder kurtze 
 Anleitung zu den medicinischen Terminis, 
 mit einigen hochst-nothigen Cautelen zum 
 Nutzen der Anfanger. 208 pp. 16°. Breslau, 
 E. E. Brachvogel, 1723. 
 
 BoUTid ivith: Hoffmann (F.) Vollstandige Anweisung 
 [etc.] 16°. mm, 1724. 
 
 B. (K.) Dr. EUinger's nasopharingeale theorie 
 van de malaria-infectie; populaire mededeeling. 
 2 p. 1., 52 pp., 1 1. 8°. Tegal, J. D. de Boer, 
 1904. 
 
 B. (M.) The power of soap and water, a dream 
 that came true. 24 pp. 16° Norwich, Jarrald 
 & 8on,\n. rf.]. [P., V. 2205.] 
 
 . When were you vaccinated? A question 
 
 for to-day. 16 pp. 16°. Norwich, Jarrald & 
 Sons, [n. d.]. [P., v. 2205.] 
 
 B. (R.) Soziale Gesetzgebung und arztliche 
 Praxis. 30 pp. 8°. Leipzig, C. Oberldnder, 
 [1903]. 
 
 B. (T.) Animadversions on the medicinal obser- 
 vations, of the Heidelberg, Palatinate, Dor- 
 chester practitioner of physick, Frederick Loss 
 ByaHus, medicus. 9 p. 1., 123 pp., 11 1. 12°. 
 London, W. Willis, 1674. 
 
 B. (W. W.) Een boekje voor pasgehuwden en 
 jonge ouders. Met een inleiding van H. J. Der 
 Weduwen. 51pp., 11. 8°. Nijverdal,B.Westera, 
 1906. 
 
 Baach (August Reinhard) [1875- 1. *Die 
 Retropharyngeal-Abscesse und deren Behand- 
 lung. 38 pp., 1 1. 8°- Marburg, F. Dessau. 
 1903. 
 
 Baack (B.) [1876- ]. *Ueber Herpes comeae 
 febrUis. 31 pp. 8°. Jena, E. Pohle, 1907. 
 
 Baade (Ludwig) [1884^ ]. *Ueber totale 
 Anuiie im Wochenbett. 13 pp. 8°- Miln- 
 chen, R. Muller & Steiniche, 1910. 
 
 Baader (Hans) [1865- ]. *Beitrage zur Ca- 
 suistik der Neuritis retrobulbaris. 28 pp. 8°. 
 TiMngen, F. Pietzcher, 1906. 
 
 Baader (Walter) [1879- ]. *Ein Beitrag zum 
 Vorkommen des intraocularen Cysticercus in 
 Baden. 33 pp. 8°. Freiburg i. Br., U. Hoch- 
 reuther, 1904. 
 
 238 
 
 BAAZ. 
 
 Baader (Wilhelm). *Ein Beitrag zur Lehre von 
 der diuretischen Wirkung der Salze. [Heidel- 
 berg.] 27 pp., 21. 8°. Tubingen, W. Armbruster 
 & 0. Riecker, 1896. 
 
 Baar (Gustav) [1872- ]. Oxalurie vom Stand- 
 punkte des praktischen Arztes. Ip.l., 88 pp. 8°. 
 Berlin & Wien, Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1908. 
 
 . The modem view of syphilis and its 
 
 treatment, xii, 285 pp. 12°. New York & 
 London, D. Appleton & Co., 1910. 
 
 Baart de la Faille (Johan Marcus). *Bacte- 
 riurie bij febris typhoidea. 127 pp., 2 1. 8°. 
 Leeuwarden, 1895. c. 
 
 . Chsemotaxis. 24 pp. 8°- Haarlem, De 
 
 erven F. Bohn, 1898. 
 
 Forms No. 6 of: Geneesk. Bl. u. Klin, en Lab. v. de prakt., 
 Haarlem, 1898, v, 139-162. 
 
 Baartmans (Pierre J.) Een geneeskundige als 
 handlanger van een monsterachtig complot. 
 Afschuwelijke toestanden in genoemd gesticht 
 geschetst. 50 pp. 12° Amsterdam, C. Daniels, 
 [1902]. 
 
 Baas (Albert). *Ueber die Keratitis dendritica 
 und ihre Beziehungen zum Herpes comese. 48 
 pp., 1 1. 8°. Giessen, von Milnchow, 1899. 
 
 Baas (Joh. Hermann) [1838- ]. 
 
 See Zwanzig Abhandlungen zxii Geschichte der Medizin 
 [etc.] [in 2. s.], 8°. i Hamburg & Leipzig, 1908. 
 
 Fm Biography, see Milnchen. med. Wdmschr., 1908, It, 
 2237, port. (Biedert). 
 
 Baas (Karl) [1866- ]. Die Augenerscheinun- 
 gen der Tabes dorsaUs und der multiplen Scle- 
 rose. 29 pp. 8°. Halle a. S.,K.Marhold, 1898. 
 Samml. zwangl. Abhandl. a. d. Geo. d. Augenh., Halle a, 
 S., 1898, ii, No. 6. 
 
 . Die Seh- und Pupillen-Bahnen. 8 pp., 
 
 2 pi. 8°. Breslau, J. if. Kern, 1898. 
 Augenarztl. Untenichtstaf., Bresl.j 1898, 14. Hit. 
 
 Anatomie der Homhautentzundung und 
 
 des Horhhautgeschwiires. 11 pp., 12 pi. 8°. 
 & 4°. Breslau, M. Muller, 1900. 
 
 Gesundheitspflege im mittelalterUchen 
 
 Freiburg i. Br. ' Eine kultuigeschichtliche Stu- 
 dio. 84 pp. 8° Freiburg i. Br., E. Fehsenfeld, 
 1905. 
 
 Baas (Karl Hermann) [1878- ]. *Ueber Ba- 
 cillus pseudanthracis. 20 pp. 8°. Strassburg 
 i. E., C. Muh & Co., 1903. 
 
 Baasner (Erich) [1873- ]. *Beitrag zur Kennt- 
 nis der Narbencarcinome. 30 pp., 4 tab., 2 
 sheets, 1 1. 8°. Leipzig, B. Georgi, 1900. 
 
 Baatz (Otto Hermann Gustav) [1884- ]. 
 *Ueber Urethrektomie bei Hamrohrenstrik- 
 turen. 30 pp. 8°. Berlin, E. Ebering, 1912. 
 
 Baatz (Paul) [1875- ]. *Ueber die Perforation 
 der Extrauterinschwangerschaft in die Blase. 
 34 pp., 11. 8°. Konigsberg i. Pr., L. Krauze & 
 Ewerlien, 1899. 
 
 Baatz (Theodor Heimich Kurt) [1879- ]. 
 *Ueber Pupillarverhaltnisse bei einigen Geistes- 
 krankheiten. 53 pp. 8°. Tubingen, F. PieUs- 
 cker, 1906. 
 
 Baaz (Hans). Die Behandlung des chronischen 
 Unterschenkelgeschwiirs. 
 
 In: Samml. klin. Vortr., n. F., Leipz., 1900, No. 267 (Chir., 
 No. 79, 1475-1486). 
 
BAB. 
 
 239 
 
 BABESIA. 
 
 Bab (Edwin) [1882- ]. Die gleichgeschleclit- 
 liche Liebe (Lieblingsminne) ; ein Wort ilber ihr 
 Wesen und ibre Bedeutung. 79 pp. 8°. Ber- 
 lin, H. Schildberger, [1903]. 
 
 . Frauenbewegung und FreundesUebe. 
 
 24 pp. 8°. Charlottenburg, A. Brand, [1904]. 
 
 *Ueber AdipoaLtas dolorosa (Dercumsche 
 
 Krankhelt). 24 pp. 8°. Berlin, W. Pilz, 1910 
 Bab (Hans) [1877- ]. *Die Colostrumbildung 
 als physiologisches Analogon zu Entztindungs- 
 vorgangen; gleichzeitig ein Beitrag zur Lehre 
 von den Leukocyten und deren Granulationen; 
 mit historischen Dailegungen. [Leipzig.] 97 
 pp., 11 tab. 8°. Berlin, L. Schumacher, 1904. 
 
 . The same. 2p. 1., 97 pp., 12 tab. 8° 
 
 Berlin, A. Hirschwald, 1904. 
 
 Die Pathologie der infantilistischen Steri- 
 
 litat und ihre Tberapie auf alten und neuen 
 Wegen. 
 
 In: Samml. klin. Vortr., Leipz., 1909, n. F., Nos. 638-540 
 (GynSk., Nos. 198-200). 
 
 Bab (Martin) [1877- ]. *Zur Frage der ascen- 
 dierenden Nierentuberkulose. 22 pp., 1 1. 8°- 
 Miinchen, C. Wolf & Sohn, 1904. 
 
 Babacci (Francesco). Un anno e mezzo di pra- 
 tica chirurgica aU' ospedale di Montecarotto. 
 50 pp., 1 1., 5 pi. 8° Modena, A. Namias, 1897. 
 
 Bab&k (Edvard). Respirometrie a kalorimetrie 
 zivoSSnd. II. O vlivu natf enti kflze. [Animal 
 respirometry and calorimetry. II. On the in- 
 fluence of rents of the skin.] 8°. -v Praze, 1899. 
 Forms No. 11 of: Rozpr. £eskg Akad. ols. FrantiSka Josefa 
 [etc.Jj-v Praze, 1898-9, 2. t., viii. 
 
 . Respirometrie a kalorimetrie zivocisni. 
 
 III. Respirometrie a kalorimetrie u d6ti pfi 
 chorob&ch se supranormaJnou a subnormalnou 
 teplotou. 30 pp. [Respirometry and calorime- 
 try in children for diseases with supranormal 
 and subnormal temperature.] 8°. v Praze. 
 
 Forms no. 19, of; Eozpr. desk^ Akad. ois. FrantiSka Josefa 
 [etc.], V Praze, 1898-9, 2. t., viii. 
 
 . O tepeln6 regulaci u novorozen^ch. 
 
 [The regulation of the temperature of the new 
 born.] 39 pp. 8°. v Praze, 6esU Akad., 1901. 
 Forms No. 1 of: Eozpr. fiesk^ Akad. cis.FrantiSka Josefa 
 [etc.], V Praze, 1900-1902, 2. t., x. 
 
 [Babanosyants (Zakhariy Ivanovich)] [1855- 
 ]. K voprosu ob otpadenii pupo-wini u 
 novorozhdennlkh. [On falling off of the um- 
 bilicus in the new born.] 146 pp. 8°. \S.- 
 Peterburg, 1883. 
 
 B(mnd with: Med. Otchet S.-Peterl). rodovsp. zaved. 
 (1877-80), 1883. 
 
 Babasinian (Vahan S.) [1876- ]. 
 
 See Gattermann (Ludwig). The practical methods of 
 organic methods. 3. Am. ed. 8°. New York, 1914. 
 
 Babaud (Georges- Roger -Gustave) [1887- ]. 
 *La m^ningite c6r6bro-spinale 6pid6mique du 
 nourrisson. 127 pp. 8°. Paris, 1912, No. 109. 
 
 Babb (Cyrus Cates) [1867- ]. Surface water 
 supply of the United States, 1910. Pt. I. North 
 Atlantic coast. Prepared under the direction of 
 M. O. Leighton. 305pp., 1 pi. 8°. Washington, 
 Gov. Print. Off., 1912. 
 
 U. S. Dep. fiit. U. S. Geol. Survey. Water-supply 
 paper 281. 
 
 . The same. 221 pp., 1 pi., 2 maps. 8°. 
 
 Washington, Gov. Print. Off., 1912. 
 
 U. S. Dep. Int. U. S. Geol. Survey. Water-supply 
 paper 301. 
 
 See, also. Barrows <H. K.) & Babb (C. C.) Water re- 
 sources of the PenolMoot Eiver basin, Maine. 8°. Waahino- 
 ton, 1911. ^ 
 
 Babbe (Paul) [1882- ]. *Ein Fall von Wan- 
 dernulz, geheUt durch Splenopexie. 16 pp. 8°. 
 Kiel, H. Pienche, 1907. 
 
 Babcock (James Wood) [1856- ]. A sketch of 
 the early history of the insane in South Carolina. 
 10 pp. 8°. [Columbia, S. C, 1896.] 
 
 Mepr. from: Annual rep. State Hosp. for the Insane, 
 Columbia. S. C, 1895-6. 
 
 See, also, Marie (Armand) & Babcock (James Wood). 
 Pellagra, [etc.]. 8°. ColumUa, 1910. 
 
 Babcock (Robert Hall) [1851- ]. Diseases of 
 the heart and arterial system. Designed to be a 
 practical presentation of the subject for the use 
 of students and practitioners of medicine, xxi, 
 853 pp., 3 pi. 8°. New York & London, D. 
 Appleton & Co., 1903. 
 
 . The same. 2. ed. xxi, 853 pp., 3 pi. 
 
 8°. New York, D. Appleton & Co., 1905. 
 
 . Diseases of the lunge. Designed to be a 
 
 practical presentation of the subject for the use 
 of students and practitioners of medicine, xix, 
 809 pp., 12 pi. 8°. New York & London, D. 
 Appleton & Co., 1907. 
 
 . Diseases of the myocardium. 
 
 In: Mod. Med. (Osier) 8°. Philadelphia & New York, 
 1908, iv, 90-132. 
 
 Babcock (William Wayne) [1872- ]. An essay 
 upon the general principles of preventive medi- 
 ane. 2. ed. 230 pp. 12°. Brooklyn, Maltine 
 Co., [1903].- 
 
 In: Pkeventtve medicine; two prize essays. 8°. Brook- 
 lyn, [1903]. 
 
 . Spinal anesthesia. 16 pp., 5 stereos. 4°. 
 
 [Troy, N. Y., Southworth & Co., 1913.1 
 In: Sect, xvlii of Howard A. Kelly's Stereo-Clinic. 
 
 . Perineorrhaphy. 31 pp., 24 stereos. 4°. 
 
 [Troy, N. Y., Southworth & Co., 1913.1 
 In Sect, xviii of Howard A. Kelly's Stereo-CBnic. 
 See, also, Sbattock (Samuel G.) [in 2. s.] An atlas of the 
 bacteria [etc.]. 8°. New York, 1899. 
 
 Babeau (Joseph) [1879- ]. *Les 6rythfemes 
 chez les tuberculeux. viii, 9-41 pp., 1 1. 8°. 
 Montpellier, 1905, No. 44. 
 
 Babeau (Joseph [1881- ]. *L'ulcfere du duo- 
 denum; diagnostic, traitement. vii, 9—42 pp 
 1 1. 8°. Montpellier, 1905, No. 27. 
 
 Babendreier {Louis Mylius) [ 
 
 [Obituary.] Wash. M. Ann., 1915, xiv, 179. 
 
 Baber {Edward CressweU) [1851-1910]. 
 
 Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1910, i, 1271; 1329. 
 Babes (Victor) [1854- ]. Untersuchungen 
 tiber den Leprabacillus und iiber die Histologic 
 der Lepra. 112 pp., 8 pi. 8°. Berlin, S. Karger, 
 1898. 
 
 Beobachtungen uber Riesenzellen. 126 
 
 -1915]. 
 
 pp., 10 pi., 11. fol. Stuttgart, E. Nagele, 1905. 
 Forms Hft. 20, Abt. C, of: Biblioth. med., Cassel, 1905. 
 
 Babesia. 
 
 See, also, Piroplasma; Theileria. 
 
 Chalmers (A. J.) & Archibald (E. G.) Babesia or 
 piroplasma. J. Trop. M. [etc.], Lond., 1914, xvii, 323. See, 
 also, infra, Leiper. . Babesia or piroplasma, a 
 
 nropls 
 . , , - — 0, Reprint!- 
 I<eiper (E. T.) Babesia or piroplasma; a reply to Chalmers 
 
 reply to Dr. Leiper. /Wd., 1916, xviii, 217. Also, 
 
 and Archibald. J. Trop. M. [etc.], Lond., 1915, xviii, 7.— 
 OUwIg & Manteufel. Babesia mutans in Deutsch-Ost- 
 
 afrika und Beobachtungen zur nukroskopisohen Differential- 
 diagnose dieses Parasiten. Arch. f. Schifls- u. Tropen - 
 Hyg., Leipz., 1910, xiv, 765-769.— Parodl (S. E.) & Tnda- 
 
 cowich (V.) Tgcnlca empleada para el estudio de la evolu 
 ci6n de la Babesia bovis en la garrapata comUn (Margaropus 
 annulatus). Prensa m^d. argentina, Buenos Aires, 1915-16, 
 ii, 241.— Schuberg (A.) & Belchenow (E.) Ueber Ban 
 und Vermehrung von Babesia canis im Blute des Hundes. 
 Arb. a. d. k. Gsndhtsamte, Berl., 1912, xxxviii, 415-434, 1 
 pi.— Thomson (J. G. ) & Fantham (H. B.) The success- 
 ful cultivation of Babesia (Piroplasma) canis in vitro, fol- 
 lowing the method of Bass. Tr. Soc. Trop. M. & Hyg , 
 Lond., 1913-14 vii, 119-125, 1 pi.— Toyoda (H.) Zuchtungs- 
 versuche mit Babesia cams nach der Basssehen Methode. 
 
 923-931 
 
BABIAUD. 
 
 240 
 
 BACCELLI. 
 
 Babiaud (Edgard) [1884- ]. *Proc6d6 nou- 
 veau d' exenteration complfete de I'orbite dans 
 lea cas de tumeurs maUgnes diffuses. 62 pp. 
 8°. Paris, 1910, No. 372. 
 
 Babin (Edouard-Josepli) [1885- ]. *Contribu- 
 tion k retude s6ni&ologigue de la luxation 
 cong6nitale de la hanche. 76 pp., 1 pi. 8°. 
 Bordeaux, 1910, No. 32. 
 
 Babin (Marden) [1840-1917]. 
 
 [Obituary.] J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1917, Ixviii, 1495. 
 Babin (Marie-Louis) [1873- ]. *De la pharyn- 
 
 gite diabdtique comme eigne r6v61ateur du 
 
 diabfete. 50 pp., 1 1. 8°. Nancy, 1903, No. 18. 
 Babin (Raymond) [1885- ]. *De la dyspn^e 
 
 dans les syndromes aortiques; 6tude clinique et 
 
 th&apeutique. 47 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1911, 
 
 No. 50. 
 Babington (Benjamin) [1774-1866]. On the 
 
 morbid conditions of the blood. 
 
 In: DungUson's Am. M. Llbr. 8°. PMladelphia, 1838, 
 
 1-31. 
 
 Babinsld (Jules). 
 
 See KoTt ofveisikt at Babinskis vlktigaste kliniska 
 arbeten (G. S6derbergh). Hygiea, Stockholm, 1910, 2. t, x, 
 54-84. 
 
 & Froment (J.) Hyst6rie-pithi.atisme et 
 
 troubles nerveux d'ordre rMexe en neurologie 
 de guerre. 1 p. 1., 267 pp., 8 pi. 8°- Paris, 
 Masson & Cie., 1917. 
 
 Babinski's reflex. 
 
 See Reflexes of toes, etc. 
 Babitsch (Draginja) [1887- ]. *Ueber die Ge- 
 websveranderungen an tiberlebenden Frosch- 
 herzen. 29 pp. 8°. Berlin, G.Schade, 1911. 
 Babkin (B[ona] P[yotrovichJ) [1877- ]. *Oplt 
 sistemati-cheskavo izucheniya slozhno-nervnlkh 
 (psikhiche8kikh)-yavleniy u sobaki. [A syste- 
 matic study of complex-nervous (psychical) 
 ?henomena in the dog.] 192, iv pp. 8°. S.- 
 'eterburg, P. V. Martinoff, 1904. 
 
 . Die aussere Sekretion der Verdauungs- 
 
 driisen. x, 407 pp; 4°. Berlin, J. Springer, 
 1914. 
 Bablet (Jean-Louis) [1886- ]. *Le sphacfele 
 des fibromes ut^rins au cours de la grossesse. 
 ■ 59 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1910, No. 40. 
 Bablon (Georges) [1877- ]. *V6sicatoire et 
 revulsion. 114 pp., IL 8°. ij/on, 1900, No. 93. 
 See, also, Pal (J.) Lee crises vasculaires [etc.]. 12°. 
 Paris, 1908. 
 
 von Babo (Agnes). *Era Fall von Ideincysti- 
 scher Entartung beider Ovarien. [Zurich.] 22 
 pp. 8"?. Berlin, G. Reimer, 1900. 
 Bepr.from: Arch. t. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1900, cbd. 
 
 Babon (J[ean]-E[ugfene-Fran5ois-Denis]). *L'6tat 
 
 gastrique des ataxiques; 6tude clinique et de 
 
 chimisnae stomacal). 123 pp. 4°. Paris, 1896, 
 
 No. 264. 
 Babonneix (L6on). *Nouvelle8 recherches sur 
 
 les paralysies dipht^riques. 213 pp., 1 1. 8°. 
 
 Paris, 1904, No. 141. 
 See, also, Hutlnel (V.) Les maladies des enfants [etc.]. 
 
 8°. Paris, 1909.— JToMcourt (Pierre). Conseils pratiques 
 
 d'hygifene inlantile [etc.]. 8°. Paris, 1914. 
 
 Babou (A.-F.) *Documents sur la prostitution et 
 
 les maladies vfo6riennes S, Toulouse. 116 pp. 
 
 8°. Toulouse, 1904, No. 551. 
 Babucke (Ernst) [1870- ]. *Die Bedeutung 
 
 des Gartnerschen Hamatokrits. 31 pp., 4 1. 8°. 
 
 Konigsberg, 1896. • 
 
 Baby-farming. 
 
 See Infants (Hygiene, etc., of). 
 Babyhood. Devoted exclusively to the care of 
 infants and young children, and the general 
 interests of the nursery, v. 1-25, 1884-1909. 
 8°- New York. 
 
 Baby jumpers and iahy-walkers [Patent 
 specijications for]. 
 
 Bab'cock (A. M.) Combined baby jumper and rooking 
 chair. No. 596451; Dec. 28, 1897.— Benjamin (J.) Baby- 
 jumper. No. 626521; June 6, 1899.— Blackledge (J. W.) 
 Combined cradle and baby-jumper. No. 704774; July 15, 
 1902. — Blake (R. K.) Baby walker or perambulator. No. 
 765875; July 26, 1904.— CarroU (C. J.) Baby tender and 
 walker. No.715978;Dec. 16, 1902.— ConweU(E. V.) Baby- 
 walker. No. 597263; Jan. 11, 1898.— Cowles (E. M.) & Clem- 
 son (C.) Baby-jumper. No. 616697; Dec. 27, 1898.— Cruteli- 
 field (J. H.) Baby-jumper. No. 692505; Feb. 4, 1902.— 
 Davidson (M. B.) Baby-jumper. No. 736826; Aug. 18, 
 1903.— FIrnhaber (E.) Baby-walker. No. 642435; Jan. 30, 
 1900.— Frledersdorff(A.) Baby-walker. No. 631889; August 
 29, 1899.— Gaines (E.) Baby-jumper. No. 775133; Nov. 
 15, 1904.— Glascock (C. O.) Baby-walker. No. 697474; 
 April 15. 1902.— Harstone (J. B.) Combined wagon and 
 baby-walker. No. 713431; Nov. 11, 1902.— Harvey (V. E.) 
 Infant's chair. No. 550613; Deo. 3, 1895.— Heitmann ( Aima). 
 Baby-jumper. No. 735668; Aug. 4, 1903.— Holton (G. J.) 
 Baby-jumper. No. 708641; Sept. 9, 1902.— Hubbard (J.C.) 
 Baby-tender. No. 665528; Jan. 8, 1901.— Kraut (J^ Appa- 
 ratus for supporting children. No. 520929; June 6, 1894.— 
 Latshaw (C. E.) Baby-exerciser. No. 655631; Aug. 7, 
 1900.— Ijehmann (E.) Baby walker. No. 592569; Oct. 26, 
 1897.— Lelnlnger (B.) Baby-walker. No. 761514; May 
 31, 1904.— Lyon (Lucy B. J.) Baby-harness. No. 602861; 
 April 26, 1898.— Marqua (W. A.) Baby-jumper. No. 
 731197; Junel6,1903.— Moreliouse(JaneA.) Baby-jumper; 
 No. 777386; Deo. 13, 1904.— Mount (H. H.) Baby-walker. 
 No. 635797; Oct. 31,1899.— Nlx(W.M.) Baby-jumper. No. 
 743546; Nov. 10, 1903.— Perkins (A. P.) Collapsible baby- 
 jumper. No. 703458; July 1, 1902.— Phillips (T. L.) Baby- 
 walker. No. 734940; July 28, 1903.— K«lnn(E.) Apparatus 
 for teaching children to walk. No. 658464; Sept. 26, 1900.— 
 BenneT(N.) Baby-walker and table. No. 684589; Oct. 15, 
 1901.— Besetar(J.) Baby-walker. No. 671058; April 2, 1901.— 
 Scblunz (F. H.) Baby-walker. No. 612278; Oct. 11, 
 1898.— Settlemyre (D. S.) Baby-walker. No. 658126; 
 Sept. 18, 1900.— Sloan (T.) Baby-walker. No. 676634; 
 June 18, 1901.— Smltb (E. C.) Bracket for baby jumpers. 
 No. 732127; June 30, 1903.— Southlngton (T. W.) Baby 
 support. No. 598164; Feb. 1, 1898.— Spencer (H.) Baby- 
 comforter. No. 745920; Dec. 1, 1903.— Stoyer (C. H.) Baby- 
 walker. No. 767774;. Aug. 16, 1904.— Sturges (A. B.) 
 Baby-jumper. No. 667712; Jan. 29, 1901.— Vaughan (T. 
 M.) Baby-jumper. No. 737176; Aug. 25, 1903.— Wheeler 
 (G. W.) Baby-jumper. No. 731641; June 23, 1903.— Winn 
 (J. W.) Baby-holder. No. 788150; April 25, 1905. 
 
 Babylonia. 
 
 See, also. Medicine (History of. Ancient) — 
 Assyrian, etc. 
 
 Jastrow (M.) Aspects of religious belief and 
 practice in Babylonia and Assyria. 8°. New 
 York & London, 1911. 
 
 Khausz (J.) *Die Gottemamen in den baby- 
 lonischen Siegelcylinderlegenden. 8°. Miin- 
 chen, 1910. 
 
 Bac (Louis) [1885- ]. *De la paralysie radiale 
 dans les fractures de rhum^rus. [Lyon.] 62 pp. 
 8° Trivoux, J. Jeannin, 1911, No. 97. 
 
 Bacaloglu (Constantin). *Le coeur dans la fifevre 
 typhoide. 113 pp., 1 pi., 1 1. 8°. Paris, 1900, 
 No. 110. 
 
 . The same. 113 pp. 8°. Paris, G. Stein- 
 
 heil, 1900. 
 
 Bacaresse (Lucien). *ConBid6rations 6tiologiques 
 sur le syndrome de Little. 64 pp. 8°. Paris, 
 1902, No. 148. 
 
 BaccelU (Guido) [1832-1916]. Discorso inaugurate. 
 (Congresso nazionale di medicina interna, Pisa, 
 1901.) 34 pp. 8°. Roma, G. Bertero & Co., 
 1901. 
 
 See, also, Crlvelll (Niccola). Francesco Puccinotti [etc.]. 
 8°. Bomo, 1903.— Brgehnlsse der experimentellen Patho- 
 logic [etc.]. 8°. Wiesbaden, 1907.— Hippocrates, Gil afo- 
 rismifetc.]. 8°. i?iren?e, 1907.— Marianl (F.) Semeiotica 
 flsica [etc.]. 12°. Milano, [1904].— Occliluzzt (Angelo) [in 
 2. s.]. Delia meccanica cardio-vasomotrlce [etc.]. 8°. 
 JRoma, 1897. 
 
 For Biograplty, see Attualit^ med., Milano, 1916, v, 408-431 
 (A. Murri). Also: Brit. M. J., Lond., 1916, i, 114. AUo: 
 Clin, chir., Milano, 1906, xiv, 225 (A. Ceocherelli). Also: 
 Clin. med. ital., Milano, 1916, Iv, 1-5. Also: Cron. d. Clin, 
 med. di Geneva, 1916, xxii, 1-7 (E. MaragUano). Also: 
 Folia med., Napoli, 1915, i, 905-910. Also: Gazz. internaz. 
 di med., Napoli, 1906, ix, 295; 304. Also: Gazz. d. osp., 
 Milano, 1906, xxvil, 465-^75. Also: Ibid., 1916, xxvii, 97-99. 
 Also: Lancet, Ijond., 1916, i, 213. Also: Med. nuova, 
 Eoma, 1916, vii, 78-82 (E. Eossoni). Also: Policlln., Eoma, 
 
BACCELLI. 
 
 241 
 
 BACH. 
 
 Baccelli (Guido) [1832-1916]— continued. 
 
 1906, xiii, sez. prat, 417-480, port. Also: Ibid., 1916, xxiu, 
 sez. prat., 69, port. (V. Ascoli). Also: Eiforma med., 
 Napoli, 1916, xrrii, 57. Also: Eiv. ital. di ottal., Koma, 
 1906, ii, 87-89, port. (O. Parisotti). Also: Semana m^d., 
 Buenos Aires, 1916, xxiii, 1, 59-61 (A. P.). Also: Ztsehr. f. 
 Tuberk., Leipz., 1916, xxv, 237. 
 
 See, also: 
 
 OocHiuzzi (A.) Guido Baccelli nella clinica, 
 1857-97. 8°. Roma, 1900. 
 
 Apoteosl (L') di Guido Baccelli in Campidogllo (30 aprile 
 1916). Policiin., Eoma, 1916, xxili, sez. prat., 581-599.— 
 Castellino (P.) L'opera di Guido Baccelli nello studio 
 delle cardiopatie. Folia med., Napoli, 1916, ii, 289-294.— 
 Guido Baccelli.' the tribute of Italian medicine to his life 
 and work. Lancet, Lond., 1916, i, 1050.— Maragliano (E.) 
 Guido Baccelli, clinico. PoUchn., Eoma, 1916, xxiii, sez. 
 med., 217-262.— MaragUano(E.)& Teissier (J.) Omaggio 
 a Guido Baccelli in Campidoglio. Gazz. d. osp. Milano, 1916, 
 xxxvii, 577-580.— Marcbiafava (E .) Guido Baccelli prima 
 del 1870. Gazz. med.diRoma,1916,xlii,8-10.— Murri(A.) 
 Guido Baccelli, cittadino e insegnante." Polidin., Eoma, 
 1916, xxiii, sez. med., 193-216.— Sanarelll (G.) Guido Bac- 
 celli, uomo politico e medico sociale. Ibid., 263-280. — ^Tran- 
 quilli (E.) Guido Baccelli nella diagnosi. Gazz. med. di 
 Eoma, 1916, xlii, 130-139. 
 
 Baccelli's method. 
 
 See Aneurism ( Treatment of) by acupuncture. 
 Bacchanellus (Joannes). De consensu medico- 
 rum, in curandis morbis, libri quatuor. Ejus- 
 dem de consensu medicorum in cognoscendis 
 simplicibus liber. 15 p. 1., 732 pp. 16° Vene- 
 tiis, 1553. 
 
 . De consensu medicorum in cognoscendis 
 
 -simplicibus, liber. 140 pp. 24°. Lutetix, 
 apvd C. Stephenum, 1554. 
 
 Baccharis. 
 
 QuENTiN (MZe.] Jeanne). *Oontribution ft 
 I'^tude anatomique dea espfeces du genre Bac- 
 charis. [Paris.] 8° Lons-le-Saunier, 1911. 
 
 ^cole de pharmacie. 
 
 Kunze(R.E.) Baccharis glutlnosa, pers. Calif. Eclect. 
 M. J., Los Angeles, 1910, iii, 83-85, 1 pi. 
 
 Bacci (Andrea). Del Tevere; hbri tre, ne'quaU 
 si tratta della natura e bont^ dell' acque e 
 specialmente del Tevere, dell'acque anticbe di 
 Roma, del Nilo, del P6, dell' Amo e d'altri 
 fonti e fiumi [etc.]. 4 p. 1., 309 pp., 4 1. 8°. 
 Ve-netm, 1576. 
 
 Baccioni (G. B.) I generi alimentari. Note bro- 
 matologiche, con appendice riassuntiva delle 
 disposizioni legislative che regolano la vigilatza 
 igienica degli alimenti, e contenente i metodi 
 pratici per riconosceme le falsificazioni e le al- 
 terazioni piii comuni. 140 pp., cxii, 1 1. 24° 
 FirenUe, 0. Civelli, 1896. 
 
 . La vigilanza igienica degli alimenti. 
 
 Note d'igiene pratica e di bromatologja. vii, 
 418 pp. 8°. Torino, frat.Bocca,W01. 
 
 Bacerni (Gioseffo). Breve narratlone de' mirabili 
 et naturaU efietti della potentissima et arcana 
 medicina del oro potabile senza corrosive. 186 
 pp., 8 1., port. 8°. Bologna, F. M. Sarti, 
 1659. 
 
 Bach (Adolpb). Einige Worte iiber die Einfiih- 
 rung der Gesundheitslehre und der Naturkunde 
 vom Menschen als einen stetigen Zweig des Ele- 
 mentar-Unteniclits in die niederen und hoberen 
 Volksscbulen. 8 pp. 12°. Homburg v. d. H., 
 L. Schick, 1846. 
 
 Bach (Adolpli). *Kasuistisclier Beitrag zm* 
 Frage des Ileus nach Laparotomie infolge perj- 
 tonealen Adhaaionen. [Erlangen.] 34 pp. 8°- 
 Weissenburg, 6. Rascher, 1900. 
 
 Bach (Alcide). *La tension ait^rieUe au cours de 
 I'erysipfele et sa valeur pronostique. 52 pp. 8°- 
 Paris, 1911, No. 102. 
 
 von Bach (Alexander) [1882- ]. *Ueber 
 einige Derivate der Salicylsaure. [Miinchen.] 
 88 pp., 1 1. 8° Zilrich-Selnau, Gebr. Leemxmn 
 & Co., 1909. 
 
 Bach (Anton). Sichere Anleitung wie man bey 
 Krankheiten sicb und dem Arzt eine gltlckliche 
 Cur machen konne. xvi, 110 pp. 12°- Bresslau 
 & Hirschberg, J. F. Korn dem, Aeltern, 1791. 
 
 Bach (Armand). *Sur deux caa de m^ningo- 
 enc6pbalite bulbaire subaigue suivis de gu^ri- 
 son. 66 pp. 8°- Paris, 1902, No. 244. 
 
 Bach (August). *Ueber die Beziebungen der 
 Acne vulgaris zu Allgemeinerkrankungen. 
 [Bern.] 23 pp. 8° Reichenberg (B6hmen),Gebr. 
 Sliepel, [19071. 
 
 Repr. from: Klin.-therap. Wchnschr., Wien & Berl., 
 1907, xiv. 
 
 Bach (Carl). *Ueber die gunstige Beeinflussung 
 bestebender Geisteskrankbeiten durch. Trau- 
 men. 96 pp. 8°. Strassburg i. E., C. & J. 
 Goeller, 1896. 
 
 Bach (Charles). Zur Organisation intemationaler 
 Congresse. Congress-technische Studie. Ein- 
 fuhrungs wort. von P. H. Eijkman. xii, 130 pp. 
 8°. Berlin, Allg. med. Verlagsanstalt, 1911. 
 
 Bach (Erich) [1879- 1. *Ein Fall von Atro- 
 phia cutis idiopathica (Typus Herxheiner). 30 
 pp., 1 1. 8° Leipzig, B. Georgi, 1906. 
 
 Bach (Eugfene). *Contribution 3. I'^tude des 
 malformations du systfeme uro-g6nital dans le 
 sexe f6minin. .47 pp., 2 pi. 8°. Lausanne, 
 La Concorde, 1914. 
 
 Bach (FritzWerner) [1887- ]. *Ueber Pneumo- 
 nien mit relativer Pulsverlangsamung. 1 p. 1., 
 40 pp., 1 1. 8°. Leipzig, E. Lehmann, 1912. 
 
 Bach (Hermann). *Zur geographischen Verbrei- 
 tung und Statistik des "Trachoms in der Provinz 
 Oberhessen und den angrenzenden preussischen 
 Provinzen im Vergleich zu anderen Gegenden 
 Deutschlands und Europas. 50 pp., 1 1. 8°. 
 Giessen,.C. von Miinchow, 1897. 
 
 Bach (Hugo) [1878- ]. *EiQ rasch wachsendes 
 Rundzellensarkom der Prostata. 26 pp., 1 pi., 
 1 1. 8°. Miinchen, Kastn^er & Callwey, 1905. 
 
 . Anleitung und Indikation fur Bestrah- 
 
 * lungen mit der Quarzlampe. Kilnstlicbe H6- 
 hensonne. 41pp., 1 pi. 8 . Wurzburg, 1915. 
 
 Wurzh. Ahhandl. a. d. Gesamtgeb. d. prakt Med., 1915, xv, 
 Hft. 1-2. 
 
 "Ultra-violet light, by means of the Alpine 
 
 sun lamp; treatment and indications. Author- 
 ized transl. from the German. 114 pp. 8°. New 
 York, P. B. Hoeber, 1916. 
 
 Bach (Joseph). Ueber das Verhaltnis von Arbeit 
 undBildung. 38 pp. 4° Miinchen, C . Wolf & 
 Son, 1899. 
 
 Bach (Julius). Handbuch der Zahnersatzkunde, 
 hrsg. von Julius Bach. Unter teilweiser Mitar- 
 beit hervorragender Fachleute. 2 v. xv, 540, 
 viii pp., 8 pi.; 541-971 pp., 14 pi. roy. 8°. 
 Augsburg, im Selbstverlage des Verfassers, 1911. 
 
 Bach (Ludwig) [1865-1912]. Antisepsis und 
 Asepsis in ihrer Bedeutung fiir das Auge. 16 
 pp. 8°. Halle a. S., K. Marhold, 1897. 
 
 Samml. zwangl. Abhandl. a. d. Geh. d. Augerih., Halle 
 a. S., 1897, i, 6. Hft. 
 
 . Die ekzematosen (acrophulosen) Augen- 
 
 erkrankungen. 52 pp. 8°. Halle a. S., 1899. 
 Samml. zwangl. Abhandl. a. d. Geb. d. Augenh., Halle 
 a. S., 1899, iii, 1. Hft. 
 
 PupiUenlehre. Anatomie, Physiologie 
 
 und Pathologie. Methodik der Untersuchung. 
 x, 344 pp. 8°. Berlin, S. Karger, 190S. 
 
 See, also, Uncyklopadle der Augenheiltainde, [etc.]. 8°. 
 ieipzij, 1902. 
 
 For Biograpliy, see Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & 
 Leipz., 1912, xxxviii, 1246 (Krauss). Also: KUn. Monatsbl. 
 f. Augenh., Stuttg., 1912, ii, 83-86 (port.) (F. Krusius). 
 
 Also: Muuchen. med. Tfchnschr., 1912, lis, 1501 |(0. 
 Eversbusch). 
 
 & Seefelder (Richard) [1875- ]. Atlas 
 zur Entwicklungsgeschichte des menschlichen 
 Auges. 148 pp., 50 pi. fol. Leipzig, W. Engel- 
 mann, 1911-12. 
 
 96808°— A'ol. II, 3d series— 19- 
 
 -16 
 
BACH. 
 
 242 
 
 BACHMANN. 
 
 Bach (Richard Hermann Otto) [1882- ]. 
 *Ueber Fremdkorperverletzungen der vorderen 
 Augenkammer und Iris. 26 pp., 1 1. 8°. Jenm, 
 A. Kdmpfe, 1905. 
 
 Bach (Siegfried) [1880- ]. *Primare Sarkoma- 
 tose des Magens.. 34 pp., 1 1. 8°. Miinchen, 
 Kastner & Callwey, 1906. ^ 
 
 Bach (Tamara). *Die Repositionshindemisse bei 
 der praglenoidalen_ Sclitiltergelenkluxation mit 
 spezieller Beriicksiclitigung der Luxatio sub- 
 coracoidea. [Bern.] 30 pp. 8°. Leipzig, A. 
 Pries, 1906. 
 
 Bach (Willy) [1883- ]. *Zur Frage der Banti- 
 krankbeit. 37 pp-. 8°. Kiel, E. Fiencke, 1910. 
 
 Bacharach (Karl) [1885- ]. *Die chro- 
 niscben Mittelohreiterungen und ihre Therapie 
 in 20 Jahien der Bezoldschen Klinik. [Miin- 
 cben.] 20 pp., 2 1. 8° Numberg, B. Eilz, 
 1909. 
 
 Bacharach (Louis). *Beitrag zur Kenntnis der 
 Mittelobraffektionen bei Masem. 34 pp. 8°. 
 Basel, Kreis & Co., 1910. 
 
 Bachauer (Josef) [1874- ]. *Ein Fall von 
 kunstlicher Friihgeburt mittels des Metreuryn- 
 ters. 31 pp. 8°. Miinchen, Kastner & Lossen, 
 1899. 
 
 . *Anthropologiscbe Studie iiber den 
 
 ausseren knocbemen GebSrgang. [Miincben.] 
 45 pp., 4 cb. 8°. Wien, M. Werthner, 1909. 
 
 Bache (Dallas) [1838-1902]. 
 
 Necrology. J. Ass. MU. Surg. U. S., Carlisle, Pa., 1902-3, 
 xi, 106. 
 
 Bache (Franklin) [1792-1864] 
 
 See Wood (George Bacon) & Bacbe (Franklin), 
 dispensatory of tlie united States of America. "" 
 
 Tlie 
 Phila- 
 
 delphia, 1839 [aiid subsequent editions]. 
 
 Far Portrait, see CoilecUon of Portr. (Llbr.). 
 
 Bache (Ren6). The casualty roU of peace. The 
 modem man's chances of injury or accidental 
 death, pp. 515-519. 8°. New York, 1905. 
 CMmgfram: Pearson's Mag., N. Y., 1905. 
 
 Bache (Richard Meade). Animal mind and 
 morality, pp. 64-69. 8°. New York, 1907. 
 Cutting from: Putnam's Monthly, N. Y., 1907, ii. 
 
 BachSlerie (Jean-Maurice-Femand) [1878- ]. 
 
 *De8 b^morragies utdrines aprfes la castration 
 
 aimexieUe double. 110 pp. 8 . Bordeaux, 1907, 
 
 No. 87. 
 Bachelet (Cbarles-Pranjois-Joseph) [1877- ]. 
 
 *!l6tude cUnique des fractures de la region du 
 
 coude. 75 pp. 8°. Lille, 1901, No. 55. 
 Bachelier (Emile) [1888- ]. f De la m6ningite 
 
 B&euse circonscrite de la corticaUte c6r6brale. 
 
 [Lyon.] 135 pp. 8°. Lyon & Paris, 1913, No. 
 
 11. 
 Bachelet (Francois) [1887- ]. *Oontribution 4 
 
 r6tude ^tiologique des ^rytblmes polymorphes. 
 
 67 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1912, No. 3. 
 Bacbelier fGustave) [1871- ]. *Essai sur les 
 
 m^trorrhagies -virginales essentielles. 3 p. 1., 
 
 52 pp. 8^ Paris, 1899, No. 152. 
 von Bachelle (Cecil) [1874- ]. 
 
 See Dudley (Emilius Clark) & von BachellS (Cecil). 
 
 Gynecology. 8°. CTiicojo, 1911. 
 
 Bachem (Karl Theodor Hubert) [1880- ]. 
 
 *Untersucbungen tiber die Giftigkeit des Phos- 
 
 pborsesquisuMds. 34 pp. 8^. Bonn, C. 
 
 Georgi, 1904. 
 . TJnsere Schlafmittel, mit besonderer 
 
 Berucksichtigung der neueren. 2 p. 1., 88 pp. 
 
 8°. Berlin, A. Hirschwald, 1909. 
 
 The same. 2. Aufl. 1 p. 1., 99 pp. . 8°. 
 
 Berlin, A. Hirschwald, 1910. 
 
 . Die moderne Arsentberapie. 
 
 Berlin, Fischer, 1910. 
 
 Forms 268. Hft., V. 22, of.- Berl. Klinik. 
 
 26 pp. 8° 
 
 Bachem (Karl Theodor Hubert)— continued. 
 
 . Neuere Schlafmittel und ihre Anwen- 
 
 dung. 24 pp. 8°. Berlin, H. Kornfeld, 1913. 
 Forms 299.THft. of : Berl. Klinik. 
 
 Baches (Franfois- Joseph- Jules- Andr^) [1890- ]. 
 *R6flexions sugg6r6es par quatre mois de cam- 
 pagne sur I'utilisation pratique de quelques 
 medicaments de premiere n6cessit6 dans la 
 guerre moderne. 66 pp. 8° Bordeaux, Bar- 
 thelemy & ClMes, 1915. 
 
 Bachhammer (Hans) [1883- ]. .*Ueber ein 
 luetiscbes Aneurisma derBrustaorta mit Per- 
 foration nach aussen und innen. 41 pp., 2 pi. 
 8°. Miinchen, C. Wolf & Sohn, 1908. 
 
 Bachimont (Alexander) [1872- ]. *De la 
 pu^riculture intrauterine au cours des grossesses 
 g^mellaires. 30 pp., 10 tab. 8° Paris, 1899, 
 No. 581. 
 
 . The same. 29 pp., 9 tab. 8°. Paris, L. 
 
 Steinheil, 1899. 
 
 Bachimont (Francois-Charles-Ferdinand-Firmin) 
 [1844- ]. *Document8 pour servir S, I'his- 
 toire de la pu^riculture intra-ut^rine. 55 pp., 
 11. 8°. Pom, 1898, No. 251. 
 
 — '■ — . The same. 55 pp. 8°. Paris, L. Stein- 
 heil, 1898. 
 
 Bachimont (Francois-Charles-Jules) [1870- 1 
 *De I'interruption de la grossesse avant la 
 viabilit6 du- foetus. 77 pp. 8°. Paris, 1898, 
 No. 252. 
 
 . The same. 77 pp. 8°. Paris, L. Steirihell, 
 
 1898. 
 
 Bachman (John). A notice of the types of man- 
 kind, with an examination of. the charges con- 
 tained in the biography of Dr. Morton, published 
 by Nott and Gliddon. 33 pp. 8°. Charleston, 
 James, Williams & Gitsinger, 1854. 
 
 . An examination of Professor Agassiz's 
 
 sketch of the natural provinces of the animal 
 ■world and their relation to the different tjrpes 
 of man, with a tableau accompanying the 
 sketch. 54 pp. 8° Charleston, James, Williams 
 & Gitsinger, 1855. 
 
 Bachmann (Eduard). *Ueber einen Fall von 
 Lymphan^oma cystoidee. 28 pp., 2 1. 8°. 
 Zurich, Fischer & Digqelmann, 1897. 
 
 Bachmann (Ernst). *Beitrag zur Kenntnis des 
 Bacillus des malignen Oedems. [Ziirich.] 19 
 pp. 8°. Jena, G. Fischer, 1904. 
 
 Bachmann (Felix) [1881- ]. *Zur Casuistik 
 der postoperativen Parotitis. 23 pp. 8°. Kiel, 
 H. Fiencke, 1907. 
 
 Bachmann (Franz). Hygienische Reformge- 
 danken auf biologischer Grundlage. 76 pp. 12°. 
 Hamburg & Leipzig, L. Voss, 1906. 
 
 '-. NeugalenismuB, eine auf biologischen 
 
 Anschauungen aufgebaute Kiankheitslehre. 23 
 pp. 8°. Miinchen, 1907. 
 
 Emahrung und Korperbescbaffenbeit. 
 
 (Beitrage zum Konstitutionsbegriff.) 29 pp. 8°- 
 
 Miinchen, 1908. 
 Bachmann (Heiniich). *Wachsthum deg Stru 
 
 macarcinoms. 29 pp. 8°. Ziirich, 0. Fiissli, 
 
 1895. c. 
 
 Bachmann (Josephus). *Diss. inaug. chemica de 
 
 mangano. 82 pp., 1 pi. 12°. Vindobonse, C. F. 
 
 Sehade, 1829. 
 Bachmann (Kom-ad Karl Friedrich Eduard) 
 
 [1873r ]• *Ueber die ersten Zeicben der 
 
 Fleischfaulnis. 30 pp., 1 1. 8°. Marburg, 
 
 Koster & Schell, 1899. 
 Bachmann (L.) *Le rapport de I'azote de Tur^e 
 
 El I'azote total de Purine, ou rapport azoturique 
 
 dans quelques maladies infectieuses. 80 pp. 
 
 8°. Paris, 1902, No. 607. 
 
BACHMANN. 
 
 243 
 
 BACILLUS. 
 
 Bachmann (M[ax Oscar]). Die Veranderungen 
 der inneren Organe bei hocligradigen Skoliosen 
 und Kyphoskoliosen. 1 p. 1., 172 pp., 1 1., 
 14 pi. roy. 8°. Stuttgart, E. Ndgele, 1899. 
 Bibliotli. med., Stuttgart, 4. Hft., Abth. D. 
 
 Bachmann (Oskar Heinrich) *Ueber den Wert 
 
 der sogen. Wehenmittel. 79 pp. 8°. Breslau, 
 
 1902. 
 Bachmann (Paul). *Du chondrome des os de la 
 
 main chez les enfants. 90 pp., 8 pi., 9 1. 8° 
 
 Paris, 1902, No. 344. 
 Bachmann (Robert) [1883- []. *Ueber Mesen- 
 
 terialtumoren una einen Fall von multiplen 
 
 Kbroroen des Mesenteriums. 44 pp. 8°. Er- 
 
 langen. Junge & Sohn, 1908, No. 43. 
 Bachmann (Rudolf). *Ueber Behandlung der 
 - narbigen Oesophagusetrikturen. 21 pp. 8°. 
 
 Leipzig, B. Georgi, 1907. 
 Bachmutsky (Chaja Sura). _ *Ein Fall von 
 
 vorgeschrittener Tubargraviditat. 13 pp., 1 1. 
 
 8°. Ziirich, J. F. Kobold-Lildi, 1905. 
 Bachofen (Einil). *Schweizerisch.e Landes- 
 
 Pferdezucbt im Halbblut. [Zurich.] 91 pp.-, 
 
 6 pi. 8°. Frauenfeld, Huber & Co., 1908. 
 Bachon (Femand) [1877- ]. *Des formes 
 
 anormales du cancer primitif du pancreas. 56 
 
 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1899, No. 186. 
 Bachrach (Berthold) [1887- i]. *Die Verwer- 
 
 tung der spezifischen Ueberempfindliclikeits- 
 
 reaktion zur biologiscben Eiweissdifferenzie- 
 
 rung. 39 pp. 8°. Marburg, 1910. 
 Aw, in: vrtlischr. {. geriohtl. Med., Berl., 1910, 3. s., xl_ 
 
 Bachrach (D.) *Ueber die Horschaxfe zu ver- 
 schiedenen Tageszeiten. 10 pp. 8° Lausanne, 
 1915. 
 
 Bachrach (Eudoxie). *Anapliylaxie passive du 
 lapin. 15 pp. 8°. Lausanne, 1915. 
 
 Bach-Tcherren (Alexandra). *Le traitement 
 marin de la tuberculose infantile et I'asile Doll- 
 fus h. Cannes. 106 pp. 8°. Geneve, H. Kiindig, 
 1905. 
 
 Bachus (G[ustav]). *Ueber Herzerkrankungen 
 bei Masturbanten. 28 pp. 8°. Jena, G. Neuen- 
 hahn, 1894. c. 
 
 Bachy (Georges) [1883- i^. *De la chol^cystec- 
 tomie dans la Utliiase v6siculaire. (Indications 
 et r&ultats.) [Paris.] 3 p. 1., 179 pp. 8°. 
 Amiens, 1913, No. 255. 
 
 Bacillaemia. 
 
 See BacteriEemla. 
 
 Bacillaria. 
 
 Pantocsek (J.) Beschreibung neuer Bacilla- 
 rien. (Novarum Bacillariarum descriptio.) 
 8°. Pozsony, 1909. 
 
 Bacilli. 
 
 See Bacteria. 
 
 Bacillol. 
 
 Paszotta (F.) *Untersucliungen ilber Ba- 
 cillol. [Bern.] 12°. Stuttgart, 1991. 
 
 Also, in: Monatsh. f. prakt. Thierh., Stuttg., 1901, xii, 
 241-275. 
 
 Frieser (J. W.) Erfahrungen fiber den Wert des Bacillol 
 als AntiseptUnim und Desmflciens. Aerztl. Centr.-Ztg., 
 Wien, 1902, xiv, 612-614.— Kasselinami(K.) Eriaiirungen 
 fiber Baoillol-Eaudebader. Deutsche Ihierarztl. Wchn- 
 schr., Hannov., 1902, x, 121. — Uebrelcb. Ueber Bacillol. 
 Tberap. Monatsh., Berl., 1901, xv, 255.— Sobelsolin (J.) 
 Das Bacillol als Desinflciens una Wundheilmittel. Oesterr. 
 Monatschr. f. Thierh., Wien, 190O, xxiv, 337-342.— Werner 
 (F.)&PajiC{P.) Ueber Bacillol. Wien. klin. Rundschau, 
 1901, XV, 73-76. 
 
 Bacillopsis. 
 
 Petschenko (B.) Sur la structure et le cycle ^volutif 
 de Bacillopsis stylopygse; nov. gen. et nov. spec. Bull, 
 intemat. Acad. d. so. de Cracovie, 1908, 359-371, 1 pi. 
 
 Bacilluria. 
 
 See Urine {Bacteria in). 
 Bacillus abortivo-equinus. 
 
 Good (E. S.) & Corbett (L. S.) A study of gas produc- 
 tion by different strains of bacillus abortivo-equinus. J. 
 Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1916, xvili, 586-695.— Hardenbergh 
 (J. B.) Vaccinatioa against infectious arthritis of foals 
 due to B. abortus equi. J. Am. Vet. M. Ass., Ithaca, 1916-17, 
 n. s., iii, 331-346. 
 
 Bacillus abortus. 
 
 See Abortion (Infectious, Bacteriology and 
 serology of) ; Milk (Bacteriology of). 
 
 Bacillus acidi lactici. 
 See Bacillus hulgaricus. 
 
 Bacillus acido'phi'laerogenes. 
 
 Torrey (J. C.) & Rahe (A. H.) A new member of the 
 aciduric group of bacilli. [Bacillus acidophilaerogenes.] 
 J. Infect.Dis., Chicago, 1915, xvu, 437-441. 
 
 Bacillus acidopTiilus. 
 
 See Bacteria (Aeidophile) ; Intestines (Bac- 
 teriology of) ; Milk (Human). 
 
 Bacillus acnes. 
 
 See Acne (Bacillus of) . 
 Bacillus adhsesiformis. 
 
 Bassler (A.) A cause of peritoneal adhesions in a new 
 bacillus; the Bacillus adhsesiformis. Med. Rec, N. Y., 
 
 1914, bcxxv, 427-429. Also, Reprint. 
 
 Bacillus segypticus. 
 
 See Conjunctivitis (Contagious). 
 Bacillus aerogenes capsulatus [ Welch and 
 Nuttall, 1892]. 
 
 See, also, BaciUus phlegmones. 
 
 SiMONDS (J. P.) Studies in Bacillus welchii, 
 with special reference to classification and to its 
 relation to diarrhea. 4°. New York, 1915. 
 
 Brooks (H.) The occurrence of the Bacillus aerogenes 
 capsulatus irrthe human body. Proc. N. York Path. Soc, 
 NTY., 1901, n. s., i, 1-7.— Bull CC. G.) The prophylactic and 
 therapeutic properties of the antitoxin for Bacillus welchii. 
 J. E^er. M., N. Y., 1917, xxvi, 603-611.— Bull (C. G.) & 
 Fritehett (I. W.) Toxin and antitoxin of and protective 
 inoculation against BadUus ■welchii. Ibid., 119^138. Also, 
 
 Reprint. . Identity of the toxins of different 
 
 strains of Bacillus welchii and factors influencing their pro- 
 duction In vitro. J. Exper. M., N. Y., 1917, xxvi, 867-883. 
 Also, Reprint.— Carroll (C. G.) The prophylactie and 
 therapeutic properties of the antitoxin for Bacillus welchii. 
 J. Exper. ILj N. Y., 1917, xxvi, 603-611. Also, Reprint.— 
 Dunbam (B . K.) Observations to determine the motility 
 of the bacillus aerogenes capsulatus under anaerobic con- 
 ditions. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1897, viii, 74.— 
 Ewing fl.) Bacillus aerogenes capsulatus. Proc. N. York 
 Path. Soc. (1896), 1897, 111-114.— Fltz Gerald (Mabel P.) 
 The induction of sporulation in the bacilli belonging to the 
 aerogenes capsulatus group. J. Path. & Bacterid., Cam- 
 bridge, 1910-11, XV, 147-168.— Ford (W. Vf.) & Lawrence 
 (J. H.) Hsemolytic substances in heated milk and in milk 
 cultures of Bacterium welchii. Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp., 
 Bait., 1917, xxviii, 245-249.— Helm (L.) & Knorr (M.) 
 Anaerobiotische Anreicherung zur Remziichtung des Gas- 
 brandbazUlus. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1917, bdv, 
 1246.— Howard (W. T.) A contribution to the knowledge 
 of the Bacillus aerogenes capsulatus. Contrib. sc. med. ... 
 pupils W. H. Welch, Bait., 1900, 461-495, 1 pi.— Knox 
 (J. H. M.) & Ford (W. W.) Note on the occurrence of 
 IJacterium welchii (Bacillus aerogenes capsulatus) in the 
 dejecta of children. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 
 
 1915, xxvi, 27. Also, Reprint.— KoUe (WO, Kitz (H.) & 
 Sclilossberger (H.) Untcrsuchungen fiber die Biologie der 
 Bakterien der Gasodemgruppe. Med. Klin., Berl., 1918, 
 xiv, 281-284, Ipl.— deKruif (P.H.),Adams (T. W.) [etal.]. 
 The toxin of Bacillus welchii. I. Toxin production by vari- 
 ous strains. II. The mechanism of Infection with B . welchii. 
 J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1917, xxi, 580-599. A Iso, Reprint.— 
 liltteier (W.) Preliminary report of Bacillus muco-aero- 
 genes capsulatus: an undescribed member of the Bacillus 
 raucosus capsulatus group. Nashville J. M. &S., 1905,xcvii, 
 625-527.— Lorls-Mellkov (J.) :fetudes des spores de B 
 pertringens. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1909, Ixvii, 
 806.— McCampbeU (E . F.) The toxic and antigenic prop- 
 erties of Bacterium welchh. J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1909, 
 vf, 537-563.— Nuguchi (H.) Sporulation of the group of 
 Bacillus aerogenes capsulatus. Proc. N. York Path. Soc 
 1907-8, n. s., vii, 196-199.— Olsen (O.) Ueber Vergarung 
 
BACILLUS. 
 
 244 
 
 BACILLUS. 
 
 Bacillus aerogenes capsulatus [ Welch and 
 Nuttall, 1892]. 
 
 und Saurebildung der Gastiacillen in ihrer Beziehung zur 
 Sporulation. Med. Klin., Berl., 1917, xiii, 99.— Ourauofl 
 (A.) Sur I'Mmotoxine du B. welchi (B. perlringens). 
 Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par. , 1917, Ixxx, 706-708.— Plaut 
 (H. C.) Anaerobiotische Anreicherung zur Reinziiclitung 
 des Gasbazillus. Milncheu. med. Wchnschr., 1917, Ixiv, 
 1383.— Raphael (Mile. A.) Note sur le Bacillus perfriu- 
 gens (Veillon). Ann. de I'lnst. Pasteur, Par., 1914, xxvlii, 
 564-568.— Botertsou (M.) Notes on the vaccination of 
 guinea-pigs with B.periringens. Lancet, Lond., 1916,ii, 516- 
 518.— BosenlwTger (K. C.) & Scanlon (NJ The Bacillus 
 aerogenes capsulatus in .various organs. Proo. Path. Soc. 
 Phila., 1914, xvi, 43.— Rosenthal (G.) Culture a^robie du 
 bacille d'Achalme (Bacillus perfrlngens); la mensuration 
 de I'ana^robiose. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1906, 
 
 Ix, 828. . Les trois stapes de revolution du bacille 
 
 d'Achalme a^robie (Bacillus periringens). Ihid., 928-930. 
 
 . A propos du Wright vaccin antiperfringens. Ibid., 
 
 1915, Ixxviii, 365.— Simonds (J. PO Classification of the 
 Bacillus welchii group of bacteria. J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 
 
 1915, xvi, 31-34. . The effect of symbiosis upon spore 
 
 formation by Bacillus welchii, with special reference to the 
 presence of these spores in stools. Ibid., 35-37. . A 
 
 gropos des eflets de I'oxygfene sur le bacillus perfrlngens. 
 ompt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1916, Ixxix, 904.— Taylor 
 (H. D.) & Austin (J. H.) The action of antiseptics on the 
 toxin of Bacillus welchii. J. Exper. M., N. Y., 1918, xxvii, 
 375-381.— Uflenhelmer (A.) Ein neuer gaserregender Ba- 
 cillus (Bacillus aerogenes aerophilus agilis, nov. spec). 
 Beitr. z j)ath. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1902, xxxi, 383-418, 
 1 pi.— Welch (W. H.) Distribution of Bacillus aerogenes 
 capsulatus [Bacillus welchii, Migulal. J. Best. Soc. M. Sc, 
 1900-1901, V, 369.— Welch (W. H.) & Flexner (S.) Observa- 
 tionsconcemingtheBacillusaerogenescapsialatus. J. Exper. 
 M., N. Y., 1896,1,5-45.— WernertG.) Die Agglutination bei 
 Gasphlegmonebazillen. Arch. i. Hyg., Milnchen & Berl., 
 1905, liii, 128-144.— WoB (C. G. L.) & Harris (J. E. G.) The 
 conditions of growth of Bacillus welchii in thepresence of 
 oxygen. Lancet, Lond., 1917, ii, 787-789.— Wright (Sir 
 A. E.) Conditions which govern the growth of the bacillus 
 of gas gangrene in artificial culture media, in the blood fluids 
 in vitro, and in the dead and living orgamsm. Ibid., i, 1-9. — 
 Z[lnsserl (H.) The Welch bacillus and disease. J. Lab. 
 & Clin. M., St. Louis, 1915, i, 200-203. 
 
 Bacillus aerogenes capsulatus (Infection 
 
 iy)- 
 
 See, also, Abortion (Complications, etc., of); 
 Gangrene (Gaseous); (Edema (Malignant); 
 Phlegmon (Gaseous); Wounds (Gunshot, Gas- 
 eous gangrene of) . 
 
 Palkner (V.) *Beitrag zur Frage der 
 Schamaorgane. 8°. Ziirich, 1905. 
 
 ScHiJTTE (E.) *Beitrag zur Kenntnia der 
 Schaumorgane. 8°. Berlin, 1910. 
 
 Bailey (F.W.) Report of a ease of gas bacillus infection. 
 J. Missouri M. Ass., St. Louis, 1917, xiv, 260.— Barrett 
 (G. M.) Gas bacillus infection. Calif. State J. M., San 
 Fran., 1915, xiii, 280-265.— Baugher (A. H.) BaciUus 
 welchii In blood cultures, with recoveries. Tr. Chicago 
 
 Path. Soc, 1914, Ix, 101-106. . The BaciUus aerogenes 
 
 capsulatus in blood cultures, with'recoveries. J. Am. M. 
 Ass., Chicago, 1914, Ixii, 1153-1155.— Bennett (S. H.) Case 
 with comments: the abundant presence of Bacillus aero- 
 
 fsnes capsulatus In the urine unattended by symptoms of 
 acillary infection, an associated occurrence of renal trau- 
 matism by a projectile. Practitioner, Lond., 1917, xcix, 
 92-95.— Bill (P. W . ) Eeport of an unusual case of gas bacil- 
 lus Infection. Yale M. J., N. Haven, 1910-11, xvii, 424- 
 429. — Btngold. Gasbazillensepsis. Deutsche med. Wchn- 
 schr., Leipz. & Berl., 1915, xli,191.— Blake(J.B.)&Lahey 
 (F. H.) Infeotions due to the Bacillus aerogenes capsulatus. 
 J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1910, liv, 1671-1675.— Bleynle (L.) 
 Infection par le bacillus aerogenes capsulatus. Limousin 
 m^d., Limoges, 1903, xxvii, 77-81.— Bloodgood (J. C.) Gas- 
 bacillus infection; surgical bacteriology. Tr. Am. Surg. 
 Ass., Phila., 1916, xxsv, 122-127. Also: Surg., Gyneo. & 
 Obsi, Chicago, 1916, xxiii, 182-184.— Bondy (O.) Gas- 
 bazillensepsis mit Hamoglobinamie. Verhandl. d. Gesell- 
 sch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte (Miinster) 1912, Leipz., 1913, 
 Jxxxiv, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 11.— Bowen (W. W.) Infections 
 ftom gas bacilli. J. Iowa State M. Soc, Washington, 1913- 
 14, iii, 697-701.— BuU (C. G.) & Pritchett (Ida W.) Bacil- 
 lus welclui infection and intoxication. J. Am. M. Ass., 
 Cliicaeo, 1917, Ixviu, 1815.— Cherry (T. H.) Gas bacillus 
 infection Jbllowing futile attempts at induction of labor. 
 Med. Bee., N. Y., 1916, Ixxxix, 577.— Clark (F. H.) Bacil- 
 lus aerogenes caiisulatus infection, vaccmation. Long 
 Island M. J.,. Brooklyn, 1908, ii, 115.— Cole (R. I.) Note 
 on a ease of infection by Bacillus aerogenes capsulatus in 
 which the organism was demonstrated in the circulating 
 blood during life. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1902, 
 
 Bacillus aerogenes capsulatus (Infection 
 
 xin, 234.— Coley (A. J.) The report of a case of aerogenes 
 capsulatus Infection. Tr. South. Surg. & Gynec Ass. 1906, 
 Phila., 1907, xix, 439-442. Also: Mobile M. & S. J., 1907, 
 X, 304-306.— Cotton (F. J.) & Blake (J. B.) Gas bacillus 
 Infection; amputation; recovery; specimen and cultures 
 shown by Dr. Gray, of the pathological department; chart 
 and clinical history. Boston M. & S. J., 1906, civ, 646.— 
 D'Agata (G.) Suite cosidette infezioni gassogene nel- 
 1' uomo. Gazz. interhaz. di med., Napoli, 1910, xiii, 1084- 
 1088. — Day (G. H.) Case of Bacillus aSrogenes capsulatus 
 Infection, with recovery. Kentucky M. J., Louisville, 1916, 
 xiv, 335.— Delcourt t A.) The m^thode oxigtofe; a clini- 
 cal study. N. Ori. M. & S. J., 1910-11, Ixiil, 153-160.— 
 Dudgeon (L. S.) & Sargent (P. W. Cf.) Two cases of 
 emphysematous gangrene due to the Bacillus aSrogenes cap- 
 sulatus. Tr. Path. Soc. Lond., 1904-5, Ivi, 42-53.— Dun- 
 ham (E. K.) Report of five cases of infection by the 
 Bacillus aerogenes capsulatus (Welch). Johns Hopkins 
 Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1897, viii, 68-74, 4 ch.— Eagleton (W. PJ 
 A case of infection by the Bacillus aerogenes capsulatus. J. 
 Med. Soc. N. Jersey, Newark, 1904-5, 1, 97-99.— van Emden 
 (J. E. G.) Ueber die Bildungsstatte der agglutinirenden 
 Substanzen bei der Infection mit Bacillus aerogenes. Zt- 
 schr. f . Hyg.u. Infectionskrankh., Leipz., 1899, xxx, 19-32. — 
 Erdmann (J. F.) Pure infection with the Bacillus aero- 
 genes capsulatus. Tr. Soc. Alumni Bellevue Hosp., N. Y., 
 - 1897-8, 85.— Fauntleroy (A. M.) Gas bacillus infection. 
 Ann. Surg., Phila., 1916, Ixiii, 1-23, 2 pi.— Fessler. Die 
 Gasphlegmone. Milnchen. med. Wchnschr., 1915, bdi, 
 102^1027. — Fraenkel (E.) Demonstrationen zura Gas- 
 bazillus (Wirkunken auf den weitalichen Genitalapparat). 
 
 Ibid., 1913, Ix, 156. . Ueber die Wirkimg des sogen. 
 
 Gasbazillus auf den weiblichen Genitalapparat. Kun.- 
 therap. Wchnschr., Berl., 1913, xx,_ 485^92.— Garberson 
 (J. H.) Acute gaseous cellulitis, with report of six cases. 
 Railway Surg. J., Chicago, 1915-16, xxii, 125-129.— Gaudier 
 (H.), Fiesslnger (N.) & Montai (R.) Importance du 
 terrain dans le determinisme des grands accidents inlectieux 
 par les ana^robies et en particulier par le Bacillus perfrln- 
 gens. Compt. rend. Soc debiol., Par., 1916, Ixxix, 851-853.— 
 Gilpatrick (R. H.) Treatment of emphysematous gan- 
 grene due to Bacillus aerogenes capsulatus. Boston M. & 
 S. J., 1910, clxii, 744.— Goldschmldt (W.) Zur Behand- 
 lung der Gasphlegmonen. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1914, 
 xxTO, 1026.— Greely (H.) Idiopathic Bacillus aerogenes 
 capsulatus infection. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 
 1918, xxix, 231-234.— Guthrie (D.) Gas bacillus infection. 
 Penn. M. J., Athens, 1912-13, xvi, 863-867. AUo: Am. J. 
 Surg., N. Y., 1913, xxvl, 427-429.— Gwyn (N. B.) A case 
 in which the Bacillus aerogenes capsulatus was repeatedly 
 isolated from the circulation during life. Johns Hopkins 
 Hosp. Bull., Bait, 1899, x, 134-136.— Haines (W. D.) 
 Gas-bacillus infection, with report of cases. Tr. West. Surg. 
 Ass., 1913, Minneap., 1914, 135-140. AUo [Abstr.J: Med. 
 News, Clncin., 1914, i, 60.— Hanes (G. S.) Gas bacillus 
 infection; reportof case. Louisville Month. J. M. & S., 1913- 
 14, XX, 335-337.— Haslam (G.) A case of gas-bacillus 
 infection. Railway Surg. J., Chicago, 1911-12, xvii, 497-500. 
 
 . Gas-bacillus Infection and its treatment. Ibid., 1915, 
 
 xxii, 450; 459.— Herter (C. A.) On bacterial processes in 
 the intestinal tract in some cases of advanced ansemia, 
 with especial reference to infection with B. aerogenes cap- 
 sulatus (B. welchii). J. Biol. Chem., N. Y., 1906, ii, 1-70, 
 1 tab.— Hewitt (W. E.) Bacillus aerogenes capsulatus 
 infections, with report often cases. J. Am. M. Ass.,Cliicago, 
 
 1911, Ivi, 959-962. AUo, Reprint.— Hltzrot (J. M.) Gas 
 bacillus infection. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1912j Iv, 624-626.— 
 Jacobson (J. H.) Infection aom the Bacillus aerogenes 
 capsulatus, with report of a case. Am. M. Compend., 
 Toledo, 1900, xvi, 523-529: 1901, xvu, 603-610. AUo: Tr. 
 Mississippi Valley M. Ass. 1901, Kansas City, 1903, iii, 
 350-364.— Kendall (A. I.) The gas bacillus as an agent 
 ofintestinalfermentation and diarrhea. Boston M. & S. J., 
 
 1912, clxvi, 75-79.— Kendall (A. I.) & Smith (R. M.) A 
 rapid presumptive test for diarrhea caused by the gas bacil- 
 lus. Ibid., 1910, clxUi, 578. AUo, Reprint. . 
 
 Diarrhea in infants associated with the presence of the gas 
 bacillus in the stools. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1911, xxviii, 
 389-392.— Kessel (G.) Gas bacillus infection; with report 
 of three cases; gaseous edema; history. Railway Surg. J., 
 Chicago, 1914-15, xxi, 202-208.— Klotz (0.) & Bolman 
 (W. L.) Infection by the gas bacillus in coal-mines. J. 
 Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1911, ix, 251-264.— Lahey (F. H.) The 
 treatment of Bacillus aerogenes capsulatus Infections by 
 pfoximal injections of hydrogen peroxide. Boston M. & 
 S. J., 1909, clxi, 882-885, 1 pi. AUo: Dep. Surg. M. Sch. 
 Harv. Univ., Bost., 1909-10, Bull. 6, 176-183.— Little (J. W.) 
 The Bacillus aerogenes capsulatus. St. Paul M. J., St. 
 Paul, Minn., 1912, xiv, 256-260.— Loving (R. C.) Two cases 
 of infection with a gas-forming bacillus; followed by opera- 
 tion and recovery. Interstate M. J., St. Louis, 1907, xiv, 
 686-690.— M. (S.) The conquest of gas bacillus infections. 
 Am. J. Surg., N. Y., 1918, xxxii, 41.— Maynard (O. T.) 
 Inspection by the gas-bacillus. Cleveland J. M., 1897,11, 
 543-547. — Mix (C. L.) Bacillus aerogenes capsulatus in- 
 
BACILLUS. 
 
 245 
 
 BACILLUS. 
 
 Bacillus aerogenes capsulatus (Infection 
 
 iy)- 
 
 lection of the Intestines. Med. Clin., Chicago, 1916-17, ii, 
 1007-1016.— Nicholls (A. G.) Notes on some cases of in- 
 fection by the Bacillus agrogenes capsulatus. Brit. M. J. 
 Lond., 1897, ii, 1844-1847.— Norris (C.) A report on four 
 cases; rupture of the uterus, leukaemia, hemorrhagic pan- 
 creatitis, and gaseous emphysema^-from which the Bacillus 
 aerogenes was Isolated In culture. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1898, 
 
 lili, 351-353. -. A report of six cases in which the 
 
 Bacillus aerogenes capsulatus was isolated. Am. J. M. Sc, 
 Phila., 1899, cxvii, 172-199. Also, Reprint.— Owen (J.) & 
 Glynu (E. E.) A case of unusual infection with gas- 
 fnr min g haciUus. Liverpool M.-Chir. J^ 1910, xxx, 347- 
 353.— Plnneo (F. W.) infection with BacUlus aerogenes 
 capsulatus from a lion's bite. J. Med. See. N. Jersey, 
 Newark, 1904-5, i, 274.— Pratt (J. H.) & Fulton (F. T.) 
 Report of cases in which the Bacillus aerogenes capsulatus. 
 was found. Boston M. & S. J., 1900, cxUi, 599-602. Also, 
 Reprint.— Reuling (R.) & Herring (A. P.) Cavities 
 in the brain produced by the Bacillus aerogenes capsulatus. 
 Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1899, x, 62-65, 1 pi.— 
 Bobeitson (L. B.) Gas bacillus infection, a report of six 
 cases. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1913, Ixi, 1624-1626.— 
 Kosensohn (M.) A case of B. aerogenes capsulatus sepsis. 
 Bull. Lying-in Hosp. N. Y., 1915-16, x, 160.— Sapplngton 
 (S. W.) A case of infection with the Bacillus aerogenes cap- 
 sulatus. N. York M.J. [etc.], 1904, Ixxix, 641-644.— Scheld- 
 ler (F.) Zur Kasuistik der Infektionen mit dem Bacillus 
 aerogenes capsulatus in geburtshiilflichen Fallen. Monat^ 
 schr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynak., Berl., 1909, xxx, 714-724.— 
 Simonds (J. P.) Gas bacillus infections. J. ludiana M. 
 Ass., Fort Wayne, 1915, viii, 129-135.— Slater (C.) A 
 group of cases in which the B. welchii or an alUed organism 
 was present. Rep. Clin. & Research Lab. St. George's 
 Hosp., Lond., 1910, 78-86.— Smith (W.) Report of a case 
 of infection by the Bacillus aerogenes capsulatus. N. Eng. 
 M. Gaz., Bost., 1900, xxxv, 524-529.— Stewart (Mary W.) 
 & West (R.) Study of a strain of B. welchii isolated in 
 France, together with some notes on gastric ulcers. J. Im- 
 munol., Bait., 1916, i, 189-199.— Taylor (K.) Note on a case 
 of self-inoculation with the Bacillus aerogenes capsulatus. 
 Lancet, Lond., 1915, ii, 977.— Tliorndllte (P.) CMnical 
 report of cases of infection due to the Bacillus aerogenes 
 capsulatus of Welch. Boston M. & S. J., 1900, cxlii, 592- 
 598. Also, Reprint. — Weinberg (M.) Premiers essais de 
 vaccinotherapie des infections gazeuses. Gompt. rend. Soc. 
 de bioL, Par., 1914. Ixxvii, 543-546.— Weinberg (M.) & 
 Sfiguin (P.) Formes pseudo-graves d'infections gazeuses. 
 im., 1916, Ixxix, 116-119.— Welcli (W. H.) Morbid condi- 
 tions caused by Bacillusaerogenes capsulatus. Boston M. & 
 S. J., 1900, cxlni, 73-87. Also: Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., 
 Bait., 1900, xi, 185-204.— West (R.) & Stewart (Mary E.) 
 Gas bacillus infection, with remarks on gastric ulcer. Proc. 
 N. York Path. Soc, 1916, n. s., xvi, 30. Also: J. Immunol., 
 Bait., 1916, i, 182.— Whitacie (H. J.) Gas bacillus infection 
 after abortion. Lancet-Chnic, Cincin., 1907, n. s., Iviii, 
 118-121. — Wider0e (S.) [Four cases of infection by gas- 
 forming microbes.] Tidsskr. t. d. norske Lasgefor., Kris- 
 tianla, 1910, xxx, 617-620.— Williams (H. J.) A study of 
 gaseous oedema. J. Med. Ass. Georgia, Augusta, 1914, iv, 
 107-112.— Young(E.B.)&Bliea(L. J.) Infectionwiththe 
 Bacillus aerogenes capsulatus, following abortion; a report 
 of two cases, in one of which the Bacillus was recovered from 
 the circulating blood during Ufe. Boston M. & S. J., 1909, 
 olx, 401-404. 
 
 Bacillus aertrycke. 
 
 Jex-Blake (A. J.) & WUson (W.J.) Notes on three fatal 
 cases of B. aertrycke infection. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1918, ii, 
 310-312. 
 
 Bacillus alvei. 
 
 See, also, Bees (Diseases of). 
 
 Wilson (R. J.) Morphological characteristics of the 
 BacUlus alvei. Proc. N. York Path. Soc, 1905-6, n. s., v, 
 79-81. 
 
 Bacillus amaracrylus. 
 
 Voisenet (E.) Sur un ferment conten-j dans les eaux, 
 agent de dfehydratation de la glyc&ine. [BacUlus amaracry- 
 lus.] Ann. de I'lnst. Pasteur, Par., 1914, xxviii, 807-S18. 
 
 Bacillus aminojphilus. 
 
 Bertlielot (A.) & Bertrand (D. M.) Sur quelques pro- 
 prigtfe biochimiques du BacUlus aminophllus intostinaUs 
 Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1912, oUv, 1826-1828. 
 
 Cacillus amylifer. 
 
 Mori (N.) BacUli amiliferi riproducentisi per sdssione 
 longitudinale. Pathologica, Genova, 1916-17, ix, 243-245. 
 
 Bacillus amyldbader. 
 See Bacillus hutyricus. 
 
 Bacillus amylovorus. 
 
 PhUllps (E. F.) Professor Gossard's theory on flrebUght 
 transmission. J. Econom, EntomoL, Concord, N. H., 1916, 
 ix, 362. 
 
 Bacillus anihracis. 
 
 See Anthrax (Bacillus of). 
 
 Bacillus anihracis symptomatici. 
 
 See Oedema (Malignant, Bacteriology of). 
 
 Bacillus arenicolx. 
 
 Fantham (H. B.) & Porter (Annie). BaciUus areni- 
 colae n, sp., pathogenic bacterium from the gut-epitheUum 
 of Arenicolaecaudata. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., 
 Jena, 1909, hi, Orig., 329-334. 
 
 Bacillus asiaticus. 
 
 Castellan! (A. ) Cases of fever probably due to BacUlus 
 asiaticus. J. Ceylon Br. Brit. M. Ass., Colombo, 1911, viii, 
 35-45. Also: J. Trop. M. [etc], Lond., 1912, xv, 162-166.— 
 Pulle (G. B. C.) Ricerche morfologiche e biologiche in- 
 torno ai bacilli asiaticus 1, asiaticus 2, Bacterium colum- 
 bense (Castellani). Sperimentale, Firenze, 1914-15, Ixviii, 
 721-740. 
 
 Bacillus asterosporus. 
 
 Bredemann (G.) untersuchungen liber die Variation 
 und das Stickstoffbindungsvermogen des BacUlus astero- 
 sporus A. M., ausgefuhrt an 27 Stammeu verschiedener 
 Herkunft. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1908, 
 xxii, 44-89. 
 
 Bacillus aterrimus. 
 
 KUmenko (W. N.) Bacillus aterrimus tschitensis. 
 Centralbl. i. Bakteriol. [etc], 2. Abt, Jena, 1907-8, xx, 1-1. 
 
 BacUlus aureus fcRtidus. 
 
 Herzog (M.) a fatal infection by a hitherto 
 undescribed chromogenie bacterium; Bacillus 
 aureus fcetidus. 8°. Manila, 1904. 
 
 Also, in: J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1905, u, 49-55. 
 
 Bacillus avisepticus. 
 See Chicken-cholera. 
 
 Bacillus bellonensis. 
 
 Sacguep£e (E.) Sur le BacUlus bellonensis (aneien 
 baciUe de I'oed&me gazeux malin); preparation de scrums 
 sp&iflques; quelques propriStes essentielles des sft-ums. 
 Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1917, Ixxx, 850-852. 
 
 Bacillus bifidus. r 
 
 Kling (0. A.) Du r61e physiologique joue par le BacUlus 
 bifldus dans le canal intestinal. Ann. de I'lnst. Pasteur, 
 Par., 1914, xxviii, 797-806.— Ninnl (C.) Sull' inappUca^ 
 bilita del metodo di Biiohner-Soyka per la coltivazione del 
 bacillo bifido. Riforma med., NapoU, 1916, xxxii, 1356 — 
 Noguchl (H.) Pleomorphism and pleobiosis of BacUlus 
 bifldus communis. J. Exper. M., Lancaster, Pa., 1910, xu, 
 182-195, 4 pi. Atoo, Reprint. • > , , 
 
 Bacillus Boas-Oppler. 
 
 See Stomach (Bacteriology of); Stomach 
 (Cancer of, Causes, etc., of). 
 
 BacUlus Bordet. 
 
 See Whooping-cough (Bacteriology of). 
 
 BaciUus iotulinus. 
 
 See, also. Botulism; Food, Meat, Sau- 
 sages (Poisoning by). 
 
 Bornand (M.) Pr&ipitlnes bact^riennes, diagnostic de 
 a. botuhnus dans les conserves alimentaires par la mdthode 
 des thermopr&ipitines. Mitt. a. d. Geb. d. Lebensmittelunt 
 u. Hyg., Bern, 1918, ix, 87-98.— Burke (Georgina S ) The 
 effect of heat on the spores of Bacillus botuhnus; its bearing 
 on home canning methods. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1919 
 Ixxu, 88-92.— Leuchs (J.) Beitrage zur Eenntnis des 
 Toxms und Antitoxins des Bacillus botulinus. Ztschr 1 
 Hyg. u. Infektionskrankh., Leipz., 1910, Ixv, 55-84 —Mas 
 Magro (F.) Bacillus botulinus no pat<5geno. Si?lo mid.. 
 Madrid, 1903, 1, 570. ' 
 
 Bacillus hronchisepticus. 
 
 Ferry (N. S.) The filterabUity of Bacillus bronchisepti- 
 cus; with an argument for a uniform method of flltratfcn 
 J. Path. & Bacteriol., Cambridge, 1914-15, xix, 488-493 AUo 
 Repnnt. Also [Abstr.]: Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa.! 
 1915 n. s., xh, 619.-Kolmer (J. A.), Matsuuami (T.) & 
 Harkins (M. J.) The relation of the bronchisepticin skin 
 reaction to immunity in canine distemper, including the 
 
BACILLUS. 
 
 246 
 
 BACILLUS. 
 
 Bacillus Ironchisepticus. 
 
 bactericidal action of dog serum for B. bronohisepticus. 
 Proc. Path. Soc. Phila. (1916), 1917, xxxvU, 43.— Wherry 
 (W. B.) Eemarks on the fllterability of Bacillus bronchi- 
 septicus. J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1916, xix, 304. 
 
 Bacillus hulgaricus. 
 
 See, also, Buttermilk; "MiXk {Modifications of) ; 
 Yoghurt. 
 
 Becquet (M.) *Oontribution k. I'^tude de 
 Paction du bacille bulgare sur la flore intestinale. 
 [Paris.] 8°. Havre, 1914. 
 
 Ecole de pharmacie. 
 
 Bulgarian (The) bacUlua; the genesis and 
 application of the oriental lactic microbe in 
 dietetics and therapeutics. 8°. New Ybrk, 
 [n. d.]. 
 
 Douglas (L. M.) The bacillus of long life. A 
 manual of the preparation and souring of milk 
 for dietary purposes, etc. 8°. London, 1911. 
 
 Also [Abstr.], in: Chem. News, Lond., 1911, ciii, 304. 
 
 Arkwrlglit (J. A.) Natural variation of B. acidl lacticl 
 with respect to the production of gas from carbohydrates. 
 J. Hyg., Cambridge, 1913, xiil, 68-86.— Belonovsky (C. D.) 
 Sur la prolongation de la vitality du bacUle bulgare. 
 Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Far., 1913, Ixxv, 374-376.— 
 Bendlck (A. J.) A study of the commercial preparations of 
 BacUlus bulgaricus. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1915, Ixiv, 
 809.— Berthelot (A.) Antagonisme du bacille bulgare vis- 
 iL-vis du m^ningocoque. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 
 1910,lxviii,S29-631.— Bertrand(G.) & Veillon(R.) Action 
 du ferment bulgare sur les acides monobasiques d&ivfe 
 des sucres r^ducteurs. Compt. rend. Acad. a. sc. Par., 
 1911, clii, 330-332.— Biehn (J. F.) The therapeutic use of 
 living Bulgarian bacillus cultures. Am. J. Cliii. Med., Chi- 
 cago, 1914, xxl, 496-498.— Cbristeller (E.) Zur Varlabilitat 
 des Bacillus bulgaricus. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infektions- 
 krankh., Leipz., 1914, Ixxvii, 45-48.— Currle (J. N.) A 
 study of the optical forms of lactic acid produced by pure cul- 
 tures of Bacillus bulgaricus. J. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1911-12, 
 X, 201-211.— Gray (J. W.) The therapeutic uses of Bulga- 
 rian bacUU. Memphis M. Month., 1916, xxxviii, 228-230.— 
 Gieathouse (Ruth C.) Numbers and efliciency of B. 
 bulgaricus organisms in commercial preparations exam- 
 ined during the period January-June, 1914. Science, N. Y. 
 & Lancaster, Pa., 1915, n. s., xlii, 352.— Hagner (F. E.) The 
 Bulgarian bacilli in cystitis and pyelitis with alkaline mine. 
 Tr. South. Surg. & Gynec. Ass., Phila., 1914, xxvii, 406- 
 411.— Hastings (E. G.) & Hart (E. B.) The mesence of 
 an acid producing enzyme in Bact. lactis acidi. Proc. Am. 
 Soc. Biol. Chemists, Bait., 1910-13, U, 126,— Herter (C. A.) 
 & Kendall (A.I.) An observation on the fate of B. bulgari- 
 cus (in bacillac) in the digestive tract of a monkey. J. Biol. 
 Chem., Bait., 1908, v, 293-302, 3 pi.— Hinemann (P. G.) & 
 Hefleian (Mary). A study oi BacUlus bulgaricus (syno- 
 nyms: BaciUus of Massol, B. acidophilus, Boas-Oppler 
 baciUus, Bacillus panis fermentati, Streptobacillus lebenis, 
 Leptothrix bucoalis). J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1909, vi, 304- 
 318.— Horowitz (P.) Bacillus bulgaricus. N. York M. J. 
 [etc.]. 1915, cu, 1118.— Hunter (O. W.) & Bushnell (L. D.) 
 The importance of Bacterium bulgaricus groiip in ensilage. 
 Science, Lancaster, Pa., 1916, n. s., xliii, 318-320.— von 
 Kern (T.) Beitrage zur Wirkung des Yoghurt-Bacillus 
 (Bacillus bulgarus) auf den Bacillus coll. Ztschr. t Jdin. 
 Med., Berl., 1909, Ixvii, 211-221.— Makrlnofl (S.) Zur 
 Frage der NomenMatur des sogenanhten Bacillus bulgari- 
 cus. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1910, xxvl, 
 374-388.— NorUna. El brilgaro y el bifldo. Clin, mod., 
 Zaragoza, 1909, viii, 426-441.— Penrose (C. A.) A review of 
 the meories and facts underlying the treatment of disease 
 by soured milk cultures. Maryland M. J., Bait., 1915, 
 Iviii, 53-72.— Pouliot (L.) La bactSriothfirapie lactique en 
 obst^trique et gynecologie. J. de mSd. de Par., 1913, 2. s., 
 xxiv, 995-997.— Rahe (A. E.) A study of the so-called 
 Implantation of the Bacillus bulgaricus. J. Infect. Dis., 
 Chicago, 1915, xvi. 210-220.— Bahn (O.) Die Empflnd- 
 lichkeit der Faulnis- und MUchsaurebakterien gegen Gitte. 
 Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1905, xiv, 21-25. 
 . Die Stundengarleistung der Binzelzelle von Bacte- 
 rium lactis acidl. Ibid., 1911-12, xxxii, 375-406.— Rosenthal 
 (G ) L'enqu6tescientiflquesurlabact&ioth(5rapielactique; 
 bacille bulgare centre I'anh^mobacille ent(^rocogfen6 du rhu- 
 matisme; incontamination du lait cai]I6. Compt. rend. 
 Soc. de biol.. Par., 1910, Ixviii, 94.— Rosenthal (G.) & Wet- 
 zel (P.-C.) Le bacille bulgare centre le bacille pyocyanique; 
 importance de I'aoide lactique; disparltion du bacille pyo- 
 cyanique: transformation du bacilli bulgare en streptocoque 
 lactique. Ibid., 92-94.— Smiley (O.) The fallacy of {he 
 indiscriminate internal use of Bulgarian bacillus, with some 
 evident dangers. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1915, Ixv, 1025. 
 Also, Eeprint.— Stow (B.) Metchnikoff's basioprinciple; 
 intestinal antisepsis through biological aids; attested by 
 the Bacillus bulgaricus. Med. Eec, N. Y., 1914, bcxxvi. 
 
 Bacillus lulgaricus. 
 
 233-236.— Tflvfilgyl (E.) [The Bacillus bulgaricus as a 
 therapeutic agent in the treatment of diseases of the upper 
 respiratory tract and bronchia.J Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 
 1912, Ivi, 403-405. 
 
 Bacillus hutyricus. 
 
 Beljerlnck (TA. W.) Ueber die Einrichtung einer nor- 
 malen Buttersauregarung. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 
 2. Abt, Jena, 1986, ii, 699-701.— Bredemann (G.) Bacillus 
 amylobacter A. M. et Bredemann in morphologls^er, 
 physiologischer und systematischer Beziehung. Ibiid., 1909, 
 xxiii, 385-568, 2 pi.— C5rlthari (C.) De la culture du bacille 
 butyrique. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1908, Ixiv, 
 731-733.— Grassberger (E.) Zur Morphologie des beweg- 
 lichen Buttersiiurebacillus. Arch. f. Hyg., Miinchen & 
 Beri., 1902, xUl, 219-250, 4pl.— Jaworskl (Z. W.) Bacillus 
 butyricus Hueppe. Bull, interriat. Acad. d. sc. de Cracovie, 
 1898, 397-399.— van Raalte (A.) & Llchtenbelt (F. A. J.) 
 Die Eefraktion der nichtfliichtigen Fettsauren der Butter. 
 Ztschr. f. Untersuch. d. Nahrungs- u. Genussmittel, Berl., 
 1912, xxiil, 81-98.— Schattenfroh (A.) Biologisches Ver- 
 halten una Verbreitung des bewegUcheu Buttersaurebacil- 
 lus. Arch. f. Hyg., Miinchen & Berl., 1902, xUl, 251-264. 
 
 Bacillus cadaveris. 
 
 See Fever (Yellow, Causes, etc., of). 
 
 Bacillus carhonis. 
 
 See (Edema (Malignant). 
 
 Bacillus carnis. 
 
 Klein (E.) A new pathogenic anaerobe. Bacillus carnis 
 Tr. Path. Soc. Lonil, 1903-4, Iv, 74-76. Also, transl.: 
 Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt, Jena, 1903-4, xxxv, 
 459-461. 
 
 Bacillus caseiJilaTis. 
 
 Gorlni (C.) Ueber eineu fadenziehenden Milchsaure- 
 bacUlus, Bacillus casei Ulans. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 
 2. Abt, Jena, 1913, xxxvii, 1-3. 
 
 Bacillus chlorhydrici. 
 
 Palier (E.) Bacillus chlorhydrici. Am. Med., Phila., 
 1916, xi, 288. Also, Eeprint. 
 
 Bacillus cMor or aphis. 
 
 IiasseuT (P.) Le BacUlus chlororaphis et la chlorora- 
 
 Shine. Compt. rend. Soc, de biol.. Par., 1909, Ixvt, 272. — 
 lercier (L.) & Iiasseur (P.) Uu bacille (Bacillus chloro- 
 raphis) pathog&ne pour certains animaux d'eau douce. 
 im., 1911, Ixx, 889-491. 
 
 BacUlus cholerse. 
 
 See Cholera (Bacteriology of) . 
 
 Bacillus cloacse. 
 
 MacConkey (A.) On the liquefaction of gelatin by 
 the BacUlus cloacae. J. Hyg., Cambridge, 1906, vi, 23-32.— 
 Thompson (J.) The cheimcal action of Bacillus cloacse 
 (Jordan) on glucose and marmitol. Proc. Eoy. Soc. Lond., 
 
 1911-12, s. B., Ixxxiv, 500-504. ^. The chemical action 
 
 of Bacillus cloacae (Jordan) on citric and malic acids in the 
 presence and absence of oxygen. Ibid., 1912, Ixxxvi, s. B., 
 1-12. • 
 
 Bacillus coU. 
 
 See, also, Intestines (Bacteriology of) ; Water 
 (Bacillus coli in). 
 
 FoRCAET C'i, K.) *Ein Beitrag zur Frage des 
 Antagonismu; z,wischen Bacterium coli und den 
 Hamstoff zersetzenden Bakterien. [Basel.] 8°. 
 Leipzig, 1903. 
 
 GiRARD (G.-D.) *Oontribution k I'^tude du 
 coli-bacille. 8°. Bordeam, 1913. 
 
 Kbhl (0. H.) *U'nterauchungen uber Coli- 
 bazillen. [Leipzig.] 8°. Hamburg & Leipzig, 
 1911. 
 
 Also, in: Mitt. a. d. Hamb. Staatskrankenanst., 1911, 
 xii, 163-185. Also, in: Jahrb. d. Hamb. Staatskranken- 
 anst., 1911, Hamb. & Leipz., 1912, xvi, 163-185. 
 
 Remmblts (H.) *Untersuchungen betreffend 
 Bacterium coli commune bei Saugetieren, V6- 
 geln und Fischen. [Bern.] 8°. Vlaardingen, 
 1902. 
 
 Allaire (E.) Emfiriences sur I'autolyse du coli-bacille. 
 Ann. de I'Inst. Pasiteur, Par., 1913, xxvlt, 118-121.— Amalfl 
 (G.) II bacterium coli e la sua termogenesi. Stomaco, 
 Napoli, 1901, vii, 9; 27; 50; 60; 68; 76: 86; 89; 1902, viu, 1: 11. 
 
 . Eicerche sperimentali sulla temperatura degli 
 
 animal! sottoposti a[V azione del bacterium coli commune. 
 
BACILLUS. 
 
 247 
 
 BACILLUS. 
 
 Bacillus coli. 
 
 Ibid., 1902, viu, 17; 25; 33; 41; 49.— Ayers (S. H.) & Bupp (P.) 
 Simultaneous acid and alkaline bacterial fermentations from 
 dextrose and the salts of organic acids, respectively; an ex- 
 planation 61 reversion of reaction of culture mediums by- 
 organisms oj the oolon-aerogenes group. J. Infect. Dis., 
 Chicago^ 1918, xxiii, 188-216.— Barber (M. A.) The rate of 
 multipUcation of Bacillus coli at different temperatures. 
 Ibid., 1908, V, 379-400.— Bettencourt (A.) & Borges (I.) 
 Beoherohes sur le B. coli des vert^brfe inf^rieurs et des 
 c4r&les. Arch. dor. Inst. bacteriol. Camara Pestana, Lisb., 
 1908, ii, 221-244.— Blandinl (E.) Ricerche Sulla modifica- 
 zione della vlrulenza del B. coll in rapporto alia aUmenta- 
 zione con latte di vacca crude e sterilizzato, preso come 
 ordinariamente si pratica e con latte di capra crudo e steriliz- 
 zato, raccolto asctticamente. Pediatria, Napoli, 1905, 2. s., 
 iii, 26-33.— BoudelUe (Th^rSse). Influence de la bile sur les 
 fermentations coli-bacillaires. Coinpt. rend. Soc. de biol.. 
 Par., 1912, Ixxii, 783-785.— Cairns (W. D.) ^Disoussion and 
 correspondence; note on the geometrical mean as a B. coli 
 Index. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Par., 1918, n. s., xlvii, 
 239.— Carcga (A.) Ueber die aktiven Substanzen des 
 Bacillus coTi. Centralbl. f. Bact. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1903, 
 xxxiv, 323-326.— CWck (Harriette). The distribution of 
 Bacterium coli commune. Thompson Yates Lab. Hep., 
 Liverpool, 1900, iii, 1-29: 1901, 117-129.— Divalos & Calvo. 
 EI bacilo coU-comune en las verduras. Crdu. mdd.-quir. de 
 la Habana, 1902, xxviii, 189-192.— Eyre (J. W. H.) On the 
 distribution of Bacillus coli in nature. Lancet, Lond., 1904, 
 1, 648.— Ferreira (A.), Horta (A.) & Parades (C.) Becher- 
 chessur le B. colicommunisderintestin del'homme. Arch. 
 do r. Inst, bacteriol. Camara Pestana, Lisb., 1908, ii, 153-202. 
 
 . : Eecherches sur le B. coli de I'intestin 
 
 des mammifferes et des oiseaux. Ibid., 203-220. — Gebbard 
 (C.) Ueber das Bacterium coli commune und seine Be- 
 deutung in der Geburtsbiilfe. Ztschr. t Geburtsh. u. 
 Gynak., Stuttg., 1897, xxxvii, 132-142.— Grass! (G.) Diflu- 
 sione del colibacillo neU' organismo animale dopo h, morte. 
 Pediatria, Napoli, 1901, ix, 102-117.— Grlmbert (L.) & 
 Ingres (G.) Modification des fonctions du Bac. coli. J. de 
 pharm. et chim., Par., 1901, 6. s., xiii, 107-109.— Howe (F.) 
 Notes on the Bacillus coli. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. 
 Abt., Jena, 1904, sxxvi, 484-487.— Hugounenq (L.) & 
 Doyon. Sur uiie nouveUe lonctiou chlmique commune au 
 Bacillus coli et au baciUe d'Eberth. Compt. rend. Soc. de 
 biol.. Par., 1897, 10. s., iv, 198.— Hulton (Florence). The 
 correlation of certain reactions of colon bacilli and like 
 organisms with source. J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1916, xix, 
 
 606-613. . I colibacilli. Gazz. d. osp.j Milano, 1911, 
 
 xxxii, 1611-1613. — JennCT (L.) Bacillus coll capsulatus; a 
 study in virulence. J. Path. & Bacteriol., Edinb. & Lond., 
 1898, V, 2.')7-261, Ipl.— Jordan (E. O.) The inhibitive ac- 
 tion of bile upon B. coli. J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1913, xli, 
 326-334.— Kose (O.) [Contribution to the biology of Ba- 
 cillus coli commune.] Casop. Wk. desk., v Praze, 1894, 
 xxxiii, 545; 665. — Lange (L.) Ueber Bacterium cou com- 
 mune. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturl. u. Aerzte 
 1907, Leipz., 1908, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 513-516.— Langer (H.) 
 Der antagonistischelndex der KoUbazillen. Deutsche med . 
 Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1917, xliii, 1317-1320.— laacti 
 (Mary F.) The chemistry of the Bacillus coli communis. 
 
 Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila., 1902, xvii, 274-298. . 
 
 The chemistry of Bacillus coU communis. J. Am. M. Ass., 
 
 Chicago, 1904, xlii, 1003-1005. . On the chemistry of 
 
 Bacillus coli communis. J. Biol. Chem., N. Y., 1905-6, i, 
 463-506: 1907-8, ill, 443-457. Also, Beprint.— Levine (M.) 
 A statistical classification of the colon-cloacze group. J. 
 Bact., Bait., 1918, iu, 253-276.— Martinez (G.) Sobre el 
 colibacilo. Bol . Asoc. inM. de Puerto-Eico, San Juan, P . B . , 
 1906, iv, 201-205.— Maurel (E.) Survivance du colibacille 
 et du bacille d'Eberth sur les charcuteries. Compt. rend. 
 Soc. de biol.. Par., 1910, Ixix^ 574-577.— Mazzeo (P.) Sulla 
 differente attivitfi, del Bactenum coli in rapporto alle diverse 
 etSdell'uomo. Ann. d'ig. sper., Roma, 1903, n. s., xiii, 387. — 
 Moore (V. A.) Bacillus coli communis. Am. Pub. Health 
 Ass. Bep. 1902, Columbus, 1903, xxviii, 397-401. Also: 
 Medicine, Detroit, 1903, ix, 189-193.— Moroni (A.) Bacte- 
 rium coll commune. Arch, per le sc. med., Torino, 1898, 
 xxii, 261-271, 1 pi.— Morris (E. T.) The colon bacillus, a 
 regulator of population. Tr. South. Surg. & Gynec. Ass. 
 1911, Wash., D. C, 1912, xxiv, 81-90. Also: J. Am. M. Ass., 
 Chicago, 1912, Iviii, 601-603.— NasU (J. T. C.) Is B. coU a 
 normal inhabitant of shell-fish? Brit. M. J., Lond., 1905, i, 
 183.— Papasotlrlu (J.) Untersuchungen uber das Vor- 
 kommen des Bakterium coli In Teig, Mehl und Getreide, 
 nebst einigen Bemerkungen fiber die Bedeutung des Bakte- 
 rium coli als Indikator fiir Verunreinigung von Wasser mit 
 Fakalien. Arch. f. Hyg., Milnchen & Leipz., 1901-2, xli, 
 204-210.— Pfaundler (M..) Ueber das Verhalten des Bac- 
 terium coli commune (Esoherich) zu gewissen Stickstoff- 
 Bubstanzen und zu Starke. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. 
 Abt., Jena, 1902, xxxi, 113-128.— Prescott (S. C.) Evidence 
 of the apparent identity of B. coli and certain lactic acid 
 bacteria. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1903, n. s., xvii, 
 378.— Kevis (C.) The stability of the physiological pro- 
 perties of conform organisms. Centralbl. f . Bakteriol. [etc.], 
 2. Abt., Jena, 1910, xxvi, 161-178. . Studies on varia- 
 tion in physiological activity in B. coli. Ibid., 1913, xxxix. 
 
 Bacillus coli. 
 
 394-410.— Eose (A. B.) & Knudson (A.) The influence 
 upon metabolism of feeding B. coli. Biochem. Bull,, N. Y., 
 1915, iv, 201.— Salus (Q.) Ueber Bacterium coU; Sammel- 
 referat. Prag. med. Wchnschr^ 1900, xxv, 19; 78.— Sam- 
 pletro (G.) & Zonchello (C.) Osservazioni suIla resistenza 
 vitale e sulla conservazione della virulenza del B. coU com- 
 mune. Ann. d'ig. sper., Eoma, 1907, n. s., xvii, 263-278. — 
 Schtttz (F.) Die Berechnung des Colititers mit HUfe der 
 Wahrscheinlichkeitsrechnung. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infek- 
 tionskrankh., Leipz., 1915,lxxx, 280-288.— Tliorlngton(C.) 
 •The common colon bacillus. Tr. Med. Ass. Alabama, Mont- 
 gomery, 1913, 410-414.— Totsuka (K.) Studien fiber 
 Bacterium coli. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. lufectionskrankh., 
 Leipz., 1903^, xly, 115-124.— TuU (G. A.) The colon 
 baaUus. Railway Surg. J., Chicago, 1912-13, xix, 87-90.— 
 Wells (W. F.) 'The geometrical mean as a B. coli index. 
 Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1918, n. s., xlvii, 46-48.— 
 WllUams (B. G. B.) Colon bacillus exaltations; observa^ 
 tions; observations and impressions. Arch. Diagn., N. Y., 
 1915, viii, 58-61.— Wlnslow (C. E. A.) The occurrence, of 
 the colon bacillus on the hands. J. Med. Eesearch, Bost,, 
 1903,.x, 463-471. 
 
 Bacillus coli (Agglutination of). 
 
 Bajardl (A.) Eicerche sulla reazione amlutinante del 
 Bacterium coli e delle specie paracoUbacillari in alcune 
 raalattie Intesttnali dei bambini. Gazz. intemaz. di 
 med. prat., Napoli, 1901, iv, 68-77.— Busson (B,) Ueber 
 Coli-Mitagglutination durch Immunsera verwandter Arten 
 und deren theoretische und praktische Bedeutung. Cen- 
 tralbl. 1. BakterioL [etc], Jena, 1910-11, Ivii, Orig., 351- 
 
 366. . Ueber Paragglutination. Ibtd., 1. Abt., Jena, 
 
 1914, Ixxiii, Orig., 328-345.— Ditthom ([F.) & Neumark 
 (E,) Ueber Cohparagglutination. Ihid., 1912-13, Ixvii, 
 Orig., .544-569: Uv, Bef., BeU., 212-217.— dl Donna (A.) 
 Sull' agglutinamento del B. coli. Ann, d'ig. sper,, Eoma, 
 1902, n. s., xii, 541-5.56.— Geisse (A.) Ueber Coliagglutinine. 
 Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc], 1. Abt., Jena, 1908, xlvi, 359- 
 363.— Germauo (EJ & Veccla (P.) Dei hmiti della siero- 
 agglutinazione sul B. coU e del valore da accordarsi alia 
 
 medesima. Tommasi, NapoU, 1908, iii, 613; 627. 
 
 . Nuove ricerche suUa specificity dell' agglutinazione 
 
 dell B. coh. (Contributo sperimentale per la determina- 
 zione etiologica delle febbricole.) Biochim. e terap. sper., 
 Milano, 1909, i, 485-492.— Keck (L.) Ueber das Auftreten 
 von Buhraggliitininen bei Vaccination mit coliartigen 
 Bakterien. Med. KUn., Berl., 1917, xiii, 996.— Klieneber- 
 ger (C.) Studien fiber Coliagglutinine unter besonderer 
 Beriicksichtigung der klinischen Verwertung von Coliag- 
 glutmationen. Deutscbes Arch. t. klin.-Med., Leipz., 1907, 
 xc, 267-288.— Levin (E ,) Coli agglutinins and their course of 
 formation. Contrib. Univ. Lab. M. Bacterid,, Copenh,, 
 1902, No. 7, 1-8.— Nagahama. Ueber Agglutinierungs- 
 Reaction'von Bacterium coli. [Japanese text,] Mitt. d. 
 GeseUsch. zu Tokyo, 1901, xv, 13. Hft,, 1-8.— Belter (H,) 
 Ueber Agglutination durch Coli-Immuniserum. Ztschr. 
 f, Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap,, Jena, 1914, xxi 
 Orig., 214-227.— Eottberger (C. J,) Ueber Agglutination 
 des Bacterium coli. Ztschr. f. Hyg. n. lufectionskrankh , 
 Leipz., 1900, xxxiv, 79-118. 
 
 Bacillus coli (Biology and morpTiology 
 of). 
 
 See, also, Bacillus coli {Varieties, etc., of). 
 
 Orlovski (A. A.) *Materiali Is: izucheniyu 
 biologicbeskildi i patogennildi svoistv bacterii 
 coli communis. [Data on the study of the bio- 
 logic and pathogenic properties of Bacterium coli 
 communis.] 8°. S.-Peterhurg, 1897. 
 
 Adaml (J. G,), Abbott (Maude E,) & Nicholson (F. 
 G,) On the diplocoecoid form of the colon-bacillus Tr 
 Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila., 1899, xiv, 300-322, 3 pi. Also' 
 Beprint— Clemcsha (W. W.) A criticism of A. C. Houston's 
 report on the biological characters of B. coli isolated from 
 (1) raw, (2) stored river water, and (3) stored and filtered 
 water. J. Hyg., Cambridge, 1912, xii, 463-478.— Flnlzio 
 fG.) SuUe forme a filament! del Bacillus coli communis 
 Pediatria, Napoli, 1905, 2. s., iii, 816-822,— Galeottl (G.) 
 Alcune osservazioni sui caratteri biologici e immunltari 
 dei bacilli del gruppo coll-paratifb-tifo-alcaligenes. Ann 
 d'ig., Eoma, 1918, xxviii, 341-345.— Haslam (H. C.) The 
 pleomorphism of the common colon baciUus. Tr. Path Soc 
 Lond., 1897-8, xlix, 345-351. Also: J. Pathol. & Bacteriol , 
 E dinb. & Lond. , 1898, v, 189-194.— JoanovlC (M. ) [Morphol- 
 ogy and biology of the bacterium coli communis (Escherich) 
 and its relation to disease.] Liefi. viestnik, u Zagrebu, 1901 
 xxui, 279-289.— I^cgros (G.) CoU-bacilles et capsules bact^' 
 nennes. Compt.rend.Soc.de bioI.,Par,,1900,ll.s.,ii 1095 — 
 Maymone (B.) Contributo alio studio deUa biologia del 
 Bacterium coli Escherich. Arch, di farmacol. sper., Eoma. 
 
 servations on the life-history of the Bacillus coU communis. 
 
BACILLUS. 
 
 248 
 
 BACILLUS. 
 
 Bacillus coli {Biology and morphology 
 of)- 
 
 Tr. Path. Soc. Lond., 1900-1901, lii, 167-177.— Paladino- 
 Blandlnl (A.) Contributo alia biologia del B. coli. Gazz. 
 Internaz. dl med. prat., Napoli, 1902, v, 238-241.— Peckham 
 (Adelaide W.) The influence of environment upon the 
 biological processes of the various members of the colon 
 group of bacilli; an experimental study. Science, N. Y. & 
 Lancaster, Pa., 1897, n. s., v, 981-985.— Kadiievsky (A.) 
 Beitrag zur Kenntnis des Bacterium coli; Biologic; Aggluti- 
 nation; Infektion. CentraJbl. t. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt, 
 
 Jena, 1899, xxvi, 753-757. . Beitrag zur Kenntniiss 
 
 des Bacterium coli (Biologie; Agglutination; Infection und 
 Immunitat). Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infectionskrankh., Leipz., 
 1900, xxxiv, 369-453.— Bevis (C.) Coccoid forms of B. coli, 
 and the method of attack on sugars by B, coli in general. 
 Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1912, xxxiii, 424- 
 428. 
 
 Bacillus coli (Culture, staining, and idevr 
 tification of). 
 
 See, also, Bacillus coli {Biology, etc., of); 
 BaciUus coli (Effeets of) on various substances; 
 Bacillus coli {Indol formation of); Bacillus coli 
 (Varieties, etc., of). 
 
 DucAMP (L.-A.-J.) *Contribution k I'^tude de 
 la diff^renciation du colibacille et du bacille 
 typhique; action dea bacilles du groupe colio- 
 typho-dysent^rique sur les hydrates de carbone. 
 8°. iiiie, 1907. 
 
 FicKEB ([P.] M.) *Ueber Wachstumage- 
 schwindigkeit des Bacterium coli commune auf 
 Flatten. 8°. Leipzig, 1895. 
 
 Bengls (R.) The production and collection of B. coli in 
 quantity on synthetic media. J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1916, 
 xviii, 391-396.— Bettencourt (A.) & Borges (I.) Peut-on 
 distinguer le colibacille de I'homme de celui des animaux au 
 moyen de la fixation du complement. Arch, do r. Inst, 
 bacteriol. Camara Pestana, Lisb. ,1908, ii, 245-270.— Boccliia 
 (I.) Delia utilizzazione del rosso Congo nella diagnosi dif- 
 ferenziale' tra il b. coli, il b. di Eberth, i b. paratifl, il b. 
 dissent^rico e della sua applicazione nella ricerca del b. coli 
 nelle acque potabili. Boll. d. Soc. med. dl Parma, 1915, 
 2. s., vin, sC— Browne (W. W.) & Ackman (B.) The 
 fallacy of refined readings of gas percentages in the fermen- 
 tations of lactose peptone bile and lactose broth. J. Bact., 
 Bait., 1917, ii, 249-261.— Bunker (J. W. M.) The value of 
 lactose bile for the B. coli presumptive test. Ibid., 1916, 
 I, 85.— Clark (W. M.) The final hydrogen ion concentra- 
 tions of cultures of Bacillus coli. J. Biol. Chem., Bait., 
 1915, xxii, 87-98. Also [Abstr.l: Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, 
 Pa., 1915, n. s., xlii, 71.— Clark (W. M.) & tubs (H. A.) 
 Improved chemical methods for differentiating bacteria of 
 the coU-aerogenes family. J. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1917, xxx, 
 209-234.— Copeland (W. E.) & Hoover (C. P.) The in- 
 terpretation of tests for B. coll communis. J. Infect. Dis., 
 Chicago, 1911, ix, 343-349.— Corsinl (A.) Eicerche intomo 
 alle modificazionl prodotte dal B. coli sul rosso neutro 
 (reazione del Eothberger). Eiv. crit. di clin. med., Krenze, 
 1905, vi, 622-626. — Davis (L.) A study of the tellurite 
 reaction with the colon-typhoid group and other organisms. 
 Centralbl. t. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1914, Ixxv, 
 Orig., 180-192. Also [Abstr.]; Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, 
 Pa., 1914, n. s., xxxix,801.— Flcliera (S.) La sierodiagnosi 
 sul bacterium coli. Biforma med., Napoli, 1911, xxvii, 
 199-205.— Gage (S. De M.) Bacteriological studies at the 
 Lawrence Experiment Stalion, with special reference to 
 the determination of B. coli. Rep. Bd. Health Mass., Bost., 
 
 1901-2, xxxiii, 397^20, 1 tab. . Experiment with 
 
 methods for the rapid detection of gelatin liquefaction in the 
 determination of B. coli. Am. Pub. Health Ass. Rep. 1906, 
 Chicago, 1907, xxxii, pt. 2, 20-29. Also: 3. Infect. Dis., 
 
 Chicago, 1907, Suppl. No. 3, 20-29. . A Study of the 
 
 variation in the biochemical reactions produced by cultures 
 of the colon type. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1907, 
 n. s., XXV, 807.-Gage (S. De M.) & Phelps (E. B.) Notes 
 on B. cou and allied forms, with special reference to the 
 neutral-red reaction. Am. Pub. Health Ass. Eep. 1902, 
 Columbus, 1903, xxviii, 402-412, 1 tab.— GalUa (A.) Ulte- 
 riori ricercne sull^ dimostrazione del coli-bacillo per mezzo 
 del rosso neutro. Gior. med. d. r. esercito, Roma, 1907, Iv, 
 574-581.— Hale (F. E.) & Mella (T. W.) Studies on inhi- 
 bition, attenuation and rejuvenation of B. coli. Am. J. 
 Pub. Hyg., Bost., 1909-10, n. s., vi, 622-628. Also: J. Infect. 
 Dis., Chicago, 1910, vii, 887-598.— Harrison (F. C.) & 
 Vanderleck (J.) The multiplication of B. coli in milk 
 kept, at 10°, 20°, 30°, and 37° C. Eev. gto. du lait, Lierre, 
 1908-9, vii, 347-353.— Horn (D. W.) Is there caramelization 
 in Rivas's test? Am. J. Pharm., Pbila., 1910, Ixxxii, 151- 
 161.— Hunter (W.) The diagnosis of the presence of Bacil- 
 lus coli communis by means of neutral red. Brit. M. J., 
 Lond., 1901, ii, 791.— Jackson (D. D.) A new solution for 
 the presumptive test for Bacillus coli. Biol. Stud. . . . W . 
 
 Bacillus coli (Culture, staining, and iden- 
 tification of). 
 
 T. Sedgwick. 25. anniv., Bost, 1906, 292-299.— Jacobsthal 
 (H.) Farbt sich Bact. coli commune bei Ziichtung auf 
 fettreichen NHhrboden nach der Gram'schen Methode? 
 Hyg. Rundschau, Berl., 1897, vii, 849-854.— Johnson (G. 
 A.) Isolation of Bacillus coli communis from the ali- 
 mentanf tract offish and the significance thereof. J. Infect. 
 Dis., Chicago, 1904, i, 348-354.— Levlne (M.) On the cor- 
 relauon of the Voges-Proskauer and the methyl red reaction. 
 J. Bact., Bait., 1916, i, 87; 153. Alsn: J. Infect. Dis., Chi- 
 cago, 1916, xviii, 358-367.— Levlne (M.), Weldin (J. C.) & 
 Johnson (B. E.) The Voges-Proskauer and correlated 
 reactions of coli-like bacteria. IWd., 1917, xxi, 39-46.— 
 Markus (C.) Ueber Kultur von Typhus- und Colibacillen 
 in arsemkhaltiger Bouillon. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 
 1. Abt., Jena, 1898, xxiv, 384-386.— Massl (U.) Di un 
 nuovo substraco nutritive per ricercare rapidamente uno del 
 caratteri fondamentali del bacterium coli. Igiene mod., 
 
 Geneva, 1909, ii, 267-269. . Modo di vegetare del 
 
 Bacterium coli su alcuni terreni di cultura con glucosidi. 
 Eiv. d'ig. e san. pubb., Torino, 1911, xxii, 101-104.— Moore 
 (E. W.) & Bevls (C.y The neutral-red reaction for Bacillus 
 coll communis. J. Path. & Bacterid., Edinb. & Lond., 
 1904-5, X, 97-104.— Natonek (D.) Zur Kenntnis der kul- 
 turellen Bigenschaften einiger CoU-Stamme. Centralbl. (. 
 Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1913, bcviii, Orig., 166-173.— 
 Neumann (G.) Der Nachweis des Bacterium coll in der 
 Aussenwelt unter Zuhilfenahme der Eijkmannschen Me- 
 thode. Arch. f. Hyg., Munchen & Berl., 1906, lix, 174-186. 
 
 . Der Nachweisdes Bacterium coli in der Aussenwelt, 
 
 besonders auf Nahrungsmitteln. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., 
 Berl. & Leinz., 1910, xxxvi, 2046.— Nlnnl (C.) Sulla causa 
 della mancata reazione indol-nitrosa nel coli e sui mezzi per 
 ottenerla. Ann. d'ig., Roma, 1916, xxvi, 621-625.— Parker 
 (L. V.) Notes on the use of Smith solution and bile media. 
 Am. J. Pub. Hyg., Bost., 1908, n. s., iv, 137-140.— Phelps 
 (E. B.) A method for calculating the numbers of B. coli 
 from the results of dilution tests. Am. Pub. Health Ass. 
 Rep. 1907, Bost., 1908, xxxiii, pt. 2, 9-13.— Prescott (S. C.) 
 A note on methods of isolating colon baciUi. Science, N. Y. 
 & Lancaster, Pa., 1902, n. s., xvi, 671. Also, Reprint.— 
 Prescott (S.C.) c& Wlnslow (C.-E. A.) The relative value 
 of dextrose broth, phenol broth and lactose bile as enrich- 
 ment media lor the isolation of B. coli. Am. Pub. Health 
 Ass. Eep. 1907, Bost., 1908, xxxiii, pt. 2, 128-135. Also: 
 Am. J. Pub.Hyg., Bost., 1907-8, n. s., iv, 19-26.— Kochalx 
 ( A. ) Une nouvelle cause d'erreur dans la recherche du coli- 
 bacUIe en miUeux au neutralroth. Bull. Soc. m4d. d. h6p. 
 de Lyon, 1909, viii, 82. Also: Lyon m^d., 1909, cxil, 393.— 
 Rogers (L. A.), Clark (W. M.) & Lubs (H. A.) The 
 characteristics of bacteria of the colon type occurring in 
 human feces. J. Bact, Bait, 1918, ill, 231-252.— Bosen- 
 berger (R. C.) The identification of the colon badUus by 
 reactions produced in culture media containing neutral 
 red- observations on reactions of other bacteria on the same 
 media. Proc. Path. Soc. Phila., 1901-2, n. s., v, 1-11. 
 Also: Phila. M. J^ 1902, ix, 446-449. jlteo, Eeprint— 
 Savage (W. G J Gelatin surface colonies of BaciUus coU 
 communis. J. Path. & Bacteriol., Edinb. & Lond., 1903-4, 
 ix, 347-358, 1 pi.— Scheffler (W.) Das Neutrahrot als HiUs- 
 mittel zur Diagnose des Bacterium coli. Centralbl. t 
 Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 190O, xxviii, 199-205.— 
 Seraflni (G.) SuUo sviluppo del Bacterium coli commune 
 coltivato anaerobicamente. Gior. d. r. Soc. ital. d'ig., Mi- 
 lano, 1897, xix, 33-37. Also, transl.: Hyg. Rundschau, 
 Berl., 1897, vii, 544-547.— Slcre (A.) Au sujet du rouge 
 ne'itre comme indice du coUbacille. Compt. rend. Soc. de 
 biol.. Par., 1909, Ixvi, 154.— Smirnow (M. R.) Induced 
 variations in the cultural characters of B. cob. Science, 
 N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1915, n. s., xli, 622.— Smith (J.) 
 The identification of the pathogenic members of the typhoid- 
 colon group of bacilli. Brit. M. J., Lond. ,,1915, il, 1-5. — 
 Stokes (W. R.) & Stoner (H. W.) Dextrose vs. lactosefor 
 detecthag the colon bacillus. Centralbl. t Bakteriol. [etc.], 
 1. Abt. Jena, 1909, Ii, 459-464. Also [Abstr.]: -\m. J. Pub. 
 Hyg., Bost, 1909, xlx, 312.- Stoughton (Grace Van E.) 
 Characteristics of colon bacilli and the value of the pre- 
 sumptive test J. Infect Dis. [Suppl. No. 1], Chicago, 1905, 
 147-156.— Thtinl (J.) & Gelltnger (H.) Ueber die Brauch- 
 barkeit des Indolnachweisverfahrens nach Morelli bei 
 Kulturen von Bacterium coli. Mitt. a. d. Geb. d. Lebens- 
 mittelunt. u. Hyg., Bern, 1917, viii, 65-93.— Thro (W. C.) 
 Cultural characteristics of Bacillus coli. Am. J. Gbst, 
 N. Y., 1914, Ixx, 481.— Troussalnt. ProoMfi simple pour 
 mettre en Evidence le colibacille dans les eaux qui le renfer- 
 ment en trte petite quantity. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., 
 Par., 1904, Ivi, 379-381.— Uspenski (V. D.) [Differential 
 recognition of cultures of the Bacillus coli communis and 
 those of the Bacillus typhosus.]^ Arch. vet. nauk, S.- 
 Peterb., 1902, xxxii, pt. 2, 422-426.— Venema (T. A.) Ueber 
 eine Anreicherung von Bacterium coli in Wasser. Centralbl. 
 f. Bacteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1905-6, xl, 600-607.— Wlns- 
 low (C.-E. A.) & Walker (L. T.) Note on the fermenta- 
 tive reactions of the B. coli group. Science, N. Y. & Lan- 
 caster, Pa., 1907, n.s., xxvi, 797-799.— Wollm (H.) Ueber 
 das Wachstum von Coli-Bakterien auf Lackmusmannitagar 
 
BACILLUS. 
 
 249 
 
 BACILLUS. 
 
 Bacillus coli {Culture, staining, and iden^ 
 tification of) . 
 
 Centralbl. t Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. AM., Jena, 1915, Ixxvii, 
 Orig., 284-286.— Zunz (E.) & GyOigy (P.) Observations 
 sur I'influence chimique aes milieux de culture sur le d6- 
 veloppement et la production de Tindol. par les coli-baciUes 
 et par les bacilles typhlques. J. Bact., Bait., 1916, i, 627-661. 
 
 Bacillus coli {Effects of) on various sub- 
 stances. 
 
 Roth (J.) *XJeber die Variabilitat der Gas- 
 bildung bei dem Bakterium coli commune. 
 [Heidelberg.] 8°. B«rim, 1898. 
 
 Browne(W.W.) The production of acid by the Bacillus 
 
 coli group. J. Iniect.Dis., Chicago, 1914, XV, 58(M)04. . 
 
 A comparison of the acid production ol the Bacillus coli 
 group isolated from various sources. Am, J. Pub. Health, 
 N. Y^ 1916, vi, 39-48.— CoizoUno (O.) Ueber Saurung 
 von Kuh-, Schaf-, Eselin- und Fraueninilch durch Bacte- 
 rium coli commune. Ardi. f. Kinderh., Stuttg., 1901, xxxii, 
 211-231.— Doctor (K.) (The fermentation of hydrogen 
 sulphide in urine and the Bacillus coli communis.] Urolo- 
 gia, Budapest, 1904, 40-42.— Durante (D.) Sul potere 
 emolitico del bacterium coli commune. Pediatria, NapoU, 
 1902, X, 497-508.— Flscber (A.) & Andersen (E. B.) Ex- 
 perimentelles fiber die SaurebUdung des Bacterium coli. 
 Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. tetc], 2. Abt., Jena, 1912, xxxiii, 289-, 
 292.— Grey (E. C.) The decomposition of formates by 
 Bacillus coli communis. Proc. Eoy. See. Lend., 1914, 
 Ixxxvii, s. B., 461-471. . The enzymes which are con- 
 cerned in the decomposition of glucose and mannitol by 
 Bacillus coli communis. Ibid., 472-484: 1918, xo, s. B., 75; 
 92.— Harden (A.) The chemical action of BacUU coli com- 
 munis and similar organisms on carbohydrates and alhcd 
 compounds. J. Chem. Soe. Lond., 1901, Ixxix, 610; 625.— 
 Harden(A.)& Penfold(W.J.) The chemical action on glu- 
 cose of a variety of Bacillus coli communis (Escherich), 
 obtained by cultivation in presence of a chloroacetate. 
 Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., 1912, Ixxxv, s. B., 415-417.— Harden 
 (A.) & Zilva (S. S.) The reducing enzyme of Bacillus coli 
 communis. Biochem. J., Liverp., 1915, Ix, 379-384.— Ka- 
 czyllski (K.) [Hsemolytic properties of the colon bacilli in 
 connection with their virulence.] Przegl. lek., Krakfiw, 
 1908, xlvil, 477; 487.— Keyes (F. GO The gas production of 
 BacUlus coli. J. Med. Research, Bost, 1909, xxi, 69-82.— 
 Lepierre (C.) Sua: les gaz produits par le coUbacUle. 
 Compt. rend. Soe. de biol., Par., 1898, 10. s., v, 1159-1161.— 
 Levlne (M.) Acid-production and other characters of Bacil- 
 lus-coli-hke bacteria from feces and sewage. J. Infect. Dis., 
 Chicago, 1916, xix, 773-805. Also, Reprint.— Michaells (L.) 
 & Iklarcora (F.) Die Saiireproduktivitat des Bacterium 
 coll. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., 
 Jena, 1912, xiv, 170-173.— Raistrick (H.) On a new type 
 of chemical change produced by bacteria; the conversion of 
 histidine into urocanic acid by bacteria or the coli- typhosus 
 group. Biochem. J., Liverp., 1917, xi, 71-77.— Savage (W. 
 G.) The coagulation of milK by Bacillus coli communis. 
 J. Path. & Bacteriol., Edinb. & Lond., 1904-5, x, 90-96. 
 
 Bacillus coli {Effects of -physical and 
 chemical agents on). 
 
 Jaknin {Mile. M.-C.) *Influence de certaines 
 conditions dysg&6siques Bur le Bacillus coli 
 communis, particuliferement sur ea propri6t6 fer- 
 mentative (action de I'acide ph^nique de I'icde 
 de la lumifere solaire, etc.). 8°. Montpel- 
 lier, 1900. 
 
 Clark (W. M.) The influence of hydrogen-ion concen- 
 tration upon the physiological activities of Bacillus coll. 
 Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1915, n. s., xh, 624.— Du- 
 rante (D.) Azione dell' ossigeno sul bacterium coli com- 
 mune. Ata d. Cong, pediat. ital. 1905, Roma, 1906, v, 536- 
 
 539. . Influenza della privazione di ossigeno e di aria 
 
 in toto e della presenza di alcuni gas sullo sviluppo e sul- 
 V azione virulenta del bacterium coli commune. Pediatria, 
 Napoh, 1906, 2. s., iv, 801-817.— Gage (S. De M.) & Stough- 
 ton (Grace Van E.) A study of the laws governing the 
 resistance of Bacillus coli to heat, Technol. Quart., Bost., 
 1906, six, 41-54. . Also, Reprint. Also [Abstr.]: Science, 
 N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1906, n. s., xxiii, 216.— Guerliet. 
 Action de I'eau oxygfode ajoutie au lait, sur le coUbaciUe, 
 le bacille de la diarrhde verte infantile et le bacille de la 
 tuberculose humaine. Normandie m6d., Rouen, 1902, 
 xvil, 429-433.— McNaught (J. G.) On the resistance of B. 
 coll to sunlight and drying. Centralbl. 1. Bakteriol. [etc.], 
 1. Abt, Jena, 1910, M, Orig., 326-334.— Peckham (Ade- 
 laide W .) The influence of environment upon the biological 
 processes of the various members of the colon group of 
 bacilli; an experimental study. J. Exper. M., N. Y., 1897,il, 
 549-591.— P6j"u (G.) & Rajat (H.) Le coli-bacUle dans les 
 milieux salins. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol^ Par., 1906, Ix, 
 628-630.— Priestley Q. E.) & Knigbt (R. C.) On the 
 nature of the toxic action of electric discharge upon Badllus 
 
 Bacillus coli {Effects of physical and 
 chemical agents on). 
 
 coli communis. Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., 1913, Ixxxvi, s. B., 
 348-364.— Kuss (C.) Electrically induced changes in the 
 colon bacilli in vivo and in pure cultures. Ibid., 1913-14, vii. 
 
 Path. Sect., 140-143. . (1) Bacteria moving during 
 
 electrolysis; (2) changes produced in coll bacilli after electro- 
 lysis. Ibid., 1914-15, vui, Electro-Therap. Sect., 54-66. — 
 Scbnltz (J. H.) & Ritz (H.) Die Thermoresistenz junger 
 und alter (5oli-Bacillen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. letc.l, 1. Abt., 
 Jena, 1910, iv, Orig., 283-288.— Vnukoff (N. N.) [On con- 
 tinuous action of low temperature upon Koch's colon bar 
 cUli.] Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1893, xiv, 207.— Winslow (C.-E. A.) 
 &Falk(l. S.) Effect of calcium and sodium salts upon the 
 viability of the colon bacillus in water. Proc. Soc. Exper. 
 Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1917-18, xv, 67-69. 
 
 Bacillus coli {Identification of). 
 See Bacillvis coli (Culture, etc., of). 
 
 Bacillus coli {Indol formation of). 
 
 DLstaso (A.) Sur la pro&ction de I'indol par le B. coll 
 en mlUeu au tryptophane et sucrf's. Compt. rend. Soc. de 
 biol., Par., 1913, Ixxv, 200.— Fischer (A.) Hemmung der 
 Indolbildung bei Bact. coli in Kulturen mit Zucfcerzusatz. 
 Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1915, Ixx, 105-118.— de Graaff 
 (W. C.) ITntersucimngen iiber Indolbildung des Bacterium 
 coli commune. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1, Abt., Jena, 
 1909, xhx, Orig., 175-178.— Rlvas. Studies on indol. The 
 amino acids for the detection of this .substance in B. coU 
 cultures, after six hours incubation. Ibid., 1912, Ixiii, Orig., 
 547-550. — Rougentzofl (D.) La fermentation de divers 
 sucres par le B. coli et la production de I'indol. Compt. 
 rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1913, Ixxlv, 1098-1100.— Smlmow 
 (R.M.) Variationsinindolproduction[ofB.coli]. Science, 
 N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1915, n. s., xU, 623.— Tobey (E.N.) 
 The methods for testing the indol reaction. J. Med. Re- 
 search, Bost., 1906, XV, 301-304. 
 
 Bacillus coli {Infection hy). 
 
 See, also. Bladder {Mfection of); TTrinary 
 organs {Bacillus coli infection of). 
 
 Amalfi (G. ) Eicerche sperimentali sulla tem- 
 peratura degli animali sottoposti all' azione del 
 bacterium coli commune. 8°. Napoli, 1902. 
 
 Bahedt (H, R.) *Zur Pathogenese der Bak- 
 terium Coli-Gruppe. 8°. Leipzig, 1902. 
 
 BiRCH-HiKSCHFELD (G. V. A.) *Zur Beur- 
 teilung des Bakterium coli commune (Escherich) 
 als Krankheitserreger und iiber eein postmor- 
 tales Eindringen in die Gewebe. 8°- Leipzig, 
 1896. 
 
 Hbrk (R.) *Ueber die Virulenz des Bacte- 
 rium coli commune. 8°. Heidelberg, 1896. 
 
 Legahn (A. F.) *Ueber intravenose Injec- 
 tion des Bacterium coli commune. 8°. Berlin, 
 1896. 
 
 Paravicini (K.) *Steigerung der Virulenz 
 des Bacterium coli commune oei Gegenwart 
 von Faulnisbacterien. [Erlangen.] 8°. Bret- 
 tm, 1897, 
 
 VoGEL (0. E.) *Die Seuche unter den Agoni 
 des Lago di Lugano (Golibacillosis alosse fintse). 
 [Bern.]; 8°. Leipzig, 1903. 
 
 Also, in: Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infectionskr., Leipz., 1903, 
 xliv, 281-322. 
 
 Abraml (P.) & Fernet (P.) Septicdmie coIibacUlaire; 
 endocardite et pSricardite; pleurfeie purulente; mSningite 
 suppurfe; hSmi-atrophie consecutive; gu&ison. J. de mSd. 
 int.. Par., 1909, xiii, 346-348.- Ameill (J. R.) Report of a 
 case of infection of theurinary tract by the colon bacillus sim- 
 ulating ursemia. Univ. Colorado M. Bull., Boudler, 1905-6, 
 ii, 20-24.— Beddard (A. P.) Infection of the colon by the 
 blue coUform bacillus. Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1916, xxx, 
 39-41.— Blackader (A. D.) & GiUies (B. D.) A case of 
 general infection by the colon bacUlus with rapidly fatal 
 septicaemia and hsemoglobinsemia. Tr. Ass. Am. Physi- 
 cians, Phila., 1906, xxi, 268-277. Also: N. York M. J. [etc.], 
 1907, Ixxxv, 483485. Also, Reprint.— Bluitientlial (F.) & 
 Hanun (A.) Bakteriologisches und Klinisches iiber Coli 
 und Paracolunfektionen. Mitt. a. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. 
 Chir., Jena, 1908, iv, 642-672.— Bluth (G.) Ueber Koli- 
 Automfektion mit Beriietsiehtigung von 3 Fallen eigener 
 Beobachtung, Med. Klin., Berl., 1908, iv, 1375-1377.— 
 Boross (E.) [Aufovaccination through chronic diseases of 
 the kidneys, bladder, and prostate gland by the colon 
 bacillus.] Orvosi hetd., Budapest, 1909, liu, 758-761.— 
 Bouiet. Sur un eas d'infection colibacillaire post-partum. 
 Gaz. znii. de Nantes, 1909, 2. s., xxvii, 722-730.— Brian (O.) 
 
BACILLUS. 
 
 250 
 
 BACILLUS. 
 
 Bacillus coli {Infection ly). 
 
 Ueber AUgemeininlektion durch Bacterium coU commune 
 (Cohsepsis). Deutsches Arch. 1. Jdin. Med., Leipz., 1912, 
 cvi, 379-399.— Briscoe (J. C.) On certain B. coli infections. 
 Lancet, Lend., 1909, ii, 1269-1273.— Burch (J. H.) Colon 
 baciUus infection. N. York M. J., 1902, Ixxv, 938.— Burcl 
 (J.) & Daddl (G.) Eicerche sperimentali sopra le varia- 
 ziom di numero e del potere patogeuo del Bacterium coli 
 contenuto nell' intestine riferibili a condizioni create dalle 
 operazioni nell' addome. Boll. Soo. med. pisana, 1894, i, 
 14.— vau Capelle (T. J.) Eet verband tusschen coll, gas- 
 vorming en haemorrhagien. Tijdschr. v. diergeneesk., 
 Utrecht, 1917, xliv, 713.— Charlton (G. A.) A study of 
 chronic mtection and subintection by the colon bacillus. J. 
 Med. Resoarch, Best., 1902, vui, 344-381: 1904, 2d, 607, 1 pi.— 
 Colin (T.) & Belter (H.) Klinische und serologische 
 Untersuchungen bei Hameitenmgen dutch Bacterium coli. 
 Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1913, 1, 441; 492.— Cramp (W. C.) 
 A consideration pi gas bacillus-infection with special reference 
 to treatment; a r^um^ of the literature and a report of 
 twenty-five new eases. Ann. Sure., Phila., 1912, Ivi, 544- 
 564.— Cuturl (F.) Contribution cunique et experimentale 
 k r^tude de I'action du Bacterium coli sur le rein. Ann. d. 
 raal. d. org. gtoito-urin.. Par., 1911, 1, 514-528.— Davis (E. 
 P.) Infection with the BacUluscoli communis, complicating 
 pregnancy, labor, and the puerperal state; its mecucal aad 
 surgical treatment. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1914, Ixx, 222-227. 
 . Colon bacillus Infection, extragenital, complicating 
 
 gregnancy and the puerperal state. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., 
 hicago, 1918, xxvi, 189-192.— De Blast (D.) Dialisi del 
 liquido peritoneale aggressinico nell' infezione sperimentalc. 
 da B. coli. Ann. d'ig. sper., Roma, 1907, n. s., xvii, 253-261. 
 Also .■ Bull. d. r. Accad. med. di Roma, 1907, xxxiii, 176-184. — 
 De Ltce (J. B.) A case of Bacillus coli communis infection. 
 Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1902, xlvi, 402-404.— Dick (J. S.) Ba- 
 cillus coli infections, with special reference to their recogni- 
 tion and comparative frequency. Brit. M. J., Lend., 1910, 
 ii, 1301.— Dorman (F. A.) The Bacillus coU infections 
 durinepregnancy and thepuerperium. Am. J. Obst.j N. Y., 
 1914, bcx, 487-489. Also: Med. Rec, N. Y., 1914, Ixxxvi, 
 222. — Durante (D.) Influenza delle iniezioni di siero di 
 sangue nelle infezioni colfbadllari sperimentali. Pediatria, 
 Napoli. 1903, 2. s., i, 211-221.— Enrlght U. I.) & Bahr 
 (P. H.) On a pysemia due to organisms of the Bacillus coli 
 group occurring in Turkish soldiers. Lancet, Lend. , 1918, ii, 
 685-587.— Brben (F.) Ein FaU von Parakolonbazillenlnfek- 
 tion. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1905, xxx, 125; 141. — Evans 
 (J.) & Sailer (J.) A case of colon infection simulating ty- 
 phoid fever. Univ. Penn. M. Bull. , PhUa., 1903-4, xvi, 138- 
 140.— Faunce (C. B.) Acute toxemia caused by infection 
 of the throat by the colon bacillus. Boston M. & S. J., 1911, 
 clxiv, 613. — ^Fehllng (H.) Ueber Koliinfektionen. Miin- 
 chen. med. 'WchnsaBr., 1907, liv, 1313.— Fejes (L.) Bacte- 
 rium coU commune als Krankheitserreger una als Sapro- 
 phyt beim Menschen. Deutsche Med. Wchnschr., Berl. & 
 Leipz., 1910, xxxvl, 1606-1609. . [Capacity for infec- 
 tion 01 the Bacterium coli commune.] Orvoiitud. ^rtek. 
 gyiijt. Magy. orv. Arch., Budapest, 1910, fl. f., xi, 132-146. 
 
 . Ueber Colisepsis. Beitr. z. Elin. d. Infektionskr., 
 
 Wurzb., 1913, i, 675-595.— Flnlzlo (G.) Influenza del- 
 r infezione colibacillare sul bilaneio dell' azoto e sui processi 
 ossidativi organici. Pediatria, Napoli, 1903, 2. s., i, 352- 
 363. — Giuranna (G.I).) Alterazioniistologiche del miooar- 
 dio nella infezione da Bacterium coU. CUn. mod., Pisa, 1902, 
 Tiii, 617-519. Also: Lavori d. Cong, .di med. int. 1902, 
 Roma, 1903, xii, 591-595.— G6mei (S. A.) El bacilus 
 coli communis y las enterocohtis epid^micas. Bev. m^d. 
 de Bogota, 1903-4, 327-331. — Gomot. Plusieurs cas d'inteo- 
 tion k coU-bacilles simiilant la fifevre typhoide. Ann. m6d.- 
 chir. du centre. Tours, 1904, iv, 491.— GyOrgy (P.) Ueber 
 parakoUbazillare Intektionen. Wien. klin. Wehiischr., 1917, 
 XXX, 233-235. — Haibe (A.) Intoxication alimentaire 
 causfe par un coli-bacille virulent. [Bap. de Malvoz, p. 180.] 
 Bull. Acad. roy. de mfid. de Belg., Brux., 1911, 4. s., xxv, 
 348-364. Also: Presse m4d. beige, Brux., 1911, Ixiii, 307- 
 309.— Hall ( J. N.) General and local Infection by the Bacte- 
 rium coli, with report of cases. Denver M. Times, 1899-1900, 
 six, 238-244. Also [Abstr.]: Phila. M. J., 1899, Iv, 1287. 
 Also, Reprint.— Hamm (A.) Ein seltener Eall von Eloli- 
 pyamie; zugleioh ein Bpiteag zur kUnischen Bedeutung des 
 BakterienanaphylatoxEis. Mfinchen. med. Wchnschr., 
 1913, Jx, 292-294.— Hartwell (J. A.) Cholangeitis due to 
 colon bacillus infection. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1908, xlviii, 
 923. — ^Hei^og (MO Haematogene Infection durch den 
 Colon-Bacillus. N. Yorker med. Monatschr., 1903, xv, 122- 
 125. — ^Holzman (A.) Two cases of colon bactersemia. 
 Long Island M. J., Broolyn, 1913, vii, 376-378.— van Hoo- 
 genhuyze (C J. C.) & de Kleljen (A.) Een geval van 
 septichaemie in aansluiting aan een cnronische middenoor- 
 ontsteking met sinusthrombose, veroorzaakt door den 
 Bacillus coli communis. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., 
 Amst., 1916, ii, 401-420.— IngravaUe (A.) Infezioni da 
 Bacterium coli. Eiv. med., Milano, 1908, xvi, 90-92.— 
 iDvane (A.) n glicogeno epatico nelle infezioni e nelle in- 
 tossicazioni coIibaeiUari. Pediatria, Napoli, 1903, 2. s., i, 
 
 849-S54. . Influenza dell'infezione e dell' intossica- 
 
 zione colibacillare acuta e cronica sui gangli nervosi intra- 
 cardiac!, intragastrici ed intraiatestinali. IIM., 1904, 2. s., ii. 
 
 Bacillus coli (Infection ly). 
 
 396-412y 1 pi.— IsaboUnsky (M.) & Patzewitsch (B.) Zur 
 
 Frage uber den diagnostischen Wert der Prazi^tationsreak- 
 tion bei der Infektion mit der Typhus-Coh-Gruppe und 
 besonders bei Eleischvergiftungen. Centralbl. (. BaJrteriol. 
 [etc.], 1. Abt, Jena, 1913, bcx, Orig., 192-199.— Jacob (L.) 
 Ueber Allgemeininfektion durch Bacterium coli commune. 
 Deutsche Arch. f. kiln. Med., Leipz., 1909, xcvli, 303-347.— 
 Jacoby (A.) A case of infection by the Bacillus coli com- 
 munis. N.Orl.M.&S-.J.,1902-3,lv,678-584. ^ too [Abstr.]: 
 N. York M. J., 1903, Ixxvii, 735.— Jaeger (A. S.) Post- 
 operative gangrene of abdominal muscles, resulting in 
 erosion of deep epigastric artery, due to colon bacillus infec- 
 tion. Indianapolis Mi J., 1914, xvii, 339-341.— Jatta (M.) 
 La serodiagnostica nelle infezioni da coli. B. 1st. Lomb. di 
 so. e lett. Eendic, Milano, 1901, 2. s., xxxiv, 768-772. — . 
 Jensen (C. O . ) Bacterium coli commune als Krankheitser- 
 reger bei Tieren. Ergebn. d. allg. Path. u. jpath. Anat. 
 [etc.] 1897, Wiesb., 1899, iv, 819-829.— Kemp (R; C.) Colon 
 baciUus infections, with report of double pneumonia and 
 purulent bronchitis (colon mfection), with recovery. Bos- 
 ton M. .& S. J., 1911, clxv, 819-827.— KoU (I. S.) An experi- 
 mental and chnical study of colon bacillus infections of the 
 urinary tract. Tr. Am. Urol. Ass. 1911, Brookline, 1912, v, 
 94-110. [Discussion], 119-129. Also: Lancet<;linic,Cinoin., 
 1912, cvu, 276-280.— Kooyman (A.) & van Boojen (J.) 
 Een geval van coli-sepsis. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., 
 Amst, 1915, i, 1116-1124.— Kornfeld (F.) Ueber Coliurie 
 
 . und Colitoxamie. Beibl. z. d. Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. Inn. 
 Med. u. Kinderh. in Wien, 1908, vii, 173-192. Also: Wien. 
 med. Wchnschr., 1908, Iviii, 1237; 1299; 1366.— Lartlgau 
 (A. J.) The Bacillus coU communis in human infections. 
 J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1902, xxxviii, 930-938.— Lemlerre 
 (A.) & Michanx. Infection urinaire caus^ par un baciUe du 
 CToupe coU-typhique au cours d'une ent&ite dysentSriforme. 
 BulL et mi5m. Soc. m^d. d. hOp. de Par., 1917, 3. s., xli, 484- 
 487. — Lent! (P.) La vimlenza e la tossicit^ del Bacterium 
 coli commune in rapporto a varii terreni di nutrizione. Biv, 
 intemaz. d'ig., Napoh, 1897, viii, 410-429. — Llebemieist«r 
 (G.) Ueber die Bedeutung des Bacterium coli fUr die 
 
 . menschUche Pathologic mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung 
 der Infektion der Harnwege und der septischen Erkrankun- 
 gen. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1906, lix, 473-489.— linde- 
 mann (A.) Ueber AUgemeinlnfektionen des menschli- 
 chen EBrpers durch Bacterium coll commune. Med. Klin., 
 Beri., 1910, vi, 1253-1257.— Log-Peluflo (G.) Sul potere 
 patogeno che il Bacterium coli esercita nel cane. Biforma 
 med., Eoma, 1902, xviii, pt. 4, 470-472.— Lucciarlnl (T.) 
 Sopra un caso d'iniezione da Bacterium coh. Liguria med., 
 Genova, 1914, viii, 253-255.— Luger (A.) Ueber Kolibazil- 
 lose unter dem Bilde einer akuten Polyarthritis. Beibl. z. 
 d. Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f . inn. Med. u. Kinderh. in Wien, 1913, 
 xii, 34-45. Also: Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1913, bdii, 665- 
 572. — ^Lyman (C. B.) Colon bacillus infection of the uri- 
 nary tract. Northwest Med., Seattle, 1911, n. s., iii, 31-34. — 
 Mackey (L. G. J.) A post-graduate lecture on infection of 
 the urinary tract by BaciUus coli. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1912, i, 
 994-998.— de Magalhaes (B.) Colibacillose. Gaz. clln., 
 S. Paulo, 1904, ii, 45-53.— MartlnelU (A.) Unaepidemia da 
 colibacillo. Riforma med., Palermo-Napoli, 1904, xX(2-7. — 
 MassinI (R.) Nahmngsmittelvergiftungen durch Bakte- 
 rien der Coll-Paratyphusgruppe. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. 
 Aerzte, Basel, 1914, xliv, 2; 40.— Maymone (B.) Sul 
 passaggio del colibacillo in circolo in conseguenza di enteror- 
 ragie. Arch, per le sc. med., Torino, 1916, xl, 256-263. — 
 Meinlcke (E.) Zur Frage der ParafeolibaziUosen. Med. 
 Klin., Berl., 1909, v, 212-215.— MelUn (G.) Ueber die 
 Virulenz des aus Kinderstiihlen gewonnenen Bacterium 
 coli commune. Verhandl. d. Versamml. d. Gesellsch. t. 
 Kinderh. . . . deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerte 1899, Wiesb., 1900, 
 xvi, 29-37.^VIezzena (E.) Colo-tifo. PoUdin., Eoma, 
 1908, XV, sez. prat., 949-951.— Murray (J. G.) A series of 
 eases of very acute infections with the Bacillus coll com- 
 munis. InaianM. Gaz., Calcutta, 1909, xliv, 78. — Neustadtl 
 (B.) & Stelner (F.) Ueber gelia.iftauftretende Kolibazil- 
 losen mit paratyphusartigem Krankheitsverlaufe. Wien. 
 khn. Wchnschr., 1918, xxxi, 415-421.— Paller (M. E.) De 
 rol van de muis in de verbreiding van ziekten veroorzaakt 
 door diplococcen en colibaoillen. Geneesk. Courant, Amst., 
 1908, Ixii, 280.— Phillips (J.) Colon bacillus infections. 
 Cleveland: M. J., 1918, xvii, 215-225.— Pinto (J.) Colibacil- 
 loses. Brazil-med., Bio de Jan., 1905, xix, 432.— Bavris 
 (R. M.) Bacillus coli infection as a compUcation in gyne- 
 cology and obstetrics. Tr. Am. Gynec. Soc, Phila., 1915, 
 xl, 475-607.— Btn^rose (E . ) The Bacillus coU communis in 
 pathological conditions. Med. Times, Lond., 1910, xxxviii, 
 340-343.— Bogers (L.) Genito-urinary Bacillus coli infec- 
 tion as a frequent cause of fever in India, especially after 
 child-birth and gynsecological operations. Indian M. Gaz., 
 Calcutta, 1909, xliv, suppl., 19-22. Also, Eeprint. Also: 
 Therapist, Lond. , 1910, xx, 1-4. A Iso, Reprint.— Bolleston 
 (E. D.) Discussion on the pathogenic effect of B. coli. 
 Brit. M. J., Lond., 1911, ii, 1188-1192.— Sailer (J.) Three 
 cases of colon infection. Tr. Am. Gastro-Enterol. Ass., St. 
 Louis^ 1917, xii, 164-169. Also: Med. & Surg., St. Louis, 
 1917, 1, 473-477.— Sameie (E.) Su di un caso di setticemia 
 colibacillare da ostriche. Oazz. d. osp., Milano, 1905, xxv. 
 
BACILLUS. 
 
 251 
 
 BACILLUS. 
 
 Bacillus coli (Infection hy) . 
 
 1117-1119.— Savage (W . G.) The characters of the Bacillus 
 coli as an indicator of excretal contamination. Lancet, 
 Lond., 19054, 284-288.— von Schrfitter (H.) & Weinberger 
 (M.) Zur Kennthis der Kolibazillose der Eesplrationsor- 
 gane. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1908, xxi, 505-510.— Seln (F.) 
 CoUhacilosis jralmonai. Bol. Asoc. raid, de Puerto-Rico, 
 San Juan, P.'E.,1904,U,279-281.— Sellger(P.) Derpatho- 
 geneKolibazillusundsemeBeziehungenzum^entralnerven- 
 
 system'. Fortschr. d. Med., Berl., 1911, xxix, 536. ■ . 
 
 Die Pathogenitat des Kolibazillus. Frauenarzt, Leipz., 
 1914, xxxlx, 5-7.— Slcurlanl (P.) Intorno ad nno speciale 
 tipo di infezione enterica da Bacterium coli. Eiforma med., 
 Palermo-Napoll, 1904, xx, 512-514.— Slon (V.) & Negel (V.) 
 Ueber eine von einem atypisohen Colibacillus veranlasste 
 typhusahnliche Hausepidemie hydrischen Ursprunges. 
 Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1902, xxxii, 481; 
 581; 679.— SoUerl (S.) Elcerche sperimentali sulle modifl- 
 cazioni della Jesistenza del peritoneo alia infezione da Bacte- 
 rium coll in seguito ad infezionl endo-peritoneali di diverse 
 sostanze e lore applicazioni alia chirurgia addominale nel- 
 r uomo. Eiforma med^ Eoma, 1901, xvii, pt. 3, 38; 50; 64. — 
 StuddUord (W. E.) Gynecological conditions due to the 
 Bacillus coli. Am. J. Obst, N. Y., 1914, Ixx, 489-491.— 
 Sutheiland (G. A.) [Infection by the Bacillus coU.] 
 ■ Clin. J., Lend., 1911-12, xxxix, 331-333.— Turck (P. B.) 
 The diagnosis of toxemias due to the BacUlus coll communis. 
 Arch. Diagn., N. Y., 1911, iv, 38-41. . Diseases pro- 
 duced by the Bacillus coli communis in the intestmes; 
 etiology, diagnosis, and treatment. Intemat. Clin., Phlla. 
 & Lond., 1911, 21. s., li, 30-64.— TJhlenliutli. Beitrag zur 
 Pathogenitat des Bacterium coll commune. Ztschr. 1. Hyg. 
 u. Infectionskraukh., Leipz., 1897, xxvi, 476-480.— Van Bs 
 (L.) ColibacUlosis. Am. Vet. Eev., N. Y., 1910, xxxvli, 
 201-206.— Vautrin. L'infectiou eolibacillaire en chirurgie 
 abdominale. Eev. de gynfio. et de chir. abd.. Par., 1901, v, 
 935-962.— Vincenzo (L.) Di un' epidemia di disturbi 
 intestinali da un colibacillo virulento nell' acqua potabile. 
 Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1904, xxv, 741.— Wldal (F.J Sur la 
 s^ro-r&ction dans les infections coli-baoUlaires. Coinpt. 
 
 rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1897, 10. s., iv, 902. . Les 
 
 colibaeilloses et les paracolibaciHoses. Belgique mfid., 
 Gand-Haarlem, 1903, x, 597-601. Also [Abstr.]: Eev. g&. 
 
 de clin. et de th^rap.. Par., 1903, xvii, 545. . Infection 
 
 coli-baoillaire. J. de m^d. et chir. prat.. Par., 1903, Ixxiv, 
 817-820.— Wiens. Zur Kasuistik der Kollbakteriamie. 
 Miinchen. med. "Wchnschr., 1909, Ivi, 962-964.— Wilson (W. 
 J.) Bacteriological observations on colon bacilli infecting 
 the urinary tract, with special remarks on certain colon 
 bacilli of the anaerogenes class. J. Hyg., Cambridge, 1908, 
 viii, 643-552.— Zschokke (E.) Ueber coli-baciUare Infek- 
 tionen. Schweiz. Arch. f. Tierh., Ziirioh, 1900, xlii, 20-29. 
 
 Bacillus coli (Infection ly, Treatment of) . 
 
 Arucb & Marlotti. Sugll efletti delle iniezioni preven- 
 tive di ioduro potassico nella colibacillosi. Aim. a. Fac. 
 di med., Perugia, 1901, 3. s., i, 121-126.— Claverie. Eflets du 
 camphorate de pyramidon dans la cohbacillbse. Eev. mgd. 
 de I'Afrique du nord, Alger, 1903, vi, 2253.— Davis (D. J.I 
 Immune bodies in lurmary infections with colon bacilli and 
 treatment by inoculation. J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1909, vi, 
 224-244.— Dudgeon (L. 9.) Bacillus coli infections and 
 their treatment by vaccines. Med. Mag., Lond., 1910, xlx, 
 288-296.— Hugel (E.) Zur Behandlung der Coh-lnfektion. 
 Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1915, xcv, 633-639.— Mbarne 
 (J.) Contribuci<5nalestudiodelavacunacoliKraus-Mazza. 
 Prensa mid. argentina, Buenos Aires, 1914-15, i, 356-368. — 
 Kollmann (F.) Ueber Schnellimmunisirung von Meer- 
 schweinchen gegen Bact. coli commune una eine neue 
 Methode, die Virulenz der Colibacillen zu steigern. Hyg. 
 Eundschau, Berl., 1897, vii, 685-591.— laoyd-Wffliams 
 (I. H.) Lactic acid in Bacillus coli infections. Arch. Mid- 
 dlesex Hosp., Lond., 1914-16, xxxii, Clin, s., 49-52. Also: 
 
 Middlesex Hosp. J., 1914-15, xviii, 206-214. • . Lactic 
 
 acid in BacUlus coli infections. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 
 1916, cil, 298.— Maklns (G. H.) A note on the value of 
 anti-colon bacillus serum. Tr. Clin. Soc. Lond., 1907, xl, 
 146-165.— Nlssle (A.) Die antagonistische Behandlung 
 chronischer Darmstorungen nut Collbakterien. Med. 
 Klin., Berl., 1918, xiv, 29-33.— Plaundler (M.)" Spezielle 
 Immunitatslehre betreffend Bacterium coB. Handb. d. 
 path. Mikroorg., Jena, 1904, 905-928.— Smith (P.) & Quick 
 (C. F.H.) The sedimentlngeflects of the sera of horses and 
 sheep oil Bacillus typhosus and Bacillus coli. J. Eoy. 
 Army Med. Corps, Lond., 1911, xvi, 196.— Stone (W. B.) 
 Autogenous vaccines in colon bacUlus Infections. Albany 
 M. Ann., 1914, xxxv, 135-140. 
 
 Bacillus coli (Infection hy) in animals. 
 Neumann ([J. A.] K.) *Beitrag zur Biologie 
 des Erregers der Kalbemihr- ColibacUlosis. 
 [GiessenO 8°. Jena, 1908. 
 
 Baer. Em Beitrag zu den coUbaeiUaren Infektionen des 
 Kalbes. Schweiz.-Arch. f. Tierh., Zilrich, 1902, xllv, 223- 
 228. — Brandels & Peyronny. ColibaolUose chez un chlen. 
 J. de mSd. de Bordeaux, 1913, xliii, 439.— Cesar (J. P.) 
 
 Bacillus coli (Infection hy) in animals. 
 
 Pesquiza do coli-bacUlo nos vertebrados inferiores. Med.- 
 contemp., Lisb., 1914, xxxii, 339-342.— De Blasl (D.) In- 
 torno ad una epizoozia da B. coli commune nei_piccioni. 
 Clin, vet., Milano, 1908, xxix, 820-825.— Kovirzik (K.) Meer- 
 schweinchenepizootie, durch eine Varietat des Cohbacillus 
 verursacht. Centralbl.f. Bakteriol.[etc.],l. Abt.,Jena,1903, 
 xxiii, 143-149. — Neumann (G.) Beitrag zur Kenntnis der 
 Erreger der Kalberruhr, speziell der CoUbacillose. Ibid., 
 1907, xliv, Orig., 213-223.— BoncagUo (G.) Intorno a un 
 caso di colibacillosi nel pappagalTo. Boll. d. Soc. med.- 
 chir. di Modena, 1914, xvi, 575-585. Also: N. JSrcolani, 
 Pisa, 1915, XX, 196; 209.— Spissu (P.) Infezione da B. 
 coli nelle anitre. N. Ercolani, Pisa, 1907, xii, 469- 
 472.— Stoluikofl (V. I.) [Colon bacillus in geese,] Arch, 
 vet., nauk, S.-Peterb., 1913, xliii, pt. 2, 77-82.— Van der 
 Heyden. La collbacillose ou diarrhee des jeunes animaux. 
 Ann. de mid. vit., Brux., 1910, lix, 13-26.— Warnecke (H.) 
 Op boutvuur gelikende spieraandoening bij kalveren veroor- 
 zaakt door een coliachtige bacil. Tijdschr. v. diergeneesk., 
 Utrecht, 1917, xUv, 537-539. 
 
 Bacillus coli (Infection hy) in children. 
 
 Zeiss (H.) *Der diagnostische Wert der 
 Darmcoliagglutination in der Pathologie des 
 Sauglings. [Freiburgi.Br.] 8°. Darmstadt,1913. 
 
 Also, in: Ztschr. f. Kinderh., Berl., 1913, viii, Orig., 
 76-87. 
 
 Campanile (L.) & Sorrentino (G.) L'ematologia 
 dell' intossicazione sperimentale da prodotti del B. coh e 
 da estratti di materie fecali di bambini affetti da gastro- 
 enterite. Pediatria, Napoli, 1906, 2. s., iv, 89-121.— Cat- 
 taneo (C.) Meningite e pleurite da B. coli nell' infanzia, 
 Atti d. Soc. lomb. di so. med. e biol., Milano, 1916-16, v, 142- 
 150. — Curtl (E.) Cohbacillosi infantiii simuianti le forme 
 tifoidi. Atti d. Cong, pediat. ital. 1898, Tormo, 1900, iu, 141.— 
 Hartshorn (M.W.) Bacillus coli Infections in infancy and 
 early life. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1914, Ixx, 482-484. Also: 
 Med. Eec, N. Y., 1914, Ixxxvi, 288-291.— Michael (May). 
 Eecovery of the colon bacillus from the spinal fluid of a five 
 months' oldinfant. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1916, xxxii, 280. — 
 MoU (L.) Zur Kenntnis der KoUzystitis una ihrer Kom- 
 plikationen (Kolimeningltis) bel SaugUngen. Prag. med. 
 Wchnschr., 1907, xxxii, 501-504.— Morse (J. L.) Infection 
 of the urine and the urinary tract by Bacillus coli in infancy. 
 Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1909, cxxxvui, 313-329. Also, 
 Eeprint. 
 
 Bacillus coli (Morjphology of). 
 
 See Bacillus coli {Biology and "morphology of). 
 
 Bacillus coli (Serology of). 
 
 See, also. Bacillus coli (Agglutination of). 
 
 DuYSENS_(E.) *Der Einfluss der Immunitat 
 nit Colibacillen auf die Colivegetation in den 
 Barmen. 8°. Mastricht, 1910. 
 
 Amiradzibl (S.) Zur Frageder Serodiagnose des B. coli, 
 zugleich eln Beitrag zur Verscliiedenheit der Antikorper 
 (Agglutinine, Borde1>Gengous Antikorper, Anaphylafc- 
 tisehe Eeaktiouskorper). Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. 
 exper. Therap., Jena, 1910,^, 338-343.— Christophers (S. 
 E.) Note on the specific action of normal human serum 
 upon the Bacillus coli communis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1898, 
 i, 71. Also: Thompson Yates Lab. Eep. 1898-9, Liverpool, 
 1900, ii, 9-11.— Levi deUaVlda (M.) Di alcune propriety 
 degli essudati aggressinici e delle endotossine del B. coli 
 commune. Ann. d'ig. sper., Eoma, 1908, n. s., xviii, 
 91-102.— Mackle (T. J.) The immunity reactions ol the 
 coU group. J. Path. & Bacterid., Cambridge, 1913-14, 
 xvUi, 137-144.— Salus (G.) Das Aggressiu des Colibak- 
 terium mit besonderer Eiicksicht auf seine Spezifltat. 
 Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1905, xviii, 660-662.— Scarano (P.) 
 Sulle aggressine del Bacterium coli. Eiforma med., Palermo- 
 Napoll, 1907, xxJli, 66-67.— Stoppato (N.) Delia sierorea- 
 zione omologa ed eterologa del B. coU commune di adulto, 
 lattante al seno, al poppatojo (con latte vaccine cotto) e 
 bovino (vacca e vitello); tutti normaU. Pediatria, Napoli, 
 1905, 2. s., iii, 22-26.— Vaughan (V. C.) The production 
 of active immunity with the spHt products of the colon 
 bacUlus. J. Med. Eesearoh, Bost., 1905-6, xiv, 67-88. 
 
 Bacillus coli (Staining of). 
 See Bacillus coli (Culture, etc., of) . 
 
 fegato 
 
 Bacillus coli ( Toxins and toxicity of) 
 
 Lo Ke (M.) & MannelU (M.) Da lunzione del „. 
 
 sulle tossine del colibacUlo. Pediatria, Napoli, 1908, 2. s 
 vi, 1-11.— MarshaU (C. E.) The toxicity of the ceUular 
 substance of the colon bacUlus. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians 
 Phila., 1902, xvii, 298-312.— Nobel (E.) Zur Kenntnis des 
 temperatursteigernden Giftes des Bacterium coli commune 
 Arch. f. eiper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 191H2, Ixvlii, 
 371-382.— Petrone (G.) Azione dei prodotti del Bacterium 
 coli suU' organismo infantile. Atti d. Cong, pediat. ital. 
 
BACILLUS. 
 
 252 
 
 BACILLUS. 
 
 Bacillus coli (Toxins and toxicity of). 
 
 1898, Torino, 1900, iii, 101.— Pulvlrenti-Ainore(F.) Alte- 
 razioni isto-patologiche nelle iutossica^ioni croniclie da 
 tossina di Bacterium coli. Ann. d'ig. sper., Roma, 1903, 
 n. s., xlii, 447-465, 2pl.— Spampinato (G.) L'ingestione 
 del Bacterium eoll durante diverse alimentazioni, in rap- 
 porto alia tossicitk, alia quantity ed alia virulenza deUo 
 stesso batterio nel contenuto intestinale. Mi., 39.5-400.— 
 Valagussa (F.) SuU' azione del prodotti solubili del 
 Baft, coli suir organismo animals. Atti d. Cong, pediat. 
 ital. 1898, Torino, 1900, iii, 102-104.— Vaugian (V. C.) 
 The tctxin of the colon bacillus. Tr. M. Soc. N. Y., 1901, 
 101-107. Also: Am. Med., Phila., 1901, i, 302-304. AUo, 
 
 Eeprint. . . The action of the intracellular poison of 
 
 the colon bacillus. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1905, xliv, 
 1340-1346.— Wheeler (Sybil M.) The extraction of the in- 
 tracellular toxin of the colon bacillus, with a preliminary 
 statement concerning its physical and chemical properties 
 lUd., 1271-1274. 
 
 Bacillus coli (Varieties and variability 
 
 of). 
 
 See, also. Bacillus pyogenes. 
 
 BuRK (A.) *Uiitersucliungen tiber Bakterien 
 der Coli-Gmppe. 8°. Jena, 1908. 
 
 Also, in: Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 
 1907, xlv, Orig., 677-599. 
 
 GuBKBET (M. E.) *Contribution a I'^tude 
 des bacilles du groupe coli-Eberth; ^tude de la 
 fermentation du glucose par un bacille du 
 groupe paratyphique. [Paris.] 8°. Rouen, 
 1906. 
 
 Ecole de pharmacie. 
 
 — . *Contribution k I'^tude des bacilles 
 
 du groupe coli-typhique; ^tude du pouvoir r6- 
 ducteur de ces bacilles sur les nitrates, les sels 
 ferriques, le rouge neutre. 8°. Paris, 1911. 
 
 !^cole de pharmacie. 
 
 Massini (R.) *Ueber einen in biologischer 
 Beziehung interessanten Kolistamm (Bacte- 
 rium coli mutabile). Ein Beitrag zur Variation 
 bei Bakterien. [Basel.] 8°. Miinchen, 1907. 
 
 Also, in: Arch. f. Hyg., Miinchen & Berl., 1907, Ixi, 250- 
 292, 1 diag. 
 
 Altmann (K.) & Bautli (A.) Experimentelle Studien 
 fiber serologisch nachweisbare Variationen beim Bac- 
 terium coli. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch.^ Jena, 1910, vii, 
 629-655.— Baerthlelu. XJntersuchungen liber Bact. coli 
 mutabile. Centralbl. t. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1912, 
 Ixvi, Orig. , 21-35. — Brazzola ^F. ) Ricerche suUe mutazionl 
 (variazioni) del gruppo coli-tifo. Mem. r. Accad. d. sc. d. 
 1st. di Bologna, 1912, 6. s. , viii, 361-365.— Burling (Helen A. ) 
 & Levine (M.) Concentration of glucose and lactose and 
 viability of ooli-like bacteria. Am. J. Pub. Health, Con- 
 cord, N. H., 1918, viii, 306.— Burrl (R.) Ueber scheinbar 
 sprungweises Auftreten neuer Eieenschaften bei Bakterien 
 del Collgruppe. Mitt. d. naturf. Gesellsch. in Bern, 1910-11, 
 p. vi.— Burrl (R.) & Andrejew (P.) Vergleichende Unter- 
 suchung einiger Coli- und Paratyphusstamme. Centralbl. 
 f. Bakteriol. fete], 1. Abt., Jena, 1910, Ivi, Orig., 217-233.— 
 Burrl (R.) & Duggell (M.) Beitrage zur Systematik der 
 Coli-aerogenes-Gruppe, nebst Beschreibung einer neuen 
 Methode zur Untersuchung der Garungsgase. Ibid., 1909, 
 xlix, Orig., 145-174.— Burton. (L. V.) & Kettger (L. F.) 
 Correlations in the colon-aerogenes group. J. Infect. Dis., 
 Chicago, 1917, xxi, 162-195.— Cadiz C. (M.) Sobre el Ba- 
 cillus coli-commune de algunos animales. Rev. chilena de 
 hij., Sant. de Chile, 1896-7, iii, 115-125, 1 pi.— Cany (G.) 
 Les races coU bacillaires; 6tude de la s&o-r^actiou indivi- 
 duelle. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1902, 
 xxxii, 769-775, 1 diag. AUo, transl. [Abstr.l: Cong, franc. 
 demM. C.-r.,Par.,1902,ii, 180.— Clark (W.M.) A note 
 on Penfold's modifleation of Bacillus coll commums. Sci- 
 ence, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1913, n. s., xxxviil, 669-672.— 
 Clark (W.M.) & Lubs ( H. A.) The differentiation of bac- 
 teria of the colon-aerogenes family by the use of indicators. 
 J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1915, xvi, 160-173. Also [Abstr.].- 
 Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1915, n. s., xlii, 72.— Ford 
 (W. W.) Varieties of colon bacilli isolated from man. 
 Montreal M. J., 1900, xxlx, 835-844, 1 ch. Also, Eeprint. 
 Also [Abstr.]: J. Bost. Soc. M. Sc, 1900-1901, v, 344.— de 
 Gaetano (L.) Kokkenformiges Bacterium coli mit pyo- 
 gener Wirkung Im Menschen und Versuchsthieren. Arch, 
 f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1902, Ixvii, 217-222.— Galll-Valerlo (B.) 
 Sur tm eoli-bacille du hamster. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. 
 [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1901, xxx, 273-276.- HaU (I. W.) & 
 Nlcbolis (F.) Earlier indications of gas formation by 
 coliform organisms; with description of a modifled fer- 
 mentation tube. Lancet, Lond., 1914, ii, 741-743.— Hlrsh- 
 berg (L. K.) Selection and intermediates in BacUlus coli. 
 Biometrika, Cambridge, 1913, ix, pt. 1-2, 331.— Houston 
 (A. 0.) The varieties and significance of B. coli in water 
 
 da 
 
 Bacillus coli (Varieties and variability 
 of). 
 
 suppHes. [Discussion.] Brit. M. J., Lond., 1912, ii, 704- 
 710.— Jackson (D. D.) Classification of the B. coli group. 
 J. Am. Pub. Health Ass., Columbus, Ohio, 1911, i, 930-838. 
 Also: J. Infect. DiSy Chicago, 1911, vlU, 241-261.— Jehie 
 L.)& Plncherle(M.) Ilproblemadellafloraindividuale 
 "a Bacterium coli; sommlnistrazione per os di coli etero- 
 genei. Riv. di cUn. pediat., Firenze, 1909, vii, 637-651. — 
 Jobnsou (B. R.) & Levine (M.) Characteristics of coli-like 
 microorganisms from the soil. J. Bact., Bait, 1917, ii, 379- 
 401.— KUger (I. J.) Studies on the classification of the 
 colon group. J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1914, xv, 187-204. 
 Also [Abstr.]: Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1914, n. s., 
 xxxix, 799.— Klotz (O.) Temporary alteration of character 
 of an organism belonrang to the colon group. J. Infect. 
 Dis., Chicago, 1906, iii, [Suppl. No. 2], 35-39.— Lembke (W.) 
 Bacterium coli anindolioum und Bacterium coli anaero- 
 senes. Arch. f. Hyg., Munchen & Leipz., 1896, xxvii, 
 384-391, 1 pi.— liCvi della Vlda (M.) Sopra U comportar 
 mento di un germe del gnippo dei coli atipici di fronte ai 
 sieri aeglutinanti per il dissenterico di Flexner. Gior. di 
 med. mil., Roma, 1918, Ixvi, 34-39.— McWeeney (E. J.) 
 On the value of coloured substrata for the detection and 
 diflerentiation of the typho-coli group. . Brit. M. J., Lond., 
 1909, ii, 866.— Metcalf (H.) Organisms on the surface of 
 grain, with special reference to Bacillus coli. Science, N. Y. 
 & Lancaster, Pa., 1905, n. s., xxii, 439-441.— Monjaras 
 (J E ) Variations of the colon bacUlus in relation to pubUc 
 health. Am. Pub. Health Ass. Rep. 1900, Columbus, O., 
 1901, xxvl, 314.— Moore (V. A.) & Wright (F. R.) A com- 
 parison of B . coli communis from different species of ammals. 
 J. Bost. Soc. M. Sc, 1899-1900, iv, 176. . Obser- 
 vations on Bacillus coli communis from certain swedes of 
 domesticated animals. Am. Med., Phila., 1902, iii, 504- 
 607. Also: Am. Vet. Bev., N. Y., 1902-3, xxvi, 524-533.— 
 Murray (T. J.) A comparative study of colon bacilli 
 isolated from horse, cow, and man. 3. Infect. Dis., Chi- 
 cago, 1916, xix, 161-174.— Nicoll (W.) On the varieties of 
 Bacillus coli associated with the house-fly (Musca domes- 
 tica). J. Hyg., Cambridge, 1911, xi, 381-389.— Bevls (C.) 
 Milk and the physiological properties of coliform organisms. 
 J. Path. & Baeteriol., Edinb. & Lond., 1908, xii, 228-231. 
 
 IJote on the artificial production of a permanently 
 
 atypical B. coli. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 
 1911, xxxi, 1-4. — '• — . The selective action of media on 
 organisms of the coli group, and its bearing on the question 
 
 of variation in general. Ihid., 1912, xxxiii, 407-423. . . 
 
 The production of variation in the physiological activity 
 of Bacillus coli by the use of malachite-green. Proc. Roy. 
 Soc, Lond., 1912-13, s. B., Ixxxv, 192-194. — . Varia- 
 tion in Bacillus coli; the production of two permanent 
 varieties from one oripnal strain by means 5f brilliant green. 
 Ibid., 1913, Ixxxvi, s. B., 373-376.— Bodet (A.) Des races 
 de B . coli au point de vue de leur aptitude k etre agglu truces 
 par le s^rum des animaux immunisfe; variabilite de cette 
 nropri^tS. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1899, 11. s., 
 1, 348-351. Also: N. Montpel. m^d., 1899, viii, 673-677.— 
 Aogers (L. A.), Clark (W. M.) & Davis (B. J.) The 
 colon group of bacteria. J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1914, xiv, 
 411-475.— Kogers (L. A.), Clark (W. M.) & Evans (AUce 
 C ) The characteristics of bacteria of the colon type found 
 in bovine feces. Ibid., xv, 99-123. Also [Abstr.]: Science, 
 
 N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1914, n. s., xxxix, 799. ■ : 
 
 . The characteristics of bacteria of the colon type 
 
 occurring on grains. J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1915, xvi, 
 137-159. Also [Abstr.l: Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 
 1916, n. s., xli, 624.— Kogers (L. A.), Clark (W. M.) & 
 Lubs (H. A.) The characteristics of bacteria of the colon 
 type occurring in human feces. J. Bact., Bait., 1916, i, 82.— 
 Sauerbeck (E.) Ueber das Bacterium coli mutabile 
 (Massini) und Coli-Varietatcn ilberhaupt. Centralbl. f. 
 Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1909, I, 672-582.— Schttne 
 (C.) Nachweis eines atypisohen Bacienum coli als Krank- 
 heitserreger beim Menschen. Berl. kUn. Wchnschr., 1909, 
 xlvi, 970.— SeUlert (G.) Ueber Mutationsersoheinungen 
 bei kunstlich giftfest gemachten Colistammen. Ztschr. t 
 Hyg. u. Inlektionskrankh., Leipz., 1912, Ixxi, 661-^67.— 
 Strong (R. P.) Pararcolon baraUus. Johns Hopkins 
 Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1902, xiii, 107.— Tashlro (Y.) TCon- 
 tribution on the varieties of the Bacillus coli communis.] 
 Saitake Gaku Zasshi, Tokyo, 1898, 677-685.— WInslow 
 (C.-E. A.) & Kllgler (I. J.) Studies on the classification 
 of the colon-typhoid group. J. Bact., Bait., 1916, 1, 81. 
 
 Bacillus coli in various organs and fluids. 
 
 Amyot (J. A.) Is the colon bacilms a normal inhabitant 
 of the Intestines of fishes? Am. Pub. Health Ass. Rep. 
 1901, Columbus, O., 1902, xxvii, 400.— Hartwlch (W.) 
 Bacterium coll im Liquor cerebrospinalis. Berl. klin. 
 Wchnschr., 1911, xlviU, 795.— Helnrlcius (G.) Experi- 
 mentelle trntersuchungen fiber die Einwirkung des Bac- 
 terium coli cummune auf die Schleimhaut der Gebaxiputter 
 und der Scheide. Arch. f. Gynaek., Berl., 1909, Ixxxix, 
 405-424, 1 pi.— von HOsslln (EC.) Ueber das Auftreten des 
 Bacterium coli commune im Magen. Verhandl. d. deutsch. 
 Kong. f. innere Med^ Wiesb., 1912, xxix, 422.— Murray 
 (H. L.), Williams (E. S.) & Wallace (A. J.) The inci- 
 
BACILLUS. 
 
 253 
 
 BACILLUS. 
 
 Bacillus coli in various organs and fluids. 
 
 denoe, characters, and significance of Bacillus cofl In urine 
 ot gynEDCological patients before and after major operation. 
 Liverpool M.-Chlr. J., 1911, xxxi, 95-103.— Panton (P. N.) 
 & Tidy (H. L.) A note on tlie occurrence of tlie colon 
 bacillus in the blood. Lancet, Lond., 1912, ii, 1500.— 
 Plncherle (M.) Die indlviduelle Koliflora im Kindesalter. 
 Wien. klin. "Wchnschr., 1910, xxiii, 94-96.— Buediger 
 (E. H.) The occurrence of Bacillus coli communis in the 
 peripheral blood of man during life. Philippine J. Sc, 
 Manila, 1915, x, B, 25-28.— Shohl (A. T.) & Janney (J. H.) 
 The growth of Bacillus coli in urine at varying hydrogen 
 ion concentrations. J. Urol., Bait., 1917, 1, 211-229.— 
 Studzlnski (I. B.) [Influence of the colon bacillus upon 
 the animal organism.] Kussk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1911, x, 
 201.— WuKt (O.) Das Bacterium coh und sein Auftreten 
 in den Hamwegen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., 
 Jena, 1912, bcv, Orig., 27-37. 
 
 BacUlus coli in water. 
 
 See, also, Water {Bacillus coli in). 
 
 ScHiJRBR (J,) *Ueber den Nachweis des Bac- 
 terium coli im Flusswasser. 8°. Gottingm, 1910. 
 
 ToTSUKA (F.) *Ueber den Nachweiss des 
 Bacterium coli in den Wassern und tiber den 
 Wert dieses Nachweises fiir die hygienische 
 Beurteilung. 8°. Greifswald, 1908. 
 
 Aizi(A.) llB.colinelleacque. Ann. d'ig. sper., Eoma, 
 1913, n. s., xxiii, 253-261.— Bourdet (L.) Note sur la pra- 
 tique de la numeration du cohbacille dans les eaux potables. 
 3. de pharm. et de chlm.. Par.', 1917, 7. s., xv, 5-12.— Bowles 
 (J. T. B.) A study of the prevalence of B. coll in some 
 tropical surface waters, with special reference to surface 
 waters of Panama and some waters of Mexico. Am. J. Pub. 
 Health, Concord, N. H., 1916, vi, 1173-1178.— Braun (A.) 
 A propos de la communication de M. le Dr. Lacomme sur 
 "les milieux au rouge neutre et le diagnostic de la souiUure 
 des eaux par le coh-bacille." Bull. Soc. m^d. d. h6p. de 
 Lyon, 1907, vl, 360. Also: Lyon miSd., 1908, ex, 93.— 
 Browne (W. W.) The effect of storage in river water 
 (sterilized) on the production of acid in carbohydrate solu- 
 tionsbytheBacilluscoligroup. Science, N.Y.& Lancaster, 
 Pa., 1914, n. s., xl, 863.— Chevrel (F.) Sur la recherche du 
 Bacterium coU dans I'eau d'aUmentation par les ^preuves 
 combin^es d'Bijkman et du rouge neutre. Arm. d'hyg.. 
 Par., 1913, 4. s., xx, 481-496.— Copeland (W. E.) The use 
 of carbolic acid in isolating the Bacillus coli communis from 
 river water. J. Bost. Soc. M. Sc.,, 1900-1901, v, 381.— Dolt 
 (M. L.) Simple synthetic media for the growth of B. coli 
 and for its Isolation from water. J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 
 1908, V, 616-626.— Domergue & Legendre. ProcMS de 
 recherche du Bacterium coli en cultures anatoobies dans 
 les eaux et dans les hultres. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, 
 Par., 1910, ell, 1401-1403.— Federolf (A. K.) Ueber den 
 Nachweis des Bacterium coliim Wasser durch die Fallungs- 
 methode. Arch. f. Hyg., Miinchen & Berl., 1909, Ixx, 311- 
 330.— Fitzgerald (J. G.) Relative frequency of B. coli 
 commuuior in contaminated water. Proo. Soc. Exper. 
 Biol. &-Med., N. Y., 1912-13, x, 54.— de Freudenreicli 
 (E.) De la recherche du Bacillus coli dans Teau. Ann. de 
 microg.. Par., 1896, vlii, 415-423.— Frost (W. H.) Con- 
 firmatory tests for B. coli in routine water examinations. 
 Am. J. Pub. Health, N. Y., 1916, vi, 685-588.— Glysez & 
 Pierret. Eecherche et num&ation du coUbacllle dans 
 les eaux; essais de culture en bile glucosfe. Presse mM., 
 Par.,. 1917, xxv, 614.— Hall (G. N.) The occurrence Ola 
 supposed undesoribed coh-form organism in drinMng water. 
 J. Roy. Inst. Pub. Health, Lond., 1911, xix, 359-362.— 
 Hammerl (H.) Ueber das Vorkommeu des Bacterium 
 coli im Flusswasser. Hyg. Rundschau, Berl., 1897, vii, 
 529-544.— HUgermanu (R.) Der Wert des BacUlus-coli- 
 Befundes zur Beurteilung der Reinheit elues Wassers; der 
 Wert der Eijfcmanschen Garungsprobe. Klin. Jahrb., 
 Jena, 1909-10, xxii, 315-338.— Houston (A. C.) Note on 
 the absence of Bacillus coU (or coH-like imcrobes) from one 
 cubic centimetre to one thousand cubic centimetres of cer- 
 tain samples of unpolluted or only slightly polluted water. 
 J. Path. & Bacteriol., Edinb. & Lond., 1903-4, Ix, 456-471.— 
 Irons (E. E.) Some observations on methods for the 
 detection of B . coli communis in water. Am. Pub. Health 
 Ass. Rep. 1900, Columbus, O., 1901, xxvi, 310-313. Also 
 [Abstr.]: J. Bost. Soc. M. Sc, 1900-1901, v, 343.— Jordan 
 (E. O.) On the detection of Bacillus coU communis in 
 water. /M(i.,1899-1900,iv,174.— Konrieh. ZurBewertung 
 des Bacterium coli im Wasser. Khn. Jahrb., Jena, 1910, 
 xxiii, 1-124. — Iiaconune (L.) La recherche du coli-bacille 
 dans les eaux de boissou par la m^thode du neutral-roth. 
 
 Bull. Soc. m^d. d. hop. de Lyon, 1907, vi, 357-359. . 
 
 La recherche rapide du coh-bacille dans les eaux de boisson 
 par lamSthode du neutral-roth combinfe h celle d'Eijkmarm. 
 J. de physiol. et de path, gto., Par., 1910, xli, 90-97.— La^ 
 grltfoul. ProcM^ rapide pour la recherche qualitative et 
 quantitative du baoille coll dans les eaux d'ahmentation. 
 MontpelUer mii., 1913, xxxvi, 335-339.— Longley (F. F.) 
 & Baton (W. U. C.) Notes on the determination of B. 
 coli in water. J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1907, iv, 397-416.— 
 liUnt (I.) On some organisms of the Bacillus coli com- 
 
 Bacillus coli in water. 
 
 munis group isolated from drinking-water, etc. Tr. Termer 
 Inst. Prevent. Med., Lond., 1899, 2. s., 219-231.— McNaught 
 (J. G.) The duration of vitaUty of B. coli communis in 
 various waters, and in sewage. J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, 
 Lond., 190.5, v, 95-105.— Mondoul (A.) & Gruat (E.) 
 Contribution h I'gtude bacteriologique des eaux; les bacilles 
 cohformes. Ann. de I'lnst. Pasteur, Par., 1915, xxix, 459- 
 475, 3 pi. — Minder (L.) Zur Methodik des Nachweises 
 von Bact. coliim Wasser, unterspezieller Beriicksichtigimg 
 der im Schweiz. Lebensmittelbuch aufgenommenen Ver- 
 fahren. Mitt. a. d. Geb. d. Lebensmittelunt. u. Hyg., 
 Bern, 1917, viii, 30-43.— Nert (F.) Osservazioni e ricerche 
 suUe acque delle antiche gallerie flltrauti (Bottini) di Siena, 
 con particolare riguardo al signlficato del Bacterium coli. 
 Attid.r.Accad. d. fisiocrit. in Siena, 1915, 7.s.,vii, 35-78,2 
 
 pi. . La ricerca del bacterium coli nelle acque destinate 
 
 ad uso potabUe. Igiene mod., Geneva, 1915, viii, 33; 65. — 
 Pane (N.) & Nlnni (C.) Sulla ricerca del Bacterium coU 
 nelle acque e sua importanza. Riforma med., Napoh, 1917, 
 xxxiii, 1033-1037. — PartIS (J.) Die quantitative Bestim- 
 mung des Bacterium coli commune im Wasser. Arch. f. 
 Hyg., Miinchen & Berl., 1913, Ixxix, 301-322.— Peset (J.) 
 Valor higi^nico de la presencia del colibacUlo en las aguas 
 de aUmentacidn. Rev. mM. de Sevilla, 1913, 1x1, 193-202.— 
 Plnzanl (G.) Sulla ricerca e sul sigmficato del Baotertum 
 coli nelle acque potabiU. Glor. d.r. Soc. ital. d'ig., Milano, 
 1912, xxxiv,241-245.— Purvis (G. C.) Anew method of dem- 
 onstrating the presence of bacillus coli in sewage-polluted 
 water. Lancet,Lond. ,1912,11, 438.— Rivas(D.) NotesonB. 
 coh in drinking water; atypical forms found in the same, and 
 some observations concerning a pecuhar red reaction when 
 NaOH is added to the cultures. J. Med. Research, Bost., 
 
 1906, XV, 497-509.— Rogers (L. A.) The type of colon 
 bacillus occurring in surface waters. J. Bact., Bait., 1916, i, 
 82.— Saito (K.) tJeber die Bedeutung des Bacillus coli 
 communis als Indikatorf iir Veruureinigung von Wasser mit 
 Fakahen. Arch. f. Hyg., Miinchen & Berl., 1907, Ixiii, 215- 
 236.— Sawin _( L. R J E xperience vrtth lactose-bile medium 
 for the detection of B. coli in water. Am. Pub. Health Ass. 
 Rep. 1906, Chicago, 1907, xxxii, pt. 2, 33-38. Also: J. In- 
 
 fect.Dis.,Chicago,1907,iv,Suppl.No.3,33-38. • •. Pan- 
 
 creatiu-bile salt medium for the detection of B. coli in 
 water. Am. J. Pub. Hyg., Bost., 1909-10, n. s., vi, 672- 
 681.— Sllva (F. L.) Le miheu de MlacConkey et la recherche 
 du cohbacille des eaux. Arch, do r. Inst, bacteriol. Camara 
 Pestana, Lisb., 1910-12, iu, 279-285.— Spalding (G. R.) A 
 new rapid presumptive test for Bacillus coll in water. Tech- 
 nol. Quart., Bost., 1906, xix, 167.— Stokes (W. R.) A 
 simple test for routine detection of the colon bacillus in 
 drinking water. J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1904, i, 341-347, 
 1 pi.— Stone (B. H.) A rapid method of detecting Bacillus 
 coli communis in water. Am. Med., Phila., 1902, ill, 154.— 
 Thonl ( J. ) Bemerkungen zu der vorstehenden Arbeit von 
 Leo Minder: Zur Methodik des Nachweises von Bact. coli 
 im Wasser unter spezieller Beriicksichtigung der im Schwei- 
 zerischen Lebensmittelbuch aufgenommenen Verfahren. 
 Mitt. a. a. Geb. d. Lebensmittelunt. u. 'Bsy., Bern, 1917, 
 viii, 43-50.— Tliresli (J. C.) Notes on the Bacillus coli in 
 deep-well waters, etc. Pub. Health, Lond., 1909-10, xxiii, 
 250-254.— Vincent (H.) La dStermmation bact&iologique 
 et le dosage du "bacillus coh" dans I'eau de boisson. Hy- 
 gifene gto. et appUq., Par., 1909, iv, 74-84.— Weston (R. S.) 
 & Taibett (It. E.) Comparative results obtained by the 
 use of lactose-bile and dextrose-broth media for the detec- 
 tion of B. coU in water. Am. Pub. Health Ass. Rep. 1906, 
 Chicago, 1907, xxxii, pt. 2, 39. Also: Infect. Dis., Chicago, 
 
 1907, iv, Suppl. No. 3, 39.— Whipple (G. C.) On the praci 
 tical value of presumptive tests for Bacillus coh in water 
 Technol. Quart., Bost., 1902, xvi, 18-31.— Willcomb (G. E.) 
 The distribution of B. coll in the waters of Lake Erie, near 
 Cleveland, Ohio. Am. Pub. Health Ass. Rep. 1905, Co- 
 lumbus, O., 1906, xxxi, 101-107. 
 
 Bacillus columbensis. 
 
 See Bacterium columhense. 
 
 Bacillus conjunctivitidis. 
 
 See Conjunctivitis (Contagious, etc.). 
 
 Bacillus Danysz. 
 
 Mereshkowsky (S. S.) Ein neuer Nahrboden. aufdera 
 der Bacillus Danysz selbst nach langdauernden, lortlauten- 
 den Ueberlmpfungen seine Virulenz nicht verUert. Cen- 
 tralbl. f. Bakteriol. retc), 1. Abt., Jena, 1912, Ixv, Orig , 
 
 393-402. . Erhaltung der Virulenz des Bacillus Danysz 
 
 auf Agarkulturen. Ibid., 1913, Ixvlii, Orig., 597-599.— 
 Trautmann (H.) Zuruckweisung der Versuche Meresh- 
 kowskys "Ueber die Anwendung des Trautmannschens 
 Verfahrens zur Vtrulenzsteigerung des Bacillus Danysz " 
 Ibid., 1912, 1. Abt., Ixv, Orig., 58-60. Also, Reprint. 
 
 Bacillus Delbriicki. 
 
 Buler (H.) & Cramer (H.) Enzymatische Versuche 
 mit BaciUus Delbriicki. Bioohem. Ztschr., Berl , 1914 
 bmi, 203-208.— Palm (B.) Ueber die Vermehrung voii 
 Bacillus Delbrucki in lactose- bzw. glucosehaltigeu Nahr- 
 losungen. /6W., 209-220. 
 
BACILLUS. 
 
 254 
 
 BACILLUS. 
 
 Bacillus denitrificans. 
 
 Garino (E.) Nuove osservazioni sul Bacillus denitri- 
 ficans agilis. Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir. di Pavla, Milano, 
 1898, 15-23. 
 
 BaciUus diphtherise. 
 
 See Diphtheria (Badllus of) . 
 
 Bacillus Duloscqi. 
 
 Joyeux (C.) Note sur le Bacillus Duboscqi, nov. sp., do 
 I'intestin d'un rat africain, Golunda campanaa Huet, 1888. 
 Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1012, v, 703-706. 
 
 Bacillus Ducreyi. 
 
 See Chancroid {Causes, etc., of). 
 
 Bacillus dysenterise. 
 
 See Dysentery {Badllus of). 
 
 Bacillus EhertM. 
 
 See Fever {Typhoid, Badllus of). 
 
 Bacillus empTiysematosus. 
 
 See Gangrene, Fhlegmon {Gaseous). 
 
 Bacillus endocarditidis. 
 
 See Heart {Inflammation of, Malignant). 
 
 Bacillus endothrix. 
 
 Guftguen (F.) Sur le Bacillus endothrix, nonvelle bao- 
 t^rie parasite du cheveu. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 
 
 1908, cxlvi, 199-201. . Sur quelques propriSt^s blolo- 
 
 giques du Bacillusendothrix. Hud., 1909, cxlvul, 1632. 
 
 Bacillus enteritidis. 
 
 See, also. Food, Meat, Sausage {Poisoning 
 
 by)- 
 
 Anderson (F.) Poisoning from Bacillus enteritidis. 
 Mil. Surgeon, Wash., 1912, xxxi, 425-429.— Ba^sky (A.) 
 VergUtung mit Bacillus enteridlB (Gartner) bei 3 Kindern. 
 Arch. f. Hnderh., Stuttg., 1915, Ixv, 29-32.— Batten (F. E.) 
 & Forbes (J. G.) Note on two cases of Gaertner infection 
 (Bacillus enteritidis) in infants. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., 
 Lond., 1907-8, i, Clin. Sect., 81-90.— Burckiardt (T. L.) 
 Ueber den Sektionsbcfund bei Infektion mit Batterium 
 enteritidis Gartner. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 
 1914, xliv, 673-686.— Cathcart (E. P.) The toxin of the 
 Bacillus enteritidis of Gartner. J. Hyg., Cambridge, 1906, 
 ■vi, 112-122. — Henseval (M.) Larecherchedu Bacillusenteri- 
 tiois sporogenes dans I'analyse bactSriologique des eaux. 
 Bev. d'hyg., Par., 1913, xxxv, 381-384.— Hewlett (R. T.) 
 Note on a method for the detection of the BacUlus enteritidis 
 sporogenes in water. J. State M., Lond,, 1904, xii, 108- 
 110.— Lebram (F.) Ratinbacillus und Bacillus enteritidis 
 Gartner. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1909, 1, 
 Orig., 315-318.— Martin (S.) Report on the chemical prod- 
 ucts of the Bacillus enteritidis sporogenes and their physio- 
 logical action. Rep. Local Gov. Bd. 1904-5, Lond., 1906, 
 xxxiv, Suppl., 377-380.— Meyer (K. F.) A laboratory 
 infection caused by a bovine strain of Bacillus enteritidis. 
 J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1916, xix, 700-707.— Savage (W. G.) 
 Further investigations upon the distribution of Gaertner 
 group bacilli in domestic and other animals. J. Hyg., Cam- 
 bridge, 1918-19, xvii, 34-50.— Trapani (F.) Epidemia da 
 probabileinfezione Gartneriana. Ann. di med. nav., Roma, 
 1911, xvii, 36-45.— WlnaerfH.) BaciUus enteritidis Gartner 
 bei acht geschlachteten Kalbem. Ztsohr. f. Fleisoh- u. 
 MUchhyg., Berl., 1911-12, xsii, 81-84. 
 
 Bacillus epilepticus. 
 
 See Epilepsy {Bacteriology of). 
 
 Bacillus equi. 
 
 Klein (E.) A new microbe, pathogenic for rodents. Bacil- 
 lus equi. Lancet, Lond., 1906, i, 782. 
 
 Bacillus excavans. 
 
 Horton-Smlth (P.) Note on Bacillus excavans. I. 
 Path. & Bacterid., Edlnb. & Lend., 1896-7, Iv, 216-218, 1 pi. 
 
 Bacillus/KcaZis alcaligenes. 
 
 See, also, Faeces, Intestines (BocJmoZog'ii/ of). 
 
 AltschOler (E.) Ueber die Beziehungen des Bacillus 
 faecalis alkahgenes zu den TjrphusbazUlen. Mtinohen. med. 
 Wchnschr., 1904, 11, 868-870.— Berghaus. Der Bacillus 
 fiEcaliS alcaligenes. Hyg. Rundschau, Berl. 1905, xv. 1185- 
 1196.— Gaehtgens. Beitrag zur Biologie des Bacillus fgecalis 
 alcaligenes. Arch. f. Hyg., Miinchcn & Berl., 1907, Ixii, 152- 
 171.— Hamm (A.) 1st der Bacillus fsecalis alcaligenes fiir 
 den Mcnschen pathogen? MUnchen. med. Wchnschr., 
 1910, Ivi, 239.— Hirst (L. F.) Observations on the path- 
 ogenicity and septic characters of the Bacillus faecalis aUcali- 
 genes. J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond., 1917, xxix, 476- 
 487, 2 tab.— HJtmenko (W. N.) Die Gruppe des Bac. fseca- 
 
 Bacillus/ascaZis alcaligenes. 
 
 lis alcaligenes. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Tena, • 
 1907, xliu, Orig., 755-774.— KUljnemann (G.) Zur Identi- 
 flzierung des Bacillus fsecalis alcaligenes. Ibtd, 1910-11, 
 Ivii, Orig., 469-471, 1 pi.— PoUak (B.) Ueber vibrionenahn- 
 liehe Formen des B. fsecalis alcaligenes. Berl. klin. Wchn- 
 schr., 1912, xlix, 399. . Ueber Formwechsel bei dem 
 
 BaciUus fsBcaUs alcaUgenes. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 
 1. Abt., Jena, 1913, Ixviii, Orig., 288-291.— Bochalx (A.) 
 & Marrotte (H.) Infections k, Bacillus fsecaUs alcaligenes. 
 J. de physiol. et de path. g&., Par.^ 1914-15, xvi, 1061-1065. 
 
 . BaciUus fsecalis alcahgenes, agent pathogfene. 
 
 Compt.-rend. Soc. de biol.. Par,, 1916, Ixxix, 316-318.— 
 Shearman (C. H.) & Moorhead (T. G.) Baciltemiadue 
 to infection with B. fsecalis allcaligencs. Brit. M. J., Lond., 
 
 1916, ii, 893-895. Also: J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond,, 
 
 1917, xxviii, 104-112.— Straub (H.) & Krals(W.) Bacillus 
 fsecalis alcaligenes als Krankheitserreger. Deutsche med. 
 Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1914, xl, 380-382.— Terburgh 
 (J. T.) Die auf dem von Drigalski-Conradischen Ng,hragar 
 wachsenden Bacillen, nebst elnigen Bemerkungen fiber 
 den Bacillus fsecaMs alcaUgenes. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. 
 [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1905-6, xl, 258-265.— Trlncas (L.) & Olla 
 (G.) Casidi intossicazioni alimentari da B. fsecalis alcaU- 
 genes. Ann. d'ig. sper., Eoma, 1907, n. s., xvii, 639-550. 
 
 Bacillus Flexneri. 
 
 See Dysentery {Badllus of) . 
 
 Bacillus jSuorescens liquefaciens. 
 
 Reiser (0; G.) *Zur Biologie des Bacillus 
 fluoresceas liquefaciens. 8°. Berlin, 1902. 
 Botez (M.-A.) Bacille fluorescent liqu^fiant patho^ne 
 
 ?our rhomme et les anlmaux. Compt.-rend. Soc. de biol., 
 ar., 1916, Ltxix, 89.— Ferry & ManAoul (A.) Le bacille 
 fluorescent Uqu^fiant dans diverses affections de I'appareil 
 broncho-pulmonaire. Fresse m§d.. Far., 1906, xiv, 92. 
 
 "BaciUus fmtidus ozsense. 
 
 See Ozsena {Badllus of). 
 Bacillus Friedlsenderi. 
 
 See Bacillus pneumonise. 
 Bacillus funduUformis. 
 
 KIsskalt. Zur pathogenetischen Bedeutnng des Bacillus 
 funduUformls. Deutsche med. Wchnschr,, Berl. & Leipz., 
 
 1905, xxxi, 1270, . Ein Fall von Erkrankung durch 
 
 Bacillus funduliformis. Ber. d. oberbess. GeseUsch. f. 
 Nat.- u. Heilk., Giessen, 1906, med. Abt., i, 68-74. 
 
 Bacillus fusiformis. 
 
 See, also. Throat {Inflammation of, Ulcero- 
 
 m,embranovs) . 
 
 Angelic! (G.) I bacilU fusiformi di Vincent-Miller nel- 
 1' uomo e negU animall. FoUcUn., Roma, 1904, xi, sez. prat., 
 225-234. Also: CUn. vet., Milano, 1906, xxix, 274; 292.— 
 Costa (S.) Caract^re de certaines infections experimen- 
 tales k bacille fusiforme de Vincent chez les cobayes. Compt. 
 
 rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1909, Ixvii, 865. . MobiUtfi du 
 
 baciUe fusiforme de Vincent. Ibid., 866. . Ascite et 
 
 lesions visc4'ales mortelles cons^cutives & une inoculation 
 Bous-cutan(5e de B. fusiforme de Vincent chez le cobaye. 
 
 Ihid., 1910, Ixviu, 199. . Du r51e du bacUle fusiforme de 
 
 Vincent dans les suppurations prolong^es et les lesions vis- 
 c^rales consfcutives chez I'homme. ibid., 200.— Dick (G. 
 F.) Fusiform bacUll associated with various — '^'--' — '— ' 
 
 processes. J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1913, xii, 191-198.— EBer- 
 mann. Zur Kenntnis der SpindelbaziUen. Ztschr.f.Hyg. 
 u. Infektionskrankh., Leipz., 1907, Ivi, 453-461.— Krumvrteae 
 (C.) & Pratt (Josephine^.) Fusiform bacilli, isolation and 
 
 cultivation. J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1913, xii, 199-201. 
 
 . Fusiform bacUU; cultural characteristics. Ibid., xili, 
 
 438-441. . Cultivation and dlflerentiation of fusiform 
 
 bacilli. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1913, n. s., xxxviii, 
 451.— Larson (W. P.) & Barron (M.) Report of a case in 
 which the fusiform bacillus was isolated from the blood 
 stream. J. Infect. Dis^ Chicago, 1913, xiii, 429-437.— Lewko- 
 wlcz (Z.) Ueber die Eeinkulturen des fusiformen Bacillus. 
 centralbl. f. Bakteriol. Jetc.J, 1. Abt., Jena, 1906, xU, 153- 
 155, 1 pi.— Peters (W. H.) Hand infection apparently due 
 to bacUlus fusiformis. J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1911, vlii, 
 455-462— Ramirez Santal6 (A.) Primera nota acerca del , 
 bacilo fusiforme. Rev. de san. nill., Madrid, 1913, 3. s^ iii, 
 
 638. . Segunda nota acerca del B. fusiforme. ibid., 
 
 1914, 3. s., iv, 389-391. . TJltima nota acerca del B. 
 
 fusiforme. Ibid,, 673-675. . Contribucifin al estudlo 
 
 del bacilo fusiforme y de sus manifestadones. /Md.. 1915, 
 3. s., V, 67; 99; 131; 198; 268; 309; 378; 439; 471; 499.— Vesz- 
 pi£ml (D.) Kultur- und Tierversuche mit dem Bacillus 
 fusiformis und dem SpirlUus. Centralbl. f . Bakteriol. [etc.], 
 1. Abt., Jena, 1905, xxxviii, 136, 1 pi.— Vincent (HO Sur 
 la culture et I'inooulation du bacalle fusiforme. Compt. 
 
 rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1901, 11. s., iii, 339-341. . 
 
 Sur la morphologie du baaUe fusiforme; rSponse k M. Flout. 
 Ibid., 1905, Ivlu, 806. 
 
BACILLUS. 
 
 255 
 
 BACILLUS. 
 
 Bacillus Gaertneri. 
 See Bacillus enteritidis. 
 
 Bacillus gastwphilus. 
 
 See Stomach (Bacteriology of); Stomach. 
 (Cancer of, Causes, etc., of). 
 
 Bacillus graminearum. 
 
 See, also. Tuberculosis in animals. 
 
 MoNTANO (G.) Bacillus graminearum. Os- 
 servazioni e ricerche. 8°. Melfi, 1898. 
 
 Freymuth. Ueber das Verhalten des Grasbacillus ii 
 (Moeller) im Kaltbluterorganismus. Centralbl. J. Bakteriol. 
 [eto.l, 1. Abt., Jena, 1901, xxix, 530.— Montano (G.) II 
 bacillus graminearum e la malattia da esso prodotta. Gazz. 
 med. lomb., Milano, 1898, Ivii, 347-350. Also: UIBoiale san., 
 Napoli, 1898, xi, 409-415. 
 
 Bacillus Tiastilis. 
 
 Selti (J.) Bacillus hastilis. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infeo- 
 tionskraolA., Leipz., 1899, xxx, 47-51. 
 
 Bacillus Tielixoides. 
 
 Muto(T.) [Remarks on the Bacillus hellxoidesj Saitake 
 
 Gaku ZassU, Tokyo, 1903, 242-261, 1 pi. . Bin eigen- 
 
 tumlioher Bacillus, welcher sich sclmeckenartig bewegende 
 Kolonleen bildet (B. helixoides). Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. 
 [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1904, xxxvii, 321-326, 1 pi. 
 
 Bacillus Tiistolyticus. 
 
 Weinberg & Segulu (P.) Demonstration de lesions 
 provoquiSes cbez le cobaye, par le B. histolyticus; quelgues 
 observations sur la toxine de ce microbe. Compt. rend. Soc. 
 debiol., Par., 1917,lxxx, 167-159.— Wolf (C.G.L.)&Harrls 
 (J. E. G.) Contributions to the biochemistry of pathogenic 
 anaerobes; the biochemistry of Bacillus tastolyticus. J. 
 Path. & Bacterlol., Cambridge, 1918, xxii, 1-21. 
 
 Bacillus Eoffmanni. 
 
 See Bacillus pseudodiphthericus. 
 Bacillus Jiypertoxicus. 
 
 Rappin. Sur une esp^ce bacillaire nouvelle Isolde, en 
 Vendee et dans I'SpidSime de Cholet. Compt. rend. Soc. de 
 biol.. Par., 1913, dkvi, 410. 
 
 Bacillus hypoihermos. 
 
 Scbwarz (C.) Uebor einen neuen, filr Kaltbliiter patho- 
 genen Milkro-organismus (B. hypothermos). Centralbl. (. 
 Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1905, xxxviii, 11-14. 
 
 Bacillus ichihyismi. 
 
 Konstansofl (S. V.) [The bacillus of fish poison . . .] 
 
 Russk. Vraoh, S.-Peterb.. 1914, xlii, 645. . [Specific 
 
 producer of fish poison (Bac. ichthyismi) and antitoxic 
 serum against it.) Vestnlk Obshtsh. Hig., Sudeb. 1 Prakt. 
 .Med., Petrogr., 1915, 11, 766-784. 
 
 Bacillus icterigenes. 
 
 Costa (S.) & Troisier (J.) Infections exp^rimentalcs 
 subaiguSs et chroniiiues, par inoculation de B. icterigenes. 
 Compt. rend. Soc de bioh. Par., 1916, Ixxix, 703. 
 
 Bacillus ieteroides. 
 
 See Fever ( Yellow, Causes, etc., of). 
 
 Bacillus infantilis. 
 
 Hester (C. A.) & Kendall (A. I.) Note on the products 
 of Bacillus infantilis grown in artificial media. J. Biol. 
 Chem., Bait., 1908-9, V, 439-442. Also, Reprint. 
 
 BaciUus influenzas. 
 
 See Influenza (Bacillus of) . 
 
 Bacillus involutus. 
 
 WaclscU (L.J Ueber einen eigenartigen Mikroorganis- 
 mus im Praputialsekret (Bacillus involutus). Centralbl. 
 f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1906, xxxviii, 645-649, 1 pi. 
 
 Bacillus Jciliense. 
 
 Fcanzen (H.) & Greve (G.) Ueber die Vergarung dor 
 Ameisensilure durch Bacillus kiliense. Ztschr. 1. physiol. 
 Chem., Strassb., 1910-11, Ixx, 19-59. 
 
 Bacillus ladis aerogenes. 
 
 ScHROEDEB (A.M.) *Beitrag zur Kenntnis der 
 Stoffwechselprodukte des Bacillus lactis aero- 
 genes. 8°. Strassburg i. E., 190S.' 
 
 B.uot. Bacillus lactis fermentens sporog^ne ferment 
 bytyl^ne glucolique du Sucre de lait. Compt. rend. Acad. d. 
 sc, Par., 1913, clvii, 297-299.— Walpole (G. S.) The action 
 of Baeillus lactis aerogenes on glucose and mannitol; the 
 investigation of the 2 : 3 butanediol and the acetylmethyl- 
 carbinol formed; the eft'ect of free oxygen on their produc- 
 tion; the action of B. lactis aerogenes on fructose. Proc. Roy. 
 Soc. Lend., 1910-11, s. B., Ixxxiii, 272-286. 
 
 Bacillus leprse. 
 
 See Leprosy (Bacillus of) . 
 
 Bacillus luteus. 
 
 Garbowskl (L.) Ueber Abschwachung und Variabiiitat 
 bel Bacillus luteus Smith et Baker (Bacillus luteus sporo- 
 genes R. T. Wood Smith and Juhan L. Baker) und Bacillus 
 tumescens Zopf. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etcj, 2. Abt., 
 Jena, 1907, xix, 641; 737; 1907-8, xx, 4.— Smith (R. F. W.) & 
 Baker (J. L.) Bacillus luteus sporogenes. Ibid., 1898, iv, 
 788. 
 
 Bacillus lyssse. 
 
 See Hydrophobia (Bacteriology of). 
 
 Bacillus macerans. 
 
 Schardlnger (F.) Bacillus macerans, ein Aceton bil- 
 dender Rottebacillus. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., 
 Jena, 1905, xiv, 772-781. 
 
 Bacillus mallei. 
 
 See Glanders (Bacillus of). 
 
 Bacillus maximus buccalis. 
 
 Swellengrebel (N. H.) Zur Kenntnis der Cytologie von 
 Bacillus maximus buccalis (Miller). Centralbl. t. Bakteriol. 
 [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1906, xvi, 617; 673, 1 pi. 
 
 Bacillus megatherium. 
 
 Golyakhovskl (A. I.) Bacillus megatherium i bacillus 
 mesentericus vulgatus. Vestnik Obsh. Vet., S.-Peterb., 
 1912, xxiv, 925-929. —Johnson (J. C.) The morphology 
 and reactions of Bacillus megatherium. Centralbl. f. Bakte- 
 riol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1912, xxxv, 209-222, 1 pi.— Penau 
 (H.) Cytologie de Bacillus megatherium. Compt. rend. 
 Acad. d. sc, Par., 1911, clii, 53-66. 
 
 Bacillus melitensis. 
 
 See Fever ( Vndulant, Bacillus of) . 
 
 Bacillus mesentericus. 
 
 Bekblingek (W.) *Ueber die Sporenbildung 
 und Auslseimung des Bacillus mesentericus 
 ruber. Beitrag zur Frage der fraktionirten Ste- 
 iiLisation. 8°. Strassburq i. E., 1908. 
 
 Broquln-Lacamlie (A.) Sur un pigment bleu dn 
 BacUlus mesentericus niger. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. 
 Par., 1913, Ixxiv, 331.— Desmots (H.) Production de 
 l'ac6tylm4tnylcarbinol par les bact^ies du groupe du 
 BaciUus mesentericus. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par., 
 1904, cxxxviii, 581-583. Also: Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., 
 Par., 1904, Ivi, 344-346.— Gruber (T.) Beitr^ zur Iden- 
 tiflzierung des Bacillus mesentericus ruber. Centralbl. t 
 Bakteriol. fete], 2. Abt., Jena, 1906, xvi, 644-646.— Gruner 
 (O. C.) & Fraser (J. R.) Observations on Bacillus mesen- 
 tericus and allied organisms. J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1912, 
 X, 210-225.— Lafforgue. Cultures homogfenes du B. mesen- 
 tericus obtenues in vitro. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. , Par., 
 
 1907, bdi, 884; 1177; 1195. . . Eecherches sur le Bacillus 
 
 mesentericus vulgatus. Arch, de m4d. exp&. et d'anat. 
 path.. Par., 1913, xxv, 323-332.— Roger (H.) Action du 
 iSacillus mesentericus vulgatus sur Pamidon; influence de la ■ 
 bile et de ses sels biUaires. /Wif., 430-441. 
 
 Bacillus metacoli. 
 
 Thj0tta (T.) [The so-called Morgan's bacillus No. 1 
 (metacoli).] Med. Rev., Bergen, 1918, xxxv, 220-235. 
 
 Bacillus methylicus. 
 
 LiOew (0.) Bemerkung fiber den Bacillus methylicus. 
 Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc], 2. Abt., Jena, 1904, xii, 176. 
 
 Bacillus mortiferus. 
 
 Harris (N. MacC.) Report upon B. mortiferus. Johns 
 HopkinsHosp. Bull., Bait., 1901, xii, 216-218. • . Bacil- 
 lus mortiferus (nov. spec). J. Exper. M., N. Y., 1901-5, 
 vi, 519-547, 3 pi. 
 
 Bacillus m,ucosus capsulatus. 
 See Bacillus pneumonix. 
 
 Bacillus multifermentans tenaJbus. 
 
 Stoddard (J. L.) B. multifermentans tenalbus. Lan- 
 cet, Lond., 1919, i, 12-14. 
 
 Bacillus mycogenes. 
 
 Edwards (R . T.) Bacillus mycogenes (Bacterium muco- 
 genum), nov. spec, an organism belonging to the Bacillus 
 mueosus capsulatus group. J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1905, 
 ii, 431-436. 
 
 Bacillus mycoides. 
 
 HoLZMtJLLEB (K.) *Die Gmppe des Bacillus 
 mycoides Flti^e; ein Beitrag zur Morphologie 
 und Physiologie der Ppaltpirze. [Heidelbera-.j 
 8°. Jena, 1909. 
 
 Also, in: Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [ctc.l. 2. Abt., Jena, 1909, 
 xiii, 304-354. 
 
BACILLUS. 
 
 256 
 
 BACILLUS. 
 
 Bacillus necrophorus. 
 
 Balogh (M.) [Bacillus necrophoras the cause of dis- 
 eases in cattle.] Allatorvosi lapok, Budapest, 1913, xxxvi, 
 416-^17.— Mettam (A. E.) Some lesions caused by the 
 bacillus oj necrosis. Vet. Eec, Lond., 1910-11, jcsiii, 165, 
 Ipl. ••>,,, 
 
 Bacillus nitri. 
 
 Anabroz (A.) Entwlckelungszyklus des Bacillus nitri 
 sp. n., als Beitrag zur Cytologic der Bakterien. Centralbl. 
 1. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt, Jena, 1909, li, Orig., 193-226, 2 pi. 
 
 Bacillus nitrobacter. 
 
 See Bacteria {Nitrifying). 
 
 Bacillus nodulifaciens. 
 
 Pitt (W.) Der Bacillus nodulifaciens bovis Langer, ein 
 Vertreter der Enteritis-II-(Gartner-)Gruppe, mit gleich- 
 zeitiger Berilcksichtigung seiner immunisatorlschen Bezie- 
 hungen zu einlgen Typhaceen (Loeffler). Centralbl. f. Bak- 
 teriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1908-9, xlix, Orig., S93-611. 
 
 Bacillus csdematis. 
 
 See, also, (Edema (Malignant). 
 
 Fieker (M.) Ueber eln Toxin des aus Gasbrandffillen 
 isolierten Bacillus oedematis maligni. Med. Klin., Berl., 
 1917, xiii, 1181-1183.— Fraenkel (E.) Untersuchungen 
 liber die Biologie der Bakterien der Gasodemgnippe. Ibid., 
 1918j xiv, 593.— Gllruth (J. A.) A variety of the vibriou 
 septique (bacillus of malignant cedema) non-pathogenic for 
 rabbits. Vet. J., Lond., 1911, n. s., Ixvil, 471^74.— KoUe 
 (W.), Rtti (H.) & Scblossbergei. Untersuchungen tiber 
 die Biologie der Bakterien der Gasodemgruppe. Med. 
 Klin., Berl., 1918, xiv, 854-857.— Plaut. Untersuchungen 
 liber die Biologie der Bakterien der Gasodemgruppe. Ibid., 
 594.— Zeissler (J.) Untersuchungen iJber die Biologie der 
 Bakterien der Gasodemgruppe. Ibid., 692. 
 
 Bacillus olese. 
 
 Schiff (R.) Bakteriologische Untersuchung iiber Bacil- 
 lus olese (Arc). Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., 
 Jena, 1904, xii, 27. 
 
 Bacillus osteomyelitidis. 
 
 Gleckel (D.) Vergleichende Untersuchungen der bio- 
 chemischen Eigenschaften des Bacillus osteomyelitidis 
 Henke mit denen des Staphylococcus aureus citreus und 
 Bacterium coli commune. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 
 1. Abt., Jena, 1909, lily Orig., 319-329. 
 
 Bacillus oxalatigenes. 
 
 De Sandro (D.) Sul Bacillus oxalatigenesn.sp.; I'ossa- 
 luria pud essere oi origine batterica? Policlin., Eoma, 
 1913, XX, sez. med., 138-144. 
 
 Bacillus ozsense. 
 
 See Ozsena {Bacillus of) . 
 
 Bacillus pappulus. 
 
 De Gasperi (F.) Bacillus pappulus. Centralbl. f. Bak- 
 teriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1911, Iviil, Grig., 1, 1 pi. 
 
 Bacillus paralytieans. 
 
 Marie ( A. V S&o-agglutination et opsonisation appllqufe 
 au contrfile de la specificity du Bacillus paralytieans de F. 
 Eobertson. Compt. rend. Soc. debiol.. Par., 1907, Ixiii, 279. 
 Also: Cong, internat. de psychiat. [etc.] 1907, Amst., 1908, 
 1, 202.— Bobertson (W. F.) Lumbar puncture In the 
 rabbit, and a note upon the results of the intraspinal injeo 
 tion of culture of the Bacillus paralytieans. J. Path. & 
 Bacteriol., Edinb. & Lond., 1909, xiv, 145. 
 
 Bacillus paratypTiosus. 
 
 See Paratyphoid bacillus; Paratyphoid in- 
 fection. 
 
 Bacillus parvus liquefaciens. 
 
 Jungano. "Bacillus parvus liquefaciens" ana^robie. 
 Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Pfer., 1908, Ixv, 618-620. 
 
 BacUlus perfringens. 
 
 See Bacillus aerogenes capsulatus. 
 
 Bacillus pertussis. 
 
 See Whooping-cough {Bacteriology of) . 
 
 Bacillus pestis. 
 
 See Plague {Bacillus of) . 
 
 'Bacillus pTiaseoli. 
 
 Smith (IT F.) Description of Bacillus phaseoli n. Sp., 
 with some remarks on related species. Proc. Am. Ass. Adv. 
 So. 1897, Salem, 1898, xlvi, 288-290. 
 
 Bacillus phlegmones empJiysematosse. 
 See, also, Bacillus oedematis; Phlegmon 
 {Gaseous) . 
 
 Hosemann. Der Fraenkelsche Gasbacillus als Erreger 
 lokaler Hautnekrose ohne Gasbildung Im Tierversuch. 
 Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1907, xiv, Orig,, 
 619-626.— Passlul (F.). Ueber Giftstoffe m den Kulturen 
 des Gasphlegmonebazillus. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1905, 
 xviii, 921-925.— SchultzefW.H.) ZurKenntnisderpatho- 
 genen Bedeutung des Bacillus phlegmones emphysematosse. 
 virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat.[etc.], Berl., 1908, cxciii, 419- 
 445, 1 pi. — WeitJi. Ueber sohwere Hamoglobinamie bei 
 Infektionen mit dem Bazillus phlegmones em^hysematosse 
 (E. Frankel) vomsohwangerenUterusaus. Miinchen. med. 
 Wchnschr., 1918, Ixv, 730-732.— Zeissler (J.) Zur Ziichtung 
 desBacillusphlegmonesemphysematosae. EugenFraenkeL 
 Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1917, xliii, 878. 
 
 • . Kulturen des Fraenkelschen Gasbazillus und mehre- 
 
 rer Stamme von Bazillen des maUgnen CEdems. Ibid., 1918, 
 xliv, 447. 
 
 Bacillus pJiosphorescens. 
 
 Melrelles (E.) O bacillo phosphoreseente. Tribuna 
 med., Eio de Jan., 1907, xiii, 191-195. 
 
 'Bacillus piliformis. 
 
 Tyzzer (FT E.) A fatal disease of the Japanese waltzing 
 mouse caused by a spore-bearing bacillus (Bacillus pili- 
 formis, n. sp.). J, Med. Research, Chicago, 1917, xxxvii, 
 307-338, 3 pi. 
 
 Bacillus piscicidus. 
 
 marks (L. W.) Ueber einen fiir Pische pathogenen 
 Bacillus (Bac. piscicidus ■ haemolyticus); Centralbl. f. 
 Bakteriol. u. Parasitenk., Jena, 1907, xliv, 370-374. Also, 
 Reprint. 
 
 Bacillus plymoutJiensis. 
 
 Franzeu (H.) & Egger ( P.) Beitrage zur Bioohemle der 
 Mikroorganismen. VIII. Ueber die Vergarung der Amei- 
 sensaure durch Bacillus plymouthensis in konstant zusam- 
 mengesetzten Nabrboden. Ztschr. 1. physiol. Chem., 
 Strassb., 1913, laxxviii, 73-102. 
 
 Bacillus pneumonia [Friedldnder, 1883]. 
 
 See, also. Bronchopneumonia; Pneumococ- 
 cus; Pneumonia (Bacteriology of). 
 
 Brbtz (M.) *Ueber daa Vorkommen des 
 
 Bacillus pneumoniae Friedlander in der Aus- 
 senwelt. 8°. Strassburg i. E., 1908. 
 
 Bkissaud (H.) *Le pneumobacille de 
 rViedlander; recherchespereonnelles; 6tatactuel 
 de la question. 8°. Lyon,19l2. 
 
 Bacillus (The) mucosus capsulatus (bacillus of Fried- 
 laender). J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1898, xxx, 990.— Bour- 
 gulgnon (G.) A propos d'un cas d'infection k pneumo- 
 bacille de Friedlander. Clinique, Par., 1909, iv, 313.— 
 Candela (M.) Meiostagmine nella infezione sperimentale 
 da bacillo di Friedlaender. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 
 1912. Roma, 1913, xxii, 374.— Carrleu (M.) & Anglada (J.) 
 Eeptic^mie k pneumo-bacilles de Friedlander; broncho- 
 pneumonie, artbrites, reaction m^ning^e toxique et m6- 
 nin^te; prfeence du bacille dans les crachats, le sang, le 
 liquide cephalo-rachidien, aveo isolement dans le sang et 
 dans le liquide. Bev. de mfid.. Par., 1912, xxxii, 702-719. — 
 Coulter {C. B.) The biological identity of the Friedlander 
 bacillus. J. Exper. M., N. Y., 1917, xxvi, 763-768. Also 
 Reprint.— Courmont (P.), Du]ol & Devic (A.) Septi- 
 c4mie et choWcystite suppur^e mortelles par pneumobacille 
 de Friedlaender. Bull. Soc. m^d. d. hflp. de Xyon, 1912, x, 
 506-509.— Fitzgerald (J. G.) A biometrical study of the 
 mucosus capsulatusgroup. J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1914, 
 XV, 268-278.— Fox (BT) Some observations on three mem- 
 bers of the Bacterium mucosus capsulatus group. Univ. 
 Penn. M. Bull., Phila., 1906-7, xuc, 313-315. Also, Re- 
 print.— Frlcke (C.) Ueber den sogenaunten Bacillus 
 mucosus capsulatus. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Inlectionskrankh., 
 Leipz., 1896, xxiii, 380-451.— Frlel (A. R.) Note on Fried- 
 laender's pneumobacterium. Med. J. S. Africa, Johannesb., 
 1814, ix, 192.— Hevvltt (J. H.) A case of general infection 
 with Bacillus mucosus capsulatus followed by an areolar 
 abscess of the liver and general peritonitis; autopsy. Johns 
 Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1909, xx, 77-SO, 2 pi— Howard 
 (Vf. TJ The importance of the Badllus mucosus capsu- 
 latus (B. of Friedlander) as the cause of acute and chronic 
 infections. PhUa. M. J., 1898, i, 336-338.— Hurtado (F.) 
 Historial clinico relativo a uu caso de sindrome menlngo- 
 enCefAlico toxi-infeccioso detefminado per el neumobacilo 
 y precedido de algunos considerandos. Gfac. mM. de Mexico, 
 1912, 3. s., vii, 503-614.— Julesrud (E.) [The Bacilluspneu- 
 moniEe of Friedlander in the etiology of disease.) Norsk 
 Mag. f. Lfflgevidensk., Kristiania, 1918, 6. E., xvi, 633- 
 
BACILLUS. 
 
 257 
 
 BACILLUS. 
 
 Bacillus pneumonix [Friedldnder, 1883]. 
 
 542. — Losee ff. R.) Note on a case of Bacillus mucosus cap- 
 sulatus septicemia in an infant. Bull, Lying-in Hosp. N. 
 York, 1915, x, 67.— NlcoUe (C.) & Hubert (A.) Note sur 
 douze A;hautillons de baoilles de Friedlaender isoWs d'an- 
 gines pseudo-membraneuses et de I'eau. Compt. rend. Soo. 
 de biol., Par., 1898, 10. s., v, 916-918.— Perkins (R. G.) Re- 
 port of a laboratory epizootic among guinea-pigs, associated 
 witb gaseous emphysema of the liver, spleen and Mdneys, 
 due to Bacillus mucosus capsulatus. J. Exper. M., N. Y., 
 
 1900-1901, V, 389-396. . Bacillus mucosus capsulatus; 
 
 a studj of the group and an attempt at classification of the 
 varieties described. J. Infect. Dis,, Chicago, 1904, i, 241- 
 267. Also: Stud. Rockefeller Inst. M. Research, N. Y., 
 1904, ii_, No. 9. — Fetzetakis. De I'agglutination du pneu- 
 mobaciUe dans un cas de septic^mie h bacille de Friedlaender 
 dans les n^oplasmes, par les scrums d'animaux. Lyon 
 m4d., 1913, cxx, 737-745.— Uoclialx (A.) & Durand (P.) 
 Action des toxines du pneumotaacille de Friedlander sur la 
 plSvre, par inoculation direote. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. 
 Par., 1914, Ixxvii, 380-382.— Schiller (K.) [General septic 
 disease caused by Friedlander's pneumonia bacillus.] 
 Budapesti k. Orrosegy, ^vi evkonyve, Budapest, 1906, pt. 
 2, 22.— Slmonds (J. P.) A curious accident due to B. 
 
 Sneumonise. J. Bact., Bait., 1917, ii, 245-247.— Zlronl (A.) 
 ontributo alio studio delpotere patogeno dei bacilh mucosi. 
 Riv. d'ig. e san. pubb., Torino, 1914, xxv, 341-347. 
 
 Bacillus Preisz-Nocard. 
 
 See, also, Corynebacteriura. 
 
 Hall (I. C.) & Stone (R. V.) The diphtheroid bacillus 
 of Preisz-Nocard from equine, bovine, and ovine abscesses; 
 ulcerative lymphangitis and caseous lymphadenitis. J. 
 Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1916, xvui, 195-208.— Lagraud & 
 Chretien. Le microbe ,de Preisz-Nocard chez le pore. 
 Hyg. de la viande [etc.], Evreux, 1909, iii, 152-155.— NicoUe 
 (M.), Lolseau (G.) & Forgeot (P.) Les facteurs de toxicity 
 des bactSries (2» m^molre); ^tude des bacilles de Preisz- 
 Nocard. Ann. de I'lnst. Pasteur, Par., 1912, xxvi, 83-101. 
 
 Bacillus frodigiosus. 
 
 VON Groer (F.) *Ueber die Prodigiosus- 
 gelatinase. [Breslau.] 8°. Berlin, 1912. 
 
 Also, in: Biochem. Ztscnr., Berl., 1912, xxxviil, 252-284. 
 
 Ackermann (D.) & Scbtltze (H.) Ueber Art und Her- 
 kunft der flilchtigen Basen von Kultureu des Bacterium 
 prodlgiosum. Arch. f. Hyg., Miinchen& Berl., 1910-ll,lxxiii, 
 145-152. — Altana (G.) Su I'antienzima proteolitico del 
 "bacillo prodigioso." Riv. d'ig. e san. pubb., Torino, 1909, 
 XX, 518-533.— Arens (P.) Bacterium prodlgiosum (Eh- 
 renb.) Lehm. et Neum. als Erreger der roten Flecken auf 
 frisch bereitetem Kautschuk. Centralbl. f . Bakteriol. [etc.], 
 2. Abt., Jena, 1912, xxxv, 465.— Beijerlnck (M. W.) Varia- 
 bility in Bacillus prodigiosus. K!. Akad. v. Wetensch. te 
 Amst. Proc. sect, sc, 1909-10, xii, 640-649.— Bertarelli (E.) 
 Ricerche ed osserAzioni sulla biologia e suUa patogenicita 
 del bacillo prodigioso. Arch, per le sc. med., Torino, 1903, 
 
 xxvii, 1-31. . Untersuchungen und Beobachtungen 
 
 ilber die Biologic und Pathogenitat des Bacillus prodigiosus. 
 Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena. 1903, xxxiv, 
 
 193; 312. . Ueber den BaeUlus prodigiosus und die 
 
 Theorien von der natiirlichen Immunitat. lUd., 1904, 
 
 xxxvii, 617-626. . Ueber cine Bemerkung des Hm. Dr. 
 
 K. Kisskalt betrefis einer Arbeit iiber den Bacillus pro- 
 digiosus. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infectionskrankh., Le^)z., 
 1904-5, xxviii, 175. — Case (A) of natural prodigiosus infec- 
 tion. Tr. Jenner Inst. Prevent. Med., Lond., 1899, 2. s., 
 239.— DelanoB. Deuxiferae note sur la biologie du baoUlus 
 prodlriosus. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1906, Ix, 
 728.— Franzen (H.) & Egger (F.) Beitrage zur Blochemie 
 der Mikroorganismen. Ztsclu:. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 
 1912, bodx, 177-214: 1914, xc, 311-354.— Franzen (H.) & 
 Greve (G.) Beitrage zur Biocbemie der Mikroorganismen; 
 MitteUung iiber die Vergarung der Ameisensaure durch 
 Bacillus prodigiosus. ITM., 1910, Ixiv, 169-261.— Gazzettl 
 (C.) Modiflcazionl provocate dalla gUcerina sulla biologia 
 del prodigioso. Arch, di farm, e terap., Palermo, 1911, 
 xvii, 59-68, 1 pi.— Gorinl (K.) Das Prodigiosus Labfer- 
 ment. Hyg. Rundschau, Berl., 1893, iU, 381.— Hefleran 
 (Maiy). Agglutination and biological relationship in the 
 
 Jrodiglosus group. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., 
 ena, 1906, xU, 553^62. Also [Abstr.]: Science, N. Y. & 
 Lancaster, Pa., 1906, n. s., xxiii, 215. — HUgerman (R.) 
 Ueber die Verwendung des Bacillus prodigiosus als Indikator 
 bei Wasseruntersuchungen. Arch. f. Hyg., Munchen & 
 Berl., 1906, Ux, 150-158.— Kuntze (W.) Bin Beitrag zur 
 Keuntniss der Bedingungen der FarbstofEbildung des Bacil- 
 lus prodigiosus. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infectionskrankh., 
 
 Leipz., 1900, xxxiv, 169-184. . Bemerkungen zur 
 
 Farbstoflbildung des Bacillus prodigiosus. Centralbl. t. 
 Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1907, xliv, Orig., 299-309.— 
 Marx (H.) Die Pathogenitat des Bacillus prodigiosus. 
 Arch, t klm. Chir., Berl., 190O, Ixii, 348. Also: Arb. a. d. 
 chir. Klin. d. k. Univ. Berl., 1901, xv, 131.— Ba«bigeT (W.) 
 Ueber die Rotfarbung eines Hiihnereies durch den B. pro- 
 digiosus. Ztschr. 1. Fleisch- u. Milchhyg., Berl., 1900-1901 , 
 
 -Vol. II, 3d series— 19 IT 
 
 Bacillus 'prodigiosus. 
 
 xi, 115.— Bitter (G.) Zur Physiologie des Bacillus pro- 
 digiosus. Centralbl. t. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt, Jena, 1900, 
 vi, 206-209.— Samkow (S.) Zur Physiologie des Bacillus 
 prodigiosus. Ibii., 1903, xi, 305-311.— Trillat (A.) In- 
 fluence de la tension superflcielle des liquides sur I'entral- 
 nement des microbes par un courant d'air (cas du B. pro- 
 digiosus). Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1913, civii, 
 1547-1549.— WoUsteln (Martha) & Meltzer (S. J.) The 
 lesions produced by intra-bronchial insufflation of B . pro- 
 digiosus. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1913, n. s., 
 xxxviii, 452.— Woodward (H. M. M.) & Clarke (K. B.) 
 Prehminary notes on a case of infection by the Bacterium 
 prodlgiosum. Guy's Hosp. Gaz.^ Lond., 1912, xxvi, 369. 
 
 . A case of infection in man by the Bacterium 
 
 prodlgiosum. Lancet, Lond., 1913, i, 314. 
 
 Bacillus proteus. 
 
 See, also, Proteus [in 2. s.]. 
 
 Weber (R. G. W.) *Ueber die Gruppe des 
 Bacillus proteus vulgaris. 8°. Strassburg i. E., 
 1903. 
 
 Cantu(C.) Le Bacillus proteus; sa distribution dans la 
 nature. Ann. de I'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1911, xxv, 852-864.— 
 Felix (A.) & Mltzenmaclier (Fanny). Weitere Unter- 
 suchungen iiber den Nachweis der O- und H-Rezeptoren 
 bei den Proteusstammen. Wien. kUn. Wchnschr., 1918, 
 xxxi, 988.— Fortineau (L.) & Soubrane. Bacillus pro- 
 teus ruber. Compt. rend. Soo. de biol.. Par., ;1907, Ixii, 
 1214. — Fortineau (L.), Soubrane & Bappin, Etude sur 
 une nouvelle esp6ce bacillaire chromogfene, "Bacillus pro- 
 teus ruber." Gaz. m^d. de Nantes, 1908, 2. s., xxvi, 314-316, 
 2 pi.— Franzen (H.) & Braun (G.) Ueber die Vergarung 
 der Ameisensaure durch Proteus vulgaris. Biochem. 
 Ztschr., Berl., 1908, viii, 29-39.— Glaser (E.) & Hachla (J.) 
 Beitrage zux Kenntnis der Proteusbakterien, insbesondere 
 hinsichtUch der agglutinatorischeu und hamolytischen 
 Eigenschaften und Beziehungen bei den verschiedenen 
 Arten derselben. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. . 
 Therap., Jena, 1911, xi, Orig., 310-355.— Glenn (T. H.) 
 Variation and carbohydrate metabolism of bacilli of the 
 proteus group. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 
 
 1911, Iviii, Orig., 481-495.— Horton-Smltli (P.) On Bacil- 
 lus proteus urinse; a new variety of the proteus group, dis- 
 covered in the urine of a patient suffering from cystitis. 
 J. Path. & Bacterid., Edinb. & Lond., 1896-7, iv, 210-215, 1 
 pi.— KendaU (A. I.) & Walker (A. W.) Observations on 
 the proteolytic enzyme of Bacillus proteus. J. Infect. Dis., 
 Chicago, 1915, xvii, 442-463. Also, Reprint.— van liOgbem 
 (J. J.) Over het voorkomen van proteusbacUleu bij den 
 mensch, in het bijzonder bij gezonde en zieke zuigelingen. 
 Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst.,- 1918, ii, 1345-1348.— 
 van IiOgbem (J. J.) & van Loughem-Pouw (J. C. W.) 
 Beitrag zur DlfEerenzierung der Proteus-Gruppe (B. proteus 
 anindologenes). Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 
 
 1912, tad, Orig., 19-21.— Nawlasky (P.) Ueber die Umse- 
 tzungvonAminosauren durch BacUIus proteus vulgaris; ein 
 Beitrag zum Stickstoflwechsel "der Bakterien. Arch, fs 
 Hyg., Munchen & Berl., 1908, xxxvi, 209-243.— Bubritlun 
 (H.) Ueber die Wirloiug der Meerschweinohenleukozyte- 
 aut verschiedene Proteusstamme. Ibii., 1911, Ixxiv, 211. 
 220.— Trillat (A.) & Fouassler (M.) itude des propri^tiSs 
 du distillat d'une culture de B. proteus sur la vitaUt^ des 
 microbes. Compt. rend. Acad. d. so.. Par., 1912, cliv, 1443- 
 1445.— WeU (E.) & FeUx (A.) Untersuchungen iiber die 
 ■gewohnlichen Profteusstammeund ihre Beziehungen zu den 
 X-Stammen. Wien. kUn. Wchnschr., 1918, xxxi, 637-639. 
 
 Bacillus, proteus {Infection ly ) . 
 
 Bellel (G.) Contribute alio studio delle intossioazioni 
 alimentan causate dal Proteus vulgaris. Bull, d sc med 
 di Bologna, 1911, 8. s., xi, 51-59.— Berthelot (A.) Recher- 
 ches sur le Proteus vulgaris. Ann. de I'Inst. Pasteur, Par 
 1914, xxviii, 839; 913.— Domtnguez (F.) Infecciones qui- 
 rflrglcas a Proteus vulgaris. Actas y trab. d. Isr Cong 
 m4d. nac, Habana, 1905, i, 329-334.— Fyodorofl (N. V.) 
 [Case of infection with] Proteus vulgaris. Kharkov M j' 
 1914, xviii, 94-96.— Herter (C. A.) & ten Broeck (C.)' JL 
 biochemical study of Proteus vulgaris Hauser. J. Biol 
 Chem., Bait., 1911, ix, 491-511.— Horowitz (A.) Contribu- 
 tion k I'^tude du genre Proteus vulgaris. Ann. de I'Inst 
 Pasteur, Par., 1916, xxx, 307-318.— Larson (W. P.) & Beli 
 (E.T.) AstudyofthelesionsproducedbyBacillusproteus. 
 
 J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1913, xui, 510. . A study 
 
 of the pathogenic properties of Bacillus proteus. J Exper 
 M., Lancaster, Pa., 1915, xxi, 629-644, 3 pi.— Laufls (J,) 
 Ueber Proteusvulgaris bei Ohreiterungen. Arch.f. Ohrenh 
 Leipz., 1907, ixx, 90; 187.— Martin (S.) Report on the 
 toxic action and on the reaction of the toxin of Proteus 
 vulgaris. Rep. Local Gov. Bd. 1903-4, Lond., 1905, xxxffl 
 Suppl., 461-471.— Maymone (B.) Setticemia da Proteus 
 vulgaris mortale per I'uomo. (Contributo alio studio delle 
 infezioni generali causate da ferite di guerra.) Ann d'ie 
 Roma, 1917, xxvii, 218-228.— Moskaleff (M. N.) [Altera^ 
 tion in the kidneys when animals are infected with a culture 
 
BACILLUS. 
 
 258 
 
 BACILLUS. 
 
 Bacillus proteus (Infection ly). 
 
 ot the Bacillus proteus vulgaris; experiments with virulent 
 cultures.l Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1911, x, 1312-1315.— 
 Much & Soncek. Proteusinfektionen. Deutsche med. 
 Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1917, xlih, 1191-1193.— Naka- 
 gawa (H.) A case of septicsemia caused by Bacillus pro- 
 teus. Bull. Nav. H. Ass. Japan, Tokyo, 1916, No. 13, 2.— 
 Pauly (E.) Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Pathogenitat 
 des Proteus Hauser. Hiinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1917, 
 Ixiv, 377-379. — SacquSpfie (E.) Empoisormements alimen- 
 taires par les microbes du groupe Proteus. Progrfes m(Sd., 
 Par., 1908, 3. s., xxiv, 424-426.— Vincent (H.) Rflle patho- 
 gfene du proteus dans les infections alimentaires; association 
 microbierme protdo-typhique. Bull. Acad, de mM., Par., 
 1909, 3. s., Ixii, 338-341. 
 
 Bacillus meudanthracis. 
 
 Hartleb ftl.) & Stutzer (A.) Das Vorkommen von 
 Bacillus pseudanthracis in Fleischfuttcrmehl. Centralbl. f. 
 Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1897, iii, 81; 129; 179. 
 
 Bacillus pseudodivhthericus. 
 
 Olilmaclier (A. P.) Pseudodiphtheria bacillus infec- 
 tions and their response to therapeutic inoculations. J. 
 Med. Research, Bost., 1908, xix, 109-112. 
 
 Bacillus psittacosis. 
 See Psittacosis. 
 
 Bacillus pvMorum. 
 
 See Bacterium pullorum. 
 Bacillus putrijicus. 
 
 BienstocE. Bacillus putriiicus. Ann. de I'lnst. Pas- 
 teur, Par., 1906, xx, 407-415.— Putzu (F.) Sopra un batte- 
 rio anaerobio piogeno (Bacillus putriflcus var. non lique- 
 faciens). PolicUn., Roma, 1916, xxiii, sez. chir., 225-236.— 
 Serkowskl (S.) Bacillus s. Granulobacillus putriiicus 
 nov. sp. Centralbl. f. Balrterlol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1914, 
 Orig., Ixxv, 1-20. 
 
 Bacillus pyocyaneus. 
 
 Antoinb (P.-A.) *De la multiplicity des 
 produits foumis par un microbe pathogfene. 
 (Des caract6ristiqueB bio-chimiques du bacille 
 pyocianique.) 8°. Paris, 1903. 
 
 Bkbtmann (Margarete). *Ueber Stoffwech- 
 selprodukte des Bacillus pyocyaneus. 8°. 
 Jena, 1903. 
 
 Also, in: Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1902, 
 xxxi, 481-602. 
 
 Aubel (E.) & Colin (H.) Nature de I'aliment azqt6 et 
 
 g reduction de pyocyanine par le bacille pyocyanique. 
 ompt.rend. Socdebiol., Par., 1913, lxxiv,790. . 
 
 Action des sucres sur la fonction pigmentaire du bacille 
 pyocyanique. IMd., Ijncv, 25-27.— Bacot (A. W.) The 
 persistence of Bacillus pyocyaneus in pupse and imagines 
 of Musca domestica raised from larvee experimentally 
 infected with the bacUlus. Parasitology, Cambridge, 1911, 
 iv, 68-74.— Beebe (S. P.) & Buxton (B. H.) The produc- 
 tion of fat from proteid by the Bacillus pyocyaneus. Am. 
 J. Physiol., Bost., 1904-5, xli, 46fr470.— Campana (R.) 
 II piocianeo nella morfologia e nella febbre. Clin, dermosi- 
 fllopat. d. r. Univ. di Roma, 1913, xxxi, 19-23, 1 pi. Also: 
 Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1912, Roma, 1913, xxii,,344- 
 348._Charrln & de Nlttls. Sur la production simul- 
 tante des pigments noir, bleu, vert, jaune, par un bacille 
 pyocyanique. Compt. rend. Boo. de biol.. Par., 1898, 10. s., 
 Y, 721.— Cbrlstonianos (A. A.) Zur Farbstoffproduction 
 des Bacillus pyocyaneus. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infections- 
 krankh., Leipz., 1901, xxxvi, 258-269.— Conor. Sur un 
 nouvel 6chantillon de la vari^t^ maanogtoe du bacille 
 pyocyanique. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1902, 11. s., 
 IV, 1130-1132.— Crendlroupoulo (M.) & Buffer (A.) Note 
 sur la dialyse des produits solubles flabor^s par le bacille 
 pyocyanique dans les sacs de collodion. Ihia., 1900, 11. s., 
 u, 1109-1111.— Despelgnes. Bacille pyocyanique k grande 
 variability pigmentaire. Bey. d'hyg., Par., 1915, xxxvu, 
 944-950._Frouin (A.) & Ledebt { Mile. S.) Action du vansr 
 date de sonde et des terres rares sur le d^veloppement du 
 bacille pyocyanique et la production de ses pigments. 
 Compt. rend. Soe. de biol.. Par., 1912, Ixxii, 981-983.— Gaz- 
 zettl (C.) Di un singolare comportamento della sostanza 
 colorante del B. piocianeo per I'aggiunta di glicerina ai oo- 
 muni mezzi di cultura. Arch, di farm, e terap., Palermo, 
 1911, xvii, 39-49, 1 pi.— Gessard (C.) Vari^te maanogSne 
 du bacille pyocyanique. Aim. de I'Inst. Pasteur, Par,, 1901, 
 XV, 817-831. . Essai sur la biologie du bacille pyocyani- 
 que. Ibid., 1902^ xvi, 313-330. . Vari(5t6 ^ythrogtoe du 
 
 bacille pyocyamque. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par., 1917, 
 clxv, 1071-1073.— Hinterberger (A.) & Beltmanu (C.) 
 Verschiedenes Wachstum des Bacillus pyocyaneus auf 
 Nahragar je nach dessen Wassergehalt. Centralbl. f. Bak- 
 teriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1904, xxxvii, 169-177, 1 pi.— Hof- 
 
 BaciUus pyocyaneus. 
 
 baner (J.) Emige Versuche zur therapeutischen Verwert- 
 barkeit der Pyooyanose bei weiblicher Gonorrhde. Zen- 
 tralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1908, xxxii, 179-183.— Inclftn (C.) 
 Contribucidn al estudio de los bacilos piociAnicos. Rev. de 
 med. y cirug. de la Habana, 1905, x, 247-250.— Jordan (E. 
 O.) Bacillus pyocyaneus and its pigments. J. Exper. M., 
 N. y., 1899, iv, 627-647. Also, Reprint.— Krause (P.) 
 Ucber Krystallbildung innerhalb von Pyocyaneusoulturen. ' 
 Mitt. a. d. Hamb. Siaatskrankenanst., 1898-9, ii, 258-260, 
 1 pi. Also: Jahrb. d. Hamb. Siaatskrankenanst. 1897-8, 
 
 Hamb. & Leipz., 1900, vi, 258-260, 1 pi. . Beitrage zur 
 
 Kenntnis des Bacillus pyocyaneus. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. 
 
 [■etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1900, xxvii, 769-775. . Ueber durch 
 
 Pressung gewonnenen Zellsaft des Bacillus pyocyaneus, 
 nebst einer kurzen Mitteilung ilber die Einwirkung des 
 Druckes auf Bakterien. Ibid., 1902, xxxi, 673-678.- von 
 Kuester. Versuche fiber die Farbstoffproduction des 
 Bacillus pyocyaneus. Arch. f. khn. Chir., Berl., 1899, Ix, 
 621-634. Also:At\>. a. d. chir. Klin. d. k. Univ. Berl., 1901, 
 XV, 1-14. — Lang. [The Bacillus pyocyaneus and its relation 
 to the Bacillus fluorescens liquefaciens.] L^k. rozhledy, 
 Praha, 1913, n. t., u, 133-137.— Lesleur (C.) & Legrand. 
 Action de la lumiere solaire et des lumiferes color^es sur la 
 
 E reduction de pigment vert fluorescent dans les cultures du 
 acille pyocyanique. Bull. Soc. m^d. d. hflp. de Lyon, 
 1905, iv, 253-258. Also: Lyon m^d., 1905, civ, 1362-1366.— 
 Maclntyre (D. R.) The intracellular toxin of Bacillus 
 pyocyaneus. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1904, xlii, 1073.— 
 NIcolle & Zla bey. Note sur les fonctions pigmentaires du 
 bacille pyocyanique. Ann. de I'lust. Pasteur, Par., 1896, 
 X, 669-671.— Noesske (H.) Neue Untersuchungen ilber 
 den Bacillus pyocyaneus und die Gesetze der Farbstoflbil- 
 dung. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1900, Ixi, 266-284.— Kadals. 
 Sur une nouvelle race du bacille pyocyanique. Compt. 
 rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1897, 10. s., ly, 808.— BflJSlika (S.) 
 Vergleichende Studien liber den Badilus pyocyaneus und 
 den Bacillus fluorescens liquefaciens. Arch. f. Hyg., Miin- 
 cheu & Leipz., 1900, xxxvil, 1-29.— de Selzas Palma (J.) 
 Die Farbstoffe beim Pyocyaneilsbadllus. Centralbl. f. 
 Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1907, xliii. Grig., 417, 1 pi.— 
 Shattuck (S. G.) The vitality of B. pyocyaneus. Lancet, 
 Loud., 1911, i, 1455.— Testl (F.) Contributo aUe rioerohe 
 sulla diffusione del bacillo piocianeo. Gior. med. d. r. 
 esercito, Roma, 1905, liii, 122-126.— Thtey (G.) Bacillus 
 pyocyaneus et lactoph^nine. Compt. rend. Soc, de biol., 
 Par., 1913, Ixxiv, 661.— Wassermann (A.) Immunltat bei 
 Bacillus pyocyaneus. Handb. d. path. Mikroorg., Jena, 
 1904, 1212-1215.— Woolstein (Martha & Meltzer (S. J.) 
 The pulmonary reaction to B. pyocyaneus. Proc. Soc. 
 Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1913-14, xi, 97.— Zak (E.) 
 Zur Keimtnis der Wirkung des proteolytischen Fermentes 
 von Bacillus pyocyaneus. Beitr. z. cbem. Phys. u. Path., 
 Brnschwg., 1907, x, 287-298. 
 
 Bacillus pyocyaneus (Infection hy). 
 
 See, also. Infection. (Pyo%anic) [in 2. s.]; 
 PysBinia (Bacteriology of); Septicsemia {Bac- 
 teriology of); Suppuration (Microorganisms in). 
 
 HiNZELMANN (W.J *Ueber einen Fall von 
 Pyocyaneussepsis beim Erwachsenen, nebst Un- 
 tersuchungen tiber die Verbreitung des Bacillus 
 pyocyaneus in der Leiche. 8°. Leipzig, 1914. 
 
 Launay (L.) *Les infections pyocyaniques. 
 Le bacille pyocyanique dans les eaux d'ali 
 mentation. 8°. Paris, 1905. 
 . The same. 8°. Paris, 1905. 
 
 Meyee ,(L.) Essai de classification des 
 scrums. Etude exp6rimentale de leur action 
 sur r infection pyocyanique. 8°. Parii, 1896. 
 
 Voss (0.) Der Bacillus pyocyaneus im Ohr. 
 Klinisch-experimenteller Beitrag zur Frage der 
 Pathogenitat des BacUlus pyocyaneus. 8°. 
 Berlin, 1906. 
 
 Achard (C), Lceper (M.) & Grenet (H.) S^ro-riaotiou 
 dans I'infection pyocyamque chez I'homme. Compt. rend. 
 Soc. de biol., Par., 1902, 11. s., iv, 1Z74-1276.— Baglnsky 
 (A.) Zur B. pyocyaneus-Infektion im kindliohen Alter. 
 
 Centralbl. 1. Bakteriol. [etc.), 1. Abt., Jena, 19(K xlvii. 
 Grig., 427-431.— Balzer (F.) & Moulaid (iflle. E.) Un 
 cas de vaste gangrene pnagM^nlque probablement causae 
 par le Bacillus pyocyaneus k la suite de la vaccine. Bull. 
 Acad, de mfid., Par., 1916, 3. s., Ixxv, 611-633.— Barker 
 (L. F.) The clinical symptoms, bacterioloeio findings and 
 post-mortem appearances in cases of infections ot human 
 beings with the Baeillus pyocyaneus. J. Am. M. Ass,, 
 Chicago, 1887, xxix, 213-216. Also, Reprint.- Baruchello 
 (L.) Sulla propriety del b. piocianeo di simulare I'orchite 
 morvosa nelle cavie. Policlm., Roma, 1904, xi, sez. med., 
 282-292.- Benley (A.) Ueber Pyozyaneussepsis. Med. 
 KUn., Berl., 1907, iii, 1199-1202.— Bogomolez (A.) Zur 
 
BACILLUS. 
 
 259 
 
 BACILLUS. 
 
 BsiCilluspyocyaneus (Infection hy). 
 
 Frage der Eesorption aus der Bauchhohle und des Ein- 
 flusses des Bacillus pyocyaQeus auf dlesen Process. Zt- 
 schr. !. exper. Path. u.. Tlier., Berl., 1909, vu, 279-289.— 
 Bollag (K.) Zur Bekampfung der Infektiou durch den 
 Bacillus pyocyaneus. Miinchen. med. Wclinschr., 1914, 
 Ixi, 2356.— Boselllnl (P. L.) Sopra la malattia piooianica. 
 Gior. Ital. d. mal. ven., Milano, 1916, U, 199-213, 1 pi.— 
 Boynton (Frances In.) A case of infection with Bacillus 
 pyocyaneus with the primary focus in decubitus and with 
 special reference to the hemolytic action of the organism. 
 Physician & Surg., Detroit & Ann Arbor, 1904, xxvi, 10-18. — 
 Brau. Pouvolr bactericide du s&um de diverses espfeoes 
 animales k I'Sgard du bacille pyocyanique; infection pyo- 
 cyanigue par ingestion. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 
 
 1906, Ixi, 275.— de la Camp. Zui Kenntnis der Pyocyar 
 neussepsis. Charity Ann., Berl., 1904, xviii, 92-111. — 
 Courmont (J.) & Bochaix (A.) De la vaccination centre 
 I'infection pyocyanique par la voie intestinale. Compt. 
 rend. Acad. d. sc. Par., 1911, cliii, 131.— Engman (M. F.) 
 A mildly inflammatory condition of the skin covered by 
 green scales probably produced bythe BacUlus pyocyaneus. 
 Interstate M. J., St. Louis, 1901, viii, 373-375. Abo, Re- 
 print. — Eivrlng (A. E.) Bacillus pyocyaneus; its viru- 
 lence in the eye, its longevity and immunity from it. Tr. 
 Am. Ophth. Soc, Hartford, 1906-8, xi, 204-215, 2 pi.— 
 Fraenkel (E.) Ueber Allgemeininfektionen durch den 
 Bacillus pyocyaneus. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], 
 
 Berl., 1906, clxxxlii, 405-440, 4 pi. . Ueber die Men- 
 
 schenpathogenitat des Bacillus pyocyaneus. Ztschr. f. 
 Hyg. u. Infektionskrankh., Leipz., 1912, Ixxii, 486-522, 
 6 pi.— Franke (F.) Zur Behandlung der Pyozyaneusin- 
 fektion. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1915, Ixu, 1006.— 
 Freeman (L.) Chronic general infection with the Ba<illus 
 pyocyaneus. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1916, Ixiv, 195-202.— 
 GUdersIeeve (N.) Studies on pyocyaneus immunity; with 
 special reference to the therapeutic value of vaccines. J. 
 Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1911, Ivii, 286-290.— Groves (E. H.) 
 A clinical lecture on a case of Bacillus pyocyaneus pyaemia 
 successfully treated by vacoine. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1909, 
 i, 1169.— Harvey (W. F.), Carter (E. M.) & Acton (H. W.) 
 Pyocyaneus infection in dogs and its similarity to rabies. 
 lUd., 1911, i, 1460-1462.— Harvey (W. F.), Marfeham (R.) 
 [ei at], Pyo^aneus infection in dogs and its similarity to 
 rabies. Vet. Bee, Lond., 1911-12, xxiv, 57-59.— Holzaplel. 
 Bolus gegen Pyozyaneus. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 
 1916, Ixui, 67.— Hiibener. Ein Fall von Pyoeyaneussepsis 
 beim Brwaohsenen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & 
 Leipz., 1907, xxxiii, 803-805.— Justl (K.) Ueber Pyozya- 
 neuserkrankungen, insbesondere des Darmes. Arch. f. 
 Schlfis- u. Tropen-Hyg., Leipz., 1915, xix, 468-470.— Kliene- 
 berger (C.) Pyozyaneusinfektion der Hamwege mit hoher 
 Agglutininbildung fiir PyozyaneusbazUlen und Mitagglu- 
 tinatiou von Typhusbakterien. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 
 
 1907, liv, 1330-1333. . Allgemeininfektion durch Bacil- 
 lus pyocyaneus. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 
 1912, xxxviii, 2451.— Kliuger. Ein Beitrag zur Infektion 
 mit PyozyaneusbazUlen. CharitfrAnn., Berl., 1911, xxxv, 
 25-32.— Koske (F.) Der Bacillus pyocyaneus als Erreger 
 einer Rhinitis und Meningitis hemorrhagica bei Schweinen. 
 Arb. a. d. k. Gsndhtsamte, Berl., 1906, xxiii, 642-553. — 
 KozIoisJsl (P. I.) [General infection of a man by the B. 
 pyocyaneus.] Kussk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1911, x, 334-339.— 
 Launay (L.) Le infezioni piocianiche. Gazz. internaz. 
 di med., NapoU, 1907, x, 4.— Meyer (C.) Zur Bekampfung 
 des Pyozyaneus. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1915, Ixii, 
 833.— Mtaett (E. P.) & Duncan (W. J.) The patho- 
 
 fenlcity of BacUlus pyocyaneus in British Guiana. J. Trop. 
 I. [etc.], Lond., 1911, xiv, 163-166.— Muck (O.) Das Ver- 
 halten der Tierkohle zum BacUlus pyocyaneus im Ohreiter 
 und zu grauulierenden Knochenwunden. Miinchen. med. 
 Wchnschr., 1910, Ivii, 297.— Perkins (E. G.) Report of 
 nine cases of infection with BacUlus pyocyaneus. J. Med. 
 Research, Bost., 1901, vi, 281-297.— Plzzinl (L.) Alcuni 
 casi di pseudobotulismo per infezione da B. piocianeo. 
 Riv. d'ig. e san. pubb.j Torino, 1907, xviii, 103-113.— Bolly. 
 Pyozyaneussepsis bei Erwachsenen. Miinchen. med. 
 Wchnschr., 1906, liii, 1399-1407.— Saccone (G.) Anatomia 
 ed istologia patologica della malattia piooianica. Ann. di 
 med. nav., Roma, 1906, i, 172-191, 2 pi.— Schlagenhauler 
 (F.) Ueber Pyocyaneusinfektionen nach Lumbalanas- 
 thesie. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1911, 
 lix, Orig., 385-400.— Soltmann (O.) Zur Lehre von der 
 Pathogemtat des BacUlus pyocyaneus. Deutsches Arch. 
 f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1902, Ixxiii, 650-666, 1 pi.— Stein (A. 
 E.) Zur Behandlung der Pyocyaneus-Eiterung; zugleich 
 ein Beitrag zur Therapie mit ultravioletten Strahlen. Berl. 
 klin. Wchnschr., 1915, lii, 433.— Sudeck (P.) ■ Ein Fall von 
 Pyozyaneus-Allgemeininfektion. Miinchen. med. Wchn- 
 schr., 1909, Ivi, 1848.— Taylor (K.) Treatment of Bacillus 
 pyocyaneus infection. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1916, Ixvii, 
 1598.— Unger (E.) Zur Bekampfung des Pyocyaneus- 
 Eiters. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1915, lii, 271.— Waite (H. 
 H.) A contribution to the study of pyocyaneus Infections, 
 with a report of two rare cases. J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 
 
 1908, V, 542-565. 
 
 Bacillus pyogenes. 
 
 DuNKEL (H. P.) *Untersuchuiigen tiber die 
 Beziehungen des Bacillus pyogenes bovis et suis 
 zu dem Bacillus pseudotuberculosis ovis. 
 [Giessen.] 8°. Hildesheim, 1908. 
 
 Wehrs (H. K. a.) *Die Resistenz des Ba- 
 zillus pyogenes suis et bovis gegen chemische 
 Desinfektionsmittel. [Leipzig.] 8°. Hamburg, 
 1910. 
 
 WBTTiyA.uPEE (J.) *Beitrag zur Kenntnis der 
 Biologie des Bacillus pyogenes. [Giessen.] 8°. 
 Hamberg a. d. Ohm, 1913. 
 
 Balduzzi (A.) Considerazioni su alcune infezioni da 
 piogeni. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1905, xxvi, 140-143. — Berger 
 (E.) Vergleichende Untersuchungen iiber den Bacillus 
 -pyogenes bovis und den BacUlus pyogenes suis. Ztschr. f. 
 Infektionskr. . . . d. Haustiere, Berl., 1907, ill, 101-154.— 
 Bolognesi (G.) Chemische Veranderungen des Blutserums 
 bei Infektionen mit Pyogenes communis. Biochem. Ztschr., 
 Berl., 1907, vi, 149-157. — Bovo (P.) L'azione battericida ed 
 antitossica dell' acqua ossigenata nelle infezioni da piogeni. 
 Morgagni, Milano, 1906, xlviii, 179; 201.— Dammann & 
 Freese. Ueber das Vorkommendes Bacillus pyogenes bei 
 der Ziege und den Nachweis seiner Identitat nut dem Bacil- 
 lus pyogenes bovis et suis. Deutsche tierarztl. Wchnschr., 
 Hannov., 1908, xvi, 405-410.— Hlrshberg (L. K.) BacUlus 
 pyogenes (nov. spec?) associated with a febrile disease. Am. 
 J. U. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1906, cxxxii, 740-744.— Holth (H.) 
 Untersuchungen iiber den BacUlus pyogenes und die durch 
 ihn hervorgerufenen Gewebsveranderungen. Ztschr. f. In- 
 fektionskr. . . . d. Haustiere, Berl., 1907, ui, 15.5-217.— Olt. 
 Ueber das Vorkommen des Bacillus pyogenes als Sputum- 
 bakterium und Eitererreger bei verschiedenen Tierarten. 
 Deutsche tierarztl. Wchnschr., Hannov., 1908, xvi, 617; 
 629.— Bull (G.) [BacUlus pyogenes as causing swine dis- 
 easej AUatorvosi lapok, Budapest, 1906, xxix, 61. — Ward 
 (A. R.) Bacterium pyogenes and its relation to suppurative 
 lesions in animals. J. Bact., Bait., 1917, u, 619-628. 
 
 Bacillus radicicola. 
 
 Ball (O. M.) A contribution to the life history of Bacillus 
 (Po.) radicicola Beij. Centralbl. f. Bakterioljetc], 2. Abt., 
 Jena, 1909, xxiii, 47-69. — Buclianan (R. E.) The gum 
 produced by BacUlus radicicola. Ibid., 1908-9, xxu, 371- 
 396. — ^Haupt. Der BacUlus radicicola und seine Bedeutung 
 fiir die Fiitterung unserer Haustiere. Deutsche tierarztl. 
 Wchnschr., Hannov., 1914, xxh, 81-83.— Lipman (C. B.) & 
 Fowler (L. W.) Isolation of BacUlus radicicola from soil. 
 Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1915, n. s., xli, 256; 725.— 
 Wilson (J. K.) Physiological studies of BacUlus radicicola 
 of soy beans. Ibid., 180. 
 
 Bacillus rJiinitidis atrofhicus. 
 
 See Nose (Inflammation of. Atrophic). 
 
 BacUlus rJiinoscleromatis. 
 
 See Rhinoscleroma (Causes, etc., of). 
 
 BacUlus Rossii. 
 
 Godelmann (R.) Beitrage zur Kenntnis von BacUlus 
 Rossii Fabr. mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der bei ihm 
 vorkommenden Autotomie und Regeneration einzelner 
 GUedmassen. Arch. f. Entwcklngsmechn. d. Organ., Leipz., 
 1901, xii, 265-301, 1 pi. 
 
 BacUlus salmoni. 
 
 See Hog-cholera (Bacillus of) . 
 
 Bacillus scarlatinse. 
 
 See Scarlatina (Bacteria of) . 
 
 BaciUus septicsemise. ranarum. 
 
 Venulet (F.) & Fadlewskl (L.) Ueber eineu neuen 
 wahrend einer Froschepizootie geziichtetenBacillus. [Ba- 
 cillus septicaemiae ranarum.) Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 
 1. Abt., Jena, 1913, Ixxi, Orig., 343-348, 1 pi. 
 
 .BaciUus Shiga. 
 
 See Dysentery (Bacillus of) . 
 
 BaciUus smegmatis. 
 
 See Smegma, (Bacillus of) . 
 
 BaciUus solanacearum. 
 
 Bryan (Mary K.) A nasturtium wilt caused by Bac- 
 terium solanacearum. J. Agric Research, Wash., 1915, 
 iv, 451-457, 4 pi.— Honing (J. A.) Ueber die Variabilitat 
 des BacUlus solanacearum Smith. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. 
 [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1913, xxxvi, 491-499. 
 
BACn^LUS. 
 
 260 
 
 BACILLUS-CARRIEKS. 
 
 Bacillus sporogenes. 
 
 Welnzirl (JO A simple test for B . sporogenes in milk and 
 ■water. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1915, n. s., xlii, 353. 
 
 BacUlus suUilis. 
 
 Itano (A.) I. The relation of hydrogen ion 
 concentration of media to the proteolytic ac- 
 tivity of Bacillus subtilis. II. Proteolysis of 
 Strept. erysipelatis and Strept. lacticus com- 
 pared under different hydrogen ion concen- 
 tration. 8°. Amherst, 1915. 
 
 Bull. No. 167, Mass. Agric. Exper. Station, Amherst, 1915. 
 
 Barabaschl (P.) Interessante caso di inteiione da 
 Bacillus subtilis simulanteunatuberoolosi migliare. Gazz.- 
 d. osp., l^ilano, 1910, xxxi, 1081-1083.— Charrln & de 
 Nlttis. tfn Bacillus subtilis virulent; contingence de la , 
 tonction patbog&ne. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1897, 
 10. s., iv, 711-713.— Chester (F. D.) A review of the Bacil- 
 lus subtilis group of bacteria. Centralbl. 1 Bakteriol, [etc.], 
 2. Abt., Jena, 1904, xlii, 737-752.— Conn (H.J.) A study of 
 B. subtilis by means of the classification card. Science, 
 N.Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1915, n. s., xli, 618.— Frouln (A.) 
 Action du sulfate de lanthane sur le developpement du B. 
 subtilis. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1913, Ixxiv, 196.— 
 Gaucher (L.) & Faure-Geors. Sur quelques proprigtfe 
 du B. subtilis. lUd., 1914, Ixxvii, 229.— Hohhs & LatpUe. 
 R61e pathogfene du Bacillus subtilis assoclS h, d'autres 
 microbes. Cong. Internat. de mM. C. r.. Par., 1900, sect. 
 de path, g^u., 315.— Kayser (B.) Ein Beitrag zur Frage der 
 Pathogenitat des Bacillus subtilis, besonders tiir das Auge. 
 Centrmbl. f. Bakteriol.retc.l, 1. Abt., Jena, 1902-3, xxxiii, 
 241-246.— Kellerman (K. F.) & Fawcett (Edna H.) Stud- 
 ies of the subtilis group. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 
 1913, n. s., xxxviii, 372.— Kneass (S. S.) & Sailer (J.) Note 
 upon the agglutination and pathogemcity of the Bacillus 
 subtUis. Univ. Penn. M. Bufi., Phila., 1903^, xvi, 131-133. 
 Also, Beprint.— I^evaditi (C.) & Twort (0.) Sur la trypa- 
 notoxineduBacUlussubtilis; propriSt^delatoxine. Compt. 
 rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1911, Ixx, 645-647.— Nlcolle (M.) 
 Action du BaciUus subtius sur diverges bact^ries. Ann. de 
 rinsfe Pasteur, Par., 1907, xxi, 613-621.— Perdrlx (L.) 
 E&istance des spores du Bacillus subtilis aux diffldrentes 
 temperatures, dans una atmosphferesatur^ede m^thanaisec. 
 Compt . rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1907, Ixii, 979-981.— Portier 
 (P.) E&istanceaux agents chimiques deoertaines races du 
 B. subtilis provenant des msectes. Compt. rend. Acad. d. 
 so.. Par., 1916, clxi, 397-399.— SeitJ (A.) Pathogener Bacil- 
 lus subtihs. Centralbl. f. Blakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 
 1913, Ixx, Orie., 113.— Vernier (P.) & Thlry (G.) Du 
 verdissement de I'artichaut par des bacilles du groupe du 
 Bacillus subtilis. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1913, 
 Ixxiv, 840. — Waelsch (L.) Ueber einensaurefeste Substanz 
 bildenden Bacillus der Subtilis-Gruppe. Centralbl. f. 
 Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1913, Ixxi, Orig., 603-611.— 
 Weil (E . ) Ueber die Wachstumsmoglichkeit des Heubazil- 
 lus im Tierkorper. Wien. klin. ■Wchnscbi., 1905, xviii, 662- 
 666. 
 
 Bacillus suipestifer. 
 
 See, also, Hog-cholera. 
 
 LussBM ([G.] H.) *Vergleichende Unter- 
 suchungen tiber den Bacillus suipestifer 
 (Uhlenhuth), den Bacillus paratyphi B und 
 den Bacillus suipestifer des. Hygienischen 
 Instituts der Tierarztlichen Hochschule zu 
 Hannover. [Giessen.] 8°. Hettstedt, 1909. 
 
 Gardenghl (6. F.) La diffusione del B. suipestifer in 
 rapporto alia patologia degli animali e dell' uomo. Boll. d. 
 SocTmed. di Parma, 1908, 2. s., i, 154-159.— Hottlnger (E.) 
 Bacillus suipestifer; Spezifltatsfrage; mikrobiolorasche Ver- 
 suche. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1908, 
 xlvii, 31-40.— Kaunttz; (P.) & Travplflski (A.) Ueber den 
 Befund von Bacillus suipestifer im Blute eines kranken 
 Mensohen. Wien. kUn. Wchnschr., 1917, xxx, 1098-1102.— 
 Shoukevltch (J.) Kecherches sur I'lmmunit^ des lapins 
 centre le Bacillus suipesticus. Ann. de I'lnst. Pasteur, 
 Par., 1910, xxiv, 728-747.— WeU (E.) Paratyphus B-ahnli- 
 che Krankheitserreger (Typhus suipestifer Voldagsen) in 
 Albaoien. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1917, xxx, 1061-1063. 
 
 Bacillus tartaricus. 
 
 Grlmhert (L.) Action du Bacillus tartaricus sur le 
 tartrate de chaux. Cinquanten. de la Soc. de biol.. Par., 
 1899, 419-427, 
 
 Bacillus tetani. 
 
 See Tetanus {Bacillus of) . 
 Bacillus thermophilics. 
 
 Georgcvltch (P.) Bacillus thermophilus vranjensis. 
 
 Arch 1. Hyg., Miinchen & Berl., 1910, Ixxii, 201-210. . 
 
 Bacillus thermophilus Jivoini nov sp. und Bacillus ther- 
 monhilus Losanitchl nov. sp. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. 
 fete], 2. Abt., Jena, 1910, xxvil, 150-167, 1 pi. — --. Note 
 praiminaire sur la formation et la germination des spores 
 
 Bacillus thermophilus. 
 
 du Bacillus thermophilus Jivoini nov. spec. Compt. rend. 
 
 Soc. de biol., Pa!r., 1910, Ixviii, 466-458. . Formation et 
 
 germination des spores du Bacillus thermophilus vragnensis 
 Georgevltch. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par., 1911, cliii, 
 837-839. 
 
 Bacillus tuberculosis. 
 
 See Tuberculosis (Bacillus of) . 
 
 Bacillus tumefaciens. 
 
 Frledemann (U.), Bendlx [et at.]. Der Pflanzenkrebs- 
 erreger (B. tumefaciens) als Brreger menschlicher Krank- 
 heiten. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infektionskrankh., Leipz., 1916, 
 Ixxx, 114-144, 1 pi. 
 
 Bacillus tussis convulsivse. 
 
 See Whooping-cough (Bacteriology of) . 
 
 Bacillus typhi exanthematici. 
 
 See Fever ( Typhus, Bacteriology of) . 
 
 Bacillus typhi spermophilorum. 
 
 Mereshkowsky ( S. S. ) verftitterungsversuche an 
 grauen Hausmausen mit einem emeuerten Stamme des 
 Zieseltyphusbacillus (BacUlus typhi spermophilorum). 
 Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1909, lii, 1-4. 
 . Virulenz des emeuerten Stammes des Zieseltyphus- 
 bacillus (Bacillus typhi spermophilorum) bei subkutaner 
 
 Injektion am Ziesel. Jhid., 4-6, . Ueber die Eigentiim- 
 
 Uchkeiten des Bac typhi spermophilorum in Medien, 
 welche Trauben- oder MUchzucker enthalten. IbH., Orig., 
 427-429. 
 
 Bacillus typhosus. 
 
 See Fever ( Typhoid, BaciUus of) . 
 Bacillus verdunensis. 
 
 Penau (H.) Cytologie du Bacillus verdunensis Penau 
 nov. sp. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par., 1915, cbd, 7-10. 
 
 Bacillus Vincenti. 
 
 See Bacillus fugiformis; Throat (Inflamma- 
 tion of, Ulcero-membranous, Bacillus of) . 
 
 Bacillus violaceus. 
 
 WooLEY (P. G.) Report on Bacillus viola- 
 ceus IManilse, a pathogenic microorganism. 8°. 
 ■Manila, 19104. 
 
 Forms No. 15 of: Dep. Interior. Bureau Govt. Lab. 
 Biol, and Serum Lab., Manila, 1904. 
 
 Also, in Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1906, xvi, 
 89-93. 
 
 Bacillus vitulisepticus. 
 
 ScHiKOP (H.) *Beitrag zur Biologie des 
 Bacillus vitulisepticus und zur Immunisierimg 
 gegen die durch denselben hervorgerufene sep- 
 tiache Pneumonie der Kalber. [Bern.] 8°. 
 Jena, 1908. 
 
 Also, in: Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1908, 
 xlvii, Orig., 307-342. 
 
 Teikb (R.) *Die Einwirkung von Lecithin, 
 Muiracithin, Ovogal und Pepton auf den Bazil- 
 lus vitulisepticus. [Bern.] 8°. Berlin, 1909. 
 
 Bacillus vulgaris. 
 
 Kllglcr (I. J.) Observations on the metabolism of Bacil- 
 lus vtdgaris. Bioohem. Bull., N. Y., 1915, iv, 196. 
 
 Bacillus Welchii. 
 
 See Bacillus aerogenes capsulatus. 
 
 Bacillus X. 
 
 See Fever ( Yellow, Causes, etc., of). 
 BacUlus (The). Official organ Illinois Medical 
 College Summer School of Medicine, v. 3, 
 1902-3. 8°. Chicago. 
 
 Continued as: Illinois Medical Bulletin. 
 
 Bacillus -carriers. 
 
 ' See, also, Contagious diseases. Diphtheria, 
 Fever (Typhoid), Meningitis (Cerebrospinal), 
 etc., Carriers of. 
 
 KuLYOSHA (G. S.) Batsillonositeli i borba s 
 nimi. [Carriers of bacilli and the struggle with 
 them.] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1914. 
 
 Adam (A.) Versuche zur Umstimmung eines Korpers 
 als Mittel zur Behandlung von Bazillentragem. Beitr. z. 
 Klin. d. Infektionskr., Wurzb., 1914, ill, 97-100.— Anderson 
 
BACILLUS-CAREIERS: 
 
 261 
 
 BACn.LUS-CARRIEES. 
 
 Bacillus-carriers. 
 
 (A.) Bacillus carriers in disease. Pub. Health, Lond., 
 1911-12, XXV, 107.— Aoki (K.) Ueber die Komplement- 
 bindungsreaktion und die hamoljfseliemmende Wirkung 
 des Serums bei Bacillentragerkanlnchen. Ztschr. f. Im- 
 munitatsJorsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1913, six, Orig., 
 354-361.— Baclllendragers. Tijdschr. v. sociale byg. [etc.], 
 ZwoUe, 1916, xviil, 67.— Bartoluccl (A.) I portatori di 
 bacilli e gll iosetti nella lotta contro le malattie infettive. N. 
 Eroolani, Pisa, 1911, xvi, 1; 17; 33.— Bedu. E&um6 d'une 
 conftonce sur les porteurs do germes. Rev. mM. de la 
 Franche-Comt^, Besan?on, 1911, xix, 20-25.— Berro (R.) 
 Portadores de g^rmenes. Rev. mM. d. Uruguay, Monte- 
 video, 1910, xiii, 326-339.— Bertarelll (E.) La lotta contro 
 i portatori di gerroi. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1917, xxxviii, 
 1113.— BOrnsteln (P.) Versuohe iiber die Moglichkeit, 
 Inflzierte Hande durcb einlacbe Verfairen %a desinflzieren 
 (mit besonderer Eiicksicht auf die Bazilleutragerlrage). 
 Ztsohi'. f. Hyg. u. liilektionskraakb., Leipz., 1914, Ixxix, 
 145-169.— Bolnet (E.) & Olmer (D.) Les porteurs de 
 germes. Ann, d'byg.. Par., 1910, xiv, 418-447.— Brincker 
 , - (J. A. H.) Tbe carrier problem in the study of intec- 
 "" tious disease, and the account of an interesting case of 
 a persistent carrier. School Hyg., Lend., 1916, vii, 158- 
 164.— Broers (C. W.) Het onderzoek naar baciHendragers. 
 Mil.-geneesk. Tijdschr., Haarlem, 1917, xxl, 242-260.— 
 ' Browning (P. W.) Modiflcations in administrative 
 measures necessitated by the carrier problem. Calif. 
 State J. M., San Fran., 1914, xii, 12.— Carnot (P.) Le 
 \ traitement des porteurs de germes; bacUle diphtSrique, 
 ' mdningocoque, bacille typhique. Paris m^d., 1916, vi, 
 '231-238. — Carrieu. Les baciUalres dans I'armee. Mont- 
 pel. mM., 1916, xxxix, 311-315.— CeradinI (A.) I portatori 
 di baciUi. Gior. d. r. Soc. ital. d'lg., Milano, 1910, xxxii, 
 137-157.— Collins (K. E.) Bacilli carriers and their rela- 
 tion to public health. Atlanta Jour.-Reo. Med., 1911-12, 
 Iviii, 161-165.— Cuello (L.) Contrlbucidn al estudio de la 
 etiologla de las enfermedades Infecto-contagiosas. Rev. 
 valenc. de cien. mSd., Valencia, 1914, xvi, 257-262.— D. 
 (M. G.) Bacteriophoria (carriage of bacteria by carriers). 
 Brit. M. J., Lond., 1917, ii, 633.— Daus (S.J TTeber Bazil- 
 lentragerxmd Dauerausscheider. Ztschr. f. arztl. Fortbild., 
 Jena, 1914, xi, 43-50.— Davis (D. J.) On certain relations 
 of the lower animals to human disease. Science, N. Y. & 
 Lancaster, Pa., 1916, xliv, 337-347.— Dean (H. R.), Adam- 
 son (R. S.) {etalX A bacteriological examination of con- 
 valescents from the Mediterranean expeditionary force. 
 J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond., 1917, xxviti, 428-460.— 
 Dugge. Bazillentrager und Invalideurente. Aerztl. Sach- 
 verst.-Ztg., Berl., 1914, xx, 157-159.— Escli (W. G.) Zur 
 Frage der BazUlentrager. Therap. Rundschau, Berl., 1909, 
 
 iii, 61. . Eine weitere Stimme zur Frage der gesunden 
 
 Bazillentrager. Ibid., 1910, iv, 97.— Friedberger (E.) 
 Bazillentrager, ibre Entstebung und Bekampfung. Miin- 
 chen. med. Wchnschr., 1916, Ixiii, 1389.— Grant {Sir J.) 
 Carriers of disease. Canada Lancet, Toronto, 1916-17, 1, 
 249-256.— Hamilton (Alice). The opsonic Index of bacil- 
 lus-carriers. Tr. Chicago Path. Soc, 1909-10, viii, 28-30. 
 Also: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1910, Uv, 704.— Hata 
 (S.) [Carriers of microorganisms.] Sei-i-Kwad M. J., 
 Tokyo, 1907, xxvi, No. 299, pt. 2, 9-13.— Hehlr (P.) Disease 
 carriers in our army in India. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 
 1913, xlviii, 467-472.— Herz (A.) Die Behandlung der 
 Bazillentrager. Wien. kMn. Wchnschr., 1916, xxix, 1290- 
 1293.— Hetsct (H.) Die Verbreitung iibertragbarer Krank- 
 heiten durch sogenannte Dauerausscheider und BazUlen- 
 trager. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etcj, 1. Abt., Jena, 1909, 
 xliil. Ret, 161-172.— Heyn (C. P.) Die sanitatspolizeiliche 
 Bedeutuug der Bazillentrager bei der Verbreitung des 
 Typhus der epidemischen Genickstarre und der Diphtheric. 
 Eeichs- Med.-Anz., Leipz., 1909, xxxiv, 323; 345; 385; 405.— 
 HUl (H. W.) The carrier question. Canada Lancet, 
 Toronto, 1912-13, xlvi, 347-354.— Hornemann (O.) & 
 MUUer (Anna). Einrichtungen zur Verhiitung der Ueber- 
 tragungeui von Infektionskrankheiten in Kinderspitalern 
 unci ihre Beurteilung nach den bisher vorliegenden experi- 
 mentellen Uutersuchungeu. Ergebn. d. inn. Med. u. 
 Kinderh., Berl., 1913, xi, 492-524.— Hort (E. C.) The car- 
 rier problem at home in time of war. Brit. M. J., Lond., 
 1915, ii, 892-895. Also: J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond., 
 XXV, 515-524. — Htine (C.) Der Einfluss gesunder Keim- 
 trager bei der Verbreitung der Seuchen, mit besonderer 
 Beriicksichtigung der Truppen im Frieden und im Kriege. 
 Tr. Internat. Cong. Hyg. & Demog. 1912, Wash., 1913, v, 
 pt. 2, 441-456.— Jacobstlial (E.) Theoretisches und Prak- 
 tisches fiber Bazillentrager. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., 
 Berl. & Leipz., 1911, xxxvii, 46.— Karell (W.) & Lucksch 
 (F.) Die Befreiung der Bazillenausscheider von ibrem 
 Uebel durchBehandlungmithomologemlmpfstofle. Wien. 
 khn. Wchnschr., 1916, xxix, 187-189.— KendaU (A. I.) The 
 bacillus carrier and the restaurant. Am. J. Pub. Health, 
 N. Y., 1916, vij726-729.— Klrcliner (M.) Die Verbreitung 
 ubertragbarer Erankheiten durch sogenannte "Daueraus- 
 scheider" und "Bazillentrager." Klin. Jahib., Jena, 1908, 
 xix, 473^82.— Kulyosha (G. S.) [Carrying of pathogenic 
 germs by healthy men.] Eussk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1911, 
 X, 2088-2093.— Lans (L. J.) Baclllendragers. Nederi. 
 Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst, 1918, i, 287.— Lebredo (M. G.) 
 Organizacifin del servicio para Investigar los portadores de 
 
 Bacillus-carriers. 
 
 germenes patogenos. San. y beneflc. Bol. ofic, Habana, 
 1916, xvi, 73-78. — Lederer ( A. ) The carrier problem. West 
 Virg. M. J., Huntington, 1918-19, xiii, 127-132.— Lesnfe (E.) 
 & Dreylus (L.) Les porteurs de germes. CUnique, Par., 
 1910, V, 65; 83.— Lewis (D. M.) Application of the factors 
 controlling carriers of communicable diseases. Interstate 
 M. J., St. Louis, 1918jXxv, 91-93. Also, Reprint. — Idsener. 
 Die Bedeutung der Keimtrager fur die Truppe. Deutsche 
 mil.-arztl. Ztschr., Berl., 1911, xl, 185-206.— Lunln (N. I.) 
 [What shall we do with carriers of bacilli?] Pediatriya, S.- 
 Peterb., 1913, iv, 209-216.— Iiuzzattl (T.) I portatori di 
 germi patogeni. Riv. ospedal,, Roma, 1913, iii, 517-524.^ 
 McCampbell (E . F . ) The relation of carriers to the spread 
 of disease. Ohio Pub. Sealth J., Columbus, 1915, vi, 261- 
 270.— Madsen (T.) [Infection carriers.] Ugesk. f. Lseger, 
 Kj^benh., 1909, Ixxxi, 1279-1293.— Martineau (G. E.) Les 
 porteurs de bacUles. Bull, san., Montr&l, 1913, xiii, 198- 
 203.— Meader (F. M.) Vaccine treatment of carriers of 
 disease. Tr. XV. Internat. Cong. Hyg. & Demog. 1912, 
 Wash., 1913, iv, 174-181.— Miron (G^) Les porteurs de 
 dift&ente bacflles et I'^tat hygidnique de Bucaxest. J. State 
 Med., Lend., 1913, xxi, 729-740. Also: Rev. d'hyg., Par., 
 
 1914, xxxvl, 391-403.— MUUer (P. T.) Ueber BazUlcntrager- 
 untersuchungen. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1917, Ixiv, 
 196; 543; 629.— Neisser (C.) Die Bedeutung der BacUlen- 
 trager in Irrenanstalten. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1910, xlvii, 
 2142-2147. Also: Internat. Kong. z. Fiirsorge f. Geisteskr. 
 Off. Ber. 1910, Halle a. S., 1911, iv, 530-553.— Pannenborg 
 (A. E.) Die Gefahr der Bazillentrager und Daueraus- 
 scheider an Bord. Arch. f. Schifls- u. Tropen-Hyg., Leipz., 
 
 1915, xix, 7; 33.— Petrle (G. F.) & O'Brien (R. A.) The 
 experimental production of the carrier-state by feeding. 
 Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1910-11, iv, Path. Sect., 70-72.— 
 Petruschky. Erfolgreiche Versucne zur Entkeimung von 
 Bazillentragem durch aktive Immunisierung und die 
 hygienischen Konsequenzen. Deutsche med. wchnschr., 
 Berl. & Leipz., 1912, xxxviii, 1319-1324.— Poels (J.) Smet> 
 stofdragers. Tijdschr. v. veeartsenijk. Maandbl., 1908-9, 
 xxxvi, 59-92, 1 pi.— Bitter. Die Tuberkulose- und In- 
 iluenza-Bacillen-Trager in offeneu Kurorten und in Heil- 
 statten. Med. Klin., Berl., 1914, x, 1057-1059.— Sa«<iu«p«e 
 (E.) Les porteurs de germes (bacille dysentgrique et 
 vibrionchoferique). Bull. del'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1910, viii, 
 621-532. — Sawyer (W. A.) The prevention of carriers. 
 
 Am. J. Pub. Health, N. Y., 1914, iv, 217-221. . The 
 
 disease carrier on train and steamboat. J. Sociol. Med., 
 Easton, Pa., 1916, xvii, 131-139.— Scheller. Zur Frage der 
 Bacillentrager. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1917, liv, 664. AUo: 
 Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1917, xllii, 575. — 
 Schutz (J. H.) Ueber die Massregeln gegen Bazillentrager 
 in den Anstalten fiir Geisteskranke. Vrtljschr. f. gerichtl. 
 Med., Berl., 1915, xlix, 310-344.— Seltz (A.) Bazillentrager 
 als Infectionsquelle. Klin. Jahrb., Jena, 1909-10, xxil, 251- 
 253. — Siebelt. Ueber die Bedeutung der Bazillentrager 
 und Dauerausscheider fur die Verbreitung ansteckender 
 Erankheiten in Kurorten. Allg. Wien. med. Ztg., 1914, lix, 
 345; 349; 363. Also: Ztschr. f. Balneol., KUmat. [etc.], 
 Berl. & Wien, 1914-15, vii, 241-247.— Sobernbelm (G.) 
 Bacillentrager. Berl. kUn. Wchnschr., 1912, xUx, 1441; 
 1549. Also: Verhandl. d. Berl. med. Gesellsch. (1912), 
 
 1913, xllii, pt. 2, 330-343. [Discussion], 217-225, pt. 1.— 
 Tate (R. Bo Dangers from bacilU earners. Month. Bull. 
 Ohio State Bd. Health, Columbus, 1911, i, 264-270.— Testl 
 (F.) La dottrina dei portatori di germl e la profilassi delle 
 malattie infettive neir ambiente militare. Gior. di med. 
 mU., Roma, 1911, lix, 128; 204.— Trillat ( A. ) Des conditions 
 de transport des germes morbides par les vStements et les 
 objets. Bull. Acad, de mgd.. Par., 1915, 3. s., Ixxiii, 609- 
 613.— Ustvedt (Y.) Ueber die Gefahr der Bazillenaus- 
 scheider bei Typhus- und Diarrboekrankheiten. Ztschr. f. 
 Hyg. u. InfektionskTankh., Leipz., 1914, Ixxvii, 22-34.— 
 Valllard (L.) Les porteurs de germes en Epidemiologic. 
 Ann. d'hyg.. Par., 1912, 4. s., xvii, 306-320. Also: Rev. 
 sclent.. Par., 1912, i, 298-303. . The Harben Lectures, 
 
 1914. Lecture I. Germ carriers from a public health point 
 of view. J. State Med., Lond., 1914, xxii, 449-463.— Vilato 
 (J.) Los portadores de germenes. Gac. mSd. catal., Bar- 
 eel., 1911, xxxviii, 201-210.— Vincent (H. ) Les porteurs 
 latents de microbes pathogfenes dans I'arm^e. Arch, de 
 mM. et pharm. mU., Par., 1909, liv, 337-356. Also: 
 Compt. rend. d. xvi. Congrfes internat. d. mSd. 1909, Bu- 
 dapest, 1910, Sect. XX, 370-382. La bile et les por- 
 teurs de germes. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1916, 
 Ixxix, 680.— Welch (H. E.) How shall we guard against 
 bacillus carriers? Month. BuU. Ohio State Bd. Health 
 Columbus, 1911, i, 89-93.— Wheeler (W. M.) Ants and bees 
 as carriers of pathogenic micro-organisms. Am. Soc. Trop 
 M., Ptiila., 1914, ix, 94-102. Also: Am. J. Trop. Dis. [etc.l, 
 N. Orl., 1914-15, ii, 160-168.— WiUe (C. W.) Disease earners 
 Quart. Bull. Ohio State Bd. Health, Columbus, 1910, ii, 223- 
 234.— WilUUhr (G.) Ueber die Bedeutung der Bazillen- 
 trager fur die Verbreitung iibertragbarer Erankheiten 
 Vrtljschr. f. gerichtl. Med., Leipz., 1913, 3. F., xlvi, 142- 
 173.— Wingrave (W.) Meningococcus and diphtheria car- 
 riers. Lancet, Lond., 1915, i, 880.— Zlemann(H.) Schnel- 
 Icre Methode der Stuhlentnahme bei Massenuntersuchungen 
 auf Bazillentrager. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1915, Ixii, 
 
BACK. 
 
 262 
 
 BACK-ACHE. 
 
 Back. 
 
 Arnold(J. P.) The importance of the physical examina- 
 tion of the back in general diagnosis. Med. News, N. Y. 
 1905, Ixxxvi, 491-495.— CoUie (J.) Examination of the 
 back. J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond., 1916, xxvii, 704- 
 719.— Howard (TJ Note on percussion of the back In the 
 lateral posture. Hosp. Bull. Dep. Pub. Char., N. Y., 1917, i, 
 69.— Rutherford (N. C.) A curious arrangement of the 
 retro-clavicular musculature. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1910, 
 xxxvii, 148-150.— Vircliow (H.) Die Ruokenmuskeln des 
 Schimpanse. Arch. f. Anat. u. Entweklngsgesch., Leipj., 
 1914 319-350.— ToTing (A. H.) Observations on the 
 lumbar arteries. J. Anat. & Physiol., Lond., 1904-6, xxxix, 
 295-300. 
 
 Back {Tumors of). 
 
 BoTJAN (P.) *Contributioii &, I'^tude des 
 lipomes de la region dorso-lombaire. Sympt6- 
 mes, diagnostic. 8°. Toulouse, 1897. 
 
 Addison (O. L.) Tumour on back, probably dermoid. 
 Proc. Eoy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1910-11, iv. Sect. Stud. Dis. 
 ChUd., 165.— Beattie. Pulsating tumour in back. North- 
 umberland & Durham M. J., Newcastle-upon-Tyne, 1899, 
 vii, 25.— Borelius. [A tumor of the back.l Hygiea, Stock- 
 holm, 1913, Ixxv, 654. — Brunner (C.) Ueber die retrovis- 
 ceralen Geschwillste und Strumen unter besonderer Beriick- 
 sichtlgung ihrer Topographie und der Technik ihrer Opera- 
 tion. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiiblng., 1902, xxxvi, 689-760.— 
 Cestan (E.) Kyste congenital de la rtoon posMrieure du 
 troue aveo malformations multiples. BuU. Soc. anat. de 
 Par., 1898, Ixxiii, 234.— Cliarbonnel. Volumineux flbro- 
 lipome du dos. J. de m^d. de Bordeaux, 1908, xxxviii, 171. — 
 Charles (Etta). Teratology; report of a case. Indiana 
 M. J., Indlanap., 1897-8, xvi, 448-450.— Doraii (A.) Lipoma 
 of the lumbar rerion four pounds in weight, and of twenty 
 years' growth. Tr. Obst. Soc. Lond. (1897), 1898, xxxix, 
 40.— Hamilton (J. A.) Case of large fatty tumor. Indian 
 Lancet, Calcutta, 1898, xii, 321.— Kelynack (T. N.) Large 
 lipoma of the back. Med. Press & Ciro., Lond., 1897, cxiv, 
 53. — ^Komarevskl (N. V.) [Lipoma dorsi.] [Large tumor 
 of the back.] Chir. Laitop., Mosk., 1892, ii, 665-667.— Laigle 
 & Debalse. Tumeur r&sidivante du dos, traitfe par la 
 fulguration. Ajin. m^d.-ohir.^ Dour, 1912, xx, 50-62. — 
 Ptralre (M.) Fibrome de la region dorsale. Bull, et m6m. 
 Soc. anat. de Par., 19u3, Ixxviii, 747.— Piollet (P.) Tumeur 
 congfiuitale de la region lombaire. N. iconog. fde la SalpS- 
 trifere. Par., 1900, xlii, 71-76, 1 pi.— Bowlands (E. P.) 
 Demonstration upon a swelling in the loin. Med. Press & 
 Circ., Lond.; 1909, n. s., bacrvii, 325.— Steele (D. A. K.) 
 Telangiectatic lipoma. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1906, xliii, 789, 
 3 pi. 
 
 Back (Tumors of, Malignant). 
 
 Auch£ (B.) & Vlirac (J.) Eudothaiome intravascu- 
 laire. Cong, tntemat. de mM. C. r.. Par., 1900, sect, de 
 path, gto., 333.— Brlggs (C. S.) Alveolar sarcoma of the 
 back. NashviUe J. M. & S., 1896, Ixxx, 157.— Coley (W. B.) 
 Small, rouJid-celled sarcoma of the back successfully treated 
 by the X-ray combined with the mixed toxins of erysipelas 
 and Bacillus prodlgiosus. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1905, xli, 770.— 
 Franjols-Dalnvllle. Angiome de la region dorsale dfigd- 
 ngr6 en flbro-sarcome. Bull.- et mdm. Soc. anat. de Par., 
 1904, Ixrix, 141. — Hewson (A.) Sarcoma occurring in scar 
 tissue of the back with metastasis to the lung, pressure 
 necrosis of the aorta, with hemorrhage and death. Ann. 
 Surg., Phila., 1910, 11, 745-751.— L6pez Arrojo. Sarcomaen 
 laregi6uescdpulo-raquIdeaderecha. Corresp. mfid.,Madrid, 
 1898, xxxiii, 390.— Morestln (H.) Epithelioma d^veloppS 
 sur tme vieille loupe du dos. Bull, et mdm. Soc. anat. de 
 Par., 1904, Ixxlx, 422-426;— Powers (C. A.) Sarcomata of 
 the back; cases and comments. Colorado Med., Denver, 
 1903-4, i, 394-397. 
 
 Back (WouTids and injuries of). 
 
 Davis (E. L.) The Roentgen diagnosis of traumatic 
 lesions of the lower back. Am. J. Roentgenol., N. Y., 1918, 
 n. s., T. 89 -7 91.— Flelltz. Eln Schrapnellsohuss in den 
 Riicken. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1917, Ixiv, 559. — 
 Follls (R. H.) [A wound in the right lumbar region by a 
 38-caliber revolver; recovery.] Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., 
 Bait., 1904, XV, 57.— Hamilton (J. B.) Contusion of the 
 back-muscles. Intemat. Clin., Phila., 1897, 6. s., iv, 183.- 
 Hammond (R. ) Certain aspects olinjuries of the lower back. 
 Am. J. Orthop. Surg., Bost., 1916, xiv, 484-489.— King (H. 
 D.) Injuries of the back from a medico-legal standpoint. 
 Texas State J. M., Fort Worth, 1915-16, xi, 442-445.— Cath- 
 rop (W.) Remarks on contusion of the back and its com- 
 plications based upon the observation of 296 cases.. Am. J. 
 Surg., N. Y., 1910, xxiv, 382-384. Also: Therap. Gaz. Jetc], 
 
 theback,withoutapparentmechanicallesion,ln their surgical 
 and meMco-legalagpects. Times & Reg., Phila. & Bost., 1896, 
 xxxii, 450-456.— Blartln (J.) Notes on injuries of the back 
 as they occur in military practice. Army M. Dep. Rep. 
 1895, Lond., 1896, xxxvii, 386-389.— Mercade (S.) La voie 
 
 Back ( Wounds and injuries of) . 
 
 sous-p^riton&le pour I'extraction des projectiles paravertfr 
 braux. Bull. Acad, de mid.., Par., 1917, n. s., Ixxvii, 170.— 
 Morley (A. S.) Injuries of the back, considered from their 
 medico-legal aspect. Tr. Med.-Leg. Soc, Lond., 1913-14, 
 xi, 1-19. Also: Tr. Intemat. Cong. Med. 1913, Lond^ 1914, 
 Sect, xlx, Forens. Med., pt. 2, 153-170.— Pierce (F. E.) 
 Traumas of the back and spine. Surg^ Gynec. & Obst., 
 Chicago, 1916, xxiii, 332-338.— QuSnu (E.) Gros ^clat d'o- 
 bus de 385 grammes dans la region dorsale. Bull, et m^m. 
 Soc. de chir. de Par., 1916, n. s., xlii, 2207.— Sandes (J. D.) 
 Trench back treated by sodium salicylate ionization. Brit. 
 M. J., Lond., 1915, ii, 215.— Sever (J. W.) The value of 
 diagnosis in back lesions. Boston M. & S. J., 1917, clxxvii, 
 857-864.— Shufflebotham (F.) An address on the impor- 
 tance of early functional treatment in cases of contusions and 
 sprains of the back. Lancet, Lond., 1912, Ii, 425-428. — 
 Stetson (H. G.) Injuries to the muscles and hgaments of 
 the back. Intemat. J. Surg., N. Y., 1906, xlx, 174-177.— 
 Toussaint(H.) Blessure lombaire par &lat d'obus. Bull, 
 et m6m. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1915, n. s., xll, 769. 
 
 den Back (Abraham). *De diaetse in curandis 
 morbis efficacia. 24 pp. sm. 4° iMgd. Bat., 
 
 A. Elzeoier, 1705. [P., v. 2242.] 
 
 Back (Adolf). *Experunentelle Beitrage zur 
 Frage der Blutauslaugung durch Diuretica 
 beim gesunden und kranken Menschen. 51 pp. 
 8°. Wiirzburg, P. Schdrier, 1895. 
 
 de Back (James). 
 
 de Feyler (F. M. G.) Bijdrage tot de kennis omtrent 
 het leven van Jacobus de Back. Nederl. Tljdschr. v. Ge- 
 
 neesk., Amst., 1909, i, 1879-1886. . Harvey's leer in 
 
 Nederland; Jacob de Back en zijn werk. Med. Rev., Haar- 
 lem, 1911, xi, 99-112. 
 
 Back (Martia Richard) [1870- ]. *ExostoBis 
 cartUaginea tibiae, ein ia der kSnigl. cMrurg. 
 Universitats-Klinik zu Kiel openerter und 
 geheilter Fall. 26 pp., 11., 2 pi. 8°. Berlin, 
 L. Schumacher, 1902. 
 
 Back (Sonja Eugenie). *Kryofin, ein neues 
 Antipyieticum nach Beobachtungen auf der 
 Zurcher medicinischen Klinik des Herm Prof. 
 Dr.Eichhort. [Zurich.] 39 pp., 31 diagrs. 8°. 
 Wien, 1898. 
 
 Back (Wilhelm). *Klinisches und Experimen- 
 telles iiber die Narkose. 46 pp. 8°. Leipzig, 
 
 B. Georgi, 1907. 
 ■. Schachten oder Betauben? eine Bediirfnis- 
 
 Irage. Ein Beitrag zum Erlass eines Reichs- 
 scmachtgesetzes. 28 pp. 8° Strassburg i. E., 
 E. d'Olem & Rasch, 1911. 
 
 See, also, Kurpluschertum (Das) [etc.]. 8°. Strass- 
 iurg, \n. d.y. 
 
 Back-ache. 
 
 See, also, Lumbago. 
 
 Baker (T.) Genito-urlnary causes of low back pain. 
 Am. J. Orthop. Surg., Bost., 1917, xv, 819-825. [Discussion], 
 832-839. — Bates (Mary E.) Posterior Ilium backaches and 
 their mechanical treatment. Boston M. & S. J., 1908, clix, 
 830-834.— Berkeley (C.) Backache. Practitioner, Lond., 
 1911, Ixxxvu, 477-194.- Blssell (D.) What information may 
 we obtain from symptomatology in gynecological cases with 
 special reference to backache? Am. J. Obst., N. Y^1906, 
 lui, 509-511. [Discussion], 569-571.- BIancliard,(W.) & 
 Parker (C. A.) A resection of the transverse process of the 
 fifth lumbar vertebra for the reUef of painful back. Am. J. 
 Orthop. Surg., Phila., 1915-16, xiii, 250-256.— Branson. 
 Limping andi lumbar pain. Tr. M. Soc. Lond., 1911-12, 
 XXXV, 398. — Brooke (J. A.) Backache from the standpoint 
 of the orthopedist. Hahneman. Month., Phila., 1917, lii, 
 631-540.— Cloj a (A.) II dolort ai lombi. Arte ostet., Mi- 
 lano, 1902, xvi, 97-100.— Colvln (A. R.) Lower back pain. 
 Am. J. Orthop. Surg., Bost., 1918, xvi, 384-386.— Cooper 
 (C. M.) Backache. Calif. State J. M., San Fran., 1909, vii, 
 221; 242.— von Criegern. Ueber Riickenschmerzen. Fort- 
 schr. d. Med., Berl., 1910, xxvlii, 353-360.— Cuscaden (G.) 
 Some common causes of bachache. Australas. M. Gaz., 
 Sydney, 1903, xxii, S6B.— Davis (G. G.) Lumbo-saoral 
 pains considered anatomically. Am. J. Orthop. Surg., 
 Bost., 1917, XV, 803-806. [Discussion], 832-839.— Epstein (S.) 
 Backache, some of its orthopedic aspects. N. York M. J. 
 [etc.], 1915, cil, 761. AKso, Reprint.— Fassett (F. J.) Dis- 
 placements of bones as a cause of low back pains. Am. J. 
 Orthop. Surg., Bost., 1917, xv, 826-839.— Fenvrick (B.) 
 Backache in women. Med. Times & Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 
 1902, XXX, 721-724.— Fisher (M. K.) X-ray as a diagnostic 
 aidm backache. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1918, evil, 1176-1178. 
 
BACK-ACHE. 
 
 263 
 
 BACON. 
 
 J6ii., 814-818. miscussion], 832-839,— Hessler (E.) : 
 ache. Month. Bull. Indiana Bd. Health, Indianap., 
 
 Back-ache. 
 
 Also, Reprint.— Garrl^es (L. F.) The causes and the 
 treatment of backache in women. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 
 1909, lii, 11-13.— Graves (J. C.) Backache from the view- 
 point of the orthopedist. Northwest Med., Seattle, 1916, 
 XV, 166-168.— Graves (W. P.) Gynecological paper. []?elvlo 
 disease as a cause or back pain.] Am. J. Orthop. Surg., 
 Bosty 1917, xv, 807-813. [Discussion], 832-839.— Hennlnger 
 (0. H.) Cord and nerve affections causing low back pain. 
 
 ""'- ■ ■ " ~ ■ '" ~ Back- 
 
 , 1904, 
 vl, 113-115. — ^Hughes-Hielscher (Helen). Some remarks 
 on tl»e symptom of pain in the back in women. St. Paul 
 M. J., St. Paul, Minn., 1913, xv, 132-134.— Hunter (C. H.) 
 A new use for a foot-ball. J. Minn. M. Ass. [etc.], Miimeap., 
 1906, xxvi, 36.— Kosmali (G. W.) Gynecological aspects 
 of backache. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1915, oil, 5S9-592. Also, 
 Eeprint. — Langdou (F. W.) Pain in the back. Lancet- 
 Clinic, Cincin., 1905, n. S.,.llv, 121-124.— Littlg (L. W.) 
 Chronic baohache. Med. Herald, St. Joseph, 1915, xxxiv, 
 77-81. — Lovett (R. W.) Clinical observations on back- 
 ache. N. York M. J., 1903, Ixxvii, 965-968. 4 &o. Reprint. 
 
 . The causes and treatment of chronic backache; 
 
 with a consideration of the diagnosis of sacro-ihac relaxation. 
 J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1914, Ixu, 1615-1620.— Luce (T. W.) 
 Backache in women. Tr. N. Hampshire M. Soc, Concord, 
 1906, 138-141.— McWalter (J. C.) Belgium back or trench 
 back. Med. Times, Lond., 1916, xliv, 65.— Magnuson 
 (P. B.) Backache; some disputed points in the mechanics 
 thereof. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1916, 26. s., Iv, 223-235, 11 pi. 
 
 . Bachache, acute and chronic, from a mechanical 
 
 standpoint. Railway Surg. J., Chicago, 1916, xxiii, 1-8.— 
 Marshall (H. W.) Chronic backache. JBoston M. & S. J., 
 
 1916, clxxiv, 691-606. . Back troubles; a review of the 
 
 present situation from a series of hospital cases; and a dis- 
 cussion of musculo-llgamentous causes. Ibid., 1918, clxxviii, 
 279-292. — Mosse (M.) Ueber den Kreuzschmerz. Therap. 
 d. Gegenw., Berl., 1904, xlv, 549-551.— Neustaedter (M.) 
 Backache from the standpoint of the neurologist. N. York 
 M. J. [etc.], 1915, cii, 590-592. .4teo,Reprlnt.— Newelt(L.), 
 Hott(lj. L.)[cto!.]. How do you treat backache in women? 
 N. York M. J. [etc.], 1912, xcv, 179; 232.— Nictol (A. G.) 
 Low back pains. J. Tenn. M. Ass., Nashville, 1918-19, xi, 
 185.— Nutter(J.A.) Backache. Canad.M. Ass. J., Toronto, 
 1916, vi, 474-477.— OTcrrall (J. T.) An anatomic expla- 
 nation of many of the cases of low back-ache and sciatic pain. 
 N. Orl. M. & S. L, 1914-15, 608-617, 1 pi.— OgUvy (C.) Chronic 
 backache; setiology; treatment. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1911, 
 
 xciii, 773-776. Also, Reprint. . Backache, a plea for 
 
 a more careful examination and a more definite diagnosis. 
 N. York M. J. [etcj, 1914, c, 1107-1110. AUo, Reprint.— 
 Osmond (A. E.) Baggage smasher's backache. Lancet- 
 Chnic, Cincin., 1914, cxi, 710.— Parke (W. E.) Backache in 
 women and its treatment. Therap. Gaz., Detroit, 1906, 
 3.s.,xxii,83-85. — Parrott (J. M.) Backache from a surgical 
 standpoint. Charlotte [N. C] M. J., 1911, Ixiv, 85.— Piatt 
 (H.) Backpainand its diagnosis; a study of a series of cases. 
 Boston M. & S. J., 1914, cbcx, 982-986. . Chronic back- 
 ache, its etiology and diagnosis. Med. Chron., Manchester, 
 1914-15, Ix, 80-91.— Prentiss (D. W.) Lumbar and sacral 
 backache in women. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1914, bdx, 115- 
 118. [Discussion], 162.— Keynolds(E.) & Lovett (R. W.) 
 An experimental study of certain phases of chronic back- 
 ache; a combined gynecologic and orthopedic investigation. 
 J. Am. M. Ass., tftucago, 1910, liv, 1033-1043. AUo, Re- 
 print.- Reynolds (W. S.) Pain in the back. Arch. Diag., 
 N. Y., 1917, X, 202-206.— Richardson (E. H.) Interpre- 
 tation of lumbo-sacral backache in .women. South M. J., 
 Birmingham, 1918, xi, 139-144.— Botlirock (J. L.) The 
 r61e played by the sexual organs in women in the produc- 
 tion of backache. Journal-Lancet, Mioneap., 1912, xxxii, 
 411-413.— de Boulet (A.) The cause and treatment of back- 
 ache in women. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1910-11, Ixiii, 531-536, 
 1 pi. — Sever (J. W.) The value of diagnosis in back lesions. 
 Boston M. & S. J., 1917, cbcxvii, 857-864. Also, Reprint. 
 
 . The diagnosis of the conditions causing painful and 
 
 irritable backs. Boston M. & S. J., 1918, clxxviii, 323-327. 
 Also, Reprint.— Shackleton (W. E.) Some of the surgical 
 aspects of painful back. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1916, 
 bcvi, 1600-1602. Also, Reprint.— Stalberg (S.) Backache 
 in women. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1912, xcv, 178.— Swalm 
 (L. T.) The functional weak back. Clifton Med. Bull., 
 Clifton Springs, N. Y., 1913-14, i, 132-135.— Van Zwaluwen- 
 burg (J. G.) AnomaUes of the fifth lumbar in relation to 
 backaches. Tr. Clin. Soc. Univ. Mich., Ann Arbor, 1916, 
 vii, 119-123. Also: J. Mich. M. Soc, Grand Rapids, 1916, 
 XV, 428-432.— Vest (W. E.) Backache among railway 
 employees. West Virg. M. J., Huntington, 1916, xi, 121- 
 124.— Welnsteln (H.) Backache, from the internist's stand- 
 point. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1915, cii, 706-708. Also, Re- 
 print. — Wilson (H. A.) Variations in the lateral processes 
 of the fifth lumbar vertebra in the etiology of backache. 
 West Virg. M. J., Huntington, 1918, xii, 281-286.— Wood- 
 bury (M. S.) Back-ache from the medical viewpoint. 
 N. York State J. M., N. Y., 1919, xix. 18-20.— Work (J. A.) 
 Backache in women. J. Indiana M. Ass., Fort Wayne, 1918, 
 xi, 9-13. 
 
 Backe (Georg Hermann) [1876- ]. *Ein Bei- 
 trag zur Ijonservativen Behandlung ausgedelin- 
 ter Fusswurzelcaries. 32 pp. 8°. Leipzig, 
 B. Georgi, 1905. 
 
 de Backer (F(51ix). See Debacker. 
 
 Backer (Itfax) [1887- ]. *Das Vulva-Carci- 
 nom in seiner Aetiologie und Prognose beleucii- 
 tet an der Hand von 24 in der Erlanger Frauen- 
 klinils: beobachteten Fallen. 145 pp., 11., 1 pi., 
 1 tab. 8° Erlangen, Junge & Sohn. 1912. 
 
 Backhaus (Franz) [1870- ]. *Ueber IVIesar- 
 teriitis syphilitica und deren Bezlehungen zur 
 Aneurysmenbildung der Aorta. 28 pp., 11. 8°. 
 Kiel, 1897. 
 
 Backhaus [Johann Friedrich] [1876- ]. 
 
 *Ueber Entstehung und Behandlung der liom- 
 pleten Dammrisse. 50 pp., 1 1. 8°. Kiel, 
 Schmidt & Klaunig, 1902. 
 
 Backman (E. Louis). Influence des produits 
 physiologiques de renouvellement organiques et 
 azotes sur le coeur isol6 et survivant des mam- 
 mifferes. 140 pp., 9 cb. 8°. Upsala, C. J. 
 Lundstrom, 1906. 
 
 Forms pt. 1 of: Upsala Lakaref. Forh. Festskr. . . . 
 Hammarsten, 1906. 
 
 Backman (Woldemar). *Experimentella studier 
 ofver den diatetiska behandUn^en vid de s. k. 
 irritativa funktionsstoringama i ventrikelslem- 
 Mnnan. [Experimental studies on the dietetic 
 treatment of the so-called irritative disturbances 
 of the mucous membrane of the stomach.] 170 
 pp., 1 1., 3 ch. 8°. Heldngfors, Aktieb. F. 
 Tilgmann, 1899. 
 
 . Om behandUngen af de hos allmogen i 
 
 norden vanligaste magsjukdomama. [On the 
 treatment of the gastric diseases prevalent among 
 the peasantry of the north.] 128 pp., xi, 1 1. 8°. 
 Helsingfors, 1904. 
 
 Backmund (Karl). Entwicklung der Haare und 
 Schweissdriisen der Katze. [Bern.] 71 pp., 2 
 pi. 8°. Wiesbaden, J. F. Bergmann, 1904. 
 
 Backus (Mrs. Henry). The career of Dr. Weaver. 
 Illustrated by William Van Dresser, viii (1 1,). 
 379 pp., 4 pi. 8° Boston, L. C. Page & Co., 
 1913. 
 
 Backus heater (The). 31 pp. 16° Philadelphia, 
 [1895, vel subseq.'}. 
 
 Baclanowsky (Catherine). *Contribution a I'e- 
 tude du mode d'infection du larynx dans la 
 tuberculose laryng^e. 60 pp. 8°. Lausanne, 
 1905. 
 
 Bacmeister (Adolf) [1882- ]. *Die Methoden 
 der Hamoglobinbestimmung zum Idinischen 
 Gebrauch. 27 pp., 1 1. 8°. Gottingen, W. F. 
 Kaestner, 1905. 
 
 Die Entstehung der menschlichen Lun 
 
 genphthise. v, 80 pp, 8°. Berlin, J. Springer, 
 1914. 
 
 See, also, AschoS (Ludwig) & Bacmeister (Adolf). Die 
 Cholehthiasis. roy. 8°. Jena, 1909. 
 
 Bacon (Charles Giles) [1814-1906]. 
 
 [Obituary.] Albany M. Ann., 1907, xxviii, 251, port. 
 
 Bacon (Charles Sumner) [1856- ]. Synopsis of 
 lectures on obstetrics ... in the College of 
 Medicine of the TJniversity of DUnois. 3 p. 1., 
 196 pp. 8°. Chicago, [Am. Med. Ass. Press], 
 1913. 
 
 . Obstetrical nursing; a nmnual for nurses 
 
 and students and practitioners of medicine. 
 Illustrated with 123 engravings, xii, 17-355 
 pp., front. 8°. Philadelphia & New York, Lea 
 & Febiger, 1915. 
 
 Bacon (Edward Sawyer) [1863-1913]. 
 
 [Obituary.] Providence if. J., 1914, xv, 51. 
 
BACON. 
 
 264 
 
 BACTERIA. 
 
 Bacon (Francis) [Lord Verulam] [1561-1626]. 
 History, naturall and experimentall, of life and 
 death, or of the prolongation of life. Written in 
 Latine by the Right Honorabl Francis Led. 
 Verulam, Vis-Count St. Alban. 14 p. 1., 434 
 pp. 16°. London, W. Lee & H. Mosley, 1638. 
 For Portrait, see Phil. Port. Ser., Chicago, 1898, pt. 1. 
 
 . See, also: 
 
 Gardiner (S. E.) Francis Bacon (1561-1626). Diet. 
 Nat. Blog., Lond., 1885, ii, 328-360.— Perry (R. B.) The 
 prophecy of Francis Bacon, 1560-1910; a pioneer in new 
 fields of intellectual enterprise. Sclent. Am. SuppL, N. Y., 
 1910, bdx, 347.— Richardson (B. W.) Sir Francis Bacon 
 as a master ol physic. In his; Disciples of .ffisoulapius, 8°, 
 Lend., 1900, i, 402-424, port.— Steeves (G. W.) Medical al- 
 lusions in the writings of Francis Bacon. Proc. Boy. Soc. 
 Med., Lend., 1912-13, vi. Sect. Hist. Med., 76-96. 
 
 Bacon (George Washington). Keeping young and 
 well. 177 pp. 8°. New Yarle, E, J. Clode, 
 [1917]. 
 
 Bacon (Gorham). Diseases and injuries of the 
 membrana tympani, and acute otitis media, in- 
 cluding preventive hygiene. 
 
 In: Syst. Dis. Ear, Nose, & Throat (Burnett), Phila., 
 1893, i, 255-322. 
 
 . A manual of otology. With an introduc- 
 tory chapter by Clarence John Blake, xii, 398 
 pp. 12°. New York & Philadelphia, Lea Brothers 
 & Co., 1898. 
 
 The same. 2. ed. viii, 17-422 pp. 8°. 
 
 New Yorh & Philadelphia, Lea Bros. & Co., 1900. 
 The same. 3. ed. 445 pp., 7 pi. 8° 
 
 Philadelphia, Lea Bros. & Co., 1902. 
 
 -. The same. 6. ed. 2 p. 1., 7-8, 17-536 pp.. 
 
 12 pi. 8°. New York & Philadelphia, Lea & 
 Fehiger, 1913. 
 
 The same. 7. ed. 1 p. 1., 5-583 pp., 2 pi. 
 
 12°. New Yorh & Philadelphia, Lea & Fehiger, 
 1918. 
 
 Bacon {John) [1817-81]. 
 
 Obituary. Proc. Am. Acad. Arts & Sc, Bost, 1882-3, 
 n. s., X, 419. 
 
 Bacon {John) [1865-1915]. 
 
 Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1915, Ixv, 731. 
 
 Bacon (Leonard). The beloved physician. A 
 discourse delivered in First Church in New 
 Haven at the interment of Jonathan Knight. 
 28 pp. 8°. New Haven, T. J. Stafford, 1864. 
 
 Bacon (Raymond F.) & Dunbar (P. B.) Changes 
 taking place during the spoilage of tomatoes, 
 with methods for detecting spoilage in tomato 
 products. 15 pp. 8°. Washington, Vill. 
 
 V. S. Dep. Agric. Bureau Chemistry, Wash., 1911, 
 Circ. 78. 
 
 Bacon {Roger) [1214(?)-94]. 
 
 Elpfeeding (H.) *Roger Bacons Schriften 
 iiber die kritischen Tage, mit einer Abhandlung 
 liber Bacons medizinische Anschauungen ein- 
 geleitet und zum ersten Male nach der Hand- 
 schrift in Erfurt hrsg. 8°. Erfurt, im. 
 
 Little (A. G.) Roger Bacon: Essays, contrib- 
 uted by various writers on the occasion of the 
 commemoration of the seventh centenary of his 
 birth, collected and ed. by A. G. Little. 8°. 
 Oxford, 1914. 
 
 Adamson(E.) Roger Bacon (1214(?)-1294. Diet. Nat. 
 Biog., Lond., 1885, ii, 374-378.— [Blograpliy.] Brit. M. J., 
 Lond., 1914, i, 1365-1367.— Thorndlke (L.) Roger Bacon 
 and gunpowder. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1915, n. s., 
 xlii, 799. 
 
 Bacon {William Turner) [1846-1906]. 
 
 Howe (H. G.) Obituary. Proc. Connect. M. Soc, Hart- 
 ford, 1906, 281-283.— Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 
 1906, xlvi, 973. 
 Bacot (A. W.) Notes respecting the common bed 
 bug (Cimex lectularius). 495 pp. 8°. [London, 
 n. a.] 
 
 Baequg (Armand-Gabriel) [1879- ]. *L'hys- 
 t6ro-traumatisme et la loi sur les accidents. 62 
 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1906, No. 12. 
 
 Bacquelin (Paul) [1869- ]. *Complication 
 rare de la scarlatine; an^vrysme extra-cranien 
 de la carotide interne. 47 pp. 8°. Paris, 
 1898, No. 626. 
 
 Bacqui6 (Lucien) [1872- ]. *Revue critique 
 sur I'extension au clou (Nagelextension) dans le 
 traitement des fractures. 63 pp. 8°. Paris, 
 1911, No. 133. 
 
 Bacteria. 
 
 See, also, Bacillus; Bacteriology; Diplo- 
 coccus; Heningococcus; Microorgamsias; 
 Proteus; Schizomycetes; Stapliylococcus ; 
 Streptococcus; Vibrio; under subjects such as 
 Air, Feeces, Milk, Soil, Urine, Water {Bac- 
 teriology of) ; and under bacteriology of the various 
 infectious diseases. 
 
 BoDiN (E.) Les bact^ries de I'air, de I'eau et 
 du sol. 12°. Paris, [1905]. 
 
 Bkijbeb (R. W.) The microbe as a social 
 reformer. 8°. New York, 1910. 
 
 Cutting from: Harper's Mag., N. Y., 1910, cxxl, 691-596. 
 
 CoHN (F.) Ueber Bacterien, die kleinsten 
 lebendenWesen. 8°. Ba-lin, 1&72. 
 
 Cole (A. H.) Plain talks on the bacteria. 12°. 
 Chicago, 1895. 
 
 Conn (H. W.) The story of germ life. Bacte- 
 ria. 16°. London, 1897. 
 
 . The same. 8°. New York, 1915. 
 
 Fischer (A.) Untersuchungen iiber Bakte- 
 rien. 8°. Berlin, 1894. 
 
 Repr. from."- Jahrb. I. wissensch. Botantk, 1894, xxvii. 
 
 . Vorlesungen fiber Bakterien. 2. ver- 
 
 mehrte Aufl. 8° Jeua, 1908. 
 
 FoKKEB (A.) De bactereologische leer. 8°. 
 Groningen, 1899. 
 
 Fbankland {Mrs. P) Bacteria in daily life. 
 8°. London, New York & Bombay, 1903. 
 
 Glynn (E. E.) Microbes and the war, with 
 comments on the national neglect of natural 
 science. 8°. Liverpool & London, 1916. 
 
 GuTZEiT (E.) Die Bakterien im Kreislauf des 
 Stofiea in der Natur und im Haushalt des Men- 
 schen. 12°. Leipdg,lQm. 
 
 Knaggs (H. v.) The microbe as friend and 
 foe. 8°. London, 1908. 
 
 Marpmann (G.) Die Spaltpilze, Grundzuge 
 der Spaltpilz- oder Baktenenkunde. 8°. Halle 
 a. S., 1884. 
 
 MiGULA (W.) Die Bakterien. 2. vermehrte 
 und verbesserte Aufl. 12°. Leipzig, 1903. 
 
 Morris (R. T.) Microbes and men. 8°. 
 Garden City, N. Y, 1915. 
 
 JNewman (G.) Bacteria, especially as they are 
 related to the economy of nature, to industrial 
 processes, and to the public health. 8° Loruion, 
 1899. 
 
 . The same. 8°. New York & London, 
 
 1899. 
 
 Prudden (T. M.) The story of the bacteria 
 and their relations to health and disease. 8°. 
 New York & London, 1889. 
 
 . The same. 2. ed. 8°. New York & 
 
 London, 1910. 
 
 . The same. 3. ed. 8°. New York & 
 
 London, 1917. 
 
 Reitz (A.) Die Bakterien; eine Einfuhrung 
 in das Reich der Mikroorganismen. 8° Stuttgart, 
 1911. 
 
 _ Stevens (C. A.) My experience and educa- 
 tion during three months' association with the 
 bacteria family. 8°. New York, 1908. 
 
BACTERIA. 
 
 265 
 
 BACTEEIA. 
 
 Bacteria. 
 
 Thomson (W. H.) Indispensable bacteria. 
 8°. New York, 1909. 
 
 Cuttingfrom: Everybody's Mag., N. Y., 1909, xxi, 242-248. 
 
 V. (O. D.) De bacterien; hun vorm ontwick- 
 keling en veHnenigvuldiging populair beschre- 
 ven. 8°. [n. p.,n. d.] 
 
 .Wassbbmann (A.) Die Bedeutung der Bak- 
 terien ftir die Gesundheitspflege. 12°. Mun- 
 chen, 1905. 
 
 Abbott (J. F.) & liife (A. C.) Galvanotropism in bac- 
 teria. Am. J. Physiol., Best., 1908, xxii, 202-206.— An- 
 drewes (F. W.) The nature and degree of specific differ- 
 ences amongst bacteria. Lancet, Lond., 1913, ii, 1239-1243. 
 Also: Proe. Roy. Soo. Med., Lond., 1913-14, vli, Path. 
 , Sect., 1-15.— Bahadhurji (K. N.) The shibboleth of germ 
 theory; its delusions and mischief. Indian Lancet, Calcutta, 
 1896, vii, 541-544: Till, 14-18.— Bail (O.) Beziehungen 
 zwischen Aggressivitat und Leibessubstanz von Bakterien. 
 Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1905, lii, 1865; 1935.— Barbfi- 
 zieUK (G.) Du r61e des microbes. Presse m&i., Par., 1909, 
 xvii, 829-832.— Bastiau (H. C.) On the great importance 
 from the point of view of medical science of the proof that 
 bacteria and their allies are capable of arising de novo. 
 
 Lancet, Lond., 1903, ii, 1220-1224. . The evidence for 
 
 the heferogenetic origiri of bacteria. Itid., 1904. ij 1151. — 
 Beijecinck (M. W.) Over oUgonltropldle bacterien. K. 
 Akad. V. Wetensch. te Amst. Vers!., 1900-1901, ix, 633- 
 642. Xbo, (rams!..- K. Akad. V. Wetensch. te Amst. Proc. 
 sect, sc, 1900-1901, iii, 586-595. Also, transl.: Centralbl. f. 
 
 Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt, Jena, 1901^ vii, 661-582, 1 pi. . 
 
 Ueber die Bakterien, welche sich im Dunkeln mit Kohlen- 
 saure als Kohlenstoflquelle ernahren kormen. Centralbl. 
 f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1903-4, xi, 593-599.— Beizola 
 (C.) Ueber die sogenanntea tierischen BacUlen (Bail). 
 Ibid., Jena, 1908, xlvui, Orig., 36-41.— Biagi (M.) Impor- 
 tanza della vita microbica. Igiene mod., Geneva, 1917, x, 
 273-284.— Blondeau. De la prdexistence et de I'invaria^ 
 bilitfi des germes. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1847, 
 XXV, 359. — Bokomy (T.) Ernahrbarkeit der Spaltpilze 
 durch verschiedene Konlenstoffverbladungen. Arch. f. d. 
 ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1897, Ixvi, 114-144.— Bordet. La 
 question des races en bact^riologie et I'influence des condi- 
 tions d'ahmentation. Bull. Soc. d. sc. mSd. et nat. de 
 Brux., 1910,lxvui, 104-108.— Burrage{S.) Useful bacteria. 
 Tr. Indiana M. Soc, Logansport, 1901, 281-286.— van Calcar 
 (R. P.) Specifloiteit, verwantschap en pathogenese. Ne- 
 derl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst.,^908, ii, 281-288.— Cole 
 (L. J.) & Wright (W. H.) Application of the pure-line 
 concept to bacteria. J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1916, xix, 
 209-221.— Conn (H. W.) Some uses of bacteria. Am. 
 Naturalist, Phila., 1892, xxvi, 901; 987.— Corby (H.) Bac- 
 teria the foes and friends of man. Med. Times & Hosp. 
 Gaz., Lond., 1906, xxxiv, 172; 186; 201.— Blsenberg. Ueber 
 die Vererbung erworbener Eigenschaften bei Bakterien. 
 Jahresb. d. schles. GeseUsch. f. vaterl. Kult. 1912, Bresl., 
 1913, ii, 76-78. — Ellis (D.) A contribution to our knowledge 
 of the thread-bacteria. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. 
 Abt., Jena, 1907, 502-518: 1910, xxvi, 321-329, 3 pi.- von 
 Esmarch (E.) Ueber kleinste Bakterien una das Durch- 
 wachsen von Filtern. Ibid., 1902, xxxii, 561-569, 1 pi.— 
 Fokker (A. P.) Versuch einer neuen Bakterienlehre. 
 Ibid,, 1903, xxxiii, Referate, 1-6. Also, Reprint.-;-GaIeotti 
 (G.) & Levi (E.) La flore bact^rique dans les glaciers du 
 Mont Rosa. Atti d. lab. scient. A. Mosso [etc.], Torino, 
 1912, iii, 12-21. — GSneau de LamarliSre. Les bact^riactes 
 fossiles. Union mM. du nord-est, Reims, 1899, xxiil, 297- 
 305. — Gerasbty (J. T.) Persistent bacteria. Johns Hop- 
 kins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1909, xx, 12-17.— Gerlacli & Vogel. 
 Stickstoffsammelnde Bakterien. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. 
 [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1902, viii, 669-674.— Ghon (A.) & 
 Mucna (V.) Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Bakterien des 
 Menschen. Ibid., 1909, xlix, Orig., 493-507, 1 pi.— Goslo 
 (B.) Indioatoreu des Bakterienlebens und ihre praktische 
 Bedeutung. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infectionskrankh., Leipz., 
 1905-6, Ii, 65-125.— Hacndel & Baeitblein. Ueber chinin- 
 leste Bakterienstamme. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 
 1. Abt., Jena, 1913, Ivii, Ret., Belheft, 196-201.— Herter 
 (C. A.) Character of the bacterial flora of carnivorous and 
 of herbivorous animals. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 
 1906, n. s., xxiv, 869-861.— Hesse (E.) Bakteriologische 
 Untersuchungen auf einer Fahrt nach Island, Spitzbergen 
 und Norwegen im JuU 1913. Centralbl. t. Bakteriol. [etc.], 
 1. Abt., Jena, 1914, Ixxii, Orig., 454^77.— Jungano (M.) 
 Bacille neigeux. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1907, Ixii, 
 677-679.— Kligler (I. J.) The evolution and relationship 
 ofthe greatgroups of bacteria. J. Bact., Bait., 1917, ii, 165- 
 176.— Kdline (W.) Beitrag zur Kenntnis arzneifester 
 Bakterienstamme. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. 
 Therap., Jena, 1914, xx, Orig., 531-542.— Kohn (E.) Wei- 
 tere Beobachtungen iiber saccharophobe Bakterien. Cen- 
 tralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1906, xvii, 446- 
 453. — Kruse. Beziehungen zwischen Plasmolyse, Ver- 
 daulichkeit, Loshchkeit und Farbbarkeit von Bakterien. 
 Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1910, Ivii, 685.— Laberge (J. E.) 
 
 Bacteria. 
 
 La physiologic des bact^ries. Union m6d. du Canada, 
 Montr&l, 1898, xxvii, 257-263.— Lambotte (U.) Les mi- 
 crobes invisibles. Ann. Soc. m(5d.-chir. de Li^ge, 1904, 
 xliii, 228-239.— Lieske (R.) Kohlenstoff-autotrophe Bak- 
 terien. Naturwissenschaften, Berl., 1914, ii, 914-918. — 
 Maber (S.J.) The bacterial flora of trees and men. Med. 
 Rec, N. Y., 1915, Ixxxviii, 89-92.— Marks (L. H.) Ueber 
 einen arsenfesten Bakterienstamm. Ztschjr. f. Immuni- 
 tatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1910, vi, Orig., 293- 
 298. — Metchnikoff [et ah]. Roussettes et microbes. Ann. 
 de rinst. Pasteur, Par., 1909, xxiii, 937-978, 3 pi.— MUlican 
 (K. W.) Specific differences amongst bacteria. Lancet, 
 Lond., 1913, ii, 1731.— MltcheU (E.) The passing of the 
 bacillus. Med. Herald, St. Joseph, 1897, n. s., xvi, 351- 
 358.— Mitchell (W. C.) Commercial activities which de- 
 pend on bacteria for their existence. Tr. Colorado M. Soc, 
 Denver, 1901, 111-131.— Mitscherllch (E. A.) Bakterien- 
 kult. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1910, 
 xxvi, 513-519.— Osborn (H. F.) Algonkian bacteria and 
 popular science. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 19J7, 
 n. s., xlvi, 432-434.— Perotti (R.) Ueber die Dicyandlamid- 
 bakterien. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 
 1908, xxi, 200-231. — Portier (P.) La vie dans la nature S 
 I'abri des microbes. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1905, 
 Ivili, 605-607.— Kansom (W.) Bacteria. Proc. Incoip. 
 Ass. Municip. & Co. Engin., Lond. & N. Y., 1912-13, xxxix, 
 23-36.— Renault (B.) & Bertrand (C.-E.) Premieres oti- 
 servations sur des bactSries coprophUes de I'^poque per- 
 mienne. Ass. franp. pour I'avance. d. so. C.-r. 1894, Par., 
 1895, xxiii, pt. 2, 683-687.— Salvat (A.) Concepto de bac- 
 terias. Rev. mSd. de Sevilla, 1914, bcii, 129-133.— Sarall- 
 hac. Des microbes, de leur role dans le monde organist, 
 dans la genfese et la gu^rison des maladies. Art m^d., Par., 
 1898, Ixxxvi, 81-92.— Schaudinn (F.) Beitrage zur Keimt- 
 nis der Bakterien und verwandter Organismen. Arch. f. 
 ProtisteiLk., Jena, 1903, ii, 421-444, 1 pi. — SchUrmayer 
 (C. B.) Artenconstanz der Bakterien und Descendenz- 
 theorie. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 
 1898, Leipz., 1899, Ixx, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 405-408.— Smith 
 (R. T.) An apology for bacteria. Dublin J. M. Sc, 1902, 
 cxiii, 9-22. — SOhngen (N. L.) Ueber Bakterien, welche 
 Methan als Kohlenstoffnahrung und Energiequelle gebrau- 
 chen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc], 2. Abt., Jena, 1905. 
 XV, 513-617.— Sperlich (A.) Ueber Salztoleranz bezw, 
 Halophilie von Bakterien der Luft, der Erde und des Was- 
 sers. Ibid., 1912, xxxiv, 406-430.— Stigell (R.) Ueber das 
 speziflsche Gewicht einiger Bakterien. Itid., 1907, xlv, 
 Orig., 487-491.— TUmant (A.) Le mim^tisme bacillaire 
 Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1914, Ixxvi, 634. — Wain. 
 Wright (J. W.) To what extent are we indebted to germs- 
 Dietet. & Hyg. Gaz., N. Y., 1907, xxiii, 193-198.— Welger? 
 (C.) Zur Bakterienfrage. 1877. In his: Gesamm. Abt 
 hand., 8°,Berl.,1906,ii,412-426.— Wladlmlroff (A.) Osmo- 
 tische Versuche an lebenden Bakterien. Ztschr. f. phys- 
 Chemie, Leipz., 1891, vii, 629-543.— Young (C. D.) Bac. 
 teria in their relation to health and disease. Am. J. Nursing- 
 Phila., 1902-3, iii, 364; 426; 536; 610; 704. 
 
 Bacteria {Absorption of). 
 
 See Bacteria in the animal body. 
 
 Bacteria (Acid-fast). 
 
 See, also, Leprosy {Bacillus of); Tuberculosis 
 {Bacillus of) . 
 
 DoEER (H.) *Untersuchiingen tiber das 
 Vorkommen saurefester Bakterien in der IJmge- 
 bung der Menschen iind der Tiere. 8°. Giessen, 
 1914. 
 
 Meter (K. F.) *Ueber die durch saurefeste 
 Bakterien hervorgerufene diffuse Hypertrophie 
 der Darmschleimhaut des Rindes. [Zurich. ] 
 8°. Jena, 1908. 
 
 Babes (V.) Les corpuscules mStachromatiques des 
 bacilles acido-rfeistants. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol , Par 
 
 1910, Ixviii, 315-318. . Ueber metachromatische Kor- 
 
 perchen in den acido-resistenten Bacillen. Berl. kUn. 
 Wchnschr., 1914, Ii, 501-503.— Beck (M.) Zur Frasje der 
 saurefesten Bazillen. Tuberk.-Arb. a. d. k. Gsndhtsamte, 
 Berl., 1905, 14,'i-180.— Benians (T. H. C.) Observations on 
 the Gram-positive and add-fast properties of bacteria. J. 
 Path. & Bacteriol., Cambridge, 1912-13, xvii, 199-211.— von 
 Betegh (L.) Neue diflerentialdiagnostische Farbeme- 
 thode fiir Tuberkel-Perlsucht und andere saurefeste Bacil- 
 len, nebst Strukturstudien bei verschiedenen saurefesten 
 Bakterieuarten. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., 
 
 Jena, 1908, xlvii, Orig., 654-664. . Ueber eine neue 
 
 Methode zur Darstellung der Sporen und Struktur bei den 
 saurefesten Bakterien. Ibid., 1909, Hi, 550-554.— Burvill- 
 Holmes (E.) A specimen demonstrating acid-fast organ- 
 isms in distilled water. Proc. Path. Soc. Phila., 1910, n. s 
 xiii, 31; 164.— Camus (J.) & Pagniez (P.) Propri^tfe 
 acido-r&istantes des acides gras. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol 
 Par., 1905, Ux, 701.— Clifford (A. BA.,) re acid fast bacte, 
 
BACTERIA. 
 
 266 
 
 BACTERIA. 
 
 Bacteria {Acid-fast). 
 
 ria other than the tubercle bacillus commonly met In cUnical 
 laboratory work? N. York M. J. [etc.], 1910, xci, 740-742.— 
 Courmont (P.) Influence de la glycerine sur le pouvolr 
 chromogfene des baoilles acido-r&istants. Compt. rend. 
 Soc. de biol., Par., 1906, 1x1, 221-223.— Courmont (P.) & 
 Descos (A.) Cultures lictuldes homogfenes et mobility des 
 bacUles aoido-rfeistants. lUd., 1902, 11. s., iv, 1355-1357.— 
 Cowle (D. M.) A preliminary report on acid-resisting 
 bacilli, with special reference to their occurrence In the 
 lower animals. J. Exper. M., N. Y., 1900, v, 205-214.— 
 D'Amore (M.) Contributo alio studio dellelesioniprodotte 
 dai batterii aoido-reslstenti. Gior. internaz. d. so. med., 
 Napoli, 1906, n. s., xxviii, 492-603.— Delbanco (E.) Ueber 
 die Ursachen der Saurefestigkeit der Tuberkel- und Lepra- 
 bacillen; die Saurefestigkeit der Lycopodiumspore, der 
 Korkzelle u. a. Monatsh. t. prakt. Dermat., Hamb., 1903, 
 xxxvii, 245-267.— Demblnskl (B.) Ueber die Bakteriolyse 
 der saurefesten Bazillen. Ztschr. i. Tuberk., Leipz., 1907, x, 
 423-430.— Dutourt (A.) & Gat£. Pouvoir himolytigue 
 des bacilles acido-r^sistants. J. de physiol.et de path, gen., 
 Par., 1912, xiv, 554-559.— Fagluoll (A.) Osservazioni e 
 considerazioni sulla presenza di bacilli acido-resistenti nel 
 sangue circolante. Eiforma med., Napoli, 1913, xix, 267; 
 296. — ^Favero (P.) Circa I'alcool-acido-resistenza del bacUlo 
 omogeneo di Arloing. Clin, vet., Milano, 1911, xxxiv, 1002- 
 10O4.— Feistmantel (R. A.) Ueber die Erreger der Aotino- 
 mykose der Tubereulose und die saurefesten Pilze. Allg. 
 mil.-arztl. Ztg., Wien, 1902, 62.— Finkelsbtelu (Y.) [Tu- 
 bercle bacUlus and similar acid-resisting microbes; their 
 re^tion to actinomyces.] Voyenno-Mea. J., S.-Peterb., 
 1902, Ixxx, med.-spec. pt., 1206-1229.— Fischer (H.) Zum 
 Begrifl der Saurefestigkeit. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. 
 Abt., Jena, 1912, Ixiii, Orig., 542.— Fortlneau (L.) & Ertaud 
 iltude d'un bacille aoido-r&istant isolS chez I'homme. Gaz. 
 m(5d. de Nantes, 1912, 2. s., xxx, 610-515.— Frel (W.) & 
 Fokschlschewsky (N.) Zur Frage der sogenannten 
 Saurefestigkeit. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., 
 Jena, 19U, Ix, Orig., 161-167.— Graham (H. G.) How to 
 produce acid fast baalU. J. Kansas M. Soc, Lawrence, 1905, 
 V, 480^82.— Harris (W. H.) & Lanloid (J. A.) The com- 
 plement fixation test (Gay's modification of the Besredka 
 method) in the differentiation of acid-fast bacilli. J. Infect. 
 Dis., Chicago, 1913, xiii, 301-308.— Hart (L.) The acid fast 
 bacteria and some points of diflerence. Tr. Mississippi M. 
 Ass., [Jackson], 1911, xUv, 79-84.— Herr. Ein Beitrag zur 
 Verbreitung der saurefesten Badllen. Ztschr. I. Hyg. u; 
 Infectionskrankb., Leipz., 1901, xxxviii, 201-204.— Httl- 
 scher. Ueber experimentelle Untersuchungen mit saurefes- 
 ten Bacillen. men. klin. Rundschau, 1901, xv, 966. — 
 JancsO (N.) & FUer (A.) Vergleichende Untersuchungen 
 mi t den praktisch wichtigereu saurefesten Bazillen. Beitr. 
 z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1910, xviii, 175-302.— Kar- 
 Unskl ( JJ Zur Kenntnis der saurefesten Bakterien. Cen- 
 tralbl. 1. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1901, xxix, 521-530.— 
 Kaiwacki (L.) Sur I'nomogfflnisation des bacilles acido- 
 r&istauts. Ztschr. f. Tuberk^ Leipz., 1906, ix, 226-228.— 
 Kendall (A. I.), Walker (A. W.) & Day (A. A.) A com- 
 parison of the curves of lipolytic activity and proteolysis of 
 certain acid-fast bacilli in nutrient broths. J. Infect. Dis., 
 Chicago, 1914, xv, 467-471.— Kersten (H. E.) Ueber einen 
 neuen saure- una alkoholfesten Erdbacillus, nebst kurzen 
 Bemerkungen fiber die zu seiner Isolierung angewandten 
 Methode (Antiforminmethode nach Uhlenhuth und Ker- 
 sten). Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt. Jena, 1909, li, 494- 
 497 — ^Korn (O.) Zur Kenntnis der saurefesten Bakterien. 
 Ibid., 1899, XXV, 532-541; 1900, xxvii, 481-486.-1-6686 (A. S.) 
 Acid-fast bacilhin camel's lung with lesions resembling those 
 of tuberculosis. J. Comp. Path. & Therap,, Edinb. & 
 Lend., 1910, xxiii, 358.— Lombardo Fellegrino (P.) Sui 
 bacilli acldoresistenti. Ann. d'ig. sper., Roma, 1906, n. s., 
 xvi, 163-198, 1 pi.— Maher (S. J.) What are acid-fasts? 
 Med. Rec, N. Y., 1907, Ixxi, 1027-1029. Also, Reprint. 
 
 . Some sources of acid-fasts. Intemat. Tuberk.- 
 
 Kont. Ber. 1908, Berl., 1909, 145-148.— Marchoux (E.) 
 Formes d'involution en boules des bacilles acido-r&istants. 
 Bull. See. path, exot.. Par., 1912, v, 13-16.— Marchoux (E.) 
 & Halphen (E.) Bacille acido-r&istant trouv6 dans 
 divcrses mucositfe d'origine humaine. Compt. rend. Soc. 
 de biol.. Par., 1912, Ixxlil, 249-252.— M«ller (A.) Ueber 
 saurefeste Bakterien. Deutsche med. Wchnsohr., Berl. & 
 Leipz., 1902, xxvui, 466; 483. [Discussion], Ver-Beil., 74; 
 97. Also [Abstr,]: Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1902, xlix, 
 255.— Mulr (R.) Demonstration of acid-fast bacteria by 
 means of cultures and microscopic preparations. Glasgow 
 M. J., 1904, Ixi, 292. Also: Tr. M.-Chir. Soc. Glasg. (1903-4,) 
 1906, V, 37.— Nicolas (J.) Microbes acido-rfcistants. J. de 
 ra&K. v6t. et zootech., Lyon, 1906, 6. s., x, 732-741.— Ol- 
 schanetzky. Ueber ein neues alkobol- und saurefestes 
 Stabehen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1902, 
 xxxii, 16-21. — Paptn. Les bacteies acido-r&istantes. 
 Arch. m§d. d' Angers, 1906, x, 65-71.— Pettersson (A.) 
 Untersuchungen fiber saurefeste Baoterien. Berl. , klin. 
 Wchnschr., 1899, xxxvi, 562-566.— PhUlbert (A.) Etude 
 des causes de la propri^t^ acido-rfeistante des bacilles. Rev. 
 intemat. de la tuberc, Par., 1908, xiv, 3-10.— Porter (A. B.) 
 The sensitiveness of tubercle and other add-fast bacilli to 
 acids. J. Hyg., Cambridge, 1917, xvi, 66-68.— Potet. Note 
 
 Bacteria {Acid-fast). 
 
 Sur les bacilles acido-rSsistants, cultivfe en milieux sp&iaux 
 (bilfe, gluoosfc, carbonates). Arch, de mii. exp^r. et 
 d'anat. path., Par., 1911, xxiii, 660-665.— Kochalx (A.) & 
 Colhi (G.) Action des rayons irais par la lampe en quartz 
 & vapeurs de mercure sur la colorabilit^ des bacilles acido- 
 rfcistants. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1911, cliii, 1253- 
 1256.— Bodet ( A. ) & GalavleUe. Sur le pouvoir patho|ene 
 de certains bacilles acido-rfeistants; essais de modifications 
 par les passages dans I'organisme animal. Compt. rend. 
 Soc. de biol., Par., 1905, lix, 652-554. AUo: Cong, mternat. 
 de la tuberc. 1906, Par., 1906, i, 160-155.— Borers (J. B. & 
 Murphy (A. I.) The finding of acid-fast bacilli in the cir- 
 culatmg blood. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1913, Ix, 995.— 
 Bosenberger (R. C.) The actual and comparative resis- 
 tance of acid-fast bacilli. Proc. Path. Soo. Phila., 1904, n. s., 
 vU, 19-29. AUo: Medicine, Detroit, 1904, x, 175-180. AUo, 
 Reprint. . The action of acid-fast bacilli when inocu- 
 lated into the peritoneal cavity of white rats. Am. Med., 
 Phila., 1905, x, 672-675. AUo, Reprint.— TMvenot (L.) 
 Cultures des bacilles acido-r^istants sur milieux v(5g4taux 
 et sur miUeux sucrfc. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1906, 
 Ixi, 223.— von Unruh (V.) A comparative study of the 
 acid fast bacUll. Electric M. J., Cincin., 1916, Ixxvi, 28»- 
 300.— WlUs (P.P.) The relationship of the acid-fast badllL 
 Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1911, Ixi, Orig., 
 37-68. 
 
 Bacteria {Acidovhilic). 
 
 Obraztsoff (A. D.) *K voprosu o rasprostrane- 
 nii tak naztvayemikh atsidofllnlkh bakteriy u 
 razlichntkh klassov zhivotnlkh. [Diffusion of 
 so-called acidophile bacteria in various classes of 
 animals.] 8°. S.-Peterhurg, 1904. 
 
 Potet (M.) *Etudes sur les bactMes dites 
 "acidophiles." Les paratuberculibacilles. 8°. 
 Lyon, 1902. 
 
 Yagn (P. P.) *0 vzaimodieistvii atsidofll- 
 nlkh bakteriy i palochek bryushnovo tifa. [The 
 mutual action of acidophilic bacteria and ty- 
 phoid-fever bacilli.] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1908. 
 
 Bolgey (M.) Note sur la valour et la signification des 
 bacUles dits acidophiles. Arch. gto. de mSd., Par., 1904, u, 
 3023-3025.— Cipolllna (A.) Ueber das Vorhandensein der 
 sogenannten saureliebenden Bakterien im Stuhle des erwach- 
 senen Menschen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc ], 1. Abt., 
 Jena, 1902, xxxu, 576-580.— Kendall (A. I.) Observations 
 on aoiduric (acidophihc) bacteria. J. Med. Research, Bost., 
 1910, xxn, 153-167.— Moeller (A.) Les bact^ries dites acido- 
 philes; les bacilles paratuberculeux. Rev. de la tubereulose, 
 Par., 1905, 2. s., u, 81-94.— P6rekalln.[Ueber ein aus Sauer- 
 kohl ausgeschledeues acidophiles Bakterium.) Centralbl. f. 
 Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1905, xiv, 225.— Petrow (N. 
 P.) Acidophile Bakterien imDarmkanaleinigerKaltbluter. 
 Ibid., 1906-7, xlui, Orig., 349-355.— Bahe (A. H.) An inves- 
 tigation into the fermentative activities of the aciduric 
 bacteria. J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1914, xv, 141-150.— Botch 
 (T. M.) & Kendall (A. I.) A preparatory study of the 
 Bacillus acidophilus in regard to its possible therapeutic 
 use. Tr. Am. Pediat. Soc, Chicago, 1911, xxiii, 263-263. 
 AUo: Am. J. Dis. Child., Chicago, 1911, ii, 30-38.— SchBIer 
 (J.) Les microbes acidophiles de la fiore intestinale de I'ili- 
 phant. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1913, cbtvi, 427-429. 
 
 Bacteria (Adaptation and adaptability 
 
 of). 
 
 See, also, Bacteria {Effects of physical, etc., 
 agents on) . 
 
 BuTYAGiN (P. V.) O prisposoblyayemosti 
 mikrdorganizmov k rastvoram sulyomt, [Adap- 
 tability of microorganisms to sublimate solu- 
 tions.] 8°. Tomsk, 1909. 
 
 Masson (L.) *Essai sur Tadaptation des 
 bact^ries aux antiseptiques. [Paris.] 8°. Lans- 
 le-Saunier, 1910. 
 
 Bezancon (F.) & Labb£ (M. ) Du rdle de I'accoatumance 
 dans le d^terminisme des localisations microblennes. Compt. 
 rend. Soo. de biol.. Par., 1900, 11. s., il, 31-33. AUo: Presse 
 m^d., Par., 1900, i, 114.— Elsenberg (F.) [Adaptation of 
 bacteria to the protective powers of the Infected organism.) 
 Rozpr. wydz. matemat.-przyr. Akad. Umiej., Krakow, 1903, 
 3. s., iii, B., 309-336.— Grassberger (R.) Ueber Anpassung 
 und Vererbung bei Bakterien; zugleich ein Beitrag zur 
 Aerobiose anaerober Bakterien. Arch. f. Hyg., Munchen 
 & Berl,, 1905, liii, 158-179.— Nobbe (F.) & HUtner (L.) 
 KUnstliche Ueberfflhrung der KnoUcnenbakterien von 
 Erbsen in solche von Bohnen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. 
 [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1900, vi, 449-467, 1 pi.— Blchet (C.) 
 Adaptation des microbes (ferment lactique au milieu). Ann. 
 de I'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1915, xxix, 22-54.— SWea (K.) 
 Ueber GewShnung der Bakterien an Farbstofle. Ztschr. f. 
 
BACTERIA. 
 
 267 
 
 BACTERIA. 
 
 Bateria {Adaptation and adaptability 
 of). 
 
 Immunltatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1913, xviii, Orig., 
 65-74.— Smltli (T.) Adaptation of pathogenic bacteria to 
 different species of animals. Tr. Cong. Am. Phys. & Surg., 
 N. Haven, 1900, v, 1-11. Also: Boston M. & S. J^ lOOO.cxlii, 
 473^476. A Iso, Reprint.— Stutzer (A.), Burri (E.) & Maul 
 (E.) Untersuchungen tiber das Anpassungsvermogen von 
 Bacillus radicicola an einen fremden Nahrboden. Centralbl. 
 f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1896, ii, 665-669.— Ttaysen 
 (A.C. ) Studien fiber lunktionelle Anpassungen bei Balrterien. 
 Md., 1. Abt., Jena, 1911, Ix, Orig., 1: 1912, IxviiLOrig., 1-36. 
 Also: Mitt. a. d. Geb. a. Lebensmittelunt. u. Hyg., Bern, 
 1912, iii, 342-381.— Wherry (W, B.) & Oliver (W. W.) Adap- 
 tation to certain tensions of oxygen as shown by gonococcus 
 and other parasitic and saprophytic bacteria. J. Infect. 
 Dis., Chicago, 1916, xix, 288-298. 
 
 Bacteria {Aerobic). 
 
 Bottomley (W. B.) Some conditions influencing nitro- 
 gen fixation by aerobic organisms. Proc. Eoy. Soc. Lond., 
 1912, Ixxxv, s. B., 466-468.— Buemann (A. W.) Ueber 
 aerobe Mikroorgamsmen im Psalter und Colon beim Einde. 
 Centralbl. i. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1913, Ixxi, Orig., 
 291-318.— Carbone(D.) Sopraunbacillomaceranteaerobico. 
 Biochem. e terap. sper., Milano, 1913-14, iv, 493-498.— Eisen- 
 t)erg (P.) Ueber die Thermoresistenz der vegetativen 
 Formen der aeroben Sporenbildner. Centralbl. I. Bakte- 
 riol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1908, xlviil, Orig., 187-191.— de 
 KruyS (E.) Quelques remargues sur des bactSries aero- 
 bes, fixant I'azote libre de I'atmosphfere dans les tropiques. 
 mi., 2. Abt., Jena, 1910, xxvi, 64-56.— Laubacli (C. A.), 
 Rice (J. L.) & Ford (W. W.) Studies on aerobic spore- 
 bearing pathogenic bacteria. J. Bact., Bait., 1916, i, 493- 
 633, 15 pi.— Bosenthal (G.) MSthode de transformation 
 progressive des microbes a&obies stricts en ana^robies 
 facultatifs. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1906, 1x1, 48.— 
 WUlimsky (W.) Ueber das Verhalten der aeroben Keime 
 gegeniiber der absoluten Sauerstoflentziehung. Arch. f. 
 Hyg., Mfincheu & Berl., 1905, Uv, 376-385. 
 
 Bacteria {Agglutination of). 
 
 See, also, Agglutination; Bacillus coli {Ag- 
 glutination of); Pever {Typhoid, Diagnosis of) 
 by agglutination; Paratyphoid bacillus {Agglu- 
 tination of). 
 
 Reim (W.) *Die Saureagglutination der Bak- 
 terien und ihre Verwertung in der Praxis. 8°. 
 Breslau, 1912. 
 
 Achard (C.) & Bensaude (E.) Sur ragglutination des 
 divers dchantmons du baoille d'Eberth et des bacilles parar 
 typhiques. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1896, 10. s., 
 iii, 940-942.— Arloing (S.) & Courmont (P.) De I'obten- 
 tion des cultures du bacille de Koch les plus propioes 5, 
 I'Stude du ph&omtoe de ragglutination par le s^rum san- 
 guin des tuberculeux. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par., 
 1898, cxxvli, 312-315.— Begam (L. M.) [Agglutinating 
 properties of encapsulated bacilli, and the reaction of agglu- 
 tination with the serum of the carriers of these bacteria.] 
 Kharkov. M. J., 1912, xtii, 261-275.— Benlascli (M.) Die 
 Saureagglutination der Bakterien. Ztschr. f. Immuni- 
 tatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1911-12, xii, Orig., 
 268-315.— Bull (C. G.) Agglutination of bacteria m vivo; 
 its relation to the destruction of bacteria within the infected 
 host and to septicemia. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., 
 
 N. Y., 1916-16, xiii, 32. . . Further observations on the 
 
 agglutination of bacteria in vivo. J. Exper. M., N. Y., 1916, 
 XXIV, 25-33, Also, Eeprint. — Charrin (A.) Eemarques 
 sur le ph^nomfene d'agglutination, k propos de la communi- 
 cation de M. J. Nicolas. Compt. rend: Soc. de biol., Par., 
 1896, 10. s., iii, 1028.— Dreyer {G.) & Jex-Blake (A. J.) 
 On the agglutmation of bacteria. J. Path. & Bacterid., 
 Edinb. & Lend., 1906, xi, 1^7. Also, Eeprint.— Egyedl 
 (H.) Fine Fehlerquelle der Bakterienbestimmung mittels 
 Agglutination; Widerlegung der praktischen Bedeutung der 
 Paragglutination. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1917, xxx, 
 657-662.— Fitzgerald (J. G.) Agglutination of encapsu- 
 lated bacteria. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1912- 
 13, X, 52. .4too, Eeprint.- Fox(E.C. E.) The variability 
 of agglutination of B. typhosus and M. melitensis by normal 
 sera and its importance in laboratory diagnosis. Lancet, 
 Lond., 1911, il, 877.— Friedberger (E.) Ueber die Wir- 
 kungsweise anorganischer Salze und organischer Krystal- 
 loide aul die Agglutination der Bakterien; kritische Bemer- 
 kungen zu der Erwiderung von A. Joos. Centralbl. 1. Bak- 
 
 Beriicksichtigung 
 ningokokkenagglutination. Arch. f. Hyg^ Miinchen & 
 Wien, 1908, Ixvi, 377-383.— Grote (L. E.J Ueber die prak- 
 tische Verwertbarkeit der Saureagglutination nach Mi- 
 ohaelis. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1913, 
 Ixix, Orig., 98-104.— Eaein (E.) Eeport on agglutination 
 by blood of emulsions of microbes, with special reference to 
 specificity. Eep. Med. Off. Local Gov. Bd. 1901-2, Lend., 
 
 Bacteria {Agglutination of). 
 
 1903, xxxi, 440-454.— Kuhn. Ueber die Dauer der Para- 
 agglutination von Bakterien. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., 
 Leipz. & Berl., 1917, xliii, 863.— Moss6. Action aggluti- 
 nante du colostrum sur le bacille d'Eberth. Bull, et m^m. 
 Soc. mfid. d. hap. de Par., 1896, 3. s., xiii, 818-820.— MUller 
 (P. D.) Ueber Agglutination der Bakterien. Centralbl. f. 
 Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1901, xxx, 65-69.^Negrc (L.) 
 & Raynaud. Sur ragglutination des microbes immobiles 
 par les scrums normaux. Aim. de I'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 
 1911, XXV, 619-624.— Nicolle (C.) Suite d'expgriences rela- 
 tives au phenomSne de I'agglutination des microbes. Ibii., 
 
 1904, SrviU, 209-240.— Park (W. H.) The occasional pres- 
 ence in the blood of untreated adult animals of large amounts 
 of substances agglutinating many bacteria, with demonstra- 
 tions. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1903-4, i, 
 19. . The gradual decrease in bacteria of the produc- 
 tion of agglutinable substance. lUd., 1904-5, ii, 28. . 
 
 Some observations upon the agglutination of bacteria. J. 
 
 Also, 
 Zt- 
 
 Infect. Dis^ Chicago, 1906, iii, [Suppl. No. 2], 1-9. . 
 Eeprint.— Sgalitzer fM.) Ueber Saureagglutmation. 
 schr. f. Hyg. u. Infektionskrankh., Leipz., 1913, bcxvi, 208- 
 256. — Sill (J.) The agglutination of bacteria. Detroit 
 M. J., 190S, VI, 266.— Smith (T.) & Beagb (A. L.) The 
 agglutination affinities of related bacteria parasitic in dif- 
 ferent hosts. J. Med. Eesearch, Best., 1903, n. s., iv, 270- 
 300.— Symmers (W. St. C.) & Wilson (W. J.) Agglu- 
 tination of bacilli of the alkaUgenes, colon and typhoid 
 groups by the blood serum of cases of cerebro-spinal fever. 
 J. Hyg., Cambridge, 1908, viii, 314-321.— Tullocli (W. J.) 
 The mechanism of agglutination of bacteria by specific sera. 
 Bio-Chem. J., Liverp., 1914-15, viii, 293-319.— Weil (E.) 
 Ueber den Mechanismus der Bakterienagglutination durch 
 Gelatine. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1904, 
 xxxvli, 426-433.— WIdal & Sicard. La reaction agglu- 
 tinante sur les bacilles morts. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. 
 Par., 1897, 10. s., iv, 116-118. 
 
 Bacteria {Anaerobic). 
 
 See, also, Anaerobiosis; and under names of 
 special bacteria. 
 
 JuNGANO (M.) Introduzione alio studio delle 
 infezioni dell' apparato urinario con speciale 
 riguardo alia presenza degli anaerobi. 8°. 
 NapoK, 1907. 
 
 & DiSTAso (A.) Les ana6robies. 8°. 
 
 Paris, 1910. 
 
 Lellbk (A.) Untersuchungen fiber fiinf im 
 Fleische notgeschlachteter Tiere gefundene 
 Anaerobier. 8°- Berlin, 1910. 
 
 Bactajnanii (F.) Beitrag zur Kenntnis obligat anaerober 
 Bakterien. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 
 1912, xxxvi, 1-41.— Beljerlnck [W.) Over zuurstofbehoefte 
 bij obligaatanaeroben. K. Akad. v. Wetensch. te Amst. 
 Versl., 1899, vli, 19-32. Also, transl: K. Akad. v. Wetensch. 
 te Amst. Proc. Sect. Sc, 1899, i, 14-26.— BurrI (E.) & 
 KUrsteiner (J.) Ein experimenteller Beitrag zur Kentnis 
 der Bedeutung des Sauerstoflentzugs tiir die Entwickelung 
 obligat anaerober Bakterien. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 
 2. Abt., Jena, 1908, xxi, 289-309.— Cao (G.) Sulla resistenza 
 degli anaerobi patogeni del terrene. Gior. d. r. Soc. ital. 
 d'ig., Milano, 1904, xxvl, 169-177. Also, Eeprint.— Carbone 
 (D.) Sulla macerazione anaerobica. Igiene mod., Geneva, 
 1916, ix, 301-303.- Distaso (A.) & Martinez (J.) Une 
 pifithode pour ^tudier les propriSt^s biologiques des mi- 
 crobes anaSrobies. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1913, 
 Ixxv, 201.— Eisenberg (P.) Des leuoocidines et Mmolysines 
 Chez les anagrobies. Ann. de I'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1908, xxii, 
 430-464.— Fermi (C.) & Bassu (E.) Untersuchungen fiber 
 die Anaerobiosis. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt 
 Jena, 1903-4. xxxv, 563; 714: 1905, xxxvUL, 138; 241; 369.— Foa 
 (G.) Alcurieosservazionisull'anaerobiosi. Aim. d'ig. sper , 
 Eoma, 1908, n. s., xviii, 211-233.— Gaudianl (V.) Importanza 
 degli anaerobi nelle infezioni urinarie. Folia urolog., Leipz , 
 1907, i, 617-625.— Glion(A.), Mucha (V.) & MUUer (E.) Beii 
 trage zur Kenntnis der anaeroben Bakterien des Menscben. 
 Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1906, xli, 1: 145- 
 305; 401; 604; 606; 689, 2pl.— Gton (A.) & Sachs (M.) Bei- 
 trage zur Kenntnis der anaeroben Bakterien des Menscben 
 Ibid., 1903, xxxiv, 289; 398; 481; 609, 3 pi.— GrlxonJ (G.) 
 Sulla biologia degli anaerobi; contributo alia patogenesi di 
 alcune infezioni chirurgiche. Gior. med. d. r. esercito, Eoma, 
 1906, hii, 487-511.— Helm (L.) Bemerkungen zu der Arbeit 
 von End. Massini Ueber anaerobe Bakterien. Ztschr. 1. d 
 ges. exper. Med., Bed., 1914, iii, 210.— Heyde (M.) Ueber 
 Inlelrtionen imt anaeroben Bakterien; ein Beitrag zur 
 Kenntms anaerober Staphylokokken und des Bacillus fun- 
 duhformis. Beitr. z. khn. Chlr., Tiibing., 1910, Ixviii, 642- 
 669, 2 pi.— Hom6n (E. A.) Die Wirkung einiger anaeroben 
 Bakterien, namentlich bei Symbiose mit aeroben Bakterien 
 sowie ihrer Toxine aul periphere Nerven, Spinalganglien 
 und das Euckenmark. Arb. a. d. path. Inst. d. Umv. Hel- 
 
 smgfors, BotI., 1905, i, 1-78, 2 pi. . Das Verhalten einiger 
 
 anaerober Bakteneu in den peripheren Nerven, den Spi- 
 
BACTERIA. 
 
 268 
 
 BACTERIA. 
 
 Bacteria (Anaerobic). 
 
 nalganglien und dem Ruckenmarke, namentlich bel Sym- 
 blose mit aeroben Bakterien, und die hierbei bervortretende 
 Einwirkun^ der betreflenden Bakterien sovrie ihrer toxl- 
 scben Produkte auf die genannten Organe. Itid., 1908, i, 
 215-269.— van Iterson (C.) Die Zersetzung von Cellules 
 durch aerobe Mikroorganismen. Centralbf. f. Bakteriole 
 [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1904, xi, 689-698, 1 pi.— Jungano. 
 Pseudo-ooll ana^robie. Compt. rend. Soo. de biol., Par., 
 
 1908, Ixv, 457-459. . Sur la flore anaSrobie du rat. Ibii' 
 
 1909, Ixvi, 122-124.— Klose (F.) Toxin- und Antitoxinver- 
 suche nut einem zur Gruppe der Gasodembazillen gehoren- 
 den Anaeroben. Milnchen. med. Wchnschr., 1917, Ixiv 
 1541.— Konifiskl (K.) Ein Beitrag zur Blologie der Anaero- 
 ben. Centralbl. t. Bakteriol. [etc.), 1. Abt., Jena, 1902, xxxii, 
 669-573.— Kttrstelner (J.) Beitrage zur Untersuohungs- 
 teclmik obligat anaerober Bakterien, sowle zur Lehre von 
 der Anacrobiose iiberhaupt. Itid., 2. Abt., Jena, 1907, xix, 
 1; 97; 202; 385.— Leroy (L.) A new scries of anaerobic baote- 
 na. Am. Med., Phila., 1901, 1, 206.— Levins (V. E.) The 
 reducing power of anaerobes. Biocbem. Bull., N. Y., 1915, 
 IV, 215.— Liefmann (H.) TJeber das scheinbare aerobe 
 Wacbstum anaerober Bakterien. Munchen med. Wchn- 
 scbr., 1907, liv^ 823-826.— Lombardo Pellegrino (P.) Sulla 
 tossicita degh anaerobi e suUe condizioni neoessarie alia 
 sua produzione. Ann. d'ig. sper., Eoma, 1907, n. s., xvii, 
 187-200.— Masslnl (R.) TJeber anaerobe Bakterien. Zt- 
 scbr. f. d. ges. exper. Med., Berl., 1913, u, 81-172, 4 pi. See 
 
 also, m/ra, Pommer. . Entgegnung auf die Bemerkun- 
 
 geu von Prof. Pommer und Prof. Heim zu der Arbeit 
 von Eud. Massini, Ueber anaerobe Bakterien. Ibid., 1914, 
 iii, 211-213.— Meyer (A.) Bemerkungeu fiber AerSbiose 
 und Anaerobiose. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt , 
 Jena, 1909, xlix, Orig., 305-316.— Mostlnskl (V.) [Influence 
 of anaerobic bacteria upon the reaction of the anllgroup of 
 albunnnoid bodies.] Arch. vet. uaui, S.-Peterb., 1909, xxxix, 
 933-936.— von Oettingen (W.) Anaerobic und Symbiose. 
 Ztschr. t. Hyg. u. Infectionskrahkh., Leipz., 1903, xliii, 463- 
 479. Also [Abstr.]: Verhandl. d. Berl. med. Gesellsch. 1903, 
 Beri., 1904, xxxiv, 149.— Plant (H. C.) Agglutinations- 
 techmk und Wert der Dunkelfeldbeleuchtung beim Stu- 
 dium der Anaerobier. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl & 
 Lelpz., 1917, xUii, 302.— Pommer (G,) Bemerkungen zu 
 Dr. Masslnis Arbeit Ueber anaerobe Bakterien. Ztschr f 
 d. ges. exper. Med., Berl., 1914, iii, 207-209.— Pringsheim 
 (H.) Ueber das Sauerstoflbedurinis anaerober Bakterien. 
 Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1908, xxi, 673- 
 675.— Kepaci (G.) Contribution k la cormaissance de la 
 vitaUt^ des microbes ana&obies. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol 
 Par., 1910, Ixviii, 524.— Ritter (G.) Beitrage zur Physiologic 
 der takultativ anaeroben Bakterien. Centralbl. f. Bakte- 
 riol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1907-8, xx, 21-38.— Eocchi (G.) 
 Lo stato attuale delle nostre cognizioni sui germi anaerobi; 
 tossi-lnfezioni putride e gangrenose. Bull. d. sc. med. di 
 
 Bologna, 1908, 8.s.,viii, 457-578. . Serodiagnostische 
 
 Untersuchungeu fiber die wichtigsten anaeroben Butter 
 saurekeime mit der Methode d6r Agglutination und der 
 Komplementablenkung. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. 
 Abt., Jena^ 1911, Ix, Orig., 679-581.— Bodella (A.) Ueber 
 das regelmassige Vorkommen der streng anaeroben Butter- 
 saurebacillen und fiber andcre Anaerobenarten in Hartka- 
 sen. Ibid., 2. Abt., Jena, 1903, x, 499.— Kosenthal (G.) 
 Methode de transformation proairessive des microbes anarc- 
 hies stricts en microbes aftobies. Compt. rend. Soc. de 
 
 biol.. Par., 1903, Iv, 1292-1294. . Sur I'adaptation 4 la 
 
 vie a4rieime (aerobisation) des microbes anafirobies stricts. 
 
 Bull. Acad, de mM , Par., 1907, 3. s., Ivlii, 177-182. . 
 
 Eetour au type anacSrobie initial de I'ana^robie de reconsti- 
 tutiou. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1907, Ixii, 1,020. 
 
 . La quatrifeme ^tape de I'a^robisation des ana^robies: 
 
 6tape de la variation morphologique, forme diplococeique 
 du vibriogtoe septique. Aid., 1908, Ixiv, 398-400.— Kunc- 
 berg (B.) Studien fiber die bel peritonealen lufektionen 
 appendikularen Ursprungs vorkommenden sauerstofftole- 
 ranten, sowib obligat anaeroben Bakterienformen, mit 
 besonderer Berucksichtigung ihrer Bedeutung fur die 
 Pathogenese derartiger Pentonitiden. Arb. a. d. path. 
 Inst. d. Univ. Helsingfors, Berl., 1908, 1, 271-682, 2 pi.— 
 SasId(S.) [Anaerobic microbes in normal tissues.] Rozpr. 
 wydz. matemat.-przyr. Akad. umiej., Krak(5w, 1907, 3. s., 
 vii, B, 417-446.— Sclimidt (E. W.) Methoden der Unter- 
 suchung anaerober Bakterien. Ztschr. f. biol. Techn. u. 
 Method., Strassb., 1911, U, 126; 153.— Scholtz (W.; Ueber 
 das Wachsthum anaerober Bakterien bei ungehindertem 
 Luftzutritt. Ztschr. t. Hyg. u. lufeetionskrankh., Leipz., 
 1898, xxvii, 132-142.— SeifTert (G.) Vorrichtung zur quali- 
 tativen und quantitativen Gasbestimmung bei gasentwi- 
 ckelnden anagroben Bakterien. Mflnchen. med. Wchnschr., 
 1907, liv, 2285.— Smith (T.), Brown (H. R.) & Walker 
 (E. L.) The fermentation tube in the study of anaerobic 
 bacteria with special reference to gas production and the 
 use of milk as a culture medium. J. Med. Research, Bost., 
 1906-6, xiv, 193-206. Also: Am. Pub. Health Ass. Rep. 
 1905, Columbus, O., 1906, xxxi. pt. 2, 229-240.— Splro (K.) 
 Die Wirkung von Wasserstolisuiperoxyd und von Zucker 
 auf die Anaerobier. Milnchen. med. Wchnschr., 1916, 1x11, 
 497^99.- Szczavrirtska (Wanda). Sur la prStendue adro- 
 bisation des microbes ana^robies. Compt. rend. Soc. de 
 
 Bacteria (Anaerobic). 
 
 biol.. Par., 1910, Ixlx, 15-17. 
 
 —. [Value of anaerobic bac- 
 
 teria in the body from a hygienic-medical viewpoint.) 
 Zdrowie, Warszawa, 1914, xxx, 558-562.— TedeschI (A.) 
 Ein praktisches VerJahren ffir experimentelle Uebertragun- 
 
 fen anaerober Kelme. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., 
 ena, 1910, liv. Orig., 106-108.— TrfitrOp. La recherche des 
 bactMes anaerobies. Ann. Soc. de mM. d'Anvcrs, 1899, 
 1x1, 221-225.— Twining (G. H.) Anaerobic bacteria and 
 their relation to surgery. Journal-Lancet, Minneap., 1916, 
 n. s., xxxvi, 110-113.— Velllon (A.) & Zuber (A.) Sur 
 quelques inicrobes striotement ana&obies et leur r61e dans 
 la pathologie humalne. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 
 1897, 10. s., Iv, 263-265. . Recherches sur quel- 
 ques microbes strictement anaerobies et leur r61e en patholo- 
 gie. Arch, de mdd. expto. et d'anat. path.. Par., 1898, x, 
 517-545. — Wallgren (A.) Ueber anagrobe Bakterien una 
 ihr Vorkommen bei fotiden Eiterungen. Centralbl. f. 
 Gynak., Leipz., 1902, xxvi, 1095-1100.— Weichselbaum (A.) 
 Beitrage zur Kenntnis der anaeroben Bakterien des Men- 
 sohen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt,, Jena, 1902, 
 xxxii, 401-413.— Weinland (E.J Ueber den anaeroben 
 (anoxybiotischen) Abschnitt der intermediaxen chemi- 
 sohen Prozesse in den Puppen von CalUphora. Ztschr. f. 
 Biol., Munchen & Berl., 1906, xlviu, 87-140.— Wolbach 
 (S. B.) & Saiki (T.) A new anaerobic spore-beartag bac- 
 terium commonly present in the livers of healthy dogs, and 
 beheved to be responsible for many changes attributed to 
 aseptic autolysis of liver tissue. J. Med. Research, Bost., 
 1909-10, xxi, 267-278, 1 pi.— Wolf (G. L.) & Harris (J^ E. G.) 
 Contributions to the biochemistry of pathogenic anaerobes. 
 J. Path. & Bacteriol., Cambridge, 1916-17, xxi, 386-462. 
 
 Bacteria (Anaerobic, Cultivation and 
 isolation of). 
 
 Ampola (GO & Ulpianl (C.) Per la tecuica delle colture 
 anaeroblche. Elv. d'ig. e san pubb., Torino, 1899, x, 907- 
 913. — Aperlo (G.) Contribute alio studio dello sviluppo 
 degli anaerobi nel brodo tenuto a contatto dell' aria. Ibia., 
 
 1907, xviii, 588-697. . Di un metodo di cultura in 
 
 plastra che rende facile I'lsolamento del battcri anaerobi. 
 Atti d. r. Accad. d. flslocrit. in Siena, 1908, xx, 169-171. — 
 Bandini (P.) Ricerche suUa coltivazione degli anaerobi. 
 Glor. d. r. Accad. dl med. di Torino, 1906, 4. s., xii, 265- 
 275. — Barbantl (R.) Sulla cultura e 1' isolamento Ln 
 piastra del germi anaerobici da' focolai morbosi e special- 
 mente da' focolai tetanigenl. Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir. di 
 Modena, 1914, xvi, 257-285, 2 pi.— Seattle (J. M.) Simple 
 and inexpensive methods for fermentation tests and for 
 obtalniag cultures of anaerobes. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1916, 
 1. 756. — Beck (M.) Zur Zfichtung anaerober Kulturen. 
 Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.J, 1. Abt., Jena, 1897, xxil, 343- 
 346.— Bemer (O.) On a vial for the culture of anaerobic 
 bacteria on plates. Ibid., 1904, xxxvii, 478-480.— Blffl (U.) 
 Un metodo nuovo per coltlvare estemporaneamente gli 
 anaerobi obbUgatl. Ann. d' ig. sper., Roma, 1903, n. s., 
 xlii, 680-688-. Also, transl.: Semana mid., Buenos Aires, 
 
 1904, xi, 628-632. . Semina e cultura degli anaerobi 
 
 ObbUgatl nel vuoto. Bull. d. sc. med. di Bologna, 1907, 8. 
 s., vli, 195-200. Also, transl.: Centralbl. t. Bakteriol. [etc.], 
 1. Abt., Jena, 1907, xliv, Orig., 280-282.— Bordet (J.) Une 
 methode de culture des microbes anaerobies. Ann. de 
 I'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1904, xvill, 332-336.— Buchanan 
 (R. M.) An inset absorption appliance lor the testrtube 
 culture of anaerobes. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. (etc.], 1. 
 Abt., Jena, 1914, Ixxlv, Orig., 626.— Burckhardt (O.) Zur 
 Techntk der Anaerobenkultur. Zentralbl. 1. Gynak., 
 Lelpz., 1911, XXXV, 1201-1203.— Burrl (R.) Zur IsoUerung 
 der Anaeroben. Centralbl. t. Baktenol. [etc.], 2. Abt., 
 Jena, 1902, vill, 533-637.— Calderinl (A.) Untersuchungeu 
 fiber Anaerobienzfiohtung nach dem Tarozzlschen ver- 
 fahren. Ibid., 1. Abt., Jena, 1909, U, 681-685. . Ri- 
 cerche sulla coltivazione dei germi anaerobi col metodo 
 Tarozzl. Elv. d' ig. e san. pubb., Torino, 1909, xx, 649- 
 655.— Chlappella (A. E.) Nuovo apparecchio per la cul- 
 tura del batterii anaerobii. Sperlmentale. Arch, di biol., 
 Flrenze, 1906. Ix, 286-289.— Crendlropoulo (M.) Un 
 nouveau precede pour la culture et la sSparatiou des mi- 
 crobes anaerobies. Centralbl. t. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., 
 Jena, 1910, Iv, Orig., 246-268.— Dc-Grandl (S.) Celletta 
 per r osservazlone e la coltura del batterl anaerobi in goccia 
 pendente. Elv. d'ig. e san pubb., Torino, 1902, xlii, 879- 
 886.— Dhuond { L. ) A simple method for the cultivation of 
 anaerobic organisms. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1915, 11, 778. — 
 Dreuw. Vereinfachtes anaerobes Plattenverfahren. Cen- 
 tralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1904, xxxvi, 748. — 
 Dunham (E. K.) Simple and convenient apparatus for the 
 anaerobic cultivation of bacteria. N. York Univ. Bull. M, 
 Sc, 1901, i, 180-183.— EUefson (LilUan Jordan) & Hall 
 (I. C.) A note on the aerobic culture of anaerobes at higher 
 temperature. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, 1917, n. s., xlvi, 
 670. Also, Eeprint.— Epstein (S.) Ein vereinfachtes Ver- 
 fahren zur Zfichtung anaerober Bakterien In Doppelsohalen* 
 Centralbl. J. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1900, xxvill, 
 
 443. . Zur Technik dor Anaerobiose. Prag. med. 
 
 Wchnschr., 1901, xxvi, 83.— Ewell (E. E.) A form of appa- 
 ratus and method of manipulation tor the preparation of roll 
 
BACTERIA. 
 
 269 
 
 BACTERIA. 
 
 Bacteria {Anaerobic, Cultivation and 
 isolation of) . 
 
 cultures of anaerobic organisms. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. 
 [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1897, iii, 188-190.— Faslanl (G. M.) & 
 Zironi (A.) SuUa tecnica dell' isolamento e della cultura 
 degli anaerobi. Sperimentale, Firenze, 1917, Ixxi, 439- 
 449.— Felirs & Sa«lis-MUke. Beitrag zur Ziichtung und 
 Isolierung von Anaerobiern. Centralbl. t. Bakteriol. [etc.], 
 1. Abt., Jena, 1908, xlviii, Orig., 122-125.— Ferran (J.) 
 Ueber die Venvendung des Acetylens bei der Kultur anaero- 
 ber Bakterien. Ibid., 1898, xxlv, 29.— Fremltn (H. S.) 
 Report on a method of anaerobic culture. Rep. Med. Off. 
 
 Local Gov. Bd. 1901-2, Lond., 1903, xx3d, 570-574. . 
 
 The plate cultivation of anaerobic bacteria. Lancet, Lond., 
 1904, il, 824.— Friel (A. R.) Apparatus for the isolation 
 and cultivation of anaerobes. Ibid., 1917, ii, 390. — Gal- 
 vagno (O.) & Calderini (A.) Una modiflcazione dell' ap- 
 parecchio di Bordet per la coltura degll anaerobi. Gior. 
 d. r. Accad. d. med. di Torino, 1907, 4. s., xUi, 14-16.— de 
 Gsisperl (F.) & Savinl (E.) Beitrag zur Zuchtungs- und 
 Isolierungstechnik der anaeroben Mikroorganismen. Cen- 
 tralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1911, Iviii, Orig., 
 239-261.— Ghon (A.) & Sachs (M.) Ueber die anaerobe 
 Ziichtung. /Wd., 1902, xxxii, 403-413.— GUtner (W.) Sug- 
 gestions for partial anaerobic cultures. Science, N. Y. & 
 Lancaster, Pa., 1915^ xli, 663.— Glrardl (L.) Eicerche sul 
 mecanismo per cui si ottengono culture di batterii anaerobi 
 nel miscugUo di brodo e succo di organi parenchimali, in 
 presenza dell' aria. Riforma med., Palermo-Napoli, 1907, 
 xxiii, 1049-1052.— Guillemot (L.) & Saczawiska (Wanda). 
 R61e des substances r^ductrices dans la culture des anae- 
 robes en presence de I'air. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 
 1908, Ixiv, 171-173.— Hall (I. C.) The stability of emulsions 
 in the constricted tube and marble device for anaerobiosis. 
 J. Phys. Chem., Ithaca, 1917, xxi, 609-622. Also, Reprint.— 
 Hammerl (H.) Ein Beitrag zur Ziichtung der Anaero- 
 ben. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1901, 
 XXX, 658-664.— Harde (E. S.) Milieu de culture pour I'ob- 
 tention des anaerobles des exsudats par renrichissement 
 en germes. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1917, Ixxx, 
 661.— Harrass (P.) Zur Frage der aeroben Ziichtung soge- 
 nannter obUgal^anaerober Bakterien. Miinchen. med. 
 Wchnschr., 1906, liii, 2237-2240.— Harrison (F. C.) Note 
 on a method of cultivating anaerobic bacteria. J. Applied 
 Micr., Rochester, 1902, v, 1974.— Hata (S.) Ueber eine 
 einfache Methode zur aerobischen Kultivierung der Anaero- 
 ben, mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung ihrer Toxinpro- 
 duktion. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1908, 
 xlvi, Orig., 539-554.— Helm (L.) TDie anaerobiotische 
 Schalenkulrur. Zentralbl. f. d. ges. Physiol, u. Path. d. 
 Stoffwechs., Berl. & Wien, 1910, n. F., v, 321-326.— Henry 
 (H.) A siirale device lor the growth of anaerobes on plates. 
 Brit. M. J., Lond., 1917, i, 762.— Hesse. Ziichtung anaerober 
 Bakterien. Cong. dent, internat. C.-r., Berl., 1909, v,pt.l, 
 301.— Hlrshberg (L. K.) A simple class-room method 
 for growing anaerobic cultures. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 
 1904, xlu, 1365. — Hblker (J.) Micro- and macro-methods of 
 cultivating anaerobic organisms. J. Path. & Bacterid., 
 Cambridge, 1918, xxii, 28-39.— Horton (G. D.) A simple 
 method of cultivating bacilli, preferring conditions of partial 
 anaerobiosis (B. abortus. Bang; B. bifidus, Tissier). J. 
 Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1914, xv, 22.— Hunziker (O. F.) A 
 review of the existing methods of cultivating anaerobic 
 bacteria. J. Applied Micr., Rochester, 1902, v, 1800-1813. 
 Also: Sclent. Am. [Suppl.], N. Y., 1902, Uv, 22344; 22360; 
 22368; 22392.— Jacqu* (L.) Demonstration des plaques 
 de Stiller pour la culture d'anaSrobies. Cong, internat. 
 d'hyg. et de dfimog. C.-r., Brux., 1903, 11, 116.— JoIIyman 
 (W. H.) Apparatus tor making anaerobic cultivations in 
 fluid media. Analyst, Lond., 1903, xxviii, 6. — Jones 
 (H . M . ) A method of anaerobic plating permitting observa- 
 tion of growth. J. Bact., Bait., 1916, i, 339-341.— Kabrhel 
 (G.) Zur Frage der Ziichtung anaerober Bakterien. Cen- 
 tralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1899, xxv, 655- 
 661. — Konricli. Eine neue Untersuchungsmethode tiir 
 anagrobe Stichkulturen. Ibid., 1914, Ixxlv, Orig., 191.— 
 Kulka (W.) Ein Beitrag zur Anaerobenziiditung bei 
 SauerstofEabsorption. Ihid., 1911, lix, Orig., 654-556.— 
 Laldlaw (P..P.) Some simple anaerobic methods . Brit. 
 M. J., Lond., 1915, 1, 497.— Le Dantec (A.) Nouveau pro- 
 cidi pour la culture des ana^robies. Compt. rend Soc. 
 de biol.. Par., 1907, Ixiii, 135-137.— Legros (G.) Isolement 
 et culture des ana&obies; procMA de I'huile de vaseline. 
 lUd., 1902, 11. s., iv, 1337.— Xegroux (R.) Modifications il 
 I'appareil vide-hydrogfene pour les cultures anagrobies en 
 milieux liquides. Ann. de I'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1912, xxvi, 
 635.— Lentz (O.) Ein neues Verfehren fiir die Anaeroben- 
 ziichtung. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1910, 
 liii, Orig., 358-365.- Uefmann (H.) Ein einfaches Ver- 
 fahren zur Ziichtung und IsoUerung anaerober Keime. 
 Ibid., 1908, xlvi, Orig., 377-383.— Llndemann (W.) Verein- 
 lachung der Anaerobenziichtung, nebst Angabe eines prak- 
 tisoh verwertbaren neuen Kulturverfahrens. Miinchen. 
 
 med. Wchnschr., 1913, Ix, 236-238. . Beitrage zur 
 
 Technik und Bewertung der Anaerobenziichtung. (Nach 
 einer Probevorlesung.) Monatschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gy- 
 naek., Berl., 1916, xUu, 18-37.— Lode (A.) Ueber die Ver- 
 
 Bacteria (Anaerobic, Cultivation and 
 isolation of) . 
 
 wendung von Phosphor zur Absorption des Sauerstoffes bei 
 der Ziichtung der Anaerobler. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1918, 
 xxxl, 496-498. — IiOwy (O.) Eine einfache Schale zum 
 Ziichteu anaerobwachsender Bakterien. Ibid., 1917, xxx, 
 1240.— Lorenti (G.) Un nuovo metodo di coltivare i 
 batten anaerobi in presenza deU' aria. Pathologica, Ge- 
 neva, 1912-13, V, 678-680: 1913-14, vi, 101.— Mclntosli (J.) 
 & Flldes (P.) A new apparatus for the isolation and culti- 
 vation of anaerobic micro-organisms. Lancet, Lond., 1916, 
 i, 768-770. Also, transl.: Compt.-rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 
 1916, Ixxix, 293-295.— M'LeodT ( J . W . ) A method for plate 
 culture of anaerobic bacteria. J. Path. & Bacterid., Cam- 
 bridge, 1912-13, xvii, 454-457, 1 pi.— M»Leod (J. W.) & Soga 
 (A. R. B.) A simplified method for the cultivation, in 
 fluid media containing coagulable albumin, of bacteria 
 requiring anaerobic conditions, notably the pathogenic 
 spirocha3tes. Ibid., 1914-15, xix, 210-213.— Majome (B.) 
 Un apparecchio semplice sicuro per la cultura degh anaero- 
 bici. Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir. di Pavia, 1910, xxlv, 363- 
 365. — Marino (F.) Methode pour isoler les anaerobles. 
 
 Ann. de I'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1907, xxi, 1005-1008. . 
 
 Culture a^robie des microbes dlts ana&obies. Compt. rend. 
 Soc. de bid.. Par., 1910, Ixix, 247-249. Also: Centralbl. f. 
 Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt, Jena, 1912, Ixiii, Orig., 298-303.— 
 Marpmann. Eine neue Methode zur HersteUung von 
 anaeroben RoIlglekSkulturen mit Gelatine oder Agar. Ibid., 
 1898, xxiii, 1090.— Martelly (E.) Sur un nouveau milieu 
 pour les anaerobles. Monit. sclent.. Par., 1901, 4. s., xv, 
 pt. 2, 437-439.— Meresbkowsky (S. S.) Ein Apparat fiir 
 Anaerobenkultur. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., 
 Jena, 1903, Enriii, 392-394.— Meyer (A.) Apparat fiir die 
 Kultur von anaeroben Bakterien una fur die Bestimmung 
 der Sauerstoffminima fiir Keimung, Wachstum und Sporen- 
 bildung der'Bakterienspecies. loid., 2. Abt., Jena, 1905, 
 xiv, 337-349.— Nichols (H. J.) & Schmitler (F.) A simple 
 way of using Buchner's method for the cultivation of anaero- 
 bic bacteria. J. Med. Research, Bost^ 1906-7, xv, 113-115, 
 1 pi. Also, Reprint. — Nicolle (C.) Sur un precede trfes 
 simple de culture des microbes anaerobles; applications 
 de la methode. Compt. rend. Soc. de bid.. Par., 1902, 
 11. s., iv, 1211-1213.— Northrup (Z.) A simple apparatus 
 
 for isolating anaerobes. J. Bact., Bait., 1916, i, 90. . 
 
 An anaerobic culture volumeter. J. Indust. & Engin. 
 Chem., Easton, Pa., 1918, x, 624.— Novy (F. G.) The cul- 
 ture of anaerobic bactena. Tr. Pan-Am. M. Cong. 1893, 
 Wash., 1895, pt. 1, 213-224, 2 pi.— Ogata (M.) & Takenou- 
 chi (M.) Euifacne Plattenkulturmethode der anaeroben 
 Bakterien. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 
 1914, Ixxiii, Orig., 75-77.— Omellanski (W.) Ein ein- 
 facher Apparat zur Kultur von Anaeroben im Reagenzglase. 
 Ibid., 2. Abt., Jena, 1902, vlii, 711-714.— Oprescu. Zur 
 Technik der Anaerobenkultur. Hyg. Rundschau, Berl., 
 1898, viii, 107.— Ori (A.) Sulla cultura degli anaerobii. 
 Atti d. r. Accad. d. fisiocrit. in Siena, 1905, 4. s., xvii, 169- 
 174. Also: Riv. d'ig. e san. pubb., Torino, 1906, xvii, 
 397-407.— Park (W. H.) The use of paraflin to exclude 
 oxygen in growing anaerobic bacteria. J. Bost. Soc. M. Sc, 
 1900-1901, V, 373.— Pende (N. ) & VManl (L.) Un nuovo 
 metodo pratico per culture anaerobiche. Boll. d. Soc. 
 Lancisiana d. osp. di Roma, 1907, xxvii, 124-126. Also: 
 
 Bull. d. r. Accad. med. di Roma, 1907, xxxiii, 152-154. 
 
 . Eine neue praktische Methode fiir anaerobische 
 
 Bacillenkulturen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., 
 Jena, 1907, xUv, Orig., 282-284.— PI uhl (E.) Die Ziichtung 
 anaerober Bakterien in LeberbouHlon, sowie in Zucker- 
 bouillon und in gewohnlicher Bouillon mit einem Zusatz 
 von Platinschwamm Oder Hepin unter Luftzutritt. Ibid., 
 378-383, 2 pi.— Proca (G.) Sur I'emploi de milieux bac- 
 teriens steriUses pour la culture des anaerobies. Compt. 
 rend. Soc. de b*d., Par., 1907, bdii, 620.— Beuschel (F.) 
 Die einfachste Methode der Anaerobenziichtung in fliissigem 
 Nahrboden. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1906, Uii, 1208.— 
 Rickards (B. R.) A simple method of cultivating anaero- 
 bic bacteria. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 
 1904, xxxvi, 557-559.— Rivas (D.) Ein Beitrag zur Anaero- 
 benzuchtung. Ibid., 1902, xxxii, 831-841.— Rosenthal (G.) 
 separation des microbes anaerobles cultives en tubes de 
 geiose profonde par I'isolement et Ic lavage en boite de Petri. 
 
 Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1901, 11. s., iii, 941. . . 
 
 Culture des anaerobles gazogenes en tubes cachetes: le tube 
 
 cachete etrangie. Ibid., 190i, Ivi, 921. . La culture en 
 
 oulot de gelatine (tube Liborius) des anaerobles liqueflants, 
 nouveau precede d'aerobisation. Ibid., 1906, 1x1, 326^28. 
 
 . Le tube etroit, nouveau precede de culture aerobie 
 
 des microbes dits k tort anaerobles stricts. Ibid. ,'440-U2. 
 — ; — . Sur les vraies et les fausses cultures aerobics des 
 microbes dits anaerobles stric*"s; tubes anaerobles, pseudo- 
 aerobies et aero-anaerobies. Ibid., 1909, Ixvii, 702.— 5luata 
 (G. Q.) Metodo di cultura del microbi anaerobi. Bull. d. 
 sc. med. di Bologna, 1908, 8. s. , viii, 119, 1 fol. pi.— Bfiiieka 
 (S.) Eine neue einfache Methode zur Herstellungsauerstofl- 
 freier Luftatmosphare (als Methode zur einfachen, verlass- 
 lichen Ziichtung von strengen Anaeroben. Arch. f. Hyg., 
 Miinchen & Berl., 1906, Ivlii, 327-344.— Saikl (T.) A device 
 for the cultivation of anaerobes in plate cultures, by the 
 
BACTERIA. 
 
 270 
 
 BACTERIA. 
 
 Bacteria (Anaerobic, Cultivation and 
 isolation of). 
 
 use of alkali-pyrogallic acid mixtures. J. Med. Research, 
 Bost., 1909-10, xxl, 279.— Sellards (A. W.) Some researches 
 on anaerobic cultures with phosphorus. Centralbl. f. 
 Bakteriol. [etcj, 1. Abt., Jena, 191)4, xxxvii, 632-637.— 
 Simonds (J. P.) & Kendall (A. I.) A simple method 
 for isolating anaerobes in pure culture. J. Infect. Dis., Chi- 
 cago, 1912, xi, 207-209.— SinlgagUa (G.) Substrati con 
 pancreatina e substrati con nucleoproteidi per la coltura 
 aerobica dei germi anaerobici. Pathologica, Geneva, 1913- 
 
 14, vi, 778-782. . Di un terreno per la coltura aerobica 
 
 dl germi anaerobici. Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir. di Modena, 
 1914, xvi, 101; 287.— SmUUe (W. G.) New anaerobic meth- 
 ods. J. Exper. M., N. Y., 1917, xxvi, 59-66, 1 pi.— Smith 
 (T.) Some devices for the cultivation of anaerobic bacteria 
 in fluid media without the use of inert gases. J. Bost. Soc. 
 M. So., 1899, iii, 340-343, 1 pi. Also, Reprint.— Streng tO.) 
 Zur Ziichtuug der anaeroben Bakterien. Centralbl. f. 
 Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1903, xxxiv, 698-601.— 
 Stttler (A.) Neue Methoden zur Anaerobenkultur und 
 Anaerokultur. Ibid., 1904, xxxvii, 298-307.— Tarozzl (6.) 
 Sulla possibility di coltivare facilmente all' aria in cultura 
 
 Eura 1 germi anaerobici. Atti d. r. Accad. d. flsiocrit. In 
 iena, 1904, 4. s., xvi, 317-329. . Ulteriori osservazioni 
 
 sulla cultura aerobica dei germi anaerobici. Ibid., 1905, 
 
 4. s., xvii, 105-124. . Osservazioni sulla natura dei 
 
 fenomeni che determinano la esigenaa anaerobioa nelle 
 
 culture dei germi anaerobici. Ibid., 225-258. . Ueber 
 
 ein leicht in aerober Weise ausfUhrbares Kulturmittel von 
 elnigen bis jetzt fiir strenge Anaeroben gehaltenen Keimen. 
 Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1905, xxxviii, 
 
 619-624. . Sulla biologia di alcuni germi anaerobici e 
 
 su dl un facile mezzo di cultura dei medesimi. Riforma 
 
 med., Palermo-Napoh, 1905, xxi, 146; 182; 208. — . Ap- 
 
 punti di tecnica per la cultura e I'isolamentO in piastra dei 
 germi anaerobici. Atti d. r. Accad. d. flsiocrit. in Siena, 
 
 1906, 4. s.,_ xviii, 401-415, 2 pi.— Tedesclil (A.) Metodo 
 pratico pel trapianti di laboratorio dei germi anaerobii. 
 Boll. d. Soc. med., di Parma, 1909, 2. s., ii, 227-230.— Trenk- 
 mann. Das Wachstum der anaeroben Bakterien. Cen- 
 tralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jeiia, 1898, xxiii, 1038; 
 1087. — Tuck ( G . L. ) A tube for the cultivation of anaerobic 
 organisms in fluid media. Lancet, Lond., 1903, ii, 1023. — 
 Tuit6 (R.) Zur Anaerobenkultur. Centralbl. f. Bak- 
 teriol. [etcJ, 1. Abt., Jena, 1902, xxxi, 175.— Velllou (A.) 
 & MazS (P.) De I'emplol des nitrates pour la culture et 
 I'isolement des microbes ana&obies. Compt. rend. Soc. 
 de biol., Par., 1910, Ixviii, 112-114.— WUsou (W. J.) An 
 easily improvised and effective method of obtaining plate 
 cultures of anaerobes. Lancet, Lond., 1917, i, 724.— Wright 
 (J. H.) A simple method for anaerobic cultivation in fluid 
 media. J. Bost. Soc. M. Sc, 1899-1900, Iv, 119, 1 pi.: 1900- 
 1901, V, 114, 1 pi. Also: Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. 
 Abt., Jena, 190O, xxvii, 74: 1901, xxlx, 61.— Wraosek (A.) 
 Beobachtungen liber die Bedingungen des Wachstums der 
 obligatorischen Anaeroben in aerober Weise. Centralbl. 
 f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1906-7; xliil, Orig., 17-30: 
 
 1907, xliv, Ong., 607-617. Also [Abstr.]: Miinchen. med. 
 Wohnschr., 1906, lui, 2534.— Zeissler (J.) Ueber die Rein- 
 ziichtung pathogeuer Anaerobier. Deutsche med. Wchn- 
 
 schr., Berl. & Leipz., 1917, xliii, 1507. . .Die Pferde- 
 
 blut- Oder Schafblut-Traubenzuckeragarplatte als Ersatz 
 fiir die Menschenblut-Traubenzuckeragarplatte zur Zilch- 
 tung der pathogenen Anaerobier. Ibid., 1918, xliv, 942. — 
 Zinsser (H.) A simple method for the plating of anaerobic 
 organisms. J. Exper. M., N. Y., 1906, viii, 542-546, 1 pi.— 
 Zupnik (L.) Ueber eine neue Methode anaerober Ziich- 
 tung. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1898, 
 xxiv, 267-270. 
 
 Bacteria (Antagonism of). 
 
 Ebius (R. M.) *0 tak nazjtvayemom antago- 
 nizmie mezhdu bakteriyami. [So-called anta- 
 gonism between ba,cteria.] 8°. Yvryev, 1906. 
 
 Bouska (F. W.) Etudes sur Pantagonismc entre les 
 baotMes du groupe des ferments lactiques et cellos du 
 groupe du Bacillus subtilis. Rev. gto. du lait, Lierre, 
 1903-4, iii, 1-11.— Emmericli (R.) £ Loew (O.) Ueber 
 biochemischen Antagonismus. Centralbl. t. Bakteriol. 
 [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1901, xxx, 652-555.— Fical (G.) Su 
 ranfagouismo tra il baeillo del carbonchio ed 11 bacillo 
 piocianeo. Igiene mod., Geneva, 1913, vi, 141-149.— Fortl- 
 neau (L.), Fdrtlneau (C.) & Bchenoz (M.) Recherches 
 exp^rimentales sur Pantagonisme du bacille pyocyanique et 
 du vibrion ohol&ique. Gaz. m&i. de Nantes, 1913, 2. s., 
 xxxi, 721-732.— Lode (A.) Experimentelle Untersu- 
 chungen iiber Bakterienantagonismus. Centralbl. f. Bakte- 
 riol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1903, xxxiii, 196-208. . Stu- 
 
 dien liber Bakterienantagonismus. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. 
 deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1902, Leipz., 1903, U, 2. Hlfte., 
 619.— Rettger (L. F.) The antagonism of bacteria and 
 ' their products to other bacteria. J. Infect. DiSy Chicago, 
 1905, il, 562-568. Also[Ahsti.]: Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, 
 Pa., 1905, n. s., xxi, 491. 
 
 Bacteria (Biology, morphology, and struc- 
 ture of). 
 
 See, also, Bacteria (Adaptation of) ; Bacteria 
 (Anaerobic); Bacteria (Antagonism of); Bac- 
 teria (Capsulated); Bacteria (Chemistry of); 
 Bacteria (Chromogenic); Bacteria (Classifica- 
 tion, etc., of); Bacteria (Cultivation of); Bac- 
 teria (Degeneration, etc., of); Bacteria (Deni- 
 trifying); Bacteria (Differentiation, etc., of); 
 Bacteria (Effects of) ; Bacteria (Enzymes, etc., 
 of) ; Sacteria, (Flagellated) ; Bacteria (Gas-form- 
 ing); bacteria, (Metabolism of); Bacteria (J/b- 
 tility of); Bacteria (Mutation, etc., of); Bac- 
 teria (Nitrifying) ; Bacteria (Pathogenic) ; Bac- 
 teria (Photogenic); Bacteria (Saprophytic); 
 Bacteria (Spores of); Bacteria (Sulphur); 
 Bacteria (Thermophilic); Bacteria (Viability 
 
 of). 
 
 Benecke (W.) Bau und Leben der Bakte- 
 rien. 8°. Leipzig & Berlin, 1912. 
 
 Fischer (A.) Tile structure and functions of 
 bacteria. Translated by A. Coppen Jones. 8°. 
 Oxford, 1900. 
 
 KtJSTER (E.) Morphologischeundhistologisclie 
 Streitfragen aus dem Gebiet derBacterienkunde. 
 (Sonderabdruck aus "Flora" oder Allgemeine 
 botanische Zeitung, 1900, Heft 2.) 8°. Miln- 
 chm, 1900. 
 
 Meyer (A.) Die Zelle der Bakterien, ver- 
 gleichende und kritische Zusammenfassung 
 unseres Wissens fiber die Bakterienzelle. 8°. 
 JerM, 1912. 
 
 MiGULA (W.) System der Bakterien. Hand-, 
 buch der Morphologie und Entwickelungs- 
 geschichte der Bakterien. 2 v. 8°. Jena, 
 1897-1900. 
 
 Palchikovski (Y. M.) *Nie8kolko nablyu- 
 deniy nad morfologigel i protsessom razmno- 
 zheniya bakteriy. [Observations on the mor- 
 phology and process of multiplication of bacte- 
 ria.] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1900. 
 
 Pozzi-EscoT (E.) Lefons 616mentaires de 
 microbiologie g6n6rale. Profesa^es i I'Ecole 
 nationale d' agriculture et de m^decine v6t6ri- 
 naire du P^rou. 8°. Paris, 1909. 
 
 Schmidt (J.) & Weis (F.) Bakterierne. 
 Naturhistorisk Grundlag for det bakteriologiske 
 Studium. Morfologi a§ udviklingshistorie af 
 Jobs. Schmidt. [Bacteria. Scientific basis for 
 the study of bacteriology, morphology and 
 evolution, by . . .] 8°. K0benhavn, 1899. 
 
 Sblpridge (J. M.) The anatomy and physiol- 
 ogy of bacteria and their relation to health and 
 disease. 8°. Oakland, 1885. 
 
 Thez^e (H.-E.-C.-L.) *Contribution k I'^tude 
 de la morphologie des bactSriac^es. [Bordeaux.] 
 8°. Angers, 1898. 
 
 Amato (Aj Ueber die feine Struktur der Bakterien. 
 Centralbl. f. Bafcteriol. ('eto.), 1. Abt., Jena, 1908, xlviii, 
 Origy 385-393, 2 pi.— Ascoll. Ueber den Bau der Bakterien, 
 von K. Nakanishi. Ibid., 1901, xxx, 910.— Auer (P.) Mor- 
 phologische und biologische Boeinflussung der Bakterien 
 durch Kalk mit spezieller Beriicksichtigung der Kalkdes- 
 infektion. Arch. f. Hyg., Miinchen & TSerl., 1908, Ixvii, 
 237-284.— Babes (V.) SpindellBrmige Bazillen. Handb. 
 d. path. Mikroorg., Jena, 1906, Ergnzngs.-Bd., 271-290, 1 pi.— 
 Ball (O.) Morphologische Verimderungeu der Bakterien 
 im TierkBrper. Wien. klin. Wchnsohr., 1906, xlx, 1278- 
 1281.— Bastlan (H. C.) Heterogenesis. Lancet, Lond., 
 1903, ii, 1686.— Bichamp ( A. ) Faits pour servir k I'histoire 
 de I'origine des baot&les; d^veloppement nature] de ces 
 
 getits vegiStaux dans les parties gelles de plusieurs plantes. 
 ompt. rend. Acad. d. so.. Par., 1869, Ixviii, 466-468.— 
 Bebrens (H.) Beitrage zur Entwickelungsgesohichte der 
 schleimbildenden Bakterien. Ztschr. f. ang. Mikr., Leipz., 
 1896, ii, 4-9.— Benedlkt (M.) Ueber Schroens Lehre vom 
 Leben der Kristalle, ilber dessen Bakterienstudlen und die 
 Bakterienkristalle. Wien. kiln. Wchnschr., 1903, xvi, 657- 
 
BACTERIA. 
 
 271 
 
 BACTERIA. 
 
 Bacteria (Biology, morphology, and struc- 
 ture of) . 
 
 659. . Schroens Lehre von den Krystallen. Wien. 
 
 med. 'Wclmschr., 1904, liv, 53-66.— Blanco (C.) Sobre 
 algunas granulaclones del protoplasma bacteriano. Rev. 
 espec. med., Madrid, 1914, xviii, 85-87. — Buchanan (R. E.) 
 Bacterial pnylogeny as indicated by modern types. Am. 
 Natm-alist, Lancaster, Pa., 1918, lii, 233-246.— BtttscMi (O.) 
 Notiz iiber Teilungsjustande des Centraliorpers bei emer 
 Nostocacee, nebst einigen Bemerkungeu liber J. Kunstler's 
 und Busquet's Auflassmig der roten Korncben der Bakte- 
 rien, etc. Verbandl. d. naturh.-med. Ver. zu Heidelb., 1898, 
 n. r., vi, 63-68, 1 pi.— Burchard (G.) Beitrage zur Mor- 
 phologie und Entwickelungs-Gesohichte der Bacterien. 
 Arb. a. d. bacteriol. Inst. d. teohn. Hocbsch. zu Karlsruhe, 
 1898, ii, 1-64, 2 pi.— Curei (V.) Orlgen, poUmorflsmo y 
 transformismo de las bacterias. Prim. reun. d. Cong, cienf. 
 Lat.-Amer., Buenos Aires, 1898, iv, 418-472.— Dietrich (A.) 
 Ueberblick iiber unsere Kenntnisse von der Morpbologie 
 und Biologie der Bakterien. Ztschr. f. allg. Physiol., Jena, 
 1902-3, m, Sammelref., 23-75.— Dobell (C. C.) Contribu- 
 tions to the cytology of the bacteria. Quart. J. Micr. So., 
 Lond., 1911, n. s., Ivi, pt. 3, 395-606, 4 pi.— Douglas 
 (S. R.) & Distaso (A.) Etudes sur le noyau des bact&ies. 
 Sur un nouveau bacille dont le noyau est trfes Evident. 
 Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1912, bdii, Grig., 
 
 1-7, 1 pi. . Ueber den Kern der Bakterien. 
 
 lUd., Ixvi, Orig., 321-327, 1 pi.— Duclaux (E.) Sur la 
 structure des bact&ies. Ann. de I'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 
 1896, X, 729-740.— Ellermann (V.) Zur Kenntnis der 
 SpindelbaziUen. Ztschr. (. Hyg. u. Infektionskrankh., 
 Leipz., 1907, Ivi, 453-461.— Ernst (P.) Ueber den Bau der 
 Bakterien. (Ergebnisse vitaler Faxbung.) Centralbl. t. 
 Bakteriol. [etoj, 2. Abt., Jena, 1902, via, 1; 34; 65; 97, 2 pi. 
 . Ueber Bakterienstructuren; Ergebnisse vitaler Far- 
 bung. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 
 
 1901, Leipz., 1902, Ixxili, pt. 2, med. Abth., 661-565. . 
 
 Ueber Bau und Bedeutung der Bakterien. Munchen. med. 
 Wchnschr., 1903, i, 2169; 2258.— Fedorowttsch (A.) Ueber 
 die Komigkeit der Bakterien. Centralbl. f. Baktenol. [etc.], 
 2. Abt., Jena, 1902, viii, 481-496, 1 pi.— Feinberg. Ueber 
 den Bau der Bakterien. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1900, xvii, 225- 
 237, 5 pi. Also: Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.l, 1. Abt., Jena, 
 1900, xxvii, 417-426, 5 pi.— Ficker (M.) Zur Frage der 
 Komchen und Kerne der Bakterien. Arch. f. Hyg., Mun- 
 chen & Berl., 1903, xlvi, 171-199.— Garbowski (L.) Ueber 
 einen extrem verklirzten Entwickelungsgang bei zwei 
 Bakterienspezies. Biol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1907, xxvii, 
 717-720.— Giordano (G.) Rivista sintetica Sulla genesi e 
 biologia de' cristalUorganioied anorganicisecondo le scoverte 
 del Prof. Otto von Schron. Rassegna med., Bologna, 1899, 
 vii, No. 12, 2-6. — GuUliermond (A.) Sur la pr&ence des 
 coipuscules m^tachromatiques dans les bactlries. Lyon 
 
 mM., 1902, xoix, 29-32. . Contribution Ji I'^tude cyto- 
 
 logique des bact&ies. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par., 1906, 
 
 cxlii, 1285-1287. . Quelquesremarques sur la structure 
 
 des bacilles endosporfe. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 
 
 1907, Ixii, 78-60. . . La oytologie des bactlries. Bull. 
 
 de rinst. Pasteur, Par., 1907, v, 273; 321. . Contribu- 
 tion k I'fitude cytologique des bacilles endosperms. Arch. f. 
 
 Protistenk., Jena, 1908, xii, 9-43, 3 pi. . Observations 
 
 sur la oytologie d'uu bacille. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. 
 
 Par., 1909, Ixvi, 102. . A propos de la structure des 
 
 bacUles endosporfe. R^ponse a M. E. Mencl. Arch. f. 
 Protistenk., Jena, 1910, six, 6-17.— Heald (F. D.) The 
 phylogeny of bacteria. Tr. Am. Micr. Soc.j Lancaster, Pa., 
 1907, xxvii, 63-74, l.diag.— Hort (E. C.) The life-history of 
 
 bacteria. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1917, i, 571; 664, 8 oh. . 
 
 Morphological studies in the life-history of bacteria. Proc. 
 Roy. Soc. Lond., 1917, s. B., Ixxxix, 468-480, 5 pi.— Huss 
 (H.) Morphologisch-physiologische Studien iiber zwei 
 aromabUdende Bakterien. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. 
 Abt., Jena, 1907, xix, 50; 149.— Jegunow (M.) Die Mecha- 
 luk und Typen der Teilung der Bakterienscharen. Ibid., 
 1898, iv, 97; 175.— Kendall (A. I.) The biology and bio- 
 chemlsny of bacteria and their relation to therapeutics. 
 J. Med. Research, Best., 1911, xxlv, 411-424. Also, Reprint— 
 KUgler(I.J.) The evolution of bacteria. Science, N. Y. & 
 Lancaster, Pa., 1918, n. s., xlvii, 320; 689.— Korentchevsky 
 (W.) Contribution k I'fitude biologique du B. perfringens 
 et du B. putriflcus. Ann., de I'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1909, 
 xxiii, 91-95.— KUW (H.) Biologisch-bakteriologische Un- 
 tersuchungen. Apoth.-Ztg., Berl., 1908, xxiii, 485; 494.— 
 Kunstler ( J. ) & Busquet (P.) Sur la valeur nucl&ire du 
 corps central des bact&iac^es. Compt. rend. Acad, d sc 
 
 Par., 1897, cxxv, 1112-1115. -. Observations 
 
 sur la structure des bact^riac^es et des organismes voisius 
 Gaz. hebd. d. sc. m^d. de Bordeaux, 1898, xlx, 136; 148; 160.— 
 Kunstler (J.) & Gineste (C.) Structure flbrillaire chez ies 
 bact4riac4es. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par., 1906, cxliii, 
 84-87.— Kuntze (W.) Beitrage zur Morpbologie und 
 Physiologic der Bakterien. Centralbl. t. Bakteriol. [etc 1 
 2. Abt., Jena, 1904-5, xiii, 1-12.— Lauenstein (C.) The 
 . origin of bacteria from algae: the remarkable theory of Prof 
 Dunbar. Sclent. Am. Suppl., N. Y., 1908, Ixv, 13.— JLeldy 
 (J.) Morphology of the bacteria (vibrio and spirillum), an 
 early research; the intestinal flora. Science, N. Y. & Lan- 
 
 Bacteria (Biology, morphology, and struc- 
 ture of 
 
 caster, Pa., 1914, n. s., xl, 302-306. Also, Reprint.— Lepe- 
 schtn (W. W-.) Zur Kenntnis der Erblichkeit bei den 
 einzelligen Organismen; die Verzweigung und Mycebildung 
 bei erner Bakterie (Bacillus Berestnewl n. sp.). Centralbl. 
 f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, xii, 1904, 641: 1904-5, xiii, 
 13. — Loeb (L. M.) On branching forms of certain bacteria. 
 Tr. Chicago Ps^th. Soc, 190X-2, v, 146-149.— LOhnls (F.) & 
 Smith (N. R.) Life cycles of the bacteria. J. Agric. 
 Research, Wash., 1916, vi, 675-702, 6 pi.— Macchlatl TL.) 
 Ueber die Biologie des Bacillus Baccarinii Macchlatl. Cen- 
 tralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1898, iv, 332-340.— 
 Macfadyen (A.) & Barnard (J. E.) The form and size of 
 bacteria. Nature, Lond., 1900-1901, Ixin, 9, 1 pi.— Marp- 
 mann (G.) Ueber kemlose Bakterien. Centralbl. f. 
 Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1900, vi, 673-675. Also: 
 Ztschr. f. ang. Mikr., Weimar, 1900, vi, 101-103.— Marx (H.) 
 & Woithe (F.) Morphologische Untersuchungen zur 
 Biologie der Bakterien. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. 
 Abt., Jena, 1900, xxviii, 1; 33; 65; 97, 3 pi.— Matztuchtla 
 (F.) Beobachtungen iiber den merkwiirdigen Teilungs- 
 prozess bei einem proteusartigen Luftbacillus. IMd., 2. 
 Abt., Jena, 1902, ix, 257-260, 1 pi.— Meacham (F. A.) Some 
 important considerations m the biology of bactena, infec- 
 tion and natural immunity. Denver M. Times, 1896-7, xvi, 
 333-346.— Mencl (E.) Einige Beobachtungen iiber die 
 Struktur und Sporenbildung bei symbiotischen Bakterien. 
 Centralbl. f . Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1904, xii, 659-574, 
 
 1 pi. . Nachtrage zu den Strukturverhaltnissen von 
 
 Bacterium gammari Vejd. Arch. f. Protistenk., Jena, 1907, 
 
 viU, 259-280, 1 pi. . Die Bacterienkeme und die 
 
 Cloisons transversales Guilliermond's. Ibid., 1909, xvi, 62- 
 
 70. . Nachtrage zu den Kemstrukturen und Kem- 
 
 aquivalenten bei Bakterien. Iftid., 1910-11, xxi, 255-262, 1 
 pi, — Meyer (A.) Neues iiber die Morphologie der Bacte- 
 rienzelle una die Entwicklungsgeschichte der Bacterien- 
 sporen. Sitzungsb. d. Gesellsch. z. Beford. d. ges. Naturw. 
 
 zu Marb. (1897), 1898, 49-56. . Ueber die Verzweigung 
 
 der Bakterien. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 
 1901, XXX, 49-60, 2pl.— MUhlschlegel (A.) Bin Beitrag zur 
 Morphologie und Entwickelungsgeschichte der Bakterien 
 nach Studien an drei Komerbazillen. Arb.a.d.k.Gsndhts- 
 amte, Berl., 1898, xv, 131-153, 1 pi.— Nakanlshl (K.) 
 UeberdenBauder Bakterien. Centralbl.f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 
 1. Abt., Jena, 1901, XXX, 97; 145; 193; 225,5pl.— vouNlessen 
 (M.) Bakteriogenese und Pathotropismus; einebiologische 
 Studie. Aerztl. Rundschau, Miinchen, 1914, xxiv, 25; 37. — 
 Pakes (W. C. C.) The effect of high percentages of nitrates 
 upon the morphology of certain bacteria. Tr. Path. Soc. 
 Lond., 1900-1901, lii, 246.— Paquln (P.) Observations on 
 the biology of micro-organisms from a medical standpoint. 
 St. Joseph M. Herald, 1890, viii, 193-197.— P6ju (G.) & 
 Bajat (H.) Variations morpholoriques et biologiques des 
 bactlries dans les milieux salins. J. de physiol. et de path, 
 gto.. Par., 1906, viii, 868-876. Also [Abstr.]: Lyon mM., 
 1906, cvi, 959-961.— Praimowskl (A.) [History of the 
 development and morphology of the azotobacteria.] Rozpr. 
 wydz. matemat.-przyr. Akad. Umiej., Krak(5w, 1911, 3. s., 
 xi, B, 511-525. . Die Zellkerne der Bakterien. Cen- 
 tralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etcj, 2. Abt., Jena, 1913, xxxviii, 444- 
 447.— Ramond (F.) Propri^tfe biologiques du bacille- 
 fourmi. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1905, Ux, 232. — 
 Rowland (S.) Observationsupontnestructureofbacteria. 
 Tr. Jenner Inst. Prevent. Med., Lond., 1899, 2. s., 143.^161, 1 
 pi.— -Rflaeka (V.) Ueber die biologische Bedeutung der 
 tarbbaren Komchen des Bakterieninhaltes. Arch. f. Hyg., 
 Miinchen u. Berl., 1903, xlvi, 337-389, 2 pi. . Unter- 
 suchungen iiber den Bau und die allgemein biologische 
 
 Natur der Bakterien. Ibid., 1904, li, 281-318, 1 pi. . 
 
 Ueber die experimentelle Autogamie der Bakterien. Arch. 
 f. Entwcklngsmechn. d. Organ., Leipz., 1910, xxx, 443- 
 460.— Sangiorgl (G.) Sopra una partioolaritk, di struttura 
 di alcuni germi messa in evidenza col metodo di Burn. 
 Pathologica, Geneva, 1909-10, ii, 152. Also: Gior. d. r. 
 
 Accad. di med. di Torino, 1910, 4. s., xvi, 97-99. . 
 
 Ueber einen eigenartigen, bei einigen Mlkrobieu durch die 
 Tusche dargestellten Baubefund. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. 
 [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1910, Iv, Orig., 94-96, 1 pi.— Sartory (A.) 
 Le noyau des bact&ies. Biologica, Par., 1913, ill, 271-274.— 
 Schlater (G.) Zur Biologie der Bakterien. Was sind die 
 Bakterien? Biol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1897, xvii, 833-846.— 
 Seilert (W.) Beitragezur Pnysiologie und Morphologie der 
 Essigsaurebakterien. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., 
 Jena, iii, 337; 385.— Shimldsu (K.J Ueber die Morpholo- 
 gic des Bact. coh, B. typhi abdominalis und der anderen 
 CTamnegativeu BacUleu. Ibid.. 1. Abt., Jena, 1913, Ixxi, 
 Orig., 338-342.— Slater (C.) Mucoid forms of bacteria; 
 Louis Jenner's work. Lancet, Lond., 1918, ii, 183. — So- 
 bernheim (G.) & Seligmann (E.) Beobachtungen iiber 
 die Umwandlung biologisch wichtiger Eigenschaften von 
 Bakterien. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1910, 
 xxxvl, 351-353. Also: Verhandl. d. physiol. Gesefisch. zu 
 Berl. (1910), 1911, xxxv, 20-24.— Stolz (A.) Ueber einen 
 , Bacillus mit Verzweigungen. Arch. f. Hyg., Miinchen & 
 Leipz., 1897, x^ 168-167.— Stlchttng (H.) Kritische 
 Studien iiber die Knollchenbakterien. Centralbl.f. Bakte- 
 
BACTERIA. 
 
 272 
 
 BACTERIA. 
 
 Bacteria {Biology, morphology, and struc- 
 ture of). 
 
 riol. [etc.), 2. Abt., Jena, 1904, xi, 377; 417; 496.— Swellen- 
 grebel (N. H.) Zur Kenntnis der Zytologie der Bakterien. 
 
 Ibii., 1907, xix, 193-201. . Untersuchungen fiber die 
 
 Zytologie einiger Fadenbakterien. Arcb. f. Hyg., Mun- 
 chen & Berl., 1909, Ixx, 380^03, 2 pi.— Trincas (L.) Sulle 
 oosidette lorme eteromorfe o teratologiche dei batteri. Aim. 
 d'ig. sper., Roma, 1906, u. s., xvi, 67-81.— Unna (P. G.) 
 Ucber die feinere Struktur der ICokken. ' Deutsche Med.- 
 Ztg., Berl., 1901, xxii, 517-519. Also, Reprint.— Vaughan 
 (V. C.) A study of bacterial cells. Tr. Ass. Am. Physi- 
 cians, Phila., 1902, xvli, 243-246: 1903, xviii, 365-368.— Vay 
 (F.) Studien fiber die Strukturverhaltnisse von Bakterien 
 mit Hilfe von farbehaltigen Nabrboden. Centralbl. i. 
 Bakteriol.retc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1910, Iv, Orig., 193-208, 1 pi.— 
 Vejdovsky (F.) Bemerkungen uber den Ban und Ent- 
 •mckelung der Bakterien. Ibii., 2. Abt., Jena, 1900, Ti, 577- 
 
 589, 1 pi. . [Organisation and development of bacteria.) 
 
 Sitzungsb. d. k.-bohm. Gesellsch. d. Wissensch. 1900, 
 Pra?., 1901, No. 22, 1-14. . [New reports on the or- 
 ganism of bacteria, especially on the nucleus and its divi- 
 sion.] mi., Prag, 1903, 43, 1-17, 1 pi. . Demonstra- 
 tion des Bakterienkernes. Bull. vi. internat. Zool.-Kong., 
 
 Bern, 1904, No. 4, 3. . Ueber den Kern der Bakterien 
 
 und seine Teilung'. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., 
 Jena, 1903-4, xi, 481^96, 1 pi.— Wagner (A.) Coli- und 
 Typhusbakterien slnd einkernlge Zellen. Ein Beitrag zur 
 Histologie der Bakterien. lUA., 1. Abt., Jena, 1898, xxiii, 
 433; 489, 2 pi.— Walker (E. W. A.) The lite-histories of the 
 lower bacteria. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1917, 784.— Williams 
 (W.) Some peculiarities in the life-history of microbes. 
 Vet. J., Lond., 1900, n. s., ii, 123-127.— WoUstein (Martha). 
 Biological relationships of Diplococcus intracellularis and 
 gonooocous. J. Exper. M., Lancaster, Pa.,' & N. Y., 1907, 
 IX, 588-605. Also, Reprint. 
 
 Bacteria (Oapsulated). 
 
 Beck (S.) [A oapsulated aquatile bacterium.] Magy. orv. 
 Archj Budapest, 1895, iv, 291-300; 1 pi.— Bertarelli (E.) 
 Die KapselbacUIen, insbesondere ihre Systematik und die 
 duTch sie bedingteu immunitaren Reaktionen. Centralbl. f. 
 Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1905, xxxvii, 338-349.— 
 Biiiaghl (E.) Ueber die Deutung der Kapseln der Bak- 
 terien. 76!*., 2. Abt., Jena, 1898, iv, 897: 919. — Bonl (I.) 
 Eioerche sulla capsula dei batteri. Gior. d. r. Soc. ital. d'lg., 
 Milano, 1901, xxiii, 417-430. Also [Abstr.]: Riforma med., 
 Roma, 1901, xvii, pt. 2, 363.— Campana (R.) Differentl 
 colture di capsulati e terreni varii in cui si sono ottenuti. 
 Clin, dermoslfllopat. d. r. Univ. di Roma, 1899, 73-75, 1 pi.— 
 Carageorgiades (H.) Sur un nouveau milieu de culture 
 filectifpour les microbes encapsul^s. Compt. rend. Soc. do 
 biol.. Par., 1915, Ixxviii, 677.— Carpano (M.) Sull' invoglio 
 capsulare di alcuni batteri (Streptococcus equi, Bact. equi- 
 septicum, Bact. suisepticum, Bact. mallei, Bact. typhi); 
 note morfologiche e di tecnica microbiologica. Ann. d'ie. 
 sper., Roma, 1913, n.s., xxiii, 149-161, Ipl,— vonEisler(M.) & 
 Forges (O.) Ueber die Diffierenzierung der Kapselbakterien 
 mit Hilfe agglutinierender und prazipitierender Immun- 
 sera. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1906, xlii, 
 660-665-— Fletcher (W.) Capsulate mucoid forms of paraty- 
 phoid and dysentery bacilli. Lancet, Lond.,1918,liJ02-104. — 
 Fllrst (T.) Untersuchungen uber Kapsel-tma HuIIenbil- 
 dungen bei den sogenannten Kapselbakterien. Centralbl. f. 
 Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1910, Ivi, Orig., 97-110, 1 pi.— 
 Galbo ^C.) I/e capsule badllifere e baciUipare, e 1 pro- 
 dotti di secrezione dei microbi; la cristallo-diagnosi. 
 Tommasi, Napoli, 1907, ii, 612-615.— Hamm (A.) Beob- 
 achtungen uber Bakterienkapseln auf Grund der Wei- 
 denreichschen Fixationsmethode. Centralbl. f. Bakte- 
 riol. Jetc], 1. Abt., Jena, 1906-7, xliii, Orig., 287-303, 1 
 pi.— Ivanoffl (K. S.) [Albuminous substances and cap- 
 sules of bacteria and fungi.] Bolnltsch, Gaz. Botkina, 
 S.-Peterb., 1901, xil, 952-954.— Marginesu (P.) SuUe 
 capsule e sugli involucri di alcuni germi appartenenti 
 algruppo dei cosidetti "batteri capsulati." Atti d. r. Ac- 
 cad, a. flsioorit. in Siena, 1912, 5. s., iv, 303-327.— Maiy 
 rasslnl (A.) Ueber das Vorhandensein einer den Korper 
 einiger Bakterien umgebenden Hfille und deren besond^re 
 Becfeutung. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 
 
 1913, Orig., Ixxi, 113-128, 2 pi. 
 
 .Sulla presenza di un 
 
 involucro intorno al corpo di alcuni batteri, e sulla sua 
 particolare importanza. Sperimentale, Firenze, 1913, Ixvii, 
 suppl., 308.— Mtlller (W.) Ein Beitrag zur Kenntniss 
 der Kapselbacillen. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 
 1899, Ixiv, 590-596.— Natonek (D.) Zur Kenntnis der 
 Patnogenitat der Kapselbazillen' plotzllcher Tod aus natur- 
 licher Ursache. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1914, xxvii, 207- 
 209.— Oro (M.) Ricerche comparative batteriologiohe e 
 sperimentali sui bacilli capsulati di Pfeifler e di Frisch. 
 Atti d. r. Accad. med.-chlr. di Napoli, 1898, n. s., lii, 36-48, 
 1 pi. Also [Abstr.]: Gior. ital. d. mal. ven., Milano, 1898, 
 xxxiii, 270.— Buss (V. K.) Ein Beitrag zur kulturellen 
 Differenzierung der Kapselbacillen. Centralbl. t. Bakte- 
 riol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1907, xliv, Orig., 289-294.— Sachs 
 (M.) Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Kapselbacillen. Ibid., 
 1903, xxxiii, 657-678.— Sampletro (G.) Contributo alio 
 
 Bacteria (Oapsulated). 
 
 studio delle attivitS. biochimiche dei cosidetti Bb. capsu- 
 lati. Onore (In) del Prof. A. Celli, Torino, 1913, xxv, 471- 
 498.— Saurheck (E.) Kapselbildung und Infektiositat der 
 Bakterien. Ztsclu?. f. Hyg. u. Infektionskrankh., Leipz., 
 1909, Ixiii, 313-319.- Strong (L. W.) A study of the encap- 
 sulated bacilli. J. Bost. Soc. M. Sc, 1898-9, iii, 185-196. 
 Also, Reprint. Also, transl.: Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 
 1. Abt., Jena, 1899,. xxv, 49-.'j2.— Toennlssen (E.) Unter- 
 suchungen fiber die Kapsel der pathogenen Bakterien. 
 Die in Kulturen und im TierkSrper gebildete Kapsel; 
 Darstellungsmethode. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., 
 Jena, 1912, Ixv, Orig., 23-25.— Vivaldi (M.) VarietS, di bac- 
 teri capsulati. Pathologica, Genova, 1913-14, vi, 700-703. 
 
 Bacteria {Oapsulated, Staining of). 
 
 Baehr (G.) & Kantor (J.) A comparative study of 
 methods for staining the capsules of bacteria. Proc. N. 
 York Path. Soc, 1911-12, n. s. xi, 69-72. Also: Centralbl. f. 
 Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt^ Jena, 1912, Ixiii, Orig., 120-128. 
 Also, Reprint. — Bonl (1.) Methode zur Darstellung der 
 Bacterienkapsel auch in festen Nabrboden. Mfinchen. 
 med. Wchnschr., 1900, xlvli, 1262.— Buerger (L.) A new 
 method for staining the capsules of bacteria; preliminary 
 communication. Med. News, N. Y., 1904, Ixxxv, 1117. Also: 
 
 Mt. Sinai Hosp. Rep. 1903-4, N. Y., 1905, iv, 398-400. . 
 
 Eine neue Methode zur Kapselfarbung der Bakterien; zu- 
 gleichein Beitrag zur Morphologic und DlfTerenzierung eini- 
 ger eingekapselten Organismen. Centralbl.f. Bakteriol.retc), 
 1. Abt., Jena, 1905, xxxix, 216; 337, 3 pi. See, also, mfra, 
 
 Kern. . A method for making permanent mounts'of 
 
 specimens stained by Welch's capsule method. J. Am. M. 
 
 Ass., Chicago, 1905, xliv, 1M3. . Observations on the 
 
 staining of encapsulated bacteria, with particular refer- 
 ence to pneumococci and streptococci. J. Infect. Dis., 
 Chicago, 1907, iv, 426-433.— Carpentlerl (T.) Dimostra- 
 zione della capsula di alcuni batteri che flnora ne erano 
 ritenuto privi. Riforma med., Napoli, 1910, xxvi, 785. — 
 Claudius (M.)_ [A method for makmg the protoplasm and 
 cilia of bacteria directly visible.] Hosp.-Tid., Kijbenh., 
 1917, 8. R., X, 1276-1279.— Epstein (A. A.) On the use of 
 egg albuminin the technic of staining the capsules of bacteria. 
 
 Med. News, N. Y., 1905, Ixxxvii, 1181. . Observations 
 
 on the staining of capsules of bacteria. Proc. N. York Path. 
 Soc, 1905-6, n. s., V, 123-128.— Huntoon (F. M.) A simple 
 method for staining the capsules of bacteria. J. Bact^Balt., 
 1917, ii, 241-244.— Kaulmann (R.) Eine neue Methode 
 zur Farbung von Bakterienkapseln. Hyg. Rundschau, 
 Berl., 1898j vili, 873-876.— Kayser (H.) Eine Fixi^:ungs- 
 methode fur die Darstellung von Bakterienkapseln. Cen- 
 tralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1S06, xli, 138-140.— 
 Kern (F.) Bemerkungen zu Leo Burgers Abhandlung: 
 Eine neue Methode zur Kapselfarbung der Bakterien; 
 zugleich ein Beitrag zur Morphologic und Diflerenzierung 
 einiger eingekapselter Organismen. Ibid., 1905-6, xl, 175. — 
 Moore (A.) Capsule staining. Tr. Jenner Inst. Prevent. 
 Med., Lond., 1899, 2. s., 244.— Mulr (RO Staining of bac- 
 terial capsules in films and section. J. Path. & Bacterid., 
 Cambridge, 1915-lR, xx, 257-259, 1 pi.— Kosenow (E. C.) 
 A new stain for bacterial capsules, with special reference 
 to pneumococci. J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1911, ix, 1-8, 1 pi. 
 ^Zso, Reprint. jlbo[Abstr.]:Tr. Chicago Path. Soc, 1911-12, 
 vili, 144.— Rullson (E. TO A new method of demonstrating 
 the capsules of bacteria. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1910, liv. 
 
 1426.— Smith (W. H.) A method of staining capsulk 
 bacteria in body fluids. Boston M. & S. J., 1910, c&il, 791, 
 Ipl. 
 
 Bacteria {OTiemical mroducts of). 
 
 See, also. Bacteria XChromogenic; Bacteria 
 (Effects of); Bacteria {Enzymes, etc., of); Bac- 
 teria {Extracts of); Bacteria {Gas-forming); 
 Bacteria {Indol production of); Bacteria {Met- 
 abolism of); Bacteria (Photogenic); Bacteria 
 {Proteolytic); Bacteria {Toxins, etc., of). 
 
 Stockmarbn (J.) *Ueber den Einfluss spo- 
 rentragender Stabchen auf die Saurebildung in 
 Miscliungen von Mehl und Wasser. 8°. Wurz- 
 burg, 1905. 
 
 Alsberg (C. L.) The formation of d-gluconlc acid by 
 Bacterium Savastanoi Smith. J. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1911, 
 ix, 1-7.— Antonofl (Nina). Ueber kreatinbildende Bak- 
 terien. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1906-7, 
 xliii, Orig., 209-212.— Bcrghaus. Ueber die Ammonlakbil- 
 dung bei einigen Bakterienarten. Arch. f. Hyg., Mfinchen 
 & Berl., 1907-8, Ixiv, 1-32.— Br«audat (L.) Sur un nouveau 
 microbe producteur d'ac^tone. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, 
 Par., 1906, cxUi, 1280-1282.- Brecdenraedt. Les bact^- 
 ries et leurs produits de siScrStion. J. de pharm., Anvers, 
 1898, liv, 201; 241; 294; 332.— Brlegor (L.) Ueber Spaltungs- 
 produkte der Baoterien. Ztschr. t, physiol. Chem., Strassb 
 1884-5, ix, 1-7.— Bronlenbrenner (J.) A new Indicator 
 for direct reading of hydrogen ion concentration In growing 
 bacterial cultures. J. Med. Research, Bost., 1918-19, xxxix, 
 
BACTERIA. 
 
 273 
 
 BACTERIA. 
 
 Bacteria {Chemical products of.) 
 
 25-32.— Charrin (A.) & Desgrez (A.) Production de 
 substance mucinoide par les bact^ries. Compt. rend. Acad, 
 d. sc, Par., 1898, oxxvi, 596-598. Also:Com.j>t. rend. Soc. do 
 biol., Par., 1898, 10. s., v, 209.— Coiirniont (J.) Les pro- 
 duits solubles miorobiens. Province mid., Lyon, 1897, xi, 
 193-200.— Fischer (A.) Acid production graphically regis- 
 tered as an indicator of the vital processes in the cultivation 
 of bacteria. J. Exper. M., Bait., 1918, xxviii, 529-546.— 
 Fiouln (A.) & Ledebt (S.) Production d'acides voIatUes 
 par divers microbes cultivfe sur des acides monoaminfc. 
 Compt. rend. Soc. de biol:. Par., 1911, Ixx, 24-26.— Gallppe 
 (V.) Sur le r61e des microbes dans la formation de quelques 
 produits cristallisSs. Cinquanten. de la Soc. de biol.. Par., 
 1899, 395-398.— Gerlach & Vogel. Ueber eiweissbUdende 
 Bakterien. Centralbl. t. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 
 1901, vii, 609-623.— Hanna (W. ) On a method of estimating 
 the production of acid by bacteria in nutritive media. 
 J. Path. & Bacteriol., Edinb. & Lond., 1898, v, 267-273.— 
 Harden (A.) & Norrls (Dorothy). The bacterial production 
 of aoetylmethylcarbinol and 2.3-butylene glycol from vari- 
 ous substances. Proc. Eoy. Soc. Lond., 1911-12, s. B., 
 Ixxxiv, 492-499.— Hlgglns (C. H.) Biological products. 
 Canad. M. Ass. J., Toronto, 1912, ii, 114-120.— Houghton 
 (E. M.) The nature and manufacture of bacterial products. 
 Bull. Pharm., Detroit, 1896, x, 151; 200; 248.— Jordan (E. O.) 
 The production of acid and alkali by bacteria. Science, 
 N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1906, n. s., xxiii, 220.— Kendall 
 (A. I.), Day (A. A.) & Walker (A. W.) Observations on 
 the relative constancy of ammonia production by certain 
 bacteria. J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1913, xiii, 425-^28. Also, 
 Eeprint.— Leuchs (G.) Ueber Plasmoptyse der Bakterien. 
 Sitzungsb. d. Gesellsch. f. Morphol. u. Physiol, in Munchen 
 (1904), 1905, XX, 62.— Lcvlne (M.) Acid-production and 
 other characters of Bacillus-coli-Uke bacteria from feces and 
 sewage. J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1916, xix, 773-805. Also, 
 Eeprmt.— Maassen (A.) Fruchtatherbildende Bakterien. 
 Arb. a. d. k. Gsndhtsamte, Berl., 1899, xv, 600-513, 3 pi.— 
 Mcnlnl (G.l Intorno all'azione nogistica dei prodotti oac- 
 terici esogeni ed endogeni nei tessuti. Sperimentale. Arch. 
 di biol., Firenze, 1909, Ixiii, 433-502, 2 pi.— Morris (M. ) Stu- 
 dien iiber die Production von Schwetelwasserstoff Indol urd 
 Merkaptan bei Bactcrien. Arch. f. Hyg., Miinchen & Leipz., 
 1897, XXX, 304-311.— Kettger(L.r.) An experimental study 
 of the chemical products of bacillus ooli communis and bacil- 
 lus lactis aerogenes. Am. J. Physiol., Bost., 1902-3, vili, 284- 
 293.— Bodet (A.) Sur les proprifitfe favorisantes des pro- 
 duits solubles du baciUe d'Eberth et du bacille coU. N. 
 Montpel. mSd., 1898, vii, 761-764.— llolly. Beitrag_zur 
 Alkali- und Saureproduction der Bakterien. Arch. t. Hyg., 
 Munchen & Berl., 1901-2, 406-412.— Sasaki (T.) & Otsuka 
 (I.) Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber die Schwefel- 
 wasserstolfentwicklung der Bakterien aus Cystin und 
 sonstigen Schwefelverbindungen. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 
 1912, xxxix, 208-215.— Sata (A.) Ue*ber die Fettbildung 
 durch verschiedene Bakterien, nebst einer neuen Farbung 
 des Aktinomyces im Schnitte. Centralbl. f. allg. Path. u. 
 path. Anat., Jena^ 1900, xi, 97-102.— Schardlnger (F.) 
 Verhalten von Weizen- und Eoggeumehl zu Methylenblau 
 und zu Starkekleister, nebst einem Anhange (Iber die Bil- 
 dung hoherer Alkohole durch hitzebestandige Mikroor- 
 ganismen aus Weizenmehl. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 
 2. Abt., Jena, 1907, xvffi, 748-767.— Wolf (C. G. L.) & TeUer 
 (S. V.) Contributions to the biochemistry of pathogenic 
 anaerobes; the acid production of Bacillus welcnii (B. per- 
 fringes) and Bacillus sporogenes (Metchnlkofl). Bio-Chem. 
 J., Liverp., 1916-17, xi, 197-212.— Wolff (A.) Sauerungsbak- 
 terien, insonderheit Milchsaurelangstabchen und Pfopiou- 
 sanrebildner in Molkereiprodukten, speziell in den verschie- 
 denen Kasesorten. Centralbl. t. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., 
 Jena, 1912, xxxiv, 494-540. 
 
 Bacteria {Chemistry of). 
 
 See, also, Bacteria {Acidophilic); Bacteria 
 {Agglutination of); Bacteria {Chemical prod- 
 ucts of); Bacteria {Chromogenic); Bacteria 
 {Denitrifying); Bacteria {Enzymes, etc., of); 
 Bacteria (Extracts of); Bacteria {Gas-form- 
 ing) ; Bacteria {Hxmophilic) ; Bacteria (indol 
 production of); Bacteria (Nitrifying); Bac- 
 teria {Photogenic); Bacteria {Proteolysis of); 
 B&cteiia (Reducing power of); Bacteria (Tox- 
 ins of). 
 
 Achard (C.) & GaUlaid (L.) Contribution k I'^tude 
 biochimique des genres tstragfene et staphylocoque. Arch, de 
 m6d. exp?r. et d'anat. path.. Par., 1899, xi, 96-108.— Bendjx 
 (E.) Zur Chemie der Bakterien. Deutsche med. Wchn- 
 schr., Berl. & Leipz., 1901, xxvii, IS.— Besredka (A.), 
 StrObel (H.) & Jupllle (F.J Microbes peptonfe et apep- 
 ton&. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1911, Ixxi, 691- 
 693.— Bradley (H. C.) & Nichols (M. S.) Nitrogen content 
 of bacterial cells. J. Biol. Chem., N. Y., 1918, xxxiii, 525- 
 529.— Calmette (E.) Biochimle des microbesjles diastases 
 Bull. m«d.. Par., 1899, xiii, 37-39.— Deycke (G.) Prepar 
 ration of a fat-like substance from the bodies of bacteria. 
 
 96808°— Vol. II, 3d series— 19 IS 
 
 Bacteria {Chemistry of). 
 
 [Pat. spec] No. 972345; Oct. 11, 1910.— Deycke (G.) & 
 Much (H.) Untersuchungen iiber endobazlllare Eiweiss- 
 korper. Med. Klin., Berl., 1908, iv, 1541-1545. AUo.transl.: 
 Therapist, Lond., 1909, xix, 1; 13.— Eisenberg (P.) Ueber 
 Fetteinschliisse bei Bakterien. Centrallil. t. Bakteriol. 
 [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1908, xlviii, Orig., 257-274: 1909, 11, 
 Orig., 115-121, 2 pi.— Emmerich (R.) Sind alle Einwande 
 
 fegen die Natur und Wirkungsweise der sogenannten 
 Tukleasen widerlegt? (Eine Erwiderung an A. Dietrich.) 
 Ibid., J902, xxxi, 585-588.— GaleottI (G.) Beitrag zur 
 Kenntniss der bacteriellen Nucleoproteide. Ztschr. f. 
 physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1898, xxv, 48-63.— Grlmaux. La 
 chunie des infiniment petits. Ass. frang. pour I'avance. d. 
 sc. C.-r. 1898, Par., 1899, xxvii, 88-94.— Hensel (J.) The 
 chemical production of bacteria; some interesting experi- 
 ments. Critique, Denver, 1897-8, iv, 49-52.— Horovltz- 
 Vlasova (Lyubov). [Bio-chemlsm of bacteria.] Arch, 
 biol. nauk. . ., S.-Peterb., 1909-10, xv, 38; 458. Also, transl: 
 Arch. d. sc. biol., St.-P^tersb., 1910, xv, 40; 428.— Lang- 
 held (E.) Bacterial energy and chemical individuality. 
 Therapist, Lond., 1905, xv, 129. — NicoUe & Allaire (E.) 
 Note sur la production en grand des corps bacteriens et sur 
 leur composition chimique. Ann. de I'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 
 1909, xxiii. 547-557, 1 pi.— Pokrovski (M. A.) [Chemical 
 analysis of the mineral basis of several path^enlc microbes.] 
 Protok. zasled. Kavkazsk. Med. Obsh., Tiflis, 1899-1900, 
 xxxvl, 289-298.— Tamura (S.) Zur Chemie der Bakterien. 
 Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1913, Ixxxvii, 85-114: 
 Ixxxviii, 190-198: 1914, Ixxxix, 304-311.— Thudichum 
 (J. L. W.) Eclecticism and thoroughness in bacterial 
 chemistry. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., It97, n. s., Ixiv, 
 290-292.— Vaughan (V. C.) A contribution to the chemis- 
 try of the bacterial cell and a study of the effects of some of 
 the split products on animals. Boston M. & S. J., 1900, 
 civ, 216; 243; 271. Also: Med. Communicat. Mass. M. Soc. 
 
 Bost., 1906, XX, 295-347. • . A biological concept of the 
 
 structure of the protein molecule. Long Island M. J., 
 Brooklyn, 1916, x, 177-186.— Ward (H. C.) A sero-enzyme 
 study of bacterial proteins. West. M. Eev., Omaha, 1917, 
 xxii, 611-622. 
 
 Bacteria {Chromogenic). 
 
 Lbuckhakdt (A. E.) *Ueber Variabilitat und 
 Bedingungen der Farbstoffbildung bei Spalt- 
 pilzen. 8'. Freiburg i.'B., WO L 
 
 MoLiscH (H.) Die Purpurbakterien nach 
 neuen Untersuchungen. Eine milirobiologische 
 Studie. 8°. Jena, 1907. 
 
 Papenhausen (H.) *Ueber die Bedingungen 
 der Farbstoffbildung bei den Bakterien. 8° 
 Basel, 1901. 
 
 RosENBEKG (W. W.) *Beitrage zur Kenntnis 
 der Bakterienfarbstoffe, insbesondere der Gruppe 
 des Bakterium prodigiosum. 8°. Wiirzburg, 
 1899. 
 
 Thbvenin (P.) *Contribution h, I'etude des 
 bact&ies chromo^fenes; rechercbes sur un ba- 
 cille rouge patho^ne. 8°. Toulouse, 1898. 
 
 Thiey (G.-A.-N.) *Bacille polychrome et 
 actinomyces mordor^. Recherches biologiques 
 sur lea bact&ies bleues et violettes. Poly- 
 chromisme. Corps bacteriens et cristaux color^s. 
 Matifere colorante cristallis6e. 8°. Nancy, 1900. 
 
 Ajtal (I.S. K.) [Some recent chromogenic bacteria.] 
 Magy. orv. Arch., Budapest, 1897, vi, 657-667, 1 pi.— von 
 Bazarewskl (S.) Ueber zwei neue larbstoflbildende Bak- 
 terien. Centralbl. 1. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1905, 
 XV, 1-7.— Beauregard. Note sur un nouveau bacille chro- 
 mogfene. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1898, 10. s., v, 
 717.— Beljerlnck (M. W.) Pigmenteu als oxydatieproduc- 
 ten door bakterien gevormd. Versl. d. Akad. d. Wetensch. 
 Afd. Natuurk., Amst., 1910, xix, 1092-1103.— Boekhout 
 (F. W. J.) & Ott de Vries (J. J.) Ueber einen neuen chro- 
 mogenen Bacillus. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. (etc.], 2. Abt., 
 Jena, 1898, iv, 497-^501.— Chnmlno (R.) Di un nuovo 
 baciUo cromogeno. Ann. d'ig. sper., Eoma, 1899, n. s , Lx 
 235-242, 1 pi.— Cornish (ElfridaC. V.) & WilUams (W.S.j 
 Colour changes produced by two groups of bacteria upon 
 easeinogenand certain amino-acids. Biochem. J., Cam- 
 bridge, 1917, xi, 180-187.— Coupin (H.) Les bactSries 
 fabricants de coiUeurs. Nature, Par., 1901-2, pt. 2, 26-28 — 
 Daels (F.) & Devloo (R.) An sujet de Paction de bacteries 
 colorSes. Presse mgd.. Par., 1903, xvi, 603.— Detweiler (A. 
 J.) A preliminary report on certain bacterial pigments. 
 Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila., 1902, xvii, 246-257.— 
 Didlake (Mary). Description of a germ whose production 
 of red pigment is limited to its cultivation upon a single 
 medium. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1905, 
 XV, 193-197, 1 pi.— von Eisler (M.) & von Portheim (L.) 
 Versuche iiber die Veranderung von Bakterienfarbstoflen 
 
BACTERIA. 
 
 274 
 
 BACTERIA. 
 
 Bacteria (Ohromogenic) . 
 
 durch Licht und Temperatur. Ibid., 1914, Ix, 1-5.— Gaeht- 
 gens (W.) ner Batillus jasmino-cyaueus und der Bacillus 
 flavo-aromatlcus, zwei neue Farbstofi bildende Bakterien 
 Ibid., 1. Abt., Jena, 1905, xxxviil, 129-131.— Gaucher (L.) 
 Sur quelques bacteries ohromoRfenes isolto d'une eau de 
 source. Ibid., 2. Abt., Jena, 1903-4, xi, 721-723.— Gazzettl 
 (C.) Influenza della glicerina aggiunta al mezzi di cultura 
 su aleuni cromogeni. Arch, di (armaool. sper., Eoma, 
 
 1911, xi, 235; 413; 427. . Biologische Wirkung des den 
 
 Kahrsubstraten zugesetzten Glyzerins auf einlge chromo 
 gene Keime, mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Farb- 
 stofferzeugungstunktion. Centralbl. (. Bakteriol. [etc.], 
 
 1. Abt., Jena, 1911, Ix, Orig., 588-599.— Gessard (C.) Microbes 
 chromogfenes k pigments bleus solubles; pus bleu et lait 
 bleu. Bull, m^d., Par., 1899, xiii, 649-653.— Gorham 
 (F. P.) A new pathogenic chromogenic bacillus. Tr. 
 Ass. Am. Physicians, 1898, xiii, 259-265. Also: J. Host. Soo. 
 M. So., 1897-8, ii, 111-118.— Guyot (R.) Baoilles chromo- 
 g&nes des eaux de fleur d'orange; morpnologie; milieux de 
 culture. J. de pharm. et de chim.. Par., 1917, 7. s., xv, 12- 
 19.— Harrison (F. C.) & Bariow (B.) A new chromogenic 
 slime-producing organism. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 
 
 2. Abt., Jena, 1905, xv, 517-538.— Hartley (W. J.) On a 
 violet colouring-matter and its production by a certain bac- 
 terium. Sclent. Proc. Roy. DubI.Soc.,1913,n.s.,xiv, 63-73.— 
 Hefferan (Mary). A comparative and experimental study 
 ol bacilli producing red pigment. Centralbl. 1. Bakteriol. 
 [etc.], 2. •^'- ■' — •■""- " 
 
 ., . Abt., Jena, 1903, XI, 311; 397: 456; 520.— Hobbs (J.) 
 & Denier. Les essences et le pouvoir chromogfene des bac- 
 t&ies. Ann. d'hyg.. Par., 1900, 3. s.,xliv, 103. ^feo.-Gaz. 
 hebd. d. sc. mgd. de Bordeaux, 1900, xxi, 293.— Kllgler (I.J.) 
 A biochemical study of certain bacterial pigments. Blo- 
 chem. Bull., N. Y., 1914, lii, 458-460.— Lasseur (P.) Ob- 
 servations sur le pouvoir ohromogfene de quelques baetfiries. 
 Eec. . . . jubiW sc. du Prof. Le Mounier, Nancy, 1913, 97- 
 
 114. . Surl'extractiondespigmentsbactdriens. Compt. 
 
 rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1914, Ixxvi, 819.— Leonard (Ethel 
 L.) Bacterium cyaneum; a new chromogenic organism. 
 Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1904, xv, 398^00.— 
 Marx (H.) Eine Bemerkung zur Farbstoffproduction der 
 Bacterien. Arch. f. klin. Clur., Berl^ 1900, Ixii, 349. Also: 
 Arb. a. d. ohir. Klin. d. k. Univ. Berl., 1901, xv, 132,— 
 Marx (H.) & Woltbe (F.) Ueber einen neuen farbstofl- 
 bildenden Bacillus. Ontralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt. 
 Jena, 1900, xxvii, 862.— MassI (U.) Potere cromogeno di 
 alcimi germi in brodo con glucosidi e in brodo con sali biliari. 
 Riv. d'ig. san. pubb., Torino, 1911, xxii, 681-684.— Mercler 
 (L.) & LasseUT (P.) Variation exp^rimentale du pouvoir 
 chromog^ne d'une hanstdae (Bacillus chlororaphis). Compt. 
 rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1911, clii, 1416-1418.— Oliver (0. A.) 
 An experimental study of the effects of change of color upon 
 pigment bacteria. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1902, n. s., cxxiii, 
 
 647-662. Also, Reprint. . A brief note on the relative 
 
 virulencies of differently tinted colonies of chromogenic 
 bacteria. Ophth. Rec^^ Chicago, 1905, xiv, 4. Also, Re- 
 print.— Omellansky (W. L.) & Ssewerowa (0. P.) Die 
 Pigmentbildung in Kulturen des Azotobacter chroococcum. 
 Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1911, xxix, 643- 
 650. — Fans (N. N.) Farvefaste bakterier; en oversigt. 
 Norsk Mag. f. Lsfegevidensk., Christiania, 1908, 5. R., v, 
 698-708.— Peju (G.) & Rajat (H.) Fixation des couleurs 
 
 f>ar les bacteries. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1907, 
 xii, 954. — Petrbw (N.) Ueber einen neuen roten Farb- 
 stofl bildenden Bacillus. Arb. a. d. bacterid. Inst. d. 
 techn. Hochsch. zu Karlsruhe, Wiesb., 1899-1902, ii, 271- 
 290, 1 pi.— Kappln. Sur ime bact&ie chromogtoe isolte dans 
 I'eau de la pluie rose observ^e au Croisio en 1896. Ass. fran;. 
 pour I'avance. d. sc. C.-r. 1898, Par., 1899, xxvii, pt. 2, 291- 
 296.— Ruedlger (G. F.) The cause of green coloration of 
 bacterial colonies in blood agar plates. Tr. Chicago Path. 
 Soc, 1903-6, vi, 422-424.— Scaffldl (V.^ Sulla ourva di 
 assorbimento di vari pigmenti batterici, determinata alio 
 spettrofotometro. Gazz. intemaz. di med., Napoli, 1913, 
 xvi, 1181-1186. Also, transl.: Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1914, 
 Ixi, 265-270. — Smlrnow (M. R.) Induced variations in 
 chromogenesis [in bacteria]. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, 
 1916, n. s., xli, 621.— Thlry (6.) Sur une bact&ie produi- 
 sant plusieurs couleurs (bacille polychrome). Compt. 
 rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1896, 10. s., iii, 885. . Contri- 
 bution k r^tude du polychromisme bacterien; bacille et 
 dadothrix polycliromes; cristaux oolorfe. Arch, de physiol. 
 norm, et path.. Par., 1897, 5. s.,ix, 284-288.— Vanderleck 
 (J.) Organisms which do not belong to the colon group and 
 
 S reduce black fields on sesculin-bilesalt media. Science, 
 r. Y. & Lancaster, 1915, n. s., xiii, 351.— Woolley (P. O.) 
 A note on the pigment production ol bacillus pyocya- 
 neus and Bacillus fluorescens liquefaeiens. Johns Hopkms 
 
 Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1899, x, 129. . Experiments made 
 
 to determine the effects of sugar upon the pigment formation 
 of some of the chromogenic bacteria. JUd., 130. 
 
 Bacteria {Classification and nomencla- 
 ture of). 
 
 See, also, Bacteria (Acid-fast); Bacteria 
 (Aerobic); Bacteria (Anaerobic); Bacteria 
 
 Bacteria (Olassification and nomenclor- 
 
 ture of) . 
 
 (Capsulated); Bacteria (Chromogenic); Bacte- 
 ria (Denitrifying); 'Ba.otexia, (Differentiation of); 
 Ba.cteriB,(Flagelh.ted) ; Bacteria (Gasforming) ; 
 Bacteria (Hsemophilv:) ; Bacteria (New species 
 of); Bacteiia, (Nitrifying); Bacteria (Patho- 
 genic) ; Bacteria (Photogenic) ; Bacteria (Pyo- 
 genic); Bacteria (Thermophilic). 
 
 Chester (F. D.) A preliminary arrangement 
 of the .species of the genus Bacterium. 8°. 
 [n. p., n. d.] 
 
 Rcpr. from: Ninth Ann. Rep. Delaware College Agric. 
 Exper. Station, Newark, Del., 1897. 
 
 Rogers (L.) & Davis (B. J.) Methods of 
 classifying the lactic-acid bacteria. 
 
 /«.■ U. S. Dep. Agric. Bureau Animal indust. Bull. No. 
 154, Wash., 1912. 
 
 WiNSLOw (0. E. A.) A statistical criterion 
 for species and genera among the bacteria. 8°. 
 [n. p.], 1909. 
 
 Bepr.from: Bull. Torrey Botan. Club., 1909. 
 
 & WiNSLOw (A. R.) The systematic 
 
 relationship of the Coccacese, with a discussion 
 of bacterial classification-. 8°. New Yorl, 1908. 
 
 Wolff (E.) *Ueber die Bedeutung der 
 Verzweigungen fur die Systematik der Bak- 
 terien. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1898. 
 
 Allen (P. W.) A simple method for the classification of 
 bacteria as to diastase production. J. Bact., Bait., 1918, 
 iii, 15-17.— Bergey (D. H.) & Bates (H. L.) The numerical 
 classification of bacteria. Univ. Perm. M. Bull , PhUa., 
 1906-7, xix, 116-118 —Buchanan (R. E.) Studies in the 
 nomenclature and classification of bacteria. J. Bact., Bait., 
 1916, i, 591-696: 1917, ii, 347-350: 1918, iii, 27; 301.— BUtschll 
 (O.) Bemerkungen liber Cyanophyceen und Bacteriaceen. 
 Arch. f. Protistenk., Jena, 1902, i, 40-50, 1 pi.— Connor 
 (G. L.) Certain facts in regard to the intermediate group 
 of organisms. J. Mich. M. Soc, Detroit, 1904, iii, 26-29. — 
 Coupin (H.) Les bacteries et la nomenclature. Presse 
 m^d.. Par., 1915, xxili, 149.— Dibbelt (W.) Zur Systematik 
 der Bacillaceen; eiu Versuch. Arb. a. d. Geb. d. path. 
 Anat. . . . Inst, zu Tubing., Leipz., 1907, vi, 120-142.- 
 FIsch (C.) On the systematology of the bacteria. Med. 
 Rev., St. Louis, 1896, xxxiii, 163-166. Also, Reprint.— 
 Gage (S. De M.) & Phelps (A. B.) On the olassification 
 and identification of bacteria with description of the card 
 system in use at the Lawrence Experiment Station for 
 records of species. Am. Pub. Health Ass. Rep. 1902, 
 Columbus, 1903, xxviii, 494-505.— GUdemelster (E.) & 
 Baerthleln (K.) Ueber eine besondere, bei Mcnschen und 
 Tieren vorkommende Bakteriengruppe. Centralbl. f. Bak- 
 teriol. [etc.), 1. Abt., Jena, 1912-13, Ixvil, Orig., 401-410.— 
 Hefleran (Mary). An unusual bacterial grouping. Tr. 
 Chicago Path. Soc, 1901-2, v, 63-67. Also: Centralbl. 1. 
 Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1902, viii, 689-699.— Helm 
 (L.) Uebersichtliche Einteilung und Tabellen zur Einord- 
 nung der Mikroorganismen, speziell der Biikterien. Si- 
 tzungsb. d. phys.-med. Soc. zu Erlang. (1897), 1898, 29. 
 Hft., 29-39.— Helnza. [A view of the classification of 
 bacteria, by Hans Miiller.] Liefi. viestnik, u Zagrebu, 
 1898, XX, 109-114.— Jensen (Orla). Die Hauptlinien des 
 natiirlicnen Bakteriensystems. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol, 
 
 [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1908, xxii, 97; 305. . Vorschlag 
 
 zu einer neuen bakteriologischen Nomenklatur. Ibid., 
 1909, xxiv, 477-480.— Kellermann (K. F.), McBeth (I. G.) 
 [et al.]. Identification and classification of cellulose-dissolv- 
 ing bacteria. Ibid., 1913, xxxix, 602^22, 2 pi.— Kendall 
 (A. I.) A proposed classification and method of graphical 
 tabulation of the character of bacteria. Am. Pub. Health 
 Ass. Rep. 1902, Columbus, 1903, xxviii, 481-493, 1 tab.— 
 Le Dantec (A.) Note sur une nouvelle cat^gorie de mi- 
 crobes: les microbes chlorurophiles. Compt. rend. Soo. de 
 biol., Par., 1906, Ixi, 139.— Levine (M.) Preliminary note 
 on the classification of some lactose fermenting bacteria. 
 J. Bact., Bait., 1916, i, 619-621.— McBurney (M.) The 
 classification of diphtheroid bacilli by fermentation reac- 
 tions. Proc. N. York Path. Soc, 1916, xvi, 135-138.— 
 Mendoza (A.) Convenance d'une revision de la classifi- 
 cation et description des bact&ies connues. Cong, internat. 
 de mdd. C.-r. 1903, Madrid, 1904, xiv, path, gin., 4-6.— 
 Moreno (J. M.) Necesidad de la unidad en la t^cnica, en 
 la naturaleza y en la composicidn de los medlos de cultivo, 
 etc., para la deterininaci(3n de los caracteres de cada especie 
 bacteriana, y conveniencia de que tma comisidn intema- 
 cional de bacteri61ogo3 revise las descripciones y clasifica- 
 clones de las bacterias patdgenas conocidTas. Actas y mem. 
 d. ix. Cong, intemao. de big. y demog. 1898, Madrid, 1900, 
 i, 261.— Boger (H.) Remarqucs sur les classifications bao- 
 
BACTERIA. 
 
 275 
 
 BACTERIA. 
 
 Bacteria {Classification and nomendor- 
 ture of). 
 
 tSriologiques k propos des groupes Coli et Proteus. Presse 
 mid., Par., 1918, xxvi, 301.— Serkovskl (S. I.) JSur la 
 structure aes colonies Dact^riennes, aveo un essai d'une 
 nouvelle classification des bacteries. Extr., 395-397.] 
 Russk. Arch. Patol., Klin. Med. i Batteriol., S.-Peterb., 
 1898, vi, 201; 349, 1 pi.— Severln (S. A.) Zu der Notiz von 
 A. Lolmis: i)ie Benennung der Milchsaurebakterien. Cen- 
 tralbl. 1. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1909, xxiv, 487.— 
 Vahle (C.) Vergleichende Untersuchungeniiber die Myxo- 
 bakteriazeen una Bakteriazeen, sowie die Ehodobakteriar 
 zeen und Spirillazeen. Ibid., xxv, 178-260, 2 pi.— Vullle- 
 mlii (P.) La famine des clostridiactes ou bactdries eys- 
 tosporfies. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1903, cxxxvi, 
 1582-1684.— Winkler (W.) Untersuchungen iiber das 
 Wesen der Bakterien und deren Einordnung im Pilzsystem. 
 Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1899, v, 669; 617, 
 2 pi.— Wlnslow (C.-E. A.) The characterization and classi- 
 fication of bacterial types. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, 
 Pa., 1914, n. s., xxxix, 77-91. Also, Reprint.— Winslow 
 (C.-E. A.), Broadtiurst (J.) [et at.]. The families and 
 genera of the bacteria; preliminary report of the committee 
 of the Society of American Bacteriologists on characteriza- 
 tion and classification of bacterial types. J. Bact., Bait., 
 1917, ii, 505-666. 
 
 Bacteria (Cultivation of). 
 
 See, also. Bacteria (Anaerobic, Cultivation of) ; 
 Bacteriology (Culture media in). 
 
 Chookshank (E. M.) On the cultivation of 
 bacteria. 12°. London, 1885. 
 
 Also, In: J. Roy. Micr. Soc, Lend., 1886, 2. s., vi, pt. 1, 
 25-31. 
 
 Galimard (J.) *Quelques recherches nou- 
 velles sur leB cultures microbiennes en milieux 
 chimiquement d^finis. 8°. Lyon, 1907. 
 
 GvozDiNSKi (Y. A.) *0 rostie niekotorikh 
 bakteriy na pitatelnlkh eredakh iz vnutrennilth 
 organov. [Growth of various bacteria on nutri- 
 tive media from internal organs.] 8°. S.-Peter- 
 burg, 1902. 
 
 Nyberg (C.) *Ueber die Kolonien der lopho- 
 trichen Stabchenbakterien. 8°. Belsingfors, 
 1912. 
 
 ScHLiTZEK (A.) *Ueber das Wachstum der 
 Bakterien auf wasserarmen Nahrboden. 8°. 
 Wiirzburg, 1905. 
 
 Winkler (S.) *Ueber den Einfluss "der 
 Reaction der Nahrboden auf die Entwicklung 
 der Bacterien. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1896. 
 
 Wolf (L.) *Ueber den Einfluss des Wasser- 
 gehaltes der Nahrboden auf das Wachsthum der 
 Bacterien. rWiirzburg.] 8°. Miinchen, 1899. 
 
 Also, in: Arcn. f. Hyg., Miinchen & Leipz., 1898-9, xxxiv, 
 200-209. 
 
 Auerbacb (W.) Ueber die Ursache der Hemmung der 
 Gelatine-Verfliissigimg durch Bacterien durch Zuckerzu- 
 satz. Arch. f. Hyg., Muuchen & Leipz., 1897, xxxi, 311- 
 318. — Axelrad (C.) Ueber Morphologie der Colonieen pa- 
 thogener Bakterien. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infectionskr., Leipz , 
 1903, xliv, 477-497, 3 pi.— Bcrghaus. Die Sauerung des 
 Nahrbodens durch Bakterien und ihr Nachweis mittels 
 Hamsaure. Hyg. Rundschau, Berl., 1906, xvi, 573-577.— 
 Boehncke (K. E.) Die Beziehungen zwischen Zuckerge- 
 halt des Nahrbodens und Stickstoflumsatz bei Bakterien. 
 Arch. f. Hygy Miinchen & Berl., 1911, Ixxiv, 81-109.— 
 Broil (R.) Zum Wachstum der ovoiden Bakterien In 
 Form yon langeren Stabchen und Faden. Ztschr. f. Infek- 
 tionskr. . . . d. Haustiere, Berl., 1908, iv, 137.— Bucbanan 
 (R. E.) Life phases in a bacterial culture. J. Infect. Dis., 
 Chicago, 1918, xxili, 109-125. Also, Reprint. — Bugge. 
 Pseudokolonien mit Bewegung im Innem auf Agarplatten. 
 Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1908, zlii, Beil., 
 69-72.— Casagrandl (O.) Su alcune cause della non colti- 
 vabilit& dei blastomiceti inoculati nelP organismo animale. 
 Ann. d'ig. sper., Roma, 1898, n. s., viii, 306-317.— Cbesney 
 (A. M.) The latent period in the growth of bacteria. J. 
 Exper. M., N. Y., 1916, xxiv. 387-418. Also, Reprint.— 
 Conrad! (H.) & Kurpjuwelt (O.) Ueber spontane Wachs- 
 tuihshemmung der Bakterien infolge Selbstvergiftung. 
 Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1905, lii, 1761-1764.— Deeleman 
 (M.) Der Einfluss der Reaktion des Nahrbodens auf das 
 Bakterienwachsthum. Arb. a. d. k. Gsndhtsamte, Berl., 
 1897, xiii, 374-402.— Dunham (E. K.) The influence of 
 I physical conditions on the character of colonies on gelatin 
 plates. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1903, n. s., xvii, 
 372.— Eljkman (C.) Ueber die Ursache der Wachstuins- 
 hemmung in Bakterienkulturen. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 
 
 Bacteria (Cultivation of). 
 
 1906, xliii, 499. Also: Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & 
 
 Berl., 1907, xxxiii, 265. . Ueber natiirhche Wachstums- 
 
 hemmung der Bakterien. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 
 1. Abt., Jena, 1906, xU, 367; 471.— Eiscnberg (P.) Ueber 
 sekundare Bakterienkolonieen. Ibid^ 1905-6, xl, 188-194, 
 
 3 pi. . Ueber Gram-elektive Ziichtung. Deutsche 
 
 med. Wchnschr., I.eipz. & Berl., 1918, xliv, 1079.— EUer- 
 mann (V.) Ueber die Kultur der fusitormen BacUlen. 
 Vorlaufige Mitteilung. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. 
 Abt., Jena, 1904, xxxvii, 729.— Fcinberg. Ueber das Wachs- 
 thum der Bacterien. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & 
 Leipz., 1900, xxvi, 2.56.— Finch (S. E.) A study of the 
 action of oxygen, hydrogen dioxide and ozone gas upon the 
 growth of certain bacteria. N. York M.J. [etc.] , 1913, xcviii, 
 1066-1069. Also, Reprint.— Fischer (H.) Versuche iiber 
 Bakterienwachstum in sterUisiertem Bodeu. Centralbl. f. 
 Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1908-9, xxii, 671-676.— Fred 
 (E. B.) & Loomls (N. E.) Influence of hydrogen-ion con- 
 centration of medium on the reproduction of alfalfa bacteria. 
 J. Bact., Bait., 1917, ii, 629-643.- Fremlin (H. L.) On the 
 culture of the nitroso-bacterium. Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., 
 1903, Ixxl, 356-361.— Galdukov (N.) Der Kampf urns 
 Dasein und die Mixtkulturen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. 
 [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1906, xiv, 206-208.— Galli-Valerlo (G.) 
 Influence de I'agitation sur le d^veloppement des cultures. 
 Ibid., 1. Abt., Jena, 1904, xxxvii, 150-163.— Gazjetti (C.J 
 Importanza della quality del substrate nelle modiflcazioni 
 biologlche prodotte da sostanze aggiimte ai mezzi di cultura 
 sui cromogeni. Arch, di farmacol. sper., Roma, 1911, xii, 
 25-48. — Gianluca (A.) SuUo sviluppo dei bacteri in ter- 
 reni di.coltura contenenti alogeni. Ann. d'ig. sper., Roma, 
 1908, ri. s., xviti, 253-266.— Glldemeister (E.) Ueber den 
 Einfiuss von Rhamnose und Rafflnose auf das Wachstum 
 von Bakterien. Arb. a. d. k. Gsndhtsamte, Berl., 1913, 
 xlv, 226-237. — Godoy (A.) MultipMcacao dos bacterios 
 em cultura; constante de velocidade de multiplica<;ao. Mem. 
 do Inst. Oswaldo Cruz, Rio de Jan., 1909, i, 81-98.— Gorinl 
 (C.) La cultura ascendente nelle ncerche batteriologiche. 
 Policlin., Roma, 1918, xxv, sez. prat., 173-177.— Hammerl 
 (H.) Zur Ziichtung der Anacroben. Centralbl. I. Bakte- 
 riol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1902, xxxi, 589-592.— Harckman 
 (P.) Action de I'^tat particulier sur les cultures micro- 
 biennes. Acad, roy. de Belg. Bull, de la cl. d. sc, Brux., 
 1906, 335-340, 1 pi.— Hesse (W.) Ueber den Ursprang der 
 in Culturglasem auftretenden Kohlensaure. Arch. f. Hyg., 
 Miinchen & Leipz., 1896-7, xxvlil, 307-311.— Houssay (F.) 
 Croissance et auto-intoxication. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. 
 Par., 1902, cxxxiv, 1233-1235— Ippolltl (P. T.) SuUaresis- 
 tenza dei microrganismi nelle colture di coUezione. Clin, 
 vet., Milano, 1915, xxxviu, 865; 916; 937.— Jacobsen (H. C.) 
 Ueber einen richtenden Einfluss beim Wachstum gewisser 
 Bakterien in Gelatine. Centralbl. 1. Bakteriol. ifetc.], 2. 
 Abty Jena, 1906, xvi, 53-64, 1 pi.— Happen (H.) Versuche 
 zur Ziichtung cyanamidzersetzender Balrterien. Ibid., 1909, 
 xxiv, 382-404.— KIndborg (A.) Ueber Bakterienwachstum 
 auf kalkhaltige Nahrboden. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1911, 
 xlviii, 1800.— Koga (G.) & Otsubo (G.) Spuochete-like 
 spiral bodies in bacterial cultures. J. Infects Dis., Chicago, 
 1919, xxiv, 56-62, 1 pi.— Krumwlede (C.) & Pratt (Joseph- 
 ine S.) Observations ou the growth of bacteria on media 
 containing various anilin dyes. ,J. Exper. M., Lancaster, 
 Pa., 1914, xix, 20-27. — Lazarus (Eltoora). Sur la reaction 
 des milieux pour la bact^ridie de Davaine, Compt. rend. 
 Soc. de biol.. Par., 1908, Ixv, 730-732.— Le Dantec (A.) 
 Isolement des bactwies amylozymes en culture pure. Bull. 
 Soc. path, exot. Par., 1910, iii, 122.— Ledingham (J. C. G.) 
 & Peulold (W. J.) Mathematical analysis of the lag- 
 phase in bacterial growth. J. Hyg., Cambridge, 1914, xiv, 
 242-260 —Ledonx-Lebard. De Paction sur la temperature 
 du bouillon de culture de tuberculose filtr6 sur porcel^e. 
 Arch, de mSd. expfir. et d'anat. path., Par^ 1898, x, 601- 
 615.— Lewandowsky (P.) Ueber das Wachstum von 
 Bakterien in Salzlosungen von hoher Konzentration. Arch. 
 f. Hyg., Miinchen & Berl., 1904, xlix, 47-61.— Libman (E.) 
 On certain features of the growth of bacteria on media con- 
 taining sugars and serum; with remarks upon the acid pro- 
 duction. J. Med. Research, Bost., 1901, n.s.,i, 84-96. Alio: 
 Mt. Sinai Hosp. Rep. 1901-2, N. Y., 1903, iii, 501-512.— L6wl 
 (E.) Ueber ein Verfahren sur Beurteilung von Verande- 
 rungen der Farbe und Durchsichtigkeit bei Bakterienkul- 
 turen und chemischen Reaktionen. Wien. klin. Wchn- 
 schr., 1918, xxxi, 920.— de Ludre (Jime.) & Marie (A.) 
 Action suspensive des pites de ceruse et de blajic de zinc sur 
 les cultures microbiennes a^eobies. Compt. rend. Soc. de 
 biol.. Par., 1907, Ixii, 735,— Manfredl (L.) Sviluppo di 
 alcuni germl in mezzi culturali addizionati di colesterlni. 
 Ritorma med., Napoli, 1917, xxxiii, 849-863.— Maresch (R.) 
 Ueber das Verhalten von Bakterien und Geweben auf 
 Blutagar bei Luftabschluss. Verhandl. d. deutsch. path. 
 Gesellsch., Jena, 1912, xv, 156-163, 1 pi.— Marmorek. Sur 
 la fafon dont se comporte le streptocoque dans le liquide de 
 culture oil il a d^jS, poussd. Compt. rend. Soc de biol.. Par. 
 1898, 10. s., V, 1096.— Marpmann (G.) Ueber das Wachs- 
 tum der Bacterien bei verandertem Druck. Ztsclir. f. ang. 
 Mikr., Leipz., 1903, ix, 293-297.— MartluottI (G.) Azione 
 della Jormaldeide sullo sviluppo del bacillo della tubercolosi 
 e dello stafllococco piogeno aureo. Mem. r. Accad. d. sc. 
 
BACTERIA. 
 
 276 
 
 BACTERIA. 
 
 Bacteria (Cultivation of ) . 
 
 d. 1st. di Bologna, 1906, 6. s., iii, 335-346.— McrcateUi (V.) 
 Le culture su vetrmi nella diagnostioa dei batteri. Corriere 
 san., Milano, 1902, xiii, 494.— MUller (A.) Die Abhangigkeit 
 des Verlaufes der Sauerstoflzehrung in naturlicben Wassem 
 und kiinstUchen Nahrlosungen vom Bakterienwachstum. 
 Arb. a. d. k. Gsndhtsamte, Berl., 1911, xxxviii, 294 -326.— 
 MtiUer (H.) Bakterienblasen(Bacteriocysten). Centralbl. 
 f. Bakteriol. [etc.l, 2. Abt., Jena, 1908, xx, 353; 449, 4 pi. 
 See, also, infra, Miinden.— Mtlndeu (M.) Erwlderung aut 
 die Arbeit iiber Bakterienblasen von H. Miiller. lUd., 
 xxi, 381.— OeWus (E.) Ueber spontane Wachstums- 
 hemmung der Bakterien auf kunstUchen Nahrboden. 
 Med. Klin., Berl., 1906, il, 598-601.— Paine (A.) The culti- 
 vation of pathogenic micro-organisms. St. Mary's Hosp. 
 Gaz., Lond., 1912, xviii, 37-41.— Penlold (W. J.) On the 
 nature of bacterial lag. J. Hyg., Cambridge, 1914, xiv, 215- 
 241.— Penfold (W. J.) & Norrls (Dorothy). The relation 
 of concentration of food supply to the generation-time of 
 bacteria. Ibid., 1912, xil, 527-536.— Remllnger (P.) Reac- 
 tion des cultures mlcrobiennes k I'agitation aveo I'^ther 
 sulfurique. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1911, Ixx, 99.— 
 Bichet(C.) Les cultures autogfenes. /Md., 1903, Iv, 1407.— 
 Roljinson (H. C.) & I(«ttger (L. F.} The growth of bao- 
 tena in protein-free enzyme- and acid-digestion products. 
 J. Bact., Bait., 1918, iii, 209-229.— Rub ner (M.) Die Bezie- 
 hungen zwlschen Bakterienwachstum und Konzentration 
 der Nahrung (Stlckstofl- und Schwefelumsatz). Arch. f. 
 Hygj Munchen & Lelpz., 1906, Ivii, 161-192.— Kuedlger 
 (G. F.) The cause of green coloration of bacterial colonics in 
 blood-agar plates. J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1906, iii, 663-665.— 
 Scbereschewsky (J.) Massenkultureu auf fesfen Nahr- 
 boden. Berl. khn. Wchnschr., 1918, It, 972-974.— Schur- 
 mayer (B.) Ueber die Bakterienflora von Nahrpraparaten. 
 (Mit Demonstration von Flatten und Kulturen.) Deutsche 
 Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1901, xxii, 421^2*.— SerkowsW (S.) 
 [On the structure of bacterial colonies.] Pam. Towarz. 
 Lek. Warszaw., 1899, xcv, 361-394, 3 pi. . [Giant colo- 
 nies and motile colonies of microorganisms.] Now. lek., 
 PoznaA, 1909, xxi, 203-208, 4 pi. [on 2 l.].^Smlth (E. F.) 
 Growth of bacteria in the presence of chloroform and thymol. 
 J. Bost. Soc. M. Sc, 1900-1901, v, 375.— Smyth (H. P.) 
 Action of bacteria on colored media. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. 
 
 [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1913, Ixxi, Orig., 319-322. . The 
 
 reactions between bacteria and animal tissues under con- 
 ditions of artificial cultivation. J. Bxper. M., Lancaster, 
 1915, xxi, 103-113, 3 pi,— Sehngen (N. L.) Benzin, Petro- 
 leum, Parafflnol una Paraffin als Kohlenstofl- und Energie- 
 quelle fiir Mikroben. Centralbl. f. "Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., 
 Jena, 1913, xxxvii, 595-609, 3 pi.— Spitta & MtUIer (A.) Bei- 
 trage zur Frage des Wachstums und der quantitativen 
 Bestimmung von Bakterien an der Oberflache von Nahr- 
 boden. Arb. a. d. k. Gsndhtsamte, Berl., 1909, xxxiil, 145- 
 183. — Stewart (G.N.) The changes produced by the growth 
 of bacteria in the molecular concentration and electrical 
 conductivity of culture media. J. Exper. M., N. Y., 1899, 
 iv, 235-243, 4 diag.— Tang! (F.) Ueber den Verbrauch an 
 chemischer Energie wahrend der Entwicklung von Bak- 
 terienculturen. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1903, xcviii, 
 475-489.— Tischutkln (N.) Ueber Agar-Agarkulturen 
 einiger Algen und Amoben. Centralbl. t. Bakteriol. [etc.], 
 2. AM., Jena, 1897, iii, 183-188.— Ungermann. Ueber 
 Konservierung von Bakterienkulturen. Berl. klin. Wchn- 
 schr., 1918, Iv, 868.— Valentl (G. L.) Sulla conservazione 
 delle culture. Boll. d. Soc. med.-cnir. dl Modena, 1905-6, 
 ix, 157-164.— Wehmer (CX Kulturversuche mit einlgen 
 Hymenomyceten. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., 
 Jena, 1897, iii, 151-153, 1 pi.— Westcrgaard (E.) On the 
 development of mixed cultures of bacteria and lower fungi 
 in Uqmd and solid media. Proc. Eoy. Soc. Edinb., 1909-10, 
 xxrx, 748.— WUson (E. H.) & Bandolpb (E. B. F.) Notes ' 
 on the reaction at which the maximum growth of bacteria 
 occurs in liquid media. Am. Pub. Health Ass. Eep. 1899, 
 Columbus, 1900, xxv. 618-622. Also [Atastr.]: J. Bost. Soc. 
 M. Sc, 1899-1900, iv, 91.— Wrzosek (A.) Ueber das Wachs- 
 tum obiigatorischer Anaeroben auf Kulturmitteln in aero- 
 ber Weise. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1905, xviii, 1268-1270. 
 
 Bacteria {Oullivation of, Methods of). 
 
 See, also, Bacteriology {Apparatus in); Bac- 
 teriology (Culture media in); Bacteriology 
 (Methods and technique in). 
 
 Acosta (E.) & Diaz Brlto (A.) Cultivo aerobic de la 
 bacteria Chauvaei. Crdn. mM.-quir. de la Eabana, 1904, 
 XXX, 176-177.— Bertarelll (E.J Prouvetten zur Anferti- 
 gung aerobischer und anaSrobischer Kulturen untcr Ein- 
 wlrkung kolorierter Strahlen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. 
 [etc.], 2. Abt^ Jena, 1903, x, 739.— Birt (C.) Caffeine enrich- 
 ment method. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1905^ ii, 1110.— BUesener. 
 Ueber Gelatineculturen im Briitschrank. Ztschr. f. Hyg. 
 u. Infectionskrankh., Leipz., 1899, xxxii, 111-117.— Bol- 
 duan (C.) The addition of calcium salts to nutrient broth; 
 a reliable and convenient method for growing the pneu- 
 mococcus, meningo-coccus, and certain other bacteria. N. 
 York M. J. [etc.], 1905, Ixxxi, 956.— Bosc (F.-J.) . De la 
 culture de parasites (cancer, claveWe, coccidie oviforme) 
 dans le sang rendu incoagulable. Compt. rend. Soc. de 
 
 Bacteria (Cultivation of, MetJiods of). 
 
 biol.. Par., 1900, 11. s., ii, 1053-1055.— Breed (R. S.) & Dot- 
 terrer ( W. D.) The number of colonies allowable on satis- 
 factory agar plates. J. Bact., Bait., 1916, i, 321-331.— Burri 
 (R.) Eine einfache Methode zur Reinziichtung von Bak- 
 terien unter mikroskopischer KontroUe des Ausgangs von 
 der einzelnen Zelle. (VorlauJige Mitteilung.) Centralbl. f. 
 Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1907-8, xx, 95. See, also, 
 infra, Linduier. — Busson (B.) Versuche zur Oberflachen- 
 sterilisation ganzer Organe fiir die Gewinuung von Reinkul- 
 tureu aus diesen. Ibid., 1. Abt., Jena, 1911, Iviii, Orig., 
 464-^69.— Cantan! (A.) Ueber die Verwertun;; von Bak- 
 terien als Nahrbodenzusatz. Ibid., 1900, xxviii, 743-747.— 
 Camot (P.) & Gamier (M.) Sur la technique des cul- 
 tures en tubes de sable. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 
 1902, 11. s., iv, 748-750.— Clark (L. T.) & Dodd (W. L.) 
 The application of practical records to the maintenance of 
 stock bacterial cultures. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 
 1914, n. s., xxxix, 801.— Conn (H. J.) & Harding (H. A.) 
 [et al.]. Methods of pure culture study; preliminary report 
 of the committee on the chart for identification of bacterial 
 species. J. Bact., Bait., 1918, iii, 116-128.— D'Agata (G.) 
 Contribute alia preparazione di colture batteriche per- 
 manenti, Policlln^Roma, 1909, xvi, sez. prat., 517-520. — 
 Darling (S. T.) The use of bismuth salts in media to 
 detect the formation of sulphur bodies of bacterial origin; 
 a preliminary note. Am, J. Pub. Health, N. Y., 1913, iii, 
 233-235.— Deieplne (S.) New forms of plating dishes for 
 the cultivation of bacteria. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1916, 1, 588. 
 Also, Reprint.- Dzhunkovskl (E. P.) [Technique of 
 cultivating microbes in Mechnikoff's sacs.) Arch. vet. 
 nauk, S.-Peterb., 1900, xxx, 2. sect., 475^83. Also: Arch, 
 biol. nauk . . ., S.-Peterb., 1901-2, 41-44, 1 pi.— Epstein 
 (A. A.) The use of ammonium oxalate in blood-culture 
 technique. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1907, 424^26.— 
 Feoktistow (A.) Eine neue Methode zur Gewinnung von 
 Reinkulturen aus ganzen Organen und Gewebsteilen. Cen- 
 tralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena. 1909, Ii, 685-687.— 
 Gassner (G.) Ueber Gramelektive Ziichtung. Deutsche 
 med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl^ 1918, xliv, 1143.— Gorinl 
 (C.) La cultura ascendente nelle ricerche Datteriologiche. 
 Igiene mod., Genova, 1916, ix, 40-45.— Gosio (B.) I telluriti 
 e seleniti come rivelatori d' inquinamenti batterici. Poli- 
 clin., Roma, 1906, xiii, sez. prat., 183-185.— Gravagna. 
 Sulla coltura artiflciale del bacillo di Hansen fuori dell' or- 
 ganismo umano. Riforma med., Palermo-Napoli, 1905, 
 xxi, 873. — Grimbert (L.) De I'uniflcation des methodes 
 de culture en bactSriologie. Arch, de parasitol.. Par., 1898, 
 i, 191-216. jIZso; Cong, intemat.de mM. C;-r., Par., 1900, 
 sect, de bacterid, et parasitol., 187-195. — ^Herman. Nou- 
 veau dispositif pour la culture des ana^robies. Bull. Acad, 
 roy. de m^d. de Belg., Brux., 1901, 4. s., xv, 259-263, 1 pi.— 
 Hiss (P. H.) A method for obtaining mass cultures ofbac- 
 teria for inoculation and for agglutination.tests; with special 
 reference to pneumococci and streptococci. J. Exper. 
 M., N. Y., 1905, vii, 223-227, Ipl. Also, Reprint.- Hitchens 
 (A. P.) 'The preservation of stock cultures. Science, N.Y. 
 & Lancaster, Pa., 1913, n. s., xxxviii, 370.— Hoflmann 
 (C.) Paraffin blocks for growing seedlings in liquid culture 
 solutions. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1912, 
 xxxiv, 430-432, 3 pi.- Jacqufi (L.) Demonstration des 
 plaques de Stiller, pour la culture d'ana^robies. Cong. 
 internat. d'hyg. et de d^mog. C.-r., Brux., 1903, ii, 116.— 
 Jegunow (M.) Zur mechanisohen Analyse der Bakterien- 
 platten. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1897, 
 iii, 467-477.— Jones (H. N.) A simple method fortheelimi- 
 nation of protozoa from mixed cultures of bacteria. Science, 
 N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1916, n. s., xliii, 68.— KendaU (A.I.) 
 & Day(A. A.) The rapid isolation of typhoid, paratyphpid, 
 and dysentery bacilli. J. Med. Research, Bost., 1911, n. s., 
 XX, 95-99. Also, Reprint.— Lacomme (L.) Tube pour 
 cultures des microbes dans le vide. Bull. Soc. med. d. nflp. 
 de' Lyon, 1906, v, 7-9. Also: Lyon m&i., 1906, cvi, 191- 
 193. — Lafforgue. Un proc('d6 economique d'hemoculture. 
 Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1908, Ixv, 340-342.— Langer 
 (H.) Neuere Kulturmethoden fur 'Typhus, Ruhr, Cholera 
 una Diphtherie. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1917, liv, 130- 
 133.— Langstein (L.) & Mayer (M.) Versuche von Bak- 
 terienzijchtung in einer nativen Mucoidlosung. Centralbl. 
 f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1903, xxxv, 270.— Leeming 
 (A. N.) Concemmg blood cultures and other matters bac- 
 teriological. Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1908, xxii, 400.— 
 Lemiere (G.) Bain-marie & relroidissement pour les cul- 
 tures microbiennes. J. d. sc. mSd. de Lille, 1897, ii, 177- 
 181.— Lindner (PJ Bemerkungeu zu der voriaufigen 
 Mitteilung von B. Burri iiber "Eine einfache Methode zur 
 Eeinziiohtung von Bakterien unter mikroskopischer Kon- 
 troUe des Ausgangs von der einzelnen Zelle." Centralbl. f. 
 Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1908, xx, 342.— Mann (G.) 
 New methods for the culture otbacteria. Brit. M. J., Lond., 
 1912, i, 1358.— Maurel (E.) Conservation de la reproduc- 
 tivite du vibrion du cholera et du bacille de la dysenteric sur 
 les charcuteries. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1911, 
 Ixx, 37-39.— Moore (B!) & Williams (E. S.) The growth 
 of various species of bacteria and other microorganisms In 
 atmospheres enriched with oxygen. Bio-Chem. J., Liverp., 
 1910, V, 181-187.— Morel (A.) Ueber Kulturen auf gela- 
 tinirendeu NahrbBden in den Tropen bel Temperaturen 
 
BACTERIA. 
 
 277 
 
 BACTERIA. 
 
 Bacteria (Cultivation of, MetJiods of). 
 
 fiber 25° Cels. Ztsohr. t. ang. Mikr., Weimar, 1898, iv, 
 4-6.— Nuttall (G. H. F.) Em Apparat zur Herstellimg 
 von Eollkulturen. CentralW. t. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., 
 Jena, 1900, xxvii, 605-609.— Pakes (W. C. C.) Formalin 
 as a preservative for cultivations of bacteria. J. Path. & 
 Bacteriol., Edinb. & Lond., 1896-7, iv, 412-417.- Pane (N.) 
 Sulla preparazione di colture batteriche permanent!. Ei- 
 forma med., Palermo-Napoli, 1905, xxi, 1263.— Plaut. Zur 
 Erlangung von Reinkulturen angewandte Methode. Deut- 
 sche med. Wohnsohr., Berl. & Leipz., 1918, xliv, 86.— 
 Prlngsheijn (H.) Ueber die Verwendung von Cellulose 
 als Energiequelle zur Assimilation des Lultstickstoffes 
 Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. Fete], 2. Abt., Jena, 1910, xxvi, 
 222-227.— Pringshelm (H.) & Prlngshcim (E.) Uebcr 
 die Verwendung von Agar-Agar als Energiequelle zur As- 
 similation des Luftstickstofls. Hid., 227-231.— Rogers 
 (L. A.) The preparation ot dried cultures. Science, N. Y. 
 & Lancaster, Pa., 1913, n. s., xxxviii, 377.— Rosam (A.) 
 Porose Kulturkammern. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. 
 Abt., Jena, 1907, xix, 154.— Rosenthal (G.) Culture 
 a^robie du vibrion septique; mensuration de I'ana^robiose. 
 Compt. rend. Soc.de biol., Par., 1906, Ix, 874-876.— RostjE. 
 E.) A method ol direct cultivation. Indian M. Gaz., Cal- 
 cutta, 1902, xxxvii, 390.— Rous (G.) Quelques reflexions 
 sur la question coli-Eberth k propos du proc<5d6 d'EIs- 
 ner, et k I'occasion de la prfeentation de quelques cultures 
 sur un milieu nouveau. MSm. et compt. rend. Soc. d. sc. 
 mid. de Lyon (1896), 1897, xxxvi, pt. 2, 66-75.— Santorl 
 (F.) Sul modo dl otteuere brodoculture uniformemente 
 intorbidate di b. difterico, di b. carbonchioso, e di strepto- 
 cocco per la sieroreazione in vitro. Gior. d. r. Soc. ftal. 
 d'ig., Milano, 1903, xxv, 313-327.— Schmidt (O.) Process 
 oJ breeding microbes. [Pat. spec] No. 994660; June 6, 
 1911.— Schouteu (S. L.) Eeinkulturen aus einer unter 
 dem Mikroskop isoMerten Zelle. Ztschr. f. wlssensch. 
 Mikr., Leipz., 1905, xxii. 10-45.— Schradleck (E. C.) A 
 method of obtaining cultures from human blood. Am. J. 
 M. Sc. Phila. & N. Y., 1907, n. s., cxxxiv, 865-868.— Schu- 
 bert (M.) Ueber die Zilchtung der Amoben aul festen 
 Nahrboden. Hyg. Eundschau, Berl., 1897, vii, 72-76.— 
 Seliber (G.) La culture des microbes dans les solutions de 
 cas(5ine. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1914, Ixxvi, 
 639-641.— SewaM (H.) Simple way of making cultures. 
 Sei-i-Kwai M. J., Tokyo, 1910, xxix. No. 1.— Sievert (F.) 
 Ueber Formalin-Bakterienautschwemmungen. Centralbl. 
 t. Bakteriol. [etc.], Jena, 1910, Iv, Orig., 81-91.— Tonnel. 
 Intradermo-culture; son application, aux diagnostic, pro- 
 nostio et traitement des infections. Echo mid. du nord 
 Lille, 1910, xiv, 325-332.— Torrey (J. C.) New differential 
 plating methods for B. bifidus (Tissier) and B. acidophilus 
 (Moro). J. Bact., Bait., 1917, ti, 435^39.— Trillat (A.) 
 Influence favorable exerc^e sur le d^veloppement de certaines 
 cultures par I'association avec le Proteus vulgaris. Compt. 
 rend. Acad. d. sc. Par., 1912, cliv, 1116-1118.— Warthln 
 (A. S.) The molasses plate method; a modification of the 
 Huber, Schmorl-Obrgeia method. J. Med. Eesearch, 
 Bost., 1912-13, xxvi, 39-46.— Wiener (E.) Ein Apparat zur 
 Ziichtung von Mikroorganlsmen in beweglichen fliissigen 
 Medien. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc], 1. Abt^ Jena, 1903, 
 xxxiv, 594-597.— Zelikow (J.) Quantitative Bestimmung 
 der Bakterialmasse durch die kolorimetrische Methode 
 Ibid., 1906, xlii, 570; 669.— Zinsser (H.) A simple method 
 for the plating of anaerobic organisms. J. Exper. M., N. Y 
 1906, vili, 642-546, 1 pi. Also, Eeprint. 
 
 Bacteria {Degeneration and regenera- 
 tion of). 
 
 Robert (K. A.) *0 degeneratsii i regeneratsii 
 bakteriy. [Degeneration and regeneration of 
 bacteria.] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1902. 
 
 Bergey (D. H.) Involution and degeneration forms of 
 bacteria. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1907, n. s., 
 xxv, 807.— Burgers. Ueber Auflosungserschelnuugeu an 
 Bakterien. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena 
 1911, 1, Eef., Beiheft, 125-127.— Hata (S.) Ueber die durcli 
 bestimmte anorganische Salze verursachten Degenerations- 
 formen bestimmter Bakterienarten. Ibid., 1908, xlvl, Grig 
 289-292, 1 pi.— Rozeuberg (N. K.) [Dissolution of bacteria 
 in the organism.] Russk. Vraoh, S.-Peterb., 1911, x, 1207- 
 1209. 
 
 Bacteria (Denitrifying). 
 
 See, also, Soil (Bacteriology of) . 
 
 Bagros (M. ) *Sur le m^canisme de la denitri- 
 fication par les bact&ies d^nitrifiantes indirectes. 
 8°. Pam, 1910.. 
 
 BouRTON (A.-F.-A.) *Des bact&ies d^nitri- 
 fiantes. 8°. Paris, 1904. 
 
 VON Caron (J. M. gen. Hans). *Untersuchun- 
 gen iiber die Physiologie denitrifizierender Ba]t- 
 terien. 8°. Gottingen, 1912. 
 
 Also, in: Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 
 1912, xxxiii, 62-116. 
 
 Bacteria (Denitrifying) . 
 
 LiESKB (R.) Untersuchungan dber '^e Phy- 
 siologie denitrifizierender Schwefsirjaliterien. 
 8°. Beidelberg, 1912. 
 
 Ampola (G.) & Garino (E.) U803r die Denitrifikation. 
 Centralbl. f. BakterioJ. [etc.], 2. ADt., Jena, 1896, ii, 670- 
 676.— Drew (G. H.) On the precipitation of calcium car- 
 bonate in the sea by marine bacteria, and on the action of 
 denitrifying bactena in tropical and temperate seas. J. 
 Marine Biol. Ass. U. Kingdom, Plymouth, 1913, n. s., ix, 
 479-524.— Grlmbert (L.) & Bagros. Sur le m&anisme de 
 la d^nitrification chez les bacteries d^nitrifiantes indirectes. 
 Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1909, Ixvi, 760-763. Also: 
 J. de pharm. et chim.. Par., 1909, 6. s., xxx, 5-10.— Hutch- 
 inson (H. B.) Ueber Kristallbildung in Kulturen deni- 
 trlflzierender Bakterien. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 
 2. Abt., Jena, 1906, xvi, 326-328.— Jensen (U.) Das Ver- 
 haltnis der denitriflzierenden Bakterien zu einigen Kohlen- 
 
 stoflverbindungen. Hid., 1897, iii, 622; 68?. . Bei- 
 
 trage zur Morphologic una Biologic der Denitriflkationsbak- 
 terien. /M., 1898, iv, 401; 449.— Lucke (F.) Appunti al 
 lavoro suUa distruzione dei bacteri che divorano I'a'zoto 
 nitrico, ecc. Gior. d. r. Soc ed Accad. vet. ital., Torino, 
 1897, xlvi, 465^71.— Muijayeff (B. V.) [Capacity of bac- 
 teria for denitrifloation.] Arch. vet. nauk, S.-Peterb., 1909, 
 xxxix, 661-664.^Rlchards (Ellen H.) & Rolfe (G. W.) 
 Reduction of nitrates by bacteria and consequent loss of 
 nitrogen. Technol. Quart., Bost., 1896, ix, 40-50.— Stok- 
 lasa (J.) Welcher Formen von Kohlehydraten benotigen 
 die Denitrifikationsbakterien zu ihren Vitalprozessen? 
 Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1898, iv, 817- 
 819.— Stutzer (A.) Bemerkungen zu vorstehcnder Arbeit 
 iiber das Verbal tnis der denitriflzierenden Bakterien zu 
 einigen Kohleustofl-Verbindungen. Ibid., 1897, iii, 698-706. 
 
 Bacteria (Differentiation and identifica- 
 tion of). 
 
 See, also, Bacteria (Classification, etc., of); 
 Bacteria (Cultivation of); Bacteria (Enumera- 
 tion of); Bacteria (Neiv species of); Bacteria 
 (Pathogenic); Bacteria (Staining of). 
 
 American Public Health Association. Pro- 
 cedures recommended for the study of bacteria, 
 with especial reference to greater uniformity in 
 the description and differentiation of species. 
 Being the report of a committee of American 
 bacteriologists to the committee on the pollution 
 of water supplies. 8°. Concord, N. n.,1%98. 
 
 Gblpke (T.) Bacterium septatum und dessen 
 Beziehungen zur Gruppe der Diphtheriebacillen 
 (B. diphtherias [Klebs-Loffler], B. pseudodiph- 
 theriticum [LofHer] und B. xerosis.) Eine kli- 
 nische und bacteriologische Untersuchung. 8°. 
 Karlsruhe, 1898. 
 
 Hoffmann (P.) *Zur Differenzierung ahnli- 
 cher Bakterien durch Zuchtung auf farbstoff-, 
 traiibenzucker- und sanatogenhaltigen Nahr- 
 boden. [Giessen.] 8°. Leipzig, 1908. 
 
 Lacomme (L.) *Les milieux caf^in^s en 
 bact&iologie; diff6renciation du bacille d'Eberth 
 et du coli bacille. 8°. Lyon, 1904. 
 
 Langkait (R.) *Bacillus paratyphosus B, 
 Bacillus suipestifer und Bacillus enteritidis 
 Gartner im Vergleich zu den Erregern der 
 Kalberruhr. 8°. Berlin, 1909. 
 
 Rebeck (A. E.) Bacterium d'Escherich e 
 bacterium d'Eberth. Differenze morfologiche, 
 biologiche e patogeniche. Ricerche sperimen- 
 tali. 8°. Salerno, [n. d.\. 
 
 Rbtout (C.-H.) *Valeur du milieu d'Elsner 
 pour la recherche et la diff&enciation du bacille 
 typhique et du bacille du colon. 8°. Paris, 
 1898. 
 
 Vottelbr (W.) *Ueber die Differentialdiag- 
 nose der pathogenen Anaeroben durch die 
 Cultur auf fechragagar und durch ihre Giesseln. 
 [Bern.] 8°. Leipzig, 1898. 
 
 Also, in: Ztschr. I. Hyg. u. Infectiouskrankh., Leipz., 
 1898, xxvii, 480-506, 3 pi. ' v , 
 
 Achalme (P.) Eecherches sur quelques bacilles ana4- 
 robies et leur difl^renciation. Aim. de I'lnst Pasteur 
 Par., 1902, xvi, 641-662.— Andrade (E.) Influence of 
 glycerm in differentiating certain bacteria. J. Med. Ee- 
 
BACTEEIA. 
 
 278 
 
 BACTERIA. 
 
 Bacteria {Differentiation and identifica- 
 tion of 
 
 searchj Bost., 1905-6, xiv, 551-556. Also [Abstr.]: Science, 
 N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1906, n. s., xxiii, 214.— Aschner 
 (P. W.) Studies on pneumococci and streptococci. J. In- 
 fect. Dis., Chicago, 1917, xxi, 409-449.— Axenlcld. Das 
 Verhaltuiss der sog. Xerosebaoillen der Conjunctiva zu den 
 Hofmann-Loeffler'schen Pseudodiphtheriebaoillen des Ea- 
 chens. Eutgegnung an Herm Dr. F. Schanz. Berl. kiln. 
 Wchnschr., 1898, xxxv, 542.— Bahr (L.), Baeblger (H.) & 
 Grosso (G.) Vergleichende Untersucnungen uber den 
 Bacillus paratyphosus B, den Bacillus enteritidis Gartner 
 und den Eatinbazillus. Ztschr. i. lufektionskr. . . . d. 
 Haustiere, Berl_^ 1909, v, 295-312, 2 pi.- Ballner (F.) 
 & Belbmayr (H.) Ueber die Verwertbarkeit der Kom- 
 plementablenlnin^methode fiir die Diflerenzierung von 
 Mikroorgauismen, nebst Bemerkungen ilber den Zusam- 
 menbang dieses Fhanomens mit der Agglutinations- bzw. 
 PrS,zipitationsreaktion. Arch. f. Hyg., Munchen u. Berl., 
 1907, Ixiv, 113-154.— BataiUon, MoeUer (A J & Terre. 
 Ueber die Identitat des Karpfens (Bataillon, Dubard und 
 Terre) und des Bacillus der Bllndschleiche (Moeller). Zt- 
 schr. f. Tuberk. u. Heilstattenw., Leipz., 1902, iii, 467-469.— 
 Bendick (A. J.) The use of calcium carbonate In solid 
 media lor the diflerentiation of sugar-fermenting bacteria. 
 J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1911, Ivii, 1343-1345. Also: Tr. 
 XV. Intemat. Cong. Hyg. & Demog. 1912, Wash., 1913, ii, 
 40-43.— Bouhofl (H.) Ueber die Identitat des Loeffler- 
 scheu Mausetyphusbazillus mit dem Paratyphusbazillus 
 des Typus B. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. 
 Aerzte 1903, Leipz., 1904, il, 2. Hlfte., 481-484.— Bormans 
 ( A . ) Sulla difEerenziazlone tra il bacillo del tifo ed il Bacilli: s 
 coU communis. Eiv. d' ig. e san. pubb., Torino, 1902, xiii, 
 393; 423. — Broquin-LacoinlJe (A.) Sur un caract^re 
 difltontiel entre Bacillus mesentericus et Bacillus lactis 
 niger. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1913, Ixxv, 598- 
 600. — Buxton (B. H.) A comparative stud^ of the bacilli 
 intermediate between Bacillus coli communis and Bacillus 
 typhosus. J. Med. Eesearch, Bost., 1902, viii, 201-230, 
 3 pi.— Cabaues (E.) Diferencias entre las bactsrias en la 
 naturaleza y en el laboratorio; sus conseouencias. Gac. 
 m&d. catal., Barcel., 1908, xxxlii, 288-297.— Casagrandl 
 (O.) Sulle relazioni tra bacterii proto, meta e paratrofi e in 
 particolar modo sulle relazioni tra bacterii ebertiformi, 
 pseudo-ebertiformi, e forme bacteiiohe superior!. Ann. 
 d' ig. sper., Eoma, 1901, n. s., xl, 163-172, 1 pi.- Cesaris- 
 Demel (A.) Di un nuovo metodo diagnostico diflerenziale 
 tra il bacillo del tifo ed il Bacterium coli. Gazz. med. di 
 Torino, 1898, xhx, 241-243.— Courmont (J.) & L^omme 
 (L.) La caf^ine en bactiriologie; essai de dlflSrenoiation du 
 B. d'Eberth et du B. coU; isolement des streptocoques 
 intestinaux. J. de physiol. et de path, gin., Par., 1904, vi, 
 286-294.— Cushing (H.) A comparative study of some 
 members of a pathogenic group of bacilU of the hog cholera 
 or Bac. enteriridis (Gartner.) type. Johns Hopkins Hosp. 
 Bull., Bait., 1900, xi, 156-170, 5 pi.— Duval (C. W.) A 
 method of diflerentiating in sections of tissue bacteria 
 decolorized by Grain's stam. J. Exper. M., N. Y., 1907, ix, 
 381-384.— Fermi (C.) Die Mineral- und organischenSauren, 
 die Alkali, die Alkaloide, das JodkaU und das arsensaure 
 Kali zur Diflerenzierung der Mikroorgauismen. Centralbl. 1. 
 Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1898, xxili, 208; 266.— Galll- 
 Valerio (B.) Corynebacterium vaccinae; Bacterium diph- 
 theriae avium; Bacterium candidus. Ibid., 1904, xxxvi, 
 465-471.— Gaudin (J.) Identification des microbes au 
 moyen des chromoetoes qu'Us produisent en ^voluant dans 
 I'eau k la lumifere fflfluse. Arch. m6d. d'Angers, 1917, xxi, 
 64; 90.— German (T.) Ueber die Kreatimnbildung der 
 Bakterien (als difierentialdiagnostisches Merkmal mancher 
 Bakterien). Centralbl. f. Bakleriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 
 1912, Ixlii, Orig., 645-547.— Glarr6 & Plcchi. Bacillo di 
 Koch-Weeks e bacillo di Pfeifler. Atti d. Accad. med.-fls. 
 fiorent. 1900, Firenze, 1901, 7-9.— Grazlanl (G.) De I'em- 
 ploi des phtalSines (phtaI4iiies du phenol et de la r&orcine) 
 pour reconnaltre le coUbacille, le bacille d'Eberth et celul 
 du ohol&a. Arch, de mM. exp&. et d'anat. path.. Par., 
 1897, Ix, 98-107.— Grosso (G.) Untersuchungen uber die 
 Unterscheidungsmerkmale zwischeu Rauschbrand-, mallg- 
 nem Oedem- und BradsotbacUlen; zugleich ein Beitrag zur 
 Aetiologie der Bradsot und des Geburtsrauschbrandes. 
 Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1913, Ixx, Orig., 
 156-179, 1 pi.— GrUnbaum (A. S.) & Hume (E. H.) Note 
 on media for distinguishing B . coli, B . typhosus, and related 
 species. Brit. M. J., Loud., 1902, i, 1473.— Gulllemard (A.) 
 Utilisation des solutions salines concentrte h, la dlflSrencia- 
 tion des bactSries. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1910, 
 Ixviii, 231.— Harden (A.) On Voges and Proskauer's reac- 
 tion for certain bacteria. Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., 1905-6, 
 s. B., Ixxvil, 424.— Helnze (B.) Ueber die Beziehungon der 
 sogenannteu Alinitbakterien, Bac. Ellenbachensis a Caron, 
 zu dem Bac. megatlierium de Bary bezw. zu den Heubacil- 
 leu, Bac. subtilis Cohn. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.]. 2. 
 Abl, Jena. 1902, viil, 391; 417; 449; 513; 545; 609; 663.— 
 Hetsch. Ueber die Dfflerenzierung der wichtigsteu Infek- 
 tionserregergegeniiberihnennahestenenden Bakterien. Ver- 
 handl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1903, Leipz., 
 1904, ii, 2. Hlfte., 459-462.— von Hibler. Ueber die Difle- 
 rentialoiagnose der pathogenen Anaerobien. Verhandl. d. 
 
 Bacteria {Differentiation and identifica- 
 tion of) . 
 
 deutsch. path. Gesellsch. 1905, Jena, 1906, 118-130, 2 pl— 
 Hiss (P. H.) On a method of isolating and identifying 
 Bacillus typhosus, based on a study of Bacillus typhosus 
 and members of the colon group in semi-solid culture media. 
 J. Exper. M., N. Y., 1S97, Ii, 677-700.— Hoag (L.) Organ- 
 ism X, probably of the Corynebacterium group; its difleren- 
 tiation from B. diphtheriae and alUed organisms; its patho- 
 genicity in man, especially in bronchopneumonia, and its 
 relation to general paralysis of the insane. Boston. M. & 
 S. J., 1907, clvii, 10-14.— Jochmann (G.) Die Ermittlung 
 von Krankheitserregern und thre diagnostische Bedeutung. 
 Ztschr. f. arztl. Fortbild., Jena, 1913,x,75-82.— Klrschbaum 
 (P.) Die Differenzierung von Bakterien mittels des Ab- 
 derhaldenschen Dialysierverfahrens. Wien. klin. Wchn- 
 schr., 1914, xxvli, 837.— Klein (B.) Recent researches on 
 the identincation of the typhoid bacillus and the cholera 
 vibrio. J. State M., Lond., 1896, iv, 285; 375; 469.— Lalar. 
 ISacillus acidiflcans longissimus und Bacillus Delbriicki. 
 Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1901, vii, 871.— 
 L«vine (M.) Some differential reactions of coli-like bac- 
 teria. Am. J. Pub. Health, Concord, N. H., 1917, vii, 784. 
 
 . Diflerentiation of B. coli and B. aSrogeneson a sim- 
 
 plifled eosin-methylene blue agar. J. Infect. Dis., Chicaeo, 
 1918, xxUi, 43-47. Also, Eeprint— Unpens (A.) Une 
 m^tnode de difffirenciation du colibacille d'avee le bacille 
 typhique. Bull. Soc. d. so. m6i. et nat. de Brux., 1909, 
 Ixvil, 16-18.— Longcope (W. T.) Streptococcus mucosus 
 (Howard) and its relations to Micrococcus lanceolatus. 
 Univ. Penn. M. Bull,, Phila,, 1902-3, xv, 51-55.— Mac- 
 kenzie (J. J.) Opening discussion on what new methods 
 can be suggested for the'separation of bacteria into groups 
 and for the identification of species. Am. Pub. Health Ass. 
 Rep., Concord, 1895, xx, 419-431— Mansfleld (W. M.) & 
 liUbs (H. A.) Improved chemical methods for differentiat- 
 ing bacteria of the cbli-aerogenes family. J. Biol. Chem., 
 Bait., 1917, XXX, 209-234. AUo, Reprint.- Marb6 (S.) 
 Action ooagulante des microbes sur le s^rum sanguin glyce- 
 rins ou glucosS et chauflS; difltonces entre le coagulum du 
 B. typhlque et celui du B. coli. Compt. rend. Soc. de 
 biol.. Par., 1912, Ixxlii, 203-206 —Morishlma (K.) A simple 
 and practical medium for diflerentiating B. typhosus, B. 
 paratyphosus A., B. paratyphosus B., B. ententidis, and 
 B. coll. J. Bact., Bait., 1918, iii, 19-22.— NSgre (L.) & 
 Raynaud (M.) Identincation des Paramektensis par 
 I'Spreuve de la saturation des agglutinines. Compt. rend. 
 Soc. debiol.. Par., 1912, Ixxii, 1052-1054.— OmelyansW (V.) 
 [Diflerential diagnosis of various pathogenic bacteria.] 
 
 Arch. biol. nauk. . . ., S.-Peterb., 1903, x, 233-240. . 
 
 [Bouillon with sodium formate as a medium for differen- 
 tial diagnosis of microbes.] Ibid., 1905-6, xii, 153-156. — 
 Park (W. H.Y The diflerentiation of typhoid and coli 
 bacUli. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1897, a, 1778.— Proca (G.) 
 Sur une coloration diff^entielle des bactMes mortes. 
 
 885.— K«ed (W.) & Carroll (J.) Bacillus icteroides and 
 Bacillus cholerae suls; a preliminary note. Med. News, 
 N. Y., 1899, Ixxiv, 613. AUo, Eeprint.— Robin (L.) Note 
 sur un nouveau milieu colore pour la diff6renciation du coli- 
 bacille et du bacille d'Eberth. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. 
 Par., 1897, 10. s., Iv, 49-61 —Rodella (A.) Sur la diflgren- 
 ciation du Bacillus putriflcus (Bienstock) et des bacillcs 
 anaSrobies tryptobutyriques (Achalme). Ann. de I'lnst. 
 Pasteur, Par., 1905, xix, 804-811.— RMISka (S.) Verglei- 
 chende Studien iiber den Bacillus pyocyaneus und den 
 Bacillus fluorescens liquefaciens. Arch. f. Hyg., Miinchen 
 & Leipz., 1898, xxxiv, 149-177.— Salmon (J.) La d(5termi- 
 nation des especes bact^riennes au point de vue de la pratique 
 courante et de la biologic. Eev. sclent., Par., 1917, i, 559- 
 662.— ScheBer (J. C. T.) Beitriige zur Frage der Differenzi- 
 rung des Bacillus aSrogenes una Bacillus coli communis. 
 
 Arch. 1. Hyg., Miinchen & Leipz., 1897, xxx, 291-303. - 
 Diflerentifeel-diagnose tusschen Bacillus aerogenes en Ba- 
 cillus coli commune door middel van de immuniteits-reactie 
 van Pfeiffer en de agglutinatie-proef van Gruber. Nederl. 
 Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1897, 2. R., xxxiii, d. 2, 289- 
 292.— Shtegeman (A.) [Cultivation on stained nutritive 
 media, for difflerential diagnosis, of certain pathogonie bac- 
 teria.] Voyenno-Mod., J., Petrogry 1915, ccxlil, med.-speo. 
 pt., 495-503.— Stoddart (F. W J New method of separating 
 the typhoid bacillus from the Bacillus coli communis, with 
 notes on some tests for the typhoid bacillus in pure cultures. 
 J. Path. & Bacteriol., Edinb. & Lond., 1896-7, iv, 429-i37, 
 2 pl.— TUolnot & Brouardel (G.) Note sur un caractftre 
 diiltontiel du bacille d'Eberth et du coUbacille. Bull, et 
 mgm. Soc. mSd. d. h6p. de Par., 1898, 3. s., xv, 257-260.— 
 Trapanl (P.) Di un nuovo metodo per diflerenzlare 11 
 bacillo di Eberth dai bacilli eberthlforml e dal coli. Gazz. 
 d. osp., Milano, 1905, xxvi, 605.— TrSnol. Do I'identitfi du 
 bacille du rhinoscl^ome et du bacille de Friedlsender; carac- 
 tSres biologiques. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1902, 
 11. s., iv, 1351-1353.— Zlelleczky (R.) Biochemlsche und 
 diflerential-dlagnostische Untersuchungen einiger Bakterien 
 mittels Phenolphtaleinnahrboden. Centralbl. 1. Bakteriol. 
 1. Abt., Jena, 1902, xxxii, 752-768. 
 
BACTERIA. 
 
 279 
 
 BACTERIA. 
 
 Bacteria (Effects of) on various chem- 
 ical and organic substances. 
 
 See, also, Bacteria {Chem,ical products of); 
 Bacteria iDenitrifying) ; Bacteria (Enzymes, 
 etc., of); Bacteria {Gas-forming); Bacteria 
 (Indol production of); Bacteria {Nitrifying); 
 Bacteria (Proteolytic); Bacteria (Reducing 
 power of) . 
 
 Emmekling (O.) Die Zersetzung stickstoff- 
 freier organischer Substanzen durch Bakterieu. 
 8°. Braunschwekj, 1902. 
 
 Loth (A. J. [W.]) *Eiiuge Beobachtungen 
 fiber den Einfluss von Bakterien aui Diastase 
 und Ptyalin. 8°. Wurzburg, 1908. 
 
 Bertrand (G.) Action de la bact^e du sorbose sur les 
 alcools plurivalents. Compt. rend. Acad. d. so.. Par., 1898, 
 cxxvi, 762-765.— Bittrolfl (E.) Ueber die Einwirkung 
 von Bakterienfiltraten auf konserviertes Gewebe. Beitr. 
 z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 191S, Ix, 337-346.— 
 Crowe (H. W.) A method for testing the sugar reaction of 
 bacteria. Proc. Boy. Soe. Med., Lond., 1813-14, Tii, Path. 
 Sect., 144-146.— van Delden (A.) Beitrag zur Kenntnis der 
 Sulfatreduktion durch Bakterien. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. 
 retc], 2. Abt., Jena, 1903, xi, 81-95.— Frankland (P.) 
 The action of bacteria on the photographic plate. Ibid., 
 1. Abt., Jena, 1898, xxlv, 609-612.— Fregonneau (K.) Ueber 
 die Wurkung von Bakterien auf Azofarbstoffe. Ibid., 1909, 
 xUx, Orig., 276-280.— Grimbert (L.) Action du Bacte- 
 rium coU et du baoille d'Eberth sur les nitrates. Compt. 
 rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1898, 10. s., v, 385-387.— Hastings 
 (E. G.) The action of various classes of bacteria on casein 
 as shown by milk-agar plates. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. 
 [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1904, xil, 590-592, 1 _pl.— Hugounenq 
 (L.) & Doyon. Sur une nouvelle fonction chimique com- 
 mune au Bacillus coU et an bacUle d'Eberth. Lyon mdd., 
 
 1897, Ixxxiv, 227.— Huss (H.) Beitrag zur Kermtnis der 
 Erdbeergeruch erzeugenden Bakterien. Centralbl. f. Bak- 
 teriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1907, xix, 661-674. . Eine 
 
 tettspaltende Bakterie (Bactrldium lipolyticum n. sp). 
 Ibid., 1908, XX, 474-484.— Kaczyilski (K.) [Haemolytic 
 
 Properties of certain species of microorganisms.] Now lek 
 oznan, 1909, xxi, 227.— Klotz (O.) & BanMn (A. C.) The 
 reaction of various bacteria upon aescuUn agar. J. Infect 
 Dis., Chicago, 1910, vii, 67-72.— McBeth (1. G.), Scales 
 (F. M.) & Snutb (N. R.) Characteristics of cellulose- 
 destroying bacteria. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1913, 
 n. s., xxxviM, 415.— Marino (F.) Action des microbes 
 vivants sur la solution de bleu azur dansl'alcool mgthyhque. 
 Aim. de I'Inst. Pasteur, 1905, six, 816-820.— Pergola (M.) 
 Azione del batteri trattati con vari agenti battericidi, sul 
 tellurite di potassio e sull' aqua ossigenata. Arch, per le sc 
 med., Torino, 1907, xxxi, 106-117.— Podwyssotzky (W ) 
 & Taranoukliine (B.) Contribution h I'fitude de la plas- 
 molyse chez les bacteries. Ann. de I'Inst. Pasteur, Par 
 
 1898, xu, 501-509, 1 pi.— Potter (M. C.) Bacteria as agents 
 in the oxidation ol amorphous carbon. Eep. Brit Ass 
 Adv. Sc. 1905, Lond., 1906, Ixxv, 694.— Rodriguez (L.) Sur 
 les reactions ditemjm^es par quelques baoilles du groupe 
 coli-Eberth sur la pomme de terre violette. Compt rend 
 Soc. de biol., Par., 1906, Ix, 919-921.— Sazerac (R.) Sur une 
 bactSrie oxydante, son action sur I'alcool et la glyc&ine 
 
 Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par., 1903, cxxxvii, 90-92. : ' 
 
 Les microbes oxydants des alcools et des sucres. Bull de 
 rinst. Pasteur, Par., 1915, xlii, 161-173.— Scbell(W.) Action 
 of bacteria after death. Ceutr. States M. Monit., Indianan 
 1908, xi, 47-49.— SchrBter (F.) Ueber die Spaltuhg der 
 Hefenudemsaure durch Bakterien. Ztsehr. f. phvsiol 
 Chem., Strassb., 1904, xli, 284-292.— Schwartz (G ) & 
 Kayser (H.) Ueber die Herkunlt von Fettsaurenadeln in 
 Dittneh'schen Pfropfen und den Naehweis von fettzerse- 
 tzenden Mikroben. Ztsehr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1905 Ivi 111- 
 119.— Sewerln (S. A.) Zur Frage iiber die Zersetzung' von 
 salpetersauren Salzen durch Bakterien. Centralbl f Bak- 
 tenol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1897, ill, 504; 554: 1908-9.' xxii 
 348-370.— SShngen (N. L.) Vetsplitsing door bakterien' 
 Versl. . . . d Akad. v. Wetensch. Aid. Natuurk., Amst , 
 1910, XIX, 689-703, 4 pl.-Stutaer (A.) Neue ifrntersu- 
 chungen uber die Wu-kung von Salpeterzerstorenden 
 Bakterien m Nahrlosungen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol 
 [etc.], 2 Abt., Jena, 1901, vii, 81-88.— VUhoever (A.) Bota- 
 msche Untersuchung hamstoffspaltender Bakterien mit 
 besonderer Beriicksichtigung der speziesdiagnostisch ver- 
 wertbaren Merkmale und des Vermogens der HamstoffSDal- 
 tung. Ibid., 1913, xxxix, 209-359, 2 plT •^^yiu 
 
 Bacteria (Effects of electricity on). 
 
 Apostoll & Laguerriere. On the action of the positive 
 pole of the constant galvamc current upon microlres and 
 upon the bactena of oharbon especially. [Transl. from the 
 MS. by Horatio R. Bigelow.) Lancet, Lond., 1890, i, 1120 — 
 Bergome (J.) & Triboudeau (L.) Fulgiiation des mi- 
 crobes. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1909, Ixvi 663- 
 666.— Burak (S. M.) [Action of electricity on microbes.] 
 
 Bacteria (affects of electricity on). 
 
 Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1903, U, 1665: 1708.— Burci (E). 
 & Frascani (V.) Contributo alio studio dell' azione bat- 
 tericida della corrente continua. Atti d. Soc. toso. di sc. 
 nat. Mem Pisa, 1893, xii, 99-119.— CemoTOdeanu ( MUe. 
 P.) & Stodel (G.) Action du mercure colloidal electrique 
 sur quelques microbes pathogJnes. Compt. rend. Soc. de 
 biol.. Par., 1908, bdv, 1063.— Dubois (L.) De Paction des 
 courants de haute frequence sur la vinnence du strepto- 
 coque. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par., 1897, cxxiv, 788-790.— 
 Foulerton {A. G. R.) & Kellas (A. M.) The action on 
 bacteria of electrical discharges of high potential and rapid 
 frequency. Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., 1906-7, s. B., Ixxriii, 
 60-87. Also [Abstr.]: Lancet, Lond., 1906, i, 1383.— Law 
 (F. _M-) Reports of experiments to determine the ellects 
 of high frequency discharges on bacteria cultures and media. 
 J. Advanc. Therap., N. Y., 1910, xxviii, 545-548.— Leh- 
 mann (K. B.) & Zlerler (F.) Untersuchungen fiber die 
 Abtotung von Bakterien durch schwache, therapeutisch 
 verwertbare Strome. Arch. f. Hyg., Miinchen & Berl., 
 1903, xlvi, 221-250, 1 pL— Moller (F. J.) Ueber die Einwir- 
 kung des elektrischen Stromes auf Bakterien. Centralbl. f. 
 Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1897, iii, 110-113.— Parsons 
 ( J. I. ) & Slater (C.) The effect of high tension discharges on 
 bacteria. Tr. Am. Electrother. Ass. 1898, Buffalo, 1899, vui, 
 228-230.— Prochownlck (L.) & Spaetb (F.) Ueber die 
 keimtodtende Wfrkung des galvanischen Stromes. Deut- 
 sche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1890, xvi, 664.— 
 Schnta (A.) Die bakterizide Wirkung des galvanischen 
 Stromes. Ztsehr. f. med. Elektrol. uTHontgenk., Leipz., 
 1909, xi, 413-416.— Sliatzky (S.) The action of the constant 
 current on the vitality of microbes. Am. X-Eay J., Chicago, 
 1904, XV, 267-273. Aho, trawl.: Ann. di elett. med. [etc.], 
 NapoU, 1905, iv, 217-225. Also, transl.: Ztsehr. t. Elektro- 
 ther Leipz., 1905, vii 65-75.— Thornton (W. M.) Theeleo- 
 trical conductivity of bacteria, smd the rate of sterilization 
 of bacteria by electric currents. Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., 
 1912, Ixxxv, s. B. 331-344.— VUata (F. J.) 'Electro-micro^ 
 biologia; accidn microbicida de laelectricidad. Gae. mM. 
 catal., Barcel., 1893, xvi, 131; 163; 197; 259: 292.— WoLT (C.) 
 Ueber die Emwirkungen physikaUscher Natur (Elek- 
 trizitat und Licht) auf Baktenen. Jahresb. d. GeseUscb. 
 1. Nat.- u. Heilk. in Dresd. 1905-6, Munchen, 1907, 37-39. 
 
 . Ueber die Einwirkung des elektrischen Stroms auf 
 
 Bakterien. Deutsche Rev., Stuttg. & Leipz., 1909, i, 349- 
 355.— Zeit (F. R.) Effect of direct, altemattog, Tesla cur, 
 rents and X-rays on bacteria. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago. 
 1901, xxxvii, 1432-1442. Also, Reprint. 
 
 Bacteria (Effects of light on). 
 
 See, also, light {Influence of, Hygienic). 
 
 Feldmann ([O. a. a.] S.) *Ueber die Wir- 
 kung der Quarzglas-Quecksilberlampe. 8°. 
 Gottingen, 1905. 
 
 Beck (M.) & Scliiiltz (P.) Ueber die Einwirkung 
 sogen. monocbromatischen Lichtes auf die Bakterien- 
 entwickelung. Ztsehr. f. Hyg. u. Infectionskrankh., Leipz . 
 1896, xxiii, 490-496.— Bujwid (O.) [Effect of UgAt upon 
 nucroorgamsms, especially the weakening activity of para- 
 violet rays upon pathogenic bacteria contained m water.l 
 Przegl. lek., Krakow, 1911, 1, 220-226.— Galeotti (G.) Sul- 
 I'azione dei raggi ultra^'ioletti sui bacteri. Ann. de PInst 
 Pasteur, Par., 1916, xxx 49-55.— German. Ueber die 
 Wirkung der Quarzglas-QuecksUberlampe. Centralbl f 
 Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1907, xliii, Orig., 522-527 — 
 Mettler (E.) Experimentellesiiber die bakterizide Wirkung 
 des Lichtes auf mit Eosin, Erythrosin und Fluoreszein gS 
 farbte Niihrboden. Arch. f. Hyg., Munchen & Beri , 1^5 
 liii, 79-127.-Poor (D. W.) &'¥itzpatrick (C P )' 'The 
 destructive effects of light and drying and other living-room 
 conditions nnon diphtheria bacUli, streptococci and sta- 
 Joll. Stud. Bur. Lab. Dep. Health, N. Y.. 1916 
 
 conditions upon diphtheria bacUli, streptococci and sta- 
 phylococci. Coll. Stud. Bur. Lab. Dep. Health, N. Y 1916 
 ym, 197-a)5.— PorceUI-Tltone (F.) TJeber di4 BewegUch- 
 
 —r' --• --— - -x....xx.-*x«wxx^ \A-, 4JCUCI \i±*s x>ewegucn- 
 keit der den ultravioletten Strahlen ausgesetzten Bakte- 
 rien. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1915 
 ™^'^P"S,) 54-64.— von Tappeiner (H.) Bemerkungeu 
 zur Abhandlung von E. Mettler iiber die bakterizide vFir- 
 kung des Lichtes auf gefarbte Nahrboden. Arch. f. Hvff 
 Mimchen & Berl., 1905, Uv, 49-52.— Thlele (H.) & Wolf (K"? 
 Ueber die Abtotung von Bakterien durch Licht. Ibid 
 1906 Ivu, 29-35, 3 pi!: 1907, Ix, 29-39.-Wiesner (R.) Die 
 Wirkung des Sonnenlichtes auf pathogene Bakterien. Ibid., 
 1907, ba 1-102. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Sclent. Am. Suppl 
 N. Y., 1907, Ixiv, 171. 
 
 Bacteria (Effects of physical and chem- 
 ical agents on ) . 
 
 See, also, Antiseptics; Bacteria (Adaptation 
 of) ; Bacteria (Effects of electricity on) ; Bacteria 
 {Effects of light on) ; Bacteria (Effects of temper- 
 ature ok); Bacteria {Effects of X-rays on); Dis- 
 infectants; Sterilization and sterilizers. 
 
 Balser (E.) *Der Eioiluss des Alkohols auf 
 Baktenen. 8°. Giessen, 1914. 
 
BACTERIA. 
 
 280 
 
 BACTERIA. 
 
 Bacteria {Effects of physical and chem- 
 ical agents on). 
 
 BoHTZ (H.) *Untersucliungen uber die Ein- 
 wirkungen von Metallpulvern auf Bakterien. 
 [Giessen.l 8°. Eomberg a. d. Ohm, 1904. 
 
 Roth (E. ) *Ver8uch liber die Ein wirkimg des 
 Trimethylxanthins auf das Bacterium typhi 
 und coli. [Berlin.] 4°. Miinchen, 1904. 
 
 RoTHATjB (Z.) *VerIauf des Adsorptions- 
 prozesses bei der Einwirkung des Phenols auf 
 Bakterien. [Freiburg i. Br.] 8°. Leipzig, 1912. 
 
 Andiyusbtslienko (E. A.) [On the influen-ce of airol 
 upon batteria.] Vrach, S.-Petert., 1S96, xvii, 991.— Beau- 
 verie (J.) Nouvelles expiSriences sur I'influence qu'exerce 
 la pression osmotique sur les bactfaies. Compt. rend. 
 Acad. d. so., Par., 1916, olxiii, 769-772.— Berghaus. Ueber 
 die Wirkung der Kohlensaure, des SauerstofEs und des 
 Wasserstoffs auf Bakterien bei verschiedenen Druckhohen. 
 Arcb. i, Hyg., Miincbea & Berl., 1907, Ixii, 172-200.— Bex- 
 helt (A.) jVbe action of neurin and lecithin on certain 
 bacteria.] Orvostud. 4rtek gyiijt. Magy.orv. Arch., Buda- 
 pest, 1907, 11. f., viii, 287-293.— BlasiottI (A.) L'azione del 
 metalU colloidali sui germi patogeni. Ann. d' ig. sper., 
 Roma, 1909, xix, 543-561. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Arch. ital. 
 de biol., Turin, 1910-11, liv, 280.— Bitter (L.) Ueber das 
 Absterben von Bakterien auf den wichtigeren Metallen und 
 Baumaterialien. Ztschr. t. Hyg. u. Infektionslarankh-., 
 Leipz., 1911, Ixix, 483-512.— Bodin (E.) Influence des 
 agents ext^neurs sur les bact&ies; agents de destruction; 
 antiseptiques. Trav. sclent. Univ. de Eennes, 1902, i, 375- 
 413.— Bolton (B. M.) & Brown (W. G.) The effects of 
 various metals and metallic salts on the growth of bacteria. 
 Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila., 1897, xii, 488-492.— Cbu- 
 gayen(L.A.) [Action des poisons sur les microbes. Extr., 
 210.1 Russk. Arch. Patol., Klin., Med. i Bakteriol., S.- 
 Peterb., 1897, iv, 151-173.— Cook (G. W.) The effects of 
 chemical agents on bacteria with relation to the saliva. Den- 
 tal Cosmos, Phila., 1905, xlvii, 83-89.— Copeman (S. M.) & 
 Blaxall (F. R.) Ilxperiments on the action of glycerine 
 upon the growth of bacteria. Rep. Brit. Ass. Adv. Sc, 
 Lond., 1896, 986.— Deeleman (M.) Einige Versuohe iiber 
 die Einwirkung von Glycerin auf Bakterien. Arb. a. d. k. 
 Gsndhtsamte, Berl., 1898, xiv, 144-148.— Deleplne (A. S.) 
 The action of some metals upon certain water and other 
 bacteria. J. Roy. San. Inst., Lond., 1914, xxxv, 317-327.— 
 Eisenberg (P.) Ueber die Wirkung von Farbstoflen auf 
 Bakterien. Vitalfarbung-Entwickelungshemmung. Cen- 
 tralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1913, Ixxi, Orig., 
 420-503.— von Eisler (M.) Ueber Wirkungen von Saken 
 auf Bakterien. Ibid., 1909, li, 546-564.— Fontana (E.) 
 Influenza del sail biUari suUa vitaUtS, del bacUlo ttflco, del 
 coUbacUlo, del diplococco, dello streptococco. Tommasi, 
 Napoli, 1908, iii, 415-418.— Frankland (G. C.) The effect 
 of gaseous aeration of water on bacteria. Pub. Health, 
 Lond., 1896-7, ix, 167.— FranWand (P. F.) On the in- 
 fluence of carbonic anhydride and other gases on the devel- 
 opment of micro-organisms. Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., 1888-9, 
 xlv, 292-301.— Frel (W.) & Krupskl (A.) Ueber die 
 Wirkung Von Giftkombination auf Bakterien. Intemat. 
 Ztschr. f. phys.-chem. Biol., Leipz. & Berl., 1915, ii, 118- 
 xgg — G, (G.) Les agents physiques et la vie des bactdries. 
 Nature, Par., 1900-1901, xxix, pt. 2, 118.— Garlno (E.) 
 L'azione della glicerina sul pofere cromogeno di alcuni 
 bacteri. Gior. d. r. Soc. ed Accad. vet. ital., Torino, 1897, 
 xlvi, 248-251. — Gehrmann (A.) The eflect of salt solution 
 and other fluids, on bacteria compared with serum reaction. 
 J. Bost. Soc. M. So., 1900-1901, V, 374.— Geret (L.) Ein- 
 wirkung steriler Dauerhele auf Bakterien. Munohen. med. 
 Wchnsdir., 1901, xlviii, 1836-1839.— GUbert (A.) & Gal- 
 brun (E.) Action du benzonaphtol sur le microbisme in- 
 testinal. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1898, 10. s., v, 
 502-504. — Gros (0.) Ueber den Vorgang der bakterizlden 
 Wirkung der Suberpraparate in kochsalzbaltigen Medien. 
 Miinchen. med. Wohnschr., 1911, Iviii, 2659-2662.— Gullle- 
 mard (A.) Diversity des r&istances des bacWries & la 
 
 dissociation. Ibid., 1910, Ixlx, 141-143.— Hamburger. 
 Over een quantitatieve methode voor de bepaling van den 
 schadelijken invloed van bleed- en weefselvooht op bac- 
 
 terien. versl d. k. Akad. v. Wetensch. Afd. Natuurk., 
 
 Amst., 1897, 4. s., v, 465-472.— Hardy (W. B.) Further 
 observations upon the action of the oxyphil and hyaline 
 cells of frog's lymph upon bacilli. J. Physiol., Lond., 
 1898-9, xxiii, 359-375.— Hewlett (R. T.) The effect x)f the 
 injection of intracellular constituents of bacteria (bacterial 
 endotoxins ) on the opsonising action of the serum of healthy 
 rabbits. Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., 1909, Ixxxl, 325-335.— 
 Hllliard (C. M.) The comparative resistance of spores 
 and vegetative cells of bacteria towards calcium hypo- 
 chlorite. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1911-12, 
 Ix, 36. — Holzlnger (F.) Ueber den Einfluss osmotischer 
 Stromungeu auf Entwicklung und Lebenstatigkeit der 
 
 Bacteria (Effects of physical and chem- 
 ical agents on). 
 
 Bakterien. Miinchen. med. Wohnschr., 1909, Ivi, 2364. 
 Aho: St. Petersb. med. Wohnschr., 1910, xxxv, 22.— 
 Hromftdko (J.) [Influence of radioactivity upon the 
 development of bacteriaj Rev. v neuropsycnopath., 
 Praha, 1914, xl, 287-294.— Isabolinsky (M.) & SmoIJan 
 (L.) Ueber die Wirkung einiger AnUinfarbstofle auf Bak- 
 terien; nebst einem Beitrag iiber die Farbstoflestigkeit der 
 Bakterien. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etcj, 1. Abt., Jena, 
 1914, Ixxiii, Grig., 413-J27.— Jennings (H. S.) & Crosby 
 (J. H.) Studies on reactions to stimuli in unicellular organ- 
 isms; the manner in whidi bacteria react to stimuli, espe- 
 cially to chemical stimuli. Am. J. Physiol., Bost., 1901-2, 
 vi, 31-37. — Karafla-Korbutt (K. V.) [Influence of osmotic 
 processes upon the viability of microorganisms.] Imp. 
 Voyenno-Med. Akad. Rabott Proped. Khirurg. Kun. . . . 
 Oppel, S.-Peterb., 1910, ii, 1-68.— Kinyoun (J. J.) The 
 action of glycerin on bacteria in the presence of cell exudates. 
 J. Exper. M., N. Y., 1905, vii, 725-732.— Kohn (W.) [Ac- 
 tion of acids, especially hydrochloric, upon bacteria.] Medy- 
 cyna, Warszawa, 1906, xxxiv, 119; 142.— Konradi (D.) 
 [The eflect of soap in the destruction of bacteria.] Orvosi 
 hetil., Budapest, 1902, xlvi, 332-334.— Larson (W. P.), 
 Hartzell (T.'B.), & Dlehl (H. S.) The effect of high pres- 
 sures on bacteria. J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1918, xxii, 271- 
 279. AUo; J. Nat. Dent. Ass., Huntington, Ind.; 1918, 
 V, 396-402. — Lasseur (P.) Influence du fer sur la v&^ta 
 tion et la coloration des cultures de diverses bacteries. 
 Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1913, Ixxiv, 496-408.— 
 London (E. S.) De I'influence de certains agents pathoio- 
 giques sur les propri^t^s bactericides du sang. Premiere 
 communication. Des propriety bactericides du sang dans 
 les conditions normales. Arch. d. sc. biol., St.-P6tersb., 
 1897, V, 88-122.— Macladyen (A.) The eflect of physical 
 agents on bacterial Ufe. Nature, Lond., 1900-1901, Ixiii, 359- 
 362. Also: Pop. Sc. Month., N. Y., 1900-1901, Iviu, 238-248. 
 Also, in his: 'The cell as the unit of lite, 8°, Lond., 1908, 
 349^72.— Meyer (A.) Notiz iiber das Verhalten der Sporen 
 und Fetttropfen der Bakterien-gegen Eau de Javelle und 
 gegen Chloralhydratl6sung. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 
 1. Abt., Jena, 1901, xxix, 809.— Murakami (Y.) [Imper- 
 fect points of the experiments on the action of acids upon 
 bacteria by Kitazato and others.] Chugai Iji Shinpo, 
 Tokyo, 1899, XX, 149-157.— Nabarro (D.) The effect of 
 certain metallic salts upon the growth of micro-organisms. 
 Tr. Path. Soc. Lond., 1902-3, liv, 48-61.— Paul (T.) & 
 KrSnig (B.) Ueber das Verhalten der Bakterien zu cheml- 
 schen Reagentien. Ztschr. f. pbys. Chemie, Leipz., 1896-7, 
 xxi, 414-450.— P6J11 (G.) & Rajat (H.) Vue d'ensemble 
 sur Taction de I'iodure de potassium, facteur de polymor- 
 phisme cbez les bacteries. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par.^ 
 1906, Ixi, 225-227.— Penfold (W. J.) The inhibitory selec- 
 tive action on bacteria of bodies related to monochloracetic 
 acid; a contribution to the theory of cell intoxication. J. 
 Hyg., Cambridge, 1913, xiil, 35-48, 1 pi.— Plorkowskl (M.) 
 Der Einfluss von Anstrichfarben auf Bakterien. Ber. d. 
 deutsch. pharm. Gesellsch., Berl., 1901, xi, 85-89.— SabrazSs 
 (J.) Action du sue gastrique sur les proprietes morpholo- 
 giques et sur la virulence du baciUe de Koch; echec des 
 tentatives d'immunisation du cobaye k I'aide des bacilles 
 mis en digestion. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1898, 
 
 10. s., V, 644-646. . Action du tannin: 1° Sur le badlle 
 
 deKoch. 2° Surlamarchedelatuberouloseexperimentale. 
 Ibid., 1043-1045.— Sa«liarofl (N.) Ueber den Chemismus 
 der wirkung der Enzyme und der baktericiden Stoffe. 
 Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1898, xxlv, 661- 
 666.— Schiemann (O.) & Ishlwara (T.) Verglelchende 
 Untersuchungen iiber die Wirkung von chemotherapeu- 
 tischer Prilparaten und anderen Antiseptika auf Bakterien. 
 Ztschr. 1. Hyg. u. Infektionskrankh., Leipz., 1914, Ixxvii, 
 49-100.— Segaie (M.) Sulla azione batterioida dei com- 
 plessi lipoidei. Pathologica, Geneva, 1909-10, ii, 516-520. — 
 Shattock (S. G.) & Dudgeon (L. S.) On certain results 
 of drying non-sporing bacteria in a charcoal liquid air 
 vacuum, etc. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1911-12, v. 
 Path. Sect., 213-232.— Sltscn f A. E.) Ueber den Einfluss 
 des Trocknens auf die Widerstandsfahigkeit der Mikroben 
 Desinfektionsmitteln gegoniiber. Centralbl. f. BaJtteriol. 
 [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1899, xxvi, 65-«7.— Sterling (S.) [Com- 
 
 Earative investigations on the action of an antiseptic (car- 
 olic acid) upon the bacteria under the influence of light.] 
 Medycyna, Warszawa, 1906, xxxiv, 649: 673; 689; 715; 
 730.— Stokvis (C. S.) Alkohol- und Essigsauretoleranz der 
 Bakterien. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 
 1908, xlviii, Orig., 436-444.— Taranukhln fV. A.) [Con- 
 tribution h I'etude de I'influence de la lecithme et d'autres 
 composes organiques contenant la lecithine (jaune d'oeuf, 
 substance cdrebrale) sur la biologie des bacteries charbon- 
 neuses. Extr., 65-67.] Russk. Arch. Patol., Klin., Med. 1 
 Bakteriol., S.-Peterb., 1898, vl, 1-3.— Thornton (W. M.) 
 The influence of ionised air on bacteria. Proc. Roy. Soc. 
 Lond., 1911-12, s. B., Ixxxiv, 280-288, 6 pi.— TrUlat (A.) 
 & Fouassier. Influence de la nature des gaz dissous dans 
 I'eau sur la vitalite des microbes. Compt. rend. Acad. d. 
 sc. Par., 1912, cliv, 786-788.— Trlllat ?A.) & Gueniot. 
 Influence de la composition chimique de I'air sur la vitality 
 
BACTERIA. 
 
 281 
 
 BACTERIA. 
 
 Bacteria (Effects of 'physical and cTiem- 
 ical agents on). 
 
 des microtes. [Rap. de Gu^niot.] Bull. Acad, de med., 
 Par., 1912, 3. s'., Ixviii, 249-258. Also: Tribune m&A., Par., 
 1912, n. s., xlvi, 433-442.— Triolo (G.) Azione della saliva 
 sul batteri; contributo alio studio del mezzi natural! di 
 difesa dell' organismo contro le inlezioni; ricerche speri- 
 mentali. 1st. d' %. d.r. Univ. di Palermo. Lav. di lab., 
 Roma, 1897, iii, 5^5. Also: Ufflciale san., NapoU, 1897, x, 
 529-549.— VasUyeva (V. N.) [Influence of hypertonic so- 
 lutions of saltpeter upon the morphological and biological 
 properties of certain microbes.] Kharkov. M. J., 1914, xviu, 
 254-258.— Weeter (H . M . ) Study of effect of dilution water 
 on bacterial suspensions. J. Bact., Bait., 1916, i, 92. — 
 Wesljrook (F. /.), Whltaker (H. A.) & Mohler (B. M.) 
 The resistance of certain bacteria to calcium hypochlorite. 
 J. Am. Pub. Health Ass., Columbus, Ohio, 1911, i, 123-133.— 
 Wesenberg (G.) Ueber die Beeinflussung der Bakterien 
 durch Epicarin und /3-Naphtol. Ztschr. f. prakt. Aerzte, 
 Miinchen, 1900, ix, 650-657.— Wiesel (R.) TJeber die Wh- 
 kung von Blutserum auf die Oxydationsprozesse in Bak- 
 terien. Ztschr. t. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., 
 Jena, 1912, xii, Orig., 194-199.— Winslow (C.-E. A.) & Falk 
 (I. S.) Studies on salt action; the effect of transfer from 
 stronger to weaker salt solutions upon the viability of bac- 
 teria in water. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 
 1917-18, XV, 131-134.— Winslow (C.-E. A.) & liOchiidge 
 (E. E.) The toxic effect of certain acids upon typhoid and 
 colon bacilli in relation to the degree of their dissociation. 
 Biol. Stud. . . . W. T. Sedgwick. 25. anniv., Bost., 1906, 
 258-282.— WGlf (C. G. L.) & Harris (J. E. J.) Contributions 
 to the biochemistry of j)athogenic anaerobes; the effect of 
 acids on the growth of Bacillus welchii (B. perfringens) and 
 Bacillus sporogenes (Metchnikofl). Bio-Chem. J., Liverp., 
 1916-17, xi, 213-245.— Tamada (J.) Ueber den Einfluss 
 einlger fliichtigen Substanzen (Kampher, Menthol, Chloro- 
 form) auf die Bazillen. [Japanese text. Ref., Hft. 1-2, 
 suppl, 3.] Nippon Eisei Gakkwal Zasshi, Tokyo, 1905-6, 
 ii, 59-72. 
 
 Bacteria {Effects of temperature on). 
 
 See, also, Sterilization (Steam). 
 
 Bkehmb (W.) *Ueber die WiderstandsfaMg- 
 keit der Choleravibrionen und Typhusbacillen 
 gegen niedere Temperaturen. [Strassburg i. E.] 
 8°. Miinchen, 1901. 
 
 Also, in: Arch. 1. Hyg., Miinchen & I^pz., 1901, xl, 320- 
 346. 
 
 BuTYAGiN (P. V.) O vliyanii nizldkli tempe- 
 ratur na zhiznesposobnost bakteriy. [Influence 
 of low temperatures upon the viability of bac- 
 teria.] 8°. Towh, 1909. 
 
 Almauist (E.) Studien iiber das Verhalten einlger 
 
 gathogeneu Mikroorganismen bei niedriger Temperatur. 
 entralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etcj, 1. Abt., Jena, 1908, xhnii. 
 Grig., 175-186. — Bartram (H. E.) Effect of natural low 
 temperature on certain fungi and bacteria. J. Agric. Re- 
 search, Wash., 1915-16, v, 651-655.— Bolten (J.) Effect of 
 freezing on the organisms of typhoid fever and diphtheria. 
 Med. Officer, Lond., 1918, xx, 129. A Iso: Pub. Health Rep., 
 Wash., 1918, xxxiii, 163-166.— Clark (H. W.)_ An investiga- 
 tion in regard to the retention of bacteria in ice when the ice 
 is formed under different conditions. Rep. Bd. Health 
 Mass., Bost., 1900-1901, xxxil, 509-624.— Eijkman (C.) Die 
 Ueberlebungskurve bei Abtotung von Bakterien durch 
 Hitze. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1908, xi, 12-20.— Gortni 
 (M. E . C. ) Sulla termoresistenza di batteri non sporogeni nel 
 latte. E. 1st. Lomb. di sc. e. lett. Rendic, Milano 1915, 
 2. s., xlviii, 956-961. — Kasansky (M. WO Die Einwirkung 
 der Winterkalte auf die Pest- und DiphtheriebacUlen. 
 Centralbl. t. Bakteriol. [etcl, 1. Abt., Jena, 1899, xm-, 
 122-124,- Keitt (S. C.) Factors influencing the survival of 
 bacteria at temperatures in the vicinity of the freezing 
 pomt of water. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1913, n. s., 
 xxxvii, 877-879.— liane-Claypon (Janet E.) MultipUcar 
 tion of bacteria and the influence oi temperature and some 
 other conditions thereon. J. Hyg., Cambridge, 1909, ix, 239- 
 248.— Ma«fadyeu (A.) & Rowland (S.) On theinfluence of 
 the temperature of liquid air on bacteria. Proc. Roy. Soc. 
 Lond., 1900, Ixvi, 180-182. A Iso: Lancet, Lond., 1900, i, 1130.— 
 Pane(N.) & Eustaclii(M.) L'azionedelle basse tempera- 
 ture per la diff erenziazione strutturale in alcuni batteri pato- 
 geni. Lavorid. Cong. dimed.int. 1912, Roma, 1913,xxii,427. — 
 Park(W. H.) Effect of intense cold on bacteria. J. Bost. 
 
 Soc. M. Sc, 1900-1901, V, 372. . A further report on the 
 
 action of moderate and intense cold on bacteria. Proc. 
 
 N. York Path. Soc. (1899-1900), 1901, n. s., i, 293. . A 
 
 few experiments upon the effect of low temperatures and 
 freezing for various periods of time on typhoid bacilli and 
 other varieties of bacteria. N. York Umv. Bull. M. Sc, 
 1901, i, 29-32.— Paul (T.), Blrsteln (G.) & Reuss (A.) 
 Beitrag zur Klnetik des Absterbens der Bakterien in Sauer- 
 stoff verschledener Konzentration und bei verschiedenen 
 Temperaturen. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1910, xxv, 367- 
 
 Bacteria (Effects of temperature on). 
 
 40O.— Ravenel (M. P.) The resistance of bacteria to cold. 
 Proc. Path. Soc. Phila., 1898-9, n. s., ii, 209-212. Also: Med. 
 News, N. Y., 1S99, Ixxiv, 726.— Schmidt-Nielsen (S.) 
 Ueber einige psychrophile Mikroorganismen und ihr Vor- 
 kommen. Centralbl. J. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1902, 
 xxxil, 145-147.— Schut (J.) Ueber das Absterben von 
 Bakterien beim Kochen uhter emiedrigtem Dnick. Ztschr. 
 f. Hyg. u. Infectlonskr., Leipz., 1903, xliv, 323-358, 1 pi.— 
 Smith (E. F.) & Swingle (D. B.) The effect of freezing on 
 bacteria. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1905, n. s., xxi, 
 481-483.— Sparks (J. C.) Effect of low temperature on 
 bacteria in ice. Sclent, -^m. Suppl., N. Y., 1908, Ixv, 410.— 
 Testi (F.) Azione del geli e disgeli altemati sulla vitahta 
 e TOulenza di alcuni liatteri patogeni. Riforma med., 
 Roma, 1902, xviii, pt. 4, 4S2-485.— TrUlat (A.) & Fouassier 
 (M.) Action du refroidissement sur les gouttelettes micro- 
 biennes. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par., 1914, clvlii, 1441- 
 1444._Valenti (G. L.) Dell' azione modiflcatrice della 
 temperatura su la forma di alcune colonic di mierorganismi. 
 BolL d. Soc. med.-chir. di Modena, 1906-7, x, 1-5. 
 
 Bacteria (Effects of X-rays on). 
 
 J.\STR.4.M (il. AV. J. A.) *reber die Einwir- 
 kung der Rontgenstrahlen auf das Wachstum 
 von Bakterien. 8°. Breslau, 1905. 
 
 Achard (C.) De Paction des rayons de Roentgen sur les 
 cultures microbienncs. Bull, et m^m. Soc. med. d. h6p. de 
 Par., 1897, 3. s, xiv, 61-63.— Beauregard (H.) & Gulchard. 
 Action des rayons X sur certains caract^res biologiques 
 des microbes. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1897, 10. s., 
 iv, 803.- Krause (P.) & JTastram (M.) Ueber die Ein- 
 wirkung der Eontgenstrahlen auf das Wachstum von Bak- 
 terien. Ztschr. f. Elektrother., Leipz., 1906, viii, 141-152.— 
 Rieder (H.) Wirkung der Rontgenstrahlen auf Bacterien. 
 Miinchen. med. Wehnschr., 1898, xlv, 101-104.— Wittlln (J.) 
 Haben die Rontgen'schen Strahlen irgendwelche Einwir- 
 kung auf Bakterien? Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., 
 
 • Jena, 1896, ii, 676. Also, transl.: Ann. de microg., Par., 
 1896, viii, 514. 
 
 Bacteria (Elimination of). ■ 
 See Bacteria in the animal body. 
 
 Bacteria (Enumeration of). 
 
 Hehewerth (F. H.) *De nukroskopische tel- 
 methode der bakterien van Alex. Klein en 
 eenige van hare toepassingen. 8°. Amsterdam, 
 [1900 J. 
 
 Also, transl. in: Arch. f. Hyg., Miinchen & Leipz., 1900- 
 1901, xxxix, 321-389. 
 
 Ayers (S. H.) A counting apparatus for litmus platen 
 with a cold counting plate for use with gelatin plates. J. 
 Am. Pub. Health Ass., Columbus, Ohio, 1911, i, 892-894.— 
 Bloch. Contribution &,l'6tude de lanum^ration des microbes 
 aerobics et ana^robies. Ann. d'hyg. et de m^d. colon.. Par., 
 1907, X, 203-217.— Brudny (V.) Bin Keimzahlapparat. 
 Centralbl. 1. Bakteriol. fete], 1. Abt., Jena, 1910-11, Ivii, 
 Grig., 478-480.— Bujwla (O.) Eine neue Methode der 
 Bestimmung von Bakterienmengen. Ibid., 1915, Ixxvii, 
 Orig., 286-288.— Cunningham (A.) Note on the plate 
 method for enumeration of bacteria. J. Hyg., Cambridge, 
 1914, xili, 433-437.— rest (F. T. B.) & Hoag (H. J.) A 
 method tor counting bacteria in the blood. J. Am. M. Ass., 
 Chicago, 1909, liii, 1487.— Fischer (H.) Zur Methodik der 
 Bakterlenzahlung. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., 
 Jena, 1909, xxv, 457-J59. — de Freitas (O.) Separagao e 
 numera<;ao dos microbios. J. de med. de Pemambuco, 1909, 
 V, 25-27.— Frost (W. D.) A rapid method of counting 
 hving bacteria in milk and other richly seeded materials. 
 J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1916, Ixvi, 889— Gehrmarm (A.) 
 The counting of bacteria on surfaces. Am. J. Pub. Health, 
 N. Y.j 1914, IV, 68-70.— Harrison (W. S.) On a modiflca^ 
 tion of Wright's method for counting the bacteria contained 
 in a culture. J. Roy. Army M. Corps, Lond., 1905, iv, 313- 
 318.— Harvey (W. F.) & Acton (H. W.) Methods of estima- 
 tion of quantity of organisms in suspension. Indian J. M. 
 Research, Calcutta, 1914-15, ii, 648-654.— Hesse (W.) Me- 
 thodik der Bestimmung der Zahl der Keime (Bakterien) in 
 Fliissigkeiten. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. 
 Aerzte 1907, Leipz., 1908, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 511-513.— HlU (H. 
 W.) The mathematics of the bacterial count. Am. J. Pub. 
 Hyg., Bost., 1907-8, n. s., iv, 300-310. Also: Am. Pub. 
 Health Ass. Eep. 1907, Bost., 1908, xxxiii, pt. 2, 110-120.— 
 van't Hofl (H. J\) Eine schnellere und quantitativ bessere 
 Methode der bakteriologischen Plattenzahlung. Centralbl. 
 f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1897, xxi, 731-733.— Jellers 
 (H. W.) An apparatus to facilitate the counting of colonies 
 of bacteria on circular plates. J. Apphed Micr., Rochester, 
 1898, i, 53.— Kromljholz (E.) Ueber Keimzahlung mittels 
 fliissiger Nahrboden mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der 
 Kolititer^'erfahren. Arch. f. Hyg., Miinchen & Berl., 1916, 
 Ixxxiv, 151-180.— KtthI (H.) Die Zahlung der Bakterien. 
 Apoth.-Ztg., Berl., 1907, xxu, 661-663.— Macalister (G. H.) 
 Direct coimting of organisms with dark groundillumination. 
 
BACTERIA. 
 
 282 
 
 BACTERIA. 
 
 Bacteria (Enumeration of). 
 
 J. Path. & Bacteriol., Cambridge, 1913-14, xvin, 441.— 
 Mason (W. P.) A new bacteria counter. J. Am. Chem. 
 See, Easton, Pa., 1898, xx, 607.— Oram (W. C.) Counting 
 bacilli. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1906, i, 1534.— Kemy (t.) Die 
 Bakterienzahl alp Kennzeichen des Fruchtbarkeltszu- 
 standes eines Bodens. Centralbl. t Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., 
 Jena, 1902, viii, 732; 761.— Rosentlial (E.) Ueber ein 
 cinfaches Instrument zur Bestimmung der Bakterienmenge. 
 Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1913, 1, 1751.— Skar (O.) Eine 
 schnelle und genaue Metbode zum direkten Zabien von 
 Bakterien, Leukozyten und dergleichen. Ztschr. f. Fleisch- 
 u. MilchbTg., Berl., 1912-13, xxiii, 301-303.— SpUka (A.) 
 [Tbe methods of numbering bacteria in free media and 
 in bacteriological enumeration.] Casop. l^k. desk., v Praze, 
 1906, xlv, 97; 133; 168; 200.— Thlele (R.) Ein neuer Zahlap- 
 parat fur Plattenkulturen. Centralbl. 1. Bakteriol. [etc.], 
 2. Abt., Jena, 1902, ix, 332— Wilson (T. M.) On the direct 
 counting of bacteria and their recovery from blood. Canad. 
 J. M. & S., Toronto, 1907, xxu, 191-197.— Wlnslow (C.-E. A.) 
 & Willcomb (G. E.) Tests of a method tor the direct mi- 
 croscopic enumeration of bacteria. J. Infect. Dis. [Suppl. 
 No. 1), Chicago, 1905, 273-283. .4teo[Abstr.]: Science, N. Y. 
 & Lancaster^ Pa., 1905, n. s., xxi, 495.— Winterberg (H.) 
 Zur Methodik der Bakterienzahlung. ZtschrJ t. Hyg. u. 
 Infectionskrankh., Leipz., 1898, xxix, 75-93. 
 
 Bacteria {Enzymes and fermentation 
 'products of). 
 
 See, also, Bacteria {Gas-forming). 
 
 FuHRMANN (F.) Vorlesungen iiber Bakterien- 
 enzyme. 8°. Jena, 1907. 
 
 Rncussohn (L.) *Zur Kenntnis der Fer- 
 mente der Bakterien. [Berlin.] 8°. Strassburg, 
 1910. 
 
 Abbott (A. C.) & GUdersleeve (N.) A study of the 
 proteolytic enzymes and of the so^ialled hemolysins of some 
 of the common saprophytic bacteria. J. Med. Research, 
 Bost., 1903, X, 42-62.— Abdcrhalden (E.), Plncussobn 
 (L.) & Walther (A. R.) Untersuchungen iiber die Fer- 
 mente verschiedener BaJrterienarten. Ztschr. f. physiol. 
 Chem., Strassb., 1910, Ixviii, 471-476.— Archibald (A.) 
 The presence, type, and possible significance of lactose- 
 fermenting bacilli in surface waters and in the faeces of 
 man and certain domestic animals in the Sudan, together 
 with a consideration of the effects of sunlight and earth 
 burial on these organisms. Rep. Wellcome Trop. Research 
 Lab., Khartoum, 1911, iv, 319-334.— Ayers (S. H.)& Bupp 
 (P.) Simultaneous acid and alkaline bacterial fermenta^ 
 tions from dextrose and the salts of organic acids, respectively. 
 J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1918, xxiii, 188-216.— Bergey (D. H.) 
 Some of the fermentative properties of bacteria. Univ. 
 Perm. M. Bull., Phlla., 1909-10, xxii, 241-243 —Brunton 
 (T. L.) & Macfadyen (A.) The ferment-action of bacteria. 
 Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., 1889, xlvi, 542-553.— Chabri6 (C.) 
 Considerations d'ordre chimique sur Paction g^n^rale des fer- 
 ments solubles s^cr^t^ par les microbes dans les maladies. 
 Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1898, 10. s., v, 105; 131.— 
 Coupin (H.) Sur le pouvoir fermentaire des bact^ries 
 marines. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par., 1915, clxi, 597- 
 600. — Czapek (F.) Ueber Orseillegarung. Centralbl. f. 
 Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1898, iv, 49-52.— Grimbert 
 (L.) & Flcquet (L.) Sur unnouveau ferment des tartrates, 
 le Bacillus tartricus. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 
 1897, 10. s., iv, 962-965.— Holm (J. C.) Hansen's Eeinzucht- 
 System in Frankreich; zur Kritik und Geschichte einiger 
 Bewegimgen in der Garungstechnik. Centralbl. f. Bak- 
 teriol. [etc,], 2. Abt., Jena, 1899, v, 641-652.— Holmau 
 (W. L.) The use of decolorized acid fuchsin as an acid 
 indicator in carbohydrate fermentation tests, with some 
 remarks on acid production by bacteria. J. Infect. Dis., 
 Chicago, 1914, xv, 227-233.— Jones (H. M.) The protein- 
 sparing action of utilizable carbohydrates in cviltures of cer- 
 tain sugar-fermentingorganisms. lind., 1916, xix, 33-45. — 
 Koestler (G.) Der Etnfluss des Luftsauerstolles auf die 
 GSxtatigkeit typischer MUchsaurebakterien. Centralbl. f. 
 Bakteriol. fete], 2. Abt., Jena, 1907, xix, 40; 128; 236; 394.— 
 Lauber (J.) IJeber die Priifung von Bakterien auf pep- 
 tisches Ferment mittels des Gelatinestiches. lUd., 1. Abt., 
 Jena, 1910, Ivi, Orig., 642-544.— Lindner. Ueber garungs- 
 bakteriologische Methoden. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1913, 
 1, 326.— McCrady (M. H.) The numerical interpretation 
 of fermentation-tube results. J. Infect. Dis,, Chicago, 1916, 
 xvii, 183-212.— Mori (N.) Eicerche sperimentali suUa 
 bacteriocatalasi. Riv. d' ig. e san. pubb., Parma, 1916, 
 xxvii, 420; 441; 461; 485; 515; 534; 553.— Prlngshelm (H.) 
 Ueber die Unterdriickung der Fuselolbildung und die Mit- 
 wirkung von Bakterien an der Bildung hoherer Alkohole 
 bei der Garung. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1908, x, 490- 
 497.— Kedfleld (H. W.) & Huckle (C.) Quantitative 
 determinations of sulfur in the culture medium for the 
 detection of the bacteria producing hydrogen sulfide. J. 
 Am. Chem. Soc, Easton, Pa., 1915, xxxvii, 612-623.— 
 Sellber (G.) DMermination des addes volatils dans los 
 produits de fermentation de quelques microbes d'aprfe la 
 
 Bacteria (Enzymes and fermentation 
 
 products of) . 
 
 mSthode de Dudaux. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par., 
 1910, cl, 1267-1270.— Smith (T.) & Oberstadt. Demons- 
 tration verschiedener Anweudungen des Garungskalbchens 
 in der Bakteriologie. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1912, xlix, 
 716.— TaUarlco (G.) Di alcuni rapporti esistenti tra il 
 germe e gli enzimi del suo ambiente, nutritive. Arch, di 
 farmaeol. sper., Roma, 1908, vii, 635-564.— Trolll-Petersson 
 (Gerda). Studien fiber in Kase gefundene glyzerinver- 
 
 farende und lactatvergarende Bakterien. Centralbl. f. 
 lakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1909, xxiv, 333-342, 2 pi.— 
 ZbmaUovicli (F.) [Microbic ferments and their action as 
 compared with animal ferments.] Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 
 1902, ix, 1201. 
 
 Bacteria (Extracts of). 
 
 Bail (O.) & Weil (E.) Bakterienaggressivitat und Bak- 
 terienextrakte. Centralbl. f. Baktenol. [etc.], 1. Abt., 
 Jena, 1906, xlii, 61; 139; 241; 335; 437; 646.— Barone (V.) 
 Su alcune sostahze estratte dai corpi bacterid. Policlin., 
 Roma, 1900-1901, vii, sez. prat., 646-547.— Bassenge (R.) & 
 Krause (M.) Zur Gewinnung von Schutzstoffen aus patho- 
 
 fenen Bakterien. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & 
 ,eipz., 1907, xxxiii, 1207.— Brleger (LO & IMayer (M.) 
 Weitere Versuche zur Darstellung spezinscher Substanzen 
 aus Bakterien. Ibid., 1903, xxix, 309.— Camevali (A.) 
 Sull' azione locale e general© degli estratti die corpi bac- 
 terid. Aim. d' ig. sper., Roma, 1902, n. s., xii, 301-313.— 
 Fukuhara (Y.) Ueber die bakteriziden und hamolyti- 
 schen Eigenschaften der.alkoholischen Bakterienextrakte. 
 Arch. f. Hyg., Munohen & Berl., 1909, Ixxi, 387-414.— 
 Mayer (M.) Ueber die Schiittelextrakte aus lebenden Bak- 
 terien nach Brieger und Mayer. Ztschr. f. exper. Path. u. 
 Therap., Berl., 1909, vi, 716-728.— PfeUer(W.) & Weber (G.) 
 Ueber die Herstellung von Bacillenextrakten zu Ablen- 
 kungszwecken. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. 
 Therap., Jena, 1912. xv, Orig., 180-186.— Schultz (W.) 
 Bacterial product. [Pat. spec) No. 1006076; Oct. 3, 1911. 
 
 . Bacterial product. [Pat. specj^ No. 1006077; Oct. 
 
 3, 1911.— ToyosumI (H.) Ueber die Wirkung von Organ- 
 zellen auf Bsirterienextrakte. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1909, 
 XX, 39-55. 
 
 Bacteria (Ferments of). 
 
 See Bacteria (Enzymes, etc., of). 
 Bacteria (Flagellated). 
 
 Bunge. Die Geisseln der Bacterien. Sitzungsb. d. Ver. 
 d. Aerzte zu Halle a. S. 1893-J, Miinchen, 1895, iv, 121 — 
 De' Rossi (G.) FiltrabiUtS, delle ciglia bd batten e lore 
 funzlone di recettori Uberi. Gior. ital. d. sc. med., Pisa, 
 1904, ii, 185-187.— Duckwall (E. W.) The demonstration 
 of the flagella of motile bacteria and a simple method of 
 making photomicrographs. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1905, 
 Ixxxi, 1263-1267. Also [Abstr.]: Science, N. Y. & Lan- 
 caster, Pa., 1905, n. s., xxi, 484 —Ellis (D.) On the dis- 
 covery of cilia in the genus Bacterium. Centralbl f. Bak- 
 teriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1903, xi, 241-251. . On the 
 
 taxonomic value of cilia m bacteriology. Rep. Brit. Ass. 
 Adv. Sc. 1906, Lond., 1907, 763.— Meyer (A.) Kurze Mit- 
 teilung fiber die Begeisselung der Bakterien. Centralbl. f. 
 Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1902, xxxi, 737-739.— Moore 
 (V. A.) The character of the flagella. Proc. Am. Micr. 
 Soc, Ithaca, 1894-5, xvi, 217-222, 1 pi — Neyyadomskl 
 (M. M.) rinfluence of chlorid of lime and caSein upon the 
 flagella of bacteria.) Kharkov. M. J., 1908, v, 122-129.— 
 Flaut (H. C.) Ueber die Geisseln bei fusiformen Bacillen. 
 Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1907, xliv, Orig., 
 310-316, 1 pl.^Itelcliert j^K.) Beobachtimg der Geisseln 
 von 'Bakterien im ungefarbten Zustande mit Hilfe des 
 Spiegelkondensors. Vorlauflge Mitteilungen. Hyg. Rund- 
 schau, Berl., 1907, xvii, 1121-1125. . Ueber die Sicht- 
 
 barmachung der Geisseln und die Geisselbewegung der 
 Bakterien. Centralbl. (. Bfikteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt. /Jena, 
 1909, li, Orig., 14-94.— del Bio (1,.) Sobre la localizaddn, 
 procedencia y sigpificado de los nagelos de las bacterias. 
 Actas y mem. d. ix. Cong, intemac. de hig. y demog. 1898, 
 Madrid, 1900, i, 265-259.— Rocchl (G.) Sopra le cosiddette 
 ciglia giganti o composte del batten. Policlin., Roma, 1911, 
 xviii, sez. prat., 809. Also, traiusl.: Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. 
 [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1911, Ix, Orig., 174. 
 
 Bacteria (Flagellated, Staining of). 
 
 Bbhrend (M.) *Nachprufung zweier neuer 
 Methoden der Geiseelfarbung bei Bakterien. 8°. 
 Konigsberg i. Pr., 1902. 
 
 SiMONiN (A.) *Contribution k r6tude de 
 quelques ni6thodes pratiques de coloration des 
 cils des bact^ries. 8°. Lausanne, l^QT . 
 
 Bowblll (T.) Ein neue Methode der Bakterien-Geissel- 
 farbung bei Gebrauch einer Orcel'nbeize. Hyg. Rundschau, 
 Berl., 1898, viu, 11; 105.— Casares Gil (A.) Un nuevo pro- 
 cedimiento para tefiir los flagelos de las bacterias. Rev. 
 san. mil. y Med. mil. espafl., Madrid, 1910, iv, 654-562, 1 pi.— 
 
BACTERIA. 
 
 283 
 
 BACTERIA. 
 
 Bacteria {Flagellated, Staining of). 
 
 Cerrlto (A.) Nuovo metodo per la colorazione delle ciglla 
 del batteri. Ann. d' ig. sper., Roma, 1903, n. s., xiii, MS- 
 SOB, 2 pi.— Copeland (W. E.) Summary of the steps which 
 must be followed in staining flagella by Loffler's method. 
 Sdenoe, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1903, n. s., xvii, 374.— 
 De' Rossi (G.) Dl un metodo sempliceper colorare le ciglia 
 dei batteri. Arch, per le so. med., Tormo, 1900, xxiv, 297- 
 312: 1902, xiii, 907-922: 1904, xv, 86-94, 1 pi.— Galli-Valerio 
 (B.) La mCThode de Casares-Gil pour la coloration des 
 oils des bactSries. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., 
 Jena, 1915, Ixxvi, Orig., 233.— GemelU (E.) Di un nuovo 
 metodo di colorazione delle ciglia dei bacteri. Gior. d. r. 
 Soc. ed Accad. vet. ital., Torino, 1903, lii, 69-78. Also, 
 transl.: Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1902-3, 
 xxxili, 316-320.— Gins (H. A.) .Ueber die Darstellung von 
 Gelsselzopfen bei Bact. typhi, Bact. Proteus und den Bak- 
 terien der Salmonella-Gruppe mit der Methode des Tusche- 
 ausstrlchpraparates. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., 
 Jena, 1910-11, Ivu, Orig., 472-478, 1 pi.: 1911, Iviii, Orig., 
 480.— Hiuterberger (A.) Eine Modiflkation des Geissel- 
 farbungsvertahrens nach van Ermengeu. Ibii., 1900, xxvii, 
 597-606, 1-jpl.— Kendall (A. I.) An improved method for 
 staining flagella. J. Applied Micr., Eochester, 1902, v, 
 1836.— Krai (P.) Ueber einfache ejrpeditive Geisselfar- 
 bungsmethoden. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Na- 
 turt. u. Aerzte 1902, Leipz., 1903, ii, 2. Hlfte., 621.— Kreiblcli 
 (K.) Ueber Silberimpragnation von Bakteriengeisseln. 
 Wieu. klin. Wchnschr., 1907, xx, 633-635.— Luca Valentl 
 (G.) Un nuovo rapido procedimento per la colorazione dei 
 flagelll dei batteri. Eiv. d' ig. e san. pubb., Torino, 1903, 
 xiv, 440-447.— McCrorle (D .) A method of staining flagella. 
 Brit. M. J., Lond., 1897,1, 971.— Morton(N.) Flagellastaln- 
 ing. Tr. Jenner Inst. Prevent. Med., Lond., 1899, 2. s., 242.— 
 Muir (E.) A modification of Pitfield's method for staining 
 flagella. J. Path. & Bacterlol., Edinb. & Lond., 1898, v, 374- 
 376.— Peppier (A.) Eineinlaches Verfahren zur Darstellung 
 der Geisseln. Centralbl. f. BakterioMetc], 1. Abt., Jena, 
 1901, xxix, 345-355.— Stephens (J. W. W.) The stain- 
 ing of bacterial flagella with silver. J. State M., Lond., 
 1903, xi, 627. Also: Thompson Yates & Johnston Lab. 
 Bep., Liverpool, 1903, n. s., v, 121.- Valenti (G. L.) Ueber 
 eine neue rasche Metnode der Farbung der Geisseln bei den 
 Bakterien. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 
 1903, xxxii, Eeferate, 744-747.— Weleke (E.) Eine neue 
 Methode der Geisselfarbung. Arb. a. d. chir. Klin. d. k. 
 Univ. Berl., 1899, xiv, 65-79.— Wiet. Une nouvelle me- 
 thode pour la coloration des flagellums des bactMes, par 
 I'emploi de I'orceine comme mordant. Union miSd. du 
 norfest, Reims, 1898, xxii, 393.— Zettnow. Ueber Geissel- 
 farbung bei Bakterien. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infectionskrahk;h , 
 Lcipz., 1899, XXX, 95-106: xxxi, 283-286.— Zlemann (H.) 
 Eine Methode der DoppeUarbung bei Plagellaten, Pilzen, 
 Spirillen und Bakterien, sowie bei einigen Amoben. Cen- 
 tralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1898, xxiv, 945- 
 955, 1 pi. 
 
 Bacteria {Fluorescent). 
 See Bacteria {Photogenic). 
 
 Bacteria {Gas-forming). 
 
 See, also, Bacillus aerogenes capsulafus; Bacil- 
 lus coli; Bacteria (Enzymes, etc., of); Fever 
 ( Typhoid, Bacillus of) ; "Paratyphoid bacillus. 
 
 Albrecht (P.) Ueber Infectionen mit gasbildenden Bao- 
 terien. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1902, Ixvii, 614-586.— Ber- 
 gey (D . H. ) & Deehan (S.J.) The colon; aerogenes group of 
 bacteria. J. Med. Eesearch, Bost., 1908, xix, 176-200. Also 
 Abstr.]: Proc. Path. Soc. Phila., 1908, n. s., xi, 154-161.— 
 Burrl (E.) & HoUiger (W.) Zur Frage der Beteiligung 
 gasbildender Bakterien beim Au^ehen des Sauerteigs. Cen- 
 tralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1909, xxiii, 99-105.— 
 Cunningham (J.) A simple method of estimating the 
 amount of gasproduced by gas-forming bacteria. Indian J. 
 M. Research, Calcutta, 1913-14,1, 735-740.— Durham (H. E .) 
 A simple method for demonstrating the production of gas by 
 bacteria. Brit.M.J.,Lond., 1898,1,1387.— Frieber(W.) Die 
 Bedeutuug der Gasabsorptiou m der Bakteriologie. Cen- 
 tralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1, Abt., Jena, 1913, box, Orig., 437- 
 464.— Ghon (A.) & Sachs (M.) Beitragezui Keimtnis der 
 anaeroben Bakterien des Menschen. Zur Aetiologie der 
 Schaumorgane., Ibid., 190S, xlviii, Orig., 396-405, 1 pi.— Goe- 
 bel(C.) tfeber den Bacillus der Schaumorgane. Jahrb. d. 
 Hamb. Staatskrankenanst. 1893-4, Hamb. & Leipz 1896, 
 iv, 402-432, 1 pi.— Hall (I. W.) & NlchoUs (F.) EarUer indi- 
 cations of gas formation by coliform organisms, with descrip- 
 tion of a modified fermentation tube. Centralbl. f. Bakte- 
 riol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1914, Ixxv, Orig., 140-144.— Jack- 
 son (D. D.) & Mner (T. C.) Liver broth: a medium for 
 the deternunation of gas-forming bacteria in water. J. 
 Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1911, vlii, 289-294.— Morris (R. T.) 
 Notes of three eases of infection by gasforming bacteria. 
 Tr. South. Surg. & Gynec. Ass. 1902, Phila., 1903, xv, 240- 
 245.— Page (C. G.) Durham's method for demonstrating 
 the. production of gas by bacteria. J. Bost. Soc. M. Sc . 
 1898-9, ui, 311.— Pakes (W. C. C.) & JoUyman (W. H.5 
 The collection and examination of the gases produced by 
 
 Bacteria {Gas-forming). 
 
 bacteria from certain media. J. Chem. Soc. Lond., 1901, 
 Ixxix, 322-329.— Pammel (L. H.) & Pammel (Emma). 
 A contribution o'n the gases produced by certain bacteria. 
 Centralbl. 1. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1896, ii, 633- 
 650, 1 pi. Also, Reprint.- Russell (H. L.) & Bassett (V. N.) 
 The significance of certain gas-producing bacteria of non- 
 colon type in sanitary analysis. J. Bost. Soc. M. Sc, 1899- 
 1900, iv, 79.— Schcurlen. Zur Eenntniss der Gasbildung, 
 insbesondere Kolilensaurereproduction der Bakterien. In- 
 temat. Beitr. z. inn. Med. ( Leyden), Berl., 1902, ii, 203-207.— 
 Schittenhehu (A.) & Schroter (F.) Gasbildung und 
 Gasatmung von Bakterien. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 
 1. Abt., Jena, 1903, xxxv, 146-150.— Simon (P.-L.) Note 
 sur un dispositif simple pour appr^cier la production de 
 gaz par une culture microbienne en milieu liquide. Compt. 
 rend. Soc. debiol., Par., 1910, Ixtx, 217.— Smith (T.) Ueber 
 Fehlerquellen bei Prilfung der Gas- und Saurebildung bei 
 Baktenen und deren Vermeiduug. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. 
 [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1897, xxii, 45-49. Also, Reprint.— 
 WUle (N.) Ueber Gasvakuolen bei einer Bakterie. Biol. 
 Centralbl., Erlang., 1902, xxii, 257-262.— Winslow (C.-E. A.) 
 Studies on quantitative variations in gas production in the 
 fermentation tube. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1903, 
 n. s., xvii, 375. 
 
 Bacteria {Growth of). 
 
 See Bacteria {Cultivation of). 
 Bacteria {HsemopJiilic and Tisemoglohino- 
 philic). 
 
 See, also. Influenza {Bacillus of). 
 
 Davis (D. J.) Hemophilic bacilli; their morphology and 
 relation to respiratory pigments. J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 
 
 1907, iv, 73-86. . Infections with hemoglobinophilic 
 
 bacteria. J. Am. M. Ass^ Chicago, 1915, Ixiv, 1814-1818. 
 Also [Abstr.]: Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1915, n. s., 
 
 xlii, 632-534. . i?ood accessory factors (vitamins) in 
 
 bacterial culture with especial reference to hemophilic 
 bacilli I. J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1917, xxi, 392-403.— Kliene- 
 berger (C.) Ueber hamophUe Bacillen. Deutsche med. 
 
 Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1905, xxxi, 575. . Beitrage 
 
 zum saprophytischen Vorkommen hamoglobinopbiler Ba- 
 cillen. Ibid., 1906, xxxii, 1580-1582. — Marpmann. Ueber 
 die Kultur haemoglobinophiler Bakterien auf sterilisiertem 
 Blut-Agar. Ztschr. f. ang. Mlkr., Leipz., 1909-10, xv, 1-5.— 
 Nyberg (C.) [The so-called hsemogloblnophilic bacilli.] 
 Finska lak.-saUsk. handl., Helsingfors, 1915, IvU, 1216-1227.— 
 Odalra. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der. h^moglobmophilen 
 Bacillen, mit besonderer Berilcksichtigung des Bordetschen 
 Bacillus. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etcj, 1. Abt., Jena, 1911, 
 Ixi, Orig., 289-308.— Scheller (R.) Kritische Studien zur 
 Frage der hamoglobinophilen Bakterien. Deutsche med. 
 Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1912, xxxviii, 1825-1827. 
 
 Bacteria {Identification of). 
 
 See Bacteria {Differentiation, etc., of). 
 Bacteria {Indol froduction of). 
 
 Buard (G.) Recherche de I'indol dans les cultures 
 microbiennes. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1908, Ixv, 
 168-160.— Crossonlnl (E.) Sulla ricerca dcU' indolo nelle 
 culture batteriche col metodo dl EhrUch. (Tesi di laurea.) 
 Igiene mod., Geneva, 1908, i, 325-333.— Homer (Annie). A 
 suggestion as to the cause of the lessened production of indol 
 in media containing glucose. J. Hyg., Cambridge, 1916, xv, 
 401-404.— Kligler (I. J.) A comparative study of theEhrlich 
 and Salkowskitestsforindol production by bacteria. Proc. 
 Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1913-14, xi, 12-14.— Lewis 
 (F. C.) On the detection and estomation of bacterial indol 
 and observations on intercurrent phenomena. J. Path. & 
 Bacterlol., Cambridge, 1914-15, xlx, 429-442.— tura (A.) 
 Contribute alio studio della capacity indoligena dei micror- 
 ganismi. Gazz. med. ital., Torino, 1911, Ixn, 311-313.— Mo- 
 relU (E.) Un nuovo metodo per svelare Pindolo a scope 
 batteriologico. Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir. di Pavia, 1909, xxili 
 103-107. Also, transl: Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc ], 1 
 Abt., Jena, 1909, 1, Orig., 413^15.— Nowlckl (W.) Ueber 
 erne Modifikation der Ehrlichschen Indolreaktion in Bakte- 
 rienkulturen. Wieu. kUn. Wchnschr., 1917, xxx, 983 — 
 Poiyakoft (V. Y.) [Ziepfel's medium, proposed for the 
 performance of indol reaction.) Kharkov. M. J., 1915, xx 
 310-312.— Porcher (C.) & Fanlsset (L.) De la pr&ence 
 des corps Indologenes dans les bouillons de culture. Compt 
 
 rend. Acad. d. sc. Par., 1909, cxlviti, 1336-1338. — 
 
 De la recherche de I'indol et de Phydrogfene sulfur^ dans les 
 cultures microbiennes. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol Par 
 
 1910, Ixviii, 663-655. . Sur la recherche de 
 
 I'mdol dans les miMeux Uquides de cultures. Ibid., 1911, 
 ' J/^7 369-371.— Rhein (M.) Die dlagnostische Verwertung 
 der durch Bakterien hervorgerufeuen Indophenolreaktion 
 Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1917, xUli, 871 — 
 Rlvas (D.) An improved and rapid test for indol in broth 
 cultures and for the presence of their substance in meat- 
 sugar-free broth. J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1907, iv, 641-646 
 Also: Rep. Com. Health Penn. 1907, Harrisburg, 1908. ii 
 133-143.-SeldeUn (H.) & Lewis (F. C.) Some notes on 
 
BACTERIA. 
 
 284 
 
 BACTERIA. 
 
 Bacteria {Indol production of) . 
 
 indol-reaction and allied phenomena. J. Hyg., Cam- 
 bridge, 1911, ii, 503-514.— TeUe (H.) & Huber (E.) Kriti- 
 sche Betrachtungen fiber die Methoden des Indolnach- 
 weises in Bakterienknlturen, nebst einem Beitrage zur 
 Frage der Indolbindung dm-ch Typhaceen. Centralbl. 1. 
 Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1911, Iviii, Orig., 70-79.— 
 Tobey (E. N.) The cholerarred reaction and the indol 
 reaction. J. Med. Research', Best., 1906, xv, 305-307, 1 pi.— 
 Wherry (W. B.)' A search into the nitrate and nitrite con- 
 tent of Witte's peptone, with special reference to its in- 
 fluence on the demonstration of the indol and cholerarred 
 reactions. J. Infect. Dis., Chioago, 1905, ii, 436-445.— Zipfel 
 (H.) Zur Kenntnis der Indolreaktion. Centralbl. f. 
 Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1912, Ixiv, Orig., 65-80: 
 1912-13, Ixvii, Orig., 572-586. 
 
 Bacteria (Marine). 
 
 See, also, Sea-'water (Bacteriology of), 
 Coupln (H.) Sur la nutrition organique d'lme bact&ie 
 marine. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par., 1915, clx, 161. 
 
 . Sur la resistance 5, la salure des bact^ries marines. 
 
 Ibid., 443-445. ■ . De Paction morphogtoique de la 
 
 sursalure sur les baot^ries marines. Ibid., 608-610. — Fischer 
 (B.) Die Bedeutung der bacteriologischen Meeresforschung. 
 Deutsche med. Wchnschr. Berl. & Leipz., 1899, xxv, 614- 
 616.— Matthews (D. J.) A deep-sea bacteriological water- 
 bottle. J. Marine Biol. Ass. U. Kingdom, Plymouth, 
 1910-13, n. s., ix, 625-529. 
 
 Bacteria (Metabolism of). 
 
 See, also, Bacteria (Chemical products of); 
 Bacteria (Chemistry of); Bacteria {Denitrify- 
 ing); Bacteria {Enzymes, etc., of); Bacteria 
 (Gas forming); Bactefia (Indol production of); 
 Bacteria (Nitrifying) ; Bacteria {Proteolytic) ; 
 Bacteria (Reducing power of) ; Bacteria (Tox- 
 ins, etc., of). 
 
 BxjTYAGiN (P. v.) O gazoobmienie bakteriy. 
 [Gas metabolism of bacteria.] 8°. Tomsk, 190S. 
 
 Mbtbrhof (0.) Ueber den Energiewechsel 
 von Bakterien. 8°. Heidelberg, 1912. 
 
 Beijerlnck (M. W.) & van Delden (A.) Ueber eine tarb- 
 lose Bakterie, deren Kohlenstoffnahrung aus der atmos- 
 pharischen Luft herriihrt. Centralbl. 1. Bakteriol. [etc.], 
 
 2. Abt., Jena, 1903, x, 33-47. -. Sur I'assirailation 
 
 de Tazote libre par les bact^rles. Arch, n^erl. d. sc. exactes 
 [etc.]. La Haye, 1903-4, 2. s., vlil, 319-373.— Beijerinck 
 (M. W.) & nunckman (D. C. J.) Bildung und Verbrauch 
 von Stickoxydul durch Bakterien. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. 
 [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1909, xxv, 30-63, 1 pi.— Bodin (E.) La 
 nutrition chez les bactdries. Trav. scient. Univ. de Eennes, 
 1902, i, 251-275.— Foster (Mary L.) A comparative study 
 of the metabohsm of Pneumococcus, Streptococcus, Bacil- 
 lus lactis erythrogenes, and Bacillus anthracoides. J. Am. 
 Chem. Soc, Easton, Pa., 1913, xxxv, 916-919.— Herzfeld 
 (E.) & Klingei (R.) Quantitative Untersuchungeu fiber 
 den Indol- und Tr3T)tophanumsatz der Bakterien. Cen- 
 tralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1915, Ixxvi, Orig., 
 1-12. — Kendall (A. I.) Studies m bacterial metabolism; 
 the relation of bacterial metabohsm to internal medidne. 
 Boston M. & S. J.^913, clxviii, 825-833.— Kendall (A. I.), 
 Day (A. A.) & Walker (A. W.) Observations on the 
 relative constancy of ammonia production by certain bac- 
 teria. J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1913, iiii, 425-428. , 
 
 . . . Studies in bacterial metabolism. J. Am. 
 
 Chem. Soc, Easton, Pa., 1913, xxxv, 1201-1249: 1914, xxxvi, 
 1938-1966. .4 iio, Reprint. , . The metab- 
 olism of lepra bacillus, grass bacillus, and smegma bacillus 
 in plain, dextrose, mannite and glycerin broths. J. Infect. 
 Dis., Chicago, 1914, xv, 439-442.— Kendall (A. I.) & Farmer 
 (C. J.) Studies in bacterial metabolism. J. Biol. Chem., 
 Bait., 1912, xii, 13; 215; 219; 465; 469: 1912-13, xui, 63-70. 
 Xfao, Reprint.— Kendall (A. I.) & Walker (A. W.) Stud- 
 ies in bacterial metabolism; determination of urea nitrogen 
 cultures of certain bacteria. J. Biol. Chem., N. Y., 1913, xv, 
 277-282. Also, Reprint.- Keyes (F. G.) & Gillespie (L. J.) 
 A contribution to our knowledge of the gas metabohsm of 
 bacteria. J. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1912, xiii, 291; 305.— 
 Kligler (I. J.) Some regulating factors in bacterial me- 
 tabohsm. J. Bact., Bait., 1916, 1, 663-671.— Konvalevskl 
 (S. L.) [Sur la question de I'assimUation de I'azote libre 
 de I'atmosphSre par les microbes. Extr., 279.] Russk. 
 Arch. Patol., Klin. Med. i Bakteriol., S.-Peterb., 1898, vi, 
 251-261.— Lebedeft (A. F.) Ueber die Assimilation des 
 Kohlenstoffes bei wasserstofl-oxydierenden Bakterien. 
 Bioohem. Ztschr., Berl., 1907, vii, 1-10.— Levy (E.) & Pfers- 
 dorl (V.) Ueber die Gewinnung der schwer zugangUchen, 
 in der Leibessubstanz enthaltenen Stoilwechselprodukte 
 der Bakterien. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz., 1902, 
 xxviu 879.— Prlngshetm(H.) Ueber einStickstofl assimi- 
 lierendes Clostridium. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. 
 Abt., Jena, 1906, xvl, 795-800.— Rettger (L. F.), Berman 
 (N ) & Sturges (W. S.I Studies on bacterial nutrition; 
 the utilization of proteid and non-proteid nitrogen. J. 
 Bact., Bait., 1916, i, 15-33.— Sears (H. J.) Studies in the 
 
 Bacteria (Metabolism of). 
 
 nitrogen metabolism of bacteria. J. Infect. Dis., Chloaeo, 
 1916, xix. 105-137.— SImonds (J. P.) The effect of bacterial 
 metabolism on the antigenic properties and serologic reac- 
 tions of bacteria. /6W., 1915, xvii, 600-509. ^ too, Reprint.- 
 von Sonunaruga (E.) Ueber Stoflwechselproducte von 
 Mikroorganismen. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infectionskrankh., 
 Leipz., 1894, xviii, 441^56.— Tanner (F. W.) Studies on 
 the- bacterial metabolism of sulfur; formation of hydrogen 
 sulfide from certain sulfur compounds under aerobic con- 
 ditions. J. Bact., Bait., 1917, ii, 585-593. 
 
 Bacteria (Morphology of). 
 
 See Bacteria (Biology, etc., of); Bacteria 
 (Mutation, etc., of). 
 
 Bacteria (Motility of). 
 
 See; also. Bacteria (Flagellated). 
 
 BoETTCHBR (E.) *Studien tiber Bacillus im- 
 plexus und mycoides mit besonderer Berucksich- 
 tigung ihrer Beweglichkeit. 8°. Wiirzburg, 
 1897. 
 
 DupoND (M.-R.) *Reclierches sui la motility 
 et les organes moteurs des bact^ries. 8° . Nancy, 
 1905. 
 
 Beijerinck (M. W.) Emulsions- und Sedimentflguren 
 bei beweglichen Bakterien. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 
 2. Abt., Jena, 1897, iii, 1; 40, 1 pi.— BUI (A. F.) Movement 
 of bacilh, etc., in liquid suspension on passage of a constant 
 current. Ibid., 1. Abt., Jena, 1899, xxvi, 257-259.— Bugge 
 (G.) Ueber oberflachlioh gelegene Pseudokolonieu auf 
 Agar mit Balrterienbewegung in ihrem Tnnem. Ztschr. f. 
 Infektionskr. . . . d. Haustiere, Berl., 1909, vi, 137-142, 
 1 pi. — Burckhardt (J. L.) Untersuchungen fiber Bewe- 
 gung und Begeisselung der Bakterien und die Ver- 
 wendbarkeit dieser Merkmale fur die Systematik. Ueber 
 die VeranderUchkeit von Bewegung und Begeisselung. 
 Arch. f. Hyg., Munchen & Berl., 1914, Ixxxu, 235-320.— 
 Carnot (P.) & Garnier (M.) De I'emploi des tubes de 
 sable comme m^thode g6n6rale d'^tude, d'isolement et 
 de selection des microorganlsmes mobiles. Compt.-rend. 
 Soc. de biol., Par., 1902, liv, 860-863.— Gabritsch«wsky 
 (GO Ueber active Beweelichieit der Bakterien. Ztschr. 
 f. Hyg. u. Infectionskrankh., Leipz., 1900, xxxv, 104-122. 
 
 . Ueber ein neues Verfahren zur Feststellung der 
 
 aktiven Bakterienbeweglichkeit. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. 
 [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1903, xxxiii, 465.— Graham-Smitli 
 (G. S.) The division and posfr-flssion movements of bacilli 
 when grown on solid media. Parasitology, Cambridge, 
 1910, ill, 17-53, 6 pi. — Judet. Causes de motility des mi- 
 crobes et precede de coloration des cils. Ann. mdd-chir. 
 du centre, Tours, 1904, iv, 191-194.— Lehmann (K. B.) & 
 Fried (E.) Beobachtungen fiber die Eigenbewegung der 
 Baktenen. Arch. f. Hyg., Munchen & Berl., 1903, xlvl, 
 311-321.— Lyakhovetskl (M. I.) [Motihty of bacteria and 
 
 specific serums.1 Kharkov. M. J., 1906, i, 194-211. . . 
 
 Erne neue Metnode zum Studium der lokotpotorischen 
 Funktion der Bakterien. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. 
 Abt., Jena, 1910-11, Ivu, Orig., 180-191.— MatzuSchlta (T.) 
 Der Einfluss der Temperatur und Emahrung auf die Eigen- 
 bewegung der Bakterien. Ibid., 2. Abt., Jena, 1901, vu, 
 209-214.— Porcelli-Titone (F.) Sur la mobiht^ des, bact6- 
 ries expos^es aux rayons ultraviolets. Arch. ital. de biol., 
 Turin, 1914, Ixii, 326-334. Also, transl.: Gazz. internaz. di 
 med., Napoli, 1915, xviu, 81-85.— Sakharoff (N. A.) [On 
 the r61e of iron in the phenomena of movements and de- 
 generation of cells and in the bactericidal action of immu- 
 nized serum.] Protok. zasTed. Kavkazsk. Med. Obsh., 
 Tiflis, 1896-7, xxxul, 484-499.— Stigell (R.) Ueber die 
 Fortbewegungsgeschwindigkeit und Bewegungskurven eini- 
 ger Bakterien. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [eto.], 1. Abt., Jena, 
 1907, xlv, Orig., 289-293.— Yegounow (M.) Lois du mouve- 
 ment de la foule microbienne. Ibid., 2. Abt., Jena, 1907, 
 xviii, 1-9. 
 
 Bacteria (Mutation and variability of). 
 
 FoLLET (L.) *De la presence notamment dans 
 le sang et dans le sue des tumeurs de plaques 
 bact^rigSnes: polymorphie du ^bacille de la 
 tuberculose et cancer. 4°. Paris, 1896. 
 
 Klein (J.) *Ueber die sogenannte Mutation 
 und die Veranderlichkeit des Garvermogens bei 
 Bakterien. [Bonn.] 8°. Leipzig, 1912. 
 
 Also, in: Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infektlonskrankh., Leipz., 
 1912, Ixxui, 87-118. 
 
 KowALENKo (A.) *Studien iiber sogenannte 
 Mutationserscheinungen bei Bakterien unter be- 
 sonderer Beriicksichtigung der Einzellenkultur. 
 8°. £em, 1910. 
 
 Also, in: Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infektlonskrankh., Leipz., 
 1910, Ixvi, 277-290. 
 
 Abbott (A. C.) On induced variations in bacterial 
 functions; an experimental study. J. Med. Research, Bost., 
 
BACTERIA. 
 
 285 
 
 BACTEEIA. 
 
 Bacteria (Mutation and variahility of). 
 
 1912-13, xxvi, 613-521.— Adaml (J. G.) How is variability 
 in bacteria to be regarded? Am. Pub. Health Ass. Rep., 
 Concord, 1895, xx, 415^18.— Almqulst (E.) Neue Ent- 
 ■wickelungstormen des Choleraspinlls und der Typhus- 
 bakterie. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1904, 
 xxxvii, 18-23. . [Mutation of patbogenic bacteria dur- 
 ing saprophytic growth.] Svenska lak.-sallsk. handl., 
 Stockh., 1917, xliii, 543-652, 3 pi.— Armbruster (G.) Regeln 
 bei der oakteriellen Mutation und bei Epidemien. Prakt. 
 Arzt., Leipz., 1913, liii, 260.— Ashmcad (A. S.) Descent 
 and variation of the bacillus. St. Louis M. & S. J., 1898, 
 Ixxv, 9-17. Aho, Eeprint. — Baerthlein. Ueber Muta^ 
 tionserscheinungen bei Bakterien. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 
 
 1911, xlviU, 1410-1412. Also: Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 
 1. Abt., Jena, 1911, 1, Eef^ Beiheft, 128-134: 1912, Uv, Ret., 
 
 Beihett, 178-184. . Ueber die Mutation bei Bakterien 
 
 und die Technik zum Nachweis dieser Abspaltungsvor- 
 gauge. Centralbl..! Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1913, 
 Ixxi, Orig., 1-13.— Baerthlein & Toyoda. Ueber Mutation 
 bei saurofesten Bakterien. lUi., Ivii, Eet., Beiheft, 281- 
 285.— Bcattle (J. M.) & Yates (A. G.J The variations in 
 the morphological characters of bacteria and their reaction 
 with sugar under diHerent conditions. Brit. M. J., Loud., 
 
 1912, ii, 1304. — Beijerinck (M. W.) Sur diverses formes de 
 variation h^r^ditaire chez les microbes: Arch. n&rl. d. sc. 
 
 exactes [etcj, La Haye, 1900-1901, 2. s., iv, 213-230. -. 
 
 Mutation bei Mikroben. Folia microbiologica, Delfi;, 1912, 
 1, 4-100, 4 pi.— Bernhardt (G.) Ueber VariabiUtat patho- 
 gener Bakterien. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infektionskrankh., 
 Leipz^ 1915, ixxix, 179-248.— Bernhardt (G.) & MarkoS 
 (W. N.) Ueber Modiflkationen bei Bakterien. Berl. klin. 
 Wchnschr., 1912, xlix, 716. ^Zso.'Centralbl.f. Bakteriol. [etc.] 
 1. Abt., Jena, 1912, Ixv, Orig., 1-4.— Bernhardt (G.) & 
 Ornstem (O.) Ueber VariabiUtat pathogener Mikroor- 
 ganismen. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1913, 1, 16-19.— Burls; 
 (A.) Mutation bei einem der Koligruppe verwandten Bak- 
 terium. Arch. t. Hyg., Munchen & Berl., 1908, Ixv, 235- 
 242.— Burri (R.) Zur Frage der Mutationen bei Bakterien 
 der Coligruppe. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., 
 Jena, 1910, liv, Orig., 210.— Davis (N. G.) Variations of 
 Bacillus rosaceus metalloides (Dowdeswell). J. Bost. Soc. 
 M. Sc, 1900-1901, V, 384.— Dohell (C.) Some recent work on 
 mutation in micro-organisms; mutations in bacteria. J. 
 Genetics, Cambridge, 1912-13, ii, 325-360.— BIsenberg (P.) 
 Untersuchungen iiber die VariabiUtat der Bakterien. Cen- 
 tralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1912, Ixvi, Orig., 
 1-19, 3 pi.: 1914, Ixxin, Orig., 449-488.— Friedberger(E.) & 
 ITngermann (E.) Mutation der Bakterien. Jahresk. f. 
 arztl. FortbUd., Miincheu, 1913, 10. Hft., 34-39.— Gar- 
 bowskl (L.) Ueber Abschwachung und VariabiUtat bei 
 Bacillus luteus Smith et Baker und Bacillus tumescens 
 Zopf. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1907, xx, 
 4; 99, 2 pi.— Haendel. Ueber Mutation bei Bakterien. J. 
 State Med., Lend., 1914, xxii, 419-425.— Hashhnoto (S.) 
 Ein pleomorphes Bacterium. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infections- 
 krankh., Leipz., 1899, xxxi, 85-88.— Hewlett (R. T.) Muta- 
 tions of bacteria. Nature, Lond., 1913-14, xcu, 193.— Hulst 
 (F. A.) Variation among bacteria in relation to infection 
 and immtmity. Long Island M; J., Brooklyn, 1915, ix, 445- 
 453.— Hunter ( J. ) Polymorphism in bacterial development. 
 Vet. J. & Ann. Comp. Path., Lond., 1897, xlv, 321-329.— 
 Jordan(E.O.) Variation in bacteria. Proo. Nat. Acad. Sc, 
 Bait., 1915, i, 160-164.— Kakehi (S.) A comparison of 
 various strains of the Bacillus pseudo-tuberculosis roden- 
 tium (Pfeifler), with special reference to certain variation 
 phenomena. J. Path. & Bacteriol., Cambridge, 1915-16, xx, 
 269-289.— Klotz (O.) Temporary alteration of character of 
 an organism belonging to the colon group. Am. Pub. 
 Health Ass. Eep.1905, Columbus, O., 1906, xxsl, pt. 2, 35- 
 39. [Discussion], 249.— Lankester (Sir E. R.) Mutation 
 and modification of bacteria, a knowledge which is impor- 
 tant to the recognition of species and kinds. Scient. Am. 
 
 Suppl., N. y ., 1916, Ixxix, 319. . Dr. Adami's Crooniau 
 
 lectures. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1917, ii, 63.— Lehmann (E.) 
 Bakterienmutationen; Allogonie; felonumbUdungen. Cen- 
 tralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1915-16, Ixxvu, Orig., 
 289-300.— I^epoutre (L.) Recherches sur la transformation 
 exp6rimentale de bact^ries banales en races parasites des 
 plantes. Ann. de I'lnst. Pasteur, Par., 1902, xvi, 304-312. 
 Also: Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par., 1902, cxxxiv, 927- 
 929.— Locffler (F.) Over de verandering der ziekmakende 
 (giftige) en virulente eigenschappeu van pathogene organis- 
 men door kunstmatige voortkweeMng en bepaalde dier- 
 soorten en hunne aanwending voor prophylactisehe 
 inenting. Geneesk. Courant, Amst., 1907, M, 255-267.— 
 Iiydston (G. F.) Microbial evolution in its relations to 
 disease and especially to specific infections. West. M. Rev. 
 Omaha, 1918, xxhi, 62-77.— Maassen (A.) Die teratolo- 
 gischen Wuchsformen (Involutionsformen) der Bakterien 
 und ihre Bedeutung als dlagnostisches Hilfsmittel. Arb. 
 a. d. k. Gsndhtsamte, Berl., 1904, xxi, 385-402, 6 pi.— Matsul 
 (J.) Veranderungen von Bakterienim Tierkorper; Versuche 
 iiber die Widerstandsfahigkeit kapselhaltlger und tapsel- 
 loser Milzbrandbacillen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 
 1. Abt., Jena, 1915, Ixxv, Orig., 394-398.— Maynard (G. D.) 
 Bacterial mutations; some recent observations and sugges- 
 tions as to their effect on current medical theories. Med. 
 
 Bacteria {Mutation and variability of) . 
 
 J. S. Africa, Johannesb., 1914-15, x, 1-6.— Miquel. Des 
 variations horaires des bactSries aiSriennes. Bull. Soc. de 
 m^d. pub.. Par., 1886, ix, 158-164.— Mueller (R.) Some 
 new bacteriological discoveries; inheritance of acquired char- 
 acters in bacteria. Scient. Am. Suppl., N. Y., 1909, Ixvui, 
 
 100. . Mutationen bei Typhus- und Ruhrbakterien; 
 
 Mutation als spezifisches Kulturmerkmal. Centralbl. f. Bak- 
 teriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1911, Ivui, Orig., 97-106, 2pl. . 
 
 Bakterienmutationen. Ztschr. f. indukt. Abstammungs-u. 
 Vererbungsl., Berl., 1912, vui, 305-324.— Ohlma«her (A. P.) 
 Morphological variation in the pathogenic bacteria, with 
 two pronounced examples. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1900, 
 
 XXXV, 1676. . Observations upon the morphologic 
 
 variations of certain pathogenic bacteria. J. M. Research, 
 Bost., 1902, n. s., ii, 128-137, 2pl.— Passinl (F. ) VariabiUtat 
 der Bakterien und Agglutinationsphanomen. Munchen. 
 med. Wchnschr., 1904, Ii, 1283-1285.— Peavy (J. F.) The 
 variabiUty of disease germs. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1899, 
 xxxii, 277-281.— P6ju (G.) & Kajat (H.) Quelques cas de 
 polymorphisme de bacilles par I'iodure de potassium, pneu- 
 mobacille de Friedlander, bacille du cholera asiatique, 
 bacille de la diarrh^e vorte, etc. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. , 
 
 Par., 1906, Ix, 816. . Quelques nouveaux cas 
 
 de polymorphisme de bacilles, par I'iodure de potassium, B. 
 de la psittacosc, B. de la dysenteric (Vaillard et Dopter), B. 
 enteridis (de Gartner), etc. lUi., 1013.— Penfold (W. J.) 
 Studies in bacterial variation, with special reference t» the 
 chemical functions of the members of the typhoid-coU group. 
 J. Hyg., Cambridge, 1911, xl, 30-67, 1 pi. AUo [Abstr.]; Bnt. 
 
 M. J., Lond., 1911, ii, Suppl., 363. . On the specificity 
 
 of bacterial mutation, with a rfeu me of the results of an exam- 
 ination of bacteria found in fasces and urine, which undergo 
 mutation when grown on lactose media. J. Hyg., Cambridge, 
 
 1912, xU, 195-215, 4 pi., 1 tab.— Pcnlold (W. J.), Young 
 (M. C. W.)[c(aZ.]. Discussionon variabiUty among bacteria' 
 and its bearing on diagnosis. Brit. M. J., Lond.^ 1914, ii, 
 710-712.— Pringsheim (H.) Untersuchungen iiber die 
 sogenannte Mutation bei Bakterien. Med. KUn., Berl., 
 1911, vii, 144-146: 1913, ix, 1005.— Qu6ry (L. C. ) Le polymor- 
 phisme mlcrobien. Rev. med.. Par., 1913, xxiii, 249.— 
 Ba]at (H.) & P«ju (G.) Variations morphologiques des 
 bacilles dans les milieux saUns. Bull. Soc. mfd. d. hop. 
 
 de Lyon, 1906, v, 187-189. . Sur I'^tendu et le 
 
 mScanisme du polymorphisme des bact&ies par les agents 
 chimlques. Compt; rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1907, IxiU, 
 735.— Rettger (L. F.) & Sherrlck (J. L.) Studies on bac- 
 terial variation. J. Med. Research, Bost., 1911, xxiv, 265- 
 284.— Kosenow (E. C.) Studies on the transmutation of 
 pneumococci and streptococci. Tr. Chicago Path. Soc, 
 
 1913, ix, 61-63. . Transmutations within the strepto- 
 
 coccus-pneumococcus group. J. Infect. Dls., Chicago, 1914, 
 xiv, 1-32, 1 pi.— RftJSieka (S.) Experimentelle Studien 
 fiber die VariabiUtat wich tiger Charaktere des B . pyocyaneus 
 und des B. fluorescens Uquefaciens. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. 
 [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1898, xxiv, 11-17.— Salzmanu (M.) 
 Ein Beitrag zur Bakterienmutation. Ibid., 1914, Ixxv, 
 Orig., 105-112.— Santamaria (J. M.) Acquisition of acid- 
 fast properties by a filamentary organism cultivated from 
 an animal injected with a culture of Hansen's bacillus. J. 
 Trop. M. [etc.], Lond., 1913, xvi, 301.— Schwalbe (E.) 
 Ueber VariabiUtat und Pleomorphismus der Bacterien. 
 Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1900, xlvil, 1617-1621.— Smir- 
 now (M. R.) Biological variations of bacteria; induced 
 variationsintneculturalcharactersofB. coU. J. Bact.,Balt., 
 1916, i, 385-410.— Smith (T.) Observations on the varia- 
 bility of disease germs. N. York M. J., 1890, lii, 485-487. 
 
 . Variation among pathogenic bacteria. J. Bost. Soc. 
 
 M. Sc, 1899-1900, Iv, 95-109.— Toennissen (E.) Ueber 
 Mutationserscheinungen bei Bakterien. Med. KUn., Berl., 
 
 1913, ix, 792-796. — . Ueber die Bedeutung der Mutation 
 
 fur die Viruleuz der Bakterien. Verhandl. d. deutsch. 
 
 Kong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1913, xxx, 491-495. . 
 
 Ueber Vererbung una VariabiUtat bei Bakterien; Unter- 
 suchungen iiber die Fluktuation, iasbesondere iiber ihre 
 Entstehungsweise, ihre ErbUchkeit und ihre Bedeutung 
 fur die ArtbUdung. Centralbl. 1. Bakteriol. [etcj, 1. Abt., 
 
 Jena, 1914, Ixxv, Orig., 97-104. . Ueber Vererbung 
 
 und VariabiUtat bei Bakterien; ein Beitrag zur Entwick- 
 lungslehre. Biol. Centralbl., Erlang., 1915, xxxv, 281-330, 
 2 pi.— Transmutations in bacterial species. J. Am. M. 
 Ass., Chicago, 1914, Ixil, 1021.— Walker (E. W. A.) On 
 variation and adaptation in bacteria, illustrated by obser- 
 vations upon streptococci, with special reference to the 
 value of fermentation tests as applied to these organisms. 
 Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., 1910-11, Ixxxui, s. B., 641-558.— 
 Wiener (E.) Ueber dasVarUren der biologischen Eigen- 
 schaften der Bakterien. Verhandl. d. GeseUsch. deutsch. 
 Naturf. u. Aerzte 1902, Leipz., 1903, ii, 2. Hlfte., 617.— 
 Williams (H. U.) A pleomorphic bacillus growing in asso- 
 ciation with a streptothrix. J. Med. Research, Bost., 1912-13, 
 xxvu, 157-161, 1 pi.— Wilson (W. J.) Pleomorphism, as 
 exhibited by bacteria grown on media eontai^iing urea 
 J. Path. & Bacteriol,, Edlnb. & Lond., 1906, xi, 394-404, 
 
 1 pl. . Variation among bacteria. Brit. M. J., Lond., 
 
 1910, ii, 1909.— Wlnslow (C.-E. A.) & Walker (L. T.) A 
 case of non-inheritance of fluctuating variations among 
 bacteria. J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1909, vi, 90-97.— Wolf (F.) 
 
BACTERIA. 
 
 286 
 
 BACTEEIA. 
 
 Bacteria {Mutation and variability of). 
 
 Ueber Modiflkationen und experimentell ausgelosteMutar 
 tionen von Bacillus prodigiosus und anderen Schizophyten. 
 Ztschr. t. Indukt. Abstammungs- u. Vererbungsl., Berl., 
 19Q9, ii, 90-132— Zelssler. Ueberfiihrbarkeit des malignen 
 Oedembacillus in den Fraonkel'schen Gasbrandbacfilus. 
 Berl. kiln. Wchnschr., 1918, Iv, 147.— Zlerler (F.) Ueber die 
 Beziehung des Bacillus implexus Zimmermann zum Bar 
 cillus subtilis Cohn; ein Beitrag zur Lehre von der Variabi- 
 litat der Spaltpilze. Arch. f. Hyg., Mfinchen & Leipz., 
 ,ono n 1^^ 192-197. 
 
 Bacteria (New species of). 
 
 Bartle (I. B.) Some experiments with a new bacillus in 
 mixed and double infections. N. England M. Month 
 Danbury, Conn., 1904, xxiii, 463-466.— Biernackl (W.) 
 Bacterium. Nenckii Biem., em neuer den Agar verfliissi- 
 gender Mikroorganismus. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. 
 Abt, Jena, 1911, xxix, 166-169.— Broil (R.) Ueber das 
 Vorkommen von rotlaufahnlichen Bakterien beim Rinde 
 und Huhne. Berl. tierarztl. Wchnschr., 1911, xxvii, 41.— 
 Brown (Nellie A.) & Jamleson (Clara O.) A bacterium 
 causing a disease of sugar-beet and nasturnum leaves. J. 
 Agric. Research, Wash., 1913-14, i, 189-210, 3 pi.— Calvo (I.) 
 & Cartaya (J. TO Descripoifin de un germen paix)geno 
 alslado del agua. Crfin. mM.-quir. de la Habana, 1904, xxx, 
 203-213. — CercsoIe(J.) Ein neuer Bacillus als Epidemie- 
 erreger beim Carassius auratus der Aquarien. Centralbl. 1. 
 Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1900, xxviii, 305-309.— Coz- 
 zollno. Dimostrazione dl un nuovo bacillo patpgeno. 
 Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1898, Roma, 1899, ix, 452.— 
 Daumezon (C.) Sur un germe microbieu isolS d'une 
 ascide aUmentatre. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.,Par., 1913, 
 Ixxv, 665-667.— Fortlneau (L.) Note sur un bacUle rouge 
 pathogfene. Gaz. mid. de Nantes, 1901-2, xx, 91-95.— 
 Fraenkel (C.) Untersuchungen uber den von Stutzer und 
 Hartleb beschriebenen Salpeterpilz. Centralbl. f . Bakteriol. 
 [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1898, Iv, 8; 62.— G. (J.) Le plus petit 
 bacilledu monde. Nature, Par., 1901-2, xxx, 263.— Gartner 
 (A.) Untersuchungen Uber den von Stutzer und Hartleb 
 beschriebenen Salpeterpilz. Centralbl. t. Bakteriol. [etc.], 
 2. Abt., Jena, 1898, iv, 1; 52; 109, 2 pi.— GalavleUe. Deu- 
 xifeme note sur un bacille tuberculigfene d'origine f^Itae; 
 orchite aigue exp^rimentale d^termin^e par ce bacille. 
 Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1898, 10. s., v, 1005.— Galli- 
 Valerio (B.) Recherches exp^rimentales sur une sarcine 
 pathogfene. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 
 1908, xlvii, Orig., 177-186.— Gauducheau (A.) Sur un 
 bacille violet pathogfene. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 
 1907, Ixii, 278.— Grimm (M.) Ueber einen neuen aroma- 
 bildenden Bacillus, nebst einigen Bemerkungen iiber Rein- 
 kulturen lur Exportbutter. Centralbl. i. Bakteriol. [etc.], 
 2. Abt, Jena, 1902, viii, 584-590.— Guarch (F. S.) Baoilo 
 patdgeno haUado en las ratas del vaciadero del buceo. Rev. 
 mM. d. Uruguay, Montevideo, 1916, xviii, 175-188.— Harris 
 (N.) A preUminary report upon a hitherto undescribed 
 pathogenic anaerobic bacillus. J. Best. Soc. M. Sc, 1900- 
 1901, V, 376-378.— Hartleb (R.) & Stutzer (A.) Bemer- 
 kungen zu der Mitteilung von W. Rullmann: Ueber ein 
 Nitrosobacterium mit neuen Wuchsformen. Centralbl. f. 
 Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1897, iii, 621.— HeUstrOm 
 (F. E.) Ueber cine neUe Bacillenart. /oid., 1900, vl, 683.— 
 Herzog (M . ) Eine bosartige Infektion durcn elnen bis jetzt 
 unbekannten chromogenen Bazillus. Ztschr. f. ang. Mikr., 
 Leipz., 1904, X, 145-147.— Jennings (A. V.) On a new 
 genus of bacteria (Astrobacter). Proc. Boy. Irish Acad., 
 Dubl., 1899, 3. s., V, 312-316, 2 pi.— Jones (Mabel). A 
 peculiar microorganism showmg rosette formation. Cen- 
 tralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt, Jena, 1905, xiv, 459-163.— 
 Kanemori (T.) [Contribution on the spore of a new bacil- 
 lus.] Fukuiken Igaku Kwai Zasshi, 1898, No. 30, 6-9.— Ka- 
 wamura (R.) [A series of yellow staff-shaped bacteria.] 
 Saitake Gaku Zasshi, Tokyo, 1902, 460-458.— Kltnger (B.) 
 Ueber einen neuen pathogenen Anaeroben aus mensch- 
 licliemEiter(Coccobacteriummucosumanaerobicumn.sp.). 
 Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt, Jena, 1912, xlii, Ong., 
 186-191 .— Krtlger ( W . ) Ueber den Salpeterpilz von Stutzer- 
 Hartleb. i6 jii. , 2. Abt , Jena, 1898, iv, 184-188.— Laflorguc. 
 Quelquesremarquesiproposd'unbacilealcaligfene. Compt. 
 rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1908, Ixv, 108-110.— Lasseur (P.) 
 Contribution h I'^tude de Bacillus Le Monnieri, nov. spec. 
 Ibid.,1913, Ixxiv, 47.— Laven (L.) Ueber ein fiir Kaninchen 
 und Meerschweinchen pathogenes, noch nicht beschriebenes 
 Bakterium. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 
 1910, liv, Orig., 97-105, 1 pi.— Lttlinis (F.) Bacterium 
 swreste n. sp. Ibid., 1905-6, xl, 177-180.— van Logbem 
 (J. J.) Bacterium (Proteus) anindologencs n. sp. Folia 
 ^mlcrobiol., Delft, 1914, iii, 212-219.— Loygue (G.) T^otesur 
 une bact^rie obsidionale pathogfene. Compt. rend. Soc. de 
 biol., Par., 1917, Ixxx, 637-640.— Marpmann (G.) Ueber 
 den neuen Tintcnbacillus. Siiddeutsche Apoth.-Ztg., 
 Stuttg., 1897, xxxvii, 568.— Mary (A.) & Mary (A.) Quel- 
 ques nouvelles espfeces bactt'riologiques. Rev. m^d.. Par., 
 1914, xxiv, 81.— Matzuschlta (T.) Ueber neue Bakterien. 
 Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1901, xxix, 377- 
 390.— Metcatt (H.) Bactenum teutuum sp. nov. Ibtd., 2. 
 Abt, Jena, 1904-5, xlii, 28-30.— Mori (N.) Di un nuovo 
 batterio patogeno e di molti altri batten nei quail pud pro- 
 
 Bacteria (New species of) . 
 
 vocarsi I'individuazione di un nucleo tipico. Sperimentale, 
 Firenze, 1915, Ixix, 187-196.— MUnz. [Zwei Bakterien- 
 stammme, aus dem Harn und aus dem Stuhle desselben 
 Kindes.] Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. inn. Med. u. Klnderh. in ■ 
 Wien, 1905, iv, 259.— Owen (W. L. ) A new species of alco- 
 hol forming bacterium isolated from the intenor of stalks of 
 sugar cane infested with the cane-borer, Diatraea saecharalis. 
 J. Bact., Bait., 1916, i, 235-246, 1 pi.— Pane (N.) Zur Biolo- 
 gic eines pathogenen Bacterium viscosum. Centralbl. f. 
 Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1905-6, xl, 279-285^ 1 pi.— 
 Pergola (M. ) Studio diun batterio patogeno per gh ammall 
 isolate da cam! insaccate. Atti d. r. Accad. d. fisiocrit di 
 Siena, 1909, 5. s., i, 886-931.— Rullmann (W.) Erganzung 
 zu den Bemerkungen von Dr. Hartleb und Prof. Dr. Stutzer: 
 Ueber ein Nitrosobacterium mit neuen Wuchsformen. 
 Centralbl. i. Bakteriol. [ete.], 2. Abt, Jena, 1898, iv, 152.— 
 Sadler (W.) A note on an organism producing a burnt 
 milk taste. Ibii., 1911, xxix, 1-3.— Saqu*pee (E.) Deu- 
 xiSme note sur une bact^riedecriteprficKdemment. Bull, et 
 mSm. Soc. m^d.,d. hdp. de Par., 1917, 3. s., xli, 606-608.— 
 Sartory (A.) Etudes morphologique et biologique d'un 
 bacille rouge. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1913, Ixxiv, 
 51.— Schaudlnn {Y.) Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Bakte- 
 "rien und verwandter Organismen. Bacillus Biitschlii n. sp. 
 Arch. f. Protistenk., Jena, 1902, i, 306-343, Ipl.— Schroeder 
 (H.) On a certain coccus. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [ete.], 
 2. Abt., Jena, 1914, xlii, 240-244.— Schupler (F.) Sopra un 
 nuovo bacillo anaerobic patogeno per f'uomo. Gior. d. r. 
 Soc. ital. d'ig., Milano, 1905, xxvii, 302; 353. AUo: Poli- 
 clin., Roma, 1905, xli, sez. med., 241-262.— Scliwer. Ueber 
 einen neuen, Stallinfektionen verursachenden Mikroorga- 
 nismus. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt, Jena, 1902, 
 xxxiii, 41-47.— Serra. Contributo alio studio del bacillo di 
 Hansen. Gior. ital. d. mal. ven., Milano, 1910, xlv, 312-331, 
 2 pi.— Sniltb (R. G.) A gum (Levan) bacterium from a 
 saccharine exudate of Eucalyptus stuartiana. Centralbl. f. 
 Bakteriol. [etej, 2. Abt, Jena, 1902, ix, 807.— Stutaer (A.) 
 & Hartleb (ft.) Untersuchungen iiber das im AUnit 
 enthaltene Bakterium. lUi., 1898, iv, 31; 73.— Tlgrl (A.) 
 Su I'infusorio del genere bacterium trovato nel sangue 
 uraano. Atti d. Accad. Pontif. de' N. Lincei, Roma, 1863-4, 
 xvii, 1-6.— Torrey (J. C.) & Rahe (A. H.) A new member 
 of the aciduric group of bacilli. J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 
 1915, xvii, 437-441. Also, Reprint.— Veley (V. H.) & Veley 
 (Lihan J.) A bacterium living in strong spirit. Nature, 
 Lond.,1879,Ivi, 197.— Walcott(C.D.) Discovery of Algon- 
 kian bacteria. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sc, Bait, 1915, i, 256. — 
 Wherry (W. B.) Report on an organism rescmblmg the 
 Koch-Weeks bacillus isolated from two cases of a peculiar 
 form of hand infection. Rep. Superintend. Govt. Lab. 
 PhiUpptne Isl. 1903, Wash., 1904, 582-586, 2 pi.— Wolfl (A.) 
 Bactenum fuchsinum una Bacterium violaceum n. sp. 
 Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1911, xxx, 639- 
 644.— ZettnowfE.) Einige neue Bakterien. 76iii., 1. Abt, 
 Jena, 1915, Ixxvii, Orig., 209-234, 2 pi. 
 
 Bacteria (Nitrifying). 
 
 See, also. Bacteria (Denitrifying); Nitrifi- 
 cation; Soil (Bacteriology of) . 
 
 Gredig (E.) *Beitrage zur Nitrifikation und 
 Nitratzersetzuhg im Neckarwasser und die 
 Bakterienflora des Neckars zu verschiedenen 
 Jahreszeiten. 8°. HeideWerg, 1906. 
 
 United States. Dej>artment of ^^grioilture. 
 Office of the Secretary. Circular No. 16. Tests of 
 commercial cultures of nitrogen-fixing bacteria. 
 8°. [Washington, 1906.] 
 
 Belferlnck (M. W._) Fixation of tree atmospheric nitro- 
 gen by azotobacter in pure culture; distribution of this 
 bacterium. K.Akad.v.Wetensch.teAmst. Proc. sect, sc, 
 1908, xi, pt. 1, 67-74.— Bonazzl (A.) Cytological studies of 
 azotobacter chroococcum. J. Agric Research, Wash., 1915, 
 iv, 225-240, 3 pi.— Bottomley (W. B.) Nitrifying bacteria 
 in the velamen of certain orchids. Rep. Brit. Ass. Adv. 
 
 Sc. 1906, Loud., 1907, 753. . Ueber den Einfluss 
 
 stickstoflbindcnder Bakterien auf das Wachstum von Pflan- 
 zen, welche nicht zu den Leguminosen gehoren. Centralbl. 
 f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1909, xxv, 270-272. AUo, 
 transl.: Sep. Brit. Ass. Adv. So. 1910, Lend., 1911, Ixxx, 
 
 786. . Some effects of nltrogen-flxing bacteria on 
 
 the growth of non-leguminous plants. Proc. Roy. Soc. 
 Lond., 1909. s. B., Ixxxi, 287-289.— Bottomley (W. B.) & 
 Hall (A. D.) Nitrogen-flxing bacteria and non-leguminous 
 plants. Nature, Lond., 1909-10, Ixxxil, 218: 1910, Ixxxiii, 
 96.— Bredemann (G.) Die Regeneration des Stickstoff- 
 bindungsvermSgens der Bakterien. Centralbl. I. Bakteriol. 
 
 b per I'agricoltura e per I'lgiene. KJv. dl Ingegner. 
 san., Tormo, 1905, i, 142-145.— EmeUansky (W. X.) & 
 Sieber (N. O.) zur Frage nach der chemischen Zusam- 
 mensetzuiig der BakterienkSrper des Azotobacter chroo- 
 coccum. Ztschr. f. Physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1913, Ixxxviii, 
 445-459— Fred (E. B.) Eine physiologische Studie iiber 
 
BACTERIA. 
 
 287 
 
 BACTERIA. 
 
 Bacteria (Nitrifying). 
 
 die nitratreduzierenden Bakterien. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. 
 [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1911-12, xxjdi, 421-449, 6 pi.— Fred 
 (E. B.) & Davenport (Audrey). Influence of reaction on 
 nitrogen-assimilatmg bacteria. J. Agric. Research, Wash,, 
 1918, xiv, 317-336.— Fremlln (H. S.) Further observations 
 on nitroso-bacteria. J. Hyg., Cambridge, 1914, xiv, 149- 
 162.— Gage (G. E.) Biological and chemical studies on 
 nitroso bacteria. Centralbl. 1. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., 
 Jena, 1910, xxvii, 7-48. — Galney (P. L.) Soil reaction and 
 the growth ol azotobacter. J. Agric. Research, Wash., 1918, 
 xiv, 26,')-271.— Gehrlng (A.) Beitrage zur Kenntnis der 
 Physiologle und Verbreitung denitriflzierender Thiosulfat- 
 Bakterien. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 
 1914, xlii, 402-438.— Gerlach & Vogel. VersUche mit stick- 
 stoftblndenden Bakterien. Ibid., 1902, ix, 817; 881.— Han- 
 zawa (J.) Einige Beobachtungen liber Stickstoff-Bindung 
 durch Azotobacter in stickstoflarmen und in stickstoffrei- 
 chen Substraten. Ibid., 1914, xli, 573-576.— Hartwlg (F.) 
 & liOIiinann (E.) Contributi alia bioehimica dei micror- 
 
 fanismi; ricerche quantitative Sulla fermentazione nitrica. 
 'athologica, Genova, 1910-11, iii, 311.— Headden (W. P.) 
 Do azotobacter nitrify? Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 
 1914, n. s., xl, 379-381.— Herter (C. A.) The relation of 
 nitrifying bacteria to the urosein reaction of Neucki and 
 Sieber. J. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1908, iv, 239-251.— HUIs 
 (T. L.) Influence ol nitrates on nitrogen-assimilating 
 bacteria. J. Agric. Research, Wash., 1918, xii, 183-227.— 
 Hoffmann (C.) The protein and phosphorus content of 
 azotobacter cells. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., 
 Jena, 1913, xxxvi, 474-476.— Hoffmann (C.) & Hammer 
 (B. W.) Some factors concerned in the fixation of nitrogen 
 by azotobacter. Ibid., 1910, xxvlii, 127-139.— Jones (D. H.) 
 A morphological and cultural study of some azotobacter. 
 Ibid., 1913, xxxviii, 14-25, 5 pi. Also [Abstr.] : Science, N. Y. 
 & Lancaster, Pa., 1913, n. s., xxxviii, 413.— Kellerman 
 (K. F.) & Smltb (N. R.) The absence of nitrate lormar 
 tion in cultures of azotobacter. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 
 2. Abt., Jena, 1914, xl, 479^82.— Kelley (W. P.) Effect of 
 nitrifying bacteria on tne solubility of tricalcium phosphate. 
 J. Agric. Research. Wash., 1918, xii, 671-683.— Kllmincr 
 .(M.) & Krllger (R.) Sind die bei den verschiedenen 
 Le^uminoseu gefundenen KnoUohenbakterien artver- 
 schieden? Centralbl. 1. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1914, 
 xl, 256-265.— Kocb (A.) & Seydel (S.) Ueber die Ver- 
 wertung der Zellobiose als Energiequelle bei der Stick- 
 stoffbindung durch Azotobacter. Ibid., 1911, xxxi, 567- 
 
 570. . Versuche iiber den Verlauf der Stick- 
 
 stollbindung durch Azotobacter. Ibid., 570-578.— Srze- 
 mleniewska ( Mme. H.) Der Einfluss der Mineralbestand- 
 teile der Nahrlosung auf die Entwicklung des Azotobakters. 
 Bull, internat. Acad. d. sc. de Cracovie, 1910, s. B., 376- 
 414.— Krzemlenlewskl (S.) Physiologische Untersuchun- 
 gen iiber Azotobacter chroococcum Beij. Ibid., 1907, 746- 
 749. . Untersuchungen fiber Azotobacter chroococ- 
 cum. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1909, 
 xxiii, 161-173.— LIpman (J. C.) & Brown (P. E.) Experi- 
 ments on ammonia and nitrate formation in soils. Ibid 
 
 1910, xxvi, 590-632.— Ltihnls (F.) & Hanzawa (J.) Die 
 StelluuB von Azotobacter im System. Ibid., 1914, xlii, 
 1-8, 2 pi.— LOhnis (F.) & Pillal (N. K.) Ueber stickstoff- 
 fixierende Bakterien. 11. Ibid., 1807, six, 87-96, 1 pi — 
 Lebnis (F.) & Suzuki (S.) Ueber Nitragin und Azoto- 
 
 fen. Zugleieh v. Beitrag zur Kenntnis stickstoflixierender 
 iodenbakterien. Ibid., 1911, xxx, 644-651.— LBhnis (F ) 
 & Westermann (T.) Ueber stickstofi9xierende Baktenen. 
 Ibid., 1908-9, xxii, 234-254, 1 pi.— Makrlnofl (J.) Mag- 
 nesiarGipsplatten und Magnesia-Platten mit organischer 
 Substanz als sehr geeignetes lestes Substrat fiir die Kultur 
 der Nitrifikationsorganismen. Ibid., 1909, xxiv, 415-423 
 1 pi.— Manns (T. F.) Media for quantitative and qualita- 
 tive studies on azotobacter and nitrifiers. Science, Lan- 
 caster, Pa., 1916, n. s., xliii, 288.— Mencl (E.) Die Kem- 
 aquivalente und Kerne bei Azotobacter chroococcum und 
 seine Sporenbildung. Arch. f. Protistenk., Jena, 1911, xxii, 
 1-18, 1 pi.— Mockerldge (Florence Annie). Soil organic 
 matter as a culture medium for Azotobacter. Bio-Chem 
 J., Cambridge, 1915, ix, 272-283.— Moore (G. T.) Bacteria 
 and the nitrogen problem. Yearbook Dep. Agric., Wash . 
 1902, 332-342.— Mulvanla (M.) Observations on azoto^ 
 bacter. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1915, n. s., xlii 
 463-465.— Omeiiansky (V. L.) Kleinere Mitteilungen 
 liber Nitriflkationsmikroben. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc 1, 
 2. Abt., Jena, 1907, xlx, 263.— Omeilansky (V. L ) & 
 Solounskoff (Mile. N.) Sur la distribution des bact&es 
 azoto-fixatrices dans les sols russes. Arch. d. sc biol 
 Petrogr., 1914-15, xviii, 459-482, 3 pi.— Praimowski (A.'i 
 Azotobacter-Studien. BuU. internat. Acad. d. sc. de Cra- 
 covie, 1912, B, 87; 855, 3 pi. . Die Entwicklungsge- 
 
 schichte, Morpnologie und Cytologie des Azotobacter chroo- 
 coccum Beijer. Centralbl. 1. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena 
 1912, xxxiii, 292-305.— Prtngshelm (H.) Die Bedeutung 
 stlokstoflbindender Bakterien. Biol. Centralbl., Erlang 
 
 1911, xxxi, 65-81.— KOslng (G.) Zusammenfassung der 
 Ergebnisse von Untersuchungen iiber die Stickstoflsamm- 
 lung von Azotobacter chroococcum. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol 
 [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1912, xxxiii, 618-623.- Bubel (M. N.) 
 [Microbes of nitrification of biological filters.] Russk 
 Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1913, xii, 610-612.— Severin & B[rze- 
 
 Bacteria (Nitrifying). 
 
 mieniewskl (Helfene). [Zur Biologie der stickstoflbin- 
 denden Mtkroorganismen.] Bull, internat. Acad. d. sc. de 
 Cracovie, 1906, 660-677. — Simon (J.) Ueber die Verwandt- 
 schaftsverhailiiisse der Leguminosen-Wurzelbakteiien. Cen- 
 tralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1914, xli, 470-479.— 
 Stevens (F. L.j & Withers (W. A.) Studies in soil bac- 
 teriology. 4. The inMbition of nitrification by organic 
 matter, compared in soils and in solutions. Ibid., 1910, 
 xxvii, 169-186.— Stewart (R.) The intensity of nitrifi- 
 cation in arid soils. Ibid., 1913, xxxvi, 477-490.— Stoklasa 
 (J.) Influence de la radioactivity sur les microorgamsmes 
 fixateurs d'azote ou transformateurs de mati^res azotf^es. 
 Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par., 1913, clxvii, 879-882.— 
 Vogel. Untersuchungen fiber das Kalibediirfnis von Azo- 
 tobacter. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 
 1911-12, xxxii, 411-421.— Wagerln (W.) Die Beziehungen 
 der Bakterien zum Kreislaufe des Stickstoffs. Med. Kim., 
 Berl., 1914, x, 894-897.— Williams (B.) The effect of cer- 
 tain organic soil constituents on fixation of nitrogen by azoto- 
 bacter. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1915, n. s., xlii, 
 320.— Wlnogradsky (S.) & Omellansky (V.) Ueber den 
 Einfluss der organischen Substanzen aut die Arbeit der 
 nitriflzierenden Mtkrobien. Centralbl. 1. Bakteriol. [etc.], 
 2. Abt., Jena, 1899, v, 329; 377; 429. 
 
 Bacteria (Nomenclature of). 
 
 See Bacteria (Classification, etc., of). 
 
 Bacteria (Pathogenic). 
 
 See, also, Bacteria (Toxins, etc., of); and 
 under bacteriology of the various infectious dis- 
 eases. 
 
 Baumgabten (P. C.) Lehrbuch der patho- 
 genen Milsroorganismen. Die pathogenen Bali- 
 terien. roy. 8°. Leipzig, 1911. 
 
 Bealb (L. S.) Disease germs; their nature and 
 origin. 2. ed. 8°. London, 1872. 
 
 Burnet (E.) La lutte contre les microbes; 
 cancer, tuberculose, maladie du sommeil, t^tanos, 
 ent^rite et microbes intestinaux, variole et vac- 
 cine: I'oeuvre de Jenner. 12°. Paris, 1908. 
 
 DuPLOCQ (P.) Lef ons sur les bact6ries patho- 
 gfenes, faites h, rH6tel-Dieu annexe. 8° Paris, 
 1897. 
 
 FooTE (E. B.) Bacteria in their relation to dis- 
 ease; a discussion of the germ theory of disease 
 and the prevention of germ diseases. 16°. New 
 York, 1887. 
 
 Franceschi (L.) La medicina modema e i 
 microbi patogeni. Risposta di un medico alia 
 "Civiltacattolica."' 8*. Mreme, 1901. 
 
 JoussET (P.) Les microbes pathogfenes. 12° 
 Paris, 1902. 
 
 Klein (A.) De strijd tusschen de bacterien 
 en het dierlij k organisme . 8° . Groningen , 1907 . 
 
 Lettmann (B. H. S.) Notes on micro-organ- 
 isms pathogenic to man. 8°. London, New York 
 & Bombay, 1897. 
 
 McFarland (J.) A text-book upon the path- 
 ogenic bacteria for students of medicine and 
 physicians. 8°. Philadelphia, 1896. 
 
 . The same. 3. ed. 8°. Philadelphia, 
 
 1900. 
 
 The same. 4. ed., rewritten and en- 
 larged. 8°. Philadelphia, 1903. 
 
 — . The same. 5.ed. 8°. Philadelphia & 
 London, 1906. 
 
 • The same. 6. ed. 8° Philadelphia 
 & London, 1909. 
 
 Pacinotti ((J.) & PoRCELLi (V.) Azione mi- 
 crobicida esercitata dai raggi Becquerel su alcuni 
 microrganismi patogeni. Ricerche sperimentali 
 8°. Firenze, 1898. 
 
 Park (W. H.) & Williams (Anna W.) Patho- 
 genic micro-organisms, including bacteria and 
 protozoa. A practical manual for students, phys- 
 sicians and health officers. 8°. New York & 
 Philadelphia. 1905. 
 
 ■ ■ . The same. 3. ed. 8°. New 
 
 York & Philadelphia, 1908. 
 
288 
 
 Bacteria (Pathogenic). 
 . The same. 
 
 4. ed. 8°. New 
 
 York & Philadelphia, 1910. 
 
 ■ . The same. 5. ed. 8° New 
 
 York & Philadelphia, 1914. 
 
 . The same. Assisted by Ch. 
 
 Krumwiede, jr. 6. ed. 8°. New York & Phila- 
 delphia, 1917. 
 
 Ryumin (N. N.) *Vliyanijre sakharntkh 
 rastvorov razlichnoi kontaentratBil na rest i zhi- 
 znesposobnost bolieznetvornikh mikroorganiz- 
 m.ov. [Influence of solutions of sugar of vari- 
 ous concentration upon the growth and viability 
 of pathogenic microorganisms.] 8°- S.-Peter- 
 burg, 1898. 
 
 ScHURMAYER (B.) Die pathogenen Spalt- 
 pilze. 12°. Leipzig, [1897?]. 
 
 Shattock (S. G.j An atlas of the bacteria 
 pathogenic in man, with descriptions of their 
 morphology and modes of microscopic exami- 
 nation; with an introductory chapter on bac- 
 teriology, its practical value to the general 
 practitioner, by W. Wayne Babcock. 8°. New 
 York, 1899. 
 
 Abels (A.) Die kriminelle Bedeutung der krankheits- 
 erregenden Bakterien. Arch. f. Krim.-Anthrop. u. Kri- 
 minalist., I^eipz., 1913, liii, 130-174.— AUarla (G. B.) Ri- 
 cerche suU'azione del liciuido cefaloraclddeo sopra alcuni 
 mioroorganismi patogeni. Morgagni, Milano, 1905, xlvii, 
 676-687.— Allen (S. G.) The thermal death point of patho- 
 genic bacteria and the portable (army) excreta steriliser. 
 J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lend., 1906, vii, 633-635.— Bal- 
 dassaii ( L. ) Sul contenuto miorobico e sulla resistenza dei 
 genni patogeni in alcuni oil. Gior. d. r. See. ital. d' ig., Mi- 
 lano, 1901, xxiii, 66-71.— Bonardi (E.) Intomoallepresunte 
 specie bacterichepatogene ed ai loro prodotti. R. 1st. Lomb. 
 m sc. e lett. Rendic. , Milano, 1902, 2. s., xxxv, 628-636.— Ca- 
 sagrandi (0. ) Sulle relazioni tra batteri proto-, meta- e para- 
 trofieinparticolarmodosuIIerelaziomtraeberthiformi,pseu- 
 doeberthlformi e forme batteriche superiori. Ann. d'ig. sper. , 
 Roma, 1903, n. s.,xiii, 456-468.— Celll (A.) La diflusibilita dei 
 germi patogeni. /6ia., 1913, n.s.,xxui, #1-112. Also,ira7isl.: 
 Arch, f . Hy g. , Miinchen & Berl. , 1913, Ixxxi, 333-371.— Cerno- 
 vodeanu ( Mtte. P.) & Henri (V.) D^ternunation du signe 
 aectrique de quelques microbes pathog^nes. Compt. rend. 
 Soc. debiol.. Par., 1906, Ixi, 200.— Charrtn & GuiUemonat. 
 Varifitfe d'action et de nature des sdcr^tions d'uu microbe 
 pathogSne (produits volatils, h^molysines, mucine, principes 
 antagonistes pyocyaniqnes). Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. 
 Par., 1902, cxxxiv, 1240-1243.— Collins (,Sir W. J.) The 
 man verstis the microbe. J. San. Inst., Lend., 1902-3, xxiii, 
 335-366. — Combe. Les mlorobicoles. Bull. Soc. mM.- 
 chir. de la Dr6me feto.]. Valence & Par., 1902, iii, 67-72.— 
 Danysz (J.) Pathogeue Mrkrobeu als Vertilgungsmittel 
 gegen schadliche Tiere. Handb. d. Techn. u. Methodik d. 
 Immunitatsforschy Jena, 1911, Ergnzngsbd. i, 631-643.— 
 Denaeyer (A.) La reonerobe des principaux microbes 
 pathogfenes de rhomme. Pressc m4d. beige, Brux., 1897, 
 xlix,-215; 223; 231; 239; 247; 264; 271; 279; 287; 296; 303; 311; 
 319; 328; 335; 343; 351.— Deycke (G.) Ueber die Abstcrbe- 
 bedingungen pathogener Keime auf gewissen Anstricbfar- 
 ben. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1898, xxiii, 
 1033; 1081.— Eberson (F.) A bacteriologic study ot the 
 diphtheroid organisms with special reference to Hodgkin's 
 disease. J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1918, xxiii, 1^2, 3 pi.— 
 Ellis (D.) Untersuchungen iiber Sarcina, Streptococcus 
 und Spirillum. Centralbr I. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 
 1903, xxxiii, I; 81; 161, 2 pi.— Flore (V.) Sullo sviluppo del 
 germi patogeni in liquidi contenenti derivati deiralbumina. 
 Gior. a. r. Soc. ital. d'ig., Milano, 1902, xxiv, 339-344.— 
 Gordon (M. H.) On the nitrogenous food requirement of 
 some of the commoner pathogenic bacteria. J. Roy. Army 
 Med. Corps, Lend., 1917, xxviii, 371-376.— Guerard (A. R.) 
 Bacteria (pathogenic). Eef. Handb. Med. Sc, N. Y., 1913, 
 i, 825-876.— Hesse (W.) Ueber das Verhalten pathogener 
 Mikroorganismen in pasteurisirter Milch. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. 
 Infectionskrankh., Leipz., 1900, xxxiv, 346-348.— Hill (H. 
 W.) The distribution of B. diphtheriae and B. tuberculosis 
 in rooms occupied by patients suffering from these diseases. 
 Am. Pub. Health Ass. Rep. 1902, Columbus, 1903, xxviii, 
 209-202.— Houston (A. C.) Report on inoculation of soil 
 with particular microbes, pathogenic and other. Rep. Med. 
 
 Off. Local Gov. Bd., Lond., 1898-9, 413-438, 1 diag., 3pl. . 
 
 Recently aoquirea knowledge concernmg the bionomics 
 of pathogenic organisms and its bearing on the spread 
 of msease. lancet, Lond., 1910, ii, 390.— Houston (A. C), 
 Lentz (O.) [et al.\. Discussion on recently acquired knowl- 
 edge concerning the bionomics of pathogenic organisms and 
 its bearing on the spread of disease. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1910, 
 ii, 1499-1506.— Hugounenq (L.) & Doyon (M.) Contribu- 
 tion k r^tude des actions cnimlques des microbes patho- 
 
 Bacteria (Pathogenic) . 
 
 gSnes. Ann. de chim. et phys., Par., 1898, 7. s., xv, 145-156. 
 Also: Arch, de physiol. norm, et path.. Par., 1898, 5. s., x, 
 386-392.— Klein & Hymans (Z.) Eenige episoden uit het 
 leven der ziektemakende bacteriSn. Nosokfimos, Amst.. 
 1910-11, X, 279; 299; 331.— Klemm (P.) Einige Bemer- 
 kungen iiber die Spezifltat der Baktenen. Miinchen. med. 
 Wohnschr., 1901, xlviti, 1748-1750.— Koraen (G.) Patho- 
 gene Bakterien in Gegenwart von Luft und unter kontrol- 
 fierbarer Luftleere kultiviert. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 
 1. Abt., Jena, 1905, xxxix, 508-512.— Kraus (R.) Ueber 
 specillsche Reactionen in keimfreien Filtraten aus Cholera, 
 Typhus, und PestbouUlonculturen, erzeugt durch homolo- 
 ges Serum. Wien. klin. Wchnschr.^ 1897, x, 736.— Kurlta 
 (S.) IJeber den Brustseuchenbacillus des Kanlnchens. 
 Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1909, xlix, Orig., 
 508^510.— Llbman (E.) On a peculiar property possessed 
 by (at least some of) the pathogenic bacteria; preliminary 
 communication. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1900, Ivil, 842. Also, 
 transl.: Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1900; 
 
 xxviii^ 293. . On the property of precipitating albumin 
 
 exhibited by some pathogenic bacteria. Proc. N. York 
 Path. Soc. (1899-1900), 1901, 241.— LIpes (H. J.) The in- 
 fluence of the discovery; of the relation of bacteria to disease 
 on the practice of medicineexclusive of surgery. Sanitarian. 
 N. Y., 1903, 1, 138; 216; 325; 413.— Lo Bosco (V.) Ik pareti 
 delle case considerate come mezzo di conservazione e propa- 
 gazione dei germi patogeni. Ufliciale san., Napoli, 1899, xii, 
 49-68.— MaragUano (E.) Lezione di cmusura. Cron. d. 
 Clin. med. di Geneva, 1896-8, iv, 321; 337; 353; 369.— Mar- 
 togllo (F.) Ricerche sull' azione patogena acquisibile dai 
 microrganismi non patogeni. Ann. d'ig. sper., Roma, 1899, 
 n. s., ix, 449-462.— Miehe (H.) Wo kormen pathogene 
 Mikroorganismen in der freien- Natur wachsen? Med. 
 Klin., Berl., 1906, ii, 943.— Nash (J. T. C.) On the evolu- 
 tion of pathogenic organisms. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 
 
 1901, n. s., Ixxi, 491-493.— Paul (E.) Zur Pathogenltat der 
 fusiformen Bazillen und der Mundspirochaten. Cong. dent, 
 intemat. C.-r., Berl., 1909, v, pt. 1, 302-312.— Pearse (W. 
 H.) The relativity of germs and evolution in disease. 
 Scalpel, Lond., 1896, i, 108; 151; 177.— Pfuhl (E.) Ver- 
 gleimende Untersuchungen uber die Haltbarkeit der Ruhr- 
 bacillen und der Typhusbacillen ausserhalb des mensch- 
 lichen Korpers. Ztschr. f . Hyg. u. Infectionskrankh., Leipz., 
 
 1902, xl, 655-566.— Proescber (F.) Azurophile micro- 
 organisms; etiological studies on rabies, poliomyelitis and 
 variola. Intemat. Clin., Phila., 1913, 23. s., iv, 58-85, 6 pi.— 
 Bosenbach (F. J.) Experimentelle, morphologische und 
 klinische Studie iiber die krankheitserregenden Mikroorga- 
 nismen des Schweinerotlauts, des Erysipels und der Mause- 
 sepsis. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infektionskraukh., Leipz., 1909, 
 Ixiii, 343-369, 7 pi.— Rosenthal (E.) Experimentelle Stu- 
 dien iiber die Vermeluungsgeschwindigkeit einiger pa- 
 thogenen Mikroorganismen. Arch. f. Hyg., Miinchen & 
 Berl, 1913, Ixxxi, 81-91.- Rous (P.) & Jones (F. S.) The 
 protection of pathogenic microorganisms by living tissue 
 cells. J. Exper. M., Bait., 1916, xxiii, 601-612, 1 pi.— Eu- 
 blnstein (S.) Ueber das Verhalten einiger pathogener 
 Bacterien in der Buttermilch. Arch. f. Kinderh., Stuttg., 
 
 1903, xxxv, 316-340.— Sampletro (G.) Sulla reazione del 
 triptotane nolle brodoculture di alcuni germi patogeni. 
 Bull. d. r. Accad. med. di Roma, 1906, xxxii, WS-2U.— 
 Schneider. Ueber das Vorkommen pathogener Bakte- 
 rien ohne Krankheitserregung. Ztschr. f. Med.-Beamte, 
 Berl., 1907, xx, 689-706.— Sellfert (G.) Die Diagnose patho- 
 gener Bakterien mit der Mikromethode. Miinchen. med. 
 Wohnschr., 1917, Ixiv, 94-96.— Selvis y BolOs (C.) Investi- 
 gacidn en los medics naturales — recoleccidn, siembras, prepa- 
 raciones de los microbios patdgenos. Gac. m6d. catal., Bar- 
 eel., 1913, xlii, 9; 54.— Sllvestrlnl (R.) & Baduel (C.) Sulla 
 resistenza di microrganismi patogeni protetti da sostanze 
 grasse in contatto con succhi gastrici. Settimana med. d. 
 Sperimentale, Firenze, 1898, Iii, 313-316.— Smith (T.) 
 Some problems in the lite history otpathogcoic microorgan- 
 ism. Am. Med., Phila., 1904, viii, 711-718. .Aino, Reprint.— 
 Sternberg (C.) Die Ergebnisse experimenteller Unter. 
 suchungen iiber pathogene Blastomyceten. Verhandl. d. 
 Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1901, Leipz., 1902, 
 Ixxiii, pt. 2, med. Abth., 13.— Swayze (G. B. H.) Reprieve 
 tor the guilty baoiUus. Med. Times, N. Y., 1905, xxxiii, 
 296-298.— Toyosuml (H.) Untersuchungen iiber die 
 Wirkung der Meerschweinohenleukozyteu auf Staphylo- 
 kokken, Streptokokken und Sohweinepestbazillen. Arch, 
 f. Hyg., Miinchen & Berl., 1909, Ixxi, 287-305.— Trolll- 
 Petersson (Gerda). Fortgesetzte Studien uber das Wach- 
 stum einiger pathogener Bakterien in sterilisiorten und 
 niohtsterilon Abfallsstoflen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 
 1. Abt., Jena, 1908, xlviii, Orig., 129-135.— Twitchell (G. B.) 
 The origin of the pathogenic bacteria. Cincin. Lancet- 
 CUnic, 1899, n. s., xlii 265-257. [Discussion], 262-264.— 
 Walker (I. C.) & Adklnson (June). Studies on Staphylo- 
 coccus pyogenes aureus, albus and oitreus, and on Micrococ- 
 cus tetragenus and M. oatarrhalis. J. Med. Research, Best., 
 1917, n. s., XXX, 373-390. Also, Reprint.- Washburn 
 (H. J.) Biology of pathogenic microorganisms. J. Comp. 
 M. & Vet. Arch., Plula., 1899, xx, 612-620.— Zonchello (C.) 
 Sulla resistenza -di alcuni germi patogeni nolle corrcnti 
 d'aria. Gior. d. r. Soc.ital. d'ig., Milano, 1905, xxvii, 489; 537. 
 
BACTERIA. 
 
 289 
 
 BACTEEIA. 
 
 Bacteria {Pathogenic, Infection ly). 
 
 Capaldi (A.) Sul passaggio attraverso il 
 tessuto di ^anulazione di sostanzebatteriche 
 appartenenti al gruppo delle immunizanti. 4°. 
 Palermo', 1903. 
 
 Sepr. from: Mem. chir. pubb. in ouore Bottini, Palermo, 
 1903. 
 
 CoENiL (A.-V.) & BajBes (V.) Les bact^ries 
 et leur r61e dans I'^tiologie, ranatoraie et I'histo- 
 logie pathologiques des maladies infectieuses. 
 Troisieme Edition refondue et augment6e conte- 
 nant les m^thodes sp6ciales de la bacteriologie. 
 2v. 8°. Pam, 1890. 
 
 Franks (K.) The germ theory. 8° Dublin, 
 1883. 
 
 Gradle (H.) Bacteria and the germ theory 
 of disease. Eight lectures delivered at the 
 Chicago Medical College. 8°. Chicago, 1883. 
 
 VON HiBLEB (E.) Untersuchungen uber die 
 pathogenen Anaeroben, uber die anatomischen 
 und histologischen Veranderungen bei den 
 durch sie bedingten Infektionserkrankungen 
 des Menschen sowie der Tiere und uber einige 
 nicht pathogene Anaerobenarten. 8°. Jena, 
 1908. 
 
 Kuster (H. A.) *Ueber den Durchgang von 
 Bakterien durch den Insektendarm: 8°. Heidel- 
 berg, 1902. 
 
 LoEHLBiN (M.) Die krankheiterregenden 
 
 Bakterien. Entstehung, Heilung und Be- 
 
 ■ kampfung der bakteriellen Infektionskrank- 
 
 heiten des Menschen, gemeinverstandlich dar- 
 
 gestellt von . . . 12°. Leipzig, 1910. 
 
 NocARD (E.) & Leclainche (E.) Mikrob- 
 nlya boliezni zhivotnlkh. (Les maladies mi- 
 crobiennes des animaux.) Perevod s frantsuz- 
 skavo s dolavbeniyami. [Translated from the 
 French, with additions.] 8°. S.-Peterburg, IS97. 
 
 QxTENSEL (U.) Bakterierna och smittosjukdo- 
 marna. [Bacteria and contagious diseases.] 
 12°. Stockholm, 1906. 
 
 TiBDB (T.) *Wann lassen sich die Erreger des 
 Rotlaufs und der Geflugelcholera nach einer 
 Hautimpfung in den inneren Organen von 
 Mausen nachweisen. [Giessen.] 8°. Jena, 
 1902. 
 
 Andrewes (F. W.) & Gordon (M. H.) Observations on 
 some of the defensive mechanisms of the body against the 
 pyogenic cocci. Bep. Local Gov. Bd. 1906-7, Lend., 1908, 
 Suppl., 141-182.— Bail (O.) Die AggreSsivitat pathogener 
 Bakterien. Berl. khn.-therap. Wchnschr., 1905, 901-910. 
 Also: Wien. khn.-therap. Wchnschr., 1905, 901-910.— Bar- 
 rago-CiareUa (O.) Azione dei microrgajusmi delle cavitS, 
 nasali e delle cavity medie auricolari suppuranti inocuJati nel 
 cervello. Glor. internaz. d. so. med., Napoli, 1901, n. s 
 xriii, 304-321.— Basset (J.) & Carre (H.) Conditions dans 
 , lesquelles la muqueuse digestive est permeable aux microbes 
 de I'intestin. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1907, bdii, 
 272-274.— BSrard. L&ions bacillaires. Lyon m§d., 1908, 
 cxl, 813-815.— BertareUl (E.) & Bocchia (J.) Eicerche 
 sperimentall sul numero dei germi e le interioni. Eiv. d'ig. 
 e san. pubby Torino, 1914, xxv, 250; 269.— Besnoit & Cullie. 
 Sur le r61e du parasitisme interne dans les infections gini- 
 rales. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1898, 10. s., v, 1089- 
 1091.— Biernacki (J.) Evolutionary etiological factors in 
 disease. Lancet, Lond., 1915, ii, 833.— Blumenthal (E ) 
 Die Bekampfung der baoteriellen Inlectionen im Organismus 
 durch ChemlkaUen. J. State Med., Lond., 1913, xxi, 119- 
 122.— Bolognesl (G.) Modiflcazioni chimiehe del siero di 
 sangue nolle infezioni da comuni piogeni. Clin, med ital 
 Milano, 1907, xlvi, 697-702. Also, transl.: Arch, ital de 
 biol., Turin, 1908, xlix, 171-176.— Bruck (L.) Bakterien 
 und Erkilltung. Monatschr. t. prakt. Wasserh., Milnchen 
 1898, V, 265-273. Also: Wien. med. Presse, 1898, xxxbc 
 2017-2022.— Cafiero (C.) Sulla progressiva moltiplicazione 
 dei mlcrobi settici nell'organismo del conigUo e sulla sterUiz- 
 zazione dei patogeni non settici inoculati per via sottocu- 
 tanea. Tommasi, Napoli, 1907, ii, 59-62.— Calmette (E.) 
 Des infections larvSes au point de vue bacteriologioue 
 Bull. mM., Par., 1898, xii, 1049.— Cameron (Sir H. C.) 
 Climcaliliustrations of the persistence of disease germs in the 
 human body. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1911, i, 973-976.— Charrin 
 (A.) Plurality des principes morbifiques engendrfe par uu 
 
 96808°— -^'ol. II, 3d series— 19 19' 
 
 Bacteria (Pathogenic, Infection hy). 
 
 microbe pathogtae. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1897, 
 cx-xiv, 1047-1049.— CHecsman (T. M.) & Mcltzer (S. J.) 
 An experimental study of the direct inoculation of bacteria 
 into the spleen of living animals; and a contribution to the 
 knowledge of the importance of a lesion in animal tissue for 
 the lodgment and multiplication of bacteria within it. J. 
 Exper. M., N. Y., 1898, in, 533-548.— Courcoux ( A. ) Note 
 surlesl&ionsproduitesparlachloroformo-bacillined'Anclair 
 inoculfe dans la cavitg pleurale. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. , 
 Par., 1909, Ixvi, 166-168.— Danysz (J.) Origine des affl- 
 nit^s sp(5ciflques entre les produits microbiens pathogfenes et 
 I'organisme animal. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par., 1917, 
 clxv, 378-380.— Dieterlen (F.) Ueber das Aufwarts- 
 wandem der Bakterien im Verdauungskanal und seine 
 Bedeutung fur die Infektion des Eespirationstraktus. 
 Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1907, xlv, Orig., 
 385-387.— Discussion on the possibihties as to the latency of 
 parasitic germs or specific poisons in animal tissues, as in 
 hydrophobia, erysipelas, syphilis, leprosy, ringworm, tuber- 
 culosis, etc. Proc. Eoy. M. & Chir. Soc. Lond., 1895-6, viii, 
 27-90.— Dudgeon (L. S.) The Horace Dobell lecture on 
 the latent persistence and the reactivation of pathogenic 
 bacteria in the body. Lancet, Lond., 1908, il, 1651-1656. 
 Also [Abstr.l: Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1908, n. s., Ixxxvi, 
 548-552.— Edlngton (A.) Bacteriology and infective 
 pathology. South African M. J., Cape Town, 1896, iv, 194- 
 198.— Favitskl (A. P.) [Influence of the products of secre- 
 tion of certain pathogenic bacteria, and likewise their micro- 
 protein, upon the animal organism.] Vrach, S.-Peterb , 
 1892, xiii; 256; 314; 372; 399; 500.-Gat{a (A.) Influenza di 
 alcuni batterii non patogeni e di patogeni attenuati sul 
 cervello. Xavori d. CJong. di med. mt. 1902, Eoma, 1903, 
 xii, 571-575.— Gaube. Spi5ciflque des maladies bact<5riennes 
 del'hommeet des animaux. M^d. mod.. Par., 1900, xi, 145- 
 147.— Gottstein (A.) Die Bacterien als Krankheitserreger. 
 Med. Woche, Berl., 1903, 231-235.— Gruner (O. C.) Evolu- 
 tionary etiological factors in disease. Lancet, Lond., 1915, 
 ii, 625.— von Hibler (E.) Beitrage zur Kenntuis der durch 
 anaerobe Spaltpilze erzeugten Infektionserkrankungen der 
 Tiere und des Menschen, sowie zur Begriindung einer 
 genauen bakteriologisch- und pathologisch-anatomischen 
 Differentialdiagnose dieser Prozesse. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol 
 [etc.],l.Abt., Jena, 1899, XXV, 513; 593; 631.— HofbauerCL ) 
 & von Czybiarz (E. E.) tJeber die Ursaohen des Nerven- 
 emflusses auf die Ix)calisation von pathogenen Mikroorga- 
 nisman. Centralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat., Jena, 1898 
 IX, 6577671.— Jaccoud. De I'^tiologie dans les maladies 
 nucrobiermes. J. d'aceouch., Li^ge, 1896, xvii, 403-406 
 Also: Semame m(5d.. Par., 1896, xvi, 461.— Jousset (P ) 
 Eale du microbe pathogfene dans la production des maladies 
 AJ\™4?:' ^^'■•1 ^%''i' ^?\; 281-287.-Krehl (L.) & Soetbeer 
 (F.) Wie gestaltet sich die Warmeokonomie und der 
 Gaswechsel poikilothermer Wirbelthiere imter dem Ein- 
 flusse bacteneller Inlectionen? Arch. f. exper Path u 
 Pharmakol., Leipz., 1897, xl, 275-286.— von tote' (J ) Bei- 
 trag zur Methode der Bestimmung der Wideistandstahigkeit 
 ' des tienschen Organismus im Kampfe mit den Bakterien 
 Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etcl, 1. Abt., Jena, 1902. xxxii' 
 Referate, 324-326.--Mari (G.) Sulla propagazione del 
 microbi inlettivi neU' organismo. Lavori d. Cong di med 
 int. 1906, Roma 1907, xvi, 24.5-252.- Meltzer (S. J ) & Chees- 
 man (T. M.) An experimental study of the direct inocu- 
 lation of bactena mto the spleen of hving animals- and a 
 contribution, to the knowledge of the importance of a lesion 
 m animal tissue for the lodgment and multiplication of 
 bacteria witMu it. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila., 1898, 
 xm, 44-6p.-BIltclieU (O. W. H.) Bacteria and disease. 
 Umv. Missoun Bull., Med. Ser., Columbia, 1913, i, No 1 
 5-39.— Monler (M.) Efection de I'organisme en pr&ence 
 des microbes pathogfenes. Gaz. mSd. de Litee, 1897-8 x 
 362; 374.-Musniecl (N.) Le origini della ^odema ia.^ 
 tenolojia e la patogenesi di talune malattie miasmatico- 
 contagiose. Corriere san., Milano, 1898, ix, 766- 783 —Nash 
 (J. T. C.) Evolutionary etiological factors in 'disease 
 Lancet, Lond., 1915, ii, 572.— Neisser (M.) Experimentelles 
 zur Frage der Aufnahme der Bacterien vom Darm aus 
 Jahresb. d. schles. Gesellsch. f. vaterl. Kult. 1896 Bresl ' 
 1897, Ixxiv, 1. Abtb., Hyg. Sect., 2.— Ndtzel (W.) Unter- 
 suchungen uber das Verhalteu der durch Bakterienresorp- 
 tion inflzierteu Lymphdruseu. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. 
 deufech. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1907, Leipz., 1910, Ixxxi, pt 2, 
 2. Hltte., 142-144.-Pawlovpsky (A. D.) ias Sc&ai 
 emiger pathogener (hauptsachUch pyogener) Mikroben bei 
 ihrem Eindrlngen in den Tierorganismus von den Gelenken 
 der Pleura, dem Auge, der Mundhohle, dem Darmkanale 
 und der Vagina aus. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infektionskrankh., 
 Leipz., 1909, Ixu, 433-462.— Peckham (Adelaide W.) The 
 method of mvasiou of the tissues by pyogenic bacteria Een 
 ?J^°S- •*i"'™»iE Ass. Woman's M. Coll. Penn., Phila., 1896! 
 *'-^o-— FoyDton (F. J.) A paper upon a microbie agent 
 considered as the connectmg link between chorea, endocar- 
 ditis and articular rheumatism in childhood. Cong inter- 
 nat. de m^d. C.-r. 1903, Madrid, 1904, xiv, sect de nfidlat 
 811-819.-ScMd (W.)' Die Bacterien ^krlffiife: 
 tV^Fi. X^.Si™*'- "■ ^1"^- <!• '^'ef- f- oS. Gsndhtspflg. in 
 Magdeb., 1896, 22.-23. Hft., 23-34.-SUbersclmUdt (W.) 
 
BACTERIA. 
 
 290 
 
 BACTERIA. 
 
 Bacteria (Pathogenic, Infection hy). 
 
 Bakteriologisches fiber einige Falle von Gangrfene loudio- 
 yante, von Phlegmone und von Tetanus beim Menschen. 
 Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Intektionskraniii., Leipz., 1902, xli, 427- 
 465. — Simonclni (G. B.) Influenza del sistema nervoso 
 sulla penetxazione dei batten patogeni attraverso la cute. 
 Med. itah, Napoli, 1906, iv, 2.— Stern (R.) Uebei? Ee- 
 sistenzunterschiede von Bakterien innerhalb uud ausserhalb 
 des inflzierten Organismus. Muiichen. med. Wchnschr., 
 1910, Ivii, 2273-2275. Also: Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. 
 Naturf. u. Aerzte, Konigsb., 1910, Leipz., 1911, lxxxu,pt. 1, 
 216-220.— Talbot (E . S . ) Some bacterial and non-bacterial 
 diseases. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, Iviii, 401-403.— 
 Vaughan (V. C.) How bacteria cause disease. J. Mich. 
 M. Soe., Grand Rapids, 1914, xiii, 245-258.— Wasdlu (E.) 
 Toxicity versus septicity in the infectious pathogenic bac- 
 teria. Med. News, N. Y., 190O, Ixxvii, 444-448.— Wash- 
 bourn. The bacteriology of latency. Proo. Roy. M. & 
 Chir. Soc. Lond., 1895-6, viii, 37-46.— Well (E.) Ueber die 
 aktive RoUe ( Aggressivltat) der Bakterien bei der Infektion. 
 Ergebn. d. wissensch. Med., I>eipz., 1909-10, i, 33-44. — 
 White (F. W.) Cultures from the blood in septicaemia, 
 pneumonia, meningitis and chronic diseases. J. Exper. M., 
 N. Y., 1899, iv, 426-450. Also [Abstr.]: J. Bost. Soc. M. Sc, 
 1898-9, ili, 197-204.— Whitehead (R. H.) The relation of 
 bacteria to disease. Tr. M. Soc. N. Car., Charlotte, 1900, 34- 
 42. — Wrzosek (A.) [Passages by which the microbes, 
 under normal conditions, pass from the digestive tract to 
 internal organs.] Rozpr. wydz. matemat.-przyr. Akad. 
 Umiej., Krak6w, 1903, 3. s., iii, B, 447-488.— Tounkin (E.) 
 Bacterial pathology. Am. M. J., St. Louis, 1896, xxiv, 493. 
 
 Bacteria {Pathogenic, Virulence of). 
 
 See, also, Bacteria ( Toxins, etc., of). 
 
 Krickaxt (B. [H. W.]) *Ueber die Momente, 
 welche die Abschwacnung und Zunahme der 
 Virulenz pathogener Bakterien bedingen. 8° 
 Oreifswala, 1896. 
 
 Laurent (E.) Das Virulenzproblem der 
 pathogenen Bakterien; epidemiologische und 
 klinische Studien von der Diphtherie ausgehend . 
 8° Jena, 1910. 
 
 DE LoPtrsKi (S.) *Der Einfluss des Vacuums 
 auf die Virulenz der pathogenen Bakterien. 
 8°. Lausanne, 1911. 
 
 VAN DER Nagel (B. C.) *Onderzoekingen 
 over virulentie-opwekking bij saprophjrtische 
 bacterien. [Utrecbt.] 8^. Rotterdam, 1902. 
 
 VossELMANN (P.) *Ueber die Bedeutung der 
 Virulenzbestimmungsmethode von Bakterien 
 nach Biirgers. 8°. Strassburg, 1911. 
 
 AscoU (G.) Zur Morrtiologie der Bakterien und ihre Be- 
 ziehung zur Virulenz. 'Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & 
 Leipz., 1901, xxvii, 313-315.— Bahr (L.) Einige Virulenz- 
 versudie mit Mereshkowskys Huhnereiweissdekokt. Cen- 
 tralbl. f. Bakteriol. (etcj, 1. Abt., Jena, 1914, Ixxiil, Orig., 
 143-148. — BclU (CM.) Influenza delle bassissime tempera- 
 ture otteuute con I'aria liquida sulla virulenza del germi 
 patogeni. Eiforma med., Roma, 1901, xvii, pt. 3, 700: 1902, 
 xviii, pt. 1, 219-221. A Iso, transl. : Centralbl. f . Bakteriol. [etc.], 
 1. Abt., Jena, 1902, xxxi, 355-360,— Caflero (C.) TJeber die 
 Wirkung des virulenteu Streptococcus und Pneumococcus 
 beiverschiedenenTierarten. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. 
 Abt., Jena, 1914,lxxiv, Orig., 208-219.— Caporall (R.) Ricer- 
 che sulla virulenza del microbi coltivati neiliqnidi patologici 
 della pleurae del peritoneo. Gazz.intemaz. dimea;^ NapoU, 
 1916, xix, 97-104.— Conte (G.) Virulenza 6 tossiciti di al- 
 eummlcrorganismilnterreni con lecitina; quantity dileci- 
 tina scomposta. Ann. di med. nav., Roma, 1911, ii, 26-40, 1 
 ch. — Czarnecka { L. ) Ueber die Konservierung der Lebens- 
 fahigkeit und Virulenz der Mikroben im Markgewebe beim 
 Auslroeknen. VorlaufigeMitteUung. Centralbl.f. Bakteriol. 
 [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1905, xxxviii, 164.— de Domlnlcis (N.) 
 Injections de cultures virulentes et st^rilisdes directement 
 dans la rate et comparativement dans le foie et dans le sang. 
 Cong, intemat. de m^d. C. r., Par., 1900, sect, de path, int., 
 289-294. — Dreyer. Virulenzpriifung mittels intraarticularer 
 Implung. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Chir., Berl., 
 1912, xui, pt. 1, 65.— Gai (E.) Untersuchungen fiber das 
 ' Virulenzproblem. Ztschr. f. Inmiunitatslorsch. u. exper. 
 Therap., Jena, 1912, Orig., xiv, 685 - 708.— Gauss (C. J.) 
 Babes-Emst'sche Kdrperchen und Virulenz bei Bakterien. 
 Centralbl. (. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1902, xxxi, 92- 
 107. — Hamburger (F.) Ueber spezifisohe Virulenzsteige- 
 rungin vitro; vorlaufigeMitteilung. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 
 • 1903, xvi, 97.— Hort (E. C.) & Penfold (W.J.) The patho- 
 genicfty and virulence of bacteria. Lancet, Lond., 1913, 
 1, 344.— Horvath (M.) & Kalledcy (L.) [Is the virulence of 
 bacteria influenced by sublimate treatment?] Orvosi hetil., 
 Budapest, 1912, Ivi, 320-322.— Klein (E.) Report on the 
 influence of symbiosis on the virulence of pathogenic mi- 
 crobes. Rep. Local Gov. Bd. 1903-4, Lond., 1905, xxxiii. 
 
 Bacteria (Pathogenic, Virulence of). 
 
 suppl., 431-460.— Kuthy (D.) Die Virulenz des Pneu- 
 mococcus Frankel in verdunnter Luft. Ungar. med. 
 Presse, Budapest, 1897, ii, 245.— Marino (F.) Attenuation 
 de la virulence des microbes dans le tube digestif des hlru- 
 din^es.- Compt. rend. Soc. de bioU Par., 1911, ixx, 1003- 
 1005.— Mara (H.) & Woithe (F.) Bin Verfahren zur Viru- 
 lenz-Bestimmung der Bacterien. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 
 1900, Ixii, 580-598, 2 pi. Also: Arb. a. d. chir. Klin. d. k. 
 Univ. Berl., 1901, xv, 247-265, 2 pi.— Pfadoleczny (M.) 
 UAber des Verhalten virulentep una avirulenter Culturen 
 derselben Bacterieuspecies gegenuher activem Blute. 
 Arch. f. Hyg., Munch en & Leipz., 1900, xxxvii, 277-289.— 
 Nlkolski ( V. M. ) [Determination of virulence of pathogenic 
 microbes by means of metallic plates.] Protok. zasaid. 
 Kavkazsk. med. Obsh., Tiflis, 1899-1900, xxxvi, 460-465.— 
 Okada (E.) Ueter die Virulenz eines und desselben In- 
 fectionserregersin Lunge und Leber. [Japanese text.] Mitt. 
 d. med. Gesellsch. zu Tokyo, 1900, xiv, 356-359.— Pfeffler 
 (R.) &Frledbergher(E.) Ueber das Wesen der Bacterien- 
 virulenz nach Untersuchungen an Choleravibrionen. Berl. 
 klin. Wchnschr., 1902, xxxix,_ 581-585.- Baveuna (E.) 
 Mutamenti sperimentali nella virulenza di germi patogeni.- 
 Pathologiea, Geneva, 1918, x, 1-7.— Reld (A. P.) Why do 
 disease germs vary in virulence? Maritime M. News, Hali- 
 fax, 1906, xviii, 429-432.— Eodet (A.) Connaissanees ae- 
 tuelles sur les f acteurs modiflant la virulence des microbes. 
 Montpel. m^d., 1910, xxx, 11; 33; 62.— Schumburg. Die 
 Beziehungen dei' Babes-Emst'schen Korperchen zu der 
 Virulenz der Bakterien. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. 
 Abt., Jena, 1902, xxxi, 694-704.— Shaw (E. A.) On exalta- 
 tion of bacterial virulence by passage in vitro. Brit. M. J., 
 Lond., 1903, i, 1074-1076.— SingayevskI (S. I.) [Recogni- 
 tion of virulence of bacteria by means of Beyer's silver plates; 
 recogni ionolvlrusandvaccineofBacillianthracis.l Kusski 
 Arch. Patol.,Klin. Med. i Bakteriol., S.-Peterb., 1899, viil, 
 304-310, 1 pi.— Symmers (W. S. C.) Note on a method of 
 maintaining the virulence of a pathogenic micro-organism. 
 Centralbl. f . Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1904, xxxvii, 23. — 
 Thiele (F. H.) & Enibleton(D.) A prehminary communi- 
 cation on the pathogenicity and virulence of bacteria. Proc. 
 Eoy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1912-13, vl. Path. Sect.^gg-llO. Also: 
 
 Lancet, Lond., 1913, i, 234-238. . Pathogenicity 
 
 and virulence of bacteria. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. 
 exper. Therap., Jena, 1913, Grig., xix, 643-665. Also: J. 
 
 State Med., Lond., 1914, xxii, 257-271. . De 
 
 I'exaltation de ia virulence de bact^ies non 
 
 _ Note praiminaire sur le pouvoir pathogtoe et la 
 virulence des bact^es. Arch, de m6d. exp^.-et d'anat. 
 path., Par., 1914, xxvl, 60-85. — Toenniessen (E.) Ueber 
 Vererbung und Variabilitat bei Bakterien mit besonderer 
 Beriicksichtigung der Virulenz. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. 
 [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1914, Ixxiii, Orig., 241-277, 2pl.— Traube ' 
 (J.) Zur Frage der virulenz der Baktenen. Biochem. 
 Ztschr., Berl., 1908, x, 387-389.— Walker (E. W. A.) On 
 exaltation of bacterial virulence by passage outside lie 
 animal body. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1902, li, 1199-1201. 
 
 Bacteria (Phosphorescent). 
 
 See Bacteria (Photogenic). 
 
 Bacteria (Photogenic). 
 
 See, also, Bacillus j^uorescens liquefaciens. 
 
 Welz (A.) ■^Exj^erimentelle Untersuchungen 
 liber den Antagonismus zwischen dem Bacte- 
 rium fluorescens und der Typhaceen-Gruppe. 
 8°. Freiburg i. B., 1909. 
 
 Banner (F.) Ueber das Verhalten von Leuohtbakterien 
 bei der Einwirkung von Agglutioationsserum und anasthe- 
 sierenden chemisohen Agentien, nebst Bemerkungeu fiber 
 Pflanzennarkose. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., 
 Jena, 1907, xix, 572-576.— Barnard (J. E.) Photogenic 
 bacteria. Tr. Jenner Inst. Prevent. Med., Lond., 1899, 2. s., 
 
 81-112, 2 pi. • . Luminous bacteria. Nature, Lond., 
 
 1901-2, Ixv, 636-538.— Bellerlnck (M. W.) Photobacteria as 
 a reactive in the investigation of chlorophyll function. K. 
 Akad. V. Wetensch. te Amst. Proc. sect, sc, 1901-2, iv, 
 
 45-49. . Die Leuohtbakterien der Nordsee im August 
 
 und September. Folia Microbiol., Delft, 1915, iv, 15-40. — 
 Brulni(G.) I batteri fosforescenti. Riv. d'ig. esan.pubb., 
 Torino, 1906, xvii, 297-321.— Burge (W. E.) & NeUl(A. J.) 
 The comparative rate at which fluorescent and non-fluo- 
 rescent bacteria are killed by exposure to ultra-violet. Am. 
 J. Physiol., Bait., 1915, xxxviii, 399-403.— Cadiz C OH.) 
 Sobre bacterios fluorescentes en jelatina de Eisner. Rev. 
 chllena de hij., Sant. de Chile, 1896-7, iii, 6-21.— Chugayeff 
 (L. A. ) (Recherches physiologiques sur les microbes phos- 
 phorescents. Extr., 564-566.] Russk. Arch, patol., Klin. 
 Med. i Bakteriol., S.-Peterb., 1900, x, 552-562, 1 pi.— Dubois 
 (R. ) Sur le pouvoir fclairant et le pouvoir photochimique 
 compart des bouillons liquides de photobact^ries; j)hoto- 
 graphies obtenues par les photobacteriac^es; lampe vivante. 
 Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1901, 11. s., ili, 133,— Fran- 
 clonlfC.) Infezionedabatterionuorescente. Riv. diclinjie- 
 diat.,Firenz£,ig04,ii,923-S34.— Ganetsen (F.C.) DleFiin- 
 
BACTERIA. 
 
 291 
 
 BACTERIA. 
 
 Bacteria (Photogenic). 
 
 wirkung des ultravioletten Lichtes auf die Leuchtbakterien. 
 Centralbl. £. Bakteriol. Jetc.], 2. Abt, Jena, 1915, xliv, 660.— 
 Harvey (E. N.) Studies on light production by luminous 
 bacteria. Am. J. Physiol., Bait., 1915-16, xxxvii, 230- 
 239. Also [Abstr.]: Biol. Bull., Woods Hole, Mass., 1915, 
 xxix, 308-311. — Herman. La phosphorescence bact^enne. 
 Scalpel, LiSge, 1898-9, li, 239-241.— ImamuraCT.) Ueber 
 ein neues Photobakterium. [Japanese text. Ref,, suppl., 
 9-12.] Nippon Eisei Gakkwai Zasshi, Tokyo, 1904-5, i, 48- 
 72, 1 pi.— Investigations ol luminous bacteria. Scient. 
 ■ Am. Suppl., N. Y., 1903, ir, 22777.— Issatchenko (M. B.) 
 Quelques expMences avec la lumifere baot^rienue. Cen- 
 tralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1903, x, 497-^99.— 
 Jirou (J.) Sur les baciues fluorescents et le pyocyanique; 
 de leur ionction chromogfene. J. de physiol. et de path, gto.. 
 Par., 1901, lil, 188-199.— Jordan (E. O.) The production ol 
 fluorescent pigment by bacteria. Tr. Chicago Path. Soc. 
 (1897-9), 190O, iii, 507-525.— Leplerre (C.) Mucine yraie 
 produiteparuu bacille fluorescent pathogtoe. ■ Compt. rend. 
 Acad. d. sc, Par., 1898, cxxvi, 761. Also: Compt. rend. Soc. 
 de biol.. Par., 1898, 10. s, v, 284.— I.lncoln (Mary 0.) Ag- 
 glutination in the group of fluorescent bacteria. J. infect, 
 pis., Chicago, 1904, i, 268-279.— Lode (A.) Versuche, die 
 optische Lichtintensitat bei Leuchtbakterien zu bestim- 
 men. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1903-4, 
 XXXV, 624-527.— Melreles (E.) Bacterias fluoreseentes. 
 Tribuna med., Eio de Jan., 1907, xiii, 211; 293.— Osorio (B.) 
 Une propri^te singuli&re d'une bacterie phosphorescente. 
 Compt. read. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1912, Ixxii, 432. — Pribram 
 ffi.) Beitrage zur Systematik der Mikroorganismen. 1. 
 Die Gruppe des Bacterium fluorescens. Centralbl. f. Bak- 
 teriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1915, Ixxvi, Orig., 321-329. — 
 VahdeBovaart(H.) Lichtgevendebacterien. Handel. v.h. 
 xiv. vlaamsch nat.- en geneesk. Cong., Gent, 1910, 197-202. — 
 Stettenheimer (L.) Variatiousstudien in der Gruppe der 
 Fluoreseentes. Vernandl. d. phys. -med. Gesellsch. zu 
 Wiirzb., 1913, n. f., xlii, 141-220.— Uglofl (V. A.) [Phos- 
 phorescent bacteria.] Voyenno-Med. J., S.-Peterb., 1908, 
 ccxxi, med.-spec. pt., 187-193. 
 
 Bacteria (Pigmentation of). 
 
 See Bacteria (Chromogen.'k). 
 
 Bacteria (Polymorphous or pleomor- 
 
 phous) . 
 
 See Bacteria (Mutation and variability of). 
 
 Bacteria (Products of). 
 
 See Bacteria (Chemical products of). 
 
 Bacteria (Proteolytic). 
 
 Drummond (J. M.) A contribution to the study of a 
 proteolytic organism. Bio-Chem. J., Liverp., 1914-15, viii, 
 38-43.— Hopfle ( Aima). Beitrag zur Kenntnis der normalen 
 Magen-Darm- Flora des Pferdes, unter besonderer Beriick- 
 sichtigung der anaeroben Proteolyten. Ztschr. f. Infek- 
 tionskr.,. . . d. Haustiere, Berl., 1913, xiv, 307; 383.— Lazarus 
 ( Mile. El^onore). Influence de la reaction des milieux sur 
 le d^veloppement et I'activit^ prot^olytiqiie de la bact^ridie 
 de Davame. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par., 1909, cxlix, 
 
 423-426. . Sur I'inconstance du pouvoir prot^oljiKque 
 
 de la bact^ridie de Davaine. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. 
 Par., 1909, Ixvi, 823-825.— Sasaki (T.) The influence of 
 conditions of bacterial cleavage of proteins on the cleavage 
 products. J. Biol. Chem., N. Y., 1917, xxxU, 527-532.- 
 Sperry (J. A.) & Rettger (L. F.) The behavior of bacteria 
 towards purified animal and vegetable proteins. Ibid., 1915, 
 XX, 445-469. 
 
 Bacteria (Pyogenic). 
 
 See, also, Abscess; Bacillus pyocyaneus; Ba- 
 cillus pyogenes; Pysemia; Suppuration. 
 
 Bbrgeb (H. C. L. E.) *Vergleichende 
 Untersuchungen fiber den BacilluB pyogenes 
 bovis (Kiinnemann) und den Bacillus pyo- 
 genes suis (Grips) mit Beziehung derselben zu 
 den chronischen Lungenentzundungen des 
 Riudes. [Bern.] 8°. Berlin, 1907. 
 
 Gougerot (H.) "Infections chroniques dues a des bao- 
 t&ies pyogenes. Rev.- g&i. de clin. et de th^rap., Par., 1912, 
 xxvi, 641-645.— Kasaliara (M.) Ueber eine neue Methode 
 zur Vimlenzprufune der Eitererreger mittels intrakutaner 
 _Impfung. Centralbl. 1. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1914 
 Ixxii, Orig., 540-543.— de KervUy (M.) Destino de ciertos 
 mlcrobios principalmente pidjenos, introducidos en el 
 organismo. Clin, mod,, Zaragoza, 1908, vii, 494.— Kjieera 
 (B.) [A hitherto undescribed pyogenic bacillus.] Casop 
 Wk. desk., v Praze, 1895, xxxiv, 209-212.— Muscafello (G ) 
 Di un microrganismo piogeno per il coniglio. Per il xxv 
 anno d. insegn. chir. di F. Durante n. Univ. di Roma, 
 Eoma^ 1898, ii, 159-184.— Bobonyi (M. M.) [Action 'of 
 opsonms upon pyogenic bScteria in animals; Staphylococcus 
 
 Bacteria (Pyogenic) . 
 
 pyogenes albus and Streptococcus equi.] Kozlem. az 
 osszehasonl. glet- & kSrtan kor^bftl, Budapest, 1911-12, ix, 
 195-230.— Tr6molieres & Loew (P.) Essais de pyocul- 
 tures; pyoculture et index opsonique. Bull, et m^m. Soc. 
 de chir. de Par., 1915, n. s.,- xli, 1601-1606. 
 
 Bacteria (Reducing ■power of). 
 
 Wolff (A.) *Ueber die ReductionsfaMgkeit 
 der Bacterien einschliesslicli der Anaerobien. 
 [Ttibingen.] 8°. Braunschweig, 1901. 
 
 AUo, in: Arb. a. d. Geb. d. path. Anat. . . . Inst, zu Tu- 
 bing., Leipz., 1899-1901, iii, 294-324. 
 
 Baclalll (P.) Sulla riduzione del colore fucso-indaco- 
 carminico da parte di culture bacteriche. Gazz. d. osp., 
 Miiano, 1901, xxii, 628-630.— Carapelle (E.) Ueber die 
 Reduktionserscheinungeu der Bakterien. Centralbl. f. 
 Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1908, xlvii, Orig., 645-559.— 
 Cathcart (E.) & Hahn (M.) Ueber die reduzierenden 
 Wirfcungen der Bakterien. Arch. f. Hyg., Miinchen & Berl., 
 1902, xliv, 295-321.— Deutsct (L.) Ferments rMucteurs des 
 bact^ries et leurs anti-ferments. Cong, intemat. de m6d. 
 C. r.. Par., 1900, sect, de bactiriol. et parasitol., 184-187.- 
 van't HofT (H. J.) Filtrationsgeschwludigkeit und Bakte- 
 riemreduktion. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 
 1899, xxvi, 64. — Klett (A.) Zur Kenntmss derreducirenden 
 Eigenschaften der Bakterien. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infections- 
 krankh., Leipz., 1900, xxxiii, 137-160.— von Llebermann 
 (L.) Ueber die Reduktion des Oxyhamoglobins und 
 eimger anderer StofEe durch Bakterien. Centralbl. f. Bak- 
 teriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1909, li, Orig., 44(M47.— Maassen 
 (A.) Ueber das Reduktionsvermogen der Bakterien und 
 iiber reduzierende Stofle in pflanzlichen und tierischen 
 Zellen. Arb. a. d. k. Gsndhtsamte, Berl., 1904, xxl, 377- 
 384.— Mtlller (F.) Ueber reduzierende Eigenschaften von 
 Bakterien. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1899, 
 
 xxvi, 51-63. . Ueber das Reduktionsvermogen der 
 
 Bakterien. Ibid,, 801-819.— Oberstadt. Ein Beitrag zur 
 Keimtnis der reduzierenden Wirkungen der Bakterien. 
 Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infektionskrankh., Leipz., 1913, Ixxv, 
 1-28.— Pergola (M.) Sullariduzionedeltellurito dipotassio 
 per effetto dei batteri e del tessuti animah, con osservazioni 
 di contronto suUa scomposizione dell' acqua ossigenata per 
 opera degli st«ssi elementi. Riv. d'ig. e san. pubb., Torino, 
 1907, xviil, 133-154.— Schultze (W. H.) Ueber erne neue 
 Methode zum Nachweis von Reduktions-und Oxydations- 
 wirfcungen der Bakterien. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 
 1. Abt., Jena, 1910, Ivi, Grig., 544-551.— Wichern (H.) Zur 
 quantitativen Bestlmmung der Reduktionskraft von 
 Bakterien und tierischen Organen. Ztschr. f. physion 
 Chem., Strassb., 1908, Iviii, 365-377.— Wolffl (A.) Zur Re- 
 duktionslahigkeit der Bakterien. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. 
 [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1900, xxvil, 849-852. . Die Reduc- 
 tion durch Bacterien; eine Uebersieht iiber den Stand 
 dieser Frage nach der Literatur und eigenen Untersuchun- 
 gen. Med. Woche, Berl., 1901, 297-300. 
 
 Bacteria (Saprophytic). 
 
 Bodin (E.) Rale des bact^ries; saprophytes et patho- 
 gtoes. Bull. Soc. scient. et m^d. de I'ouest, Rennes, 1903, 
 xdi, 506-539.— Boutcmps (H.) Menschenpathogenltat 
 eines saprophytisch im Schweinedarm lebenden paratyphus- 
 ahnlicheu Bakteriums. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. 
 & Leipz., 1912, xxxviii, 1370-2372.— Fayet & Raybaud (L.) 
 Un champignon saprophyte trouv6 sur le cheval. Compt. 
 rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1910, Ixviii, 770-772.— Klanlzine (J.) 
 De I'lnfluence des bact&ies saprophytes sur I'assimilation 
 des §Kments ing&&, la nutrition et le m^taboUsme des 
 organismes animaux. J. de physiol. et de path, gin.. Par , 
 1914-15, xvi, 1066-1075.— Klein (E.) On the Ufe-history Ol 
 saprophytic and parasitic bacteria and their mutual relation. 
 Lancet, Lond., 1904, ii, 1477-1486. Also [Abstr.].- Brit. M 
 J., Loud., 1904, ii, 1605-1510.— Kligler (I. J.) A note on the 
 behavior of the saprophytic cocci with regard to Gram's 
 stain. J. Exper. M., N. Y., 1913, xvii, 653-666.— Mer- 
 courios (C. M.) [Infection by saprophytes.] 'laTpunixpA- 
 o5os, 'Ek 2up<i), 1910, XV, 257-260. 
 
 Bacteria (Spores of). 
 
 See, also, Ascospores. 
 
 Dannappbl (M.) *In-wieweit ist die hohere 
 Widerstandsfamgkeit der Bacteriensporen ein 
 allgemeines Charakteriaticum derselben gegen- 
 uber den vegetativen SpaltpUzformen? 8°. 
 Konigsherg i. Pr., 1899. 
 
 Blau (O.) Ueber die Ternperatunnaxima der Sporen- 
 keimung und der Sporenbildung, sowie die supr£naxi- 
 ■ malen Totungszeiten der Sporen der Bakterien, ^ch der- 
 jenigen mit hohen Temperaturminima. Centralbl f Bak- 
 tmol. [etc.], 2. Abt, Jena, 1905, xv, 97-143, 1 pi.— Bullock 
 (M.) ihe resistance of spores to heating in anhydrous 
 fluids such as glycerine and similar substances. J Hvs 
 Cambridge, 1913, xiii, 168-177.-Casparl (G.) Ueber (fie 
 Konstanz der Sporenkeimung bei den BacUlen und ihre 
 
BACTERIA. 
 
 292 
 
 BACTEEIA. 
 
 Bacteria (Spores of). 
 
 Verwendung als Merkmal zur Artunterscheidung. Arch. 
 f. Hyg., Milnchen & Berl., 1902, xlii, 71-106, 1 pi— Collins 
 (Katherme R.) The persistence ol anthrax and tetanus 
 spores during the process of making gelatin. Collect. Stud. 
 Research Lah. Dep. Health, N. Y., 1907, iii, 163.— Defalle 
 (W.) Recherches sur les anticorps des spores. Ann. de 
 I'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1902, xvi, 756-774.— Denny (F, P.) A 
 new spore-producing bacillus. J. Best. Soc. M. Sc, 1S98-9, 
 iii, 308-312, 1 pi.— DobcU (C. C.) On the so-called sexual 
 method ol spore-formation in the disporic bacteria. Quart. 
 J. Mior. So., Lond., 1908-9, liii, 579-596, 1 pi.— Donaldson 
 (R.) Arapid method of obtaining anaerobic spore-bearers in 
 pure oultm-es. Lancet, Lend., 1917, i, 821.— EJIront (J.) 
 Sur Paction chimique des spores. Monit. scient.. Par., 1907, 
 
 4. s., xxi, 81-87.— Fitzgerald (Mabel P.) The induction of 
 sporulation in the bacilli belonging to the aSrogenes capsu- 
 latus group. J. Path. & Bacteriol., Cambridge, 1910-11, 
 XV, 147-168. Also, Reprint.— Ford (W. W.) Note on 
 aerobic spore-bearing bacilli. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., 
 
 Bait., 1901, xii, 13-15. Also, Reprint. ■ . Studies on 
 
 aerobic spore-bearing non-pathogenic bacteria. J. Bact., 
 Bait, 1916, i, 273-319, 26pl.— Grethe (G.) Ueber die Keimung 
 der BaWeriensporen: der Bacillus mycoides Oder Wurzel- 
 bacillus. Fortschr. d. Med., Berl., 1897, xv, 47; 81; 83; 135.— 
 Hanzawa (J.) Ueber eine einfachere Methode der Sporen- 
 bildung. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1912, 
 xxxiv, 172-176, 1 pi.— de Ja^er (L.) Over Meming van 
 bacillensporeu in dezelfdevloeist of waarin zij ontstaan zijn. 
 Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1907, i, 1165-1174.— 
 Jansen (H.) [The resistance of bacterial spores to the 
 light.] Medd. f. Finsens med. Lysinst., K^benh^ 1903, No. 
 
 5, 1201-147. Also, transl.: Mitt, a Finsens med. Lysinst. in 
 Kiibenh., 1903, 4. Hit., 127-157.— Koser (S. A.) & McClel- 
 land ( J. R.) The fate of bacterial spores in the animal body. 
 J. Med. Research, Chicago, 1917, xxxvii, 259-268.— Krom- 
 peeher (E.) TJntersuchungen ijber das Vorkommen meta- 
 chromatischer Kornchen bei sporentragenden Bakterien 
 und Beltrage zur Keimtnis der Babes-iEmst'schen Kor- 
 perchen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1901, 
 XXX, 385; 425, 1 pi.— Iiehmann (K. B . ) Elnige Bemerkun- 
 genzur Geissellrage; Naehschriftzuvorstehender Arbeit des 
 Herm Zieler. Arch. f. Hyg., Miinchen & Leipz., 1898-9, 
 xxxiv, 198.— lie Boy (B. R.) A study of spores developed 
 at an elevated temperature. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1908, 
 Ixxxviii, 981-985.— Matzuschlta (T.) Zur Physiologie der 
 Sporenbildung der BacUlen, nebst Bemerkungen zum 
 Wachstum einiger Anaeroben. Arch. f. Hyg., Munchen & 
 Berl., 1902, xhii, 267-376^ 2 pi.— Mlgula (W.) Ueber 
 Abnailime und Regeneration der Sporenbildung bei Bao- 
 terien. Ztscbr. f. ang. Mikr., Weimar, 1899, v, 1-3.— Missl- 
 roU ( A. ) D el comportamento del batten e dclle spore uccise 
 di fronte alle sostanze coloranti e di un metodo rapido di 
 colorazione delle spore. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1910, xxxi, 
 409-410.— MflMsclilegel. Ueber die Bildung und den Bau 
 der Bakteriensporen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., 
 Jena, 1900, vi, 65; 97.— Nakanlshl (K.) Beitrage zur 
 Kenutniss der Leukocyten und Bacteriensporen. Miin- 
 chen. med. Wchnschr., 1900, xlvii, 680-683.— Nelde (E.) 
 Botanische Beschreibung einiger sporenbildenden Bakte- 
 rien. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1904, xii, 
 1; 161; 337; 639, 3 pi.— Itettger (L. F.) On the spore germi- 
 nation of Bac. subtilis and Bao. megatherium. /o«2.,1903,x, 
 433-438. Also, [Abstr.]: Am. Pub. Health Ass. Rep. 1902, 
 
 ■ Columbus, 1903, xxviii, 541.— RuUmann (W.) Ueber 
 einen in Erde und Fehlboden vorkommenden sporenbil- 
 denden Bacillus. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., 
 Jena, 1901, xxix, 969-972.— Bflnika (V.) Die Cytologie der 
 sporenbildenden Bakterien und ihr Verhaltniss zur chro- 
 
 midienlehre. Tbid., 2. Abt., Jena, 1909, xxiii, 289-300. . 
 
 Kausal-analytische Versuche uber den Ursprung des Chro- 
 matins der Sporen und vegetativen Individuen der Bakte- 
 rien. /6!(?.,1914,xli,641-647.— Scagliosl(G.) Sulmododilor- 
 mazione e di germinazione delle spore. Arch, di anat. path., 
 Palermo, 1905, i, 7-18.— Shaxby (J. H.) & EmryS-Boberts 
 (E . ) On the Brownian movement of the spores of bacteria. 
 Proo. Roy. Soc. Lond., 1914, Ixxxix, s. A, 544-554.— Smith 
 (W. V. ) A note on the extreme resistance of two spore bear- 
 ing microorganisms. J. Am. Vet. M. Ass., N. Y., 1916, 
 xlEc, 63-55.— Stephanldls (P.) Ueber den Einfluss des 
 Nabrstoffgehaltes von Nahrboden auf die Raschheit der 
 Sporenbildung und die Zahl und Resistenz der gebildeten 
 Sporen. Arch. f. Hyg., Miinchen & Ixigz., 1899, xxxv, 1-10. — 
 sWellengrebel (N. H.) Zur Kenntnis der Sporenbildung 
 bei den Bakterien. Arch. f. Protistenk., Jena, 1913, xxxi, 
 277-285, 1 pi.— Trapeznlkofl. Du sort des spores de micro- 
 bes dansl'organisme animal. Ann. de I'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 
 1891, V, 362-394, 2 pi.— Wund (M. ) Feststellung der Kardi- 
 nalpunkte der Sauertoffkonzentration fiir Sporenkeimung 
 una Sporenbildung einer Reihe in Luft ihren ganzen Ent- 
 wickelungsgang durchfiihrender, sporenbildender Bakte- 
 rienspecies. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 
 1906, xlii, 97; 193.— Zettnow (E.) Ueber ein Vorkommen 
 von sehr widerstandsfahigen Baoillensporen. lUd., 1912, 
 Ixvi, Orig., 131-137. 
 
 Bacteria (Spores of, Staining of) . 
 
 Aujeszky (AT) Eine einfache Sporenfarbungsmethode. 
 Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1898, xxiii, 329- 
 
 Bacteria (Spores of, Staining of). 
 
 331. Also: Ungar. med. Presse, Budapest, 1898, iii, 40.— 
 Bitter (L.) Neues zur Technik der Sporen- und Gonokok- 
 kenfarbung, zugleich Mitteilungen fiber milzbrand-ahnliche 
 und wandernde Erdbacillen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 
 1. Abt., Jena, 1913, Ixvili, Grig., 227-238, 1 pi — Huntoon 
 (F. M.) A simple and reliable method of staining spores. 
 J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1914, Ixii, 1397.— Klein (A.) Eine 
 einfache Methode zur Sporenfarbung. Centralbl. f. Bakte- 
 riol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1899, xxv, 376-379.— Mongiardlno 
 (T.) Nuovo metodo di doppia colorazione del microrgar 
 nismi e delle loro spore. Mod. zooiatro, Torino, 1898, ix, 
 184.— Orszag (O.) TEin einfaohes Verfahren zur Farbung 
 der Sporen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 
 1906, xii, 397-400.— BfljSieka (V.) Eine Methode zur Dar- 
 stellung der Struktur fertiger Bakteriensporen, nebst Bemer- 
 kungen liber das Reiten derselben. Ibid., 2. Abt., Jena, 1913, 
 xxxvi, 577-587, 1 pi.— Sartory (A.) & Lasseur (P.) Quel- 
 ques modifications apport^es aux in^thodes de coloration 
 des granulations, spores, capsules, aurSoles et flagella chez les 
 bact^ries. Bull. d. sc. Pharmacol,, Par., 1915, xxil, 168- 
 176.— Tribondeau (L.) PtoeMi de coloration des bactfties 
 sporulte. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par„ 1917, Ixxx, 
 880.— Waldmann (O.) Eine einfache Methode der Sporen- 
 farbung. Berl. tierS,rztl. Wchnschr., 1911, xxvii, 257. — 
 WIrtz (R.) Eine einfache Art der Sporenfarbung. Cen- 
 tralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1908, xlvi, Orig., 727. 
 
 Bacteria (Staining of). 
 
 See, also, Bacteria (Capsulated, Staining of) ; 
 Bacteria (Flagellated, Staining of); Bacteria 
 (Spores of, Staining of). 
 
 BuRRi (R.) Das Tuscheverfahren als einfa- 
 ches Mittel zur Losung einiger schwieriger 
 Aufgaben der Bakterioskopie. (Absolute Rein- 
 kultur. Spirochaetennachweis u. a. m.) 8°. 
 Jena, 1909. 
 
 Cazottes (Y.) *Etude sur la coloration et 
 la decoloration des bacilles acido-r^sistants. 
 8°. Lyon, 1904. 
 
 Philibert (A.) *Les pseudo-bacilles acido- 
 r^sistants; critique des m^thodes de coloration 
 du bacille tuberculeuxj revision du groupe des 
 bacilles dits acido-r^sistants; travail dii labora- 
 toire de bact6riologie de la Faculty d'e m^decine 
 de Paris. 8°. Paris, 1908. 
 
 Abel (R.) Zur Farbung des Coccidium oviforme. Cen- 
 tralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1896, xx, 904.— 
 Benlans (T. H. C.) Relief staining for bacteria and spiro- 
 chaetes. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1915, ii, 722.— Bergey (D. H.) 
 Experiments on the staining properties of bacteria, with 
 special referenceto the Gram method. Science, N. Y. & 
 Lancaster, Pa., 1906, n. s.^ xxiii, 220.— Bley (H.) Unter- 
 suchungen fiber- die Negativfarbung von Bakterien mittels 
 des Tuscheverfahrens nach Burri. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. 
 [etc.l, 1. Abt., Jena, 1912, bcvii, Orig., 306-221. 1 pi.— Bonlnl 
 Bonino (J.) Sul modo di diportarsi verso il metodo del 
 Gram di alouni germl patogeni che ora resistono, ora no. 
 Gior. d. r. Soc. ital. d'ig., Milano, 1904, xxvi, 23-27. — Brauer 
 (K.) Vereinfachte Hilfsmittel fflr bakteriologische Unter- 
 suchungen. I. Anstellung der Agglutinafions-Reaktion 
 nach Widal und Gruber-Durham. II. Faxbung von Tuber- 
 kelbazUlenpraparaten. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & 
 Leipz., 1916, xUi, 13.— Brudny (V.) Ueber die Beziehung 
 zwischen der Farbbarkeit der Bakterien. nach Gram und 
 ihrer Permeabilitat. Centralbl. 1. Bakteriol. [etc.], Jena, 
 1908, xxi, 62-80.— Burnham (M. P.) & Lyons (R.) Ex- 
 
 Seriences in the staining of bacteria in fresh blood. N. Orl. 
 [. & S. J., 1909-10, Ixfl, 258-264.— Cedercreutz (A.) Stu- 
 dien fiber die Bedmgungeu des positiven oder negativen 
 Ausfallens der Gramfarbung bei emigen Bakterien. Arch, 
 f. Dermat. u. Syph., Wion & Leipz., 1908, xciii, 355-370.— 
 Christiansen (v.) [Nissl's metnod of staining 'and its 
 results.) Bibliot. f. Lseger, Kflbenh., 1900, 8. R^l, 227; 423.— 
 Churchman (J. W.) & Michael (W. H.) The selective 
 action of gentian violet on closely related bacterial strains. 
 J. Emer. M., Lancaster, Pa., & N. Y., 1912, xvi, 822-830, 1 
 pi. — Claudius. Methode de colqration k la fols simple et 
 contrastante des microbes. Ann. de I'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 
 1897, xi, 332-335.— De Sandro (D.) Ricerche suUa natura e 
 genesi della sostanza che negh amilobatteri si colora in bleu- 
 viola col iodic. Ann. d'ig. sper., Roma, 1914, n. s., xxiv, 
 337-352. Also [Abstr.]: Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1913, 
 Roma, 1914, xxiii, 382.— Dodson (E.) A method of staining 
 deep colonies in plate cultures in situ in agar media. Lancet, 
 Lond., 1910, il, 310.— Dreyer (G.) Bakterientarbung in 
 gleichzeitlg nach van Gieson's Methode behandelten Schnit- 
 ten. Centralbl. t. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1900, 
 , xxvii, 534. — Dreyer (L.) Einige Bemerkungen zur Gram- 
 farbung. Hyg. Rundschau, Berl., 1906, xvi, 1185.— Elsen- 
 berg (P.) Zur Frage der Nilblau-Fettlarbung; Bemer- 
 kungen zum Artikel von A. Ucke in d. Wchnschr., 1908, No. 
 52. St. Petersb. med. Wchnschr., 1909, xxxiy, 105. . 
 
BACTEEIA. 
 
 293 
 
 BACTERIA. 
 
 Bacteria (Staining of) . 
 
 Ueber die Tuschediflerenzierung gramnegativer BaWerien. 
 Centralbl. f. Baiteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1910, Ivi, Orig., 
 
 183-186. . Ueber NUblaularbung zum Nachweis der 
 
 metachromatisohen Bakteriengranula. Ibid., liu, Orig., 551. 
 
 . Ueber Batterienfaxbung mit sauren imd neutralen 
 
 Farbstoffen; zugleich ein Beitrag zur Theorie der Gram- 
 larbung. Ibid., 1912, Ilv, Eef., Beilage, 145-153.— Endc 
 (P.M.) Staining dish for cover glass preparations. J. Am.M. 
 4.SS., Chicago, 1916, Ixvi, 113.— Fautli (G.) Eine Modiflka- 
 tioirde.r Farbimg nach Gram. Deutsche med. "Wchnschr., 
 Berl. & Leipz., 1918, xliv, 43.— Feeser (A.) Das Eamo- 
 toxyliu in seinem Verhalten zur Bakterienfarbung. Cen- 
 tralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etcj, 1. Abt., Jena, 1912, Ixvi, Orig., 
 137-142.^Ficker (IL) Bine neue Methode.der Farbung 
 von Balrterienkomchen. ,Hyg. Rundschau, Berl., 1902, xii, 
 1131-1133.— Flnzi (G.) Sulla colorazione dei microbi nelle 
 sezioni. Clin, vet., Milano, 1911, xxxiv, 827.— Fischer (A.) 
 Beitrage zur phystkaUscnen Pernieabilitatstheorie der 
 ^ Gramschen Farbung. Centralbl. t Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., 
 , _ Jena, 1912, Ixv, Orig., 586-589.- Fischer (H.) Negativfar- 
 ^ bung von Bakterien. Ztschr. f. wissensch. Mikr., Leipz., 
 . 1910, xxvii, 475.— Fleisher (M. S.) The influence of serum 
 upon the staining of bacteria in suspensions. J. Med. Re- 
 search, Bost., 1917, xxxvi, 3M9.— Frosch (P.) Differen- 
 
 ■ zierung fuchsiu-gefarbter Praparate dnrch Gegerrfarbung. 
 Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etcJ, 1. Abt., Jena, 1912, Ixiv, Orig., 
 
 ■ 118-120, 2 pi.— Funck (M.) Les nouvelles mfthodes de 
 coloration ae la chromatine. J. m^d. de Brux., 1905, x, 337- 
 340. — Qabritschewsky (G.) Ueber den Einfluss hoher 
 Temperaturen auf die Farbbarkeit der Bakterien. Cen- 
 
 -tralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc], 1. Abt., Jena, 1902, xxxl, 813.— 
 Galli-Valcrio (B.) Ein klenier Apparat tiir die Farbung 
 der Praparate mittels Leishman-Verfahren. Ibid., 1911, Ixi, 
 Grig., 190-192.— Gamier (C.) Nouveau proc^d^ de eolorar 
 tion pour les bacti^ries qui ne preunentpas le Gram. Presse 
 mM., Par., 1901, i, 43-45.— Gibier (P.) Staining reaction of 
 bacillus tuberculosis on other bacteria. Bull. Pasteur Inst., 
 Danbury, Conn., 1897, v, 65.— Giemsa (G.) Eine Verein- 
 fachung und vervollkonimnung meiner Methylenazur- 
 Methylenblau-Eosin-Farbemethoae zur Erzielung der 
 Eomanowsky-Noeht'schen Chromatinfarbung. Centralbl. 
 
 f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1904, xxxvii, 308-311. . 
 
 Zur Farbung von Peuchtpraparaten und Schnitten mit 
 der Azureosinmethode. Ibid., 1910,-liv, Orig., 489, 2 pi,— 
 Gins (H. A.) Zur Technik und Verwendbarkeit des 
 Burrischen Tuscheverfahrens. Ibid., 1909, lii, Orig^ 620- 
 625.— Grlmine (A.) Die wichtigsten Methoden der Bakte- 
 rienfaxbung in ihrer Wirkung auf die Membrau, den Proto- 
 plasten und die Einschliisse der Bakterienzelle. Ibid., 1902, 
 xxxii, 1; 81; 161; 241; 321, 2 pi.— Gulraud & GautiS. 
 M^thode g^n&'ale de coloration des bact^es au moyen du 
 bleu d'anihne soluble k, I'eau. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. 
 Par., 1901, 11. s.,iii, 190-192.— Harris (N. MacL.) A method 
 of preparing the Romanowsky stain. Jolms HopMns Hosp. 
 Bull., Balt^ 1907. xviii, 281.— Hausmann (T.) Ueber die 
 einfachste Gramfarbungsmethode. Berl. kirn. Wchnschr., 
 1913, l, 1021.— Hlerocies (C. X.) Studien zur Frage der 
 Beemflussung der Farbbarkeit von Bacterienmaterial 
 durch vorhergehende Einwirkung bacterienschadigender 
 Momente. Arch. 1. Hyg., Miinohen & Leipz., 1896-7, xxviii, 
 163-183.— Hill (H. W.') A method for staining polar and 
 other granules in bacteria. J. Applied Micr., Rochester, 
 1903, VI, 2409.— Horton (G. D.) An inexpensive container 
 for use in staining acid-fast bacilli. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 
 1916, Ixvi, 1923. Also, Reprint.— Hettinger (R.) Beitrag 
 zur Theorie der Farbung nach Gram. Kolloid-chemisch- 
 optische Gesichtspunkte. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. 
 Abt., Jena. 1915, Ixxvi, Orig., 367-384— nkevlch (V. Y.) 
 [Method 01 coloring microbes by peroxide of osmium into 
 colors convenient for microphotography, and apropos of 
 coloring flagellse of bacteria by LoefBer's method.] Vrach, 
 S.-Peterb., 1894, xv, 322; 412; S19.— Iwao (T.) Ueber eine 
 neue kulturelle vitale Farbung von Bakterien. Acta 
 schote med. univ. imp., Kioto, 1916, i, 251-261, 1 pi.— de 
 Jager (L.) Toluidinblauw als kleurmiddel voor baeteriSn 
 Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1906, ii, 1614.— Jansen 
 (A. M. ) The disinfectant action of certam bacterial stains. 
 J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1914, xiv; 255-260.— Jensen (V.) 
 [Staining -with cresyl violet, especially in van Gieson's color- 
 ing.] Hosp.-Tid., Kobenh., 1907, 4. R., xv, 622-626.— 
 J0rgensen (G.) [Some remarks on the techmc of Gram's 
 staining method.] Ugeskr. f. La;ger, K0benh., 1916, Ixxviii, 
 512-515.- Joseph (F. H.) Fugent, a new stain. Tr. Path 
 Soc. Lend., 1905, Ivi, 137.— Kaufmann (R.) Ueber Ge- 
 genfarbungen bei Bacterienuntersuchungen; Bemerkungen 
 zu der Arbeit des Dr. Knaak. Deutsche med. Wchnschr 
 Berl. & Leipz., 1898, xxiv, 365-367.— Kayser (H.) Die 
 Unterscheidung von lebenden und toten Bakterien durch 
 die Farbung. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena. 
 1912, Ixii, Orig., 174-176.— KUdufle (R.5 A new and staple 
 solution of gentian voilet for the Gram stain. J.'Am M 
 Ass., Chicago, 1909, liii, 2002. Also, Reprint.— Kisskalt (C ) 
 Eine Modlflkation tier Gram'schen Farbung. Centralbl f. 
 Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1901, xxx, 281-284.— Klaus- 
 ner (E.) Ueber einen haltbaren Gramfarbstofl fiir Gono- 
 kokken-, Pilz- und Spirochatenfarbung. Berl. kiln. Wchn- 
 schr., 1913, 1, 310.— Knaak. Ueber Gegenfarbungeu bei 
 
 Bacteria (Staining of). 
 
 Bacterienuntersuchungen. Deutsche med. Wclmschr., 
 Berl. & Leipz., 1897, xxiii, 668. See, also, supra, Kauf- 
 mann. — Kroemer. Die Verwendbarkeit des Burrischen 
 Tuscheverfahrens in der gynakologischen Sprechstunde. 
 CharitfrAnn., Berl., 1910, xxxiv, 561-570.— von Krogh (M.) 
 Eine neue Methode zur Chromatinfarbung. Centralbl. f. 
 Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1911, Iviii, Orig., 95.— Kron- 
 bergcr (H.) Zur Farbungsanalytit una Biochemie einiger 
 wichtiger Bakterienarten. Ibid., 1913, Ixxl, Orig., 240-254, 
 1 pi. — ^Lagriffoul. L'encre de Chine en technique baet<5rio- 
 logique. Montpel. m«d., 1917, xxxix, 600-604.— LaSek (F.) 
 O cene methody Gramovy a jejfch modiflkaclch jako pro- 
 stfedku k difEerencovdni jednotliv;^ch mikrobu. [Note sur 
 la valeur de la methode de Gram. Rfe., 327.) Shorn, 
 klin., V Praze, 1899, i, 318-328.— Lasseur (P.) & Thiry (G.) 
 Sur les cultures colorees de bact^ries consid^r^es jusqu'5, 
 
 ?r&ent comme achromogfenes. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc., 
 'ar., 1913, clvi, 166-168.— Lathain (V. A.) Rapid method 
 for exa mi ning bacteria in tissues and their staining with 
 hasmatoxylin. J. Applied Micr., Rochester, 1903, vi, 2453.— 
 liesleur (C.) Procld^ de Hauser pour la coloration des 
 bacUles tuberculeux. Lyon med., 1899, xc, 97. Also: Pro- 
 vince mM., Lyon, 1899, xiii, 1,— id. Liebermann (L.) & 
 Ac61 (D.) JNew staining nutritive medium to differentiate 
 between acid-producing bacteria, one from the other, especi- 
 ally the colon from the typhoid bacillus.] Orvosi hetU., 
 Budapest, 1914, Iviii, 791.— L,ipp (H.) Ein einfache, bUhge 
 und eindeutige Gramfarbemethode. Miinchen. med. 
 Wchnsclir., 1917, Ixiv, 1349.— Locffler (F.) Zur Gram- 
 schen Farbungsmethode. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., 
 Berl. & Leipz., 1906, xxxii, 1243.— McDermott (W. R.) A 
 note on the stains used in bacteriological research. Med. 
 Press & Circ, Lond^ 1915, c, 77-79.— MacNcal (W. J.) 
 Methylene violet and methylene azure. J. Infect. Dis., 
 Chicago, 1906, lii, 412^33.— Marzinowsky (E. J.) Ueber 
 eine neue Methode der Diflerentialfarbung der Mikroorga- 
 nismen der menschlichen und Vogeltuberkulose, Lepra und 
 Smegma. Centralbl. t. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1899, 
 XXV, 762-764.— Matruchot (L.) Sur une methode de 
 coloration du protoplasma par les pigments bactMens. 
 Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1898, cxxvii, S30-E33.— 
 Money (C.) Methode zur Farbung der Bakterien in den 
 Geweben. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1899, 
 XXV, 424.— Morel (C.) & Dalous <E.) Contribution J, 
 I'^tude de la methode des colorations r^gressives. Toulouse 
 mid., 1901, 2. s., iii^ 31-34.— Nakanlshl (K.) Vorlauflge 
 Mittheilung fiber eme neue Farbungsmethode zur Dar- 
 stellung des feineren Banes der Bactenen. Miinchen. med. 
 Wchnschr., 1900, xIvU, 187.— Xavallkhln (P. K.) [Stain- 
 ing by the method of Proca and Kayser.] Voyenno-Med J 
 Petrogr., 1914, ccxU, med.-spec. pt., 687-691.— Neide (E ) 
 Die Alkoholentfarbung der nach Gram gefarbten Bakterien 
 als Speciesdiagnose, in Verbindung mit elner Untersuchung 
 der fiir die Gram-Farbung in Betracht kommenden Fak- 
 toren. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1903^ 
 XXXV, 508-521.— NlcoUe (C.) Les colorations vltales des 
 microbes. Bull, de I'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1903, i, 137-144. 
 . Modification de la methode de Gram par substitu- 
 tion d'une solution bromo-bromurfe & la solution iodo- 
 ioduriSe ordinaire. Cotupt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par 1903 
 Iv, 359.— Niklthi ( J. ) [Contribution k la tWorie de la eolorar 
 tion des microbes. Extr., 162.] Russk. Arch. Patol , 
 Klin. Med. i Bakteriol., S.-Peterb., 1898, vi, 132-143: 1902, 
 XIV, 858-867.— Ogawa. Ueber die Farbung der Tuberkel- 
 baciUen nebst derjenigen der LeprabaciUen und Geisseln 
 [Japanese text. Auszug, 22. Hit.) Mitt. d. med. Gesellsch. 
 zu Tokyo, 1903, xvii, 986-989.— Panse (O.) Chromatin- 
 farbung. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1901, 
 XXX, 804-808.— Peju (G.) & Rajat (H.) Bactdries et 
 matieres colorantes. Bull. Soc. mgd. d. hSp. de Lyon, 1907 
 vi, 148-150. Also: Lyon m^d., 1907, cviii, 1193-1195.-^ 
 Fiowazek (S.) Vitalfarbungen au Bakterien. Ztschr. f 
 ang. Mtkr., Weimar, 1900, vi, 141-143.— Beed (R. C.) Dahlia 
 as a stain for bacteria in sections cut by the coUodion method 
 Tr. Am. Micr. Soc, Buffalo, 1897, xix, 182-185. Also, 
 Reprint.— Rosenblat (Stephanie). Beitrag zur Gram- 
 farbung. Hyg. Rundschau, Berl., 1907, xvfl, 92-94.— Boss 
 (H. C.) On the determination of a coefficient by wliich the 
 rate of diffusion of stain and other substances into the living 
 ceUs can be measured, and by which bacteria and other cells 
 may be differentiated. Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., U09, s. B 
 Ixxxi, 97-109, 1 pi.— Saathoffl. Die Methylgriin-Pyronln- 
 Methode fiir elektive Farbung der Bakterien im Schnitt 
 Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1905, xxxi, 2047 — 
 Sabraz6s(J.) Colorations cytologiquesetbact^rioscopiques 
 au bleu de tolmdi^ie phi5niqug k, 1 pour 100, entre lame et' 
 lamelle sur frottis dess(;cMs. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. mM. de 
 Bordeaux, 1917, xxxvtil, 86.— Sanfellce (F.) Ueber die 
 experimentelle Erzeugung der Russell'sohen Fuchsinkorper- 
 chen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1898, 
 xxm, 276; 311, 1 pi.— Schanffler (W. G.) Zur Farbung 
 von DiphtheriebaciUen und Cholera-Vibrionen. Allg med 
 Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1902, Ixxi, 827.— Schilling (C ) Ein 
 Apparat zur Erieichterung der Romanowsty-Farbung 
 Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1911, Iviii, Orig 
 264 — Semenowicz (W.) & Marzinowsky (E.) Ueber ein 
 besonderes Verfahren zur Farbung der Bakterien im Deck- 
 
BACTERIA. 
 
 294 
 
 BACTERIA. 
 
 Bacteria (Staining of) . 
 
 glaspraparate und in Sclmitten. Ibid., 1S97, xxi, 874-876. — 
 SmltliCL.D.) AsimpIlflcationoftheGramstain. J. Am. 
 M. Ass., Chicago, 1914, Ixii, 1251.— Sommerlioff (E. 0.) 
 Die Farbimg der Pikrmsaure auf Scide; eine Erscneinung 
 der Osmose, wobei die Haut des Seidenfadens als tierische 
 Membran wirkt; farbenchemische Betraclitungen unter 
 Berucksichtigung der Bakterienfarbung. Ztschr. f. wis- 
 sensch. Mikr., Leipz., 1909, xxvi, 48-51.— Spiegel (0.) 
 Bakterienfarbung mit eosinsaurem Metliylenblau nacli 
 May-Grunwald. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., 
 Jena, 1905-6, xl, 430.— Stelnsclineider (E.) Ueber die 
 Procasche Farbung. Hyg. Bundschau, Berl., 1913, xxiii, 
 9-11.— Stephan (S.) Ueber eine besonders iijr Schnitt- 
 farbungen branch bare Modiflkation der Gramschen Far- 
 bungsmethode. Centralbl. t. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., 
 Jena, 1909, li, Orig., 94-96.— Taranco Gonzalez (J.) Al- 
 
 funas consideraciones sobre el empleo de la tinta china en 
 acteriologia. Rev. espec. m(5d., Madrid, 1914, xvii, 145- 
 149.— Thomsen (O.) & Jakobsen (K.) [Burri's method 
 of coloration for th^ production of genume pure culture of 
 bacterias (culture from a single bacterium); Influence of 
 Spirochseta, etc.] Hosp.-Tid^ K^benh., 1910, 5. E., iii, 249- 
 254, 2 pi.— Tiedemann (E. F.) A modification of Gram's 
 method. Quart. Bull. M. Dep. Wash. Univ., St. Louis, 
 1900, iv, 149.— Trapanl (P.) Sul eomportamento del 
 gertol nei sostrati di cultura colorati col liquido dl Giemsa. 
 Ann. dl med. iiav., Roma, 1909, xv, 299-306.— Trlbondeau. 
 Choix de proc^dfe pour la coloration des preparations cyto- 
 bact^riolosriques. Arch, de m^d. et pharm. nav.. Par., 19l8, 
 cvi, 224-237. — Trlncas fL.) Nuovo metodo per la oolora- 
 zione del granuli metacromatici e delle spore del batterl. 
 Gior. d. r. Soc. ital. d'ig., Milano, 1907, xxix, 492-502.— de 
 Vasconcellos (A.) Um novo processo de colora^ao das 
 Kranulacoes dos bacillos da diphteria e da tuberculose. Arch, 
 brasil. de med., Rio de Jan., 1917, vii, 301.— Vaughan (R. 
 E.) A method for the differential staining of fimgous and 
 host cells. Ann. Missouri Botan. Garden, Concord, N. H., 
 1914, i, 241. — Verderau. Una simplificacio' del metode de 
 Gram. An. de med. ButU. mens, de I'Acad. . . . de Cata- 
 lunya, Barcel., 1909, iii, 217-219.— Watablkl (T.) A stain- 
 ing solution for protozoa and blood. Sei-i-Kwai M. J., 
 Tokyo, 1918, xxxvii, 21-24, 1 pi.— Weinrlcli (M.) Ueber 
 die Farbbarkeit des Gonococeus und sein Verhalten zur 
 Gram'schen Methode. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., 
 Jena, 1898, xxiv, 258-268.— Winter (K. O.) [Bacteriological 
 stains.) Duodecim Helsinki, 1905, xxi, 30O-306.— Zettnow. 
 Edmanowski's Farbung bel Bakterien. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. 
 Infectionskrankh., Leipz., 1899, xxx, 1-18, 1 'pi. Also 
 [Abstr.J: Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1900, 
 xxvii, 803-80S.— Zleler (K.) Zur Farbung schwer farbbarer 
 Bakterien (Rotzbaeillen, Typhusbacifien Gonokokken 
 u. s. w.) in Schnitten der Haut und anderer Organe. Cen. 
 tralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat., Jena, 1903, xiv, S61-565. 
 
 Bacteria (Structure of). 
 
 See Bacteria (Biology, etc., of). 
 
 Bacteria (Sulphur). 
 
 Jegunow (M.) Flatten der roten und der S-Scbwefel- 
 bakterien. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etcj, 2. Abt., Jena, 1898, 
 iv, 257-265.— Kell CF.) Beitrage zur Physiologie der farb- 
 losen Schwefelbaktenen. Beitr. z. Biol. d. Pflanz., Bresl., 
 1912, xi, 335-375.— MoUsch (H.) Neue farblose Schwefel- 
 bakterien. Centralbl. f. BaMeriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1912, 
 xxxiii, 55-82, 2pl.— Twort (F. W.) Sulphur bacteria. St. 
 Thomas's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1915, xxv, 130. 
 
 Bacteria (Symbiosis of). 
 
 See Symlbiosis (Bacterial) . 
 
 Bacteria (ThermopJiilic). 
 
 TsiKLiNSKT ( Mile. Prascovie V.) *RechercheB 
 sur les microbes thermopMles. 8°- Genive, 
 1903. 
 
 TsuJiMTTRA (S.) *Beitrage zur Kenntnis der 
 thermoph-ilen Bazillen aus Heu, das sich im 
 Zustand der Selbsterhitzung befindet. 8°. 
 Wiirzbwg, 1910. 
 
 AUeft (D. B.) A new thermophilia; [renal pus]. Ver- 
 mont M. Month., Burlington, 1903, ix, 219.— Ambroz (A.) 
 Denitrobacterium thermophllum spec, nova, ein Beitrag 
 zur Biologle der thermqphilen Bakterien. Centralbl. f. Bak- 
 » teriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1913, xx^vii, 3-16, 1 pi.— Ba- 
 rncbello (L.) Aloune ricerche sui bacterl termoflli. Poli- 
 clin., Roma, 1897, iv-M., 91-96.— Brazzola (r_.) Signiflcato 
 dei batteri termoflli, di quelli della putrefazione e del gruppo 
 coli, nell'esame batteriologico delle acque. Eendic. r. Accad. 
 d. sc. d. 1st. di Bologna, 1904-5, n. s., ix, J64.— Catterina 
 (G.) Beitrag zum Studium der thermophilen Bakterien. 
 Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1904, xii, 353- 
 355, 1 pi.— Kedzlor. Ueber eine thermophile Cladothrix. 
 Arch. f. Hyg., Miinchen & Leipz., 1896, xxvii, 328-338.— 
 bundle (R. A.) Thermophihc bacteria. Proc. Scot. 
 Micr. Soc, Lond. & Edinb., 1895-9, ii, 153-157.— Macfadyen 
 
 Bacteria (TTiermovhilic) . 
 
 (A.) & Blaxall (F. R.) 'Etermophilic bacteria. Tr. Jenner 
 Inst. Prevent Med., Lond., 1899, 2. s., 162-187, 3 pi.- 
 Michaelis (G.) Beitrage zur Kermtnis der thermophilen 
 Bacterien.. Arch. f. Hyg., Miinchen & Leipz., 1899, xxxvi, 
 285-293.— NSgre (L.) Les bactdries tbermophiles. Bull, de 
 rinst. Pasteur, Par., 1912, x, 385; 433. . Bact^es tber- 
 mophiles des sables du Sahara. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., 
 Par., 1913, Ixxiv, 814-816.— Oprescu (V.) Studien liber 
 thermophile Bacterien. Arch. f. Hyg., Miinchen & Lerpz., 
 1898, xxxiii, 164-186.— Prettl. Studii sui batteril termoflli. 
 Gior. internaz. d. sc. med., Napoli, 1899, n. s., xxi, 600.— 
 Sames (T.) Zur Kenntniss der bei hoherer Temperatur 
 wachsenden Bakterien- und Streptothrixarten. Ztschr., f. 
 Hyg. u. Infectionskrankh., Leipz., 1900, xxxiii, 313-362, 1 
 pi.— Schlllinger (A.) Ueber thermophile Bakterien. Hyg. 
 Rundschau, Berl., 1898, vui, 568-570.— Skochko (I. D.) 
 [Thermophilic microorganisms.] Protok. zasled Kavkazsk. 
 Med. Obsh., Tfflis, 1900-1901, xxxvii, 187-201, 1 tab.— Telcli 
 (M.) Beitrag zur Kenntniss thermophiler Bakterien. Hy^. 
 Rimdschau, Berl., 1896, vi, 1094.— Tsikllnsky ( Mne. P. V.) 
 Sur les microbes tbermophiles. Ann. de mierog.. Par., 1898, 
 
 X, 286-288. . Sur les muc^dinte tbermophiles. Ann. 
 
 de rinst. Pasteur, Par., 1899, xiii, 500-505, 1 pi. 
 
 Bacteria (Toxins and'toxicity of). 
 
 See, also. Toxins. 
 
 WmKUNG (Die) einiger Bakterien und ihrer 
 Toxine auf verschiedene Organe des Korpers. 
 4°. Jena, 1902. 
 
 Bepr.fTom: Acta Soc. Sc. Fennicse, Helsingfors, 1902, xxx. 
 
 Bergell (P.) & Meyer (F.) Process for obtaioing solu- 
 tions of bacterial poisons. [Pat. spec] No. 842612; Jan. 29, 
 1907.— Detweller (A. J.^ The toxicity of the dry, sterile cells 
 of certain nonpathogenic bacteria. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, 
 Pbila., 1902, xvii, 257-264.— Dmltrlyevskl (K. F.) [De- 
 struction of substances under repeated injections of bacte- 
 rial poisons.] Izvlest. Imp. Tomsk. Univ., 1901, xviii, No. 
 8, 1-82. — Kraus (R.) Ueber ein acut wlrkendes Bakterien- 
 toxin. Cong, internat. d'hyg. et de dSmog. C.-r., Briix., 
 1903, ii, 54.— Iiftbbert. Ueber die Natur der Giftwirining 
 peptonisirender Bacterien. Jahresb. d. schles, GeseUscdi. f. 
 vaWl. Cult. 1896, Bresl., 1897, Ixxiv, 1. Abth., Hyg. Sect., 
 1.— Lttdke. Ueber Daistellung tmd Wirkungsweise von 
 Partialgiften im Bakterien-Protoplasma. VerbandL d. 
 deutscb. Kong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1911, xxviii, 198- 
 200.— NicoUe (M.) & Loiseau (6.) Les facteurs de toxicity 
 des bact^ries. Ann. de I'lnst. Pasteur, Par., 1911, xxv, 
 150-166.— Orlandl (E.) Contributo sperimentale alle 
 conoscenze dell' azione del tossici batterici sul cuore di rana. 
 Gazz. med. di Torino, 1897, xlviii, 381; 401; 421.— Thiele 
 (F. H.) & Emblcton (D.) Toxicity and pathogenicity of 
 bacteria. Tr. Internat. Cong. Med. 1913, Lond., 1914, Sect, 
 iv. Bacterid. & Immun., pt. 2, 45-49.— Tliiroloix (J.) 
 Toxine du bacille d'Achalme (variety rhumatismale de 
 rhfimocnlture); son affinity pour I'appareil cardiovasculaire. 
 Bull, et m^m. Soc. mdd. d. h6p. de Par., 1908, 3. s., xxv, 166- 
 169.— Vaughan (V. C.) The intracellular toxins of some 
 of the pathogenic bacteria. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1903, 
 xl, 838-840: 1904, xliii, 643-647.— Wasdin (E.) Toxioity 
 versus septicity in the infectious pathogenic bacteria. Med, 
 News, N. Y., 1900, Ixxvii, 444-448. Also, Reprint. 
 
 Bacteria (Viability and vitality of) . 
 
 See, also, Bacteria (Adaptation of). 
 
 B GLAND (G. W.) *Een nieuwe methode ter 
 bepaling van den generatieduur der bacterien 
 en eenige van hare toepassingen. 8°. Amster- 
 dam, 1902. 
 
 Stolting (F. E. H.) *Ein Beitrag zur Kennt- 
 nis der Lebensfahiglceit der mit kleinsten Tropf- 
 chen verspruhten Bakterien. [Gottingen.] 8°. 
 Berlin, 1903. 
 
 Thtjrn (0.) *Ueber die Lebensfahigkeit an 
 Objekttragern angetrockneter, ungefarbter und 
 gefarbter Bakterien. [Giessen.] 8°. Jena, 
 1914. 
 
 Also, in: Centralbl. t. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1914, 
 Ixxiv, Orig., 81-90. 
 
 Bolley (H. L.) The duration of bacterial existence and 
 trial environments. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., 
 Jena, 1900, vi, 33-38.— Bolton (B. M.) The vitality of path- 
 ogenic germs in water and other media. Pub. Healm, Pnila., 
 1898, iii, 114-121.— Calendoll (E.) Ricerche sulla vitality 
 di alcuni microbi patogeni nell' inchiostro. Policlin., 
 Roma, 1901-2, viii, sez. prat, 1473-1476. Also: Gior. inter- 
 naz. d. sc. med., Napoli, 1902, n. s., xxiv, 683-585.— Claccio 
 ( A. j La vitalita di alcuni microrganismi 2>atogeni nei succhl 
 degli organi di animali sani. Rassegna internaz. d. med. 
 mod., Catania, 1900, i, 272-275.— Connell (W. T.) Vitality of 
 typhoid, diphtheria and cholera bacteria in milk. Kingston 
 M. Quart., 1899-1900, iv, 178-180.— Delia Vlda (M. L.) Vita 
 
BACTERIA. 
 
 295 
 
 BACTERIA. 
 
 Bacteria (Viability and vitality of). 
 
 liih del gftrmi patogeni in alcvne soluzioni saline e in alcune 
 acque potM;iU e mlnerali. Ann. d'ig. sper., Roma, 11)09, 
 n. s., xix, 249-264.— Ficker (M.) Ueber Lebensdauer und 
 Absterbon von pathogenen Keimen. Ztschr. i. Hyg. u. 
 
 Intectiouskrankh., Leipz., 1898, xxix, 1-74. 
 
 Jeber 
 
 die Resistenz von Balcterien gegenilber dem Troclcnen. 
 Ibid., 1908, lix, 367-378.— Fttrtringer & Stietzel (W.) 
 "Ueber die Lebensda\ier von Cholera^ und Typhusbaktericn 
 in Spiilgruben. Ibid., Ixi, 282-300.— Grund (Marie). The 
 viability of the Bacillus mallei in water. Collect. Stud. Re- 
 search Lab., Dep. Health. N. Y., 1911, vl, 150.— Helm (L.) 
 Die Widerstandsfahigkert verschiedener Bakterienarten 
 gegen Troeknung und die Aufbewahrung bakterienhaltigen 
 Materials insbesondere beim Seuchendienst und fiir ge- 
 richtlich-medicinische Zwecke. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infec- 
 Monskrankh., Leipz., 1905, 1, 121-138.- HeUstrOm (F. E.) 
 Zur Kenntnis der Einwirkung kleiner Glukosemengen auf 
 die Vitalltat der Bakterien. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 
 1. Abt., Jena, 1899, xxv, 170; 217.— Hilgermann. Lebens- 
 lahigkeit pathogener Keime in Kehricht und MuU. Arch. I. 
 Hyg., Miinchen & Berl., 1908. Ixv, 221-234.— Klrsteln (F.) 
 Ueber die Dauer der Lebensfahigfceit von Krankheitserre- 
 gem in der Form feinster Tropjchen und Staubchen. Zt- 
 schr. f. Hyg. u. Infectionskrankh., Leipz., 1902, xxxix, 9^ 
 170. Also [Abstr.l: Ber. d. oberhess. Gesellsch. t Nat.- u. 
 Heilk., Giessen, 1899-1902, xxxiii, 200-203.— Kurpjuwelt 
 (O.) Ueber LebensJahlgkeit von Bakterien in Del. Cen- 
 tralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1903, xxiii, 157-160.— 
 Martini. Ueber hohe Grade von Lebensdauer bei Typhus-, 
 Paiatyphus B-, Aertryck-, Gartnerschen Enteritis- und bei 
 Ruhr-Bakterien des Typus Shiga^Kruse, Flexner und Y. 
 Ztschr. f. Hvg. u. Infektionskrankh., Leipz., 1910, Ixv, 121- 
 126. — Mlquel (P.) Sur la long^vltS des germes des bact^ries 
 dans les poussiferes et dans le sol. Ann. de mlcrog., Par., 
 1897, ix, 199; 251.— Morales (A.) & Mltjavila (J.) Kecher- 
 ehes sur I'eflet de Feffluviation ^lectro-statique dans les cul- 
 tures de certaines bacteries au point de vue de leur vitality 
 dans les milieux ordinaires, et Paction pathologique siir 
 les animaux oomme mMhode de traitement de guelques 
 proems pathologiques infectieux localises. Cong, mtemat. 
 de mid., Lisbonne, 1906-7, xv, sect. 15, 272-274.— NoM- 
 court (P.) Dur^e compar6e de la vie de quelques microbes 
 dans I'eau de viande, I'eau de riz, I'eau de haricots. J. de 
 physiol. et de path, g^n., Par., 1907, ix, 1023-1028.— Paul 
 (T.) Der chemische Reaktionsverlauf beim Absterbon 
 trockener Bakterien bei niederen Temperaturen. Biochem. 
 Ztschr., Berl.; 1909, xviii, 1— 13.— Sartory (A.) Dur^e de 
 conservation des microbes. Arch. gto. de mid.. Par., 1910, 
 263-268.— Sartory (A.) & Maheu (J.) Dur^e de survie 
 Chez quelques bacteries. Compt. rend. See. de biol.. Par., 
 1909, Ixvi, 968-970.— Shaporo (J. M.) The effects of drying 
 oh the viability of germs. Colorado Med., Denver, 1916, 
 xiii, 158-161. — Totire-Ippolitl (P.) Sulla conservazione 
 della vitality dei microrganismi nelle colture in tutai chiusi. 
 Clin, vet, Milano, 1913, xxxvi, 767; 820.— Trillat (A.) & 
 Sauton. Influence des atmospheres viciees sur la vitalite 
 des microbes. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par., 1910, cl, 743- 
 746.— Winslow (C. E. A.) & Abramson (F.) The effect 
 of drying upon the viability of bacteria. Proc. Soc. Exper. 
 Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1911-12, ix, 107. Also, Reprint. 
 
 Bacteria (Virulence of). 
 
 See Bacteria (Pathogenic, Virulence of) . 
 
 Bacteria in the air. 
 
 See Air (Bacteriology of) . 
 
 Bacteria in ike animal hody. 
 
 See, also. Bacteria (Pathogenic); Blood, 
 Faeces, Intestines, Stomach (Bacteriology of). 
 
 HoEPFNBR (C.) *TJeber das Vorkommen 
 pathogener Bakterien im gesunden Organismus. 
 8°. Strassburgi.E., 1903. 
 
 UFPENHErMEB (A.) Experlmentelle Studien 
 liber die Durchgangigkeit der Wandungen des 
 Magendarmkanalfes neugeborener Tiere fiir Bak- 
 terien und genuine Eiweissstoffe. 8°. Miin- 
 chen & Berlin, 1906. • 
 
 Altana (G.) Sulla attraversabilitS. ai microrganismi 
 della mucosa eastro-intestinale nelle cavle neonate. Riv. 
 d'ig. e san. pubb., Torino, 1908, xix, 581-.591.— Ankersmlt 
 (P.) Untersuchungen iiber die Bakterien im Verdauungs- 
 kanaldesRindes. Centralbl. t. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 
 1905, xxxix, 359-574.— Bastian (H. C.\ The appearance 
 of bacteria in normal organs and the significance thereof. 
 Lancet, Lond., 1904,,ii, 108-110.— Breton (M.), Bruyant 
 (L.) cfe Mezie(A.) Elimination par les voies digestives 
 des microbes introduits dans la cavity p&iton(5ale ou dans les 
 tissus sous-cutan6s. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1912, 
 Ixxiii, 118-120. — Calmctte (E.) Microbes et cellules; atta- 
 ques et defenses de I'Sconomie. Bull, mid.. Par., 1898, xii, 
 825-827.— Cao (G.) Sul passaggio dei germi a traverse le 
 larve di alcuni msetti. Ann. d'ig. sper., Roma, 1906, n. s.. 
 
 Bacteria in tJie animal body. 
 
 xvi, 645-664.— Cotton (F. J.) Bin Beitrag zur Frage der 
 Ausseheidung von Bakterien durch den Thierkorper. 
 Sitzungsb. d. k. Akad. d. Wissensch. Math.-naturw. Cl.. 
 Wien, 1896, cv, 4.53-612. Also, Reprint.— Eisenberg (P.) 
 Ueber spezifische Adsorption von Bakterien. Deutsche 
 med. Wcbnsclir., Berl. & Leipz., 1918, xliv, 634-636.— Ford 
 (W. 'W.) On the baeteriology of normal organs. J. Hyg., 
 Cambridge, 1901, 1, 277-284.— Friedricli (Lucie). Ueber 
 Aufnahme von Bakterien durch tierische Parasiten. (Vor- 
 lauflge Mitteilung.) Ztschr. f. lufektionskr. . . . d. Haus- 
 tiere, Berl., 1912, xii, 385.— Gattl (R.) Influenza di alcuni 
 batterii non patogeni e di patogeni attenuati nel ccrvello. 
 Arch, internaz. di med. e chir., Napoli, 1902, xviii, 197-208. — ■ 
 Hess (A. F.) Ueber das Aufwartswandern der Bakterien im 
 Verdauungskanal. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., 
 Jena, 1909, hi. Grig., 190-193.— Igumenofl (P. K.) [Self- 
 
 Erotection of bacteria in the organism of animals which 
 aveacquiredimmunity and those which have not.) Russk, 
 Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1910, ix, 1377; 14-11.— von Klecki (K.) Be- 
 richt liber die Im Institute angestellten experimenteller 
 Untersuchungen iiber den Durchtritt von Bakterien durch 
 die intakte Darmsohleimhaut. Festschr. enthalt. Arb. li. 
 Tuberk. . . . vi. Internat. Tuberk.-Konf. [etc.], Wien & 
 Leipz., 1907, 31-33.— Meltzer (S. J.) Some of the physio- 
 logical methods and means employed by the animal organism 
 in its continued struggle against Dactcria for maintenance of 
 life and health. PhUa. M. J_^ 1900, v, 1022-1027. Also, Re- 
 print.— Metclmlkoft (M. E.) The flora of the human 
 body. Med. Mag., Lond., 1901, x, 519-526.— Mlchaells {h.) 
 Demonstration einer auswahlenden Bakterienadsorption. 
 Berl. kUn. Wchnschr., 1918, Iv, 413.— Miller (W. D.) Die 
 Frage der Niitzlichkeit der Bakterien des Verdauungs- 
 traktus. Deutsche Mouatschr. f. Zahnh., Leipz., 1906, xxiv, 
 289-304.— Morgan (H. de R.) The presence oi bacteria in 
 the organs of healthy animals. Lancet, Lond., 1904, ii, 21. — 
 Noetzel (W.) Experlmentelle Studie zur Frage der Aus- 
 seheidung von Bakterien aus dem Eorper. Wien. kUn. 
 
 Wchnschr., 1903, xvi, 1036-1040. Ueber die Bakterien- 
 
 resorption auf dem Lymph- und Blutwege und iiber die 
 BedeutUug der Lymphdriisen fiir dieselbe. Beitr. z. kUn. 
 
 ChlTy Tubmg., 1906, Ii, 740-782. . Ueber die Bedeutung 
 
 der Lymphdriisen fiir die Bakterienresorption. Deutsche 
 med. Wchnschr^ Berl. & Leipz., 1908, xxxiv, 1651.— Pav- 
 lovskl (A. D.) [The fate of certain pathogenic, principally 
 pyogenic, microbes in the animaJ organism, when they 
 enter it ttirough the joints, pleura, eyes, oral cavity, intes- 
 tines, and vagma.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1908, vii, 184; 
 218.— Koitt (O.) Ueber den gegenwartigen Stand der 
 Lehre von der Bakterienresorption. Mouatschr. f. Geburtsh. 
 u. Gynak.; Berl., 1908, xxvii, 119-126.- BoUy (F.) & Scliil- 
 llng (H.) Ueber die Ursache des Verweilens von korper- 
 fremden Bakterien im tierischen Organismus. Centralbl. f. 
 Bakteriol. [etc.), 1. Abt., Jena, 1914, Ixxiv, Orig., 302-309.— 
 I^ozenberg (N. K.) [Dissolution of bacteria in the organ- 
 ism.) Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1910, xvii, 863.— Selter (H.) 
 Bakterien im gesunden Korpergewebe und deren Eintritts- 
 
 Sforten. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infectionskrankh., Leipz., 1906, 
 V, 363-384.— Sherrington (C. S.) Experiments on the 
 escape of bacteria with the secretions. J. Path. & Bacterid., 
 Edinb. & Lond., 1892-3, i, 258-278. Also, Reprint.— Soko- 
 Ipvskl (M. P.) [Absorption of bacteria from the abdominal 
 cavity.) Syezd Kossiysk. Khirurg., Mosk., 1914, xiii, 167- 
 171.— Soprana (F.) Ueber im Korper latente Bakterien 
 und die Moglichkeit ihrer Verbreitung im Organismus. Cen- 
 tralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1906, xll, 601-606.— 
 Stute (O.) Beitrage zur Kermtnis der ovoiden Sputum- 
 bakterieu des Schweines. Arch. f. wissensch. u. prakt. 
 Tierh., Berl., 1909, xxxv, 338-362.— Wright (J.) The pri- 
 mordial nature of the forces exerted against the penetration 
 of bacteria beneath the surface of the body. N. York M. J, 
 [etc.), 1906, Ixxxiii, 117-121. Also, Reprint.— Wrzosek (A.) 
 Experimentelle Beitrage zur Lehre von dem latenten Mi- 
 krobismus. Vurchow's Arch. 1. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 
 1904, clxxviii, 82-111. 
 
 Bacteria in the hlood. 
 
 See Bacterisemia; Blood (Bacteriology of); 
 Tuberciilosis (Bacillus of) in hlood. 
 
 Bacteria in cadavers. 
 
 See Cadavers (Bacteriology of). 
 
 Bacteria infseces. 
 
 See Fseces (Bacteriology of). 
 
 Bacteria in milk. 
 
 See Milk (Bacteriology of). 
 
 Bacteria in soil. 
 
 See Sou. (Bacteriology of). 
 
 Bacteria in urine. 
 
 See TTrine (Bacteriology of). 
 
BACTERIA. 
 
 296 
 
 BACTERIOLOGY. 
 
 Bacteria in water. 
 
 See Water (Bacteriology of). 
 Bacteria in the dairy. Experiments in ripening 
 cream with bacillus No. 41, by H. W. Conn. 
 Some observations on the number of bacteria in 
 dairy products, by A. E. Loveland and .W. S. 
 Watson. Cream ripening with pure cultures of 
 bacteria, by H. W. Conn. pp. 57-91. 8°. 
 [n. p., n. d.} 
 
 Cutting from: Rep. Storrs Agric. Exper. Station. 
 
 Bacteria-carriers. 
 
 See Bacillus-carriers. 
 
 Bacterisemia. 
 
 Marchetti(G.) *La batteriemia. 4°. Prato, 
 1908. 
 
 Stbnzel (H.) *Ueber Bakteriasmie bei In- 
 fektions-Krankheiten. 8°. Leipzig, 1907. 
 
 Caldera (C.l Eicerche suUa batteriemia In oto-rino- 
 laringoiatria. Arch. ital. di otdl. [etc.], Torino, 1912, xxiii, 
 1-7. — Carles (J.) Les bacill^mies. J. de mii. de Bordeaux, 
 1909, xxxix, 485; 501.— Ferranninl (A.) Contribute speri- 
 mentale alio studio delle microbiemie. Riforma med., N»- 
 poli, 1896, xil, pt.M, 329; 342.— Fredette (J. W.) Bacterie- 
 mias in the agonal period. T. Lab. & Clin. M^ St. Louis, 
 1916, ii, 180-188. Also, Reprint.— Gurd (P. B.) Bacte- 
 risemia; its diagnosis; its diagnostic and prognostic value. 
 Montreal M. J., 1907, xxxvi, 809-819.— Hektoen (L.) Recent 
 investigation of certain diseases associated with bacteriemia: 
 typhoid fever, pneumonia, scarlet fever, etc. Northwest. 
 'Lancet, Mirmeap., 1904, xxiv, 79-85.— Hugglns (R. R.) 
 Intravenous injections of magnesia sulphate in bacteriemia. 
 Tr. Am. Ass. Obst. & Gyneo. 1910, York, 1911, xxiii, 363-370. 
 A Iso: Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1911, Ixill, 265-271.— Jochmann 
 (G.) Ueber die Bakteriamie und die Bedeutung der ba'K- 
 teriologischen Blutuntersuchung filr die Klinik. Ztschr. f. 
 ■ klin. Med., Berl., 1904, liv, 408-447. Also [Abstr.]: Jahresb. 
 d. schles. Gesellscli. f. vaterl. Kult. 1904, Bresl., 1905, Ixxxii, 
 58-60. . Ueber Bakteriamie. Ztschr. f. arztl. Fortbild., 
 
 Jena, 190.3, ii, 766-774. Also, transl.: Semana mid.., Buenos 
 Aires, 1906, xiii, 288-298.— Kretz (R.) Ueber Bacteriamie. 
 Ztschr. f. Heilk,, Wien & Leipz., 1902, xxiii, Abth. f. path. 
 Anat. [etol, 75-82. Also [Abstr.]: Vorhandl. d. deutsch. 
 path. Gesellsch. 1901, Berl., 1902, 186. Also, transl.: Inter- 
 state M. J., St. Louis, 1902, ix, 113-117.— Ktinzel (H.) Bin 
 Fall von symptomlos verlaufender Bakteriamie. Munchen. 
 med. Wchnschr., 1906, lui, 1522-1524.— Llcht (C. de F.) 
 Ueber Bakteriamie. verhandl. d. nord. Kong. f. inn. Med. 
 zu Kopenh. 1900, Stockholm, 1901, iii, 107-112.— McMeans 
 (J. W.j Concerning the gastric lesions observed in experi- 
 mental bacteremia. Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 1918, xxii, 
 
 114-126. . Experimental bacteremia. Ibid., 617-646.— 
 
 Nyberg (C.) [A study of terminal bacteriaemia.] Finska 
 lak.-sallsk. handl , Helsinffors, 1916, Iviii,' 647-663.— Shep- 
 pard (J. E.) Case of bacteremia. Ann. Otol., Rhinol, & 
 Laryngol.,- St. Louis, 1912, xxi, 521. . The clinical sig- 
 nificance of bacteremia. Ibid., 1914, xxiii, 864-870. [Dis- 
 cussion], 892-R97. .4Zso;Laryn?oscope, St. Louis, 1914, xxiv, 
 1006-1009.— Shklovskl (Ye. B.) [lExperimental investiga- 
 tion on intravenous mercurial treatment of bacteriemia ] 
 Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1913, xli, 732-735.— Sihler (W. F.) 
 & Peppard (T. A.) Bacteriemia; report of acase. Journal- 
 Lancet, Minneap., 1916, xxxvi, 477-579.— Slemons (J. M.) 
 Placental bacteremia. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1915, Ixv, 
 1265-1268.— Sonnan! (B. P.) Vacdnotherapie bij bacte- 
 riaemie. Nederl, Tijdschi:. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1913, i, 978- 
 981.— Stroebel. Der Micrococcus tetragenes als Erreger von 
 Bakteriamleu beim Menschen. Beitr. z. kUn. Chir., Tiibing., 
 1913, Ixxxiii, 718-720.— Thomson (J. G.) & Hirst (L. F.) 
 Bacillaemia due to various organisms. Lancet, Lend., 1918, 1, 
 566.— Thrasli (E. C.) Cryptic bacteriemias. Atlanta Jour.- 
 Ree. Med., 1916, Ixiii, 105-111.— Wamekros. Plazentarc 
 Bakteriamie. Arch. f. Gynaek., Berl., 1913, c, 173-195, 4 
 pi.— Warren (M.) & Herrlck (W. W.) Analysis of one 
 hundred and thirty-four cases of bacteriemia. Am. J. M. 
 Sc, Phila., 1916, cli, 556-577.— Wekesser (H. P.) Trans- 
 fusion of immumzed blood for chronic bacteremia; report of 
 a case. J. Am. M. Ass'., Chicago, 1917, Ixix, 2182,— Welch 
 (J. E.) Post-partum bactersemia. Bull. Lying-in Hosp. 
 N. Y., 1908, iv, 152-164. 
 
 Bacterial (The) Therapist; a journal of vaccine 
 therapy. G. H. Sherman, editor, v. 1-9, 
 1912-13 to 1919. 8°. Detroit. 
 
 Bactericides and hactericidins. 
 
 See, also, Bacteriolysins; Phagocytosis; 
 Serum (Antibodies in); Serum-bacterioly- 
 sius. 
 
 AuGBBEK (K.) *Bactericidie und Phagocy- 
 tose bei niederen Tieren. [Munchen.] 8° 
 Stuttgart, 1909. 
 
 Bactericides and hactericidins. 
 
 Kkenckbb (E. p.) *Ueber Baktericidie in 
 Bakterienfiltraten. 8°. Strasshurg i. E., 1903. 
 
 Dold (H ) & Mufl (W.) Untersuchunsen iiber die bac- 
 tericide Wirkung von Normal- und Immun-Sera und Nor- 
 mal- und Immun-Leukocyten (getrennt und im Wright- 
 schen Gemisch) auf Staphylococcus pyogenes aureus. Bacil- 
 lus anthracis und Pneumococcus. Arb. a. A. Geb. d. path. 
 
 Anat. u. Bakteriol Inst, zu Tiibing., Leipz., 1910, vii, 273- 
 
 279.— Frledberger (E.) Die Bedeutung der Bakterizidie fiir 
 die Immunitat gegeniiber Typhus und Cholera. Centralbl. 
 f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1907, xhv, Grig., 32-46.— 
 G6zony (I/.) 1st die normale Serumbakterizidie komplex? 
 Ztschr. f. Immunltatsforsch. u. exper. Thcrap., Jena, 1912, 
 xiv, 186-197.— HUne. Uatersuchungen ilber Bakterizidie 
 im Reagensglase. Arb. a. d. k. Gsndhtsamte, Berl., 1907, 
 xxvi, 196-225.— Upstein (A.) Die Komplementablcnkung 
 bei baktericiden Reagenzglasversuehen und ihre Ursache. 
 Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1902, xxxl, 460- 
 468. Also: Ges. Arb. z. Immunltatsforsch., Berl., 1904, 198- 
 212.— Much (H.) Ueber humorale und leukocytare Baktc- 
 riocidine. Jahrb. d. Hamb. Staatskrankenanst. 1907, 
 Hamb. & Leipz., 1908, xii, pt. 2, 169-212. Also: Mitt. a. d. 
 , Hamb. Staatskrankenanst., 1908, viii, 169-212.— NelsserCM.) 
 Die Methodik des bactericiden Reagenzglasversuches. Ges. 
 Arb. z. Immunitatsforsch., Berl., 1904, 493-504 —Nelsser 
 (M. ) & Wechsberg ( F . ) Ueber die Wirkungsart bactericider 
 Sera. Ibid., 182-197.— SaSkely (A.) [Researches on the 
 eflect on the blood of the so-called bactericides.) Magy. orv. 
 Arch., Budapest, 1896, v, 1; 212.— Wauters (G.) Sur la 
 repartition des substances bact^-icides dans les organes et 
 sur la filiation des diddrentes esp6ces de leucoojrtes. Arch, 
 de m^d. expiSr. et d'anat.'path., Par., 1898, x, 751-778. 
 
 Bacterins. 
 
 See Vaccines; Vaccine therapy. 
 
 Bacteriological and clinical studies of the diar- 
 rheal diseases of infancy, with reference to the 
 Bacillus dysenterise (Shi^) from the Rockefeller 
 Institute for Medical Research. Edited by 
 Simon Flexner and L.Emmet Holt. 202 pp. 8^ 
 New York, Rooney & OttenPtg. Co., 1904. 
 
 Bacteriological stendard for drinking water. 
 The standard adopted by the Treasury Departs 
 ment for drinking water supplied to the public 
 by common carriers in interstate commerce. 
 2959-2966 pp. 8°. Washington, Gov. Print. 
 Off., 1914. 
 Repr. No. 232, Pub. Health. Rep. 
 
 Bacteriology. 
 
 See, also, Bacteria; under such subjects as Air, 
 Blood, Faeces, Intestines, Soil, Stomach, 
 Water (Bacteriology of); and under bacteriology 
 of the various infectious diseases, as Diphtheria, 
 Scarlatina, Badlhis and bacteriology of. 
 
 Catterina (G.) Sui progressi delle dottrine 
 batteriologiche in rapporto all' evoluzione. Os- 
 servazioni storico-critiche. 8°. Padova, 1898. 
 
 De Haan (J.) & Straub (M.) Voordrachten 
 over bacteriologie voor praktizeerende medici 
 en veeartsen. 8°. Leiden, 1895. 
 
 FoKKEE (A. P.) De grondslag der bacteriolo- 
 gie. 8°. Groningen, 1889. 
 
 Foster (J.) Bakteriologie und Hygiene. 
 Rede zum Antritt des Rektorats der Kaiser- 
 Wilhelm-Universitat Strasshurg. 8°. S trass- 
 burg, 1903. 
 
 Galvao (R.) NoQoes de bacteriologia. Pre- 
 cedio de uma carta do Benjamin Antonio da 
 •Rocha Faria. 8°. Recife, 1899. 
 
 GamalIbya (N. F.) Rezultatl i stremleniya 
 sovremennoi bakteriologii. [Results and aims of 
 modem bacteriology.] 8°. Odessa, 1907. 
 
 Gappikh (K. K.) Lektsiipo bakteriologii. 3. 
 izd. 12°. Yuryev, 1910. 
 
 Hlava (J.) & HoNL (T.) Bakteriologie. 8°. 
 V Praze, 1900-1904. 
 
 Jaeger (H.) Die Bakteriologie des taglichen 
 Lebens. In achtzehn gemeinverstandUchen 
 Vortragen. 12°. Hamburg & Leipzig, 1909. 
 
 Koch (R.) Gesammelte Werke; unter Mit- 
 wirkung von G. Gaffky und E. Pfhhl, hrsg. von 
 J. Schwalbe. 2 v. in 3. fol. Leipzig, 1912. 
 
BACTERIOLOGY. 
 
 297 
 
 BACrERIOLOGY. 
 
 Bacteriology. 
 
 Newman (G.) Bacteria,* especially as they are 
 related to the economy of nature, to industrial 
 processes, and to the public health. 8°. Lon- 
 don, 1899. 
 
 ■ . The same. 8°. New York, 1899. 
 
 . The same. Bacteriology and the pub- 
 lic health. S.ed. 8°- London, '1904. 
 
 . The same. S.ed. 8°. Philadelphia, 
 
 1904. 
 
 Stmes (J. 0.) The bacteriology of every-day 
 practice. 8°. London, 1900. 
 
 Andrusoft (N. I.) [Bacteriology and geology; their 
 mutual relations.) Uchen, ZapisM "Imp. Yuryev. Uniy., 
 1897, V, No. 1, pt. 2, 1-20.— Aubert (P.) Du langage bact^- 
 riologique. Lyon m^d., 1909, cxil, 684; 739; 805.— Ball 
 (M. V.^ Oration on bacteriology. Penn. M. J., Athens, 
 1907-8, xi, 333-338.— Bantock (G. G.) The modern doc- 
 trine of bacteriology, or the germ theory of disease. Brit. 
 M. J., Lond., 1899, i, 846-848,— Basten (1.) Ueber bakte- 
 riologische Arbeiten in der Front. Miinchen. med. Wohn- 
 schr., 1915, Ixii, 531.— Bcrgey (D. H.) The relation of 
 bacteriology to the problems of modern life. Univ. Penn. 
 Lect., PMla., 1915, ii, 35-49.— Bezanson (F.) Bactfeiologie 
 et parasitologic. Bull. mid. de Quebec, 1900-1901, li, 95- 
 101. — Cabanes (E.) Diferencias entre las bacterias en la 
 naturaleza y en el laboratorio; sus consecuencias. Gac. 
 m^d. catal., Barcel., 1908, xxxiii, 241; 288.— Cammldge 
 (P. J.) The scope and limitations of bacteriology in the 
 local mvestigation of infectious diseases. J. San. Inst., 
 Lond., 1903-4, xxiv, 410-416.— Campbell (G.) Some 
 practical deductions from bacteriological research. Med. 
 Rec, N. Y., 1897, hi, 585-5S8.— Bisenberg (P.) Studien zur 
 Ektoplasmatheorie; zur Theorie der Gramtestigkeit. Cen- 
 tralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1910, Orig., Ivi, 193- 
 201.— Fitz-Gerald (C. E. ) The just position of bacteriology. 
 Lancet, Lond., 1899, i, 328.— Pokker (A. P.) Bacteriolo- 
 gische problemen. Herinnerngsb. Prof. S. S. Rosenstein, 
 Leiden, 1902, 127-135.— Gorham (F. P.) Some biochemical 
 problems in bacteriology. Science, N. If . & Lancaster, Pa. , 
 1912, n. s., XXXV, 357-362.— Herringham (Sir W. P.) Bac- 
 teriology at the front. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1917, i, 832.— de 
 Jong (D. A.) Jzn. Over bacteriologie, bacteriologisch 
 onderzoek en baftteriologen. Tijdschr. v. veeartseniik. 
 Maandbl., Utrecht, 1905-6, xxxiii, 514-.520.— Jordan (E. 0.) 
 The sphere of bacteriology. Am. Med., Phlla., 1904, viii, 
 875-879. Also: Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1904, n. s., 
 
 XX, 657-666. . Relations of bacteriology to other 
 
 sciences. Internat. Cong. Arts & Sc, Lond. & N. Y., 1908, 
 ix, 207-218.— Koch (R.) Antrittsrede in der Akademie der 
 Wissenschaften am 1. Juli 1909. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., 
 Berl. & Leipz., 1909, xxxv, 1278.— Kutscher (F.) Einige 
 auflalUge bakteriologische Beobachtungen. Miinchen. med. 
 Wchnschr., 1915, Ixii, 1198.— Lelimann (K. B.) & Curchod 
 (H.) Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Bakteriennlveaus von 
 Beijerinck und der Bakteriengesellschaften von Jegunow. 
 Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1905, xiv, 449- 
 459.— liesng. Legons de bact&iologie pratique. Gaz. d. 
 h6p., Par., 1899, Ixxii, 1138; 1194; 1225; 1254; 1284; 1314; 
 1349; 1378: 1900, Ixxiu, 5; 65; 99; 127.— IjOWt. Questions 
 bactft-iologiques. J. d'hyg.. Par., 1897, xxii, 533.— Logan 
 (J. R.) Some practical developments of bacteriology. 
 Caledon. M. J., Glasg., 1894-6, n. s., ii, 227-235.— Lute (L.) 
 Bacteriologie pratique. Bull. d. sc. Pharmacol., Par., 1903, 
 viii, 13; 39; 63; 126; 201; 220.— Macfayden (A.) The prac- 
 tical application of bacteriology to commerce. Lancet, 
 Lond., 1898, ii, 959.— Morris (G. H.) The technical appUca- 
 tions of bacteriology. Tr. Jenner Inst. Prevent. Med., 
 Lond., 1899, 2. s., 188-197.— MUnden (M.) Eine wichtige 
 bakteriologische Aufgabe. Centralbl. f. .Bakteriol. [etc.], 
 1. Abt., Jena, 1909, 1, Orig., 206-208.— Neisser (M.) Einiges 
 liber angewandte Bakteriologie. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infek- 
 tionskrankh., Leipz., 1908, Ux, 225-240.— Prescott (S. C.) 
 On the appUoation or bacteriology to certain arts and indus- 
 tries. Technol. Quart., Bost., 1901, xiv, 128-142.— Kettger 
 (L. F.) Theseienceofbacteriologvanditsrelationtoother 
 sciences. J. Bact., Bait., 1918, iu, '103-113.— Rogers (O. F.) 
 & Benet ( G . ) Bacteriological work at the American ambu- 
 lance. Boston M. & S. J., 1916, clxxiv, 418-420.— Russell 
 (H. L.) Bacteriology in its general relations. Am. Natur- 
 alist, Phila., 1893, xxvii, 847; 1050.— Scliobcr(P.) Antibac- 
 "^ teriolo.gische Paradoxe. Med. Woche, Berl., 1902, 485-491. — 
 Sedgwick (W. T.) The origin, scope and sigmflcance of 
 bacteriology. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1901, n. s., 
 xiii, 121-128.— Sbuttleworth (E. B.) Nomenclature of 
 colors for bacteriologists. Am. Pub. Health Ass. Ren 
 Concord, 1895, xx, 403^07.— Simson (R.) Ueber Wesen 
 und Bedeutung der Bakteriologie. Allg. deutsche Hebam.- 
 Ztg., Berl., 1904, xix, 405; 423.— Veillon. Utilisation de la 
 bactdriologie dans la chirurgie de guerre. Compt.-rend. 
 Confer, chir. interalUSe p. I'etude d. plaios de guerre, Par., 
 1918, 15-18.- WeU (R.) Die Chemle im Dienste der Bakte- 
 riologie. Schweiz. Wchnschr. f. Chem. u. Pharm Ziirieh, 
 1900, xxxviii, 357-360.— Zarraga (F.) La bacteriologia y el 
 crimen. Esouela de med., M&ico, 1901, xvi, 5-8. 
 
 Bacteriology {Apparatibs and devices in). 
 
 Reitz (A.) Appararte und Arbeitsmethoden 
 der Baliteriologie. v. 1. 4°. Stuttgart, 1914. 
 
 SiMONBTTA (L..) Apparecchi per la misura- 
 zione automatica di liquidi amicrobici e per 
 garantirne I'imbottigliamento ideati dal Luigi 
 Simonetta. 8°. Siena, 1898. 
 
 Abba (F.) Ueber eineii Autoklaven-Ofen fiir bakterio- 
 logisclie Laboratorien. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., 
 Jena, 1898, xxiii, 462-465.— Abeken (F. G.) & Cuthbertson 
 (R.) Construction of aij improvised incubator. U. States 
 Nav. M. Bull., Wash., 1910, iv, 39.— Arloing (S.) & Coiu^ 
 mont (P.) Agitateur ^lectrique pour favoriser les cultures 
 microbiennes k I'^tat homogtoe. Cong, internat. d'hyg. et 
 de d^mog. C.-r., Brux., 1903, ii, 51.— Aumann. Ueber die 
 Brauchbarkeit der porosen Tondeckel fiir Bakteriehkul- 
 turschalen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 
 1913, Ixxii, Orig., 398.— Ayers (S. H.) A new form of anae- 
 robiojar. Am^J. Pub, Hyg., Bost.. 1909-10, n. s., vl, 844- 
 846.— B. (H.) Etuves & chauffage et a regulation eiectriques. 
 Arch, d'eiectric. m^d., Bordeaux, 1906, xiv, 884-887.— Bass 
 (R. ) Elnfache feuchte Kammerfilr bakteriologische Zwecke. 
 Munchen. med. Wchnschr^ 1917, Ixlv, 1105-1109.— Bau- 
 douin (A.) & Fian$als (H.) Un nouveau tube k centri- 
 fuger (tube & fond plat et mobUe). Compt. rend. Soc. de 
 biol.. Par., 1913, Ixxiv, 347-349.— Behrens (W.) Vorrich- 
 tung zum Ueberfiillen von Culturfliissigkeiten. Ztschr. 1. 
 wissensch. Mikr., Leipz., 1902-3, xix, 429-431.— Bertarelll 
 (E . ) Sacchetti di celUt in sostituzione dei sacchetti di coUo- 
 lion. Riv. d'ig. e san. pubb., Torino, 1914, xxv, 72-74. 
 Cellitsackchen als Ersatz fiir Kollodiumsackchen. 
 
 du 
 
 Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1915, Ixxvi, 
 Orig., 463. — Bierast (W.) Fettstempel zur Anfertigung 
 des-Mngenden Tropfens. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. 
 & Leipz., 1913, xxxlx, 1149. — Bierotte. Ein emfacher 
 Ratten- und Mausehalter. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 
 1. Abt., Jena, 1913, Orig., Ixxi, 254-256.— Bodin (E.) & 
 Castex (E.) Appareil pour I'agitation continue des cul- 
 tures. Ann. de I'lnst. Pasteur^ Par., 1904, xvii, 264-266.— 
 Boebm (J. L.) A new electno centrifuge. St. Louis M. 
 Rev., 1902, xlvi, 218. Also, Reprint.— Bogason (P.) En 
 ny praBparatholder og dsekglasholder ved farvmng af objekt- 
 og d^kglasprgeparater. Ugesk. f. Laeger, Kjdbenh., 1911, 
 Ixxiii, 725-727.— von Borosinl (A.) Glaskolben zur Her- 
 stellung von Nahrboden. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. 
 Abt., Jena, 1900,xxviii, 23.— Bulloch (W.) A simple appa- 
 ratus for obtaining plate cultures or surface growths of 
 obligate anaerobes. Ibid., xxvii, 140-142. — CauHeild (A. H.) 
 Modified formof flask forfluld media. Ibid., 1909, xllx, Orig., 
 463.— Cayrel. Utilisation de I'acetytene pour le chauffage 
 des etuves des laboratoires de bacteriologie, en campagne 
 ou aux colonies. Rev. gto. de clin. et de therap.. Par., 1916, 
 XXX, 349.— Cohn (E.) Troikart zur sterilen Entnahme von 
 Gewebeteilen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 
 1901, XXX, 625.— Cole (S. W.) An automatic delivery appa- 
 ratus for fluid media. Lancet, Lond., 1916, li, 716. — Corper 
 (H. J.) A cUnical electrical fixing and hot staining appa- 
 ratus. J. Am. M. Ass.j Chicago, 1915, Ixv, 420. — Courmont 
 (P.) Agitateur eiectrique pour obtenir les cultures micto- 
 biennesa I'etat homogfene. Bull. Soc. med. d. b6p. de Lyon, 
 
 1903, ii, 131. [Discussion ], 132. . Agitateur eiectnque 
 
 pour obtenir et entretenir les cultures liquides homog&nes. 
 J. dephysiol. et depath. gen., Par., 1903, v, 558-562.— Cris- 
 tiani (H.) Aeroscope bactcriologique s'adaptant aux diffe- 
 rents tubes de culture. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 
 
 1904, Ivi, 38-^1.— Dawson (C. F.) A hermetic seal for bac- 
 terial cultures. Nat. M. Rev., Wash., 1898-9, viii, 264. — 
 Debrand (L.) Note sur une nouvelle pince k I'usage des 
 bacteriologistes. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1898, 
 10. s., V, 977.— Delepine (S.) New forms of plating dishes 
 for the cultivation of bacteria. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1916, 
 
 i, 588. . New apparatus for bacterial fermentation tests; 
 
 termentatiou bulbs. Ibid., 620. — Dixon (S. G.) An appa- 
 
 -ratus lor the collection of dust and fungi lor microscopical 
 and biological tests. Therap. Gaz., Deteoit, 1890, 3. s., vi, 
 308-310. Also, Reprint.— Donald (R.) An apparatus lor 
 liquid measurement by drops and applications in counting 
 bacteria and other cells and m serology, etc. Proc. Roy. Soc 
 Lond., 1912-13, Ixxxvi, s. B., 198-202.— Dreyer (G.) A new 
 apparatus for rapid deUvery of a given quantity of fluid. 
 Contrib. Univ. Lab. M. Bacteriol., Copenb., 1902, pt. 11, 1- 
 7.— von Drigalski. Ein Schnellfllter fiir Agarlosungen. 
 Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1906, xh, 298- 
 301.— Dyar (H. G.) A machine for tubing bacterial media. 
 N. York M. J., 1896, bdii, 657. Also, Reprint.— Emmerling 
 (O.) Ein einfaoher und zuverlassiger Anaerobenapparat. 
 Hyg. Rundschau, Beri., 1904, xiv, 452.— Epstein (S ) Ap- 
 parat zur Kultur anaerober Bakterien. Centralbl. f Bak- 
 teriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1898, xxiv, 266. . Ein neuer 
 
 Thermoregulator. Ibid., 1900, xxviil, 603. . Abfiill- 
 
 bilrette tUr storUe Fliissigkeiten. Ibid., 1902, xxxi, 335 — 
 Eyre (J. W. H.) A new centrifuge for bacteriological work. 
 Brit. M. J., Lond., 1901, ii, 773.— Farnfleld (W W ) \ 
 home-made bacteriological mcubator. Guv's Hosp Gaz 
 LOTd., 1912, xxvi, 446.— Filderman (L.) 'Autoclave eiec^ 
 trique. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1913 Ixxv 196 — 
 Friedberger (E.) Ueber einen neuen, keimdichteu Ver- 
 
BACTERIOLOGY. 
 
 298 
 
 BACTERIOLOGY. 
 
 Bacteriology (Apparatus and devices in) . 
 
 schluss fur Zentritugenrehrdhen und Kulturgelasse Zt- 
 sehr. f. Immunitatsforseli. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1912 
 XIV, Orig., 637-639.— Friedmann (A.) Ein flammenloser 
 versendbarer Bnitsohrank. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol fete 1 
 1. Abt., Jena, 1915-16, Ixxvii, Orig., 364-367.— Frost (w' 
 D.) Collodion sacs. Am. Pub. Health Ass. Eep. 1902, 
 Columbus, 1903, xxviii, 536-540.— Fuller (C. A.) The bac- 
 terial integrity of collodion sacs. J. InJec. Dis., Chicaeo 
 1910, vij, 664-674.-Fulton (J. S.) & Stokes C^. E.) A 
 descnption of some convenient laboratory devices Cen- 
 tralbh f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1907, xliy, OriE . 89- 
 96-6age.(S. De,M.).& Spunr (J. H.) A oonvlnient 
 anaerobic jar for plate cultures. Am. J. Pub. Health N Y 
 1913, ui, 677.— Gair (C. J. D.) A new form of baoteriologioal 
 incubator. Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1912, xxvi, 421.— 
 Galll-valcrlo (B.) Die Anwendung euier Plechte (Bryo- 
 pogon jubatus) als Ersatz der "Wattepfropfen tilr Kultur- 
 rohrchen. Cor.-Bl. 1. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1917, xlvli, 
 1168;— Galvagno (O.) & Calderinl (A.) Una modifica- 
 zione dell' appareochio di Bordet per la coltura degli anae- 
 robi. Eiv. d'lg. e san. pubb., Torino, 1911, xxii, 201-204.— 
 Glilcksmann (S.) Ueber einige Modiflkationen der asep- 
 tischen, leicht zu sterilisierenden patentierten Glasspritze. 
 Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.), 1. Abt., Jena, 1899, xxv, 18.— 
 Goldlng (J.) A new bottle for cultures. J. Soc. Chem. 
 Indust., Lend., 1906, xxv, 677.— GorsUne (C. S.) On the 
 preparation and use of eollodium sacs. Contrib. Med. Ee- 
 search (Vaughan), Ann Arbor, Mich., 1903, 390-394.— Grant 
 (E.) & Dufly (A. B.) A simple form of apparatus for the 
 rapid fillmg of capillary tubes with calf-lymph. Eep. Gov. 
 Bur. Microbiol. 1913, Sydney, 1914, iv, 251.— Graves fK. D.) 
 An improved modification of the Durham fermentation 
 tube. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1917, Ixix, 2102.— Grubbs 
 (S.B.)& Francis (E.) Collodiumsacs. Bull. Hyg. Laborat. 
 Mar. Hosp.-Serv., Wash 1902, No.7Ji.— Halm(A.) "Stem- 
 lormlgerPlattenteiler. 'Centralbl.l.Bakteriol.reto.l, 1. Abt., 
 Jena, 191.3, Ixix, Orig., 228.— HaU (I. C.)_ Automatic water 
 level for Arnold steruizers. J. Bact., Bait., 1918, iii, 7.— 
 Hamilton (The) combtQed canteen and filter. lyaucet, 
 I.,ond., 1914, i, 622.— Harris (N. MacL.) Concerning an 
 improved method of making eollodium sacs. Centralbl. J. 
 Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1902, xxxii, 74-80.— Harrison 
 (F. C.) & Barlow (B.) The steam still. Ibid., 2. Abt., 
 Jena," 1905, xlv, 119-121.— Harvey (W. H.) An improved 
 form of colloidin capsule. Ibid., 1908, xlvi, Orig., 285-288.— 
 Hecker (F.) A new model of double pipet holder and the 
 technic lor the isolation of hving organisms. J. Infect. Dis., 
 Chicago, 1916, xix, 306-314.— Hegersbtedt (A. F.) [New 
 centiifuge.] Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1898, xix, 526.— Hesse (E.) 
 Eine neue Druokpumpe fur den Bakteriennachweis mit 
 dem Berkefeld-Filter. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etcj, 1. Abt., 
 Jena, 1914, Ixxiv, Grig., 515-518.- Hesse (W.) Em neuer 
 Kulturglaserverschluss. Ibid., 1900, xxvii, 258.— Heyden- 
 relcli (L.) Ein Erstarrungskasten fur Nahrmedien. lUd., 
 
 1913, Ixviii, Orig., 120-128.— Hill (H. W.) A modification of 
 the fermentation tube for bacteriological work. J. Best. 
 
 Soc,, 1898-9, iii^ 137, 1 pi. Also, Eeprint. . Porous 
 
 tops for Petri dishes: J. Med. Eesearch, Best., 1904-5, xiii, 
 93-96.— Hlllier (W. T.) A new form of warm stage, devised 
 by Dr. Lazarus-Barlow. Arch. Middlesex Hosp., Lond., 
 1905, iv, 92-96.— Hopkins (E. G.) A new reagent outfit for 
 classes in bacteriology. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1906, xlvi, 
 957.— Inghlllerl (P.) Ein neuer Spritzentypus fiir bakte- 
 riologlsche Untersucnungen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 
 1. Abt., Jena, 1902, xxxi, 171-173.— Jackson (J. A.) Test- 
 tube rack used in the preparation of Loeffler's blood serum. 
 J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1909, liil, 382.— Jean (F.) A new 
 tube for the culture of auaerobiotic micro-organisms. Am. 
 Month. Micr. J., Wash., 1890, xvii, 8.— Ka.spaTel< (T.) 
 Einige Modiflkationen von Einrichtungeu fiir bakteriolo- 
 gsohe Untersuchungen: SteriUsierbiichsen, Heizung der 
 Briitsohranke mit Auerbrenhern, elektrischer Heisswas- 
 sertrichter, ein neuer Warmwasserapparat und eine Me- 
 thode zur bakteriologischen Wasseruntersuchung. Cen- 
 tralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etcJ, 1. Abt., Jena, 1902, xxxii, 382- 
 385.— Kellermann (K. F.) The permeability of collodion 
 tubes. Ibid., 2. Abt., Jena, 1912, xxxiv, 56-60.— Kern (F.) 
 Eine automatische M:essplpette fiir keimfreie Flussigkeiten. 
 Ibid., 1. Abt., Jena, 1899, xxv, 76-77.— Kltt. Pipetten- 
 
 fimmisauger. Ibid., 1913, Ixx, Orig., 447. — K]ei-Pefersen. 
 in Objekttrager zum Farben von 12 Objekttragem aut 
 einmal. Ibii., 2. Abt.,, Jena, 1906, xvl, 191.— Kleefeld (G.) 
 Curette bacteriologigue. PoUelln., Brux., 1913, xxii, 308- 
 310. — Klein (A.) Ein Apparat zur bequemen Herstellung 
 von anaeroben Plattenkulturen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. 
 fete.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1898, xxiv, 967-971.— Klleneberger (C.) 
 Eine modiflzierte Burette als Zentrifugenrohrchen. Miin- 
 chen. med. Wohnschr., 1903, 1, 1820.— Kraus (E.) Ueber 
 einen elektrisch geheizteux und regulierbaren Objekttisch. 
 Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1898, xxlii, 16-20. 
 
 . Ueber einen Apparat zur bakteriologischen Was- 
 
 serentnahme. Ibid., 1902, xxxii, 469-471.— Krauss (W.) 
 A slide-drying attachment for centrifuges and an aluminum 
 staining dish. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, Iviii, 1013.— 
 Krltscbewsky (J. L.) Apparate vom Typus "Thermos" 
 als Thermostate. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etej, 1. Abt., Jena, . 
 
 1914, Ixxiii, Orig., 77-80.— Kryi (F.) Em Kulturrohrchen 
 
 Bacteriology (Apparatus and devices in). 
 
 fiir Ausstellungszwecke. Ibid., 2. Abt., Jena, 1903, x, 534.— 
 Kttster. Ein eintacher Apparat zur anaeroben Ziichtung 
 und eine Vorrichtung zur einwandfreien Entnahme von 
 Untersuchungsmaterial aus der Tiele von Korperhohlen. 
 Ibid., 1. Abt., Jena, 1913, Ivii, Eel., Beiheft, 269-271.— 
 Laing (A. E.) A new anaerobic apparatus. Lancet, 
 Lond., 1904, 1, 515.— LaJQcaster (H. M.) Nickel-chromium 
 wire for the bacteriological laboratory. Canad. M. Ass. J., 
 Toronto, 1914, iv, 614.— Laser (H.) Eine neue Konstruk- 
 tion von Grossfiltem. Centralbl. jf. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., 
 Jena, 1897, xxii, 543-550.— Laveuir (P.) Bacteriologia; ter- 
 morregulador de mercurio. Semana m§d., Buenos Aires, 
 1907, xiv, 565-568.- Lee (E. E.) & Fegely fW. H.) An 
 experimental study of the relative efficiencies of certain 
 fermentation tubes. Am. J. Pub. Health, N.Y., 1914,iv, 999- 
 1005.— Leltz (E.) Spiegelkondensor zur Beobachtung im 
 Dunkelleld von lebenden Bakterieu [etc.]. Ztsohr. 1 ang. 
 Mikr., Leipz., 1908, xiv, 29-34.— Letts (F. L.) An incubator 
 for gelatine cultures. tJ. States Nav. M. Bull.; Wash., 1912, 
 vi, 233, 1 pi. — Liefmann. Ein Pipettenstander. Ztschr. 
 
 1. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1911, x, Orig., 
 636. — LoefBler(r.) Eine neue Injektionsspritze. Centralbl. 
 f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1897, xxu, 597-600.— Lyon 
 (M. W.) Nichrome as a substitute for platinum wire in 
 bacteriologio inoculators. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 191.5, 
 Ixiv, 1069.— McGulre (L. W.l An improvised incubator 
 for ships. U. States Nav. M. Bull., Wash., 1910, iv, 513.— 
 Matsuo (K.) Ueber den Gazerespirator. Centralbl. t 
 Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1912, Ixv, Orig., 573-576.— 
 Mayer (0.) Zusammenlegbarer Bakterienbmtschrank, 
 besonders fiir den Gehrauch im Felde geeignet. Ibid., 
 Ixvii, Orig., 398-400.— Meyer (A.) Platinnadeln (Kappen- 
 nadeln) fiir den bakteriologischen Gebrauch. Ibid., 1901, 
 
 xxix, 260. . Apparat fiir die Kultur von Bakterien bei 
 
 hohen Sauerstoifkonzentrationen, sowie zur Bestimmimg 
 der Sauerstoflmaxima der Bakterienspecies und der Tb- 
 tungszeiten bei hoheren Sauerstoflkonzentrationen. Ibid., 
 
 2. AM., Jena, 1906, xvi, 386-398.— Miller (E. 0. L.) Somo 
 simple laboratory devices. Ibid., 1. Abt., Jena, 1908, xlvi, 
 728-732.— Montgomery (F. E.) A test-tube filler. Phila. 
 M. J., 1902, X, 849.— Moragas (E.) & Grifols Koig (J.) 
 Presentacio d'uu nou aparell pera hemocultius aerobis y 
 anaerobis. An. Acad, y lab. de cieri. mdd. de Catalunya, 
 Barcel., 1914, viii, 423-427.— MllUer. Instrument zur 
 Entnahme von Blutproben Iflr bakteriologische Untersu- 
 chungen. Miinchen. med. Wohnschr., 1909, liv, 2115.^ 
 Murrill (P.) Ein wlrksamer Gasdruckregulator. Cen- 
 
 , tralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1898, xxiii, 1056-10.59.— 
 Napp. Ein neues zweiteiliges Zentrifugenrohrchen. Mun- 
 chen. med. Wohnschr., 1903, 1, 1639.— Nelson (J.l On soma 
 new methods and apparatus for the bacteriological labora- 
 tory. Eep. Biol. Dep. N. Jersey Agric. Coll. Exper. Station 
 
 (1898), 1899, 243-248. •. Improvements in bacteriological 
 
 apparatus and methods. Ibid. (1899), 1900, 310-319.— Novy 
 (P. G.) New apparatus lor the culture of anaerobic bacteria. 
 Cong, internat. d'hyg. et de d^mog. C. r. 1894, Budapest, 
 
 1896, viii, pt. 2, 437-441. . Ein neuer Thermoregulator. 
 
 Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt, Jena, 1898, xxiii, 1054- 
 
 1056. . Einige Laboratoriumsapparate. Ibid., 1903, 
 
 XXXV, 124-126.— Nuttall (G. H. F.) An apparatus for mak- 
 ing roll-cultures. Phila. M. J., 1900, vi, 339.— Perkins (E. 
 G.) A new apparatus for obtaining simultaneous cultures 
 of any desired age for comparative study) J. Bact., Bait, 
 1913, iii, 23-26, 2 pi.— Permln (C.) Neue selbstsaugende 
 Pipette. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1911, 
 Ivii, Orig., 575.— Petri (E. J.) Neue, verbesserte Gelatine- 
 schalohen (verbesserte Petri-Schalehen). Ibid., 1900, xxviii, 
 79; 196.— Pfeller (W.) Ein neues Prazinitationsrbhrchen. 
 Ibid., 1913, Ixx, Orig., 334-336.— Piorkowski.- Ein neuer 
 Tiernalter fiir Meerschweinchen. Ibid., 1898, xxiii, 332. 
 
 . Ein neuer heizbarer Farbetisch. Deutsche med. 
 
 Wohnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1898, xxiv, 318.— Kaafl (A.) 
 Eine praktische Bakterienharpune. Folia microbiol 
 Delft, 1914, iii, 89, 2 pi — Bablnowltscta (M.) Ein neuer 
 Heisswasserfllirierapparat. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etcl, 
 1. Abt., Jena, 1912-13, Ixvil, Orig., 493-496.— Regaud (C.) 
 Machines ^lectriques h centnfuger. Bull. Soc. mSd. d. h6p. 
 de Lvon, 1903, ii, 124-120.- Reltz (A.) Ein kombinierter 
 Sterilisier-, Brut- und Eisschrank. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. 
 'etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1907, xviii, 831. . Notiz fiber 
 
 [el 
 
 ersuche mit einer hygienlschen Schutzkapsel fiir Bier- 
 flaschen Oder ahnliehe Flasohenverschliisse. Ibid., 1914, 
 xl, 1.55.— Robin (A.) A new fermentation tube. J.Bost.Soc. 
 M. Sc.^ 1900-1901, v, 380, 1 pi. . Simple device lor dis- 
 tributing equal quantities of culture media. Ibid. . 
 
 Fermentation tube for analysis of gas generated by bacteria. 
 J. AppUed Micr., Rochester, 1902, v. No. 7, 1884.— Rodet 
 (A.) & Guechoff. Sur les propriety des sacs de collodion 
 et leur r61e en hact&iologle. N. Montpel. raM., 1900. xi 
 
 Ass., Chicago, 1907, xlviii, 1507.— Sartory (A.) Platino 
 chauffante et si«choir. Bull. d. sc. Pharmacol., Par., 1908, 
 XV, 312-315.— Satterlee (H. S.) The vacuum-JDottle as an 
 incubator. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, Iviii, 632 — 
 Schlonnlg (H.) Matras pour cultures sur blocs de pifttre. 
 
BACTERIOLOGY. 
 
 299 
 
 BACTERIOLOGY. 
 
 Bacteriology (Apparatus and devices in) . 
 
 Ann. de microg., Par., 1897, ix, 194-193.— SchottmUIler 
 (H.) Ein keim- und wa.sserdichter Doppelversehluss iiir 
 riaschen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 
 1901, XXX, 875-877.— Schrader (G. A.) Sclmellesslgbildner 
 als Laboratoriumsapparat. Ibid., 2. Abt., Jena, 1902, vili, 
 52,5-533.— Serkowskl (S.) Ein neuer Nivellierapparat una 
 dcssen Anwendung. Ibid., 1. Abt., Jena, 1904, xxxvii, 637- 
 640.- ShepUcvskI (E. A.) [Thermostat heated by water.] 
 Voyenno-Med. J., 8.-Peterb., 1896, clxxxvi, 3. sect., 1-8. — 
 SinefE (A. I.) [An apparatus for filtering meat-peptone 
 agar.] Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1910, Ixxiv, 47.— Smirnow 
 (M. R.) A folding paper demonstrating ease for baeterial 
 cultures. J. -Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1915, Ixiy, 1579.— 
 Smith (A. J.) Suggestions for certain cheap and con- 
 venient forms of apparatus for class work in the bac- 
 teriological laboratory. Phila. M. J., 1902, ix, 106O-1064.— 
 Stewart (C. F.) Apparatus for heating cultures to separate 
 spore-bearing microorganisms. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. 
 [etc.], 1, Abt., Jena, 1900, xxvn, 366.— Stewart (I. S.) Pi- 
 pette for the collection of discharges for bacteriological exam- 
 ination. Edinb. M. J., 1912, n. s., viii, 347.— Strong (L. 
 W.) Incubators and thermoregulators. Bull. Woman's 
 Hosp., N. Y., 1917, 7-15.— Wagner (G.) Eine Kolleflasche 
 fiir doppelseitige IJenutzung Tzur Ziichtung von Massen- 
 kulturen). Milnchen. med. Wchnschr., 1916, Ixiii, 311. — 
 Walker (L. T.) A culture tube rack for use in bacteriologi- 
 cal studies involving a large number of cultures. Technol. 
 Quart., Bost., 1908, xxi, 12.— Watklns-PiteUford (W.) 
 An injector for batch inoculations. Med. J. S. Africa, 
 Johannesb., 1817-18, xiii, 186-189, 1 pi.— Watson (E. W.) 
 An aseptic pump for measuring sterue fluids. Med. Notes 
 & Quer., I^ncaster. Pa., 1907, iii, 243-245.— Whipple (G. C.) 
 A ventilated dish for bacteria cultures. J. AppUed Micr., 
 Rochester. 1901, iv, 1197.— Wilson (E. H.) & Randolph 
 (R. B. F.) Incubator for the maintenance of constant low 
 temperatures. Brooklyn M. J., 1899, xiii, 65-71.— Wolthe. 
 Ueber eine neue Art von Reagenzglasgestellen fiir bakterio- 
 logische Zwecke. Arb. a. d. k. Gsndhtsamte, Berl., 1909-10, 
 xxxlii, 283-287.— Wolff (M.) Die Verwendung des Platc- 
 schen alkoholometrischen Messbesteckes auf dem Mikro- 
 skopiertisch. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 
 
 1912, xxxii, 605. . Ueber einen Zentrifugenstempel zum 
 
 Isolieren grosserer bis kleinster Sedimentmengen. Ibid , 
 1914, xl, 153.— Wolff-Blsner (A.) Ueber einen Kaflg mit 
 automatischem Urinabflussfiir mittelgrosse Laboratoriums- 
 
 tiere. Ibid., 1. Abt., Jena, 1906, xli, 301-303. . Ein 
 
 neuer leistnngsfahiger Schiittelapparat in Verbindung mit 
 elnem Thermostaten. Ibid., 1908-.9, xlix, Orig., 654-656.— 
 Wood (F. M.) A new and handy inoculation needle. J. 
 Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1915, Ixv, 1029.— von Wunsehhelm 
 (O.) Ueber einen Apparal fiir Erregung von gesattigtem 
 Wasserdampf und sterilem Wasser. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. 
 [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1900, xxviii, 439-443.— Young (C. C.) 
 A new Petri dish cover. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1914, Ixiii, 
 1031. 
 
 Bacteriology {Culture media in). 
 
 See, also, Bacteria (Cultivation of). 
 
 Brodnitz (H.) *Ueber den Einfluss sauerer 
 Nahrboden aiif die Entwickeliing einiger Baljte- 
 rienarten. 8°. Erlangen, 1898. 
 
 Klbtt (A.^ *Untersuohungen iiber die 
 Verwendbarkeit von waaserigen Extrakten aus 
 Huhnereiweias und Eigelb als Bakterieimahrbo- 
 den. 8°. Leipzig, 1907. 
 
 MULLER (R.) *Ueber die Verwendbarkeit von 
 Trockennairboden insbesondere des Ragitnahr- 
 bodens von Marx. [Leipzig.] 8°. BaUe a. S., 
 1911. 
 
 WoEHNEB (L.) *Ueber gefjirbte Nahrboden. 
 Ein Beitrag zu ihrem Verhalten bei der Einim- 
 pfung des Milzbrand-, Rauschbrand-, malignen 
 Oedem- und Heubacillus, sowie der Bakterien 
 der Gruppen des Paratyphus und der hamorrha- 
 -gischen Septicamie. [Giessen.l 8°. Stuttgart, 
 1909. 
 
 Allegar (W. W.) Agar-agar. Tr. Am. Micr. Soc. 1898, 
 Lincoln, Nebr., 1899, xx, 91-95.— Almagia (M.) Einfluss 
 des Nahrbodens auf die Morphologle der Kolonien und auf 
 die Agglutinabilitat von Bakterien. Arch. 1. Hyg., Mun- 
 chen & Berl., 1906, lix, 159-173, 1 pi.— Anthony ( Bertha van 
 H.) & Ekroth (C. V.) Practical observations on the titra- 
 tion and adjustment of culture media. Coll. Stud. Bur. Lab 
 _pep. Health, N. Y., 1916, viii, 294-310. Aho: J. Baot., Bait., 
 1916, i, 209-234.— Aperlo (G.) Un metodo rapidissimo per 
 la preparazione delP agar. Atti d. r. Accad. flsiocrit. in 
 Siena, 1907, xix, 405-407.- Baker (T. T.) On the choice of 
 
 felatins for bacterial culture media. Med. Press & Circ 
 iond., 1907, n. s., Ixxxiv, 60.— Bamett (G. D.) & Chap- 
 man (H. S.) Colorimetric determination of reaction of 
 bacteriologic mediums and other fluids. Am. J. Pharm., 
 
 Bacteriology ( Culture media, in) . 
 
 Phila., 1918,fcxc, 592-595.— Barthlcin (K.) Ueber Re- 
 generierung von Nahrboden. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 
 1917, Ixiv, 465— Baruchello (L.) Terrcni di cnltura pre- 
 parati con sangue. PoUclin., Roma, 1898, v, sez. med^ 28(t- 
 293.— Bayon (H.) Ein neuer Nahrboden fiir die Kultur 
 und Isolierung von parasitischen Oder schwach saprophvti- 
 schen Bakterien. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., 
 Jena, 1912-13, Ixvii, Orig., 591.— Beijerlnck (M. W.) Ueber 
 eine Eigentiimlichkeit derloslichcn Starke. Ibid., 2. Abt., 
 
 Jena, 1896, ii, 697-699. ■ . Amobenkultur auf festen 
 
 Substraten; Antwort an Herrn CelU. Ibid., 1. Abt., Jena, 
 1897, xxi, 101. — Beintkcr. Ueber Trockennahrboden 
 nach Prof. Doerr. Ibid., 1914, Ixxiv, Orig., 499-503.— Bern- 
 stein (E. P.) & Epstein (A. A.) A standard blood medium 
 for bacteriological work. Proc. N. York Path. Soc, 1906, 
 n. s., vi, 112-117.— Berry (Jane L.) Studies of laboratory 
 media. Coll. Stud. Bur. Lab. Dep. Health, N. Y., 1916, 
 vui, 288-293.— Berthelot (A.) Sur I'emploi du bouillon de 
 Kgumes comme milieu de culture. Compt. rend. Soc. de 
 biol.. Par., 1917, Ixxx, 131. . Application d'une pep- 
 tone prot^olytique de viande et de muqueuse intestinale k 
 la preparation des milieux de culture. Ibid., 298-300.— 
 Besredka (A.) & Jupille (F.) Le bouillon k I'oeuf. A.nn. 
 de I'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1913, xxvii, 1009-1017: 1914, xxviii, 
 576-578.— Bezanjon (F.) & Griffon (V.) Culture du 
 bacille tuberculeux sur la pomme de terre emprisonn^e dans 
 la g(?Iose glycSrin^e et sur le sang gdloS(5. Gaz. d. h6p.. Par., 
 
 1899, Ixxii, 162. ■ . Le sang g^los^ comme milieu 
 
 de culture pDur les microbes qui ne se d^veloppent pas sur les 
 milieux usuels. Cong, internat. de med. C. r.. Par., 1900, 
 sect, de bacti^riol. et parasitol., 59-62.— Blelonovskl (G. D.) 
 & Zaitsevskaya (L. N.) [Dry nutritive media in bacteri- 
 ological practice.] Vraoh. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1912, xix, 1295. — 
 Blerry (H.) Preparation et sterilisation de quelques 
 milieux de culture albumineux. Compt.-rend. Soc. de 
 biol., Par., 1916, Ixxix, 270-272.— Bisserie. Precede simple 
 et rapide de preparation des milieux geiose.s et gelatines. 
 Ann. de I'lnst. Pasteur, Par., 1907, xxi, 235,— Bolduan (C.) 
 The addition of calcium salts to nutrient broth; a reliable 
 and convenient method for growing the pneuraoooccus, 
 and certain other bacteria. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1905, 
 Ixxxi, 956. Also, Reprint. — Bormans (A.) licarriofo in 
 batteriologia. Riv. d'ig. e san. pubb., Torino, 1905, xvi, 
 841-844.— Bosc (F.-J.) Le sang rendu incoagulable comme 
 miUeu de culture. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1900, 11. 
 s., ii, 1032.— Bosse (B.) Eine Nachpriitung der Deycke'- 
 schen Nahrboden. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., 
 Jena, 1901, xxx, 798-804.— Boyd (T. C.) Preparation of a 
 bacteriological nutrient medium bv means of mineral acid. 
 Indian J. M. Research, Calcutta, 1918, v, 408-412.- Brown 
 (E. W.) Dried blood serum; a substitute for fresh blood 
 serum in the rapid preparation of Loffler's medium. U. 
 
 States Nav. M. Bull., Wash., 1910, iv, 337. . Further 
 
 notes on the preparation of a culture medium from dried 
 bloodserum. Ibid., 1911, v, 144. — Butyagin (P.) [Amount 
 of oatalase in bacterial cultures.] Kharkov. M. J., 1914, 
 xviii, 161-173.— Cache (A.) Rolle des MgH4P04 bei der 
 Zubereitung von Nahrboden. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 
 1. Abt., Jena, 1905-6, xl, 255-238.— Canary (J.) A new 
 method of preparing agar-agar media. Proc. N. York Path. 
 Soc.,- 1905-6, n. s., v, 132-134.— CaneUi (A. F.) I mezzi di 
 coltura con I'uovo. Pathologioa, Geneva, 1915-16, viii, 33- 
 38. — Cantani (A.) Zur Verwendung des Sperma als 
 Nahrbodenzusatz. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., 
 
 Jena, 1897, xxii, 601-604. . Ueber eine praktisch sehr 
 
 gut verwendbare Methode, albumlnhaltige Nahrboden fiir 
 Bakterien zu bereiten. Ibid., 1909-10, liii, Orig., 471-^73.— 
 Capaldl (A.) Zur Verwendung des Eidotters als Nahrbo- 
 denzusatz. Ibid., 1896, XX, 800-803.— Caporall (R.) & 
 Blzzacasa (N.) Gli organi come terreni di coltura. Lavori 
 d. Cong, di med. int. 1903, Padova, 1904, xiii, 233-235.— 
 Ceisagrandl (0.) Tecnica della concentrazione dei liquidl 
 in bacteriologia. Ann. d'ig. sper., Roma, 1901, n. s., xi, 
 529-536, 1 pi.— Clark (W. M.) T'he reaction of bacteriologic 
 culture media. J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1915, xvii, 109-136. 
 Also [Abstr.]: Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1915, n. s., 
 xiii, 71.— Cole (S. W.) & Onslow (H.) On a substitute for 
 peptone and a standard nutrient medium for bacteriological 
 purposes. Lancet, Lond., 1916, ii, 9-11.— Cook (F. C.) & 
 LeFevre (E .) Chemical analyses of bacteriologicalbouillons. 
 Am. J. Pub. Health, Concord, N. H., 1918, viii, 587-589.— 
 Cuervo (E.) El chayote como medio de cultivo en bacte- 
 riologia. Rev. de med. y cirug. de la Habana, 1904, ix, 184- 
 187.-«DaUmler (R.) & Lancereanx (E.) Les produits de 
 la proteolyse naturelle et totale comme milieu de culture 
 pour les microorganismes. Arch, de med. exper. et d'anat. 
 path., Par., 1913, xxv, 449^68.— De Bord (G. G.) The 
 fuchstn-aldehyde reaction on the Endo medium. J. Bact 
 Bait., 1917, ii, 309-314.— Des Cilleuls (J.) De I'emploi des 
 milieux: de culture sees dans les laboratoires de bacteriologie 
 de campagne (mdthode de Doerr). Caducee, Par., 1910, x, 
 233.— Deycke & Voigtiander. Studien uber kulturelle 
 Nahrboden. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 
 1901, xxix, 617-627.— DIstaso (A.) Sur des milieux de cul- 
 ture liquides et solides prepares avec le seriim digere et dilue. 
 Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1916, Ixxix, 599-601. Also, 
 transl.: Brit. M. J., Lond., 1916, ii, 335.— Dold (U.) Erfih- 
 
BACTERIOLOGY. 
 
 300 
 
 BACTERIOLOGY. 
 
 Bacteriology {Culture media in). 
 
 riingen mit dem Biichsenagar von Uhlenl)jith und Messer- 
 schmidt in China. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & 
 - Leipz., 1916, xlii, 12.— Dominiklewlra (M.) Zur Frage 
 iiber die Einheit der Zusammensetzung und Herstellungs- 
 weisen von Nahrsubstrateu fiir Bakterien. Centralbl. f. 
 Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. AM., Jena, 1908, xlvii, Orig., 666-670.— 
 Doryland (C. J. T.) Preliminary report on synthetic 
 media. J. Bact., Bait., 1916, i, 135-152.— Douglas (S. B.) 
 & Colelirook (L.) On the advantage of using a troth con- 
 taining trypsin in making blood cultures. Lancet, Lond., 
 1916, ii, 180-183.— Dreylus. Cultures dans le liquide de 
 Outchlnsky. MSm. et corapt.Tend. Soc. d. so. mdd. de 
 Lyon (1896), 1897, xxxvi, pt. 2, 42-44.— Dudgeon (L. S.), 
 Bawtree (F.) & Corbett (D.) Observations on the effect of 
 the addition of fresh human blood serum to artificial media. 
 Lancet, Lond., 1916,ii, 314-319.+-Du]arric de la Riviere (E.) 
 Sur un nouveau Ttiilieu de culture, la g^ose 4 I'orange. 
 Coinpt. rend. Soo. de biol.. Par., 1916, Ixxix, 843.— Eccles 
 (R.G.) Food as a culture medium for pathogenic organisms. 
 Lancet, Lond., 1905, ii, 1428.— Elsenberg (P.) Ueber 
 bakteriologische Anreicheningsverfahren; eine kritisoh-sys- 
 tematische Studie. Wien. Srlin. Wchnschr., 1917, xxx, 
 1249; 1281.— Evans (J. S.) & Cope (T. A.) The inhibitory 
 action of unheated milk upon bacteria. Tr. Phila. Pediat. 
 Soc, N. y., 1904-5, i, 50-61.— Byre (J. W. H.) The neutrali- 
 sation of culture media. Tr. Path. 'Soc. Loud., 1899-1900, 11, 
 
 283, 1 pi. . Nutrient media of standard reaction for 
 
 bacteriological work. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1900, ii, 921-924; 
 
 1901, ii, 788-791. ■ . On the preparation of nutrose-agar. 
 
 Tr. Path. Soc. Loud., 1903-4. Iv, 91-105.— Feller (M.) Ueber 
 Eagitnahrboden. Berl. klm. Wchnschr., 1915, hi, 767.— 
 FeoktistoS ( A. Ye. ) [New method of cultures from whole 
 organs or pieces of tissues.] Russk. Vrach. S.-Peterb., 1909, 
 viii, 1087.— Ferry (N. S.) & Noble (A.) Serum veal agar; 
 a dependable substitute.for ascitic or blood agar. J. Lab. & 
 Clin. M., St. Louis, 1917-18, iii, 295-297. . Pep- 
 tone-free media for routine culture work, /Md., 298-300. — 
 Fildes! (P.) The technique of the preparation of culture 
 media containing albuminous fluids, in particular for the 
 growth ol meningococcus. Lancet, Lond., 1917, i, 492.— 
 ForsterfT.) NahrgelatinemithohemSchmekpunkte. Cen- 
 tralbl. t. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1897, xxii, 341-343.— 
 rraenkel{E.) Demonstration von Kulturen mit Cholera, 
 Ruhr und Paratyphus beimpfter Nahr-Gelatine, die aus 
 Plazenta hergestelft ist. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. 
 & Leipz., 1917, xliii, 159.— Fra«nkel (E.) & Much (H.) 
 Perhydrasemilchagar, ein neuer Bakteriennahrboden. 
 Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1908, Iv, 733-735.— Franz (J. I.) 
 Culture studies with a glycerinized quadruple sugar medium. 
 Proo. Path. Soc. Phila., 1918, xxxviii, aO.— de Freltas (O.) 
 Outros meios de cultura; meios nao aquecidos. J. de med. de 
 Pemambuco, 1908, iv, 11; 14. — Friedmann(E.) Hefenahr- 
 
 .boden. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1918_, Ixv, 76. . 
 
 Emeuerungsverfahren und Wiedergewmnungsverfahren 
 von Agar aus eebrauchten Agarnahrboden. Ibid., 133. — 
 Ftlmtratt (K.) Ueber einige Eigenschaften des Endo- 
 schen Fuchsin-Agars. Centralbl. t. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., 
 Jena, 1905, xxxix, 487-493.— Fuller (G. W.) On the proper 
 reaoHon of nutrient media for bacterial cultivation. Am. 
 Pub. Health Ass. Rep., Concord, 1895, xx, 381-399.— 
 Gaebtgens (W.) Der Einfluss hoher Temperaturen auf 
 den Sohmelzpunkt der Nahrgelatine. Arch. f. Hyg., Miin- 
 chen & Berl., 1905, Iii, 239-254. . Ueber die Erhohung 
 
 der Leistungsfahigkeit des Endoschen Fuchsinagars dmch 
 den Zusatz von Koflein. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 
 Jena, 1905, xxxix, 634-640.— Gallmard (J.) & Lacomme 
 (L.) IjCS acides aminfe comme nouveaux milieux de culture 
 chimlquement d^flnis pour I'fitude des microbes. J. de 
 physiol. et de path, g&i.. Par., 1907, ix, 481-486.— Galll- 
 Valerlo (B.) & Schiffmann (S.) Die praktische Anwen- 
 dung von Doerrs Tfockennahrboden. Centralbl. f. Bakte- 
 riol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1914, Ixxiv, Ori«r., 653.— Gallols (P.) 
 Essai de formulaire des geKes d'agar. Rev, de th^rap. mdd,- 
 chir.. Par., 1898, lxv^l7-225.— Gassner (G.) Versuche und 
 Erfahrungen mit Hefewassemahrboden. Deutsche med. 
 
 Wchnschr.,/ Berl. & Loipz., 1917, xliii, 605. . Ein 
 
 neuer Dreifarbennahrboden fiir Typhus-Ruhr-Untersuchun- 
 
 gen. Ibii. . Metachromgelbzusatz fiir Typhu.s-Ruhr- 
 
 Nahrboderi. Ibii. . Der Metachromgelb-Wasserblau 
 
 Dreifarbeimahrboden fiir Typhus-Ruhr-Untersuchungen. 
 
 Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1917, Ixiv, 505. . Ueber 
 
 die praktische Verwendbarkeit des Metachromgelbs und 
 metachromgelb-ahnUcher Stofle fiir diflferentialdlagno- 
 stische und andere Nahrboden. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., 
 Berl. & Leipz., 1918, xliv, 884-886.— Gcssard (C.) Milieu do 
 culture solide pri^parfi h. froid. Compt. rend. Soo. de biol , 
 Par., 1910, Ixviii, 1049.— Ghedinl (G.) A proposito del 
 terreno di DieudonniS. Pathologioa, Genova, 1916, viii, 191.— 
 GUtner (W.) & Ludlum (L. C.) Amniotic fluid as a 
 bacterial culture medium. J. Bact., Bait., 1916, 1, 91.— 
 Glaessner (P.) Ueber die Verwertbarkeit einiger neuer 
 Eiweisspraparate zu Kulturzwecken. Centralbl. f. Bakte- 
 riol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1900, xxvii, 724-732.— Gorlnl (M. 
 E. C.) Circa ^influenza della qualitk del peptone sulle 
 funzioni batteriche. R. Ist. Lomb. di sc. e lett. Rendic, 
 Milano, 1915, 2. s., xlviii, 968-972. Also: Arch, di farmacol. 
 sper., Roma, 1916, xxi, 209-214.— Grlmbert (L.) Sur un 
 
 ^ViCtetlolog^ {Culture media in) . 
 
 milieu d'Elsner artificiel. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 
 1896, 10. s., iii, 815-817.— Grlmbert (L.) & Legros (G.) Sur 
 un milieu lactose, destine, k remplacer le petit-lait tournesolc 
 de Petruschky. Ibid., 1901, 11. s., iii, 912-915.- Guggen- 
 belmer ( R . ) Hefenwasserpeptonagar als Ersatz fur Fleisch- 
 wasserpoptonagar. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., 
 Jena, 1915-16, Ixxvii, Ori?., 363.— Guthi (F.) Wiederholte 
 Benutzung von BakteriennahrbBden una Ersatz von 
 Fleischextrakt durch Pflanzenextrakte; die Verwertbarkeit 
 der konservierten Nahrboden fiir den Feldgebrauch (nach 
 Uhlenhuth und Messerschmidt). Deutsche med. Wchn- 
 schr., Berl. & Leipz., 1915, xli, 1644-1540.— HagemannJC.) 
 Eine Vereinfachung des DrigalsM-Nahrbodens. Hyg. 
 Rundschau, Berl., 1904, xlv, 623.— Hall (H. C.) Ist es 
 moglich, eineu sofort braiichbaren Dieudonn&gar herzu- 
 stellen, ohne die Zusammensetzung des Substrates zu 
 verandern? Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1916, liii, 217-219.^ 
 Hall (I. W.) The purification of crude silk peptones for 
 bacteriological purposes. J. Path. & Bacteriol.^ Cambridge, 
 
 1914-15, xix, 286-304. . On the amino-acid content of 
 
 nutrient media. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1918, ii, 398-401.— Hart 
 (C.) Ueber den Wert einiger Bouillonpraparate des Handels 
 auf Grund serologischer Untersuchungen. Therap. Rund- 
 schau, Berl., 1909, iii, 593.— van der Helde (C. C.) Gelati- 
 nose L5sungen tmd Verfliissigungspunkt der Nahrgelatine. 
 Arch. f. Hyg., Miinchen & Leipz., 1897, xxxi, 82-114.— 
 Heinemann (P. G.) A substitute of potato as a culture 
 medium. Tr. Chicago Path. Soc, 1907-8Lvii, 13-15. Also: 
 J. Infect. Dis , Chicago, 1907, iv, 282-284.— Heller (G.) Kon- 
 servierte Nahrboden fiir gelegentliche bakteriologische 
 Arbeiten. Berl. tierarztl. Wchnschr., 1914, xxx, 201.— 
 Herford (M.) Untersuchungen iibep den Pioikowski'schen 
 Nahrboden. Ztschr. f. Hyg. a. Infectionskrankh., Leipz., 
 1900, xxxiv, 341-345.— Hesse (G.) Beitrage zur Herstellung 
 von Nahrboden und zur Bakterienziichtung. Ibid., 1904, 
 xlvi, 1-22.— Hill (H. W.) A method for making the three 
 principal artificial media based on the bacteriological com- 
 mittee's recommendations. J. Applied Micr., Rochester, 
 1899, ii, 301-304. ^iso, Reprint.— BOrsclibrucli (A.) Prii- 
 fung der Bakteriennahrboden in Konservenbiichsen nach 
 Uhlenhuth und Messerschmidt. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., 
 Berl. & Leipz., 1915, xli, 552.— Horiguchl (M.) Pulverfor- 
 miger Nahragar. Ztschr. f . if iUtararztCjTokyo, 1913, No. 1.— 
 Hottlnger (R.) Nachprufung und Kritik der iiblichen 
 BouHlonbereitung. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., 
 Jena, 1912, Ixvii, Orig., 178-206.— Hulton-Frankel 
 (Florence) & Pyle (Eleanor). Some animal experiments 
 with organisms grown on synthetic medium. J. Infect. 
 Dis., Chicago, 1919, xxiv, 19-21.— Hulton-Frankel 
 (Florence), Barber (Helene) & Pyle (Eleanor). Study of 
 the characteristics or some bacteria on a simple synthetic 
 
 medium. Ibid.j 9-16. ■ -^^ -. Su-^ar fermenta- 
 
 tionsin synthetic mediums. lUd., 17, 1 ch.— Huntemttller. 
 Der DieudonniS'sche Blutalkali-Agar. Ibid., 1909, 1, Grig., 
 109. — Ingebrlgtsen (R.) Studies upon the characteristics 
 of different culture media and their influence upon the 
 
 frowth of tissue outside of the organism. J. Exper. M., 
 ,ancaster, Pa^ 1912, xvi, 421-43J, 10 pi.— Jensen (0.) Der 
 beste Nahrboden fiir die Milchsaurefermente. Centralbl. f. 
 Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1898, iv, 196-199.— Jensen 
 (V.) [The employment of oblique agar layers in clinical 
 ' service.) Nord. Tidsskr. f. Terapi, K0benh., 1906-7, v, 289- 
 291. — Joms (A.) Ueber das Wachstum der Bakterien in 
 und auf Nahrboden hoherer Konzentration. Arch. f. Hyg., 
 Miinchen & Berl., 1907, Ixiii, 123-133.— Kahlfeld (F.) & 
 Walilicli (A.) Bakteriologische Nahrbodentechnik. Mun- 
 chen. med. Wchnschr., 1916, Ixlii, 1694.— KalcUskl (L.) 
 [Simple method of feeding anaerobic bacteria in nutritive 
 fluids.] Now. lek., Poznaii, 1908, xx, 37.— Kaunltz (P.) & 
 Mossier (G.) Verfahren zur Wiedergewinnung' gebrauoh- 
 ten Agars. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1917, xxx, 340-342.— 
 Kllgler (I.J.) The effect of hydrogen ion concentration on 
 the production of precipitates in a solution of peptone and its 
 relation to the nutritive value of media. J. Bact., Bait., 
 
 1917, ii, -351-353. . Modifications of culture media 
 
 used in the isolation and differentiation of typhoid, dysen- 
 tery, and allied bacilU. J. Exper. M., N. Y., 1918, xxviii, 
 319-322. .Afao, Reprint.- Kluge. Eine praktische Methode 
 zur Herstellung von Agar fiir Kulturen. Ztschr. f. ang. 
 Mikr., Berl., 1896, Ii, 237.— Koser (S. A.) The employment 
 of uric acid synthetic medium for the differentiation of B. 
 coli and B. aerogenos. J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1918, xxiii, 
 377-379.— Krause (P.) Ueber Wachstum von Bacterien 
 auf Troponnahrboden mit besonderer Berucksichtigung des 
 Bacillus pyocyaneus. Mitt. a. d. Hamb. Staatskranken- 
 anst., 1898-9, li, 254-257. Also: Jahrb. d. Hamb. Staats- 
 krankenanst. 1897-8, Hamb. & Leipz., 1900, vi, 251-257.— 
 Krumwlcde (C.) & Kohn (L. A.) A triple-sugar modifica- 
 tion oUhe Russell double-sugar medium. J. Med. Research, 
 Chicago, 1917, xxxvii, 225^27.— Krumwiede (C.) & Pr^tt 
 (Josephine S.) Observatiohs on the growth of bacteria on 
 media containing various aniline dyes. Proc. N. York Path. 
 Soc, 1913, U.S., xiii, 43-47.— Kuhn (P.) & Jost (M.) Erneu- 
 rungsverlahron fiir gebrauchte AgarnahrbBdon. Miinchen. 
 med. Wchnschr., 1916, Ixiii, 1388.— Lacomme (L.) & 
 Gallmard (J..) Les milieux de culture chiraiquement 
 dc'finls. Bull. Soo. mfid. d. h6p. de Lyon, 1907, vi, 74-76. 
 
BACTEEIOLOGY. 
 
 301 
 
 BACTEEIOLOGY, 
 
 Bacteriology {Culture media in). 
 
 Also: Lyon m^d., 1907, cviii, 586-5SS.— Lange. Demon- 
 stration eines polytropen Nahrbodens "P N." Centralbl. f. 
 Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1912, liv, Eef., Beilage, 58- 
 63. — Langer (H.) Nahrboden aus Blut. Deutsche med. 
 Wchnschr., Berl. & ijAnz., 1917, xliii, 720.— Leacli (Mary 
 P.) A preliminary study of the sensitizing portion of egg- 
 white. J. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1908, v, 253-260.— Leboeuf 
 (A.) Bounafons (J.) & Braiin CP.) Note sur un proc^d^ 
 d'h^moculture en bouillon citrate. Compt. rend. Soc. de 
 bid., Par., 1915, Ixxviii, 662-665. Also: Arch, de m«d. et 
 pharm. miL. Par., 1916, Ixv, 597-600.— Lentz (O.) Berei- 
 tung des Dieudonn^-Agars mit Hllfe eines ISlutalkaU- 
 Trockenpulvers. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & 
 Leipz., 1915, xli, 425.— lepierre (C.) Les glucoprotfines 
 comme nonveaux milieux de culture chimiquement d^finis 
 pour rstude des microbes. Compt. rend. Acad. d. so.. Par., 
 1901, cxxxiil, 113-116. Alio: J. de physiol. et de path, gto.. 
 Par., 1903, v,323-330.— Levy(F.) Labarbabietclarossacome 
 substrato di ooltura in microbiologia. Boll. d. Soc. med.- 
 chir. di Pavia, 1901, 245-266.— Llclitenstein (S.) Ueber die 
 Herstellung des Blutnahrbodens. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. 
 [etc.], l.,Abt., Jena, 1915-16, Ixxvii, Orig,,362.— voniieber- 
 mann (L.) & AcM (J.) Neuer gefarbter Nahrboden zur 
 scharfen Unterscheidung saurebildender Bakterien von 
 anderen, insbesondere des CoUbazillus vom Tvphusbazillus. 
 Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1914, xl, 2093.— 
 Uvlngood (L. E.) A study of the growth of bacteria upon 
 media made from animal organs. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. 
 retc), 1. Abt, Jena, 1898, xxiil, 980; 1002; 1043.— L,obo (N.) 
 Nova preparagao dos meios asciticos para a cultura das 
 bacterias. Med. contemp., Lisb., 1915, xxxiii, 66.— LBfll 
 (K.) ■ Plasma-Nahrstofl fflr Massenkulturen. Centralbl. f. 
 Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1915, Ixxvli, Orig., 108-110.— 
 Lyons (H. E.) Ueber den Einduss eines wechselnden 
 Traubenzuckergehaltes im Nahrmaterial auf die Z usammen- 
 setzung der Bacterien. Arch. f. Hvg., Miinchen & Leipz 
 1896, xxviii, 30-42.— MacConkey (i. T.) Note on bile salt 
 lactose agar. Thompson Yates Lab. Eep., Liverpool, 
 
 1900-1901, iii, 151-157. . Bile salt media and their 
 
 advantages in some bacteriological examinations. J. Hvg 
 Cambridge, 1908, viU, 322-334.— MacConkey (A. T.)" & 
 HIU (C. A.) Bile salt broth. Thompson Yates Lab. Eep., 
 Liverpool, 1901-2, iv, 151-165.— Mandelbaum (M.) Veran- 
 derungen zweier Nahrboden, Eosolsaure- und Blutagar, 
 " durch Saure bezw. Alkali bitdende Bakterien. Miinchen 
 med. Wchnschr., 1909, Ivi, 2475.— Martiri (A.) Per impe- 
 dire I'evaporazione nei terreni nutritivi di uso batteriolo- 
 gico. Eiforma med., Napoli, 1916, xxxii, 1322.— Mayer (G.) 
 Ueber das Wachstum von Mikroorganlsmen auf Spei- 
 cheldriisen- tmd Mucin-Nahrboden. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. 
 [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1899, xxv. 747; 816.— Melia (T. W.) 
 An improvement in the composition of lactose bUe. Am. J 
 Pub. Health, N. Y., 1915, v, 1168-1174.- Messerschmidt 
 (T.) Was leisteu die von W. Pfeiler und W. Lentz ange- 
 gebenen Nahrboden in der Praxis? Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. 
 [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1913,lxix, Orig., 107-111.— Meyer (K. F.) 
 & Stlckel (J. E.) A comparative study olthe efficacy of the 
 various agar-dye-mediums recommended for the isolation of 
 typhoid and dysentery bacilli from feces. J. Infect. Dis., 
 Chicago, 1918, xxiii, 48-67.- Mitra (M.) Sostituzione del- 
 I'albuauna animale con quella vegetale, in batteriologia; 
 nota preventiva di tecnica microbiologica. Policlin., Eoma 
 1917, xxiv, sez. prat., 863-855.— MohorClC (H.) Die Ee- 
 
 fenerierung des verbrauchten Endoagars. Miinchen. med. 
 S^chnschr., 1915, Ixii, 1143.— Montgomery (F. E.) Note 
 on a method of preparing sugar-free bouillon. J. Applied 
 Micr., Rochester, 1903, vl, 2409.— Morel (A.) & Latomme 
 ( L. ) Les glucoprot^ines comme milieu de culture des micro- 
 bes. Bull. Soc. m^d. d. hdp. de Lyon, 1905, iv, 393.— Mudge 
 (C. S.) The effect of sterilization upon sugars in culture 
 media. J. Bact., Bait., 1917, ii, 403-415.— MtiUer (A.) 
 Ueber den Einfluss des Gehalts der Gelatine an schwefliger 
 Saure auf Ihre Verwendbarkeit in der bakteriologischen 
 Technik. Arb. a. d. k. Gsndhtsamte, Berl., 1910, xxx%i, 
 164.— Murakami (Y.) Eine neue Neutralisirungsme- 
 thode des Nahrbodens Oder die Methode der Bereitung eines 
 Normalnahrbodens. Sei-i-Kevai M. J., Tokyo, 1903, xxi, 
 180-183.— Natonek (D.) & Reitmann (Helene). Beob- 
 achtungen ijber die antibakterielle Whrkung von Miinzen 
 auf Nahrboden. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infektionskrankh., 
 Leipz., 1915, Ixxix, 345-364.— Neri (F.) Contribute all'im- 
 piego dell' novo in batteriologia, come mezzo di cultura. 
 Policlin., Eoma, 1918, xxv, sez. prat., 737.— NIcolle (C.) De 
 la suppression de la peptone des miUeux de culture com- 
 muns. Compt. rend Soc. de biol.. Par., 1912, Ixxiii, 403. — 
 North (C.E.) An agar gelatin medium. J. Med. Eesearch, 
 Best., 1909, XX, 369-363.— Nowak (J.) & ClechanowskI 
 (S.) Ueber Krystallbildung in den Nahrmedien. Cen- 
 tralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1896, xx, 679.— 
 Noyes (H. A.) Acidity of media. J. Bact., Bait., 1916, i, 
 
 87. . Agar agar for bacteriological use. Science, 
 
 Lancaster, Pa., & N. Y., 1916, n. s., xliv, 797.— Oberstadt. 
 Ueber einen neuen Eiemahrboden. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. 
 Infektionskrankh., Leipz., 1914, Ixxix, 134-144.— Oldekop 
 (A.) Eine Modiiiiation des Eothberger-Scheflerschen 
 Neutrah-otnahrbodens. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. 
 Abt., Jena, 1903, xxxv, 120-124.— Paclnottl (G.) & Munlc- 
 
 Bacteriology {Culture media in). 
 
 Chi ( F.) L'albume dell' novo di polio colorito in verde cupo 
 dal cafffe crudo come mezzo diagnostico di sviluppi batterici. 
 Gazz. d. osp., MUano, 1898, xix, 325-327.— Pane (N.) Prepa- 
 razione rapida dell' agar nutritive e della gelatina nutritiva 
 con punto di fusione superiore a 30*'. Gazz. d. clin., NapoU, 
 1892, iii, ''629-632.— Panek (K.) [Contribution to the culti- 
 vation of Bacterium commune and Bacillus typhi on salt _ 
 nutritive media.] Casop. l^k. desk., v Praze, 1904, xliu, 
 915-918. — Pergola (M.) Substrati dl cultura artiflciali in 
 sustituzione del siero di latte di Petruschky. Policlinico, . 
 Eoma, 1916, xxiii, 177-192.— Pfeiler (W.) & Lentz (W.) 
 Ueber die Herstellung von festen Nahrbocien ohne Verwen- 
 dung des Fleischwassers und der FleiscLbriihe; eln Vor- 
 schlag zur Verelnfachung der Herstcllungsweise nnd Ver- 
 biUlgung des Kulturmaferials. Centralbl. t Bakteriol. 
 [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1913, Ixvili, Orig., 122-126.— Piorkow- 
 ski. Trockeimahrboden. Berl. kiln. Wchnschr., 1914, li, 
 16.30.— Poppe (K.) Ueber Glyzerolatnahrboden. <Jen- 
 tralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1911, Ivlii, Orig., 466- 
 479. — Puntonl (V.) La preparazione del terreni nutritivi 
 per usi batt«riologici alio stato solido. Bull. d. sc. med., 
 Bologna, 1916, Ixxxvil, 234-238.— Kavenel (M. P.) The 
 making of agar-agar. Am. Pub. Health Ass. Eep. 1899, 
 Columbus, 1900, xxv, 605.— Relter (H.) Hefenahrboden. 
 Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1917, xliii, 1201.— 
 Remliger (P.) & Nourl (0.) Les gfloses dites vaccinfe. 
 Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1908, Ixv, 361-363.— Eiecken- 
 berg (H.) Eln elnfaches Verfahren um gebrauchten Endo- 
 agar wiederholt verwendbar zu machen. Miinchen. med. 
 Wchnschr., 1917, bdv, 642.— Rochaix (A.) Nouveau miUeu 
 v^g^tai pour cultures microbiennes (agar au jus de carotto), 
 Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1913, Ixxiv, 604-606. Also: 
 J. de physiol. et de path, gdn., Par., 1913, xv, 1172-1177.— 
 Rodriguez (L.) De Temploi de la pomme de t«rre violette 
 comme miheu de culture. Arch, de m6d. exp^. et d'anat. 
 path., Par., 1905, xvii, 713-717. Also [Abstr.]: Compt. rend. 
 Soc. de biol.. Par., 1906, lix, 66. — Roger. L'artichaut com- 
 me milieu de culture en microbiologie. Compt, rend. Soc. 
 de biol.. Par., 1898, 10. s., v, 769-771.— Roux (G.) Presenta- 
 tion de cultures de coli-bacilles et de bacille d'Eberth sur 
 gflatine-artichaut et sur gglatine-cardon. Lyon mM., 1898, 
 Ixxxix, 517-520.— Rupi)ert (F.) Was lelsten die von W. 
 Pfeiler und W . Lentz angegebenen Nahrboden in der Praxis? 
 Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1913, Ixxii, Orig,, 
 252-254. — Sailer (J.) A simple method of preparing alka- 
 line-albumin for culture-media. Phila. M. J., 1898, ii, 864.— 
 Saisawa (K.) Ueber den modifizierenden Einfluss von 
 kohlehydrathaltigen Nahrboden auf Bakterien. Ztschr. f. 
 Hyg. u. Infektionskrankh., Leipz., 1913, Ixxiv, 61-73. — 
 Sallet & Trtbondeau. La pulpe de coco employ fe comme 
 milieu de culture particuliSrement favorable aux espfeccs 
 mycoslques. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1902, 11. s., iv, 
 1418.— Satoml (M.) Ueber den Moriyama'schen Tinten- 
 flsch-Nahrboden. Ztschr. f Militararzte, Tokyo, 1912, No. 
 36, 94. — Scales (F. M.) A new method of precipitating 
 cellulose for cellulose agar. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. 
 Abt., Jena, 1915, xliv, 661-663.— Schlndler (H.) Ueber 
 Malachltgriinnahrboden. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Iiifektions- 
 krankh., Leipz., 1909, Ixii, 91-112.— Schlossmann. Ueber 
 einen neuen Nahrboden und einen neuen Eiweisskorper. 
 Jahresb. d. Gesellsch. f. Nat.- u. Heilk. in Dresd., 1896-7, 
 13.— Schllrmann (W.) Ueber Erneuerungsverfahren fiir 
 gebrauchte Agamahrboden und Alkohole. Miinchen. med. 
 Wchnschr., 1917, Ixiv, 397.— de Schwelnltz (E. A. ) Culture 
 media for blochemio Investigations. Eep. Bureau Animal 
 Indust. 1899, Wash., 190O, xvi, 145.— Sewakl (H.) My own 
 Shoyu culture medium. Sei-i-Kwal M. J., Tokyo, 1910, 
 
 xxix. No. 4. . On the preparation of a simple culture 
 
 medium. Ibid., 616.— Sewakl (H.) & Ohouchi (K.) On 
 our glycogen ciilture medium. Ihid., 1911, No. 2. — Sforza 
 (C.) & Rizzuti (G.) n succo di pomodori come mezzo di 
 coltura di taluni imcrorganismi. Gior. med. d. r. esercito, 
 Eoma, 1907, Iv, 373.— Sheffield (H. B.) A simple method 
 of preparing nutrient agar-agar. N. York M. J., 1897l1xv, 
 635.— Shtutser (M. I.) & Kyorina (Yekaterina V.) [Hot- 
 tinger's nutritive medlaj Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1913, Ixxx, 
 759-764.— Sinefl (A.) [Simple and cheap preparations of 
 Hettinger's meat-peptone bouillon.] Ibid., Ixxix, 949-963. — 
 Smlrnow (M. E.) The value of glycerinated potato as a 
 culture medium. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1913, 
 n. s.) xxxviii, 369.— Smith (A. E.) The preparation of 
 nutnent media. Pharm. J., Lend., 1916, xcvi, 189. — Smith 
 (E. F.) Kartoffel als Kulturboden, mit einigen Bemer- 
 kungen iiber eln zusammengesetzt^ Ersatzraittel. Cen- 
 tralbl. f. BakterioL [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1899, v, 102-104.— 
 Smith (T.) Ueber die Bedeutung des Zuckers in Kultur- 
 medien fiir Bakterien. Ibid.,1. Abt., Jena, 1895, xviii, 1-9. 
 Also, Reprint.— Stlckel (J. E.) & Meyer (K. F.) Peptic 
 and tryptic digestion products as unexpensive culture me- 
 diums for routme bacterielogicwork. J. Infect. Dis., CHu- 
 cago, 1918, xxui, 68-81. Also, Eeprint— Sullivan (M. X.) 
 Synthetic culture media and the bioch,emistry of bacterial 
 pigments. J. Med. Eesearch, Best., 1905-6, xlv, 109-160.— 
 Szasz (A.) Eln blUiger Nahrboden (Bouillon) aus Blutfcu- 
 chen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1915, 
 
 Ixxv, Orig., 489-495. . Ein elnfaches Verfahren zur 
 
 Bouillonbereitung aus Blutkuchen. Ibid., hcxvii, Orig., 
 
BACTERIOLOGY. 
 
 302 
 
 BACTERIOLOGY. 
 
 Bacteriology {Culture media in). 
 
 111.— Tanaka (T.) Ueber den Mintaigyo-Nahrbodeu. 
 Ztschr. f. MU.-Aerzte, Tokyo, 1913, 18.— Taufler (E.) Bei- 
 trage zur Anwendung der Nucleiimalirboden. Ungar. med. 
 Presse, Budapest, 1896, i, 7-9.— Taylor (A. E.) On the 
 preparation of salt-free culture ine(&a and the growth of 
 bacteria upon them. J. E^cper. M., N. Y., 1905, vii, 111- 
 118.— Thompson (E. Ti) A note on desiccated culture 
 media. Lancet, Lond., 1910, i, 1411.— TUmant & Carrleu. 
 Sur un milieu de culture k base d'ascite sodfe T. C. Mont- 
 pel, m^d., 1917, xxxix, 499.— Ttmp^ (H.) Erklarung zur 
 Frage der Gelatinebereitung. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. u. 
 
 Parasitenk., Jena, 1894, sv, 364-366. . . Zur Prage der 
 
 Gelatinebereitung. Ibid., 644-647.— trwenliutli & Mes- 
 seischmidt. InBiichsenkonservierteBakterieimalirboden 
 fiir den Feldgebrauoh. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & 
 Leipz., 1915, xh, 279. Also [Abstr.]: Indian J. M. Research, 
 Calcutta, 1916-17, iv, 619.— Vallelo (E.) Suero coagulado 
 transparente. Siglo m^d., Madrid, 1903, 1, 729. — Vlgot. Le 
 cidre peut-il servir de milieu de culture au bacille d'Eberth 
 et au coli-bacille? Tribune m6d., Par., 1897, 2. s., xxix, 
 648.— Vincenzi (L.) Normale Cerebrogjinamiissigkeit als 
 Nahrboden fiir patnogene Bakterien. Centralbl. f. Bakte- 
 riol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1909, lii, 154-156.— Vrlens (J. G. C.) 
 Erhohung des Schmclipuiiktes der Nahrgelatine mittels 
 Formalin. JUd., 1901, xxx, 741.— Wallis (R. L. M.) Im- 
 provements in bacteriological media; a new and sufficient 
 substitute for nutrose. uidian J. M. Research, Calcutta, 
 1917, iv, 786-796.— Wellman (C.) A new and efficient 
 medium for the isolation and growth of strictly parasitic or 
 feebly saprophytic bacteria. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 
 1. Abt., Jena, 1912, Ixvi, 142.— WeUman (C.) & Band (A.) 
 Experiments with culture media suitable for use in tropical 
 countries. J. Trop. M. [etc.], Lond., 1912, xv, 306-309.— 
 TVbippIe (G. C.) On the physical properties of gelatin, 
 with reference to its use in culture media. Technol. Quart., 
 Bost., 1902, XV, 127-160.— Williams (0. L.) & Letton (H. PJ 
 A note on the preparation of agar agar culture media. J. 
 Bact., Bait., 1916, i, 647.— Wilson (W. J.) & Darling (G.) 
 Useful media for isolation and cultivation of meningococcus, 
 enterococcus and B. typhosus. Lancet, Lond., 1918, ii, 
 105.— Wood (F. M.) An emergency culture medium for 
 use in practice. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1911, Ivi, 1094. — 
 Tokofe (T.) Ueber die Darstellung von Nahiagar. Cen- 
 tralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1899, xxv, 379.— 
 Zercheninofl (V. S.) [Mushroom agar as a nutritive 
 medium for the differentiation of the typhoid and colon 
 bacUliJ Arch. vet. nauk, S.-Peterb., 1902, xxxii, pt. 2, 507- 
 509. — Zinno (A.) Di un nuovo terrene di cultura per i 
 batteri. Riforma med., Roma, 1901, xvii, pt. 4, 759. 
 
 Bacteriology (Culture media in, Filtra- 
 tion and sterilization of). 
 
 Alletsee. Das Filterverfabren zum Nachweis von Bak- 
 terien in KorpeBBiissigkeiten, besonders zum Nachweis von 
 Typhusbacillen im Urin. Hyg. Rundschau, Berl., 1914, 
 xxrv, 780-792.— Babucke. Zur schnellen Filtration des 
 Nahragars. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 
 1906-6, xl, 607.— Bernstein (E. P.) & Epstein (A. A.) A 
 siinple method of sterilizing blood for cultural purposes. 
 J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1906, iii, 772.— Bourdet (L.) Sur 
 I'acidiflcation des milierx de crltvre par les sels alcalins 
 de ces milieux, pendant la sterilisation d. I'autoclave. 
 Compt. rend. Soo. de bid.. Par., 1916, Ixxlx, 665-668.— 
 Bujwld (O.j IJeber Anwendung von Asbestflltem zur 
 Filtrierung bakterienhaltiger una triiber Fliissigkeiten. 
 Centralbl. f . Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1907, xliv, 191 — 
 Bullock (W. E.) The sterilization of albuminous culture 
 media by ether. Lancet, Lond., 1915, ii, 625. — Casagrandl 
 (O.) La tecnica della flltrazione nel laboratoru di bacte- 
 riologia. Ann. d'ig. sper., Roma, 1900, n. s., x, 462-469, 1 pi.— 
 Duclaux (J.) & Bamelln (A.) Observations sur I'emploi 
 des filters de collodion. Ann. de I'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1911, 
 XXV. 146^149.- Fildes (P.) & Rajchman (L. W.) The 
 sterilization of albuminous cylture media by ether. Lancet, 
 Lond., 1915, i, 1232: ii, 670.— Fischer (H.) Ein einfaches 
 Verfahren, Nahragar onne Filtration zu klaren. Centralbl. 
 f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1903-4, xxxv, 627.— Funck 
 (E.) Ein neuer Schnellfllter. /6M., 2. Abt., Jena, 1898, iv, 
 200. — Glesenhagen (K.) Eine Vorrichtung zum Fil- 
 trieren von Nahragar. Ibid., 1. Abt., Jena, 1898, xxiv, 601.— 
 Grenet & SalimDenl. Rfeistance opposc'e au passage des 
 microbes par les bougies filtrantes k revStement de collo- 
 dion. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Paly 1911, clil, 916-919.- 
 Heim (L.J Einfachstfe Bakterienfllter. Verhandl. d. 
 Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1905, Leipz., 1906, 
 pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 465-468.— HessB (E.) Sti dien liber den 
 Bakteriennachwels mit dem Berkefeldfilter. Ztschr. f. 
 
 Hyg. u. Infektionskrankh., Leipz., 1911, Ixx, 311-320. . 
 
 Zur Technik der Methode des Nachweises von Keimen 
 in Fliissigkeiten mit dem Berkefeld-Filter. Centralbl. f. 
 Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1913, Ixx, Orig., 331-334. 
 
 . . Fin benelfsmassiger Trockenstenlisator fiir das 
 
 baktoriologische Laboratorium. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., 
 Berl. & leipz., 1917, xliii, 692.— HUgermann (R.) Ein 
 neuer Filtrationsapparat. KUn. Jahrb., Jena, 1908, xix, 
 301-304.— Hlne (T. 6. M.) The sterilization of albuminous 
 
 Bacteriology (Culture media in, Filtra- 
 tion and sterilization of) . 
 
 culture media by ether. Lancet, Lond., 1915, ii, 253. — 
 Holman (W. L.) Rapid filtration of agar and gelatin. 
 J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1912, x, 129-133.— Hopffle (Anna). 
 Notiz iiber Klarung von Nahrbbden mit Bolus alba. MUn- 
 chen. med. Wchnschr., 1917, Ixiv, 167.— Kern (F.) Eine 
 Verbesserung des Reichel'schen Bacterienfllters. Cen- 
 . tralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1904, xxxvi, 749-752. 
 
 ■ . Ein neues Bakterienfllter. Ihid., 1905, xxxix, 214- 
 
 216.— von Krogh (M.) Zur Erleiohterung der serologisohen 
 Titrationen mittels Verdiinnungspipetten. Hid., 1912-13, 
 Ixvii, Orig., 489-493.— Lesieur (C.) Du passage de quelques 
 cultures microbieimes k travers les bougies filtrantes. 
 J. de physiol. et de path, gin., Par., 1902, iv, 709-712.— 
 Marl (N. N.) [Technique of filtration of agar-agar.] Vet, 
 Obozr., Mosk., 1901, iii, 383-387.— Mutschler (E.) Rat- 
 schlage zur Reinigung von zu Kulturzwecken gebrauchtem 
 Paraffinum liquidu m und gebrauchtem Toluol. Miinchen. 
 med. Wchnschr., 1917, hdv, 1350.— Nosilofl (G. D.) piethod 
 of rapid preparation of nutrient agar (by filtration).] Vet. 
 obzr., Mosk., 1901, iii, 302-307.— Novy (F. G.) Filtrierap- 
 parate. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1903, 
 xxxv, 126-128.— Paul (T.) Die Anwendung des Sandes 
 zum schnellen FUtriren des NShragars. Miinchen. med. 
 Wchnschr., 1901, xlviii, 106-108.— PfuliI (E.) Ergebnisso 
 einer emeuten Priifvng einiger Kieselgur- und Porzellan' 
 filter auf Keimdichtigkeit. Festschr. z. 60. Geburtst. v. 
 Robert Koch, Jena, 1903, 75-86.— Porodko (T.) Reicht die 
 Durchsichtigkeit der durch Glaswolle filtnerten Agar- 
 losungen fiir die iibliehen bakteriologschen Zwecke aus. 
 Centralbl. f. BakterioL [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1908, xxi, 424- 
 427. — Beed (R. C.) Preparation of culture media with 
 special reference to sterifization. Am. Month. Micr. J., 
 wash., 1897, xviii, 149-154. Also, Reprint.— KemUngei 
 (P.) Les microbes filtrants. Bull, de I'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 
 1906, iv, 837; 385.— Blvas (D.) Some improvements in ths 
 stenhzation of culture media, with especial reference to the 
 fractional method. Univ. Perm. M. Bull., Phila., 1907-8, 
 XX, 138-141.— Rosenthal (W.) Filtrierapparat zur Gewin- 
 nung keimfreier Filtrate und insbesondere zur Erprobung 
 versbhiedener Filtersubstanzen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. 
 [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1607, xlv, Orig., 563-573.— Schmidt (P.) 
 Ueber den Mechanismus der Bakterienfiltration mit Berke- 
 feldflltem. Ztschr. f. Hyg. n. Infektionskrankh., Leipz., 1910, 
 Ixv, 423-434.— SchUrmannCW.) Ueber einenApparatzflln 
 sterilen Trocknen von Agarplatten, System Vonaran-Schiir- 
 mann. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1917, Ixiv, 697. — Silher- 
 schmidt (W.^ Ueber einfaches Bakterienfilterzur Filtration 
 kleiner Fliissigkeitsmengen. Jtid., 1902, xlix, 1461. — Stas- 
 sano (H.) De la st&ihsation des cultures ou des Emulsions 
 microbiennes par la chaleur, sous couche mince. Compt. 
 rend. Acad. d.sc.,Par.,1915,cIx,820-822. jlZso [Abstr.]: Gaz. 
 
 m§d. de Par., 1915, Ixxxvi, 56. . . De la sterilisation des 
 
 liquidesparlachaleursouscouche mince. Compt.rend.Acad. 
 d.sc.Par., 1917, olxv,41-43.— Steinhardt(Edna). The value 
 of collodion membranes as filters. J. Infect, Dis., Chicago, 
 1910, vU, 675-679. Also [Abstr.]: Proc. Soc. Erper. Biol. & 
 Med., N. Y., 1909-10, vii, 128.— Swarts f G. T.) Bacteriologi- 
 calresultsfrommechamcalfiltration. Am. Pub. Health Ass. 
 Rep., Concord, 1896, xxi, 154-163.— Turkln (E.) [On the 
 technique of filtering agar-agar.] Arch. vet. nauk, S.- 
 Peterb., 1899, xxix, 2. sect., 187-189.— Weldanz (O.) Zur 
 Technik der sterilen Filtration. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. 
 [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1908, xlvl, Orig., 667-572.— Well (P. E.) 
 Sur racidification des milieux de culture par les sels alcalins 
 de ces milieux pendant la sterilisation k I'autoclave. Compt. 
 rend. Soc. de biol.. Par,, 1916, Ixxix, 665-668. 
 
 Bacteriology (Experimental). 
 
 KoLLB (W.) & Hetsch (H.)' Die experi- 
 mentelle Bakteriologie und die Infelctions- 
 lorankheiten, mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung 
 der Immunitatslehre. 8°. Berlin & Wien, 1906. 
 
 ■ . The same. Ein Lehrbuch ftir 
 
 Studierende, Aerzte und Medizinalbeamte. 2. 
 
 Aufl. 8° 
 
 Berlin, 1911. 
 
 Berlin & Wien, 1908. 
 
 The same. -3. Aufl. 
 
 , 1. 4°. 
 
 The same. La bact^riologie 
 exp^rimentale appliqu6e k l'6tude des maladies 
 infectieuses. Traduction frangaise par H. Car- 
 riJ're. 8°. Paris & Geneve. 1910. 
 
 Barber (M. A.) A technic for the inoculation of bacteria 
 and other substances into living cells. J. Infect. Dis., Chi- 
 cago, 1911,viii, 348-360. — Salomonsen (C. J.) A chemotactio 
 experiment. Contrib. Univ. Lab. M. Bacterid., Copenh., 
 1902, No. 12, 1-8.- Shattock (S. G.) & Ballance (C. A.) 
 An attempt to cultivate parassitic protozoa from malignant 
 tumours,_ vaccinia, mollusci'm contagiosum, and certain 
 normal tissues, together with infection experiments carried 
 out with the culture media, and a note on the treatment of 
 cancer. Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., 1895, Iviii, 469-472. 
 
BACTERIOLOGY. 
 
 303 
 
 BACTERIOLOGY 
 
 Bacteriology {History of). 
 
 See, also, Bacteriology -mrcZatiom to Tnedicine. 
 
 ^ Simon (S.) *Ge8chichte der Reinkultur. 8°. 
 Miinchen, 1907. 
 
 Arnold (W. F.) Some of the work abroad of the Pasteur 
 Institute by its mOTecins des colonies en mission. N. York 
 M. J., 1896, Ixiv, 459-462. ^ !«o. Reprint— BaTimgart*n. 
 Der gegenwartige Stand der Baoteriologie. Berl. klin. 
 Wchnschr., 1900, xxxvii, 585: 615. Also: Med.-chir. Cen- 
 tralbl., Wien, 1900, xxxv, 393-398.— Beattle (J. M.) Bac- 
 teriology; areview and an outlook. Liveip.Med.Ohir. J.,1913, 
 xxxiii, 33-51. Also, Reprint.— Bergey (D. H.) Recent 
 progress in bacteriology. Medicine, Detroit, 1901, vii, 617- 
 
 622. . Early instructors in bacteriology in the United 
 
 States. J. Bact., Bait., 1917, U, 696-601.— BilUngs (J. S.) 
 Progress in bacteriology during the past year. Tr. M. Soc. 
 N. Jersey, Newark, 1897, 236-244.— Bolton (B. M.) The 
 history of bacteriology. St. Louis M. Rev., 1904, xlix, 242- 
 248. — Boucher (H.) Doctrine hippocratique et baoteriolo- 
 gie. J. d'hygy Par., 1897, xxii, 675; 590.— Busch & Marp- 
 mann (G.) Ueber einige Fortschritte in der Bakteriologie. 
 Ztsohr. f. angew. Mikr., Leip?,., 1904, x, 197-207.— Douglas 
 (C. C.) On some recent advances in bacteriology. Med. 
 Press & Cu'c, Lend., 1909, n. s., Ixxxviii, 660.— Dunning 
 (L. H.) The influence of Pasteur's investigations and dis- 
 cussions upon modern medicine and surgery. Fort Wayne 
 M. J.-Mag., 1897, xvii, 87-93.— Early (The) liistory of bac- 
 teriology in the United States. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 
 1918, Ixx, 1946.— Glynn (E.) Presidential address on bac- 
 teriology and the war, with comments on the national 
 neglect of science. Proo. Liverpool Biol. Soc, 1916, xxx, 
 3-38.— Gruber (M.) Hans Buchners AnteU an der Ent- 
 wicklung der Bakteriologie. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 
 1903, 1, 564-568. Also: Sitzungsb. d. arztl. Ver. in Miinchen 
 (1903), 1904, xiii, 20-33.— Hastings (E. G.) & Morrey (C. 
 B.) Early instructors in bacteriology in the United States. 
 J. Bact., Bait., 1918, iii, 307.— Hossack (W. C.) German 
 influence on modem bacteriology, the need for elimination 
 and revision. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1916, li, 161-165. 
 See, also, infra, Sutherland. — Hull (T. Y.) The develop- 
 ment of bacteriology. Med. Era, St. Louis, 1910, xix, 98- 
 102.— Kausch. Die Abteilung fur Bakteriologie und 
 experimentelle Therapie der deutschen mediziuischen 
 Ausstellung auf der Weltausstellung zu St. Louis 1904. 
 Centralbl. t. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1904, xxxv, 593- 
 613.— Lepine (E.) L'oeuvre de Straus. Lyon mM., 1896, 
 Ixxxiii, 641-549.— Lie (H. P.) [The principal lines of the 
 historical development of bacteriology.] Norsk Mag. f. 
 Laegevidensk., Kristiania, 1905, 5, E., iii, 1183-1198. — 
 McFarland (J.) Recent progress in bacteriology. J.Med. 
 Soc. N. Jersey. Newark, 1904-5, i, 61-64.— Meinieke. Rilck- 
 blick auf bakteriologlsche Forsehungsergebnisse des Jahres 
 1904, die von allgemeinerem Interesse sind. Deutsche med. 
 Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1905, xxxi, 386: 424.— Metchnl- 
 kofl (R.) & Metchnikofl (E.) Paolo Ehrlich e Emilio 
 Behring. Tommasi, NapoU, 1914, ix, 241-217.— Muraavefl 
 (B.) [On the history of development of bacteriological" in- 
 stitutions in Russia.] Russk. Vrach, S:-Peterb., 1903, ii, 
 1821-1823.— Nature (The) of bacteria, an early American 
 view. J. Am. M. Ass. , Chicago, 1916, Ixiv, 1994.— Peracchia 
 (A.) Vantaggi delle dottrlne moderne cellulan e mlcrobiche 
 in confronto delle antiche. Corriere san. Settim., Milano, 
 1897, viu. No. 40, 1-3; No. 41, 1-3; No. 42, 1; No. 43, 1; No. 44, 
 2; No. 45, 1-3.— Pleifler. Einige Ergebnisse der bakterio- 
 logischen Forschung und verwandter Gebiete wahrend der 
 letzten zwei Jahre, deren Kenntnis im Interesse der oflent- 
 lichen Gesundheitspflege in mancher Beziehung wichtig 
 erscheint. Ztschr. f. Med.-Beamte, Berl., 1904, xvll, 201- 
 226. — Potter (T.) Reportupon the progress of bacteriology. 
 Tr. Indiana M. Soc, Fort Wayne, 1896, 100-105.— PrusijTtt- 
 skl (J.) [Review of the works of Prof. NencM and his pupils 
 in bacterioology.1 Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1897, 2. s., xvii, 173- 
 198.— Bahn (O.) & Harding (H. A.) Die Bemiihungen 
 zur einheitUchen Bescbreibung der Bakferien in Amerika 
 Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1914, xlii, 386- 
 393.— Relte (A.) Fortschritte der Bakteriologie im Jahre 
 1913. Mikrokosmos, Stuttg., 1913-14, vii, 257-263.— Kltchie 
 (J.) The development of bacteriology and the place it 
 occupies amongst the sciences. Edinb.'M. J., 1913, n s xi 
 388-394.— Russell (H. L.) The development of American 
 bacteriology. Medicine, Detroit, 1903, ix, 914-920. Also- 
 Am. Pub. Health Ass. Rep. 1903, Columbus, 1904, xxix 
 329-339.— Sedgwick (W. -T.^^ Foreword: the genesis of' a 
 new science; bacteriology. J. Bact., Bait., 1916, i, 1^ — 
 Shiga (S.) [The endless chain bacillus ui the chronicles of 
 Fuda.] Saitake Gaku Zasshi, Tokyo, 1903, 643-665 — 
 Staples (F.) Bacteriology in the progress of medicine, a 
 few notes from current history. N. York M. J., 1898, Ixviii 
 628-632. Also, Reprint.— Sutherland (W. D.) Remarks 
 on Dr. Hossack's paper on "German influence on modern 
 bacterioloey, the need for elimination and revision." Indian 
 M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1916, li, 216-218.— Tlssier (H.) Apphcar 
 tions de donn^es bact^riologiques k la chirurgle de guerre 
 Arch, de mi^d. et pharm. mil.. Par., 1918, Ixlx, 806-808 — 
 Woodhead (G. S.) The birth and development of bacte- 
 riology. Practitioner, Lond., 1897, Iviii, 675-689 
 
 Bacteriology (Laboratories and institutes 
 
 of). 
 
 Behla (E.) Das bakteriologlsche I^abora- 
 torium bei der koniglichen Regierung in Pots- 
 dam. 8°. Berlin, 1902. 
 
 Chomienne (M.) *Le laboratoire departe- 
 mental de bacteriologie de Constantine. 8° 
 Montpellier, 1900. 
 
 Contributions from the University Labora- 
 tory _ for Medical Bacteriology. To celebrate 
 the inauguration of the State Serum Institute. 
 Edited by C. J. Salomonsen. sm. 4°. Copen- 
 hagen, 1902. 
 
 Kenwood (H. R.) Public health laboratory 
 work. Pt. VII, dealing with public health bac- 
 teriological work, contributed by W. G. Savage. 
 12°. London, 1903. 
 
 Khaekovskoye Meditsinskoye Obshtshestvo. 
 [Kharkov Medical Society.] Bakteriologicheskiy 
 Institut. Otchot za 1905. [Bacteriological In- 
 stitute. Report for 1905.] 8°. Kharkov, 1906. 
 
 Marshall (C. E.) Bacteriology and the bac- 
 teriological laboratory. 8°. [Lansing], 1904. 
 
 Bepr.from: Ann. Rep. Sec. State Bd. Agric Mich., 1904, 
 xliii. 
 
 New YonK (City). Health Department. The 
 work and the products of the bacteriological and 
 vaccine laboratories of the health department. 
 [Circulars of information.] 8° [New York, 
 1897-9.] 
 
 PiSENTi (G.) I laboratori provinciali di bac- 
 teriologia. Organizzazione d'un servizio provin- 
 ciale di diagnosi bacteriologica delle malattie 
 infettive per la Provincia dell' Umbria. 8° 
 Perugia, 1900. 
 
 Report on the working of the micro-biologica' 
 section of the King Institute, Guindy, for the 
 year 1917 (with appendix]. 4°. Madras, 1918. 
 
 Research (The) Institute of the National 
 Dental Association. 8°; Cleveland, [1916]. 
 
 Albert (H.) The State Board of Health Bacteriological 
 Laboratory. Iowa M. J., Des Moines. 1904, x, 436-439.— 
 Aldwinckle (T. W.) The bacteriological laboratories and 
 antitoxin stables of the Metropohtan Asylums Board. 
 J. Roy. Inst. Pub. Health, "Lond., 1909, xvii, 696-601.— 
 Arzt (L.) Das bakteriologische Eisenbahulaboratorium der 
 osterreichischen Gesellschaft vom Roten Kreuz, Wien. 
 khn. Wchnschr., 1915, xxviU, 1335.— Avrorofl (P. P.) [Con- 
 struction and activity of bacteriological laboratories at the 
 front.) Sibirsk. Vrach, Tomsk, 1916, iii, 3-6.— Blumenthal 
 (P.) Das bacteriologisch-chemische Institut in Moskau 
 und seine Wirksamkeit im Laufe der beiden letzten Jahre. 
 Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1900. xxvi, 456- 
 468.— Boncy (T. K.), Grossman (L. G.) & Boulenger 
 (C. L.) Report of a base laboratory In Mesopotamia for 1916, 
 with special reference to water-borne diseases. J . Roy . Army 
 Med. Corps, Lond., 1918, xxx, 409-423.— Brown (W.W.) 
 PosslbiUties of laboratory and bacteriological work in me- 
 dium and small sized towns. J. Med. Ass. Georgia, Augusta, 
 1912, il, 11-14.— Carbajal (A. J.) Los laboratories zimo- 
 tdcnicos. Mem. Soc. cient. "Antonio Alzate," Mexico, 1901, 
 
 xvl, 191-205. . Sobre las condiciones que debe satisfacer 
 
 el Laboratorio bacterioWgico en el Instituto patoldglco 
 nacional. Bol. d. Inst, patol., Mfeico, 1906-7, 2. 6p., Iv,' 
 401-^07.— Carougeau. Institut bact&iologique du Trans- 
 vaal. J. de mM. vSt. et zootech., Lyon, 1909, 5. s., xiii, 513- 
 522.— Charles (N.) Institut provincial de bacteriologie du 
 Hamaut. J. d'accouch., Lifige, 1902, xxiii, 272.— ConnoUy 
 (R. N.) R&um6 of experience of the Newark City Laborar 
 tory. Albany M. Ann., 1907, xxviii, 684-588.— Cordler (J.- 
 A.) Le laboratoire de bact&iologie de Reims. Union m^d. 
 du nord-est, Reims, 1896, xx, 329-332.— Cozzolino (V.) 
 II laboratorio provinciale di batteriologia di Perugia (Um- 
 bria). Tuberculosis, Leipz., 1902, i, 111-113.— Doerr (R.) 
 Ein tragbares bakteriologisches Laboratorium fttr den 
 Krieg, basiert auf das neue Prinzip der Trockennahrboden. 
 MiUtararzt, Wien, 1909, xUii, 273-278.— E. U nuovo labora- 
 torio di batteriologia agraria annesso alia stazione svizzera 
 di ncerche agricole in Berna. Riv. dl ingegner. san., Torino 
 1906, i, 66-67.— Eijkman (C.) Verslag over de onderzoe- 
 kmgen verricht in het Laboratorium voor pathologische 
 anatomic en bacteriologie te Weltevreden. Geneesk Tiid- 
 schr. V. Nederl. Indie, Batav., 1895, xxxv, 252-258.— Ernst 
 
BACTEEIOLOGY, 
 
 304 
 
 BACTERIOLOGY. 
 
 Bacteriology {Laboratories and institutes 
 of). 
 
 (H. C.) The bacteriological laboratory. Harvard Grad. 
 Mag., Bost., 1894-5, ill, 336-341. . The Harvard Bac- 
 teriological Laboratory. Ibid.j 1895, xxx, 33&-341, Also, 
 Reprint. — Eyre (J. W.) H.) The bacteriological depart- 
 ment ot Charing Cross Hospital, England. J. Applied 
 Micr., Hochester, 1900, iii, 824-827. . The new laborato- 
 ries of the bacteriological department at Guy's Hospital. 
 Guy's Hosp. Eep., Lond., 1914, 3. s., liil, 145-165, 12 pi.— 
 Fibiger (JO Oversigt over Vuksomheden ved det bak- 
 teriologiske Laboratorium ved Kjijbenhavns Gamisonssy- 
 gehus 1 Aarene 1891-5. [Review or the works of the Bacte- 
 riological Laboratory in the garrison hospital at Copenha- 
 gen, 1891-5.] Militaerlaegen, Kj0benh.,1896,iv,57-65.— Frel- 
 tela (Y. Y.) [The Odessa Bacteriological Laboratory.) 
 Russk. Vraoh, S.-Peterb., 1908, vii, 882-884.— von Freuden- 
 relch (E.) Das bakteriologische Laboratorium dersohwei- 
 zerischen landwirtschaftUchen Versuchs- und Untersu- 
 chungsanstalten auf dem Liebefeld bei Bern. Centralbl. f. 
 Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1904, xlii, 631-640.— Gage (S. 
 de M. ) Apparatus and expedients in the bacteriological labo- 
 ratory. 'Technol. Quart., Bost., 1908, xxi, S08-621.— Glynn 
 (E.E.) Summary ofpaperspublishedm the Thompson- Yates 
 Laboratory of Pathology and Bacteriology; July, lOll^July, 
 1912. Liverpool M.-Chir. J., 1912^ xxxii, 432-444.— deHaan 
 (J.) Bacteriologisohe laboratoria en instituten in Neder- 
 land. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk. De ziekenverpleg. 
 [etc.]. Artikelen . . . Catalog, d. Hist.-Geneesk. Tentoonst. 
 te Arnhem, Amst., 1899, 110-116.— Hoobler (B. R^ A 
 modern bacteriological laboratory. J. Apphed Micr., Koch- 
 ester, 1902, V, 1909-1916.— Htlne. Ersparnisse in bakterio- 
 logischen Laboratorien. Deutsche mll.-arztl. Ztschr., Berl., 
 1908, xxxvii, 128-131.— Imperial (The ) Bacteriological Lab- 
 oratory, Muktesar, India. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1914, i, 319. — 
 Inauguration de I'lnstitut bact^riolo^ique et s^roth^- 
 rapique du prof. Denys, k Louvain. Belgique m^d., Gand- 
 Haarlem, 1899, i, 161-174.— Jaarverslag van het Labora- 
 torium voor pathologische anatomie en bacteriologie te 
 Weltevreden over het jaar 1895. Geneesk. Tijdschr. v. 
 Nederl. Indie, Batav., 1896, xxxvi, 143-288, 1 pi.— KoUe (W.) 
 Das Institut fiir Hygiene und Bakteriologie (Institut zur 
 Erforschung der Infektionskrankheiten) der Universitat 
 Bern. Arb. a. d. Ins*, z. Erfor^ch. d. Infektionskrankh. in 
 Bern [etc.], Jena, 1910', 6. Hft., 1-28. Also: KUn. Jahrb., 
 Jena, 1911, xxv, 19-60, 4 pi. — Laboratoires (Les) de bactd- 
 riologie et les mesures destinies k 6viter les dangers des 
 recherches bactdriologiques. Ann. d'hyg., Par., 1899, 3. s., 
 xli, 263-265.— Malvoz (E.) Les laboratoires r^gionaux de 
 bactfiriologle; situation actuelle et avenir de ces institutions. 
 Ann Soo. mM.-chir. de LiSge, 1898, xxxvii, 56; 118.— Murza- 
 yeff (B . v.) Eevelskaya bakteriologicheskaya laboratoi'lya. 
 Vestnik Obshtsh. Vet., S.-Peterb., 1906, xviii, 768; 828.— 
 Nakagawa (A.) Progress of Professor Kitasato's Insti- 
 tute for Infectious Diseases, at Tokio. Science, N. Y. & 
 Lancaster, Pa., 1897, n, s., vl, 313-315.— Nlcolle (C.) Ri- 
 flexions sur cinq ann^es d^ pratique de laboratoire. Nor- 
 mandie, Eouen, 1899, xiv, 409-426.— Noc. Fonotionnement 
 du laboratoire de bacteriologie de Noumea (Nouvelle- 
 Cal^donie), aim^s 1901-2. Ann. d'hyg. et de m6d. colon., 
 Par., 1903, vi, 477-490.— Paios (J.) La reorganizacidn del 
 Laboratorio nacional. Eco cient., Ciego de' Avila, Cuba, 
 1917, 1, 26-28. — Praum (A.) Das bakteriologische Staats- 
 laboratorium in Luxemburg. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 
 1. Abt., Jena, 1913, Ixix, Orig., 229-239.— Prausnttz (W.) 
 Bakteriologische Untersuchungsstellen und Amtsarzt. 
 Amtsarzt, Leipz. & Wien, 1913, v, 161-167.— Raveneim. M.) 
 Bacteriological laboratory at Princeton. Tr. M. Soc. N. 
 Jersey, Newark, 1896, 183-189.- Report of committee on 
 standardization of the scope of laboratory work in State 
 bacteriological laboratories. South. M. J., Birmingham, 
 Ala., 1917, X, 219-222.— Bettger (L. F.) Hygiene of the 
 bacteriological laboratory. Am. J. Pub. Health, N. Y., 
 1913, iii, 697-700.— Bimpau (W.) Die Kgl. Bakteriologische 
 Untersuchungsanstalt Miinchen im Dienste der Seuchen- 
 bekampfung 1916. Miinchen. med. Wohnschr., 1917, Ixiv, 
 1524-1527.— Rosenthal (W.) Bericht fiber die Tatigkeit 
 des bakteriologischen Untersuchungsamtes am Institut 
 fur medizinische Chemie und Hygiene zu Gottingen im 
 ersten Jahre 1905-6. Hyg. Eundsclmu, Berl., 1906, xvi, 993; 
 1049.— Byfkogel (H. A. LJ The bacteriologie laboratory 
 in preventive medicine. Pacific Eoc. M. &,§., San Fran., 
 1897-8, xii, 305-307.— Salomon. Ueber bakteriologische 
 Eegierungs-Laboratorieu. Hyg. Rundschau, Berl., 1906, 
 xvij 1-4. — Schopl (V.) Bakteriologische Untersucnungs- 
 stellen und Amtsarzt. Amtsarzt, Leipz. & Wien; 1913, v, 
 121-128.— Serkovskl (S.) [Activity of the Lodz Municipal 
 Chemico-Bacteriologic Laboratory during 1901-7.1 Vest- 
 nik Obshtsh. Higf, Sudeb. i Prakt. Med., S.-Peterb., 1907, 
 xliii, 1380-1387.— Smith (G.) Bakteriologisches Laborato- 
 rium der Linnean Society of New South Wales. Centralbl. f. 
 Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena 1905-6, xv, 733-737.— Stinl., De 
 I'utilite pour le praticien d'un laboratoire miorobiologlque. 
 Rev. ggn. de cKn. et de thfirap.. Par., 1903, xvii, 629.— 
 Talotta (G.) Eendiconto sull'attivita del laboratorio 
 batteriologico e ehimico dal dioembre 1915 al gennaio 1918. 
 Gior. dl med. mil., Roma, 1918, Ixvi, 506-509.— Tavel. Das 
 
 Bacteriology (Laboratories and institutes 
 of). 
 
 bakteriologische Institut der Universitat Bern. Centralbl. f. . 
 Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1898, xxiv, 670; 742.— von 
 U«ke (A.) Historischer Riickblick auf die Entwioklung des 
 bacteriologischen Laboratoriums der Brehmer'schen An- 
 stalt. Gorbersdorf. VerSflentl., Stuttg., 1898, ii, 177-182.— 
 VaJlln (E.) Les mesures de prophylaxie dans les labora- 
 toires de bacteriologie. Eev. d'hyg.. Par., 1899, xxi, 289- 
 294 .— Wehmer (C . ) Das neue Laboratorium fur teohnische 
 Bakteriologie an der technischen Hochschule zu Hannover. 
 Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt,; Jena, 1910, xxvi, 667- 
 669.— Wellcome (H. S.) A motor bacteriological laboratory. 
 Lancet, Lond., 1918, i, 353.— WUd (W. F.) What the State 
 bacteriological laboratory can and cannot do and the reasons 
 why. West. M. Eev., Omaha, 1914, xix, 124-127.— Yaki- 
 mofl (V. L.) [The Grand-Ducal bacteriological station of 
 the Don private stud.] Vestnik Obshtsh. Vet.» S.-Peterb., 
 1906, xviii, 871; 971.— Zlrolla (G.) II Laboratorio batterio- 
 logico di Porto Said; alia dipendenza del Consiglio sanitario 
 marittimo e quarantenario di Egitto. Igiene mod., Genova, 
 
 1908, i, 255; '289. 
 
 Bacteriology {Manuals and atlases of). 
 
 Abbott (A. C.) The principles of Bacte- 
 riology. A practical ma,nual for students and 
 physicians. 4. ed. 12°. Philadelphia & New 
 York, 1897. 
 
 . The same. 5. ed. 8° Philadelphia 
 
 & New York, 1899. 
 
 . The same. 6. ed. 8°. Philadelphia, 
 
 1902. 
 
 . The same. 7. ed. 8° Philadelphia 
 
 & New York, 1905. 
 
 . The same. 8. ed. &° . Philadelphia, 
 
 1909. ■ 
 
 . The same. 9. ed., thoroughly re- 
 vised. 8°. Philadelphia & New York, 1915. 
 
 Abel (R. V. L.) Baicteriologisches Taschen- 
 buch enthaltend die wichtigsten technischen 
 Vorschriftfen zur bakteriologischen Laborato- 
 riumsarbeit. 9. Aufl. 12° Wuriburg, 1905. 
 
 . The .same. 10. Aufl. 12°. Wurz- 
 
 burg, 1906. 
 
 burg, 1907. 
 
 The same. 11. Aufl. 12° Wiirz- 
 
 The same. Laboratory handbook of 
 bacteriology. Transl. from the 10. German ed. 
 by M. H. Gordon, with additions by A. C. 
 Houston, T. J. Horder, and the translator. 12°. 
 London, 1907. 
 
 : The same. 2. English ed., transl. 
 
 from the 15. German ed. by M. H. Gordon, with 
 additions by A. C. Houston, T. J. Horder, and 
 the translator. 12°. London, [191S]. 
 
 Applied bacteriology. An elementary hand- 
 book for the use of students of hygiene, medical 
 officers of health, and analysts. Kevised and 
 edited by 0. G. Moore with the co-operation of 
 R. T. Hewlett. 3. ed. 8°. London, 1906. 
 
 Akchinard (P. E.) Microscopy and bacte- 
 riology. A manual for students and practi- 
 tioners. Ed. by y. C. Pedersen. 12°. Phila- 
 delphia, 1903. 
 
 . The same. Microscopy, bacteriology, 
 
 and human parasitology. 2. ed., revised and 
 enlarged. 8 . Philadelphia & New York, 
 [1912]. 
 
 Ball (M. V.) Essentials of bacteriology, 
 being a concise and systematic introduction to 
 the study of micro-organisms. 5 . ed . , thoroughly 
 revised by K.M.Vogel. 8°. Philadelphia, 1904. 
 
 . The same. 6. ed. 8° Philadel- 
 phia & London, 1908. 
 
 . The same. 7. ed. 8°. Philadelphia 
 
 & London, 1913. 
 
 Berlioz (F.) Pr6cis de bact&iologie m^di- 
 cale. Avec preface par L. Landouzy. 12°. 
 Paris, 1903. 
 
BACTERIOLOGY. 
 
 305 
 
 BACTERIOLOGY. 
 
 Bacteriology {Manuals and atlases of) . 
 
 Besson (A.) Technique microbiologique et 
 86roth6rapique. Guide pour les travaux du 
 laboratoire. 8°. Paris, 1898. 
 
 . The same. (Microbes pathogfenes de 
 
 rhomme et des animaux.) Guide du medecin 
 et du v^t^rinaire pour les travaux de laboratoire. 
 6. 6d. 8°. Paris, 1914. 
 
 . The same. Practical bacteriology, 
 
 microbiology and serum therapy (medical and 
 veterinary). Translated and adapted from the 
 5. French ed. by H. J. Hutchens. 8°. London. 
 1913. 
 
 BoLDUAN (C. F.) & Grund (M.) Applied 
 bacteriology for nurses. 8°. Philadelphm & 
 London, 1913. 
 
 . The same. 2. ed. 8° Phila- 
 delphia & London, 1916. 
 
 BowHiLL (T.) Manual of bacteriological 
 technique and special bacteriology. 8°. Edin- 
 burgh, London, 1899. 
 
 . The same. 2. ed. 8°. Edinburgh, 
 
 1902. 
 
 The same. 8°. New Torh, 1899. 
 
 . The same. 2. ed. 8°. New York, 
 
 1902. 
 
 Brugsch (T.) & ScHiTTENHELM (A.) Lehr- 
 buch klinischer Untersuchungsmethoden fiir 
 Studierende und Aerzte. Mit einem Beitrag: 
 Klinische Bakteriologie, Protozoologie und 
 Immuno-Diagnostik, von J. Citron. 8° Berlin 
 & Wim, 1908. 
 
 BiJjwiD (O.) Mikrophotographischer Wandat- 
 las der Bakteriologie. 1. Teil. fol. Berlin, 
 [1910]. 
 
 VAN Calcar (R. p.) Leerboek der klinische 
 bacteriologie. 8°. Leiden, 1906. 
 
 Chester (F. D.) A manual of determinative 
 bacteriology. 8° New York, 1901. 
 
 Citron (J. B.) Klinische Bakteriologie und 
 Protozoenkunde. 8°. Leipzig, 1912. 
 
 CouRMONT (J.) Precis de bacteriologie pra- 
 tique. 8°. Paris, 1897. 
 
 . The same. 2. ^d. 8°. Paris, 1903. 
 
 • . The same. 3. 6d. 8°. Paris, 1907. 
 
 . Thesame. 4. 6d. 8°. Paris, 1911. 
 
 Chookshank (E. M.) a text-book of bacteri- 
 ology, including the etiology and prevention of 
 infective diseases and a short account of yeasts 
 and moulds, heematozoa and psorosperms. 4. 
 ed., reconstructed, revised, and greatly en- 
 larged. 8°. London, 1896. 
 
 . The same. 4. ed. 8°. Philadelphia, 
 
 1897. 
 
 Curtis (H. J.) The essentials of practical bac- 
 teriology; an elementary laboratory book for 
 students and practitioners. 8°. London, New 
 York de Bombay, 1900. 
 
 Dbason (J.) Practical bacteriology. 3. ed. 
 8°. Kirksville, Mo., 1913. 
 
 Dhingra (M. L.) Elementary bacteriology. 
 8°. London, 1903. 
 
 Dupont (A.) Tableaux synoptiques de bac- 
 teriologie medicale. 8°. Paris, 1901. 
 
 Ellis (D.) Outlines of bacteriology (tech- 
 nical and agricultural). 8°. London & New 
 York, 1909. 
 
 Emery (W. D'E.) Clinical bacteriology and 
 hsematology for practitioners. 2. ed. 8°. Lon- 
 don, 1906. 
 
 — . Thesame. 3.ed. 8°. ionrfon, 1908. 
 
 — -. The same. 4. ed. 8°. London, 1912. 
 
 . Thesame. 5. ed. 8°. iondon, 1917. 
 
 . The same. 2. ed. 8°. Philadelphia, 
 
 Bacteriology (Manjials and atlases of). 
 
 Eyre (J. W. H.) The elements of bacteri- 
 ological technique; a laboratory guide for the 
 medical, dental, and technical student. 8°. 
 Philadelphia <fc London, 1902. 
 
 . The same. 2. ed. 8°. Philadelphia 
 
 & London, 1913. 
 
 Fox (H.) Elementary bacteriology and pro- 
 tozoology, for the use of nurses. 8°. Philadel- 
 phia & New York, 1912. 
 
 ■ . The same. 2. ed. revised and en- 
 larged. 8°. Philadelphia & New York, 1916. 
 
 Frentzel (J.) Coccen-Bacterien-Spirillen- 
 Formen. Nach der Natur gezeichnet. eleph. 
 fol. Berlin, 1898. 
 
 Frost (W. D.) A laboratory guide in ele- 
 mentary bacteriology. 4°. Madison, Wis., 190\. 
 
 FuNCK (M.) Manuel de bacteriologie cli- 
 nique. 12°. Bruxelles, 1901. 
 
 Gamaleia (N.) Elemente der allgemeinen 
 Bakteriologie. 8°. Berlin, 1900. 
 
 GbIsler (F. K.) Kj-atkiy kurs klinicheskoi 
 bakteriologii. [Short course of clinical bacteri- 
 ology.] 2. ed. 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1904. 
 . GoRHAM (F. P.) A laboratory course in bac- 
 teriology for the use of medical, agricultural and 
 industrial students. 8°. Philadelphia & Lon- 
 don, 1901. 
 
 GiJNTHER (C.) Einf uhrung in das Studium der 
 Bakteriologie mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung 
 der mikroskopischen Technik. Fiir Aerzte und 
 Studirende der Medicin. 5. Aufl. 8°. Leivzio, 
 1898. ^ ^ 
 
 . The same. 6. Aufl. 8°- Leipzig, 
 
 1906. " 
 
 Heim (L.) Lehrbuch der Bakteriologie mit 
 besonderer Beruksichtigung der bakteriologi- 
 schen Untersuchung und Diagnostik. 2; Aufl. 
 8°. Stuttgart, 1898. 
 
 . The same. 3. Aufl. 8°. Stuttgart, 
 
 1906. 
 
 1906. 
 
 96808°— -^'ol. II, 3d series— 19- 
 
 The same. 4. Aufl. roy. 8°. Stutt- 
 gart, 1911. 
 
 Hbinemann (P. G.) a laboratory guide in 
 bacteriology for the use of students, teachers; 
 and practitioners. 12°, Chicago, 1905. 
 
 . The same. 2. ed. 8° Chicago, 
 
 [1913]. 
 
 VAN Hest (J. J.) Bacteriologie. Leiddraad 
 bij de practische voorbereiding voor bacterio- 
 logische studiea en bij het practisch werken. 
 2 V. in 1. 8°. Amsterdam, 1898. 
 
 Hewlett (R. T.) A manual of bacteriology, 
 clinical and applied; with an appendix on 
 bacterial remedies, etc. 8° London, 1898. 
 
 . Thesame. 3. ed. 8°. London, 1908. 
 
 . Thesame. 5. ed. 8°. London, 1914. 
 
 . The same. 2. ed. 8°. Philadelphia, 
 
 1902. 
 
 Hiss (P. H.) & Zinsser (H.) A text-book of 
 bacteriology; a practical treatise for students 
 and practitioners of medicine. 8° New York 
 & London, 1910. 
 
 ■ . The same. 2. ed. 8°. New 
 
 York & London, 1914. 
 
 . The same. 3. ed. 8°. New 
 
 York & London, 1916. 
 
 Hueppb (F.) The principles of bacteriology. 
 Authorized translation from the German, by 
 E.O.Jordan. 8°. CAica^o, 1899. 
 
 Janeway (H. H.) Lecture notes on bacte- 
 riology, for dental students. 8°. New York, 
 [1915]. 
 
 Jordan (E. O.) A text-book of general 
 bacteriology. 8°. Philadelphia & Londxm, 1908. 
 
 -20 
 
BACTERIOLOGY. 
 
 306 
 
 BACTERIOLOGY. 
 
 Bacteriology ( Manuals and atlases of) . 
 . The same. 2. ed. 8°. Philadelphia 
 
 & London, 19] 0. 
 . The same. 
 
 3. ed. 8°. Philadelphia 
 
 & London, 1912. 
 
 . Thesame. 4. ed., thoroughly revised. 
 
 8°. Philadelphia & London, 1914. 
 
 . The same. 5. ed. 8°. Philadelphia 
 
 & London, 1916. 
 
 Kendall (A. I.) Bacteriology, general, 
 pathological, and intestinal. Illustrated. 8° 
 Philadelphia & New York, 1916. 
 
 KissKALT (K.^ & Hartmann (M.) Prakti- 
 kum der Bakteriologie und Protozooiogie. 8° 
 Jena, 1907. 
 
 . The same. 2. Aufl. Erster 
 
 Teil: Bakteriologie, von Kisskalt. 8° Jena, 
 1909. 
 
 . The same. 3. Aufl. 4°. 
 
 Jena, 1914. 
 
 Klopstock (M.) & KowARSKT (A.) A manual 
 of clinical chemistry, microscopy and bacteriol- 
 ogy. Transl. by T.Wright. 12*. ionrfon, 1905. 
 
 KtJsTBK (E.) & Geissb (A.) Kompendium 
 der praktischen Bakterienkunde. 12°. Strass- 
 ■ burg, 1911. 
 
 Lefeet (P.) Aide-memoire de bact^riologie 
 pour la preparation du troisifeme examen. 16°. 
 Paris, 1901. 
 
 Lehmann (K. B.) & Neumann (R. 0.) Atlas 
 und Grundriss der Bakteriologie und Lehrbuch 
 der speciellen bakteriologischen Diagnostik. 2. 
 Aufl. 2v. 12° jtfiincfen, 1899. 
 
 . . Thesame. 3. Aufl. 2 v. 12°. 
 
 Miinchen, 1904. 
 
 The same. 4. Aufl. 2 v. 8° 
 
 Miinchen, 1907. 
 Miinchen, 1910 
 
 -. The same. 5. Aufl. v. 1. 8° 
 
 The same. Atlas and essen- 
 tials of bacteriology. 12°. New York, 1897. 
 
 . ■ . The same. Atlas and prin- 
 ciples of bacteriology and textbooks of special 
 bacteriologic diagnosis. Authorized transla- 
 tion from the second German enlarged and re- 
 vised edition. Edited by George H. Weaver. 
 12°. Philadelphia & London, 1901. 
 
 . — ■ .^ ;. The same. Atlas-manuel de 
 
 bacteriologie. Ed. frangaise par V. Griffon. 12°. 
 Paris, 1906. 
 
 Levy (E.) & Klbmpbrer (F.) Grundriss der 
 klinischen Bakteriologie. Fiir Aerzte und Stu- 
 dirende. 8°. Berlin, 1894. 
 
 . . The same. 2. Aufl. 8°. Ber- 
 lin, 1898. 
 
 The same. Elements of clin- 
 
 ical bacteriology, for physicians and students. 
 Authorized translation by Augustus A. Eshner. 
 8°. Philadelphia, 1900. 
 
 Levy (E.) & Wolf (S.) Bakteriologischer 
 Leitfaden. Zweite vollstandig umgearbeitete 
 Auflage des Bakteriologischen Nachschlagebu- 
 ches von Ernst Levy und Hayo Bruns. 8° 
 Strassburgi. £.,1901. 
 
 MAci (E.) Traite pratique de bact^riologie. 
 3. ed. 12°. Paris, 1897. 
 
 . The same. 4. ed. 8°. Paris, 1901. 
 
 . Thesame. 6. ed. Vol. 1: Morpholo- 
 
 gie et biologie generates, technique bacterio- 
 logique, classification et description. 4°. Paris, 
 1912. 
 
 . Atlas de microbiologie. 2. ed. 4°. 
 
 Paris, 1915. 
 
 Bacteriology {Manuals and atlases of). 
 
 McIsAAC (Isabel). Bacteriology for nurses. 
 2. ed. 8°. New York, 1914. 
 
 Mangin (G.) Precis de technique micros- 
 copique et bacteriologique. Precede d'une pre- 
 face de M. Mathias Duval. 16°. Pam, 1896. 
 
 MiNETT (E. P.) Differential diagnosis of bac- 
 teria and practical bacteriology. 8°. London, 
 1909. 
 
 MiQUBL (P.) & Cambier (R.) Traite de bac- 
 teriologie pure et appliquee k la medecine et k 
 Thygi^ne. roy. 8°. Paris, 1902. 
 
 Moor (0. G.) & Hewlett (R. T.) Applied 
 bacteriology. An elementary handbook for the 
 use of students of hyg*iene, medical oflicers of 
 health, and analysts. 3. ed. 8°- New York, 
 1906. 
 
 Moor (C. G.) & Partridge (W.) Aids to bac- 
 teriology. 2. ed. 12°. London, 1911. 
 
 . The same. 3. ed. 8°. Lon- 
 don, 1916. 
 
 Moore (V. A.) Laboratory directions for 
 beginners in bacteriology. 12 . Boston, 1898. 
 
 . Thesame. 2. ed. 12°. Boston, 1900. 
 
 . The same. An introduction to practi- 
 cal bacteriology for students and practitioners of 
 comparative and of human medicine. 3. ed. 
 12°. Boston, 1905. 
 
 MoRREY (C. B.) The fundamentals of bacte- 
 riology. 8°. Philadelphia & New York, 1917. 
 
 MuiR (R.) & Ritchie (J.) Manual of bacte- 
 riology. 8°. Edinburgh, 1897. 
 
 . The same. 2. ed. 12° 
 
 Edinburgh & London, 1899. 
 
 ■ . The same. 3. ed. 8°. Edin- 
 burgh & London, 1902. 
 
 • . The same. 
 
 London, 1907. 
 
 4. ed. 
 
 12°. 
 
 1913. 
 
 Thesame. 6.ed. 8°. London, 
 
 The same. Am. ed. (with ad- 
 ditions), revised and edited from 3. English ed. 
 by N. MacL. Harris. 8°. New York, 1903. 
 
 Newman (G.) Bacteriology and the public 
 health. 3. ed. 8°. London, 1904. 
 
 . The same. 3. ed. 8°. Philadelphia, 
 
 1904. 
 
 Omblyanski (V. L.) Osnovl mikrobiologii. 
 [Principles of microbiology.] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 
 1909. 
 
 Park (W. H.) Bacteriology in medicine and 
 surgery. A practical manual for physicians, 
 health oflBcers and students. Assistedby A. R. 
 Guerard. 8°. New York & Philadelphia, 
 [1899]. 
 
 Pearmain (T. H.) & Moor (C. G.) Applied 
 bacteriology. An introductory handbook for the 
 use of students, medical officers of health, ana- 
 lysts and sanitarians. 2. ed. 8°. London, 
 Paris & Madrid, 1898. 
 
 Pitheld (R. L.) a compend on bacteriology, 
 including animal parasites. 12°. Philadelphia, 
 1907. 
 
 . The same. 2. ed. 8°. Philadelphia, 
 
 1913. 
 
 . The same. 3. ed. 8°. Philadelphia, 
 
 [1917]. 
 
 Prescher (J.) & Rabs (V.) Bakteriolorisch- 
 chemisches Praktikum. 2. Aufl. 8°. Wiirz- 
 burg, 1910. 
 
 Reed (H. S.) A manual of bacteriology for 
 agricultural and general science students. 8°. 
 Boston, [etc.], 1914. 
 
BACTEKIOLOGY. 
 
 307 
 
 BACTERIOLOGY. 
 
 Bacteriology (Manuals and atlases of) . 
 
 Roddy (J. A.) Medical bacteriology. 8° 
 Philadelphia, [1917]. 
 
 Rotrx (G.) Pr6cis de microbe et de technique 
 bact^rioscopique. 16°. Lyon, 1898. 
 
 &BocHAix(A.) Thesame. 2. 6d. 8°. 
 
 Paris, 1911. 
 
 RozENTAi (L. S.) Mikrobiologiya zaraznlkh 
 bolleznel. [Microbiology of contagious dis- 
 eases.] 8°. Moskva, 1912. 
 
 Sartory (A.) Guide pratique des principales 
 manipulations bact^riolcgiques k I'usage des 
 pharmaciens. Preface de M. le professeur H. 
 Roger. 8°. Paris, [1917]. 
 
 Schmidt _ (J.) & Weis (P.) Bakterierne; 
 naturhistorisk grundlag for det bakteriologiske 
 studium. 11. Fysiologi, udbredelse, forekomst 
 og betydning, af Weis (F.). [Bacteria; scien^ 
 tific principles for the study of bacteriology. 
 II. Physiology, distribution, occurrence, and 
 importance,by F. Weis.] 8° K0benhavn, 1900. 
 
 Schneider (A.) Pharmaceutical bacteriol- 
 ogy; with special reference to disinfection and 
 sterilization. 8°. Philadelphia, 1912. 
 
 Slater (C.) & Spitta (E. J.) An atlas of bac- 
 teriology, with explanatory text. 8° London, 
 1898. 
 
 Smith (A. J.^ Lessons and laboratory exer- 
 cises in bacteriology; an outline of technical 
 methods introductory to the systematic study 
 and identification of bacteria, arranged for the 
 use of students. 8°. Philadelphia, 1902. 
 
 Sternberg (G. M.) A text-book of bacteri- 
 ology. 2. revised ed. 8°. New York, 1901. 
 
 Stitt (E. R.) Practical bacteriology, blood 
 work and animal parasitology, including bac- 
 teriological keys, zoological tables and explana- 
 tory clinical iiotes. 12°. Philadelphia, 1909. 
 
 ■ — — — . The same. 2. ed. 8°. Philadelphia, 
 1910. 
 
 -. The same. 3. ed. 8° Philadelphia, 
 
 -. The same. 4. ed. 8°. Philadelphia, 
 
 -. The same. 12°. London, 1909. 
 
 Symbs (J. 0.) The bacteriology of everyday 
 practice. 8°. London, 1900. 
 
 . The same. 2. ed. 12°. London, 
 
 1904. 
 
 Tarchetti (C.) & GoGGiA ^C. p.) Mamiale 
 di microscopia e batteriologia clinica. 16°. 
 Milano, [1906]. 
 
 Thoinot (L. H.) & Masselin (E. J.) "Prfeis 
 de microbie. Technique et microbes patho- 
 g&nes. 4. M. 16°. Pam,.1902. 
 
 ToNziG (C.) & RuATA (G. Q.) Nozioni tec- 
 niche di bacteriologia, microscopia e chimica 
 applicate all'igiene; ad uso dei medici, ufficiali 
 sanitari e studenti. 16°. Cittd. di Castello, 1901. 
 
 Trouessart (E. L.) Guide pratique du 
 diagnostic bact^riologique des maladies micro- 
 biennes k I'usage des m^decins praticiens. 16°. 
 Paris, 1896. 
 
 Williams (H. U.) A manual of bacteriology. 
 8° Philadelphia, 1898. 
 
 . The same. 2. ed. 12°. Philadel- 
 
 1915. 
 
 [1916]. 
 
 phia, 1901. 
 
 The same. 3. ed. 12°. Philadel- 
 
 phia, 1903. 
 
 ■ — ^— . The same. Revised by B. M. Bolton. 
 4. ed. 8°. Philadelphia, 1906. 
 
 . The same. 5. ed. 8°. Philadelphia, 
 
 1908. 
 
 Bacteriology ( Manuals and atlases of) . 
 
 ZabolotnIy (D. K. ) Chastnaya bakterio- 
 logiya. [Special bacteriology.] 8°. S.-Peter- 
 hurg, 1908. 
 
 . Obshtshaya bakteriologiya. [Gen- 
 eral bacteriology.] 8°. [S.-Peterburg, 1909.1 
 
 Zapffe (F. C.) Bacteriology. A manual for 
 students and practitioners. Ed. by B. B. Gal- 
 laudet. 8° Philadelphia, 1903. 
 
 Bacteriology {Methods and technique 
 in). 
 
 See, also. Bacteria {Cultivation of); Bacteria 
 (Differentiation, etc., of); Bacteria (Enumera- 
 tion of) ; Bacteria (Staining of) ; Bacteriology 
 (Apparatus, etc., in); Bacteriology (Culture 
 media in). 
 
 Abel (R.) TJeber einfache Hiilfsmittel zur 
 Ausfuhrung bacteriologischer Untersuchungen 
 in der arztlichen Praxis. 8°. 'Wilrzburg,l?i99. 
 
 ■ & FicKER (M.) The same. 2. Aufl. 
 
 16°. Wiirzhurg, 1909 [190% 
 
 Choquet (J.) La photomicrographie his- 
 tologique. 8° Paris, 1897. 
 
 Dolley (C. S.) The technology of bacteria: 
 investigation, explicit directions for the study of 
 bacteria, their culture, staining, mounting, etc., 
 according to the methods employed by the most 
 eminent investigators. 12°. Boston, 1891. 
 
 Hesse (G. R.) *Beitrage zur Herstellung von 
 Nahrboden und zur Bakterienziichtung. [Kiel.] 
 8°. Dresden, 1903. 
 
 HiJBENBR (H.) *TJntersuchungen uber die 
 Bakterienflora auf Geldstiicken unter beson- 
 derer Berucksichtigung des Bakterium coli 
 commune als Indikator fur fakale Verunreinigun- 
 gen. [Berlin.] 8°. Aumai. Sn.,1909. 
 
 Kamen (L.) Anleitung zur Durchfiihrung 
 bakteriologischer Untersuchungen fiir klinisch- 
 diagnostische und hygienische Zwecke. 8° 
 Wim, 1903. 
 
 MiJLLER (N. J. C.) Neue Methoden der Bak- 
 terienforschung. 8°. Stuttgart, 1897. 
 
 NovY (F. G.) Directions for laboratory work 
 in bacteriology, for the use of the medical class 
 in the University of Michigan. 8°. Ann Arbor, 
 [1894]. 
 
 . The same. 2. ed., revised and en- 
 larged. 8°. Ann Arbcrr, 1^99. 
 
 Also, in: J. Applied Micr., Rocliester, 1898, i, 157; 175; 190; 
 211: 1899, u, 235; 267. 
 
 Petri (R. I.) Ueber die Methoden der moder- 
 nen Bakterienforschung. 8°. Hamburg, 1887. 
 
 RosENAU (M. J.) Laboratory technique. 8° 
 Washington, 1902. 
 
 Savage (W. G.) The bacteriological exami- 
 nation of food and water. 8°. Cambridge, 1914. 
 
 . The same. 2. ed. 8°. Camhridqe, 
 
 1916. ^ ' 
 
 Schneider (A.) Bacteriological methods in 
 food and drugs laboratories, with an introduc- 
 tion to micro-analytical methods. 8°. Phila- 
 delphia, [1915]. 
 
 ScHtJRMAYBR (B.) Die bacteriologische Tech- 
 nik. 12°. Leipzig, [1897?]. 
 
 All Colien (C. H.) Over de chemota^is als hulpmiddel 
 bijhetbacteriologlschonderzoek. (Demonstratie.) Handel. 
 V. h. Nederl. Nat.- en Geneesk. Cong., 's-Gravenhage, 1893, 
 220.— Almquist (E.) Ueber eine Methode, dasspecmsche 
 Gewlcht von Bakterien und anderen Korpereben zu bestim- 
 men. Ztschr. t. Hyg. u. Infectionskrankb., Leipz., 1898, 
 . xxviii, 321-330.— Armandrufler (M.) & Crendiropoulo 
 (M.) Contribution to the technique of bacteriology. Brit. 
 M. ].j Lond., 1900, ii, 1305.— Bajardi (A.) La tecnica della 
 distribuzione dei liquldi in bacteriologia e le applicazioni 
 della pera Centanni. Ann. dig. sper., Roma, 1901, n. s., xi. 
 
BACTERIOLOGY. 
 
 308 
 
 BACTERIOLOGY. 
 
 Bacteriology {Methods and technique 
 in). 
 
 537-545, 1 pi.— BarUie (A.) Application de I'ultramicros- 
 cope k la photodndinatographie des microbes. Bull. g#n. de 
 tMrap. [etc.], Par., 1910, clix, 862-865.— Barnard (J. E.) & 
 Hewlett (R. T.) On a method of disintegrating bacterial 
 and otber orgamc cells. Proc. Roy. Soo. Lond., 1911, s. B., 
 Ixxxiv, 57-66, 1 pi. AUo: J. Roy. Mior. Soc, Lond., 1911, 
 pt. 5, 592-597, 1 pi.— Beebe (W. L.) A method ofseaUng test 
 tubes to prevent evaporation of culture media. Am. J. 
 Pub. Hyg., Bost., 1909-10, n. s., vl, 231.— BertareUl (E.) 
 Provette per eseguire colture aerobiche ed anaerobiche sotto 
 I'azione del raggi colorati. Riv. d'ig. e san. pubb., Torino, 
 1903, xiv, 198-200.— Biffl (U.) Un nuovo metodo per 
 I'allestimento delle preparazioni mioroscopiche a fresco. 
 Rio. crit. didin. med., Eirenze, 1908, ix, 325-328.— Boehn- 
 cke (K. E.) Zur Methodik des batteriotropen Reagenz- 
 glasversuches. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.), 1. Abt., Jena, 
 1912-13, Ixvii, Orig., 586-591.— Braasch (W. F.) Various 
 laboratory methods employed In Vienna cltaics. J. Minn. 
 M. Ass. [etc.], Minneap., 1906, xxvi, 98-100.— Bugge. Ueber 
 intravenose Injektion und Aderlass duroh Holunadeln mit 
 Stilett. Centralbl. 1. Bakteriol. [etc.l, 1. Abt., Jena, 1908-9, 
 xlviii, Orig., 701-704.— Burr! (R.) Zu Prof. Dr. P. Lind- 
 ner's Bemerkungen iiber meine vorlaufige Mitteilung 
 betreflend die Tusohepunktkultur. Ibid., Jena, 1908, xxi, 
 80-83.— Caclie (A.) Ueber die Frage der bakteriologischen 
 Technik. Ibid., 1. Abt.. Jena, 1905, xxxvli, 47-52.— Caulfleld 
 (A. H.) Methods for the collection and transport of.body 
 fluids for bacteriological investigation. J. Roy. Army Med. 
 Corps, Lond., 1917, xxviil, 586-592.— Chatterjee (G. C.) A 
 mechanism for replacing the cotton plugs of test tubes for 
 receivingculture media. Lancet, Lond., 1907, ii, 1083. — 
 Clark (W. M.) & Lubs (H. A.) The colorimetric deter- 
 mination of hydrogen ion concentration and its applications 
 in bacteriology. J. Bact., Bait., 1917, ii, 1; 109; 191.— 
 Comandon (J.) Transport ^lectrique des microbes. 
 Arch. d'iSlectrio. m^d., Bordeaux^ 1913, xxiii, 49-58, 1 pi.— 
 Conn (H. J.) A plan for revivifying bacteria by groups. 
 Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1913, n. s., xxxviii, 415. — 
 CopUn (W. M. L.) Modiflcationsandimprovementsin the 
 Petri-dish-plate-glass-gelatin-method of mounting glass 
 specimens. Proo. Path. Soc. Phila., 1905, n. s., viii, 93-96. — 
 Dailing (S. T.) The use of bismuth salts in media to 
 detect the formation of sulphur bodies of bacterial origin; a 
 preliminary note. Am. J. Pub. Health, N. Y., 1913, iil, 233- 
 235. Also, Reprint.— Davis (D. M.) & Bosen (R.) Sur- 
 face sterihzation of tissues for bacterial studies. J. Infect. 
 Dis., Chicago, 1917, xxi, 327-337.— Dawson (O. F.) Labora- 
 tory methods for the diagnosis of certain microorganismal 
 diseases. Vet. J., Lond., 1900, n. s., i, 106; 136.— DoldXH.) 
 Artificial fish-lu-stream arrangement of bacteria. J. Roy. 
 Inst. Pub. Health, Lond., 1909, xvii, 489-491.— Donald (R.) 
 A method of drop-measuring liquids and suspensions. 
 Lancet, Lond., 1915, ii, 1245.— Dreyer (G.) & Gardner (A. 
 D.) A general method of estimating the relative turbidity 
 or opacity of fluid suspensions, including bacterial emul- 
 sions. Bio-Chem. J., Lond., 1916, x, 399-407.— Dreyer (L.) 
 Ueber eine einfache Meihode, tJntersuchungsmaterial 
 gleichzeitig nebeneinandor auf aerobe und anaerobe Bakte- 
 rien zu untersuchen. Hyg. Rundschau, Berl., 1906, xvi, 
 1186.— Eisenberg (C.) Ueber die Verwertung des Inhalts 
 von Vesikatorblasen zu biologischen Untersucbungen. 
 Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1909, xxxv, 613- 
 616.— van der Elst (P.) ProcSd^ ginii&l pratique de mise 
 en Evidence des microbes. Ann. de mSd. vit., Brux., 1913, 
 Ixii, 328-333.— Frtthllcli (J.) Ueber zwei praktisch be- 
 wahrte Untersuchungsmethoden aus der modernen Bakte- 
 riologie. Amtsarzt, Leipz. & Wien, 1910, ii, 162-166.— Frost 
 (W. D.) A refinement of the technic of quantitative bacte- 
 riological analyses. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1913, 
 U.S., xxxviii, 371. — Glemsa(G.) Farafflnol als Einschluss- 
 mittel fiir Romanowsky-Praparate und als Konservierungs- 
 fliissigkeit fiir ungefarbte Trockenausstriohe. Centralbl. f. 
 Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1913, Ixx, Orif., 444-446.— 
 Gluffre (L.) & Slmoncini (G. B.) I fenomenitermici chc 
 si manifestano nelle colture del microrganismi; ricerche 
 calorimetriche. 1st. d'ig. d. r. Univ. di Palermo. Lav. di 
 lab., Roma, 1899-1901, v, 27-31.— Grlmbert. Unification 
 des proc^dSs d'analyse baot^riologique. Bull, m^d.. Par., 
 1903, xvii, 779.— Hammer (B. W.) A note on the vacuum 
 desiccation of bacteria. J. Med. Research, Bost., 1911, xxlv, 
 527-5.30.— Harding (H. A.) Results from Moore's method 
 of shipping bacteria on cotton. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, 
 Pa., 1906, n. s., xxiv, 122-124.— Hastings (E.G.) A method 
 for the preservation of plate cultures for museum and dem- 
 onstration purposes. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. 
 Abt., Jena, 1912, xxxiv, 432-434.— HeUer (0.) Die Eoth- 
 bergersche Neutralrotreaktion auf Gelatine bei 37". Ibii., 
 1. Abt., Jena, 1905, xxxviii, H7-122.—Hesse(W.) & Niedner. 
 Die quantitative Bestimmung von Bakterien in Fliissigkei- 
 ten. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infektionskrankh., Leipz., 1906, liii, 
 259-280.— Heydenrefcli (L.) Einige Neuerungen In der 
 bacteriologischen Technik. Ztschr. f. wissensch. Mikr., 
 Bmschwg., 1899, xvi, 146-179.— HUl (H. W.) Hanging 
 block preparations for the microscopic observation of devel- 
 oping bacteria. J. Med. Research, Bost., 1902, vii, 202-212.— 
 
 Bacteriology {Methods and technique 
 in). 
 
 Holman (W. L.) A method for making carbohydrate 
 serum broth of constant composition for use in the study of 
 streptococci. J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1914, xv, 209-214. — 
 HuTWitz (S. H.), Meyer (K. F.) & Ostenberg (Z.) A 
 colorimetric method for the determination of thenydrogen 
 ion concentration of biological fluids, with special reference 
 to the adjustment of bacterlojogioal culture media. Johns 
 Hopkins Hosp. Bull. Bait., 1916, xxvii, 16-24,— Iwanolf 
 (Wt A.) Zur Frage iiber das •Eindringen der Formalln- 
 dampfein die organischen Gewebe. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. 
 [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1897, xxii, 50-58.— Ja«6 (H.) Ein 
 Vorschlag zhr Materialerspanus bei bakteriologischen 
 Untersuohtmgen. Md., 1915, Ixxvl, 304.— de Jager (L.) 
 Mittel, um oberflachllche Bakterienkolonien zu photo- 
 graphieren. Ibid., 1908, xlvi, Orig., 92-94.— Judet (E.) 
 ^tude des proc(5dfe baotfiriologiques pour la separation des 
 microbes, et preparation de quelques miheux destines k 
 cette separation. Centre med. et pharm., Garmat, 1902-3, 
 viii, 14; 39.— Kellerman (K. F.) A method for fixing and 
 sectioning bacterial colonies, fungus mycelium, etc. J. 
 Applied Micr., Rochester, 1902, v, 1980.— Kellerman (K. F.) 
 & Smitb (N. R.) New technique for studying halophytic 
 organisms. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1915, xU, 663.— 
 King (W. E.) & Davis (L.) Potassium tellurite as an 
 Indicator of microbial life. Am. J. Pub. Health, N. Y., 
 1914, iv, 917-8.32.— Klschensky (F.) Ein Verfahren zur 
 schnellen mikroskopischen Untersuchung auf BakterisB 
 in Deckglas- und Objekttragerpraparateu. Centralbl. f. 
 Bakteriol. feto.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1897/ xxi, 876.— von 
 Kdrttsy (K.) MikrokaJorimeter zur Bestimmtmg ^r 
 Warmeproduktlon von Bakterien. Ztschr. f. physiol. 
 Chem., Strassb., 1913, Ixxxvi, 383-400.— Kramer (G.) 
 Beitrage zum sofortigen Nachweis von Oxydations- una 
 Reduktionswirkungen der Bakterien auf Grund der neuen 
 Methode von W. H. Schultze. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [eto.J, 
 1. Abt., Jena, 1912, Ixii, Orig., 394-422.— Kreldmann. 
 Kiinstliche Darstellung von Bacillen und Kokken aus nor- 
 malen tierisohen Geweben. Aerztl. Rundschau, MQhchen, 
 1897, vii, 401; 419.— Lasseur (P.) Sur Tanalyse capillaire 
 des corps colores microbiens. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. 
 Par., 1914, Ixxvi, 900-902.— Lennhon. Ueber die mikrosko- 
 pische Darstellung von Spirochaten und Trypanosomen mit 
 Hilte von Salvarsan und Neosalvarsan. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. 
 Aerzte, Basel, 1913, xUii, 243.— Uefmann (H.) Die Unter- 
 suchung verwandter Bakterienarten durch die Ausfallung 
 ihres Eiweisses mittels konzentrierter Salzlosungen. Mtin- 
 chen. med. Wchnschr., 1913, Ix, 1417-1420.— Lubarsch (O.) 
 Bakteriologische Technik. Ergebn. d. allg. Path. u. path. 
 Anat. [etc.] 1896, Wiesb., 1897, 73-91.— Malvoz (E.) La 
 technique bacteriologique du praticien. Ann. Soc. mfid.- 
 chlr. de Liege, 1897, xxxvi, 319; 375. Also: Bull. Soc. de 
 med. d'Anvers, 1897, lix, 184-198.— Maynard (E.) A 
 method for the detection of flaws in nominally air-tight 
 sealed glass vessels. Lancet, Lond., 1905, ii, 1033. — ^Mercer 
 (A. C.) A method of using with ease objectives of shortest 
 working distance in the clinical study of bacteria. Micro- 
 scope, Trenton, N. J., 18S9, ix, 46. Also, Reprint. — Nastyu- 
 kofl(M. M.)& Pevzner(M:. J.) [Sublimatesolutionsof aniline 
 dyes in bacteriosoopy.] Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1892, xiii, 310.— 
 Novy (F. G.) & Famulener (L. W.) Bacteriologioal 
 technique. IJef. Handb. Med. Sc, N. Y., 1913, i, 880-927.— 
 OgUvy (J. W.) Dark-ground illumination for bacteriologi- 
 cal microscopy. Lancet, Lond., 1909, ii, 1027.— Oker- 
 Blom (M.) Bestimmung der elektrischen Leitfahigkeit 
 mit Bezug auf backteriologische Zwecke. Centralbl. f. 
 
 Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1904, xxxvil, 150. .Die 
 
 elektrische Leitfahigkeit im Dienste der Bakteriologie. 
 Md., 1912, Ixv, Orig., 382-389.— Owada (M.) On a safe 
 method of practising hanging drop examination. Ibid., 
 Ixii, Orig., 637.— Park ( W . H.) The use of soil and liquid 
 paraflins on the surface of culture media to insure anaerobic 
 conditions. J. Med. Research, Bost., 1901, n. s., i, 298.— 
 Paul (T.) Bin Verfahren, DauerprS,parate von Bakte- 
 rienkulturen herzustellen, die auf festen NahrbSden in 
 Petri'schenSchalengeziichtetwurden. Centralbl. f. Bakte- 
 riol. [etc.], 1. Abt.^ Jena, 1901, xxix, 25-29.— Perez (A. L.) 
 La tecnica bacterioI6gica en la prilctica medica corriente. 
 Rev. de med. y cirug. pract., Madrid, 1909, Ixxxii, 409-413.— 
 Pfeller (W.) Ueber die Brauchbarkeit der Seitzschen 
 Azolithminlosungals Ersatz der Petruschkyschen Lackmus- 
 molken. Berl. tierarztl. Wchnschr., 1913, xxix, 553; 573.— 
 Proskauer (C.) Vereinfachtes Verfahren zur Darstellung 
 von Bakterien. Deutsche Monatschr. t. Zahnh., Leipz., 
 1911, xxix, 241-249, 1 pi.— R«mllnger (P.) La methode 
 d'Elsner en bactenologie. Gaz. med. d'Onent, Constant., 
 1901-2, 648; 663; 683.— Klchter (P.) Eine praktische Sig- 
 mermethode fiir Praparate. Dermat. Ztscnr., Berl., 1901, 
 1901, viii, 20.— Blckards (B. R.) A system of recording 
 cultures of bacteria genealogically for laboratory purposes. 
 J. Applied Micr^ Rochester, 1902, v, 1877-1883.— Robin (A.) 
 A simple and erfectual method for keeping media and cul- 
 tures sealed. Ibii., 1903, vi, 2257.— Bochalx (A.) & Dii- 
 fourt (A.) Signification de la reaction du neutral-rot; 
 essai sur son mecanisme. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 
 1910, Ixix, 326-328.— Bosenow (E. C.) The newer bacte- 
 
BACTEEIOLOGY. 
 
 309 
 
 BACTERIOLOGY. 
 
 Bacteriology {Methods and technique 
 in). 
 
 riology of various intections as determined by special 
 methods. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1914, Ixiii, 903-908.— 
 BotliscliUd (D.) Weitere Erfahrungen iiber die polygene 
 Bazillen-Emulsion. Veroffentl. d. balneol. Gesellsch. in 
 Berl., Berl. & Wien, 1910, 208-211.— Bubner (M.) .Ueber 
 die Warmebildung durch Mikroorganismen und iiber die 
 Methodik einer tjuantitativen Warmemessung. Hyg. 
 Rundschau, Berl., 1903, xiii, 857-864.— Rudneva-MaUslieva 
 (L. A.) [Should we make smear-preparations on cover or 
 objective glassesintheinvestigationoibacteria?] Kharkov. 
 M. J., 1916, xxii, 98-103.— Sachse (R.) Die elektrische 
 Leitlahigkeit im Dienste der Bakteriologie; nach den Unter- 
 suchungen von Mar Oker-Blom. Mikrokosmos, Stuttg., 
 1913-14, vii, 293-297.— SapWer (J.) Ueber die Herstellung 
 der haltbaren Kollargolpraparate von Spirochaten und 
 Hyphomyzeten. Wien. klm. Wchnschr., 1914, xxvU, 
 1214.— Saul (E.) Ueber das Recidiviren der Inlektion im 
 Reagensglas. Hyg. Rundschau, Berl., 1900, x, 569-574.— 
 Scheurlen. Die Verwendung der selenigen und tellurigen 
 Saure in der Bakteriologie. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infections- 
 krankh., Leipz., 1900, xxxiii, 135.— Scbottellus (E.) Zur 
 bakteriologischen Technik. Munchen. med. Wclmschr., 
 1908, Iv, 2186.— Schrup (J. HJ A practical, easy and 
 cheap method of incubation. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 
 
 1912, Iviii, 273.— Schwarawald. Ueber die Ausflockungs- 
 methode nach Forges. Centralbl. 1. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. 
 Abt., Jena, 1909, xUv, 152-154.— Shattock (S. G.) & Dud- 
 geon{L. S.) Certain results ol drying non-sporing bacteria 
 in a charcoal air vacuum. Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., 1912-13, 
 s. B., Ixxxv, 127-138.— Slmonds (J. P.) Experiences with 
 Stokes bile media for sending cultures from stools, urine, 
 blood, etc., to laboratories. Am. J. Pub. Health, N. Y,, 
 
 1913, iii, 44.— SImonetta (L.) La metodica distruzione 
 degli animali che ordinariamente servono per ricerche 
 bacteriologiohe nei laboratorii di medicina sperimentalo. 
 Atti d. Cong. naz. d'ig. 1899, Pavia, 1900, 111-122, 1 tab.— 
 Smith (Gr. H.) Serum reactions following treatment with 
 sensitized and non-sensitized bacteria. Med. Rec, N. Y., 
 1916, xc, 744. — SoUes. Technique bact^riologique nouvellc. 
 Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. de Bordeaux, 1896, xvii, 169- 
 173, 1 pi.— Sticker (G.) Organabdrucke; ein Ersatz ffir 
 Organschnitte. Centralbl. i. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 
 1906-7, xliil. Org., 206-208.— Stoddard ( J. L . ) Points in tech- 
 nic of separating anaerobes. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1918, 
 Ixx, 905. — Strasburger (J.) Em veriindertes Sedimenti- 
 rungsverfahren zum mikroskopischen Nachweis von Bacte- 
 rien. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1900, xlvii, 533.— Stlpfle 
 (K.) Eine Methode zur Ermittelung des Sauerstoffopti- 
 mums der Bakterien. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., 
 Jena, 1909-10, llii, Orig., 369-372.— Taylor (K.) A method 
 of photographing hving organisms. J. Am. M. Ass., Chi- 
 cago, 1912, hx, 441.— Thlelemans (L.) Quelques nouveaux 
 procedfe d'investlgation bactMologique. Policlin., Brux., 
 1911, XX, 49-52.— ThUenlus (O.) Ueber den Nachweis 
 von Mikroparasiten in Sekreten und Exkreten mittels der 
 Antiforminmethode. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1909, xlvi, 
 1169.— Tomarkin (E.) & Serebrenikoff (Nadina). Ueber 
 die bakterienfeindlichen und konservierenden Eigenschaften 
 einiger Aufbewahrungsmittel der animalen Lymphe mit be- 
 sonderer Beriicksichtigung der Aufbewahrung der Lymphe 
 in den Tropen. Arch. f. Schifls- u. Tropen-Hyg., Leipz., 1910, 
 xiv, 429-456.— Torrcy (J. C.) A new and comparatively 
 rapid method tor the detection of liquefying bacteria. Proc. 
 Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1909-10, vu, 168-170.— 
 Tribondeau. Choix de r(Sactifs pour preparations histo- 
 bact^riologiques courantes. Arch, de m^d. et pharm. nav.. 
 Par,, 1918, cv, 69-79.— TriUat (A.) & Fouassier (M.) En- 
 tralnement et separation de microbes en suspension dans 
 I'eau sous I'influence d'un courant d'air. Compt. rend. 
 Acad. d.. sc, Par., 1914, clviii, 518-521.— Troester (C.) 
 Ueber Dunkelfeldbeleucbtung. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. 
 [etc.], Jena, 1905, xiv, 511.— Tslelikoffl (I.) [Quantitative de- 
 termmation of a bacterial mass by the colorimetric method.] 
 Kharkov. M. J., 1906, i, 442-466, 1 diag.— Tsubol & Tsusi- 
 tanl. Ueber die Aufbewahrungsmethode der Erysipelcoc- 
 cen und Cholerabacillen. [Japanese text.] Ztschr. a. med. 
 Gesellsch. zu Tokyo, 1898, xii, 805-808.— Tusini (F.) Sui 
 metodi di ricerca comuni al bacillo del tilo e ai bacilli della 
 dissenteria. Ann. d'ig. sper., Roma, 1903, n. s., xiii, 91-99.— 
 Valagussa (F.) Note <u tecnica batteriologioa. Suppl. al 
 Policlin., Roma, 1897-8, iv, 711-714.— Welgert (C.) Zur 
 Technik der nukroskopischeu Bakterienuntersuchungen, 
 mit einem kasuistischen Anhange. 1881. /n ftis.- Gesamm. 
 Abhand., 8°, Berl., 1906, ii, 383-411.— Westbrook (F. F.) 
 Laboratory methods and devices. J. Infect. Dis., [Suppl. 
 No. 1], Chicago, 1905, 304-.324.— Wilson (E. H.) & Ran- 
 dolpb (R. B. F.) Bacterial measurements. J. Applied 
 Micr., Rochester, 1899, ii, 698.— von Winkler (H.) Ueber 
 einige Hilfsmittel fiir bakteriologische Arbeiten. Centralbl. 
 f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1905, xxxix, 483-487.— 
 WInslow (C. E. A.) Bacteriological collection and bureau 
 for the distribution of bacterial cultures of the American 
 Museum ef Natural History, New York. Science, N. Y. & 
 Lancaster, Pa., 1913, n. s., xxxviil, 374. — Wolman (A.) & 
 Weaver (H. L.) A modification of the McCrady method of 
 
 Bacteriology {Methods and technique 
 
 in). 
 
 the numeral interpretation of fermentation-tube results. J. 
 Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1917, xxi, 287-291.— Wrlgit (A. E. ) A 
 note on certain points of technique. Lancet, Lond., 1898, i, 
 95-97.— Yegounow (M.) Impression directe sur le papier 
 photographique des objets pour remplacer les dessins a la 
 main; verre bacteriologique correspondant. Centralbl. f. 
 Bakteriol. [etc.]. 2. Abt., Jena, 1906, xvi, 412^16.— Zellkow 
 (J.) Quantitative Bestimmung der Bakterialmasse durch 
 die kolorimetrische Methode. Ihid,, 1. Abt., Jena, 1906, 
 xiii, 476; 570. 
 
 Bacteriology {Periodicals of). 
 
 Abstracts of Bacteriology, under the edito- 
 rial direction of the Society of American Bac- 
 teriologists. Published bi-monthly, v. 1-2, 
 1917-18. 8°. Baltimore & London. 
 
 Current. 
 
 Arbeiten auf dem Gebiete der pathologischen 
 Anatomie und Bacteriologie aus dem patholo- 
 gisch-anatomischen Institut zu Tiibingen. v. 
 ' 1-7, 1891-1909. 8°. Braunschweig. 
 
 Archives de 1' Institut royal de bacteriologie 
 Camara Pestana. No. 1, v. 1, 1906. 8° Lis- 
 bonne. 
 
 Akquivos do Instituto bacteriologico Camara 
 Pestana. v. 2-4, 1908-14. 8°. Lisbonne. 
 
 Bulletin de I'lnstitut Pasteur. [Semi- 
 monthly.] V. 1-15, 1903-17. roy. 81 Paris. 
 
 Current. 
 
 Centralblatt fiir Bakteriologie, Parasiten- 
 kunde und Infektionskrankheiten. v. 1-18, 
 1887-95; 1. Abt., v. 19-30, 1896-1902; 1. Abt., 
 V. Originale, v. 31-77, 1902-15; 1. Abt. , Ref erate, 
 V. 31-63, 1902-15; 2. Abth., v. 1-44, 1895-1915. 
 8°. Jma. 
 
 FoLi.\ microbiologica. HoUandische Bei- 
 trage zur gesamten Mikrobiologie. v. 1-4, 1912- 
 15. 8°. Delft. 
 
 International catalogue of scientific litera- 
 ture. R. Bacteriology, v. 1-12, 1902-17. 8° 
 London. ' 
 
 Jahresbbricht fiber die Fortschritte in der 
 Lehre von den pathogenen Mikroorganismen, 
 umfassend Bacterien, Pilze und Protozoen. v. 
 1-26, 1885-1910. 8°. Braunschweig, 1886-1913. 
 
 Journal of Bacteriology, v. 1-4, 1916-19. 
 8°. Baltimore. 
 
 Current. 
 
 Journal of Pathology and Bacteriology, v. 
 1-23, 1892-1919. 8°. Edinburgh; London. 
 
 Current. 
 
 Review (The) of Bacteriology and General 
 Parasitology. (Supplement to the Medical 
 Officer.) Edited by Alexander G. R. Poulerton. 
 V. 1-9, 1911-19. _ 4°. ' London, 
 
 Russkiy archiv patologii, klinicheskoi medi- 
 tsinl i bakteriologii; pod redaktsiyei V. V. 
 Podvisotskavo. [Russian archives of pathology, 
 clinical medicine, and bacteriology; edited by 
 V. V. Podvisotski.] v. 1-14, 1896-1902. 8°. 
 S.-Peterhurg. 
 
 Scientific (The) Roll and Magazine of Syste- 
 matized Notes. Conducted by Alexander Ram- 
 say. Bacteria, v. 1. 8°. London, 1900-1901. 
 
 Bacteriology {Teaching of). 
 
 Malvoz (E.) University de Lifege. Som- 
 maire du coura de bacteriologie appliqufe par 
 E. Malvoz, 1900^1901. 4°. [Liige, 1900.] 
 
 MiDDENDORP (H. W.) Prof. Dr. A. P. Fokker, 
 de vertegenwoordiger van de bacteriologie an de 
 Rijks-Universiteit te Groningen. Open brief 
 aan dozen. 4°. Groningen, 1902. 
 
 Moore (V. A.) Laboratory directions for be- 
 ginners in bacteriology. 12°. Ithaca, N. Y., 
 1898. 
 
BACTERIOLOGY. 
 
 310 
 
 BACTERIOLOGY. 
 
 Bacteriology {Teaching of) . 
 
 Planches murales destinees k I'enseigne- 
 ment de la bact^riologie, publi^es par I'lnstitut 
 Pasteur de Paris. Text, obi. 12°; plates, eleph. 
 fol. Paris, 1902. 
 
 Bardeen (C. E.) Bacteriology at Wisconsin. Wisconsin 
 Alunml Mag., 1914, xvi, 14.— Bergey (D. H.) The peda- 
 gogics of bacteriology. J. Bact., Bait., 1916, i, 5-14.— Blue 
 (W. R.) The teaching of bacteriology. Dental Cosmos, 
 Phila., 1902, xliv, 715-717.— Byrne (A. W.) & TomUnson 
 (P. S.J A month's course of training in bacteriology and 
 bacteriological technique. J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lend., 
 1914, xxiii, 81-83.— Chapln (Lillian). Simple bacteriology 
 for public schools. Pop. Sc. Month., N. Y., 1904-5, Ixvi, 474- 
 477. — Ernst (H. C.) Instruction in bacteriology in the 
 medical schools of America and Europe. J. Bost. Soc. M. 
 Sc, 1899-1900, iv, 67-72. Aho, Reprint.— Frost (W. D.) & 
 Hastings (E.G.) Bacteriology for highschools. J.Appued 
 Mior., Rochester, 1903, vi, 2205; 2270; 2383; 2426; 2522.— Hall 
 (W.) The teaching of bacteriology to dental students. 
 Brit. Dent. J., Lond., 1911, xxxii, 437-442.— Hill (H. W.) 
 Bacteriology as a non-technical course for public schools. 
 Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1909, n. s., xxx, 625-628 — 
 Jones (J. A.) A plea for the study of bacteriology by the 
 general practitioner. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1907, ii, 1764-1767. 
 Kendall (A. I.) Bacteriology and the medical curriculum; 
 Tr. Chicago Path. Soc, 1916-17, x, 113-118.— L,asnler (H.) 
 Lefon d'ouvertme du cours de bact^riologie & I'lnstitut 
 Pasteur. Rev. m^d. du Canada, Montr&l, 1901-2, v, 49; 
 61.— McFarland (J.) Bacteriological instruction in med- 
 ical schools. J. Applied Mlcr., Rochester, 190O, iii, 1084- 
 lOSes^Malvoz (E.) Introduction au cours de baot&iologie. 
 Scalpel, Li^ge, 1896-7, xlix, 162-164 —Manwarlng (W. H.) 
 & Connell (J. T.) Animal inoculations supplementary to 
 an introductory course in pathogenic bacteriology. J. Lab. 
 & Clin. M., St. Louis, 1917, ii,: 573-575.— Moore (V. A.) 
 Bacteriology in general education. Science, N. Y. & Lan- 
 casterf Ba., 1911, n. s., xxxiii, 277-284.— Ritcnle. The place 
 of ba^mology m the ordinaay curriculum. Edinb. M. J., 
 1918, XX, 339-345.— Rumsey (C. L.) Importance of bac- 
 teriological study. Homoeop. Eye, Ear & 'Throat J., N. Y., 
 1900, vi, 55-59— Thome (B.) 'The national iniportance of 
 gratuitous bacteriological examination. Tr. Brit. Cong. 
 Tubero. 1901, Lond., 1902, Ii, 190-195.— von Ucke (A.) 
 Aufeaben der Bacteriologie in der Brehmer'schen Anstalt. 
 Gorbersdorf. Veroffentl., Stuttg,, 1898, ii, 183-194, 1 pi. 
 
 Bacteriology (VegetaUe). 
 
 See, also. Bacteria (Nitrifying); Pathology 
 (Vegetable). 
 
 BiEL (W.) *Ueber einen schvsrarzes Pigment 
 bildenden Kartoffelbacillus. 8° Jena, 1896. 
 
 Conn (H. W.) Agricultural bacteriology; a 
 
 study of the relation of bacteria to agriculture, 
 
 ,' with special reference to the bacteria in the soil, 
 
 in water, in the dairy, in miscellaneous farm 
 
 I products, and in plants and domestic animals. 
 
 ' 8°. Philadelphia, 1901. 
 
 . The same. 2. ed. 8° Philadelphia, 
 
 1909. 
 
 LoHNis (F.) Landwirtschaftlich-bakteriolo- 
 gisches Praktikum. 8°. Berlin, 1911. 
 
 Smith (E. F.) Bacteria in relation to plant 
 diseases, v. 1-3. 4°. Washington, 1905. 
 
 Clocalteu. L'^ai idage agricole et les microbes. Compt. 
 rend. Soc de bioL, Par., 1913, Ixxiv, 1411-1413.— DUggeU 
 (M.) Die Bakterienflora gesunder Samen und daraus gezo- 
 gener Keimpflanzchen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. 
 Abt., Jena, 1904, xil, 602; 695: xiii, 66; 198, 6 pi.— Ellrodt (G.) 
 Ueber das Eindringen von Bakterien in Pflanzen. Ibid., 
 1902, ix, 639-«42.— Fermi (C.) & PomponI (E.) Eicerche 
 biologiche sui saccaromioeti ed oidi (riassunto). Ibid., 1896, 
 ii, 574-578.— Frelrc(D.) Les microbes des fleurs. Compt. 
 rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1899, cxxviii, 1047-1049.— Gulraud. 
 ' Note sur la presence de microbes pathogtoes sur les legumes 
 , et produits maraichers. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 
 1897, 10. s.,iv, 835-837.— Lauck (H.) Bakterlenfreier Vege- 
 tationsapparat. Centralbl. f. BaMeriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 
 I 1898, iv, 706-713.— Maher (S.J.) The baotenal flora of trees 
 and men. Proc Connect. M. Soc, Hartford, 1915, cxxiii, 91- 
 102.— Muncle ( J. H . ) A girdling of bean steins caused by 
 I Bact. phaseoli. Science, N.Y.,& Lancaster, Pa., 1917, xlvi, 
 88.— 01aru(D.) Action favorable dumangantee sur la bac- 
 t^rie des ISgumineuses. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1916, 
 clx, 280-283.— Bitter (G. A.) BeitragezurKenntnisdernie- 
 derenpflanzlichen Organismen, besonders der Bakterien,von 
 Hoch- und Niederungsmooren in fioristischer, morpholo- 
 gischer und physiologischer Beziehung. Centralbl. f. Bak- 
 teriol. [etc], 2. Abt, Jena, 1913, xxxvi, 490.— Bossl (G.) 
 Origine, svolgimento ed avvenire della batteriologia agraria 
 ed industriaJe. Benessere, Napoli, 1902-3, n. s., i,259; 296; 
 
 Bacteriology (Vegetable). 
 
 334.— Roze (E.) Nouveiles observations sur les bactSria- 
 cfies de la pomme de terre. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, par., 
 1896, cxxiil, 613-615.— Schneider (A.) Bacteria in modem 
 economic agriculture. Pop. Sc. Month., N. Y., 1903, Ixiii, 
 333-343.— Smith (E. F.) Seed corn as a means of dis- 
 seminating Bacterium Stewarti. Science, N. Y. & Lancas- 
 ter, Pa., 1909, n. s., xxx, 223.— Stutzer. Neuere Arbeiten 
 liber die KnoUchenbakterien der Leguminosen und die 
 rixierung des freien Stickstofis durch Organismen. Cen- 
 tralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc], 2. Abt., Jena, 1896, ii, 650-653. 
 
 Bacteriology (yeterinary). 
 
 See, also, Medicine (Veterinary). 
 
 Buchanan (R. E.) Veterinary bacteriology; 
 a treatise on the bacteria, yeasts, moldsj and 
 protozoa pathogenic for domestic animals. 8°. 
 Philadelphia, 1911. 
 
 . The same. 2. ed. 8°. Philadelphia 
 
 & London, 1916. 
 
 Glagb (F.) Kompendium der angewandten 
 Bakterioloeie f iir Tierarzte. 8°. Berlin, 1910. 
 
 Rrrr (T.) Bacterienkunde und pathologische 
 Mikroskopie f iir Thierarzte und Studirende der 
 Thiermedicin. 3. Aufl. 8°. Wien, 1899. 
 
 — — . The same. 4. Aufl. 8° Wien, 1903. 
 
 . The same. 5. Aufl. 8°. Tfien, 1908. 
 
 Moore (V. A.) & Fitch (C. P.) Exercises in 
 bacteriology and diagnosis for veterinary stu- 
 dents and practitioners. 8°. Boston, [1914]. _ 
 
 ScoTT (W . ) Clinical bacteriology and vaccine 
 therapy for veterinary surgeons. 8°. London, 
 1913. 
 
 Bacteriology in relation to medicine. 
 
 See, also, Antiseptic medication; Siag^iosis 
 (Chemical, etc.); Surgery (Antiseptic). 
 
 Krbtz (R.) Die Anwendung der Bacteriolo- 
 gie in der practischen Medicin. 12°. Wien, 
 1903. 
 
 Potter (T.) Essays on bacteriolc^ and its 
 relation to the progress of medicine. 12° 
 Indianapolis, 1898. 
 
 RosENBACH (O.) V kakol stepeni bakterio- 
 logiya podvinula vperyod diagnostiku i prolila 
 s\^et na etiologiyu? [To what extent has bac- 
 teriology advanced diagnosis and shed light on 
 etiology?] [Transl.] 8°. [ Moscow, 18S7.] 
 
 Acosta (E.) La influencia de la bacteriologia en la 
 prensa m^dica de Cuba. Actas y trab. d. ii. Cong. mM. nac, 
 Habana, 1911, 430-432.— Borl6e. Appr&iation de la bac- 
 teriologie, de la doctrine microbienne et de I'antisepsie. 
 Presse mM. beige, Brux. , 1897, xlix, 145-149.— Cabot (R. C. ) 
 The relation of bacteriology to medicine. Tr. Cong. Am. 
 Phys. & Surg., N. Haven, 1900, v, 34-41. Also: Phila. M. J., 
 1900, V, 1027-1029. Also, Reprint.— Calmette (A.) R61e 
 de la bacteriologie en clinique; notions gcSnirales sur les 
 moisissures. ticixo mM. du nord, Lille, 1897, i, 115-120.— 
 Cave (E. J.) Some recent applications of bacteriology to 
 clinical medicine. Edinburgh M. J., 1899, n. s., vi, 148- 
 160.— Davis (N. S.) The present status of bactonologic in- 
 vestigations and their relations to etiology and therapeutics. 
 Tr. Illinois M. Soc, Chicago, 1895, 486-495.— Emmel (E.) 
 Die modeme medizlnische Forschung der Bakteriologen 
 Tom Standpunkte natiirlicher Heilprincipjen betrachtet. 
 Arch. J. phys.-dlatet. Therap., Berl., im, i 186-192.— 
 Fokker (A. P.) Bacteriologie en therapie. Handel, v. h. 
 Nederl. Nat.- en Geneesk. Cong., Utrecht, 1891, 261-268.— 
 Gershenlcld (L.) Bacteriology, its relation to pharmacy 
 and allied sciences. J. Am. Pharm. Ass., Easton, Pa., 1918, 
 vil, 605-607.— Goodwin (R. S.) The practical value of 
 bacteriology in medicine. Proc Ckmnect. M. Soc, Bridge- 
 port, 1898, cvi, 83-96.— Klein (E.) The relation of bacteri- 
 ology to medicine. St. Barth. Hosp. J., Lond., 1898-9, vi, 
 164-168.— Lelth (R. F. C.) The advance of bacteriologioal 
 science in the diagnosis and prevention of disease. Bir- 
 mingh. M. Rev., 1899, xlvi, 217-247.— l«vy (E. C.) What 
 medicine owes to bacteriology. Med. Reg., Richmond, 
 1898-9, ii, 295-303. Also: Charlotte [N. C.]M. J., 1899, xv, 
 191-196.— Lipes (H. J.) The influenceotthe discovery of the 
 relation of bacteria to disease on the practice Of medicine 
 exclusive of surgery. Albany M. Ann., 1902, xxiii, 311; 393; 
 443; 488; 542; 599. Also: Sanitarian, N. Y., 1903, 1, 138; 234; 
 325; 413.— Macdonald (W. G.) Practical bacteriological 
 studies in the surgical clinic. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chi- 
 cago, 1906, iii, 216-219.— Maekey (L. G. J.) Bacteriologyin 
 the diagnosis and treatment of disease. Midland M. J., 
 
BACTEKIOLOGY. 
 
 311 
 
 BACTERIOTHEEAPY. 
 
 Bacteriology in relation to medicine. 
 
 Birmingtt., 1909, viii, 146-152.— Nelsser (M.) Die Bedeu- 
 tung der Banteriologie fur Diagnose, Prognose tind Therapie. 
 Wien.med.Wclmsclir., 1900, 1, 2263; 2334. Also: Verhandl. 
 d. Gesellsoli. dlsitsoli. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1900, Leipz., 1901, 
 Ivfii, pt. 2, 2. Elite., 300-313.— Novl (I.) La via nuova che 
 la batteriologia ha segnato alia terapia. Bull. d. so. med. di 
 Bologna, 1896, 7. s., vU, 481; 580.— Poore (G. V.) Tl^ serv- 
 ices rendered to practical medicine by bacteriology. Edinb. 
 M. J., 1898. n. s., iii, 4*-50.— Pouchet (G.) Baot&iolope 
 appliquSe a la mMecine Wgale. Ann. d'hyg., Par., 1897, 
 sf s., xxxvii, 209-260.— aoss (S. J.) BaoterioloCT as it 
 affects general practice. Med, Press & Circ, Lond., 1908, 
 n. s., Ixxxv, 501.— Shaw (J. F.) Bacteriology; its relation 
 to disease. Tr. Luzerne Co. M. Soc, Wilkesbarre, 1904, joi, 
 139-147.— Staples ( F . ) Bacteriology in the progress ol medi- 
 cine; a lew notes from current history. N. York M. J., 1898) 
 Ixvlii, 628-632.— Tretrop Quelques applications pratiques 
 de la bact^riologie k la sptoalitS des maladies de I'oreille, 
 du nez et de la gorge. Bull, de laryngol., otol. et rlunol.. 
 Par., 1905, viii, 1-15.— Volgt. Bakteriologie und Medi- 
 zinalbeamte. Centralbl. 1. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena^ 
 1912, Ixiv, 25-34.— Wassermann (A.) Baktenologie und 
 Naturheilkunde. Hyg. Bl., Berl., 1906, ii, 101; 122.— Weis 
 (J. D.) A practical view of bacteriology lor the physiciaii. 
 N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1907-8, Ix, 384-389.— Whlttfer (F. N.) 
 The value of bacteriology to the general practltipner. Tr. 
 Maine M. Ass., Portland, 1900, xiii, 612-616.- WUder (J. A. ) 
 The relation of bacteriology to medicine. Albany M. Ann , 
 1901, xxii, 544-553. 
 
 Bacteriology m relation to obstetrics and 
 
 gynecology. 
 
 See. also, Gynaecology (AntisepMc) ; Obstet- 
 rics (Antiseptics in). 
 
 Bantock (G. G.) The modem doctrine of 
 bacteriology, or the germ theory of disease with 
 special reference to gynsecology. 8°. London, 
 1899. 
 
 KusTBYA (D. K.) .*K voprosu o rostle mi- 
 krobov na fiziologicheskikh posllerodovtkh ma- 
 tochnlkh otdieleniyakh zdorovlkh rodUnits. 
 [Growth of microbes on physiological puerperal 
 uterine secretions of healthy parturient women.] 
 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1904. 
 
 Davis (E. P.) & Bevan (D.) Intestinal bacteria as a 
 source of infection complicating obstetric operations. Tr. 
 Am. Gynec. Soc, Phila., 1896, xxi, 316-333, 1 pi.— John- 
 stone (J.) The influence of bacteriology on obstetrics and 
 gynecology in the light of recent investigations. Homeop. 
 J. Obst, N. Y., 1901, xxiii, 231-239. Also: Month. Homceop. 
 Rev., Lond., 1901, xlv, 207-215. 
 Bacteriology (The) of diphtheria, including sec- 
 tions on the history, epidemiology and pathology 
 of the disease, the mortality caused by it, the 
 toxins and antitoxins, and the serum disease, by 
 
 F. Loeffler, A. Newsholme [etc.]. Edited by 
 
 G. H. F. Nuttall and G. S. Graham-Smith. 
 718 pp., 16 pi. 8°. Cambridge, Univ. Press, 
 1908. 
 
 The same. Reissue, with supplementary 
 
 bibliography, xx, 718 pp., plates, port. 8 
 Cambridge, University Press, 1913. 
 
 Bacteriolysis. 
 
 See, also, Alesdns; Amboceptors; Anti- 
 bodies; Inununity. 
 
 Fboin (G.) H6matblyse et htoatogenfese. 
 BactSriolyse et bact^riogenfese. 8°. Pom, 1910. 
 
 Ball (O.) Bemerkungen zu Lsmdsteiner's Artikel. 
 Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsdi. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1913, 
 Orig., xviii, 223. — Bezzola (C.) Contribution k la con- 
 naissance des modifications de la resistance des animaux 
 vis-sl-vis des microorganismes pathogfenes. I. Le charbon. 
 Centralbl. 1. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1911, Ix, Orig., 
 385-397.— Btlrgers, Schermann & Schrelber (F.) Ueber 
 Auflosungserschernungen von Bakterien. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. 
 Infektionskrankh.^ Leipz., 1911, Ixx, 119-134.— Jobling (J. 
 W.) & Petersen (W.) The relation of bacteriolysis to pro- 
 teolysis; studies of ferment action. J. Exper. M., Lancaster, 
 1914, XX, 321-333.— Lardstelner (K.) Zu der Mitteilung 
 liber die Bildung bakteriolytischer Immunkorper von Bail 
 und Eotky. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., 
 Jena, 1913, xviii, Orig., 220-222.— levadltl (C.) Les bao- 
 t^riolysines leucocytaires dansleurs rapports aveol'alexine. 
 Bull, de rinst. Pasteur, Par., 1914, xii, 481; 529; 577.— Uel- 
 mann (H.) & Stutzer (M.) Kurze Mitteilung iiber das 
 bakteriolytische Komplement. Berl. klin. 'Wchnschr., 
 
 Bacteriolysis. 
 
 1910, xlvii, 1929.— Manwaring (W, H.) The relation of 
 the leucocytic bacteriolysin to body fluids. J. Exper. M., 
 Lancaster, Pa., 1913, xvii, 409-423.— Manwaring (W. H.) 
 & Coe (H. C.) Hepatic bacteriolysins; prellnnnary report. 
 Proc. Soc. JLxper. Biol. & Med., N.Y., 19lC xiii, 177.--Matsul 
 (I.) Versuche iiber die Konzentration bakteriolytischer 
 Immiinkorper im Normalserum. Ztschr. t. Immunitats- 
 forsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1914, xxiii, Ong., 233-256.— 
 Meisner (W.) Ueber die Bakterizidie von Leukozyten- 
 stoflen mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Verhaltnisse 
 am Auge. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infortionskrankh., Leipz., 1912, 
 Ixxi, 213-249.— Pettersson (A.) [The mechanism of bac- 
 teriolysiswith serum and leucocyte extract.] Svenskalak.- 
 siillsk. handl., Stockholm, 1916, xlU, 567-582.— PorcelU- 
 Tltone (F.) n fenomeno paradosso di bacterioUsi (feno- 
 meno dl Neisser e Wechsberg). Sperimentale, Firenze, 
 1916, Ixx, 379^00.— Kldeal (S.) Note on the bacteriolysis of 
 gelatin. Analyst, Lond., 1897, xxii, 255-258.— Spat (W.) 
 Untersuchungen iiber die Abspaltuhg des bakteriolytischen 
 Immunkorpers. Ztschr. f. immunitatsforsch. u. exper. 
 Therap., Jena, 1910, vi, 712-720.— Ssobolew (N.) Versuche 
 iiber Isolierung des bakteriolytischen ImmunkSrpers. 
 im., 1911-12, viii, Orig., 607-523.— Tsuzukl (M.) Zur 
 Frage der Beziehiingen zwlschen Bakteriotropinen und 
 Bakteriolysinen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., 
 Jena, 1910, Ivl, Orig., 86-89.— Turr6 (E.) Digestidn de los 
 bacterios. Rev. de med. y cirug., Barcely 1902, xvi, 129- 
 137: 1903, xvii, 167-172. Also [Abstr.]: Gac. mM. catal., 
 Barcel., 1902, xxv, 705-708. Also, transl.: Eev. vfit., 
 Toulouse, 1902, lix, 785-791. Also, transl.: Centralbl. f. 
 Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena 1900, xxviii, 173-177: 1902, 
 xxvii, 105-110.— Vedder (E. B.) On the increase of bacte- 
 riolytic complements in the rabbit's blood. J. Med. Re- 
 search, Bost., 1903, ix, 475-501. AUo, Reprint.— Vedder 
 (E. B.) & Borden (W. B.) A comparison ol the Wasser- 
 mann and luetin reactions in 744 individuals. J. Am. M. 
 Ass., Chicago, 1914, Ixiii, 1750. AUo, Reprint. 
 
 Bacteriophobia. 
 
 Sllbersclunldt (W.) Die Bakterienfurcht. Schweiz. 
 Bl. 1. Gsndhtspflg., Ziinch, 1904, xix, 25; 37; 49. 
 
 Bacteriotherapy. 
 
 See, also. Bacteria {Extracts of); Serothe- 
 rapy; Vaccinotherapy. • 
 
 Berghausen (O.) Bacterio-therapy; its principles and 
 application. LancetOlinic, Cincin., 1908, xlix, 411-418. — 
 Blehn (J. F.) Some causes ol failure in bacterin therapy. 
 Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1914, xviii, 258-260. [Dis- 
 cussion], 267. — Biological products; establishments licensed 
 for the propagation and sale of viruses, serums, toxins and 
 analogous products. Pub. Health Rep., Wash., 1916, xxxi, 
 943-948.— Bu]wld(0.) Ueber eineMethode derKonzeutrie- 
 rung des Diphtherie- und anderer therapeutischer Sera 
 mittels Ausfrierung. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., 
 Jena, 1897, xxii, 287.— Burckhardt (J. LO Ueber Bakte- 
 riotherapie. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1915, xlv, 
 1185-1198.— Canan (C. W.) Prevention and treatment of 
 disease with dead bacteria. Am. J. Clin. Med., Chicago, 
 1917, xxiv, 795-797.— Carapelle (E.) & Ferrara (V.) Ein- 
 fluss besonderer indiflerenter chemischer Stoffe aul die 
 Umwandlung der pathogenen Bakterien in Impfstofle. 
 Centralbl. 1. Baktenol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1909, U, Orig., 
 564-572.— Danysz (J.) L'dvolutiou des fievres typhoides 
 et paratyphoides et du chol&a; vaccination preventive et 
 bacterioth&apie. Presse mSd., Par., 1918, xx\i, 29-31. — 
 Destetano (F.) Heterobacterioterapia. Semana m&l., 
 Buenos Aires, 1915, xxii, 69-73. — ^Habennann. Hetero- 
 bakterio- una Proteinotherapie. Deutsche med. Wchn- 
 schr., Berl. & Leipz., 1918, xUv, 85.— Jackson (S. K.) 
 Natural agencies inhibiting the lite-processes of pathogenic 
 organisms considered with a view to their therapeutic 
 employment. Tr. Internat. M. Cong, (ix.), Wash., 1887, iii, 
 396^03. — Krans (R.) Ueber Bakteriotherapie akuter 
 Infektionskrankheiten; Heterobakteriotherapie. Wien. klin. 
 Wchnschr., 1915, xxviii, 29-32.— Kiaus (R.) & Mazza 
 (S.) Terap6utica heterobacteriana. Prensa m^d. argen- . 
 tina, Buenos A ures, 1914-15, 1,229; 413.— Kraus(R,), Fenna 
 (J.) & Cuenca (B.) Ueber Heterobakt«rientherapie und 
 Proteinotherapie. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1917, xxx, 869- 
 874. — Lombard! (A,) I nuovi orizzonti deUa terapia in- 
 testinale (bacterioterapia). Gazz. int«maz. di med., Napoli, 
 1911, xiv, 231-236.— Maher (S. J.) Some investigations ol 
 bacterial treatment. Gaillard's M. J., N. Y., 1904, Ixxx, 
 10. — Mancinl (S.) Contributo alia battenoterapia di 
 alcune malattie infettive. Atti d. r. Accad. d. fisiocrit. in 
 &iena, 1912, 5. s., Iv, 179-221.— Menzer (A.) Erfolge und 
 Aushncke der Bakteriotherapie. Klin.-therap. Wchn- 
 schr., Berl., 1912, xix, 1009-1015.— Romme (R.) Proprietds 
 iinmunisantes et curatives des sues plasmatiques des bacte- 
 ries. Pressem^d., Par., 1897,ii, 359.— Root (W.W.) Bac- 
 terial therapy. Am. J. Physiol. Therap., Chicago, 1910, i, 
 207-211.— Rothschild (D.) Erfahrungen iiber die polygene 
 BazUlen-Emulsion. Med. Klin., Berl., 1910, vi, 983.— 
 Stewart(F. E.) Somepointsinbacterialtherapy. Month. 
 Cycl. & M. Bull., Phila., 1910, iii, 579-591. AUo, Reprint. 
 
BACTERIOTHERAPY. 
 
 312 
 
 BAB. 
 
 Bacteriotherapy. 
 
 Also: Virginia M. Semi-Month., Eichmond, 1910-11, xv, 
 79^6.— Stone (W. J.) The use and abuse of bacterial 
 therapy. West. Canada M. J., Wimiipeg, 1914, ™i, 212- 
 225.— Sullivan (A. M.) Specific medication and bacterins 
 in infections. Railway Surg. J., Chicago, 1917-18, xxiv, 
 224-228.— Vargas (M.) Microbioterapia no vacunoterapia 
 mlcrobinas y no vacunas. Med. de los niiios., Barcel., 1912, 
 xiil, 127; 158.— Wetmore (W. O.) Bacterial therapy. N. 
 York M. J. [etc.]y 1912, xcv, 933. Also, Reprint. 
 
 Bacterium camulatum, misothermum. 
 
 Poda(J.) Bactenum oapsulatum misothermum. Hyg. 
 Rundschau, Berl., 1905, xv, 1025-1028. 
 
 Bacterium coli. 
 
 See Bacillus coli. 
 
 Bacterium columiense. 
 
 Castellanl (A.) Note on cases of fever due to Bacterium 
 columbense (Cast., 1905). Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. 
 Abt., Jena, 1914, Ixxiv, Orig., 197-200.— Spaar (E. C.) 
 Notes on a caseof fever due to Bacterium columbense (Castel- 
 
 lani, 1905). J. Trop. M. [etc.], Lond., 1915, xviii, 281. . 
 
 Notes on further case otfever due to Bacterium columbense. 
 St. Barth. Hosp. J., Lond., 1915-16, xxiii, 61. 
 
 Bacterium droserse. 
 
 TrolU-Petersson (G.) Zur Kenntnls der aohleimbilden- 
 den Bakterien; das auf Drosera intermedia getundene Bac- 
 terium droserae. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 
 1913, xxxviii, 1-8, 1 pi. 
 
 Bacterium enteritidis. 
 
 See Bacillus enteritidis. 
 
 Bacterium ioaenum. 
 
 Baumgartner (E.) Das Bacterium logenum. Cong, 
 dent, internal. C.-r., Berl., 1909, v, pt. 1, 263. Also: Deut- 
 sche Monatschr. f. Zahnh., Leipz., 1909, xxvii, 764-771. 
 
 Bacterium mariense. 
 
 Kllmenko (W. N.) Bacterium mariense (nov. spec), 
 ein neuer Alkalibildner. Centralbl. f. BaJrterioL [etc.], 1. 
 Abt., Jena, 1907, xlv, Orig., 481-487. Also, transl.: Arch. d. 
 sc. biol., St.-Petersb., 1908, xiil, 406-414. 
 
 Bacterium metatyphi. 
 
 Mandelbaum (M.) ueber das Bacterium metatyphi. 
 Centralbl. f. Bakteriol., [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1912, Ixlii, 
 Orig., 46-53. 
 
 Bacterium muris. 
 
 Basten (J.) *Ueber die Pathogenitat_ des 
 Loffler'schen Mausetyphusbazillus. [Heidel- 
 berg.! 8°. Gdlenkirchen, 1911 
 
 leln (E.) ' A new pathogenic diphtheroid microbe: 
 
 Bacterium muris. Tr. Path. Soo. Lond., 1902-3, llv, 135. 
 Also, transl.: Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 
 1903, xxxiii, 488. 
 
 Bacterium -prodigiosum. 
 
 See Bacillus prodigiosus. 
 
 Bacterium psevdopestis. 
 
 GaUl-Valerio (B.) Bacterium pseudopestis murium 
 n. sp. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1913, 
 Ixviii, Orig., 188-194. 
 
 Bacterium puUorum. 
 
 Gage (G. E.) On the diagnosis of infection 
 with Bacterium ■puUorum in the domestic fowl. 
 8°. Amherst, Mass., [1914]. 
 
 Gage (G. E.) & Martin (J. F.) Notes on the histo- 
 pathology of the intestines in young chicks infected with 
 Bacterium puUorum. J. Med. Research, Bost, 1916, xxxiv, 
 149-155.— Goldberg (S. A.) A study of the fermenting 
 properties of Bacterium puUorum (Rettger) and Bacterium 
 sanguinarium (Moore). J. Am. Vet. M. Ass., Ithaca, 1917, 
 li, 203-210.— Horton (G. D.) Apparent recovery of a hen 
 infected with bacillary white diarrhea, as determined by the 
 macroscopic agglutination test. J. Bact., Bait. , 1916, i, 625.— 
 Jones (F. S.) An outbreak of an acute disease in adult 
 fowls, due to Bacterium puUorum. J. Med. Research, 
 Bost., 1912-13, xxvii, 471-479. . The valL:e of micro- 
 scopic agglutination test in detecting fowls that are harboring 
 
 Baft., 1916i, 120.— Bettger (L. r.) & Koser (S. A.) A com- 
 parative study of Bacterium pullorum (Rettger) and Bac- 
 terium sanguinarium (Moore). J. Med. Research, Bost., 
 1916-17, XXXV, 443-458.— Smitb (T.) & Ten Broeck (C.) 
 
 Bacterium pullorum. 
 
 A note on the remion between Bacterium puUorum (Rett- 
 ger) and the fowl typhoid bacillus (Moore). Md., 1914-15, 
 xxxi, 647-555. 
 
 Bacterium pyocyaneopMlvm. 
 
 Spllka & Lang. Bacterium pyocyaneophilum croco- 
 genes. Ibom. Wk., v Praze, 1911, xii, 87-«4. - 
 
 , , , , -■ Bacte- 
 
 rium pyocyaneopmlum crocogenes a Bacillus pyocyaneus. 
 na., 257-269. 
 
 Bacterium sdlmonicida. 
 
 Bornand (M.) Contribution i, I'^tude du Bacterium 
 salmonicida. Centralbl. i. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 
 1914, Ixxiil, Orig., 355-357.— Fehlmaun (J. W.) Studien an 
 Bacterium salmonicida. Ibid., 1913, Ixx, Orig., 384-407, 1 pi. 
 
 Bacterium sanguinarium. 
 
 Smltb (T.) & Ten Bioeck (0.) Agglutination affinities 
 of a pathogenic bacillus from fowls (fowl typhoid) (Bacte- 
 rium sanguinarium, Moore) with the typhoid bacillus of 
 man. J. Med. Research, Bost., 1914-15, xxxi, 503-521. 
 
 . . The pathogenic action of the fowl typhoid 
 
 bacillus vrith special reference to certain toxins. Vm., 523- 
 646. 
 
 Bacterium solan^cearum. 
 
 See Bacillus solanaceanim. 
 Bacterium tularense. 
 
 Bacterium tularense, infected jack rabbit tgund in Mon- 
 terey County, Cal. Pub. Health Rep., Wash., 1916, xxxi, 
 1045.— McCoy (G. W.) & Chapln (C. W.) Bacterium 
 tularense the cause of aplague-llke disease of rodents. Treas. 
 Dep. Pub.Health&Mar.-Hosp.Serv.U.S.Hyg.Lab. Bull. 
 
 No. 53, 1912, 17-23. . Further observations on a 
 
 plagufr-Uke disease of rodents; with a preliminary note on the 
 causative agent. Bacterium tularense. J. Infect. Dis., Chica- 
 go, 1912, X, 61-72. — Wherry (W. B.) A new bacterial disease 
 ofrodentstransmissibletoman. [B. tularense.] Fub.Health 
 Rep., Wash^ 1914, xxix, 3387-3930.— Wherry (W. B.) & 
 liamb (B. H.) Discovery of Bacterium tularense in wild 
 rabbits and the danger of its transfer to man; preliminary 
 
 note. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1914, Ixiii, 2041. . , 
 
 Infection of man with Bacterium tularense. J. Infect. 
 Dis., Chicago, 1914, xv, 331-340, 1 pi.— WooUey (P. G.) The 
 lesions in experimental Infection with Bacterium tularense. 
 Ibid., 1915, xvii, 610-513. A Iso, Reprint. 
 
 Bacterium Zovfii. 
 
 ■ Casagrandl. SuUe relazioni tra bacteril paratrofi, meta/- 
 trofl e prototrofl e in ispecial modo sulle relazioni tra bao- 
 terii eberthiformi e Bacterium Zopfi. Bull. d. Soo. Lan- 
 cisiana d. osp. di Roma, 1901-2, xxi, fasc. 2, 152-154.— KuHe- 
 ratb (H.) Note sur les tropismes du bacterium Zopfli 
 Kurth. Ann. de I'lnst. Pasteur, Par., 1911, xxv, 601-618, 
 3 pi.— SweUengrebel (N.) Quelques notes sur la morpho- 
 logieet la biologic du bacterium Zopfii (Kurth). Ibid., 1904, 
 xviii, 712-720.— Zlkes (H.) Die Wachstumserscheinungeu 
 von Bacterium Zopfli auf Peptongelatine. Centralbl. f 
 Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1903, xi, 59-61. 
 
 Bacterium CITie) of contagious abortion of cattle 
 demonstrated to occur in milk. 3 pp. 8°. 
 Washington. 1912. 
 
 U. S. Dep. Agric. Bureau animal indust., Wash., 1912, 
 Ore. 198. 
 
 Bacteriuria. 
 
 See trrine {Bacteria, etc., of). 
 
 Bacteroids. 
 
 Buchanan (R. E.) The bacteroids of Bacillus ladici- 
 coia. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1909, 
 xxiii, 59-91.— Fischer (H.) Was sind BakteroSden? Ibid., 
 1911, XXX, 384.— HUtner (L.) Ueber die Bakteroiden der 
 LeguminosenkuBUchen vmd ihre willkiirliche Erzeugung 
 ausserhalb der Wirtspflanzen. Ibii., 1900, yi, 273-281.— 
 Mercler(L.) Recherches sur les bact^roides des blattides. 
 Arch. f. Protistenk., Jena, 1907, ix, 346-358, 2 pi.— Stutzer 
 (A.) Die BUdung yon Bakteroiden in kunstiichen Nahr- 
 boden. Centralbl. f, Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1901, 
 vii, 897-912. 
 
 Bactoform. 
 
 Schnepp (S.) Ueber Bactoform. Wlen. med. Wchnr 
 schr., 1907. Ivii, 2224-2226. 
 
 B^culo (Bartolomeo). L'igiene neU'ospedale. 
 
 24 pp. 8°. Napoli, F. Sangiovanni, 1903. 
 Bad Elster im Konigreich Sachsen. 47 pp., 13 
 
 pi., 2 maps. 12°. Leipzig, J. J. Weber,[ldOS'\. 
 Bad og Kiiranstalt Larvik. 51. 12°. [Kristiania, 
 
 Norsk Mag. f. Liegevidensh.\ 1898. 
 Bad Landeck in Schlesien. 2 1. 4°. Lavdeck, 
 
 1900. 
 
BAD. 
 
 313 
 
 BADIE. 
 
 Bad Nauheim, seine Kurmittel, Indicationen imd 
 
 Eriolge, verfasst vom Verein der Aerzte zu Bad 
 
 Naulieim. 1. Aufl. 100 pp. 8°. Bad-Nauheim, 
 
 E. Burk, 1899. 
 Bad Pyrmont; Stahl-, Eisenmoor- und Sool- 
 
 Bad. 2 1. fol. [n. p., 1899.] 
 Badalonl (Giuseppe). La cu a della pellagra nella 
 
 Provincia di Bologna. 12 pp. 8°. Bologna, 
 
 Gamberini & Parmeggiano, 1900. 
 . Le malattie della scuola e la loro profilassi. 
 
 iv, 315 pp. , 1 ch. 8° Roma, D. Aligh^eri, 1901. 
 . La difterite in rapporto alia sieroterapia e 
 
 alia sieroprofilassi nella Provincia di Bologna. 
 
 10 pp. 8*'. Imola, 1902. 
 
 La pellagra nel Bolognese e la suSa pro- 
 
 filassi. 31 pp., 4 maps. 8°. Bologna, 1902. 
 
 La malaria in rapporto alia coltivazione 
 
 del riso nella Provincia di Bologna. 40 pp., 3 
 maps. 8° Bologna, Oamberini & Parmeggiano, 
 1902. 
 Badaloni (N[icola]. Della strepto-stafilococcoe- 
 mia. 40 pp. 8°. Milano, [n. d.]. 
 
 Forms ser. 1, v. 1, No. 10, of: Conferenze clinlche italiane. 
 
 Bade (Hans) [1884- ]. *Ueber totale ausge- 
 dehnte Oberkieferresektionen wegen maligner 
 Tumoren. 56 pp. 8°. Marburg, 1911. 
 Also, in: Beitr. z. Min. CUr.,- Tiibing., 1911^ Ixxiv. 
 
 Bade (Peter). Die angeborene Hiiftgelenksver- 
 renkung. xii, 330 pp. roy. 8° Stuttgart, F. 
 Enke, 1907. 
 
 Badeeinrichtungen und Vergtinstigungen fur 
 Minderbemittelte und Arme in deutschen und 
 einigen osterreichischen Badem. -viii, 36 pp. 
 8°. Berlin, C. ffeymann, 1904. 
 
 Bade! (Elie). *Eliniination du cacodylate de 
 soude. 51 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1900, No. 5. 
 £cole de pharmacie. 
 
 Baden, Austria. 
 
 See, also, Waters (Mineral), by localities. 
 
 Beck (J. N.) ) Baden in Nieder-Oesterreicb. 
 In topographiscn-statistischer, geschichtlicher, 
 naturhistorischer, medicinjscher und pittoresker 
 Beziehung. 24°. Wien, 1822. 
 
 OuBOE't (Der) Baden bei Wien. In Wort und 
 Bild. Hrsg. von der Curcommission. 8°. Wien 
 & Leipzig, 1900. 
 
 KiJMMERLiNG (H.) Der Kurort Baden bei 
 Wien; Fuhrer fiir Aerzte und Kurgaste. 8°. 
 Wien, 1904. 
 
 Baden, Germany. 
 
 See, also, Fever ( Typhoid, History of). Insane 
 (Asylums/or, Description, etc., of), Wateia (Min- 
 eral), by localities. 
 
 Baden-Baden; tourist resort, thermal waters, 
 in the Black Forest, (Germany). 12°- Baden- 
 Baden, [19111 
 
 Flower (W. B.) The legends of Baden- 
 Baden and neighbourhood. (Based on the 
 German.) 24°. Baden-Baden, 1869. 
 
 Gilbert (W. H.) Baden-Baden und seine 
 Kurmittel. Was soil und muss jeder Kurgast 
 von der Kur in Baden-Baden wissen? 12°. 
 Baden-Baden, [n. d.]. 
 
 Obkircheb (A.) Baden-Baden. Die Ther- 
 men und die Grossherzoglichen Kuranstalten. 
 8°. Karlsruhe, 1897. 
 
 Obffinger (H.) Die Kurorte und Heilquellen 
 dgs Grossherzogtums Baden fur Aerzte und Heil- 
 bediirftige. Medizinische Einleitung durchgese- 
 hen von Dr. Thomas. 8. Aufl. 12° Baden- 
 Baden, 1900. 
 
 '-. The same. 9. Aufl. 8°- Baden- 
 Baden, 1903. 
 
 Baden, Germany. 
 
 . The same. 10. Aufl. 8° Baden- 
 Baden, 1905. 
 
 RossLEB (0.) Geschichte der Bader von 
 Baden-Baden. 8°. Baden-Baden, [1904]. 
 
 Gilbert (W. H.) Healtb resorts; Baden-Baden. Quart. 
 M. J., Sheffield, 1898-9, vu, 170-178, 4 pi.— GUbert (W. H.) 
 & Rossler (0.) Der Badener Thermalsclilanmi. Aerztl. 
 Mitth. a Baden, Karlsruhe, 1898, lii, 25-29. Also: Monatschr. 
 I. prakt. Balneol., Miinchen, 1898, iv, 49; 87.— Neumann 
 (F.) Beobachtungen aus dem Landesbadein Baden-Baden. 
 Deutsohes Arch. 1. klin. Med., Leipz., 1902, Ixxiii, 632-649.— 
 BAsslerCO.) Der Thermalschlamm von Baden-JBaden; ein 
 Beltrag zur Geschichte der Schlammbehandlung in Deutsch- 
 land. Aerztl. Mitth. a. Baden, Karlsruhe, 1903, Ivii, 28; 46.— 
 Scbaefler (E. M.) A winter in Baden-Baden; a health 
 resort of the first rank; the pearl of German watering places; 
 its unique advantages. Maryland M. J., Bait., 1900, xliii, 
 331-338. 
 
 Baden (Grand Duchy of). Dienstanweisung fiir 
 die Hebammen des Grossherzogthums Baden 
 vom 2. Januar 1902. AmtUche Ausgabe. 66 pp. 
 8°. Karlsruhe, C. F. Miiller, 1902. 
 
 Baden, Switzerland. 
 
 See, also, Waters (Mineral), by localities. 
 Wittlin (J.) Examen bact^ologique des eaux thermales 
 de Baden (Suisse). Ann. de microg., Par., 1896, viii, 381- 
 384. 
 
 Baden (Ferdinand).. Rechtsstaat und Kurpfu- 
 echertum. Die Zulassung von Laienelementen 
 zur staatlichen Krankenbehandlung. 3. Aufl. 
 Mit einem Vorworte und einem Nachtrage: Die 
 Schrift des Herrn Gymnasialprofessors Otto 
 Perthes. 58 pp. 8° Berlin, 1910. 
 
 — : : Teuerung, Nahrung, Entartung; unsere 
 
 heutige Emahrungsweise, eine schwere Gefahr 
 fiir die Zukunft des Volkes. 47 pp. 8° Berlin, 
 1910. 
 
 Baden (Siegfried) [1882- •]. *W(lche atiolo- 
 gische Beieutung haben Schwangerschaft, Ge- 
 burt und Wochenbett fiir die nervosen Erkran- 
 kungen der Frauen? [Freiburg i. Br.] 74 pp. 
 8°. Emmendingen, Bolter, 1908. 
 
 Baden-Baden; tourist resort, thermal waters, in 
 the Black Forest (Germany). Published by the 
 Municipal Inquiry Office. 59 pp. 12°. Baden,- 
 Baden, E. Koelblin, [1911]. 
 
 Bader (Otto) [1880- ]. *Ueber die RoUe des 
 Typhus in der Aetiologie der GaUensteine. 
 [Munich.] 18 pp., 11. 8°. [Berlin, J. Sittenfeld, 
 
 Bepr.from: Med. Klin., Berl., 1907, iii. 
 
 Bader (Ren6). *Contribution k I'^tude des der- 
 matoses ILneaires. (CHnique et pathog^ide.) 
 126 pp. 8°. Paris, 1911, No. 179. 
 
 Baderot_ (Albert) [1871- ]. *De I'influence 
 du milieu sur le d^veloppement du deUre re- 
 ligieux en Bretagne. (Etude statistique faite 
 k r Asile de Rennes en 1897.) 95 pp. 8°. Paris, 
 1897, No. 337. 
 
 Badet (Alfred) [1883- ]. *Des keratites paren- 
 chymateuses traumatiquea unilatfeles et bila- 
 t^rales. 52 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1910, No. 14. 
 
 BadettI (Louis) [1887- ]. *Formule h6moleu- 
 cocytaire chez les enfants rachitiques. 85 pp., 1 
 tab. 8°- Montpellier, 1914, No. 19. 
 
 Badham (Charles) [1780-1845]. 
 
 Flnlayson ( J. ) Charles Badham, professor of the practice 
 of medicine in the University of Glasgow, 1827-41. Glasgow 
 M. J., 1900, liii, 321-331. 
 
 Badian. 
 
 Peltrlsot (C.-N.) La.badiane et sa culture au Tonkin. 
 Bull. d. so. Pharmacol., Par., 1907, xiv, 277-282. 
 
 Badle (Antonin) [1882- ]. *Des formes clini- 
 ques de I'^pilepsie saturnine. 127 pp. 8°. 
 Lyon, 1907, No. 33. 
 
BADIE. 
 
 314 
 
 BAEHKENS. 
 
 Badie (F61ix) [1877- ]. *Easai clintque sur le 
 cancer Bous-muqueux de I'intestin. [Lyon.] 
 78 pp., 1 1. 8°. Toulouse, 1899, No. 44. 
 
 Badigin (Eonstantin Andreyevich) [1855- 
 1909]. 
 
 Dolgopololt (N.) [In memoriam.] Med. Obozr., Mosk., 
 1907, Ixxl, 77»-781. 
 
 Badin (Auguste) [1875- ]. *Contribution It 
 r^tude des luxations sous-astragaliennes et 
 particuUferement des luxations obliques en 
 avant et en dehors. 80 pp. 8° Pans, 1902, 
 No. 225. 
 
 Badin (Oamille) [1879- ]. *Valeur de la 
 py^lotomie dans la n^phrolithiase. 2 p. 1. , 87 pp. 
 8*. Lyon, 1908, No. 92. 
 
 Badin (Eugfene) [1878- ]. *Contribution k 
 r6tude_ du dosage des alcaloides totaux des 
 quinquinas. 55 pp. 8° Lyon, 1906. 
 Ecole de phannacie. 
 
 Badin (Marcel-Jean-Victor) [1882- ]. Re- 
 cherche du spirochete pallida dans les lesions 
 superficielles de la syphilis. 94 pp., 4 pi. 8° 
 Bordeaux, 1906, No. 59. 
 
 Badin (Paul-Vital). _ *Sur la technique de la 
 reduction des luxations cong^nitales de la hanche 
 par la m^thode non sanglante. 164 pp. 8°. 
 Paris, 1908, No. 125. 
 
 Badisches Apothekenwesen. Sammhing der dar- 
 auf bezuglichen Gesetze, Verordnungen und Er- 
 lasse. 2. Aufl. xvi, 308 pp. 8°. Karlsruhe, G. 
 Braun, 1904. 
 
 BadmayefT (P[yotr] A.) O sistemie vrachebnol 
 nauM Tibeta. [System^ of medical science of 
 Thibet.] Pt. 1. v (2 1.), xxxvi, 234 (1 1.), xxxv 
 pp. 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1898. 
 
 Bado (Sebastiano). Anastasis corticis Peruvlse, 
 seu chinse chinse defensio contra ventilationes 
 Joannis Jacobi Chifietii gemitusque Vopisci 
 Fortunati Plempii. 19 p. 1., 278pp. 8°. Genux, 
 P. J. Calemam, 1663. 
 
 . Phlebotomise necessitas asserta in vario- 
 us, morbillis, exanthematis, etiam apparenti- 
 bus. 53 pp., 9 1. 8°- Jenuse, P. J. Calenzani, 
 1663. 
 
 B(mnd with liis: Anastasis corticis Peruvlae, [etc.]. 8*. 
 Oenuie, 1663. 
 
 Badolle (Albert) [1886- ]. *Iie syndrome 
 
 osteomalacique (nature et pathog^nie). [Lyon.] 
 151 pp. 8°. Paris & Lyon, 1913, No. 92. 
 
 Badtke (Karl Friedrich Wilhelm) [1874- ]. 
 
 *Drei Falle von schweren Rachenveranderungen 
 bei Infektionskrankheiten. 16 pp., 1 1. 8°. 
 Kiel, S. Fiericke, 1900. 
 
 Baduel (Cesai-e). L'infezione diplococcica (di- 
 plococco di Fraenkel). Contribute di osservar 
 zioni cliniche e batteriologiche. 4 p. 1., 244 pp., 
 1 1. 8°. Firenze, G. Carnesecchi & figli,_ 1899. 
 
 . Atti del vi. Congresso nazionale di idro- 
 
 logia e climatologia, Siena, 1900. 151 pp., 2 ch. 
 8°. Siena, 1900. 
 
 Daddl (Ct.) & niarchettl (G.) Ricerche 
 
 sul ricambio materiale nella tifoide; contributo 
 di 6 casi. 124 pp., 6 diag. 8°. Firenze, Soc. 
 typ. fiorentina, 1903. 
 
 Badurski (J^drzej) [1740-89]. 
 
 Pmtmitin: Album wybitnych lekarzy polskicb. 8°. 
 Posnan, [1904]. 
 
 BSchstadt ( Johann) . *Versuche mit Jod-Sapogen 
 (Schlirholz) in der Veterinar-Medizin. 35 pp. 
 8°. Koln, 1909. 
 
 Baecli (Richard) [1878- ]. *Statistische Ue- 
 bersicht tiber die in den letzten 10 Jahren an 
 der Breslauer medizinischen KUnik beobachte- 
 ten Fiille von Pneumonia mit besonderer Beruck- 
 
 Baeclt (Richard) — continued. 
 
 sichtigung der selteneren Komplikationen und 
 
 Ausgange. 57 pp. 8° Breslau, M. Bermann, 
 
 1904. 
 Bacli (Salo) [1875- ]. *Experimentell-hiBto- 
 
 logische Untersuchungen iiber Contusio bulbi. 
 
 [Breslau.] 30 pp., 1 1. 8°. Leipzig, W. Engel- 
 
 mann, 1898. 
 Backer (Josef). Die Infektionskranldieiten der 
 
 weiblichen Genitalien. 43 pp. 8°. Halle a. 8., 
 
 a. Marhold, 1906. 
 Forms 2. Hft., v. 7, of: Samml. zwangl. Abhandl. a. d. 
 
 Geb d. Frauenh. u. Geburtsh. 
 
 Backman (Johan) & Wallis (Curt). Om lakarear- 
 voden for undersolming af lifforsakringssokande. 
 [Physicians' guide for life insurance examina- 
 tions.] 61pp. 16°. Stockholm, Ehman & Co., 
 1900. 
 
 Baedeker (Julius) [1878- ]. *Die Arson vali- 
 sation oder Behandlimg mit Tesla^Stromen nach 
 eigenen und anderen Befunden. [Jena.] 44 pp., 
 11. 8°. Wien, Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1901. 
 
 . The same. Die ArsonvaUsation (Behand- 
 
 lung mit Stromen von hoher Frequenz und 
 Starker Spannung, Tesla-Stromen). 44 pp. 8°. 
 Wien, 1901. 
 Forms 10. and 11. Hft., v. 27, of: Wien. Kllnik. 
 
 Bader-Almanach. Mittheilungen der Bader, 
 Luftkurorte und Heilanstalten in Deutschland, 
 Oesterreich, der Schweiz und den E^ngrenzenden 
 Gebieten ftir Aerzte und HeUbediirftige. 7. 
 Ausg. 3 p. 1., 518 pp., 1 map. 8° Berlin, R. 
 Mosse, [1898]. 
 
 . The same. 8. Ausg. 550 pp., 1 map. 8°. 
 
 Berlin, R. Mosse, 1901. 
 
 . The same. 9. Ausg. xcvi, 489 pp., 1 map. 
 
 8°. Berlin, R. Mosse, 1904. 
 
 BSder von Baden bei Zurich, Schweiz. Ein ro- 
 mischer Itfilitarspital. 16 pp., 10 pi. 8°. Zu- 
 rich, Polygraphes Institut A.-G., [1898?]. 
 
 Bader und Kurorte der Schweiz. See Schweize- 
 rische balneoiogische Gesellschaft. 
 
 Baedorf (Heinrich) _ [1874r- ]. *ireber die 
 Stauungspapille bei Gehimtumoren und iiber 
 die Erfolge der medicinischen und chirurgischen 
 Behandlimg der Gehimtumoren. 52 pp. 8°. 
 Bonn, F. Hauptmann, 1902. 
 
 Baeff (Georges). *Contiibution Skl'dtudede I'os- 
 teosarcome de la voftte du crftne. 143 pp. , 2 pi. 
 8°. iVanq/, 1903, No. 7. 
 
 Baehler (Louis A.) De waardeering de vrouw in 
 het bijzonder onder Israel en de Christenheid 
 volgens Oud en Nieuw Testament 32 pp. 8°. 
 's Cravenhage, 1906. 
 
 Baebr (Alfred) [1889- ]. *Zur Landeskunde 
 der Maskarenen. [Konigsbergi. Pr.,] 77 pp., 11. 
 8°. Wien, R. Lechner, 1912. 
 
 Baehr (Bemhard). The science of therapeutics 
 according to the principles of homoeopathy. 
 Translated by Herapel. 2 v. viii, 635 pp. ; viii, 
 752 pp. 8°. New York, Boericke & Tajul, 1875. 
 
 B^Iir (Ferdinand). Zur Entstehung der Belas- 
 tungsdeformitaten. 
 
 In: Samml. klin. Vortr., u. F., Leipz., 1897, No. 194 (Chir., 
 No. 65, 865-876). 
 
 Baebir (Joseph). *Vorkommeii und Bedeutung 
 der Streptokokken in der Milch. [Bern.] 74 
 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Milnchen, R. Oldenbourg, 1910. 
 
 Bahrens (Arthur) [1863- ]. *Die Hetolbe- 
 handlung der Lungenschwindsucht. 28 pp. 8°. 
 Bonn, C. Geargi, 1902. 
 
 Baehrens (Jo. Christoph. Frid.) *D&acrimonia 
 ventriculi acida. 40 pp. 16° Erlangx, typis 
 C. C. Th. Kunstmanm, 1798. 
 
VON BAELZ. 
 
 315 
 
 BlRRI. 
 
 von Baelz (Erwin) [1849-1913]. Ueber Besessen- 
 heit und verwandte Zustande; auf Grund eigener 
 Beobachtungen. 43 pp. 8°. Wien, M. Perles, 
 1907. 
 
 For Biography, see Arch. t. Anthrop., Bmsohwg., 1913, n, 
 F., xfl, 4. Hft., p. i-iv (E. Fischer). Also: Arch. f. Schifls-u. 
 Tropen-Hyg., Leipz., 1913, xvii, 649 (M.). Also: J. Am. M. 
 Ass., Chicago, 1913, Ixi, 1055. Also: Munchen. med. Wchn- 
 schr., 1914, Ixi, 963 (E. Papellier), 
 
 Baensch (Willy) [1876- ]. *Beitrag zur Ca- 
 suistik der traumatischen Syringomyelie. 32 
 pp., 1 1. 8°. Leipzig, B. Georgi, 1904. 
 
 Baer {Abraham Adolf) [1857-1908]. 
 
 Hoppe (H.) [Biography.] Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 
 1908, Iv, 1026, port. 
 
 Baer (ATdolf]) [1834-1908]. Die Trunksucht in 
 ibrer Bedeutung fiir die Gesundheit uad die 
 Gesundheitepflege. 32 pp. 8°. Berlin, 1881. 
 
 Forms 369. Hit. of: Samml. gemeinverstandl. wissensoh. 
 Vortr., Berl. 
 
 . Die Hygiene des Gefangmswesens. Der 
 
 VoUzug von FreibeitBstrafen in hygieniscber 
 Beziebung. 251 pp. 8°. Jena, 1897. 
 Forms 35. Lfg. ot Handb. d. Hyg. 
 
 . Der Selbstmord im Idndlichen Lebens- 
 
 alter. Eine social-hygieniscbe Studie. 84 pp. 
 8°. Leipzig, G. Thienw, 1901. 
 
 For Biography, see Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & 
 Berl., 1908, xxxix, 518 (B. Laquer). 
 
 & Laquer (B.) Die Trunksucbt und ibre 
 
 Abwebr.' Beitrage zum gegenwartigen Stande 
 der AlkoboUrage. 2. umgearbeitete Aufl. vii, 
 242 pp. roy. 8°. Berlin & Wien, Urban & 
 Schwarzenberg, 1907. 
 
 Baer (Arthury'[1880- ]. *Ueber gleichzeitige 
 elektrieche Reizung zweier Grosshimstellen am 
 ungehenmitenHunde. [Strassbura i. E.] 48 
 pp. 8°. AlUnburg,S.-A.,S.GeibeltScVo.,lQ05. 
 
 von Baer (Carl Ernst) [1792-18761. Nacbricbten 
 uber die etbnographiBch-craniologiscbe Samm- 
 lung der KaiserUcben Akademie der Wissen- 
 scbaften zu St. Petersburg, pp. 38-87. 8°. [St. 
 Petersburg, 1858.] 
 
 Cvitingfrom: Melanges biol. 
 
 . Nacbricbten uber Leben und Schriften 
 
 des . . ., mitgetbeilt von ibm selbst. Veroffent- 
 licht bei Gelegenbeit seines funtzigjabrigen 
 Doctor-Jubilaums am 29. August 1864 von der 
 Ritterschaft Estblands. 2. Ausg._ xvi, 519 pp., 
 port. 8°. Braunschweig, F. Vieweg & Sohn, 
 1886. 
 
 . Ueber Entwickeluiigsgescbicbte der' 
 
 Tbiere; Beobachtung und Reflexion. 2. Tbeil, 
 Scblussbeft, hrsgb. von Ludwig Stieda. v, 84 
 pp. roy. 4°. Konigsberg, W. Koch, 1888. 
 
 . Aus den Jugendjahjen von Karl Ernst von 
 
 Baer. Briefe von K. E. von Baer an Ed. 
 Assmutb. Hrsg. von R. Hausmann. 122 pp., 1 1. 
 8°. Riga, 1909. 
 
 See, also, Mehnert (E.) K. E. von Baer als Begriinder 
 der Ertenntnis der indivlQueUen Variation im Embryonal- 
 leben. Biol. Centralb., Leipz., 1899, xix, 443-455. Also, 
 Reprint.— Stieda (L.) E. E. von Baer's anthropoloaische 
 und geograpbische Schriften. Arch. f. Anthrop., Bmschwg., 
 1878-9, xi, 156-173. Also, Reprint. 
 
 Baer (E . ) *Einfluss der Priessnitz- und Heisswas- 
 serumschlage auf die Peristaltik. 28 pp. 8°. 
 Heidelberg, J. Homing, 1900. 
 
 BSr (Emil). *Die Resultate der Appendici- 
 tisbebandlung am Kantonsspital Miinsterlingen 
 innerhalb der Jahre 1900-1907. [Ziiricb.] 76 
 pp. 8°. Tubingen, H. Laupp,jr., 1908. 
 
 Baer (Georg) [1875- ]. *Beitrag zur Kenntnis 
 der acuten Vergiftung mit \erschiedenen Alko- 
 bolen. 29 pp., 11. 8° Berlin, G. Schade, 18Q8. 
 
 Baer (Giintber) [1886- ]. *Ueber Primaraffekte 
 an der Konjunktiva mit Iridocyklitis, Cborioidi- 
 
 Baer (Guntber) — continued, 
 tis. Neuritis optici und Keratitis parencbyma- 
 tosa desselben Auges. 1 p. 1., 81 pp. 8° Kiel, 
 H. Fiencke, 1912. 
 
 Baer (Hans). *Das Eczema rubrum des Hundes. 
 [Bern.] 55pp., 2 pi. 8°. ZiiricJi, 0. Fiissli, 
 1901. 
 
 Bar (Hermann). *Zur Casuistik der Leber- und 
 Nieren-Cysten. 36 pp. 8°- Ziessen, Heppeler & 
 Meyer, 1902. 
 
 Baer (Isidor). *Ueber Splitt«rverletzungen des 
 Auges. [Freiburg i. B.] 15 pp., 10 pi. 8°. 
 Wiesbaden, 1899. 
 
 Baer (Joseph) & Co. Incunabula xylograpbica et 
 typograpnica, 1455-1500. [Title vignette.] 
 Lagerkatalog 585. xiv (1 1.), 322 pp., 14 pL, ill. 
 4°. Frankfurt a. M., J. Baer & Co., [1910j. 
 
 Baer (Julius) . *Ueber Vorkommen und V erbalten 
 einiger Zuckerarten im Blut und in patholo 
 giscben Fliissigkeiten. 24 pp. 8°. Strassburg, 
 C. & J. Goeller, 1899. 
 
 Baer (Lucian). *Die Paralyse in Stepbansfeld. 
 Ein Beitrag.zur Statistik, Aetiologie und Casuis- 
 tik der allgemeinen progressiven Paralyse der 
 Irren. 90 pp., 1 ch. 8°. Strassburg i. E., J. 
 Singer, 1900. 
 
 Baer (Max) [1888- ]. *Ueber die Todesursacbe 
 beim Aortenaneurysma. 1 p. 1., 18 pp. 8°. 
 Marburg, 1912. 
 
 Baer (Otto) j;i880- ]. *Statistiscbe Beitrage 
 zur Beurteilung des Wertes der Heilstatten- 
 bebandlung bei Lungentuberkulose. [Erlan- 
 gen.] 46pp.,7ch. 8°. Zweibriiihen, Hermann 
 & Otto, 1909, No. 196. 
 
 Bacrken (J[osepb] F[ranciscus]). Koorts en 
 collapsus. 89 pp., 1 1, 8°. 's Gravenhage, J. & 
 H. Van Langenhuysen, 1879. 
 
 BSrIacher (Hans). *Beitrage zur Kasuistik der 
 Alexander Adams'scben Operation. [Zuricb.] 
 96 pp., 2 tab. 8°. Bern, Haller'sche Buch- 
 druckerei, 1901. 
 
 Baermann (Gustav) [1877- ]. *Ueber ein 
 Fibromyom des recbten Ligamentum rotundum. 
 36 pp., 1 1. 8°. Miinchen, R. Oldenbourg, 1901. 
 
 . Die spezifischen Veranderungen der 
 
 Haut der Hande und Fiisse bei Frambosie, mit 
 einigen allgemeinen Bemerkungen zur Fram- 
 bosie und ibren Spaterscbeinungen. 23 pp., 26 
 1., 27 pi. 8°. Leipzig, J. A. Barth, 1911. 
 
 Forms Belheft 6, v. 15, of: Beihefte z. Arch. 1. SchLffs- u. 
 Tropen-Hyg., Leipz. 
 
 Die Assanierung der javaniscben und 
 
 cbineaischen Arbeiterbestande der dem Serdang- 
 Doctor-Fund DeU-Sumatra, angescblossenen 
 Pflanzunppgebiete (Ancbylostomiasis, Amoben 
 und Bazillendysenterie, Sypbilis, Malaria, Ty- 
 phus, Pneumonie, epidemiscbe Zerebrospinal- 
 Meningitis). 32 pp., 11 pi. 8°. Leipzig, J. A. 
 Barth, 1912. 
 
 Forms Beiheft 5, v. 16, of: Beihefte z. Arch. f. Scliifls- u. 
 Tropen-Hyg., Leipz. 
 
 & Eckersdorflf (Otto). Atlas tropiscber 
 
 Darmkrankheiten; in 57 Tafeln mit begleiten- 
 dem Text, vui, 80 pp., 57 pi. fol. Leivzig, J. 
 A. Barth, 1913. ' ^^ ' ^ '' ^' 
 
 Barner (AdoU Max) [1871- ]. *Ueber den 
 histologischen Bau der Arterien in der Brust- 
 und Baucbbohle des Pferdes mit besonderer Be- 
 rucksicbtigung der Anpassung dieser Gefasse an 
 die Umgebung [etc.]. [Giessen.] 66 pp., 3 pi. 
 8°. Jena, G. Fischer, 1905. 
 
 Barri (Emil). *Experimentelle Keratitis paren- 
 chymatosa bervorgerufen durcb Einwirkung auf 
 das Endothel der Hombaut. 58 pp. 12° Basel, 
 1895. 
 
BAERTHLEIN. 
 
 316 
 
 BAGINSKI. 
 
 Baerthlein (Karl) [1880- ]. *Ueber prasenile 
 Arteriosklerose. 29 pp., 1 1. 8°. Miinchen, 
 M. Ernst, 1904. 
 
 Baerwald (Richard). Psycliolo^sclie Faktoren 
 des modemen Zeitgeistes. MoUer (P.) Die 
 Bedeutung des Urteils fiir die Aiiffassung. 4 
 p. 1., 110 pp. 8°. Leipzig, J. A. Barth, 1905. 
 
 GeseUs(diaft liir psychologisolie Forschung, Scliriiten, 
 Heft 15. 
 
 Baeskow (Alfred) [1869- ]. *Die Zangen- 
 operationen an der Marburger Frauenklinik vom 
 1. Januar 1885 bis 1. JuU 1897. 45 pp., 1 1. 8°. 
 Marburg a. L., 0. Ehrhardt, 1897. 
 
 Baetge (Paul) [1879- ]. *Zur Eventratio 
 diaphiagmatica mit elektrokardiographischen 
 Untersuchungen. 1 p. 1., 28 pp. 8°. Leipzig, 
 F. G. W. Vogel, 1913. 
 
 Batge (Ralf Georg Eduard) [1882- ]. *Hi8to- 
 logiscne Untersuchungen ilber das spongiose 
 KBOchenmark in verscMedenem Lebensalter. 
 23 pp. 8°. Kiel, E. Fiencke, 1908. 
 
 Baetgen (Werner) [1886- ]. *Zur Behand- 
 lung der Mukocelen und der grossen Tranen- 
 sackektasien. 23 pp. 8° Rostock, Adler's 
 Erben, 1912. 
 
 Biitke (Franz) [1889- ]. *Ueber die Opera- 
 tion des Empyema sinns frontalis nach KilUan. 
 29pp. 8°. Rostocki. M., J. G. Tiedemann, 1905. 
 
 Ba«tz([Friedricli Carl] Georg) [1881- ]. *Ueber 
 die Brfolge der operativen Tnerapie bei Morbus 
 Basedowii. 40 pp., 1 1. 8°. Miinchen, Kastner 
 & Callwey, 1908. ^ 
 
 Baetzner (Wilbelm). *Ein Fall von myelogener 
 Leucamie. 18 pp., 1 1. 8°. Miinchen, C. Wolf 
 & Sohn, 1903. 
 
 Biiumer (Alfred Richard Eberhard) [1870- ]. 
 *I)ie Aerztegesetzgebung Kaiser Friedrichs II. 
 und ihre geschichtlichen Grundlagen. 42 pp. 
 8°. Borna-Leipzig, R. Noske, 1911. 
 
 BUumer (Eduard). Die Geschichte des Bade- 
 wesfens. 2p. l.,79pp. 8°. Breslau, M. Miiller, 
 
 1903. 
 
 Abliandlungenzur GescMohte der Medicin, 7. Hit. 
 
 . Von arztUcher Kunst und den Grenzen 
 
 medizinischer Wissenschaft. Hft. 1: Hippo- 
 kratismus. 29 pp. 8° Miinchen, 0. Gmelin, 
 1910. 
 
 -. Aeltere und neuere Methoden der Queck- 
 
 silber-Behandlung. 18 pp. 8°. Berlin, H. 
 
 KomfeU, 1910. 
 Forms 264. Hft., T. 20, of: Berl. Klinik. 
 
 Constantin Brunner liber die Prinzipien 
 
 der Naturwissenschaf t und der Aberglaube in der 
 
 modemen Medizin. 88 pp. roy. 8' Miinchen, 
 
 0. Gmelin, 1911. , _ , , 
 
 BaumeF (Gertrud). Die Frau m der Kulturbe- 
 
 wegung der Gegenwart. Mit einem Vorwort von 
 
 L. Loewenfeld. xii, 49 pp. 8°. Wiesbaden, J. 
 
 F. Bergmann, 1904. 
 Forms 32. Hft. of: Grenzfr. d. Nerv.-u. Seelenleb. 
 Baumer (Waldemar) [1885- ]. *Anu8 prseter- 
 
 naturaUs definitivus nach Friedrich. 1 p. 1., 19 
 
 pp., 2 pi. 8°. Marburg, 1913. 
 Baeumges (Matth.) *tJeber traumatische Lah- 
 
 mungen nach Chloroformnarkose. 26 pp., 1 1. 
 
 8°. Heidelberg, J. Horning, [1894]. 
 Baumler (Christian) [1836- ]. Der sogenannte 
 
 Masnetismus oder Hypnotismus. 2 p. I., 74 pp. 
 
 8°. Leipzig, F. C. W. Vogel, 1881. [P., v. 
 
 2269.] 
 '. Die Entwickelung der Medizin einst und 
 
 jetzt. Seinen Schulem aus den Jahren 1874- 
 
 1901 gewldmet. 104pp. 8°- Tubingen, J. C.B. 
 
 Mohr, 1902. , . , „o r 
 
 See, also, Gremgebiete in der Medizm, [etc.]. 8°. Jena, 
 
 For Biography, see Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & 
 Leipz., 1906, xxxii, 766 (H. Remhold). ^teo.- Miinchen. 
 med. -(^ohnadir., 1901, xlviii, 1538-1540, portr. (G. Treupel). 
 
 Baumlin (Jakob). *TJeber familiare Erkrankun- 
 gen des Nervensystems. [Basel.] 64 pp. 8°. 
 Leipzig, A. Pries, 1901. 
 
 Baeyens (Franpois) [1844-1906]. 
 
 Nficrologle. Ann. See. de mM. phys. d'Anvers, 1907, v: 
 111-113, port. 
 
 Baeyer (Adolf). Ueber den Kieislauf des Kohlen- 
 Btoffs in der organischen Natur. 32 pp. 8°. 
 Berlin, C. G. Lilderitz, 1866. 
 
 . The same. 3. Aufl. 32 pp. 8° 5c?-- 
 
 lin, 1872. 
 
 Forms 15. Hft. of: Samml. gemeinverstandl. wissensch. 
 Vortr., Berl. 
 
 For Biography, see Naturwissenschaften, Berl., 1916, ill, 
 559-563 (E. Wiustatter). 
 
 . See, also: 
 
 Meyer (B.) [Verleihung des Nohelpreises fiir Chemie. 
 Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1906, liii, 220-222. 
 
 von Baeyer (Hans). *Ueber Chromsaurevergif- 
 tung. 18 pp. 8°- Miinchen, J. F. Lehmann, 
 1901. 
 
 BaSza [Charles Ernst]. De behandeling van 
 aandoeningen der ademhalingsorganen, hart- en 
 stofwisseUngsziekten in de nieuwere inhalatorea 
 8°. Amsterdam, [1906]. 
 
 Baeza Gozalbes (Frederico). Contribuci6n & 
 la historia m^dico-quirrSrgica de la Ultima cam- 
 pafia de Cuba. Hospital militar de Alfonso 
 XIII. Estadlstica de operaciones practicadas y 
 traumatismos asistidos en la clfnica de heridos y 
 cirujfa general. 153 pp. 8°. Valencia, E. 
 Pascal, 1899. 
 
 Baffct (Edouard) . *La depopulation plus sp^ciale- 
 ment envisag^e au point de vue obstetrical. 
 164 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, 1903, No. 479. 
 
 Bagary (Paul) [1876- j. , *Contribution k 
 r etude du cancer thyroidien; frequence et 
 pronostic. 80 pp., 11. 8°. ij/on, 1903, No. 17. 
 
 Bagdad. 
 
 See Cholera (History, etc., of), FlsLgvie (His- 
 tory, etc., of), by localities. 
 
 Bagdassarianz (Michael) [1886- ]. *Ueber 
 die Chlorose. 36 pp. 8°. Leipzig, E. Lehmann, 
 1911. 
 
 Baget (Louis) [187G- ]. *Hepatoptose totale et 
 hepatopexie totale (proc^de de M. Jeaunel). 
 98 pp. 8°. 'Toulome, 1900, No. 381. 
 
 Bagg {Moses M.) [1816-1900]. 
 
 Seymour (G.) Memorial of . . . Tr. M. Soc. N. Y., 
 1901, 427. 
 
 Baggally (W. W.) Telepathy, genuine and 
 fraudulent. With a preface by Sir Oliver 
 Lodge, vii, 94 pp., 1 1. 12°. London, Methuen 
 & Co., [1917]. 
 
 Bagge (A. H.) Fortattningshandbok for lakare 
 . . .; andra Sfversedda ocn tillokade upplagan. 
 [Handbook of statutes for physicians; second 
 edition, revised and enlarged.T x, 130 (2 1.), 
 264 pp. 8°. Stockholm, P. A. Norstedt & Soner, 
 [1896]. 
 
 Baggerd (Walter) [1885- ]. *"Vergleichende 
 Untersuchungen tiber den Eiweiss^ehalt dea 
 capillaren und venosen Blutserums bei gesunden 
 und kranken Menschen. [Jena.] 22 pp. 8°. 
 Berlin, L. Schumacher, 1911. 
 
 Baghdassarian (Missak). *CaTdiospasme idio- 
 pathique avec dilatation consecutive de I'oeso- 
 phage. 96 pp. 8°. Paris, 1909, No. 105. 
 
 Bagilet (Theophile). _ *L'alcooli8me et I'alienar 
 tion men tale; statLstique pour le departement de 
 la Somme. 73 pp. 8°. Tarn, 1906, No. 470. 
 
 Baginski (L. K.) Kezultatl bakteriologicheskavo 
 izsliedovaniya dieistviya filtrov Varshavskavo 
 vodoprovoda v 1895 godu i teoriya filtratsii. 
 Doklad predstavlennly tretyemu russkoniu vodo- 
 provodnomu syezdu v S.-Peterburgie v 1897g. 
 [Results of the bacteriological investigation of 
 
BAGINSKI. 
 
 317 
 
 BAHNARZT. 
 
 Baginski (L. K.) — continued. 
 
 the action of the filters of the Warsaw water- 
 works in 1895 and the theoiy of filtration. Re- 
 port presented to the third Russian Congress on 
 Water-Supply, held in St. Petersburg in 1897.] 
 38 pp., 5 tab. 8°. Varshava, Tov. S. Orgel- 
 branda sin., 1897. 
 
 Baginsky (Adolf) [1843- ]. Die hygienischen 
 Grundzuge der mosaischen Gesetzgebung. 2. 
 Aufl. 27 pp. 8°. Braunschweig, F. Vieweg & 
 Sohn, 1895. 
 
 . Diphtherie und diphtheritischer Croup. 
 
 ix, 364 pp. 8°. Wien, A. Holder, 1898. 
 
 Specielle Pathologie und Therapie, 11. Band, 1. Theil. 
 
 Handbuch der Schulhygiene zum Ge- 
 
 brauche fur Aerzte, Sanitatsbeamte, Lebrer, 
 Schulvorstande und Techniker, mit Unterstii- 
 tzung von Otto Janke. 3. Aufl. 2 v. viii, 748 
 pp.; vi, 428 pp. 8°. Stuttgart, F. Enle, 1898- 
 1900. 
 
 Lehrbuch der Kinderkrankheiten fiir 
 
 Aerzte und Studireiide. 6. Aufl. xx, 1109 pp. 
 8° Braunschweig, F. Wreden, 1899. 
 
 The same. 7. Aufl. xLx, 1163 pp. 8°. 
 
 Leipzig, S. Eirzel, 1902. 
 
 The same. 8. Aufl. xx, 1214 pp. 8° 
 
 Leipzig, S. Hirzel, 1905. 
 
 The same. Rukovodstvo k dietskim 
 
 bolieznyam. Perevod s 5. niemetskavo izd. V. 
 F. Zibolda. xii, 1017 pp. 8°. S.-Peterburg, 
 1899. 
 
 Die Antipyrese im Kindesalter. 1 p. 1. 
 
 57 pp., 2diag. 8 . Berlin, A. Hirschwald, IWl. 
 Sauglingskrankenpflege und Sauglings- 
 
 krankheiten nach den Erfahrungen im stadti- 
 schen Kaiser und Kaiserin Friedrich-Kinder- 
 krankenbaus in Berlin. Unter Mitwirkung von 
 PaulSommerfeld. xiv, 215pp., 1 pi. 8°. Stutt- 
 gart, F. Enke, 1906. 
 
 Die Wohlfahrtseinrichtungen fiir Kinder 
 
 in grossen Stadten . Nach einem am 6 . December 
 1910 in der Gesellschaf t fur offentl. Gesundheits- 
 pflege zu Berlin gehaltenen Vortrage. 19 pp. 
 roy. 8*^. Berlin, A. Hirschwald, 1911. 
 
 See, also, Neter (Eugen). Das einzige Kind [etc.]. 8°. 
 MiiTiclien, 1906.— Sommerfeld (Paul) [in 2. s.]. Methods 
 for the examination of milk [etc.]. 8°. Chicago, 1901. — 
 Vortrage iiber Sauglinppflege [etc.] [in 2. s.]. 8°. Berlin, 
 1907. 
 
 For Biography, see Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1913, Ix, 
 1095, port. 
 
 _See, also, 
 
 Festschrift . . . Adolf Baginsky . . . anlasslich 
 seines siebzigsten Geburtstages gewidmet. 8° 
 Stuttgart, 1913. 
 
 BagUoni (Giambattista). Morbo di Addison e 
 adrenalina. 12 pp. 8°. Rovigo, 1905. 
 
 BagUoni (Silvestro). Zur Analyse der Reflexfunk- 
 tion, eine kritische zusammenfassende Darstel- 
 lung, hauptsachlich auf Grund eigener experi- 
 menteller Untersuchungen fiber die allgemeirie 
 Physiologie des Centralnervensystems. 2 p. 1., 
 128 pp., 4 pi. 8°. Wiesbaden, J. F. Bergmann, 
 1907. 
 
 See, also, Luclanl (Luigi). Physiologie des Menschen 
 [etc.]. 4v. roy. 8°. Jena, 1905-11. 
 
 BagUvi (Georg) [1668-1707J. Zwey Biicher de 
 Praxi medica, wie solche m klugen Observiren, 
 wiedenim auf den alten Fuss unserer fleissigen 
 Vorfahrenmogegestelletwerden [etc.]. 5. Aufl., 
 aua dem Lateinischen ins Deutsche ubersetzet 
 durchF. N. 12 p. 1., 674 pp., 141. 12°. Liibeck 
 & Franchfurth, J. Wiedemeyer, 1705. 
 
 For Biography, see Fiessinger (C.) ThSrap. d. vleux 
 maitres. 8°. Paris, 1897, 210-217. See, also: Miinchen. 
 med. Wchnschr., 1907, Uv, 1241, port. Also: Tri-State 
 M. J. & Pract., St. Louis, 1898, v, 576-578. 
 
 Bagn6res-de-Bigorre. 
 
 See Waters {Mineral), by localities. 
 
 Bagneres-de-Luchon. 
 
 See Waters {Mineral), by localities. 
 Bagn€rls (Lucien). *Les hemorragies sous- 
 conjonctivales spontan^es. 70 pp. 8°. Tou- 
 louse, 1911, No. 912. 
 
 Bagni di Lucca. 
 
 See Waters {Mineral), by localities. 
 
 Bagni di San Giuliano. 
 
 See Waters {Mineral), by localities. 
 Bagno (Francesco) [1744-99]. 
 
 Girone (A.) [Biography.] Clrillo, Aversa, 1899, vii, 
 17-21. 
 
 Bagno di Bomagna. . 
 
 See Waters {Mineral), by localities. 
 
 Bagnol (Henry) & Tabary (Octave). Guide 
 pratique de la loi sur les accidents du travail. 
 Pr^ace de A. Millerand. 67 pp., 5 1. 12°. 
 Paris, Vigotfrh-es, 1910. 
 
 Bagnoles. 
 
 See Waters {Mineral), by localities. 
 
 Bagnols-les-Bains. 
 
 See, also. Waters {Mineral), by localities. 
 
 MoNTEiLS (E.) Lettres sur les eaux thermales 
 (Bagnols-les-Bains). 8°. Moritpellier & Paris, 
 1885. 
 
 Bagot (L.) Etude de climatologie clinique: 
 Roscoff au point de vue medical. 86 pp. 8°. 
 Paris, A. Maloine, 1899. 
 
 Bagros (Maurice). *Sur le m^canisme de la 
 denitrification par les bact^ries dfoitrifiantes 
 indirectes. 93 pp. 8° Pam, 1910, No. 9. 
 
 Bagshawe (Frederic) [1834-1912]. 
 
 Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1912, ii, 1425. Also: 
 Lancet, Lond., 1912, li, 1330. 
 
 Bahadur. See Mohideen Sheriff Khan Bahadur 
 [in 2. s.]. 
 
 Bahadurjee (K. N.) [1860-98]. 
 
 Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1898, ii, 1201. 
 Bahans (Marie- Victor-Pierre) [1873- ]. *0on- 
 tribution a 1' etude de la nephrite varicelleuse. 
 33 pp., 2 1. 8°. Bordeaux, 1901, No. 3. 
 
 Baliia. 
 
 See, also. Hospitals {Description of), Hygiene 
 {Municipal, Laws, etc., of). Influenza {History 
 of), Insane {Care, Condition, etc., of), Leprosy 
 {History and statistics of), Plague {History, etc., 
 of), by localities. 
 
 Estadlstica demographo-sanitaria da Bahia. Gaz. med. 
 da Bahia, 1897-8, 5. s., I, 190.— Portengen (J. A.) En 
 Bahia. Independ. m^d., Barcel., 1896-7, xxviii, 11; 21.— 
 Silvelra Franca (J.) & Morales de los Rios. Saneamento 
 da Baliia; projecto de esgotos. Gaz. med. da Bahia, 1894-5, 
 4. s., V, 111; 165; 169; 212; 377; 426: 1895-6, 4. s., vi, 52; 101; 
 425; 463; 485. 
 
 Bahier (Alain) [1881- ]. *Les explosifs S- main. 
 
 Leurs effets vulnerants. 64 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1905, 
 
 No. 86. 
 Bahlmann (Felix) [1882- \. *Ein Beitrag zur 
 
 Lehre der Augenkomplikationen bei Parotitis 
 
 epidemica. 1 p. 1., 22 pp., 1 1. 8° Miinchen, 
 
 Miiller & Steiniche, 1913. 
 Babis (Hermann Johann Christian) [1863- ]. 
 
 *Ueber Struktur und Wachstum der Schale von 
 
 Balanus improvisus. 46 pp., 1 pi., 1 1. 8°. 
 
 Greifswald, J. Abel, 1903. 
 Babnarzt (Der). Monatsschrift fur das gesamte 
 
 Eisenbahnsanitatswesen. Geleitet von Emil 
 
BAHNAEZT. 
 
 318 
 
 BAILEY. 
 
 Bahnarzt (Der) — continued. 
 Bergmanh und Aleddi B^k^s. v. 8-10, 1912-14. 
 ■1°. Wien. 
 
 Continuation of: Oesteirelclilsclie Eisenbalinsanltats- 
 wesen. 
 
 Bahnson (Henry Theodore) [1846-1917]. 
 
 Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1917, Ixvii, 476. 
 Bahr (Ernst) [1883- ]. *Ueber entzundliche 
 
 HiiftgelenkBverrenkungen. 27 pp., 8 pi. 8°. 
 
 Berlin, E. Ebering, 1911. 
 Bahr (Friedrich) [1877- ]. *Ein Beitrag zur 
 
 Lehre von den FremdkSrpem in der Hamblase. 
 
 47 pp. 8°. Gottingen, Iheterich, 1902. 
 Bahr (Philip Heinrich) [1881- ]. Filariasis 
 
 and elephantiasis in Fiji, being a report to the 
 
 London School of Tropical Medicine. 4 p. 1., 
 
 192 pp., pi., maps. 4^. London, Witherby & 
 
 Co., 1912. 
 Suppl. No. 1 of : J. Lend. School Trop. M. 
 
 . Report to the London School of Tropical 
 
 Medicine on investigations on dysentery in Fiji 
 during the year 1910. 77 pp., 6 pi. 8°. London, 
 Witherby & Co., 1912. 
 Suppl. No. 2 of ; J. Lond. School Trop. M. 
 
 . A report on researches on sprue in Ceylon, 
 
 1912-14. IX, 155 pp., 8 pi. 8°. Cambridge, 
 Uthii) Pt€Ss T915 
 Bahrdt (Han's Robert) [1877- ]. *Zur Patho- 
 
 genese der Bakterium Coli-Gruppe. 52 pp., 1 1. 
 
 8°. Leipzig, B. Georgi, 1902. 
 Bahre (Ludwig). *Patholo^sch-anatomischer 
 
 Beitrag zur Entwicklung der Carcinome. 22 pp. 
 
 8°. Wilrzburg, J. Berlinger, [1896]. 
 Bahrmann (Carl Friedrich) [1874- 1. *Ueber 
 
 die Einwirkung von Alkalien auf den Stoff- 
 
 wechsel fleischgeftitterter Huhner. 29 pp. 8°. 
 
 . Jena, 1904. 
 
 Repr. from: Intemat. Aioh. f. Pharm. u. Therap., Jena, 
 1904, xii. 
 
 Bahrmann (Friedrich) [1876- ]. *Ueber die 
 Bildung tragfahiger Amputationsstumpfe an 
 der unteren Extremitat. 40 pp., 21. 8°. Leip- 
 zig, B. Georgi, 1904. 
 
 Bahrs (Hans) [1879- ]. *Beobachtungen an 
 achtuuddreissig Fallen von Addisonscher Krank- 
 heit. 25 pp., 11. 8°. Gottingen, E. A. Euth, 
 1905. 
 
 Bahuad (Armand) [1871- ■]. *Contribution k 
 r^tude des tumeurs conjonctives du rein chez 
 I'adulte. 146pp., IL 8°- Paris, J.-B. Baillilre 
 &fils, 1901, No. 60. 
 
 Ba-Huana. 
 
 Torday (E.) & Joyce (T. A.) Notes on the ethnography 
 of the Ba-Huana. J. Anthrop. Inst., Lond., 1906, xxxvi, 
 272-301, 3 pi. 
 
 Baiardi (Pietro). Atlas st^r^oscopique de 
 chirurgie oculaire. 39 pi. with text, 54 pp. 12°- 
 PariSj Baillih-e & fils, 1911. 
 
 Baier (August) [1885- ]. *Die Sarcoptesraude 
 derKatze. [Giessen.] 48 pp., 2 pi. 8°- Miin- 
 chen, C. Wolf & Sohn, 1911. 
 
 Baier (Joh. Jacobus) [1677-1735]. Biographiae 
 professorum medicinse, qui in Academia Altor- 
 fina unquam vixerunt. 4 p. 1., 195 pp., 2 1., 1 
 pL, port. roy. 8°. Norimbergx & Altorfi, J. D. 
 Tauber, hxredes, 1728. 
 
 de Baif (Lazare). 
 
 See VasctUis (De) libellus [etc.] [in 2. s.]. 16°. Paris, 1536. 
 
 Baig^n y Servin (Juan). *Breve estudio sobre 
 
 las lesiones de la mitad dereoha del coraz6n. 31 
 
 pp., Ipl. 8°. Mexico, 18S0. 
 BaignSres (Joannes Baptista)._ *An hemise 
 
 inguinall cum adhsesione, subligaculum nocet? 
 
 4 pp. 4°. [Paris, typ. Quillau, 1774.] 
 
 Baigue (Maurice) [1870- ]. *Fistules ur^t^ro- 
 vaginales; leur traitement et en particulier 
 rur^t^ro-cystonlostomie. 76 pp., 11. 4°. Pa- 
 ris, 1895, No. 53. 
 
 BaikottiAndrei Ivarwrnch) [1841-1906]. 
 
 Bein (G.) [In memoriam.1 J. A^ush. i. Zhensk. Bol!ez., 
 S.-Peterb., 1906, xx, 1129-1132. 
 
 Bail (Max). *Ueber primare Carcinome der 
 Vagina, nebst Veroffentlichung eines in der 
 Umversitats-Frauenklinik in Tubingen beobach- 
 teten Falles von primarem Adenocarcinom der 
 Scheide. 20 pp., 1 1. 8°. Tubingen, F. 
 Pietzcker, 1900. 
 
 Bail (Oskar). Bakterientat^keit im Erdboden. 
 pp. 41-70. 8°. Prog, A. Eaase, 1904. 
 
 Das Problem der bakteriellen Infektion. 
 
 Ip.l., 104 pp. roy. 8°. Leipzig, W. Klinhhardt, 
 1911. 
 Bibliothek medizinisoher Monographien, xi. 
 
 Bail (Walther Hugo) [1874- ]. *Die in dem 
 letzten Jahrzehnt an der Greifswalder ge- 
 burtshulflichen Klinik zur Beobachtung gekom- 
 menen Falle von Nabelschnurvorfall. 26 pp., 
 3 1. 8°. Greifswald, E. Adler, 1899. 
 
 Bail (Wilhelm) [1885- ]. *Die Therapie des 
 engen Beckons an der Umversitats-Frauenklinik 
 zu Wiirzburg im Jahrfe 1909. 45 pp. 8°. Wurz- 
 bwg, C. Fuchs, 1911. 
 
 Bailer (Rudolf) [1885- ]. *Zur Pathologie der 
 Blinddarme des Huhns. 82 pp. 8°. Giessen, 0. 
 Kindt, 1911. 
 
 Bailey (Benjamin F. ) Homoeopathy in the public 
 service. 10 pp. 8°. Lincoln, Neb., j;i901]. 
 
 Bailey (Carolyn Sherwin). Montesson children, 
 vii, 188 pp., front. 8°. New York, E, Eolt & 
 Co., 1915. 
 
 Bailey (Charles A.) Trachoma. A survey of its 
 prevalence in the mountain sections of east 
 Tennessee and northern Georgia. 19 pp. 8°. 
 Washington, Gov. Print. Office, 1914. 
 Eepr. No. 220, Pub. Health Eep. 
 
 . School hygiene. A report of the sanitary 
 
 inspection of rural schools of east Tennessee and 
 northern Georgia. 10 pp. 8° Washington, 
 Gov. Print. Office, 1915. 
 Repr. No. 237, Pub. Health Eep. 
 
 Bailey (E.H.) The prenatal epoch. 239 pp. 8°. 
 
 London, Foulsham & Co., 1916. 
 Bailey (Edgar Henry Summerfield) [1848- ]. 
 
 A textbook of sanitary and applied chemistry, 
 
 or the chemistry of water, air and food, xviii, 
 
 345 pp. 12°. New York, Maemillan Co., 1906. 
 . The same. 3. ed., revised. xx(ll.), 345 
 
 pp. 8°. New York, Maemillan Co., 1913. 
 . The same. 4. ed. xxvii, 394 pp. 8°. 
 
 New York, Maemillan Co., 1917. 
 . The source, chemistry and use of food 
 
 products, xiv, 517 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, P. 
 
 Blakiston's Son & Co., [1914]. 
 . Laboratory experiments on food products, 
 
 designed especially for use with Bailey's "The 
 
 source, chemistry and use of food products." 
 
 iii-vi, 44 pp. 8 . Philadelphia, P. Blakiston's 
 ■ Son & Co., [1915]. 
 & Cady (Hamilton P.) A laboratory guide 
 
 to the study of qualitative analysis. 4. ed. 234 
 
 pp. 12°. Philadelphia, P. Blakiston's Son & 
 
 Co., 1901. 
 . The same. 6. ed., enlarged, x, 
 
 284 pp., 3 pi. 8° Philadelphia, P. Blakiston's 
 
 Son & Co., 1910. 
 BaUey (Frederick Randolph) [1871- ]. A 
 
 text-book of histology, xiv, 481 pp. 8° New 
 
 York, 1904. 
 
BAILEY. 
 
 319 
 
 BAILLIERE. 
 
 Bailey (Frederick Randolph) — continued. 
 
 . The same. 2. ed. xiv, 497 pp., Ipl. 8°. 
 
 New York, W. Wood & Co., 1906. 
 
 The same. 3. ed. 589 pp., 1 ch. 8° 
 
 New York, W. Wood & Co., 1910. 
 
 . The same. 4. ed. xviii, 644 pp. 8°. New 
 
 York, W. Wood & Co., 1913. 
 
 The same. 5. ed. xviii, 652 pp., 1 pi. 
 
 8°. New York, W. Wood & Co., 1916. 
 
 & Miller (Adam Marion). Text-book of 
 
 embryology, xiv, 672 pp. 8°. New York, W. 
 Wood & Co., 1909. 
 
 The same. 2. ed. xvi (1 1.), 672 
 
 pp. roy. 8°. New York, W. Wood & Co., 1911 
 The same. 3. ed. xvi (1 1.), 655 
 
 pp. 8°- New York, W. Wood & Co., 1916. 
 Bailey (George Cornelius) [1866-19151. 
 
 Sullivan. (D. f .) [Obituary.] Proc. Connect. M. Soc, 
 Hartford, 1915, cxxiii, 275-277. 
 
 Bailey (George Hewlett) [1827-99]. 
 
 Obituary. Lancet, Lond., 1899, ii, 438. 
 
 Bailey (Gilbert-Langdon) [1871- J. 
 
 See Practical (The) Medicine series, v. vii, [in 2. s.]. 12°. 
 Chicago, 1906. 
 
 Bailey (Guy Broolce) [1883-1917]. 
 
 Obituary. Lancet, Lond., 1917, i, 869. 
 
 Bailey (H. D . ) If only some one had told me. 75 
 pp., front., plates. 8°- [Allentown, Pa., H. W. 
 Sepner, 1916.] 
 
 . The same. 8°. Chicago, Shrewsbury Pub. 
 
 Co., 1917. 
 
 Bailey (James Blake). The diary of a resurrec- 
 tionist, 1811-12; to which are added an account 
 of the resurrection men in London and a short 
 history of the passing of the Anatomy Act. xii, 
 9 pi., 180 pp. 8°. London, S. Sonnenschein & 
 Co., 1896. 
 
 Bailey (John Bum). Modem Methuselahs, or 
 short biographical sketches of a few advanced 
 nonagenarians or actual centenarians who were 
 distinguished in art, science, literature, or 
 philanthropy; also brief notices of some individ- 
 uals remarkable chiefly for their longevity. 
 With an introductoiy chapter on "long-lasting." 
 xii, 460 pp. 8°. London, Chapman & Hall, 
 1888. 
 
 Bailey (J[ohn] R.) More light on a dark subject. 
 A series of lessons in higher physiology for the 
 benefit of parents and posterity. 139 pp. 12°. 
 Ashland, Wis., J. M. Chappie & Co., 1903. 
 
 Bailey (Pearce) [1865- ]. Accident and injury; 
 their relations to diseases of the nervous system, 
 xii, 430 pp., 3 diag. 8°. New York, D. Apple- 
 ton & Co., 1898. 
 
 . Diseases of the nervous system resulting 
 
 from accident and injury, xii, 627 pp. 8°. 
 New York & London, D. Appleton & Co., 1906. 
 
 . The same. 2. ed. 627 pp. 8°. New 
 
 York & London, D. Appleton & Co., 1908. 
 
 See, also, Golebiewskl (Eduard) [in 2. s.). Atlas and 
 epitome of diseases, [etc.]. 8°. Philadelphia, 1900. 
 
 Bailey (Ruth M.) Physical training methods for 
 the school room. 188 pp. 8°. Geneseo, N. Y., 
 1916. 
 
 Bailey (Thomas) [1873- ]. *De I'emploi de 
 I'acide lactique comme antiseptique intestinal 
 dans les diarrh^es des enfants et dans les derma- 
 toses prurigineuses. 48 pp. 8°. Paris, 1899, 
 No. 154. 
 
 Bailey (William) [1833-1911]. 
 
 Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1911, Ivii, 307. 
 
 Bailey (William Howard) [1825-98]. 
 
 Curtis (F. C.) Obituary. Albany M. Am., 1898, xix, 
 432-344, port. Also: Tr. M. Soc. N. Y., Phila., 1899, 437-439. 
 
 Bailhache (Julien). *Contribution S, I'^tude des 
 diatheses. 71 pp. 8°. Pari.s, 1897, No. 351. 
 
 Baillard (Edme). Discours du tabac, ou il est 
 trait6 particuli^rement du tabac en poudre. 11 
 p. 1., 123 pp., 10 1. 16°. Paris, Martin le Prest, 
 1668. 
 
 Baillarger (JuLes - Gabriel - Francois ) 
 [1809-90]. 
 
 Magnan. La vie de Baillarger. 5'rance miSd., Par., 
 
 1902, xlix, 473: 1903, 1, 17. . Eloge. Ann. vaiA:- 
 
 psychol.. Par., 1903, 8. s., xvii, . 177-198.— Rittl (A.) J. Bail- 
 larger; aoge. In his: Hist. d. trav. Soc. mM.-psychol., 
 
 8°, Par., 1914, ii, 1-69. . Inauguration des bustes de 
 
 J. Baillarger et de J.-P. Pairet & I'Hdpital de la SalpStrifere 
 le 7 juiUet 1894. In his: Hist. d. trav. Soc. m^d.-psychol. 
 8°, Par., 1914, ii, 447-469. 
 
 Bailleau (Rene-L6on) [1873- ]. *Des tachycar- 
 
 dies de la menopause. 60 pp. 8°. Paris, L. 
 
 Boyer, 1901, No. 271. 
 BaiUet (Alice) [1886- ]. *Recherches sur la 
 
 teneur en far du foie dans les deux sexes de la 
 
 naissance a la puberty. 76 pp. 8°. Pa?"is, 1910, 
 
 No. 190. 
 Baillet (Arsfene-Auguste-EmUe) [1868- ]. *Les 
 
 paralysies ur6miques. 121 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, 
 
 1898, No. 198. 
 . The same. Les paralysies ur6miques. 
 
 121pp. 8°. Paris, G.Steinheil, 1898. 
 
 Baillet (Oasimir-Oelestin) [1820-1900]. 
 
 Neumann (G.) Notice biographique. Rev. vit., 
 Toulouse, 1901, Iviii, 73-94, port. 
 
 Baillet (Louis) [1834-1917]. 
 
 Benjamin (H.) Obituary. Rec. de m&i. v^t.. Par., 
 1917, xciii, annexe, 118-121. 
 
 Baillet (Louis -Emile-Franjois) [1887-;- ]. 
 
 *Traitement chinirgical des crises gastriques du 
 tabfes. 3p. 1., 64pp. 8°. -Bordeaux, 1912, No. 28. 
 
 Bailleul (JuHen). ^La valvulite uric^mique. 71 
 pp. 8°. Paris, 1911, No. 27. 
 
 BaiUeul (Leopold) [1880- _ ]. *Ce qu'il faut 
 penser des contre-iadications de rallaitement 
 matemel. 82 pp. 8°. Paris, 1908, No. 29. 
 
 Bailleul (Louis) [1876- ]. *Des ost^ites tuber- 
 culeuses des petits os longs de la main et du 
 pied (spina-ventosa) et des diftormitfe qui 
 
 fieuvent leur succ6der au niveau des doigts chez 
 'enfant. 296 pp. 8°. Paris, 1911, No. 192. 
 
 Bailleux (Charles-Aim6) [1883- ]. *Des indi- 
 cations du drainage aprfes laparotomie pour 
 h6matoc61e r^tro-ut^rine. 63 pp. 8° Lille, 
 1910, No. 42. 
 
 Bailley-Denton (E.) Sewage purification brought 
 up to date, 1896. No. 8. 44 pp. 8° London, 
 E. & F. N. Spon; New York, Spon & Cham- 
 berlain, 1896. 
 
 Bailliart (Paul) [1877- ]. *Traitement chi- 
 rurgical de la myopie, en particulier par la sup- 
 pression du crystaUin. 134 pp., 11. 8°. Lyon, 
 1900, No. 41. 
 
 Baillie (Matthew) [1761-1823]. The morbid an- 
 atomy of some of the most important parts of the 
 human body. 5. ed. xliii, 482 pp. 8°. Lon- 
 don, W. Bulmer & Co., 1818. 
 
 See, also, Futclier(T. B.) Matthew Baillie[the last pos- 
 sessor of the "gold-headed cane"]. Johns Hopkins Hosp. 
 Bull., Bait., 1906, xvii, 165.— Blcaardson (B.W.) [Biog- 
 raphy.] In his: Disciples of ./Escnlapius, 8°, Lond., ii, 554- 
 572, port. 
 
 Baillie (Peter) [1860-1915]. 
 
 Obituary. Caledon. M. J., Glasg., 1915, x, 146. 
 
 BailUere (Georges-J.-B.) [1873- ]. *Les mala- 
 dies ^vitables. 248 pp. 8°. Paris, 1898, No. 151. 
 
 . The same. 248 pp. 12°. Pari^, J.-B. 
 
 Baillilre & fih, 1898. 
 
BAILLIERE. 
 
 320 
 
 BAINES. 
 
 Bailli^re {Henri - Paul -Oharles) [1840- 
 1905]. 
 
 B. (P.) [Biography.] Ann. d'hyg., Par., 1905, 4. s., iv, 
 385.— Castex (A.) Ntoologie. Bull, de laryngol., otbl. et 
 rhinol., Par., 1905, viii, 261-263.— Mosny (E.) [Biograpliy.] 
 Tribune mSd., Par., 1905, n. s., xxxvii, 689. 
 
 BailiiSre's popular atlas of the anatomy and 
 physiology of the male human body. With de- 
 scriptive text by Hubert E. J. Bliss. 23 pp., 1 
 superposed plate, fol. London, Bailliire, Tin- 
 Mi & Cox, 1908. 
 
 . The same. Of the female human body. 
 
 With descriptive text by Hubert E. J. Bliss. 
 19, 4 pp., 1 superposed plate, fol. London, 
 Bailliire, Tindall & Cox, 1908. 
 
 BaiUiet (Antoine) [1886- ]. *Oontribution k 
 I'^tude des hfeiatomes traumatiques de I'artfere 
 axillaire (pathog6nie des troubles paralytiques; 
 traitement). 118 pp. 8°. Pans, 1911, No. 360. 
 
 Baillif (Louis-Joseph) [1877- ]. *La chirurgie 
 des fistules du canal de St^non; ^tude critique 
 des proc^d^s op6ratoires (nouveau proc6d6 de 
 Princeteau). 58 pp., 11. 8°. Bordeaux, li'dQ, 
 No. 60. 
 
 Baillo (Eugfene). *Contribution Ek I'^tude du 
 chloralose et particuli&rement de sa va,leur 
 hypnotique chez les ali^n^s. 68 pp. 4°. Tou- 
 louse, 1895, No. 88. 
 
 Baillon (A. -P.) *Des chlorhydrates de quinine 
 comme sels de choix. Leur usage en injections 
 hypodermiques; leur forme la meilleure dans 
 les approvisionnements pour les expeditions 
 coloniales et les reserves de guerre. 51 pp. 8°. 
 Toulouse, 1900, No. 368. 
 
 Baillon (Andr6). *Contribution k I'^tude de la 
 ch^loide. 61pp., 11. 8°. Pans, 1903, No. 170. 
 
 . Notes th^rapeutiques relatives &. Taction 
 
 efficace et iial connue de quelques medicaments 
 usuels. 45 pp., 11. roy. 8°. Paris, A. Maloine, 
 1910. 
 
 BaUlon (Gufllaume) [1538-1616]. 
 
 Messinger (C.) La tMrapeutique de Guillaume Baillon, 
 1538-1616. In his: TMrap. d. vieux maltres, 8°, Par., 1897, 
 110-115. 
 
 Baillou (Arthur) [1880- ]. *Dia^ostic de 
 I'empoisonnement tuberculeux chez I'homme 
 par rinjection &, des cobayes tuberculeux.de la 
 s^rosite de v^sicatoires appliques chez des 
 malades tuberculeux. 37 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1905, 
 No. 2. 
 
 Baills (Antoine) [1872- ]. *Contribution k 
 r etude du traitement chirurgical de la meningite 
 tuberculeuse. Ponction lombaire suivie de 
 rinjection d'air sterilise. 72 pp., 11. 8°. Lyon, 
 1896, No. 44. 
 
 Bailly (Andre). *Le purpura chronique de I'an- 
 gio-scierose. 42 pp. 8°. Paris, 1910, No. 423. 
 
 Bailly (Antoine) [1882- _ J. *Contribution S, 
 retude de I'origine gingivo-dentaire de la 
 pelade. 80 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1909, No. 12. 
 
 Bailly (Eugfene) [1877- ]. _ *De I'invagination 
 dans la tuberculose intestiriale. [Lyon.] 76 
 pp., 2j)l. 8°. Tonnerre, 1904, No. 75. 
 
 Bailly (Eugfene-Louis-Joseph) [1881- ]. *Des 
 cystites au cours de la puerplralite. 62 pp. 8°. 
 Lille, 1906, No. 39. 
 
 Bailly (Franfois-Ludovic-Eugfene) [1880- ]. 
 
 *Pathogenie, diagnostic et traitement des rup- 
 tures traumatiques ou spontanees de I'hydroc^le 
 vaginale. 77 .pp. 8°. LiUe, 1906, No. 24. 
 
 Bailly-Salin (Louis). *L'eau potable dans la 
 ville de Sens. [Paris.] 88 pp., 1 map. 8° 
 Sens. 1912, No. 3. 
 £cole de phanuacie. 
 
 Ballly-Salin (Paul). *Etat sanitaire de la ville 
 de Sens, 1859-75, 1887-1901. 85 pp. 8° Paris, 
 1902, No. 378. 
 
 BaUy (Elisha Ingraham) [1824-1908]. 
 
 Obttuary. J. Am. U. Ass., Chicago, 1908, 1, 1215. 
 
 Baily (Percy John). The care and nursing of the 
 insane. 270 pp. 8°. London, Scientific Press, 
 1908. 
 
 Baimakoff (N[ikolai] FFeodorovich]) [1871- ]. 
 *OrganizovarmJye blelki, zhellezo i f osfor mlshts 
 V razlichntye period! pervavo vozrasta u dietei i 
 telyat; materialt k biologii mlshts. [Organized 
 albumins, iron, and phosphorus of muscles, in 
 various periods of early age in children and 
 calves; biology of muscles.] 95 pp., 2 1. 8°. 
 S.-Peterburg, G. I. Zurkhi, 1904. 
 
 Bain (Adolphe). *De I'auto-representation chez 
 lea hystenques. 156 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, 1903, 
 No. 146. 
 
 Bain (Alexander) [1818-1903]. The emotions and 
 the will. 3. ed. xxxii, 604 pp. 8°. London, 
 Longmans, Green & Co., 1888. 
 
 Ftyr Biography, see Brit. M. J., Lond., 1903, ii, 865. 
 Far Portrait, see Phil. Port. Series, Chicago, 1898. 
 
 Bain (Emile) [1882- ]. *Un anatomiste au 
 xvL= sif^cle: Andre Vesale. 104 pp., 1 1. 8° 
 Montpellier, 1908, No. 80. 
 
 Bain (Frank Dean) [1850-1915]. 
 
 . [Obituary.] T. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1915, Ixiv, 925. 
 Abo: Lancet-Clinic, Gincin., 1915, cxlii, 247. Also: Mil. 
 Surgeon, Chicago, 1915, xxxvi, 403. 
 
 Bain (William). 
 
 See Text-Book (A-) of medical practice [etc.] [in 2. s.]. 
 8°. London, 1904. 
 
 Bainbridge (Francis Arthur) _ [1874- _ ] & 
 Alenzies (J. Acworth). Essentials of physiology, 
 viii, 434 pp. 8°. London [etc.'], Longmans, 
 Green & Co., 1914. 
 
 . The same. 2.ed. viii, 478 pp. 8°. 
 
 London, Longmans, Green & Co., 1916. 
 
 Bainbridge fG[eorge]). 
 
 See Jennings (Wuham Ernest). A manual of plague 
 [etc.]. 8°. ioTWiom, 1903. 
 
 Bainbridge (William Seaman) [1870- ]. A 
 compend of operative gynecology. Based on 
 lectures in the course of operative gynecology on 
 the cadaver at the New York Post-Graduate 
 Medical School and Hospital. Compiled, with 
 additional notes, in collaboration with Harold 
 D. Meeker. 2 p. 1., 66 pp. 12°. New York, 
 Grafton Press, [IQ06]. , 
 
 . The growing years. 29 pp. 12° Buf- 
 falo & Chautauqua, B. H. Otis Co., 1906. 
 
 The enzyme treatment for cancer. 34 
 
 pp.,4ch. 4°. New York, 1909. 
 
 The cancer problem. 3 p. 1., v-xix (1 1.), 
 
 534 pp. 8°. New York, The Macmillan Com- 
 pany, 1914. 
 
 -. The cancer problem, pp. 5-9. 8°- New 
 
 York, 1915. 
 Cutting from: Peace Forum, N. Y., 1915, ill, 5-9. 
 
 Baines {Albert Henry) [1864-1905]. 
 
 Obituary. Brit. M. J. , Lend., 1905, i, 972. 
 
 Baines (Arthur E.) Studies in electro-physiology 
 (animal and vegetable), with 31 original draw- 
 ings in colour, illustrating the electrical struc- 
 ture of fruits and vegetables, by Gladys T. 
 Baines. xxix, [1], 291 pp. 12° Loiidon, G. 
 Routledge dc Sons, 1918. 
 
 & Bowman (F. H.) Electro-pathology and 
 
 therapeutics; an account of many years' research' 
 work; the discovery of the electro-pathology of 
 local pyrexia, and of an effective means of stay- 
 ing inflammation. Together with a prefatory 
 
BAINES. 
 
 321 
 
 BAJAKDI. 
 
 Baines (Arthur E.) & Bowman (F. H.)— coat, 
 treatise upon the nervous system in its relation 
 to neuro-electricity, by F. H. Bowman, v (1 1.), 
 120 pp. 8°- London, Ewart, Seymour & Co., 
 [1914]. 
 
 Baines (MattJiew) [1823-1906]. 
 
 Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1906,1, 1669. jlteo: Lancet, 
 Lond., 1906, i, 1356. 
 
 Bains (Des) locaux d'air sec surchauff^; r&ultats 
 
 obtenus dans le rhumatisme sous toutes ses 
 
 formes, dans la goutte, la sciatique, etc. 22 pp. 
 
 8°. Paris, G. Camproger, [n. d.]. 
 Bains des Pyrfe^es; trains de Bant6 et de plaisir; 
 
 voyage et s^jour aux bains d'Alet pres Limoux 
 
 (Aude). 1 1. 8°. Pom, [n. d.]. 
 Bair (Joseph H.) The practice curve; a study in 
 
 the formation of habits. 70 pp. 8°. New York, 
 
 McMillan Co., 1902. 
 Monogr. Suppl. v. 5, No. 2, ot: Psychol. Eev., N. Y. 
 
 Baird (Addison Waddell) [1862- ]. Tuber- 
 culosis; communicable, preventable, curable. 
 24 pp. 8°. New York, J. T. Dougherty, 1903. 
 
 Baird (Georgius). *T)e sjrphilide, et ejus cura- 
 tione sine hydrargyro. 31 pp. 8°. Edinburgi, 
 J. Moir, 1S20. [P., v. 2229. J 
 
 *De coeli ratione, valetudinis imperatrice. 
 
 36 pp. 8°. Edinburgi, Abernathi/ & Walker, 
 1820. [P., V. 2295.] 
 
 Baird {James) [1852-1916]. 
 
 Obituary. South African M. Eec, Cape TowB, 1916, 
 xiv, 46. 
 
 Baird (Jean Katherine) [1872- ]. The girl 
 beautiful. 2 p^ 1., 220 pp., col. front. 8°. Phil- 
 adelphia, ThePennPub. Co., 1917. 
 
 Baird (John Wallace) [1873- ]. The color 
 sensitivity of the peripheral retina. 80 pp. 8°. 
 Washington, Carnegie Institution, 1905. 
 
 Baird (Julian WiUiam) [1859-1911]. 
 
 Obituary. Boston M. & S. J., 1911, clxv, 36. 
 Baird_ (Mona). Matrimony, its obligations and 
 privileges; a book for men and women who 
 think. With a preface by Mr. Thomas Holmes, 
 the well-known police court missionary. 2. ed. 
 123 pp. 8° London, [1917]. 
 Baird (Spencer FuUerton) [1823-87]. Notes on 
 certain aboriginal shell mounds on the coast of 
 New Brunswick and New England, pp. 292- 
 298. 8°. Washington, mm. 
 
 CuttiTig/Tom: Proo. U.S. Nat. Mus., Wasli-., 1881. 
 
 For Siograpliy, see Dall (W. H.) Spencer FuUerton 
 
 Baird; a biography, Including selections from his correOTon- 
 denoe with Audubon, Agassiz, Dana, and others. 8°. Phil- 
 adelphia & London, 1916. See, also: Pop. So. Month., N. Y., 
 1907, Ixx, 308-311, port. (H. M. Smith). 
 
 — : — . See, also: 
 
 United States. Congress. Senate. A bill 
 for the erection of a broijze statue of Spencer P. 
 Baird, [etc.]. roy. 8°." [Washington, 1892.] 
 
 -, Brewer (T. M.) & Bidgway (Robert). 
 
 A history of North American birds. Land birds. 
 3v. roy. 8°. Boston, Little, Brown & Co., 1875. 
 The water birds of North 
 
 America. 2 v. roy. 8°. Boston, Little, Brown 
 
 & Co., 1884. 
 Baird (William Raimond). Baird's manual of 
 
 American college fraternities; a descriptive 
 
 analysis of the fraternity system in the cofieges 
 
 of the United States, with a detailed account of 
 
 . each fraternity. 7. ed. xiii, 810 pp. 12°. New 
 
 York, The College Fraternity Publishing Co., 
 
 1912. 
 Bairo (Pietro) [1468-1558]. Lixoperita perpetue 
 
 questioms et armexorum solutio. De nobilitate 
 
 96808°— Vol. II, 3d series— 19 21 
 
 Bairo (Pietro) — continued, 
 facultatum per terminos utriusque facultatis. 
 Utrum medicina et philosophia sint nobiliores 
 utroque jure scilicet civili et canonico: et qui 
 doctores earundem facultatum nobiliores ac 
 digniores existant: quomodo ne incedere ac 
 invicemprecederedebeant. 341. sm. fol. Tau- 
 rini, F. de Sylva, 1512. 
 
 —. De medendis human! corporis malis en- 
 chiridion, vulgo venimecum dictum; adjunxi- 
 mus eiusdem authoris tractatum, De peste. 
 14 p. 1. , 828 pp. , 10 1. . 24°. Lugduni, G. Rouille, 
 1565. 
 
 — ;— ;— . Secreti medicinali nei quaU si contengono 
 i rimedij, che si possono usar in tutte I'infermita, 
 [etc.]. 7p.l., 223 pp. 16°- Venetia, G. Valen- 
 tini, 1629. 
 
 Baisch (Bemhard) [1880- ]. *Beitrag zur 
 Kasuistik der Darmstenose nach Brucheinklem- 
 mung. [Heidelberg.] 29pp., 11. 8°. Tubingen, 
 H. Laupp, jr. , 1904. 
 
 Baiscli (Karl) [1869- ]. Die Begutachtung 
 gynakologischer Erkrankungen fiir die Unfall- 
 und Invaliditatsversicherungen. 
 
 In: Samml. klin. Vortr., n. ¥., Leipz., 1904, No. 367 
 (Gynakol., No. 135, 33-56). 
 
 . Reformen in der Therapie des engen 
 
 Beckens. vi (1 1.), 160 pp., 16 ch. roy. 8° 
 Leipzig, G. Thieme, 1907. 
 
 Leitfaden der geburtshilflichen und 
 
 gynakologischen Untersuchung. viii, 208 pp. 
 
 8° Leipzig, G. Thieme, 1911. 
 Baisez (Henri-Louis-Eugfene) [1882- ]. *De 
 
 la percussion vert6brale auscult^e. (Critique et 
 
 valeurdusignede SignoreUi.) 76 pp. 8°. Bor- 
 
 deaux, 1909, No. 67. 
 Baisoiu (Dtofetre) [1883- ]. *Contribution k 
 
 k r6tude clinique de I'ulcus duodenal; symp- 
 
 tdmes et diagnostic. 147 pp. 8°. Paris, 1912, 
 
 No. 158. 
 Baisset (Paul-Joseph-Lucien-Marc) [1876-, ]. 
 
 *De la mensuration exteme du bassin. Etude 
 
 critique. 62 pp. 8° Lyon, I. Legendre & Cie., 
 
 1901, No. 167. 
 Baistrocclii (Ettore). Guida medica dei bagni e 
 
 delle inalazioni di Salsomaggfiore; degU stabiU- 
 
 menti balneari e del sanatorium, con studi ed 
 
 osservazioni. 258 pp. 12° Parma, L. Battel, 
 
 1900. 
 Baitcbeff (Ivan). * Consid6rations sur diverses 
 
 causes de d6terminisme dans le crime. 60 pp. 
 
 8°. Toulouse, 1900, No. 378. 
 Bai'tcheff (Ivan K.) *De rhydrocMe abdomino- 
 
 scrotale (hydrocele en bissac de Dupuytren). 
 
 45 pp., 1 1. 8°- Mpntpellier, 1903, No. 54. 
 Baize (Charles). *Etude clinique sur les empoi- 
 
 sonnements par les gateaux a crfeme. 234 pp. 
 
 8°. Paris, 1906, No. 282. 
 
 Baj (Piero) [1885-1915]. 
 
 CUvlo (I.) [Obituary.] AtK d. Soo. lomh. di sc. med. e 
 biol., Milano, 1915-16, v, 78-S6. Also: Pensiero med., Milano. 
 1916, V, 641. ' 
 
 Bajac (Pierre) [1879- ]. *Contribution k 
 r^tude des variations du pouls au cours de la 
 reduction de la luxation cong^nitale de la 
 hanche par la m^thode de Lorenz. (Etude 
 clinique et exp^rimentale.) 80 pp. 8°. Bor- 
 deaux, 1909, No. 120. 
 
 Bajan (Olivier). *Stude sur I'ur^tero-anasto- 
 mose et rur^t^ro-enterostomie dans les sections 
 de I'uretere. 72 pp. 8° Paris, 1908, No. 311. 
 
 Bajardi (Daniele). 
 
 See Begla Universitk di Torino. Scritti in onore del 
 Prof. Daniele Bajardi. 8°. CSriJ, 1903. 
 
BAJARDI. 
 
 322 
 
 BAKERS. 
 
 Bajardi (Pietro). . Resoconto clinico sommario 
 della seconda sezione dell' ospedale oftalmico di 
 Torino. 63 pp. 8°. Torino, Roux Frascati & 
 Co., 1896. 
 
 Bajla (Eugenio). I primi soccorsi; manuale pra- 
 tico di soccorsi d'urgenza. 352 pp. 8°- Milano, 
 U. MarucelU & Co., 1914. 
 
 Bajon (Marcel) [1874- ]. *De la symphys^oto- 
 mie r^p^t^e. 67 pp. 8^ Paris, 1901, No. 331. 
 
 Bajot (M.) . ifiloge de la paume et de ses avantages 
 sous le rapport de la saiit6 et du d^veloppement 
 des facultgs physiques, pp. 27-76, 4 pi. 8°. 
 Paris, F. Didot, 1824. ' 
 
 Bak (Henry) [1846-1915]. 
 
 [Obituary.) J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1915, Ixiv, 2004. 
 Bakaloff (Kroum). *Une nouvelle m^thode de 
 traitement des varices du membre inf^rieur. 
 41 pp. 8°. Lausanne, 1910. 
 
 Bakankosine. 
 
 Bourauelot (E.) & H6rlssey (H.) Nouvelles reoherches 
 sux la bakankosine. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc., Par., 1908, 
 cxlvii, 760-752. Also: J. depliarm. etohim.. Par., 1908,6.s., 
 xxviii, 433-439. 
 
 Bakardjieff (Simeon D.) [1875- ]. *Contribu- 
 tion a r^tude de la tuberculose de la clavicule. 
 47 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1902, No. 3. 
 
 Bakardjieff (St^phan). *Rechercb.es siir quel- 
 ques.proc6d6s rapides pour le coiitr61e des 
 farines. 30 pp., 1 1. 8° Lausanne, A. Petter, 
 1908. 
 
 Baker (A. H.) Theory and practice of veterinary 
 medicine; notes taken from lectures delivered 
 by A. H. Baker. 3. ed., revised. 271 pp. 8° 
 Chicago, A. Eger, 1912. 
 
 Baker (Albert Bufus) [1858-1911]. 
 
 [Blogiapliy.] Cleveland M. Gaz., 1896-7, xil, 594, port.— 
 [Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1911, Ivi, 1209. 
 
 Baker (Arthur Ernst). 
 
 See Liennander (Karl Gustav). Observations on the 
 sensibility [etc.]. 8°. London, 1903. 
 
 Baker (Benjamin). Address of Sir Benjamin 
 Baker, president of the Institution of Civil 
 Engineers. 38 pp. 8°. London, [W. Clowes 
 & Sons], 1895. 
 
 Baker (C^arZes ErrisO [18^4-1909]. 
 
 Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1909, i, 934. Also: Lan- 
 cet, Lond., 1909, i, 1084. 
 
 Baker (E. Burgoyne). The refuse of a great city. 
 How New York disj)oses of its vast mass of waste 
 matter; the magnitude and difficulty of the 
 street cleaner's work, and the money made from 
 the rubbish of a metropolis, pp. 81-90. 8°. 
 New York, 1900. 
 
 Cutting from: Mimsey's Mag., N. Y., 1900, xxiii. 
 
 Baker (George). 
 
 See Blancbl (Aurelio). The phonendoscope [etc.]. 8°. 
 PMladtlpMa, 1898. 
 
 Baker (George W.) [1837-98]. 
 
 L«igIiton (N. W.) Obituary. Tr. N. York M. Ass. 
 (1899), 1900, xvi, 792. 
 
 Baker (Grear EiU) [1879-1916]. 
 
 [Obituary.] J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1916, Ixvil, 133. 
 Baker (Henry) [1698-1774]. An attempt towards 
 a natural history of the polype; in a letter to 
 Martin Folkes . . ., describing their different 
 species [etc.]. 218 pp., 2 1. 8°. London, R. 
 Dodsley, 1743. 
 
 See, mo, Woodruff (L. L.) Baker on the microscope 
 and the polype. Scient. Month., N. Y., 1918, vii, 212-226. 
 
 Baker (Henry B[rook8) [1837- ]. The relation 
 of preventable disease to taxation. Pamphlet 
 issued by the Michigan State Board of Health. 
 16 pp. 8°. Lansing, 1905. 
 
 Baker (JuUan L.) Report to the Local Govern- 
 ment Board, on the analysis and composition of 
 some proprietary foods for infants, pp. 49-83. • 
 8°. London, Darling & Son, 1914. 
 Rep. Local Gov. Bd., Lond., 1914, n. s.. No. 80. 
 
 Baker (JuLiam, Meredith) [1857- ]. 
 
 [Blograpliy.] Charlotte [N. C.]M. J., 1915, Ixxi, 73, port. 
 Baker (M. N.) Potable water and methods of 
 
 detecting impurities. 97 pp. 16°. New Yorlc, 
 
 D. Fan JVosimnrf Co., 1899. 
 . Municipal engineering and sanitation. 
 
 viii, 317 pp. 8°. New Ymk, Maemillan Co., 
 
 1902. 
 Baker (Mary Alberta). 
 
 See Cooke (Joseph Brown) & Baker (Mary Alberta). A 
 
 nurse's handbook [etc.]. 8°. PhilMelvlm & Lonixm, 
 
 [1915]. 
 
 Baker (Ray Stannard) [1870- ]. The search 
 for the missing link, with an account of the 
 work of Prof. Ernst Haeckel. pp. 327-337. 
 8°. New York, 1901-2. 
 
 Cutting from: McClure's Mag., N. Y., 1901-2, xvii. 
 
 . The spiritual unrest; the new mission of 
 
 the doctor, pp. 231-244. 8°. New York, 1909. 
 Cutting from: Am. Mag., N. Y., 1908-9, Ixvii. 
 
 . New ideals in healing, vui (21.), 105pp., 
 
 12 pi. 12°. New York, F. A. Stokes Co., 1909. 
 
 Baker (Sara Josephine) [1873- ' ]. The division 
 of child hygiene of the Department of Health of 
 the City of New York. 103 pp.', 5 ch. 8°. New 
 York, 1912. 
 
 Baker (Slade Innes) [1827-1909]. 
 
 Obituary. Brit. M. J., IX)nd., 1909, ii, 825. 
 Baker (T. Thome). The spectroscope, its uses in 
 general analytical chemistry. An intermediate 
 text-book for practical chemists, viii, 130 pp. 
 8° London, BailUire, Tindall & Cox, 1907. 
 
 . The same, viii, 160 pp., 1 pi. 8°. New 
 
 York, W. Wood & Co., 1908. 
 Baker (William H[enry]) [1845-1914]. Diseases 
 of the bladder and urethra. 
 
 In: Syst. Gynec. (Mann). 8°. PMladel'pUa, 1883, ii, 447- 
 547. 
 
 For Siography, see Boston M. & S. J., 1914, clxxi, 875. 
 
 Baker (WilUam Morrant) [1839-96]. 
 
 See Klrke (William Senhouse) {in 2. s.]. Handbook of 
 physiology [etc.]. 8°. New Y<)rltjl899. 
 
 For Biography, see St. Barth. Hosp. Eep. 1896, Lond., 
 1897, xxxii, pp. xxxix-xlix (A. Willet). 
 
 Bakers and bakeries. 
 
 London. St. James, Westminster. Regula- 
 tions to be observed with regard to retail bake- 
 houses. (41 Vic, cap. 16, & 46 & 47 Vic, cap. 
 53.) 4°. [London, 1884.] 
 
 lioELLER (0.) Gesundheitsbuoh fiir das 
 Backergewerbe. 16°. Berlin, 1898. 
 
 Allan (F. J.) Underground bakehouses. Pub. Health, 
 Lond., 1901-2, xlv, 396-4Q3.— Ball (C. B.) Sanitation of 
 bakeries and restaurant kitchens. J. Am. Pub. Health 
 Ass., Columbus, Ohio, 1911, 1, 102-108. Barlow (W. N.) 
 Underground bakehouses. Pub. Health, Lond., 1902-3, xv, 
 267-271.— Cass (T. F.) Some aspects of the sanitary control 
 of bakehouses. J. San, Inst., Lond., 1903-4, xxiv, 624- 
 636.— Danllofl (N. P.) [Sanitary conditions o{ bread baking 
 in Penza.] Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1913, Ixxix, 542-547.— Em- 
 merich (R.) Das Backereigewerbe vom hygienischen 
 Standpunkt lilr den Beruf und die Konsumenten. Deuteche 
 Vrtljschr. t. Bfl. Gsndhtspflg., Bmsohwg., 1903, xxxv, 172- 
 199.— Fenogllo (P.) II grande paniflcio torinese. Riv. di 
 ingegner. san., Torino, 1906, ii, 301-305.— Hanauer. Die 
 gesetzliche Eegelung des Backerschutzes. Fortschr. d. 
 Med., Berl., 1914-15, xxxii, 1133-1136.— Hofmann (K.) 
 Backerschufogesetz. Amtsarzt, Leipz. & Wien, 1912, iv, 
 429-432.— J tlrgensen (C.) [The pubfio regulation of bake*- 
 ies and bread.] Tidsskr. f. Sundfidspl., Kabenh., 1895-6, v, 
 
 181-221. . Die hygienische Backerei; Plane zu einer 
 
 gesundheltlichen Reform in der Anlage, Austattung und 
 Betriebswoise unserer Backereien. Cong. Intemat, d'hyg. 
 et de d^mog. C. 4. 1894, Budapest, 1896, viii, pt. 4, 225- 
 
BAKEES. 
 
 323 
 
 BALAKIAN. 
 
 Bakers and bakeries. 
 
 238.— Keams (T. P.) Unsanitary bakeshops. Month. 
 Bull. Ohio State Bd. Health, Columbus, 1911, i, 36-47.— 
 Iia,veraii (A.) L'hygifene de la boulangerie et, en particulier, 
 avantages du petrissage m^canique. Ann d'nyg.. Par., 
 
 1910, 4. s., xiii, 97-109. . Sur quelques questions iutfr- 
 
 ressant I'hygifene de la boulangerie et,eu particulier, sur les 
 avantages du petrissage m6canique. Kev. sclent.. Par., 1910, 
 5. s., xiii, 161-165. — Lindet (L.) Dans quelle mesure la 
 science et I'hygitoe peuvent-elles am61iorer I'art du boulan- 
 ger? Rev. d'hyg.. Par., 1910, jcxxil, 369-388.— Menzel 
 (K. M.) Berufliohe Erkrarilrangen an der Schleimhaut 
 der oberen Lultwege der Backer. Arch. 1. Laryngol. u. 
 Ehinol., Berl., 1915, xxix, 394-402.— MoeUer (C.) Die 
 Krankheiten und Unialle im Backereigewerbe. Arch. 
 Untallheilk., Stuttg., 1898, ii, 311-319.— Newman (G.) Gen- 
 eral condition of bakehouses in Finsbury. Brit. Food J., 
 
 Lond., 1902, iv, 234-238. . The air oibakehouses. Pub. 
 
 Health, Lond., 1902-3, xv, 152-160, ,1 pi.— Possek (L.) Die 
 Betriebsanlagen der Backer mlt besonderer Beriicksiohti- 
 gung der Verhaitnisse in Steiermark. Oesterr. San.-Wes., 
 Wien, 1900, xii, 289; ■SOI; 314; 325.— Raddl (A.) L'igiene dei 
 panifici e norme per la loro costruzione. Ingegner. san., 
 Torino, 1901, xii. 12.— Eeicliardt. Der Bau von Dampf- 
 backolen, die mlt dem Betriebe dieser Oeten verbundenen 
 Explosionsgefehren und deren Beseitigting. Zentralbl. f. 
 Gewerbehyg., Berl., 1914, ii, 185-189.- Rowe (F. J.) Bake- 
 house reform. J. San. Inst., Ix)nd., 1903-4, xxiv, 740-742.— 
 Waldo (P. J.) The sanitation ol bakehouses. San. Rec, 
 Lond., 1903, n. s., xxxli, 561-563.— WUke (J. H.) Geback- 
 bereitung in SohutzhiiUen. lUust. Monatschr. d. arztl. 
 Polytech., Berl., 1911, xxxih, 110-112. 
 
 Bakewell (R. H.) The R. A. M. 0. pp. 65-85. 
 8°. New York, 1904. ' 
 
 Cutting from: Westminster Rev., N. Y., 1904, clxii. 
 
 Bakewell (Thomas). 
 
 See Domestic (The) guide in cases of insanity, [etc.] tin 
 2.S.]. 12°. Hartley, 1805. 
 
 Bakhchiyeff (N[ikolai] Z[akharyevich]). *Khi- 
 micheskoye izsliedovaniye i opredieleniye stro- 
 yeniya sostavnlkh chastei efirnavo masla iz 
 listyev blagovonika (Bucco). [Chemical inves- 
 tigation and determination of the structure of 
 compound parts of the ethereal oil of bucco 
 leaves.] 137 pp., 11. 8° Yuryev, K. Mattisen, 
 1901. 
 Pharmacy. 
 
 Bakhoven (G. H. Leignes). Eene bladzijde uit de 
 warenkennis onzer gewichtigste voedingsmid- 
 delen. 63 pp. 8°. Devventer, A. E. Kluwer, 
 [to. c?.]. 
 
 Baking 'powders. 
 
 Catlin (C. a.) Baking powders; a treatise on 
 their character, methods for the determination 
 of their values, etc., with special reference to re- 
 cent improvements in phosphate powders. 8° 
 Providence, R. I., 1899. 
 
 United States. Congress. Senate. Memo- 
 rial of the American Baking Powder Associa- 
 tion in the matter of the bill S. 3618. 56. Cong., 
 1. sess. S. Doc. 303. April 21, 1900. Presented 
 by Mr. Proctor. 8°. [Washington, 1900.] 
 
 Balls (A. K.) Sanitary studies of baking powders; a 
 direct test otthe degree of accuracy of the Schnudt-Hoagland 
 method for the quantitative determination of aluminium. 
 Biochem. Bull., N. Y. 1916, v, 195-202.— Brooks (R. O.) 
 The rapid analysis of cream of tartar and tartaric acid baking- 
 powders. J. Am. Chem. Soc, Easton, Pa., 1904, xxvi, 813- 
 818.— Curtman (L. J.) & Gross (P.) Sanitary studies of 
 baking powders; astudy of the methods for the quantitative 
 detenmnation of aluminum in blood. Biochem. Bull N 
 Y., 1916, V, 165-172.— Gies (W. J.) Some objections to the 
 use of alum baking-powder. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1911, 
 
 Ivii, 816-821. . Sanitary studies of baking powders; 
 
 is aluminium absorbable from bread, and similar food prod- 
 ucts, made with alum baking powder? Biochem. Bull., N. 
 
 Y., 1916, V, 161-157. . Comment on the best available 
 
 method for the quantitative determination of aluminium in 
 biological materials. /6J(i., 189-194.— Hamm(T.M.) Report 
 to the Local Government Board on the presence of calcium 
 sulphate in baking powder and self-raising flour. Rep. 
 Local Gov. Bd., Lond., 1911, n. s., xlvi, 2-14.— Howe (P. E.) 
 Sanitary studies of baking powders; a comparison of the 
 method proposed by the Association of Official Agricultural 
 Chemists as modified by Steel, with that described by 
 Schmidt and Hoagland, for the determination of aluminum 
 in organic matter. Biochem. Bull.,-N. Y., 1916, v, 158^-164.— 
 Humphreys (A. A.) The effects of baking powder. Brit. 
 M. J., Lond., 1904, i, 836.— Jatkson (H. L.) Egg albumin 
 
 Baking powders. 
 
 in baking powder. J. Indust. & Engin. Chem.. Easton, Pa., 
 1914, vi, 998-1001.— Smith (C. A.) & Hawk (P. B.) Sani- 
 tary studies of baking powders; the determination of alumi- 
 nium in biological material; a comparison of the method of 
 Steel (modified by Kahn) with the method of Schmidt and 
 Hoagland. Biochem. BuU., N. Y., 1916, v, 183-188.— 
 Smltb (E. E.) Effects on digestion of food prepared by the 
 use of an alum baldng powder. N. York M. J., 1900, Ixxii, 
 719-721.— Steel (M.) Sanitary studies of baking powders; 
 the determination of aluminum in the presence of uon and 
 organic matter. Biochem. Bull., N. Y., 1916, v. 173- 
 182. 
 
 Bakitko (M[ikhail] F[yodorovich]) [1865- ]. 
 *0 perifericheskoi nervnoi sistemie u dietei. 
 [Peripheral nervous system in children.] 65 pp. , 
 1 1., 1 pi., 1 tab. 8°. S.-Peterhurg, 1902. 
 
 Bakkal (I[Uya] S[imovich]) [1877- ]. *K 
 voprosu o vliyanii ponizheniya obshtshavo 
 arterialnavo davleniya na kollateralnoye kro- 
 voobrashtsheniye v arteriyakh; eksperimental- 
 noye izsliedovaniye. [Influence of the reduc- 
 tion of general arterial pressure upon the colla- 
 teral circulation; experimental investigation.] 
 169, ii pp., 1 1., 2 diag. 8°. S.-Peterhurg, tip. 
 Shtaba Did. Korp. Zhand., 1912. 
 
 Bakker (C.) Een en ander over besmettelijke 
 ziekten. Populaire sheets. 15 pp. 8°. Haar- 
 lem, P. Bohn, 1904. 
 
 Bakker (Dirk Leonhard). *Studien uber die 
 Geschichte, den heutigen Zustand und die 
 Zukunft des Rindes und seiner Zucht in den 
 Niederlanden. [Bern.] 4 p. 1., 138, 6 pp., 2 
 obi. sh. 8°. Mastricht, Leiter-Nypels, 1909. 
 
 Bakman (Mendel) [1886- ]. *Ein Fall von 
 Dermoidcyste des Mundbodens. 40 pp. 8°. 
 Erlangen, E. T. Jacob, 1912. 
 
 Bakradzg (Maine). *Contribution a I'^tude du 
 traitement chirurgical du pied-bot paralytique. 
 62 pp. 8°. Paris, 1898, No. 233. 
 
 . The same. 62 pp. 8°. Paris, G.Steinheil, 
 
 1898. 
 
 Bakscht (Frieda). *Ueber Jodausscheidung bei 
 Arteriosklerose. 33 pp. 8° Zurich, Gebr. 
 Leemann & Co., 1912. 
 
 Bakscht (ifZZe.Riva) [1885- ]. *Contribution 
 ^ I'^tude du traitement des syndromes broncho- 
 pulmonaires de I'enfance. 55 pp. 8°. Mont- 
 pellier, 1912, No. 1. 
 
 Balaban (Brandele) [1864- ]. *Les limans de 
 la ville d'Odessa et la limanoth^rapie. (^tude 
 sur un genre particulier de baln^oth^rapie en 
 Russie.) 130 pp. 8°. Paris, 1897, No. 253. 
 
 Balaban (R.) *Ueber Cervixmyome. [Bern.] 
 16 pp. 8°. Berlin, 8. Karger, 1912. 
 
 Balabane (Sara) [1874- ]. *La suralimenta- 
 tion dans la fifevre typhoide chez les enfants. 47 
 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, 1900, No. 618. 
 
 Balach (Hugo [Wilhelm Christian]) [1868- ]. 
 *Ueber Lungenaktinomykose (im Anschluss an 
 einen Fall von Aktinomykose der Lungen und 
 desMagens). 25 pp., 11. 8° Leipzig, R. Hahn, 
 [1893]. 
 
 Balseniceps. 
 
 Mitchell (P. C.) Observations on the anatomy of the 
 shoe-bill (Balaeniceps rex) and allied birds. Proc. gen. 
 meet Zool. Soc. Lond., 1913, 644-703, 4 pi. 
 
 Balaenoptera. 
 
 Delage (Y.) Histoire du Balaenoptera musculus, Schou^ 
 sur la plage de Langrune. Arch, de zool. exp^r. et gto. 
 Hist. nat. [etc.]. Par., 1885, 2. s., ul bis, M^m. 1, 1-152, 23 pp. 
 
 Balaguer {Jose Rios) [1877-1915]. 
 
 [Necrology.] Rev. de san. mil., Madrid, 1915, v, 321. 
 Balajan (Artaschess) [1887- ]. *Ueber Parotis- 
 
 tumoren. 33 pp. 8°. Miinchen, 1911. 
 Balakian (Diran) [1875- ]. *Beitrag zu dem 
 
 Kapitel Narkpsenlahmungen. 44 pp. 8° 
 
 Leipzig, B. Georgi, 1905. 
 
BALANITIS. 
 
 324 
 
 BALANTIDIUM. 
 
 Balanitis. 
 
 See, also, Penis {Gangrene of) ; Penis {Infam- 
 mation of) . 
 
 Armoiu (D.) Chronic circumscribed inflamation of the 
 corpora cavernosa. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med.,HLond., 1912-13, 
 vi, Clin. Sect., 41.— Burzlialofl (T. S.) Balanoposthitis 
 circinata erosiva. Russk. J. Kozhn.i Ven. Bollezn., Khar- 
 kov, 1904, vii, 430-432.— Corbus (B. C.) Erosive and gan- 
 grenous balanitis; the fourth venereal disease; a further re- 
 port. Tr. Am. Urol. Ass., Brookline, 1913, vii, 251-266, 3 pi. 
 AUo: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1913, Ix, 1769-1774.— Corbus 
 (B. C.) & Harris (F. G.) Erosive and gangrenous balanitis, 
 the fourth venereal disease. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1908, 
 lii, 1474-1477.— Dlnd. Un cas de balanoposthite lusospiril- 
 laire avec gangrene du prepuce. Rev. mfid. de la Suisse 
 Rom., Genfeve, 1911, xxxi, 592-595.— Geraghty (J. T.) 
 Balano-posthitis in dogs. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., 
 Bait., 1907, xviii, 462.— Hegedlis (N.) Ueber den Wert 
 einzelner neuerer Heilmittel bei der Behandlung der Balani- 
 tis. Dermat. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Hamb., 1913, Ivii, 1207- 
 1210.— Lapowski. Persistent balanitis (Crocker). J. Cutan. 
 Dis. inol. Syph., N. Y., 1913, xxxi, 664.— Meyer (W.) An 
 interesting case of gangrenous balanitis. Texas M. J., 
 Austin, 1909-10, xxv, 112-114.— Owen (R. G.) The fourth- 
 venereal disease: erosive and gangrenous balanitis. J. Lab. 
 & CUn. M., St. Louis, 1916-17, ii, 862-867.— PeUler. Sur les 
 l^ions microscopiques d'une balanite ulc6reuse. J. d. mal. 
 cutan. et syph.. Par., 1908, xix, 345-349.— Perrin (L.) Ba- 
 lano-posthite chronique leucoplasique. Marseille mM., 
 1898, XXXV, 129-136.— Queyrat (L.) Inflammation suppura- 
 tive de I'ombilic, aveo la triade microbiologique de la balano- 
 posthite Erosive circin6e, chez un malade atteint de balano- 
 posthite. Bull, et mto. Soc. ra&i. d. h6p. de Par., 1914, 3. s., 
 xxxvii, 923-^25.- Borneo (P .} Delia balanite erosiva e gan- 
 grenosa. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1910, xxxi, 1167-1160. — 
 Seberber. Balanitis, erosiva and gangrenosa. Am. J. Der- 
 mat. & Genito-XJrin. Dis., St. Louis, 1907, xi, 137. . 
 
 Die Balanitis. Handb. d. Geschlechtskr., Wien & Leipz., 
 1910, i, 141-200.— Sutton (R. L.) Subcutaneous injections 
 of oxygen in the treatment of balanitis gangrenosa. J. Am. 
 M. Ass., Chicago, 1918, Ixx, 675.— TMenat (E.) & Martin 
 (J.) Iiinammations gangrfineuses du p6nis. Arch. gto. de 
 chlr., Par., 1909, iv, 787-804.— Tlicbe. Notiz iiber etnen 
 Fall von Balanitis gangrasnosa. Cor.-Bl. f. sohweiz. Aerzte, 
 Basel, 1912, xlii, 1358-1361. 
 
 Balanoglossus. 
 
 Maser (0.) *Ueber Balanoglossus camosua 
 (Willey) und eine ilim iialiestehende neue Art 
 von Neucaledonien. [Giessen.] 8°. Naum- 
 burg a. S., 1912. 
 
 Caullery (M.) & Mesnil (F.) Surunenouvelleespsce de 
 Balanoglossus (B. Koehleri) habitant les c6tes de la Manche. 
 Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1900, 11. s., ii, 256-269.— 
 Hei&T (K.) Spekulatives znr Balanoglossus-Entwicke- 
 lung. Biol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1910, xxx, 102-116. Also 
 [Abstr.l: Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 
 1909, Leipz., 1910, lxxxi,pt. 2, 193.— Kuwano (H.) On a 
 new Enteropneust from Misaki, Balanoglossus misakiensis 
 n. sp. Aimot. zool. japon., Tokyo, 1901-2, iv, pt. 2, 77-84.— 
 Maser (O.) TJeber Balanoglossus camosus (Wiley) und 
 eine ihm nahestehende, neue Art von Neucaledonien. Zool. 
 Jahrb. Abt. f. Anat., Jena, 1913, xxxiii, 361-430, 6 pi.— 
 Spengel (J. W.) Eine wieder aufgefundene Enteropneu- 
 sten-Art (Balanoglossus tricollaris Schmarda). Zool. Anz., 
 I^ipz., 1904, xxvui, 52-54.— Stlasuy (G.) Zur Kenntnis der 
 Lebensweise von Balanoglossus clavigerus Delle Chiaje. 
 Ibid., 1910, XXXV, 561-568. 
 
 Balantidiasis. 
 
 See Balantidium coli {Infectwn by). 
 
 Balantidium coli. 
 
 See, also, Intestiaes (Parasites in). 
 
 Comes (S.) Quelques observations sur I'h^mophagie du 
 Balantidium entozoon Ehrb. en relation avec la fonction 
 digestive du parasite. Arch. f. Protistenk., Jena, 1909, xy, 
 63292, 1 pi.— da Cunha (A. M.) Sobre a presenca do 
 balanticSum no cavallo. Brazil-med., Rio de Jan., 1917, 
 xxxi, 337.-Hlnkelmann (A. J.) Balantidium coli. N. 
 YorkM. J. [etc.], 1915, ci, 200-202.— Kunstler (J.) & Glneste 
 (C ) Simple remarque sur la constitution du Balantidium 
 entozoon. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1903, Iv, 340.— 
 Ortmann (K.) Ueber Balantidium coh. Berl. Mm. 
 Wchnschr., 1891, xxviil, 814-816.— Scblnnan (A.) Report 
 on Balantidia coli (intestinal infusorium). Texas M News, 
 Austin, 1898-9, viJ, 268-270.-Sokoloffl (D F.) JViabihty 
 of Balantidium coll.] Russk. Med. Vestnik, ^ff/-Peterb., 
 1901 iii No 22, 17-24.— Taboadela (J. A.) Contnbucion al 
 estu'dlo'del Balantidium coU estudiado en Cuba. Actas y 
 trah. d. ii. Cong. mdd. nac^ Habana, 1911, 314-316. AUo: 
 San vbeneflc. Bol. ofic^ Habana, 1911, vi, 128^130. AUo, 
 transl: San. y beneflc. Bol. ofic, Habana, 1911, vi, 131. 
 
 Balantidium coli (Infection hy). 
 CoLLMANN (B.) *Funf Falle von 
 dium coli im Darm des Menschen. 8°. 
 berg i. Pr., 1900. 
 
 Balanti- 
 Konigs- 
 
 Dabbbrt (0.) 
 °. Giessen, 1914. 
 
 MiTTER (J. J.) 
 
 *Ueber Balantidiumkolitis. 
 
 *Beitrag zur Kenntnis des 
 Balantidium coli im menschlichen Darmkanale. 
 8°. Kiel, 1891. 
 
 Strong (R. P.) The clinical and pathological 
 significance of Balantidium coli. 8°. Manila, 
 1904. 
 
 Forms No. 26 of: Dept. Interior. Bur. Govt. Laborat. 
 Biol. Laborat., 1904. 
 
 Wetter (0.) *Ein Fall von Balantidium coli 
 im Darmkanal des Menschen. 8°. £onn, 1912. 
 
 Wising (P. J.) *Till kannfedomen om ]3alan- 
 tidium coli hos manniskan. [Balantidium 
 coli in man.] 8°. Stockholm, 1871. 
 
 Akesson (N.) [Balantidium coli and Its signiflcance in 
 chronic diarrhea.] Hygiea, Stockholm, 1903, 2. 1., m, pt. 2, 
 246-268.— Anderson (A. R. S.) The Balantidium coli in 
 India. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1906, xli, 235.— Askanazy 
 (M.) Ueber die pathogene Bedeutung des Balantidium coh. 
 Verhandl. d. deutsch. path. GeseUsch. 1902, Berl., 1903, v, 
 224-233. AUo: Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1903, liii, 127-133.— 
 Axter-Haberteld (R.) Ueber einen Fall von Emetinbe- 
 handlung bei Balantidiose. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 
 '1915, Ixil, 162.— Barlow (N.) Treatment of Honduranian 
 balantidiosis. South. M. J., Nashville, 1916, viii, 937.— 
 Bayma (T.) Balantidiose e gigantorhyncose em Sao Paulo: 
 o chenopodium na dysenteria balantidiana. Ann. paulist. 
 de med. e cirurg., S. Paulo, 1918, Ix, 1-4. — Bebienroth (E.) 
 Das Balantidium coli und seine pathogene Bedeutung. 
 Arch. f. Verdauungskr^ Berl., 1913, xix, Ergnzngshft., 42- 
 62. . Chronlsche Colitis durch Balantidium coli. Deut- 
 sche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1913, xxxix, 2226.— 
 Bel (G. S.) & Couret (M.) Balantidium coli infection in 
 man. J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1910, vii, 609-624, 4 pi.— 
 Bowman (F. B.) -Two cases of Balantidium coliinlection, 
 with autopsy. Philippine J. Sc, Manila, 1909, iv, 417- 
 
 422, 5 pi. . The pathogenesis of the Balantidium coli. 
 
 J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1911, Ivii, 1814-1817.— Brewer (I. 
 W.) A case ofinfection with Balantidium coli. N. YorkM. 
 J. [etc.], 1910, xci, 1295. AUo, Reprint.— Brooks (H.) A 
 contribution concerning the pathogenesis of the Balantidium 
 coli. N. York Univ. Bull. M. Sc, 1902, ii, 1-17, 2 pi. AUo, 
 Reprint. — Brumpt (E.) Demonstration dur51epathog6ne 
 du^alantidium coli; enkystement et conjugaison de cet in- 
 fusoire. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1909, Ixvi, 103- 
 106.— BushuyeO (V. F.) [On the pathogenic character of 
 Balantidium coli.] Voyenno-Med. J., S.-Peterb., 1897, 
 clxxxviii, med.-spec. pt., 167-181.— de la Cbapelle (A.) 
 [Two new cases ol Balantidium coli in man.] Finska lak.- 
 salbk. handl., Helsingfors, 1896, xxxvui, 1041-1061. AUo: 
 Eira, Stockholm, 1897, xxi, 264-266.— Chlchulln (G. N.) 
 [RSle of Balantidium coli in intestinal disorders.] Voyermo- 
 Med. J., S.-Peterb., 1900, Ixxviii, med.-spec. pt, 2059-2104.— 
 De Buys (L. R.) Balantidium coli infection, with report of 
 a case in a child. Am, J. Dis. Child., Chicago, 1918, xvi, 
 
 123-129. AUo, Reprint. . A case of Balantidium coli. 
 
 Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1918, xxxv, 366. AUo: N. York M. J. 
 [etc.], 1918, cviii, 617.— De Gregorlls (A.) Balantidiosis 
 humana; un caso observado en Salta. Rev. Asoc. m^d. 
 argent., Buenos Aires, 1916, xxv, 143-145.— Dutcber (B. 
 H.) The failure of emetine hydroohlorid, but the apparent 
 success of salvarsan, in a case of Balantidiosis. Am. J. Trop. 
 
 Dis. [etc.], N. Orl., 1914-15, ii, 663. . Note on a new 
 
 geographical locaUty for Balantidiosis coli. J. Trop. M. 
 [etc.], Lond., 1914, xvii, 99.— Ehrnrootli (E.) Zur Frage 
 der Pathogenitat des Jjalantidium coli. Ztschr. I. klin. 
 Med., Berl., 1903, xlix, 321-331.— Gray (D. A.) Report of 
 three cases of Balantidium coli; Balantidium coli (Stein) 
 Faramsecium coli (Malmsten). St. Louis M. Rev., 1907, 
 Iv, 417.— GruzdeO (S.) & PoUloff (A. M.) Paramcecium s. 
 Balantidium coli 1 erysipelas salutare. Eussk. Vrach, S.- 
 Peterb., 1907, vi, 1514-1520.— Gurwltsch (M. I.) Balanti- 
 dium coll im menschlichen Darm. St. Petersb. med. 
 Wchnschr., 1897, n. F., xiv, 183-189.— Henscben (S. E.) 
 Zur Frage fiber die pathogenetisohe Bedeutung des Balanti- 
 dium coli. Arch. t. Verdauungskr., Berl., 1901, vii, 501- 
 608.— Hlnkelmann (A. J.) Balantidium coll. N. YorkM. 
 J. [etc.], 1916, ci, 200-202. AUo, Reprint.— Holmsen (F.) 
 Eitrige Colo-proctitls von einem seltenen Darmparasiten: 
 Balantidium coli, verursacht. Verhandl. d. k. nord. Kong. 
 i. inn. Med., Skagen 1909, Stockholm, 1910, 368-365.— 
 Janowskl (WJ Ein Fall von Balantidium coh im Stuhle, 
 nebst einigen Bemerkungen iiber den Einfluss dieses Pa- 
 rasiten auf Storungen im Darmcanal. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., 
 Berl., 1897, xxxil, 415-432.— Jennings (C. G. R.) Balanti- 
 
BALANTIDroM. 
 
 325 
 
 BALCIANELLI. 
 
 Balantidium coli {Infection by). 
 
 dium infection and pernicious anemia. N. York State J. 
 M., N. Y., 1912, xii, 179-181.— Klimenko (W.) Beitrag zur 
 Pamologie des Balantidium (Paramaeoium) coli. Beitr. z. 
 path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1903, jcxxiii, 281-301, 2 
 pi.— Koslowsky (J. J.) Zur Lehre von den Infusorien, die 
 als Parasiten im Verdauungskanale des Menschen vorkom- 
 men; ein Fall von Balantidium coliimDarme des Menschen. 
 Arch. f. Verdauungskr., Berl., 1905, xi^ 31-57.— I^abbfe (M.) 
 XJn cas d'ent^rite a Balantidium coh. Paris mM., 1917, 
 xxH, 472. — LanzenbeigCA.) Uncasde balantidioseautoch- 
 tone; son'traitement. BuU. Soc path, exot.. Par., 1918, xi, 
 558.— Manlove (C. H.) Two cases of balantidlal cohtis. 
 Philippine J. Sc, Manila, 1917, xii, s. B, 149-163. Also 
 [Absfr.]: Tr. Chicago Path. Soc, 1917-18, x, 279.— MaxweU 
 (J. L.) Apaper from H. S. Houghton on Balantidium in- 
 fection. China M. J., Shanghai, 1912, xxvi, 18-21.— Parodl 
 (S. F.) & Widakowlcli (V.) El Balantidium coU en 
 nuestro pais. Semana m^., Buenos Aires, 1917, xxiv, pt. 2, 
 35-41.— Pokrovskl (V. G.) [Enteritis, produced by baJan- 
 tidia and their treatment.] Trudl fak. terap. klin. Imp. 
 Mosk. Univ. . . . v chest . . . V. D. Shervinskavo, 1904, 137- 
 158.— von Fionazek (S.) Zur Kenntnis der BaJantidiosis; 
 zusammenfassende Darstellung. Beihefte z. Arch, f . Schiffls- 
 u. Tropen- Hyg., Leipz., 1913, xvii, 369-390, 2 pi.— Robin 
 (W.) Zwei durch Balantidium coU hervorgerufene Colitis- 
 Jalle (Balantidium cohtis). - Arch. f. Verdauimgskr., Berl., 
 
 1904, X, 68-81. . [Two cases of Balantidium coU.] 
 
 Medycyna, Warszawa, 1907, xxxv, 37; 61.— Shegalow (J. 
 P.) Ein Fall von Balantidium coU bei einem Siahrigen 
 Madchen. Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Leipz., 1899, n. F., xlix, 426- 
 441.— Slevers (K.) Ueber Balantidium coli im mensch- 
 lichen DarmkanaJ und dessen Vorkomroen in Schweden 
 und Finland. Arch. f. Verdauungskr., Berl., 1899, v, 445- 
 466.— Solowjew (N. S.) Das Balantidium coli als Erreger 
 chronischer DurcMaUe. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. 
 Abt., Jena, 1901, xxix, 821; 849. — ■ — . Ueber einen Fall von 
 Balantidien-Infection des IJickdarms und des Magens. Allg. 
 med. Centr. Ztg., Berl., 1903, bodi, 175-179.— von Ssawel- 
 jew (N.) Affekfion des Dickdarms, bedingt durch Balan- 
 Mdien. Centralbl. f. Stoflwechsel- u. Verdauungskr., Got^ 
 ting., 1901, ii, 417-424.— Stepanoft (V. P.) [Treatment of 
 balantidiasis with emetin. Sibirsk. Vrach, Tomsk, 1916, 
 iii, 67-63.— Strassburger. Demonstration eines Kranken 
 mit Balantidium coli. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & 
 Leipz., 1910, xxxvi, 2364. Also: Sitzungsb. d. naturk. Ver. 
 d.preuss.Rheinl.u.'Westphal. 1910,Bonn,1911.s.B,34-36.— 
 Strong (R. P.) Balantidium coli (Stern). Circ. trop. dls., 
 Manila, 1901, 11-13.— Strong (K. P.) & Musgrave (W. E.) 
 PreUnunary note of a case of infection with Balantidium coll 
 (Stein). Johns Hopkins Horn. Bull., Bait, 1901, xii, 31.— 
 Taboadela (J. A.) Observation of a case of dysentery in a 
 girl due to balantidium. San.ybenefic. Bol. ofic.,Habana, 
 1911, V, 70-78.— Walker (E. L.) Quantitative determina- 
 tion of the balantidicidal activity of certain drugs and chem- 
 icals as a basis for treatment of infections with Balantidium 
 
 coli. Philippine J. Sc, Manila, 1913, viii, s. B., 1-15. . 
 
 Experimental balantidiasis. Ibid., 333-349, 7 pi.— Woit (O.) 
 Drei neue Falle von Balantidium coli im menschUcnen 
 Darm. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1898, Ix, 363- 
 384, 1 pi.— Young (A. D.) & Walker (0. J.) Balantidium 
 coh infection in Oklahoma. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1918, 
 Ixx, 507. 
 
 Balantidium orchestium. 
 
 Watson (Minnie E.) A new infusorian parasite in sand 
 fleas. [Balantidium orchestium.1 J. Farasitol., Urbana, 
 111., 1916, il, 145. 
 
 Balanus irrvprovisus. 
 
 Bahls (H. J. C.) *Ueber Struktur und 
 Wachstum der Schale von Balanus improvisus. 
 8°. Grdfswald, 1903. 
 
 FUatowa (E . ) Quelques remarques S, propbs du d^velop- 
 pement post-embryoimaire et I'anatomie de Balanus impro- 
 visus (Darw.). Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1902, xxv, 379-385. 
 
 Balard ( Jean-Paul- Antoine) [1885- ]. *Re- 
 cherches anatomo-cliniques sur les foyers d 'aus- 
 cultation du coeur foetal en fin de grossesse et 
 Sendant le travail. 88 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1911, 
 o. 39. 
 
 Balaruc-les-Bains. 
 
 See Wtiteia (Mineral), by localities. 
 Bal&s (Dezs6). Kozlem^ny a budapesti k. m. 
 t.-egyetem 2. sz&coA (R^czey Imre tandij 
 seb^Bzeti klinikum&dl. A klinikum betegfor- 
 galma 1902, ^v elstt fel^ben. [Communication 
 on lie Surgical Clinic of the Budapest Royal 
 Hungarian Scientific Society (Emerich R6czey, 
 professor). The pathological work of the cUnic 
 in the first half of 1902.] 19 pp. fol. Budapest, 
 Orvosihetilap, 1903. 
 
 Balassa (Constantin). L'art de ferrer les chevaux 
 sans faire usage de la force selon les moyens 
 rationnels d^duits de la psicolo^e du cheval. 
 Traduit par Fortun6 de Brack, xiv, 53 pp. 8°. 
 Paris, Houdaille, 1835. 
 
 Balassa (Johann). 
 
 DoUinger (G.) [Johaim Balassa and the treatment of 
 tubercular irmammation of bones and joints.] Orvosi 
 hetil., Budapest, 1909, Uii, 17-23. 
 
 Balata. 
 
 ScHEEESCHEWSKi (B.) *Ueber Balata und 
 Chicle. [Bern.] 8°. Kimigsherg i. Pr., 1906. 
 
 Baucher. Note sur la r^colte et la preparation de la 
 Balata i la Guyane franeaise. Ann. d'hyg. et de mM. colon.. 
 Par., 1912, XV, 843-848.— Lenz (W.) Balata. Arb. a. d. 
 phannazeut. Inst. d. Univ. Berl., 1912, ix, 232. 
 
 Balata (Charles) [1880- ]. *La pu^riculture 
 du premier Sge chez les enfants de la classe 
 ouvrifere. [Montpellier.] 58 pp. 8°- Marseille, 
 1910, No. 35. 
 
 Balaton Lake. 
 
 Lenkel (V. D.) [The climate of the Balaton Lake region, 
 and the physical and chemical properties of the water and 
 mud of Balaton Lake.] Budapesti orv. ujsAg, 1909, vii, 42^ 
 
 430. . gladium and radium emanation contained in 
 
 the water of Balaton Lake; its weight and volume.] Orvosi 
 
 hetU., Budapest, 1910, liv, 331; 351; 372; 387. . [Bala^ 
 
 ton Lake and its effect on the human organism.] Budapesti 
 orv. ujsig, 1911, ix, 163-175. 
 
 Balatre (Emile) [1875- ]. *Contribution a 
 r^tude des py61on6phrites gravidiques et de 
 leur traitement. 58 pp. 8°. Pom, 1902, No. 62. 
 
 Balavoine (Hector). *Recherches sur la tension 
 art&ielle maxima et la tension minima, dans 
 quelques affections oculaires. 68 pp. 8°. 
 Paris, 1911, No. 118. 
 
 Balavoine (Robert). *Die Schutzimpfung des 
 Rindes gegen den Rauschbrand in der Schweiz; 
 undineinigenandernLandem. [Bern.] 58 pp. 
 8°. Zurich, 0. Fiissli, 1909. 
 
 Balbiani (Sdouard-Gerard) [1823-99]. 
 
 H. NScrologie. Progrfe m6d.. Par., 1899, 3. s., x, 94.— 
 Henneguy (L. F.) Notice biographique. Arch, d'anat. 
 micr.. Par., 1899-1900, iii, pp. 1-xxxvi, port.— L. (E.) JBi- 
 ography.] Bibliog. anat.. Par. & Nancy, 1899, vii, 151.— 
 Meciolo^e. Gaz. mfid. de Par., 1899, 11. s., ii, 365. 
 
 Balbirnie (John) [1810-96]. A treatise on the 
 
 organic diseases of the womb. 2. ed. xv, '335 
 
 pp. 8°. Lovdon, E. Portvnne, [1836]. 
 Balbis (Franciscus). Thesis. [De carcinomate, 
 
 seu cancro.l 6 pp., 1 1. 4 . Genuse, 1809. 
 
 [P., V. 2148.] 
 Balbis (Joannes Baptista). Materies medica 
 
 prselectionibus academicis accommodata. 2 
 
 pts. in 1 V. Ixi (11.), 235 pp.; 220 pp., 12 1. 
 
 8°. Augustse Taurinorum, P. J. Pie, 1811. 
 Balcam (Emest-Edouard) [1876- ]. *Ost6o- 
 
 sarcome du maxillaire supeiieur chez les enfants. 
 
 48 pp., 2 1., 2 pi. 8°. Bordeaux, P. Cassignol, 
 
 1900, No. 20. 
 Balcells y Camps (Jos6 Antonio). Moral farma- 
 
 c^utica. 38 pp. 12°. Barcelona, 1839. 
 Balch (Franklin Green) [1864- ]. Surgical 
 
 diseases and wounds of the male genital organs. 
 In: Am. Pract. Surg. [Bryant & Buck], N. Y., 1909, vi, 
 
 622-699, 1 pi. 
 
 Balch (Lewis) [1847-1909]. A manual for boards 
 of health and health oflScers. 204 pp. 12°. 
 Albany, Banks & Co., 1903. 
 
 . The same. 242 pp. 12°. Albany, Banks 
 
 & Co., 1906. 
 For Biography, see Med. Kec, N. Y., 1909, ixxvi, 318. 
 
 Balcianelli (Giovanni). Discorso contro I'abuso 
 deU' antimonio preparato, o argento vivo subli- 
 mato, o del precipitate in medicine solutive 
 ordinati. 30 pp. sm. 4°. Verona, A. Tamo, 
 1603. 
 
BALCK. 
 
 326 
 
 BALDWIN. 
 
 Balck (V. G.) & Djurberg (Vilhelm). Svenska 
 lifraddningssallskapets handbok for raddning af 
 drunknande, skenbart drunknades behandling, 
 lifraddningsofniBgar p5, land, simundervisning 
 pk land och i vatten, etc. [Swedish Life-Saving 
 Assodation. Handbook for resuscitating the 
 drowned [etc.].] 90 pp. 12°. Stockholm, P. 
 Palmquist, 1900. 
 
 Baldassarri (Giuseppe). Osservazioni ed espe- 
 rienze intomo al bagno di Montalceto. 4 p. 1., 
 144 pp., port. 12°. Siena, L. & B. Bindi, 1779. 
 
 Baldauf (Albert) [1880- ]. *Ein cystisches 
 Riesenzellensarkom eines Metacarpalknochens. 
 28 pp., 1 sheet. 8°. Munchen, Dr. C. Wolf & 
 Sohn, 1905. 
 
 Balde (Jakol) [1603- ]. 
 
 BAsslei (O.) Ein Kampfer gegen Kurptusoliertum und 
 Aberglaube aus dem 17. Jahrhundert. (Jakob Balde.] 
 Aerztl. Mitt. a. Baden, Karlsruhe, 1904, Iviii, 247. 
 
 Baldensperger (Jules-Alfred) [1876- ]. *La 
 scl^rite. 88 pp., 1 1. 8°. Na-my, 1901, No. 6. 
 
 Baldenweck Louis) [1878- ]•. *Etude anato- 
 mique et cHnique sur las relations de I'oreille 
 moyenne avec la pointe du rocher, le ganglion 
 de Gasser et la vi° paire cranienne. 209 pp. 8°. 
 Paris, 1908, No. 154. 
 
 . The same. 209 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, G. 
 
 SUinhdl, 1908. 
 
 Baldes (Karl) [1877- ]. *Ueber die Ausschei- 
 dung von satirem und neutralem Schwefel im 
 Harn des Kaninchens wahrend des Hungerzu- 
 standes. 12 pp., 21. 8°. Wurzburg,1^0\. 
 
 Baldi (Dario). La glicosuria e la sua terapia. 47 
 pp. 8°. Milano, [n. d.]. 
 Conferenze clinicbe itallane, 1. s., 1, 14, 
 
 Baldinger (Emestus Godofredus) [1738-1804]. 
 [Pr.] vindicise irritabUitatis Hallerianse. [Cum 
 ■vita candidati Carolus Ernestus Kositzki]. 28 
 pp. sm. 4°. Gcettingx, J. C. Dieterich, 1775. _ 
 
 . Pharmacopoea Edinburgensis. 8p. l.,xi, 
 
 292 p^. 16°. Bremx, G. L. Foerster, 1776. 
 
 Selecta doctorum virorum opuscula in 
 
 quibus Hippocrates explicatur, denuo edita. 
 xii d 1.), 351 pp. 12°. Gottingx, B. F. Kiibler, 
 1782. 
 
 For Biography, see Nioolai (Ernst Anton) [in 2. s.]. [Pr.] 
 quo genuina artnritis [etc.]. 4°. Jeime, [1760]. 
 
 Baldini (Cesare). Le malattie contagiose e le 
 norme per prevenirne la diftusione nelle scuole, 
 ad uao del personale direttivo e insegnante. 2. 
 ed., con aggiunte [etc.]. 22 pp., 3 tab. 8°. 
 Roma, 1898. 
 
 . Profilassi scolastica. Malattie conta- 
 giose che possono diffondersi nella scuola. 
 broadside. Bomu, f7mon« coop., [1898?]. 
 
 Baldini (FiUppo). Degradazione della vita 
 umana cagionata dall' abuso delle mode. 2 p. L, 
 70 pp. 12°. [n. p.], 1782. 
 
 . Manifere dr'allaiter les enfans h la main au 
 
 dSaut de nourrices. Traduit de I'italien par M. 
 ... xii, 142 pp., IpL 16°. Paris, Buisson, 17SQ. 
 
 Baldini (Gaston). *Contribution a I'dtude de la 
 fifevre typhoide dans ses rapports avec la m6de- 
 cine legale. 83 pp. 8°. Pam, 1909; No. 83. 
 
 Baldness. 
 
 See Alopecia. 
 
 Baldoni (Angelo). Manuale di patologia e terapia 
 
 chinirgica generale. vui, 371 pp. 8° Milano, 
 
 F. Vallardi, [1898?]. 
 . Manuale di patologia e terapia chinirgica 
 
 speciale. 4 v. 12°. Milano, F. Vallardi, 
 
 [1901-6]. ' 
 
 Baldovski (V[ladimir] G[rigoryevich]) [1876-- 
 ]. Sluchai kesarskavo slecheniya pri 
 eklampsii. [Csesarean section in eclampsia.] 
 4 pp. 8°. Tomsk, Sib. Tov. Pech. DUla, 1910. 
 JBoii/nd with: Izvlest. Imp. Tomsk. Univ., 1910, xxxvii. 
 
 Baldridge {Alexander H.) [1795-1874]. 
 
 Fetter (H.W.) [Biography.] Eoleet. M. J., Cincin., Ixlx, 
 81-83. 
 
 Balduin (Hubert) [1884- ]. *Ueber Netztor- 
 sion. [Giessen.) 10 pp. 8°. Prog, 1911. 
 
 Baldus (Baldus). Opobalsami orien talis in con- 
 ficienda theriaca Romse adhibiti. Medicae pro- 
 pugnationes. 69 pp., 11. sm. 4°. Romx,lG40. 
 
 Baldwin (Agnes) |;1876- ]. See Brett {Mrs. 
 Agnes Baldwin). 
 
 Baldwin (Bird Thomas). Physical growth and 
 school progress, A study in experimental edu- 
 cation. 212 pp. 8°. Washington, Gov. Print. 
 Office, 1914. 
 U. S. Bur. Eduoat., Bull., No. 10. 
 
 Baldwin (D[avid] A.) The family pocket homoe- 
 opathist, a concise manual of homoeopathic prac- 
 tice, for families and travelers. 142 pp. 24°. 
 [Rochester, E. Darrow & Bro., 1863.] 
 
 . The same. 2. ed. 158 pp. 24°. Roch- 
 ester, E. Darrow & Co., 1886. 
 
 Baldwin (Edward Robinson) [1864- ]. Tuber- 
 culosis; history and etiology. 
 
 In: Mod. Med. (Osier). 8°. Fhilaielvlm & New York, 
 1907, iii, 137-199. 
 
 Tuberculosis; its cause, prevention and 
 
 treatment. 16 pp. 8°. Chicago, Am. M. Ass. 
 Press, [n. d.}. 
 
 Baldwin {Henri Outler) [1859-1915]. 
 
 Knapp (P. C.) & Tuttle (G. T.) Memorial resolutions. 
 Boston M. & S. J., 1915, cbcxii, 726.— [Obituary.] J. Am. 
 M. Ass., Chicago, 1915, Ixiv, 925. Also: Boston M. & S. J., 
 1915, olxxii, 388.— Spoflord (Harriet P.) Memorial otHenry 
 Cutler Baldwin. Boston M. & S. J., 1915, olxxii, 426. 
 
 Baldwin (James Mark) [1861- ]. Mental de- 
 velopment in the child and the race. Methods 
 and processes. 2. ed., corrected, xvi, 496 pp. 
 12°. New York, The Macmillan Company, 1898. 
 
 . The same. Le d^veloppement mental 
 
 chez I'enfant et dans la race. Traduit de I'an- 
 glais par M. Nourry, et pr6c6d6 d'une preface 
 de M. L^on Marillier. xiv, 464 pp. 8°- Paris, 
 F. Alcan, 1897. 
 
 Social and ethical interpretations in men- 
 
 tal development. A study in social psychology. 
 2. ed^ revised, with additions, xx, 580 pp. 8°. 
 New York, The Macmillan Company, 1899. 
 
 . History of psychology; a sketch and an 
 
 interpretation. 2 v. xiii, 168 pp., port. ; vii, 
 214 pp., port. 12°. New York a; London, G. 
 P. Putnam's Sons, 1913. 
 
 See, also, Blnet (Alfred). Alterations of personality. 
 12°. London, 1896.— Dictionary of philosophy and psychol- 
 ogy [etc.]. ■ 8°. New York, 1901. 
 
 Baldwin (Joseph). Elementary psychology and 
 education, a text-book for high schools, normal 
 schools, normal institutes, and reading circles, 
 and a manual for teachers, xviii, (11.), 299 pp. 
 8°. NewYork, D. Appleton & Co., 1899. 
 
 Baldwin (L. Blake) & Larned (Ezra Read). 
 Syphilis m dentistry. 120 pp., 5 pi. 8°. Chi- 
 cago, E. H. Colgrove, 1903. 
 
 Baldwin {Louis KimbaU) [1836-93]. 
 
 Welch (W.M.) Inmemoriam. Proo. Phila. Co. M. Soc, 
 Phila., 1894, XT, pp. xvii-xix. 
 
 Baldwin (William J.) Baldwin on heating; or, 
 steam heating for buildings revised; being a 
 description of steam heating apparatus for 
 warming and ventilating large buildings and 
 
BALDWIN. 
 
 327 
 
 BALL, 
 
 Baldwin (William J.) — continued, 
 private houses, [etc.]. vi, 365 pp., 6 pi. 8°. 
 New Yarh, J. Wiley & Som, 1897. 
 Baldy (F.) *E8eal des aluminiums industriels et 
 des m^taux solubles dans I'acide chlorique. 
 viii, 9-61 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Montpellier 1900, No. 5. 
 Ecole de pharmacie. 
 Baldy (John Montgomery) [1860- ]. 
 
 See American (An) text-book of gynecology. 2. ed. 8°. 
 FMladelphia, 1898. 
 
 For Portrait, see Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1909, vlii, 
 420. 
 
 Bale (WiUiam) [1836-1914]. 
 
 Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1914, i, 406. 
 
 Bale (William Barker) [1866-1916]. 
 
 Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1916, i, 258. 
 
 Balencie (H.) [1876- ]. *Du traitement con- 
 servateur des arthrites tuberculeuses du cou-de- 
 pied. Ill pp. 8°. Toulouse, 1904, No. 396. 
 
 Balencie (I.) [1871- ]. *Luxations de I'^paule 
 en arrifere et en particulier de la sous-acromiale. 
 59 pp. 8°. Paris, 1898, No. 636. 
 
 Balcstra (Angelo). La febbre isterica. 22 pp., 
 1 1. 8°. Parma, R. Pellegrini, 1899. 
 
 Balestre (A[lbert]) & de Saint-Josepli (A. 
 Gilletta). Etude sur la mortality de la premifere 
 enfance dans la population urbaine de la France 
 de 1892 k 1897. 1 p. 1., 51 pp., 2 1. 8° Paris, 
 Dcrin, 1901. 
 
 Balestre (Paul-Louis) [1879- ]. *Etude sta- 
 tistique sur la mortality infantile de ^ 1 an et de 
 1 a, 2 ans k Nice de 1887 k 1904. Indications 
 sur la prophylaxie de la mortalite infantile. 
 166 pp., 1 1. 8°. Lyon, 1905, No. 151. 
 
 Baletti (L.) Le 8peaalit&. in Italia prima e dopo 
 la legge del 17 lugllo 1890 suUe opere pie, con 
 speciale riguardo alia reciprocity, da trattamento 
 nel Lombardo-Veneto pei colpiti da malattia 
 acuta. 85pp. 12° Como, B. ^'am cfe Co., 1900. 
 
 Balewski (Balii). *Ueber die Wirkung des 
 Phesins als Antipyreticum. 21 pp., 8 1. 8°. 
 Berlin, L. Schumacher, 1903. 
 
 Balewsld (Minko Theodorow) [1876- ]. *Die 
 hypnotieche Wirkung des Metachlorals. 24 pp., 
 1 1. 8°. Halle a S., C. A. Kaemmerer & Co., 
 1902. 
 
 Balfour {Alfred) [1852-1906]. 
 
 [Obituary.] Lancet, Lond., 1907, i, 134. 
 
 Balfour {Andrew) [1852-1906]. 
 
 Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1907, i, 55. Also: Med. 
 Press & Circ, Lond., 1907, n. s., ixxxiii, 21. 
 
 Balfour (Andrew) [1873- . ] & Archibald (Rob- 
 ert George). Second review of the recent ad- 
 vances in tropical medicine, hygiene and trop- 
 ical veterinary science. In collaboration with 
 W. B. Fry and W. R. O'Farrell. 448 pp., 1 pi. 
 [front.]. 4°. Lovdon, Baillih-e, Tindall & Co., 
 1911. 
 
 Suppl. to the 4. report of the Wellcome Tropical Eesearch 
 Laboratories, Gordon Memorial College, Khartoum. 
 
 Balfour (Francis). Neues System uber die 
 faulen nachlassenden Intestinal- Fieber und den 
 Sonnen- und Mond-Einiiuss auf dieselben, 
 nebst sichern und verbesserten Heilart. Aus 
 dem EngUschen ubersetzt. xxiv, 112 pp., 2 ch., 
 3 1. 16°. Bresslau, J. F. Korn, 1792. 
 
 . A collection of treatises on the effects of 
 
 sol-lunar influence in fevers; with an improved 
 method of curing them. 4. ed. xxvi, 3-12 pp. ; 
 xxxii (2 1.), 359 pp., 1 diag. 8°. Cupar & Lon- 
 don, R. Tullis, 1816. 
 
 Balfour (George William) [1823-19031. Clinical 
 lectures on diseases of the heart and aorta. 2. 
 ed. xvi, 469 pp., 2 pi. 8°. London, J. & A. 
 Churchill, 1882. 
 
 Balfour (George William) — continued. 
 
 . The same. 3. ed. xxi, 479 pp., 2pl. 8°. 
 
 London, A. & C. Black, 1898. 
 . The senile heart; its symptoms, sequelae, 
 
 and treatment. 2. ed. viii (2. 1.), 308 pp. 12°. 
 
 London, A. & C. Black, 1896. 
 
 For Biography, see Brit. M. J., lond., 1903, ii, 439. Also: 
 
 Lancet, Lond., 1903, u, 570, port. Also: Scot. M. & S. J., 
 
 Edinb., 1903, xiil, 237-241 (J. O. A.). 
 
 Balfour (Isaac Bayley). 
 
 See, de Bary (Anton). Comparative morphology [etc.]. 
 8°. Oi/brd, 1887. 
 
 For Portrait, see Stud. Photog. Album. 8°. [Edirir 
 burgh, 1903.] 
 
 Balfour {James Drysdale) [1856-1914]. 
 
 [Obituary.] Cauad. Pract. & Rev., Toronto, 1914, 
 xxxix, 126. 
 
 Balfour (W. G.) An analysis of the evidence 
 given before the select committee of the House 
 of Commons, appointed February 12, 1877, to 
 enquire into the working of the lunacy law. 8 
 pp. 12°. Alton, 1877. 
 
 . Suggestions for consideration regarding 
 
 private asylums. 8 pp. 8°. Alton, Evans, 
 [n. d.]. 
 
 Balhorn (Hans). *Ueber die negative Wirkung 
 der Kohlenstoffdoppelbindungen auf benach- 
 barte Methylengruppen, speciell beim Cyclo- 
 pentadien. 62 pp., 1 plan. 8°. Miinchen, V. 
 Eofling, 1902. 
 
 Baliano (Giovanni Battista). Trattato della 
 pestilenza ove si adducono pensieri nuovi in 
 piil materie. Stampato gi^ I'anno m.dc.xvii. 
 et hora riweduto, ed ampUato dall'autore. 4 
 p. 1., 198 pp., 9 1. 12°. Geneva, per B. Guasco, 
 [1698]. 
 
 Balinski {Ivan MikTiaUovick) [1827- 
 1902]. 
 
 Bekhterefl (V. M.) [In memoriam.l Obozr. Pslchiat., 
 Nevrol. [etc.], S.-Peterb., 1910, xv, 129-135.— Cbechott 
 (O. A.) [In memoriam.] IhUi., 135-150.— Ostankofl (P.) 
 [In memoriam.] IhU., 1902, yii, 163-165, port.— Slkorskl 
 (I. A.) [In memoriam.] Vopr. Nerv.-Psikh. Med., Kiev, 
 1902, vii, pp. i-lvl, port. 
 
 Balistresi (F. Stagnitta) & Bandi (Ivo). Con- 
 sideraziom eopra I'epidemia di peste bubbonica 
 in Oporto nell'anno 1899. 30 pp. 8°. Messina, 
 A. Trimarchi, 1900. 
 
 Balkan Peninsula. 
 
 Castellani ( A^ Tropical diseases in the Balkans. Proc. 
 Eoy. Soe. Med., Lond., 1916-17, x. Sect. Med., 31-58. — w — . 
 Notes sur les maladies tropicales dans les zones balkanigue 
 et adriatique. Bull, de I'OfBice Intemat. d'hyg. pub., Par., 
 1918, X, 10-30.— Cvlji6 (J.) Die ethnographischen Ab- 
 grenzung der Volker auf der Balkanhalbinsel. Mitt. a. 
 Justus Perthes' Geog. Anst, Gotha, 1913, lix, 113; 185; 244.— 
 Pittard (E.) Anlliropom^trie comparative des popula- 
 tions balkaniques. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par., 1915, 
 
 clx,642; 681. . Lespeuplesdelap^ninsuledesBalkans, 
 
 esquisse anthropologique. Rev. gto. d. sc. pures et appliq., 
 Par., 1915, xxvi, 665-675.— Treidler (H.) Alte Volker der 
 Balkanhalbinsel. Arch. f. Authrop., Bmschwg., 1913, n. F., 
 xii, 97-107.— Wolff (K. S.) Volker und Eassen auf dem 
 Balkan. Polit.-anthrop. Eev., Berl., 1913-14, xil, 202-207.— 
 Zaborowskl (S.) Les Balkans, leur premier peuplement. 
 Eev. anthrop.. Par., 1916, xxvi, 467-477. 
 
 Balkhausen (Peter) [1888- ]. *Ueber Ikterus 
 gravis in der Schwangerschaft. [Wtirzburg.] 
 27 pp. 8°. Boma-Leipzig, R. Noske, 1914. 
 
 Balkwill (F. H.) The testimony of the teeth to 
 man's place in nature. With other essays on the 
 doctrine of evolution, xiii, 240 pp., 4 pi. 8°. 
 London, K. Paul, Trench, Trilbner & Co., 1893. 
 
 Ball (Albert B.) L'enfant et son m^decin; guide 
 pratique de I'hygifene et des maladies de I'en- 
 fance de S, 15 ans. xvi, 271 pp. 8°. Paris, A. 
 Maloine; 1910. 
 
 Ball (Albert J. A.). 
 
 See Kocb (Eobert) [in 2. s.]. Water filtration and cholera 
 [etc.]. fol. [Lcyndon, 1893.] 
 
BALL. 
 
 328 
 
 BALLAND. 
 
 Ball (Albert- William-Benjamin). *De la perfora- 
 tion de I'estomac au cours des ulcferes latents ou 
 m^connus; ^tiologie, clinique et diagnostic. 
 208 pp. 8°. Pans, 1904, No. 576. 
 
 Ball (Alonzo Brayton) [1841-1908]. 
 
 Obituary. Boston M. & S. J., 1908, ollx, 597. Also: J. 
 Am. M. Ass., CUcago, 1908, 11, 1721. Also: N. York M. J. 
 [etc.], 1908, Ixxxviii, 849. 
 
 Ball (Benjamin) [1835-931. 
 
 Rltti (A.) [Biography.] In his: Hist. d. trav. Soc. mM.- 
 psychol., 8°, Par., 1914, n, 346-349. 
 
 Ball {Oharles Albert) [1851-1909]. 
 
 [Obituary.] Wasli. M. Ann., 1909-10, viii, 411. 
 BaU {Sir Charles Bent) [1851-1916]. The rectum, 
 its diseases and developmental defects. 332 pp. , 
 5 pi. 4° London, H. Frowde, & Eodder & 
 Stoughton, 1908. 
 
 For Biography, see Brit. J. Surg., Bristol, 1916, iv, 9. 
 Also: Brit. t/L. J., Lond., 1916, i,469. Also: Dublin J. M. Sc. 
 1916, olxi, 293-296 (J. W. M.) Also: Lancet, Lond., 1916, 
 i, 703. 
 
 BaU (Charles R.) [1867- ]. 
 
 See Nonne (Max). Syphilis and the nervous system. 
 8°. Philadelphia & tondon, [1913]. 
 
 Ball (Gulielmus Jacobus). *De dysenteria. 1 
 
 p. 1., 21 pp^ 8°. Edinburgi, C. Steward, 1808. 
 BaU (James B[arry]). A handbook of diseases of 
 
 the nose and pharynx. 3. ed. xii, 404 pp. 12°. 
 
 London, Baillihe, Tindall & Cox, 1897. 
 . The same. 4. ed. xii, 439 pp. 12°. 
 
 London, Baillih-e, Tindall & Cox, 1901. 
 
 The same. 5. ed. xii, 388 pp. 8°. 
 
 London, Baillihe, Tindall & Cox, 1906. 
 
 The same. 3. ed. xii, 404 pp. 12°. 
 
 New York, W. Wood & Co., 1898. 
 
 The same. 4. ed. xii, 439 pp. 12°. 
 
 New York, W. Wood & Co., 1901. 
 
 -. The same. 5. ed. xii, 388 pp. 8°. New 
 
 York, W. Wood & Co., 1906. 
 Ball {James Moor es), sr. [1812-97]. 
 
 [Biography.] Tri-StateM. J. & Pract., St. Louis, 1897,iv, 
 
 441-443. 
 BaU (James Maorea), jr. [1862- ]. Modem 
 
 ophthalmology. A practical treatise on the 
 
 anatomy, physiology and diseases of the eye. 
 
 xxiii,' 820 pp., 21 pi. 8°. Philadelphia, P. A. 
 
 Davis Co., 1904. 
 ■ . The same. 2. ed. 820 pp., 23 pi. 8°- 
 
 Philadelphia, F. A. Dams Co., 1908. 
 
 The same. 3. ed. xxv, 911 pp., 24 pi. 
 
 8°. Philadelphia! F. A. Davis Co., 1913, 
 
 . The same. 4. ed. 3 p. 1. , v-xxv, 911 pp. 
 
 8°. Philadelphia, F. A. Davis Co., 1916. 
 
 Ajidreas Vesalius, the reformer of anat- 
 
 omy. [Vignette.] xvii, 149 pp., 2 port. fol. 
 Saint Louis, Med. Science Press, 1910. 
 
 BaU (John). Pharmacopoeia domestica nova, 
 preecipue in usum eorum, qui vel ruri vel 
 partibus trimsmarinis artem medicam exercent, 
 ut apothecas privatas sibimet co'nstruant. Ed. 
 4°. 112 pp., 4 1. 16°. Londini, A. Millar, 
 1760. 
 
 . Practische Abhandlung von Fiebem oder 
 
 g-undliche Anweisung, wie alle Arten von 
 Fiebem zu erliennen, zu beurtheilen und zu 
 heilen sind. Aus dem Englischen ubersetzt von 
 D. S. 7p.l. 262 pp., 11. 12°. Frankjurt de 
 Leipzig, 1762. 
 
 -. Grtiadliche und yoUstandige Anweisung 
 
 zur medicinischen Praxis, als eine Fortsetzung 
 der Abhandlung von Fiebem. Aus dem engli- 
 schen ubersetzt von Christ. Fried. SeUg. 3 p. 1., 
 388 .pp., 21. 12°. Frankjurt & Leipzig, 1763. 
 
 Bound with: Ball (J.) Practische Abhandlung [etc.]. 
 12°. I^ankfurt & Leipzig, 1763. 
 
 Ball {Malcolm Edward) [ -1916]. 
 
 Obituary. Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1916, xxx, 170. 
 .iteo.- Lancet, Lond., 1916, 1,973. 
 
 BaU-(Michael Valentine) [1868^- ]. Essentials 
 of bacteriology, being a concise and systematic 
 introduction to the study of micro-organisms. 
 
 5. ed., thoroughly revised by Karl M. Vogel, 
 243 pp., 7 pi. 8*- Philadelphia, W. B. Saun- 
 ders & Co., 1904. 
 
 -. The same. 6'. ed. 290 pp., 1 pi. 12°. 
 Philadelphia & London, W. B. Saunders Co., 
 1908. 
 
 & Weston (Paul G.) The same. 7. ed., 
 
 thoroughly revised. 321 pp. 8°. Philadelphia 
 & London, W. B. Saunders Co., 1913. 
 
 Ball {OgiMe D.) [1840-1915]. 
 
 [Obituary.] Albany M. Ann., 1916, xxxvii, 41-43, port 
 
 BaU (Victor) [1873- ]. *L'ath6rome aortique 
 
 chez I'homme et les animaux ; ^tude d'anatomie 
 
 pathologique compar^e. 112 pp. 8°. Lyon, 
 
 1907, No. 128. 
 
 See, also, CadSac (C.) & Ball (Victor). Anatoime patho- 
 Ipgique [etc.]. 12°. Paris, 1907.— Lesbre (F.-X.) [in 2. s.]. 
 Efements d'histologie [etc.]. g°. Pora,1903. 
 
 Ball (Walter) [1878-1912]. 
 
 [Obituary.] Lancet, Lond. , 1912, ii, 920. 
 
 Ball (WiUiam Ormsby Wyndham) [1889- 
 1914]. 
 
 [Obituary.] Lancet Lond., 1914, ii, 1070. 
 BaUa (Alberto). Bibliografia oto-rino-laringolG- 
 
 gica italiana (1870-30 giugno 1908), 257 pp. 
 
 4°. Pavia, successori Bizzoni, 1909. 
 BaUaban (Teodor). Do^wiadczenia na polu 
 
 nowoczesnej okulistyki na podstawie 12,000 
 
 przypadk6w wlasnej obserwacyi [Experience 
 
 in modem ophthalmology obtained in 12,000 
 
 cases.] vui, 170 pp. 8°. w Krakovne, J. Fili- 
 
 powshi, 1901. 
 BaUan (Jean) [1856- ]. *Contribution k 
 
 r^tude du traitement des paralysies dipht^ri- 
 
 ques par la sdroth6rapie. 84 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 
 
 1901", No. 74. 
 BaUan (Jean-Maxime) [1886- ]. *Recher- 
 
 ches sur la tension sanguine dans I'^pilepsie. 
 
 91 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1912, No. 109. 
 BaUance (Charles Alfred). Some points in the 
 
 surgery of the brain and its membranes, xv, 
 
 405 pp. 8°. London & New York, Maemillan 
 
 & Co., 1907. 
 . The same. 2. ed. xvi, 451 pp. 8°- 
 
 London, Maemillan & Co., 1908. 
 & Stewart (Purves). The healing of 
 
 nerves, x (1 1.), 112 pp., 16 pi. 4°. London, 
 
 Maemillan & Co., 1901. 
 BaUand (A.) La chimie alimentaire dans I'oeuvre 
 
 de Parmentier. xi, 448 pp., port. 8°. Paris, 
 
 J.-B. Baillihe & fils, 1902. 
 . Les aliments. Chimie, analyse^ expertise, 
 
 valeur alimentaire. I. C^r^ales. vri, 432 pp. 
 
 8°. Paris, J.-B. Baillihe & fils, 1907. 
 . The same. II. Legumes, fruit, viandes, 
 
 laitages, conserves, boissons et fourrages. 508 
 
 pp. . 8°. Paris, J.-B. Baillihe & fils, 1907. 
 . Comment choisir sea aliments pour 
 
 ^tablir son menu. 293 pp. 8°. Paris, J.-B. 
 
 Baillihe & fils, 1909. 
 See, also, Flllas (A.) & BaUand (A.) [in 2. s.]. Le cbl- 
 
 nilste Dizi [etc.]. 12°. Paris, 1906. 
 
 BaUand (Justin) [1869- ]. *Influence du 
 saturnisme sur la marche de la grossesse, le 
 produit de la conception et I'allaatement; re- 
 cherches clinitjues, exp^rimentales et toxicolo- 
 giques. 91 pp. 4°. Paris, 1896, No. 586. 
 
BALLAOT). 
 
 329 
 
 BALLET. 
 
 Balland (Louis) [1883- ]. *Fr6quence des 
 trichoc^phales et deB oxyures dans _le csBcum et 
 rappendice d'adultes non typhiques morts 
 dans les h6pitaux de Paris. 67 pp. 8° Paris, 
 1910, No. 12. 
 
 Ballantyne {Alexander) [1838-1916]. 
 
 Obituary. Brit.M.J.,Lond.,1916,U,542. .ilteo.- Edinb. 
 M. J., 1916, n. s., xvii, 349. 
 
 Ballantyne {James Todd) [1845-1917]. 
 
 Obituary. Brit.M. J.,Lond.,1917,ii, 67. AUo: Xaac&t, 
 Lond., 1917, 11,140. 
 
 BaUantyne (John William) [1861- ]. Terato- 
 geneais; an inquiry into the causes of monstroai- 
 ties. History of the theories of the past. 62 pp. 
 8°. Edinburgh, Oliver & Boyd, 1897. 
 
 . Manual of antenatal pathology and hy- 
 
 riene. The fcetus. xvi, 527 pp., 9 pi. 8°. 
 Edinburgh, W. Green & Sons, 1902. 
 
 -. The same, xvi, 527 pp., 14 pi. 8° New 
 
 York, W. Wood & Co., 1902. 
 
 The same. The embryo, xv, 697 pp., 
 
 9p.l. 8°. Edinburgh, W. Green & Sons, 1904. 
 The same, xix, 697 pp., 23 pi. 8°. New 
 
 York, W. Wood & Co., 1905. 
 
 -. Essentials of obstetrics, ix, 231 pp. 8°. 
 
 Edinburgh & London, W. Green & Sons, 1904. 
 -. Essentials of gynecology, xi, 268 pp. 8°. 
 
 Edinburgh, W. Green & Co., 1905. 
 
 -. Quinquennium of medicine and surgery, 
 
 1906 to 1910. Edited by J. W. Ballantyne. 2 
 p. 1., 411 pp., pi. roy. 4° Edinburgh, W. Green 
 & Sons, 1911. 
 
 Also published with the additional title: Krst supple- 
 mentary volume to Green's Encyclopedia and dictionary of 
 medicine and surgery . 
 
 Expectant motherhood; its supervision 
 
 and hygiene, xv, 288 pp. 8°. London [eic], 
 1914. 
 
 Ballard (Edward) [1820-97]. 
 
 Dickinson (W. H.) [Biography.] Med.-Chir. Tr., 
 Lond., 1897, Ixxx, p. cxxxvili.— Obituary. Brit. M. J., 
 I^nd., 1897; 1. 281. Also: Lancet, Ix)nd., 1897, i, 342.— P. 
 (W. H.) Obituary. Proc. Boy. Soo. Lond., 1897-8, Ixii, 
 pp.iii-v. 
 
 Ballard (Ernest Fryer). An epitome of mental 
 disorders; a practical guide to aetiology, diag- 
 nosis and treatment, for practitioners, asylum, 
 and R. A. M. C. medical officers, xv, 211 pp. 
 12°. London, J. & A. Churchill, 1917. 
 
 Ballard (James F.) The Boston Medical Li- 
 brary ; its past, present, and future. 9 pp. 12°. 
 Boston, D. C. Heath & Co., 1908. 
 
 . Some problems in the administration of a 
 
 medical library. 16 pp. 8°. Boston, W. T. 
 Eaynes, 1914. 
 
 Ballard (Julien) [1876- ]. *Comment meurent 
 les ^pileptiqueB. 142 pp. 8°. Paris, 1898, 
 No. 584. 
 
 Ballard (Philip Boswood). ObHviscence and 
 reminiscence, viii, 82 pp. 8°. Cambridge, 
 Univ. Press, 1913. 
 Brit. J. Psychol., Monog., Suppl. ii. 
 
 Ballarini (Giuseppe). 
 
 See Kreysig ( Fnedrlch Ludwig) [in 2. s.]. Le malattie del 
 
 cuore [etc.]. 16°. Parma, 1819-22. 
 Ballay. Tralt6 sommaire des maladies vfo^- 
 
 riennes. vLii, 224 pp., 3 1. 16°. Paris, Debure 
 
 [et all 1762. 
 
 Ballay (Smile) [1842-1901]. 
 
 Derocque(P.) [Biography.] Rev. mM. de Normandie, 
 Kouen, 1901, 433, port. 
 BaUe (Gerhard) [1890- ]. *Zur Kenntnia der 
 Pschorrschen Phenanthre-Synthesen. [Giessen.] 
 62 pp. 8°. Frankfurt am Main, Wiisten & Co., 
 1914. 
 
 BaUenger (Edgar G.) [1877- _ ]. Genito- 
 urinary diseases and syphilis, xii, 276 pp. 8°. 
 Atlanta, Ga., E. W. Allen & Co., 1908. 
 
 & Elder (Omar F.) The same. The 
 
 Wassermann reaction by J. Edgar PaulUn. 2. 
 ed. xxiv, 529 pp. 8° Atlanta, Ga., E. W. 
 Allen & Co., 1913. 
 
 Ballenger (Howard Charles) [1886- ] & Wlp- 
 pern (A. G.) Eye, ear, nose and throat; a 
 manual for students and practitioners. New 2. 
 ed. viii (17), 524 pp. 8°. Philadelphia & New 
 York, Lea & Febiger, 1917. 
 
 BaUenger (William Lincohi] [1861-19151. Dis- 
 eases of the nose, throat ard ear, medical and 
 surgical, viii, 17-905 pp. 8°. Philadelphia & 
 New York, Lea & Febiger, 1908. 
 
 -. The same. 2. ed. ix, 932 pp^, 17 pi. 8° 
 
 Philadelphia & New York, Lea & Febiger, 1909. 
 
 The same. 3. ed. xi, 17-983 pp., 22 pi. 
 roy. 8°. Philadelphia & New York, Lea & 
 Febiger, 1911. 
 
 The same. 4. ed. xi, [17]-1080 pp., 33 
 pi. 8°. Philadelphia & New York, Lea & 
 Febiger, 1914. 
 
 Far Biography, see 1. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1916, Ixvi, 133. 
 Also: J. Ophth., Otol. & Laryngol., Lancaster, Pa., 1916, 
 xxii, 186. Also: Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1916, xxvi, 83, 
 port. 
 
 -^ & Wippern (A. G.) Eye, ear, nose and 
 
 throat. A manual for students and practi- 
 tioners. Series edited by Bern B. Gallaudet. 
 511 pp., 6 pi. 8°. Philadelphia & New York, 
 Lea Bros. & Co., 1900. 
 
 The same. 511 pp. 8° London, 
 
 R. Kimpton, 1901. 
 de Ballens (Convers). Simple comparaison mSdi- 
 
 cale. 18 pp. 8°. Florence, F. Bencini, 1850. 
 
 [P., V. 2237.] 
 Ballereau (Jean). *Prophylaxie de la myopie par 
 
 les myotiques. 58 pp. 8°. Paris, 1908, No. 
 
 174. 
 BaUerin (Marcel) [1886- ]. *Contribution k 
 
 r^tude du redressement des deviations de la 
 
 cloison des fosses nasales par la rfeection sous- 
 
 muqueuse. 74 pp. 8°. Paris, 1912, No. 253. 
 Ballerstedt ([Theodor Arthur] Georg) [1884- 1. 
 
 *Zur Kasuistik der Lysolvergiftung. 49 pp. 8°. 
 
 Leipzig, E. Lehmann, 1909. 
 Ballespi (Camilo Castells). Historia de la legis- 
 
 lacidn sanitaria eapaiiola desde los tiempos pri- 
 
 mitivos hasta la promulgaci6n de la ley de sa- 
 
 nidad de 28 de enero de 1855. xviii, 87 pp. 12°. 
 
 L&rida, lib. de Sol y Benei, 1897. 
 Ballet (Bernard-B6nigne) [1886- ]. *Contri- 
 
 bution k I'etude du cancer primitif du poumon 
 
 (le cancer primitif 6pith61ial du parenchyme 
 
 pulmonaire). [Lyon.] 109 pp. 8°. Villeur- 
 
 banne, 1910. 
 Ballet (Gilbert) [1853-1916]. Le^ona de clinique 
 
 m^dicale. Psychoses et affections nerveuses. 
 
 vi, 251 pp. 8'". Paris, 0. Doin, 1897. 
 
 . Swedenborg; histoire d'un visionnaire au 
 
 xviii° sifecle. xii, 228 pp., port. 12° Paris, 
 
 Masson & Cie., 1899. 
 
 . Aphasie. 
 
 In: TEAiTfi de m6d. (Brouardel & Gilbert). 8°. Paris, 
 
 1901, viii, 456-530. 
 
 Neurasthenia. Translated from the 3. 
 
 French ed. by P. Campbell Smith. 408 pp. 8°. 
 London, E. Kimpton, 1908. 
 
 The same. 3. ed. xxix, (1 1.), 408 pp. 
 
 8°. London, H. Kimpton, 1911. 
 
 See, also, Fay (Henri-Marcel). Histoire de la Ifepre [etc.]. 
 8°. Paris, 1910.— Proust (Achille-Adrien) & Ballet (Gil- 
 bert) [in 2. s.]. L'hygifene du neurasthtoique [etc.]. 16°. 
 Pans, 1897. [in 2. s.]. The treatment of neu- 
 
BALLET. 
 
 330 
 
 BALNEOLOGIE. 
 
 Ballet (Gilbert)— continued. 
 
 rasthenia, [etc.]. 16°. London, 1902. — Trait* de pathologie 
 [6tc.][m2. s.]. roy.8°. Poris, 1903. 
 
 For Biography, see Brit. M. J., Lond., 1916, i, B75. Also: 
 Bull. Acad, de in^d., Par., 1916, 3. s., Ixxv, 328-330. Also: 
 J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1916, Ixvi, 1213. AUo: J. Nerv. & 
 Ment. Dls., N. Y., 1917, xlvi, 79, port. Also: Paris m.6A., 
 1916, vi, annexes, 91 (A. Mathieu). Also: Presse m^d., Par., 
 1916, xxiv, annexes, 129-131, port. (Dupr6). Also: Progrfes 
 mSd., Par., 1916, 3. s., xxxi, 55 (M. Loeper). 
 
 Ballet (Pierre) [1882- ]. *Contribution h 
 r6tude de la disinfection des mains du chirur- 
 gien et du champ op&atoire. 52 pp. 8° Paris, 
 1909, No. 424. 
 
 BaUet (Victor) [1870- ]. *De la paralysie 
 bulbo-epinale asth^nique ou syndrome d'Erb. 
 92 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Paris, 1898, No. 565. 
 
 Ballexserd (Jacques) [1726-74]. Abbandlung 
 liber die wiclitige Frage: welches sind die 
 Haupt-Ursachen, dass so viele Kinder sterben 
 und welches sind die leichtesten und sichersten 
 Mittel, sie beym Leben zu erhalten. Aus dem 
 Franzosischen tibersetzt. 1 p. 1., 125 pp. 16°. 
 Strassburg, A. Konig, 1776. 
 
 . The same. Dissertazione sopra la quistio- 
 
 ne quali sono le cagioni piincipau della morte 
 di cosi gran numero di fandulli, e qiiaU siano 
 i piu emcaci ed i piti semplici preservativi per 
 conservarli in ^dta. 150 pp., 2 1. 24°. Napoli, 
 1779. 
 
 Baileys {Gaspard) [1837-1912]. 
 
 C. (L.) Ntoologle. Eev. mM. de la Suisse rem., Genfeve, 
 1912, xxxii, 418. 
 
 Balll (Ettore). *Ueber den Einfluss lokaler und 
 allgemeiner Erwarmung und Abkiihlung der 
 Haut auf das menschliche Flammentachogramm. 
 40pp., 2pl. 8°. Bern, Lack &Aeschliman,18Q6 . 
 
 Ballien (Maria) [1882- ]. *KHmsche Bei- 
 trage zur Kenntnis der Vibrationsempfindung. 
 [Greifswald.] 30 pp., 1 1. 8°. Merseburg, T. 
 Rossner, 1906. 
 
 Balliet (Tilghman M.) Manual on therapeutics. 
 362 pp., 9 1. 8°. Philadelphia, F. W. S. Lang- 
 maid, 1899. 
 
 Balli-i (Ruggero). Organ! rudimentali dei geni- 
 taU maschili; descrizione, sviluppo e signincato 
 di tali organi, con ricerche originali sopra quelli 
 di incerto significato. 57pp., 1 pi. 4°. Modena, 
 G. Ferraguti & Co., 1908. 
 
 Ballln (Arnold) [1879- ]. *TJeber einen Fall 
 von Carcinosarkom der Uterusschleimhaut. 
 28 pp., 2 1. 8°. Leipzig, B. Georgi, 1903. 
 
 Ballin (Milton J.). 
 
 See Polltzer (Adam) [m 2. s.]. A text-book of the diseases 
 of the ear [etc.]. 8°. London, 1902. 
 
 Balling (Andreas) [1882- i|. *Ueber Verbin- 
 dungen des Furfurols mit aromatischen Amtnen. 
 [Erlangen.] 34 pp. 8°. WUrzburg, 1909. 
 
 Ballingall (Sir George) [1786-1855]. 
 
 Balltngall (G. A.) A memoir of the late Sir George Bal- 
 lingall. f. Eoy. Army Med. Corps, Lond., 1906, vi, 59-63. 
 
 Ballivet (Aristide) [1881- ]. *Des pseudo- 
 hydron^phroses traumatiques (^panchements 
 urineux parar6naux). 44 pp., 2 1. 8°. Lyon, 
 1908, No. 89. 
 
 Ballner (Franz). ExperimenteUe Studien uber 
 die Desinfectionskraft gesattigter Wasserdampfe 
 bei verschiedenen Siedetemperaturen. 16 pp. 
 8°. Wien, C. Gerald's Sohn, 1902. 
 
 Bepr.from: Sitzunpsh. d. k. Akad. d. Wissensch. Math^ 
 naturw. CI., Wien, 1902, cxi, Abth. iii. 
 
 . . Ueber die Desinfektion von Biichem, 
 
 Drucksachen und dgl. mittels feuchter heisser 
 Luft. 57 pp. 8°. Leipzig & Wien, F. Deuticke, 
 1907. 
 
 . Das Wesen der Pest und die sanitaren 
 
 Maasnahmen zu ihrer Verhiitung und Be- 
 
 Ballner (Franz) — continued. 
 
 kampfung. Mit besonderer Berticksichtigung 
 
 der mihtarischen Verhaltnisse. 18 pp. 8°. 
 
 Wien, L. W. SeiM & Sohn, 1911. 
 BaUo (Otto) [1877- ]. *Zwei schwere Falle 
 
 von Cholangitie. 20 pp., 21. 8°. Kiel, Schmidt 
 
 & Klaunig, 1904. 
 BaUod (Franz Alexander) [1882- ]. *Prolego; 
 
 mena zur Geschichte der zwerghaften Gotter in 
 
 Aegypten. [Mtinchen.] 104 pp. 8°. MosMu, 
 
 1912. 
 Ballon (Louis). *Contribution k I'l^tude physiolo- 
 
 gique et th^rapeutique des anemones. 72 pp. 
 
 8°. Paris, 1904, No. 557. 
 
 Ballooning. 
 
 See, also. Aeronautics; Aviators. 
 
 Crouzon (O.) & Soubles (J.) Un cas de mal en ballon; 
 reoherches sur la thferie de I'acapnie. Coinpt. rend. Soc. de 
 biol.. Par., 1908, Ixv, 205.— Granjux. Intoxication des 
 a^rostiers par Thydrogfene arsenic. Bull. mM,, Par., 1900, 
 xiv, 354.-^azams (J.) Bergfahrten und Luftfahrien in 
 ihiem Einfluss auf den menschlichen Organismus. Ver- 
 handl. d. Berl. med. Gesellsch. (1S95), 1896, xxvi, pt. 2, 
 186-199. [Discussion], pt. 1, 153-159.— Mohr (L.) & Kuhn 
 (H.) Physiologisohe Notizen iiber eine Luftballonfihrt. 
 Biochem. Ztschr^ Berl., 1914,lxvii, 306-308.— von SchrOt- 
 ter (H. ) Ueber Ballonfahrten zu physiologischen Zwecken. 
 Monatschr. f. Gsndhtspflg., Wien, 1902, xx, 89-94. 
 
 Ballori (AchiUe) [1847-1917]. 
 
 NecTologla. Attualit& med., Hilano, 1917, yi, 509. Also: 
 PoUclin., Boma, 1917, xxiv, sez. prat., 1352. 
 
 Ballou (Charles Olney) [1830-1911]. 
 
 Obituary. Boston M. & S. J., 1911, clxiv, 136. 
 Ballou (H. A.) Insect pests of the Lesser Antilles; 
 issued by the commissioner of agriculture, ix, 
 210pp. 8°- Bridgetown, Barbados, Advocate Co., 
 1912. 
 
 At top of title-page: Imperial Department of Agriculture. 
 
 Ballowltz (Emil). Das elektrische Organ des 
 afrikanischen Zitterwelses (Malopterurus elec- 
 tricus Lac^pfede). 3 p. 1., 96 pp., 7 1., 7 pi. fol. 
 Jena, G. Fischer, 1899. 
 
 Die Entwickelungsgeschichte der Kreuz- 
 
 otter (Pelias berus Merr.), 1. Teil. vi, 295 pp., 
 lOpL, lOL foL Jena, G. Fischer, 1903. 
 
 . Ueber den Bau des Geruchsorgans der 
 
 Cyclostomata. 6 pp. 8°. Berlin, G. Reimer, 
 1904. 
 
 Bepr. from: Sitzungsb. d. phys.-math. CI. d. k. preuss. 
 Akad. d. Wissensch. zu Berl., 1904, xx. 
 
 Ballu (Andr^). *L'arsenal chirurgical anden. 
 
 ittude des instruments tranchants k action pro- 
 
 fonde. 44 pp. 8°. Paris, 1905, No. 17. 
 BaUu (Ch.) De la rhinoplastie suivie d'un nou- 
 
 veau Buccfes de cette operation. 30 pp., port. 
 
 8°. Paris, Bailly, Divry & Cie., 1857. 
 BaUy (Franz Uhich Rudolf) [1882- ]. *Ueber 
 
 eigenartige multiple syphilitische Gummata der 
 
 Haut. 18 pp. 8°. Borna-Leipzig , R. NosTce, 
 
 1911. 
 Bally {Fntz) [1858-1913]. 
 
 Keller (H.) Nekrolog. Ann. d. sohweiz. balneol. Ge- 
 sellsch., Aarau, 1914, 10. Hit., 8, port. 
 
 Balme (Pierre) [1882- ]. *i;tude sur la fre- 
 quence de la tuberculose latente. 174 pp. 8°. 
 Clermont-Ferrand, 1904, No. 45. 
 
 Balmelle (idldouard). *De rin(5galit6 pupillaire 
 dans les an6vrismes art&iels et les affections du 
 coeur. 72 pp. 8°. Toulouse, 1901, No. 403. 
 
 Balmelle (Joseph). *Contribution k I'^tude de la 
 gale chez I'enfant. viii, 9-56 pp., 2 1. 8°. 
 Montpellier, 1900, No. 5. 
 
 Balneologie und Balneotherapie. Vortragszy- 
 klus, veranstaltet unter der Forderung des Inter- 
 nationalen Komitees fur das arzthche Fort- 
 bildungswesen, und unter Mitwirkung von 
 Albu, Falta, [etc.]; hrsg. vom Stadtrat Karls- 
 
BALNEOLOGIE. 
 
 331 
 
 BALNEOLOGY. 
 
 Balneologie iind Balneotherapie— continued, 
 bad; in dessen Auftrage redigiert von Edgar 
 Gang. 459 pp. 8°. Jena, G. Fischer, 1914. 
 
 Balneologische Centralzeitung. Organ des AUge- 
 meinen deutschen Baderverbandes und des 
 Schwartzwaldbiidertags. v. 1-8, 1900-1907. 
 fol. Berlin. 
 
 Supplement to; Medictnisclie Woche. 
 
 Balneologische Gesellschaf t in Berlin . Veroffent- 
 lichungen. v. 30-34, 1909-13. 8° Berlin & 
 Wien. 
 
 Continuation of: VeraUcntllchuiigeiiderHufelandischen 
 Gesellschatt in Berlin. Oeffentliche Versammlung der 
 Balneologisclien Gesellschaft. 
 
 Balneologische Studien und arztliche Erfah- 
 rungen aus Wiesbaden, unter Mtwirkung von 
 F. Blumenfeld [et al.], lirsg. von Emil Pfeiffer. 
 Neue Aufl. xv, 94 pp. 8''- Wiesbaden, J. F. 
 Bergmann, 1909. 
 
 Balneologische Zeitung. Offizielles Organ des 
 Vereines der Kurorte und Mineralquellen-Inte- 
 ressen DeutscHands, Oesterreich-Ungams und 
 der Schweiz. Hrsg. von P. Petzold. v. 5-13, 
 1894-1902. fol. Berlin. 
 
 Balneology and halneotherapy. 
 
 See, also. Baths; Hydrotherapy; Waters 
 
 (Mineral). 
 
 DB Andrade Rezbnde (M. O.) *Da balneo- 
 therapia nas inf echoes agudas; cadeira de 
 therapeutica. roy. 8°. Rio de Janeiro, 1905. 
 
 Balneologie und Balneotherapie. Vor- 
 tragszyklus veranstaltet unter der Forderung 
 des Intemationalen Komitees fiir das arztliche 
 Fortbildungswesen . . . hrsg. vom Stadtrat 
 Karlsbad; redigiert von Edgar Ganz. 8°. 
 Jena, 1914. 
 
 Bell (.1.) On baths and mineral waters. 8° 
 Philadelphia, 1831. 
 
 Gkube (K.) AUgemeine und specielle 
 Balneotherapie mit Beriicksichtigung der KU- 
 matotherapie. 8°. Berlin, 1897. 
 
 Internationale Bahieoiogische Ausstellung, 
 Frankfurt a. M. Offizieller Catalog der Intema- 
 tionalen balneologischen Ausstellung zu Frank- 
 furt a. M. EroffnetamlO. Mail881. 8°- Frank- 
 furt a. M., [18811. 
 
 KiscH (E. H.) Balneo-therapeutisches Lexi- 
 con fiir praktische Aerzte. 2. wesentl. verm. 
 Auflage des "Grundriss der klinischen Balneo- 
 therapie." 8°. Wien & Leipzig, 1897. 
 
 LoEBEL (A.) Ein vortragender Rat als 
 Balneolog. Denkschrift fur Ministerialrat Fried- 
 rich von Walzl. 12°. Leipzig, 1906. 
 
 Aslikenazy (Z.) [Mechanotherapy and balneotherapy.] 
 Lwow. tygodn. lek., 1912, vii, 636; 648.— Benedlkt (M.) 
 ~ " " ~ " ' ' Deut- 
 
 1912, 
 Beitrage iur Denlanethodik; in der Balneotherapie. Deut- 
 sche Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1898, xlx, 447-449.— Bericht liber die 
 Vorarbeiten der Sonderkonimission des deutschen Aus- 
 schusses lilr die gesundheitUchen Einrichtungen in den 
 Kur- und Badeorten betreffend die Grilndung des Zentral- 
 instituts fiir Balneologie. Ztschr. f. Balneol., Berl., 1908-9, 
 i, 557-562.— Cany (G.) L'Institut central allemand de 
 baln^logie, ses travaux, sar^cente transformation. Gaz. d. 
 eaux, Par., 1911,liT, 949-952.— Frankenliauser (F.) Ueber 
 die Ziele und Grenzen der Balneotherapie in den Wohnorten 
 der Patienten. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1905, xlii, 428-430.— 
 
 . Ueber den balneologischen Unterricht an den Uni- 
 
 Tersitaten. Veroflentl. d. balneol. Gesellscb. in Berl., Berl. 
 & Wien, 1909, pt. 2, 103-107.— Gyflry (I.J fExamlnation of 
 
 patients in balneological practice.] Sziil&zet is nogydgy., 
 Budapest, 1912, 33.— Kiscfi (E. H.) Ueber den gegenwarti- 
 
 fen Stand und die nachsten Aufgaben der Balneotherapie. 
 )eutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1898, xix, 331-333. ■ . Ueber 
 
 Aufgaben und Ziele der balneolog^chen^ Laboratorien in 
 den Kurorten. Veroffcntl. d. Hufeland. Gesellsch. in Berl. 
 Balneol. Gesellsch., 1905, pt. 2, 251-255. [Discussion], pt. 1, 
 20-25.— Krause (F.) Beziehungen der Balneologie zur 
 Chirurgie. lUi., 16-37.— Lachmann. Die Stellung der 
 Balneologie innerhalb der Gesamtmedizln. Allg. Wien. 
 med. Ztg., 1914, lix, 307; 317.— Landouzy & Heltz (J.) Le 
 substratum scientifique de la balneotherapie; premisses 
 physiologiques; apphcations cliniques. J. de physiothe- 
 
 Balneology amd halneotherapy. 
 
 rap., Par., 1913, xi, 121-149.— Luke (T. D.) Institutional 
 hydropathic treatment as compared with spa treatment for 
 certain types of invalids. Lancet, Lond., 1911, ii, 427-429. — 
 von Oelele (F.) American balneology; the Atlantic areas 
 and the eastern Mississippi area. Buffalo M. J., 1916-17, 
 
 Ixxii, 376-387. . Balneological therapy asapartofgene- 
 
 ral therapy. West. M. Times, Denver, 1917-18^ xxxrti, 
 275-297.— PoDatscliek; (A.) [Balneological nounshment.j 
 Gyfigyfczat, Budapest, 1902, xlii, 677-679.— Pryussian 
 (A. K.) [Recent methods of physical chemistry and their 
 value m balneology.] Eussk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1902, i, 
 500-503.— Klva, Zoja & BarduzzL Sull' assorbimento cu- 
 taneo nella bahieoterapia. Atti d. Cong. naz. di idrol. e 
 cllmat., MUano, 1902, vii, 81-92.— Rothschild (D.) Eine 
 badearzthche Studie. Med. Woche, Berl., 1900, i, 275. 
 AUo, Reprint. — Sommer (E.) Balneolopsche Skizzen. 
 Univ. Ziirich. Festgabe, 1914, pt. 3, 253-267.— Sonntag 
 (C. F.) Thephysiologicalactionofwhirlpoolandmanipula- 
 tion baths, with indications for treatment based thereon. 
 Med. Press, Lond., 1918, n. s., cvi, 239-242.— Strauss (H.) 
 Die Balneotherapie als Heilfaktor bei Kriegsverletzungen 
 und Erkrankungen. Ztschr. f. arztl. Fortbild., Jena, 1915, 
 xii, 581-586.— Thllenlus. Denkschrift zur Errichtung ei- 
 ner Zentralstelle fiir balneologische Forschung. Ztschr. f. 
 Balneol., Khmat. [etc.], Berl., 1908, i, 205-210.— Tuszkai 
 (O.) Die neue Richtung in der Balneologie. Prag. med. 
 Wchnschr., 1908, xxxiii, 441-443. 
 
 Balneology and balneotherapy (History 
 of). 
 
 Baumer(E.) DieGeschichtedesBadewesens. 
 8°. Breslau, 1903. 
 Abhandlungen zur Geschichte der Medicin, Hft. vii. 
 
 Cabanas. Moeurs intimes du passe. (Deu- 
 xifeme serie.) La vie aux bains. 12° Paris, 
 [n. d.]. 
 
 Fargier (E.-J.) *De I'usage du bain chaud 
 chez les anciens. 8°. jBorrfeawx, 1898. 
 
 Floyer (J.) & Baynard (E.) ^■uxpoXoucri'o, 
 or the history of cold bathing, both ancient and 
 modem. 2. pt., 4. ed. 8°. London, 1715. 
 
 Haughton (E.) On the remains of ancient 
 Roman baths in England. 12°. Liverpool, 1&%1. 
 
 Bepr.fTom: The BuUding News. 
 
 Kier (J.) Lidt om Badevsesen i Fortid og 
 Nutid. [Baths, ancient and modem.] 8°. 
 Kj0benhavn, 1899. 
 
 Also, in: Militaerlaegen, Kj^nh., 1900, viii, 1-36. 
 
 Mahomed (H.) The bath; a concise history 
 of the bathing, as practised by nations of the 
 ancient and modem world; including a brief 
 exposition of the medical efficacy and salubrity 
 of the warm, medicated, vapour, shampooing, 
 shower, and douche baths; with remarks on the 
 moral and sanative influence of bathing. 16°. 
 London, 1843. 
 
 Marggraff (H.) Badewesen und Badetech- 
 nik der Vergangenheit. 8° Berlin, 1881. 
 
 Martin (A.) Deutsches Badewesen in 
 vergangenen Tagen. Nebst einem Beitrage zur 
 Geschichte der deutschen Wasserheilkunde. 
 4°. Jena, 1906. 
 
 ScHWALBE (E.) Badewesen in alter und 
 neuer Zeit und die Einrichtung eines Hallen- 
 schwimmbades in der Stadt Rostock. 8°. 
 Rostock, 1911. 
 
 Vetter (L.) Das Bad der Neuzeit und seine 
 historische Entwicklung. 8°. Stuttgart & Leip- 
 zig, 1904. 
 
 WiCHELHATJSEN (E.) Leber die Bader des Al- 
 terthums, insonderheit der alten Romer, ihren 
 Verfall und die Nothwendigkeit, sie allgemein 
 wieder einzufuhren. Ein Beitrag zur noth- 
 wendigsten Reformation der praktischen Medi- 
 cin. 8°. Mannheim & Heidelberg, 1807. " 
 
 WickeeSheimbr (E.) Le bain d'aprfes un 
 trait6 d'hygifene du xv» sifecle. 8°. Paris, 1913. 
 
 Barucb (H. B.) The history of the public rain bath in 
 America. Sanitarian, N. Y., 1895, xxxv, 83. Also, Re- 
 print.— Bryk (R.) Das Bad im Wandel der Zeiten. Med. 
 I. Mle, Wien & Leipz., 1906, i, 163; 177; 187; 200; 211; 223; 237.— 
 Clausse(H.) Histoire du bain en France. Sante humaine. 
 
BALNEOLOGY. 
 
 332 
 
 BALSAMS. 
 
 Balneology and halneotherapy (History 
 of). 
 
 Par., 1901, iii. No. 26, 1; No. 27, 1.— DOrlieck (F.) Die 
 Anfange oer Hydrotherapie und Balneotherapie in Russ- 
 land. Arcli. t. d. Gesch. a. Naturw. [etc.], Leipz., 1913, vi, 
 59-67.— de ForcevUle (G.) Note sur I'ouvrage de Charles 
 Cameron sur les bains romains. Bull. Soc. franc, d'bist. de 
 la m&J., Par., 1913, xii, 18-23.— Gy«ry (T.) Das Modell 
 eines romisclien Bades. Verliandl. d. Budapest, k. Ge- 
 
 sellsch. d. Aerate 1908, Budapest, 1909, 38.— Haeger (E. F.) 
 Bader und Badewesen der alten llonier. Ztschr. f. Bal- 
 neol., Klimat. [etc.}, Berl., 1910-11, iii, 642-545.— Hcislg (W.) 
 Studien zur Geschidite der Hydrotnerapie im Alterthum. 
 Hydriat. Jahrb., Worisliofen, 1901, i, 1-39.— HOfler (M.) 
 Gallotoltisclies Badewesen. ZtsclH. t. Balneol., Klimat. 
 [etc.], Berl., 1911-12, iv, 27; 57.— HoUander (E.) Das deut> 
 sclie Volksbad in kunstliistorischer Beziehung. Veroflentl. 
 d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Volksbader, Berl., 1904-6, Iii, 269- 
 283.— Jhaverl (K. M.) The cult ol the bath. I. Anthrop. 
 Soc. Bombay, 1912,lx, 217-224.— Johnsoii (J. W. S.) Bade- 
 kurverordiiungen im 16. Jahrhundert. Arch. 1. Gesch. d. 
 Med., Leipz., 1911, v, 121-128.— Klebs (A. 0.) Balneology in 
 the Middle Ages. Tr. Am. Climat. & Clin. Ass., Phila., 
 1916, xxxii, 15-37.— Koenlgsleld (H.) Deutsche Bader- 
 hygiene im Mittelalter. Ztschr. t. Balneol., Klimat. [etc.], 
 Berl. & Wien, 1913-14, vi, 255-259.— Lani von Uebentels. 
 How did the Romans heat their liying rooms and baths? 
 Soient. Am. Suppl., 1902, liv, 22366.— I«vertin (A.) Zur 
 Geschiohte der Bader. Zentralbl. 1. phys. Therap. u. Un- 
 fallh., Berl. & Wien, 1904-5, i, 361-367.- Mac-Aullffe (L.) 
 La baln&)thdrapie chez les Grecs. France mM., Par., 1904, 
 li, 324-326.— Marcuse (J.) Bader und Badewesen im Alter- 
 thum. Deutsche Vrtljschr. f. ofl. Gsndhtspflg., Bmschwg., 
 1899, xxxl, 673-695. . Bader und Badewesen im Mittel- 
 alter. Ibid., 1900, xxxil, 209-232. . Bader und Bade- 
 wesen der Neuzeit. Ihid., 345-390, 1 pi. . Culturge- 
 
 sehichtliche Streilzilge durch das Badewesen der Vergangen- 
 heit. Bataeol. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1901, 183; 190; 195; 203; 206; 
 212.— Martin (A.) Von Paracelsus bis Scheuchzer; ein 
 Beitrag zur Gesobiehte der Balneo- und der Hydrotherapie 
 in der Schweiz. Zentralbl. f. phys. Therap. u. Unfallb., 
 
 Wien & Berl., 1904, i, 74-78. . Aus dem Leben der 
 
 Bader im 16. Jahrhundert. Deutsche med. Wohnschr., 
 
 Berl. & Leipz., 1907, xxxiii, 1103, 1 pi. . Historisches 
 
 aus dem Badewesen. Veroffentl. d. Hufeland. Gesellsch. in 
 Berl. Balneol. Gesellsch., 1907, pt. 2, 12-22. AUo: Berl 
 
 kiln. Wchnschr., 1907, xliv, 412-415. . Das deutsche 
 
 Volksbad in historischer Hmsloht. Veroffentl. d. deutsch. 
 
 Gesellsch. f. Volksbader, Berl., 1907, iv, 319-334. . 
 
 Neue Gesichtspunkte zur Geschichte des Badewesens und 
 der Sittlichkeft in Deutschland. Deutsche med. Wchn- 
 schr., Berl. & Leipz., 1913, xxxix, 172; 229. . Heilende 
 
 Woge. Med. Klin., Berl., 1915, xi, 1414.— Matlgnon (J.-J.) 
 Les bains au Japon. Arch. gto. d'hydrol. [etc.]. Par., 1906, 
 xvii, 23^-.236.— Mulert. Bader und Badewesen in Alt> 
 Meissen. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 
 
 1907, Leipz., 1908, pt. 2, 2. HUte., 93.— Nass (L.) Piscines 
 d'autrelois et d'aujourdhui. Corresp. mM., Par., 1909, xvi. 
 No. 354, 6-12.— Page!. Historische Einleitung zum fiinlten 
 Kapitel: Balneotherapie. Handb. d. physikal. Therap., 
 Leipz., 1901, i, pt. 1, 274r-284.— Poelchau (G.) Das Bade- 
 wesen der Vergangenheit. Gestmdh.-Ingenieur, Miinchen, 
 1902, xrv, 142-145.— Poertner. Die Wasserheilkunde bei 
 den Arabem. Centralbl. t d. Kneipp. HeUverf., Woris- 
 hofen. 1903, x, 45; 62.— Preuss (J.) Waschungen und Bader 
 nach Bibelund Talmud. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1904, liv, 
 83; 137; 185; 327; 397; 439.— Rcber (B.) Ein Lobgedicht des 
 Fabricius Hildanus auf den Wasserschatz des Tabemae- 
 montanus, sowie Anweisungen des Gebrauches der Bader 
 von Baden im Aargau und von Markgrafen-Baden. Med. 
 Klin., Berl., 1907, iii, 148-150.— Kflssler (O.) Astrologie im 
 Badewesen, eine baineoloasche Studie aus Baden-Baden. 
 Aerztl. Mitt. A. Baden, Karlsruhe, 1909, Ixiii, 244; 253.— 
 Roux (G.) Les bains hygi^niques populaires (bains par 
 aspersion) en Autriche, en AUemagne et i, Lyon. Rev. 
 d'hyg.. Par., 1899, xxi, 691-718.— ScliUllng (H.) Das Bade- 
 wesen aul der Intemationalen Hygiene- Ausstellung Dres- 
 den, 1911. Gesundh.-Ingenieur, Miinchen, 1912, xxxv, 146; 
 401; 521.— Struck (B.) & Pototzky (C.) Die Hydrothera- 
 pie der Afrikaner. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 
 
 1908, xxxiv, 1315-1317.— Sudhoff (K.) Aus dem antiken 
 Badewesen; medizinisch-kulturgeschichtliche Untersu- 
 chungen an Vasen, Beliefs und Terrakotton. JM., 1909, li, 
 1: 255; 415; 459: 1910-11, iii, 351; 392; 419; 449. Also, Keprmt. 
 
 . Eine Parallele aus babylonischer, hellenischer und 
 
 hellenlstischer Kultur. Ztschr. 1. Balneol., Klimat. [etc.], 
 Berl., 1911-12, iv, 317-320.— Volsln (H. A.) La ortooth^ 
 rapie dans le passfi. Paris mfid., 1910-11, suppl., 309-311. 
 
 Balneology and halneotherapy {Periodi- 
 cals and transactions of societies relat- 
 ing to). 
 
 Balneologischb Centralzeitung. v. 1-8, 
 1900-1907. fol. Berlin. 
 
 Baineologischb Zeitung. v. 5-13, 1894- 
 1902. fol. Berlin. 
 
 Balneology and lalneotTierapy (Periodi- 
 cals and transactions of societies relat- 
 ing to). 
 
 Balnedlogisches Centralblatt. Hrsg. von 
 Franz C. MuUer. [Fortnightly.] v. 1-3, 1890-92. 
 8°. Leipzig. 
 
 Centralvekband der Balneologen Oester- 
 reichs. Veroffentlichungen. Bericht uber den 
 osterreichiBchen Balneologen-Oongress, 1899- 
 1902. 8°. Wim, 1900-1903. 
 
 Gazette des eaux. v. 17-59, 1874-1918. 
 4°. Paris. 
 
 Current. 
 
 Veropfentlichtjngen der balneologischen 
 Gesellschaft in Berlin, v. 30-34, 1909-13. 8°. 
 Berlin & Wien. 
 
 Veboffentlichungen der deutschen Ge- 
 sellschaft fur Volksbader. v. 1-4, 1899-1908. 
 8°. Berlin. 
 
 Veroffentlichungen der Hufelandischen 
 Gesellschaft in Berlin. 1891-2 to 1913. 8°. Ber- 
 lin, 1892-1914. 
 
 Zeitschrift fur Balneologie, KUmatologie und 
 Kurort-Hygiene vereinigt mit dem Zentralblatt 
 f ur Thalassotherapie. v. 1-8, 1908-15. 4°. Ber- 
 lin & Wien. 
 
 Balogh (TiJiamer) [1838-1907]. 
 
 Agai (A.) [Biography.] Gy6gy&szat, Budapest, 1907, 
 xlxii, 470-472. 
 
 Balonoff (Itlpkhail] M[itrofanovich]) [1877- ]. 
 *K voprosu o tonometrii glaza; sravnitelnoye 
 izsliedovaniye tonometrami Schiotz'a i Makla- 
 kova. [Tonometry of the eye; comparative in- 
 vestigation with Schiotz's and Maklakoff's tono- 
 meters.] 78 pp. 8°. S.-Peterburg, tip. Shtdba 
 Otd. Korp. Zhand., 1913. 
 
 Balsamo (Giuseppe). See CagUostro. 
 
 Balsams. 
 
 Alpin (P.) Histoire du baulme, oti il est 
 prouv6 que nous avons vraie cognoissance de la 
 plante qui produict le baulme, et par consequent 
 de son fruict, et de son bois. . . . Version fran- 
 coise, tir6e de Prosper Alpin par Antoine Colin. 
 Ijivre quatriesme. 16°. Lyon, 1619. 
 
 Bbtjnning (E.) *Ueber die Harzbalsame von 
 Abies canadensis (LJ MiUer, Picea vulgaris Tink 
 , und Pinus pinaster Solander. 8°. Bern, 1900. 
 
 DoringJM.) AiarplSri de opobalsamo Syriaco- 
 Judaico, ^gyptio, Peruviano, Tolutano et Euro- 
 pseo. 24°. Jmas, 1620. 
 
 Gronltjnd (0. E.) *De balsarois et prseser- 
 timde balsamo canadensi. 8°. Helsingfors, 1860. 
 
 LiMOUzi (M.) *Contribution k I'etude des 
 applications chirurgicales du baume du P^rou. 
 8*. Paris, 1910. 
 
 Marvellous strength and consequence of the 
 genuine miraculous English balm, accompa- 
 nied by notes upon its interior as well as exterior 
 use and ordination. 8°. [n. p., n. d.] 
 
 Weigel (G.) *Ueber die Harzbalsame von 
 Larix decidua und Abies pectinata. [Bern.] 8°. 
 Leipzig, 1900. 
 
 Weil (L.) *Ueber den Gurjunbalsam. 8° 
 Bern, 1903. 
 
 Apostolldes (A.) Betrachtungen ilber die nederen 
 Balsamica. " . ~ ■ ~. - - 
 
 de Campag 
 
 wirkungen d 
 
 1909, ill, 872-879.— Casarlego (A.) El balsamo Pert en 
 cirugfa. Cron. mfid.-quir. de la Habana, 1908, xxxiv, 137.— 
 Cocking (T. T.) & Kettle(J. D.) The evaluation of balsam 
 of Tolu. Am. J. Phann., PhUa., 1918, xc, 719-722.— Cron- 
 qulst (C.) Wie wirken die Bakamika? Dermat. Wchn- 
 schr., Leipz. & Hamb., 1913, Ivli, 1096-1099.— De«uant (R.) 
 Le baume du P&ou, ses applications en ohirurgie oourante 
 et notemment dans les pansements des eschares, fistules 
 anales et abc4s de Tespace ischio-rectal. Montpel. m^d., 
 
BALSAMS. 
 
 333 
 
 BALTZER. 
 
 Balsams. 
 
 1911, xxxiii, 457; 495.— Ehrmann (O.) Die Nebenwir- 
 kungen der Balsamlca. Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1906, 
 
 Ixxv, 541. . Untersuchungen und Beobachtungen 
 
 fiber altere und neuere Balsamica. Deutsche med. Wchn- 
 schr., Berl. & Leipz., 1906, xxxii, 64-67.— Evers (F.) Proc- 
 ess ol manufacture of artificial aromatic balsams. [Pat. 
 spec] No. 880641; March 3, 1908.— Gaston. Un nouveau 
 baume; son utilisation dans le traitement des radiodennites 
 et des ulc(Srations torpides. Bull. Soc. frang. de dermat, 
 et syph., Par., 1910, xxi, 195. — Jandei. Experimentelle 
 Untersuchungen fiber balcterienfeindlicbe Eigenschaften des 
 Perubalsams. Arch, f .-klin. Chlr., Berl., 1909, xo, 529-544.— 
 JuUlen (L.) Le baume du PSrou et sa pr^tendue toxicity. 
 Ann, de dermat. et syph., Par. , 1899, 3. s., x, 345-351. Also: 
 Bull. Soc. Iran?, de dermat. et syph.. Par., 1899, x, 138-144.— 
 Knott (J.) Balsams. St. Louis M. Kev., 1911, n. s^ v, 
 241-247.— Iil6geols. Le baume de vie d'HofEmann. Kev. 
 ;6n. de clin. et de tMrap., Par., 1903, xvii, 99-101.— Macrl 
 V.) Balsamo di Guriun e balsamo copaive. Boll. chim. 
 jirm., Milano, 1918, IvU, 41-44.— Piorltowski (M.) Ueber 
 die antibakterieUen Eigenschaften des Perubalsams. Ber. 
 d. deutsch. pharm. Gesellsch., Berl., 1902, xii, 386-391. 
 Also [Abstr.]: Centralbl. i. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 
 1903, xxxiri, Keferate_, 34-36.— Kovaslo (A.) Contribute 
 alio studio dei balsamici (loro azione sul rene). Sperimen- 
 tale. Arch, di biol., Firenze, 1909, Ixiji, 329-342. Also, 
 trawl. [Abstr.]: Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1910-11, liv, 300.— 
 Tlssler (P.-L.) Quelques mots & propos de la mSthode 
 d'inhalation; les balsamiques. Presse tMrap., Par., 1904, i, 
 309.— Tschircli (A.) & WerdmUllei (J. O.) Ueber den 
 Hondurasbalsam. Arch. d. Pharm., Berl., 1910, ccxlviii, 
 420-430.— Vietli (H.) Ueber die Wirkungswelse der Balsa^ 
 mica. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch, deutsch. Naturt u. Aerzte 
 • 1905, Leipz., 1906, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 364-369. Also: Med. 
 
 Klin., Berl., 1905, i, 1275-1279. . . Phannakologische 
 
 Untersuchungen fiber die Wirkungsweise der Balsamika. 
 Med. Klin., Berl., 1906, il, 1230-1233.— Wlntemitz (R.) 
 Ueber die Eeilwirkung der Balsamica. Verhandl. d. 
 Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1902, Leipz., 1903, ii, 
 
 2. Hlfte., 518. • . Zur Wirkung der Balsamica. Arch. f. 
 
 Dermat. u. Syph., "Wien & Leipz., 1903, Ixv, 409-416. 
 
 Balser (Eduard) [188&- ]. *Der EiMuss des 
 
 Alkohols auf Bakterien. 51 pp. 8°. Giessen, 
 
 0. Kindt, 1914. 
 Baiss (Heiniich) [1886- ]. *Ueber die Ent- 
 
 wicklung der GeschleclifBgange bei Cestoden, 
 
 nebst Bemerlmiigen zur Ectodermfrage. 34 pp. 
 
 8°. Leipzig, W. Engelmann, 1908. 
 Balster (Hermann). *Zur abdominalen Totalex- 
 
 stirpation des Uterus wegen Geschwiilsten. 31 
 
 pp. 8". Wurzburg, N. Seubext, 1899. 
 Bait (Mark). Planten-geneesmiddeln of chemi- 
 
 scbe preparaten? 43 pp. 8°. Ede, the author, 
 
 1909. 
 Balteaux (Andre) [1882- ]. *De la m^tbode 
 
 enradiograpMe. 63 pp. 8°. Paris, 1908, l^o. 68. 
 Baltera (J.) *Le drainage dans les affections 
 
 utero-annexielles. 57 pp. 8°. Lausanne, imp. 
 
 Hairs d'A. Borgeaud, 1908. 
 Baltes (Wendelin) [1872- ]. *Untersuchungen 
 
 uber die Abgabe von Scbwermetallen an Essig- 
 
 saure durcb irdene und emaillierte Gefasse. 
 
 [Wiirzburg.] 15 pp., 1 1., 3 tab. 12°. St. 
 
 Wmdel, K. Muller, 1903. 
 Balthasar ([Johannes] Paul) [1880- ]. Ueber 
 
 die Bebandlung traumatiscner Schadeldefekte. 
 
 37 pp. 8°. HalU a. S., C. A. Ksemmerer & Co., 
 
 1907. 
 
 Balthasar (Vital) [1852-1910]. 
 
 [Obituary.] Ann. mM.-chlr., Dour, 1910, xvili, 121. 
 
 Balthazaar (Alexander). Eenige en wel de 
 voomaamste gedrogten, de waardige genees- 
 en beelkunde, in haare regtschape leeden, 
 onder schyn van waarheid, ontluisterende, bet 
 bedriegelyke momaanzigt onttoogen, [etc.]. 
 xxxix pp. 8°. Leyden, K. Delfos, 1761. 
 
 . Verkorte doch klaare en oef enende mate- 
 ria medica, bestaande in een bonderd getal van 
 simplicia met derzelver prseparata en composita, 
 [etc.]. vui, 168 pp. 8 te Amsterdam, J. B. 
 Elwe, 1793. 
 
 Balthazard (Victor) [1872- ]. *Toxine et 
 antitoxine typbiques. 240 pp., 8 pi. 8°. 
 Paris, J.-B. Baill&re & fils, 1903, No. 534. 
 
 . Precis de m^decine legale, vii, 408 pp., 
 
 2 pi. 8°. Paris, J.-B. Bailliere & fils, 1906_. 
 
 Prevost (Eugfene). Une plaie sociale. 
 
 (Les avortements criminels.) Preface de Paul 
 Strauss, avis de Gustave le Poittevin. 134 pp. 
 12°. Paris, A. Maloine, 1912. 
 Balthazarian (L6on). *Essai sur la puiJriculture 
 de la seconde enfance dans la classe ouvrifere de 
 Paris. 94 pp. 8°. Paris, 1909, 'No. 451. 
 
 Baltic Sea. 
 
 GuTHMANN (A.) Wie soil der gesunde und 
 kranke Kurgast im Ostseebade leben? Ein 
 Wegweiser fiir die Badegaste der Ostsee. 8°. 
 Ba-lin, 1905. 
 
 Hellinann (G.) Vcrgleichende Uebersicht fiber die 
 klimatischen Verhaltnisse der deutschen Nordsee- und 
 Ostseekiisten. Ztschr. f. Balneol., Klimat. [etc.], Berl., 
 1911-12, iv, 105-122. Lange, MarguUes & lUicliUag. Der 
 
 Heilwert der Ostsee. Ibid., 1908, i, 121-127. 
 
 • 
 
 Baltimore. 
 
 See, also. Children (Hospitals and asylums for). 
 Dentistry (Colleges), Diphtheria (History of), 
 Dispensaries (Description of) , Fever ( Malarial, 
 History of). Fever ( Typhoid, History of). Fever 
 (Yellow, History of). Hospitals (Description 
 of), Hospitals (Gynecological, etc.), Hospitals 
 (Management, etc., of), Hospitals (Ophthalmic 
 and auric). Hospitals (Orthopsedic), Hygiene 
 (Municipal, Laws, etc., of), Lasane (Asylums, 
 Description of , etc.), by localities. 
 
 Allen (K.) The sewerage of Baltimore. San. Plumber, 
 N. Y., 1899, xvii. No. 1, 27-29.— O'Donovan (C.) The 
 water supply of Baltimore. Maryland M. J., Bait., 1899, 
 xlii, 181-183. 
 
 Baltimore Underwriter. A semi-monthly journal 
 devoted to the interests of insurance m all its 
 branches. _ v. 34-53 (July 5, 1885, to June, 1895). 
 fol. Baltimore. 
 
 V. 34 wants No. 4; v. 35 wants No. 7; v. 36 wants No. 6 
 and 8; v. 37 wants No. 8; v. 38 wants No. 2 and 4; v. 39 
 wants No. 10. 
 
 BaltischwUer (Anna). *Myome und deren 
 Complicationen. 48 pp. 8°. Zurich, Miiller, 
 Werder & Co., 1902. 
 
 Baltuzevich (A[leksandr S[averyevich]) [1865- 
 ]. *Materiall k voprosu o vliyanii solenlldi 
 vann razUchnoi kontsentratsii (3%, 6^, 9%, 
 12%) odinakovoi temperaturl (28° _R.) i odina- 
 kovoi prodolzhitelnosti (30^) na azotistiy obmien, 
 usvoyeniyeazotistikh veahtsbest v pisbtshi, puis, 
 temperatuni, krovyanoye davleniye, chuvstvi- 
 telnost kozhi i jproch. u zdorovikh lyudei. [On 
 the influence of salt baths of various concentra- 
 tion . . ., of same temperature . . ., and same 
 length of time . . . , upon nitrogenous metabol- 
 ism, assimilation of nitrogenous parts of food, 
 pulse, temperature, blood-pressure, sensitiveness 
 of the sldn, etc., in healthy men.] 96, 19 pp., 
 2 1. 8°. S.-Peterburg, M. M. Gutzatz, 1898. 
 
 Baltzer (Eduard). Plutarch tiber das Fleisches- 
 sen. Abdruck aus Pytliagoras, der Weise von 
 Samos. Mit Vorwort und Anmerlningen von 
 Benno Buerdorff. 31 pp. 16°. Leipzig, K. 
 Lmtze, 1904. 
 
 Baltzer (Friedrich). Ueber mebirpolige Mitosen 
 bei Seeigeleiem. pp. 291-328, 5 pi. 8°. Wiirz- 
 burg, A. Stuber, 1908. 
 
 Forms No. 7, v. 39, of; Verhandl. d. phys.-med. Gesellsch. 
 zu Wfirzb. 
 
 Baltzer (Paul Budolf) [1887- ]. *Vaginale 
 Operationen in parametraner Leitungsanaathe- 
 
BALTZER. 
 
 334 
 
 BANASZ. 
 
 Baltzer (Paul Rudolf)— continued. 
 Bie, insonderheit vaginale Totalexstirpation des 
 Uterus. (Bericht tiber die ersten 20 Falle.) 
 45 pp. 8°. Borna-Ldpzig, R. Noske, 1914. 
 
 Balvay (Arthur) [1872- _ ]. *De la toux dans 
 la tuberculosa pulmonaire chronique. viii, 92 
 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1903, No. 146. 
 
 Baly (Edward Charles Cyril) [1871- ]. Spec- 
 troscopy, xi, 568. pp., 5 plans. 8°- London, 
 Longmans, Green & Co., 1905. 
 
 Balz (Jacobus _ Fridericus). *De prsestantiore 
 variolas, vesicatorii ope, inserendi methodo. 
 3 p. 1., 30 pp. sm. 4°. Stuttgwdix, 1792. 
 
 de Balzac (Baudry). See Baudry de Balzac. 
 
 Balzer (Edouard). *Contribution k I'^tude de 
 I'oblitlration et de la compressioji de la veine 
 cave Bup^rieure. 46 pp. 8°. Paris, 1901, 
 No. 345. 
 
 Balzer (F[61ix]). Th^rapeutique des maladies 
 v&6riennes. 2. ^d. iv, 442 pp. 8°, Paris, O. 
 Doin, 1897. 
 
 See, also, Nouveau traitt de medeoine et de th^rapeu- 
 tique, No. 7, [in 2. s.]. 8°. Paris, 1906. 
 
 Balzer (Franz) [1875- ]. *Ueber Blasensteine 
 und Blasenfremdkorper. 45 pp. 8°. Breslau, 
 Grass, Earth & Co., 1902. 
 
 Ba-Mbala. 
 
 Torday (E.) & Joyce (T. A.) Notes on the ethnography 
 of the BarMbala. J. Anthrop. Inst., Lend., 1905, xxxv, 
 398-426, 3 pi. 
 
 Bambara. 
 
 Bazin (H.) Les Bambara et leur langue. Anthropos, 
 Salzb., 1906, 1, 681-694.— Peyiot. Us, coutumes, medeoine 
 des Bambaras. Ann. d'hyg. et de mM. colon.. Par., 1905, 
 viii, 456-473. 
 
 Bambaren {Celso) [1833-1897]. 
 
 Obituary. Crfin. ni6d., Lima, 1912, xxix, 517. AUo: 
 Monitor m^d., Lima, 1897, xii, 188-194. 
 
 Bamberg (Gustav). *Untersuchungen tiber den 
 Einfluss der Leber auf das Zustandekommen der 
 alimentaren Glycosurie. 34 pp. - 8°- Wiirzburg, 
 P. Scheiner, 1898. 
 
 Bamberg (Johannes) [1873- ]. *Beitrage zur 
 Lehre vom primaren Lebercarcinom. [Leipzig.] 
 45 pp., 1 1. 8°. Konitz, Westpr., C. Schulz, 1901. 
 
 Bamberg (Julius) [1845- J. *Ueber Chorea 
 gravidarum. 38 pp. 8°. Berlin, G. Lange, 
 [1873]. 
 
 Bamberg (Karl) [1881- ]. *Ueber Sinus- 
 Thrombose im Kindesalter. 24 pp., 1 sheet, 1 
 pi. 8°. Miinchen, Dr. C. Wolf & Sohn, 1905. 
 
 Bamberg (Karl Franz) [1881- ]. *Ueber Ap- 
 pendicitis bei SaugUngen. 34 pp., 1 1. 8°. 
 Ldpzig, B. Georgi, 1905. 
 
 Bamberger (Adolf) [1867- ]. *Vierzig Falle 
 von Laparotomie wegen Tubenerkrankung. 37 
 pp., 1 1. 8°- Berlin, Penner & Janetzke, 1894. 
 
 Bamberger {Edouard-Adrien) [1825- ]. 
 
 For Portrait, see Collection of Portr. (Libr.). 
 Bamberger (Ernst) [1885- ]. *Das Scleroedem 
 und seine Beziehungen zu den Sclerodermien. 
 54 pp. 8°. Sddelberg, J. Horning, 1910. 
 Bamberger (Friedrich)_ [1887- t *Kranio- 
 schisis und Rachischisis totalis. Ein Fall zur 
 Casuistik aus der Universitats-Frauenklinik 
 Miinchen. 1 p. 1., 22 pp., 1 1., 2 pi. 8°. Miin- 
 chen, Mailer & Steinicke, 1912. 
 
 von Bamberget ,(Heinrich) [1822-88]. 
 
 Neusser(E.) Gedachtnlssrede. Wlen. kiln. Wohnsohr., 
 1899, xii, 1084-1086. 
 
 Bamberger (Isaak) [1877- l *Ueber die Re- 
 sorption des Silbers von der Haut aus. 30 pp., 
 1 1. 8°. Wiirzburg, J. B. Griinwald, 1902. 
 
 Bamberger (Js.) *Die sozialpadagogischen Str8- 
 mungen der Gegenwart. 95 pp. 8°. Bern, 
 Spring & Co., 1905. 
 
 Bamberger (Leopold). *Ein meduUares Adeno- 
 carcinom der Prostata mit chronisch-katarrhali- 
 scher nekrotisierender Cystitis und chronischem 
 Katarrh und Hamorrhoidenbildung im Mast- 
 darm als Folgeerscheinungen. [Wiirzburg.] 28 
 pp. 8°. _ Nordhatisen, E. Strecker, 1900. 
 
 . Die innere und die chirurgische Behand- 
 
 lung des chronischen Magengeschwiirs und ihre 
 Erfolge. Von der Hufeland°schen GeseUschaft 
 init dem Alvarengapreis eekronte Arbeit. 4 p. 
 1., 270 pp. 8°. Berlin, J. Springer, 1909. 
 
 Bamberger (Simon). *Beitrag zur Frage von 
 dem Zusammenhange des Strabismus mit der 
 Refraction des Auges. 40 pp., 1 1. 8° Strass- 
 burg, J. Singer , 1897. 
 
 Bamboo. 
 
 TotanI (G.) Ueber die basisohen Bestandteile der Bam- 
 busschosslinge. Ztschr. (. physlol. Chem., Strassb., 1910-11, 
 Ixx, 388-390. 
 
 Bamert (Jakob) [1884- ]. fUeber den Ein- 
 fluss der Uterusmyome auf die Sterilitat und 
 Fertilitat des Weibes. 27 pp. 8°. Miinchen, 
 C. Wolf & Sohn, 1909. 
 
 Bamme (Kuno) [1882- ]. *Zur Lehre der 
 Stimhauttumoren. 37 pp. 8°- Kiel, H. 
 
 ■ Fiencke, 1908. 
 
 Batnpton (Augustus Henry) [1852- 
 1910]. 
 
 Obituary. Med. Press & Clrc., Lond., 1910, n. s., xc, 608. 
 
 Banana. 
 
 Jahkel (P.) *Ueber Anatomie und Mikro- 
 chemie der Bananenfrucht und ihre Reifungs- 
 erscheinungen. 8°. Kiel, 1909. 
 
 Back (E. A.) Banana as abost fruit of the Mediterraneaa 
 fruit fly. J. Agrio. Research, Wash., 1915-16, v, 793-804, 4 
 pi.— Bailey (E. M.) Studies on the banana. J. Biol. 
 
 Chem., N. Y., 1905-6, i, 355-361. . Biochemical and 
 
 bacteriological studies on the banana. T. Am. Chem. Soc, 
 Easton, Pa., 1912, xxxiv, 1706-1730. Also [Abstr.]: Proc. 
 Am. Soo. Biol. Chemists, Bait, 1910-13, ii, 76.— Bampton 
 (A. H.) How to eat bananas. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1904, 11, 
 160.— Baumert (G.) Polarimetrische Bestimmung der 
 Bananenstarke. Ztschr. t Untersuch. d. Nahrungs- u. 
 Genussmittel, Berl., 1912, xxiv, 449-452.— Hanauscls (T. 
 F.) Ueber das Bananenmehl und seine mikroskopische 
 Bestimmung. Ibid., 1910, xx, 215-220.— Jobin (A?) La 
 banane. Bull. mM. de Quebec, 1917-18, xix, 297-304.— 
 Kaklzawa. StoflwechselversuchemitBananenmehl. Arch, 
 f. Hyg., Miinchen & Berl., 1913, Ixxx, 302-309.— Labbft (H.) 
 Les fruits et leur valeur aUmentaire; la banane. Presse 
 vaM., Par., 1908, xlii, 654-656.— LangwortUy (C. ¥.) & 
 Mllner (H . D .) Some results obtained in studying ripening 
 bananas with the respiration calorimeter. Yearbook U. S. 
 Bep. Agrio. 1912, Wash., 1913, 293-308.— Morris (Sir D.) 
 Bananas and health. Med. Officer, Lond., 1914, xi, 116. — 
 Myers (V. C.) & B,ose(A. R.) Thenutritional value of the 
 banana. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1917, Ixviii, 1022-1024. 
 Also, Reprint.— von Noorden (C.) Ueber Bananen uHd 
 Bananenmehl. Med. Klin., Berl., 1913, ix, 2020-2022.— 
 Peace (M. 0.) & Bose (A. K.) The banana as a food for 
 children. Am. J. Dis. Child., Chicago, 1917, xiv, 379-390. 
 Also, Reprint.— Prescott (S. C.) The banana; a food of 
 exceptional value. Sclent. Month., N. Y., 1918, vi, 65-75.— 
 Belcli (R.) Boife und unreile Bananen. Ztschr. f. Unter- 
 such. d. Nahrungs- u. Genussmittel, Berl., 1911, xxli, 208- 
 226.— Teodoro (N. G.) A preliminary study of Phibppine 
 bananas. Philippuie J. Sc, Manila, 1916, x, (o), 379-421, 12 
 pi.— Thomas (K.) Die Banane als Volksnahrungsmittel. 
 Arch. f. Physiol., Leipz., 1910, Suppl.-Bd., 1911, 29-38.— 
 Ward (Agnes S.) Plantain and banana flour. Trained 
 Nurse [etcj, N. Y., 1918, Ixi, 266.— Toslilinura (K.) Bei- 
 trage zur Kenntnis der Banane. Ztschr. f. Untersuch. d. 
 Nahrungs- u. Genussmittel, Berl., 1911, xxi, 406-411. 
 
 Banaschewski (Franz). Ueber Tuberculose des 
 Wurmfortsatzes und des Coecum. 30 pp. 8°. 
 Jena, H. Pohle, 1897. 
 
 Banasz (Artur) [1884- ]. *Die Stellung des 
 Kaiserschnitts zu konkurrierenden Verfahren 
 auf Grund der Operationsresultate der letzten 
 
BANASZ. 
 
 335 
 
 BAXDAGES. 
 
 Banasz (Artur) — continued. 
 Jahre. 31 pp. 8° Breslau, Bresl. Genossensch.- 
 Buchdr., 1907. 
 
 Bancalari (Stefano). _ Memoria chiruxgica _ri- 
 guardante la malattia del cMarissimo medico 
 Delpini scritta in risposta ad un cenno storico a 
 lui diretto. 32 pp. 12°. Chiavari, 1839. 
 
 Bancel (Louis) [1875- ]. *Le bacille d'Eberth 
 et le poumon des typhiques. 90 pp. 8°. Lyon, 
 1903, No. 167. 
 
 van Banchem (Albertus Henricus Engelbert). 
 *Deoeconomia foetus naturali. lp.l.,37pp. 4°. 
 Lugd. Bat., H. Mostert, 1766. [P., v. 1931.] 
 
 Bancilhon (Jules) [1886- ]. *Contribution k 
 r^tudedelafifevredeMalte. 66 pp. 8°. Mont- 
 pellier, 1910, No. 47. 
 
 Bancis (Martin-Victor-Emmanuel) [1888- 1. 
 *Contribution k I'^tude des fractures du maxil- 
 laire sup6rieur par projectiles de guerre et de 
 leur traitement. 29 pp., 2 1. roy. 8°- Bor- 
 deaux, Y. Cadoret, 1916. 
 
 Bancoff (Nicolas-J.) *Etude sur la valetir s6m6i- 
 ologique et diagnostique du r^flexe du genou 
 dans quelques maladies g6n6rales. 46 pp., 3 
 tab. 8°. Genkm, 1892. 
 
 Bancroft (Edward). An essay on the natural his- 
 tory of Guiana in South America, containiifg a 
 description of many curious productions in the 
 animal and vegetable systems of that country, 
 [etc.]. 1 p. 1., iv, 402 pp., 1 1., 1 pi. 8°. Lon- 
 don, T. Becket, 1769. 
 
 Bancroft (Edward Nathanael). An essay on the 
 disease called yellow fever, with observations 
 concerning febrile contagion, [etc.]. xxiv. 25- 
 526 pp. 8°. Baltimore, Cicsking & Jewett, 1820. 
 
 Bancroft (Frank Watts) [1871- ]. Note on the 
 galvanotropic reactions of the medusa, Polyor- 
 chis penicillata A. Agassiz. 4 pp. 8°. \Berh6- 
 leu], University Press, 1904. 
 Univ. Calif. Publ. Physiol., Berkeley, 1904-5, ii. 
 
 . On the vaUdity of Pfitiger's law for the 
 
 galvanotropic reactions of Paramecium. 23 pp. 
 8°. [BerkeleyJ, University Press, 1905. 
 UniT. Calif. Publ. Physiol., Berkeley, 1904-5, ii. 
 
 . The control of galvanotropism in Parame- 
 cium by chemical substances. 11 pp. 8°. 
 [Berkeley], University Press, 1906. 
 Univ. Calif. Publ. Physiol., Berkeley, 1905-10, iii. 
 
 Bancroft (Frederick Jones) [1834-1903]. 
 
 Rogers (J. A.) [Biography.] Denver M. Times, 1903-4, 
 xxiii, 24-30. 
 
 Bancroft (Jessie HubbeU) [1867- ]. School 
 gymnastics with light apparatus. 506 pp. 8°. 
 Boston, B. C. Seath& Co., 1900. 
 
 • . The posture of school children, with its 
 
 home hygiene and new efficiency methods for 
 school training, xii (1 1.), 327 pp. 8°, New 
 York, Maemillan Co., 1913. 
 
 Bancroft (WUder Dwight) [1867- ]. The 
 phase rule. 255 pp. 8°. Irfiaca, iV. T"., 1897. 
 
 Bancroft Training School for Mentally Sub- 
 normal Children, Haddonfleld, New Jersey. 
 Manual of the course of study. 120 pp. 12°- 
 Philadelphia, 1909. 
 
 Bandages aTid handaging. 
 
 See, also. Dressings; Plaster of Paris; 
 Wounds (Dressing of). 
 
 Belloste. Den heelkonstige verbandhuys- 
 meester, onderwyzende om op een zagte, ge- 
 makkelykke en spoedige wyse alien zoorten van 
 wonden te geneezen. 16°. Gravenhage, 1701. 
 
 Beyer (J. L.) Die Technik des Heftpflaster- 
 verbands. 12°. Leipzig, 1905. 
 
 Bandages amd 'bandaging. 
 
 FiTZwiLLiAMS (D. C. L.) A practical manual 
 of bandaging. 8°. London, 1915. 
 
 VON HoFMEiSTEK (F.) Verb and technik. 8° 
 Tubingen, 1901. 
 
 — — . The same. 2. Aufl., unter Mitwir- 
 ktmg von Walter Burk. 8° TvMngen, 1914. 
 
 . Eukovodstvo k nalozheniyu povya- 
 
 zok. Perev. s niemetskavo B. E. Gershuni. 
 [Transl. from the German by B. E. Gershuni.] 
 8°. S.-Peterhirg, 1902. 
 
 Jecklin (J. A.) *De vinctura Sentini ejusque 
 modificationibus. 8°. Lipsise, 1852. 
 
 Knight (J.) Rules and regulations of the 
 New York Surgeons' Bandage Institute, with 
 remarks upon the use of bandages in the cure of 
 curvatureof the spine, club-feet, etc. 12° New 
 York, 1842. 
 
 Preston (H. M.) The roller bandage (the 
 appKcation of the roller bandage shown by illus- 
 trations and text). With an introduction by J. 
 Cantlie. 8°. London, 1916. 
 
 . The triangular bandage (the applica- 
 tion of the triangular bandage shown by words 
 and diagrams). With an introduction by J. 
 Cantlie. 8°. London, 1916. 
 
 Whiting (A. D.) Bandaging. 8° Philadel- 
 phia & London, 1915. 
 
 Zelis (P.) Die medicinischen Verband- 
 materialien mit besonderer Berucksichtigung 
 ihrer Gewinnung, Fabrikation, Untersuchung 
 und Werthbestimmung sowie ihrer Aufbewah- 
 rung und Verpackung. 8°. Berlin, 1900. 
 
 Azniuentorp (I/.) [Stirgical bandages and other band- 
 ages for the Army.] Hosp.-Tid., K0benh., 1913, 5. E., vl, 
 1543-1546.— Ansinn (K.) Der Hebelstreckverband. Miln- 
 chen. med. Wchnschr., 1918, bar, 100-104.— Amd (C.) 
 Zugverbande mit Trikotschlatichbinden. Cor.-Bl. f. 
 
 schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1913, xliii, 15. . Die Verwen- 
 
 dung des Zeitungspapieres als Verband-Material. Ibid., 
 1916, xlvi, 307.— Amdt (H.) Ein neuer Beinverband. 
 Med. Klin., Berl., 1912, viii, 1237.— Asam. Zur HersteUung 
 von Fenstem in Gipsverbanden. Munchen. med. Wchn- 
 schr., 1916, Ixiii, 182. — Ascher. Zweckverbande fiir Ge- 
 sundheitsfiirsorge. Deutsche med. Wclmschr., Leipz. & 
 Berl., 1916, xlu, 1355-1357.— Aiilrecht. Ueber Bolusver- 
 bandstoffe. Ibid., 1905, xxxi, 1508-1510.— Besson (A.) 
 Technique des feharpes de pratique courante. J. d. so. mid. 
 de Lflle, 1908, ii, 564-571.— Bettmann (A. G.) A new 
 neckbandage. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1915, Ixv, 1363. 
 Also, Reprint. — Blocb (E. T.) Bandagen-Material zur 
 Behandlung von Frakturen una orthopadischen Leiden. 
 Nord. med. Ark., Stockholm, 1915, 3. t, xv, aid. 1, No. 7, 
 1-160.— Brugloclier. Verbandstottersatz. Miinchen. med. 
 Wchnschr., 1914, Ixi, 2294.— Burk (W.) Fusshalter zur 
 Fixierung des Fusses bei Verbandanlegung. Ibid., 1906, 
 liii, 1965. — Calvet. Nouveaux procMfe de pansement; 
 bandes adh^entes (leucoplastes) et papier simili-coton. 
 Bull. Soc. m&J.-chir. de la DromeTfttc], Valence & Par., 
 1905, vi, 79. — Cato (L.) Ueber Hessingverbande in der 
 Kassenpraxis. VerhandJ. d. deutscb. Gesellsch. t orthop. 
 Chir., 10. Kong., Berl., 1911, 185-187.— Cliase (H. M.) 
 Flarmel bandages for clinic use. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 
 1909, Iii, 2101.— Colin (M.) Zur Theorie und Praxis der 
 Xeranat-Bolus-Verbande. Klin.-therap. Wchnschr., Berl., 
 1914, xxl, 210-214.— Cramer (H.) Wle kormen Verband- 
 mittel wieder gebrauchsfahig gemacht werden? Ztschr. f. 
 Krankenpfl., Berl., 1903, xxv, 133-135.— Davis (J. S.) A 
 satisiactoiy pressure bandage for the leg. Johns Hopkins 
 
 Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1908, xlx, 114, 2 pi. . A means of 
 
 facilitating the application of leg-dressings. J. Am. M. Ass., 
 Chicago, 1914, Ixii, 1090.— Dieterlcli (K.) Welche Harzlo- 
 sungen sind fur Verbandzwecke geeignet? Miinchen. med. 
 Wchnschr., 1914, Ixi, 2203. . Harzlosungen fur Ver- 
 bandzwecke. Imd., 2455. — Doblscli (A.) Der gefensterte 
 Gipsverband. Ibid., 1915, Ixii, 171. — Droog (E. A. M.) 
 Het zinklijmverband als rekverband. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. 
 Geneesk., Amst., 1902, 2. E., xxviii, d. 2, 307-309.— Drott 
 (A.) Ein wohlleUer Gipsgenverband bei Unterschenkel- 
 und Fussverletzungen. Med. Klin., Berl., 1914, x, 935-937.— 
 DupuydeFrenelle. LesScharpes. Parism6d.,1913,xi,340- 
 342.— van Eden (P. H.) Eine Abanderung des ilblichen 
 Streckverbandes. Krankenpflege, Berl., 1903, ii, 902-905.— 
 Ehrlicb. Zur Streckung der Verbandmittelvorrate. Deut- 
 sche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & I«ipz., 1916, xlil, 1293.— 
 Evler. Selbstherzurlcntende Ledeisteeckverbande. Deut- 
 sche mil.-arztl, ztschr., Berl., 1908, xxxi-ii, 897-910.— von 
 
BANDAGES. 
 
 336 
 
 BANDAGES. 
 
 El 
 
 Bandages and handaging. 
 
 Exner (A.), Kami (E.) & Wetbel (W.) Uelier Verbands- 
 stofEspanmg. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1918, xxxi, 842- 
 844. — Fairbrotlier (H. C.) Bandages and dressings. 
 Railway Surg. J., Chicago, 1912-13, xix, 252-254.— Fiedler 
 (E.) [Materials for bandages.! Tidsskr. 1. Sygepleje, 
 Kjfibenli., 1902, ii, 113; 145; 183; 232; 249; 278.— FUcher 
 (L.) Das Aussparen von Fenstem bei GipsTerbanden. 
 Prag. med. WohnschT., 1915, 3d, 178.— Fleuster (0.) Ex- 
 tensiODSverbande mit dem Heusneiscben Wunclfimis. 
 Milncben. med. Wclmschr., 1915, Ixii, 663.— Fianke (F.) 
 Ueber Sparsamkeit beim Gebrauch der Verbandstofle. 
 ZentralbL f . Chir., LeipZy 1914, xU, 1633-1635.— Frerlcts (G.) 
 Die Untersuchnng der Verbandstoffe. Apoth.-Ztg., Berl., 
 1900, XV, 832; 839; 849.— Fuchs (J.) Elaslisohe Verbande. 
 Miinchen. med. Wohnschr., 1915, Ixii, 1665.— Gale (S. S.) 
 The painless dressing. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1915, Ixv, 
 1279. Also, Reprint.- Galloway (H. P. H.) A machine 
 tor manuactunng plaster-of-Paris bandages. Canad. J. 
 M. & S., Toronto, 1898, iii, 185-188.— Geare (R. ^5^ Sphag- 
 num moss as a surgical dressing. Merck's Eep-., N. Y., 1916, 
 XXV, 67.— Gerson (K.I Einlache Verbande. Kranken- 
 flege, Berl., 1901-2, i, 709-711.— Geyers Leuven (J. M. A.) 
 !euige praktische noodverbanden. Reddingswezen, Bot- 
 terd., 1915, iv, 16-20.— Giffln (C. E.) The sodium silicate 
 east. Denver M. Times [etc.], 1913-14, xxxiii, 385-389.— 
 Gretsch. Gypsmulldecke zur Herstellung von Conten- 
 tiwerbanden. Ztschr. f.jprakt. Aerzte, FranM. a. M., 1898, 
 vii, 773-777.— Haberlantf (H. F. O.) Zur Technik der 
 Gipsbruckenverbande". Miinchen. med. Wohnschr., 1915, 
 Ixu, 1774. — Hilrtel. Ein einjacher und zweckmassiger 
 Gipstisch. lUd., 1273.— Hails (H.) Zur Technik des 
 Gipsverbandes. Kid., 1134.— Hettiltz. Gipsbindep. Apoth.- 
 Ztg., Berl., 1904, xix, 170.— Herhold. tJeber einheitliches 
 chnrurgisches Haudeln aul den Verbandplatzen. Deutsche 
 nul.-arztl. Ztschr., Berl., 1910, xxxix, 769-777.— Heusnet 
 (H. L.) Zelluloidfensterverbande, eine neue Verwendung 
 liir Zelluloidplatten. Deutsche med. Wohnschr., Berl. & 
 Leipz., 1915, xli, 889-590.- vonHeuss (R.) Die wichtigsten 
 Anwendungsweisen der Klebrobinde Im Sanitatsdienst. 
 Verhandl. 3. GeseUsch. deutsch. Naturt. u. Aerzte (Karls- 
 ruhe) 1911, Leipz., 1912, bcxxiii, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 498-600.— 
 Hocbenegg. DieCharpiealsVerbaudmittel. Militararzte, 
 Wlen, 1914, xlviii, 345-347.— Holzwartli (E.) Gehver- 
 bande. Cong, interoat. de mM. (xvi.). C.-r,, Budapest, 
 1910, Sect, vii, Chirurg., 598-603.— Janls (G. O.) A simple 
 and efficient head bandage. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1916, cii, 
 87. Also, Reprint- Jenkins (E. M.) A new form of 
 head bandage. J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond., 1917, 
 xxix, 604-607, 2 pi.— Jottkowltz (P.) Zur Technik der 
 Gipsverbande im Telde. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. 
 & Xeipz., 1915, xli, 402.— Kahleyss. Zur Frage des gelen- 
 sterten Gipsverbandes und der Eeinhaltung desselben. 
 Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1915, bdi, 35.— Krona«lier. 
 Der Moosverband. lUi., 1916, Ixiii, 1378.— Krug. Dach- 
 pappe zur Fensteruug von Verbanden (mlt besonderer 
 Beriicksichtigung ihrer Anwendung bei oflener Wtmd- 
 behandlung). ZeM., 1915, bdi, 1238.— Kubasofl (M. N.) 
 [Double slinglike bandage tor the axillary region, in place of 
 spica bandage, in ambulatory practice.] Sibirsk. vrach, 
 Tomsk, 1916,ili, 99-101.— KulmCF.) DieEabitzbrilckebei 
 gefensterten Gipsverbanden. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 
 1915, Ixii, 757.— Kuhn (R.) Ein Entspannungs-Aufklapp- 
 verband (mit maximal adaptierender und progredienter 
 Drahtzilgelwlrkung). PM., 1917, Ixiv, 103.— C. (C. H.) A 
 handy bandage roller. Med. Rec, N. Yy 1916, xc, 203.— 
 Langemak. Der (euchte Verband. Miinchen. med. 
 Wchnschr., 1916, Ixii, 1065.— Lelgt (S.) Starch bandages. 
 Georgia Pract., Savannah, 1905, ii, 279.— Lttrclier. Ver- 
 bandtisch nach Dr. Gartner. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 
 
 1915, Ixii, 534. . Der Brotbeutcltrager als Verband- 
 
 mitfel. Ibii., 799.— Marton (0.) Paris clinical lecture on 
 practical surgery; mayor's scarf; how to make it; how to 
 use and apply it, and what to apply it for. Med. Press & 
 Ore, Lond., 1911, n. s., xdi, 218.— Mayer (L.) Zur Technik 
 der Gipsattrappe. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & 
 Jj^m.j 1915, xfl, 769.— Merkens (W.> Ueber Ereparung 
 von VerbandstofEen bei Verbanden. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., 
 Tiibrng., 1918, dx, 271-279.— MUatz (W. F. J.) Eekver- 
 band. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 191?, h, 952.— 
 Bninnlcli. Neue Formen von Schienenverbanden. Deut- 
 sche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1918, xliv, 14,— Nlcolal 
 (H. F.) Ueber die Konstruktion einer Trage. welohe das 
 Anlegen von Nothschienenverbanden erspart. Deutsche 
 mU.-fcztl. Ztschr., Beri., 1898, xxvii, 145-155.— NoU (F.) 
 KiiTze Mitteilung zum gefensterten Gipsverband. Miin- 
 chen. med. Wchnschr., 1914, Ixi, 2360.— Nordman (0.) 
 Verbandtechnik und die Nachbehandlung der Wunaen. 
 Med. Klin., Berl., 1913, ix, 2030-2032.— Nyrop {%.) Lidt 
 om gipsteknik. Ugesk. (. Laeger, Kj^nh., 1909, 1230- 
 1232.— Pels-Leusden. Praktische Winke zur Gipsver- 
 bandteehmk. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 
 1912, xxxviii, 100.— POppelmann. Ersatz fiir baum- 
 woUene Verbandstoffe. lUd., 1914, xl, 2008.— Bledel (A.) 
 Der Gips-Gehverband in der Praxis. Miinchen. med. 
 Wclmschr., 1899, xlvi, 1206.— Bugt (J. T.) Simple methods 
 olpreparing and applying plaster-of-Paris bandages. Phlla. 
 Poiyolin., 1898, vii, 191. . Report ol experiments to 
 
 Bandages ajul handaging. 
 
 determine whether plaster of Paris contracts or expands in 
 setting. Am. J. Orthop. Surg., Bost., 1904-5, ii, 107. Also: 
 Am. Med., Phila., 1904, viii, 278.— Schaeler (HO Beitrag 
 zur Techtiik der gefensterten Gipsverbande. Berl. klin. 
 Wchnschr., 1915, Iii, 112.— Schelenz (H.) Kohle und 
 Zucker zu Verbandzwecken. Deutsche Ztschr. i. Chir., 
 Leipz., 1914, cxxxii, 178-183.— Smlts (J. C. J. C.) Het 
 turtmosverband. Geneesk. Tijdschr. v. Nederl. Indie, 
 Batav., 1892, xxxil, 246-255.— Soltmann (T.) Paraffin- 
 covered bandages. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1917, Ixviii, 
 1178. Also, Reprint.— Solms (E.) Ein transportabler 
 Gewichtszugglpsverband. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., TTiibing., 
 
 1916, ciii (Kriegschir. Hefte, vlj, 689-705. . Der 
 
 Bahrenverband. liid., 1917, civ (Kriegschir. Hefte, vii.), 
 702-729.— Sohnsen. Druckverbande. Deutsche med. 
 Wclmschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1917, xliii, 240.— Stoeger. Ueber 
 eine neue Gipsklammer. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1915, 
 Ixii, 936. — Topter (H.) Der transportable Streckverband. 
 Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1915, xli, 39-42. 
 
 . Der Schraubenstreckverband. Joii., 922.— Trumpp 
 
 Die Reinhaltung gefensterter Gipsverbande. Miinchen. 
 med. Wchnschr., 1914, Ixi, 2360.— Turlnsky (H.) Ueber 
 die Angabe des Fercentgehaltes an wirksamer Substanz in 
 den imprSgnlrten Verbandstoflen. Ztschr. d. aUg. osterr. 
 Apoth.-Ver., Wien, 1898, lil, 841-843.— Unna (P.) Ver- 
 bandmittel insbesondere Heftpflaster (Leukoplast) im 
 Felde. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1915, Ixii, 1778.— 
 UtermOhlen (C. F.) Ueber Verbandstofle und ihre 
 Herstellung. Dlust. Monatschr. d. arztl. Polytech., Berl., 
 1913, XXXV, 17-33.— zur Verth (M.) Ueber Verwend- 
 barkeit von Filtrierpapier und chinesischem Papier statt 
 Mull als VerbandstME. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1915, 
 Ixii, 344. — Viilplus (O.) Der Alumtniumgewebeverband. 
 lUa., 1912, Bx, 2394.— Walravens. Les bandages en eel- 
 luloide. Ann. Soc. beige de chir., Brux., 1898-9, vi, 96-100.— 
 von Walzel (P.) Zur Frage der operativen Tatigkeit und 
 des Verbandwecnsels auf Spitalszilgen. Wien. klin. Wchn- 
 schr., 1915, xxviii, 262-266.— Wegner. Beitrag zur Verband- 
 technik. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1915, bdi, 1552.— 
 Westberg (F.) Impermeable (Priessnitz'sche) Verbande 
 mit Guajacolvasogen. Med. Klin., Berl., 1918, xiv, 667.— 
 WIdder (A.) [The determination ol the value of lundap 
 mental bandage material and of partly impregnated active 
 bandage material.] Gy(5gyszer&zi hetil., Budapest, 1906, 
 xlv, 441; 455; 471; 487; 503; 518; 535; 561; 567; 577; 595; 609; 
 625; 644.— Wlldt (A.) Zur Herstellung von Zugverbanden 
 aus Binden. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1917, Ixiv, 573.— 
 zanker (W.) & Sclinabel (K.) Modeme Verbandwatte. 
 Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1914, Ii, 404-407. 
 
 Bandages and handaging {Patent speci- 
 Jications for]. 
 
 Banks (R. H.) Surgical bandage and fastener therefor. 
 No. 1212731; Jan. 16, 1917.— Bauer (A.) Surgical bandage. 
 No. 1065654; June 24, 1913.— Bauer (P. S.) Non-raveling 
 bandage. No. 12068()1; Deo. 5, 1916.— Cameron (J. A.) & 
 Blrcb (G. B.) Surgical bandage. No. 1217562; Feb. 27, 
 1917.— Ferguson (C. S.) Hot-water bandage. No. 1238901; 
 Sept. 4, 1917.— Haydon (W.) Surgical bandage. No. 
 1208313; Dec. 12, 1916.— Knieriem (E. A.) Sanitary bandage. 
 No. 1217014; Feb. 20, 1917.— Lupton (M. M.) Bandage. 
 No. 1094339; April 21, 1914.— McMahon <0. L.) Bandage. 
 No. 1019985; March 12, 1912.— Mattler (Alice E.) Adjusta- 
 ble foot-bandage. No. 1050482; Jan. 14, 1913.— Metnbardt 
 (H. W.) Bandage. No. 696171; Dec. 28, 1897.— Fond (E. 
 M.) Surgical bandage. No. 1044817; Nov. 19, 1912.— Stokes 
 (H. W.) Surgical and like bandage. No. 1262281; April 9, 
 1918.— Teed (C. W.) Surgical adhesive strip. No. 1S0444; 
 June 19, 1917.— Teed (C. W.) & Holley (J. A.) Surgical 
 adhesive strip. No. 1230445; June 19, 1917.— Thomas (J. H.) 
 Surgical bandage fastener. No. 1291256; Jan. 14, 1919. 
 
 Bandages and handaging (Ahdominal) . 
 
 Bracco (G.) Die Beckenbinde. 4° Torino, 
 [1905]. 
 
 Hull (A. G.) A plain account of the applica- 
 tion and uses of A. G. Hull's utero-abdominal 
 supporter, designed for patients. 8°. New 
 York, 1842. 
 
 Alberts. Eine neue Leibblnde. Zentralbl. f. GynBk., 
 Leipz., 1907, xxxi, 481.— Amould (E.) k propos de la cein- 
 ture de flanelle. Arch, de mfid. et pharm. mil., Par., 1912, 
 Ix, 340-348.— Asch (R.) Zur Verordnung von Bauohbmden. 
 Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1896, 
 Leipz., 1897, Ixviii, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 205-208.— Beuttner (O.) 
 Une ceinture pour les suites de couches et pour la p^riode 
 consdcutive k la laparotomie. Rev. mdd. de la Suisse Rom., 
 Geneve, 1899, xix, 416-418. Also, <j:o7m!..' Wien. med. Presse, 
 1900, xli, 726.— Cedaiqutst (W.) Adjustable abdominal 
 bandage. [Pat. spec] No. 1063656; June 3, 1913.— Chalete- 
 Vlvle. Compresse de Morisani. Rev. mens, de gynfc. 
 [etc.], Bordeaux, 1900, ii, 127-132.— Ebsteln (W.) Eine 
 Mitteilung iiber Bauchbinden. Deutsche med. wchnschr., 
 Berl. & Leipz,, 1906, xxxii, 953.— Flscbei (J.) Ueber Bauch- 
 
BANDAGES. 
 
 337 
 
 BANDL. 
 
 Bandages and bandaging (Abdominal) . 
 
 binden. Centralbl. t d. ges. merap., Wien, 1898, xvi, 129- 
 139.— Gaclies-Sarraute. Le corset abdominal; ses avan- 
 tages dans les ptoses des viscferes abdominaux dans les 
 hernias ombilicales, les Eventrations de la ligne blanche et 
 les d^placements de I'ut^rus. Tribune roed., Par., 1896, 
 2. s., xxviii, 1007-1009.— Gerson (K.) Die elastische Pflas- 
 tersuspensionsbinde, ein Suspensonumersatz. Berl. Idin. 
 Wchnschr.,-1898, xxxv, 52.— HSrrmann (A.) Die ortho- 
 padisohe Beckenbauchbinde ( Fascia pelylca nach Bracco). 
 Monatschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynaek., Berl., 1912, xxxvi, 588- 
 564.— Hug (O.) Die Bracco'sche Becken-Bauchblnde. 
 Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1910, xl, 1234-1236.— 
 Kaiser (K. F. L.) Over buikbanden. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. 
 Geneesk., Amst., 1912. i, 1884-1890.— Klein (H.) Ueber 
 Leibbindeu. Wien. klin. Eundschau, 1903, xvii, 618; 635.— 
 von liOebbecke (C.) Eine neue praktische Leibbinde. 
 Munchen. med. Wchnchr., 1915, Ixu, 671.— Malbols. La 
 ceinture de flanelle comme bandage de fortune. Montpel. 
 mM., 1918, xl, 256-258.— Mehlhorn (W.) Eine einlache 
 Operations- und Wochenbettbinde. Deutsche med. Wchn- 
 schr., Berl. & Lelpz., 1909, xxxv, 1755.— Milatz (W. E. J.) 
 Over buikbanden. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk.^ Amst., 
 1912, ii, 22-24. — Fazzi (M.) Nuova cintura addominale per 
 prevenire o riparare gll effetti delle operazioni laparoto- 
 miche nop che del parte. Ann. dl ostet., Milano, 1899, 
 xxi, 593-602, 1 pi.— Plerlng (O.) Ueber Bauchbinden. 
 Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1896, xxi, 605-609.— Schanz (A.) 
 Bandagenlilr Appendioitisnarben und Bauchbniche. Deut- 
 sche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz'., 1914, xl, 1525. — 
 Sehllck (E.) Eine neue Leibbinde. Aerztl. Rundschau, 
 Munchen, 1908, xviii, 286-288.— SUltn (C. W.) Abdomino- 
 spinal support or sphnt. [Pat. spec] Np. 1052523; Feb. 11, 
 1913.— Spivak (C. D.) Pelvic girdle vs. abdominal bandage. 
 Colorado Med., Denver, 1906, iii, 223-225.— Steffeck (P.) 
 Eine neue Leibbinde. Zentralbl. t. Gynfik., Leipz., 1907, 
 xxxi, 911. 
 
 Bandages and bandaging (Aseptic and 
 antiseptic). 
 
 Centralsterillsationsanlage (Die) fiir Verbandstofle im 
 k. k. Allgemeinen Krankenhause in Wien. Jahrb. d. 
 Wien. k. k. Krankenanst. 1899, Wien & Leipz., 1902, vui, 
 3-30, 4 pi.— Copeland (G. G.) Protection ot sterilized 
 dressings for shipping abroad. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 
 1915,. Ixv, 1550.— Croner (F.) & Naumann (C.) Der 
 Einfluss des Dampfdruckes aufden Ausgleich der Tempera- 
 tur in VerbandstoSsterilisatoren. Gesundh.-Ingenieur, 
 Miinchen, 1913,.xxxvl, 757-765.— Engel (C. S.) Chlortorf- 
 kissen als antiseptische VerbandstofEsparer. Deutsche 
 med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz^ 1915, xh, 44.— Engel- 
 brecht. Ueber sterilisierbares Kautschukpflaster. Zen- 
 tralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1913, xl, 1954.— Holzaptel (K.) Zur 
 Sterilisation von Verbandstoffen. Zentralbl. f. Gynak., 
 Leipz., 1905, xxix, 1567-1571.— Ilyln (I. P.) [Apparatus for 
 sterilizing bandages and inslrumentsO Kussk. Vrach, 
 Petrogr., 1915, xiv, 150. — Kraemer (F.) Der typische 
 chirurgische Verband als aseptischer Schnellverband (D. 
 E. P.). Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1914, Ixi, 371.— Kuhl- 
 mann (E.) Ueber keimdlchte Packungen und neue 
 Verbande. Ber. d. deutsch. pharm. Gesellsch., Berl., 1911, 
 xxi, 298-302.— Langemak. Zur Frage Tiber die Verwend- 
 barkeit des Thons als antiseptisches und aseptisches Ver- 
 bandsmittel. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1899, xlvi, 111. — 
 Novotny (J.) Ueber einige kaufliche sterile Verbandstofle. 
 Mitt. d. Ver. d. Aerzte in Steiermark, Graz, 1904, xli, 133- 
 138. — Oppenheimer (E. H.) Sterilisierbare Wattebiichse 
 fiir das Sprechzimmer. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & 
 Leipz., 1905, xxxi, 1432.— Pllkoffl (V. N.) [Apparatus for 
 sterilising bandages.] Eussk. Vrach, Petrogr., 1915, xiv, 9. 
 
 Bandalin (Ya. G.) Borba nauki so starostyu. 
 [Struggle of science with old age.] 55 pp. 12°. 
 Moshva, I. D. Sitin, 1903. _ 
 
 . Rol opita V meditsinie. [R61e of ex- 
 perimentation in medicine.] 96 pp. 12° 
 Moskva, I. D. SUin, 1903. 
 
 Bandaline (S.) *L'anesth68ie g6n&ale et la 
 responsabilite m^dico-chirurgicale. 58 pp. 8°- 
 Montpellier, 1908, No. 11. 
 
 Bandel (Rudolf). *Ansichten und Aussprilche 
 des Hippokrates fiber die Ernahning von Ge- 
 sunden und Kranken und fiber die Verdaulich- 
 keit verschiedener Nahrungsmittel. 18 pp. 8°. 
 Erlangen, Junge & Sohn, 1899. 
 
 Bandelac de Pariente (Alberto). *Des tares 
 observ^es chez les rejetons de mferes tubercu- 
 leuses. 45 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, 1902, No. 413. 
 
 Bandelier (Bruno Ernst Gottlieb) [1871- ]. 
 *Beitrag zur Casuistik der Pankreastumoren. 
 67 pp. 8°. Grdfswald, J. Abel, 1896. 
 
 96808°— Vol. II, 3d series— 19 22 
 
 Bandelier (Bruno Ernst Gottlieb) — continued. 
 . Die Verhfitung und Bekampfung der 
 
 Tuberkulose als Volkskrankheit. iv, 6-44 pp. 
 
 12°. Wilrzburg, C. Kabitzsch, 1910. 
 
 & Boepke (Otto). Lehrbuch der spezifi- 
 
 schen Diagnostik und Therapie der Tuberkulose; 
 ffir Aerzte und Studierende. vi, 113 pp., 5 
 diag. 8°. Wilrzburg, C. Kabitzsch, 1908. 
 
 . The same. 2. Aufl. viii, 177 pp., 
 
 1 pi., 5 ch. 8°. Wilrzburg, C. Kabitzsch, 1909. 
 The same. 3. Aufl. Mit einem 
 
 Vorwort von R. Koch, xi, 223 pp., 1 pi., 5 tab. 
 8° Wurzburg, C. Kabitzsch, 1909. 
 
 . The same. 4. Aufl. xii, 250 pp., 
 
 6 pi. 8°. Wilrzburg, C. Kabitzsch, 1910. 
 
 . The same. 5. Aufl. xii, 292 pp., 
 
 1 col. pi., 5 Kth. pi. 8°. Wurzburg, C. Ka- 
 bitzsch, 1911. 
 
 . The same. 6. Aufl. xi, 296 pp. 
 
 roy. 8°. Wilrzburg, C. Kabitzsch, 1911. 
 
 The same. Tuberculin in diag- 
 
 nosis and treatment; a text-book of the specific 
 diagnosis and therapy of tuberculosis for practi- 
 tioners and students. 182 pp., 1 pL, 5 ch. 8° 
 London, J. Bale, Sons & Danielsson, 1909. 
 
 The same. 2. English ed. trans- 
 
 lated from the 7. revised and enlarged German 
 
 ed. by Wilfred B. Christopherson. xvi, 307 pp. 
 
 8°- London, J. Bale, Sons & Danielsson, 1913. 
 . The same. Diagnostic et,traite- 
 
 ment sp6cifique de la tuberculose. Edition 
 
 frangaise par Leopold de Reynier. 272 pp., 6 
 
 pi. 8° Lausanne, Payot & Cie. [etc.], 1911. 
 . DieKHnik der Tuberkulose ffir 
 
 Aerzte und Studierende. x, 473 pp. 8°. 
 
 Wurzburg, C. Kabitzsch, 1911. 
 . The same. 2. Aufl. xii, 641 pp., 
 
 8 pi. 4°. Wurzburg, C. Kabitzsch, 1912. 
 . The same. 3. Aufl. xiii, 791 pp., 
 
 50 pi. 8°. Wilrzburg, C. Kabitzsch, 1914. 
 
 The same. A clinical system of 
 
 tuberculosis, describing all forms of the disease. 
 Translated from the 2. German ed. by G. Ber- 
 tram Hunt, xii, 526 pp. 8°. London, J. Bale, 
 Sons & Danielsson, 1913. 
 
 Bandelow (Johann Gottfried Thomas) [1874^ ]. 
 *Ein Fall von Schussverletzung der rechten 
 Orbita.. 14 pp., 1 1. 8°. Kiel, P. Peters, 1899. 
 
 Bandi (Ivo). Contribution a 1' etude bact^riologi- 
 que de la fifevre jaune; nouvelle m^thode 
 rapide de recherche du bacille ictdroide. 36 pp. 
 12°. Sao Paulo, 1902. _ 
 
 . n siero antidifterico bivalente nella 
 
 terapia locale della difterite. Nota riassuntiva. 
 14 pp. 8°. Siena, S. Bernardino, 1907. 
 
 . Lo stato attuale della sieroterapia anti- 
 
 difterica; sieri antitossici e sieii antibacteriei. 
 19 pp. 8°. Siena, S. Bernardino 1908. 
 
 See, also, Balistresi (F. Stagnltta) & Bandi (Ivo). Con- 
 siderazioni sopra repidemia [etc.]. 8°. Messvm, 1900. 
 
 Bandi (Walter). *Beitrage zur Biologic der Ure- 
 
 drtieen. (Phragmidium subcorticum [Schrank] 
 
 Winter, Puccinia caricis montanse Ed. Fischer). 
 
 [Bern.] 36 pp. 8°. Dresden, G. Eeinrich, 1903. 
 Bandini (Pietro). _ Elogio storico funebre alia 
 
 memoria del chirurgo Francesco Michelacci. 
 
 32 pp. 8°. Firenze, tipogr. Ciardetti, 1836. 
 
 [P., V. 2224.] 
 Bandi (Ludwig) [1842-92]. Ueber die Ruptur 
 
 der Gebarmutter und ihre Mechanik. Nach 
 
 Winischen Beobachtungen. 118 pp., 4 pi. 8°. 
 
 Wien, K. Czermak, 1875. 
 Far Biography, see Med.-chir. Centralbl., Wien, 1892, 
 
 xxvli, 505 (E. Fischer). 
 
BANDLER. 
 
 338 
 
 BANKS. 
 
 Handler (Samuel WylUs) [1869- ]. Uterine 
 and tubal gestation. A study of the embedding 
 and the development of the human ovum, the 
 early growth of the embryo, and the develop- 
 ment of the syncytium and placental gland, 
 xi, 159 pp. 8°. Neu) Yml, W. Wood & Co., 
 1903. 
 
 — . Medical gynecology. 676 pp., 9 pi. 8°. 
 
 Philadelphia & London, W. B. Saunders Co., 
 1908. 
 
 The same. 2. ed. 698 pp., 9 pi. 8 
 
 9 pi. 
 wnmrs 
 
 Philadelphia & London, W. B. Saunders Co., 
 1909. 
 
 . The same. 3. ed. 2 p. 1., 9-790 pp. 8°. 
 
 Philadelphia & London, W. B. Saumkrs Co.. 
 1914. 
 
 . Vaginal celiotomy. 450 pp. 4°. Phila- 
 delphia & London, W. B. Saunders Co., 1911. 
 
 Operation for retroversion and marked 
 
 cystocele, with relaxed vaginal outlet. 27 pp., 
 22 stereos. 4°. [Troy, N. Y Southworth Co., 
 1913.] 
 
 Forms Sect, xxvii of Howard A. Kelly and Robert M. 
 Lewis' Stereoclinio. 
 
 . The expectant mother. 2p. 1., 7-213 pp. 
 
 8°. Philadelphia & London, W. B. Sawmers 
 Co., 1916. 
 
 . Operation for the restoration, of the 
 
 vagina with large rectocele. 2 pts. 53 pi. 8°. 
 Troy, N. Y., 1919. 
 In: Stereo-Clinic (H. A.Kelly),Troy,N.y.,1919,xlii. 
 See, ffitao, Aliel (Karl). Gynecological pathology [etc.l. 
 8°. New ybrJc, 1901. 
 
 Bandii (Christoph). *Ueber Prostatitis phleg- 
 monosa. Ein Beitrag zur Frage der Behandlung 
 derselben. 30 pp. 8°. Basel, 1902. 
 
 Bandmann (Adolf). *Beitrag zur Kenntnis der 
 Pankreastuberkulose. 30 pp., 1 1. 8°. Jena, 
 A. Kdmpfe, 1899. 
 
 Bandorf (Melchior Josef) [1845-1901]. 
 
 ■ Dees (O.) Nekrolog. AUg. Zisclir. f. Psycliiat. [etc.l, 
 Berl., 1902, lix, 359-362. 
 
 Bandorf (Richard) [1880- ]. *Der Wert des 
 Droserin in der Keuchhusten-Therapie. [Erlan- 
 gen.] 30 pp. 8°. Wiirzburg, F. Staudenraus, 
 1912. 
 
 Bandwurm (Der). See [Slug]. 
 
 Banella (Bruno)._ Un caso clrnico di stenosi mi- 
 traUca ed arterio-sclerosi con consecutiva clau- 
 dicazione intermittente ed accessi epilettici. 
 32 pp. 8°. Pergola, Gasperini, 1900. 
 
 Baiieres y Melcior (Joaquin) [ 
 1907]. 
 
 [Biograpliy.] Bol. mid., Ldrida, 1S07, vi, 1009-1017, port 
 
 Banerjee (D. N.) Pocket manual on cholera' 
 
 in English and Bengali; containing its history' 
 
 sanitary and hygienic hints, treatment and se! 
 
 lection of diet. 28 pp. 16°. [Calcutta], 1891. 
 
 Banester (Join) [1533-1610]. 
 
 [Blograpby.] Brit. J. Surg., Bristol, 1917, v, 8-16, 1 pi. 
 Bang (B.) Kampen mod Tuberkulosen hos 
 Kvseget. [The fight against tuberculosis in 
 cattle.] 79 pp. 8°. K0benhavn, H. Christen- 
 sen, 1900. 
 
 Repr.from: Maanedssli. f. Dyrteger, 1900, xi. 
 
 Bang (Ivar [Christian]). Ueber die Verwendung 
 der Zentrifuge in der quantitativen Analyse. 
 15 pp. 8°. Upsala, C. J. Lundstrom, 1906. 
 
 Forms pt. 2 of: Upsala Lalsaref. Forh. Festskr. . . . 
 Hammarsten, 1906. 
 
 . Eine neue Methode zur Zuckerbestim- 
 
 mung. 10 pp., 1 pi. fol. Lund, H. Ohlsson, 
 1911. 
 
 Bang (Ivar [Christian]) — continued. 
 
 ■ . Chemie und Biochemie der Lipoide. xi, 
 
 187 pp. roy. 8°. Wiesbaden, J. F. Bergmann, 
 
 1911. 
 
 Der Blutzucker. viii, 162 pp. 8°. Wies- 
 
 baden, J. P. Bergmann, 1913. 
 
 Bang (0.) Pharmacopoea jucunda. 2. Udgave. 
 20 pp. 12°. Kj0benhavn, Qyldendal, 1874. 
 
 Bang (0. L.) Schema diariorum febribusdes- 
 cribendis et curandis accommodatum. 2 1., 
 2 diag. 4°. Havnix, E. Luno, 1842. 
 
 Bang (Sophus). Tuberkulosens sammentraef med 
 forskelUge andre sygdomme belyst ved 6006 sek- 
 tionsfund. [Tuberculosis complicated with va- 
 rious other diseases . . . ] 4 p. I., 181 pp. 8°. 
 K0benhavn, J. Salomonson, 1901. 
 
 . Brystsygdomme; behandUng med bade- 
 
 og kurrejser. [Diseases of the chest; bath and 
 sanatorium treatment.] 77 pp. 8°. K0ben- 
 havn, F. Bagges, 1902. 
 
 Bang (Vilhelm). Hexevsesen og hexeforf^lgelser 
 isser i Danmark. [Witchcraft and witchcraft per- 
 secution in Denmark.] 138pp., 11. 8°. Kj0ben- 
 havn, J. Frimodt, 1896. 
 
 Bangala. 
 
 Weeks (J. H.) Anthropological notes on the Bangala of 
 the Upper Congo Rlrer. J. Roy. Anthrop. Inst. Gr. Brit. & 
 Ireland, Lond., 1909, xxxix, 416-459: 1910, xl, 360-425. 
 
 Bangkok. 
 
 See, also, Plague (History, etc., of), by locali- 
 ties. 
 
 Biemildge (R. E.) Some striMngfacts about an eastern 
 city [Bangkok]. J. Trop. M., Lond., 1906, ix, 119.— Night- 
 ingale (P. A.) The climate and diseases of Bangkok. Brit. 
 M. J., Lend., 1902, ii, 839-841. 
 
 Bang's iaciUus. 
 
 See Abortion (Infectious, Bacteriology, etc. , of) . 
 
 Bangs (Lemuel Bolton) [1842-1914]. 
 
 See AmeTlcan (An) text-book of genito-urinary diseases, 
 [etc.]. 8°. Philadelphia, 1898.— MraiSek ( Franz ) [i« 2. s.]. 
 Atlas of syphiUs and the venereal diseases, etc. 12°. London 
 & PhiladelpMa, 1898. 
 
 For Biography, see Am. Med., Burlington, Vt., & N. Y., 
 1914, n. s., ix, 618. Also; J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1914, 
 Ixiii, 1311. Also: Med. Eec, N. Y., 1914, Ixxxvi, 639. Also: 
 N. York M. J. [etc.], 1914, c, 728: 1917, cv, 1212. 
 
 Banham (George A.) Anatomical and physio- 
 logical model of the horse. [With explanatory 
 text.] 1 phantom plate, eleph. fol. TText, 20 
 pp., 8°.] London, Baillitre, Tindall & Cox, 1900. 
 
 . Table of veterinary posology and thera- 
 peutics, with weights, measures, etc., for the 
 use of students and practitioners. 226 pp. 12°. 
 London, Bailliire, Tindall & Cox, 1908. 
 
 . The same. 4. ed. xvi, 272 pp. 8°. 
 
 London, Bailliire, Tindall & Cox, 1915. 
 
 BanhoUser (Karl) [1866- 1 *Der Einfluss des 
 Nichtstillens auf das Schicksal der Neuge- 
 borenen. [Munchen.] 28 pp., 2 1. 8°. Augs- 
 burg, naas ds Grabherr, 1913. 
 
 Bankart (James) [1834-1902]. 
 
 Obituary. Brit. M. J.,. Lond., 1902, ii, 1683. 
 Banke (Paul Friedrich Heinrich) [1877- ]. 
 *Ueber Bruche der Fusswurzelknochen. 40 pp. 
 8°. Halle a. S., C. A. Kaemmerer & Co., 1904. 
 
 Bank-notes. 
 
 BUdltch (W. W.) A bacteriolorical study of soiled 
 paper money. Pop. Sc. Month., N. Y., 1908, Ixxiii, 157-165. 
 
 Banks (Hygiene of). 
 
 Feldman (A. M.) Verhindung einer Heizungs-, Luf- 
 tungs- und KUhltmgsanlage in einem Bankgebaude. Ge- 
 sundh.-Ingenieur, Munchen, 1910, xxxiii, 893-898.— Mahll- 
 lon. Mosures de jirophylaxie prises oontre les maladies 
 infectieuses h la Caisse d'epargne et de retraite de Belgique. 
 Cong, internat. d'hyg. et de demog. C.-r., Brux., 1903, vii, 
 108-113. 
 
BANKS. 
 
 339 
 
 BANTEGNIE. 
 
 Banks (Charles Edward). Cholera infantum; 
 its causes, nature and treatment. 
 
 In: WiGGiN (O. C.) Artificial feeding ol inlants. 8°. 
 Pramdewe, 1879, 35-66. 
 
 Banks (Charles S.) Preliminary bulletin on 
 insects of the cacao, prepared especially for the 
 benefit of farmers. 68 pp., 60 pi. 8°. Manila, 
 Bureau Pub. Print., IQQi. 
 
 Dep. Interior. Bureau Govt. Lab. Biol. Lab., Manila, 
 No. 11. 
 
 . The Australian tick (Boaphilus australis 
 
 Fuller) in the Philippine Islands, pp. 12-21, 
 20 pi. 8°. Manila, Bureau Pub. Print., 1904. 
 Dep. Int. Bureau Govt. Lab., Manila, No. 14. 
 
 . Venereal disease. Its probable prev- 
 alence. An attempt to reach a definite basis 
 of statistical value. 
 
 Eepr. No. 262 Irom Pub. Healtb Rep., Feb., 1915. 
 
 Banks {Sir John Thomas) [1811-1908]. Rich- 
 mond, Whitworth and Hardwick Government 
 Hospitals. Introductory address. 30 pp. 8°. 
 Dublin, Gunn & Cameron, 1883. 
 
 For Biography, see Brit. M. J., Lond., 1908, ii, 235. Also: 
 Lancet, .Lond., 1908, ii, 277. Also; Med. Press & Circ, 
 Lond., 1908, n. s., Ixxxvi, 125. 
 
 Banks (Sir Joseph) ,[174:3-1820]. 
 
 Cuvlei (G. L. C. P. D.) !Eloge historlque de Sir Joseph 
 Banks. In his: Eec. d. dloges bist., 8°, Par. & Strasb., 1827, 
 ill, 47-92. 
 
 Banks (Nathan) [1868- J. Bibliography of the 
 more important contributions to American 
 economic entomology. The more important 
 writings published between June 30, 1888, and 
 December 30, 1896. 273 pp. 8°. Washington, 
 Gov. Print. Off., 1898. 
 
 . A list of works on North American ento- 
 mology. 96 pp. 8°. Washington, Gov. Print. 
 Office, 1900. 
 Bull. No. 24, n. s., U. S. Dep. Agrio., Div. entomol. 
 
 -. The red spiders of the United States. 
 
 pp. 65-79. 8°. Washington, Gov. Print. Office, 
 1900. 
 Technical Ser., No. 8, U. S. Dep. Agric, Div. entomol. 
 
 Principal insects liable to be distributed on 
 
 nursery stock. 46 pp. 8°. Washington, Gov. 
 Print. Office, 1902. 
 Bull. No. 34, n. s., U. S. Dep. Agric, Div. entomol, 
 
 Directions for collecting and preserving 
 
 insects. 135 pp. 8°. Washington, 1909. 
 Bull. No. 67, Smithsonian Institution. 
 
 -. The structure of certain dipterous larvse 
 
 with particular reference to those in human 
 foods. 44 pp. 8°. Washington, 1912. 
 
 Technical Ser., No. 22, of: U. S. Dep. Agr., Bureau ento- 
 mol. 
 
 Index to the literature of American 
 
 economic entomology. 1 p. 1., v, 323 pp. 8°. 
 Melrose Highlands, Mass., 1917. 
 
 Banks (William Mitchell) [1843-1904]. A plea 
 for the more free removal of cancerous growths. 
 15 pp. 8°. Llanerchymedd, J. & E. Jones, 
 [1877]. 
 
 . 1865 and 1895. Student and teacher, 
 
 being an address delivered before the York- 
 shire College Medical Society. 16 pp. 12°. 
 Leeds, J. Laycock & Sons, 1895. 
 
 For Biography, see Am. Med., PhUa., 1904, viii, 314. Also: 
 Brit. M. J. . Lond., 1904, ii. 409-412. Also: Ibid., 1908, ii, 1417- 
 1424 (H. Mforris). .4iso.-/Wd., 1455-1457. jltoo.-Caledon.M. 
 J., Glasg., 1904-5, n. s., vl, 69-61. Also: J. Ass. Mil. Surg. U. 
 S., Carlisle, Pa., 1905, xvi, 104-106 (S. C. Stanton). Also: 
 Lancet, Lend., 1904, ii,566-569, port, jlteo.- Med.-Chir. Tr., 
 Lond., 1905, Ixxxviii, p. cxvi (Sir R. D. Powell). Also: 
 Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1904, n. s., Ixxviii, 184. Also: 
 Ibid. , 1914, n. s.; xcviii, 399-404 (Sir V. Horsley). Also: Brit. 
 M. J., Lond., 1914, ii, 657-«61 (Sir V. Horsley). ' 
 
 Bankintz^ (Richard). _ *Beitrag zur Kenntniss 
 der einseitigen Retmitis hsemorrhagica. [Jena.] 
 18 pp. 8°. Leipzig, W. Engelmann, 1898. 
 
 Bannas (Samuel) [1869- ]. *Ein objektiyes 
 Augensyinptom der Neurasthenie. [Leipzig.^ 
 25 pp., 11. 8°. BresZau, 1893. 
 
 Bannatyne (Gilbert Alexander). Rheumatoid 
 arthritis; its pathology, morbid anatomy, and 
 treatment. 2. ed. xii, 182 pp. 8°. Bristol, 
 
 I. Wright & Co.; London, Simpkin, Marshall [et 
 at.], 1898. 
 
 . The same. 3. ed. viii, 187 pp., 8 pi. 8°. 
 
 Bristol, J. Wright, & Co., 1904. 
 
 Bannehr (J.) Remarks on the sewage difficulty; 
 its cause, effects, remedy. Read before the Mid- 
 land Farmers Club. 14 pp. 8°. Exeter, [ISeb]. 
 
 Bannelier (Henri) . *Les infections 8a,livaires chez 
 le nouveau-n6 et le nourrisson. viii, pp. 9-32, 
 
 I I. 8°. Montpellier, 1905, No. 61. 
 
 Banner (The) of Gold. Mate Palmer, editor, v. 
 
 1-29, 1892-1916. fol. Chicago. 
 Bannerman (Walter Biggar). The production of 
 
 alkali in liquid media by the Bacillus pestis. 
 
 12j)p. 4°. Calcutta, 1908. 
 Forms No. 33 (n. s.) of: Sclent, mem. med. ofl. India. 
 
 Bannes (Franz Xaver Karl Alois) [1876-_ ]. 
 *Das Wesen der genuinen und kiinstlichen 
 Vogelgicht und deren Beziehungen zur Arthritis 
 urica des Menschen. [Breslau.] 49pp., 11. 8°- 
 Altenburg, G. Eylenbosch, 1901. 
 
 Bannes (J4r6me) [1868- _ ]. *Recherches ex- 
 p^rimentales sur les accidents cons6cutifs aux 
 inhalations prolong6es d'acide carbordque. 68 
 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, 1897, No. 149. 
 
 Bannier (Alfred [Felix]) [1879- ]. *Physiolo- 
 gische Studien am gesunden Menschen im 
 IJeberdruckapparate. 33 pp. 8°. Marburg, H. 
 Bauer, 1906. 
 
 Bannikowa (Sinaida) [1888- ]. *Ueber Ly- 
 solvergiftungen. 27 pp. 8°. Berlin, E. Ebe- 
 ring, 1912. 
 
 Banning (Friedrich). *Zur Kenntnis der Oxal- 
 saurebildung durch Bakterien. [Basel.] 32 pp., 
 1 pi. 8°. Jma, G. Fischer, 1902. 
 
 Bannister (A. T.) Sanitation as a religious exer- 
 cise. Sermon preached in Birchington Parish 
 Church. 10 pp. 12°. London, 1899. 
 Bepr.from: Church of England Pulpit. 
 
 Bannister (Henry M.). 
 
 See Brower (Daniel R.) & Bannister (H. M.) A prac- 
 tical manual of insanity [etc.]. 8°. Philadelphia & London, 
 1902. 
 
 Banniza (Ernst). *Ein Fall von infantiler 
 Osteomalacie. 22 pp., 1 1. 8°. Kiel, Vollbehr 
 & Riepen, 1899. 
 
 Bannwart (Joseph Alexander). *Beitrag zui 
 Kenntnis der spontanen multiplen Hautgan- 
 gran. [Zurich.] 43 pp., 10 pi. 8°. Luzern, 
 Ruber & Co., 1905. 
 
 Bannwartli (E.). 
 
 See Antbropologlsche Wandtateln, [etcl. eleph. lol. 
 Leipzig, 189i. 
 
 Bannwarth (Johann Baptist) [1873- ]. *Die 
 TyphusmorteUtat in Elsass-Lothringen bis zur 
 Emfiihrung der organisierten Typhusbekam- 
 pfung. 48 pp., 1 1., 3 ch. 8°. Strassburgi. E., 
 CMOhdc Co., 1905. 
 
 Banquet (Pierre-Henri) [1875- ]. *Contribu- 
 tion k I'etude anatomo-pathologique de I'endo- 
 cardite tuberculeuse. 24 pp., 2 1., 1 pl. 8°. 
 Bordeaux, 1898, No. 103. 
 
 Banse (Johannes) [1881- ]. *Ueber intratho- 
 racische Fibrome, Neurome und Fibrosarkome. 
 40 pp., 1 1. 8°. Greifswald, H. Adler, 1908. 
 
 Bantegnie (Gustave-Hector-Victor) [1886- ]. 
 *Quelques documents cUniques a propos de la. 
 recherche pratique de I'acltone et de I'acide 
 ac6tylac6tique dans Purine. 48 pp. 8°. Lille, 
 1913, No. 23. 
 
BANTEIGNIE. 
 
 340 
 
 BARADirc. 
 
 Banteignie (Constant). *De I'occlusion intesti- 
 
 nale dans la p^ritonite tuberculeuse. 56 pp. 
 
 8°. Paris, 1902, No. 119. 
 Banteignie (Paul) [1870- ]. *Traitement de 
 
 r eczema par les enveloppements humides 
 
 permanents. 52pp., 11. 8° Pom, 1899, No. 48. 
 Banti (Guido). L'evoluzione nella materia e 
 
 nella vita. 31 pp. 8° Firenze, Galletti & 
 
 Coed, 1902. 
 . Patologia del polmone. 277 pp. 8°. 
 
 Firenze, L. Niccolai, 1902. 
 
 Anatomla patologica. 
 
 „ - V. 1, fasc. 1-20. 
 645 pp. roy. 8°. Milano, Soc. edit, libr., 1905-7. 
 AUo, Editor of; Patbologica. Revista quindioinale, 
 Geneva, 1908-17. 
 
 Bantigny (Aime) [1874- ]. »Contribution k 
 I'etude de I'acn^e ponctu6e chez I'enfant. 48 
 pp. 8°. Paris, 1899, No. 79. 
 
 Banting (William). The rational cure of obesity, 
 heia^ a letter on corpulence addressed to the 
 public. Re-edited with notes, addenda, and a 
 preface by a barrister. 1 p. 1., x, 49 pp. 8°. 
 London, Harrison & Sons, 1902. 
 See, also, "Banting." Lancet, Lond., 1917, i, 898; 977. 
 
 Banti' s disease. 
 
 See Spleen (Hypertrophy of) with ansemia. 
 Bantle (Alfons)_ [1886- ]. *Die Dissertation 
 
 Johann Friedrich Reichenbacha (iber eine neue 
 
 Operationsmethode der Pupillen-Verwachsung, 
 
 1767. 1 p. 1., 85 pp, 8°. Tubingen, G. Schniir- 
 
 len, 1911. 
 BantUn (David) [1879- ]. *Ueber einen Fall 
 
 von Lebercirrhose im Kindesalter. 26 pp., 1 1. 
 
 8°. Tiibingen, 6. Schnilrlen, 1903. 
 Bantock (George Granville) [1837-1913], On the 
 
 use and abuse of pessaries. 32 pp. 8°. London, 
 
 H. K. Leuds, 1878. [P., v. 2190.] 
 . On uterine displacements. 24 pp. 8°. 
 
 London, W. Hall & Lovitt, 1880. 
 
 A plea for early ovariotomy. 40 pp. 8° 
 
 London, H. K. Lewis, 1881. 
 
 . Inaugural address on Listerism;. its past, 
 
 present, and future. 28 pp. 8°. London, 
 Spottiswoode & Co., 1887. _ 
 
 The modem doctrine of bacteriology, or 
 
 the germ theory of disease with special ref- 
 erence to gynsecology. 36 pp. 8°. London, J. 
 Bale, Sons & Danielsson, 1899. 
 
 For Biogravlty, see Brit. M. J., Lond., 1913, i, 201. Also: 
 Galleria d. clin. ostet., Scansano, 1902, 1, 19-26, port. 
 
 See, also: 
 
 Stone (I. S.) A brief review ofsome of the contributions 
 to medical and surgical literature by George Granville 
 Bantock. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1910, Ixii, 39-66, port. 
 
 Banzet (Samuel) [1867- ]._ *Contribution k 
 l'6tude des suppurations envisag^es au point de 
 vue de leurs formes et de leurs rapports avec la 
 &h\Te. 271 pp. 4°. Paris, 1896, No. 200. 
 
 See, also, Berger (Paul) & Banzet (Samuel). Chirurgie 
 orthopSdique [etc.]. roy. 8°. Paris, 1904. 
 
 Banzhaf (Friedrich) [1880- J. *Einwirkung 
 normaler Tiersera auf Rotlaufba^dllen. [Gies- 
 sen.] 29 pp. 8°. Stuttgart, R. Enzig, 1909. 
 
 Banzliaf (Richard) [1878- ]. *Drei_Falle von 
 farniliarer cerebraler Lahmung im Kindesalter. 
 26 pp., 1 tab., 3 1. 8°- Tiibingen, F. Pietzker, 
 1902. 
 
 Banzi (Umberto). La rabbia negli animaU do- 
 mestici e nell' uomo. 43 pp. 8° Finale- 
 Emilia, L. Rubbiani, 1897. 
 
 Bapteste (Albert) [1859- ]. *De I'appendicite 
 dans la puerperalit^. [Lyon.] 78 pp. 8°. 
 Dijon, 1899, No. 48. 
 
 Baptisia and haptisol. ' 
 
 Clark ( E . D . ) Note on the blackening ol the leaves of the 
 wild indigo (Baptisia tinctoria) and the isolation of a new 
 
 Shenol, bapHsol. J. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1915, xxi, 645-660.— 
 lellon (U.K.)* Sanlord (R. J. ) The effect of Baptisia in 
 the production of typhoid agglutmins. Clinigue, Chicago, 
 1913, xxxiv, 467-479. AIsq: Med. Century, N. Y. & I^an- 
 caster, Pa., 1913, xx, 161-166. 
 
 Baptism {Intrauterine). 
 
 Kocks (J.) Risum teneatis, amici, Oder: Die intra-uterine 
 Taufe menschlicher Eier und FSten. Zentralbl. f. Gjmak., 
 Leipz., 1904, xxviii, 1187-1190.. 
 
 Baptista (Paul Hitto). *Do tratamento da mo,- 
 
 lestia de Bright. 85 pp. roy. 8° Rio de Janeiro, 
 
 Carvalhaes, 1905. 
 Baptista LapSr (Carlos). *Prenhez nos uteros 
 
 fibromatoses. 91 pp. 8°. Rio de Janeiro, Bes- 
 
 nardfrires, 1905. 
 Baqu§ (Bemard-Jean-Isidore-Benjamin) [1888- 
 1. *Les tumeurs p6rith61iales. 92 pp. 8°. 
 
 Bordeaux, 1912, No. 137. 
 Baqu§ (Dominique) [1872- ]. *Contribution 
 
 S. r^tude du salophfene et de ses propri6t6s th^ra- 
 
 peutiques. 96 pp. 8°. Paris, 1897, No. 331. 
 Baqu§ (Jean-George-F61ix-Bertrand) [1875- ]. 
 
 *Les amputations basses dans les gangrenes par 
 
 endart6rite chronique. 70 pp. 8°. Bordeatlx, 
 
 1904, No. 98. 
 BaquS (Simeon- Jules) [1873- ]. *Traitement 
 
 ambulatoire des arthritis tuberculeuses du mem- 
 
 bre inf^rieur, au d^but chez les enfanfs. 98 pp. 
 
 8°. Paris, 1901, No. 192. 
 Baquis (EUa). Contribute alia conoscenza della 
 
 struttura e della genesi dell' angiosarcoma della 
 
 coroide. 51pp., 2 pi. 8°. Pavm, Bizzoni, 1904. 
 . La nuova sezione oculistica dei rr. ospedaU 
 
 riuniti di Livomo 1903-4. 43 pp. 8°. Livomo, 
 
 A. Debatte, 1905. 
 Bar (Paul). Lemons de pathologie obstdtricale. 
 
 864 pp. 8°. Paris, imp. E. Copiomont & Cie., 
 
 1907. 
 See, aho, CarbonelU (Jean). Atlas d'anatomie obst^tri- 
 
 cale [etc.]. fol. Paris, 1905.— Pratique (La) de I'art des 
 
 accouchements [etc.] [im 2. s.]. roy. 8°. Paris, 19OT. 
 
 Baraban (Lioii^Dominique) [1850-1905]. 
 
 ObsSques. Rev. m6d. de I'est, Nancy, 1905, xxxvii, 705- 
 711. 
 
 Barabo (Adam). *Ueber Trommelfell-Perfora- 
 
 tionen. 44 pp. 8°. Munchen, C. Wolf & 
 
 Sohn, 18S0. 
 Barachon (Charles-Jules) [1884- ]. *L'eau 
 
 thermo-min^rale du Pare Sainte-Marie (Nancy) 
 
 (Source Lantemier). 245 pp. 8°. Nancy, 1911, 
 
 No. 8. 
 Baracoff (Dimitre). *Du r61e des troubles de la 
 
 nutrition dans la pathog6nie de la folie puer- 
 
 p6rale. 109 pp. 8°. Paris, 1902, No. 583. 
 Baradat. Les etablissements centralis(5s d'^duca- 
 
 tion et la tuberculose. 16 pp. 8°. Paris, J.-JB. 
 
 Baillih-e & fils, 1902. 
 . Les agents physiques dans la cure de la 
 
 tuberculose. 56 pp. 8°. Paris, J.-B. Bailliire 
 
 & fils, 190Z. 
 
 L'Engadine en France. 16 pp., 3 pi. 8°. 
 
 Pans, J.-B. Baillih-e & fils, 1906. 
 
 See, also, de ScbrOtter (Leopold) [in 2. s.]. Hygiina des 
 poumons [etc.]. 12°, Paris, 1906, 
 
 Baraduc (Frank) [1869- ]. *Traitement des 
 kystes hydatiques abdominaux, 104 pp, 8°, 
 Paris, 1898, No. 397. 
 
 , Thesame. 104 pp. 8°- Paris, G. Steirir 
 
 heil, 1898. 
 
 L'ent^ro-colite muco-membraneuse et 
 
 son traitement k Chatel-Guyon. 52 pp, 8°. 
 Paris, Masson & Cie., 1905. 
 
BARADUC. 
 
 341 
 
 BAKBADOES. 
 
 Baraduc (Frank)— continued. 
 
 , Bernard (F61ix) [et al.]. Clinique hydro- 
 
 logique. x, 636 pp. 8°. Paris, Masson & Cie., 
 
 1909. 
 Baradac (Hippolyte). Lea vibrations de la 
 
 vitality humame; m^thode biom^trigue appli- 
 
 qu6e aux sensltifs et aux n6vT08&i. vLd, 280 pp. 
 
 12°. Parig, J.-B. Baillihe & fiU, 1904. 
 Baragnon (P. Petnis). See Petrus (P. B.) 
 
 [in 2. s.]. 
 Barailtag (A.) *Contributlon h, I'^tude de la 
 
 maladie de Parrot; difficult^a du diagnostic. 
 
 98 pp. 8°. Toulmue, 1909, No. 865. 
 Barailh§ (Jean) [1878- ]. *Contribution i 
 
 r^tude cryoscopique des urines. 58 pp., 1 1. 
 
 8°. Lyon, 1901, No. 40. 
 Baraillaud (Francois-Louis) [1869- ]. *Des 
 
 indications de I'amputation dans la gangrene 
 
 des membres chez les diab^tiques. 43 pp., 2 1. 
 
 8°. Bordeavx, 1897, No. 104. 
 
 Barailon [1743-1816]. 
 
 P6rot(F.) [Biography.] Centre m^d.etphann.,Gannat, 
 
 1904-.5, X, 36-39. . [Biography.] Ibid., 1906-7, xii, 281- 
 
 283. 
 
 Barak (Anna) [1875- ]. *Ein intraligamentar 
 gelegenes, ektopisches Chorionepithefiom mit 
 sehr langer Latenzzeit. 42 pp. 8°. Giessen, 0. 
 Kindt, 1911. 
 
 Baraks, nee Do'flidsky (H^lfene Rosalie). *Le8 
 n6vrites profeseionneUes. 232 pp. 8°. Paris, 
 6. CarrS & C. Nawi, 1901, No. 327. 
 
 Barandon (Jules). *La pbl^bo-anesth&ie par 
 la novocaine. 60 pp. 8*. Toulouse, J. Mar- 
 qv£sU, 1911, No. 946. 
 
 Barandon (Justin) [1871- ]. *Un nouvel 
 insufflateur pour la respiration artificielle dans 
 les cas d'asphyxie. 38 pp. 8°. Luon, 1898, 
 No. 2. 
 
 Baranetskl (I[o8if] V[a8ilyevich]) [1843- ]. 
 Vldayushtshiyasya yavleniya v no-vleishel lite- 
 raturie o darvinizmle. [Prominent phenomena 
 in recent literature about Darwinism.] 62 pp. 
 8°. [Kiyev, 1903.1 
 Bound with: XJnlv. Izvlest., Kiyev, 1903, xliii. 
 
 Baranger (Emile) [1872- ]. *Cardiopathie8 
 et grossesse. 128 pp., 1 1. 8° Paris, 1898, 
 No. 413. 
 
 . The same. 128 pp. 8°. Paris, G. 
 
 Steinhdl, 1898. 
 
 Baraniecki (Adryjan) [1828-91]. 
 
 HaSkovec. [Biography. ] 6asop. Wk. iesk., v Praze , 1891 , 
 XXX, 946-948. . , , 
 
 Baranoff (A[leksandr] irvanovichj) [1864- j. 
 Rukovodstvo dlya rotnlkn. feldsherov i feldsher- 
 skikh uchenikov. [Handbook for company feld- 
 shers and feldsher pupils.] vii, 319 pp., 11. 8° 
 S.-Peterburg, V. V. Kcymaroff, 1897 . 
 
 Baranoff Elizabeth). *Contributions k I'^tude 
 des complications pulmonaires post-op6ratoires 
 de r^th^risation. 26 pp. 8°. Lausanne, C. 
 Pache- Vaiidel & Bran, 1907. 
 
 Baranoff (Esther). *Production d'urine et pres- 
 sion sanguine. 24 pp. 8°. Lausanne, 1910. 
 
 Baranowski(Ignacy),[1833- ]. Walkazgruz- 
 lic^ jako zadanie spoleczno-narodowe. [Strug- 
 gle with tuberculosis as a social and popular de- 
 mand.] 9 pp. fol. [S.-Peterburg, Trenke & 
 Frysno, 1900.] 
 Bepr.from: Kraj. 
 
 For Biogravhy, see Gaz. lek., Warazawa, 1909, 2. s., xxix, 
 1063-1074 (J. Tawttskl). Also: Pam. Towarz. Lek. War- 
 szavr., 1909, cv, suppl., 1-34, port. (J. Pawifiski). Aleo: 
 Przegl. lek., Erakfiw, 1912, li, 283-285 [port, in text]. 
 
 Baranski (Anton). Anleitung zur Vieh- und 
 Fleischbeschau fiir Stadt- und Bezirksarzte, 
 Thierarzte, Sanitatsbeamte. 4. Aufl. iv, 242 
 
 Baranski (Anton) — continued, 
 pp. 8°. Wien & Leipzig, Urban & Schwarzen^ 
 berg, 1897. 
 
 Barantsevich (E. M.; Chuma, poyavleniye i 
 rasprostraneniye yeya u chelovleka; istoriko- 
 meditsinskiy ocherk. [The plague, its appear- 
 ance and diffusion among man; sketch m the 
 history of medicine.] 104 pp., 21. 8°. Moskva, 
 I. Yefimoff, 1898. 
 
 B&r&ny (Robert). Untersuchungen uber den 
 vom Vestibularapparat des Ohres reflektorisch 
 ausgelosten rythmischen Nystagmus und seine 
 Begleiterscheinungen. (Ein Beitrag zur Physio- 
 logie und Pathologie des Bogengangapparates.) 
 107 pp. 8° Berlin, C. Coblenz, 1906. 
 
 . Physiologie und Pathologie (Funktions- 
 
 Priifung) des Bogengang-Apparates beim Men- 
 schen. x, 76 pp. 8°. Leipzig & Wien, F. 
 Deutiche, 1907. 
 
 For Biography, see Hosp.-Tid., E0benh., 1915, 5. R., Till, 
 1171-1174, port. 
 
 See, also: 
 
 Brock (W.) Dr. BArtoy, Nobelpreistrager. Miinchen. 
 med. Wchnschr., 1916, Ixlil, 233.— Pflster (F.) The work of 
 Robert Barany on the semidrciilar apparatus of the ear and 
 the cerebellar localization as the diagnostic key to the differ- 
 ent intracranial conditions. Wisconsin M. J., Milwaukee, 
 1915-16, xJv, 468^71. 
 
 Barasch (Albert). *Influence dystrophique de 
 I'h6r6dit6 syphilitique. 108 pp., 1 1. 4°- Paris, 
 1896, No. 512. 
 
 Barasch (Hans) [1887- ]. *Ueber Sympto- 
 matologie der chronischen Paranoia. 30 pp. 
 8°. Kiel, Schmidt & Klaunig, 1911. 
 
 Barasin (Ludo'vicus). *Utruni peripneumonise 
 hybemse Kd^apais 'riyeiwvi.Kbv'i 7 pp. 8° Co- 
 dami, J. Cavelier, 1685. 
 
 Baratier (A[ntoniii] [1858- ]. Comment on 
 defend ses mains. La lutte pour les avoir tou- 
 joursbeUes. 81pp., 11. 12° Pam, [1901]. 
 
 ■ — . Les victimes de I'alcool. 131 pp. 12°. 
 
 Paris, 1902. 
 
 Baraton (Paul-Pierre-Marie-Joseph) [1879- ]. 
 *Contribution k I'tude de I'il^phantiasis acquise 
 des paupiferes. 59 pp., 1 diag., 4 pi. 8° Bor- 
 deaux, 1906, No. 114. 
 
 Baratoux (J.) [1855- ]. Classification des 
 maladies de I'oreille, du nez et du larynx, cxii 
 pp. 8°. Paris, 1897. 
 Bound with: Peatique mM., Par. , 1897, xi. 
 
 Barats (V[italiy] G[ermanovich]) [1861- ]. 
 *Ro8t glaza i niekotoriya yevo osobennosti u 
 grudnikh dietei. [Growth of the eye and its va- 
 rious peculiarities in infants.] Ip.l., 159 pp., 1 
 pl.,ldiag. 8°. S.-Peterburg, A. V.Orloff, 1902. 
 
 Barba (Rafael). *Ligeras indicaciones sobre la 
 . manera de utiUzar las materias fecales de la 
 ciudad de Mexico. 23 pp., 1 1. 8°- Mexico, 
 1884. 
 
 Barbachano (Miguel). *Tratamiento del tifo. 
 29 pp. 8°. MEXICO, C. Ramiro, 1878. 
 
 Barbadault (Camille) [1871- ]. *Patho- 
 genie et traitement de Vincontinence d'urine 
 chez les calculeux. 77 pp. 8°. Paris, 1896, 
 No. 96. 
 
 Barbadault (Constant) [1881- ]. *La scle- 
 recto-iridectomie (operation de Lagrange). 88 
 pp. 8°. Paris, 1908, No. 10. 
 
 Barbadoes. 
 
 See, also. Epidemics (History o/), Fever (Yel- 
 low, Eistory of). Leprosy (History and statistics 
 of), by localities. 
 
 tow (G. C.) Malarial and filarial diseases in Barbadoes, 
 West Indies. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1901, ii, 687-689: 1902, i, 
 1472.— SUer (J. F.) Medical notes on Barbados, British 
 West Indies. Am. J. Trop. Dis. [eU-.l, N. Orl., 1915, lii, 46; 
 186. ^too, Reprint. ' . . . 
 
BAEBAGALLO. 
 
 342 
 
 BARBER. 
 
 Barbagallo (Pietro). Sopra un caso di tsenia 
 solium mummificata rigeneratasi. 20 p., 11., 
 1 pi. 8°. Catania, stab. S. di Mattd & Co., 1896. 
 
 Barbaloine. 
 
 Mger (E.) Sur la barbaloine. J. de pharm. et chim.. 
 
 Par., 1902, 6. s., xvi, 519-526: 1906, xxv, 513-622. . 
 
 Nouvelle m^tliode de transformatioii de la barbaloine en 
 /3-babaIoSne. Compt. rend. Acad. d. so.. Par., 1914, clvlil, 
 1903-1905. Also: J. de pharm. et de chim.. Par., 1914, 7. s.. 
 X, 108-111. / ■ . I I 
 
 Barbancey (Pierre-RobertAdolphe) [1877- ]. 
 
 *Contribution il'^tude des gommes syphilitiques 
 
 de la paupifere. 53 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1905, 
 
 No. 62. 
 Barbarczi (Ott6 Schwartzer). A koriatolt beszd- 
 
 mlthat6adg. pp. 169-440. 8°. Budapest, 
 
 Pesti Llm/d-Tdrsulat, 1906. 
 
 Forms No. 4 of: Elme-&ide^6rt., Budapest, 1906. 
 
 Barbarin (Edmond) [1881- ]. *De I'influence 
 
 de la paiit6 sur la marche de la d^livrance. 52 
 
 pp. 8°. lA/on, 1912, No. 85. 
 Barbarin (Honor6). *Contribution h l'6tude de 
 
 rastbme Chez 1' enfant. 60pp. 8°. Paris, 1904, 
 
 No. 302. 
 Barbarin (Paul) [1873- . ]. *Les complications 
 
 mastoidiennes et intracraniennes des otites 
 
 moyennes Buppur6es chioniques. 156 pp., 1 1. 
 
 8° Paris, 1902, No. 152. 
 . The same. 157 pp. 8° Paris, O. Stein- 
 
 heil, 1902. 
 
 Vingt-cinq legons pratiques d'anatomie 
 
 616meutaire et de petite chirurgie pour le 
 personnel des h6pitaux et des dispensaires. 
 248 pp., 1 1. 12°- Paris, 0. Doin, 1907. 
 
 -. Manuel de chirurgie de guerre k I'usage 
 
 des infirmiferes; anatomie, pratique chirurgicale, 
 operations, appaxeils. Preface de M. le pro- 
 fesseur S. Pozzi. 2 p. 1., 405 pp. 16°. Paris, 
 0. Doin & fils, 1916. 
 ' See,a!so,Hygl6ne(L')del'enfent[etc.]. 12°. PaTO,1908. 
 
 Barbarin (Ilen6). *Pigmentation des muqueuses, 
 son importance au point de vue du diagnostic et 
 du traitement de rinsuffisance capsulaire. 87 
 pp., 3 pi. 8°. Paris, 1903, No. 275. 
 
 Barbarous (Antoine) [1873- _ _ ]. *Des gros- 
 sesses m^connues; 6tude clinique et diagnos- 
 tique. viii, 9-56 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1901, 
 No. 21. 
 
 Barbarroux (L6on) [1874^ ]. *De la leuco- 
 cytose et des variations des polynucl^aires 
 dans la fifevre typhoide. 97 pp., 11. 8°. Lyon, 
 
 1900, No. 137. 
 
 Barbarroux (Timol^on). *Sur I'absorption v4si- 
 cale; 6tude de la question et recherches ex- 
 p^rimentales. 98 pp., 1 1. 8° Montpellier, 
 
 1901, No. 15. 
 
 Barbarus {Hermolaus) [1454-93]. ' 
 
 For Biography, see Abblld d. Arznk. verd. Gelehrten 
 
 [etc.]. 4°. Augsburg, 1805, 1, port. 
 
 Barbary (Femand). Les misferes du corps. 1 
 
 p. 1., 262 pp. 12°. Paris, 1901. 
 . Autour des berceaux. Preface de A. 
 
 Pinard. 1 p. 1., iv, 176 pp. 16°. Pam, 1901. 
 . La grande faucheuse; la lutte anti-- 
 
 tuberculeuse dans la famille, k I'^cole, k I'ateUer. 
 
 viii, 219 pp., 1 ch., 3 maps. 8°. Paris, C. Naud, 
 
 1904. 
 
 The same. 2. M. xi, 340 pp., 1 map. 
 
 8°. Paris, F.-R. de Rvdeval, 1907. 
 
 -. Interpretation nouvelle du mecanisme 
 
 de rhlmoptysie tuberculeuse. Th6rapeutique 
 preventive de rh6moptyaie. 114 pp. 8° 
 Paris, F.-R. de Rvdeval, 1905. 
 
 Barbary (Femand) — continued. 
 
 . Un remade specifique centre la grippe; 
 
 les injections de cacodylate de gaiacol dans 
 les infections grippales. Memoire pr^sente h, 
 TAcademie de medecihe le 5 mars 1907. 31 pp. 
 8°. Nice, Imp. de la Cdte d'Azur, 1907. 
 
 Barbary (Joseph). *Essais sur le traitement 
 chirurgical du cancer du gros intestin (rectum 
 excepte). 108 pp. 8°. Paris, 1904, No. 310. 
 
 Barbaste (Alfred) [1887- ]. *Du decollement 
 traumatique de I'^piphyse numerale sup^rieure. 
 103 pp. 8°. Paris, 1912, No. 218. 
 
 Barbatelli (Ettore) [ -1916]. 
 
 [Obituary.] Gior. di med. mil., Roma, 1916, Ixlv, 805. 
 
 Barbatus (Hieronymus). 
 
 iSee del Papa (Tosephus) [in 2. s.]. De prsecipuis humori- 
 bus qui humane in corpore reperiuntur [etc.]. 12°. Lugd. 
 Bat.,n36. 
 
 Barbaud (Charles) [1856- ] &_ Leftvre (Ch.) 
 La femme; aux trois grandes p^riodes de sa vie: 
 puberte, union sexuelle, menopause. _ I^a 
 puberte chez la femme; etude physiologique, 
 clinique et therapeutique. vii, 234 pp. 12°. 
 Paris, A. Maloine, 1897. 
 
 Barbaus (Georges) [1879- _ ]. *Etude medico- 
 psychologique sur le suicide chez les enfants. 
 66 pp. 8°. Paris, 1910, No. 175. 
 
 Barbarara de Gravellona (A.> _ *Une forme 
 particulifere de paralysie obstetricale. Mono- 
 piegie brachiale double avec amyotrophie; 
 syndrome de Little aux membres mfeneurs. 
 36 pp. 8° Paris, 1900, No. 654. 
 
 Barbe. Le parfumeur fran^ois, qui enseigne 
 toutes les manifereB de tirer les odeurs des fleurs; 
 et &. faire toutes sortes de compositions de 
 parfums. 132 pp., 51. 24° Lyon, T. Amaulry, 
 1693. 
 
 Barb§ (Andre). *Etude des degenerations secon- 
 daires (bulbo-protuberantielles et medullaires) 
 du faisceau pyramidal. 149 pp., 7 pi. 8°. Pa- 
 ris, 1908, No. 190. 
 
 . The same. 149 pp., 81., 7 pi. 8°. Paris, 
 
 0. Doin, 1908. 
 
 Barbe (C.) Diagnostic et traitement des maladies 
 de la peau. Preface par E. Gaucher, xii, 331 
 pp. 12°. Paris, J.-B. Baillihre & fils, 1901. 
 
 BarbS (Camelle). *De la sacro-coxalgie_ chez 
 I'enfant; arthrite tuberculeuse sacro-iliaque. 
 88 pp. 8°. Paris, 1906, No. 24. 
 
 Barbe (Etienne-Joseph- Victor) [1874- ]. *Phy- 
 siologie du ligament de Bertin. 42 pp., 2 1., 1 pi. 
 8°. Bordeaux, 1897, No. 28. 
 
 Barbee (Andrew RusseU) [1830-1903]. 
 
 [Obituary.) J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1903, xli, 606. 
 
 Barbegui^re (J.-B .) La magonnerie mesmerienne, 
 ou les lemons prononcees par Fr. Mocer, Riala, 
 Themola, Seca et Ceiaphon, de I'Ordre des F. 
 de I'Harmonie, en loge mesmerienne de Bor- 
 deaux, I'an des influences 5784, et du mesme- 
 risme le 1". 83 pp. 12°. Amsterdam, 1784. 
 
 Barbe-Obcrlin (Emilie-Selma) [1879- 1\. 
 
 *Contribution k I'etude clinique des adeno- 
 pathies tracheo-bronchiques tuberculeuses au 
 debut chez I'enfant. 76 pp., 2 pi. 8°. Paris, 
 1911, No. 16. 
 
 Barber {Anvos Walker) [1861-1915]. 
 
 [Obituary.] J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1915, Ixiv, 1928. 
 Barber (Elmer D.) Osteopathy; the new science 
 
 ofheahng. 3. ed. 176 pp., port. 12° Kansas 
 
 City, Mo., Hudson- Kimberly Puh. Co., 1896. 
 . Osteopathy complete, xiv, 566 pp. 8°. 
 
 Kansas City, Mo., Hiidson- Kimberly Pub. Co., 
 
 1898. 
 
BARBER. 
 
 343 
 
 BARBET. 
 
 Barber (Fred. Arthur) [1880- ]. Deafness; its 
 cause, prevention and relief. 55 pp., 1 1. 8°. 
 Boston, Globe Earphone Co., [1916]. 
 
 Barber (Josef) & Scbestauber (Valerian). Die 
 BuchfUhning nach einfachem System ange- 
 wendet auf mittlere und kleine Apotheken. v, 
 69 pp. 8°- Wien, A. Hartlehen, 1904. 
 
 Barber {Oliver PMps) [1850-19101. 
 
 Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1910, liv, 1640. 
 Barbara (A[gatino] G.) [1867-1909]. La tempera- 
 tura delia mucosa e del contenuto gastrico della 
 mucosa rettale della vagina nel digiuno e dopo 
 i diversi generi di alimentazione datl per bocca 
 o per clistere. 8°. Bologna, Gamherini & 
 Parmeggiani, 1898. 
 
 Bepr.from: Bull. d. so. med. di Bologna, 1898, 7. s., ix. 
 
 . Alimentazione sottocutanea e formazione 
 
 della bile. Contributo sperimentale alia cono- 
 Bcenza del luogo, ove, dopo i pasti, debbonsi 
 trovare i diversi principii aUmentari per fare 
 aumentare la produzione della bile. 21pp. 8° 
 Bologna, Gamherini & Parmeggiani, 1901. 
 
 Contributo sperimentale alia flsiologia del 
 
 digiuno. Eccitabilitk secretoria della corda del 
 timpano, del simpatico cervicale e del vago nel 
 digiuno prolungato ed attivitS, secernente delle 
 cellule della glandola sottomaBcellare, dello 
 stomaco e del pancreas. 33 pp. 8°. Bologna, 
 Gamherini de Parmeggiani, 1902. 
 
 For Biography, see Arch, di flsiol., Firenze, 1908-9, vi, 168 
 (P. Albertoni). Also: Bull. d. so. med. di Bologna, 1909, 
 8. s., Ix, 111-116 (J. Novi). 
 
 Barbera (Emanuele). La malaria dei bambini. 
 
 Studio pratico. 40 pp. 8° Caltagirone, G. 
 
 Scordia, 1905. 
 , Sul trattamento del trombo vaginale. 
 
 Forcipe, incisione o compressione? Nuovo 
 
 metodo operatiyo. 28 pp. 8°. Caltagirone, G. 
 
 Scordia, 1905. 
 
 Un caso di meningite cerebrale acuta 
 
 idiopatica. Guarigione completa. 19 pp. 4°. 
 Caltagirone, G. Scordia, 1906. 
 
 Sulla somministrazione del cHnino di 
 
 stato. [-4iso;] La malaria deU'abitato in Calta- 
 girone. 32 pp. 8°. Caltagirone, G. Scordia, 
 1906. 
 
 Barber& (Faustino). Fisiologia e Mgiene de la 
 voz. Lecciones pronunciadas en el Conserva- 
 torio de mdsica de Valencia, xv, 237 pp., 7 pi. 
 port. 8°. Valencia, M. Alufre, 1897. 
 
 . La intubacidn estudiada en su pasado, 
 
 Bu manual operatorio, bus accidentes y bus 
 aplicaciones. al tratamiento de las laringo- 
 estenosis y especialmente al del crup. 1 p. 1., 
 60 pp. 8 . Valencia, Gombau, Vicent & Masia, 
 1897. 
 
 Barberis (M. H.) [1883- ]. *Des perforations 
 intestinalea suivies de p6ritonite g6n6ralis6e au 
 cours de la tubereulose du p6ritoine chez 1' en- 
 fant. [Montpellier.] 85 pp. 8°. Marseille, 
 1910, No. 45. 
 
 Barberius (Joannes). *De meliori radicitus 
 hydroceles ciuandse methodo. 8 pp. 4°. 
 Genux, A. Frugoni, 1806. [P., v. 2147.] 
 
 Barberousse (Fr6d6ric) [1880- ]. *Le3 frac- 
 tures Bus-malwolaires. xii, 124 pp., 2 1., 2 pi. 
 8°. Lyon, 1904, No. 102. 
 
 . The same, xii, 124 pp., 2 1., 2 pi. 8° 
 
 Lyon & Paris, A. Starch & Cie., 1904. 
 
 Barbers and barber shops. 
 
 See, also. Surgery (Eistory of) ; Sycosis. 
 Passigli (U.) Nella bottega del barbiere. 
 Cenni storici, reminiscenze letterarie, spigola- 
 ture d'archivio, ricerche sperimentali, con- 
 siderazioni igieniche. 8°. Firenze, 1898. 
 
 Barbers and barber shops. 
 
 United States. Congress. House of Repre- 
 sentatives. A bill to regulate the practice of 
 barbering in the District of Columbia. 56. 
 Cong., 1. sess. H. R. 11969. May 29, 1900. 
 Introd. by Mr. Jenkins, roy. 8°. [Washington, 
 1900.] 
 
 Berner (H.) [Inspection of barber shops in Christianla.) 
 Tidsskr. t. d. norske Lsegefor., Kristiania, 1906, xxvi, 302- 
 311.— Doctors and barbers. Boston M. & S. J., 1911, clxiv, 
 429. — Dyer (I.) The barber shop in society. N. Orl. M. & 
 S. J., 1905-6, Iviii, 89-100. Aho, Reprmt.— Hardaway 
 (W. A.) Carbuncle and other affections contracted in the 
 barber shop. St. Louis Cour. Med.. 1903, xxix, 379-383.— 
 Hedstrom(W.r.) ToUet-chalr. [Fat. spec.) No.927531: 
 July 13, 1909.— Jackson (G. T.) The barber-shop as a 
 source of contagion. Med. Kec, N. Y., 1894, xlv, 426. 
 Also, Reprint. . The barber-shop as a source of con- 
 tagion. J. Cutan. Dis. incl. Syph., N. Y ., 1912, xxx, 653.— 
 M'Graw (E. B.) Danger in the barber shop. Med. Age, 
 Detroit, 1896, xiv, 740.— Mlssaglla (F.) Delle malattie 
 acoidentahnente trasmesse dai barbitonsori e parruohleri. 
 Gior. d. r. Soc. ital. d'ig., Milano, 1897, xlx, 65-73.— Power 
 (D'A.) A precept of the Archbishop of Canterbury forbid- 
 ding barbers to carry on their trade on Sundays. Lancet, 
 lyond., 1909, i, 262. Also, Reprint.— Kozanl (B.) U 
 servizio del barbiere negli ospedah. Osp. maggiore, Milano, 
 1915, 2. s., iii, 191-193.— Slee (R. B.) Barber's appliance. 
 [Pat. spec.) No. 670107; Oct. 27, 1896.— Suiter (A. W.) 
 The barber shop as a menace to the public health. Am, 
 Pub. Health Ass. Rep. 1897, Concord, 1898, xxiii, 443-448. 
 AUo: Sanitarian, N. Y., 1898, xii, 235-241.— Watts (H. F. 
 R.) Spreading of disease in barber shops. Boston M. & 
 S. J., 1900, cxUii, 148. 
 
 Barbers and barber shops {Hygiene of). 
 
 Berger (H.) De hygiene in de barbiers en 
 kapperswinkels. 12°. s.-Gravenhage, 1898. 
 
 Bensmann (H. F.) & rix(E. H.) Sterilizerfortarbers. 
 [Pat. spec] No. 676299; June 11, 1901.— Broers (C. W.) 
 Hygiene van kappersen barbiersbedrijf . Tijdschr. v. sociale 
 hyg. en openb. gzndhdsreg., Zwolle, 1904, vi, 256-266.— 
 Bruhns (C.) Hygiene der Barbierstuben. Handb. d. 
 Hyg., Jena, 1902, 2. Suppl.-Bd., 145-180.— Daniel. Hy- 
 giene et antisepsie apphquees aux salons de coiffure. Cong, 
 internat. d'hyg. et de d^mog. C.-r., Brux., 1904, vii, 219. — 
 F. (A.) Die Hygiene der Barbierstuben. Hygieia, Stuttg., 
 1900, xiii, 366-370.— Hart (W. E.) The regulation of barber 
 shops. Ohio San. Bull., Columbus, 1903, vii, 19-30. Also: 
 Toledo M. & S. Reporter, 1903, xxix, 243-247.— HypSs (C. 
 B.) Barbers sectional sterilizer. (Pat. spec.) No. 764242; 
 July 5, 1904. — Kausch. DieDeslnfektion un Barbier- bezw. 
 Friseurgewerbe. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., 
 Jena, 1902, xxxi, Reterate, 457-473.— Uclitenstein. Ein 
 Beitrag zur Verhiitung der Infection in den Rasirstuben. 
 Deutsche med. Wohnschr., Berl. & Leipz.,1900, xxvi, 170. — 
 McBee(T. J.) Asepsis in tonsorial parlors. WestVirg. M. 
 J., WheeUng, 1910-11, v, 336-340.— Miranda (A. E.) Anti- 
 septic razor-cabinet [Pat. spec.) No. 612861; Oct. 25, 1898.— 
 Neustatter (O.) Zur Hygiene der Friseurgeschafte. Hyg. 
 Rundschau, Berl., 1905, xv, 765-768.— Persson (G. A.) San- 
 itation of barber shops. Lancet-Clinic, Ciucin., 1910, ciii, 
 490-492.— Bandl & Vivaldi. 1 barbieri e i parruchieri dal 
 punto di vista dell' igiene. Corriere san., Milano, 1896, vii, 
 No. 92, 3; No. 93, 3-5.— Sewell (W. E.) Disinfecting-cabinet 
 for barbers' use, etc. [Pat. spec.) No. 694676; March 4, 
 1902.— Sommcrfeld CT.) Die Gesundheitspflege in der 
 Barbierstube. Hyg. Volksbl., Berl. & Leipz., 1903, iv, 53; 
 64.— Strassmann (K.) Ein Beitrag zur Hygiene in den 
 Barbier- und Friseurstuben. Hyg. Rundschau, Berl., 1903, 
 xiii, 220-226.— Suiter (A. W.) Tonsorial hygiene and state 
 control of barber-shop sanitation. Tr. M. Soc. N. Y., Phila., 
 1899, 375-382.— UUmann (K.) Zur Easierstubenhygiene; 
 ein Beitrag zur Pathogeuese und Prophylaxe der mfek- 
 tiosen Hauterkrankungen im Bereiche des Gesichtes und 
 der Kopfhaut. AUg. Wien. med. Ztg., 1906, li, 151; 163; 175; 
 
 188;200;211;223;236;250;260;272;284;290;306;318;330. . 
 
 MassnaJimen zur Verhiitung von ansteckenden Erkran- 
 kungeu in den Rasierstuben. Med. 1. AUe, Wien & Leipz., 
 1906, i, 27S-280.— Wendel (M.) Zur Hygiene der Rasirstu- 
 ben. Deutsche med. Wohnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1901,- xxvii, 
 45. — Zarewlcz(A.) [Hygiene of barbershops.) Frzegl.hyg., 
 Lw<5w, 1903, ii, 129-133.— ZaOsaUofl (M. A.) & TeUcbenko 
 (E. V.) [Apparatus for disinfecting tonsorial belongings.) 
 Prakt. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1905, iv, 739. 
 
 Barbers' itch. 
 
 See Sycosis. 
 Barbet (Georges [1879- ]. *La, medication de 
 
 Trunecek dans rart^rosclerose. Etude clinique. 
 
 108 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1902, No. 53. 
 Barbet (Paul) [1872- ]. *De quelques formes 
 
 anormales d'appendicite avec abc^s iliaque 
 
 gauche. 68 pp. 8°. Paris, 1898, No. 289. 
 
BARBETTE. 
 
 344 
 
 BARBOUE. 
 
 Barbette (Paulus) [1629-99]. Chirurgie nae de 
 hedendaeghse practijck beschreven. 8 p. 1. , 211 
 pp., 6 1. 16°. Amsterdam, J. Lescaille, 1655. 
 
 . The same. 6 p. 1., 219 pp., 1 pi. 12°. 
 
 Amsterdam, J. Lescaille, 1662. 
 
 . _ Pest-beschryving. Den derden druck, 
 
 met historJBche aenmerckingen. 60 pp. 12°. 
 Amsterdam, J. Lesmille, 1662. 
 
 Bound wiOi his: Chirurgie nae de hedendaeghse [etc.l. 
 12°. Amsterdam, 1662. 
 
 Barbey (Edmond). *Tumeurs de rhypophyse 
 sans acrom^galie (pathog6nie de I'acrom^galie). 
 63 pp. 8°. GenZve, 1911. 
 
 Barbey [Jvles] [1836-1902]. 
 
 [Biography.] Presse vit.. Angers, 1902, xxii, 328-338. 
 
 Barbey (Louis). *:6tude sur le salac^tol et ses 
 propri^t^s th^rapeutiques. 41 pp., 1 1. 8°. 
 Lamanne, Cfuilloud-JSoward, 1895. 
 
 Barbie (Iiouis). *Lesang humain; -vaxiations de 
 la composition chimique du s^nim et du plasma 
 dans les maladies. 85 pp. 8°- Paris, 1909, No. 
 84. 
 
 Barbier (Andr6). *Contribution k I'^tude des 
 tumeurs malig^es du p^ritoine chez I'enfant. 
 Ill pp. 8°. Paris, 1909, No. 220. 
 
 . The same. Ill pp. 8°. Paris, G. Stdn- 
 
 heil, 1909. 
 
 Barbier (Andr6) [1884^ ]. *Le chancre syphi- 
 litique de I'oreille exteme. [Lyon.] 66 pp. 
 8°. Paris, 1911, No. 14. 
 
 Barbier (Emile) [1873- ]. *De I'arrache- 
 ment de I'ol^crane dans les tentatives de reduc- 
 tion des luxations anciennes du coude en ar- 
 rifere. (Parti qu'on pent en tirer pour le traite- 
 mentdeces luxations.) 77 pp., 11. 8°. Lyon, 
 1897, No. 99. 
 
 Barbier ^ranjois-Joseph-AlpTionse-Marie) [1884- 
 ]. *Sur deux cas d'intoxication par I'atro- 
 pine. 86 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1910, No. 68. 
 
 Barbier (Gfaston) [1884^ ]. *Etude m6dico- 
 psychologique eur Gerard de Nerval. 126 pp., 
 1 1. 8°. Lyon, A. Rey, 1907, No. 30. 
 
 Barbier (Georges) [1870- ]. *De I'insuffisance 
 fonctionnelle des valvules du cceur. 117 pp. 4°- 
 Paris, 1896, No. 338. 
 
 Barbier (Henry) [1859- ]. S^miologie pra- 
 tique des povimons et de la plfevre; signes physi- 
 ques, inspection, palpation, percussion, auscul- 
 (ation. Preface de J. Grancher. xi, 252 pp. 16°. 
 Paris, J.-B. Baillih-e & flls, 1902. 
 
 See, also, Cartaz (A.), Castex (A.) & Barbier (H.). Ma- 
 ladies du nez et du larynx [etc.]. 8°. Paris, 1908. 
 
 & Ulmann (Georges) . Les actualit^s m.6di- 
 
 cales. La dipht^rie. Nouvelles recherches bac- 
 t^riologiques et cliniques; prophylaxie et traite- 
 ment. 92 pp. 12° Pans, J.-B. Bailli^re & 
 fits, 1899. 
 
 Barbier (Jean-Baptiste-Gr^goire) [1776-1855]. 
 Principes g^n^raux de pharmacologie ou de 
 matifere mMicale. Ouvrage dans lequel on 
 traite de la composition des m^dicamens, et de 
 leurspropri^t^s actives et curatives, x, 556 pp. 
 8°. Pans, L' Huillier, 1810. 
 
 . Traits 616mentaire de matifere m^dicale. 
 
 2. 6d. 3 V. 8°. Paris, Miquignon-Marvis, 1824. 
 
 . The same. Trattato elementare di mate- 
 ria medica. Prima edizione italiana sulla quinta 
 francese riveduta e corretta dall'autore. Tradu- 
 zione del Dott. E. Canigiani. iv, 474, viii pp. 
 8°. Livorno, N. N. Oamba, 1841. 
 
 Barbier (Joseph). *Contribution & I'^tude des 
 bronchites fitides. 78 pp. 8°. Pari*, 1904, No. 
 229. 
 
 Barbier (Maurice) [1878- ]. *L'embolie pul- 
 monaire dans les fractures; contribution i I' 6tude 
 de la coagulability du sang au cours de revolu- 
 tion des fractures. 140 pp. 8°. Paris, 1910, 
 No. 5. 
 
 Barbier (Paul). *L'incontiiience d'urine noc- 
 turne easentielle de I'enfance; son traitement, 
 en particulier par les injections ^idurales et la 
 ponction lombaire. 72 pp. 8°. Paris, 1908, No. 
 451. 
 
 Barbier (Paul-Louis) [1884- ]. *Le traite- 
 ment radical du cancer de I'oesophage cervical. 
 43 ^p. 8°. Lyon, 1909, No. 29. 
 
 Barbier (Pierre). *SyphiUs de I'estomac. 215 
 pp. 8°. Paris, 1904, No. 214. 
 
 Barbier-Bouvet (F^Ux) [1875- ]. *Traite- 
 ment de la tuberculose pulmonaire par les in- 
 jections intra-trach6ales. 100 pp. 8°. Mont- 
 pellier, 1904, No. 84. 
 
 — ^ . The same. 99 pp. 8°. Paris, Vigot 
 
 frires, 1904. 
 
 Barbier de la Serre (Marie-Pierre-Alexandre) 
 [1882- ]. *La reaction de Rivalta en clinique 
 m^dicale. 93 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1^9, 'No. lU. 
 
 Barbin ( Albert- Arsfene). *Contribution k I'^tude 
 des retentions d'urine chez la femme. 80 pp. 
 8°. Paris, 1901, No. 187. 
 
 Barbin (Edgard) [1885- ]. *Contribution k 
 I'etude des tumeurs mixtes de la glande sous- 
 maxiUaire. 77 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1912, 'No. 84. 
 
 Barbin (Jean-Llon-Marie-Joseph) j;i890- ]. 
 
 *De la pratique de I'hysterectoime abdominale 
 dans les cas d'infection puerp6rale aigue. 72 
 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1913, No. 8. 
 
 Barbo (Artur). *Das Trauma in der Aetiologie 
 der Dementia paralytica. 47 pp. 8° Frei- 
 burg, E. Kuttruff, 1899. 
 
 Barbone. 
 
 Baldrey (F. S. H.) Aggressins in Barbone and their 
 application as an immunizing agent. J. Trop. Vet. Sc, 
 Calcutta, 1907, ii, 351-355. 
 
 Barboni (Paul). *Torsion de I'epiploon. 63 pp. 
 8°. Paris, 1911, No. 138. 
 
 Barbosa Gonsalves Penna (Raul)'. *Das 
 operafoes que se practicam para a cura dos 
 empyemas chronicos. 74 pp., 1 1. 4°. Rio de 
 Janeiro, Besnard, 1903. 
 
 Barbosa de Bezende (Cassio). *Hemothorax 
 pleural consecutivo aos traumatismos. 1 p. 1., 
 98 pp. 4°. Rio de Janeiro, Besnard frires, 1903. 
 
 Barbot {Benjamin). 
 
 d'Estree (P.) Les mfidedns sous la revolution; Benja- 
 min Barbot. France mM., Par., 1903, 1, 355. 
 
 Barbot (Jules). *Les chroniques de la Faculty de 
 m6decine de Toulouse du xui' au xx° sidcle. 
 2v. 506 pp.; 324 pp., 30 pi., IL 8°. Toulcmse, 
 1905, No. 599. 
 
 . The same, xv, 506 pp.- 7, 324 pp., 2 1., 
 
 2 plans, roy. 8°. Toulouse, C. Dirion, 1905. 
 
 Barbour (Alexander Hugh Freeland). Path- 
 ology of post-partum uterus. 1. Puerperal septi- 
 csemia. 2. Adherent membranes. Read before 
 the Edinburgh Obstetrical Society. 8, July, 
 1885. 16 pp;, 1 pi. 8°. Edinburgh, Oliver & 
 Boyd, 1885. 
 
 . Some practical points with regard to the 
 
 membranes in the third stage of labour. Read 
 before the Edinburgh Obstetrical Society, 11. 
 March, 1885. 7 pp. 8°. Edinburgh, Oliver & 
 Boyd, 1885. 
 
 . Sectional anatomy of labour. 42 pp., 1 
 
 tab., 3 pl. 8° Edinburgh, I887. 
 
 . The anatomy of labour, including that 
 
 of full-time pregnancy and the first days of the 
 
BARBOUR. 
 
 345 
 
 BAUD. 
 
 *De l'ost6omy61ite 
 92 pp. 8°. Ulle, 
 
 ]. *Coiitributioii 
 
 Barbour (Alexander Hugh Freeland) — cont'd, 
 puerperium, exhibited in frozen sections re- 
 produced ad naturam. 3. ed. 1 p. 1., 26 pi., 
 with description, fol. Edinburgh & London, 
 W. & A. K. Johnston, 1896. 
 
 See, also, Hart (D. Beny) & Barbour (A. H. Freeland). 
 Manual of gynecology. 8°. Edinbargh, 1897. 
 
 . & Watson (Benjamin Philip). Gyne- 
 cological diagnosis and pathology; with 8 
 plates and 200 figures, xvi, 220 pp., 8 pi. 8°. 
 Edinburgh & London, W. Green &.Sons, 1913. 
 
 Barbour (Erwin Hinckley). Notes on a new 
 order of gigantic fossils. 23 pp., 6 pi. 8°. 
 [n. p.], 1892. 
 Repr.frdm: Univ. Stud., 1892, i. 
 
 Barbour (Thomas) [1884- ]. 
 
 See Stejneger (Leoniard Hess). A check list of North 
 American amphihians. roy. 8°. Cambridge, 1917. 
 
 Barboux (Henri).- 
 
 See Prevost (EugSne). De la prostitution [etc.]. 12°. 
 Paris, 1909. 
 
 Barboza de Barros (Jos^). *Da laparotomia na 
 
 tuberculose do peritoneo. 79 pp. 8°. Rio de 
 
 Janeiro, Besnardfrhes,' 1901. 
 Barbry (Louis) [1879- ]. 
 
 pubienne des adolescents. 
 
 1903, No. 139. 
 Barcat (Jean-Jules) [1875- 
 
 k r6tude de la sj^philide pigmentaire ou leuco- 
 
 dermie syphiUtique (pathoglnie). 94 pp., 1 pi 
 
 8°. Paris, 1901, No. 417. 
 . Precis de radiumth6rapie. Preface de M. 
 
 le docteur Balzer. xxviii, 298 pp. 8°. Paris, 
 
 A. Maloine, 1912. 
 
 Barcelona. 
 
 See, also, Children (Hospitals and asylums for). 
 Cholera (Eistory and statistics .of ) , Epidemics 
 (History of). Fever ( Yellow, History of). Hy- 
 giene '(Municipal, Laws, etc., of), Iii£.iienza 
 (History, etc., of). Insane (Asylums, Description, 
 etc., of), PharmacopoBia (Official), Plague (His- 
 tory, etc., of), by localities. 
 
 Consideraciones encaminadas & un estudio social 6 
 higitoico de esta pohlacifin. Gac. san. de Barcel., 1903, xv, 
 109; 140.— Delvaille. L'hygifene et I'assistance publique 
 h Barcelone. Gaz. mdd. de Par., 1892, 8. s., i, 265; 277; 289; 
 301.— Kadua (E.) & Soley y Gely (V.) Cnerpo medico 
 municipal de Barcelona, su constitucifin y servlcios que 
 cumple. Gac. san. de Barcel., 1905, xvii, 101; 113; 126: 1906, 
 xviii, 1; 28; 54; 74; 122; 135; 179.— TraUero (M.) Relacidn 
 sucinta de la campana sanitaria en Barcelona y su Provincia 
 en el auo 1911. Gac. mM. catal., Barcel., 1912, xl, 330; 380; 406. 
 
 Barcelona. Manifesto sull'origine e propagazione 
 della febbre che regn6 in Barcellona nell' anno 
 1821, pubblicato in detta cittll da una riunione di 
 medeci stranieri e del paese, preceduto da una 
 lettera del . . . Francesco Piguillfim. Tradotto 
 dallo spagnuolo da Carlo Baldissone, con un 
 appendice sul contagio della febbre gialla. 72 
 pp. 12°. Genova, L. Camiglia, 1824. 
 
 Barcelonne (Jean- Marie -Urbain) [1869- ]. 
 *Oontribution k. I'^tude du d6but de I'^vacua- 
 tion du contenu gastiique dans I'intestin. 50 pp. 
 ] 1., 2 ch. 8°. Bordeaux, 1903, No. 101. 
 
 Barcena (Mariano). 
 
 See Del Castillo (Antonio) & Barcena (Mariano). An- 
 thropologia mexicana [etc.]. 8°. ifeiico, 1885. 
 
 Barctaet (Paul) [1885- ]. *Ueber die vorzei- 
 
 tige Losung der normal sltzenden Placenta. 
 
 [Tubingen. ] 24 pp. 8°. Leipzig, G. Thieme, 
 
 1912. 
 Barchudaroff (IVQchael) [1883- ]. *Ueber die 
 
 Karellkur. 45 pp. 8°. Berlin, E. Ebering, 
 
 1911. 
 Barchusen \or Barckhausen] (Joannes Conra- 
 
 dus) [1666-1723]. Phaimacopoeus synopticus 
 
 seu synopsis pharmaceutica, plerasque medica- 
 
 Barchusen {or Barckhausen] — continued, 
 minum compositiones ac formulas, eorumque 
 dextram, tam chemicam quam Galenicam con- 
 ficiendi methodum exhibens, in medicinse et 
 pharmaciae studiosorum usum conscripta. 2 
 p. 1., 179 pp. 24°. Francofurti ad Moenum, 
 I. Knock, 1690. 
 
 Barclnskaja (E.) *La iodophilia dans la scarla- 
 tina. 38 pp., 1 1. 8°. Lausanne, Imp. Cos- 
 mopolite, 1908. 
 
 Barck (Carl) [1857- ]. The history of spec- 
 tacles, originally delivered as a lecture before 
 the Academy of Science, St. Louis. 21 pp. 8°. 
 Chicago, 1907. 
 Repr.from: Open Court, 1907. 
 
 Barckhausen. See Barchusen. 
 
 Barclay (Alfred Ernest). The stomach and oeso- 
 phagus; a radiographic studio. 4 p. 1., 126 pp., 
 pi. 4°. London, Sherratt & Hughes, 1913. 
 
 See, also, Bythell (William James Stoery) & Barclay 
 (Alfred Ernest). X-ray diagnosis [etc.]. 8°. London,1912. 
 
 Barclay (Herbert Clifford). Lectures on elemen- 
 tary anatomy and physiology, including short 
 sketches of biology, embryology, and compara- 
 tive anatomy. 2. ed. 3 p. 1., iii-viii, 281 pp. 
 8°. [London], Bailliire, Tindall & Cox, 1915. 
 
 Barclay (John). Southall's organic materia me- 
 dica; revised and enlarged by Ernest W. Mann. 
 7. ed. 376 pp. 8°. London, J. & A. Churchill, 
 1909. 
 
 Barclay (Robert). Acute and chronic otitis ex- 
 terna, including otomycosis and cancer of the 
 auditory canal. 
 
 In: Syst. Dis. Ear, Nose, & Throat (Burnett), Phila., 
 1893,1,166-217. ^ J> • 
 
 Barclay (Wilfred Martin) [1863-1903]. 
 
 Obituary. Bristol M.-Chir. J., 1903, xxi, 187. ^too.-Brit. 
 M. J., Lend., 1903, i, 1292. 
 
 Barcoo rot. 
 
 Btckle (L. W.) Barcoo rot and barcoo sickness. Med. J. 
 Australia, Sydney, 1917, ii, 367.— Hlckenbotham (J. E.) 
 Treatment of barcoo rot. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1917, i, 842.-- 
 Merrlilees (J. M.) Barcoo rot and spew [as evidences of 
 scurvy]. Med. J. Australia, Sydney, 1918, i, 19. 
 
 Barcroft (David Malcomson) [1875- ]. 
 
 See Garre (K.) & Quincke (H.) Surgery of the lung 
 [etc.]. 4°. Lmdon, [1913]. 
 
 Barcroft (Joseph) [1872- ]. The respiratory 
 function of the blood, x, 320 pp. 8° Cam- 
 bridge, Univ. Press, 1914. 
 
 See, also, Buxley (Thomas Henry). Lessons in elemen- 
 tary physiology [etc.]. 8°. io«(io», 1905. 
 
 Barczewsld (Bemhard). Hand- und Lehrbuch 
 meiner Reflexmassage fur den praktischen Arzt. 
 Ein neuer, praktischer Weg zur Diagnose, The- 
 rapie und Prophylaxe der RranJdieiten. 154 pp. 
 8°. Berlin-Schoneberg, J. Goldsdimidt, 1911. 
 
 BarczinskI (Siegfried) [1887- ]. *ZurR6ntgen- 
 diagnostik tuberkuloser Herde im Calcaneus. 
 41 pp. 8°. Freiburg i. B., E. A. Gilnther, 1911. 
 
 Bard (GepJias L.) [1843-1902]. 
 
 [Biograpliy.) Calif. State J. M., San Fran., 1902-3, i, 172. 
 Also: 1. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1902, xxxvili, 1172. Also: 
 Tr. M. Soc. Calif., 1898, xxviii, p. xii, portr. 
 
 Bard (JoM) [1716-99]. 
 
 Dickinson (G. K.) John Bard (1716-1799); a short 
 biography and history of his times, with a unique case of 
 extraruterine fetus correctly diagnosed and successfully 
 treated. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1918, Ixxviii, 796-803. [Dis- 
 cussion], 889-895. 
 
 Bard (L[ouis]) [1857- ]. Precis d'anatomie 
 
 pathologique. 2. 6d. xii, 804 pp. 16° Paris, 
 
 Masson & Cie., 1899. 
 . La specificity ceUulaire, ses consequences 
 
 en biologie g^nfoale. 100 pp. 12°. Pom, 
 
 G. Carr& & C. Naud, [1899?]. 
 
BARD. 
 
 346 
 
 BARDET. 
 
 Bard (L[ouis]) — continued. 
 
 . Formes cliniques de la tuberculose 
 
 pulmonaire. Classification et description som- 
 maire. 112 pp. 12°. Paris, 0. Dmn, 1901. 
 -. Die pEysikalischen Zeichen der Mitral- 
 
 stenose. 
 
 In: Samml. kliu. Vortr., Leipz., 19W, No. 455 (Inn. 
 Med., No. 137). 
 
 Precis des examens de laboratoire eni- 
 
 loy^s en clinique. Avec la collaboration de 
 r. Humbert et H. Mallet, xx, 627 pp. 8°- 
 Paris, Masson & Cie., 1908. 
 
 . The same. 2. ed. xxvi, 766 pp. 8°. 
 
 t 
 
 ^ Paris, Masson & Cie., 1911. 
 Bard (Samuel) [1742-1821]. 
 
 M" Vlckar ( J.) . A domestic narrative of the life of Samuel 
 Bard.M.D.LL.D. 8°. New Ybrt, 1822. 
 
 Bardach (Kurt) [1887- ]. *Beitrage zur 
 
 Geschichte der Quecksilbertherapie. 66 pp. 
 
 8°. Heidelberg, T. Berkenbusch, 1911. 
 Bardaroff (Stoyan-Chr.) [1874- ]. *Abc6s 
 
 froids des parois du thorax. 1 p. 1., 130 pp., 1 1. 
 
 8°. Nancy, 1899, No. 28. 
 de Barde (Alwin Andreas) [1871- J. *Ueber 
 
 Arzneiexantbeme. 24 pp. 8°. Greifswald, J. 
 
 Abel, 1898. 
 Barde (Andr^). [Psevdonym.] Au bord de la 
 
 folie. Preface de M. Fleurv. ix, 277 pp., 11. 
 
 12°. Paris, H. S. Empis, 1901. 
 Barde (Jean-Bernard) [1874- ]. *Contribution 
 
 &, r^tude de la diazor^action de Ehrlich dans 
 
 la fifevre typhoide. 71 pp. 8° Bordeaux, 1899, 
 
 No. 92. 
 
 Barde (Jules-Auguste) [1841-1914]. 
 
 Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1915, 1, 142. 
 Bardeen (Charles Russell) [1871- ]. Outline 
 record charts used in the anatomical laboratory 
 of the Johns Hopkins University. 32 ch. 8° 
 Baltimore, Johns Hophins Press, 1900. 
 
 In: Papees Anat. Lab. Johns Hopkins Univ., Bait., 1899, 
 iv. 
 
 Anatomy In America, pp. 87-205. 8°. 
 
 Madison, 1905. 
 Forms No. 116 of: Bull. Univ. Wis., 1905, so. s., iii. 
 
 von Bardeleben (A.) Erfahnmgen iiber Chole- 
 cystektomie und Cholecystenterostomie nach 
 286 Gallenstein-Laparotomien. Zvigleich ein 
 Beitrag zur normalen und pathologischen Ana- 
 tomie der Gallenwege. Mit einem vollstandigen 
 Verzeichnia der Literatur seit Langenbuch 1897. 
 132 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Jena, G. Fischer, 1906. 
 
 von Bardeleben (Heinrich Georg Moritz) [1873- 
 j. *Einige klinische Beobachtungen an 
 Echinococcuscysten der Bauchhohle. 32 pp., 
 11. 8°. Berlin, 0. Prancke, 1899. 
 
 von Bardeleben (Karl [Heinrich]) [1849- ]. 
 Anleitung zum Praparieren auf dem Sezier- 
 saale. Fiir Studierende verfasst mit Beitragen 
 von W. Miiller und G. Schwalbe. 4. Aufl. vi, 
 223 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Jena, G. Fischer, 1896. 
 
 . Lenrbuch. der systematischen Anatomie 
 
 des Menschen fur StudiM:ende und Aerzte. xi, 
 996 pp. 8°. Berlin & Wien, Urban & Schwar- 
 zenberg, 1906. 
 
 Die Anatomie des Menschen. 1. Teil: 
 
 AUgemeine Anatomie und Entwickelungsge- 
 schichte. 2 p. 1., 108 pp. 12°. Leipzig. B. G. 
 Teubner, 1908. 
 
 Statik und Mechanik des menschlichen 
 
 Korpera (der Korper in Ruhe und Bewegung), 
 Der Anatomie des Menschen, V. Teil. iv, 101 
 pp. 12°. Leipzig, B. G. Teubner, 1909. 
 
 -. Nervensystem und Sinnesorgane. 2p. 1., 
 
 81 pp., 1 i. 8°. Leipzig & Berlin, B. G. Teubner, 
 1913, 
 
 von Bardeleben (Karl [Heinrich]) — continued. 
 & Haeckel (Heinrich). Atlas der topo- 
 
 graphischen Anatomie des Menschen. x, 128 pi. 
 
 8°. Jena, 1894. 
 
 The same. 2. Aufl. .viii, 136 pi.. 
 
 69 1. roy. 8°. Jena, G. Fischer, 1901. 
 
 The same. 3. volligumgearbeitete 
 
 und vermehrte Aufl. Hrsg. unter Mitwirkung 
 von Fritz Frohse. Mit Beitragen von Theodor 
 Ziehen, viii, 204 pi. on 102 1., 204 1. roy. 8°. 
 Jena, G. Fischer, 1904. 
 
 The same. 4. Aufl. x, 168 pi., 
 
 85 1. 8°. JeTva, G. Fischer, 1908. 
 
 The same. Atlas of applied (to- 
 
 pographical) human anatomy for students and 
 practitioners. In coUaboration with Fritz 
 Frohse [et al.]. Only authorized English adapta- 
 tion from the 3. German ed. by J. Howell Evans, 
 viii, 163 pi. on 82 1., 82 1. roy. 8°. London & 
 New York, Rebman, 1906. 
 Bardenbeuer (Bernard) [1839-19131. Die Be- 
 handlung der Vorderarm-Fractuien durch Feder- 
 Extension. 29 pp. 8°.* Berlin, 1890. 
 Berl. Klinik, 1890, 23. Hft. 
 
 Die allgemeine Lehre von den Frakturen 
 
 und Luxationen, mit besonderer Beriicksich- 
 tigung des Extensionsverfahrens. xii, 377 pp., 
 11 pi. roy. 8°. Stuttgart, F. Enhe, 1907. 
 
 Far Biography, see Deutsche med. Wchnschr,, Berl. & 
 Leipz., 1913, xxxix, 1894, port. (O. Tilmann). Also: Med. 
 Klin., Berl.^ 1913, Ix, 1399. Also: Mitt. a. d. Grenzgeb. d. 
 Med. u. Chir., Jena, 1913, xxvii, p. i (A. von Elselsberg). 
 Also: Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1913, Ix, 2121-2123, port. 
 (Krabbel). Also: Ztschr. f. orthop. Chir., Stuttg., 1913, 
 xxxiii, 272-277. 
 
 - & Graessner (Rudolf). Die Technik der 
 
 Extensionsverbande bei der Behandlung der 
 Frakturen und Luxationen der Extremitaten. 
 2. Aufl. viii, 120 pp., 2 pi. 8°. Stuttgart, F. 
 Enlte, 1905. 
 
 1 . The same. 3. Aufl. viii, 130 pp., 
 
 1 pi. 8°. Stuttgart, F. Enhe, 1907. 
 
 The same. Technique des ban- 
 
 dages h, extension dans le traitement des frac- 
 tures et luxations des extr6mit6s. 3. 6d., par le 
 Dr. Jules Stas et le Dr. Emile Moons. 148 pp., 
 2 pi. 8°. Paris, A. Maloine, 1908. 
 
 Bardenbeuer (Hubert). *Zur Casuistik der 
 Grosshimtuberkel. 51 pp. 8° Miinchen, Kast- 
 ner & Lassen, 1900. 
 
 Bardenbeuer (Otto [Hubert Bemhard]) [1881- 
 ]. *Ueber postoperative aseptische Ms^en- 
 und Darmparese mit todlichem Ausgang. 30 
 pp., 11. 8*. Leipzig, B. Georgi, 1908. 
 
 Bardenbeuer (Wilhelm) [1873- ]. *Ein Fi- 
 brosarkom des Mastdarmes, als Beitrag zu den 
 malignen Rectalgeschwiilsten. 47 pp. 8° 
 Miinchen, C. Wolf & Sohn, 1902. 
 
 Bardenhewer (Oscar) [1888- ]. *Erzeugt Jod- 
 einspritzung Morbus Basedow? [Bonn.] 10 
 pp., 11. 8° Berlin, L. Schumacher, 191Z. 
 
 Bardet (G.) Formulaire des nouveaux remfedes. 
 14. 6d. vui, 336 pp. 8°. Paris, 0. Doin, 1904. 
 
 . The same. 15. dd. vui, 326 pp. 12° 
 
 Paris, 0. Doin, 1905. 
 
 The same. 16. 6d. viii, 352 pp. 12°. 
 
 Paris, 0. Doin, 1906. 
 
 The same. 17. 6d. -viii, 368 pp. 16° 
 
 354 pp. 12°. Paris, 
 
 Paris, 0. Doin, 1907 
 
 The same. 18. 6d 
 
 0. Doin, 1908. 
 
 The same. 20. 6d. viii, 333 pp. 8° 
 
 Paris, 0. Doin & fils, 1911. 
 
 . Leeonfl de pharmacologie clinique; les 
 
 m6dicaments mindraux organiques; combinai- 
 sons iodorganiaues. 16 pp. 8°. Paris, 0. 
 Doin, 1908. 
 
BARDET. 
 
 347 
 
 BARELLA. 
 
 Bardet (G.)— continued. 
 
 . Notions d'hydrologie modeme. Origine, 
 
 gas rares, radioactivity, classification, propri^t^s 
 th^rapeutiques et indications, avec une preface 
 de Albert Robin, vi, 219 pp. 12°- Paris, 0. 
 Doin & fils, 1909. 
 
 La ration normale; moyens pratiques de 
 
 r^tablir; guide pratique d'hygifene alimentaire 
 k I'usage des medecins, des mfirmiferes \dsiteu- 
 ses et des instituteurs. 129 pp. 8°. Paris, 0. 
 Doin & fils, 1917. 
 
 Also, Editor of: Bulletin gto&al de th&apeutique m^di- 
 oale, cnirurgicale, obst^tricale et phaimaceutique, Paris, 
 1895-1917. 
 
 Bardet ( Justin- Auguste-Paul) [1879- ]. *Le 
 
 traitement chirurgical de I'^clampsie puerp&ale. 
 
 66 pp. 8°. BordeaMX, 1906, No. 42. 
 Bardet (Marie-Antoine-Gustave) [1871- _ ]. 
 
 ♦Contribution S-l'^tude de la contagion hospita- 
 
 lifere de la tuberculose et de 1 'hospitalisation des 
 
 tuberculeux. 84 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1898, No. 
 
 95. 
 Bardet (Ren6). *Contribution k I'^tude de la 
 
 mort apparente des nouveau-n6s; du r61e pr^pon-^ 
 
 d6rant des lesions du systfeme cerebrospinal dans' 
 
 retiologie et le pronostic de la mort apparente. 
 
 202 pp. 8°. Paris, 1904, No. 369. 
 Bardey (Reinhold Enail Franz) [1873- ]. 
 
 *Beitrag zur Casuistik der GangUen an der Vo- 
 
 larseite der Hand und der Finger. 26 pp., 3 1. 
 
 8°. Berlin, E. Ebering, 1897. 
 Bardiaux (Jean-Baptiate) [1869- ]. *De 
 
 I'acide osmique au point de vue th^rapeutique. 
 
 54 pp. 8°. Paris, 1898, No. 405. 
 Bardier(!^rmile]). *Recherclies exp6rimentales 
 
 Bur le mecanisme des oxydations dans I'orga- 
 
 nisme. 94 pp. 8°. Toulouse, 1896, No. 122. 
 . Les fonctions digestives, xii, 438 pp. 8°- 
 
 Paris, 0. Doin & fils, 1911. 
 Bardin (Charles) [1886- ]. *Des kystes hyda- 
 
 tiques du f6mur. [Lyon.] 63 pp. 8°. Saint- 
 
 Etienne, 1913, No. 83. 
 Bardin (Hector). *Le prurigo chez I'enfant; . 
 
 etiologie, diagnostic, traitement. 64 pp. 8°. 
 
 Paris, 1903, No. 47. 
 Bardin (Mme. Lucile). *Contribution k l'6tude 
 
 cUnique et ^tiologique du scorbut infantile. 
 
 La filvre dans la maladie de Barlow. 68 pp. 
 
 8°. Paris, 1903, No. 461. 
 Bardin (Paul). *Des tumeurs inflammatoires de 
 
 I'S iUaque. 52 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1906, No. 70. 
 Bardin (Robert) [1886- ]. *Traitement ra- 
 
 dioth^rapique des teignes k la cluuque de I'An- 
 
 tiquaille;"avantages de cette m^thode. 54 pp. 
 
 8°. Lyon, 1912, No. 95. 
 Bardina (Juan). Higiene modema (manual 
 
 hispano-americano), iQue es nuestro cuerpo? 
 
 iComo funciona? iComo se conserva? iOomo 
 
 se cura? Explicaciones sencillas; abundantes 
 
 grabados; recetas domesticas; higiene del recien 
 
 nacido. 415 pp. 8°- Barcelona, 1912. 
 Bardinon (Armand). *Contribution k I'^tude 
 
 de la version par manoeuvres internes sans 
 
 extraction. 88 pp. 8°. Paris, 1906, No. 61. 
 Bardon (Adrien) [1873- ]. *Les upomes du 
 
 perin^e. 136pp., 1 pi. 8°. Paris, 1899, No. 609. 
 Bardon (Charles). *Quelques mots sur le r61e 
 
 etiologique des maladies infectieuses. 71 pp. 
 
 8°. Para,' 1903, No. 54. 
 Bardon ^Femand). _*Des composes mercuriels 
 
 employes en injections hypodermiques; 6tude 
 
 critique et comparative. 2 p. 1., 72 pp. 8°. 
 
 Paris, 1902, No. 75. 
 Bardon (Gabriel- Joseph) [1885- ]. *Contribu- 
 
 tion k r etude de I'insufflcientia vertebrae. 184 
 
 pp.,lpL 8°. £orrfeatw;, 1911, No. 3. 
 
 Bardon (Gabriel-Joseph) — continued. 
 
 de Bardon _ (Pierre) [1883- ]. *Hydropisie 
 des voies biliaires intra-h6patiques et son traite- 
 ment. 31 pp. 8° Lyon, 1909, No. 90. 
 
 B&rdossy (Jenfl). Torvenyjavaslat-tervezet az 
 dllategeszsegtigy rendez6ser61. [Proj ected law of 
 animal breediug.] 48 pp. 4°. [Budapest, 1910.] 
 Bound with: Allatorvosllapok, Budapest, 1910, xxxiii. 
 
 Bardou (Paul -Marie -Joseph -Gabriel). *Etude 
 biochimique de quelques bacteriacees thermo- 
 philes et de leur r61e dans la disintegration des 
 matiferes organ iques des eaux d'^gout. 122 pp. 
 8° Lille, 1906, No. 6. 
 Ecole de pharmacie. 
 
 Bardou (Vinrent-Marie-Emile) [1891- ]. *Con- 
 tribution k I'^tude de I'etat sanitaire des troupes 
 dans la guerre de tranchees. 61 pp. 8°- Mont- 
 pellier, 1915, No. 3. 
 
 Bardoux (Maurice). *De la dacryocystite con- 
 g^nitale (pseudo-conjonctivite du nouveau-n^). 
 68 pp. 8°. Toulouse, 1905, No. 648. 
 
 Bardswell (Noel Dean) [1871- ]. The con- 
 sumptive working man. What can sanatoria do 
 for him? vii, 202 pp., 4 pi. 8° London, Seir 
 entific Press, 1906. 
 
 Advice to consumptives. Home treat- 
 
 ment, after-care and prevention. Foreword by 
 C. Theodore Williams, xv, 144 pp. 8°. Lon- 
 don, Adam dk C. Black, 1910. 
 
 . The expectation of life of the consump- 
 tive after sanatorium treatment. 2 p. 1., 130 
 pp. 8°. Edinburgh [etc.], H. Frowde and JBod- 
 der & Stoughton, 1910. 
 
 . Preliminary report on the treatment of 
 
 pulmonary tuberculosis with tuberculin. With 
 a prefatory note by Karl Pearson, xxi, 141 pp. 
 8°. London, H. .K. Lewis, 1914. 
 
 - & Cliapman (John Ellis). Diets in tuber- 
 culosis; principles and economics. 184 pp., 2 
 ch. 8°. London, Hodder & Stoughton, 1908. 
 
 Bardury ( J[ean-Bapti8te-Joseph-Simon-Louis] ). 
 [1870- ]. *De I'association fr^quente de 
 phenomfenes cer6bro-bulbaires aux sympt6mes 
 m6dullaires de la syphilis. 187 pp. 4°. Paris, 
 1896, No, 265. 
 
 Barduzzj (Domenico). Pro aqua. Conferenza. 
 vii, 44 pp. 12°. _ Sima, E. Torrini, 1896. 
 
 Prowedimenti per le stazioni termaU 
 
 senesi nei secoU xiLi e xiv, pubblicati dalla onore- 
 vole giunta municipale. 24 pp. 8°. Siena, 
 1899. 
 
 See, also, Nel xxv. anno di insegnamento universitario del 
 prof. D. Barduzd, [etc.]. 4°. Livorni, 1911. — Testamento 
 di maestro Taddeo degli Alderotti [etc.] [in 2. s.]. lol. Pisa, 
 1891. 
 
 Bardy (Henri). *De tuberkulosa tarmfortrangnln- 
 garna. En patologisk-anatomisk och khnisk 
 studie. [The tuberculous intestinal strictures. 
 A pathologic-anatomical and clinical essay.] 
 4 p. 1., 156 pp., 3 fold. pL 8°. Helsingfors, 1906. 
 
 Bareau (Joseph) [1869- ]. *Essai sur le traite- 
 ment imm^diat des perforations recto-vaginales 
 inferieures survenues pendant I'accouchement. 
 55 pp. 4°. Paris, 1896, No. 360. 
 
 Bar6ge (Paul) [1880- ]. *Cytologie des pleu- 
 risies chez lea cardiaques et les brightiquea. 
 84 pp. 8°. if/on, 1903, No. 97. 
 
 Bareges. 
 
 See Waters (Mineral), by localities. 
 
 Barella (Madame). Manuel de cuisine et de pa- 
 tisserie. 221pp. 8°. Bruxelles, Dory, 1903. 
 
 Barella (Hippolyte) [1832-1902]. 
 
 [Biography.] Ann. Soc. m^d.-chir. du Brabant, Brux., 
 1902, xii. No. 3, annexes, pp. lii-v.— De Vaucleroy. [Biog- 
 raphy.] Mouvement hyg., Brux., 1902, xvlil, 97-99, port. 
 
BARENDRECHT. 
 
 348 
 
 BARroM. 
 
 Barendrectat (Karel Hendrik Jacob). *Over 
 pathologische vaatvorming in het hoomvlies. 
 47 pp., 1 pi. [Amsterdam.] 8°. Eaarkm, de 
 erven F. Bohn, 1898. 
 
 Barer (Leib) [1882- ]. *Coiitribution a, I'^tude 
 du syndrome de Stokes-Adams (pouls lent per- 
 manent). 61 pp. 8°- MontpeUier, 1912, No. 
 14. 
 
 Barer (Ljuba). *Die Ungliicksfalle mit totlichem 
 Ausgange ira Kindesalter in der Scbweiz wah- 
 rend der Jahre 1896-1900. 31 pp. 4°. Bern, 
 Rutishauser & Lv4wig, 1906. 
 
 BarSs (Laurent). Etude de la gangrfene des mem- 
 bres chez les neuroarthritiques. 103 pp. 8° 
 Toulouse, O. Berthoumien, 1898, No. 284. 
 
 Barfurth (Dietrich) [1849- .]. Zelllucken und 
 Zellbrticken im Uterusepithel. pp. 81-102, 1 
 pi. 8°. Wiesbaden, J. F. Bergmann, 1897. 
 Anat. Hefte, Wiesb., 1897, ix, 81-102. 
 
 . Regeneration und Transplantation in der 
 
 ' Mediziu. 72 pp. roy. 8°. Jena, G. Fischer, 1910: 
 Forms pt. 10 ol: Sammlung anatomischer und physiol. 
 Vortrage uud Aufsatze. 
 
 Barfurth (Walter) [1882- ]. *Ueber Hyper- 
 daktylie. 25 pp. 8°. Rostock, Adler's Erben, 
 1909. 
 
 Barg (Elias) [1878- ]. *Ueber muskulaire 
 Rtickenversteifung (Rigiditas dorsalis myopa- 
 thica Senator) mit besonderer Beriicksichti- 
 gung des traumatischen Ursprungs. 25 pp., 2 1. 
 8°. Berlin, L. Schumacher, 1903. 
 
 Bargain (Leopold - Augustin - Ludovic). *Con- 
 tribution iLl'^tude du suicide chez les pers^cut^s. 
 72 pp. 8°. Paris, 1905, No. 487. 
 
 Barge (Pierre) [1874- ]. *Contribution au 
 traitement cnirurgical des fistulas k I'anus; re- 
 section et suture. 70 pp. 8°. Paris, 1900, No. 
 128. 
 
 Bargellinl (PUade). Comune di Castelnuovo 
 Berardenga. Malattie infettive del biennio 
 1895-6. Note statistiche. 32 pp. 8°. Siena, 
 C. Nava, 1897. 
 
 Barger (G. J.), Franssen (H.) & Teres (J.) Drie 
 verhandelingen aangaande de historic, de ver- 
 plichting en de practijk der ziekenverpleging. 
 57 pp. 8°. Kampen, J. H. Koh, 1902. . 
 
 Barger (George). The simpler natural bases, viii, 
 215 pp. 8° London, New York [etc.], Long- 
 mans, Green & Co., 1914. 
 
 Bargeron (M.) L'hygifene et la ventilation des 
 peignages de lin de chanvre. 50 pp. 8°. Lille, 
 1911. 
 
 Repr. from: Bull. Soo. indust. du Nord de la France, 
 Lille, 1911. 
 
 Bargeton (Jean) [1882- ]. *Un cas de botryo- 
 mycose de la com6e. 64 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1905, 
 No. 91. 
 
 Bargnoni (A.) Malattie della polpa e del peri- 
 ostio dentale. 108 pp., 1 pi. 12°. Rorm, E. 
 Voghera, 1901. 
 
 Bargues (Adolphe-Barusch) [1876- ]. *Con- 
 tribution k I'dtude du papillome. Etude 6tiolo- 
 gique. 46 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1901, No. 52. 
 
 Bargum ([Jakob] Karl) [1867- .1. *Ein Fall 
 von primarem Krebse der Trachea und des 
 rechten Bronchus. 21 pp., 1 1. 8°- Kiel, P. 
 
 . Peters, 1897. 
 
 Bargy (Francois). *De I'alcoolisme au point de 
 vue de la prophylaxie et du traitement. 104 pp. , 
 11. 8°. Pora, 1897, No. 111. 
 
 Bargy (Maurice) [1874- ]._ *Recherches 
 exp^rimentales sur les am^tropies de courbure 
 d'origine corn6enne. 82 pp., 2 1. 8°- Lyon, 
 1900, No. 91. 
 
 Bari (AFdolf] _E[duardovich]) [1870- ]. *0 
 vozbudimosti mozgovoi korl novorozhdennikh 
 
 Bari (A[dol£] E[duardovich])— continued. 
 
 zhivotnlkh. [On the irritability of the Cortex 
 
 of the brain of new-bom animals.] 178 pp. , 5 pi. 
 
 8°. S.-Peterburg, M. M. Stasyulevich, 1898. 
 Bari (K[arl] A[dolfovich]_) [1868- _ ], *Ossa 
 
 zygomatica (kraniometricheskoye izsliedovan- 
 
 niye). [. . .; craniometric investigation.] 80 
 
 pp. , 4 1. , 24 tab. 8°. S.-Peterburg, S. P. Semyo- 
 
 noff, 1905. 
 . Bleshenstvo. [Hydrophobia.] 32 pp. 8°. 
 
 Moshva, S. P. Semyonoff, 1906. 
 Barig (Ernest). ? Th^rapeutique des maladies du 
 
 coeur et de I'aorte. iv, 417 pp. 12°. Paris, 0. 
 
 Doin, 1894. 
 
 Trait6 pratique des maladies du coeur et 
 
 de I'aorte. Avec une preface par C. Potaiu. 
 viii, iv, 984 pp. 8°. Paris, J. Rueff, 1900. 
 
 Barildn (Vladimir [Aleksandrovich]) [1874^ ]. 
 *ParatifoznJya zabolievaniya v J&nchzhurii. 
 [Paratyphoid in Manchuria.] 136 pp. 8°. S.- 
 Peterburg, M. M. Stasyulevich, 1906. 
 
 BarU (Gaston-Pierre-Andr6) [1884- ]. *Le 
 sens g&^qiie chez les tuberculeux. 83 pp. 
 
 ■ 8°. Bordeaux, 1907, No. 61. 
 
 Barilie (Alexandre) [1864^ ]. Phosphate 
 bicalcique; nouveau mode de preparation et de 
 formation; particularit^s; structure cristalline. 
 59 pp. 8°. Paris, Vve. Rozier, 1898. 
 
 Barillet (Marcel). *Contribution sk I'^tude de 
 quelques erreurs de diagnostic dans I'appendi- 
 cite chez I'enfant. 77 pp. 8°. Paris, 1907, 
 No. 202. 
 
 BaTlllon (Maurice) [1872- ]. *Contribution h. 
 retude de rur^mie digestive. 84 pp. 8°. 
 Paris, 1897, No. 68. 
 
 Barin (L.) [1875- ]. *Action de I'acide amino- 
 acdtique sur la benzoquinone et la benzoquinone 
 trichlor6e. 39 pp. 8°. MontpeUier, 1901, No. 
 
 Ecole de pharmacie. 
 . *Sur la tuberculose pleuro-p^riton^ale 
 
 (syndrome de Fernet). 62 pp. 8° MontpeUier, 
 
 Firmin & Montana, 1914, No. 22. 
 Barinbaum (Moses) [1886- ]. *Ueber die 
 
 Lipome der oberen Luft- und Verdauui^wege. 
 
 33 pp. 8°. Konigsberg i. Pr., H. Jaeger, 1911. 
 Barisanus (Franciscus Dominicus). Magnus 
 
 Hippocrates medico-moralis ad utramque corpo- 
 
 rum scilicet, atque animarum salutem per 
 
 geminam ejusdem aphorismorum expositionem 
 
 accomodatus. 7 p. 1., 411 pp., 3 1., 1 pi., port. 
 
 sm. 4°. Augustse Taurinorum, ex typ. B. Zap- 
 
 patx, 1682. 
 Barischnilioff (Wera). *Der Selbstmord im 
 
 Kanton Zurich in den letzten Jahren. 8°. 
 
 Zurich, A. Schereschewshy, 1911. 
 Barlt (leer) (11885- _ ]. *Ueber den biologischen 
 
 Nachweis von Parasiten. 31pp. 8°. Konigsberg 
 
 i. Pr., 0. Kiimmel, 1912. 
 
 Barium and salts. 
 
 See, also, Autan. 
 
 Crawford (A. C.) Barium a cause of the 
 loco-weed disease. 8°. Washington, 1908. 
 U. S. Dep. Agric. Bur. plant indust. Bull. No. 129. 
 
 Oberwinter (E.) *Ueber die Wirkung des 
 Ohlorbaryum bei den Hauswiederkauem. 
 [Bern.] 8°. Schmalkalden, 1909. 
 
 RiJCKBRT (W.) *Ueber Doppelsalze des 
 Cobaltidcyanbariums. 8°. Berlm, 1903. 
 
 Vecchiotti (L.) *Etude de Taction des ni- 
 trates alcalins sur le carbonate de baryum. 8°. 
 Genlve, 1907. 
 
 Alsberg (C. L.) & Black (0. F.) Studies on barium feed- 
 ing. Proe. Soo. Exper. Biol. & Med.; N. Y., 1911-12, ix, 37.— 
 Barium, a cause of the loco-weed disease. J. Am. M. Ass., 
 
BARroM. 
 
 349 
 
 BAEKER. 
 
 Barium ayid salts. 
 
 Chicago, 1908, li, 1338.— Bulman (F.) Cloruro de bario. 
 Gao. mM. de Mrioo, 1909, 3. s., iv, 602-606.— Cathcart (E. 
 P.) & Claik (G. H.) The action of barium chloride on the 
 vascular system, a contribution to the study of the antago- 
 nistic action of nicotine and curare. J. Physiol., Lond., 1915, 
 1, 119-127.— Crandall (R. P.) Barium-formalin method of 
 disinfection. U. StatesNav. M. Bull., Wash., 1917, xi, 519.— 
 Delcorde-Weyland (A.) A propos de Paction du ehloruro 
 de baryum sur le cceur de toriTue et sur le coeur de grenouille. 
 ■ Ann. et bull. Soo. roy. d. so. m^d. et nat. de Brux., 1913, 
 Ixxi, 66-81.— Pilippl (E.) Modificazionl del ricamblo orgar 
 nico per azione del cloruro di bario. Sperlmentale. Arch, di 
 biol., Firenze, 1906, Ix, 589-610.- Polin (O.) On the reduc- 
 tion of barium sulphate in ordinary gravimetric determina- 
 tions. J. Biol. Chem., N. Y., 1907-8, ill, 81.— Garelli (F.) & 
 Kaveniia(C.) Determlnazionevolumetrica del bario. Atti 
 Accad. d. sc. med. e nat. in Ferrara, 1901-2, Ixxvi, fasc. i-il, 
 1. 50.— Josept (D. R.) & Meltzei (S. J.) The mutual an- 
 tagonistic life-saving action of barium and magnesium; a 
 demonstration. Proc. Am. Physiol. Soc, Bost., 1910, p. 
 xvil. — Klrschner ( A . ) Ueber das Monohydrat des Baryum- 
 chlorids. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemle, Leipz., 1911, Ixxvi, 174- 
 178. — Maurel (E.) Fixation des doses minima mortelles, 
 toxiques et th^rapeutiq ues de chlorure de baryum donn6 par 
 la voie sous-cutan^e 4 la grenouille, au pigeon et au lapin. 
 
 Compt. rend. Soc. de bid.. Par., 1912, Ixxil, 182-184. . 
 
 Influence de la voie d'admlnlstration sur les doses minima 
 mortelles et sur les doses th&apeutiques de chlorure de 
 baryum. lUd., 250; 360.— Meyer (G. M.) The elimination 
 of barium. Am. J. Physiol., Bost., 1909-10, xxv^ 142-150.— 
 Pesct(E.) SurefScaciaterapeuticadelclorurodibario. Ei- 
 forma med., Palermo-Napou, 1904, xx, 1245-1247. Also: 
 
 Clin. med. Ital., Milano, 1905, xliv, 465-484. . II cloruro 
 
 dl bario nella terapia; rivlstasintetlcacon nuove ricerche nel 
 sue valore diuretico. Riforma med., Palermo-Napoll, 1907, 
 xxiii, 375-378.— Peyer (W.) Das Bariumsullat des Handels 
 und seine Verwendbarkeit als schattenbildendes Mittel 
 bei Rontgenuntersuchungen. Ztschr. 1. Eontgenli. u. Ra- 
 diumforsch., Leipz., 1912, xlv, 41-44.— Poulsson (E.) 
 Ueber die verschiedene Wirkung des Bariumchlorids auf 
 das Froschherz bei innerlicher und bel ausserlicher Appli- 
 cation. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1910, 
 Ixii, 365-373.— Schwarz (G.) Warnung und Aufklarung 
 in Sachen des Baryumsulfats[als Kontrastmittel zur Ront- 
 genuntersuchung des Magendarmkanals]. Berl. klin. Wchn- 
 schr., 1912, xllx, 1424.— von Tabora. Ueber di« therapeu- 
 tische Verwendung des Chlorbaryums. Deutsche med. 
 Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1903, xxix, 700-703.— Vital! (D.) 
 Dell' azione degli acidi clorldrico e nitrico concentrati sul 
 cloruro e nitrate di bario. Mem. r. Accad. d. sc. d. 1st. di 
 Bologna, 1907, 6. s., iv, 3-7.— Weber (P. R.) Barium chlo- 
 ride. Milwaukee M. J., 1904, xu, 39; 60.— Werthelnaer (E.) 
 & Boulet (L.) De quelques eflets physiologiques du 
 chlorure de baryum sur le coeur. Compt. rend. Soo. de biol., 
 Par., 1911, Ixxi, 693-695. 
 
 Barium and salts (Toxicology of). 
 
 KissNER (G.) *Ueber Baryum- Vergiftungen 
 und deren Einfluss auf den Glykogengehalt der 
 Leber. [Wurzburg.] .8°. Schotten, 1896. 
 
 Baum. Zwei Falle von fahrlasslger Todtung durch sal- 
 petersaures Baryt. Ztschr? f. Med.-Beamte, Berl., 1896, ix, 
 759-766. — Becker. Ueber Baryumvergifttmgen. IIM., 1911, 
 xxiv, 677. — Belllsarl (G.) Su di un presunto awelena- 
 mento da bario (I'altra campana). Risvegllo med., Pescara, 
 1907, U, 15-20 —Camus (J.) Toxicity du chlorure de baryum 
 injects dans le liquide cSphalo-rachldlen, Compt. rend. Soc. 
 de biol., Par., 1912, Ixxu, 202.— Edwards (E. G.) Barium 
 chlorid poisoning. . J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1910, liv, 46. — 
 GyarfAs (I.) [Two cases of barium chloride poisoning.] 
 Allatorvosi lapok, Budapest, 1912, xxxv, 426.— Prosio (P.) 
 Avvelenamento per cloruro di bario. E. Accad. d. flsiocrit. 
 in Siena. Proc. verb., 1897, 133.— Boboca (I.) [Barium 
 chlorate the cause of poison in oxen.] AUatorvosl lapok, 
 Budapest, 1912, xxxv, 73.— Szftszy (I.) [Fatal poisoning by 
 barium chloride.) GySgyfczat, Budapest, 1907, xlvU, 96.— 
 Tlraboschl (A.) & Talto (F.) Avvelenamento da bario 
 Risvegllo med., Pescara, 1906, i, 171-176. 
 
 BaijaktaroiS (Boginja) [1886- ]. *Ovarioto- 
 mie wahrend Schwangerschaft, Geburt und 
 Wochenbett. 1 p. 1., 37 pp., 1 1. 8° Miinchen, 
 Muller & Steinicke, 1912. 
 
 Barjansky (Jacob) [1877- ]. *Ueber das 
 Maretin und seine antiseptischen Wirkungen. 
 32 pp., 2 1. 8°. Berlm-CharloUenburg, J. 
 ZalachowsM, [1904]. 
 
 .Barjhous (Michel) [1884^ ]. *Des interven- 
 tions sur le grand sympatMque cervical pour 
 goitre exophtabnique; statistique de 30 malades 
 op6r^s par M. le Professeur Jaboulay, dans sa 
 clinique de I'Hdtel-Dieu de Lyon. [Lyon.] 
 104 pp. 8°. Trevovx, 1910, No. 32. 
 
 Barjon (Franfois) [1867- ]. *Du syndrome 
 rhumatismal chronique d^formant. (Recher- 
 ches clLdi^ues et anatomiques, courbe uros^- 
 m^iographique.) Etude radiograpbique des 
 arthropathies d^formantes. 271 pp., 20 pi. 
 8°. Lyon, 1897, No. 107. 
 
 . The same. La radiographie appliqu6e h 
 
 r^tude des arthropathies d^formantes. 271 pp. 
 20 pi. 8°. Paris, J.-B. Baillilre & fils, 1897. 
 Radiodiagnostic des affections pleuro- 
 
 pulmonaires. vi, 186 pp., 26 pi. 8°. Paris, 
 Masson & Cie., 1916. 
 
 The same. Radio-diagnosis of pleiiro- 
 
 . pulmonary affections. Translated by James A. 
 Houey." xix (1 1.), 183 pp. 8°. New-Haven, 
 Yale University Press, 1918. 
 
 Barker (Arthur Edward James) [1850- 
 1916]. 
 
 Obituary. Brit. J. Surg., Bristol, 1916, iv, 11-13, port. 
 Also: Brit. M. J., Lond., 1916,1, 607. Also: Lancet, Lond., 
 1916, i, 883. 
 
 Barker (Benjamin Fordyce) [1818-91]. 
 
 Cliadwick(J. R.) Inmemoriam. Tr. Am. Gynec. foe, 
 1891, xvl, 551-558. .4fco, Reprint.— Coe (H. C.) Biography. 
 Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1913, bcvil, 962. 
 
 Barker (Bertha). 
 
 See Pieabody (F. W.) & Wentworth (J. A.) Clinical 
 studies on the respiration. 8°. Chicago, 1917. 
 
 Barker (George Frederick). 
 
 See BOntgen rays [etc.]. 8°. New York & London, 
 1899. 
 
 Barker (Harley Granville) [1877- ]. The Red 
 Cross in France. With a preface by Sir F. 
 Treves, xii, 168 pp. 8°- London, Hodder & 
 Stoughton, 1916. 
 
 Barker (Howard Hines) [1848-1910]. 
 
 Cook (G. W.), Ober (G. C.) & Sprlgg (W. M.) In 
 memoriam. Wash. M. Ann., 1910-11, ix, 302-304. 
 
 Barker (Howard (Wilson) [1875- ]. First- 
 aid manual for field parties. 98 pp. 8°. Wash- 
 ington, Govt. Print. Office, 1917. 
 
 Barker (Lewellys Franklin) [1867- ]. The 
 nervous system and its constituent neurones; 
 designed for the use of practitioners of medicine 
 and of students of medicine and psychology, 
 xxxii, 1122 pp., 4 1., 2 pi. 8°. New York, D. 
 Appleton & Co., 1899. 
 
 . Papers and addresses. 1894-1909. 3 v. 
 
 8°- BaZtrajorc, [1900-1909]. 
 
 A description of the brains and spinal 
 
 cords of two brothers dead of hereditary ataxia. 
 Cases xviii and xx of the series in the family de- 
 scribed by Sanger Brown. With a cUnical intro- 
 duction by Sanger Brown. 50 pp., 12 pi. 4°. 
 Chicago, 1903, 
 
 Bepr.fTom: Decennial Publications University of Chicago, 
 1903, X. 
 
 . A laboratory manual of human anatomy. 
 
 Assisted by Dean De Witt Levids and Daniel 
 Graisberry Revell. 583 pp. 8°. Philadelphia 
 & London, J. B. Lippincott Co., 1904. 
 
 . Methods in medicine. 28 pp. 8°. Bos- 
 ton, D. Clapp & Son, 1905. 
 
 . The psychic side of medicine. 7 pp. 8°. 
 
 [Chicago], 1907. 
 Bepr.from: University Record, 1907, xii. 
 
 Anatomical terminology with special ref- 
 
 erence to the [BNA]. ix, 103 pp., 1 pi. [pp. 
 14-100 paged in duplicate]. 8°. Philadelphia, 
 P. Blahiston's Son & Co., 1907. 
 
 Introduction to diseases of the nervous 
 
 system. 
 
 In: MODEKN Med. (Osier). s°. PhiladelpMa & New 
 ybrS, 1910, vii, 17-81. 
 
 . The clinical diagnosis of internal diseases; 
 
 general diagnosis, infections, respiratory and 
 
BAEKEK. 
 
 350 
 
 BARLOW'S. 
 
 Barker (Lewellys Franklin]!; — continued. 
 
 circulatory systems, xl-vii, 978 pp., 10 col. pi. 
 
 8°. New York & London, D. Appleton <Ss Co., 
 
 1916. 
 — . The same. The blood, digestive system, 
 
 and urology, xlvii, 1063 pp., 8 col. pi. 8° 
 
 New York & London, D. Appleton & Cp.,^ 1916. 
 The same. Muscles, bones, and joints. 
 
 nervous system, metabolism, xlvii, 1039 pp. 
 8°. New York & London, D. Appleton & Co., 
 1916. 
 
 See, also, HIrscbfelder (A. D.) Diseases of the heart and 
 aorta [eto.l 8°. PMladelphia & London, 1910.— Huckcl 
 (Oliver). Mental medicine [etc.]. 12°. New York, 1909.— 
 Langleld (Millard). Introduction to infectious and parsr 
 sltic diseases [etc.J. 12°. PhiUidelpliia, 1907.— Spaltenolz 
 CWfiTTipr) [in 2. s.t. Hand atlas of human anatomy [etc.]. 
 Philadelphia & London, 1900-1903. 
 
 roy. 
 
 Barker {,Samud) [1821-1907]. 
 
 Obituary. Med. Press & Circ, Lend., 1907, n. b., Ixxxiii, 
 319. 
 
 Barkhash (P[elsakh Shulimovich]). K patolo- 
 gicheskoi anatomii pervichnavo tuberkuloza 
 kishek i brlzhzheyedmlkh zhelyoz. _ [Patho- 
 logical anatomy of primary tuberculosis of the 
 intestines and mesenteric glands.] 1 p. 1., 211 
 pp., 3 1., 2 pi. 8°. Kharkov, A. Dam, 1908. 
 
 Barkley (Arcbibald Henry) [1872- ]. Ken- 
 tucky's pioneer lithotomists. 159 pp. 8°- Cin- 
 cinnati, 0., C. J. Krehhiel & Co., 1913. 
 
 . Surgical and war nursing. 2 p. 1., 7-208 
 
 pp. 12°. St. Louis, C. V. Mosby Co., 1918. 
 
 Barks. 
 
 Mann (E. A.) & Cowles (B. E.) Examination of some 
 Western Australian harks. J. Soc. Chem. Indust., Lend., 
 1906, XXV, 831.— Reynolds (D. C.) Process for obtaining 
 hark extract. [Pat. spec] No. 1220557; March 27, 1917. 
 
 Barksdale (Randolph) [1831-1907]. 
 
 Drewry (W. F.) Ohituary. Am. J. Insan., Bait., 1907-8, 
 Mv, 746. Also: Proc. Am. Med.-Psychol. Ass., Bait., 1908, 
 XV, 465. 
 
 Barlseus (Cas^jar) -[1584-1648]. 
 
 For Portrait, see Collection of Portr. (Libr.). 
 Barlatier (Ren6) [1880- ]. *La laryngosto- 
 mie dans le traitement des r^tr^cissements du 
 larynx. 180 pp., 1 1., 2 pi. 8°. Lyon, 1908, 
 
 No. 116. 
 
 See, aUo, Destot (E.), Tlgnaid (P.) & Barlatier (R.) 
 Les fractures du eoude [etc.]. 8°. PorM,1909.— Rabot(I/.) 
 Sargnon (A.) & Barlatier (B.) [in 2. s.]. E^tr^cissements 
 du larynx [etc.]. 8°. Paris & Lyon, 1908.— Sargnon 
 (Antoine). Le traitement chirurgical des sttoosis [etc.]. 
 8°. Paris, 1910.^ 
 
 Barlemont (Emile). Essai sur certaines modi- 
 fications de la nutrition pendant la grossesse. 
 40 pp. 8°. Paris, Coccoz, 1870. [P., v. 2143.] 
 
 Barlerin (Eugfene-Jean-Baptiste) [1876-; ]. 
 *Soins donnas aux nourrissons syphilitiques S, 
 la consultation de la chnique Tarmer; r^sultats 
 obtenus. 75 pp. 8°. Pans, 1901, No. 487. 
 
 Barlerin (Paul). Note sur les modifications du 
 lait de femme sous I'influence de I'extrait de 
 graines de cotonnier. 32 pp. 12°. Paris, H. 
 Paulin & Cie., 1906. 
 
 Barletti (Carlo). Analisi d'un nuovo fenomeno 
 del fulmine ed osservazioni sopra gU usi medici 
 dellaelectricita.. 3 p. 1., 63pp., 1 pi. 8°- Pavia, 
 6. Bianchi, 1780. 
 
 Barley. 
 
 DE Chamousset [(C.-H. Piarron)]. Lettres 
 sur I'usage d'une nouvelle d^couverte de pStes, 
 de syiops et de tablettes d'orge. 8°. Paris, 
 1772. .,. . 
 
 Harlan (H. V.) Cultivation and utilization 
 of barley. 8°. Washington, 1918. 
 
 U. S. Dep. Agric. Farmer's Bull. 968, Wash., 1918. 
 
 Barley. 
 
 ScHWiND (J. H.) *Beitrage zur Keimtnis der 
 Werteigenschaften verschiedener Gerstensorten 
 speziell hessischer und pfalzer Provenienz nebst 
 einem Vergleich zweier Bonitierungasysteme. 
 [Giessen.] 8°. Konigstein i. T., 1907. 
 
 Birckner (V.) Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Gerstenkei- 
 mung. Biol. Centralbl., Erlang., 1913, xxxiil, 181-189.— 
 Bonne. Gerste statt Fleisch. Berl. kim. Wchnschr., 1917, 
 liv, 261.— Hueppe & Kriltan (E.) Unteisuchungen fiber 
 das Talkumieren und Schwefeln von BoUgerste, mit Vor- 
 schlagen zur gesetzlichen Eegelung der Frage. Arch. f. 
 Hyg., Miinchen & Berl., 1906, lix, 313-336.— Jones (L. E.), 
 Johnson (A. G.) & Beddy (C. S._) Bacterial blights of 
 barley and certain other cereals. Science, N. Y. & Lancas- 
 ter, Pa., 1916, xliv, 432. . . Bacterial- 
 blight of barley. J. Agric. Eesearch, Wash., 1917, xi, 625- 
 644, 4 pi.— Schanz (F.) Zur Eosinfarbungder Futtergerste. 
 Med. Klin., Berl., 1915, xi, 1403.— SteenBock (H.), Kent 
 (Hazel E.) & Gross (E.G.) The dietary qualities otbarley. 
 J. Biol. Chem., N. Y., 1918, xxxv, 61-74. Also, Reprint.— 
 Weill (E.) & niourlquand (G.) L'orge dans le pain de 
 guerre; recherches exp^rimentales sur la valeur alimentaire 
 de l'orge. Bull. Acad, de mii., Par., 1917, 3. s., Ixxvii, 
 824-826. 
 
 Barley-itch. 
 
 Wills (W. K.) Barley-itch. Brit. J. Dermat., Lend., 
 1909, xxi, 249-252. 
 
 Barlow (C[olumbus]) [1847-1907]. Day dreams 
 of a doctor, viii (3 1.), 251 pp., 8 pi. 8°. Buf- 
 falo, New York, The P. Paul Book Co., 1898. 
 For Biography, see Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1908, xiii, 418- 
 423 (Mary Barlow). 
 
 Barlow (George Hilaro) . A manual of the practice 
 of medicine. 2. ed. xiii, 738 pp. 12°. London, 
 J. Churchill, 1861. 
 
 See, also, Brlgbt (Richard). Clinical memoirs on ab- 
 dominal tumors [etc.]. 8°. London, 1840. 
 
 Barlow (James William) [1826-1913]. Doctors at 
 war; studies of the French medical profession 
 circa the 17th century. 144 pp. 8° London, 
 D. Nutt, [1914]. 
 
 Barlow (Thomas) & Warner (Francis). On 
 subcutaneous nodules connected with fibrous 
 structures occurring in children the subjects of 
 rheuina,tism and chorea. 16 pp. 12°. London, 
 J. W. Kolckmann, 1881. 
 
 Barlow (TJwmas Carey) [1853-1913]. 
 
 [Obituary.] Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1913, n. s., xcv, 
 
 685. 
 
 Barlow's disease. 
 
 See, also, Bickets; Scurvy. 
 
 BoTJCHOT (G.) *Contribution t I'^tude du 
 syndr6me scorbutiforme des jeunes enfants 
 (maladie de Barlow). 8°. Paris, 1906. 
 
 Also,in: Biblioth. contcmp, de m6d. et de sc. Par., 1906, 
 No. XVI. 
 
 Celse (Marthe-V.-H.) *Contribution h I'^tude 
 du scorbut infantile (maladie de Barlow). 
 [Lille.] 8°. Arras, 1899. 
 
 Chic (Mile. Ita). *Le scorbut infantile. 8°. 
 Montpellier, 1912. 
 
 Frabnkel (E.) Die Moller-Barlow'sche 
 Krankheit. fol. Hamburg, 1908. 
 
 Hummel (L.) *M611er-Barlow'sche Krank- 
 heit. 8°. Erlangen, 1903. 
 
 Manz (R.) *Beitrage zur Kenntnis der 
 (Moller) Barlow'scheii Krankheit. 8° Heidelr 
 berg, 1899. 
 
 Meyer (A. H.) Barlows sygdom. 8°. K0- 
 benhaim, 1901. 
 
 ScHOEDEL (J.) & Nauwerk (C.) Uuter- 
 suchungen uber die Moller-Barlow'sche Krank- 
 heit. 8°. /eno, 1900. 
 
 Simon (E.) *Le scorbut infantile. 8°. Paris, 
 1902. 
 
 Zhukovski (V. P.) Rakhit (angliyskaya 
 boliezn); simptoml angliyskoi boliezni i razli- 
 
BARLOW'S. 
 
 asi 
 
 BARLOW'S. 
 
 Barlow's disease. 
 chnlya formi rakhiticheskjkli urodov, patolo- 
 gicheskaya anatomiya, techeniye, etiologiya, 
 predskazaniye i liecneniye. [Rhachitis; symp- 
 toms and various forms of rhachitic monsters; 
 pathological anatomy, course, etiology, prog- 
 nosis and treatment.] 8°. S.-Peterburp, 1897. 
 
 Allen (C. E.) Inlantile scorbutus. Pediatncs, N. Y. & 
 Lond., 1898, vi, 400-404.— Ausset (E.) A propos de la mala^ 
 die de Barlow. Bull, et rn^m. Soc. m^d. d. Mp. de Par., 
 1898, 3. s., XV, 847-862. Also; J. de clin. et de tMrap. inf., 
 
 Par., 1898, fi, 981-986. . La maladie de Barlow. Arch. 
 
 de m^d. d. enf., Par., 1899, u, 641-657. . La maladie de 
 
 Barlow. Ann. de m4d. et chir. inf., Par., 1904, viii, 289-299. 
 Also: Cong. nat. p&iod. de gynfe., d'obstit. et depsediat., 
 Rouen, 1904, iv, 381-419.— Baron (C.) Zur Frage der Moller 
 (Barlowlschen Krankheit. Munchen. med. Wclinschr., 
 1898, xlv, 664; 598.— Bonnet (L.-M.) & Chattot. Maladie 
 de Barlow. Lyon mM., 1906, cvi, 647-663. .4 Zso; Pediatric 
 prat., Lille, 1907, v, 31-33.— BourdUlon (P.) Eappprt de la 
 commission de la maladie de Barlow. Rev. Died, de la 
 Suisse Rom., GenSve. 1908, xxviii, 33-42.— Bovaird (D.) 
 Scurvyininfants. Phfla.M. J.,1898,ii,375-380.— BrocaCA.) 
 Scorbutdesnourrissons (maladie de Barlow). Gaz. d.hOp., 
 
 Par., 1907, Ixxx, 655-567. . Le scorbut des nourrissons. 
 
 Paris m^d., 1911-12, v, 15-18. . Scorbut mfantile au d«- 
 
 but. Presse mid., Par., 1911, xix, 609.— Castaigne (J.) & 
 Gouraud(r.-X.) Le scorbut infantile. J.mM.fran5.,Par., 
 1912, vi, 393-396.— Charles (Emily C.) Infantile scorbutus. 
 Halmeman. Month., Phila., 1909, xhv, 340-347.-C;iopatt 
 (A.) rUeberdieBarlow'scheKrankheit. Eef.,pt. 2,pp.iv- 
 vii 1 Finska lak.-sallsk. handl., Eelsingfors, 1904, xlvi, 562- 
 564. [Discussion], pt. 2, 71.— Colbnrn (W. O.) Infantile 
 scurvy. Nebraska M. J., Norfolk, Neb., 1918, m, 340-342.— 
 Colman (W. S.) On infantile scurvy. Lancet, Lond., 
 
 1903 ii, 443-446. . IntantUe scurvy. Practitioner, 
 
 Lond., 1906, Ixxv, 629-537. Also: Pediatrics, N. Y., 1906, 
 xviii, 531-639.— Comba (C.) Recenti studi sul morbo di 
 Barlow. Riv. di clin. med., MUano, 1903, i, 604-610.— 
 Comby(J.) Scorbut infantUe. Arch, dem^d.d. enf., Pm-., 
 1901, iv, 482-486. AUo: Bull. Soc. de p6diat. de Par., 1902, 
 iv, 409: 1903, V, 58.— Coutts (J. A^ On some poicts m 
 infantile scurvy. West Lond. M. J., Lond.. 1906, si, 78- 
 83 — Crandall (F. M.) Infantile scorbutus. Arch. Pediat., 
 N. Y., 1897, xiv, 523-526.— Davidson (P.) IntantUe scurvy. 
 Liverpool M.-Chir. J., 1903, xxiii, 111-116. [Discussion], 
 270— ue Groute (G. S.) Infantile scurvy. Med. Eec, 
 N Y 1898, mi, 632.— Draer (A.) Die Barlow'sche Krank- 
 heit; kurze Zusammenstellung der bisher fiber diese Krank- 
 heit eesammelten Erfahrungen. Centralbl. f. allg. Gsnd- 
 htspflg , Bonn, 1896, xv, 378-387.— Estudio cllmco de la en- 
 lermedad de Barlow. Arch. d. guiecop. [etc.] JSarcel., 1908, 
 xxi, 181; 202; 227; 247; 271; 291.— Fenner (E. D.) Infantile 
 scurvy. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1908, Ixi, 383-385: 1909-10, Ixu, 
 728-736. Also: Proc. Orleans Parish M. Soc. 1908, N. Orl., 
 1909 64- 249.— Flguelra (F.) Contribuicao ao estudo da 
 doenca de Moller-Barlow. Rev. med.-cirurg. do Brazil, Rio 
 de Jm., 1910, xviii, 127-176,6pl.— Fordyce(A.D.) Scurvy 
 in Infaiits. Edlnb. M. J., 1918, n. s., xx, 110-113.— Fortler 
 (R ) Contribution & I'^tude du scorbut infantile ou maladie 
 de Barlow chez le nourri-sson. Bull. m6d. de Quebec, 1915-16, 
 xvli, 176-179.— Fraenkel (E.) Untersuchungen fiber die 
 Moeller-Barlow'sche Krankheit. Fortschr. a. d. Geb. d. 
 Rontgenstrablen, Hamb., 1904, vii, 271; 291, 5 pi.. Also: 
 Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1904, h, 1985: 1906, hu, 2185; 
 2246— Freund (G.) Zur Kermtnis der Barlow'schen 
 Krankheit (Brustkind). Deutsches Arch. t. klin. Med., 
 Leipz., 1905-6, Ixxxvi, 129-144.— FuhimannJE.) & TJcke 
 (A T Zur Frage der sogenannten fotalen Rachitis. St. 
 Petersb. med. Wchnschr., 1909, xxxiv, 251-264.— Garrod 
 (A. E.) On inlantile scurvy. Clin. J., Lond., 1901-2, xix, 
 49_55._Gestelra (M.) Molestia da Barlow. Brazil-med., 
 Rio de Jan., 1918, xxxii, 278.— Gilbert (R. B.) Scorbutus 
 infantilis. Pediatrics, N. Y., 1900, x, 175-178.-Grasty (T. 
 S. D.) Infantile scurvy. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1910, Ixn, 
 552-560. [Discussion], 496.— Guerrero (M. S.) Acerca de 
 una forma de escorbuto Infantil. Rev. fllipina de med. y 
 farm., Manila, 1916, vii, 1-7— Gurgel (N.) Doenca de Bar- 
 low. Brazil-med., Rio de Jan., 1910, xxiv, 81-85.— Hart (C.) 
 Der Skorbut der kleinen Kinder (Moeller-Barlow'sche 
 Krankheit). Centralbl. f. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir., 
 Jena, 1913, xvu, 24-65. Also [Abstr.J: Med. Khn., Berl., 
 1913, ix, 221-226.— Haury (S. S.) Inlantile scurvy. J. 
 Kansas M. Soc. Lawrence, 1906, vi, 11-23.— Hess (A. F.) 
 Group similarities of the deficiency diseases; a study of m- 
 lantile scurvy. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1916, Ixvi, 1664- 
 1666 Also [Abstr.]: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1916, ciii, 1230. 
 
 fDiscussion], 1246. . Infantile scurvy. Proc. Pan 
 
 Am. Scient. Cong., Wash^l917, x, 48-61.-Heul)ner (p.) 
 Ueber die Barlow'sche Krankheit. Berl. klm. Wchn- 
 schr 1903, xl, 285-292. [Discussion], 307-309. Also: Ver- 
 handl. d. Berl. med. Gesellsch. 1903, Berl., 1904, xxxiv, pt. 2, 
 118-139. [Discussion], pt. 1, 96; 112; 131.— Hoffmann ^W.) 
 Ueber dieM611er-Barlow'scheKrankheit(infantiIer Skorbut); 
 Entgegnung auf eine gleichnamige Arbeit von E. Frankel. 
 Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1906, liii, 2536.— Hulier (F.) 
 
 ^ 
 
 Barlow's disease. 
 
 Infantile scurvy and marasmus. Arch . Pediat., N. Y., 1901, 
 xviii, 826-830.— Hutchinson (R.) Infantile scurvy, in; 
 Mod. M?d. (Osier), 8°, Phila. & N. Y., 1907, i. 901-907.— Hu- 
 tlnel. A propos de la maladie de Barlow. Arm.demed. et 
 chir. inf., Tar.. 1902, vi, 837-839.— Ingler (A.) Beitrage zur 
 Kenntnis der Barlow'schen Krankheit. Frankfurt.Ztschr. f. 
 Path.,Wiesb.,1913.xiv,l-87,3pl.— Jacobs(A.G.) Infantile 
 scurvy. Memphis M. Month., 1910, xxx, 136-141.— Jemma 
 (R.) Sul morbo di Barlow. Pedlatria, Napoli, 1913, 2. s., 
 xxi, 561-572.— Johnson (L.) Scorbutus in infancy. Vu-- 
 ginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1905-6, x, 671-574.— Ka- 
 mlefiskl (S.) [On the so-called Barlow's disease.] Gaz. 
 lek., Warszawa, 1898, 2. s., xviii, 127; 158; 179; 209.— Kaspar 
 (K.) Die Moller-Barlow'sche Krankheit. HeUkunde, Berl., 
 1910, 397-401.— Kaupe (W.) Der kindliche Skorbut (Bar- 
 low'sche Krankheit). Centralbl. f. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. 
 Chir., -Jena, 1908, xi, 11; 49.— Klein (A.) Neuere Arbeiten 
 fiber Barlow'sche Krankheit; zusammenfassendes Referat. 
 Centralbl. 1. allg. Path. u. path. Anat., Jena, 1897, vlu, 393- 
 402.— KCppen (A.) Zur Moller-Barlow'schen Krankheit. 
 Jahrb. f. Enderh., Leipz., 1897, n. F., xUv, 360-379.— Kohl 
 (A.) Klinischer Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Barlow'schen 
 Krankheit. Arch. f. Kinderh., Stuttg., 1906, xliii, 172-181. 
 Leenhardt(E.) Maladie de Barlow. Ann.demM.etchn. 
 inf.. Par., 1911, xv. 147-149.— Leldy (J.) Note on infantile 
 scurvy. Tr. Coll. Phys. Phila., 1896, xvui, 199-205.— Lister 
 (T. D.) Infantile scurvy. Med. Press & (Jirc, Lond., 1909, 
 n. s., Ixxxviii, 64-57.— Marfan (A. B.) A propos du scor- 
 but infantile. Ann. de m^d. et chir. inf.. Par., 1902, vi, 839- 
 
 841. . Maladie de Barlow (scorbut de la premiere en- 
 
 fance). lUd., 1910, xx, 663-671.— Martinez Vargas (A.) 
 Escorbuto infantil 6 entermedad de Barlow. Clin, mod., 
 Zaragoza, 1905, iv,1116-1126, 1 pi.: 1907, vi, 152; 271; 1908, ix, 
 1; 33; 107; 130.— Mastln(W. MO A clinical note on infantile 
 scorbutus. PhUa. M. J., 1901, vii, 776-778.-MelreUes (E.) 
 Molestia de Barlow. Tribunam^d., Rio de Jan., 1912, xviii, 
 349-362— Meyer (E.) Ueber Barlow'sche Krankheit. Arch. 
 f. Kinderh., Stuttg., 1896, XX, 202-211.— Molzard. Lamala- 
 die de Barlow (scorbut infantile). J. de m4d. et chir. grat.. 
 Par., 1897, Ixviii, 885-894. AUo: Mid. iai.. Par., 1898, u, 10- 
 13— Morse (J. L.) Infantile scorbutus. Long Island M. J., 
 Brooklyn, 1907, i, 441-446. . Infantile scorbutus. Bos- 
 ton M. & S. J., 1914, clxi, 504-606.— Mtiller(E.) Zur Kennt- 
 niss der Barlow'schen Krankheit (infan tiler Scorbut). 
 Aerztl. Prax., Berl. & Leipz., 1903, xvi, 217: ^3. .— -— . 
 Ueber ein haufigeres Auftreten von Skorbut bei Kmdem. 
 Berl. khn. Wchnschr., 1918, Iv, 1024.— Neter (E.) Die Bar- 
 low'sche Krankheit. Kinder-Arzt, Leipz., 1906, xvu, 25; 
 49 . Ueber Barlow'sche Krankheit. Aerztl. Rund- 
 schau, Munchen, 1909, xix, 61-63.— Netter. Scorbut infan- 
 tUe. Bull, et m«m. Soc. m4d. d. h6p. de Par., 1898, 3. s., xv, 
 852-865.— Neumann (H.) Bemerkungen zur Barlow'schen 
 Krankheit. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 
 1902, xxviii, 628: 647. . Sauglingsscorbut (Bar- 
 low'sche Krankheit). Deutsche Klinik, Berl. & Wien, 1904, 
 vii, 341-360.— Nobel (E.) Barlow'sche Krankheit. Wien. 
 med. Wchnschr., 1918, Ixvui, 902.— Norton (R.) Scurvy 
 and rickets in children. Tr. M. Soc. Dist. Columb. 1897, 
 Wash., 1898, ii, 22-27.— Parreldt (R.) Ueber die Moller- 
 Barlow'sche Krankheit (infantUer Skorbut). Deutsche 
 Monatschr. 1. Zahnh., LelpZj 1907, xxv, 344-348.— Pelrson 
 (E. L.) Infantile scurvy. Boston M. & S. T., 1901, cxlv, 
 378-380.— Pinner (F.) Beitrag zur Barlow'schen Krank- 
 heit. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1896, xxii, 
 546-550.— Poggi (A. S.) Enfermedad de Barlow. Semana 
 mid., Buenos Aires, 1909, xvi, 544; 583.— Provlnclall (U.) 
 Sulla malattia di Barlow. Pediatria, Napoh, 1917, 2. s., xxv, 
 481-496.— Behn (H.) Ueber kindhchen Skorbut. Med. 
 Klin., Berl., 1906, Ii, 721-726: 1907, iii, 230.- Botch (T. M.) 
 Infantile scorbutus. Med. News, N. Y.^ 1903, Ixxxui, 481- 
 483. Also, Reprint.— de Bothschlld (H.) & Abramofl. 
 Le scorbut intontUe; malsidie de Barlow; revue giairale. 
 Rev. d'hyg. et de m^d. inf. [etc.]. Par., 1902, i, 613-530.— de 
 SagherCP.) La maladie de Barlow. Scalpel, Li&e, 1907, 
 Ix, 353-365 —Salazar de Souza (J.) Doen?a de Barlow. 
 Rev. portugueza de med. e cirurg. prat., Lisb., 1901, ix, 261- 
 268.— Shaw (H. L. K.) Infantile scurvy; Barlow's disease; 
 Moeller-Barlow disease; infantile scorbutus. Pediatrics, 
 N.Y.,1908,xx,12-21.— Solaro. Ilmorbodi Barlow. Pedia^ 
 tria, Napoli, 1S96, iv, 265-273.— Spolverlnl (L. M.) Con- 
 tributo alia conoscenza dello scorbuto infantile. Pollclin., 
 Roma, 1913, XX, sez. prat., 1545-1561.— von Starck. Ueber 
 die Stellung der sogen. MoUer-Batlow'schen Krankheit, 
 nebst Bemerkungen fiber Kindermllch. Mfinchen. med. 
 
 Wchnschr., 1901, xlviu, 921-926. . Ueber Scorbutus 
 
 infantum. Verhandl. d. Versamml. d. GeseUsch. t. Kin- 
 derh. . . . deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1901, Wiesb., 1902, 
 xviu, 196-200.— Steele (H. M.) InfantUe scurvy. Yale M. 
 J., N. Haven, 1907-8, xiv, 303-314.— Stelnhardt (I.) Zur 
 Barlow'schen Krankheit. Aerztl. Rundschau, Munchen, 
 1903, xiii, 281-284.— Stengel (A.) Infantile scurvy. Progr. 
 Med., Phila. & N. Y., 1899, ii, 299-302.— StlU (G. F.) A 
 clinim lecture on infantUe scurvy. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1906, 
 ii, 186-190.— Stooss (M.) Barlow'sche Krankheit (Skorbut 
 der kleinen Kinder). Cor.-Bl. t. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1903, 
 xxxili, 497; 539.— Tlssier (L.) Une observation de maladie 
 de Barlow. Bull. Soc. d'obst. de Par., 1902, v, 326-330.— 
 
BARLOW'S. 
 
 352 
 
 BARLOWS. 
 
 Barlow's disease. 
 
 Vortlsctvan Vloten(H.) Die MoUer-Barlow'sche Krank- 
 heit. Arch. f. ScMfls- u. Tropen-Hyg., Leipz., 1911, xv, 380- 
 394.— Wem-HaU6 (B.) La maladie de Barlow. Gaz. d. 
 hfrp., Par., 1905, Ixxviii, 519; 556.— Wernstedt (W.) Der 
 infantile Skorbut. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1914, xxvii, 197- 
 201.— Weston (W.) Infantile scorbutus. Pediatrics, N. 
 Y., 1911, xxiii, 418-422— Zupplnger. Ueber Barlow'sche 
 Krankheit. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1898, xi, 412-418. 
 
 Barlow's disease (Blood in). 
 
 Glaser (F.) Das bistologische Blutbild in sohweren 
 Fallen Ton iniantilem Skorbut (Moller-BarloWscbe Krank- 
 heit) und das Auftreten dieser Erankbeit im schulpflichtigen 
 Alter. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1913, 1, 200-204.— Hess (A. F.) 
 The involvement of the blood and blood vessels in infantile 
 scurvy. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1913^14, xi, 
 130-132.— Hess (A. F.) & Fish (Mildred). Infantile scurvy; 
 the blood, blood-vessels and the diet. Am. J. Dis. Child., 
 Chicago, 1914, viii, 386-405. Also: Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 
 1914, xxxi, 864-870. .A^so, Eeprint.—I,enoljle(E.) H6ma- 
 tologie d'un cas de maladie de Barlow; analogies avec le 
 purpura myfilqSde. Bull, et m^m. Soc. anat. de Par., 1904, 
 
 Ixxix, 24. . Les alterations du sang dans la maladie 
 
 de Barlow; essai d'interpr^tation de la nature grobable de 
 cette affection. PSdiatrie prat., Lille, 1904, ii, 61-67. — 
 Loott (C.) [A case of Barlow's disease (infantile scurvy), 
 with remarks on ansemia in this disease.] Med. Kev., 
 Bergen, 1917, xxxiv, 438-446.-rMerkIen (P.) & Tlxier (L.) 
 Maladie de Barlow: Evolution de la formule sangmne pen- 
 dant la p^riode d'etat et pendant la convalescence. Bull. 
 
 Soc. de pMiat. de Par., 1907, ix, 391-396. . Sur 
 
 un cas de maladie de Barlow; les modifications sanguines au 
 cours du scorbut infantile. Caz. d. h6p., Par., 1908, Ixxxi, 
 27-30.— Netter & Salomoii. Un nouveau cas de scorbut 
 infantile; coexistence de flfevre; examen du sang. Bull. 
 Soc. de pMiat. de Par., 1903, v, 62-67.— NoMcourt (P.), 
 Ttxler (L.) & KtalUet. Hematologic et alt&ations ost^o- 
 mMullaires dans la maladie de Barlow. Arch, de m^d. d. 
 enf., Par., 1913, xvi. 241-249. Also: Compt. rend. Ass. inter- 
 nat. de pediat. 1912, Par., 1913, i, 115-122. 
 
 Barlow's disease (Oases and statistics of)' 
 
 Patjgam (M.) *Contribution k I'^tude de la 
 maladie de Bailow en France. 8°. Paris^ 1901. 
 
 RocHON (J. J.) *Le Bcorbut iniantile en 
 France. 8°. Paris, 1903. 
 
 Abt (I. A.) Infantile scurvy, with report of oases. Pe- 
 diatrics, N. Y. & Lond., 1898, vi, 241-253. . [Case.] 
 
 Chicago M. Becorder, 1901, xx, 234-236. AUo: Pediatrics, 
 N. Y., 1901, xi, 419-422.— American (The) Pediatric Society's 
 collective investigation on infantile scurvy in North America. 
 Tr. Am. Pediat. Boo. 1898, N. Y., x, 5-34. Also: Pediatrics, 
 N Y. & Lond., 1898, vi, 107-126.— Aquiles Garclso. [Two 
 cases.] P^diatrie prat, Lille, 1909, vii, 412-414.— Araoz 
 Alfaro (G.) Sobre la enfermedad de Barlow y especial- 
 mente sobre su existencia en Buenos Aires. An. a. Cfrc. 
 m^d. argent, Buenos Aires, 1901, xxiv, 324-347.— Ausset(E.) 
 [Case.] P^dlatrie prat, Lille, 1903, i, 99-102.— Baron. 
 [Cases.] Jahresb. S. Gesellsch. {. Nat- u. HeiUc. in Dresd., 
 1897-8, 24-27.— Bauza. [Case.] Eev. m^d. d. Uruguay, 
 Montevideo, 1917, xx, 766.— Beadles (H. S.) [Case.] Bnt 
 M. J., Lond., 1903,1, 843.— BenatUE.) [Case.] Pedlatria, 
 Napoli, 1907, 2. s., V, 740-746.— Berchoud. [Case.] Lyon 
 m&., 1908, cxl, 1027-1031.— Bogart (A. E.) [Two cases.] 
 Brooklyn M. L, 1897, xi, 342-344.— BourdiUon (P.) [Case.] 
 Eev. m6d. de la Suisse Eom., Geneve, 1907, xxvii, 469-472. 
 [Discussion], 498-601.— Brennemann (J.) [Case.] Wis- 
 consin M. Recorder, JanesviUe, 1913, xvi, 255-267.— Brown 
 (C. W. M.) [Case.] Buffalo M. J^ 1906-7, Ixii, 377-384.— 
 Calcaterra (U.) (Five eases.] Riv. di clin. pediat, 
 Firenze, 1909, xii, 717-738.— del Campo (E. M.) Un case 
 de enfermedad de Barlow. Eev. mM. d. Uruguay, Montevi- 
 deo, 1918, xxi, 15-19.— Carpenter (H. B.) [Case.) Tr. 
 Phfla. Pediat. Soc. 1S06-6, N. Y., 1907, ii, 5-7.— Cattaneo 
 (C.) [Case.) Pediatria, Napoli, 1906, 2. s., Iv, 774-7E0. 
 j1!«o; Kendic. d. Ass. med.-chir. di Parma, 1906, vii, 1-5.— 
 Christlson (J. T.) [Case.] St. Paul M. J., 1915, xvii, 607- 
 612.— Clma (F.) [Case.] Pediatria, Napoli, 1900, vui, 222- 
 230.— Clark (E. M.) [Case.) Proc. Connect. M. Soc, 
 Bridgeport, 1904, 387-393.— Colby (B. D.) [Two cases.) 
 Vermont M. Month., Burlington, 1906, xli, 144-147.— Comby 
 
 (J.) [Case.l Mi5d. mod., Par^ 1899, x, 385-387. . 
 
 [Cases.) Arch, de m«d. d. enf.. Par., 1902, v, 224-226. ■ . 
 
 [Cases.) Bull, et va&ca. Soc. Ta6i. d. h6p. de Par., 1903, 3. s., 
 
 XX, 319-324. . [Seven cases.) Cong. nat. p&iod. de 
 
 eynfo., d'obst^t. et de psediat., Eonen, 1904, iv, 419-438. 
 
 — . [Three cases.) Arch, de m^d. d. enf.. Par., 1906, ix, 
 
 673-676. . [Cases.) Ibii., 1910, xiii, 721-730. . . 
 
 [Three cases.) lUd., 1913, xvi, 128-130. : [Twenty- 
 six cases.]_ Ibid., 1916, xviii, 181-196. . Le scorbut 
 
 infantileS, Paris. Arch. brasll.demed.,Elode Jan., 1916, vi, 
 
 622-626. . [Cases.) Arch, de mM. d. enf.. Par., 1916, 
 
 xix, 422-426. . [Two cases.) IMd., 1917, xx, 337-354.— 
 
 Concetti (L.) [Two cases.) Eiv. di cun. pediat., Fironze, 
 1909, vii, 225-246.— Coutts (J. A.) On some cases of infan- 
 tile scurvy with unusual features. Pediatrics, N. Y., 1906, 
 
 Barlow's disease (Cases and statistics of) . 
 
 xvUi, 424-427. A Iso: St. Louis M. Eev., 1906, Uil, 221-223.— 
 Crago(W.H.) [Case.) Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1S98, 
 xvii, 253.— Dock (G.) [Case.l J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 
 1906, xlvl, 258-261. Also: Pediatries, N. Y., 1906, xviii, 680- 
 687. Also, Reprint— Duefias (J. L.) La enfermedad de 
 Barlow en la Isla de Cuba. Actas y trab. d. 1" Cong, mid. 
 nac, Habana, 1905, i, 197-210, 1 pi. Also: Eev. de med. y 
 cirug. de la Habana, 1905, x, 507; 521, 2 pi. Also, transl.: 
 Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1906, xxiii, 170-189. Also, Eeprint.— 
 Englemann (Eosa). Barlow's disease in a seven weeks 
 old babe. Pediatrics, N. Y. & Lond.,1896,i,59.— EscheWcli 
 Demonstration eines typischen Falles von Barlowscher 
 Krankheit (intantilem Skorbut). Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 
 
 1904, xvii, 1243. . [Two cases.] Ibid., 1906, xix, 1426.— 
 
 Fedele (N.) [Two cases.) Pediatria, Napoli, 1907, 2. s., v, 
 747-764 —Fenner (E. D.) [Case.]" N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1908, 
 Ix, 888-900.— Fernandez (E. F.) [Two cases.) Arch, 
 latino-am. de pediat., Buenos Aires, 1914, viii, 300-303.— 
 Figuelia (F.) [Cases.) Arch, brasil. de med., Rio de Jan., 
 1911, i, 97-121, 3 pi.— Fisher (C.) [Case.) St. Earth. Hosp. 
 J., Lond., 1904-6, xii, 148-160.— Foquet. [Two cases.] J. 
 m^d. de Brux., 1903, viii, 616. Also: Ann. m^d.-ohlr.. 
 Dour, 1904, xiii, 101-103.— Franke (A.) [Case.) Deutsche 
 med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1906, xxxU, 1761.— Frost 
 (C. A.) "[Cases.) Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1912, xxix, 857.— 
 GUIet (H.) Scorbut infantile, sa raret§ (en 13 ans, 1 cas sur 
 11,386 enfants malades, et 93,933 bouteilles de lait sterilise en 
 5 ans). Ann. de la Policlin. de Par., 1903, xiii, 161-156. 
 Also: Bull. Soc. de pediat. de Par., 1903, v,7-13.— Grasset. 
 Statistigue des cas de maladie de Barlow dans les "gouttes 
 de lait" de province. Gaz. d. hflp. de Lyon, 1906, vii, 102- 
 106.— Grassl (G. B.) [Three cases.) Eassegna di pediat., 
 Parma, 1911, No. 8, li, 39-44.— Griffith (J. P. C.) Scurvy, 
 not rheumatism; report of sixteen cases of infantile scurvy. 
 Proc. Phila. Co. M. Soc, Phlla., 1900,xxi,367-387.— Grifflth 
 (J. P. C), Jennings (C. G.) & Morse (J. L.) Infantile 
 scurvy in North America. Phila. M. J., 1898, ii, 31-38. 
 Also: Med. Eec, N. Y., 1898, Uv, 1-6.— Gr6sz (J.) [Case.] 
 Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1902, xxxviii, 466. A Iso: 
 Ungar. med. Presse, Budapest, 1902, vii, 250.— Gulnon & 
 Laurent. [Case.] Bull. Soc. de pediat. de Par., 1903, v, 
 164-166.— Hagenbach-BTirckhardt(E.) Die Barlow'sche 
 Krankheit in der Echweiz. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, 
 Basel, 1902, xxxii, 745-749.— HaUe (J.) & Masselot (F.) 
 [Case] Bull. Soc. de pediat, de Par., 1913, xv, 374-377.— 
 Hamilton' (W. F.) [CaseJ Montreal M. J., 1908, xxxvil, 
 117-124, 1 pi.— Herman. [Case.) J. de chlr. et ann. Soc. 
 beige de chir., Brux., 1613, xiii, 27, 1 pi.— Hermant. [Case.) 
 Bull. Soc. mSd.-chir. de rindo-Chine, Hanoi & HMPhong, 
 1913, iv, 182-184.— Herrlck (J. F.) [Case.] Iowa M. J., Des 
 Moines, 1896-7, ii, 3£5.— Herzog (G.) Ueber einen Fall von 
 kindlicnem Skorbut; ein Beitrag zur Eegeneration des 
 Knochenmarkes. Verhandl. d. oeutsch. path. Gesellsch., 
 Jena, 1913, xvi, 346-352— Huber (F.) &fantile scurvy; 
 mild type. Tr. Am. Pediat. Soc, N. Y., 1899, xi, 215-218. 
 Also: Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1899, xvi, 941-944.— Jacobson 
 (N.) Infantile scurvy involving the hip joint. Buffalo 
 M. J., 1909-10, Ixy, 362-368. Also: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1909, 
 xc, 1150-1162.— Jemma (E.) [Case.) Atti d. Cong, pediat. 
 ital. 1901, Firenze, 1902, iv, 152.— Lassalle (M.) [Case.) 
 Arch, de m6A. d. enf.. Par., 1916, xviii, 89-92.— Le Boutll- 
 ller (T.) [Case.) Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1904, xxi, 294-296.— 
 Looft (C!) [Two cases.) Norsk Mag. f. Lsegevidensk., 
 Kristiania, 1911, 6. R., ix, 939-944.— Lyon (A. V.) [Case.) 
 Med. Council, Phila., 1908, xiii, 447-450.— McCaw (J.) 
 
 - [Case.) Rep. Soc. Study Dis. Child., Lond., 1900-1901, i, 
 218-220.— BIcKelway (G. J.) [Case.) J. Mmn. M. Ass. 
 [etc.], Minneap., 1907, xxvii, 426.— McKenzle(D.) [Case.) 
 Eep. Soc. Study Dis. Child., Lond., 1900-1901, i, 146-148.— 
 McLean (S.) A case report of scui-vy, with a summary of 
 fifty other cases. Arch. Pediat^ N. Y., 1918, xxxv, 477- 
 482.— Meslay (EJ [Case.] Bull. Soo. de pediat. de Par., 
 
 1905, vii, 84-89.— Miller (D. J. M.) [Case.) Arch. Pediat., 
 N. Y., 1897, xiv, 516-519. [Discussion), 644-546.— MltcheU 
 (C. W.) [Case.] Maryland M. J., Bait., 1897-8, xxxviii, 
 361-353. [Discussion], 354.— Moizaid. [(Jase.) Bull. Soc. 
 de pediat. de Par., 1902, iv, 393-397. Also: Ann. de m6d. et 
 ohir. inf., Par., 1903, vii, 76-79.— Morse (J. L.) The fre- 
 quency of rickets in infancy in Boston and vicinity. J. Am. 
 M. Ass., Chicago, 1900, xxxiv, 724-726. Also, Eeprint. 
 
 .JCase.) Boston M. & S. J., 1901, cxliv, 466-469. 
 
 A Iso, Eeprint. . Infantile scorbutus; an analysis of 
 
 fifty cases, including treatment. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 
 
 1906, xlvl, 1073-1076. Also: Pediatrics, N. Y., 1906, xvni, 
 640-548.— Neumann (H.) Der Sauglings-Skorbut in 
 Berlin. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1905, xlii, 16.— Oreflce (E.) 
 [Cases.) Pediatria, Napoli, 1907, 2. s., v, 764-756.— Osthel- 
 mer (M. ) Two babies with infantile scurvy observed in one 
 week. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1908, xxv, 125.— FagUarl (F.) 
 [Case.] Eiv. di clin. pediat., Firenze, 1906, iii, 321-341.— 
 Fallerl, [Case.] Gazz. med. dlEoma, 1906, xxxi, 607-612.— 
 P6hu. [Three oasesj Prov. mi5d.. Par., 1910, xxi, 363.— 
 Plomlcy (M. J.) [Two casesj Med. J. Australia, Syd. 
 ney, 1915, 1, 309. — Pritchard (E.) Notes on two unusua] 
 cases of infentile scurvy. I ancet, Lond., 1913, i, 1687.— 
 Beuter (L.) [A curious case of Barlow's disease.) Allm. 
 sven. LakaJtlaQ., Stockholm., 1904, i, 743.— Sogers (B. M. 
 
BARLOW'S. 
 
 353 
 
 BARLOW'S. 
 
 Barlow's disease (Cases and statistics of) . 
 
 H.) [Case.] Bristol M.-Chir. J., 1903, xxi, 318-320— Kotch 
 (T. M.) [Case.] Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, Pliila., 1903, 
 xvUl, 180-183, 2 pi.— Salajar de Souza. La maladie de 
 Barlow et le racMtisme h, Lisbonne. Cong, internat. de 
 mM., Lisbonne, 1906-7, xv, sect. 6, 299-304.— San^uinetl 
 (G.) [Case.] SemanamM., Buenos Aires, 1911, xviii.pt. 1, 
 865-567. — Santas (M. A.) [Two cases.] Arch, latino-am. 
 de pediat., Buenos Aires, 1908, iv, 137-1'I4.— Schafler. 
 [Case.] Prakt. Arzt, Leipz., 1907, xlvii, 261.— Sherman 
 (H. is..) Scorbutus in Infants; some California eases. 
 Pacific Rec. M. & S., San Fran., 1897-8, xii, 285-288. Aim, 
 Eeprint.— Simon (L.-G.] [Case.] Gaz. d. mal. Infant, 
 [etc.], Par., 1910, xii, 36-38.— Simon (L.-G.) & Dournel, 
 [Case.] Bull. Soc. de pMiat. de Par., 1909, xi " 
 
 ._paldlng (H. E.) [Case.] Homeop. J. Obst., N. Y., 1903, 
 XXV, 604-511.— Sperk (B.) Ein Fall von Morbus Barlow 
 bei elnem 4i Monate alten Kinde. Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. inn. 
 Med. u. Kmderh. in Wlen, 1914, xiii, 3.— von Starck. 
 TTeber das Vorkommen dcs infantilen Skorbut (Barlow'sche 
 Krankheit) in Schleswig-Holstein. Mitth. f. d. Ver. Schlesw.- 
 Holst. Aerate, Kiel, 1902, n. P., xl, 30-34.— Steeves (Alice 
 M.) [Two cases.] Dental Digest, Chicago, 1906, xii, 1160- 
 1163. Also: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1906, xlvi, 1991.— 
 Swllt (H.) [Cases.] Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1906, 
 XXV, 175-179. AUo: Tediatrics, N. Y., 1906, xviii, 674-679.— 
 Tlilercelln (E.) [Five cases.] Ann. de m^d. et chir. int., 
 Par., 1902, yi, 829-836.— ThloUler. [Two cases.] Loire mM. 
 St.-i!tienne, 1910, xxix, 136-139.— Tissler (L.) [Case.] 
 Bull. Soo. d'obst. de Par., 1902, v, 326-330. [Discussion], 
 351-359.— Van der Bogert (Y.) [Case.] J. Am. M. Ass., 
 Chicago, 1906, xlvi, 1918.— Warner (C. B.) A typical case 
 of scurvy in a country-bred Infant. Med. Bee, N. Y., 1897, 
 hi, 239.— Weill (E.) & P«liu (MJ [Three oases.] Lyon 
 mM., 1908, cxi, 842-859.— Weiss (S.) [Case.] Wien. med. 
 Wchnschr., 1904, liv, 177-180.— Weston (W.) [Case.] J. 
 South Car. M. Ass., Seneca, 1912, viii, 32-35.— Whitney 
 (H. B.) A case of infantile scorbutus, with remarks as to 
 the general features of this affection. Colorado Med., Denver, 
 1905, ii, 6-9. 
 
 Barlow's disease (Causes and pathology 
 
 of). 
 
 See, also, Barlo-w's disease (Blood in); Bar- 
 low's disease (Experimental); Barlow's disease 
 (Eye in); Barlow's disease (Metabolism in). 
 
 BuTZKE (P.) *Zur patliologisclien Anatomie 
 der Moller-Barlcw'schen Krankheit. 8°. Leip- 
 zig, 1904. 
 
 Geelley (V.) *L'alimentation artificielle 
 des nourrissons et le scorbut infantile. 8° 
 Paris, 1903. 
 
 jAGOT-LAooussiiEE (G.) *Contribution k 
 I'dtude chimique des laits homog^n^is^s et 
 st6rilis6s purs dans leur rapport avec le scorbut 
 infantile. 8°. Paris, 1910. 
 
 Apert (E.) Deux cas de maladie de Barlow cbez des 
 enfants nourris avec un lait modifii?. Bull, et m^m. Soc. 
 m^d. d. h6p. de Par., 1903, 3. s., xx, 1424-1428.— d' Astros. 
 Quatre cas de scorbut infantile; regimes seorbutigfenes. 
 Bull. m4d.. Par., 1911, xxv, 639-641. Also: Marseille m^d., 
 1911, xlviii, 465-472.— Ausset (E.) La maladie de Barlow 
 est-elle une forme sp^ciale de rachitisme ou du scorbut 
 infantile? Bull. Soc. de pMiat. de Par., 1902, iv, 320-338. 
 
 Also: Echo m^d. du nord, Lille, 1903, yii, 1-9. . Un 
 
 cas de maladie de Barlow che^ un enfant nourri exclusi- 
 vement avec du babeurre frais. Bull. m4d., Par., 1910, 
 xxiv, 675. Also: Pediatric prat., Lille, 1910, viii, 340-342.— 
 Baglnsky (A.) Demonstration von anatomischen Prapa- 
 raten eines Falles von Barlow'scher Krankheit. Verhandl. 
 d. Berl. med. Gesellsch. 1897, Berl., 1898, xxviii, pt. 1, 90- 
 94.— Bahrdt (H.) & Edelsteln (F.) Organanalysen bei 
 Morbus Barlow. Verhandl. d. Versamml. d, Gesellsch. f. 
 Kinderh. . . . deutseh. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1913, Wiesb., 1914, 
 XX, 38-43. — Bendlx (B.) Zur Symptomatologie und Aetio- 
 lo^e der Barlow'schen Krankheit. Med. Klin., Berl., 1912, 
 ylil, 820-822.— Bernhelm-Karrer. Sauglings-Scorbut bei 
 Emahrung mit homogenisierter Berner Alpenmilch. Cor.- 
 Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1907, xxxvii, 593-598. — BrachI 
 (F.) & Carr (J. W.) Infantile scurvy in a child fed on 
 sterilised milk. Lancet, Lond., 1911, 1, 662.— Carel. Un 
 cas de scorbut infantile imputable au lait st§rilis6 consomme 
 trop longtemps aprfes la stlrUisation. Ann. de mgd. et chir. 
 inf., Par., 1910, xiv, 187-189. Also: Bull. Soc. de pfidiat. de 
 Par., 1910, xii, 79-81.— Chatanay. Sur la maladie de 
 Barlow. Cong, internat. de path, comp.. Par., 1914, ii, 851- 
 855.— Comby ( J. ) Cas de scorbut infantile causfi par le lait 
 ' pur st&ilis^ mdustriellement. Bull, et m^m. Soc. m€d. d. 
 
 h6p. de Par., 1906, 3. s., xxiil, 1020-1023. . Scorbut 
 
 Intontile et lait st^rilis^. Ibid., 1907, 3. s., xxiv, 3-6. . 
 
 Scorbut infantile dfi au laitfixe. /Wd., 1908, 3. s., xxv, 5-7.— 
 Dedln (G.) Anatomia patologica del morbo di Barlow. 
 Rly. veneta di sc. med., Venezia, 1909, 11, 425; 471; 519; 562: 
 1910, 111, 85; 137; 184.— Denekamp (M.) & Hljmans van 
 
 96808°— Vol. II, 3d series— 19- 
 
 Barlow's disease (Causes and pathology 
 of). 
 
 den Bergh (A. A.) Over de aetiologie van den morbus 
 Barlowii. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1899, 2. E., 
 XXXV, d. 2, 917-921.— Dudley (J. W.) The constitutional 
 effects of the improper feeding of infants as exemplified by 
 infantile scorbutus. Northwest. Lancet, St. Paul, 1897, 
 xvli, 83-87. [Discussion], 97.— Bsser. Zur Symptomatolo- 
 gie und Aetiologie der Barlow'schen Krankheit. Miinchen. 
 med. Wchnschr. , 1908, Iv. 896-898.— File (C. A.) Pathology 
 of infantile scurvy. N. York M. J. Jetc], 1910, xci, 1322- 
 1324.— Flesch (M.) Zur Pathologie der Barlow'schen 
 Krankheit. Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Berl., 1907, Ixv, 81-83.— 
 Fraenkel (E.) Untersuchungen fiber die MoUer-Barlow'- 
 sche Krankheit. Fortschr. a. d. Geb. d. Eontgenstrahlen, 
 Hamb., 1906, x, 1-20, 2 pi.— Frauke. Veranderungen der 
 Orbita bei der Barlow'schen Krankheit. Deutsche med. 
 Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1904, xxx, 1738.— Fnnaloll (G.) 
 Un case di malattla di Barlow in uu bambino allattato al 
 seno e curato con le iniezioni dl peptone puro. Eiv. dl oliu. 
 pediat., Firenze, 1912^ x, 944-947.— Gerstenberger (H. J.) 
 The pathogenesis of infantile scurvy; an hypothesis. Tr. 
 Am. Pediat. Soc, [n. p.], 1917, xxix, 187-205. Also: Am. 
 J. M. Sc, Phila., 1918, civ, 253-268.— Griffith (J. P. C.) The 
 setlology and symptomatology otinfantile scurvy. N. York 
 M. J. [etc.], 1910,xci, 1321.— Hess ( A. F. ) Diet and growth in 
 infantile scurvy. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1916, xxxiii, 337-344. 
 
 . Infantile scurvy; a study of Its pathogenesis. Am. 
 
 J. Dis. Child., Chicago, 1917, xiv, 337-353. Also, Eeprint.— 
 Hochslnger (K.) [Barlow'sche Krankheit, bei Brustnah- 
 rung zustande gekommen.] Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. inn. Med. 
 u. Kinderh. in Wien, 1909, viii, 159-161.— Hoflmann (W.) 
 Untersuchung eines Falles von Barlow'scher Krankheit. 
 Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path. , Jena, 1905, vii, Suppl., 
 702-722, Ipl.— Jacobsthal (H.) Zurpathologischen Anato- 
 mie der Barlow'schen Krankheit. Sitzungsb. d. nied.- 
 rhein. Gesellsch. f. Nat.-u. Heilk. zu Bonn, 1899, med. Sekt., 
 19-23. Also: Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 
 
 1900, xxvi, Ver.-Beil., 19. . Zur Pathologie der Kno- 
 
 chenerkiankungen bei Barlow'scher Krankheit. Beitr. z. 
 
 Sath. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1900, xxvii, 173-194, 1 pi.— 
 acobus (A. M.) A case of infantile scurvy, with com- 
 ments on infent-foods and feeding. Med. News, N. Y., 1898, 
 Ixxii, 68-72. — Jordan (W. E.) A case of infontile scurvy 
 due to sterilised milk. Brit. J. Child. Dis., Lond., 1911, 
 viii, 491. Also: Midland M. J., Birmingh., 1911, x, 129.— 
 Kellock Cr. H.) A case of scurvy rickets occurring in a 
 breast-fed child. Lancet, Lond., 1908, ii, 1294.— Kitchen 
 (J. M. W.) The unsettled question as to scurvy being pro- 
 duced by feeding pasteurized milk. Med. Eec, N. Y., 1918, 
 xciil, 105-108. — Lehndorfl (H. ) Zur Kenntniss des MIorbus 
 Barlow; Eontgenbefund. Arch. f. Kinderh., Stuttg., 1904, 
 
 xxxviii, 161-167. . (Anatomisches Praparat von ei- 
 
 nem Falle von Morbus Barlow.) Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. 
 inn. Med. u. Kinderh. in Wien, 1904, ili, 133.— Leonard 
 (C. H.) A case of infantile scurvy caused by prolonged use 
 of sterilized food. Tr. Ehode Island M. Soc, Providence, 
 1893, iv, 538-540. Also, Reprint.— Mfey (H.) & Guillemot 
 (L.) Maladie de Barlow causae par I'alimentation exclu- 
 sive au lait maternis^. Bull. Soc. de pediat. de Par., 1906, 
 viii, 226-228 —Morquio (L.) Dos cases de enfermeMd de 
 Barlow en niflos alimentados & peeho. Arch, latino-am. de 
 
 pediat., Buenos Aires, 1906, ii, 41-49. . Un case de 
 
 enfermedad de Barlow en un nlno de once meses alimeutado 
 exclusivamente con leche de Backaus. Rev. m§d. d. Uru- 
 guay, Montevideo, 1917, xx, 767.— Morse (J. L.) Infantile 
 scorbutus and the pasteurization of milk. Tr. Am. Pediat. 
 Soc, Chicago, 1914, xxvl, 61-66. Also: Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 
 1914, ixx, 316-319.— Naegell (O.) Zur pathologischen 
 Anatomie und zum Wesen des Morbus Barlow. Centralbl. 
 f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat., Jena, 1897, 687-694.— Nauwerck. 
 Ueber die Moller-Barlow'sche Krankheit. Verhandl. d. 
 deutseh. path. Gesellsch. 1899, Berl., 1900, 260-262.— Netter 
 (A.) Un cas de scorbut infantile aprjs usage du lait de 
 vache stfirihsS k domicile par I'appareil Soxhlet; gu^rison 
 trfes rapide k la suite du traitement antiscorbutique. Bull. 
 et m6m. Soc. m^d. d. h6p. de Par., 1898, 3. s., xv, 722-728. 
 ., Nouvelles observations frangaises de scorbut infan- 
 tile; Influence du lait st^rilis^ ou maternis§. liii., 868-870. 
 
 . Scorbut infantile et lait stSrilisfi; influence de la 
 
 st^ilisation sur la disparition du pouvoir antiscorbutique du 
 lait. Bull. Soc. de pSdiat. de Par., 1902, iv, 298; 413. Also: 
 
 Rev. mens. d. mal. de I'enl., Par., 1902, xx, 543-560. . 
 
 Un cas de scorbuf infantile apr^s usage de lait condense; 
 action preventive de I'adjonction d'alimehts frais (jus 
 d'oranges) au lait stSrilisfi; scorbut experimental. Bull, et 
 mfim. Soc med. d. h6p. de Par., 1908, 3. s., xxv, 7-11.— 
 Northrup (W. P.) Infantile scurvy and modem condi- 
 tions. Tr. Am. Pediat. Soc, Chicago, 1912, xxiv, 247-254. 
 Also: Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1912, xxix, 665-672.— Ptender 
 (C. A.) Barlow's disease in an infant fed ou pasteurized 
 cow's milk. Med. Eec, N. Y., 1913, Ixxxiii, 705-707. Also, 
 Reprint.— Schmorl (G.) Zur pathologischen Anatomie 
 der Knochen-Veranderungen bei Morbus Barlow. Festschr. 
 z. Feier . . . d. Stadtkrankeuh. zu Dresd.-Friedrichstadt, 
 Dresd., 1899, pt. 2, 347-372, 4 pi. Also: Verhandl. d. Ver- 
 samml. d. Gesellsch. f. Kinderh. . . . deutseh. Naturf. u. 
 Aerzte 1899, Wiesb., 1900, xvi, 308-324 . Zur patholo- 
 
 -23 
 
BARLOW'S. 
 
 354 
 
 BARLOW'S. 
 
 Barlow's disease (Causes and pathology 
 of). 
 
 gischen Anatomie der Barlow'schen Exaakheit. Beitr. z. 
 path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1901, xxx, 215-266, 2 pi. 
 
 . Ueber die Pathogenese der bei Morbus Barlow aul- 
 
 tretenden Knochenveranderungen; Bemerkungen zu der 
 Arbeit Loosers: Ueber die Knochenveranderungen beim 
 Skorbut und bei der Barlow'schen Krankheit. Jahrb. f. 
 Kinderh., Berl., 1907, Ixv, 50-63.— Schrelbcr (G.) & Fran- 
 Sols. Scorbut infantile Chez un enfant de quatre ans nourri 
 au lait homog&^is^. Ann. de mii. et chir. inf., Far., 1914, 
 xviii, 382-384. AUo: Bull. Soc. de p^diat. de Par., 1914, 
 xvl, 225-228.— Scott (G. D.) Scurvy in infants; impor- 
 tance of its etiology. Poiit-Graduate, N. Y., 1914, xxix, 
 115-120.— ten SletboH (E. G. A.) Over de aetlologie van 
 den morbus Barlowii. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., 
 Amst., 1899, 2. R., xxxv, d. 2, 1049-1055.— Stahl (AJ Dos 
 nuevas entidades natoWgicas. Bol. Asoc. mid. de Puerto- 
 
 Eico, San Juan, P. E., 1903, 1, 113; 129.— Stoeltzner (W.) 
 Bin anatomisch untersuchter Fall von Barlow'scher Krank- 
 heit. Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Berl., 1906, Ixii, 36-42.— Thlerce- 
 Un (E.) Maladie de Barlow et lait st^rihs^.. Bull. Soc. de 
 pfidlat. de Par., 1903, v, 2-0.— Varlot (G.) Un cas de 
 maladie de Barlow causee par I'usage du lait maternls^. 
 Bull, et m^m. Soc. m4d. d. nfip. de Par., 1901, 3. s., xviii, 
 213-219. Also: Tribune mM., Par., 1901, 2. s., xxxiii, 207- 
 
 210. . Le scorbut infantile et la sterilisation du lait. 
 
 Bull. Soc. dej)«diat; de Par., 1902, iv, 397j409._ Also: Tri- 
 
 bune m^d., Par., 1902, 2. s., xxxiv, 1029-1033. 
 propos de I'influence prfitendue du lait st&'ilis^ s 
 auction du scorbut infantile. 
 
 sur la pro- 
 Mii. mod.. Par., 1903, xiv, 3. 
 Note sur le scorbut infantile dans ses rapports avec 
 le lait st^rilisg industriellement. Bull, et m6m. Soc. mM. d. 
 
 h6p. de Par., 1906, 3. s., xxiii, 1343-1346. . Sur la 
 
 valeur nutritive du lait de vache homogtofe^ et st&ilis^, 
 et sur ses rapports avec le scorbut infantile. Ibid., 1908, 3. s., 
 XXV, 115-119.— Variot (G.) . & Thomas (A.) Scorbut 
 infantile cbez une petite fllle de huit mois, nourrle dte la 
 naissance avec Allenbiiry's milk food. Ihid., 1903, 3. s., xx, 
 
 1412-1419. . Note sur r^levage d'une petite fllle 
 
 atteinte de scorbut infantile grave. Bull. Soc. de p^diat. de 
 Par., 1905, vii, 12. 
 
 Barlow's disease {Complications and se- 
 quelse. of). 
 
 "See, also. Barlow's disease (Eye in). 
 
 Bakdin (Ahne.) *Contribution il'^tude clini- 
 gue et 6tiologique du scorbut infantile. La 
 fifevre dans la maladie de Barlow. 8°. Paris, 
 1903. 
 
 Bkacht (L.) *Ein Fall von Barlow'scher 
 Krankheit mit letalem Ausgange. 8°. Qreifs- 
 wald, 1903. 
 
 KiRCHBERG (H.) *Die Barlowsche Krankheit 
 und ihre Complication mit spasmophiler Dia- 
 these. [Erlangen.] 8°- Bamberg, 1909. 
 
 Veknhbs (J.-A.-L.) *Du scorbut infantile 
 compliqu6 ou non de rachitisme (maladie de 
 Barlow). 4°. Parii, 1896. 
 
 AmesseCJ. W.) A fatal case of infantile scurvy following 
 a diet confined almost exclusively to grape nuts. Denver 
 M. Times [etc.), 1911-12, xxxi, 222.— Ausset (E.) Bur un 
 cas de rachitisme htoiorrhagique (maladie de Barlow). J. 
 declin. et de th^rap.inf.. Par., 1898, vi, 503; 622.— Avlragnet. 
 Scorbut infantile; suppuration des hSmatomes; ost^omyf-- 
 llte consecutive du femur et des cStes; gu&-ison. Bull, et 
 m«m. Soc. mM. d. h6p. de Par,, 1903, 3. s., xx, 1409-1412,— 
 Bassler (A.) Fatal case of infantile scurvy; autopsy. 
 Phlla. M. J., 1989, iv, 140.— de Bruin. Een kind van 11 
 maanden met fracturafemoris bi] morbus Barlowii. Nederl, 
 Tijdschr. v. Geneesk,, Amst., 1906, i, 597.— Buttar (C.) 
 [HEematuria due to infantile scurvy,) West Lond. M, J,, 
 Lond,, 1905, X, 54-56,— Chamberlain (W. P.), Infantile 
 scorbutus presenting pseudoparalysis as the predominating 
 symptom; report of a case occurring in the Phillppmes. 
 Mil, Surgeon, Carlisle, Pa,, 1901, xxi, 131-136,— Comby (J,) 
 Scorbut infantile avec h^matome femoral chez un garcon de 
 traize mois; gu^rison rapide par le changement de r&ime. 
 Arch, de ro^d. d. enf,, Par,, 1899, If, 35,— Elterich (T; J,) 
 Infantile scurvy; report of a case with fracture of the femur 
 and multiple epiphyseal separations, Penn. M. J,, Pitts- 
 burg, 1902-3, vg 70-73, Also: Phila. M, J,, 1902, x, 561,— 
 Fischer (L,) Infantile scurvy in which swollen Joints re- 
 sembled acute articular rheumatism. J. Am. M. Ass., 
 Chicago, 1913, Ix, 279.— Freudenberg (AJ Ein Fall von 
 Hamaturie bei Barlow'scher Krankheit. Deutsche Aerzte- 
 Ztschr., Berl., 1902, 267-269,— FUrst (L,) Hafimatoma sub- 
 periosteale (Morb. Barlowii), Verhandl, d. Versamml, d, 
 Gesellsch, f. Kinderh, . . . deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte lf94, 
 Wiesb,, 1895, xl, 266-268,— Garr6 (B,) La strumectomie 
 dans la maladie de Basedow. Presse m^d.j Par,, 1908, xvi, 
 129,— Gulnon (J.) & Le Guellaut. Eachitisme aigu dou- 
 
 Barlow's disease (Complications and se- 
 quelse of) . 
 
 loureux avec l&ions scorbutiques tr^s att&u^es des gendves 
 (maladie de Barlow fruste). Bull, Soc, de pddiat. de Par., 
 1899, i, 162-169.— Hess (A. F.) Cardio-respiratory involve- 
 ment in infantile scurvy. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., 
 
 N. y., 1916-17, xiv, 4. 
 
 , Infantile scurvy; Its in- 
 
 fluence on growth (length and weight). Tr. Am. Fediat. 
 Soc, Chicago, 1916, xxviil, 35-54. AUo: Am. J. DiS. Child,, 
 Chicago, 1916, xii, 152-165. Also, Reprint.— Htrschberg 
 (J.) Bin Fall von Barlow'scher Krankheit. Centralbl. f. 
 prakt. Augenh., Leipz., 1903, xxvii, 206.— Hubbard (J. C.) 
 Scorbutus in a baby with hemorrhagic diathesis. Boston 
 M. & S. J., 1898, cxxxix, 488.— May (W. N.) A case of in- 
 fantile scurvy with bone formation in the detached perios- 
 teum. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1908, i, 268,— Morse (J. L,) 
 Hematuria as the earliest or only symptom of infantile 
 scurvy. J. Am. M. Ass,, Chicago, 1904, xliii, 1847-1849. 
 Also, Reprint.— Naegeli (O.) Em Fall von Barlow'scher 
 Krankheit mit letalem Ausgang. Cor,-Bl. f. schweiz. 
 Aerzte, Basel, 1897, xxvii, 577-582,— O'Bellly (A.) A case 
 of pseudoparalysis in infantile scurvy. J. Am. M. Ass., 
 Chicago, 1910, liv, 1518.— Schmoil. Ueber Storung des 
 Knochenwachsthums bei Barlow'scher Krankheit. Ver- 
 handl. d. deutsch. path. Gesellsch. 1899, Berl,, 1900, 258. 
 Also: Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 
 1899, Leipz., 1900, Ixxi, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte,, 271-273,— Still (G. F.) 
 Nephritis in infantile scurvy. Lancet, Lond., 1904, ii, 441. — 
 Weiss (S.) Bine neue Lokalisation der Blutung bei inf^ti- 
 lem Skorbut. Tr. Internat. Cong. Med. 1913, Lond., 1914, 
 Sect. X, Dis. of Child., pt. 2, 187-195.— Wolfl. Arthritis 
 eatarrhalis (Volkmann) im Verlauf eines Barlow. Arch. f. 
 Orthop. [etc.], Wiesb., 1913, xii, 376-379. 
 
 Barlow's disease (Diagnosis and semei- 
 ology of). 
 
 See, also. Barlow's disease (Blood in); Bar- 
 low's disease (Eye in). 
 
 Acufia (M.) Tipos frustros y formas complicadas del 
 escorbuto infantil; dlficultades y crrores de diagndstico. 
 Arch, latino-am. de pediat., Buenos Aires, 1912, vi, 96-107. — 
 Bomlkoel. Zwei FaUe von Forme fruste der Base- 
 dow'schen Krankheit. Deutsche mU.-arztl. Ztschr,, Berl,, 
 1903, xxxii, 767-760.— Broca (A.) & GenSvrler (J.) Formes 
 frustes de la maladie de Barlow. Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1909, 
 Ixxxil, 819.— Collins (J.) A doubtful ease of infantile 
 scurvy. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1899, xxvi, 33.— 
 Cozzolino (O.) Coutributo al valore diagnostico della 
 radioscopia nel morbo dl Barlow (o scorbuto infantile). 
 Pedlatria, Napoli, 1911, 2. s., xix, 689-701, 1 pi.- Dedln (G.) 
 Sintomatologia del morbo di Barlow, Riv, veneta di sc. 
 med., Venezia; 1909, li, 316-336,— De Stelano (S.) Forma 
 monosintomatica di malattia di Barlow. Pediatria, Napoli, 
 1917, 2. s., XXV, 227-231.— Gray (A. W.) Infantile scurvy; 
 with special reference to diagnosis. Wisconsin M. J., Mil- 
 waukee, 1905-6, iv, 341-348,— Gulnon (L,) A propos de la 
 SarapWgie douloureuse des nourrissons; un cas de maladie 
 e Barlow. Bull, Soc. de pediat, de Par., 1903, v. 162-164.— 
 Hess (A. F.) IntantUe scurvy; a new aspect of the symp- 
 tomatology and diet. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1915, Ixv, 
 
 1003-1006. . Subacute and latent infantile scurvy; 
 
 the cardio-respiratory svndrome (a new sign). Ibid., 1917, 
 Ixviil, 23.5-239, Also, Reprint. .4teo [Abstr.]: Med. Rec, 
 N. Y., 1917, xci, 392.— Hutlnel (V.) Les formes frustes de 
 la maladie de Barlow. Presse m^d,. Far,, 1904, ii, 742, — 
 Kh£trlna-Marinucci (R,) Forma frusta di malattia di 
 Barlow, Pediatria, Napoli, 1916, 2. s,, xxiv, 478-482.— 
 Klotz. Zur RBntgen-Diagnose des Siluglingsskorbuts 
 (Barlowsche Krankheit). Monatschr. f. Kinderh., Leipz. 
 & Wien, 1908-9, vii, 36-42.— KopUk (H.) The early di^- 
 nosis of infantile scorbutus. Arch. Diagn., N. Y., 1909, u, 
 19-22.— Kramsztyk (S.) [On the diagnosis and pathoge- 
 nesis of Barlow's diseasej Frzegl. pedyat., Krakdw, 1908-9, 
 i, 137-147.— La F6tra (L, E,) Infantile scurvy; its mani- 
 festations and diagnosis. Am, J. M, Sc, Phila, & N, Y,, 
 1907, n. s., cxxxiii, 855-869,— Le BoutUller (T,) Prognosis 
 and differential diagnosis of infantile scurvy, N,YorkM,J, 
 [etc), 1910, xci, 1325.— Miller (D, J. M.) Infantile scurvy; 
 theimportanceofitsearlyrecognition. Am, J, Obst,,N, Y,, 
 1914, Ixix, 727-734,— Moncorvo. Um caso frusto de molestia 
 de Barlow. Tribunamed., Eiode Jan., 1912, xvui, 148-150.— 
 Morse (J, L,) Hematuria as the earliest or only symptom 
 of infantile scurvy, J. Am. M. Ass., ChicE^o, 1904, xliii, 
 1847-1849. — Neter (E,J Hamaturie als einziges Symptom 
 Barlowscher Krankheit, Deutsche med, Wchnschr,, Berl, 
 & Leipz., 1904, xxx, 705, — Nolen (W,) Formes frustes van 
 Barlow's ziekte. Nederl. Tijdschr, v. Geneesk,, Amst., 
 1899, 2, R., xxxv, d. 1, 617-621.— Rehn (H.) Beitrag zur 
 Kenntnis der Barlowschen Krankheit. (Ueber Friihdiag- 
 nose und Friihformen nebst Schlussfolgerungen.) MecL 
 Klin., Berl., 1907, ill, 892.— Schleslnger (E.) Zur Sympto- 
 matologie der Barlowschen Krankheit. Mflnchen. mod. 
 Wchnschr., 1906, lii, 2073-2075,— Sill (E, M,) The diagnosis, 
 etiology and prognosis of infantile scurvy. Arch. Diagn., 
 N. Y., 1911, iv, 241-248, 1 pi.— von Starck (W.) Zur Diag- 
 nose der Barlowschen Krankheit. Milnchen. med. Wchn- 
 
BAKLOW'S. 
 
 355 
 
 BAKNEFF. 
 
 Barlow's disease (Diagnosis and semei- 
 ology of) . 
 
 schr., 1907, liv, 449-452.— de Toledo Dodswortli (H.) 
 Eadiographies cliuiques (maladie de Barlow et diflormiW 
 de Madelung). Cong, internat. de physiotMr. C. r. 1910, 
 Par., 1911, lii, 804-806.— Trilioulet. Les difflculWs de 
 diagnostic de la maladle de Barlow. Bull. Soc. de p^diat. 
 de Par., J903, v, 358-366. Also; Ann. de mid. et chir. inf., 
 Par., 1904, vlii, 60-63.— Valenza (P.) Un case dl morbo di 
 Barlow di diftieile diamosi; considerazioni proprie suUa 
 etiologia e patogenesi. Pediatria, Napoli, 1909, 2. s., vii, 
 267-275.— Vesval. Les formes frustes du scorbut infantile. 
 M^decin prat., Par., 1913, ix, 836-839.— Webster (F. P.) 
 Consideration of two ca^es of infantile scurvy with special 
 reference to differential diagnosis from Infantile paralysis. 
 Boston M. & S. J., 1911, clxv, 15-17.— Weiss (S.) Zur 
 Symptomatologie der Barlowscnen Krankheit. Arch. f. 
 Kinderhy Stuttg., 1905, xli, 43-59, 1 pi. Also [Abstr.]: 
 Verhandl. d. Versamml. d. Gesellsch. f. Klnderh. . . deutsch. 
 Naturf. u. Aerzte 1904, Wiesb., 1905, xxi, 7-9.— West (D. P.) 
 Scurvy vs. rheumatism. South. M. J., Nashville, 1916, ix, 
 861-864. 
 
 Barlow's disease (Experimental). 
 
 Hart (C. J. F. A.) & Lessing (0.) Der Skor- 
 but der kleinen Kinder (MSller-Barlow'sche 
 Krankheit). MonograpMscne Abhandlung an 
 der Hand tierexpenmen teller Untersuchungen. 
 4°. Stuttgart, 1913. 
 
 FrOUcli (T.) Experimentelle Untersuchungen fiber in- 
 fantUen Skorbut. Verhandl. d. 6. nord. Kong. f. inn. Med. 
 
 (Skagen) 1909, Stockholm, 1910, 339-349. . Exneri- 
 
 mentelle Untersuchungen fiber den infantilen Skorbut. 
 Ztschr. {. Hyg. u. Infektionskrankh., Leipz., 1912, Ixxii, 
 155-182.— Hart (C.) Der Skorbut der klemen Kinder 
 (Moeller-Barlow'sche Krankheit) nach experimentellen Un- 
 tersuchungen. Jahrb. f. Kindern.^ Berl., 1912, n. P., Ixxvi, 
 
 507-541. . Ueber die expenmentelle Erzeugung der 
 
 Moller-Barlow'schen Krankheit und ihre endgiiltige Identi- 
 flzieruug mit dem classischen Skorbut. Virchow's Arch. f. 
 path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1912, ccviil, 367-396.— Hess (A. F.) 
 Group similarities of the deficiency diseases, as illustrated 
 by the clinical and experimental study of infantile scurvy. 
 Med. Rec., N. Y., 1916, xc, 623-525.— Ingler (Alexandra). 
 A study of Barlow's disease experimentally produced in 
 fetal and new-bom guinea-pigs. J. Exper. M., Lancaster, 
 Pa., 1915, xxi, 525-.538, 1 pi.— Moore (J. J.) & Jackson 
 (Leila). Experimental scurvy produced in guinea-pigs by 
 milk and milk products. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1916, 
 Ixvii, 1931-1934. Also, Reprint.— Segawa (M.) Ueber die 
 Knochenveranderung bei der experimentellen Moller-Bar- 
 low'schen Krankheit. Verhandl. d. japan, path, Gesellsch., 
 Tokyo, 1916, vi, 83-85, 1 pi. 
 
 Barlow's disease (Eye in). 
 
 Dewey (J. H.) The ocular symptoms of infantile scurvy. 
 Ann. Ophth., St. Louis, 1911, xx. 307-315.— Snow (I.) Eye 
 symptoms of infantile scurvy; a case of infantile scurvy with 
 extreme protrusion of the right eyeball, shown by autopsy to 
 be due to a large retrobulbar hematoma. Tr. Am. Pediat. 
 Soc. 190.5,N.Y., 1906, xvii, 78-82. Also: Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 
 1905, xxii, 576-680.— Steindorlf (K.) Ueber Augensymp- 
 tome bei Barlow'scher Krankheit. Berl. klin. Wehnschr., 
 1911, xlviu, 141. Also: Med. Klin., Berl., 1911, vii; 124. 
 
 . Ueber Barlow'sche Krankheit mit besonderer Be- 
 
 riicksichtigungderdabeibeobachtetenAugenerscheinungen. 
 Ztschr. f. Augenh., Berl., 1911, xxv, 180-185.— Stephenson 
 (S.) Haematoma of the lower lid in an infant aged five 
 months; an unusual manifestation of infantile scurvy. Proc. 
 Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1914-15, viii. Sect. Stud. Dis. Child., 
 44-47. Also: Brit. J. ChUd. Dis., Lond., 1915, xii, 77-79. 
 . The ocular manifestations of infantile scurvy. Oph- 
 thalmoscope, Lond., 191.5, xlii, 132-135. 
 
 Barlow's disease (Metabolism in). 
 
 T>ust (F.) Stoflwechseluntersuchungen bei Barlow'scher 
 Krankheit. Berl. klin. Wehnschr., 1912, xlix, 862. Also: 
 Miinchen. med. Wehnschr., 1912, lix, 785. — Lust (F.) & 
 Klocman (L.) Stoffwechselversuche bei Barlowscher 
 Krankheit. Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Berl., 1912, n. F., Ixxv, 663- 
 686. 
 
 Barlow's disease (Treatment of). 
 
 Ausset (E.) La maladie de Barlow et son traitement. 
 
 M<Sd. inf.. Par., 1905, ill, 300. . Un cas de maladie de 
 
 Barlow chez un enf^t nourri exclusivement avec du ba- 
 beurre frais. Ann. de chir. et d'orthop.. Par., 1910, xxiu, 
 197-200.— Bendlx (B.) Die Barlow'sche Krankheit und 
 Ihre Behandlung. Ztschr. f. arztl. Fortbild., Jena, 1907, iv, 
 33-40.— de Brum. Kamemelk en M. Barlowii. Nederl. 
 Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1905, 2. r., xU, d. 2, 656.— 
 Cblck (Harriette) & Rhodes (Mabel). An investigation 
 of the antiscorbutic value of the raw juices of root vegetables, 
 with a view to their adoption as an adjunct to the (uetary of 
 infants. I,ancet, Lond., 1918, a, 774.— Freise (E.j Der 
 Alkoholextrakt aus Vegetabilien als Trager Barlowheuender 
 
 Barlow's disease (Treatment of). 
 
 Stofle. Monatschr. f. Kinderh., I/eipz. & Wien, 1914, xii, 
 Orig., 687-698.— Freudenberg (E.) Beitrag zur Frage des 
 Barlow-Schutzstoffes. Ibid., xiii. Orie., 141-144.— Harden 
 (A.}, ZUva (S. S.) & Still (G. F.) Infantile scurv;,-; the 
 antiscorbutic factor of lemon juice in treatment. I..ancet, 
 Lond., 1919, i, 17.— Hess (A. F.) Diet and growth in infan- 
 tile scurvy. Med. Rec., N. Y., 1916, xc, 435. Also: N. 
 
 York M. J. [etc.), 1916, civ, 750. . 'The therapeutic 
 
 effect of wheat germ and of yeast in infantile scurvy. Proc. 
 
 Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1916, xlii, 145. . 
 
 Infantile scurvy; the therapeutic value of yeast and of 
 wheat embryo. Am. J. Dis. Child-, Chicago, 1917, xiii, 98- 
 109. Also, Reprint— Hutlnel. A propos de la maladie de 
 Barlow et de son traitement. Bull. Soc. de pediat. de Par., 
 1902, iv, 317-320.— Meyer (O.) Fruhformen der Moller- 
 Barlow'schen Krankheit und ihre Behandlung. Therapie d. 
 Gegenw., Berl., 191.3, Uv, 111-116.— Osthelmer (M.) The 
 treatment of infantile scurvy. N. York M. J. [etc.], 19)0, 
 xci, 1324.— Felper. Behandlung der Moller-Barlow'schen 
 Krankheit. Deutsche med. Wehnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 
 1916, xliL 153-155.— Prevention (The) of infantile scurvy. 
 J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1915, Ixiv, 835.— Klese (H.) Opera- 
 tion beiBarlow'scher Krankheit. Deutschemed. Wehnschr., 
 Berl. & Leipz., 1906, xxxil, 834-836.— Bueck (G. A.) Scor- 
 butus in a ten months' old baby treated by transfusion of 
 cltrated maternal blood. Med. Rec., N. Y., 1917, xci, 152.— 
 de Sagher (P.) La maladie de Barlow (scorbut infantile); 
 relation de huit cas de cette affection; essai de traitement 
 prophylactigue. Scalpel, Li^ge, 1912-13, Ixv, 359-365. 
 Also: Aim. de mgd. et chir. inf., Par., 1913, xvu^ 176-187.— 
 Schrelber (G.) & Fran$ois. Scorbut Infantile chez un 
 enfant de quatre ans nourri au lalt homog^n^is^. Arch, de 
 mM. d. en/., Par., 1914, xvii, 610.— Slmonson (EJ, Zur 
 Aetiologie und Therapie der MoUer-Barlow'schen Krank- 
 heit. Arch. f. phys.-diatet. Therap., Berl., 1899, 1, 6; 33.— 
 Spiegelberg. Bericht iiber die einstweihgen Ergebnisse der 
 SammeUorschung der GeseUschaf t fiir Kinderheilkunde iiber 
 die Moller-Barlow'sche Krankheit. Verhandl. d. Versamml. 
 
 d. Gesellsch. f . Kinderh deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerate 1904, 
 
 Wiesb., 1905, xxi, 10-12.— Taylor (H. L._) Infantile scorbu- 
 tus and its relation to orthopaedic practice. Arch. Pediat., 
 N. Y., 1894, xi, 648-656. Also, Reprint.— Thlercelln (E.) 
 De la maladie de Barlow ou scorbut infantile et de son 
 traitement. Rev. de thr5rap. mSd.-chir., Par., 1902, Ixix, 
 757-762. — "Triboulet (H.) Prophylaxie et traitement du 
 scorbut in&mtile; maladie de Barlow. Clinigue, Par., 1910, 
 V, 391-393.— Varlot(G.) L'extinctiondurachitismeparles 
 gouttes de lait. Gaz. d. h6p.. Par., 1904, Ixxvii, 886-888.— 
 Vila Ortiz (RJ Babeurre et maladle de Barlow. Arch, de 
 mM. d. enf., Par., 1909, xii, 920-925.— Wright (.Sir A. E.), 
 Hoist (A.) [et al.]. The causation and treatment of scurvy, 
 in particular of infantile scurvy. Lancet, Lond., 1908, ii, 725. 
 
 Bannbichler (Otto) [1882- ]. *M:ultiple Di- 
 vertikelbildung im Processus vermiformis. 30 
 pp., 1 pi., 1 1. 8° Miinchen, C. Wolf & 8ohn„ 
 1908. 
 
 Barmond (A.) Sonmambulisme et tb^rapeuti- 
 que. 149 pp., 1 1. 12°. Paru, P.-G. Leyma- 
 rie, 1904. 
 
 Barnacles. 
 
 See Cirripedia. 
 Barnard (H. E.) Report on methods of beer 
 analysis. 16pp. 8°. [Washington, 1907 .] 
 
 Forms Circ. No. 33 of: U. S. Dep. Agrio. Bureau Chem.. 
 Wash. 
 
 Barnard (Harold Leslie) [1868-1908]. Contri- 
 butions to abdominal surgery. Edited by James 
 Sherren. 391 pp. 8° London, E. Arnold, 
 1910. 
 
 For Biography, see Brit. M. J., I,ond., 1909, i, 1204. Also ■ 
 Lancet, Lond., 1908, ii, 984. 
 
 Barnardo (Thomas John) [ -19051. 
 
 Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1905, 11, 833. 
 
 Barnathan (Leon) [1884^ ]. *De I'anaphy- 
 laxie alimentaire; 6tude clinique et exp^rimen- 
 tale. 80 pp. 8°. Paris, 1911, No. 185. 
 
 Barnaud (Gabriel) [1887- ]. *Calculs v&i- 
 caux secondaires k la prostatectomie. [Lyon 1 
 77 pp. 8°. Valence, 1912, No. 148. 
 
 Barnay (Marius). Alcaloides usuels; alcaloides, 
 glucosides et principes actifs tires du rfegne 
 v6g6tal. Tome I-II. 366 pp. 12°. Paris, 1900. 
 
 Barneff (Bam6-Vitchoff) [1869- ]. *Contri- 
 bution a, r6tude de I'ophtalmopl^gie congfei- 
 tale. 88 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1900, No. 100. 
 
BARNES. 
 
 356 
 
 BARNSBY. 
 
 Barnes {Allan Foster) [1875-1914]. 
 
 Obituary. BostonM.&S. J., 1914, clxx.evi. Also:Med. 
 Rec, N. Y., 1914, Ixxxv, 808. 
 
 Barnes (Carl Lewis). The art and science of era- 
 balming. Descriptiye and operative. xvLii. 
 552 pp. 8°. [Chicago, Trade Periodical Co.! 
 1906.] 
 
 Barnes (Earl) [1861- ]. The psychology of 
 childhood and youth; outlines of thirty lectures. 
 68 pp. 8°. New York, B. W. Huebsch, 1914. 
 
 Barnes (Fancourt). See Barnes (Robert Syden- 
 ham Fancourt). 
 
 Barnes (Francis Merriman) [1881- ]. 
 
 See Nltsche (Paul Hermann) & Wilmans (K .) The his- 
 tory oftheprisonpsychoses[etc.]. 8°. New York, 1912. 
 
 Barnes (Harry Aldrich) [1872- ]. The tonsils; 
 faucial, lingual, and pharyngeal; with some 
 account of the posterior and lateral pharyngeal 
 nodules. 7 p. 1., 17-168 pp., front., plates. 8°. 
 St. Louis, C. V. Mosby Company, 1914. 
 
 [Barnes (Isaac Franklin)] [1856- ]. Senrab's 
 will, a treatise on pre-natal influence; or the 
 science of soul and character endowment, with 
 prophecy by Senrab. 4 p. 1., 11-55 pp. 8°. 
 Gulf port. Miss., [1917]. 
 
 Barnes {Joseph K.) [1817-83]. 
 
 PUcUer (J. E.) The Surgeon Generals of the United 
 StatesArmy. XII. Brevet Major General Joseph K.Barnes, 
 J. Ass. Mil. Surg. U. S., CarUsle, Pa., 1904, 219-226, port. 
 Also, Beprint. 
 
 Barnes (Leenaard- Stewart). 
 
 See Martin (John Wise). Martin's questions and an- 
 swers [etc.]. 18. ed. 32°. London, 1915. 
 
 Barnes {Raglan WyTceham) [1854-1914]. 
 
 Obituary. Brit. U. J., Lond., 1914, u, 523. 
 Barnes (Robert) [1817-1907]. Expos6 de la th6o- 
 rie du placenta prsevia. 13 pp., 11. 12°. Lon- 
 don, J. W. Klockmann, 1892. 
 
 For Biography, see Brit. M. J., Lond.^ 1907, i, 1221. Also: 
 Galleria d. clin. ostet., Scansano, 1902, i, 71-78, port. Also: 
 J. Balneol. & CUmat., Lond., 1907, xi, 191-196, port. Also: 
 J. Obst. & Gynsec. Brit. Emp., Lond., 1907, xi, 519-522, 
 port. (G..E. Herman). .4 bo.- Lancet, Lond., 1907, i, 1465- 
 1469, port. Also: Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1907, n. s., 
 Ixxxiii, 711 (H. M. Jones). 
 
 Barnes ([Robert Sydenham] Fancourt) [1849- 
 1908]. Lacerations of the perinseum. 3. ed. 31 
 pp., 5 pi. 12°. London, J. Bale de Sons, 1892. 
 
 . The same. 4. ed. 31 pp., 8 pi. 12°. 
 
 London, J. Bale & Sons, 1896. 
 
 See, also, Martin (Eduard Arnold) [in 2. s.]. Martin's 
 atlas of obstetrics [etc.]. roy. 8°. PliiladelpMa, 1881.— 
 Travaux pratiques d'obsttoique [etc.] [in 2. s.J. 8*. Paris, 
 1898-1907. 
 
 For Biography, see Brit. M. J., Lond., 1908, i, 541. Also: 
 Lancet, Lonif , 1908, i, 683. 
 
 Barnes {Thomas H.) [ -1913]. 
 
 • Obituary. Virginia M. Semi-Month., Bichmond, 1913-14, 
 xviii, 132. 
 
 Barnes (William A.) Psychology, hypnotism, 
 
 personal magnetism and clairvoyance. 95 pp., 
 
 11 pi. 12°. Boston, 1898. 
 Barnesby ([Percy] Norman). Medical chaos and 
 
 crime. 384 pp. 8°. London & New York, M. 
 
 Kennerley, 1910. 
 Bamet (Enrique B.) [ -1916]. La peste bn- 
 
 b6nica; conferencia pronunciada el dfa 1* de 
 
 abril de 1903 en el hospital Np. 1. 38 pp., 1 pL, 
 
 2 maps. 12°. Habana, 1903. 
 . El Hospital Las Animaa. Con jinap^n- 
 
 dlce por Juan Guiteras y Mario G. Lebredo. 
 
 51 pp., 10 pL, 2 plan. 8°. Habana, 1904. 
 Spanish and English text. 
 
 La rabia; medios de precaverla; la epi- 
 
 demia. 2. ed. 16 pp. 12°. Habana, 1911. 
 
 Far Biography, see Brit. M. J., Lond., 1916, ii, 783. Also. 
 Cr(5n. m^d.-quir. de la Habana, 1910, xxxvi, 199, port. 
 
 Barnet y Ruiz {GavinoJ.) [1829-1911]. 
 
 Obituary. Crdn. m^d.-quir. de la Habana, 1911, xxxvii, 
 181, port. 
 
 Barnett (Henry Norman) [1872- ]. Sea- 
 sickness; its true cause and cure, vi, 7-39 pp. 
 8°. London, Baillihe, Tindall & Cox, 1907. 
 
 . Legal responsibility of the iirunkard. 
 
 With an introduction by Sir Andrew Reed. 64 
 pp. 8°. London, Bailmre, Tindall & Cox, 1908. 
 Accidental injuries to workmen with ref- 
 
 erence to workmen's compensation act, 1906. 
 With article on injuries to the organs of special 
 sense by Cecil E. Shaw and legsu introduction 
 by Thomas J. Campbell, vii, 376 pp. 8°. Lonr 
 don, Rebman, 1909. 
 
 The student's textbook of surgery, xix, 
 
 794 pp. 8°. London, W. Hdnemann, [1916]. 
 
 Barnett {John Milfori) [1831-1913]. 
 
 Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1913, i, 262. Also: l^nncet, 
 Lond., 1913, i, 353. 
 
 Barnett (Samuel A.) The housing problem, 
 pp. 794-804. 8°. New York, 1901. 
 
 Cuttingfrom: Nineteenth Cent., N. Y., 1901, xlix. 
 Barnett {Mrs. S[amuel] A.). 
 
 See Stephens (Margaret) [in 2. s.]. Woman and marri- 
 age [etc.]. 12°. London, 1910. 
 
 Barney {(JharlesS.) [1864-1914]. 
 
 [Obituary.] Albany M. Ann., 1914, xxxv, 405, port. 
 
 Barnhausen _ (Kaspar) _ [1869- ]. *Die La- 
 parotomien in der Greifswalder geburtshiilflich- 
 gynakologischen Klinik vom 1.' Januar 1897 
 bis 1. Januar 1899. 42 pp., 1 1. 8°. Greifswald, 
 J. Abel, 1899. 
 
 Barnhill {James U.) [1854-1911]. 
 
 Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1911, Ivii, 494. 
 BarnblU (John F.) & Wales (Ernest de Wolfe). 
 
 Principles and practice of modem otology. 
 
 575 pp., 5 pi. roy. 8°. Philadelphia & London, 
 
 W. B. Saunders Co., 1907. 
 . The same. 2. ed. 598 pp. roy. 
 
 8°. Philadelphia & London, W. B. Saunders 
 
 Company, 1911. 
 Barnick (Otto). Die tuberliulosen Erkrankun- 
 
 gen des GehSrorgans. 54 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Jena, 
 
 G. Fischer, 1899. 
 
 Forms 4. Hft., v. 3, of: Klin. Vortr. a. d. Geb. d. Otol. u. 
 
 Pharyngo-Ehinol. 
 Barnick (Paul) [1876- ]. *Beitrag zur Kennt- 
 
 niss von den iJrethralgangen des Weibes. 29 
 
 pp. 8°. Leipzig, B. Georgi, 1907. 
 
 Barnicot {Joseph) [1875-1916]. 
 
 D.(L.S.) [Obituary.] St. Thomas's Hosp.Gaz., Lond., 
 1916, XXVI, 68. 
 
 Barnitz {Harry Daingerfield) [1853- 
 1916]. 
 
 [Obituary.) J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1916, Ixvii, 693. 
 BarnouTin (Henri). *OrganiBmes des hydrolata 
 et des solutes. 95 pp. 4°. Paris, 1896, No. 3. 
 Ecole de pharmacie. 
 
 . *De I'iode dissimul6. 79 pp. 8°. Paris, 
 
 1900, No. 8. 
 lElcole de pharmacie. 
 Barnowsky (Theodor Oskar) [1882- ]. *Un- 
 tersuchungen fiber die Farbbarkeit der Tuber- 
 kelbazillen nach Ziehl-Neelsen und Much. 
 [Giessen.] 34 pp. 8°. Berlin, C. Wiegler 
 Nachf.,mi. 
 
 Barnsby {DoAjid) [1832-1916]. 
 
 Obituary. Bull. Acad, de m^d.. Par., 1916, 3. s., Ixxvi, 
 
 405. 
 
 Barnsby (Henry). *Appendicite et annexite-, 
 coexistence des deux affections; pathog6nie, 
 sympt6mes, traitement. 126 pp., 11. 8°. Paris, 
 1898, No. 317. 
 
BAKNSBY. 
 
 357 
 
 BAROZZI. 
 
 Barnsby (Pierre). *Traitement des an^vrysmes 
 artdriels rompus des membres. 72 pp. 8°. 
 Paris, 1903, No. 116. 
 
 Barnstein (Henricus). Tabacks Wunder Kunst 
 und Artzneymittel, wo er seinen Nahmen her 
 habe . . . Anjetzo aber auff instandiges Anhal- 
 ten etUcher guten Freunde vermebret und in 
 Truck gegeben durch. Johann Baltbasar Funcken. 
 23 1. 16^ Erffurt, J. G. Hertz, 1677. _ 
 
 Barn-Tard rhymes; showing what opinions the 
 turkey, the cock, the goose, and the duck, 
 entertain of allopathia, homeopathia, electro- 
 galvanism, and the animalcule doctrines. 72 
 pp. 8°. New Yorh,G. & C. Carvill & Co., 1838. 
 
 Baro (L.) Tratado elemental de las enfermedades 
 de los ojos. Pr61ogo del . . . Dr. Luis de Wecker. 
 xi, 180 pp., 2 1. 16°. Zaragoza, 1898. 
 
 Barometer. 
 
 See, also, Air {Pressure of) . 
 
 B. (F.) New improvement of the barometer, 
 ' how to render it portable. 8°. [London, n. d.] 
 
 Cutting from: Gentlemen's Mag., Lond. 
 
 Christie (A. S.) Piuraal variation of the iDarometer. 
 Bull. Phil. Soc, Wash., 1892, xii, 67-69.— Del Gaizo (M.) 
 Di alcuni legami Ira E. Torricelli e G. A. Borrelli: I'opera dl 
 questo nel promuovere gli studi intorno alia pressione 
 atmosferica., Atti d. Soc. ital. di storia crit. d. so. med. e 
 nat., raenzajl909, 125-129.— GoWscliinldt (E.) Baromfetre 
 aeotrique. Bull. Soc. d. sc. mM. et nat. de Brux., 1908, 
 Ixvi, 125-129. 
 
 Baron (A.) Contributidn h I'^tiologie du goitre 
 
 et du cretinisme. 128 pp. 8°. Grenoble, F. 
 
 Allier & jils, 1867. 
 Baron (Andr.6) [1862- J. *De Picture ca- 
 tarrhal chez les enfants., 67 pp. 4°. Paris, 
 
 1895, No. 83. 
 Baron (Baptiste) [1873- ]. *Etude psycholo- 
 
 gique de l'aneBth&ie.par I'^ther, avec quelques 
 
 consid&ations m6dico-16gales. 118 pp., 11. 8°. 
 
 Lyon, A. H. Stcyrck, 1896, No. 47. 
 Baron (^fimile). *Consid6rations sur le satur- 
 
 nisme chez les alcooUques. 53 pp. 8° Paris, 
 
 1899, No. 445. 
 Baron [Friedrich Carl]. Merkblatter (25) fur die 
 
 Pflege und Behandlung von Kindem in gesun- 
 
 den und kranken Tagen. obi. 16°. Leipzig, B. 
 
 Konegen, 1908. 
 Baron (Gustave) [1874- ]. *Infection8 gastro- 
 
 intestinales du foetus d'origine intra-ut^rine. 
 
 76 pp. 8°. Paris, 1898, No. 81. 
 Baron (J.) Das Heirathen in alten und neuen 
 
 Gesetzen. 44 pp. 8°. Berlin, 1874. 
 Forms 211. Hit. of: Samml. gemeinverstandl. wissensoh. 
 
 Vortr., Berl. 
 
 Baron (J6nds) [1845-1911]. 
 
 [Obituary.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1911, Iv, 609. 
 Baron (Leo) [1880- ]. *Ein Fall von Herzver- 
 
 letzung mit HimemboUe. 30 pp., 1 1. 8°. 
 
 Berlin, G. Schade, [1904]. 
 Baron (Paul) [1869- ]. *Torsion du pddicule 
 
 des kystes de I'ovaire. 90 pp. 8°. Paris, 1898, 
 
 No. 506. 
 . The same. 3 p. 1., 92 pp. 8°. Paris, G. 
 
 SteinJml, 1898. 
 Baron (Paul) [1880- ]. *De TalcooUsme 
 
 acquis du nourrisson et de I'enfant. 80 pp. 8°. 
 
 Lyon, 1905, No. 63. 
 
 Baron (Raoul-Georges-Alexandre) [1852- 
 1908]. 
 
 [Necrologle.] Eec. de mM. v^t., Par., 1908, Ixxxv, 753- 
 767. 
 
 Baron (Victor). *Le tabfes sup6rieur et ses formes 
 cliniques. [Paris.] 80 pp. 8° Auch, 1905, 
 No. 288. 
 
 Baron (Victor) [1876- ]. *Du torticoUs con- 
 genital, son traitement par la t^notomie S. ciel 
 ouvert. 85 pp., 1 1., 1 pL 8°. Nancy, 1907, 
 No. 14. ■ 
 
 Baronakl (ildouard) [1864- ]. *De I'emploi 
 de la theobromine dans I'asystolie des vieUlards. 
 58 pp. 8°. Paris, 1897, No. 410. 
 
 BaroncelU (Georges) [1888- ]. *De I'hygifene 
 buccale chez les syphiUtiques. 67 pp. 8°. 
 Lyon, 1911, No. 125. 
 
 de BaroncelU (J.-G.) La fifevre jaune sous les 
 tropiques. 64 pp. 8°. Nouvelle-Orleans, G. 
 Muller, 1905. 
 
 BaroncelU (R[aphael]) [1856- ]. *Contribu- 
 tion k retude physiologique des courahts unipo- 
 laires. 69pp., Idiag., 1 tab. 8°. Genive,lS87. 
 
 —. *De la volite palatine et des mAchoires au 
 
 point de vue de I'identification judiciaire. 40 
 pp., 3 pi. 8°. Lyon, 1901, No. 150. 
 
 Barone (Andrea). Manuale di ostetricia per 
 medici esercenti-studenti e levatrici svolto 
 secondo il programma della r. Universita di 
 Napoli. 2 p. I., 1258 pp. 8° Milano, F. Val- 
 lardi, 1893-6. 
 
 -_ — . Manuale di medicina operatoria oste- 
 
 trica, con appendice suUa cloroformizzazione. 
 vi, viii, 885 pp., 1 1. 8°. Milano & Napoli, 
 1896-1901. 
 
 Primo anno di funzionamento del re- 
 
 parto di maternity, e ginecologia nell' Ospedale 
 della Pace di Napoli. 117 pp. 8°. Napoli, 
 tipog. di G. M. Pnore, 1897. 
 
 Funzionamento del reparto di matemitfi, e 
 
 ginecologia nell' Ospedale deUs, Pace di Napoli 
 da gennaio 1901 a gennaio (comp.) 1902, con 
 considerazioni suU' esame interoscopico per la 
 diagnosiginecologica. 34 pp. 8° Napoli, 1^02. 
 
 Baronets {Medical). 
 
 Clipplngdaie(S.D.) Medical baronets, 1645-1911. Brit. 
 M. J., Lond., 1912, i, 1188-1190. 
 
 Baronio (Giuseppe) [1759-1811]. Degli innesti 
 animali. 78 pp., 1 1., 2 pi., port. 8° Milano, 
 1804. 
 
 Baronnet ([Jules-] A[lbert]). The assimilation of 
 iodine, a chemical and therapeutic study. 2. 
 ed. 20. thousand. 32 pp. 12°. Lmdon, T. 
 Comar & Son, [n. rf.]. 
 
 Baros (Jules-L^on-Albert) [1877- 1. *Contri- 
 bution k, I'^tude des senUit4a locales. 96 pp 
 8°. Nancy, 1902, No. 27. 
 
 Barot (Charles). *L'opotherapie orchidienne; 
 indications nouvelles. 67 pp. 8°. Paris, 1905 
 No. 372. 
 
 Barot (Louis-Joseph) [1873- ]. *Aper9U8 
 historiques de quelques fooques medicales. 
 80 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1897, m. 9. 
 
 Barotte (Charles-Franfois). *Contribution k 
 retude du redressement progressif de la gib- 
 bosity pottique par I'expose de quelques r&ul- 
 tats. 73 pp. 8°, Bordeavx, 1902, No. 93. 
 
 Barozzi ^J.) *Considerations sur la gastrostomie 
 en g6n6ral et sur le proc6de de Marwedel, en 
 particuher dans les stenoses canc^reuses de 
 roesophage. 121 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, G. Carre 
 & C. Naud, 1898, No. 649. 
 
 . Manuel de gyn^cologie pratique. Preface 
 
 de L.-G. Richelot. vii, 813 pp. 8°. Paris, 
 Vigotfrlres, 1907. 
 
 See, also, Ptocas (Gerasime) & Barozzi (J.) Th^rapeu- 
 tique chirurgicale [etc.). 4°. Paris, 1912. 
 
 Barozzi (Jean) [1879- ]. *Des nephrites 
 mulat6rales cons6cutives aux inflammations des 
 organes pelviens chez la femme. 47 pp. 8° 
 Bordeaux, 1908, No. 34. 
 
BAKOZZI. 
 
 358 
 
 BARRACKS. 
 
 Barozzi (Pietro). *Del colore della cute nella 
 specie umana. 23 pp. 8° Pdvid, tipogf. Biz- 
 zoni, 1847. [P., v. 2225.] 
 
 Barpl (Ugo). L'istituto di anatomia normale 
 della r. Scuola superiore di medicina veterrnaria 
 di Napoli e catalogo de' preparati. del museo. 
 54 pp., 11., 3 pi. fol. Napoli, L. Gv-enera & 
 figli, 1902. 
 
 . Della distribuzione della muscularis 
 
 mucosse, nello stomaco del cavallo, del maiale e 
 del conigUo; ricerche istologiche. 17 pp. 8°. 
 Napoli, L. Guerrera & figlio, 1902. 
 
 Barr {Abraham Mylin) [1835-1917]. 
 
 Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1917, IxvUi, 794. 
 
 Barr {George Fleet) [1891-1916]. 
 
 Obituary. Lancet, Lond., 1916, i, 1103. 
 
 Barr {Hugh) [ -1917]. 
 
 Obituary. Glasgow M. J., 1917, Ixxxvii, 217. Also: 
 Lancet, Lond., 1917, i, 551. 
 
 Barr (Joiin Stoddard). 
 
 See Barr (Thomas) & Barr (John Stoddard). Manual ol 
 diseases of the ear [etc.]. 8°. Glasgow, 1909. 
 
 Barr (Martin W.) [1859- ]. Mental defectives; 
 their history, treatment and training, x, 17- 
 368 pp., 53 pi. 8°. Philadelphia, P. MlaJdsion's 
 Son & Co., 1904. 
 
 Barr (Thoma8-)[1846-1916]. 
 
 Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1916, ii, 890. Also: 
 Glasgow M. J., 1917, Ixxxvii, 29-31, port. Also: J.Laryngol., 
 Lond., 1917, xxxii, 49-51 (U. Pntchard). Also: Lancet, 
 Lond., 1916, ii, 1126. 
 
 & Barr (John Stoddard). Manual of 
 
 diseases of the ear, including those of the nose 
 and throat in relation to the ear. For the use of 
 students and practitioners of medicine. 4. ed., 
 entirely revised and largely re-written, xxvii 
 ( 3 1.), 477 pp., 3 pi. 8°. Glasgow, J. Madehose 
 & Sons 1909. 
 
 Barr (Wi'lliam) [1887- ]. I. K. therapy ,(Im- 
 munkorper, immune Substanzen) in pulmoiiary 
 tuberculosis. 82 pp. 8° Bristol, J. Wright & 
 Sons, 1916. 
 
 Barra (Pierre). Hippocrate, de la circulation du 
 sang et des humeurs. 11 p. 1., 349 pp., 2 1. 24°. 
 Paris, L. D'Soury, 1683. 
 
 Barracano (Gennaro). Sag§io d'ecraxis o partico- 
 laii di talune operazioni di cateratte seguite dal 
 modo di curar le ulceri della cornea, e la pro- 
 cidenza dell'iride, indi la demolizione di un 
 tumore fungoso della cornea, viii, 96 pp., 1 pi. 
 12°- Napoli, 1829. 
 
 Barracks. 
 
 AtrsTRiA. K. h. Rdchs-Kriegs-Ministerium. 
 Beispiele fur die Anlage von Infanterie-Kasemen. 
 Hft. 1 & 3. obi. fol. Wien, 1880. 
 
 Berthier. Impermiabilisation des planchers et des sou- 
 bassements dans les casernements. Cong, internat. de m4d. 
 C. r., Par^ 1900, sect, de miSd. et chir. mil., 221-231— Bjer- 
 rlng (G. L.) [The new barracks for the hussar regiment 
 of the guards at Osterfselled.) Militaerlsegen, Kjabenh., 
 1897, V, 143-168, 2 plans.— Chrlstenson (A. H.) [Ournew 
 infantry barracks.) Tidsskr. i mil. Halsov., Stockholm, 
 1912,xxxvii, 111-146.— B.jfB.) Padiglioniebaraccheitaliani. 
 Riv. di Ingegner. san., Torino, 1915, xi, 68.— von Harten 
 (H. C.) [The arrangements for water for the men in bar- 
 racks.] Militsertegen, Kidbenh., 1897, v, 117-127.— Heyne. 
 Beschreibung der in der Kaseme des 8. k6mgl.-saohs. Feld- 
 artillerie-Regiments Nr. 78 augel^en Warmwasseran- 
 lage. Deutsche mil.-arztl. Ztsehr., Berl., 1906, xxxv, 538- 
 542.— Kler ( J.) [The barracks at S0lvgaden.] MilitEerlaegen, 
 Kjiibenh., 1896, lv> 254-271.-vLacau (L.-C.) & Bouget. La 
 chambr^e. Assain. et salub. de I'habitat. C.-r. ... 2. Cong, 
 internat 1906, Par., 1907, 405^16.— liBbedefl (M.I.) [Bar- 
 racks.] Voyenno-Med. J., S.-Peterb., 1914, ecxxjdx, med.- 
 speo. pt., 241-249.— I/emolne (G. H.) Influence de I'amfr 
 nagement int&ieur des casernes sur le dgveloppement et 
 I'expansion des fiftvres4ruptives. Cong, internat. d' assain. 
 
 . . . de I'habitat. C. r. 1904, Par., 1905, 492-501. . Nos 
 
 casernes. Rev. sclent., Par., 1905, 5. s., iv, 65; 102. . 
 
 Casernements de I'armfe allemande. CaducSe, Par., 1912, 
 
 Barracks. 
 
 xii,48-60.— Logle. Lesdortoirsdanslescasernes. Assain.et 
 salub.de I'habitat. C.-r. . . , 2.Cong.lnternat. . . . 1906, Par., 
 1907, 416-419.— Marusslg (A.) Em Beitrag zufn Entwurfe 
 von Militar-Gebauden. Ibid., 44(M45.— Nussbaum (H. C.) 
 Der Barackenbau vom technischen und sanitaren Stand- 
 punkte. Ztsehr. f. 6fE. Gsndhtspflg., Wien &-Berl., 1915, ill, 
 7-17. — Fetrln (V.) Maasgebende Prinoipien modemen 
 Kasernbaues. Cong. Internat. d'hyg. et de d^mog. C. r. 
 1894, Budapest, 1896, viU, pt. 5, 252-268.— Eedeie (A. E.) 
 Over de huisvesting van den soldaat. Tijdschr. v. soc. 
 Hyg., ZwoUe, 1908, x, 137-147: 1909, xi, 90-94.— BemezoS 
 (A. I.) [Military towns,] Voyenno-Med. J., S.-Peterb., 
 1907, coxx, med.-spec. pt., 156-162.— Sorensen (O. P.) 
 [Our barracks.] Tidskr. i mil. Halsov., Stockholm, 1904, 
 xxix, 1; 121.— Testl (F.) Influence des casernes sur la mor- 
 bidity des troupes dans le pr&ide de Florence. Assain. et 
 salub. de I'habitat. C.-r. ... 2. Cong, internat. . . . 1906, 
 Par., 1907, 419-433. 
 
 Barracks {Heating, lighting, and venti- 
 lation of). 
 
 Blering (F.) rVentilation in the barracks at S01vgaden.] 
 Militaerlsegen, E0benh., 1899, vii, 1-19.— Bogolyubofl 
 (N. F.) [Steam beating in the marine barracks of Kron- 
 stadt] Med. pribav. k morsk. sborniku, S.-Peterb., 1902, 
 pt. 2, 167; 218.— Gabbe (G. M.) [Artificial lighting of bar- 
 racks.] Voyenno-Med. J., S.-Peterb„ 1907, ccxx, med.- 
 spec. pt., 253-263.— Golublntseff (P. I.) [Heating of 
 barracks.) Ibid., 1904, 1, med.-spec. pt., 342-348.— Hubie. 
 Sur la ventilation combin^e au chauilage par I'air cliaud, 
 des chambres de troupe. Cong, internat. d'assain. . . . 
 de I'habitat. C. r., 1904, Par., 1905,. 458^65.— Khlevlnskl 
 (M. I.) [Maintenance of atmospheric purity in barracks.) 
 Voyenno-Med. J., S.-Peterb., 1912, ccxxxv, med.-spec. 
 pt., 307-311.— L6pez Vermengo (K. A.) luforme sobre 
 calefacci(5n en el regimiento 6° de infanteria. Rev san. 
 mil., Buenos Aires, 1915, iiv, 184-190— Mauer (W. J.) 
 Ventilation of Army barracks. J. Am. Soc. Heat. & Ventil. 
 Engin., N. Y., 1917-18, xxiv, 23-43. Also: Am. J. Pub. 
 Health, Concord^ N. H., 1918, viii, 112-120.— Boualet (A.) 
 Nouveau dispositif pour I'a^ration des locaux; vitres par- 
 tielles aveo hotte ext^rieure. Arch, de mM. et phann. mil., 
 Par., 1911, Ivii, 377-382.— Vennat. La ventilation dans les 
 locaux et particulitoement dans les chambr^es. J. de mSd. 
 de Bordeaux, 1913, xliil, 292-294. 
 
 Barracks {Hygiene c^). 
 
 See, also. Barracks {Heating, etc., of). 
 
 Bavaria. Kriegs-Ministerium. Medizinal- 
 Abteilung. Beschreibung der Gamison Augs- 
 burg vom Standpunkt der Gesundheit^flege. 
 8°. Miinchen, 1900. 
 
 Lambert des Cillbum (J.) *L'hygifene du 
 casernement franjais. Etude historique! 8°. 
 Lyon, 1907. 
 
 Prussia. Kriegs-Ministerium. iledizinal- 
 Abtheilung. Beschreibung der Gamison Han- 
 nover, vom Standpunkt der Gesundheitspflege 
 aus aufgestellt. 8°. Berlin, 1896. 
 
 ■ . Beschreibung der Gamison Pots- 
 dam, vom Standpunkt der Gesundheitspflege 
 aus aufgestellt. 8°. Berlin, 1900. 
 
 Arkbaiofl (J.) [Hygienic requirements in barrack 
 buildhig.) Med. Sborruk Varshav. Uyazd. voyenn. hosp., 
 Varshava, 1897, x, No. 1, 83-105; Nos. 2-3, 1-82.— Bache (D.) 
 The location of sites for, and the construction of, military 
 posts in relation to proper sanitation. Proc. Ass. Mil. Burg. 
 U. S. 1895, Cincin., 1896, 415-430.— Benecbu flquipes 
 sanitaires et tenue des casernements. Cong, internat. 
 d'assain. . . . de I'habitat. C. r. 1904, Par., 1905, 468^74.— 
 BertarelII(E.) Igieneeprofllassinellecaserme. Morgagni, 
 Milano, 1916, Iviii, pt. 2, 33-37. Also: Eiv. d'lg. esan. pubb., 
 Parma, 1917, xxvul, 393-398.— Blackbam (R. J.) Night 
 urinals; a suggestion. J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond., 
 
 1907, viii, 69-62.— Bonnette. Nouveau proc6d6 d'a&ation 
 nocturne des chambres de caserne; vitres k fehancrures 
 semi-lunaires recouvertes k I'ext^neur par des opercules 
 cintr^ mgtalliques. Rev. d'hyg.. Par., 1909, xxxi, 1295- 
 1303.— Brack. Einfache, einwandfreie Methode zur Errei- 
 ehung von MUckenfrelheit in festen Trupponlagem. MUn- 
 chen. med. Wohnschr., 1917, Ixiv, 1608.— Cbusergues. Di- 
 sinfection d'une chambrfe de casernement. J. d'hyg., Par., 
 
 1908, xxxiii, 77. — Davles (A.M.) Notes on sanitation m bar- 
 racks and on the march in India. IndianM. Gaz., Calcutta, 
 1896, xxxi, 200-202.— Debrle. Les foyers du soldat dans les 
 casernes. Cong, internat. d'assain. .. .de I'habitat. C. r. 
 1904, Par., 1905, 468.— Delorme (E.) De I'Spid^miologie 
 des casernes; sa signification au point de vue de leur valeur 
 hygidnique. Bull. Acad, de m^d., Par., 1907, 3. s., Iviii, 647- 
 
 569. . Hygitae et ^pid^mies des casernes. Hygiene 
 
 g6n. et appliq.. Par., 1908, lii, 155-158.— Ersklne (W. D.) 
 
BARRACKS. 
 
 359 
 
 BARRE. 
 
 Barracks (Hygiene of). 
 
 Washing-up arrangements in barrack-rooms. J. Eoy. 
 Army MedT Corps, Lend., 1908, x, 53^-534,— Ferrarl-LeUl 
 (F.) Consid^ratiions hygi^niques et philosbphiques sur le 
 type arcliitectural des casernes. Assam, et salub. de I'habi- 
 tat. C.-r. ... 2. Cong, internat. . . . 1906, Par., 1907, 433-440.— 
 Freeman (E. 0.) Construction and arrangement of bar- 
 . racks, especially as bearing upon the health ol troops and 
 upon the attractiveness of the Army as a career for the 
 would-be soldier. J. Prevent. M., Lond., 1906, xiv, 169-173. 
 
 . Notes on modern barrack sanitation. J. Roy. 
 
 Army Med. Corps, Lond., 1907, vlli, 158-163.— Gonzalez 
 Granda y Sllva (J.) La higlene de los cuarteles en Ingla- 
 terra. Med. mil. espafl., Madrid, 1905-6, xii, 297; 348.— 
 Grlzonl (G.) La caserma Igienlca . Iglene mod., Geneva, 
 1910, iii, 241-249.— Hubl*. Cours des casernes; leur as- 
 sainissement par le coaltarisage du sol. Cong, internat. 
 
 d'assain do I'habitat. C. r. 1904, Par., 1905, 489^91.— 
 
 Jones(P.L.) Disposalofgarbagein barracks. Mil.Surg., 
 Wash., 1912, xxxl, 451-453.— Kler (J.) [New barrack baths 
 in Copenhagen.) MUitserlffigen, Kj^benh., 1896, Iv, 20-29, 1 
 pi.— Laub (H . ) [The sanitary condition in'the barracks of 
 B01vgaden.] Ibid., 1903, xi, 77-96, 1 ch.— Llgouzat. Cou- 
 cnage des troupes; bains, douches, lavoirs. Assain. et sa- 
 lub. de I'habitat. C.-r. ... 2. Cong, internat 1906, Par., 
 
 1907,456-458. — Ltnon. Sur I'liabitation du soldat. Cong, 
 internat. d'assain. . . . de I'habitat. C. r. 1904, Par., 1905, 
 451-458. — Mann (W. L.) Sanitation of the Marine Bar- 
 racks, Quantico, Va.; with special reference to the methods 
 of conservancy employed. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1918, 
 Ixx, 996. — Meyer (J.) Du rfile des locaux communs dans les 
 casernes au point de vue de la prophylaxie. Cong, internat. 
 d'assain. . . . de I'habitat. C. r. 1904, Par., 1905, 505-608.— 
 No. (Q.) [Our barrack camps as educational and hygienic 
 institutions.) Stud, in volkslaact, Haarlem, 1903-4, i, 105- 
 152.— Petges (G.) Influence des casemements sai I'hy- 
 gigne; casernes anclennes et nouvelles. Rev. d'hyg.. Par., 
 1906, xxviii, 18-40.— Pugh (W. S.) & Jansen (R.) Tem- 
 porary barracks at City Park, Brooldyn, N. Y., a prelimi- 
 nary sanitary survey. U. States Nav. M. Bull., Wash., 
 1917, xi, 479-497.— Rouget. Entretien des planchers dans 
 les casernes. Cong, internat. d'assain. . . . de I'habitat. 
 C. r. 1904, Par., 1905, 483-489.— Slmonln (J.), Clair & 
 Morlze. Des types actuels des casernes dans les arm&s; des 
 conditions g6n6rales qu'Us doivent remplir au point de vue 
 hygitoique par rapport au climat et aux regions. Assain. 
 et salub. de I'liabitat. C.-r. ... 2. Cong, internat. . . . 1906, 
 Par., 1907, 390-405.— Testl (F.) Quelques considerations 
 g^n^rales sur les d^iderata hj^gi^niques des casernes. Cong, 
 mternat. d'assain. . . de I'habitat. C. r. 1904, Par., 1905, 465. 
 
 . Recherches sur des causes determines d'insalubrite 
 
 dans les locaux militaires. Assain. et salub. de I'habitat. 
 
 C.-r 2. Cong, internat. . . . 1906, Par., 1907^ 445-450. . . 
 
 Igiene delle caserme in Francia. Riv. di ingegner. san,, 
 •Torino, 1909, v, 100; 119. 
 
 Barracks (Transportable). 
 
 Belottl (S.) A proposito delle baracche trasportablU adi- 
 bite ad uso scolastico. Gior. d. r. Soc. Ital. d'ig., Milano, 
 1901, xxlii, 307-314.— K. Die transportablen Baracken 
 Dockerschen Sy^stems in der Mandschurei. Rothe Kreuz, 
 Berl., 1905, xxiii, 190.— Langenberger (S.) Transportable 
 Baracken. Gesundheit, Leipz., 1904, xxlx, 215-224.— 
 Levi della Tlda (M.) Progetto dl unabaracca smontabile 
 e trasportabile per bagni a doccia e lavanderia. Gior. dl 
 med. mil., Roma, 1917, Ixv, 779-788, 1 pi.— PagUanl (L.) 
 La industria Selenit e le sue costruzioni di baraccamenti 
 trasportabiU. Riv. di ingegner. san., Torino, 1917, xiii, 41- 
 44.— Treltschke (E.) Der Werth der transportablen Ba- 
 racken (System Docker) fflr die Kurorte. Balneol. Centr.- 
 Ztg., Berl., 1904, 33; 37. 
 
 Barrag&n (Vicente). *Contribuci6ii al estudio 
 de la varicocele. 48 pp. 8° Meodco, J. Joa- 
 quin Terrazas & hijo, 1894. 
 
 Barrajas y Gallego (Luciano) [1864- 
 1904]. 
 
 P«rez y Fabregas (A.) [Biography.] Rev. m^d.-ildrol. 
 espafl., Madrid, 1904, v, 337-340. 
 
 Barral (Edouard) [1867- ]. *Inversion de la 
 
 vaginale dans le traitement de I'hydrocMe. 1 
 
 p. 1., 36 pp. 8° Lyon, A. H. Storch, 1896, 
 
 No. 50. 
 . Precis d'analyse chimique qualitative. 
 
 vu, 496 pp. 12° Pans, J.-B. Baillihe & fils, 
 
 1904. 
 — : . Precis d'analyse chimique quantitative. 
 
 xU, 864 pp. 12°. Paris, J.-B. BailUhe & fils, 
 
 1905. 
 . Precis d'analyse chimique biologique 
 
 gte^rale. vii, 412 pp. 12°. Paris, J.-B. Bail- 
 
 lih-e dcfils, 1908. 
 
 Barral (Edouard) — continued. 
 
 . Pr6cis d'analyse biologique, patholqgique 
 
 et (.Unique; urine, sang, liquides pathologiques, 
 
 lait, digestion, vii, 545 pp., 2 pi. 8° Paris, 
 
 J.-B. Baillih-e & fils, 1909. 
 Barral (Henri) [1882- ]. *Pneuniatocfele du 
 
 canal de Stenon et de la parotide. 46 pp. 8°. 
 
 Lyon, 1909, No. 16. 
 Barral (Roger) [1885- ]. *De I'etat ante- 
 
 rieur dans les accidents du travail. Ill pp. 8°. 
 
 Lyon, 1909, No. 32. 
 
 Barras (Jean-Pierre- ToMe) [1789-1851]. 
 
 Schnyder (L.) Ein Kapitel aus der Geschichte der 
 Magen- und Darnmeurosen. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, 
 Basel, 1901, xxxi, 584-590. 
 
 Barras (Louis) [1886- 1. *T/e Ktichisme. 
 Restif de la Bretonne fut-ij Ktichiste? 174 pp. 
 8°. Montpellier, 1913, No. 28. 
 
 Barratt (Alfred) [1828-1909]. 
 
 Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1909, ii, 1654. 
 
 Barrau (Louis) [1873- ]. *Contribution k 
 r^tude de la cirrhose atropnique de Laennec la- 
 tente. 67 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, 1898, No. 425. 
 
 Barrau (Raoul). *Contribution k I'^tude de la 
 diphterie des plaies (pourriture d'h6pital). 75 
 pp. 8°. Voulouse, 1902, No. 4m. 
 
 Barraud (Albert). *Etude sur le traitement de 
 la tuberculose par I'ur^e pure. 31 pp. 8° Lau- 
 sanne, A. Borgeavd, 1903. 
 
 . *CorpB Strangers de I'cesophage, de la 
 
 trach^e et des bronches; cas observes i, I'Hdpital 
 cantonal de Lausanne depuis I'emploi de I'oeso- 
 phagoscopie et de la trach^obronchoscopie. 106 
 pp. 8°. Lausanne, Payot & Cie., 1914. 
 
 Barraud (Armand). *i;tude de la vaso-constric- 
 tion produite parl'application locale de I'extrait 
 aqueux de capsules surr6nales. 42 pp. 8°- 
 Lyon, 1897, No. 69. 
 
 Barraud (Frederic) [1872- ]. *Ost6omy61ite 
 costale aigue des adolescents. 70 pp., 1 1. 8°. 
 Lyon, 1900, No. 184. 
 
 Barraud (Jean). *Des rapports de I'enuresis noc- 
 tuma avec les ad^noides. 32 pp. 8°. Lausanne, 
 A. Jaunin, 1915. 
 
 Barraud (Jean-Gustave-Henri) [1879- ]. *Les 
 metrorragies dans I'ovarite sel^ro-kystique. 59 
 pp., 21. 8°. Bordeaux, 1903, No. 132. 
 
 Barraud (Marcel). *Des kystes de la region ex- 
 teme du genou. 69 pp. 8°. Toulouse, 1899, 
 No. 303. 
 
 Barrault (Charles) [1874- ]. *Syphilis pater- 
 neUe. Essai de prophylaxie ab ovo de I'heredo- 
 syphilia. 59 pp. 8*. Paris, 1898, No. 453. 
 
 Barraza (Francisco G.) [ -1917]. 
 
 M. (J. V.) Obituary. Prensa m^d. argentina, Buenos 
 Aires, 1917-18, iv, 171.— Obituary. Semana mdd., Buenos 
 Aires, 1917, xxiv, 405. 
 
 Barre (Alexandre) [1880- ]. *Les osteoarthro- 
 pathies du tab&s; 6tude critique. 233 pp 8° 
 Paris, 1912, No. 159. 
 
 Barre (Emile) [1884- 1. *Les complications 
 h6patiques de la fifevre de Malte. 53 pp 8° 
 Montpellier, 1912, No. 63. 
 
 Barrfi (Jean-Baptiste) [1874- ]. *Etude sur 
 I'hygifene de la coqueluche. 44 pp. 8°. Paris, 
 1899, No. 465. 
 
 Barre (L.-A.) & Barre (Paul) fils. Manuel de 
 g^nie sanitaire. La ville salubre, avec une 
 preface par Louis Masson. viii, 340 pp 12° 
 Paris, J7-B. Bailli&re & fils, 1897. 
 
 ; . Manuel de g^nie sanitaire. La 
 
 maison salubre, avec une preface par Louis 
 Masson. 381 pp. 12°. Paris, J.-B. Baillih-e 
 dcfils, 1898. 
 
BAKRE. 
 
 360 
 
 BAREIE. 
 
 Barr6 (Louis). *Asphyxie locale des extr6mit6s 
 et albummurie. 65 pp. 8° Paris, 1903, No. 
 332. 
 
 Barrg (Louis) [1883- ]. *Le coeur de I'enfant 
 dans la scarlatine. Contribution k I'^tude du 
 ccBur dans les maladies infectieuses. 75 pp. 8° 
 Paris, 1910, No. 277. 
 
 Barre (Paul) fils. 
 
 See Barrt (L.-A.) & BarrS (Paul). Manuel de g^nie 
 ' saiiitaire[etc.]. 12°. Paris, 1897. 
 
 Barreau (Edmond-PMlippe-Olivier) [1877- ]. 
 *Contribution k l'6tude des kystes huileux 
 p§ri-orbitaire8. 66 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1904, 
 No. 101. 
 
 Barreau (Eugen [Hippolit Maria]) [1883- ]. 
 *Ueber die Wirkung von Blutplattclienstoffen 
 segen Milzbranderreger. 27 pp. 8°. Milnchen, 
 R. Olderibourg, 1909. 
 
 Barreau (Ferdinand). Le magn6tisme humain 
 en cour de Rome et en cour de cassation sous le 
 rapport religieux, moral et scientifique, suivi 
 d'une m^thode pratique appuy^e sur un grand 
 nombre d'exp&iences et de faits nouveaux. 
 xii, 808 pp. 12°. Paris, Sagnier & Bray, 1845. 
 
 Barreda (Lamberto). *Breves consideradones 
 sobre la anestesia general per el bicloruro de 
 metilena. 31 pp. 8°. Mexico, F.*Mata, 1885. 
 
 Barreda (Ricardo). *Estudio etiol6gico y pato- 
 g^nico de la calentura. 30 pp. 8° Mexico, 
 F. R. Blanco, 1878. 
 
 Barrel (Emile) [1871- ]. *De rh6miatroplue 
 faciale dans ses rapports avec les l&ions du 
 ganglion cervical irudrieur. [Lyon.] 76 pp. 
 8°. Bourg, 1902, No. 132. 
 
 Barrelier (Jacques) [1606-73]. 
 
 [Biography.] AlSbild. . . . d. Arank. verd. Gelehrten 
 [etc.], i°, Augsb., 1805, 62, port. 
 
 BarreU (Joseph) [1869- ]. 
 
 See Evolution (The) of the earth and its inhabitants, etc. 
 8°. New Haven, 1918. 
 
 Barrenecbea (Carmen). La moral y la higiene 
 puerperal 6 infantil ante la beneficencia munici- 
 pal, "vii, 24 pp. 8°. Madrid, A. M. Busta- 
 mente, [n. d.]. 
 
 Barrenscheen (Hermann K.) Neuere Methoden 
 der klinischen Mikroskopie. Supplement zu 
 Atlas und Grundriss der klinisclien Mikroskopie 
 von N. von Jagid. 4 p. 1., 39 pp., 7 pi. 8°. 
 Wkn & Leipzig, M. Perles, 1913. 
 
 Barrera (Jesus). *Del alcoholismo y algunas de 
 SUB formas. 25 pp. 8°. MSxico, J. Escalante 
 & Co., 1870. 
 
 BarrSre. Medical curiosities. 2 pi. fol. Paris, 
 [n. d.]. 
 
 Barrgre (Abel-Eugtoe) [1874^ ]. *Contribu- 
 tion k r^tude des tumeurs malignes du vagin 
 Chez les enfants. 37 pp., 2 1. 8°. Bordeaux, 
 1901, No. 26. 
 
 Barritre (Albert Marie Victor). A dictionary of 
 English and French military terms. 2 v. 12° 
 London, Hachette & Co., 1915. 
 
 Barrire (L.) *Contribution k I'^tude de la 
 paralysie gfodrale d'origine traumatique. 69 
 pp. 8°. Toulouse, 1910, No. 901. 
 
 BarrSre (Pierre) [1690?-1755]. Essai sur I'histoire 
 naturelle de la France 6quinoxiale, ou d^nom- 
 brement des plantes, des animaux et des min6- 
 raux, qui se Irouvent dans I'isle de Cayenne, les 
 isles de Remire, sur les c6tes de la mer, et dans 
 le continent de la Guyane. xxiv, 215 pp., 4 1. 
 16°. Paris, Piget, 1741. 
 
 . Nouvelle relation de la France 6qui- 
 
 noxiale, contenant la description des c6tes de la 
 Guiane; de I'Isle de Cayenne; le commerce de 
 cette colonie; les divers changemens arrives 
 
 BarrSre (Pierre) — continued, 
 dans ce pays; et les moeurs et co'dtumes des diff6- 
 rens peuples sauvages qui I'habitent. iv, 250 
 pp., 1 1., 16 pi., 1 map. 16°. Paris, Piget, 1743. 
 
 Barr^re (Pierre-Marie-Louis-L6on-Gabriel) [1880- 
 
 ]. *L'eau de mer en ingestion dans les dys- 
 
 pepsies; son influence sur la s^crdtion gastrique 
 
 et I'excr^tion urinaire. 168 pp., 11. 8°. Bor- 
 
 deaux, 1907, No. 89. 
 
 Barret (Georges) [1872- ]. *La maladie de 
 Basedow dans I'enfance. 98 pp. 8°. Paris, 
 1901, No. 109. 
 
 See, also, Leven (Gabriel & Barret (Georges). Badlo- 
 scopie [etc.]. 12°. Paris, 1909. 
 
 Barret (Jules-Maxime) [1879- ]. *La lutte 
 
 contre la poussifere des voies pubUques. 65 pp. 
 
 8°. Nancy, 1905, No. 27. 
 Barret (Paul) [1876- ]. *Contributionir6tude 
 
 de la chiruigie conservatrice des traumatismes du 
 
 pied, de reparation de Wladimirof-Mikulicz en 
 
 particuHer. 64 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1903, No. 134. 
 Barreto (L.) Prontuario de medicina legal y 
 
 jurisprudencia m^dica. iv, 198 pp., 1 1. 8°. 
 
 [Bogotd], 1890. 
 Barrett (Ashley W[illiam]). Dental surgery for 
 
 medical practitioners and students of medicine. 
 
 3. ed. xii, 152 pp. 8°. London, H. K. Lewis, 
 
 1897. 
 
 The same. 4. ed. xii, 159 pp. 12°. Lon- 
 
 don, H. K. Lewis, 1905. 
 Barrett (C. R. B.) The history of the Society of 
 Apothecaries of London, xxxix, 310 pp., 9 pi, 
 roy. 8° London, E. Stock, 1905. 
 
 Barrett {Charles WiUiam Sessions) [1857- 
 1915]. 
 
 Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1915, ii, 879. 
 
 Barrett (Howard). The management of chil- 
 dren. A book for mothers and nurses, xx, 653 
 pp. 8°. London, G. Rutledge & Sons, 1906. 
 
 Barrett (James F.) Organized labor and child 
 labor reform. 4 pp. 8°. New York, 1916. 
 
 Barrett (Kate Walter). Some practical sugges- 
 tions on the conduct of a rescue home. 115 pp. 
 8°. Washington, 1903. 
 
 Barrett (R. J.). 
 
 See Anglo-Alrlcan (The) [etc.). sm. 4°. London, 1905. 
 
 Barrett (W[imam] C[ary]) [1834-1903]. Oral 
 pathology and practice. A text-book for the use 
 of students in dental colleges and a hand-book 
 for dental practitioners, xii, 239 pp. 8°- Phil- 
 adelphia, 1898. 
 
 . The same. 2. ed. xii, 319.pp. 8°. PhiUv- 
 
 delphia, 1901. 
 
 For Biography, see Dental Office & Lab., Phila., 1903, 4. s., 
 xvii, 186 (J. Truman). 
 
 Barrett (Sir William Fletcher) [1844- ]. On 
 the threshold of the unseen; an examination of 
 the phenomena of spiritualism and of the evi- 
 dence for survival after death, xx, 336 pp. 8°. 
 London, K. Paul, Trench, Trubner & Co.; New 
 Ywk, E. P. Button & Co., 1917. 
 
 Barrey (Claude-Antoine) [1771-18371. De la vac- 
 cine et de ses eftets. 396 pp., 2 1., 5 tab. 8°. 
 Besan^on, Couchi, 1808. 
 
 . Histoire impartiale de la vaccine, ou 
 
 appreciation du bien qu'on lui attribue et du 
 mal qu'on lui impute, xx, 72 pp., 2 tab. 8°. 
 BesanQon, Veuve Daclin, [1831]. 
 
 Barreyre (Gustave) [1871- ]. *Des accidents 
 cons6cutifs aux injections mercurielles dans'le 
 ti'aitement de la syphilis. 127 pp. 8°. Paris, 
 1896, No. 25. 
 
 Barrie (Andrew David) [1842 '^1914]. 
 
 Obituary. Glasgow M. J., 1914, Ixxxi, 434. 
 
BARBIE. 
 
 361 
 
 BAEEOWS. 
 
 Barrie (Jean-Z^phyrfn) [1884- ]. *Valeur de 
 
 la n^phiectomie pour tuberculose umlaterale. 
 
 236 pp. 8°. Lyon; 1912, No. 24. 
 Barrier (Gustave) & Petit (Gabriel). Manuel 
 
 d'anatomie et de dissection du chevalde G. 
 
 Nicolet. 201 pp., 2 pi. 8°. Paris, Asselin & 
 
 Houzeau, 1908. 
 Barrier (Jean). *L'opotli6rapie des anciens; 
 
 ^tude historique des preparations therapeu- 
 
 tiques tiroes du rfegne animal. 94 pp. 8° 
 
 Paris, 1903, No. 94. 
 Barrier (Theodore). *Contribution k I'^tude de 
 
 la theobromine et de son pouvoir diur^tique. 
 
 118 pp. 8°. Toulouse, 1898, No. 296. 
 Barrigre (Emest-Jean-F61ix) [1876- ]. *Ex- 
 
 trait h^patique et affections du foie (cirrhose 
 
 atrophique, hypertrophique, foie cardiaque). 
 
 76 pp., 1 1. 8^ Bordeaux, 1903, No. 115. 
 BarriSre (Louis) [1884- ]. *Contribution k 
 
 retude de Turticaire pigmentaire. 102 pp. 8° 
 
 Lyon, 1910, No. 101. 
 Barrieu (Lionel) [1863- ]. *Contribution k 
 
 I'etude de la blennorrhagie simple chez 
 
 I'hoTnme; son traitement par les injections 
 
 d'buile iodoform6e. 61 pp. 8° Paris, 1898, 
 
 No. 82. 
 Barriga (Jos6 T.) *Breve estudio acerca de la 
 
 laringotomla y la traqueotomia. 92 pp. 8° 
 
 MSxico, J. J. Terrazas, 1894. [Also, in: P., v. 
 
 2178.1 
 Barrillon (Louis) [1870- ]. *Contribution 4 
 
 r^tude de la Ifepre S, Alger; essais de serotherapie 
 
 antildpreuse (methode de M. le Dr. Don Juan 
 
 de Dios Carasquilla). 99 pp. 8° Paris, 1898, 
 
 No. 596. 
 Barringer (Benjamin Stockwell) [1877- ]. 
 See Janeway (Henry Harrington). Radium therapy in 
 
 cancer [etc.]. roy. 8°. New York, 1917. 
 
 Barringer (Paul Brandon) [1857- ]. Cholera 
 and its prevention. A circular by the State 
 Board of Health. 8 pp. 8°. Richmond, 1893. 
 
 Barrington (Amy) & Pearson (Karl). A first 
 study of the inheritance of vision and of the 
 relative influence of heredity and environment 
 on sight. 61 pp., 52 tab. 4^. London, 1909. 
 
 Univ. Lond. Francis Gallon Lab. Natl. Eugenics. 
 Memoir v. 
 
 . A preliminary study of extreme 
 
 alcoholism in adults. 55 pp., 1 1. 4°. London, 
 
 DuUu & Co., 1910. 
 Barrio (Albert^Alexandre-Jean-Charles) [1884- 
 ]. *Contribution h, I'^tude de la grossesse 
 
 g^mellaire intra et extra-uterine combin^e. 
 
 60 pp. 8°- Paris, 1910, No. 332. 
 Barnos (Paul). *Contribution k I'etude de la 
 
 maladie de Duhring infantile. 82 Dp. 8° 
 
 Paris, 1900, No. 46. 
 Barritt (Alfred). 
 
 See Barritt (Wesley) & Barritt (Alfred). Tlie simplex 
 handbook of dental materia medlca [etc.]. 8°. London,, 
 1914. 
 
 Barritt (Wesley) & Barritt (AUred). The sim- 
 plex handbook of dental materia medica and 
 therapeutics; a simple tabulated classification 
 of drugs and remedies used in dental operations 
 and in the treatment of dental diseases, xi, 
 340 pp. obi. 8°. London, H. Kimpton, 1914. 
 
 Barrois (Jean) [1884- ]. Etude des eaux et 
 boues thermales de l'6tablissement d^partemen- 
 tal de Saint-Armand-les-Eaux (Nord). 152 pp. 
 8°. Lille, 1911, No. 3. 
 
 Barrois (Lfon-Joseph) [1874- ]. *Etude sur 
 lekho-sam. 2p. 1., 96pp., 21., 3pL 8°. Nancy, 
 1901, No. 16. 
 
 Barrois (Th[6odore-CharIea]) [1857- ]. 
 
 See Pufaicultureetliygi6ne[etc.][i»2. s.]. 12°. Paris, 
 1908. 
 
 Barron {George Betherton) [1822 ?-97]. 
 
 Obituary. Lancet, Lond., 1897, i, 848. Aho: Brit. M. 
 J., Lond.,1897, i, 756. 
 
 Barron {John) [1861-1918]. 
 
 Obituary. Med. Press, Lond., 1918, n. s., cv, 168. 
 Barros (Pedro). *Estudo cHnico sobre as chama- 
 
 das fracturas pathologicas. 115 pp. roy. 8°. 
 
 Rio de Janeiro, Carvalhaes, 1905. 
 Barros (Robert). *Des psychoses et des n6- 
 
 vroses au cours de racrom^galie. 66 pp. 8°. 
 
 Paris, 1908, No. 440. 
 de Barros de Andrade Lima (Jose) filho. *Ca- 
 
 deira de cUnica propedeutica; signal de Gartner; 
 
 estudo critico. 82 pp., 1 1. 8°. Rio de Janeiro, 
 
 J. Ayres & Co., 1905. 
 de Barros Macliado da Silva (Alvaro). *Da 
 
 orchidectomia dupla no tratamento da hyper- 
 
 trophia da prostata. 72 pp., 11. 4°. Rio de Ja- 
 
 netro, Maia & Niemeyer, 1899. 
 de Barros Terra (Antonio). Da segunda bulha 
 
 cardiaca. 91 pp. 4°. Rio de Janeiro, Rodrioues 
 
 & Co., 1904. ^^ 
 Barroso (Sebastiao). Mordeduras de cobra e seu 
 
 tratamento. 117 pp. 8° Rio de Janeiro, Lae- 
 
 mert & Co., 1889. 
 Barroso Nunes (Sebastiao). *Hematologia nas 
 
 psychoses e cerebro-psychoses. 4 p. 1., 69 pp., 
 
 1 1. 4°. Rio de Janeiro, 1904. 
 Barrough (Philip). The method of physicli, con- 
 taining the causes, signes, and cures of inward 
 
 diseases in man's body, from the head to the 
 
 foot, [etc.]. 8. ed. 7 p. 1., 477 pp., 3 1. «,°. 
 
 Jjondon, G. Miller, 1639. 
 
 Barrow {Benjamin) [1814-1901]. 
 
 Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1901, i, 745.— Pavy (F. W.) 
 [Biography.] Med.-Chir. Tr., Lond., 1902, Ixxxv, p. cl. 
 
 Barrow (Elisabeth N.) [1869- ]. 
 
 See Bjerre (Paul Carl). The history and practice ol 
 psychoanalysis [etc.]. 8°. Boston, 1916. 
 
 Barrows (Anna). Course in the use and prepa- 
 ration of vegetable foods for movable and corre- 
 spondence schools of agriculture. 98 pp. 8°. 
 Washington, 1912. 
 
 U.S. Dep.Agric. Off. exper. stations, Wash., 1912. Bull. 
 245.- 
 
 Barrows {Charles Clifford) [1857-1916]. 
 
 Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1916, Ixvi, 206. Also: 
 Med. Rec., N. Y., 1916, Ixxxix, 72. AUo: N. York M. J. 
 [etc.], 1916, dii, 80. Also: Science, Lancaster, Pa., 1916, 
 n. s., xlili, 528. 
 
 Barrows (David Prescott). *The ethno-botany 
 of the Coahuilla Indians of southern California. 
 82 pp. 8°. Chicago, 1900. 
 
 Barrows (H. K.) Surface water supply of New 
 England, 1906. 120 pp., 5 pi. 8° Washington, 
 Gov. Print. Office, 1907. 
 
 U. S. Dep. Int. Geol. Survey. Water-supply and irri- 
 gation paper No. 201. 
 
 . Surface water supply of the United States, 
 
 1909. Part I. North Atlantic coast. 309 pp., 
 5 pi. 8°. Washington, Gov. Print. Office, 1911. 
 U. S. Dep. Int. Geol. Survey. Water-supply paper 
 No. 261. 
 
 & Babb (C. C.) Water resources of the 
 
 Penobscot River basin, Maine. 285 pp., 19 pi. 
 
 8°. Washington, Gov. Print. Office, 1911. 
 U. S. Dep. Int. Geol. Survey. Water-supply paper 
 
 No. 279. ^i-Jfi^ 
 
 & Grover (N. C.) Surface water supply of 
 
 Hudson, Passaic, Raritan, and Delaware river 
 .drainage, 1906. 77 pp., 2 pi. 8°. Washington, 
 Gov. Print. Office, 1907. 
 
 U. S. Dep. Int. Geol. Survey. Water-supply and irri- 
 gation paper No. 202. 
 
 & Horton (A. H.) Surface water supply 
 
 of Great Laltes and St. Lawrence River drainage, 
 
BARROWS. 
 
 362 
 
 BARTEL. 
 
 Barrows (H. K.) & Horton (A. H.)— continued. 
 1906. 98 pp., 2 pL, 1 map. 8°. WashiTigton, 
 Gov. Print. Office, 1907. 
 
 U.S. Dep.Int. Geol. Survey. Water.supply and irriga- 
 tion paper No. 208. 
 
 Barrows (Samuel June) [1845-1909]. The crimi- 
 nal insane in the United States and in foreign 
 countries. Report by . . ., commissioner for the 
 United States on the International Prison Com- 
 mission. 55. Cong., 2. sess. S. Doc. No. 273. 
 May 24, 1898. 81 pp. 8°. Washington, Gov. 
 Print. Office, 1898. 
 
 . The reformatory system in the United 
 
 States. Reports prepared for the International 
 Prison Commission. 56. Cong., 1. sess. H. R. 
 Doc. No. 459. Feb. 26, 1900. Ref. to the Com- 
 mittee on the Judiciary. 240 pp., 31 pi. 8°. 
 Washington, Gov. Print. Office, 1900. 
 
 Prison systems of the United States. Re- 
 
 ports prepared for the International Prison 
 Commission.- 56. Cong., 1. seas. H. R. Doc. 
 No. 566. April 3, 1900. Ref. to Committee on 
 the Judiciary. 157 pp. 8°. Washington, Gov. 
 Print. Office, 1900. 
 
 New legislation concerning crimes, mis- 
 
 demeanors, and penalties. " .Compiled from the 
 laws of the Fifty-fifth Congress and' from the 
 session laws of the States and Territories for 
 1897 and 1898. 56. Cong., 1. sess. S. Doc. No. 
 283. xxiv, 480 pp. 8°. Washington, Gov. 
 Print. Office, 1900. 
 ; — .- Penal codes of France, Germany, Bel- 
 
 fium, and Japan. Reports prepared for the 
 ntemational Prison Commission. 56. Cong., 
 2. sess. H. R. Doc. No. 489. Feb. 25, 1901. 
 Ref. to Committee on the Judiciary, x, 158 pp. 
 8°. Washington, Gov. Print. Office, 1901. 
 
 For Biofraphy, see Monatschr. f. Krim.-Psychol. [etc.], 
 Heidelb., 1910, vii, 103-106 (G. Stammer). 
 
 Barroyer (Prosper-Oharles-G-ustave) [1876- ]. 
 *Les sarcomes de I'orbite ; leur pronostic. 70 pp., 
 1 1. 8°. Lille, A. Maason, 1900, No. 8. 
 
 Barrucco (Nicol6). Dei processi blenorragici. 
 2pts. 320 pp.; 288 pp., Rthograph. 12°. Bo- 
 logna, 1897-8. 
 
 . Del meccanismo valvolare degli sfinteri 
 
 dell' uretra maschile in rapporto ai processi ble- 
 norragici secondo le nuove e razionali teorie 
 d' interpretazione e di uno schema meccanico 
 dimostrativo. 20 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Bologna, L. 
 Beltrami, 1898. 
 
 -. II cistoscopio nel diagnostico e nella cura 
 
 delle malattie della vescica orinaria e dei reni. 
 
 44 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Bologna, L. Beltrami, 1898. 
 Barrufi (A.) *Contribution5,r6tudedes troubles 
 
 mentaux de la pellagre. 77 pp. 8°. Toulouse, 
 
 J. Fournier, 1910, No. 909. 
 Barruol (Gabriel) [1870- ]. *Etude clinique 
 
 sur les compUcationa cardiaques de la blennor- 
 
 rhagie. 94 pp. 4°. Paris, 1896, No. 113. 
 Barrus (Clara). Nursing the insane, x, 409 pp. 
 
 8°. New York, Macmillan'Co., 1908. 
 
 Barry (Andrew) [1843-1915]. 
 
 Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lend., 1915, ii, 626. Also: Glas- 
 gow M. J., 1915, Ixxxiv, 443. 
 
 Barry (Sir Edward) [1696-1776]. Observations, 
 historical, critical, and medical, on the wines of 
 the ancients, and the analogy between them, 
 and modem wines. With general observations 
 on the principles and qualities of water, and in 
 particufer on those of Bath, xii, 479 pp., 1 pi. 
 4°. London, T. Cadell, 1775. 
 
 For Biography, see Dublin J. M. Sc, 1909, exxvlii, 442-461 
 [port.] (T. i". 0. larkpatriok). 
 
 Barry (Frederick William) [1850-97]. 
 
 Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lend., 1897, ii, 1127. Also: Lan- 
 cet, Lend., 1897, ii, 1016. Also: Tr. Epidemiol. Soo. Lond., 
 1897-8, n. s., xvii, 123-125. 
 
 Barry (James) [1795-1865]. 
 
 Rogers (E.) The grave of James Barry. Lancet, Lond., 
 1910, ii, 1115. 
 
 Barry (James Metge). Registration of births and 
 deaths in Ireland; the importance of extending 
 the law to that portion of the Kingdom, modi- 
 fied to meet the requirements of Ireland. 28 pp. 
 12°. Dublin, J. M. 0' Toole & Son, 1862. 
 
 Barry (Richard). Who betrays the working girl? 
 pp. 175-181. 8°. New York, 1911. 
 CvMing from: Pearson's Mag., N. Y., 1911, xxv. 
 
 Barry (William F.) The hygiene of the school- 
 room. 2. ed. xi, 195 pp. 8°. New York, 
 Silver, Burdett & Co., [1904]. 
 
 . The same. Revised ed. x (1 1.), 195 pp. 
 
 12°. New York, Boston & Chicago, Silver, 
 Burdett & Co., [1909]. 
 
 Barsalou (Frangois). *Contribution k I'^tude 
 des myopies traumatiques. 122 pp. 8°. Tow- 
 louse, 1910, No. 879. 
 
 Barsanti (Angelo). Tracoma. 71 pp., 2 ch. 8°. 
 Lucca, A. Landi, 1908. 
 
 Barse (Ren6) [1878- ]. *Les operations cor- 
 rectrices des rtood^viations de l'ut6rus et 
 leurs r^sultats. ix, 11-146 pp. 8° Montpellier, 
 1905, No. 88. 
 
 Barsickow ([Franz] Emil Waldemar) [1882- ]. 
 *Ueber Appendicitis im Bruchsack. 28 pp. 
 8°. TuUngen, 1910. 
 Bepr./ram: Beitr. z. kiln. Chir., Tiibing., 1910, Ixviii. 
 
 Barsickow (Max). Ueber das sekundare Dicken- 
 wachstum der Palmen in den Tropen. 33 pp. 
 8°. Wiirzburg, 1901. 
 
 Forms No. 8, v. 24, n. F., of: Verliandl. d. phys.-med. 
 Geseilsch. zu Wiirzb. 
 
 B&rsony (Janos). A gyermekagyi Mzr61. [Puer- 
 peral fever.] 292 pp., 2 1., 19 tab. 8°. Buda- 
 pest, 1912. 
 
 Bart (V[ilhelm] I[vanoyich]) [1870- ]. *For- 
 maUn, kak konserviruyushtsheye preparati 
 pri sudebno-khimicheskildi izslledovaniyakh. 
 [. . . a preservative of preparations in forensic 
 chemical investigations.] 110 pp., 2 1. 8°. 
 S.-Peterburg, G. J. Zarkhi, 1904. 
 Pharmacy. 
 
 Bartali (Giorgio). Acqua e suolo, a proposito di 
 
 una epidemia di ileo-tifo. 20 pp. 12°. Siena, 
 
 E. Torrini, 1896. 
 . Sulla sierodiagnosi dell' ileotifo. 8 pp. 
 
 8°. Siena, E. Torrini, 1897. 
 Bartel (Fr. Wilhelm). *Ueber den Wert des 
 
 Fibrolysins. [Bern.] 25 pp. 8°. Berlin, R. 
 
 Trenkel, 1909. 
 Bartel (Friedrich). *Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis 
 
 der spontanen BLerzruptur. 50 pp. 8°. Erlan- 
 
 gen, Junge & Sohn, 1904. 
 Bartel (Julius). Probleme der Tuberkulosefrage. 
 
 vi (1 1.), 147 pp. roy. 8°. Leipzig & Wien, F. 
 
 Deuticke, 1909. 
 
 Ueber Morbiditilt und Mortalitat des 
 
 Menschen^ zugleich ein Beitrag zur Fraee der 
 Konstitution. iv (1 1.), 95 pp. roy. 8° Leipzig 
 & Wien, F. Deuticke, 1911. 
 
 . Status thymicolymphaticus und Status 
 
 hypoplasticus : ein Beitrag zur Konstitutions- 
 lehre von J. Bartel; mit emer allgemein orien- 
 tierenden Statistik von Bartel und [K.l Bauer, 
 iv (1 1.), 112 pp., 4 pi. 4°- Leipzig & Wien, F. 
 Deuticke, 1912. 
 
BARTEL. 
 
 363 
 
 BARTH. 
 
 Bartel (Martm) [1879- ]. *Das Adenom der 
 Nase. 38 pp., 1 1. 8°. Kdnigsberg i. Pr., 0. 
 Kummel, 1905. 
 
 Bartels (Ernst) [1872- ]. *Cy8ticercus fasdo- 
 laris. Anatomie, Beitrage zur _ Entwicklung 
 und TJmwandlung in Tsenia crassicollis. [Gies- 
 Ben.] 58 pp. 8°. Jena, G. Fischer, 1902. 
 
 Bartels (Franz) [1876- ]. *Lebernipturen 
 nach Kontusionen. 42 pp., 1 1. 8°- Berlin, G. 
 Schade, [1904]. 
 
 Bartels (Pranz Friedrich Wilhelm) [1877- ]. 
 *Zur Funktionsprufung der Leber bei Scbwan- 
 geren. 26 pp. 8°. Halk, C. A. Kaemmerer & 
 Co., 1901. 
 
 Bartels (H. J.) Het leven der ouders, de ge- 
 boorte van bet kind en de behandeling van 
 kraamvrouw en zuigeKng bij de natuurvolken 
 in verband met de afstammingBleer. 16 pp. 
 8°. Amsterdam, M. Lobo, 1905. 
 
 Bartels (Heinrich) [1882- ]. *Ueber Wund- 
 infektion im Kriege. 55 pp. 8°. Berlin, E. 
 Ebering, 1909. 
 
 Bartels (Karl) [1878- ]. *Beitrag zur patholo- 
 gischen Anatomie der Keratitis disciformis. 
 37 pp., 1 1., 1 pi. 8°- Rostock, Adler's Erben, 
 1907. 
 
 Bartels (Martin). *Ueber Blutgefasse des Auges 
 bei Glaukom und tiber experimentelles Glau- 
 kom durch. Versperrung von vorderen abfuhren- 
 den Blutbahnen. HabiUtationsschrift. [Mar- 
 burg.] 95 pp. 8°. Berlin, 8. Karger, 1905. 
 
 Bartels (Martin August) [1875- ]. *Ueber 
 Encephalo-myelo-meningifis diffusa bsemorrha- 
 gica mit endophlebitischen Wucherungen. 
 rstrassburg i. E.] 44 pp., 2 pi., 11. 8°. Berlin, 
 L. Schwnacher, 1902. 
 BepT.from: Arch. I. Psychiat., Berl., 1902, xxxvi. 
 
 Bartels (Max[imilian Carl August]) [1843-1904]. 
 Die Medicin der Naturvolker. Ethnologiflche 
 Beitrage zur Urgeschichte der Medicin. xii, 
 361 pp. 8°. Leipzig, T. Grieben, 1893. 
 
 See, also. Floss (Hermaim Heinrich) [in 2. s.]. Das 
 Weib in der Natur- und VSlkerkunde, [etc.]. 8°. Leipzig, 
 1904-5. 
 
 For Biography, see Deutsche med. V^chnschr., Leipz. & 
 Berl., 1904, xxx, 1727 (A. Lissauer). Also: Mitt. a. anthrop. 
 Gesellsch. in Wien, 1905, xxxv, 118. 
 
 Bartels (Oskar) [1875- 
 Nebennieren. 32 pp., 2 
 Sell, 1898. 
 
 Bartels (Paul). Das Lymphgefassystem. sdi, 280 
 pp. 8°. Jena, G. Fischer, 1909. 
 
 See, also, Ploss (Heinrich) & Bartels (Paul). Das Weib 
 [etcj. 8°. Leipzig,190S. 
 
 For Biography, see Anat. Anz., Jena, 1914, xlvi, 201-211. 
 
 Bartels (RoU). *Ein Fall vqn Aneurysma der 
 Carotis interna dextra iim Sinus cavemosus mit 
 doppelseitiger Stauungspapille. [Erlangen.] 24 
 pp., 1 pi., 1 1. 8°. Wurzburg, H. Sfiirtz, 1903. 
 
 Bartels (Wilhebn). *Beitrage zur Statistik der 
 CboleUthiaeis. 44. pp., 1 1. 8° Gottingen, 
 W. F. Kaestner, 1898. 
 
 Bartels (Wilhehn) [1870- ]. Beitrag zur Be- 
 handlung der Brucheinklemmungen im Saug- 
 lingsalter. 15 pp. 8°. Kiel, P. Peters, 1901. 
 
 Bartelt (Ernst) [1880- ]. *Ueber einen Fall 
 von Tumor der grossen (jangUen. 11 pp., 2 1. 
 8°. Kiel, H. H. Peters, 1904. 
 
 Bartelt (Richard). *Ueber Pulsionsdivertikel 
 des Oesophagus. 23 pp. 8°- Freiburg i. B., 
 Sveyer & Kaerner, 1898. 
 
 Barten (Erich Karl Ludwig) [1877- ]. *Ein 
 Beitrag zur Kenntnis der acuten Alcoholpsy- 
 chosen. 36 pp., 21. 8°. Cfreifswald, H. Aaler, 
 1902. 
 
 ]. *Zur Chirurgie der 
 II. 8° Greifswald, C. 
 
 Barten (Kurt Albert) [1880- ]. *Ueber die 
 
 Folgen aseptisch eingeheilter Kupferstiickchen 
 
 im Auge. 27 pp. 8°. Greifswald, H. Adler, 1908. 
 Bartenbacb (Karl) [1887- _ ]. *Ueber die Re- 
 
 sorptionsfahigkeit der tierischen Haut fur Jod- 
 
 kalium in verschiedenen Salbengrundlagen. 
 
 74 pp., 11. 8°. Giessen,0. Kindt, l^m. 
 Bartensteln (Friedreich Wilhelm). *Ueber 
 
 einen Fall von Osteomalacie mit besonderer Be- 
 
 riicksichtigung der Entstehungstheorien. 35 pp. 
 
 8°. Freiburg %. B., E. M. Poppen & Sohn, 1897. 
 Bartenstein (Konrad Ludwig) [1874- ]. *Zur 
 
 Bekampfung der Phtise. 38 pp.. 11. 8'^ Bres- 
 
 lau, 1900. 
 Bartensteln (L[udwig]) & Tada (G.) Beitrage 
 
 zur Lungenpathologie der Sixuglinge. 2 p. 1., 82 
 
 pp., 9 pi., 9 1. 8° Leipzig & Wien, F. Deuticke, 
 
 1907. 
 Barth (Adolf). *Ueber das Verhalten des linken 
 
 Ventrikels bei Mitralstenose. 31pp. 8° Ziirich, 
 
 H. Fischer, 1899. 
 Barth (Adolf) [1852- ]. *Ueber den gegen- 
 
 wartigen Stand der Hals-, Nasen- und (3hren- 
 
 heilkunde. [Habilitationsschrift.] 24 pp. 8°. 
 
 Leipzig, J. A. Barth, 1899. 
 . Ueber die Bildung der menschlichen 
 
 Stimme und ihres Klanges beim Singen und 
 
 Sprechen vom physiologisch - physikaUschen 
 
 Standpunkte betrachtet. 71 pp. 8°. Leipzig, 
 
 J. A. Barth, 1904. 
 . Klang und Tonhohe der Sprechstimme. 
 
 51 pp. 12°. Leipzig, J. A. Barth, 1906. 
 Barth (Alexander) [1875- ]. *Ueber Ureter- 
 
 verletzungen bei Laparotomien. 33 pp. 8°. 
 
 Kiel, H. Fiencke, 1900. 
 Barth [Arthur]. Ueber funktioneUe Nierendiag- 
 
 nostik. 27 pp. 8° Berlin. H. Komfeld, 1908. 
 Forms 245. Hit., v. 20, oJ: Beri. Klinik. 
 
 Barth (Carl Heinrich) [1879- ]. *Ueber 
 
 Recidive bei- crouposer Pneumonie. 27 pp., 2 
 
 ch. 8°. Leipzig, B. Geargi, 1904. 
 Barth (Christian). *Zur Behajidlung der Struma 
 
 mit Thyreoidin. 42 pp., 11. 8°. Wilrzburg, N. 
 
 Seubert 1899. 
 Barth (Engelbert) [1872- ]. *Ueber hysteri- 
 
 sche Schlafzustande. 24 pp., 1 1. 8° Kiel, 
 . E. Fiencke, 1898. , 
 
 Barth (Ernst [Alfred Max]) [1863- ]. Ueber 
 
 den gesundheithchen Wert des Singens. vi, 
 
 51 pp. 12°. Leipzig, Breitkoff & Eartel, 
 
 1898. 
 . Einfiihrung in die Physiologie, Patholo- 
 
 gie und Hygiene der menschlichen Stimme. 
 
 xiv (1 1.), 509 pp., 2 col. pi. 4°. Leipzig, G. 
 
 Thieme, 1911. 
 . Therapeutisches Taschenbuch der Ohren- 
 
 heilkunde. vui, 138 pp. 8°. Berlin, E. 
 
 Karnfeld, 1911. 
 Barth (Ernst Carl) [1879- ]. *Beitrage zur 
 
 Pathologie und Therapie der intermittierenden 
 
 Hydronephrose. 38 pp., 1 1. 8°. Leipzig, B. 
 
 Geargi, 1904. 
 Barth (FeHx). *Ueber den Erfolg von 90 eitri- 
 
 gen Adnex-Operationen ausgefiihrt in der Uni- 
 
 versitats-FrauenkUnik zu Basel in den Jahren 
 
 1901-8. [Basel.] 77 pp. 8° Romanshorn, L. 
 
 Koch, 1910. 
 Barth (Friedrich). AerztUcher Ratgeber bei der 
 
 Pflege und Emahrung des Kindes, nebst Anlei- 
 
 tung zur ersten Hiilfe in Erkrankungsfallen, 
 
 bei Vergiftungen und ausseren Einwirkungen. 
 
 In Frage und Antwort leichtfassUch dargestellt. 
 
 128 pp. 12°. Koln, J. P. Bachem, [1901]. 
 
BARTH. 
 
 364 
 
 BARTHELEMY. 
 
 Barth (Georg) [1884- ]. *Ueber die Bezie- 
 hungen der Migrane zu anderen Nervenkrank- 
 heiten. 38 pp., 11. 8°. Leipzig, E. Hermann, 
 1909. 
 
 Barth (George). Oxygen a remedy in disease. 
 32 pp. 12°. London, H. Bailliire, 1865. 
 
 Barth (Hans). *Ueber Vorkommen, Nachweis 
 und Bestimmung der Oxalsaure im Harn. 
 [Freiburg i. BJ 32 pp. 8°. Stuttgart, l^OZ. 
 
 Barth (J.-E.-Henri) [1853- ]. Terapiya 
 
 bolieznei dlkhatelnikh organov. Perevod b 
 frantzuskavo M. Liona. [Treatment of diseases 
 of the respiratory organs. Transl. from the 
 French by M. Lion.] 208 pp. 8°. Moskva, 
 A. A. Kartseff, 1896. 
 
 . S^miologie de I'appareil respiratoire. 
 
 164 pp. 8°. Paris, J.-B. Bailliire & fils, 1908. 
 Forms No. 28 of: N. traits de m4d. et de tMrap., Par. 
 See, also, Bafliay (A.) [in 2. s.J. Les d^s^quilibrfe [etc.]. 
 8°. Pom, 1903. 
 
 Barth (Jean-Baptiste-Philippe) [1806-77] & Roger 
 (Henri). Trait6 pratiijue d'auscultation, suivi 
 d'un precis de percussion. 6. 6d. xvi, 704 pp. 
 12°. Paris, P. Asselin, 1865. 
 
 . The same. _ Trattato pratico di 
 
 ascoltazione, ossia esposizione metodica delle 
 diverse applicazioni di questo mezzo diagnos- 
 tico alio steto fisiologico e morboso dell' orga- 
 nismo. Versione con note del Carlo Caaaris. 
 V. 1. 158 pp. 8°. Pavia, tipogr. Bizzoni, 1844. 
 rp Y 2232 I 
 
 Barth (Joseph) [1745-1918]. 
 
 SeeAiilaiigsgTUndedeiMuskeUe]ire,[etc.]. fol. Wien, 
 1786. 
 
 Barth (Jules). *Sur un nouveau colorimfetre et 
 sur I'analyse colorim^trique de quelques subs- 
 tances. 76 pp., 1 1. 8°. Genive, Taponnier & 
 Soldini, WOi. 
 
 r. *Sur une nouvelle m6thode de recherche 
 
 de I'acide sulfhydrique dans I'air. 36 pp. 8°. 
 Geneve, Reggiam & Renaud, 1909. 
 
 Barth (Justus). Norr^naskaller. Crania antiqua 
 in parte onentali Norvegiae meridionalis _ m- 
 venta. En Studie fra Universitetets Anatomiske 
 Institut . . . Udgivet ved G. A. Guldberg. vi 
 (1 1.), 197 pp., 1 1., 10 pi. roy. 8°. Christmnia, 
 A. N. Br0gger, 1896. 
 
 . Meddelelser fra Kristiania f^dselsstiftelse. • 
 
 84 pp. 8°. Kristiania, Stem, 1906. 
 
 Barth (Karl). *Ueber einen Fall traumatischer 
 Erkrankung am unteren Ende des Rticken- 
 marks. 32 pp. 8°. Freihurgi. B., 19,^9. 
 
 Barth (Otto Emil) [1887- 1. *Ein Beitrag zur 
 Wirkung der Opium-Alkaloide unter beson- 
 derer Berucksichtigung des Pantopons. [Tubin- 
 gen.] lp.l.,35pp. 8°- Leipzig, F.CW.Vogel, 
 1912. 
 
 Rem. from: Arch. I. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 
 1912, Ixx. 
 
 Barth (P[aur]). Schlaf und Sonntag und deren 
 
 fesundheithche Bedeutung. 15 pp. 16°. 
 iasel, C. P. Lmdorff, 1899. 
 Barth (Viktor Walter) [1881- ]. *Intrahepa- 
 
 tische Cholelithiaais und deren Behandlung 
 
 durch langdauemde Hepaticusdrainage. 43 pp. 
 
 8°. Leipzig, B. Georgi, 1907. 
 Barth (Wilhelm). *tJeber den angeborenen 
 
 VerschlusB des Ureter mit cystenartiger Vor- 
 
 wolbung desselben in die Hamblase. 45 pp., 1 
 
 pi. 8°. Giessen, C. von Milnchmu, 1897. 
 Barthas (Edouard) [1880- ]. *Rapports de la 
 
 tuberculose laryngee et de la grossesse. 72 pp. 
 
 8°. Paris, 1907, No. 225. 
 Barthas (Landrieu-Th6r6se). *L'enseignement 
 
 scolaire de la pu6riculture. 65 pp. 8° Paris, 
 
 1909, No. 452. 
 
 Barthe (Jules-Th6odore-:6miIe) [1875- ]. *Des 
 divers proc^d^s d'exploration r6nale et en par- 
 ticuUer de la resection du parenchyme r^nal au 
 point de vue du diagnostic ou de la n^phropsie. 
 90 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1899, No. 45. 
 
 Barthe (L6once) [1857- ]. Toxicologie chi- 
 mique. 2 p. 1., lii, 580 pp. 8°. Paris, Vigot 
 frires, 1918. 
 
 Barthe de Sandfort (E.) De I'ambrine, k^ri- 
 r6sine, analg^sique, resolutive, aseptique. 43 
 pp. 8°. Paris, G. Picquoin, 1904. 
 
 ., Traitement des brtilures par la m^thode 
 
 du Dr. Barthe de Sandfort; instructions pra- 
 tiques pour I'application de I'ambrine. 7 pp. 
 8°- Paris, 1916. 
 
 The same. Treatment of bums by the 
 
 method of Dr. Barthe de Sandfort; practical 
 
 instructions for the application of ambrine. 7 
 
 pp. 8°. Paris, 1916. 
 Barthel (Chr.) Methods used in the examina- 
 tion of milk and dairy products. Transl. by W. 
 
 Goodwin. 260 pp. 8°. London, Macmillan & 
 
 Co., 1910. 
 Barthel (Beinhold Karl) [1875- J. *Ueber 
 
 Geburten nach Vagino- und Vesicofixatio uteri. 
 
 39 pp., 2-1. 8°. Halle a. S., C. A. Kaemmerer & 
 
 Co., 1899. 
 Barthel (Theodor). *Ueber den Bakterienge- 
 
 halt der Luftwege. [Erlangen.] 26 pp. 8°. 
 
 Jena, G. Fischer, 1898. 
 Barthelat (Gilbert-Joseph). *Les mucorin^es 
 
 pathogfenes et les mucormycoses -chez les ani- 
 
 maux et chez I'homme. 126 pp., 11. 8°. Paris, 
 
 1903, No. 155. 
 Barthelemy (Albert) [1880- T^ *Contribution 
 
 k retude du lait consomm6 S, Nancy. 2 p. 1., 
 
 xxi (11.), 105 pp., 8°. JVanc?/, 1907, No. 29. 
 Fharmacie; concours. 
 
 Barthelemy [Auguste-Marseille] [1796 - 1867]. 
 Cholera-morbus; pequeno poema traducido pelo 
 Dr. Luiz Vicente De-Simoni. 15 pp. 12°. Rio 
 de Janeiro, E. Seignot-Plancher, 1832. 
 Portuguese and French text. 
 
 Barth£lemy (E.) De I'examen de I'oeil au point 
 de vue de I'aptitude au service militaire. 247 
 pp., 13 pi. 12°. Paris, A. Malmne, 1903. 
 
 Barthelemy (Mile. E.) [1871- ]. *Contribu- 
 tion &. retude du Styrax officinale, viii, 53 pp. 
 8°. Montpellier, 1895, No. 586. 
 
 Barthelemy (Edmond). _ Essai de coprologie 
 microscopique; diagnostic microscopique des 
 maladies parasitaires ^ protozoaires et h, hel- 
 minthes. Preface du professeur-agr6gd Jacques 
 Carles. 128 pp.; 5 pi. 8°. Paris, Vigot frires, 
 1917. 
 
 Barthelemy (Francis) [1876- ]. * De I'in- 
 fiuence du milieu hospitaUer dans revolution 
 des maladies infantiles. vi, 127 pp. 8°. Pa- 
 ris, 1903, No. 383. 
 
 Bartbeiemy (Georges). *Diagnostic pr^coce de 
 la tuberculose pulmonaire chromque chez 
 I'adulte par les singes d'auscultation et la m6- 
 thode d'examen chnique de M. le Professeur 
 Grancher. 55 pp. 8°. Paris, 1907, No. 392. 
 
 Bartheiemy (Henri) [1879- ]. *Influence de 
 la voie d'introduction sur le developpement des 
 effets pr6ventifs et curatifs des s6rums antitoxi- 
 ques; 6tude exp6rimentale. 99 pp. 8°. Lyon, 
 1902, No. 90. 
 
 Bartheiemy (Marc) [1881- 1 *Indications 
 th^rapeutiques dans les n^vralgies rebelles et 
 regeneration nerveuse. Etude clinique, expe- 
 rimentale et critique. 142 pp. 8°. Nancy, 
 1906, No. 23. 
 
BAETHELEMY. 
 
 365 
 
 BARTHOLINUS. 
 
 Barthglemy [Maurius-Jules] & Varenne (Georges). 
 Manuel d'hygifene navale &. I'usage des capi- 
 taines, des omciers et des flfeves de la marine 
 marchande. 1 p. 1., 371 pp. 8°. Paris, A. 
 Challamel, 1907. 
 
 Barthelemy [P.-Toussaint] [1850-1906]. 
 
 DiscouTS prononcfe aux obsfeques. Syphilis, Par., 1906, 
 iv, 483-492. 
 
 Barthglemy (Paul) [1883- 1. *Confommtion 
 du thorax et modifications des bruits respira- 
 toires chez les enfants qui ont de grosses hyper- 
 trophies cardiaques. 90 pp. 8°. Paris, 1910, 
 No 258. -i ^f 
 
 Barthelemy [Pierre]. Sac lombaire et aU6g6 du 
 chargement du fantassin; ses rapports avec le 
 deyeloppement de la tuberculosa dans I'infan- 
 terie; necessity d'adopter le chargement lom- 
 baire et d'alleger le poids du sac et de I'equipe- 
 ment roilitaire; moyens dV parvenir; avec la 
 collaboration du capitaiae Eychfene. 87 pp. 8° 
 Paris, A. Maloine, 1904. 
 
 L'aHmentation du soldat; considerations 
 
 th&)riques et pratiques h I'usage des officiers. 
 2 p. 1., 58 pp., 2 tab. 12° Paris, A. Maloine, 
 1908. 
 
 BarthSIemy (Prosper). *De la pneumonie pen- 
 dant la grossesse. 34 pp., 1 1. 4°. Toulouse, 
 1891, No. 6. 
 
 Barttaeiemy (Ren6) [1878- ]. *Maladie 
 osseuse de Paget chez rhomme et maladie du 
 son chez le cheval. Analogie de ces deux 
 maladies. 54 pp. 8°. Lyon, A. Storck & Cie., 
 
 1901, No. 23. 
 
 Barthelme (Alfred) [1878- ]. *Erfahrungen 
 uber Stich- und Schussverletzungen des Thorax 
 in der Strassburger chiruigischen TJniversitafs- 
 kUnik. 100 pp. 8°. Strasshurqi. E., Miih & 
 Co., 1905. 
 
 Barthelme (Karl) [187&- ]. *Zwei FaUe von 
 Pityriasis rubra Hebrse. 40 pp., 11. 8°. Strass- 
 hurg i. E., C. & J. Goeller, 1902. 
 
 Barthelmes (Fiiedrich). *Ueber einen Fall von 
 Angina pectoris bei hochgradiger Sklerose der 
 Coronararterien. 24 pp., 2 1. 8°. Erlanqen, 
 A. Vollrath, 1901. 
 
 Barthels (Julius) [1876- ]. *Beitrag zur 
 Operation des Carcinotoa uteri. 53 pp. 8° 
 Berlin, E. Ebering, 1911. 
 
 BarthSs _(J[oseph]) [1878- ]. *Des vomisse- 
 ments incoercibles de la grossesse et de leur 
 traitement par la ventouse mammaire. 55 pp., 
 1 1. 8°. Montpellier, 1904, No. 59. 
 
 Barthes (Joseph) [1881- J. *Contribution k 
 r^tude de 1 'intervention chiruigicale dans la 
 gangrfene pulmonaire. 63 pp., 2 1. 8° Mont- 
 pellier, 1908, No. 35. 
 
 Barthes (Louis-Charles). *De la luxation pro- 
 gressive du poignet chez I'adolescent et chez 
 I'adulte. 52 pp. 8°. Paris, 1904, No. 495. 
 
 BartbSs (Paul-Louis) [1877- ]. *AlcoolLsme; 
 causes; d^but; traitements. 112 pp. 8°. Paris, 
 
 1902, No. 26. 
 
 Barttaez (Antoine-Charles-Emest) [1811-91] & 
 Billiet (Fr6d6ric). Traits clioique et pratique 
 des maladies des enfants. 2. ed. 3 v. 8°. 
 Paris, G. Bailliire, 1853. 
 
 BarthSz (Frangois) [1801-69]. Examen de la 
 doctrine homoeopathique. 104 pp. 8°. Mont- 
 pellier, J. Martel, 1858. 
 
 Barthez (Paul JosepJi) [1734-1806]. 
 
 Fiesslnger (C.) La th&apeutlque de P.-J. Barthez. In 
 his: Th&ap. d. vieux nlaitres, 8°, Par., 1897, 263-270.— 
 Grasset (J.) Le centenaire de Barthez. Montpel. mfid., 
 1904, xviii, 345-351.— Trials of a court physidan. Brit. M. J. , 
 liond., 1913, i, 1077.— Vlrte (J.) Bartnez, blologiste. Pranoe 
 
 Barthez (PaulJosepJi) [1734-1806]. 
 
 mM., Par., 1906, lii, 117-121. Aho: Montpel mM., 1905, xx, 
 625-636. . Barthez, r^formateur de la medecine pra- 
 tique. France m6d.. Par., 1905, lii, 138-142. Also: Moatpel. 
 m^., 1905, xxi, 49-60. 
 
 Barthez (Raymond) [1874- ]. *De la resection 
 
 dans I'osteomyelite. 163 pp., 3 pi. 8°. Paris, 
 
 1902, No. 453. 
 . The same. 5 p. 1., 163 pp. 8°. Paris, G. 
 
 Steinheil, 1902. 
 Bartholdy (Kurt). *Beitrage zur Anatomie der 
 
 Nahte des Schadeldaches. 30 pp. 8°. Strass- 
 
 burgi. E., C. Miih & Co., 1899. 
 
 Bartholin's glarvd. 
 
 See Grenitals {Female, Glands of). 
 
 Bartbolinus (Caspar) [senior'] [1585-1629]. En- 
 chiridion metaphysicum ex philosophorum cory- 
 phsei, Aristotelis, optimorumque eius interpre- 
 tum monumentis adomatum. 2 p. 1., 28 pp. 
 12°. Francofurti, P. Museulics & R. Pistonus, 
 1610. 
 
 Bound vHth: Magibus (J.) Physiologiae [etc.]. 12°. 
 Franco/., 1610. 
 
 . Opuscula quatuor singularia: I. De uni- 
 
 comu eiusque afflnibus et succedaneis. II. De 
 lapide nephritico et amuletis prsecipuis. III. 
 De pygmseis. IV. Consilium de studio medico 
 inchoando, continuando et absolvendo. 7 p. 1., 
 48, 29, 29, 8 ff., 1 1. 16°. Hafnia:, G. Eantzsdi, 
 1628. 
 
 . Institutions anatomiques, augment^es 
 
 et emichies pour la seconde fois, tant des opi- 
 nions et observations nouvelles des modemes, 
 dont la plus grande partie n'a jamais est6 mise 
 en lumidre, que de plusieura figures en taiUe 
 douce, par Thomas Bartholin, et traduictes en 
 franfois par Abr. Du Prat. 6 p. 1., 656 pp., 19 
 1., 2 pi., port. sm. 4°. Paris, M. Senault & J. 
 Henault, 1647. 
 
 See, also, BartboUnus (Thomas). Anatomia [etcl. 
 8°. Imgi. Bat. & Eoterdami, 1769. 
 
 Bartbolinus (Caspar) [Caspari fiHus] [1616-80]. 
 Administrationum anatomicarum specimen, in 
 quo selectiora quaedam operi majori prsemit-. 
 tuntur. 76 pp., 2 pi. 16°. Francofurti, P. 
 Haubold, 1679. 
 
 BoundwUh: Ltsee(M.) Culterfetc.]. 16°. FrancofuTii, 
 1679. 
 
 Bartbolinus (Erasmus) [1625-98]. De poris cor- 
 porum et consuetudine questiones academicse. 
 2 p. 1., 94 pp. 16°. [Amsterdam], J. Blaeu & 
 D. Patdli, 1666. 
 
 Bound with: Baethounus (T.) De hepatls, etc. 16°. 
 Hafnix, [1666]. 
 
 Bartbolinus (Thomas) [Caspari filius] [1616-80]. 
 De angina puerorum Campaniae Siciliseque epi- 
 demica exercitationes. Accedit de laryngotomia 
 Renati Moreau epistola. 7 p. 1., 140 pp. 24°. 
 Lutetix Parisiorwm, 0. de Varennes, 1646. 
 
 . De hepatis exautorati desperata causa, 
 
 cum prsecipuis eruditse Europee medicis con- 
 certatio. 4 p. 1., 146 pp., 3 1. 16°- Hafnix, 
 H. Godian, [1666J. 
 
 De medicis poetis dissertatio. Ip. 1., 149 
 
 pp., 31. 24°. Eafnix,apudD.Paulli,16&9. 
 -. Anatomia, ex Caspari Bartholini parentis 
 
 institutionibus, omniumque recentiorum et pro- 
 priis observationibus tertium ad sanguinis cir- 
 culationem reformata. 4 p. 1., 592 pp., 6 1., 9 pi., 
 port. 8°. Liigd. Bat. et Roterdami, Hack, 1769. 
 The same. Anatomia reformata, ofte 
 
 hervormde ontledinge des menschen Ughaems 
 [etc.]. 3. ed. 4 p. 1.; 685 pp., 1 1., 80 pi. 8° 
 
 Amsterdam, J. van Someren, 1669. 
 
BARTHOLimJS. 
 
 366 
 
 BAETLETT. 
 
 BarthoUnus (Thomas) — continued. 
 
 . De unicornu observationes novEe^ 2. ed. 
 
 Auctiores et emendatiores editse a filio Casparo 
 Bartholino. 6 p. 1., 381 pp., 71. 24°. AmsUlx- 
 dami, amid H. Wetstenium, 1678. 
 
 De morbis biblicis miscellanea medica. 
 
 3. ed. 3 p. 1., 119 pp. 12°. Francqfurti, D. 
 Paul, 1697. 
 
 See, also, Bartholin (Gaspar). Institutions anatomiques, 
 [etc.). 12-. Paris, 1647. — Gnibe (Hermann) [in 2. s ]. 
 Commentarius de modo simplicium medicamentorum 
 [etc.). 16°. BafnUe, 16m. 
 
 See, also: 
 
 Andrup(0.) OmPortrseter at Thomas Battliolin. [Por- 
 traits of Thomas Bartholin.] UEeskr. {. Laeger. K0benh., 
 
 1916, Ixxviii, 1862-1866. . [Thomas Bartholin as poet.) 
 
 im., 1891-1893.— Bartholin (G. T.) [Bartholin as noble- 
 man and landed proprietor.) Ibid., 1887-1890.— Car><e (K.) 
 [The Bartholin family.) ioid., 1880-1886.— Garboe (A.) 
 [Thomas Bartholin and Hagested house.) Ibid., 1006; 1876. 
 
 . [Aletterofconsolation by Thomas Bartholin.) Ibid., 
 
 1S72-1875.— Hansen (E.) [Bioeraphy.) Bull. Univ. Mary- 
 land, SchoolMed., Bait., 1917,i, No. 6.— Johnsson (J. W. S.) 
 [Some letters from Thomas Bartholin to Ole Worm.) Ugeskr. 
 I. Laeger, K0benh., 1916, Ixxviii, 1820-1835.— van lieersum 
 (C. E.) [A memorial poem to Thomas Bartholin by Vitus 
 Bering.)^ Ibid., 1818.— Maar (V.) [Commemorative oration 
 at the University on the three-hundredth anniversary of 
 
 the birth of Thomas Bartholin.) Ibid., 1799-1811. . 
 
 [A leaf from the history of "Homus anatomlca.") Ibid., 
 1812-1817. . [The history ol a stone tablet com- 
 memorating Thomas Bartholin.) Ibid., 18C7-1871.— Neer- 
 ^aard (C.) [Thomas Bartholin and antiquarian research 
 m Denmark during the seventeenth century.) Ibid., 
 1836-1851.— Stirling (W.) Thomas Bartholinus; a seven- 
 teenth century elaboration of the phrase "Sectus cadaveris, 
 hodie." Med. Chron., Manchester, 1904, 4.s.,vii, 265.^Thl- 
 set. [The noble Barthohns.) Ugeskr. f. Laeger, K^benh., 
 1916, Ixxviii, 1878.— Zahrtmann (M. K.) Thomas Bartho- 
 lin; 1616—20. Oktober— 1916. Hosp.-Tid., K(«benh., 1916, 
 5. R., ix, 1013-1017. 
 
 Bartholomseus. In lac. Silvii anatomen, et in 
 lib. Hippocratis de natura humana commen- 
 tarii nunc primum prodeunt ex bibUotlieca 
 Gabrielis Naudaei. 56 pp. 8° Parisiis, H. du 
 Mesnil & 0. de Verennes, 1643. 
 
 Sound with: CABEioLnjs (B.) 'KK^npiyrov [etc.). 8°. 
 Genevx, 1604. 
 
 Bartholomaeus Anglicus. 
 
 Volgt (E.) Bartholomaeus AngUcas: de proprietatibus 
 rerum. EngUsche Studien, Lrapz., 1910, xU, 337-369. 
 
 , Bartholomaus (Gerhard Walter) _ [1877- ].. 
 *Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Siebbeinosteome der 
 Orbita. [Leipzig.] 48 pp., 1 1. 8°. Olbernhau 
 i. S.,1902. 
 
 Bartholomaeus (Joannes) [1760- ]. 
 
 Bartholomaus (K.) Johannes Bartholomaus aus 
 Schweidnitz. Janus, Harlem, 1908, xiii, 625-630. 
 
 Bartholomaeus (Max Georg Emil Egbert) [1886- 
 ]. *IIeber Spontanfrakturen infol^e spater 
 
 MetastasenmaUgnerTumoren. [Berlin.] 40pp. 
 
 8°. Schwerin, Biirensprung HofbitcMr., 1911. 
 Bartholomg (Franz) [1878- J. *Ueber Steri- 
 
 litat bei Myomlcranken. 42 pp. S°'. Bonn, S. 
 
 Foppen, 1904. 
 BartbolomSeff (Mile. S.) *Le s^nim antiveni- 
 
 meux supprime-t-il les accidents d'intoxication 
 
 prot^ique de la cobraisation? 15 pp. 8°. 
 
 Lausanne, 1912. 
 Bartholow (Roberts) [1831-1904]. Report on 
 
 intra-cranial tumors. Their symptomatology aiid 
 
 diagnosis, with illustrative cases. 36 pp. 8°. 
 
 Columbus, Nevins & Myers, 1869. [P., v. 2249.] 
 . Spermatorrhoea; its causes, symptoms, 
 
 results, and treatment. 3. ed. vi (3 1.), 120 pp. 
 
 12°. New Yorh, W. Wood & Co., 1870. 
 
 -. A treatise on the practice of medicine, 
 
 for the use of students and practitioners, xvi, 
 853 pp., 1 pi. 8°. New Yorh, D. Appleton & 
 Co., 1880. 
 
 Bartholow (Roberts) — continued. 
 
 . A practical treatise on materia medica 
 
 and therapeutics. 4. ed. xxi, 662 pp. 8°. 
 
 New York, D. Appleton & Co., 1882. 
 
 The same. 9. ed. xx, 866 pp. 8°. New 
 
 Yorh, D. Appleton & Co. [1896]. 
 
 . The same. 11. ed. xxiv, 866 pp. 8' 
 
 New Yorh, D. Appleton & Co., 1904 
 
 Far Biography .see Am. J. Clin. M., Chicago, 1913, xx, 125- 
 128, port.(G. F. Butler). Also: Am. Med., Fhila., 1904, vii, 
 770. Also: Brit. M. J., Lond., 1904, i, 1291. Also: J. Am. 
 M. Ass., Chicago, 1904, xlii, 1368. Also: N. York M. J. 
 [etc.], 1904, Ixxix, 939. AUo: Tr. Coll. Phys. Phila., 1904, 
 XXVI, pp. xM-lii (J. A. Holland). Also, Eeprint. 
 
 Barthomeuf (Gustave-Maurice-Antoine) [1879- 
 ]. *Le traitement des kystes hydatiques du 
 foie par la suture et la resection sans marsupiaU- 
 safion. 45 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1908. 
 
 Barthout (fimile) [1872- ]. *De rh^miataxie 
 post-h6mipl6gique. 67 pp. 8°. Paris, 1898, 
 No. 39. 
 
 Bartlsch (Georg) [1535-1607?]. Warhafftige, 
 eigentUche und ausfiihrliche Beschreibung der 
 ■vielfeltigen Krafft, Tugend, Wirckung und 
 Nutzbarkeit des edlen, hochnutzlichen und 
 f iirtrefHichen Conf ects oder Latwergen des grossen 
 Theriacks Andromachi, wie derselbige . . . 
 als ein werther und teuer Schatz geachtet, auch 
 in grossen Ehren und Wirden gehalten worden. 
 22 unnumb. 1. 4°. [n. p.], 1602. 
 
 . Kunstbuch derinnen ist der gantze, 
 
 grundUche volkommene rechte gewisse bericht 
 und erweisung unnd Lehr des Hartenn Reissen- 
 den Schmertzhafftigenn Peinlichen Blasenn 
 Steines. Verfasset unnd beschiiebenn durch 
 Georgium Bartisch vonn Koenigsbriick Im 
 Altenn Dressden. 1575. xix, 232 pp. sm. 4°. 
 Berlin, 0. Coblentz, 1905. 
 See, also: 
 
 Cohn (H!) Georg Bartisch, ein Starstecher des Mit- 
 telalters. Deutsche Rev., Bresl. eft Berl., 1893, xviii, 214- 
 227.— EInlges fiber Georg Bartisch von Konigsbrflck. N. 
 med. Presse, Berl., 1903, 136.— Georg Bartisch (1535-1606), 
 the father of German ophthalmology. Ann. Ophth., St. 
 Louis, 1904, xiii. No. 4, port, (front.).— HoUander (E.) 
 Marktschreizettel von Georg Bartisch; Reklame durch die 
 Kanzel. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1917, 
 xliU, 1369.— Senlelder (L.) Biographische Notizen fiber 
 Georg Bartisch. Janus, Amst., 1905, x, 295. 
 
 Bartke (Friedrich Ludwig Otto) [1885- ]. 
 *Ueber das chirurgisclie Nahtmaterial. 30 pp. 
 8°. Berlin, E. Ebering, 1912. 
 
 Bartlet (JohnHenry) [1829-1917]. 
 
 Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1917, i, 786. 
 Bartlett (Clarence) [1858- _ ]. A text-book of 
 clinical medicine. Principles of diagnosis. 
 Treatment. 3 v. 8°. Philadelphia, Boenche <Sc 
 Tafel, 1903-8. 
 
 See, also, Farrlngton (E. A.) A clinical materia me- 
 dica [etc.). 8°. Philadelphia, 1890. 
 
 Bartlett (Clarence S.) [1868-1910]. 
 
 Obituary. Tr. N. Hampshire M. Soc., Concord, 1911, 
 210-212, port. 
 
 Bartlett (Cyrus K.) [1829-1906]. 
 
 [Obituary.) J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1907, xlviil, 156. 
 
 Bartlett (EdwinWilcox) [1839-1913]. 
 
 [Obituary.) J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1913, 1x1, 1055. 
 
 Bartlett (Elisha) [1804-55]. 
 
 Osier (W.) A Rhode Island philosopher fElisha Bart- 
 lett). Boston M. & S. J., 1900, oxlU, 49; 77. Also, Reprint. 
 
 Bartlett (Frederic H.). 
 
 See Ortner (Norbert). Treatment of Internal diseases. 
 
 8°. Philadelphia & London, 1908. . The same. 2. ed. 
 
 8°. Philadelphia & London, [1913). 
 Bartlett (Harley Harris). The source of the 
 
 drug Dioscorea with a consideration of the 
 
BARTLETT. 
 
 367 
 
 BAHTON. 
 
 Bartlett (Harley Harris) — continued. 
 Dioscorese found in the United States, pp. 
 a-29. 8°. WashingUm, 1910. 
 
 U. S. Dep. Agric. Bureau of plant indust. Bull. No. 
 189, Wash., 1910. 
 
 See, also, True (Rodney H.) & Bartlett (H. H.) [in 2. s.]. 
 Absorption and excretion [etc,]. 8°. Waehingtm, 1912. 
 
 Bartlett (Homer L.) [1830-1904]. 
 
 Obituary. Boston M. & 8. J., .1905. clii. 176. AUo: 
 Med. Rec., N. Y., 1905, Ixvli, 223.— Slieppard (J. E.) 
 [Obituary.) Brooklyn M. J., 1905, xlx, 261. 
 ii'or PortraU, tee Collection of Portr. (Libr.). 
 
 Bartlett (Jolm) [1820-1905]. Familiar quota- 
 tions; a collection of passages, phrases and 
 proverbs traced to their sources in ancient and 
 modem Uterature. 10. ed., revised by Nathan 
 H. Dole, xix, 1454 pp. 8°. BosUm, lAttU, 
 Brown & Co., 1914. 
 
 Bartlett (John Russell). The progress of ethnol- 
 ogy, an account of recent archaeological, philo- 
 logical and geographical researches in various 
 parts of the globe tending" to elucidate the 
 physical history of man. 151 pp. 8°. New 
 York, 1847. 
 
 Bartlett (Josiah) [1729-95]. 
 
 Packard (F. R.) Josiah Bartlett, signer of the Dec- 
 laration of Independence, and Governor of New Hampshire. 
 Univ. Penn. M. Bull., Pliila., 1901, xiv, 91. 
 
 Bartley (Eliaa Hudson) [1849- 1 Text-book 
 
 of medical and phannaceutical chemistry. 4. 
 
 ed. xiv, 711 pp., 1 pi. 12°. Philadelphia, P. 
 
 Blahiston, Son & Co., 1895. 
 . The same. 5. ed. xiv, 738 pp., 1 pi. 
 
 12°. Philadelphia, P. Blahiston, Son & Co., 
 
 1898. 
 
 The same. 7. ed. xv, 734 pp. 
 
 Philadelphia, P. BlaMston's Son & Co.^ 1909. 
 . Manual of clinical chemistry, vi, 150 pp. 
 
 8°. Philadelphia, P. BlaMston's Son & Co., 
 
 1899. 
 . Manual of physiological and clinical 
 
 chenustry. 3. ed., revised and enlarged. 
 
 vi, 2*02 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, P. Blakkton's 
 
 Son & Co., 1907. 
 Bartling (Harry) [1881- ]. *Ein Beitrag zur 
 
 Frage der Ammoniakausscheidung im menschli- 
 
 chen Organismus. 16 pp. 8°. Gottingen, E. A. 
 
 Euth, 1905. 
 Bartocb (Bojana) [1886- ]. *Contribution h, 
 
 r etude des ^changes liquidee intra^oculaires h. 
 
 r^tat normal. 81 pp., 3 pi. 8°. Naney, 1911, 
 
 No. 12. 
 Bartolettus (Fabritius) [1586?-1630]. Encyclo- 
 
 psedia hermetico-dogmatica, sive or bis doctrina- 
 
 rum medicarum, physiologise, hygienae, patholo- 
 
 gise, aimioticse, et therapeuticse. 7 p. 1., 321 pp., 
 
 13 1. 8°. Bononix, apud S. Bonomum, [1615]. 
 See, alio, Ebstetn (W.) Die Higiiiia des Bartoletti. 
 
 Arch. 1. Gesch. d. Med., Leipz., 1907-8, i, 205-218. 
 
 BartoU (Biagio). Patogenesi, trasmissibiliti e 
 sieroterapia nella tubercolosi pulmonale. 34 
 pp., 1 1. 8°. Messina, V. Muglia, 1898. 
 
 . Un case di febbre tifoidea atipica. 23 pp. 
 
 roy. 8°. Messina, V. Muglia, 1901. 
 
 BartoU (J.). 
 
 See Brera (Val&ien-Louis). Traits des maladies [etc.). 
 12°. Paris, 1804. 
 
 BartoU (Paul-Antoine). *De I'h^mothorax con- 
 s^cutif aux plaies p6n6trantes de poitrine. 
 Recherches exp^rimen tales; 6tude clinique et 
 th&apeutique. 133 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, 1900, 
 No. 250. 
 
 Barton (Alfred Bowyer) [1826-1905]. 
 
 Obituary. Lancet, Lond., 1905, il, 193. 
 
 Barton (Benjamin H.) & Castle ('Thomasj. The 
 British flora medica; a history of the medicinal 
 plants of Great Britain. A new edition, re- 
 vised, condensed, and partly re-written by 
 John R. Jackson. New ed. xxii, 447 pp., 48 
 pi. 8°. London, Chatto & Windus, 1877. 
 
 Barton (Benjamin Smith) [1766-1815]. ODUec- 
 tions for an essay towards a materia medica of 
 the United States. With biography and portrait. 
 2 parts. 10, vii, 49, iv pp.; xvi, 53, vii, pp., 
 port, [front.]. 4°. Philadelphia, printed for the 
 author, 1798 and 1804. [Reprintai: Cincinnati, 
 J. U. & C. G. Lloyd, 1900.] 
 
 . Institutes of medicme. Nov. 14, 1813. 
 
 MS. 120, 64 pp. em. 4°. 
 
 For Biography, see Am. J, Clin. M., Chicago, 1911, xvili, 
 43-18 (G. F. Butler). 
 
 For Portrait, see Collection of Portr. (Libr.). 
 
 Barton (Clara Harlowe) [1821-1912]. The Mac- 
 Clanny nurses. A holiday tribute to Red Cross 
 workers in warm appreciation and grateful 
 acknowledgment of the faithful hands that 
 toiled, and the generous hearts that gave. 12 pp. 
 16°. Washington, 1888. 
 
 . The Red Cross in Cuba. As interviewed 
 
 by Elbert F. Baldwin, pp. 911-916. 8°. [New 
 York, 1898.] 
 
 CutUna from: Outlook, N. Y., 1898, IviiL 
 
 . Story of the Red Cross. 5 1. 8° New 
 
 York, 1903. 
 . The true mission of the Red Cross, peace 
 
 on earth, good wiU to men. 2 1. sm. 4°. New 
 
 York, 1903. 
 For Bioffraphy, see Epler (P. H.) The life of Clara Barton. 
 
 8°. New York, 1915. See, also: Boston M. & S. J., 1912, 
 
 clxvl, 61L 
 
 See, also: 
 
 WmiAjis (Sophia W. R.) Miss Clara Barton 
 and the Red Cross, pp. 311-316. 8°. \New 
 York, 1894.] 
 Cutting from: Rev. of Reviews, N. Y., 1894, ix. 
 
 Barton (Eleanor C.) Hints to V. A. D. members 
 in hospitals, by E. C. Barton . . ., with a fore- 
 word by Queen AmeUe of Portugal, and a pref- 
 ace by James CantUe . . . 40 pp. 8° London, 
 The Nursing TiTnes, Macmillan & Co., ltd., 
 [1915]. 
 
 Barton (Frank Townend). Unsound horses and 
 how to know them; also, the examination of 
 horses; conformation and defective conforma- 
 tion of the horse, [etc.]. 202 pp., 2pl. obi. 24°. 
 Glasgow, J. Smith & Son, [1896]. 
 
 . The veterinary manual (for horse-owners, 
 
 and as a text-book for students of agriculture). 
 1 p. 1., 505 pp., 3 pL, 7 1. 8°. London, R. A. 
 Everett & Co., 1901. 
 
 . The horse; ailments and accidents. 192 
 
 pp. 8°. London, S. Appleton, 1907. 
 
 Barton (George Alexander Heaton). A guide to 
 the administration of ethyl chloride. 36 pp., 1 
 pi. 8°. London, E. K. Lewis, 1905. 
 
 . The same. 2. ed. v, 7-54 pp., 1 pi. 8°. 
 
 London, E. K. Lewis, 1907. 
 
 Barton (Lyman) [1812-99]. 
 
 Ferguson (e. D.) Memoir of Lyman Barton. Tr N. 
 York M. Ass. (1899), 1900, xvi, 786, port. 
 
 Barton (Thomas H.) [1828- J. Autobiog- 
 raphy of Thomas H. Barton, the selt-inade 
 physician of Syracuse, Ohio. 340 pp., port. 
 8°. Charleston, West Virginia Printing Co., 1890. 
 
 Barton (Wilfred Mason) [1871- ]. Manual of 
 vital function testing methods and their inter- 
 pretation. 255 pp. 8°. Boston, R. G. Badqer, 
 [1916]. 
 
BARTON. 
 
 368 
 
 BARUS. 
 
 Barton (Wilfred Mason) — continued. 
 
 . The same. 2. ed. 2 p. 1., 3-318 pp. 8° 
 
 Boston, R. G. Badger, [etc.], 1917. 
 
 _. Therapeutic index _ and prescription 
 
 writing practice. Compiled in accordance with 
 the ninth revision of the United States Pharma- 
 copoeia. 8 (1 1.), 9-250 pp. 8°. Boston, R. G. 
 Badger [etc.], 1917]. 
 
 & Weils (Walter A.) A thesaurus of medi- 
 
 cal words andphrases. 1 p. 1., 534 pp. 8°. 
 Philadelphia, W. B. Saunders & Co., 1903. 
 ' Bartoshevich (P[yotr] I[osifovich]) [1868- ]. 
 *K voprosu o vUyanii polozheniya tiela na 
 razmleri taza (eksperimentalnlya izslledovaniya 
 na trupakh). [^Influence of the position of the 
 body on pelvic measurements; experimental 
 investigations on cadavers.] 67 pp., 1 1. 8°. 
 S.-Peterhurg, 1899. 
 
 Bartoux (Charles) [1886- ]. ^Contribution h. 
 l'6tude de la prostatectomie d'urgence. 42 pp. 
 8°. Montpellier, 1913, No. 54. 
 
 Bartow (Edward) [1870- ]. Chemical and 
 biological survey of the waters of Illinois; re- 
 port for the year ending August 31, 1906. 30 pp., 
 3 pi. 8°. Urbana, 1906. 
 Forms BiiU. No. 3, of: Univ. of 111. State Water Survey. 
 
 . . Municipal water supplies. 3 p. I., 123 
 
 pp. 8°. Urbana, by the University, 1907. 
 Forms Bull. No. 5, of: Univ. of 111. State Water Survey. 
 
 Bartram (Gerhard) [1889- ]. *Ueber den 
 Keimgehalt des Operationsfeldes bei Laparoto- 
 mien und seine Bedeutung flir den postopera- 
 tiven Verlauf. [Tubingen.] 18 pp., 11. 8°. 
 Berlin, Friedrich, 1912. 
 
 Bartrina Thomas (Jos6 Marfa). Tratamiento 
 de la hipertrofia de la prdstata. 104 pp. 8°- 
 Barcelona, Senrich & Co., 1904. 
 
 -Bartrum {John StotheH) [1817-1904]. 
 
 Oliltuary. Lancet, Lond., 1904. i, 837. 
 
 bartsch (Carl) [1875- ]. *Ueber einen selte- 
 nen Fall von NierenUpom. 27 pp., 2 1. 8°. 
 GreifswaU, H. Adler, 1900. 
 
 Bartsch (Edgar). Die Frauenleiden, ihre recht- 
 zeitige Erkennung und Bekampfung; arztUche 
 Eatschlage. 162 pp. 8°. Leipzig, F. A. Wolf- 
 son, [1912]. 
 
 Bartscb (Emil) [1868- ]. *Ueber Tuberku- 
 lose der Brustdriise. 23 pp., 6 1. 8°- Jena, 
 1901. 
 
 Bartsch (Emil) [1877- ]. *Ueber einen Fall 
 von multipler Sklerose im Anschluss an Trauma. 
 26 pp., 1 1. 8°. Miinchen, C. Wolf & Sohn, 1902. 
 
 Bartsch (Hans) [1880- ]. *Ein FaU von 
 hochgradiger Missbildung an den weibUchen 
 Sexualorganen. 32 pp. 8° Freiburg i. Br., 
 Speyer & Kserner, 1907. 
 
 Bartsch (Hugo). Hausarzte und Spezialisten in 
 der modemen Medizin. 32 pp. 8°. Heidel- 
 berg, 0. Peiters, 1906. 
 
 Bartsch (Julius Albert) [1877- ]. *Ueber 
 
 diabetische Psychosen. 40 pp. 8°. Jena, G. 
 Neuenhahn, 1903. 
 
 Bartsch (Karl [Franz]) [1878- J. *Ein Bei- 
 trag zur Lehre vom Coma diabeticum als Saure- 
 intoxikation. 39 pp. 8° Greifswald, F. W. 
 Kunike, 1904. 
 
 Bartsch (Paul) [1879- ]. *Vierundzwanzig 
 Tetanusfalle mit eineia Ueberblick uber unser 
 heutiges Wissen von dieser Krankheit. 74 pp., 
 1 1. 8";. Leipzig, B. Georgi, 1907. 
 
 Bartsch (Reinhard) [1886- ]. *Ueber gashal- 
 tige Tumoren der Darmwand. 25 pp. 8°. 
 Marburg, J. Hamel, 1912. 
 
 Bartsch (Roman Karl Paul) [1886-_ _ ]. *Die 
 Tuberkulose der Kniescheibe; klinisch-thera- 
 peutische Studie. 30 pp. 8°. Greifswald, J. 
 Abel, 1913. 
 
 Bartsch (Wilhelm) [1878- ]. *Zur Behand- 
 lung der Phimose. 24 pp. 8°. Miinchen, 0. 
 Wolf & Sohn, 1903. 
 
 BarttUneck (Georg). *TJeber Verbindungen 
 von Selenaten mit Jodaten, Phosphaten und 
 Arsenaten. 27 pp. 8° Miinchen, F. Straub, 
 1903. 
 
 Bartz (Johannes) [1878- _ ]. *Ueber die Diplo- 
 bazillenconjunctivitis mit besonderer Beruck- 
 sichtigung der Hornhautcomplicationen. 50 
 pp. 8°. Rostoch, Adlers Erben, 1907. 
 
 Bartz (Oscar). *Ueber die einzelnen Nahtmetho- 
 den zum Schlusse der Bauchwunde nach Lapa- 
 rotomie. [Erlangen.] 48 pp. 8°. Landau, K. 
 & A. Kamsler, 1899. 
 
 Baruch (Hans) [1876-; ^. *Ueber den gal- 
 vanischen LeitUngswiderstand am Kopfe unter 
 normalen Verhaltnissen und bei traumatischen 
 Neurosen. 40 pp., 11. 8°. Breslau, I. Sehatzhy, 
 1900. 
 
 Baruch (Julius). AerztUche Reise-Briefe aus 
 Franzensbad. 2 p. 1., 46 pp. 8°. Eger-Fravr 
 zensbad, J. Melzer, 1899. 
 
 Baruch (Max). *Beitrag zur Therapie der konge- 
 nitalen Defekte am Unterschenkel. 30 pp., 1 1. 
 8°. Freiburg i. B., Hammerschlag & KahU, 
 1908. 
 
 Baruch (Simon) [1840- ]. Recent advances 
 in hydrotheraRy. 
 In: Syst. Pract. Therap. (Hare), Phila., 1897, iv, 17-36. 
 
 . The principles and practice of hydro- 
 therapy. A guide to the application of water in 
 disease. For students and practitioners of med- 
 icine, vii, 435 pp. 8° New York, W. Wood de 
 Co 1898 
 
 The same. 2. ed. x, 496 pp. 8°. New 
 
 York, W. Wood & Co., 1903. 
 
 . The same. 3. ed. 544 pp. S". New 
 
 York, W. Wood & Co., 1908. 
 
 . The same. _ La pratique de I'hydrothd- 
 
 rapie. fid. frangaise a'aprfes la 3. 6d. am^ri- 
 came par G. Collet, viii, 739 pp. 8°. Paris, 
 J.-B. Baillih-e &fils, 1910. 
 
 Reminiscences of a Confederate surgeon. 
 
 8 pp. 8°. [New rort, 1913.] 
 
 . [Public baths in New York (City); an 
 
 album of photographs and newspaper clippings.] 
 171. 8°- [New York, 1918.] 
 
 A surgeon's story of battle and capture. 
 
 pp. 545-548. 8°. [n. p., n. d.] 
 
 Cutting from :ConIeaeTSite Veteran. 
 
 For Siographv, see Mod. Med., Battle Creek, Mich., 1903 
 xii, 97-99 (J. H. Kellogg). 
 
 Baruchello (Leopoldo). Sul farcino criptococ- 
 chico (saccaroraicosi de^li equini). Contribute 
 alio studio dei blastomiceti patogeni. 51 pp. 
 2 pi. 8°. Torino, C. GiorgiSj 1898. 
 
 . Malattie del ricarnbio materiale e del 
 
 sangue (disturb! generali della nutrizione). 
 Malattie della pelle non parassitarie. x (1 1.), 
 423 pp. 12°. Milano & Napoli, F. Vallardi, 
 [1899]. 
 
 Baruffaldl (Girolamo). *Dei doveri del medico. 
 25 pp. 8°. Pavia, Fusi & Co., 1849; [P., v. 
 2227.] 
 
 Baruna. 
 
 Blsharad (K. A. C.) Notes on the uses of Baruna. In- 
 dian M. Eec, Calcutta, 1907, xxvll, No. 27, 7. 
 
 Barus (Carl) [1856- ]. Experiments with 
 ionized air. 93 pp., 11. 4°. Washington, 1901. 
 Smithsonian Contrib. Knowl., No. 1309. 
 
BARUS. 
 
 369 
 
 BASCOM. 
 
 Barus (Carl) — continued. 
 
 . The diffusion of gases through liquids and 
 
 allied experiments. Ip. 1., vi (11.)., 88 pp. 8°. 
 Washington, D. C, Carnegie Institution of Wash- 
 ington, 1913. 
 
 Experiments with the displacement inter- 
 
 ferometer, vi, 113 pp. 8° Washington, D. C, 
 1915. 
 Carnegie Institutiod of Washington, publication No. 229. 
 
 Barus (L6opold)._ *De I'eau oxygfo^e dans lea 
 maladies v6n6riennes suppurantes; son mode 
 d'action en gto^ral. ix, 11-65 pp., 3 1. 8°. 
 Montpellier, 1901, No. 25. 
 
 Baruteau (Paul) [1883- 1. *Contribution k 
 r^tude des ost6omes musculaires traumatiques. 
 i^tude cUirique, pathog^nie, traitement. 83 
 pp. 8°. Paris, 1910, ISIo. 250. 
 
 Barutin. 
 
 BIbergell (E.) Experimentelle Pntereuchungen fiber 
 das Barutin, ein neues Diureticum. Deutsche med. Wchn- 
 schr., Berl. & Leipz.. 190.5, xxxi, 584-586. Also [Ahsti.]: 
 N. Therap., Wien, 1905, lii, 191.— Brat fH.) Zur Wirkung 
 des Chlorbaryums und Barutins. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 
 1905, xlii. 1220-1225. 
 
 Barrinski (V. M.) Izndeneniya v sostavie i 
 svoistvakh krovi sobak poslie vllushtsheniya 
 shtshitovidnol zhelyozl. [Alterations in the 
 composition and properties of the blood in dogs 
 after thyroidectomy.] pp. 311-346. 8°. 
 Tomsk, Sibirsk. Tvo. Pechatn. LUela, 1913. 
 In: IzvlEST. Imp. Tomsk. Univ., 1913, xlix. 
 
 Barwell (Harold). Diseases of the larynx, xil, 
 266 pp. 12°. London, H. Frowde, 1907. 
 
 See, also, Ijalce (HUsbaii). Laryngeal phthisisfetc.]. 8°. 
 New York, 1906. 
 
 Barwell (Richa,rd) [1826-1916]. Lateral curva-' 
 ture of the spine and pelvic deviations. 6. ed. 
 xii, 103 pp. 12°. London, Baillilre, Tindall & 
 Cox, 1905. 
 
 For Biography, see Brit. M. J., Lond., 1917, i, 35. Also: 
 Lancet, Lond., W17, i, 37. 
 
 Barwise (Sidney). Mesmerism (hypnotism); 
 its possibilities, its uses and abuses. 23 pp. 
 8°. Birmingham, Cornish Bros., 1888. 
 
 . Practical hints on the analysis of water 
 
 and sewage. For the use of medical officers of 
 health, medical practitioners, sanitary engineers, 
 etc. 56 pp. 8°. London, Rebman, 1899. 
 
 . The purification of sewage, being a brief 
 
 account of the scientific principles of sewage 
 purification and their practical application, 
 xii, 150 pp., 1 tab. 12°. London, C. Lockwood 
 & Son, 1899. 
 
 ^. The same. .2. ed., revised and enlarged, 
 
 with an appendix on the analysis of sewage and 
 sewage effluents, xiv, 220 pp. 8°. New York, 
 D. Van Nostrand Co., 1904. 
 
 —. The bacterial purification of sewage; 
 
 being a practical account of the various, modem 
 biological methods of purifying sewage. 3 p. 1., 
 48 pp. , 7 pi. , 5 plans. 8°. London, C. Lockwood 
 & Son, 1901. 
 
 Bar^ (A). TJeber verminderte Zurechnungsfahig- 
 keit. pp. 317-350. 8°. Wien & Berlin, Urban 
 & Schwarzenberg, 1905. 
 Forms 12. Hft., v 31, of: Wien. Klinik. 
 
 dc Bary (Anton) [1831-88]. Ueber Schimmel 
 
 und Hefe.. 2. Aufl. 84 pp. 8°. Berlin, 1873. 
 
 Forms 87.-88. Hft., of: Samml. gemeinverstandl. wis- 
 sensch. Vortr., Berl. 
 
 Comparative morphology and biology of 
 
 the fungi mycetozoa and bactena, the authorbed 
 En|li8h translation by Henry E. F. Gtamsey, 
 revised by Isaak Bayley Balfour, xviii (1 1.), 
 525 pp. 8° Oxford, 1887. 
 
 96808°— Vol. II, 3d series— 19 24 
 
 de Bary (August). *Zur Kenntnis der Wund- 
 heilung in der Leber. [Freiburg i. B.] 43 pp., 
 21. 8^ Frankfurt a. M., C. Naumann, 1897. 
 
 Barzarin. 
 
 Salzmann (M.) *Aufhebung der narkoti- 
 schen Wirkung der Stoffe der Alkoholgruppe 
 bei gleichzeitiger Aufnahme von Fett auf Grund 
 ihres TeUungskoeffizienten zwischen Fett und 
 Wasser im Anschluaa an eine orientierende 
 Untersuchung fiber ein neues Antidiabeticum 
 Barzarin. [Tiibingen.] 8°. Leipzig, 1912. 
 
 Mannich (C.) & Schwedes (L.) Barzarin. Apoth.- 
 Ztg., Berl,, 1912, xxxvii, 428.— Walbaum (H.) & Salzmann 
 (if.) Untersuchuneen fiber Barzarin. Arch. f. exper. 
 Path. u. Pharmakol., I/eipz., 1912, Ixx, 255-257. Also, Re- 
 prlnt. 
 
 Barzelotti (Giacomo) [1758-1839]. Elogio x^po- 
 rtxvi-Kbv. Andrea Vacca Berlinghieri, pubbUco 
 prof, di cUnica estema nell' Umversita Pisana. 
 60 pp. 12°- Pisa, R. Prospen, 1826. [P., v. 
 2224.] 
 
 Barzinsky (Mieczyslaus) [1877- ]. *TJeber 
 Dystrophia musculorum progressiva. 32 pp. 
 8°. Berlin, G. Schade, [1904]. 
 
 Barzizius (Christophorus). Introductorium ad 
 opus practicum medicuwe cum commentario in 
 ix lib. AJmansoris. 1 p. 1., 256 numb. 1. (1-252, 
 with many misprints in pagination), 1 blank 1. 
 fol. Povise, Anionius de Carchano, 1494. 
 H. « 2666, Pell. 1975. 
 
 Bas (Arsfene). *Des kystes volumineux du pan- 
 creas. 56 pp., 1 1. 8°. Lyon, 1897, Ko. 70. 
 
 Bas (Ruwin). *Ueber Stieldrehung der Myome 
 und des Uterus. 24 pp. 8° Basel, J. Kohlhepp, 
 1907. 
 
 Basadonna (Mario). *Etude sur la solubility 
 dans I'eau des malates alcaUno-terreux et quel- 
 ques essaifl sur le dosage de I'acide malique. 48 
 pp. 8°. Genive, L. Riggiani, 1906. 
 
 Basch (Georg) [1873- ]. *Ueber das Verhalt«n 
 des Sajodins un Organismiis. [Bern.] 14 pp., 
 1 1. 8°. Strassburg, K. J. Triibner,. 1908. 
 
 Basch (Julius) [1S85- ]. *Beitrag zur Kennt- 
 nis der odontogenen Geschwiilste. 29 pp. 8°. 
 Breslau, Bresl. Genossensch.-Buchdruckerei, 1912. 
 
 Basch (Earl) [ -1913]. 
 
 Raudnltz. Nekrolog. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1913, 
 xxxvui, 305. 
 
 Basch (Oscar) [1871- ]. *MateriaUen zur 
 Beurteilung des Wilhelm von Saliceto als Arzt 
 (13. Jahrhundert). 34 pp., 1 1. 8° Berlin, 
 E. Ebering, 1898. 
 
 von Basch (Samuel Siegfried Karl) [1837-1905]. 
 Die Herzkrankheiten bei Arteriosclerose. viii, 
 343 pp. 8° Berlin, A. Hirsehwald, 1901. 
 
 . Beitrag zur Entwicklungsgeschichte der 
 
 experimenteUen Pathologie als Lehrfach. 24 
 pp. 8°. Berlin, Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1905. 
 For Biography, see Brit. M. J., Lond., 1905, i, 1304. Also: 
 Deutsche med. Wchnschr.j Berl. & 'Leipz., 1905, xxxi, 878 
 (A. Frohlloh). Also: Mtmcheu. med. Wclmsehr., 1902, 
 xHx, 1506 (A. Strubell). Alto: Ibid., 1905, lii, 1053 (A. Stru- 
 bell). 
 
 Basch (Seymour) [1871- ]. 
 See Boas (Ismar). Diseases of t 
 NeiB yorfc. 1901. 
 
 Bascho (Paula). *Ein Fall von starkzystischem, 
 PapiUen bildenden primaren Adenokarzinom 
 der Leber mit wassenger Sekretion seitens der 
 Krebszellen. [Zurich. ] 22 pp., 2 pi. 8°. 
 Wiesbaden, J. F. Bergmann, 1909. 
 
 Bascom (Florence). Water resources of the 
 Philadelphia district. 75 pp. 8° WashingUm, 
 Gov. Pnnt. Office, 1904. 
 
 U. S. Dep. Int. Geol. Survey. Water-supply and Irri- 
 gation paper No. 106. 
 
 'the intestines [etc.J. 8°. 
 
BASCOU. 
 
 370 
 
 BASILE. 
 
 Bascou (Pierre) [1868- ]. *Epid6mies ob- 
 serv^es dans le canton de Mouthoumet; con- 
 Bid&ations 6tiologiques. ii, 44 pp., 1 map. 4°. 
 Toulouse, 1894, No. 60. 
 
 Bascoul (Pierre). *Hyperesth68ies syst^mati- 
 s6es et troubles connexes, dans la tuberculose 
 pulmonaire. 84 pp. 8°. Pom, 1911, No. 162. 
 
 Bascoul _ (Ren6) [1886- ]. *Le8 traitements 
 chirurgicaux des symphyses dup^ricarde; repa- 
 ration de Brauer. 73 pp. 8°. MontpellierA^ll, 
 No. 56. 
 
 Base (Daniel) [1869- ]. 
 
 See Hare (Hobart Amory) & Base (Daniel): The na^ 
 tional standard dispensatory [etc.). rof.S'.' Philadelphia 
 & New York, 1916.— Simon (William) &' Base (Daniel). 
 Manual of chemistry [etc.]. roy. 8°. Philadelphia & New 
 York, 1912. 
 
 Baseball. 
 
 Hall (J. N.) & Stover (G. H.) Base-ball fineers. Arch. 
 Roentf;. Ray, Lond., 1907-8, 3di,41, 1 pi.— Maedonald (A.) 
 Soientifle study ol ba.seball. Am. Phvs. Educat. Rev., 
 Bost., 1914, xiii, 220-231.— Monell (S. ti.) Ball players' 
 paralysis. Med. Times & Reg., Phila., 1898, xkxv, 193-195. 
 
 von Basedow (Carl Adolph) [1799- 
 1854]. 
 
 Sudhofl. [Biography.) Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 
 1910, Ivu, 749, port. 
 
 Basedow^ (Herbert) [1881- ]. *Beitrage zur 
 Kenntnis der Antbropologie Australiens. [Got- 
 tingen.] 56 pp. 8°. Berlin, G. TJnger, 1910. 
 
 Basedow's disease. 
 
 (S«e Goitre {Exophthalmic). 
 
 Basel. 
 
 See Children (Hospitals and asylums for), 
 Fever ( Typhoid, History of) , Hospitals (Descrip- 
 tion of). Hospitals (Gynecological, etc.). Hos- 
 pitals (Ophthalmic and auric). Insane (Asy- 
 lums for. Description of), Meningitis (Cerebro- 
 spinal, History and statistics of). Pharmacopoeias 
 (Official), by localities. 
 
 Basel. Universitdt. Festschrift zur Feier des 
 450jahiigen Bestehens der Universitat Basel. 
 2 p. 1., 553 pp. roy. 8°. Basel, Helbing & Lich- 
 tenhahn, 1910. 
 
 Basel (Fritz [Julius August]) [1883- ]. *Bei- 
 trag zu dfen Neubildungen am Auge des Pferdes. 
 [Giessen.T 48 pp. 8°. Berlin, 1909. 
 
 Basements. 
 
 Frledl (F.) Kellerwohnungen; ihr Einfluss auf die Ge- 
 sundheit des Mensohen. Assain. et salub. de. I'habitat. 
 C.-r. . : . 2. Cong, intemat. . . . 1906, Par., 1907, 217-241.— 
 Morejon (L. O.) Les dangers des habitations en sous- 
 sol; chambres de domestiques; les loges de concierges et les 
 cuisines. Ibid., 99-105. — van Langendonck. Les locaux 
 en sous-sol; moyens d'en diminuer les inconv&iients. lUd., 
 141-144. 
 
 Basenau (F.) *Verdere bijdragen tot de geschie- 
 denis van de vleeschvergiftingen. [Further 
 contributions to the history of meat poisoning.] 
 2 p. 1., 109 pp. 8°. Amsterdam, H. Eisendrath, 
 1897. 
 
 . *Kindersterfte, alcoholismus en tuber- 
 
 kulose. [Leiden.] 42 pp. 8°. Amsterdam, 
 Scheltema & Holkema, 1908. 
 
 Bases. 
 
 See, also. Chemistry. 
 
 Bargeb (G.) The simpler natural bases. 8°. 
 London, 1914. 
 
 Brissemoret (A.) & Joanin (A.) Contribution kl'^tude 
 de I'action physiologique des bases organigues. Compt. 
 rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1910, cli, 1151-1153.— Kutscher (F.) 
 Die Ausmittelung organischer Basen. Sitzungsb. d. Ge- 
 sellsch. z. Beford. d. gcs. Naturw. zu Marb. (1908), 1909, 43- 
 50.— Schaer (B.) Ueber die Alkalinitat der Pflanzen- 
 basen und deren Bedeutune bei chemischen und toxtkolo- 
 gischen Arbeiten. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. 
 u. Aerzte 1906, Leipz., 1907, pt. 2, 206.— Traube (J.) Debcr 
 die Wirkung von Basen una basischen Salzenauf Alkaloid- 
 salze. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1912, xlii, 470-496. 
 
 Basbford (Ernest Francis). Third scientific re- 
 port on the investigations of the Imperial Cancer 
 Research Fund. Under the direction of the 
 Royal College of Physicians of London, and 
 the Royal College of Surgeons of England, xxv, 
 484 pj)., 98 pi., 13 ch. 4°. London, Taylor & 
 Francis, 1908. 
 
 . Review of recent cancer research. Mid- 
 
 dleton Goldsmith lecture, 1&12. 1 p. 1., 34 pp. 
 8°. Lancaster, New Era Printing Co., 1914. 
 
 See, also, Church (Sir William S.) The influence of 
 heredity on disease [etc.]. 8°. London, 1909. 
 
 Bashforth (Francis). An attempt to test the 
 theories of capillary action by comparing the 
 theoretical and measured forms of drops of 
 fluids; with an explanation of the method of 
 integration employed in constructing the tables 
 which give the theoretical forms of such drops, 
 bjr J. C. Adams. 1139 pp., 1 ch. 4°- Cam- 
 bridge, Uriiv. Press, 1883. 
 
 Bashkirs. 
 
 NiKOLSKi (D. P.) *BaBkhiri; etnografiche- 
 skoye i sanitarno-antropologicheskoye izslledo va- 
 niye. [The Bashkirs; ethnographic and sani- 
 tary anthropologic investigation.] 8°- S.- 
 Peterburg, 1899. 
 
 Bashore (Harvey Brown) [1864- ]. Outlines 
 of rural hygiene. For physicians, students, and 
 sanitarians. With an appendix on the normal 
 distribution of chlorinej by Herbert E. Smith. 
 2 p. 1., 84 pp., 3 pi. 12°. Philadelphia, New 
 York & Chicago, F. A. Davis Co.,_ 1897. 
 
 . Outlines of practical sanitation. For 
 
 . students, physicians and Sanitarians, vi, 208 
 pp. 12°. New^ York, J. Wiley & Sons, 1906. 
 
 . The sanitation of recreation camps and 
 
 parks, xi, 109 pp. 12° New York, J. Wiley 
 & Sons, 1908. 
 
 . Overcrowding and defective housing in 
 
 the rural districts, xi, 13-92 pp. 8°. New 
 York, J. Wiley & Sons, [etc.'], 1915. 
 
 Basicln. 
 
 Genslchen. Einiges aus der Praxis ilber Basicin. AUg. 
 med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1900, Ixix, 789.— Goldmann (.T. A.) 
 Basicin, ■ Dr. ICreidmann's Cmnin-Cofleinpraparat und 
 dessen therapeutische Verwendbarkeit. Kun.-therap. 
 Wclmschr,, Wien, 1900, vii, 1095-1102.— Kreidmann. 
 Basicin, ein sehr lejchtlosllches, cbinin- und cofieinhaltiges 
 Praparat. Deutsche med. "Wchnschr., I>eipz. & Berl., 1900, 
 XXVI, Therap. Beil., 10. 
 
 Basidiomycetes. 
 
 Smith (W. G.) Synopsis of the British Basi- 
 diomycetes; a descriptive catalogue of the draw- 
 ings and specimens in the Department of Botany, 
 British Museum. 8°. London, 1908. 
 
 Bensaude (Mathilde). Sur la sexuality chez Ics cham- 
 pignons basidiomycetes. Compt. rend. Acad. d. so„ Par., 
 1917, clxv, 286-289.— Bresadola (G.) & Sydow (H.) Enum- 
 eration or Philippine Basidiomycetes. Philippine J. Sc, 
 Manila; 1914, ix, (C), 345-362.— Gerber (C.) La prfeure des 
 basidiomycetes. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1910, 
 Ixviii, 201-206.— Lyman (G. R.) Culture studies on the 
 polymorphism of Basidiomycetes. Science, N. Y. & Lan- 
 caster, 1907, n.s., xxv, 290.— Massee(G.) Evolution of the 
 Basidiomycetes. J. Quekett Micr. Club, Lond., 1898, 2. s., 
 vii, No. 42, 1-9.— Van Bambeke (C.) Sur la pr&ence de 
 cristalloldes chez les autobasidiomyc6tes. Acad. roy. de 
 Belg. Bull, de la ol. d. sc, Brux., 1902, 227-250, 1 pi. 
 
 Basig6 (J. Cantarell). See CantareU Basigo (J.). 
 
 Basile (Gaspare). La cUnica delle malattie 
 renali. viii^ 400 pp. 8°. Napoli, 1913. 
 
 . II ricambio materiale e la cura dell'artri- 
 
 tismo. 2._ed., interamente riveduta e con 
 aggiunta di nuovi capitoli. xvi, 398 pp. 8°. 
 Napoli, 1914. 
 
 , Gallo (N.) & Manna (S.) Trattato 
 
 completo di fisioterapia, dietoterapia, e climato- 
 terapia. x (1 1.), 432 pp. 8°. Napoli, 1914. 
 
BASILE. 
 
 371 
 
 BASSAL. 
 
 Basile (Giovanni) [1869- ]. Comepossoguarirmi 
 
 nelle malattie? 2. ed. xviii (1 1.), 576 pp. 8°. 
 
 Milano, U. Hoepli, 1914. 
 Basilio (Pedro Antonio). *Vicios da nossa lin^ 
 
 guagem medica. 340 pp. 8°. Rio de Janeiro, 
 
 Leuzinger, 1904. 
 
 Basilysis. 
 
 See Basiotribe and hadotripsy. 
 
 Basins. 
 
 See, also. Wash-basins. 
 
 Bloom (W. A.) Basin. [Pat. spec.] No. 917529; 
 April 6, 1909.— Dunlap (W. A.) Basin. [Pat. spec] 
 
 No. 1051393; Jan. 28, 1913. . Manufacture of basins, 
 
 etc. [ Pat. spec. ] No. 1061394; Jan. 28, 1913.— Glauber 
 (J. H.) Basm-cock fastener. [Pat. spec.) No. 763974; 
 Marcli 8, 1904.— McCaun (J. W.) Foldable basin. [Pat. 
 spec] No. 768770; May 3, 1904.— Magnuson (A.) Basin, 
 f Pat. spec.) No. 1049116; Dec. 31, 1912.— MaJewsW (K.) 
 Ueber verbrennbare Biterbecken; Beitrag zur chirurgischen 
 Nachbehandlung. Wien. med. Presse, 1898, xxxix, 1087- 
 1089.— Soderlund (G. A.) Valve-mechanism for basin- 
 outlcts. [Pat. spec] No. 767450; Aug. 16, 1904.— Wolf (M.) 
 Surgical basin. [Pat. spec] No. 1263655; Jan. 16, 1918. 
 
 Basiotribe and hasiotripsy. 
 
 See, also, Craruotomy {Methods and instru- 
 ments for). 
 
 Carbonelli (G.) Modificazioni al basiotribo 
 diAuvard. 8°- Torino, 1896. 
 
 Galvin (H.) *Etude eur quelques Rebecs de 
 basiotripsie. 8°. Paris, 1904. 
 
 Tkitto (G.) La basiotripsia ed il 3° basio- 
 tribe Tamier. 8°- Napoli [1902]. 
 
 Audebert. Faut-il renoncer a la basiotripsie? Gaz. 
 hebd. de m^d.. Par., 1900, n. s., v, Z77-280— de Bustamante 
 (A. S.) Basiotripsia. Rev. m^d. Cubana, Habana, 1911, 
 xvSii, 121-126.— Caterlnl (E.) La basiotripsia nell' eser- 
 cizio pratioo. Rassegna d'ostet. e ginec, Napoli, 1912, xxi, 
 332-343.— Charles- (N.) Primipare albuminurique k 84 
 mois; spasme total de I'ut^rus; dilatation manuelle du col 
 et basiotripsie; fcetus putrffifi; suites peu troubl^es. J. 
 d'aocoucli., Li4ge, 1902, xxiii, 253.— Gasiglia & Ciando. 
 Obliteration de I'oriflce externe du col de T'ut^rus; rigiditi 
 sp^ciflque du col; basiotripsie. Bull. Soc. d'obst. de Par., 
 1908, XI, 270-274. — Gourdet. Modification au basiotribe. 
 Gaz. m«d. de Nantes, 1904, 2. s., xxii, 989-991.— Grosse (A.) 
 Comment on peut manier le basiotribe. Rev. mens, de 
 gyn^c, d'obstet. et de pMiat., Par., 1909, iv, 225-231.-1.6 
 Maire (M.) [A few remarks concerning the use of the 
 basiotribe.] Ugesk. f. Laeger, Ej^benh., 1910, Ixxii, 184- 
 186.— Lepage (G.) & Grosse. Deux observations de basio- 
 tripsie pratiqu^e aveq une dilatation peu avanc^e de I'orifice 
 utiriu. Compt. rend. Soc. d'obst., de gyaie. et de p^diat. 
 de Par., 1903, v, 33-38.— Ltvon (J.) Basiotripsie sur un 
 enfant mort dans un bassln r^tr&i. Marseille mM., 1906, 
 xliii, 330; 334. — SUnalos. Basiotripsie sur la tite; demlfere 
 retenue dans I'utdrus et s^parfe prfelablemeut du tronc. 
 Bull. Soc. d'obst. 4e Par., 1903, vi, 27-31 —Oul. Sur un cas 
 de basiotripsie. Echo mid. du nord, Lille, 1904, viii, 197. — 
 Fuecli (P.) Prfeentation de la face; putr^actiou fcetale; 
 basiotripsie. Montpel. mM., 1904, xlx, 39-41.--Qtieirel. 
 De la basiotripsie. Marseille m4d., 1901, xxxviii, 65-73. — 
 Riss (R.) Basiotripsie et embryotomie. Marseille mid.., 
 1906, xliii, 207-310.— Bouvler (J.) Pelviviciation; sphacSle 
 genital ante-partum; infection anmiotique; basiotripsie; 
 crochet axillaire; gudrison. Bull. Soc. d'obst. et de gyn^c 
 de Par., 1913, li, -449-452.- Sauvage & Huet. Un cas de 
 basiotripsie pour ostSo-iiarcome du sacrum. Ann. m&d.- 
 chir. du centre, Tours, 1903, iii, 170-172.— Savomln. Ba- 
 siotripsie. Actuality med.. Par., 1892, iv, 51. — Simpson 
 (A. R.) Basilysis; demonstration of basilyst. Cong, 
 internat. de mia. C. r.. Par., 1900, sect, d'obst., 358-360. — 
 Vallois. Presentation du front et basiotripsie. Bull. Soc. 
 d'obst. de Par., 1911, xiv, 248-250.— Vasco d'Oliveira. 
 Sobre um caso de bacia obliqua ovalar de Nsegele; tentar 
 tivas infructiferas de forceps; basiotripsia sobre feto vivo. 
 Med. mod., Porto, 1906, xiil, 11-13. 
 
 Baskerville (Charles). Radium and radio-active 
 substances. Their application especially to 
 medicine. 2 p. 1., 164 pp. 8° Philadelphia, 
 Williams, Brown & Earle, [1905]. 
 
 Baskin (S[amuil] Z[akharyevich]) [1848- ]. K 
 voprosu o poslierodovikh zabolievaniyakh. 
 [On puerperal diseases.] 6 pp. 8°. [S.-Peter- 
 
 ' burg, S. N. Khudekoff, 1897.] 
 
 In: Sborn. trud. vrach. S.-Peterb. Rodovspom. zaved., 
 1897, V. 
 
 Basl (Ludwig) [1879- ]. *Welche Bedeutung 
 kommt dem Ti-auma in der AetLologie der ma- 
 lignen Geschwiilste zu? 28 pp. 8° Erlangen, 
 E. T. Jacob, 1908. 
 
 Basler (Adolf) [1878- ]. *Ueber die Art des 
 Absterbens verschiedener quergestreil'ter Mus- 
 keln bei erhohter Temperatur. 35 pp. 8°. Tu- 
 bingen, F. Pietzker, 1902. 
 
 Baslez (Louis) . *Contribution k I'^tude de I'omen- 
 topexie. 46 pp., 11. 8°. Montpellier, 1904, Ho. 
 62. 
 
 Baspphobia. 
 
 Bilgnot (R.) Observation d'un cas de basophobieS, type 
 myotonique. Rev. de med.. Par., 1905, xxv, 298-302. 
 
 Basque (Emilien) [1884- ]. *De I'^tb^risme. 
 
 76 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1907, No. 65. 
 Basqueiraz (Jules-Marie). *Contribution &l'6tude 
 
 de la cure radicale des hernies. [Geneve.] 
 
 ii, 72pp.,lL 8° Sion, 1890. 
 
 Basques. 
 
 Bertholon. Note sur l'identit6 des caractferes antbropo- 
 logiques des Basques et des Ph6nlciens. Bull. Soc. d'an- 
 throp. de Par., 1896, 4. s., vii, 663-671 —Dumont (A.) 
 Natalltedes Basques de Baigorry. Ass. fraoQ. pour I'avance. 
 d. sc. C.-r. 1892, Par., 1893, xxi, pt. 2, 597-612.— Herv6,(G.) 
 La race basque; conclusions et theories. Rev. de I'Ecole 
 d'anfhrop. de Ear., 1900, x, 214-237.— Lespinasse. D^ve- 
 Itfppement physique et valeurmilitaire dans la race basque. 
 Arch, de med. et de pharm. mil.. Par., 1911, Iviii, 451-455. — 
 Schuchardt (H.) Baskisch-Iberisch Oder -Ligurisch? 
 Mitt. d. anthrop. Gesellsch. in Wien, 1915, xlv, 109-124.— 
 Trebitscb (R.) Etbnographisches aus dem Baskenlande. 
 Ibid., 1914, xliv, Suppl., 27. 
 
 Bass (Charles Cassedy) [1875- ]. 
 
 See Dock (George) & Bass (Charles Cassedy). Hook- 
 worm disease [etc.]. 8°. St. Louis, 1910. 
 
 & Johns (Foster M.) Alvcolodental 
 
 pyorrhea. 1 p. 1., 13-167 pp., 1 col. pi. 8°- 
 Philadelphia & London, W. B. Saunders Co., 
 1915. 
 
 ; . Practical clinical laboratory diag- 
 nosis; a thoroughly illustrated laboratory guide 
 embodying the interpretation of laboratory 
 findings, designed for the use of students and 
 practitioners of medicine. Ip.l., v-xvi, 178 pp., 
 19 pi., tables, roy. 8° New York, Reb man Co., 
 
 [1917]; 
 
 Bass (Eduard). ICttel und Wege zui Schaffung 
 und Erhaltung eines entsprechenden Sanitats- 
 Hilfspersonals fiir die Militar-Sanitats-Anstalten 
 und die Truppen im Frieden und im Kriege. 
 2 p. 1., 155 pp., 2 1., 1 tab. 8°- Wien, J. 6dfaf, 
 1900. 
 
 Bass (Eugen). Haltung und Pfiege der Haustiere 
 in gesunden und kranken Tagen. Illustriertes 
 Tierarzneibuch der landwirtschaftlichen Nutz- 
 saugetiere. 596 pp. 4°. Reutlingen, Ensslin 
 & Laiblin, 1910. 
 
 Bass (MHe. Khassia) [1876- ]. *DiagnoBtic de 
 la tuberculose par la methode de deviation du 
 complement (methode de Marmorek). 34 pp. 
 8°. Montpellier, 1911, No. 79. 
 
 Bass (Oskar). *Ein Fall von Carcinom und Tu- 
 berkulose des Uterus. 22 pp. 8° Zurich, E. 
 Speidel, 1899. 
 
 Bass (William) [1833-1914]. 
 
 [Obituary.] J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1914, Ixii, 947. 
 Bassaget (Henri) [1873- ]. *Traitement du 
 
 leucome par rammoniaque. 39 pp., 1 1. 8°. 
 
 Montpelh-er, 1900, No. 63. 
 Bassaget (Leon) [1869- ]. *Derhidrocyst»me; 
 
 contribution a la pathologie des glandes sudori- 
 
 pares. 72 pp. 4°. Paris, 1896, No. 575. 
 Bassal (L.) *T6tanie infantile et nourrices 
 
 goitreuses. 52 pp. 8°. Toulouse, 1901, No. 407. 
 
BASSAN. 
 
 372 
 
 BASSO. 
 
 Bassan (laaac-S.) [1877- ]. *Contribution k 
 I'iatervention cMrurgicale dans les nephrites 
 m^dicales. ^d (1 1.), 230 pp. 8°- Lyon, 1903, 
 
 No. 7. 
 Lyon th&ses, tome iii. 
 
 Bassani (Francesco) [1853-1916]. 
 
 AUano (G.) Obituary. Boll. d. Soo. di nat. In Napoli 
 1916 (1917), 2. 5., ix, 62-81. 
 
 Bassard (Emile) [1880- , ]. *Neuf cas de 
 streptococcie Banguine. Etude bact&iologique 
 et clinique. 73 pp., 1 1. 8°- Lyon, 1906, 
 No. 137. 
 
 Bassargette (Andr6) [1888- ]. *De8 calculs 
 de I'urfetre en arrilre d'un r^tr^ciseement. 79 
 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1913, No. 55. 
 
 Basse (Henri) [1883- ]. *Contribution k 
 r^tude clinique dea m6ningo-enc6phalites li^es 
 k la tuberculose (enc^phalite subaigue curable 
 des- tuberculeux; tuberculose inflammatoire). 
 67 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1908, No. 52. 
 
 Basse (J. H.). 
 
 See Faust (Bernard Christoph). Catechism of health 
 [etc.]. 16°. Dublin, 1794. 
 
 Basseches (Sarah). *Statistische Zusammenstel- 
 lung der in der Schweiz wahrend der Jahre 
 1900-1904 beobachteten Todesfalle infolge von 
 Septicaemie, Pyaemie und Tetanus nach 
 kleinen Verletzungen, Hitzschlag, Sonnenstich, 
 Blitzschlag und Einwirkung eines elektrischen 
 Starkstromes. 24 pp. 8° Bern, Rosch & 
 Schatemann, 1911. 
 
 Bassenco (Abram) [1876- ]. *Ein Fall von 
 hysteriscber Aphasie im Kindesalter. 25 pp., 
 3 1. 8°. BerlirirCharlottenburg, J. Zalachowski, 
 [1904]. 
 
 Basseres (M.) Pervichnaya perevyazka ogne- 
 stiielnikh ran na voinle. Perev. s frantsuzskavo 
 A. A. Ivanova. [First dressing of gunshot 
 wounds in war. Transl. from the French by 
 Ivanoff.] 58 pp. 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1903. 
 
 Basses -Pyr6n§es (Departement des). 
 
 Jeunhomme (P.) Essai de topographie mMicale des 
 Basses-Pyr&i^es d'aprfe les documents du comity technique 
 de sant^. Arch, de mid. et pharm. mil., Par., 1891, xvii, 
 18S; 265; 441. 
 
 Basset (Alfred-Franfois-Honor^). *Etude in6di- 
 cale sur I'ouvrier mineur. 92 pp. 8° Parii, 
 1908, No. 334. 
 
 Basset (Antoine) [1882- J. *L'^pith61i9ma 
 primitif du clitoris; son retentissement gangUon- 
 naire et son traitement op^ratoire. 131 pp., 8 pi. 
 8°. Paris, 1912, No. 180. 
 
 Basset (Oharles-Louis-Jean-Baptiste). *Contri- 
 bution kl'6t\ide des m6thodes physiques d'exa- 
 men du lait. (Oryoscopie. Refractx>ni6trie. 
 
 ■ Tension superficielle.) Travail du laboratoire 
 de physique appUqu^e k la pharmacie. 60 pp. 
 8° Bordeaux, 1905, No. 25. 
 Ecole de pharmacie. 
 
 Basset (Gardner Cheney) [1873- ]. Habit 
 formation in a strain of albino rats of less than 
 normal brain weight, iv, 46 pp- 8°. Cam- 
 bridge, Boston & New York, H. Holt & Co., 
 [1914]. 
 
 Basset (Otto) [1823-1904]. 
 
 Basset (f .) Nekrolog. Jahresb. d. schles. Gesellsch. i. 
 vaterl. Kult. 1904, BreSl., 1905, Ixxxii, Nekrol., 1-4. 
 
 Basset (P[aul-]L[ouiB]. fitude sur les eaux de 
 
 Samt-Nectaire. 102 pp. 8°. Paris, W. Rem- 
 
 guet & Cie., 1860. 
 Basset (Richard) [1880- ]. *Ueber Hemien 
 
 der Regie duodenojejunalis. [Eiiangen.] 19 
 
 pp. 8°. Berlin, G. Reimer, 1908. 
 
 Bassett (JoTin Y.) [1805-81]. 
 
 Osier (W.) An Alabama student. 12°. BoKiroore, 1896. 
 
 Bassett (Victor H.) [1871- ]. The detection 
 of added water in milk by means of the immer- 
 sion refractometer. 6 pp. 8° [SavannaK], ldlZ_ 
 
 Bassett (Wilson T.) [1821-1905]. 
 
 MemoTlam (In). Albany M. Ann., 1905, xxvi, 774. 
 Bassi (Agostino) [1775-1856]. Discorsi sulla 
 natura e cura della pellagra. Con prefazione di 
 C. Lombroso. Ristampa dell'edizione di Milano 
 1846. viii, 33 pp., 1 1. 8° Torino, frat. Bocca, 
 1903. 
 
 I'm Biography, see Arch, de parasitol., Par., 1502, ti, 42-53 
 (S. Calandruccio). Also: Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1901, xxli, 
 1231. 
 
 Bassi (Femandino). Delle terme Porrettane. 
 vi(ll.), 283pp. ,3pl. roy.8° Roma,G.Zempel, 
 1768. 
 Bassi (Roberto) [ -1914]. 
 
 See Cblappero (Franceeco) & Bassi (Roberto). Com- 
 pendio di farmacologia veterinaria. 16°. TonTio, 1&72. 
 
 For Biography, see Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 
 1914, 4. s., XX, 268-261 (E. Perfonclto). Also: N. Ercolani, 
 Pisa, 1914, xix, 289-292. 
 
 Bassim (C. -Georges) [1830- ]. *Les complica- 
 tions broncho-pulmonaires cons^cutives k I'ad6- 
 noidectomie et k Tamygdalectomie. 2 p. 1., 56 
 pp. 8°. Paris, 1913, No. 181. 
 
 Bassin (Naum). *Kann das Herz tetanisiert 
 werden? [Bern.] pp. 429-450, 1 ch. 8°. Leip- 
 zig, 1907. 
 Repr.from: Arch. f. Anat., Leipz., 1907. 
 
 Bassini [Edoardo ] [1847- ]. 
 
 See Nlcoladonl (Carl.) Eundert nadlcaloperotionen 
 [etc.]. 4°. Wieritimi. 
 
 For Biography, see Eiv. veneta di sc. med., Venezia, 1904, 
 xl, 526-528. 
 
 Bassinot (Eugfene-Georges) [1872- ]. *De 
 r occlusion intestinale par torsion to tale de 
 m&entfere. 71 pp. 8°. Paris, 1900, No. 519. 
 
 Bassler (Anthony) [1874^ ]. Diseases of the 
 stomach and upper alimentary tract. 836 pp., 
 56 pi. 8°. Philadelphia, F. A. Davis Co., 1910. 
 
 . The same. 2. ed. 1 p. 1., xviit, [3]-870 
 
 pp., 75 pi. 8°. Philadelphia, F. A. Davis Co., 
 1913. 
 
 The same. 3. ed. 1 p. 1., xviii, 3-881 pp.. 
 
 front., 76 pi. 8°. Philadelphia, F. A. Davis Co., 
 
 1916. 
 Bassler (Eugen) [1882- ]. *Polarisation der 
 
 X-Strahlen, nachgewiesen mittels Sekundar- 
 
 strahlung. 104 pp. 8°. Leipzig, J. A. Barfh, 
 
 1908. 
 Bassler (Ray Smith) [1878- ]. The early 
 
 paleozoic Bryozoa of the Baltic Provinces. 382 
 
 pp., 13 pi. 8°. Washington, 1911. 
 Forms Bull. No. 77 of: Smithson. Inst. U. S. Nat. Mus. 
 
 . Bibliographic index of American _ Ordo- 
 
 vician and Silurian fossils, v. 1 & 2. viii, 1521 
 pp., 4 pi. 8°. Washington, Gov. Print. Office, 
 1915. 
 Forms Bull. No. 92 of; Smithson. Inst., U. S. Nat. Mus. 
 
 Bassler (Sanford) [1865-1916]. 
 
 DIetz (W. E.) In memoriam. Albany M. Ann., 1916, 
 xxxvii, 241. 
 
 Bassmann (Emil) [1873- ]. *Ein Fall von 
 Hysterie. 46 pp. 8°. Miinchen, Kastner & 
 Callwey, 1903. 
 
 ,Basso (Domenico). _ Contributo_ clinico alia cura 
 operativa della miopia eccessiva. 29 pp. 8°. 
 Pavia, Bizzoni, 1900. 
 
 Basso (Emmanuel) [1880- ]. *Les colonies de 
 vacances. Historique. Fonctionnement. R6- 
 sultats. 69 pp. 8°. ii/on, 1906, No. 115. 
 
 Basso (Ludovic) [1879- ]. *Contribution k 
 r^tude des kystes hydatiques multiples de la 
 cavit6 abdominale. 65 pp., 11. 8°. Lyon, 1904, 
 No. 126. 
 
BASSOE. 
 
 373 
 
 BASTOS. 
 
 Bassoe (Peter) [1874- ]. 
 
 See Patrick (Hugli Talbot) & Bassoe (Peter). Nervous 
 and mental diseases. 8°. Chicago, 1911. 
 
 Basson (Etienne) [1883- ]. *fitude sur la 
 d6U-vrance. Du diametre transversal de I'ut^- 
 rus pendant la deUvrance normale. 92 pp. 8°. 
 Lyon, 1907, No. 77. 
 
 Bassuet (Marcel). *La descendance des tab6- 
 tiques. 147 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, 1904, No. 125. 
 
 Bast [J. C. T.] De doseering der yoomaamste 
 geneesmiddelen in de kinderpraktijk. 47 pp. 
 12°. Rotterdam, W. J. van Eengel, 1903. 
 
 -. lets over herstellingsoorden voor kindem. 
 
 Populaire vergelijkende schets. 78 pp., 5 pi. 
 
 8°. Rotterdam, W. J. van Eengel, 1905. 
 Bastanier (Ernst) [1870- ]. *Ueber trau- 
 
 matische Perforationen des TrommelfeUes mit 
 
 Beriicksiclitigung der Fremdkorper des Ohres. 
 
 30 pp., 1 1. 8°. Berlin, Thormann & Goetsch, 
 
 1897. 
 Bastard (Gustave) [1869- ]. *Oontribution h 
 
 I'^tude du traitement du cordon ombilical aprfes 
 
 la nalssance. Action des bains. 44 pp. 8°. 
 
 Paris, 1897, No. 272. 
 . The same. 44 pp. 8°. Paris, G. Stein- 
 
 heil, 1897. 
 
 Bastard (Tomsaint) [1784-1846]. 
 
 Couflou (O.) [Biography.] Arch. mfid. d' Angers, 1906, 
 X, 475; 497. 
 
 Bastedo (Walter Arthur) [1873- _ ]. Materia 
 medica; pharmacology; therapeutics; prescrip- 
 tion writing, for students and practitioners. 2 
 p. 1., 13-602 pp. 8°. Philadelphia & London, 
 W. B. Saunders Co., 1913. 
 
 . The same. 2. ed. 2 p. 1., 9-654 pp. roy. 
 
 8°. Philadelphia & London, W.-B. Saunders & 
 Co., 1918. 
 
 See, also, Morris (Henry). Essentials of materia-medica 
 [etc.]. 8°. PhiladelpMa, 19fH. 
 
 Basten (Hubert) [1877-1904]. *Das Kephalhae- 
 matoma externum beim Neugeborenen insbe- 
 sondere seine Aetiologie. 42 pp., 1 1. 8° 
 Oiessen, von Miinchow, 1904. 
 
 Basten (Josef) [1886- ]. *Ueber die Patho- 
 genitat des Loffler'schen Mausetyphusbazillus. 
 [Heidelberg.] 21 pp. 8°. Geilenkirchen, C. 
 van Gils, 1911. 
 
 Bastgen (Franz Josef) [1882- ]. *Ueber die 
 behaarten Rachenpolypen. 42 pp. 8°. G4es- 
 sen, 0. Kindt, 1908. 
 
 Basthard-Bogain (Andr^- Joseph). *Essai his- 
 torique sur la peste en France au xiv® si^cle. 
 32 pp. 8°. Paris, 1911, No. 412. 
 
 Bastian (Adolf) [1826-1905]. _ Das Bestandige in 
 den Mensehenrassen und die Spielweite ihrer 
 Veranderlichkeit. Prolegomena zu einer Eth- 
 nologic der Culturvolker. Mit einer Karte von 
 Prof. Kiepert. xvi, 287 pp., 1 map. 8°. Berlin, 
 D. Reimer, 1868. 
 
 . Die Vorstellungen von der Seele. 48 pp. 
 
 8°. Berlin, 1875. 
 
 Forms 226. Hit. ot: Samml. geneinverstandl. wissensch. 
 Vortr. 
 
 ; Controversen in der Ethnologie. Sociale 
 
 Unterlagen fur rechtliche Institutionen. iv, 
 55 pp. 8°. Berlin, Wiedmann, 1894. 
 
 See, also, Festschrift (ur AdoU Bastian zu seinem 70. 
 Geburtstage, 26. Juni 1896. roy. 8°. Berlin, 1890. 
 
 For Biography, see Achells. Adolf Bastian. 8°. Bam- 
 iurg, 1891. See, also: Mitt. d. anthrop. Gesellseh. in Wien. 
 1906, xxxvi, 174-180 (F. von Andrian). Also: Ztsohr. f. 
 Ethnol., Berl., 1905, xxxvii, 234-256, port. 
 
 Bastian (Henry Charlton) [1837-1915]. A trea- 
 tise on aphakia and other speech defects, viii, 
 366 pp., Ipl. 8°. London, H. K. Lewis, 1898. 
 
 Bastian (Henry Charlton) — continued. 
 
 . The same, vui, 366 pp., 1 pi. 8° New 
 
 York, D. Appleton & Co., 1898. 
 
 . Studies in heterogenesis. Pt. 1. v, 61, 
 
 X pp., 5 pi. 8° London, Williams & Norgate, 
 
 The same. Pt. 2. iv (1 1.), 147, xvii pp., 
 
 1901. 
 
 11 pi. 8°. London, Williams & Norgate, 1901. 
 
 . _ The evolution of life, xviii, 319 pp., 12 
 
 pi., diagrs. 8°. London, Meihuen & Co., [1907]. 
 The origin of life; being an account of ex- 
 
 periments ■with certain superheated saUne solu- 
 tions in hermetically sealed vessels. 98 pp. , 11., 
 12 pi. 8°. London, Watts & Co., 1913. 
 
 For Biography, see Bnt. M. J., Lond., 1915, ii, 795. Also: 
 Lancet, Lond., 1915, li, 1220-1224, port. Also: Nature, 
 1/ond., 1915, xcvi, 347. Also: Proo. Roy. Soo. Lond., 1916, 
 s. B.,lxxxix, pp. xxi-xxiv (F. W. M.). .^too.-Eev.sdent., 
 Par., 1916, i, 195-198 (Maumus). 
 
 Bastian (Willibald) [1868- ]. *Ueber einen 
 Fall von akuter Phosphorintoxikation. 28 pp., 
 1 1. 8°. Miindien, Kastner & Callwey, 1903. 
 
 BastianelU (G[iulio]) & Bignami (Amico). La 
 malaria e le zanzare. 24 pp. 8°. Roma, I. 
 Arterio, 1899. 
 
 BastianelU (Pietro). Sei anni di pratica chirur- 
 gica operativa (anni 1901-1906). Contribute 
 cUnico-operativo. xxiii, 372 pp., 1 1., 8 pi. fol. 
 Montevarchi, E. Pulini, 1907. 
 
 BastianelU (Raffaele). 
 
 Co- Editor of: Rlvista ospedaliera, Roma, 1911-18. 
 
 Bastick (William). 
 
 Pharmaceutical veterans: 'William Bastick. Chem. & 
 Drug., Lond., 1903, bdi, 667. 
 
 Bastide (Frangois-Edouard). _ *Contribution k 
 I'^tude du pronostic et du traitement du sarcome 
 du maxiUaire inf grieur. 78 pp. 8° Pom, 1897, 
 No. 566. 
 
 Bastide (Theodore) [1877-_ 1. *Du d^sosse- 
 ment du tarse dans les pieds-bots cong^nitaux 
 inv^t^r^s (m^thode de Championnifere). 33 pp., 
 2 1., 1 pi. 8°. Montpellier, 1905, No. 64. 
 
 Bastien (Auguste-Albert-Gabriel) [1886- ]. 
 
 *De I'ablation de la clavicule et de la poign^e 
 du sternum comme temps preHminaire k cer- 
 taines operations de la region. 69 pp. 8°- Lyon, 
 1911, No. 106. 
 
 Bastien (Henri-L^on) [1881- ]. *Du traite- 
 ment orthop^dique de quelques cas de maladie 
 de Little. 66 pp. 8°. Nancy, 1907, No. 3. 
 
 Bastiles (The) of the North. See Sang^ton. 
 (Lawrence) [in 2. s.]. 
 
 Bastin (Friedrich Karl) [1879- ]. *Ueber die 
 Verstopfung des Oesophagus durch eia Blutge- 
 rinnsel bei Melsena neonatorum; 42 pp., 1 1. 
 8°. Miinchen, Kastner & Callwey, 1908. 
 
 Bastin (Z.) & Housiaux (H.) Gymnastique 
 pour les ^coles et les families en rapport avec 
 I'instruction pubU^e par le Ministfere des sciences 
 et des arts pour servir Jt I'interpr^tation du 
 programme de gymnastique dans les 6coles 
 primaires. 139 pp. 12°. Tamines, 1911. 
 
 Bastings (A[lexandre]) [1811- ]. Gu^rison 
 d'un cas grave de phthisie chez une file de huit 
 ans et demi par Electrisation m^thodique des 
 muscles de la respiration. Extrait du journal 
 publi6 par la SoaEt6 royale des sciences m6di- 
 cales et natirrelles de BruxeUes. 24 pp. 8°. 
 Bruxelles, H. Manceaux, 1879. 
 
 Bastit (L6on) [1869- ]. *Contribution k 
 I'^tude de Paction du chloroforme; paralysies 
 observees aprte I'anesth^sie. 62 pp. 8°. Paris 
 1898, No. 108. 
 
 Bastos (Enrico). See Gonsalves Bastos (En- 
 rico) [in 2. s.]. 
 
DE BASTOS. 
 
 374 
 
 BATESON. 
 
 de Bastos Mello (Francisco). *Algiima8 con- 
 sideragoes sobre as difficuldadea do delivramento. 
 68 pp., 11. 8°. Rio de Jaim,ro, Carvalhaes, 1905. 
 
 Bastos Monteiro (Hemani). Catalogo do Museu 
 de anatomia normal [Faculdade de medicina do 
 P6rto]. xliv, 112 pp., 25 pi. 8°. Porto, Enci- 
 clop. portitguesa, 1917. 
 
 Ba§t^F(Alfred). 
 
 See Handbuch der Zahnheilkunde [etc.]. 8°. Wien, 
 1902. 
 
 Bastyf (Moric) [1835-94]. 
 
 [Biography.] Casop. 14k. £esk., v Praze, 1894, xxxiii, 810 
 Baszynski (Sally) [1877- ]. *Ueber die 
 Fibrome der Bauchdeclieii. 21 pp., 1 1. 8°. 
 Freiburg i. B., Sveyer & Kaemer, 1901. 
 Bat (V[Iadimir] G[edeonovic]i]) [1869-99]. Tif: 
 bryiislmoi, slpnoi i vozvratnly. [Typhoid, 
 typhus, and relapsing fevers.] 56 pp. 12°. 
 S.-Peterburg, 1899. 
 
 Sputnik zdorov., suppl., 1899, No. 8. 
 
 Bataafsche apotheek. 384, 30 pp., 6 1., 2 tab- 
 8°. Amsterdam, J. Allart, 1807. 
 
 Bataafsche Maatschappij der Wetenschappen te 
 Haarlem. Natuuikundige VerhandeUngen. v. 
 1-2, 1799-1803. 8°. Amsterdam. 
 
 Continued as: Natuuikundige Verhandelingen van de 
 koninklijke (voorhen Bataalsclie) Maatschappij der Weten- 
 schappen te Haarlem. 
 
 Batailhg (J.-F.) 
 
 Pallhas (B.) Batailh^, professeur libre h, la Faculty de 
 mMecine de Paris (1850-65), et lestatuaire Carpeaux. Chron. 
 mM., Par., 1909, xvi, 481-494. 
 
 Bataille (Albert) [1856-99]. Causes criminelles 
 et mondaines de 1891-6. 6 v. 8° Paris, E. 
 Dentu, 1892-7. 
 
 . The same. Causes criminelles et mon- 
 daines de 1897-8; I'affaire Dreyfus. Premier 
 volume. 483 pp. 12°. Paris, Lib. Dentu, 1898. 
 
 Bataille (Emile) [1825-1910]. 
 
 [Obituary.] Bev. m^. de Normandie, Rouen, 1910, 293. 
 Bataille (Pierre). *Les vins du Roussillon, 
 6tude chtmique. 113 pp., 1 map. 8°. Mont- 
 pelHier, 1912. 
 
 Ecole de pharmacie. No. 84. 
 Bataille (Victor-Marie-Eugfene-Raymond) [1880- 
 ]. *Contribution &, l'6tude des manifesta- 
 tions grippales dans les suites de couches. 113 
 pp. 8°. Nancy, 1908, No. 21. 
 Batailler (A.) & Tresfont (E.) _Cours d'hygifene 
 
 f6n6rale et industrielle. vii, 381 pp. 8°- 
 'aris, H. Dunod & E. Pinat, 1913. 
 Batailler (Auguste) [1871- ]. *Les pers^cut6s 
 
 auto-accusateiUB. 113 pp. 8°- Paris, 1897, 
 
 No. 327. 
 Batanoff (Stantcho) [1869- ]. *Contribution 
 
 L r^tude de la gastro-ent^ro-anastomoBe postd- 
 
 rieure transm^-colique. 54 pp. 8°. Lyon, 
 
 1900, No. 83. 
 Batard (Charles) [1873- ]. *Contribution k 
 
 r^tude des troubles oculaires d6s aux parasites 
 
 intestinaux. 64 pp., 1 1. 8°. Pans, 1901, 
 
 No. 571. . 
 Batault (Emile). *Contribution k l'6tude de 
 
 I'hyst^rie chez I'homme. [Genfeve.] 155 pp., 
 
 21. 8°. Paris, [1885]. 
 Bataviaasch Genootschap van Kunsten en 
 
 Wetenschappen. Verhandelingen. v. 1-15, 
 
 1814r-96. 8'*^&4°. Batavia. 
 Batchelder (Charles F.) Notes on the summer 
 
 birds of the upper St. John. pp. 106-152. 8° 
 
 [n. p.], 1882. 
 Batchelor (Ferdinand Campion) [ - 
 
 1915].. 
 
 Obituary. N. Zealand M. J., Wellington, 1915-16, xiv, 
 258-266, port. 
 
 Batcbelour (W.) Homoeopathy compared with 
 the usual practice of medicine, and its supe- 
 riority vindicated; exemplified by statistical 
 facts, and cases successfully treated. 80 pp. 
 12°. London, J. Leath, 1845. 
 
 Batchvarolf (Theodore). *Contribution ^.T^tude 
 de I'influence de la dur6e et de I'intensite de 
 I'excitation 61ectrique sur la production des 
 convulsions toniques et cloniques. 31 pp. 8°. 
 Lausanne, A. Petter, 1906. 
 
 Bate (George) [1608-;69J. Pharmacopoea Bateana, 
 qua nongenta circiter pharmaca, pleraque 
 omnia e praxi Georgii Batei excerpta. 5 p. .1., 
 431 pp. Ed. tertia. 24°. Lugduni, Parisiis, 
 A. Auroy, 1704. 
 
 ■ . The same. Pharmacopoeia Bateana; or, 
 
 Bate's dispensatory. Translated from the last 
 edition of the Latin copy, published by James 
 Shipton, 4. ed., by Wilham Salmon. 8 p. 1., 
 744 pp., 6 1. 8°. London, printed for W. Innys, 
 at the Prince's Arms, 1713. 
 
 Bateman (Sir Frederic) [1824-1904]. 
 
 Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1904, ii, 413-415. Also: 
 Lancet, Lond., 1904, ii, 569, port. Also: Med. Press & 
 Circ, Lond., 1904, n. s., Ixxviii, 185. 
 
 Bateman (John Frederick) [1810- ]. On the 
 supply of water to London from the sources of 
 the river Severn. 40 pp., 1 diag., 2 maps. 12°. 
 London, Vacher & Sons, 1865. 
 
 Bateman (Joseph-Benoit-Comil] [1882- ]. 
 
 *De la pleur6ffle purulente enkyst^e des sinus 
 costo-diaphragmatiques. 74 pp. 8°. Lille, 
 1909, No. 7. 
 
 Bateman (Thomas) [1778-1831]. Abbildungen. 
 von Hautlaanldieiten wodurch die characteris- 
 tischen Erscheinungen, Grattungen und Arten 
 nach der Willan'schen Classification dargesteUt 
 werden. vi, 21.,4apl.,401. 4°. Wamar, 1830. 
 
 Bateman (WiUiam Adolfhus Frederick ) 
 [1836-1907]. 
 
 Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1907, i, 721. 
 
 Bates (David MiUon) [1844-97]. 
 
 Greenley(T. B.) Obituary. Am. Pract. & News, Louis- 
 ville, 1897, xxlii, 431. 
 
 Bates ( Mrs. Liadon W. ) Mercury poisoning ia the 
 industries of New York City and vicinity. 129 
 pp., 3 pi. 8°. London, Crowther & Goodman, 
 1912. 
 
 . Mercurial poisoning in the industries of 
 
 Great Britain. 46 pp. 8° London, Crowther & 
 Goodmqn, [n. d.\ 
 
 Bates (Stanley H.) Open-pir at home; practical 
 experience of the continuation of sanatorium 
 treatment. With introduction by Sir James 
 Crichton-Browne. 62 pp., 7 pi. 12°. Bristol, 
 J. Wright & Sons, 1910. 
 
 Bates (Tom) [ -1916]. 
 
 Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1916, i, 574. Also: Lancet, 
 Lond., 1916, i, 837. 
 
 Bates (Xyris T.) [1839-99]. 
 
 Squibb (E. H.) Biographical sketch ot X. T. Bates. 
 Tr. N. York M. Ass. (1889), 1900, xvi, 794. 
 
 Bateson (William) [1861- ]. Materials for the 
 study of variation treated with especial regard 
 to discontinuity in the origin of species, xvi, 
 598 pp. 8°. London, Maemillan & Co.^ 1894. 
 
 — . The methods and scope of genetics. An 
 
 inaugural lecture delivered 23 October, 1908. 
 3 p. I., 49 pp. 8°. Cambridge, Univ. Press, 1908. 
 -. Mendel's principles of heredity, ix, 396 
 
 pp., 6 pi., 3 port. 8°. Cambridge, Univ. Press, 
 1909. 
 
 . The same. [3. ed.] xiv (1 1.), 413 pp., 
 
 6 pi. 8°. Cambridge, Univ. Press, 1913. 
 
BATESON. 
 
 375 
 
 BATHS. 
 
 Bateson (William) — continued. _ 
 
 . Problems of genetics, ix (1 1.), 258 pp. 
 
 8°. New Haven, Yale Univ. Press, 1913. 
 
 Also, Co- Editor of: Journal of Genetics, Cambridge, 
 1910-18. 
 
 For Biography, see Sdent. Am. Suppl., N. Y., 1914, Ixxvii, 
 173. 
 
 Bath, England. 
 
 See, also. Fever (^Typhoid, History, etc., q/), 
 Hospitals (Description, etc., of). Waters (Min- 
 eral), by localities. 
 
 Bath as a health resort, obi. 24°. [Bath, 
 1897?] 
 
 GuiDOTT (T. ) A discourse of Bathe and the hot 
 waters there, also some enquiries into the nature 
 of the water of'St. Vincent's Rock, near Bristol, 
 and that of Castle-Gary; to which is added a cen- 
 tury of observations, more fully declaring the na- 
 ture, property, and distinction of the baths, with 
 an account of the lives and character of the 
 physicians of Bathe. 12°. Lomhn, 1676. 
 
 Peirce (R.) Bath memoir^or observations 
 in three and forty years practice, [etc.]. 16°. 
 Bristol, 1697. 
 
 Begg (C.) Bath as a healtli resort for tropical patients. 
 J. Trop. M., Lond., 1901, iv, 241.— King (F.) Batli as a 
 healtli resort. J. Phys. Therap. Lond., 1900, i, 127-132. — 
 Report of the Lancet Special Commission, on Bath as a 
 health resort. Lancet, Lond., 1899, ii, 1055-1070.— Some 
 medical -worthies of Bath. Practitioner, Lond., 1905, Ixxv, 
 853: I9O6, IxxTi, 109; 593. 
 
 Bath (Robert). Ueber den Charakter des Arztes, 
 nebst medicinischen Rathschlagen und Bemer- 
 kungen in verschiedenen Unpasslichkeitsfallen. 
 Nach der dritten Londner Ausgabe verteutscht 
 von Christian Priedrich Michaelis. xii, 116 pp. 
 12°. Leipzig, F. G. Jacobaer, 1791. 
 
 Bath as a health resort. 59 pp. obi. 24°. \Bath, 
 1897?] ^ 
 
 Bathe (Fritz). *Zur Kenntnis der Pseudoleu- 
 kamie. 20 pp., 1 1. 8° Breslau, 1899. 
 
 Bathias (Henri) [1878- ]. *Sur le dosage du 
 fer dans le sang au point de vue clinique ; techni- 
 que, r^sultats. 77 pp., 1 1. 8°. Lyon, 1903, 
 No. 100. 
 
 Bathing. 
 
 See Balneology, etc. ; Baths; Hydrotherapy; 
 Sea-baths; Waters {Mineral). 
 
 B^thory (Istvdn) [1835-1901]. 
 
 Navratil (I.) [Biography.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 
 1901, xlv, 23. . i' , 
 
 Baths [and lathing apparatus]: 
 
 Anders (W.) Bad och kroppsofningar. 
 [Baths and gymnastics.] 8°. Stockholm, 1907. 
 
 Bowers (E. F.) Bathing for health; a simple 
 way to physical fitness. 8°. New York, [1917]. 
 
 Callaert (H.) Petit manuel du baigneur. 
 12°. Lkrre, 1902. 
 
 DiLiMBURGO (G. F.) l)issertazione sopra i 
 bagni di acqua semplice tan to per immersione, 
 quanto per docce e per vapori. 12°. Napoli 
 1788. 
 
 Gerhard (W. P.) Modem baths and bath 
 houses. 8°. New York 1908. 
 
 Guidott(T.) An apology for the bath; being 
 an answer to a late enc[uiry into the right use and 
 abuses of the baths in England, so far as may 
 concern the hot waters of the bath in the County 
 of Somerset; with some reflections on fresh 
 cold-bathing, bathing in searwater, and dipping 
 ia baptism. 12°. London 1703. 
 
 Ha WORTH (S.) A description of the Duke's 
 bagnio, and of the mineral TDath and new spaw 
 therto belonging. 16°. Lqndcm, 1683. 
 
 Baths [and bathing apparatus]. 
 
 Jankatt (L.) Badearztliches Handburh; 
 Kompendium firr Bade-, Anstalts- imd prakti- 
 sche Aerzte. 12°. Leipzig, 1903. 
 
 Lucas (H.) *Wirkung und Anwendung der 
 Bader bei Tieren. mern.] 8°. Berlin 1910. 
 
 Pennsylvania. Department of Health. Bath- 
 ing. 8°. Harrisbura, 1913. 
 
 Forms: Penna. Health Bull. No. 52. State Dep. Health. 
 
 VON Post (R.) Bad ar halsa. 12°. Stock- 
 holm, [1903]. 
 
 Ribder (H.) Korperpflege duich Wasser- 
 anwendung. 12°. Stuttgart, [1903]. 
 
 Schonbnbbrger (F.) Wegweiser zur Ausfiih- 
 rung arztlicher Kurvorschriften. 12°. Oranien- 
 burg, 1913. 
 
 Bastogl (G.) Bagni ed igiene. Idrol. e. cUmat., Firenie, 
 1911, xxil, 227-241. — Becker (H.) Badeanstalteu beim 
 Eisenbahnbetriebe. Veroflentl. d. deutsch. Gesellsoh. f. 
 Volksbader, Berl., 1904-6, iii, 384-387.— Beerwald (K.) 
 Baden und Abhartung. Bl. f. Volksgsndhtspfl., Milnchen 
 & Berl.^ 1904, Iv, 245-248.— Cautlie (J.) Baths and bathing 
 in tropical countries. J. Trop. M., Lond., 1898-9, i, 78-80. 
 
 . Baths In the Tropics and at home. Med. Times & 
 
 Hosg. Gaz.^ Lond., 1901, xxix, 259.— Cavatortl (P.) Del- 
 r utihtS. di cure balnearie multiple in uno stesso stabili- 
 mento. Atti d. Cong. naz. d'idrol. e chmat. 1906, Perugia, 
 
 1907, 511-517.— Dausset & Haiulot (A.) La gymnastique 
 vasculaire par le bain progressif alternant. Bull. Acad, de 
 mM., Par., 1914, 3. s., Ixxi, 5fi2-565. Also: Tribime m&i., 
 Par., 1914, n. s., xlviii, 193-197.— Ducro.s (A.) Hydrologie; 
 le bain prolongs. Lyon m<Sd., 1905, civ, 1385-1388.— Dules- 
 tcl (L.) Les bains d'eau, d'air et de lumiftre en AUemagne. 
 M^d. scolaire. Par., 1911, iv, 293-295.— Faber (B. E.) [Win- 
 ter bathing.) Ugeskr. t. Lseger, K^benh., 1918, bcxx, 949- 
 954. — ^Fembacher. Die Temperatur des Badewassers in 
 Schul-j Arbeiter- und anderea Badem. Veroflentl. d. 
 deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Volksbader, Berl., 1906, iv, 110-128. 
 
 . Ueber Badereinrichtungen in staubreiehen indus- 
 
 triellen Betrieben, insbesondere in Bergwerken. Ber. ii. d. 
 ill. intemat. Kong. f. Wohnungshyg. in Dresd. (1911), 1912, 
 712-721.— GaUagher (E. A.) A new bathtub. N. York M. 
 J. [etc.], 1914, o, 811. Also, Reprint.- Hertel (L.) Ueber die 
 Verwendung von Eondenswater zura Betriebe von Badem. 
 Ztschr. f. Gewerbe-Hvg. [etc.], Wlen, 1908, xv, 103; 127.— 
 Hines (P. H.) Up-to-date floating baths. Proo. Am. Ass. 
 Promot. Hyg. [etc.], Bait., 1916, v, 57-63.— KeUey (F. G.) 
 Portable bath houses. Ibid., 77.— Kellogg (J. H.) Neutral 
 and oontiouous baths. Mod. Med., Battle Creek, Mich., 
 1900, ix, 241-247.— Klein (A.) Das Arbeiterbad der Firma 
 Johann Gottfried Haebler in Wamsdorf. Ztschr. f. ofl. 
 Gsndhtspflg., Wien & Berl., 1913, i, 27-31.— Konllcow (M. 
 J.) Bathing in Russia. Boston M. & S. J., 1918, clxxviii, 
 518.— Krebs (W.) Beitrag zur Technik der Bader und des 
 Badens. Ztschr. f. phys. u. diatet. Therap., Leipz., 1913, 
 xvli, 31-35 —Lassar (0.) Die Bader als hygienische Auf- 
 gabe. Veroflentl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. t. Volksbader, Berl., 
 1904-6, iii, 400-103.- Loebel (A.) Die Anla'^e und Adminis- 
 tration der Heilbadeanstalt. Med. Bl., Wien, 1909, xxxii, 
 15.— MacGuire (C. I.) A convertible and portable bed 
 bath. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1898, liv, 753.--MacWliiniUe (A. 
 U.) Two of the present day tads. N.YorkM.J. [etc.], 1914, 
 xcix, 780-782. Also, Reprint.- Martin (C.) Deutsches 
 Badewesen. Gesundh.-Ingenieur, Miinchen, 1903, xxvi, 
 622; 533; 586.— Miller (H. C. V.) & 0ruui (H. P.) [The 
 regulation ot baths in Copenhagen.) Tidsskr. t. Sundhdspl., 
 K0benh., 1899-1900, vii, 79-98.— Mtthsam (R.) Das per- 
 manente Bad in der Chirurgie. Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl., 
 
 1908, xlix, 261-265.— Nunneley (F. P.) The whirlpool 
 bath. Bnt. M. J., Lond., 1916, ii, 721.— Koadle (J.) The 
 manipulation bath. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1916-17, 
 X, Sect. Balneol., 70-74.— BotlischUd (D.) Ueber das 
 wesen der Badekuren. Ztschr. t. Bahieol., Klimat. fete.], 
 Berl. & Wien, 1909-10, ii, 77-81. Also, Reprint.— BuscUe^ 
 weyh (P.) Die Erleiohterung des Badens und der Wasche- 
 remigung in mittleren Haushaltungen. Ber. ii. d. lil. inter- 
 nat. Kong. f. Wohnungshyg. in Dresd. (1911), 1912, 557- 
 564.— Satre (A.) Bains chauds et bains froids. Rev. inter- 
 nal, de mSd. et de chir.. Par., 1918, xxix, 20; 33.— Stelz (K.) 
 Licht-, Lult- u. Badeanlagen. Gesundheit, Leipz., 1913, 
 xxxvin. 45(M54.— Strasser (A.) Ueber Warmeregiilation 
 im Bade. Veroflentl. d. balneol. Gesellsch. in Berl., Berl 
 & Wien, 1910, 212-221. Also: Med. Klin., Berl., 1910 
 VI, 1086-1089.— TWcm (E.) Eine neue Vorrichtung zur 
 Herstellung kataphorischer Bader. Ulust. Monatschr. d. 
 arztl. Polytech., Berl^l908, xxx, 22-24.— Vocke (W.) Ba- 
 deeinrichtungen und Warmwasserversorgung in stadtischen 
 Wohnhaiisem. Ber. il, d. iii. intemat. Kong. f. Wohnungs- 
 hyg. in Dresd. (1911), 1912, 379-390, 13 pi.— Wlndolpli (A. 
 P.) Model bath houses and recreation centers. Proc Am 
 Ass. Promot. Hyg. [etc.], Balt^ 1916, v, 49-52.— Zucker (A ) 
 Modeme Baderpraparate. Therap. Neuheiten, Leipz 
 1910, v, 7-9. ' 
 
BATHS. 
 
 376 
 
 BATHS. 
 
 Baths [and haihing apparatiis] [Patent 
 specifications for]. 
 
 See, also, Batas {{Douche and shower), Bath- 
 tubs [Patent specifications for]. 
 
 Abrainson (L. A .) Automatic bathing apparatus. No. 
 1183420; May 16, 1916.— Adams (B. F.) Bath apparatus. 
 No. 1134364; April 6, 1915.— Allen (W. E.) Bathing appa- 
 ratus. No. 1056876; March 25, 1913. . Bath mat. No. 
 
 1080315; Dec. 2, 1913.— Arbury (G. F.) Bath room fixture. 
 No. 1076808; Oct. 28, 1913.— Auld (H. K.) Bathing appara- 
 tus. No. 807802; Deo. 19, 1905.— BaUard (S.) Bath cabinet. 
 No. 984524; Feb. 21, 1911.— Barlow (J. T.) Bath apparatus. 
 No. 1163732; Deo. 14, 1915.— Behm (F.) Bath-chMT. No, 
 1245660; Nov. 6, 1917.— Bllchmann (J. A.) Bath trap and 
 overflow. No. 1093601; April 21, 1914.— Bondurant (L. 
 G.) Sanitary ealoric-bath apparatus. No. 1192740; July 25, 
 1916.— Booraem (J. F.) Flimge bath tile and terra cotta 
 construction. No. 1193862; Aug. 8, 1916.— Booraem (J. F.) 
 & Bohmer (G. E.) Plunge-bath. No. 1091798; March 31, 
 1914.— Booth (J.) Bath or flesh brush attachment lor bath 
 tubs. No. 964843; July 19, 1910.— BrandeUe (J. N.) Bath 
 cabinet. No. 1157842; Oct. 26, 1915.— Brueggeman (A.) 
 Vapor bath apparatus. No. 1080678; Dec. 9, 1913.— Buck 
 (F. E.) Ckimbined bed or couch and bath. No. 761443; 
 May 31, 1904.— Bunting (W.) Mixing and controlling 
 valve lor bathing apparatus. No. 654602; July 31, 1900.— 
 Butler (O. D.) Medical-liquid-deUverer attachment for 
 water-pipes of bath-tubs. No. 1264772; April 30, 1918.— 
 ButtonfR.C.) Bathmat. No. 1011114; Dec. 5, 1911.— Cald- 
 well (G. W.) Vapor cabinet appliance for bath tubs. No. 
 1089819; March 10, 1914.— Carter (J. R.) Heating device for 
 baths and the like. No. 1074694; Oct. 7, 1913.— Casey (E. 
 F.) Bath house. No. 1135764; April 13, 1915.— Clarke f W. 
 E.) Bath-tub mat. No. 1201256; Oct. 17, 1916.— Cloud (W. 
 H.) Bathing apparatus. No. 843260; Feb. 5, 1907.— Coe 
 (T.E.) Bath-tub mat. No. 579532; March 23, 1897.— Collins 
 (C. W.) Movable floor for bathing pools. No. 1101166; June 
 23, 1914.— Cornelius (L. A.) Bath or basin waste. No. 
 1255389; Feb. 5, 1918.— Coup (M.) Manifold outlet. No. 
 1156888; Oct. 19, 1915.— Cox (G. G.) Portable bath cabinet. 
 No. 1008957; Nov. 14, 1911.— Crane (E. E.) & Backus (O. 
 J.) Basin and bath supply fitting. No. 991703; May 9, 
 1911.— Crooker (E. R.) Bath mat. No. 1173561; Feb. 29, 
 
 1916. . Bath mat. No. 1190266; July 11, 1916.— Crum 
 
 (W.L.)&Crum(P.W.) Fluid-bath cabinet. No. 1196433; 
 Aug. 29, 1916.— Curry (A. M.) Portable bath cabinet. 
 No. 1126008; Jan. 12, 1915.— Donovan (T. J.) Bathingmar 
 chine. No. 1025612; May 7, 1912.— Dosge (W. L.) ,Bath 
 apparatus. No. 1060236; April 29, 1913.— Bustis fJ. P.) 
 Bm-tub seat. No. 12499; June 26, 1906.— Ewlng (M. J.) 
 Collapsible-table attachment for bath-tubs. No. 1199881; 
 Oct. 3, 1916.— Farmer (O. M.) Back bather. No. 1167282; 
 Jan. 4, 1916.— Ferraudlnl (L. A.) Bath cabinet. No. 
 1277709; Sept. 3, 1918.— Fisher (R.) & Toung (C. A.) Bath 
 cabinet. No. 1014587; Jan. 9, 1912.— Fowler (Del E. F.) 
 Portable bath. No. 821230; May 22, 1906.— Frink (C. S.) 
 Bathing apparatus. No. 1221163; April 3, 1917.— GaUaher 
 (F. F.) Bathing-boat. No. 918994; April 20, 1909.— Gartrell 
 (Mary G.) & Lee (Belle R.) Folding bath-cabinet. No. 
 675060; May 28, 1901.— Geussenhalner (E.) Bath. No. 
 1103139; July 14, 1914.— GUmore (M.) & Gllmore (N. L.) 
 Bath-tub attachments. No. 919848; April 27, 1909.— Gray 
 (Lida Virginia). Portable bathing apparatus. No. 736089; 
 Aug. 11, 1903.— Greer (A. L.) & WUoth (L.) Bath cabinet. 
 No. 1183971; May 23, 1916.— Groover (C. W.) Bath-cabinet. 
 No. 860463; July 16, 1907.— GulonessfM. W.) Bath cabmet. 
 No. 1035002; Aug. 6, 1912.— Guim (W.) Water-heater for 
 bath-tubs. No. 575944; Jan. 26, 1897.— Haeckel (E.) Bath- 
 ing device (or producing artificial waves. No. 654973; July 
 31, 1900.— Hajdu (A.) Bathing apparatus. No. 1168497; 
 Jan. 18, 1916.— Harnett (J. T.) Combination bath trap 
 waste and overflow. No. 1070372; Aug. 12, 1913.— Hender- 
 son (J. C.) Bath cabinet. No. 1099904; June 9, 1914.— Hess 
 (F ) Bath accessory. No. 1006381; Oct. 17, 1911.— Hlldeton 
 (O. N.) Extensible bath apparatus. No. 1095633; May 5, 
 1914.— Hllflker (F. O.) Bath appliance. No. 1203874; Nov. 
 7, 1916.— Hoeglauer (H.) Device lor generating waves In 
 
 baths. No. 826427; July 17, 1906. . Bathing apparatus. 
 
 No. 826506; July 17, 1906. . Device for agitating the 
 
 water in baths. No.916152; March 23, 1909.— HoUlngs worth 
 (I. N.) Bath-mat. No. 1097631; May 26, 1914.— Hoover (A. 
 E ) Portable bath. No. 965713; July 26, 1910.— Hewlett 
 fP L ) Bathing machine. No. 1192314; July 25, 1916.— 
 Hoyt (J. C.) Bath cabinet. No. 959743; May 31, 1910.— 
 Johnson (C. M.) Bathingboat No. 1080635: Dec. 9,1913.— 
 Johnson (J. M.) Bath-cabinet. No. 1093055; April 14, 1914.— 
 Joy (H. O.) & Montlerrand (A. R.) Combmation wash- 
 ing appliance and bath seat. No. 1103516; July 14, 1914.— 
 Kerstetter (J. L.) Foot-bath. No. 794026; July 4, 
 1905— Klmsey (J. C.) Wardrobe bath-cabinet. No. 
 904488; Nov. 17, 1908.— King (J. F.) Bath apparatus. No. 
 1066121; July 1, 1913.— Knickerbocker (B. D.) Foldable 
 
 bath hopper. No. 954972; April 12, 1910. . Foldable 
 
 bath mat. No. 984765; Feb. 21, 1911. . Bath cabinet. 
 
 No. 1035362; Aug. 13, 1912.— Llpplncott (W.) Bath appa- 
 ratus. No. 1167190; Jan. 4, 1916.— Livingston (E. L.) Bath 
 mat. No. 190179;July 4, 1916.— Loplzlch(J.) Earplugfor 
 bathers. No. 955276; April 19, 1910.— Mclntyre (D. J.) 
 Trap, waste and ovraflow pipe attachment to bath tubs. 
 
 Baths [and lathing apparatus] [Patent 
 specifications for]. 
 
 No. 962081; March 15, 1910.— McQuha« (A. M.) Attach- 
 ment for arm baths. No. 1105365; July 28, 1914.— Martin 
 (T. A.) & Brams (S.) Combination and bath fitting. No. 
 936791; Oct. 12, 1909.— Mcrrle (H.) & Burnett (A. E.) 
 Overflow attachment for bath-tubs or the like. No. 706983; 
 Aug. 12, 1902. — Messer (V. V.) Eotary plunge bath. No. 
 984596; Feb. 21, 1911.— MlUer (J. P.) Bath cabinet. No. 
 991222; May 2, 1911.— Mills (E. O.) Combination bath- 
 room fixture. No. 1143128; June 15, 1915.— Minnie (C. A.) 
 Bath fixture. No. 1169324; Nov. 2, 1916.— Monro (W. E.) 
 Bath-cabinet. No. 829281; Aug. 21, 1906.— Muehl (J. Q.) 
 Portable wash-cabinet. No. 734348; July 21, 1903.— Mueller 
 (P.) Bath or basin fitting. No. 1026632; May 14, 1912.— 
 Murphey (W. W.) Combination bath and toilet cabinet. 
 No. 1038630; Sept. 17, 1912.— Netschert (F.) Sitz bath 
 attachment. No. 982626; Jan. 24, 1911.— Newport (T. L.) 
 Bath-brush. No. 727993; May 12, 1903.— Newsome (E.) 
 Clean out attachment for bath wastes and overflows. No. 
 976693; Nov. 22, 1910.— Ohmstede (J. E.) Bath cabinet. 
 No. 977828; Dec. 6, 1910.— Papworth (T.J Bath-cabinet. 
 No. 911434; Feb. 2, 1909.— Park (T. C.) Infants' portable 
 bathing appliance. No. 1115968; Nov. 3, 1914.— Pattlnson 
 (B. W.) Folding cot and bath tub cabinet. No. 898698; 
 Sept. 15, 1908.— Fetter (A. J.) Bathing apparatus. No. . 
 1040238; Oct. 1, 1912.— Pierce (E.) Portable bathing-pan. 
 No. 716096; Deo. 16, 1902.— Plelns (L. H.) Apparatus for 
 administering hydrotherapeutic baths. No. 1070374; Aug. 
 12, 1913.— Potter (T. I.) Bathing appliance. No. 1181406; 
 May 2, 1916.— Pride (J. HJ Bath cabinet. No. 1061566; 
 May 13, 1913.— Qulne (E. H.) Bath and stand for the same. 
 No. 900586; Oct. 6, 1908.— B«es (W. D.) Bath-tub attach- 
 ment. No. 1242113; Oct. 2, 1917.— B«mer (F. L.) Bathing 
 apparatus. No. 1196729; Aug. 22, 1916.— Bench (C. A.) 
 Portable bath. No. 1104314; July 21, 1914.— Benehan (A. 
 B.) Bath cabinet. No. 944911; Dec. 28, 1909.— Robinson 
 (I.) Bath brush and operatingmeans therefor. No. 992905; 
 May 23, 1911.— Boblnson (S. E.) Water-regulating device 
 for bath-tubs. No. 767662; Aug. 16, 1904.— Sarason, Leo- 
 pold &Haller(S.) Process of producing effervescent baths. 
 No. 1041357; Oct. 15, 1912.— Sarason (t-) Process of and 
 apparatus for preparing effervescing baths. No. 879326; 
 Feb. 18, 1908.— Schmidt (E . ) B ath. No. 987646; March 21, 
 1911.— Schrelber (L.) Combined drying chair and stand. 
 No. 913310; Feb. 23, 1909.— Serper (J.) Bath-tub overflow 
 shield. No. 1235387; July 31, 1917.— Simmons (W. L.) 
 Bath-hose. No. 683W6; Sept. 24, 1901.— Smith (G. W.) 
 & Becker (W. WS Bath mat. >Io. 1099671; June 9, 1914.— 
 Snodgrass (E. D.) Attachment for bath-cocks. No. 
 973143; Oct. 18, 1910.— Spence (J. FJ Portable bath mat. 
 No. 1016374; Feb. 6, 1912.— Stalter (C. EO Bath appliance. 
 No. 1182810; May 9, 1916.— Stewart (W. G.) Bath tub 
 supply pipe connection. No. 985853; March 7, 1911.— Stock- 
 ton (J. B.) Bath apparatus. No. 871074; Nov. 12, 1907.— 
 Straube (E.) Combined rocking-chair and bath. No. 
 633398; Sept. 19, 1899.— Stryker (G. B.) Bath-cabinet. 
 No. 1277502; Sept. 3, 1918.— Thompson (D. L.) Bath 
 cabinet. No. 1065863; June 24, 1913.— Thompson (H.) 
 Bathing-machine. No. 723769; March 24, 1903.— Tolley 
 (Lavinia D.) Safety bath-tub mat. No. 1239642; Sept. 11, 
 1917.— Trick (W. C.) Bath cushion. No. 1039334; Sept. 24, 
 1912.— Tyne (J. J.) Water commingling head. No. 
 1030144; June 18, 1912.— Uflord (M. J.) Bathing boat. 
 No. 982025; Jan. 17, 1911.— Wald (J.) Bathing appliance. 
 No. 1175491; March 14, 1916.— Walstown (A. M.) Batti- 
 cabinet. No. 873811; Dec. 17, 1907.— WalterVC.) Means for 
 heating baths. No. 650439; May 29, 1900.— WeaverfH. M.) 
 Bath and basin waste. No. 913077; Feb. 23, 1909.— Wiggins 
 (G. G.) Bath apparatus. No. 1022346; April 2, 1912.— 
 Wlloth (L.) & Gfreer (A. LO Bath-cabhiet. No. 1240911; 
 Sept. 25, 1917.— Wilson (H. Y.) Vapor bath cabinet. No. 
 1128664; Feb. 16, 1915.— Wilson (M. A.) Bath device. No. 
 1021346; March 26, 1912.— Tork (C. H.) Portable bath. 
 No. 720089; Fob. 10, 1903.— Zimmerman (R. V.) Bath- 
 mat. No. 1065909; June 24, 1913. 
 
 Baths (Aerated and gaseous). 
 
 See, also, Baths {Carbonated); Baths {Oxy- 
 genated). 
 
 FuHRBR (F.) *Experimentelle Studien fiber 
 die Einwirkung von waaserstoffbadem auf den 
 tierischen Organismus. 8°. Giessen, 1912. 
 
 Garfinkel (Mindla Cirla). *Ueber Luftgae- 
 bader. 8°. Ziirich, 1911. 
 
 Chlmlnelll (L.) Del bagnl di gas. Atti d. Cong, naz- 
 d'idrol. cllmat., Parma, 1898, v, 210-212.— Klug & Trebing 
 (J.) Vergleichende Studien nber die Wirkung von Gasba 
 dem. Ztschr. f. exper. Path. u. Therap., Berl. 1909, vl,- 
 840-850.- Kowalskl (E.) [Influence of gaseous baths on 
 the organs of circulation, healthy and diseased.] Przegl. 
 lek., I&ak6w, 1900, xxxix, 675; 691; 701; 723.— Ku«era (A.) 
 [Speciflc effects of gaseous baths.) Casop. Idk. desk., v 
 Praze, 1913, lii, 576; 607.— Leuschner (A. W.) Production 
 of aerated baths. [Pat. spec.) No. 1034919; Aug. 6, 1912.— 
 Mougeot (A.) Uu nouveau proc^dS balneotheraplque: le 
 
BATHS. 
 
 377 
 
 BATHS. 
 
 Baths (Aerated and gaseous) . 
 
 bain hydro-a^rique. Gaz. a. eaax, Par^, 1912, Iv, 753 — 
 Mtiller (O.) Zur Frage der speziflschen Wirkong gashalti- 
 ger Bader. Ztschr. I. Balneol., Berl., 1910, iil, 127-130.— von 
 Ortb (L.) Device for introducing gases into bath fluids. 
 
 [Pat. spec.) No. 727425; May 5, 1903. -. Means for 
 
 introducing gases into bath fluids. [Pat. spec.) No 743025; 
 Nov. 3, 1903.— Schemel. Erlahrungen mlt einigen neueren 
 Apparaten zur HeretcUung von gashaltigen Wasscrbadem. 
 Ztechr. I. phys. u. dlat. Therap., Leipz., 1911, xv, 146-150.— 
 Schtttz (M.) Die Hcrstellung der kiinstlielien Gasbader. 
 Ztschr. f. Balneol., Klimat. [etc.], Berl., 1910-11, iii, 622; 
 661; 684. 
 
 Baths (Brine). 
 
 See Baths (Mud, etc.); Waters (Mineral, 
 Saline). 
 
 Baths (Carbonated). 
 
 See, also. Heart (Diseases of. Treatment of) hy 
 Schott's method; Waters (Mineral, Carbonated). 
 
 BoGNER (J.) *Experimentelle Studien fiber 
 die Wirkung wechselwarmer kohlensaurer Bader 
 bei Tieren. 8°. Giessen, 1913. 
 
 Klbebehg (E.) *ExperimentelIe Studien 
 fiber die Wirkung koUensaurer Bader bei 
 Tieren. 8°. Giessen, 1912. 
 
 PuNiN (K. V.) *Vliyaniye uglekisllkh vann 
 indifferentnoi temperaturt na krovoobrashtshe- 
 niye. [Influence of carbonated baths of indif- 
 ferent temperatirre upon the circulation.] 8°. 
 S.-Peterburg, 1911. 
 
 IN DEK Stroth (A.) *Beitrage zur Kenntnis 
 des Indifferenzpunktes bei Kohlensaurebadem 
 und einfachen AVasserbadem. 8°. Tubingen, 
 1908. 
 
 Alio, in: Therap. Monatsb., Berl., 1909, xxiil, 190-201. 
 
 TON StTRAWSKi (J.) *Beitrage zur Physiologie 
 und Technik der Kohlensauiebader. 8° 
 Zurich, 1910. 
 
 Antbony (C. G.) Actual values in the Nauheim bath 
 system. Mod. Hosp., St. Louis, 1916, vi, 90-94.— Amsteln 
 (F.) [On carbonic add saturated baths in arteriosclerosis 
 and angina pectoris.] Medycyna 1 Kron. lek., Warszawa, 
 
 1908, xUii, 77-83.— Bahnnann. Ucber die Zwecfcmas- 
 sigkeit der Verwendung der Kohlensaurebadernach Zucker 
 und der Silvanaessenzen als Baderzusatz. Deutsche Aerzte- 
 Ztg., Berl., 1907, 531-534.— Barucli (S.) Carbon dioxide 
 baths. N. York M. J. ]etc.], 1916, ciii, 913-917. ^Zio, Re- 
 print. — Baur. Bildet ubemormaler Blutdruck cine Kon- 
 craindikation fiir die Anwendung der kohlensaureiialtigen 
 Solthermen? Veroflentl. d. Hufeland. Geseilsch. in Berl. 
 Balneol. GeseUsch., 1907, pt. 2, 1-11.— Beerwald (K.) & 
 von der Heide (B.) Das Verhalten der Kohlensaure in 
 kiinstlichen und naturlichen Kohlensaurebadem. Med. 
 Klin., Berl., 1909, v, 697-699. AUo: Veroflentl. d. bahieol. 
 Geseilsch. ia Berl., Berl. & Wien, 1909, pt. 2, 93-100.— von 
 Boltenstem. Ueber Kohlensaurebader. Eeichs-Med.- 
 Anz., Leipz., 1908, xxxiii, 85-87.— Brodzkl (J.) Beitragzur 
 Wirkung der COrBader mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung 
 der Indikationen Kudowas. Klin.-therap. Wchnschr., 
 Berl., 1913, IX, 549-553.— Btthler (A.) Das Sprudelbad von 
 Weber. Cor.-Bl. t sohweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1912, xJii, 1260- 
 1265. — Buxbatun (B.) Ueber Kohlensaurebader. Wien. 
 med. Wchnschr., 1912, M, 2872; 2764.— Dlnkelaeker (G.) 
 Ueber die spezinsche Wirkung gashaltiger Bader auf den 
 Kreislauf. Ztschr. t. exper. Path. u. Therap., Berl., 1910, 
 viii. 150-168, Ipl.— EinIeldt(W.) Naturliche Kohlensaure- 
 bader. Therap. Neuheiten, I..eipz., 1909, iv, 41-13.— Faber 
 (A.) & Marcussen (S.) [Carbon dioxide baths.] Ugeskr. 
 f.Lseger,K0benh., 1916, Ixxviii, 657-659.— Fellner(B.) Die 
 Herz- und Getasswirkung alter und neuer natiirlicher 
 COrBader. Veroflentl. d. balneol. Geseilsch. in Berl. Berl. 
 & Wien, 1910, 242-249.— Fellner (L.) Zur physiologischen 
 Wirkung der Kohlensaurebader. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 
 1905, xfli, 746-750. AUo: Veroflentl. d. Hufeland. Ge- 
 seilsch. in Berl. Balneol. Geseilsch., 1905, pt. 2, 299-307. 
 
 [Discussion], pt. 1, 27-29. . Neue Untersuchungen 
 
 uber die physioloaische Wirkung der Kohlensaure-Gasbader. 
 Veroflentl. d. balneol. Geseilsch. in Berl., Berl. & Wien, 
 
 1909, pt. 2, 361-371.— Flscb (M.) Aphor; dosierte (kiinstli- 
 che) Kohlensaure-Bader, System Dr. Fisch. Deutsche 
 Aerzte-Ztg., Berl., 1903, 365-368. AUo: Verhandl. d. 
 Geseilsch. dentsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1903, Leipz., 1904, ii, 2. 
 
 Hlft*., 51-54. . Ueber Wesen und Bedeutung der 
 
 Kohlensaure-Bader-Behandlung. Deutsche Aerzte-Ztg., 
 Berl., 1904, 481-486. AUo: Veroflentl. d. Hufeland. Ge- 
 seilsch. in Berl., 1904, 166-179.— Frankenliauser (F.) 
 Technik und Indikationen der kohlensaure- und sauer- 
 stoflhaltigen Bader. Deutsche med. Wctinschr., Berl. & 
 Leipz., 1912, xxxviii, 97-100.— Fiedet (E.) & Uougeot (A.) 
 
 Baths (Carhonated) . 
 
 Les indications des bains carbo-gazeux. J. de physioth^rap. 
 Par., 1909, vii, 418-442.— Garflnkel fM. C.) Ueber Luftgas 
 bader. Schweiz. arztl. Mitt. a. I niv.-Inst., Ziiricb, 1911, 
 59-77. — GenuneL Kiinstliche Kohlensaure-Bader. Klin.- 
 therap. Wchnschr., Berl., 1913, xx, 1379-1383.— Gold- 
 scbelder. Zur pmsiologischen Wirkung der Kohlen- 
 saurebader. Med.-Klln., Berl., 1911, vii, 766-769.— Groedel 
 (P.M.) VersuchemltkohlensaurenGasbadem; euiBeitrag 
 zur Erklarung der physiologischen Wirkung der kohlen- 
 sauren Wasserbader. BerL klin. Wchnschr., 1907, xliv, 
 502-506. AUo: VeroflentL d. Hufeland. Geseilsch. in Berl. 
 BalneoL Geseilsch. 1907, pt. 2, 97-111. piscussion], pt. 1, 
 8. — de la Harpe (E.) De Paction immediate des bains 
 carbogazenxsurlesysfemedrcnlatoire. Gaz. d.eaux,Par., 
 
 1903, xvi, 107-109.^von der Heide (E.) Ueber den Kohlen- 
 sauregehalt verschiedener Formen natiirUcher und kiinst- 
 licher Kohlensaurebader und der darijber lagemden Luft- 
 schichten. Ztschr. L Balneol., Klimat. [etc.], Berl., 1910-11, 
 iii, 644-^58. — Heitz (J.) Du m^canisme de Paction des 
 bains c^bo-gazeur sur I'appareU cardio-vasculaire. Ann 
 dTiydrol. et de climat. mSd., Par., 1904, ix, 112; 129. 
 
 . Des modifications de la pression art^rielle et de la 
 
 pression art^rio-capillairB sous Pinfluence des bains carbo- 
 gazeux. J. de physioth^p.. Par., 1905, iii, 133-142. . 
 
 Hypertension et bains carbo-gazeux. Cong, intemat. de 
 
 mM., Lisbonne, 1906, xv, sect. 4, 222-233. . Sur I'effet 
 
 diuretique du bain carbo-gazeux, par la m^thodede I'aimi- 
 nation urinaire provoqu^. Gaz. d. eaux, Par^ 1906, xlix, 
 409. — Herz (M.) Ueber den Missbra-ch der Kohlensaure- 
 bader. AUg. Wien. med. Ztg., 1908, liii, 461. . Ueber 
 
 Kohlensaurebader in der hftuslichen Praxis. Ihid., 1911, 
 Ivi, 423. — Hlrscbteld (A.) Die Wirkung kohlensauie- 
 haltiger BMet auf die Blutverteilimg. Ztschr. f. Balneol., 
 
 Klimat. [etc.], Berl., 1912-13, v, 368-382. — . Einige 
 
 Versuche uber die Beeinflussung der Getassreflexe durch 
 
 kohlensaurehaltige Bader. Pnd., 382-385. . Ueber 
 
 die Wirkung der Kohlensaure im Wasserbade (zugleich 
 eine Kritik der Otfried Miiller'schen Versuche). Ztschr. f. 
 phys. u. diatet. Therap., Leipz., 1915, xix^ ll-il5. — HOlin 
 (J.) UeberkombinierteSehwefel-Komensiiurebader. Wien, 
 klin. Wchnschr., 1915, xxix, 202.— Homberger (E.) Ueber 
 die Wirkung der kohlensauren Bader. BerL klin. Wchn- 
 schr., 1905, xlii, 680-682. AUo: VeroflentL d. Hufeland. 
 Geseilsch. m Berl. Balneol. GeseUsch., 1905, pt. 2, 256-264. 
 [Discussion], pt. 1, 25.— Honan (J. H.) Clinical observa- 
 tions of carbonic acid brine baths on the circulation. Inter- 
 state M. J., St. Louis, 1913, xx, 309-322. AUo: Lancet 
 Clinic, Cincin., 1913, dx, 419-425. . The administra- 
 tion of the carbonic acid lirine baths (Nauheim baths). 
 
 Albany M. Arm._, 1916, xxxvii, 51-.58. . Therapeutic 
 
 action of carbomc acid brine baths (Nauheim baths) in 
 cardiovascular diseases. Med. Rec., N. Y., 1916, Ixxxix, 
 233-236.— Hucliard (H.) La mMication par les bains 
 carbo-gazeux et ses dangers; acddents mortels. Bull. gto. 
 
 de thdntp [etc.]. Par., 1903, cxlvi, 250-255. . L'action 
 
 hypertensive on hypotensive des bainsc arbo-gazeux suivant 
 leur mode d'emploi. Rev. gin. de clin. et de thgrap.. Par., 
 
 1904, xviil, 402.— Jacob (J.) Wiewirktdaskohlensaure Bad, 
 ist es ein schonendes Oder gymnastisches Verfahren fiir das 
 schwache Herz? Med. KUn., Berl., 1914, x,1353.— Klonka. 
 Ueber Kohlensaurebader. Jahresk. t arztL FortbUd., 
 Miinchen, 1911, 8. Hft., 17-23.— Kiscb (F.) Zur physiologi- 
 schen Wufcungder natiirlichen Kohlensaurebader. Prag. 
 
 med. Wchnschr., 1905, xxx, 678; 696. . Wie reagiert 
 
 der normale Zirkulationsapparat auf natiirliche Kohlen- 
 saurebader. BerL klin. Wchnschr., 1906, xliii, 8.55-877. 
 AUo: VerSflentl. d. Hufeland. Geseilsch. in Berl. Balneol. 
 Geseilsch. 1906, pt. 2, 410-416. [Discussion], pt. 1, 37.— 
 Klsch (H.) Les bains de gaz carbonique i. Marienbad 
 (BohSme). Gaz. d. eaux, Par., 1899, xlii, 96-98.— de La 
 Harpe (E.) Ueber die immittelbare Wirkung der kohlen- 
 sauren Bader auf den Blutdruck. Ann. d. schweiz. balneol. 
 Geseilsch., Aarau, 1905, 1. Hft., 69-73.— Laussedat. De 
 Paction hypertensive ou hypotensive des bains carbo- 
 gazeux suivant leur mode d'emploi. Ann. dTivdrol. et de 
 climat. mM., Par., 1904, ix, 321-327. .itsoJAbstr.]: J. de 
 
 mM. de Par., 1905, 2. s., xvii, 236. . Influence de la 
 
 couleur et de la luminosity des salles de bains sur Paction 
 tWrapeutique des bains carbo-gazeux. Gaz. d. eaux. Par., 
 1907, 1, 249-251.— I«bram (P. G.) Process of preparing 
 carbonic-acid baths. [Pat. spec.] No. 897546; Sept. 1, 
 1908.— Levertln (A.) [Carbomc add baths and their indi- 
 cations.] FSrhandl. v. nord. Kong. f. inv. med., Stockholm, 
 1896, i, 39-42.— Llwschltz (B.) Tachographische Unter- 
 suchungen ilber die Wirkun^weise kohfensaurehaltiger 
 Soolbader. Ztschr. f. exper. Path. u. Therap., Berl., 1907, 
 iv, 693-70.3, 1 pi.— Coebel (A.) Zur Technik und Wirkung 
 der^strSmenden Kohlensaurebader. Veroflentl. d. Hufe- 
 land. Geseilsch. in Berl., 1904, 145-166.— Harcussen (S.) & 
 Faber (A.) [Carbonic add baths.l Ugeskr. f. Laeger, 
 Kfibenh., 1918, bcxx, 1142-1145.— Mougeot (A.) Bains 
 carbo-gazeux et nutrition; recherchesexpirimentales. Rev. 
 
 gfe. de Clin, et de therap.. Par., 1907, xxi, 362; 412. . 
 
 Du m^canisme physiologique de la diur^ par le bain carbo- 
 gazeux; sujets sains et hypertendus. J. de phvsiothdrap.. 
 Par., 1911, Ix, 540-542. . Action r&iale du'bain carbo- 
 gazeux. Ann. Soc. d'hydrol. mid. de Par. C.-r., 1912, Ivil, 
 366-387. . Reidierches suir la diuiSse compar^e de 
 
BATHS. 378 
 
 BATHS. 
 
 Baths {Carbonated). 
 
 I'eau et des chlorures chez I'hommo sain sous I'lnfluence des 
 bains carbo-gazeux naturels k temperature indifl^rente de 
 Eoyat. Presse m^d.. Par., 1912, xx, 83.— MUUer (O.) 
 Ueber die KieislauJwirkung Ijohlensaurehaltiger Solbader. 
 Verhandl. d. Gesellseh. deutsch. Naturt. u. Aerzte, Leipz., 
 
 1909, pt. 2, 2. HKte., 80-86. . Zur Prage der Kreislauf- 
 
 wirkung kilnstlicher kohlensaurehaltiger Solbader. Ztschr. 
 f. phys. u. diatet. Therap., Leipz., 1915, xix, 111-115. — 
 Munk (F. ) Die Ursache der peripheren Haut-Hyperamie 
 im Kohlensaurebade. Ztschr. f. Balneol., Klimat, [etc.], 
 Berl., 1913-14, vi, 123-127.— Nenadovics (L.) Baderregula- 
 tor, eine neue Vorrichtung zur direkten und indirekten 
 Erwarmung und Abkiihlung des Eoblensaurebades. Med. 
 Klin., Berl., 1912, viii, 1545. Also: Veroffentl. d. balneol. 
 Gesellseh in Berl., Berl. & Wien, 1912, xxxiii, pt. 2, 281-285. 
 
 . Zur Methodik des Kohlensaurebads. Med; Klin., 
 
 Berl., 1913, ix, 995. Also: Veroffentl. d. balneol. Gesellseh. 
 in Berl., 1913, xxxiv, pt. 2, 125-128. [Discussion], pt. 1, 38.— 
 Plerallnl. II bagno gassoso d'acido carbonico. Idrol. e 
 climat^Firenze, 1905, xvi, 93-98.— Pototzky (CO Kohlen- 
 saure Hand- und Fussbader. Milnchen. med. Wchnschr., 
 
 1908, It, 33.5. — Prybila. Vergleiche zwischen Kohlensaure- 
 und radioaktiven Sauerstofl-Kohlensaurebaderu. Ver- 
 handl. d. Gesellseh. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1909, Leipz., 
 
 1910, Ixxxi, pt. 2, 2. Hllte., 83.— Pyrz (A.) TJeber die 
 ■ Theorie der Senator- und Frankenhauserschen COz-Bader- 
 
 wirkung. Wien. med. Wchnschr.; 1909, lix, 674-576.— 
 Rudlnger (J.) Ueber natilrliche und kiinsthcbe Kohlen- 
 saurebader una einen Apparat zur Eerstellung der letzteren. 
 Wien. med. Bl., 1897, xx, 275; 295.— Scarpa (L. G.) Sulle 
 condizioni cui deve soddisfare il bagno idro-carbonico arti- 
 ficiale per essere razionalmente efficace ed iimocuo. Riv. 
 crlt. di clin. med., Fiienze, 1906, yii, 197.— Schefler (W.) 
 Einige Gesichtspunkte fiir die Beurteilung von Kohlen- 
 saurebadem. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1914, li, 1357-1359.— 
 Schmltz (G. A.) Device tor feeding oxygen or carbonic 
 acidincirculatingbathing-waters. [Pat. specj. No. 573927; 
 Deo. 29, 1896.— Schntttgen (A.) Ueber Lultperlbader. 
 Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1909, xxxv, 
 1506-1508.— Sellg (A.) Herz und Gefasssystem unter dem 
 Einflusse von Kohlensaurebadem. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 
 1912, xxxvii, 569-574. — Senator (H.) Airpearl baths. 
 Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1909, n. s., Ixxxvil, 120.— Senator 
 (H.j & Frankenhauser. Zui Kenntnis der Wirkung von 
 Perl- (Kohlensaure-, Sauerstofl-, Luft-) Badem. Ztschr. t. 
 Balneol., Klimat. [etc.], Berl., 1910, iii, 63-65.— Siebelt. 
 Einige Gesichtspunkte zur Beurteilung kunstlicher und 
 natiirlicher kohleiisaurer Bader. Med. Bl., Wien & Leipz., 
 
 1909, xxxil, 97. — Skdrczewskl (W.) Die Wirkung der 
 Kohlensaurebader auf Blutcirculation und Herzarbeit, 
 Ztschr. f. exper. Path. u. Therap., Berl., 1911, ix, 49-86.— 
 Swan (J. M.) Theinfluenoe of carbonated brine (Nauheim) 
 baths on blood pressure. Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 1912, x, 
 73-96. Also, Reprint.— Thome (W. B.) Nauheim baths 
 and iiheir artificial imitations. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1916, ii, 
 604.— tJngar (S . ) Zur Anwendung von Kohlensaurebadem. 
 Heilkunde, Berl., 1907, 345-347.— Waledinsky (J. A.) Ein- 
 fiuss der Kohlensaurebader aul das Elektrokardiogramm. 
 (Experimentelle Untersuchung.) Ztschr. f. phys. u. diatet. 
 Therap., Leipz., 1913, xvii, 18-26.— Weiss (E.) & Kom- 
 mereU (E.) Ueber die physiologische Wirkungder Kohlen- 
 saure; Studien an Kohlensaure-Wasser- und Kohlensaure- 
 Gasbadem. Samml. kUn. Vortr., Leipz., 1915, n. F., Nos. 
 711-714 (Inn. Med., Nos. 243-246), 439-552.— Welssbein (S.) 
 
 Perlbader. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1904, xli, 676. . 
 
 Elektrokardiographische Untersucnungen iiber die Ein- 
 wirkung von Kohlensaure-Solbadem auf das Herz. Zen- 
 tralbl. t. Herzkrankh. [etc.], Wien & Leipz., 1913, v, 57-69.— 
 WoW (A.) Verglelcnende Untersuchungen liber Blut- 
 druck, Pulsbeschaflenheit und Korpertemperatur bei Koh- 
 lensaure- und Sauerstoffbadem. Ztschr. 1. Phys. u. dia- 
 tet. Therap., Leipz., 1916, xiv, 326-331.— Wybauw (R.) 
 De Paction des bains carbo-gazeux naturels sur lapression du 
 sang, ^valute S, I'aide d'un proc4dfi graphique. J. mM. de 
 Brux., 1910, XV, 331-337. Also, transl.: Ztschr. f. Balneol., 
 
 Berl., 1910, iii, 274-279. . Versuche an einem Kreis- 
 
 laufmodell mit Hinsicht auf die Wirkung der kohlensauren 
 Bader. Med. Klin., Berl., 1913, ix, 'leSS.— Zucker (A.) 
 Ueber neue kiinstliohe KolilensS.urebdder. Deutsche med. 
 Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1905, xxxi, 107. 
 
 Baths (CoM). 
 
 Alwens (W. [E. J. D.]) *Ueber'die Ver-an- 
 derungen der Temperatiirtopographie Unter dem 
 EinfluBS kalter Bader. 8°. Berlin, 1906. 
 
 Also, in: Ztschr. f. exper. Path. u. Therap,, Berl., 1906, 
 iii, 653-662. 
 
 Benbiu (G.) *CoiitTibution & I'^tude du 
 bain froid. 8°. Paris, 1901. 
 
 OoNTB (N.)- Aquse , frigidse antiquissima 
 methodus ad praxim iterum revocata. 16°. 
 Neapoli, [1732?]. 
 
 Glbich. Ueber die Wichtigkeit der Fluss- 
 und See-Bader und deren richtige Anwendungs- 
 weise. 16°. Miinchen, 1851. 
 
 Baths (Cold). 
 
 Neuhatjs {M. [J. E.]) *Pl6tzliche Todesfalle 
 im kalten Bade. 8°. Berlin, 1909. 
 
 Slattekley (G. B.) *Balnei frigidi caldique 
 usu in febribus. 8°. Edinhurgi, 1820. 
 
 Calleja Garcia (C.) Limitaciones de la hidroterapia 
 frigorifloa en el tratamiento de la febbre y de la inflamadon. 
 Rev. de med. y cirug. prAct., Madrid, 1912, xcv, 249-256.— 
 Dnrlg (A.) & Xode (A.) Ergebnisse einiger Respiratlons- 
 versuche bel wiederholten kalten Badem (nach Versuchen 
 an Hunden). Arch. f. Hyg., Munchen & Leipz., 1900, 
 xxxix, 46-99.— Laplnskl (M. N.) & Svenson (N. A.) 
 [Contribution k I'gtude de I'influence des bains froids sur la 
 quantity des globules blancs dans le sang de Thomme malade 
 et bien portant. Extr., 432.1 Eussk. Arch. Patol., Klin. 
 Med. i Bakteriol., S.-Peterb., 1899, vii, 414-426.— Leievre (J.) 
 Determination de la chaleur perdue par la surface totale du 
 corps sous Taction r^frigerante de I'eau (etude sur I'homme). 
 Arch, de physiol. norm, et path., Par., 1897, 5. s., ix, 758- 
 763.— PItienger (P. S.) A constant temperature bath for 
 maintaining temperatures lower than that of the room. 
 J. Am. Pharm. Ass., Phila., 1916, v, 1260-1264.— Porter 
 (W. H.) The physiological action of the cold-bath treat- 
 ment. Post-Graduate, N. Y., 1897, xii, 113-125. [Discus- 
 sion], 149-157.— Putzeys (F.) Bains de propretfi et bains 
 de natation. Mouvement hyg., Brux., 1898, xiv, 10-19. — 
 Thayer (W. S.) Ueber die Vermehrung der Leukocyten 
 nach kalten BSdera. Bl. f. klin. Hydrotherapy Wien, 1893, 
 iii, 143-148.— Thomas (J. D.) Cold baths; their use and 
 abuse. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1896, xxvii, 1331-1335. 
 .4 too. Reprint. 
 
 Baths {Douche and shower). 
 
 Emon (W.) *Bain8-douches k bon march^. 
 Installation et fonctionnement \ I'^tranger. En 
 France: Bordeaux, Paris, La Bochelle, Toulouse. 
 8°. Toulome, 1905. 
 
 AM Ende (P.) Das Schulbrausebad und seine 
 Wirkung. 8°. Braunschweig, 1903. 
 
 Appelius. Die hygienische Bedeutung des Brausebades. 
 Veroffentl. d. deutsch. Gesellseh. t. Volksbader, Berl., 1904, ii, 
 596-604.— Barth (F.) Ueber Sprudelbader. Aim.d.schweiz. 
 balneol. Gesellseh., Aarau, 1914, 10. Hft., 12-17.— Barueh (S.) 
 The correct shower bath. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1918, 
 Ixxi, 141.— Bond (R. St. G. S.) The use of spray baths on 
 board. J. Rojr. Nav. M. Serv., Lond., 1917,iii, 361-363.— Ca- 
 zalet{C.) Bains-douches 4 bon marche. Cong.intemat.de 
 latuberc. 1905,Par.,1906,ii, 797-799.— Cheysson(E.) Les 
 bains-douches populaires. Rev. d'hyg.. Par., 1898, xx, 
 1089-1096.— Comet. Die Hoglauer'sche Eluss-, Quell- 
 Wellenbadwanne. Ztschr. f. diatet. u. physik. Therap., 
 Leipz., 1903, vii, 450-452. — Eaton (J. A.) Curtained spray 
 and shower bath. [Pat. spec.] No. 1255396; Feb. 5, 1918.— 
 am Ende. Das Schulbrausebad und seine Bedeutung filr 
 die Zukunft. Veroffentl. d. deutsch. Gesellseh. t. Volks- 
 bader, Berl., 1901, 6. Hft., 29-38.— Henderson (P. H.) Re- 
 port on transportable shower-bath as used in . . . Division. 
 J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond., 1915, xxv, 698-701.— 
 Herbet. Note sur les bains par aspersion. Congr^d'assain. 
 e de salub. 1895, Par., 1897, i, 161-168.— Lande. CEuvre • 
 bordelaise des bains-douches a bon marche. Cong, intemat. 
 d'hyg. et da ddmog. C.-r., Par., 1900, x, 494-499.— Merry 
 Delabost. Un etablissement de bains-douches & bon marche 
 k Rouen (fondation Fr. Depeaux). Ann. d'hyg.. Par., 1898, 
 3. s., xxxix, 218-227.— Pain (M.) Les bains-douches popu- 
 laires en France. Rev. prat, d'hyg. munlclp. [etc.], Par., 
 1912, viil, 242-248: 1916, xi, 103-109.— Rallegeau. Note sui 
 les conditions que doit remplir une borme installation hy- 
 drotherapique au point de vue de la douche ecossaise. Cong, 
 intemat. dTiydrol. et de climatol. [etc.], 1902. C. r., Gre- 
 noble, 1903, vi, 577-579.— S(Se (Ida R.) L'cBuvre bordelaise 
 des bains-douches populaires. Rev. philanthrop.. Par., 
 1907-8, xxil, 195-198.— Sugg. Beobachtungen iiber Brause- 
 bader; Zuschrift an die deutsche Gesellschaft fiir Volksba- 
 der. Veroffentl. d. deutsch. Gesellseh. f. Volksbader, Berl., 
 1904-6, iii, 528-531. 
 
 Baths {Douche and shower) [Patent 
 specyfi.cations for] . 
 
 AJiderson (D. W.) Combined folding bath-tub and 
 shower-stall or shower-bath. No. 1236091; July 31, 1917.— 
 Baker (W. E.) Shower-bath apparatus. No. 608947; Aug 
 9, 1898.— Ball (E. E.) Bath-tub shower attachment. No. 
 871663; Nov. 19, 1907.— Barnes (H.) Spraying attachment 
 for bath tubs. No. 1140347; May 25, 1916.— Bockel (W.) & 
 BoekeI(J.) Overheadshower. No. 688262; Aug. 17, 1897.- 
 Brldgman (W. H.) Shower-bath apparatus. No. 650503; 
 
 May 29, 1900. . Shower-bath. No. 688057; Dec. 3, 1901.- 
 
 Bunting (W.) Shower-bath apparatus. No. 773641 
 Nov. 1, 1904.— Burger (F.) & Williams (H. M.) Spray 
 bath. No. 775796; Nov. 22, 1904.— Butcher (J. J.) Shower 
 bath. No. 743616; Nov. 10.-1903.— Button (R. C.) Tank 
 for rhower baths. No. 1()11113; Dec. 5, 1911.— CaldweU 
 (J.D.) Shower-bath apparatus. No. 769429; Sept. 6, 1904.— 
 Gallon (H. A.) Bath-tub shower and needle bath. No. 
 1203679; Nov. 7, 1916.— Carmlchael (J.) Shower-bath 
 
BATHS. 
 
 379 
 
 BATHS. 
 
 Baths {Douche and shower) [Patent spe- 
 cifications for]. 
 
 attaclimeiit lor bath-tubs. No. 719994; Feb. 10, 1903.— Castle 
 (J.M.) Shower-bath apparatus. No. 689164; Dec. 17, 1901.— 
 Cray (J.) Spraying-glove. No. 836181; Nov. 20, 1906.— 
 Dardano (C. F.) Shower-bath apparatus. No. 1146668; 
 July 6, 1915.— Davis (W. M.) Shower-bath bucket. No. 
 621042; March 14, 1899.— De VilWss (T.) Showering de- 
 vice Jor attachment to bath-brushes. No. 733018; July 7, 
 1903.— Dinneen (D. W.) Needle and shower bath ap- 
 paratus. No. 743623; Nov. 10, 1903. — Dufly (P. J.) 
 Shower-bath apparatus. No. 1207380; Dec. 5, 1916.— 
 Dunn (L. P.) Shower-bath apparatus. No. 733635; July 
 14, 1903.— Dupont (H. H.) Shower stall. No. 1112200; 
 Sept. 29, 1914.— Eustls (J. P.) Shower-bath. No. 764841; 
 July 12,1904. — Freeman (R.) Disappearing shower bath. 
 No. 1095837; May 5, 1914.— Grabau (H. E.) Bath- 
 spray. No. 1102736; July 7, 1914.— Hahn(M.) Jetdevicelor 
 shower-baths. No. 652478; June 26, 1900.— Hammann (E . ) 
 & Hooper (L. M.) Needle bath. No. 698987; Feb. 15, 1898.— 
 Hickey (J. A.) Shower-bath apparatus. No. 947330; Jan. 
 25, 1910.— Hills (A. S.) Shower-bath apparatus. No. 
 616668; Dec. 27, 1898.— Holtman (A. K.) Shower bath de- 
 vice. No.l086709;Feb.l0,1914.— Homeler(G.P.) Shower- 
 bathtub. No. 735514; Aug. 4, 1903.— Hooper (I-.M.) Spray- 
 bath. No. 685439; June 29, 1897.— Jablonskl (V. F.) 
 Shower-bath fixture. No. 1148968; Aug. 3, 1915.— Jackson 
 (S.J.) Needle-bath apparatus. No. 803698; Nov. 7, 1905.— 
 Jendls (E.l Shower-bath. No. 616486; Dec. 6. 1898.— 
 Jones (R. E.) Shower-bath pail. No. 1078355; Nov. 11, 
 1913.— Kenney (A. E.) Curtainless shower bath. No. 
 1130620; March 2, 1915.— Kcsselring (W.) Rose for shower- 
 baths. No. 722849; March 17, 1903.— King (A. J.) Shower- 
 bath fixture. No. 1148970; Aug. 3, 1916.— Knickerbocker 
 (B. D.) Spraying siphon attachment for bathing purposes. 
 No. 957566; May 10, 1910.— KUstner (M.) & Ladebeck (H.) 
 Abdominal douche-bath. No. 593527: Nov. 9, 1897:— Lang 
 (A. E.) Shower-bath curtain. No. 1159507; Nov. 9,- 1915.— 
 Larzelere (H. L.) Vapor or shower bath attachment tor 
 bath-tubs. No. 787683; April 18,1905.— Lawler (J. J.) Bath 
 spray. No. 969292; Sept. 6, 1910.— Lelinert (H. W. A.) 
 Showerbath. No.lll6897; Nov.10,1914.— Llnendon(0. J.) 
 & Houghten ( A. T.) Combined automaticshower and va- 
 por adjustable frame. No. 757933; April 19, 1904.— Luzzi (A. 
 F.) Shower bath attachment. No. 1218879; March 13, 1917.— 
 McElroy (J. H.) Shower-bath apparatus. No. 1066811; 
 March 25, 1913.— Melchers (E.) Portable shower-yoke. 
 No. 638348; Dee. 5, 1899.— Merccreau (J. R.) Shower-bath. 
 No. 777042; Deo. 6, 1904.— Newton (W. G.) Combination 
 spray and shower attachment Jor bath-tubs. No. 819582; 
 May 1, 1906.— Nordmark (0. F.) Portable shower bath. 
 No. 1065266; June 17, 1913.— Oswald fE. 0.) Shower bath. 
 No. 1083505; Jan. 6, 1914.— Owen (I. J.) & Blocks (R. A.) 
 Bath-spray. No. 881332; March 10, 1908.— PerWns (J. G.) 
 
 Bath shower attachment. No. 1165705; Dec. 28, 1916. . 
 
 Bath shower. No. 1197230; Sept. 5, 1916.— Plelns (L. H.) 
 Receptor for shower baths. No. 1017167; Feb. 13, 1912.— 
 PritchettCW.H.) Portablefleldshower-bath. No. 1241764; 
 
 Oct. 2, 1917. : Shower-bath fixture. No. 1241765; Oct. 
 
 2, 1917.— Kennie (R. D J Adjustable shower. No. 1161528; 
 Nov. 23, 1915.— Bock (C. S. C.) Bath-shower. No. 1083141; 
 Dec. 30, 1913.— Rosenberg (J.) Adjustable shower-bath 
 fixture. No. 1188681; June 27, 1916.— BusseUfC.C.) Shower 
 bath. No. 816604; AprU 3, 1906.— Rutland (R. A.) Port- 
 able shower bath. No. 1147648; July 20, 1915.— Sandham 
 (R. R.) Spraying attachment for bath-tubs. No. 963945; 
 July 12, 1910. — Seltner (P.) Shower attachment lor bath- 
 tubs. No. 1193302; Aug. 1, 1916.— Shapley (C. E.) Faucet 
 attachment for shower bath. No. 1146363; July 13, 1916.— 
 Simpson (J.) Shower-bath apparatus. No. 785233; March 
 21, 1906.— Smith (B. P.) Bath spray-fixture. No. 1267751; 
 Feb. 26, 1918.— Smith (E. C.)^ Shower-bath ring. No. 
 642807; Feb. 6, 1900.— Cpright (W. A.) Shower bath appa- 
 ratus. No. 1191248; July 18, 1916.— Wallen(O.E.) Shower- 
 bath apparatus. No. 776209; Nov. 29, 1904.— Wallen (Nannie 
 L.) Shower-bath apparatus. No. 866137; Sept. 3, 1907. 
 
 Baths iEUdric). 
 
 See, also, Electaic-liglit baths. 
 
 Barda. Studi Bulla elettricitS, medica col suo 
 importante ramo I'idro-elettro-terapia (bagno 
 elettrico). 8°. Roma, 1885. 
 
 Hayes (J.) Therapeutic use of faradic and 
 galvanic currents in the electro-thermal bath, 
 with history of cases. 8°. Chicago, 1877. 
 
 Hedlet (W. S.) The hydro-electric methods 
 in medicine. With chapters on current from the 
 main, cure-gymnastics, etc. 8°. London, 1892. 
 
 DE JuMNB (D.) De I'flectricit^ appliquee aux 
 bains de mer. 8°. Ostende, 1854. 
 
 Baths (Electric). 
 
 Lehk _(G.) Die hydro-elektrischen Bader, 
 ihre physiologische und therapeutische Wirkung. 
 8°. Wiesbaden, 1885. 
 
 Yanovich (N. M. ) *0 tyoploobmienie 
 mezhdu hidro-elektricheskimi monopolyarnimi 
 vannami i tielom chelovleka. [Heat interchange 
 between the hydroelectric monopolar baths 
 and the human body.] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1903. 
 
 Albert-Well (A.) Les barns hydro^lectriques. Attid. 
 Cong. Intcrnaz. di terap. fls. 1907, Roma, 1908, ii, pt. 1, 480- 
 482.— Dtinges. Ueber elektrische Theilbader und Elektri- 
 siren im 3ade. Prakt. Arzt, Wetzlar, 1897, xxxvlii, 25.— 
 Elevy. Electricity et bains saUns. Arch. gta. d'hydrol. 
 [etc.]. Par., 1896, vli, 241; 291; 321.— Flora (U.) Alcune 
 considerazionl sui bagni idroelettrici e su di uu nuovo metodo 
 per appUcare 1' elettrioit^ col mezzo del fango termale. Idrol. 
 e climat., Firenze, 1897, vlii, 38-43. — Fontana (M.J Azioni 
 fisiologiche del bagnl idro-elettridi. Atti d. Cong, internaz. 
 terap. fis. 1907, Roma, 1908, ii, pt. 1, 491^96.— Gaertner 
 (G.) Das elektrische Zwei-Zellen-Bad. Wien. klin. Wchn- 
 schr., 1889, ii, 841.— GaUo (G.) & Pemlce (N.) n bagno 
 Idro-elettrico in alcuni process! morbosi. Idrol. e climat., 
 Firenze, 1897, viii, 120-133.— Gorbachefl (I. F.) [Construc- 
 tion of electric-light baths.] Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1910, 
 Ixxiv, 992-1007. — GuySnot (P . ) Sur une nouveUe m^thode 
 d'application des coiurants ^lectriques ^ I'aide de I'eau; 
 douches hydro-aectriques. Ann. Soc. d'hydrol. m^d. de 
 Par. C.-r., 1896, xl, 378-388.— Ivanofl (I. I.) [AppUcation 
 of hot electric four-cell baths.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 
 1913, xli, 1000-1002.— von Jauregg (W.) Gutachten des 
 k. k. niederosterreichischen Landes-Sanitatsrathes betref- 
 fend die elektrischen Lichtbader. Oesterr. SaiL-Wes., 
 Wien, 1898, x, 441-446.— Laquerrifire & Loubler. Au sujet 
 des indications k la continuation ou & la cessation du lave- 
 ment aectrique. Arch, d'aectric. mSd., Bordeaux, 1911, 
 xix,_ 184-187.— liUisada (E.) Le bain hydro-aectrique. 
 Atti d. Cong. internaz. di terap. fis. 1907, Roma, 1908, ii, pt. 1, 
 482-485.— Marriman (H. C.) & Gorman (J.) Electric 
 bath attachment. [Path, spec] No. 1130916; March 9, 
 1915. — Massy. Le bain hydro-deotrique. Rev. internal. 
 d'aectroth&.. Par., 1896-7, vii, 178-185.— Morselll (E.) 
 Sull' azione flsiolopca dei bagni idro-elettrici monopolari 
 (faradici e galvanici). Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 
 1887, 3. s., XXXV, 470-497.— EandaU (J. D.) Electric bath 
 apparatus. [Pat.spec] No. 703826; July 1,1902.— Schelber 
 (S. H.) [Electrical baths.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1899, 
 xUii, 249.— Schnfie (A.) Ueber das elektrische Vierzellen- 
 bad. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1902, 
 Leipz., 1903, ii, 2. Hlfte., 108-111.- Steavenson(W. E. ) The 
 electric bath. Lancet, Lond., 1891,i, 709; 871; 924.— Traut- 
 wcin(JJ^ ZurKenntnissderStromvertheilungimmensch- 
 lichen Korper bei Anwendung des galvaniscben Bades. 
 Berl. Hin. Wchnschr., 1884, xA, 590-592.— Weeks (F. W.) 
 Electrothermal-bath apparatus. [Pat. spec] No. 794208; 
 July 11, 1905.— Wlnternltz (W.) Ueber elektrische Licht- 
 bader. Dlust. Monatschr. d. arztl. Polytech., Berl., 1898, 
 XX, 163-169. Also [Abstr.l: Med. Cor.-Bl. i. d. Krankenh. 
 . . . Deutschl., Berl., 1898, 76.— W]asemsky (T.) Dosirung 
 der Elektricitatsmenge bei der Anwendung der dipolaren 
 hydro-elektrischen Bader. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., 
 Leipz., 1891-2, xlix, 60-86.— Zanietowskl (J.) Ueber 
 elektrische Bader. Compt.-rend. Cong, intemat. d'flectrol. 
 et de radioL m^d., Amst., 1908, iv, 194-196. 
 
 Baths {History of). 
 
 See Balneology {History of) ; (Waters {Min- 
 eral, History of). 
 
 Baths (Hot or warm). 
 
 See, also. Baths {Hot-air, etc.); Baths ( Vapor, 
 etc.); Watevs {Mineral, Thermal). 
 
 Dblsol (J.-M.-L.) *Contribution h, r6tude de 
 la physiologie th^rapeutique du bain chaud. 
 8°. Bordeavx, 1913. 
 
 DoBEiNiNA (N. A.) *Klinicheskiya nablynde- 
 niyanad izmieneniyami miestnavo i obshtshavo 
 kroveobrashtsheniyapod vliyaniyem goryachikh 
 i kholodnlkh ruchniHi i nozhnikh vann. [Clin- 
 ical observations on the alteration in the local 
 and general circulation under the influence of 
 hot and cold hand and foot baths.] 8°- S.-Pe- 
 terburg, 1913. 
 
 FiLDERMAN. *I;e bain chaud, contribution 4 
 I'l^tude de sa physiologie th^rapeutique. 8°. 
 Paris, 1902. 
 
BATHS. 
 
 380 
 
 BATHS. 
 
 Baths {Hot or warm). 
 
 Kattenbeck (E.) *Experimeiitelle Studien 
 uber die Wirkung wechselwarmer Hygnat- 
 Bader auf den tierischen Organismus. 8°. 
 Giessen, 1913. 
 
 LoHSSB (H. C.) *Ein Beitrag zu der Lehre 
 von der Einwirkung des heissen Bades auf den 
 menschlichen Stoffwechsel. 8°. Halle a. S., 
 1900. 
 
 MiROPOLSKi (V. F.) *K voprosu o -treni- 
 ruyushtshem dieistvh goryachikh vann na 
 tyoploobmlen. [Action of hot baths on heat 
 exchanges.] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1904. 
 
 MtJLLBR (J.) *Ueber die Veranderungen der 
 Temperaturtopographie unter dem Einfluss 
 warmer Bader. 8°. Tubingen, 1907. 
 
 DE TouLLiEU (P.) *An prsecavendis morbis 
 ex humorum viscida congene oriundis, balneum 
 tepidum ex aqua dulci? 8°. Lutetise, 1691. 
 
 Wenz (B.) *Experimen telle Studien uber 
 die Wirkung wechselwarmer Bader bei Tieren. 
 [Giessen.] 8°. Wiesbaden, 1911. 
 
 Wick (L.) Ueber die physiologischen Wir- 
 kungen verschieden warmer Bader und fiber 
 das Verhalten der Eigenwarme im AUgemeinen. 
 8°. Wien & Leipzig, 1894. 
 
 Beitr. z. klin. Med. u. CUr., Wien & Leipz., 1894, 6. H£t. 
 
 Alrutz (S.) [The distinction between warm and hot 
 baths.] AUm. sven. Lakartidn., Stockholm, 1916, xiii, 527- 
 544.— Baela (E.) [On the hot bath.] Eiirdo- & vizgydgySr 
 szat, Budapest, 1909, 1-3.— Bartne de Sandfort. La 
 kgrith^rapie (nouvelle baln&tion thenno<;iriqi]e). Eev. 
 Internat. de m6d. et dechlr., Par., 1913, xxiv, 202-206.— Bols 
 (L.) ProcM§ pour la construction pratique et &onomique 
 de bains de chaleur; portatifsunlversels, applicablesindifl^ 
 remment sur brancards, tables d'opSrations et de panse- 
 ments, lits d'hfipltaux et d'ambulances. Arch, de mSd. et 
 pharm. mil.. Par., 1916, Ixvi, 661-664.— Bomstein. Ueber 
 den Einfluss heisser Bader au f den Stoffwechsel. Veroflentl. 
 d. Hufeland. Gesellsch. in Berl. Balneol. Gesellseh., 1895, 
 xvi, 130-139.— Bridge (N.) The hot morning bath. Tr. 
 Am. Climat. Ass., Phila., 1906, xxii, 166-171.— Busch (A.) & 
 Flaut (F.) Ueber die Einwirkung verlangerter warmer 
 Bader aul einige korperliche und geistige Fuhktionen. 
 Psycholog. Arb., Leipz., 1910, v, 605-627.— Detennann. 
 Heisse Tauchbader. Med. Klin., Berl., 1911, vii, 880. 
 Also: Veroflentl. d. balneol. Gesellsch. in Berl., Berl. & 
 Wien, 1911, xxxli, 112-116.— Foss. Die Ursache iibler 
 Nebenwirkimgen heisser Bader und deren Verhiitung. 
 Deutsche med.Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1899,xxv,Therap. 
 Beil., 24.— Grosse (F.) Das heisse Vollbad. N. Yorker 
 med. Monatschr., 1903, xv, 471-485. Also, transl.: Med. 
 Eec, N. Y., 1904, Ixv, 326-330.— Hauffe (G.) Beitrage zur 
 Kenntnis der Anwendung und Wirlnmg heisser Bader, 
 insbesondere heisser Teilbader. Wien. Klinik, 1906, xxxil, 
 63-172. Also, transl.: J. Phys. Therapy, Chicago, 1906-7, 
 ii, 11; 54; 119; 159; 211; 261; 300.— Havas (J.) Die funk- 
 tionelle HerzkontroUe bei Thermalbadekuren. Veroflentl. 
 d. balneol. Gesellsch. in Berl., 1913, xxxiv, pt. 2, 256-263.— 
 Hess (W.) Der Einfluss warmer Bader auf die Viskositat 
 des Blutes. Wien. klin. Eundschau, 1908, xxii, 695-597.— 
 Hettilck (W. E.) Thermal-bath cabinet. [Pat. spec] 
 No. 641386; Jan. 16, 1900.— Hill (L.) Note on the tempera- 
 ture of Japanese hot baths. Brit.M. J.jLond., 1907,i,259.— 
 H111(L.) & Flack (M.) The influence ofhot baths on pulse 
 frequency, blood pressure, body temperature, breathing 
 volume and alveolar tensions of man. Proc. Physiol Soc. 
 Lond., 1908-9, pp. Ivii-lxi.— Hoffmann (P.) Wirkungen 
 heisser und kalter BSder und Duschen auf die Warmeabrabe. 
 Med. Bl., Wien, 1908, xxxi, 37; 49; 61.— Kocks. Der Fuss 
 als Thermometer des Mittelalters. Berl. Min. Wchnschr., 
 1911, xlvlii, 1130-1132.— Komlyaina (G.) Ueber den 
 Einfluss heisser Bader auf den Blutdruck. Aim. d. stadt. 
 allg. Krankenh. zu Miinchen (1896-7), 1899, x, 60-58.— 
 Kueeia (V.) Ueber die Wirkung warmer Bader auf die 
 Korpertemperatur und den Blutdruck des Menschen. 
 Ztscnr. f. phys. u. dlatet. Therap., Leipz., 1914, xviil, 139- 
 152 — Kuno (Y.) Ueber den fflnfluss warmer Bader auf 
 den Blutdruck und auf die Pulsfrequenz des Kaninchens. 
 Arch. f. d. gcs. Physiol., Bonn, 1914, clviii, 565-578.— Le- 
 molne (G.) Indications de I'emploi des bains chauds dans 
 le traitement des maladies des voies respiratoires. Cong, 
 franc, de mM., Par. & Nancy, 1896-7, iii, lasc. 2, 637-645.— 
 Meurer (G.) Neue Gas-Badeofen. Ulust. Monatschr. f. 
 Srztl. Polytech., Berl., 1910, xxxii, 97-106.— Molas. Les 
 chaufle-bains au point de vue hyglSiique; un nouveau 
 gtofirateur d'eau chaude sous pression bas6 sur le principe 
 de la combustion isolde en milieu ^uilibre. Eev. d'hyg., 
 Par., 1905, xxvii, 606-620.— Pontlggla (C.) II bagno tie- 
 
 Baths (Hot or warm). 
 
 pido prolungato come sedative. Gazz. med. lomb., Milano, 
 1907, Ixvi, 91; 99; 109.— Bahn (A.) Eine Unterstiitzung 
 des warmen Bades. Balneol. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1906, 201— 
 204.— Kein (O.) Vorrichtung zur Erhaltung konstanter 
 Wassertemperatur im Dauerbad. Psychiat.-neurol. Wchn- 
 schr., Halle a. S., 1911-12, xiii, 209.— Bose (A.) The con- 
 tinuous warm bath in cerebro-spinal meningitis and various 
 other affections. Med. Council, Phila., 1910, xv, 81-85. 
 
 . Das permanente Warm-Wasser-Bad, das r^fionelle 
 
 Heilmittel fiir Phymatiasis (Tuberkulose) und Infek- 
 tionskrankbeiten. Deutsche med. Presse, Berl., 1913, xvii, 
 111; 119. — Rothscbuli (E.) Blutdruekmessungen bei 
 Thermalbiidem und Thermal-Duschenmassage. Med. 
 Klin., Berl., 1912, viii, 1314-1316. AUo: Veroflentl. d. 
 balneol. Gesellsch in Berl., Berl. & Wien, 1912, xxxiii, pt. 2, 
 
 261-267. . Ueber die Einwirkung der Thermaldusche- 
 
 massage auf die einzelnen Urinbestandteile. Veroflentl. d. 
 balneol. Gesellsch. in Berl., 1913, xxxiv, pt. 2, 246-264.— 
 Satterwblte (T. P.) The hot bath in surgery. Med. Age, 
 Detroit, 1899, xvii, 41-44.- Schuster. Les bains trfes 
 chaudsjusqu'a 40° et 42° centigrades peuyent-ils Stre utili- 
 se dans le traitement de certaines affections des centres ner- 
 veux? Eev. d'hyg. thdrap., Par., 1897_,ix, 115-118.— Sllber- 
 .glelt (H.) Die Warmbadeanstalten im Deutschen Belch 
 nach Aufnahme vom Ende 1906. Veroflentl. d. deutsck. Ge- 
 sellsch. f. Volksbader, Berl., 1907, iv, 382-386.— Spltta (O.) 
 Ueber die Grosse der Hautausscheiduneen und der Haut^ 
 guellung im warmen Bade. Arch. f. Hygy Miinchen & 
 Leipz., 1899, xxxvi, 45-66.— Strasser (A.) Ueber Warme- 
 regulatlon im Bade. Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. inn. Med. u. Kin- 
 derh. in Wien, 1910, ix. 111.— de Vrles BeUlngb (D.) De 
 invloed van baden van hooge temperatuur of net stik- 
 stofevenwicht. Nederl. TijdsSir. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1908, 
 2. B., xllv, 1. Afd., 421-446.— Wick (L.) Ueber die physiolo- 
 gische una therapeutische Wirksamkeit der warmesteigem- 
 den Bader. Wien. Elinik, 1903, xxix, 187-234.— Winkler 
 (F.) Ueber die Einwirkung thermischer Hautreize auf die 
 Herzarbeit und auf die Athmung. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., 
 Berl., 1904, liv, 91-108.— Wlnternltz(H.) Ueberden Einfluss 
 heisser Bader auf den respiratorischen Stoflwechsfel des 
 Menschen. Klin. Jahrb^ Jena, 1898-9, 299-318.— Wint«mltz 
 (W.) Anpassung Oder GewShnung an intensive thermiscbe 
 Eeize. Ztschr. f. Balneol., Klimat. [etc.], Berl., 1912-13, v, 
 497-600. — Wltte. Ueber warme, beruhigende una au&egende 
 Bader. Med. Bl., Wien, 1908, xxxi, 349; 361. 
 
 Baths {Hot-air, Boman, and Turkish). 
 
 See, also, Aerothermotherapy. 
 
 Haughton (E.) On hot-air bathe; with 
 special reference to the Turkish bath. 12°. 
 Dublin, 1858. 
 
 . The uses and abuses of the Turkish 
 
 bath; with notes and appendix. 8°- London, 
 1861. 
 
 Moore (Y. J.) The Anglo-Turkish bath; or, 
 the modem application of the ancient Roman 
 therma as a hygienic, prophylactic, and thera^ 
 peutic agent; with practical suggestions how 
 and when it should be employed. 12°. London, 
 1861. 
 
 Potter (W.) The Koman or Turkish bath; 
 its' hygienic and curative properties. (With 
 appendix.) 12°. Manchester, [n. d.]. 
 
 Report of the committee appointed to inquire 
 into the utility of the Turkish bath, erected by 
 Doctor Barter, at Saint Ann's, Blarney, for the 
 cure of distemper in cattle. 12°. Dublin, 1860. 
 
 Bepr.from: Farmers' Gazette. 
 
 Scrutator. Dr. Corrigan's objections to the 
 new Irish or improved Turkish bath, considered. 
 12°. Dublin, 1860. 
 
 Shepaed (C. H.) Hygiene of the Turkish 
 bath. 12°. Brooklyn, 1900. 
 
 . Turkish baths; the most important 
 
 factor in personal hygiene. 8°. Brooklyn, 1900. 
 
 . Shepard's Turkish baths, Russian 
 
 and Roman, and massage. 16°. Brooklyn, 1905. 
 
 Altdortei (M.) Some theoretical and practical remarks 
 on the hot air bath. Dublin J. M. Sc, 1899, cvlil, 87-99.— 
 Blancbl & Begnault (F.) Action du bam tvrc sur les 
 organes internes. Compt. tend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1899, 
 cxxviii, 324-327.— Daniels (J. O.) Dry hot-bath system. 
 [Pat. spec] No. 1231001; June 26, 1917.— Dllthey (.F. C.) 
 Hot-air bath. [Pat. spec] No. 687181; Nov. 19, 1901.— 
 Dowsing (H. J.) Badiant-heat and heat-light bath. 
 [Pat. spec] No. 730750; June 9, 1903.— Dygert (H. A.) 
 Hot-air cabinet. [Pat. spec] No. 676124; June 11, 1901.— 
 
BATHS. 
 
 381 
 
 BATHS. 
 
 Baths (Hot-air, Roman, and Turkish). 
 
 Faucher (P. V.) Bains d'air chaud sec. Eev. raid., 
 Quebec, 1897-8, 1, 337; 345; 353.— Friediander (R.) Ueler 
 Schwitzbader und temperatursteigemde Bader. Balneol. 
 Centr.-Ztg^ Berl., 1902, 65; 69.— Grunow (W.) Heisskft- 
 bader als volksbader. Gesundh.-Ingenieur^ Mimchen, lt07, 
 XXX, 836-840. — Joachlmson (M.) Eadiant-heat bath. 
 [Pat. speo.l No. 720357; Feb. 10, 1903.— Klotz (A.) Hot 
 air bath. [Pat. spec] No. 1039962; Oct. 1, 1912.— liennon 
 (J. H.) & Whaley (A. C.) Hot-air or vapor bath cabinet. 
 [Pat. spec] No. 646580; April 3, 1900.— Manhetmer 
 (W. A.) The sanitaiy conditions of milcvehs and TurMsh 
 baths. Med. Eec, N. Y.. 1918, xciii, 189-193.— Morrison 
 
 SV. B.) Eadiant-heat bath. [Pat. specj No. 670184; 
 arch 19, 1901.— PereWiaii (J. S.) Eeal Turkish baths. 
 Am. Med., Plula., 1902, iv, 649.— Pregowskl (P.) [Ap- 
 plication of aqueous through aerated douches, and so-called 
 aerated aqueous douches; partial local anaesthetic action ol a 
 strong current of air.] Now. lek., Poznan, 1906, xvii, 67-60.— 
 Bzftkowskl (K.) [Influence of hot-air bath upon the 
 secretion of uric acid.] Medycyna i Kron. lek., Warszawa, 
 1910, xlv, 499-503.— Telyatnlk (F.) [Influence of hot air 
 batns upon white blood corpuscles in healthy men.] Vrach, 
 S.-Peterb., 1893, xiv, 909;' 949.— Thomas (J. G.) Turkish- 
 bath attachment for bath tubs. [Pat. spec] No. 1203157; 
 Oct. 31, 1916.— Weaver (G. W.) Vapor or hot-air bath. 
 [Pat. spec] No. 688563; Dec 10, 1901.— Wood (H. C.) 
 Note on the so-called Turkish bath. Am. Med., Phila., 
 1902, iii, 722. 
 
 Baths {Hygiene of). 
 
 Angel (R. ;f.) Continuous filtration of bath water; a 
 description of its working. Proc Incorp. Ass. Municip. & 
 Co. Engui., Lond. & N. Y., 1907-8, xxxiv, 96-112, 1 pi.— 
 ApSry. Propagation des maladies contagieuses par les 
 bains pubUcs (hamams). Gaz. mM. d'Orient, Constant., 
 1899-1900, xlii, 309.— Arends (E.) Ueber die Mitwirkung 
 des Badearztes bei der Bekampfung ansteckender Krank- 
 heiten und iiber den Bau una die Einrichtuugvon Iso- 
 lieranstalten fiir Infektionskrankheiten in den Kurorten. 
 Deutsche Vrtljschr. f. off. Gsndhtspflg., Bmschwg., 1908, 
 xl, 637-650.— Baginsky ( A^ Zur Hygiene der Bassinbader 
 (die Verunreinigung des Badewassers durch die Baden- 
 den;). Deutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1897, xviii, 459-461. Also: 
 Verdflentl. d. Hufeland. Gesellsch. in Berl. Balneol. Ge- 
 sellsch., 1897, xviii, 161-170.— Barucli (S.) Hygiene and 
 baths. Proc. Am. Ass. Promot. Hyg. [etc.], Bait., 1916, v, 
 3-17. Also: Am. Phys. Educ. Eev., Best., 1917, xxii, 59- 
 73. — BJorkqvist (G.) [Sodium hypochlorite as a disinfec- 
 tant for baths; experiences during an epidemic of typhoid 
 fever in Tammerfors in the winter of 1916.] Finska lak.- 
 sallsk. handl., Helsingfors, 1917, lix, 493-499.— Deutscli. 
 Die Uebertragung ansteckender Krankheiten durch Bade- 
 anstalten und deren Verhiitung. Vrtjschr. f. gerichtl. Med., 
 Berl., 1905, 3. F., xxix, 379-396.— Hannes (W.) Das Bad 
 ist eine Intektionsquelle. Ztschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynak., 
 Stuttg., 1910, bcvi, 690-598.— Kister & Fromme. Unter- 
 suchungen in den Hamburger Hallenbadem, insbesondere 
 iiber die Wirkung der Liittunp- und Reinigungsanlage in 
 der Badeanstalt Hohenweide. Gesundh.-Ingemeur. Miin- 
 ehen, 1910, xxxiii, 909-917.— Laberge (J. E.) Hygiene des 
 bains publics. Bull, san., Montr&l, 1916, xvi, 31-37. — ■ — . 
 Hygiene des bains publics. Union mSd. du Canada, Mont- 
 r&l, 1918, xlvii, 171-178.— Patterson (J. A.) The septic 
 bathing pool, the diseases emanating from it. Tr. Am. 
 LaryngoL, Ehinol. & Otol. Soc, New Bedford, Mass., 1912, 
 xviii, 490.— Fearce(G. H.) A rough bacteriological exam- 
 ination of the condition of swimming bath water. Lancet, 
 Lond., 1910, ii, 542.— Richter (K.) Hygiene in Badeorten. 
 Aerztl. Sachverst.-Ztg., Berl., 1899, v, 403-406.— Boss 
 (W. L.) Cleanliness and its advertisement; the establish- 
 ment of a wash-house for men in Philadelphia. Charities, 
 N. Y., 1904, xii, 333-337.— Tarugi (B.) Studio sperimen- 
 tale suUa disinfezione delle vasche da bagno; la silolite come 
 materiale da vasca. Atti d. Cong. naz. d'idrol. e climat. 
 1906, Perugia, 1907, 491-499.— Werdetmann. Die Liiftung 
 und Heizimg von Hallenbadem. Veroflentl. d. deutsch. 
 Gesellsch. f. Volksbader, Berl., 1906, iv, 53-59.— White 
 
 S'. A.) Dangers ofthe continuous bath. Mod. Hosp., St. 
 uis, 1916, vi, 10.— Winternltz (E.) Das Bad afe Infeo- 
 tionsquelle. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. 
 Aerzte 1901, Leipz., 1902, Ixxiii, pt. 2, med. Abth., 204-207. 
 
 Baths (Medicaied). 
 See Baths ( Vapor, etc.). 
 
 Baths (Military). 
 
 Barbarin(V.I.) [Bathsinfrontalpositions.] Voyenno- 
 Med. J., Petrojr., 1915^ ccxhv, med.-spec. pt., 435-439.— 
 Baruch (S.) Bathing m the Army. Mil. Surgeon, Wash., 
 1919, xliv, 105-107, 2 ch.— Buschan. Badegelegenheit im 
 Felde. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1916, 
 xli, 1400-1402.— am Ende. Die Mannschaftsbader bei dem 
 Kbniglichen Steinkohlenwerke Zauckerode. Balneal. Ceutr. 
 Ztg., Berl., 1902, 151: 1903, 163.— Fortescue (E.) The value 
 of medical baths for invaUd soldiers. Proc Roy. Soc. Med., 
 Lond., 1914-15, viii, Balneol. [etc.] Sect., 47-60.— Goode 
 (H. N.) A brief account of the method of providing baths 
 
 Baths (Military). 
 
 for the British soldiers in tlie field. J. Roy. Army Med. 
 Corps, Lond., 1916, xxvii, 363-371. .litoo.' Lancet, Lond., 
 
 1916, 1, 422-424.— Gordon (W.), Sunderland (S.) [et o/.]. 
 The use of remedial baths in association with other physical 
 methods in the treatment of disabled soldiers. Proc. Eoy. 
 Soc. Med., Lond . 1916-17, x. Sect. Balneol., 78-80.— Gtltig 
 (C.) Einfache Improvisation an dem Waschapparat im 
 Felde. Muncheu. med. Wchnschr., 1916, Ixiii, 1378.— 
 Ignatyen (S. I.) [Tent-bath.] Vo'yenno-Med. J., Petrogr., 
 1915, ccxlii, med.-spec pt., 504-506. — KOhler (A.) Beitrage 
 zur Kenntnis der E ntwickelung des Militar-Badewesens und 
 der von Pfuelschen Schwlmmanstaltin Berlin. Veroffentl. 
 a. d. Geb. d. Mil.-San.-Wes., Berl., 1913, 56. Hit., 1-31.— 
 McCuUoch (C. C.) Bathing facilities and habits of the 
 soldiers and officers of the Army. South. M. J., Birming- 
 ham, 1917, X, 572-681.— Maier (G.) Brauseeinrichtung im 
 Felde. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1916, 
 xli, 1575.— Ohm (R.) Eineneue fahrbare, der Vorschrift 
 fUr Militarfahrzeuge entsprechende Bade- und Desinlek- 
 tionsernrichtung fiir den Feldgebrauch. Miinchen. med. 
 Wchnschr., 1917, bdv, 37.— Pfahl (P.) Ein Brausebad 
 hinter der Schiitzenlinie. Gesundh.-Ingenieur, Miinchen, 
 1915, xxxviii, 258.— Forges (M.) Eesultate der Badebe- 
 handlung von Kriegsverwundeten und Erkrankten. Berl. 
 klin. Wchnschr., 1915, Iii, 526.— Prausnitz (H.) Eine 
 leicht transportable, zerlegbare Holzbadewanne. Miinchen. 
 med. Wchnschr., 1917, Ixiv, 166.— Bauch (R.) Transporta- 
 ble Badeanstalten. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1916, Hi, 527.— 
 Keichborn-Kjennerud (I.) [Military bath rooms baths.] 
 Norsk Tidskr. f. Mil.-Med., Eristiania, 1906, ix, 101-106.— 
 Bozofl. [Construction of baths and disinfecting chambers 
 in the war theater.] Voyenno-Med. J., Petrogr., 1916, ccxlv, 
 med.-spec. pt., 114-118. — Schade (H. J. M.) [An inexpen- 
 sive transportable bath for use in the field.] Mil.-geneesk. 
 Tijdschr., Haarlem, 1914, xviii, 223-226.— Stranz (M.) 
 Badeeinrichtung fiir grossere Truppenmengen. Deutsche 
 med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1915, xli, 532.— Vitoux (C.) 
 Les bains-douches aux armies en campagne. Rev. d'byg.. 
 Par., 1915, xxxvii, 584-600.— Wachsmann (E.) Eine 
 feldmassige Brausebadeinrichtung. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 
 
 1917, xxx, 1121.— Wolf (M.) Badeeinrichtungen fur gros- 
 sere Truppenmengen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & 
 Leipz., 1916, xli, 623. 
 
 Baths (Mwl, peat, sand, and hrine) . 
 
 Baltuzbvich (A. S.) *Materiall k voprosu o 
 vlryanii solenlkh vann razlichnoj kontsentra- 
 tsii (3%, G%, 9%, 12%) odinakovoi tempera- 
 turu (28°R.) i odinakovoi prodolzhitelnosti (30') 
 na azotistiy_ obmien, usvoyeniye azotiatikh ve- 
 shtshestv pishtshi, puis, temperatiiruj krovya- 
 noye davleniye, chuvstvitelnost kozM i proch. u 
 zdorovikh lyudei. [On the influence otthe salt 
 baths of various concentration . . ., of same tem- 
 perature . . . and same length of time . . .,upon 
 nitrogenous metabolism, assimilation of nitro- 
 genous parts of food, pulse, temperature, blood 
 pressure, sensation of skin, etc., in healthy 
 men.] 8°. S.-Peierhurg, 1898. 
 
 Herve (J.-P. ) *Mecanisme d'action des bains 
 sal6s (absorption cutan^e du chlorure de sodium). 
 8°. Bordeaux, 1898. 
 
 Kaufman (B. I.) *Material} k voprosu- o 
 vliyanii tyoplildi (28°R.) rapnlkh vann Khadji- 
 beiskavo limana na azotistiy obmien v koliche- 
 stvennom i kachestvennom otnoshenii i usvoye- 
 niye azota pishtshi u zdorovlkh lyudei. [Data 
 on the influence of warm salt-water baths of the 
 Hadjibei Frith on nitrogenous metabolism quan- 
 titatively and qualitatively considered, and on 
 assimilation of nitrogen from food in healthy 
 men.] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1897. 
 
 KokItin (P.) *Material} dlya ucheniya o 
 Manlchskikh mineral ntkh gryazyakh ; Gnizskoye 
 ozero. [Contribution to the study of the min-- 
 eral mud baths of Manich. Georgian lake] 
 8°. 8-Peterhurg, 1893. 
 
 LiBOFF (B. A.) O gryazeliechenii; prakti- 
 cheskoye rukovodstvo k naznacheniyu i pri- 
 mieneniyu gryazevikh vann. S predisloviyem 
 prof. A. I. Lebedeva. [On mud-bath treatment; 
 practical manual on the ordering and applying 
 mud baths. With preface by A. I. Lebedeff.J 
 8° S.-Peterburg, 1897. 
 
BATHS. 
 
 382 
 
 BATHS. 
 
 Baths {Mud, peat, sand, and irine). 
 
 Shtsherbakoff (A. I.) Gryazeliechebiil;/a 
 mlestnoati Yevropeiskoi Rossii. ptfud baths of 
 European Russia.J 8°. Moskva, 1898. 
 
 BesiodnoS (N.) lies bains de sable artiflciels. Arch, 
 gto. d'hydrol. [etc.], Par., 1897, vlii, 321-327.— Borisofl 
 (P. Y.) [Fundamental principles of mud-batli treatment; 
 action of salt and mud baths.) Bussk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 
 1913, xii, 670-674.— Brusyanln (N.) [Determination of 
 heat conductivity of medicinal mud.) J. Russk. Obsh. 
 Okhran. Narod. Zdrav., S.-Peterb., 1906, xvi, 163-179.— 
 Claisse (A.) Influence des bains chlorur^ sodiques sur la 
 leucocytoseal'^tat normal. Arch. gto. d'hydrol. [etc.], Par., 
 1902, xui, 233-235.— Colombo (C.) Fangature natm-ali ed 
 altre applicazioni termiche eqmvalenti. Gazz. med. ital., 
 Torino, 1904, Iv, 483.— FouUadosa (F.-N.) Solutions chlo- 
 rur&s- sodiques et bact^ries pathogfenes. Ann. d'hydrol. et 
 declimat. mM., Par., 1899, iv, 499-503.— Galatser(M. N.) 
 [General action of mud fomentations.) Vrach. Gaz., S.- 
 Peterb., 1909, xvi, 1449-1477 [1457].— Gallard (F.) Etude 
 sur Paction physiologique des bains d'Eaux-Meres au sujet 
 d'une observation climque. Ann. d'hydrol. et de climat. 
 mid., Par., 1898, iii, 465-477.— Groedel (T.) Die physiolo- 
 gische Wirkung der Solbader. Berl. klin. Wohnsenr., 1905, 
 xlii, 289-291 — zu Jeddeloli. Der Anteil der Badewarme an 
 den therapeutischen Erfolgen der Solbader. Med. Klin., 
 Berl., 1914, x, 1272.— Keller (H.) Die Verwendung von Sol- 
 baderu nut hohem Salzgehalt (12-25% und deren Einfluss 
 auf den Stofiwechsel des gesunden Menschen. Veroflentl. d. 
 Huteland. Gesellsch. in Berl. Balneol. Gesellsch., 1893, 
 
 206-218. . Wandelungen in der Soolbadtherapie. Cor.- 
 
 Bl. f . sohweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1895, xxv, 161-167.— Komrs (L.) 
 ■ ■ ation of the treatment by salt baths.) Casop. Uk. 
 
 Sesk., V Praze, 1900, xxxix, 420; 449; 475; 496.— Koppe (O.) 
 Ueber die Indikationen der Sohlammbader. St. Petersb. 
 med. Wchnsohr., 1906, xxxi, 47-49.— LlcUtwltz (K.) Die 
 physiologische Wirkung des heissen Sandbades. Ztschr. f . 
 Balneoly Klimat.[etc.], Berl., 1911-12, iv, 262-264.— MattUl 
 (Helen 1.) & MattUl (H. A.) EfEect of bathing in strong 
 brine. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1916, oxvi, 283.— MtadSjov. 
 
 einige Vorziige eines neuen Mutterlaugen-Badesalzes zur 
 Bereitung von Solbadern im Hause. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. 
 deutsch. Naturf . u. Aerzte 1903, Leipz. , 1904, ii, 2. Hlfte .;, 91.— 
 Nenadovlcs (L.) [Scientiflo explanation oi the efleots of 
 marsh baths.) Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1903, xlvli, 443. 
 
 . Elektrischer Moorgilrtel. Berl. klin. Wohnschr., 
 
 1907, xliv, 453.— Parrot (C.) Die Verwendung der Matto- 
 ni'schen Moorextrakte zu Sitzbadern. Monatschr. f. Ge- 
 burtsh. u. Gynaek., Berl., 1897, v, Ergnzngshft., 145-159.— 
 Predteclieiiski (V. E.) [On thesuocesstulmud-oath treat- 
 ment in Saki as related to various forms of articular rheu- 
 matism.) Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1898, xUx, 660-586.— Keich- 
 ardsperg (L.) [Action of salt baths in surgical diseases.) 
 Budapest, orv. ujsAg, 1908, vi, 975.— Both (E.) Sohlaoken- 
 bader. Ztschr. f. Balneol., Climat. [etc.], Berl., 1910-11, iii, 
 403. — Sachse. Die deutsohen Kochsalzbader unter beson- 
 derer Beriicksichtigung des Soolbades Salzufien. Monat- 
 schr. f. prakt. Balneol., Munchen, 1896, ii, 349-372.— Sadl- 
 Jioll (y. S.) & LoilnsM (A. A.) [On the absorption of 
 substances mssolvedinmud baths.) Vrach. Gaz^ S.-Peterb., 
 1912, XIX, 424-428.— Scbkarln (A.) & Kutajeft (W.) Bei- 
 trage zur Frage iiber die Wirkung von Solbadern auf den 
 kindlichen Organismus. Ztschr. f. Kinderh.^ Berl., 1913, 
 vii. Grig., 413-424.— SUpakovskl (P. N.) [Mmeralmud of 
 Novorossiysk and experimental treatment with it.) Med. 
 Sbomik, "riflis, 1898, No. 61, 1-40, 7 tab.— Stark (A.) Ein 
 Versuch zur Erkliirung der mechanischen Moorbadewir- 
 kune Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 
 19067 Leipz.,^ 1907, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 80-83.— Tuszkal (O.) Phy- 
 siologische Versuche mit Moorbadern. Berl. klm Wchn- 
 sohr., 1906, xliii, 857-860. . [Biological investigations of 
 
 mud baths.) Budapest! orv. ujsAg, 1908, vi, 399-403.— 
 Welner. Mittheiluneenuber das Moorbad Sickingen und 
 dessen Bademoor. Vereinsbl. d. pfalz. Aerzte, Franken- 
 thal, 1902, xviu, 52-57.— Welti. Wirkung der Sole auf den 
 kinmichen Organismus. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 
 1916, xlvl, 1145-1147. 
 
 Baths (Oxygenated). 
 
 Fkbyther (K.) *Ueber die Wirkung von 
 Ozetbadern: [Giessen.] 8°. Berlin, 1912. 
 
 KoMMERELL ([E.] W.) * Ueber die Kjeis- 
 laufwirliung von Sauerstoffbadem beimnormalen 
 Menscben. [Tubingen.] 8°. Berlin, 19L0. 
 
 Also, in: Ztschi. i. Balneol., Klimat. [etc.], Berl., 1909-10, 
 iii, 9; 49. 
 
 Sedlmayr (G.) *Experimentelle Studien 
 fiber die Wirljung wechselwarmer Ozetbader bei 
 Tieren. [Giessen.] 8°. Wiirzburg, 1913. 
 
 Baths (Oxygenated). 
 
 SoRKiND (Ghana). Weber die Wirkung der 
 Ozet-Bader. 8°. Zilrich, 1911. 
 
 Beintaelm. (A.) On the use of oxygen baths. Month. 
 Cycl. & M. Bull., Phila., 1911, iv, 157-160.— Cantonl (G.) 
 &Tescola(C.) Effetti iisiologloi dei bagni ossigenati. Lar 
 vori d. Cong, di med. int. 1912, Eoma, 1913, xxii, 514.— 
 Coleschl (£.) Azione flsiologioa dei bagni di ossigeno. 
 Policlin., Roma, 1912, xix, sez. prat., 1149-1153.— Franze 
 (P. C.) & POhlmann (L.) Ueber Sarason'sohe Ozet- 
 Bader. Berl. klin.. Wchnsohr., 1907, xliv, 635.— Fuersten- 
 herg & Schotz. Ueber die Wirkungen verschiedener Arten 
 von Sauerstoffbadem auf Herzgrosse, Puis und Blutdnick. 
 Ztschr. f. exper. Path. u. Therap., Berl., 1909, vi, 788-796.— 
 Grosse (F.) The oxygen bath. Post-Graduate, N. Y., 
 1909, xxiv, 909-921. Also, Reprint.— Hlrsclifeld (A.) Die 
 Wirkung sauerstoffhaltiger Bader auf die Blutverteilung. 
 Ztschr. t. phys. u. diatet. Therap., Leipz., 1915, xix,- 9-12.— 
 von Hoesslln (R.) Ueber Hepin-Sauerstoffbader. Mfin- 
 chen. med. Wohnschr., 1911, Iviii, 2506.— Kojo (K.) Zur 
 Kermtnis der Blutverteilung bei gleichtemperierten ein- 
 lachen BSdern und Sauerstoflbadem. Ztschr. f. Balneol., 
 Klimat. [etc.], Betl., 1911, v, 467^69.— Mougeot (A.) Le 
 bain oxy-gazeux. J. de physioth&ap., Par., 1909, vli, 3- 
 15.— Mttller (A.) Eine neue Methode zur Herstellung von 
 Sauerstoflbadem. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. 
 u. Aerzte (Konigsb.) 1900, Leipz., 1911, Ixxxii, pt. 2, 62.— 
 Ogata (T.) Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber die 
 Wirkungen von gleichtemperierten einfachen Badem und 
 Sauerstoflbadem auf den Zirkulationsapparat. Ztschr. f. 
 Balneol.,, Klimat. [etc.], BerU 1911-12, iv, 463-466.— Bheln- 
 boIdt(M.) Ueber die Beeinflussung die Kaninchenelektro- 
 kardiogramms durch einfache Bader und Ozetbader von 
 indiflerenter Temperatur. Ibid., 637-645. — Sarason (LJ 
 Ueber moussierende SauerstoffbMer. Deutsche -mea. 
 
 -. Ueber 
 
 Wchnsohr., Berl. & Leipz., 1904, xxx, 1650. 
 eine wesentliche tecbnische Verbesserung meiner Ozet- 
 Bader. Ibid., 1909, XXXV, 1795-1798.— Sarasou (L.) & 
 Franke (E.) Oxygen bath. [Pat. spec.) No. 1057281; 
 March 25, 1913. — Sclinlltgen. Ueber Sarasonsche Ozet- 
 bader. 'Therap. d. Gegenw^ Berl., 1907, xlviii, 160-167.— 
 Scholz (F.) Das Sauerstoflbad, seine Wirkungsweise und 
 seine therapeutische Verwendung. Deutsche med. Wchn- 
 schr., Berl. & Leipz., 1910, xxxvi, 2245-2248.— Sommer (E.) 
 Ueber Ozetbader. Ann. d. schweiz. balneol. Gesellsch., 
 Aarau, 1909, 5. Hft., 66-73.— Steincr (M.) Das Ozetbad, 
 insbesondere das Ozet-Solbad in der Kriegskrankenpflege. 
 Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1915, Ixxxiv, 183.— Tornal 
 (J.) Ueber die Wirkung der Sauerstoflbader. Ztschr. f. 
 phys. u. diatet. Therap., Leipz., 1908, xii, 424-434.— Wolf 
 (H. F.) Ueber Hepin-Sauerstoffbader. N. Yorker med. 
 Wchuschr., 1912-13, xxiii, 309.— Zucker (A.) Sauerstofl- 
 bader. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 
 1909, Leipz., 1910, Ixxxl, pt. 2, 100-103. 
 
 Baths (Peat). 
 
 See Baths (Mud, etc.). 
 
 Baths (Physiological and therapeutic ef- 
 fects of). 
 
 See, also. Hydrotherapy; Waters (Mineral, 
 Physiological and pathological effects of) ; Waters 
 (Miv^at, Therapeutic value of). 
 
 Glamser (J.) *Die Beeiiifluasung der Him- 
 zirkulation durch Bader. (Studien an Men- 
 schen mit Schadeldefekten.) [Tubingen.] 8°. 
 Berlin, 1911. 
 
 Peskopf ( V . N . ) *K metodikie opredieleniya 
 tyoptoobmiena mezhdu cheloviecheskim orga- 
 nizmom i vodyanol vannoi. [Method of deter- 
 mining the best interchange between the human 
 organism and water bath.] 8°. S.-Peterhurg, 
 1902. 
 
 RuLANuirs (M.) Balnearium restauratum . . . 
 In quo curantur morbi tarn externi, quaminterni 
 per balneasnaturales, artificialesinsessus, lixivia^ 
 sudationes: itemque per scarificationes ac phle- 
 botomias, distinctum in lib. iii. 16°. Basilex, 
 1579. 
 
 SCHAPALS (P.) *Dafl Verhalten der Blutcircu- 
 lation und des Stoftwechaels beim_ gesunden 
 Menschen unter dem Einfluss verschieden tem- 
 perirter Bader. [Halle.] roy. 8°. Berlin, 1912. 
 
 Also, in: Ztschr. f. exper. Path. u. Therap., Berl., 1912, x, 
 222-240. 
 
 Aiubland (L.-A.) Action des bains sur le polds et la 
 tension artMelle. Bull. giu. de th&-ap., Par., 1911, clxi, 
 
BATHS. 
 
 383 
 
 BATHS. 
 
 Baths {Physiological and therapeutic ef- 
 fects of). 
 
 490-498.— Andreyefl (V. A.) tComparative observations on 
 the heat interchange of the sMu after carbonated and fresh- 
 water baths.] Izviest. Imp. Voyenno-Med. Akad., S.- 
 Peterb., 1907. xlv, 97; 208. Also: Med. pribav. k morsk. 
 sborniku, S.-Peterb^ 1907, 1; 96; 168; 228.— Bain (W.) & 
 Edgecombe (W.) The physiological action of certain min- 
 eral waters and baths on the blood, and on the excretion of 
 urea and uric acid; with a note on the quantitative relation- 
 ship between uric acid and leucocytes. J. Physiol., Lond., 
 1898-9, xxiii, 499-511.— Bickel (A.) Physiologische Unter- 
 suchungen zur Baderwirkung auf den Kreislauf. Med. 
 Khn., Berl., 1912, viii, 993.— Brown (P. K.) Effects of 
 baths on blood pressure. Calif. State J. M., San Fran., 
 1907, V, 279.— Bruck (C.) Ueber den Nutzen und Schaden 
 von Badem filr die gesunde und iranke Haut. Ztschr. f. 
 Balneol., KUmat. [etc.], Berl. & Wien, 1913-14^ vi, 343-348.— 
 CblenoS (B. A.) [Physiological action and mdications for 
 the use of sitz baths.] Prakt. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1902, 1, 1043- 
 1046. — D. (L.) Aciiion du bain de sifege a, diverses temp&a- 
 tures. Rev. mM., Louvain, 1904, n. s., i, 124-128.— Danzer 
 (S.) The treatment of paralysis agitans and arthritis de- 
 formans by the continuousbath. Med. Eec, N. Y., 1916, xc, 
 
 367. . The restorative action of baths on the latigiied. 
 
 Proo. Am. Ass. Promot. Hyg. [etc.], Bait., 1916, v, 64-67. 
 Also: Am. Phys. Eduo. Eev., Bosi, 1917, xxii, 85-87.— 
 Drzhevetskl (A. F.) [Comparative observations on heat 
 interchange in man in fresh-water baths and those of 15-20 
 per cent salt solutionsj^ Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1904, 
 ill, 1541-1544. — Engel (H.) Ueber Resorption Im Bade. 
 Ztschr. 1. Balneol., Berl., 1909, u, 636-642.— Fox (R. F.) 
 The physiology of bathing. Clin. J., Lond., 1912-13, xh, 
 
 183-187. . The influence of heat and cold upon the 
 
 human body. Hid., 1915, xUv, 353-360. . The sedative 
 
 pool bath. Lancet, Lend., 1916, ii, 302. — Frankenbiluser. 
 Ufeber die thermischeWirkung von Salzen auf die Haut und 
 ihre Bedeutung fiir die Baderbehandlung. Verhandl. d. 
 Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1903, Leipz., 1904, ii, 
 2. Hltte., 77-79.— Hamilton (S. W.) The treatment of 
 excitements by prolonged baths. Proc. Am. Med.-Psychol. 
 Ass., Bait., 1907, xiv, 281-288.— Hueppe (F.) Einwirfcung 
 des Badens auf die Gesundheit. Monatschr. f . Gsndhtspflg. , 
 Wien, 1907j xxv, 213-215. — Jacob. Welches sind die erwie- 
 senen Vorgange der Zirkulation beim Gebrauch von Badem, 
 die zur Restitution des Herzens Iflhren. Veroflentl. d. 
 balneol. Gesellsch. in Berl., Berl. & Wien, 1909, pt. 2, 236- 
 241.— Kozlovski (1. 1.) [Peculiarities of cutaneous thermic 
 exchange in turpentine and ether-pine baths, as compared 
 •with the same in fresh- water baths.] Izviest. Imp. Voyenno- 
 Med. Akad., S.'Peterb., 1908, xvii, 143; 424; 492.— Kroma^ 
 yer (E.) Einige Bemerkungeu iiber die Itir das Warte- 
 . personal wichtigen Ernwirkungen der Bader auf die Haut. 
 iTTBupflege, Halle a. S., 1897-8, i, 128-132.— Landouzy & 
 Heitz (J.) Die wissenschaftUche Grundlage der Balneo- 
 therapie; physiologische Voraussetzungen; klinische An- 
 wendungsformen. Veroflentl. d. bameol. Gesellsch. in 
 Berl., 1913, xxxiv, pt. 2, 372-397. [Discussion], pt. 1, 3.— 
 Lenkei (W. D.) Einige Unterschiede zwlscheu der Wii- 
 kung der Wannen- und Freibader von gleicher Teimperatur 
 und deren Ursacheu. Ztschr. 1. phys. u. diatet. Therap,, 
 Leipz., 1911, XV, 257; 340.— Lichutin (N.) [Influence of the 
 the bath on the temperature of the body.] Feldsher, S.- 
 Peterb., 1902, xii^ 211.— Makawee (I. I.) Ueber die Ver- 
 anderung der Korpertemperaturund des Pulses unter dem 
 Einflusse verschiedener Warmenbader gleicher Temperatur 
 und iiber den Einfluss des Materials, aus dem die Bade- 
 waimen gebautsind, auf die Abkiihiung des Inlialts dessel- 
 ben. Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1902, Ixxj, 803; 815; 827.— 
 MUller (F.) Beitrage zur Wirkung der Bader auf den 
 Kreislauf. Ztschr. f. Bahieol., Kltmat. [etc.], Berl., 1912-13, 
 V, 367.— Mtlller (O.) Ueber den Einfluss von Badem und 
 Douchen auf den Blutdruck beim Menschen. Verhandl. d. 
 Cong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1902, xx, 408-410.— Nenado- 
 vlcs (L.) Die Beurteilung derlndirektenKiihlungim Bade 
 auf Grund von Elektrokardiographie und Blutdruckmes- 
 sung. Zentralbl. f. Herzkrankh. [etc.], Dresd. & Leipz., 
 1914, vi, 105-117, 1 pi.— Nicolal (G. F.) TJeber den Einfluss 
 verschiedener Baderauf dasHerz. Veroflentl. d. balneol. Ge- 
 sellsch. in Berl., Berl. & Wien, 1912, xxxiii, pt. 2, 128-135.— 
 Palmer (C. L. ) Clinical observations on-some of the effects 
 of the general continuous flow bath. Penn. M. J., Athens, 
 1514-5, xviii, 434-437.— Peters (W. H.) The bath as an 
 adjunct in the treatment of disease. Am. Med., Burling- 
 ton, Vt., & N. Y., 1909, iv, 568-572.— Schmlncke (rT) 
 Vergleichende Untersuchungen iiber die Beeinflussung der 
 Korpertemperatur durch Wasser; Kohlensaure- und Moor- 
 bader. Med. Klin., Berl., 1913, ix, 1080. Also: Veroflentl. 
 d. bahieol. Gesellsch. in Berl., 1913, xxxiv, pt. 2, 154.— 
 Simpson (E. M.) The bath as a healing agent. Am. J. 
 Nursing, Phila., 1902-3, iii, 333-338, 3 pi.— Soboleff (N. I.) 
 [Determination of the heat production in cold and warm 
 baths, with correction for the temperature of the internal 
 and external parts of the body.] Izviest. Imp. Voyenno- 
 Med. Akad., S.-Peterb., 1910, xd 209-220. . [Compari- 
 son of gaseous and heat interchange in healthy men in water 
 baths of various temperature.] Trudi Syezda Ross. Tera- 
 
 Baths {Physiological and therapeutic ef- 
 fects of). 
 
 pevt., S.-Peterb., 1911, ii, 249-257.- Tschlenoff (B.) Die 
 Sitzbader, deren physiologische Wirkung und die Indika- 
 tionen fiir Anwendung derselben. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. 
 Aerzte, Basel, 1902, xxxii, 649-656.— Welti-Kettiger (A.) 
 Blutdruck una Puis in und nach Badern. Ann. d. schweiz. 
 balneol. Gesellsch., Aarau, 1908, 4. Hft., 72-99, 2 diag.— 
 Wmternltz (H.) Ueber die Wirkung verschiedener Bader 
 (Sandbader, Soolbader, Kohlensaurebader u. s. w.) insbe- 
 sondere auf den Gaswechsel. Deutsches Arch. f. kUn. Med., 
 Leipz., 1901-2, Ixxii, 258-290. Also, Reprint.— Takushe- 
 vicli (S. G.) [Action of baths to which is added the extract 
 ofpineneedles.J Klin. J.,Mosk.,1901,T,276-283.— Zikel(H.) 
 Wirksame Badekuren. Med. Klin., Berl., 1908, iv, 1310. 
 
 Baths {Public). 
 
 See, also, Swiimning-pools. 
 
 Baeuch (S.) [Public baths in New York 
 (City); an album of photographs and newspaper 
 clippings. 4°. New York, 1918.] 
 
 Boston. Department of Baths. Free muni- 
 cipal baths in Boston. By William I. Cole. 12°. 
 Boston, 1903. 
 
 BouKGEois d'Orvanne (A.) Lavoirs et 
 bains publics gratuits et S, prix r^duits. 8°. 
 Paris, 1854. 
 
 Chambeelen (P.) A "vindication of publick 
 artificial baths and bath stoves from the objec- 
 tions and scandalls obtruded on them by those 
 that do not or wiU not Imow their great benefit 
 to the publick. 12°. London, 1648. 
 
 ExTRAiTs de documents oificiels relatifs k la 
 creation en France de bains et lavoirs popu- 
 laires k prix r^duits. 8°. [Lille, 1893.] 
 
 Gerhard (W. P.) Public bath houses and 
 swimming pools. 8°. New York, [n. d.]. 
 
 . The progress of the public bath move- 
 ment iu the United States. 8°. [n. p., 1913.] 
 
 Hawes (W.) Baths and washhouses for the 
 industrious classes. A lecture. 12°. London, 
 1853. 
 
 New York {City). Report on public baths 
 and public comfort stations by the mayor's com- 
 mittee of New York City. 8°. New York, 1897. 
 
 New York {Stale}. Assembly. An act to 
 promote the public health and to amend chapter 
 473 of the laws of 1892, entitled "An act to estab- 
 lish free public baths in cities, villages and 
 towns." No. 895, 1315. Feb. 8, 1900. Introd. 
 by Mi. Sanders, roy. 8°. [Albany, 1900.] 
 
 Society for Establishing Public Baths and 
 Wash-houses for the Labouring Classes, in the 
 North- West District of the Metropolis. Reports 
 of the committee of baths and wash-houses to the 
 society. 1., 1846-7; 3., 1849. 8° London, 
 1848-50. 
 
 Abe (N.) Ueber das japanische Bad und die Einfiihrung 
 eines Volksbades nach System Matsushita. Arch. f. Hyg., 
 Milncheu & Berl., 1908, Ixv, 140-148.— AldwlnWe (T. W.) 
 Pubhc baths and washhouses. Proc. Incorp. Ass. Municip. 
 & Co. Engin., Lond. & N. Y., 1907-8, xxxiv, 74-95, 2 pi. 
 
 . Pubhc baths in relation to health. J. Roy. Inst. 
 
 Pub. Health, Lond., 1908, xvl, 129-141.— BSumer (E.) 
 Ueber Volksbader. Veroflfentl. d. deutsch. GeseUseh. f. 
 Volksbader, Berl., 1901, 5. Hft., 33-^9.— Barnctt (K. B.) 
 Baths and bathing in Japan. J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, 
 Lond., 1907, tx, 71-82.— Baruch (S.) The hygienic physi- 
 ology of bathing and its application to pubhc baths. Tr. 
 XV. Intemat. Cong. Hyg. & Demog. 1912, Wash., 1913, ii, 535- 
 542.— Bergen (O.) Das Volksbad zu Giessen. Veroffentl. 
 d. deutsch. Gesellsch. 1. Volksbader, Berl., 1904, ii, 369- 
 389.— Blasius (R , ) Die Badeanstalten in der Stadt Braun- 
 schweig. Monatsbl. f. off. Gsndhtspflg., Brnschwg 1906, 
 xxix, 81-96.— Booraem (J. F.) (Ssmblned life-raU and 
 gutter. [Pat. spec] No. 923010; May 25, 1909.— C. Bagni 
 popolari. Ingegner. san., Torino, 1899, x, 23-27.— C. (F.) 
 I bagni popolan In Torino ed il nuovo ediflcio del Borgo 
 San Donate, /iid., 1900, xi, 106-109.— Chase (H. L.) Pub- 
 lic bathing establishments, with a description of the new 
 pubhc bath at Brookline, Massachusetts. Am. Pub. 
 Health Ass, Rep. 1896, Concord, 1897, xxii, 182-187.— Cod- 
 dou O. (R.) Banos pilblicos. Rev. chilena de hij., Sant. 
 deChile,1899-1900,v,185-264.— CzapIewsM. ZurFrageder 
 
BATHS. 
 
 384 
 
 BATHS. 
 
 Baths (PuUic). 
 
 ofEentlichen Bader. Veroflentl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. 
 f. Volksbader, Berl., 1904-6, iii, 393-400.— Dunbar (W. P.) 
 Ueber das Badebediirfnis und die gegenwartigen Moglich- 
 keiten, es zu belriedigen. Gesundfi.-Ingenieur, Miinchen, 
 1912, XXXV, 381; 449. Also, Reprint.— Bggcrs (H.) Die 
 iibrigen stadtischen oflentlichen Badeanstalteu in Miin- 
 chen. Veroflentl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Volksbader, 
 Berl.^ 1903, ii, 17-21.— Elnlge Vorschlage beziiglich der 
 Einnchtung von Badeanstalten. Gesundh.-Ingenieur, 
 Miinchen, 1907, xxx. 847: 1908, xxxi, 17.— Endrich (C.) 
 Ausnutzung des Kuhlwassers von Maschinenanlagen liir 
 Bade- und Helzungszweoke. Ibid., 1913, xxxvi, 217-219.— 
 EscomelCE.) ElbahieariodeJesiis. Crto.mfid., Lima, 1917, 
 xxxiv, 80-92.— risk (H. E.) The introduction of public 
 rain baths in America; a historical sketch. Sanitarian, 
 N. Y., 1896, xxxvi, 481-501. AUo, Reprint.— Fort (E.) 
 & Moya (J.) Proyecto de estaWecimfento de baflos de 
 aspersidn econfimicos para Madrid. Actas y mem. d. ix. 
 Cong, internao. de hig. y demog. 1898, Madrid, 1900, iv, 313- 
 318.— Fox (C. J.) PubUe baths. Engin. Rev., N. Y., 1907, 
 xvil, No. 8, 1-3. Also: Denver M. Times fete], 1908-9, 
 xxviii, 605-608.— Fronczak (F. A.) The availability of the 
 waterfront lor pubUo baths. Proe. Am. Ass. Promot. Hyg. 
 fetc.],Balt.,1916,v,54-57.— deGourlet(Apolllne). L'hospioe 
 de Quinze-Vingis et les bains-douches S, bon march4 Rev. 
 pldlanthrop^Par., 1909, xxv, 110-113.— GrunowfW.) Die 
 stadtischen Brausebader in Breslau. Gesundh.-fngenieur, 
 Miinchen, 1914, xxxvu, 649-«51.— Gulllno (C. A.) I bagnl 
 popolari della citt&di Essen. Riv. di ingegner. san., Torino, 
 1912, viii, 185-187.— H. Diefreieu Volksbader der Stadt New 
 York. Gesundheit, Leipz., 1908, xxxiii, 353-360. — Hanger 
 (G.W.W.) Publicbathsin the United States. BuU.Bureau 
 Labor, Wash., 1904, No. 54, 1245-1367.— Hartwell (E. M.) 
 PubUc baths in Europe. J. Bost. Soo. M. So., 1897, No. 16, 1- 
 5. Also: San. Plumber, N. Y., 1897, xv, No. 19, p. 23; No. 
 20, p. 20; No. 23, p. 21.— Hertel. Ueber die Verwendung 
 von Kondenswasser zum Betriebe von Bftdem. Veroflentl. 
 d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Volksbader, Berl., 1907, iv, 386- 
 399.— Herzberg. Ueber die Wasserbeschaflung fiir Volks- 
 badeanstalten. Ibid., 1901, 4. Hft., 39.— Hlrschberg (E.) 
 Die Statistik des deutschen Volksbadewesens im Jahre 
 1900 irach einer von der Gesellschaft fiir Volksbader ange- 
 stellten Erhebungbearbeltet. Ibid., 1900, 4. Hit., 5-98.— 
 HocliedeT (K.) Das Miiller'sehe Volksbad in Mfflnchen. 
 
 Ibid., 1903, li, 1-16. . Mitteiluugen uber asthetische 
 
 Anforderungen an moderne Badeanlagen. Ibid., 1904-6, 
 iii, 251-257. — Kallenbacli (G.) Entmckelung des Ba- 
 derverkehrs in Breslau. Ibid., 534-538. — KauSmann 
 (K.) Ein neuer Sicherheits-Mischapparat fiir Badeanla- 
 gen. Gesundh.-Ingenieur, Miinchen, 1908, xxxi, 20-22.— 
 Kler (J.) Das Badewesen in Dahemark. VerBflentl. 
 d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Volksbader, Berl., 1904-6, iii, 51- 
 54.- Knopf (S. A.) Water in the prevention and cure 
 of tuberculosis; with a plea for public baths for old and 
 young and swimming pools particularly in connection 
 with public schools. Med. Kec, N. Y., 1915, Ixxxviii, 
 172-179. Also, Reprint.— Krebs. Die erziehliche Bedeu- 
 tung und die bisherige Verbreitung der Volksbader mit 
 Riicksicht auf die verschiedenen Bevolkerungsschichten. 
 Veroflentl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Volksbader, Beri., 1902, 
 i, 7. Hit., 24-33.— Itrencker. Dasstadtische Medizinalbad 
 zu Strassburg i. E. Strassb. med. Ztg., 1911, viii, 129.— 
 KrItzler(F.) Entwurfc-Beispiele fiir Volksbader im Auf- 
 tragcder Deutschen Gesellsehaltfiir Volksbader. Veroflentl. 
 d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Volksbader, Berl., 1900, 3. Hit., 37- 
 59. — Langermann. Untersuchuugen (iber den Vorgang 
 der Selbstreinigung ausgeftUirt am Wasscr des Giessener 
 Volksbades. Ztschr. t. Hyg. u. Infektionskrankh., Leipz., 
 1909, Ixiv, 435-453.— Laquer (B.) Ueber private una 
 oflentliche Badeeinrichtungen in den Vereinlgten Staaten. 
 N. Yorker med. Monatschr., 1906, xviii, 165-189. Also: 
 Veroflentl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Volksbader, Berl., 1906, 
 iv, 60-65.— Lassar (0.) Ueber Volksbader. Ibid., 1904-6, 
 iii,54-57.— Loewensteln(F.) Preisentwiirfefur Volksbader 
 Gesundh.-Ingenieur, Miinchen, 1900, xxiii, 156; 171, 1 pi.— 
 IiUtbardt. Die stadtischen Volksbader In Chemnitz. 
 Veroflentl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. VolksbSder, Berl., 
 1904-6,iil,377-384.— Maschke(M.) Stadtiseheroderpriva- 
 ter Badebetrieb? Ibid., 1900, 2. JSlt., 35-38.— Matzdorff. 
 Die Entwickelung des stadtischen Volksbadewesens in 
 Berlin. Ibid., 190f 6. Hft., 11-22.— Merkel (S.) & Weigle 
 (T.) Der Bakteriengehalt im Schwimmbassin des Lud- 
 wigsbades zu Niimberg. Ztschr. f. Untersuch. d. Nahrungs- 
 u. Genussmittel, BerL, 1898, 239-245.— Michael. Badean- 
 stalt und wascherei. Veroflentl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. 
 Volksbader, Berl., 1906, iv, 99-105.— Mttlnlchen (E.) 
 Volksbader auf dem Lande. Ibid., 1903^ ii, 86-95.— du Mont. 
 Die Rettungseinriehtungen Im Sophienbade zu Eisenach. 
 md., 1904-6, iii, 531.— Montalentl (F.) Stabilimenti di 
 bagni e lavatol popolari in Torino. Riv. dl ingegner. san., 
 Torino, 1912, viii, 281; 293,5ch.— Mopgand(H.) Les bains- 
 
 douches municipaux. Rev. prat. dlyg. mumcip. [etc.]. 
 Par., 1906, ii, 433-448.— Nydegger (J. A.) Pubhc baths. 
 Pub. Health Rep., Wash., 1913, xxviii, 1601 - 1606.— Fal- 
 mlerl. I bagni popolari di Via Venezia in Geneva. I^ene 
 mod., Geneva, 19M, ii, 225-227.— Feters. Die allgemeinen 
 Grundsatze der technischeu Einnchtung von Volksbadem. 
 
 Baths (Public). 
 
 Verhandl. u. Mitt. d. Ver. f. 6fl. Gsndhtspfl. in Magdeb., 
 1904, 99-105.— Peters & Oslender. Grundsatze fiir Bauan- 
 lage und Einnchtung von Volksbadeanstalten als Pro- 
 gramm zum Gebrauch bei dor Aussohreibung und Auffetel- 
 lung der Entwilrle. Veroflentl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. 
 Volksbader, Beri., 1902, i, 7. Hft, 34-81.— von Petersen (O.) 
 Die Volksbader in Russland. Ibid., 1904,ii, 389-393.— Phi- 
 lippe (C.) Des bains publics h Paris; la question des pis- 
 cines. J. d'hyg.. Par., 1913, xxxix, 58-62.— Philippe (E.) 
 Bains et lavoirs populaires & prix rMuits. Congrte d'assain. 
 et de salub. 1895, Par., 1897, i, 135-160. Also, Reprint.— 
 Foelchau (G.) Unser heutiges Volksbadewesen. Ver- 
 Sffentl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. 1. Volksbader, Berl., 1901, 5. 
 Hft., 50-70. Also: Sesundh.-Ingenieur, Miinchen, 1902, xxv, 
 196; 210,— Prausnltz (C.) Die neuere Entwicklung des 
 oflentlichen Badewesens in England. Med. Klin., Berl., 
 1914, X, 310.— Prlebe. Die Entwickelung des Berliner Ver- 
 eins fur Volksbader. Veroflentl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. 1. 
 Volksbader, Beri., 1900, 2. Hft., 9-22.— K«cknagel (S.) 
 Ueber moderne Badeanstalteu, unter besonderer Bertick- 
 sichtigung der Erzeugung kiinstlicher Meereswellen. Ge- 
 sundh.-Ingenieur, Miinchen, 1906, xxix, 82-86.— RItter (J.) 
 Die Badeanstalt der Gemeinsamen Ortskrankenkasse zu 
 Dannenburg a. d. Elbe. Ibid., 1913, xxxvi, 219-221.— Boux 
 (G.) Bains hygiduiques populaires en Autriche, en Alle- 
 mague et k Lyon. Gaz. d. eaux. Par., 1899, xlii, 467.— Sch. 
 (R.) Das Volksbadewesen in Hamburg. Centralbl. f. allg. 
 Gsndhtspflg., Bonn, 1902, xxi, 435-438.— Schaier. Oeflent- 
 liches Badewesen. Preuss. Med.- u. Gesundheitswes. 1883- 
 1908. Festschr. . . . Beri., 1908, 316-326.— Schmidt. Ueber 
 die Anlaee eines Volksbades in mittelgrossen Stadten. 
 VerSffentl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Volksbader, Beri., 1906, 
 iv, 87-99.— Schultze. Volksbader. Gesundh.-Ingenieur, 
 Miinchen, 1898, xxi, 193-198. . Stand und Entwicke- 
 lung des Badewesens in der Rheinprovinz. Verfiflentl. d. 
 deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Volksbader, Berl., 1901, 6. Hft., 18- 
 29.— Shepard (0. H.) Public Turkish baths needed. J. 
 Am. M. Ass^ Chicago, 1896, xxvil, 417. Also, Reprint.- 
 Sommer. Die Bedeutung der volksbader fiir die psy- 
 chische Hygiene. Arzt als Erzieher, Miinchen, 1905, 61.— 
 Stack (E.) Dieneuestadtische Badeanstalt in Hannover. 
 Gesund.-Ingenieur, Miinchen, 1907, xxx, 133-144.— Stewart 
 (Jane A.) Boston's free municipal bathingplant. Sclent. 
 
 Am. Suppl, N. Y., 1899, xlvii, 19631. . Boston'sexperi- 
 
 ence with municipal baths. Am. J. Sociol., Chicago, 1901-2, 
 vli, 416-422.— St«rmer. Das Sommerbad der Stadt Meer- 
 ane 1. S. Veroflentl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Volksbader, 
 Beri., 1904-6, iii, 200-204.— Treptovf (W.) Arbeiterbader. 
 Arch. f. Volkswohlf., Beri., 1908-9, ii, 161-165.— Vetter (L.) 
 Der Grossbetrieb deutscher Badeanstalten und seine fort- 
 schrittliche Entwicklung. VerSflentl. 'd. deutsch. Ge- 
 sellsch. f. Volksbader, Berl., 1907, iv, 276-282.— Vincent 
 (Mme.) Bains et lavoirs municipaux. Cong. Intemat. d. 
 oeuvres et inst. Urn. 190O, Par., 1902, iv, 207-210,— Warman 
 (D.) A plea for public baths. Ann. Hyg., Phila., 1897, 
 xii, 1-13.— Wende (E.) Establishment of the first free 
 municipal bath house at Buffalo. N. Y. Buffalo M. J., 
 1899-1900,n.s.,xxxix,808-821.— Whlttaker(H. A.) Inves- 
 tigation of Lake Calhoun public baths, Minneapolis, May to 
 November, 1917. J. Minn. M. Ass. [etc.], Muincap., 1918, 
 xxxviii, 98-105. Also: Journal-Lancet, Minneap., 1918, 
 xxxviii, 98-115. Also, Reprint. . Sanitary sugges- 
 tions regarding the location, construction and management 
 of public bathing beaches. Journal-Lancet, Minneap., 1918, • 
 n. s., xxxviii, 349. Also: Med. Insur. & Health Conserv., 
 Dallas, 1918, xxvii, 369. Also, Reprint.— von Wledersperg. 
 Grundsatze liir die Errichtung und den Betrieb von oflent- 
 lichen Badeanstalten. Oesterr. San.-Wes., Wien, 1901, 
 xili, 25-30.— Wolff (C.) Die stadtische Badeanstalt an der 
 Goseriede In Hannover. VerSflentl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. 
 f. Volksbader, Beri., 1904-6, iU, 603-528. 
 
 Baths (PuUic, History of). 
 See Balneology {History of). 
 
 Baths (PuUic, Hygiene of). 
 See Baths (Hygiene of). 
 
 Baths (Roman). 
 
 (See Baths (Hot-air, etc.). 
 
 Baths (Russian). 
 
 See Baths ( Vapor, etc.). 
 
 Baths (Sand). 
 
 See Baths (ifttd, etc.). 
 
 Baths (Sea). 
 
 See, also, Sea-baths. 
 
 Fischer (H.) Aerztlicher Ratgeber fttr das 
 Nordseebad. 8°. Berlin, [n. d.]. 
 
 [1911]. 
 
 The same. 4. Anfl. 8° Bremen, 
 
BATHS. 
 
 385 
 
 BATHS. 
 
 Baths (Sea). 
 
 Gast:^ (L.-F.) Essai sur les bains Marie- 
 Th&fese, ou consid&atioas historiquea et medi- 
 cales sur les bains. 8°. La RoiJielle, 1829. 
 
 Gesundhbitlich (Die) wicMigen Verlialtnisse 
 und Einriclituiigen der deutschen Seebadeorte 
 fmit Ausnahme der mecklenbuigisclien See- 
 bader. Hrsg. von R. Abel. 8°. Berlin, 1913. 
 
 Forms li. Suppl., v. 46, of: Vrtljsclir. 1. gerichtl. Med. 
 
 HiLLEa (A.) Lehrbuch der Meeresheilkunde. 
 8°. Berlin, 1913. 
 
 Landouzy (L.) Crenoth^rapie, climatoth^ 
 rapie. 8°- Paris, 1910. 
 
 Mess. Traite pratique des bains de mer. 2. 
 6d. 8°. [n. p n. d.] 
 
 Oransz (M.) Grade und seine Heilfcrafte, 
 nebst Anleitung zum Kurgebrauch. 12°. 
 Triest-Cfrado 1905. 
 
 Pebysz (C.) The effects of sea^-baths with, a 
 special view to Lake Balaton. 12°. Vienna 
 & Leipzig, 1894. 
 
 Shtshbpetofp (V. A.) Giirzuf na yuzhnom 
 beregu Krima i yevo liechebnlya sredstva. 
 [Gurzuf on the southern shore of the Crimea, 
 and its therapeutic resoiu-ces.] 8°. Odessa, 1890. 
 
 Temkin (Essel'). *Das Meer als Heilmittel. 
 8°. Ziirkh, 1911. 
 
 Trepkb (V.) & ZuYEEP (P.) Vaonl mor- 
 skiya; sanitarno-tekhnicheskiya dannlya pri 
 proyektirovanii i postro5kIe morsMkh vann na 
 yugie Rossii. [Sea baths; sanitary-technical 
 data in the planning and construction of sea 
 baths in the south of Russia.] 12°. Odessa, 
 1910. 
 
 . Proyekt obyazatelnikh po- 
 
 Btanovlemiy dlya postroiki i eksploatatsii na 
 yugpfe Rossii morskikh vann, kurortntkh gosti- 
 nits i ban. [Projected obligatory rules for the 
 construction and management of sea baths, 
 health-resort inns, and bath houses in the south 
 of Russia.] 12° Odessa, 1910. 
 
 Wbgelb (C.) Die Wirkungsweise der Sool- 
 und Seebader, ihre Indicationen und Anwen- 
 dungsweise. 12°. Leipzig, [n. d.}. 
 
 Zentbalblatt fur Thalassotherapie, Klima^ 
 tologie, Balneologie und verwandte Wissens- 
 zweige. v. 3. 8°. Ahhazia, 1911. 
 
 Albert I, Prince de Monam. TlialassotMrapie et oc&no- 
 grapWe. Rev. scient.. Par., 1914, 801-803.— Baltouzewltsch. 
 De rinfluence des bains salins sur la nutrition k I'etat de 
 sant*. Ann. d'hydrol. et de climat. m&l., Par., 1898, ili, 
 51J-519.— Barbler & Mora. Difltonces d'action des sta- 
 tions baln&ires; la raison de leurs propri^tfc climateriques 
 propres. Ber. ii. d. intemat. Kong, t Thalassotherap., 
 Berl., 1911, V, 375-387.— Benkendortr (R.) Ueber den 
 Wert "vergleichender Messungen" bei der Erforschung des 
 Klimas unserer Seebader. Ztschr. f. Balneol., Klimat. [etc.], 
 Berl. & Wien, 1913-14, 519-521.— Bennett (W. H.) Forty 
 years of thalasso-therapy. Mod. Hosp., St. Louis, 1915, iv, 
 158-161. — Benolt (C.) La cure marine. Clinique, Par., 
 1908, iii^ 473-475.— Bertheau. Die Seebadeorte in Schleswig- 
 Holstem. Vrtljschr. f. gerichtl. Med., Berl., 1913, 3. f!, 
 xlri, 11. Suppl., 153-196.— Bockhom. Die Atemgymna- 
 stik, ein erzienerischer und heUsamer Faktor in der Tha- 
 lassotberapie. Ber. u.d. intemat. Kong.f.Thalassotlierap., 
 Berl., 1911, v, 388-399.— von Boltenstem (O.) Die An- 
 sohauungen uber die Wirkungsweise der Seebader, insbe- 
 sondere der Ostseebader, im Wandel der Zeiten. Deutsche 
 Aerzte-Ztg., Berl., 1910, 410; 461; 483; 553: 1911, 4; 49.— Bou- 
 tin. Indications et r^glementation des bains de mer 
 Gaz. hebd. d. sc. m^d. de Bordeaux, 1908, xxix, 342-345.— 
 Brochard. Del uso de los bafios de mar en los nifios. Bol. 
 d. Dispens. y Hosp. de Nifios pobres de Barcel., 1896, vi, 
 207; 226; 247; 267; 285; 306; 325: ft97, vii, 4; 20; 43; 55; 68; 78- 
 93; 105: 1898, viii, 4; 13; 20; 29; 82; 92: 1899, ix, 13; 21; 37; 46; 
 53; 77; 85; 93: 190O, x, 6.— Cohen (S. S.) Thalassotherapy! 
 Ref. Handb. Med. So., N. Y., 1917, viii, 155-160.— Copenian 
 (A. H.) Sea-bathing. Practitioner, Ix>nd., 1911, &xxvii, 
 101-106.— D'Aiimerle (J. F.) Verhandeliig ter beant- 
 woordlng der vrage: Waarin bestaat de working en het nut 
 der zeebaden ten aanzien der genezing van sommige ziekten. 
 Natuurk. Verhandel. v. de Holland. Maatsch. d. Wetensch. 
 te Haarlem, 1829, xvii, pt. 2, 1-86.— De Hartogh (J.), 
 
 96808°— Vol. II, 3d series— 19 ^25 
 
 Baths {Sea). 
 
 Hennanldes (C. H.) & Varekamp (P.) Veiligheidsmaat- 
 regelen bij de zeebaden in Nederlandsche zeebadplaatsen. 
 Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1917, i, 57.— Escherlcli 
 (T.) Die Bedeutung der Adriabader fur die Hygiene des 
 Spielalters der Kinder. Zentralbl. f. Thalassotherap. [etc.], 
 Abbazia, 1911, iii, 1-12.— Gaill. Die arztliche Studienreise 
 duroh die Ostseebader. Miinchen. med. WchnschTy 1911, 
 Ivili, 2069.— Gmelln (K.) Thalassotherapie des Kindes- 
 alters. Ztschr. t phys. u. diatet. Therap., Jena, 1911, xv, 
 682-668.— Guthmann (A.) Die Technik des kalten See- 
 badens. Ztschr. t Krankenpfl., Berl., 1912, xxxiv, 201-208. 
 
 . Nachkuren an der See. Ibid., 1913, xxxv, 261-269. 
 
 . Indikationen fiir das Ostseebad. Ibid., 1914, xxxvi, 
 
 87-94. — ^Henius. Badeverwaltung und Aerzte. Deutsche 
 med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 19D3, xxviil, 561. — Hoche, 
 Bebrend [et alJ\. Die Seebadeorte in Pommem. Vrtljschr. 
 f. gerichtl. Med., Berl., 1913, 3. F., xlvi, 2. SuppL, 41-132.— 
 Huismans (L.) Die Heilwirkung der deutscnen Seebader. 
 Therapie d. Gegenw., Berl., 1913, liv, 97-104.— Jaume y 
 Matas (P.) Talasoterapia. Rev. balear de cien. mH 
 Palma de Mallorca, 1910, xxvi, 3&5; 389.— Klrsteln (F.) 
 Ueber die Bedeutung der Medizlnaluntersuchungsamter 
 fiir die Seebadeorte. Ber. fi. d. intemat. Kong. f. Thalasso- 
 therap., Berl., 1911, V, 130-138.— Kurpju welt. Die hygieni- 
 schen Einrichtungen der Seebadeorte auf den Insem Use- 
 dom-Wollin. Ztschr. f. Med.-Beamte^ Berl., 1912, xxv, 800- 
 810. — I<alesque(FJ Thalassoth^apie. /».• Landouzy (L.) 
 Cr&oth(5rapie,8°, Par., 1910, 616-644.— Latz (B.) Diatetik 
 und diatetische Moglichkeiten in Secbadorten. Ber. ii. d. 
 intemat. Kong. £. Thalassotherap., Berl., 1911, v, 406-410. 
 Also: Ztschr. f. Balneol., Klimat. [etc.], Berl., 1911-12, iv, 
 206-208. — Lavergne (F.) Technique du bain de mer. J. de 
 va&i. de Par., 1909, 2. s., xxi, 317.— Undemann (E.) Das 
 Seebad vom hydriatischen Standpunkt. Fortschr. d. 
 Hydroth. Festsohr. W. Wintemitz, Wien & Leipz., 1897, 
 1.50-160.— Loewy (A.), MUller (F.) \et oZ.]. Ueber den 
 Einfluss des Seekllmas und der Seebader auf den Menschen. 
 Ztschr. f. exper. Path. u. Therap., Berl., 1909-10, vii, 627- 
 685, 4pl.— Lulsada (E.) I bagm marini spiaggia di Viareg- 
 gio. Atti d. Cong. naz. d'idroL e climat., Perugia, 1908, 
 358-370.— Mattm (Helen I.) & MattUl (H. A.) Some me- 
 tabolic effects of bathing in the Great Salt Lake. Proc. Am. 
 Soc. Biol. Chemists 1913, Bait., 1914, p. xxxi. Also: Am. J. 
 
 Physiol., Bait., 1914-15, xxxvi 488-500. ■ . Some 
 
 metabolic effects of bathing in the Great Salt Lake. IIM., 
 1916, xli, 143-152.— MllUer (F.) Ueber den Einfluss des 
 Seeklimas und der Seebader auf den Stoff wechsel des Men- 
 schen. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturt u. Aerzte 
 
 1903, Leipz., 1904, ii, 2. Hlfte., 79. . Der Einfluss der 
 
 Seebader am die Blutzirkulation des Menschen. Ber. ii. d. 
 intemat. Kong. f. Thalassotherap., Berl., 1911, v, 303-310.— 
 Natylg (R.) Die metereologischen Verhaltnisse der nor- 
 wegischen Seebader. Zentralbl. i. Thalassotherap. [etc.], 
 Abbazia, 1911, iii, 223-238.— Oinuma (S.) & Kodama (8.) 
 The loss of boddy temperature from sea-bathing during 
 winter season. Sei-i-Kwal M. J., Tokyo, 1918, xxxvii. — 
 Nicolas. Beitrage zu den Indikationen der Nordsee- 
 bader. Monatscnr. f. prakt. Balneol., Miinchen, 1898, iv, 
 145; 182. — Flatot. Technique et indications de la douche 
 sous-marine. Bull. Soc. mM. de I'Yonne 1911, Auxene, 
 1912,lii, 173-181.— PoweU (W. M.) Sea-air and sea-bathing 
 in convalescence. Am. Text-Bk. Dis. Child. (Starr), 2. ed., 
 Phlla., 1988, 60-67.— Qulttel. Die Seebadeorte Im Regie- 
 rungsbezirk Aurich. Vrtljschr. f . gerichtl. Med., Berl., 1913, 
 3. F., xlvi, 11. Suppl., 230-280.— Klchelot (L.-G.) L'hydro- 
 th^rapie marine et les arthrltiques nerveuses. Cong, mter- 
 nat. de bains de mer . . . C.-r. 1894, Par., 1895, i, 87-95. — 
 Blchter (P. F.) Die Wirkungen der physikalischen Agen- 
 tien der Thalassotherapie auf den Stoffwechsel der Gewebe. 
 Ber. ii. d. intemat. Kong. f. Thalassotherap., Berl., 1911, 
 V, 113-120. Also: Ztschr. f. Bahieol., Klimat. [etc.], Berl., 
 1911-12, iv, 379-382.— Bledel. Die Seebadeorte im Gebiete 
 der Freien und Hansestadt Liibeck. Vrtljschr. t gerichtl. 
 Med., Berl., 1913, 3. Fy xlvi, 2. Suppl., 133-147.— SchalL 
 Die Seebadeorte im Hamburgischen Staatsgebiet. Ibid., 
 197-221.— Schlaeger. Die Ostseebadeorte im Grossherzog- 
 tum Oldenburg (Fiirstentum Liibeck). Ibid., 148; 222.— 
 Seemann. Die Seebadeorte in Westpreussen. Ibid., 25- 
 40. — Solbrig. Die Seebadeorte in Ostpreussen. Ibid., 
 1-24.— de Tolosa LatouT (M.) La thalassoterapia en 
 Espafia. Med. rml. espafl., Madrid, 1897-8, iv, 3-5.— Tyson 
 (W. J.) Discussion on sea bathing. Brit. M. J., Lend., 
 1913, ii, ii, 540-542.— Varekamp (P. ) Physische therapie in 
 verband met thalassotherapie. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Ge- 
 neesk., Amst., 1910, xlv, pt. 1, 460-472. 
 
 Baths {Shower). 
 
 See Baths (Douche and sTurwer) . 
 
 Baths (SvIpTiur). 
 
 See, also. Waters (Mineral, Sulphurous). 
 
 Matzka (W.) Process of preparing a composition for 
 sulphur-baths. [Pat. spec.] No. 766154; July 26, 1904.— 
 Partos (A.) Wesen und Bedeutung der Schwefelthermen. 
 Wien. med. Presse, 1897, xxxviii, 1542-1547.— Weisz (E.) 
 [Excessive effects of the sulphur, hot, and mud baths] 
 Gy(5gy4szat, Budapest, 1899, xxxix, 87; 99; 135; 170.— 
 
BATHS. 
 
 386 
 
 BATH-TUBS. 
 
 Baths (SulpTmr). 
 
 Winckler (A.) Gehalt der bekanuten SchwefelqueUen 
 an Schwefelwasserstoffgas. Monatsehr. f. pralrt. Balneol., 
 Mvinchen, 1898, iv, 181. 
 
 Baths {Turkish). 
 
 See Baths {Hot-air, etc.). 
 
 Baths {Vapor, Russian, and medicated). 
 
 Mahomed (S. D.) Shampooing, or, benefits 
 resulting from the use of the Indian vapour bath, 
 as introduced into this country, containing a 
 brief but comprehensive view of the effects pro- 
 duced by the use of the warm bath in compari- 
 son with steam or vapor bathing. 8°. Brighton, 
 1822. 
 
 Putnam (J. J.) Abstract of a report on the 
 medical baths. 8°. [n. p.], 1904. 
 
 RiKLi (A.) Bett- und Theil-Dampfbader. 
 5. Aufl. 8°. Leipzig, 1900. 
 
 United States. Congress. House of Rep- 
 resentatives. A bill to regulate the issue of 
 licenses for Turkish, Russian, or medicated 
 baths in the District of Columbia. 58. Cong., 
 2. sess. H. R. 10669. Jan. 19, 1904. Introd. 
 by Mr. Babcock. roy. 8°. [Washington, IdOi.] 
 
 Anselinlno (O.) & Schilling (f.) Kditennadelbader. 
 Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1914, xxviii, 602-604.— Butts 
 .(B. A.) Vapor-bath apparatus. [Pat. spec] No. 632802; 
 Sept. 12, 1899.— Caidweli (G. B.) Facial steamer or bath. 
 [Pat. spec] No. 1148953; Aug. 3, 1916.— Crank (N.) Vapor 
 cabinet. [Pat. spec] No. 1010595; Dec. 5, 1911.— Dal- 
 zelle (S. J.) Steam feoe bath. [Pat. spec.) No. 949623; 
 Feb. 16, 1910.— Dams (K.) Bin horizontaler Schwitzap- 
 parat. lUust. Monatschi. d. Srztl. Polytech., Berl., 1898, 
 XX, 181.— Davis (O.E.) Medicated bath. [Pat. spec] No. 
 301483; July 8, 1884.— Depenljrock (F.) Compact folding 
 rapqr-bath cabinet. [Pat. spec] No. 1092699; April 7, 1914.— 
 Dibble (B. J.) Vaporizing and air heating attachment for 
 bath cabinets. [Pat. spec] No. 1016873; Feb. 6, 1912. 
 Fiuzel (H.) Vapor-bath apparatus. [Pat. spec] No. 
 626373; June 6, 1899.— Forbes (H. W.) & Llnlck (F.) Vapor 
 diffusing device. [Pat. spec] No. 1007026; Oct. 24, 1911.— 
 Frledlaender (R.) Sweat baths and baths which increase 
 bodily temperature. Phila. M. J., 1901, viii, 357-360.— Gar- 
 rett (Palmyra O.) Vapor-bath apparatus. [Pat. spec] No. 
 684753; Oct. 16, 1901.— Geiger (S.) Apparatus for extracting 
 herbs and medicating steam. [Pat. spec] No. 1096620; 
 May 12, 1914.— Grubbs (J. F.) Combination steam and 
 water bath cabinet. [Pat. spec] No. 881855; March 10, 
 1908. — Held (M.) Die Bereitung medikamentoser Bader. 
 Deutsche Krankenpfl.-Ztg., Berl., 1906, vui, 65-68.— Hempel 
 (A.) Medicinal bath. [Pat. spec] No. 1022627; April 9, 
 1912.— Houghton (J. W. H.) Steam bath for use in a 
 stationary hospital. J. Boy. Army Med. Corps. Lond., 
 1916, xxvii, 112-114.— Hurley (C. B.) Vapor-bath. [Pat. 
 spec] No. 761228; May 31, 1904.— Jaques (L. C.) Vapor- 
 bath cabinet. [Pat. spec] No. 911727; Feb. 9, 1909.— 
 Kruse (J. F.) Portable vapor bath cabinet. [Pat. spec] 
 No. 1038394; Sept. 10, 1912.— I<eudet. La medication ther- 
 male. Gaz. d. eaux. Par., 1905, xlviii, 169; 177.— Losee (F. 
 B.) Folding vapor-bath cabinet. [Pat. spec] No. 641712; 
 Jan. 23, 1900.— Maheu (J.) Les bains m^dicamenteux. 
 Clinique, Par., 1907, ii, 232-235.— Maschke (S.) Hot-air 
 and steam bath apparatus. [Pat. spec] No. 668622; Sept. 
 29, 1896.— Merker (G. W.) Vapor-bath cabinet. [Pat. 
 spec] No. 664282; Deo. 18, 1900.— Mohr (L.) Vapor-bath 
 apparatus. [Pat. spec] No. 739612; Sept. 22, 1903.— Pater- 
 noster (G.) Vapor-bath cabinet. (Pat. spec] No. 622821; 
 April 11, 1899.— Payeur (B.) Take-down vapor bath cabi- 
 net. [Pat. spec] No. 1144861; June 29, 1915.— Plnard 
 (J. B.), Cassldy (J.) & Mellor (E. M.) Vapor bath. (Pat. 
 snec] No. 1007603; Oct. 31, 1911.— PorteousC J. L.) Natural 
 thermal medicated baths vs. artificially medicated thermal 
 baths. Phila. M. J., 1898, i, 473-475.— Pr«gowskl. [Popular 
 vapor baths.] Przegl. hyg., Lw6w, 1905, iv, 49; 83; 106.— 
 Rostovsky (M.) Portablesteam or vapor bath apparatus. 
 [Pat. spec] No. 670545; March 26, 1901.— Rowley (W. S.) 
 Medical cabinet. [Pat. spec] No. 700661; May 20, 1902.— 
 Byan (F. R.) Medicinal bath-cabinet. (Pat. spec] No. 
 665766; Jan. 8, 1901.— Schuliardt (R.) Device for the pro- 
 duction of medicinal baths. [Pat. spec] No. 908160; Dec 
 29, 1908. — Severl (A. R.) Apparecohio per eseguire un 
 bagno a vapore in letto, pronto, innocuo ed economico, 
 mediante 1 vapori ottehuti spegnendo la calce viva. Ras- 
 segna di sc med., Modena, 1902-3, xvii, 77-83.— Simon (A.) 
 (On the influence of vapor baths upon the secretory function 
 of the stomachj Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1898, 2. s., xvili, 1027- 
 1030.— Stitt (R. R.) Vapor-bath cabinet. [Pat. spec] 
 No. 1247167; Nov. 20,"1917.— Toepel (T.) Sane indicatious 
 of the uses of medicinal baths and exercise. Atlanta Jour.- 
 Rec. Med., 1915-16, Ixii, 313-318.— Valcke (J.) Le bain de 
 
 Baths ( Vapor, Russian, and medicated) . 
 
 vapeur k domicile et k sudation r^glable. Belgique mM., 
 
 Gand-Haarlem, 1902, ix, 307-312. . . Appareils brevetfe 
 
 pour bains de vapeur gfe&aux et looaux. Presse mSd. 
 beige, Brux., 1904, Ivi, 27-42.— Vetoshnlkoffl (F. I.) (In- 
 fluence of the Russian bath upon the assimilation of fats 
 from food in healthy men.] Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1893, xiv, 
 1270.— Violin (I. A.) [On the value of the Russian bath.] 
 Bjoned.jour. "Prakt. med.," S.-Peterb., 1897,iv, 437-443.— 
 waltz (O. D.) Vapor bath apparatus. [Pat. spec] No. 
 864062; Au'. 20, 1907.— Wehlnger (J.) Sohwitzapparat fiir 
 Heissluft- und Dampfbader. Illust. Monatsehr. d. arztl. 
 Polytech., Berl., 1898, xx, 158.— Welssmann (R.) Ueber 
 einige Versuche mit Lacpinin-, Thiorubrol- und Empyrol- 
 Badem. Monatsehr. f. prakt. Wasserh., Miinchen, 1910, 
 xvii, 169-176.— Wright (J. R.) Vapor-bath dabinet. (Pat. 
 spec] No. 1231466; June 26, 1917.— Wygal (S.) Vapor- 
 bath apparatus. [Pat. spec] No. 641363; Jan. 16, WCfO.— 
 Zinkhann (J. W.) Vapor-bath cabinet. [Pat. spec] No. 
 661390; Nov. 6, 1900. 
 
 Bath-tubs [Patent specifications for], 
 
 Adams (C. J.) & Taylor (W. M. P.) Bath tub flxture. 
 No. 1163302; Dec. 7, 1915.- Badger (A. C.) Waste outlet 
 and stopper therefor. No. 1163682; Dec. 7, 1915.— Barker 
 (G. H.) Combined bath-tub and washstand. No. 1082065; 
 
 Dec. 23, 1913. . Bath tub and lavatory direct waste. 
 
 No. 1215237; Feb. 6, 1917.— Bamhart (R. E.) Permanent 
 bath-tub seat. No. 1284171; Nov. 5, 1918.— Bedford (J. W.) 
 Adjustable back-brush for bath-tubs. No. 819200; May 1, 
 1906.— BIssell (B. J.) Splash-guard for bathing apparatus. 
 No. 788237; April 25, 1906.— Boniface (N. F.) & Boniface 
 (S. F.) Portable and foldable bath-tub. No. 1096672; May 
 12, 1914.— Booth (C. H.) Bath-tub-leg fastening. No. 
 846977; March 12, 1907.— Brant (0. C.) Bath-tub and 
 spriuklerattachment. No.867343; Oct.1,1907.— Brelde(E.) 
 Portable bath-tub. No. 669070; March 5, 1901.— Brown 
 (B. F.) Bath-tub rail. No. 1261759; April 9, 1918.— Bulla 
 (A.) Attachment for bath tubs. No. 939797; Nov. 9, 1909.— 
 BulIock(G.) Bath-tub cover. No. 1262442; April 9, 1918.— 
 Busscnlus (0.) Bath-tub, No. 755109; March 28, 1904.— 
 CaldweU(J.A.) Foot-tub. No.771124; Sept. 27, 1904.— Chai> 
 mols(D.C.) Supply and waste for bath tubs. No.l026683; 
 May 7, 1912.— Christen (D.) Bath tub. No. 1067898; July 
 22, 1913.— Clarke (E. J.) Bath tub foot rest. No. 1232223; 
 July 3, 1917.— Cllflord (J.) Enameled iron bath tub. No. 
 1116016;Nov.3, 1914.— CoUe(H. P.) Bath-tub. No. 755747; 
 March 29, 1904.— Corwin (W. B.) Bath-tub seat. No. 
 1188534; June 27, 1916.— CuUen (W. D.) Bath-tub seat. 
 No. 1145975; July 13, 1916.— Cunningham (J. A.) Tub. 
 No. 1200710; Oct. 10, 1916.— Danver (J. H.) Casing for bath 
 
 tubs. No. 1009483; Nov. 21, 1911. . Bath-tub leg. No. 
 
 1286062; Nov. 19, 1918.— Day (E. M.) Bath-tub. No. 
 819343; May 1, 1906.— Day (G. E.) & Ward (A. G.) Bath- 
 tub leg. No. 684797; Oct. 22, 1901.— De Camps (W. C.) 
 Attachment for bath-tubs. No. 870086; Nov. 5, 1907.— 
 Eichenlaub (J. F.) Trap and outlet construction for bath- 
 tubs. No. 908661; Jan. 5, 1909. . Waste and overflow 
 
 connection for bath-tubs. No. 909170; Jan. 12, 1909.— Eustis 
 (J. P.) Bath-tub seat. No. 892667; July 7, 1908.— Fischer 
 (H. W.) Bath tub. No. 1047400; Dec. 17, 1912.— Fisher (S. 
 J.) Attachment for bath-tubs. No. 1064834; March 4, 1913.— 
 FoTSberg (F.) Foot rest for bath tubs. No. 1019775; March 
 12, 1912.— Franzheim(G.W.) Leg fastening. No. 942380; 
 Dec. 7, 1909. — Frazzano (F.) Bath-tub appliance. No. 
 1272936; July 16, 1918.— Friedman (G.) Bidet. No. 
 1091499; March 31, 1914.— Frost (W. J.) Internal clamp. 
 No. 969098; Aug. 30, 1910.— Gallagher (E. A.) A new 
 bed bathtub. N. York M. J. [etc], 1914, c, 811.— Gamble 
 (W.H.) Folding or collapsible bath-tub. No. 707060; Aug. 
 12, 1902.— Glttlngs (W. G.) Collapsible bath-tub. No. 
 744745; Nov. 24, 1903.— Glauber (J. H.) Coupling pipe for 
 bath tubs, basins and like vessels. No. 1107289; Aug. 18, 
 1914.— Gossmann (H.) Bath-tub. No. 693701; Feb. 18, 
 1902.— Grow (A. L.) Sanitary attachment for bath tubs. 
 No. 1024329; April 23, 1912.— Hafl (E. B.) Washbasin and 
 bath tub plug. No. 1014389; Jan. 9, 1912.— Harrison (A.) 
 Bath tub head rest. No. 977950; Dec. 6, 1910.— Harvey (W. 
 L.) Glass bath-tub. No. 671594; April 9, 1901.— Helll (I.) 
 Collapsible bath tub. No. 1075912; Oct. 14, 1913.— Hensel 
 (O.A.) Rocking orosoillating bath-tub. No. 643094; Feb. 6, 
 1900.— Hinsdale (W. E.) Bath-tub fixture or appliance. 
 No. 1193145; Aug. 1, 1916.— Hlteshew (H. B.) Bath tub 
 extension. No. 1013162; Jan. 2, 1912.— Hooper (L. M.) 
 Bath tub. No. 1227140; May 22, 1917.— Homer (S. E.) 
 Strainer for sinks, bath-tubs, etc. No. 780341; Jan. 17, 1905. — 
 Hydeman (E. N.) Bath tub and mat therefor. No. 
 1131932; March 16, 1915.— Ike (C. F.) Bath-tub. No. 
 920576; May 4, 1909.— James (W. C.) Combined couch and 
 bath tub. No. 1077199; Oct. 28, 1913.— Jefferson (M.) At- 
 tachment for bath tubs. No. 1040686; Oct. 8, 1912.— Jensen 
 (T. C.) Outlet-valve for stationary tubs. No. 1288013; 
 Dec 17, 1918.— Jobe (J. S.) Bolted bath tub foot fastener. 
 No. 1136188; April 13, 1916.— Lahl (J.) Adjustable head 
 rest for bath tubs. No. 1011448; Dec 12, 1911.— Xane (H. M.) 
 Bath tub. No. 1161138; Nov. 23, 1915.— Lawler (J.J.) Bath 
 tub. No. 1079775; Nov. 26, 1913.— t^fferts (J. A.) Bath- 
 tub and method of attaching feet thereto. No. 784746; 
 
BATH-TUBS. 
 
 387 
 
 BATRACHIA. 
 
 Bath-tubs [Patent specifications for]. 
 
 March 14, 1905— Leo (R. L.) Folding tath tub. No. 
 979973; Deo. 27, 1910.-L'Hommedieu (G. A.) Bath tub 
 attachmont. No. 1104430; July 21, 1914.— Litton (F. R.) 
 Bath tub attachment. No. 1051741; Jan. 28, 1913.— Lloyd 
 (W.H.) Bath-tub supply pipe. No. 677264; Feb. 16, 1897.— 
 Loewenttaal. Uebereinehorizontale Belnbade-und Dampf- 
 badewanne. Illust. Monatschr. d. iirztl. Polytech., Bern, 
 1897, 117.— Lose (W. H.) I^g for bath tubs. No. 938066; 
 Oct. 26, 1909.— McBryde (H. E.) Scat-support for bath- 
 tubs. No. 797451; Aug. 18, 1905.— McDonald (J. M.) Bath 
 tub fitting. No. 1003770; Sept. 19, 1911.— March (J. C. R.) 
 Device for transporting and emptying bath-tubs. No. 
 747559; Dec. 22, 1903.— Maycomber (F.) Bath-tub attach- 
 ment. No. 1212659; Jan. 16, 1917.— Mercer (W. H.) Bath 
 tub. No. 1191088; July 11, 1916.— Messenger (A.) Bath 
 tub cover. No. 976199; Nov. 22, 1910.— Mills (T.) Com- 
 bined sink and wash and bath tub. No. 718856; Jan. 20, 
 1903.— Minus (W. J.) Combined sink, bath, and wash 
 tub. No. 849254; April 2, 1907,— Moorfleld (A.) Portable 
 steam bath-tub. No. 724487; April 7, 1903.— Mowry (J. B.) 
 Bath-tub. No. 801739; Oct. 10, 1905.— Mullen (G. H.) 
 Bath tub seat. No. 1174755; March 7, 1916.— Murdock, 
 (G.L.) Headrestforbathtubs. No. 1163945; Dec. 14, 1915.— 
 Mussleman (P.) Bath tub. No. 962970; June 28, 1910.— 
 Neaig. H.) Bathtub. No. 962240; June 21, 1910.— Nichols 
 (J. L.) & Olson (C. J.) Bath tub seat. No. 1240479; Sept. 
 18,1917.— OUver(F.) Bathtub. No. 949303; Feb. 15, 1910.— 
 O'Neill (L. F.) Folding bath tub. No. 951674; March 8, 
 1910.— Oroflno (M.) Bath tub appUance. [Seat.] No. 
 1197667; Sept. 12, 1916.— Palmatary (J. E.) Bracket 
 attachement lor bath-tubs. No. 743917; Nov. 10, 1903.— 
 Peterson (C. W.) Combined bath-tub and cabinet. No. 
 909329; Jan. 12, 1909.— Presson (A. E.) Collapsible bath 
 tub. No. 1139676; May 18, 1915.— Price (C. H.) Bath tub 
 lining. No. 1081987; Dec. 23, 1913.— Pugh (J. H.) Hand- 
 hold tor bath-tub rims. No. 921733; May 18, 1909. . 
 
 Foothold for bath-tubs. No. 921734; May 18, 1909.— Keed 
 (J. C.) Bathtub. No. 1050071; Jan. 7, 1913.— Rehm(F.C.) 
 Bath tub appliance. No. 1111094; Sept. 22, 1914.— Reln- 
 hardt (E. M.) Bath-tub. No. 578264; March 2, 1897.— 
 . ReveU (A. H.) Bath-tub. No. 1149687; Aug. 10, 1915.- 
 Ricks fC. A.) Bath-tub. No. 753002; Feb. 23, 1904.— Kuss 
 (F. H.) Folding bath tub. No. 1047449; Dec. 17, 1912.— 
 Russell (B. N.) & Smith (T. V.) Bath-tub and basin 
 plug. No. 1202590; Oct. 24, 1916.— Schmidt (Ida W.) Bath- 
 tub. No. 746390; Deo. 8, 1903.— Schmitt (C. B.) Portable 
 and separable sink table and bath tub. No. 923203; June 1, 
 1909.— Schultze (H.) Bathing tub. No. 702380; June 10 
 1902.— Sharp (J. W.) Bath-tub waste-fltting. No. 843968: 
 
 Feb. 12, 1906. . Bath tub. No. 1200036; Oct. 3, 1916.— 
 
 Sherman (M. C.) Infant's folding bath tub. No. 1167849; 
 Jan. 11, 1916.— Sherrer (F. M.) & Faler (B. M.) Portable 
 bath-tubs. No. 860577; July 16, 1907.— Shlpp (E. M.) Bath 
 tub attachment. No. 937476; Oct. 19, 1909.— Simmons 
 (E. W.) Tub attachment. No. 1132491; March 16, 1915.— 
 Slmms (J. C.) Combination bath-tub, kitchen-sink, and 
 drain-board device. No. 1095742; May 5, 1914.— Skogsberg 
 (J. A.) Bath tub seat. No. 941544; Nov. 30, 1909.— Slow- 
 man (E. H.) Bath-tub. No. 889979; Juno 9, 1908.— Stein 
 (A.) Attachmentsforbath-tubs. No. 861916; July 30, 1907.— 
 Stepanchak (G.) Fitting for bath-tubs. No. 1281222; 
 Oct. 8, 1918.— Stewart (W. G.) Bath-tub supply-pipe con- 
 nection. No. 886888; May 6, 1908.— Sttne (L. T.) Tortable 
 bath tub. No. 1072269; Sept. 2, 1913.— Stoneback fS. A.) 
 Bathtub. No.ll29612;Feb.23,1915.— Tate(H.F.) Infant's 
 bath tub. No. 1086628; Feb. 10, 1914.— Tilton A. B.) 
 Waste and overflow connection lor bath tubs, wash basins, 
 etc. No. 1101974; JuneSO, 1914.— Turner (G.W.) Tubseat. 
 No. 1139824; May 18, 1915.— Vaudreuil (J.) Bath-tub.' No. 
 1246190; Nov. 13, 1917.— Vlel (A. H.) Bath-tub. No. 853276; 
 May 14, 1907.— Wadsworth (C. W.) Hand-rail tor bath 
 tubs. No. 1147348; July 20, 1914.— Ward (W. R.) Collapsi- 
 ble and portable bath tub. No. 1130777; March 9, 1915.— 
 Waterman (I. G.) Electromagnetic valve-controlling 
 system. No. 802953; Oct. 24, 1905.— Weaver (H. M.) Bath- 
 tub. No. 797839; Aug. 22, 1905. ■ . Bath tub fitting. 
 
 No. 1010469; Dec. 6, 1911.— Welgel (G. M.) Overflow-valve 
 for bath-tubs. No. 770344; Sept. 20, 1904.— Williams (W. 
 T.) Bath-tub. No. 1198303; Sept. 12, 1916.— Wolfe (F. M.) 
 Bath-tub cover. No. 1194913; Aug. IS, 1916.— Wolpert (W.) 
 &Wolpert(T.) Bath-tub seat. No. 732249; June 30, 1903.— 
 Wright (F.M.) Bath-tub attachment. No. 1148424; July 
 27, 1915.— Zukor (A.) Bath tub head rest. No. 1032173: 
 July 9, 1912. 
 
 Bathydoris. 
 
 Evans (T. J.) The anatomy of a new species of Bathy- 
 doris, and the alEuities of the genus: Scottish National 
 Antarctic Expedition. Tr. Roy. Soc. Edinb. (1913-15), 1916, 
 .1, 191-210. 
 
 Bathynella. 
 
 Caiman (W. T.) Notes on morphology of Bathynella 
 and some allied Crustacea. Quarterly J. Micr. Sc, Lond., 
 1917-18, Ixiii, 489-514. 
 
 Bathysciinse. 
 
 Jeannel (R.) Revision des Bathysciinse (col^opt&res 
 silphides); morphologic, distribution gSographique, systc- 
 matique. Arch, de zool. expSr. et gto., Par., 1911, xlvii, 
 1-641, 24.pl. 
 
 Batier (Gabriel) [1882- ]. *Tuberculose hu- 
 maine et tuberculoses animaleB; de leur unicite. 
 816 pp. 8°- Lyon, 1907, No. 82. 
 
 . The same. 316 pp. 8°. Paris, F. 
 
 Alcan, 1907. 
 
 Batievsky {Mile. Vera) [1882- ]. *Coiisid6ra- 
 tions gen&ales sur le tabSs tropHque. 43 pp. 
 8°. Montpellier, 1910, No. 9. 
 
 Batigne (Ludoyic) [1883- ]. *La cuti-r&ctLon 
 k la tuberculine chez les enfants. 70 pp. 8° 
 Paris, 1908, No. 379. 
 
 Batigne (P[aul]). Elements de gyii6cologie. viii, 
 416 pp. 8°. Paris, A. Maloine, 1911. 
 
 Batini (Ettore). Sulla rigenerazione della mu- 
 cosa deir utero dopo il parte. 169 pp. 8°. Pisa, 
 Succ. FF. Nistri 1912. 
 
 Batireff (Afteksiel] S[tepanovicli]) [1869- ]. 
 *Eksperimentaliilya izsliedovaniya k voprosu o 
 vliyanii sheinavo simpaticliesliavo nerva na 
 glaz i statisticlieskiya dannlya o rezultatakh 
 simpatektomii pri glaukomie. [Experimental 
 investigations concerning the influence of the 
 cervical sympathetic nerve upon the eye, and 
 statistical data concerning the results of sym- 
 
 . pathectomy in glaucoma.] 135, 35 pp., 1 1. 8°- 
 S.-Peterhurg, tip. "Rossiya," 1908. 
 
 Batisse (Noel). *Des formes graves de la pcrito- 
 uite 4 pneumocoqueSi 56 pp. 8°. Para, 1903, 
 No. 340. 
 
 Batissier (Louis)_. *De I'origine, de la classifica- 
 tion et de Faction th&apeutique des eauxmi- 
 nero-thermales. 67 pp. 4°. Paris, 1842, No. 9. 
 
 Batouleff (Vassil). *La morbidity et la mortaUte 
 dans_ rembryotomie (c^phalique, cer-idcale et 
 rachidieime). 47 pp. 8 . Lausamie, 1902. 
 
 Batrachedra. 
 
 Harned (R. W.) The small pink com worm Batrachedra 
 rileylWals.) in Mississippi. J. Econom. Entomol., Concord, 
 N.H., 1916, ix, 295-298. 
 
 Batrachia. 
 
 See, also, Frog; Toad. 
 
 AiVBBGNAT (D.) *Observations sur le de- 
 veloppement du tissu musculaire des batraciens. 
 8°. Pom, 1909. 
 
 IsBNSCHMiD (M.) *Ueber eine von W. Volz 
 in Sumatra gemachte Sammlung von Batra- 
 chiern. 8°. Bern, 1903. 
 
 Boulenger (G.-A.) Sur les rapports de I'ontog&iie k la 
 taxinomie Chez les batraciens anoures. Compt.rend. Acad.d. 
 sc, Par., 1918, clxvii, 60-63.— Camp (C. L.) Notes on the 
 systematic status of the toads and frogs of California. Univ. 
 Cam. Pub. Zool., Berkeley, 1917, xvii, No. 9, 115-125.— 
 Cavazzanl (E.) L'azoto nucleonico nei batraci. Attl 
 Accad. d. sc. med. e nat. in Ferrara, 1904-6, Ixxix, 95-106.— 
 Delia Valle (P.) La difterenziazione dell' area cutanea 
 deir arto anteriore degli anuri neU' intemo della caviti, 
 peribranchiale. Boll. d. Soc. dl nat. in NapoU 1913, Napoli, 
 1914, 2. s., vi, 3-5.— Drzewlna (Mile. Anna) & Bohn (G.) 
 De Taction de I'eau de mer et de NaCl sur la croissance des 
 larves des batraciens. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par 
 1907, Ixii, 880-882.— Dubulsson. Sur les debuts de la ii- 
 gtoSrescence dans les ovules de batraciens. Ibid., 1906, lix, 
 631.— Fischer (A.) [An epidemic disease of frogs.] Med. 
 Rev., Bergen, 1916, xxxiii, 338-341, 2 pi.— Kennel (P.) 
 Les corps adlpo-lymphoides de quelques batraciens. Compt. 
 rend. Acad. d. sc. Par., 1911, clii, 1352: 1912. cliv, 1378- 
 1380.— Langlols (J.-P.) & Pellegrin (J.) De la d&hydra- 
 tion Chez le crapaud et des variations corraatives de la 
 density du sang. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1902, 11. 
 s., iv, 1377-1379.— LecaiUon (A.) Sur quelques faits rolatifs 
 h T^tiologie et k la psychophysiologie des batraciens, en 
 particuUer du triton cr6tg (Triton cristatus Laur.). Bull, de 
 I'Inst. gi5n. psychol., Par., 1908, viii, 142-144.— Leredde & 
 Pautrler. De I'influence des radiations de longueur d'onde 
 
BATRACHIA. 
 
 388' 
 
 BATT. 
 
 Batrachia. 
 
 diff^rente sur le d^veloppement des batraciens. Compt. 
 rend. Sqc. debiol., Par., 1901, 11. s., ill, 1159-1161.— Metclml- 
 kofl (E.) B^ponse k la critique de M. Bataillon au suiet 
 deratropWemusculairecliezlestStards. IWd., 1892, 9. s.,iv, 
 235-237.— Moleschott (J.) & Schelske (R.) Becherches 
 comparatives sur le diSgagement de I'acide carbonique et la 
 CTandeur du foie des batraciens. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, 
 Par., 1855, xli, 640-643.— Oehl (E .) Sulla resistenza termica 
 deicuorilintatici posteriori deibatrad. B. 1st. Lomb. di sc. 
 e lett. Bendic, Milano, 1891, 2. s., xxlv, 481-501. Also, 
 transl. [Abstr J: Arcb. ital. de biol., Turin, 1891, xv, 426-429.— 
 Flilsallx (Mme.) Action physiologique du mucus des 
 batraciens sux' ces animaux eux-m6mes et sur les serpents; 
 cette action est la mfime que celle du venin de vipfere. 
 Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1910, cl, 415-418.— Sucfiard 
 (E.) Structure du bulbe du coeur, du tronc artSriel et des 
 vaisseaux qui partent de ce tronc chez quelques batraciens. 
 Arch, d'anat. micr., Par., 1902, v, 457-484, 2pl.— Thulin (I.) 
 Becherches sur I'lmportance des mitochondrles pour la 
 metamorphose de la queue des batraciens anoures. Bibliog. 
 anat.. Par. & Nancy, 1910-11, xx, 333-342, 2 pi.— von 
 Tschennak (A.) Studien liber tonische Innervationen. 
 1. Ueber die spinale Innervation der hlnteren Lymphherzen 
 bei den anuren Batrachlern. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 
 1907, cxix, 165-226, 1 pi.— Wlntrebert (P.) Sur I'existence 
 d'une irritability excito-motrice primitive, ind^pendante 
 des voies nerveuses chez les embryons cilife de batraciens. 
 
 Compt. rend. See. de biol., Par., 1904, Ivii, 645-647. . 
 
 Nouvelles recherehes sur la sensibility primitive des batra- 
 ciens. Ibid., 1905, lix, 58. . Sur le d^termlnlsme de la 
 
 m^tamorphosechezlesbatraciensanoures. I. Influenced'un 
 milieu ohargA d'acide carbonique. Ibid., 1907, Ixil, 1106-1108. 
 
 . II. Le manque de respiration pulmonaire. Ibid.., 
 
 1154-1156. .III. La circulation caudale. irWii.,lxiii, 57- 
 
 59. . rv. Le lonctioimement variable des branchies et 
 
 la th^orie de I'asphyxie. Ibid., 85-87. . La mise des 
 
 larves hois de I'eau. Ibid., 257-259. 
 
 . Sur le d^termi- 
 
 nisme de la metamorphose chez les batraciens; les caractferes 
 anatomiques du demi-amblystome k branchies. Ibid., 1908, 
 hcv, 549-551. 
 
 Batrachospermum. 
 
 Branchi (G.) Memoria sul batracospermo. 
 12°. Pisa, 1827. 
 Repr.from: Nuovo giomale de' letterati. No. 36. 
 
 Bats. 
 
 See, also, Chiroptera. 
 
 Katz(L.) Die Stria vascularis der Fledermaus. Arch. f. 
 Ohrenh., Leipz., 1904, Ixii, 271-274, 1 pi.— Ketterer (E.) & 
 Lieli£vie (A.) Diflerences de structure des tendons de 
 I'aile et de la patte postfirieure de la chauve-souris . Compt. 
 rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1911, Ixxl, 67-70.— van der Striclit 
 (O.) Les mitoses de maturation de I'oeuf de chauve-souris 
 (V. noctula). Compt. rend. del'Ass. d. anat., Par., 1906, 
 vui, 51-55. 
 
 Bats (Jean-Baptiste) []888- ]. *Du traite- 
 ment de rophthalmie blennorrhagique de 
 I'adulte par les ptdv^risatioiiB de vapeurs d'eau 
 rtnethode de Goldzieher). 59 pp. 8 Bordeaux, 
 1913, No. 66. _ 
 
 BatsSre (Gabriel). *Les ulcerations tubercu- 
 leuses de restomac. 85 pp., 11. 8°. Toulouse, 
 1901, No. 415. 
 
 Batt (William) [1744^1812]. Kermes mineralis 
 apologia ex historia morbi nob. Dom. Bartholo- 
 msei Lommellini. 48 pp. 8°. Augustas Tauri- 
 norum, tj/p. J. M. Bnoli, 1778. 
 
 . Disputa intomo ad. una gangrena. 4 pp. 
 
 fol. Genova, stamp, degli eredi di A. Sciomco, 
 1781. [P., V. 2146.] 
 
 Pharmacopoea seu formulseselectae medi- 
 
 camentorum ad normam medicinae hodiemse 
 aptatorum. 96 pp. 12°. Oenux, excud. F. 
 Repettus, 1785. 
 
 . Tavola ristretta o riflessioni all' istoria 
 
 delle malattie di Sarzana e luogU adjacent] 
 ,dell' estate del 1784 scritta dal M. Dott. fisico 
 Pletro Francesco Hzzorini. 29 pp. 12°. Li- 
 vomo, G. V. Falomi, 1785. 
 
 Antidote contro 11 veleno di due cori 
 
 dette informazioni indirizzate al pubblico dal 
 M. P. F. Pizzorini. 7 pp 8°- Genova, 1787. 
 [P., V. 2147.] 
 
 . Conto reso del mercurio doles. \iii pp. 
 
 12°. [Genova, 1790.] • 
 
 Batt (William) — continued. 
 
 . Brevi riflessioni sopra il formolario farma- 
 
 ceutico compilato da' consqU _e consiglien 
 deir University, de' farmacisti di Genova. 19 
 12°. Genova, 1792. _ 
 
 Alcune riflessioni sullo stato presente 
 della farmacia. 4 1. fol. [Geiruyua, anno IV, 
 1800.] [P., V. 2146.1 
 
 Eiflessiom Bulla febbre degli spedali. 8 
 
 pp 
 
 pp. '12°. [Canneto, 1800?] 
 
 Alcune considerazioni intomo a quanto h 
 
 accaduto negli ultimi giomi di una asma con- 
 vulsiva, cui e sopraggiunta una quasi perletta 
 iscuria renale. 24pp. 12°. [Genova, 18007] 
 
 Considerazioni sull' innesto della vac- 
 
 cina e sopra alcuni pregiudizj che ne ritardano il 
 progresso in Genova. 16 pp. 12°. Genova, 1801. 
 
 . Sulla vaccina di Jenner. 8 pp. 4°. 
 
 Genova, anno JF[1801]. [P., v. 2147.] 
 
 Agli editor! dell' osservatore. 1 1. fol. 
 
 Genova, 1802. [P., y. 2146.J 
 
 La vaccina in Parigi e nella Svezia, in 
 
 alcuni paesi della Spagna e nell' ospedale di 
 Pammatone. 1 1. fol. [Genova, 1802.] FP., v. 
 2146.] 
 
 Distinzione necessaria fra la vaccina e 
 
 gU errori, o negligenze di quelli, che la pra- 
 ticano. 16 pp. 8°. , [Genova, 1802.] 
 
 Sommario degli oggetti da aversi in vista 
 
 organizzando una scuola di medicina presentato 
 al Senato. 1 1. fol. [Genova, 1802.] [P., v. 
 2146.] ... 
 
 Saggio d'awenimenti intomo ad una 
 
 straordinaria_ tosse che con pericolo di conse- 
 guente tisi gi&. da quattro mesi regna epidemica 
 in Genova. 14 pp. 16°. [GcTWva, 1804.] 
 
 — ; — . Difesa del Dottor Gulielmo Batt ingui- 
 rito di aver pubblicate coUestampe le sue osser- 
 vazioni suUa tosse epidemica della scorsa prima- 
 vera. 8 pp. fol. [Genova, ISOi.] [P., v. 2146.] 
 
 . Storia dell' ultima malattia del Signer 
 
 Giambatista Ceruti. 5 pp. fol. Genova, 1805. 
 [P., V. 2146.] 
 
 Memoria 
 
 suUe fummicazioni acido- 
 minerali: specialmente allorchfe vengono im- 
 piegate per distruggere il miasma contaaioso 
 delle febbri sepedogenetiche, volgarmente dette 
 maUgne, putnde, biHose, etc. 16 pp. 16°. 
 [Genova, 1806.] 
 
 Lettera al signer Marcello Cerruti [sulla 
 
 malattia del filBuo padre]. 13 pp. 12°. Genova, 
 G. Giossi, 1806. 
 
 Analisi dei pretesi schiarimenti. d'un' 
 
 anonimo sulla malattia del fil sig. GiambattiBta 
 Cermti indirizzata agli amici del defunto. 41 
 pp. 12°. Genova, stamp. Casamara, 1806. 
 
 -; . Brevi avvertimenti sopra le malattie che 
 
 in. questa estate sono state nucidiali a' bambini 
 dentro la cittk di Genova. 14 pp. 12°. Genova, 
 G. Giossi, 1806. 
 
 [Rispoeta alia lettera del Dottor Mazzini.] 
 '. [Genova, \«)1.] [P., v. 2146.] 
 
 . Idea della scarlattma pemiciosa detta da 
 
 GuUen cynanche maligna. 18 pp. 16°. Genova, 
 1807. ' 
 
 Conto reso della compilazione d' 
 
 11. 8' 
 
 nuova farmacopea per uso dell' ospedale di 
 Pammatone in Genova nell' anno 1807. 47 pp. 
 16°. Genova, G. Giossi, 1808. 
 
 Storia dell' epidemia che fece strage in 
 
 Genova nel 1800, epoca del blocco. 45 pp. 
 12°. [Genova, G. Giossi, 1809.] 
 
 . Storia di una epidemia che regn6 in 
 
 Genova nei primi mesi cfell' anno 1808. 80 pp. 
 16° [Genova, 1809?] 
 
BATT. 
 
 389 
 
 BATTISTINI. 
 
 Batt (William) — continued. 
 
 . Apologie de I'histoire des urines ou se- 
 diment bleu, Buivie d'un coup-d'oeil sur les 
 sources des sciences. 38 pp. 12°. Gin^s, I. 
 Giosd, 1810. 
 
 . Risposta apologetica alia giustificazione 
 
 medica del Signer Dottor Carrara neUa cura di 
 un epatitide. 28 pp. 16°. Oenova, A. Fru- 
 goni, 1814. 
 
 Prodromo ad una dilucidazione di alcune 
 
 dispute fra il M. P. F. Pizzomi ed il M. W. 
 Batt. 3 pp. 4°. [n.p.,n.d.] [P,, v. 2147.] 
 
 See, also, Cerrutl (Marcello). Risposta [etc.]. fol. [Oe- 
 nova, 1806.]— De-Ferrart (Luigi) [in 2. s.]. Lettera [etc.]. 
 tol. Genova, 1806.— Deliberailone del ven. Collegio [etc.] 
 [in 2. s.]. tol. [Genova, 1786.]— Morando (Felice) [m 2. s.]. 
 Seconda difesa del larmacista [etc.]. tol. Genova, 1774.— 
 f izzornl (Pletro Francesco) [in 2. s.l. Informazione [etc.]. 
 
 fol. Genova, 1786. . [in 2. s.]. Altra informazione 
 
 - [etc.]. fol. Oenova, 1786.— Pratolongus (Josephus) 
 [in 2. s.]. Animadversiones in Kermes mineralis apologiani 
 [etc.]. 16°. Qenuse, 1778. — SUvano (Girolamo) [in 2. s.]. 
 Schiarlmento [etc.]. tol. [Oenom, 1806.] 
 
 Far Biography, see Mojon (B.) £loge historique de 
 Gmllaume Batt. 4°. Ghnes, 1812. 
 
 Battaglini (Pierre) [1877- ]. *Quelques con- 
 siderations sur la tachycardie pendant la con- 
 valescence de la fifevre typhoide. 48 pp., 1 1. 
 8°. Montpellier, 1905, ]^o. 36. 
 
 Battaille (Ch.) Nouvelles recherctes sur la pho-' 
 nation. l04pp., 7pl. 8°. Paris, V. Masson & 
 fils, 1861. 
 
 Battalia (Luigi). Ricerche storiclie e pratiche sul 
 modo di conoscere e curare il croup. 77 pp. 
 8°. Torino, Cassone & Marzorati, 1841. 
 
 Battandier (N.-A.-E.) *Considerations sur I'ul- 
 cfere simple de I'estomac chez les sujets ^.g^s. 
 64 pp., 1 1. 8°. Tmlome, 1905, No. 632. 
 
 Battara (R.) Relazione sul esperimento di pro- 
 filassi contro la malaria fatto a Nona nel 1902. 
 Ill pp. 8°. Zara, Vitaliani, 1908. 
 
 Battarel (Pierre). *Quelques remarques sur la 
 paralysie g^nlrale, chez les indigenes musul- 
 mans alg^riens. (Etude faite k I'Mpital de JVIus- 
 tapha, Alger.) 71 pp., 11. 8° Montpellier, 
 1902, No. 20. . 
 
 Battega^ (Armand). Conferences de pharmacie; 
 validation de stage, intemat des Mpitaux, des 
 asiles, des dispensaires. 371 pp. 8°. Paris, 
 J.-B. Baillih-e & fils, 1910. 
 
 . Apotheka; agenda annuaire, des pliarma- 
 
 ciens pour 19'10. 384 pp. roy. 8° Pans, J.-B. 
 Baillihe & fils, [1910]. 
 
 BattelU (Angelo) [1862-1916]. La radioactivite 
 et la constitution de la matifere, par A Battelli, 
 A. Occhialini, S. Chella . . . Traduit de I'italien 
 par Mme. Th. BatteU. vii, 359 pp., 1 tab. 4° 
 Genive, Edition Atar; Paris, Gauthier-Villars, 
 [1910]. 
 
 & Battelli (F[redericp. Trattato pratico 
 
 per le ricerche di elettridta in medicina. xxxiv 
 (1 I.), 1210 pp. 8°. Roma, Soc. ed. Dante Ali- 
 ghieri, [1898?]. 
 
 Battelli (Frederic). *Influence des medicaments 
 sur les mouvements de I'estomac. Contribution 
 a retude de I'innervation de Testomac. 180 pp. , 
 1-1. 8°. Geneve, 1896. 
 
 See, also, Battelli (AngeloJ & Battelli (FrM^ric). Trat- 
 tato pratico per le ricerche dl elettricitii [etc.]. 8°. Soma, 
 [1898?]. — Handbuch der gesamten medlzinischen Anwen- 
 dungen [etc.], 8°. Leipzig, 1909. 
 
 Batten (Frederick Eustace) [1865-1918]. Acute 
 poliomyelitis; its nature and treatment. Being 
 the Lumleian lectures delivered at the Royal 
 College of Physicians, London, 104 pp. roy. 
 8°. London, 1916. 
 For Biography, see Lancet, Lond., 1918, ii, 157. 
 
 Batten (Frederick Eustace) — continued. 
 
 . See, also: 
 
 Maloney (W. J. M. A.) "The National" and F. E. Bat- 
 ten. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1919, xlix, 91-94. 
 
 Batten (Loring Woart) [1859- ]. The relief of 
 pain by mental suggestion; a study of the moral 
 and religious forces in healing [etc.]. 6 p. 1., 
 11-157 pp. 8°. New York, Moffat, Yard & 
 Co., 1917. 
 
 Batten (Rayner Derry). Some points of con- 
 nection between the eye and the cardio- vascu- 
 lar system. 19 pp. 8°- London, Adlard & Son, 
 1890. 
 
 Batten (Rayner Winterhotham) [1835- 
 1909]. 
 
 Obituary. Brit.M. J., Lond., 1909,11,246. ^fco.- Lancet, 
 Lond., 1909, ii, 267. 
 
 Battes (Johannes Reinhold FeUx) [1875- ]. 
 
 *Ein Fall von Akromegalie mit Sehstorungen. 
 
 26 pp., 1 1. 8°. Giessen, 0. Kindt, 1901. 
 Battesti (Antoine-Marc) [1885- ]. *Contri- 
 
 bution k I'etude du bec-de-Hevre median infe- 
 
 rieur. 60 pp., 2 pi. 8°. Pam, 1909, No. 190. 
 Battesti (Frangois) [1888- _ ]. *Contribution h 
 
 i'etude de la bradycardie ictlrique. 52 pp. 8° 
 
 Bordeaux, 1913, No. 64; 
 Battesti (Marc) [1877- ]. *Enquete sur 
 
 I'insuffisance ovarienne d'origine operatoire. xi, 
 
 12-106 pp., 11. 8°., JfontpfiHier, 1908, No. 69. 
 Battesti (Marie). *Etude botanique du Lawsonia 
 
 inermis L. 76 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1910. 
 Battesti (Mathieu) [1885- _ ]. *Contribution 
 
 h. retude des abcfes chroniques non tubercu- 
 
 leux de la prostate. 86 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 
 
 1911, No. 38. 
 Battey (Robert) [1828-95]. 
 
 Far Biography, see Tr. M. Soc. Virg., Richmond, 1896, 
 
 231. Also: Tr. South. Surg. & Gynec. Ass. 1902, PhUa., 
 
 1903, XV, 415-417, port. Also: Jeflersonian, Phila., 1915, xvi, 
 
 8 (J. A. Bertolet). 
 
 & Coe (Henry C.) Diseases of the ovaries. 
 
 In: Stst. Gynec. (Mann). 8°. Philadelphia, 1888, ii, 837- 
 891. 
 
 Battez (Gustave) [1876- ]. *Contribution h 
 retude de la pelviperitonite chez Phomme. 
 85 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1900, No. 24. 
 
 Battier (Marius) [1869- ]. *Les angines diph- 
 teroides de la syphiUs. 80 pp. 8°. Paris, 1897, 
 No. 448. 
 
 Battigne (Paul). *Traitement chirurgical de 
 I'infection peritoneale post-operatoire precoce 
 chez la femme. 91 pp. 8°. Paris, 1898, No. 
 364. 
 
 Battistini (Ferdinando). Rimedi nuovi. Trat- 
 tato di terapia cUnica e di farmacologia ad uso 
 dei medici e degli studenti. 2 v. 12°. Torino, 
 1896-7. 
 
 . Nuove cure per malati di cuore; metodi 
 
 di Oertel e di Schott, cure balnearie, idrotera- 
 piche, _ idrominerali, pratiche kinesiterapiche; 
 recenti studi suUe cure farmaceutiche, cure sin- 
 tomatiche degli edeini,_della dispnea, dell' in- 
 sonnia e del delirio nei cardiopatici; riepilogo 
 con cenni sulle speciaU indicazioni per le cure 
 nolle diverse malattie. 436 pp. 8- Torino, 
 [1902]. 
 
 —. Terapia medica. Lezioni tenute alia 
 
 clinica generale di Torino, v.l. Terapia generale 
 delle infezioni. viii, 607 pp. roy. 4°. Torirm, 
 Unione tipogr. edit, torinese, 1907. 
 
 ■ & Scofone (Lorenzo). Ulteriori ricerche 
 
 sperimentali sulla tossicita del sangue di animali 
 resi profondamente anemici. 16 pp. 8° To- 
 rino, Artigianelli, 1897?] 
 
BATTLE & CO. 
 
 390 
 
 BAUDELAIEE. 
 
 Battle & Co. Obstetrical charts in colors. 1 p., 
 10 pi. obi. fol. St. Louis & New York, Battle 
 & Co., [1912], 
 
 Battle {Cullen Avdrews) [1848-1908]. ' 
 
 Obituary. Alienist & Neurol., St. Louis, 1908, xxix, 61. 
 
 Battle (SamuelWestray) [1854-1915]. 
 
 Bullock (E. S.) [Obituary.] Charlotte [N. C.l M. J., 
 1915, Ixxi, 257-259, port. 
 
 Battle CWilliam Henry). Clinical lectures on 
 the acute abdomen, x (1 1.), 107 pp. 8°. Lon- 
 don, Constable & Co,, 1911. 
 
 . The same. The acute abdomen. 2. ed. 
 
 xii, 295 pp., front. 8°. London, Constable & Co., 
 1914. 
 
 Also, Co.- Editor of: Saint Tbomas's Hospital Reports, 
 V. 30-31, 1902-3. 
 
 ; — & Corner (Edred M.) The surgery of the 
 
 diseases of the appendix vermiformis and their 
 complications. 208 pp., 1 pi. 8° London, A. 
 Constable & Co., 1904. 
 
 Battle (The) for the consumptive; reports of a 
 local health officer. 67 pp. 12° London, 
 Scientific Press, 1909. 
 
 Battle Creek Sanitarium. (Laboratory of Hy- 
 giene.) See Modem Medicine. Bulletin of the 
 Laboratory of Hygiene, Battle Creek Sanitarium. 
 Battle Creek, Mchigan. 
 
 Battle-fields. 
 
 Lage der Todten auf dem Schlachtfelde. Militaerarzt, 
 Wien, 1867, xvii, 95. — ^Molnet. Assainissement du champ de 
 bataUle; d^cfes; inhumations. Ann. m^d.-chir, du centre. 
 Tours, 1912, xii, 541; 553; 565. 
 
 Battlehner (FerdiTiand) [1824-1906]. 
 
 Dressier. [Biography.] Aerztl. Mitt. a. Baden, Karls- 
 ruhe, 1906, Ix, 227.— Thumm [Biography.] Miinchen. 
 med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1907, Uv, 176, port. Also, 
 Reprint. 
 
 Battlehner (Fritz) [1881- ]. *Ueber Latenz 
 von Typhusbazillen im Menschen. [Strassburg.] 
 12 pp. 8°. SaarhrUcken, 1910. 
 
 Battreau (Paul) [1845- ]. *Contribution h 
 r6tude des plaies de I'estomac. 128 pp. 8° 
 Paris, 1899, No. 391. 
 
 Battyc (Kichard Fawcett). An improved method 
 of treatment of cancer and fibroid tumours, etc., 
 to which is added an appendix. 82 pp. 8°. Ed- 
 inburgh, Oliver & Boyd, 1880. 
 
 Batuaild (Jules). La neurasth^nie g^nitale fdmi- 
 nine. 200 pp. 12°. Paris, A. Maloine, 1906. 
 
 . The same. 260 pp. 12°. Paris, A. Ma- 
 loine, 1906. 
 
 Batut (Paul) [1887- ]. *Des fistules stereo- 
 rales, cons^cutives k I'op^ration de I'appendi- 
 cite. 46 pp. 8°. ifontpeJKcr, 1912, No. 85. 
 
 Batuyeff (N[ikolai] A[leksandrovich]) [1855- ] . 
 Lektsii po anatomii kostei, sustavov, mtshtSj 
 bolshikh polostei, krovenosnlkh sosudov i 
 nervov tiela ehelovieka; primienitelno k izuche- 
 niyu preparovaniyem na trupie. [Lectures on 
 anatomy of the bones, joints, muscles, large 
 cavities, blood vessels and nerves of the human 
 body; applicable to study on the cadaver.] 
 1 p. U 277 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Odessa, 1903. 
 
 Baty (Emile) [1874- ]. *Etude sur la calori- 
 metne clinique. [Paris.] 75 pp., 18 ch., 21. 8°. 
 Nantes, 1902, No. 445. 
 
 Batzdorff (Erich Erwin) [1887- 1. *Ein Bei- 
 trag zur Frage des primaren Appendixcafctnoms. 
 [Breslau.] 34 pp. 8°. Berlin, L. Schumacher, 
 1912. 
 
 Bau (Adrien) [1883- ]. *Du prompt secours 
 dans les accidents de la rue et du chantier; r^sul- 
 tats imm^diats et ^loign6s. 44 pp. 8° Mont- 
 pellier, 1910, No. 103. 
 
 Bauby (Denis) [1864-1910]. 
 
 [OWtuary.] Toulouse m6d.., 1910, 2. s., xii, 65-80, port. 
 
 Bauby (Francois) [1874- ]. *Discussion des 
 moyens thdrapeutiques employes contre I'ap- 
 pendicite. 74 pp. 8°. Pans, 1900, No. 490. 
 
 Bauch (Albert Max) [1885- ]. *Vergleichende 
 anatomische und histologische Untersuchungen 
 tlber die Hamblase der Haustiere. [Leipzig.] 
 93 pp.. 8 pi. 8°. Dresden, 0. Franhe, 1911. 
 
 Bauch (Bernard) [1885- ]. *Ueber die Ein- 
 wirkung der 2-Phenylchinolin-4-Carbonsaure 
 (Atophan) auf den Harnsaurestoffwechsel des 
 gesunden und gichtkranken Menschen. [Hei- 
 delberg.] 16 pp. 8°- Berlin, S. Karger, 1911. 
 
 Bauch (Karl Julius Ludwig Hermann) [1876- 
 ]. *Ueber periodisches Erbrechen. 68 pp. 
 8°. Berlin, L. Schumacher, 1901. 
 
 Baucher (F.) Analyse chimique et bact^rio- 
 logique des eaux, potables et min^rales. Epurar 
 tion des eaux; legislation. 413 pp. 12°. Paris, 
 Vigotfrires, 1904. 
 
 . Becueil de notes de pharmacie, hygitoe et 
 
 chimie industrielle. 100 pp. 8°. Paris, C. 
 Pelliot, 1906. 
 
 . !&puration biologique intensive des eaux 
 
 r6siduaires; 6tude et applications du proc6dd 
 dit "septic tank" avec fosse septique automa- 
 tique et Uts bact^riens. 1 p. 1., 61 pp., 1 1. 8°. 
 Paris, Viyotfrh-es, 1907. 
 
 Bauchet (Jean-Baptiste-Armand-Georges) [1882- 
 
 ]. *L'hyperphalangie des doigts et particu- 
 
 li^rement du pouce. 81 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 
 
 1909, No. 68. ' 
 
 Bauchnitz (Siegmund) [1876- ]. *Verande- 
 rungen des Nervensystems in der Graviditat. 
 32 pp. 8°. Muncfien,^astner & Callwey, 1903. 
 
 Bauchwitz (Max). Die Behandlung des sensi- 
 blen Dentins mit Kohlensaure und deren wei- 
 tere Verwendung in der Zahnheilkunde. 39 pp. 
 8°. Wiesbaden, C. Limbarth, 1902. 
 
 Baucke (Ernst). *Ein Beitrag zur Pathologie der 
 Nebennieren mit besonderer BerUcksichtigung 
 des Morbus Addisoiui. 48 pp. 8°. Gottingen, 
 W. F. Kaestner, 1899. 
 
 Baud (Henri) [1877- ]. *Traitement par la 
 laparatomie vaginale de certaines formes de 
 pdritonite tuberculeuse chez la lenrnie (de la 
 pdritonite d'origine annexielle en parlicuher). 
 85 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1904, No. 11 2: 
 
 Baud (Henri) [1883- ]. *Es8ai de topographic 
 sanitaire de la ville de Lille. 140 pp. 8° Paris, 
 
 1910, No. 288. 
 
 Baud (Henri) [1884- ]. *La diathermie, appli- 
 cations thtopeutiques de I'effet Joule. 115 pp. 
 8°. Paris, 1911, No. 54. 
 
 Baud (V[iotor]). Contrexdville; maladies des or- 
 ganes g^nito-urinaires et goutte. vui, 358 pp., 
 11. 8 . Paris, Chamerot & Lauwereyiis, 1868. 
 
 Baude (Eugfene). *Contribution k l'6tude des 
 complications articulaires de r^rj-siplle. 38 pp. 
 8°. Paris, 1899, No. 591. 
 
 Baude (Eugfene - Clement - Abel) [1871- ]. 
 *Traitement de la colique saturnine par les 
 injections sous-cutan6es de sdrum artificiel. • 80 
 pp. 8°. lAlle, 1898, No. 95. 
 
 Baud^ant (Joseph). *Mani[estationB cutan^es ou 
 I'auto-intoxication gravldique. 62 pp. 8°. 
 Toulouse, 1905, No. 634. 
 
 Baudelaire (Oharles) [1821-67]. 
 
 C. (A.) Baudelaire "dans le domaine." Chron. mSd., 
 Par., 1917, xxiv, 264-266.— Dupouy (R.) Charles Baude- 
 laire, toxicomane et opiomane. Ann. med.-psychol.. Par., 
 
 1910, 9. s., xi, 353-364. . Le pofete de I'opmm: Charles 
 
 Baudelaire, .ffisculape. Par., 1912, ii, 97-99.— Maladle (La) 
 
BAUDELAIEE. 
 
 391 
 
 BAUDOUIN. 
 
 Baudelaire (OJiarles) [1821-67]. 
 
 et la mort de Baudelaire. Chron., raid., Par., 1907, xiv, 
 770-772. — IVflchaut. Comment est mort Baudelaire. Ibid., 
 
 1902, ix, 186-190. . Un dernier mot sur la maladie de 
 
 Baudelaire. Ibid., 1903, x, 27. 
 
 Baudelocque (Aiiguste-C^sar) [1795-1851]. Mono- 
 graphieder Scrophelkrankheit in ihren Formen, 
 Verzweigungen, Ursachen, Kennzeichen, ihrer 
 Heilung und Verhiitung. Nach den neuesten 
 Erfahrungen und eigenthumlichen Ansichten. 
 Uebersetzt von Eduard Martiny. xxii, 274 pp. 
 12°. Weimar, B. F. Voigt, 1836. 
 
 Baudelocque (Jean-Louis) [1745-1810]. 
 Mauhbl de LAPOMARiDB (E.-L.) *Baude- 
 locque (Jean-Louis); sa vie, son oeuvre. 8° 
 Pans, 1899. 
 
 Varnler (H.) Rectification k la g^n&ilogie des Baude- 
 locque. Compt. rend Soe. d'otst., de gynSo. et de paedlat, 
 de Par., 1902, Iv, 165-171. 
 
 Baudelot. Etude sur I'anatomie compar^e de 
 I'enc^phale des poissons. pp. 51-128, 2 pi. 4° 
 Strasbourg, 1870. 
 
 Cutting from: M4m. d. Soc. d. sc. nat. de Strasbourg, 1870, 
 vi. 
 
 Baudelot (Gustave) [1871- ]. *Ost^o-artliro- 
 
 pathie avec contracture dans la syphilis li^r6- 
 
 ditaire tardive. 52 pp. 8°. Paris, 1900, No. 
 
 593. 
 — . The same. 52 pp. 8°. Paris, G.SteinheU, 
 
 1900. 
 Baudet (Georges) [1890- ]. *L'huile cam- 
 
 phr6e intraplriton^ale dans le traitement des 
 
 p6ritonites aigues. 75 pp. 8° Zj/on, 1914, No. 
 
 160. 
 Baudet (Henri Philippe). Hydrotherapie en 
 
 Kneippkuur. 15 pp. 8°. Haarlem, de erven 
 
 F. Bohn, 1897. 
 Forms No. 8 of: Geneesk. BI. u. Klin, en Lab. v. deprakt., 
 
 Haarlem, 1897, iv, 167-181. 
 
 . De nieuwe geneeswijse van longtering. 
 
 29 pp., front. 8°. Amersfoort, G. J. Slothouwer, 
 
 1911. 
 Baudet (Lucien) [1879- ]. *1 propos d'un 
 
 nouveau proc^d6 op^ratoire des h^morroides. 
 
 39 pp. 8°^ Montpetlier, 1906, No. 40. 
 Baudet (Pierre). _ *Contribution k I'gtude de 
 
 I'intervention ohirurgicale dans le traitement 
 
 du cancer de la langue. 210 pp. 8°. Touloiise, 
 
 1908, No. 771. 
 Baudet (Kaoul) [1866- ]. *Du mal perforant 
 
 buccal. 83 pp. 8°. Pom, 1898, No. 241. 
 — . The same. 83 pp. 8°. Paris, G.Steinheil, 
 
 1898. 
 Baudevin ([Bemhard] Heribert Maria) [1879- ]. 
 
 *Beitrag zur Behandlung der Lungentuberku- 
 
 lose mit Kochs Alt-Tuberkulin. 63 pp. 8°. 
 
 Kiel, Schmidt de Klaunig, 1910. 
 
 Baudidi Selve (Flaminio) [1821-1901]. 
 
 Camerano (L.) Cenni biograflci e bibKograflci. Boll, 
 d. mus. di zool. ed. anat. comp. d. r. Univ. di Torino, 1901, 
 xvi. No. 396, 1-6. 
 
 Baudin (Henri) [1874- ]. ^Contribution k 
 
 r^tude du traitement de I'infection puerp^rale. 
 
 88 pp. 8° Paris, 1901, No. 466. 
 Baudin _ (Henri). *Contribution k I'^tude des 
 
 dilatations idiopathiques de I'oesophage. 129 
 
 pp. 8°. Paris. 1906, No. 375. 
 Baudin (L6on) [1851-1909]. 
 
 tcedoiu (E.) [Biography.] Rev. mM. de la Ffanche- 
 
 Comt6, Besanjon, 1909, xvii, 89-93. 
 
 ;— & Jeannot (A. Z.) Besanfon en 1898. 
 
 Dix ann^es d'^tudes dtoographiques et sani- 
 taires (1888-98). 154 pp., 7diag., tab. 8°. Be- 
 sanfon, 1899. 
 
 Baudin (Lucien) [1870- ]. *Considerations 
 sur la tare nerveuse hyst^rique (essai de patho- 
 gfinie nerveuse). 108 pp., 11. 4°- Paris, 1896, 
 No. 133. 
 
 Baudin (Marcel) [1884- ]. *La dysenterie 
 amibienne autochtone. 61 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1912, 
 No. .129. 
 
 Baudislus (Joachimius). Zwei Tractjitlein von 
 der Pest, deroselben Pratservation und Cura- 
 tion. 43 1. sm. 4°. Lignitz, N. ScJineider, 1613. 
 
 Baudoin (Antoine) [1881- ]. *La dipht6rie k 
 I'hopital Trousseau en 1905 (service de M. 
 Netter). 86 pp. 8°. Park, 1907, No. 344. 
 
 Baudoin (Emile) [1874- 1. *Essai critique sur 
 la stMlisation du materiel chirurgical. 80 pp. 
 8°. Paris, 1906, No. 452. 
 
 Baudoin (Fortun6). *Contribution k I'^tude de 
 la contagion par le lait cru et de la prophvlaxie 
 par le lait st^rilis^. 106 pp. 4° Paris" 1895, 
 No. 58. 
 
 Baud on (Auguste). *Le syndrome de Little. 
 Valeur nosologique. Formes cliniques. Traite- 
 ment. 95 pp. 8°. Paris, 1906, No. 230. 
 
 Baudon (Jean-Baptiste) [1869- ]. De la tho- 
 racotomie post^rieure dans le traitement des 
 pleurisies purulentes de I'enfance. 82 pp., 1 1. 
 8°. Paris, 1897, No. 433. 
 
 Baudon (L.) *Quelle est la quantity de sang 
 perdue dans la d^livrance normale? 58 pp. 8° 
 Toulouse, 1908,, No. 790. 
 
 Baudot (A.) *Etudes historiques sur la pharma- 
 cie en Bouigogne avant 1803. [Paris.] 547 pp., 
 18 pi. 8°. Dijon, 1905, No. 1. 
 Ecole de phamiaeie. 
 
 Baudot (Edmond) [1872- ]. *Traitement de 
 la myopie tr&s forte par la suppression du cris- 
 tallin ou I'ablation. 83 pp. 8° Paris, 1898, 
 No. 553. 
 
 Baudou (Jean-Edmond) [1879- ]. *Contri- 
 bution k l'6tude-de la tuberculose primitive de 
 la diaphyse des os longs des membres. 73 pp. 
 8°. Bordeaux, 1907, No. 111. 
 
 Baudouin (A.) *Etude8ur quelques glyc^mies; 
 la glyc^mie experimental. 116 pp. 8°. Paris, 
 1908, No. 116. 
 
 . The same. 116 pp. 8°. Pom, G. 
 
 Jacques, 1909. 
 
 See, also, L,6vy (Femand) & Baudouin (A.) Les n6- 
 vralgies [etc.]. 12°. Pam, 1909. 
 
 Baudouin (Charles) [1881- ]. *Das Lemen 
 des Hundes nach Versuchen mit der Pawlow- 
 schen Speichelmethode. 45 pp. 8° Berlin, 
 Berg & Schoch, 1909. 
 
 Baudouin (Etieime) [1872- ]. *Traitement 
 des fermentations anormales de I'estomac par 
 le fluorure d'ammonium. 58 pp. 8°. Paris, 
 1898, No. 599. _ 
 
 Baudouin (F61ix). Legons pratiques de dissec- 
 tion a I'usage des ^tudiants en medicine. Pre- 
 face par P. Poirier. 95 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, A. 
 Maloine, 1905. 
 
 Baudouin (F61ix-Marie-Joseph). *Du sarcome 
 melanique du tractus uvfel. 130 pp. 8° Paris. 
 1897, No. 308. 
 
 Baudouin _ (Henri - Marie - Joseph) [1885- ]. 
 *Des vomissements gravidiques incoercibles ou 
 graves d'origine surr6nale. 82 pp. 8°. Paris. 
 1912, No. 45. 
 
 Baudouin (Marcel [-Edouard]) [1860- ]. Henri 
 Adolphe Archereau, physicien (1819-93). 28 
 pp. 8°. Vannes, Lafolye, 1894., 
 
 -. Lesfemmesm^decins. Etude de psycho- 
 
 logie Internationale. Femmes medecins d'au- 
 trefois. xii, 263 pp., 9 pi. 8°. Paris, 1901. 
 
BAUDOUIN. 
 
 392 
 
 BAUER. 
 
 Baudouin (Marcel [-Edouard])— continued. 
 
 . The same. 2. 6d. xii, 263 pp., 9 port. 
 
 12°. Paris, J. Rousset, 1906. 
 
 . Le maraichinage, coutume du pays de 
 
 Mont (Vendue). 2. 6d. 148 pp., 2 pi., 1 1. 12°. 
 -Paris, 1904. 
 
 Also, Editor of: Archives provlnciales de cbirursie. 8°. 
 Parts, 1892-1913. 
 
 See also, Terrier (Louis-F^lix) [in 2. s.]. L'extlrpation du 
 larynx [etc.]. 8°. Paris, 1896. & Baudouin (Mar- 
 cel) [»» 2. s.]. La suture intestinale [etc.). 8°. Pora, 1898. 
 
 — ; — & Mathieu (Raoul). Exposition Interna- 
 tionale de Chicago en 1893, Rapports publL^s 
 sous la direction de M. Camille Krantz, cominis- 
 saire gfo6ral du gouvemement frangais. 368 
 pp., 14 pi. roy. 8°. Paris, Imp. nationale,\%H. 
 
 & Bodiet (Antoine). La lutte contre les 
 
 accidents. Comment on defend la vie humaine 
 contre les traumatismes. 40 pp. 12°. Paris, 
 1900. 
 
 Baudouin {Pierre). 
 
 Oddo (C.) Une victime du devoir hospitaUer; Pierre 
 Baudouin. Marseille m^d., 1907, xMv, 241-245. 
 
 Baudouin (Roger) [1887- ]. *Contribution k 
 r^tude des hemies spontan^es de la ligne semi- 
 lunaire de Spiegel. 60 pp. 8°. Paris, 1912, 
 No. 269. 
 
 Baudran (G.) Hjrgifene scolaire. i^piddmies 
 dans les ecoles primaires du D^partement de 
 I'Oise. 86 pp., 11. 8°. Beauvais, 1?,^7 . 
 
 . Conferences populaires d'hyglfene. Avec 
 
 une appreciation de M. Brouardel. 1 p. 1., 88 
 pp., 11. 8°. Paris, Pirmiv^Didot&Cie.,[li9T]. 
 
 . Communication faite sur les petits loge- 
 
 ments. 34 pp. 8°. Beauvais, 1898. 
 
 Baudran (Georges). *Etude sur les 6m6tiques. 
 4 D. 1., 41 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, 1900, No. 3. 
 Bcole de pharmade. 
 
 Baudrand (Georges) [1871- ]; *Contribution 
 k retude des ulcerations laryng^es consecutives 
 au tubage. 72 pp. 8°. Paris, 1897, No. 217. 
 
 Baudrand (Joseph-M.) [1875- ]. *L'accrois- 
 sement, ses caractferes normaux.et anormaux chez 
 le nourrisson; ses rapports avec I'heredite, plus 
 spedalement dans les etats morbides (syphilis, 
 alcooUsme et tuberculose); essai de th^orie onto- 
 genetique. 648 pp. 8°. Paris, [1911], No. 217. 
 
 . The same, xv, 648 pp. roy. 8°. Paris, 
 
 0. Doin & Ms, [1911]. 
 
 Baudresel (August) [1883- J. *Uebe_r stereo- 
 chemische Untersuchungen m der Piperidin- 
 reihe. Ueber Semicarbazone und Phenylhydra- 
 zone der zyklischen Acetonbasen. 54 pp. 8°. 
 Kiel, Lildike & Martens, 1908. 
 
 Baudrillard (J.) Livret d'enseignement antial- 
 coolique k I'usage des eifeves des lyc^es, col- 
 leges et ecoles primaires. 48 pp., 1 1. 16°. 
 Paris, C. Delagrave, [1906]. 
 
 Baudrimont (Edouard - Marcel - Albert) [1883 
 1914]. *Influence de la lumiere et de ses radia- 
 tions sur les §tres vivants. Son application au 
 traitement des plaies au moyen de pansements 
 colores. 187 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1910, No. 52. 
 
 For Biography, see J. de mM. de Bordeaux, 1914, xxxv, 
 30 (A. X.). 
 
 Baudry (B[enjamin-Louis]). *iitnde clinique sur 
 les paralysis peripheriques dans la fievre ty- 
 phbide. 52 pj). 4''. Paris, 1895, No. 64. 
 
 Baudry (Lucien - Joseph - i^mile) [1881- ]. 
 *Corp8 etrangers de la trachee et des bronches, 
 leur traitement par la tracheo-bronchoscopie. 
 148 pp. 8°. Nana/, 1908, No. 25. 
 
 Baudry (S[osthene]. Simulation de I'amaurose 
 et de I'amblyopie. Des principaux moyens de 
 la devoiler. 3. ed. 71 pp. 8°. Mle, C. Tallanr 
 dier, 1898. 
 
 Baudry (S[osthfeneJ— continued. 
 
 . Etude medico-iegale sur les traumatismes 
 
 de I'oeil et de ses annexes. 3. ed. ix, 323 pp. 
 8°. Paris, Vigotfrires, 1904. 
 
 . The same. Injuries to the eye in their 
 
 medico-legal aspect. Transl. from the original 
 by Alfred James Ostheimer, jr., revised and 
 ed. by Charles A. Oliver; with an adaptation of 
 the medico-legal chapter to the courts of the 
 United States of America, by Charles Sinkler. 
 X, 161 pp. 8°- Philadelphia, New Yorl & Chi- 
 cago, F. A. Davis Co., 1900. 
 
 . Simulation et aggravation des blessures 
 
 de I'oeil k la suite d'accidents du travail. 32 pp. 
 8°. Bruxelles, 1905. 
 
 Blessures de I'oeil k la suite d'accidents du 
 
 travail. Simulation et aggravation volontaires. 
 56 pp. 16°. Paris, Vigotjrires, 1906. 
 
 Baudry de Balzac (Honore)_ [1799-1858]. Phy- 
 siologie du mariage, ou meditations de philoso- 
 phie edectrique sur le bonheur et le malheur 
 conjugal. 376 pp. 12°. Paris, Charpentier, 
 1847. _ _ _ , 
 
 . Etudes analytiques: Petites mis^res de 
 
 la vie conjugale. Nouvelle ed. 313 pp. 12°. 
 Paris, CalmannrLivy, 1885. 
 -. See, also: 
 
 Brunetiere (F.) L'esprlt scientiflque de Balzac. Chron. 
 m^d., Par^ 1902, ix, 763.-— C. (A.) Le ccntenaire de la nais- 
 sance de Balzac. Ibid., 1899, vi, 289-352.— Cabanto. Le 
 temperament de Balzac. Hyglfene, Par., 1912, Mi, fasc. 34, 
 6-10. — Coilveaud (A.) Balzac et la physique modeme. 
 Chron. mM., Par., 1902, ix, 769-771.— Gould (G. M.) Balzac, 
 the hero ol overwork. Montreal M. J., 1905, xxxiv, 824-838. — 
 Grlmaux(E.) Balzac et la chiinie unitaire. Chron. mM., 
 Par., 1902, IX, 764-769.— Hauck (H.) Balzac als Kriminar 
 list. Monatschr. J. Krim.-Psychol. [etc.), Heidelb., 1912, 
 ix, 219-223.— Iiutaud (A.) Le romancier Balzac et le chi- 
 rurglen Dupuytren. Janus, Leyde, 1916, xxi, 379-405. — 
 Boux (F.) Balzac jurisconsulte et crimtnaliste. Arch, 
 d'anthrop. orim., Lyon & Par., 1906, xxi, 313; 393. 
 
 Baudson (Robert) [1884- ]. *Contribution k 
 retude des dechirures du col propagees au seg- 
 ment inferieur. 88 pp. 8°. Paris, 1911, No. 
 226. 
 
 Bauduin (Adelina) [1876- ]. *Des septice- 
 mies chez le nourrisson. (Septicemie pneumo- 
 coccique epidemique suraigue.) 56 pp. 8°. 
 Paris, 1900, No. 357. 
 
 Baudus (GuiUaume) [1658-1739] 
 
 Bergounloux (J.) Guillaume Baudus, conseiller m^e- 
 oin ordinaire du roi, en la ville, fauxbourgs et dehors de 
 Cahors (1658-1739); contribution A, I'histoire des mMecins 
 caduciens it la fln du r^gne de Louis XIV. France mii.. 
 Par., 1912, lix, 401; 421. 
 
 Bauduy (Emmanuel). _*Pathogenie des paraly- 
 sies radiculaires obstetricales du plexus brachial. 
 119 pp. 8°. Pam, 1905, No. 303. 
 
 Bauduy (Jerome Keating) [1842-1914]. Insom- 
 nia. 31pp. 16°. \n. p., n. d.'] 
 
 For Biography, see Weekly Bull. St. Louis M. See., 1914, 
 viii, 473. 
 
 Baudy (Georges) [1886- ]. *6tude historique 
 
 et critique des traitements du tetanos. 59 pp. 
 
 8°. Paris, 1912, No. 380. 
 Bauer (Adolf) [1878- ]. *Ueber Malignitat 
 
 der Blaeemnole. 22 pp., 1 1., 2 pi. 8°. Strass- 
 
 burgi. E., C. Muh & Cie., 1905. 
 Bauer (Albert) [1879- ]. *Beitrag zur Frage 
 
 der MultipUzitat primarer Carcinome. 33 pp. 
 
 8° Kiel, Schmidt & Klaunig, 1907. 
 Bauer (Alexander) [1836- ]. 
 
 Strunz (F.) [Biography.] Uitt. z. Gcsch. d. Med. u. d. 
 Naturw., Hamb., 1910, ix, 1-11. 
 
 Bauer (Alfred_) [1877- ]. *Recherches sur les 
 voies de la circulation sanguine intra^hepatique. 
 131pp., 11. 8°. Pam, 1906, No. 215. 
 
 . "The same. 131pp., 11. 8°. Paris, Masson 
 
 & Cie., 1906. 
 
BAUER. 
 
 393 
 
 BAUER. 
 
 Bauer (Alfred Eduard) [1878- ]. »Ueber 
 akute Leukamie. 78 pp. 8°. Bonn, C. Getrrgi, 
 1901. 
 Bauer (August). *Kritik eines neuau^estellten 
 ReifezeicEens. [Freiburg i. B.] 26 pp.,' 1 1., 1 
 tab. 8°. Emmendingen, Bolter, 1909. 
 Bauer (August Hermann S.) [1879- ]. _ *Ka- 
 suistiBcher Beitrag zur Lehre von der spinalen 
 progressiven Muskelatrophie. 40 pp. 8°- 
 Mimchen, C. Wolf & Sohn, 1904. 
 
 Bauer (Curt) [1875- ]. *Ueber die Todesur- 
 sache nach ausgedehnten Verbrennungen. 53 
 pp., 1 sheet. 8°. Leipzig, B. Georgi, 1901. 
 
 BaueV (Curtj [1885- ]. *Ueber Kombination 
 von Carcinom und Tuberkulose in der Mamma. 
 25 pp. 8°. Gottirwen, L. Eofer, 1912. 
 
 Bauer (Eduard). *lJeber die Leucocytose erre- 
 gende Wirkung subcutaner Terpenolinjec- 
 tionen und der dadurch entstehenden aeepti- 
 schen Abscesee bei Kaninchen. [Bern.] 27 pp. 
 8°. Nmehdtel, P. Attinger, 1898. 
 
 Bauer (Eduard) [1879- ]. *Ueber die Be- 
 handlung der Mafltitia mit Saugapparaten. 48 
 pp. 8°. Bonn, E. Eisele, 1906. 
 
 Bauer (Ernst). *Allgemein medizinisclie, ge- 
 richtlich-meoizinische und statistisclie Untersu- 
 cbungen fiber die Unfallsverhaltnisse bei den 
 groBsen Bchweizerischen Tunnelbauten der letz- 
 ten50Jahre. [Zurich.] 52 pp. 8°. Wdnfel- 
 den, A.-G. Neuenschwander, 1908. 
 
 Bauer (Ernst) [1882- ]. *Die Erfo%e der 
 manuellen Placentarlosung in den letzten 10 
 Jahren. 23 pp. 8°. Miinchen, R. Miiller & 
 Stdniche, 1910. 
 
 Bauer (Ernst Wilhelm Heinrich Berthold) [1881- 
 
 ]. *Ueber den Nachweis und die Bedeu- 
 
 tung des Indikans im Ham des Pferdes. [Gies- 
 
 sen!] 49 pp., 1 pL, 1 1. 8° Osterode, G. Berg- 
 
 mann, 1905. 
 
 Bauer JPr. Adolf Ed.) [1881- ]._ *Ein Beitrag 
 zur Kenntnis von den pathologischerweise im 
 Auge auftretenden Knoehenneubildungen. 62 
 pp. 8°. Leipzig, B. Georgi, 1905. 
 
 Bauer (Franz). *Der puerperale Uterus. [Gies- 
 sen.] 28 pp., 3 pi., 11. 8°- Wiesbaden, J. F. 
 Bergmann, 1900. 
 
 Bauer (Franz) [1881- _ ]. _ *Scharlachinfek- 
 tionen auf der Diphteriestation der Universi- 
 tats-EanderkUnik zu Miinchen vor und nach 
 Einfiihrung der Serumtherapie. 52 pp., 1 ch. 
 8°. MUmMm, G. C. Steinicke, 1910. 
 
 Bauer (Friedrich). Schutz der Mutterschaft. 
 Vortrag. 23 pp. 12°. Miinchen, Seitz & 
 Sehauer, 1905. 
 
 . Aerzte als Gewerbe-Inspektoren. 17 pp. 
 
 8°. Miinchen, Seitz & Sehauer, 1905. 
 
 Bauer (Friedrich) [1889- ]. *Ueber Vacci- 
 neerkrankungen der Haut. 1 p. 1., 55 pp. 8°. 
 Bonn, E. Eisele, 1913. 
 
 Bauer ([Friedrich] Alfred) [1883- ]. _*Ueber 
 die Konstitution der Inosinsaure una die Mus- 
 kelpentose. [Strassburg.] 14 pp. 8°. Braun- 
 schweig, F. Vkweg & Son, 1907. 
 
 Bauer (Friedrich Julius WiUi) [1878- ]. *Sie- 
 benzehn Falle von subkutaner Nierenruptur. 
 46 pp., 2 1. 8°. Leipzig, B. Georgi, 1903. 
 
 Bauer (Fritz) j;i877- ]. *Ueber kryptoge- 
 netische S^taco-Pyaxoie. 39 pp., 11. 8°. 
 Miindien, Ernst, 1902. 
 
 Bauer (Fritz [Wilhehn]) [1882- ]. *Ueber Myo- 
 clonus und seine Beziehungen zur Hysterie. 56 
 pp., 2 I. 8° Leipzig, B. Georgi, 1909. 
 
 Bauer (Gallus) [1S80- 1. *Ueber einen sehr 
 seltenen Mischtumor, Fibromyolipocjstadenom 
 am Dtinndarme eines Ojahrigen Knaben. 49 pp. 
 8". Wilrzburg, F. Staiulenraxis, 1906. 
 
 Bauer (Georg Friedrich Albrecht) [^1876- ]. 
 *IJeber den Aetherextrakt aus tierischem Se- 
 rum. 20pp., 11. 8°. Giessen,0. Kindt, IMfi. 
 
 Bauer (Hans) [1876- ]. *Zur Aetiologie der 
 Melana neonatorum. [Kiel.] 22, iii pp. 8°- 
 Wiirzburg, A. Boegler, 1903. 
 
 Bauer fHeinz) [1879-1915]. 
 MitoT of: BIbliotbek der ] 
 Teclmikeii, Berlin, 1911-12. 
 
 For Biography, ate Fortschr. a. d. Geb. d. Kontgenstrah- 
 len, Hamb., 1915, xiiil, 200 (Lcvy-Dom). 
 
 Bauer (Hugo) [1883- ]. *Zur Kenntnis aU- 
 phatischer Azo-, Azoxy- und Xitrosverbindun- 
 gen. viii, 60 pp., 1 1. 8°. Miinchen, 1908. 
 
 . Xahrungsmittelchemisches Praktikum. 
 
 Einfiihrung in die chemischen TJntersuchungs- 
 Methoden der Nahrungs- und Genussmittel. 
 viii, 252 pp. 8°. Stvitgart, F. Enke, 1911. 
 
 Die Gehaltsbestimmungen des Deutschen 
 
 physikalisch-nifidiziiiischeii 
 
 Arzneibuches V. 3p. l.,92pp. 8°. Stuttgart, 
 F.Enke, 1911. 
 Bauer (Isaak) [1879- ]. *Beitrage zu den 
 Folgeerscheinungen der Uterusmyome und zur 
 Kasuistik der Kolossaltumoren derweibl. Geni- 
 taUen. 34 pp., 1 tab. 8° Strassburg i. E., O. 
 Miih & Co., 1903. 
 
 von Bauer iJosevh) [1845-1912]. 
 
 MtUler (F.) Nekrotog. Munchen. med, Wchnschr., 
 1912, lix, 1329-1332, port. 
 
 Bauer (Julius) [1880- ]. *Ueber Alkylidendipy- 
 
 ridoylesaigester und Isonitrosopyridoylessigester. 
 
 46 pp., II. 8°. Berlin, O.Francke, 1^03. 
 . Die Methodik der biologischen Milchun- 
 
 tersuchung; nebst einem Geleitwort von A. 
 
 Schlossmann. Mit 15 Textabbildungen. xi, 112 
 
 pp. 8°. Stuttpart, F. Enhe, 1913. 
 Bauer (Julius) |l873- ]. *L'eber einen eigen- 
 
 artigen Fall von C!hondrom am linken Knie. 
 
 81 pp. 8°. Bonn, E. Eisele, 1906. 
 Bauer (Julius). Fortschritte in der KUnik der 
 
 Schilddriigenerkrankungen. pp. 129-160, 8°. 
 
 Berlin & Wien, Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1913. 
 Forms 5. Hft., t. 9, of: Beihefte z. Med. Klin. 
 
 Bauer (K. L.) Zur Theorie dioptrischer Instru- 
 mente. 23 pp. 8°. Miinchen, C. R. Sckurich, 
 1866. 
 
 Bauer (Karl [Robert]) [1881- ]. *Anatomische 
 Beitrage zu den Erliankungen beider Zentral- 
 gefasse und Zirkulationsstorungen der Netzhaut 
 mit Glaukom bei gleichzeitig bestehendem 
 Nierenleiden. [Tiibingen.] 48 pp., 4 pi. 8°. 
 Wiesbaden, J. F. Berqmann, 1908. 
 
 Bauer (Konrad). *Ein Fall yon Verdoppelung 
 der oberen Hohlvene und ein Fall von Ein- 
 miindung des Sinus coronarius in den linken 
 Vorhof. [Strassburg.] 24 pp. 8°. Jena, G. 
 Fischer, 1896. 
 
 Bauer (Ludwig) [ -19iy- Die Schularztfrage. 
 20 pp. 12°. Miinchen, Freistatt, [n. d.]. 
 
 Far Biography, see Miinchen. med. Wclinschr., 1911, ivili, 
 2278 (SchoU). 
 
 Bauer (Ludwig) [1879- ]. *Ueber den Ein- 
 fluss von Temperatur una Jahreszeit auf den 
 Ausbruch des acuten primaren Glaucomanfalls 
 nach dem Material der Klinik. 29 pp., 1 1. 8° 
 Tiibingen, G. Schniirlen, 1903. 
 
 Bauer (Ludwig). Fort mit der lebensgefahr- 
 lichen Operation bei Gallenstein- und Nieren- 
 steinleiden; neue bewahrte Therapie durch 
 Lithosanol. 51 pp. 8°. Leipzig, Mitiilbaeh, 
 1907. 
 
BAUER. 
 
 394 
 
 BAUM. 
 
 Bauer (Ludwig) — continued. 
 
 . Das Chinin des Diabetes. Eine neue 
 
 Aetiologie und Therapie der Zuckerhamruhr. 
 
 68 pp. 8°. Dresden, Kunath & Thost, [n. rf.]. 
 Bauer (Martin) [1877- \ *Ueber Digital- 
 
 Bclerosen. 30 pp. 8° Wiirzhwrg, F. Stmiden- 
 
 raus, 1905. 
 Bauer (Moritz). *Beitrag zur Histologie des 
 
 Muskelmagens der Vogel. [Freiburg.] 24 pp., 
 
 4 pi. 8°. Bonn, F. Cohen, 1901. 
 Bauer (Paul) [1868- J. *Ueber die Producte 
 
 der Ernwirkung von Hydrazin auf TMoharn- 
 
 stoffe. [Erlangen.] 31 pp., 1 1. 8°. Leipzig, 
 
 B. Georgi, 1900. 
 Bauer (Richard). Ueber die Assimilation von 
 
 Gtalaktose und Milclizucker beim Gesunden und 
 
 Kranken. 7 pp. 8°. [Wien, M. Perles, 1905.] 
 Forms Beil. 9, v. 4, ol: Mitt. d. Gesellsoh. f. inn. Med. u 
 
 Kinderh. in Wien. 
 
 . Lues und innere Medizin; nebst einem 
 
 Anhang: Technik der Wassermann'schen Reak- 
 tion. 1 p. 1., 83 pp. 8° Leipzig & Wim, F. 
 Deutiche 1910. 
 
 Bauer (slegfried) ri87&- ]. *ireber Cysten- 
 und Divertikelbildung der ableitenden Ham- 
 wege. 37 pp. 8°. Wiirzburg, C. J. Becker, 
 1902. 
 
 Bauer (Viktor) [1885- ]. *Zur Kasuistik der 
 Appendicitis und iirer Komplikationen. [Mun- 
 chen.] 23 pp. 8°- Berlin, R. Frenlel, 1911. 
 
 Bauer (WiUielm). *Die Bestrebungen nach. Ver- 
 besserung der laryngoskopischen Untersucbungs- 
 Methoden mit Angabe eines neuen Laryngo- 
 skopes. 31pp., 1 pi. 8°- Wiirzburg, A. Boegler, 
 1898. 
 
 Bauera. Tratatomirabile contra peste. 231. 16°. 
 Bologna, M. di Beneditti, 1523. 
 
 Bauereisen (Adam). *Die Nabelschnurrestbe- 
 handlung des Neugebomen. [Erlangen.] 34 pp. 
 8° Weissenburga. S., Braun & Elbel, 1901. 
 
 . *Die Beziehungen zwischen dem Eiweisa 
 
 der Frauenmilch und demSerumeiweiss von 
 Mutter und Kind. Eine biologisch-cliemisclie 
 Studie. [Marburg.] 48 pp. 8°. Berlin, L. 
 Schumacher, 1910. 
 
 Bauermeister (Carl). *Ueber standiges Vorkom- 
 men pathogener Mikroor^nismen, insbeson- 
 dere der Rothlaufbacillen, in den TonsiUen des 
 Schweines. [Bern.] 42 pp., 6 tab. 12° Wol- 
 gast, E. Hoffmann, 1901. 
 
 BauermilUer (Joannes Simon) . Specimen theorise 
 medicse, ad usum practicum accomodatse physi- 
 ologiam, pathologiam ac therapiam succinctis 
 thesibus complectens; nexumque firmissimum 
 theoriam inter et praxin exhibens. 157 pp. 16°. 
 [Wiirzburg],. sumpt. J. C. Lochneri, 1716. 
 
 Bauersachs (Paul). *Beitrage zur vergleichenden 
 Histologie der Trachea der Wiederkauer. [Zu- 
 rich.] 70 pp., 4 pi. 8°- Dresden, 0. Franke, 
 1911. 
 
 Baufle (Henry). [1888- ]. *La rigmoidite her- 
 niaire. .43 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1911, No. 30. 
 
 Baug6 (Emile) [1872- ]. *Du chancre mou 
 phag6d6iiique a forme t^r^brante. 56 pp., 1 1. 
 8°. Paris, 1899, No. 635. 
 
 Baug€ (Georges-Jean-Baptiste). *Sur quelques 
 carbonates doubles du protoxyde de chrome, 
 oxyde salin de chrome. 1 p. 1„ 27 pp. 8°. 
 Pmis, 1899, No. 2. 
 Kcole de pharmacie. 
 
 Bauhans (Hans). *Aetz- und Lfisungsversuche 
 am Alaun. [Greifswald.] pp. 319-355, 4 pi. 
 8°. Heidelberg, C. Winters, 1913. 
 
 Cutting from: Verhandl. d. Heidelb. naturhist.-med. 
 Vereins, 1913, n. F., xil. 
 
 Bauhinus (Caspar) [1560-1624]. Institutiones 
 anatomicae, Hippoc, Aristot., Galeni auctori- 
 tate illustratse. 5. ed. 7 p. 1., 211., 5 tab., port. 
 12°. Francofurti, J. T.deBry, IGIQ. 
 
 . nii-af theatri _botanici_ sive index in 
 
 Theophrasti, Dioscoridis, Plinii et botanicorum 
 qui a seculo scripserunt_ opera, plantarum cir- 
 citer sex millium ab ipsis exhibitarum nomina 
 cumearundem Bynonymijs et differentijs me- 
 thodice secundum genera et species proponens. 
 Opus_ xl aimorum summopere expetitum ad 
 autoris autographum recensitum. 11 p. 1., 518 
 pp., 11 1. roy. 8°. Basilex, impensis J. Regis, 
 1671. 
 
 . IIpoSpo/ws theatri botanici in quo plantse 
 
 supra sexcentsB ab ipso primum descriptse cum 
 plurimis figuris proponuntur. Editio altera 
 emendatior. Ip. 1., 160 pp., 6 1. roy. 8°. Basi- 
 lese, impensis J. Regis, 1671. 
 
 Bound with his: nfoof theatri botanici sive index [etc.]. 
 roy. 8°. Basilse. 
 
 See, also, Baublnus (Johannes) . Deplantis a divls sane 
 tisve nomen habentibus [etc.). 16°. Basileae, 1591. — Dic- 
 tionnalre des plantes usuelles [etc.]. 8°. Paris, um // 
 [1794]. 
 
 For Biography, see Abbild d. Arznk. verd. Gelehrten 
 
 [etc.]. 4°. Augsburg, 1805, 2, -port. 
 
 Bauhinus (Hieronymiis) [1637-67]. 
 
 [Biography.] In: Abbild. . . . d. Arznls:. verd. Gelehrten 
 [etc.]. 4°. Augsburg, 1806, 63, port. 
 
 Bauhinus (Johannes) [1841-16131. De plantis a 
 divi^ sanctiave nomen habentiWs. Caput ex 
 magno volumine de consensu et dissensu autho- 
 rum circa stirpes, desumptum. Additse sunt 
 Conradi Gesneri . . . epistolse hactenus non 
 editse a Casparo Bauhino. 163 pp. 16°. Basi- 
 lex, apvjd C. Waldkirch, 1591. 
 
 For Biography, see in: Abbild. . . . d. Arznk. verd. Gelehr- 
 ten [etc.]. 4°. Augsburg, 1805, 3, port. 
 
 Bauhofer (Pelag). *TJeber einen Fall von MiUar- 
 tuberkulose. 23 pp. 8°. Zurich, A. Marhwalder, 
 1899. 
 
 Baujean (Marie-Pierre-Joseph-Raoul). *Contri- 
 bution S, r^tude pathog&ique de I'^l^phanti- 
 asis nostras et de 1' Elephantiasis exotique. 42 
 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1907, No. 67. 
 
 Bauler (Emil Rudolf). *Untersuchungen fiber 
 die Rolle der Syphilis und der Arterioskleroae 
 bei der Entstehung der Aortenaneurysmen. 
 60 pp., Ipl. 8°. Basel, E. Birhhauser, 1908. 
 
 Baum (August) [1880- ]. *Klinische Unter- 
 suchungen uber den Wert und die Wirkung 
 zweier neuer SaUcylpraparate des Mesotan una 
 Spirosal in perkutaner Anwendung. [Bern.] 
 42pp. 8°. Ch£ssen,0. Kindt,ldm. 
 
 Baum (Daisy Mary) [1855- ]. Individual re- 
 sponsibility. 126, [1] pp. 12°. [Denver, The 
 Globe Printing Co., 1918.J 
 
 Baum (Erwin fEwald Willy]) [1883- 1. *Bei- 
 trage zur Collargol-Therapie in der Veterinar- 
 chirurgie. [Leipzig.] 56 pp., 11., 1 eh. 8°. 
 Berlin, R. Trenkel, 1908. 
 
 Baum (Felix) [1883- ]. *Ueber Schmerz- 
 linderung wahrend der Geburt durch die Stoe- 
 ckel-Koblancksche Methode. [Leipzig.] 36 
 pp., 1 1., 8°. Borna-Ldpzig, R. Noske, 1909. 
 
 Baum (Franz Ludvrig). *Ueber die Blutgefaas- 
 Naht. [Freiburg i. B.] 32 pp. 8°. Greifswald, 
 E. Adler, 1902. , 
 
 Baum (Heinrich). *Ein Fall von Mediastinitis 
 suppurativa als Beitrag zu ihrer Kenntnis. 
 56 pp., 1. 8°- Mimchen, Kastner & Lassen, 
 1901. 
 
 Baum {Henry Clay) [1859-1916]. 
 
 [Obituary.] J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1916, Ixvil, 1032. 
 
BAUM. 
 
 395 
 
 BAmiANN. 
 
 Baum (Henry E.) [1881-1903]. The breadfruit. 
 3 pts. in 1 V. 8°. Washington, H. L. McQueen, 
 1904. 
 
 Cutting from: Plant World, Wash., 1903. 
 For Biography, see Safford (W. E.) H. E. Baum. 8°. 
 Washington, 1904. 
 
 Baum (Hermann) [1864- ]. Das Lymphge- 
 fasssystem des Rindes; mit 32 Tafeln farbiger 
 Abbildungen. xii, 170 pp., 32 pi. fol. Berlin, 
 
 A. Hirschwald, 1917. 
 
 See, also, Handbucb der Terglelchenden Anatomie [etc.]. 
 roy. 8°. Berlin, 1908.— I>lsering (August Gottlieb Theodor) 
 [in 2. s.]. Atlas der Anatomie des Pferdes [etc.]. lol. Leip- 
 lig, 1898-9. 
 
 Baum (Julius). *Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Mus- 
 kelspindeln. [Wurzburg.] 59 pp., 1 pi. 8° 
 Wiesbaden, J. F. Bergmann, 1899. 
 
 Baum (Karl) [1880- _ ]. *Ueber die Einwir- 
 kung von Diazoverbindungen des Benzols und 
 seiner Homologen auf Glutakonsaureester. [Er- 
 langen.] 39 pp. 8°. Niirnberg, B. Hitz, 1910. 
 
 Baum (Marie). Vormundschaftund Pflegschaft 
 iiber vermogenslose Minder jahrige. viii, 50 pp. 
 8°. Berlin, C. Heymann, 1909. 
 
 See. also, Engel (Stephan) & Baum (Marie). Grundriss 
 der SaugUngslninde [etc.]. roy. 8°. Wiesbaden, 1912. 
 
 Baum (Max). Wie oeseitige icb .meine Nervo- 
 sitat? Erprobte arztliche Ratschlage ftlr ner- 
 vose Menschen. Allen Nervenkranken zur 
 Beacbtung und Befolgung bestens empfohlen. 
 V, 87 pp. 8°. Leipzig, Ernst, [1903]. 
 
 . The same. 4. Auli. 86 pp. 8°. Leipzig, 
 
 Ernst, [19101. 
 
 Baum (Oscar) [1878- ]. *Ueber Eifersuchts- 
 wahn bei chronischem. AlcohoUsmus. 25 pp., 
 1 1. 8°. Kiel, E. Gottsdi, 1906. 
 
 Baum (Richard) [1878-_ ]. *Ein Beitrag zur 
 Aetiologie und Statistik der primaren Uveitis 
 (Iritis, Irido-Cyclitis, Irido-Chorioiditis) nach 
 dem Material der Freiburger Universitats- 
 Augenklinik aus den Jahren 1890-1901. 43 pp., 
 1 1. 8°. Freiburg i. B., Speyer & Kaerner, 1902. 
 
 Baum (Siegfried) [1881- ]. *Der Venenpuls. 
 pp. 61-102, 1 1. 8°. \_Marburg1 1905. 
 
 Cutting from: Verhandl. d. phys.-med. Gesellsch. z.Wiirzb., 
 1905, n. P., xxxviii. 
 
 Baum (WilUam L.) [1867- ] & Moyer (Harold 
 
 N.) [1858- ]. Skin and venereal diseases; 
 miscellaneous topics. 239 pp., 1 pi. 8° Chi- 
 cago, The Year Booh Publishers, 1911. 
 Practical Medicine series, 1911, v. 9. 
 
 . The same. 237 pp. 8°- Chicago. 
 
 The Year Bool Publishers, 1912. 1 
 
 Practical Medicine series, 1912, v. 9. 
 
 de Beaumais (Adam). *Paralysies radiales 
 d'origine alcooUque. 67 pp. 8°. Paris, 1899, 
 No. 430. 
 
 Baumann (Adolf Wilhehn) [1877- ]. *Ueber 
 den hamorrhagiachen Infarkt des Magens hervor- 
 gerufen durch emboUschen Verschluss arte- 
 rieller Magengefasse. 33 pp., 11. 8°- Miin- 
 chen, C. Wolf & Sohn, 1909. 
 
 Baumann (Alexandre) [1875- 1. *Ost6otomie 
 sous-trochant6rieime dans les luxations con- 
 g^nitales de la hanche. 62 pp., 1 1. 8°. Nancy, 
 1902, No. 3. 
 
 Baumann (Anton Hubert) [1878- ]. *Die 
 Morbiditat im Wochenbette bei praecipitierten 
 Geburten. [Giessen.] 32 pp. 8°. Marburg, 
 Koster & Schell, 1906. _ 
 
 Baumann (Arno.). Die Zuckerhamruhr (Dia- 
 betes mellitus) und ihre Behandlung; gemein- 
 verstandUch mit Kostanordnungen und Koch- 
 anleitung dargestellt. 74 pp. 8°. Berlin, 
 Berl. Verlag, [1910]. 
 
 Baumann (Artur) [1885- ]. *Ueber die 
 
 Polymerisation der Knallsaure. 51 pp. 8° 
 
 Milnchen, V. Hofling, 1912. 
 Baumann (Augustin Ferdinand Maria) [1880- 
 ]. *Ueber einen Fall von Decubitus pharyn- 
 
 gis mit Papillombildung. 40 pp. 8° Erlangen, 
 
 E. T. Jacob, 1904. 
 Baumann (Bernhard). 
 
 See Zschonuoler (Olga) & Baumann (Bernhard) [in 2. 
 
 s.]. Weibliche Geschlechts-Leiden [etc.]. 8°. Leipzig, 
 
 In. i.]. 
 
 Baumann (Christian Eberhard). *De natura 
 
 medicatrici. 24 pp. sm. 4°. Tubingx, typ. 
 
 Sigmundianis, 1779. 
 Baumann (Christian Friedrich Georg) [1881- ] 
 
 *Beitrage zu den Grundlagen der Antiformin- 
 
 methode zum Nachweis von TuberkelbaziUen. 
 
 28 pp. 8° Leipzig, E'. Lehmann, 1911. 
 Baumann (Eduard). _*Ein Porro-Kaiserschnitt 
 
 bei Carcinoma cervicis uteri inoperabile, nebst 
 
 Statistik der Porro-Operationen v. J. 1889-94. 
 
 [Erlangen.] 37 pp. 8°. Milnchen, Kastner & 
 
 Lossen, 1896. 
 Baumann (Eduard). Wichtige Enthiillungen 
 
 tiber Erzeugung schoner Kinder, Knaben oder 
 
 Madchen, nach Wunsch der Erzeuger. 52 pp. 
 
 12°. Dresden, H. L. Diegmann, [n. rf.]. 
 Baumann (Emil). *Ein Fall von Hau thorn des 
 
 Augenlides. 25 pp. 8°- WiiTzburg, A. Boegler, 
 
 Baumann (Emil) [1876- ]. *Die tertiar-syphi- 
 Utische Mittelohreiterung. 38 pp., 1 1. 8°. 
 Bonn, C. Oeorgi, 1902. 
 
 Baumann (E[milio]). L'auto-ortopedia, le sue 
 macchine e i suoi rapporti con I'ortopedia. 42 
 pp. 8°. Roma, 1907. 
 
 Baumann (Ernst). *Ueber Geburtsverlauf nach 
 Vaguiofixation. 41 pp. 8° Basel, F. Burqin, 
 1898. 
 
 Baumann (Ernst) [1873- ]. *Vergleichende 
 Beobachtungen tiber das Cr^desche und ex- 
 spectative Verfahren in der Nachgeburtszeit aus 
 der Halleschen Frauenklinik. [Halle- Witten- 
 berg.] 40 pp., 1 1. 8°. HalU a. S., C. A. 
 Kaemmerer & Co., 1898. 
 
 Baumann (Franz). *Ueber Keratokonus. [Er- 
 langen.] 32 pp. 8° Stuttgart, Greiner & 
 Pfeiffer, 1898. 
 
 Baumann (Frederick) [1867- ]. Gonorrhea; 
 its diagnosis and treatment, xii, 206 pp. 8°. 
 New York & London, D. Appleton & Co., 1908. 
 
 Baumann (F[riedrich Karl J. P.]) *Tracheoto- 
 mie und Heilserum. 8°. Bonn, J. Bach Wwe., 
 1898. 
 
 Baumann (Fritz) [1877- ]. *Nierenerkran- 
 kungen in Schwangerschaft, Geburt und Wochen- 
 bett. 42 pp., 1 tab. 8°. Milnchen, Kastner & 
 Callwey, 1904. 
 
 Baumann (Fritz) [1884r- ]. *Erfolg der Wen- 
 dung fur Mutter und Kind in 368 Fallen. 57 pp. 
 8°. Milnchen, Kastner & Callwey, 1910. 
 
 Baumann (Gerhard Felix) [1877- ]. *Ueber 
 operative Behandlung eines veralteten paraly- 
 tischen Pes varo-calcaneus. 32 pp., 2 1. 8°. 
 Leipzig, B. Georgi, 1902. 
 
 Baumann (Gustav) [1869- ]. *Ueber die 
 Berechtigung der oberflachlichen Einschnitte 
 in die Cervix. 34 pp., 11. 8°. Berlin, G. Schade, 
 1897. 
 
 Baumann (Hans) [1864^ ]. *Die Aufgabe 
 und die Organisation der freiwilligen Kranken- 
 pflege im Kriege. 41 pp. 8° Berlin, G. 
 Schade, 1899. 
 
BAUMANN. 
 
 396 
 
 BAUMGlRTNER. 
 
 Baumann (J. F.) Special-Buchhaltung ftir 
 Aerzte. vii, 52 pp., 1 tab. 8° Zurich, T. 
 Schroeder, [1905]. 
 
 Baumann {Jacob) [1521-86]. 
 
 Ebesteln (E.) Der Wundarst Jacob Baumann. Janus, 
 Amst., 1909, xiv, 327-334, [port.]. 
 
 Baumann (Jean). *La toux 6in6tisante, son 
 traitement. 58 pp. 8°. Paris, E. Jouvi, 1904. 
 
 Baumann _ (Johannes) [1871- ]. *Ein Fall 
 von Hernia inguinointermuscularis duplex. 16 
 pp., 11. 8°. Kiel, H. Fiencke, 1898. 
 
 Baumann (Julius). Ueber Willens- und Oharak- 
 terbildung auf physiologsch-psycbologischer 
 Grundlage. 86 pp. 8°. Berlin, Reuther & Reir 
 chard, 1897. 
 
 Forms 3. Hft., v. 1, of: Samml. v. AlDhaiicU. a. d. Geb. d. 
 padagog. Psychol, u. Physiol. 
 
 Baumann (Julius) [1881- ]. *Typhus und 
 
 •Psychose. JRostock.] 15 pp. 8" [Friedrichs- 
 
 hagen, A. Kunzhe], 1906. 
 Baumann (Karl ) [1878- ]. »Ueber Ge- 
 
 schwulstbildungen bei Tieren; Adenom der Reh- 
 
 leber und sarkomartige Tuberculose der Hunde- 
 
 lunge. 40 pp. 8°. Munchen, C. Wolf & Sohn, 
 
 1904. 
 Baumann (Max) [1888- ]. Ein Beitrag zur 
 
 Aetiologie der chronischen Uveitiden. 2 p. 1., 
 
 56 pp. 8°. Langensalza, Wendt & Klauwell, 1914. 
 Baumann (Walther). *Beitrage zur Kasuistik 
 
 der Poliomyelitis anterior acuta. 36 pp., 11. 8°. 
 
 Sreslau 1904. 
 Baumann ([Wilhelm] Amo) [1877- ]. *Ueber 
 
 einige seltene hyeterische Storungen des Magens. 
 
 43 pp., 11. 8°. Leipzig, B. Georgi, 1904. 
 Baumann (Willy) [1884.- ]. *Pathologisch- 
 
 anatomisclie Untersuchungen bei einem Fall 
 
 von Kupfersulfat-Vergiftung. [Jena.] 29 pp. 
 
 8. Gera, Fisahn & Habtnicht, 1912. 
 Baumbach (Kaxl) [1886- _ ]. *Cervixrisse bei 
 
 Uterus bicomis iDei kunstUetem Abort und bei 
 
 Geburten. 28pp. 8°. Berlin,E.Ebenng,[1912]. 
 Baumbach (Philipp). *Geisteskranklieit als 
 
 Ehescheidungsgrund. 80 pp. 8°. Greifswald, 
 
 J. Abel, 1912. 
 Baume (Edouard) [1881- ]. *Des gonunes 
 
 Byphilitiques pr6coces de la peau. 64 pp. 8° 
 
 Lyon, 1907, No. 139. 
 Baumeir (Wilhelm). *Zur vergleichendenAna- 
 
 tomie und Morphologie des Musculus obliquus 
 
 abdominis extemus und der Fascia flavia. 
 
 [Halle a. S.] 23pp. 4°. Stuttgart, E.Schwelzer- 
 
 6art, 1918. 
 Fonns, also, 7. Hft. ol: Bibllotheca medica. 
 
 Baumeister (Carl Hermann Christian) [1878- 
 ]. *Beitrag zur traumatischen Aetiologie 
 
 der Geschwiilste. 26 pp., 1 1. 8°. Wurzburg, 
 
 T i^sbItyi&ut 1905 
 Baumeister '([Franz] Hubert) [1883^ ]. *Ein 
 
 Fall von Aneurysma des rechtien Sinus v alsalvse 
 
 der Aorta. 37 pp. 8°. Giessen, 0. Kindt, 1910. 
 Baumeister (Gottfried) [1885- ]. *Ueber die 
 
 Sectio csesarea suprasymphysaria. [Heidelberg.] 
 
 28 pp. 8°. Fulda, 1910. 
 Baumeister (R[einliard]). Hygienischer Ftihrer 
 
 durch die Haupt- und Residenzstadt Karlsruhe. 
 
 Festschrift zur xxii. Versammlung des deut- 
 
 schen Vereins ftir offentliche Gesundheitspfliege. 
 
 viii, 885 pp., 7 pi., 14 ch. 8°. Karlsruhe, F. 
 
 Gutsch, 1897. 
 Baumeister (Wilhelm) [1886- ]. *Beitrage 
 
 zur Kenntnis der peripheren Temperatur bei 
 
 Pferd und Rind. [Giessen.] 42 pp., 1 1. 8°. 
 
 BorrvorLdpzig, R. Noske, 1912. 
 
 Baumel (Jean) [1885- ]. *Bilan th&apeutique 
 de la ponction lombaire; ponction simple et 
 ponction suivie d'injection m^dicamenteuse 
 sous-arachnoidienne. 317 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 
 1912, No. 67. 
 
 Baumel (Leopold). Precis des maladies des en- 
 fants. iv, 606 pp. 12°. Paris, F. R. de Rudeval, 
 
 . 1904. 
 
 Baumer (Joh. Paul). Onderrichting weegens 
 eene verstandige en teffens gemaklyke genees- 
 wyze zo wel van menschen als besten, welke 
 door een dollen hond gebeeten f yn. Uit het Hoog- 
 dmtsch vertaald en vermeerdert. 30 pp. 8 . 
 Amsteldam, M. Schalenkamp, 1775. [P., v. 2173.] 
 
 Baumer (Joh. Wilhelm). _ NonnuUas de febre 
 catarrhali epidemica maligna observationes. 
 
 In: Webee (G. H.) Vollstand. Ausz. a. n. Diss. [etc.]. 
 8°. Bremen, 1775, i, 100-103. 
 
 [Pr.] de hsemorrhoidibus mucosis, ea- 
 
 rumque sympathia cum asthmate humoroso, agit. 
 [Cum vita candidati Phil. Christ. Godofr. 
 Nebel.] 16 pp. sm. 4° Giessx Cattorum, J. J. 
 Braun, 1776. 
 
 [Pr.] de signis vitae neogeniti a partu 
 
 peractse rite dijudicandis qusedam proponit. 
 [Cum vita candidati Joannis van der Herp.] 
 1 p. 1., 8 pp. sm. 4°. CHessx. J. J. Braunius, 
 1788. 
 
 Baumer (Karl) [1885- ]. *Ueber spontane 
 Blasenruptur. Ein zusammenfassender Beitrag 
 zur Lehre von der spontanen resp. nichttrauma- 
 tischen Blasenruptur, unter Mitteilung eines 
 noch nicht veroffentUchten FaUes. 85 pp. 8°. 
 Leipzig, E. Lehmann, 1913. 
 
 Baumert ([Adolf] Kurt) [1884- ]. *Experi- 
 mentelle Untersuchungen tiber Lichtschutzein- 
 richtungen an grtinen Blattem. [Erlangen.] 
 79 pp. 8°. Breslau, R. Nischowshu, 1907. 
 
 Baumert (Georg),_ Dennstedt (M.) \et aZ.]. 
 Lehrbuch der gerichtlichen Chemie. v. 2. 2. 
 ganzlich umgearbeitete Aufl. x, 248 pp., 1 pi. 
 8°. Braunschweig, F. Vieweg & Sohn, 1906. 
 
 Baumds (Jean^Baptiste-Timoth^e) [1756-18231 
 Saggio di un sistema chimico della scienza dell'- 
 uomo. Recato dal francese neU' idioma italiano 
 e corredato di annotazioni dal cittadino Giu- 
 seppe Greco. 126 pp. 12°. Milano, anno nono 
 republicuno, 1805. 
 
 Baumfelder (Gerhard) [1877- ]. *Sarcoma 
 ovarii. 39 pp., 1 tab., 1 1. 8°. Leipzig, B. 
 Georgi, 1902. 
 
 Baumfelder (H.) *DreifacheB Aneurrama am 
 Ursprunge der Aorta. 19 pp. 8°. Wurzburg, 
 J. M. Rwhter, 1893. 
 
 BaumgSrtner (Hans). Die modeme Behand- 
 lung der Zuckerkrankheit und die diabetische 
 Kuche. Fur Aerzte und Laien. 33 pp. 8°. 
 Milnchen, Seitz de Schauer, 1903. 
 
 BaumgSrtner (Heimich). *Ueber die wahie 
 Ankylose des Kiefergelenks und ihre operative 
 Behandlung. [Freiburg i. B.] 16 pp. 8°. Tu- 
 bingen, E. Laup, 1896. 
 Bepr.from: Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1896, xvil. 
 
 Baumg^rtner (Julius) [1837- ]. Ueber 
 Blinddarmentziindung. Wann soil operiert 
 werden? OeffentUcher Vortrag. 41 pp. 8°. 
 Munchen, 0. Gmelin, 1906. 
 
 . The same. 2. Aufl. 41 pp. 8°. Miln- 
 chen, 0. Gmelin, 1908. 
 
 . The same. Appendicitis; when should 
 
 one operate? Translated from the second Ger- 
 man edition by Amy M. Mander. 64 pp. 12°. 
 London, T. Fisher, 1910. 
 
BAUMGART. 
 
 397 
 
 BAUIVfflOFNER. 
 
 Baumgart (Hermann) [1886- 1. *Ueber mo- 
 deme Kaiserschnitte. 32 pp., 11. 8°. Berlin, 
 T. Loewenberg, 1912. 
 
 Baumgarten (Alfred) [1862- ]. Ein Fort- 
 schritt des Wasserheilverfakrens. Untersu- 
 chuiig und Kiitik der Systeme Priessnitz und 
 Kneipp, zum ersten Male authentisch. darge- 
 stellt. xxxix, 456 pp., 1 tab. 8°. _ Worishofen, 
 Buchdrucherei & Verlagsanstalt Worishofen, 1901. 
 
 . The same. IJnprogrfesderiiydrotli6rapie; 
 
 examen et critique des systfemes de Priessnitz et 
 de Kneipp. . . . Traduction frangaise par Ernest 
 Bonnaym^. xiii, 428 pp., 1 tab. 8°- Paris, 
 Masson & Cie., 1901. 
 
 . Neurasthenie; Wesen, Heilung, Vorbeu- 
 
 gung. Fur Aerzte und Nichtarzte nacb eigenen 
 Erfahrungen bearbeitet. xx, 247 pp. 8°. Woris- 
 hofen, 1903. 
 
 The same. 3. Aufl. xxiv, 329 pp. 8°- 
 
 Worishofen, 1905. 
 The same. 
 
 Worishofen, 1914. 
 . The same. 
 
 5. Aufl. xxvii, 361 pp. 8° 
 
 La neurasthenie, sa nature, 
 sa gu6rison, sa prophylaxie; ou-vrage traduit de 
 la 4™° 6d. allemande par Bonnaym^. xii (2 1.), 
 296 pp. 8°. Pari^, A. Maloine, 1907. 
 
 . Vortragsreisen. Eindriicke und Erinne- 
 
 rungen. 137 pp. 8° Worishofen, A. Baumgar- 
 ten, 1904. 
 
 . Die Kneipp'sche Hydrotherapie. Lfg. 
 
 1-24. 8°. ■pFomAo/cn, 1906-8. 
 
 . Abhartung. Zeitgemasse Erorterung und 
 
 Eatschlage. 48 pp. 8°. Worishofen (Bayem), 
 Buchdruckerei und Verlags-Anstalt Worishofen, 
 1908. 
 
 . Nervenkraft, ihre Abnutzung und ihre 
 
 Wiedergewinnung. 23 pp. 8° Worishofen, 
 1909. 
 
 . Spinale KJnderlahmung. Wesen und 
 
 Verlauf der Krankheit, HeUung, Vorbeugung. 
 22 pp. 8° Worishofen, Buchdrucherei und 
 Verlags-Anstalt Worishofen, 1910. 
 
 . Eegebi und Ratschlage fur Kurgebrau- 
 
 chende und jedermann. 95 pp. 8°. Worisho- 
 fen, 1910. 
 
 . Die Nervositat und ihre Heilung. 21 pp. 
 
 8°. Worishofen, Worishofen Verlag, 1910. 
 
 See, also, Hydiiatisclie Tagesfragen [etc.] Im 2. s.]. 8°. 
 Worishofen, 1901. 
 
 Baumgarten (Egmont). Ueber Schlingbeschwer- 
 den bei Erkrankungen des oberen und unteren 
 Rachenteiles. 22 pp. 8°. Halle a. S., C. Mar- 
 gold, 1902. 
 
 Samml. zwangl. Athandl. a. d. Geb. d. Nasen-, Ohren-, 
 Muud- u. Halskr., Halle a. S., 1902, v, 12. Hit. 
 
 Baumgarten .(Georg) [1881- ]. *Zur Kennt- 
 nis der Retinitis pigmentosa und ihrer Com- 
 plicationen mit Glaukom und Maculaverande- 
 rungen. 28 pp. 8°. Rudolstadt, Mdnicke & 
 Jahn, 1907. 
 
 Baumgarten (Georges) [1871- ]. *De I'in- 
 fluence _ du toucher vaginal et rectal sur la 
 production de Tinfection puerp^rale. 65 pp. 
 8°. Paris, 1897, No. 471. 
 
 Baumgarten (Gustav) [1837-1911]. 
 
 Flschel(W.E.) [Obituary.] Weekly Bull. St. l^ouis M. 
 Soc, 1911, V, 259; 287.— Obituary. Boston M. & S. J., 1910, 
 cisui, 525. Also: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1910, iv, 1213. 
 
 Baumgarten (Leopold). *Die W^kung von Jod, 
 Basedowdrtise und Jodothyrin in g^ossen Dosen 
 bei Kachexia thyreopriva unter KontroUe der 
 Jodausscheidung im tlrin. 23 pp. 8°. Bern, 
 H. Spahr, 1912. 
 
 Baumgarten (Oswald). *Ein Beitrag zur Kennt- 
 niss des Diabetes melUtus. HabiUtations- 
 schrift. [Halle.] 24 pp. 8°. Berlin, L. Schu- 
 macher, 1905. 
 
 Bepr. from: Ztsclir. i. exper. Path. u. Therap., Berl., 
 1905, u. 
 
 von Baumgarten (Paul [Clemens]) [1848- 1. 
 
 Die Bekampfung der Tuberkulose. 28 pp. 8 
 
 Leipzig, S. Hirzel, 1904. 
 . Lehrbuch der pathogenen Mikroorganis- 
 
 men, die pathogenen Bakterien, fur Studierende 
 
 und Aerzte. x, 955 pp., 1 pi. roy. 8°. Leipzig, 
 
 S. Hirzel, 1911. 
 See, also: 
 
 Henke (F.) Paul von Baumgarten zu seinem 70. Geburts- 
 tage. Deutsche med. Wchiischr., Berl. & Leipz., 1918, xliv, 
 1111. 
 
 Baumgarten (Reinhold Emst_ Christian) [1880- 
 ]. *Ueber interne SyphiUsbehandlung mit 
 
 Sozojodol-Hydrargyrum, nebst Bemerkungen 
 
 uber QuecksUber-Dermatitis. [HaUe-Witten- 
 
 berg.] 30 pp. 8°. Halle a. S., C. A. Kaem- 
 
 merer & Co., 1908. 
 Baumgarten (Samuel). Die durch Gonokokken 
 
 verursachten Krankheiten des Mannes; ihre 
 
 medikamentose und chirurgische Behandlung. 
 
 415 pp. 8° Wien & Leipzig, A. Solder, 1910. 
 Baumgartb (Georg) [1884- ]. *Cholecystitis 
 
 mit Nekrose der Mucosa. 1 p. 1., 55 pp. 8°. 
 
 Leipzig, F. Peter Nachf., 1913. 
 Baumgartb (Hans) [1877- ]. *Cor bUocu- 
 
 lare mit Dexiocardie. 51 pp., 2 pL 8° Halle 
 
 a. S., C. A. Kaemmerer & Co., 1902. 
 Baumgartb (Rudolf Friedrich Robert) [1873- 
 ]. *Anlagerung von Merkaptanen an un- 
 
 gesattigte Sauren. 43 pp., 2 I. 8° Greifswald, 
 
 H. Adler, 1907. 
 Baumgartner (Albert). *Ueber progressive 
 
 Paralyse. 37 pp. 8°. Bern, K. J. Wyss, 1900. 
 Baumgartner (Am^d6e) [1875- ]. *Les her- 
 
 nies par gUssement du gros intestin. 96 pp., 8 
 
 pi., 1 1. 8°. Paris, 1905, No. 201. 
 Forms, also. No. 3 of: Biblioth. contemp. d. mM. et d. sc, 
 
 1905. 
 
 . Maladies de la mamelle. 2 p. 1., 339 pp. 
 
 8°. Paris, J.-B. Bailliire- & fils, 1913. 
 
 Nouveau traits de chirurgie cUnique et op6ratoire (Le 
 Dentu & P. Delbet), fasc. xxiii. 
 
 See, also, Polrter (Paul) & Baumgartner (Amfidfe) [in 2. 
 s.]. Precis de dissection [etc.]. 8°. Paris, 1906. 
 
 Baumgartner (Josef) [1875- ]. *Ueber Os- 
 teosarkom der Extremitaten nebst kasiiistischen 
 Beitragen. 74 pp., 1 1. 8°- Milnchen, Kastnerr 
 & Callwey, 1906. 
 
 Baumgartner (Otto). *TJeber Placenta-Losung 
 mit spezieller Beriicksichtigung der Abgamgszeit. 
 [Bern.] 75 pp. 8°. Luzem, H. Keller, 1899. 
 
 Baumgartner (Walter). *Ueber die chirur- 
 gische Behandlur^ der Nebenhodentuberku- 
 lose. [Bern.] 44 pp. 8°. Ziirich, Leemann & 
 Co., 1915. 
 
 Baumhard (Carl) [1871- ]. *Beitrag zur 
 Aetiologie der pnmaren Schrumpfniere. 30 pp., 
 IL 8°. Berlin, H.S. Hermann, 1S9S. 
 
 von Baumbauer (iEmiUus Janus Guilielmus). 
 *Cornmentatio philosophico-literaria in Ubrum 
 qui inter Hippocraticos exstat irepl ti>v(Ti.o9 av0pii- 
 TTov. xiii, 136 pp. 8°. Traj. ad Rhenum, N. 
 Van der Monde, 1843. 
 
 BaumbSfner (Heinrich Friederich Wilhelm) 
 [1876- ]. *Die mit chronischer Nephritis 
 complicierten Geburtsfalle der Marburger Ent- 
 bindungsanstalt aus den Jahren 1883-1900. 
 26 pp., 1 1., 1 tab. 8°- Marburg, J. Hamel, 
 1902. 
 
BAUMHOLTZ. 
 
 398 
 
 BAIIR. 
 
 Baumtaoltz (A[kiin] L[vovich]) [ 1872- ]. *K 
 voprosu o roll pechem v ryadu drugikh organo.v 
 V eliminatsii bakteriy iz krovi i o prokhodi- 
 mosti sosudistoi i kishechnoi stienok dlya bak- 
 jeriy. [Role of the liver alongside other organs 
 in the elimination of_ bacteria from the blood 
 and on the penetrability of the vascular and 
 intestinal walls for bacteria] 73 pp., 1 1. 8°. 
 Yuryev, K. Mattisen, 1899. 
 
 BaumtaoltiZ (I[ona] L[vovich]) [1871- ]. *K 
 voprosu ob izmienenii krovi pri lyokhochnoi 
 bugorchatkle. [Alteration of the blood in pul- 
 monary phthisis.] 66 pp., 11. 8°. S.-Peterhwtg, 
 V. P._ MeshtshersH, 1899. 
 
 Baumli (Leonz). *Ueber Psoriasis und Diabetes 
 melUtus auf Grund von Beobachtungen auf der 
 Ziircher medizin. Klinik. 25 pp. 8°. Zurich, 
 1901. 
 
 Baumm (Gustav) [1878- ]. *Ein hundert 
 Falle komplizierter Frakturen aus der chirur- 
 gischen Abteilung der stadtischen Kranken- 
 anstalt zu Konigsberg i. Pr. 53 pp., 1 1. 8°. 
 Konigsberg i. Pr., 0. Kilmmel, 1907. 
 
 Baumm (Hans) [1888- ]. *Anatomische und 
 kUnische Beitrage zur Lehre von der Verstop- 
 fung der Arteria cerebelli posterior inferior. 
 [Konigsberg.] 28 pp. 8°. Berlin, 1913. 
 Repr.from: Arch. f. Psychiat., Berl., 1913, iii. 
 
 Baumm (Paul). Die praktische Geburtshilfe in 
 ihren Hauptziigen. Bin Wiederholungsbuch 
 fur Hebammen. viii, 106 pp. 8° Berlin, E. 
 Staude, 1901. 
 
 . The same. 2. Aufl. viii, 107 pp. 12°. 
 
 Berlin, E. Statute, 1901. 
 
 The same. 5. Aufl. viii, 140 pp. 12° 
 
 Berlin, E. Staude, 1907. 
 . The same. 6. Aufl. 131 pp. 8°- Berlin, 
 
 E. Stawk, 1912. 
 . Kopf und Becken in ihrer gegenseitigen 
 
 Beziehung unter der Geburt. 29 pp. 8°. Halle 
 
 a. 8., C. Marhold, 1905. 
 
 Tonns 7. Hft., v. 6, of: Samml. zwangl. Abbandl. a. d. 
 
 Geb. d. Frauenh. u. Geburtsh. 
 
 Baumont (Albert) [1888- ]. *De la r&ection 
 
 du nerf auriculo-temporal. 47 pp. 8° Lyon, 
 
 1914, No. 115. 
 Baumstark (Robert). *Ueber Epilepsia procur- 
 
 siva. 37 pp. 8°. Freiburg i. B., E. Kuttruff, 
 
 1897. 
 . Der Einfluss der Mineralwasser auf Ver- 
 
 dauungs- und Stoffwechsel-Krankheiten. 62 pp. 
 
 8°. Halle a. S., C. Marhold, 1909. 
 
 Forms 8. Hft., v. 1, of: Samml. zwangl. Abhandl. a. d. 
 
 Geb. d. Verdauungs- u. StofEweclis.-Kranlili., Halle a. S., 
 
 1909. 
 
 BaumiiUer (Edmund [Adolph Rudolph Hugo]) 
 
 [1883- ]. *Untersuchungen_uber die Sprung- 
 
 gelenksgalle des Pferdes. [Giessen.] 28 pp., 
 
 ll.,lpl. 8°. Stuttgart, 1Q09. 
 
 Bepr.fTom: Monatscbr. f. piakt. Tierh., Stuttg., 1909, xxi. 
 
 Baunacke (Karl Walther) [1883^ ] . *Sta- 
 tische Sinnesorgane bei den Nepiden. [Greifs- 
 wald.] 168pp., 4 pi. 8°. Jena, G. Fischer, 1912. 
 BepT.from.-ZiOol. Jahrb., Jena, 1912, xxxiv. 
 
 Baunscheidtism. 
 
 Linden (J.) Manual of the exanthematic 
 method of cure, also known as Baunscheidtism. 
 With an appendix on "The eye," and "The 
 ear, " their diseases and treatment by means of 
 the exanthematic method of cure. 25, ed. 8° 
 Cleveland, 1915. 
 
 G. (F. C.) Baunscheidtism. Univ. Med., Galveston, 
 1898-9. iv, 54-56.— Schrammen (F.) 'Gerichtsarztliche 
 kritische und experimentelle Studien fiber Baunscheidtis- 
 mus; ein Beitrag zur Geschichte des Kurpfuschertums. 
 Vrtljschr. f. gerichtl. Med., Berl., 1913, 3. F., xlvi, 63; 325. 
 
 Baup (Francis) [1872- ]. *Les amygdales 
 porte d'entr6e de la tuberculose. 83 pp., 1 pi. 
 8°. Paris, 1900, No. 247. 
 
 Baur (A[lfred]). Haberstroh, Heublumen, Zinn- 
 kraut und Eichenrinden-Abkochungen, und 
 ihre heilkraftige Verwendung. 32 pp. 12°. 
 Kempten, J. Kosel, 1899. 
 
 . Sanitats-Katechismus fur alle Mitglieder 
 
 der freiwilligen Sanitatskolonnen und Tloten 
 Kjeuzvereine und Lazarettgehilfen, sowie fur 
 alle Samariter. 256 pp. 12 . Stuttgart, Muth- 
 sche Verlagshandl., 1901. 
 
 Die Tuberkulose und ihie Bekampfung 
 
 durch die Schule. GemeinverstandUch darge- 
 stellt. 66 pp. 8° Berlin, Gerdes & Hodel, ld02. 
 
 . Lehrbuch f irr den Samariterunterricht an 
 
 Seminarien, Praparandenanetalten, Hoheren-, 
 Mttel- und Volksschulen, sowie zum Selbst- 
 unterricht. ii, 292 pp., 7 1., 30 pi. 12°. Wies- 
 baden, 0. Nemnich, 1903. 
 
 . Die Grenzen der Samariterthatigkeit. 
 
 Ein Mahnwort an alle Samariter. 21 pp. 8° 
 Miindun, Seitz & Schxmer, 1903. 
 
 . Hygienischer Bilder- Atlas fiir Schule und 
 
 Haus. 26 pi., 3 1. 12° Wiesbaden, 0. Nemnich, 
 1903. 
 
 Die Kunst gesund zu bleiben, bestehend 
 
 in einer einfachen, zeitgemaasen und nattir- 
 lichen Methode gleich anwendbar fiir jung und 
 alt, arm und reich. 59 pp. 8° Stuttgart, P. 
 Mahler, 1904. 
 
 . Schul-Gesundheitsregeln fiir Lehrer. 47 
 
 pp., 7 pi. 8°. Miinchen, Seitz & Schauer, 1905. 
 
 . Schul-Gesundheitspflege. 100 pp. 8°. 
 
 Miinchen, 0. Gmelin, 1905. 
 Forms 19. Hft. of.- Der Arzt als Erzieher. 
 
 . Das Krankenpflegebuchlein. Ein schnel- 
 
 ler Ratgeber in der Krankenpflege. 29 pp. , 2 pi. , 
 1 tab. 8°. Miinchen, Seitz & Schauer, 1905. 
 
 . Gesundheitspflege firrs Haus. Ein Ratge- 
 ber fiir Gesunde und Kranke. Lfg. 1-14. 8 
 p. 1., pp. 1-260, 33 pi. 8°. Esslingen, J. F. 
 Schreiber, [1905]. 
 
 . Gesundheitaregeln fiir Eltem bei Erzie- 
 
 hung der Schulkinder. 42 pp., 2 pi. 8° MUvr 
 chen, Seitz & Schauer, 1905. 
 
 . Gesundheitaregeln fiir Schulkinder. 25 
 
 pp., 4 pi. 12°. Miinchen, Seitz & Schauer, 1905. 
 
 . Falsches und richtiges Sitzen in der 
 
 Schulbank. Wallmap. eleph. fol. Leipzig, E. 
 Waehsmuth, [1907]. 
 
 Das Samarit«rbiichlein; ein schneller 
 
 Ratgeber bei Hilfeleistung in Ungliicksf alien. 
 36 pp. 24°. Stuttgart, Muth, [n. d.]. 
 
 The same. 2. Aufl. 36 pp. 24°. Stutt- 
 
 gart, Muth, [n. d.]. 
 
 The same. 5. Aufl. 
 
 Muth, [1901]. 
 . The same. 
 
 181. 
 
 16° Stuttgart, 
 
 7. Aufl. 20 1. 16°. Stuttgart, 
 [1903]. 
 
 AUoJlditorof: MonatsschrUt ffirSchul-und sozialeHy- 
 giene, Hamm, 1913. 
 
 & Fischer (E.) Anatomisch-hygienisches 
 
 Wandtafelwerk. 2 pi. eleph. fol. Leipzig, F. 
 E. Waehsmuth, [19051 
 
 & Frey (0[8car]). Atlas der Krankheiten 
 
 des Menschen. Beschreibung der wichtigsten 
 Erlaankungen und ihrer Ursachen. Fiir Schule 
 und Haus bearbeitet. Teilii. 1 p. 1., pp. 55- 
 244 pp., X, 25 pi. 8° Esslingen & Miinchen, 
 J. F. Schreiber,mQS\. 
 
 Baur (Emil). Kurzer Abriss der Spektroskojjie 
 und Kolonmetrie. viii, 122 pp. roy. 8°- Leip- 
 zig, J. A. Barth, 1907. 
 
 Added titla-page: Handbuch der angewandten physi- 
 kalischen Chemie, hrsg. von Georg Bredig, v. 
 
BAUR. 
 
 399 
 
 BAVINK. 
 
 Baur (Emil) — continued. 
 
 . Themen der physikalisclien Chemie; auf 
 
 VeranlaBSung des Vereins deutscher Ingenieure 
 an der Technischen Hochschule zu Braun- 
 schweig gehaltene Vortrage 3 p. 1., 113 pp. 8° 
 Leipzig, Ahademische Verlagsgesellschaft, 1910. 
 
 Baur (Emil) [1885- ]. Ein Fall von Poly- 
 globulie mit seltnem Augenhintergrundbefund. 
 1 p. 1., 26 pp. 8°. Bonn, E. Eisele, 1913. 
 
 Baur (Emit Hugo) [1880- ]. *Ein Fall von 
 primarem Melanom des Oesophagus. [Tubin- 
 gen.] 13 pp., 1 1. 8°. Rvdolstadt, F. Mitzlaff, 
 1905. 
 
 Baur_(Erwin [Rudolf]) [1875- ]. *Ueber com- 
 plicierende Bauchfelltuberkulose bei Leber- 
 cirrhose. 16 pp., 2 1. 8° Kiel, L. Handorff, 
 1900.. 
 
 . Einige Ergebnisse der experimentellen 
 
 Vererbungslehre. pp. 265-292. 8°. Berlin, 
 Urban & SchwarzeTWerg. 
 Forms lift. 10, v. 4, ot: Beiliette z. Med. Klin. 
 Also, Editor of: Zeltscbrift fiir induktive Abstammungs- 
 und Vererbungslehre, Berlin, 1908-16. 
 
 Baur (Pranz). Zur Verbesserung und Vervoll- 
 kommnung der Kurmittel und der Herzkranken- 
 behandlunginBad-Nauheim. 3p.l. ,42pp. 8°- 
 Friedberg, C. Bindernagel, 1908. 
 
 Baur (Franz-Louis) [1884^ ]. *Etude sur la 
 scarlatine clinique; th&apeutique; dpid^miolo- 
 gie. 93 pp. 8°. £i/ow, 1908, No. 15. 
 
 Baur ^(Fridericus). *I)iss. sistens memorabile 
 exemplum dyspnoese et dyscatabroseos hyperoi- 
 cse. 16 pp. sm. 4°. Tuoingx, typ. Fuesianis, 
 1797. 
 
 Baur {Georg) [ -1898]. 
 
 Hay (O. P.) [Biography.] Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, 
 Pa., 1898, n. s., Tiii, 68-71. 
 
 Baur (Georgius Fridericus Ludovicus). *Diss. 
 
 sistens qusedam de vomitu chronico. 41pp. 12°. 
 
 Marburgi Cattorum, J. C. Krieger, 1815. 
 Baur (Gustav). Zur klimatischen Behandlung 
 
 der Lungenkranken. 2. Auil. 44 pp. 16°. Bad 
 
 Ems, A. P/effer^, 1898. 
 Baur (Jean) *]Etude exp^rimentale de Taction 
 
 physiologique de I'ozone. 74pp., 11. 8° Lyon, 
 
 A. Rey, 1901, No. 18. 
 Baur (Josef). *Quaiititative Bestimmungsme- 
 
 thode geringer Indolmengen. 1 p. 1., 35 pp. 8° 
 
 Zurich, Leemann & Co., 1913. 
 Baur (Karl) [1873- ]. *Ueber die Genesis der 
 
 Mineralquellen in Bad Steben, ein Beitrag zur 
 
 Quellenkunde. [Giessen.] 61 pp., 1 map., 1 1. 
 
 8°. Bad Wildungen, E. Funk, 1912. 
 Baur (Paul). *Ueber die im Gefolge von Haut- 
 
 krankheiten auftretenden Epidermiscysten un- 
 
 ter besonderer Beriicksichtigung der bullosen 
 
 Erkrankungen. 96 pp. 8°. Strassburg, 1899. 
 Bauriedl (Maximilian) [1871- ]. *Ein Fall 
 
 von galliger Pa-itonitis nach akutem Choledo- 
 
 chusverschluss. 24 pp., 1 1. 8°. Milnchen, C. 
 
 Wolf_ & Sohn, 1901. 
 Baurrier (Auguste) [1876- ]. *De la .valeur 
 
 sem^iologique de I'hypertrophie du coeur dans 
 
 le r^tr^cissement mitral. 139 pp. 8° Lyon, 
 
 1902, No. 68. 
 Baury (Joseph) [1870- ]._ *Oontrtbution k 
 
 r^tude de fibre-myomes pm-ur6thraux chez la 
 
 femme. 67 pp. 4° Pans, 1896, No. 103. 
 Baus (Gabriel- Virgile-Joseph) [1883- ]. *]Etude 
 
 sur le corset. 84 pp. 8 - Bordeaux, 1910, No. 
 
 26. 
 Baus (Hans) [1882- ]. *Ueber Pathogenese 
 
 und uber den spezifischen Abbau der Krebsge- 
 
 schwiilste. 29 pp. 8°. Berlin, G. Schade, 1909. 
 
 Bauscta (Edward). Manipulation of the micro- 
 scope. 200 pp. 12°. Rochester, Bausch & Lomb 
 
 Opt. Co., 1897. 
 . Use and care of the microscope. 37 pp. 
 
 16°. Rochester, N. Y., Bausch & Lomb Opt. Co., 
 
 1902. 
 Bausch (Joannes Christophorus). *De ischuria 
 
 cystica. 22 pp. sm. 4°. Tubingx, typ. Reis- 
 
 sianis, 1790. 
 Bausewein (Otto). *Ueber die Wirkung des 
 
 Aluminiums auf den tierischen Organismus. 
 
 26 pp. 8°. Wiirzburg, Becker, 1899. 
 Baussand (Maria) [1884- ]. *Contribution a 
 
 r^tude du prolapsus ovarian. 72 pp. 8°. 
 
 Lyon, 1913, No. 110. 
 Baussay (Raymond). *Du ramollissement c6r6- 
 
 bral dans les cardiopathies infantiles acquises. 
 
 96 pp. 8°. Paris, 1909, No. 108. 
 Bausset (Eugfene), *De I'avortement criminel; 
 
 6tude hifltorique et sociale. 55 pp. 8°- Paris, 
 
 1907, No. 272. 
 Bautze (Hugo) [1875- ]. _*Beitrag zur Lehre 
 
 von den Kieferzysten. [Leipzig.] 26 pp. 8°. 
 
 Wiirzburg, C. Kabitzsch, 1911. 
 Bepr.from: Ztschr. f. Laryngol., Wilrzb., 1911, iv. 
 
 Bauvallet (Heni-i-C61estin) [1886- ]. *A1- 
 coolisme chronique et paralysie g6n^rale pro- 
 gressive, 6tude clinique. 96 pp. 8°- Bor- 
 deaux, 1911, No. 56. 
 
 Baus (Georges). *Quelques documents sur 
 r^poque de I'engagement dans les presentations 
 du sonimet. 115 pp. 8° Toulouse, 1911, No. 
 349. 
 
 Bavaria. 
 
 See, also, Cholera (History and statistics of). 
 Fever (Malarial, History of), Fever (Typhoid, 
 History of). Hygiene (Public, Laws, etc., of). 
 Insane (Asylums, Description, etc., of), Insane 
 (Care, Condition, etc., of), Fharmacopcsias 
 (Official), Pharmacy (Legislation relating to). 
 Plague (^History, etc., of). Waters (Mineral), 
 by localities. 
 
 Grassl (J.) Die Wanderungen der bayrischen Bevolke- 
 mg und ibre Einfliisse auf die Rasse. Arch. f. Rassen- 
 Gesellsch.-Biol., Leipz. & Berl., 1912, ix, 430-463.— Banke (J.) 
 Zur jiingsten Heidenzeit in Bayern. Cor.-Bl. d. deutsch. 
 ■Gesellsch. 1. Anthrop. [etc.], Miinchen, 1899, xxx, 161-164.— 
 Weber (F.) Beitrage zur Vorgeschiehte von Oberbayem. 
 Beitr. z. Anthrop. u. Urgesch. Bayerns, Miinchen, 1900, 
 xiil, 156-192: 1902, xiy, 138-177, 2 eh. 
 
 Bavaria. Instniktion ftir das Verfahren der Amts- 
 arzte bei den gerichtlichen Untersuchungen 
 menschUcher Leichen. 34 pp. 8°. Miinchen, 
 M. Rieger, 1880. 
 
 . The same. 2. Aufl. viii, 57 pp. 12°. 
 
 Miinchen, M. Rieger, 1886. 
 
 . Dienstanweisung fiir die Hebammen des 
 
 Konigreiches Bayern. 38 pp. 12°. Miinchen, 
 R. Oldenbourg, 1899. 
 
 Bavay (EUe-Jean-Baptiste) [186&- ]. *Con- 
 tribution k l'6tude des rapports de la psychose 
 dite polyn^vritique et de rhyst^rie infectueuse. 
 67 pp., 1 1. 4°. Toulouse, 1895, No. €8. 
 
 Bavery (Jean- Auguste) [1883- ]. *Dermatite 
 ^rythrodermique avec atrophie maculeuse d'ori- 
 gine tuberculeuse; atrophodermies maculeuses 
 idiopathiques. 53 pp. 8° Lyon, 1907, No. 28. 
 
 Bavinck (Berendinus Johannes Femia). *De 
 sterfte aan tuberculosis pulmonum in Neder- 
 land (1875-95). [Amsterdam.] 2 p. 1., 115 pp. 
 8°. Kampen, J. H. Bos, 1897. 
 
 Bannk(W.) Dehondsdolheid. Volledige opgave 
 van al de verschijnselen der hondsdomeid. 32 
 pp. 12°. Amsterdam, Sdieltema & Holkema, 
 [n. d.}. 
 
BAWDEN. 
 
 400 
 
 BAYER. 
 
 Bawden (Henry Heath) [1871- ]. A study of 
 lapses. IV, 122 pp. 8°. New York, The McMil- 
 lan Co., 1900. 
 Suppl. No. 14 to: Psyohol. Eev., N. Y., 1900, iii, 1-122. 
 
 Bawenda. 
 
 Gottschllng (E.) The Bawenda; a sketch of their history 
 and customs. J. Authrop. Inst., Lond., 1905, xxxv, 36^ 
 386, IpL ■ 
 
 Bax (Dirk) [1864- ]. Zur operativen Behand- 
 lung der angeborenen Blasenspalte durch Ure- 
 terenimplaiitation in den Darm. 82 pp., 3 1. 
 8°. Kordgsberg i. Pr., L. Krause & Ewerlien, 
 1899. 
 
 Bas (Ernest Belfort). Jean Paul Marat, the 
 people's friend. 2. ed. x%di, 353 pp., 2 port.. 
 6 pi. 8°. London, G. Richards, 1901. 
 
 Bax (Lucien) [1883- ]. *Reclierclie et diag- 
 nostic de rh^r^do-syphilis dans un dispensaire 
 d'enfants. 80 pp. 8*. Paris, 1908, No. 320. 
 
 [Baxter.] An enquiry into the nature of the 
 human soul; wherein the immateriality of the 
 soul is evinced from the principles of reason 
 and philosophy. 3. ed. 2 v. 1 p. 1., 436 pp.; 
 1 p. 1., 412 pp., 16 1. 8°. London, A. Millar, 
 1745. 
 
 Baxter (Alexander). *De febre remittente. 28 
 pp. 8^. Edinburgi, C. Stewart, 1820. [P., v. 
 2297.] 
 
 Baxter (Evan Buchanan) [1844-85]. Medicine 
 and the allied sciences; an address delivered be- 
 fore the Medical Society of King's College. 16 
 pp. 8°. London, {T. Richards], 1870. 
 
 Baxter (JedediahHyde) [1837-90]. 
 
 Garnbtt (A. Y. P.) Exposition of facts. 8°. 
 Washington, [1877]. 
 
 PUcheT (J.E.J Brigadier General JedediahHyde Baxter, 
 Surgeon General o£ the United States Army. 1890. J. Ass. 
 Mil. Surg. U. S., CarUle, Pa., 1905, xvi, 58-63, port. 
 
 Bay (Christian) [1882- ]. *Zur Kenntnis der 
 Hydro-, Oxy-Hydral- und Acidcellulosen. 87 
 pp. 8°. Gwssen, Christ & Herr, 1913. 
 
 Bay (Ernst) [1887- ]. *Ueber die operative 
 Behandlung der exsudativen Peritonitis. 38 pp. 
 8° Mv,nchen,B. Heller, 1^10. 
 
 Bay (Hermann). *Zur Lehre der spontanen 
 Aortenruptur. [Basel.] 17 pp. 8 - ' Wies- 
 baden, J. F. Bergmann, 1910. 
 
 Baya. 
 
 Poupon (A.) Etude ethnographique des Baya de la 
 circonsoription du M'Bimou. Anthropologic, Par., 1915, 
 xxvl, 87-144. 
 
 Ba-Yaka. 
 
 Torday (E.) & Joyce (T. A.) Notes on the ethnography 
 of the Ba-Yaka; with supplementary note to Notes on the 
 ethnography ofthe Ba-Mhala, vol. xxxv, p. 398. J. Anthrop. 
 Inst., Lond., 1906, xxxvi, 39-59, 2 pi. 
 
 Bayard (Adolf). *Zur Kenntnis des Xeroderma 
 
 pigmentosum. [Zurich.] 29 pp., 11. 8°. Basel, 
 
 1903; 
 Bayard (Franpois). *Etude sur le traitement 
 
 mercuriel des paralysies oculaire^ anciennes. 62 
 
 pp. 8°. TouUmse, 1906, No. 697. 
 Bayard (Joseph). *Etude clinique et statistique 
 
 de I'accouchement du sommet en occipito- 
 
 post^rieure directe dans la grossesse g^mellaire. 
 
 78 pp. 8°. Paris, 1905, No. 66. 
 Bayard (Otto). *Die Ophthalmoreaktion nach 
 
 Calmette bei Kiridem mit Beriicksichtigung der 
 
 tibrigen spezifischen Reaktionen auf Tuberku- 
 
 lose. 27 pp. 8°. Zurich, 1908. 
 
 Bayard (WiUiam) [1815-1907]. 
 
 Obituary. Maritime M. News, Halifax, 1908, xx, 84-87. 
 
 Bayardi (D.) Lezioni di patologia speciale chi- 
 rurgica, compilate dai dottori K. Ruhl e N. 
 Spezia. 551, 126 pp., 2 1. 8°. Torino, C. 
 Pasta, 1906. 
 Lith.-type. 
 
 Bayce (Albert) [1865- ]. *Influence de la 
 grossesse et de raccouchement sur revolution 
 des maladies de I'oreille. Indications du traite- 
 ment radical par I'^videment p6tro-mastoidien. 
 133 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, 1900, No. 415. 
 
 Baye (Charles) [1883- ]. *Etude g6n6rale 
 clinique de la syphilis de I'urfetre. 203 pp. 8°. 
 Paris, Jouve & Cie., 1911, No. 319. 
 
 Bayen (Pierre). 
 
 Balland. Bayen k la Commission de santS de I'an II. 
 Rev. scient., Par., 1910, xiii, 326-328.— Heber (B.) Une 
 lettre iniSdite de Pierre Bayen, suivie de quelques observar 
 tions. Bull. Soc. frang. d'hist. de la mdd.. Par., 1910, ix, 
 50-64. 
 
 Bayer (Adolf). *Beitrag zur Diagnostik des oti- 
 
 tischen Himabszesses. 35 pp. 8°- Erlangen, 
 
 E. T. Jacobs 1896. 
 Bayer (C. J.) Bayer's bronze book, or eugenics, 
 
 the science of race improvement. 31 pp. 16°. 
 
 {Chicago'], Scient. Pub. Co., [n. d.]. 
 Bayer (Carl) [1854- ]. Der angeborene Leis- 
 
 tenbruch. 35 pp. 8°. Berlin, 1900. 
 Forms 146. Hft. of: Berl. Kllinik. 
 
 . Spina bifida. 43 pp. 8° Berlin, 
 
 Fischer, 1902. 
 Forms 62. Hft. of: Med. 'Wander-Vortr. 
 
 Bayer (Felix) [1874- ]. *Schedes Redresse- 
 ment und Kopfstiitze. Ein Beitrag zur Behand- 
 lung der Spondylitis. 58 pp., 2 1. 8°. Bonn, 
 C. Georgi, 1903. 
 
 Bayer (Frantisek). Pozndmky o Y^voji jazyka u 
 jesterek. [Observations on the development of 
 the tongue in lizards.] 9 pp., 3 pi. 8° v 
 Praze, 1899. 
 
 Forms No. 8 of: Eozpr. desk^ Akad. els. Franti&k Josefa 
 [etc.], V Praze, 1898-9, 2. t., viii. 
 
 Bayer (Heinrich) [1853- ]. Vorlesungen fiber 
 allgemeine Geburtshulfe. 1 Bd., Hft. 1. _En- 
 twicklungsgeschichte des weibUchen Genital- 
 apparates. vii, 572pp., 40 pi. 8°- Strassburg i. 
 E., Schlesier de Schweikhardt, 1903-8. 
 
 . Befruchtung und Geschlechtsbildung. 
 
 39 pp. 8° Strassburg, Schlesier & Schweik- 
 hardt, 1904. 
 
 -. Die Menstruation in ihrer Beziehung zur 
 
 Conceptionsfahigkeit. 2. Aufl. 80 pp. 8° 
 Strassburg, Schlesier & Schweikhardt, 1906. 
 
 Ueber Vererbung und Rassenhygiene; 
 
 ein aUgemein orientierender Vortrag. iv, 50 pp., 
 
 5 pi. roy. 8°. Jena, G. Fischer, 1912. 
 Bayer (Heinrich Otto Wilhelm) [1881- ]. 
 
 *Ueber Herpes zoster opbthalnaicus und Unfall. 
 
 34 pp. 8° Freiburg i. Br., Speyer & Koiemer, 
 
 1906. 
 Bayer (Johann). *Zur primareri Tremnation bei 
 
 Schussverletzungen des Schadels. Heidelberg. 
 
 34 pp. 8°. Tiibingen, H. Laupp, 1896. 
 Mepx-from. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1896, xvU. 
 
 Bayer (Josef). Ueber Zerreissungen des Nabel- 
 stranges und ihre Folgen fur den Neugeborenen. 
 In: Samml. klin. Vortr., h. F., Lelpz., 1900, No. 265 
 (Gynakol., No. 96, 1707-1734). 
 
 . Ueber pracipitirte Geburten und ihre 
 
 Folgen fiir die Wochnerin. 
 
 In: Samml. klin. Vortr., n. F., Leipz., 1900, No. 289 (Gyna- 
 kol., No. 106, 143-174). 
 
 -. Die Verrenkungen der Mittelfussknochen 
 
 im Lisfranc'schen Gelenk. 
 
 In: Samml. klin. Vortr., n. F., Leipz., 1904, No. 372 (Chlr., 
 No. 104, 65-98). 
 
BAYER. 
 
 401 
 
 BAYLE. 
 
 Bayer (Josef) [1847- 
 nar-Chirurgie. 3 
 806 pp., 12 pi. roy. i 
 Braumilller, 1904? 
 
 Operationslehie 
 
 ]. Lehrbuch der Veteri- 
 
 umgearbeitete Aufl. xii, 
 
 Wien & Leipzig, W. 
 
 4. Aufl. xvi, 745 pp. 
 
 4 . Wien & Leipzig, W. Braumiiller, 1910. 
 
 Added title-page: Handbuch der tierarztlicnen Chirurgie 
 und Geburtshiffe, i. 
 
 See, also, Handbuch der thlerarztlichen Chirurgie [etc.]- 
 [in 2. s.]. 8°. Wien & Leipzig, 1896. 
 
 Bayer (Joseph) [1866- ]. *Ueber einen Fall 
 von spontaner akuter Gangran der Haut, dee 
 Penis Tind des Skrotum. 18 pp., 11. 8°. Miln- 
 chen, C. Wolf & Sohn, 1904. 
 
 Bayer (Joseph). *Wie kann man der Inanitions- 
 gefahr des Anus prseternaturalis bei brandigen 
 Briichen erfolgreich begegnen? [Erlangen.] 23 
 pp. 8°. Nilrnberg, J. L. Stick, 19051 
 
 Bayer (L.) Ueber Fremdkorper (Kupfermunzen) 
 im Oesophagus mit Radiographie. 2 pp. 8°. 
 Halle a. S., 1899. 
 
 Forms pt. of Hft. 9-10, v. 3, oj: Samml. zwangl. Abhandl. 
 a. d. Geb. d. Nasen-, Ohren-, Mund- u. Halskr. 
 
 Bayer (Leo). Des kystes osseux de la cavit6 
 nasale. (Gas de kystes osseux multiples multi- 
 loculaires.) 9 pp. 8°. Pons, 0. Doin, 1885. 
 
 A. L. A. 
 
 Bayer (Max) [1868- ]. *Ueber den Einfluss 
 des Ausspiilens und Touchierens bei der Geburt 
 auf das Wochenbett. 37 pp., 8 ch. 8°. Leipzig, 
 0. Schmidt, 1894. 
 
 Bayer (Rudolf Alexander) [1882- ]. *Zur 
 Frage der Luftembolie. 41 pp. 8°- Freiburg 
 i. Br., Speyer & Kaerner, 1906. 
 
 Bayer (U. S.) Modem researches, physiological, 
 psychological, in four parts: the problem of sex; 
 drug effects; vemix caseosa; difficult parturition. 
 Introduction by George E. BiU and Henry 
 Burton Miller. Edited by C. D. Miller. 284 
 pp., port. 12°. Chicago, Scientific Pub. Co., 
 1901. 
 
 Bayeriscber Medizinalbeamten-Verein. Offi- 
 zieller Bericht fiber die Landesversammlung. 
 V. 2-9, 1903-13. 8°. Berlin. 
 
 Bayerisches arztliches Correspondenzblatt. Or- 
 gan zur Erorterung aller den Arzt interessieren- 
 den wissenschaftlichen und praktischen Fra- 
 gen. V. 1-5, 1897-8 to 1902. fol. Miimhen. 
 
 Bayerthal (Julius). Erblichkeit und Erziehung 
 in ihrer individuellen Bedeutung. -viii, 80 pp. 
 roy. 8°. Wiesbaden, J. F. Bergmann, 1911. 
 
 Forms 77. Hit. ot: Grenzfragen des Nerven- und Seelen- 
 lebens, hrsg. von L. Loewenfeld. 
 
 Bayet_(Adrien [1863- ]. Le microbe de la 
 
 syphilis. Les essais de vaccination. 57 pp. 4°. 
 
 Paris, A. Maldine, 1907. 
 . Observations sur 2,250 cas de syphiUs, 
 
 observes k Bruxelles. 25 pp. 8° Bruxelles, 
 
 L. Severeyns, 1907. 
 . Le traitement du cancer par le radium. 
 
 24 pp. 8°. Bruxelles, L. Severeyns, 1908. 
 . Le traitement dea n^vrodermites par le 
 
 radium. 24 pp. 4°- Bruxelles, L. Severeyns, 
 
 1910. ' » . 
 
 See, also, I/esser (Edmond). Traits des affections •v&ni- 
 
 riennes [etc.]. 8°. Bruxelles & Paris, i901. 
 
 & Benaux (E.) Le s6ro-diagnostic de la 
 
 syphilis (th^orie et valeur pratique de la m6- 
 thode). 48 pp. 8°. Bruxelles, L. Severeuns, 
 1909. 
 
 Bayet (Albert). _ La morale scientifique. Essai 
 sur les applications morales des sciences sociolo- 
 giques. 180 pp., 1 1. ,8°. Paris, F. Alcan, 1905. 
 
 Bayet (Marie-Eugfene,-Edouard). *Appendicite et 
 fifevre typhoide. Etude clinique et diagnostic 
 diff^rentiel. 64 pp. 8°. Paris, 1901, No. 250. 
 
 °— Vol. II, 3d series— 19- 
 
 Bayeus (Raoul). *La dipht6rie avant et depuis 
 I'ann^e 1894, avec les r&ultats statistiques de la 
 s^rumth^rapie sur deux cent trente mille cas. 
 1 p. 1., 348 pp., 2 tab. 8°. Paris, 1899, No. 411. 
 
 BayiBeld (Rpbert) [1630-90]. T^s iarpiKfis Kapuais, 
 or a treatise de morborum capitis essentiis et 
 prognosticis; adorned with above three hundred 
 choice and rare observations, many of them 
 selected out of the most eminent and renowned 
 authors now extant amongst us. 10 p. 1., 190 
 pp., port. 12°. London, R. Tomlins, 1663. 
 
 Bayfius (Lazarus). 
 
 SeeVasculls(De)Ubellus[etc.][im2.s.]. 16°. Para, 1536. 
 
 Baylac (H.) *Etat actuel de la pathog^nie et de 
 la cure op&atoire de la myopie axLale. 50 pp. 
 8°. Toulouse, 1899, No. 309. 
 
 Baylac (Joseph). *Consid6rations sur I'^pi- 
 d6mie de chol&a, qui a r^gn6 en 1893 dans le 
 d^partement de I'Ari&ge. 159 pp., 2 diag. 4° 
 Toulouse, 1894, No. 46. 
 
 Bayle (Antoine-Laurent-Jess6) [1799-1858]. No^ 
 tice historique sur M. Laennec. 19 pp. 12° 
 Paris, de Gueffier, 1826. [P., v. 2247.] 
 
 See, also, Laennec (R6ni5 Th^ophile Hyacinthe) [in 2. s.l. 
 Traits de I'auscultation mediate, [etc.]. 8°. Bruxelles, 1828. 
 
 Bajrle (Charles) [1872- ]. *Cancer du maxil- 
 laire sup^rieur d'une forme ayant pour origine 
 les glandes muqueuses de la voftte palatine. 49 
 pp., 2 pi. 8°. Lyon, A. Rey, 1901, No. 176. 
 
 Bayle (Gaspard-Laurent) [17'74-1816]. M^moire 
 sur la phthisie, faisant suite aux "Recherches." 
 In: Encycl. d. so. m«d. 8°. Paris, 1834-46, 7. div., xii, 
 485-50O. 
 
 — ; — . Considerations sur la nosologie, la m^de- 
 cine d'observation et la m^decine pratique. 
 
 In: Encycl. d. so. m^d. 8°. Paris, 1834-46, 7. div., xii, 
 501-533. 
 
 . M6moire sur une maladie a laqueUe on 
 
 peut donner le nom d'oedfeme de la glotte, ou 
 d'angine laryng^e oed^mateuse. 
 
 In: Encycl. d. so. mM. 8°. Paris, 1834-46, 7. div., xii, 
 634-651. 
 
 . Remarques sur les corps fibreux qui se 
 
 d^veloppent dans les parois de la matrice. 
 
 In: Encycl. d. se. mM. 8°. Paris, 1834-46, 7. div.. xii, 
 562-564. 
 
 . Remarques sur les ulcferes de la matrice. 
 
 /n." Encycl. d. so. mM. 8.° Pons, 1834-46, 7. div., xii, 
 655-568. 
 
 . Remarques sur rindiuB,tion blanche des 
 
 organes. 
 
 In: Encycl. d. so. mM. 8°. Paris, 1834-46, 7. div., xii. 
 666-568. ' 
 
 Remarques sur la d6g&6rescence tuber- 
 
 culeuse non enkyst^e du tissu des organes. 
 
 In: Encycl. d. so. m6d. 8". Paris, 1834-46, 7. div., xii, 
 569-^7. 
 
 -. Remarques sur les tubercules. 
 
 In: Encycl. d. so. mii. S°. Paris, 1834-46, 7. div.. xii 
 688-603. . . , 
 
 . Phthisie pulmonaire; article in^dit. 
 
 /«.- Encycl. d. so. mdd. 8°. Paris, 1834-46, 7. div., xii. 
 611-656. ' 
 
 . See, also: 
 
 FiEssiNGER (C.) La th^rapeutique de Gas- 
 pard-Laurent Bayle, 1774-1816- 
 
 In his: TMrap. d. vieux maltres. 8°. Paris, 1897, 314-321. 
 
 Bayle (Joseph). *Etude sur les calcifications de 
 
 la peau et du tissu celliilaire Bous-cutan6. 86 
 
 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, 1905, No. 439. 
 Bayle (Louis- Pierre). *Des n^vritea puerp^rales 
 
 (grossesse et puerp^rium). 157 pp., 1 1. 8°. 
 
 Lyon, 1896, No. 7. 
 Bayle (Maurice) [1877- 1. *Contribution h 
 
 r^tude de la phototh^rapie (m^thode de Finsen). 
 
 82 pp., 1 1., 4 pi. 8°- Lyon, 1901, No. 156. 
 
 -26 
 
BAYLEE. 
 
 402 
 
 BAZHENOFF. 
 
 Baylee (J. Tyrrell). Army nursing reform and 
 men nurses, pp. 255-257. 8°. New York, 1901. 
 CuttJnff/rom.- Westminster Eev., N. Y., 1901, clvi. 
 
 Bayley (Harold) . The lost language of eymbolism ; 
 an inquiry into the origin of certain letters, 
 words, names, fairy-tales, folklore, and mythol- 
 ogies. 2 V. 8°. London, Williams & Noraate, 
 1912. _ " 
 
 —. The undiscovered country; a sequence of 
 
 spirit-messages describing death and the after. 
 world; selected from published and impub. 
 lished automatic writings, 1874-1918. Intro, 
 duction by Sir Arthur Conan Doyle, xxi, [1] 
 270 pp. 12°. London [etc.], Cassell & Co., 1918'. 
 
 Bayley (Joseph) [1836-1913]. 
 
 Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1913, i, 318. Also: Lancet, 
 Lond., 1913, 1, 494. 
 
 Bayley (Walter) [1529-92]. 
 
 Power (D'A.) [Biography.] Med.-Chir. Tr., Lond., 1907 
 xc, 415-454. Also: Library, Lond., 1907, No. 32, 370-392 
 Also, Reprint. 
 
 Bayliss (William Haddock) [1860- ]. The nar 
 ture of enzyme action, vui, 90 pp. 8 . London, 
 New York, Bombay & Calcutta, Longmans, 
 Green & Co., 1908. 
 
 . The same. 2. ed. xi, 137 pp. roy. 8°- 
 
 New York [etc.], Longmans, Green & Co., 1911. 
 
 The same. 3. ed. viii, 180 pp. 8°. 
 
 London [etc.], Longmans, Green & Co., 1914 
 
 The same. _ Das Wesen der Enzym-Wir 
 
 kung. Mit Autorisation des Verfassers in deut- 
 scher Sprache hrsg. von Karl Schorr, iii-91 pp. 
 8° Dresden, T. Stdnkopf, 1910. _ 
 
 . Principles of general physiology, xx, 850 
 
 pp. roy. 8°. London, New York [etc.], Long- 
 mans, Green & Co., 1915. 
 
 The same. 2. ed. xxiv, 858 pp. 8° 
 
 London [etc.], Longmans, Green & Co., 1918. 
 
 . The physiology of food and economy in 
 
 diet, viii, 107 pp. 8°. London, New York [etc.], 
 Longmans, Green & Co., 1917. 
 
 Baylor TJniversity College of Medicine. See 
 Bulletin Baylor University College of Medicine. 
 
 Bayly (Hugh Wansey). The clinical pathology 
 of syphilis and parasyphilis and its value for 
 diagnosis and controlung treatment, xiii, 194 
 pp., 1 pi. 12°. London, Baillihe, Tindall & 
 Cox, 1912. 
 
 Bayly (R. C.) The legal status of doctors every- 
 where under the flag and State; recognition of 
 the supremacy of national law and leraJ courtesy 
 to physicians of other States. _ Fraudulent 
 practice acts. 1 p. 1., frontisp., xxvii, 28-168 pp. 
 8°. Decatur, lit. Lesson Leaf Pub. Co., [1900]. 
 
 Bayma fTheodoro). A emetina na framboesia 
 tropica (Boubas). 15 pp. 8°. Sao Paulo, 1914. 
 
 Baynard {Edward) [1641- ]. 
 
 Kraus (C.) Edward Baynard, ein Badearzt vor 200 
 Jahren. Wien. med. Presse, 1899, xl, 605; 655. Also: 'Winn. 
 med. Wchnschr., 1899, xlix, 1439; 1473; 1519; 1553. 
 
 Bayne (James). 
 
 See Tuson (Richard V.) [In 2. s.]. A pharmacopoeia, 
 including the outlines [etc.]. 12°. London, 1904. 
 
 Baynes (Joseph). A memorandum on the sub- 
 ject of the prevention of horse sickness; an 
 appeal to common sense. 6 1. 16°. Maritzburg, 
 Natal, Times Print. & Pub. Co., 1915. 
 
 Baynton {Thomas) [1761-1820]. 
 
 Nixon (J. A.) Thomas Baynton, 1761-1820. Proc. Boy. 
 Soc. Med., Lond., 1914-16, viii. Sect. Hist. Med., 95-102. 
 
 Bayo (Giro). Higiene sexual del soltero. Causas 
 de ceUbato. Sensaciones en ambos sexos. El 
 amor libre y la proBtituci6n; las amigas del 
 soltero; la prostituci6n clandestina y la auto- 
 
 Bayo (Ciro) — continued, 
 rizada; medios preservatives profiMcticos; cura- 
 ci6n de las eniermedades de la vida genital; 
 aberraciones sexuales; higiene sexual del soltero. 
 2. ed. 171pp. 12°. Madrid, R. Serra, [n. d.]. 
 
 Bayo! (Jeanf-Marie]) [1849-1905]. Rapport fait 
 au nom de la commission de la marine, charg6e 
 d'examiner le projet de loi portant organisation 
 du corps de santi de la marine. 55 pp. 4° 
 Paris, P. Mouillot, 1904. 
 
 For Biography, see Brit. M. J., Lond., 1905, il, 1361. 
 
 Bayon (Peter Georg Heinrich) [1876- _ 1. 
 *Erneute Versuche iiber den Einfluss des Schild- 
 driisenverlustes und der Schilddriisenfiitterung 
 auf die Heilung von Knochenbruchen. pp. 
 249-311, 3 pi. 8°. Wilrzburg, C. Kabitzsch, 1903. 
 Cutting from: Verhandl. d. phys.-med. Geselisch. in 
 Wiirzb., 1903, n. F., xxxv. 
 
 . Beitrag zur Diagnose und Lehre vom 
 
 Cretinismus unter besonderer Berucksichtigung 
 der Differential-Diagnose mit anderen Formen 
 von Zwergwuchs und Schwachsinn. 120 pp. 
 8°.. Wiirzburg, A. Stuber, 1903. 
 
 Forms No. 1, n. F., v. 26, of: Verhandl. d. phys.-med. 
 Gesellsch. zu Wiirzb., 1903-4. 
 
 ; — ;. Eziologia, diagnosi e terapia del creti- 
 
 nismo con particolare riguardo alle altre malattie 
 
 della glandola tiroide, gozzo e mixedema. x, 
 
 189 pp. 8° Torino, unione tipogr.-edit., 1904.' 
 . Die histologischen Untersuchungsme- 
 
 thoden des Nervensystems. viii, 187 pp. 8°. 
 
 Wiirzburg, C. Kabitzsch, 1905. 
 Bayr (Engelbert) [1877- ]. *Erfahrungen mit 
 
 dem Bossi'schen Dilatator. 24 pp., 1 1. 8°. 
 
 Munchen, C. Wolf & Sohn, 1904. 
 Bayrac (Henri- Pierre). *Sur une nouvelle m^- 
 
 thode de_ preparation des paraquinones au mo- 
 yen des indoph^nols. 1 p. 1., 62 pp., 1 1. 8°. 
 
 Paris, 1895. 
 de Bayrus (Petrus). See Bairo (Pietro). 
 Baz (Agustfn). Opiisculo sobre la Valeriana. 19 
 
 pp. 8°. MkdcOj I. David, 1851. 
 Bazalgette (Henn). *Des grossesses tubaires m6- 
 
 connues. 191 pp. 8°. Paris, 1905, No. 266. 
 de Bazelaire de Buppierre (Marie-Gaston) [1875- 
 ]. *De la peur chez les vieillards. 137 pp. 
 
 8°. Nancy, A. Crepin-Leblond, 1901. 
 Bazeiis _ (Auguste-Alphonse-Charles) [1862- ]. 
 
 *Contribution S, I'^tude des accidents causes par 
 
 le sulfate de quinine. 66 pp. 8°. Lille, 1897, 
 
 No. 35. 
 BazSnerie. Traits des maladies des voies uri- 
 
 naires, canal de I'urfethre, prostate, vessie; 
 
 traitement ^lectrique et gu^rison. 102 pp. 8°. 
 
 Paris, Soc. d'M. scientif., 1897. 
 Bazenov (Nikolaj N .) See B azhenoff) . 
 BazeroUe (Alfred-]6douard) [1872- ]. *Levin. 
 
 54 pp., 11. 8°. Pam, 1902, No. 553. 
 Bazerque (J.) *Essai de psycho-pathologie sur 
 
 I'amn^sie hystdrique et epileptique. 57 pp. 
 
 8°. Toulouse, 1900, No. 392. 
 Bazet (Louis). 
 
 See Foreue (Emlle) [in 2. s.]. Antiseptic methods [etc.]. 
 
 16°. San Francisco, [1894]. 
 
 Bazbenoff (N[ikolaI] N[ikolayevich]) [1857- ]. 
 Istoriya Moskovskavo Dollhauza, nlnie Mos- 
 kovskol gorodskoi Preobrazhenskoi bolnitst diva 
 , dushevnobolnlkh; glava iz istorii russkol medi- 
 tsint i kulturno-bltovoi istorii Moskvl. [History 
 of the Moscow Madhouse, now the Moscow Mu- 
 nicipal Hospital of the Transfiguration for the 
 Insane ; chapter from the history of Russian medi- 
 cine and the history of manners of Moscow.] 
 191 _pp., 12 pi., 5 port., pi., 2 maps, 3 plans, 1 
 facBun. letter, 1 diag. 8°. Moskva, 1909, 
 
BAZHENOFF. 
 
 403 
 
 BEAL. 
 
 Bazhenoff (N[ikolai] Npkelayevich]) — cont'd. 
 
 & Osipov (Victor Petrovic). La suggestion 
 
 et ses limites 2 p. 1., 117 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, 
 Blond & Cie., 1911. 
 
 Bazil (Paul). *De8 albuminuries intermittentes. 
 31 pp. 8°. Paris, 1901, No. 276. 
 
 Bazilevlch (M[itrofan] Ye[lisayevich]) [1859- ]. 
 Plasticheskaya rol bielavo kroyyanovo sharika i 
 reaktivnlya nachala v razvitii zlokachestven- 
 nlkh novoobrazovaniy epitelialnavo tipa. [Plas- 
 tic r61e of the leucocyte and reactive principles 
 in the development of malignant tumors of the 
 epithelial type.] 50 pp., 1 1., 1 pi. 8°. Zhito- 
 mir, M. M. Katerberg, 1900. 
 
 . O proiskhozhdenii efememlkh klietoch- 
 
 nlkh vegetatsiy na otdallyonnol periferii epi- 
 derml. [Origin of ephemeral cellular vegeta- 
 tions upon the distant periphery of the epider- 
 mis.] 32 pp. 8°. Zhitomir, M. M. Katerberg, 
 1901. 
 
 Homologi embrionalnavo veshtshestva i 
 
 derivatt ploskavo epiteliya na otdalyonnlkh 
 stadiyakh biologicheskavo tsikla. [Homologues 
 of embryonal material and derivatives of flat 
 epithelium in distant stadia of the biological 
 cycle.] 32 pp. 8°. Zhitomir, M. M. KaUr- 
 herg, 1902. 
 
 Melanoma v ryadu zlokachstvennlkh 
 
 novoobrazovaniy zhelyozistavo tipa. ptfela- 
 noma in the series of malignarit tumors of glan- 
 dular type.] 26 pp. 8°. Zhitomir, M. M. 
 Katerberg, 1902. 
 
 — . vieyerobraznlya i luchistlya osnovl v 
 stoyakh klietochnikh novoobrazovaniy. [Fan- 
 like and radiating principles in the foundations 
 of cellular neoplasms.] 25 pp. 8° Zhitomir, 
 E. I. ShtsherbinsM, 1906. 
 Bazin (Francois). *Traitement de la syphilis 
 du nouveau-n6 par les injections intra-muscu- 
 laires de preparations mercurielles solubles et 
 insolubles. [Paris.] 63 pp. 8°. Saint-Malo. 
 
 1906, No. 88. 
 
 Bazln (Francois) [1886- ]. *Contribution ex- 
 p^rimentale a I'^tude de la tension art^rielle. 3 
 p. 1., 46 pp. 8°- Paris, 1913, No. 345. 
 
 Bazin (L^andre). *:6tude sur les tumours Bolides 
 primitives du m^sentfere. 56 pp. 8° Paris, 
 
 1907, No. 9. 
 
 Bazin (Pierre-Paul-Ren6) [1889- ]. *Etude 
 clinique du syndrome de Brown-S6quard dans 
 les blessures d.e guerre. 68 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 
 1918, No. 15. 
 
 Bazin (Robert). *Contribution k I'^tude de 
 I'histoire de la m6decine k la Benaissance. 50 
 pp. 8°. Paris, 1904, No. 423. 
 
 [Baziner (O.F.)] Narodnlya skazaniya o pro- 
 iskhozhdenii dietei. [Popular stories concerning 
 the origin of children.] 56 pp. 8°. [Varshava, 
 1902.] 
 Bound with: Varshav. univ. izvlest., 1902. 
 
 Bazin's disease. 
 
 See Erytliema nodosum; Psoriasis of mucous 
 membranes. 
 
 Bazire (Pierre Victor). 
 
 See Trousseau (Armand) [in 2. s.]. Lectures on clinical 
 medicine. 8°. PhiladelpMa, 1873. 
 
 Bazot (Ars^ne-ApolUnaire) [1818- ]. 
 
 RocIi£(L.) Notice sur la vie. Bull. Soc. mSd. de I'Yonne 
 1904, Anxerre, 1905, xlv, 109-112. 
 
 Bazy (Louis) [1883- ]. *Etude critique sur 
 les diff^rents proc^d^s d'exploration des fonc- 
 tions r^nales. 163 pp., 1 tab. 8°. Paris, 1910, 
 No. 181. 
 
 Bazy (Louis) — continued. 
 
 . The same. 3 p. 1., 163 pp., 2 1., 1 diag. 
 
 8°. Paris, C. Delagrave, [1910]. 
 Bazy (P[ierre]). Maladies des voies urinaires. 
 
 Th^rapeutique g6n&ale; th^rapeutique sympto- 
 
 matique; m^decine op&atoire. 190 pp., 1 1. 
 
 12° Paris, Masson & Cie., Gauthier-Villars, 
 
 [n. d.]. 
 See, aUo, Foisy (Emile). Le rfitrficissement congenital 
 
 [etc.]. 12°. Paris, 1905. 
 
 Bazzi (Vincenzo). *Cenni storici suUe malattie 
 veneree. 31 pp. 8°. Pavia, Fum & Co., 1847. 
 [P., V. 2226.] 
 
 Bazzicalupo (Guglielmo). Le modeme ricerche 
 di laboratorio per la diagnosi ematologica delle 
 infezioni acute, xv, 455 pp., 1 1., 5 pi. 8°. 
 Napoli, S. Morano, 1912. 
 
 Bdelloidea. 
 
 Dobers (E.) Ueber die Biologic der Bdelloidea. In: 
 Internat. Rev., Leipz., 1915, Biol.-Suppl., 1. s., 1. Hit., 
 128 pp., 8 pi. 
 
 Bdellolarynx. 
 
 Mitter (J. L. ) The life history of Bdellolarynx sangiiino- 
 lentus, Austen. Indian J. M. Research, Calcutta, 1915-16, 
 iii, 538-540. 
 
 Bdellostoma. 
 
 AUls (E. P.) On certain features of the cranial anatomy 
 of Bdellostoma dombeyl. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1903, xxiii, 259; 
 321.— Aycrs (H.) BdeUostoma dombeyi, Lac.; a study from 
 the Hopkins Marine Laboratory. Biol. Lect. Woods Holl 
 1893, Bost., 1894, 125-161.— Gilchrist (J. D. V.) Note on 
 eggs and embryos of the South African Myxinoid, Bdellos- 
 toma (Heptatretus)hcxatrema,Miill. Quarterly J. Micr.Sc, 
 Lond., 1917-18, bdii, 141-159, 4 pi.— Ja«kson (CM.) An 
 investigation of the vascular system of Bdellostoma dom- 
 beyi. J. Cincin. Soc. Nat. Hist., 1901-2, xx, 13-48, 3 pi.— 
 Maas (O.) Ueber ein pankreasartiges Organ bei Bdello- 
 stoma. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1896, xU, 570-573.— Price (G. C.) 
 A further study of the development of the excretory organs 
 in Bdellostoma stouti. Am. J. Anat., Bait., 1904-5, iv, 117- 
 138. — Stockard (C. R.) The development otthe moutn and 
 gills in Bdellostoma stouti. Ibid., 1905-6, v, 481-617. 
 
 Beach {Henry Harris Aubrey) [1844- 
 1910]. 
 
 Obituary. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1910, Ixxviu, 73. 
 
 Beach {Samuel) [1802-53]. 
 
 For Portrait, see Collection of Portr. (Libr.). 
 Beach (Wooster) [1794-1868]. An improved sys- 
 tem of mid-wifery. 272 pp., 45 pi. 4°. New 
 York, J. McAlister, 1847. 
 Beadle (H.) Yellow fever; its nature, causes and 
 cure. 
 
 Cutting from: The Republican, St. Louis, Aug. 26, 1878. 
 
 Beadles {Arthur) [ -1911]. 
 
 Obituary. Brit.M. J., Lond.,1911,ii,646. 4fao.- Lancet, 
 Lond., 1911, ii, 801. 
 
 Beal (A[ugUBte]) [1858- ]. Passe-temps d'un 
 praticien d'Auvergne; causeries sur I'hygifene 
 . . . et autres sujets joyeux. Preface de Jean 
 Ajalbert. xi, 337 pp. 12°. Paris, A. Maloine, 
 1900. 
 
 Beal (James Hartley) [1861- ]. Pharmaceu- 
 tical interrogations. A list of classified ques- 
 tions upon subjects pertaining to pharmacy, 
 accompanied by references to standard authori- 
 ties. For the use of students. 154 pp., inter- 
 leaved. 8°. Columbus, Ohio, Mtschke Broth- 
 ers, 1896. 
 
 ._ Elementary principles of the theory and 
 
 practice of pharmacy. Part IV. Pharmaceu- 
 tical chemicals. 412 pp. 8°. Sew, 0., J. H. 
 Beal, 1911. 
 
 Also, Editor of: Midland (The) Druggist and Pharma- 
 ceutical Review, Columbus, Ohio, 1909-18. 
 
 Beal (Lfon) [1886- ]. *Contribution k I'^tude 
 du mal perforant buccal. 72 pp. 8°. Paris, 
 1912, No. 312. 
 
bMl. 
 
 404 
 
 BEARD. 
 
 B6al (Raymond). _*De8 h^morragies r^tiniennes 
 dans la compression du thorax. 107 pp. 8°. 
 Paris, 1906, No. 254. 
 
 B6al (Victor) [1883- ]. *L'anapliylaxie dans 
 I'asthme. 147 pp. 8°. Paris, 1910, No. 355. 
 
 Beale {Charles Frederick Tiffany) [1857- 
 1901]. 
 
 Benjamin (M.) Charles Frederick Tiffany 
 Beale. 8°. Washington, 1902. 
 
 Beale (Lionel Smith) [1828-1906]. A descriptive 
 list of the microscopical specimens illustrating 
 seven lectures on the structure and growth of 
 tissues, etc., delivered at the Royal College of 
 Physicians. 16 pp., 1 pi. 8°. London, J. 
 Churddll, [1861]. 
 
 . Disease germs; their nature and origin. 
 
 2. ed. XX, 472 pp., 28 pi. 8° London, J. & A. 
 Churchill, 1872. 
 
 On life and on vital action in health and 
 
 disease; being the Lumleian lectures delivered 
 before the Royal College of Physicians. 110 pp. 
 12°. London, J. A. Churchill, 1875. 
 
 How to work with the microscope. 5. ed. 
 
 xvi, 518 pp., 99 pi., 8° London, Harrison, 
 1880. 
 
 Our morality and the moral question, 
 
 chiefly from the medical side. 2. ed. xvi, 244 
 pp. 12°. London, J. & A. Churchill; Philadel- 
 phia, P. Blakiston, Son & Co., 1893. 
 
 On progress at King's College and on na- 
 
 ture of life. 50 pp. 8°. London, Harrison & 
 Sons, 1893. 
 
 For Biograpliy, see Brit. M. J., Lond., 1906, i, 836. Also: 
 Bvll. Acad. roy. de mid. de Belg., Brux., 1906, 4. s., xx, 34&- 
 351 (Rommelaere). Also: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1906, 
 xlvi, 1392. Also: I-ancet, Lond., 1906/1, 1004-1007, port. 
 4teo.- Nature, Lond., 1905-6, bcriil, 540 (K. T. H.). 
 
 Beale (Peyton Todd Bowman) [1864- ]. Aids 
 to physiology. 239 pp. 12°- London, Baillilre, 
 Tindall & Cox, 1903. 
 
 -. The same. 239 pp. 16°. New York, W. 
 Wood & Co., 1906. 
 
 Beall (Elias James) [1835-1914]. 
 
 [Obituary.] J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1914, Ixiii, 1685. 
 
 Beam [William). 
 
 See I^Smaiim (Henry) & Beam (William). • Notes on 
 
 the glycerol [etc.]. 8°. [PMladelpMa, 1901.1 ■ . 
 
 Select methods in food analysis. 8°. Philadelphia, 1905. 
 
 Beamtete (Der) Arzt und arztliche Sachver- 
 standige. Mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der 
 deutschen Reichs- und preussischen Landesge- 
 setzgebung. Hrsg. von O. Rapmund. 2 v. xv, 
 516 pp. ; vi, 536 pp. 8°. Berlin, E. Komfeld, 
 1900-1904. 
 
 Bean (OTiarles E.) [1854-1913]. 
 
 [Obituary.] Tr. Am. LaryngoL Ass., N. Y., 1913, xxxv, 
 307. .4fao.-7i)«S., 1914, xxxvi, 302. 
 
 Bean (Elijah Harry) [1875- ]. Food funda- 
 mentals; a review ol ill-health as caused by- 
 wrong habits of living, and a discussion of food, 
 based on experience from the viewpoint of an 
 osteopathic physician. 3 p. 1., 3-195 pp. 8°. 
 Columbus, 0., Sears & Simpson, 1916. 
 
 . The same. [2. edj 3 p. 1., pp. 5-177. 
 
 12°. [Columbus, 0., E. H. Bean, 1918.]_ 
 
 Bean (George L.) Hand-carved porcelain shell 
 and other crowns. Together with amalgam 
 model technique for crowns and inlays. 17 pp. 
 12°. Berkeley, University of California Press, 
 
 1916. 
 
 University of CaUtornia. College of Dentistry. Exten- 
 sion lectures. No. 4. 
 
 ■Anatomy for the use of 
 i°. London, E. Renshaw, 
 
 Bean (Richard Lewis), 
 artists. 47 pp., 10 pi. 
 1841. 
 
 Bean (Robert Bennett) [1874- ]. The racial 
 anatomy of the Philippine Islanders, introduc- 
 ing new methods of anthropology and showing 
 their application to the Fihpinos with a classi- 
 fication of human ears and a scheme for the 
 heredity of anatomical characters in man. 236 
 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, J. B. Lippincott Co., 
 1910. 
 Reprinted, in part, from the Philippine Journal of Science. 
 
 Bean (Tarleton H.) A catalogue of the fishes of 
 Bermuda, with notes on a collection made in 
 1905 for the Field liluseum'. pp. 21-89. 8°. 
 Chicago, Pub. Field Col. Mus., 1906, No. 108. 
 
 Beahes (William) [1749-1828]. 
 
 Magruder (C. C), jr. [Biography.] Bull. Med. & Chir. 
 Fac. Maryland, Bait., 1914-16, vii. 67-69. 
 
 Beans. 
 
 See, also, LeguminosBe; Phaseolus. 
 
 R-AMM. Bohnenhiilsenthee. Itlittheilimgen 
 ■fiir Aerzteund Kranke. 8°. Preetz, 1898. 
 
 ArTagon (C.) Ueber den BlausSluregehalt der indischea= 
 Eundbohnen. Ztschr. f. tJntersuch. a. Nahrungs- u. Ge- 
 nussmittel, Berl., 1906, xii, 530-532.— Balland, Sur la com- 
 
 gosition et la valeur alimentaire des haricots indigtoes. 
 ompt. rend. Acad. d. so., Par., 1898, cxxvii, 53^534.— 
 Barium. Hydratation des haricots, leur nocivlt^; modiflca^ 
 tion morphologique des vari^tfe exotiques; substitution 
 trauduleuse. J. de pharm. et chim., Par., 1909, 6. s., xxix, 
 422-428.— Bomquelot (E.) Eemarques ^ propos des f6ves 
 de Pythagore. Compt. rend. Soc. de blol.. Par., 1904, M, 
 861.— Brin (H. C.) The salicylic acid reaction of beans. 
 Philippine J. Sc., Manila, 1916, [A], xi, 81-89.— Butts (W.) 
 Preparing beans, pease, etc., for food. [Pat. spec] No. 
 226712; April 20, 1880.- Campana (E.) Eczema, stomas 
 tite, enterite per I'uso di fave fresche. Clin, dermosifllopat. 
 d. r. Univ. di Roma, 1917, xxxv, 47-54.— Coupin (H.) Sin- 
 la localisation des pigments dans le tegument des graines de 
 haricots. Compt. rend. Acad: d. so.^ Par., 1911, cliii, 1489- 
 1492.— Landmann (G.) Ueber die Ursache der Darm- 
 stadter Bohnenvergiftung. Hyg. Rundschau, Berl., 1904, 
 xiv, 449-452.— McCoUum (E. V.) & Pltz (W.) The dietary 
 deiioiencles of the white bean, etc. J. Biol. Chem., N. Y., 
 
 1917, xxix, 521-636, 1 pi. Also, Reprint.— MacMfflan (H. 
 G.) Sunscald of beans. J. Agric. .Research, Wash^ 1918, 
 xiii, 647-650, 4 pi.— Mateer (J. G.) & Marshall (E. K.) 
 The urease content of certain beans, with special reference to 
 the jack bean. J. Biol. Chem., N. Y., 1916, xxv, 299-305. 
 A Iso, Reprint.— Montauo (6.) Del favismo o intossicazione 
 fabacea. Atti d. xi. Cong. med. Internaz., Roma, 1894^i, 
 med. int., 301-304.— Osborne (T. B.) & Heyl (F. W.) Hy- 
 drolysis of vetch legumin. Am. J. Physiol., Bost., 1908, 
 xxii, 423-432.— Tatlock (R. E.) & Thomson (R. T.) On 
 the presence and detection of cyanogen in Java, Burma and 
 haricot beans. Analyst, Lond., 1906, xxxi, 249-254. 
 
 Beard. 
 
 Babthixts (G.) *De barba. 16°. Jenie, 1672. 
 
 Bloch (A.) De la barbe an point de vue anthropologique. 
 Bull, et m6m. Soc. d'anthrop. de Par., 1915j 6. s., vi, 305-319. 
 Dutton (A. S.) Beards in warfare. Med. Press & Cire., 
 Lond., 1915, n. s., o, 520.— WaUnitz (H.) Hygienisohe 
 Nachteile der Stoff-Bartbinde. Aerztl. Rundschau, Miln- 
 chen, 1907, xvii, 411. 
 
 Beard {Diseases of). 
 
 See, also. Hair {Diseases of); Sycosis; Tinea 
 barbx. 
 
 Adamson (H. G.) Skin affections of the beard region 
 due to micro-organisms, and their treatment. Hospital, 
 Lond., 1910-11, joix, 553-556.— Arneth. Notiz zur Behand- 
 lung der Sykosis barbse parasitaria. Milncheii. med. Wchn- 
 schr., 1918, Ixv, 794.— Arnlng (E.) Die Behandlung der 
 Triohophytia barbae mittels KarbolsaureStzungen. Deut- 
 sche med. Wchnsehr., Berl. & Leipz., 1918, xliv, 681r683.— 
 Bruck. Ueber die Behandlung tiefer Bartflechten mit 
 Trichon. Munchen. med. Wchnsehr., 1918, Ixv, 347.— 
 Chajes (B.) Bartfiechtentherapie mittels Sterilin. Med. 
 Klin., Berl., 1918, xiv, 546.— Engman (M. F.) & McGarry 
 (R. A.) Two cases of trichophytosis barbae cured by the 
 use of Strickler's ringworm vaccine. J. Am. M. Ass., Chi- 
 cago, 1917, Ixviu, 543.— Lehmanu (W.) Zur Fraee der 
 Bartflechte. Deutsche med. Wchnsehr., Berl. & lleipz., 
 
 1918, xliv, 468.— MacKee & Wise. Tinea barbse with kenon. 
 
BEAED. 
 
 405 
 
 BEATTY. 
 
 Beard {Diseases of). 
 
 J. Cutan. Dis. incl. Syph., N. Y., 1915, xxxlii, 41.— Melrow- 
 sky. Vorschlage zur Bekampfung der Bartflechtenepide- 
 mie. Munchen. med. Wchnsonr., 1918; Ixv, 511.— MSret (H.) 
 FolUculito suppurfe de la tarbe guSne par la radiotherapie, 
 aprte deux r&xdives. Bull, et mim. Soc. radlol. mSd. de 
 Par., 1910, u, 14-19. Also: Normandie mM., Rouen, 1910, 
 xxvi, 64-66.— Meyer (F. M.) Die Strahlenbehandlung der 
 Trichophytieen des Bartes. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 
 1918, Ixv, 692.— Stelnhelmer. Bekampfung der Bartflech- 
 tenepidemle. Ibid., 860.— Sutton (R. L.) A case ol tinea 
 barbae clinically suggestive o£ actinomycosis. J. Kansas M. 
 Soc, Topeka, 1916, xvl, 291-294.— Vignolo-Lutatl (C.) 
 Tricnostasis nodosa atrophicans barbse. Gior. ital. d. mal. 
 ven., MUano, 1916, 11, 272-281, 1 pi. 
 
 Beard (Charles Heady) [1855-1916]. Ophthalmic 
 surgery; a treatise on surgical operations per- 
 taining to the eye and its appendages, with chap- 
 ters on paraoperative technic and management 
 of instruments, ix, 674 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, 
 P. Blakiston'sSon ds Co., 1910. 
 
 . The same. 2. ed. xi, 745 pp. 8°. Phila- 
 delphia, P. Blakiston'sSon & Co., [1914]. 
 
 . Ophthalmic semiology and diagnosis. 
 
 xi, 400 pp., 13 col. pi. 8°. Philadelphia, P. 
 Blakiston'sSon & Co., 1913. 
 
 For Biography, see Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Phila., 1916, xiv, 
 432-435, port. 
 
 Beard (George MiUer') [1839-83]. [Miscellaneous 
 papers.] 8^ [v. p.], 1872-81. 
 
 . A practical treatise on nervous exhaus- 
 tion (neurasthenia), its symptoms," nature, se- 
 quences, treatment. • Ed., with notes and addi- 
 tions, by A. D. Rockwell. 5. ed. 288 pp. 8°. 
 New Yorh, E. B. Treat & Co., 1905. 
 
 . Sexual neurasthenia (nervous exhaus- 
 tion); its hygiene, causes, symptoms and treat- 
 ment, with a chapter on diet for the nervous. 
 Ed., with notes and additions, by A. D. Rock- 
 well. 6. ed. 316 pp. 8°- New York, E. B. 
 Treat & Co., 1905. 
 
 & Rockwell (A. D. ) A practical treatise on 
 
 the medical and surgical uses of electricity. 
 2. ed., revised, enlarged, and mostly rewritten, 
 xxviii, 794 pp. 8°. New Yarlc, W. Wood & Co., 
 1875. 
 
 The same. 3. ed., revised by A. D. 
 
 Rockwell. XXX, 758 pp. 8°. New Yorh, W. 
 Wood & Co., 1881. 
 
 Beard (John) [1858- ]. The span of gestation 
 and the cause of birth. A study of the critical 
 period and its effects in mammalia, ix, 132 pp. 
 8°. Jerw, G. Fischtr, 1897. 
 
 . _ The enzyme treatment of cancer and its 
 
 scientific basis; being collected papers dealing 
 with the origin, nature, and scientific treatment 
 of the natural phenomenon known as malignant 
 disease, xix, 290 pp., 8 pi. 8°. London, Chatto 
 & Windm, 1911. 
 
 B€ard (Joseph) [1873- ]. *De la reaction de 
 I'aponevTose plantaire. 72 pp. 8°. Paris, 1900, 
 No. 417. 
 
 Beardsley (Amos) [ -1901]. 
 
 [Blograpby.] Med.-Chir. Tr., Lond., 1901, Ixxxiv, p. 
 cxxvii. 
 
 Beardsley (Edward John Gillespie) [1879- ]. 
 See Hare (Hobart Amory) & Beardsley (Edward John 
 GUIespie). The medical complications, accidents [etc.]. 
 8°. Philadelpliia & New York, 1909. 
 
 Bears. 
 
 Seiteit (E.) Bin Tall von aiisteckender Zehen- und 
 Zungenerkrankuug bei Baren. Deutsche tierarztl. Wchn- 
 schr., Hannov., 1912, xx, 226-228.— Shepherd (F. J.) Short 
 notes on the myology of the American black bear (Ursus 
 amerioanus). J. Anat. & Physiol., Lond., 1883-4, xvili, 103- 
 117. Also, Reprint. 
 
 Beasley (Henry). The book of prescriptions; 
 
 2,900 prescriptions collected from the practice 
 
 of the most eminent physicians and surgeons, 
 
 English and foreign, [etc.]. xvi, 543 pp. 12°. 
 
 London, J. Churchill, 1854. 
 . The same. Rewritten by E. W. Lucas. 
 
 With an introduction by Arthur Latham. 8. ed. 
 
 ix (3 1.), 366 pp. 12°. London, J. & A. Churchill, 
 
 1905. 
 . The same. 9. ed. xi (2 1.), 366 pp. 12°. 
 
 London, J. & A. Churchill, 1907. 
 
 The druggist's general receipt-book; com- 
 
 prising a copious veterinary formulary,[etc.]. 
 6. ed. viii, 500 pp. 16°. London, J. Churchill 
 & Sons, 1866. 
 
 . The pharmaceutical formulary. A synop- 
 
 sis of the British, French, German, and United 
 States pharmacopoeias, and of the chief unofficial 
 formularies, being the twelfth edition of Beas- 
 ley's pocket formulary. Edited by J. Oldham 
 Braithwaite. vi (1 1.), 464 pp. 16° London, 
 J. & A. Churchill, 1899. 
 
 See, also. Book (The) of receipts [etc]. 12°. Philadelphia, 
 1907. 
 
 Beasse (Lucien) [1876- ]. *Contribution k 
 I'etude des malformations g^nitales chez la 
 femme et particuliferement de I'ut^ms et du 
 vagin doubles. 71 pp. 8° Paris, 1903, No. 61. 
 
 Beath {John Henry) [1835-1904]. 
 
 Obituary. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1904, n. s., Ixxviii, 
 322. 
 
 Beatley {William Crump) [1856-1917]. 
 
 Obituary. Univ. Durham Coll. Med. Gaz., Newcastle, 
 1916-17, xvii, 61. 
 
 Beatson (Sir George Thomas) [1848- ]. Modern 
 wound treatment and the conduct of an opera- 
 tion, iv (1 1.), 106 pp. 8° Edinburgh, E. & 
 S. Livingstone, 1913. 
 
 Beatson (William Burns) [1825-1911]. 
 
 Obituary. Lancet, Lond., 1911, i, 1317. 
 Beattie (James Martin) [1868- ]. Bacteriology; 
 a review and an outlook. 30 pp. 8°. Liverpool, 
 University Press of Liverpool, 1913. 
 
 Also, C<hEditor of: System, olsuigeiy. roy. 8°. London, 
 1912. 
 
 & Dickson (W. E. Carnegie). A text-book 
 
 of general pathology for the use of students and 
 practitioners, xvi, 475 pp., 4 pi., 4 1. 8°. 
 London, Rebman, 1908. 
 
 . A text-book of special pathology 
 
 lor the use of students and practitioners, xix, 
 599 pp., 2 pi. 8° London, Rebman, 1909. 
 
 . The same, xix, 599 pp., 2 pL 8°. 
 
 Philadelphia, P. Blakiston's Son & Co., 1909 
 Beattie (WiMiam Johnston) [1865-1913]. 
 
 [Obituary.] N. York M. J. [etc.], 1913. xcviii, 680. AUo: 
 Tr. N. Hampshire M. Soc, Manchester, 1914, cxxiii, 238- 
 240, port. 
 
 Beatty {Hamilton KeUy) [1848-1913]. 
 
 [Obituary.] J. Am. M. Ass,, Chicago, 1913, M, 1732. 
 
 Beatty (James). The method of enzyme action. 
 Introduction by E. H. Starling, ix (11.), 143 pp. 
 8°. London, J. & A. Churchill, 1917. 
 
 Beatty (James Martin) [1868- ]. Post-mor- 
 tem methods, viii (11.), 231 pp., 8 pi. 8°. 
 Cambridge, Univ. Press, 1915. 
 
 Beatty {John) [1749-1826]. 
 
 Packard (F. R.) [Biography.] Univ. Penn. M. Bull., 
 Phila., 1902-3, xv, 67. 
 
 Beatty {Thomas Carlile) [1814-97]. 
 
 Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1897, 1, 946. 
 
BEATTY. 
 
 406 
 
 BEAULIEUX. 
 
 Beattjr (ThomaB Edward) [1801-72]. Observa- 
 tions addressed to the council of the Koyal Col- 
 lege of Surgeons in Ireland, on Friday, July 15, 
 1859, in support of a motion for a committee to 
 confer with Trinity College relative to the 
 license in surgery given by that institution. 19 
 pp. 8°. Dublin, R. Eendrick, 1859. 
 
 Beatus (Adolf)_ [1885- ;). Ein Beitrag zur 
 Frage der Beziehungen zwischen asphyktischer 
 und schwerer Geburt und nachhaltigen psychi- 
 schen und nervosen Storungen. 37 pp. 8°. 
 Breslau, Schenhalowsky Nachf., 1913. 
 
 Beau (Maurice) [1879- 3...*Du r61e de la rate 
 danslesintoxications exp6rimentales. Influence 
 de la spl6nectomie sur revolution des intoxica- 
 tions par lea alcoloides et les sels min^raux chez 
 le cobaye. 67 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1901, No. 25. 
 
 See, a&o, Michel (C.H.) & Perret (M.) La ration [etc.]. 
 8°. Pora,1907. 
 
 Beau (P[ierre]-F.) *Contribution ^ I'^tude de la 
 pression art6rielle chez la femme 5, la fin de la 
 grossesse, pendant I'accouchement et les suites 
 de couches. 8°. Genive, Taponnier & Soldini, 
 1906. 
 
 Beaucamp (Constant) [1888- ]. *Ueber einige 
 mit Opium-Brom behandelte Fiille von EpUepsie 
 nach der Flechsig'schen Methode (Ziehen'sche 
 Modifikation). 1 p. 1., 63 pp., 11., 1 tab. Bonn, 
 H. Ludvng, 1913. 
 
 Beaucamp (Eugfene) [1859- ]. Die Pflege der 
 WochnerinnenundNeugeborenen. 3. Aufl. vii, 
 116 pp. 24°. Bonn, P. Hauptmann, [18QS]. 
 
 . The same. 4. Aufl. viii, 116 pp. 12°. 
 
 Bonn, [1902]. 
 
 The same. 5. Aufl. xii, 119 pp. 12°. 
 
 Bonn, P. Eauptmann, [1907]. 
 
 The same. Verpleging van moeder en 
 
 kind. 4. ed. xi, 116 pp. 12°. Leiden, A. H. 
 Adriani, [1902]. 
 
 -. Ratgeber fur junge Frauen und Mutter. 
 
 xi, 149 pp. 8°. Berlin, H. T. Roffmann, 1900. 
 Beauchamp {John Mfred) [1835-1910]. 
 
 Douglas (A. E.) Obituary. Proc. Am. Med.-Psychol. 
 Ass., Bait., 1910, xvii, 497-499. 
 
 de Beauchamp (P.) Morphologie et variations 
 de I'appareil rotateur dans la serie des rotifferes. 
 29 pp. 8°. Paris, Schleicher frires, 1907. 
 
 Forms No. 1 of: Arcli. de zooi. exp^r. et g&n. Hist. nat. 
 [etc.]. Par., 1907, 4. s., vi. 
 
 Beaucbef (Gaston). *pe la drrhose alcoolique 
 hypertrophique anascitique. 81 pp., 11. 8°. 
 Paris, 1904, No. 472. 
 
 Beaucbef (Pierre) [1876- ]. *Le massage en 
 
 . therapeutique cutan^e ; son action phyaiologique ; 
 ses indications et son emploi. 94 pp 8°. Paris, 
 1902, No. 541. 
 
 Beaucber (Fran?ois-Etienne-Jean) [1852- ]. 
 *Epuration biologique intensive des eaux re- 
 siduaires; ^tude et applications du proc^dS dit 
 "septic tank" avec fosse septique automatique 
 et fits bact6riens. [Bordeaux.] 65 pp. 8°. 
 Paris, 1897, No. 30. 
 Ecole de pliarmacie. 
 
 Beauchesne (Pierre-.T.-M.) *Relations entre les 
 lesions de I'aorte et les troubles de la pupille. 
 52 pp., 11. 8°. Pom, 1902, No. 103. 
 Beauclair-Lafaye (Charles-Marie-Joseph) [1874- 
 i). *Recherche de la fraude dans la gemme 
 et I'essence de ter6benthine. 40 pp. 8°- Bor- 
 demix, 1914, No. 51. 
 Ecole de pbarmacie. 
 
 Beaud^ant (Alfred). *Contribution a, I'^tude du 
 traitement de la m^lancolie par I'opium dans la 
 clinique des maladies mentales de Toulouse. 80 
 pp. 8°. Toulouse, 1007, 'Mo. 716. 
 
 Beaudet (Paul). *Le chol6p6ritoine hydatique. 
 105 pp. 8°. Paris, 1906, No. 415. 
 
 Beaudot (L^on) [1878- ]. *Henri Cliet, ac- 
 coucheur lyonnais (1789-1850). 59 pp., 2 1. 
 8°. Lyon, 1905, No. 167. 
 
 Beaudouin (Charles-Marie) [1872- ]. *Con- 
 tribution &, I'ltude de la varicelle gangrfoeuse. 
 44 pp. 8°. Pans, 1897, No. 3. 
 
 Beauduin (Pierre). *Etude sur les kystes hyda- 
 tiques du cerveau chez les enfants. 200 pp. 8°. 
 Paris, 1907, No. 309. 
 
 Beaufils (Georges). *Action des peintures mu- 
 rales sur les microbes. 60 pp. 8 . Paris, 1905, 
 No. 286. 
 
 Beaufort (Ernest) [1868- ]. *Contribufion h 
 retude de Tembolie dans les cardiopathies in- 
 fantiles acquises. 131 pp. 4° Paris, 1896, No. 
 216. 
 
 Beaufort (G.-Ludovic) [1886- ]. *Du tem- 
 perament criminel. 93 pp. 8° Lyon, 1908, 
 No. 49. 
 
 Beaufour (Henri). *Sur les iodhydrines d^ri- 
 v6es de I'ether cinnamyl-m6thyiique (etude 
 chimique) et sur rw-methoxy-methyl-ephedrine 
 (etude, pharmacodynamique). [Paris.] 50 pp. 
 8°., Evreux, 1913, No. 5? 
 Ecole de pharmacie, 
 
 Beaufumg (Octave) [1876- ]. *L'hydrothorax 
 unilateral des cardiaques, des brigbtiques et 
 des arterio-sciereux. 79 pp. 8°. Paris, 1907, 
 No. 258. 
 
 . The same. 78 pp., I'l. 8° Paris, G. 
 
 Steinheil, 1907. 
 
 Beaugeard (Achille-Marie-Philibert) [1874- ]. 
 *De8 difficultes de diagnostic dans les attentats h. 
 la pudeur chez les petites iiUes. 112 pp. 8° 
 Prans,'1902, No. 161. 
 
 Beaugrand (Jean-Francis-Octave-Rene) [1875- 
 ]. *Des paralysies traumatiques des mus- 
 cles de rceU. (d'origine orbitaire). 89 pp. 8° 
 Lille, H. Morel, 1899, No. 142. 
 
 Beaujard (Eugene). *La radiotherapie_ dans les 
 leucemies. Etude clinique et experimentale. 
 [Paris.] 110 pp. 8°. Suresnes, 1905, No. 533. 
 
 Beaujeu (imAe) [1882- ]. *Indica,tiona et 
 contre-indications de I'operation de la cataracte 
 choroJdienne. 116pp. 8°. Pam, 1908, No. 345. 
 
 Beaujeu (Paul) [1874- 1. *De_la dissocia- 
 tion du reflexe rotulien et de la trepidation plan- 
 taire dans la fifevre typhoide. 76 pp. 8°. Lyon, 
 1899, No. 76. 
 
 Beaulavon (Andre-Marie-Pa-ul) [1868-1901]. *Con- 
 tribution a 1' etude du traitement de la tuber- 
 culose pvilmonaire dans les sanatoria. 146 pp. 
 4°. Pons, 1896, No. 353. 
 
 . La phtisie; hygifene; cure; guerison. xi, 
 
 332 pp. 12° Paris, Montgredien & Cie., [1897?]. 
 Fat Biography, see I-utte aritituberc., Par., 1901, ii, 91- 
 96 (A.-F. Plique). Also; Rev. mii. de Normandie, Rouen, 
 1901, 311-313, port. (C. Nicolle). 
 
 de Beaulieu (Eustorg). 
 
 Hanltt (Hfiltoe J.) Pofeies mMicales d'Bustorg de 
 Beaulieu. Bull. Soc. Irang. d'hist. de la m^d.. Par., 1913, xii, 
 247-250. 
 
 de Beaulieu (Jacques). See Jacques [Frire]. 
 
 Beaulieux (Charles). Catalogue de la reserve 
 au xvi= sifecle (1501-40) de la bibliothfeque de 
 rUniversite de Paris; avec 19 reproductions de 
 marques typographiques. 2 p. 1., 322 pp., 1 1., 
 8 pi. 8°- Paris, H. Champion, 1910. 
 
BEAULOCE. 
 
 40Y 
 
 BEAUX. 
 
 Beauloce (Alexandre). *Aliineiitation dans la 
 fife-vie typhoide. 128 pp. 8°. Toulouse, 1901, 
 No. 427. 
 
 Beaumelle (Maurice) [1883- ]. *L'hyst&ec- 
 tomie abddtoinale totale et subtotale dans le 
 traitement dea Balpingo-ovarites. 129 pp. 8°. 
 Montpellier, 19lO, No. 66. 
 
 Beaumelou (Jean) [1886- ]. *Contribution k 
 r^tude climque et tli6rapeutique du syndrome 
 anorexie mentale. 45 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 
 1914, No. 49. 
 
 Beaumont (Emll) [1886- ]. *Die Methoden 
 der Darmanastomosen. 34 pp. 8°- Berlin, 
 E. Ebering, 1912. 
 
 Beaumont (Eugfene-Auguste) [1879- ]. *De 
 rocclnsion intestinale dans les Eventrations post- 
 op#ratoires.» 68 pp., 11. 8°. it/on, 1904, No. 73. 
 
 Beaumont (WiUiam) [1785-1853]. 
 
 Myer (J. S.) Life and letters of WiUiam 
 Beaumont, including hitherto unpublished data^ 
 concerning the case of Alexis St. Martin; with 
 an introduction by Sir Wm. Osier. 8°. St. 
 Louis, 1912. 
 
 Bailey (J. B.) Beaumont; army surgeon. Physician & 
 Surg., Detroit & Ami Arbor, 1900, xxii, 672-583, port.— 
 Beaumont (The) memorial at Fort Mackinac. J. Ass. 
 Mill. Surg. U. S., Carlisle, Pa., 1901-2 x, 649-651.— Benoit 
 (E. P.) [Biography.] Union mM. du Canada, Montr&l, 
 1904, xxxiii, 707-713.— Corbus (B. E.) William Beaumont 
 and his work in the light of modern research, J. Mich. M. 
 Soc, Detroit, 1909, viii, 406-412.— Dempster (J. H.) Physi- 
 ology of digestion; WUUam Beaumont. Detroit M. J., 1913, 
 xiii, 202-213.— Goltra (J. N.) WiUiam Beaumont as a 
 scientist. Physician & Suig^ Detroit & Ann Arbor, 1902, 
 xxiv, 529-542.— Lutz (F.J.) Beaumont; practitioner. lUd., 
 1900, xxii, 683-587. Also, Reprint.— Monalian (R.) Beau- 
 mont and Alexis St. Martin. Montreal M. J., 1910, xxxix, 
 539-544.— Myer (J. S.) The lite and letters of William 
 Beaumont. Weekly Bull. St. I^ouis M. Soc^lQll, v, 176. 
 
 . William Beaumont. Bull. Soc. Med. Hist. Chicago, 
 
 1913,1150-170.— Osborn(C.S.) Beaumont, citizen. Physi- 
 cian & Surg., Detroit & Ann Arbor, 1900, xxii, 688-691.— 
 Osier (WO William Beaumont; a pioneer American phys- 
 iologist. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1902, xxxix, 1223-1231. 
 Aho: Physician & Surg., Detroit & Ann Arbor, 1902, xxiv, 
 566-574. Also, Reprint.— Vaughan (V. C.) William 
 Beaumont and his work. Physician & Surg., Detroit & Ann 
 Arbor, 1902, xxiv, 643-554. 
 
 Beaumont (William Mardon). Injuries of the 
 eyes of the employed and the workmen's com- 
 pensations act; problems in prognosis, viii, 160 
 pp. 12°. London, H. K. Lewis, 1907. 
 
 See, also, Jones (Arthur Bassett). Malingering retc.l. 
 8°. London, 1917. s l i 
 
 Beaunis (HenriStienne) [1830- ]. 
 
 Co-EittoT of: Annee (L') psychologique, Paris, 1894-1911. 
 
 For Biography, see Gaz. m^d. du qentre. Tours, 1906. 
 
 xi, 65-67. ' 
 
 Beauperttauy (Georges). *Rapports de la syphi- 
 lis avec certaines dermatoses coexistantes. 61 
 pp. 8° Paris, 1902, No. 515. 
 
 Beauperthuy {Louis Daniel) [1808- 
 1871]. 
 
 Agramonte (A.) An account of Dr. Louis Daniel Beau- 
 perthuy, a pioneer in yellow-fever research. Boston M & 
 S. J., 1908, clviii, 927-930.— Ross (R.) & BaUour (A ) 
 Louis Daniel Beauperthuy and mosqulto-bome diseases. 
 Lancet, Lond., 1916, i, 613; 676; 725. 
 
 Beauprez (Louis) [1872- ]. *Contribution k 
 r^tude de la foUiclis. 86 pp., 1 1., 1 pi 8° 
 Pari^, 1898, No. 595. 
 
 . The same. 86 pp., 1 pi. 8° Paris, G. 
 
 Steinheil, 1898. 
 
 Beauquey (L6on). *De la vaccination chez les 
 nouveau-n6s. 60 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, 1905, No. 
 167. 
 
 Beaurain (Maurice-Isidore-Eug&ne) [1882- ]. 
 *Consid6rations anatomo-climques sur 1' occlu- 
 sion aigue du duodenum par I'artfere m&ent6- 
 rique sup^rieure. 138 pp. 8°. Paris, 1908, 
 No. 109. 
 
 de Beaureale (Alphonse-Jean). *Contribution a 
 I'etude du kraurosis vulvae post=optotoire. 64 
 pp., 2 pi. 8°. Pam, 1909, No. 255. 
 
 Beauregard (Henri) [1852-1900]. Matifere m^di- 
 cale zoologique. Histoire des drogues d'origine 
 ammale. RevisE yar Couti&re, avec preface de 
 d'ArsonvaL 1 p.l., xxxi, 396pp.,4pl. 8°. Pa- 
 ris, C. Navd, 1901. 
 
 For JBiograpiy, see J. de I'anat. et physiol. [etc.], Par , 
 1900, xxxvi, 139-142 (A. Pettit). 
 
 Beaurepaire (Camille-Paul-JuUen) [1887- ]. 
 *De la pleureaie syphilitique dite essentielle. 
 124 pp. 8°. Lille, 1912, No. 9. 
 
 Beaussart (Pierre). *Le s^rodiagnostic de la 
 syphilis, "r&ction de Wassermann," son applica- 
 tion k la neurologie et k la psychiatrie. 185 pp. 
 8°. Paris, 1909, No. 439. 
 
 Beausse (Henri) [1861- ]. *Du traitement des 
 moignons douloureux par la n6vrectomie k dis- 
 tance. 74 pp. 4°. Paris, 1896, No. 296. 
 
 Beaussenat^ (Paul-Marie-Jacques) [1878- ]. 
 *Contribution k I'etude des mastoidites k Evo- 
 lution insidieuse (mastoidites latentes). 66 pp. 
 8°. Bordeaux, 1901, No. 4. 
 
 Beaussenat (R6mi) [1867- ]. *Appendicites 
 exp^rimentales. Pathog^nie de I'appendicite. 
 67 pp. 8°. Paris, 1897, No. 305. 
 
 Beauty. 
 
 Herb (F.) Beauty and motherhood. 8° 
 Chicago, 1915. 
 
 Roux (J.) Le sentiment de la beautE; Etude 
 de psychologie. 8°. Pam, 1908. 
 
 Dunlap(K.) The significance of beauty. Psychol. Eev., 
 Princeton, N. J., & Lancaster, Pa., 191S, xxv, 191-213. 
 
 de Beauvais (AchiUe-Gustavc) [1821- 
 1901]. 
 
 Necrologle. Tribune m^d., Par., 1901, 2. s., xxxiii, 79. 
 
 Beauverger (Auguste) [1874- ]. *:^tude des 
 kystes dEveloppEs aux dEpens des glandes para- 
 urEthrales chess la femme. 48 pp. 8° Paris, 
 1902, No. 121. 
 
 Beaurieux (Martial-J&Emie-Charles-Jean) [1884- 
 1. *'rraitement du glaucome chronique 
 (sclerecto-iridectomie et sclEreotomie simple). 
 243 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1910, No. 23. 
 
 . The same. 243 pp. 8°. Pom, G. Stein- 
 heil, 1910. 
 
 Beauvlllard (Henri-AlbEric) [1865- J. *Etude 
 sur le salicylate de mEthyle (applications th6ra- 
 peutiques); ses avantages sur les liniments sali- 
 cylEs. 54 pp., IL 8°- Paris, 1898, No. 610. 
 
 . The same. 54 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, G. 
 
 StAnheil,_ 1898. 
 
 de Beauvisage {Marquise). Le massage cosmE- 
 tique, ou art de conserver la beautE. 29 pp. 12°. 
 Paris, Vigotfrh-es, 1907. 
 
 Beauvois (A.) *Un praticien aUemand au xviii^ 
 sifecle. Jean-Henri Cohausen (1665-1750). 15G 
 pp.,lL 8°. Pam, 1900, No. 289. 
 
 . The same. 150 pp., 1 1. 8° Paris, A. 
 
 Maloine, 1900. 
 
 de BeauTois (Ambroise-Marie-Francois-Joseph- 
 Palisot). See de FaUsot de Beauvois {in 1. s.]. 
 
 Beauvy (Armand) [1875- ]. *Recherche8 cli- 
 niques sur I'acEtonurie en dehors du diabfete et 
 delapuerp&alitE. 55 pp. 8° Pam, 1904, No. 
 441. 
 
 . The same. 56 pp. 8°. Paris, J.-B. Bail- 
 
 lihe & fils, 1904. 
 
 . Les empoisonnements alimentaires. pp. 
 
 405-424. 8°. Paris, 1911. 
 Cutting from: Kev. de Par., 1911, xviii. 
 
 Beaux, d-devant _ de Maguielles. Petition k 
 I'AssemblEe nationale sur un grand moyen de 
 guErir et de conserver les honunes, soutenue 
 
BEAUX. 
 
 408 
 
 BECHER. 
 
 Beaux, d-devant de Maguielles — continued, 
 d'un nombre- considerable d'adh^aions de plu- 
 sieurs contr^es de la France et des pays stran- 
 gers. 1 p. 1., 70 pp., 1 1. 12°. Paris, J.-M. Gar- 
 rigan, 1791. 
 
 Beaver (John B.) & Ashhurst (Astley Paston Coo- 
 per). Surgery of the upper abdomen. In two 
 volumes, v. 1. xii, 468 pp. 8°- Philadelphia, 
 P. Blakiston'sSon & Co., 1909. 
 
 van Bebber (Hans Otto_ Jakob) [1883- ]. *Die 
 Feuchtigkeitsverhaltnisse von Putbus a. Riigen 
 (1854-1903). Ein Beitrag zur Klimatologie der 
 deutschen Ostseelander. 72 pp., 23 1., 1 map, 
 5 ch. 8°. Greifswald, J. Abel, 1909. 
 
 van Bebber (Robert) [1875- ]. *Ueber Total- 
 resection langer Kohrenknocnen bei acuter 
 eitriger Osteomyelitis. 23 pp., 2 1. 8° Grdfs- 
 wald, J. Abel, 1902. 
 
 Bebeerin. 
 
 Hildebrandt (H.) Ueber Bebeerin. Arch. f. exper. 
 Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipi., 1907, Ivii, 279-284. 
 
 Bebert (Kurt) [1877- ]. *Ueber die soge- 
 nannte Bennett'sche Fraktur des ersten Meta- 
 karpalknochens. 34 pp., 1 pi., 11. 8° Leipzig, 
 B. Georgi, 1906. 
 
 Bebian (Roch.-Ambr.-Auguste) [1790-1839]. 
 
 See de L'fipee (Charles-Michel). L'art d'enseigner k par- 
 ler aux sourds-muets [etc.). 8°. Paris, 1820. 
 
 Bebidas, Danos [et al.]. La higiene y la econo- 
 
 mia en la vida prdctica. Guia del ama de casa. 
 
 382 pp. 24°. Madrid, S. Calleja, [1906]. 
 Bee (Fortund) [1878- ]. *De la mortality des 
 
 enfants du premier &ge dans le dSpartement de 
 
 Vaucluse. vii, 9-56 pp., 1 diag. 8°. Mont- 
 
 pellier, 1901, No. 22. ' 
 Bee (Franjois) [1873- ]. *De la fistule gastro- 
 
 coUque. 106 pp., 11. 8° ij/on, 1897, JSIo. 126. 
 Bee (Louis). ^Contribution h I'Stude du traite- 
 
 ment des ankyloses de la hanche par la mSthode 
 
 de I'interposition musculaixe. 104 pp., 1 pi. 8°. 
 
 Paris, 1909, No. 188. , 
 Becamel (Gaston). *Etude de quelques dSrivfe 
 
 halogfeSs mercuriques du pyraniidon. 51 pp. 
 
 8°. Montpellier, 1906, No. 48. 
 Beccari (Ludovico). Ricerche sulla alcalinitS, del 
 
 sangue. 14 pp. 8°. Bologna, Azzoguidi, 1905. 
 . Azione dell' acido colico sul cuore. 23 
 
 pp. 8°. Bologna, Azzoguidi, 1905. 
 Beccaria Bonesana (Cesare). An essay on crimes 
 
 and punishments. Transl. from the Italian; 
 
 with a commentary attributed to M. de Voltaire, 
 
 transl. from the French, ix, 11-191 pp. 12°. 
 
 Edinburgh, Bell & BradfuU, 1807. 
 
 . See, also: 
 
 Taralli (A.) I postulati della modema criminolcgia in 
 
 Cesare Beccana. Atti d. Soo. med. leg. in Roma, 1911, iv, 
 
 93-111. 
 Becchi (Alessandro). Tesi. [Chilificazione. Degli 
 
 eccitanti specifici. Sui tumori infiammatorj.] 
 
 21. 4°. Genova,181S. [P., v. 2150.] 
 . Tesi chirurgicse. [DelP iscuria. Del sar- 
 
 cocele. I diametn della pelvi, ed in particolare 
 
 dello stretto superiore devono esser proporzionati 
 
 a quel del capo del feto.] 2L 4°. Crenow, 1818. 
 
 [P., V. 2150.] . ^. 
 
 Becco (Angelo). Sulla patogenesi di una rara 
 
 anomalia di sviluppo degli organi genitali fem- 
 
 minei, dell' ano e del retto e sulla opportunity 
 
 dell' intervento chirurgico. 20 pp. 8 . Savona, 
 
 A. Ricd, 1898. 
 . Sulla resezione osteoplastica del piede di 
 
 Wladimirow-Mikulicz. 60 pp. 8°. Savona, 
 
 Ferretti, 1898. 
 
 Beeh (Hippolyte) [1884- ]. *La medication 
 digitaUque par la digolfene (digitoxine soluble 
 Cloetta). 144 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1907, No. 74. 
 
 Bech (Job. Adolf Arthur) [1887- ]. *Ein 
 Beitrag zur Geschichte der Pestabwehr in 
 siiddeutschen Stadten aus den Jahren 1495 bis 
 1593; nach Urkunden des Stadtarchivs zu Ess- 
 lingen. 30 pp., 1 1. 8°. Ldpzig, Messerschmidt 
 & Fall, 1913. 
 
 Bechade (AndrS) [1883- ]. *De la tubercu- 
 lose pulmonaire pendant la convalescence de la 
 fifevre typhoide. 80 pp. 8°. Paris, 1910, No. 
 306. 
 
 BSchamp (Pierre-Jacques-Antoine) [1816-1908]. 
 Sur les generations dites spontanees et sur les fer- 
 ments. 8°. Angers, 1863. 
 
 Cutting from: Ann. Soo. Linn, du d^p. de Maone^t-Iiolre, 
 1863, vi, 130-184. 
 
 — ; . The blood and its third anatomical ele- 
 ment. Application of the microzymian theory 
 
 , [etc.]. Transl. from the French and copyrighted 
 by Montague R. Leverson. xvi, 424 pp. 8°. 
 London, J. Ouseley, 1912. 
 
 -. The same, xvi, 440 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, 
 
 Boeriche & Tafel, 1911. 
 
 Far Biography, see Bull. Acad, de ni4d., Par., 1908, 3. s., 
 lix, 520 (Gu^nlot). Also: Bull. d. so. Pharmacol., Par., 1908, 
 XV, 281-284 (Javilller). Also: France mid., Par^ 1910, Ivil, 
 421: 1911, Iviii, 1; 21; 43; 64; 85; 107; 125; 141 (H. Grasset). 
 Also: 3. de m6d. de Par., 1908, 2. s., xx, 197. Also: J. d. sc. 
 raid, de Lille, 1908, j, 444-448 (Delassus). Also: Monit. 
 scient.. Par., 1908, i. s., xxii, 790-800. 
 
 Bgchard (Emile) [1879- ]. *Contribu1ion h, 
 retude dea eruptions sudorales. ObservationB 
 recueilUes i Marseille pendant I'ete 1904. [Mont- 
 pellier.] 62 pp., 1 1. 8°. Marsdlle, E. Martin, 
 1905, No. 52. 
 
 Bechaux (Adolphe) [1881- ]. *Contribution 
 a, retude du sarcome meianique. 148 pp. 8°. 
 Paris, 1909, No. 215. 
 
 Becher {Bavid) [1725-92]. 
 
 Ruff. Biographische Skizze iiber David Becher, der Karls- 
 bader Hippokrates. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1902, xlix, 
 1672. Also: Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturt. u. 
 Aerzte 1902, Leipz., 1903, 171-181. 
 
 Becher (Erich) [1882- ]. Gehim und Seele. 
 xui, 405 pp. 8^. Heidelberg, C. Winter, 1911. 
 
 . Naturphilosophie, unter Redaktion von 
 
 C. Stumpf, bearb. von Erich Becher. x, 427 pp. 
 4°. Ldpzig & Berlin, B. G. Teubner, 1914. 
 
 Becher ([Fnedrich] Paul) [1886- ]. *Ueber 
 den jetzigen Stand der Salvarsanbehandlung 
 nichtluetischer Krankheiten. 37 pp. 8". Mar- 
 burg, O.Sdmaf, 1911. 
 
 Becher (Joh. Joachim) [1635-82]. Oedipus chy- 
 micus, Oder chymiscner Ratseldeuter, worinnen 
 derer verdunckelten chymischen Wortsatze, 
 Urhebungen und Geheimnissen oftenbahret und 
 aufgelosetwerden. . . . Auf Begehren, und mit 
 sonderbarem Fleiss aus dem Lateinischen ins 
 Teutsch iibersetzet, in Druck gegeben. 156 pp. , 
 2L 16°. [n. p.], 1680. 
 
 For Biography, see Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & 
 Leipz., 1910, xxxvi, 2154-2156 (W. Fischer-Detoy). 
 
 Becher {Julius) [1842-1907], 
 
 Med. Eelorm, Berl., 1907, 
 iography.] . 
 Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1908, xxxiv, 158. 
 
 XV, 623-625.— Wleseiitiia1."[6iography.]_ Deutsche' med'. 
 
 Becher (Karl). *Philosophie und Heilkunde im 
 19. Jahrhundert. 27 pp. 8°. Miinchen, J. 
 Gottesviinter, 1900. 
 
 Becher (Max) [1876- 1. *Pharmakologische 
 Untersuchungen iiber AJphaeucain, Holocain, 
 Betaeucain, Tropacocain. 62 pp. 8°, Giessen, 
 0. Kindt, 1905. 
 
BECHER. 
 
 409 
 
 BECK. 
 
 Becher (Siegfried). *Die Stammesgeschichte der 
 Seewalzen.' 88 pp. 8°. Giessen, 1908. 
 Bepr.from: Ergebn. u. rortschr. d. Zool., Giessen, 1908, i. 
 
 Becher (Wolf) [1862-1906]. *Ueber Walderho- 
 lungsstatten fiir kranke Kinder, mit besonderer 
 Berucksichtigung der Tiiberkulosen; nach Be- 
 obachtungen in der ersten Kinder-Erbolungs- 
 gtatte vom Rothen Kreuz in Schonholz. [Leip- 
 zig.] 52pp.,ldiag. 8°. Berlin, O. Schade, 1904. 
 
 . The same, iv, 52 pp., 1 map. 8°- Ber- 
 lin, A. Hirs'hwald, [190-1]. 
 
 For Biography, see Deutsche med. WchnschT., Berl. & 
 Leipz., 1906, xxjdi, 767 (J. S.). Also: Janus, Harlem, 1906, 
 xi, 271 (Pagel). Also: Med. Reform, Berl., 1906, xiv, 217- 
 219 (R. Lemihoff). Also: Ibid., 1907, xv, 207, port. 
 
 Bccherel (Jean). *Etude de quelques caused 
 de mortality infantile dans le d^partement de^ 
 C6tes-du-Nord et principalement dans les en" 
 virons de Lamballe. 51 pp. 8° Paris, 1899, 
 No. 15. 
 
 BCchert (Henri). *Etude clinique de I'oculo- 
 r^action k la tubercuUne. 74 pp. 8°- Lau- 
 sanne, A. Fetter, 1908. 
 
 Bechet (Gaston )J1 871- ]. *ConditionB biologi- 
 ques des families des paralytiques g&&aux. 
 56 pp. 8°. Paris, 1897, No. 387. 
 
 Bechhold (Jacob Heinrich) [1866- ]. Die 
 KoUoide in Biologie und Medizin. xii, 441 pp. , 
 2 pi. 8°. Dresden, T. Steinkopff, 1912. 
 
 See, alto, Kurzcs Repetitorium der medizinischen Termi- 
 nologie [etc.). 16°. Leipzig, 1905. 
 
 Bechholm (Carl Job.) [1859- ]. *Eecherches 
 bibliographiques statistiques et cliniqnes sur 
 les maladies mentales d'origine traumatique. 
 189 pp. 4°. Paris, 1896, No. 336. 
 
 Bechkoff (Svetoslaw_ A.) *Etude comparative 
 de la valeur hygi^nique de quelqnes planchers 
 agglom^r^s a base du bois. (Recherches exp^ri- 
 mentales.) 27 pp., 2 1. 8°. Genive, L. Reg- 
 giani, 1904. 
 
 Bechmann (Eugen). *Ein Fall von Aneurysma 
 dissecans der Aorta. 22 pp., 11. 8° Wiirzburg, 
 A. Borst, 1904. 
 
 Bechmann (G.) Salubrity urbaine; distributions 
 d'eau; assainissement. x (1 1.), 703 pp. 8° 
 Paris, Baudry & Cie., 1888. 
 
 Bechterew. See Bekbtereff. 
 
 Bechtold (Arthur). *Ein Fall von Tumor sacralis 
 bei Spina bifida. 35 pp. 8° Wiirzburg, H. 
 Stiirtz, 1897. 
 
 Bechtold (Carl) [1877- ]. *Ueber das multiple 
 Mvelom. 46pp., 11. 8°. Wiirzburg, F. Schemer, 
 1902. 
 
 Beck (Alfred) [1880- ]. *Ueber die Entwick- 
 lung, Technik und Bedeutung des Idinischen 
 Blutnachweises rnit besonderer Berucksichti- 
 gung der Benzidinprobe. [Leipzig.] 46 pp., 
 1 1. 8°. Berlin, R. Trenkel, 1913. 
 
 Beck (Amanda Kathryn). A reference hand- 
 book for nurses. 177 pp. 12°. Philadelphia, 
 W. B. Saunders & Co., 1905. 
 
 . The same. 2. ed. 199 pp. 16°. Phila- 
 delphia & London, W. B. Saunders Co., 1908. 
 
 The same. 3. ed., revised. 2 p. 1., 
 
 7-229 pp. 12°. Philadelphia & London, W. B. 
 
 Saunders Co., 1913. 
 Beck (Anton) [1878- ]. *Ueber das doppel- 
 
 seitige Cardnom der Maiinnia. 24 pp., 11. 8° 
 
 Miinchen, Kastner & Callwey, 1904. 
 Beck (Arthiur Dieterich Eduard Joseph) [1872- 
 ]. *Zur diatetisch-j)hysikalischen Therapie 
 
 des Galen, besonders beim Fieber. 29 pp., 1 1. 
 
 8°. Berlin, 0. Franche, 1899. 
 Beck (August). *Ueber Intoxikationen mit 
 
 Kresol und Lysol. 24 pp. 8° Wiirzburg, B. 
 
 Craftier, 1899. 
 
 Beck (Augustus Friedericus). *De hydroceles 
 
 curatione quse ferro fit. 36 pp. 12° Ealse, in 
 
 offidna Batheana, 1808. 
 Beck (Carl) [1856-1911]. Ueber den Wert der 
 
 Castration bei Prostata-Hj'pertrophie. 14 pp. 
 
 8°. Berlin, 1897, 
 Repr. from: Monatsb. . . . d. Krankh. d. Ham- u. Sex- 
 
 Appar., Berl., 1897, ii. 
 
 Appendicitis. 
 
 In: Samml. klm. Vortr.,n. F., Leipz., 1898, No. 221 (Chir., 
 No. 65, 1101-1144). 
 
 . Fractures, with an appendix on the prac- 
 tical use of the Rontgen rays. 335 pp. , 1 pi. 8° 
 Philadelphia, W. B. Saunders & Co., 1900. 
 
 -. Die Rontgenstrahlen im Dienste der Chi- 
 
 rurgie. pp. 69-191, 59 pi. 8°. Miinchen, 1901. 
 Forms Hft. 2-6, v. 8, of: Zwangl. Abhandl. a. d. Geb. d. 
 med. Photog., Rontgosk. [etc.]. 
 
 . The same. 138 pp., 65 pi. 8° Miinchen, 
 
 Seitz & Schauer, 1902. 
 . Exploratives Princip und Technik beim 
 
 secundaren Brustschnitt. 10 pp. 8° Kiel & 
 
 Leipzig, 1903. 
 Eepr.from: Festschr. z. Feier . . . Fr. von Esmarcli, Kiel 
 
 & Leipz., 1903. 
 
 Heidelberg und Studententhum. 24 pp. 
 
 8°. Philadelphia. 1904. 
 Repr. from: German-American Annals, Pliila., 1904. 
 
 Rontgen ray diagnosis and therapy, xix, 
 
 460 pp. 8°. New York & London, D. Appleton 
 & Co., 1904. 
 
 . Principles of surgical pathology for the 
 
 use of the student. 130 pp. 8*. Chicago, W. T. 
 Keener & Co., 1905. 
 
 Der Wert des Rontgenveriahrens in der 
 
 Chirurgie. 75 pp. 8°. Berlin, S. Simion, 1905. 
 Forms Hft. 18-19 of: Mod. arztl. Biblloth., Berl. 
 
 Bildung und Zusammensetzung der 
 
 Gallensteine, nebst einigen Gesichtspunkten 
 des Rontgenverfahrens und deren Behandlung. 
 In: Samml. kiln. Vortr., Leipz., 1907, n. F., No. 447 (Chir., 
 No. 127, 671-698).- 
 
 . Surgical diseases of the chest, ix, 371 
 
 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, P. Blahiston's Son & Co., 
 
 1907. 
 . Die Ronlgenuntersuchung der Leber 
 
 und der Giallenblase. 18 pp., 3 pi. 4°. Miin- 
 
 dien, 1909. 
 
 For Biography, see Boston M. & S. J., 1911, clxiv, 869. 
 
 Also: Deutsche med. Presse, Berl., 1911, xv, 112 (PageU, 
 
 Also: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 19H, Ivi, 1896. Also: Med. 
 
 Eec, N. Y., 1911, Ixxix, 1105. A Iso: Miinchen. med. Wchn- 
 
 schr., 1911, Iviii, 1628 (A. Allemann). Also: N. York M. J. 
 
 [etc.], 1911, xciii, 1199. Also: Tr. Am. Therap. See. 1912, 
 
 Phila., 1913, xiii, 7. 
 
 For Portrait, see Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1907, v 
 
 [fronting p. 683]. 
 
 Beck (Carl). *Ueber Befunde an Nieren mit 
 
 gehemmter Entwicklung. [Bern.] 18 pp. 8°. 
 
 Berlin, O. Reimer, 1903. 
 Beck (Christian). 
 
 See Welnland (Rudolph) & Beck (Christian) [in 2. s.]. 
 
 DarsteUung organischer Praparate [etc.]. 8°. TiStingen, 
 
 1913. 
 
 Beck (Cornelius) & Krompecher (Edmund). 
 Die feinere Architektur der primaren Haut- 
 carcinome und insbesondere die bei ihnen 
 obwaltenden verschiedenen Beziehungen zwi- 
 schen Epithelwucherung und Bindegewebswi- 
 derstand. 2 p. 1., Ill pp., 4 pi. 8°. Hamburg 
 & Leipzig, L. Voss, 1903. 
 
 Forms 19. Hft., of: Dermatol. Studlen. 8°. Hamburg 
 & Leipzig, 1903. 
 
 Beck (Emil). *Eiii Fall von Schleimhautsaicom 
 des Uterusfundus. 24 pp., 1 1. 8° Tubingen, 
 F. Pietzcker, 1897. 
 
 . Die Ludw^burger Heilquelle. 38 pp. 
 
 - 1 pi. 8°- Ludwigsburg, 0. Eichhorn, 1908. 
 
BECK. 
 
 410 
 
 BECK. 
 
 Beck (Emil G.) [1866- 1. Bismuth paste in 
 chronic suppurations, its diagnostic importance 
 and therapeutic value, with an introduction 
 by Carl Beck, and a chapter on the application 
 of bismuth paste in. the treatment of chronic 
 suppuration of the nasal accessory sinuses and 
 the ear, by Joseph C. Beck. 237 pp., 1 col. pi. 
 [front.]. 8°. St. Louis, C. V. Mosby Co., 1910. 
 
 . Bismuth paste injections for empyemar 
 
 cavities and persisting sinuses. 79 pp., 42 
 stereos. 4°- [Troy, N. Y., Southworth Co., 
 
 1911.] 
 In: I 
 
 iTEKEO-CLiNic (H. A. Kelly). 
 Localization of foreign 
 
 bodies 
 
 with 
 stereoscopic Roentgenograms, in two parts, pp. 
 1-109. 4°. Troy, N. Y., 1916. 
 In: Steeeo-clinic (H. A. Kelly). 
 
 Beck (Erich) [1880- ]. *Ueber Scharlachrezi- 
 dive. 44 pp., 11. 8°. Leipzig, B. Georgi, 190b- 
 
 Beck (Erwin) [1883- ]. *Ueber die Ausnu- 
 tzung des Blutes als Nahrungsmittel. [Strass- 
 bxirg.] 11 pp. 8°. Berlin, J. Springer, 1910. 
 
 Beck (Eugen) [1883- ]. *Talgdrusentumo- 
 ren beim Hunde und ihre Beziehungen zu den 
 Adenomata sebacea (Nsevi sebacei) des Men- 
 schen. 54 pp., 1 pi. 8° Leipzig, E. Ehrhardt, 
 1911. 
 
 Beck (Feodor) [1878- ]. *Aetiologie und 
 Therapie des Kephalhaematoma neonatorum; 
 Ergebnisse aus einer Zusammenstellung von 102 
 Fallen. [Miinchen.] 16 pp., 1 1. 8^. Halle 
 a.S., C. Marhold, 1904. 
 
 Forms, also, 3. Hit., v. 6, of: Samml. zwangl. Abhandl. n. 
 d. Geb. Q. Frauenh. u. Geburtsh. 
 
 Beck ([Fiiedrich] Constantin Carl) [1877- ). 
 *Ein Fall von traumatischer Haematomyehe 
 nach Dystokie. (Ein Beitrag zur Khnik der 
 Bauchmuskellahmungen.) 44 pp. 8°. Erlan- 
 gen, E. T. Jffcob, 1908. 
 
 Beck (Friedrich Rudolf) [1883- ]. *Eine 
 Methode zur Bestimmung des Schadelinhaltes 
 und Himgewichtes am Lebenden und ihre 
 Beziehungen zum Kopfumfange. [Wurzburg.] 
 
 27 pp., 11. 8°. Stuttgart, E.Schweizerbart, 1906. 
 Beck (Gustav). Gedanken eines_ Arztes liber 
 
 Straflings-Diagnostik und Straflings-Therapie. 
 
 28 pp. 12°. Bern, A. Francke, [1905]. 
 Bepr.from: Blatter f. Gefangniskunde. 
 
 Beck (Hermann). *Ueber einen Fall sehr grosser 
 Dilatation der Flexura sigmoidea infolge einer 
 durch Axendrehung entstandenen Stenose, 
 nebst Bemerkungen iiber die histologischen 
 Veranderungen derhypertrophierten Darmwand. 
 18 pp. 8°. Wiirzburg, A. Boegler, 1899. 
 
 Beck (James Montgomery) [1861- i|. The war 
 and humanity; a further discussion of the 
 ethics of the world war and the attitude and 
 duty of the United States. 2. and revised ed. 
 xxxiii, 360 pp. 8°. New York & London, 
 G. P. Putnam's Sons, 1917. 
 
 Beck (Joh. Nfepomuck]). Baden in Nieder 
 Oesterreich. In topographisch-statistischer, ge- 
 schichtlicher, naturhistorischer, mediciniBcher 
 und pittoresker Beziehung. 2 p. 1., 232 pp. 24°. 
 Wien, J. G. Eeubner, 1822. 
 
 Beck (John Broadhead) [1794-1851]. Lectures on 
 materia medica and therapeutics, delivered in 
 the College of Physicians and Surgeons of :the 
 University of the State of New York._ Pre- 
 pared for the press by his friend C. R. GUman. 
 vii, 559 pp. 8'^. New York, S. S. <fe W. Wood, 
 
 1856. 
 
 See, also, Pharmacologla [etc.]. 8°. New York, 1831. 
 
 For Biography, see N. York State J. M., N. Y., 1908, viil, 
 484; 847. 
 
 Beck (Joseph). *Ein Beitrag zur Lehre vom 
 Cardnom der Knonhen. [Lausanne.] 47 pp. 
 8°. Freiburg, 1898. 
 
 Beck (Joseph C.) [1870- ]. Bismuth paste in 
 the treatment of chronic suppurative diseases of 
 the nose, accessory sinuses, ears, and mastoid 
 process. 
 
 In: Beck (E. G.) Bismuth paste in chronic suppura- 
 tions. 8°. St. Louis, 1910, 199-217. 
 
 . Operation for mastoid disease. 77 pp., 
 
 45 stereos. 4° [Troy, N. Y., Southworth Co., 
 1910. 
 In: STEBEO-CLDnc (H. A. Kelly), Sect. xiv. 
 
 Beck (Karl) [1880- ]. *Ein Beitrag zur Lehre 
 des akuten neurotischen Oedems. 21 pp., 11. 
 8°. Heidelberg, J. Horning, 1907. 
 
 . Experimentelle Untersuchungen uber den 
 
 Einfluss von Bakterientoxinen und Giften auf 
 das Gehororgan. [HabiUtationsschrift, Heidel- 
 berg.] 47 pp., 7 pi. 8°. Wiesbaden, J. F. 
 Bergmann, 1913. 
 
 Beck (Karl) [1882- ]. *Bericht uber die in den 
 Jahren 1898-1905 an der chirurgischen Klinik 
 zu Heidelberg behandelten Schuss-Verletzungen 
 [Heidelberg.] 55 pp. 8°. Miihlacker, C. Elser, 
 1908. 
 
 Beck (Karl Otto) [1887- ]. *Anatomie deut- 
 scher Buliminus-Arten. 76 pp. 8°. Jena, A. 
 Kampfe, 1912. 
 
 Beck ([Karl] Theodor) [1882- ]. *Erfahrun- 
 gen aus der arztUchen Praxis mit Novocain- 
 Lokalanaesthesie. (Aus dem Spital Ro then- 
 burg a. T.) [Erlangen.] 2p.L,35pp. 8°. Frei- 
 burg i.B., [190T\. 
 
 Beck (Ludwig) [1880- ]. *Ueber Farbstoffe 
 aus Furfurol und einige ungesattigte 1,5-Di- 
 carbonylverbindungen. 33 pp. 8°. Miinchen, 
 V. Hofling, 1907. 
 
 Beck (Marcus) [1843-98]. 
 
 See Ericksen (Sir John Eric). The science and art of 
 surgery [etc.]. 8°. London, 1B9B. 
 
 . See, also: 
 
 Bolberts (E. T.) The Marcus Beck Laboratory; a tribute 
 to the memory of Marcus Beck. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., 
 Lond., 1913-14, vii, Marcus Beck Lab. Eep., 1-6, port. 
 
 Beck (Max) [1881- ]. *Ueber einen Fall von 
 Cystenbildung (Erweichungscysten) in der fibro- 
 sen Kapsel der Mere. 27 pp., 11. 8°. MUnchen, 
 C. Wolf & Sohn, 1905. 
 
 Beck (Otto) [1884- ]. *Theoretische und 
 experimentelle Kritik bewegungsregistrierender 
 Methoden. 33 pp. 8°. Miinchen, Kastnef & 
 Callwey 1911. 
 
 Beck (Otto) [1885- ]. *Die Behandlung der 
 Akarus-Raude des Hundes. 82 pp. 8°. Gies- 
 sen, 0. Kindt, 1909. 
 
 Beck (Paul). *Ueber Mesaortitis gummosa. 32 
 pp.,lpL 8°. Basel, 1903. 
 
 Beck (Rainer Julius). Typhus und Trinkwasser; 
 kritische Untersuchungen. 4 p. 1., 56 pp., 2 
 maps, foil Miinchen, J. F. Lehmann, 1910. 
 
 Jubiiaumsschrift zum SOjahrigen Gedenken dor Begriin- 
 dung d. lokaUstischen Lehre Max Pettenkofers, \. 4. 
 
 Beck (Ren^) [1877- ]. *Contribution a,r6tude 
 
 des rapports du vagabondage et de la foUe. 80 
 
 pp. 8^. Lyon, 1902, No. 152. 
 Beck (Richard) [1888- 1. *Multiple Sklerose, 
 
 Schwangerschaft und Geburt. [Tubingen.] 1 
 
 p. 1., 21 pp., 1 1. 8°. Leipzig, F. C. W. Vogel, 
 
 1913. 
 Beck (Richard) [1878- ]. *Beitrage zur Lehre 
 
 der idiopathischen Hautatrophie. 37 pp. 8°. 
 
 Konigsberg i. Pr., 0. Kiimmel, 1908. 
 Beck (Theodor). 
 
 See Hippocrates Erkeimtnisse [etc.]. 8°. Jena, 1907. 
 
BECK. 
 
 411 
 
 BECKER. 
 
 Beck {Theodoric Romeyn) [1791-1855]. 
 
 Waist (J, J.) Lives of officers of the Medical Society of 
 the State of New York. Theodoric Romeyn Becls:. N. 
 York State J. M., N. Y., 1908, viii, 423^25. 
 
 Beck (Th^ophile) [1876- ]. *De la psorosper- 
 
 mose folUculaire v6g6tante ou maladie de Darier. 
 
 68 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1904, No. 80. 
 Beckenkamp (Jakob). Demonstration einiger 
 
 neuer Strukturmodelle. 17 pp. 8°. Wiirzhwg, 
 
 A. Stuher, 1908. 
 
 Forms No. 1, v. 40, of: Verhandl. d. phys.-med. GeselJsch. 
 
 zu Wiirzb. 
 
 Becker (Adolf). *Ein Fall von Pemphigus con- 
 junctivse. 56 pp. 12°. /ema, .B. .Enoatt, 1896. 
 
 Becker (Adolf). *Die Verbreitung der_ Echdno- 
 kokkenkrankbeit in Mecklenburg. Eine Fort- 
 setzung der Madelung'schen Sammelforscbung. 
 [Rostock.] 191 pp., 2 pi. 8° TiiUngm, H. 
 Laupp, jr., 1907. 
 
 Becker {Alexander Rvdolph) [1841- 
 1904]. 
 
 Obituary. Northwest Med., Seattle, 1904, ii, 466. 
 
 Becker (Amo). 
 
 See Huber (Karl) & Becker (Amo) [in 2. s.]. Die patho- 
 logisch-histologischen imd bakteriologischen Untersuchungs- 
 methoden [etc.]. 8°. Leipzig, 18S6. 
 
 Becker (C.) Die Cholera durch richtige Wasser- 
 anwendung heilbar. 16 pp. 12° Magdeburg, 
 L. Fliss, 1850. 
 
 Becker {Carl) [1866-1917]. 
 
 Bergeat. Nekrolog. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1918, 
 Ixv, 107. 
 
 Becker (Carl) [1881- ]. *Ein Fall von Can- 
 croid der Lidhaut auf dem Boden eines sub- 
 kutanen Fibroms. Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis 
 der Augenlidtumoren. 29 pp. 8°. Berlin, E. 
 Ebering, 1908. 
 
 Becker (Edmund Albert Richard) [1885- ]. 
 *Beitrag zur Kenntnis des Lungenbelages. 
 [Heidelberg.] 41 pp. 8°. Berlin, G. Schade, 
 1910. 
 
 Becker (Emil). *Ueber ZwitterbUdung beim 
 Schwein. 15 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Wiirzburg, Stahel, 
 1896. 
 
 Eepr. from: Verhandl. .d. phys.-med. Gesellsch. zu 
 ■Wiirzt)., 1896, n. F., xxx. No. 8. 
 
 Becker (Emil) [1870- .] *Beitrag zur Lehre 
 von den menschlichen Missbildungen, insbe- 
 sondere der Cyklopie. 24 pp. 8°. Wiirzburg, 
 1903. 
 
 Becker (Emil) *Ueber den extraperitonealen 
 Kaiserschnitt unter besonderer Beriicksichti- 
 gung von 34 Fallen aus der Prauenklinik. 41 pp. 
 8°. Bonn, C. Georgi, 1912. 
 
 Becker (Erich) [1885- . ]. *Fuhrt die funktio- 
 nelle Beanspruchung der Lungen beim Spielen 
 von Blaainstrumenten zu Emphysem? [Mar- 
 burg.] pp. 337-354. 4°. Wiirzburg, A. Stuber, 
 1911. 
 Bepr.fram: Beitr. z. Klin, d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1911, xix. 
 
 Becker (Erich Adolf) [1881- ]. *Ein Beitrag 
 zur operativen Behandlung der angeborenen 
 Gaumenspalten. 46 pp. 8°. Breslau, Bresl. 
 Genossensch.-BuchdrucKerei, 1909. 
 
 Becker (Ernst) *Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Binde- 
 hautdiphtherie. (KlmiBche und pathologisch- 
 anatomischeUntersuchung.) 33 pp. 8°- Jena, 
 G. Neuenhahn, 1897. 
 
 Becker (Ernst) [1884^ ]. *Die Differential- 
 diagnose zwischen dem Tremor der Hysterie 
 una dem Tremor bei Paralysis agitans. 102 pp. 
 8°. Berlin, E. Ebering, 1911. 
 
 Becker (Fr.) *Ein Beitrag zur Aetiologie der ex- 
 sudativen Pleuritis. 74 pp. 8°. Jena, B. 
 Engau, 1898. 
 
 Becker (Franz). Der Entschadigungsanspruch 
 des Arbeiters bei Augenverletzungen. Ein 
 neuer Versuch; denselben durch ein einfaches 
 Rechnungsverfahren genau prozentualiter fest- 
 zustellen. 12 pp. 8°. Berlin, A. Troschel, 1901. 
 Bepr.from: Arbeiter-Versorgung, No. 1. 
 
 Becker (Franz) [1878- ]. *Beitrag zur Kennt- 
 nis des Narcotins und seiner Derivate. 46 pp. 
 8°. Berlin, 1903. 
 Becker (Franz Adolf) [1877- ]. *Ueber den 
 Zusammenhang von Katarakt und Struma. 31 
 pp., 2 pi. 8°. Giessen, von Miinchow, 1902. 
 Becker (Friedrich). Denkschrift fiber die schwe- 
 dische Heilgymnastik_, als eine der wichtigsten 
 Erlmdungen, und ihren ausserordentlLchen 
 Nutzen fur das menschliche Befrnden in Ge- 
 sundenundinkrankenTagen. 62 pp. 8°. Kas- 
 sel, A. Freyschmidt, 1864. 
 — ; — . Die naturgemasse Behandlung der hau- 
 tigen Braune, sowie des Catarrhs der Luft- 
 rohre, des Keuchhustens und endlich der Diph- 
 teritis, etc. 48 pp. 12°- Cassel, A. Freyschmidt, 
 1865. 
 
 . Ueber die Verhutung und HeUung der 
 
 Cholera. Bericht an die Eeichs-Cholera-Commis- 
 sion. 16 pp. 8°. Berlin, A. Konigsmann, 187Z. 
 . Die Impf-Frage. 19 pp. 8° Magde- 
 burg, 1876. 
 Becker (Friedrich) [1888- ]. *Das Verhalten 
 von QuecksUberbromid, QueckaUberjodid und 
 KaLiumquecksilberjodid zu und in BenzonitrU. 
 ■ 27 pp. 8°. XHessen, Christ & Hen, 1913. 
 Becker (Fritz) [1879- ]. *Ueber praemenstru- 
 elle Temperatursteigerungen. Ein kasuistischer 
 Beitrag aus dem Material der Jenenser Univer- 
 sitats-FrauenkUnik. 45 pp. 8°. Leipzig, E. 
 Lehmann, 1909. 
 Becker (Fritz Richard) [1876- ]. *Ueber Tu- 
 moren im vorderen Mediastinum. 31 pp. 2 1 
 8°. Berlin, E. Ebering, 1898. 
 Becker (G.) Die adenoid en Vegetationen in der 
 Nasenrachenhohle und ihre Bedeutung fiir die 
 Schule. 45 pp. 8°. Osterwieck, A. W. Zinck- 
 feldt, 1909. 
 Becker (G. W.) Die Geheimnisse des Todes, 
 fur aUe die sich vor dem Tode fvirchten, an 
 Selbstmordideen leiden und sich fiber die 
 letzten AugenbHcke ihrer Angehorigen beunru- 
 higen. 97 pp. 8°. Braunschweig, [1906]. 
 Becker (Georg) [1881- ]. *Untersuchungen 
 liber das Zeitgesetz des menschlichen Labfer- 
 mentes und dessen quantitative Bestimmung. 
 [Giessen.] 36 pp. 8°. Braunschweig, F. Vieweq 
 & Sohn, 1905. 
 
 Eepr.from: Beitr. z. chem. Phys. u. Path., Bmschwg., 
 1905, vii. 
 
 Becker (Georg). Bericht uber sechzig konser- 
 vativ behandelte Falle von menschlichem MUz- 
 brand. 42 pp. 8°. Leipzig & Hamburg, L.Voss, 
 1912. 
 
 Forms 2. Hit., v. 13, of: Mitt. a. d. Hamb. Staatskran- 
 kenanst. 
 
 Becker (Gottfried WiLhelm) [1778- ]. Das 
 Schailachfieber, oder Anweisung fiir Jedermann, 
 ■wie diese gefahrUche Seuche moglichst zu 
 verhuten, ihren Fortschritten Etnhalt zu thun, 
 und leicht und glucklich, auch ohne Arzt, zu 
 heilen sey. 152 pp. 12°. Pirna, 1806. 
 
 — ; . Ein paar Worte an Bruchkranke, die von 
 
 ihrem Leibesschaden befreit und den damit 
 verbundenen Gefahren gesichert seyn wollen. 
 Nebst einer Anweisung zum Gebrauch seiner 
 elastischen radikal heUenden Bruch-Bandagen. 
 1 p. 1., 22 pp. 24°. Leipzig, 1807. 
 
BECKER. 
 
 412 
 
 BECKER. 
 
 Becker (Gottfried Wilhelm) — continued. 
 
 . Die sichersten Mittel sich von den 
 
 Krampfen zu befreien. Fiir Aerzte und Nicht- 
 arzte durcliaus umgearbeitet. viii, 120 pp. 12°. 
 Pirna, 1808. 
 
 . Recepte und Kurarten der besten Aerzte 
 
 aUer Zeiten. Von einem praktisclien Aizte. 4 
 V. 8°. ■ Leipzig, J. A. Barth, 1808-11. 
 
 . Guter Rath fiir Taube und Schwerhorige. 
 
 vi, 66 pp. 16°. Leipzig, 0. F. Franz, 1815. 
 
 Becker (Gotthilf Hermann) [1869- ]. *Ueber 
 das arteriell-venose Aneurysma. 24 pp., 2 1. 
 8°. Halle a. S., R. Nietschmann, 1897. 
 
 Becker (Gustav) [1859- ]. Die Berufskrank- 
 heiten der Tapezierer, ihre Ursaclien und Ver- 
 h-utung, verfasst im Auftrage des Kolner Ver- 
 bandtages. 39 pp. 8°. Berlin, Verband der Ta- 
 pezierer und verwandten Berufsgenossen Deutsch- 
 lands, [1912]. 
 
 Becker (Hermann) [1878- ]. *Zur Begrun- 
 dung einiger subjektiver Symptome bei der 
 initialen Phthise mit besonderer Beriick- 
 sichtigung der Bronchial- und Mediastinal- 
 drilsenvergrosserung. 30 pp., 1 1. 12°. Mar- 
 burg, H. Bauer, 1907. 
 
 Becker (Joh.) [1874- ]. *Ueber Heroin als 
 Sedativum und Narkoticum. 43 pp. 8°. 
 Bonn, C. Georgi, W02. 
 
 Becker (Joh.) [1875- ]. *Die neueren Bestre- 
 bungen zur Sicherung einer aseptischen Losstos- 
 sung des Nabelschnurrestes. 24 pp., 1 1. 8°. 
 Marburg, H. Bauer, 1903. 
 
 Becker (Joh.) [1883- ]. *NebeneierBtock und 
 Gartner'scher Ga,ng. [Gottingen.] 24 pp. 8°. 
 Nordhausen, T. Miiller, 1909. 
 
 Becker (Joh. Conrad). Paradoxum medico- 
 legale de submersorurii morte sine pota aqua, 
 aliquot cadaverum sectionibus detectum,_ et e 
 principils mechanicis illustratum, cui adjicitur 
 dodecas observationum circumstantiis curaque 
 rarissunarum. 7 1., 142 pp. 26°. Giessse- 
 Hassorum, JS. Miiller, 1704. 
 
 Becker (Josef) [1873- ]. *Ueber Torticollis 
 spastica. 54pp., 11. 8°. Bonn, J. Trapp, 1902. 
 
 Becker (Kurt) [1873- i]. *Ueber Mesente- 
 rialcysten. 33 pp., 1 1. 8°. Berlin, G. Sdwde, 
 1900. 
 
 Becker (Kurt) [1884- ]. *Zur funktionellen 
 Diagriose der Magenerkrankungen. 32 pp. 8°. 
 Heidelberg, Horning & Berhenhusdi, 1909. 
 
 Becker (Leopold). *Beitrag zur Kenntnis der 
 Pulver- und Dynamitverletzungen des Auges. 
 28 pp., 1 1. 8°. Giessen, 0. Kindt, 1900. 
 
 Becker (Ludwig) [1847- []. Lehrbuch der 
 arztlichen Sachverstandigen-Thatigkeit ftir die 
 Unfall- und Invaliditiits-Versicherungs-Gesetz- 
 gebirng. 3. Aufl. xii, 500 pp. 8°. Berlin, R. 
 Schoete, 1899. 
 
 The same. 4. Aufl. xii, 500 pp. 8°. 
 
 Berlin, R. Schoetz, 1900. 
 . The same. 5. Aufl, 
 
 584 pp. 8°. 
 
 X, 584 pp. roy. 8° 
 Berlin, R. Schoetz, 1909. 
 
 The same. Les accidents du travail; 
 
 Berlin, R. Schoetz, 1907. 
 . The same. 6. Aufl. 
 
 guide du m6decin-expert en matifere d'acci- 
 dents du travail; traduit d'aprfes la quatiifeme 
 Edition allemande par Lion Gallez et Camille 
 Moreau, vii, 381 pp. 8°. Bruxelles, H. La- 
 mertin, 1903. _ , , .^ , 
 
 . Die Simulation von Krankheiten und 
 
 ihre Beurteilung. Unter Mitwirkung von 
 Arthur Hartmann, Priedrich Leppmann, Ewald 
 Stier und Karl Wessely. viii, 298 pp. 8°. 
 8°. Leipzig, G. Thieme, 1908. 
 
 Becker (Maria J.) *Medicina social. 118 pp. 
 
 8°. Buenos Aires, A. G. Buffarini, 1910. 
 Becker (Martin) [1868- ]. *Beitrage zur 
 
 Therapie des Ulcus ventriculi. 22 pp., 1 1. 8°. 
 
 Wiirzburg, 0. J. Becker, 1901. 
 Becker (Max WiLhelm Gustav). *Ueber die his- 
 
 tologischen Veranderungen der Mere des 
 
 Rindes bei Nephritis. [Bern.] 23 pp. 8°. 
 
 'Naumburg a. d. S., lAppert & Co., 1909. 
 Becker (Otto) [1885- ]. *Die Lokalanasthesie 
 
 in der arztUchen AUgemeinpraxis. 54 pp. 8°- 
 
 Greifswald, H. Adler, 1909. 
 Becker (Otto [Heinrich Enoch]) [1828-90]. Pato- 
 
 logia y terap6utica del aparato lenticular del 
 
 ojo. Traducido del aX&m&a por Carlos Finlay. 
 
 432 pp. 8°. Habana,G. MontUl & Co., 1876.. 
 The German edition was published in Graefe & Saemisch's 
 
 Handbuch der Augenheillnmde, v. 6, 1875. 
 
 Zur Anatomie der gesunden und kranken 
 
 Linse. Unter Mitwirkung von J. R. Da Gama 
 Pinto und H. Schafer. xvi, 220 col., 14 pi. fol. 
 Wiesbaden, J. F. Bergmann, 1883. 
 
 -. Ueber Augenkrankheiten mit Riicksicht 
 
 auf LocaHsation von Himleiden. 20 pp. 8° 
 [Heidelberg, n. d.] 
 
 Becker (Otto Helmuth) [1885- ]. *Ueber die 
 kongenitale Duodenumatresie. 33 pp. 8°. 
 Giessen, 0. Kindt, 1910. 
 
 Becker (Paul) [1876- ]. *Ein Beitrag zur 
 operativen Behandlung entziindlicher Adnex- 
 erkrankungen. 92 pp. 8°. Breslau, 1904. 
 
 Becker (Paul [Friedrich Wilhelm]) [1883-' ]. 
 *Unter8uchungen liber die Otitis externa des 
 Hundes. [Giessen.] 8°. Stuttgart^ Union 
 Deutsche Verlagsges., 1907. 
 
 Becker (Peter) [1867- ]. *Ueber seltenere 
 Verlagerung der Mere und dadurch bedingte 
 Gesundheitsstorungen. 20 pp. 8°. Kiel, P. 
 Peters, 1898. 
 
 Becker (Ph. Ferdinand). *Der manrdiche Cas- 
 trat mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung seines 
 Knochensystems. 81pp., 1 1., 1 tab. 8°. Frei- 
 burg i. B., E. Kuttruff, .189S. 
 
 Becker (Simon Andreas). *De angina. 21 1. sm. 
 4°. Jenx, typ. S. Krebsii, 1778. 
 
 Becker (Theodor [Christian Wilhelm]) [1881- ] . 
 *Beitrag zur Lehre von der Simulation und 
 Aggravation bei traumatischer Neurose. [Kiel.] 
 45 pp., IL 8°. Rostock, C. Hinstoff,WOG. 
 
 Becker (Th[eophil]). Einfuhrung in die Psychia- 
 trie. Mit specieller Berucksichtigung der Diffe- 
 rentialdiagnose der einzelnen Geisteskrank- 
 heiten. 2. Aufl. iv, 141 pp., 11. 12°. Leipzig, 
 G. Thieme, 1899. 
 
 . The same. 3. Aufl. 167 pp. 8°. Leipzig, 
 
 G. Thieme, 1902. 
 
 The same. 4. Aufl. iv (1 L), 228 pp. 12°. 
 
 Leipzig, G. Thieme, 1908. 
 
 Einfuhrung in die Neurologic. 280 pp. 
 
 8°. Leipzig, G. Thieme, 1910. 
 
 Der angeborene Schwachsinn in seinen 
 
 Beziehungen zum Militardienst. Fur Sanitats- 
 offiziere, Militargerichtsbeamte, Geri-chtsoflBziere 
 und Truppenbefehlshaber. vii, 211 pp. 8°. 
 Berlin, A. HirschwaM, 1910. 
 
 The same. Vrozhdennoye slaboumiye i 
 
 yevo otnosheniye k voyennoi sluzhbie; dlya 
 voyennikh vrachel, voyennlkh sudei i nachalni- 
 kov chastei voisk. Perev. b niemetskavo A. 
 Plevnitskavo. [Transl. from the German by A. 
 Plevnitski.] vi, 191pp. 8°. S.-Peterburg, P. P. 
 Soikin, [1911]. 
 Becker (Walther) [1882- ]. *Ueber Kombi- 
 nation des Morbus. Addisonii mit Sklerodermie. 
 57 pp. 8°- Bonn, E. Eisele, 1910. 
 
BECKER. 
 
 413 
 
 BECKXTRTS. 
 
 Becker (Werner H.) [1874- ]. *Ein Beitrag 
 zur Statistik der kunstlichen Fruhgeburt. 21 pp. 
 1 1., 2 tab. 8°. Kiel, C. Paulsen, 1899. 
 
 . Therapie der Geisteskrankheiten fur prak- 
 
 tische und Irrenarzte. iv (1 1.), 113 pp. 8°. 
 Leipzig, B. Konegen, 1911.^ 
 
 . Die sozial-arztliclien Aufgaben in der 
 
 Irren therapie. 27 pp. 8°. Berlin, Adler, 1912. 
 Forms 4. Hft., v. 1, on Beltr. z. forens. Med. 
 
 . Spezielle Prognose der Geisteskrank- 
 heiten. 37 pp. 8°. Halle a. S., C. Marhold, 
 1913. 
 
 Forms 3. Hft. v. 10, of: Samml. zwangl. Abhandl. a. d. 
 Geb. d, Nerv.- u. Geisteskr. 
 
 Becker (Wilhelm) [1861- ]. *Ueber Erfolge 
 der Trepanation bei Epilepsie nach Trauma. 
 30 pp., 2 1. 8° Salle a. S., C. A. Kaemmerer & 
 Co., 1896. 
 
 Becker (Wilhelm). *Ueber inguinale Blasen- 
 bruche. 16 pp. 8°- Tubingen, H. Laupp, !?>%?>. 
 
 Becker (WUhelm). *Ueber die geburtshilfliche 
 Entwickelung zu grosser Killber in der norma- 
 len Hinterendlage ohne nnd mit Hille der Em- 
 bryotomie. [Bern.] 24 pp., 11. 8°. Wittingen, 
 K. Neef 1909. 
 
 Becker (Wilhelm). *Beziehungen zwischen 
 ausseren Korpermassen und Gewichten einer- 
 seits und deren Beziehungen zu Lunge, und 
 Herz andererseits bei zwei verschiedenen Rin- 
 derrassen (Simmentaler und Oldenburger Rasse). 
 [Zurich.] 64 pp. 8°. Hannover, M. & H. Scha- 
 per, 1911. 
 
 Becker (Wilhelm) [1885- ]. *Ueber trauma- 
 tische Neurosen. 20 pp. 8°. Marburg, C. Mar- 
 hold, 1912. 
 
 Repr. from: Ztschr. f. Versicherungsmed., Marburg," 
 1912, V. 
 
 Becker (W[ilKam] F.) [1859- ]. Remarks on 
 the new law governing the commitment of the 
 insane. 11 pp. 8°. Madison, Tracy, Gibbs & 
 Co., 1897. 
 
 . The medico-legal bearings of the com- 
 mitment of the insane, and the proposed amend- 
 ments to our law. 10 pp. 8°. [n. p., 1897.]^ 
 
 Becker (Willy) [1883- ]. *Statistische Bei- 
 trage zur Kenntnis der Tuberkulose in der Rhein- 
 provinz. Mortalitat, Morbiditat, Fiirsorgebe- 
 strebungen. 1 p. 1., 66 pp. 8 . Bonn, H. 
 Trapp, 1912. 
 
 Beckerich (Louis-Achille) [1886- ]. *De 
 I'ablation des ganglions lombo-aortLques comme 
 complement a la castration pour nfoplasme testi- 
 culaire. 61pp. 8°. Nancy, 1911, No. 35. 
 
 Beckering (Gfustav) [1876- ]. *Die Falle von 
 Wendung nach Braxton-Hicks bei Placenta 
 praevia in der Mtinchener Frauenklinik. 35 pp. , 
 1 1. 8°. Miinchen, Kastner & Callwey, 1904. 
 
 Becker- Pinto (Nicolau). *Automatismo comical 
 ambulatorio. 2p. l.,67pp. 4°. Rio de Janeiro, 
 typ. LeMzinger, 1900. 
 
 Beckers (Leonhard Joaef) [1881- ]. *Zur 
 Frage der Mischinfekfion mit Typhus- und 
 Paratyphusbakterien. [ Kiel. ] 13 pp. 8°. 
 Berlin, L. Schumacher, 1908. 
 
 Beckey (Klaus) [1885- ]. *Kontraktionspha- 
 nomene des Magens und ihre Beziehungen zur 
 Pathologie. 25 pp., 1 1. 8°. Wiesbaden, J. F. 
 Bergmann, 1911. 
 
 Becktaardt (Edgar) [1883- J. *Zur Behand- 
 lung der Genital- und Pentonealtuberkulose 
 beim Weibe. 23 pp. 8°. Strassburg, 1911. 
 
 Beckbaus ([Conrad) [1879- ]. *Zur Lehre von 
 den Scheidencysten. 42 pp., 1 1. 8°. Miin- 
 chen, Kastner & Callwey, 1905. 
 
 Beckher (Daniel). Spagyria microcosmi tradens 
 medicinam, e corpore hominis tum vivo, turn 
 extincto docte eniendam, scite praeparandam, 
 et dextre propinandam. 11 p. 1., 188 pp., 1 1. 
 24° Rostock, imp. A. Ferberi, 1622. 
 
 . Een besondere genesinge van den prus- 
 
 siaenschen mesinslicker. . . . Uyt het Latyn 
 vertaelt door Thomas Stafford. 23 p. 1., 189 pp., 
 1 pi. 16°. Leyden, C. Banheyningh, 1649. 
 
 Beckitt (Oharles Edward) [1887-1917]. 
 
 Obituary. Lancet, Lond., 1917, i, 241. 
 
 Beckitt (Edward) [1822-1909]. 
 
 Obituary. Lancet, Lond., 1909, i, 1219. 
 
 Beckman (Emil Hessel) [1872-1916]. 
 
 Mayo (W. J.) Obituary. Tr. Am. Surg. Ass., Pbila., 
 1917, XXXV, pp. xl-xlii. — [Obituary.] J. Am. M. Ass., 
 Chicago, 1916, tmi, 1614. 
 
 Beckman (Jacob Wiardi). *De invloed van de 
 schors der voorhoofdshersenen op. de ademhaling. 
 4 p. 1., 80 pp., 3 pi. 8°. Amsterdam, J. H. & 
 G. van Eeteren, 1899. 
 
 Beckmann (Ernest August Friedrich) [1869- 1 . 
 *Ein Fall von Riesenzellen-Sarkom der Sehied- 
 driise. 28 pp., 1 1. 8°. Leipzig, Metzger & 
 Wittig, 1895. 
 
 Beckmann (Ernst 0.) [1853- ]. 
 
 Professop Ernst Beckmann, der erste Direktor des 
 Instituts fiir pliarmaceutisclie Cbemie in Berlin-DalUem. 
 Phann. Ztg., Berl., 1902, xlvii, 215. 
 
 Beckmann (Heinrich) [1872- ]. *Die Ab- 
 hangigkeit der Lage- und Haltungsanomalien 
 der Frucht von der Jahreszeit. 25 pp., 1 1. 8°. 
 Halle a. 8., C. A. Kaemmerer & Co., 1901. 
 
 Beckmann (Hugo). Das Eindringen der Tuber- 
 kulose und ihre rationelle Bekampfung. Mit 
 kritischen Bemerkungen zu E. von Behrings 
 Tuberkulosenbekampfung. 47 pp. 8°. Berlin, 
 8. Karger, 1904, 
 
 Beckmann (Leo). *Zur Biologie des Bacillus 
 Buipester und einiger ihm nahestehenden Bac- 
 terien. [Bern.] 48 pp. 8°. Metz, 1906. 
 
 Beckmann (Otto Hayo) [1882- ]. *KlLmsche 
 Beobachtungen fiber die Tonhohe pathologischer 
 Gehors'empfindungen. 28pp.,6ch. 8°. Gottin- 
 gen, W. F. Kaestner, 1908. 
 
 Beckmann (Paul Eermann Otto) [1879- ]. 
 *Zur Statistik und Therapie der Placenta prsevia. 
 40 pp. 8°. Leipzig, B. Georgi, 1902. 
 
 Beckmann (Richard) [1887- ]. *Ein Beitrag 
 zur Behandlung des ausseren Milzbrandes. 
 [Gottingen.] 43 pp. 8°. Gotha,E. Koch, IQIB. 
 
 Beckmann (Wolbert) [1881- ]. *Die Behand- 
 lung der Meningitis cerebrospinalis epidemica 
 mit MeningococcenheUserum, hergestellt nach 
 dem Verfahren Kolle-Wassermann in Berlin (15 
 Falle). 30 pp. 8°. Leipzig, B. Georgi, 1908. 
 
 von Beck-Peccoz (Karl). *Ueber Schussverle- 
 tzungen des Kopfes. 86 pp. 8°. Miinchen, 
 Kastner & Lossen, 1900. 
 
 Beck's paste. 
 
 8ee Bismuth, paste. 
 
 Beckurts (Heiorich) [1855- ]. Aus dem 
 Pharmazeutischen Institut der Herzogl. Tech- 
 nischen Hochschule Carolo-Wilhelmina. Den 
 TeUnehmem der 39. Hauptversaromlung des 
 Deutschen Apotheker-Vereins in Braunschweig 
 vom 6. bis 8. September 1910 gewidmet. 4 p. 1., 
 121 pp., 5 pi. 8°. Braunsdmeig, F. Vieweg & 
 8ohn, 1910. 
 
 See, also, Analytische Chemie fiir Apotheker [etc.l. 
 8°. StvUgart, mtS. 
 
BECKWITH. 
 
 414 
 
 BEDENCE. 
 
 Beckwith {Frank Edwin) [1847-1906]. 
 
 [Obituary.] J. Am. M. Ass.. Chicago, 1907, xlviil, 158. 
 A ho: N. York M. J., [etc.], 1907, Ixxxv, 30. 
 
 Beclard (Pierre-Augustin) [1785-1825]. Addi- 
 tions to the general anatomy of Xavier Bichat. 
 Traiisl. from the French by George Hayward. 
 XV, 328 pp. 8°. Boston, Richardson & Lord, 
 1823. 
 
 . E16mens d'anatomie g6n6rale, ou , de- 
 scription de tous les genres d'organes qui com- 
 posent le corps humain. Nouvelle 6d., publi^e 
 par lea soins de C.-J.-B. Comet et augment^e 
 d'une notice sur la vie et les travaux de I'auteur, 
 par C.-P. Ollivier. xxiU, 353 pp., port. 8° 
 Brwcelles, C.-J. de Matfils & E. Remy, 1828. 
 
 . The same. 3. 6d., revue et augment^e de 
 
 nombreuses additions, avec figures intercal6es 
 dans le texte, par Jules Beclard, accompagn^e 
 d'une notice sur Ig, vie et les ouvrages de P.-A. 
 Beclard, par M. C.-P. Ollivier. xxiii, 676 pp. 
 8°. Paris, Ldbe, 1852. 
 
 For Brngraphy, see Arch. mM. d' Angers, 1899, iii, 387- 
 392, port. (G. Mareau). Also: Ibii., 1901, v, 245; 295. Also: 
 Tribune mM., Par., 1898, 2. s., xxx, 981-987. 
 
 B€cl§)-e (A[ntoine]) [1856- ]. Les rayons de 
 Rontgen et le diagnostic de la tuberculose. 95 
 pp. 12°- Paris, J.-B.Bailliire dcfils, 1899. 
 
 . Les rayons de Rontgen et le diagnostic des 
 
 affections thoraciques non tuberculeuses. 92 
 pp., 1 1. 12°. Paris, J.-B. Bailliire & fils, 1901. 
 La radioscope et la radiographie des or- 
 
 ganes splanchniques. 48 pp. 8°- Berne, Stxm- 
 pfli & Cie., 1902. 
 
 . Les rayons de Rontgen et le diagnostic 
 
 des maladies internes. 95 pp. 12°. Paris, 
 J.-B. Baillih-e & fiU, 1904. 
 
 See, also, Grashey (R.) Atlas de radiographie de 
 rhomme normal, [etc.]. 4°. Pam, 1908. 
 
 B€cI&Te (Henri). *Le radiodiagnostic des affec- 
 tions du foie. 128 pp. 8°. Paris, 1910, No. 186. 
 
 Bficlu (H[orace-Hippolytel) [1841- ]. *Du 
 r61e et de I'importance des sels min6raux dans 
 I'organisme (therapeutique min^rale). 61 pp. 
 4°. Paris, 1896, No. 334. 
 
 Bgcourt (Emile-Pierre-Am6d6e) [1886- ]. 
 *Contribution S. I'^tude de I'h^patoptose et de 
 certaines malformations du foie. 3 p. 1., 60 pp., 
 6 pi. 8° Paris, 1913, No. 344. 
 
 Becquerel (Antoine-Eenri) [1852-1908]. 
 
 Berget(A.) I/a vie etl'oeuvred'Henri Becquerel. Eer. 
 scient.. Par., 1908, S. s., x, 705-712. fBiogTaphy.] Scient. 
 Am., N. y ., 1908, xdx, 154. PortraiUn: Scient. Am. Suppl., 
 N. Y., 1908, Ixvl, 146.— Broca (A.) L'oeuvre d'Henn 
 Becquerel. Rev. g&. d. so. pures et appliq.. Par., 1908, 
 xix, 802-813.— Darboiix(G.)iee al.}. Discours prononc& 
 aux funftrailles de M. Henn Becquerel. Compt. rend. 
 Acad. d. sc, Par., 1908, cxlvil, 443-451.— Matout (L.) 
 [Obituary.] Radium, Par., 1908, v, 289. 
 Becquerel [Louis-Alfred] [1814r-62]. Des eaux 
 d'Ems; etudes sur les_ propri6tes physiques, 
 chimiques et th^rapeutiques de ces eaux. 45 
 pp. 8°. Paris, O. Bailliire, 1859. 
 
 Becquerel rays. 
 
 See Bays arid radiation; TTranium. 
 Becquet (Marcel). *Contribution it, I'^tude de 
 Paction du bacille bulgare sur la flora intesti- 
 nale. [Paris.] 65 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Havre, 1914, 
 No. 4. 
 Ecole de pharmacie. 
 
 von der Becte (David). Experimenta et medita- 
 
 tionee circa naturaUum rerum principia. 3. ed. 
 
 4 p. 1., 516 pp.- 24°. Amhurgi & Ferrarix, 
 
 typ. B. Pomatelli, 1688. 
 Bgcue (Joseph). *Contribution au traitement des 
 
 ch^loides. 66 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, 1899, No. 
 
 476. 
 
 Becus (Georges). *Tubag6 et d^tubage du 
 larynx au cours du croup; 6tude historique et 
 critique des diff^rents proc^di^s. 79 pp. 8°. 
 Paris, 1907, No. 297. 
 
 Bedale (C. L.) Sumerian tablets from Umma 
 in the John. Eylands Library, Manchester. 
 Transcribed, transliterated, and translated by 
 C. L. Bedale; with a foreword by C. H. W. 
 Johns. 3 p. 1., [viij-xv, 16 pp., 10 plates, fol. 
 Manchester, The University Press {etc.'], 1915. 
 
 BedaU (Carl). Vorschriften zur gleichheitUchen 
 Herstellung pharmaceutischer Zubereitungen, 
 welche weder im Arzneibuch fur das Deutsche 
 Reich, noch ia dem vom Deutschen Apothe- 
 kervereine herausgegebene Erganzungsbande 
 enthalten sind. 2. Aufl. 8 p. 1., 88 pp. 8°. 
 Miinchen, J. Grubert, 1898. 
 
 . The same. 3. Aufl. 8°. Miinchen, J. 
 
 Grubert, 1903. 
 
 . The saihe. Nachtrag zu den Vorschriften 
 
 zur gleichheitUchen Herstellung pharmaceuti- 
 scher Zubereitungen. Im Auftrage des Vereins 
 der Apotheker Miinchens. 3. Aufl. 20 pp. 8°. 
 Munchen, J. Grubert, 1905. 
 
 '■ — . Handverkaufs-Taxe fur Apotheker. 6. 
 
 Aufl. Ill pp. 8° Miinchen, J. Grubert, 1902. 
 See, also, Sammlung der wioMigsten Verordnungen 
 [etc.] [in 2. s.J. 8°. Miimclten, 1905. 
 
 Bed lug. 
 
 See Acanthia; Cimex. 
 
 Beddard (Arthur Philip). 
 
 See Pembrey (Marcus Seymour). Practical physiology. 
 3. ed. 8°. New York, 1910.— Recent advances in physi- 
 ology [etc.] [in 2. s.] 8°. New Yorlc, 1906. 
 
 & Eyre (J.)' Acute lobular pneumonia and 
 
 bronchopneumonia. 
 
 In: Stst. Med. (Allbutt & Rolleston). 8°. London, 1909, 
 V, 174-191. 
 
 Hill (Leonard) [et alj. Practical phys- 
 
 iology, xiv, 495 pp. 8°. London, E. Arnold, 
 1902. 
 
 The same. 2. ed. xiv, 503 pp. 
 
 8°. London, E. Arnold, 1905. 
 Beddard (Frank Evers) [1858- ]. Mammalia, 
 xii, 605 pp. 8°. London, Macmillan & Co., 
 1902. 
 
 See, also, Mlnot (Charles S.) The problem of age [etc.]. 
 8°. New York & London, 1908.— Ward (Robert DeCourcy ). 
 Climate [etc.]. 8°. New York, 1908. 
 
 Beddles (Alfred). Ueber Kakao-Ernahrung. 
 Eihe vergleichende chemisch-physiologiBeh- 
 therapeutische Studie, unter Mitwirkung von 
 W. Tischer. 13 pp. 12°. Berlin, C. Skopnik, 
 1897. 
 
 Beddoe (John) [1826-1911]. 
 
 See LubbocK {Sir John) [in 2. s.]. Mr. Gladstone on the 
 nationalities [etc.], sm. 4°. London, 1887. 
 
 For Biography, see Brit. M. J., Lond., 1911, ii, 316. Also: 
 Lancet, Land., 1911, ii, 334. Also: Nature, Lond., 1911, 
 Ixxxvii, 116. Also: Proo. Roy. Soo. Lond., 1912, s. B., 
 Ixxxiv, pp. xxv-xxvli (A. C. H.). 
 
 Beddoes (Thomas) [1760-1808]. Vita, carattere e 
 scritti del dottor Giovanni Brown, autore della 
 nuova dottrina medica. Tradotto dall' inglese. 
 2. ed. 54 pp., 1 1. 12°. Firenze, G. Piatti, 1802. 
 [P., V. 22^.] 
 
 See.also, Brown (John). The elements ol medicine, [etc.]. 
 8°. Portsmouth, N. H., 1803. 
 
 Beddoes (Thomas Pugh). Syphilis, its diagnosis, 
 prognosis, prevention and treatment, viii, 224 
 pp. 8°. London, Rebman, 1909. 
 
 Bedel (Ren6-Marie-Maurice) [1883- ]. *Les 
 rapports des obsessions avec la psychose p6riodi- 
 que. 94 pp. 8°. Pam, 1911, 'No. 286. 
 
 Bedenck (Joseph). _ *Dreiund8echzig in der 
 Erlanger chir. Klinik beobachtete Falle von 
 Lippencarcinom aus den Jahren 1893-7 (inch). 
 36 pp., 1 1. 8°. Erlangen, E. T. Jacob, 1899. 
 
BEDFORD. 
 
 415 
 
 BEDS. 
 
 Bedford (Charles Henry) [1866- ]. A clinical 
 handbook of urine analysis. 2. ed. vi, (2 1.), 
 172 pp., 10 pi. 8°. Edinburgh, Bell & Brad- 
 fute 1904. 
 
 Bedford (W. K. B.) & Holbeche (Richard). 
 The Order of the Hospital of St. John of Jerusa- 
 lem, being a history of the English Hospitallers 
 of St. John, their nse and progress, x, 227 pp., 
 22 pi. 8°- London, F. E. Robinson & Co., 1902. 
 
 Bedford Springs. 
 
 Ingle (H. B7) The cure at the Bedford Springs of Penn- 
 sylvania. Therap. Gaz. [etc.], Detroit, 1917, 3. s., xxxiii, 
 159-161. 
 
 Bedier (:6douard) [1886- 1. *Eecherches but 
 les causes de I'ictere idiopathique des nouveau- 
 n^s. 56 pp. 8°. Paris, 1912, No. 113. 
 
 Bedln (Alphonse) [1878- _ ]. *La photographie 
 au laboratoire de m^decine legale de 1' Univer- 
 sity de Nancy. 132 pp., 77 pi. 8°. JVanc!/, 1908, 
 No. 20. 
 
 Bedortha (N.) Practical medication; or the 
 invalid's guide, with directions for the treat- 
 ment of disease, iv, 281 pp. 12°. Albany, 
 N. T., Munsell & Rowland, 1860. 
 
 Bedos (Jean) [1871- J. *De I'ictus larynge 
 essentiel. 77 pp. 4°. Paris, 1895, No. 37. 
 
 Bedos (Joseph) [1883- ]. *Des angiochol^- 
 cystites chroniques et de leur curabilite par le 
 traitement chirurgical. 83 pp. 8°. Mont- 
 pellier, 1910, No. 43. 
 
 Bedouin (Andr6). *Sur la d6mence precoce. 
 68 pp. 8°. Paris, 1905, No. 225. 
 
 Bed-pans. 
 
 Engetmann (G.) Bin neues Model! einer Leibschiissel. 
 Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1914, xl, 1223. 
 
 Bedpans {Patent specifications for], 
 
 Allen (H.) Bed-pan. No. 614526; Nov. 22, .1898.— Barker 
 (Y.) Bed-pan. No. 581505: April 27, 1897.— Barlow (A. P.) 
 Bed-pan. No. 783566; Feh. 28, 1905.— BarreUe (M. A. L.) & 
 Logan (A. E.) Be(tpaii cushion. No. 995692; June 20, 
 1911.— Betts (Adele ly Bed-pan. No. 828178; Aug. 7, 
 1906.— Blank (Eosa). Bed-pan. No. 657279; Sept. 4, 1900.— 
 BuTkam(J.) Bed-pan. No. 1093530; April 14, 1914.— Cagle 
 (M.F.) Bedpan. No. 932442; Aug. 31, 1909.— Carter (J. M.) 
 Bed pan. No. 926103; June 29, 1909.— Conyers (Evelyn Au- 
 gusta). Supporting-frame for use with slipper bed-pans. 
 No. 780025; Jan. 17, 1905.— Courtrlght (C.^.) Bed pan. 
 No. 1171094; Feb. 8, 1916.— Crlssey fA. Y.) Bed pan. No. 
 1124709; Jan. 12, 1915.— Cunning (W. E.) Bed and douche 
 
 San. No. 1085549; Jan. 27, 1914.— DuVal (J. P.) Bed pan. 
 'o. 940958; Nov. 23, 1909.— Egan (N.) Combined bed-pan 
 and douche. No. 846843;- March 12, 1907.— Eggers (A. C.) 
 Bed-pan. No. 750103; Jan. 19, 1904.— Elgluny(A.B.) Bed- 
 pan. No. 604915; May 31, 1898.— Elsfeld (T.) Bed-pan. 
 No. 585349; June 29, 1897.— Gavin (J. E.l Bed and douche 
 pan. No. 968932; Aug. 30,1910. —Gold (H.) Bed-pan. No. 
 849472; April 9, 1907.— Goodrlcli (Harriet D.) Bed-pan. 
 No. 657819; Sept. 11, 1900.— Gorham (G. E.) Bed-pan. 
 No. 780987; Jan. 31, 1905.— Griesel (J. C.) Bed pan. No. 
 1181001; April 25, 1916.— Grlffln (J.) & Griffin (E. C.) Bed 
 pan. No. 1067423; July 15, 1913.— Hauly (E. E.) Bed pan. 
 No. 1006653; Oct. 24, 1911.— Henhapl (A.) Bed-pan. No. 
 916864; March 30, 1909.— Hoflman (Lena M.) Bed-pan. 
 
 24, 1901.— Houdard (A.) Bed pan. No. 1048462; Dec. 24, 
 1912.— Jackson (A. O.) Bed-pan. No. 953954; April 5, 
 1910.— Knowlton (A. B.) Bed-pan. No. 1091352; March 
 24, 1914.— LIpps (Helen C.) Bed-pan cover. No. 708371; 
 Sept. 2, 1902,— Logan (A. E.) Cushion for bed pans. No. 
 967533; Aug. 16, 1910.— Logan (A. E.) & Barrelle (M. A. L.) 
 Bed pan cushion. No. 1163835; Dec. 14, 1915.— Lopltsch (J.) 
 & Naumann (F.) Bed-pan. No. 828754; Aug. 14, 1906.— 
 MacAdam (Mary). Bed-pan. No. 669756; March 12, 1901.— 
 McKlnnon (G.) Bed pan. No. 1178453; April 4,1916.— 
 Melnecke (G. W.) Bed-pan. No. 7602®; May 17, 
 1904.— MUilgan (H. C.) Bed-pan. No. 1237673; Aug. 21, 
 1917.— Moore (Margaret). Bed-pan. No. 890681; June 
 16, 1908.— Morgan (M. B.) Sanitary bed-pan. No. 913836: 
 March 2, 1909.— Mudd (M. L.) Bed-pan. No. 1188553; 
 June 27, 1916.— Nelson (Emma). Bed-pan. No. 884842; 
 April 14, 1908.— Newman (I.) Bed-pan. No. 836334; Nov. 
 20, 1906.— NUsson (Marias.) Bedpan. No. 1002077; Aug. 
 29, 1911.— Otis (F. M.) Elastic bedpan. No. 959379; May 
 24, 1910.— Polndexter(I.) Bedpan. No. 1156172; Oct. 12, 
 
 Bedpans [Patent specifications for]. 
 
 1916.— Saks (DO Metallic bed pan. No. 978940; Dec. 20, 
 1910.— Sayen (Lillian M.) Bed-commode. No. 1054452; 
 Feb. 25, 1913.— Slatter (Mary AJ Bed-pan. No. 601084; 
 March 22, 1898.— Smith (Nan Elma). Bed-attachment. 
 No. 815481; March 20, 1906.— Stockdale (Emily A.) Bed- 
 pan. No. 702603; June 17, 1902.— Storrs (Mary E.) Bed- 
 pan. No. 920211; May 4, 1909.— Thornton (G.), Freeborn 
 (F. D.) & HUler (W.f Bed-pan. No. 682650; Sept. 17,1901.— 
 Trabaud (Carrie). Protector for douches or bed-pans. No. 
 640836; Jan. 9, 1900.— Voorhles (Catharine). Bed-pan. 
 No. 586749; July 20, 1897.— Waltz (Dora A.) Bed-pan. No. 
 747517; Deo. 22, 1903.— Webster (A. T.) Bed-pan. No. 
 1252868; Jan. 8, 1918.— Welsh (Flora). Bed-pan. No. 1251311 
 Dec. 25, 1917.— Wesley (P. E.) & Lamont ( A. D.) Collapsi- 
 ble bed pan. No. 1132056; March 16, 1916.— White (G. M.) 
 Bed-pan. No. 876671; Jan. 14, 1908.— WlUlams (B. C.) & 
 Scott (A. C.) Bed or douche pan. No. 931539; Aug. 17, 
 1909.— Wolfsklll (Susan C.) Side bed-pan. No. 689446; 
 Dec. 24, 1901. 
 
 Bedrock, a Quarterly Review of Scientific 
 Thought. Acting editor: H. B. Grylls. v. 1-3, 
 1912-15. 8°. London. 
 
 Bedrune (Femand). *Grippe et suites de cou- 
 ches. 62 pp. 8°. Paris, 1907, No. 429. 
 
 Beds. 
 
 Arnott (N.) Note sur le lit hydrostatioue ou matelas 
 flottant, en usage dans les h6pitaux de I'Angleterre, propose 
 d'abord par lui. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par., 1855, xli, 
 388-391.— Bakalelnlk (P. P.) [A warming bed.] Eussk. 
 
 Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1909, viii, 341. . [Therapeutic and 
 
 ■prophylactic use of the heating couch.] Prakt. Vrach. S.- 
 Peterb., 1911, X, 165.— Bergengrttn (P.) Papierlaubmatrar 
 zen und Papierbettdecken. Miinuien. med. Wchnschr., 
 1915, Ixil, 1742.— Blech (G. M.) A -combined bed and 
 emergency cot. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1913, Ix, 122.— 
 Bowers (E. F.) Separate beds as health conservators. 
 
 Charlotte (N. C] M. J., 1918, Ixxviii, 62-64. . The 
 
 evolution of the bed. Med. Cntic & Guide, N. Y., 1918, xxi, 
 263-265.— Brown (L. T.) The inefficiency of the ordinary 
 bed rest; its correction with a thigh support. Boston M .& 
 S. J., 1912, elxvi, 213.— Bullitt (J. B.) Some remarks on 
 hospital beds, with description of a new model. Ann. Surg. 
 
 Phila., 1897, xxvi, 347-352. . Adjustable bed for 
 
 invahds, Louisville J. S. & M., 1898, v, 25-27.— Fyle (P.) 
 What the people sleep upon. J. Eoy. San. Inst., Lend., 
 
 1904-5, XXV, 857-864. . Common flock beds in relation 
 
 to the pubhc health. Ihid., 1906, xxvii, 714-722.— Gauvain 
 (H.J.) Warm beds in open-air. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1917, i, 
 528.— Griffith (F.) A bed grapple. Med. Council, Phila,, 
 1904, ix, 9. Also, Eeprint.— Habermaas (A.) A new bed 
 spring especially adapted to hospital and sick-room purposes. 
 St. Louis M. & S. J., 1901, Ixxxi, 132-134.— Heatley (G. S.) 
 A commode bedstead. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1904, Ixxix, 
 909.— Hutzler (M.) Demonstration eines neueu Kinder- 
 bettes. Sitzungsb. d. arztl. Ver. Milnchen (190,5), 1906, xv, 
 167-170.— Jacobsohn (P.) Ein neuer Krankenbettfahrer. 
 Illust. Monatschr. d. arztl. Polytech., Berl., 1897, 129-131. 
 
 •. Era Niveausteller fiir das Krankenbett. Ibid., 1898, 
 
 XX, 73. . Zur Frage der Krankeubetten. Ibid.. 1910, 
 
 xxxii. 113-119.- Kutten (D.) Ueber ein neues Univer- 
 salbett zum Verbandwechsel an liegenden Patienteu nach 
 Professor Dr. W. Lepkowski. Militararzt, Wien, 1915, 
 xlix, 218-220.— Luria (A.) A medico-surgical bedstead. 
 Am. Med., PMla., 1901,ii, 71.— Macewen (W.) Theuseof a 
 divided mattress andjpelvic elevator. Brit. M. J., Ix)nd 
 1918, i, 252.— Maggl (M.) Sulla convemenza igienica delle 
 lettiere miste di pagMa e torba in confronto di quelle di sola 
 paglia o di sola torba; ricerche sperimentali. fit. d'ig. d r 
 Univ. di Palermq. Lav. di lab., Eoma, 1898, iv, 95-106 — 
 Majewsk] (KO Die permanente Gewichtscxtension als 
 Princip eines Bettdurchzuges. Wien. med. Presse, 1900, 
 xli, 632.— Moberly (H. J. B.) A new pattern bed-rest. J. 
 Eoy. Army Med. Corps, Lond., 1908, x, 182.— Munger 
 (E. E.) An improved bedstead for invalid. Am. Med , 
 Phila. , 1901, i, 512.— Nuovo (Un) letto articolato. Morgagni, 
 MUano, 1897, xx xix, pt. 2, 353-355.— Perrin. Le poitique- 
 lit Henri Poron. Pans mM., 1917, xxi, suppL No.^, l-lu 
 Piausnitz (C.) Desintektorentasche zum Gebrauch fiir 
 die fortlaufende Desinfektion am Krankenbette. Ztschr f 
 Med.-Beamte. Berl., 1914, xxvii, 229-231.— Pregowskl (P ) 
 [Hypnotic action of heated bedsj Now. lek., Poznai, 1906, 
 xviii, 454.— Scheller (H. M.) The proper way to make a 
 bed. Mod. Kosp., St. Louis, 1918, x, 205.— Schley (W. S ) 
 The Gatoh bed m surgical work. St. Luke's Hosp. M. & S 
 Eep., Brooklyn, 1911, lii, 83,— van der Sman (L. F.) [An 
 aid m the care of the unclean.] Nosokfimos, Amst., 1906-7, 
 VII, 807-810.— Smyth (W. J.^ The osciUating bed as a 
 therapeutic agent. J. Phys. Therap., Lond., 1901, ii, 13-15.— 
 Spltta (O.) Ueber das Warmeleitungsvermogen einiger 
 Bettstofle. Arch. f. Hyg., Milnchen & Leipz., 1898, xxxii, 
 285-293.— Xylander. Die Meissnersche Matratze. Ber u 
 d. iii. intemat. Kong. f. Wohnungshyg, in Dresd. (1911), 1912! 
 601-604.— von Zlemssen (H.) Ein neues Trockenbett 
 Ztschr. f. Krankenpfl., Berl., 1899, xxi, 27-30. 
 
BEDS. 
 
 416 
 
 BEDS. 
 
 Beds (Military). 
 
 Bonnette. Lits Ah guerre improvisfe, dSmontables. 
 Progrfes mM., Vat., 1917, 3. s., xxxli, 406.— Hawley (G. W.) 
 Hospital bed designed for military hospitals; with a special 
 mode lor civil hospitals. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1918, Ixvii, 
 435-438, 3pl.— Hubl§. Un lit de camp k I'usage des casernes. 
 J. d'hyg.. Par., 1912, xxxviii, 65-67.— Huntemueller. Ein 
 neues Feldbeti fiir Heereszweeke. Milnchen. med. Wchn- 
 schr., 1916, bdil, 1780.— Jeanneqiiln. Lit de campagne 
 fecile k construire, k monter, k d^monter. Arch, de m^d. et 
 pharm. mil.. Par., 1916-17, Ixvl, 391-394.— Iiabougle. Lit 
 improvise. Ihid., 551. — Laubenberg (K.) Eine Feldbett- 
 stelle. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1916, 
 xlii, 1486. — Lion. Lit d^montable en bois k sommier 41as- 
 tique. Arch, de raiid. et pha^m. mil., Par., 1916-17, Ixvi, 
 548-55L— du Mont. Ein Feldbett. Deutsche med. Wchn- 
 schr., Berl. & Leipz., 1915, xli, 1372.— Vieser. Eine neue 
 zerlegbare Eeldbettstelle. Hiinchen. med. Wchnschr., 
 1916, Ixiii, 589. 
 
 Beds (Ohstetrical). 
 
 Cary (E.) A practical obstetrical bed. Surgy Gynec. & 
 Gbst., Chicago, 1915, xx, 488.— Eksteln. Ueber Fortschrltte 
 der Eetormtatigkeit auf dem Gebiete der Geburts- und 
 Wochenbetthygiene. Gynaek. Euudschau, Berl. & Wien, 
 1910, iv, 335-339.— Fernandez (U . ) Nuevo modelo de cama 
 para partes. Prensa m^d. argentlna, Buenos Aires, 1914-16, 
 1, 201.— Hall (J.) & Paddletord (Hattie A.) Obstetrical 
 and invalid bed. [Pat. spec] No. 801865; Oct. 17, 1905.— 
 Ingerslev (E.) [The earlier history ol our portable obstet- 
 rical bed.] Ugesto. f. Laeger, K0benh., 1915, Ixxvll, 1310- 
 1319.— RoslcM (S.) [An easily movable and very simple 
 and cheap obstetric bed.] Przegl. lek., Eraktf-w, 1875, xiv, 
 401-403.— Tvedegaard (H.) [A new obstetrical be,d.] 
 Ugeskr. 1. Lager, K;0benh., 1915, Ixxvii, 1307-1310. 
 
 Beds and ledsteads [Patent specifications 
 for], 
 
 Anderson (I. C.) Bedstead lor invalids. No. 796791; 
 Aug. 8, 1905.— Anderson (Y. R.) InvaUdbed. No. 1179492; 
 April 18, 1916.— Andrews (H. N.) Adjustable bed. No. 
 806891; Dec. 5, 1905.— Armstrong (W. H.), Pugh (J. M.) & 
 Maeee (R. W.) Invalid-bed. No. 824057; June 19, 1906.— 
 Baker (J. A.) Inclined bed. No. 907950; Dec. 29, 1908.— 
 Barnes (F. D.) Invalid bed. No. 1290877; Jan. 14, 1919.— 
 Bamett (A. R.) Adjustable reclining spring frame. No. 
 
 987423; March 21, 1911. . Adjustable support. No. 
 
 1003865: Sept. 19, 1911.— Bartholome (J. A.) Invalid bed 
 
 frame. No. 984879; Feb. 21, 1911. . Invahd bed. No. 
 
 1075752; Oct. 14, 1913.— Berg (A.) & Berg (R.) Bedstead. 
 No. 960486; June 7, 1910.— Berman (F.) Bed lor mvaUds. 
 No. 1033981; July 30, 1912.— Bess (J. W.) Invalid's couch. 
 No 836175; Nov. 20, 1906.— Bevan (T. W.) Surgical bed- 
 stead. No. 1242315; Oct. 9, 1917.— Birroingliam (J. D.) 
 Invalid-bed. No. 869344; Oct. 29, 1907.— Bowling (Kath- 
 erine D.) Bedstead. No. 859911; July 16, 1907.— Bradley 
 rj H 1 Bed frame. No. 1218519; March 6, 1917.— Brown 
 (C P ) Foldable bedstead. No. 76S073; May 3, 1904.— 
 Brown fE. E.) Invalid and operating bed. No. 781328; 
 Jan. 31, 1905.-Buckley (J.) InvaUd\ed. No. 1185054; 
 Mav 30, 1916.— Bunnemeyer (Ji J.) Invalid bed. No. 
 1070010- Aug. 12, 1913.— Camfield (J.) Invalid bedstead. 
 No 703535; July 1, 1902.— Carlton (R. E.) Adjustable 
 wardrobe bed. No. 947730; Jan. 25, 1910.— Cheetham (J.) 
 InvaUd-bed. No. 728865; May 26, 1903.— Clark (A. B.) 
 Invalid's bed. No. 653440; July 10, 1900.— Clement (N.) 
 Invalid-bed. No. 824846; July 3, 1906.— Clemetson (H. P.) 
 Chair-bed, couch, stretcher, etc. No. 879442; Feb. 18, 1908.— 
 Cline (W. H.) feed. No. 926854; July 6, 1909.— Coderre 
 fC H > Bed. No. 869772; Oct. 29, 1907.— CoUins (J. J.) 
 InraUd Or hoisting bed. No. 878045; Feb. 4, 1908.— Court- 
 ney (W.E.) Hospital bed. No. 1032743: July 16, 1912.- 
 
 CrandaU (A. F.) Bed. No. 972099; Oct. 4, 1910. — . 
 
 Bed (or invaUds. No. 972100; Oct. 4, 1910.— Danlorth (C. 
 H ) InvaUd bed-stead. No. 1284062; Nov. 5, I918.-De 
 Wendt(W.C.) InvaUdbed. No. 1227399; May 22, 1917.-- 
 Dlckerson (J. H.) Hospital-bed. Nq. 1191772: July 18 
 1916 -Eddy (I. D.) InVaUd-bedstead. No. 663427; Dec. 
 11. 1900.— Edwards (G. H. T.) Combined spring-bed and 
 invalid-chair. No. 690844; Jan. 7, 1902.— Fair (M. Q.) Cot 
 forinvaUds. No. 811492; Jan. 30, 1906.— Fazakerley (L E.l 
 Hospital-bed. No. 1257072; Feb. 19, I918.-Feely (W. C.) 
 Invalid-Bed with (iommode attachment. No. 892817; July 
 
 7 1908 — . luvaUd-bed. No. 1061168; May 6, 1913.— 
 
 Fletcher (W. F.) & Richardson (H. N.) Combination 
 invalid bed and chair. No. 1179907; April 18, 1916.-Ford 
 (J.B) InvaUdbed. No.963538; July5,1910.— FoustfT.L.l 
 Invalid-bed. No. 1291822; Jan. 21, -1919.— Fraser (C. W.) 
 Body-guard. No. 879534: Feb. 18, 19q8.-Frencli (F. B.) 
 Metalled frame. No. 950619; March 1, I910.-Galnes (F. 
 L ) Invalid-bed. No. 918991; April 20, 1909.-Gavan (M. 
 
 D.) Convertible bed. No. 963687; April 5, 1910. -. 
 
 InvaUd bed. No. 1043517; Nov. 5, 1912.-Gm(A.) Invahd 
 mattress™ No. 1199886; bet. 3, 1916-Goode (G.) Bed 
 attachment. No. 716886; Dec. 3Q, I902.--Goodson (Lydia 
 A.) & Nason (W. A.) Invalid-bed. No. 809051; Jan. 2, 
 
 Beds and hedsteads [Patent specifications 
 for]. 
 
 1906.— Greaves (G. M.) Adjustable bed attachment or 
 rest tor invaUds. J' "'" "' """" " --"-"" 
 
 InvaUd-bedstead. 
 Infant's bed. No. __,__, 
 Crow (J. W.) Spring-bed. No. 745345; Deo. 1, 1903.— Hall 
 (E. A.) InvaUd'sbeS. No. 794978; July 18, 1905.— HaU(L) 
 InvaUd bed. No. 897890; Sept. 8, 1908.— Hall (J.) & Paddle- 
 lord (Hattie AmeUa). InvaUd-bed. No. 759882; May 17, 
 1904.— Hall (M.) On the spring bed. Jn.-Hall(M.) Pract. 
 Obs. & Suggestions, 8°. Lond., 1846, 2. s., 91.— Hanger (J. 
 E.) Bed. No. 1242545; Oct. 9, 1917.— Hartford (I. J.) Hu- 
 man-treatment apparatus. No. 726055; April 21, 1903.— 
 Heatley (G. S.) Bedstead and mattress. No. 722705; 
 
 March 17, 1903. . A commode bedstead. N. York M. 
 
 J. [etc.], 1904, Ixxlx, 909. Also, Eeprini.— Heaton (E. M.) 
 Hospital bed. No. 960322; June 7, 1900.— Henwood (H. E.) 
 
 Attachment for bedsteads. No. 802756; Oct. 24, 1905. . 
 
 Bedstead. No. 852507: May 7, 1907.— Hogan (D.) & 
 Melnecke (C. W.) Adjustable bed. No. 964105; July 12, 
 1910.— HolloweU (E.l Hospital-bed. No. 1266268; May 14, 
 1918.— Hooper (F. L.) Bed attachment. No. 1100303; 
 June 16, 1914.— Hoyer (A. M.) Attachment lor bedsteads. 
 No. 730770; June 9, 1903.— Johnson (P.) Bed. No. 1284366; 
 Nov. 12, 1918.— Jones (H. F.) & BIythe (W. D.) Appa- 
 ratus lor disinfecting mattresses. No. 1052828; Feb. 11, 
 1913.— Joslln (C. T.) InvaUd bed. No. 1219558; March 20, 
 1917.^arper (S.) Sofa bed. No. 950925; March 1, 1910. 
 Keller (J. M.) Invalid bed. No. 971381; Sept. 27, 1910.— 
 Kemmler (J. A.) Bedstead. No. 1018195; Feb. 20, 1912.— 
 Kerns (H.N.) The Glennan adjustable bunk. Mod.Hosp., , 
 St. Louis, 1918, xi, 194.— Kester (C. E.) Bed for InvaUds. 
 No. 992671; May 16, 1911.— Kimball ( Clara M. ) Compo- 
 sition for medicating bed-quUts. No. 348748; Sept. 7, 
 1886.— Kimball (R. R.) Bed construction. No. 1114486; 
 Oct. 20, 1914.— Kindrlck (J. H.) Cot lor invaUds. No. 
 1103296: July 14, 1914.— Kintz (H.) Bed-spring and mat- 
 tress. No. 801667; Oct. 10, 1905.— Kramer (F. W.) Adjust- 
 able bed. No. 1108502; Aug. 25. 1914.— Kruger (A.) Inva^ 
 lid bed, cot and table. No. 815715: March 20, 1906.— Kuhn 
 (L. J.) InvaUd's bed. No. 1192647; July 25, 1916.— Lam- 
 botte (E.) Antisore mattress. No. 801885; Oct. 17, 1905.— 
 Le Lande (Marie B.) Bed-protector. No. 807750; Dec. 19, 
 1905.— Lewis (C. O.) Di-nded bed. No. 861868; July 
 30,1907.— Llliby(E. A.) Bedstead attachment. No. 677672; 
 July 2, 1901.— Logan (A. J.) & Harrison (R. B.) Metal 
 bedstead. No. 950625; March 1, 1910.— Loose (E.) Com- 
 bined coucb and invaUd-chair. No. 805805; Nov. 28, 1905.— 
 Lowndes (C. P.) Topical medicated bed. No. 967688; 
 Aug. 16, 1910.— Lovpy (M.) Folding cot. No. 1246123; Nov. 
 
 13, 1917.— Luppino (J.) SUding couch-bed. No. 898981; 
 Sept. 15, 1908.— Lurla (A.) Medical bed. No. 665243; 
 
 Jan. 1, 1901. . InvaUd or surgical bed. No. 673366; 
 
 April 30, 1901.— McDonald (A.) InvaUd bedstead. No. 
 969174; Sept. 6, 1910.— McDonald (J. A.) & McDowaU (W.) 
 InvaUd bed. No. 1046830; Dec. 10, 1912.— McElveen (G.) 
 Invalid bed or cot. No. 945282; Jan. 4, 1910.— McGough 
 (W.C.) InvaUd-bed. No. 836397; Nov. 20, 1906.— Mcintosh 
 (B.) Hospital bed. No. 1230913; June 26, 1917.— McKay 
 (J.) Bed and bedstead lor the use olinvahds. No. 944204; 
 Dec. 21, 1909.— Mackey (jS InvaUd bed. No. 924083; 
 June 8, 1909.— McLennan (W.) InvaUd-bed. No. 790588; 
 May 23, 1905.— McMahan (Bella). InvaUd-bed. No. 
 803619;Nov.7,1905.— McNeUfM.) InvaUdbed. No.l224478; 
 Mav 1, 1917.— Mead (E. C.) InvaUd-bed. No. 840787; Jan. 
 8, 1907.— Merchant (W. T.) Hospital bed. No. 1038623; 
 Sept. 17, 1912.— Mlt»;heU(F.W.) InvaUdbed. No. 933323; 
 Sept. 7, 1909.— Moore (W. A.) Bedstead. No. 819241; May 
 1, 1906.— MUllcr (H. J.) Coucb having a divided resting- 
 surface. No. 1255208; Feb. 5, 1918.— Munger(E.E.) Bed. 
 No. 668216; Sept. 18, 1900.— Nason (W. A.) Invahd-bed. 
 No. 686831; Nov. 19, 1901.— Needham (C. A.) Bed. No. 
 736139; Aug. 11, 1903.— Noble (NelUe B.) Bedstead. No. 
 846236;March6, 1907.— Otto(EJ InvaUd-bed. No. 653259; 
 July 10, 1900:— JPayne (F. R.) InvaUd's bed. No. 1001437; 
 Aug. 22, 1911.— Payne (G.) Hospital bed. No. 1132614; 
 March 23, 1915.— Plaser (A.) Folding bed. No. 893364; July 
 
 14, 1908.— Preston (Edith B.) Spring and mattress for 
 InvaUd-beds. No. 842973; Feb. 6, 1907.— Prichard (H. L.) 
 InvaUd-bed. No. 837504; Dec. 4. 1906.— Basch (P.) Hos- 
 pital-bed attachment. No. 1255M6; Feb. 5, 1918.— Helfl (M. 
 X) InvaUd's bed. No. 989875; April 18, 1911.— Richards 
 (Emily H.) AppUance lor surgical beds. No. 803193; Oct. 
 31, 19{)5.— Roberts (W. E.) Bed. No. 760152; May 17, 
 1904.— Robinson (T. C.) InvaUd bedstead. No.- 1021335; 
 March 26, 1912.— Roblson (E. J.) Bedstead. No. 1102956; 
 July 7, 1914.— Rode (R.) Bed lor the sick. No. 876238; 
 Jan. 7, 1908.— Boesch (E.) InvaUd bSd. No. 1023396; 
 April 16, 1912.— Ross (W. J.) 3ed. No. 1037995; Sept. 10, 
 19l2.— Rust (J.) Adjustable bed. No. 1265253; May 7, 
 1918.— Sears (&. A.) Bedstead. No. 912036; Feb. 9, 1909.— 
 Sennett (W. C.) InvaUd-bed. No. 791295; May 30, 1905.— 
 Slnlem(I.j Adjustable bed. No. 1269868; June 18; 1918.— 
 Stanley (E. A.) Invalid bedstead. No. 1104390; July 
 21, I914.-Steflen (D.) Bed. No. 1245131; Oct. 30, 1917.— 
 Sieba (N. S.) Bed. No. 862041; April 30, 1907.— Sterling 
 
BEDS. 
 
 417 
 
 BEEF. 
 
 Beds and hedsteads [Patent specifications 
 for]. 
 
 (W. B.) Bed. No. 830261; SeDt. 4, 1906.— Stone (G. H.) 
 Inralid bed. No. 1001089; Aug. 22, 1911.— Summers ( J. W. j 
 Invalid-ted. No. 816048; Marc!) 27, 1906.— Taylor (A. C.) 
 Invalid bed. No. 923729; June 1, 1909.— Taylor (T.) & 
 Stuart (W.M.) Invalid bed. No. 926033; June 22, 1909.— 
 Terry (H. M.) Convertible bed. No. 1055241; March 
 4, 1913.— Titus (J.) Curative couch. No. 771847; Oct. 11, 
 1904.— Tonncle (A.) & Curtis (W. J.) Adjustable support 
 for beds. No. 1226415; May 15. 1917.— Trelber (T. E.) Bed. 
 No. 1052698; Feb. 11, 1913.— Ward (L. W.) InvaUd-bed. 
 No. 912214; Feb. 9, 1909.— Weaver (E. S.) Invalid's body 
 support. No. 1043648; Nov. 5, 1912.— Welmer (H.) Bed 
 support lor hospitals or sicls; rooms. No. 1073194; Sept. 16, 
 1913.— Westliaver(J.) Bedstead. No. 942246; Dec. 7, 1909.— 
 Whltttngton (Virgiiiia). Combined invalid and surgical 
 couch. No. 826978; July 24, 1906.— Wlble (E. A.) Invalid's 
 bed. No. 904587; Nov. 24, 1908.— Wilson (F. M.) & Brock 
 (E. C.) Bed. No. 948120; Feb. 1, 1910.— Wilson (G. A.) 
 Hospital bed. No. 1048264; Dec. 24, 1912. -Witt (L.) Hos- 
 pital-bed appliance. No. 1096981; May 19, 1914.— Woollen 
 foiive K.) InvaHd's bed. No. 874555; Dec. 24 1907.— 
 Young (L. T.) Bedclothes fastener. No. 950712; March 1, 
 1910.— Zuerner (L. J.) & Balwa (A. F.) InvaUd-bed. No. 
 783563; Feb. 28, 1905. 
 
 Bed-sores. 
 
 GiRAED (J.-L.-M.) *D«- decubitus acutus; 
 complication des interventions gyndcologiques. 
 8°. Bordeaux, 1902. 
 
 JoLiEU (D.) *Le decubitus acutus post- 
 op^ratoire en gyn^cologie. 8°. Montpellier, 
 
 1904. 
 
 Carrlftre. Examen microscopique et bact&ioscopique 
 du contenu d'eschares phlycttooides dans deux cas de 
 d&ubitus acutus. BulL Soc. d'anat. et physiol. de Bor- 
 deaux, 1896, xvii, 123.— Dlaltl (G.) Decubito sacrale acuto 
 conseoutivo ad isterectemia vaginale. Clin, chir., Milano, 
 1915, xxiii, 781-797.— Fieux (G.) Deux cas de d&ubitus 
 acutus. Compt. rend. Soc. d'obst., de gyniSc. et de psediat. 
 de Par., 1910, xii, 11-15. Also: Bev. prat, d'obsf. et de 
 paediat.. Par., 1910, xxiii, 65-72.— LInd (J. E.) Decubitus. 
 Eel. Handb. Med. So., N. Y., 1917, viii, 568.— Ozeretskovskl 
 (A. I.) [Acute multiple decubitus.] Voyenno-Med. J.. 
 S.-Peterb., 1903, i, med. pt., 412-417.— Klcliardson (G. H,) 
 Pathological and microscopical study ol bed-sores. Pacific 
 Coast J. Homceop., San Fran., 1900, viii, 8-10.— B«utier. 
 Decubitus aigu, eschare sacrge, suite d'hystdreotomie vagi- 
 nale pour pyosalpinx. Bull, et m^m. Soc. de chir. de Par., 
 1897, n. s., xxiii, 178.— Smlti (E. L.) Bedsores in the 
 hospital; a patient's experience for six years on the flat of 
 his back. Mod. Hosp., St. Louis, 1916, vii, 617.— Strat«r 
 (L.) Ueber das Durchliegen, den Dekubitus. Kranken- 
 pflege, Berl., 1902-3,11,328-330.- Vanverts(J.) Eemarques 
 sur la pathog6nie du decubitus acutus post-op6ratoire. 
 Bull, et m^m. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1904, n. s., xxXj^55-362. 
 Also: Gaz. d. hflp., Par., 1904, Ixxvii, 561-566.— Wietlng. 
 Ueber Wundliegen, Druclmekrose und Entlastung. Mun- 
 chen. med. Wchnschr., 1918, Ixv, 311-314.— Zlpperltng. 
 Decubitus acutus. Centralbl. f. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. 
 Chir., Jena, 1913, xvii, 187-195. 
 
 Bed-sores {Prevention and treatment of). 
 
 Smart (0. W.) Bed-sores; their prevention 
 and cure. 8°. London, 1916. 
 
 Bieneck (Helene). Zur Verhiitung des Durchliegens. 
 Deutsche Krankenpflg.-Ztg., Berl., 1903, vl, 105. — Brown- 
 ing (W.) The management of decubitus; a system in use 
 at Kings County Hospital. Hosp. Bull. Dep. Pub. Char., 
 N. Y., 1917, 1, No. 4, 66-68. AUo: Med. Eec, N. Y., 1917, 
 xcii, 622. Also, Eeprint. — Duckwortb (Sir D.) A note 
 on the treatment of a severe bedsore. St. Barth. Hosp. Eep. 
 1909, Lend., 1910, xlv, 5.— Falclola (M.) Contribute alia 
 profuassi ed alia cura del decubito. Gazz. med. ital., Torino, 
 1906, Ivii, 211-213.— Hoke (E.) Ueber die Bebandlung von 
 schwerem Dekubitus im permanenten Wasserbade. Kran- 
 kenpflege, Berl., 1901-2, i, 595.— von Jakscb (E.) Deku- 
 bitusund Dauerbad. Zentralbl. f. innereMed., Leipz., 1915, 
 xxxvl, 1-3. — Llnd (J. E.) The treatment ol bedsores. N. 
 York M. J. [etc.], 1915, ci, 25.— Molir (E.) Decubitus und 
 seine Verhiitung. Fortschr. d. Med., Berl., 1912, xxx, 129- 
 134.— Nordmann (O.) Die Behandlung des Decubitus. 
 Med. KUn., Berl., 1914, x, 1715.— Palmer (J. D.) Chemical 
 means for the prevention of bedsores. Merck's Arch., N. Y., 
 1902, iv, 386.— Ring ( A. H.) The use of sunlight in the treat- 
 ment of bedsores. Boston M. & 8. J., 1906, civ, 629.— Kuth- 
 ven (Anna V.) & Spence (Ethyl M.) 'Treatment of bed- 
 sores with radiant heat. Am. J. Nursing, Eochester, N. Y., 
 1917-18, xviii, 294.— Smitli (Marion E.) Bed-sores; their 
 causes, prevention, and care. Trained Nurse, N. Y., 1900, 
 XXV, 181-184.— Strater. Ein neues Mittel gegen Deku- 
 bitus. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1902, xlix, 1461 — 
 Teller (E.) Zur Behandlung des Dekubitus. lUd., 1908, 
 
 96808°— Vol. II, 3d series— 19 27 
 
 Bed-sores (Prevention and treatment of). 
 
 Iv, 1022-1024.— Thomalla. Ueber Vermeidung von De- 
 cubitus bei kranken Wochnerinnen sowie soustigen kranken 
 Personen, Centralbl, t Gynak., Leipz., 1895, xix, 815. — 
 Wade (B. N.), Ehrenreich (S. G.) [et al.]. How do you 
 treat bedsores? N. York M. J. [etc.], 1915, ci, 26; 75.— 
 Zweig (A.) Die Behandlung des Decubitus. Deutsche 
 med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1911, xxxvU, 1122. Also, 
 transL: Med. Press & Circ, Lend., 1912, n. s., xciv, 104. 
 
 Bedu (Etienne-Armand) [1887- ]. *Contribu- 
 tion k I'^tude de certaines variations de poids 
 et de longueur du fcetus avant terme (jusqu'au 
 d6but du 9« mois). 56 pp. 8°. Paris, 1912, 
 No. 332. 
 
 Bediirfnlss (Das) grosserer Sauberkeit im Klein- 
 vertrieb von Nahrungsmitteln. Achtzehn Auf- 
 satze zum Wiederabdrucls: und zu moglicbster 
 Verbreitung. 2. Aufl. 76 pp. 8° FrankfuHa. 
 M.,_ Mahlau & Waldschmidt, 1902. 
 
 Bediirfnisse der vomehmen Welt. Ein Beleh- 
 rungs- und Unterhaltungsbuch fur Erwachsene 
 gebildeten Standes. Insonderheit ein hyrieni- 
 scher Wegeweiser. 188pp. 12°. Graz, E.Paul, 
 1891. 
 
 BeduschI (Vincenzo). Afasie; appunti critici, 
 osservazioni cliniche ed anatomiche. 189 pp. 
 8°. _ Milano, 1909. 
 
 B^dziAsld (A.) Lekarz domoroy czyli najpr^dsze 
 i najlepsze irodld ratowania siebie i drugicli 
 bez pomocy lekarza stosuj^c tylko 500 fedk6w 
 domowych z domowej apteczki. . . . Wydanie 
 czwarte poprawione i uzupelnione przez W. 
 [Domestic physician or quickest and best 
 means of aiding oneself and others without the 
 aid of a physician, with only 500 domestic 
 remedies. ... 4. ed., corrected and completed 
 by W.] V, 94 pp. 16°. Pzesz&w, J. A. Pelar, 
 1899. 
 
 Beebe (BrooTcs Ford) [1850-1914]. 
 
 LangdonfF.W.) Obituary. Proc. Am. Med.-Psychol. 
 Ass., Bait., 1915, xxii, 365-367. AUo: J. Nerv. & Ment. 
 Dis., N. Y., 1916, xUv, 92-94, port.— Klely (W. E.), Weaver 
 (W. B.) & Bonlfleld (C. L.) [Obituary.] Lancet-Clinic, 
 Cincin., 1914, cxl, 730.— Pope (C.), Letcher (J. H.) [et al.]. 
 [Obituary.] Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1915, cxiii, 18. 
 
 Beebe (H[ugh] Mc[Dowell]). 
 
 Editor of: TJnlverslty Homoeopathic Observer, Lancas- 
 ter, Pa., 1916-18. 
 
 Beecher (Catharine E.) & Stowe (Harrlet- 
 Beecher). The American woman's home; or, 
 principles of domestic science; being a guide 
 to the formation and maintenance of economical, 
 healthful, beautiful, and Christian homes, xii, 
 500 pp. 8°. New York, J. B. Ford & Co., 1869. 
 
 Beecher (Lynian). Six sermons on the nature, 
 occasions, signs, evils, and remedy of intemper- 
 ance. 6. ed. 107 pp. 24°. Boston, T. R. 
 Marvin, 1828. 
 
 . The same. 9. ed. 107 pp. 16° Boston, 
 
 T. R. Marvin, 1829. 
 
 in der Beeek (Wilhehn) [1879- ]. *Ueber 
 den praktischem Wert bakteriologischer Untersu- 
 chungen in der Augenheilkunde. [Bonn.] 1 
 p. 1., 28 pp. 8°- Mulhmn^Ruhr, 0. H. Blech, 
 1913. 
 
 Beecker (Adolf). *Die Nasenregion des Am- 
 niotenkopfes. 57 pp. 8°. Leipzig, W. EngeU 
 mann, 1903. 
 
 Beeckman (Petrus). *De x^^po^i- sive de morbo 
 virgineo. 19 pp. 4°. Lugd. Bat, A. Elzevier, 
 1707. 
 
 Beef. 
 
 See Heat. 
 
 Beef extracts. 
 
 See Meat {Preparations and extracts of) . 
 
BEEHLER. 
 
 418 
 
 BEER. 
 
 Beehler (William Henry) [1848- ]. The his- 
 tory of the Italian-Turkish war, September 29, 
 1911, to October 18, 1912. 118 pp., 1 map. 8°. 
 [Annapolis, printed by the Advertiser RepiMimn, 
 1913.] 
 Eepr. [■with additioiis]/rom.' Proc. U. S. Naval Inst. 
 
 ter Beek (Cornelius) [1874- ]. *Die allge- 
 meine Therapie des Galen. [Schluss von 
 Buch I.] 29 pp., 1 1. 8°. Berlin, G. Schade, 
 1898. 
 
 van Beek (J. M.), jr. Miltvuur en tuberculose. 
 Administratieve behandeling van een geval 
 van miltvuur en tuberculose onder het vee. 
 1 p. 1., 43 pp. 8°. Landsmeer, Ipenbuur & 
 van Seldom, 1907. 
 
 Beelaerts van Blokland (F. A. G.) & Bahler 
 (Louis A.) Militarisme. 36 pp. 8° Baarn, 
 Hollandia-druhkerij, 1907. 
 Forms No. 4 of: Pro en contra, Baarn, 1907, iii. 
 
 Beeler (Oeorge) [1830-99]. 
 
 Biographical sketch. Am. Pract & News, Louisville, 
 1899, xxviii, 351, port. 
 
 Beer. 
 
 See, also, Alcoholic drtnlcs; Brewers; Yeast. 
 Barnard (H. E.) Report on methods of beer 
 analysis. 8°. [Washington, 1907 .] 
 U. S. Dep. Agric. Bur. Chem., Circular No. 33. 
 
 Behrend (G.) Ueber die Chemie des Bieres 
 vom Gerstenkom bis zur Fertigstellimg. 8°. 
 Hamburg, 1897. 
 
 Bertels (E. R.) *KvoproBu ovliyanii piva 
 na azotistly metamorfoz u zdorovtkh lyudei [On 
 the effect of beer on nitrogenous metamorphosis 
 in healthy men.] 8°. Yuryev, 1897. 
 
 Also, m.-'Meditsina, S.-Peterb., 1896, viii, 451. 
 
 Gallinger (J. H.) Scientific testimony on 
 beer. 8°. [Washington, 1901.] 
 
 BU.RGHEAVES (W.) Malt liquors; their nature 
 and effects. 8°. Philadelphia, [1809?]. 
 
 Leblat (E.-V.) *La reconslatution de la 
 densite originelle des biferes de fermentation 
 haute (6tude critique des diverses m^thodes). 
 8°. Lille, 1912. 
 
 Pharmacie. 
 
 Lepevke (J.-F.-J.) *Etude de quelques types 
 de biferes consomm^es k LUle et de quatre extraits 
 de malt pharmaceutiques; apports alimentaires 
 de ces biferes. 8°. Lille, 1907. 
 
 LiVESET (J.) A new lecture on malt liquor. 
 8°. Preston, 1870. 
 
 Qtjenot (G.) *Essai but les proc^d^s de 
 fabrication et sur les applications therapeutiques 
 de la bifere et des extraits de malt. 8°. Paris, 
 1910. 
 
 RoLLBSTON (S.) OItos KpiBivos; a dissertation 
 concerning the origin and antiquity of barley 
 wine. 4°. Oxford, 1750. 
 
 Straus (A.) *Beitrage zur Kenntnis der 
 Producte der alkoholischen Garung der Bier- 
 wiirze mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der BU- 
 dung von Bemsteinsaure. 4°. Milnchen, 1895. 
 
 ToLMAN (L. M.) & Riley (J. 0.) A study of 
 American beers and ales. 8°. Washington, 
 
 1917. 
 U. S. Dep. Agric, Wash., 1917, Bull. No. 493. 
 
 United States. Congress. Hovise of Repre- 
 sentatives. A bill to prevent the brewing of 
 impure beer. 57. Cong., 1. sess. H. R. 11610. 
 Feb. 20, 1902. Introd. by Mr. Southwick. roy. 
 8°. [Washington, 1902.] 
 
 Wackenroder (H.) De cerevisiss vera 
 mixtione et indole chemica et de methodo 
 analytica alcoholis quantitatem recte explo- 
 raadi. 8°. Jmx, 1850. 
 
 Beer. 
 
 Wahl (R.) Indian corn (or maize) in the 
 manufacture of beer. 8°. Washington, 1893. 
 
 . Refinement of beer. 8°. [n. p.], 1915. 
 
 Kepr.from: Am. Brewers' Rev., [n. p.], 1915. 
 
 — : . The importance of lactic acid in the 
 
 production of malt and beer. 8°. [n. p.], 1915. 
 Bepr. from: Am. Brewers' Eev., [n. p.], 1916. 
 
 . New scientific conceptions and their 
 
 application to quality and methods of preparing 
 beer. 8°. [n. p.], 1915. 
 
 Bepr.from: Am. Brewers' Eev., [n. p.], 1915. 
 
 Ackenuann (E.) Eechenapparat zur Bestimmung des 
 Extrakt- und ATkonoIgehaltes im Bier. Ztschr. f. Unter- 
 such. d. Nahrungs- u. Genussmittel, Berl., 1904, viii, 92-94. — 
 Borelll (L.) L'arsenico nei glucosi itahani. Eiv. d'ig. e 
 san. pubb., Torino, 1906, xvii, 366-374.— Bresson. Sur 
 I'existence d'une m^thylglucase sp^cifique dans la levur© 
 de biSre. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par., 1910, cli, 485-487. — 
 Brown (A. 3.) That bad beverage, beer. Science Progr. 
 20. cent., Lond., 1909-10, iv, 366-375.— Brown (H.-T.) la, 
 question de I'azote dans la brasserie. Monit. sdent.. Par., 
 
 1910, 4. s., xxiv, 5; 88; 217; 645. — Chapman (A. C), 
 morltz (E. E.) [«« al.T. Beer and the materials used in its 
 
 Production. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1909, i, 873.— Cowle (A. MO 
 'he purification of burnt ale by the biological method. J. 
 State M., Lond., 1901, ix, 152-164.— Delbrttck. La bi6re 
 autrefois et malntenant. Monit. scient.. Par., 1912, 5. s., 
 xxvi, 163-169.— EInfeldt (W.) Extraktreiehe Biere. 
 Therap. Neuheiten, Leipz., 1909, iv, 15-17. — Emslander 
 (F.) wodurch wird die Ausscheidung von Eiweiss im 
 fertigen Flaschenbier verursaiiht, trotz normaler Behand- 
 lung im Sudhaus und Keller? Kolloidchem. Beihelte, 
 
 Dresd., 1911, ill, 47-83. . Ueber hygienische Wirkung 
 
 des Bieres. Ztschr. f . Chemie u. Indust. d. Kolloide, Dresd., 
 
 1911, ix, 118-120.— Emslander (F.) & Fieundllch (H.) 
 Oberflacheneinfliisse beim Bier und bei der Bierbereitung. 
 Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1904, xlix, 317-328.— Hart- 
 wig (J.) Die wirtschaftliche Bedeutung des Biergewerbes. 
 AUcoholfrage, Berl., 1913-14, x, 44-59.— Holltscher. Bier- 
 genuss bei Cholera- oder Typhusgefehr; eiue Erwiderung 
 [an Dr. Bode]. Monatschr. f. Gsndhtspfl., Wien, 1905, 
 xriii, 281. — Hoppe. Die Bierproduktion und der Bierkon- 
 sum m Deutschland im Jahre 1904. Intemat. Monatschr. z. 
 Er&rsch. d. Alkoholismus, Basel, 1906, xvi, 365-369.— 
 Hospital's (The) commission on beers; a special report on 
 their preparation, ahd their chemical, physiological and 
 dietetic properties. Hospital, Lond., 1909, xlvi, 97-108. — 
 Kayser (E.) Contribution k I'^tude de la aiiire visqueuse. 
 Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par., 1913, clvi, 1266-1268.— 
 KIcIn (M. M.) Kaffir beer; its manufacture on the Eand 
 and the need for adequate supervLjion. Transvaal M. J., 
 Johannesburg, 1908-9, iv, 83-90.— Lehmann (P.)& Gerum 
 (F.) Ueber clie Bestimmung von Alkohol und Extrakt im 
 Biere mittels des Zeiss'schen Eintauohrefraktometera. 
 Ztschr. t. Untersuch. d. Nahrungs- u. Genussmittel, Berl., 
 1914, xxviii, 392-403.— Lovibond (J. W.) Pure beer. J. 
 Eoy San. Inst., Lond., 1906-7, xxvii, 553-655. — ^nianouvriez 
 (A.) Sur une falsification de la bito au moyen d'une coUe 
 renfermant du bisulfite de chaux. Bull. m.ii. du nord, 
 Lille, 1896, XXXV, 848-852.— Marc (E.) Ueber die Kolloid- 
 bestimmung in Bieren. KoUoid-Ztschr., Dresd. & Leipz., 
 1914, xiv, 181-186.— Mori (EJ Ueber die dinretische 
 Wirkung des Biers. (1887.) In his: Japan, 8°, Tokio, 
 1911, 359-400. — Petermann. L'origine de I'arsenic con- 
 tenu dans certaines bieres. Eev. intemat. d. falsilic. 
 Par., 1902, XV, 129. — Prior (E.) Die Untersucbungsmetho- 
 den des Bieres. Forsch.-Ber. ii. Lebensmittel, Miinchen, 
 1897, iv, 341-347.— Race (J.) Beer analysis. J. Soc. Chem. 
 Indust., Lond., 1908, xxvli, 544-646, 1 1.— Schaiflenberg 
 (J.) Em missbrauchter Ausspruch von Liebig uber das 
 Bier. Intemat. Monatschr. z. Erforsch. d. Alkoholismus, 
 Basel, 1908, xviii, 138-141.— Schwarz (E.) The use of the 
 immersion retraotometer in examining American beers made 
 from malt and unmalted cereals. J. Indust. & Endn. 
 Chem., Easton, Pa., 1913, v, 660-663.— Sharpe (J. S.) The 
 distribution of nitrogen ia beer. Biochem. J., Cambridge, 
 1917, xi, 101-111.— Slmmonds (C.) The original speciflo 
 gravity of beer. Nature, Lond., 1914-15, xcv, 150. — Strup- 
 pler (T.) Bier und seiue Verfalschungen; eine medizlnal- 
 polizeUicbe, hygienisehe Studie. Deutsche Vrtljschr. i. off. 
 Gsndhtspflg., Bmschwg., 1903, xxxv, 632-542.— Sllss. 
 Alkohol- una Extraktgehalt der in Dresden ausgeschank- 
 ten Biere. Arb. a. d. k. hygien. Inst, zu Dresd., 1903, i, 
 348-360. — Van Laer (H.) Contributions k I'fitude des 
 fermentations vlsqueuses; recherdies sur les bi&res h double 
 face. Ann. de I'lnst. Pasteur, Par., 1900, xiv, 82-101.— 
 Vttlti (W.), FOrster (R.) & Baudrexel (A.J Ueber die 
 Verwertung des Bierextraktes und des Bieres im mensohll- 
 
 chen und tierischen Organismus. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., 
 Bonn, 1910, cxxxiv, 133-258.— Wilkinson (W. P.) An 
 exammation of the beer retailed in Melbourne and suburbs. 
 Intercolon. M. J. Australas., Melbourne, 1900, v, 299-304.— 
 Will (H.) Vergleiohende Untersuchungen an vier unterga^ 
 
BEER. 
 
 419 
 
 BEES. 
 
 Beer. 
 
 rigen Arten von Bierhefe. CentralM. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. 
 Atit., Jena, 1895, i, 449-456: 1896, ii, 752-763.— Wyatt (F.) 
 Theinfluenceofsoienceinniodemteer brewing. J. Frankl. 
 Inst., PUla., 1900, cl, 190; 299. 
 
 Beer (Bacteriology of). 
 
 Coronedi (G.), Dessy (S.) & Malenchlnl (F.) Eicerehe 
 tossicologiche e batteriologiche sopra una birra ^frammenti 
 d'unaperizia). Eiv. di med. leg., Milano, 1898-9, li, 97-114.— 
 Day (F. E.) & Baker (J. L.) A bacterium causing ropi- 
 ness in beer. CentralM. f. Bakteriol. [etcj, 2. Abty Jena, 
 1913, xxxvi, 433-438, 1 cla.— Fuhrmann (F.) Zur Kennt- 
 nis der Bakterienflora des Flaschenbieres. Itid., 1906, xvi. 
 309; 356; 453; 615: 1907, xix, 117; 221, 2 pi.— Boussel (L.), 
 BrulJ ,(M.) [et al.]. Reoherohes bactmologiques sur les 
 bi^res des Flandres. Bull. Acad, de m^d., Par., 1916, 3. s., 
 Ixxiv, 460: 1916, 3. s., Ixxv, 77-79. Also: Eev. d'hyg., Par., 
 1916, jutxviii, 57-95. 
 
 Beer (Arthur) |187a- ]. Ueber plastische 
 Deckung von Hautdefekten an den Gelenken. 
 38 pp. 8°. Freiburg i. B., Speyer & Kaemer, 
 1903. 
 
 Beer (Carl). *Dle Verwendung des Skopolamin- 
 MorpMums als alleiniges und als vorbereitendes 
 Narkotikum. 47 pp. 8° Freiburg i. B., 
 Speyer de Kaemer, 1910. 
 
 Beer (Georg Joseph) [1763-1821]. Pathologie und 
 Therapie der faankhaften Zustande des Auges, 
 nach Dr. Beer's Vorlesungen. Van Franz Bils, 
 Wien, im Winterhalbjahr 1810-11. MS. 54, 
 111, 44, 66, 47 pp. 4° Wim, 1810-11. 
 
 Beer (Hermann Hieroimaus). Worte der Erin- 
 nerung an Crato von Kraftheim, Leibarzt dreier 
 deutscben Kaiser aus dem Hause Habsburg. 20 
 pp. 4°. Wien, L. Sommer, 1862. 
 
 Bound with: Oesterr. Ztschr. f. prakt. Heilk., Wien, 1802, 
 viii. 
 
 Beer ([Jobann] Ernst). *Ein Fall von Magen- 
 Gallenblasenfistel. 14 pp. 8°. Kiel, P. Peters, 
 1896. 
 
 Beer (Max) [1873^ ]. *Beitrag zur Kenntnis 
 der Hemiatropbia facialis progressiva. 45 pp., 
 1 1., 5 tab. 8°. Konigsburg i. Pr., L. Krause & 
 Ewerlein, 1898. 
 
 Beer. (Otto) [1876- ]. *Ein Fall von Throm- 
 bose des Sinus cavemosus beiderseits. 18 pp., 
 1 1. 8°. mnchen, C. Wolf & Sohn, 1901. 
 
 Beer (Sylvia). *Ueber die atiologische und kli- 
 nische Bedeutung der Nierenstorung bei 'der 
 Eklampsia gravidarum. 25 pp. 8°. \Bern\ 
 1907. 
 
 Beerbohm (C. Wilhehn) [1886- ]. *Die 
 Schwankungen im Gehalte des Butterfettes an 
 fliichtigen Fettsauren wahrend der Laktation 
 von 4 Kuhen der Kgl. Domane Kleinof-Tapiau. 
 [Konigsberg i. Pr. ] 1 p. 1., 64 pp., 1 1. 4° 
 Hannover, M. & E. Schaper, 1913. 
 
 Beerends (Dirk). Is vivisectie onzedelijk? Open 
 brief aan Androcles, met aanteekeningen. 40 
 pp. 8° Arnsterdam, J. Clausen, 1892. 
 
 . Pensionenverzekeering van het phar- 
 
 maceutisch hulppersoneel. Open brief aan den 
 Heer A. C. van den Bijllaardt jr. 15 pp. 8°. 
 Amsterdam, 1902. 
 
 Beerholdt (Eduard Richard Alexander) [1883- 
 _ ]. _*Ueber gpidemisch aufgetretene Appen- 
 dizitis in einer Erziehungsanstalt. 28 pp. 8°. 
 Borna-Leipzig, R. Noske, 1910. 
 
 Beerholdt (Henriette Martha) [1886- ]. *Ueber 
 zwei Falle von Nebenkropf. 25 pp. 8°. Leip- 
 zig, E. Lehmann, 1912. 
 
 Beermann (Eva). *Ueber die Ausscheidung 
 von anorganischem und organisch gebundenem 
 Brom durch den Urin nach Einfuhr organischer 
 Brompraparate. [Bern.] 7 pp. 4°. Berlin, J. 
 Springer, 1910. 
 
 Beermann (Ewald) [1882- ]. *Zwei Falle von 
 metastatischer Strumitis. [Erlangen.] 20 pp., 
 11. 8°. Diisseldorf m2. 
 
 Beers (Clifford Whittingham) [1876- ]. A 
 mind that found itself; an autobiography, viii, 
 363 pp. 8° London, New York, Bombay & 
 Calcutta, Longmans, Green & Co., 1908. 
 
 The same. 4. ed. ix (1 1.) 407, 41 pp., 1 
 
 map. 
 1917. 
 
 T. 
 
 8° New York, Longmans, Green & Co., 
 
 -. A society for mental hygiene as an agency 
 for social service and education. 16 pp. 8°. 
 [Rochester, 1910.] . 
 
 The value of social service as an agency 
 
 in the prevention of nervous and mental dis- 
 orders; its importance as a part of the work of 
 hospitals for the insane and of a State society for 
 mental hygiene. 16 pp. 8°. [St. Louis, 1910.] 
 Purposes, plans and work of State socie- 
 
 ties for mental hygiene; including an outline 
 of the work of the National Committee for 
 Mental Hygiene with which the State organiza- 
 tions are affiliated. 32 pp. 8°. New Fori, 1915. 
 Beerwald ( Konrad ). , Jugendfrische im Alter. 
 35 pp. 8°- Milnchen & Berlin, R. Oldenbourg, 
 1910. 
 
 VeroSentlichungen des Deutscben Vereins fur Volks- 
 Hygiene. Hft. 20. 
 
 Bees. 
 
 Glaus (0.) Der Bienenstaat. 8° Berlin, 
 1873. 
 
 DiENELT (F.) The honey bee and her wax. 
 8°. Portland, Conn., 1896. 
 
 Cutting from: Observer, Portland, Conn., 1896, vii, 401- 
 405. 
 
 VON DoBKiEwios (L.) *Beitrag zur Biologie 
 der Honigbiene. [Mtinchen.] 8° Erlangen, 
 1912. 
 
 Kahsenberg (H.) *Ueber die Entwickelung 
 des Stachelapparates, der Geschlechtsorgane 
 und des Darmkanales bei der Honigbiene. 8°, 
 Milnchen, 1895. i 
 
 Mastalirz (J.) *De api melHfica, ejusque 
 morbis. 16°. Viennx, [1783]. 
 
 Mbtzee (C.) *Die Verbindung zwischen 
 Vorder- und Mitteldarm bei der Biene. [Erlan- 
 gen.] 8°. Leipzig, 1910. 
 
 Stellwaag (F.) *Bau und Mechanik des 
 Flugapparates der Biene. [Erlangen.] 8°. Leip- 
 zig, 1910. 
 
 Also, in: Ztschr. f. wissensch. Zool., Leipz., 1910, xcv, 518- 
 550, 2 pi. 
 
 Allard (H. A.) Some experimental observations concern- 
 ing the behavior ol various bees in their visits to cotton 
 blossoms. Am. Naturalist, Ijancaster, Pa., 1911, xlv, 607- 
 622.— Armbruster (L.) Probleme des Hummelstaates. 
 Biol. Centralbl., Brlang., 1914, xxxiv, 685-706, 1 pi.— Arn- 
 Iiart (L.) Die Zwischenrilume zwischen den Waimsdriisen- 
 zellen der Honigbiene. Zool. Anz,, Leipz., 1906, xxx, 719- 
 721. — Aronssohn (F.) Sur la composition des alveoles des 
 difl&entes regions d'une colonic d'abeilles. Compt. rend. 
 
 Soc. de biol., Par., 1910, Ixviii, 544. . Sur la nature des 
 
 enveloppes abandoim^es par les abeilles k I'int&ieur des 
 alveoles de la cire. liii., 1111-1113. . Sur la composi- 
 tion min&ale de I'abeille. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc Par 
 1911, clii, 1183-1186.— BomUer (G.) The sources ol honey; 
 the physiological functions of the nectary. Sclent. Am 
 Suppl., N. Y., 1907, Ixiv, 92.— (Braue A.) Die PoUensam- 
 melapparate der belnsammelnden Bienen. Jenaische 
 Ztscln. f. Naturw., 1913, n. F., 1, 1-96, 4 pi.— Bresslau (E.) 
 Die Dickelschen Bienenexperimente; Studien iiber den 
 Geschlechtsapparat und die Fortpflanzung. Zool. Anz 
 Leipz., 1908, xxxii, 722-741.— von Buttel-B«epen (H ) 
 Ueber die Bildung des Geschlechts bei der Honigbiene 
 Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & I^eipz., 1898, x:nv, 783. 
 
 . Sind die Bienen Eeflexmaschinen? Experimentelle 
 
 Beitrage der Honigbiene. Biol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1900. 
 
 XX, 97; 130; 177; 209; 289. . Die phylogenetische Ent^ 
 
 stehung des Bienenstaates, sowie Mitteilungen zur Biologie 
 der solitaien und socialen Apiden. Ibid., 1903, xxiii, 4; 89- 
 129; 183. . Zur Fortpflanzungsgeschiehte der Honig- 
 
BEES. 
 
 420 
 
 VAN BEETHOVEN. 
 
 Bees. 
 
 biene. Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1908, xxxiii, 280-288. 
 
 Haben die Bieneneinen Farben- und Formensinn? Natur. 
 wissenschaften, Berl., 1915, iii, 80-82.— CuSnot (L.) Les 
 miles d'abeilles proviennent-ils toujours d'oeufs partMno- 
 g&i6tiques? Bull, sclent, de la France et de la Belg., Par., 
 1909, xliii, 1-9.— Demon (R.) Die Konigin von Apis mell., 
 ein Atavismus. Biol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1908, xxviii, 271- 
 278.— Dentofl. Ueber die Entstehung der Bieuenzellen 
 nacb Mullenhofl and Darwin. Arch. f. Physiol., Leipz., 
 1884, 153-155.— Dreyling (L.) Ueber die wachsbereitenden 
 Organe der Honigbieue. Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1903, xxvl, 710- 
 715. — — . Die wachsbereitenden Organe bei den geselllg 
 lebenden Bienen. Zool. Jahrb., Jena, 1905, xxii, 289-330. 2 
 pi.— von Prlscli (K.) Der Farbensinn und Formensinn der 
 Biene. Ihid., Abt. (. allg. Zool., Jena, 1914, xxxv, 1-182, 9 
 pi.— Gutcb (J.) Bees and medicine. St. Barth. Hosp. J., 
 Lond., 1897,iv,71.— vonlheringfH.) Biologlederstachel- 
 losen Honigbienen BrasUiens. Biol. Centralbl., Leipz., 
 
 1904, xxiv, 7-18. . Phylogenie der Honigbienen. 
 
 Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1911, xxxvill, 129-136.— Janet (C.) Sur 
 I'existence d'un organe chordotonal et d'une v^sicule pulsa- 
 tile antennaires chez I'abeille et sur la morphologie de la 
 tSte de cette espfece. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par., 1911, 
 Dili, 110-112.— Jonescu (C. N.) Vergleichende Untersu- 
 chungenuber das Gehlrn der Honlgbiene. Jenaisohe Ztschr. 
 J. Naturw^Jena, 1909, xlv, 111-180, 5-pl.— Koschevnlkov 
 (G. A.) tJeber den Fettkorper und die Oenocyten der 
 Honlgbiene (Apis mellifera L.). Zool. Anz., Leipz.^ 1900, 
 xxiii, 337-353.— liOvell (J. H.) The color sense of the honey- 
 bee. Can bees distmgulsh c5lors? Am. Naturalist, Lan- 
 caster, Pa., 1910, xliv, 673-692.— Mclndoo (N. E.) The 
 scent-prcrdciouig organ of the honey-bee. Proc. Acad. Nat. 
 So., Phila., 1914, Ixvi, 542-555, 2 pi.— Mehllng (Elsa). 
 Ueber die gynandromorphen Bienen des Eugsterschen 
 Stockes. Verhandl. d. phys.-med. Gesellsch. zu Wiirzb., 
 1915. n. F.^ xliii, 173-236.— Meisenheimer (J.) [Ueber die 
 wachsbereitenden Driisen.) Naturw. Wchnschr., Jena, 
 1906, xxi, 725-727.— Nachtshelm (H.) Parthenogenese, 
 Eireifungnnd Geschlechtsbestimmung bei der HonigMene. 
 Sitzungsb. d. Gesellsch. t. Morphol. u. Physiol, in Muuchen 
 
 (1912), 1913, xxviii, 22-29. . Entstehen auch aus 
 
 befrachteten Bieneneiem Drohnen? Biol. Centralbl., 
 Erlang., 1915_, xxxv, 127-143.— Nelson (J. A.) Structural 
 peculiarities in an abnormal queen bee. Proc. Acad. Nat. 
 Sc, Phila^ 1912, Ixiv, pt. 1, 3-5.— Plssarew (W. J.) Das 
 Herz der Biene (Apis mellifloa). Zool. Anz^ Leipz., 1893, 
 xxi, 282.— von Flanta (A.) Ueber den Futtersaft der 
 Bienen. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1888, xiL 82?; 
 1888-9, xiii, 552-561.— Popoilcl-Baznosance (A.) La. 
 distribution des polls rfeolteurs sur le corps de quelques 
 apides solitaires. Compt. rend. Soo. de biol., Par., Ifl09, 
 Ixvl, 484.— Quinn (0. W.) Scientific queen rearing. 
 Science, Lancaster, Pa., 1916, n. s., xhii, 939-941.— Kobert- 
 son (C.) Erroneous generic determinations of bees. Ibid., 
 1918, n. s., xlviii, 368.— Sclianz (F.) . Zum Farbensinn der 
 Bienen. Miinchen. med. Wcmischr., 1916, Ixiii, 11. — 
 Straus (JO Die chemische Zusammensetzung derArbeits- 
 bienen und Drohnen wahrend ihrer verschiedenen Entwick- 
 lunesstadien. Ztschr. '. Biol., Miinchen u. Berl., 1911, Ivi, 
 347-^97.- Thompson (Carohue B . ) Dual queens in a colon r 
 of honey bees. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1918, n. s'., 
 xlviu, 294.— Turner (C. H.) Ejcperiments on pattern-vision 
 of the honey bee. Biol. Bull., Woods' HoU, Mass., 1911, xxi, 
 249-264.— Wa«tzel (P.) Biologische Beobachtungeu am 
 Bienenstaat. Erstechen einer Drohne durch eine fnschaus ■ 
 geschliiplte Konigin. Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1909, xxxi v, 639.— 
 WlllemCV.) Comment les fleursattirent les abeilles. Eev. 
 gto. d. sc. pures et appliq.. Par., 1915, xxvl, 539-543.— Zander 
 (E.) Die Verbindung zwischen Vorder- und Mitteldarm 
 bei der Biene. Von C. Metzer. Ztschr. f. wissensch. Zool., 
 Leipz., 1910, xcvi, 539-571, 2 pi. 
 
 Bees (Diseases of). 
 
 Lakbaletrieb (A.) Comment on defend son 
 rucher; la lutte centre les maladies et lesennemis 
 des abeilles. 12°. Paris, [1900]. 
 
 Phillip (B . F . ) The treatment ofbeediseases. 
 8°. Washington, 1911. 
 
 U.S. Dep. Agrie. Farmer's Bull. No. 442. 
 
 Shipley (A. E.) The diseases of hive-bees. 
 4°. iorwfon, [19111. 
 
 Ball (B. D.) Important factors in the spread and control 
 of American foulbrood. J. Econora. Entomol., Concord, 
 N. H., 1918, XI, 200-205.— Bee disease. ' Nature, Lond., 
 1918, ci, 47.— Carr (E. G.) Some new and practical 
 methods for the control of European foulbrood. .T. Eco- 
 
 nom. Entomol., Concord, N. H., 1917, x, 197-200. . 
 
 An unusual disease of honey bees. Mi., 1918, xi, 347-351. — 
 Churcli (I. M.) Eemedy for the bee disease called the 
 European foul brood. [Pat. spec] No. 1242770; Oct. 9, 
 1917.— ElUs (D.) Bee disease. Nature, Lond., 1918, ci, 103.— 
 Fantbam (H. B.) & Porter (Annie). A bee disease due 
 
 Bees {Diseases of). 
 
 to a protozoal parasite (Nosema apis). Proc. gen. meet. . . . 
 
 Zool. Soc Lond., 1911, pt. 3, 625-670. -; . The 
 
 morphology and life history of Nosema apis and the signifi- 
 cance of its various stages in the so-called "Isle of Wight" 
 disease in bees (mlcrosporidi'osis). Ann. Trop. M. & Parasl- 
 
 tol., Liverp., 1912-13, vi, 163-195, 3 pi. . Micro- 
 
 sporidiosis, a protozoal disease of bees due to Nosema apis 
 and popularly Imown as Isle of Wight disease. lUd., 145- 
 161.— Harrison (F. C.) The foul brood of bees; Bacillus 
 alvei (Cheshire and W. Cheyne). Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. 
 [etc], 2. Abt., Jena, 1900, ^^, 421; 457; 481; 513.— Kramer. 
 Der derzeitige Stand der wissenschjaftlichen Forschung 
 iiber die Krankheiten der Bienen. Monatsh. f. prakt. 
 Tierh., Stuttg., 1913-14, xxv, 481-514.— KUstenmacher 
 (M.) Die Ruhr der Honlgbiene. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. 
 [etc], 1. Abt., Jena, 1909, xxiv, 58-62.— Maassen (A.J Zur 
 Aetiologie der sogenannten Faulbraut der Honigbienen. 
 Arb. a. d. k. biol. Anst. f. Land- u. Forstwirtsoh., Berl., 
 1908, vi, 53-70, 2 pi.— McCray (A. H.) Some difficulties in 
 
 foss diagnosis of the infectious brood diseases of bees. J. 
 conom. Entomol., Concord, N. H., 1916, ix, 192-196.— 
 Paddock (F. B.) Foul brood eradication work in Texas. 
 Mi., 1918, xi, 351-353.— Perronclto (E.) Le malattie delle 
 api. Cong. Intemat. de path, comp., Par., 1913, i, pt. 2, 
 788-792.- Kitclile (J.) Isle of Wight disease in bees. Na- 
 ture, Lond., 1916-17, xovii, 160.— TOpfer (C.) Die das 
 Interesse der Tierarzte beanspruchenden seuchenhaften 
 Erkrankungeu der Bienenvolker. Berl. tierarztl Wchnschr., 
 
 1910, xxvl, 889-899. . Die volkswirtschattUche Bedeu- 
 
 tung der Bienenkunde, sowie Untersuchungen fiber das 
 Vorkommen von Bienenseuchen im Konigreich Sachsen. 
 Ztschr. f. Tiermed., Jena, 1912, xvi, 131-144. 
 
 Bees (Stings of). 
 
 GouLLON (H.) Das Bienengitt im Dienste der 
 Homoeopathie. Eine monographisch-therapeu- 
 tische Abhandlung zu Ehren und auf Veranlas- 
 sung des nach Philadelphia berufenen homo- 
 opathischen Weltcongresses. 8°. Leipzig, 1880. 
 
 Donnelly (J. P. D.) wasp and bee stings. Nature, 
 Lond., 1898, Iviii, 435. — Langer. Ueber das Gift der Honig- 
 bienen. Wien. med. WchiSchr., 1897, xlvii, 1061.— Neu- 
 mann (O.) [Bee stings .J^Casop. 14k. desk., v Praze, 1913, 
 111, 1125.— Peabody (C. H.) Bee-sting; death [a horse]. 
 Am. Vet. Eev., N. Y., 1898-9, xxii, 613-615.— Stover (G. 
 H.) Antitoxic relation between bee poison and honey(?). 
 Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1898, Ix, 271.— Water- 
 Uouse (A. T.) Bee-stings and anaphylaxis. Lancet, Lond., 
 1914, a, 946. 
 
 Beese (Carl Eduard Friedrich) [1875- ]. *Zwei 
 Falle von Encephalopathia satumina. 21 pp., 
 1 1., 8". Leipzig, B. Georgi, 1900. 
 
 Beesel (M.) Wortgetreue Aussagen mehrerer noch 
 lebenden Somnambulen in der Gegend von 
 Danzig, iiber ihre hohere Wahmehmung aller 
 Geistesthatigkeit in den atherischen Geistesge- 
 stalten, [etc.]. vi (1 L), 218 pp. 12°. Danzig, 
 L. G. Momann, 1853. 
 
 Beesl^ (Lewis) & Johnston (T. B.) A manual of 
 surgical anatomy, xiv, 557 pp. 8° London, 
 H. Frowde, 1916. 
 
 Beeson (Hannihal A.) [1841-1911]. 
 
 [Obituary.] N. Mexico M. J., Las Vegas, 1910-11, vi, 113. 
 
 von Beesten (C[arl]). *Ein Fall von Polyneu- 
 ritis recurrens. 28 pp., 1 1. 8°- Gottingen, E. 
 Hofer, 1898. 
 
 von Beesten (H[einrich] A.) *Ca8uisti8cher Bei- 
 trag zur Lehre von der Magenverletzung. 29 
 pp. 8° Leipzig, A, Edelmann, 1902. 
 
 van Beethoven (Ludwia) [1770-1827]. 
 
 ViEiLLE (F.) *!d;tat mental de Beethoven. 8°. 
 Lyon, 1905. 
 
 Baratoux & Natler (M.) A propos de la surdity de 
 Beethoven. Chron. m^d.. Par., 1905, xii, 492-496.— Bonnier 
 (P.)&Gamault(P.) La surdity de Beethoven. /Mif.,521- 
 524.— Irabarne. Un sourd cfl^bre. Gaz. m^d. de Par., 1913, 
 Ixxxlv, Supl. Iii.— Jacobsohn (L.) Ludwig van Beetho- 
 ven's GehSrIeiden. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & 
 Leipz., 1910, xxxvl, 1282-1285.— Klotz-Forest. La surdity 
 
 de Beethoven. Chron. mM., Par., 1905, xii, 321-331. . 
 
 La derni^re maladio et la mort de Beethoven. Mi., xiii, 209; 
 241.— Rogers (J. F.) The physical Beethoven. Pop. So. 
 Month., N. Y., 1914, Ixxxlv, 265-270. 
 
BEETS. 
 
 421 
 
 BEGUIER. 
 
 Beets. 
 
 CoNGREs des agriculteuis du Nord. Maladie 
 de la betterave. Rapport de M. Sti^venart. 
 Engrais et amendpmens. Rapport de M. Barral. 
 8°. Valenciennes, 1852. 
 
 Maas (H.) *Eiii Beitrag zur Kenntnia der 
 Korrelationserscheinungen bei den Futterruben. 
 [Giessen.] 8°. Bonre, ,1905. 
 
 Marohand (E.) Etudes sur la production 
 agricole et la nchesse saccharine des betteraves 
 ensemencdes^differentes^poques. 8°. Ficamp, 
 1861. 
 
 ViOLETTE (H.) Analyse de la betterave. 8°. 
 Lille, [n. d.]. 
 
 Repr. from: M6ni. Soe. imp. d. sc. de I'agric. . . . de 
 Lille. 
 
 Amaud (G.) Sur les raoines de betteraves gommeuses. 
 Compt. rend. Aoad. d. sc, Par., 1915, olx, 3.50-352.— Bodnar 
 (J.) • Bioolieinische Untersuoliung der EilbenschwanzJauIe 
 der Zuokerrilbe. Bioohem. Ztschr., Berl., 1915, Ijxlx, 245- 
 255.^Boiicquet (P. A.) & Stahl (C. F.) Wild vegetation 
 as ^Source of curly-top infection of sugar beets. J. Econ. 
 Entomol., Concord, N. H., 1917, x, 392-397, 1 pi.— Haddon. 
 (J.) Poisoning by beet root. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1914, ii, 
 155.— Sailiard (E.) Sur les betteraves attaqu^s par le:: 
 Cercospora beticola saco. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 
 1916, clxil, 47-49.— Schulze (E.) 1st die bei Luftzutritt 
 eintretende DunkelJarbung des Eiibensaftes durcb einen 
 Tyro^n- uud Homogentisinsauregebalt dieses Saftes be- 
 dtngt? Ztschr. f. physidl. Chem., Strassb., 1907, 1, 508- 
 524.— Stalil (C. F.) Obtaining beetleafhoppers nonvirulent 
 as to curly-top. J. Agric. Researcli, Wasb., 1918, xiv, 393.— 
 StUt ((A.) Mitteilungen fiber im Jabre 1906 verMentlichte 
 bemerkenswerte Arbeiten auf dem Gebiete der Zuckerriiben- 
 und Kartoffelkrankheiten. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 
 
 ■2. Abt., Jena, 1907, xix, 289-310. . XJeber im Jahre 1910 
 
 veroflentlichte bemerkenswerte Arbeiten und Mitteilungen 
 auf dem Gebiete der Zuckerriiben- und Kartoflelkrank- 
 heiten. Ibid., 1911, xxx, 579-613. 
 
 Beetz (Hans) [1884- ]. *Beitrag zur Casuistik 
 des Ulcus comese rodens. 34 pp. 8° Tubingen, 
 G. Sdmurlen, 1910. 
 
 Beevor (Charles Edward) [1854-1908]. Diseases of 
 the nervous system. A handbook for students 
 and practitioners, xv, 432 pp., 13 pi. 12°. 
 London, H. K. Lewis, 1898. 
 
 . The same, xv, 432 pp., 13 pi. 12°. Phila- 
 delphia, P. Blakiston, Son & Co., 1898. 
 
 . The Croqnian lectures on muscular move- 
 ments and their representation in the central 
 nervous system. Delivered before the Royal 
 College of Physicians, xii, 100 pp. 8°. London, 
 Adlard & Son, 1904. 
 
 For Biography, see Boston M. & S. J., 1908, clix, 916. 
 Also: Brit. M. J., Lend., 1908, ii, 1786. Also: Lancet, Lond., 
 1908, ii, 1854. Also: Proo. Boy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1908-9, ii, 
 Neurol. Sect., 43. 
 
 BefHrderung (Die) _ des Blutumlaufs durch 
 Cloeter's allgemeine innere Massage zwc Heilung 
 und Verhiitung von Krankheiten. (Hamoki- 
 netische Therapie.) Mit einer Zustimmungs- 
 Erklarung des Hr. Sanitatsrates Dr. Biffinger. 
 50 pp. 8°. Wilrzburg, E. Cloeter, [n. d.\ 
 
 Befugte Kurpfuscher. Ein offenes Wort zur 
 Aerztefrage in Oesterreich. 1 p. 1., 67 pp. 8°. 
 Wien, C. Konegen, 1908. 
 
 B€gack (Cdcile). *Donn6es experimentales ap- 
 plicables &. I'usage interne de I'adr^naline et k 
 I'emploi de cette substance dans le traitement 
 de la syncope chloroformique. 103 pp. 8°. 
 Genlve, C. Zollner, 1905. 
 
 pp Begardi und sein Index Sani- 
 
 Begardi (PMUpp). 
 
 Sudhofl (K.) Phitipp Begar 
 tatis. Arch. f. Gesch. d. Med., Leipz., 1907, i, 102-121. 
 
 Begbie (Harold). Master workers. Alfred Russel 
 Wallace, pp'. 73-79. 8°. London, 1904. 
 Cutting from: Pall Mall Mag., Lond., 1904, xxxiv. 
 
 . . Master workers. The modem surgeon 
 
 pp. 453-460. 8°. London, 1904. 
 
 CvMngfrom: Pall Mall Mag., Lond., 1904, xxxiii. 
 
 Begbie (James Warburton) [1826-76]. Sketchof 
 the early history of anatomy; an address deliv- 
 ered to the Hunterian Medical Society, in the 
 University of Edinburgh. 22 pp, 8°. Edin- 
 burgh, Oliver & Boyd, 1868. 
 
 Begeng (Kurt) [1884- J. _ *Ueber hypertroi)hi- 
 sche Granularcirrhose beim Rind. [Leipsag.] 
 37 pp., 1 1. 8°. Berlin, G. Ennicke, [1909]. 
 
 Begg (Charles) [1852- ]. Sprue; its diagnosis 
 and treatment, vi (1 1.), 128 pp. 8°. Bristol, 
 J. Wright & Sons, 1912. 
 
 Beggars. 
 
 Meverldge (T. P.) The danger of givii^ certificates of 
 physical dlsablUty to beggars. 3. Am. M. Ass.,Cbicago, 1904, 
 xliii, 991. — Del Campana (D.) lutomo ai Sadhus del- 
 r India inglese; mona«i mendlcanti. Arcb. per I'antrop., 
 Eirenze, 1910, xl, 374-380.— Jeanselme (E.) iJes mendiants 
 et des mesures prises contre eux sousle BaS-Empire. Rev. 
 philanthrop.. Par., 1917, xxxviii, 361-366.— Panpagllolo 
 (A.) I mendlcanti. Souola positiva, Koma, 1907, 2. s., vi, 
 654-681. 
 
 Beggiatoacese. 
 
 Corsinl (A.) Su i cosi detti granuli di zolfo che si riscon- 
 trano nella famiglia Beggiatoacese. Sperimentale. Arch, 
 di biol., Firenze, 1906, lix, 149-172, 1 pi.— Mumford (E. M.) 
 Some observations on the morphological changes occurring in 
 Beggiatoa alba on staining by various methods. J. Roy. 
 Micr. Soc, Lond., 1914, pt. 3, 233-235, 2 pi. 
 
 Beggs {George W.) [1838-1906]. 
 
 [Obituary.] J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1906, xlvl, 1390. 
 Precis de pathologie chirurgicale, v. 4. 
 
 (Samuel Thomas). Guide to promotion for 
 non-commisBioned_ officers and men of the 
 Royal Army Medical Corps, with appendix on 
 hints for young n. c. o.'s on clerical and other 
 duties in a military hospital, ix, 303 pp., vi. 
 12°. London, Gale & Polden, [1906]. 
 
 Beggs (Thomas). Intemperance and the reme- 
 dies which lie within the scope of voluntary 
 effort. 15 pp. 8°. London, W. Tweedie, 1870. 
 
 [Begon_(:^tienne)] [1658?-1726]. Recueil g6n6ral 
 des pifeces contenues au procez de Monsieur le 
 Marquis de Gesvres et de Mademoiselle de 
 Mascranni, son Spouse. Nouvelle 6d. 2 v. 
 xxxiv (1 1.), 448 pp.; 473 pp., 1 1. 16°. Rot- 
 terdam,, Reinier Leers, 1714. . 
 
 Begontina (Joannes Maria). *De hydrophobia. 
 27 pp. 16°. Viennx, typ. Schulzianis, 1768. 
 
 Begot (Ulysse). *pe la contracture musculaire 
 au cours de la p6riode secondaire de la syphiUs. 
 70 pp. 8°. Toulouse, 1901, No. 451. 
 
 Begouen. La vibration vitale. 179 pp. 12°. 
 Tours, RouilU-Ladevhe, 1885. 
 
 Bggouln (Paul-:6loi) [1867- ]. Organes g^nito- 
 urinaires; fractures et luxations; affections des 
 membres. xix, 1305 pp. 8°. Paris, Masson & 
 Cie., 1913. 
 Precis de pathologic chirurgicale, v. 4. 
 
 B^goune (L[azare]). *Contribution k I'etude du 
 doigtS,resBort. [Lausanne.] 76 pp. 8°. Genive, 
 Rey & Malavallon, 1898. 
 
 Bggue (Andr6) [1873- ]. *LeB consultations 
 charitables de Th^ophraste Renaudot. 49 pp., 
 1 1. 8°. Paris, 1899, No. 137. 
 
 . The same. 49 pp., 1 L 8°. Paris, J.-B. 
 
 Baillihe & fils, 1899. 
 
 B6gu6ne (Marie) [1890- ]. *Contribution k 
 r^tude de la fifevre typhoide infantile et de son 
 traitement. 40 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1915, 
 No. 14. r , , 
 
 Beguerisse (Alejandro). *Estudio sobre la 
 leche. [Mexico.] 31 pp. 8°. Puebla, J. 
 Monedo, 1880. 
 
 Beguier (Emile-Eugene) [1870- ]. *La per- 
 cussion abdominale d'apifes la m^thode de 
 Sigaud. 68 pp. 8°. Paris, 1910, No. 214. 
 
BEGUINOT. 
 
 422 
 
 BEHLA. 
 
 BSguinot (Jean) [1876- ]. *De8 vices de 
 ralimentation _ dans la genese des dermatoses 
 pnirigineuses infantiles; du diagnostic de ces 
 affections avec le prurigo de H6bra. 72 pp. 
 8°. Paris, 1903, No. 531. 
 
 Beha (Richard) [1876- ]. *Zur Kenntnis des 
 Echinococcus alveolaris der Leber. 38 pp. 8°. 
 Freiburg i. Br., Speyer & Kserner, 1904. 
 
 Behal (Auguste). Trait6 de chimie organique 
 d'aprfes les theories modemes. Preface de C. 
 Friedel. 2. M. 2 v. xi (21.), 924 pp.; 1022 pp. 
 8°. Pans, 0. Doin, 1901. 
 
 & Valeur (Amand). The same. 3. &d. 
 
 V. 1. xiv, 1120 pp, 8° Paris, 0. Doin & jils, 
 1909. 
 
 Behan (Richard Joseph) [187^- ]. Pain; its 
 origin, conduction, perception and diagnostic 
 significance, xxviii, 920 pp. 8°. New York & 
 London, D. Appleton & Co.,- 1914. 
 
 Behandeling (Over de) der verschillende vormen 
 van de gebrekkige spijsvertering door het 
 gebruik van de minerale alkalinische wateren 
 uit de bron Saints Jean, iv, 5-24 pp. 8° Valence 
 J. Ceas & fits, [n. d.]. 
 
 Behavior. 
 
 See, also, Psychology. 
 
 Severn (E.) The psychology of behavior; a 
 practical study of human personality and con- 
 duct, with special reference to methods of devel- 
 opment. 8°. New York, 1917. 
 
 Arps (G. F.) Important factors in the question of re- 
 sponsible behavior. Sdeut. Month., N. Y., 1917, v, 239-262.— 
 Bagg (H. J.) Individual differences and faimly resem- 
 blances in animal behavior. Am. Naturalist, Lancaster, 
 Pa., 1916, 1, 222-236.— Banta (A. M.) Sex recognition and 
 the mating of the wood frog, Sana sylvatica. Biol. Bull., 
 Woods Hole, Mass., 1914, xxvi, 171-183.— Bawden (H. H.) 
 The presuppositions of a behaviorist psychology. Psychol. 
 Eev., Princeton, N. Jy & Lancaster, Pa., 1918, xxv, 171- 
 190. — Bode (B. H.) Psychology as a science of behavior. 
 Ibid., 1914, xxi, 46-61. — Burrovps (W. M.) The reactions of 
 an orb-weaving spider, Epeira solopetaria Clerck, to rhyth- 
 mic vibrations of^its web. Biol. Bull., Woods Hole, Mass., 
 1915, xxix, 316-333.— Burtt (H. E.) A study of the beha- 
 vior of the white rat by the multiple choice method. J. Ani- 
 mal Behavior, Cambridge, 1916, vi, 222-246.- Cbase (H. W.) 
 On the inheritance of acquired modifications of behavior. 
 Am. J. Psychol., Worcester, 1917, xxviii, 175-190.— Coburn 
 (C. A.) & Terkes (E. M.) A study of the behavior of the 
 crow, Corvus americanus Aud^ by the multiple choice 
 method. J. Animal Behavior, Cambridge, 1915, v, 75-114, 
 1 pi. — Craig (W.) The synthetic method in the study of 
 the behavior of the higher vertebrates. Psychol. Bull., Lan- 
 caster, Pa., & Princeton, N. J., 1917, xiv, 57.— Bsterly (C. O.) 
 Specinoity In behavior and the relation between habits in 
 nature and reactions in the laboratory. Univ. Calif. Pub. 
 Zool., Berkeley, 1917, xvi, No. 20, 381-392.— Goodale (H. 
 D.) Note on the behavior of capons when brooding chicks. 
 J. Animal Behavior, Albany, 1916, vi, 319-324.— Hargltt 
 (C. W.) Observations on the behavior of butterflies. Ibid., 
 Cambridge, 1915, v, 250-257.— Jennings (H. S.) Behavior 
 of the lower organisms. Bull, de I'lnst. gen. psyohol.. Par., 
 1906, vi, 277-284. — Jordan (H.-) De handelingen der lagere 
 dioren. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1916, ii, 1164- 
 1167. — ^KantOT (J. K.) Conscious behavior and the abnor- 
 mal. J. Abnorm. Psychol., Bost., 1917-18, xii, 158-167.— 
 Lashley (K. S.) Recent literature of a general nature on 
 animal behavior. Psychol. Bull., Princeton, N. J., & hen- 
 caster, Pa., 1914, xi, 269-277.— LlUle (E. S.) What is pur- 
 posive and intelligent behavior from the physiological point 
 of view? J. Philos. Psychol, [etc.], Lancaster, Pa., & N. Y., 
 1915, xii, 589 -009.— Mclntyre (J. L.) The rOle of memory in 
 animal behavior. Eep. Brit. Ass. Adv. So. 1912, Lond., 
 1913, 659.— Marshall (H. E.) Behavior. J. Philos. Psychol, 
 [etc.], Lancaster, Pa., 1918, xv, 258-261.— Mast (S. 0.) The 
 behavior of fundulus, with especial reference to overland 
 escape from tide-pools and locomotion on land. J. Animal 
 
 Behavior, Cambridge, 1915, v, 341-350. . Problems, 
 
 methods and results in behavior. Science, N. Y. & Lancas- 
 ter, Pa., 1918, n. s., xlviil, 579-588.— Michael (E. I,.) Field 
 study of animal behavior as contrasted with laboratory study . 
 Ibid., 1915, n. s., xlii, 661.— Parmelee (M.) The science of 
 human behavior; biological and psycholoracal foundations. 
 Psychol. Bull., Bait., 1913, x, 280. Also, Reprint.— Pearse 
 (A. S.) Eecent literature on the behavior of the lower inver- 
 tebrates. Ibid., Princeton, N. J., & Lancaster, Pa., 1913, x, 
 293-307.— Bau (P.) The ability of the mud-dauber to recog- 
 nize her own prey (Hymen). J. Animal Behavior, Cam- 
 
 Behavior. 
 
 bridge, 1915, v, 240-249.— Kussell (S. B.) Compound sub- 
 stitution in behavior. Psyohol. Rev., Princeton, N. J., & 
 
 Lancaster, Pa., 1917, xxiv, 62-73. . Advance adaptar 
 
 tionin behavior. /Wd., 413-425.— Shelf ord (V.E.) Modifica- 
 tion of the behavior ofland animals by contact with air of high 
 evaporating power. J. Animal Behavior, Cambridge, 1914, 
 
 iv, 31-49. . . A comparison of the responses of animals in 
 
 gradients of environmental factors with particular reference 
 to the method of reaction of representatives of the various 
 groups from Protozoa to Mammals. Science, N. Y. & Lan- 
 caster, Pa., 1918, n. s., xlviii, 225-230.— SheBord (V. E.) & 
 Allee (W. C.) Rapid modification of the behavior of fishes 
 by contact with modified water. Ibid., 1-30.— Smith (S.) 
 EeguMon in behavior. J. Philos. Psychol, [etc.], Lancas- 
 ter, Pa., & N. Y., 1914, xi, 320-326.— Solomon (M.I The im- 
 portance of an antecedent state of uneasiness as the cause of 
 certain normal and abnormal types of behavior. N. York M. 
 J. [etc.], 1917, evi, 1070-1073. Aho: Proc. Alienists & Neurol. 
 Am., Chicago, 1917, vi, 134-139.— Szymanskl (J.S.) Lemver- 
 suche bei weissen Ratten. Arch. f. d, ges. Physiol., Bonn, 
 1914, civiii, 386-418.— Taliaferro (W. H.) literature for 
 1915 on the behavior of the lower Invertebrates. J. Animal 
 Behavior, Cambridge, 1916, vi, 375-382.— Tawney (G. A.) 
 What is behavior? J. Philos. Psychol.Jetc.], Lancaster, Pa., 
 & N. Y., 1915, xii, 29-32.— Torrey (H. B .) The physiological 
 analysis of behavior. J. Animal Behavior, Cambridge, 1916, 
 vi, 150-159.— Turner (C. H.) Behavior of the common 
 roach (Periplaneta orientalis L.) on an open maze. Biol. 
 
 Bull., Woods Hole, Mass., 1913, xxv, 348-365. . . Eecent 
 
 literature on the behavior of the higher invertebrates. Psy- 
 chol. Bull., Princeton, N. J., & Lancaster, Pa., 1913, x, 
 
 307-317. . Literature for 1915 on the behavior of Spiders 
 
 and insects other than ants. J. Ammal Behavior, Cambridge, 
 
 1916, vi, 383-399. ■. Literature for 1916 on the beha™r 
 
 of spiders and insects other than ants. Ibid., 1917, vii, 405- 
 419.— Vincent (Stella B.) The white rat and the maze 
 problem. Ibid., 1915, v, 140; 175.— Walcott (C. D.) Story 
 of Granny, the mountain squirrel. Ibid., 1917, vii, 454. — 
 Washburn (Margaret F.) Recent literature on the behav- 
 ior of vertebrates. Psychol. Bull., Princeton, N. J., & Lan- 
 caster, Pa., 1913, X, 318-328.— Watson (J. B.) The behavior 
 of noddy and sooty terns. Papers Tortugas Lab. Carnegie 
 
 Inst., Wash., 1908, ii, 187-255, 11 pi. . A circular maze 
 
 with camera lucida attachment. J . Animal Behavior, Cam- 
 bridge, 1914, iv, 56-69. . An attempted formulation of 
 
 the scope of behavior psychology. P.sychol. Rev., Prince- 
 ton, N. J., & Lancaster, Pa., 1917, xxiv, 329-352.— Weiss (A. 
 P.) Relation between functional and behavior psychology. 
 
 Ibid.,S53-36S. . Conscious behavior. J. Philos. Psyohol. 
 
 [etc.], Lancaster, Pa., 1918, xv, 631-641.— WeHs (W. M.) The 
 behavior of limpets with particular reference to the homing 
 instinct. J. Animal Behavior, Cambridge, 1917, vii, 387- 
 395.— Whitman (C. O.) Animal behavior. Biol. Lect. 
 Woods Hole, Bost., 1899, 285-338.— Terkes (Ida W.) Com- 
 parison of the behavior of stock and inbred albino rats. J. 
 Animal Behavior, Albany, 1916, vl, 267-296.— Terkes (R. 
 M.) The study of human behavior. Science, N. Y. & Lan- 
 caster, Pa., 1914, n. s., xxxix, 625-633. . A new method 
 
 of studying Ideational and allied forms of behavior in man 
 and other animals. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sc, Bait., 1916, ii, 
 
 631-633. . . Ideational behavior of monkeys and apes. 
 
 Ibid., 639-642.— Terkes (R. M.) & Coburn (C. A.) A study 
 of the behavior of the pig (Sus scrota) by the multiple choice 
 method. J. Animal Behavior, Cambridge, 1915, v, 185-22J5, 
 1 pi.— Terkes (E. M.) & Kellogg (C. E.) A graphic method 
 of recording maze-reactions. Ibid., 1914, iv, 50-55. 
 
 Behelf zum Studium dea Militarsanitatswesens 
 an den k. und k. Korpsoffiziersschulen. 50 pp., 
 1 diag. 8°. Wim, J. Safar, 1910. 
 
 Behem (Johan). Ein Regiment widder die 
 Pestilentz, und sonderlich wie man sich mit 
 dem aderlassen halten soU. 7 1. 16°. Franch- 
 fordt an der Oder, J. Eichom, zu Martini Lutheri 
 Zcit&ft. 
 
 Behia (Robert [Franz]) [1850- ]. Die Amoben 
 insbesondere vom parasitaren und culturellen 
 Standpunkt. vi (1 1.), 73 pp., 1 pi. 8°- Berlin, 
 A. Hirschwald. 1898. 
 
 . Die CarcinomUtteratur. Eine Zusam- 
 
 menstellung der in- und auslandischen Krebs- 
 schriften bis 1900 mit alphabetischem Autoren- 
 und Sachregister. xxv, 259 pp. 8° Berlin, 
 R. Schoetz, 1901. 
 
 . Das bakteriologische Laboratorium bei 
 
 der koniglichen Regierung in Potsdam. 30 pp. 
 8°. Berlin, R. Schoetz, 1902. 
 
 . Ueber die Errichtung eines Instituts filr 
 
 Krebsforschung. 8 pp. 8° Berlin, R. Schoetz, 
 1902. 
 
BEHLA 
 
 423 
 
 BEHRENDT de Cm'EY 
 
 Behla (Bobert [Franz]) — continued. 
 
 . Die pflanzenparasitare Ursache de 
 
 Krebses und die Krebsprophylaxe. 48 pp., 4 
 pi., 1 1. 8°. Berlin, R. Schoetz, 1903. 
 
 . Der tatsacKliche Krebserreger, sein 
 
 Zyklus und seine Dauersporen. x, 189 pp. 8°. 
 Berlin, R. Schoetz, 1907. 
 
 . Die kiinstliche Ziichtung des Krebserre- 
 
 gers, seine Feststellung in der Aussenwelt und 
 der rationelle Krebsschutz. viii, 84 pp., 1 1., 
 2 pi. 8°. Berlin, R. Schoetz, 1908. 
 
 . Die Bestatigung der kiinstUchen Ztich- 
 
 tung des Krebserregers, sowie weitere ge- 
 schwulststatistische Matteilungen iiber Fami- 
 lien-, Ehegatten- und endemischen Krebs. 
 50 pp. 8°. Berlin, R. Schoetz, 1910. 
 
 Meine Ziichtungsmethode des Blastozoon 
 
 globosum aus krebsartigen Geschwulsten und 
 seine diagnostische Verwertung. 48 pp. 8°. 
 Berlin, Allg. med. Verlagsanstalt, 1912. 
 Behm (Hans Wolfgang). Vom Tier zum Fels; 
 ausgewalilte Kapitel iiber die Teilnahme von 
 Tieren an dem Aufbau und der Umgestaltmig der 
 Erdkruste. 94 pp. 8°. Leipzig, T. Thmnas, 
 [1915]. 
 Behm (Heinrich). Untersucbungen fiber den 
 Mecbanismus der Hinter- und Vorder-Extre- 
 mitat des Eindes in seiner Verscbiedenheit bei 
 Tieflands- und Hohenscblagen. 100 pp., 4 pi. 
 8° Hannover, M. & H.Schaper, 1911. 
 Behm (Karl) [1877- ]. *Zur Kenntnis der 
 primaren bosartigen Unterkiefergescbwulste und 
 ihrer operativen Bebandlung. 74 pp., 1 1. 8°. 
 Gottingen, L. Safer, 1902. 
 Behm (Wilhelm) [lg79- ]. *Ueber die toau- 
 matische Linseiuuxation. 50 pp., 2 1. 8°. 
 Jena, A. Kampfe, 1903. 
 Behncke (Franz) [1875- ]. *Ueber Insuffi- 
 cienz der Aortenklappen auf luetischer Basis. 
 13 pp., 1 1. 8°. KiM, P. Peters, 1902. 
 Behne ([Friedricb] Curt) [1885- ]. *Ueber 
 das tryptische und antitryptiscbe Vermogen 
 des Blutes unter normalen und patbologschen 
 Bedingungen und seine diagnostiscbe Bedeu- 
 tung. 63 pp., 2 tab. 8°- Halle a. S., C. A. 
 Kaemmerer & Co., 1909. 
 Behnke {Mrs. Emil). On stammering, cleft- 
 palate speech, lisping. 89 pp. 12°. Lcmdon, 
 ■ Sampson, Low, Marston & Co., 1907. 
 Behnke (Enul) & Browne (Lennox). The 
 child's voice, its treatment with regard to after 
 development. 3. ed. xii, 127 pp., 2 1. 8° 
 London, Sampson, Low, Marston & Co., [1913]. 
 Behnsen (Eduard) [1878- ]. *Die Tuberku- 
 lose des Schweines nait besonderer Beruck- 
 sichtigung der Erkrankung des Skeletts. [Gies- 
 sen.] 47 pp. 8° Hildesheim, A. Lax, 1912. 
 Behnstedt (Hans) [1880- 1. *Eisemer Haken 
 in der rechten Lunge mit Hilfe der Broncho- 
 skopie diagnosticiert und extrahiert. 26 pp., 1 1. 
 8° Kiel, Schmidt & Klaunig, 1904. 
 Behr (Carl Julius Peter) [1875- 1 *ireber 
 Angioma cavemosum und Mitteifung eines 
 FaUes von Angioma cavemosum permagnum 
 regionis lumbalis dextrae. 21 pp., 1 1. 8°- 
 Kiel, H Fiencke, 1900. 
 von Behr (Detloff). Metrische Studien an 152 
 Guanchenschadeln. 2 p. 1., 83 pp., 6 pL 8° 
 Stuttgart, Strecher & Schroder, 1908. 
 von Behr (Eberhard) [1873- 1. *Ueber die 
 LosUchkeit des Silbemitrits una deren Beein- 
 ilussung durch Zusatz von gleichionigen Salzen. 
 20 pp., 1 1. 8° Giessen, von Miinchow, 1898. 
 
 Behr (Hans Herman) [1818-1904]. 
 
 Obituary. 7 pp., port. 
 Acad. Sc, 1905. 
 
 8°. San Francisco, Pub. Calif. 
 
 Behr (Heinrich). *Ueber das Vorkommen von 
 Glycogen in Geschwiilsten. [Gottingen.] 30 pp., 
 1 1. 8°. Hildesheim, 1897. 
 
 Behr (Joseph Valentin) [1876- ]. *Studien 
 iiber die Wirkung der Einatmung von Dampfen 
 von Tetrachlorkohlenstoff. 42 pp., 1 1. 8° 
 Wilrzburg, P. Schemer, 1903. 
 
 Behr (Martin) [1872- ]. *Ein neuer FaU von 
 ockergelbem Sputum. 36 pp., 2 1. 8° Berlin, 
 J. S. Preuss, 1896. 
 
 Behr (Max) [1877- 1. *Beitrage zur Kenntnis 
 der Tuberculose der Aderhaut. 46 pp., 11. 8°. 
 Bonn, M. Herschel Nachf., 1902. 
 
 Behr (Moses) [1883- ]. *Ueber basische Dop- 
 pelsalze. 35 pp. 8° Konigsherg i. Pr., F. 
 Hesse 1911 
 
 Behr (Sally) [1878- ]. *Beitrag zur Casuistik 
 der aus angeborenen Melanosen des Auges her- 
 vorgehenden Tumoren. 34 pp., 11. 8° Heidel- 
 berg, J. Horning, 1903. 
 
 Behr (V[alentin Josef]). Beitrage zur gerichts- 
 arztlichen Diagnostik an Kopf, Schadel und 
 Gehim. 71 pp. 8°. Jena, G. Fischer, 1908. 
 
 Forms 3. Hft. of: Arb. a. d. psychiat. Klin, zu Wurzb., 
 Jena, 1908. 
 
 Behre (Alfred) [1876- ]. *Beitrag zur Kennt- 
 nis der 0-Acylverbindungen einiger Keton- 
 saureester, Diketone und verwandter Korper. 
 62 pp., 2 1. 8°. Kiel, P. Peters, 1901. 
 
 Behre (Kari [Adolf]) [1872- ]. *Zur Frage der 
 Lympfgefass-Neubildung. 16 pp., 11. 8° Kiel, 
 P. Peters, 1898. 
 
 Behrend (Charlotte) [1883- ]. *Ueber den 
 Wert der Pirquetschen Kutan-Reaktion bei 
 Kindem; 2,000 Falle aus der Heidelberger Uni- 
 versitats-KinderHinik. [Heidelberg.] 42 pp., 
 1 ch. 8° Berlin, H. S. Herrruinn, 1910. 
 
 Behrend (Gottlieb). Ueber die Chemie des 
 Bieres vom Gerstenkom bis zur Fertigstellung. 
 36 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Hamburg, 1897. 
 
 Forms 264. Hft., n. F., of: Samml. gemfiinverstandl. wis- 
 scnscli. Vortr., Eamb. 
 
 . Ueber kiinstliche Kalteerzeugung und 
 
 Kalteindustrie. 32 pp. 8°. Hamburg, 1898. 
 Forms 297. Hft., n. F., of: Samml. gemeinverstandl. wls- 
 sensch. Vortr., Hamb. 
 
 Behrend (Martin) [1878- ]. *Nachprufung 
 zweier neuer Methoden der Geisselfarbung bei 
 Bakterien. 30 pp., 1 1. 8°. Konigsberg i. Pr., 
 Edler & Krische, 1902. 
 
 Behrend (Paul Martin) [1872- ]. *Beitrag zur 
 Lehre vom Myxoedem. 49 pp., 1 1. 8°. Leip- 
 zig, E. Freter, 1895. 
 
 Behrends (Paul Otto Max) [1875- ]. *Ueber 
 einen Fall von zentraler GUomatose des Riicken- 
 markes mit Ausgangvom Lendenmark. 18 pp., 
 IL 8°. Kiel, H. Fiencke, 19U. 
 
 Behrendt (Georg) [1878- ]. *Ueber Milch- 
 driisensekreti-on bei gynakologischen Erkran- 
 kungen. 31pp. 8°. Miinchen, C. Wolf & Sohn, 
 1908. 
 
 Behrendt (Otto). *Der Einfluss des Heilserums 
 auf die Diphtherie nach den Beobachtungen 
 auf der medizinischen Klinik zu Jena (August 
 1894-JuH 1896). 31 pp., 7 tab. 8°. Jena, B. 
 Engau, 1897. 
 
 Behrendt (Paul). *Ueber die chirurgische Be- 
 bandlung der spinalen Kinderlahmung. 34 pp 
 11. 8°. Strassburgi. E.,G.Gceller, 1895. 
 
 Behrendt de Cuvey (Erich). *Ueber die Ergeb- 
 nisse der kiinstUchen Friihgeburt. 24 pp., 11. 
 8°- Giessen, von Miinchow, 1898. 
 
BEHRENROTH. 
 
 424 
 
 VON BEHR-PINNOW. 
 
 Behrenroth (Erich). Ueber Zwerchfellalimung. 
 22 pp. 8°. Leipzig, J. A. Barth, 1911. 
 
 In: Samml. Min. Vortr., Leipz., 1911, n. F., No. 642 (Inn. 
 Med., No. 205). 
 
 Behrens (Conrad Berttold) [1660-1730]. Grund- 
 licher Bericht von der Natur, Eigenschaft und 
 wahrem Xlhrsprung der Pest; auch wie dieselbe 
 auf alle Weise prsecaviret, und am sichersten 
 curiret werde. 2 p. 1., 119 pp., 21. 4°. Braun- 
 schwdgi J. G. Zilliger & L. Schroder, 1714. 
 
 Behrens (Franz Otto Eobert) [1881- ]. *Ueber 
 inter- und submuskulare Lipome. 27 pp., 2 1. 
 8°. Berlin, G. Schade, [1907]. 
 
 Behrens (Fritz) . Zweck und Ziele der freiwilUgen 
 Sanitats-Kolonnen vom Rothen EJ-euz. Eine 
 Denkschrift zur Gewinnung yon Hiilfskraften 
 fur das Rotbe Kreuz und Anleitung zur Bildung 
 von Sanitats-Kolonnen. 90 pp. 8°. Berlin, 
 E. 8. Mittler & Sohn, [ n. d,]. 
 
 Behrens (Karl August Georg) [1885- ]. *Klini- 
 Bche Untersuchungen tiber vererbung und Be- 
 deutung der Struma congenita. [Freiburg i. Br.] 
 31pp. 8°. BornorLdpzig . R. Noshe, 1911. 
 
 Behrens (Karl Friednch) [1878- ]. *Ver- 
 gleichende Untersuchungen uber das Isophyso- 
 stigminum sulturicum (Merck) und das Physo- 
 stigminum sulfuricum. [Giessen.] 56 pp. 8° 
 Stuttgart, 1906. 
 Bepr.from: Monatsh. t. prakt. Tierh., Stuttg., 1906, xvii. 
 
 Behrens (Otto) [1884^ ]. *Ueber die Ein- 
 wirkung von Natriumhypochlorit auf imident- 
 haltende Stoffe. 42 pp. 8°. Kiel, Lildtke & 
 Martens, 1910. 
 
 Behrens (Otto). Die Bedeutung der Betriebs- 
 Krankenkassen in der deutscben Krankenver- 
 sicherung. Auf Grund graphischer Tafeln dar- 
 gestellt und erlautert. 27 pp., 25 tab. fol. 
 Berlin, Deutseher Verlag fur Volkswohlfahrt, 1911. 
 
 Behrens (Paul). *Ueber Apbasie im Kiadesalter 
 nach cerebraler Hemiplegie. 30 pp. 8° Got- 
 tingen, 1893. 
 
 Behrens (Rudolpbus Augustus) [ -1747]. 
 
 See Werlbot (Paul Gottlieb) [stj 2. s.]. Disquisitio de vario- 
 lis [etc.]. 12°. Venetiis, 1759. 
 
 Behrens (Wilhelm). Tabellen zum~ Gebrauch 
 bei mikroskopiscben Arbeiten. 4. Aufl., hrsg. 
 von Ernst Kiister. viii, 245 pp. 8°. Leipzig, 
 S. Hirzel, 1908. 
 
 Behrens (WiVielm Julius) [1854-1903]. 
 
 Oppermann (E.) WUielm Behrens. Gedenkblatt. 
 Ztsolar. J. wissensch. Mlkx., Leipz., 1904, xx, 273-278, port. 
 
 Behrens' patent eartb closet attachment for out- 
 houses. 2 1. roy. 8°. New York, [n. d.]. 
 von Behring (Emil Adolph) [1854-1917]. AUge- 
 meine Therapie der Infectionskrankheiten. Teil 
 2. pp. 1035-1122. 8°. Berlin & Wien, Urban 
 & Schwarzenberg, 1900. 
 
 Continuation of article in: I^elirb. d. allg. Therap. [etc.] 
 Eulenburg, Wien & Leipz., 1898, iii, 937-1034. 
 
 Forms 3. Hit. oi: Beitr. z. exper. Tberap., Berl. & Wien. 
 
 . The same. Obshtshaya terapiya infek- 
 
 tsiomilkh bolieznei. Perevod s niemetsk. G. G. 
 Frantsa. [Transl. from the German by Frants.] 
 Ip.L, 105 pp. 8°- S.-Peterburg, V.S. Ettinger, 
 1900. 
 Issued by: Prakt. med. 
 
 ' Diphtherie. (Begriffsbestimmung, Zu- 
 
 standekonunen, Erkennung und Verhutung., 
 xvi (4 1.), 185 pp. 8°. Berlin, A. Mrschwcdd; 
 1901. 
 
 Tuberkulosebekampfung. Vortrag gehal- 
 
 von Behring (Emil Adolph) — continued. 
 
 The suppression of tuberculosis, together 
 
 with observations concerning phthisiogenesis in 
 man and animals, and suggestions concerning 
 the hygiene of cow stables and the production 
 of milk for infant feeding, with special refer- 
 ence to tuberculosis. Authorized transl. by- 
 Charles Bolduan. v, 85 pp. 12°. New York, 
 J. Wiley & Sons, 1904. 
 
 . Modeme phthieiogenetische und phthi- 
 
 siotherapeutische Probleme in historischer Be- 
 leuchtung. xxxvi, 156 pp. 8° Berlin, A. 
 Hirschwald, 1906. 
 
 Beitrage zur experimentellen Tberapie, hrsgb. von E. von 
 Behring, 11. Hit. 
 
 Meine Blutuntersuchungen. xvi, 115 pp. 
 
 8°. Berlin, A. Hirschwald, 1912. 
 
 Beitrage zur experimentellen Therapie, hrsgb. von E. von 
 Behring, 12. Hft. 
 
 . Einfiihrung in die Lehre von der Be- 
 
 kampfung der Infektionskrankheiten; vii, 500 
 pp., 1 col. pi. roy. 8° Berlin, A. Hirschwald, 
 1912. 
 
 -. E. von Behring's gesammelte Abhand- 
 
 lungen. Neue Folge. xviii, 246 pp. 8°. Bonn, 
 A. Marcus & E. Webers Verlag, 1915. 
 
 For Biography, aee Attualiti, med., Milanq, 1917, vi, 276- 
 278 (R. E. Metchnikofl). Also: Berl. kiln. Wchnschr., 1914, 
 11, 483 (H. Much). AUo: lUd., 1917, liv, 471 (H. Kossel). 
 Also: Boston M. & S. J., 1917, olxxvii, 129. Also: Brit. M. 
 J., Lond., 1917, i, 498. Also: Deutsche med. Wchnschr., 
 Berl. & Leipz., 1917, xliii, 435 (J. S.). AUo: Ibid., 662 (E. 
 Wernicke). , Also: Hosp.-Tid., Kj^benh., 1917, 8. E., x^ 364- 
 368, port (O. Thomsen). Also: Lancet, Lond., 1917, i, 890. 
 Also: Med. Klin., Berl., 1917, xiii, 407-409 (F. Neuteld). 
 Also: MM. mod., Par., 1897, viii, 65 (Capitan). Also: Nar 
 ture, Lond., 1917, xcix, 228 (C. J. M.). Also: Tidsskr. f. d. 
 norske Laegefor., Kristiania, 1917, xxxvii, 517-519, port. (P. 
 Baser). 
 
 & Damman [Carl]. Bekampfung der 
 
 Tuberculose beim Rmdvieh und hygienische 
 Mlcherzeugung. 43 pp. 8°. Berlin, P. Purey, 
 
 1906. 
 
 Repr.from: Arch. d. deutsch. Landwlrtschaftsrats, Berl., 
 1906. 
 
 -, Romer (Paul) & Buppel (W. G.) Tuber- 
 
 pp. 
 
 Vei 
 
 ten auf der Versammlung von Naturforschem 
 und Aerzten in Kassel. 34 pp. 8° Marburg, 
 N. G. Elwert, 1903. 
 
 culose. xvui, 90 pp., 35 ch., 1 map., 5 tab. 8°. 
 Marburg, N. G. Elwert, 1902. 
 Forms 5. Hft. of; Beitr. z. exper. Therap., Marburg. 
 
 Behringer (Hertwig). Erinnerungs-Blatter an 
 die zweite deutsche Aerzte-Studienreise durch 
 die sachsischen und bohmischen Bader (10.-20. 
 September 1902). Reisebriefe. 56 pp. roy. 8°. 
 Aue, [1902]. 
 Behringer (Joseph) [1886- ]. *Die Bugg;es- 
 tiven Willenserscheinungen. 77 pp. 8°. Miin- 
 chen, E. Miihlthaler, 1910. 
 Behringwerk-Mitteilungen. Heft 1-2. 72, 100 
 ip., 2 ch. 8°. Stuttgart & Leipzig, Deutsche 
 Wlags-Anst, [1907]. 
 Hit. 1, Repr.from: Deutsche Kev., Stuttg. & lieipz., 1907. 
 
 Behrmann (Adolf). *Ueber einfache chronische 
 
 Exsudativperitonitis. 31 pp. 8°. Tubingen, 
 
 F. Pietzcker, 1898. 
 Behrmann (Ella) [1885- ]. *Ueber primare 
 
 tumorartige Hauttuberkulose an den ausseren 
 
 weibUchen GenitaUen. 25 pp. 8°. Berlin, R. 
 
 Graetz, 1910. 
 Behrnd (Karl Ferdinand Gustav) [1880- ]. 
 
 *Punktion bei Pericarditis. 3D pp., 1 1. 8°- 
 
 Berlin, 0. Francke, 1905. 
 Ton Behr-Pinnow (Ka,rl) [1864- ]. 
 
 Co-Mitor of: ZeitschrUt filr Sauglingsschutz, Berlin, 
 
 1909-15. 
 See, also. Festschrift zur F.r6flnung des Kaiserin Auguste 
 
 VictoriarHauses [etc.]. roy. 8°. Berlin, 1909. 
 
BEHSE. 
 
 425 
 
 BEISSINGER. 
 
 Behse (Emil). *Ueber anatomischen Bau des 
 Conus und der Aderhautveranderungen im my- 
 opischen Auge. [Helsingforsj 2 p. 1., 60 pp., 
 10 pi. 8°. Leipzig, W. Emelmann, 1907. 
 
 B€hurel (Ernest). *LeB fistules biliaires et leur 
 traitement par I'eiit^rostomie biliaire. 94 pp. 
 8°. Paris, 1906, No. 316. 
 
 Beiblatt (zu den Mitteilungen der Gesellsclmft 
 fiir innere Medicin und Kinderheiltunde in 
 Wien. V. 7-13, 1908-14. 8°. Wien. 
 
 Beiblatt der Mitteilungen der Gesellscliaft fur 
 physicalische Medizin. v. 1-5, 1908-12. 8°. 
 Wien. 
 
 Beier (C[arl]). Die Untersuchung unserer wich- 
 tigsten Nahrungs- und GenusBmittel. viii, 147 
 pp. 12°. Leipzig, C. G. Naumann, 1897. 
 Med. Bibliothek, Nos. 116-118. 
 
 Die Untersuchung des Hams und sein 
 
 Verhalten bei Krankheiten. 249 pp. 16°. 
 Leipzig, C. 6. Naumann, [1900]. 
 Med. Bibliothek, Nos. 153-156. 
 
 Beler (Job. Hartmann). See Beyer (Job. Hart- 
 mann). 
 
 Beier (Jobannes). *Ueber die Wirkungen der 
 Rontgen- (una Radium) Strahlen auf das 
 Zentrabiervensystem, insbesondere das Gebim. 
 [Zuricb.] 72 pp. 8° Wiesbaden, R. Bechtold & 
 Co., 1910. 
 
 Beier (Ludwig) [1876- ]. *Ein Fall von Na- 
 senracbenfibrom, gebeilt durcb die temporare 
 Resektion der Gaumenplatte nacb Partsch. 
 24 pp., 11. 8° Leipzig, B. Georgi, IQ05. 
 
 Beierlein (Ludwig) [1888- ]. *KlimBcbe Un- 
 tersucbungen fiber den Einfluss der Warmezu- 
 fubr auf die motoriscbe Tatigkeit der Wieder- 
 kauermagen. [Giessen.] 1 p. 1., 117 pp., 1 1. 
 8°. Niirnberg, B. Hilz, 1913. 
 
 Beifeld (Artbur Frederic) [1882- ]. 
 
 See Krebl (Ludolph). The basis of symptoms [etc.). 8°. 
 PUladelphia & Lonaon, [1916]. 
 
 Beigbfider (F61ix) [1871- ]. *Du d^lire dans 
 
 rerysipMe. 80 pp. 8°. Paris, 1898, No. 226. 
 Beiger (Emil) [1881- ]. *Untersucbungen 
 
 iiber die Genauigkeit der Bestimmung des Astig- 
 
 matismus mit dem SutcUffe-Opbthalmometer. 
 
 [Breslau.] 74 pp. 8° Berlin, R. Frenkel, 
 
 [1913]. 
 Beitaefte zum- Arcbiv fur Scbiffs- und Tropenby- 
 
 ^ene. v, 11-18, 1907-14. 8°. Leipzig, 
 Beihefte zur Medizinischen IQinik. v. 3-10, 
 
 1907-14. 8°. Berlin & Wien. 
 V. 1-2 under title: Eiganzungsliette zur Medizinischen 
 
 Elinik. 
 
 Beihefte zur Zeitscbrift_ fiir angewandte Psy- 
 
 chologie und psycbologiscbe Sammelforschung. 
 
 Hft. 1-10, 1911-14. 8°. Leipzig. 
 Beijer (J.) Lijkenverbrandingl Vergeleken met 
 
 Gods woord. 12 pp. 8°- Groningen, P. Beijer, 
 
 1875. 
 Beijerinck (M. W.) Ueber ein Contagium 
 
 vivum fluidum als IJrsacbe der Fleckenkrank- 
 
 heit der Tabaksblatter. 21 pp., 2 pi. 8°. 
 
 Amsterdam, J. Milller, 1898. 
 
 Forms No. 5, deel 6, 2. sectie, of: Verhandl. d. k. Akad. v. 
 
 Wetensch. te Amst. 
 
 Also, Editor of: Folia microbiclogica [etc.]. Delft, 1912-10. 
 
 Beijerman (D. H.) Hysteria en adembaling. 
 17 pp., 3 cb.. 8° Haarlem, de erven P. Bohn, 
 1901. 
 
 Forms No. 7 of: Geneesk. Bl. u. Klin, en Lab. v. de prakt., 
 Haarlem, 1901, viii. 
 
 Beijerman (Tbeodorus). *Een baard in de 
 ventrale tbalamuskem. 4 p. 1., 84 pp., 2 pi. 8°. 
 Rotterdam, Nijgh & van Ditmar, 1911. 
 
 Beijerman (Willem). *Over aangeboren stoomis- 
 sen van de kleine bersenen. [Leiden.] 91pp., 
 6 pi. 8°. Rotterdam, Nijgh & van Ditmar, 1916. 
 
 Beilby {Juliiis Henry) [ -1916]. 
 
 [Biography.) Brit. M. J., Lond., 1916, ii, 2?0. 
 BeiUe ([Guillaume-]L[ucien]) [1862- ]. Pr6cis 
 de botanique pbannaceutique. v. 1. iii, 590 
 pp., 1 1., 14 pi. 12°. Paris, A. Storck & Co., 
 1904. 
 
 — . Tbe same. v. 2. 1248 pp. 8°. Paris, A. 
 
 Malmne, [1808] 1909. 
 
 See, also, Dubreuilti (William-Auguste) & BeiJIe (L.) 
 [in 2. s.]. Les parasites anlmaux de la peau [etc.]. 12°. 
 Paris, [1896]. 
 
 Beinar (K[arl] A[ndreyevicb]) [1869- ]. *0b 
 izmieneniyakb mozgovovo kroveobrasbtsbeniya 
 pri ostrom alkobolnom otravlenii. [On tbe alter- 
 ations in cerebral qjrculation in acute alcobol- 
 ism.] [St, Petersburg.] 160 pp., 3 diag. 8°- 
 Vilna, I. Blyumavich, 1898. 
 
 Betnaschewitsch (Fanny). *Ueber die Erbo- 
 bung der Wirkung narkotiscber Medikamente 
 durcb Verteilung der Gesamtdosis. [Bern.] 8 
 pp. 4° Berlin, J. Springer, 1910. 
 
 Beinert {Karl Christian) [1793- ]. 
 
 [Blograpliy.] /n; Graetzer(J.) Lebensbilderhervorrag. 
 schles. Aerzte, 8°, Bresl., 1889, 215. 
 
 Beinet ( Jules - Marie - Auguste - Albert - Sextius ) 
 [1882- ]. *La tuberculose de la prostate. 
 80 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1906, No. 60. 
 
 Beins (H[endrik]). 
 
 See Lebert (Hermann). Het acute gewrichts-rheuma- 
 tismus [etc.]. 8*. Qronin^en, 1862. 
 
 Beins (J. F.) Het koolzuur, 2ajne eigenscbappen, 
 bereiding en toepassingen, vooral met bet oog 
 op zijn gebruik als beweegkracbt. 1. Het 
 koolzuur in zijne physiscbe en cbemiscbe 
 eigenscbappen. 44 pp. 8° Groningen, J. B. 
 Walters, 1875. 
 
 Beintker (Erich Wilbebn Karl) [1882- ]. 
 *Zur Casuistik der Poliomyelitis anterior acuta. 
 Bericbt tlber die vom 1. November 1898 bis 
 zum 31. Juli 1905 in der mediziniscben Polikli- 
 nik zu Leipzig bebandelten Falle. 100 pp., 1 1. 
 8°. Leipzig, A. Boffmann, 1905. 
 
 Beireis (Godofredus Cbristopborus) [1730-1809]. 
 *De paralysi, respondente Joanne Pbilippo du 
 Roi. 1 p. 1., 27 pp., 1 1. am. 4°. Helmstadii, 
 J. Drimoornius, 1762. 
 
 Beis {Mme), nee De Galinowska. *La myorra- 
 phie anterieure des releveurs de I'anus dans le 
 traitement des prolapsus genitaux de la femme. 
 29 pp. 8° Montpellier, 1906, No. 74. 
 
 Beis (Femand) [1876- ]. *Contribution i. 
 r^tude des kystes tuboovariens. 85 pp., 2 1. 
 8°. Montpellier, 1903, No. 71. 
 
 Beisele (Paul) [1885- ]. *Ueber das Riesenzel- 
 lensarkom der weiblicben Brustdriise. 36 pp. 
 8°. Giessen, 0. Kindt, 1911. 
 
 Beissel (Ignaz). Allgemeine Brunnendiatetik. 
 Anleitung zum Gebraucbe von Trink- und 
 Badekuren. vi, 165 pp. 12° Berlin, A. 
 Hirschwald, 1897. 
 
 . Die Thermen von Aacben und Aacben- 
 
 Burtscbeid in ibier gescbicbtUcben und balneo- 
 logiflcben Bedeutung und in ibrer mediziniscben 
 Anwendung und Wirliung, nebst einem bisto- 
 riscben und topograpbiscben Ueberblick der 
 Stadt und ibrer Umgebung. viii, 224 pp., 
 1 plan. 12°. Berlin, A. Hirschwald, 1904. 
 
 Beissinger (Hugo) [1882- ]. *Merkfabigkeits- 
 Prufungen bei organiscben Gebimerkrankun- 
 gen. 64 pp., 1 1. 8°. Strassburg i. E., C. 
 Miih & Cie., 1907. 
 
BEISSNER. 
 
 426 
 
 BEITRlGE. 
 
 Beissner (Hans) [1874r- ]. *Die Zwischen- 
 substanz des Hodens und ihre Bedeutung. 29 
 pp. 8°. Bonn, F. Cohen, 1898. _ 
 
 Beisswen|;er (Oscar). *Zur Histogenese der 
 Cysten on Lymphdrusen. 26 pp., 1 1. 8°. 
 Zurich, J. Schabelitz, 1898. 
 
 Beltler (Karl [Ivanovich]) [1872- ]. *K vo- 
 prosu o tripticheskom perevarivanii bielkovlkh 
 veshtshestv; o proteinokhromogenie i niekoto- 
 rlkh yevo proizvodnikh.._ [On tryptic digestion 
 of albuminates; on proteinochiomogen and some 
 of its derivatives.] 47 pp., 2 1. 8°. S.-Peter- 
 hurg_, 1898. 
 
 Beitrage zur Anatomie imd Embryologie als Fest- 
 gabe Jacob Henle zum 4. April 1882 darge- 
 bracht von seinen Scbulern. 1 v. 222 pp. fol. 
 Bonn, 1882. 
 
 BeitrSge zur Anatomie, Physiologie, Pathologie 
 und Therapie des Ohies, der Nase und des 
 Halses. Hrsg. von A. Passowund K. L. Schaefer. 
 V. 1-8, 1908-15. 8°. Berlin. 
 
 See also, Archiv fiir experimentelle und klinische Pho- 
 netik. 
 
 Beitritge zur Anthropologie Elsass-Lothringens. 
 
 Hrsg. von G. Scbwalbe. Hft. 1-3, 1898-1902. 
 
 4°. Strassburg. 
 BeitrUge zur Anthropologie, Ethnographie und 
 
 und ArchsBologie Niederl. Westindiens. 22 pp., 
 
 4 pi. 4°. Haarlem, H. Kleinmann & Co., 1904. 
 Fonns No. 9, 2. s., of: MittheUungen a. d. Niederl.-Eelchs- 
 
 museum f . Volierk. 
 
 Beitriige zur Anthropologie und Urgeschichte 
 Bayems. Hrsg. von W. von Giimbel, N. Rti- 
 dinger [et al.]. v. 1-16, 1877-1907. 8°. Miin- 
 chen. 
 
 Beitrage zur Augenheilkunde. Hrsg. von R. 
 Deutschmann. Hft. 1-87 (v. 1-9), 1890-1914. 
 8°. Hamburg & Leipzig. 
 
 Beitrage zur Augenheilkunde. Als Festgabe 
 ihrem hochverehrten Lehrer dem geheimen 
 Medicinalrath Herm Professor Dr. A. von Hip- 
 pel in Halle a. d. Saale zur Feier seines fvinfund- 
 zwanzigjahrigen Professorenjubilaiuns. 232 pp. 
 8°. Ba/Jea. /S., 1899. 
 
 Beitrage zur Augenheilkunde. Bei Aniass des 
 25jahrigen Professoren-Jubilaums von Herm 
 Professor Schiess-Gemuseus hrsg. von Karl 
 MelUnger. 4°. Basel, 1893. 
 
 Beitrage zur Augenheilkunde. Festschrift zur 
 Feier des siebzigsten Geburtstags Herm R. 
 Forster in Breslau gewidmet von Eduard Asmus 
 [et al.]. 209 pp. 8°. Wiesbaden, 1895. 
 
 Erganzungsherf to: Arcbiv fur Augenheilkunde, Wies- 
 baden, 1895, xzxi. 
 
 BeltrUge zur Augenheilkunde . Festschrift Julius 
 Hirschberg von Schulem und Freunden, aus 
 AnlasB seiner f iinf undzwanzigjahrigen Wirksam- 
 keit als Professor an der Universitat Berlia . 352 
 pp. 8°. Leipzig, 1905. 
 
 Beitrage zur Bauchchirurgie. Neue Folge. Von 
 Hans Kehr, Dr. Berger und Dr. Welp. xiii, 246 
 pp. 8°. Berlin, H. Komfild, [1902]. 
 
 Beitrage zur Biologic, als Festgabe dem Anatomen 
 und Physiologen Th. L. W. von Bischoff zum 
 fijnfzigjahrigen medicinischen Doktorjubilaeum 
 gewidmet von seinen Schulem. viii, 349 pp. 
 4°. Stuttgart, 1882. 
 
 BeitrUge zur Biologie der Pflanzen. Hrsg. von 
 Felix Eosen. v. 1-12, 1870-1913. 8°. Breslau. 
 
 BeitrSge zur Carcinomforschung. Aus der i. 
 med. KUnik (Prof. C. von Noorden) ia Wien. 
 Hft. 1-3, 1909-11. 8°. Berlin & Wien, Urban 
 & Schvmwnherg. 
 
 BeitrSge zur chemischen Physiologic und Patho- 
 logie. Zeitschrift fiir die gesamte Biochemie. 
 Hrsg. von Franz Hofmeister. v. 1-11, 1901-8. 
 8°. Braunschweig. 
 Merged in: Biocbemlsclie Zeitschrift, Berlin. 
 
 Beitrage zur Dermatologie und Syphilis. Fest- 
 schrift gewidmet Georg Lewin zur Feier seines 
 50jahrigen Doctorjubilaums am 5. November 
 1895. 188 pp., 9 pi. 8°. Berlin, 1896. 
 
 Beitrage zur Dermatologie und Syphilis. Fest- 
 schrift gewidmet Herm Hofrath Dr. I. Neu- 
 mann. 1015 pp. 8°. Leipzig & Wien, 1900. 
 
 Beitrage zur Erkenntniss des Uranismus. Hft. 1, 
 1906. 8°. Leipzig & Amsterdam. 
 
 Beitriige zur experimentellen Therapie. Hrsg. 
 von E. von Behring. Hft. 1-12, 1899-1912. 8^*- 
 Marburg; Berlin. 
 
 Beitrage zur forensischen Medizin. Hrsg. von 
 Hans Lungwitz. v. 1-2, 1912-14. 8°- Berlin. 
 
 Beitrage zur Frage nach der Beziehung zwischen 
 klinischem Verlauf und anatomischem Befund 
 bei Nerven- und Geisteskrankheiten. Hrsg. von 
 Franz Nissl. v. 1. 8°. Leipzig, 1913. 
 
 Beitrage zur Futtermittellehre und Stoffwechsel- 
 physiologie der landwirtschaftlichen Nutztiere. 
 Hft. 1-3, 1905-8. 8°. Berlin. 
 
 Beitrage zur Geburtshulfe und Gynaekologle. 
 Festschrift gewidmet August Martin zur Feier 
 seines 25jahrigen Doctorjubilaum am 15. Juli 
 1895. 218 pp., 3 pi. 8°. Berlin, 1895. 
 
 Supplement to: MonatsctaiUt fiir GeburtshiUfe und 
 Gynaeoologie, Berlin. 
 
 Beitrlige zur Geburtshilfe und Gynakologie. 
 Festschrift . . . Professor Dr. Heinrich Fritsch 
 bei Gelegenheit des 25jahrigen Bestehens des 
 Centralblatts fiir Gjmakologie in Dankbarkeit 
 und Verehrung gewidmet von seinen Schtilem. 
 iv, 354 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Leipzig, Breithopf & 
 Hartel, 1902. 
 
 Beitrage zur Geburtshilfe und Gynaekologle. 
 Hrsg. von den Vorstanden der Uniyersitats- 
 Frauenkliniken, . . . unter Redaktion von A. 
 Hegar. v. 1-19, 1898-1914. 8°. Leipzig. 
 
 Beitrage zur Geburtshilfe und Gynakologie. 
 Rudolf Chrobak aus Aniass seines sechzigsten 
 Geburtstagea gewidmet von seinen SchSlern 
 und Freunden. 2 v. 751 pp.; 265 pp. 8°. 
 Wien, 1903. 
 
 Beitrage zur gerichtlichen Medizin. Hrsg. von 
 Alexander Kolisko. v. 1-2, 1911-14. 8°. 
 Leipzig & Wien. 
 
 Beitrage zur Hygiene, Bakteriologie und Infek- 
 tionskrankheiten. Festschrift zum 25 jahrigen 
 Prof.-Jubilaum des Herm Prof. Dr. Masanori 
 Ogata. 63 pp. 8°. Toltyo, 1910. 
 
 Beitrage zur inneren Medicin. Festschrift aus 
 Aniass des Congresses fiir innere Medicin in 
 Klarlsbad im AprU 1899 unter Mitarbeiter- 
 schaft von G. Anton, A. Drasche [et al.], hrsg. 
 von R. von Jaksch und J. Hermheiser. 4 p. 1., 
 355 pp. 8°. Wien, A. Holder, 1900. 
 
 Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Lungentuberculose. 
 Hrsg. von Ernst Meissen, vi, 349 pp. 8°. 
 Wiesbaden, J. F. Bergmann, 1901. 
 
 Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Tuberkulose. Mit- 
 theilungen aus der Dr. Brehmer'schen Heilan- 
 stalt fiir Lungenkranke in Gorbersdorf. Hrsg. 
 von FeUx Wolff. 124 pp. 8°. Wiesbaden, 1891. 
 
 Beitrage zur Klinik der Infektionskrankheiten 
 und ziir Immunitatsforschung (mit Ausschluss 
 der Tuberkulose). Hrsg. von L. Brauer. v. 1-3, 
 1912-14. 8° Wilrzburg. 
 
BEITRAGE. 
 
 427 
 
 BEJARANO. 
 
 Beltrage zur Klinik der Tuberkulose. v. 1-33, 
 
 Supplement v. 1-7, 1903-14. Hrsg. von Ludolph. 
 
 Brauer. 8°. Wiirzburg. 
 Beitriige zur Minisclaen Chirurgie. Mitteilungen 
 
 aus der chirurgischen Klinik zu Tubingen, v. 
 
 2-97, 1886-1915. 8°. Tubingen. 
 Continuation of: Mittheilungen aus der chirurgischen 
 
 Khnik zu Tiihingen. 
 
 Beitrage zur klinischen Medicia und Chirurgie. 
 Hrsg. vom Eedactions-Comit^ der Wiener med. 
 Wochensclirift. Hft. 1-121, 1893-9. 8° Wien 
 & Leipzig. 
 
 Beitrage zur KriegBlieilkunde. Hrsg. vom Cen- 
 tral-Komitee der Deutschen Vereiae vom Koten 
 Kreuz. 8°. Berlin, 1914. 
 
 Beitrage zur Lehre von den Geschlechts-Unter- 
 schieden, von P. J. Mobius. Hft. 1-A. 8°. 
 Halle a. S., C. Marhold, 1903. 
 
 Beitrage zur Morpbologie und Morphogenie. 
 Untersuchungen aus dem anatomischen In- 
 stitut zu Eriangen. Hrsg. von Leo Gerlach. 
 roy. 8°. Stuttgart, 1884. 
 
 Beitrage zur offentUchen und gerichtlichen 
 Arzneikunde, hrsg. von Theodor Georg August 
 Roose. Erstes Stuck. 3 p. 1., 192 pp. 8° 
 Braunschweig, Schulbuchhandlung, 1798. 
 
 Beitrage zur Ohrenheilkunde. Festschrift ge- 
 widmet August Luese zur Feier seines siebzigsten 
 Geburtstages. 419 pp. 8°. Berlin, 1905. 
 
 Beitrage zur Pathologie der Verdauungsorgane. 
 Arbeiten aus der medizinischen Klinik in 
 Kopenhagen. Hrsg. vOn Knud Faber. 317 pp. 
 8°. Berlin, 1905. 
 - BeitrSgezur pathologischen Anatomie und zur 
 allgemeinen Pathologie. Redigirt von E. 
 Ziegler und C. Nauwerck. v. 3-61, 1888-1915. 
 8°. Jena. 
 
 BeltrSge zur pathologischen Anatomie. Otto 
 Bollinger zur Feier seines sechzigsten Geburts- 
 tages gewidmet von E. Albrecht [et al.]. 8°. 
 Wiesbaden, 1903. _ 
 
 Beitrage zur Physiologie. Hrsg. von Max Cremer. 
 8°. Berlin, 1914. 
 
 BeitrSge zur Physiologie. Ewald Hering zur 
 Feier seines goldenen Doktorjubilaums gewid- 
 met von Schulem und Arbeitsgenossen. vii, 
 760 pp., 21 pi., port. 8° Bonn, 1910. 
 Forms v. 136 (1910) ol: Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn. 
 
 Beitrage zur Physiologie. Festschrift fiir Adolph 
 Fick zum siebzigsten Geburtstage. 166 pp. 8°. 
 Braunschweig, 1899. 
 
 Beitrage zur Physiologie und Pathologie. flrsg. 
 von 0. Weiss. Festschrift zum siebzigsten Ge- 
 burtstage Ludimar Hermann von seinen Schu- 
 lem gewidmet. 210 pp., 1 ch. 8°. Stuttgart, 
 1908. 
 
 Beitrage zur Psychiatrie. Hrsg. von Mitar- 
 beitem der Allgemeinen Zeitschrift fur Psychia- 
 trie durch Dr. med. Roller und Dr. med. Laehr, 
 [Herm Dr. med C. Flemming . . . zum 50jahrigen 
 Doctor-Jubilaum am 15. December 1871 . 
 gewidmet]. 712 pp. 8°. Berlin, 1872. 
 
 Bejar. from: AUg. Ztsohr. f. Psychiat. [etc.], Berl., 1872, 
 xxvin. 
 
 Beitrage zur psychiatrischen Klinik. 
 
 Robert Sommer. v. 1-2, 1902-3. 8°. 
 
 & Wien. 
 Beitrage zur Psychologie und PhUosophie. Hrsg. 
 
 von Gotz Martius. v. 1, 1896-1905. 8°- Leipzig. 
 Beitrage zur Rassenkunde. Hft. 1-9. roy. 8*. 
 
 Leipzig, Thuringische Verlags-Anstalt, 1907-11. 
 
 von 
 Berlin 
 
 Beitrage zu einer Reform der geburtshilfUchen 
 Ordnung im preussischen Staate, hrsg. von der 
 Kommission der Aerztekammer der Provinz 
 Sachsen. 64 pp. 8°. Berlin, E. Staude, 1898. 
 
 Beitrage zur Schutzimpfung gegen Typhus. Ver- 
 offentlichungen aus dem Gebiete des Militar- 
 Sanitatswesens, hrsg. von der Medizinal-Ab- 
 teilung des koniglich preussischen Kriegsminis- 
 teriums. 63 pp. 8°. Berlin, A. Eirschwald, 
 1905. 
 
 Forms 28. Hft. of: VerofEentl. a. d. Geb d. Mil.-San.-Wes., 
 Berl. 
 
 BeltrSge zur Syphilis-Forschung. Contributions 
 S, r^tude de la syphilis. Hrsg. von Max von 
 Niessen. Nos. 1-10. 4°. Wiesbaden, VdQO-1^10. 
 
 Beitrage zur wissenschaftUchen Medicin. Fest- 
 schrift dargeboten den medicinischen Theil- 
 nehmem an der Ixix. Versammlung deutscher 
 Naturforscher und Aerzte vom herzoglich 
 braunschweigischen Staatsministerium. Bear- 
 beitet von Aerzten des Herzogthums Braun- 
 schweig und hrsg. im Auftrage des geschafts- 
 f.uhrenden und literarischen Ausschusses von 
 Rudolf Beneke. 8°. Braunschweig, 1897. 
 
 Beitrage zur wissenschaftUchen Medizin. Fest- 
 schrift zur Feier seines achtzigsten Geburtstages 
 Herm Geheimrat Dr. Georg Mayer gewidmet. 
 iv (1 1.), 188 pp. 8° Berlin, 1905. 
 
 BeltrSge zu wissenschaftUchen Medicin und 
 Chemie. Festschrift zu Ehren des sechzigsten 
 Geburtstages von Ernst Salkowski. vU, 480 pp., 
 2 pi. 8° Berlin, 1904. 
 
 Beitrag zur Revision des Strafgesetzbuches in 
 Beziehung auf die Ausubung der Heilkunde. 
 Nach den Verhandlungen der Aerztekammer 
 fiir die Provinz Brandenburg und den Stadt- 
 kreis Berlin im Auftrage des Vorstandes hrsg. 
 von S. Alexander. Mit einem Anhang: Zusam- 
 menstellung der fiir Ausubung des arztUchen 
 Berufes in Betracht kommenden Paragraphen 
 des Reichs-Strafgesetzbuches, von O. Fritze. 
 ix, 46 pp. fol. Berlin, Putthammer & Muhl- 
 brecht, 1905. 
 
 Beitzke (Hermann Heinrich Wilhelm) [1875- 
 ]. *Ueber Beeinflussung der Leukaemie 
 durch compUcierende Krankheiten. 35 pp. 8°. 
 Kiel, P. Peters, 1899. 
 
 . Taschenbuch der pathologisch-histolo- 
 
 gischen Untersuchungsmethoden. 82 pp. 12°. 
 Leipzig, J. A. Barth, 1907. 
 
 Beirel (A[leksandr] F[rantsovich]) [1867- ]. 
 *Boliezni glaz i sllepota u kazachyavo nasele- 
 niya Chelyabinskoi stanitst Orenburgskavo ka- 
 zachyavo voiska po dannim pogolovnavo osmo- 
 tra. [Diseases of the eyes and bUndness among 
 the population of Chelyabinsk station of the 
 Orenburg Cossack troops, after data of a head-to- 
 head examination.] 68 pp., 2 1. 8°- S. -Peter- 
 burg, 1897. 
 
 Belx (Emile) [1880- ]. *De la laparotomie 
 classique. Cas des retrodeviations ut^rines (essai 
 d'etude historique). 80 pp. 8°- Paris, 1907, 
 No. 20. 
 
 Belx (Marcel) [1886- ]. *La neige carbonique, 
 son emploi dans le traitement des dermatoses. 
 86 pp. 8°. Paris, 1911, No. 399. 
 
 Bejarano (H.) *Du traitement de la n6vralgie 
 faciale par les resections etendues et en particu- 
 Uer par la resection peripherique totale du tri- 
 jumeau. 62 pp. 8°- Paris, 1899, No. 645. 
 
BEJARANO Y SANCHEZ. 
 
 428 
 
 BEKHTEREFF. 
 
 Bejarano y Sanchez (Shy) [ -1904]. 
 
 Fesado Blanco (S.) [Biography.] Gac. mid. de Gra- 
 nada, 1904, xxii, 271-273. 
 
 Bfijottes ( Jean-Baptiste-Ludovic) [1879- ]. *Le 
 "livre sacr6" d'Hermfes Trism^giste et ses trente- 
 six herbes magiques. 200 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 
 1911, No. 40. 
 Ecole de pharmacie. 
 
 Bek (K[arl] 0[skarovich]). *Pro-vierka niekoto- 
 rikli sposobov opredleleniya klietchatki. [Veri- 
 fication of several methoda of analyzing cellular 
 tissue.] 105 pp., 11. 8°. Yuryev, K. Mattisen, 
 1900. 
 Pharmacy. 
 
 Bek (Yevgeniy [Vladimifovich]) [1865- ]. 
 *K voprosu ob osteoarthritis deformans ende- 
 mica V Zabaikalskoi oblasti. [. . . in the Trans- 
 baikal region.] 75 (1 1.), 114 pp., 3 1., 15 pi., 1 
 diag., 2maps. 8°. S.-Peterburg, M.M.Stasyu- 
 levich, 1906. 
 
 Bekampfung (Die) der Bleigefahr in der Indus- 
 trie. Ergebnisse des Preisausschreibens der 
 Intemationalen Vereinigung fiir gesetzlichen 
 Aibeiterschutz. Im Auftrage des Intemationa- 
 len Aibeitsamtes zu Basel hrsg. von Leymann. 
 xiv(ll.)256pp. 11. 8°. Jena, G. Fischer, W08. 
 
 Bekampfung (Bie) der Schwindsucht durch 
 Heilstatten fiir Lungenkranke. Denkschrift. 
 63 pp. 8°. Berlin, 1899. 
 
 B6kSss (Alad^r) Die Prtifung des Sehorgans 
 beim Eisenbahn- und Dampfschiffpersonale. 
 200 pp., 1 pi., 1 diag. 8°. Leipzig, B. Konegen, 
 1908. 
 
 BekSsy (Geza). Les hQpitaux et les maisons de 
 santi de la Hongrie. viii, 208 pp., 1 map. 8° 
 Budapest, 1900. 
 
 Bektatereff (Vladimir Mi[khailovich)] [1857- ]. 
 Otkrltiye novoi kliniki nervnlkh bolieznei; 
 riech proiznesyoimaya pri otkrftii kliniki 
 nervnlkh. bolieznei 19 noyab. 1897 goda. [Open- 
 ing of the new clinic of nervous diseases; speech 
 delivered at the opening of the clinic, November 
 19,1897.] 18pp., 1 plan. 8°. S.-Peterburg, K. 
 L. Rihker, 1897. 
 
 . Provodyashtschiye puti spinnovo i 
 
 golovnovo mozga; rukovodstvo k izucheniyu 
 vnutrennikh svyazei mozga. [Tracts of the 
 spinal cord and brain; handbook for the study 
 of the inner relations of the brain.] [2. ed.] 
 Pt. 2. viii, 383 pp., 2 1., 1 pi. 8°. S.-Peter- 
 burg, K. L. Rikker, 1898. 
 
 CONTENTS. 
 
 Pt. II. Volokna mozzhechka, vololma mozg. polushariy 
 i obshtshiy obzor provod. sistem. [Fibers of the cerebellum, 
 fibers of the hermspheres and general review of the tracts.] 
 
 -. The same. Les voies de conduction du 
 
 cerveau et de la moelle. Traduction sur la 
 2" Edition allemande par C. Bonne. 1 p. 1., x, 
 856 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Lyon, a. Storch & Cie., 1900. 
 Nervntya boliezrd v otdielnlkh nablyu- 
 
 deniyakh. [Nervous diseases in separate obser- 
 vations.]. Pt. 2. 2 p. 1., 278pp. 8°. S.-Peter- 
 burg, K. L. Rikker, 1899. 
 
 Suggestion und ihre soziale Bedeutung. 
 
 Rede, gehalten auf der Jahresversammlung der 
 kaiserl. medizin. Akademie am 18. Dezember 
 1897. Mit Zusatzen des Verfassers und einem 
 Vorwort von P. Flechsig in Leipzig. Deutsch 
 von Richard Weinberg. v,,84pp. 8°- Leipzig, 
 A. Georgi, 1899. 
 
 . Die Bedeutung der Suggestion im sozialen 
 
 Leben. 142 pp. 8*. Wiesbaden, J. F. Berg- 
 
 mann, 1905. 
 rorms 39. Hit. ol: Grenzfr. d. Nerven- u. Seelenleb. 
 
 Bekbtereff (Vladimir Mi[khailovich])— cont'd. 
 
 . The same. La suggestion et son r61e 
 
 dans la vie sociale. ' Traduit et adapts du russe 
 par P. K6raval. vi, 276 pp. 12°. Paris, C. 
 Boulange, succ., 1910. 
 
 Nevropatologicheskiya i psikhiatriche- 
 
 skiya nablyudeniya. [Neuropathological and 
 psychiatric observations.] Ip.l., 299 pp. 8°. 
 S.-Peterburg, K. L. Rikker, 1900. 
 
 SifiUs tsentralnoi nervnoi sisteml. 
 
 [Syphilis of the central nervous system.] vi, 
 115 pp., 1 pi. 8°. S.-Peterburg, K. L. Rihker, 
 [1902]. 
 
 Anatomie du systfeme nerveux; systema- 
 
 tisation; histologic. Traduction de C. Bonne. 
 1 p. 1., X, 856 pp., 3 pi. 8°. Lyon, A. Storch 
 & Cie.: Paris, Odeon, 1902. 
 
 -. Die Energie des lebenden Organismus 
 
 und ihre psycho-biologische Bedeutulig. vii, 
 132 pp. 8*. Wiesbaden, J. F. Bergmann, 1902. 
 Forms 16. Hft. of: Grenzfr. d. Nerv.- u. Seelenleb. 
 
 Psikhika i zhizn. [Soul and life.] Ip. l.» 
 
 iii, 138 pp. 8°. S.-Peterburg, K. L. Rihher, 
 [1902]. 
 
 -. The same. L'activit6 psychique et la 
 
 vie. Traduit et adapts du russe par P. K6raval. 
 viii, 347 pp., 1 1. 12°. Paris, A. Coecoz, 1907. 
 The same. Psyche und Leben. 2. 
 
 Aufl. ix, 209 pp. 8°- Wiesbaden, J. F. Berg- 
 mann, 1908. 
 
 . Osnovi ucheniya o funktsiyakh mozga. 
 
 [Principles of brain functions.] 3 pts. 8°. 
 S.-Peterburg, Brockhaus & Efron, [& P. P. 
 Solkin], 1903-7. 
 
 . Die PersonUchkeit und die Bedinguhg 
 
 ihrer Entwicklung und Gesundheit. vi, 38 pp. 
 roy. 8°. Wiesbaden, J. F. Bergmann, 1906. 
 Forms No. 45 of: Greuzfragen d. Nerven u. Seelenlebens 
 
 . Zapiski po psikhiatrii; po lektsiyam 
 
 . . . 1907-8g., sost. Zaliesskoi i Solovtsovoi. 
 [Notes on psychiatrics; compiled, after his 
 lectures in 1907-8, by Zaliesskaya and Solov- 
 tsova.] 210 pp. 8°. S.-Peterburg, V. P. 
 Anisimoff, 1908. 
 
 . Les fonctions nerveuses. Les fonctions 
 
 bulbo-m^duUaires. I. 372 pp. 8°. Paris, 
 0. Dion dcfils, 1909. 
 
 . Obyektivnaya psikhologiya. [Objec- 
 tive psychology.] Pt. 2. 59-222 pp. 8°. 
 S.-Peterburg, P. P. Solkin, 1910. 
 
 Nevropatologicheskaya i psikhiatriche- 
 
 skiya nablyudeniya. [Neuropathological and 
 psychiatric observations.] 116 pp. 8°. S.- 
 Peterburg, K. L. Rikker, 1910. 
 
 . Pervonachalnaya evolyutsiya dietskavo 
 
 risunka v obyektivnom izuchenii. [Primary 
 evolution of the child's drawing, objectively 
 considered.] 50 pp., 4 pi. 8°. S.-Peterburg, 
 P. P. ScXkin, 1910. 
 
 Obshtshaya diagnostika bolieznei nervnoi 
 
 sisteml. [General diagnosis of diseases of the 
 nervous system.] Pt. 1. vii, 263 pp. 8°. 
 S.-Peterburg, K. L. Rikker, 1911. 
 
 See, also, BlelltskI (Yu.) Nevrasteniya [etc.]. 8°. S.- 
 Peteriurg, 1906.— Collins (J.) Die Leitungsbahnen [etc.]. 
 8°. New York, 1895.— Epilepsia. 8°. Amsterdam, 1909.— 
 Llegeols (I.) Hipnotizra [etc.]. 8°. Kazan, 1893. — Nen- 
 koll {V. N.) Kratldy kurs po nervnlm bolle'znyam [etc.] 
 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1908. 
 
 Also, Editor of: Nevrologlcheskly Vestnik, Kazan, 1893- 
 1916. Also, JSditor q(.- Obozilenlye Psikhiatrii, Novrologil i 
 EksperimentalnoIPsikhologii,S.-Peterburg,1896-1916. AlsOj 
 Editor of: Vestnik Psikhologii, Kriminalnol Antropologii 
 i Hipnotizma, S.-Peterburg, 1904-5. 
 
BEKHTEREFF. 
 
 429 
 
 BELFIORE. 
 
 Bekhtereff (Vladimir Mi[khailovich])— cont'd. 
 
 . See, also: 
 
 Obozrieniyb Psikhiatrii, Nevrologii i Ekspe- 
 rimentalnoi Psikhologli, NoNo. 8-12, [yubilyar- 
 naya knizhka po sluchayu xxxv-liettya nauchnoi 
 i obshtshestvennoi dieyatelnosti Vladimira Mi- 
 khallovicha Bekhtereva]. [Review of Psychi- 
 atry, Neurology, and Experimental Psychology, 
 Nos. 8-12; jubilee number issued on the occa- 
 sion of the tmrty-fif th anniversary of V. M. Bekte- 
 leff's Bcientific and public career.] 8°. S. -Peter- 
 burg, 1913. 
 
 & PoussSpe. La chirurgie des alienes. 38 
 
 pp. 8°. Paris, 1912. 
 
 Bepr.from: Arch, internat. de neurol., Par., 1912. 
 
 & Weinberg (Richard). Das Gehim d«s 
 
 Chemikers D. J. Mendelejew. Mit einem 
 Bildniss Mendelejews und 8 Tafeln. 2 p. 1., 23 
 pp., front., 8 pi. 4°. Leipzig, W. Engelmann, 
 1909. 
 
 Forms pt. 1 of: Anatomische und entwlcklungsgeschlcht- 
 llclie MonograpMen, hrsg. von W. Eoux. 
 
 Beklarian (Aiof) [1877- ]. *Contribution h, 
 
 r6tude de I'abcls froid pr61arynge d'origine 
 
 gangliormaire. 97 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Pari^, 1908, 
 
 No. 284. 
 Bekina (Alexandrine). *Oontribution k I'^tude 
 
 des p^ritonites k pneumocoques. 56 pp. 8°. 
 
 Laiisanne, Imp. ouvriire, 1906. 
 Beknazar-Uzbachnlan (Jean). *Emploi des 
 
 permanganates de calcium et de potassium 
 
 comme oxydants. 89 pp., 1 tab. 8°. Genive, 
 
 1904. 
 Beknopt overzicht van eenige veranderingen in 
 
 de Nederlandsche pharmacopee . Vierde uitgave, 
 
 Die van invloed kunnen zijn op de receptuur. 
 
 19 pp. 16°. Haarlem, P. L. M. Ketting, 1906. 
 Bekritzkjr (Kadisch) [1882- ]. *Ueber den 
 
 Ausgang der Schenkelhalsfrakturen jugend- 
 
 licher Personen in Pseudarthrose. 26 pp. 8° 
 
 Berlin, E. Ehering, 1909. 
 von Beksadian (Joseph). *Ueber die Geschwulste 
 
 der Ileocoecalklappe. Ip. 1., 54 pp. 8° Frei- 
 
 hurgi. Br.,Speyer & Kaerner, 1912. 
 Belais (Diana). Vivisection, animal and human. 
 
 pp. 267-272. 8°. New Tori, 1910. 
 
 CuUingfrom; Cosmopolitan Mag., N. Y., 1910, xlix. 
 
 Belangrijke voorbeelden van menschlijke lang- 
 levenheid, [etc.]. xvi, 176 pp. 8°. Haage, J. 
 C. Leeuwestijn, [n. rf.]. 
 
 Belanine (Wladmir). *Contribution k I'^tude de 
 la pression sanguine &. I'^tat pathologique. 76 
 pp. 8°. LatLsanne, Imp. ouvnh-e, 1906. 
 
 Belari (Emilio). The secrets of the voice in sing- 
 ing explained according to the laws of acoustics 
 and physiology, iii, 98 pp. 16°. New York, J. 
 K. Lees, 1883. 
 
 Beiaubre (Edouard) [1871- ]. *Des divers 
 traitements des brdlures et contribution a leur 
 traitement par I'acide pyrogaUique. 54 pp. 8°. 
 Paris, 1898, No. 509. 
 
 Belaya-Bumine (Mme.) *Etude coinpar^e sur la 
 polymortaUt^ dans la syphilis et la tuberculose 
 au point de vue du diagnostic. 40 pp. 8°. 
 Genive, C. Zmllner, 1907. 
 
 BelbSze (Leopold) [1883- ]. _*De quelques 
 inconv6nients de l'hyst6rectoniie abdominale 
 sub-to tale dans les suppurations pelviennes. 
 53 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1909, No. 68. 
 
 Belbeze (Raymond) [1877- 1. *Le signe de la 
 douleur provoquee et les reflexes thoraciques 
 dans les affections pleuro-pulmonaires et par- 
 ticuliferement dans la tuberculose. [Lyon.] 100 
 pp. 8°. Moissac, 1902, No. 134. 
 
 BelbSze (Raymond) — continued. 
 
 . La neurasth^nie rurale; frequence, causes 
 
 sociales et individuelles. Etude psychologique 
 et clinique de la neurasthenic chez le paysan 
 contemporain. Preface de M. le prof. Remond. 
 222 pp. 8°- Pans, Vigotfrlres, 1911. 
 
 Belcher (William Nathan) [1863-1907]. 
 
 Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1907, xUx, 1938.— 
 West (F. E.) [Obituary.] Long Island M. J., Brooklyn, 
 1908, ii, 68. 
 
 BelcikowskI (Georges). *Aper9u de guerre sur 
 les eaux d'alimentation des Vosges et de la 
 plaine d' Alsace. 88 pp. 8° Montpellier, 1917, 
 No. 101. 
 
 Beldau (G[ustav]). Zur Arzneibehandlung der 
 Lungenschwindsucht. 23 pp. 8° Riga, E. 
 Plates, 1902. 
 
 . Ueber Heilbarkeit der Lungenschwind- 
 sucht mittelst assimilierbarer KreosotaUosungen. 
 28 pp. 8°. Riga, N. Kyrnmel, 1905. 
 
 -. Ueber zeitgemasse _ Auffassung der 
 
 Lungenschwindsucht und ihre Behandlung 
 mit Phthisan und Pneumonal. 60 pp. 8°. 
 Riga, Jonck & Poliewshy, 1909. 
 
 Belehrung tiber die asiatische Cholera fiir Nicht- 
 arzte. Auf allerhochsten Befehl in dem Konig- 
 reiche Sachsen bekannt gemacht. 48 pp. 12 
 Dresden, P. G. Hilscher, 1831. 
 
 Belehrung uber Hitzschlag auf Marschen vom 
 2. Juni 1904. 18 pp. 12°. Berlin, E. S. Mittler 
 & Sohn, 1904. 
 
 Belehrung iiber die Massregeln gegen die Weiter- 
 verbreitung der Tuberkulose, insbesondere der 
 tuberkulosen Lungenschwindsucht. Im Auf- 
 trage des Minieteriums des Inneren verabfasst 
 vom LandesmedizinalkoUegium. 11 pp. 12°. 
 Dresden, Warnatz & Lehmann, 1891. 
 
 Belemnoidea. 
 
 Steinmann (G.) Zur Phylogenie der Belemnoidea. 
 Ztschr. f. indukt. Abstammungs- u. Vererbungsl., Berl., 
 1910, iv, 103-122. 
 
 Belenky (Mordouch) [1890- ]. *Les syndro- 
 mes sensitifs dans les lesions des nerfs du mem- 
 bre sup6rieur. 89 pp., 11. 8°- Bordeaux, X^lb, 
 No. 57. 
 
 Beietre (Ferdiuand) [1876- ]. *La ponction 
 lombaire chez les syphilitiques. Cytologie du 
 Uquide c^phalo-rachidien. 64 pp. 8° Paris, 
 1902, No. 602. 
 
 . The same. 64 pp. 8°. Paris, G. Stein- 
 
 heil, 1902. 
 
 Belfanti (Serafino). Dei sieri, vaccini e prodotti 
 opoterapici. 355 pp. 16°. Milano, 1916. 
 Also, Editor of: Tubercolosl, Pavia, 1908-9. 
 See, also, Comunlcazlonl [etc.]. 8°. Milano, 1896. 
 
 Belfast. 
 
 See Cholera {History and statistics of), Deaf- 
 mutes {Asylums and institutions for). Fever 
 {Typhoid, History of), Hospitals {Ophthalmic 
 and auric), Insane {Asylums, Description, etc., 
 of), by localities. 
 
 Belfast Health Commission. Report to the Local 
 Government Board for Ireland. 141 pp., 10 ch. 
 fol. Dublin, A. Thom & Co., 1908. 
 
 Belfleld (William Thomas) [1856- ]. Thera- 
 peutics of the male genito-urinary tract. 
 In: Stst. Praot. Therap. (Hare), Phila., 1897, iv, 945-982 
 
 Belflore (Giulio). Manuale dell' ufSciale sani- 
 tario, del medico pratico, del medico condotto, 
 dell' igienista. 2 v. xiii (1 1.), 576 pp.; vui, 
 644 pp. 12° Napoli, L. Pierro, 1897-8. 
 
 . Magnetismo e ipnotismo. viii, 377 pp. 
 
 24°. Milano, U. Hoepli, 1898. 
 
BELFIORE. 
 
 430 
 
 BELL. 
 
 Bclflore (Giulio) — continued. 
 
 . The same. 3. ed. 430 pp. 12°. Milano, 
 
 U. Hoepli, 1909. 
 
 . Intubazioni per laringostenosi acute e 
 
 cenni clinico-statistici su 240 difterici. 66 pp., 
 1 1. 8°. NapoK, P. E. Veraldi, 1902. 
 
 Belgardt (Koniad) [1869- ]. *Ueber Regene- 
 rationserscheinungen in der Leber des tuber- 
 kulosen Meerschweinchens. 30 pp., 3 pi. 8°. 
 Leipzig, B. Georgi^ 1905. 
 
 Belgique (La) m^dicale. Revue scientifique et 
 pratique. Gand-Haarlem. E^dacteur en chef: 
 D. De Busscher. v. 2-21, 1895-1914. 8°. Haar- 
 lem. 
 
 Contiauation, July 11, 1895, of: Flandie (La) mSdicale, 
 Oand. 
 
 Belgium. 
 
 See, also. Cholera (History and statistics of), 
 Diphtheria {History of). Epidemics (History 
 of), Fever (Typhoid, History of), Fever (Ty- 
 phus, History of). Hospitals (Management, etc., 
 of), Hygiene (Public Laws, etc., of). Insane 
 (Asylums, Description of). Leprosy (History and 
 statistics of). Plague (History, etc., of), by lo- 
 calities. 
 
 Thielens (A*) Flore medicals beige. 12°. 
 Bruxelles, Leipzig & Paris, 1862. 
 
 Casse (P.-J.) Des conditions sanitaires du littoral beige. 
 Cong, intemat. d'hydrol., et de climatol. C.-r., Li^ge, 1898, 
 V, 422-428.— Durleux (C.) Etude sur le climat du littoral 
 beige, /did., 429-451.— Fralpont (J.) La Belgique prtMsto- 
 rique et protohistorique. Acad. roy. de Belg. Bull, de la el. 
 d. sc, Brux., 1901, 823-877.— Houze (E.) Les types ethni- 
 ques de la Belgique. Bull. Soc. d'antnrop. de Brux., 1897-8, 
 xvi, 78-89. — Janssens. Considerations sur la d^mographie 
 compart des arrondissements beiges de 1875 k 1893. Mouve- 
 ment hyg., Brux., 1897, xiii, 494-503, 1 tab.— Kubom. Or- 
 ganisation du service de climatologie et de geologie m^dicale 
 en Belgique. Cong, intemat. d'hydrol. et de climatol. C.-r. 
 1896, Par., 1897, iv, 439-447.— Lucas (W. P.) General health 
 conditions in Belgium after two years of relief work by the 
 , Commission for Eehef in Belgium. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 
 1917, Ixviii, 27-32.— Quintln (F.) La climatologie beige. 
 J. d'hyg.^t'ar., 1897, xxii, 455-457.— de Waele (O.) Fla- 
 mands et Wsdlons. Eev. anthrop.. Par., 1917, xxni, 135-158. 
 
 Belgium. Ministlre de V agriculture et des tra- 
 vaux publics. Catalogue de la section intema- 
 tionale de I'hygifene et des arts m^dicaux et 
 phannaceutiques. 1 p. L, 266 pp., 1 1., 1 plan, 
 2 1. 8°. Bruxelles, Hayez, 1897. 
 
 . Recueil des lois et rfeglements relatifs S- la 
 
 police sanitaire des animaux domestiques, au 
 fonds d'agriculture et au service v6t6rinaire. 207 
 pp. 8°. Bruxelles, P. Weissenbrux:h, 1902. 
 
 BelgodSre (Gaston). *Traitement des folliculites 
 suppur^es sycosiformes par les pulverisations r6- 
 sorcWes. 116 pp. 8°. Paris, 1904, No. 56. 
 
 BelgOTski (I[van] V[asilyevich]) [1870- ]. 
 Materiall k ucheniyu o slchuzhnom pishtsheva- 
 reniiu zhvachnikh; eksperimentalnoye izsliedo- 
 vaniye na telyatakh. [Rennet digestion in ru- 
 minants; experimental investigation on calves.] 
 1 p. 1., 126 (1. 1.), 43 pp. 8°. Kiyev, T-vo I. iV. 
 KusRneroffi Ko., 1912. 
 
 Belgrand (Albert) [1874- ]. *:6tude clinique 
 et th^rapeutique sur la tuberculosa chirurgicale 
 de la region il6o-csecale. 169 pp., 11. 8°. Paris. 
 Q. Stdnheil,. 1904. 
 
 Belgrand (Marie-Francois-Eugfene) [1810-78]. Les 
 travaux souterrains de Paris. Premifere partie. 
 Les eaux. Introduction; Les aqueducs romains. 
 257 pp., 1 1., 8 pi. roy. 8°. Paris, Dunod, 1875.. 
 
 BeUanlne (Catherine) [1867-1900]. *Troubles de 
 la parole dans rh6niipl6gie infantile. 32 pp. , 2 1. 
 8°. Paris, 1898, No. 487. 
 
 BSIiard (CamUle). *Contribution k I'^tude des 
 obstructions chroniques du gros intestin. 39 
 pp. 8°. Paris, 1911, No. 78. 
 
 Bgliard (Marcel) [1876- ). *Es8ai critique 
 sur le traitement des sinusites maxillaires. 70 
 pp. 8°. Paris, L. Boyer, 1901, No. 163. 
 
 Beliard (Octave) [1876- \. *R61e biologique 
 dessels. [Paris.] 99 pp., 21. 8°. iVonto, 1903, 
 No. 299. 
 
 — & Gaubert (L^o). Le p^riple. 224 pp. 
 
 12°. Paris, F. Tassel, [1908]. 
 
 Belief. 
 
 Okabe (T.) An experimental study of belief. Am. J, 
 
 Psychol., Worcester, 1910, xxi, 563-596.— WUIlamson (G. F.) 
 ' div "" 
 
 Pa., & N. Y., 1915, xil, 127-137. 
 
 Individual differences in belief, measured and expressed by 
 degrees of confidence. J. Philos. Psychol, [etc.], Lancaster, 
 
 Belime (Jules). *Etude critique sur la nature de 
 
 I'ictfere grave. 46 pp. 4°. Paris, 1871. 
 Belin (L6o-Charles) [1871- ]. *De la mort 
 
 subite par inhibition dans Tavorteinent criminel. 
 
 79 pp. 8°. Paris, 1897, No. 40. 
 . The same. 79 pp. 8°. Paris, H. Jouve, 
 
 1897. 
 Belin (Ren6) [1863- ]. Injections intravei- 
 
 neuses de s^rum artificiel; observations de 17 
 
 cas nouveaux. 7 pp. 8°. Clermont (Oise), Daix 
 
 frires, 1897, 
 . Observation d'un cas rare de kyste der- 
 
 moide du m6diastin; pneumectomie partielle; 
 
 gu^rison. 23 pp. 8°. Clermont (Oise), Daix 
 
 frhes,_ 1900. 
 de Belina (Ladislao). Siete casos favorables de 
 
 trasfusidn de sangre defibrinada. 27 pp. 8°. 
 
 MSxicp, Jens y Sapiain, 1876. [P., v. 2206.] 
 . Proyecto del desagiie y saneamiento de la 
 
 ciudad y del valle de Mexico. 54 pp. 8° Me- 
 xico, F. Diaz de Le6n, 1882. 
 
 -. Importancia de la ciudad de Mexico como 
 
 estaci6n sanitaria para los tisicos. 19 pp. 8°. 
 
 Mexico, F. Diaz de Le6n, 1882. 
 Belinsky (Samuel) [1868- ]. *Ueber diffuse 
 
 Himsklerose. 32 pp., 1 1. 8°. Berlin, E. 
 
 Ebering, 1899. 
 Belisle (E. S.) *Contribution S, I'^tude des cas de 
 
 m^ningite c^r^bro-spinale sporadique. 40 pp. 
 
 8°. Montpellier, 1916, No. 8. 
 Belke (Werner Josef Laurenz) [1880- ]. *Me- 
 
 ningitis cerebrospinalis epidemica roit multipler 
 
 Gelenkvereiterung. 32 pp., 1 1. 8°. Milnchen, 
 
 Kastner & Callwey, 1904. 
 Belkind (Alexandra). *La cryoscopie du lait de 
 
 femme. 31 pp. 8°. Genhe, J. Studer, 1905. 
 
 Bell (Agrippa Nelson) [1820-1911]. 
 
 [OWtuaryT] J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1911, Ivii, 1628. 
 Also.- N. York M. J. [etc.], 1911, xciv, 843. Also; Tr. Anf. 
 Climat. Ass., Phila., 1911, xxvii, p. xxvi. 
 
 For Pmtrait, see Sanitarian, N.Y., 1904, lil, front., 568. 
 
 Bell (Albert E.) The pasteurisation and sterili- 
 sation of milk. 41 pp. 16°. London, Rebman, 
 1899. 
 
 Bell (Alexander Graham) [1847- ]. Address 
 upon the condition of articulation teaching in 
 American schools for the deaf. 72 pp. 8°. Bos- 
 ton, N. Sawyer & Son, 1893. 
 
 . A few thoughts concerning parents' asso- 
 ciations; an address delivered upon the organi- 
 zation of the first association of parents of deaf 
 children. Boston, Mass-., 1895. 8 pp. 8°- 
 Washington, Sanders, 1897. 
 
 . A few thoughts concerning eugenics, pp. 
 
 119-123. 8°. Washington, 1908. 
 
 Cutting from: Nat. Geog. Mag., Wash., 1908, xix. 
 
 The duration of life and conditions asso- 
 
 ciated with longevijty; a study of the Hyde 
 genealogy. 57 pp. roy. 8° Washington, Gene- 
 alogical Record Office, 1918. 
 
 Far Biography, see Scient. Am., N. Y., 1903, Ixxxviii, 334, 
 port. (M. Benjamin). 
 
BELL. 
 
 431 
 
 BELL. 
 
 BeU (Alexander MelviUe) [1819-1905]. English 
 visible speech for the niillion;.for communicat- 
 ing the exact pronunciation of the language to 
 native or foreign learners, and for teaching 
 children and illiterate adults to read in a few 
 days. 16 pp. 4°. London, Simpkin, Marshall 
 & Co., [etc.], [1868]. , / _ 
 
 . Address to the National Association of 
 
 Elocutionists. 25 pp. 12°. Washington, Volta 
 Bureau, 1895. 
 
 -. The science of speech. 56 pp., 11. 12°. 
 
 Washington, D. C, Volta Bureau, 1897. 
 
 English visible speech and its typography 
 
 elucidated. 9 pp., port. 8° Washington, D 
 C, Gibson Bros., 1904. 
 
 Sepr.from: Brit. & CJolon. Print. & Station. 
 
 ForBiographi/,seetlltz(,l.) A.M.Bell. 8°. Washington, 
 
 Bell {Aurelius Eaty) [1824-97]. 
 
 [OWtuary.] Tr. OhioM. Soc, Norwalk, 1897, 419-421. 
 Bell (Benjamin) [1749-1806]. A treatise on the 
 theory and management of ulcers. A new ed. 
 xvi, 17-486 pp. 8®. Edinburgh, Bell & Bradfute, 
 1741. 
 
 . Samenstel van heelkunde. Uit het 
 
 Engelsch vertaald, met aantekeningen verrijkt, 
 en vermeerderd met de aanmerMngen en bij- 
 voegzelen, die in de Hoogduitsche uitgave van 
 dit werk gevonden worden. 3 v. 4° tftrecht & 
 Amsterdam, G. T. Van Paddenburg & Zoon, 
 1795-7. 
 
 For Biography, see Bichardson (B. W.) Disciples of 
 iEsculapius. 8°. London, 1900, ti, 482-500, port. 
 
 BeU (Benjamin). Remarks on interstitial ab- 
 sorption of the neck of the thigh bone. 32 pp., 
 4 pi. 8°. Edinburgh, Madachlan & Stewart, 
 1824. [P., V. 1237; 1443; 1617; 1830.] 
 
 Bell {Benjamin David Oraigie) [ - 
 1915]. 
 
 OUtuary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1915, i, 702. 
 
 BeU {Sir Charles) [1775-1842]. A series of en- 
 gravings explaining the course of the nerves. 
 With an address to young physicians on the study 
 of the nerves, xxii (1 1.), 25-71 pp., 9 pi. 4°- 
 Philadelphia, A. Finley, 1818. 
 
 . The hand; its mechanism and vital en- 
 dowments, as evincing design. A new ed. xii, 
 213 pp. 12°. Philadelphia, Carey, Lea & Blanch- 
 ard, 1835. 
 
 . Idee einer neuen Himanatomie (1811). 
 
 Originaltext und Uebersetzung; mit Einleitung 
 hrsg. von Erich Ebstein. 43 pp. 8° Leipzig, 
 J. A. Barth 1911. 
 Englisli and German text. 
 Dassiker der Medizin, lirsgb. yon K. SudiofE, v. 13. 
 
 ■ . Twelve plates (colored by hand) of the 
 
 arteries, illustrating the anatomy of the human 
 body, with descriptive text. MS. 48 pp. roy. 
 4°. [n. d.] 
 
 See, also, 
 
 Bell-Magendle (The) controversy. [Edit.] N.YorkM. 
 J. [etc.], 1911, xciv, 1084.— Corson (E. H.) Sir Charles Bell; 
 the man and iiis work. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait,, 
 1910, xxi, 171-182, port. Also, Reprint. . Some unpub- 
 lished water-color sketches of Sir Charles Bell, with observa- 
 tions on his artistic quahties. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., 
 Bait., 1914, XXV, 185-189, 2 pi. Xteo,Eeprint. Also: Ti.Jja- 
 temat. Cong. Med. 1913, Lond., 1914, Sect, xxiii. Hist. Med., 
 73-86.— Davies (W . E . Le). The life and works of Sir Charles 
 Bell. St. Barth. Hosp. J., Lond., 1897-8, v, 149; 169.— Eb- 
 stein (E.) Zum 100. Geburtstage des Bellschen Gesetzes 
 
 (1811). Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1912, Ux, 374. . 
 
 Charles Bell als Begriinder der Lehxe von den spezifischen 
 Siimesenergien. Ztechr. f. d. ges. Neurol, u. PsycUat., 
 Berl.& Leipz., 1912, viiijOrig., 620. ^Zso, Reprint.— Edrldge- 
 Green (F. W.) The claim of Sir Charles Bell to the dis- 
 covery of motor and sensory nerve channels. Lancet, Lond., 
 1912, ii, 253.— Gutbfie ( L. ) Charles Bell and the motor and 
 
 BeU {Sir Charles) — continued, 
 sensory functions of spinal nerves. Ibid., 1911, i, 697; 1032.^ 
 Keltb (A.) An address on the position of Sir Charles Bell 
 
 amongst anatomists. Ibid., 290-293. . Charles BeU and 
 
 the motor and sensory functions of spinal nerves. Ibid., 
 542; 764; 901.— Turner (W. A.) The value of the discoveries 
 of Sir Charles Bell. King's Coll. Hosp. Rep. 1893-4, Lond., 
 1895, i, 129-139.— Waller (A. D.) Charles Bell and the motor 
 and sensory functions of spinal nerves. Lancet, Lond., 
 
 1911, i, 470; 614; 835; 967. . Sir Charles Bell and the 
 
 functions of the fifth nerve. Ibid., 1718. . The part 
 
 played by Sir Charles Bell in the discovery of the functions 
 of motor and sensory nerves (1822). Science Progr. 20. cent., 
 Lond., 1911-12, vi, 78-106. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1912, ii, 
 900-905. 
 
 BeU (Charles). Practical observations on diphthe- 
 ria and erysipelas. 42 pp. 8° London, J. 
 Churchill & Son.s, 1864. 
 
 BeU (Charles H.) John Taylor Gihnan, Portland, 
 Maine. A memorial for the family. 36 pp., 
 port. 8°. [Portland], 1885. 
 
 BeU (Clara). 
 
 See Wllbrandt (Adolf) [in 2. s.]. Fridolin's mystical mar- 
 riage [etc.]. 16°. New York, 1884. 
 
 Bell (Olarlc) [1832- ]. 
 
 Noted (A) medico-legal jurist. Vermont M. Month., 
 BurUngton, 1901, vii, 147-149, port. 
 
 BeU {Edward Augustine) [1878-1916]. 
 
 Obituary. Lancet, Lond., 1916, ii, 252. 
 
 BeU (Ernest Albert). Fighting the traffic in young 
 girls, or war on the white slave trade. 481 pp. 
 8°. [n. p., 1910.] 
 
 BeU (Frederick McKelvey) [1878- ]. The 
 first Canadians in Prance; the chronicle of a 
 miUtarjr hospital in the war zone. Illustrated 
 by Christopher Pulleylove. ix (1 1.), 13-308 
 pp., front., 4 pi. 8°. New York, G. H. Doran 
 Co., [1917]. _ 
 
 . Medical quarterly; department of sol- 
 diers' civil reestabUshment, Canada, v. 1. 8° 
 Ottawa, 1919. 
 
 BeU {George Warner) [ -1902]. 
 
 Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1902, ii, 1935. 
 
 BeU {Guido) [1839-1912]. 
 
 Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, lix, 1203. 
 BeU {Sir H. Hesketh). Uganda. Report on the 
 rQeasure8_ adopted for the suppression of sleeping 
 sickness in Uganda. 27 pp., 1 map. 8°. £on- 
 don. Darling & Son, 1909. 
 
 Colonial Reports. Miscellaneous, No. 65. 
 
 BeU (Hans) [1874- ]. *Die Rhinoplastik-aus 
 demArm. 33 pp., 1 pi. 8° Marburg, R. Fried- 
 rich, 1901. 
 
 BeU (J. Carter). Noxious vapors which pollute the 
 air. 11 pp. 8°. Manchester <fe London, 1887. 
 
 BeU (Jacob) [1810-59]. A concise historical 
 sketch of the progress of pharmacy in Great 
 Britain, from the time of its partial separation 
 from the practice of medicine until the estab- 
 lishment of the Pharmaceutical Society. 108 
 pp. 8°. London, J. Churchill, 1843. 
 Bound with: Pharm. J., Lond., 1842, i. 
 
 BeU {James) [1852-1911]. 
 
 Obituary. Boston M. & S. J., 1911, clxiv, 589. Also: 
 J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1911, Ivi, 1276. Also: Lancet, 
 Lond., 1908, i, 1092. AUo: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1911, xciii, 
 792. Also: Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., 1909, s. A., Ixxxii, Obitu- 
 ary Notices, p. V. (T. E. T.>. 
 
 BeU (James B.) The homoeopathic therapeutics 
 of diarrhoea, dysentery, cholera, cholera morbus, 
 cholera infantum, and all other loose evacua- 
 tions of the bowels, iv, 68 pp. 16°. New York 
 & San Francisco, Boericke & Tafel, 1875. 
 
 ■ . The same. 2. ed. 275 pp. 12°. Phila- 
 delphia, Boericke & Tafel, 1881. 
 
 BeU (James Munsie) [1880- ]. 
 
 See Cameron (Frank K.) & Bell (James M.) Calcium 
 sulphate in aqueous solutions, [etc.]. 8°. Washington, 1906. 
 
BELL. 
 
 432 
 
 BELLADONNA. 
 
 Bell (John) [1763-1820]. Engravings of the bones, 
 muscles, and joints, illustrating the first volume 
 of the Anatomy of the human body. 2. ed. 191 
 pp., 28 pi. 4°. London, T. N. Longman & 0. 
 Rees, 1804. 
 
 . The anatomy of the human body. From 
 
 the 4. Lend. ed. 4 v. in 2. 8°. New York, 
 Collins de Co., 1812. 
 
 The same. The anatomy and physiology 
 
 of the human body. 4. ed. v. 1 & 2. 8°. Lon- 
 don, 1816. 
 
 The same. Zergliederung des menschli- 
 
 chen Korpers. Nach dem Englischen durchaus 
 umgearbeitet von J. C. A. Heinroth und J. C. 
 RosenmuUer. 2 v. xii, 418 m)., 11 pL; xviii, 
 450 pp., 32 pi. 8". Leipzig, Weidmann, 1806-7. 
 -. Observations on Italy, by the late John 
 
 Bell. 2 p. 1., M-xii, 356 pp., 1 1., pis. 4° 
 Edinburgh, W. Btackwood, [etc.'], 1825. 
 
 Far Biograpny, see Cleveland M. J., 1903, ii, 131-138 (I". E. 
 Bunts). Also: Johns HopUns Hosp. Bull., 1896, vli. 198- 
 200 (W. B. Piatt). Also: Ibid., 1912, xxiil, 241-250 (E. R; 
 Corson). Also, HepTiM. .4teo.- Railway Surg. J., Cnlcago, 
 1910-11, xvii, 22-26. 
 
 Bell (John) [1796-1872]. On the baths and mineral 
 waters, xvui (1 1.), [17], 532 pp. 12°. Phila- 
 delphia, H. H. Porter, 1831. 
 
 . On the effects of the use of alcoholic 
 
 liquors in tubercular disease, or in constitutions 
 predisposed to such disease. Fiske fund prize 
 essay. 32 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, Collins, 1859. 
 
 Bell (John Cunningham) [1876-1915]. 
 
 Obituary. Lancet, Lond., 1915, ii, 1377. 
 
 Bell {John Henry) [1832-1906]. 
 
 lilttle (A.) The life and work ol John Henry Bell, of 
 Bradford, Caledon. M. J., Glasg., 1907, vil, 126-137.— Obit- 
 uary. Brit.M. J., Lond., 1906,11,735. jltao; Lancet, Lond., 
 1906, ii, 838. Also: Med. Press & Giro., Lond., 1906, n. s., 
 Ixxxii, 312. 
 
 Bell (John W.) The new Broadway squad, pp. 
 42-46. 8°. New Ycyrh, 1902. 
 
 Cutting from: Broadway Mag., N. Y ., 1902. 
 
 Bell (Joseph) [1837-1911]. Notes on surgery for 
 nurses. 6. ed., thoroughly revised. 2 p. 1., 187 
 pp., 1 diag. 12°. New York W. Wood, 1906. 
 
 For Biogravhy, see Boston M. & S. J., 1911, clxv, 684. A Iso: 
 Brit. M. J., Lond., 1911, ii, 954-956. .4teo.- Edinh. M. J., 1911, 
 n. s., vii, 454-463, port. Also: Hospital, Lond., 1911-12, 11, 
 45, port. AUo: Lancet, Lond., 1911, ii, 1107. 
 
 Bell (Louis) [1864r- ]. Types of abnormal color 
 vision. 13 pp. 8°. Boston, 1914. 
 
 Proo. Am. Acad. Arts & So., Bost., 1914, 1, No. 1. 
 
 Bell {Luther Vose) [1806-62]. 
 
 Blumer (G. A.) Little biographies and the eponymio 
 diseases: Luther Vose Bell. Albany M. Ann., 1908, xxix, 
 499-501. 
 
 Bell (Nancy). 
 
 See de IVadaillac (Jean-Francois) {in 2. s.]. Manners and 
 monuments of prehistoric peoples [etc.). 8°. New York, 
 1894. 
 Bell (Robert) [1845- ]. Chloroform; its abso- 
 lutely safe administration. 40 pp. 12°. Glas- 
 gow, J. M. Smith, 1898. 
 Repr.from: Glasgow Evening News. . 
 
 . How to fight influenza and allied diseases. 
 
 36 pp. 8°. Glasgow, R. L. Holmes, 1899. 
 
 -. Cancer, its cause and cure. 165 pp. 12°. 
 
 Glasgow, R. L. Holmes, [1899]. 
 
 Cancer, its causation, and its curability 
 
 without operation, viii, 271 pp. 8°. London, 
 Baillih-e, Tindall & Cox, 1903. 
 
 The cancer problem in a nutshell. 39 pp. 
 
 12°. London, Bauliire & Cox, 1904. 
 
 The same. Popular ed. 47 pp. 8°. 
 
 London, H. J. Glaisher, 1905. 
 
 -. Ten years' record of the treatment of can- 
 
 11.1 / +: in*? «« TOO T.n/n^nm 
 
 Bell (Robert) — continued. 
 
 . Healthatitsbest vs. cancer. 320 pp. 12°. 
 
 London & Leipzig, 1908. 
 
 Cancer and its remedy. 137 pp. 8° 
 
 London, Med. Times Pub. Co., 1909. 
 
 Woman in health and sickness, or what 
 
 she ought to know for the exigencies of daily- 
 life. 4. ed. viii, 193 pp. 8° Glasgow, D. 
 Bryce & Son, [1917]. 
 
 Bell {RoheH Hamilton) [1871-1906]. 
 
 Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1906, U, 1431, port. Also: 
 J. Obst. & Gynaeo. Brit. Emp., Lond., 1906, x, 632-634, 
 port. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1906, li, 1555. Also: Med. Press 
 & Circ, Lond., 1906, n. s., Ixxxii, 533. Also: St. Thomas's 
 Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1906, xvl, 209, port. 
 
 Bell {Theodore S.) [1807-1884]. 
 
 CotteU (H. A.) Theodore S. Bell. Kentucky M. J., 
 BowUng Green, 1917, xv. No. 11, 100-102. 
 
 BeU (Thomas) [1792-1880]. 
 
 See Hunter (John). Treatise on the natural history [etc.]. 
 
 8°. Philadelphia, 1839. 
 Bell (W[ilUam]) [1839-1915]. On the medical 
 
 properties of Eucalyptus globulus (blue gum 
 
 tree), or fever tree, in the treatment of fevers, 
 
 bronchitis, etc. 21 pp. 12°. London, Savory & 
 
 Moore, [1869]. 
 
 For Biography, see Brit. M. J., Lond., 1915, i, 874. 
 Bell (William). An essay on the wear and tear of 
 
 human life. 19 pp. 12°. Sidney, Grocott & 
 
 Ward, 1859. 
 
 BeU {William Appleton) [1851-1917]. 
 
 Obituary. Boston M. & S. J.,1917, clxxvl, 720. 
 BeU (William Blair) [1871- ]. The principles 
 of gynecology. 551 pp., 6 pi. 8°. London, 
 Longmans, Green & Co., 1910. 
 
 . The same. 2. ed. xxvii, 551 pp., 6 col. 
 
 pi. 8°. London, Bailliire, Tindall & Cox, 1917. 
 The^ex complex; a study of the relation- 
 
 ship of the internal secretions to the female char- 
 acteristics and functions in health and disease, 
 xvii, 233 pp. 8°- London, Bailliire, Tindall & 
 Cox, 1916. 
 
 Bellaar Spruyt (Gerard). *Over de physiolo- 
 gische werking van methylnitramine in verband 
 met zijn chemische samenstelUng. 2 p. 1., 55, 
 XV pp. 8°. Amsterdam, J. H. de Biissy, 1898. 
 
 Bellack (Hans) [1887- ]. *Ein Fall von mit 
 Kypho-Skoliose ausgeheilter Osteomyelitis ty- 
 phosa der Hals- und Brustwirbelsaule. 34 pp., 
 2 pi. 8°. Giessen, 0. Kindt, 1913. 
 
 Belladonna. 
 
 See, also, Atropine; Homatropine. 
 
 Belladonna; a study of its history, action and 
 uses in medicine, 8°. New York, 189i. 
 
 Bellows (H. P.) The test drug-proving of the 
 O. O. & L. Society, a re-proving of belladonna, 
 being an experimental study of the pathogenic 
 action of that drug upon the healthy human 
 organism. 8°. Boston, 1906. 
 
 Fbommhold (K. E.) *Ueber den Antago- 
 nismus zwischen Opium und Belladonna. 8°. 
 Leipzig, 1869. 
 
 Perez (R.) *E8tudio sobre la fals^a belladona. 
 8°. Mixico, l8So. 
 
 Sabria (L.) *Etude sur la belladone. 4°. 
 Montpellier, 1895. 
 
 Adlei (S. H.) Case of unusual tolerance toward bella- 
 
 cer without operation. 107 pp. 12°. London, 
 Dean & Son, 1906. 
 
 belladone. J. de pharm. et ohlm., Par., 1909, 6. s., xxx, 
 249.— Bloyer (W. E.) The therapeutics of belladonna. 
 Lancet-Cunio, Cinoin., 1909, cii, 364.— Borghesanl(G. A. E.) 
 Istruzionl pratiche per la coltlvazlone e la raccolta della 
 belladonna. Arch, dl farmacog. [etc.], Roma, 1916, v, 157- 
 161.— Borneman (J. A.) The culflvation of atropa bella- 
 donna in Philadelphia. Am. J. Pharm., Phila., 1909, Ixxxi, 
 1-3.— Clark (A. H.) On the assay of belladonna plaster and 
 
BELLADONNA. 
 
 433 
 
 BELLANTONI. 
 
 Belladonna. 
 
 extract of belladonna. Merck's Eep., N. Y., 1911, xx, 31.— 
 Danckwortt <P. W.) Extractum Belladonnffl und 
 Hyoscyami. Arch. d. Pharm^ Berl., 1911, ccxlix, 247- 
 253.— EUingwod (F.) Atropa Belladonna. Aerztl. Eund- 
 schau, Munohen, 1908, xtuI, S37-539.— Foy (G.) Deadly 
 nightshade. Lancet, Lond., 1916, il, 171.— Gufirlii (P.) 
 & GuUlaume (G.) Falsification des feuilles de bcUadone. 
 Bull. d. so. Pharmacol., Par., 1908, xv, 213-222.— Henderson 
 (H.J.) PercentEKe of alkaloid in belladonna root. Pharm. 
 J., Lond., 1905, i. s., xxi, 191.— Hernandez (J.) Anilisis 
 de la belladona cultivada en Mexico. N. recop. de monog. 
 mexican., Mexico, 1897, ii, 97-100.— Holmes (E. M.) Indian 
 belladonna root. Am. J. Pharm., Phila., 1918, xc, 730- 
 733.— Hooper (Elsie S.) The exhaustion of belladonna root 
 by percolation. Pharm. J., Lond., 1904, i. s., xix, 140-142.— 
 Ide (M.) L'usage logique de la belladone. Eev. med. de 
 Louvain, 1905, n. s., ii, 331.— I«meland (P.) La poudre de 
 belladone du commerce. 3. de pharm. et de chim., Par., 
 
 1911, 7. s., iv, 652-557.— Lyons (A. B.) Assay of fluid ex- 
 tract of belladonna leaves. Pharm. Eev., Milwaukee, 1908, 
 xxvi, 22-24.— Merillat (L. A.) Belladonna. J. Comp. M. 
 & Vet. Arch., PhUa., 1900, xxi, 198-205.— Merklen (P.) I^e 
 sirup de belladone. Tribune med^ Par., 1903, 2. s., xxxv, 
 390.— Miller (F. A.) & Reed (E. N\) A study of American 
 grown belladonna. Lilly Sclent. Bull., Indianap., 1914, i, 
 169-172. — Murrell (W.) The pharmacological action and 
 therapeutical uses of belladonna and its alkaloid. Med. 
 Brief, St. Louis, 1898, xxvi, 39-42.— NeU (D. E.) Bella- 
 donna; its physiological action and therapeutics. Tr. M. 
 Soo. Tennessee, NashvUle, 1901, 85-99.— Pearson fW. A.) 
 & Roberts (J. GO The alkaloidal assay of belladonna root. 
 Am. J. Pharm., Phila., 1908, Ixxx, 368-373.— Puckner (W. 
 A.) The assay oibelladonnaleaves. Pharm. Rev.,Milwaukee, 
 1902, XX, 457-463.— Rice (P.) Belladonna and ferram phos- 
 phorlcum. J. Ophth., Otol. & Laryngol., I<ancaster, Pa., 
 
 1912, xviil, 291. — Shestopal (B. A.) [Analysis of narcotic 
 extracts and the fluctuations of the percentage of atropin in 
 belladonna.]' Farm. Vestnik, Mqsk., 1900, iv, 520; 554; 570; 
 591. — Siboni(G.) La belladonna. Farmacoterap., Milano, 
 1912, xii, 85-91.— Sievers (A. F.) Some suggested modifi- 
 cations of the pharmacopoeial method for the assay of bella- 
 donna leaves. Merck's Eep., N. Y., 1912, xxi, 123. . 
 
 Individual variation in the alkaloidal content of belladonna 
 
 plants. J. Agric. Eesearch, Wash., 1913-14, i, 129-146. . 
 
 Distribution of alkaloids in the belladonna plant. Am. J. 
 Pharm., Phila., 1914, Ixxxvi, 97-112. . The germina- 
 tion of belladonna seed. Ihxi., 483-505. . The possi- 
 bility of increasing the alkaloidal content of belladonna 
 plants through selection. J. Am. Pharm. Ass., Columbus, 
 1914, ill, 98-103. . The possibility and value of improv- 
 ing thff commercial belladonna crop through selection. J. 
 
 Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1916, btxxviii, 193-215. . Notes on 
 
 the germination of belladonna seed. Am. J. Pharm., Phila., 
 
 1917, Ixxxix, 203-213. . The percentage of stems in 
 
 belladonna herb and its effect on the quality of the herb. 
 lUd., 1918, xc, 838-851.— Smith (C. E.) On the assay of 
 belladonna plasters and the alkaloidal strength of the bella- 
 donna plasters of the market. lUd., 1898, Ixx, 182-189. — 
 Vreven (S.) & Schrelber (C.) De I'mfluence des a^ments 
 nutritifs essentiels sur la croissance et sur la teneur en 
 alcalo'ides totaux de I'atropa belladonna. Bull. Acad. roy. 
 de mM. de Belg., Brux., 1911, i. s., xxv, 145-160.— Warm 
 (J.) Eeoherches et considc^rations sur la richesse en alca- 
 loldes de I'extrait de belladone, pr^parS selou la formule 
 Internationale. J. de pharm. et chim.. Par., 1908, 6. s., 
 xxvil, 321-332.— Zeneberght (G.) Eecherches sur I'extrait 
 de belladone. Eev. pharm., Gand, 1898, n. s., iv, 297; 337; 
 361: 1S99, n. s., v, 19; 37. Also: J. de pharm. de Li^ge, 1899, 
 vi, 249; 269; 290; 319; 349. 
 
 Belladonna {Toxicology of). 
 
 See, also. Atropine {Toxicology of). 
 
 Abrahams (K.) Belladonna poisoning simulating 
 puerperal insanity. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1898, xxxi, 
 36.— Aldersmlth (H.) Poisoning by the application of 
 belladonna plaster. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1899, i, 1274.— 
 Atkins (T. R. W.) A case of marked intolerance of bella- 
 doima. Lancet, Lond., 1906, i, 596. — ^Atkinson (E. 
 [Case.) Brit. M. J., Lond., 1899, i, 469.— Barnes. Notes 
 of a case of belladonna poisoning; recovery. Ibid., 1897, i, 
 1167.— von Braltenberg; (J.) Beitrag zur Vergiftung mit 
 Atropa belladonna. Wien. kUn. Wchnschr., 1916, xxix, 
 1651.— Brewer (H. J.) [Case.) Lancet, Lond., 1907, ii, 
 369. — Calandra (A.) [Case.] Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1899, 
 XX, 1606-1608.— Coughlln (R. E.) A case of belladonna 
 poisoning in a chUd seven years of age. N. York M. J. [etc.], 
 1912, xcv, 177. Also, Reprint.— Cox (W. S.) Belladonna 
 poisoning of unusual origin. Month. Homoeop. Eev., 
 Lond., 1901, xlv, 79.— Crawford (B. G. R.) Poisoning due 
 to belladonna plaster. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1917, ii, 184.— 
 Dethler. Deux cas d'empoisonfiement par la belladone k 
 Nessonvaux-lez-LlSge, en aodt 1698; contribution k I'etude 
 des coli-bacilloses. Bull. Acad. rov. de mM. de Belg., Brux., 
 1898, 4. s., xii, 827-850 —Doland (C. M.) Belladonna poison- 
 ing, due to belladonna plasters. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & 
 N. Y., 1906, n. s., cxxxi, 623-626.— Eberhardt (W.) [Case.] 
 
 96808°— Vol. II, 3d series— 19 28 
 
 Belladonna {Toxicology of). 
 
 Ophth. Eec, Chicago, 1908, xvu, 6.— Elder (J. M.) [Case.] 
 Proc. Med.-Chir. Soc. Montreal (1892-4), 1895, vii, 342-344.— 
 Erskine (E.) [Case.] Med. World, PhUa., 1898, xv, 419.— 
 FejSr (J.) Ueber BeUadonna^-Vergiftungeu in der ophthal- 
 mologischen Praxis. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 
 1903,xxxix, 819. Also: Berl.klin. Wchnschr., 1904, xii, 855- 
 857.— Friediander (J.) [Case.] Deutsche med. Wchnschr., 
 Berl. & Leipz., 1902, xxviii, 761.— Hockaul (J.) Verwechs- 
 lung^ron Enzianwurzel mit Belladonnawurzel. Wien. 
 lin. wchnschr., 1904, xvii, 870.— Home (J. F.) Poisoning 
 by linimentum belladonnse. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1897, i, 
 1219.— Hunziker (H.) [Case.] Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, 
 Basel, 1916, xlvl, 684-688.— JoU (Mary E.) fThree cases.) 
 Lancet, Lond., 1916, ii, 647.— Jones (W. M.) A case of 
 poisoning from belladonna plaster. Quart. M. J., Sheflield, 
 1900-1901, ix, 29.— Joseph (H. P.) Poisoning by the appli- 
 cation ol^glycerine of belladonna. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1899, 
 ii, 1792. Also: Indian M. Eec, Calcutta, 1900, xvii, 78.— 
 Kalmus (E.) Vergiftung einer dreigliedrlgen Familie 
 durch ein irrtiimlich genommenes Belladonnainfus. Wien. 
 med. Wchnschr., 1908, Iviii, 243.— Kaimgiesser (F.) Erne 
 Vergiftung durch Beeren der Atropa Belladorma. Miin- 
 chen. med. Wchnschr., 1911, Iviii, 2606.— von Kogeier (T.) 
 IntoxicatiocuinfructibusAtropse Belladonnse; Tod. Jabrb. 
 d. Wien. k. k. Krankenanst. 1897, Wien & Leipz., 1899, 
 vi, pt. 2, 317.— Livingstone (G. R.) Case of severe bella- 
 donna poisoning. Brit. M. T., Lond., 1903, i, 1141.— Mackey 
 (A. S.) Temporary insanity from the administration of the 
 alkaloids of belladonna. Peoria M. J., 1899, iv, 15-18.— 
 McWaltei (J. C.) A case of poisoning by a belladonna 
 suppository. Lancet, Lond., 1903, ii, 889.— Maguire (C.) 
 [Case.) Brit. M. J., Lond., 1907, li, 1516.— Martmet (A.) 
 Les conditions habituelles de I'intoxication belladone. 
 Presse m«d.. Par., 1903, ii, 768.— Morris (R. A.) [Case.) 
 Lancet, Lond., 1898, u, 689.— Morrison (J. B.) [Case.) 
 N. York M. J., 1898, Ixviii, 205.— Mouton. [Case.] Bull. 
 Soc. centr. de mSd. du nord, LUle, 1898, 2. s., ii, 110-112. 
 Also: Echo m^d. du nord, Lille, 1898, ii, 166.— Nathan 
 (S.) [Case.] Brit. M. J., Lond., 1914, i, 965.— Post (W- L.) 
 A severe case of belladonna poisoning; recovery. N. York 
 M. J., 1898, Ixvii, 617.— Bayson (H. K.) [Case.] Brit. 
 M. J., Lond., 1908, i, 987.— Kmg (C. A. E.) Belladonna 
 poisoning by the application of a plaster. Ibid., 1909, ii, 
 1282.— Rodman (H. D.) Belladonna poisoning by a 
 
 Elaster, with report of a case. Bull. Kentucky M. Ass., 
 ouisville, 1903-4, i, 270.— Sanders (W. E.) A case of 
 poisoning from belladonna plaster. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 
 1904, xlui, 1145.— Scott (G.) Some cases of belladonna 
 poisoning. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1900, i, 623.— Smlthson 
 (O.) Poisoning by the apphcation of belladonna plaster. 
 lUd., 1899, i, 849.— Starr (M. A.) Acute psychosis due to 
 belladonna poisoning. Med. Rec., N. Y., 1911, Ixxix, 1050. — 
 Stocker. fCaseJ Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1905, 
 xxxv, 107-111.— Strachan (P. D.) A case of belladonna 
 poisoning; morphia used as antidote. Lancet. I/ond., 1901, 
 1, 1198.— Thomas (J. J.) [Case.] Cleveland M. J., 1904, iii, 
 164-166.— Variot (G.) & Dutestel. Intoxication belladonfe 
 grave Chez un enfant de sept ans et demi, h, la suite de fric- 
 tions prolongfes aveo du baume (du p6re) TranquUle. Bull, 
 et mem. Soc. m^d. d. h6p. de Par., 1902 3. s., xix, 90-94. 
 Also: Art mM., Par., 1902, xcv, 19-26.— Voorhees (I. WO 
 [Case.] J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1908, U, 1696.— Webb (W. 
 J.) An excessive dose of aconite and belladorma, followed 
 by recovery. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1907, Ixxxv, 286. 
 
 Bellami {Madame). Observation interessante sur 
 
 Tin accouchement. 14pp. 12°. BruxelUs,VI?,0. 
 
 Bellamy ( Emest-Louis-Eugfene-Pierre ) [1876- 
 
 ]. *Etude sem&ologique; hallucinations 
 
 erotiques. 96 pp. 8°. Bmdeaux, 1900, No. 12. 
 Bellamy (Henry F.) *Contribution k I'etude des 
 
 tumeurs myeloplaxes des gaines tendineuses. 
 
 34 pp. 8°. Lausanne, C. Pache-Varidel, 1901. 
 BeUan (Georges). *An^e pseudo-membraneuse 
 
 secondaire de la syphilis. 92 pp. 8°. Paris, 
 
 1902, No. 334. 
 Bellandi (Ernesto). La clinica e 1' anatomia 
 
 patologjca della eclampsia deUe gravide. 1 p. 1. , 
 
 546 pp. 4°. Pisa, C. Mariotti, 1914. 
 
 BeUanger {Cyr) [1858-1904]. 
 
 N6crologie. Gaz. m4d. de Par., 1904, 12. s., iv, 446. 
 
 BeUanger (Jules) [1871- ]. *Contribution k 
 
 I'etude de la diplopie monoculaire. 59 pp. 8°. 
 
 Paris, 1899, No. 262. 
 Bellantonl (Rocco) _ [1877- ]. _ Bambinicol- 
 
 tura (ossia mode di allevare sani i bambini). 
 
 vui, 332 pp., incl. front. 8°- New Yorh, Nico- 
 
 letti Bros. Press, [1913]. 
 
BELLARMIN. 
 
 434 
 
 BELLINI. 
 
 Bellarmiu {Robert) [1542-1621]. 
 
 [Biography.] In: Abbild. . . . d. Arznk. verd. Gelehr- 
 ten [etc.], 4°, Augsb., 1805, 10, port. 
 
 Bella ti (Cesare). Resoconto statistico dell' aimo 
 1912 (Ospedale Costanzo Mazzoni, Ascoli Kceno. 
 53 pp., 2 1. 4°. Ascoli Piceno, G. Cesari, 1913. 
 
 Bellay ^Ch.-P.) Proportions du corpa humain. 
 Abr^ge de I'oirvrage de Jean Cousm avec ad- 
 jonction d'es canons de proportions employes h, 
 diff^rentes ^poques. 78 pp. 8°. Paris, C. De- 
 lagrave, [n. d.]. 
 
 BeUe (Jean) [1882- ]. *Maladie du sommeil; 
 contribution k I'^tude de I'^tiologie et de I'^pi- 
 d^miologie. 64 pp. 8°. Paris, 1908, No. 457. 
 
 Belleau (A.-G.) [1839-1904]. 
 
 [Blograpby.] Bull. mid. de Quebec, 1903-4, v, 289-291, 
 port. 
 
 Bellee (Fran?ois-Marie) [1880- ]. *La cure de 
 Guelpa (di4te hydrique et purgations associ^es). 
 130 pp. 8°. Lille^G.Dubar & Cie.,19n. 
 
 Bellegarde (Domiiuque) [1892- J. *L'orclute 
 de la m^ningite c6r6bro-spinale. 39 pp. 8°. 
 Bordeaux, 1917, No. 23. 
 
 Belief (Giuseppe). La stanchezza mentale nei 
 fanciulU delle pubbliche scuole. 136 pp., 1 1. 
 8°. Bologna, 1901. 
 
 Bellem (A. M. Da Ounha). Chassons la syplulis; 
 note adreas6e au Congrfes d'hygifene r^uni i 
 Turin; conclusions. 7 pp. 8°. Lisbonne, Haras 
 Romanticas, 1880. 
 
 Bellemaniere (D6sir6-Arthui-Honor6) . *Le sang 
 dans le diabfete sucr6. 80 pp. 8° Paris, 1899, 
 No. 651. 
 
 Bellemanigre (Paul). *Etude de Taction de la 
 photothdrapie sur Fad^nite et I'arthrite tuber- 
 culeuses. 78 pp., 11. 8°. Pam, 1903, No. 20. 
 
 Bellet (Charles) [1870- ]. _ *Contribution k 
 r^tude du cbancre syphiUtique de I'urfetbre 
 (chancre du in6at; chancre intra-ur6thial). 68 
 pp. 8°. Paris, 1898, No. 585. 
 
 Bellet (Edgar-Maurice). *Action du cyanogfene et 
 du chlorure de cyanogfene sur les combinaisons 
 organo-magn6siennes mixtes; synthases de ni- 
 trileset de c6tones. 66 pp. 8°. JVancu, 1913. 
 
 Bellet (Emile-Zacharie-Etienne-Marcel) [1876- 
 ]. *Moyens de defense et psychothfirapie 
 dans les obsessions. 138 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 
 1898, No. 52. 
 
 Bellet (Franck). *Influence des traumatismes des 
 nerfs sur le,developpement et la nutrition des 
 OS longs. Etude experimentale. 66 pp., 1 1. 
 8°. Paris, 1905, No. 247. 
 
 Bellet (Louis) [1884- ]. *De I'astragalectomie 
 comme intervention de choix dans les fractures 
 de Dupuytren, vicieusement consolid^es avec 
 luxation diU pied en arrifere. 41 pp. 8°. Mont- 
 pellier, 1910, No. 87. 
 
 Belleteste (Joannes Jacobus). *A.n sanitatis 
 prsesidium, equitatio? Francisco Bailly, doctore 
 naedico, prseside. 8pp. 8°. Parisiis,typ.Quil- 
 lau, 1737. 
 
 Belletrud (Michel) & Mereier (Edmond). Con- 
 tribution k r^tude de la n^crophiUe. LAffaire 
 Ardisson. 123 pp., 7 pi., 2 1. 12°. Paris, G. 
 Steinheil, 1906. 
 
 de Belleval {Pierre Richer) [ -1623]. 
 
 [Biography]. In: Abbild d. Arznk. verd. Gelehrten 
 
 [etc.], 4°, Augsb., 1905, 73, port. 
 
 Bellevue and Allied Hospitals in the City of New 
 York. See Medical and Surgical Report Belle- 
 vue Hospital, New York. 
 
 Bellerue (The) Hospital nomenclature of diseases 
 and conditions, with rules for the recording 
 
 Bellevue Hospital — continued. 
 
 and filing of histories. _ 328, pp. 12°. New 
 York, [M. B. Brown Printing & Binding Co.'\, 
 
 1911. 
 Bellew (H[enry] ^[alter]) [1834-92]. The truth 
 
 about vaccination. Explaining the meaning 
 
 of the practice and the best method of ensuring 
 
 the success of the operation. 22 pp. 12°. 
 
 London, Ballantyne, Hanson & Co., 1887. 
 Belley (Georges-Hippolyte) [1885- ]. *Etude 
 
 exp6rimentale de -Paction des rayons X sur 
 
 I'oeil en voie de d^veloppement. 86 pp. 8°. 
 
 Bordeaux, 1907, No. 15. 
 Belley (Jean-Alexis) [1888- ]. *Plaies du 
 
 foie par armes blanches. 101 pp. 8°. Bor- 
 deaux, 1913, No. 27. 
 Belli (Carlo Maurizio). Descrizione della regia 
 
 nave Varese, sotto il pun to di vista dell' igiene. 
 
 110 pp., 3 pi. 8°. Roma, L. Cecchini, 1901. 
 . Igiene navale. Manuale per medici di 
 
 bordo, iifficiali naviganti e costruttori navali. 
 
 xii, 520 pp. 8°. Milano, Soc. edit, libr., 1905. 
 . Costruzione degli ospedall-ospizi e stabili- 
 
 menti afimi. vii, 507 pp. 16° Milanc, U. 
 
 Hoepli, 1913. 
 . Ordinamento del servizi negli ospedali 
 
 ed istituzioni affini. 16°. Milano, U. Hoepli, 
 
 1914. 
 Belller (Auguste) [1875- ]. *Contribution h, 
 
 I'^tude des luxations tibio-tarsiennes du pied 
 
 en arrifere. 51 pp: 8°. Montpellier, 1915, No. 
 
 33. 
 BelUle (Pierre-Jean-Frangois) [1875- ]. *Con- 
 
 tribution &. l'6tude de la bronchopneumonie 
 
 chez les enfants. 113 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1899, 
 
 No. 43. 
 Bemn(E[mil]F[yodorovich])[1852- ]. Sudeb- 
 
 naya meditsina rastleniya; atlas. S predilo- 
 
 viyem M. D. Nikitina. [Medical jurisprudence 
 
 of defloration; atlas. With preface by Nikitin.] 
 
 Ip. 1., 36 pp., 20 pi. fol. S.-Peteriurg, tip. 
 
 Mn. vn. d., 1898. 
 BelUn (Leon-Alphonse) [1872- ]. Etude sur 
 
 I'anatomie des cellules mastoidiennes et leurs 
 
 suppurations. 54 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, 1903, 
 
 No. 437. 
 Bellin (Narcisse) [1866- ]. *Contribution a 
 
 r^tude des rapports de la m61e hydatiforme et 
 
 du d^ciduome uialin. 70 pp. 8°. Paris, 1896, 
 
 No. 90. 
 Bellin du Coteau (Marc) [1883- ]. *Ur6mie 
 
 exp6rimentale. Essais therapeutiques. 130 pp. 
 
 8°. Paris, 1910, No. 265. 
 Bellinger (Hermann [Joseph Ludwig]) [1872- ] . 
 
 *Ein Fall von Fractura sternl. 31 pp. 8° 
 
 Bonn, A. Henry, 1897. 
 
 Bellingrodt {Friedrich) [1830-1904]. 
 
 Contzen (O.) [Biography.] Apoth.-Ztg., Berl,, 1904, 
 xix, 173. 
 
 Bellini (Angelo). Igiene della pelle. xv, 240 pp 
 
 16°. Milano, U. Hoepli, 1900. 
 . Fototerapia; radioterapia. xii, 362 pp 
 
 16°. Milano, U. Hoepli, 1903. 
 . Higiene de la piel. xv, 230 pp. 16° 
 
 Barcelona, Casa edit. Sopena, [1906]. 
 
 & Fli€-Bonazzola (A.) L'ldriatica negli 
 
 asili infantili a scopo profilattico ed educative 
 47 pp. 8°. Milano, L. Marcki, 1899. 
 BelUni (Giovanni Battista) [1793-1853]. Delia 
 struttura dell' utero e delle appartenenze del 
 medesimo coll' analisi delle funzioni lore devo- 
 lute. 2. ed. xv, 130 pp. 8°. Padova, tipog. 
 della Minerva, 1823. '[P., v. 2236.] 
 
BELLINI. 
 
 435 
 
 BELL'S. 
 
 Bellini (Lorenzo) [1643-1704]. 
 
 Cumston (C. G.) A hitlierto unpublished portrait of 
 Bellini. Proc. Roy. Soo. Med., Lond., 1915, ix. Sect. Hist. 
 Med., 47. 
 
 Bellini (M.) La r&istance du crtoe et la forma- 
 tion des fractures. Etude r6compeiis6e par 
 I'Acad^mie des sciences k Paris. 75 pp. 8° 
 8yra {(xrice), R. Brindesi, 1901. 
 
 Bellini^ (Ranieri) [1817-78]. Di alcuni cambia- 
 menti che subisce il sangue per razione delle 
 sostanze medicamentose. 71 pp. 8°. Pavia, 
 1847. g'.,v. 2228.] 
 
 . Delia non attivitS, della diastole cardiaca 
 
 e della dilatazione vasale. Memorie quattro. 
 91 pp. 8°- [Firmze, 1876.] 
 Cutting. 
 
 & Tigri (Atto). Delle alterazioni che 
 
 subiscono i globetti rossidel sangue per I'azione 
 d'alcune sostanze medicamentose. Ricerche 
 microscopiche. 32 pp. 8°. Firenze, M. Gecchi, 
 [n.d.]. [P., V. 2228.] 
 
 Belliol (Jean-Alexis) [1799- ]. M^moire sur un 
 nouveau mode de traitement pour la gu^rison 
 des dartres. 3. 6d., augment^e d'un grand 
 nombred' observations. 76pp. 8°. Paris, [impr. 
 de David], 1827. 
 
 . The same. Neue Methode die Flechten 
 
 grundlich zu heilen. Aus dem Franzosischen 
 von F. A. Wiese. viii, 60 pp. 12°. Leipzig, 
 Baumgdrtner, 1828. 
 
 BelUon (Fortune-Henri) [1881- ] . *Les auto- 
 mutilations oculaires. 74 pp. 8°- Bordeattx, 
 1908, No. 89. 
 
 Bellis. 
 
 Pabeb (D.) *De bellide minore. sm. 4°. 
 Seidelbergx, 1721. 
 
 Bellissen (Victor) [1873- ]. *Section du nerf 
 radial dans les fractures de I'extrtoit^ inf&ieure 
 del'humerus. 56 pp. 8°. £i/on, 1900, No. 13. 
 
 Beilissent (A[lbert-Henri-Paul-Marie]) [1870- 
 ]. ^Contribution k 1' etude du traitement 
 pr^ventif de rost^omy^lite aigue et du traite- 
 ment curatif de l'ost6omy61ite chronique (osteo- 
 plasties). 121pp., 3 pi. 4°. Pam, 1896, No. 
 273. 
 
 Bellmann (Arno) [1879- ]. *Ein Fall von 
 Erythema annulare perstans. [Leipzig.] 34 pp., 
 1 1. 8°. Zwickau, Eichhorn & Posern, 1904. 
 
 Bello (Francisco). *BreveB consideraciones sobre 
 la traafusion de la sangre. 23 pp. 16°. Mexico, 
 I. Escalante, 1882. 
 
 Bellceuf (Francisque) [1871- ]. *De I'hys- 
 t6rectomie abdominale totale avec ^videment 
 du bassin dans le traitement du cancer de 
 I'uterus. 112 pp. 8°. Paris, 1900, No. 552. 
 
 . The same. 112 pp. 8°. Paris, G. Stein- 
 
 heil, 1900. 
 
 Belloform. 
 
 BiTTERiOH (A.) *Ueber Belloform. [Giessen.] 
 o "--•--" 1907. 
 
 liUglngcr (J.) Therapeutisohe Versuche mit Belloform 
 in der Tiermedizin. Berl. tierarztl. Wcluisclir., 1906, 132.— 
 Niemann (F.J Ueber die keimtotende Wirkung eines 
 neuen Desinfleiens, Belloform. AUg. med. Centr.-Ztg., 
 Berl., 1906, Ixxv, 158.— Spanu (C.) Belloform, ein neues 
 Antiseptioum. Med. Wcche, Berl., 1906, vii, 119. 
 
 Bellogin [Aguasal] (Angel). Formulario anti- 
 
 s^ptico. 56+ pp. 8°- Madrid, Valladolid, 
 
 1895. 
 — . Prontuario siQ6ptico de farmacograffa 
 
 modema. 189 pp. 16°- Madrid & Valladolid, 
 
 H. De J. Pastor, 1895. 
 Imperfect. 
 
 Bellogin [Aguasal] (Angel) — continued. 
 
 . The same. 3. ed. 385 pp. 16°. Madrid, 
 
 1898. 
 
 Beilon (Jules) [1887- ]. fContribution k 
 I'etude des medicamentB diur^tiques et spedale- 
 ment des diuretiques d6chloruiants. 64 pp. 
 8°. Lyon, 1911, No. 43. 
 
 Bellonius (Petrus). See Belon (Pierre). 
 
 Bellonne (Louis-Marius) [1876- ]. *Tumeurs 
 malignes bilat&ales du sein. 38 pp., 3 1. 8°. 
 Bordeaux, 1904, No. 78. 
 
 Belloste (Augustiu) [1654-1730]. Den heelkon- 
 Btige verband-huysmeester, onderwyzende om 
 op een zagte, gemakkelykke en spoedige wyse 
 alien zoorten van wonden te geneezen. 12 p. 1., 
 537 pp. 16°. s' Gravenhage, J. van ElUnkhuy- 
 sen, 1701. 
 
 . The same. Hospital- und Lazareth- 
 
 Chirurgus, welcher eine gelinde und leichte 
 Manier allerhand Wunden ohne Wiecken und 
 geschwind zu curiren, [etc.]. Aus dem Frant- 
 zosischen tibersetzet durch Martin Schurigen. 
 7 p. 1., 360pp., 161. 16°. Dresden, J. J. Winck- 
 lern, 1703. 
 
 I'or Biography, see Bull. Soc. bsaQ. d'hist. de la m&i., 
 Par., 1905, iv, 264-281 (H. Folet). 
 
 Bellot (Anselme) [1882- ]. *De I'eiimination 
 de I'acide urique par I'iatestin dans I'enteroco- 
 Utemuco-membraneuse. 69pp., 11. 8°. Lyon, 
 1906, No. 49. 
 
 Bellot (Eugtoe) [1864- ]. *Du r61e du m^de- 
 cin.dans la delivrance naturelle simple. 56 pp. 
 8°. Paris, 1897, No. 218. 
 
 BeUot (Georges-Marie-Emile) [1866- ]. *Vh.6- 
 mipldgie dans la pneumonie franche. 92 pp. 
 8°. Nancy, 1909, No. 4. 
 
 BeUot (Henri) [1864- _ ]. *Contribution S, I'eti- 
 ologie de la paralysie g^n^rale progressive. 92 
 pp., 2 1. 8°. Montpellier, 1903, No. 87. 
 
 Bellot (Ren6) [1880- ]. *L'inBuffisance aor- 
 tique d'origine traumatique. 105 pp., 11. 8°. 
 Lyon, 1903, No. 38. 
 
 Bellot (Victor-Jean) j;i879- ]. *Les neurofi- 
 brilles. Morphologie normale. Leiu-s altera- 
 tions pathologiques dans I'anemie exp^ri- 
 mentale et dans I'hemipiegie. 59 pp. 8°. 
 Bordeaux, 1905, No. 36. 
 
 Bellot! (Oreste). 
 
 See Citelll (S.) & BelottI (Oreste). Sur les tumeurs 
 primitiTes [etc.]. 8°. Paris, 1908. 
 
 Bcllou (Maurice) [1879- ]. *Formerie (chef- 
 lieu de canton du departement de I'Oise). 
 Mesographie; etat sanitaire; considerations me- 
 dicales. 64 pp. 8°- Paris, 1906, No. 367. 
 
 . The same. 64 pp. 8°. Paris, J.-B. 
 
 Baillih-e & fils, 1906. 
 
 Bellows (Howard P.) The test drug-proving of 
 the "0. O. & L. Society," a reproving of bella- 
 donna, being an experimental study of the 
 pathogenic action of that drug upon the healthy 
 human organism. 665 pp., 5 pi. 8°. Boston, 
 0. 0. & L. Society, 1906. 
 
 Belloy (Guatave). *Contribution k I'etude des 
 r6sultate immediats et eioignes de la symphyseo- 
 tomie. 62 pp. 8°. Paris, 1899, No. 425. 
 
 BelIo_ y Rodriguez (Silvestre). *Le femur et 
 le tibia chez I'homme et les anthropoides (varia- 
 tions suivant le sexe. Page et la race). 120 pp., 
 3 pl. 8°. Paris, 1909, No. 139. 
 
 . The same. 120 pp., 3 pL 8°. Paris, G. 
 
 Jacques, 1909. 
 
 Bell's paralysis. 
 
 See Paralysis (Facial). 
 
BELL'S. 
 
 436 
 
 BELSER. 
 
 Bell's fhenomenon. 
 
 See Paralysis {Facial, Diagnosis of). 
 
 von Bellubekianz (Artasches) [1884- [|. *Zwei 
 Falle von congenitalen Vitien (Persistenz des 
 Ductus arteriosus BotalU und Defekt der Kam- 
 merscheidewand). [Berlin.] 50 pp., 2 1. 8°. 
 [Berlin], 1910. 
 
 Bellucci (Giuseppe). II feticismo primitive in 
 Italia, e le sue forme di adattamento. x, 158 
 pp. 12°. Perugia, 1907. 
 
 Belly (Marie-Th&^se-B^atrix) [1860- 1. *Con- 
 tribution k I'^tude de la laparotomie exploratrice. 
 128 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1897, No. 71. 
 
 Belly arminoff [Leonid Georgiyevicli] [1859- 1 . 
 Zapisld po oftalmologii (teoretichesMy kurs), 
 po lektsiyam, 1898^9 ak. god, pod redaktsiyei 
 Dolganova, sostavili Gravirovski, Pirogoff i Ko- 
 ztevnikoft. [Notes on ophthalmology (theo- 
 retical course), after lectures in 1898-9, com- 
 piled, under Dolganoff's editorship, by . . .] 
 198 pp., 21. 8° S.-Peterburg, IS99. 
 
 . See, also: 
 
 YubileinIy sbornik, posvyashtshonnly akade- 
 miku L. G. Bellyarminovu yevo uchenikami, 
 sotrudnikami i druzyami po povodu tridtsati- 
 lietiya yevo nauchnoi i vrachebnoi dieyatelnosti. 
 [Festschrift dedicated to L. G. Bellyarminoffi by 
 his pupils, collaborators, and friends, apropos of 
 the thirtieth anniversary of his scientific and 
 medical career.] 8°. Moskva, 1913. 
 Forms No. 12 ol: Vestnik: ottalmol., Mosk., 1913, xx. 
 
 Belmondo (Ernesto). Le malattie mentali. 
 Ip.l., 173pp., 11. 8°. Milano,[n.d.l 
 
 Bound wUh: Mibelli (Vittorio). Malattiedellapene. 8°. 
 Milano, [». d.]. 
 
 Belogoloff. See BlelogolovoL 
 
 BClohoubek (August [Joseph]) [1847-1908]. V^- 
 klad ku farmakopoei rakouske. [Commentary 
 on the Austrian Pharmacopoeia.] 8°. v Praze, 
 Bursih & Kohout, 1906. 
 
 For Biography, see Gasop. 6esk. likSia., v Praze, 1308, 
 xxvii, 207; 233, [port, ia text). 
 
 & §1. Jirus (B.) V;^klad ku farmakopoei 
 
 rakouske edit vii. [Commentary on the Austrian 
 Pharmacopoeia, 7th ed.] 82 pp. 8°. v Praze, 
 Bursih & Kohout, 1896. 
 
 -. Dodatky ku farmakopoei rakousk^ 
 
 (editio vii). Pfeklad ijredniho latinsk^ho textuf 
 farmakopoee. [Supplements to the Austrian 
 Pharmacopoeia (7. ed.) Translation from the 
 official text of the pharmacopceia.] 43 pp. 8° 
 V Praze, Bursik & Kohout, 1900. 
 
 Belohradsk^ (Vaclav) [1844-96]. 
 
 Betnsbeig. [Biography.] Casop. l^k. fiesk., v Praze, 
 1896, xxxT, 681-683. 
 
 Belokopitow (Emilie). *Klimsche Beobach- 
 tungen tiber den Hsemoglobingehalt des Blutes 
 bei verschiedenen Kinderkrankheiten. 64 pp. 
 8°. Zurich, J. J. Meier, 1907. 
 
 Bclokrenltzky (Sophie). *De la d6g6n6rescence 
 amyloide des nerfs. 32 pp. 8°. G'^m^fi, 1911. 
 
 Belon [Bellonius] (Pierre) [1517-;67]. Plurima- 
 rum singularium et memorabilium rerum in 
 Graecia, Asia, .SIgypto, Judea, Arabia, allisque 
 exteris provinciis ab ipso conspectarum obser- 
 vationeS^ tribus libris expressse. Carolus Clusius 
 Atrebas h GalUcis Latinas faciebat, et denuo re- 
 censebat. 6 p. 1., 242 pp., 11. fol. Lugd. Bat., 
 
 1605. 
 
 Bound with: Clusius (C.) Exotloorum libri decern. 
 
 for Biography, see Abbild. . . . d. Arznk. verd. Gelehrten 
 [etc.]. 4°. Augsburg, 1805, 56, port. 
 
 Bclongt (Max) [1886- ]. *Contribution k 
 r^tude des suppurations de la region palpebro- 
 lacrymale d'origine dentaire. 87 pp. 8*. Paris, 
 1911, No. 404. 
 
 Belot (Carlos). Observaciones sobre los males que 
 se esperimentan en esta isla de Cuba desde la 
 infancia y consejos dados a las madres y al bello 
 sexo. 2 V. xxxu, 3008 pp., 1 1., 247 pp. 12°. 
 Nueva York, Lanuza, Mendia & Co., 1828. 
 
 Belot (Joseph) [1876- ]. *La radioth&apie, 
 son application aux affections cutan^es. 520 pp . , 
 13 pi. 8°. Paris, 1904, No. 426. 
 
 The same. Traits de radioth&apie. 2. 
 
 6d., revue et augment^e. Preface de L. Brocq. 
 628 pp., 13 pi. 8°. Paris, O. Steinheil, 1905. 
 
 The same. Radiotherapy in skin disease. 
 
 With a preface by L- Brocq. Transl. from 2. 
 French ed. by W. Deane Butcher, xv, 463 pp., 
 13 pi. 8°. London, Rebman, 1905. 
 
 Belot (JoBeph-Benoit-Marie-PhilUppe) [1888- ]. 
 *Contribution k I'^tude du d^veloppement 
 physique de I'enfant: taille, poids, p^rimfetre 
 thoracique, rythmes cardiaque et respiratoire, 
 tension arterielle. 118 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1913, 
 No. 56. 
 
 Belotti (Silvio). Dei cibi dell'uomo secondo le 
 leggi deir igiene e della fisiologia. 149 pp. 8°. 
 mrese, Maj & Malnati, 1896. 
 
 Bromatologia; dei cibi dell' uomo secondo 
 
 le leggi deir igiene. xv, 251 pp. 24°. Milano, 
 IT. Ecepli, 1904. 
 
 Belousow (Alexej Konstantinovifi). Delineatio 
 synoptica nervorum hominis. Deutsch-franzosi- 
 sche Ausgabe. Mit begleitendem deutschen 
 Text von B. Krause und einer franzosischen 
 Uebersetzung von A. Nicolas. 88 pp., 3 pi. 
 eleph. fol. 4°. Berlin & Wien, Urban ds 
 Schwarzenberg, 1906. 
 
 Belous (Jules) [1884r- ]. *De I'origine habi- 
 tuellement nevropathique des vomissements 
 graves dits incoercibles de la grossesse et de 
 leur traitement par la psychothCTapie. 3 p. 1., 
 117 pp. 8°. Para, 1913, No. 148. 
 
 Bfilovodsky (Olympiade). *Signification physi- 
 siologique du ph^nomfene de cas^lfication 
 gastnque du lait. 32 pp. 8°. Lausanne, A. 
 Rion, 1908. 
 
 Below (Adolphe). Mademoiselle Giraud, ma 
 femme. 19. 6d. 278 pp. 12°. Paris, E. Le , 
 Dentu, 1870. 
 
 Below (Ernst) [1863- ]. Die Anwendung der 
 Elektricitat m Aex Medizin bei Nerven-, Muskel-, 
 Haut-, Gehim- und Ruckenmarksleiden. Mit 
 Berflcksichtigung der Berufskrankheiten. 88 
 pp. 8°. Be:rlin, H. Steinitz, [1897]. 
 
 Below (M.) Selbsthilfe bei Zahnweh. 2. Aufl. 
 12°. Miinchen, Seitz & Schav^, [1906]. 
 
 Belozerkowsky (Fanny). *Ein Fall von Schei- 
 dengewolbezerreissung (Kolpoporrhexis) unter 
 der Geburt. 16 pp. 8° Zurich, Schereschewsky, 
 1910. 
 
 Belpaire (M. E.) Vrouweninvloed. 27 pp. 8° 
 Antwerpen, [1903]. 
 Forms No.50of: ICatbol. Vlaarosche Hoogeschool-Uitbreld 
 
 Bels (Georges) [1887- ]. Une consultation de 
 nourrissons en pays flamand; 4tude sur la 
 mortality infantile a BaUleul (nord); ses causes 
 et les principaux moyens d'y remSdier. 120 
 pp. 8° Paris, 1912, No. 387. 
 
 Belser (Adolf). *Ueber Tubensterilisation. 54 
 pp. 8°. ZilrichrSelnau, G. Leemann & Co., 
 1910. 
 
BELSER. 
 
 437 
 
 BENAED. 
 
 Belser (Martin L.) [1869-1915]. 
 
 [Obituary.] J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1916, bcvi, 47. 
 Belshaw (William). Smallpox; its external 
 treatment andprevention. 10 1. 12°. Snoho- 
 mish, Wash., W. Maw, 1904. 
 
 Belt {Edward Oliver) [1861-1906]. 
 
 [Obituary.] J. Am. M. Ass., Chioago, 1907, xlfiil, 69. 
 Beltcheva (^Madame Marie) [1872- ]. *Quel- 
 
 ques considerations sur la chlorose. 2 p. 1., 110 
 
 pp., 1 1. 8°. Nancy, 1901, No. 21. 
 Beltinger (Arthur) [1881- ]. *Zui Statistik 
 
 der Brustdrusengeschwiilste. Zusammenstel- 
 
 lung der an der Klinik des Herrn Dr. von Angerer 
 
 zu Munchen vom Mai 1899 his Dezember 1903 
 
 inkl. beobactteten 131 Bnistdrusengesctwillste. 
 
 23 pp., 1 1. 8°. Munchen, Kastner & Callwey, 
 
 1906. 
 Beltrame <Cesare). II magnetismo. 16 pp. 8°. 
 
 Milano, G. CMusi, 1850. [P., v. 2237.] 
 Beltrame (Vincenzo). II velocipede. Studio 
 
 medico-igienico-popolare. Id. L, 402 pp., 2 1. 
 
 8°. Casale, tipog. eredi Majffei, 1898. 
 . Tubercolosi e sanatorii. 1 p. 1., 84 pp. 
 
 12°. Casale, eredi Maffei, 1900. 
 Beltrami (Georges) [1881- ], *L'anestli6Bie 
 
 f6n6rale par le protoxyde d'azote. 136 pp. 8°. 
 'aris, 1905, No. 253. 
 
 . The same. 136 pp. 8°- Paris, J.-B. 
 
 Bailliire & fils, 1905. 
 BeItrS.n (Bernardino). *La cremaci6n, a la luz 
 delahigiene. 62 pp., 11., 1 pi. 8°. Mixko, 
 Xoyo. 
 
 Beltran {Pedro Antonio). 
 
 Fajarnes. [Biography.] Eev. balear de raen. m6d., 
 Palma de Mallorca, 1898, xiv, 447. 
 
 Belts. 
 
 See, also. Abdominal supporters. 
 
 Bertnger (A. C.) Hot-water Ibelt. [Pat. spec! No. 
 1159160; Nov. 2, 1915.— Gasaway (T. O.) & Aydelotte O". S.) 
 Hygienic medicated belt. [Pat. spec] No. 765472; Jiiy 19, 
 1904. — Laval (E.) Les ceintures abdominales et leurs ap- 
 plications. Bull. g&i. de thdrap. [etc.]. Par., 1911, clxu, 
 734-746.— Nlckum (S.) Abdominal belt. [Patr spec. 
 No. 933101; Sept. 7, 1909.— WUUams (M. E.) Supporting 
 belt. [Pat. spec] No. 971946; Oct. 4, 1910. 
 
 Beltz (Lud-wig [Friedrich Wilhelm]) [1882- ]. 
 
 kystee hydatiques du rachis. 40 pp. 8°- Paris, 
 
 1900, No. 401. 
 Beltzung (Alfred). *Ueber Pankreas-Fettne- 
 
 krose. [Freiburg i. Br.] 38 pp. 8°. Smnheim, 
 
 A. Kohler, 1904. 
 Belugou (A[lphonse]). Des modifications ap- 
 
 port^es aux principaux symptomes de I'ataxie 
 
 locomotrice par la cure de la Malou. P&iode 
 
 initiale. 81 pp. 8°. Paris, A. Delahaye & E. 
 
 Lecrosnier, 1887, 
 Belugou (G.) *De quelques propriety des acides 
 
 alcoylphoisphoriques. 46 pp. 4°. Montpellier, 
 
 Ecole de plwmacie. 
 Beluschl (Luigi). Congiuntivite granidosa; cura 
 
 chiruigica. 8 pp. 8°. Torino, G. B. Paravia & 
 
 Co., 1901. 
 de Belral (D6di6) [1871- ]. *Contribution k 
 
 I'etude des d^chinires du segment inf^rieur de 
 
 Put^rus et de leur traitement. 78 pp. 8° 
 
 I^on, 1900, No. 49. 
 
 Belval {Th.) [1832-97]. 
 
 [Biography.] Mouvement hyg., Brux., 1897, xiii, 465- 
 47o. 
 
 Belygze, (Jean-Marie-Pierre) [1887- 0- *Con- 
 tribution au diagnostic de Tappendicite chro- 
 nique par le proc^de de W. A. Bastedo (dilata- 
 tion artificielle du gros intestin). 50 pp. 8°. 
 Bordeaux, 1914, No. 93. 
 
 Belz (Erich) [1884- ]. *Physiologische und 
 klinische Beobachtungen iiber die Rumina- 
 tion. 92 pp., 1 1. 8° Giessen, 0. Kindt, 1909. 
 
 Belz (Prisca) [1882- ]. *Ein Fall intramedul- 
 larer Grawitzmetastase im Lumbalmark. [Miin- 
 chen.] 13 pp., 1 1., 1 pi. 8°. Wiesbaden., J. F. 
 Bergmann, 1912. 
 
 Belzer (Adolphe) [1869- []. "L'expectation et 
 I'intervention da,ns le traitement de I'h^mato- 
 cfele retro-uterine. 65 pp., 1 1. 8°. Bordeaux, 
 1898, No. 115. 
 
 . The same. 65 pp., 1 1. 8°. Bordeaux:, 
 
 Demachy, Peck & Cie., 1898. 
 
 Belzous (Ged^on). *Quelques causes d'erreur 
 dans le diagnostic des malformations du membra 
 inferieur chez I'enfant. 52 pp. 8°- Toulouse, 
 1903, No. 515. 
 
 Belzung (Alfred) [1877- j. *Ueber Pankreas- 
 Fettnekrose. 38pp. 8°. Freihurgi. Br.,\^Q4: 
 
 Bemelmans (E. C. H. A. M.) Beitrag zur Kennt- 
 nis der VeranderUchkeit der niederlandischen 
 Butterkonstanten, und der Bekampfung der 
 Butterverfalschung. 2 p. 1., 81 pp., 1 eh., 2 1. 
 8°. Breda, van Turnhout & Co., 1905, 
 
 Bemerkungen iiber das Heilverfahren des 
 Naturarztes Johann Schroth. 59 pp., port. 12°. 
 Freiwaldau, A. Blaieh, [n. d.]. .- - 
 
 Bemis {John Merrick) [1860-1915]. 
 
 Obituary. Boston M. & S. J., 1915, cbodii, 561. 
 
 Bemis {Merrick) [1820-1904]. 
 
 Obituary. Am. J. Insan., Bait., 1904-5, bd, 532-534. 
 
 Bemiss {John Harrison) [1856-97]. 
 
 [Biography.] N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1897-8, 1, 296-303, port. 
 Also: Tr. Louisiana M. Soc 1898, N. Oil. 1£99, 21-23. 
 
 Bemiss {Samuel Merrifield) [1821-84],, 
 
 Far Portrait, see CoUection ol Portr. (Libr.). 
 
 von_ Bemmelen (Jakob Maarten) [1830-1911]. 
 Die Absorption; gesammelte Abhandlungen 
 uber KoUoide und Absorption; roit Unter- 
 sttitzung des Verfassers neu herausgegeben von 
 Wolfgang] Ostwald. Mt dem Bilde des Ver- 
 fassers, seiner Biographie, und zahlreichen 
 Figuren. xi, 548 pp., port, (front.). 8° Dres- 
 den, T. Steinkorff, 1910. -( 
 
 For Biography, see Nature, Lond., 1911, Ixxxvi, 116 (W 
 B. H.) Also: Versl. d. Akad. d. Wetensch., aid. Natuurk 
 Amst., 1911, xix, 1217-1221 (H. A. Lorentz). 
 
 B6na (Henri) [1870- ]. *L'h6matologie et la 
 pathog^nie du purpiu-a. 93 pp. 8°. Paris 
 1896, No. 41. . 
 
 Bena (Moritz) [1878- ]. *Die Bedeutung der 
 Mchaelischen Raute in der Geburtshiilfe. 
 42 pp. 8°. Strassburg, J. Singer, 1903. 
 
 Benabu (George) [1874- ]. *Contribution a 
 r^tude de I'^rection et de I'ejaculation dans la 
 pendaison. 38 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1913, 
 
 Benaky (N. P.) Du sens chromatique dans I'an- 
 tiquit6 _sur_ la base des demiferes d^couvertes de 
 la pr6histoire, de I'^tude des monuments Merits 
 dea anciens et dea donn^es de la glossologie 
 363 pp. 12'=', Paris, A. Maloine, 1897. 
 
 Benard (Emile) [1871- 1. *Contribution a 
 r^tude de la torsion du p^dicule des kystes de 
 I'ovaire et enparticulier de I'occlusion intesti- 
 nale consecutive k cette torsion. 52 pp. 8° 
 Paris, 1898, No. 379. 
 
BfiNAKD. 
 
 438 
 
 BENDIEE. 
 
 Benard (Henri) [1885- ]. *Reclierclies sur la 
 fonction 6rytliiolytique de la rate. 2 p. 1., 137 
 pp. 8°. Pam, 1913, No. 164. 
 
 Benard (Jacques) [1873- l *DeB localisa^ 
 tions extra-abdonuiiales de rappendicite. 59 
 pp., 21. 8°. Xyon, 1899, No. 98. 
 
 Benard (Louis) [1881- ]. *Un cours provin- 
 cial d'accouchement dans la g6ngralit6 d'Alen- 
 ?on k la fin du xviii« sifecle. 72 pp. 8°. Paris, 
 1909, No. 54. 
 
 Benard (Ren6). *Le foie scarlatineux; 6tude 
 clinique, anatomique et bioloeique. 180 pp. 
 8°. Paris, 1910, No. 25. 
 
 Benario (Jacob) . Die Reinf ektionen bei Syphilis, 
 Nach. den Erfahrungen der letzten Jabre darge- 
 steUt. 127 pp. 8°. Balh a. S., C. Marhold, 
 1914. 
 
 Forms Hit. 3-5, v. 3, of: Samml. zw^gl. Abhandl. a. d. 
 Geb. d. Dermat. [etc.], Halle a. S., 1913-14. 
 
 Benaroya (Moise) [1877- ]. *Die kiinstlichen 
 Nahrpraparate; ihr Wert und ihre Bedeutung 
 fur die Kranken- und Kinderemabrung. 26 pp. , 
 3 1. 8°. Berlin, S. Scholem, 1901. 
 
 Benary (WiLhebn). *Beitrage zur Lehre von der 
 Aortensypbais. 38 pp., 1 1. 8°. Kiel, Schmidt 
 & Klaunig, 1912. 
 
 Benassi (Pietro). Contribute alio studio della 
 patogenesi e localizzazione del lipomi midtipli 
 sottocutanei. 35 pp. 8°. Parma, Fiaccadori, 
 1907. 
 
 B6nasson (Ludovic) [1876- ]. *De quelques 
 traitements ricents du rbumatisme blennor- 
 rbagique. 82 pp. 8°. Paris, 1911, No. 476. 
 
 B^nassy (Gabriel). *Cancer bilateral des selns 
 (cancer double primilif , cancer double successif 
 et r^cidive dans le sein oppos4). 3 p. 1., 99 pp. 
 8°. Paris, 1913, No. 269. 
 
 Benati (Rodolfo). Di un caso di eritro-melalgia. 
 22 pp., 11. 8°. Finale- Emilia, U. Coen,l&99. 
 
 de Beiiavides_ (Pedro -Arias). Secretes de cM- 
 rurgia, especial de las enfermedades de morbo 
 gaUco y lamparones y mirrarcHa, y assi mismo 
 la manera como se curan los Indios de Uagas y 
 beridas y otras passiones en las Indias, [etc.]. 
 165 pp., 1 1. 16°. Valladolid, F. F. de Cordova, 
 1567. 
 
 Benavides (Rafael). Tratado de campamentos y 
 marcbas, seguido de una instruccidn para el 
 servicio campal de las tropas destacadas en las 
 fronteras amagadas por los salvajes. 142 pp. 
 12°. Niieva York, [1874]. 
 
 Benazecta (A.) [1864- ]. *Contribution & 
 r^tude de Tb^m^ralopie esseiitielle et de son 
 traitement. 38 pp., 1 1. 4°. Toulouse, 1896, 
 No. 155. 
 
 Benazet (Antonin) [1869- ]. *pe quelques 
 affections stapbylococciques infantiles au point 
 de vue de Tbygitoe scolaire. 65 pp.^ 1 1. 8°. 
 TowZoiwe, 1898, No. 237. 
 
 Benazet (Edouard). *Sypliilis h^r^ditaire tar- 
 dive des OS longa cbez I'enfant et cbez Tadoles- 
 cent. 222 pp. 8°. Paris, 1911, No. 48. 
 
 Benazet (Llonard) [1885- []. *Etude de la 
 temperature dans la defervescence de la fifevre 
 typboiide; indications pronostiques. d'aprfes 26 
 observations avec traces tbermometriques. 72 
 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1907, No. 71. 
 
 Bence-Jones albumosuria, 
 
 £ee Albumosuria (Myelopathic). 
 Bencker (Hermann). *Cystenmeren einer Mis- 
 geburt. 30 pp. 8. Erlangen, Junge & Sohn, 
 1902. 
 
 Bencldser [Alfons]. Ueber die Bebandlung der 
 Blutungen in Scbwangerscbaft und Geburt und 
 die Bebandlung der acuten Ansemie. 86 pp. 
 8°. Halle a. S., K. Marhold, 1896. 
 
 Samml. zwangl. Abbandl. a. a. Geb d. Frauenh. u. 
 Geburtsh., Halle a. S., 1896, i, 7. Hft. 
 
 Benda (Theodor) [1858- T. Nervenhygiene 
 
 und Scbule. 55 pp. 8°. Berlin, 0. Coblentz, 
 
 1900. 
 Bender (Carl August Ferdinand Franz Otto) [1874- 
 ]. *Stoffvrecbsel-Versucbe bei Dystrophia 
 
 musculorum progressiva. 30 pp., 11. 8°. 
 
 Bonn, A. Henry, 1897. 
 Bender (Fritz). *Beitrage zur Lehre von der 
 
 Magenverdauung. 16 pp. 8°. Erlangen, F. 
 
 Junge, 1898- 
 
 Bender (Herman PUlip) [1855-1911]. 
 
 Obituary. Long Island M. J., Brooklyn, 1911, v, 496- 
 499, port. Also: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1911, xoiv, 392. 
 
 Bender (Maria Clara) [1880- ]. *Ueber die 
 Wirkung von aufrecnter Korperbaltung und 
 Muskeltatigkeit auf die zykliscne Albummurie. 
 35 pp. 8°. Breslau, Brest. Genossensch.-Bu/dir 
 druckerei, 1904. 
 
 Bender _ (Otto). *Die Schleimhautnerven des 
 Facialis, Glossopharyngeus und Vagus. Studien 
 zur Morphologie des Mittelohres und der benach- 
 barten Kopfre^on der Wirbeltiere. [Heidel- 
 berg, Habilitationsschrift.] 114 pp., 9 pi., 9 1. 
 fol. Jena, G. Fischer, 1907. 
 
 . Ueber die Entwicklung des Visceralske- 
 
 lettes bei Testudo gr»ca. I. jDie Entwicklung 
 des Kiefer- und des Zungenbeinbogens (Colu- 
 mella auris) und der Paukenboble. 62 pp., 
 7 pi. 4°. Munchen, 1912. 
 
 Forms Abbandl. 10, v. 25, of: Abhandl. d. k. bayer. Akad. 
 d. Wissensch. Math.-phys. SI. 
 
 Bender (Walther) [1883- ]. *Melsena neona- 
 torum. [Freiburg.] 27 pp. 8°. Miinchen, 
 E. Muhlthaler, 1907. 
 
 Bender (Xavier). *Contribution k I'^tude des 
 kystes rac^meux de I'ovaire. 91 pp., 5 pi., 1 1. 
 8*. Paris, 1904. 
 
 Bender Hygienic Laboratory, Albany, New 
 York. See Studies from the Bender Hygienic 
 Laboratory, Albany. 
 
 Bendet (Abraham) _ [1887- ]. *Ueber einen 
 durch Laparotomie in Kampferolbehandlung 
 geheilten Fall von Peritonitis. 1 p. 1., 24 pp., 
 1 1. 8°. Miinchen, Miiller & Steimcke, 1913. 
 
 Bendig (Ernst) [1874- ]. *Ueber einea Fall 
 primarer vom Wurmfortsatz ausgehender Bauch- 
 aktiuomykose. 30 pp., 2 1. 8°. Leipzig, B. 
 Oeorgi, 1904. 
 
 Bendig (Paul Gustav) [1878- ]. *Ueber die 
 Wirkung der Saugstauung nach Bier. 22 pp., 
 1 1. 8°. Konigsberg i. Pr., 0. Kiimmel, 1907. 
 
 Bendinelll (Vincenti). Thesoro preservative cen- 
 tre la peste. All' ecceUentisB. Senate e Repu- 
 blica di Lucca. 5 p. 1., 59 pp. 12°- Pistoia, P. 
 A. Fortunati, 1630. 
 
 Far Biography, see Quadro biog. . . . med. e chir. lucchesi. 
 S°. Zucca, 1843, 13. 
 
 Bendlnl (Umberto). Ascaridiasi a forma tifoi- 
 dea. Nota cUnica. 10 pp., 1 1. 8°. Prato, 
 Nutini, [19001. 
 
 Bendlre (Charles E.) [1836-97]. Directions for 
 collecting, preparing, and preserving birds' 
 eggs and nests. 10 pp. 8°. Washingtdn, Gov. 
 Print. Off., 1891. 
 
 Part D of: Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 39. 
 
 For Biography, see Science, N. Y., 1897, n. s., v, 261 (C. H. 
 Merrlam). 
 
BENDIX. 
 
 439 
 
 BENEDICT. 
 
 Bendix (Ajron) [1887- ]. *Zur Behandlumg des 
 
 Gelenkrheumatismus mit Atojjlian. imd Isato- 
 
 phan. 15 pp. roy. 8°- Berlin, J. Sittenfeld, 
 
 1912. 
 Bendix (Bemhard) [1863- ]. Lehrbuck der 
 
 Kindemeilkunde fiir Aerzte und Studirende. 
 
 2. Aufl. xiv, 546 pp. 8°. Berlin & Wien, 
 Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1899. 
 . The same. 3. Aufl. xii, 605 pp. 8° 
 
 Berlin & Wien, Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1903. 
 . The same. 4. Aufl. 628 pp. 8°. Berlin 
 
 & Wien, Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1905. 
 . The same. 5. Aufl. xii, 628 pp. 8°. 
 
 Berlin & Wien, Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1907. 
 . The same. 6. Aufl. xii, 671pp. roy. 8°. 
 
 Berlin & Wien, Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1910. 
 
 Sauglingsemahrung. 84 pp. 8°. Ber- 
 
 lin, 1900. 
 Forms 141. Hit. of: Berl. Klinilr. 
 
 . A clinical report on the feeding of infants 
 
 suffering under debilitated conditions. 15 pp. 
 8°. [n, p., 1900.] 
 
 TransUfrom: Deutsche Aerzte-Ztg., Berl., 1900, il. 
 
 General prophylaxis in diseases of chil- 
 
 Eng. 
 
 dren. 
 
 In: Dis. Cbjld^ . . . Pfaundler & Schlossmann, 
 transl., Phila. & Lond., 1908, i, 226-253. 
 
 See, also, Handbncb der Kinderhellkmide [etc.]. 8°. 
 Leipzig, 1906. — Vortrilge liber Sauglingspflege [etc.) [in 2. s.]. 
 8°. £era»,1907. 
 
 Bendix (Ernst). *Ueber die Wirkung des Koch- 
 saltzes auf die Nieren. 27 pp. 8°. Freiburg 
 i. B., Speyer & Kaemer, 1898. 
 Die Pentosurie, 
 
 Mit einem Vorwort von 
 W. Ebstein. 60 pp. 8°- Stuttgart, F. Enke, 
 1903. 
 
 Bendix (Friedrich Louis Hugo) [1881- ]. 
 *Ueber Kinderpsychosen mit besonderer Be- 
 riicksichtigung ihrer Frequenz und Prognose. 
 72 pp., 1 1. 8°. Rostock, Adlers Erben, 1906. 
 
 Bendix (Kurt)_ [1880- ]. *Die totUchen Intoxi- 
 kationen bei QuecksiLberkuren. 30 pp., 1 1. 
 8°. Leipzig, B. Georgi, 1908. 
 
 Bendixen (Niels). G£eringsfysiologisk Teknik, 
 en kortfattet Vejledning for Farmaceuter. 70, 
 ill pp. 8°. Kj0benhavn, E. Hagerup, 1902. 
 
 Bendixsohn (Hans) [1880- ]. *Apha8ie und 
 Hemianopsie auf luetischer Basis. 62 pp., 1 
 tab. 8°. Greifswald, F. W. Kunike, 1909. 
 
 Bendle {James Hwxtable) [1875-1915]. 
 
 Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1915, i, 786. 
 Bendon (Raphael) [1885- ]. *Etude sur 
 r elimination urinaire du mercure dans le traite- 
 ment de la syphilis por les injections d'huile 
 grise. 73 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1909, No. 30. 
 
 Bendz (HaTis) [1851- ]. 
 
 [Biograpliy.] HaJSovannen, Stockholm, 1897, xii, 11. 
 B€nS (Eugfene). *Des osteoarthrites tranches 
 
 aigues du poignet cons^cutives aux phlegmons 
 
 profonds de la paume de la main. 52 pp., 1 pi. 
 
 8°. Paris, 1906, No. 453. 
 B6n€ (John G.) Medicinal peroxide of hydrogen 
 
 (H2O2), its applications and therapeutics. 20 
 
 pp. 8°. Brooklyn, 1892. 
 Benech (Edmond) [1876- ]. *Traitement de 
 
 I'ulcfere de jambe. Revue pratique, ix, 10-83 
 
 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1908, No. 56. 
 Benech (Edouard) [1886- ]. *Traitement des 
 
 InfectionB abortives. 2 p. 1., 76 pp. 8°. Paris, 
 
 1913, No. 146. 
 Benech (J.-Ferdinand-Louis) [1875- ]. *L'hy- 
 
 gifene dans le transport des voyageuis par che- 
 
 mins de fer. 122 pp. 8°. Paris, 1902, No. 493. 
 
 Benecli (J.-Ferdinand-Louis) — continued. 
 
 . The same. Hygifene des voyageurs en 
 
 chemins de fer; aeration, ventilation, chaufiage, 
 6claLrage, dangers de contagion; nettoyage et 
 disinfection, x, 123 pp., 1 1. 12°. Pans, J.-B. 
 Bailliire & fils, 1903. 
 
 Benecli [Lucien] [1847-1912]. Le service de sante 
 en campagne;'donnee3 pratiques h, I'usage des 
 ofEciers d'^tat-major et des m^decins chefs. 
 
 2 V. 1 p. 1., 297 pp., 1 1.; 496 pp. 12°. Paris, 
 J. Rueff, 189^^1902. 
 
 . Le service de sante en campagne. Plans, 
 
 3 maps. 12°. Paris, J. Rueff, [1901]. 
 
 For Biography, see Rev. mdd. de Test., Nancy, 1912, xllv, 
 65-69 (G. E.). 
 
 Benecke (Anna) [1879- J. *Drei Falle von 
 Leukamie mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der 
 Blutgerinnung und hamorrhagischen Diathese. 
 1 p. 1., 21 pp., 1 1. 8°. Leipzig, F. Peter, Nachf., 
 1912. 
 
 Beneclie (Heinrich) [1886- _ ]. *Ueber Varicen 
 imd ihre Behandlung mit besonderer Beriick- 
 sichtigung einer Discisionsmethode. 1 p. 1., 29 
 pp., 1 1. 8°. Leipzig, F. M. Geidel, 1912. 
 
 Beneclie (Martin) [1887- ]. *Die Bedeutung 
 einzelner Merkmale zur Altersbestimmung des 
 neugeborenen Kindes. 26 pp., 1 1. 8°. Leip- 
 zig, F. M. Geidel, 1913. 
 
 Beneclce (Wilhelm) [1868- ]. Bau und Leben 
 der Bakterien. xii, 650 pp. 8° Leipzig & Ber- 
 lin, B. G. Teubner, 1912. 
 
 Benedetti (Carlo). Le infezioni diplococciche. 
 263 pp. 8 Laneiano, G. Carabba,19l5. 
 
 Benedic (Charte- Joseph -Hilaire) [1875- ]. 
 *Des inconv6nients de la resection diaphysalre 
 hitive ou pr6coce dans I'osteomyelite des os 
 longs. 58 pp., 1 1. 8° Nancy, 1899j No. 2. 
 
 Benedicenti (Alberico). Alcuni esanu di orine di 
 militari dope una marcia. 10 pp., 11. 8° [Fi- 
 renze], 1897. 
 Bepr. from: Proc. verb. d. Soc. tosc. di sc. nat., 1897. 
 
 . SuUe condizioni del personale ferro- 
 
 viario addetto al servizio delle gaUerie di difficile 
 ventilazione dal punto di vista igienico sanitario. 
 17 pp. 8°. Pisa, successorifratelHNistri, 1899. 
 
 . I progressi della farmacologia sperimentale 
 
 negli ultimi decennii. Parole di introduzione al 
 corso di farmacologia sperimentale nell' Uni- 
 versity di Cameiino. 15 pp. 8° Camerino, 
 Savini, 1900. 
 
 . Lezioni teorico-pratiche sulla analisi 
 
 deU' orina. Sunti raccolti da Alceste Ambrosi. 
 82 pp. 8°- Camerino, Marchi, 1902. 
 
 Benemct (A. L.) [1865- ]. The Hfe of a medi- 
 cal student, pp. 389-395. 8°. [PhiladelphiaX 
 1896. 
 
 Cutting from: Lippincott's, Phila., 1896. 
 
 . Mound exploration for the Pan-American 
 
 Exposition. (Mound-builder remains on Catta- 
 raugas Creek, Erie County, N. Y.) pp. 100-107, 
 1 pi. 8°. Chicago, 1901. 
 Sepr.from: Am. Antiq. & Orient. J., Mendon, ni., 1901. 
 
 Benedict (Francis Gano) [1870- ]. Elemen- 
 tary organic analysis. The determination of 
 carbon and hydrogen, vi (1 1.), 81 pp. 8°. 
 Easton, Pa., The Chem. Pub. Co., 1900. 
 
 The influence of inanition on metabolism 
 
 V, 542 pp. 8°- Washington, Carnegie Inst., 1907. 
 Carnegie Inst., Pub. No. 77. 
 
 . The composition of the atmosphere, with 
 
 special reference to its oxygen content, iii, 
 115 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Washington, Carnegie Inst., 
 1912. 
 Carnegie Inst., Pub. No. 166. 
 
BENEDICT. 
 
 440 
 
 BENEDIKT'S. 
 
 Benedict (Francis Gano) — continued. 
 
 . A study of prolonged fasting. 416 pp., 
 
 5 pi. 4°. Washington, Carnegie Inst, 1915. 
 Carnegie Inst, Pub. No. 203. 
 
 See, also, Atwater (Wilbur Olin) & Benedict (I". G.) 
 Experiments upon the metabolism of matter [etc.]. 8°. 
 
 Waslwagton, 1899. -: — . A respiration calorimeter 
 
 [etc.). 8°. Washington, 1905.— Atwater (Wilbur Olin), 
 Woods (Charies D.) & Benedict (¥.■ G.) Report of pre- 
 liminary Investigations [etc.). 8°. Washington, 1897.— 
 Dodge (Raymond) & Benedict (Francis Gano). Psycho- 
 logical efieots of alcohol [etc.]. 8°. Washington, 1915. 
 
 & Carpenter (Thome M.) The influence 
 
 of muscular and mental work on metabolism and 
 
 the efficiency of the human body aa a machine. 
 
 100 pp. 8°- Washington, Gov. Print. Off., 1909. 
 
 U. S. Dep. Agric. Ofl. exper. stations. Bull. No. 208. 
 
 ■; . Respiration calorimeters for 
 
 studying the respiratory exchange and energy- 
 transformations of man. vii, 102 pp. 4 - 
 Washington, Carnegie Inst., 1910. 
 
 . The metabolism and energy 
 
 transformations of healthy man during rest. 
 yiii (1 1.), 255 pp. 4°. Washington, Carnegie 
 Inst., 1910. 
 
 Food ingestion and energy trans- 
 
 formations, -with special reference to the stimu- 
 lating effect of nutrients. 1 p. 1., 355 pp. 8° 
 Washington, Carnegie Inst., 1918. 
 
 -& Cathcart (Edward. P.) Muscular work, 
 
 a metabolic study with special reference to the 
 efficiency of the human body as a machine, 
 viii, 176 pp., frontisp. roy. 8°. Washington, 
 Carnegie Inst., 1913. 
 Carnegie Inst., Pub. No. 187. 
 
 & JosUn (Elliott Proctor) [1869- ]. 
 
 Metabolism in diabetes mellitus. vi, 234 pp. 
 4°. Washington, Carnegi* Inst., l^ia. 
 Carnegie Inst., Pub. No. 136. 
 
 A study of metabolism in severe 
 
 diabetes, vi, 136 pp. 8°. Washington, Carnegie 
 Inst., 1912. 
 Carnegie Inst., Pub. No. 176. 
 
 & IMUner (R. D.) Experiments on the 
 
 metabolism of matter and energy in the hu- 
 man body, 1903-4. 335 pp. 8°. Washington, 
 1907. 
 
 U. S. Dep. Agric. Ofl. exper. stations. Bull. 175, 
 Wash., 1907. 
 
 & Murschhauser (Hans). Energy trans- 
 formations during horizontal walking. 100 pp. 
 4°. Washington, Carnegie Inst., 1915. 
 Carnegie Inst., Pub. No. 231. 
 
 & Slack (Edgar P.) A comparative study 
 
 of temperature fluctuations in difierent parts of 
 the human body, v, 73 pp. 4°. WaMngtmi, 
 Carnegie Inst., 1911. 
 Carnegie Inst., Pub. No. 155. 
 
 & Talbot (Fritz B.) The gaseous metabo- 
 
 lism of infants, with special reference to its 
 relation to puls-rate and muscular activity. 
 168 pp., 1 ch., 1 pi. 8°. Washington, Carnegie 
 Inst., 1914. 
 Carnegie Inst., Pub. No. 201. 
 
 The physiology of the new-born 
 
 infant. Character and amount of the katabo- 
 lism. 126 pp. 8°. Washington, Carnegie Inst., 
 1915. 
 Carnegie Inst., Pub. No. 233. 
 
 Benedict (Friedrich). 
 
 See Gtacsse (T. G. Th.) Orbis latinus [etc.). 8°. Ber- 
 lin, 1909. 
 
 Benedict {Samuel OaUweU) [ -1914]. 
 
 [Obituary.] J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1914, bdi, 1907. 
 
 Benedictus (Alexander) [ -1525]. 1. a tit.-] 
 De observatione in pestilentia. [In fine:] 
 Finis. Quinti libri de febribus._ Enpressum 
 uenetiis per loannem & Gregorium de gre- 
 goriis quarto Kaledas Augustas, mcccclxxxxiii. 
 Jacobi Cotareni Patricii Veneti: Philosophi: 
 Turisck cosultissimi: Optimis Auspiciis. 27 
 unnumb. 1. [A-CS D']. sm. 4°. 
 Hain*807. Proctor 4530. VoulUfeme 3874. 
 
 Benedictus (Julius Osesar). Epistolarum medi- 
 cinalium libri decern recondita Hippocratis 
 doctrina eingularique eruditione referti. 2 
 p. 1., 615 pp., 14 1. 8°. Roma, apvdA. Phssum, 
 sumpt. BertanorvM, 1649. 
 
 Benediltt (Karl). *Ueber einen FaU von Struma 
 sarcomatosa. 26 pp., 11. 8°- Milnchen, Kastner 
 & Callwey, 1903. 
 
 Benedilit (Moriz) [1835- ]. Die psychischen 
 Funktionen des Gehimes im gesunden und Isran- 
 ken Zustande. 
 In: WiEN. Klinik, 1875, i, 197-222. 
 
 . Zur Lehre von der LokaUsation der^Ge- 
 
 himfunktionen. 
 In: WiEN. Klinik, 1883, ix, 101-159. 
 
 . Die Elektrizitat in der Medizin. 
 
 In: WiEN. Klinik, 1884, x, 25^7. 
 
 Second life; das Seelen-Binnenleben des 
 
 gesunden und kranken Menschen. 12 pp. 8°. 
 Wien 1894. 
 
 Forms 5. Hft., v. 20, of: Wien. Klinik. 
 
 . Die Seelenloinde des Menschen als reine 
 
 Erfahrungswissenschaft. xix, 372 pp. 8°. 
 Leipzig, 0. R. Reisland, 1895. 
 
 Ueber Kopfschmerzen. pp. 85-104. 8°. 
 
 Wien, Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1898. 
 Forms 3. Hft, v. 24, of: Wien. Klinik. 
 
 Das biomechanische (neo-vitalistische) 
 
 Denken in der Medizin und in der Biologie. 57 
 pp. 8°. JcTia, G. Fischer, 1903. 
 
 The same. Biomlcanisme ou n^ovitar 
 
 lisme en m^decine et en biologie. Traduit de 
 I'allemand avec I'autorisation de I'auteur par 
 E. Robert-Tissot. 121 pp. 12°. Paris, A. Ma- 
 loine, 1904. 
 
 . KrystaUisation und Morphogenesis; bio- 
 
 meclianische Studie. 68 pp. 8°- Wien, M. 
 Perles, 1904. 
 
 The same. Seconde partie, comprenant 
 
 la formation des cristaux et le biom6camsme du 
 developpement des tissus. 144 pp. 12°. Paris, 
 A. Maloine, 1904. 
 
 Aus meinem Leben. Erinnerungen und 
 
 Erorterungen. iv, 419 pp. 8°. Wien, C. Kone- 
 gen, 1906. _ . 
 
 Einige Fragen aus der Physiologie und 
 
 Pathologie der Zirlrulation und ihrer Organe. 
 pp. 291-310. 8°. Berlin & Wim, Urban & 
 Schwarzenberg, 1907. 
 
 Forms 2. Hit, v. 33, of: Wien. Klinik. 
 
 See, also, Herrera (Alfonso L.) Notions g&i&ales de 
 blologieretc], 8°. Berlin, 1906. 
 
 For Biography, see Rev. intemat. d'flootrotMr., Par., 
 1897-8, viii, 33-37. (6. Gautier). Also: Wien. klin. Rund- 
 schau, 1915, zxix, 213. 
 
 Benedikt (R.) Chemical analysis of oils, fats, 
 waxes and oi the commercial products derived 
 therefrom. From the German, revised and 
 enlarged by J. Lewkowitsch. xviU, 683 pp. 8°. 
 London, Macmillan & Co., 1895. 
 
 Benedikt' s syndrome. 
 
 See Eye (Paralysis of). 
 
BENEFICO. 
 
 441 
 
 BENI-BARDE. 
 
 Beneflco (Marc). La cura degli scrofolosi all' 
 Ospizio marino Cremoneae in Cesenatico. 106 
 pp. 8°. Cremona, P. Fezzi & Co., 1914. 
 
 Beneke (Friedrich Wilhelm [1824^82]. Ueber die 
 Nicht-Identitat von KnoiTpel-, Knochen- und 
 Bindegewebe; ein Beitrag zur Kritik der Cel- 
 lularpathologie von R. Virchow. pp. 369-429, 
 3 pi. 8°. Gottingen, Vandenhoecl & Ruprecht, 
 1859. 
 
 Cutting from: Arch. d. Ver. f. gemeinsch. Art. z. Ford. d. 
 ■wissenscn. Heilk., iv, No. 3. 
 
 . Weitere Mittheilungen fiber die Wlrkun- 
 
 gen der Soolthermen Nauheim's nach Beobach- 
 tungen in den Jahren 1859 und 1860. 1 p. 1., 77 
 pp. 8°. Marburg, Frkdheim & Nauheim, 1861. 
 
 . Die praktische Medicin unserer Tage. 
 
 Ein popular-wissenschaftliclier Vortrag. 42 pp. 
 8°. Marburg, N. O. Elwert, 1863. 
 
 Beneke (Rudolf [C. A. Csesar]) [1861- ]. Die 
 Pest. 43 pp. 8°- Hamburg, 1900. 
 
 Forms 354. Hft., n. F., of: Samml. gemeinverstandl. wls- 
 sensch. Vortr., Hamb. 
 
 . Die Entstehung der kongenitalen Atre- 
 
 sie der grossen Gallengange, nebst Bemerkun- 
 gen fiber den Begriff der Abschnfirung. 70 pp. 
 4°. Marburg, N. G. Elwert, 1907. 
 
 Johann Christian Reil; Gedachtnisrede 
 
 bei der von der Friedrichs-Universitat veran- 
 stalteten Erinnerungsfeier ffir den vor 100 
 Jahren Dahingeschiedenen, am 13. November 
 1913 gehalten; nebst 4 bisher ungedruckten 
 Aufsatzen Reils. 68 pp. 8°. Ealle a. 8., M. 
 Niemeyer, 1913. 
 
 See, also, Beltiilge zur wissenschaftlichen Medicin [etc.]. 
 8°. BraumcTiweig, 1897.— StraW (Hans) & Beneke (Ru- 
 dolf C. A. Caesar). Ein junger menschliciier Embryo [etc.]. 
 lol. Wiesbaden, 1910.— Virchow (R. L. K.) Thrombose 
 und Embolie. 8°. Leipzig, 1910. 
 
 Benelli (Enrico). *Ossifikation von Laparotomie- 
 
 narben. [Zfirich.] 16 pp. 4° Tubingen, 
 
 H. Lauppjr., 1911. 
 BenelU (Georges) [1872- ]. *Contribution k 
 
 I'etude du bain froid. 54 pp. 8° Paris, 1901, 
 
 No. 455. 
 BSnes (Gaston). *De8 abcfes du foie st Evolution 
 
 latente et apyr^tique. 64 pp., 2 1. 8° Mont- 
 
 pellier, 1901, No. 23. 
 
 Benesol. 
 
 ScUeff (J.) Erfahrungen iiber die Wirlaing des Benesols 
 (I/okalanasthetikum). Vrtljschr. 1. Zahnh., Wien, 1904, xx, 
 8-13. 
 
 Benessere (II). Propaganda d'igiene pubblica 
 e privata. v. 10, 1902-3. 8° Napoli. 
 
 Benet (Joseph) [1882- ]. *Les masto'idites 
 d'embl6e. x, 11-62 pp., 1 1. 8°. Montpellier, 
 1905, No. 95. 
 
 B€net (P.) *Quelques consid&ations sur la pu6- 
 riculture S, la campagne. 73 pp. 8°. Toulouse, 
 1909, No. 857. 
 
 BenSteau (Henri) [1873- ]. *Plaies du canal 
 thoracique ^ la base du cou. 65 pp. 8°. Paris, 
 1902, No. 242. 
 
 Benetti (Johannes Dominicus). Opus medico- 
 morale divisum in duas partes. Prima continet 
 adnotati-ones in Jo. Bascarini, medici Ferra- 
 riensis dispensationum medico-morahum cano- 
 nes duodecim totidemque explanationes de 
 jejunio quadragesimali. Secunda continet ap- 
 pendicem de missa, et de boris canonicis addi- 
 tionem ad parochos, MoniaUum confessarios, et 
 medicos, ubi de confessione, viatico, ac extrema 
 unctione quantum ad medicos spectat. Corol- 
 laria additionis, complementum de paenitentiis, 
 ac de oratione. 18 p. 1., 224 pp., 1 1. 8°. Marir 
 fuse, apud A. Pazzonum, 1718. 
 
 Benetti (Johannes Dominicus) — continued. 
 
 . Appendix de missa, et horis canonicis 
 
 divisa in duos tractatus, in quorum_ primo 
 medice, ac moraUter agitur de celebratione, ac 
 auditione missse, causisque excusantibus, in 
 secundo de recitatione horarum canonicarum 
 [etc.]. 5 p. 1., 267 pp., 1 I. 8°. Mantux, 
 apud A. Pazzonum, 1718. 
 BoiiJidwjJftAis; Opus medico-morale. 8°. Manla3s,ni8. 
 
 Benevento (Amerigo). Ricordi medici. Di- 
 cembre 1892-gennaio 1897. _ 202 pp., 1 1. 12°. 
 Civitanova- Marche, Marchigiano, 1899. 
 
 Benerolenskj (V[aBiliy Yefimovich]) [1875- ]. 
 *K voprosu o vliyanii preparata "606" na 
 sapnoi protsess u laboratornikh zhivotntkh. 
 [Influence of 606 upon the glandular process in 
 laboratory animals.] 1 p. 1., 79 pp., 1 1. 8°. 
 Yuryev, E. Bergman, 1911. 
 Veterinary. 
 
 Benezach (Charles). The muscles of the human 
 body accurately delineated. 18 pi. fol. Lon- 
 don, E. R. Young, 1819. 
 
 Bengzecb (Gabriel) [1879- ]. *De I'iridecto- 
 mie preparatoire dans 1' extraction de la cata- 
 racte. 54pp., 1 1., 1 tab. 8°. Montpellier, 1^07, 
 No. 82. 
 
 B^nSzech (Henri) [1884^ ]. *Une page d'his- 
 toire sanitaire locale au commencement du 
 vingti-feme sifecle. 160 pp. 8° Paris, 1911, 
 No. 450. 
 
 Benfey (Arnold) [1880- ]. *Beitrage zur 
 Lehre von den angeborenen Herzkrankheiten. 
 30 pp., 1 1. 8°. Berlin, 0. Franche, 1903. 
 
 Bengal. 
 
 See, also. Cholera (History and statistics of), 
 Fever {Malarial, History of), Fever (Typhus, 
 History of), Plague (History of), by localities. 
 
 Gangull (J. N.) The water-supply of Bengal. Indian 
 Lancet, Calcutta. 1896, vii, 116-119.— Wall (M. A.) Ethno- 
 graphical notes on the Muham madan castes of Bengal. J. 
 Anthrop. Soc. Bombay, 1904-5, vti, 98-113. 
 
 Bengal and Assam. Triennial report on vaccina^ 
 tion in Eastern Bengal and Assam for the years 
 1908-9, 1909-10, 1910-11, by E. C. Hare. 2 p. 1., 
 14 pp., 1 diag. fol. Shillong, 1911. 
 
 Benglides (Jean). *Ueber die in den Jahren 
 1902-6 in der kgl. Universitats-Frauenklinik 
 und der kgl. Hebammenschule zu Munchen 
 eingeleiteten kiinstlichen Friihgeburten. 57 pp. 
 8°. Milnchen, C. Wolf & Solm, 1908. 
 
 Bengoa (Nicolas). 
 
 See Bolivar (Jos^). Lapestetiub(5nica[etc.]. 12°. Bilbao, 
 1899. 
 
 Bengscta (Otto Franz Richard) [1879- ]. *Ein 
 Fall von diabetischer Gangran der Grosszehe. 
 Nachweis der Arteriosklercse im Rontgenbild. 
 14 pp., 1 1. 8°. Kiel, Schmidt & Klaunig, 1905. 
 
 Benham (Charles Henry) [1874-1916]. 
 
 Obituary. Lancet, Lond., 1916, ii, 960. 
 
 Benham (Frederick Lucas). 
 
 See Brouardel (P.) & Benham (F. Lucas). Death and 
 sudden death [etc.]. 8°. New York, 1897. 
 
 Benham {Henry AHhur) [1854^1904]. 
 
 Obituary. Med. Press & Giro., Lond., 1904, n. s., baviii, 
 322. 
 
 Benhamou (Ed.) Le traitement du paludisme. 
 
 30 pp. 16°. Paris, A. Poinat, 1913. 
 Beni-Barde (Joseph-Marie-Alfred) [1834- ]. 
 
 Expos6 de la m6thode hydroth6rapique. _ His- 
 
 toire ; theories ; technique ; applications dmiques. 
 
 XV, 454 pp. 8°. Paris, Masaon & Cie., 1905. 
 
BENI-BARDE. 
 
 442 
 
 BENNET. 
 
 Beni-Barde (Joseph-Marie- Alfred) — continued. 
 . Clinique rLydroth&apique; Bilhouettes de 
 
 nevropathes. V s^rie. La neuiastli6me; les 
 
 vrais et les faux neurastli6niques. 435, Ixv pp. 
 
 8°. Paris, Masson ds Co., 1908. 
 Benicbou (Ren6). *Contribution k I'^tude des 
 
 n^vralgies faciales d'origine dentaire. 88 pp. 
 
 8°. Paris, 1903, No. 14. 
 Benin! (Rodolfo). Principii di demografia. ix, 
 
 296 pp., 11. 12°. Fireme, G. Barbira, 1901. 
 Benini (Vincenzo). 
 
 See Fracastoro (Girolamo). Delia sifilide [etc.). 8°. 
 
 Milano, 1825. 
 
 Beninson (Natan) [1869- ]. *Coiitribution 
 S, r^tude des luxations de I'^paule compUqu^es 
 de fractures de rextr6mit6 eup^rieure de I'hu- 
 m^rus (diagnostic et traitement). 50 pp., 11. 
 4°. Paris, 1896, No. 340. 
 
 Benischek (Eugen JuUua Philipp) [1880- ]. 
 *Ueber 81 Falle von Lumbalpunktion aus der 
 Erlanger medicinisclien Klinik. [Erlangen.] 
 44 pp. 8°. Schwerin, Barensprung, 1906. 
 
 Benitez (M. E.) Nifios; apurites mldicos-sociales. 
 119 pp. 12°. Buenos Aires, J. Peuser, 1897. 
 
 Benitez (Rafael). *Mal de San Ldzaro. 56 pp. 
 8°. Mirico, I. EscalanU, 1886. 
 
 Benitez Gutierrez (Joaquin). *Consideraciones 
 clinicas sobre las fracturas de la didfisis del f 6mur. 
 25 pp. 8°. Mexico, I. Escalante, 1885. 
 
 Benltoa (Jos^ Clavero). 
 
 See Hlgiene militar. (Lecturas para oficiales, [etc.]. 8°. 
 Guadalajara, 1909. 
 
 B^niuya (Jules) [1877- ]. *Contribution h. 
 
 l'6tude de la pelade; de sa nature. 66 pp., 1 1. 
 
 8°. Montpelher, 1903, No. 56. 
 Benjamin (Adolf). *Zur Casuistik der Ge- 
 
 scbwiilste am Ohrlappchen. 25 pp. 8°. Wurz- 
 
 harg, Stahel, 1896. 
 Benjamin (Anna Northend). Woman in the Far 
 
 East. pp. 554-561. 8°. New York, 1901. 
 Cutting from: Amslee's Mag., N. Y., 1901, vii. 
 
 Benjamin (Bayard) [1866- ]. *Contribution k 
 r^tude clinique des gommes syphihtiques de la 
 conjonctive„ 67 pp. 4°. Paris, 1896, No. 444. 
 
 Benjamin (Bemardus). *De tetano. [Marburg.] 
 19 pp. 8°. Eanomse, C. Kittsteiner, 1836. 
 
 Benjamin (Erich) [1880- ]. *Die Beziehungen 
 der Milz zu den Lymphocyten des fcindUchen 
 Blutes. 36 pp., 1 1. 8°- Leipzig, B. Georgi, 
 1905. 
 
 & Slulia (E.) Die Leukamie im Kindes- 
 
 alter. 2 p. 1., 72 pp. 8° Berlin, S. Karger, 
 1907. 
 
 Benjamin (Harry) [1885- ]. *Beitrag zur 
 Anwendung des Antiformin-Verfahrens fur den 
 Tuberkelbazillen-Nachweis. 23 pp. 8°. Tii- 
 bingen, F. Pietzcher, 1911. 
 
 Benjamin (John Hdlsey) [1855-1916]. 
 
 [Obituary.] J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1916, Ixvli, 1862. 
 Benjamin (Just-Emest-Edward) [1881- ]. 
 *La colonisation p6nale k la Guyane francaise; 
 considerations medicales, biologiques, ^conomi- 
 ques et sociales. 58 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1906, 
 No. 86. 
 Benjamin (Marcus) [1857- ]. Writings of the 
 graduates in the course of analytical and ap- 
 plied chemistry. [With supplements.] 12^. 
 New York, 1879-82. 
 
 . Washington during war time^ _ a series 
 
 of papers showing the nulitary, political, and 
 socml phases durmg 1861 to 1865. xv, 3-206 
 1 plan, 1 map. 8°. Washington, [1902]. 
 
 Francis Asbury Roe. 35 pp., 6 pi., port. 
 Washington, 1903. 
 
 PP 
 
 Benjamin (Marcus) — continued. 
 
 . Charles Frederick Tiffany Beale. 13 pp., 
 
 port. 8°. Washington, 1902. 
 Benjamin (Max) [1889- ]. *Ueber einen Fall 
 
 von Lupus elephantiasticus. Ip. 1., 37 pp. 8°. 
 
 Bonn, E. Eisele, 1912. 
 BenliendoeTfer (Albert) [1876- ]. *Zur 
 
 Klinik und Physiologie der Pansentatigkeit. 
 
 57 pp., 4 pi. 8°. Giessen, 0. Kindt,_ 1910. 
 Benlcenstadt (Natan). *Ueber Spina bifida 
 
 occulta. 32 pp. 8°. Basel, J. Kohlhepp, 1907. 
 Benltert (Josef). *Das primare Lungencarcinom. 
 
 [Freiburg i. B.] 45 pp. 8° Bad Kissingen, P . 
 
 Rath, [1897]. 
 Benl^otzi (Stephanus). De febre hungarica seu 
 
 castrensi. 3 p. 1., xl pp. sm. 4°- Erlangse, lit. 
 
 Tezschnerianis, 1759. 
 Benliwltz (Fritz Emil) [1877- ]. *Ueber die 
 
 operative Behandlung des Nachstars. 36 pp. 
 
 8*. Strassburgi. E., C. Miih & Co., 1902. 
 Benn (Gottfried) [1886- ]. *Ueber die Hau- 
 
 figkeit des Diabetes mellitus im Heer. [Berlin.] 
 
 21 pp. 8°. Kirchhain, N.-L., M. Smmersow, 
 
 1912. 
 Benndorf (Reinhard). *Ueber primare und iso- 
 
 lirte Bauchfelltuberkulose. 48 pp. 8° Miin- 
 
 chen, Kastner & Lossen, 1899. 
 Bennecke (Adolf). *Studien iiber Gefasser- 
 
 krankungen durch Gifte. [Rostock.] 198 pp., 
 
 3 pi. 8°. Berlin, G. Reimer, 1908. 
 . Beitrage zur Mutterkornforschung. 36 
 
 pp. 8°. Rostock, H. Warkentien,^ 1911. 
 Bennecke (Erich). Die gonorrhoische Gelenk- 
 
 entztindung nach Beobachtungen der chixurgi- 
 
 schen Universitatskliaik in der Kgl. Charit6 zu 
 
 Berlin. Mit einem Vorwort von F. Konig. 
 
 1 p. 1., 52 pp. 8°. Berlin, A. Hisrchwald, 1899. 
 . Operationstlbungen an der Leiche; ein 
 
 Leitfaden fur Studierende. Mit einem Vorwort 
 
 von F. Konig. viii, 182 pp. 8°. Leipzig, E. 
 
 Eartung & Sohn, 1903. 
 Bennecke (Heinrich Fritz Adolf) [1875- ]. 
 
 *Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Parovarialcystome. 
 
 46 pp., 1 1. 8°. Gottingen, L. Eofer, 1902. 
 Bennecke (Hermann August Conrad) [1878^ ]. 
 
 *Ein Beitrag zur Frage der electiven Wlrkung 
 
 des Formaldehyds auf sporenhaltigen Mllz- 
 
 brand sowie andere Beobachtungen fiber das 
 
 Verhalten von Desiniizientien auf pathogene 
 
 Mikroorganismen. [Gottingen.] 44 pp., 1 1, 
 
 8°. Eeidelberg, C. Pfeiffer, 1903. _ 
 . Zur Frage der telangiektatischen Granu- 
 
 lome. 15 pp., 11., 3 pi. 8°. Miinchen, J. F. 
 
 Lehmann, [1906]. 
 . Die Leukocytose bei Scharlach und 
 
 anderen Mischinfektionen. 1 p. 1., 80 pp., 6 
 
 tab. 8°. Jena, G. Fischer, 1909. 
 Bennejeant (Charles) [1887- ]. _ *Etude sur 
 
 le canal et sur I'artfere de la dentition tempo- 
 
 raire. 59 pp., 2 pi. 8°. MontpelUer, 1914, 
 
 No. 18. 
 Benner (Heinrich) [1886- ]. *Serologische 
 
 und balkteriologiscne Untersuchungen zur 
 
 Frage der Lues. 22 pp. 8° Strassburg, Elsass- 
 
 Lothr. Druckerei, 1911. 
 Benner (Karl UMch Martin) [1885- ' ]. *Puer- 
 
 perale Thrombosen. 40 pp. 8°. Breslau, Bresl. 
 
 Genossensch.-Buchdrucherei, 1913. 
 Benner (Raymond C.) Papers on the effect of 
 
 smoke on building materials. 58 pp., 1 pi. 8°. 
 
 Pittsburg, 1913. 
 
 Bennet. 
 
 Bourquelot(E.) &HCrlssey(H.) Sur rorigineet la com- 
 position de I'essenoe de benoite; glucoside et enzyme nou- 
 veaux. J. de pharm. et chim.. Far., 1905, 6. s., zxi, 481-491. 
 
BENNET. 
 
 443 
 
 BENXETT. 
 
 Bennet (James Henry). A practical treatise on 
 inflammation of the uterus and its appendages 
 and on ulceration and induration of the neck 
 of the uterus. 3. Am. from 2. Lond. ed. 373 pp. 
 8°. Philadelphia, Blanchard de Lea, 1852. . 
 
 . The same. 4. Am. from 3. Lond. ed. 
 
 X, 430 pp. 8°. • Philadelphia, Blanchard & Lea, 
 1853. 
 
 The same. 5. Am. from 3. Lond. ed., to 
 
 which is added a review of the present state of 
 uterine pathology, xxxii, 502 pp. 8° Phila- 
 delphia, Blanchard & Lea, 1860. 
 
 Bennet {Robert OUiweU Qifford) [1832- 
 1902]. 
 
 Memoir. J. Balneol. & Climat., Lond., 1902, Ti, 276. 
 Bennett {Miss A. H.) English medical women; 
 glimpses of their work in peace and war. With a 
 preface by Stephen Paget, ix (1 1.), 159 pp., 
 front, (port.). 8°. London, I. Pitman & Sons, 
 1915. 
 
 Bennett {Alexander Hughes) [1848- 
 1901]. 
 
 Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1901, ii, 1444. 
 Bennett (Alfred W.). 
 
 See Thome ( Otto Wilhelm) [in 2. s.]. Text-book of struc- 
 tural and physiological botany [etc.]. 12°. New York, 1891. 
 
 Bennett {Edward HaUaran) [1837- 
 1907]. 
 
 Obituary. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1907, n. »., Ixxxiil, 
 710. 
 
 Bennett ([Enoch] Arnold) [1867- ]. The 
 human machine. 123 pp. 8°. New York, G. H. 
 Doran Co., [1910]. 
 
 . How to live on 24 hours a day. 75 pp. 
 
 8°. New York, G. H. Doran Co., [1910]. 
 
 -. Mental efficiency, and other hints to men 
 
 and women. 119 pp. 8°. New York, G. H. 
 Doran Co., [1911]. 
 
 Bennett (F[rancisJ Graham). How to restore the 
 walking powers, and muscular movement gen- 
 erally, or a treatise on the relief and cure of 
 spinal curvatures, injuries of joints, sprains, 
 deformities, rheumatism and paralysis. 2. ed. 
 1 p. 1., 104 pp. 8°. London, Whittaker & Co., 
 1874. 
 
 . Henry Harrap's treatment in paralysis, 
 
 rheumatism, weak spines, and injuries and 
 sprains of the joints. 24 pp. 8°. London, 
 Whittaker & Co., 1886. 
 
 Bennett (Homer Clark) [1865- ]. The electro- 
 therapeutic guide; or, a thousand questions asked 
 and answered. 9. ed. 452 pp. roy. 8°. Lima, 
 0., National College of Electro- Therapeutics, 
 [1912]. 
 
 Bennett (James Eisdon) [1809-91]. Lecture 
 introductory to the course of general anatomy. 
 23 pp. 12° London, J. Taylor, \?,Z0. 
 
 Bennett {John) [1885-1918]. 
 
 Obituary. Texas State J. M., Fort Worth, 1918-19, xiv, 
 214. 
 
 Bennett (John Hughes) [1812-75]. Clioical lec- 
 tures on the principles and practice of medicine. 
 3. ed. xxiv, 1005 pp. 8°. New York, S. S. & 
 W. Wood, 1859. 
 
 . The same. 3. ed. xxiv, 1022 pp. 8° 
 
 New York, W. Wood & Co., 1866. 
 
 The same. 4. ed. xxiv, 1021 pp. 8°. 
 
 New York, W. Wood & Co., 1866. 
 
 . The same. 5. ed. xxiv, 1022 pp. 8°. 
 
 New York, W. Wood & Co., 1867. 
 
 Bennett (John Hughes) — continued. 
 
 . An introduction to clinical medicine, 
 
 being lectures on the method of examining 
 patients, and the means necessary for arri\'ing 
 at an exact diagnosis. 4. ed. 182 pp. 12°- Ed- 
 inburgh, Adam ds C. Black, 1862. 
 
 For Biogra'phy.see Brit. M. J., Lond., 1901, ii, 223. Also: 
 Maryland M. J., Bait., 1899, xll, 367-373 (W. W. Jolinston). 
 Also, Eeprmt. Also: Tr. M. & Ciiir. Pac. Maryland, Bait., 
 1899, 139-160 (W. W. Johnston). 
 
 Far Portrait, see Collection ol Portr. (Libr.). 
 
 Bennett (Normaa Godfrey). 
 
 Editor of: Science and practice of dental surgery. 4". 
 London, 1914. 
 
 Bennett (Reginald Robert). Medical and phar- 
 maceutical Latin for students of pharmacy and 
 medicine. A guide to the grammatical con- 
 struction and translation of physicians' pre- 
 scriptions, including extensive vocabularies 
 and an appendix upon foreign prescriptions. 
 With an introduction by Henry G. Greenish, 
 xii, 442 pp. 12° London, J. & A. Churchill, 
 1906. 
 
 •. The same. 2. ed. xiv, 443 pp. 8°. 
 
 London, J. & A. Churchill, 1914. 
 
 . Materia medica and pharmacy^ for medi- 
 cal students, with an appendix on incompati- 
 bility. 221 pp. 12°. London, 3. K. Lewis, 
 1908. 
 
 The same. 3. ed. xxiii, 248 pp. 8°. 
 
 London, H. K. Lewis, 1915. 
 Bennett (Robert Allan) [1871- ]. Plain rules 
 
 for the use of tuberculin. 48 pp. 8°. Bristol, 
 
 J. Wright & Sons, [etc.], 1914. 
 Bennett (Samuel R.). 
 
 See Copeman (S. Monckton), Bennett (Samuel R.) & 
 Hake (H. WUson). Reports and papers on the nature, 
 uses [etc.]. 8°. Loniom, 1914. 
 
 Bennett (Sanford) [1841- ]. . . Old age; 
 
 its cause and prevention. The story of an old 
 
 body and face made young, xi, 17-394 pp. 8°. 
 
 New York City, Physical Culture Publishing Co., 
 
 [1912]. 
 Bennett (Victoria (E. M.) Lectures to practising 
 
 midwives. With preface by Mary Scharlieb. 
 
 xiv, 256 pp. 8°. London, Baillih-e, Tindall & 
 
 Cox, 1909. 
 
 Bennett (WiUiam Charles Storer) [1852- 
 1900]. 
 
 Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1900, ii, 268. Also: Med.- 
 Chir. Tr., Lond., 1901, Ixxxiv, p. cxiii. 
 
 Bennett (Sir_ WUliam Henry) [1855- ]. The 
 social position of the medical profession; an 
 introductory address delivered at St. George's 
 Hospital at the opening of the medical session, 
 1883^. 31 pp. 8° London, Harrison & 
 Sons, 1883. 
 
 . On the use of massage and early passive 
 
 movements in recent fractures and other common 
 surgical injuries and the treatment of internal 
 derangements of the knee-joint, x (1 1.), 97 pp. 
 8° London, Longmans, Green & Co., 1900. 
 
 The same. Lectures on the use of mas- 
 
 sage and early passive movements in recent 
 fractures, [etc.]. 2. ed. xxiv, 115 pp., 2 pi. 8°. 
 London, Longmans, Green & Co., 1902. 
 
 The same. 4. ed. x, 134 pp., 11 pL 8°. 
 
 New York, LongrrMns, Green & Co., 1909. 
 
 Injuries and diseases of the knee-joint 
 
 considered from the clinical aspect, xi, 236 pp. 
 12°. London, J. NisUt & Co., 1909. 
 
 . The same, xi (2 1.), 236 pp., 14 pi. 12°. 
 
 New York, W. Wood & Co., 1909. 
 
BENNI. 
 
 444 
 
 DE BENOIT. 
 
 Benni (Witold). *Ueber die Behandlung der 
 Larynxtuberkulose durch Elektrokaustik an der 
 oto-laryngologischen Klinik in Basel. [Basel.] 
 34 pp. 8°. Wiesbaden, J. F. Bergmann, 1910. 
 
 Bennie (P. Bruce). Rational and effective treat- 
 ment of hip-disease, founded on experience of 
 numerous cases in hospital practice during 28 
 years. Compiled by Alex. B. Bennie. xi, 108 
 pp., 9 pi. 8° New York, W. Wood & Co., 
 1907. 
 
 Bennighof (Priedrich) [1888- ]. *Ueber ein 
 neues Diuretikum "Theoform." 1 p. 1., 27 pp., 
 1 1. 8°. Giessen, 0. Kindt, 1912. 
 
 Bennigson (Walter) [1886- ]. *Chroni8che 
 Nephritis undBlutzucker. 47 pp., 11. 8°. Kd- 
 nigsbergi. Pr., 0. Kummel, 1913. 
 
 Benning (Walter) [1880- ]. *Ueber Gallen- 
 Bteinileus. 33 pp., 1 1. 8°. Leipzig, A. Soff- 
 mann, 1905. 
 
 Benninghaus (Hubert August Georg) [1883- 
 ]. *Zur Bedeutung der endogenen Infek- 
 tion m der Gynakologie. 36pp., 21. 8°. Strass- 
 burgi. e., H. Euber, 1912. 
 
 BenninghoTen (Marie) & Ludwlg (Emilie). Das 
 Buch der jungen Mutter, eln JRatgeber zur 
 Pflege und Erziehung dea Kindes in den ersten 
 vler Lebensjahren, unter arztlicher Mitwirkung 
 von W. Benninghoven. v (1 1.), 269 pp. 12°. 
 Stuttgart, Schwabacher, [n. d.}. 
 
 BenningbOTOn (Wilhelm) [1862- ]. Aerzte, 
 Zahnarzte, Zanntechniker und Kurpfuscher; 
 kritische Betrachtungen. 31 pp. 8°. Berlin, 
 Berl. Verlagsanst., [1905] 
 ■ d 
 
 Lehrbuch der Zahnheilkunde und ihrer 
 Hilfswissenschaften. 3., bedeutend verm, und 
 verb. Aufl. 538 pp. 8°. Berlin, Berl. Verlags- 
 anst., [1911]. 
 
 Atlas der Anatomie des menschlichen 
 
 Korpers, speziell der Kiefer und der Zahne. 
 Teil I. 334 pp. 4°. Berlin, Berl. Verlagsanst., 
 1912. 
 
 See, also, Benninghoven (Marie) & Ludwlg (Emilie). 
 Das Buch der jungea Matter, etc. 12°. Stuttgart, [n. dj. — 
 Trolise(Fr.), Broeslke(Gustar) & Benninghoven (wil- 
 helm). AnatomcischeWandtafeIn[etc.]. roy. 8°. Dresden, 
 1911-12. — Klesewelter (F.) [in 2. s.]. Die Kxankenpflege in 
 der ramilie[etc.]. 8°. Berlin, 1898. 
 
 Bennington {Robert Orendson) [1852- 
 1909]. 
 
 Obituary. Brit. M. J., Loud., 1909, ii, 1445. 
 
 Benny (Michael) [ -1905]. 
 
 Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lend., 1905, ii, 1378. Also: 
 Glasgow M. J., 1905, Ixiv, 426. Also: Lancet, Lond^ 1905, ii, 
 1439. Also: Soot. M. & S. J., Edinb., 1905, xvii, 533. 
 
 Benohr (Max) [1880- ]. *Ersatz der f ehlenden 
 Vena cava inferior toils durch die rechte, teils 
 durch die linke erweiterte Cardinalvene. 17 
 pp , 1 pi., 1 1. 8°. Kiel, E. Fiencke, 1904. 
 
 Ben8hr (Max Charles) [1879- ]. *Falle von 
 subkutaner Nierenzerreissung. 22 pp., 11. 8°- 
 Kiel, H. E. Peters, 1904. 
 
 Ben8hr (Rudolf) [1882- ]. *Ein Fall von cen- 
 traler Blindheit; Erweichungsherde in beiden 
 Occipitallappen. 12 pp. 8°. Kiel, E. Fiencke, 
 1905. 
 
 Benoist (Emilien) [1867- ]. *Contribution S, 
 r^tudedel'auditioncolor^e. 48pp. 8°. Paris, 
 1899, No. 238. , 
 
 Benoist (Emmanuel) [1881- ]. *Etude sur 
 l'6rythiomaalgie. 239 pp. 8°. Paris, 1911, No. 
 249. 
 
 Benoist (Femand) [1875- ]. *Contribution S, 
 r6tude de rhyst^rectomie dans I'infection 
 puerp6rale avec Usiona ut^rines prddominantes. 
 83 pp. 8°. Pom, 1901, No. 359. 
 
 Benoist (Georges). *Des rapports entre I'em- 
 bryon et le placenta dans I'avortement. (iStude 
 clinique.) 67 pp. 8° Paris, 1906, No. 136. 
 
 Benoist (Guillaume). *Signification _ pronos- 
 tique dea adtoopathies dans la syphilis secon- 
 daire. 46 pp., 21. 8° Pora, 1902, No. 498. 
 
 Benoist (Jules) [1873-_ ]. *M6dication cacody- 
 lique; son application h, la th^rapeutique in- 
 fantile. (Tuberculose, choree.) 67'.pp. 8°. Par 
 ris, 1900, No. 635. 
 
 Benoist (M.) & Cliatelain (L.) Manuel pratique 
 pour rapplication de la loi du 14 juillet 1905 k 
 Paris. Preface de G. Mesureur. viii, 258 pp. 
 8°. Paris & Nancy, Berger-Levrault & Cie., 1909. 
 
 Benoist (Marcel) [1887- ]. *Contribution k 
 r6tude de la cystinurie et de la lithiase cysti- 
 neuse. 80 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1912, No. 19. 
 
 Benoist (Pierre). *Des pneumopathies rhuma- 
 tismales et de la pneumonie fibrineuse dans le 
 rhumatisme articulaire aigu. 54 pp., 1 1. 8°. 
 Paris, 1900, No. 174. 
 
 Benoist de la Grandifere (Louis). *Contribu- 
 tion &, r^tude des varices de Testomac. 62 pp. 
 8°. Pom, 1901, No. 249. 
 
 Benoit (Albert) [1877- ]. *Des troubles mo- 
 teurs oculairea dans les maladies de I'oreille. 
 65 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1904, No. 186. 
 
 Benoit (Albert-Louis-Alexandre) [1884- ]. 
 Contribution &.r6tudedur6actifphfoolphtalique 
 de Kastle-Meyer; son application k la recherche 
 du sang, en clinique et en m^decine legale. 132 
 pp. 8^ Lille, 1911, No. 8. 
 
 Benoit (C[61estin - St. - John - Clement - Marie - 
 Joseph]). *Du gaiacol et de la cocaine consi- 
 d6r^3 comme anesth&iques locaux. 56 pp. 4°. 
 Pam, 1896, No.. 293. 
 
 Benoit (Charles). *Contribution k I'^tude du 
 traitement des tumours blanches du genou par 
 lea injections modificatrices. 92 pp. 8°. Paris, 
 1906, No. 232. 
 
 Benoit (Charles-Eranjois- Philippe). *Des kystes 
 hydatiques de la cavity pelvienne chez la femme. 
 60 pp. 8°. Paris, 1897, No. 292. 
 
 Benoit (Emmanuel PersiUier) [1869- 
 ]. 
 
 [Biography.] Rev. m(5d. du Canada, Montr&I, 1902-3, 
 vi, 376. 
 
 Benoit (Henri) [1882- ]. *Contribution k 
 r6tude des parotidites survenant au cours de la 
 Sfevre typhoide. 83 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1910, 
 No. 68. 
 
 Benoit (Jules-Octave) [1875- ]. *Des paro- 
 tidites cons6cutives k I'ovariotomie. 46 pp., 
 1 1. 8°. Paris, 1902, No. 157. 
 
 Benoit (Junius) [1854r- ]. *Contribution k 
 I'^tude du mjrxtedfeme chez I'enfant et de ses 
 formes frustes. 40 pp., 2 1. 8°. Montpellier, 
 1903, No. 66. 
 
 Benoit (L.-A.-Georges) [1877- ]. *Contribu- 
 tion k l'6tude des ferments solubles du lait 
 de femme. 94 pp., 1 1. 8°. Montpellier, 1903, 
 No. 41. 
 
 Benoit (Louis) [1873- ]. *Contribution k 
 r^tude des amnesias traumatiques au point de 
 vue clinique et m6dico-16gal. 1 p. 1., 94 pp. 8°. 
 Lyon, 1899, No. 131. 
 
 Benoit (Marcel) [1880- ]. *Rabelais accou- 
 cheur. 55 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1904, No. 1. 
 
 Benoit (Pierre) [1887- ]. *De la cdsarienne 
 iterative. 52 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1912, No. 91. 
 
 de Benoit (Pierre). *Alkoholiker-Fursorge5 rait 
 beaonderer BerUcksichtigung des schweizeri- 
 Bchen Zivilgesetzbuchea und dea Vorentwurfes 
 
DE BENOIT. 
 
 445 
 
 BENTLEY 
 
 de Benoit (Pierre) — continued. 
 
 zu einem schweizerischen Strafgesetzbuch. 
 
 [Zurich.] 243 pp. 8°. Bern, Biiehler & Co., 
 Benoit (Ren6). *S^m6iologie de rinsuffisance 
 
 hdpatique. (Revue g^n&ale.) 48 pp. 8° 
 
 Montpellier, 1903, No. 8. 
 Benoit-Gonln (Andr6-Jean-Claude) [1885- ]. 
 
 *Coiitribution a 1' etude des grossesses aprfes myo- 
 
 mectomie. 76 pp. 8°. ^ Lyon, 1913, No. 1. 
 Benoit-Gonin (Gaston-Joseph-Th^opMle) [1882- 
 ]._ *Etudes anatomo-cliniques sur la parol 
 
 labyrinthiquedel'oreillemoyenne. 107 pp. 8°. 
 
 Bordeaux, 1907, No. 75. 
 Benon (Raoul). *Les troubles psychiques , chez 
 
 les h6mipl6giques organiques internes. Etude 
 
 statistique, clinique et therapeutique. 137 pp. 
 
 8°- Paris, 1905, No. 485. 
 . Traits clinique et m^dico-l^gal des 
 
 troubles psychiques et n^vrosiques post-trau- 
 
 matiques. x, 456 pp. 8°. Paris, G. Steinheil, 
 
 1913. 
 Bensa (P[rosper-Dominique-Laurent]) [1871- ]. 
 
 *De I'extirpation totale de la vessie pour cancer. 
 
 75 pp. 4°. _ Paris, 1896, No. 507. 
 . Traitement des urethrites chioniques. 
 
 112 pp., 2 1., 1 pi. 8° Paris, 0. Doin, 1902. 
 Bensaude (Raoul). Le ph^nomfene de I'aggluti- 
 
 nation des microbes et ses applications 5, la 
 
 pathologie (les&odiagnostic). 304 pp., 1 pi. 8°. 
 
 Paris, 1897, No. 631. 
 . The same. 304 pp., 1 pi. 8° Paris, 
 
 G. Carre & C. Naud, 1897. 
 
 See, also, Hayem ( Georges) [in 2. s.]. Legons sur les mala- 
 dies du sang [etc.]. 8°. Paris, 1900. 
 
 Bensch (Rudolf) [1888- ]. *Zur Casuistik der 
 epileptischen Dammerzustande. [Bonn.] 22 
 pp. 8°. Gotha, E. Koch, 1913. 
 
 Bensen (Georg Wilhelm) [1875- ]. *Beitrage 
 zur Kenntniss von der heteroplaatischen Kno- 
 chenbildung. 27 pp. 8°. Gottingen, 1898. 
 
 Bensis (Wladimir) [1877- ]. *Recherches sur 
 la flora vulvaire et vaginale chez la femme 
 enceinte. 101 pp., 1 1. 8° Paris, 1900, No. 
 485. 
 
 Bensley (Benjamin Arthur) [1875- ]. On the 
 identification of MeckeUan and mylohyoid 
 grooves in the jaws of Mesozoic and recent mam- 
 mals. 9pp., Ipl. 8°. ToTOnto, 1902. 
 Forms ^^o. 3 of: Univ. Toronto Stud. Biol. s. 
 
 . The homologies of the stylar cusps in the 
 
 upper molars of the Didelphyidse. 13 pp. 8° 
 Toronto, 1906. 
 Forms No. 5 of: Univ. Toronto Stud. Biol. s. 
 
 . Practical anatomy of the rabbit; elemen- 
 tary laboratory textbook in mammalian anat- 
 .omy. 203 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, P. Blalis- 
 ton'sSons & Co., 1910. 
 
 A Cervalces antler from the Toronto inter- 
 
 glacial. 3 pp. 4°. Toronto, 1913. 
 Univ. Toronto Stud. Geol. s. 
 
 Bensley (Robert Russell) [1867- ]. The struc- 
 ture of the glands of Brunner. 50 pp., 6 pi 4° 
 Chicago, 1903. 
 
 Repr. from: Univ. of Chicago. Decermial Publications, 
 1903, X. 
 
 Benson {Alfred Hugh) [ -1916]. 
 
 Obituary. Lancet, Lond., 1916, ii, 807. 
 Benson (Allan L.) The common sense of vivi- 
 section, pp. 537-544. 8° [New Yorl], 1910. 
 CuUingfrom: Pearson's Mag., N. Y,, 1910, xxiv. 
 
 . The facts about the food problem, pp. 
 
 461^70. 8°. New Yorl, 1910. 
 
 CiittingfTom: Pearson's Mag., N. Y., 1910, xxiii. 
 
 Benson (Arthur Henry) [1860-1912]. 
 
 Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1912, ii, 1424. Also: Lan- 
 cet, Lond., 1912, ii, 1472. 
 
 Benson {Christopher) [1860-1911]. 
 
 Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1911, i, 603. 
 Benson_(John A.) Asiatic cholera; its genesis, 
 
 etiological factors, clinical history, pathology 
 
 and treatment. 248 pp., 2 pi. 12° Chicago, 
 
 J. n. White Co., 1893. 
 Bensse (Jean). *Quelques vues g&^rales sur les 
 
 bains. 22 pp., 1 1. roy. 8°. Montpellier, an 
 
 XJ/[1804]. ' 
 
 Bensussan (Simon). *Traitement des an^vrys- 
 
 mes de I'aorte par les injections sous-cutanees 
 
 de s6rum gelatin6 (m^thode de Lancereaux). 
 
 87 pp. 8°. Paris, 1899, No. 412. 
 Bentabol y Ureta (Horacio). Las aguas de 
 
 Espafia y Portugal. Evaluaci6n y aprovecha- 
 
 miento urbano, [etc.]. 2. ed. xliv, 347 pp., 
 
 1 map. 8°. Madrid, viuda & hijos de M. Jillo, 
 
 1900. 
 Bente (Georg [Heinrich]) [1872- ]. *Gallen- 
 
 steinkolik und Herzfehler. 31 pp., 1 1. 8°. 
 
 Berlin, E. Ebering, 1898. 
 Bentfijac (Marie-Jean-Joseph-Henri) [1876- ]. 
 
 *Contribution k I'etude de la biUiarziose. 58 
 • pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1900, No. 3. 
 Benthaus (Alfons) [1883- ]. *Ausgang und 
 
 Prognose der Bleilahniung. 43 pp. 8°. Jena, 
 
 G. Neuenhahn, 1911. 
 von Bentheim (Alfons). *Ueber methyUerte 
 
 Aminotriphenylcarbinole. 49 pp. 8°. Miln- 
 
 chen, V. Hofling, 1908. 
 Benthin (Walther). *Mortalitat und Morbi- 
 
 ditat nach abdominalen Laparatomien. [Kiel.] 
 
 15 pp. 8°. Wittstock, 0. Wessoly, 1908. 
 
 Benthodesmus. 
 
 Gilbert (0. H.) On the occurrence of Bentho- 
 desmus atlanticus Goode and Bean on the coast 
 of British Columbia. 8°. Washington, 1917. 
 Repr. from: Smithson. Misc. Collect., Wash., 1917, Ixvi. 
 
 Bentivegna (A.) Etiologia e profilassi delle 
 malattie iafettive. 297 pp. 8° Roma, 1898. 
 
 Bentivoglio (Giulio). Ricerche fisiologiche e 
 tossicologiche intomo all'acido cacodilico. 34 
 pp. 8°. Taranto,frat. Martucd, 1904. 
 
 Bentler (Bernard) [1872- ]. *Eine Dermoid- 
 cyste in der Gegend der kleinen Fontanelle. 
 20 pp., 1 1. 8°. Erlangen, E. T. Jacob, 1902. 
 
 Bentley (Arthur James McDonald) [ -1911]. 
 Medical hints and notes on Egypt as a winter 
 resort. With a short account of Helouan and its 
 sulphur baths, viii, 42 pp., 3 pi. 12° \n v 
 1904.] rr ±- L /- , 
 
 -. A few practical hints for invalids on the 
 
 maintenance of health in the climate of Egypt. 
 ii (1 pi.), 26 pp. 12° [London^ Simpkin, 
 Marshall, Hamilton, Kent & Co., [n. d.]. 
 For Biography, see Lancet, Lond., 1911, i, 1178. 
 
 Bentley (Charles Albert). Report of an investiga- 
 tion into the causes of malaria in Bombay and 
 the measures necessary for its control. 179 pp., 
 8 maps. 4°. Bombay, Gov. Central Press, 19li! 
 See, also, CliTistoptiers (S. E.) & Bentley (C. A.) Black- 
 water lever [etc.]. 4°. Simla, 1908. 
 
 Bentley (Henry A.) Report and estimates for 
 the completion of the sewerage system, of the 
 city of Newport, R. I. 15 pp., 7 plans. 8°. 
 Newport, Davis & Pitman, 1885. 
 
 Bentley (Richard). The will of Thomas Bentley, 
 second president of the Royal College of Phy- 
 sicians and doctor to King Henry VIII, with 
 a brief note on his career. 28 pp. 8° Guild- 
 ford, Billing & Sons, 1913. 
 
BENTLY. 
 
 446 
 
 BENZINE. 
 
 Bently (Edwin) [1824-1917]. 
 
 Obituary. Mil. Surg., Wash., 1917, xli, 610. 
 
 Bentmann [Eugen] & GUnther [Otto]. Beitrage 
 
 zur Kenntnis dea Trypanosoma gambiense. 
 
 71 pp., 2 pi. 8°. Leipzig, J. A. Earth, 1907. 
 
 Forms 2. Hit., of: Beihelte z. Arch. 1. SohiS- u. Tropenhyg. 
 
 Bento de Souza (Manoel) [1835-99]. 
 
 [Biography.) Rev. portugueza de med. e cirurg. prat., 
 List., 1899, vl, 1-50.— Bombarda(M.) [Biography.] Med. 
 contemp., Lisb., 1899, xvii, 161-162. — Tavares (C.) Elogio 
 liistorioo. J. Soc. d. sc. med. de Lisb., 1900, Wv, 117-138. 
 
 Benton (.T. H.) [Metropolitan water board 
 
 investigation.] Argument before joint special 
 
 committee of Massachusetts Legislature, v, 81 
 
 pp. 8°. Boston, Rockwell & Churdiill, 1900. 
 Benton (Samuel). Annie EUzabetb Hill. In 
 
 memoriam. 12 pp. 4°. [n. p., 1877.] 
 . The treatment of stricture of the rectum 
 
 by electrolysis. 7 pp. 8°. London, J. Bale & 
 
 Sons, [1888]. 
 Bentovin (Br oris II.]) [1865- ]. Torguyu- 
 
 shtshiya tielom; ocherki sovremennol prceti- 
 
 tutsii. [Those who sell their body; sketches of 
 
 modem prostitution.] 1 p. 1., 200 pp. 12° 
 
 [Moslcvd\, Krumbyugel, [1907]. 
 Bentrup (Carl). *tjeber die Embolic der Arteria 
 
 centralis retinse. 55 pp. 8°. Giessen,vonMiin- 
 
 chow, 1898. 
 Bentz (Victor). *Contribution k I'^tude de la 
 
 communication des abcfes par congestion avec 
 
 les bronches. 82 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, 1903, No. 
 
 110. 
 Benucci (Domenico). La radiografia degli apici 
 
 polmonari nella diagnod della tubercolosi. 
 
 18 pp. 8°. Firenze, G. Passeri, 1897. 
 Benussi (Vittorio). Psychologie der Zeitauffas- 
 
 Bung. X, 581 pp. 8°. Ileidelberg, C. Winter's 
 UmversitdtsbiLcnhandlunq, 1913. 
 Die Psychologie in Emzelaarstellimgen, hrsgb. von H. 
 
 Ebbinghaus una E. Meumarm, v. 6. 
 
 Benvenuti (Ezio). SuUe alterazioni del sistema 
 nervoso nolle malattie infettive. Contributo 
 clinico e anatomo-patologico. 52 pp. roy. 8°. 
 Pisa, frat. Nistri, 1901. 
 
 . Sulla sintomatologia della mielite tras- 
 
 versa totale sopralombare con speciale riguardo 
 al comportarsi del riflessi tendinei. 23 pp. roy. 
 8°. Pisa, 1901. 
 
 Benvenuti (Giuseppe) [1728-89]. Del sale delle 
 acque termali di Lucca, xiv, 104 pp. 16°. 
 Lucea, G. Salani, 1758. 
 
 Sound with his: De lucensium thermarum, [eto.J. 16°. 
 Lucse, 1758. 
 
 Benvenuti (Giuseppe). Norme per ]a buona 
 
 igiene della bocca e per la conservazione del- 
 
 r apparato dentale. 40 pp. 8°. Firenze, A. 
 
 Meozzi, 1899. 
 . Alcune note suUa cura delle malattie 
 
 della bocca e denti. 32 pp., 1 L 8°. Firenze, 
 
 A. Meozzi, 1899. 
 Benvenuto di San Bafaele. Baglonamento 
 
 intomo all' obbUgo d'allattare i propri figliuoli. 
 
 xxxviii pp. 16° Milano, G. Agnelli, 1749. 
 Benz (Friedrich). *Ueber den Kohlehydrat^ 
 
 Stoffwechsel beim Kaninchen nach akuter 
 
 Vergiftung mit arseniger Saure. 32 pp. 8° 
 
 Wiirzburg, Memminger, 1897. 
 Benz (Max) [1879- ]. *Ueber Chinonazin und 
 
 Azophenol. 67 pp. 8°. Miinchen, V. Ilofling, 
 
 1907. 
 
 Benzaldehyde. 
 
 Albpeld (L.) *Ver8uche uber die Giltwir- 
 kung von Benzaldehyd ia Dampfform. fWur-z 
 burg.] 8°. Leipzig, 1913. 
 
 Benzaldehyde. 
 
 MiJLLBB (G. G. H.) *Ueber die Condensation 
 von Benzaldehyd mit Aethylmethylketon 
 (a-Benzalbutanon und T-Benzalbutanon und 
 ihre Derivate). 8°. Berlin, 1902. 
 
 Erlenmeyer (E.) Darstellung von linksdrehendem 
 Benzaldehyd durch asymmetrische Induktion mit Hilte von 
 Eechtsweinsaure, TJeberfuhnmg desselben in linlcsdrehendes 
 MandelsaurenitrU und rechtsdrehende Mandelsaure, ein 
 Beitrag zur Erkenntnis enzymatischer Keaktionen. Bio- 
 chem. Ztschr., Berl., 1914, Ixxv, 382: Ixvi, 609.— Herzog (J.) 
 Ueber die Priifung aul Chlorverbindungen im Benzaldehyd 
 nach dem neueu Arzneibuch. Ber. d. deutsch. pharm. 
 Gesellsch., Berl., 1911, xxi, 636-538.— Heyl (G.) Ueber die 
 Priifung des Benzaldehyds auf Chlorverbindungn. Agoth.- 
 Ztg., Berl., 1912, xxvii, 49.— Ltlcker (E.) Zur Kenntnis des 
 Benzaldehyds. lUd., 1905, xx, 1044. 
 
 Benzel (Fritz) [1882- 1. *Ueber einen Fall 
 von Eiimplantation auf dem Stumpfe einer 
 wegen Tubargraviditat friiher exzidierten Tube. 
 [Strassburg.] 14 pp. 8°- Leipzig, G. Thieme, 
 iei2. 
 
 Benzene. 
 
 See Aromatic series; Benzol. 
 Benzian (Rudolf) [1876- 1. *Beitrag zur 
 Kenntnis der Thalhumdoppelcyanide. 40 pp., 
 2 1. 8°. Berlin, E. Ebermg, 1900. 
 
 Benzidine. 
 
 Halberstadt (E.) *Beitrage zur Kenntnis 
 derMeta-Nitrobenzidine. 8°. Berlin, [1892]. 
 
 Sacareatj (C.) *Bssai sur la benzidine et 
 son application dans la recherche des hemor- 
 rhagies occultes du tube digestif. 8°. Toulouse, 
 1907. 
 
 Adlei (O.) Die Wirkung und das Schicksal des Benzi- 
 dins im Tierkorper. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., 
 Leipz., 1908, Ivui, 167-197.— Bouflard (G.) Injection des 
 couleurs de benzidine aux animaux normaux; etude exp4- 
 rimentale et histologique. Ann. de rinst. Pasteur, Par., 
 1906, XX, 539-646.— Graham (G. S.) Benzidine as a per- 
 oxidase reagent for blood smears and tissues. J. Med. Ke- 
 soarch, Bost., 1918-19, xxxix, 16-24, 1 pi.— Sartory (A.) 
 Quelques reactions donn^es par le r^aciif h la benzidine 
 ac^tique avec ou sans addition d'eau oxyg^^. Compt. 
 rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1911, Ixx, 993-996. 
 
 Benzimid derivatives. 
 
 Kloffleb (H. K. F.) Ueber die Tautomeric 
 bei Benzimidazolen. 8°. Erlangen, 1907. 
 
 MousoN (J. G.) *Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis 
 der Benzimidazole. 8°. Erlangen, 1904. 
 
 Veiel (K. J. O.) *Ueber Benzimidazole und 
 deren Spaltungsprodukte. 8°. Erlangen, 1904. 
 
 Benzine. 
 
 Pajaud (J.-M.-E.) *Contribution k I'^tude 
 pharmacologique et toxicologique des benzines; 
 leur action sur les rapports r^ciproques dea &4- 
 ments du sang et sur divers organes. 8°. Bor- 
 deaux, 1907. 
 
 Frauke (F.) Das Benzin in der Chirurgie. Centralbl. f. 
 Chir., Leipz., 1901, xxviii, 300.— Hdrrmann (A.) Zur 
 Aetzwirkung des am Verdunsten verhinderten Benzins. 
 Munohen. med. Wchnschr., 1911, Iviii, 1139.— KTUmma- 
 cher. Vollkommener Ersatz des Bensims durch Carbonum 
 tetrachloratum in der Chirurgie. Med. Klin., Berl , 1915, 
 xi, 166.— Levy (E.) Aetzwirkung des am Verdunsten 
 
 f;ehiuderten Benzins. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1911, 
 viii, 302.— Mix (H.) Unterscheidung von Benzin una 
 Benzol. Kolloid-Ztschr., Dresd. & Leipz., 1915, xvii, 7-9.— 
 Mabr. Benzin, ein noues und billiges Mittel zur Keinlgung 
 dor Haut. Prakt. Arzt, Wetzlar, 1903, xliii, 121.— Ratiben- 
 hctmer (0.) Safety benzin. Proo. Am. Pharm. Ass., 
 Bait., 1908, Ivl, 1038-1041.— Wood (H. C.) Benzine in 
 anesthetic mixtures. Phila. M. J., 1899, ui, 843-846. Also, 
 Beprint. 
 
 Benzine (Toxicology of). 
 
 Wbissbnbeeq (R.) *Quantitative Versuche 
 iiber die Giftigkeit von Benzin und Benzol. 8° . 
 Wiirzburg, 1904. 
 
 von Boltcnstern. Leiohte Bcnzinverglftong bel einem 
 Kinde. Centralbl. f. Kinderh., Leipz., 1897, ii, 75.— Burgl 
 (G.) Ueber todliche innere Benzinvergiftung und insbe- 
 sondere den Sektionsbelund bei derselben. Mimchen. med. 
 
BENZINE. 
 
 447 
 
 BENZOL. 
 
 Benzine (Toxicology of). 
 
 Wchnschr., 1906, liii, 412-414.— Descoenrdes & Baccliarach. 
 Empoisonnement mortel per les vapeurs de benzine. Rev. 
 ta&d. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1909, xxix, 132-139.— 
 Dorendorf. Benzin-Vergiftung als gewerbliohe Erkran- 
 kung. Ztschr. f. klin. Med.^ Berl., 1901, xliU, 42-58, 1 pi.— 
 Dorncr (G.) Akute Benzinvergiftung mit nachfolgender 
 spinaler Erkrankung. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., 
 Leipz., 1915, liv, 66-73.— Federschmidt. Zur Kasuistik der 
 Beuzinvergiftungen. Ztsclir. f. Med.-Beamte, Berl., 1908, 
 xxi, 653. — Frledlger (A.) Ueber eine akute Benzinvergif- 
 tung beim Saugling. Miinchen. med. Wchnsebr., 1912, hx, 
 252.— Haden (R. L.) Exbibitlon ol a case of benzine 
 poisoning. Jobns HopHns Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1916, xxix, 
 85.— Hanckeu (W.) [Zwei Falle von akuter interner 
 Benzinvergiftung.] Miinchen.! med. Wchnschr., 1909, Ivi, 
 
 834. . Ueber Benzinvergiftung. Zentralbl. f. innere 
 
 Med., Leipz., 1909, xxx, 161-163.— Jafle (R.) Ueber Ben- 
 zinvergiftung nach Sektionsergebnissen und Tierversuchen. 
 Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1914, Ixi, 175-180.— Julien & 
 Bonn. Sur un cas d'intoxication mortelle par les vapeurs 
 de benzine. Rev. de m&i. l&g.. Par., 1914, xxi, 129-132.— 
 Klare. Ueber Benzinvergiftung. Aerztl. Sachverst.-Ztg., 
 Berl., 1907, xiii, 93; 116.— Klocke. Mcthoden zur Beseiti- 
 gung der Gefahren beim Hantieren mit Benzin und Benzol. 
 Ztschr. f. Gewerbe-Hyg., Wien, 1908, xv, 398.— Langlols 
 (J.-P.) & Desbouis (G.) Des eflets des vapeurs hydrocar- 
 bon^os sur le sang (benzine et polyglobulie). J. de physiol. 
 et de path, gfe., Par., 1907, ix, 263-260.— Le Nolr & Claude. 
 Sur un cas de purpura attribufii, I'lntoxication par la ben- 
 zine. Bull, et m6m. Soo. mM. d. h6p. de Par., 1S97, 3. s., 
 xiv, 1251-1260. — Nordrum (F.) [A case of benzine poison- 
 ing.) Tidsskr. f. d. norske Lsegefor., Kristiania, 1917, xxxvii, 
 436.— Racine. Ueber den Tod aurch Benzinvergiftung. 
 Vrtljschr. f. gerichtl. Med., Berl., 1901, 3. E., xxii, 63-76.— 
 neuter (P.) Ueber den anatomischen Betund bei der 
 Benzinvergiftung. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1907, Ivii, 425; 
 43S.— SanEes.son (C. G.) Ueber chronische Vergiftungeu 
 mit Steinkohlentheerbenzin; vier Todesfalle. Arch. f. Hyg., 
 Miinchen & Leipz., 1897, xxxi, 336-376. Also.fyamUAbsh.y. 
 France m^d., Par., 1897, xliv, 589.— Silva (A. L.) Accito 
 Mxica del benceno y algunos de sus deriv&dos sobre el higado 
 y el rindn. Eev. mdd. de Chile, Sant. de Chile, 1899, xxvii, 
 5; 41, 2 pi.— Simonln. Intoxication par ingestion acci- 
 dentelle de benzine; ^ythfrne jpolymorphe; Eosinophilic. 
 Bull, et m^m. See. m^d. d. h6p. de Par., 1903, 3. s., xx, 199- 
 20S.— Spurr ( F. ) A fatal case of benzine poisoning. Lan- 
 cet, Londy 1899, i, 1488.— Wlchern (H.) Ueber Benzinver- 
 giftung. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1909, Ivi, 11-13.— 
 Zdrnlaib (A.) Ueber Benzinvergittungen aus der Kasuistik 
 der Wiener freiwilligen Rettungs-Gesellschaft. Wien 
 med. Wchnschr.-, 1906, Ivi, 366-369. ■ 
 
 Benzinomania. 
 
 Famenne(P.) Un cas de benzinomanie. J. deneurol 
 Par., 1909, xiv, 404^08. ' 
 
 Benzius (Adolphus Christophorus). Femerer 
 Anhang von dem in der gantzen Welt hochge- 
 priesenen Menstruo universali, so woKln, was 
 dessen Ursprung, Natur und Eigenschafft, als 
 auch die Kriifften und Tugenden anbetrifft, in 
 Prseparirung der allerkostbaresten und heil- 
 samsten Medicamenten, abhandlend. 4 p. 1. 
 19pp. 16°. Niimberg, J. Adolph, 1709. FP., v. 
 2176.] 
 
 ~. Neu-vermehrt- und verbesserte pHloso- 
 
 phische Schau-Buhne, bestehend aus mehren- 
 theils lauter eigenen und wahrliafften Experi- 
 mentis, [etc.]. 5p.l., 176pp., 7pl. 16°. Num- 
 berg, J. Adolph, 1710. [P., v. 2176.] 
 
 . Das in der tieffesten Krufft vergrabene 
 
 und nunmehro entdeckte Kleinod, welches 
 ist der alleredelste Scbatz der Philosophorum- 
 nemlichen Lapis philosopborum seu medicina 
 universalis, [etc.]. 14 p. 1., 112 pp. 16°. 
 Franckfurt, J. Adolph, 1714. [P., v. 2176.] 
 
 Benzo (Ugo). Regole della sanitsl et della natura 
 de' cibi; con le annotationi di Gio. Lodovico 
 Bertaudo, opera utile, ornata di varie storie, et 
 arricchita d'un trattato nuovo della ebbrietS, et 
 dell'abuso del tabaco. 15 p. 1., 850 pp. 24°. 
 Torino, heredes di G. D. Tarino, 1618. 
 
 Benzoates. 
 
 Starkofp (V.) *Materiall dlya toksikologii 
 tiel benzoinavo ryada. [Toxicology of ben- 
 zoates.] 8°. S.-Peterbura, 1869. 
 
 Pajetta (R.) Sulla solubility, di aJcuni benzoati nell' 
 acqua e sul benzoato di stronzio. Atti r. Ist. Veneto di sc. 
 
 Benzoates. 
 
 lett. ed arti, Venezia, 1905-6, Ixv, pt. 2, 237-240.— Smltb 
 (E. E.) Is food containing benzoates injurious to health? 
 Med. Rec., N. Y., 1909, Ixxv, 15-18. 
 
 Benzoin. 
 
 See, aha. Acid (Benzoic). 
 
 Descomps (A.) *Combinaisons des acides 
 aminobenzoiquesavecl'antipyrine. 4°. Mont- 
 pellier, 1896. 
 
 Coston (H. R.) The therapeutic uses of the preparations 
 of benzoin. Therap. Gaz., Detroit, 1903, 3. s., xrx, 441-443.— 
 Harbordt (C. de J.) Tincture of benzoin as a local appli- 
 cation in acute and chronic catarrh of the nose and throat. 
 Therap. Med., N. Y., 1907, i, 232-234.— Hartwicb (C.) Ueber 
 die Siam-Benzoe. Apoth.-Ztg., Berl., 1913, xxviii, 639; 6S5; 
 698. — Kempt (E. J.) The compound tincture of benzoin. 
 Indiana M. J., Indianap., 1904-5, xxiii, 317. — Stern (E.) 
 Die chemische Kinetik der Benzoinsynthese (Cyanionen- 
 katalyse). Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1904-5, 1, 513- 
 559.— TscMrch (A.) Zur Frage der Diilerentialdiagnostik 
 der Baume, welche die verschiedenen Benzoesorten liefem. 
 Arch. d. Pharm., Berl., 1911, ccxlix, 10-21, 3 pi. 
 
 Benzol {or Benzene] and derivatives. 
 
 See, also, Dinitrobenzol; lieukseinia (Treat- 
 ment of) with benzol; Nitrobenzol. 
 
 Baum (K.) *Ueber die Einwirkung von Dia- 
 zoverbindungen des Benzols und seiner Ho- 
 mologen auf Glutakonsaureester. [Erlangen 1 
 8°. Numberg, 1910. 
 
 Hahn (A.) *Studien uber die verschiedene 
 Fliichtigkeit einiger stellungsisomerer Benzol- 
 derivate. 8°. Erlangen, 1896. 
 
 Hahn (H.) *Eine neue Methode zur Gewin- 
 nung alkylierter Benzolkolilenwaseerstoffe 8° 
 Heidelberg, 1903. 
 
 Kleinek (G. [R.]) *Ueber die quantitative 
 Bestimmung der Benzolabsorption durch das 
 Thier bei langerer Einatmung. 8°. Wiirzba-g 
 1910. 
 
 Mbnshutkin (B. N.)_ O vliyardi zamiestitelel 
 na niekotoriya reaktsii benzola i yevo zamie- 
 shtshennlkh proi'zyodntkh. [Influence of sub- 
 stitutes upon certain reactions of benzol and its 
 substituting derivatives.] 8°. S.-Peterburo 
 1912. 
 
 Selling (L.) Benzol as a leucotoxin; studies 
 on the degeneration and regeneration of the 
 blood and hsematopoietic organs. 4° Balti- 
 more, 1913. 
 
 Johns Hopkins Hosp. Rep., Monogr., u. s.. No. 2 Bait 
 1913. ■' 
 
 Stohr (0.) *Versuche zur Bestimmung der 
 Benzolmengen welche Tiere und Menschen aus 
 der Luft absorbieren. 8°. Wurzburg, 1909. 
 
 Armstrong (H. E.), Colgate (R. T.) & Rodd (E H ) 
 Morphological studies of benzene derivatives; the correlation 
 of crystalline form with molecular structure; a verification of 
 the Barlow-Pope conception of valency-volume. Proc Roy 
 Soo. Lond^ 1914, xo, s. A., 111-173.— Armstrong (H E j 
 & Bodd (E. H.) Morphological studies of benzene deriva- 
 tives; the correlation of the forms of crystals with their 
 molecular structure and orientation in a magnetic field in 
 the case of hydrated sulphonates of dyad metals. Ibid 463- 
 492.— Bancroft (W. D.) The photochemical oxidation of 
 benzene. J. Phys. Chem., ■ Ithaca, 1912, xvi, 656-563.— 
 Bernstein (M. J.) A dermatitis caused by dinitrochlor ben- 
 zole. Lancet, Lond., 1912,8, 1534.— Bianchi(G.) L' azione 
 sul sangue e sugU orgam ematopoietld del benzolo e dei 
 suoiomologhl a catena lateralesatura. Arch, per lesc med 
 Torino, 1915, xxxix, 1-45.— Brewer (R. E.) & Weiskotten 
 (H. G.) The action of benzol; the urinary phenols with 
 special reference to the diphasic leucopenla. J. Med Re- 
 search, Best., 1916, XXXV, 71-78.— Browning (C. H ) & 
 Gilmour (W.) Bactericidal action and chemical consti- 
 tution with special reference to basic benzol derivatives. 
 
 J. Path. & Bacterid^ Cambridge, 1913-14, xviii, 144-146 
 
 Chassevant (A.) & Gamier (M.) Rapports entre la cons- 
 titution chimlque des corps et leur toxicity dans la sfi-ie 
 aromatique (benzene et ses di5riv(5s). Arch, intemat de 
 Pharmacol., Brux. & Par., 190.5, xiv, 93-170.— Delacre (M.) 
 & Gesche (L.) Recherches sur la synthase graduelle de la 
 chaine benz^mque. Acad. roy. de Belg. Bull, de la el d 
 sc, Brux., 1903, 735-7,56.— Dimroth (O.) Adolf von Bae^ 
 yers Arbeiten iiber die Konstitution des Benzols. Natur- 
 wisseuschaften, Berl., 1915, iii, 5S2-587.— Filippi (E ) Azione 
 
BENZOIj. 
 
 448 
 
 BENZOSOL. 
 
 Benzol and, derivatives. 
 
 fisiologica e comportamento dl alouni derivati del benezne 
 in confronto con quelli di cicloesano. Arch, di farmacol. sper. 
 Eoma, 1914, xviu, 178; 193.— Fry (H. S.) Die Konstitution 
 ■des Benzols vom Standpunkte aes korpuskular-atomisti- 
 sclien Begrifls der positiven und negatlven Wertigkeit. I. 
 Eine Interpretation der Regel von Crum Brown und Gibson. 
 II. Dynamische Formeln und das Ultraviolettabsorptions- 
 spektrum des Benzols. Ztschr. f. phys. Cbemie, Leipz., 
 
 1911, Ixxvi, 385-412. . Einlge Anwendungen des elek- 
 
 tronischen Begrifls-der positiven un d negativen Wertigkeit ; 
 Absorptionsspektra und dynamische Formeln von Cnlor-, 
 Brom- und Jodbenzol. lUi., 1913, Ixxxil, 665-687.— Gay 
 (L.), Ducelliez (F.) & Baynaud (A.) Bromuration du 
 benzfene et do ses homologues; action eatalytique du manga- 
 ntee. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par., 1914, clviii, 1804- 
 1806.— Harker (6.) The analysis of toluene and benzene in 
 coal tar oils. J. & Proc. Roy. See. N. South Wales 1916, 
 Sydney, 1917, 1, 99-105.— Hensel (M.) & Blesser (0.) Ueber 
 die Autspaltung des Benzolrings im TierkSrper; Verhalten 
 der Muoonsaure und des Benzols im Leberdurchblutungs- 
 versuch. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1913, Ixxxviii, 
 38-43.— Hollemau (A. F.) De vervangbaarheid van sub- 
 stituenten in benzolderivaten. K. Akad. v. Wetensch. te 
 
 Amst. Versl., 1914-15, xxiii, 889-896. . PUnfzigjahriges 
 
 Benzolstudium. Janus, Leyde, 1915, xx, 459-488. — Joacfii- 
 moglu (G.) Ueber den Nachweis des Benzols in Organen 
 und seine verteilung im Organismus. Bioehem. Ztschr., 
 Berl., 1915, Ixx, 93-104.— Kiraiyfl (G.) [Present state of 
 benzoltherapy.J Orvostud. ^rtek. gyiajt. Magy. orv. Arch., 
 
 Budapest, 1914, ti. f., xv, 107-135. . Weitere Beitrage 
 
 zur therapeutischen Verwendung des Benzols. Wien. klin. 
 Wchnschr., 1913, xxvi, 1062-1067.— Klages (A.) Optisch 
 aktive Benzolwasserstoffe und Phenolather. Verhandl. d. 
 naturh.-med. Ver. zu Heidelb., 1908, u. F., Ix, 116-136.— 
 Langlois (J.-P.) & Desbouls (G.) L'action des vapeurs 
 de benzol sur le sang. Hygitoe e&i. et appliq., Par., 1907, 
 ii, 149-157.— Lehmann (K. B^ Quantitative Untersu- 
 chungen fiber die Aufnahme von BeiMol durch Tier und 
 Mensch aus der Luft. Arch. f. Hyg., Miinchen & Berl., 
 1910, Ixxil, 307-326.— Ldwenberg (R.) Versuche iiber die 
 Zersetzbarkeit der Halogenverbindungen des Benzols. 
 Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1899, xxlx, 401-422.— Mills 
 (J. E.) & Ma«Bae (D.) The specific heat of liquid benzol 
 and of its saturated vapor. J. Phys. Chem., Ithaca, 1910, 
 xiv, 797-815.— Moorhead (T. G.) Benzol therapy in 
 leukaemia and lympho-sarcoma. Tr. Roy. Acad. M. Ireland, 
 Dubl., 1915, xxxiii, 29-44.— Nagornow (N. N.), j^emEu^ny 
 (S. F.) & Kumakow (N. S.) Fhessdruck isomorpher Ge- 
 miscbe der p-Dihaloidbenzolderivate. Ztschr. f. phys. 
 Chemie; Leipz., 1911, Ixxvi, 241-250.— JTeumanu (W.) 
 Experimentelles zur Wirkung des Benzols. Deutsche med. 
 Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1915, xU, 394-396. — Noyes 
 (A. A.) The constitution of benzol. Technol. Quart., 
 Bost., 1887-8, i, 79-90.— Konchetti (V.) Piastrinopenia 
 da benzolo. Pathologiea, Geneva, 1914-15, vii, 211-214. 
 Also, Reprint.- Santesson (a G.) Elnige Wirkungen 
 des Benzols beim Frosch. Skandin. Arch, f. Physiol., 
 Leipz., 1900, X, 174-181.— SeDing (L.) Benzol.als Leuko- 
 toxin; Studien fiber die Degeneration und Regeneration 
 des Blutes und der hamatopoetischen Organe. Beitr. z. 
 path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1911, Ivi, 576^31. Also, 
 Reprint. . Benzol as a leucotoxin; studies on the de- 
 generation and regeneration of the blood and haematopoietic 
 organs. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Rep., Bait., 1916, xvii, 83- 
 142, 3 pi — Slegel (W.) Untcrsuchungen iiber den Einfluss 
 eimger Bader und hydriatischer Proceduren auf die Oxy- 
 dation des Benzols im Organismus. Ztschr. f. exper. Path. 
 u. Therap., Berl., 1906, iii. 361-364.— Weiskotteu (H. G.), 
 Schwartz (S. Cj & Steensland (H. ,S.) The action of 
 benzol. J. Med. Research, Bost., 1915, xxxiii, 127-140: 1916, 
 XXXV, 63-69.— Weiss (J. M.) Methods of analysis used in 
 the coal-tar industry; benzols and light oil. J. Indust. & 
 Engin. Chem., Easton, Pa., 1918, x, 1006-1012. 
 
 Benzol and derivatives ( Toxicology of). 
 
 Chilian (F. E. O.} *Ueber die Beeinflussung 
 der Vergiftniigen mit Nitrobenzol, Dinitroben- 
 zol, Paranitrochlorbenzol und Dinitrochlor- 
 benzol durch Alkohol. 8°. Wilrzburg, 1902. 
 
 VON WojciECHOWSKi (A.) *Studien fiber die 
 Giftigkeit verschiedener Handelssorten des 
 Benzolsiin Gasform. 8°. Wurzhura^ 1910. 
 
 Belnbauer. Ueber Benzolvergiftung una ira Anschluss 
 hieran fiber die BetheUigung der Medizinalbeamten bei 
 Gutbeachtung von Neuanlagen und Veranderungen gewerb- 
 licher Anlagen. Preuss. Med.-Beamten-Ver. Off. Ber., 
 Berl., 1896, xiii, 122-147.— Belsele (P.) Ein Beitrae zur 
 KasuistikderBenzoldampfvergiftungen. Munchen. Wchn- 
 schr., 1912, lix, 2286.— Buchmann (E.) Zur Frage der 
 akuten Benzolvergiftung. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1911, 
 xlvui, 936-938.— Burnet (J.) Industrial benzene poisoning. 
 CIm. J,, Lond., 1918, xlvii, 152— Chassevant (A.) & Gar- 
 nler (M.) Toxicity du benzSne et de quelques nydrooar- 
 bures aromatiques homologues. Compt. rend. Soo. de biol.. 
 
 Benzol and derivatives ( Toxicology of) . 
 
 Par., 1903, Iv, 1255-1257. . Toxicity de 6&mia 
 
 earboxyl^s de benzfene. Ibid., 1904, Ivi, 684-688. 
 
 . Toxicity de centains ddrivSs du benztoe (cr&ols et 
 
 acides toluiques). Ibid.; 1094-1096.— Curschmann (F.) 
 Die gewerbhchen Vergittungen mit Benzol und seiuen 
 Derivaten und ihre Fruhdiagnose. Deutsche Vrtljschr. f. 
 oH. Gsndhtspflg., Bmschwg., 1911, xliii, 225-242.— Gerbls. 
 Chroniscbe Beuzolvergittungen. Zentralbl. f. Gewerbehyg., 
 Berl., 1914, il, 41.— Glaser (C.) Report of several oases of 
 poisoning by the vapour of benzol. J. Soo. Chem. Indust., 
 
 Lond., 1911, XXX, 519. 
 
 -. Investigation into several 
 
 cases of poisoning by vapors of 0. P. benzol. Johns Hop- 
 kins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1911, xxil, 8.— Harrington (T. V.) 
 Industrial benzol poisoning in Massachusetts. Boston M. 
 & S. J^ 1917, clxxvii, 203-206. Also, Reprint.— Heffter 
 (A.) Ueber die akute Vergiftung durch Benzoldampf. 
 Deutsche med. Wchnschr^ Berl. & Leipz., 1915, xli, 182- 
 185.— Hurwltz (S. H.) & Drinker (C. K.) The factors of 
 coagulation in the experimental aplastic anemia of benzol 
 poisoning, 'with special reference to the origin of prothrombin. 
 J. Exper. M., Lancaster, Pa., & N. Y., 1915, xxi, 401-424. 
 Also, Reprint. — Le6n Sllva (A.) Accito tdxica del ben- 
 ceno y algunos de sus derivados sobre el bigado y el rifi6n. 
 Rev. m^d. de Chile, Sant. de Chile, 1899, xxvii, 81-88, 1 pi.— 
 Lewin (L.) Ueber eine akute Benzolvergiftung im Be- 
 triebe; ein dem Reichsversicherungsamt erstattetes Ober- 
 gutachten. Aerztl. Sachverst.-Ztg., Berl., 1907, xili, 89-93. 
 
 . Die akute todliche Vergiftung durch Benzoldampf. 
 
 Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1907, liv^ 2377-2379.— Mohr (L.) 
 Ueber Blutveranderungen bei Vergiftungen mit Benzolkor- 
 pem. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1902, 
 xxviii, 73-76. — Moore (W.) Toxicity of various benzene 
 derivatives to insects. J. Agrio. Itesearch, Wash., 1917, Ix, 
 371-381.— MtUler (R.) Ueber die Permeabilitat der roten 
 Blutkorperohen fUr einige Amino- und Nitroderivate des 
 Benzols. Zentralbl. f. Gewerbehyg., Berl., '1914, ii, 318- 
 330.— Santesson (0. G.) Beobachtungen iiber Benzolver- 
 giftung, besonders mit Rucksicht auf das Verhalten des 
 Fettesim Organismus. Skandin. Arch. f. Physiol., Leipz., 
 1899, X, 1-36, 1 pi— Scbmidt-lVielsen (S.) [Poisonmg 
 from benzol vapors.] Tidsskr. f. d. norske Laegefor., 
 Kristiania, 1911, xxxi, 528-535.- Schmitz (E.) Zur chemi- 
 sdhen Diagnose der akuten Benzolvergiftung. Deutsche 
 med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1915, xh, 1250.— Schultze. 
 Ein arztliches Gutachten fiber erne todlioh verlaufene 
 Benzolvergiftung. Aerztl. Sachverst.-Ztg., Berl., 1912, 
 xviu, 268.— SeccU.CP.) Rioerche ematologiche nelle intos- 
 sicazioni acute e eroniche da benzolo. Riforma med., 
 Napoll, 1914, XXX, 995.— Selling (L.) A prehminary report 
 of some oases of purpura hsemorrhagica due to benzol poison- 
 ing. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1910, xxi, 33-37. 
 
 Benzonitril. 
 
 Becker (F.) *Das Verhalten von Quecksil- 
 berbromid, Quecksilberjodid und Kalium- 
 quecksilberjodid zu und in Benzonitril. 8°. 
 Oiessen, 1913. 
 
 Kam.werer ([J.-B.] K.) *Das Verhalten von 
 Salzen in und zu Benzonitril. [Giessen.] '8°. 
 Mainz, 1910. 
 
 Benzoquinone. 
 
 Barin (L.) *Action de I'acide aminoar^tique 
 sur la benzoquinone et la benzoquinone tri- 
 chlor^e. 8°. MontpelHer, 1901. 
 
 Benzosalin. 
 
 von BultzlngslUwen (K.) & Bergell (P.) Ueber den 
 therapeutischen Wert eines Esters der benzoyUerten Sahzyl- 
 saure (BenzosaUn). Med. Klin., Berl., 1906, ii, 138-140.— 
 Freund (R.) Ueber Bonzosahn. Deutsche med. Wchn- 
 schr., Berl. & Leipz.; 1907, xxxiu, 342-344.— Llnke. Benzo- 
 salin. Therap. Neuheiten, Leipz., 1906, i, 247.— Llvlerato 
 (S.) Di un nuovo preparato sahoiUco, 11 benzosalin. Gazz 
 d. osp., Milano, 1907, xxviii, 693-695.— Varaninl (M.) Sul 
 valore terapeutico del benzosalin etere-metilico dell' acido 
 benzoil-saUcihco. Arch, di farmacol. sper., Riena, 1907, vi, 
 623-630.— Weinberg. ■ Ueber Behzosalm, dessen Anwen- 
 dung und Wirkung. Deutsche klin.-therap. Wchnschr., 
 Leipz., 1906, xiil, 1301-1307. Also: Wien. klin.-therap! 
 Wchnschr., 1906, xiii, 1301-1307.— Zcruik (F.) Ueber 
 SaUcylsaurederivate mit besonderer Berucksichtiguug des 
 Benzosalins. Apoth.-Ztg., Berl., 1906, xxi, 962. Also: 
 Arb. a. d. pharmazeut. Inst. d. Univ. Berl. 1906, Berl. & 
 Wien, 1907, iv, 41-46. 
 
 Benzosol. 
 
 Butler (G. F.) The therapeutics of benzosol. Am. 
 Therapist, N. Y., 1896-7, v, 169-172. Also, Reprint.— 
 Walnvprlght .(J. W.) Tie therapeutic application of 
 benzosol (guaiacol benzoate). Med. & Surg. Monit., lu- 
 dianap., 1904, vii, 71-78. 
 
BENZOYL. 
 
 449 
 
 BERAKD. 
 
 Benzoyl derivatives. 
 
 van der Haar (A. W.) Eine Methode der Benzoyl- 
 bestlmmung in Benzoylderivaten. Arch. f. Pharm., Bed., 
 1914, oolil, 205-208.— Schultsie (A.) Die Benzoylverbin- 
 dungen derbei der Spaltung der Eiweisslcorper entstelieiiden 
 Amwosauren. Ztschr. J. pliysiol. Cliem., Strassb., 1900, 
 xxix, 467-481. 
 
 Benzyl derivatives. 
 
 BiRK (R. E.) *Ueber Ortho-Amidobenzyl- 
 o-Anisidin und o-Diamidodibenzylamin. 8° 
 Erlangen, 1896. 
 
 BoFiNGBR (P.) *Zur Kenntnia des p-Diami- 
 dodibenzylsulfids. 8°- Erlangen, 1895. 
 
 Bbuqgemann (F.) *Ueber die chromogenen 
 Eigenschaften des p-Nitrobenzylcj^nids. [Also:] 
 Ueber einige Derivate des Desylamins und 
 Phenanthrenchinons. 8°. Berlin, 1903. 
 
 Francis (F. E.) *Ueber o-Ajnidobenzyl- 
 o-Toluidin, o-Amidobenzyl-m-Chloranilin und 
 ihre Derivate. 8°- Erlangen, 1894. 
 . Habnack (A.) *Recherches sur la benzyl- 
 rdsorcine. 8°. Oenive, 1909. 
 
 Heinen (F.) *TJeber o-Amidobenzylpara- 
 bromanilin. • 8°. Erlangen, 1892. 
 
 Heefeldt (H. G.) *Beitrage zur Kenntnis dea 
 KyanbenzyUns. [Erlangen.] 8° Andemach, 
 1895. 
 
 Jakobi (S.) *Ueber Benzyl-a-Naphtylamin. 
 [Bern.] 8° Berlin, 1895. 
 
 Lakbmeybr (W.) *Zur Kenntnis der sub- 
 stituierten Oxime des Benzils und der Phenyl- 
 sulfoderivate der Benziloxinie. 8°. Erlangen, 
 1894. 
 
 Robgglen (H.) *Ueber Derivate des Benzyl- 
 o-AmidobenzylanilLns. [Erlangen;] 8°. Han- 
 nover, 1894. 
 
 Sandbl (C. [H. O.]) *Ueber Umlagerung des 
 o-Benzilmonoxims. [Erlangen.] 8°. Fiirth, 
 [1892]. 
 
 SANDMAN^f (O. _ [A.]) *Ueber Stiekstoff- 
 Benzylcuminaldoxim und Stickstoft-Ouminyl- 
 benzaldoxim. 8°. Erlangen, 1894. 
 
 ScHAUMANN (L. H. W.) *Ueber B-Benzylte- 
 trahydroisoehinolin und demselben naheste- 
 hende Korper, nebst Beitragen zur Kenntnis des 
 o-Benzylisochinolins. - 8°. Kiel, 1902. 
 
 ScHWARZHAUM (0.) *Ueber einige syntheti- 
 sche Versuche mit o-AmidobenzylalkoEol. 8°. 
 Erlangen, 1894. 
 
 Sbnningbr (H.) Ueber Derivate dea o- 
 Amidobenzylalkohols und o-Oxybenzylalko- 
 hols. 8° Erlangen, 1894. 
 
 Wolf (W.) *Ueber die Einwirkung des 
 Benzylchlorida und Benzalchlorids aui den 
 tierischen Organismus. 8°. WUrzburg, 1912. 
 
 Hennlg (W.) Ueber das Benzyllcreatinin. Arch. d. 
 , Pharm., Berl., 1913, coli, 396-400. 
 
 Beobachter (Der) dea thierischen Magnetiamus 
 
 [etc.]. SeeV. (A.) [in 1. a.]. 
 BeoTchia-Nigris (Antonio). Sulla aede e suUa 
 
 natura del morbo di Erb. 30 pp. 8°. TJdine, 
 M. Bardusco, 1896. 
 Bepler (Otto Friediich Karl) [1880- 1. *Sum- 
 
 mationsversuche am ermiideten Muakel. 18 pp., 
 
 1 1. 8°. Marburg, E. Bauer, 1904. 
 Bequain (Maicel) [1885- ]. *De rhydram- 
 
 nios pr^coce dans les grosaeaaes g6mellairea. 
 
 [Lyon.] 96 pp. 8°. TrSvoux, 1910, No. 52. 
 Bgque (Louis-Georges) [1883- ]. *Etude sur 
 
 les h^morrbagies occultea du tube digestif, leur 
 
 recherche dans les ihcea par la reaction de 
 
 Weber. [Lyon.] 70 pp. 8°. Grenoble, 1909, 
 
 No. 108. 
 
 96808°— Vol. II, 3cl series— 19- 
 
 B6ra (Albert) [1885- ]. *Du syndrome com- 
 mun &, la rupture, ^ la luxation et h relongation 
 du tendon du long biceps. 88 pp. 8°. Paris, 
 1911, No. 304. 
 
 Bera (Eugfene) [1875- ]. *Complications post- 
 op^ratoires imm^diatea et ^loign^es de I'appendir 
 cite. Consequences th^rapeutiques. 94 pp. 8°. 
 Paris, 1900, No. 232. 
 
 B6ra (L.) *Du milieu sou terrain et de son influ- 
 ence dans la pathologie g^n^rale des mineura. 
 (Carvin-MeuTchin.) 78 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, 
 1899, No. 146. 
 
 Bera (L6on). *Contribution k I'^tude du diag- 
 nostic de I'avortement. 102 pp. 8°. Pam, 1907, 
 No. 154. 
 
 Bfira (Paul-Ren^). *!l6tude sur les "a,]i6n6s pro- 
 gressifs." 86 pp. 8°. Toulouse, Marquis & 
 Cie., 1898, No. 278. 
 
 Beradt (Martin). Die gesetzlichen Handhaben 
 
 • gegen Auswiichse der Kurierfreiheit. 55 pp. 
 8°. Berlin, E. Ebering, 1910. 
 
 Berall (Wolf). Wahrheit und Klarheit iiber die 
 Geachlechtekrankheiten; arztlicher Ratgeber 
 fiir Mann und Weib zur Verhutung und Heilung 
 der Geachlechtskrarikheiten. vii, 112 pp. 8°. 
 Wien, A. Mejstrik, [1909]. 
 
 Beraneck's tuberculin. 
 
 Se«Tuberculin; Tuberculosis ( Treatment of) 
 with tuberculin [Beraneeh}. 
 B§r anger (Adrien) [1874- _ ]. *Considerations 
 psychologiques sur I'agonie, avec quelques 
 applications m^dico-l^galea. 1 p. 1., 62 pp., 1 1. 
 8*. it/on, 1898, No. 87. 
 
 de Bgranger {Pierre-Jean) [1780-1857]. 
 
 Cabanis. B^ranger, malade et m^deciu. Chron. mM., 
 Par., 1907, xiv, 445-449. 
 
 Beranger (Raimond). *Valeur s^mfiologique des 
 plaques commissurales de leucoplasie dans la 
 recherche de la syphilis. 48 pp. 8 . Poris, 1909, 
 No. 183. 
 
 BSrard (Albert). *Contribution S, I'^tude dea 
 rapports du cancer et de I'hypertrophie de la 
 prostate. 51 pp. 8°. Montpeltier, 1904, No. 56. 
 
 Berard (Andr6) [1882- ]. *Diag:nostic et 
 traitement des tumeurs du cervelet et de la 
 fosse c^rdbelleuse. 176 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1910, 
 No. 80. 
 
 B6rard (Andr^-Jacquea-Marie) [1886- ]. *De 
 la reprise de I'allaitement apres les abcfes puer- 
 p6raux du sein. 54 pp. 8 . Bordeaux, 1911, 
 No. 38. 
 
 Bgrard {Auguste) [1802-46]. 
 
 Erin (H.) [Biography.] Arch. m^d. d' Angers, 1900, iv, 
 435-440, port. 
 
 Bgrard (Cl.-Louia) [1887- ]. *Contribution ^ 
 r etude des 6tats an^miques graves des suites de 
 couches (an^mies posth^morragiques except^es) . 
 51 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1913, No. 84. 
 
 Berard (Edgard). 
 
 See Jaeger ( Eduard ), Ritter van JaxUlud. Atlas d'oph- 
 thalmoscopie, [etc.). 4°. Paris, 1890. 
 
 Berard (Leon) [1870- _ ]. *Contribution a 
 I'anatomie et h, la chirurgie du goitre. Parallfele 
 entre la thyro'idectomie partielle, les Enuclea- 
 tions et I'exothyropexie. 492 pp. 8° Lyon, 
 1896, No. 32. 
 
 . The same. Therapeutique chirurgicale 
 
 du goitre. Anatomie chirurgicale, normale et 
 pathologique, thyroidectomie partielle, Enuclea- 
 tions, exothyropexie. Preface de M. le Pro- 
 fesseur Poncet. xv, 5-492 pp., 5 pi. 8° Paris, 
 Masson & Cie., 1897. 
 
 -29 
 
bErard. 
 
 450 
 
 BERCK-SUR-MEE. 
 
 B§rard (L6011) — continued. 
 
 . L'appendicite; ^tude . clinique et criti- 
 que, xii, 878 pp. 8°. Paris, Masson & Cie., 
 1914. 
 
 See, alsoj Poncet (Antoniu) & Beraid (Won) pn 2. s.l. 
 
 Traitecliniqaedel'actinomycosehumainereto.]. 8'. P^aris. 
 
 1898. ' 
 
 For Biography, see Paris miA., 1913-14, xlv (suppl.), 491 
 
 (A. Latarjet). 
 
 & Patel [Maurice]. Les formes chirurgi- 
 
 cales de la tuberculosa intesttnale. 189 pp. 
 12°. Paris, Masson & Cie., [1906]. 
 
 B6rard _(L6on) [1882- ]. *l,e traitement 
 chirurgical des arterites oblit^rantes aigues 
 locaUsees des membres. 83 pp. 8°- Luon. 
 
 1909, No. 17. " 
 Bgrard (Oscar). *Con8id6rations sur I'hyst^rie 
 
 simulant I'^pilepsie et sm: les signes qui peu- 
 •vent servir au diagnostic diff^rentiel. 96 pp., 
 1 pi. 8°- Toulouse, 1896, No. 175. 
 
 Berard {Pierre- Eonore- Marie) [1797- 
 1858]. 
 
 Cbauveau (C.) Rale du professeur Berard en rhlnolo^e: 
 Aroh. intemat. de laryngol. [etc.), Par., 1912, xxxiv, 138- 
 140.— Lcgludlc. [Biography.] Arch. m^d. d' Angers, 1899, 
 iii, 435-438, port. 
 
 Berard (Vital) [1878- ]. *L' extirpation du 
 
 sac lacrymal dans les dacryocystites. 88 pp. 
 
 8°. Lyon, 1903, No. 104. 
 Berardi (Vito Antonio). La responsabilitS, nella 
 
 neurasthenia. 66 pp., 1 1. 16°. Bari, Avellino 
 
 & Go., 1898. 
 . I neurastenici e la responeabilitS, penale. 
 
 224 pp., 1 1.' 8° 8.. Maria Capua Vetere, A. di 
 
 Steffano, 1906. 
 de Berardinis (D.). 
 
 Co-Editor of: Chirurgla (La) spedale [etc.], Napoli, 
 
 1908-9. 
 
 Beraud (Armand) [1887- ]. *Les injections 
 bypodermiques d'oxygfene dans le traitement 
 des dyspn^es et de I'aapbyxie; faits cliniques, 
 recberches exp^rimentales. 149 pp. 8°. Paris, 
 1911, No. 101. 
 
 Beraud (Armand-Louis- Joseph) [1876- J. 
 
 *Etude de patbologie comparee. Essai sur la 
 patbologie des Semites. 68 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 
 1897, No. 10. 
 
 Beraud (Bruno-Jacques) [1825-65]. Atlas of 
 surgical and topographical anatomy. Transl. by 
 Eobert Thomas Hulme. cix pi., 109 1. roy. 8°- 
 London, S. Bailliire, 1867. 
 
 B6raud (Charles-Joseph-Paul-L6on) [1884- _ ]. 
 *Lutte centre les moustiques dans le domaine 
 de Pellegrin en 1905. 37 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 
 
 1910, No. 36. 
 
 Beraud (Marius) [1879- ]. *E8sai sur la psycho- 
 logie du tuberculeux. 138 pp., 1 1. 8°. Lyon, 
 Rey & Cie., 1902, No. 85. 
 
 BSrauIt (Gustave) [1878- ]. *La maison de 
 tolerance consid^ree au point de vue hygi^ni- 
 que et social. 136 pp., 1 1. 8° Paris, J.-B. 
 Baillih-e & fils, 1904, No. 465. 
 
 . The same. 136 pp., 1 1. 12° Paris, 
 
 J.-B. Baillih-e & fils, 1905. 
 
 Berberich (Emil). *Eine Epidemie von acutem 
 Erythem bei KLndern in der Umgebung von 
 Giessen (Erythema infectiosum acutum). 44 
 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Giessen, von Miinchow^sche 
 Druckeret, 1899. 
 
 Berberine. 
 
 Abbnz (G.) *Pharmakologische Unterau- 
 chung eines Berberinderivates (Berberrubin). 
 8°. Bonn, 1912. , _ , 
 
 Gaze (R. A.) *Ueber Berberm und Hydro- 
 berberin. 8°. Marburg, 1890. 
 
 Berberine. 
 
 Hammel (H.) *Zur Kenntnis des Narkotins 
 und Berberins. 8°. Erlangen, 1910. 
 
 Frerlchs (G.) Beitrage zur Kenntnis des Berberins; fiber 
 Berberrubin. Arch. d. Pharm., Berl., 1910, ccxlvili, 276- 
 2S4.— Frerichs (G.) & Stoepel (P.) BeitrSge zur Kenntnis 
 des Berberins. Ueber Berberrubin. lUd., 1913, ccli, 321- 
 339.— Gadamer (J.) Ueber das Berberin. Ihii., 1906, 
 eoxliii, 31-^.— Gorrtin (H. M.) & MerreU (C. G.) The so- 
 called pure berberine oIB. Gaze. Proc. Am. Pharm. Ass., 
 Bait., 1901, xUx, 228-238.— Mosse (M.) & Tautz (K.) Un- 
 tersuchungen fiber Berberin. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 
 1901, xliii, 257-281.— PhUllps (C. D. F.) The physiological 
 action of berberine. Med. Brief, St. Louis, 1906, xxxiv, 526- 
 632.— Waugb (W. F.) Berberine. Med. Bee., N. Y., 1912, 
 Ixxxi, 571. 
 
 Berbers. 
 
 Berttaolon (L.) Sur les origines des Berbferes de souche 
 europ(!enne. Ass. franj. pour I'avance. d. sc. C.-r. 1898, 
 Par., 1899, xxvii, 175; pt. 2, 633.— Bertliolon (L.) & Cban- 
 tre (E.) Recherches'anthropologlques dans la Berb^rie 
 orientate (TripoUtaine, Tunlsie, Alg^rie). Bull, et m4m. 
 Soc. d'authrop. de Par., 1914, 6. s., v, 150-159.— Huguet (J.) 
 Origines et migrations des tribus^^berbferes et partioulifere- 
 ment des Beni-Mzab. Rev. de I'Ecole d'anthrop. de Par., 
 1906, xvi, 377-387.— Mehlls (C.) Die Berberfrage. Arch. 
 {. Anthrop., Bmschwg., 1909, viii, 249-286.— Beltemeyer 
 (Else). Hochzeitsgebrauche in der Oaso Biskra. Globus, 
 Brnsohwg., 1910, xcvii, 165-167. 
 
 Berbiguier {Alexis - Charles - Vincent) 
 [1764- ]. 
 
 L6vy-Valensl (J.) Une forme litt^raire du d^lire d'inter- 
 prfitation: Berbiguier de Terre-Neuve du Thjrm. EncS- 
 phale, Par., 1911, li, 193-213, port. 
 
 Berbineau (Bernard) [1872- ]. *Etude des 
 rayons de courbure de la com6e et de leurs rap- 
 ports avec les am^tropies de I'oeil. 40 pp., 1 1. 
 8°. Bordeaux, 1897, No. 70. 
 
 Berblinger (Walther) [1882- ]. *Ueber_die 
 Sporenbildung und Auskeimung des Bacillus 
 mesentericus ruber. Beitrag zur Frage der 
 fraktionirten Sterilisation. 51 pp. 8° Strass- 
 burgi. E., Milh & Co., 1908. 
 
 Bercero (F.) Tratamiento de las hernias y con- 
 sejos d los que las padecen. 5. ed. 270 pp. 12°. 
 Madrid, J. R. Martin, 1907. 
 
 Berche (Aym6) [1887- ]. *Contribution El 
 r6tude de I'influence des insufBsances ovarien- 
 nes sur le tractus uv6al. [Paris.] 48 pp. 8°. 
 Anas, 1911, No. 522. ^ 
 
 Bercher (Jean-Henri) [1883- ]. ilfetude mMico- 
 Iteale del'oeuvre de Conan-Doyle et de la police 
 Bcientifique au xx™" sifecle. 89 pp. 8°. L/on, 
 1906, No. 32. 
 
 Berchin (B. S.) [1875- ]. *Ueber einige Al- 
 kylather des Acetaldoxims. 41 pp., 2 1. 8°. 
 Konigsberg, H. Jxger, 1901. 
 
 Berchoud (Joseph). *Cure radlcale de la hemie 
 inguinale chez les enfants. Proc6d& employ^ 
 par M. le Dr. Vincent. R^sultats op^ratoires. 
 96 pp., 3 pL, 1 1. 8°. Lyon, 1900, No. 146. 
 
 Berchtold (Jacob). *Ueber die Prognose der 
 malignen Tumoren des Auges. [Zurich.] 76 
 pp., 1 1. 8°. Uster, E. Weilenmann, 1907. 
 
 BercUe (Richard Adolf Hugo) [1877- ]. *Kli- 
 nische Erfahrungen iiber em losliches Aspirin. 
 37 pp. 8°. Leipzig, E. Lehmann, 1911. 
 
 Berckhout (Joannes). *De causis, contenta in 
 ventriculo, mutantibus. 19 pp. sm. 4°. Lugd. 
 Bat, C. Wishoff, 1718. 
 
 Berckhuys (Antonius). Disp. quinta de ventri- 
 culo, cesopnago et mtestinis. 6 1. sm. 4°. 
 Groningx, E. Agricola, 1652. 
 
 Berck-sur-Mer. 
 
 Calot (F.) Berck; ses m^thodes de traite- 
 ment et son cUmat id6al pour les malades. 8° 
 Paris, 1914. 
 
BERCOVICI. 
 
 451 
 
 BEEENGARIUS. 
 
 Bercovici (Konrad). CrimeB of charity. 7 p. 1., 
 
 3-270 pp. 8° . New Yorl, A. A. Knopf, 1917. 
 Berdal_ (Henri). Trait6 pratique des maladies 
 
 v6n6rieimes, avec une preface de M. le Dr. 
 
 Tenneson. xix, 679 pp., 7 pi. 12°. Paris, A. 
 
 Maloine, 1897. 
 . The same. 2. 6d. xix, 720 pp., 7 pi. 8°. 
 
 Paris, A. Maloine, 1906. 
 
 Nouveaux ^l^ments d'histologie normale 
 
 S. I'usage des 6tudiants en m6deciiie. 5. 6d. 
 XV, 838 pp. 8°. Paris, A. Maloine, 1899[1898]. 
 The same. 6. ^d. xv, 980 pp. 8°; Pa- 
 
 ris, A. Maloine, 1903 
 
 . Trait6 pratique de la syphilis, xx, 18pl., 
 
 963 pp. 8°. Paris, A. Maloine, 1902. 
 
 L'histologie la veille de I'examen. 259 
 
 pp. 16°. Paris, A. Maloine,_ 1904, 
 Berdez (Georges). *Contributton exp6rimentale S, 
 l'6tude des d6g6ii6rescences secondairea con- 
 s6cutives aux lesions de la moelle ^pinifere. 82 
 pp., 10 pi. 8°. Lausanne, S. A., 1914. 
 
 Berdez {Henri) [1841-1901]. 
 
 Noyer. [BioKraphy.] Verhandl. d. schweiz. natorf. 
 GeseUsch. 19&1, ZoflBgen, 1902, Ixxxiv, pp. Ivii-lxm. 
 
 Berdichevsky (Nadejda). *Anaphylaxie et tu- 
 berculine. rLauBaane.l 15 pp. 8°. Berne, 
 1910. 
 
 Berding (Ernst) [1874- l. *Achtzig abdomi- 
 nale Myomektomien aus der Zeit vom 1. April 
 1891 bis 1. April 1896. 1 p. 1., 32 pp., 3 1. 8° 
 Konigshergi. Pr., M.-Liedtke, 1898. 
 
 Berditschewsky (Helene). *Ueber die Ver- 
 breitung des Krebses im Kanton Zurich in den 
 letzten ftinf Jahren. 52 pp. 8°- Zurich, Gebr. 
 Leemann & Co., 1907. 
 
 Berditschewsky (Leiser) [1884r- ]. *Kasuis- 
 tik der Hodentumoren. 43 pp. 8°. Berlin, H. 
 Blanks, 1911. 
 
 Berdmoro (Thomas). Abhandlung von den 
 Krankheiten der Zahne und des Zahnfleisches, 
 . . . Nach der neuesten Ausgabe aus dem 
 Englischen ubersetzt. xvi, 207 pp. 16°. Alten- 
 burg, Richter, 1771. 
 
 Berdoe (Edward) [1836-1916], A catechism of 
 vivisection. The whole controversy argued in 
 all its details, vii, 181 pp. 12°- London, S. 
 Sonnenschein & Co., 1903. 
 
 For Biography, see Brit. M. J., Lond., 1916, i, 398. Also: 
 Lancet, Lond., 1916, i, 691. 
 
 Berdoe (Marmaduke). An enquiry into the 
 influence of the electric fluid in the structure 
 and formation of animated beings, xxxii (3 1 ) 
 183 pp. 8°. Bath, S. Hazard, [1771]. 
 
 Berdot (H.) *De ran^vrysme latent de I'aorte 
 thoracique avec rupture dans la plevre. 72 pp 
 8°. Toulouse, 1907, No. 721. 
 
 Berdyayefl (Arkadiy Pyodorovich) [1864- ]. 
 *K voprosu o podanii pervoi pomoshtshi v 
 neschastnikh sluchayakh. [First aid in emer- 
 gency cases.] 59 pp., 2 1. 8°. S.-Peterburo, 
 P. P. Soikin, 1897. 
 
 . Miestnaya anesteziya; kratkoye rukovod- 
 
 stvo. [Local anaesthesia; brief manual.] iv 73 
 pp. 8°. S.-Peterburg, P. P. Soikin, 1912. 
 
 Bereck (Reinhard) [1871- ]. Resultate der in 
 den letzten ftinf Jahren in der Konigl. chirurgi- 
 schen Klinik zu Greifswald operirten Palle von 
 Mammacarcinom. 31 pp. 8° Greifswald, J. 
 Abel, 1899. , 
 
 Berfighy (Joseph). Elektro-homeopatiya kak 
 sistema vrachebnaya i yeya osnovnlya polo- 
 zheniya i sredstva dlya borbl s bolieznyami. 
 [Electro-homeopathy as a medical system and 
 its fundamental principles and means of combat- 
 &ie diseases.] vii, 344, viii pp. 8°. Moshia, 
 L M, Kushaereffi Ko., 1899. 
 
 Beremennosti (0.), rodakh i ukhodie za rodil- 
 nitsei i novorozhdenntm. [Pregnancy, labor, 
 and care of the women and infants.] 70, ii pp. 
 16°. Moskva, I. D. Sitin i Ko., 1888. 
 
 von Berenberg-Gossler (Herbert) [1883- ]. 
 *Ueber Wirbelcarcinom. 40 pp., 1 1. 8 
 Kiel, Schmidt & Klaunig, 1908. 
 
 . *Beitrage zur Naturgeschichte der Mala^ 
 
 riaplasmodien. 38 pp., 1 1., 3 pi. -8°. Mun- 
 chen, lAppert & Co., 1909. 
 
 . *i)ie Urgeschlechtszellen des Huhnerem- 
 
 biyos am dritten und vierten Bebriitungstage, 
 mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der Kern- und 
 Plasmastruktuien. [Habilitationsschrift, Frei- 
 burg i. Br.] pp. 24r-72, 2 pi. 8° Bonn, F. 
 Cohen, 1912. 
 Cutting from: Arch. t. mikr. Anat., Bonn, 1912, Ixxxi. 
 
 . GeschlechtszeUen und Korperzellen im 
 
 Tierreich; ein Vortrag. 22 pp. roy. 8°. Jena, 
 G.Fischer, 1912. 
 Forms 19. Hft. of: Samml. anat. u. physiol. Vortr. 
 
 Berend (Joh. August Theodor) [1800- . ]. *De 
 mutua cutis et membranarum intemarum rela- 
 tione. 72 pp., 2 1. 8°. Salx, typis F. A. 
 Grunerti patns et filii, 1823. 
 
 Berend (Nikolaus). Die Ursachen der Sauglings- 
 Sterblichkeit in Ungam. Die bisherigen Re- 
 sultate und zukiinftigen Wege der Sauglings- 
 fiirsorge in Ungam. Ip. 1., 70pp., Ipl. roy. 8°. 
 Leipzig & Wien, F. Deuticke, 1911. 
 
 Forms 10. Hft. of: Ergebnisse der Sauglingsfiirsorge, 
 hrsgb. von A. Keller. 
 
 Berendes (Hans WiUy) [1879- 1. *Ueber 
 Pfortaderthrombose. 19 pp., 2 1. 8° Ki£l, P. 
 Peters, 1903. 
 
 Berendes (Joachim). *Ein Fall von doppelter 
 Perforation des Auges durch einen 19mm langen 
 Kupferdraht. 25 pp., 11. 8° Jena, A. Kdmpfe, 
 1907, 
 
 Berendes (Julius) [1837- ]. Geschichte der 
 Pharnaacie. Unter Mitwirkung angesehener 
 Historicker und Fachgenossen hrsg von J, 
 Berendes. 1 Lfg. 80pp., Ipl. 8° Leipzig, E. 
 Gunthers, 1898. 
 
 . Der angehende Apotheker. Lelirbuch 
 
 der pharmazeutischen HUfswissenschaften zum 
 Gebrauche fur den Unterricht der Eleven, v. 1. 
 Physik und Chemie. 3. vermehrte und verbes- 
 serteAufl. xxiv, 600 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Stuttgart, 
 F. Enke, 1903. 
 
 . The same. v. 2. Botanik, Pharmako- 
 
 gnosie, specielle Pharmazie. 521pp. 8° Stutt- 
 gart, F. Enke, 1904. 
 
 — . Das Apothekenwesen, seine Entste- 
 
 hung und geschichtliche Entwickelung bis zum 
 XX. Jahrhundert. xii, 366 pp. rov. 8° Stutt- 
 gart, F. Enke, 1907. 
 
 See, afeo, Dioscorides (Anazarbeus). ArzneimitteUehre 
 
 [etc.]. 8°. Stoajart, 1902.— Paulus Aegineta. Paulos"von 
 
 Aema"desbestenArztessiebenBucher. 4° Leiden 1914 
 
 For Biography, see Apotb.-Ztg., Berl., 1907, xjdi, 225 (H" 
 
 Salzmann). ' ^ 
 
 Berends (Petrus Henricus Joannes). *Eenige 
 schedelmaten van recruten, moordenaars, para- 
 noiisten, epileptici en imbecillen, onderling 
 vergeleken. [Utrecht.] 3 p. 1., 89 pp., 2 pi 
 roy. 8°. Nijmegen, W. Fellinga, 1896. c 
 
 Berengarius Carpus (Jacobus)_ [ -1550]! 
 
 yiiKpoKoaiAtr/paipia; or, a description of the body 
 of man; being a practical anatomy, shewing 
 the manner of anatomizing from part to part- the 
 like hath not been set forth in the English 
 tongue. Adorned with many demonstrative 
 figures long since composed in Latine, by that 
 famous J. Berengarius of Carpus, Dr. of A. and 
 P., reader of chirurgery in the University of 
 Bononia. Done into English by H. Jackeaon 
 
BERENGAHroS. 
 
 452 
 
 BERG. 
 
 Berengarius Carpus (Jacobus) — continued, 
 chirurgeon, by whom is also added a fit etymon 
 to tbe names of tbe parts, in their proper place. 
 5 p. 1., 376 pp. 16°. London, printed for Live- 
 well' Chapman, at his shop in Exchange Ally in 
 ComUll, 1664. 
 
 Incomplete: pp. 99-112 wanting. 
 
 Berenger {Rerd) [1830-1915]. 
 
 Obituary. Soo. Hyg., Bait., 1916, ii, 130. 
 
 Berenger-F^raud (Laurent-Jeaii-Baptiste) [1832- 
 1901]. Traits clinique des maladies des Euro- 
 p4ens aux Antilles (Martinique). 2 v. xiii, 
 620 pp.; 575 pp., 1 map. 8°- Paris, Doin, 
 
 For Biography, see Tribune ta&&., Par., 1901, 2. s., xjadii, 
 59 (V. L.). 
 
 B^renguier (Eugfene) [1879- ]. *LeS formes 
 
 abdominales graves de la lombricose. 110 pp. 
 
 8°. i2/om, 1906, No. 12. 
 Berens (Karl) [1878- ]. _*Ueber das primare 
 
 Sarkom der MUz und seine Beziehung zum 
 
 Trauma. 36 pp. 8°. Leipzig, B. Georgi, 1905. 
 Berent ([Kurt] Otto) [1889- ]. *Beitrag_ zur 
 
 Kasuistik des Enophthalmus traumaficus. 
 
 [Leipzig.] 46 pp. 8°. Ootha, Schmidt & Thelow, 
 
 1913. ■ 1'- 
 Berent (Walter Martin) [1877- _ ]. *Ueber 
 
 maligne Ovarialgeschwulste bei Kindem. 29 
 
 pp., 1 1. 8°. Berlin, G. Schade, 1901. 
 Ber^sowskl (Anna). *Contribution S, la statis- 
 
 tiq.ue de I'accouchement pr6matur6 iprovoqu6. 
 
 29 pp., 2 tab., 1 1. 8°- Lausanne, C. Guex, 1903. 
 Bcrest (Alexis) [1875- ' ]. *Des troubles ner- 
 
 veux chez les amygdaliens. 55 pp. 8°- Paris, 
 
 L. Bayer, 1901, No. 283. 
 
 Berestneff (NiTcoM MiTchaUovich) [1867- 
 1910]. 
 
 [Obituary.] Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1910, Ixxiv, pp. l-iii, 
 port.— Patsevlch (B.) Nekrolog. Vet. Obozr., Mosk., 1910, 
 xli, 437-439. 
 
 Berestovisky (Fradya). *Contribution k I'^tude 
 de quelques n^vroses reflexes d'oiigine nasale 
 (6pJlepsie, neurasth^nie, choree et tic). 82 pp. 
 8°. Genive, J. Sttider, 1905. 
 
 Beretervlde (Enrique). 
 
 See Navarro (Juan C), Beretervldc (Enrique) & Garra- 
 haii (Juan P.) Anatomla patoWgica [etc.]. 8°. Buenos 
 Aires, 1915. 
 
 Beretta (Cfear). *De la s6roth6rapie dans les 
 n6oplasmes. 154 pp., 2 1. 4°. Pom, 1896, No. 
 533. 
 
 Beretta (Pietro). Rendiconto suUe cure de' 
 cholerosi fatte nello spedale detto del Papa, 
 xiv, 53 pp. 12°. Genova, G. Ferrando, 1835. 
 
 Bereza-BoDFOWska (Mme.) *Venin de scorpion 
 et s6rum antiscorpionique; Etudes sur la vitesse 
 de la reaction des antitoxines sur les toxines. 16 
 pp. 8°. Lausanne, C. Pache, 1914. 
 
 BereznegOTskl (N[ikolai Ivanovich]) [1875- ]. 
 O pereaadkle mochetochnikov v kishechnikie. 
 [Transplantation of the ureters into the intes- 
 tines.] 2 p. 1., 264, xxii, 111 pp., 4 diag., 5 pi. 
 8°. Tomsk, 1908. 
 Bmmd with: IzvIest. Imp. Tomsk., Univ., 1909, xxxii. 
 
 K voprosu o fiziologicheskol dieyatelnosti 
 mochetochnikov. [Physiological action of the 
 ureters.] 8 pp., 11., 3 diag. 8°. Tomsk, W08. 
 Bovrnd wift.-IzvtEST. Imp. Tomsk. Univ., 1909, xxxiv. 
 
 . Povrezhdeiuya i khunirgicheskiya zabo- 
 
 lievaniya selezyonki. [Injuries and surgical dis- 
 eases of the spleen. ] 2 p. 1., 61 pp. 8°. 8.- 
 Peterhurg, V. S. Ettmger, 1909. 
 Forms pt. 35 of: Eusskaya Khlrurgiya. 
 
 Bereznegovski (N[iklaJ Ivanovich]) — continued. 
 Printsipl operativnavo llecheniya kamnei 
 
 mochevovo puzlrya. [Principles of operative 
 treatment of bladder calcuh.] 34 pp. 8°. 
 Tomsk, Sib. Tvo. Pechatn. DMa, 1909. 
 Bcmnd with: IzvIest. Imp. Tomsk. Univ., 1909, xxxv. 
 . porokakh razvitiya konechnostei. [De- 
 fective development of the extremities.] 28 pp. 
 8°. S.-Peterburg, V. S. Ettinger, 1911. 
 
 Forms February number of: Klin. Monogr., S.-Peterb., 
 1911. 
 
 . Histologicheskaya kartina prizhivleniya 
 
 mochetochnika, peresazhennavo v kishechnik, 
 i pielonefrit. [Histological picture of the healing- 
 in of the ureter transplanted into the intestines, 
 and pyelonephritis.] 8 pp., 1 1., 2 pi. 8°. 
 Tomsk, Sibirsh. Tvo. Pechatn. IHela, 1911. 
 Bmmh with: IzvtEsr. Imp. Tomsk. Univ., 1911, xliii. 
 . Liecheniye vJpadeniya pryamoi kishki pri 
 
 pomoshtshi mlshechnoi plastiki. [Muscular 
 plastic treatment of prolapse of the rectum.] 
 28 pp., 7 pi. 8°. Tomsk, Sibirsk. Tvo. Pechatn. 
 Diela, 1911. 
 
 Another copy bound with: IzvIest. Imp. Tomsk. Univ., 
 1911, xlvi. 
 
 O peresadkle vidlelennikh tkanel i or- 
 
 ganov. [Transplantation of tissues and orM.nB.] 
 20 pp. 8^. Tomsk, Sibirsh. Tvo. Pechatn. IHela, 
 
 1911. 
 Bound with: IzvIest. Imp. Tomsk. Univ., 1911, xliii. 
 
 Bereznltskl (M[arian-Adam] I[b.]) [1862- _ J. 
 Liecheniye hipnozom morfinistov, alkoholikov 
 i kurilshtshikov. [Treatment by hypnosis of 
 morphinists, alcoholics, and smokers.] 41 pp. 
 8°. S.-Peterburg, K. L. Rikker, 1906. 
 
 Berezovskl (S[ergiei] Ye [Tizarovich]) . Liecheniye 
 bugorchatki tuberkuUnom Karla Spengler. 
 [Treatment of tuberculosis with Spengler' s tu- 
 berculin.] 24 pp. 8°- S.-Peterburg, V. S. 
 Ettinger, 1908. 
 Forms No. 3 of: Klin. Monog., S.-Peterb., 1908. 
 See, also, Rakbmanofl (V.) Soviet! o torn [etc.]. 8°. 
 Moskva, 1898. 
 
 Berg (Albert Ashton) [1872- ]. Surgical diag- 
 nosis. A manual for students and practitioners. 
 543 pp., 2 pi. 8°. New York & Philadelphia, 
 Lea Bros. & Co., 1905. 
 
 Berg (AFlexander]). Anleitung zur Erkennung 
 der in der Arzneikunde gebrauchlichen phanero- 
 gamischen Gewachse, so wie auch solcher, 
 welche damit verwechselt werden konnen, nach 
 den natiirlichen Familien, nebst einer kurzen 
 Auseinandersetzung der wichtigsten Pflanzen- 
 systeme[etc.]. vi, 169 pp. 8°. Berlin, A. Eer- 
 big, 1832. 
 
 Berg (Alfred Hugo) [1875- 0- *Ein Fall von 
 halbseitigem Biesenwuchs. 32 pp., 1 1. 8°. 
 Leipzig, B. Georgi, 1902. 
 
 van den Berg (Anthonie Hendrik). *Oyer. den 
 invloed van het wiehijden op de werking van 
 het hart. 3 p. 1., 123 pp. 8* Utrecht, J. van 
 Boekhoven, 1906. 
 
 Berg (Armand) [1872- [). *Contribution a 
 r^tude des nerfs et de la moelle chez les am- 
 put^s. 115 pp. 4°. Paris, 1896, No. 522. 
 
 Berg (Carl Johann Theodor) [1868- ]. _Sta- 
 tistik der im Krankenhause St. Jakob zu Leipzig 
 in den Jahren 1880-93 behandelten Falle von 
 "Typhus abdominaUs. 32 pp; 8°. Leipzig, A. 
 Ecklrrumn, 1893. 
 
 Berg (David) j;i878^ ]. *Versuche mit drei 
 neuen Morphinderivaten. 44 pp, 8°. Rostock, 
 
 K Adler's Erben, 1910. 
 
BERG. 
 
 463 
 
 BEEG. 
 
 Berg (Ernst) [1873- ]. *Ein Beitrag zur tuber- 
 kulosen Ostitis im und am Atlanto-Occipital- 
 gelenk. 30 pp. 8°. Grdfswald, J. Abel, 1899. 
 
 Berg(FeiBa). *Padatrophie. 20pp. 12°. Zurich, 
 J. J. Meier, 1907. 
 
 Berg (Franz) [1886- ]. *Zur operativen Be- 
 handlung der kongerdtalen hypertropliiaclien 
 Pylorusstenose im Sauglingsalter. 1 p. 1., 27 pp., 
 1 1. 8°. Giessen, 0. Kindt, 1912. 
 
 Berg (Fredrik Theodor) [1806-871. Arsberattelse 
 ofver spada barnene kelso- och. sjukv&rd vid 
 Stockholms Allmanna Bamhus -^.r 1843. [An- 
 nual report of tlie infants' division in . . .] 1 
 p. 1., 155 pp., 6 tab. 12°. Stockholm, B. M. 
 Bredkerg, 1844. 
 
 '. See, also: 
 
 Flensburg (C.) ^Fredrik Theodor Berg and priority in 
 discovery of the thrush fungus.] Svenskalak.-sallsk. handl.^ 
 Stockholm, 1916, xlii, 737-745. 
 
 Berg (Georg). Ueber die Beziehungen der inne- 
 ren ^Selaetion zur Urogenitalsphare und ihre 
 theiapeutische Verwertung. pp. 43-61. 8°. 
 Wilrzowg, C. Kahitzsch, 1915. 
 
 Forms 3. Hft., v. 15, of: Wiirzb. Abhandl. a. d. Ge- 
 samtgeh. d. prakt. Med. 
 
 van den Berg (Gerrit Antonie). *Over den in- 
 ■vloed van chloroformnarcose tijdens de baring 
 op bet kind-. 3 p. 1., 77 pp., vi, 1 tab. 8°. 
 Utrecht 1904. 
 
 Berg (Gustav Friedricb) [1883- 1. *Ueber 
 spontanea Vorkommen von Enteritidis-Gartner- 
 Bacillen bei Mausen und die Bedeutung des 
 Fleischfutterungsversuches an weisse Mkuse. 
 [Giessen.] 30 pp., 11. 8° Hagen, H. Eohen- 
 dahl, 1910. 
 
 Berg (Henrik) [1858- ]. Vlira underklader 
 ofversattning och bearbetning af Lahmanns re- 
 form jamte ett bihang fr§,n halsans synpunkt cm 
 mansdrakten [The change of our underclothing 
 and carrying out of Lahniann's reform, together 
 with a supplement on men's clothing from a 
 hygienic standpoint . . .] 51 pp. 8°. Stock- 
 holm, Halsoviinnen, 1896. 
 
 . Om raddmngshem for alkohoUster. [Sani- 
 taria for alcoholics.] 87 pp., 1 pi. 12° Stock- 
 holm, N. J. Schedin, [1897]. 
 
 . Om lungsot; dess orsaker, kannetecken, 
 
 forebyggande och botande. [Pulmonary tuber- 
 culosis; causes, diagnosis, prevention, and treat- 
 ment.] 381 pp., 1 1., port. 8°. Stockholm, N. 
 J. Schedins, [1897]. 
 
 . Om lungsotssanatorier. [Tuberculosis 
 
 sanatoria.] 3 p. 1., 164 pp., 16 pi. 8°- Stock- 
 holm, N. J. Schedin, 1899. 
 
 . Den moderna lungsotsbehandUngen. 
 
 [Modem treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis.] 
 456 pp., port. 8°. Stockholm, A. B. Solm^uist, 
 [1902]. 
 
 . Kortfattad hanbok i vattenbehandUng. 
 
 [Compend of hydrotherapy.] 1 p. 1., 112 pp., 
 port. 8°. Stockholm, Halsovdnnen, [1902]. 
 
 . Lakarebok. [Physician's book.] 960 pp., 
 
 port. 8°. Stockholm, Chelius & Co., [1903]. 
 
 . The same. Bilderatlas till lakarebok. 
 
 3 p. 1., 1 superimposed pi., 64 pi. 8°. Stock- 
 holm, Chelius <fe Co., 1905. 
 
 . Larobok i alkohologi. [Textbook on 
 
 alcoholism.] 72 pp. 12° Stockholm, A. V. 
 Carlson, 1904. 
 
 . Sexuelia nutidsfrdgor. Forelasningar 
 
 h&Ui)a i Helsingfors. [Sexual questions of our 
 tune. Lectures given in Helsingfors.] 158 pp., 
 1 1. 12°. Stockholm, A. Eol, 1906. 
 
 Berg (Henrik) — continued. 
 
 . Hygieniska stroftAg. [Hygienic ram- 
 
 bUngs.] 197 pp. 8°. Stockholm, Halsovannen, 
 
 Konsfrdgan dess hygien och pedagcgik. 
 
 1906. 
 
 [Sexual questions in hygiene and pedagogics.] 
 176 pp. 12°. Stockholm, E. W. Heltstrom, 1910. 
 Fm Biography, see Halsovannen, Stockholm, 1897, xii, 
 198-201. 
 
 Berg (Hermann) [1879- ]. *Ueber Muskelatro- 
 
 phie bet Thomsen'scher Kranklieit. 51 pp. 8° 
 
 Bonn, E. Eisler, 1904. 
 van den Berg (Hubertus Leonardus Ezechias) 
 
 [1874— ]. *I)ie Torsion von Tubentumoren. 
 
 [Freiburg 1. Br.] 86 pp., 1 1., 1 pi. 8° Leiden, 
 
 E. Jjdo, 1900. 
 Berg (Joh.) [1883- ]. *Zur Aetiologie der 
 
 angeborenen Klumphand. 24pp. 8°. Konigs- 
 
 bergi. Pr., 0. Kilmmel, 1908. 
 van den Berg (Joh. Baptist). 
 
 suchungen bei Scharlach. 99, 
 
 Freiburg i. B., E. Epstein, 1898. 
 Berg (John) [1851- ]. Kirurgi. 
 
 Stockholm, P. A. Norstedt & Sbners, [igol] 
 In: FOBELisNiNGEK for Sophlhammets Sjukskoterskee- 
 
 lever. 
 
 . N&gra ord om gallstensileus med anled- 
 
 ning af ett saUsynt fall af tarmkonkrement. 
 [A few words on gallstone ileus, with the report 
 of a rare case of intestinal concretions.] 17 pp. 
 8°. Stockholm, 1908. 
 
 In: Htqiea Festband, Stockholm, 1908, i. 
 
 For Portrait, see Surg., Gyneo. & Obst., Chicago, 1907, v, 
 [fronting], p. 461. 
 
 See, also: 
 
 *Blutunter- 
 iv pp. 8°. 
 
 68 pp. 8°. 
 
 Festskrift for. John Berg [etc.]. 8°. Stock- 
 holm, P. A. Norstedt & Soner, 1911. 
 
 Berg (Joseph) [1883- J. *PerihepatitiB und 
 Perisplemtis hyperplastica (Zuckergussbildung) 
 bei kompUzierter Trikuspidalinsuffizienz auf 
 rheumatischer Grundlage. [Leipzig.] 33 pp. 
 8°. Berlin, R. Trenkel, 1909. 
 
 Berg (Joseph F.) The faithful physician; a 
 discourse addressed to the students of the 
 medical colleges of Philadelphia. 16 pp. 8°. 
 Philadelphia, W. S. Young, 1849. 
 
 van den Berg (Leonardus Iforinus). *De in- 
 vloed van licht en lucht op eenige pharmaceuti- 
 Bche praeparaten. [Amsterdam.] 79 pp. 8°. 
 Alkmaar, P. Kluitmnn, 1905. 
 
 van den Berg (Manurits Robert Heynsius). 
 *Over de verdeeUng van antipyrine in het 
 Uchaam en hare uitscheiding. 120 pp. 8°. 
 Amsterdam,, J. H. de Bussy, 1909. 
 
 Berg (Max Herman) [1877- ]. *Beitrag zur 
 Kenntnifl der transcorticalen Aphaaie. 69 pp., 
 2 tab., 1 1. 8°. Gottingen, L. Hofer, 1903 
 
 Berg (O. C.) & Schmidt (0. F.) Atlas der oifici- 
 nellen Pflanzen. Darstellung und Beschrei- 
 bung der im Arzneibuche fiir das Deutsche 
 Reich erwahnten Gewachse. 2. verb. Aufl. von 
 Darstellung und Beschreibung sammtlicher in 
 der Pharmacopoea Borussica aufgefuhrten ofiici- 
 nellen Gewachse, hrsgb. durch Arthur Meyer 
 und K. Schumann. 4 v. fol. Leipzig, A 
 Felix, 1893-1902. 
 
 Berg (Otto). Pharmazeutische Botanik. 5 
 Aufl. vi <1 L), 458 pp. 8°. Berlin, R. Gsertner, 
 1866. 
 
 Berg (Ragnar). Die Nahrungs- und Genussmit- 
 tel; ihre Zuaammensetzung, mit besonderer 
 Berucksichtigung der Aschenbestandteile. 60 
 pp. 8°. Dresden, Hoke & Pahl, 1913. 
 
BERG. 
 
 454 
 
 BEEGER. 
 
 Berg (Walther) [1878- ]. *Beitrage zur Theorie 
 der Fixation mit besonderer Berticksichtigung 
 des Zellkems und seiner Eiweisskorper. 64 
 pp., 2 1. 8°. Berlin, 0. Franch, 1903. 
 
 . Die Fehlergrosse bei den histologischen 
 
 Metboden. 48 pp. 8°. Berlin, A. Eirschwald, 
 1908. 
 
 Bergalonne (Chailes-J.) *:6tude sui le traite- 
 ment de la rupture de I'urfetbre pdrin6al. La 
 sonde JulUard. 135 pp., 1 tab. 8. G&nhie, F. 
 Taponnier, 1900. 
 
 Bergamaschi (GiuBeppe). 
 
 See Gulda nell' uso pratico delle aoque di S. Pellegrino 
 [etc.) [in 2. s.]. 8°. Beryomo, 1839. 
 
 Bergansky (Artbur) [1869- ]. *Die Hom- 
 hautnabt nacb der Cataractextraction. [Greits- 
 wald.] 29 pp. 8°. Kolberg, C. F. Post, 1897. 
 
 Bergau (Walter Hans) [1880- ].. *Ueber 
 Acetylendicarbonsaure und Tribrombemstein- 
 saure. 48 pp. 8°- Konigsberg i. Pr., R. Leu- 
 pold, 1905. 
 
 Bergg (A[ndr6]). 
 
 See Tralte de m^decine [etc.] Hn 2. s.]. 8°. Paris, 1909. 
 For Biography, see Corresp. mii.. Par., 1906, xii, No. 278, 3 
 (Vaintray). 
 
 Bergg (Andr6) [1881- ]. *Contribution k I'^tude 
 des an6vrysmes de I'aorte abdominale et par- 
 ticuUferement de leur Evolution et de leur rup- 
 ture. 71pp. 8°. I^on, 1913, No. 32. 
 
 Berg§ (AntoLue) [1878- ]. *L'oeil_et les tu- 
 meurs soUdes du sinus frontal; essai anatomo- 
 clinique. 88 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1903, No. 95. 
 
 ten Berge (J. F. J.) Over postconceptioneele 
 syphilis. 22 pp. 8°. Haarlem, de erven F. 
 Bohn, 1903. 
 
 Forms No. 3 ol: Geneesk. Bl. u. Klin, en Lab. v. de prakt., 
 Haarlem, 1903, x. 
 
 Bergeat (Eugen Christoph) [1882- ]. *Ueber 
 Tboraxresektion bei grossen, veralteten Em- 
 pyemen. [Kiel.] 140 pp. 8°. Tubingen, H. 
 Lauppjr., 1908. 
 
 Bergeaud (Marcel). *Bes 6panchenients san- 
 guins traumatiques de laplfevre. 107 pp. 8°. 
 Paris, 1904, No. "73. 
 
 Bergel [Salo]. Fieber und Fieberbebandlung. 
 70 pp. 8°. Berlin, S. Karger, 1904. 
 
 Bergel (TJdo Reg.nald Gundomar Dagobert) [1877- 
 1 *Ein FaU von Cantharidin-Vergiftung. 
 29 pp., 11. 8°. Breslau, Barth de Co., 1901. 
 
 Bergell (Fritz Konstantin FeUx Max Stephan 
 Clemens). *ireber die freie Acetonoxalsaure 
 und Abkommlinge derselben. 49 pp. 8°- 
 Kiel, Schmidt & Klaunig, 1912. 
 
 BergeU (Peter [Georg F.]) [1875- ]. *Die Be- 
 deutung der Phospborsaure im menschlichen 
 und tierischen Organismus. 41pp. 8°. Berlin, 
 
 E. Ebering, 1898. 
 
 See, also,- Jacob (Paul) & BeigeU (Peter). Ueber den 
 Elnfluss nucleinhaltiger Nahnmg [etc.]. 8°. Berlin, [1898]. 
 
 & Klitscher (K.) Larrey, der Cbefchirurg 
 
 Napoleons I., 1812-13. 135 pp. 2 port. 8° 
 Berlin, C. Marschner, 1913. 
 
 Bergenia (Roelof). *Untersuchungen uber den 
 EinflusB einiger ausseren und inneren Krank- 
 heiten auf die Zusammensetzung und die 
 Eigenschaften der Kuhmilch. [Bern.] 78 pp. 
 8°. Hannover, M. & E. Sdmper, 1915. 
 
 Bergemann (P.) Die Verbreitung der Anthropo- 
 pbagie tiber-die Erde und Erimttelung einiger 
 Wesensztige dieses Branches, eine ethnogra- 
 phiflch-etlmologische Studie. 3 p. 1., 53 pp. 
 8°. Bunzlau, 6. Kreuschmer, 1893. 
 
 Bergemann (Walter [Paul August]) [1878- ] 
 *Ueber die in der Kieler chunirgischen Klinik m 
 den Etatsjahren 1899-1900 vorgekommenen 
 Falle von OsteomyeUtis acuta. 25 pp., 1 1. 8°. 
 Kiel, P. Peters, 1902. 
 
 Bergen (Joseph Young) [1851-1917]. 
 
 [Obituary.] Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1917, n. s., 
 zlvi, 379. 
 
 Bergener (Eduard). *Die Rontgendurchleuch- 
 
 tung des Cubitus valgus. 21 pp., 4 pi., 1 1. 8°. 
 
 Leipzig, G. Foci, 1900. 
 Bergenstein (Adolphe) [1865- ]_. *Contribu- 
 
 tion k r6tude de la forme apyr^tique et de la 
 
 forme febrile prolong^e de I'endocardite maUgne. 
 
 44 pp. 8°. Paris, 1901, No. 341. 
 Bergenthal (Carl Ludwig) [1874- J. *Ueber 
 
 GlykoBurie und aHmentare Glykosune bei Cho- 
 
 lebthiasis. 38 pp., 1 1. 8° Oiessen, 0. Kindt, 
 
 1901. 
 Bergenthal (Max) [1876- ]. *Ueber ein Endo- 
 
 theUom des Peritoneums. 26 pp., 1 1. 8°. 
 
 Wurzburg, 1901. 
 Berger (Adolf Eduard Bruno) [1874^ ]. *Ein 
 
 Fall von Fibromyom des EUeiters. 26 pp., 2 1., 
 
 Ipl. 8°. Halle a. S., C. A. Kaemm^er & Co., 
 
 1898. 
 Berger (Albert) [1875- ]. *Experimentelle 
 
 Beitrage zum. Pancreasdiabetes beim Hund. 21 
 
 pp., 11., 1 diag. 8°. Halle a. S., C. A. Kaem- 
 
 merer & Co., 1901. 
 Berger (Albrecht Maria). 
 
 See Buonarroti (Michel Angelo). Ber eigenh&ndig ge- 
 
 schriebene Augentractat [etc.]. 8°. Uimchen, 1897. 
 
 Berger (Armand). *Ueber Korpergewichtsveran- 
 derungen der Patienten der Baseler Heilstatte 
 fur Lungenlcranke in Davos. [Basel] 25 pp., 1 
 ch. 8°. Leipzig, J. A. Barth, 1905. 
 
 Berger (Arthur) [1871- ]. *Funfundvierzig 
 Falle von Delirium, alcoholicum, beobachtet im 
 stadtiscben Krankenhause zu Kiel. 11 pp., 1 1. 
 8°. Kiel, H Fiencke, 1900. 
 
 Berger (Bembard Heinricb) [1868- ]. *Ueber 
 Zulassigkeit, Anzeige und Folgen der Abraao 
 uteri. 34 pp. 8°. Leipzig, A. Edelmann, 1902. 
 
 Berger (Carl Ferdinand) [1872- J. *Ein FaU 
 von Psammo-Carcinom des Ovarium. 20 pp., 
 2 1. 8°. Leipzig, B. Georgi, 1902. 
 
 Berger (Christian Johann) [1724r-^89]. Fragen 
 tiber die Geburt des Menschen und die Ge- 
 bTirtshilfe (1766). Neue mit den Antworten 
 und mit Noten versehene Ausgabe von E. 
 Ingerslev. xxi, 132 pp., 1 1. 8° Kopenhagen 
 & Leipzig, J. Frimodt, 1910. 
 
 For Portrait, see Portraits von zweiundzwanzig ProJes- 
 soren der Kieler Universltat [etc.]. 8°. Kiel, 1892. 
 
 Berger (Clemens Eduard August) [1880- ]. 
 *Beitrag zur Frage von den Folgezustanden der 
 Kastration, insbesondere von deren Einfluss 
 auf den Phosphorstoffwechsel. 32 pp., 1 1. 8°. 
 Greifswald, J. Abel, 1903. 
 
 Berger (Curt) [1875- ]. *Ueber die'Opera- 
 tionsresultate der mit inneren Augenkrank- 
 heiten kompUzierten Cataiacte. 34 pp., 1 1. 
 8°. Strassburgi. E., C. Miih & Co., 1904. 
 
 Berger (Eduardus) [1822- ]. *De lupo. 32 
 pp., 1 pi. 12°. Gryphix, F. G. Kunike, 1849. 
 
 Berger (Edward William) [1869- ]. Physi- 
 ology and histology of the Cubomedusae, in- 
 cluding F. S. Conant's notes on the physiology. 
 84 pp., 3 pi. 4°. Baltimore, Johns Hopkins 
 Press 1900. 
 
 Forms No. 4, v. 4, of: Mem. Biol. Laborat. Johns Hopkins 
 University. 
 
 Berger (Emile) [1855- ]. Loupe binoculaire 
 simple et lunette st^r^oscopiques. 38 pp. 8°, 
 Paru, C. Reinwald, 1900. 
 
 . Tafeln zur Bestimmung der zentralen 
 
 Sehscharfe schwachsichtiger Augen. 2 pts. 12 
 )p., 12 blank pi.; 8 pp., 15 pL 0^.32°. Wies- 
 baden, J. F. Bergmann, 1910. 
 
 I 
 
BERGER. 
 
 455 
 
 BERGER. 
 
 Berger (;^mile) — continued. 
 
 & lioewy (Robert). Les troubles oculaires 
 
 • d'origine g^nitale chez la femme. ii, 232 pp. 
 12°. Paru, F. Alcan, 1905. 
 
 & Tyrman (Josef). Die Krankheiten der 
 
 Keilbein-Hohle und des Siebbein-Labyrinthes 
 und ihre Beziehungen zu Erkrankungen des 
 Sehorganes. viii, 110 pp. 8°. Wiesbaden, J. F. 
 Bergmann, 1886. 
 Berger [Erich]. 
 
 See BeltTilge zur Bauohcliinirgie. 8°. Berlin, [1902]. 
 
 Berger (Ernst) [1881- ]. *Ueber einen Fall 
 
 von akuter Psychose nach Kataraktoperation. 
 
 26 pp., 1 1. 8°. Kiel, Schmidt & Klaunig, 1905. 
 Berger (Eugen) [1868- ]. *Welclie _ Eolle 
 
 spielt die Refraktion in der Aetiologie des 
 
 Strabismus. 30 pp. 8°. Leipzig, O. Fock, 1899. 
 Berger (Eugfene). ^Contribution a I'^tude de la 
 
 pleur&ie interlobaire d'origine tuberculeuse et 
 
 particuliferement de la forme sfecbe. 44 pp. 8°. 
 
 Paris, 1908, No. 143. 
 Berger (Franz [Heinrich. Hermann}) [1875- ]. 
 
 *Die Bedeutung der mikroskopischen Blutun- 
 
 tersucbung bei den Infektionskrankheiten des 
 
 Pferdes in Bezug auf Diagnose und Prognose. 
 
 87 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Berlin, R. Kuhn, 1909. 
 Berger (Fritz) [1875- ]. *Ueber die Resultate 
 
 der Gelenkresectionen bei Arthritis deformans. 
 
 [Bonn.] 61pp. 8°. JToZn, 1901. 
 Berger (Fritz) [1876- ]. *Ueber Beschafti- 
 
 gungsneurosen und Beschaftigungsneuritiden. 
 
 UTena.] 36 pp. 8°. Blankenhain, M. Schimpers 
 
 Ifachfolger, 1904. 
 Berger (Fritz Emil] [1882- ]. *Ein Beitrag 
 
 zur Kenntnis der mesenterialen Chyluscysten. 
 
 30 pp. 8°. Bonn, J. Trapp, 1905. 
 Berger (Georges) [1880- ]. *Suppuration des 
 
 fibromes au cours de la puerpfoaUti. 75 pp. 8°- 
 
 Pom, 1907, No. 266. 
 Berger (Hans). Zur Lehre von der Blutzirkula- 
 
 tion in der Schadelhohle des Menschen nament- 
 
 lich unter dem Einfluss von Medikamenten. 
 
 Experimentelle Untersuchungen. 3 p. 1., 78 
 
 pp., 5 pi. 8°. Jena, G. Fischer, 1901. 
 . _ Ueber die korperlichen Aeusserungen 
 
 psychischer Zustande. Weitere experimentelle 
 
 Beitrage zur Lehre von der Blutzirkulation in 
 
 der Schadelhohle desMenchen. 2 p. 1., 184 pp. ; 
 
 vi, 216 pp., 29 pi. [in 4°]. 8°. Jena, G. Fischer, 
 
 1904. 
 . The same. 2. Teil. vi (1 1.), 216 pp. 8°. 
 
 Jena, G. Fischer, 1907. 
 . Untersuchumgen fiber die Temperatur 
 
 des Gehims. 130 pp. 8°. Jena, G. Fischer, 
 
 1910. 
 
 Trauma und Psychose, mit besonderer 
 Berucksichtigung der Unfallbegutachtung. vi 
 (1 1.), 208 j)p. 8°. Berlin, J. Springer, 1915. 
 
 Berger (Heinrich). Das Kind in seinem ersten 
 Lebensjahre. Hygienische Wink'e ftir junge 
 Mutter. 69 pp., 1 1.. 16°. Lemberg, 1897, 
 
 . De hygiene in de barbiers- en kappers- 
 
 winkels. 31 pp. 12°. S.-Qravenhage, 1898. 
 
 . Trockene Pussbekleidung fiir die Kinder 
 
 inderSchule. 12 pp. 8° Charlottenbwg,P. J. 
 Mullet, 1906. 
 Bepr.from: Sohulzimmer, 1906. 
 
 . Mattel und Wege zur Forderung der Kor- 
 
 perpflege auf dem Lande. 40 pp. 8 . Berlin, 
 
 A. HiTSchwald,_ 1910. _ 
 . Die sozial-hygienischen Forderungen der 
 
 Zeit (Wohlfahrfsamter). 25 pp. 8°. Berlin, 
 
 A. Evrschwald, 1910. 
 
 Berger (Heinrich) [1887- ]. *Ueber Prognose 
 und Haufigkeit der Dammrisse. 1 p. 1., 109 pp. 
 8°. Freiburg i. Br., E. Gross, 1912. 
 
 Berger (Henri) [1885- ]. *Traitement des 
 metrites chroniques inv^t^rees par le curettage 
 et I'amputation du col.- 123 pp. 8°. Mont- 
 pellier, 1912, No. 35. 
 
 Berger (Henry Irving). An epitome of the diag- 
 nosis and treatment of nervous diseases, includ- 
 ing bromide therapy. 42 pp. 12°. St. Louis, 
 Peacock Chem. Co., 1910. 
 
 Berger ([Herman Otto] Walther) [1884- ]. 
 *Das Maltafieber und seine Bedeutung fiir 
 Deutschland. 74pp., ll.,6diag. 8° Gottingen, 
 L. Hofer, 1912. 
 
 Berger (Hermann) [1881- ]. *Gallengangs- 
 Carcinom kombiniert mit Tuberkulose. 22 pp., 
 1 1. 8°. Tubingen, F. Pietzcker, 1905. 
 
 Berger (Hubertus Cornells Leonard ifemile). 
 *yergleichende Untersuchungen iiber den Ba- 
 cillus pyogenes bovis (Kiinnemann) und den 
 Bacillus pyogenes suis (Grips) mit Beziehung 
 derselben zu chronischen Lungenentzundungen 
 des Rindes. [Bern.] 84 pp. 8°. Berlin, R. 
 Schcetz, 1907. 
 
 Berger (J.) Modeme und antike Heizungs- und 
 Ventilationsmethoden. 48 pp. 8°. Berlin, 
 1870. 
 
 Forms 112. Hft. of: Samml. gemeinverstandl. wissensch. 
 Vortr., Berl. 
 
 Berger (Jean) [1883- ]. *La maladie de Volk- 
 mann, myosite retractile des muscles longs 
 flechisseurs des doigts et pronateurs. 200 pp. 8°. 
 Paris, 1912, No. 178. 
 
 Berger (Joh. GottUeb). *Die Todesfalle infolge 
 Infektionskrankheiten in den 15 grossern Sta- 
 dten derSchweiz wahrend der Jahre 1892 und 
 1893 statistisch bearbeitet auf Grand der neuen 
 schweiz. Sterbekarte. 77 pp., 1 1. 4°. Bern, 
 Stampfli & Cie., 1895. 
 Sepr.from: Ztschr. f. schweiz. Statist., Bern, 1895. 
 
 Berger (Karl Kurt Hermann) [1876- ]. ♦Bei- 
 trag zur Frage der Castration und deren Folge- 
 zustande. 49 pp., 1 1. 8°. Greifswald, E. Id- 
 ler, 1901. 
 
 Berger (Karl Wilhelm Heinrich) [1885- ]. 
 *Vergleichende farberische Nachprufungen der 
 von Ziehl-Neelsen, Much und Gasis empfohlenen 
 Farbemethoden fiir Tuberkelbacillen und einige 
 Versuche fiber Umfarbungen bereits gefarbter 
 Bacillen. [Giessen.] 36 pp. 8°. Jena, G. 
 Fischer, 1910. 
 
 Berger (MJikhail] A[leksandrovich]) [1868- ]. 
 *Boliezni ^z i sliepota po dannlm pogolovnavo 
 osmotra v Demyanskom uyezdie (Novgorodskoi 
 gub). _ [Diseases of the eyes and blindness 
 according to data of an individual examination 
 in Demyansk County.] 82 pp., 1 1. 8°. S.- 
 Peterburg, M. T. Minkoff, 1899. 
 
 Berger (Paul). Fuhrer durch die Privat-Heilan- 
 stalten Deutschlands, Oesterreichs und der 
 Schweiz. Mit ausfuhrllcher Darstellung der 
 modemenBehandlungsmethoden. 6.Aufl. viii, 
 183 pp. 16°. Berlin, H. Suinitz, 1898-9. 
 
 . The same. 7. Aufl. 226 pp. 12°. Berlin, 
 
 H. Stdnitz, 1900. 
 
 The same. 10. Aufl. 160 pp. 16°. Ber- 
 
 lin, B. Steinitz, 1906. 
 
 The same. 13. Aufl. 180 pp. 
 
 8° Berlin, 
 
 E. suinitz, 1910. 
 
 . Diat und Wegweiser fiir Nervenkranke. 
 
 2. Aufl. 109 pp., 1 1. 12°. Berlin, E. Steinitz, 
 1900. 
 
BERGER. 
 
 456 
 
 BERGEY. 
 
 Berger (Paul) — continued. 
 
 . Ischias, das Hiiftweh. Wesen, Entste- 
 
 hung, Behandlung und Heilung; fiir Aerzte und 
 Laien. 2. Aufl. 64 pp. 8°. Berlin, H. Steinitz, 
 1903. 
 
 Die Hygiene vor den Flitter wochen. 
 
 3. Aufl. 96 pp. 8°; Berlin, H. Steinitz, 1905. 
 . Erbuche Krankheiten mit besonderer 
 
 Berucksiclitigung ihier Bedeutung fur die Ehe. 
 
 3. Aufl. 128 pp. 8°. Berlin, H.SUinitz,[n.d.]. 
 Berger (Paul) [1845-1908]. 
 
 See Bofla (Albert). Atlas manuel des bandages [etc.]. 
 
 12°. Paris, 1900.— Tralt6 de mMecine optoatoire [etc.). 
 
 roy. 8°. Paris, 1902. 
 For Biography, see Bull Acad, de mM., Par., 1908, 3. s., 
 
 Ix, 236-238. Also: IMd., 1913, 3. s., Ixx, 568-684 (P. Eeclus). 
 . Also: Bull, et m^in. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1908, n. s.. xxxlv, 
 
 1067-1069 (NSlaton). AUo: Ibid., 1910, n. s., xxxvi, 95-108 
 
 (B. Rochard). Also: Gas. d. hop.. Par., 1910, Ixxxiii, 129- 
 
 134 (B. Eochard). Also: Lancet, Lond., 1908, ii, 1334. 
 
 Also: Presse mdd.. Par., 1908, xvi, annexe, 713. Also: 
 
 lUd., 1913, xxi (suppl.), 1486-1492. (P. Eeclus). Also: Eev. 
 
 de chir., Par., 1908, xxxvlii, 651-555 (G. Marion). 
 
 & Banzet (S.) Chirurgie orthop^dique. 
 
 624 pp. roy. 8°. Paris, G. Steinheil, 1904. 
 Berger (Paul) [1872- ]. *Du traitement 
 
 chirurgical du prognathiBme. 52 pp., 1 1. 8°. 
 
 Lyon, 1897, No. 134. 
 Berger (R.) Gesundes Blut und starke Nerven 
 
 die Grundlage zur Erlangung und Erhaltung 
 
 dauemder Gesundieit bis ins hochste Alter. 
 
 27 pp. 12°. Dresden, Sommer, 1905. 
 Berger (Vincenz) {;i886- J. *Zur Mechanik 
 
 der Aneurysmabildung bei der congenitalen 
 
 Isthmusstenose der Aorta. 1 p. 1., 24 pp. 8° 
 
 Bonn, H. Trapp, 1913. 
 Berger (y[ulf] M[olBeyevich]) [1871- ]. *0 
 
 funktsu slyunnlkh zhelyoz u dietel grudnoyo 
 
 vozrasta. [Function of the salivary glands in 
 
 nurslings.] 1 p. 1., 82 pp., 2 1., 9 pi. 8°. S.- 
 
 Peterburg, B. M. Vulf, 1900. 
 Berger (Walter). *Ueber Antisepsis und Asepsis 
 
 bei Bulbufl-Operationen, [etc.]. 22 pp. 8°. 
 
 WUnburg, Stahel, 1896. 
 Berger (Walther) [1884- ]. *Das Maltafieber 
 
 und seme Bedeutung fiir Deutschland. 1 p. 1., 
 
 74 pp., 5 pi. 8°. Gottingen, L. Eofer, 1912. 
 
 de Bergerac {Cyrano). 
 
 Cumston (C. G.) Cyrano de Bergerac's opinion of the 
 medical profession. Jobns HopUns Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1912, 
 xxiii, 186-189. Also, Reprint. 
 
 Bergeret (Andr6) [1884r- ]. *Les fractures 
 ■vertico-transversales des condyles f^moraux. 
 44 pp. 8°. Nancy, 1915, No. 27. 
 
 Bergeret (Gustave) [1872- ]. *Des fractures 
 de I'astragale sans plaie ni d6placement. 79 pp. , 
 8 pl. 8°. Lyon, 1898, No. 105. 
 
 Bergeret (Louis-Franfois-Etieime) [1814- ]. 
 Des fraudes dana raccompUssement des fonc- 
 tions generatrices; causes, dangers et inconv6- 
 nients pour les individus, la famille et la society ; 
 remfedes. 12. 6d. 228 pp. 12°. Paris, J.-B. 
 Bailliire & fiU, 1884. 
 
 . The same. Le frodi nell' esercizio delle 
 
 funzioni generatrici. 9. ed. ital., eseguita suUa 
 6. francese. 46 pp., 1 1. roy. 8°. Roma, 1897. 
 
 Bergeret (Pierre) [1883- ]. *Contribution k 
 retude de I'aspinne (ether ac^tique de I'acide 
 salicyUque). [Lyon.] 62 pp. 8°. Valence, 
 1907, No. 12. 
 
 Bergertaoff (Paul) [1887- J. *Ueber die Ein- 
 ■wirkung von Salvarsan auf Wachstum und Blut- 
 bildung bei Tieren. [Bonn.] Ip. l.,23pp. 8°- 
 Elber/eld, A. Fastenrath, 1912. 
 
 Bergeron (Andre). *:^tude critique sur la pre- 
 sence du bacille de Koch dans le sang. 97 pp. 
 8°. Paris, 1904, No. 223. 
 
 Bergeron {Mienne- Jules) [1817-1900]. 
 
 Ducbe (E.) Notes biographiques. Bull. Soc. m^d. de 
 de V^ onne 1901, Auxerre, 1902, xlii, 14-21.— Obituary. Brit.. 
 M. J., Lond., 1900, ii, 1823.— B«ndu. [Biography.J Bull, 
 et m^m. Soc. m^d. d. hflp. de Par., 190O, 3. s., xvn, 1266- 
 1269.— Vallln (E.) [Biography.) Rev. d'hyg.. Par., 1900, 
 zxii, 1067-1059. 
 
 Bergeron (Femand-Eugfene-O.-J.) *De I'esprit 
 d'observation en medecine. 45 pp., 1 1. 8°. 
 Bordeaux, 1897^ No. 49. 
 
 Bergeron (Henn). 
 
 See MMeclne legale et jurisprudence mddicale, [etc.] 
 [teZ.S.). 8°. Para, 1894-1904. 
 
 Bergeron (Paul) [1883- ]. *Contribution k 
 retude des rapports de I'epilepsie avec le trau- 
 matisme. 83 pp. 8°. Pam, 1910, No. 174. 
 
 Berges (Eugfene). *La surveillance sanitaire de 
 I'induBtrie du lait en France et k I'etranger. 90 
 pp. 8°. Toulouse, 1907, No. 760. 
 
 BergSs (Gerald) [1880- ]. *Le syndrome "im- 
 mobiUte" dans les tumeurs cerebrales chez le 
 cheval; une observation en pathologie humaine. 
 38 pp., 1 1. 8°. Lyon, 1904, No. 108. 
 
 Berges (Jean-Joseph) [1888- ]. *Des pro- 
 prietes diuretiques du gui et en particulier du 
 gui d'Aubepine. 87 pp. 8°. ij/on, 1913, No. 50. 
 
 BergSs [Paul]. *Les troubles psychiques dans 
 repilepsie. 91pp. 8°. ToMioMse, 1910, No. 877. 
 
 Bergeslo (Libero). Sul trattamento chirurgico 
 delle annessiti suppurate. 45 pp. 8°. Torino, 
 G. B. Parana & Co., 1897. 
 
 . Essudati. e raccolte pelviche ginecolo- 
 
 giche, considerazioni e statistiche sul trattamento 
 cMrurgico. 12 pp. 8°. Cagliari-Sassari, G. 
 Dessi, -1898. 
 
 Berget ( A . ) Le radium et les nouveUes radiations. 
 Nouvelle ed. vi, 174 pp., 2 port. 12°. Paris, 
 lAhrairie univ., 1907. 
 
 Bergevin (C.) Etude sur les laits de la Beauce et 
 du Perche (arrondissement de Chateaudun). 
 72 pp. 8°. Ports, 1913, No. 6. 
 ]§;cole de pbarmacie. . 
 
 Bergey (David Hendricks) [1860- ]. Methods 
 for the determination of organic matter in air. 
 28 pp. 8°. Washington, 1896. 
 
 Forms part of v. 39 of: Smithson. Misc. Collect., Wash., 
 1896. 
 
 . An investigation on the influence upon 
 
 vital reedstance of animals to the microorgan- 
 isms of disease brought about by prolonged 
 sojourn in an impure atmosphere. 10 pp. 8°. 
 Washington, 1898. 
 Fonns part of v. 39 of: Smithson. Misc. Collect., Wash., 
 
 . Handbook of practical hygiene. Ip. 1., 
 
 164 pp. 8° Boston, Pa., Chemical Publ. Co., 
 
 The principles of hygiene; a practical 
 
 1899. 
 
 manual for students, physicians and health 
 ofiicers. 495 pp., 1 pl. 8°. Philadelphia & 
 London, W. B. Saunders & Co., 1901. 
 
 The same. 2. ed. 536 pp. 8°. Philadel- 
 
 phia, W. B. Saunders & Co., 1904. 
 
 . The same. 3. ed 
 
 Philadelphia & London, 
 1909. 
 
 The same. 4. ed. 
 
 555 pT 
 W. B. <! 
 
 .., 1 pl. 
 'aunderi 
 
 •s Co., 
 
 Philadelphia <Ss London, 
 1912. 
 
 The same. 5. ed. 
 
 Ip. 1., 7-529 pp. 
 
 B. Saunders Co., 
 
 1 p. 1., 7-531pp. 8°. 
 Philadelphia & London, W. B. Saunders Co., 1914. 
 
 . The same. 6. ed. Ip. 1., 7-543 pp. 8°. 
 
 Philadelphia & London, W. B. Saunders Co., 
 1918. 
 
 . Source and nature of bacteria in milk. 
 
 40 pp. 8°. Earrishurg, W. S. Ray, 1904. 
 I^rms Bull. 125 of: Pennsylvania. Dept. Agrio. 
 
BERGFELD. 
 
 457 
 
 VON BERGMANN. 
 
 Bergfeld (L.) Zerreiss die Binde vor demen 
 Augen, liebe Schwesterl Ein offener Brief an 
 jedes erwachsene junge Madchen. 104 pp. 12° 
 Milnchen, Seitz & Schauer, [1907]. 
 
 Bergfeldt (Alfred) [1869- 1. *Cliordasclieiden 
 und Hypochorda bei Alytes obstetricans. 
 [Marburg.] 50 pp., 1 1., 3 pi. 8° Wiesbaden, 
 J. F. Bergmann, 1896. 
 Bepr.from: Anat. Hefte, Wiesb., 1896, vii. 
 
 von Bergfried (Max). Die Kur aller Kuien. 
 Kurzes Lehrstuck der neuesten Diatkur. 38 
 pp. 8°. Lorrach, A. Wiviher & Co., [1907]. 
 
 Berggren {Gustaf Ferdinand) [1826-97]. 
 
 [ Blograpby.] Eira, Stockliolm, 1897, xxi, 37i-377. 
 von den Bergh (Albert Abraham Hijmaris). 
 Het denken in pathologie en kliniek. Rede. 
 40 pp. roy. 8°. Groningen, J. B. Walters, 1912. 
 Bergh (Gnstav Fr.) _Kort handledning i titrer- 
 analyB. [Short guide to titration analysis.] 
 57 pp. 8°. Stockholm, 1907. 
 
 See, also, EommentaT till svenska farmakopen [etc.] 
 [i»2. s.]. 8°. StocMoim, [1902]. 
 
 van den Bergb (Job.) *De hsemorrhagia. 15 pp. 
 4°". Lugd. Bat., A. Elzevier, 1704. [P., v. 2244.] 
 
 Bergh ([Ludvig] Budolvh [Sovhus])[lS24r- 
 1909]. 
 
 Pontoppldan (E.) [Biography.] Ugesk. I. Laeger, 
 Kj0beiih., 1909, Ixxi, 690.— Basch (C.) [Biograpliy.l Hosp. 
 Tld., KjSbenli., 1909, 5. E., ii, 806-808. ^ " ' • 
 
 van den Bergh (S[ophu8]) jr. De verplichte 
 toevoeging van sesam-oUe bij de margarine. 
 Een waarschuwend woord. 22 pp. 8°. Rotter- 
 dam, W. L. Brusse, 1904. 
 Berghahn (Wilhelm Heinrich, Otto Ernst) 
 [1885- I. *Melancholia senilis. 55 pp. 8°. 
 Kiel, C. Donath, 1911. 
 Berghaus (Wilhelm Hermann) [1873- ]. 
 *Ueber Gesichts- und Stimlagen. 36 pp., 2 1. 
 8°. Berlin, G. Vogt, 1896. c. 
 
 Berghausen (Georg Hubert Wilhelm Bartholo- 
 maus) [1881- ]. *Beitrag zur Casuistik der 
 Wirbelsaule-Verletzungen. 33 pp. 8°. Bmin, 
 J. Trapp, 1909. 
 
 Bergheimer (Lehmann) [1876- ]. *Ueber 
 Schussverletzungen des Halsteils des Oesopha- 
 gus. 40 pp., 11. 8° Strassburgi. E., C. & J. 
 Goeller, 1903. 
 
 Berghinz (Guido). Ospedale civile di Udiue. 
 II reparto medico pediatrico nel sue primo 
 bienmo 1898-9. 94 pp. 8°. Udine, frat. 
 Tossolini & G. Jacob, 1900. 
 
 . La medicina infantile a Udine; resoconto 
 
 statistico del u° biennio 1900-1901. 71 pp. 8°. 
 Udine, Tosolini & G. Jacob, 1902. 
 See, also, Fennato (Papinio) & BergUnz (Guldo) 
 [«7i 1. s.]. lie cerebropatie [etc.]. 8°. Udine, 1899. 
 
 Berghoff_ (Anton) [1873- ]. *Ein Fall von 
 Hepatitis interstitialis luetica. 14 pp 8° 
 Kiel, H. Fiencke, 1901. 
 
 Berghoff (Edmund Wilhelm) [1871- ]. *Bei- 
 trag zur Behandlung des Scheiden- und Ge- 
 barmuttervorfalls. 32 pp., 1 tab., 1 1. 8°. 
 Leipzig, B. Georgi, 1903. 
 
 Bergholz (Robert) [1880- ]. *Chlorierung von 
 Salicylaldehyd. 29 pp., 11. 8°. Konigsberg 
 i Pr., H. Jaeger, 1904. ^ 
 
 Bergin (Ewsey) [1887- ]. *Ein FaU von 
 Atresia hymenalis. 1 p. 1., 23 pp., 1 pi. 8°. 
 Mimchen, H. Boeder, 1913. 
 
 Bergin {Georg Frederick) [1865-1909]. 
 
 Obituary. Lancet, Loud., 1909, ii, 1865. 
 Bergis (Ren6) [1890- ]. *Contribution k 
 r^tude des alt&adons chroniques de la pros- 
 tate derrifere les vieux rltr^cissements. FLvon 1 
 98 pp. 8°. Toulouse, 1913, No. 69. 
 
 Bergius (Petrus Jonas) [1730-90]. Materia medica 
 e regno vegetabili, sisteng simpUcia officinaUa, 
 pariter atque culinaria, [etc.]. 2. ed. 2 v., 
 paged consecutively, xiv, 972 pp. 8°- Stock- 
 nolmix,P. Hesselberg, 1782. 
 
 Bergleitep (Wilhelm) [1878- ]. *Ueber trau- 
 matische Pleuritis. 84 pp., 11. 8°.- Milnchen, 
 Kastner & Callwey, 1904. 
 
 Berglund (Victor). Studier ofver ansiktsprofilens 
 forhUlande till kranieprofilen. 1 p. 1., 79 pp. 
 roy. 8°. Lund, C. W. K. Glerup, [1914]. 
 
 Bergman (K[arl] Yu[lyevich]) [1874- ]. *0 
 vliyanii mishyaka i zhelieza na morfologicheskiy 
 sostav krovi i kolichestvo hemoglobina u zhivot- 
 nlkh poslie krovopuskaniy; eksperimentalnoye 
 izsliedovaniy. [Influence of arsenic and iron 
 on the morphological composition of the blood 
 and the quantity of haemoglobin in animals after 
 bloodletting; experimental investigation.] 93 
 pp., 3 1. 8°- S.-Peterburg, Mme. N. T. Soihina, 
 1904. 
 
 Bergman (V[iktor] G[ustavovich]) [1880- ]. 
 Nailuchshiy sposob obezzarazhivaniya ruk khi- 
 rurga. [Best method of disinfecting the sur- 
 geon's hands.] 66 pp. 8°. [Kiyev, 1903.] 
 Botmd with: Univ. Izviest., Kiev, 1903, xliii. 
 
 von Bergmann (Adolf). Die Lepra, xxii, 112 
 pp., 7 pi., 6 1. 8°. Stuttgart, F. Enke, 1897. 
 Deutsche Chirurgie, Llg. 10'>. 
 
 Bergmann (August) [1886- ]. *Abgekap8eltes 
 Angiom der Orbita (Operation nach Kronlein). 
 1 p. 1., 39 pp. 8°. Freiburg i. Br., Speyer & 
 Kxmer, 1913. 
 
 Bergmann (D.) Der Korperbau des normalen 
 Weibes mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung des 
 Graviditat-Stadiums. 17 pp., 1 1., 1 superim- 
 posed pi. 8°. Berlin, W. Reuter, [n. rf.]. 
 
 Bergmann (Emmy) [1887- ]. *Ueber Psoria- 
 sis und Gelenkerkrankungen. 40 pp., 1 1. 8°. 
 Berlin, H. Blanke, 1913. 
 
 von Bergmann (Ernst) [1836-1907]. Die chirur- 
 gische Behandlung der Himgeschwiilste. 
 In.- Samml. klin. Vorlr., n. F., Lelpz., 1897, No. 20C 
 No. 57, 893-924). 
 
 . Die chirurgische Behandlung von Him- 
 
 krankheiten. 3. Aufl. viii, 606 pp. 8°. Berlin 
 A. Eirschwald, 1899. 
 
 . Das Berliner Rettungs-Wesen. 2. Aufl. 
 
 47 pp. 8° Berlin, A. Eirschwald, 1900. 
 
 . The same. 2. Aufl. 47 pp. 8°. Berlin, 
 
 A. Eirschwald, 1900. 
 
 . Die Behandltmg der acut-progredienten 
 
 Phlegmone. 31 pp. 8°- Berlin, A. Eirsch- 
 wald, 1901. 
 
 . Die Verletzur^en und Erlirankungen 
 
 der Weichtheile und der Knochen des Schadels. 
 In: Handb. d. prakt. Chir. . . . Bergmann fet al.l. 2. 
 " "" Stuttgart, 1903, i, 1-153. 
 
 .200 (Chir., 
 
 Aufl. 8° 
 
 Die Gehimerschiltterung. Commotio 
 
 cerebri. 
 
 In: Handb. d. prakt. (Jhir. . . . Bergmann fet al 1 
 Aufl. 8°. Stottjart, 1903, i, 165-180. 
 
 -. Die EpUepsie nach Kopfverletzungen 
 und die chirurgische Behandlung der EpUepsie. 
 Iji: Haudb. d. prakt. Cliir. . . . Bergmann fet alj. 2. 
 Aufl. 8°. S«ft;or«, 1903, i, 315-323. 
 
 . Geisteskrankheiten nach Kopfverletzim- 
 
 gen und die chirurgische Behandlung von 
 Geisteslsiankheiten . 
 
 In.' Hands, d. prakt. Chir. . . . Bergmann ret al.l 2. 
 Aufl. 8°. Stuttgart, 1903,1,3^-329. 
 
 . Die chirurgische Behandlung von Hirn- 
 
 geschwulsten. 
 
 In: Handb. d. prakt. Cbii. . . . Bergmann fet al.l. 2 
 Aufl. 8'. Stuttgart,m)3,i,329-336. 
 
 See, also, Archlv fiir klinische Chirurgie v 81 Test 
 f«^irUt . . . 8°. Berlin, 1936.— Deutsche Zeitschrilr 
 Jur Chirurgie. Bd. 85. Festschrilt . 8°. Leipzig, 
 
VON BERGMANN. 
 
 458 
 
 BERGMEISTEE. 
 
 von Bergmann (Ernst)— continued. 
 
 1906.— Entwlcklung ui}d Fortschritte [etc.]. 8". Jma, 
 1909.— Erste arztliche Hiilfe [etc]. 8*. Berlin, 1905.— 
 Handbuch der praktischen Chirurgie, [etc.] [in 2 s ] 8' 
 Stuttgart, 1899-1902.— luness of the Emperor Frederick 
 III [etc.]. 8°. Berlin 1888.— KOmer (O.) Die otitischen 
 Erkrankungen des Hirns [etc.). 8°. Wiesbaden, 1902.— 
 I/exer (Erich). Leiirhuoh der alkemeineu [etc.]. 8°. 
 Stuttgart, 1908.— Martia (August Eduard). Diagnostik 
 
 der Bauchgeschwulste [etc.] [in 2. s.]. 8°. Stuttgart, 1903. 
 System (A) of practical surgery, [etc.] [i« 2. s.]. 8'. Ni 
 York & Philadelphia, 1904— Verttflentllchungen aus dem 
 
 Gebiete des Milltar-Sanitatswesens. Heft 35. Beitrage zur 
 Chirurgie und Kriegschirurgle. Festschrift ... 8°. Berlin, 
 1906.— Zeltsclirttt filr orthopadische Chirurgie. Bd. 17. 
 
 Festschrift 8°. Stuttgart, 1906. 
 
 For Biography, see Berl. klin. Wchnschr.. 1907, xliv, 737- 
 742 (M. Borchardt). Also: Boston M. & S. 1, 1907, clvi, 407. 
 Also: Brit. M. J., Lond., 1907, i, 844. Also: Deutsche med'. 
 Presse, Berl., 1897, i, 9. Also: Deutsche med. Wchnschr., 
 Berl. & Leipz., 1906, xxxii, 2039 (H. Fischer). Also: Deut- 
 sche mil.-arztl. Ztschr., Berl., 1906, xxxv, 661-663 (A. Koeh- 
 ler). Also: Ibid., 1907, xxxvi, 241-244. Also: J. Am. M. 
 Ass., Chicago, 1907, xlviii. 1125, port. Also: Lancet, Lond., 
 1907, i, 982-985, port. Also: Med. Woche. Halle a. S., 1907, 
 Tiii, 147. Also: Miinohen. med. Wchnschr., 1907, liv, 837- 
 839 (O. von Angerer). Also: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1907, 
 Ixxxv, 608. Also: Orvosi hetil^ Budapest, 1907, li, 262 (P. 
 Steiner). Also: Soziale Med., Berl., 1906, xiv, 613. 
 
 See, also: 
 
 BucHHOLTZ (A.) Ernst von Bergmann; mit 
 Bergmann's Kriegsbriefen von 1866, 1870-71 
 und 1877. 2. Aufl. 8°. Leipzig, 1911. 
 
 ExcELLENZ wirkl. Geh.-Rat Professor Dr. 
 Ernst von Bergmann und seine Assistenten in 
 der konigl. Klinik. Vor fund] nach der Opera- 
 tion. 2 pi. obi. 4°. Berlin [1906]. 
 
 Cutting from: Berliner Leben, 1906, ix, 7. Hit. 
 
 Alexander (S.) Ernst von Bergmann als Standesgenosse. 
 Ztschr. t. arztl. Fortbild., Jena, 1906, iii, 715-717.— Bertels 
 (A.) Ernst von Bergmanns Arbeiten liber Fettembolie. 
 St. Petersb. med. Ztschr., 1914, xxxix, 31-33.— Ernst von 
 Bergmann (Das) Denkmal in Dorpat. Deutsche med. 
 Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz^ 1913, xxxix, 2101.— Henlus (L.) 
 Ernst von Bergmann als Forderer der arztUchen Standesin- 
 teressen. Ibid., 1906, xxxii, 2041.— Heubner (O.) Vom 
 Bankett zur 70jahiigen Geburtstagsfeier; Fest-Trink- 
 spruch. Med. Klin., Berl., 1907, in, 20.— Kutner (R.) 
 Ernst von Bergmann und das arztliche Fortbildungswesen. 
 Ztschr. f. arztl. Fortbild., Jena, 1906, iii, 709-712.— Meyer 
 (G.) Ernst von Bergmann und das Eettungswesen. Ibid., 
 
 712-715. — . Ernst von Bergmann's letzter Abschled 
 
 von Berlin. Berl. klin. Wchnschr^ 1907, xllv, 407.— 
 Scblange (H. ) Bericht fiber die Krankheit Ernst von 
 Bergmanns. [Stenosis flexurse lienalis coll adhsesiva. 
 Necrosis pancreatis. Peritonitis diffusa purulenta.) Deut- 
 sche med. Wchnschr., Wien & Leipz., 1907, xxxiii, 599. — 
 Stromeyer. Die Enthiillung des Ernst von Bergmann- 
 Denkmals in Dorpat. Med. Klin., Berl., 1913, ix, 1746, 
 
 & Bochs (Hugo). Anleitende Vorle- 
 
 sungen fiir den Operations-Cursus an der Leiche. 
 
 1. Theil. 4. Aufl. xvi, 252 pp. 12°. Berlin, 
 
 A. Hirschwald, 1901. 
 -■ . The same. 2. Theil. 206 pp. 8°- 
 
 Berlin, A. Hirschwald, 1903. 
 Bergmann (Eugen). *tleber die Bildung von 
 
 Cyan aus Ammoniak. [Bern.] 38 pp. 8°. 
 
 Miinchen, R. Oldenbourg, 1895. 
 Bergmann (F.) Keine geschlechtUche Neuras- 
 
 thenie mehi! Die HeUung der sexuellen 
 
 Nervenschwache. 110 pp. 8°. Leipzig, M. 
 
 Wendel, [1907?]. 
 von Bergmann (Franz Gustav Eichard August) 
 
 [1878- ]. *Die Ueberfuhrung von Cystin in 
 
 Tatirin im tierischen Organismus. [Straas- 
 
 burg.] 24 pp., 1 1. 8°. Braunschweig, F. 
 
 Vieweg & Sohn, 1903. 
 Bergmann (H.) *Ueber veraltete traumatische 
 
 Huftgelenks-Luxationen. 32 pp. 8°. Wilrz- 
 
 burg, Kohl & Hecher, 1894. 
 Bergmann [Ignatz]. Aerztlicher Eatgeber fiir 
 
 Schonheitspflege. Ein Lehrbuch fiir Manner 
 
 und Frauen zur Hebung und Erhaltung ihrer 
 
 Gesichts- und Kbrperschonheit. 79 pp. 8°. 
 
 Berlin, H. Sirrums, [1898?]. 
 
 Bergmann [I^atz] — continued. 
 
 . Aerztucher Ratgeber fiir Schonheits- 
 pflege einschliesslich Nagelpflege (Manicure). 
 3. Aufl. 131 pp. 8°. Berlin, E. Simons, 
 [1900, vel subseq.f. 
 
 Die willkurliche Zeugung von Knaben 
 
 oder Madchen. Die Losung desTroblems. vi, 
 41 pp. 12°. Leipzig, Emst'sche VerlagsbvM,., 
 [1900] . 
 
 Bergmann (Joseph). *Ueber die Grosse des 
 Herzens bei Menscken und Tieren. 34' pp., 1 1. 
 8°. Miinchen, 1884. 
 
 Bergmann (Joseph) [1880- ]. *Die operative 
 Behandlung des durch chronische Blepharitis 
 entstandenen Ektropiums. [Freiburg i. Br.] 
 28 pp., 2 1. 8°. Berlin, M. Liedea, 1906. 
 
 Bergmann (Julius). *Ueber den Verlauf von 
 Masem welche wahrend einer Scharlacherkran- 
 kung auftraten. 37 pp. 8°. Zurich, F. Am- 
 berger, 1913. 
 
 Bergmann (Max) [1874- ]. *Zur Pathologie 
 perforierender Homhautgeschwtilste und pen 
 Veranderungen im vorderen Bulbusabschnitte 
 bei Sekundarglaukom. 26 pp., 1 1., 4 pi. 8°. 
 Marburg, H. Bauer, 1899. 
 
 Bergmann (Max). ■*Ueber einen Fall von 
 traumatificher crouposer Pneumonie. 53 pp., 1 
 ch. 8°. Miinchen, Kastner ds Lossen, 1900. 
 
 Bergmann (Ottmar) [1878- J *Ueber Com- 
 bination von Blattemschutzimpfung, Masem 
 und multipler embolischer Gangran der Haut 
 und Scldeimhaute zugleich ein Beitrag zur 
 Frage der generalisirten Vaccine. [Wiirzbuig.] 
 14 pp., 11. 8°. Stuttgart, Union Deutsche Ver- 
 lagsgesellsch. , 1904. 
 
 Bergmann (Paul). SypMlis-Heilung durch ein 
 neues Verfahren ohne Schmierkur und ohne 
 Einspritzung. 3. Aufl. 100 pp. 8°- Berlin & 
 Leipzig, 8 chwdzer & Co., IQll. 
 
 . Die HeUung von Gicht und Rheumatismus ; 
 
 ein neues Verfahren. 3. Aufl. 73 pp. 8°. 
 Berlin & Leipzig, Schweker & Co., [1912V 
 
 Bergmann fwilhelm). Hypnose und Willens- 
 freiheit im Lichte der neueren Forschung; eine 
 kritische Studie. 28 pp. 8°- Hamm, West/., 
 Breer & Thiemann, 1912. 
 
 Bergmann (Wilhelm Otto Joseph) [1862- ]. 
 Selbstbefreiung aus nervosen Leiden. 3.-5. 
 Tausend. xii,. 295 pp. 8°. Freiburg i. B., 
 Serdersdie VerMgshanalung, 1911. 
 
 Bergmann, (Wolfgang Heinrich) [1875- ]. 
 *Ueber die Ausscheidung von Phosphorsaure 
 beim Fleisch- und beim Pflanzenfreseer. 22 pp. , 
 1 1. 8°. Marburg, J. Eamel, 1901. 
 
 Bergmann-Kasperowicz (Marie). *Contribu- 
 tion k I'^tude de la psychose de Korsakow. 
 Aperfu clinique et recherches sur la m6moire. 
 48 pp. 8°. Genive, C.Zmllner,\Wl. 
 
 von Bergmann-Bosoff (Mme. Olga) [1881- ]. 
 *Les reactions cutan^es diath^siques chez le 
 nourrisson. 94 pp. 8°. Para, 1911, No. 357. 
 
 Bergmans (E. J.) Bouwhygiene; proeve van 
 eene toepassing van de algemeene regelen der 
 gezondheidsleer bij het bouwen in koude, 
 gematigde en tropische Idimaten. 117 pp. 8°. 
 Delft, J. TFaitman, jr., 1909. 
 
 Bergmark (Gustaf). *Bidrag tUl de cerebrala 
 forlamningarnaa symptomatologi. [Contribu- 
 tion to the symptomology of cerebral paralysis.] 
 vi, 205 pp., 2 pi. 8°. Uppsala, Almqvist & 
 Wicksell, 1908. 
 
 Bergmeister (Otto) [1845- ]. Die Intoxika- 
 tionsamblyopien. 
 In: Wien. Elinik, 1886, xii, 53-74. 
 
BERGMULLER. 
 
 459 
 
 BERI-BERI. 
 
 Bergmilller (Johann Georg). Anthropometria, 
 sive statura tominia a nativitate ad consumma- 
 tum setatis incrementiim ad dimenrionuin et 
 proportionum regulas diBcrixninata. Oder: Sta- 
 tus des Menschen, von der Geburt an, nach 
 seinem Wachsthum und verschiedenen Alter, 
 [etc.]. 2 1., 14 pi. fol. Augspurg J. J. Latter, 
 1723. 
 
 Bergner (A.) Die von dem menschliclien Korper 
 ausstromende Kraft. 31 pp. 8° Wismar, 1898. 
 
 Bergner (Ernst FeUx) [1875- ]. *Ueber Sar- 
 comatose im Kindesalter. 54 pp., 1 pL, 1 1. 8° 
 Miinchen, Kastner & Callwey, 1903. 
 
 Bergner (Friedrich) [1880- ]. *Ein Fall von 
 Chylothorax traumaticus. 27 pp. 8°. Leipzig, 
 B. Georgi, 1907. 
 
 Bergo'end (Etienne) [1878- _ ]. *Contribution 
 k I'^tude des atrophodermies circonscrites. 70 
 pp., 1 1. 8°. Li/on, 1907, No. 78. 
 
 Bergonie (J[ean-Alban]) [1857- ]. Oours de 
 physiologie biologique, ann6e 1896-7. Legons 
 de m^canique animale. 170 pp., 2 pi. 4°. 
 Paris, Soc. d'idit. scient., [1897, vel subseg.]. 
 
 See, also, Ztminem (Adolphe) [in 2. s.]. &4iiients 
 d'aeetrotherapie [etc.], 8°. Paris, 1906. 
 
 AUo, Editor or: Archives d'yectriciW m^dicale, exp4- 
 rimentale et clinique, Bordeaus, 1893-1917. 
 
 Bergonier (Georges- Jean)_ [1878- ]. *Des 
 
 erreurs attributes h, la radiographie des fractures. 
 
 64 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1904, No. 116. 
 Bergonier (Jean). *Contribution h. I'^tude de 
 
 la loi.sanitaire du 15 f6vTierl902. 62 pp. 8° 
 
 Paris, 1904, No. 177. 
 Bergonzoll (Gaspare). La cloralmide come 
 
 ipnotico nelle malattie mentali. Eicerche. 17 
 
 pp. 8°. Voghera, Rusconi & Co., 1891. 
 . Deir USD dell' argento coUoidale elettrico 
 
 nelle malattie mentali. 9 pp. 8°. Voghera 
 
 G. Luigi, 1911. 
 Bergoulgnan (Paul). *Le traitement r^nal des 
 
 cardLopathies art&ielles. 212 pp. 8°. Paris 
 
 1902, No. 322. 
 . The same, viii, 212 pp. 8° Paris, J. 
 
 Rousset, 1902. 
 . The hydro-mineral cure of Evian; natural 
 
 mineral waters of Evian (France, Haute-Savoie), 
 
 physiological action, therapeutic indications. 
 
 1 p. 1., 39 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Paris, J. Rousset, 1903. 
 " elq 
 
 Quelques consid&ations sur les cures de 
 diurfese. 16 pp. 8°. Paris, J. Rousset, 1906. 
 
 See, aUo, Hucbard (H[enri]) & Bergoulgnan fPaull 
 Sphygniomanom6trie[etc.]. 8°. Pam, 1908. 
 
 Bergqwist (Joh. O. A.) Larbok i vattenlake- 
 konsten jamte nagra ord cm luft- och solbad. 
 [Handbook of hydrotheraphy, with remarks on 
 air and sun baths.] 196 pp. 8°. Stockholm 
 P. A. Norstedt & Sorters, [1905]. 
 
 ._ Halsoregler och rfid for skolgossar och 
 
 skolflickor. [Health rules for school boys and 
 school girls.] 16 pp. 12° Stockholm, B. W. 
 Tullberg^ [1905]. 
 
 . Huru skola vi starka och harda oss sjalf va? 
 
 [How shall we strengthen and harden ourselves 1 
 67 pp. 8°. Stockholm, H. W. Tullberg, 1905. 
 
 • . Huru skola vi haida vSra barn? [How 
 
 shall we harden our children?] 31 pp. 12° 
 Stockholm, H. W. Tullberg, 1905. 
 
 . Nagra rad for brunnen- och badgaster. 
 
 [Advice to visitors of health resorts.] 19 pp. 12° 
 Stockholm, H. W. Tullberg, 1905. 
 
 . Mgra regler och rad for foraldrar och 
 
 uppfostrare i fr^ga om skolgossars och skol- 
 flickors halsov&rd. [Some rules and advice to 
 parents and teachers concerning school boys and 
 school girls.] 28 pp. 12°. Stockholm, H. W. 
 Tullberg, 1905. 
 
 Bergqwist (Joh. O. A.)— continued. 
 
 . Kompendium i nervsjukdomama. [Com- 
 
 pend on nervous diseases.] 1 p. 1., 96 pp. 8° 
 Stockholm, P. A. Norstedt & Soner, 1906. 
 
 Bergschncider (Hermann) [1868- ]. *Ueber 
 Armvorfall bei Schadellage. 24 pp. 8°. Leip- 
 zig, A. Edelmann, 1895. 
 
 Bergsma (Eiso)._ *Bet bloedsuikergehalte en de 
 suikerstofwisseling tijdens de zwangerschap, de 
 baring en het kraambed. xi, 103 pp. 4°. 
 Leiden, S. C. van Doesburgh, 1912. 
 
 Bergstedt {Earl Anders) [1841-1915]. 
 
 Gr»nliolm(V.) [Obituary.) Flnskalak.-sallsk. handl., 
 Helsingfors, 1916, Iviii, 162-167, port.— S. (O.) Nekrolog. 
 Tidsskr. i. d. norske Lsegefor., Kristiania, 1916, xxxvi, 336. 
 
 Bergstraesser (Max) [1877- ]. *Ein Fall von 
 Carcinom des Pankreas. 26 pp., 1 1. 8°. Murv- 
 Chen, C. Wolf & Sohn, 1903. 
 
 Bergs trand (A.) Tuberkulosen hos notkreatur 
 och densammas hekampande. [Tuberculosis 
 in cattle and how to fight it.] 2. ed. 119 pp. 
 12° Stockholm, F. & G. Beijers, [1894]. 
 
 . Grunddragen af den interna terapien 
 
 efter tyska och skandinaviska kUnikforestan- 
 dare for praktiserande lakare och studerande. 
 [Outlines of internal therapeutics according to 
 German and Scandinavian clinical authorities, 
 for practicing physicians and students.] viii, 
 185 pp. 12°. Stockholm, Nordin & Josephson, 
 [1899]: 
 
 -. Kliniskt vademecum for veterinarer. En 
 
 minneshjalp vid den praktiska tjanstgSringen. 
 [Clinical vademecum for veterinarians. A help 
 to the memory in practical service.] 3. uppl. 
 viii, 215 pp. 12°. Linkoping, Forfatteren, 1902. 
 Konssjukdomar inom aktenskapet och 
 
 behofvetaf rattsskydd. [Sexual diseases during 
 the married state, and necessity for legal pro- 
 tection against them.] 44 pp. 8°. Stockholm, 
 Hdlsovdnnen, 1905. 
 
 Bergstrom (K. A.) Massage- Kuren. Huru 
 sjukdomai upptackas, behandlas och fordrifvas 
 darmed. [Massage; prevention, treatment, and 
 cure of diseases.] 196 pp., 1 1. sm. 4°. Stock- 
 holm, G. Chelius, 1900. 
 
 Bergugnat (L.) [1875- ]. *La gu&ison de la 
 coxalgie. R^sultat que I'on peut obtenir par le 
 traitement dans les diverses p^riodes de la 
 maladie (p&iode du d6but; deviations; abcfes). 
 95 pp., 11. 8°. Pans, 1900, No. 536. 
 
 BergwaU (J. E.) [1836- ]. Om pesten och 
 des hekampande. [On the plague and its sub- 
 jugation.] 66 pp., 1 pi. 12°. Stockholm, Ehman 
 & Co., [1901]. 
 
 . Egna hemmets hygien. RAd och anvis- 
 
 ningar for sundhetsvArd af stuga och tomt. [The 
 hygiene of the home. Advice and instructions 
 in the sanitary care of rooms and surroundings.] 
 46 pp., 1 1. 12°. Stockholm, P. A. Norstedt & 
 Soner, 1904. 
 
 Beri-beri. 
 
 See, also. Deficiency diseases; Neuritis (Mul- 
 tiple); Vitamines. 
 
 Dammann. Notice sur le b^rib^ri. 8°. Pans, 
 1863. 
 
 Bepr.from: Association m^dicale. 
 
 Dangbhfield (H.-V.) Le b&ibM; definition, 
 etymologie historique, bactdriologie, symptoma- 
 tologie, pathoa^nie, pathologie exp^rimentale, 
 traitement. 8 . Pans, 1905. 
 
 VAN DiEBBN (E.) Begripsverwarring of erger? 
 Een antwoord op Prof. C. Eykman's artikelen 
 over Beri-beri en voeding. 8°. Amsterdam. 
 1898. 
 
BERI-BERI. 
 
 460 
 
 BERI-BERI. 
 
 Beri-beri. 
 
 Grimm (F.) Klinische Beobachtungen tiber 
 Beri-Beri. 8°. Berlin, 1897. 
 
 Hebrakd [et al.]. Intoxications et empoison- 
 nements; b^rib^ri. roy. 8°. Paris, 3911. 
 
 Jeanseuie (E.) Le b6rib6ri. 12°. Paris, 
 [1907]. 
 
 Laoh. lets over de aetidogie, prophylaxis en 
 therapie der beri-beri. Bijdrage tot de kennis 
 derinfectie-ziekten. 8°. Batama, 1903. 
 
 Mariteatj (E.) *Contribution S, r6tude du 
 b^ribM. 4°. Toulouse, 1891. 
 
 MiURA (K.) Beri-Beri. 8°. Wien & Leipzia, 
 1913. 
 
 Plehn (A.) Ueber Beri-Beri und ihre Be- 
 deutung fiir wirtschaftliche und kriegerische 
 TJnternehmungen in den warmen Landern. 8° 
 Berlin, 1907. 
 
 RoGBS (A.) *Contribution k I'^tude du b^ri- 
 b^ri. 4°. Toulouse, 1895. 
 
 Veddbk (E. B.) Beriberi. (The Cartwright 
 prize.) 8°. Neu! York, 1913. 
 
 Wmght (H.) On the classification and path- 
 ology of beri-beri. 8°. London, 1903. 
 
 A.(J. W.) Beriberi. Pub. Health Eep. U.S. Mar. Hosp. 
 Sen. -1904-5, Wash,, 1906, 280.— Abdou (N. T.) Descrip- 
 tive picture of beriberi. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1918, Ixxi, 
 1298.— Alberts (J. E.) Nieuwe onderzoekiiigen over beri- 
 beri. Geneesk. Courant, Amst., 1909, Ixiii, 311; 319.— van 
 AndeI(P.) Ueber Beriberi; GesichtspunktezurErklarung 
 mancher epidemiologisch schwer zu deutenden Erschei- 
 nungen. Arch. f. Sohills-u. Tropen-Hyg., Leipz., 1909,xiii, 83- 
 86.— Aoyama (T.) UeberKakke. [Japanese text.) Ztschr, 
 d. med. Gesellsch. zu Tokyo, 1898, xii 416; 445; 517.— Awoya- 
 ma (I.) [On kakk^l Tokyo Iji-Shinshi, 1898, 1089; 2038; 
 2128; 2171.— BaUey (J. W.) Beri-beri, a clinical study. 
 Northwest Med., Seattle, 1903, i, 75-83.— Braddon (W. L.) 
 Beri-beri, its cause, symptoms, diagnosis, treatment, path- 
 ology and prevention. Tr. Bombay M. Cong., Bombay^ 
 1909, 266-273. . Beri-beri. J. Trop. M. [etc.], Lond., 
 
 1911, xiv, 153.— Brault (J.) Leb«rib4ri. Gaz. hebd. d. so. 
 mid. de Bordeaux, 1911, xxxii, 149-151.— Bullmore (C.)' 
 Beri-beri. Lancet, Lond., 1900, ii, 873-875.— Cajazeira 
 (J. A.) PoUnevrite palustre e beri-beri. Arch, brasil. de 
 med., Elo de Jan., 1915, v, 252-265.- Campbell (C. C.) 
 Notes on beri-beri. Canada Lancet, Toronto, 1901-2, xxxv, 
 543-546. — Carpenter (P. T.) Observations on the aetiology, 
 differential diagnosis, and treatment of beri-beri. J. Trap. 
 M., Lond.. 1899-1900, ii, 12-15.— Caspari (W.) & Mosz- 
 kowskl (M.) Weiteres zur Beriberilrage. Berl. klin. 
 Wchnschr., 1913, 1, 1515-1519. [Discussion], 1415. Also: 
 Verhandl. d. Berl. med. Gesellsch. (1913), 1914, xliv, pt. 2, 
 248-261. rpiscussion], pt. 1, 165-169.— Chamberlain (W. 
 P.), Vedder (E. B.) & Barber (J. E.) Beri-beri. Mil. 
 Surgeon^ Wash., 1912, xxx, 312-314.— Cohen (H. M.) 
 Benben as met with in the Philippines. Maryland M. J., 
 Bait., 1905, xlviii, 477-487. Also, Reprint.— Curnow (J.) 
 A clinical lecture on beri-beri. Clin. J^ Lond., 1899-1900, 
 XV, 183-187.— Daubler (K.) Die Beri-Berikrankheit. 
 Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl,, 1898, clii, 218-240.— Dicken- 
 son (G. O. M.) A personal experience of beri-beri. J. Boy. 
 Nav. M. Serv., Lond., 1915, i, 323-325.— Doyle (S. B J Beri- 
 beri. N. York M. J. fete], 1913, xcvii, 828. Also, Reprint. 
 
 . Benoeri. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1916, ciii, 686-688. 
 
 Also, Reprint.- Eljkman (C.) Beriberi. Tr. Internal. 
 Cong. Med,, Lond., 1913, Sect, xxf, Trop. Mod. & Hyg,, 
 25-40. [Discussion], pt. 2, 115-120.— Elliott (C. C) Notes 
 on beri-beri. South African M. J., Cape Town, 1896-7, iv, 
 110-113,— Erichsen (S.) (Researches on beriberi.) Tidskr. 
 f. d. norske Laegefor., Kiistlania, 1899, xix, 65&-671.— Find- 
 lay (G.,M,) Beriberi. Practitioner, Lond., 1917, xcviii, 
 69-78.— Fischer (G.) & Boddaert (A.) NotesurleMrib^ri. 
 Ann. See. de mM. de Gand, 1901, Ixxx, 203-219, 2 pi.— 
 Fraser (H.) & Stanton (A. T.) The etiology, prevention 
 and cure of beriberi. Tr. Intcmat. Cong. Hyg. & Demog. 
 
 1912, Wash., 1913, v, pt. 2, 637-670.— Freire (L.) Sobre o 
 beriberi. Brazil-med., Rio de Jan., 1916, xxx, 9-11. — 
 GoTOsaku Shibayama. Some observations concerning 
 beriberi. Philippine J. Sc. [B,l, Manila, 1910, v, 123. [Dis- 
 cussion], 137-144!— Grimm (F,) Ueber Beriberi. Deut- 
 sche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Wien, 1898, xxiv, 460-462.— 
 HenggeleT(0.) UeberBeriberiundmdischeSpruw. Cor.- 
 Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1905, xxxv, 328-331.— Herzog 
 (M.) Studies in bcrioeri. Philippine J. So., Manila, 1906, 
 
 i, 709-764, 12 pi. . Beriben (kakke). In: Mod. Med. 
 
 (Osier), 8°, Phila. & N. Y., 1907, iii, 29-^1.— Hodges (A. D. 
 P.) Memoranda, concernmg the nature of bihimbo. J. 
 Trop. M. [etc.l, Lond., 1907, x, 22.— Hoist (A,) Om beri- 
 beri. Norsk Mag. f. Lsegevidonsk., Kristiania, 1907, 5. R., 
 V, 1430-1436. . Om beri-beri. Tidsskr. f. d. norske 
 
 Beri-beri. 
 
 Laegefor., Kristiania, 1910, xxx, 623; 678.— Illlgo (S.) Estu- 
 dio clinico y tefirico del beri-beri. Kev. m&i. de Sevilla, 
 1911, Ivi, 102; 141; 197.— Insabato (E.) II beri-beri. Clin, 
 med. ital,, Milano, 1902, xli, 459-473.— Jeanselme. BM- 
 hiri. Bull. Soo. path, exot.. Par., 1910, iii, 8-13,— 
 Kasel (K.) Ueber das Wesen der Eakke-(Beri-Beri-) 
 Krankheit. Aerztl. Rundschau, Miinchen, 1907, xvii, 433. — 
 KermoTgant (A.) Consid&ations sur le bgribdri. Cadu- 
 c4e. Par., 1902, if, 127-129.— KUstermanu (K.) Unter- 
 suchungen iiber Beri-Beri. Jahrb. d.'Hamb. Staatskranken- 
 anst. 1895-6, Hamb. & Leipz., 1897, v, pt. 2, 298-304. Also: 
 Mitt. a. d. Hamb. Staatskrankenanst., 1897, i, 298-304.— 
 Kunert. Ueber Beri-Beri. Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg.. Berl., 
 1905, Ixxiv, 667-669. Also: Tahresb. d. sohles. Gesellsch. 1. 
 vaterl. Kult. 1905, Bresl,, 1906, 167-174.— tebredo (M. C.) 
 Contribution to the study of beriberi. 3. Am. Pub. Health 
 Ass,, Columbus, Ohio, 1911, i, 924-926.— Le Dantec (A.) 
 Beri-beri. Calif. State J. M.; San Fran., 1908, vi, 366; 388.— 
 Little (J. M.) Beriberi. J. Am. Med. Ass., Chicago, 1914, 
 Ixiii, 1287-1290.^LoverIne (P. A.) Beriberi. Medicine, 
 Detroit, 1906, xU, 435-443— McCool (J. L.) Beriberi. Am. 
 Med., Phila., 1905, x, 359-362.— McWalter (J. C.) Relapsing 
 beri-beri. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1916, i, 201.— Manson (P.) 
 Beriberi. Syst. Med. (AllbuttJ, N. Y. & Lond., 1897, ii, 
 
 439-463. . Beriberi (kakke, barbiers). In his: Trop. 
 
 Dis.il2°, Lond., 1903, 303-330.— Manson (P.) & Daniels 
 (C. W.) Beri-beri. In: Syst. Mett. (Allbutt), 8°, Lond., 
 1907, ii,pt. 2, 615-643.— Marchoux(E.) Leb&ibgri. Bull. 
 Soc. path, exot., Par., 1910, iii, 116-118.— Mathis (L.) Con- 
 tribution k I'^tude du b&ib^ri; considerations sur la tuber- 
 culosa parmi la population mdigfene du Tonkin. Ann. 
 d'hyg. et de mM. colon^ Par., 1914, xvii, 483-500,— Maurer 
 (G.) Das Wesen der Beriberi und der indischen Spruw 
 Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1905, 
 Leipz., 1906, pt. 2, 2. EOlte., 473^75.— Mlm'a (E.J 
 Benberi Oder Kakke. Ergebn. d. inn. Med. u. Kinderh., 
 
 Berl., 1909, iv, 280-318. . On a few points relating to 
 
 kakke. Sel-i-Kwai M. J., Tokyo, 1912, xxxi. No. 3.— Mosz- 
 kowskl (M.) Zur Beriberilrage. Deutsche med. Wchn- 
 schr., Berl. & Leipz , 1913, xxxlx, 1479,— Mulvany (J.) 
 The mfluence of beri-beri on the body weight. Indian M. 
 Gaz^ Calcutta, 1917, Iii, 98, 1 ch.— Nocht (B.) Beriberi. 
 Tr. Intemat. Cong. Med., Lond., 1913, Sect, xxi, Trop. Med. 
 & Hygi^41-44. TDiscussion], pt. 2, 115-120.— Okada & 
 Oku. [Beriberi.r Tokyo Iji-Shinshi, Tokyo, 1905, 1794- 
 1810.— Oku (W.) [Beriberi.J Chiugai Jji Shinpo, Tokio, 
 
 1905, xxvi, 1445; 1535; 1607: 1906, xxvii, 227.— Olu. [Re- 
 searches on beri-berij Hokkai Iho, Tokyo, 1906, viil, 133- 
 136.— Prlmet (E.) Rapport sur le hitihin, fait au nom 
 d'une commission compos^e de MM. Br^audat, Le Dantec, 
 [et al.]. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1911, iv, S75-604.— 
 Regnault. B&iben ou _polynevrite palud^enne. Bull. 
 Soo. d'anat. et physlol. de Bordeaux, 1896, xvii, 5-13. — 
 Bodriguez (F.^j Beri-beri. Conf. Soc. sud-am. de hyg. 
 [etc.], Buenos Aires, 1917, i, 91-115.— Ross (R.) Arsenic m 
 the hair of beri-beri patients from Penang. Brit. M. J., 
 Lond., 1902, i, 329: li, 329.— Sambon (L. W.) Beri- 
 beri. J. Trop. M., Lond., 1902, v, 331-333.— Sandwlth 
 (P. M.) A fecture on beri-beri. Clin. J., Lond., 1907-8, 
 xxxi, 71-76.— Saneyoshl. Sur le kakk6 (beriberi). Cong. 
 iatemat. de mid. C. r.. Par., 1900, sect, de med. nav,, 72- 
 79. — Schaumann (H.) Neuere Brgebnisse der Beriberi- 
 forschung. Arch. f. Schifls- u. Tropen-Hyg., Leipz,, 1915, 
 xix, 393; 426.— SchUflner. Ueber Beriberi. Deutsche 
 med. Wchnsclu-y Berl. & Leipz., 1913, xxxix, 386.— Shl- 
 mazono(J.) Ueber Beriberi. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 
 1913, Ix, 268.— Shishlto (S.) [On kakke and its mode of 
 affecting the system.] Tokyo lii-ShinshL, 1900, 1209; 1258; 
 1424; 1591; 1630; 1670.— Shnon 7m. F.) The known and 
 the unknown in respect of beriberi. J. Trop. M., Lond., 
 1899-1900, ii, 29-31.— Sur le beriberi. J. de med. et chir. 
 prat., Par,, 1918, Ixxxix, 571-577.- Sutherland (W. H.) 
 Beri-beri (kakke). West. Canada M. J., Winnipeg, 1908, ii, 
 493-495.— ThJ0tta (T.) Litt om beri berl. Tidsskr. f. d. 
 norske Laegefor., Eristiania, 1915, xxxv, 422-433.— Travers 
 (E. A. O.) Some observations on beri-beri. J. Trop. M., 
 Lond., 1904, vii, 285-288.— Uchermann (V.) Beri-ben 
 
 report. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1902, xxxix, 388. . 
 
 Om beri-beri. Norsk Mag. f. Lasgevidensk.. Kristiania, 
 1907, 6. R., T, 1298-1316.— Vedder (E. B.) Some further 
 remarks on beri-beri. Am. J. Trop. Dis. [etc.], N. Orl., 1914, 
 1,826-847. 4ko, Reprint.- VerraU(P.J.) Long incubation 
 in beri-beri. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1910, J, 443.— Wheate (J. M.) 
 Some unpublished observations on endemic neuritis, with a 
 review of the researches and opinions of some recent investi- 
 gators. N. York M. J. (etc.], 1907, Ixxxv, 589; 647.— WUcox 
 (S. S.) Beriberi. Columbus M. J., 1902, xxvi, 97-102. 
 [Discussion], 130-132.— WllUams (R. R.) & Johnston 
 (J. A.) Miscellaneous notes and comments on beriberi. 
 Philippine J. Sc, Manila, 1915, x, (B), 337-343.— Wing (E.) 
 Beri-beri. Clin. Rev., Chicago, 1899, x, 284-288.— WooUey 
 (P. G.) Beri-beri. Am. J. Trop. Dis. [etc.], N. Ori., 1914, i, 
 711-719.— Wright (H.) The cause, course, prevention, and 
 treatment of beriberi. Am. Med., Phila,, 1«)5, x, 1021-1025. 
 Also: Am. Pub. Health Ass. Rep. 1905, Columbus, Ohio, 
 
 1906, xxxi, 289-299. . Beri-beri; a restatement and 
 
BEKI-BERI. 
 
 461 
 
 BERI-BERI. 
 
 Beri-beri. 
 
 reply to some criticisms. J. Trop. M., Lond., 1906, ix, 245- 
 250. — Yamaglwa (K.) Beltrage zur Kenntniss der Kakke 
 (Beri-beri). Arch. f. patli. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1899, clvi, 451- 
 506. — Yamaglwa (K.) & Tamanoucui. Ueber das Wesen 
 der Kakk^ (Beriberi). Beitr. z. wissensch. Med. u. Chem. 
 Festsohr. . . . Ernst SalkowsM, Berl., 1904, 451-458.— 
 Tamane. Ueber die Notwendigkeit der Kaklceforsclmiig. 
 [Japanese text.] Stainkeigaku Zassbi, Tokyo, 1907-8, vi, 
 252-254.— Zeeliulsen (H.) Klinisohe opmerkingeu over 
 chroniscbe beri-beri. Nederl. Tijdsohr. v. Geneesk., Arast., 
 1897, 2. R., xxxiii. d. 1, 936-950. Also, transl.: Ztschr. t. 
 klin. Med., Berl., 1898, xxxv, 283-300. 
 
 Beri-beri {Bacteriology of). 
 
 Dudgeon (L. S.) The bacillus of Hamilton Wrigbt, ob- 
 tained Irom two cases of acute beri-beri. J. Trop. M., Lond., 
 
 1906, Ix, 261.— Ellis (W. G.) The micrococcus of beri-beri. 
 Lancet, Lond^ 1899, 1, 1662.— Fushlyama & Owada. 
 [Bacteriological examination of the blood and urine of a 
 
 ' beri-beri patient.] Saikingaku, Zasshi, Tokyo, 1906, 215- 
 233. — Gerrard (P. N.) The bacteriology of beri-beri, with 
 some clinical notes. Tr. Roy. Acad. M. Ireland, Dubl., 
 1899-1900, xvlii, 329-371, 3 diag.— Gran (S.) On a parasite 
 observed in the blood of beriberi patients in Cochin-China. 
 Bull. Manila M. Soc, 1910, ii, 73.— Hunter (W. K.) The 
 bacteriology of beri-beri. Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc. Glasg., 1895-7, 
 i, 325. Also: Glasgow M. J., 1897, xlviii, 116.— Kodama. 
 tJeber die Mikroorganismen der Kakke. [Japanese text. 
 Ausz., Hft. 6, suppl., 1.] Mitt. d. med. Gesellscn, zu Tokyo, 
 
 1907, xxl, 141-161.— Kokubo. [The appearance of the beri- 
 beri bacterium.] lUi., 1905, xix, 993-1005.— Le Dantec (A.) 
 Pr&ence de baot^ries amylozymes dans les ffeces des b^rib^- 
 riques. Bull. Soe.path.exot., Par., 1910,iii, 63-65.— Manson 
 (P.) The germ theory of beri-beri. Tr. Epidemiol. Soc. 
 
 %, 
 
 i^ond., 1901-2, n. s., xxi, 11-17.— Mathis (C.) & LSgei. A 
 propos de la pr&ence des bact^ries amylozymes dans les 
 ftos des b^rlb&iques. Bull. Soc. path, exot.. Par., 1910, ill, 
 352.— JVepveu (G.) Bacille du bfiribtoi. Compt. rend. Acad. 
 d. sc, Par., 1898, cxxvl, 256. Also: Marseille m^., 1898, 
 
 xxxv, 481-484. . BacUles intraglobulaires et intracellu- 
 
 laires dans le bfirl b4ri. Compt. rend. Soc. de blol.. Par., 
 1898, 10. s., v., 337-339.— Oku (W.) [Report on the bacillus 
 of benign beriberi.) Chiugai Iji Shinpo, ToMo, 1906, xxvli, 
 
 21; 73; 155; 240. . [Report on the male principle of 
 
 the bacillus ol beriberi.] Juntendo Iji Kenldu Kwai 
 
 Zasshi, Tokyo, 1906, 13-17. . [Report of researches on 
 
 the infection of tbe^athogenic bacillus of beri-beri.] Ibid., 
 17— 70.— TaslilTO (T.) [Report of investigation on cause of 
 kakke; kalike bacteria and its name.] Tokyo lii-Shinshi, 
 1899, 1435-1442.— Totsukl (T.) [The congelation of the 
 bacillus of beri-beri.]^ Saildngaku Zasshi, Tokyo, 1906, 383- 
 433. . [A paired globular bacillus closely related to beri- 
 beri.) TokjoIji-ShlnshiJ906,269;313.— Tsuzukl(J.) Erste 
 Mitteilung iiber meinen Kakke coccus, den Erreger der Beri- 
 berikrankheit. Arch. f. Schifis- u. Tropen-Hyg., Leipz., 
 
 1906, X, 399-416. . [Mj view on the nature of beri-beri 
 
 from an epidemiological, clinico-bacteriological standpoint.] 
 Shinkeigaku Zasshi, Tokyo, 1907-8, vi, 65-77.— Wright (H.) 
 Beri-beri; some clinical cases and their bacteriology. Brit. 
 M. J., Lond., 1906, il, 1563-1569. 
 
 Beri-beri {Blood in). 
 
 Arlma (E.) Observations on the non-protein nitrogen 
 blood content in beriberi. China M. J., Shanghai, 1917, 
 xxxi, 336. — Aslunead (A. L.) A method for asoertainmg the 
 I)resence of carbon in the blood of beriberi patients; organiza- 
 tion, the proper treatment tor beriberi. Sei-i-Kwai M. J., 
 Tokyo, 1903, xxii, 103.— Chuu (J. W. H.) The differential 
 leucoc}1;io count in beri-beri. Nat. M. J. China, Shanghai, 
 1917, ill, 113-115.— Duque Estrada (H.) Hematologia do 
 beriben. BrazU-med., Rio de Jan., 1904 xviii, 153; 165. — 
 Fajarde (F.) Von der Hamatozoarie des Beri-beri und 
 deren Pigment. Centralbl. i. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 
 
 1898, xxiv, 558-668. . Die Hamatozoarie des Beri-beri 
 
 Im Gehlm. Ibii., 1900, xxvii, 249-251, 1 pi.— Jlnbo (K.) 
 Blutbefundbei Kakke. Verhandl. d Japan, path. Gesellsch. 
 Tokio, 1912, ii, 43.— Mathis (C.) & Leger (M.) Des varia^ 
 tions de la formule leuoocytaire dans le beriberi. Aim. 
 
 d'hyg. et de va&i. colon., Par., 1911, xiv, 727-761. . 
 
 Contribution h. I'h^matologie du b6rib6ri et du scorbut. 
 
 Bull. Soc. path, exot.. Par., 1911, iv, 315-320. . 
 
 De I'image d'Ameth dans le btobM et les scorbut. lUd., 
 320-322.— Melrelles (E.) Hematologia e urologia do beriberi. 
 Tribuna mM., Rio de Jan., 1915, xxi, 171-174.— Mott (F. 
 W.) & HallibUTtan (W. D.) Note on the blood in a case of 
 ben-beri. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1899, iii 265-267.— Shlma^ 
 zono (J.) Ueber adrenaUnaiinliche Wirkung des Blut- 
 serums von Beriberikranken auf das Froschauge. Deutsche 
 med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1910, xxxvi, 319. — Sole- 
 dade (J.) Hematologia do beriberi. Gaz. med. da Bahia, 
 1904-5, xxxvl, 433-464.— Suzuki (T.) On the sugar content 
 of the blood in infantile beri-beri. Sei-i-Kwai M. J., Tokyo, 
 1917, xxxvi, 109.— Takasu (K.) Ueber das Blut der an 
 Kakke leidenden Sauglinge und Erwachsenen. Arch. f. 
 Kinderh., Stuttg., 1904-5, xl, 275-290.— Umashlma (N.) 
 [Pathological change in the circulation from kakke.) Saisei 
 Gakusha Iji Shimpo, Tokyo, 1899, 46-51.— Wythe (J. H.) 
 
 Beri-beri {Blood in). 
 
 Notes of microseopio examination of blood. [Beri-beri.) 
 Rep. Superv. Surg. Mar. Hosp^ Wash., 1880-81, 227-229, 
 6 pi.— ToslUkawa (I.), Yano (K.) & Xemoto (T.) Studies 
 of the blood in beriberi. Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 1917, xx, 
 103-111. Also, Reprint. 
 
 Beri-beri {Cases and statistics of). 
 
 See, also, Beri-beri {History and geographical 
 distribution of) . 
 
 Beri-beri, 3,113 cases. Select. Colon. M. Eep. 1898-9, 
 Lond., 1901, 306.— Bertrand (L.) & Jacobs (F.) [Two 
 cases.) Ann. Soc. mM.-chir. d'Anvers, 1902, vii, 181-187.— 
 Borgen (H.) [A case of recurrent beri-beri.) Norsk Mag. 
 1. Lsegevidensk., Kjistiania, 1908, 5. R., 11, 949-955 .—Bush- 
 nell (F. G.) Acute or pernicious beri-beri. Brit. M. J., 
 Lond., 1904, i, 1427.— Cane (E. G. S.) [Twenty-six cases.] 
 Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1917, lii, 69.— Cavalll (P.) Un 
 caso mortale di beriberi. Ann. di med. nav., Roma, 1898, 
 iv, 1206-1208.— Curbelo (GO [Case.) Bol. Asoo. m^d. de 
 Puerto-Rieo, San Juan, P. R., 1906, iv, 117-119.— De Benzi 
 (E.) [Case.)] N. riv. clin.-terap., Napoli, 1904, vii, 113- 
 117.— Escovar(J. M.) [Case.] Lancet, Lond., 1903, il, 315.— 
 Flndlay (G. M.) [Case.) Ibid., 1916, li, 646.— Fleming (R. 
 A.) [Three cases.r Edinb. M. J., 1914, n. s., xii, 242-245.— 
 Fleming (R. A.) & Gibson (H. J. C.) [Threecases.) Ibid., 
 1916, xvii, 27-33.— Florand. [Case.) Bull, et m«m. Soc. 
 miA. d. h6p. de Par., 1917, 3. s., xll, 430.— Gerrard (P. N.) 
 [Seven cases.) Lancet, Lond., 1905, i, 1642-1644.— Glllot. 
 [Case.) Bull. m^d. de I'Algirie, Alger, 1910, xxi, 398.— ng. 
 [Case.] Med. Cor.-Bl. d. wiirttemb. arztl. Ver., Stuttg., 
 1900, Ixx, 165-168.— Ingram (A. C.) Some epidemiological 
 aspects of a small outbreak of beri-beri. J. Trop. M., Lond., 
 1907, X, 102-104.— Jefferson (A.) A case of pernicious beri- 
 beri. Brit. M.J.,Lond., 1898,i, 1257.— Jubb(A.) A case of 
 acute or pernicious beriberi. Ibid., 1904, i, 835.— Kaljser (F.) 
 [CaseJ Hygiea, Stockholm, 1900, Ixii, 231.— MacKenzie 
 (W. C.) [Two cases.) Intercolon. M. J. Australas., Mel- 
 bourne, 1900. V, 264-269.— Mlddleton (G. S.) [Two cases.] 
 Glasgow M. 1^1897, xlviii, 114.— MUler(F. P.) [Case.] Bull. 
 El Paso Co. M. Soc, El Paso, Tex., 1910, ii. No. 4, 36-38.— 
 Mizzonl (A.) [Case.] Marseille mM., 1901, xxxviii, 425- 
 436.— Montefusco (A.) [Two cases.) Gior. mtemaz. d. sc 
 med., Napoli, 1912, n. s., xxxiv, 865-873.- Moore (A. D.) 
 [Case.] Memphis M. Month., 1912, xxxii, 479-481.— Nail 
 (J. F.) [Case.) Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1898, xvii, 149- 
 151.— Patrick (H. T.) [Case.) Chicago M. Recorder, 1899, 
 xvi, 414-417.— Penna (J.) [Case.) An. d. Circ. m^d. argent., 
 Buenos Aires, 1900, xxiii, 454-474.— K[amus] (C.) & Srttmp- 
 son] (W. G.) Beriberi. [Fatal case with necropsy .T_Rep. 
 Surg. Gen. Pub. Health & Mar. Hosp. Serv. U. S., Wash., 
 1904, 465-467.— Randall (J. A.) [Twelve cases.) tl. States 
 Nav. M. Bull., Wash., 1910, iv, 385.— Eeed (A. C.) [Cases.) 
 J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1917, Ixviii, 116-118. Also, Re- 
 print.— Seiffler (W.) [Case.) Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 
 1900, xlvii, 762— Smart (C.) [Case.] Rep. Surg.-Genl. 
 Army, Wash., 1902-3, 69-71.— Springthorpe (J. W.) [Three 
 cases.) Intercolon. M. J. Australas., Melbourne, 1900, v, 
 173-178.— Statistics, pathology, and pathogenesis of beri- 
 beri.) Saikingaku Zasshi, Tokyo, 1907, 224-249.— Taburet. 
 Cas de b4ribi§ri suraigu. J. de mdd. de Bordeaux, 1903, 
 xxxiii, 287.— Travis (F. M.) [Twenty-one cases.) Ken- 
 tucky M. J., Bowling Green, 1917, xv, 476-482.— Wall (J. S.) 
 [Case.) Wash. M. Ann., 1904-5, lii, 359-363.— Ward (J. M.) 
 [Case.] Rep. Surg.-Gen. Army, Wash., 1900-1901, 236.— 
 waters (W. J.) [Four cases.] J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, 
 Lond., 1908, x, 176-181.— Winter (H. E.) Observations on 
 beri-beri. Ibid., 1905, iv, 178-181.— Woodbury (F. T.) 
 Report of a case of acute pernicious beriberi in a white man. 
 Month. Cycl. & M. Built, Phlla., 1909, 11,305-307.- Wright 
 (H.) A fatal case of acute cardiac beri-beri. Brit. M. J., 
 Lond., 1906, i, 1095-1097. 
 
 Beri-beri {Causes and patJiology of). 
 
 See, also, Beri-beri {Bacteriology of); Beri- 
 beri {Bloodin) ; Beri-beri {Experimental) ; Beri- 
 beri {Eye in); Beri-beri {Heart in); Beri-beri 
 {Metabolism in); Beri-beri in hospitals; Beri- 
 beri in prisons; Beri-beri on shipboard; De- 
 ficiency diseases; Vitamines. 
 
 Beaddon (W. L.) The cause and prevention 
 of beri-beri. 8°. London, 1907. 
 
 VAN DiERBN (E.) Nogmaals: de beri-beri- 
 kwestie. 8°. Arnhem, 1888. 
 
 . Verweerschrift contra C. L. van den 
 
 Burg's aankondiging van: Beri-beri eene rijstver- 
 gifting, critisch-bistorisclie bijdrage tot de ken- 
 nis der meelvergiften. 8° Amsterdam, \897 . 
 
 Fkasbr (H.) & Stanton (A. T.) An inquiry 
 concerning the etiology of beri-beri. 8°. Singa- 
 pore, 1909. 
 
BERI-BERI. 
 
 462 
 
 BERI-BERI. 
 
 Ben-ben {Causes and pathology of). 
 
 Glognek (M.) Die Aetiologie der Beriberi 
 und die Stellung dieser Krankneit im noBologi- 
 schen System, roy. 8°. Leipzig, 1910. 
 
 See, also, infra, Schaumann. 
 
 . Die Nahrungsmitteltheorien fiber die 
 
 Ursacbe der Beriberi in kritischer Beleuchtune. 
 8°. Leipzig, 1912. 
 
 Teeutlein (A.) *Ueber chronische Oxal- 
 saurevergiftung an Htlhnem und deren Be- 
 ziebung zur Aetiologie der Beriberi. [Habilita- 
 tionsschrift.] 8°. Wurzburg, 190^. 
 
 Also, in: Verhandl. d. phys.-med. Geseilsch. zu Wfirzb., 
 1905, xxxviii, 323-346, 2 pi: 
 
 Adrianl (P.) Beri-beri en de rij'stvergifhypotliese. 
 Geneesk. Courant, Amst., 1903, Ivii, 181-183.— van Andel 
 (P.) A contribuhbn to tbe etiology and treatment of beri- 
 beri. J. Trop. M. [etc.], Lond., 1909, xii, 63.-rAoyagl (T.) 
 Beitrage zur patbologlsclien Anatomie des Nervensystems 
 und des Muskels bei Beriberi. Mitt. a. d. med. Fakult. d. 
 k. Univ. zu Tokyo, 1910, ix, 60-131, 4 pi., 3 tab.— Arnold 
 (W. J. J.) The etiology of beri-beri. Brit. M. J., Lond., 
 1914, i, 299.— Aron (H.) & Hocson (F.) Pliosphorus 
 starvation with special reference to beriberi. Philippine J. 
 So. [B.], Manila, 1910, v, 81-122. [Discussion], m-144.— 
 Ashmead (A. S.) Etiology of beriberi. Med. Fortnightly, 
 
 St. Louis, 1900, xvii, 208-210. . Beri-beri from rice 
 
 eating. Am. Med., Phila., 1902, ii, 950. Also, Reprint.— 
 Bztntock (G. G.) The etiology of beri-beri. Lancet, 
 Lond.^ 1909, i, 648.— Barbfizleux (G.) Consid&ations sur 
 le hinh&n; pathog^nia et traitement. Eev. de m^d.. Par., 
 
 1911, xxxi, 81-105.— Bertarelli (E.) En favore della genesi 
 allmentare del beri-beri. Morgagni, Milano, 1911, liii, pt. 2, 
 874-877.— Blaauw (E. E.) The eetiology of beriberi. N. 
 York M. J., 1899, Ixx, 861.— Br^audat (L.^ Origlne alimen- 
 taire du bMbto. Bull. Soo. path, exot.. Par., 1910, ill, 317- 
 323.— Browning (H. G.) Etiology m beri-beri. Brit. 
 M. J., Lond., 1912, ii, 69.— Buchanan (W. J.) Beri-beri 
 and nee. Lancet, Lond., 1898, ii, 577.— Casey (J. P.) The 
 etiology of beri-beri. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1913, ii, 1091.— 
 Cbamberlatn (W. P.) The ohajacter of the rice which 
 prevents beri-beri and the manner in which it is milled. 
 Am. J. Trop. Dis. [etc.], N. Orl., 1913-14, i, 121-128. Also: 
 Am. Soo. Trop. M., Phila., 1913, vili, 76-83. Also, Reprint. 
 
 . The etiology of oriental beriberi; character of the 
 
 rice which causes polyneuritis in man and fowls. N. York 
 M. J. [etc.], 1914, cxix, 263-269.— Chamberlain (W. P.), 
 Bloombergh (H. D.) & KUbourne (B. D.) Astudy of the 
 influence of rice diet and of inanition on the production of 
 multiple neuritis of fowls and the bearing thereof on the 
 etiology of beriberi. Mil. Surgeon, Wash^ 1911, xxix, 127- 
 166.— Chamberlain (W. P.) & Vedder (E. B.) A contri- 
 bution to the etiology of beriberi. Philippine J. Sc. [B.], 
 Manila, 1911, vi, 251; 395. Also, Reprint.— Chamberlain 
 (W. P.), Vedder (E. B.) <Sr WUllams (R. R.) A contribu- 
 tion to the etiology of beriberi. Philippine J. Sc, Manila, 
 
 1912, vii, (B), 39-52. Also, Reprint.- Clarke (J. T.) The 
 etiology of beri-beri. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1914, i, 113.— 
 Curtis (C. W.) The causative factor of beri-beri. Lancet, 
 Lond., 19D9, i, 1777 —Daniels (C. W.) Rice and beri-beri'. 
 Ibid., 1907, u, 317.— Darling (3. T.) The pathologic affini- 
 ties of beriberi and scurvy. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1914; 
 Ixiil, 1290-1294.— Delflno fV.) Nuevas concepciones etio- 
 16gicas del beri-beri; profllaxia de esta enfermedad. Gac. 
 m&i. d. Sur, Granada, 1913, xxxi, 831.— van DIeren (E.) 
 Beri-beri en rijstvoeding. Nedorl. Tiidsohr. v. Geneesk., 
 Amst., 1909, i, 1256-1262.— Drummond (J. C.) & Funk (C.) 
 The chemical Investigation of the phosphotungstate precipi- 
 tate from rice-polishings. Bioehem. J., Llverp., 1914, viii, 
 598-615. — Dtlrck (H.) Ueber die feineren histologisohen 
 Veranderungen, besonders des Nervensystems bei, Beri- 
 Beri. Verhandl. d. deutsch. path. Geseilsch. 1907, Jena, 
 
 1908, xi, 325-332. . Untersuchungeu ilber die patho- 
 
 logisohe Anatomie der Beri-Beri; em Beitrag zur normalon 
 imd pathologischen Anatomie des periphenschen Nerven- 
 systems. Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1908, 
 8. Suppl., 1-176, 41 pi.— Edle (E. S.), Evans (W. H.) (et a!.]. 
 The anti-neuritio bases of vegetable origin in relationship to 
 beri-beri, with a method of isolation of torulin, the anti- 
 neuritio base of yeast. Ann. Trop. M. & Parasitol., Livorp., 
 1912-13, vl, 235-243.— Bljkman (C.) Beri-beri en voeding. 
 Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1898, 2. R., xxxlv, d. 
 1, 185; 233. . Polyneuritis dor Hiihner und Beri- 
 Beri, eine chronische Oxalsaurevergiltung? MUnchen. 
 med. Wchnschr., 1907, lly. 127. . Aetiologie en pro- 
 phylaxis der beri-beri. Nederl. Tijdsolir. v. Geneesk., 
 Amst., 1913, ii, 1426-1438.— EUls (W. G.) A contribution to 
 the pathology of beri-beri. Lancet, Lond.^ 1898, ii, 985. 
 
 . Uncured rice as a cause of beri-heri. Brit. M. J., 
 
 Lond., 1909, ii, 935.— Fajardo (F.) De I'h^matozoaire du 
 b&ibai. Cong, internat. de m4d. C. r., Par^ 1900, sect. 
 
 de bactdriol. et parasitol., 116-119. . Ein Beitrag zum 
 
 Studlum der Aetiologie der Beriberi. Aioh. I. Sohifis- u. 
 
 Beri-beri (Causes and fathology of). 
 
 Tropen-Hyg., Leipz., 1904, viii, 465-463.— Fales (L. H.) 
 Beriberi, its etiology and prevention. J. Am. M. Ass., 
 Chicago, 1907, xlviii, 776-781.— Fargier. B&ilb^n et nz 
 fraichement d&ortiqu^. Ann. d'hyg. et de mM. colon.. 
 Par., 1912, xv, 491-497.— Fenton (E. G.) ■"'"■' " — ' 
 
 . c,., x„^, .... ,„-„,. — ^^™. — V— — / „ of beri- 
 beri. Brit. M;. J., Lond., 1913, i, 1271: 1914, i, 914.— Fletcher 
 (W.) Rice and beri-beri. J. Trop. M. [etc.], Lond., 1909, xii, 
 127-134, 1 pi.— Force (J.N.) Beri-beri without a definite rice 
 factor. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1908, 1, 1786-1787.— Fraga 
 (C.) Sobfe carencia alimentar e beriberi. Brazil-med., 
 Rio de Jan., 1918, xxxii, 365.— Fraser (H.) & Stanton 
 (A. T.) The etiology of beri-beri. Lancet, Lond., 1910, ii, 
 1755-1757. AUo: Philippine J. Sc. [B .], Mamla, 1910, v, 55-63, 
 3pl. [Discussion], 137-144. Jlbo.- J. Trop. M. [etc.], Lond., 
 1911, xiv, 333; 349; 365, 3 pi. Also: Stud. Inst. M. Re- 
 search Fed. Malay States, Singapore, 1911, No. 12, 1-16. 
 
 . Rice. Stud. Inst. M. Research Fed. Malay 
 
 States, Singapore, 1911, No. 12, 17-27. . The 
 
 poison hypothesis. /W.,34-39, 2pl.,101. . The 
 
 phosphorous content of rice as an indicator of the extent to 
 
 which rice has been polished. Ibid., 51-62, 3 1. . 
 
 The effect of exposures to high temperatures. Ibid., 63-65, 
 
 8 1. . The etiology of beri-beri. Brit. M. J., 
 
 Lond., 1913, ii, 1091. . Unpolished rice and the 
 
 prevention of beri-beri. Lancet, Lond., 1914, i, 96-98. — 
 Funk (C.) The substance from yeast and certain food- 
 stuffs which prevents polyneuritis (beri-beri). Brit. M. T., 
 
 Lond., 1912, li, 787. . The effect of a diet of polished 
 
 rice on the nitrogen and phosphorus of the brain. J. Physiol., 
 
 Lond., 1912-13, xliv, 60-63. , The probable rflle of 
 
 vitammes in the process of digestion and utilisation of food. 
 
 Proc. Physiol. Soo., Lond., 1913, p. xxv. . Chemistiy 
 
 of the vitamine-fraction from yeast and rice-poUshings. J. 
 
 Physiol., Lond., 1913, xlvi, 173-179. . Further facts 
 
 concerning the chemistry of the vitamine-fraction from 
 yeast. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1913, i, 814, 1 pi.— Funk (0.) & 
 Douglas (M.) Studies on beriberi; the relationship of 
 beriberi to glands of internal secretion. J. Physiol., Lond., 
 1914, xlvii, 476-478.— Gait (W.J.) The etiology of beri-beri. 
 Brit. M. J., Lond., 1914, 1, 612.— Gerrard (P. N.) The 
 influence of rainfall on ben-beri. Lancet, Lond., 1899, i, 
 367-369.— Glmlette (J. D.) Beri-beri; mouldy rice; the 
 occurrence of beri-ben in the Sokor District. J. Trop. M., 
 Lond., 1906, ix, 262-268.-^Glogher (M.) Neuere Unter- 
 suchungen iiber die Aetiologie und den klinischen Verlauf 
 der Beri-Beri-Kr^kheit. Arch. f. Sohifls- u. Trqpen-Hyg., 
 Cassel, 1897, i, 46; 125. Also [Abstr.]: Verhandl. d. Ge- 
 seilsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1896, Leipz., 1897, Ixviil, 
 
 pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 671-574. . Ueber den Sitz der Ursache 
 
 der Beriberi. Arch. f. Schiffs- u. Tropen-Hyg.," Leipz^ 1907, 
 xi, 1-18.— de Groot (J.) Beri-beri en vitaminen. Nederl. 
 Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1917, i, 1952-1968.— Guareschl 
 (I.) Esperienze ed osservazioni sull' alimentazione col riso 
 sbramato o svestitoe a diversi gradi di depauperamento o 
 brillatura. Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1918, 4. s., 
 xxlv, 3^5. — Guerrero (L. E.) La etiologia del beri-beri. 
 Mem. y comunic. de la 1» Asamblea reg. de med. y form, de 
 Filipinas, Manila, 1912, 74-129.— de Haan (J.) On the 
 etiology of beriberi. Philippine J. Sc. [B.], Manila, 1910, v, 
 65-71. [Discussion], 137-144. — Hata (S.) Bine organische 
 Saure in der Pcricardialfliissigkeit einer an Kakke verstor- 
 benen Leiohe. [Japanese text.] Ztschr. d. med. Geseilsch. 
 zu Tokyo, 1898, xu, 37-42.— Heanley (C. M.) Some analo- 
 gies which favour protozoal hypotheses of beri-beri. Indian 
 M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1905, xl, 212-214.— Helser (V. G.) Practi- 
 cal experiences with beriberi and unpolished rice in the 
 Philippines. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1911, Ivi, 1237. ..Ibo.- 
 Philippine J. Sc. [BJ, Manila, 1911, vi, 229-233.— Hewlett 
 (B. T.) & de Korte ( W. E.) The aBtiology and pathological 
 histology of beri-beri. J. Trop. M. fcto.], Lond., 1907, x, 
 315-317. Also [Abstr.J: Brit. M. J., Lond., 1907, ii, 201.— 
 Holst(A.) [Surlebto-bfiri. I. Lessymptdmes; lesconstata- 
 tions relatives i, son 6tiologie. E^s., 1229-1234.] Norsk 
 Mag. f. Laegevidensk., Kristiania, 1904, 5. R., ii, 1149-1212. 
 
 . The etiology otberi-beri. Tr. Soc. Trop. M. & Hyg., 
 
 Lond., 1911-12, V, 70-90.— Honda (K.) Nervenverande- 
 rungen bei Beriberi (Kakke). Verhandl. d. japan, path. 
 
 Geseilsch., ToMo, 1912, ii, 46-47. . Ueber die patho- 
 
 logisch-Mstologisdnen Befunde des Nervensystems bei 
 Beriberi. Mitt. a. d. med. Falcult. d. k. Univ. zu Tokyo, 
 1913-14, xi, 319-416, 2 tab., 5 pi— Hunt«r (W. K.) A 
 contribution to the etiology of beri-beri. Lancet, Lond., 
 1897, ii, 240-246: 1898, i, 1748.— Hunter (W. K.) & Koch 
 (W. V. M.) The etiology of beri-beri. J. Trop. M. [etc.], 
 Lond., 1907, x, 331-336.— Inagakl (C.) & HorluchI (T.) 
 The first report on the investigation of the cause of beri-beri. 
 Soi-i-Kwai M. J., Tokyo, 1910, xxix, 531.— Ito (T.) [On the 
 change ol the Iddney in beri-beri patient.l Tokyo Iji- 
 Shinshi, 1899, 2018-2023.— Janln (K) Sur une thferie 
 phosphatique du bMbfiri. Rev. de m4d. et d'hyg. trop.. 
 Par., 1910, vii, 30-36.— Jeanselme (E.) Opinions et tra- 
 vaux des m^decins japonais sur I'origine du Di5ribM; docu- 
 ments recuoillis pour ^olairer la Commission. Bull. Soc. 
 gath. exot.. Par., 1911, iv, 604-608.— Kajlura (S.) & Bosen- 
 ehn (O.) A contribution to the etiology of beri-beri. J. 
 Hyg., Cambridge, 1910, x, 49-55, 1 pi.— Klewlet de Jonge 
 
BERI-BERI. 
 
 463 
 
 BERI-BERI. 
 
 Beri-beri {Causes and pathology of). 
 
 (G.-H.) Note sur les travaux public aux Indes ntolan- 
 daises sur I'^tiologie et la pathogenie du b&ib&i. Bull. Soc. 
 path, exot., Par., 1911, iv, 258-270.— King (H. D.) The 
 Eetiological controversy anent beri-beri, with some remarks 
 as to milled rice. DubHn J. M. So., 1914, cxxxviii, 37-44.— 
 Kitamura (S.) & Sbimazono (J.) Ueber das Verhalten 
 des Magensaites be!i Beriberi. Intemat. Beitr. z. Path. u. 
 Therap. d. Ernahrungsstor., Stoflwechs.- u. Verdaumigs- 
 lo-ankh., Berl., 1912-13, Iv, 30-43.— Klyono (E.) Ueber die 
 Veramderungen der Muskelspindel bei Beriberi und die 
 Bedeutung derselben. Verlmndl. d. japan, path. Ge- 
 seUsoh., ToMo, 1911, 1, 83-85.— Kokubo. Nachtrag zur 
 Aetiologie der Kakke. ^Japanese text. Ausz., Hit. !, 
 suppl., 2.) Mitt. d. med. Gesellsch. zu Tokyo^ 1906, xx, 169- 
 185.— Kuenen (W. A.) Dekeuring vanderijstinverband 
 met do beri-beri werende kracht. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. 
 Geneesk., Amst., 1917, i, 2084-2093.— de Lacerda. (J. B.) 
 Etiologia de beriberi. Brazil-med., Rio de Jan., 1904, xviii, 
 
 324. . Contrib-'.tions k I'^tude de la cause du beriberi. 
 
 Arch, do mus. nac. do Rio de Jan., 1909, xv, 219-266. — 
 Laurent (L.) Rale de I'insufBsance en matiferes grasses de 
 la ration alimentaire dans I'fitiologie du b^rib&i; hygitoe 
 preventive et th^rapeutique bas^s sur cette 6tiologie. Arch, 
 de mdd. nav.. Par., 1899, Ixxi, 194-216.— Lebredo (M. G.) 
 Beri-beri; contribucifin al estudio de su etiologia y pato- 
 genia. San. y beneflc. Bol. oflo^ Habana, 1913, ix, 622-678. 
 Also, transl.: Ibid., x, 180-217. — ^Le Dantec (A.) JSTote sur 
 un mycoderme rencontrfi dans les ffeces de deux matelots 
 b6rib6riques. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1913, Ixxiv, 
 412.— Legendre. Aproposderetio'logieauMriWri. Bull. 
 Soc. m6d.-chir. de I'lndo-Chine, Hanoi & Haiphong, 1912, 
 ili, 160.— Lindsay (J. W.) & Laidlaw (J. D.) Etiology of 
 beri-beri. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1913, ii. 21.— little (J. M.) 
 Beriberi caused by fine white flour. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 
 1912, Iviii, 2029.— Lovelace (C.) The etiology of beriberi. 
 Ibid., lix, 2134-2137.— Luce (H.) 1st die Beri-Beri eine 
 Infectionskrankheit? Reisebeobachtuhgen in Japan. Arch. 
 f. Schiffs- u. Tropen-Hyg., Leipz., 1902, vi, 251; 298.— 
 McCoUum (E. V.) & Davis (Marguerite). The nature of 
 the dietary deflciencies of rice. J. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1915, 
 xxiii, 181-230.— McCollum (E. V.) & Kennedy (Cornelia). 
 The dietary factors operating in the production of poly- 
 neuritis. Ibid., 1916, xxlv, 491-502. AUo, Reprmt.— 
 McDonald (W. M.) The beriberi puzzle, a suggested solu- 
 tion. J. Trop. M. [etc.], Lond., 1916, xix, 177.— MacGUcrist 
 (A.C.) The etiology of beriberi. Brit.M. J., Lond.,1913,ii, 
 674.— Macleod (N.) Can beri-beri be caused by food sup- 
 jjlies from countries where beri-beri is endemic? Ibid., 1897, 
 li, 390-392.— Manaud (A.) Une observation de contagion 
 de hitihiti. Bull. Soc. path, exot.. Par., 1912, v, 514-518.— 
 Manson (P.) Etiology of beri-beri. Tr. Epidemiol. Soc. 
 Lond., 1901-2, n. s., xxi, 1-17. Aho: Lancet, Lond., 1901, 
 ii, 1391-1395.— Massalongo (E.) Polinevrite acuta a 
 forma b^rib^rica; coutributo ad una teoria degli ormoni 
 vegetali. Eiforma med., Napoli, 1916, xxxil, 1316-1322. 
 Also: Fracastoro Verona, 1917^ xiii, 3; 13; 25; 37.— Massino 
 (C.J.) Gontribucidnal estudio del beri-beri. Eev.de med. 
 y curug. de la Habana, 1916, xxi, 421-423.— Matsuoka (Y.) 
 On the pathological anatomy of the lungs in beriberi (kakke). 
 J. Path. & Bacteriol., Cambridge^l916-16, xx, 191-213.— 
 Mauier (G.) Polyneuritis der Hiihner und Beri-Beri, 
 eine ehronische Oxalsaurevergiftung. Miinchen. med. 
 Wchnschr., 1907, liv, 731.— Miko. [The toxin of beri-beri.j 
 Tokyo Iji-Shinshi, 1906, 760-762.— Miura (M.) Beitrage 
 zur Pathologie una Therapie der Kakke. Mitth. a. d. med. 
 Fac.d.k.-jap. Univ., Tokio, 1898-1900, iv, 63; 161; 181; 12 pi., 
 7 diag.— Morris (H. C. L.) The etiology of beri-beri. Brit. 
 M. J., Lond., 1897, ii, 500.— Moss6 (A.) & Destarac (J.) Un 
 . nouveau cas de MribM observe a la cllnique m^dicale de 
 Toulouse; le b^rib&i est-il une polyn^vrite paJustre? Cong, 
 franc, de mii. C. r.. Par., 1902, ii, 487-495.— Nagayo (M.) 
 Referat fiber Beriberi Oder Kakke; pathologisch-anatomi- 
 scher Teil. Verhandl. d. japan, path. Gesellsch., Tokio, 
 1912, ii, 6-31, 7 pi.— Nepveu (G.) Nature et pathogenie du 
 beriberi. Ass. franc, pour I'avance. d. sc. C.-r. 1894, Par 
 1895, xxiii, pt. 2, 879.— Nightingale (P. A.) Scurvy and 
 beri-beri; an etiological comparison and deduction. Trans- 
 vaal M. J., Johannesburg, 1910-11, vl, 193-196.— Noc (P.) 
 Sur la frequence et le role etiologique de I'Undnaria ameri- 
 cana dans le beriberi. Ann. d'hyg. et de med. colon.. Par , 
 1906, ix, 590. Also: Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par., 1906 
 cxhi, 1232 —Noc (F.) & Brocbard (V.) Sur la presence dii 
 pigment ocre dans les organes des sujets morts de beriberi 
 Bull. Soc. path, exot.. Par., 1908, i, 425-430.— Nocht (B.) 
 Ueber den gegenwaxtigen Stand der Beriberitrage. Beihefte 
 z. Arch. f. Schiffs- u. Tropenhyg., Leipz., 1908, 5. Hft., 15- 
 
 30. . Die Beri-Berifrage. Jahresk. f. arztl. Fortbild , 
 
 Munchen, 1911, 10. Hft., 20-28.— Okada (E.) Ueber zwie- 
 belartige Gebilde im peripherischen Nerven (Renaut'sche 
 Korperchen) bei einem Fall von Kakke (Beriberi). Mitt d 
 Gesellsch. za Tokyo, 1903, vi, 93-121, 1 1, 1 pi.— Oku (H.) 
 [The cause of beriberi of the stomach.) (Jeibi Iji, Tokyo, 
 1906, 3-7.— Oku (W.) [The pathogeny of beriberi.] Chiu- 
 gal Iji Shinpo, Tokio, 1906, xxvii, 86-102.— Pearse (F.) On 
 the identity of beri-beri and epidemic dropsy. J. Trop. M 
 [etc.], Lond., 1908, xi, 69. Also: Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 
 
 Beri-beri (Causes and pathology of). 
 
 1908, xHii, 128.— Persenalre (J.B. C.) De aetiologie der 
 beri-beri. Med. Rev., Haarlem, 1911, xi, 163-170.— Porten- 
 gen (T. A.) On the cause of beri-beri. Sei-i-Kwai M. J., 
 Tokyo, 1898, xvii, 537-540.— Pottevln. Origine aUmentaire 
 du beriberi. Bull. Soc. path. exot.. Par., 1910, iii, 128-130.— 
 Pumcll (J. M.) Beri-beri and dhobie itch; a few remarks on 
 their etiology and treatment. J. Ass. Mil. Surg. U. S., 
 Carlisle, 1906, xviii, 421-424.— B«es (D. C.) Beri-beri a 
 place disease, not a food disease. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1897, 
 li, 747. — ^Bodenwaldt. Pathologische Anatomie des Nerven- 
 systems bei Beriberi. Beihefte z. Arch. S. Schiffs- u. Tro- 
 penhyg., Leipz., 1908, 5. Hit., 31-36.— Bost (E. R.) The 
 cause of beri-beri. Indian. M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1900, xxxv, 
 
 458-461. . The cause of beri-beri. J. Trop. M., Lond., 
 
 1902, V, 519-521.— BumpI & Luce. Zur K linflr und patho- 
 logisohen Anatomie der Beri-Beri-Krankheit. Deutsche 
 Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1900, xviii, 63-98, 3 pi. Also: 
 Mitt. a. d. Hamb. Staatskrankenanst., 1900-1901, in, 106-140, 
 3 pi. — S. Le beriberi peut-il devenir epidemique en Europe 
 par contagion? Semaine med.. Par., 1897, xvii, 470.— 
 Saldanha (C. N.) A note on the etiology of beri-beri and 
 the presence of arsin in rice. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1908, u, 
 1609. — Sano. Zur Pathologie der Kakke und einige experi- 
 mentelle Untersuchungen. [Japanese text.] Mitt. d. med. 
 Gesellsch. zu Tokyo, 1900, xiv, 169; 215.— Sctianmann 
 (H.) Beitrage zur Aetiologie der Beriberi. Beihefte z. 
 Arch, f . Schiffs- u. Tropenhyg., Leipz., 1909, xiii, 82-90: 1912, 
 xvi, 137-170. Also, transl: Tr. Soc. Trop. M. & Hvg., Lond. 
 
 1911-12, V, 59-75. . Die Aetiologie der Beriberi unter 
 
 Berilcksichtigung des gesamten Phosphorstoflwechsels. 
 Beihefte z. Arch. f. Schiffs- u. Tropenhyg., Leipz., 1910, xiv, 
 
 325-721, 12 pi. . Erwiderung an M. Glogner: Die 
 
 Aetiologie der Beriberi und die Stellung dieser Krankbeit 
 im nosologischen System. Arch. f. Schiffs- u. Tropen-Hyg., 
 
 Leipz., 1911, XV, 252-261. . Zu dem Problem der 
 
 Benberiatiologie. Ilnd., 1912, xvi, 825-836. . Le 
 
 beriberi, maladle de nutrition. Bull. Soc. path, exot.. Par., 
 
 1912, V, 125-134. . Zu dem Problem der Beriberi- 
 
 Aetiologie. Arch. f. Schiffs- u. Tropen-Hyg., Leipz., 1913, 
 
 xvii, 433-445. . Die Aetiologie der Beriberi. Beihefte 
 
 z. Arch. f. Schiffs- u. Tropenhyg., Leipz., 1914, xviii, 359- 
 616. — Shlmazono (J.) Ueber die Veranderungen des 
 Riickenmarks und der Medulla oblongata bei Beriberi. 
 Mitt. a. d. med. Fakult. d. k. Univ. zu Tokyo, 1910, ix, 207- 
 257, 2pl.— Sicard (J.-A.) & Boger (H.) Le liqiiide cephalo- 
 rachidlen des beriberiques. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. 
 h6p. de Par., 1918, 3. s., xhi, 137-140.— SUvado (J.) Critica 
 da theoria verminosa do beriberi. Trlbuna med., Rio de 
 Jan., 1915, xxi, 219; 239; 251.— Simpson (G. C. E.) & Edie 
 (E. S.) On the relation of the organic phosphorus content 
 of various diets to diseases of nutrition, particularly beri- 
 beri. Ann. Trop. M. & Parasitol., Liverp., 1911, v, 313- 
 345.— Smith (A. C.) The etiology of beriberi. N. York 
 M. J. [etc.], 1903, Ixxxvii, 281.— Smith (P. ^Y. B.) Wheat 
 bread and beriberi. Med. Rec., N. Y., 1918, xciii, 863.— 
 Stanley (A.) The natureof beri-beri; an etiological study 
 among Chinese prisoners in Shanghai. J. Hyg., Cambridge, 
 
 1902, li, 369-381. . The etiology of ben-beri. Brit. 
 
 M. J., Lond., 1913, ii, 1160.— Stott (H.) A contribution to 
 the study of the aetiology of beri-beri. J. Roy. Army Med. 
 Corps, Lond., 1911, xvu, 231-249.— Strong (R. P.) & Cto- 
 well (B. C.) The etiology of beriberi. PhUlppine J. Sc, 
 Manila, 1912, vii,(B), 271^13, 7 pi. . The etiol- 
 ogy of beri-beri. J. State Med., Lond., 1913, xxi, 129-150. 
 Also: Tr. Intemat. Cong. Hyg. & Demog. 1912, Wash., 1913, 
 T, pt. 2, 679-696. Also, transl.: Rev. fllipina de med. y 
 farm., Manila, 1913, iv, 293-312.— Sugai (T.) & Mizuda (K.) 
 Pathologische Erscheinungen im Veuensystem der Kakke- 
 kranken. [Japanese text.) Mitt. d. med. Gesellsch. zu 
 Tokyo, 1899, xiU, 699-705.— Swan (J. M.) Summary of the 
 literature on the etiology of beriberi. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 
 1912-13, brv, 185-191 —Tamson (J. A.) Bijdrage tot de 
 contagieusiteit van beri-beri. Geneesk. Tijdschr. v. Nederl. 
 Indie, Batav., 1896, xxxvi, 88-93.— Tanalca (Y.) Zur 
 Frage fiber die Ursache der Beriberi-Krankheit. Wien 
 med. Wchnschr., 1910, Ix, 2804-2807.- Teranai (Y.) & 
 Sayegi (M.) [Chemical researches on beri-beri.) Saildn- 
 gaku Zasshi, Tokyo, 1904, 605-627.— Teruuchl (Y.) Stu- 
 dien fiber die Aetiologie der Kakke (Beri-Beri) unter beson- 
 derer Beriickslchtii;uug der Schaumarmschen Phosphor- 
 mangeltheorie. Mitt. a. k. Inst. f. Infektionskr. zu Tokyo, 
 
 1911, 48-50. . Reterat fiber Beriberi Oder Kakke; 
 
 chemischer Teil. Verhandl. d. japan, path. Gesellsch, 
 ToMo, 1912, ii, 32-37.— Teruuchi & SaSgi. Chemische 
 Untersuehung fiber Kakke. [Japanese text. [German 
 abstr., Hft. 6.) Mitt. d. med. Gesellsch. zu Tokyo, 1905, xix, 
 213-335. — ^Totsuki. [Report of researches on the origin of 
 
 beri-beri.) SaUdngaku Zasshi, Tokyo, 1906, 145-169. 
 
 [The pathogeny of beri-beri.) Tokyo Iji Shlnshi, 1906, 551; 
 603; «54.— Travers (E. A. O.) The theory of the causation 
 of beri-beri by a toxin conveyed by rice, considered in the 
 light of local experience of the disease. J. Trop. M., Lond , 
 1902, V, 231-233.— Tsunoda (T.) Ueber die Veranderungen 
 des Nervensystems bei der Kakkekrankheit (Beriberi) in 
 Japan. Centralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat., Jena, 1909, 
 XX, 337-345.— Tsuzuld (F.) Ueber das Wesen der Beri- 
 
BERI-BERI. 
 
 464 
 
 BERI-BERI. 
 
 Beri-beri (Causes arid pathology of). 
 
 berikrankhelt auf Grand meiner epidemiologischen und 
 bakteriologischen Untersuohungen. Arch. f. Sohiffs- u. 
 Tropen-Hyg., Leipz., 1908, xii, 375-388.— Van den Branden 
 (F.) & Dubois (A.) Contribution k I'^tude de r^tiologie 
 du btoi-b^ri. Bull. Soo. path, exot., Par., 1917, x, 123.— 
 Vedder (E. B.) Contribution to the etiology or beri beri. 
 Philippine J. So., Manila, 1912, vil (B), 415-422. Also, Re- 
 print. . The relation of diet to beriberi; and the pres- 
 ent status of our knowledge of vitamins. J. Am. M. Ass., 
 
 Chicago, 1916, Ixvii, 1494-1497. 4lso, Reprint. . The 
 
 known and the unkown with regard to the etiology and 
 prevention of beriberi. Mil. Surgeon, Wash.. 1916, xxxix, 
 368-379. Also: Proc. Pan Am. Soient. Cong., Wash., 1917, x, 
 22-29.— Vedder (E. B.) & Clark (E.) A study of polyneu- 
 ritis gallinarum; a fifth contribution to the etiology of beri- 
 beri. ■ Philippine J. Sc, Manila, 1912, vii. Sect. B, 423-461, 
 11 pi. Also, Reprint.— Vedder (E. B.) & Williams (R. R.) 
 Concerning the beriberi-preventmg substahce.s or vitamlnes 
 contained in rice polishings; a sixth contribution, to the 
 etiology of beriben. Philippine J. Sc, Manila, 1913, viii. 
 Sect. B, 175-195. Also, Reprint.— Walker (J. H.) Intesti- 
 nal parasites in beri-beri. Cong, internat. d'hyg. et de 
 d^mog. 0. r. 1894, Budapest, 1896, vlii, pt. 2, 684-687.— 
 Walshe (F. M. B..) On the deficiency theory of the origin 
 of beri-beri in the light of clinical and experimental observa- 
 tions on the disease, with an account of a series of forty cases. 
 Quart. J. Med., Oxford, 1917-18, xi, 320-338.— Weir (H. H.) 
 The etiology of beri-ben. Brit. M. J., Lend., 1909, i, 1120.— 
 Wellman (C), Bass (C. C.) & Eustis (A. C.) Investigation 
 of Louisiana nee with reference to the etiology of beriberi. 
 N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1912-13, Ixv, 191-196.— "Wieland (H.) 
 Beitrage zur Aetiologie der Beri-Beri. Analytische Unter- 
 suchimgen iiber den Fhosphorgehalt von ernahrun^skranken 
 Tieren. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1912, 
 
 Ixix, 293-306. . Neuere Forschungen iiber die Ursache 
 
 der Beriberikrankheit. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1913, 
 Ix, 706-708.— WilUams (R. R.) & CroweU (B. C.) The 
 thymus gland in beriben. Philippine J. So., Manila, 1916, 
 (B), X, 121-125.— Wright (H.) Changes in the neuronal 
 centres in beri-berio neuritis. Brit. M. J., Lend., 1901, I, 
 1610-1616. . An inquiry Into the etiology and pathol- 
 ogy of beri-beri. Stud. Inst. M. Research Fed. Malay 
 
 States, Singapore, 1902, ii, 1-93, 2 diag., 7 tab., 1 map. . 
 
 An enquiry into the etiology and pathology of beri-beri. J. 
 Trop. M., Lend., 1905, viii, 161; 180; 197; 209.— Wright (H.), 
 Hose (C.)[et ah]. A discussion on the etiology and pathol- 
 ogy of beri-beri. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1905, u, 1095-1100.— 
 Yacoub (K.) Notes on three cases of beri-beri following 
 relapsing fever and due to prolonged feeding on condensed 
 milk. Practitioner, Lond., 1918, C, 290.— Tamaguchl (S.) 
 [The etiology of beriberi.J Chiba Igakukwai Zassbi, Tokyo, 
 1903, No. 58, 2; No. 59, 1. 
 
 Beri-beri ( Complications and sequelae of) . 
 
 See, also, Beri-beri (Eye in); Beri-beri 
 (Heart in) ; Beri-beri in pregnancy. 
 
 Ghazakossian (B.) *Du b6ribM k forme 
 paralytique. 8°. Pom, 1897. 
 
 Boucher (H.) Sur un oas de b^ribfiri aveo nephrite et 
 cirrhose du foie. Caducfe, Par., 1906, vl, 159.— Britto (A.) 
 Le bSrib^ri et la m^thode de Foumler pour la recherche de 
 I'ataxie naissante. Bull, m&i.. Par., 1896, x, 1215.— Kana^ 
 sugl (H. E.) [Two cases of laryngeal oedema caused by 
 kakke.) Chiugai Iji Shinpo, Tokio, 1898, xix, No. 2, 1-6. 
 
 . Die Kehlkopfstorungen bei Beriberi. Beri. klin. 
 
 Wchnschr., 1908, xlv, 1084-1086. Also: Verhandl. d. internat. 
 Laryngo-Rhinol.-Eong. 1908, Wien & Leipz., 1909, i, 421- 
 427. — Kasal. Lebercirrhose durch Kakke (Benberi). 
 [Japanese text. Ref., Hft. 2, Suppl., 8.) Kyoto Igaku 
 Zasshi, 1907, iv, No. 2, 65-89.— Kawagawa (K.) [Two oases 
 of paralysis of the left nervus recurrens in the progress of 
 beri-beri.l Iji Shinbun, Tokio^ 1901, 1637-1654.— van-Lcent 
 (J.-B.) Note sur une forme mixte et peu connue de bM-b^ri 
 et de soorbut, avee quelques remarques sur la th&apeutique 
 alimentaire. Arch, de m^d. nav.. Par., 1903, Ixxix, 275- 
 279.— Mjisuyania (M.) [Djrsentery and beri-berij Daihan 
 Igaku Kwai Zasshi, Tokyo, 1907, vl, 290-331.— BOddleton 
 (E. M.) A case of beri-beri complicated by duodenal ulcer. 
 J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond., 1914, xxil, 589-591.— 
 (K.) Ein Fall von Recurrenslahmung bei Beriberi mit 
 anatomischem Befund. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Beri. 
 & Leipz., 1909, xxxv, 1311.— Mlura (M.) Kakke mit 
 Icterus. [Japanese text.] Ztschr. d. med. Gesellsch. zu 
 Tokyo, 1896, x, 20. Hft., 1-5.— Monro (T. K.) A case ol 
 ship beri-beri associated with an erythematous eraption. 
 Lancet, Lond., 1909, i, 529.— Monf Alverne de Sequelra. 
 Tratamento thermal da paralysia beriberica em S. Miguel. 
 Rev. portugueza de med. e cirurg. prat., Lisb., 1898, iv, 225- 
 237.— ITovaes (J.) Topographla das anesthesfas no beriberi 
 (esoorbutismo e beriberismo). Brazil-med., Rio de Jan., 
 
 1907, xxi, 181-186. . Beriberi e escorbuto. Ibid., 244- 
 
 247.— Okata (K.) (The effects of beriberi on the larynx.] 
 Dai Nippon Ji-Bl-In-Ko-KwarKwai Kwai Ho, Tokyo, 1902, 
 viii, Nos. 4-5, 1-12.— Blmbaud. B4rib(5ri aveo ascite 
 chyleuse. Marseille m^d., 1918, Iv, 475-478.— Saunders 
 
 Beri-beri (Complications and sequelx of) . 
 
 (Eleanora B.) The coexistence of pellagra and beri-beri. 
 Tr. Nat. Ass. Study Pellagra 1912, Columbia 1914, u, 
 325-331.— Shlba. jResearches on the effect of ben-ben 
 on the nerves and blood vessels.] Tokyo Iji-Shinshi, 1906, 
 1519-1524.— Shlrae (K.) Ueber den Verlauf der mit Kakke 
 eomplicirteu Dysenteric. [Japanese text.] Ztschr. d. med. 
 Gesellsch. zu Tokyo, 1897, xi, 764-767.— Tanaka (T.) [The 
 relation of kakke and indigestion.] Tokyo Iji-ShinsU, 1898, 
 
 2284; 2332; 2413. . [The digestive canal in ben-beri.) 
 
 Iji Shinbun, Tokio, 1904, 369-373.— Wakasugi (K.) Bezie- 
 hungen der Autointoxication (bes. der Intestinalen) zur 
 Kakke. [Japanese text.] Mitt. d. med. Gesellsch. zu Tokyo, 
 1899, xiil, 749-761.— Wakll (E.) Ein Fall von Kakke mit 
 Schwerhorigkeit. [.Tapanese text.] Shinkeigaku Zasshi, 
 Tokyo, 1904-5, iii, 22-26.— Wakll (S.) [The influence of 
 beri-beri on the kidneys.] Igaku Chuwo Zasshi, Tokyo, 
 
 1904, 1291-1304.— Wralter (R. E.) Acute malarial oedema: 
 beri-beri. Pract. Med., Delhi, 1907, v, 55-59.— Wright (H.) 
 An outline of acute ben-beri and its residual paralysis. Rev. 
 Neurol. & Psychiat., Edinb., 1905, iii, 645-662. 
 
 Beri-beri (Diagnosis and semeiology of). 
 
 See, also, Beri-beri (Bacteriology of); Beri- 
 beri (Blood in); Beri-beri (Eye in); Beri-beri 
 (Heart in); Beri-beri (Metabolism in); Beri- 
 beri ( Urine m) . 
 
 OsBOKNE (W.) UelJer einige Falle Beri-Beri- 
 artiger Erkrankungen aus Afrilia. 8°. Berlin, 
 1908, 
 
 Ashmead (A. S.) Was it beri-beri? J. Am. M. Ass., 
 Chicago, 1903, xl, 183.— AustregesUo (A.) Reflexes pa- 
 tellares exaltados e desdobramento da 1* bulha no beriberi. 
 BrazU-med., Bio de Jan., 1904, xviii, 213.— Buchanan (W. 
 J.) Beri-beri and the diseases confused with it. Dublin J. 
 M. Sc, 1897, civ, 475-479.— Carpenter (P. T.) The clinical 
 aspects of beri-beri. J. Trop. M,, Lond., 1898-9,1, 319-321.— 
 Cole (A. F.) Unusual symptoms in beri-beri. Brit. M. J., 
 Lond., 1911, ii, 1355.— Coreto (E.) II beriberi e la sindrome 
 beriberica. lucurabili, Napoli, 1917, xxxil, 137; 153.— 
 Curric (p. H.) Beriberi, or a disease closely resembling it, 
 met in Chinese flshermen returning to San Francisco from 
 Alaska. Am. Med., Phlla., 1903, vi, 225-227.— Draper (A. P.) 
 Beriberi early diagnosed and readily curtailed. J. Trop. 
 M. [etc.], Lond., 1916, xix, 92.— Eijkman (C.} Over de 
 resmtaten van net electrisch onderzoek bij beri-beri. Ge- 
 neesk. Tijdsehr. v. Nederl. Indie, Batav., 1889, xxviii, 349- 
 365.— Flesslnger (N.) & L€cuyer(M.) Beriberi hydropique 
 Mormebdnigne. Pressemgd., Par., 1917, xxv, 479.— Flessln- 
 ger (N.) & Leroy (E.) Bdrireri hydropique h, forme aigue, 
 mortelle. /Wd— Fowler (J. F. S.) Does beri-beri exist un- 
 diagnosed in this colony? British Guiana M. Ann., Deme- 
 rara, 1899,xi, 8-10.— Fraga(C.) Beriberi ou syndrome beri- 
 berica? Brazil-medj Rio de Jan., 1917, xxxi, 9; 17; 25; 35. — 
 Guerrero (M. S.) El reflejo de Aschner en el beriberi, espe- 
 clalmente en el beriberi infantU. Rev. fllipina de med. y 
 farm., Manila, 1915, vi, 417-435.— Inada (R^ Reterat iiber 
 Beriberi Oder Kakke; klinischer Toil. Verhandl. d. japan, 
 path. Gesellsch., Tokio, 1912, ii, 1-6.— Klnoshlta (T.) & 
 IkeguchI (T.) Die ulframikroskopische Betrachtung der 
 Kakkemilch. lUd., 49-51.— Kokubo. [The diagnosis of 
 beriberi.] Juntendo Iji Kenkiu Kwai Zasshi, Tokyo, 1905, 
 845^55. . [Remark on the symptomatology of beri- 
 beri.J (Ausz., 22. Hft.) Mitt. d. med. Gesellsch. zu Tokyo, 
 
 1905, mx, 1005-1015.— Macleod (K.) Beri-beri and epi- 
 demic dropsy. Tr. Bombay M. Cong., Bombay, 1909, 273- 
 279.— Maragllano (E.) Neuronite inferiore (beri-beri?). 
 Boll. d. din., Milano, 1914, xxxi, 200-203 —Mulra (K.') 
 Notizen zur Symptomatologie von Beri-Beri. [Japanese 
 text.] Igaku Chuwo Zasshi, Tokyo, 1905-6, 422-425. Also: 
 Iii Shinbun, Tokio, 1905, 1061-1064.— Mliira (M.) [The 
 diagnosis of beri-ben.] Sei-i-Kwai M. J., Tokyo, 1906, xxv, 
 pt. 2, No. 289, 1-3.— Nadam (C. K. R.) Diagnosis of beri- 
 beri. Indian M. Rec, Calcutta, 1903, xxiv, 1157.— Norman 
 (C.) The clinical features of beri-beri. Tr. Roy. Acad. M. 
 Ireland, Dubl., 1898-9, xvli, 145-179, ITpl. Also: Dublin J. 
 M. Sc, 1900, cix, 1-16.— Novaes (J.) Em tomo da beriberi 
 e da sua topographia anesthesica. Tribuna med^ Rio de 
 Jan., 1907, xiii, 299; 313; 338; 353; 373, 1 pi.— Oku. [Remarks 
 on the localisation of beri-beri.) Juntendo Iji Kenldu Kwai 
 Zasshi, Tokyo, 1905, 796-806. Also: Chiugai Iji Shinpo, 
 ToMo, 1905, xxvl, 1445-1466.— Plehn (A.) Fall von Beri- 
 Beri mit at3T>ischem Verlauf. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., 
 Beri. & Leipz., 1908, xxxiv, 573.— Shiga (K.)& Susama 
 (S.) TJober die kakke- (beriberi-) ahnliche Krankheit der 
 Tiere (Studien iiber das Wesen der Kakke). Beihette z. 
 Arch. f. Schifls- u. Tropen-Hyg., Leipz., 1911, xv, 59-94, 
 1 pi. — Shlmazono. von der electrischen Reaction bei 
 der Kakke-Lahmung. [Japanese text.) Shinkeigaku 
 Zasshi, Tokyo, 1906-7, V, 173-176.— Sugal. Ueber Venen- 
 phaenomene bei Kakke. [Japanese text. Ausz., 8. Hft.] 
 Mitt. d. med. Gesellsch. zu Tokyo, 1904, iviil, 410-423 — 
 
 Takata (K.) Demonstration von Doppelton und Doppelge- 
 rau,sohn der Sohenkelarterie bei Kakke. [Japanese 
 Ztschr. d. med. Gesellsch. zu Tokyo, 1898, xli, 587-591.- 
 
 Japanese text.] 
 ■ Ta- 
 
BERI-BEEI. 
 
 465 
 
 BERI-BERI. 
 
 Beri-beri (Diagnosis and semeiology oj). 
 
 lieya (H.) & Kusama (T.) Kakkeforsoliung mittelst eines 
 Plethysmograplicn. Verhaudl. d. jamn. path. Gesellsoh., 
 Tokio, 1912, ii, 47.— Taylor (J. S.) Beri-beri or alcoholic 
 neuritis? J. Ass. Mil. Surg. U. S., Carlisle, 1906, xvlii, 412- 
 420.— tJcliennann (V.) 1st Beri-Beri eiu einheitliches 
 Kjahkheitsbild? Zeatralbl. (. innere Med., Leipz-, 1904, 
 xxT, 617-624.— Wakll. Ueber deu Hautreflex bei Kalcke. 
 [Ausz., 14. Hit.] [Japanese textj Mitt. d. mod. Gesellsoh. 
 zu Tokyo, 1903, xvii, 618; 679.— WUsou (E.) A case of beri- 
 beri presenting an initial erythema resembling pellagra. 
 Tr. Nat. Assoc. Study Pellagra 1912, Columbia, 1914, ii, 321- 
 323.— Toshida (K.) [Beriberi and the reflex of Babinsld.] 
 Iji Shinbun, Tokio, 1903, 97-105. 
 
 Beri-beri {Experimental). 
 
 See, also, Ben-beri in animals; Neuritis {Mul- 
 tiple). 
 
 Lebeedo (M. G.) Beri-beri; an epidemiologi- 
 cal and experimental study. 8°. Hahana, 1915. 
 
 ScHNTDER (K.) *Beitrag zur pathologischen 
 Aimtomie der experimentellen i Reispolyneu- 
 ritis (Beriberi). [Basel.] 8°. Berlin, 1914. 
 
 Uegr.from: Arch. I. Verdautmgskr.jBerl., 1914, xx, 
 
 Bauer. Die experimentelle Beriberi (Polyneuritis) beim 
 Gefliigel und ihre Beziehung zur Vitaminfrage. Ztschr. f. 
 Vetermark., Berl., 1914, xxvl, 267-271.— Breinl (A.) Note 
 on experiments on polyneuritis in pigeons. J. Trop. M. 
 ^tc), Lond., 1916, xbc, 129.— Chamheriata (W. P.), 
 Bloombeigb (H. D.) & Kllboume (E. D.) The study of 
 the influence of rice diet and of inanition on the production 
 of multiple neuritis of fowls and the bearing thereof on the 
 etiology of beriberi. Phihppine J. Sc, Manila, 1911, vi. Sec. 
 B, No. 3, 177-208. Also, Reprint.— Cooper (Evelyn Ash- 
 ley). Experiments on the causation of beri-beri. Lancet, 
 
 liond., 1911, ii, 1266. . The preparation from animal 
 
 tissues of a substance which cures polyneuritis in birds 
 induced by diets of polished' rice. Bio-Chem. J., Liverp., 
 
 1913, vii, 268-274. Aho, Eeprint. . On the protective 
 
 and curative principles of certain foodstuffs against polyneu- 
 ritis induced in birds by a diefof poEshed rice. J. Hyg., 
 
 Cambridge, 1913, xii, 436-462. Also, Beprint. . The 
 
 curative action of autolysed yeast against avian polyneu- 
 ritis. Bio-Chem. J., Liverp., 1914-15, viii, 250-252.— Diaz 
 Silvera (C.) Polineuritis experimental. Actas y trab. d. 
 3' Cong. med. nao., Habana, 1914, ii, 211. — DatcbeT (R. A.) 
 Observations on the curative properties of honey, nectar, 
 and corn pollen in avian polyneuritis. J. Biol. Chem., N. Y., 
 1918, xxxvl, 551-555. .4 Zso, Beprint. — Eijkiiian(C.) Ueber 
 die Natur und Wirkungsweise der gegen experimentelle 
 Polyneuritis wirksamen Substanzen. Arch. t. Schifls- u. 
 Tropen-Hyg., Leipz., 1913, xvii, 328-335.— Pink (L. G.) 
 Ben-beri and white rice; an experiment with parrots. J. 
 Trop. M., Lond., 1910, xili, 241.— Fraser (H.) & Stanton 
 (A. T.) Feeding experiments on animals. Stud. Inst. M. 
 Research, Fed. Malay States, Singapore, 1911, No. 12, 28-33i 
 
 2 pi., 2 1. . Experiments with various white 
 
 rices, mi., 40, 4 pi., 10 I. . Starvation and 
 
 forced feedmg experiments. /M., 43, 3 I. . 
 
 Experiment with unpolished rices. lUd., 45, 6 1. . 
 
 Experiments with polishings. I}yii., 49, 2 1. . 
 
 Experiments toisolate the protective substances contained in 
 
 rice polishings. lUi., 66-74, 8 1. . Experiments 
 
 with the proof spirit filtrate. VAi., 75-78, 5 1. . 
 
 Experiments with 91% alcohol filtrate, mi., 79-89, 8 pi.— 
 Funk (C.) On the chemical nature of the substance which 
 cures polyneuritis in birds induced by a diet of polished 
 
 rice. J. Physiol., Lond., 1911, xliii, 395-400. . The 
 
 preparation from yeast and certain foodstuffs of the sub- 
 stance the deficiency of which in diet occasions polyneuritis 
 
 in birds. JUi., 1912-13, xlv, 75-81. . Experimental 
 
 studies on beri-beri; the action of certain purine- and pyri- 
 
 mldine-derivatives. VAi., 489-492. . Fortschritte der 
 
 experimentellen Beriberiiorschung In den Jahren 1911-13. 
 
 Mijnchen. lued. Wchnschr., 1913, Ix, 1997-1999. . 
 
 Studien fiber Beriberi. Experimentelle Beweise gegen die 
 toxische Theorie der Beriberi. Ztschr. f. physlol. Chem., 
 Strassb., 1914, Ixxxix, 373-377.— Gibson (R. B.) The influ- 
 ence of compensated salt mixtures on the development of 
 polyneuritis gallinarum and beriberi. PhUippine J. Sc. 
 Manila, 1913, viii (B), 351-367, 4 pi.— Gibson (R. B.) & 
 ConcepciOn (IsabelaV Nerve degeneration in fowls fed 
 on unhusked rice (palay). lUi., 1914, ix, [B], 119-123, 1 pi. 
 Aho, transl.: Rev. filipma de med. y farm., Manila, 1914, v, 
 511-515.— Guerero (M. S.) & Gavleres (J. G.) The action of 
 the milk of beriberie women on the frog's heart. Bull. Ma- 
 nila M. Soc, 1912,iv, 167-177.— Hulshoa Pol (D. J.) X-zuur 
 als geueesmiddel tegen polyneuritis gallinarum. Nederl. 
 Tiidschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1917, i, 806-812.— Hunter 
 (W.) & Koch (W. V. MO Experimental beri-beri in mon- 
 keys. J. Trop. M. [etc.], Lond., 1907, x, 346-351.— Kon (Y.) 
 & Okasakl (M.) Fiitterungsversuche mit Reis und Starke 
 bei Tauben zur TJntersuchung des Wesens der Beriberi- 
 fihnliohen Erkrankung von Vogeln. Verhandl. d. japan. 
 
 96808°— Vol. II, 3d series— 19 30 
 
 Beri-beri {Experimental). 
 
 path. Gesellsoh., Tokyo, 1916, vl, 80-82.— Lebredo (M. G.) 
 Beri-beri; estudio epidemioldgioo y experimental. San. 
 ybenefle. Bol. ofic, Habana, 1916, xv, 79-92. Also, transl: 
 Ihid., 141-154. Also: Proc. Pan Am. Sclent. Cong., Wash., 
 1917, X, 29-39. Also, Reprint.— Le Dantec (A.) Contri- 
 bution k I'^tude du b(5riberi experimental. Bull. Soc. 
 path, exot.. Par., 1910, ill, 118-121.- L'hermltte (J.) 
 Les I&ions <»rebrales de la polyn^vrite avitaminique (bin- 
 bin experimental). Rev. neurol., Par., 1916, xxrx, pt. 2, 
 6-8.— McCarrlson (B.) A contribution to the study of 
 experimental beri-beri. Indian I. M. Research, Calcutta, 
 1914, ii, 369-374, 4 pi.— Nagayo (M.) & FujU (S.) Reistiit- 
 terungsversuch bei Aflen zweoks Erzeugung der Beriberi- 
 ahnlichen Erkrankung. Verhandl. d. japan, path. Gesellsoh. 
 Tokio^ 1912, ii, 39^3.— OUive & CoUignon. Recherches 
 expfementales sur quelques cas de bMb&i. Gaz. mM. de 
 Nantes, 1914, 2. s., xxxii, 104-107.— Blcbter (H.) Zentrale 
 Veranderungen bei experimenteller Beriberi der Taube. 
 Ztschr. t. d. ges. Neurol, u. Psychiat., Berl. & Leipz., 1913- 
 14, xxi, Orig., 172-181. Also [Abstr.]: Pest, med.-chir. 
 Presse, Budapest, 1914, 1, 180.— Kost (E. RO Experiments 
 in connection with the cause of beri-beri. udian M. Gaz., 
 Calcutta, 1901, xxxvi, 255: 1902, xxxvii, 270-272.— Sakal (S.) 
 & Hlramatsu (T.) Ueber die vasokonstriktorische Wir- 
 kung des Serums von Kakke-Kranken auf die uberleben- 
 den Froschgetasse. Mitt. a. d. med. Fakult. d. k. Univ. zu 
 Tokvo, 1914, xiii, 177-195, 1 ch.— Salanoue (H.) Etude 
 exp^rimentaJe du b&ibfei. Caducfe, Par., 1906, vi, 201.— 
 Scliauinann (H.) Ueber die Darstellung and Wirkungs- 
 weise einer der in der Reiskleie enthaltenen, gegen experi- 
 mentelle Polyneuritis wirksamen Substanzen. Arch. f. 
 Sohiffs-u. Tropen-Hyg., Leipz., 1912, xvi, 349-361.— Segawa 
 (M.) Ueber das Wesen der experimentellen Polyneuritis 
 der Huhner und Tauben und ihre Beziehung zur Beriberi 
 des Menschen. Virohow's Arch. J. path. Anat. [etc.), Berl., 
 1914, ccv, 404-443. — Segawa (S.) Pfltterungsversuclie mit 
 entsohaltem Reis bei HUhnem und Tauben. Verhandl. d. 
 japan, path. Gesellsoh., Tokio, 1912, ii, 37-39.— SMga 
 (K.) Experimentelle Studien fiber die Kakke (= Beriberi). 
 
 Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etcj, 1. Abt., Jena, 1912, liv, Eef'., 
 Beilage, 156-170.— Shiga (K.) & Kusama (S.) Experi- 
 mentelle Studien liber die Kakke (Beriberi). Mitt. a. d. k. 
 
 Inst. f. Infektionskr. zu Tokyo, 1911, 45-47.— Tasawa (R.j 
 Experimentelle Polyneuritis, besonders bei Vogeln, im Ver- 
 gleich zur Beriberi des Menschen. Ztschr. f. exper. Path. u. 
 Therap., Berl., 1914, xvii, 27-46.— VoegtUn (C.) & Towles 
 (Carohne). The treatment of experimental beri-beri with 
 extracts of spinal cord. J. Pharmacol. & Exper. Therap. 
 Bait., 1913-14, V, 67-76.— Weill (E.) & Mourlquand (G.) 
 B§rib&i experimental provoqu^ par une alimentation exclu- 
 sive par I'orge d^cortique. Bull. Soc. de p6diat. de Par., 
 
 1914, xvi, 391-394. Also: Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 
 
 1915, Ixxviii, 649-651.— Welhnan (C.) On the production of 
 a beriberiform polyneuritis in fowls with substances other 
 than rice. South. M. J., Nashville, 1913, vi, 516-518.— Well- 
 man (C.) & Bass (C. C.) Polyneuritis gallinarum caused 
 by different foodstuffs; with special reference to the effect of 
 commercial rice coating on neuritis production. Am. J. 
 Trop. Dis. [etc.], N. Orl., 1913, i, 129-139. 3 pi.— WeUman 
 (C), Eustis (A. C.) & Scott (L. C.) The rapid cure of 
 polyneuritis gallinarum by intramuscular injection of a 
 substance isolated from rice; note on the pathology of the 
 disease. Ibid., 295-299.— Williams (R. R.f Las vitaminas 
 del beriberi desde el punto de vista tedrico y experimental. 
 Rev. fllipina de med. y farm., Manila, 1914, v, 697-702. 
 
 Beri-beri {Eye in). 
 
 AoM (T.) Ueber Centralskotom bei Ksikke (Beriberi). 
 Ophth. Klin., Stuttg., 1903, vii, 118.— Hlrota (C.) [One or 
 two cases of ptosis occurring In children nursed by mothers 
 affected by kakke.] Tokyo Iji-Shinshi, 1S99, 1869-1874.— 
 Ichlhara (N.) [Two cases of pecuUar defects of the field of 
 vision in beri-beri.] Nippon Gaukwa Gakukwai ZasshI, 
 Tokyo, 1903, vii, 916-923. . [Amblyopia from beri- 
 beri.] Ibid., 1904, viii, 521-541.— Inouye (T.) [On Dr. 
 Kono's report on disorders of the vision in the course of 
 kakke.] Chlugai Iji Shinpo, Tokio, 1896, xvii, No. 390, 4-6.— 
 Komoto (J.) [On the ophthalmological symptoms in the 
 patient suffering from kaike.] Tokyo Iji-Shinshi, 1898, No 
 1030, 1-5.— Komoto (J.) cS: Aokl (T.) The central scotoma 
 m kak'ke. Sei-i-Kwai M. J., Tokyo, 1903, xxii, 109-117 
 Also: Shinkeigaku Zasshi, Tokyo, 1903, ii, 170-177.— Kono 
 (T.) Ueber (fes Auttreten der centralen Sehsehwache im 
 Verlaufe von Kakke. [Japanese text.) Ztschr. d. med 
 Gesellsoh. zu Tokyo, 1896, x, 255-262.— Marubi. [Paralysis 
 of the eye muscles by beri-beri.] Nippon Gankwa Gaku- 
 kwai Zasshi, Tokyo, 1906, x, 574-578.— Mlyake (S.) Parese 
 des Oculomotorius und Paralyse des Nervus laryngeus bei 
 SaugUngskakke. [Japanese text.)_ Ztschr. d. med. Ge- 
 sellsoh. zu Tokyo, 1895, ix, 21. Hft., 19-25.— Sano (T ) 
 [Examination of 23 cases in which the sight was affected by 
 kakke.] Juntendo Iji Kenkiu Kwai Zasshi, Tokyo, 1899 
 1057; 2009.— Timer (FJ [Sur un cas de daltonisme con- 
 s^cutif au b&i-b§ri. R&., 944.) Norsk Mag. f. Lsegevi- 
 densk., Kristiania, 1900, 4. E., xv, 931-^34.- Tsuiumaru 
 
BERI-BERI. 
 
 466 
 
 BERI-BERI. 
 
 Beri-beri {Eye in). 
 
 (T.) [Some cases of eye disease from beri-teri.] Nippon 
 Gankwa Gakukwai Zasshi, Tokyo, 1900, iv, 496-522.— 
 Yamamoto (Y.) Ueber Ceutralskotom bei Eakke. 
 Ophth. KUn., Stuttg., 1903, vii, 119. 
 
 Beri-beri {Heart in). 
 
 Adactal (M.) The actions of tlie soH^lIed beri-beri poison 
 on the heart. Sei-i-Kwai M. J., Tokyo, 1910, xxix, 643-551.— 
 de Almeida 9Iagallia«s (PJ Das perturba?oes cardiacas 
 no beri-beri. Gaz. med. da BEihia, 1892-3, 4. s., ili, 55; 104; 
 148; 209.— Gloguer (M.) Ueber Fragmentation der Herz- 
 und Skelettmuskulatur und Kontinuitatstrennmigen des 
 elastischen Gewebes bei Beri-Beri sowie iiber das Wesen 
 dieser Krankheit. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. retc.l, 
 Beri., 1903, olxxl, 389^18, 1 pi.— Hirano (C.) Ueber das 
 Herzgewicnt bei Beriberi una bei einigeu anderen Erkran- 
 kungen. Verhaudl. d. jap. path. Gesellsch., Tokyo, 1915, 
 V, 10O-103.— Hisashl (T.) Em Fall von Kakke mit Pulsver- 
 langsamung. [Japanese text.) Iji Shinbmi, Tokio, 1899, 
 No. 637, 1-3.— Ido (Y.) & Watanabe (Y.) The orthodia- 
 graphic examination of the heart in beri-beri. Sei-i-Kwal M. 
 J., Tokyo, 1914, xxxiii, 35.— KuTOse (H.) [Beri-beri affect- 
 ing the heart.) Kyo-rin-no Shiori, Tokyo, 1902, xiv, 186- 
 190.— -nndOTildwa (E.) Die GewiohtsverhaJtnisse der 
 HerzteUe betBeriben. Verhandl. d. jap. path. Gesellsch., 
 Tokio, 1916, V, 99.— Miura (M.) Pathologisoh-anatomlsche 
 Verandenmgen im kleineu Kreislaufssystem bei den Mitral- 
 kranken una bei Kakkepatienten. Mitth. a. d. med. Fac. 
 d. k.-jap. Univ., Tokio, 1898-9, iv, 175-180.— Ouwehand 
 (0. D.) lets over polsfrequentie en beri-beri. Geneesk. 
 Tijdschr. v. Nederl. Indie, Batav., 1894, xxxiv, 591-601.— 
 Stanley (A.) Beri-beri and the heart. J. Trop. M., Lond., 
 
 1901, iv, 351-354.— Sugel (T.) & Hlkarida (M.) [The 
 retarded circulation of the blood in beri-beri.) Iji Shinbun, 
 Tokio, 1899, No. 563, 1-7.— Tadaharu Maruyama. 
 Changes in the heart in beri-beri. Tr. Intemat. Cong. Med. 
 1913, Lond., 1914, Sect, iii. Gen. Path. & Path. Anat., pt. 2, 
 81-86.— Tanaka (Y.) Bin Beitrag zur Keimtms der 
 Entstehungsweise der Herzhypertrophie bei der Beriberi- 
 Krankheit. Wien. klin. Wchnsohr., 1910, xxiii, 1710-1712. 
 
 Beri-beri {History and geographical 
 distribution o/). 
 
 Greig (E. D. W.) Epidemic dropsy in 
 Calcutta, fpl. Calcutta, 1911. 
 
 Andrieux. Epiddmie de b&ib&i observde k Poulo-Con- 
 dore en 1897-8. Ann. d'hyg. et de mfid. colon., Par., 1900, 
 iii, 183-189.— Ashley-Emile (L. E.) Beri-beri in South 
 Africa. J. Trop. M., Lond., 1904, vii, 307-309.— Asbmead 
 (A. S.) Beriberi among the Chinese. Am. Med., Phila., 
 
 1902, iv, 962. Also: Sei-i-Kwai M. J., Tokyo, 1903, xrii, 104.— 
 Ayers Kopke. ConsideracOes sobre a epidemia de beriberi 
 na Africa occidental. Arch, de med., Lisb., 1897-8, i, 290- 
 
 307. . Eelatorio sobre a endemia de bdrib&i era S. 
 
 Thom6. Arch, de hyg. e path, exotic, Lisb., 1905, i, 92-99.— 
 Barry (C.) Notes on beri-beri in Bangoon. Indian M. 
 Gaz., Calcutta, 1900, xxxv, 343-346, 1 di^.— Bell (W. D.) 
 Beriberi in the Philippine Islands. Am. Therapist, N. Y., 
 1904-5, xiii, 206-208.— Beriberi in the United States. Pub. 
 Health Bep. V. S. Mar. Hosp. Serv., Wash., 1910, xxv. 
 921-9^.- Bolton (J.) Beri-ben at Diego Garcia. J. Tropi 
 M., Lond., 1902, y, 248-261.— Bonardl (E.) II beri-beri ed , 
 suoi reliquati fra i nostri emi^anti al Brasile. Osp. magg. 
 Riv. sdent.-prat. d. . . . di Milano, 1911, vi, 132-143. Also: 
 B. 1st. Lomb. dl so. e lett. Eendic, Milano, 1911, 2. s., xliv, 
 478-496.— Braddock (C. S.) Beri-beri as seen in Siam and 
 the Malay Peninsula. Dietet. & Hyg. Gaz., N. Y., 1907, 
 
 mn'ii 649. . Some notes on beriberi as seen in the Far 
 
 East. N. York M. J., [etc.l, 1910, xd, 541.— Brault (J.) Le 
 bdribdri: sa distribution geographique aux colonies. Rev. 
 sdent.. Par., 1907, S. s., viu, 652-666.— Bnltp da Costa (B.) 
 Cases de beriben em S. Thome. Arch. hyg. path, exot., 
 Lisboa, 1911, iii, 79-87.— BuUmore (C.) Notes on beri-ben 
 at Falmouth. Pub. Health, Lond., 1902-3, xv, 198-211.- 
 Butler (F.W. P.) Beriberi. J. South Car. M. Ass., Charles- 
 ton, 1910, X, 234-236.— Casey (J. P. N.) An epidemic of 
 beri-beri m St. Helena. South African M. Rec, Cape Tovro, 
 1903, 1, 107.— Chamberlain (W. P.) The disappearance ol 
 beriberi from the Fhilippinff (native) scouts. Mil. Surgeon, 
 Wash., 1911, xxviii, 509-522.— Cohen (H. M.) Beriberi as 
 met with in the Phflippines. Maryland M. J., Bait., 1906, 
 xlviii, 477-487. — Cozanet. Relation d'une epid^mie de 
 b&ib&i ayant sdvl k Goa (Haut-S6n6gal-Niger). Ann. 
 d'hyg. et de mM. colon.. Par., 1913, xvi, 157-169.— Crozlcr 
 (G. C.) An outbreak of true beri-beri among the students 
 at Tura, Garo Hills, Assam. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 
 1905, xl, 96-98.— Daniels (C. W.) Observations in the 
 Federated Malay States on beri-beri. Stud. Inst. Med. Re- 
 search Fed. Malay States, Lond., 1906, iv, 1-105.— Dansaucr. 
 Ueber den Nachweis von Beriberi in Deutsoh-Siidwest- 
 afrika. Arch, f . Schifls- u. Tropen-Hyg., Leipz., 1907, xi, 316- 
 335, I diag.— Delany (T. H.) A case of beri-ben in the 
 Chma expeditionary force. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 
 1901, xxrri, 329. . Epidemic dropsy or beri-beri in east- 
 ern Bengal. Ibid., 1908, xliii, 167-174, 1 ch.— Doyle (S. B.) 
 
 Beri-beri {History and geographical 
 distribution of). 
 
 Beriberi; a South American aspect of the disease. N. York 
 M. J. [etc.], 1913, xovii, 828.— Dubois (A.J & Corin (Q.) 
 Rapport sur une petite dpidSmie de bfirib&i a Bokala (Congo 
 beige). Bull. Soc. path, exot.. Par., 1914 vli, -402-405.— 
 Dttrck (H.) Ueber Beri-Ben und mtestmale Intoxika- 
 tionskrankheiten im malaischen Archlpel. Munchen. med. 
 Wchnsohr., 1905, Iii, 1913-1917. Xfeo.- Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. 
 deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1905, Leipz., 1906, 72-83.— Dur- 
 ham (H. E.) Notes on beriberi in the Malay Pemnsula and 
 on Christmas Island (Indian Oceaii)._J. Hyg., Cambridge, 
 1904, iv, 112-164, 1 pi.— Fraga (C.) Beri-beri m Brazil. Tr. 
 Am. Soc. Trop. Med., N. Ori., 1917, xi, 116-121. AUo: N. 
 Ori. M. & S. J., 1917-18, Ixx, 606-611.— Francez (J. P.) Beri- 
 beri, its history, symptoms, causation,, and treatment. N. 
 York M. J. ^tc], 1907, Ixxxv, 263-205.— Fujikawa (Y.) 
 Beitrag zur Geschiohte der Kakke (Beriberi). [Japanese 
 text. Ausz., 7. Hit.] Shinkeigaku. Zasshi, Tokyo, 1904-^, 
 iii, 301-310.— Galde. Notes sur le b&ibfai au TonJdn. Ann. 
 d'hyg. et de miSd. colon., Par., 1906, ix, 511-533.— Gaudu- 
 cheau (A.) Le b&ibSri dans le sud de la Chine. Bull. Soc. 
 path, exot.. Par., 1910, iii, 644-546.— Gouzien (P.) Le b&i- 
 Mri au Tonkiu. Ann. d'hyg. et de m&A. colon.. Par., 1912, 
 XV, 445-491.— Helser (V. G.) Experiences with beri-beri in 
 the Philippine Islands. Am. J. Trop. Dis. [etc.], N. Ori., 
 1913, i, 119. AUo: Am. Soc. Trop. M., Phila., 1913, viii, 74.— 
 Highet (H. C.) Beriberi in Siam. Philippine J. So. [B], 
 Mamla, 1910, v, 73-79. [Discussion], 137-144.— Hulshoff 
 Pol (J.) Beriberi-Forsohungen in den niederlandisoh- 
 ostinoischen Kolonlen, besondersin Bezug auf Prophylaxis 
 und Heilung. Beihefte z. Arch. f. Schifls- u. Tropenhyg., 
 Leipz., 1910, xiv, 3. Beihit., 1-38.— Hunter (W.) & Kocb 
 (W. V. M.) The prevalence of beri-beri in Hong Eong. 
 J. Trop. M.' [etc.], Lond., 1907, x, 266-271.— Jeanselme 
 (E.) B^ribSri et Stog-alais. Caducde, Par., 1910, x, 192.— 
 Jervey(A.J.) Areportof anepidemicofberiberi. J.South. 
 Car. M. Ass., Charleston, 1910, x, 231-234.-^JoJot. Le Wri- 
 biSri au Cap Saint-Jacques de 1906 k 1910; experiences sur 
 le traitement priSventif et ouratif par le son de paddy. Ann. 
 d'hyg. et de mM. colon.. Par., 1911, xiv, 72-95. — ^Kennedy 
 (J. C.) Beriberi in Lebong, an account of the steps taken 
 to eradicate the diseasc»during 1914. J. Roy. Army Med. 
 Corps, Lond., 1915, xxv, 268-285.— Kerr (A. F. G.) Beri- 
 ben in northern Siam. Tr. Soc. Trop. M. & Hyg., Lond., 
 1911-12, V, 91-95.^Koolemans Beijnen (G. J. W.) Beri- 
 beri onder Javanen in Nederland. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. 
 Geneesk., Amst., 1918, i, 401-408.— L. (S.) Cases de beriberi 
 fulminante na Guyana Franceza; carte do Dr. A. Frangois. 
 Gaz. med. da Bahia, 1898-9, 5. s., ii, 193-206.— La Cava (F.) 
 Sopra un caso autoctono di beriben nell' Italia meridionale. 
 Bull. Soc. path, exot.. Par., 1916, vii, 1, 218-229. Also: Mala- 
 ria [etc.], Roma, 1915, vi, 49-^7. — Latage. Le b&-ib4ri en 
 Coohinohine. Ann. d'hyg. et de mfid. colon.. Par., 1912, 
 XV, 5-17. — ^Laurent (L.) Note sur I'dpidSmie de b&ib&i 
 de 1898 S, Poulo-Condore. Arch, de mid. nav.. Par., 1899, 
 Ixxii, 140-143.— Laws (C. E.) Beriberi among the Fihpinos. 
 J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, lix, 463.— Lebredo (M. G.) 
 Para la historia del beri-beri en Cuba. Rev, de med. y 
 cirug. de la Habana, 1916, xxi, 526-527. — ^Leger (A.) Notes 
 au sujet d'une dpidomie de b&ib&i sur les hauts plateaux de 
 Madagascar. Bull. Soc. path, exot.. Par., 1910, iu, 761-763. — 
 Llildsay (J. W.) Some observations on Brazilian beriberi. 
 Tr. Soc. Trop. M. & Hyg., Lond., 1916-17, x, 89-93.— Lop 
 (P. A.) Une dpidfimiedebSrib&i a Marseille. Pressemdd., 
 Par., 1904, ii, annexes, 769-771.— Martinez (F.) Hallazgo 
 del beriberi en la Peninsula Ib(5rica. Eev. fllipma de med. 
 y farm., Manila, 1918, ix, 315-321.— MaxweU (J. P.) Beri- 
 beri iu the Provmce of FuMen. China M. J., Shanghai, 1915, 
 xxix, 376-380.— de Mello. Beriberi in Portuguese India. 
 J. Trop. M. [etc.], Lond., 1914, xvii, 125-128.— MUler (A. E.) 
 & Turner (G. A.) A brief epitome of some of the recent 
 literature on beri-beri, with observations on that disease 
 in South Africa. Transvaal M. J., Johannesburg, 1905-6, " 
 i, 220; 266.— Mlura (K.) Eakke auf dem Gipfel des Huji. 
 [Japanese text.) Ztschr. d. med. Gesellsch. zu Tokj-o, 1896, 
 
 X, 4. Hit., 44-61. —. . Erfahruugen iiber Beriberi im 
 
 japanisoh-russischen Krieg. Arch. f. Sohi.1s- u. Tropen- 
 Hyg., Leipz., 1906, X, 646-650.^Molloy (C. H.) Is beri-beri 
 endemic m Melbourne? Intercolon. M. Cong. Australas. 
 Tr. 1892, Sydney, 1893, iii, 101.— Mori (R.) Beriberi und 
 Cholera m Japan (1887). In: Mori (R.) Japan, 8", Tokio, 
 1911, 304-30S..^Mosse (C. Q. D.) Report on outbreak of 
 beri-beri amongst prisoners of war at St. Helena, J. Roy. 
 Army Med. Corps, Lond., 1904, iii, 237-242, 3 pi.— Moszkow- 
 skl (M.) Meine Erlahrungen Uber Beriberi in Neu-Guinea. 
 Deutsche med. Wohnschr., Bcrl. & Loipz., 1911, xxxvii, 
 1145. AUo: Munchen. med. Wchnsohr., 1911, Ivih, 1217.— 
 Nagase(T.)&Takahashl(S.) [History of bcri-bori.) To- 
 kyo med. Wohnschr., 1896, No. 955. 5-S; No. 967, 13-16; No. 
 960, 10-15; No. 962, 10-14.— Ness (L. G.) Observations on 
 beri beri in Japan and the Philippines. N. York M. J. 
 [ets.l, 1913, xovili, 54B.— Nightingale (P. A.) Beri-beri on 
 the Rand. Transvaal M. J., Johannesburg, 1905-6, i, 223- 
 225. — Noc (F.) Nouvelle contribution k I'dtude du beribSri 
 en Cochinchine. Bull. Soo. path, exot.. Par., 1310, iii, 315. — 
 Norman (C.) On beri-beri occurring in temperate chmates. 
 
BERI-BERI. 
 
 467 
 
 BEEI-BEKI. 
 
 Beri-beri (History and geographical 
 distribution of) . 
 
 Brit. M. J., Lond., 1898, ii, S72-876.— O'zoux. Notes sur lo 
 IxSribdri h la EiSumon. Bull. Soc. path, exot.. Par., 1910, ui, 
 131-135.— Pearse (T. F.) The 1909 outbreak of ben-ben or 
 epidemic dropsy in Calcutta. J. Trop. M. Jetc], Lond., 1910, 
 joii, 354-357.— Peres Bodrigues ((S.) Epidemia de ben- 
 beri em Loanda. Med. oontomp., Lisb., 1904, 2. s., vi, 246.— 
 Saltet & Legrand. Une toideinie de bfirib&i k Casablanca. 
 
 Presse mid... Par., 1909, xvii, 546; 570. . Le bdnbcTi et 
 
 les Sto&alais. Cadua^e, Par., 1910, x, 174-176.— Sams. 
 Beriberi in South Carolina. Pub. Health Kep. U. S. Mar. 
 Hosp. Serv., Wash., 1910, xxv, 437.— San(? Anna (J- F.) 
 Beri-beri em Lourenco Marques; notas de nma"epidemia. 
 Med. contemp., Lisb., 1909, xxvii. 164-166.— StUflner (^V.) 
 1st die Beriberi eine auch in Europa heimisshe Krankheit? 
 Miinchen. mod. Wchnsohr., 1913, Ix, 642-647.— de Scbutte- 
 laere. Note sur une ^pidemie de biribSri k Di^go-Suarez. 
 Arch, de mM. et pharm. mil.. Par., 1901, xxxviii, 470^477.— 
 SMboyaxna (S.) The present state of the study of beriben 
 in Japan. J. Trop. M. [etc.), Lond., 1913, xri, 283-285. Also: 
 Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1914, n. s., xovii, 119-121.— 
 Shimer (I. A.) Beriberi on the Isthmus of Panama. J. 
 Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1907, xlviii, 781-785. Also, Eeprmt.— 
 SIcard(J.-A.)&Boger(H.) BtSribtoet race blanche. Kev. 
 g6n. de clin. et de th(5rap.. Par., 1918, xxxii, 63-56.— Sicard 
 ( J.-A.), Roger (H.) & Klmbaud (L.) Notes sur le bMb&i; 
 ^tude clinique et pathogiSnique; le bi5rib&i des Indo^Chinois 
 k MarseUle. Marseille mM., 1917, Uv, 973; 985: 1918, Iv, 3; 
 41; 97. AUo: Paris mSd., 1917, xxu, 459^63.— Sorel (F.) 
 Quelques notes sur une 4pid6mie de b&ibiri k\k C6te d'lvoire. 
 Bull. Soo. path, exot.. Par., 1910, iii, 742-745.— Strong (W. 
 M.) Beriberi in Papua (Bntish New Guinea). J. Trop. M. 
 [etc.], Lond., 1914, xvii, 310.— Travers (E. A. 0.) Ben-beri 
 [in Selangorj. Select. Colon. M. Rep. 1901-2, Lond., 1904, 
 403-406.— Tsuiukl (J.) Eine Beriberlepidemie auf Fischer- 
 booten bei den Tsishima-Inseln (Japan). Arch. f. SohifEs- u. 
 Tropen-Hyg., Leipz., 1913, xvii, 306-308.— Urrlola (C. L.) 
 Informe de la comisi6n nombrada por la municipalidad de 
 Panama sobre la epidemia de beriberi. Rev. m^d. de 
 BogottL, 1903, 782-791.— Walcott (A. M.) Beriberi in the 
 Amazon basm. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1915, Ixv, 2145- 
 2147. Also: B«print.— Wendland. Ueber das Auftreten 
 der Beii-Beri-Krankheit in Kaiser-Wilhelms-Land. Arch. 
 f. Schias- u. Tropen-Hyg., Cassel, 1897, i, 237-244.— Wydoo- 
 glie (J.) Le b(5rib4ri dans la vallfe de la Lukuga. BuU 
 Soc. path, exot.. Par., 1918, xi, 239-249. 
 
 Beri-beri (Metaiolism in). 
 
 See, also, Beri-beri (Shod in); Beri-beri 
 (Urine in). 
 
 Biaddon (W. L.) & Cooper (E. A.) The influence of 
 metabolic factors in beri-beri; the effect of increasing the 
 carbohydrate ration on the development of polyneuritis in 
 birds led on polished rice. J. Hyg., Cambndge, 1914, xiv, 
 331-353. AUo, Reprint. — Clementl (A.) II rieambio 
 materiale durante I'alimentazione orizanica. 1. Prime 
 ricerche sul rieambio dell' azoto durante I'alimentazione 
 orizanica esclusiva. Arch, di fisiol., Firenze, 1915-16, xiv, 
 279-234.- Funk (C.) Studieniiber Beriberi. DieRolleder 
 Vitamins belm Kohlenhydrat-Stoffwechsel. Ztschr. f. 
 physlol. Chem., Strassb., 1914,, Ixxxix, 378-380.— Pagniez 
 (P.) & Vallery-Badot (P.) Elimination chlorurfe dans 
 deux cas de bgribfiri k forme cedfimateiise. Ann. de mid.. 
 Par., 1917, iv, 45-54.— Kamotno (P.) Contribute alio 
 studio delle alimentazioni incomplete, n. Ricerche sul 
 rieambio gazoso nelle alimentazioni con riso. Pathologica, 
 Geneva,. 1914-16, vii, 101-110. 
 
 Beri-beri (Prevention of). 
 
 See, also, Deficiency diseases; Vitamines. 
 
 Braddon (W. L.) The cause and prevention 
 of beri-beri. 8°. London & New Yorh, 1907. 
 
 Adrianl (P.) Beri-beri en de rigoureuze desinlectie. 
 Geneesk. Courant, Amst., 1903, Ivii, 283.— Braddock (C. S.) 
 The prevention of beriberi. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1916, ciii, 
 670. — Braddon (W. L.) On some of the results of measures 
 taken against beri-ben in British Malaya. Tr. Intemat. 
 Cong. Mod. 1913, Lond., 1914, Sect, xxi, Trop. Med. & Hyg., 
 pt. 2, 91-114. Also [Abstr.]: J. Trop. M. [etc.], Lond., 1913, 
 xvi, 282.— Braddon (W. L.) & Cooper (E.^A.) The 
 influence of the total fuel value of a dietary upon the quantity 
 of vitamine required to prevent beri-beri. Brit. M. J., 
 Lond., 1914, i, 1343.— Bremaud (P.) Note sur I'fitiologie 
 et I'hy^cne preventive da b^b&i. Arch, de m^. nav.. 
 Par., 1899, Ixxl, 369-376.— Iran der Burg (C.-L.) Prophy- 
 laxie da bcri-biri. Janus, Amst., 1904, ix, 230-237.— Cham- 
 lierlain (W. P.) The eradication of beriberi from the 
 Philippine (native) scouts by means of a simple change in 
 their dietary. Philippine J. Sc, Manila, 1911, [B.], vi, 133- 
 
 146. Also, Reprint. . Prevention of benberi among 
 
 Philippine scouts by means of modifications in the diet. J. 
 Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1915, bdv, 1215-1220.— Creel (R. H.) 
 The public health aspect of beriberi. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 
 1912-13, Ixv, 197-214.— Discussion sur la prophylaxie du 
 
 Beri-beri (Prevention of) . 
 
 hinbiri. Cong, intemat. d'hyg. et de demog. C.-r., Bnix., 
 1904, viii, 69; 78.— Eljkman (C.) Ein Versuch zur Be- 
 kiimpfung der Beri-Beri. Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 
 
 1897, cxljx, 187-194. . De bestrijdlng der ben-ben. 
 
 Versl. d -wis- en natuurk. Aid. d. k. Akad. v. \\ etensch. 
 
 Amst., 1897-8, vi, 6-11. Also, transl: Jaaus, Amst., 1-97, 
 11, 23-29.— Gauducheau (A.) Sur une resolution adoptee 
 par le Congres de Hongkong, k propos du beribsn. Bull. 
 Soc. mid.-chir. de I'lndo-Chlne, Hanoi & Haiphong, 1912, 
 iii, 153-159.— Gibson (R. B.) The protective power of 
 normal human milk against polyneuritis gallinanum (ben- 
 beri). Philippine J. Sc, Manila, 1913, vili, [B.], 469-473.— 
 Helse. [The main features of the prophylaxis of benben 
 in the winter in Watashima.] Toyko Iji-Shinshi, 1906, 1805; 
 1806.— Heiser (V. G.) Beriberi and its prophylaxis. In- 
 temat. Clin., Phila.. 1912, 22. s., ii, 116-120. . Beriberi; 
 
 with a suggestion for governmental aid in its eradication. 
 Med. Rec., N. Y., 1912, Ixxxi, 516. . Beriberi; an addi- 
 tional experience at CuUon. How can a knowledge as to its 
 prevention best be apphcd from the standpoint of state 
 medicine? Ibid., 1914, Ixxxv, 186-188.— Kokubo. [The 
 prophylaxis of beri-beri.] [Ausz., 23. Hft.) Mitt. d. med. 
 Gesellsch. zu Tokyo, 1905, xix, 1017-1022.— Manson (P.) 
 Die Prophylaxe und Behandlung von Bcri-BerL Med. 
 Woche, Berl., 1903, iv, 26; 33.— Moszkowski (M.) Meine 
 Erfahrungen iiber Prophylaxe der Beriberi in Hollandisch- 
 Neuguinea. Arch. f. Schills- u. Tropen-Hyg., Leipz., 1911, 
 XV, 653-661. — Portengen (J. A.) Oterzicht van de maatre- 
 gelen, die bij de Japansche zeemacht zijn gonomen, ter 
 bestrijding van ben-beri. Nederl. mil. geneesk. Arch. 
 [<itc.], Leiden, 1898, xxU, 1-15.- Travers (G. A. O.) Relat- 
 ing to the paper entitled: "The successful application of 
 preventive measures against beri-beri," by Hamilton 
 Wright. J. Hyg., Cambridge, 1905, v, 536-539.— Tedder 
 (E. B.) The prevention of beriberi. Tr. Intemat. Cong. 
 Hyg & Demog. 1912, Wash., 1913, v, pt. 2, 671-678. AUo, 
 Reprint. AUo: U. S. War Dep. S. G. O. BulL No. 2, 
 Wash. 1913, «7-94.— Wright (H.) The successful appUca- 
 tion of preventive measures against beri-beri. J. Hyg., 
 Cambridge, 1905, v, 129-133. See, also, supra, Travers. 
 
 . The successful application of preventive measures 
 
 against beri-beri; areply to the criticisms of G. A. O. Travers. 
 Ibid., 1906, vi, 93-95. 
 
 Beri-beri (Treatment of). 
 
 See, also, AntLneuritic substances; Vita- 
 mines. 
 
 AsHMEAD (A. S.) A possible specific for beri- 
 beri. 8°. Philadelphia, 1896. 
 
 Gerrakd (P. N.) Beri-beri; its symptoms 
 and symptomatic treatment. 8°. London, 190i. 
 
 HuLSHOPF Pol (D. J.) Beri-beri. Voorko- 
 ming en genezing door toediening van katjang- 
 idjo (Phaseolns radiatus L.). 8°. Amsterdam, 
 1904. 
 
 Masekas (A. A.) Tratamiento del beriberi. 
 8°. Manila, 1894. 
 
 DE SX E Benevides (J. 0.) *Do beriberi, sua 
 naturezae tratamento. roy. 8°. Rio de Janeiro, 
 MOS. 
 
 Baelz (E.) Behandlung der Beriberi. Handb. d. Therap. 
 innerer Krankh., Jena, 2. Aufl., 1898, v, 640-647.— Breaudat 
 (L.) Origine ahmentaire et traitement du biribiri. Bull. 
 
 Soc. path, exot.. Par., 1910, iii, 123-128. & Denier. Du 
 
 son de paddy dans le traitement priventif et curatif du b6ri- 
 b&i. Ann. de I'Inst. Pasteur, Far., 1911, xxv, 167-189.— 
 de Cook (H.) Folia Scaevolae Koenigii (Bapatjeda), een 
 nieuw geneesmiddel bij de behandeling van beri-beri. Ge- 
 neesk. Tijdschr. v. Nederl. Indie, Batav., 1894, xxxiv, 7-30- 
 766.— CrisOstomo (E.) Terapiutica del benberi por los 
 compuestos colest^cos. Mem. y comunic. de la Asamblea 
 reg. de med. y farm, de Filipinas, ManUa, 1914, ii, 181-208. — 
 Crosthwaite (W. S.) The wet pack in beri-ben. Brit. M. 
 J., Lond., 1898, i, 1258.— Fraser (H.) & Stanton (A. T.) 
 The prevention and cure of beri-beri. Lancet, Lond., 1912, 
 ii, 1003-1007.— Gerrard (P. N.) On the effect of pilocarpine 
 in beri-beri (wet type). J. Trop. M., Lond., 1905, viii, 278. — 
 Guerln(L.-E.) Nouveaa traitement du beriben. Caducie, 
 Par., 1903, iii, 291.— Haga (J.) Nog eens; diuretine en beri- 
 beri. Geneesk. Tijdschr. v. Nederl. Indie, Batav., 1S93, 
 xxxiii, 417-419.— Hartmann (J. H.) Scaevola Koenigii 
 (Bapatjeda). Ibli., 1894, xxxiv, 745-755, 1 pi.— Hulstoff- 
 Pol (D. J.) Katjangidjo, un nouveau medicament centre 
 
 le bfiri-bSi. Janus, Amst., 1902, vii, 524; 572. . X-acid 
 
 as a remedy in polyneuritis and beri-beri. J. Physiol., 
 Lond., 1917, U, 432-439.— Kokubo. [The serum lor beri- 
 beri.] [Ausz., 23. Hft.) Mitt. d. med. Gesellsch. zu Tokvo, 
 1905, XIX, 1022-1054.— McCIosky (A. J.) Treatment of beri- 
 beri with arsenic at the District Hospital, Kuala Lumpur, 
 Selangor, F. M. S. J. Trop. M., Lond., 1903, vi, 140.— 
 Manson (P.) The prophylaxis and treatment of beri-beri. 
 
BERI-BERI. 
 
 468 
 
 BERI-BEEX 
 
 Beri-beri {Treatment of) . 
 
 Brit. M. J., Lond., 1902, ii, 830-835.— Miura. Theraple der 
 Kakke Oder Beriberi. Verhandl. d. GeseUsch. deutsch. Na- 
 turf. u. Aerzte 1902, Leipz., 1903, ii, 2. Hlfte., 106.— Monies 
 (I.E.) TerapSutica defberiben por lo& oompuestos colest4- 
 ricos. Mem. y comunic. de la Asamblea reg. de med. y farm, 
 de Filipinas, Manila, 1914, ii, 209-225.— Morelia Gulinai3es. 
 Emissoes sanguineas no tratamento do beri-beri. Eev. da 
 Soc. de med. e cirurg., Rio de Jan., 1897, i, 10-14.— Munada 
 (S.) [Internal use of horses' hoofs in Deri-beri.] Juntendo 
 Iji Kenldu Kwai Zasshi, Tokyo, 190O, 402-410.— Nery (M.) 
 Contribui^ao para o estudo da therapeutica do beriberi. 
 Brazil-med., Eio de Jan., 1899, xiii, 138-142.— Oku (H.) 
 [Blood serum in the treatment of beri-beri.l Juntendo 
 Iji Kenkiu Kwai Zasshi, Tokyo, 1905, 765-798. AUo: Chiugai 
 Iji Shinpo, Tokio, 1905, xxvi, 1373-1416. See, also, infra, 
 Takamata [et al.}. — Faranhos (U.) Notas sobre o trata- 
 mento do beriberi. Eev. med. de S. Paulo, 1904, yiii, 138- 
 144. Also, transl.: Bull. gto. de th&ap. [etc.], Par., 1904, 
 cxlviii, 917-927.— Persenalre (J. B. G.) Ben-ben en Kadjang 
 Hidioe. Med. Rev., Haarlem, 1909, ix, 439^44.— Petit. 
 De I'emploi du paddy (riz non d&!ortiqu6) dans le b&ib§ri. 
 Ann. d'hyg. et de m6d. colon.. Par., 1903, vi, 98-100.— Bose- 
 nau (M. J.) & Anderson (J. r.) Beriberi. Handb. Pract. 
 Treat. [Musser & Kelly], Phila. & Lond., 1911, ii, 697- 
 701.— Snethlage (A. J.) lets over diuretlne bij beri-beri. 
 Geneesk. Tijdschr. v. Nederl. Indie, Batav., 1892, xxxii, 
 846-852.— Surveyor (N. B.) Note on the treatment of beri- 
 beri. Tr. Soc. Trop. M. & Hyg., Lond., 1911-12, v, 364.— 
 Takamata [et o!.]. [Report of the researches on the blood 
 serum treatment of H. Oku for beri-beri.] Juntendo Iji. 
 Kenkiu Kwai Zasshi, Tokyo, 1905, 942-950.— TMz*. Note 
 sur I'^tiologie et le tr^tement du bfirib^ri. Ann. d'hyg. et 
 de mM. colon^ Par., 1911, xiv, 121-129.— Thomson (DO 
 & Simpson (G. C.) Treatment of beri-beri. Arm. Trop. M. 
 & Parasitol., Liverp., 1912-13, vl, 53.— Tliur (U. W. E.) 
 lets over methyleeiiblauw in de behandeling van beri-beri. 
 Geneesk. Tijdselir. v. Nederl.-Indig, Batav., 1893, xxxiii, 
 92-100.— Tosakl (S.) [Camphor in beri-beri.] Gun leaku 
 Kwai Zasshi, Tot^o, 1900, 851-858.— Tsuzuki (J.) Anti- 
 beriberiutherapie der Beriberikrankheit. Beihefte z. Arch. 
 
 f. Schias- u. Tropen-Hyg., Lcipz., 1912, xvi, 495-499. . 
 
 Die Behandlung_der Beriberikrankheit mit Antiberiberin. 
 Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1912, xxxviii, 
 
 995-997. . Process of preparing an antiberiberic. [Pat. 
 
 spec] No. 1053927; April 15, 1913.— Water-cress as a specific 
 lor beri-beri. Lancet, Lond., 1904, i, 621.— WUte (Q. V.) 
 A few conclosions arrived at consequent upon the treat- 
 ment of over 200 cases of beri-beri. Intercolon. M. Cong. 
 Australas. Tr. 1902, Hobart, 1903, 185-187.— Wlllcox(W. H.) 
 Beri-beri, with special reference to prophylaxis and treat- 
 ment. Lancet, Lond., 1916, i, 553-657. 
 
 Beri-beri {Treatment of, Dietetic). 
 
 See, also, Vitamines. 
 
 Breaudat (L.) Origine alimentaire et traitement du 
 b&ib6ri. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par^ 1910, iii, 13; 65.— 
 Cooper (E. A.) On the protective and curative properties 
 of certain food-stuffs against polyneuritis induced in birds 
 bv a diet of polished rice. Jt Hyg., Cambridge, 1912, xn, 
 436-462: 1914, xiv, 12-22.— Crisfistomo (E.) La vitamma y 
 los oompuestos colest^ricos en el tratamiento del heriben. 
 Rev. fllipina de med. y farm., Manila, 1915, vi, 213-217.— 
 Force (f. N.) Beriberi and beans. J. Am. M. Ass., Chi- 
 cago, 1912, lix, 463.— Holmes (B.) & Ketlnger (J.) An 
 apparent recovery of a Chicago Chinaman from beritjeri 
 after three doses of vitamine-containing extract of rice 
 polishings. IlUnois M. J., Chicago, 1916, xxix, 178-180.-- 
 Bulsboft Pol (D. J.) [Report of expenmental feedmg of 
 dried peas and oat grits in beri-beri.] Norsk Mag. f . Laegevi- 
 
 Malay fer. Brit! M. Ass.', Singapore, 1905, n. s.. No. 2, 41^46.— 
 Mine (N ) Untersuchungcn fiber den Emfluss des Reises 
 bei Beriberi. Arch. f. Schills- u. Tropen-Hyg., Leipz., 1903, 
 xii, 592-598.— Schaeffer (G.) Un probl6me do physiologie 
 e^n^rale; le b^ribdri et les vitamines de Funck. Biologica, 
 Par., 1914, iv, 108-113.— WUllams (R. R.) & Saleeby (N. M.) 
 Experimental treatment of human beriberi with constit- 
 uents of rice poUshings. PUlippine J. Sc, Manila, 1915, x, 
 (B), 99-118, 2 pi. 
 
 Beri-beri (Urine in). 
 
 Breaudat (L.) Sur les urines et sur le sang des bi5ri- 
 b^riques. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1910, iii, 620-624.— 
 Dalzetty (A. B.) A sporadic ease of ben-heri with blood 
 in the urine. J. Trop.^., Lond., 1901, iv, 214-216.-Dur- 
 bam (H. E.) Some notes on the urine in ben-ben. Brit. 
 M. J., Lond., 1904, i, 480-482.— Fiessingcr (N.) & Lecuyer 
 (M) B^ribiSrihydropiqueMormebfinijne; rdtontion chloru- 
 rur^ d^montr(5e par le bilan de la crise urinairo. Rev. gSn. 
 de Clin, et de th^rap., Par., 1917, xxxi, suppl., p. dcxxxix.— 
 KotI (S ) Ueber den Harn der an Kakke leidenden Kinder. 
 [Japanese text.) Ztschr. d. med. GeseUsch. zu Tokyo, 1898, 
 xi\ 85-96.— Wakll (S.) Ueber Harncyhnder bei Sauglings- 
 kakke. [Japanese text. Ausz., 5. Hft.J Mitt. d. med. 
 GeseUsch. zu Tokyo, 1904, xvlil, 226-230. 
 
 Beri-beri in animals. 
 
 See, also, Beri-beri (Experimental). 
 
 Breaudat (L.) BeribMetpolyn^vritedespoules. Ann. 
 d'hy" et do W. colon.. Par., 1913, xvI,476^78.-Dls«««e 
 (A) simulating beri-beri in swme. . Vet. Rec, Lond., 1917, 
 ixlx, l.-Bljkmann (C.) Beri-beri,. polmeuntis by 
 hoenders, nieuwe bijdragen tot. de aetiorogie der zi^e. 
 Arch. f. Schiffs- u. Tropen-Hyg., Cassel, .1898, u, 39-48. 
 
 PolyneuritisgallinarumundBenben. /(«o., Leipz., 
 
 1911, XV, 698-712. See, also, infra, Schauniann.— Maurer 
 (G.V Polyneuritis gallinarum und Benben. Jm., 1909, 
 xiii, 233: 284.-Nocht. Sur le b6ri-b«n des vpihers Ca- 
 duc^e. Par., 1904,iv, 87.— Bommel (G. M.; & Vedder (E. B.) 
 Beriberi and cottonseed poisoning m pigs. J. Amc, Re- 
 search, Wash., 1915, V, 489-493. Also, Repmtfc.— Schau- 
 mann (H.) Erwiderung auf C. Eiikman: Polyneuritis 
 gallinariim und Beriberi. Arch. f. Schiffs- u. Tropen-Hyg., 
 Leipz., 1911, XV, 728-737.— Tamagiwa{K.) Ueber die 
 Kakk^ahnlicheKrankheitderHuhner. Verhandl. d. japan, 
 path. GeseUsch., Tokio, 1914, iv, 68-76.— Wright (H.) Ben- 
 beri in monkeys. Brain, Lond:., 1903, xxvi, 488-513, 1 pi. 
 
 Beri-beri in hospitals. 
 
 Angler. Le b&ib^ri; notes recueillies h I'hdpital .de 
 Choquan. Ann. d'hyg. et de mid. colon.. Far , 1905,.viii, 
 591-608, 2 pi.— Barbe. Considerations sur le bft-iben ob- 
 serve en 1916 h I'hdpital de Sidi-Abdallah. Arch, de med. 
 et pharm. nav., Par^ 1918, cv, 457-465.--Beil-l.erlm the 
 Lunatic Asylum at Sepoy Lmes. Select. Colon. M. Bep. 
 1901-2, Loni, 1904, 277.-i-Bradfleld (J. W.) Beri-ben m 
 the State Lunatic Asylum. Texas State J. M., Fort Worth, 
 1907-8, iii, 193.— Coates (B. O.) Beri-beriin the Richmond 
 Asylum. Cleveland J. M., 1897, ii, 481-485.— Flnlayson (J.) 
 Cases of beri-beri treated in the Glasgow. Western Infemary. 
 Tr. Med.-Chir. Soo. Glasg., 1895-7, 1, 105-108.— Gibson 
 (R. McL.) Beri-beri in Hong Kong, with special reference 
 to the records of the Alice Memorial and NethersoleBospi- 
 tals, and with notes on two years' experience of the^ease. 
 J. Trop. M., Lond., 1901, iv, 96; 111.— HebersinlthJE.) 
 Beri-beri at the United States Marine Hospital, San R'an- 
 cisco, Cal. Rep. Superv. Surg. Mar. Hosp., Wash., .1880-81, 
 203-226, 1 tab., 1 ch.— Holcomb (R. C.) Ben-ben at the 
 U S Naval Hospital, Norfolk, Va. U. States Nav. M. Bull., 
 Wash., 1908, ii, 15-26.— Megaw (J, W. D.) Note on cases of 
 ,the epidemic dropsy type of beri-beri at the Presidency 
 General Hospital, Calcutta. Indian M. Gazz., Calcutta, 
 
 1910, xiv, 121-124.-^Nonnan (C.) A brief note on ben-ben 
 in asylums. J. Ment. Sc, Lond., 1899, xiv, 503-512.— 
 Scheube (B.) Die Beriben-Epidemien in Richmond Asy- 
 lum in Dublm. Arch. f. Schiffs- u. Tropen-Hyg., Leipz., 
 1898, ii, 329-341,— da SUva Leal (C. M.) Observances feitas 
 em doentes na enfermaria de beribencos da marmha em 
 Copacabana, durante o anno de 1897. Gaz. med. da Bahia, 
 189V9, 5. s., ii, 567-272.— Spencer (M. H.) Notes on ben- 
 beri as observed at the Seamen's Hospital, Greenwich. 
 Lancet, Lond., 1897, i, 30-32.— Verschuur (A. F.) & van 
 Ijsselsteyn (G.) De epidemische ziekte m het Richmond 
 District Lunatic Asylum te Dublin. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. 
 Geneesk., Amsty 1897, 2. E., xxxiii, d. 2, 1006-1026. AUo, 
 transl: iSublui J. M. Sc, 1900, cix, 369; 446.— Vlntras (L.) 
 Beri-beri. Hospital, Lond., 1904, xxxvii, 153. 
 
 Beri-beri in infants. 
 
 Albert (J.) A case of infantile beriberi, with autopsy 
 
 report. Philippine J. Sc, Manila, 1908, iii, 345-348. . 
 
 De la forma perniciosa larvada del beri-ben infantil. Mem. 
 y comunic. de la Asamblea reg, de med. y farm, de Filipinas, 
 
 Manila, 1912, 381-387. . Estudios etiol<5gicos y cllnicos 
 
 acerca del beriberi infantU. Ibid., 1914, ii, 655-676, 2 pi. 
 
 . Tratamiento del beriberi infantil por el extracto de 
 
 tiqui-tiqui. Rev. fllipina de med. y farm., Manila, 1914, v, 
 703-708. Also,transl.: PhiIippinoJ.Sc.,Manila,1915,x,Sect. 
 
 B, 81-85. . The psoudomeningitic form of infantile 
 
 beriberi. Pliilippine J. Sc, Manila, 1917, xii, Sect. B, 166.— 
 Andrews (V. L.i Infantile beriberi. Ibid., 1912, vu, (B), 
 67-88, 3 pi.— Calderon (F. G.) The Taon (infantile beri- 
 beri) treated at La Gota de Leche. Bull. Manila M. Soc, 
 
 1911, iii, 144-149.— Cliamberlaln (W. P.) & Vedder (E.B.) 
 The cure of infantile beriberi by the tidniinistration to the 
 infant of an extract of rice polishings, and the bearing 
 thereof on the etiology of beriberi. lUd., 1912, iv, 28-33. 
 Also. Reprint. Also, transl.: Mem. y comunic. do la Asamblea 
 reg. d^med. y farm, de Filipinas, Manila, 1912, 376-380.- 
 Gcsteria (M.) Um caso de beriberi infantU. Brazil-med., 
 Eio de Jan., 1916, xxx, 209-212.— Gregg (D.) Infantile beri- 
 beriin the Philippines. Boston M. & S. Jy 1913, clxviu, 676- 
 678. [Discussion], 691.— Guerrero (M. S.) Etiologla del 
 beriberi en los ninos de pecho. Bull. Manila M. Soc, 1910, 
 
 ii, 243-245. . Tratamiento del beriberi Infantil, Eev. 
 
 fllipina de med. y farm., Manila, 1916, vii, 225-259. Also: 
 A.ctas,mem. y comun. de la 3. Asambl.reg. de med. y ferm. de 
 
 Filipinas, Manila, 1917, 383-414. . Dlagn6stico del beri- 
 
 beri^inlantU. Eev. fllipina de med. y farm., Manijla, 1917, 
 viii, 129-134. —Guerrero (M. S.) & Gavlercs (J. G.) Acci6n 
 de la leche de mujeres beribericas sobre el coraz6n de la rana; 
 su valor diagn6stico en el beri-beri infantil. Mem. y comu- 
 nic. de la Asamblea reg. de med. y farm, de Filipinas, Manila, 
 
BERI-BERI. 
 
 469 
 
 BEEI-BERI. 
 
 Beri-beri in infants. 
 
 1912, 388-401, 2 ch.— Hlrota. [ Tlie malady of tnlants caused 
 by nursing the milk of mothers suffering from kakke.] 
 Tokyo Iji-Shinshi, 1897, No. 1013, 1; No. 1015, 8; No. 1016, 6; 
 No. 1026, 1. Also, transl.: Centralbl. f. innere Med., Leipz., 
 
 1898, xix, 385-392. ■ . Zur Kakke der Sauglinge. Ibid., 
 
 1900, XXI, 273-277.— Inagald (C.) & Nakayama (Y.) Is 
 there any relation between the beri-beri of a nursling and the 
 mother's milk? Sei-i-Kwal M. J., Tokio, 1910, xxix. 525- 
 52S.— Inagakl (C.) & Nemorl (M.) The relation between 
 nursling's beri-beri and mother's milk. Ibid., 529. — Krone- 
 necker. Die Beriberi des kindlioheu Alters; Vergiltung des 
 Siiuglings durch die Milcb der beriberikranken Mutter. 
 Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1913, Ixxxu, 404; 415.— tagane 
 (L. ) Le b^ribgri des nourrissons; ses rapports aveo I'allaite- 
 ment. Nourrisson, Par., 1913, i, 282-289.— Locsln (J. C.) 
 MasosueloK!onvulsi6n; casos cllnicos que demuestran el 
 papel del beri-beri infantil. Mem. y comunic. de la Asam- 
 blea reg. de med. y farm, de Filipinas, Manila, 1914, iij, 414- 
 420.— McLaugMln (A. J.) Ben-ben in infants. J. Trop. 
 M. [etc.], Lond., 1912, xv, 370.— Mlura (M.) On a case of 
 kakke dyspepsia of infant. Sei-1-Kwai M. J., Tokyo, 1896, 
 XV, 183-185.— Miura (M.) & Kobara (E.) i[Paroxysmal 
 pam of the stomach in the course of kakke m infants.J To- 
 kyo Iji-Shinshi, 1898, No. 1074, 1-3.— Mlyake (S.) [The 
 clinical observation of infant kakke.J Ihid., 1897, No. 994, 
 
 6-14. . [On the relation of infantile kakke and rice food 
 
 of the nursing mother.) Chiugai Iji Shinpo, Tokio, 1899, xx. 
 
 No. 456, 13-21. . Hoarseness and diminution of the 
 
 voice of nurselings in beri-beri.) Kyoto Igakkwai Zasshi, 
 
 1900, 335-356. Also: Tokyo Iji-Shinshi, 1900, 1711; 1766.— 
 Ogata & Tomura. [Thebeginningof beri-beriinchildren.] 
 Jikwa Zasshi, Tokyo, 1907, 56-76, 1 pi— Quiutos (J.) Tra- 
 tamiento del beriberi infantU. Eev. flhpina de med. y farm., 
 Mamla, 1917, viii, 135-139.— Shlshldo (T.) [Remarks on the 
 present position of the soKialled beri-beri of nurslings.] Chiu- 
 gai Iji Shinpo, Tokio, 1901, xxii, 436-447.— Takasu. Ueber 
 das Blut der an K^^e leidenden Sauglinge. [Ausz., 10. 
 Hft. Japanese text.) Mitt. d. med. Gesellsch. zu Tokyo, 
 1903^ xvii, 395-404, 1 tab.— Tanaka (T.) [A case of ne- 
 phntis in beri-ben nursling.) Chiugai Iji Shinpo, Tokio, 
 
 1901, xxii, 1300-1303.— Walshe (F. M. R.) The food defi- 
 ciency or vitamine theory in its application to infantUe beri- 
 beri. Brit. J. Child. Dis., Lond^l918, xv, 268-268.— Tabe 
 (T.) Infantile beri-beri. Sel-l-Kwai M. J., Tokyo, 1913, 
 xxxii. No. 5. 
 
 Beri-beri in pregnancy. 
 
 Imasekl (S.) [Severe kakke in pregnant woman.) lo- 
 san-no Shiori, Osaka, 1899, 204-207.— Ogata (J.) [Beri-beri 
 in the foetus and pregnant woman.] Jikwa Zasshi, "Tokyo, 
 
 1907, 45-55. — -. Klinische Beobachtungen fiber die mit 
 
 der Schwangerschaft und dem Wochenbette kombinierte 
 Kakke. Monatschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynak., Berl., 1909, 
 xxix, 59-83.— Ogata (J.) & lizuka (S.) Ueber den Einfluss 
 der miitterliohen Kakke auf den Foetus. Beitr. z. Geburtsh. 
 u. Gynaek., Leipz., 1911-12, xvii, 196-205.— ValdSs (B.) 
 El beri-beri en las embarazadas. Mem. y comunic. de la 
 Asamblea reg. de med. y farm, de rUipinas, Manila, 1914, ii, 
 348-359. 
 
 Beri-beri in prisons. 
 
 VoBDERMAN (A. G.) Onderzoek naar het 
 verband tusscien den aard der rijstvoeding in de 
 
 fevangeniesen op lava en Madoera en het voor- 
 omen van beri-beri onder de geintemeerden. 
 8°. Batavia, 1897.' 
 
 Daley (F. J.) Report of fifty cases of beri-beri in the 
 reformatory school, Alipur. Iiidian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 
 
 1908, xliii, 53-56.— Dykes (C.) An outbreak of true beri- 
 beri in an Assam jaU. Ibid., 1904, xxxix, 201-203.— 
 HaU (E. A. W.) Beri-beri in Sylhet jail. Indian M. Gaz., 
 Calcutta, 1906, xli, 167-169.— Jeauselme (E.) Le hinh&n 
 et les prisons. Arch, de parasitol.. Par., 1905, ix, 256-262.— 
 Lasnet. Rapport sur le b^rib^ri observe k la prison mili- 
 taire de Dakar durant I'aimfe 1895. Arch, de m^d. nav 
 Par., 1897, Ixvil, 138; 210.— IMelrelles (E.) Atravez do 
 beriberi na casa de detenpao. Tribuna med., Rio de Jan., 
 1915, xxi^ 147; 161.— Parker (H. B.) Beriberi, a report on 
 beriberi m the county jail at Elizabeth, N. J. Pub. Health 
 Rep., Wash., 1914, xxix, 339-341.— Blclier. Rapport sur 
 ime ^pid^mie de b&i-b^n h la prison de Loango (1911-12). 
 Ann. d'hyg. et de mM. colon.. Par., 1913, x-n, 145-166.— 
 Shiga (K.) Bin epidemieartiger Kakke-(Beriberi-) Aus- 
 bruoh in eiaem Gefangnis in Korea. (Ein Beitrag zur 
 Entstehung der Kakke.) Arch. f. Schiffs- u. Tropen-Hyg., 
 Leipz., 1912, xvi, 622-526.— Tetamore (F. L. R.) Report 
 of an epidemic of beri-beri among native prisoners in the 
 United States military prison, Lingayen, Pangasinan P. I., 
 Jan. 31, 1901. Rep. Surg.-Gen. Army, Wash., 1900-1901. 
 236-239, 4 pi. ' 
 
 Beri-beri on shiploard. 
 
 OsBOENE (W. [0. H.]) *Ueber Beri-Beri- 
 artige Erkiankungen aua Afrika. Ein Beitrag 
 
 Beri-beri on sTitploard. 
 zur Aetiologie der SegelscHff Beri-Beri. [Mttn- 
 chen.] 8°. Berlin, 1908. 
 
 Partenat (F.) *Consideration8 sur une 
 dpid^miedeb^rib^rinautique. 8°. Paris, 1913. 
 
 Anderson (A. R. S.) Beri-beri on the R. I. M. surveying 
 ships Investigator and Nancowry. Indian M. Gaz., Cal- 
 cutta, 1901, xxxvi, 330-332.— Ashmeald (A. S.) Cause of 
 beriberi on American whalers. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 
 
 1899, xxxiii, 1371. . Beri-beri on board ship; is beri- 
 beri due to carbonic acid poisoning? J. Trop. M., Lond., 
 1901, iv, 281.— Bassett-Smltli (P. W.) Beri-beri in the 
 Navy. Tr. Soc. Trop. M. & Hyg., Lond., 1911-12, v, 96.— 
 Borel (F.) Le biri-oM nautique d'aprfe les travaux les 
 plus rtents. Normandie m^d., Rouen, 1905, xx, 181-187. — 
 Eigan (P. B.) An outbreak of beri-beri in the Empress of 
 Asia. J. Roy. Nav. M. Serv., Lond., 1917, iii, 195-201.— 
 Erlcbsen (S.) [The etiologicalrelations of beri-beri and the 
 diet on Norwegian vessels.) Tidskr. 1. d. norske Laegefor., 
 Kristiania, 1901, xxi, 468-482.— Fratlnl (F.) Un' epidemia 
 di beri-ben a bordo di una nave a vela. Ann. dl med. nav., 
 Roma, 1906, ii, 164-176.— Genuardl (G.) Alcuni casi dl 
 beri-beri osservati sulla regia nave Calabria. Ibid., 1913, xix, 
 12-30.— Haynes (T. H.) Notes on beri-beri in the Austra- 
 lian pearUng fleet, 1883 to 1887. J. Trop M., Lond., 1899- 
 
 1900, ii, 195-198.— Hoist (A.) Studies concerning ship beri- 
 beri; on polyneuritis of poultry (polyneuritis gaUinarum, 
 Eijkmanf. Tr. Epidemiol. Soc. Lond^ 1906-7 n. s, xxiv, 
 146-175.— Hoist (A.) & Fr^Ucb (T.) [Researches on nauti- 
 cal beri-beri.) Norsk Mag. f. Laegevidensk., Kristiania, 1907, 
 5. R., V, 721-792, 5 pi. — Lavlnder. Beriberi on bark Foohng 
 Suey. Pub. Health Rep. U. S. Mar. Hosp. Serv., Wash., 
 1904, xix, 1605. — ^Le Dantec. Observations de b&i-b&i 
 nautique. Ann. d'hyg., Par., 1906, 4. s., vi, 172-178.— 
 McCowen (G. B..) An outbreak of beriberi in R. I. M. S. 
 Northbrook. J. Roy. Nav. M. Serv., Lond., 1915, i, 195- 
 197.— Malcolm (W. S.) Four cases of beri beri on tx>ard 
 ship. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1899, i, 1332. Also; Indian M. 
 Rec., Calcutta, 1899, xvii, 714.— Marshall (D. G.) Beriberi; 
 an infected European crew at I/Cith. Edinb. M. J., 1906, 
 n. s., xix, 111-116.— Matlgnou (J.) La disparition du 
 bdriMri dans la flotte japonaise. CaducSe, Par., 1906, vi, 
 160. — ^Melardi (S.) Una _piccola epidemia di benberi sulla 
 r. nave Umbria. Ann. di med. nav., Roma, 1898, iv, 1209- 
 1216.— BIjoen (0.) Ueber die Zunahme der Beri-Beri- 
 krankheit auf europaischen Schifien. Berl. thierarztl. 
 Wchnschr., 1900, vi, 508.— Moody (D. W. K.) Beri-beri 
 among lascar crews on board ship. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1903, 
 i, 728.— Nocht (B.) Ueber Segelschifl-Beriberi. Pestschr. 
 z. 60. Geburtst. v. Robert Koch^ Jena, 1903, 203-218.— 
 Balnaldl (P.P.) Un' epidemia di beri-beri fra i marinai e 
 fra gli ufflciali della r. nave M. A. Colorma. Ann. di med. 
 nav., Boma, 1909, xv^ 89-98.— Bibot (G.) Note sur une 
 fepid^mie de polynfevnte hydr^mlque nautique ou b^rib&i 
 des voUiers. Rev. de mM. et d'hyg. trop.. Par., 1911, viii, 
 241-257.— Boach (S.) An outbreak of beri-beri on board a 
 merchant vessel. Brit. M. J., I/ond., 1908, i, 1099.— ^os 
 Santos(D. P.) Ligelroestudosobreoberibennamarinha 
 de guerra do Brazil. Gaz. med. da Bahia, 1897-8, 5. s., i, 22; 
 81; 124; 165; 259; 302; 456; 529: 1898-9, 6. s., ii, 63.— Schmidt 
 (P.) Zwei Falle von Beri-Beri (Panneuritis endemica 
 Balz) an Bord eines deutschen Dampfers. Miinchen. med 
 Wchnschr., 1900, xlvii, 191.— SMbayama (G.) Bericht 
 iiber die Beriberiepidemie bei den Auswandereu auf dem 
 Dampfer Kaspelas. Arch. f. Schiffs- u. Tropen-HvE . 
 Leigz., 1912, xvi, 721-731.— SUvado (J.) O beriberi na 
 marinba militar do Brazil. Tribuna med., Rio de Jan, 
 
 1907, xiii, 2; 25. . A marlnha e o beriberi. . Ibid., 
 
 217-219.— Splledt (W.) Eine Beri-Beri Epidemie an Bord. 
 
 Arch. f. Schiffs- u. Tropen-Hyg., Leipz., 1899, ill, 207-213. 
 
 Tiberio (V.) Alcuni casi di beri-beri osservati sulla R. nave 
 Voltumo in Zanzibar. Ann, di med. nav., Koma, 1903 ix 
 V. 1,705-742.— Turner (G. A.) Ship beri-beri. Brit. m'. J., 
 Lond., 1905, i, 712.— Vandennlssen. Contribution i 
 I'fitude du beri-b^ri nautique. Arch. mid. beiges, Brux 
 1909, 4. s., xxxiii, 164-197.— TabC (T.) Disparition du 
 kakk£ (b^nb^ri) dans la marine japonaise. Arch, de m^d 
 nav., Par., 1900, ixxiii, 48-51. 
 
 Beri-beri in soldiers.^ 
 
 Asliinead(A. S.) Beriberiin the Japanese army. Med 
 Fortnightly, St. Louis, 1901, xx, 591-695.— Brau. B&ib&i 
 et paludisme au camp des Mares (Cochinchine). Ann 
 d'hyg. et de mid. colon.. Par., 1909, xii, 602: 1910, xiii, 215 — 
 Eyre (M. S.) Beri-beri in the 28th Regt., Madras Infantry 
 Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1900, xxxv, 17.— Herzog QL) 
 Beri-beri in the Japanese army during the late war; the 
 kakke coccus of Okata-Kokubo. Philippine J. Sc, Manila 
 1906, i, 169-180, 2 pi.— Junien. Sur quelques polyn^vrites 
 et quelques oedfemes observfe chez les tirailleurs noirs en 
 service au Maroc. Presse mM., Par., 1913, xxi, 888.— LIch- " 
 tenber^. Erkrankungen und Todesfalle am Beri-Beri in 
 der Kaiserlichen Schutztruppe fiir Kamerun. Arb. a. d k 
 Gsndhtsamte, Berl., 1898, xiv, 670-672.— MlurafK.) Erlah- 
 rungen uber Beriberi im russisch-japanisohen Kriege. Ver- 
 handl. d. GeseUsoh. deutsch. Naturt . u. Aerzte 1906, Leipz 
 
BERl-BEKI. 
 
 470 
 
 BERICHTE. 
 
 Beri-beri in soldiers. 
 
 1907, pt. 2, 2. Hltte., 394— Slmonin (J.) L'aUmentation 
 du soldat japonais et le bfiribSri. Arch, de mM. 6t pharm. 
 mil., Par., 1904, xUt, 406-411.— Smiti (F.) Berfterl or 
 polyneuritis among Britisli troops in India. J. Eoy. Army 
 Med. Corps, Lond., 1914, xxiii, 64-66. 
 
 Bericht liber einen Desinfektionsversucli vermit- 
 telst des Fliigge'schen Formaldehyd-Apparates 
 im Auftrage des schweizerischen Gesundheits- 
 amtes ausgefiihrt durch das Institut fur Infek- 
 tionskrankheiten in Bern. 12 pp. 8°. Bern, 
 1902. 
 Sept. from,: San.-demog. Wohnbull. d. Sohweiz, Bern, 1902_ 
 
 Bericht liber die Fortschritte der Anatomie 
 und Physiologie. EntwicklungsgescUclitlicher 
 Theil, 1858-67, von W. Keferstein; 1868-9, von 
 H. Genacher. 8°. Leipzig & Heidelberg, C. F. 
 Winter, 1860-69. 
 
 Bericht iiber die Fortscliritte ia der Genera- 
 tionslebre in den Jahren 1858-69. See Bericht 
 fiber die Fortscliritte der Anatoniie und Pbysi- 
 • ologie. 
 
 Bericht u,ber den viii. intemationalen Congress 
 gegen den Alkoholismus. 1901; 1902. 8° 
 Leipzig dc Wien. 
 
 Bericht- fiber den xiv. intemationalen Kongress 
 ffir Hygiene und Demographie. 1907. v. 1-4, 
 
 1908. 8°. Berlin. . 
 
 Bericht fiber den iii. intemationalen Kongress 
 
 ffir Sauglingsschutz. 11.-15. September 1911. 
 
 8°. Berlin. 
 Bericht fiber den v, intemationalen Kongress fur 
 
 Thalassotberapie, Kolberg, 5.-9. Juni 1911. 1911. 
 
 8°. Berlin. 
 Bericht fiber den iii. intemationalen Kongress fur 
 
 Wohnungshygiene in Dresden, vom 2. bis 7. 
 
 Oktober 1911. Hrsg. von Eugen Hopf. 1912. 
 
 8°. Dresden. _ 
 
 Bericht aus der kgl. bayeriscben biologiscben 
 
 Versucbsstation in Mfinchen. 1908. 8°- Stutir- 
 
 gcert. , _ ' 
 
 Bericht fi/ber die. konigliche tierarztliclie Hocb- 
 
 schule zu Dresden fur das Jahr 1906 erstattet 
 
 vom Rektor und Senat. v, 222 pp., 4 pi. 8° 
 
 Dresden, von Zahn & Jaensch, 1907. 
 Bericht fiber die vom Komit6 fur Krebsforscbung 
 
 am 15. Oktober 1900 erhobene Sammelforscbulig, 
 
 hrsg. von dem Vorstand E. von Leyden [et al.]. 
 
 76 pp., 1 1., 1 map. fol. Jena, G. Fischer, 1902. 
 
 Forms Ergnzgsbd. 1 of: Klin. JaJirb., Jena, 1902. 
 
 Bericht der Kommission ffir Arbeiterbygiene und 
 -Statistik der Abteilung ffir freie Arztwahl 
 1904-6. Mit einem Anhang: Die Enquete im 
 Schneidergewerbe. Hrsg. von M. Epsteiri. 102, 
 12, 18 pp. 8°. MUnchen, Seitz & Sdmuer, 1906. 
 
 Bericht fiber den Kongress zur Bekampfung der 
 Tuberkulose als Volkskrankheit. 1899. 8°. 
 Berlin. 
 
 Bericht fiber den xi. Kongress der deutschen 
 dermatologischen GeseUschaft, Wien, Septem- 
 ber 1913. 453 pp. 8°. Wien & Leipzig, W. 
 Braumilller, 1914. 
 
 Forms pt. 1, v. 119, of: Aroli. f. Dermat., Wien & Leipz., 
 1914. 
 
 Bericht fiber den iv.-v. Kongress fur experi- 
 mentelle Psychologie. 1910-11. 2 v. 1911-11 
 8°. Leipzig. \ 
 
 Bericht des Kuratoriums der Stiftung: Heilstatte 
 fur Lupuskranke. „Jahrgange 1904-5. 115, 87 
 pp. 8°. Wien, J. Safaf, 1905-6. _ 
 ■ Bericht des Medizinalratea fiber die medizinische 
 Statistik des Hamburgischen Staates fur das 
 Jahr 1909-11; nebst Anhang: Schularztliche Un- 
 tersuchungen in den Volksschulen. 100 pp., 9 
 pi.; 22 pp. 4°.. ^mburg,L. Foss, 1910-12. 
 
 Bericht der oberhessischen Gesellschaft ffir Natur- 
 und Heilkunde. v. 1-34, 1847-1904; n. F., v. 
 1-8, 1906-13. 8°. Giessen. 
 
 Bericht fiber den iii. osterreichischen Alkohol- 
 gegnertag abgehalten in Salzburg am 22. und 23. 
 September 1912. Hrsgr.: Fritz Neumann. 120 
 pp. 8° Wien & Leipzig, A. Holder, 1914. 
 Suppl. to: Oesterr. San.-Wes., Wien & Leipz. 
 
 Bericht fiber den i. osterreichischen Mediziner- 
 
 Kongress. 1903. 8°. Wien & Leipzig. 
 Bericht fiber die psychiatrische Literatur im 
 
 Jahre 1910. Redigiert von Otto Snell. 363 pp. 
 
 8°. Berlin, G. Reimer, 1911. 
 Forms Literaturheft zu v. 68, of: AMg. Ztsolit. i. Psyohiat. 
 
 [etc.], Berl. 
 
 Bericht aus dem Sanatorium -Dr. Poras im Kur- 
 orte Solka in der Bukowina ftir die Jahre 1892- 
 1902. Anlasslich des zehnjahrigen Bestandes der 
 Anstalt hrsg. von der Anstaltsleitung. 104 pp., 
 11. 8?. Leipzig & Wien, F. Deuticke, 1902. 
 
 Bericht fiber den Stand des interakademischen 
 Corpus medicorumantiquorum und Erster Nach- 
 trag zu den in den Abhandlungen 1905 und 1906 
 veroffeiitlichten Kata/logen: Die Handschriften 
 der antiken Aerzte I. und II. Teil. Zusammen- 
 gestellt im Namen der Kommission' der Konigl. 
 Preuss. Akademie der Wissenschaften, von H. 
 Diels. 72 pp. 4°. Berlin, G. Reimer, 1908. 
 
 Bern, from: Abhandl. d. konigl. preuss, Akad. d. -Wis- 
 senscn., 1907. 
 
 Bericht fiber die_6. Tagung der Freien Vereini- 
 gung fur Mikrobiologie in Berlin vom 30. Mai bis 
 1. Juni 1912. 261 pp., 2 pi. 8°. Jena, 1912. 
 
 Forms Beilage z. v. 54, Ref., of: Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. 
 [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena. 
 
 Bericht fiber die Thatigkeit der zur Erforschung 
 der Pest im Jahre 1897 nach Indien entsandten 
 Kommission. 8°. Berlin, 1899. 
 Forms v. 15 of: Arb. a. d. k. Gsndbtsamte, Berl. 
 
 Bericht fiber die Verhandlungeh des Verbarides 
 deutscher Bahnarzte zu Kola am 13. September 
 1898. 52 pp. 8°. Niirnberg, F. Weigel, [1898]. 
 
 Bericht fiber die Verhandlungen des viii. Kon- 
 gresses der deutschen dermatologischen Gesell- 
 schaft in 1902. 1904. 8°. Wien & Leipzig. 
 
 Bericht fiber die Verhandlungen des 5. Verbands- 
 tages deutscher Bahnarzte. 1902. 8° Niim- 
 herg. 
 
 Bericht des Wiener Stadtphysikates fiber seine 
 Amtsthatigkeit und fiber die Gesundheitsver- 
 haltnisse der k. k. Eeichshaupt- und Residenz- 
 stadt Wien in den Jahren-1871-1893. v. 1-23, 
 1872-96. 8° Wien. 
 
 Berichte der deutschen phajmaceutischen Gre- 
 sellschaft. v. 8-;25, 1898-1915. 8°. Berlin. 
 
 Berichte fiber die Gesundheitsverhaltnisse und 
 Gesundheitsanstalten in Numberg. 1890-1912. 
 1891-1913. 8°. Niirnberg. 
 
 Berichte fiber den i. intemationalen Kongress 
 fur das Rettungswesen zu Frankfurt a. M. 1908. 
 Band I. Vortrage. 1908. 8°. Berlin. 
 
 Berichte aus'derkgl. bayerischen biologiscben 
 Versucbsstation in Mfinchen. Hrsg. von Bruno 
 Hofer. V. 1. xiv, 220 pp., 6 pi. 8°. StiM- 
 gart, E. Schweizerhart, 1908. 
 
 Berichte des naturwissenschaftlich-medizinischen 
 Vereins in Innsbruck, v. 1-15, 1870-86; v. 17- 
 31, 1887-1908; v. 33, 1910. 8°. Innsbruck. 
 
 Berichte und Verhandlungen des intemationalen 
 Kongresses fur Versicherungs-Medizin. 4. Kon- 
 gress, 1906. 2 y. 1906. 8°. Berlin. 
 
 Berichte fiber die Versammlungen der ophthal- 
 mologischen Gesellschaft. v. 10^9, 1877-1913. 
 8°. [v. p.] 
 
BERICHTE. 
 
 4Y1 
 
 BERKHOFF. 
 
 Berichte iiber das Veterinarwesen im Konig- 
 
 reiche Sachsen fur die Jahie 185&-1901, 1906, 
 
 1910-12. 1.-58. Jahrg. 8°. Dresden. 
 Berichte aus der zweiten geburtsli.-gynakologi- 
 
 schen Elinik in Wien. Hrsg. von R. Chrobak. 
 
 V. 1-2, 1897-1902. 8°. Wien. 
 Berichten en mededeelingen der Vereeniging 
 
 voor Lijkverbranding. v. 1-40, 1876-1915. 8° 
 
 '« 'Gravvenhage. 
 Title changed in 1902 to: Berichten en mededeelingen der 
 
 Vereeniging voor tacultatieve Lijkverbranding. 
 
 B€riel (L.) [1878- ]. *La sclerose pulmonaire 
 discrete d'origine tuberculeuse; ses rapports avec 
 la bronchite et I'empliysfeme. 130 pp. 8°. 
 Lyon, 1905, No. 136. 
 
 . Syphilis du poumon chez I'enfant et 
 
 Chez I'adulte. 346 pp., 1 pi. 12°. Paris, G. 
 Steinheil, 1907. 
 
 -. Elements d'anatomie pathologique. Avec 
 
 232 figures dessin^es par I'auteur. x, 563 pp. 8' 
 Paris, G. Steinheil, [1910]. 
 BSrigaud (J.) *Cure hygio-di^t^tique associ^e k 
 la cure d'altitude dans le traitement de la tuber- 
 culose pulmonaire. 76 pp. 8°- Paris, 1902, No. 
 592. 
 
 Berillon (Edgar). 
 
 Banquet (Le) eh I'honneur du Dr. B&illon. Rev. de 
 rhypnot. et psychol. physiol., Par., 1906-7, xxi, 33; 98. 
 
 Bering (Priedrich) [1878- ]. *Supramalleolare 
 
 Langsfracturen der Fibula. 20 pp., 1 1. 8° 
 
 Kiel, L. Handorff, 1903. 
 Beringer (Fr6d6rtc) [1881- ]. *De Tinfluence 
 
 tardive de la syphihs sur la grossesse. 60 pp. 8° 
 
 Lyon, 1907, No. 94. 
 Bfiringuier (G.) *L'alcoolisme dans la region 
 
 toulousaiue. 53 pp. 8°- Toulouse, 1899, No. 
 
 314. 
 Berini (F.) Localizaci6n de los procesos otopdti- 
 
 cos por medio del diapas6n. 32 pp. 8° Bar- 
 celona, F. Badia, 1899. 
 Berio (Nicola). Lettera al Dottore Grasparo Bosio 
 
 suUa malattia del Sig. Gerolamo Gianni. 24 pp. 
 
 8°. Torino, Barberis, 1813. 
 Beristaln (JuUo). *Apuntes sobre la leche y 
 
 algunas de sus industrias. 62 pp. 8°. Tacubaya, 
 
 D. F., 1894. 
 
 Beristain (Porfirio). *Superioridad de la colpo- 
 perineauxesis de Aug. Martin sobre los demds 
 tratamientos de los prolapsus genitales. 26 pp., 
 1 1, 4 pi. 8°. Tacubaya, D. F., 1893. 
 
 Beristain de Souza (Jos6 Mariano) [1756-1817]. 
 Biblioteca hispano-americana setentrional. 2. 
 ed. 3 V. 12 Amecam^ca, tipog. del Colegio 
 catdlico, 1883. 
 
 ; — . The same. Tomo iv comprende los an6- 
 
 nimos que de]6 escritos el autor, las adiciones del 
 Dr. Osores y otras anadidas posteriormente por 
 las personaa que se expresan. liii, 198, [1] pp. 
 12°- Santiago de Chile, Impr. Elzeviriana, 1897. 
 
 . The same. Adiciones y correcciones que 
 
 & su fallecimiento dej6 manuscritas el Sr. Lie. D. 
 Jos^ Fernando Ramirez, y son las que cita con el 
 nombre de "Suplemento." xlvii, [4], 662 pp., 
 1 1. 16°. Mexico, impr. de El Tiempo, 1898. 
 
 Berjeau (J. Ph.) The homoeopathic treatment of 
 syphilis, gonorrhea, spermatorrhea and urinary 
 diseases. Revised with numerous additions by 
 J. H. P. Frost. 256 pp. 12°. Philadelphia, F. 
 
 E. Barriclce, 1889. 
 
 Berlc (Franz) [1883- ]. *Beitrag zur Kenntnis 
 der ersten Anlage der menschlichen Brustdriise. 
 1 p. 1., 30 pp., 1 1., 3 pi. 8°. Grdfswald, J. 
 Abel, 1913. 
 
 Berlcart (Joseph Isidor Bernard). On bronchial 
 asthma; its pathology and treatment. 3. ed. 
 vi (1 1.), 150 pp. 8°. London [etc.], Oxford Uni- 
 versity Press, 1911. 
 
 . The pathology and treatment of the so- 
 called nervous asthma. 54 pp. 8° London, 
 Edinburgh [etc.], S. Milford, 1916. 
 
 Berime (Theodor) [1870- ]. *Anthropologische 
 Beobachtungen an Kamerunnegem. 41 pp., 
 20 tab., Imap. 8°- • Strassburg i. E., C. Muh & 
 Cie., 1905. 
 
 Berkeley (Comyns) [1865- ]. A handbook for 
 midwives and maternity nurses, xii, 283 pp. 
 12°. London, Cassell & Co., 1906. 
 
 . The same. 2. ed. 304 pp. 12° London 
 
 & New Yorh, Cassell & Co., 1909. 
 
 . The same. 4. ed. xiii, 528 pp., col. 
 
 front. 8°. London [etc.l, Cassell & Co., 1917. 
 
 . Gynsecology for nurses and gynaecological 
 
 nursing. 114 pp. 12°- London, Scientific 
 Press, 1910. - 
 
 — ; — . A guide to gynecology in general prac- 
 tice, xxiii, 452 pp. 8°. London, H. Frowde, 
 1915. 
 
 , Andrews (Hemy Russell) & Fairbairn 
 
 (John Shields). Midwifery by ten teachers, x 
 (1 1.), 736 ppl, 4 pi. 8°. London, E. Arnold, 
 1917. 
 
 & Bonney (Victor) [1872- ]. A text- 
 book of gynaecological surgery, x (1 1.), 720 pp., 
 col. pi. 8°. London [eic], Cassell & Co., Ltd., 
 1911. 
 
 ■ ;; — . The difficulties and emergencies 
 
 of obstetric practice. 2. ed. 4 p. 1., [ix]-xii, 
 807 pp. 8° London, J. & A. Churchill, 1915. 
 
 Berlceley (George) [1684^1753]. Recherches sur 
 les vertus de I'eau de goudron. Traduit de 
 I'anglais; avec une lettre de I'auteur. 132 pp. 
 12°. Liege, C. Collette, [n. rf.]. 
 
 See, also, Pemet (G.) Philosophic idealism and tar- 
 water. West Lend. M. J., Lond., 1S16, xxi, 102-106. 
 
 Berl^eley (Hugh K.) The impossibility of differ- 
 entiation between monkey blood and human 
 blood by means of antisera derived from mon- 
 keys, pp. 105-110. 8°. Berkeley, 1913. 
 In: Univ. CaUl. Pub. Path., Berkeley, 1913, il. 
 
 Berlieley (William Nathaniel) [1868- ]. Lab- 
 oratory work with mosquitoes, viii, 112 pp. 8°. 
 New York, 1902. 
 
 Berl^enlieier (Jacob) [1867- ]. *Beitrage zur 
 Kenntnis von Atresia ani, vaginalis und vesti- 
 bularis. 30 pp., 1 1. 8° Milnchen, B. Heller, 
 1906. 
 
 Berl^enhout (John) [1730-90]. Clavis anglica 
 linguae botanicae; or, a botanical lexicon; in 
 which _ the _ terms of botany, particularly those 
 occurring in the works of Linnaeus, and other 
 modem writers, are applied, derived, ex- 
 plained, contrasted and exemplified. 2. ed., 
 to which is added, Calendarium botanicum. 
 167 1. - 8°. London, T. Cadell, 1789. 
 
 Berldian (Oswald) [1834- ]. Ueber den 
 angeborenen und fruh erworbenen Schwach- 
 sinn. Fur Aerzte und Lehrer . dargestellt. 2 
 p. 1., 64 pp. 8°. Braunschweig, F. Vieweg & 
 Sohn, 1899. 
 
 . The same. 2. Aufl. 98 pp., 4 pi. 8°. 
 
 Braunschweig, F. Vieweg & Son, 1904. 
 
 Berktaoff (0. J. Bernard). *Zur Beurteilung der 
 Wirbelkorperbruche am unteren Abschnitt der 
 Wirbelsaule. [Wiirzburg.] 16 pp. 8°. Leipzig, 
 A. Pries, 1897. 
 
BERKLEY. 
 
 472 
 
 BEELINER. 
 
 Berkley (Henry J.) A treatise on mental dis- 
 eases, based upon^ the_ lecture course at the 
 Johns Hopkins University, 1899, and designed 
 for the use of practitioners and studente of 
 medicine, xiv (1 1.), 601 pp., 17 pi. 8°. New 
 Yorl, D. AppUton & Co., 1900. 
 
 . The same, xiv (1 1.), 601 pp., 7 pi. 8° 
 
 London, H. Kimpton, 1901. 
 
 Berkmann (Willy) [1883- ]. *Ueber einen 
 Pall von Naevus sebaceus-. 37 pp. 8°. Berlin, 
 E. Ebeting, 1909. 
 
 BerkotF (Claire). *R6sultat8 dloign^s de 1' abla- 
 tion de deux ovaires et_ choix de mdthode 
 op6ratoire dans les aimexit^s chroniques bila- 
 terales (m^thode Beuttner). 39 pp. 8°. Ge- 
 n^v6 1910. 
 
 Berkofsky [Albert Gerhard] [1881- ]. *Ueber 
 die auf der 1. med. Abteilung des stadt. Kran- 
 kenhauses Munchen in der Zeit vom 1. J. 1890 
 bis 1. X. 1904 beobachteten Falle von Perity- 
 phlitis. 25 pp. 8°- Munchen, Kastner & 
 Callwey, 1905. 
 
 Berkofsky (Koniad Theodor) [1876- ]. *Ver- 
 gleichsversuche zwischen Jodipin- und Salol- 
 Inethode zur Bestimmung der motorischen 
 Thatigkeit des Magens. 24 pp., 2 1. 8°. Got- 
 tirigen, L. Eofer, 1902. 
 
 Berkos(P.). 
 
 See Ktaolodkovskl (N. A.) [Jo 2. s.] Medltsinskaya 
 zaologiya[eto.]. 8°. S.-Peterbv,rg, 1899. 
 • — ■ — & Ingenitski (I.) Prakticheskaya zooto- 
 miya. [Practical zootomy.] Pts. I & II. 8° 
 S.-Peterburg, M. D. Rudometoff, 1899. 
 
 CONTENTS. ■ 
 
 Pt. I. Lyagushka. [The frog.]. 67 pp. 
 Pt.II. Eleohnol rak. [The crawfisli.J «pp. 
 
 BerkoTitch (Aron) [1883- ]. *De I'ob^sitg 
 d'origuie g6nitale chez la femme; rapports 
 avee I'adipose douloreuse. 95 pp. 8°. Paris, 
 1908, No. 337. 
 
 Berkovits (Albert [Peisakhovich]) [1852- ]. 
 *K voprosu o mochegonnom dieistviikofteina i 
 yevo solei; na osnovanii fiziologicheskikh opitov 
 1 izucheniya azoto- i mineralnavo obmiena. 
 [Diuretic action of caftein and its salts; based 
 on physiologic experiments and the study of 
 nitrogenous and mmeral metabolism.] 122 pp., 
 7 tab. 8°. Yuryev, Shnahenburg, 1900. 
 
 Berkotritz (Rosa) [1886- ]. *Rheumatismus 
 nodosus im Kindesalter. [Munchen.] 1 p. 1., 
 43 pp., 11. 8°. Stuttgart, 1912. 
 
 Berks County Medical Society. Transactions for 
 the years 1896-9. 1897-1900. 8°. Reading, Pa. 
 
 Berl (Mathias Max) [1883- ]. *Zur palliativen 
 Behandlung des inoperablen Uteruscarcmoms. 
 [Miinchen.] 8° Eildesheim, Gebr. Gerstenberg, 
 1909. 
 
 Berlatzky (Sarra Golda). *Du massage en 
 gyn^cologie. 64 pp. 8". Paris, 1902, No. 153. 
 
 Berlese (AmadeoJ. AttivitS, delle soluzioni 
 alcooliche di sublimato corrosivo a titolo elevato 
 in alcune manifestazioni morbose; nota pre- 
 ventiva. 16 pp. 8°. Firenze, M. Ricd, 1904. 
 
 Berlet (Friedrich). *Der gegenwartige Stand der 
 
 , Schleich'schen Lokal-Anasthesie. [Heidelberg.] 
 25 pp. 8°. Neustadt a. d. Bdt., Pfalzi, 1898. 
 
 BerUand (Oucher) [1888- g. *Contribution h. 
 r6tude des fortes retentions d'ur^e dans I'orgar 
 nisme. 73 pp. 8°- Montpellier, 1914, No. 28. 
 
 Berlin. . . . ^ 
 
 See, also. Cholera (History and statistws of), 
 Deaf-mutes {Asylums and institutions for), 
 Dipbtheiia (History of), Tevex (Typhoid, His- 
 tory of), Fever (Typhus, History of), Hospitals 
 
 Berlin. 
 
 (Description of). Hospitals (Gynecological, etc.). 
 Hospitals (Management, etc., of). Hospitals 
 (Military), Hospitals (Ophthalrme and auric). 
 Hygiene (Municipal, Laws, etc., of). Influenza 
 (History of), Insane (Asylums, Description, 
 etc., of), Meningitis (Cerebrospinal, History 
 and statistics of). Plague (History, etc., of), by 
 localities. 
 
 Mbdizinischb (Das) Berlin; ein Fiihrer fur 
 Aerzte. 8. Aufl. 8°. Berlin, 1910. 
 
 Pagel (J.) Zur Geschichte des Vereins Ber- 
 liner Armenarzte. Ein Beitrag zur Geschichte 
 der Medizin, insbesondere des Armen-Medizi- 
 nalwesens in Berlin. 8°. Berlin, 1904. 
 
 Biascb (M.) Die arztliche Versorgung der Berliner 
 Armen-Kranken. Med. Reform, Berl., 1903, xi, 397; 409.— 
 Ewald. Ein preisgekronter Gnmdplan fur Gross-Berlin 
 uud das Tempelhoiter Feld. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., 
 Berl. & Leipz., 1910, xxxvi, 2051.— Fornario (G.) Cenni 
 sugli ospedali e taluni servizil di assistenza sanitaria della 
 citta, di Berlino. Gazz. d. osp^ Milano, 1908, xiix, 1574- 
 1677.— Glrode Asiles de nuit k Berlin (le grand asile muni- 
 cipal). Ann. d'hyg.. Par., 1890, 5. s , xxiv, 117-132.— Heine 
 (B.) Zur Fra?e der Staubbekampfune in Berlin. Ztschr. 
 f. Stadthyg., Berl., 1909, 1, 9-13.— Levy (W.) Neugestaltung 
 des Berliner Bettungswesens. Deutsche med. Presse, 
 Berl., 1906, x, 69.— Medical (A) information office in Berlin. 
 Lancet, Lond , 1907, 1, 603.— Merke (H.) Die Wohnungs- 
 desinfection der Stadt Berlin. Deutsche Vrtljschr. f. US. 
 Gsndhtspflg., Bmschwg., 1891, xxili', 258-Z76.— Peyser (A.) 
 Die Bestrebungen zur Verforeitung sozialmediziniseber 
 Kenntnisse unter den Berliner Aerzten. Med. Keform, 
 Berl , 1906, xiv, 53-58.— Substantial gains from the twenty 
 years' sanitation of Berlin. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1897, 
 xxviii, 468-470. 
 
 Berlin. Kinderasyl. See Arbeiten zum lOjahri- 
 gen Bestehen des Kinderasyls der Stadt Berlin. 
 
 Berlin (Henry) [1852-1916]. 
 
 [Obituary.] J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1916, Ixvi, 1213. 
 AUo: J. Tenn. M. Ass., NashviHe, 1916-17, ix, 101 (H. P. L.J. 
 
 BerUn (Joh.) [1881- ]. *Zur Kasuistik der 
 
 Schussverletzungen des Auges. 39 pp., 2 pi. 
 
 8°. Giessen, 0. Kindt, 1908. 
 Berlin (Mac). Om arftlighet och rashygien. 
 
 [Heredity and racial hygiene.] 58 pp., 1 pi. 8°. 
 
 Stockholm, A. Bonniers, [1912]. 
 Berlin (Maria). *Ueber veranderungen in reti- 
 
 nierten Placenten. [Bern.] 32 pp., 1 pi. 8°. 
 
 Leipzig, G. Thieme, 1907. 
 
 Berlin (Rudolph) [1833-97]. 
 
 Nekrolog. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg., 1897, 
 XXXV, 358-360.— ScMOsser. Nekrolog. Munchen. med. 
 Wchnschr., xiv, 19, port. 
 
 Berlin (Ulrich) [1886- ]. *Ueber isolierte 
 Agraphie. 25 pp. 8°- Greifswald, J. Abel, 1913. 
 
 Berliner (Arnold). 
 
 Co-Editor of: Naturwlssenscbaften (Die). Wochen- 
 schrift [etc.]. 4". Berlin, 1913-15. 
 
 Berliner (Bemhard) [1885- ]. *OpticuBatrophie 
 beiMyxoedem. 38 pp., 11. 8°. Freiburg i. B., 
 Speyer <Ss Kaemer, 1909. 
 
 Berliner (Curt) [1885- ]. *Die Luxatio clavi- 
 culse supra-aeromialis nnd ihre operative Be- 
 handlung. 48 pp. 8°. Breslau, 1910. 
 
 Berliner (Enule). The milk question and mor- 
 tality among children here and in Germany. 
 10 pp. 8°. [Washington], 1902. 
 
 . The same. 3.ed. 13 pp., 11. 8°. Wash- 
 ington, Soc. Prev. Sickness, 1907. 
 
 The milk question from various points 
 
 of view. 28 pp. 8°. Washington, Soc. Prev. 
 
 Sickness, 1907. 
 . Some neglected essentials in the fight 
 
 against consumption. 13 pp. 8°. Washington, 
 
 Soc. Prev. Sickness, 1907. 
 . The inadequacy of certified milk. 4 pp. 
 
 8°. Washington, 1909. 
 
BERLINER. 
 
 473 
 
 BERN. 
 
 Berliner (Emile)— continued. 
 
 . The outbreak of typhoid fever in Cassel 
 
 during 1909; infected- milk the cause. 2 1. 8°- 
 [Washington, 1909.] 
 
 ; — . ^The care of babies and their food; rimple 
 
 directions prepared from scientific sources and 
 medical advices by the Societyfor the Preven- 
 tion of Sickness. 8 pp. 12°. Washingtonj 1909. 
 
 Berliner (Judel) [1885- ]. *Zur Therapie und 
 Pathologie des Abortes (an der Hand der in 
 der Kgl. geburtshilflichen PoUklinik von 1904r- 
 lObeobachtetenAborte). 34 pp. 8°. Breslau, 
 L. Freund, 1912. 
 
 Berlinec (Kurt) [1879- ]. *Beitrage zur flis- 
 tologie und Entwicklungsgeschichte des Klein- 
 hims. 29 pp., 11. 8°. Breslau, IW)'^. 
 
 Berliner (Kurt). *Akute Psychosen nach Ge- 
 himerschiitterung. [Giessen.] 51 pp. 8° 
 Halle a. S., C. MarhoU, 1908. 
 
 Berliner Aerzte-Correspondenz. Organ des Ge- 
 
 schafts-AusschuBses der Berliner arztlichen 
 
 Standesvereine. v. 1-7, 1896-1902. fol. Berlin. 
 
 Supplement to: AllgeiaeluemedicmischeCentral-Zeitung, 
 
 Berlin. 
 
 Berliner Arzneiyerordnungen mit Einschluss der 
 physikalisch-diatetischen Therapie. Fiir Stu- 
 dierende und Aerzte. Nach der 4. Ausg. des 
 Arzneibuchs fiir das Deutsche Reich zusammen- 
 gestellt von Paul Reckzeh. Mit einem Vor- 
 wort von Fr. Krause. vi, 227 pp. 12°. Berlin, 
 S. Karger,\^Qt. 
 
 Berliner Klinik. Sammlung klinischer Vortrage. 
 Hrsg. von Richard Rosen. 1888-1914. 8°. 
 Berlin. 
 
 Berliner klinische Wochenschrift. Organ fiir 
 praktische Aerzte. Redigiert von C. Posner 
 und Hans Kohn. v. 1-55, 1864-1918. fol. 
 Berlin. 
 
 ._ Fest-Nummer Carl Anton Ewald zum 
 
 sechziesten Geburtstage gewidmet. xvi, 116 
 pp. 4^. Berlin, 1905. 
 Bound with: Berl. klin. Wclmsclir., 1905, il. 
 
 Berliner klinisch-therapeutische Wochenschrift. 
 Hrsg. von M. T. Schnirer und Alfred Wolff. 
 V. 1-3, 1904-5. 8°. Berlin. 
 
 Text identical with v. 11-13 of: Wiener klinisch-thera- 
 peutische Wochenschrift. After No. 13, v. 3, title became: 
 Deutscbe Minisch-therapeutische Wochenschrift. 
 
 Berliner ophthabnologische GeseUschaft. Ver- 
 handlungen. 1893-1904. 2 v. 190^-6. 8°. 
 Leipzig. 
 
 Berliner physiologische GeseUschaft. Verhand- 
 lungen. v. 34-35, 1909-10 (1910-11). 8°. Ber- 
 lin. 
 
 Berliner tierarztliche Wochenschrift. Organ fiir 
 Tierarzneiwissenschaftund tierarztliche Standes- 
 interessen. v. 4, 1888; v. 5, 1889-1915. 4°. 
 Berlin. 
 
 Berliner (Die) Unfallstationen. Bericht iiber 
 die Organisation des Rettungs- und Kranken- 
 transportwesens der Reichshauptstadt. 50 pp. 
 8°. Berlin, C. Eeymann, 1898. 
 
 Berliner zahnarztUchesVereinsblatt. Amtliches 
 Organ der zahnarztlichen Vereine Berlins. 
 1894^. 4°. Berlin. 
 
 Berlinski (N[ikolaq V[affllyevich]) [1856- ]. 
 K voprosu o zaikanii i llechenii yevo. [On 
 stuttering and its treatment. 38 pp. 8°. Omsk, 
 1896. 
 Repr.from.: Protok. Omsk. Med. Obsh., 1895-6, xiii. 
 
 BerUoz (A.) [1857- [|. 
 
 See Tvou (Paul) [in 2. s.]. Manuel clinique de I'analyse 
 des urines [etc.]. le". Poris, 1896. 
 
 Berlioz (Pemand). Manuel pratique dee mala- 
 dies de la peau. 4. ed. 514 pp. 16°. Paris, 0. 
 Doin, 1897. 
 
 . Manuel de th^rapeutique. Introduction 
 
 by C. Bouchard. 4. ^d. xxiv, 581 pp. 12°. 
 Paris, Masson & Cie., 1901. 
 
 . Precis de bact^riologie m^dicale; avec 
 
 ?r^face par L. Landouzy. xx, 542 pp. 12°. 
 'aris, Masson & Cie., 1903. 
 
 . Disinfection des livres fermfe. 8 pp. 
 
 8°. Paris, H. Daragon, 1907. 
 
 Berlioz {Hector) [1803-69]. 
 
 Feis (O.) Hector Berlioz- eine pathographi- 
 sche Studie. roy. 8°. Wiesbaden, 1911. 
 
 Berlioz (H.) La oarriSre m^dicale de Berlioz, contfe par 
 lui-mgme. Chron. mM., Par., 1903, x, 183-186. Also: 'Daa- 
 phin6 mM., Grenoble, 1903, xxvii, 138-143.— Berlioz et le 
 Doeteur Noir. Chron. m4d.. Par., 1907, sly, 212-217.— 
 Blonde! (R.) Les 6vad& de la mMecine. Berlioz et la 
 midecine. Ibid., 1908, xv, 209-218.— Could (G. M.) A bio- 
 graphic clinic on Berlioz. St. Louis M. Eev., 1905, lii, 517; 
 537. Aho, Beprint. 
 
 Berlit (Alfred Bruno Berthold) [1880- ]. 
 *TJeber Nystagmus unter Beriicksichtigung des 
 Nystagmus rotatorius in Anlehnung an e^nen 
 Fall von Nystagmus rotatorius nach Traunia. 
 37 pp., 1 1. 8°. Leipzig, B. Georgi, 1905. 
 
 BerlowItz_(Wolf) [188&- J. *Ueber Knochen- 
 bildung in der Laparotomienarbe. 31 pp. 8°. 
 Breslau, Grass, Barth de Co., 1913. 
 
 Bermann (Alexander) [1880- ]. *NephritiB 
 chronica parenchymatosa und interstitialis auf 
 Grund der Krankengeschichten und Sektions- 
 protokolle. 26 pp. 8°. Berlin, E. Ehering, 1912. 
 
 Bermann (Isidor Samuel Leopold) 
 [1845-1918]. 
 
 Obituary. Wash. M. Ann., 1918, xvil, 260. 
 Bermann (L.) *L'ict6re ^motif; sa pathog^nie. 
 
 86 pp. 8°. Paris, 1900, No. 325. 
 Bermann (Malka). *Publication d'un cas de 
 
 monstre. (Avec 3 planches.) 20 pp., 1 1., 3 pi. 
 
 8°. Geri^ve, J. Studer, 1905. 
 Bermant (Jacob) [1869-- ]. *Ueber Pfort- 
 
 aderverschluss und Leberschwund. 28 pp., 2 1. 
 
 8°. Konigsbergi. Pr., H. Jxger, 1897. 
 BermBacb (Jacob Paul Julius) [1869- ]. *Ue- 
 
 ber monarticulare Arthritis deformans. 31 pp. 
 
 8°. Bonn, J. Bach Wwe., 1897. 
 Bermbaeb (Paul). Die Kochsalzinfusion und 
 
 ihre Verwertung bei Krankheiten. 
 In: Samml. klin. Vortr., n. F., Leipz., 1903, No. 350 
 
 (Innere Med., No. 103, 905-924). 
 
 Bermejo (Rafael B.) *Estudio clinico y Bemiol6- 
 gico de la auscultaci6n. 33 pp. 8°. Mexico, I. 
 EscalanU & Co., 1872. 
 
 Bermuda. 
 
 Falkner ( Mrs. Percy Hope). An ideal station; Bermuda. 
 J. Soy. Army Med. Corps, Lond., 1912, xix, 593-600.— Fer- 
 ris (A. W.) Bermuda. Med. Critic, N. Y., 1903, iii, 962-964.— 
 Harvey (E.) Notes on Bermuda as a winter resort. Brit. 
 M. J., Lond., 1897, ii, 1233-1235.— Mattlson (J. B.) Beau- 
 tiful Bermuda; notes from a land of bloom and balm. Med. 
 News, N. Y., 1902, Ixxx, 954.— Verrill (A. E.) The Ber- 
 muda Islands; their scenery, cUmate, productions physiog- 
 raphy, natural history, and geology; with sketches of their 
 early history and their changes due to man. Tr. Connect. 
 Acad. Arts & Sc, N. Haven, 1901-3, xi, pt. 2, 413-911, 37 pi., 
 2 port. 
 
 Bern. 
 
 See Children {Hospitals and asylums for), 
 Fever (Typhoid, History of), Hospitals {Gyne- 
 cological, etc.). Hospitals (Ophthalmic andauric). 
 Hygiene (Municipal, Laws, etc., of), by locali- 
 
BERN. 
 
 4Y4 
 
 BERNARD. 
 
 Bern (George). massage'le. Perev. s frantsuz- 
 skavo. [Massage. Transl. from the French.] 
 62 pp., 11. 16°. S.-Peterburg, 1Q02. 
 Forms No. 4 of: Domashniy Vreich, 1902. 
 
 Bernabei (Antonio Nicola). Dissertazione deUe 
 morti improvise, nella quale si ragiona delle 
 perucche e degli acidi, con un discorso dello scie- 
 glimento delle balie. 3 p. 1., 84 pp., 4 1. ; 2 p. 1., 
 40 pp., 21. 8°. Roma, F. Ocmzaga, 1708. 
 
 Bernabei (O[orrado]). Infezioni. 27 pp. 8° 
 Milano, F. Vallardi, 1897. 
 Forms No. 5 of: Confer, olin. ital., Milano, 1897, i, 181-207. 
 
 Bcrnabeo (Gaetano). Gl' Italiani nella chirurgia. 
 Prolusione al corso pareggiato di patologia spe- 
 ciale chirurgica e propedeutica, nell' ospedale di 
 GestieMana._ 24 pp. 8°. Napoli, 1897 ._ 
 
 . Lezioni di patologia e terapia chirurgica 
 
 generale e speciale, dettate nell' ospedale clinico 
 Gesti e Maria, raccolte dagli student! O. de 
 LolUs e G. Ricciuti. 872 pp., 3 pi. 8°. Napoli, 
 Pierro & Veraldi, 1903. 
 
 Trattato di patologia e terapia generale e 
 
 speciale chirurgica. xx, 1039 pp. 8°. Napoli, 
 V. Idelson, 1914. 
 
 Bernachot (L6on). [1877- ]. *Recherche8 sur 
 le pouvoir ionisant de la glycerine et de quel- 
 ques phenols. 35 pp. 8°. Lyon, Delaroche & 
 Scftneider, 1906, No. 46. . 
 i^cole de pharmacie. 
 
 Bernadac (R6gis-0mer)_ [1876- _ ]. Du palu- 
 disme eans manifeBtations ant^rieures r6vll6 i 
 I'occasion d'une maladie aigue chez I'enfant. 
 68 pp., 1 1. 8°. Montpellier, 1903, No. 3. 
 
 Bernadicou (Henri). ^Contribution k I'^tude 
 des rapports symptomatiques entre le tabfes et 
 I'hyst^ie. • 76 pp. 8°. Paris, 1904, No. 242. 
 
 Bernadou (Frangois) [1884- ]. *Contribu- 
 tion k I'^tude des chol6cystites ^berthiennes 
 aigues observ6es et op^r^es au cours et dans la 
 convalescence de la fievre typhoide. 75 pp. 8° 
 Montpellier, 1910, No. 72. ' 
 
 Bernadsld (A[pollinariy] A[ndreyevich]) [1870- 
 \[. *K voprosu o vliyanii operatsii na mor- 
 fologicheskiy soatav fcrovi. [Influence_ of opera- 
 tion upon the morphological composition of the 
 blood.] 1 p. 1., ii, 181, xxxv pp., 4 1. 8°. S.- 
 Peterburg, I. V. Leontyeff, 1912. 
 
 Bernagie (Pieter). Antwoord op de brief van 
 Komelis Bontekoe. Ip. 1., 96 pp. 16°. t' Am- 
 sterdam, J. Bouman, 1682. 
 
 Bernal (Miguel). *E1 tifo. 45 pp. 8°. Mixico, 
 E. D. Orozco, 1893. 
 
 Bernaldo de Quiros (Constantino) [1873- ]. 
 Modem theories of criminality. Translated 
 from the Spanish by Alfonso de Salvio; with an 
 introduction by Wm. W. Smithers. xxvii, 249 
 pp. 8°. Boston, Little, Brown & Co., 1912. 
 
 Bernard. Du typhus conta^ieux_ des b§tes k 
 comes et des mesures administratives qu'il con- 
 vient de mettre en usage pendant le rfegne de 
 cette maladie. Ouvrage couronn6 par la So- 
 ci^t6 royale d'agriculture, histoire naturelle et 
 arts utiles de Lyon, en 1838. iv, 58 pp. 8°. 
 Lyon, Barretj 1839. 
 
 Bernard (Alain) [1884r- ]. *La baisse de la 
 natality franfaise. S°- Montpellier, 1910, No. 
 15. 
 
 Bernard (Albert) [1864- ]. *Contnbution k 
 r^tude des anevrysmes de I'artfere h^patique. 
 74 pp. 8°. Paris, 1897, No. 124. 
 
 Bernard (Albert). *Ein Beitrag zur Spontan- 
 heilung bei Netzhautablosung. 29 pp. 8°. 
 Freiburg i. B., Speyer & Kaemer, 1909. 
 
 Bernard (Alexandre) [1878- ]. *Du pronostic 
 imm^diat et 61oign6; m^ningites c&^bro-spi- 
 nales. 107 pp. 8°. Paris, 1903, No. 298. 
 
 Bernard (ABred) [1873- ]. *Du cancer pn- 
 mitif de la v6sicule biliaire consid^r^ comme 
 complication de la lithiase. 80 pp. 8°- Lyon, 
 1897, No. 41. 
 
 Bernard (Alphonse) [1885- ]. *De Tampu- 
 tation primitive dans les grands dcrasements du 
 membre inf^rieur. 62 pp. 8°. Paris, 1911, 
 No. 126. 
 
 Bernard (Armand) [1872- _ ]. *P6rio8tite aigue 
 suppur6e sans ost6omy61ite. 39 pp., 1 pi., 1 1. 
 8°. Paris, G. Steinheil, 1901, No. 306. 
 
 . The same. 43 pp., 2 1. 8°. Paris, G. 
 
 Steinheil, 1901. 
 
 Bernard (Arthur) [1871- ]. *De la tempera- 
 ture des nouveau-n^s. 58 pp. 8°- Paris, 1897, 
 No. 503. 
 
 Bernard {Charles) [1650-1711]. 
 
 BiBLioTHBCA Bemardiaua; or a catalogue of 
 the library of the late Charles Bernard, Esq.; 
 containing a curious collection of the best_ au- 
 thors in physick, history, philology, antiquities 
 [etc.]. 16°. [London, 1710?] 
 
 [Biography.] Diet. Nat. Biog., Lond., 1899, iv, 377.— 
 Power (D'A.) Two unpubllshedletters of Charles Bernard, 
 surgeon to St. Bartholomew's Hospital, 1686-1711. St. 
 Barth. Hosp. J., Xond., 1905-6, xiii, 147. 
 
 Bernard (Charles-Etienne). *Contribution k 
 retude de I'ulcfere simple de roesophage_ et 
 sp^cialement de son diagnostic et de son traite- 
 ment gr^ce k I'oeBophagoscopie. 57 pp. 8°. 
 Paris, 1909, No. 70. 
 
 Bernard (Charles-Eugfene-Edmond) [1883- ]. 
 *La maladie osseuse de Paget et rh6r6do- 
 syphilis osseuse. ]Etude clinique. 66 pp. 8°. 
 Lille, 1910, No. 18. 
 
 Bernard (Claude) [1813-78]. Introduction k 
 r etude de la m^decme exp6rimentale; avec des 
 notes critiques par le R. P. Sertillanges. 99 pp., 
 1 1. 12°. Pans, C. Poussielque, 1900. 
 
 For Biography, see Foster (M.) Masters of medicine; 
 Claude Bernard. 8°. London, 1899. See, also: Arch, 
 d'anthrop. crim., Lyon & Par^ 1914, xxix, 33-41 (A. La- 
 cassagne). jltoo.-Bull. m^d.. Par., 1913, xxxii, 1015-1017 
 (Morat). Also: Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1914, Ixxvi, 
 2-10. Also: Detroit M. J., 1913, xiii, 6-13, port. (J. H. Demp- 
 ster). Xiao; France mid., Par., 1914, Ixi, 12-14. Also: 
 Lyon m^d., 1913, cxxi, 837-846 (J. P. Morat). Also: Med. 
 Chron., Manchester, 1913-14, Iviii, 369 (W. Sterling). Also: 
 Monde m^d.. Par., 1913, 3cxiii, 662-666. Also: Milnchen. 
 med. Wchnsehr., 1913, a, 2912, port. (E.). Xteo; Paris 
 m6d., 1913-14, XIV (suppl.), 257-263 (Camus). Also: Pop. 
 So. Month., N. Y., 1914, Ixxxiv, 667-678 (D. W. Wilson> 
 Also: Practitioner, Lond., 1899, Ixiii, 186-190. Also: Rev. 
 de I'TTniv. de Brux., 1913-14, xix, 345-355 (G. Dwelshauvers). 
 For Portrait, see Collection of Portr. (Libr.). 
 
 . See, also: 
 
 Asselln (E.-G.) La science exp&imentale en mddecine; 
 Claude Bernard. Union mSd. du Canada, Montr&J, 1916, 
 xliv, 36-43. — Gley (E.) L'oeuvre pathologlque de Claude 
 Bernard et la biologle frangaise. Rev. scient.. Par., 1916, 
 i, 257-264.— van Tiegbem (P.) L'oeuvre soientiflque de 
 Claude Bernard. Ibid., 1911, i, 613-621. 
 
 & Huette (Ch.) Handboek der heelkun- 
 
 dige ontleedkunde en kunstbewerkingen. Naar 
 de Fransche uitgave door C. Rademaker. 2 v. 
 2. ed. 141., 528 pp., 11., 88 pi. 8°. Amsterdam, 
 Weytingh & van aer Haart, 1856. 
 
 Bernard (Claude- Abel). _ *Contribution Jll'^tude 
 de la torsion du pedicule des fibromes sous- 
 s^reux de I'uterus. 46 pp., 1 1. 8°. Bordeaux, 
 1903, No. 158. 
 
 Bernard (Didier). *Le signe de Grocco ou triangle 
 paravert6brale oppos6 dans les pleurisies s6- 
 reuses. !&tude critique. 50 pp. 8°. Paris, 
 1905, No. 27. 
 
BERNARD. 
 
 475 
 
 BERNARD. 
 
 Bernard (Edgard) [1883- ]._ *De8 luxations 
 cong6nitales de la t§te du radius. 145 pp. 8°. 
 Lille, 1907, No. 12. 
 
 Bernard (Edouard-Amand). *Des alterations 
 d'intensite du premier bruit du coeur au coiirs de 
 la fifevre typhoide. 60 pp. 4°. Paris, 1896, 
 No. 503. 
 
 Bernard (fimile) [1876- ] *De la tubercu- 
 losa cong^nitale (chez rhomme). ix, 10-73 pp., 
 1 1. 8°. MorUpellier, 1908, No. 67. 
 
 Bernard (Emile) [1877- _ ]. *Du drainage des 
 voies biliaires dans les cirrhoses du foie. 80 pp. 
 8°. Paris, 1901, No. 413. 
 
 Bernard (Etienne-Emile) [1884^ _ ]. *Essaisur 
 I'historique des prindpaux medicaments aphro- 
 disiaques ou pretendus tela. 65 pp. 8°. Bor- 
 deavx, 1908, No. 85. 
 
 Bernard (Eugene) [1886- ]. _*Les compUca- 
 tlona et les manifestations uiinaires dans le 
 cancer du rectum. 64 pp., 1 1. 8°. I^/on, 1912, 
 No. 62. 
 
 Bernard (F.) L'audipione eiectro-magn6tique 
 dans le traitement de la surdite. 62 pp., 1 1. 
 12°. Paris, 1900. 
 
 Bernard (Felix). Traitement bydTo-miaeral des 
 maladies des femmes. 47 pp. 12°. Paris, A. 
 Malmne,lS99. 
 
 . Action pbysiologique et indications tli6- 
 
 Tapeutiquea des eaux de Plombiferes. 85 pp. 
 12^. Paris, A. Maloine, 1899. 
 
 See, also, Baraduc (F.), Bernard (Felix) [et al.]. Cli- 
 nique hydrologique. 8°. Paris, 1909. 
 
 Bernard (Franz). Observations on the treatment 
 of spinal and other deformities, paralysis, and 
 some chronic complaints, by the movement- 
 cure. 24 pp., 1 pi. 12°- Manchester, Bradshaw 
 (fc Blachlocl, 1857. 
 
 Bernard (Gabriel-Kerre) ri885-_ ]. *Quel- 
 ques considerations sur I'ltiologie de la fifevre 
 typhoide. 71 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1911, No_. 64. 
 
 Bernard (Gaston). *L'asile des alienes criminels 
 de Gaillon; sa necessite; son organisation future. 
 132 pp., 11. 8° Pom, 1905, No. 449. 
 
 Bernard (Georges) [1865- ). *De8 cloisons 
 congenitales du vagin au point de vue obste- 
 trical. 64 pp. 8°. Paris, 1898, No. 581. 
 
 Bernard (Georges) [1879- ]. *Les syndromes 
 paralytiques generaux au point de vue etiolo- 
 gique. 45pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1906, No. 34. 
 
 Bernard (Hans [Willy Hermann]) [1878- 1. 
 *Die geburtshilfliche Bedeutung der Doppelbil- 
 dungen von Uterus und Vagina; nach Zusam- 
 mensteUung von 100 Fallen. 46 pp., 2 1., 1 tab. 
 8°. Leipzig, B. Georgi, 1904. 
 
 Bernard (Henri) [1887- _ ]. *Caiicer secon- 
 daire du rachis; diagnostic precoce par la radio- 
 graphie; contre-indication operatoire. 45 pp., 1 
 pi. 8°. Montpellier, 1913, No. 6. 
 
 Bernard (Henry) [1874^1906]. *Etude clinique 
 sur la colique de plomb. 103 pp. 8°. Paris, 
 1901, No. 272. 
 
 . The same. 103 pp. 8° Paris, G. Stein- 
 
 heil, 1901. 
 
 For Biography, see Centre mM. et pharm., Gannat, 1906-7, 
 xii, 128. 
 
 Bernard (Jacques-Louis) [1888- ]. *Contri- 
 bution k 1' etude du phlegmon gangreneux du 
 plancher de la bouche (angine de Greonsul- 
 Ludwig). 92 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1918, No. 11. 
 
 Bernard (Jean-Arthur) [1873- ]. *De I'osteo- 
 myeiite aigue de I'extremite superieure du 
 femur. 96 pp. 8°. Bm-deawc, 1897, No. 4. 
 
 Bernard (Jean - Baptiste - Adolphe - Louis - Paul) 
 [1871- ]. *Contribution k I'etude du sy- 
 ringo-cystadenome (cystadenomes epitheUaux 
 benins). 84 pp. 8°. Pom, 1897, No. 576. 
 
 Bernard {Jules) [1826-99], 
 
 Grlpat (H.) [Biography.] Arch. mSd.d' Angers, 1901, 
 V, 7-12^ port. 
 
 Bernard (Jules) [1881- ]. *Contribution S, 
 r etude de la puerperalite dans ses rapports 
 avec les affections valvulaires du coeur. (Re- 
 cueil des faits cliniques.) 58 pp. 8°. Lgon, 
 1906, No. 119. 
 
 Bernard (Leon) [1872- ]. _ *Les fonctions du 
 rein dans les nephrites chroniques. 182 pp. 8°, 
 Paris, 1900, No. 227. . 
 
 . The same. 184 pp. 8°. Paris, G. 
 
 Stdnheil, 1900. 
 
 -. Les methodes d'exploration de la per- 
 
 meabilite renale. 188 pp., 1 1. 12°. Paris, 
 Masson & Ci-e., 1904. 
 
 See, also, Elcbliorst (Hermann). Traits de diagnostic 
 medical, [etc.]. 8°. Pam, 1905. 
 
 Bernard (Leon). *Lea troubles oculaires dans 
 la choree de Sydenham. 92 pp. 8° Paris, 
 1909, No. 245. 
 
 Bernard (Louis) [1886- ]. *Contribution k 
 r etude de la question du determinisme sexuel. 
 [Lyon.] 83 pp. 8°. Trivovx, 1909, No. 26. 
 
 Bernard (Louis). *Contribution k I'etude des 
 methodes nouvelles du traitement de I'hypo- 
 spadias. 71 pp. 8°. Tmilouse, 1909, No. 856. 
 
 Bernard (Lucien) [1882- _ ]. _ *Contribution k 
 retude de dosage de I'acide urique et des corps 
 puriques. 2 p. 1., 64 pp. 8°. Paris, 1913, No. 
 165. 
 
 Bernard (Marcel). Pour proteger la sante publi- 
 
 que. Avec une preface de F. Dubief. 2 p. 1., 
 
 282 pp. 8°. Paris, V. Giard & E. Brih-e, 1909. 
 
 Forms v. 3 of 1. s. of: Encyelop^die intemationale d'assis- 
 
 tance, prevoyanee, [etc.]. 
 
 Bernard (Matilda). 
 
 See Rorsclielt (Eugen) & Beider (K.) [in 2. s.]. Text- 
 book of the embryology of the invertebrates [etc.]. 8°. 
 London, 1899. 
 
 Bernard (Noel-Merre-Joseph-Leon) [1875- ]. 
 
 *Recherches experimentales sur la transmission 
 
 des incitations motrices dans la moelle epinifere. 
 
 TravaU du laboratoire de physiologie. 57 pp. 
 
 8°. Bordeaux, 1899, No. 25. 
 Bernard (Paul) [1872- ]. *Diagnostic cliniquQ 
 
 des paralysies du moteur oculaire commun. 95 
 
 pp. 8°. Paris, 1899, No. 296. 
 . Tuberculose et hygifene; climat, traite- 
 ment. 66 pp. 8°. Paris, V. Retaux, [1904j. 
 Bernard (Paul) [1886- ]. *La serotherapie 
 
 antityphique. 64 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1910, No. 18. 
 Bernard (PhUippe) [1876- ]. *A propos de 
 
 quelques tentatives d'urethioplastie veineuse. 
 
 53 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1910, No. 106. 
 
 Bernard (Pierre) [1859-99]. 
 
 NScroIogle. J. d. sc. mid. de LUle, 1899, i, 217-230. 
 
 Bernard (Pierre) [1873- ]. *Etude sur les 
 cancers primitife multiples. 104 pp. 8°. Paris, 
 1899, No. 312. 
 
 Bernard (Pierre). *Traitement des nevralgies 
 par les injections sous-cutanees de serum arti- 
 ficiel. 42 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, 1901, No. 116. 
 
 Bernard (Pierre-Joseph-lMarcel) [1882- ]. *De 
 I'emploi des produits k bane de cholesterine 
 dans le traitement de la tuberculose. 100 pp. 
 8°. Bordeaux, 1909, No. 7. 
 
BERNARD. 
 
 476 
 
 BERNDT. 
 
 Bernard (Pierre-Louis) [1879- ]. *L'ophtal- 
 mie granuleuce dans le d^partement de la 
 Gironde. 56 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1903, No. 52. 
 
 Bernard (Sim6on) [1883- ]. _ *Coiitributioii S, 
 r etude des ^rytlifemes scarlaunifonnes S, la suite 
 de couches. _ 56 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1909, No. 119. 
 
 Bernard (iJlric). Une oeuvre de charit4 franjaise 
 a, 1' stranger; l'H6pital frangais de Londres, son 
 annexe de Brighton. 106 pp. 8°. Pons, 1912, 
 No. 209. 
 
 Bernard (Walter) [1827-1912]. 
 
 Obituary- Brit. M. J., Lond., 1912, ii, 1693. 
 
 de Bernard deTeyssier (Jules) [1876- ]. *Des 
 adh^rences vraies du placenta. 84 pp. 8°. 
 Lyon, 1903, No. 61. 
 
 Bernardeau (Max -Marie -Joseph) [1885- J. 
 *L'oB acromial (anatomie humaine, anatomie 
 compar^e, pathologie, embryologie). 70 pp., 
 2 pi. 8°. Bordeaux, 1907, No. 17. 
 
 Bernardes da Costa Pereira (Carlos). *EBtudo 
 clinico da uremia chronica. 89 pp. roy. 8° 
 Rio de Janeiro, Rodrigues ds Co., 1905. 
 
 Bernardet (A-) [1877- 1. *Contribution k 
 r^tude de la, malaria ambulatoire. 45 pp. 8°. 
 Montpellier, 1906, No. 75. 
 
 Bernardle (Alphonse). *LeB fibromes calcifies de 
 I'ut^rus. 71 pp. 8°. Paris, 1911, No. 187. 
 
 Bernardin (Albert). *Contribution k la tech- 
 nique exp6rimentale et aux applications m^di- 
 cales de la radiographie st^r^oscopique de pre- 
 cision. 118 pp., 7 pi. 8° TouJoMse, 1908, No. 
 793. 
 
 Bernardinus (Franciscus). Novum et egregium 
 opus, cui titulus, Prseservator sanitatis. 16 1. 
 16°. [ Vicentix, impressum per Ptolomxum Jani- 
 cutum, 1529.] 
 
 Bernard-Laponuneray (L^on-Pierre-Th^odore) 
 [1872- ]. *Traitement des fistules p6riri6ales. 
 86 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1899, No. 109. 
 
 Bernardo (Luigi) & Brezzi (Giuseppe). Lo 
 sgombero degli ammakti e dei feriti in guerra. 
 xii, 276 pp., 1 plan. 8°. Roma, 1905. 
 
 Bernardus Bellonensis. 
 
 See Colle (Joannes). De omnibus malignis et pestilentl- 
 bus a£Eectionibus [etc.]. fol. Pieauri, 1616. 
 
 Bernardus Trevisanus [1452-90]. Livre de . . • 
 Messiere Bernard [on the transmutation of 
 
 metals]. 
 See Zacalre (Denis) [in 2. s.]. Opuscule [etc.]. 16°. 
 Anvers, 1567. 
 
 Bernardy {Eugene Prosper) [1846-1905]. 
 
 Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass.. CMcago, 1905, xlv, 1262. 
 Also: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1906, Ixxxii, 863. 
 
 Bernartz (Heinrich) [1881- ]. *Ueber Mag- 
 netoperationen am Auge. 54 pp. 8°. Bonn, E. 
 Eisele, 1904. , ^„ , 
 
 Bernasconi (Fransois) [1877- ]. *Sur la_ va- 
 leur diagnostique, pronostique et th&apeutique 
 de la ponction lombaire dans les fractures du 
 crUneetduracHs. 74pp., 11. 8°. Lyon,l902, 
 
 No. 161. 
 
 Bernatzik (Wenzel) [1821-1902] . 
 
 Nekrolog (A. Vogl). Wien. kiln. Wohnschr., 1903, xvi, 
 283. 
 
 & Vogl (August Emil). Lehrbuch der 
 
 Arzneimittellehre, mit gleichmaasiger Berflck- 
 sichtigung der osterreichischen und deutschen 
 Pharinakopoe, neubearbeitet von A. E. von 
 Vogl. 3. Aufl. xi, 967 pp. 8°. Berlin & Wien, 
 Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1900. 
 
 Bernas. Mtooire sur le magnetisms animal et le 
 somnambulisme. MS. 32 1. fol. Paris, 1837. 
 
 *Les syphilides 
 8°. Saint- Etienne, 
 
 Bernay (Andr^) [1885- ]. 
 
 lupoides. [Lyon.J 116 pp, 
 
 1911, No. 95. „ ^ T ^A 
 
 Bernay (Charles) [1873- ]. * Lea stenoses 
 
 tuberculeuses de Tintestin grSle. iv, 199 pp. 
 
 8°. iwon, 1899, No. 105. 
 Bernay (Maurice) [1854.- ]. La syphilis et ses 
 
 consequences. 2 p. 1., 316 pp., 11. 12°. Par-\s, 
 
 Dentu, [1901, vel subseq.\ 
 Bernays (Augustus Charles) [1854-1907]. Golden 
 
 rules of surgery. Aphorisms, observations and 
 
 reflections on the science and art of surgery. 
 
 Being a guide for surgeons and those who would 
 
 become surgeons. 203 pp. 8°. St. Louis, C. V. 
 
 Mosby, 1906. 
 . The same. 2. ed., rev. and rewritten by 
 
 William Thomas Coughlin. 2 p. 1., 281 pp. 8* 
 
 St. Louis, C. V. Mosby Company, 1913. 
 See, also, Simon (Gustav) [in 2. a.]. Tbe operationof 
 
 vesioo-vaginai fistula. 8°. Louisville, 1877. 
 
 For Biography, see Beinays (Thekla). Augustus Cliarles 
 
 Bemays: a memoir. 8°. St. Louis, 1912. See, also: Med. 
 
 Eev. of Kev., N. Y., 1913, xix, 373-377 (R. H. Fowler). 
 
 Also: N. York M.T. [etc.], 1907, Ixxxv, 993. Also: St.Loms 
 
 M. Rev., 1907, Iv, 547 (W. Bartlett). 
 
 Bernays (Thekla). Augustus Charles Bemays; 
 
 a memoir. 309 pp., Sport. 8°. St. Louis, C. V. 
 
 Mosby Company, 1912. 
 Berndt. Zelfbedwang. Nieuwe geneeswijze der 
 
 zenuw- en zielsziekten, hartstochten, zinheUjk- 
 
 heid, drank- en speelzucht, enz. ii, 154 pp. 
 
 12°. Amsterdam, D. Buys Dz., [1907]. 
 Berndt (Arthur) [1865- ]. *Beitrag zur 
 
 Kenntnis der im Darme der Larve von Tenebno 
 
 molitor lebenden Gregarinen. 30 pp., 1 1. 8°. 
 
 Berlin, G. Sckade, 1902. 
 Berndt (Emil) [187f- 
 
 Angiome an der Stim. 
 
 H. Fienche, 1900. 
 Berndt (G. H.) Die 
 
 ]. *Zur Casuistik der 
 16 pp., 1 1. 8°- Kiel, 
 
 Schilchtemheit sowie 
 
 andere Angstzustande und ihre sofortige Be- 
 seitigung durch eln einfaches Verfahren. Mit 
 Unterstutzung von W. Gebhardt. 2. Aufl. 2 
 p. 1., 160 pp. 12°. Leipzig, F. W. Gloechner & 
 Co., 1901. 
 
 . The same. 4. Aufl. 160 pp. 8° Leipzig, 
 
 F. W. Gloechner & Co., 1902. 
 
 . The same. 5. Aufl. Ip.l., 160 pp. 8°. 
 
 Leipzig, F. W. Gloechner de Co., [1904]. 
 
 . Hochzeitsreisen und Flitterwochen. 
 
 Aerztliche Erfahrungen und Katschlage ftir 
 junge Eheleute. 3. Aufl. 113 pp. 12°. Leipzig, 
 Ernst, [1903]. 
 
 The same. 2. Aufl. 113 pp. 12°. Lap- 
 
 zig, 
 
 Ernst, [n. d.]. 
 Kalte Frauen. 
 
 Aerztliche Ratschlage fiir 
 Frauen, die nichts empfinden und deren Gatten, 
 die unter der Kalte leiden. [1. Aufl.] 85 pp. 
 8°. Leipzig, A. Kade, [n. d.]. 
 
 . The same. 2. Aufl. 5. Tausend. 85 pp. 
 
 12°. Leipzig, A. Kade, [1906]. 
 
 Keine Fussleiden mehrl Neue Mittel 
 
 und Wege zur Heilung fiir alle, die an kalten 
 Fiissen, Schweissfiissen, Frostbeulen, einge- 
 wachsenem Nagel, Plattfiisser, schlechtem Gang 
 u. s. w. leiden. 46 pp. 8°. Leipzig, F. W. 
 Gloechner & Co., [1907?]. 
 The same. 46 pp. 8°. Leipzig, R. 
 
 Nitzschhe, [n. d.]. 
 
 Die Heilung der SchwerhSrigkeit, Ohren- 
 
 sausen und Ghrenleiden durch die Methode des 
 Dr. Marage. Gemeinverstandlich beschrieben. 
 2. Aufl. 14 pp. 8°- Leipzig, F. W. Gloechner, 
 [n. d.]. 
 
BEENDT. 
 
 477 
 
 BERNHARDT. 
 
 Berndt (Wilhelm) [1876- ]. *Beitrag zur 
 Pathologie der Varicellen. 28 pp. 8°. Leipzig, 
 B. Oeorgi, 1906. 
 
 Berne (Carl). Berne's home assistant, a cyclope- 
 dia of practical recipes, viii, 7-315 pp. 8°. 
 Bennington, Vt, C. Berne, [n. rf.]. 
 
 Berne (Georges) [1855- ]. Le massage; manuel 
 , th^oriqiie et pratique. 2. ^d. 1 p. 1., 414 pp. 
 12°. Paris, J. Rueff, 1901. 
 
 . The same. 3. ^d. 414 pp. 12°. Paris, 
 
 Charrurot de Renovard, 1905. 
 
 ■ . The same. 4. ed. 414 pp. 12°. Paris, 
 
 J.-B. Baillike & fils, 1908. 
 
 Berne (Prosper) [1874r- ]. *Le s6ro-diagnostic 
 de la fifevre typhoide dans les hopitaux de 
 Lyon pendant un an, 1898-9. 107 pp. 8°. 
 Lyon, 1899, No. 49. 
 
 Berneaud (George) [1883- ]. *Ueber seltene 
 Aetiologie dea Puerperalfiebers. 28 pp. 8° 
 Greifswald, R. Adler, 1910. 
 
 Berneaud (Julius_ Emil [Curt]) _ [1883- _ ]. 
 *Koterbrechen bei tabischen Matrischen Krisen. 
 24 pp. 8°. Marburg a. L., H. Bauer, 1910. 
 
 Berneburg (Otto Paul). *Untersuchungen iiber 
 die normale Rektal- und Vaginaltemperatur dea 
 Schafes und der Ziege. 56 pp., 14 1., 4 ch. 8°. 
 Jena, G. Neuenhahn, 1908. 
 
 Berneick (Eugen) [1873- ]. *Die Sozojodol- 
 therapie bei Ohren-, Nasen- und Kachenliank- 
 heiten. 29 pp., 1 1. 8°. Konigsberg i. Pr., M. 
 lAedtke, 1897. 
 
 BernekeF (Oswald) [1879-_ ]. *Die medizini- 
 schenGesichtspunkte bei der Bekampfung der 
 ■venerischen Krankheiten. 40 pp. 8°. Berlin, 
 0. Franche, 1903. 
 
 Bernel (Charles-Jean-Alexandre) [1878- ]. 
 
 *Sur un nouveau mode de traitement chirurgi- 
 cal des prolapsus totaux du rectum. 52 pp., 1 
 pi. 8°. Bordeaux, P. Cassignol, 1901, No. 11. 
 
 BerneUe (Fr6d&ic-Henri) [1883- ]. *La 
 psychose de Gilles de Rais, sire de Laval, 
 mar^chal de Prance, 1404-40. 87 pp. 8°- 
 Paris, 1910, No. 218. 
 
 Berner (Agnes). *Versuche tiber die narkoti- 
 schen Eigenschaften der Solanaceen. [Bern.] 
 12 pp. 8°. Berlin, L. Schumacher, 1911. 
 
 Berner (Heinrich) [1829-1903]. 
 
 [Biography.] Mitt. d. Ver. bad. Tierarzte, Karlsruhe, 
 1903, iii, 161-167. 
 
 Berner (0.) Die Cystenniere; Studien uber 
 ihre pathologische Anatomie. 4 p. 1., iv (1 1.), 
 284 pp., 1 1., 26 pi. 8°. Jena, G. Fischer, 1913. 
 
 de Berneriis (Gerardo). 
 
 Carbonelll ( G . ) Dieci consign medici dettati da Maestro 
 Gerardo de Berneriis, medico alessandrino, lettore nello 
 studio di Pavia nel secolo xv. Bassegna di clin., terap. [etc.], 
 Roma, 1916, xv, 1-129. 
 
 Bernert (Richard). Zur Klinik der Pericarditis 
 exsudativa (Pericarditis exsudativa mit inter- 
 mittierend-remittierendem Verlauf). pp. 97- 
 128, 8°. Berlin & Wien, Urban & Scharzen- 
 berg, 1910. 
 Forms 4. Hit., v. 6, of: Beiliette z. Med. Klin. 
 
 . Kardiale Dyspnoe. 1 p. 1., Ill pp. 8°. 
 
 Leipzig & Wien, F. Deutiche, 1910. 
 Bernes-Lassere. *De la cure radicale de la 
 
 hemie inguinale chez les enfants. 75 pp., 1 1. 
 
 8°. Toulouse, 1897, No. 179. 
 
 Bernet (Henri) [1850-1904]. 
 
 NScrologie. Rev. m6d. de la Suisse Eom., Genfeve, 1904, 
 xxiv, 505. 
 
 Bernes (Henri-Lfon) [1880- ]. *Gontribution 
 k r^tude de I'appendicite causae par les anne- 
 xites. 114 pp., 5 pl„ 2 1. 8°. Bordeaux, 1905. 
 
 Bernfeld (Isidor) [1872- ]. _ *IIeber die Be- 
 ziehungen der Urikamie zur Gicht. Eine Ueber- 
 sicht iiber die bisherigen Theorien. 52 pp. 8°. 
 Leipzig, E. Lehmann. 1914. 
 
 Bernbard (Carl). *Ueber Immunisirung durch 
 die Milch typhoser Ammen. 31pp. 8°. Strass- 
 burg, C. & J. Gceller, 1899. 
 
 Bernliard(Friedrich Heinrich) [1876- ]. *Dop- 
 pelseitige Recurrenslahmunginfolge von Aorten- 
 aneurysma. 46 pp., 1 pi., 11. 8°. Leipzig, B. 
 Georoi 1905 
 
 Bernbard (Gottfried) [1879- ]. *Ueber Erysi- 
 pel-Gungran des Hodensackes und der Penis- 
 haut. 24 pp., 1 1. 8°. Miinchen, C. Wolf & 
 Sohn, 1905. 
 
 Bernbard (Henri). *I. Recherches sur quelques 
 d6riv6s du biph6nylmdthglolid. II. Recherches 
 sur la methylation de quelques derives de I'an- 
 thraquinone. 63 pp. 8°. Geneve, C. Zoellner, 
 1905. 
 
 Bernbard (Karl) [1876- ]. *Ein Fall von 
 Pemphigus vegetans mit besonderer Beriick- 
 sichtigung der Histologic. 42 pp. 8°. Freiburg 
 i. B., E. Kuttruff, 1902. 
 
 Bernbard (Matthaus) [1874- J. *Hemeralopie 
 und Xerosis conjunctivse bei Potatoren. 26 
 pp., IL 8°. Tubingen, G. Schniirlen, 1902. 
 
 Bernbard_ (Oscar). Manuel du samaritain, avec 
 des considerations particuUferes sur les secours 
 k dormer aux blessfe dans les accidents de mon- 
 tagne; d^die aux samaritains, aux alpinistes, 
 aux guides et porteurs et aux touristes. Traduit 
 de I'allemand par Garot. viii, 102 pp. 12°. 
 Samaden, 8. Tanner, 1896. 
 
 . The same. First aid to the injured; with 
 
 special reference to accidents occurring in the 
 mountains. A handbook for guides, climbers, 
 and travellers. Translated from the German by 
 Michael G. Foster, viii, 136 pp. 12°. London, 
 T. F. Unwin, 1900. _ 
 
 Heliotherapie im Hochgebirge, mit be- 
 
 sonderer Besucksichtigung der Behandlung der 
 chirurgischen Tuberkulose. 2 p. 1. , 96 pp. , 11 pi. 
 8°. Stuttgart, F. Enke, 1912. 
 
 Bernhard (Paul) [1862-1904]. 
 
 Sclmild-Florinet(E.) [Biography.) Cor.-BI. f. schweiz. 
 Aerzte, Basel, 1905, xxxv, 91. 
 
 Bernbard (Paul) [1876- ]. *Drei FaUe von 
 
 Tabes dorsalis. 32 pp., 1 1. 8° Miinchen, C. 
 
 Wolf & Sohn, 1902. 
 Bernhard (Siegfried) [1887- ]. *Osmotischer 
 
 Druck und Eiweissgehalt des Blutes alimentar 
 
 intoxizierter Sauglinge. 1 p. 1., 25 pp., 1 1. 8°. 
 
 Leipzig, F. Peter, JVachf., 1913. 
 Bernhardt (Ernst) [1884- ]. *Ueber neuere 
 
 Modifikationen (Karvonen, Manoiloff) und zur 
 
 Technik der Wassermann'schen Reaktion. 
 
 [Leipzig.] 32 pp. 8°. Berlin, S. Seemann, 1912. 
 Bernhardt (Hans) [1882- ]. *Ueber die 
 
 Vererbung der iimeren Knochenarchitektur beim 
 
 Menschen und die Teleologie bei Julius Wolff. 
 
 19 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Eeilbronn, C. Rembold, 1907. 
 Bernhardt (Hugo) [1882- ]. *Die Thranen- 
 
 schlauchatresie der Neugeborenen. 57 pp. 8°. 
 
 Rostock, Adler's Erben, 1907. 
 Bernhardt (Martin) [1844-1915]. Die Erkran- 
 
 kungen der peripherischen Nerven. I. Theil. 
 
 2. neu bearbeitete und vermehrte Aufi. viii, 545 
 
 pp., 6 pi. 8°. Wien, A. Holder, 1902. 
 
 The same. II. Theil. Nebst Anhang: 
 
 Akroparasthesien, von L. von Franke-Hoch- 
 wart. 2. Aufl. viii, 537 pp. 8°. Wien, A. 
 Holder, 1904. 
 
BERNHARDT. 
 
 478 
 
 BERNKOPF. 
 
 Bernhardt (Martin)— continued. 
 
 . Die Betriebsunfalle der TelephonistLnnen. 
 
 71 pp. 8°. Berlin, A. Eirschwald, 1906. 
 
 See, also, AJbeis-SchOnbeig, BernliaTdt (M.) \et al.\. 
 Elektrmtat [etc.]. 8°. Jen%, 1909. 
 
 Far Biography, see Berl. klin. Wchnschr... 1915, lii, 335 (M. 
 Rothmann). Also: Deutsche med. Wohnsohr., Berl. & 
 w P.^V^^l\.''^''j ^^5 (•*^- Leppmann). Also: J. Nerv. & 
 Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1917, xliv, 478-480 (S. E. Jellille). AUo: 
 Med. Kim., Berl , 1915, xi, 411 (Cassirer). Also: Monatschr. 
 f. Psyohiat. u. Neurol., Berl., 1915, xxxviii, 260 (Kramer). 
 
 Bernhardt (Paul). *Die Radicaloperation der 
 Leistenbriiche nach Kocher's Verlagenmgs- 
 methode auf Grund von Erfahrungen der 
 Strassburger cHrurgischen Klinik. 78 pp. 8°- 
 Strassburg, J. Singer, 1899. 
 
 Bernhardt (Robert). Erbgrind (Favus). 30 pp. 
 8°. Berlin & Wien, 1901. 
 
 Forms 9. Hft., v. 27, of: Wien. KUnik. 
 
 Bernheim (Albert). 
 
 See Boas (I.) Diseases of the stomach [etc.]. 8°. PMli- 
 delphia, 1907. 
 
 Bernheun (Andr6) [1877- ]. *Contribution k 
 r^tude de la blennorrhagie latente chez la 
 femme; uterus et trompes. 96 pp. 8°. Pons, 
 1904, No. 356. 
 
 Bernheim (Bertram Moses) [1880- ]. Surgery 
 of the vascular system, xii, 104 pp. 8°. Phila- 
 delphia & London, J. B. Lippincott Company, 
 
 . Blood transfusion, hemorrhage and the 
 
 ansemiafl. xix, 259 pp. 8°. Philadelphia & 
 
 London, J. B. Lippincott Co., [1917]. 
 Bernheim (Femand) [1873- ]. *L'op&ation 
 
 de Schrceder; son influence sur la conception, 
 
 la grossesse et I'accouchement. Ill pp. 8° 
 
 Paris, 1899, No. 64._ 
 . *De I'aphasie motrice. Etude anatomo- 
 
 cUnique et physiologique. 374 pp., 1 1. 8°. 
 
 PaTis 1900 No 129 
 Bernheim ([Heinrich Paul] Wilhelm) [1882- ]. 
 
 *Die Erysipeltherapie. 56 pp. 8°. Rostock, 
 
 Adlers Erhen, 1909. 
 Bernheim (Hippolyte). L'hypnotisme et la 
 
 suggestion dans leurs rapports avec la m^decine 
 
 legale. 102 pp., 1 1. 8 . Nancy, A. Cripin- 
 
 Leblond, 1897. _ 
 . Hypnotisme, suggestion, psychoth&apie, 
 
 avec considerations nouvelles sur I'hystgrie. 
 
 2. 6d., revue, corrig^e et augment^e. ii, 690 pp. 
 
 8°. Paris, 0. Doin, 1903. 
 
 The same. 3. 6d. xl, 755 pp. 8° Paris, 
 
 0. Doin & fils, 1910. 
 
 Doctrine de I'aphasie; conception nou- 
 
 velle. 27 pp. 8°. Paris, 0. Doin, 1907. 
 . Neurasth^nies et psychon^vroses. 75 pp. 
 
 8°. Paris, 0. Doin, 1908. 
 . L'aphasie; conception psychologique et 
 
 clinique. vi, 144 pp. 8°. Paris, 0. Doin & 
 
 fils, 1914. 
 
 See, also, Amselle (Gaston). Conception de rhyst(5rie 
 
 [etc.]. 8°. Farts, 1907.— Blum (Paul). Des anejthcSsies 
 
 psychjques [etc.]. 8°. Faris, 1906.— Mvy (Paul-Emile). 
 
 L'education rationnelle de la volenti; son emploi th^rapeu- 
 
 tique. 8°. Paris, 1898. 
 
 Bernheim (Jakob). Ueber die Pathogenese und 
 Serumtherapie der schweren Rachendiphtherie. 
 Klinische und experimentelle Untersuchungen. 
 66 pp., 2diag. 8° Leipzig & Wien, F. Deuticke, 
 1898. 
 
 Bernheim (Samuel) [1855- _ ]. Immunisation 
 et s6rumth&apie; t6tanos-dipht6rie, tubercu- 
 losa, pneumome, cholera, variole, septic^mie, 
 syphius, fifevre typhoide, influenza, venins, 
 charbon, etreptococcie, cancer, Ifepre, fifevre 
 r^currente, muguet. 10. ^d. vii, 362 pp. 12°. 
 Paris, A. Maloine, 1897. 
 
 Bernheim (Samuel) — continued. 
 
 . La medication ergot^e; ergot de seigle, 
 
 ergotine, ergotinine; etude experimentale et 
 clinique. xi, 196 pp. 12°- Paris, A. Maloine, 
 1900. 
 
 La tuberculose et la medication creosotee. 
 
 318 pp. 8°. Paris, A. Maloine, 1901. 
 
 . La tuberculosa; ses causes, son traite- 
 
 ment, les moyens de s'en preserver. 314 pp. 
 12° Paris, J. Rousset, 1903. 
 
 . Le dispensaire antituberculeux. 102 pp. 
 
 8° Paris, Rousset, [n. d.']. 
 
 . L'ad_ministration intestinale des medica- 
 ments. (Etude experimentale et clinique.) 
 96 pp. 8°. Paris, Maloine, [n. d.J. 
 
 Also, Editor of: Independance (L') tn^dicale et la MiSde- 
 cine orientate, Paris, 1912. Also, Editor of: R«vue Interna- 
 tionale de la tuberculose, Paris, 1913. 
 
 & Bousseau (Paul). Le cheval aliment. 
 
 224 pp. 8°. Paris, J. Rousset, 1908. 
 Bernheim-Karrer (Jakob) [1868- ]. Ge- 
 
 sundheitspflege des Kindes. xii, 144 pp. 8°. 
 
 Zibich, SchUlthess & Co., 1912. 
 Bernier (Jean-Baptiste) [1886- _ ]. *Contribu- 
 
 tion S, retude de la dilatation aigue post-opera- 
 
 toire de I'estomac. 56 pp. 8°. Paris, 1912, No. 
 
 188. 
 Bernier (Rene). *Sur la presence de I'acide gly- 
 
 curonique et de certains hydrates de carbone 
 
 dans I'urine normale. 120 pp. 8°. Paris, 1910, 
 
 No. 7. 
 Bernier (Xavier - Marie - Joseph) [1889- ]. 
 
 *Etude medicale sur les prisons de Nantes 
 
 pendant la terreur. 74 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1914, 
 
 No. 96. 
 Bernilier (Nikolai). *Die zerstiickelnden Opera- 
 
 tionen am lebenden und toten Kinde aus dem 
 
 Frauenspital Basel-Stadt 1896-1907. 32 pp: 8°. 
 
 Basel, P. Reinhardt, 1908. 
 BerniliOW (Theodor) [1872- ]. *Die Augen- 
 
 heilkunde dea Avicenna; nach dem Liber 
 
 canonis zum erstenmal ins Deutsche ubertragen 
 
 (iii. Teil). 34 pp., 1 1. 8°. Berlin, G. Schade, 
 
 1900. 
 Bernin (August'e). *Les laits de la principaute de 
 
 Monaco etde ses environs immediats. 49 pp. 8°. 
 
 Montpellier, 1913, No. 89. 
 Berninger ( Johannes )[ 1879- ]. *Ueber Herz- 
 
 verletzungen im Anschluss an einen Fall von 
 
 nicht perforierender HerzschusSwunde mit nach- 
 
 gefolgter Ruptur. [Miinchen.] 43 pp., 2 1. 8°. 
 
 Neutuied, Heusser, 1905. 
 Bernlnzone (M. R.) Sulla secrezione interna del 
 
 rene. 11 pp. roy. 8°. , Genova, 1900. 
 Bepr.from: Soo. lig. di sc. nat. e geog., 1900, xi. 
 
 BernioUe (M.-L.) [1879- ]. *Le8 fibromes de 
 Tuterus sous-peritoneaux, a pedicule tordu au 
 cours et en dehors de la grossesse. 107 pp. 8°. 
 Paris, 1906, No. 276. 
 
 Bernis (Andre-Leopold) [1887- ]. *Reparti- 
 tion de I'azote urinaire dans quelques derma- 
 toses dites diathesiques. 93 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 
 1911, No. 10. 
 
 Bernitz (Martin Berhhard). Fasciculus medica- 
 mentorum singularium Cnoffelianorum. 
 
 See SclireBacr (Johann). Pharmaoopoea Sohroedero- 
 IIoIIinaniiiana[eto.]. fol. Genctias, 1687. 
 
 Bernius (Fritz [Hermann Mathaus]) [1877- ]. 
 *Ueber die KompUkation von UterusQarcinom 
 und Geburt. [Giessen.] 25 pp., 1 1. 8°. Mainz, 
 H. Pricharts, 1904. 
 
 Bernlcopf (Martin)_ [1877- ]. *Ueber ein 
 hsematoblastenhaltiges Osteoidsarkom. j^Wurz- 
 burg.] 32 pp., 2 1. 8°. Freiburg i. Br., Speyer 
 & Kaemer, 1902. 
 
BERNN. 
 
 479 
 
 BERNSTEIN. 
 
 Bernn (Julius) [1876- ]. *Ueber die in der 
 
 Heidelberger chirurgischen Klitiik 1900-1905 
 
 behandelten Falle von Carcinoma penis. 37 pp. 
 
 8°. Eeidelbberg, Homing & Berlcenhusch, 1907 
 Bernot (H.) _ Medication cacodylique; chimie, 
 
 pharmacologie, th^rapeutique. 22 pp. 8° 
 
 Paris, Lahure, {n. rf.]. 
 Bernot (Jean) [1883- ]. *Manifestatiqns pleu- 
 
 rales droites dans les cardiopathieB, le brightisme 
 
 et rart6rio-scl6rose. (Etude clinique et patho- 
 
 g&ie.) 100 pp. , 8°. Paris, 1910, No. 481. 
 Bernou (Andr6-Edouard-MaTirice) [1889- ]. 
 
 *Consid6rations Bur la tachycardie, la bradycar- 
 
 die et le bruit de galop dans la fifevre typhoide de 
 
 I'adulte. 80 pp., 1 ch. 8°. Bordeavx, 1917, 
 
 No. 28. 
 Bernou (Joseph - !Edouard - Pierre) [1853- ]. 
 
 *De Taction nuisible des eaux sfl&ito-magnl- 
 
 siennes du nord africain et de leur purification. 
 
 [Bordeaux.] 47 pp., 2 1., 1 pi. 8*. CMteau- 
 
 briant, 1897, No. 43. 
 Bernoud (Claude) [1870- ]. *De la syphilis 
 
 tertiaiie des fosses nasales (6tude clinique). 
 
 142 pp., 1 1. [Lyon.] 8° Saint-Etienne, 1898, 
 
 No. 10. 
 . The same. 142 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, A. 
 
 Maloine, 1899. 
 Bernoud (Ferdinand) [1878- ). *Contribu- 
 
 tion k I'^tude de la py61o-nephiite gravidique. 
 
 100 pp. 8° Bordeaux, W02, No. 51. 
 Bernoulli (August). *Die Passivitat des Chroms 
 
 nach der Faraday'schen Theorie. [Miinchen.] 
 
 61 pp. 8°. Leipzig, G. Fock, 1904. 
 Bernoulli (Eugen). *Magen-r)annkfebs in den 
 
 beiden ersten Lebensdezennien. [Basel.] 27 
 
 pp. 8°. Berlin, L. Karger, 1907. 
 Bernoulli (Joh.) [1667-1748]. 
 
 Fm PortraU, see Collection Portr. (Lite.). 
 
 Bernoulli . (Paul Daniel) [1882- ]. *Ueber 
 primare Lungensarkomatose. 39 pp., 1 1. 8°. 
 Miinchen, Kastner & Callwey, 1907 
 
 Bernoulli {WiThelm) [1838-1914]. 
 
 Bagenbach. Nekrolog. Cor.-Bl. t. schweiz. Aerzte, 
 Basel, 1914, xliv, 210-212. 
 
 Berns (Arnold) [1875- ]. *Zur Kenntnis der 
 traumatischen trockenen Peritonitis. 28 pp. , 2 1. 
 8°. Marburg, K. Gleiser, 1901. 
 
 Beinson {Mile. Dweira). *Necessite d'une loi 
 protectrice pour la femme ouvrifere avant et 
 apr^ ses couches; 6tude d'hygifene sociale. 
 140 pp., 14 1. 8°. Lille, 1899, No. 124. 
 
 Bernstein (A. B.) *K farmakologii benzoinoi 
 kislotl i yeya proizvodnlkh: natr. beng., orto- 
 form^ ortoform hydrochlor., nirvanin, sac- 
 charin. [Pharmacology of benzoic acid and its 
 derivatives.] 144 pp., 3 1. 8°. Turyev, K. 
 Mattisen, 1900. 
 
 Bernstein (Aba) [1882- ]. *Zur klinischen 
 Diagnose des primaren Lungencarcinoms. 43 
 pp. 8°. Miinchen, G. C. Steinicke, 1909. 
 
 Bernstein (Anna). *Des pyelon6phrites de la 
 grossesse. 26 pp. 8°. Genhe, C. Zosllner, 1907 . 
 
 Bernstein (Arthur) [1862- ]. *Ein Beitrag 
 zur Genese und Prophylaxe , der Puerperal- 
 Kranheiten. [Leipzig.] 33 pp. 8°- Berlin, 
 M. Boding, 1894. 
 
 Bernstein (Berthold Bemhard). Die Prostitu- 
 tion in ihrer Beziehung zu den Geschlechts- 
 krankheiten. Besprechung alter und neuer 
 Praventivmittel. 35 pp. 8°. Miinchen, A. 
 Wdnreich, 1878. 
 
 Bernstein (Julius) [1839-1917]. _ Untersuchungen 
 iiber den Erregungsvorgang im Nerven- und 
 Muskelsysteme. 240 pp., 4 pi. 8°. Heidelberg, 
 C. Winter, 1871. 
 
 . Die fiinf Sinne des Menschen. 2. Aufl. 
 
 xii, 285 pp. 12°. Leipzig, F. A. Brockhaios, 1889. 
 Die Vorbildung der Medicin-Studirenden 
 
 im Hinblick auf den Entwurf der neuen Prti- 
 fungsordnung. 25 pp. 8°- Braunschweig, F. 
 Vieweg & Sohn, 1899. 
 
 Lehrbuch der Physiologie des thieri- 
 
 schen Organismus im speciellen des Menschen. 
 2. Aufl. xiv, 696 pp. 8°. Stuttgart, F. Enke, 
 1900. 
 
 -. The same. 3. Aufl. xvi, 724 pp. 8°. 
 
 Stuttgart, F. Enke, 1910. 
 
 The same. Uchebnik fiziologii zhivot- 
 
 navo organizma i v chastnosti chelovieka. 
 Perevod M. Liona. 773 pp. 8° Moskva, A. A: 
 Kartseff, 1895. 
 
 -. Die Krafte der Bewegung in der leben- 
 
 den Substanz. 27 pp. 8°. Braunschweig, F. 
 Vieweg & Sohn, 1902. 
 
 Elektrobiologie; die Lehre von den elek- 
 
 trischen Vorgangen im Organismus auf moder- 
 ner Grundlage dargeetellt. ix, 215 pp. 8°. 
 Braunschweig, F. Vieweg & Sohn, 1912. 
 
 For Biography, see Med. Klin., Berl., 1917, Jdii, 260 (E. 
 Abderhalden). 
 
 & Tschermak (A.) Ueber das thermi- 
 
 sche Verhalten des elektrischen Organs von 
 Torpedo. 13 pp. 8°. Berlin, G. Reimer, 1904. 
 Eepr.fTom: Sitzungsb. d. k.-preussjuAJcad. d. Wissensch., 
 Berl., 1904. 
 
 Bernstein (Julius [Meyer]). Summary of litera- 
 ture relating to bionomics of the parasitic fungus 
 of fliea (Empusa muscse). pp. 41-44. 8°. 
 London, Darling & Son, 1910. 
 
 Eep. Soc. Gov. Bd., Lond., 1910, xl, pt. 2. 
 
 . Applied pathology, being a guide to the 
 
 application of modern pathological methods to 
 diagnosis and treatment, xvi, 395 pp., 5 col. 
 pi. 8°. London, University of London Press, 
 [1913]. 
 
 ;-. The destruction of flies by means of bac- 
 terial cultures, an investigation of experimental 
 work originated by Mr. Edgar Hess. pp. 27-31 
 8°. London, J. Truscott & Son, 1914. 
 Eep. Soo. Gov. Bd., Loud., 1914, n. s.. No. 102. 
 
 Betnstein (Malvina). *Die Erkrankungen und 
 SterbUchkeit der Kinder an Gastro-Enteritis 
 im Jahre 1898 in Zurich in Hinsicht auf ihre 
 Abhangigkeit von der Blasenseuche (Maul- und 
 Klauenseuche) der Ktihe. 26 pp. 8°. Ziirich, 
 J. F. Kobold-Liidi, 1905. 
 
 Bernstein^ (Mor.) Anleitung zur Verhiltung ge- 
 Bchlechtlicher Erkrankungen f iir das mannliche 
 Geschlecht. Mit einem Vorwort von Max Joseph. 
 48 pp. 12°. Cassel, T. G. Fischer, 1900. 
 
 . Die Geschlechtskrankheiten. Ratschlage 
 
 fiir Manner. 3. veranderte und erweiterte Aiifl. 
 45 pp. 16°. Cassel, T. G. Fischer, [1903]. 
 
 5. Aufl. 28 pp. 24°. Berlin, T. G. 
 
 Fischer, [1904]. 
 
 Bernstein (Rahel). *Ueber Spina bifida. 34 pp., 
 11. 8°. Freiburg i. B., Hammerschlag & Kdhle, 
 1909. 
 
 Bernstein (Richard). Die Berufskrankheiten der 
 Land- und Forstarbeiter, mit besonderer Be- 
 riicksichtigung ihrer Berufshygiene. Fiir Aerzte, 
 Landwirte, Forstbeamte und Versicherungs- 
 praktiker. viii, 211 pp. roy. 8°. Stuttgart, 
 F. Enke, 1910. 
 
BERNSTEIN. 
 
 480 
 
 BERRY. 
 
 Bernstein (Sophie). *Contribution ^I'^tude 
 d'un mode de traitement dela bronchite asth- 
 matique (essai de pathog^nie). 89 pp. 8°. 
 Paris, 1909, No. 160. 
 
 Bernstein (Wolf) [1885- ]. *Ein Beitrag zur 
 Kasuistik der Spina bifida. 28 pp. 8°. Berlin, 
 E. Ebering, 1909. 
 
 Bernstein-Kolian (Alexander). *UnterBuchun- 
 
 fen iiber den Verlauf und die Dauererfblge der 
 mngentuberkulose im Hochgebirge (Arosa 
 1750^1850 Meter ti. M.) jmit besonderer Bertick- 
 sicbtigung sozial-medizimBcher Momente. 92 
 pp. 8°. Zurich, Gehr. Leemann de Co., 1910. 
 Bernstein-KohaQ (Leontine). _ *Das_ Verhalten 
 des Patellarsehnenreflexes bei Meningitis. 51 
 pp. 8°. Zurich, Schereschewsky, 1909. 
 
 Berntheisel {George W.) [1844-1918]. 
 
 Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1918, Ixx, 1878. 
 Berny (Joseph). *La pubiotomie en France au 
 
 31 d^cembre 1906. 104 pp. 8°. Toulouse, 1907, 
 
 No. 706. 
 Beroaldus (Philippus). Declamatio an orator sit 
 
 philosopho et medico anteponendus. 40 1. 4°. 
 
 iologna, Benedictus Hectons Faelli, 13 December, 
 
 1497. 
 . Varia Philippi Beroaldi opuscula in hoc 
 
 codice contenta. (Jrationes: praelectiones[etc.]. 
 'Ejusdem opusculum de terrsemotu & pesti- 
 
 lentia. Annotationes in Galenum. 162 1. 4°. 
 
 Badlex, 1513. 
 
 Bero& . 
 
 Klnoshlta (T.) ITeber den Einfluss meclianisclier und 
 elektrischer Eeize f ' "' "" " '^ ' 
 
 Jorscalii. Zentralbl. 
 
 726-728.— LiOjacono , . 
 
 forskalii, M. Edw. — B. ovata. Lam.). J. de physiol. et de 
 path, zin.. Par., 1908, x, 1001-1008. 
 
 Beroff (D.) *i;tude clinique sur dix-huit obser- 
 vations d' Epithelioma de la langue. 84 pp. 8°. 
 Toulouse, 1900, No. 358. 
 
 Berol (Felix) [1872-1914]. The Berol system of 
 memory training. Supplemented by_ William 
 Berol, the complete mnemotechnical dictionary. 
 323, [1] pp. 24^. [New Tark, The Brieger Press], 
 1918. 
 
 Berol (William). 
 
 SeeBeroUF.) The Berol system, etc. 24°. [JftM Ybrit], 
 1918. 
 
 Beros (Georges-Ferdinand-Jean-Joseph) [1884t _] 
 ♦Contribution k I'Etude des perforations intesti- 
 nales chez les typhiques. 81pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 
 1906, No. 10. 
 
 Berr (A.) *De animse nostrse actiqhe m somno et 
 in aliis vitse nostrse sese prsestandi modis quibus- 
 dam somno BimiUbuB disquisitio. 16 pp. , 2 1. 8° . 
 Monachii, E. Stahl, 1860. 
 German text, 
 
 Berr anger (A.) *P6ri8inuBite maxillaire ou ost^o- 
 p6riostite phlegmoneuse ant6rieure du maxil- 
 laire BupEneur. 74 pp. 8°. Toulouse, 1910, 
 No. 878. , 
 
 Berre (Jules-Joseph) [1876- ]. *Etude cli- 
 nique BUT rh^redo-syphilis Jl forme fniste chez 
 lesnoturissons. 50 pp., 11. 8°. Paris, 1900, No. 
 498. 
 
 Berret (Henri) [1877- ]. *De Taction de 
 I'acide formique sur les maladies k tremble- 
 ments. 68 pp., 21. 8°. iyon, 1905, No. 6. 
 
 Berretta (Charles) [1881- ]. *Valeur th^ra- 
 peutique de I'incision immediate dans les rup- 
 tures traumatiques de I'urStre. 61 pp., 11. 8 . 
 Montpdlier, 1906, No. 12. 
 
 Berridge (Edward William). A repertory to the 
 materia medica. 220 pp. 8°. Philadelphm, 
 Hahnemann. Month., 1869. . . . „„ „ 
 
 See, aUo, Swan (S.) A materia medica, teto.]. 8 . New 
 Yorl, 1888. 
 
 Berrler (Alexis). *Contribution k I'^tude de la 
 coexistance de I'ulcfere et du cancer de I'esto- 
 mac, et des perforations de I'estomac au cours du 
 cancer. 78 pp., 11. 8°. Pam, 1902, No. 555. 
 
 Berricr (Leroy). Le magn^tisme personnel. Une 
 m6thode pour le d^velopper. TtaitE de culture 
 humaine. Traduit de Panglais et interpr6t6 par 
 Paul Nyrsens. 3. 6d. 168 pp. 12°. Paris, A. 
 Maloine, [n. d.]. 
 
 Berries. 
 
 Grlebel (C.) Ueber die Moosebeere raid ihren Nachweis 
 in eingemaohteii Preisselbeeren. Ztsohr. 1. Untersuoh. d. 
 
 Nahrungs- u. Genussmittel, Berl., 1909, xvii, 65-73. . 
 
 Beitrage zur Kenntnls der chemischen Zusammensetzung 
 der Preisselbeeren, Moosbeeren und Kranbeeren. Ibid., 
 xix, 241-252.— Kannglesser (F.) Zur Frage der Giftigkeit 
 einzelner Beeren. St. Petersb. mcd. Ztsohr., 1912, xxxvii, 
 301.— Wlnternitz (W.) Heidelbeeren in der Therapie. 
 Ztsohr. f. Balneol., Klimat. [etc.]. Berl., 1910, iii, 355.— 
 Wlnton (A. L.) The anatomy of edible berries. Am. J. 
 Pharm., Phila., 1904, Ixxvi, 428; 533: 1905, Ixxvii, 20. 
 
 Berrueco (Ignacio). *Breve8 _ consideraciones 
 
 sobre el mal de Addison en Mexico. 105 pp. , 11. 
 
 4°. Mixico, C. Berrueco, 1882. 
 . *E8tudio comparativo sobre la acci6n de 
 
 los antitErmicos o antipir^ticos en el tifo. 37 pp., 
 
 2 diag. 8°. Mexico, C. Berrueco & Co., 1888. 
 Berruti (Carlo) & Franchini (Carlo). Elementi 
 
 di medicina operatoria. 198 pp. 12°. Napoli, 
 
 F. Sangiovanni, 1899. 
 Berruti (GiuBeppe) [1841-1911]. La scrofola e gli 
 
 ospizi marini. 30 pp. 8°. [Torino, A. Odde- 
 
 nmo & Co., 1871.] 
 
 •. L'ospedale Maria Vittoria nel suo primo 
 
 ventennio di esercizio (1887-1906); ricordi del 
 fondatore. 126 pp., port. 8°. Torim), G. B. 
 Paravia & Co., 1907. 
 
 For Biography, see Gior. d. Osp. Maria Vittoria, Torino, 
 1911, xi, 71-78, port. (L. Bergesio). 
 
 Berruti (Secundus Joannes Maria) [1796-1870J. 
 *Ex physica, de luce. Ex anatome, de oculi 
 globo. Ex physiologia, de visu. Ex pathologia 
 general!, de metaachematismo. Ex materie me- 
 dica, de epispasticis. Ex medicina theorico- 
 practica, de inflammationibus. 93 pp., 11. 12°. 
 Augustas Taurinorwm, ex typ. indum Pomba et 
 filiorum, 1823. 
 
 . Sulla generazione spontanea e suUa 
 
 natura dei zoospermi. pp. 130-157. 8°. Torino, 
 1842. [P.. V. 2234.] 
 
 Berruyer (Gaston). *Du drainage du p6ritoine 
 aprfes laparotomie pour lesions ut6ro-armexielles 
 et de la p6riton6oplaBtie pelvienne. 86 pp. 8°. 
 Paris, 1901, No. 84. 
 
 Berry (Albert) _[1873- ]. *Contribution_ k 
 r6tude du traitement des douleurs d'origine 
 gastrique. 68 pp. 8°. Pom, 1900, No. 56. 
 
 Berry (Frances May Dickinson). 
 
 See Berry (James), Berry (Frances May Dickinson) & 
 Blease (Walter Lyon). The story ol a Red Cross unit [eto.J. 
 8°. iondon, 1916. 
 
 Berry {Ducde). 
 
 Albertiis. Documents m4dico-historiqucs sur la mort du 
 due de Berry. Centre mfid. et pharm„ Gannat, 1907-«, xlii, 
 40-42.— Duple. I/a mort du duo de Berry. J. de mdd. de 
 Par., 1908, 2. s., xx, 143.— MSdcclns (Les) et la mort du duo 
 de Berry. Gaz. m6d. de Par., 1900, 11. s., iii, 396. 
 
 Berry {Duchesse de). 
 
 Muller (P.) L'^quipfe de la duchesse de Berry. Chron. 
 m^d., Par., 1910, xvii, 389, port. 
 
BERRY. 
 
 481 
 
 BERTAUDUS. 
 
 Berry (George Andreas) [1853- ]. Manual of 
 practical ophthalmology. , xix, 570 pp. 12°- 
 Edinburgh & London, Y. J. Pentland, 1904. 
 
 Berry (Henry Fitz- Patrick) [1847- ]. A history 
 of the Royal Dublin Society. 3 p. 1., v-xv, 460 
 pp., front, [etc.]. 8°. London, New York [etc.], 
 Longmans, Green & Co., 1915. 
 , Berry (James) [1860- ]. Diseases of the thy- 
 roid gland and their surgical treatment, xvi, 
 367 pp. 8° London, J. tSc A. Churchill, 1901. 
 
 • . The same, xvi, 367 pp. 8°. Philadel- 
 phia, P. Blakiston^s Son & Co., 1901. 
 
 A manual of surgical diagnosis, x, 363 pp. 
 
 12°. Philadelphia, Blakiston's Son & Co., 1904. 
 
 Sie, also, Butltn (Henry T.) On the operative surgery- 
 [etc.]. 2. ed. 8°. Philadelphia, 1900. 
 
 , Berry (Prances May Dicldnson) & Blease 
 
 (Walter Lyon). The story of a Red Cross unit 
 in Serbia, xv, 292 [2] pp. 8°. London, J. & A. 
 Churchill, 1916. 
 
 & Legg (Thomas Percy). Harelip and cleft 
 
 palate, with special reference to the operative 
 treatment and its results; 242 figures and ap- 
 pendix of cases of operation for cleft palate, 
 xvii, 324 pp. roy. 8°- London, J. & A. Churchill, 
 1912. 
 
 Berry (John McWiUiams) [1876- ]. Orthope- 
 dic surcery for nurses. 1 p. 1., 7-97 pp. 8°. 
 Philadelphia & London, W. B. Saunders Co., 
 1916. 
 
 Berry (Lawrence F.) [1882-1907]. 
 
 Obituary. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1907, Ixxxv, 705. 
 Berry (Paul-Mary) [1884- ]. , *Contribution a 
 rassainissement des villes. Evacuation, utili- 
 sation, incm^ration des ordures m6nagferes. 
 64 pp. 8°. Lille, G. Dubar & Cie., 1909, No. 8. 
 
 Berry {Percy Haycraft) [ -1916]. 
 
 Obituary. Lancet, Lond., 1910, i, 799. 
 
 Berry (Richard James Arthur) [1867- ]. The 
 essentials of regional anatomy, x, 484 pp. 8° 
 Edinburgh & London, W. Green & Sons, 1900. 
 
 . Regional anatomy. Vol. I. The upper 
 
 and lower limbs. Vol. II. The abdomen and 
 thorax. Vol. III. The head and neck. 8°. 
 Edinburgh, W. Green & Sons, 1902. 
 
 . Surface anatomy, xii, 244 pp. 8° 
 
 Edinburgh & London, VT. Green <fe Son, 1906. 
 -. A clinical atlas of sectional and topo- 
 
 graphical anatomy. 2p.l.,13pp.,60col.pl. fol. 
 
 Edinburgh & London, W. Green & Sons, 1911. 
 ; & Robertson (A. W. D.) Dioptrographic 
 
 tracings in four normse of fifty- two Tasmanian 
 
 crania. 11 pp., 208 pi. 4°- Melbourne, Gov. 
 
 Print. Office, J. Kemp, 1909. 
 
 Forms pt. 1, v. 5, of: Tr. Hoy. See. oJ Victoria. 
 Berry (W. G.) Coloring matters for foodstufis and 
 
 methods for their detection. 
 
 In: U. S. Dep. Agric. Bureau of ohemistrv. Wash , 
 
 1905, Cir. No. 25. 
 
 Bersch (Wilhelm J. K.) [186S- ]. Hefen, 
 SchimmelpUze und Bakterien. Eiue Darstel- 
 lungder Lebensbedingungen, Ei^nschaften und 
 Verwendung der technisch wichtigen MOcroor- 
 ganismen in der Praxis, vui, 462 pp. 8°. Wien 
 ds Leipzig, A. Hartleben, 1910. 
 
 Bersctaadsky (Aron) [1873- ]. Darmausschal- 
 tungen. 40 pp. 8°. Berlin. E. Ebering, 1906. 
 
 Berstein (Berthe). *A propos d'un cas d'ut6rus 
 bicornis segtus chez Macacus rhesus. 33 pp. 8°. 
 Genbve, Kiindig, 1908. 
 
 Berster _(Hermann [Joseph]) 1873- ]. *Ueber 
 Mekonium, insbesondere fiber seine Bedeutung 
 in gerichtsarztlicher Beziehung. 30 pp. 8°. 
 Bonn, A. Henry, 1898. 
 
 96808°— Vol. II. 8d series— 19- 
 
 -31 
 
 Berstl (Sigismund). Die Rinder-Tuberculose 
 (Perlsucht) und das Tuberculin. 33 pp. 12°. 
 Wien & Leipzig, W. Braumiiller, 1897. 
 
 . Ueber Pferde- und Rinderkrankheiten; 
 
 die erste Hilfeleistung bei denselben und fiber 
 Geburtshilfe. 53 pp. 12°. Brilnn, Karafiat & 
 Sohn, 1901. 
 
 Bert (A[m6d^e]) & PeUanda (C.') La nomencla- 
 ture anatomique et ses origines; explication des 
 termes anciens employes de nos jours, v, 100 
 pp. 8°. Paris, F. Atcan, '1904. 
 
 Bert (G^rard-Marie-Joseph) [1863- ]. *Traite- 
 ment dea deviations de la cloison nasale. 77 pp. 
 8°. Bordeaux, 1901, No. 78. 
 
 Bert (Jules-Henri). *Contribution h, I'^tude des 
 hdmorrhagies multiples d'origine hyst^rique. 
 87 pp. 8°. Paris, 1901, No. 519. 
 
 Bert (Paul) [1833-86]. 
 
 See Azam (C.-M.-Btienne-Eugftne) [m 2. s.]. Hypno- 
 tismeet double conscience [etc.]. 8°. Parte, 1893. — Jourda- 
 net (Denis) & Bert (Paul) [in 2. s.j. Fondamenti e studii 
 fisiologici [etc.]. 12°. Roma, 1879. 
 
 For Portrait, see Cinquanten.de la Soc. de biol.. Par., 
 1899. 
 
 Bert (Paul) [1883- ]. *Zur Physiologie der 
 Epiglottis. 25 pp. 8° Miinchen, C. Wolf & 
 Sohn, 1909. 
 
 Bertacchini (Pietro) . Descrizione di un embrione 
 umano della lunghezza di cinque mill "'' 145 
 pp. 8°. Modena, 1896. 
 
 . Descrizione di un giovane embrione 
 
 umano lungo mill*''' 3.93. 34 pp., 2 pL 8°. Mo- 
 dena, 1896. 
 
 Bertacchius (Donunicus). De spiritibus libri 
 quatuor necnon de facultate vitaU, libri tres. 4 
 p. 1., 70 pp., 2 1. 12°. Venetiis, apudBernardum 
 Juntam, 15S4. 
 
 Bertal (Th.) Schutz gegen Maul- und Klauen- 
 seuche und andere Thierkrankheiten; bioche- 
 mische Erlauterungen fiber Bacterien, Bazillen 
 und Miasmen. 16 pp. 8°. Leipzig, 0. Borg- 
 goU, [1899]. ^ 
 
 . Gezond bleed en sterke zenuwen langs den 
 
 weg der voeding. 20 pp. 8° Zuften, K. E. 
 Beijlevelt, [n. d.]. 
 
 Bertalero (Pietro). L'arma contro la tuberco- 
 losi. Profilassi. Cura, e guarigione dei postumi 
 delle polmoniti, pleuro-polmoniti e pleuriti, con 
 o senza U badUo deUa tuberculosi e deUe tuber- 
 colosi localizzate tanto nelle forme acquisite 
 quanto neUe ereditarie, ad uso dei medici e del 
 pubbhco. 168 pp. 12° ToriTW, R. Streglio, 
 1905. ' 
 
 Bertarelli (Amirogio). 
 
 Faslnl (A.) Onoranze. Gior. ital. d. mal. ven., Milano, 
 1914, xlix, 3 port. 
 
 Bertarelli (Ernesto). 
 
 Co-Eiitor of: Kassegna (La) di clinica, terapia e scienze 
 afflni, Roma, 1914-18. 
 
 & Ghelfl (Annibale). La vecchiaia; fisio- 
 
 patologia, igiene e cura deUe malattie dei vecchi. 
 xui, 350 pp. 8°. Milano, F. Vallardi, 1911. 
 
 Bertaud (Pierre-Edenne-Maiie-Adrien) [ 1881- 
 ]. *De la keratite neuro-paralvtique de la 
 syphilis. 128 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1908, Ko. 13. 
 
 Bertaud du Cbazaud (Jean-Xa^-ier-Bertrand- 
 Etienne) [1878- ]. *V6getations ad^noides 
 et incontinence d'urine. 67 pp. 8° Bor- 
 deaux, 1902, No. 59. 
 
 Bertaudus (Jo. Ludovicus). LibeUus de dura- 
 tionib. compositorum med. eorumq. facultati- 
 bus, passim a neoterids medicis usitatorum, 
 decq. antidotorum descriptionibus partim ex 
 FerneKo, Jouberto, aliisq. dessumptis, et partim 
 recenter ab ipso auctore inventis. 1. editio. 
 Accesserunt M. Othoni Cremonenais rithmi, de 
 
BERTAUDUS. 
 
 482 
 
 BERTHfiOL. 
 
 Bertaudus (Jo. Ludovicus) — continued. 
 
 electione meliorum simpl. medioamentonim 
 junioribus medicis et omcinis apprime utiles. 
 3 p. 1., 83 pp., 2 1. sm. 4°. Augustse. Taurino- 
 ruin, fratres J. V. & J. F. de Cauallerigs^ 1600. 
 See, also, Benzo (Ugo). Eegole della saniti retc.l. 24°. 
 Torino, 1618. 
 
 Bertaux (E.) La malaria en ItaEe. pp. 853-873. 
 8°. Paris, 1900. 
 
 Cutting from: Eev. d. deux mondes, Par., 1900, dx. 
 
 Bertaux (Maurice) [1883- ]. *La p6ricardite 
 tuberculeuse k grand 6panchement; un nouveau 
 proc6d6 de pmcardiotomie par voie trans- 
 xiphostemale sus-diaphiagmatique. 154 pp. 
 8°. Lyon, 1906. No. 81. 
 
 Bertazzi (R. Graasi). Del gozzo; contribute 
 cUnico alia chirurgia del collo. 23 pp. 8°. 
 Aeireale, 1908. 
 
 —. SuUe ernie inguinaU ed altre variety, 
 
 cliuiclie; statistica suUe prime 100 operazioni. 
 25 pp., 8°. Adreale, 1908. 
 
 Berte (Emile). *L'hygi6ne h, bord dea bateaux- 
 cables. 68 pp. 8°. Parw, 1905, No. 309. 
 
 Berteche (Georges). Notes d'urologie; de I'aci- 
 dit6 urinaire; nouveaux rapports urologiques 
 bas6s sur I'exc^dent de densit6; de la medica- 
 tion phospborique (m6tliode H. Joulie). 20 pp. 
 8°. Bntxelles, L. Vogels, [1903]. 
 
 Bertein (Paul) [1883- ]. *Perm6abiUt6 
 rfcale dans la chlorose. Chloro-brightisme. 
 64 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1905, No. 21. 
 
 Berteli6_ (Edouard) [1873- ]. *Des kystes 
 hydatiques des muscles de la face. 70 pp., 1 1. 
 8*. Lyon, 1896, No. 33. 
 
 Bertele (Georg August). Versuch einer Lebens- 
 erhaltungskunde. 7 p. 1., 468 pp., 1 1. 12°- 
 Landshut, J. Attenhofer, 1803. 
 
 . Handbucb einer dynamischen Arzney- 
 
 mitteUehre. xii, 892 pp., 8 1. 8°. Landshut, 
 J. Attenhofer, 1805. 
 
 Bertels (Edgar[- Robert -Ernest] Robertovicb) 
 [1868- ]. *K voprosu o vuyanii piva na 
 azotistly metamorfoz u zdorovlkh lyudei. 
 [On the effect of beer upon nitrogenous meta- 
 bolism in healthy men.] 90 pp. 8°- Yuryev, 
 Shnakenburg, 1897. 
 
 Bertemes (Guillaume) [1875- ]. *Etude 
 anatomo-topographique du, sinus sphenoidal. 
 Applications k la pathologie des sinusites sph6- 
 noidales. 118 pp., 1 1. 8°. Nancy, A. Crepin- 
 Leblond, 1900, No. 16. 
 
 Berten (Wilhelm) [1883- ]. *Ueber Unter- 
 kieferbruche und deren Behandlung. 52 pp., 
 2 1., 5 pi. 8°. Milnchen, C. Wolf & Sohn, 1911. 
 
 Bertenet (Henri) [1880- _ 1. *Sur les kystes 
 hydatiques du foie avec ictere par compression 
 du bile. 74 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1906, No. 105. 
 
 Bertenson (B[oris] L[vovich]) [1878- ]. *K 
 ucheniyu o tak nazlv. antiveshtshestvakh. 
 [On the so-called anti-substances.] 75 pp. 8°. 
 S.-Peterburg, Mme. N. Y. StoUova, 1904. 
 
 Bertenson {losif Vasilyevich) [1833-95]. 
 
 [Obituary.] J- Obsh. Eussk. Vracji. v pam. Pirogova, 
 Mosk., 1895, No. 2, 42-44. Also: Vestnlk Obshtsh. Hig., 
 Sudeb. i Prakt. Med., Petrogr., 1914, I, pt. 3, 24, [port, in 
 text]. 
 
 Bertenson (L[yov Bemardovich]) [1850- ]. 
 Bakinskiye neftyanlye promisfi i zavodl v 
 sanitamo-yrachebnom otnoshenii. [The naphtha 
 industries and works of Baku frorn a samtary- 
 medical noint of view.] 69 pp. 8°. S.-Peter- 
 burg, P. P. ScHkin, 1897. 
 
 . Ozdorovlyayushtshiya i tsielitelnlya silt 
 
 V prirodie. [Restorative and curative powers 
 of nature.] 40 pp. 12°. S.-Peterburg, K. L. 
 Rikker, 1899. 
 
 Bertet (Joseph-Marin) [1885- ]. *De I'isole- 
 ment dans la fifevre typhoide. [Lyon.] 100 pp. 
 8°. Villeurbanne, 1909, No. 9. 
 
 Bertet (Pierre) [1888- ]. *La Ifepre en France. 
 112 pp. 8°- Lyon, 1911, No. 61. 
 
 Berthail (Victor) [1871- ]. *R6sultats th^ra- 
 peutiques de I'emploi des sels de vanadium; 
 vanadate de sonde, vanadate de fer, vanadate 
 de lithine, phospho-vanadate de sonde. 120 pp. 
 8°. Lyon, 1899, No. 138. 
 
 . The same. De I'emploi th^rapeutique 
 
 du vanadium [etc.]. 120 pp. 8°. Pans, J.-B. 
 BailUire & fUs, 1899. , 
 
 Berthaud (Henri). *La medecine populaire dans 
 la Ktterature romane. 108 pp. 8 - Paris, 1907, 
 No. 40. 
 
 Berthaux ( Jules-Rend- Aristide). *Considerations 
 BUT les tumeurs du cervelet chez I'enfant. 214 
 pp. 8°. Paris, 1908, No. 245. 
 
 Berthe (Edouard) [1872- ]. *Traitement des 
 hemoptysies tuberculeuses par I'opotherapie h6- 
 patique. 69 pp. 8°. Paris, 1898, No. 536. 
 
 Berthe (Gilbert). *Hi8torique de la purgation. 
 223 pp. 8°. Paris, 1909, No. 179. _ , 
 
 Bertheaume (Jean). *Sur la reparation des md- 
 thylamines au point de vue analytique. Etude 
 critique et nouvelles m^thodes. 93 pp. 8°. 
 Paris, H. Paulin & Cie., 1910, No. 14. 
 
 Berthel ([Hermann] Friedrich]) [1878- ]. *Ein 
 Fall von offenem Foramen ovale mit Persistenz 
 der Vena cardinalis sinistra und anderen Ano- 
 mahen des Venensystems. 27 pp., 1 pi., 21. 8°. 
 Miindten, M. Ernst, 1901. 
 
 Berthelemy (Georges). *Contribution k I'etude 
 des angiochoiecystites typhiques. 94 pp. 8°. 
 Paris, 1909, No. 389. 
 
 Berthelon (Claude) [1877- ]. *Variations de 
 I'agglutination des bacilles de la tuberculose en 
 rapport avec I'origine des bacilles et des serums. 
 139 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1904, No. 134. 
 
 Berthelot (Ernest). *De la gravite des paralysies 
 diphteriques precoces. 77 pp. 8°. Paris, 1904, 
 No. 569. 
 
 Berthelot (Jean). *Le cheval et I'hygifene. 78 
 pp. 8°. Paris, 1908, No. 165. 
 
 Berthelot (Paul) [1868- ]. *Resultats eioignes 
 dii traitement de la tuberculose testiculaire par 
 les operations economiques. 88 pp. 8°. Paris, 
 1901, No. 289. 
 
 Berthelot ([Pierre-Eugfene-] MarcelUn) [1827- 
 1907]. Die Chemie im Altertum und im lilittel- 
 alter. Aus dem Franzosischen iibertragen von 
 Emma KulUwoda. Durchgesehen, eingeleitet 
 und mit Anmerkungen von SYanz Strunz. xxviii, 
 112 pp., 2 pi. 8°. Leipzig, F. Deuticke, 1909. 
 
 For Biography, see Bull. Acad, de m6d.. Par., 1907, 3. s., 
 l-rii, 376-378. AUo: Ibid., 1915, 3. s., Ixxiv, 727-740 (G. M. 
 Debove). Also: Bull. d. so. Pharmacol., Par., 1907, xiv, 234- 
 2.39. Also: Compt. rend. Soo. de blol.. Par., 1907, Ixii, 516- 
 518. Also: J. Am. Chem. Soc, N. Y., 1907, xxix, 59-64 (C. A. 
 Doremus). Also: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1907, Ixxxv, 559. 
 Also: Pressemfid., Par., 1907, xv, annexes, 185 (P. Desfosses). 
 Also: Rev. gin. d. sc. pures et appliq.. Par,, 1907, xviii, 348- 
 356 (C. Marfignon). Also: Rev. sclent.. Par., 1907, 5. s., vii, 
 385-389 (A. Gautier). Also: Ibid., 1913, ii, 129; 168 (E. Jung- 
 fleisch). Also: St. Louis M. Rev., 1907, Iv, 353 (G. D. Hin- 
 richs). 
 
 . See, also: 
 
 Crolset (H.), Mlthouanl (A.) [et al.]. Inauguration du 
 monument de Marcelin Berthelot. Rev. soient.. Par., 1917, 
 1, 673-689. 
 
 Berthelsen (0. P.) Ssedetighedspolitiet og pros- 
 titutionen. Et kritisk indeveg i prostitutions- 
 sp0rgsmaalet. [Police regulations and prostitu- 
 tion . . .] 2 p. 1. 8°. KobenJiavn, V. Haning 
 & Appet, 1896. 
 
 Bertheol (Regis) [1882- ]. *Ck)ntribution k 
 retude de la sciatique ladiculaire. 99 pp. 8°. 
 Paris, 1906, No. 366. 
 
BERTHEE. 
 
 483 
 
 BERTI. 
 
 Berther (Stephan). *Ueber einen ungewohnlicli 
 
 grossen Prostatastein. 37 pp., 1 1. 8°. Zurich, 
 
 Tischer & Diggelmann, 1897. 
 Berther and (Lucien). Le diagnostic de la tu- 
 
 berculose pulmonaire des jeunes enfants. 120 pp. 
 
 8°. Paris, G. Steinheil, 1899. 
 Bertherat (Jules). *Etude exp^rimentale de 
 
 Taction cardioyasculaire des solutions hypotoni- 
 
 ques. 81 pp. 8°. Genhe, L. Bron, 1904. 
 Berthet (Joseph). *La reaction de Rivalta dans 
 
 les ascites des cirrhoses alcooliques. (Etude 
 
 cUnique et patliog^nique.) 3 p. 1., 92 pp. 8°. 
 
 Paris, 1913, No. 313. 
 Berthet (Marie). *Les perfectioimements re- 
 
 centa de la rachicocainisation. 46 pp., 1 1. 8°. 
 
 Paris, 1902, No. 60. 
 
 Bertheux {Pierre) [1852-1914]. 
 
 Neciologle. Kennes m^d., 1913-14, ix, 243-249. 
 Berthezenne (Jean) [1878- ]. *Traitement de 
 
 la nephrite syphilitique secondaire. 98 pp. 8° 
 
 Lyon, 1905, No. 120. 
 Berthier (Andr6). *Contribution k I'^tude de 
 
 la gangrfene des extr^mit^s dans la pneumonie. 
 
 92 pp. 8°. Paris, 1899, No. 556. 
 Berthier (Cha,rles). *Etude physiologique de 
 
 I'if (Taxus baccata) et de la taxine de Merck. 
 
 61pp., 11. 8°. Gmaw, 1896. 
 Berthier (Edmond) [1865- ]. *La fifevre 
 
 typhoide et I'hygi^ne &, Troyes; la question des 
 
 eaux. 131 pp., 1 map. 8°. Paris, 1899, No. 464. 
 Berthier (Femand) [1878- ]. *Des panse- 
 
 ments cons^cutifs ^ la colpotomie postmeure 
 
 (m6tliode de Laroyenne). 80 pp. 8°. Lyon, 
 
 1904, No. 158. 
 Berthier (Fr6d6ric). *Lea stenoses du cardia 
 
 (causes, signes et diagnostic). 146 pp., 3 pi. 8°. 
 
 Paris, 1908, No. 67. 
 Berthier (Henry) [1874- ]. *Du drainage 
 
 vesical par les voies naturelles. Contribution h. 
 
 r etude de la sonde uterale h, demeure dans les 
 
 infections urinaires. 135 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, 
 
 1902, No. 195. 
 Berthioli (Antonio). Delle considerationi sopra 
 
 I'oUo di scorpioni dell'eccellentissiino Mat- 
 
 thioU. libro prime. 92 pp., 2 1. sm. 4°^ 
 
 Mantova, F. Osana, 1585. 
 Berthod (Paul) [1859- ]. La lutte centre la 
 
 phthisie; fumees et poussiferes de Paris, sp^ciale- 
 
 ment dans le ix^ airondissement. 16 pp. 8° 
 
 Clermont (Oise), Daix frires, 1899. 
 • . Eaccourcis de m6decine sociale et pro- 
 
 fessionnelle. 455 pp. 8°. Paris, Vigot freres, 
 
 1903. 
 Berthold (EmU). Die intranasale Vaporisation; 
 
 ein neues Verfahren zur StUlung lebensgefahr- 
 
 Uchen Nasenblutensund zurBehandlungschwe- 
 
 rer Erkrankungen der Nase und der Kieferhohle. 
 
 yi (1 1.), 63 pp. 8°. Berlin, A. Hirschwald, 
 
 1900. 
 Berthold (Emil Max Paul) [1884- ]. *Unter- 
 
 suchungen tiber das Verhalten der Haut des 
 
 Pferdes und Rindes bei scharfen Einreibungen. 
 
 [Leipzig.] 55 pp., 3 pi. 8°. Furstenvialde 
 
 (Spree), 0. Leich, 1911. 
 Berthold (Gustav) [1882- ]. *Zur Geschichte 
 
 des primaren Gallenblasenirebses. Mit Be- 
 
 rucksicbtigung eines speziellen FaUes. '40 pp. 
 
 8°. Miinchen, Kastner & Callwey, 1905. 
 Berthoiet (Edouard) [1883- ]. *Un cas de 
 
 perith61iome de la pl^vre. 32 pp. 8°. Lausanne, 
 
 E. Frankfurter, 1909. 
 
 Berthoiet (itdouard) — continued. 
 
 . Petit atlas-manuel des alterations anato- 
 
 mo-pathologiques des organes dans I'alcoolisme 
 
 chronique. 110 pp., 11. 8°. Lausanne, Gies- 
 
 ser & Held, 1913. 
 Berthoiet (Jean) [1872- ]. *Des kystes 
 
 dermoides des ligaments larges. 68 pp. 8°- 
 
 Lyon, 1898, No. 142. 
 Berthoiet (Jean-Baptiste-Cbarles) [1879- ]. 
 
 *L'appendicite parasitaire. 62 pp., 1 1. 8 . 
 
 Bordeaux, 1904, No. 55. 
 Berthoiet (Joannes Baptista Claudius). *De cys- 
 
 tocele inguina,li. 10 pp. sm. 4° Paris, M. 
 
 Lambert, 1778. 
 BerthoUet (Hippolyte). *Infiuence de la teneur 
 
 en beurre du lait de femme sur la sant6 du 
 
 nourrisson. 104 pp. 8°. Paris, 1906, No. 398. 
 Bertholon [Nicolas] Abb6 [1742-1799]. Die Elec- 
 
 tricitat aus medicinisclien Gesichtspuncten 
 
 betrachtet. Aus dem Franzosischen tibersetzt 
 
 von F. A. Weber. 8 p. 1., 410 pp. 12°- Bern, 
 
 L Ealler, 1781. 
 . The same. Anwendung und Wirksamkeit 
 
 der Elektrizitat zur Erhaltung und Wiederher- 
 
 steUung der Gesundheitdes menschlichen Kor- 
 
 pers. Aus dem Franzosischen, und mit neuern 
 
 Erfahrungen bereichert und bestatlget von D. 
 
 Carl Gottlob Kuhn. 2v.ini. xii(lL),413pp.; 
 
 3 p. 1., 349 pp., 6 pL 12°. Weissenfds & Leip- 
 zig, F. Sevenn, 1788. 
 Berthomiec (Andr6). *Les courants de haute 
 
 frequence dans les dermatoses (dites autrefois) 
 
 dia,th6siques; prurits, eczema, psoriasis, acn6. 
 
 131pp. 8°. Paris, 1906, No. 332. 
 Berthomier (Emile-Auguste) [1878- 
 
 latanisme et m^decine iU6gale. 
 
 Paris, 1910, No. 401. 
 Berthomieu (Franjois) [1870- J. *Ma,ladie de 
 
 Parkinson k forme h6mipl6gique. 70 pp. 4°. 
 
 Toulouse, 1895, No. 111. 
 Berthomieu (Joseph). *Contribution k I'^tude 
 
 de la pleur^sie chez les enfants. 69 pp. 8°. 
 
 Montpellier, 1913, No. 98. 
 Berthon (Gabriel). *Contribution k I'^tude du 
 
 syndrome de Mikulicz. 56 pp. 8°. Paris, 
 
 1911, No. 89. 
 Berthon (Roger). *Oontribution k l'6tude du 
 
 traitement des chfloides par rflectricit^. 58 
 
 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, 1903, No. 455. 
 Bertboud (Stephen) []863- ]. *Es8ai de g^o- 
 
 graphie m^dicale et de statistique sur Vitteaux 
 
 (C6te-d'0r). 134 pp. 4°. Paris, 1896, No. 301. 
 Berthoumeau (Marcel) [1881- ]. *De la 
 
 glyc6mie dans les 6tats asphyxiques chez 
 
 I'homme. 48 pp. 8°. Paris, 1907, No. 196. 
 "Berti (Antonio). Patologia deUa secrezione dello 
 
 stomaco. viii, 281 pp. 8°. Feltre, P. CastaldL 
 
 1913. 
 Berti (Giovanni). _ Sopra uno zaffo fibrinoso epi- 
 
 teliale del retto in una neonata. Osservazione 
 
 chnica e ricerche microscopiche. 19 pp. 8°. 
 
 Bologna, Gamberini & Parmeggiani, 1897. 
 — — ; — . In proposito della ipertosse nei bambini 
 
 di nascita. Annotazioni cUniche. 28 pp 
 
 1 diag. 8°. Bologna, 1900. 
 
 L'atrofia infantUe ed il concetto Heubner- 
 
 ]. *Char- 
 98 pp. 8°- 
 
 Fede. Relazione per il iv. Congresso pediatrico 
 italiano tenuto a Firenze nell'ottobre 1901. 50 
 pp. 8°. Bologna, Samorani & Albertassi, 1902. 
 . Contribuzione alia atonia muscolare con- 
 genita di Oppenheim. 16 pp. 8°. Bologna, 
 Samorani & Mbertazzi, 1905. 
 
BERTI. 
 
 484 
 
 BEETOLOTTI. 
 
 logia e la patogenea 
 F. Mariotti, 1913. 
 
 Bertiella. 
 
 Blanchard (K.) Bertiella satyri, de I'orang-outang, est 
 aussi parasite de I'homme. Bull. Acad, de m^d.. Par., 1913, 
 3. s., Ixix, 286-29S. 
 
 Bertier (Henri) [1883- ]. *Des ulcerations des 
 
 artferes et plus sp^cialement de I'artfere iUaque 
 
 externa au contact des drains; 6tude exp6rimen- 
 
 tale et clinique. 77 pp., 4 pi. 8°. Paris, 
 
 1912, No. 200 t'f, f 
 
 Bertiec (Jules) [1878- J. *Les cancers chez les 
 
 cardiaques. 131 pp. 8^ Lyon, 1906, No. 97. 
 . The same. 131 pp. 8°. Paris & Lyon, 
 
 A. Maloine, 1906. 
 Bertier (Louis). *De remploi des eaux sulfu- 
 
 reuses dans le traitement de la syphilis. 86 pp. 
 
 8°. Paris, 1905, No. 310. 
 Bertier (Maurice) [1876- ]. *De I'ent^recto- 
 
 mie dans les tumeurs du coecum. Indications; 
 
 manuelop6ratoire;r6sultats. 124 pp. 8°. Lyon, 
 
 1902, No. 60. 
 Bertignon (L6on) [1875- ]. *Le chlorure de 
 
 calcium dans le traitement des h^morrhagies. 
 
 54 pp., 1 1. 8°. Nancy, 1901, No. 6. 
 Bertuloa (Alphonse) [1854-1914]. 
 
 Ntoologie. Arch, iaternat. de m§d. 1^., Bruxelles, 1914, 
 
 ■V, 186-191 (E. Stoolcvis). 
 
 & Cherjiu (A.) Anthropologie m6trique. 
 
 Conseils pratiques aux roissionnaires scientifl- 
 ques sur la manifere de mesurer, de photo- 
 graphier et de d^crire des sujets vivants et des 
 pieces anatomiques. Antliropom6trie, photogra- 
 phie m^trique, portrait descnptii, craniom^trie. 
 1 p. 1., ii, 228 pp. 8°. Pans, Imprimerie na- 
 tionale, 1909. 
 
 Bertillon (Jacques) [1851- j. L'alcoolisme et 
 les moyens de le combattre jug^s par l'exp6- 
 rience. 2. ^d. 232 pp. 12°. Paris, V. Lecoffre, 
 1904. 
 
 . La depopulation de la France; ses conse- 
 quences, ses causes, mesures h. prendre pour la 
 , combattre. 3 p. 1., iii, 346 pp. 8°. Paris, F. 
 Alcan, 1911. 
 
 Bertillon (The) classification of causes of death. 
 Becommended for the use of registrars of -vital 
 statistics (after the first revision of Paris, 1900) 
 by the American Public Health Association and 
 by the conference of State and Provincial 
 Boards of Health of North America. 40 pp. 8°. 
 Lansing, R. Smith Ptg. Co., 1899. 
 
 Bertillonage. 
 
 See Criminals {Identification of); Identity 
 [etc.]. 
 
 Bertin (Emile-Louis- Joseph) [1875- ]. *0on- 
 tribution k I'etude de la paralysie g^nerale ob- 
 servee dans les h6pitaux. (Etiologie et forme 
 cUnique.) 84 pp. 8°. Lille, 1901, No. 62. 
 
 Bertin (Georges) [1870- ]. *Contribution k 
 r etude des infections des nouveau-n^s dans les 
 couveuses. 73 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, 1899, No. 
 141. 
 
 . ,The same. 73 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, G. 
 
 Stdnhdl, 1899. 
 
 Bertini (Anton Francesco). La medicina difesa 
 dalle calunnie degli uomini volgari e dalle opposi- 
 zioni de' dotti, divisa in due dialoghi. 5 p. 1., 
 XX, 153 pp., 1 1. roy. 8°. LaOca, per i Marescan- 
 doli, 1699. 
 
 Bertini (Luigi). Del latte per uso della medicina. 
 xxviii pp. 12°. Perugia, M. Reginaldi, 1774. 
 
 Bertini (Vittorio). *Osservazioni di anatomia 
 radiografica sui seni sfenoidaU del cranio umano. 
 40pp.,4pL 4°. Torino, F. JSona, 1911. _ _ 
 
 Bertino (Alessandro). Eendiconto della clinica 
 ostetrico-ginecologica della r. University, di 
 Cagliari dal 20 novembre 1900 al 12 luglio 1902. 
 101 pp. 8°. Cagliari-Sassari, G. Dessi, 1903. 
 
 Un qiiinquennio alia Clinica ostetrico- 
 
 ginecologica di Firenze (17 marzo 1906-16 marzo 
 1911). 338 pp. 8° Sassari, G. Gallizzi & Co., 
 1912. 
 Bertin-Sans (Henri). Mesures hygieniques pour 
 emp^cher la transmisBion de la tuberculose par 
 le lait de vache. Discilssion et conclusions. 26 
 pp. 8°. Montpellier.Ricardfrhes, 1901. 
 
 ficpr. from: H«rault (D^partement de 1'). Conseil di- 
 paTtemental d'hygiinepiblique etmlubrite. Proo.-verb., 1901. 
 
 Hygiene experimentale. L'habitation, 
 
 procedes de recherche et de contr61e. Preface 
 
 par P. Brouardel. Fasc. I. L' emplacement de 
 
 l'habitation. 224 pp. 8°. Paris, J.-B. Bailliire 
 
 & fils, 1902. 
 . The same. Fasc. II. Les materiaux de 
 
 construction, pp. 221-336. 8°- Paris, J.-B. 
 
 Bailliire & fils, 1904. 
 . Bapports pr^sent^s au conseil d^parte- 
 
 mental d'hygifene de I'Herault. Application de 
 
 la loi du 15 f evrier 1902 relative &. la protection de 
 
 la sante publique. 280 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 
 
 J. Lauriol, 1909. 
 & Gaujoux (E.) La quality des laits de 
 
 dep6t k Montpellier. 6 pp. 8° Montpellier, 
 
 1909. 
 Bertliau (Franz [Leopold E. J.]) [1875- ]. 
 
 *Beitrag zur Oasuistik der luetischen Knochen- 
 
 erkrankungen. 28 pp., 2 1. 8°. Berlin, E. Ebe- 
 
 ring, 1898. 
 Bertlich (Heinz) [1886- ]. *Schwai^erschafts- 
 
 und GeburtsstSrungen bei Missbildung des 
 
 Uterus; spez. b. Uterus bicomis. [Heidelberg.] 
 
 31 pp. 8*. Elberfeld, 1913. 
 Bertling (Franz) [1886- i|. *Ueber die Ver- 
 
 wendbarkeit des Urethans in der KinderheU- 
 
 kunde. [Gottingen.] 16 pp. 8°. Berlin, L. 
 
 Schwrnacker, 1912. 
 Bertog (Eduard Johannes Leberecht) [1883- ]. 
 
 *Ueber einen Fall von DriUingsschwanger- 
 
 schaft mit einem Fcetus papyraceus. 23 pp. 8°. 
 
 Halle, C. A. Kaemmerer & Co., 1911. 
 Bertoldo (G. M.) Intomo ad un caso di astraJgia 
 
 isterica; nota suUa diagnosi difterenziale dello 
 
 astralgie. 8 pp. 8°. Torino, Camilla & Berto- 
 
 lero, 1899. 
 . Effetti fisiq^patologici del veleno dei 
 
 serpenti e sieroterapia delle morsicature. 16 pp. 
 
 8°. Torino, Camilla & Bertolero, 1899. 
 Bertolini (Albertus). *De morbo Brightii. 
 
 28 pp. 8*. Tieini RegU, Fuai & Sodi, 1842. 
 
 [P., V. 2225.1 
 de Bertolini _ (Josephus). Animadversionum 
 
 practicarum in diversos morbos fasciculus. 4 
 
 p. 1., 48 pp. 8° Vindohonx, F. Ullrich, 1824. 
 Bertololy (tiarl). Der Morphinismus und seine 
 
 Behandlung. 4 p. 1., 153 pp." 8°. Offenbach a. 
 M., J. Scherz, [1913]. 
 Bertoloni (Antonio) [1775-1869]. Oratio de 
 
 laudibus MarcelU Malpighii habita in Lyceo 
 
 magno Bononiensi. 32 pp. 12°. Bononise, 
 Gamberini & Parmeggiani, 1830. 
 
 See, also, Franks (Jolm) [in 2. s.]. Osservazloni sulla 
 vita animaleerapparenzadimorte [etc.]. 16°. Powa, 1795. 
 
 Bertolottl (Mario). Ospedale di S. Giovanni e 
 della cittS, di Torino. L' Institute di radiologia 
 medica. Prospetto sintetico sul valore diagno- 
 
BERTOLOTTI. 
 
 485 
 
 BERTKAND. 
 
 Bertolotti (Mario) — continued; 
 
 stico e terapeutico dei raggi Rontgen e cure 
 
 affini. 26 pp. 8°. Torino, C. Baravalle & Fal- 
 
 conieri, 1910. 
 Bcrton_ (Jean) [1879- ]._ *Du pansement 
 
 alcgolis^ du cordon ombilical. 52 pp. 8°. 
 
 Lyon, 1903, No. 22. 
 Bertoa (Joseph) [1873- ]. *Tuberculose et 
 
 lithiase r&ales. Essai sur leur diagnostic 
 
 differentiel. 87 pp. 8°. Paris, 1900, No. 633. 
 Berton (Raoul- Albert-Ren^) [1872- ]. _*Etude 
 
 sur le pessimisme litt^raire contemporain dans 
 
 ses rapports avec la n^vropathle. 61 pp., 1 1. 
 
 8°. Bordeaux, 1899, No. 3. 
 Bertoni (Giacomo). Nuove ricerclie cHmiche 
 
 Sulla natura minerale dell' acqua delle terme 
 
 del Maaino, Valtellina. 1 p. 1., 13 pp. 8° 
 
 Livorno, A. Debatte, 1898. 
 Bertotius^ (Alfonsus). Methodus generaUs et 
 
 compendiaria ex Hippocratis, Galeni et Avicen- 
 
 nee placitie deprompta, ac in ordinem redacta. 
 
 Ad omnes morbos recta ratione curandos, summe 
 
 utilia et necessaria. 2p.l., 241pp. 24°. Lug- 
 
 duni, G. Coterium, 1558. 
 Bertram (Curt Emanuel Christian) [1877- ]. 
 
 *Ueber die Einpflanzung des verletzten Ureters 
 
 in die Blase (3 geheilte Falle aus der Kgl. 
 
 Univ.- Frauenklinik in Halle). 32 pp., 11. 8°. 
 
 Halle a. S., C. A. Kaemmerer & Co., 1902. 
 Bertram (Felix). *Inversion des Uterus durch 
 
 Tumoren. 27 pp. 8°- Wurzburo, P. Schemer, 
 
 1896. ^ 
 
 Bertram (Ferdinand Wilhelm [Erich]) [1886- ]. 
 
 *Ein Fall von Syphilis maligna. 35 pp. 8^ 
 
 Gottingen, W. F. Kaestner, 1910. 
 Bertram (K.) *Zur Plastik congenitaler Ohrmiss- 
 
 bildungen. 26 pp. 8°. Leipzig, A. Edelmann, 
 
 1898. 
 Bertram (Richard). *Ein Fall von Oesophagus- 
 
 striktur nach Salpetersanrevergiftung. [Miin- 
 
 chen.] 27 pp. 8°. Braunschweig, J. H. Meyer, 
 
 1900. 
 Bertram (Rudolf) [1876- ]. *Ueber Kuhhom- 
 
 verletzungen des Auges. [Gottingen.] 45 pp., 
 
 2 tab. 8°. Hannover, W. Oldemeyer, 1901. 
 Bertram (Stephanus) [1862- ]. *Beitrag zur 
 
 HHinik der Darminvagination. [Leipzig.] 46 
 
 pp. 8°. Berlin, M. Driesner, 1894. 
 
 Bertramia. 
 
 KonsuloS (S.) Ueber don Eotatorienparasit Bertramia 
 euolilaais n. sp. Arch. f. Protistent., Jena, 1914, 
 
 45-48. 
 
 XXXiLL, 
 
 Bertrand (Alexis). Mes vieux m^decins. v, 327 
 pp., 1 1. 8°. Lyon, A. Storck & Co., 1905. 
 
 Bertrand (Alfred) [1881- 1. *Le sarcome de 
 I'estomac. vui, 9-65 pp., 1 1. 8°. Montpellier, 
 1908, No. 58. 
 
 Bertrand (Alfred-L6on) [1869- ]. *Contribu- 
 tion k r^tude du nervotabfes p6riph6rique 
 d'origine alcoolique. 80 pp. 8°. Lille, 1903, 
 No. 7. 
 
 Bertrand (C.-F.) Le parfumeur imperial, ou 
 I'art de preparer lea odeurs, essences, parfums, 
 aromates, eaux de senteur, poudres, pommades, 
 huiles, pates, [etc.]. xiv, 402 pp., 11. 8°- 
 Paris, Brunot-Labbe, 1809. 
 
 Bound ibith: Fabke (A. P.) De la sophistication des 
 substances m^camenteuses [etc.]. 8°. Paris, 1812. 
 
 Bertrand (Camille-Eugfene). Souvenirs de-1870; 
 
 notes d'un aide-major auxiliaire. 219 pp. 12°. 
 
 Paris, J.-B. Bailliere & fils, 1900. 
 Bertrand (Charles) [1870- ]. *V6g6tationa ad6- 
 
 noides de I'adoleacence et de I'age adulte. Essai 
 
 de division clinique. 54 pp. 8°. Paris, 1897, 
 
 No. 459. 
 
 Bertrand (Dominique M.) [1883- ]. *Les para- 
 sites pigmentes endoglobulaires des vert6br&. 
 112 pp. 8°. Paris, 1911, No. 218. 
 
 Bertrand (F^lix) [1864- J. *Essai sur la 
 pleur&ie dans la blennorrhagie. 54 pp., 11. 4°- 
 Paris, 1896, No. 188. 
 
 Bertrand (Gabriel) [1869- ]. *Traitement 
 ratioimel de la blennorrhagie et des autres infec- 
 tions catarrhales purulentes genitales chez la 
 femme. 173 pp. 8°. Paris, 1901, No. 565. 
 
 Bertrand (Gabriel) [1884- ]. *Du drainage de 
 r articulation tibio-tarsienne; nouveau proc6d6 
 optotoire. 46 pp. 8° Montpellier, 1910, No. 
 115. 
 
 Bertrand (Gabriel) [1892- ]. *1 propos d'un 
 cas d'autogreffe ovarienne humaine. 55 pp. 8°. 
 Montpellier, 1916, No. 27. 
 
 Bertrand (Gabriel) [1867- ] & Thomas 
 (Pierre). _ Guide pour les manipulations de 
 chimie biologique. 2. 6d., revue et augment^e. 
 xxviii, 468 pp. 8°. Paris, H. Dunod & E. 
 Pinat, 1913. 
 
 Bertrand (Gustav) [1874- ]. *Consid6ration3 
 sur les grands kystes s6reux du pancreas. Symp- 
 tomatologie et traitement en particulier. 90 pp., 
 1 1. 8°. Lyon, 1901, No. 86. 
 
 Bertrand (Henri) [1870- ]. *De la luxation 
 incomplete r^cidivante et volontaire du genou 
 consecutive k la d^chirure des ligaments croisfe. 
 47 pp., 1 1. 4°. Paris, 1896, No. 529. 
 
 Bertrand (Henri) [1875- -]. *Hyst6rectomie 
 totale et sub-totale. ParaUMe entre les deux 
 methodes. Deux cas de transformation n6opla- 
 sique sur le moignon ut6rin k la suite d'hyst^rec- 
 tomie sub-totale. 46 pp., 11. 8° Lyon, P. Le- 
 gendre & Cie., 1901, No. 32. 
 
 Bertrand (Henri) [1882- ]. *Le druidisme et 
 la mfidecine en Gaule. 46 pp., 1 1. 8°. Mont- 
 pellier, 1908, No. 97. 
 
 Bertrand (J.-M.) [1877- ]. *Des abcfes froids 
 tubaires. 75 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1908, No. 2. 
 
 Bertrand (Jean) [1876- ]. *Contribution k 
 r^tude_ de la defense de I'^conomie centre 
 I'infection 6berthienne, en particulier du role du 
 globule blanc. 87 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1900, No. 82. 
 
 Bertrand (Jules) [1889- ]. *Du cancer primi- 
 tif de la plfevre. 54 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1913, 
 No. 48. 
 
 Bertrand (Lfen). *Du diagnostic dift&entiel 
 des grands kystes du maxillaire inf^rieur et du 
 sarcome. 53 pp., IL 8°. Paris, 1906, No. 343. 
 
 Bertrand (L6on) & Klynens (Jos.) La malaria. 
 V, 184 pp., 4 pi. 8° Paris, J.-B. Baillih-e & 
 fils, 1903. 
 
 ; . La lutte centre la malaria. Hy- 
 giene g&6rale et privee. A I'usage des voyageurs 
 et des residents europ6ens au Congo. 127 pp. 
 12°. Anvers, L. Bertrand, 1903. 
 
 Bertrand (Louis) _ [1867- ]. *La paralysie 
 douloureuse des jeunes enfants; description et 
 pathog&ie. 44 pp. 8°. Paris, 1898, No. 132. 
 
 . The same. 44 pp. 8°. Paris, G. Stein- 
 
 heU, 1899. 
 
 Bertrand (Louis-Camille-Georges) [1887- ]. 
 *Le chol&a asiatique en Lorrame. 104 pp. 8 . 
 Nancy, 1913, No. 1010. 
 
 Bertrand (Lucien) [1883- ]. «Tumeurs du 
 m^diastin d'origine thymique. 67 np. 8°- 
 Ulle, 1910, No. 24. 
 
 Bertrand (Marcel) [1876- []. *L'infantilisme 
 dysthyroidien. 60 pp. 8°- Paris, 1902, No. 
 361. 
 
 Bertrand (Marcel) [1883- ]. *Contribution k 
 retude du fibrome de la paroi abdominale. 45 
 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1910, No. 11. 
 
BERTRAND. 
 
 486 
 
 BERYOZOFF. 
 
 Bertrand (Maurice) [1870- ]. *Contribution 
 k r^tude de quelques fausses tumeurs abdomi- 
 nales. 61 pp. 4°. Pans, 1896, No. 316. 
 
 Bertrand (Maurice) [1874-1914]. 
 
 C. (H.) Ntoologie. J. m&J. de Brux., 1914, xix, 370. 
 
 Bertrand (Patrice)_[1890- F|. *Contribution h 
 r^tude du coefficient azotunque du s6rum san- 
 guin au cotirs_des_ dtats normaux et pathologi- 
 ques ( en ,particulier dans la pneumonie et fes 
 diabfetea). '[Lyon-] 70 pp. 8*. Valence, W13, 
 No. 35. 
 
 Bertrand _ (Paul-iElmile) [1881- ]. *La st^ri- 
 lite d'origine blennorrhagique. 152 pp. 8°. 
 Paris, 1912, No. 160. 
 
 Bertrand (Ren6). *Pu6riculture pratique. Quel- 
 ques reflexions sur l'61evage des petite enfants h, 
 la campagne. 99 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, 1897, No. 
 583. 
 
 Bertrand (Ren6). *La m^ningite c6r6brospi- 
 nale ^ rechutes. 85 pp., 2 eh. 8°. Pons, 1903, 
 No. 89. 
 
 Bertrand (Ren6). *De I'^pilepsie procursive et 
 fugues ^pileptiques. 92 pp. 8°. Paris, 1909, 
 No. 283. 
 
 Bertrand (William T.) [1858- ]. Stories of 
 doctors, for doctors, by a doctor. 163 pp. 8°. 
 Boston, The Roxburgh Publishing Company, 
 [1913]. 
 
 Bertrandon (Antoine). *Les fractures du col 
 cMrurgical de I'hum^rus chez I'enfant. 147 
 pp., 5 pi. 8°. Paris, 1906, No. 397. 
 
 Bertr&n [y] Bubio_ (Eduardo) [ -1909]. 
 Ojeada sobre la historia y aplicaciones de la elec- 
 tricidad m^dica. 114 pp., 1 1. 8°. Barcelona, 
 Manero, 1871. 
 
 For Biography, see Eev. de den. m^d. de Barcel., 1909, 
 XXXV, 289. 
 
 Bertray (Alexandre). *Etude synth^tique et 
 clinique sur les an^vrysmes de I'aorte tlioracique 
 descendante. 64 pp. 8°. Paris, 1906, No. 87. 
 
 Bertrin (Georges). _De la criminalit6 en France 
 dans les congregations, le clerg6 et les prind- 
 pales professions d'apres les demiers documents 
 officiels. viii, 158 pp., 1 1. 12°. Paris, [P. 
 Ferovrfrau, 1904]. 
 
 Bertrou (Antoine-Laurent-Elie-Jules) [1890- ]. 
 *Souveiiirs medicaux de la campagne des fu- 
 siliers marins(ao<it 1914r-novembre 1915). 78 pp. 
 8°. Bordeaux, 1917. 
 
 Bertrucius (Nicolaus). 
 
 See Bertuccio (Nicolao). 
 
 Bertsch (Albert) [1883- i|._ *Ueber Lungen- 
 veranderungen bei hochgradiger Kyphoskoliose. 
 [Tubingen.f 18 pp. 8°. Leipzig, 1909. 
 
 Kept, from: Arb. a. d. Geb. d. path. Anat. u. Bakteriol. 
 a. d. path.-anat. Inst. z. Tubingen, 1909, vii, 340-358. 
 
 Bertsch (Gustav). *Zur Casuistik der inneren 
 Darmincarcerationen. 31 pp. 8°. Giessen, 
 Miinchow, 1897. 
 
 Bertscher (Robert) [1886- ]. *Ueber zwei 
 Falle von primarem Lidsarkom. 30 pp. 8°. 
 Tubingen, H. Laupp,jr., 1911. 
 
 Bertsehinger (Carl). *Dreissig Falle von Kas- 
 tration bei Myoma uteri im Zeitraum von 1893- 
 1904. Aus der Frauenklinik Bern. 93 pp. 8°. 
 Bem, G. Iseli, 1905. 
 
 Bertsehinger (Hans). *Ueber das Vorkommen 
 und die Bedeutung_ der von Recklinghausen'- 
 schen Gitterfiguren im Knochen, besonders bei 
 der, das weiche Scbadelosteophyt begleitenden 
 physiologischen Osteomalacie der Schwangeren. 
 52j)p.,4pl. 8°. Berlin, 1S97. 
 Bepr.from: Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1897, cxlvii. 
 
 Bertucat (Albert) [1873- ]. *Contribution 
 El r6tude du traitement de la cystocfele vaginale. 
 53.pp., 11. 8°. iyon, 1900, No. 114. 
 
 Bertucat (Charles) [1887- 1. *Contribution 
 &, retude des exostoses sous-calcan^enneS. vui, 
 37 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1912, No. 16. 
 
 Bertuccio [Bertrucius Bononiensis'] (Nicolao) 
 [ -1347J. Nusquam antea impressum coUec- 
 torium totius fere inedicinse Bertrucii Bono- 
 niensis in quo infrascripta_ continentur. Primo 
 de commendatione medicinse. Secundo de _in- 
 formatione medici._ Tertio de regimitie sanita- 
 tis. Quarto de segritudinibusparticularibusquse 
 sunt a capite usque ad pedes. Quinto de segri- 
 tudinibus universalibus hoe est de febribus. 
 Sexto de crisi et de diebus criticis. Septimo de 
 venenis. Octavo de decoratione . . . (In fine:'\ 
 Explicit CoUectorium Bertrucii Bononiensis di- 
 ligenter emendatum cui nuperrime addita est 
 practica perutilis de novo in lucem prodita de 
 noticia etcuratione universarum febrium et 
 earum accidentibus, donum del vocitata. Im- 
 pressum fuit hoc opus Lugduni in sedibus Jacobi 
 Myt, sumptu _ honesti viri Bartholomei Frot, 
 anno a verginio partu m.cccccxviii, die xxviii 
 Julii. Fo. ccxxviii. _ 8°. 
 
 BertuccionI (Fabbrizio). Discorso fisico-medico 
 intomo ad una vespa creduta principaUssima 
 cagione della morte di Pasquino Gatti successa 
 I'anno 1748. 2 p. 1., xxix pp. 12°. Oenova, 
 1755. 
 
 Bertz (Fritz). *TJeber die chemische Zusam- 
 mensetzung der Zahne. 36 pp., 1 pi. 8°. 
 Wiirzburg,, Memminger, 1898. 
 
 Berufswahl und korperUche Anlagen; im Auf- 
 trage des_ Vereins f iir Volkshygiene in Miinchen 
 unter Mitarbeit von Dr.Dr. Nadoleczny, Ed. 
 Hirt, R. Schneider, Fr. Lange und H. Neumayer 
 hrsg. von Prof.. Dr. M. Hahn. 3. Aufl. 1 p. 1., 
 64 pp. 8°. Miinchen & Berlin, R. Oldenhourg, 
 
 Forms 2. Hft. of: VerofEentl. d. deutsoh. Ver. f. Volks- 
 Hyg. 
 
 Beruti (Josu6 A.) [1882- ]. *Der tiefe Quer- 
 stand mit besonderer Berilcksichtigung seiner 
 Aetiologie. [Freibui^.] 8°. Emmendingen, 
 Bolter, 1907. _ _ * 
 
 . La anestesia clorof6rinica en el parto 
 
 normal (cloroformizaci6n "a la reina"). 224 
 pp., 1 1., 2 pi. roy._8°. Buenos Aires, [n. d.]. 
 & Iraeta (Domingo). Manual de obstetn- 
 
 cia. V. 1. 241 pp. roy. 8°- Buenos Aires, 1915. 
 Bervet (Francois) [1889- ]. *Deremploi du 
 
 s6rum antidipht6rique dans les formes angi- 
 
 neuses graves de la scarlatiae. 30 pp. 8°. 
 
 Montpellier, 1915, No. 29. 
 Berwald (Paul). Kompendium der praktischen 
 
 Kinderheilkunde. x, 322 pp. 8°. Leipziq, G. 
 
 Thieme, 1911. 
 
 Beryllium. 
 
 Seaman (Emily C.) *Biochemical studies of 
 beryllium sulfate. 8°. Easton, Pa., 1912. 
 
 Blcyer (B.) & PacznskI (L.) Ueber Bcrylliumborate. 
 Kolloid-Ztschr., Dresd. & Leipz., 1914, xlv, 295-306. 
 Beryozin (VFasiliy] I[lyich]) [1877- ]. »K 
 voprosu o vliyanii etilovavo alkoholya na ga- 
 zoobmlen u zhivotnlkh. [Influence of ethj^c 
 alcohol upon gaseous metabolism in animals.] 
 126 pp., 2 1., 5 diag. 8°. S.-Peterburg, N. Ya. 
 Stcflkova, 1911. 
 
 Beryozoflf [Fyodor Aaronovich) [1858- 
 1912]. 
 
 Shadrin (N. A.) [et al.\. [In memoriam.l Vet. Obozr . 
 Mosk., 1912, xlv, 849-876, port. 
 
BERZE. 
 
 487 
 
 BESIO. 
 
 Berze (Josef). Ueber das Primarsymptom der 
 Paranoia. 57 pp. 8°- Halle a. S., C. Marhold, 
 1903. 
 
 . Ueber das Verhaltnis des geistigen In- 
 
 ventars zur Zurechnungs- und Geschaftsfahig- 
 keit. 95 pp. 8°. Halle a. S., C. Marhold, 1908. 
 Forms 6. and 6. Hft., v. 6, of: Jurist.-psychiat. Grenzfr., 
 Halle a. S. 
 
 . Die hereditaren Beziehungen der De- 
 mentia prsecox. Beitrag zur Hereditatslehre. 
 vii, 158 pp. 8° Leipzig & Wien, 1910. 
 
 . _ Die primare Insuffizienz der paychisclien 
 
 Aktivitat; ihr Wesen, ihre Erscheinungen und 
 ihre Bedeutung als Grundstorung der Dementia 
 praecox und der Hypophrenien ubefhaupt. 
 viii, 404 pp. 4° Leipzig & Wien, F. Deuticke, 
 1914. 
 
 BerzeUus (Jons. Jacob) [1779-1898]. Analisi 
 cKimica d'ogni specie di minerali da eseguirsi 
 facilmente colla cannella dei saldatori. Opera 
 del Sig. M. Berzelius, tradotta prima dallo 
 Bvedese in francese dal Sig. Fresnel, ora dal 
 francese in italiano dal Prof. Gazzeri. -viii, 258 
 pp., 4 pi. 8°. Firenze, Piatti, 1822. 
 
 ; — . The use of the blowpipe in chemistry and 
 
 mineralogy. Translated from 4. ed., by J. I. 
 Whitney, xv (4 1.), 237 pp. 12°. Boston, 
 W. D. Tichnor & Co., 1845. 
 
 Versuch die bestinunten und einfachen 
 
 Verhaltnisse aufzufinden nach welchen die 
 Bestandtheile der unorganischen Natur mit 
 einander verbunden sind. Hrsg. von W. Ost- 
 wald. 218 pp. 12°. Leipzig, W. Engelmann, 
 1892. 
 
 Forms 35. Hft. of: Osterwald's Elassik. d. exakt. Wis- 
 sensch. 
 
 . See, also: 
 
 _ LouYET (P.) Levensschets van J. J. Berze- 
 lius in het Nederduitsch overgebragt door L. 
 Mulder. 8°. Rotterdam, 1849. 
 
 Letters (The) of Jons Jakob Berzelius and 
 Christian Friedrich SchonbeLu, 1836-47. Edited 
 by Georg W. A. Kahlbaum; translated by Fran- 
 cis D. Darbishire and N. V. Sidgwick. 8°. 
 London & Oxford, 1900. 
 
 Cohen (E.) Eiu Brief von Berzelius. Mitt. z. Gesch. d. 
 Med. u. d. Naturw., Hamb., 1906, v, 223-226.— (Suareschl 
 (I.) Cenni sulP opera scientifica di J. J. Berzelius come 
 chimico e medico. Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1916, 
 4. s., xxii, 237-244.— Kahlbaum (W. A.) Jons Jacob Ber- 
 zelius una Humphrey Davy. Jfltt. z. Gesch. d. Med. u. d. 
 Naturw., Hamb. & Leipz., 1904, iii, 277-290.— MSrner (K. 
 A. H.) [The work of Berzehus in biological chemistry.] 
 Hygiea, Stockholm, 1910, Ixxii, pt. 2, 1297-1307. 
 
 Berzin ([lohannes-] H[ugo-Aleksandr] E[msto- 
 vich]) [1875- _ 1 *0 vliyanii golodaniya na 
 endogennuyu infektsiyu glaza; eksperimental- 
 noye izsliedoyaniye. _ [Influence of starvation 
 upon endogenic iniection of the eye; experimen- 
 tal investigation.] 143 pp. 8°. S.-Peterbura, 
 N. Ya. St&Lhova, 1910. 
 
 Berzuti (Giuseppe) [1841-1910]. 
 
 Bergesio (L.) Commemorazione . . . Gior. d. r. Accad. 
 di med. di Torino, 1911, 4. s., xvii, 103-111. 
 
 B6s (Elie) [1867- _ ]. *Contribution a I'^tude 
 des kystes synoviaux des doigts d'origine rhu- 
 matismale. 48 pp. 4°. Paris, 1896, No. 530. 
 
 Besana (Carlo). L'attivitS, del laboratorio chimico 
 della r. stazione sperimentale di caseiflcio di 
 Lodi in riguardo all' igiene pubblica. 32 pp. 
 8°. Lodi, C. Dell' Am, 1899. 
 
 BesanQon. Paradoxes sui la m^decine. vi, 258 
 pp. 12° Paris, Vigotfrh-es, 1901. 
 
 Besangon ( JuUen) . *Des accidents toxiques post- 
 anesth^siques. 3p.l., 120 pp. 8°. Pom, 1913, 
 No. 243. 
 
 Besangon (Paul -Xavier- Joseph) [1878;- ]. 
 *Contribution k I'^tude de robstructionintesti- 
 nale au cours de rh^matocfele r^tro-ut6rine. 68 
 pp. 8°. Nancy, 1905, No. 16. 
 
 Besant (Annie) [1847- ]. The law of popula- 
 tion; its consequences, and its bearing upon 
 human conduct and morals. 47 pp. 12°- Lon- 
 don, Freethought Pub. Co., 1884. 
 
 . See, also: 
 
 Madame Annie Besant et le jeune J. Krishnamurti, 
 h Paris. Ann. d. sc. psych.. Par., 1911, xxi, 176-180. 
 
 Besbokaia (Menia). *Du rapport fonctionnel 
 entre le pancreas et la rdte. viii, 57 pp. 8°. 
 Lausanne, H. Wechter-Gutzwiller, 1902. 
 
 Besch (WilU Martin) [1879- j. *Ein Beitrag 
 zur Lehre der primaren Orbitalsarkome, be- 
 sonders der Sarkome mit Hohlenbildung. [Leip- 
 zig. ] 15 pp., IL 8°. Stuttgart, 1905. 
 
 Bepr. /Tom: Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg., 1904, 
 xlii, pt. 2. 
 
 de Besche (Arent). Bakteriologiske studier over 
 bametuberkulose. [Bacteriological studies on 
 tuberculosis in children.] 3 p. 1., 256 pp., 5 pL, 
 1 1. 8°- Kristiania, Steens'ske BogtrykJdri, 1912. 
 
 Beschke (Erich). *Ueber die 'Kondensations- 
 produkte von 2,7 Dioxynaphthalin mit aroma- 
 tischen Aldehydammoniaken und deren Spal- 
 tung. [Habilitationsschritt. ] 61 pp. 8°. Gies- 
 sen, 0. Kindt, 1908. 
 
 Beschoren [Richard]. Wie kann die Mutter ihr 
 Kind gesund erhalten und zur kraftvoUen Ent- 
 wicklung bringen? . 12 pp. 8°. Prenzlau, C. 
 Vincent, [1906]. 
 
 Beschorner {Oskar Hermann) [1843- 
 1904J. 
 
 Strubell (A.)' [Biography.] Monatsohr. f. Ohrenh., 
 Berl., 1904, xxxviii. No. 8. 
 
 Beschreibung des Bandwurmes, nebst den Mit- 
 teln wieder denselben, besonders desjenigen 
 welches auf B§fehl Sr. jezt regierenden konigl. 
 Majestat in Frankreich ohnlangst bekannt ge- 
 macht worden. 2. Aufl. 24 pp., 2 1. sm. 4°. 
 Kempten, C. G. B. Fntzsch, 1777. 
 
 Beschreibung einiger zum Gebrauch der dephlo- 
 gistisirten Luft bey dem Blaserohr und Schmelz- 
 feuer eingerichteten Maschinen samt einer An- 
 weisung, sich die dephlogistisirte Luft in Menge 
 zu verschaffen. 45 pp., 1 1., 2 pi. 12°. Tubin- 
 gen, J. F. Heerbrandt, 1785. 
 
 Beschreibung einiger in England erfundenen 
 Maschinen, um verschiedene Arbeiten, so der 
 Gesundheit der Handworker hochst nachtheilig 
 sind, ganz unschadUch zu machen. 20 pp., 4 
 pi. 12°. London, T. Gillet, 1798. 
 
 Beschreibung dererin Nieder-Schlesien, Oelssni- 
 schen Fiirstenthumbs zu Starsine befindlichen 
 und mit vielen Experimentis bekrafttigten 
 Gesund-Quellen, [etc.]. 7 p. 1., 78 pp., 2 1. 24°. 
 Oelase, J. T. Straubel, [1716]. 
 
 Beschreibungen der Gramison Zittau vom 
 Standpunkte der Gesundheitspflege aus aufge- 
 stellt. 99 pp., 17 pi., 17 plans, Ic'h. 8°. Leip- 
 zig, T. Grieben, 1909. 
 
 Beschrijying der openingsplechtigheid van het 
 sanatorium Oranje Nassau's Cord. op. Zaterdag 
 26 October 1901. 35 pp. 8°. ' s-Qravenhage, 
 W. P. van Stockum & Zoon, 1902. 
 
 Besenbruch ([Peter] Wilhelm) [1879- ]. *Ein 
 Fall von Plattenepithelkrebs des Nierenbeckens 
 mit Riesenzellen. 31 pp. 8°. Kiel, Schmidt & 
 Klaunig, 1907. 
 
 Besio (E[nrico]). Sul meccanismo dell' accomo- 
 dazione dell' occhio umano. Esame critico 
 delle varie teorie e contribuzione sperimentale. 
 63 pp. fol. Torino, Rosenberg & Sellier, 1905. 
 
BESNARD. 
 
 488 
 
 BESSON. 
 
 Besnard. Doctrine de M. Gall, son orthodoxie 
 
 philosopldque, son application an chiistianisme. 
 
 333 pp. 8° Paris, Bidotfrh-es, 1830. 
 Besnard (Gustave) [1883- ]. *0onsid6rations 
 
 sur quelques cas de sialorrh6e. 88 pp. 8°- 
 
 Paris, 1910, No. 280. 
 
 Besnard (Victor] [1834-96]. 
 
 Renou. [Biography.] Arch. mM. d'AngerS, 1897, i, 
 563-666, port. 
 
 Besnier (Ernest) [1831-1909]. 
 
 See Guyot (TMophile-Gustave). L'arthritis [etc.]. 8°. 
 Paris, 1904. — Pratique dermatologique fetc.l. rov. 8°. 
 Paris, 1900. bi i j j 
 
 For Biography, see Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1909, 
 4. s.,x, 353-366, port. (G.Thibierge). Also; Brit. J. Dermat., 
 Lond., 1909, xxi, 226 (J. J. Prlngle). Also: Bull. m«d.. Par., 
 1910, xxiv, 47-49 (A. Siredey). Also: Bull, et m^m. Soo. 
 mfid. d. h6p. de Par., 1909, 3. s., xxvi, 923 (Oulmont). Also: 
 Ibid., 1910, 3. s.j xxix, 1029-1040 (A. Siredey). Also: Bull. 
 See. tranj. de dermat. et syph.. Par., 1909, xx, 207-213 (P. 
 Balzer). Also: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1909, lii, 1849. 
 
 -, Fournier (A.) \et al.]. A pictorial atlas of 
 
 skin diseases and syphilitic affections in photo- 
 lithochromes from models in the museum of the 
 Saint Louis Hospital, Paris, with explanatory 
 wood cuts and text. Ed. and annotated by 
 J. J. Pringle. 2. revised and improved ed. 2 
 p. 1., 414 pp. 8°. With atlas, 50 pi. fol. Lovr- 
 don & New York, Rebman Co., 1904. 
 
 Besnier (Henry). *IntoxicationB par le gaz 
 d/eclairage k dioses massives et k doses r6duites. 
 Etude exp&imentale; observations cliniques; 
 applications k I'hygifene. 128 pp. 8°. Paris, 
 1906, No. 138. 
 
 . The same. 128 pp. 8°. Paris, 0. Doin, 
 
 1906. 
 
 Besnier (Joseph-Marie-Anne) [1876- ]. *Etude 
 medico-legale sur les s6vices de I'enfance. [Pa- 
 ris.] 52 pp. 8°. Rennes, 1902, No. 377. 
 
 Besold (August) [1875- ]. *Kritische Be- 
 trachtungen iiber die verschiedenen Theorieen 
 der Myopie. [Miinchen.] 1 p. 1., 52 pp., 1 1. 
 8°. Erlangen, Junge & Sohn, 1912. 
 
 Besold (Gustav). 
 
 See Anstaltsbebandlung (Die) der Tuberkulose. 8°. 
 Berlin, 1902. 
 
 & Gidionsen (H.) Pathologic und Thera- 
 
 pie der Kehlkopf-Tuberkulose; mit einem Ge- 
 leitworte von Moritz Schmidt, x, 119 pp., 7 pi. 
 8°. Berlin, G. Reimer, 1907. 
 
 Besredlca (Alexandre) [1870- ]. Anaphylaxie 
 et antianaphylaxie; bases expfementales. Pre- 
 face de E. Roux. 2 p. 1., vi, 146, [1] pp. 12° 
 Paris, Masson & Cie., 1917. 
 
 Besredka (Chmerelle) [1870- ]. *Abcfes sous- 
 phr6niqnes. (fitude clinique et pathog6nique.) 
 67 pp. 8°. Paris, 1897, No. 170. 
 
 Bessau (Georg) [1884^- ]. *Untersuchungen 
 iiber den Gehalt der Nahrungsmittel an Purin- 
 korpem. 23 pp. 8°. Breslau, Bresl. Qenos- 
 sensch.-BuMruekerei, 1909. 
 
 Besse (Eugfene-Jean-Baptiste) [1875- 1 *Con- 
 tribution h, I'^tude de I'influence de 1 Eruption 
 dentaire sur la croissance chez les nourriasons. 
 48 pp. 8°. Paris, 1902, No. 481. 
 
 Besse (G«.briel - Raymond - Marc) [1881- _ ]. 
 *Grenouillette de la glande de Nuhn-Blandin. 
 38 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1906, No. 57. 
 
 Besse (Jean-Roger) [1889- ]. *Contribution k 
 r^tude de I'appareil de Gourdet dans le traite- 
 ment des fractures compUqu^es et des arthrites 
 purulentes. 43 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1916, No. 11. 
 
 Besse (Walter) [1887- ]. *Dauerresultate der 
 Uterusfixations-Operationen der_ letzten 10 
 Jahre an der Gottingen Prauenklinik. 28 pp. 
 8°. Gottingen, W. F. Kaestner, 1910. 
 
 Bessel-Lorek (Dietrich) [1885- J. *Punktion 
 und Insufflation als Therapie bei Pleuritis exsu- 
 dativa. 23 pp. 4°. Leipzig, J. A. Barth, 1913. 
 
 Besser (Karl ifudolf Eduard) [1880- ]. *Ver- 
 suche zur Ziichtung der Cholera vibrionen. 27 
 pp. 8°. Ealle a. S., C. A. Kaemmerer & Co., 
 1906. 
 
 Besser (Max) [1877- ]. *Die Erfqlge der Law- 
 son Taitschen Dammplastik bei completen 
 Dammrupturen. 81 pp. 8°. Berlin, G. Schade, 
 1902. 
 
 . Die Juden in der modemen Rassentheo- 
 
 rie. 2. Aufl. 29 pp. 8°. Koln & Leipzig, 
 Jiidischer Verlag, 1911. 
 
 Besser (Viktor Viliialdovich) [1825-90]. 
 
 [Biography. ) In: Shmigelski ( M. ) Istorioh. ocherk 
 kaf. hosp. terap. kUn. Imp. Voyen.-Med. Akad. ... 8°. 
 S.-Peterburg, 1897, 150-160. 
 
 Besserer (Alviii). *Zur Frage der Krystallbil- 
 
 dtingimAuge. [Freiburg i. B.] 36pp.,lL 8° 
 
 Duiaburg a. Rh., J. Ewich, 1899. 
 Besserer (Julius) [1882- ]. *Ueber Dauerer- 
 
 folge der Alexander-Adams'schen Operation. 
 
 41 pp. 8°. Jena, A. Kampfe, 1906. 
 Bessermann (Maurice). *Ueber amyloidahnli- 
 ' che Fibrinablagerungen in den Glomerulis der 
 
 Niere. 20 pp. 8°. Zurich, 0. Fiissli, 1897. 
 Besserve (Pierre) [1876- ]. *Contribution k 
 
 I'^tude du traitement des abcfes urineux. 64 pp. 
 
 8°. Paris, 1900, No. 44._ _ 
 Besset (Marius). *DiviBion topographique de 
 
 I'abdomen. 84pp. 8°. roMJoit«e,_1910, No.886. 
 Besseyre (Antonin). *L'occlusion intestinale au 
 
 cours de la grossesse. 78 pp. 8°. Toulouse, 
 
 1906, No. 685. 
 Bessifere (A.) [1882- ]. *Essais d'h^mocul- 
 
 tures sur 32 malades. 75 pp. 8°. Luon, 1912, 
 
 No. 147. ^ » . . 
 
 BessiSre (Auguste - Charles - Ren^) [1886- ]. 
 
 *Paranoia et psychose p&iodique; essai histori- 
 
 que, clinique, nosographique, m6dico-16gaIe. 2 
 
 p. 1., 163 pp. 8°. Paris, 1913, No. 151. 
 BessiSre (Th.) [1872- ]. *:6tude sur quelques 
 
 cas de fifevre typhoide anomale ou compliqu6e. 
 
 76 pp. 8°. Paris, 1899, No. 52. 
 Bessi^res (Albert) [1877- ]. Le train rouge; 
 
 deux ans en train sanitaire. 2. 6d. 2 p. 1., 286 
 
 pp. 12°. Paris, G. Beauehesne, 1916. 
 
 Bessiferes (Jean - Baptiste), Marshal 
 [1768-1813]. 
 
 BUlard (M.) L'embaumement du marSohal Bessites 
 (d'aprSs des documents in^dits). Chron. m^d.. Par., 1914, 
 xxi, 131-1S6. — Faumte (B.) La parents m^dicaJe du 
 mar&hal Bessiferes. Ihid., 1913, xx, 193-196. 
 
 Bessler (Basilius) [ -1629]. 
 
 [Biography.] In: Abbild d. Arznk. verd. Gelehrten 
 
 [etc.], 4°, Augsb., 1805, 64, port. 
 
 Bessler (Christian). *Untersuchungen fiber 
 alimentare Glykosurie. [Erlangen.] 21 pp. 
 8°. Leipzig, G. Fock, 1896. 
 
 Bessler (Gerhard). *Ein Fall von Fibrosarcom 
 der weichen Gehimhaut in der hinteren Schadel- 
 mibe mit Compression der Oblongata und des 
 Cerebellum. 25 pp. 8°. Erlangen, E. T. 
 Jacob, 1896. 
 
 Bessmertry (Ch.) *Ueber die Beziehungen 
 zwischen Vagus und Accelerans. [Bern.] 41 
 pp. 8°. Miinchen, R. Oldenbourg, 1905. 
 
 Besson (Adrien) [1873- ]. *De I'infiuence 
 pathogfeique des ^panchements pleuraux sur 
 la circulation intra-cardiaque, particuliferement 
 dans les affections chroniques du cceur. 10 pp. 
 8°. Lille, 1899, No. 97. 
 
BESSON. 
 
 489 
 
 BETAIN". 
 
 Besson (Adrien) — continued. 
 
 . Technique cMrurgicale joumalifere au 
 
 lit du malade. 2. ed. 249 pp. 8°. Lille, R. 
 
 Qiard, 1908. 
 
 Tecknique des bandages et appareils de 
 
 pratique courante. 168 pp. 12°. Paris, Vigot 
 
 frires, 1909. 
 Besson (Albert) [1868- ]. Technique micro- 
 
 biologique et s&oth&apique. Guide pour les 
 
 travaux du laboratoire. xi, 580 pp. 8°- Paris, 
 
 J.-B. Baillihe & fils, 1898. 
 . The same. 2. 6d. 3 p. 1., 686 pp. 8° 
 
 Paris, J.-B. BailUlre & fils, 1902. 
 
 The same. 3. 6d. 847 pp. 8°. Paris, 
 
 J.-B. Bailliire & fils, 1904. 
 
 . The same. 6. ^d. vi (1 1.), 945 pp. roy. 
 
 8°. Paris, J.-B. BailUhe & fils, 1914. 
 
 The same. Practical bacteriology, 
 
 microbiology and serum therapy (medical and 
 veterinary). A text book for laboratory use, 
 translated and adapted from the 5. French ed. 
 by H. J. Hutchens. xxx, 892 pp. 8° London 
 \etc,.\ Longmans, Green & Co., 1913. 
 
 Besson (Etienne). _ *Contribution k I'^tude du 
 cancer de I'ombilic. 86 pp., 1 1. 8° Pari^, 
 1901, No. 263. 
 
 Besson (Jacques) [1877- _ ]. *Etude de la 
 cyanose cong^nitale sans signe d'auscultation. 
 63 pp. 8°. Paris, 1902, No. 100. 
 
 Besson (Jules) [1870- ]. *De I'^ruption des 
 dents temporaires; son m^canisme; ses acci- 
 dents. 109 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, 1899, No. 244. 
 
 Besson (Marius) [1877- ]. *Des_ art&ites 
 d'origine rhumatismale , et de I'aortite abdo- 
 minale en particulier. !Etude clinique. 70 pp., 
 1 1. 8°. Lyon, 1900, No. 74. 
 
 Besson (Paul). Le radium et la radioactivity. 
 Propri^t^s gln^rales; emplois m.6dicaux. Avec 
 une preface d'A. d'Arsonval. vu, 170 pp. 12°. 
 Paris, Gauthier-Villars, 1904. _ 
 
 Besson (Yves). La medication opoth^rapique; 
 nouvelle m6thode de preparation et d'adminis- 
 tration. Ferments organiques Z6vor. 18 pp. 
 8°. Paris, [n. rf.]. 
 
 . Ferments organiques Z6vor. Les deux 
 
 grandes th^rapeutiques modemes, opoth^rapie 
 et fermentation. 18 pp. 8°. Paris, \n. d.\ 
 
 Bessonnet (Ren^) [1874- ]. *Essai but les 
 hallucinations conscientes. 86 pp. 8°. Paris, 
 1898, No. 450. 
 
 Bessonnet-Favre (C.) La typologie; methode 
 d'observation des types humains. Preface du 
 docteur Raymond. 3 p. 1., viii (1 1.), 336 pp. 
 8°. Paris, P. Juvm, [1910]. 
 
 Best (Franz) [1878- ]. *Eia FaU von Hen- 
 noch'scher Purpura hsemorrhagica mit entztind- 
 lichem Oedem. 46 pp., 1 1. 8°. Heidelberg, J. 
 Hornirw, 1903. _ 
 
 — ; . *Ueber die Verweildauer der Salzlosungen 
 
 im Darme und die Wirkungsweise der salmi- 
 schen Abfuhrmittel. [Habilitationsschrift.] 33 
 pp. 8°. Rostock, O. Boldt, 1912. 
 
 ■ — . The same. Ip. l.,26pp. 8° Rostock, H. 
 
 Warkentien, 1912. 
 
 — & Cohnheim (Otto). Zur Physiologie und 
 
 Pathologie der Magenverdauung. 12 pp. 8°- 
 Heidelherg, C. Winter, 1910. 
 
 Sitzungsb. d. Heidelb. Akad. d. Wissenseli. Math.- 
 naturw. Kl., 1910, No. 23. 
 
 Best (Friedrich). *Ueber die re^essiven Emah- 
 rungsstorungen im Auge bei bandformiger 
 Hornhauttrtibung. [Giessen.] 59 pp., 2 pi. 8°- 
 Hamburg, L. Voss, 1900. 
 
 Best (Friedrich) — continued. 
 
 . Die lokale Anasthesie in der Augenheil- 
 
 kunde. 52 pp. 8°. Halle a. S., C. Marhold, 
 
 1905. 
 Forms 3. Hit., v. 6, of: Samml. zwangl. Abhandl. a. d. 
 
 Geb. d. Augenh. 
 
 Best (Harry) [1880- ]. The deaf; their posi- 
 tion in society and the provision for their educa- 
 tion in the United States, xviii, 340 pp., 1 1. 
 8°. New York, T. Y. Crowell Co., [1914]. 
 
 Best (Palemon) [1839-19121. 
 
 Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1912,i, 1221. Also:l,ancet, 
 Lond., 1912, i, 1505. 
 
 Bestandteile des Papyrus Ebers. MS. 18 1. 4°. 
 
 [n. p., n. d] 
 Bestelmeyer (Richard) [1878- ]. *Zur ver- 
 
 gleichenden Pathologie und pathologischen 
 
 Anatomie der Hamoglobinurie. 36 pp., 1 1. 8°- 
 
 Munchen, C. Wolf & Sohn, 1903. 
 
 von Bestelmeyer (WiThelm) [1847- 
 1913]. 
 
 [Blograpby.] Milnchen. med. Wchnschr., 1910, 1™, 
 482.— von Seydel. Nekrolog. Muncben. med. Wchnscbr.,- 
 1913, Ls, 1776. 
 
 Bestendonk (Hermann) [1875- ]. *Ein Fall 
 von Lendenbruch. 35 pp., 1 1. 8°. Marhurg, 
 C. L. Pfeil, 1899. 
 
 Bestiality. 
 
 See, also, Sexual instinct (Perversion of); 
 Sodoiny. 
 
 Abscheuliclier (Ein) Fall. Arch. f.-Krim. Anthrop. u. 
 KrimiTialist., Leipz., 1903, xli, 320.— Guillebeau (A.) Des 
 blessures faltes aux ardmaux domestiques, par des per- 
 sonnes atteintes de psycbopatbie sexuelle. J. de m^d. v^t. 
 et zootech., Lyon, 1899, 5. s., ill, 1-16.— Krauss. Wider- 
 naturliche Unzucnt, begangen von einem Manne mit einer 
 Henne. Med. Cor.-Bl. d. wiirttemb. arztl. Ver., Stuttg., 
 1902, Ixxii, 593. — Nass (L.) La bestiaUtS antique, .^scu- 
 lape, Par., 1912,11, suppl. trim., 9-12.— Vlvianl (U.) Pazzie 
 venere bestiale. Cesalpmo, Arezzo, 1905, i, 205; 231, 2 pi. 
 
 Bestinunungen fur die arztlichen Verordnungen 
 bei den Kassen mit freier Arztwahl zu Berlin 
 fur das Jahr 1898. Hrsg. vom Vo'rstand des 
 Vereins der freigewahlten Kassenarzte zu Berlin. 
 44 pp. 16°. Berlin, 1898. 
 
 Bestinunungen fiber die Aufnahme von Studi- 
 renden in die Kaiser Wilhebns-Akademie f iir das 
 miUtaraiztliche Bildungswesen zu BerUn. 20 
 pp. 16°. Berlin, E. 8. Mittler & Sohn, 1901. 
 
 Bestinunungen fiber die Zulassung zur axzt- 
 lichen Praxis im Auslande. Hrsg. von J. 
 Schwalbe. 152 pp. 8°. Leipzig, G. Thieme, 
 1899. 
 
 Bestion (Louis-Alexandre-Philippe) [1871- ]. 
 *Le sue ovarien; eftets phyaiowgiques et th6ra- 
 peutiques. Organoth^rapie ovarienne. 124 pp., 
 1 1., 3 pi., 5 diag. 8°. Bordeaux, 1898, No. 86. 
 
 . The same. 124 pp., 3 pi., 5 ch. 8°. 
 
 Paris, J.-B. Bailliire & fils, 1898. 
 
 Beta. 
 
 See Beets. 
 
 Beta-eucain. 
 
 See Eucain. 
 
 Betain. 
 
 Engeland (R.) *TJeber Herkunft und Bedeu- 
 tung der Betajne. 8°- Marhurg, 191Z. 
 
 Margolinsky (S.) *Synthe8e von Betainen 
 aua dialkylierten Aminoacetonitrilen. 8° Hei- 
 delberg, 1903. 
 
 Abdeihalden (E.) & Kautzsch (K.) Beitrage zur 
 Kenntnis von methylierten Polypeptiden. Betain des 
 Diglycyl-Glycins. Ztscbr. t. physiol. Cbem., Strassb., 1911, 
 Ixxv, 19-29.— Ackermann (D.) Ueber die Entstehuug der 
 Betaane in Fflanze und Tier. Sitzungsb. d. phys.-med. 
 
BETAIN. 
 
 490 
 
 BETTER. 
 
 Betain. 
 
 Gesellscli. zu Wurzb., 
 
 1913, 52-62. Also [Abstr.]: Med. 
 
 452-454.— Henze (M.) Ueber das Vorkommen des Betains 
 bel Cephalopoden, Ztsobr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 
 1910-11, Ixx, 253.— Schulze (E.) Ueber das Vorkommen 
 Ton Betain in den Knollen des Topinamburs (Helianthus 
 tuberosus). lUd., Ixv, 293-317.— SchuUe (E.) & Pfen- 
 nlnger (U.) Untersuohungen iiber die in den Pflanzen 
 vorkommenden Betaine. Ibid., 1911, Ixxi, 174; 1912, Ixxvi, 
 258: Ixxix, 235.— Schulze (E.) & Trier (G.) Ueber die in 
 den Pflanzen vorkommenden Betaine. Ibid., 1910, Ixvii, 
 46-58. — StanSk (V.) Ueber die Lokalisatiou von Betain in 
 
 Pflanzen. Jiid., 1911, Ixxii, 402-409. . Ueber die 
 
 Wanderungen von Betain in Pflanzen bei einigen Vegeta- 
 tionsvorgangen. Ibid., IxxT, 262-271. — Stoltzenberg (H.) 
 Beitrage zur Kenntnls des Betains. Ibid., 1914, xcii, 445-494, 
 3 pi.— Vellch (A.) Bemerkungen zum Studium der physio- 
 logiscben Wirkung des Betams. Zentralbl. f. Physiol., 
 I/eipz. & Wien, 1914, xxviii, 249-251.— Toshlmura (K.) 
 Ueber die Betame der Nipecotinsaure und der Pipecolin- 
 saure. Ztschr. f. pbysiol. Cbem., Strassb^^ 19l2, bcxviii, 156- 
 158.— Toshlmura (K.) & Trier (G.) Beitrage uber das 
 Vorkommen von Betainen im Pflanzenreich. Ibid., Ixxvii, 
 290-302. 
 
 Beta-naphthol. 
 
 <See Napthol. 
 
 Betancourt (Alfonso). Algunos accidentes te- 
 ratol6gico8 de la guerra. 10 pp. 8°- Habana, 
 F. Xiques, 1899. 
 
 Betancourt (R6miilo). *E8tudio sobre el ahua- 
 cate. 34 pp. 8°. Mexico, 1879. 
 
 Beteillgung (Die) der ' Landes-Versicheruiigsan- 
 stalt der Hansestadte an der Bekampfung der 
 Tuberkulose, nebst Beschreibung und Planen 
 der von ihr fur Lungenkranke errichteten 
 Anstalten; Heilstatten, Genesungsheime, Invali- 
 denheime). 89 pp., 11 pi., 10 plan. obi. fol. 
 Liibeck, B. Quitzow, 1904. 
 
 Betel. 
 
 Lewin (L.) Ueber Areca catechu, Chavica 
 betle und das Betelkauen. 8°. Stuttgart, 1889. 
 
 RicAPET (G.) *Contribution k I'etude de la 
 noixd'arec. 4°. Paris^ 1896. 
 
 Onue (W. B.) Makan strih. [Betel chewing.] Brit. M. 
 J., Lond., 1914, i, 325. 
 
 Bethauser {Charles M.) [1834-1902]. 
 
 Obituary. Columbus M. J., 1902, xxvi, 540. 
 Bethe (Albrecht). *Ueber die Primitivfibrillen 
 
 in den Ganglienzellen vom Menschen und 
 
 anderen Wirbelthieren. [Strassburg.] 21 pp. 
 
 8°. Jena, G. Fischer, 1898. _ 
 . Allgemeine Analomie und Physiologie 
 
 des Nervensystems. vii, 487 pp., 2 pi. 8°. 
 
 Leipzig, C. Thieme, 1903. 
 Bethe (Emil) [1873- ]. *Das Blutgefassystem 
 
 von Salamandra maculata, Triton tseniatus und 
 . Spelerpes fuscus, mit Betrachtungen uber den 
 
 Ort. der Atbmung beim lungenlosen Spelerpes 
 
 fuscus. 28 pp., 1 1. 8°. Halle a. 8., 1898. 
 Bethe (Johann Friedrich Wilhelm) [1872- ]. 
 
 *Ueber pathogene Hefe. ix, 54 pp., 2 1. 8* 
 
 Greifswald, H. Adler, 1899. 
 Bethea (Oscar Walter) [1878- ]._ -Practical 
 
 materia medica and prescription writing, viii, 
 
 549 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, F. A. Davis Co., 1915. 
 . The same. 2. ed. x, 562 pp. roy. 8°. 
 
 Philadelphia, F. A. Davis, Co.,. 1917. 
 Betherand (Lucien) [1868- 1. *Le diagnostic 
 
 de la tuberculose pulmonaire des jeunes enfants. 
 
 120 pp. 8°. Paris, 1899, No. 113. 
 Bethge ([Hans Joachim] Konrad) [1880- ]. 
 
 *Ueber Malariapsychosen. 32 pp., 1 1. 8''. 
 
 Leipzig, B. Georgi, 1909. 
 
 Bethge (Otto Julius Walther) [1886- ]. *Der 
 EinfluBS geistiger Arbeit auf den Korper unter 
 besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Ermiidungs- 
 erscheinungen. 51 pp. 8^. Halle, Heyne- 
 mann'sche Buchdruck., 1911. 
 
 . The same. 51 pp. 8°- Halle a. S., C. 
 
 Marhold, 1911. 
 
 Forms 3. Hit., v. 7, of: Samml. zwangl. Abhandl. a. d. 
 Geb. d. Nerv.- u. Geisteskr. 
 
 Bethge (Walter) [1880- ]. *Ueber psychische 
 Storungen bei Sydenham'scher Chorea (Be- 
 richt iiber einen Fall von Chorea minor _mit 
 akuter halluzinatorischer Verwirrtheit). [Kiel.] 
 22 pp. 8°. Wilhelmshaven, [1909]. 
 
 Bethke (Fritz August Arnold) [1879- J. 
 *ireber die Prophylaxe der Fusskrankheiten in 
 derArmee. 30 pp., 11. 8°. Berlin, 0. Francke, 
 1905. 
 
 Bethlen {Eathanna) Griifin [1700-59]. 
 
 Gy6ry (T.) [Biography.] Orvosihetil., Budapest, 1900, 
 xliv, 386. Also: Pest. med..-chir., Presse, Budapest, 1900, 
 xxxvi, 681-684. Also, Irwnsl. [ Abstr.l : Verhandl . d. Gesellsch. 
 deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1903, Leipz., 1904, ii, 2. Hlfte., 97. 
 
 BSthoux (Jules) [1877- _]. *Etude sur un 
 nouveau proc6d6 de revulsion; la v&ication par 
 I'iodure de m^thyle. 94 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1904, 
 No. 110. 
 
 [Bethune (John).] A short view of the human 
 faculties and passions, with remarks and direc- 
 tions respecting their nature, improvement, 
 and government. 2. 6d. 128 pp. 12°. Edivr 
 burgh, 1770. 
 
 Betke (Paul Martin Richard) [1875- ]. *Ueber 
 Tuberkulose der Homhaut. [Berlin.] 34 pp., 
 1 1., 1 pi. 8°. Forst i. L., E. Hoene, 1902. 
 
 Betkher (Dmitri _ [Aleksieyevich]) [1864- ]. 
 *K voprosu o vliyanii zharoponizhayushtshikh 
 f armakologicheskikh sredstv na kozhnlye sosudt, 
 kak regulyatoil tyoplootdachi zdorovavo i likho- 
 radyashtshavo organizma. [On the influence of 
 heat-reducing pharmacological means upon cu- 
 taneous blood vessels as regulators of heat emis- 
 sion of the healthy and febrile organism.] 
 [Yuryev.] 156 pp., 1 1. 8°- Moshva, L N. 
 Kushnereff & Ko., 1897. 
 
 Betlheim (Isolde). *Ueber Dystrophia musculo^ 
 rum progressiva et pseudohypertrophia bei 
 Kindem. 41 pp. 8 . ZiiricfirSelnau, Gebr. 
 Leemann & Co., 1907. 
 
 Betoil (G^vert Inde). Therapeutic manipula- 
 tion; or, a successful treatment of various disor- 
 ders of the human body, by mechanical applica- 
 tions. 23 pp. 8°. London, J. Masters, 1842. 
 
 B€touli6res _ (Jean-Marc-Georges) _ [1873- ]. 
 *Psychologie de I'expertise m6dico-16gale. 62 
 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1900, No. 69. 
 
 Betschmann (Traugott). _*Ueber ein fibro- 
 epitheliales, traubiges Papillom des Ovarium 
 und seine Beziehungen zu Keimepithelcysten. 
 57 pp., 5 pi. 8°. .ZitncA, 1902. 
 
 Betta (Andr6) [1886- J. *Des pes^es dans la 
 premifere enfance au point de vue physiologique 
 et pathologique. 45 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1910, 
 No. 67. 
 
 Bettae (;Gustav Wilhehn) [1872- ]. *Zur 
 Casuistik der Ulcera nach Gastroenterostomie. 
 24 pp., 1 1. 8°. Leipzig, B. Georgi, 1905. 
 
 Bettany (George Thomas). 
 
 See Maltbus (Thomas Robert) [in 2. s.l. An essay on the 
 prindple of population [etc.]. 8 . Ltndon, 1890. 
 
 Better (Otto) [1887- ]. *Ueber einen Fall 
 von Pankreassklerose. 24 pp., 2 1. 8°- Berlin, 
 H. Blanke, 1913. 
 
BETTERMENT. 
 
 491 
 
 BEUER. 
 
 Betterment of Life Insurance; need for better 
 vital statistics. Report of health committee, 
 Association of Life Insurance Presidents. 7 pp. 
 8°. New York, 1912. 
 
 Bettex (Marius). *Contribution h I'^tude d'un 
 nouveau dfeinfectanturinaire: I'helmitol. [Lau- 
 sanne.] 32 pp. 8°. Vevey, Sauberlin & Pfeiffer, 
 1908. 
 
 Bettinger (Henri). *De la rachicocainisation 
 suivant _le proc6d6 du Dr. Le Filliatre (et en 
 particulier pour I'anesth^sie de la moiti6 sup^- 
 rieure du corps). 134 pp. 8°. Paris, 1912, 
 No. 83. 
 
 Bettinger {Julius) [1802-87]. 
 
 BIng (A.) Quelquesnouveauxd^tailssur"l'Anonymedu 
 
 Palatinat.V Chron. miA., Pat;, 1914, xxi, 196-201. . 
 
 L"'Anonyme du Palatinat" (Pfalzer Anonymus). Ibid., 
 1909, xvi, 305-311.— Hoflmann (E.) Wer ist der "Plalzer 
 Anonymus"? Dermat. Ztschr., Berl^ 1912, xix, 1043-1050. 
 
 . Einiges aus dem Leben Julius Bettingers des Ptalzer 
 
 Anonymus. Ibid., 1913, xx, 220-223,— Julius Bettinger 
 (I'Anonyme du Palatinat). Boston M. & S. J., 1914, clxx, 
 888. 
 
 Bettinger (Karl Wilhelm) [1883- ]. *Blutun- 
 tersuchungen bei ThyreotoxikdSen. [Heidel- 
 berg.] 40 pp. 8°- Karlsruhe, C. F. Miiller, 
 1912. 
 
 Bettinger (Lucien). *Contribution ^ I'^tude des 
 sarcomes du col de I'uterus. 96 pp. 8°. Paris, 
 1909, No. 444. 
 
 Bettinlc (H. Wefers). Eenige beschouwingen 
 over de voorstellen ter -wijziging der wetten tot 
 regeUng van de uitoefening der artsenijbereid- 
 kunst. 48 pp. 8°. Utrecht, A. van Dorsten, 
 jr., 1886. 
 
 Bettman (Boeme) [1858-1906]. 
 
 Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass.', Cliicago, 1906, xl-ri, 1714. 
 Also: Med. Eec, N. Y., 1906, Ixix, 887. 
 
 Bettmann (Isidor]. _ Gesundheitsbuch fiir die 
 Tuch- und Buckskinfabrikation. vii, 100 pp. 
 16°. Berlin, C. Heymann, 1898. 
 
 Bettmann (Max) [1882- _ _ J. *Ueber die 
 Beziehungen der Appendicitis zu den weibli- 
 chen Adnexorganen. 26 pp., 2 1. 8°. Jena, B. 
 Vopelius, 1906. 
 
 Bettmann (Siegfried). *Ueber den Einfluss des 
 Arseniks auf das Blut und Knochenmark des 
 Kaninchens. 88 pp. 8°. Heidelberg, J. Hor- 
 ning, 1897. 
 
 •; . Die praktische Bedeutung der eosinophi- 
 
 len Zellen. 
 
 In: SAMML.klin. Vortr.,n. P., Leipz., 1900, No.266{Innere 
 Med., No. 78, 1671-1600). 
 
 . Einfuhrung in die Dermatologie. viii, 
 
 186 pp. 8°. Wiesbaden, J. F. Bergmann, 1914. 
 See, also, Beitrage zur KliTiilr der Tuberkulose. 8°. 
 Wurzburg, 1903. 
 
 & von Wasiliewski. ' Zur Kenntnis der 
 
 Orientbeule und ihres Erregers. 56 pp., 5 pi. 
 8°. Leipzig, J. A. Barth, 1909. 
 
 Forms 5. BeiMt. of: BeiMte. z. Aroh. I. ScMffs- u. Tro- 
 penhyg. 
 
 Betto (Luigi). Dell' entrata dell' aria neUe vene. 
 
 33 pp. 12°. Ragusa, Piceitto & Antoci, 1905. 
 Bettoli (Uberto Antonio). Orazione per lo sta- 
 
 bilimento dell' imperiale Accademia di Parma. 
 
 32 pp. 12°. Parma, Carmignani, 1812. 
 Betton (Thomas Forrest). 
 
 See Blcord (Phillippe) [in 2. s.]. Illustrations of syplulitio 
 
 disease [etc.]. 4°. Philadelphia, 1851. 
 
 Betts (William Winthrop) [1862-1903]. A com- 
 parative climatic studjr of the arid and semi- 
 tropic southwest and its relation to tubercu- 
 losis. 23 pp. 8°. Los Angeles, [1901]. 
 
 For Biography, see Albany M. Ann., 1903, xxiv, 496-498. 
 
 Bettus (Joannes). De ortu et natura sanguinis. 
 
 18 1., 825 pp., 1 1. 16°. Londini, G. Grantham, 
 
 1669. 
 B€tuel (Raoul). *D6placements passifs de 
 
 I'hum6iai8 cons6cutifs aux traumatismes. 120 
 
 pp., 8 pi. 8°. Pom, 1899, No. 67. 
 
 Betula. 
 
 _ Kamohatoff (V. I.) *Nablyudeniya otno- 
 sitelno dieistviya nastoiki i otvara beryozovikh 
 pochek na mocheotdieleniye u zdorovikh lyudei 
 1 Bright'ikov. [Observations concerning the 
 action of birchtree bud infusion on urine secre- 
 tion of healthy men and those suffering from 
 Blight's disease.] 8°. 8.-Peterburg,l?,^'i. 
 
 KosMiNSKi (N. A.) *Patologo-anatomiche- 
 skiya izmieneniya v kostyakh rostushtshikh 
 krolikov pri golodanii; eksperimentalnoye izslle- 
 dovaniye. [Patho-anatomical changes in the 
 bones of growing rabbits in starvation; experi- 
 mental research.] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1899. 
 
 Allman (J. D.) Oleum betulae. Med. Times & Hosp. 
 Gaz., Lond., 1906, xxxiv, 651.— ^Jmelner. Experlmen- 
 telle Untersuchungen fiber die Wirkung der Birkenblatter. 
 Deutsche tierarztl. Wchnschr., Hannov., 1903, xl, 194; 201; 
 214.— MSrer (J.) [The diuretic effect of folia betulae.] Or- 
 Tosi hetil., Budapest, 1906, I, 186-188.— Tarasoffl (F. I.) 
 [On the pharmacology of the leaves and buds of the birch 
 tree.] Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1898, xix, 1508. 
 
 Betz (H. J.) Het spiritisme, een zoogenoemd we- 
 tenschappelijk vraagstuk. 29 pp. 8°. 's Gra- 
 venhage, M. Nijhoff, 1882. 
 Betz (Herman). Sophistication and contamina^ 
 tion of food products. 151-163 pp. 8° New 
 York, 1915. 
 
 Forms No. 6, v. 5, of: Month. Bull. Dep. Health City N. 
 York. 
 
 Betz (Israel H._) [1841- ]. Some Cumberland 
 County physicians of forty years ago. 1907. 
 15 pp. 8^. [n.p.,n.d.] 
 
 Betz (Odo). Vier sagittate Schadeldurchschnitte 
 in Bild und Wort als Erklarungen zu den Gyps- 
 modellender Nasenhohle und ihrer Nebenraume 
 in naturlicher Grosse und in natiirUchen Far- 
 ben. 2. Ausg. 18 pp., 3 pi. 12°. _ Heilbronn, 
 J. Determann, [1906]. 
 
 Betz (Paul). *Beitrag zu der Lehre von den 
 angeborenen Formfehlem des EUenbogenge- 
 lenlsB. 34 pp. 8° Strassburg, G. Fischbach, 
 1897. 
 
 Betz (PMipp Friednch) [1819-1903]. 
 
 Dfirfler. [Biography.] Med. Cor.-Bl. d. wiirttemb. arztl, 
 Ver., Stuttg., 1903, Ixxiu, 855-861. 
 
 Betz (W.)_ Ueber Korrelation. Methoden der 
 Korrelationsberechnung und kritischer Bericht 
 uber Korrelationsuntersuchungen aus dem Ge- 
 biete der IntelUgenz, der Anlagen und ihrer 
 Beeinflussung durch aussere Umstande. 88 pp. 
 8°. Leipzig, J. A. Barth, '1911. 
 
 Forms 3. Hft., of: Beihette z. Ztsohr. f. ang. Psych, [etc.], 
 Leipz. 
 
 Beuchat (Henri), lilanuel d'arch6ologie am^- 
 ricaine (Am6rique prehistorique, civilisations 
 disparues). Preface par M. H. Vignaud. xli, 
 773 pp., 3 tab. 8°. Paris, A. Picard, 1912. 
 
 Beuchel (Franz Emil Karl) [1838- ]. *EinigeB 
 uber den Tod durch Chloroform. 24 pp. 8°. 
 Leipzig, C. E. Elbert, 1864. 
 
 Beuchet (R-angois) [1876- ]. *De I'influence 
 des maladies de I'aorte sur le d^veloppement de 
 la tuberculose pulmonaire. 94 pp., 1 1. 8°. 
 Paris, 1901, No. 280. 
 
 . The same. 94 pp., IL 8° Paris, J.-B. 
 
 Baillihe, 1901. 
 
 Beuer (Leon) [1883- ]. *Zur Frage der Kno- 
 chennaht. 52 pp. 8°- Heidelberg, H. Dorr, 1912. 
 
BEUF. 
 
 492 
 
 BEUTTER. 
 
 Beuf (Ahtoine) [1872- ]. *Des troubles fonc- 
 tionnels cons^cutifs k ramputation totale de la 
 langue, r^sultats de la prothfese linguale. 74 
 pp., 11. 8° £i/on, 1897, No. 5. 
 
 Beuf (J.-L.-Etienne). *R6flexions svff la gan- 
 grene. 19 pp. 8°. Montpellier, an XI, [1803]. 
 
 Beugnies-Corbeau (Eugfene-Valery) [1852-1905]. 
 *De la vaccine ulc6reuse. 44 pp. 4°. Paris, 
 1878, No. 428. 
 
 . The same. 44 pp. 8° Paris, A. Parent, 
 
 1878. 
 
 For Biogra'phy, see Gaz. mM. de Par., 1905, 12. s., v, 40. 
 Aho: Union med. du nord-est, Reims, 1905, xxix, 19. 
 
 Beugnon (Jean) [1882- 1 
 thfeies douloureuses de la fil 
 
 *De8 hyperes- 
 
 vre typhoide chez 
 
 50 pp. 8°- Paris, 
 
 I'adulte et chez I'enfant. 
 
 1909, No. 55. 
 Beuing (Felix). *Beitrag zur Casuistik der 
 
 Glaskorperblutungen mit spezieller Beriick- 
 
 sichtigung von 8 Fallen sppntan recidivierender 
 
 Glaskorperblutungen. 60 pp. 8°. Giessen, 0. 
 
 Kindt, 1900. 
 Beukers_ (Kaxel Gerard). *Versie en extractie. 
 
 175, vii pp. 8°. Amsterdam, J. H. de Bussy, 
 
 1904. " 
 
 Beulaygue (L.) [1869- ]. .*Recherches phy- 
 
 siologiques sur le diSveloppement de la fleur. 
 
 108 pp., 1 1. 8°. Montpellier, 1901. 
 Scole de pharmacie. 
 
 — — — . *Etude du Calystegia soldanella R. Br. 
 Etude botanique, chimique et pharmaceutique. 
 85 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1901, No. 16. 
 Ecole de pharmacie. 
 
 *L'analyse microchimique des medica- 
 
 ments min^raux. 103 pp. 8°. Montpellier, \^Q\, 
 No. 27. 
 Ecole de pharmacie. 
 
 Beuleke (Otto Robert) [1880-_ ]. *Empyem 
 und Pneumothorax. ■ Statistische Studie uber 
 die in den Jahren 1890-1904 inkl. auf der i. 
 medizinischen Abteilung des Ej-ankenhauses 
 1. d. Isar in Miinchen beobachteten FaUe. 18 
 pp. 8°. Miinchen, B. Heller, 1906. 
 
 Beume (Adolf). *Ueber ein Oberkiefercarcinom 
 mit ZeUeinschltissen. [Wiirzburg.] 22 pp., 1 1. 
 8°. Hannover, 1898. 
 
 Beumelburg ([Ernst] Kurt) [1885- J. *Zur 
 Aetiologie der 'Hodgkinschen Krankheit. [Got- 
 tingen.J 12pp., 11. 8°. Wiirzburg, C.Kabitzsch, 
 1912. 
 
 CutHng from: Beitr. z. Klin, d. Tuberk., Wurzb., 1912, 
 xxlli, 287-298. 
 
 Beumer (Hans [R. W.]) [1884- ]. *Ueber 
 Lecithinausscheidung bei Tabes und Paralyse 
 und ihre Bedeutung. 21 pp., 1 1. 8°. Jfttn- 
 chen, C. Wolf & Sohn, 1909. 
 
 Beun (ilmile- Victor-Louis) [1880- J. *Pr9iec- 
 tion des orifices du coeur sur la parol thoracique 
 (travail du laboratoire d'anatomie). 50 pp., 12 
 pi. 8°. Lille, 1907, No. 23. 
 
 Beunat (Pierre-Joseph) [1850- ]. *Etude sur 
 I'empoisonnement par I'acide ph6nique. 77 pp. , 
 1 1. 4°. Paris, 1896, No. 332. 
 
 Beurier (Pierre-L6on-Joseph). *Contribution h, 
 retude de remploi du baumedu P6rou en chi- 
 rurgie et sp^cialement en petite chirurgie. 72 
 pp. 8°. Paris, 1908, No. 135. 
 
 de Beurmann (Charles- Lucien) [1851] & Gougc- 
 rot (Henri) [1881- ]. Les sporotrichoses. 2 
 p. 1., 852 pp., 8 pi. roy. 8°. Paris, F. Alcan, 
 1912. 
 
 . Les nouvelles mycoses; exascoses 
 
 (ex-blastomycoses), oidiomycoses, sporotricho- 
 ses, botrytimycose, oosporoses, h^miporose. 165 
 pp. 8°- Pans, Masson & Cie., [1912]. 
 
 Beurnter [Charles-Louis-Edmond] [1860- ]. 
 Ligaments ronds de I'ut^rus. Anatomie, phy- 
 siologie, m^decine op^ratoire. 106 pp., 1 1. 8°. 
 Paris, G. Steinheil, 1886. 
 
 — . Notions d'anatomie, de physiologie et de 
 
 pathSlogie appUqu^es k I'orthop^die; 6tude pour 
 le m^canicien orthop6diste. 555 pp. 8°. Paris, 
 Vigotfrh-es, 1898. 
 
 Beurois (Henri-Marie-Edouard) [1885- ]. *Con- 
 tribution &. I'^tude de la circulation coecale et ap- 
 pendiculaire chez I'adulte, I'enfant et le fcetus; 
 emploi de la m6thode radiographique. 36 pp., 
 10 pi. 8°. Bmdeaux, 1912, No. 123. 
 
 Beurrler (Julien). Hygifene et sant6 aux colonies 
 et en France. 377 pp. 12°. Paris, A. Maloine, 
 [1904]. 
 
 Beurteilung und Behandlung der Fohlenhufe. 
 Im Auftrage des Kgl. Ministeriums fur Landwirt- 
 schaft, Domanen und Forsten bearbeitet von 
 H. Kosters. 31 pp. 8°. Berlin, P. Parey, 1902. 
 
 von Beust (Adolf T.) *Lebensbedrohliche in- 
 traabdominelle Blutungen aus geplatzten Folli- 
 cular- und Luteincysten des Ovariums. 56 pp. 
 8°. Zurich, Cfebr. Leemann & Co., 1914. 
 
 Beuster (Rudolf Friedrich Wilhelm) [1869- ]. 
 *Ueber einen Fall von akuter traumatiscfeer 
 Niereninsuffizienz. 22 pp. 8° Leipzig, E. 
 Lehrrumn, 1909. 
 
 Beutel (Joannes) J *Has de phthisi positiones 
 publice ventilandas progonit. 81. sm. 4° Ba- 
 silex, typ. J. J. Genathti, 1616. 
 
 Beuthe (Paul) [1884r- ]. *Ueber Wiederholung 
 der Ekiampsie bei derselben Person in verschie- 
 denen Schwangerschaften. [Miinchen.] 41 
 pp., 11. 8°. Saalfeldi. Thur.,K.StocHgt, 1909. 
 
 Beutinger (E.) Handbuch der Feuerbestattung 
 und ihre geschichtUche Entwicklung von der 
 Urzeit bis zur Gegenwart; technische und ktinst- 
 lerische Anforderungen an neuzeitliche Krema- 
 torien und die damit zusammenhangenden An- 
 lagen. vii, 282 pp. 4°. Leipzig, C. Seholtze, 
 [1912]. 
 
 Beutler ([Carl] Rudolf). _*Beitrag zur Lehre von 
 den Kleinhirntumoren im Anschluss an einen 
 Fall von Rundzellensarkom des Kleinhirns. 19 
 pp., 1 1. 8°. Munchen, C. Wolf & Sohn, 1904. 
 
 Beutler (Emil) [1879- ]. *Beitrage zur Pneu- 
 motomie. 50 pp., 11. 8°- Kiel, A. F. Jensen, 
 1901. 
 
 Beutler (Heimich Ludwig Bruno) [1879- ]. 
 *Die Anatomie von Paryphanta hochstetteri Pfr. 
 [Giessen.] 44 pp., 1 1. 8°. Jena, G. Fischer, 
 1901. 
 
 Beutler (Joh. Wilhelm). De glandulse pinealis 
 statu naturali et prsetematuraU. 1 p. 1., 20 pp. 
 sm. 4° Marpurgi Cattorum, 8. Schadewitz, 1680. 
 
 Beutler (Karl) [1881- ]. *Beitrag zur Kennt- 
 nis der Bryozoenfauna der alteren Tertiarschich- 
 ten des sudlichen Bayern. II. Abteilung: Cy- 
 clostomata. [Miinchen.] pp. 206-250, 1 1. 4°- 
 Stuttgart, E. Schweizerhart (E. Nagele), 1908. 
 Bepr.from: Palseontographica, 1908, liv. 
 
 Beutnagel (Hans [Karl]) [1882- ]. *Beitrag 
 zur Therapie des Keratokonus. 26 pp., 1 1. 8°. 
 Miinchen, C. Wolf & Sohn, 1909. 
 
 BeuttenmtlUer (Heinrich) [1880- ]. *Ueber 
 den Zusammenhang zwischen Blutdruck und 
 SchmerzempflndUchkeit. 26 pp. 8°. Miin- 
 chen, Kastner & Callwey, 1903. 
 
 See, also, MohT (Leon) & BeuttenmtUleT (H.) Die 
 Methodi]i:[etc.]. roy. 8°. Wiesbaden, 1911. 
 
 Beuttei- (Charles) [1879- ]. *Des souffles dias- 
 toliques de la base du coeur (souffles anorganiques 
 surtout). 132 pp., 11. 8°. ij/on, 1906, No. 147. 
 
BEUTTER. 
 
 493 
 
 BEVERAGES. 
 
 Beutter (Maurice) [1876- ]. *Pathog6iiie con- 
 jonctivo-vasculaire du tabfes dorsalis. 132 pp. 
 8°. Lyon. 1906, No. 150. 
 
 Beuttner (Eugen). Koimneiitar zur Pharmaco- 
 poea Helvetica. Editio quarta. 422 pp., 1 1. 
 4°. Zurich, 0. Fiissli, [1911]. 
 
 Beuttner (Oskar) [1866- ]. Zur Behandlung 
 des unvollstandigen Abortus, nebst einigen Be- 
 merkungen ilber Atmokausis, Uterusperforation 
 und Hysteroskopie. 36 pp. 8°. Wien, 1900. 
 Forms 5. Hft., v. 26, of: Wien. Klinik. 
 
 . Die transversale fundale Keilexzision des 
 
 Uterus als Vorakt zur Exstirpation doppelseitig 
 erkrankter Adnexe, nebst einigen Bemerkungen 
 zur konservativen Chirurgie der Adnexe iiber- 
 haupt (frontale Hemiaektion des Ovariums). 
 Mit 23 Abbildungen. 67 pp. roy. 8°. Stuttgart, 
 F. Enhe, 1911. 
 
 See, also, Edeliolils (Georges M.) Die Hellung [etc.]. 
 8°. Berlin & Wien, 1904.— Kolischer (Gustav) [in 2. s.j. 
 Maladies de I'urfethre [etc.]. 12°. Paris, 1900. 
 
 Also, Editor of: Gynaecologia Helvetica, Geni & Giessen, 
 1901-12. 
 
 BeuTlgnon (AcHlle-Charles) [1873- ]. *De 
 
 la salpingite tuberculeuse. 103 pp., 1 1., 2 pi. 
 
 8°. Nancy, 1897, No. 1. 
 Beuzart (Jean). *De la d^g^n^rescence sarcoma- 
 
 teuse des fibromes de I'ovaire. 76 pp. 8° 
 
 Paris, 1907, No. 428. 
 Bevalot (Louis) [1874^ J. *Des parotidites au 
 
 cours de la fievre typboide. 71 pp. 8°. Paris, 
 
 1900, No. 365. 
 Bevan (Arthur Dean) [1860-_ ]. Surgery of the 
 
 scrotum, testicle, spermatic cord, and seminal 
 
 vesicles. 
 
 In: Syst. Surg. (Keen), PhUa., 1908, iv, 588-628. 
 
 See, also, liexer (EMch). General surgery [etc.]. 8°. 
 
 New York & London, 1908. 
 
 For Biography, see J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1917, Ixvlii, 
 
 1823. 
 
 Bevan {Oliarles Frederick) [1850-1917]. 
 
 [Obituary.) J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1918, Ixx, 113. 
 
 Beran (John Aylwin). The discovery of thermo- 
 motor force; the secret spring that wields the 
 power of life and death; its seat, process of 
 production, and modus operandi, [etc.l. 29 pp. 
 8°. New Yorl, 1878. 
 
 Berans (James L.) [1869- ]. The ambulance 
 company. 42 pp. ]2°- Ft. Leavenworth, Kans., 
 1912. 
 In: San. Field Serv. Papers, Ft. Leavenworth, 1912. 
 
 — ; — . Outline scheme for the selective reduc- 
 tion in the equipment and supplies of the field 
 hospital, assuming progressive reduction in its 
 normal transport of eight wagons by one wagon, 
 as a result of military necessity, down to a point 
 where only a single wagon is available. 9 pp. 
 12°. Ft. Leavenworth, Kans., 1912. 
 In: San. Field Serv. Papers, Ft. Leavenworth, 1912. 
 
 de B6ve (J.) La tuberculose; origines, traite- 
 ment rationnel, hygifene, moyens de disinfec- 
 tion. 29 pp. 8°. Anvers, de Vlijt, 1902. 
 
 Berengut_ (Mauricp-Antoine) [1887- ]. *Le3 
 fistulisations spontan^es et anormales des 
 mastoidites. 86 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1912, No. 63. 
 
 Bever (Gustav [Friedrich Leonhard]) [1880- ]. 
 *Die Fortleitungswege von Mitteiohreiterungen 
 in das Gehirn bei der Entstehung von Gross- 
 himabszessen. 2 p. 1., 63 pp., 1 1. 8° Erlav^ 
 gen, Junge & Sohn, 1907. 
 
 Beverages. 
 
 See, also, Alcoholic drinks. 
 
 Cups and their customs. 2. ed. 12°. Lon- 
 don, 1869. 
 
 Duncan. Wholesome advice against the 
 abuse of hot liquors, particularly of coffee, 
 chocolate, tea, brandy and strong-waters. With 
 
 Beverages. 
 
 directions to know what constitutions they suit, 
 and when the use of them may be profitable or 
 hurtful. Done out of French. 8°. London, 
 1706. 
 
 Faiebuen (W. A.) Man and his health; 
 liquids. 8°. New York, [1916]. 
 
 Haemes (M.) *Diatriba de acidulanyn usu 
 earundemque vero operandi modo. sm. 4° 
 Marhurgi Cattorum, 1685. 
 
 DB Lacharrieeb (L.) & JoLTEAiN (A.) Que 
 doit-on boire? Boissons bienfaisantes; boissons h. 
 redouter; falsifications. 8°. Paris, 1902. 
 
 Ladies' National Association for the Diffusion 
 of Knowledge. The influence of wholesome 
 drink. 6. ed. 16°. London, [n. rf.]. 
 
 Theiss (Mary) & Theiss (L.) Fake sweets 
 and soft drinks to be dodged, roy. 8° [New 
 York, 1911.] 
 
 Cutting frorn: Pearson's Mag., N. Y., 1911, xxvi. 
 
 Usage (De 1') du caphe, da th6, et du choco- 
 late. 24°. Lyon, 1671. 
 
 A. (P.) A propos des boissons hygitoiques; I'eau et la 
 chanson. Lyon m&A., 1902, xcix, 163; 237; 274; 311.— Baratier 
 (A.) Chaleprs et boissons. Tribune m^d., Par., 1899, 2. s., 
 xxxi, 686-588. — Bardet (G.) HygiSne culinaire; des bois- 
 sons usuelles. Bull. e&i. de tWrap. [etc.], Par., 1897, cxxxii, 
 481; 539: 1897, cxxxiii, 13.— Beythlen (A.) Ueber die Un- 
 tersuchung und Begutachtung von Brausehmonaden. Zt- 
 schr. f. Untersuch. d. Nahrungs- u. Genussmittel, Berl., 1906, 
 xii, 35-50. — BgU. [Drinking in ancient Egypt.] EK,lsovan- 
 nen, Stockholm, 1902, xvii, 127.— Butyagin (P. V.) [Araka; 
 national drink of some Siberian tribes.] Vestnik Obsb. 
 Hig., Sudeb. i Prakt. Med., S.-Peterb., 1901, pt. 2, 1283- 
 1291. — Carles (P.) Boisson de repas et de hors repas; les 
 boissons de table; les aperitifs; les boissons ferment^s; les 
 vins mousseux; les petits mousseux d'avenir. J. de med. de 
 Bordeaux, 1912, xlii, 229-232.— Crawford (J.) On the his- 
 tory and migration of cultivated plants producing coffee, 
 tea, cocoa, etc. Tr. Ethn. Soc. iMai., 1867, n. s., vii, 197- 
 206.— Dudgeon (J.) The beverages of the Chmese. J. 
 Peking Orient. Soc, Tientsln,1895, 275-340.— Du Fasquler 
 (P. A.) Ueber den Konsum von Kaflee und Kakao. In- 
 temat. Monatsciu-. z. Erforsch. d. Alkoholismus, Basel, 1909, 
 xix, 121-129.— Bwald (C. A.) Soil man zum Essen triuken? 
 Ztschr.f. KrEmkenpfl., Berl., 1898, xx, 1-5.— Faranda. Con- 
 tributo all' azione battericida di alcune bevande e succlii di 
 trutta. Ann. d'ig. sper., Roma, 1908, n. s., xviii, 491-502. — 
 Frledmaun (A.) Studien ilber die Temperatur unserer 
 Getranke. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infektionslorankh., Leipz., 
 1914, Ixxvii, 114-124.— Gaucher (L.) & Geors (F.) Ee- 
 cherches bacteriologiques sur les boissons gazeuses. Bull. d. 
 sc. Pharmacol.; Par., 1915, xxii, 12-16.— Glax (J.) Die 
 Sauerlinge als diatetisches Getrank fiir Gesunde una Kranke. 
 Zentralbl. f. phys. Therap. u. UntaUh., Berl. & Wien, 1904, 
 i, 137-139.— Hagemann. Ueber die Conservirung von 
 Getranken mit chemischen Mitteln vom Standpunkte der 
 oflentlichen Gesendheitspflege. Vrtljschr. f. genchtl. Med., 
 Berl., 1902, n. F., xxiii, 345-374.— IrweU (L.) The drinks of 
 the semi-civilized. Dietet. & Hyg. Gaz., N. Y., 1903, xix, 
 385-388.— Jacobsolm (P.) Selbstbereitung kohlensaurer 
 Erfrischungsgetranke. Dlust. Monatschr. f. arztl. Polytech., 
 Berl., 1909, xxxi, 99-103.— Kttlmer (A.) Zur Reform der 
 Getranke m diatetiscber, prophylaktischer imd therapeu- 
 tischer Beziehung. Aerztl. Rundschau, Miinchen, 1906, 
 xvi, 99-101. Also: Arzt als Erzieber, Miinchen, 1906, li, 77. — 
 I.aDl)6(H.) La boisson qualitativementetquantitativement 
 envisa^ chez les malades et les gens bien portant. Presse 
 mM., Par., 1905, i, 234-236.— Latesse (P.) Boisson hygifr 
 niq,ue mousseuse. Anjou mSd.. Angers, 1900, vii, 152-154. — 
 Laborde (J.-V.). Rapport presentant la llste des essences 
 les plus dangereuses, qui entrent dans ja composition des 
 liqueurs livr^es & la consommatiou pubuque. Bull. Acad, 
 de mii.. Par., 1903, 3. s., xlix, 84-100. [Discussion], 100- 
 115. — IiCjeune (G.) Application de I'acide carbonique k 
 la conservation des boissons hygi^niques. Ass. franQ. pour 
 I'avance. d. sc. C.-r. 1898, Par., 1899, xxvii, pt. 2, 847-850.— 
 Unossier. Sur les boissons cbkudes. Bull. gto. de tb&ap. 
 fete]. Par., 1916-17, clxix, 446^49.— Montagnon. De 
 raction despoissons chaudes sur la fonction stomacale. Loire 
 m§d., St.-Etienne, 1897, xvi, 290-295.— Navarro (A. M.) 
 Hygitae des boissons. Compt. rend. Cong, intemat. de 
 pharm. 1900, Par., 1901, 336-340.— de Pan'me(H.) Liqueurs 
 et aperitifs. Nature, Par., 1901-2, xxx, pt. 2, 214.— SilJver- 
 skiOld (P.) [Soft drinks.) Halsovannen, Stockholm, 1902, 
 xvli, 101-103. — Sinapius. Ueber ein zweckmassiges Volks- 
 getrank. Klnderarzt, Leipz., 1906, xvii, 217-220.— Trlbonlet 
 (H.) Regimes de buveurs et boissons, Clinique, Par., 1906, 
 i, 342-344.— Walllan (S. S.) Tea, coffee and cocoa; the biba- 
 tive habits of bipeds. Dietet. & Hyg. Gaz., N. Y., 1902, xviii, 
 385-391.— Young (C. C.) & Sberwood (N. P.) The effect 
 of the environment of carbonated beverages on bacteria. J. 
 Indust. & Eng. Chem., Easton, Pa., 1911, iii, 495. 
 
BEVERAGES. 
 
 494 
 
 BEYER. 
 
 Beverages [Patent specifications for]. 
 
 Becker (L.) Manufacture of root or tonic beer. No. 
 256536; April 18, 1882.— Brandner (Frida). Process of pro- 
 ducing beverages. No. 740519; Oct. 6, 1903.— Calkin (B. H.) 
 & MayHeld (E. W.) Process of preparing and dispensing 
 beverages. No. 994975; June 13, 1911.— Decastro (J. W.) 
 Tonio beverage. No. 256129; April 11, 1882.— Decker (H.) 
 Improvement in processes of making birch beer. No. 
 183840; Oct. 31, 1876.— Hechtman (Olive M.) Effervescent 
 beverage. No. 482738; Sept. 20, 1892.— Henry (G. C.) Foam 
 
 for carbonated beverages. No. 419671; Jan. 21, 1890. . 
 
 Process of preparing carbonated beverages. No. 436782; 
 Sept. 23, 1890.— Hicks (W. S.) Tonic beverage. No. 436477; 
 Sept. 16, 1890.— Holland (J. G.) Improvement in medi- 
 cated beverages. No. 222187; Deo. 2, 1879.— Holland (W. 
 H.) Medical compound. No. 241014; May 3, 1881.— HU- 
 bener (H.) Beverage. No. 465103; June 30, 1891.— Moerle 
 (J.) Beverage preparation. No. 418581; Dec. 31. 1889.— 
 Myers (W. M.) Beverage. No. 471879; March 29, 1892.— 
 Neumann (C.) Improvement in beverages or summer- 
 drinks. No. 157924; Deo. 22, 1874.— Nowell (T. S.) Tonic 
 base lor aerated beverages. No. 346824; Aug. 3, 1886.— Par- 
 rlsli (C.) Effervescing phosphated tonic beverage. No. 
 240759; April 26, 1881.— Rambousek (R.) Tonio beverage. 
 No. 438020; Oct. 7, 1890.— Keibcstein (H.) Improvement in 
 compounds tor beverages. No. 177003; May 2, 1876.— Rob- 
 erts (E. M.) Beverage. No. 775249; Nov. 15, 1904.— Scott 
 (R. C.) Effervescent-beverage powder. No. 369368; Sept. 
 6, 1887.— Smltbi (F. L.) Sirup tor soda-water. No. 406783; 
 July 9, 1889.— Starblrd (W. B.) Aerated tonic beverage. 
 No. 396440; Jan. 22, 1889.— War&er (A.) Improved compo- 
 sition for lemonade. No. 37314; Jan. 6, 1863.— Winder (W. 
 A.) & Sbearer (M. M.) Improvement in composition bev- 
 erage. No. 180692; Aug. ly 1876.— Wood (R. B.) Improve- 
 ment iu medical beverages. No. 205713; July 2, 1878. 
 
 Beveridge (Wilfred William Ogilvy). 
 
 See Manbill (Charles Frederick) & Beverldge (Wilfred 
 
 William OgUvy) [in 2. s.]. The sanitary ofBoer's handbook 
 
 [etc.]. 8°. London, 1909. 
 Beverland (Adrian). The law concerning draped 
 
 virginity. An anatomical study. Translated 
 
 for the first time, with philolopcal and other 
 
 explanatory notes, by Francis D. Byrne. 475 
 
 pp. 8°. Pom, C. Carrington, 1905. 
 Bevermann (Carl Wilhehn) [1867- ]. *Ein 
 
 Beitrag zur Lehre liber Traktionsdivertikel der 
 
 Speiserohre. 36 pp. 8° Erlangen, E. T. 
 
 Jacob, 1904. 
 Bevermann (Willy). *Zur toxischen Beein- 
 
 flussung des Geruchsinnes. 1 p. 1., 43 pp. 8° 
 
 Wurzhurg, F. Scheiner, 1898. 
 BereroTicius [van Beverwick] (Joh.) [1594-1647]. 
 
 Medicinse encomium. 140 pp. 24°. Rotter- 
 
 dami, 8umpt. A. Leers, 1644. 
 . Heel-konste ofte derde deel van de 
 
 genees-konste, om de uytwendige gebreken te 
 
 heelen. 22 p. 1., 487 pp., 3 1. 16°. Dordrecht, 
 
 H. van Esch, 1645. 
 
 Steen-stuck aen-wysende den oorspronck, 
 
 teykenen't voor-koimende genesinge van steen 
 ende graveel [etc.] 2 p. 1., 337 pp. 24°. Dor- 
 drecht, L. van Eech, 1649. 
 
 Bevier (Isabel). Nutrition investigations m 
 Pittsburg, Pa., 1894-6. 48 pp. 8°. Washington, 
 Gov. Print. Office, 1898. 
 
 Forms Bull. No. 52, of; U. S. Dept. Agric. Off. exper. 
 stations. Wash. 
 
 & Van Meter (Anna R.) Selection and 
 
 preparation ef food; laboratory manual. 3. ed. 
 110 pp. 8°. Boston, Whitcomh & Barrows, \^\b. 
 
 Beving (Joseph) [1883- ]. Eiii Fall von Tumor 
 cerebri; zur Symptomatologie der Occipitallap- 
 pentumoren. [Kjel.] 1 p. 1., 60 pp., 11. 8 . 
 Coesfeld, J. Fleissig, 1913. 
 
 Bevis (John). An experimental enquiry concern- 
 ing the contents, qualities and medicinal virtues 
 of the two mineral waters lately discovered at 
 Bamigse Wells near London. 1 p. 1., 61 pp., 
 1 1 8°! London, J. Clark, 1760. [P., v. 2214.] 
 
 Bewebrtes und sehr niitzliches Artzney-Biichlein , 
 vor allerley Zufalle, Kranckheiten und Gebre- 
 chen, vor alt und junge Menschen, gantz frucht- 
 barlich zu gebrauchen^ welche ein Liebhaber 
 der Artzney-Kunst nut Fleiss auffgezeichnet 
 und beschrieben hat. 32 1. 16°. [n. p., n. d.] 
 
 BewcrsdoriT (Richard [Albert]) [1880-^ 
 *Ueber Syphilis maligna. 58 
 Halle a. S., C. A. Kaemnwer & 
 
 J- 
 
 Co., 1905. 
 Bewerunge (Joseph) [1878- ]. *Ein Fall von 
 
 Cholelithiasis nut Cholecystitis, Cholangitis und 
 
 sekundarer Thrombose der Pfortader. 21 pp. 
 
 8°. Munchen, C. Wolf & Sohn, 1906. 
 Beyaert (l&douard-Auguste-GeorgeB)_[1861- ]. 
 
 *La hemie de la trompe sans I'ovaire. 66 pp., 
 
 2 pi. 8°. Lille, 1906, No. 14. 
 
 Beydler {Gustame-Adol'phe) [1807-99]. 
 
 [Biography.] Bull. Soc. de m6d. de Gand, 1900, Irvii, 
 58-69, port. 
 
 Beyeli (Sfigizmund] S[tamslavovich]) [1881- ]. 
 Ob atroficheskikh izmieneniyakh pri ostrom golc- 
 danii. [Atrophic changes in acute starvation.] 
 60 pp., 1 diag. 8°. [Kiyev, 1908.] 
 BovM with: UNiv. Izvlest., Kiyev, 1908, jdviii. 
 
 Beyer (Alfred Erich Gerhard) [188^- ]. *In 
 welcher Konzentration totet wasseriger Alkohol 
 allein, oder in Verbindung mit anderen des- 
 infizierenden Mitteln Entziindungs- und Eite- 
 rungserreger am schnellsten ab? [Kiel.] 50 pp. 
 8°. Leipzig, Veit & Co., 1911. 
 
 Beyer (Andr.) Vejledning til Unders^gelse og 
 Bedjzimmelse af Vand; til Brug for Apothekere, 
 Farmaceuter, [etc.]. [Guide to the investigation 
 and determination of water; for the use of 
 apothecaries, pharmaceutists, [etc.].] 129 pp., 
 2 1. 8°. K0benhavn, Br0drene Salmonsenj 1900. 
 
 Beyer (August). *Beitrage zur Aetiologie der 
 Zahnverderbnis und Stomatitis in Thiiringen. 
 1 p. 1., 26 pp. 8° Jena, B. Vopelius, 1900. 
 
 . Zahn- und Mundkrankheiten. Entste- 
 
 hung, Behandlung und Heilung, gemeinver- 
 
 stiin'a.'lich dargestellt. 68 pp. 12=. Berlin,- 
 Deutscher Verlag, [n. d.]. 
 
 Beyer (Bruno) [1885- ]. *Bericht fiber einen 
 Amelus und einen Anencephalua mit Adha- 
 sionen an der Placenta unter besonderer Berfick- 
 sichtigung der durch diese MissbUdungen ver- 
 ursachten GeburtskornpUkationen. 1 p. 1., 35 
 pp. 8°. Salle a. S., C. A. Kaemmerer, 1913. 
 
 Beyer (Carl). *Weitere Versuche fiber den Ein- 
 fluss von Eiweisskorpern auf die Temperatur von 
 Saugethieren. 20 pp. 8°. Jena, G. NeuerAahn, 
 1897. 
 
 Beyer (Conrad) [1876- ]. *Da8 Zusammentrenen 
 von Gallensteinkolik und Echinokokkus der 
 •Leber. [Greitswald.] 16pp., 11. 8°. Leipzig, 
 J. B. Eirschfeld, 1904. 
 
 Beyer (David Stewart). Industrial accident pre- 
 vention, viii (1 1.), 421 pp. 4°- Boston & New 
 York, Houghton Mifflin Company, 1916. 
 
 Beyer ([Franz Friedrich] Reinhold]) [1880- ]. 
 *Ueber Herpes zoster. Mitteilung eines Falles 
 von generalisierter Lokalisation. 62pp., 11. 8°. 
 GrafswaU, H. Adler, 1905. 
 
 Beyer (Friedrich Otto) [1859- ]. *Beitrage zur 
 Casuistik der congemtalen Sacraltumoren. 58 
 pp., 1 1., 1 pi. 8°. Halle a. S., 0. Hendel, 1885. 
 
 Beyer (Gustav). *Ueber das Vorkommen und die 
 Ursache der Urobilinurie bei verschiedenen 
 Krankheitflzustanden. 38 pp. 8°. Gottingen, 
 1895. 
 
 Beyer (Hugo Edwin Hermann) [1868- ]. *Ue- 
 ber Elephantiasis faciei. 38 pp. 8°. Leipzig, 
 H. Otto, 1895. 
 
 Beyer (Joh. Friedrich Heinrich Walter) [1875- 
 
 ]. *Zur Casuistik der Pulververletzungen 
 
 des Auges. Elf Falle aus der Universitats- 
 
 AugenkEnik zu Greifswald. 32 pp. 8°. Grei/s- 
 
 wald, J. Abel, 1899. 
 
 Beyer (Joh. Hartmann) [1563-1625]. Theses de 
 anima vegetante, seu naturaU. 11 pp. sm. 4°. 
 Tubingx, G. GruppenbacMus, 1586. 
 
BEYEE. 
 
 495 
 
 BEZANgON. 
 
 Beyer (Joh. Hartmann) — continued. 
 
 . De furore, seu mania; ejusque curatione. 
 
 10 1. sm. 4°. Tubingx, G. Gruppenbachius, 1588. 
 De morbis formse; seu totius substantias. 
 
 1 p. 1., 20 pp. sm. 4°. Tiibingse, G. Gruppen- 
 hachms, 1586. 
 
 See, also, Caplvaccius (Hieronymus) [in 2. s.]. Practica 
 medicina [etc.]. i°. Fra'ncofnTti,l59i. 
 
 Beyer (Joh. Leberecht). Ueber die Verwendung 
 koUoidaler Metalle (Silber und Quecksilber) in 
 der Medizin. 40 pp. 8°. Berlin, L. Simian 
 iV/., 1904. 
 Forms 6. Hft. of: Mod. arztl. Biblioth. 
 
 . Die Teclmik des Heftpflasterverbands. 
 
 31 pp. 12°. Leipzig, T. Weicher, 1905. 
 
 Beyer (MartinWilhekn Paul) [1885- ]. *Ueber 
 einen Fall von Pankreas-Fettnekrose mit Cys- 
 tenbildung, totaler Nekrose der Milz und Ver- 
 scbluss der Leberarterie. 30 pp. , 1 1. 8°. Greifs- 
 wald, H. Adler, 1912. 
 
 Beyer (Otto) [1874- ]. *Ueber Extrauterin- 
 Gra^dditat. 33 pp., 1 1. 8°. Grei/swald, H. 
 Adler, 1900. 
 
 Beyer (Otto Marius Alfred) [1879- ]. *Ueber 
 die Identitat des Carbacetessigesters mit Isode- 
 hydracetsaureester. 50 pp., 1 1. 8°. Kiel, 
 Lildtke & Martens, 1906. 
 
 Beyer (Peter Ernst). *Ueber den Nacbweis von 
 Eiweiss in Tierham mit Merck's Tabletten. 39 
 pp., 3 tab. 8°- [Bern], C. Herzog, 1909. 
 
 Beyer (PMlippus Henticus). *De rabie seu hy- 
 drophobia. 1 p. 1., 31 pp., 1 1. sm. 4° Gissx, 
 lit. Kargerianis, 1669. 
 
 Beyer (Theodor) [1876- ]. *Ueber abgelaufene 
 Lungentuberkulose. Statistischer Beitrag nach 
 Sektionsprotokollen des stadt. Krankenhauses 
 Moabit zu Berlin. 34 pp. 8°. .Leipzig, B. 
 Georgi, 1906. 
 
 See, also, Gel9.nde und Feldsanitatsdienst, [etc.]. 8°. 
 Wkn, 1907.— Studle fiber die Einleitung [etc.]. 8°. Wien, 
 1907. 
 
 Beyer (Walter) [1878- ]. *Untersuchungen 
 iiber das haufige Vorkommen von systolischen 
 Herz-Gerauschen bei Kindem; nebst Bemer- 
 kungen tiber die physikalische Natur der Pul- 
 monal-Gerausche, iiber Accentuation der II. 
 Tone, liber unreine Tone und Nonnensausen in 
 den grossen Venen. 46 pp., 1 1. 8° Leipzig, 
 B. Georgi, 1907. 
 
 Beyer-Gurowltsch (Dina). *Ueber pemiziose 
 Ansemie in Graviditat und Puerperium. 47 pp. 
 8° Zurich, Gebr. Leemann & Co., 1912. 
 
 Beyerhaus (Georg) [1881- ]. *Ueber die Wir- 
 kung des Orexin bei Salzsauremangel im Magen- 
 safte. 50 pp. 8°. Erlangen, Junge & Sohn, 
 
 Beyeriein (Kurt) [1886- ]. *Ueber Kombina- 
 tion von Tuberkulose und Aktinomykose. 42 
 pp. 8°. Gottingen, W. F. Kaestner, 1913. 
 
 Beyerman (Adolf). _*Biidrage tot eene juistere 
 kennis van de uitkomsten der kunstmatige 
 vToeggeboorte. 3 p. 1., 77 pp. 8°. Utrecht, J. 
 Van Boekhoven, 1900. 
 
 Beyermaa (Diederik Hendrik). *Over'den in- 
 vloed van het zenuwstelsel op de ademhaUng. 
 2 p. 1., 53 pp., 18 pi., 2 1. 8° Amsterdam, F. 
 van Rossen, 1900. 
 
 Beykowsky (Siegfried). Sehscharfe- und Re- 
 fraktionsbestimmungen vom praktischen Stand- 
 punkte des Truppenarztes. 46 pp. 12°. Wien, 
 J. Safdf, 1905. 
 
 Beyle (Gaston) [1876- ]. *De la pylorectomie 
 dans le cancer du pylore et du choix du proc6d6 
 d'abouchement. 84 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1903, No. 
 168. 
 
 Beyler (Charles-Gerald) [1886- ]. _ *EtioIogie 
 et traitement des luxations r^cidivantes de 
 I'epaule. 94 pp. 8°. Nancy, 1913, No. 1015. 
 
 Beylot (Elie-Marc) [1866- ]. *De la levure de 
 bifere dans le diabfete sucr^. 75 pp., 1 1. 8° 
 Bordeaux, 1896, No. 36. 
 
 Beyly (Pierre-Marc) [1885- ]. *Contribution 
 h I'etude de I'inversion ut^nne. 62 pp. 8°. 
 Bordeaux, 1910, No. 51. 
 
 Beyne (Jules) [1880- ]_. *Contribution k 
 r^tude des troul)les trophlques qui suivent la 
 section et la resection du sympathique cervical. 
 78 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1902, No. 28. 
 
 Beynon (Elias) der Jilnger. Barmhertziger Sa- 
 mariter, oder freund-briiderlicher Rath, vor 
 allerhand Kranckheiten und Gebrechen dess 
 menschUchen Leibs, [etc.]. Anietzo zum vier- 
 dten Mahle gedruckt. 1 p. 1., 362 pp., 6 1. 24° 
 [n. p.], 1670. 
 
 . The same. Der neuvermehrte und barm- 
 
 hertzige Samariter, oder freund-briiderlicher 
 Rath, allerhand Krankheiten und Gebrechen 
 des MenschUchen Leibes, innerlich und euser- 
 lich zu heilen, [etc.]. 1 p. 1., 85 pp., 3 1. 16°. 
 [n. p.], 1677. 
 
 Beynot. *L'analg6sie cocainique par injections 
 sous-arachnoidiennes, en particulier chez le 
 vieillard. 114 pp. 8°. Paris, 1901, No. 589. 
 
 Beyran {JosepJi- Melcon) [1825-66]. 
 
 Cafle. Ntoologie. J. d. conn. m&i. prat., Par., 1866, 
 xxxiii, 351. 
 
 Beyrand (Alfred). *Les terreurs nocturnes de 
 
 I'enfant. 67 pp. 8° Paris, 1900, No. 444. 
 Beyreis (Otto Christoph Ferdinand) [1888- ]. 
 
 *Katatonie in Schiiben. 35 pp. 8°- Kiel, H. 
 
 FieTiche 1911 
 Beyrer (Wilhelin) [188&- ]. *Klimk der Stim- 
 
 la^en; 46 Falle der kgl. Universitate Frauen- 
 
 klmik in Miinchen aus den Jahren 1885-1911. 
 
 32 pp., 1 1. 8° Miinchen, C. Wolf & Sohn, 
 
 1912. 
 
 Beyrout. 
 
 BoYEB (B.) Conditions hygi^niques actuel- 
 les de Beyrouth (Syrie) et de ses environs im- 
 m^diats. 8°. Lyon, 1897. 
 Beythien (A.) Die Nahningsmittelverfalschung, 
 ihre Erkennung und Bekampfung. 1 p. 1., 140 
 pp. roy. 8°. Stuttgart, F. Enke, 1910. 
 
 -,_ Hartwicb (C.) & Klimmer (Theodor 
 
 Martin). Handbuch der Nahrungsmittel-Unter- 
 
 Buchung. V. 1. Chemisch-physikalischer Teil 
 
 von A. Beithien. xxiv, 1071 pp., 1 1. roy. 8°. 
 
 Leipzig, C. E. Tauchnitz, 1914. 
 Bezaguet (Raymond) [1868- ]. *Contribution 
 
 k I'^tude du traitement chirurgical de la tuber- 
 
 culose du rein. 79 pp. 8° Paris, 1898, No. 615. 
 Bezangon (Albert) [1879- ]. *Conformations 
 
 thoraciques chez les tuberculeux. 133 pp., 1 1. 
 
 8°- Paris, 1906, No. 472. 
 . The same. 133 pp., 1 1. 8° Paris, G. 
 
 Steinheil, 1906. 
 Bezangon (Femand) [1868- ]. Precis de mi- 
 
 crobiologie cUnique. xvi, 429 pp. 8° Paris, 
 
 Masson & Cie., 1906. 
 . The same. 2. 6d. xviii, 640 pp. 8°. 
 
 Paris, Masson & Cie., 1910. 
 See, also, Widal (Georges-Femand-Isidore), Bezzinfon 
 
 (Femand) & Labbe (Emes1> Marcel) [in.2. s.]. Maladies des 
 
 veines[etc.]. roy. 8°. Para, 1911. 
 
 ■ & Israels de Jong (Samuel) [1878- ]. 
 
 Traits de I'examen des crachats; 6tude histo- 
 chimique, cytologique, bact6riologique et chimi- 
 que. XX, 411 pp., 8 pi. 8° Paris, Masson de 
 Cie., 1912. 
 
BEZANgON. 
 
 496 
 
 BIALY. 
 
 BezauQon (Femand) — continued. 
 
 & Labbg (Marcel). Trait6 d'h^matologie. 
 
 xviii (1 1.), 959 pp., 8 pi. roy. 8°. Pans, G. 
 
 Steinhdl, 1904. 
 
 Bezard (Leon) [1843-1907]. 
 
 Trlalre (P.) N^orologie. Gaa. mM. du centre. Tours, 
 1907, xii, 49-63. 
 
 Bezbokaya (M[ariya] Ya[kovlevna]) [1877- ]. 
 
 *Materiali k fiziologii xislovnikh. refleksov. 
 
 [Physiology of conditional reflexes.]. 39pp., 11. 
 
 8°. S.-Peterhurg, I. V. Leontyeff, 1913. 
 Bezchinski (S[lilyoma] M[oiseyevicli]) 1864- ]. 
 
 Prakticheskoye rukovodstvo k massage'u. 
 
 [Practical manual on massage.] 88 pp. 8°. 
 
 Rostov na Donu, I. Aleksanoff, 1899. 
 Bezerra ( Joao Augusto) . *Da dyspnea e sen valor 
 
 semeiotico. 104 pp., 2 1. 4°. Rio de Janeiro, 
 
 typ. Attina, 1904. 
 Bezerra Cavalcanti (Thom^) . Da theoria da pyo- 
 
 genia. 72pp. roy. 8°. Nictheroy,A'merino,\^(ib. 
 Beziehungen des Feld-Sanitatsdienstes zum Feld- 
 
 dienste. Bearbeitet von Cron, unter Mitwirkung 
 
 von Wolff. 141pp. 8°. Men, J. /Sa/(ir, 1902. 
 Bezier (Gabriel) [1872- ]. *Fracture & consoli- 
 dation tardive et paeudartkroses; traitements 
 
 employes. 102 pp. 8° Paris, 1899, No. 363. 
 
 Bezoar. 
 
 See, also. Phytobezoar; Stomach. (Concre- 
 tions in) ; Trichobezoar. 
 
 Hyeble (C.) Tractat von der aller fiirtre- 
 flichsten und krattigsten Artzney wider allerley 
 Gifft: welches der Stein Bezoar ist. 16°. Con- 
 stantz, 1598. 
 
 Nice (A) cut for the demolisher; or Dr. Slare's 
 experiments and observations upon the bezoar, 
 etc., rip'd up. Being a vindication of Dr. 
 Radcliffe and Dr. Mead from the charge of hay- 
 ing made an exorbitant gain and use of Gascoin 
 powder. 16°. London, 1715. 
 
 Sala (A.) Temarius bezoardicorum et heme- 
 tologia seu triumphus vomicorum e GalUco ser- 
 mone latinitate Kara iroSas donati cum exegesi 
 chymiatica Andrese Tentzelii. 16°. Erfurti, 
 1618. 
 
 Slaee (F.) Experiments and observations 
 upon oriental and other bezoar-stones, which 
 prove them to be of no use in physick. Gas- 
 icoin's powder distinctly examined in its seven 
 ingredients, censured, and found imperfect. 
 8°. London, 1715. 
 
 Bezoarlo lapide. Bononiensi sc. et art. Inst, comment., 
 Bononiae, 1731, i, 169.— Biircliard (A.) Bezoareiuderalten 
 und In der modernen Medizin. Fortschr. a. d. Get. d. 
 EontgenstraWen, Hamb., 1914, xxii, 321-326, 3 pi.— FUhner 
 r' (H.) Bezoarsteine. Janus, Amst., 1901, vi, 317; 351.— Geol- 
 Iroy. Observations on the bezoar and on other substances 
 which come near to it. Phllos. hist. & mem. Roy. Acad. 
 Sc. Par. abr. . . . 1699 to 1720, Lond., 1742, in, 369-376: iv, 
 229^240.— Harshbcrgcr (J. W.) A review or our knowl- 
 edge of phyto-bezoars. J. Comp. M. & Vet. Arch., Phila., 
 1898, xix, 143-145— Treplln. EiuPhytotnohobezoar. Beitr. 
 z. klin. Chir., Tiibiug., 1914, xcu, 317-321. 
 Bezold (Friedrich) [1842-1908]. Ueber die funk- 
 tionelle Prufung des menschlichen Gehororgans. 
 Gesammelte Abhandlungen und Vortrage. 3 v. 
 8°. Wiesbaden, J. F. Bergmann, 1897-1909. 
 
 . Die Taubstummheit auf Grund ohrenarzt- 
 
 licher Beobachtungen. Fine Studie zur Ge- 
 winnung einer kunftigen verlaflsigen Taubstum- 
 menstatistik; ftir Aerzte und Taubstummen- 
 lehrer. 133 pp., 1 ch. 8°- Wiesbaden, J. F. 
 Bergmann, 1902. . , „ , 
 
 . Lehrbuch der Ohrenheilkunde fur Aerzte 
 
 und Studierende. In 32 Vortragen. xv, 346 
 pp., 1 pi., port. 8° Wiesbaden, J,. F. Berg- 
 mann, 1906. . ^ „,_ . , -a ..^ 
 
 For Biography, see Beitr. z. Anat., Physiol., Path. u. 
 Therap. d. Ohres[etc.], Berl., 1909, n, 271 (A.Tassow). AUo: 
 
 Bezold (Friedrich)— continued. 
 
 port. Also: Muncnen. raou. vvuiuiouiu., i.7v/u, i., ««j.- 
 (Denker). AUo: Rev. hebd. delarvngol. [etc.]. Par.. 1905, 
 i. No. 13. Also: Sitzungsb. d. arztl. Ver. Munchen (1908), 
 1909, xviii, 130-139, 1 pi. (Scheibe) Also: yestnik TJshn., 
 Gorfov. i Aosov. Bollezn., S.-Peterb., 1909, i, 119-126, port. 
 (A. Scheibe). AUo: Ztschr. I. Ohrenh., Wiesb., 1908-9, Ivu, 
 i-5 (Siebenmarm). 
 
 ■ & Siebenmann (Fr.) Textbook of otology 
 
 for physicians and students, in thirty-two lec- 
 tures. Translated by J. Holinger. 1 p. 1., vii- 
 
 XV, 314 pp. 8°. Chicago, E. li. Colegrove Co., 
 
 1908. 
 B€zos (Jean-Baptiste-Paul-Robert) [1882- ]. 
 
 *Les tumeurs du grand pectoral. 64 pp., 3 pi. 
 
 8°. Bordeaux, 1905, No. 34. 
 Bezsonoff (Ni[kolai] A[leksandrovich]) [1868- 
 ]. *Materialt k voprosu o neorganicheskikh 
 
 serdechnikh shumakh. [On inorganic cardiac 
 
 murmurs.] 81 pp., 1 1., 10 diag. [on 5 1.]. 8°. 
 
 S.-Peterburg, G. P. Posharoff, 1900. 
 B6zu (Oswald-Ulysse) [1884- ]. *Les abcfes de 
 
 fixation dans le saturnisme. 40 pp. 8°. Lille, 
 
 1910. 
 B6zy (Antoine) [1867- ]. *0dyss6e d'un 
 
 d6g6n6r6. 3p. 1., 52 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1&97 , 
 
 No. 102. 
 B6zy (Trangois-Ernest) [1875- ]. *Contnbu- 
 
 tion a r6tude du courir chez I'homme. 60 pp., 
 
 1 1. 8°. Bordeaux, 1903, No. 141. 
 Bezy (J.) L'enfant. Organes du nouveau-n6, 
 
 leurs f onctions pendant I'enfance. La croissance. 
 
 43 pp., 1 1. 8°- Paris, J.-B. Bailliire & fils, 
 
 1907. 
 & Bibent (V[ictor]). L'hyst6rie infantile 
 
 et juvenile. 215 pp. 12°. Paris, Vigot frires, 
 
 1900. 
 Bezzenberger (Ernst) [1881- ]. *Ueber In- 
 
 fusorien aua-asiatischen Anuren. [Konigsberg i. 
 
 Pr.] 38 pp., 1 pi. 8° Jena, G. Fischer, 1904. 
 
 Biach (Paul). 
 
 See Landesmann (Ernst). Therapie an den Wiener 
 Kliniken [etc.]. 8°. Leipzig & Wien, 1911. 
 
 Biaglni (Alberto). II fanciuUo. Manuale _ di 
 pediatria ad uso degli studenti e medici pratici. 
 3v. 8°. " Tonmo, 1897-1904. 
 
 Biais (Augustin) [1865- ]. *L'hygifene a, 
 Limoges avant le xix= sifeele. [Toulouse.] 110 
 pp., 1 1. 4°. Limoges, 1895, No. 97. 
 
 . Trait6 d'analyse chimique qualitative. 
 
 174 pp. 12°. Paris, 1900. 
 
 . Trait6 d'analyse chimique quantitative. 
 
 495 pp. 8°. Paris, A. Maloins, 1903. 
 
 The same. 2. ^d. viii, 676 pp. 8°. 
 
 Paris, J.-B. Baillihre &,fils, 1910. 
 
 L'eau potable. Etude physique, chimi- 
 
 que et bact6riologi(jue appliqui5e plus sp6ciale- 
 
 ment aux eaux d'alimentation de Limoges. 176 
 
 pp. 8°. Paris, A. Maloine, 1904. 
 Bial (Arthur) [1877- ]. *Ausnutzung von Pep- 
 ton- und Pepton-Alkohol-Klysmen. 25 pp., 11. 
 
 8° Salle a. S., C. Nietschmann, 1903. 
 Bial (Manfred) [1869- ]. Die chronische 
 
 Pentosurie. 27 pp. 8°. Berlin, Fischer, 1907. 
 Forms 226. Hit., v. 19, of: Berl. Klinik. 
 Bialet (J.) Lecciones de medicina legal aplicada 
 
 k la legislaci6n de la Repiiblica Argentina. 2 v. 
 
 680 pp.; 664 pp. 8°. C&rdoba, A. Villafafle, 
 
 1885. 
 Bialostotzky (Clement-Conrad) [188^ ]. 
 
 *Comment doit-on traiter le prolapsus rectal? 
 
 46 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1914, No. 13. 
 Bialy (Felix) [1875- ]. *Ueber die Luxation 
 
 des Os lunatum. 30 pp. 8° Leipzig, J. Klinh- 
 
 hardt, 1902. 
 
VON BIALY. 
 
 497 
 
 BIBENT. 
 
 von Bialy (Kasimir Ludwig) [1882- ]. *Ueber 
 
 Morbus Basedowii mit Thymus persistens. 39 
 
 pp. 8°. Grdfswald, E. Idler, 1911. 
 Bialyk (Menachim) [1875- ]. *Zur Diagnose 
 
 der Sfaofulotuberkulose im friihen Kindesalter. 
 
 30 pp., 1 1. 8°. Berlin, E. Streisand, 1905. 
 von Bialynlcka-Birula (Katharina) [1879- ]. 
 
 *Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Schadeldachtumoren. 
 
 21 pp. 8°. Freiburg i. Br., E. Kuttruff, 1904. 
 Biamontius (Sanctius Hieronymus). *Usu8 
 
 prsecipuus sterno-cleido-mastoidei. 7 pp. 4°. 
 
 Genux,[n.d.\ [P., v. 2151.1 
 Biancale (Francisco). La febbre aftosa sul terri- 
 
 torio romano ed 11 solfato di rame. 24 pp. 8°. 
 
 Frosinone, C. Stracca, 1898. 
 Bianchedl (Gherardo). La jennerizzazione anti- 
 
 tubercolare B'ehring; contributo agli studii sulla 
 
 diffusione e sulla profilassi della tubercolosinegli 
 
 animali. 61 pp. 8°. Parma, Flaccadori, 1906. 
 Bianchetti (Martin). *De8 ost^o-sarcomes du 
 
 tarse post^rieur. 59 pp., 1 1. 8°- Montpellier, 
 
 1904, No. 65. 
 Bianchi (Angelo). Sei mesi di chirurgia cam- 
 
 pagnola. 47 pp. 8°. Ferrara, A. Soati, 1898._ 
 Bianchi (Aurelio). The phonendoscopeand its 
 
 practical application, with translations of 
 
 special articles by Felix Regnault, France; M. 
 
 Anastasiades, Greece. Translated by A. George 
 
 Baker. 77 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Philadelphia, G. P. 
 
 Pilling & Son, 1898. 
 Bianchi (Giovanni [Paolo Simone]) [1673-1775]. 
 
 De' bagni di Pisa posti a pie del monte di San 
 
 Giuliano. viii, 93 pp., 1 pi. 16°. Firenze, 
 
 stamepria Paperiniana, 1757. 
 
 For Portrait, see Collection Portr. (Libr.). 
 
 . See, also: 
 
 MoRGAGNi (G. B.) Carteggio inedito di G. 
 B. Morgagni con Giovanni Bianchi (Janus 
 Plancus). 8° Bari, 1914. 
 
 Fag^ioll (F.) Giovanni Bianchi (Janus Plancus) da 
 Rimini, come natm'alista. Monitore zool. ital., Firenze, 
 1903, xiv, 364-372. 
 
 Bianchi (Giuseppe). Osservazioni chirurgiche- 
 
 3p.l. ,102pp. 8°. Cremona, 1758. [P.,v.2160.] 
 Bianchi (Leonardo) [1848-1916]. In causa d'im- 
 
 potenza. 37 pp. 12°. Napoli, G. M. Priore, 
 
 1898. 
 . II nervosismo di questa fine di secolo. 30 
 
 pp. 8°. Napoli, P. E. Veraldi, 1899. 
 . Trattato di psichiatria ad uso del medici e 
 
 degli studenti. vii, 844 pp. 8°. Napoli, V. 
 
 Pasquale, [1905]. 
 
 The same. A text-book of psychiatry for 
 
 physicians and students. Authorized transl 
 
 from the Italian by James H. Macdonald. xv 
 
 904 pp. 8° London, Bailliire, Tindall & Cox, 
 
 1906. 
 . The same, xv, 904 pp. 8° New Yorlc, 
 
 W. Wood & Co., 1906. 
 — . Malattie del cer^'^ello. vii, 436 pp. 8° 
 
 Milano, F. Vallardo, [n. d.}. 
 In: Tratt. ital. di patol. e terap. med., Milano, [n. d.], 
 
 ii, pt. 2. 
 See, also, Culdeia (Leonardo) [in 2. s.]. Manuale di 
 
 psichiatria [etc.] . 12°. Napoli, 1897.— Penta (Pasquale) Un 
 
 2.S.]. La simulazione della pazzia [^tc.]. 12°. JVapoZi, 1905. 
 For Biography, see Stomaco, NapoU, 1916, xxii, 41-44 ((}. 
 
 Amalfl). 
 
 Bianchi (Mariano). Embriologia humana. In- 
 fluenza e coordinazione delle forze Cosmiche 
 nella evoluzione embrionale. Nuova teoria 
 Bulla formazione del sesso. 284 pp., 1 1. 16° 
 Ro'ma,fratelli Capacdni, 1899. 
 
 Bianchi (Virgilio). 
 
 See Scelta, compendio et raccolta [etc.] [in 2. s.]. sm. 4°. 
 Bologna, 1630. 
 
 BlanchinI (S.) Le neuriti infettive. Eziologia e 
 patologia generale . Studio critico e sperimentale . 
 viii, 380 pp., 2 pi., 1 1. 8°. Bologna, N.Zani- 
 chelli, 1906. 
 
 Bianco (Adolfo). SuUe lesioni del facciale di 
 origine otitica e loro cura. 2 p. 1., 101 pp., 1 1. 
 8°. Napoli, F. Sangiovanni & figlio, 1912. 
 
 Biard (Maurice) [1869- ]. *]6tude sur la con- 
 jonctivite subaigue. 43 pp. 8°- Paris, 1897, 
 No. 393. 
 
 Blarnes (G.) *Ilecherches exp^rimentales sur 
 les rapports entre la valeur respiratoire du sang 
 et la temperature animale. 123 pp. 4°. Tou- 
 louse, 1893, No. 31. 
 
 Biarritz. 
 
 CussAC (A.) *Des richesses naturelles de 
 Biarritz en th^rapeutique marine. [Toulouse.] 
 8° Bayonne, 1911. 
 
 Ecole de pharmaoie. 
 
 LoBiT (J.) Biarritz, ses ressources hygi^ni- 
 quea ettherapeutiques. Introduction par H. Hu- 
 chard. 8°. Biflmtz, 1900. 
 
 Claisse (A.) Quelques 4I^ments du climat marin k Biar- 
 ritz; le chlorure de sooiura atmosph^rique. Cong, internal, 
 de thalassothgrap., Biarritz, 1903, lii, 109-117. Also [Abstr.]: 
 
 Gaz. d. eaux, Par., 1903, xlvl, 379. . Le climat marin & 
 
 Biarritz. Gaz. d. eaux. Par., 1907, 1, 313; 321.— filevy. 
 M^t^orologie m^dicalede Biarritz. Ass. franQ. pour I'avance. 
 d. so. C.-r.- 1892, Par., 1893, xxi, pt. 2, 728-734.— Gandy. 
 Les deux midi frangais; essai de climatologie m^dicale sur les 
 stations hivernales de la France; les stations du sud-ouest, 
 Biarritz. Arch. gto. d'hydrol. [etc.]. Par., 1897, viii, 260- 
 262.— Glbotteau. Biarritz; son cUmat; sa saison d'niver; 
 ses bains de mer; ses eaux chlorur6es sodiques fortes. M6d. 
 int.. Par., 1898, ii, 136-140.— LoWt (D. J.) Note climatolo- 
 gique et dSmographique sur Biarritz. Cong. Internat. 
 d'hydrol. et de climatol. C.-r. 1896, Par., 1897, iv, 402-421. 
 
 Also, Reprint. . Indications saisonni^res de la cure 
 
 marine et saline de Biarritz chez les enfants. Ann. d'hydrol. 
 et de climat. mid., Par., 1901, vi, 170-181. Also: Gaz. d. 
 
 eaux, Par., 1901, xliv, 89; 97. . Biarritz; graphiques 
 
 thermomtoiques compar(5s. ' J. d'hyg.. Par., 1906, xxxi, 
 23.— de Lostalot-Bacliou£ (P.) Les maladies de I'entance 
 k Biarritz. Gaz. d. mal. infant, [etc.]. Par., 1903, v, 321-325. 
 
 Biasiotti (Amaldo)._ Sulla presenza e sul signi- 
 
 ficato fisio-patologico del pentosi nell' urina. 
 
 62 pp., 1 1. roy. 8° Veroti, 1911. 
 Biau (Alfred) [1883- ]. *L'adonis vemalis 
 
 dans le traitement des maladies du cceur. 
 
 [Lyon.] 92 pp. 8° Valence, 1907, No. 17. 
 
 Biaute [Alcee] [1849-1913], 
 
 NScrologle. Gaz. m6d. de Nantes, 1913, xxxi, 1054. 
 
 Biazolone. 
 
 MtJNKBR (H.) *Zur Kenntnis der Biazolone. 
 
 8°. Erlangen, 1895. 
 Steamer (W . ) *Zur Kenntnis der Biazolone . 
 
 [Erlangen.] 8°. Fiirth, 1895. 
 Bibard (Camille) [1869- ]. *Contribution ^ 
 
 retude de troubles de I'odorat. 90 pp. 8°. 
 
 Paris, 1897, No. 260. 
 Bibard (Ren6) [1870- ]. *Contribution h. 
 
 retude des causes externes du d6collement de 
 
 I'epiphyse humerale sup^rieure. 59 pp. 8°. 
 
 Paris, 1897, No. 156. 
 Bibb (Lewis Bradley) [1882- ]. 
 
 See Hartmann (Carl) & Bibb (Lewis Bradley). The 
 
 human body and its enemies [etc.]. 8°. Ybnkers-on- 
 
 Hudson, 1914. 
 
 Bibby (George H.) Ventilation. 8 pp. 8°. 
 London, 1904. 
 Sepr.fTom: Building News, Lond., 1904. 
 
 — ■ . Natural ventilation. 4 pp. 8° London, 
 
 1904. 
 Repr.from: Building News, Lond., 1904. 
 BIbent (Victor). *L'hysterie simulant les affec- 
 tions organiques chez I'enfant et I'adolescent. 
 124 pp. 8°. Toulouse, 1898, No. 276. 
 
 See, also, Bezy (P.) & BIbent (Victor). L'hystfirie [etc.]. 
 12°. Paris, 1900. 
 
 96808°— Vol. II, 3cl series— 19- 
 
 -32 
 
BIBER. 
 
 498 
 
 BIBLIOGEAPHY. 
 
 Biber (Karl). *Untersuchungen tiber das Verhal- 
 ten der Leukozytenzahl im Rinderbliit (a) 
 unter physiologisclien Verhaltnifisen, (b) bei 
 Mastitis und Gastritis traumatica. [Bern.] 63 
 pp. 8°. Egeln, F. Eeyl, 1908. 
 
 Biber (Werner). *Ueber Hamorrhagien und 
 Gefassveranderungen bei tuberkuloser Menin- 
 gitis. [Zurich.] 52 pp., 2 pi. 8°. Wusbaden, 
 J. F. Bergmann, 1910. 
 
 Bibcrfeld (David) [1872- ]. »Ueber die 
 Druckverhaltnisse in der Schleich'schen Quad- 
 del. 27pp., 21. 8°. Breslau, E. Trewendt,l8QQ. 
 Repr.from: Intemat. Beitr. t. Pharmakodyn. u. Therap., 
 1899, vl. 
 
 Biberfeld (Job). 
 
 Associate Editor of: Zentralblatt der gesamten Arznei- 
 mittelkuude, Heidelberg, 1912. 
 
 Bibergeil (Eugen) [1879- ]. *Beitrag zur 
 Ijebre von der atiologischen und diagnostischen 
 Bedeutung der punktirten Erythrocyten Ehr- 
 lichs. 32 pp. 8°. Kiel, E. Fiencke, 1903. 
 
 . Die Behandlung der Kniedeformitaten. 
 
 21 pp. 8°. Berlin, H. Kornfeld, 1909. 
 Forms 253. Hft., v. 21, of: Berl. KUnik. 
 
 . Berufs- und Unfallkrankheiten der Be- 
 
 wegungsorgane. Nebst einem Anhang: Die 
 wichtigsten Bestimmungen der Btaatuchen 
 Unfallversicherung nach der Reichsversiche- 
 rungsordnung. Leitfaden fur Studiferende und 
 Aerzte. viii, 100 pp. 8° Stuttgart, F. Enhe, 
 1913. 
 
 Biberstein (Friedrich) [1879- ]. *Beitrag zur 
 vaginalen Entfernung der Uterusmyome. 32 
 pp., 1 1. 8°. Breslau, L. Freund, 1902. 
 
 Biberstein (Martin) [1874r- ]. *Beitrage zur 
 Serodiagnostik des Abdominal typhus. [Breslau.] 
 32 pp., 1 1. 8°. Leipzig, Veit & Co., 1898., 
 
 Bibet (Maurice). *La tuberculose chez les 
 instituteurs. 62 pp. 8°. Paris, 1903, No. 524. 
 
 Bible. 
 
 See, also, Hygiene (History of); Medicine 
 (History of. Ancient) — Hebrew. 
 
 British Museum. Natural history. Guide to 
 the exhibition of animals, plants, and minerals 
 mentioned in the Bible. 2. ed. 8°. London, 
 1911. 
 
 Fandre (L.-M.-X.) *La m^decine dans la 
 Bible. 8°. Nancy, 1914. 
 
 Eeinhardt (C. T. E.) Bibelkrankheiten, 
 ■welche im alten Testament vorkommen. 8°. 
 Frankfurt, 1767. 
 
 VON Sbuitert (E.) *Welche Krankheits- 
 zustande kennt die Bibel und was berichtet sie 
 Tiber deren Bekampfung? 8°. Miinchen, 1905. 
 
 Allen (D. B.) Diseases mentioned in the Bible. Dietet. 
 & Hyg. Gaz. N. Y., 1908, xxiv, 285-291.— Blakely (S. B.) 
 The medicine of the Old Testament. Med. Eec, N. Y ., 1915, 
 Ixxxvii, 934-939. Also: Scient. Am. Suppl., N. Y., 1915, 
 Ixxx, 70; 90.— Field (D. L.) Medical facts gleaned from the 
 Holy Scriptures. Therap. Eec, Louisville, 1909, iv, 30; 62; 
 84.— Harris (D. F.) Emerods, mice and plague of I Samuel, 
 vi. Canad. M. Ass. J., Montreal, 1914, n. s., Iv, 639-641. 
 AUo, Reprint.— Hutton (D. M.) The medical language 
 of the third Gospel. Lancet, Lond., 1911, i, 331.— Lamb 
 (D. S.) The old Hebrews; a medical and sanitary view. 
 Med. Pickwick, Saranac Lake, 1915, i, 372-377.— Marcus 
 (J. H.) A brief Biblical evolution of medicine. N. York 
 M. J. [etc.], 1918, cviii. 21-23.— Medicine (The) of the Bible. 
 Med. Mag., iKind., 1914, xxiii, 232-244.— Murphy (H. B.) 
 Bibhcal medicine and hygiene. Montreal M. J., 1908, xxxvii, 
 83-87.— Peters. Die Pathologie der Bibel. Med. Woche, 
 Halle a. S., 1907, viii, 652; 562; 674. 
 
 Bibliografla ostetrica e ginecologica italiana per 
 r anno 1895. Compilata secondo la classificazione 
 decimale da Tumo Rossi Doria. 108 pp. 8°. 
 Roma, 1897. 
 
 . The same. Per Taimo 1896. 75 pp. 8°. 
 
 Roma, 1897. 
 
 Bibliograflchesldy ukazatel tekushtsheJ rossiy- 
 skoi meditsinskoi Uteraturl. Sostavil M. G. 
 Nemzer. [Bibliographical index' of current 
 Russian medical literature. Compiled by M. 
 G. Nemzer.] 1892-3. 86 pp. 8^. S.-Peter- 
 burg, 1893. „ „ 
 
 The same. 189^5. v, 128 pp. 8°. S.- 
 
 Peterburg, 1895. 
 
 -. The same. 1895-6. vi, 31, 36, 60 pp. 8° 
 
 S.-Peterburg, 1896. 
 
 Bound with; Vestnik Obshtsh. hig., Sudeb. i Prakt. Med.. 
 S.-Peterb., 1896, xxxii. 
 
 Bibliograpbia medica [Index-medlcus]. Re- 
 cueil mensuel. Classement m^thodique de la 
 bibliographie Internationale des sciences m6- 
 dicales. 1900-1902. 3 v. 8°. Paris, 1900- 
 1903. 
 
 Bibliograpliia Medica ItaUca. Repertorio perio- 
 dico dei lavori di medicina che si pubblicano in 
 Italia, classificato secondo il sistema decimale. 
 Compilato dal Dott. TulUo Rossi Daria. Anno I, 
 fasc. 1-3. 12°. Roma, 1897. 
 
 Bibliographia physiologica. (Beiblatt zum Zen- 
 tralblatt fiir Physiologie.) Hrsg. vom Concilium 
 bibliographicum in Zurich, v. 1, Nos. 2, 3, 4; 
 V. 2, Nos. 1, 2, 4. 8°. Leipzig & Wien, 1905-«. 
 
 Bibliograpbia physiologica. 'See Bichet (Charles 
 Robert) [in 2. s.]. 
 
 Bibliograpbia zoologica (diario "Zoologischer 
 Anzeiger" adnexa) adjuvante concilio _ biblio- 
 graphico quod Turici prseside H. H. Field in- 
 stitutum est edidit J. Victor Cams. v. 1. 680 
 pp. 8°. lApsise, W. Engelmann, 1896. 
 
 BMiograpIiical record. 1860-1900. Horatio C. 
 Wood. 24 pp. 8°. [n. p., n. d.] 
 
 Bibliograplue anatomique. Revue des travaux 
 en langue franpaise. Anatomie, histologie, em- 
 bryologie, anthropologie. v. 5-24, 1897-1913. 
 8°. Paris & Nancy. 
 
 Bibliograplue der gesamten Gynaekologie und 
 Geburtshilfe, sowie deren Grenzgebiete. Auf 
 Grund des Zentralblattes f tir die gesamte Gynae- 
 kologie und Geburtshilfe sowie deren Grenz- 
 gebiete zusammengestellt und hrsg. von E. 
 Runge. 8°. Berlin, J. Springer, 1914. 
 
 Bibliograpbie der gesamten inneren Medizin und 
 ihrer Grenzgebiete. Auf Grund des Zentral- 
 blattes fiir die gesamte innere Medizin und ihre 
 Grenzgebiete (Kongresszentralblatt), zusam- 
 mengestellt una hrsg. von der Redaktion. 8° 
 Berlin, J. Springer, 1913-14. 
 
 Bibliograpliie japonaise, ou catalogue des ou- 
 vrages relatifsau Japon qui ont 6t6 publics de- 
 puis le . xv° sifecle jusqu'S. nos jours. R6dig6 
 par L6on Pagfes. 67 pp. 8° Paris, B. Duprat, 
 1859. 
 
 Bowni with: Bibliography (A) of the Japanese Empire. 
 8°. Lonixm, 1895. 
 
 Bibliographic der Neurologie und Psych'iatrie. 
 8°. Berlin, J. Springer, 1913. 
 
 Bibliographies on educational psychology. Ed- 
 ited by William H. Burnham. 44 pp. 8°. 
 Worcester, Clark Univ. Press, 1913. 
 
 Bibliography (Medical). 
 
 See, also. Biography (Medical); libraries; 
 Periodicals (Medical); and under subjects, as 
 Anatomy; Medicine; Sitrgery (History of). 
 
 Andrade (V. de P.) Ensayo bibliogrdfico 
 mexicano del siglo xvii. 2. ed. 4°. Mixico, 
 1899. 
 
 Bibliographia medica. [Index Medicus.] 
 Recueil mensuel. 1900-1902. 3 v. 8°. Paris, 
 1900-1903. 
 
BIBLIOGEAPHY. 
 
 499 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Bibliography {Medical). 
 
 BoRGBN (B.) Fortegnelse over Isegeviden- 
 skabelig Litteratur for Aarene 1859-1902. [In- 
 dex of medical literature for the years 1859-1902.] 
 8°. Kj0bmhavn, 1903. 
 
 . The eame. 12°. K0bmhavn, 1903. 
 
 Oatalogus dissertationum academicarum sub 
 OTsesidio Joannes Junckeri ventilatarum. 4° 
 Halx Magdeb., 1749. 
 
 De la Plata y Marcos (M.) Colecci6n bio- 
 bibliogrdflca de escritores medicos espanoles. 
 8°. Madrid, 1882. 
 
 [De Marchi (L.)] Indice sistematico delle 
 opera di medicina entrate nel quinquennio 
 1892-6 (classificate secondo il sistema decimale, 
 016, 60). 12°. Pavia, 1898. 
 
 FiNLANDS medicinska bibliografi 1909. 8° 
 Helsinn/ors, 1910. 
 
 Garcia Icazbalceta (J.) Bibliograffa mexi- 
 cana del siglo x^d. Primera parte. Catdlogo 
 ra2;onado de libros impresos en Mexico de 1539 
 & 1600. fol. M&dco, 1886. 
 
 Gay (.1.) BibUographie des ouvrages relatifs 
 k I'amour, aux femmes, au mariage, etdes livres 
 fac^tiaux pantagrufliques, scatologiques, satyri- 
 ques, etc., par M. le C. d'l. 4. 6d. 4 v. 8°. 
 Paris, 1894-1900. 
 
 Gould (G. M. ) Suggestions to medical writers. 
 8°. Philadelphia, 1900. 
 
 VON Gyory (T.) Bibliographia medica 
 Hungaiiae (1472-1899) seu catalogus librorum 
 niedicinalium qui in Hungaria vel rem medi- 
 cinalem patriae nostrae attingentes etiam extra 
 Hungariam in lucem prodierunt. 8°. Buda- 
 pesti, 1900. 
 
 , Hahn (L.) Easai de bibliographie m^dicale. 
 Etude analytique des principaux repertoires 
 bibliographiques concernant les sciences m^di- 
 cales; de leur utility dans les recherches scienti- 
 fiques. 8°. Paris, 1897. 
 
 HoMAN (G.) Catalogue containing titles and 
 certain data relative to publications and other 
 work covering a period of more than 30 years. 
 8°. St. Louis,_ 1916. 
 
 Index Medicus; a monthly classified record 
 of the current medical literature of the world. 
 V. 1-21, 1879-99; 2. s., v. 1-16, 1903-18. 8°. 
 Washington. 
 
 Jahrbs-Vbrzeichniss der an den deutschen 
 Universitaten erschienenen Schiiften. Nos. 
 . 1-19, 1885-6 to 1898-9. roy. 8°. Berlin, 1887-99. 
 • McMuRTRiE (D. C.) Bibliography of writings 
 on the care of crippled children, the prevention 
 of blindneBS, the history of prostitution, the 
 psychology of sex, and miscellaneous subjects, 
 to March 1, 1914. 8°. New York, 1914. 
 
 Nbdbrlandsche Maatschappij ter Bevor- 
 dering der Pharmacie, Amsterdam. Catalogus 
 van de Algemeene Pharmaceutische Bibliotheek 
 en van de boeken over pharmacie en aanver- 
 wandte vakken. roy. 8°. Amsterdam, 1911. 
 
 New York Public Library. A list of current 
 medical .periodicals and allied series. 8°. 
 New York, 1910. 
 
 Ophthalmologicai, Society of the United 
 Kingdom. Catalogue of the library. 4. ed. 8°. 
 London, 1901. 
 
 PiLCHEK (L. S.) A list of books by some of the 
 old maaters of medicine and surgery, together 
 with books on the history of medicine and on 
 medical biography in the possession of Lewis 
 Stephen Pilcher; with biographical and biblio- 
 graphical notes and reproductions of some 
 title-pages and captions. 8°. Brooklyn, 1918. 
 
 Bibliography {Medical). 
 
 Port (G.) Index der deutschen zahnarztli- 
 chen Literatur und zahnarztliche Bibliographie. 
 11. Jahrgang (1913). 8°. Berlin, 1914. 
 
 RiKKER (K. L.) Ukazatel rtisskot meditsin- 
 skoi literaturl. [Index of Russian medical liter- 
 ature.] 8°. S.-Peierburg 1912. 
 
 Sanchez y Rubio (E.) Bibliograffa medica 
 espanola contempordnea (1906-9). roy. 8° 
 Madrid, 1909. 
 
 SvERiGBS Lakare-historia ifran Konung Gustaf 
 den I:s till narvarande tid. Ny foljd. 8°. 
 Stockholm, 1873-6. 
 
 United States. Treasury Department. Bu- 
 reau of Public Health and Marine Hospital Service. 
 Publications of the United States Public 
 Health and Marine Hospital Service. October, 
 1908; January, 1910. 8°. Washingtm, 1908-10. 
 
 Unpted States. War Department. Surgeon 
 General's Office. Index-Catalogue of the Library 
 of the Surgeon General's Office, United States 
 Army. Authors and sub jects. 2. series, v. 1-21. 
 A-Z. roy. 8°. Washington, 1896-1916. 
 
 . The same. 3. series, v. 1. A-Army. 
 
 roy. 8°. Washington, 1918. 
 
 Zmibyepp (L. F.) Vtoroye dopolneniye k 
 knigie "Russkiye vracH pisateli, " 1892. [Sec- 
 ond supplement to his book: Russian medical 
 authors, 1892.] 8°. [St. Petersburg, 1892.] 
 
 Berger (H.) Zu der Psychologie der falscheij Literatur- 
 angaten. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1913, lx,'6S2.— Blbll- 
 ographie (La) mSdicale a. la fln du dix-neuvllime si^cle. 
 
 bibliografla medica piemontese. Riv. di storia crit. d. sc. 
 med. e nat., Faenza, 1914, v, 202-210.— Clayton (C. E. A.) 
 Lists of references. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1906, ii, 308.— Com- 
 pletion (Tlie) of the Index-Catalogue of tlie Library of 
 the Surgeon General's Office. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 
 
 1916, Ixvii, 2021.— Denver (The) Union catalog of medi- 
 cal literature. Library J., N. Y., 1897, xxii, 437.— Bu- 
 reau (A.) Contribution h, rhistoire de la bibhographie m4- 
 dicale. Bull. Soc. franj. d'liist. de mM., Par., 1902, 1, 164- 
 176.— Finlayson (J.) Medical bibliography and medical 
 education: Robert Watt's library for his medical students in 
 1812. Edmb. M. J., 1898, n. s., Iv, 344-348.— Garrison (F. 
 H.) The historical collection of medical classics in the 
 Library of the Surgeon-General's Office. J. Am. M. Ass., 
 
 Chicago, 1911, Ivi, 1785-1792. AUo, Reprint. . The 
 
 Index-Cfatalogue and Index Medicus. J. Am. M. Ass,, 
 Chicago, 1916, Ixvii, 307.— Gautrelet (J.) & Comlllot (C.) 
 Quelques notes relatives k la bibliographie et k I'^tablisse- 
 
 •ment du manuscrit d'une thfee ou d'un m^moire. J. de 
 m4d. de Bordeaux, 1905, xxxv, 430-134.— Gradenigo (G.) 
 Classificazione bibhogranca in oto-rino-laringologia. Arch, 
 ital. di otol. [etc.], Torino, 1915, xxvi, 488-^90.— Holmes (B.) 
 The relation of medical literature to professional esteem. 
 Lancet-Clinic, Cihcin., 1915, cxiv, 113; 162; 221; 465.— Index- 
 Catalogue CThe) Brit. M. J., Lond., 1914, 1, 932.— Index- 
 Catalogue (The). Lancet, Lond., 1917, 1, 924.— Lara y 
 Paido (L.) La prensa medica en Mexico. Escuela de 
 med., M&T3.QO, 1904, jdx, 337-340.— Medical bibUography. 
 Lancet, Lond., 1911, i, 953.— Melllsli (Mrs. M. H.) Sugges- 
 tions on the use of the reference library in the preparation of 
 medical papers. Bull. M. Libr. Ass., Bait., 1914, iv, 30-34. 
 AUo: Journal-Lancet, Minneap., 1914, xxxiv, 534-536. — 
 Moore (N.) An address on medical boolis. Lancet, Lond., 
 1906, ii, 1046-1051.— Morley (W. H.) Contributions to medi- 
 cal literature by the profession of Detroit during the last 
 sixteen years (1900-1915, both inclusive). Detroit M. J., 
 
 1917, xvui, 223-226. Also: J. Mich. M. Soc, Grand Rapids, 
 1917, xvi, 304-307.— Mr. H. G. Wells on medical biblio;- 
 raphy. Lancet, Lond., 1914, ii, 245.— Perez Jimenez (N.) 
 Estudio biogrdiico, bibliografico y critico de algunos de los 
 medicos insignes que han contribuido d los progresos de las 
 ciencias m^dicasen Espafia. An. r. Acad, de med., Madrid, 
 1891, xi, 109; 178; 210; 289.— Place (F.) BibUograplnc style in 
 medical Uterature. Med. Rec^ N. Y., 1913, fxxxiii, 157- 
 
 160. AUo, Reprint. . BibUograpliic bones. Med. 
 
 Piclrwick, Saranao Lake, 1915, i, 82-84. . Verify your 
 
 references; a word to medical writers. N. Yorlt M. J. [etc.], 
 1916, civ, 697-699. AUo, Reprint.— Po61s (E.) De futility 
 d'une bibliographie umverselle de I'hygi&ne. Cong, inter- 
 nat. d'hyg. et de d^mog. C.-r., Brux., 1903, ix, 132-136.— 
 Proposed (The) International catalogue of incunabula. J. 
 Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1913, Ix, 1958.— Bobbins (F.) Medi- 
 cal literature as a specialty. M:ed. Rec, N. Y., 1916, Ixxxix, 
 956-958.— Bocli (M.) Guerre et bibliographie m&iicale. 
 
BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
 
 500 
 
 BIBLIOTEKA. 
 
 Bibliography (Medical). 
 
 C!or.-Bl., t. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1915, xlv, 874-880.— 
 ButarHIi (J.) Random notes on book Interest. Bull. Med. 
 Mbrary Ass., Bait., 1918, viii, 13.— Soriano (M. S.) Biblio- 
 grafla m^dica naclonal; 1844. Bol. de cien. mii., Mexico, 
 1911-12, ii, 123-126.— Splvak (C. D.) Index medicus com- 
 pletus; a suggestion as to its realization. Am. Med., Bur- 
 lington, Vt., & N. Y., 1902, iv, 847. Also, Reprint.— Ster- 
 ling (W.) [On Polish medical literature.] Kryt. lek., War- 
 szawa, 1903, vil, 149-156.— Virchow (R.) Die Orthographie 
 und Interpunctiou im Archiv; zur Verstandigung liir Leser 
 imd Mitarbeiter. Arch, f . path. Anat. [etc.], Berl.^ 1899, civ, 
 1-10. — Von der Osten (Anna L.) A logical classification of 
 medical literature. Med. Eec, N. Y ., 1915, Ixxxvii, 940-943. 
 Also, Reprint. — Waldeyer (W.) Lohr- und Handbiicher. 
 Ergebn. a. Anat. u. Entwoklngsgesoh. 1902, Wiesb., 1903, 
 xu, 652-742. 
 
 Bibliography (Scientific ) . 
 
 Abendroth (R.) Das bibliographisclie Sys- 
 tem der Naturgeschichte und der Medizin (mit 
 Einschluss der allgemeinen NatuiwissenBchaft). 
 Nach den Fachkatalogen der Universitatsbiblio- 
 thek zu Leipzig dargestellt, historisch-kritisch 
 eingeleitet und erlautert. 2 Teile. 8°. Boma 
 & Leipzig, 1914. 
 
 Cambridge University. Emmanuel College. 
 Library. A hand-list of English books in the 
 library of Emmanuel College, Cambridge, printed/ 
 before mdcxli. 8°. Cambridge, 1915. 
 
 CoPiNGER (W. A.) Supplement to Hain's 
 Bepertorium bibliographicum, or collections 
 towards a new edition of that work in two parts. 
 8°. London, 1895. 
 
 Institut international de bibliographie. 
 Classification bibliographique d^cimale. Fasc. 
 1-17. 8°. Bruxelles, 1899-1903. 
 
 International catalogue of scientific litera- 
 ture. 8°- London. 
 
 CONTENTS. 
 
 L. General biology. 6.-7. annual issue, 1907-9. 
 
 N. Zoology. 5.-14. annual issue, 1907-16. 
 
 O . Anatomy. 6.-13. amiual issue, 1908-17. 
 
 P. Anthropology. 6.-13. annual issue, 1908-17. 
 
 Q. Physiology. 5.-12. annual issue, 1907-17. 
 
 H. Bacteriology. 6.-13. annual issue, 1909-18. 
 
 John Crerab Library, Chicago. List of 
 books on the history of science; prepared by A. 
 G. S. Josephson. 4°. Chicago, 1911. 
 
 JosEPHSON (A. G. S.) Efiiciency and biblio- 
 graphical research. 8°. Chicago, 1912-13. 
 
 Bepr. frmn: Papers Bibliog. Soc. America, Chicago, 
 1912-13, Til. 
 
 Kkoeger (A. B.) Guide to the study and use 
 of reference books. 3. ed., rev. throughout and 
 much enl. by Isadore Gilbert Mudge. 4°. 
 Chicago, 1917. - . 
 
 Mauclairb (P.) Titres et travaux scientin- 
 ques. 4°. Paris, 1913. 
 
 Reale Istituto lombardo di scienze e lettere. 
 Indice generale dei lavori dal 1889 al 1900, con 
 le aggiunte e correzione all' Indice generale 
 1803-88, compUato per cura della presidenza. 
 8°. Milano, 1902. . .. 
 
 Reichung (D.) Appendices ad Hamii- 
 Copingeri repertorium bibliographicum. 8°. 
 Monachi, 1905. 
 
 Royal Society of London. Catalogue of sci- 
 entific papers (1800-1883). v. 12: Supplemen- 
 tary vomme. 4°. London, 1902. 
 
 . The same. Fourth series (1884r- 
 
 1900), V. 14-15 (C-Hyslop). 4°. Cambridge, 
 1915-16. , , . . , 
 
 Stevens (D. L.) A bibliography of mumcipal 
 utility regulation and municipal ownership. 
 8°. Cambridge, 1918. 
 
 United States. Congress. Govermnent 
 Printing Office. Catalogue of United States pub- 
 lic documents. Issued monthly by the Gov- 
 ernment Printing OflSce. Nos. 1-93, January, 
 
 Bibliography (ScienUfic). 
 
 1895, to September, 1902; Nos. 95-102, Novem- 
 ber, 1902, to June, 1903. 8°. WashingUm, 1895- 
 1903. 
 
 Vbngeroff (S. a.) [et al.]. Kritiko-biogra- 
 ficheskiy slovar russkikh pisatelei i uchonikh. 
 [Critico-biographical dictionary of Russian writ- 
 ers and scholars.]. 6 v. 8° S.-Peterburg, L 
 Yefron & M. M. Stasyulevich, 1889-1904. _ 
 
 Whbatley (H. B.) How to make an index. 
 8°. London, 1902. 
 
 Wood (H. C.) Bibliographical record, 1860- 
 1900. 8°. [n.j>.,WOO,velsubseq.] 
 
 Armstrong (H. E.) International catalogue of scien- 
 tific literature. Nature, Lond., 1918, ci, 44.— Bather (F A.) 
 The position of references in journal articles. Bcience, N. Y. 
 & Lancaster, Pa., 1915, n. s., xlii, 690.— BUllngs (J. S.) A 
 card catalogue of scientific literature. Ibid.,_ N. Y., 1895, n. s., 
 
 eicner tw. i.) Ansivmiiuu. ijiuiaiy .,., ±i. ± ., xav^, 
 ix, 144-147.— Pocke (RO Classification; the general the- 
 
 dell 
 
 Torino, ioui, Avxix, i,^ *w«. «^ x — — / 
 
 tional Catalogue of Scientific Literature. Science, N. Y..& 
 Lancaster, Fa., 1908, n. s., xxvni, 10-12. Also, Reprint. 
 . The Second International Convention of the Inter- 
 national Catalogue of Scientific Literature, London, 1910i 
 Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa^ 1911, n. s., xxxiii, 713-718.. 
 Also, Reprmt.— Lane (W. C.) Present tendencies of catalogs 
 practice. Library J., N. Y., 1904, xxix, 134-143.— McClenOtt 
 (W.H.) The science of indexing. /6M., 1918, xUii, 467-471.— 
 Martel (C.) Classification; present tendencies. Ibid., 1904, 
 xxix, 132-134.— Minot (C. S.) Bibliography; a study of 
 resources. Biol. Lect. Woods HoU, Best., 1896, 149-168.— 
 Scudder (H .) The position of references in journal articles. 
 Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa„ 1915, n. s., xUi, 454-456.— 
 Strohl (J.) Wesen und Wert dfis Dezimalsystems in der 
 BibUographie. Ztschr. f. biol. Techn. u. Method., Strassb., 
 1910, ii, 80-89.— Terkes (R. M.) The use of Roman numer- 
 als. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1904, n. s., xx, 309. 
 
 BibUography of Charles K. Mills, 1872-1907. 
 19 pp. 8°. [n. p.,n. rf.l 
 
 Bibliography of the contributions of George_ M. 
 Gould to ophthalmology, general medicine, 
 literature, etc. 62 pp. 8° Ithaca, N. Y., 
 Andrus & Church, 1909. 
 
 Bibliography (A) of the Japanese Empire. 
 Being a classified list of all books, essays and 
 maps in European languages relating to Dai 
 Nihon [Great Japan] published in Europe, 
 America and in the East from 1859-93 A. D. 
 [Vlth Year of Ansei to XXVth of Meiji]. xiv, 
 338 pp. 8°. London, Kegan Paul, Trench, 
 Trubner & Co., 1895. 
 
 . The same. Comprising the literature 
 
 from 1894 to the middle of 1906. xvi, 486, 28, 
 21 pp. 8°. Tokyo, Osaka & Kyoto, Z.'P. 
 Maruya & Co., 1907. 
 
 Biblioteca del medico pratico [etc.]. See Bi- 
 bliothSque du m^decin praticien. 
 
 Biblioteca della piil recente letteratura medico- 
 chirurgica ad uso de' chirurgi delle Annate di 
 S. M. I. R. A. Tradotta dal tedesco, e corre- 
 data di molte interessanti aggiunte da Tommaso 
 Volpi. 3 V. 8°. Pavia, P. Galeazzi, 1790-4. 
 
 Bibliotelc for Lseger. Udgivet af Directionen for 
 det classenske Litteraturselskab. v. 1-4, 180ft- 
 13; V. 1-30, 1821-39; 2. R., v. 1-15, 1839-46; 
 3. R., V. 1-11, 1847-52; 4. R., v. 1-16, 1852-60; 
 5. R., V. 1-20, 1860-70; 6. R., v. 1-19, 1871-89; 
 7. R., V. 1-10, 1890-99; 8. R., v. 1-19, 1900- 
 1918. 8°. Kobenhavn. 
 
 Title prior to 1890 was: Blbllotbek for Lseger. From 
 1814 to 1820 title was: Nyt Bibliothek for Lseger. 
 
 Blbliotelta Narodnavo Zdraviya. [Library of 
 "Public Health."] 1901, Nos. 1-^2, 44-52; 
 1902, Nos. 1-27, 29-30, 32-34, 36-40. 12°. 
 S.-Peterburg, 1901-2. 
 Suppl. to: Narodnoye Zdravlye, S.-Peterburg, 1901-2. 
 
BIBLIOTEKA. 
 
 501 
 
 BICEPS. 
 
 Biblioteka Vracha. [The Physician's Library.] 
 V. 1-6, 1894-9. 8°. Moskva. 
 
 Bibllotheea Boerhaaviana, sive catelogus libro- 
 rum instructissime bibliotliecae viri summi D. 
 Hermanni Boerhaave, dum in vivis esset, [etc.]. 
 2 p. 1., 68 pp. 8°. Lugduni in Batama, S. 
 Luchtmann, 1739. 
 
 Bibliotheca medica. Hrsg. von Gustav Born, 
 Karl Flugge [et al.]. 4°. Oassel, T. G. Fischer 
 & Co., 1893-1908. 
 
 Bibliotheca veterinaria, oder Verzeichnis samt- 
 licher bis zur Gegenwart im deutschen Buch- 
 handel erschienenen Bilcher undZeitschriften 
 auf dem Gebiete der Veterinarwissenschaften. 
 Nebst einem Verzeichnis der Sticbworte, 
 bearbeitet und hrsg. yon Bobert Klee. 247 pp. 
 12°. Leipzig, H. Seemann, 1901. 
 
 Bibliotbeca zoologica. Original-Abhandlungen 
 aua dem Gesammtgebiete der Zoologie. Hrsg. 
 von Rud. Leuckart und Carl Chun. 4° Stutt- 
 gart, 1892-5. 
 
 Bibllothek von Coler. 25 v. 8°. Berlin, A. 
 Hirschwald, 1901-8. 
 
 Bibllothek der gesammten medicinischen Wis- 
 senschaften fiir praktische Aerzte und Spe- 
 cialarzte. Hrsg. von A. Drasche. 11 v. 1893- 
 1901. 8°. Wien & Leipzig. 
 
 . Supplement und Generalregister fiir die 
 
 ganze Bibhothek. Nachtrage und Erganzungen 
 zu sammtlichen Disdplinen unter besonderer 
 Berucksichtigung der neuesten Heilmittel und 
 Heilmethoden. Redigirt und hrsg. von Julius 
 Weiss und A. Brestowski. 2 p. 1., 217 pp. 8° 
 Teschen, K. Prochmka, 1903. 
 
 Bibllothek der Gesundheitspflege, hrsg. von 
 Max Rubner. v. 5, 7, 15, and 16. 12°. Stutt- 
 gart, E. H. Moritz, [n. d.]. 
 
 Bibliothek der physikalisch-medizinischen Tech- 
 niken. Hrsg. von H. Bauer, v. 1. Das Ront- 
 genverfahren in der Chirurgie, von A. Kohler. 
 4 p. 1., 79 pp., 4 pi. 8°. Berlin, H. Meusser, 
 1911. 
 
 BlbUothSque contemj)oraine de m^decine et de 
 sciences. [A republication of French theses.] 
 1905-8. 8°. Paris. 
 
 BibllothSque medico-physique du nord, ou Re- 
 cueil p&iodique de ce qu'il y a d'easentiel, 
 d'int&essant et de plus nouveau, surtout en 
 fait d'observations et de d6couvertes, dans les 
 collections acad^miques, et dans les autres ou- 
 vrages des savants du nord, soit en m6decine, 
 chirurgie et pharmacie, [etc.] . . . r^dig^ par M. 
 P. R.Vicat. 3v. 1783-4. 8°. Lausanne. 
 
 Biblioth§que nationale. Departement des manu- 
 scrits. Collections de chirurgiens grecs, avec 
 dessins attribufe au Prima tice. Reproduction 
 r^duite des 200 dessins du manuscrit latin " 
 
 de la BibUothfeque nationale. 1 p. 1., 18 pp., 106 
 pi. 8°. Paris, Berthaudfreres, [n. c?.]. 
 
 Introduction [p. 1-8], signed by Hrenri] O[mont]; con.- 
 cordance of tlie leaves and pages oJ the designs in tlie original 
 
 pro ^ ^ ._ 
 
 King Francis I of France was -written by Guido Guidi, the 
 first professor of medicine in the College de France (1542-48). 
 The designs are attributed to the Italian painter Francesco 
 
 Primaticcio. 
 
 BlbUothSques univereitaires. Catalogue mensuel 
 des theses soutenues devant les universit6s 
 frangaises. v. 1, 1898-1901; v. 2, 1901-4. 397 
 pp.; 361 pp. 8°- Montpellier, O. Firmin, 
 1902-4. 
 
 Blbrowlcz (W.) [1874r- ]. *Beitrage zur KH- 
 nik und Chirurgie des Hirnabscesses. [Breslau.] 
 54 pp. 8°- Tubingen, E.Laup, jr., 1905. 
 
 Blcal (Albert). 
 
 See Duval (MatUas) & Blcal (Albert) [in 2. s.]. L'anato- 
 mie des maltres [etc.]. fol. Paris, 1890. 
 
 Biceps. 
 
 KxAATSCH (H.) Der kurze Kopt des Musculus 
 biceps femoris. Seine morphologische und 
 stammesgeschichtUche Bedeutung. 8° Ber- 
 lin [1900]. 
 
 Repr.from: Sitzungsb. d. k. preuss. Akad. d. Wissensch. z. 
 Berl., 1900, xxxviii. 
 
 Cbauvln & Noble. Note sur le chef hujn^ral du biceps. 
 Montpel. m&i., 1907, xxiv, 189-191.— liCnoir (O.) Sur la 
 signification des chefs accesSoires hum^raux du biceps 
 brachial. J. de I'anat. et physiol. [etc.]. Par., 1901, xjcxvii, 
 309-311.— Menier (F.) La poulie de reflexion du biceps 
 crural chez certains oiseaux. Bibliog. anat., Par. & Nancy, 
 1914, xxiv, 21-30.— Paterson (A. M.) The action of the 
 biceps flexor cruris. J. Anat., Lend., 1916-17, 11, 362.— de 
 VUhena (H.) Alguns feixes humeraes do bicipitite bra- 
 chial. Arch, de anat. [etc.], Lisb., 1912-13, i, 37. 
 
 Biceps {Abnormities of). 
 
 AnccI (P.) Muscle biceps brachial h quatre chefs. Bi- 
 bliog. anat.. Par. & Nancy, 1901, ix, 153.— BoreUi (E.) As- 
 senza congenita del capo lungo del bicipite bracchiale con- 
 statata direttamente sul vivo. Med. prat., Napoli, 1917, 
 il, 367-373. — Ducos (J.) Double expansion apon^vrotique 
 du biceps. Montpel. mM., 1912, xxxiv, 582.— Flfivez (J.) 
 Syndrome "long biceps dStendu;" m&anisme de production; 
 long biceps d&insfirS. J. d. sc. m&i. de Lille, 1911 ii, 49-61. — 
 Klaatscta (H.) Ueber eine dem Tenuisslmus ahnliche Va- 
 riation am Biceps femoris des Menschen. Anat. Anz., Jena, 
 1911, xxxviii, 305-310.— Lccco (T. M.) Bin Fall von voll- 
 standlgem Fehlen des langen Kopfes des M. biceps brachi 
 und die damlt in Zusammenhang stehenden Veranderungen 
 an Knochen und GelenktheUen. Ibid., 1907, xxx, 622-528.^- 
 Meyer (A. W.) The absence of the long head of the biceps 
 and its eflect upon the intertubercular sulcus. J. Anat. & 
 Physiol., Lond., 1913-14, xlviil^ 133-135.— Roclier. Anoma- 
 lie bilaterale du biceps brachial; chef humeral du biceps. 
 J. de mfid. de Bordeaux, 1906, xxxvi, 895. — Saint-Martin. 
 Chel hum&al interne surnum^raire du biceps brachial. 
 Gaz. mM. de Nantes, 1907, 2. s., xxv, 609.— Soulas (A.) & 
 Vallois (H.) Contribution a I'ftude des anomalies du biceps 
 brachial; douze cas de chefs sumum^raires. Montpel. m^., 
 1913, xxxvi, 217-222. 
 
 Biceps {Diseases and tumors of). 
 
 Anglada & Roger. Kyste lymphatique traumatique du 
 biceps. Prov.m&i., Par.,1907, XX, 41.— Bruclu(I.) Cisti- 
 cerco del bicipite brachiale destro. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 
 1908, xxix, 1379-1381.— Gibb (W. F.) An unusual tumour 
 of the biceps muscle. Glasgow M. J., 1913, Ixxix, 299.— 
 liCngtellneT (K.) Die Moglichkeiten der operativen Be- 
 handlung der Lahmung des Musculus biceps brachii. Med. 
 Khn^ Berl., 1910, vi, 1220.— LeporliU (F.) Sul valore e 
 signiiicato diagnostico del mioedema nflesso. Tommasi, 
 Napoli, 1909, iv, 738.— Morestin (H.) Kyste hydatique du 
 biceps. Bull. Soo. anat. de Par., 1897, Ixxii, 123. — Peraire. 
 TumeuT de la courte portion du biceps. Paris chirurg., 1911, 
 ill, 960.— Petrfiu (KO [Case of syphilitic affection of the 
 biceps musclej Lunds lak.-sallsk. forh., 1916-17, 104-108. 
 Also, transl: Berl. kUn. Wchnschr., 1918, Iv, 617.— Pobl 
 (W.) Tuberkulose der Fascle des Bicepsmuskels am 
 Oberarm. Therap. 'd. Gegenw., Berl., 1914, Iv, 296.— 
 Sagarra Lascurain (V.) Retraccidn cicatricial del bi- 
 ceps, formando un tumor. Notas m^d., ValladoUd, 1911, iv, 
 22. 
 
 Biceps {Rupture of) . 
 
 Kahle (M. S.) *Ueber subkutane trauma- 
 tische Rupturen des Musculus biceps brachii. 
 8°. Leipzig, 1906. 
 
 Klein (H.) *Ein Fall von traumatischer, 
 Bubkutaner Ruptur des Musculus biceps. 8°. 
 Oiessen, 1910. 
 
 Alexander (E. G.) Eupture of the biceps flexor cubiti; 
 with a report of eight cases. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1915, Ixi, 
 608-615, 1 pi. A Iso: Med. & Surg. Rep. Episc. Hosp., PhUa., 
 1916, iii, 108-117, 1 pi.— Borchers (E.) Die Euptur der 
 Sehne des langen Bicepskopfes. Beitr. z. kUn. Chir Tu- 
 bing., 1914,xc,635-648.— Boyden(F.E.)& Boyden(G. L.) 
 Transverse rupture of biceps muscle. Northwest Med., 
 Seattle, 1915, vii, 127. — Casteret. Arrachement traumati- 
 que du biceps brachial. Toulouse mM., 1911, 2. s., xui, 347- 
 349.— Davis (G. G.) Eupture of the biceps muscle. Ann. 
 Surg., Fhila., 1915, Ixii, 122.— Fievez (J.) La rupture in- 
 tracapsulaire du tendon du long biceps brachial; ses rai>- 
 ports avec I'arthrite sfeche scapulo-hun»(5rale; 6tude noso-' 
 graphique et pathog^nique. Arch. gto. de chir.. Par., 1914, 
 viil, 129-148.— FltzwUUam (D. C. L.) Case of rupture of 
 the long head of the biceps muscle. Tr. M. Soc. Lond 
 1910-11, xxxiv, 405.— HoUCs (I.) [Two cases of biceps 
 ruptured by paralysis.] Elme- is idegkfirt., Budapest, 1907, 
 
BICEPS. 
 
 502 
 
 BICKEL. 
 
 Biceps {Rupture of). 
 
 125— Lang (A J [Subcufaneous rupture of the long head of 
 the Moeps muscle of the arm,] Gydgydszat, Budapest, 1912, 
 m, 700— Llnlger. Zur Fraje des sogenannten tvpischen 
 Bizepsnsses. Ztschr. t. Versioherungsmed., Leipz., 1913 vi 
 65-70.— Monod (C.) Rupture du biceps droit. BuU. ei 
 mtai. Soc. de ohir. de Par., 1916, xlii, 1106.— WIesmann (P ) 
 Ueber emen Fall doppelseitiger Bioepsruptur. Beitr. z. 
 Uin. Chir., Tubmg., 1906, xlix, 161-168.— Wydler (A.) Bin 
 Beitrag zur Frage der Euptur des Biceps braohil. Cor -Bl 
 f. schiveiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1917, xlvil, 1793-1801. 
 
 Bichat (Henry-Paul) [1877- ]. *La sympa- 
 thectomie 'dans le traitement du glaucome 
 192 pp. 8°. JVancu,1901, No. 9. 
 
 Bichat (Marie-Francois-Xavier) [1771-1802]. Ana- 
 tomie g^n^rale, pr6c6d6e des recherches physio- 
 logiques sur la vie et la mort. Avec des notes 
 deMaingault. 2 v. Nouvelle 6d. xi, 432 pp., 
 port.; 852 pp. 8°. Paris, Ladrange, 1818. 
 
 . The same. Allgemeine Anatonue ange- 
 
 wandt auf die Physiologie und Arzneywissen- 
 sctaft. Aus dem Franzosischen tibersetzt und 
 mit Aninerkungen versehen von C. H. Pfaff. 
 2. Thell. Abtheilungl&II. xx, 343 pp.; 302 
 pp. 8°. Leipzig, S. L. Crusius, 1803. 
 
 . An epitome of the physiology, general 
 
 anatomy and pathology of . . ., by Thomas 
 Henderson. 326 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, Carey, 
 Lea & Carey, 1829. 
 
 Physiologische Untersuchungen fiber den 
 
 Tod, ins Deutsche ubersetzt und eingeleitet von 
 Rudolf -Boehm. xxvi, 130 pp. 8 Leipzig, 
 J. A. Bank, 1912. • 
 
 See, aUo, Desault (Pierr&Joseph) Hn. 2. s.]. CEuvres 
 chirurgloales [etc.], 8°. Paris, (2» VI [1798]. 
 
 Far Biography, see Albany M. Ann., 1907, xxviii, 371-373 
 (A. T. Lau'd). Also: BuU. et m^m. Soc. de chir. de Par., 
 1902, n. s., xxYJii, 823-825 (Poirier). Also: Cinquanten. de 
 la Soc. de biol., Par., 1899, 11-13 ( W. His). Also: Interstate 
 M. J., St. Louis, 1908, XV, 597; 667 (A. C. Eycleshymer). 
 Also: Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1903, xiv, 197-201 
 'W. S. Thayer). Also: MM. mod.. Par., 1898, ix, 489-491 
 C. Flessinger). Also: Montreal M. J., 1904, xxxiii, 358-364 
 ,J. McCrae). Also: Presse m^d.. Par., 1902, ii, 687-690 
 (P.-E. Launois). 
 
 For Portrait, see CoUectloii of Portr. (Libr.). 
 
 . See, also: 
 
 Blanchard (R.) Centenaire de la mort de 
 X. Bichat, 3 thermidor an X [1802], 22 iuillet 
 1902. 8°. Paris, 1903. 
 
 Rotrx (J.-P.) Discours prononc^ k la stance 
 publique de rentr^e de la Faculty de m^decine 
 de Paris, le 5 novembre 1851. Eloge de Boyer 
 etde Bichat. 8°. Pam, 1851. 
 
 AiSne (A.) Essai sur la philosophie de Xavier Bichat. 
 Arch, d'anthropol. crim., Lyon & Par., 1911, xxvl, 753-825, 
 front. — Blancliard (E.) Bur la tombe de Bichat. Bull. 
 Soc. franc, d'hist, de m^d.. Par., 1902, i, 261-268. Also: France 
 
 m6a., Pat., 1902, xUx, 258-261. . Devant la maison 
 
 de Bichat. Bull. Soo. bang, d'hist. de mdd.. Par., 1902, i, 
 
 269-276. Also: France m«d., Par^ 1902, xlix, 261-263. . 
 
 Documents inddits concernant Xavier Bibhat. Bull. Soc. 
 frang. d'hist. de m^d.. Par., 1902, i, 309-323, 2 pi. Also: 
 France mdd.. Par., 1902, xhx, 277-283.— Caliamand (E.) 
 Les statues de Bichat. Chron. mid., Par., 190^ ix, 548.— 
 Cartaz (A,) Le centenaire de Bichat. Nature, Par., 1901-2, 
 XXX, pt. 2, 127.— Centenaire (Le) de Bichat. Chron. mdd.. 
 Par., 1902, ix, 437-447.— ConcUe. Sept lettres inddites de 
 Bichat. Lyon mdd., 1902, xcix, 385-401.— Cumston (0. G.) 
 Bichat and general anatomy. Mod. Eev. of Rev., N. Y., 
 1910, xvl, 69-74.— Genty (M.) Bichat jurassien. France 
 mdd., Par., 1906, liii, 237.— Gley (E.) Xavier Bichat et son 
 oeuvre biologique. Bull. Soc. franc, d'hist. de mdd.. Par., 
 1902, 1, 285-292. Also: France mdd., Par., 1902, xUx, 265- 
 267.— Lettres inddites de Bichat. France mdd.. Par., 1902, 
 xlix, 352-355.— Parra (P.) Influjo de Bichat en iaflsiologia. 
 Gae. mdd., Mdxioo, 1903, 2. s., iii, 269-274.— Prleiir (A.) La 
 maison od est mort Bichat; dtude de topographie historique. 
 Bull. Soc. Iran?, d'hist. de mdd., Par., 1902, i, 214-235, 2 pi. 
 
 AUo: France mdd.. Par., 1902, xlix, 237-243. . Bichat 
 
 chirurgien. Bull. Soc. franc, d'hist. de mdd.. Par., 1902, i, 
 
 280-284. Also: France mdd.. Par;, 1902, xlix, 264. . . 
 
 Xavier Bichat etl'histoire. Bull. Soc. frang. d'hist. de mdd. 
 Par., 1902, i, 293-308. Also: France mdd.. Par., 1902, xhx, 
 267-272. — strange (The) adventures of an anatomist's head. 
 Brit. M. J., Lend., 1900, ii, 1601. Also: Boston M. & S. J., 
 1900, cxlili, 616.— TUIaux. Xavier Bichat et son influence 
 
 Bichat ( Marie-Fran?ois-Xavier) — continued . 
 SUT la science contemporaine. Bull. Soc. frang. d'hist. de 
 
 viii, 309-314. Also: France mdd.. Par., 1909, Ivi, a 
 Bichaton (Emile) [1880- ]. *CHrurgie con- 
 
 servatrice des tumeurs solides du maxillaire su- 
 
 p&ieur. 57 pp. 8°. Nanqi, 1904, No. 80. 
 Bichebois (Charles-Femand-Th6ophile) [1876- 
 ]. *C)ontribution k I'^tude de I'id^e de 
 
 grossesse; trouble psychopathique. 105 pp. 8°. 
 
 Naney, 1903, No. 1. 
 Bichelonne (Henri-C61estin-Bernard) [1868- ]. 
 See Fromaget (Victor-Camille) & Bichelonne (Henn- 
 
 Cdlestin-Bemard). Prdcis clinique et thdrapeutique [etc.]. 
 
 8°. Paris, 1911. 
 
 Bichler (Wilhelm) [1876- ]. *Ein Fall von 
 abgesackter eitrig-jauchiger Peritonitis. 18 pp., 
 1 1. 8°. Mimchen, C. Wolf & Sohn, 1905. 
 
 Bichon (Abel) [1878- ]. *Du r61e des infec- 
 tions, particuhferement de la syphilis, dans la 
 production des lesions de la myopie progressive. 
 68 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, 1906, No. 168. 
 
 Bichon (Auguste) [1847- ]. *Des troubles de 
 la miction chezl' enfant. 44 pp. 21. 4°. Paris, 
 1895, No. 43. 
 
 Bichon (Charles) [1856- ]. *Contribution k 
 r^tude de kystes h^matiques des Epiploons. 
 Ip. 1., ui, 46 pp., 11. 4°. rouZoMse, 1890, No. 
 167. 
 
 Bichowslcy (Salman Ber). *Klini8che Beobach- 
 tungen fiber die Wirkung der Thymusprapa- 
 rate. 15 pp. 8° Bern, M. Drechsel, 1915. 
 
 Bichowsky (Selda). *Spina bifida. 35 pp. 8°. 
 Bern, H. von Kamp-Berger, 1909. 
 
 Bichromate workers. 
 
 nutchell (D.) Bichromate works and the effects on the 
 workers. J. State Med., Lond., 1916, xxiv, 18-25. 
 
 Bickel (Adolf [Heinrich Gustav]) [1875- ]. 
 Experimentelle Untersuchungen fiber die Pa- 
 thogenese der Cholaemie und die daraus sich 
 ergebenden Grundsatze fur die Therapie der von 
 der Cholaemie begleiteten Leberkrankheiten. 
 1 p. 1., 112 pp. 8° Wiesbaden, J. F. Bergmann, 
 1900. 
 
 -. Untersuchungen fiber den Mechanismus 
 
 der nervosen Bewegungsregulation. viii, 188 pp. 
 8° Stuttgart, F. Enle, 1903. 
 
 . Ueber die Entwicklung der pathologischen 
 
 Physiologie und ihre . Stellung zur klinischen 
 Medizin. Oeffentliche Vorlesung gehalten am 
 20. Mai 1904 in der Aula der Kgf. Friedrich- 
 Wilhelms Universitiit zu Berlin. 27 pp. 8°. 
 Berlin, F. Enle, 1904. 
 
 . Wiestudiert man Medizin? DerBildungs- 
 
 gang des Arztes auf Grund der Studienplane und 
 Prfifungsbestimmungen dargestellt. Ratschlage 
 und Erwagungen aus der Hochschul- und arzt- 
 Uchen Praxis. 168 pp. 8°. Stuttgart, W.Violet, 
 1906. 
 
 Modeme Radium- und Thoriumtherapie 
 
 bei der Behandlung der Geschwtilste, der Gicht, 
 der rheumatischen Erkrankungen, der Neu- 
 ralgien und der Blutkranklieiten. 40 pp. 8°. 
 Berlin, A. Eirachwald, 1914. 
 
 Also, Editor of: Internationale Beitrage zur Pathologie 
 imd Therapie der Ernahrungsstorungen, Berlin, 1910-13. 
 
 - & Jacob (Paul). Ueber neue Beziehungen 
 
 zwischen Hirnrinde und hinteren Rfickenmarks- 
 wurzeln hinsichtlich der Bewegungsregulation 
 beim Hunde. 5 pp. 8°. Benin, G. Reimer, 
 1900. 
 
 Repr.from: Sitzungsb. d. k. preuss. Akad. d. Wissensch., 
 Berl., 1900, xxxv. 
 
BICKEL. 
 
 503 
 
 BICYCLES. 
 
 BIckel (Adolf [Heinrich Gustayl) — continued. 
 
 & Katsch (Gerhardt). ChirurgiBche Tecli- 
 
 nik zur normalen und pathologischen Physio- 
 logie des Verdauungsapparates. xi, 109 pp., 
 6 pi. 4°. Berlin, A. Hirschwald, 1912. 
 
 & Fincussohn (L.) Ueber den Einfluss 
 
 des MorpMums und Opiums auf die Magen- und 
 Pankreassaftsekretion. 7 pp. 8° Berlin, G. 
 Reimer, 1907. 
 
 MepT.from: Sitzungsb. d. k. preuss. Akad. d. Wissensch., 
 Berl., 1907, xlii. 
 
 Bickel (Hans). *Ueber den Kohlensauregehalt in 
 der Luft der Garkeller von Brauereien und den 
 Einfluss derselben auf den Gesundheitszustand 
 der hier bescliaftigten Arbeiter. 19 pp. 8°. 
 Wiirzburg, J. B. Fleischmann, 1898. 
 
 Bickel (Max) [1876- ]. *Ueber die in der 
 Miincliener PoUklinik vom Jahre 1895-1900 
 vorgenommenen Osteotomien. 44 pp., 1 1. 8°. 
 Miindien, C. Wolf & Sohn, 1901. 
 
 Bickel (Otto) [1875- ]. *Ein Fall von akuter 
 Poliomyelitis beim Erwacbsenen unter dem 
 Bilde der aufsteigenden Paralyse. 31 pp. 8° 
 Bonn, C. Georgi, 1898. 
 
 Bickelmann (Albert). * Ueber die angeborene 
 Verschliessung des_ Mastdarms und Afters und 
 die Missbildungen im Bereicbe des inneren und 
 ausserenDammes. [Erlangen.] 61pp., 3 pi. 8° 
 Saarhriicken, Sofer, 1902. 
 
 Bickenbach (Artur) [1884- ]. *Ueber Hiu- 
 terscheitelbeineinstellung. 63 pp. 8° Bonn, 
 H. Ludmg, 1910. 
 
 Bickersteth (Edward Robert) [1828- 
 1908]. 
 
 B. (T. R.) In memoriam. Liverpool M.-CMr. J., 1908, 
 xxviii, 249-251.— OWtuary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1908, i, 
 659, port. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1908, i, 902. 
 
 Bickerton (Thomas Herbert). On the utter ne- 
 glect of the eyesight (juestion in Board of Trade 
 enquiries into shipping disasters. 15 pp. 8° 
 [London, 1895.] 
 
 . Simple methods of treatment in eye dis- 
 eases and recent advances in ophthalmic work. 
 36 pp. 8°. Liverpool, S. Hill & Co., [\?,m\ 
 
 . History of the Liverpool Medical Insti- 
 tution in special relation to the question of the 
 lease. 39 pp., 1 pi. 8° Edinburgh, Neill & 
 Co., [1904]. 
 
 Bickliam (Warren Stone) [1861- ]. A texl^ 
 book of operative surgery covering the surgical 
 anatomy and operative technic involved in the 
 operationB of general surgery. Written for stu- 
 dents and practitioners. 984 pp. 8°. Philadel- 
 phia, W. B. Saunders, 1903. 
 
 . The same. 2. ed. 3 p. 1., 984 pp. 8°. 
 
 Philadelphia, W. B. Saunders & Co., 1904. 
 
 . The same. 3. ed. 1206 pp. 8°. Philadel- 
 phia & London, W. B. Saunders Co., 1908. 
 Ligation of arteries in continuity. 
 
 In: SUKGEKT (Keen). 8°. PMlaOelphia & London, 1909. 
 V, 665-731. 
 
 . Amputations. 
 
 In: SUEGEEY (Keen). S". Philadelphia & London, 1909, 
 V, 790-878. 
 
 Bickhardt (Justus) [1876- ]. *Ein Fall von 
 einseitiger Polyhydramnie bei eineiigen Zwil- 
 ILngen. [Giessen.J 32 pp. 8°. Frankfurt a. M., 
 C. Hort^inann, 1901. 
 
 Bicking [Franz Anton] [1807-73]. Ueber den 
 Ausdnick Prieasnitz': Ich heile durch Kraft. 
 4 pp. 8° [n.p.,n.d.] [P., v. 2164.] 
 
 Bicknell {Frederick T.) [1842-1915]. 
 
 Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1915, Ixv, 349. 
 
 Bicycle (The) in relation to health. 32 pp. 8°- 
 Boston. 
 Pope Manufacturing Co., 1894. 
 
 Bicycles and hicycKng. 
 
 Aldhut (E.) *Le p6rin^e et la bicyclette. 
 4°. Lyon, 1895. 
 
 Beltkame (V.) II velocipede. Studio me- 
 dico-igienico-popolare. 8°. Casale, 1898. 
 
 VAN DEN Beeo (A. H.) *Over den invloed 
 van het wielrijden op de working van het hart. 
 8°. Utrecht, 1906. 
 
 Bicycle (The) in relation to health. 8°. 
 Boston, 1894. 
 
 BouNT (E.) *De la physiolo^e du membre 
 inf^rieur dans la locomotion k bicyclette 8°. 
 Paris, 1899. , 
 
 . Etude exp&Loaentale du coup de 
 
 pMale. 8°. Paris, 1899. 
 
 Deschamps (G.) *Du sport v61ocip6dique; 
 eftets physiologiques et th^rapeutiques. 8°. 
 Paris, 1899. 
 
 FuEBKiNGER. MedizLnische Winke furs Rad- 
 fahren. 8°. HalU a. S., 1904. 
 
 Forms 12. Hit., 1904, of: Medizroische Volksbiicherei, 
 Halle a. S. 
 
 Guillemet (E.) *Des effets psycho-physio- 
 logiquesde la bicyclette. 8°. Bordeaux,\Wl . 
 
 . The same. 8°. Bordeaux, 1897. 
 
 Herschell (G.) Cycling as a cause of heart 
 disease. 12°. London, [1906]. 
 
 Kbankheit (Die) der Radfahrer. Von einem 
 Arzt. 16°. Koln a. Rh., 1897. 
 
 Martin (G.-M.-E.) *La bicyclette consid^r^e 
 au point de vue hygi^nique et medical. 8°. 
 Bordeaux, 1897. 
 
 Mendelsohn (M.) De invloed van het wiel- 
 rijden op het menschelijk organisme. Vertaald 
 en toegelicht door M. W. Pijnappel. 12°. Haar- 
 lem, 1897. 
 
 O'FoLLOWELL. Bicyclette et oiganes g^ni- 
 taux, avec une preface de Just Lucas-Champion- 
 nifere. 12°. Paris, 1900. 
 
 PizE (E.) *De I'exercice v61ocip6dique, ses 
 eftets physiologiques et pathologiques, ses indi- 
 cations, ses contre-indications. 8°. Li/on, 1899. 
 
 ScHiEPPERDECKER ( P. ) Indikatioucn und 
 Contraiadikationen des Radfahrens. 12°. Leip- 
 zig ^ 1901. 
 Aho, in: Schmidt's Jahrb., Leipz., 1901, cclxx, 113-137. 
 
 Schuh(E.) Pro und contra. Eiue hygienische 
 Studie tlber das Radfahren. 12°. Wien, Berlin, 
 Leipzig & Stuttgart, [n. d.]. 
 
 SzANA (A.) Das gesunde und das ungesunde 
 Radfahren. Kurze arztliche Rathschlage fiir 
 Radfahrer. 12°. Temesvar, 1898. 
 
 Tdtnstea (D.) _ De vier hoofdvormen van het 
 wielrijden. Kjitisch-hygienisch toegelicht voor 
 wiebrijders en -rijderegsen. 12° Rotterdam, 
 [1898?]. 
 
 Albu (A.) Die Wirkongen korperlicher TTeberanstren- 
 gungen beim Badlahren. Berl. kliu. Wchnschr., 1897, 
 xxxiT, 202-206. [Discussion], 210-212. AUo: Verhandl. d. 
 Berl. med. Gesellsch. 1897, Berl., 1898, xxviii, pt. 2, 74-86 
 
 [^Discussion], pt. 1, 52-57. ■ . Ueber dasRadlahren in 
 
 arztlicher Hinsicht. Monatschr. f. Gsndbtspflg., Wien, 
 1899, xvii, 161-165.— Altsehul (G.) Die Einwirkung des 
 Radlalirens und anderer sportlicher Tbatigkeit auf das Herz. 
 Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1898, xlv, 1559-1561.— Auerbact 
 (S.) Neurologische Untersuchungen an Eadrennfahrem. 
 Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1905, xxiv, 251-261.— Beig (G.) 
 Beitrag zu den Eadlahrererkrankungeu (Schadigungen 
 durch unzweckmassige Kadfahrsitze). Verhandl. d. Ge- 
 sellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1896, Leipz., 1897, Ixviii, 
 pt. 2, 2. Hllte., 1S9-162.— Berg (W.), du Bols-Beyiuond& 
 Zuntz (L.) Ueber die Arbeitsleistung beim Radfehren. 
 Arch. f. Anat. u. Physiol., Leipz., 1904, Suppl.-Bd., 20^50.— 
 Beyer. Der Einfluss des Radfahrens auf dTas Herz. Miin- 
 chen. med. Wchnschr., 1905, lii, 1436; 1496.— Biancbi (A ) & 
 
BICYCLES. 
 
 504 
 
 BIDDEE'S. 
 
 Bicycles and licyding. 
 
 Begnault (F.) Modiflcations des organes dans la course do 
 soixante-douze heures en bicyclette, etudi^es par la phonen- 
 doscopie. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1898, cxxvii, 
 387.— BOtHclier (C.) Ueber den Werth des Falirrads fur 
 Amputirte und Resecirte. Munohen. med. Wchnschr., 
 1898, xlv, 1172.— Bowen (W. P.) Changes in heart-rate, 
 blood-pressure, and duration of systole, resulting from 
 bioychng. Am. J. Physiol., Bost., 1904, xi, 59-77.— Brown 
 (W. HJ A form of neuralgia ocourring In cyclists. Brit. 
 M. J., Lond., 1898, i, 553.— Brunuer (F.) Das Eadfahren 
 der Amputirten. Miinohen. med. Wchnschr., 1898, xlv, 
 142.— Buckman (S. S.) Cycling; its effect on the future of 
 the human race. Med. Mag., Lond., 1899, n. s^ viii, 128; 
 268.— Campbell (H.) Anoteoncycling. Lancet, Lond.,1897, 
 ii, 1279.— Corneille (P.) La course en bicyclette Bordeaux- 
 Paris. Arch. g&i. de mM., Par., 1906, i, 1329-1334.— Coue- 
 toux (R.) La selle de bicyclette ratiormelle. Bull. gin. 
 de th&ap. [etc.]. Par., 1903, cxlv, 256-262.— Cycling ure- 
 thritis. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1898, n. s., Ixvi, 444. — 
 Darnall (W. E.) Cyclopathy. Med. Brief, St. Louis, 1897, 
 XXV, 529-531. .(l&o,E.eprint.— Deucher (P.) DieStellung 
 des Arztes zum Radfahren. Schweiz. Bl. i. Gsndhtspflg., 
 Zurich, 1898, n. F^ xiii, 33; 49; 65.— DIetlen (H.) & Bloritz 
 (F.) Ueber das verhalten des Eerzens nach langdauern- 
 dem und anstrengendem Kadfahren. Munchen, med. 
 Wchnschr^ 1908, Iv, 489^92.— FUrbringer. Zur Wiirdi- 
 gung des Radfahrens vom arztlichen Standpunkte. Deut- 
 sche Aerzte-Ztg., Berl., 1900, 373; 404; 426.— Glhon (A. L.) 
 The bicycle as a sanitary measure. Am. Pub. Health Ass. 
 Rep. 1896, Concord, 1897, xxii, 47-55.— GuUckfL. H.) The' 
 bicycle as a therapeutic agent. Boston M. & S. J., 1904, cl, 
 40-43.— Hammond (G. M.) The influence of the bicycle 
 in health and disease. Tr. N. York Acad. M. (1894), 1895, 2. 
 s., xi, 541-562.— Hamon du Fougeray. Des accidents 
 causes par les selles de bicyclettes et des moyens d'y remMier 
 
 Sar la selle ii coussins mobiles et k, vide p^m^. Gaz. m^d. 
 e Par.. 1903, 12. s., ill, 141-144.— Happel (T. J.) The 
 bicycle from a medical and surgical standpoint. Memphis 
 M. Month., 1898, xviii, 394-402.— Heenuann. Zur Hygiene 
 des Radfahrens. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1898, xh, 671- 
 674.— Higley (G. O.) & Bowen (W. P.) Changes in the 
 excretion of carbon dioxide resulting from bicycling. Am. 
 J. Physiol., Bost., 1904-5, xii, 311-335. Also, Reprint.- 
 Hughes (W. E.) Heart and lungs from a bicycle rider. 
 Proc. Path. Soc. Phila., 1897-8, n. s., i, 181.— Lee (B.) The 
 sanitary aspects of the bicycle. Pub. Health, Phila., 1897, 
 ii, 179-186.— L6vl-Sirugue (C.) La bicyclette au pomt de 
 vue medical. Gaz. hebd. de va&A., Par., 1898, n. s., ill, 610- 
 612.— Loewenthal (J. L.) Das Radfahren; Physiologie, 
 Hygiene, Pathologie und Therapie. Aerztl. Prax., Leipz., 
 1900, xiii, 161; 179; 195.— Lucas-Cbamplounlere ( J. ) 
 Eflets psycho-physiologiques de la bicyclette; regime du 
 coureur; action sur lecceur. J. de miA. et cliir. prat.. Par., 
 
 1898, Ixix, 161-169. . Hygitoe du cycliste. Cong. 
 
 intemat. d'hyg. et de d^mog. C.-r., Par., 1900, x, 449-459. 
 Also: Rev. de cin&ie et d'electrothto., Par., 1900, ii, 215- 
 223.— Lundle (R. A.) The correct anatomical form of 
 bicycle pedals. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1905, 1, 768.— Lydston 
 (G. F.) The form of bicycle saddles in its relation to the 
 pathological effects of cycling. Internat. J. Surg., N. Y., 
 1897, X, 200-205.— MacClure (T. R.) Bicycling from a 
 healthful standpoint. Physician & Surg., Detroit & Ann 
 Arbor, 1898, xx, 411-449; 498.— McBlwee (L. C.) The 
 bicycle saddle. Clin. Reporter, St. Louis, 1897, x, 69-75. — 
 martin (A.) Verwendung alterer Fahrradsysteme zu 
 therapeutischen Zwecken. Ztschr. f. diatet. u. physik. 
 Therap., Leipz., 1902, vi, 289-293.— Mendelsohn (M.) 
 Influenza delciolismo sull' organismo umano. Riv. internaz. 
 d'ig., Napoli, 1897, viii, 9; 139; 222.— MenneUa (A.) Fisio- 
 logia e patologia del ciclismo. Gior. med. d. r. esercito, 
 
 Roma, 1900, xlviii, 554-570. . Sul ciclismo. Atti d. 
 
 Cong. ital. p. I'educaz. fls. 1900, Napoli, 1902, i, 289-300.— 
 Merkel (S.) Hygiene des Radfahrens. Deutsche Vrtlj- 
 schr. f. oft. Gsndhtspflg., Brnschwg., 1901, xxxiii, 119-132.— 
 MIrovltcli. De I'inSuence de la velocip^die sur la vision 
 et conseils d'hygifene pour les yeux des vdlooipSdistes. 
 Petit miA. d. families. Par., 1897, xii, 91; lU).— Noel (H.) 
 Le cyclisme. son hygitoe, ses bienfaits. Echo vaiA. d. 
 C^vennes, Nlmes, 1905, vi, 310; 332; 396; 416; 431.— Paci- 
 kowskL Die SatteUrage im Fahrradsport vom Stand- 
 puukte der Hygiene. Kurber. C. Ertolge d. pliysik.- 
 diatet. HeUfaktoren, Leipz., 1900, iv, 169.— Patchen (G. H.) 
 Does riding the bicycle cause enlargement of the prostate 
 gland? Dietet. & Hyg. Gaz., N. Y., 1897, xlu, 4K-420.— 
 Petit (L.-H.) Sur le r61e de la bicyclette" dans I'dtlologie et 
 la th^rapeuticiue m^dicales. Bull, et m£m. Soc. m£d. d. 
 h6p. de Par., 1897, 3. s., xlv, 776-795. XteoJAbstr.J: Bull, 
 m&i.. Par., 1897, xi, 525-529.— Pfelfler(L.) Die Sitzhaltung 
 und der Sitz am dem Falirrad; ein Kapitel aus der teohni- 
 scheu Anatomie. Cor.-Bl. d. allg. firztl. Ver. v. Thiiringen, 
 Weimar, 1898,xxvii, 146-168.— RebuschlnlOE.) Ilciolismo 
 in rapporto alia medicina. Gazz. med. di Torino, 1901, hi, 
 961; 981.— Keck. Der Kraftverbrauch beim Radfahren. 
 Monatsbl. f. off. Gsndhtspflg., Brnschwg., 1898, xxi, 133- 
 142.— B«id (G. A.) CycUng; its effects on the future of the 
 human race. Med. Mag., Lond., 1899, n. s., viii, 309-316.— 
 Boe (J. O.) Breatlilng and bicycling. Tr. M. Ass. Central 
 
 Bicycles aTid hicycling. 
 
 N. Y. 1896, Buffalo, 1897, 24-29. Also: Ann. Hyg., Phila., 
 1897, xii, 385-390.— Schelbe. Zur Fahrradsattelfrage. 
 Ztschr. f. prakt. Aerzte, Frankt. a. M., 1898, vii, 340-342.— 
 Sebrwald. Der Kraftverbrauch beim Radfahren. Arch. 
 f. Hyg., Miinchen & Leipz^ 1898, xxxii, 353-410, 2 pl.-- 
 Semple fE.) & Taylor (J.) On certain symptoms of 
 spinal cord affection in bicycle riders. Lancet, Lond., 1897, 
 i, 1084.— Short (J. L.) Bicycle saddles; injuries produced 
 thereby and their rational remedy. J. Am. M. Ass.jChicago, 
 
 1899, xxxii, 653— Siegfried (M.) Radfahren als HeUgym- 
 nastik. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & L«ipz., 1897, 
 xxiii, therap. Beil., 37. . Ueber Cyklotherapie. [Dis- 
 cussion.) Jlid., 1898, xxiv, Ver.-Beil., 71-73. . Zur 
 
 Mechanik und Physiologie der Cykhstifc. Ibid., 1899_, xxv, 
 547-549.— Smead (H. E.) The bicycle as a hygiemo and 
 therapeutic factor. Toledo M. & S. Reporter, 1899, xxv, 
 743-746.— Templado (F.) Hlgiene del ciclismo. Actas y 
 mem. d. ix. Cong. Internao. de hie. y demog. 1898, Madrid, 
 
 1900, vii, 27-43.— vom ThUm (E.) Hygiene des Rad- 
 fahrens. Kurb. ii. Erfolge d. physik.-diatet. HeUfaktoren, 
 Leipz., 1898, ii, 221; 255— Turner (E. B.) A report on 
 cycling in health and disease. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1896, 1, 
 1158; 1211; 1336; 1399; 1510; 1564:ii, 38; 98; 203; 469.— Zoth (O.) 
 Ueber die Formeri der Pedalarbeit beim Radfahren. Arch, 
 f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1899, Ixxvi, 319-355.— Zuntz (L.) 
 Ueber den Gaswechsel und Energieumsatz des Radfahrers. 
 
 Ibid; 1898, Ixx, 346-348. Also, Reprint. . Der StoHvei- 
 
 brauch des Radfahrers. Med. Woche, Berl., 1900, i, 177-180. 
 . Indicationen und Contraindicationen des Rad- 
 fahrens. Fortschr. d. Med., Berl., 1901, xix, 773; 807. . 
 
 Remarks oh the physiology and therapeutic application of 
 bicycle riding. Therap. Month., Phila., 1902, u, 89-92. 
 
 Bicycles and hicycling for women. 
 
 VoLKOVA (Mariya M.) O vliyanii velosipeda 
 na zdorovye zhenshtshini. [On the influence of 
 the bicycle on the health ot woman;] 8°. S.- 
 Peterburg, 1897. 
 
 Dickinson (E. L.) Bicycling for women from the stand- 
 point of the gynecologist. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1895, xxxi, 
 
 24-37. Also, Reprint. . Saddles and postures lor 
 
 women on the wheel. Am. Gynsec. & Obst. J., N. Y., 1896, 
 viii, 736-747. [Discussion], 813-819.— Fitch (W. E.) Bicycle 
 riding; its moral effect upon young girls and its relation to 
 diseases of women. Georgia J. M. & S., Savannah, 1899, iv, 
 154-157.— Gordon (Mary). Bicycle saddles for ladies. 
 Brit. M. J., Lond., 1906, i, 1079.— Gray (Sarah). Bicycle 
 saddles lor ladies. Ibid., 1906, i, 1139.— Page (E. D.) 
 Woman and the bicycle. Brooklyn M. J., 1897, xi, 81-87. 
 
 Bidache (E . ) *Contribution h, V itude de 1' emphy- 
 sfeme sou8-cutan6 d'origine pulmonaire (emphy- 
 efeme S. triple sifege) chez les enfants. 78 pp. 8° . 
 Toulouse, 1903, No. 539. 
 
 Bidan (Ch.[-Marie]) [1861- ] *De I'insuffi- 
 sance h^patique. 68 pp. 4°. Paris, 1896, No. 
 550. 
 
 Bidault (Alfred) [1875- J. *:^tude sur la 
 galactorrhea. 78 pp. 8°. Paris, 1899, No. 111. 
 
 Bidault (Candlle). *Trichophytie cutan^e d6- 
 termin^e par le vaccin de g6msse. 55 pp. 8°. 
 Paris, 1911, No. 468. 
 
 Bidault (Paul) [1871- ]. *Les superstitions 
 m^dicales du Morvan. 94 pp. 8°. Paris, 1899, 
 No. 321. 
 
 Bidaus (Ren6). *Etude sur le traitement de 
 la coxalgie. 70 pp. 8°. Paris, 1908, No. 33. 
 
 [Bidder (Ernst Fridrikhovich)] [1839- ]. I.Ie- 
 khanicheskoye posobiye pri tak naztvayemlkh 
 zapuBhtshennlkh poperecnnlkh polozheniyakh. 
 [Mechanical aid m so-called neglected trans- 
 verse positions.] 26 pp. 8°. [S.-Peterburg, 
 1883.] 
 
 BovM with: Med. Otohet S.-Peterb. rodovsp. zaved. 
 O.Sn-m, 1883. 
 
 . Uchebnik akushorstva dlya povivalnlkh 
 
 babok. [Manual of obstetrics for midwives.] 
 5, ed. XV, 339 pp. 8°. S.-Peterburg, A. F. 
 Tsimerling, 1901. 
 
 Bidder's organ. 
 
 Aim* (P.) & Champy (C.) Les cellules interstitielles de 
 rorgane de Bidder du crapaud. Compt. rend, de I'Assoc. d. 
 
 anat.. Par., 1909, xi, 278-281. . Note sur I'ablation 
 
 de I'organe de Bidder du crapaud. Compt. rend. Soc. do 
 biol.. Par., 1909, Ixvu, 181.— Harms (W.) Erganzende 
 Mitteilung iiber die Bedeutung des Bidderscben Organs. 
 
BIDDER'S. 
 
 505 
 
 BIECHELE. 
 
 Bidder's organ. 
 
 Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1915, xlv, 610-617.— King (Helen D.) 
 The structure and development of Bidder's organ in Bufo 
 lentiginosus. J. Morphol., Philay^l908, xix, 439-465, 2 pi.— 
 Ognew (S. J.) Materialien zur Histologie aes Bidderscheu 
 Organs der Kroten. Arch. f. raikr. Anat., Bonn, 1907-8, 
 Ixxl, 467-491, 1 pi. 
 
 Biddle (James G.) Concerning X-ray apparatus. 
 32 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, 1897. 
 
 Biddle (Jesse T.) Answers to questions con- 
 cerning homoeopathy. 22 pp. 12°. Philadel- 
 phia, Boeriche & Tafel, 1898. 
 
 Biddle (John Barclay) [1815-79]. Review of ma- 
 teria medica for the use of students, xii, 322 pp. 
 8°- Philadelphia, Lindsay & Blackiston, 1852. 
 . The same. 5. ed. xvi;" 17^04 pp. 8° 
 
 Philadelphia,^ Lindsay & Blackiston, 1873. 
 
 Valedictory address to the graduates of 
 
 the Medical Department of Pennsylvania Col- 
 lege. 18 pp., 3 1. 8°. Philadelphia, 1856. 
 
 Bideau (Louis-Herv6-Marie) [1882- ]. *La 
 subluxation spontan^e progressive du Poignet. 
 53 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1908, No. 9. 
 
 Bidel (A.) *Les ad6nomes s^bac^s. 71 pp. 8°. 
 Paris, 1901, No. 590. 
 
 Biden {George Henry) [1866-1 907J. 
 
 Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1907, i, 1462. 
 
 Bidens leucantha. 
 
 Armendaris (E.) Algunas observaciones acerca de las 
 propiedades flsiolfigicas de la aceitilla (Bidens leucantha). 
 An. d. Inst. m^d. nac., Mexico, 1897, iii, 75-77. 
 
 Bidert. Dieta pri razstroistvakh pishtshevare- 
 niya s prilozheniyem kukhonntkh retseptov. 
 [Diet in disturbances of digestion, with appen- 
 dix of kitchen receipts.] 88 pp. 16°. S.- 
 Peterburg, 1902. 
 Forms No. 5 of: Domashniy Vraoh, 1902. 
 
 Bidet. 
 
 Grosse. Ein hyeienisches Bidet. Aerztl. Rundschau, 
 Munchen, 1908, xviii, 138.— Lelu (L. E. C.) Bidet. [Pat. 
 spec.) No. 628162; July 4, 1899.— Manahan (J. A.) Bidet. 
 [Pat. spec.) No. 1817759; June 20, 1916.— Sctaefer (F.) In- 
 oikationen zur Anwendung des von F. Weidl erlundenen 
 Sexa-Bidets fiir mannUche Kranke und Gesunde. Prakt. 
 
 Arzt, LeipZy^ 1909, xUx, 193-198. . Ueber das von 
 
 Friedrich Weidl erfundene SexarBidet. Desinfektion. 
 Monatsschr., Berl., 1910, ui, 77-79. 
 
 Bidgenbach (Robert) [1888- ]. *DerEinfluss 
 der Naikotika auf die Immunitat mit einleL 
 tender Uebersicht liber die Theorien der Nar_ 
 kose. 53 pp., 11. 8°. Berlin, E. Ebering,Vd\Z_ 
 
 Bidie {George) [1830-1913]. 
 
 Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1913, i, 473. 
 Bidiscbinus (Franciscus). *De reconvalescentia. 
 48 pp. 12°. Viennx, M. A. Schmidt, 1783. 
 
 Bidloo {Godefridus Govert) [1649-1713]. 
 
 Bae (J.) Eonjat and Bidloo. Practitioner, Lond., 1912, 
 Ixrxix, 147-149. 
 
 Bidon (Antoine) [1886- ]. *Du traitement 
 actuel de la tumeur blanche du genou chez 
 I'adolescent et chez I'adulte; revue critique. 
 148 pp. 8°. Lyon, .1912, No. 146. 
 
 Bidone (Ettore). L'acetonuria gravidica nella 
 diagnosi di morte del prodotto del concepimento. 
 Ricerche. 40 pp. 8°. Bologna, Zamorani & 
 Albertazzi, 1898., 
 
 Bidou (Gabriel). La scoliose et son traitement; 
 preface du prof. Duret. 242 pp., 52 pi. 8° 
 Paris, A. Maloine, 1913. 
 
 Bidwell (Clen Irving). How to use the repertory, 
 with a practical analysis of forty homoeopathic 
 remedies. 156 pp. 12°. Philadelphia, Boeriche 
 & Tafel, 1918. 
 
 Bidwell (Leonard Arthur) [1865-_ ]. A hand- 
 book or intestinal surgery, xi, 167 pp. 8°. 
 London, Baillilre, Tindall & Cox, 1905. 
 
 Bidwell (Leonard Arthur) — continued. 
 
 . The same. 2. ed. 215 pp. 8°. London, 
 
 Baillilre, Tindall & Cox, 1910. 
 
 . The same, xi, 167 pp. 8°. New Yorh, 
 
 W. Wood& Co., 1905. 
 
 . Minor surgery, xiv, 265 pp. 12°. Lon- 
 don, University of London Press, [1911]. 
 
 . The same. 2. ed. xvi, 299 pp. 8° Lon- 
 don, University of London Press, [191.3]. 
 
 Far Biography, see Brit. M. J., Lond., 1912, ii, 666, port. 
 Also: Lancet, Lond., 1912, ii, 797. Also: West Lond. M. J., 
 Lond., 1913, xviii, 31-35 (P. Dunn). 
 
 de Bie (J.) De zelfmoord. Voordracht. 60 pp. 
 
 roy. 8°. Mechelen, P. Ryclanan, 1909. 
 Bie (Valdemar). ' 
 
 See Mltteilungen aus Pinsens medicinske Lysinstitut. 
 
 8°. Leipzig, 1903. 
 
 de Bie (Wilh.) *De synocho putrida. 2 p. 1., 20 
 pp. sm. 4°. Giessse, J. J. Braun, 1787. 
 
 Bieback (Martin Friedrich August) [1874- ]. 
 *Die angeborenen Halsfisteln und ihre Behand- 
 lung. 20 pp., 1 1. 8° Greifswald, H. Adler, 
 1899. 
 
 Biebendt (Albrecht) [1871- ]. *Ueber die 
 Kraft des Gaumensegelverschlusses. 82 pp. 8°. 
 Berlin, Q. Siebert, 1908. 
 
 Biebep_(Annemarie) [1874- ]. *Ein Beitrag ^ur 
 recidivierenden Glaskorperblutung und ihre Be- 
 handlung durch Carotisligatur. [Freiburg i. Br.] 
 30 pp., 1 1. 8° Berlin, L. Simian, 1906. 
 
 Biechele (Max). Arzneibuch ftir das Deutsche 
 Reich. Vierte Ausgabe (Pharmacopoea Germa- 
 nica, editio iv) im Taschenformat, enthaltend 
 sammtUche Vorschriften, auf bestimmte Ge- 
 wichtsmengen berechnet, nebst vielen Arbeits- 
 tabellen. Zugleich ein Einschreibebuch. Ein 
 Hilfsbuch beim Arbeiten in der Rezeptur und 
 Defektur. 5. Aufl. vii, 296 pp. 12°. Salle a. 
 S., C. A. Kaemmerer, 1901. 
 
 . Anleitung zur Erkennung und Priifung 
 
 aller im Arzneibuch fiir das Deutsche Reich 
 (vierte Ausgabe) aufgenommenen Arzneimittel. 
 Zugleich ein Leitfaden bei Apotheken-Visita- 
 tionen fur Gerichtsarzte, Aerzte und Apotheker. 
 10. Aufl. viii, 465 pp. 12°- Berlin, J. Springer, 
 1901. 
 
 .' The same. 11. Aufl. viii, 491 pp. 16°- 
 
 Berlin, J. Springer, 1902. 
 
 The same. 12. Aufl. 1 p. 1., 512 pp. 
 
 12°- 
 12°. 
 
 Berlin, J. Springer, 1906 
 
 . The same. 13. Aufl. 2 p. 1., 611 pp. 
 
 Berlin, J. Springer, 1911. 
 
 — ; — . Pharmakognosie in Verbindung mit spe- 
 cieller Botanik in tabellarischer Form. Mit be- 
 sonderer BerucksichtLgung des Arzneibuches fiir 
 das Deutsche Reich, iv. Ausgabe. Mit einem 
 Anhang: Arzneistoffe aus dem Thierreiche und 
 tabellarische Uebersicht des Bliithenbaues der 
 Phanerogamen. 2. Aufl. 183 pp. 8°. Halle 
 a.S., C. A. Kaemmerer & Co., 1901. 
 
 Die chemischen Processe und stochio- 
 
 metrischen Berechnungen bei den Priifungen 
 und WertbestLmmungen der im .Arzneibuche 
 fiir das Deutsche Reich (4. Ausg.) aufgenom- 
 menen Arzneimittel. Gleichzeitig theoreti- 
 scher Teil der Anleitung zur Erkennung und 
 Priifung aller im .Arzneibuche fiir das Deutsche 
 Reich (4. Ausg.) aufgenommenen Arzneimit- 
 tel. xii, 320 pp. 12°. Berlin, J. Springer, 
 1902. 
 
 . Mikroskopische Prufung der ofiizinellen 
 
 Drogen, nebst Erlauterung der im Arzneibuche 
 fiir das Deutsche Reich vorkommenden botani- 
 schen Bezeichnungen. 136 pp. 12°. Regens- 
 burg, H. Paweleh, 1904. 
 
BIECHELE. 
 
 506 
 
 BIELEVICH. 
 
 Biechele (Max) — continued. 
 
 . _ Die Stnikturformeln der organischen 
 
 Chemie mit Beriicksichtigung der offizinellen 
 organisch-chemischen Praparate fur Studierende 
 der Pharmazie und der Medizin. vii, 198 pp. 
 8°. Ealle a. 8., C. A. Kaemmerer & Co., 1906. 
 Die bayeiische Apotheke in reYisions- 
 
 fahigem Zustande in Bezugnahme auf die 
 reichs- und landesgesetzUclien Bestimmungen 
 fur das Apothekenwesen; zugleicli ein Leitfaden 
 fiir Apotheken-Visitationen. 2. Aufl. 41 pp. 
 8°. Ealle a. 8., C. A. Kaemmerer & Co., 1908. 
 See, also, Gesetzllchen (Die) Bestinimungen fete.]. 8°. 
 floHe 0. S., 1908. 6 I J 
 
 Bieda (Georg) [1881- ]. *Drei Falle von 
 Knochenabscess. 23 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Kiel, 
 8chmidt & Klaunig, 1906. 
 
 Bleder (Th.) Beitrage zur Geschichte der Ras- 
 senforschung und der Theorie der Germanen- 
 Heimat. 1 j). 1., 49 pp. roy. 8°. Eildburg- 
 hausen, Thuring. Verlags-Anstalt, [1909]. 
 
 Biederbeck (Josef) [1883- ]. *Neue Unter- 
 suchungen iiber die Absorption von Mkotin 
 und Ammoniak aus LuftmiscbuDgen und dem 
 Zigarettenrauch. 24 pp. 8°. Wurzburg, F. 
 8taudenraus, 1908. 
 
 Biedermann (Artbur) [1881- ]. *Ueber einen 
 Fall von Leberabscess im Anschluss an Ap- 
 pendicitis. 28 pp. 8°. Breslau, Bresl. Genos- 
 sensch.-BucMruck., 1907. 
 
 Biedermann ([Friedrich] Martin) [1883- ]. 
 *Beitrag zur Kenntnis des Smegmabacillus. 
 21 pp., 1 1. 8°. Leipzig, B. Georgi, 1908. 
 
 Biedermann (Hans) [1887- ]. *Der cervicale 
 (transperitoneale und extraperitoneale) Kaiser- 
 schnitt. 48 pp. 8° Strassburg, Milh & Co., 
 1911. 
 
 Biedermann (WUbelm). Electro-pbysiology. 
 Translated by EVances A. Welby. v. 2. vii, 
 500 pp. 8°. London &New York, Maemillan 
 & Co., 1898. 
 
 Biedert (Pbilipp). Die Kinderemahrung im 
 SaugUngsalter und die Pflege von Mutter und 
 Kind. 4. Aufl. xii, 263 pp., 1 pi. 8°- 8tutt- 
 gart, F. Enke, 1900. 
 
 . The same. 5. Aufl. xv, 269 pp., 1 pi. 
 
 8°. 8tuttgart, F. .Enke, 1905. 
 
 . Die diatetische Behandlung der Ver- 
 
 dauungsstorungen der Kinder. 2. Aufl. viii, 
 126 pp. 8°. 8tuttgart, F. Enke, 1901. 
 
 See, also, Handbucli der EmahrungstUerapie [etc.]. 8°. 
 Leipzig, 1903.— Kind (Das), seine geistige una kdrperllohe 
 [etc.]. 8°. aaSjart, 1906.— Voge!( Alfred). Lehrbuoh der 
 Kinderkranilieiten [etc.]. 8°. Stuttgart, 1902. 
 
 ■ & Langermann (G.) Diatetik und Koch- 
 
 buch fur Magen- und Darmkranke, nebst einem 
 Abriss iiber Untersuchung und Behandlung. 
 Neu hrsg. gemeinsam mit G. Langermann und 
 F. Gemsheim. 2. Aufl. xii, 200 pp. 8°. Stuttr 
 gart, F. Enke, 1909. 
 
 & Weigand (0.) Das Medizinalwesen in 
 
 Elsass-Lothnngen auf Grund amtlichen Mate- 
 rials, iv (1 1.), 272 pp. 8°. 8trassburg, L. 
 Beust, 1907. 
 
 Biedl (Arthur). Innere Secretion (Vorlesungen 
 im Sommer-Semester 1902). pp. 281-338. 8°. 
 Berlin & Wien; Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1903. 
 Forms lO.-ll. Hit., v. 29, of: Wien. Klinik. 
 
 . Innere Sekretion. Ihre physiologischen 
 
 Grundlagen und ihre Bedeutung fur die Patho- 
 logie. Mit einem Vorwort von E. Paltauf. xi, 
 538 pp. Toy. 8°. Berlin & Wien, Urban & 
 Schwarzenberg, 1910. 
 
 . The same. 2. Aufl. iv, 692 pp., 1 1., 6 pi. 
 
 8°. Berlin & Wien, Urban & Schwarzenberg, 
 1913. 
 
 Literature: pp. 393-653. 
 
 Biedl (Arthur) — continued. 
 
 . The same. The internal secretory organs ; 
 
 their physiology and pathology. With an intro- 
 ductory preface by Leonard Williams. Transl. 
 by Linda Forster. viii, 586 pp. 8°. London, 
 J. Bale Sons & Danielsson, 1912. 
 
 Also, Editor of: Zentralblatt der experimentellen Medi- 
 zin, Berlin & Wien, 1912-1914. 
 
 de Biedma (Manuel) [1826-1901J. 
 
 [Biography.] An. san. mil., Buenos Aires, 1901, iil, 827- 
 837, port. 
 
 BiegaAsId (Wladyslaw) [1856- ]. Logika me- 
 dycyny czyli zasady og61nej metodologii nauk 
 lekarskich. [Logic in medicine, or principles 
 of methodology of medical sciences.] iv, 165 
 pp. 8°. Warszawa, K. Kowalewski, 1894. 
 
 . Zagadnienia og61ne z teoryi nauk lekar- 
 skich. [Special problems from the theory of 
 medical sciences.] ix, 304 pp., 2 1., 2 pi. 8°. 
 Warszawa, Tow. S. Orgelbranda Sy7b6w, 1897. 
 
 Wyklady o cborobach zakaznych ostrych. 
 
 [Lectures on acute infectious diseases.] 2 v. 
 
 1 p. 1., iv, 514 pp., 1 1.; 619, iv pp., 1 L 8°. 
 Warszawa, K. Kowalewski, 1900-1901. 
 
 for Biography, see Czasopismo let., Lddi, 1905, vii, 193- 
 200 (G. PisarzewsM). AUo: Now. lels., Poznafi, 1905, xvii, 
 561-568, [port, in text] (F. Cli.). 
 
 Biegel (S.) Handboekje der eezondheidsleer. 
 3 p. 1., 342 pp., 3 1. 8°. Gorinchem, J. Noor- 
 duyn & Zoon, 1900. 
 
 Bieger ([Karl] Theodor) [1876- ]. *Ueber 
 die Mortalitat und MorbiUtat der Myomoperier- 
 ten nach den Erfahrungen in der Universitats- 
 Frauenklinik zu Kiel. 28 pp. 8°. Kid, 
 Schmidt & Klaunig, 1911. 
 
 Biegler (Joseph A.) [ -1907]. Domestic guide 
 to homoeopathic treatment, also the hygienic 
 measures required in the management of epi- 
 demic cholera. 57 pp. 24°. Rochester, N. Y., 
 Schlicht & Field, 1885. 
 
 For Biography, see Am. Pliysician, N. Y., 1908, XJUUV, 
 89-91. 
 
 Bielil (Karl). Die Horpriitung und deren Vervfer- 
 tung bei der Untersuchung der Wehrpflichtigen. 
 23 pp. 12°. Wien, J. Safdf, 1908. 
 
 Bieliler (Rudolph) [1882- ]. *Ueber die Be- 
 handlung der Placenta prsevia. 48 pp. 8°. 
 Freiburg i. B., Eammerschlag & Kahle, 1909. 
 
 Bieliler (Waclaw) [1876- .]. *Ueber leprose 
 Milzen. 26pp., 11. 8°. Tiibingen, F. Pietzcker, 
 1901. 
 
 Biehly (Hans). *Die Kolpektomie als Prolaps- 
 operation. 22 pp. 8°. Bern, Stampfii <Ss Co., 
 1902. 
 
 von Bielau (Franz). Authentische Biographie 
 von Schlesien's beruhmtem Naturarzte und 
 Erfinder der Wasserheilkunde Vincenz Prieas- 
 nitz. 56 pp., port. 8°. Freiwaldau, B. Titze, 
 
 ri90X UfiZ Sul)8£0 1 
 
 Bielefeidt (Carl) . Vejledning til at finde hjselp for 
 abnorme , (blinde, d^vstumme, talelidende, 
 aandssvage, vanf^re eg epileptiske) [etc.]. 
 [Guide for the care of abnormal persons (blind, 
 deaf and dumb, stutterers, imbeciles, cripples, 
 and epileptics.)] 18 pp., 11. 12°. Kjebenhavn, 
 C. E. Bielefeidt, 1901. 
 
 Bieler (Willy [Gustav Adolf]) [1889- ]. *Zur 
 Kenntnis des mannlichen Geschlechtsapparats 
 einiger Acanthocephalen von Fischen. 53 pp., 
 
 2 pi. 8°. Konigsberg, 1913- 
 
 Bepr.from: Zool. Jahrb., Abt. t. Anat., Jena, 1913, xxxvi. 
 Blelevich (A[natoliy] V[ikentyevich]) [1870- ]. 
 *0 povrezhdeniyakh glaz u voyennosluzha- 
 shtsmkh po dannlm Glavnavo Voyenno-Medi- 
 tsinskavo Upravleniya za 1899-1908 g.g. [In- 
 juries of the eyes in soldiers, according to sta- 
 tistics of the Chief Army Medical Bureau for 
 
BIELEVICH. 
 
 507 
 
 BlELYAKOFF. 
 
 Bielevich (A[natoliy] V[ikentyevich]) — cont'd. 
 
 1899-1908.1 Ip. l.,83pp. 8°. S.-Peterburg,tip. 
 
 Shtaba Otd. Korp. Zhand., 1910. 
 Bielfeldt (Hans). *Ueber die Wirkung des 
 
 Glykogens beim Pferde. [Bern.] 2p. l.,28pp., 
 
 1 1. 8°. Hannover, M. & H. Schaper, 1909. 
 Bielmg_ (Hugo Wilhelm Kurt) [1874- J. Ue- 
 
 ber die Dauerresultate der Vaginofixatio uteri.. 
 
 55 pp. 8° Berlin, E. Ebering, 1898. 
 . Der Alkohol und der Alkoholismus. Ein 
 
 Wegweiser zum Verstandnis modemer Kultur- 
 
 arbeit. 82 pp. 8°. Milnchen, 0. Gmelin, 1906. 
 
 Forms 23. Hit. of: Arzt als Erzieher, Milnchen, 1906. 
 
 BieUng_ (Peter) [187S-; ]. *Beitrage zur Dif- 
 
 ferentialdiagnose zwischeh Mastitis cystica und 
 
 Cystadenoma mammee. 58 pp. 8° Wiirzhurg, 
 
 P. Scheiner 1904. 
 BieUnkin (N[o6nii]) [1869- ]. *Contribution 
 
 S. r^tude de la syphilis post-conceptionnelle. 
 
 72 pp., 1 1. 4°. Paris, 1896, No. 282. 
 Blelinoff (S[toyan] I[vanovich]) [1872- _ ]. 
 
 Obzor ucheniy o runktsiyakh ushnovo labirinta 
 
 V soyazi s yevo zabolievaniyami. _ [Review of 
 
 the theories of the functions of the otic labyrinth, 
 
 in connection with its diseases.] 32 pp. 8°. 
 
 S.-Peterburg, V. S. Ettinger, 1910'. 
 Forms January number of: Klin. Monogr., S.-Peterb., 
 
 1910. 
 
 [BielMski (Jan) [1857- ] & Bzeczniowski 
 
 (Leon).] Zaklad wodoleczniczy w Nowem 
 Mie^cie nad Pilic^ jako dom zdrowia dla chorych 
 nerwowych. [Hydrotherapeutic estabUshment 
 in Nowe Miasto upon PiUca as a sanitarium for 
 nervoua diseases.] 9 pp. 8°. Warszawa, K. 
 KanalewsM, 1886.- 
 
 Bielinski (Jozef) [1848- 1. 
 
 Koclianowskl (J.K.) [Biographyl MedyeynaiKron. 
 lek., Warszawa, 1913, xlviii, 876-879, [port, in text]. 
 
 Blelits-Heiman (S[emyon Aleksleyevich]) [1863- 
 ]. Chto takoye cholera, kak ot neya ube- 
 rechsya i chiem yeyo liechat. [What is cholera, 
 how to guard one's self against it, and how it is 
 treated.] 45 pp. 12°. Moskva, A. D. Stupin, 
 1892. 
 
 Bielitski (Yu[liy Karlovich]) [1872- ]. Nevra- 
 steniya: yeya sushtshnost, prichini, simptoml, 
 ■vidi i liecheniye. Predisloviye V. M. BeMite- 
 reva. [Neurasthenia; its nature, causes, symp- 
 toms, varieties, and treatment. Preface by Bekh- 
 tereff.] ii, iv, 3-648 pp. 8°- S.-Peterburg, Mme. 
 N. Ya. StcXkina, 1906. 
 
 . Isteiiya, yeya sushtshnost i liecheniye. 
 
 [Hysteria, its nature and treatment.] 540 pp. 
 8°. • S.-Peterburg, tip. ob. "Slovo," 1911. 
 
 BieUtz (Walter [Bichard]) [1877- _ ]. *Ueber 
 akute primar synoviale Gelenkeiterungen und 
 ihre Behandlung. 36pp., 1 sheet. 8° Giessen, 
 O.Kindt, 190e. 
 
 Bielmayr (Kari) [1879- ]. *TJeber einen Fall 
 von Carcinom der Flexura sigmoidea. 28 pp., 
 1 1. 8°. Milnchen, Kastner & Callwey, 1905. 
 
 Bleloff _ (N[ikDlaq A[natoUyevich]) [1878- _ ]. 
 O periodiclmosti funktsiy zhenskavo organizma. 
 [Periodicity of the functions of the female 
 organism.] 72 pp., 1 1., 19 diag. 8° Kharkov, 
 M. Zilberberg i Sin., 1910. 
 
 . _Vvedeniye v ucheniye o vnutrennel 
 
 sekretsii zhenskikh polovikh zhelyoz; oplt 
 thaxakteristiki hormonov yaichnikov. [Inter- 
 nal secretion of the female sexual glands; 
 characteristics of the ovarian hormons.] 64 pp. 
 8°. Kharkov, M. Zilberberg i Sin., 1910. 
 
 Bleloff (N[ikolai A[natoliyevich])— continued. 
 
 . Izmieneniya sosudisto-serdechnoi dieya- 
 
 telnosti pod vliyaniyem intravenoznlkh in- 
 yektsiy testikulyamlkh preparatov; exksperi- 
 mentalnoye izsUedovardye. [Alteration in the 
 cardio- vascular activity of the heart under the 
 influence of intravenous injections of testicular 
 preparations; experimental investigation.] 40 
 pp. 8°. S.-Peterburg, V.S. Ettinger, 1911. 
 Forms October number of: Klin. Monogr., S.-Peterb., 1911. 
 -. Vnutrennyaya sekretsiya zholtikh z;helyoz 
 
 i yaichnikov i zabolievaniya obuslovlivayemiya 
 yeya narusheniyami. [Internal secretion of yel- 
 low glands and ovaries and diseases arising from 
 its infraction.] 18 pp. 8°. S.-Peterburg, N.G. 
 Ul, 1911. 
 
 BielogoIOTfy (A[pollon] A[polloiiovich]) [1871- 
 ]. *K patogenezu ostrikh infektsionnikh 
 zheltukh. [Pathogenesis of acute infective ic- 
 terus.] 174 pp., 1 tab. 8°. S.-Peterburg, P.P. 
 S(Ahin, 1900. 
 
 Bielonorski (G[eorgiy] D[mitriyevieh]) [1875- 
 ]. *0 vliyanii vpiiskivaniy raznlkh doz 
 hemoUticheskoi sivorotki na chislovoi sostav 
 elementov krovi. [Influence of injection of 
 various doses of hsemolytic serum on the numer- 
 ical composition of blood elements.] 114 pp., 
 2 1. 8°. S.-Peterburg, M. M. GutzaU, 1902. 
 
 Bielooussow (Olga) [1886- ]. *LeB troubles 
 psychiques dans la choree de Huntington. 39 
 pp. 8° Montpellier, 1912, No. 11. 
 
 Bielousoff {Alekdei Konstantinovich ) 
 [1848-1908]. 
 
 Vorobyeff (V.) Nekrolog. Kharkov. M. J., 1904, v, 500- 
 502, [port, in text). 
 
 BielOasoff (P[yotr] P[yotrovich]) [185&-96]. *K 
 voprosu o sovremennom polozhenii i blizhai- 
 shfldb. zadachakh assenizatsii russkikh gorodov; 
 materiyall po obshtshestvennoi higiyenie. [On 
 the present position and nearest problems of 
 sanitation oi Russian cities; data on public 
 hygiene.] [Moscow.] vi (11.), viii, 220 pp., 11., 
 1 drag., 1 plan. 8°. Tw^a, 1896. 
 
 Bielschowsky (Alfred) [1871- ]. Die neueren 
 Anschauungen tiber Wesen und Behandlung 
 des Schielens. pp. 311-342. 8°. Berlin, Urban 
 & Schwarzenberg, 1907. 
 Forms 12. Hft., t. 3, of: Beihfte. z. Med. Klin. 
 
 Bielschowsky (Max). Myelitis und Sehnerven- 
 entztindung. 92 pp., 4 pi., 1 1. 8° Berlin, 
 S.Karger, 1901. 
 
 Bielyakoff (Ivan [Vasilyevich]) [1855- ]. 
 *Klinicheskiye material! k ucheniyu moche- 
 gonnlkh; vliyaniye naperstyanki i kaliynoi seli- 
 trl na obmien khlora, fosfora i sierl u zdorovlkh 
 lyudei. [Clinical data on the study of diuretics; 
 influence of digitalis and potassium nitrate upon 
 the metabolism of chlorine, phosphorus, and 
 sulphur in healthy men. ] 45 pp., 1 1. 8° 
 S.-Peterburg, A. V. Pozharova, 1890. 
 
 Bielyakoff (S[tepan A[leksandrovich]) [1856- 
 ]. Elementamlykurspsikhiatrii. [Elemen- 
 tary course of psychiatry.] ii, 3-355 pp., 10 pi., 
 11. 4°. Samara, Zemsk.tipog., 1Q0&. 
 
 Bielyakoff (V[ladimir3 V[asilyevich]) [1870- ]. 
 *Materiall kfiziologii diiferentsirovaniya videsh- 
 nikh razdrazheniy; po metodu uslovnlkh re- 
 fleksov. [Physiology of differentiation of exter- 
 nal irritations; by the method of conditional 
 reflexes.] 172 pp. 8°- S.-Peterburg, tip. Glavn. 
 Upravl. UdM., 1911. 
 
BIENAIMfi-DEWOJNO. 
 
 508 
 
 BIERMANN. 
 
 Bienaimg-Dewojno (Marie). *De la mort bu- 
 bite dans I'imp^tigo des nouirissons. 72 pp. 
 8°. Paris, 1907, No. 252. 
 
 Bienaise (Jean) [ -1681]. 
 
 Bourgeois (G.) *Un chinirgien ardennaia 
 au xvii= sifecle. Jean Bienaise. Sa vie, son 
 oeuvre. [Paris.] 8°! Reims, 1910. 
 
 Bienemann (Oskar [Priedricli Karl]) [1880- ]. 
 *Da i n m schutz und Dammrisse. [Freiburg.] 27 
 pp. 8°. Emmendingen, Bolter, 1908. 
 
 Bienvenu (Paul). *Le trembleraent essentiel con- 
 genital. 54 pp. 8°. Pans, 1902, No. 1. 
 
 Bieavenue (Alban-fimile- Joseph-Marie) [1886- 
 
 ]. , *Des deformations de I'^piphyse f6ino- 
 
 rale sup6rieure apris la ri§duction non sanglante 
 
 de la luxation cong^nitale de la hanche. 71 pp. 
 
 8°. Bordeaux, 1912, No. 76. 
 
 Bienrentte (Fr6deric-:^mile-L6on) [1881- ]. 
 *Diverticulites et occlusion intestinale diverti- 
 culaire; 6tude sur les rapporta entre rinflamma- 
 tion diverticulaire et I'occlusion par diverticule 
 de Meckel. 119 pp. 8°. Paris, 1912, No. 393. 
 
 de Bienville (D.-T.) La nympbomanie, ou trait6 
 de la fureur uterine, [etc.]. Nouv. 4d. xj;, 203 
 pp. 16°. Amsterdam, 1784. 
 
 Bier (Julius) [1887- ]. *Zur Frage der Stoff- 
 wechselfunktionsprufung bei Lebererkrankun- 
 gen. [Breslau.] 28 pp. 8°. Berlin, 0. Schade, 
 1912. 
 
 Bier ([Karl Gustav] August) [1861- ]. Ueber 
 Amputationen und Exartikulationen. 
 
 In: Samml. klin. Vortr., n. F., Leipz., 1900, No. 264 
 (Chir., No. 78, 1439-1474). 
 
 . Hyperainie als Heilmittel. 2 p. 1., 220 
 
 pp. 8°. Leipzig, F. C. W. Vogel, 1903. 
 
 . The same. 3. Aufl. viii, 439 pp. 8° 
 
 Leipzig, F. C. W. Vogel, 1906. 
 
 The same. 4. Aufl. vtH, 439 pp. 8°. 
 
 Leipzig, F. C. W. Vogel, 1906. 
 
 The same. 5. Aufl. viii, 478 pp. 
 
 Leipzig, F. C. Vogel, 1907. 
 
 The same. 6. Aufl. viii, 478 pp. 
 
 Leipzig, F. C. W. Vogel, 1907. 
 
 . The same. Hyperemia as a therapeu- 
 tic agent. Authorized translation, edited by 
 Gustavus M. Blech. 239 pp. 8°. Chicago, A. 
 Robertson & Co., 1905. 
 
 . The same. L'hyper^mie et son action 
 
 th&apeutique. Ouvrage traduit sur la 4. 6d. 
 allemande par Alfred Machard et Arnold Val- 
 lette. XX, 412 pp. 8°. Geneve, Georg & Co.; 
 Paris, Masson & Co., 1907. 
 
 Ueber die Berechtigung des teleologi- 
 
 schen Denkens in der praktischen Medizin. 
 Festrede gehalten am Stiitungstage der Kaiser 
 Wilhehns-Akademie. 19 pp. 8°. Berlin, A. 
 Hirschwald, 1910. 
 
 See, (zteo, CliiriirglsclieOperatioiislelire[eto.]. 4°. Leip- 
 zig, 1912. 
 
 & Bochs (H.) Von Bergmann und Rochs' 
 
 anleitende Vorlesungen fur den Operations- 
 Kursus an der Leiche. 5. Aufl. xi, 463 pp. 8°. 
 Berlin, A. Hirschwald, 1908. 
 
 Bierast (Walter) [1877- ]. *Zur Kasuistik der 
 Sehnentransplantation bei Kinderlalimungen 
 und Lahmungsdeformitaten. 49 pp. 8° Ber- 
 lin, A. Wernicke & Co., 1903. 
 
 Bierbach (Joh.) Eeallexikon fiir Aerzte. 4°. 
 Berlin, 1907. 
 
 Bierbaum (Ewald). *Ueber das _ Vorkommen 
 und die Verbreitung des melanotischen Carci- 
 noms. [Kiel.] 18 pp., 1 1. 8°. Miinster, 
 West/., 1896. c. 
 
 Bierbaum (Johannes) [1883- ]. *Ueber das 
 primare Karzinom der mannhchen Urethra. 
 23 pp. 8°. Leipzig, E. Lehmann, 1912. 
 
 Bierbaum (Kurt) [1881- ]. *Beitrag zur 
 Giftigkeit des Semen ricini communis. [Gies- 
 sen.] 62 pp., 11. 8°. Gotha, F. A. Pert}m,l90%. 
 
 Biercns de Haan (Johan Catharinus Justus). 
 *Over de stofwisseling bij levercirrhose. xti, 
 186 pp. 8°. Leiden, H. Kleyn, 1896. 
 
 . *Hoofdlijnen eener psychologie met 
 
 metafysischea grondslag. xi, 291 pp. 12°. 
 Amsterdam, 8. L. van Looy, 1898. 
 
 Het veraagstuk der beteekenis van 
 
 hypnose en suggestie voor de opvoeding. Voor- 
 dracht. 2 p. 1., 59 pp. 8°. Amsterdam,, S. L. 
 van Looy, 1899. 
 
 . Chirurgische compUcaties bij febris ty- 
 
 phoidea. 28 pp. 8° Haarlem, de erven F. 
 Bohn, 1904. 
 
 Forms No. 1 of: Geneesk. BI. u. Klin: en Lab. v. de 
 prakt., Haarlem, 1904, xi. 
 
 Bierer (Paul) [1872- ]. *Contagion de la co- 
 queluche. 47 pp. 8°. Lyon, A. Rey, 1896, 
 No. 29. ' 
 
 Bierer (Willy). Die hausindustrielle Kinderar- 
 beit im Kreise Sormeberg; ein Beitrag zur 
 Ki'itik des Kinderschutzgesetzes. 167 pp. 8° 
 Tubingen, J. C. B. Mohr, 1913. 
 
 Forms Ergnzngshft. 11 of: Aroli. I. Sozialwissenscli. [etc.]. 
 Tubing., 1913. 
 
 Bierhoff (Fritz) [1878- ]. *Ueber Haufigkeit 
 und Ursachen der Anisokorie. 20 pp. 8°. 
 Marburg, W. Quitnan, 1907. 
 
 Bieri (Josef). *Klini8ch-histologischer Bericht 
 iiber 25 Falle von Ohrpolypfen. [Bern.] 34 pp. 
 8°. Luzem, Riiber <$; Co., 1909. 
 
 Bierich (Robert Johannes) [1876- ]. *Untersu- 
 chungen iiber das elastische Gewebe der Brust- 
 druse im normalen Zustande und bei Gesehwul- 
 sten. 38 pp., 21. 8° Konigsberg i. Pr., 1900. 
 
 Biering {Frederilc Ferdinand) [1849- 
 
 1918]. 
 
 Marner (A.) Nekrolog. Ugeskr. t. Iiseger, EjJbenh., 
 1918, Ixxx, 743. 
 
 BierkOTSki (Ludwig Josef) [1801-60]. 
 
 Skobel (F. K.) [Biograpiiy.) Przegl. lek., Krakfiw, 
 1879, xiii, 317. 
 
 For Portrait, see Album wybitnych lekarzy polskich. 8°. 
 Poinafi, [1906]. 
 
 Bierling (Caspar Theophilus). Thesaurus tlieo- 
 retico-practicus, continena prsesertim observa- 
 tiones et curationea medicas salutares de prseci- 
 puis corporis humani aftectibus, aliisque rebus 
 medicis ac physicis _ curiosis,^ consignatas, et 
 Joh. Michaefia arcanis, euporistis, uti et aliis 
 notis proficuia modernse j)raxi congruis, nee non 
 scholiis instructas atque illustratas; accessit his 
 etiam index exquisitus atque propter inopinatam 
 autoris mortem prsefixa prsefatio Jacobi Wolff. 
 3 p. 1., 1236 pp., 12 1., 1 pi. sm. 4°- Jenx, J. 
 Liiderwald, 1695. 
 
 . Medicus theoretico-practicus, ostendens 
 
 observationes et curationes medicas salutares de 
 ■ praecipuis corporis humani affectibus aliisque 
 rebus medicis ac physicis curiosia ad mentem 
 Helmontii, WillisJi, Sylvii, aliorumque neoteri- 
 corum scriptorum. Sp.l., 1236 pp., 121. sm. 4°. 
 Jense, C. T. Bierling, 1697. 
 
 Biermann (A.) CUmatische Kurorte und ihre 
 Indicationen. viii, 210 pp., 11. 8°. Leipzig, 0. 
 Wigand, 1872. 
 
 Biermann (Arthur Herbert Johannes) [1880- ]. 
 *Ueber fusiforme Bazillen und Spirochseten bei 
 Angina. 30 pp. 8°. Berlin, F. Weber, 1905. 
 
BIERMANN. 
 
 509 
 
 BIGART. 
 
 Biermann (Ernst Gottlieb) [1871- ]. *Die 
 diagnostische Bedeutung des Nachweises der 
 Tuberkelbazillen in den Stuhlentleerungen. 46 
 pp., 1 1. 8°. Berlin, B. Paul, 1897. 
 
 . Korperlidie Erziehung im Bchulpflichtl- 
 
 gen Alter. Drei hygieniache SKizzen. 32 pp. 
 8°. Langeriberg, J. Joost, [1899?]. 
 
 Biermann (Karl) [1872- ]. *Die funktionellen 
 Resultate der Gelenkresektionen mit beaonderer 
 Beriicksiclittgung der Methoden zur Erhaltung 
 der BewegUchkeit. 35 pp. 8°. Berlin, G. 
 Schade, 1909. 
 
 Biermann (Peter) [1882- ]. »Eta Fall von 
 Cystenniere mit Cystenleber. 38 pp. 8°. Er- 
 langen, Junge & Sohn, 1910. 
 
 Biermann (Rudolf). *Ueber Ban und Entwick- 
 lungsgeacmcbte der Oelzellen und die Oelbil- 
 dungmihnen. 80 pp., 3 pi. 8°. Bern, Michel 
 & Biichler, 1898. 
 
 Biermans (Alfred) [1883- ]. *Zur operativen 
 Behandlung der Hirachaprung'schen Krank- 
 heit. 22 pp. 8°- Kiel, Schmidt & Klaunig, 
 1911. 
 
 Biermans (Hugo) [1879- ]. *Ein Fall Von 
 akuter gelber Leberatrofie bei 2§ Jahre altera 
 Madcben. 16 pp., 1 1. 8°. Kiel, Schmidt & 
 Klaunig, 1904. 
 
 Biermer (Anton) [1827-92]. Die Lehre vom Aus- 
 wurf. Ein Beitrag zur mediciniachen Klinik. 
 ■viii, 138 pp., 2 pi. 8°. Wiirzburg, Stahel, 1855. 
 
 Biermer (Kudolf). Der Kolpeurynter, seine Ge- 
 schichte und Anwendung in der Geburtshulfe. 
 Auf Grund von 23 Fallen aus der Universitats- 
 Frauenklinik zu Bonn. Mit einem Vorwort 
 von Heinrich Fritscb. viii, 69 pp. 8°. Wies- 
 baden, J. F. Bergmann, 1899. 
 
 Biermer's disease. 
 
 See Aasaima, (Pernicious, Causes, etc., of). 
 Biernacki (Edmund) [1866-1911]. Hamatolo- 
 gische Diagnostik in der praktischen Medicin. 
 
 In: Samml. klin. Vortr., n. F., Leipz., 1901, No. 306 (Innere 
 Med., No. 89, 423-452). 
 
 Far Biography, see Boston M. & S. J., 1912, clxyi, 354. 
 jlfeo.-Deutschemed.Wclinschr.,Berl. &I/eipz., 1912,xxxviil, 
 175 (S. Ebel). Also: Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1912^ 2. s., xxxii, 
 35: 65, port. (Pruszyiski). Also: Medycyna i Kron. lek., 
 Warszawa, 1912, xlvii, 23-27, [port, in text]. (J. Zawadski). 
 Also: Munohen. med. Wohnscfir., 1912, llx, 313 (S. Ebel). 
 
 Biernacki (John) [1865-1918]. 
 
 Obituary. Brit. M. J., Loud., 1918, ii, 531. Also:'Laneet, 
 Lond., 1918, ii, 794 (C. O. H.). 
 
 Blernatli (Paul [Kurt Julius Samuel Adolph]) 
 [1882- ]. *Ueber subcutane Leberruptur 
 mit spaterer Ausstossung groaaerer Lebersequea- 
 ter und deren Behandlung. [Leipzig.] 22 pp. 
 8°. Berlin, L. Schwrnacher, 1909. 
 
 Bierring (Walter L.). 
 
 Editor of: Monthly bulletin; published by the Federa- 
 tion of State Medical Boards of the United States. 8°. 
 Chicago, 1918. 
 
 Bierry (H.) Rechercbea sur lea diaatases qui con- 
 courent k la digestion des hydrates de carbone. 
 2 p. 1., 282 pp. 4°. Fonienay-aux-Roses, L. Belle- 
 nand, 1911. 
 
 Bier's hypersemia. 
 
 See Tijpeiseihia, (Artificial) . 
 
 Bierschenic (Franz [Konrad]) [1880- ]. *Zur 
 Frage des haUucinatorischen Wahnsinns. 46 
 pp., 1 1. 8°. Giessen, von Miinchow, 1904. 
 
 Bierthen (Emil). *TJntersuchungen iiber das 
 Vorkommen dea Bilirubins in der Galle, in dem 
 Ham und Bliitserum des Pferdes. [Bern.] 38 
 pp. 12° Hanncrver, A. Eberlein & Co., 1906. 
 
 Blesalsld (Konrad). *Zur Kasuistik und Thera- 
 pie dea primaren Nierensarcoms der Kinder. 
 34 pp., ll. 8° Leipzig, A. Edelmann,_lS96. 
 
 . Leitfaden der KriippelfurBorge; im Auf- 
 
 trage der Deutschen Vereinigung fur Kriip- 
 pelftireorge gemeinverstandUch dai^estellt. 104 
 pp. 8°. Leipzig & Hamburg, L. Voss, 1911. 
 
 Die ethische und wirtschaftliche Bedeu- 
 
 tung der Kriegskruppelfursorge und ihre Orga- 
 nisation im Zusammenhang mit der gesamten 
 Kriegshilfe. Vortrag. 23 pp. 8°. Leipzig & 
 Hamburg, L. Voss, 1915. 
 
 . Kriegskruppelfursorge; ein Auiklarungs- 
 
 wort zum Troste und zur Mahnung im Auftrage 
 der Deutschen Vereinigung fiir Kriippelfur- 
 Borge und der Deutschen orthopadischen Ge- 
 sellschaft. 41.-60. Tauaend. 44 pp. 8°. Leip- 
 zig & Hamburg, L. Voss, 1915. 
 
 See, also, Umtang und Art des jugendliohen Kriippel- 
 tums[etc.]. 4°. Hamburg & Leipzig, IWi. 
 
 Also, Editor of: Zeltscurilt fiir Kruppelfiirsorge, Ham- 
 burg & Leipzig, 1908-15. 
 
 & Mayer (Leo). Die physiologische 
 
 Sehnenverpfianzung. xiv, 330 pp. roy. 8°. 
 
 Berlin, J. Springer, 1916. 
 Biese ([Friedrich Karl G. L.] Hans) [1871- ]. 
 
 *Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Wirkung des Klalium- 
 
 aurocyanid. 27 pp. 8°. Kiel, A. F. Jensen, 
 
 1897. 
 Blesius (Nicolaus). In artem medicam Galsni 
 
 commentarii. 28 p. 1., 345 pp., 24 1. 16°. 
 
 Antvervix, apud mduam M. Nutii, 1560. 
 Bietris (Emile- Joseph). _ *Exerfese ganglionnaire 
 
 dans le traitement chirurgical du cancer de la 
 
 vulve. 83 pp. 8°. Paris, 1907, No. 28. 
 Bietrix (Louis) [1880- ]. *L'iniection hypo- 
 
 dermique de digitaline. 73 pp., 1 1. 8°. Lyon, 
 
 1903, No. 59. 
 Bietris (Ren6) [1878- ]. *Remarques sur 
 
 quelques affections frequentes observ^es a 
 
 rh6pital de Dou^ra. 41 pp. 8°. Montvellier, 
 
 1906, No. 22. 
 Bietti (Amilcare). Ricerche anatomiche o 
 
 batteriolo^che ed osservazioni cUniche di 
 
 oftalmologia. 172 pp., 3 pi. roy. 8°. Pavia, 
 
 Bizzoni, 1903. 
 Biewald (Alfred) [1885- ]. *Kaauistischer 
 
 Beitrag zur Lehre von den Fleischvergiftungen. 
 
 [Gieaaen.] 40 pp., 1 1. 8°. Kreuzburg O.-S.. 
 
 E. Thiehnann, 1909. 
 Biffl (Serafino) [1822-99]. Opere complete. 5 v. 
 
 8°. Milano, U. Hoepli, 1902. 
 
 CONTENTS. 
 
 V. 1. Fisiologia e fisiopatologla sperimentalo. 
 V. 2, Psichiatria (clioica psichiatrica e antropologia pato- 
 logica). 
 V. 3. Psichiatria (technica manicomiale). 
 V. 4. Riformatori per giovani. 
 T. 5. Psicliiatria forense e discipline carceraiie. 
 
 For Biography^ see BltB. (S.) Op. compl. 8°. Milano, 
 1902, i, pp. xv-xxiv (A. Tamburini). See, also: Quademl di 
 psichiat., Genova, 1915, ii, 275-278 (E. Centanni). Also: 
 R. 1st. Lomb.discelett. Rendic, Milano, 1902, 2. s^xxxv, 
 82-100 (A. Ratti). AUo: Riv. sper. di freuiat., Keggio- 
 Emilia, 1899, xxv, faso. 2, pp. i-xvi (A. Tamburini). 
 
 See, also: 
 
 Medea (E.) L'opera soientiflca di Serafino BiiB. Boll, 
 elin.-scient. d. Pohambul. di Milano, 1902, xv, 112-115.— 
 Morpurgo (E.) L'opera di Serafino Biffl nella psichiatria 
 italiaua. Gazz. med. lomb., Milano, 1899, Iviii, 241; 271.— 
 Raggl (A.) L'opera scientifica di Serafliio Biffi. R. 1st. 
 Lomb. di so. e lett. Rendic, Milano, 1900, 2. s., xxxiii, 
 1038-1058. 
 
 Bigart (Edmond) [1873- ]. *Recherches sur 
 les albumines de la cellule h^patique. 45 pp., 
 11. 8°. Paris, 1900, No. 366. 
 
BIGART. 
 
 510 
 
 BIGGS. 
 
 Bigart (Edmond) — continued. 
 
 . The same. 45 pp., 1 1. 8°- Pom, G. 
 
 Stdnheil, 1900. 
 
 Bigaud (Ren6). *De I'occlusion du m6at uxinaire. 
 107 pp. 8°. Toulouse, 1911, No. 989. 
 
 Bigeard (Louis) [1868- ]. _*De8 hysterectomies 
 totales, vaginales et abdominales dans le cancer 
 de Tut^rus; operations, rfeultats, indications. 
 316 pp. 8°. Pans, 1899, No. 279. 
 
 . The same. Preface de Paul Second, viii, 
 
 9-316 pp. 8°. Paris, J.-B.Bailliire 3c fils, 1899. 
 
 Bigel (J.) Examen th^orique et pratique de la 
 methode curative de Hahnemann, nomm6e ho- 
 mfopathie. 3 v. 8°- Varsovie, N. Gliicksherg, 
 1827. 
 
 ._ Homoeopathie domestique, comprenant 
 
 I'hygifene, le regime S, suivre pendant le traite- 
 ment dea maladies et la therapeutique homoeo- 
 pathique, prdc^d^ d'une notice sur I'hdpLtal 
 hoinoeopatmque de la Charity de Vienne. 2. 6d., 
 enti^rement refondue par le Docteur Beauvais. 
 viii, 623 pp. 24°. Pans, J.-B. Baillih-e, 1839. 
 
 . Manuel d'hydrosudoth^rapie ou traite- 
 
 ment des maladies par I'eau froide, la sueur, 
 I'exercice et le regime; suivant la m^thode em- 
 ployee par y. PriessnitzEl Graeffenberg. Suiyi 
 d'un memoire physiologique sur la chaleur ani- 
 male, par M. Pelletan. 230 pp. 16°. Bnixelles, 
 1841. 
 
 Bigelow (Prank Hagar) [1851- ]. The function 
 of criticism in the advancement of science, 
 pp. 337-365. 8°. Washington, 1899. 
 CiUtingfrom: Bull. Phil. Soc, Wash., 1899, xiii. 
 
 Bigelow (Henry Jacob) [1818-1900]. I. The 
 mechanism of dislocations and fracture of hip. 
 II. Litholapaxy; or, rapid lithotrity with evac- 
 uation. X, 356 pp. 8°. Boston, Little, Brown & 
 Co., 1900. 
 
 . Surgical ansesthesia; addresses and other 
 
 papers, viii, 378 pp. 8° Boston, Little, Brown 
 & Co., 1900. 
 
 Orthopedic surgery and other medical 
 
 papers, ix (1 1.), 373 "pp. 8°- Boston, Little, 
 Brown & Co., 1900. 
 
 For Biography, see Memoir (A) ot Henry Tacob Bigelow. 
 8°. Boston, 1900. See, also: St. Paul M. J., St. Paul, Minn., 
 1902, iv, 227-239 (S. W. Thomdlke). 
 
 Bigelow (Horatio R.). 
 
 See International (An) system of electro-therapeutics 
 [etc.] [in 2. s.]. 8°. PMladelpUa, 1901. 
 
 Bigelow (Jacob) [1787-1879]. 
 
 [BlogiaphyJ In: Harrington (T. F.) Harvard M. 
 School. 8°. New York, 1905, 705-715, port. Also: Ibid., ii, 
 835-863, port. Also: Proc. Am. Acad. Arts & Sc, Bost., 
 1878-9, n. s., vi, 333. 
 
 See alio: Mumford (J. G.) Jacob Bigelow; a sketch. 
 Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1902, xlii, 1-8. 
 Bigelow (John). The mystery of sleep, viii, 139 
 pp. 12°. New York, Harper & Bros., 1897. 
 
 Bigelow (JoTinMilton) [ -1913]. 
 
 Obituary. J- Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1913, bd, 977. 
 Bigelow (Maurice Alpheus) [1872- _ ]. Sex- 
 education; a series of lectures concerning knowl- 
 edge of sex in its relation to human life, xi, 251 
 pp. 8°. New York, The Macmillan Company. 
 
 1916. 
 
 See, also, Lloyd (Francis E.) & Bigelow (Maurice A.) 
 The teaching of biology [etc.). 8°. New York, 1904. 
 
 & Bigelow (Mrs. Anna NeigUch) [1873- 
 
 ]. Introduction to biology; an elementary- 
 textbook and laboratory guide, ix, 424 pp. 8* 
 New York, The Macmillan Company, 1913. 
 Bigelow (Willard Dell) [1866- ]. The compo- 
 sition of American wines. 76 pp. 8°. Washing- 
 ton, Gov. Print. Office, 1900. ' 
 
 Forms Bull. No. 59, U. S. Dep. Agrio. Div. chemist.. 
 Wash. 
 
 Bigelow (Willard Dell) — continued. 
 
 . The use and abuse of food preservatives. 
 
 pp. 551-568. 8°. [Washington, 1900.] 
 Bepr.from: Yearbook U. S. Dep. Agric, Wash., 1900. 
 Pure food laws of European countries 
 
 affecting American exports. 40 pp. 8°. Wash- 
 ington, Gov. Print. Office, 1901. 
 
 Forms Bull. No. 61, U. S. Dep. Agrio. Bureau chem.. 
 Wash. 
 
 Foods and food control. [Federal laws, 
 
 and laws of the States, Territories, and the 
 District of Columbia.] vi, 778 pp. 8°. Wash- 
 ington, Gov. Print. Office, 1905-6. 
 
 Forms Bull. No. 69, 17. S. Dep. Agric. Bureau chem.. 
 Wash. 
 
 & Gove (H. C.) Studies on peaches. I. 
 
 Compiled analysis of peaches. II. Changes in 
 chemical composition during growth and ripen- 
 ing. III. Effect of storage on the composition 
 of peaches. 32 pp. 8 - Washington, Gov. 
 Print. Office, 1905. 
 
 Forms Bull. No. 97, U. S. Dep. Agric. Bureau chem.. 
 Wash. 
 
 & Parkinson (N. A.) Food legislation 
 
 duriag the year ended June 30, 1908. 84 pp. 8°. 
 Washington, Gov. Print. Office, 1909. 
 
 Forms Bull. No. 121, U. S. Dep. Agric. Bureau chem.. 
 Wash. 
 
 Bigeon (Charles) [1876- ]. *Des perforations 
 
 traumatiques de I'estomac. 70 pp. 8° Paris, 
 
 1903, No. 323. 
 Bigex (Jules) [1873- ]. *Les fibromes de 
 
 I'uterus chez les primipares ag^es. 39 pp. 8°. 
 
 Paris, 1900, No. 505. 
 . The same. 39 pp. 8° Paris, G. Stein- 
 
 heil, 1900. 
 Bigg (George Kilworth Sherman) [1854- ]. 
 
 Constipation, viii, 9-66 pp., 11. 8°. London, 
 
 Baillike, Tindall & Cox, 1902. 
 . Cancer, viii, 85 pp. 12°. London, 
 
 Baillih-e, Tindall & Cox, 1907. 
 . Indigestion, constipation and liver dis- 
 order, vii, 168 pp. 8°. London, Baillih-e, 
 
 Tindall & Cox, 1913. 
 Bigg ([Henry Robert] _ Heather ) [1853-1911]. 
 
 Caries of the spine, being an advance chapter 
 
 of The spine, its deformities, debilities, and 
 
 deficiencies. (3. ed. now in press.) 82 pp. 8°. 
 
 London, J. de A. Churchill, 1902. 
 . An essay on the general principles of the 
 
 treatment of spinal curvatures, viii, 240 pp. 8°. 
 
 London, J. &r A. Churchill, 1905. 
 
 Far Biography, see Lancet, Lond., 1911, ii, 1746. 
 
 Bigg {Reginald) [1876-1905]. 
 
 B. (T. H.) [Bioaraphical sketch.] Univ. Durham Coll. 
 Med. Gaz., Newcastle, 1904-5, v, 108, port. 
 
 Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1905, i, 919. Also: Med. 
 Press & Clrc, Lond., 1905, n. s., Ixxix, 442. 
 
 Biggar (Hamilton Fisk). Memorial address for 
 the Seniors American Institute of Homoeopathy, 
 Omaha, Neb. 12 pp. 12° Cleveland, 0., 
 Leader Pr. Co., 1898. 
 
 Biggar (J. L.). 
 
 Editor of: Medical Quarterly. Department ot soldiers' 
 . civil re-establishment, Canada, v. 1. 8°. Ottawa, 1919. 
 
 Biggart {Samuel) [1875-1915]. 
 
 Obituary. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1915, n. s., c, 594. 
 Bigg] (Giovanni). II metodo Baccelli nella cura 
 dell'alta epizootica. 108 pp., 1 1. 8°. Carrara, 
 Tipog. Piceiati^ 1904. 
 Biggs (George Nixon) [1881- ]. Diseases of the 
 ear, nose and throat, xii, 486 pp. 8°. London, 
 University of London Press, 1914. 
 Biggs (Hermann M.) [1859- ]. Comments on 
 some plans of hospital construction. 61 pp. 8°. 
 New York, 1912. 
 Dep. Health N. Y. City, Mouogr. Ser. No. 7. 
 
BIGGS. 
 
 511 
 
 BILE. 
 
 Biggs (Hermann M.);— continued. 
 
 . Venereal diseaaes; the attitude of tlie 
 
 Department of Health in relation thereto. 11 pp. 
 8°. New York, 1913. 
 Dep. Health N. Y. City, Repr. Ser. No. 6. 
 See, aUo, Kocli (Robert). Verbatim text of his remark- 
 able paper [etc.). 8°. New York, 1901. 
 Biggs (Montgomery Herman). Myositis fibrosa. 
 14 pp. 4°. Philadelphia, 1902. 
 
 In: Univ. Penn. Conwib. William Pepper Lab., Phila., 
 1902, No. 3. 
 
 Biggg {Thomas Jacob) [1865-1913]. 
 
 Barnes (F. H.) Obituary. Proc. Connect. M. Soe., N. 
 Haven, 1914, czxii, 226. 
 
 Bigham (John Alvin) [1881- ]. Select dis- 
 cussions of race problems; a collection of papers 
 of especial use in study of negro American prob- 
 lems. Edited by J. A. Bingham. 108 pp. roy. 
 8°. Atlanta, Ga., 1916. 
 
 Bigler (WiUiam E.) [1840-1904]. 
 
 Obituary. lAm. Med., Phila., 1904, viii, 1035. AUo: 
 Hahneman. Month., Phila., 1905, xl, 61-53, port, [front.]. 
 
 Bignami (Amico). 
 
 See Bastlanelll (Giulio) & Blgnaml (Amico). La mar 
 laria [etc.). 8°. Soma, 1899.— Marchlafava (Ettore) & 
 Blgnaml (Amico) tin 2. s.]. La infezione maladca [etc.]. 
 8°. JlfiZ(i«o,[1902]. 
 
 Bignami (Giovanni). II concetto modemo della 
 autodifesa organica contro le malattie. Nuovo 
 capitolo della fisio-patologia umana. 59 pp. 8° 
 Cremona, 1897. 
 
 Bignat (Marcel). *Contribution_ S, r6tude de 
 I'origine bucco-dentaire des sinusites maxil- 
 laires. 108 pp. 8°. Paris, 1906, ISTo. 478. 
 
 Bignaud, L'aobL Trait6 scientifique de la che- 
 velure. Hy^fene, conservation, reproduction, 
 maladies, teaitements. 40 pp. 12°. -Limoges, 
 P. Dumont, 1896. 
 
 Bignon (Edmond). *Contribution k I'^tude de 
 rasystolie d'origine pulmonaire; caractferes du 
 pouls. 68 pp. 8°. Paris, 1908, No. 105. 
 
 Bignon (Jean-Lucien-Paul) [1885-_ ]. *Con- 
 toibution k I'^tude de la dyspepsie appendicu- 
 laire. 96 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1909, No. 99. 
 
 Bignon (Louis-Joseph-Marie) [1877- ]. *Con- 
 tribution k I'^tudede rhyperchlorurie dans la 
 tuberculosa des voiea urinaires. 162 pp. 8°. 
 Bordeaux, 1905, No. 72. 
 
 Bigonnet (Charles) [1881- ]. *Complications 
 pleuro-pulmonaires des oreillons. 63 pp. 8°. 
 
 ■ Montpellier, 1905, No. 3. 
 
 Bigot (GuiUaume) [1502- ]. 
 
 Delaanay(P.) rBiography.l Bull. Soo. fran^. d'hist. de 
 la mid.. Par., 1903,u, 181-226. Also: Prance mM., Par., 1902, 
 xlix, 84; 100; 124. 
 
 Bigot (Jean) [1875- ]. *Coiitribution it I'^tude 
 des ruptures totales traumatiques du duod&um. 
 65 pp. 8°. Pam, 1912, No. 462. 
 
 Bigot (Jules-Laurent-F6Ux) [1872- ]. *De 
 
 ■ I'intervention chirurgicale dans les tumeiirs ma- 
 lignesdurein. 82 pp. 8°. £i7ie, 1898, No. 89. 
 
 Bigot (Ren6) [1872- _ ]. *Diagnostic bact^riolo- 
 gique de la dipht&ie; examen direct des fausses 
 membranes. 50 pp., 5 1., 4 pi. 8°- Paris, 1899, 
 No. 218. 
 
 Bigot (ThSodore-Oharhs) [1795-1869]. 
 
 [Biography.] Arch. mii. d' Angers, 1903, vii, 499, port.— 
 Laioclie(E.) [Biography.) ZWi., 1897, i, 99-103, port. 
 
 *Contribu- 
 
 Bigotte (Albert-Lfon) [1871- ]. 
 
 tion k r^tude de la pr^tendue hypertrophie car- 
 
 diaque de croissance. 55 pp. 8 . Lille, 1898, 
 
 No. 100. 
 Bigourdan (GuiUaume) [1851- ]. Le climat 
 
 de la E^ance, temperature, pression, vents. 
 
 135 pp. 8°. Paris, Crouthier- Villars &Cie., 191Q. 
 
 Bihimbo. 
 
 Bagshawe (A. G.) Bihimbo disease: the nature of the 
 disease termed bihimbo (syn.: muhinyo, ruhlnyo, olrwe- 
 hinya) met with in the Chaka district of the Uganda Pro- 
 tectorate. J. Trop. M. [etc.], Lond., 1907, x, 18-22. 
 
 Bijdragen tot de natuurkundige wetenschappen. 
 
 Versameld door H. C. Van Hall, W. Vrolik en 
 
 G. J. Mulder. 7 v. bd. in 14. 1826-32. 8° 
 
 Amsterdam. 
 Bijl (Jan Tennis). *Biidrage tot de kenrds van 
 
 de pathogenese der haematosalpinx bij gyna- 
 
 tresieen. 3 p. 1., 107 pp. 8°. Leiden, E. Ijdo, 
 
 1903. 
 Bijleveld (Joh. Wouter). *De zwangerschaps- 
 
 reactie van Abderhalden. 91 pp. 8°. Leiden, S. 
 
 C. van Doeshurgh, 1913. 
 Bijleveld (T.) Invloed der Duitsche arbeiders- 
 
 verzekermg op de volksgezondheid. Naar aan- 
 
 leiding van het 6*° Internationale congres voor 
 
 arbeiders-verzekering te Dlisseldorf. 33 pp. 8°. 
 
 Amsterdam, J. H. de Bussy, 1902. 
 van den BiJIlaardt (H. C.) De vaccinatie 
 
 Irwestie en Dr. Schouten ad perpetuam rei me- 
 
 moriam (tot eeuwige gedachtenis). 95 pp. 8°. 
 
 Dieren, u.G. Opmjrda, 1903. 
 Bijlsma (Riemer). De bepaling van de gehoor- 
 
 Bcherpte en hare beteekenis voor de diagnose. 
 
 25 pp. 8°. Eaarlem, de erven F. Bohn, 1901. 
 Forms No. viii of: Geneesk. Bl. u. Klin, en Lab. v. de 
 
 pratt., Haarlem, 1901, viii. 
 
 Bijon (Jean-Louis-Constant-Raymond). *:6tude 
 sur I'ictfere post-chloroformique, sa pathog^nie, 
 sa gravity et sa frequence. 74 pp. 8°. Bor- 
 deaux, 1911, No. 73. 
 
 van Bijsterveld (P.) Medica-politica. 45 pp. 
 8°. Kampen, J. H. Kok, 1911. 
 
 Bils (I[osif[Moiseyevich]) [1882- ]. Chuma i 
 mieri borf s nei. [The plague, and measures 
 against it.] 32 pp. 8° Kiyev, L I. Chokoloff, 
 1910. 
 
 . Sputnik na kholeru i chumu; s dobavle- 
 
 niyem otdiela o dezinfektsii. [Guide to the 
 cholera and the plague; with department on 
 disinfection.] Ill (3 1.), ii pp. 16°. Kiyev, 
 I. I. Samonenko, 1911. 
 
 Bikel (Otto) [1884- ]. *Ueber multiple pri- 
 mare Carcinome. 29 pp. 8°. Heidelberg, H. 
 Dorr, 1910. 
 
 Bikoff {AleTcsandr Mikhmlovich) [1820- 
 97]. 
 
 [Obituary.] Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1897, xviii, 1144. 
 Bilancionl (Gnglielmo). 
 
 See Morgagnl (Giovanni Battista). Carteggio inedlto di 
 G. B. Morgagnl con Giovanni Bianchi (James Plancus). 8°. 
 Ban, 1914. 
 
 BUbauIt_(Ren6) [1885- ]. *De la resistance 
 globulaire dans les 6tats morbides et chez les 
 maladestrait6sparle"606." 65 pp. 8°. Paris, 
 1912, No. 334. 
 
 BUd (Alfred) [1872- ]. *Die Entwicklungs- 
 geschichte des Zahnsystems bei Sus domesticus 
 und das Verhaltniss der Lippenfurchenanlage 
 zur Zahnleiste. 66 pp., 1 1. 8°. Breslau, H. 
 Fleischmann, 1901. 
 
 Bile. 
 
 See, also. Bacteriology {Culture media in); 
 Biliary system; GaU-bladder; Liver. 
 
 BouissoN (F.) Die Galle im gesunden und 
 Irrankhaften Zustande, mit besonderer Beruck- 
 sichtigung der Gallensteine. Anhang: Zur 
 Physiologie der Galle nach N. Blondiot erne mit 
 zahlreichen Zusatzen vermehrte Bearbeitung von 
 E. A. Platner. 2 v. 8°. TTiien, 1847. 
 
BILE. 
 
 512 
 
 BILE. 
 
 Bile. 
 
 Hammarsten (0.) Zur Kenntniss der Le- 
 bergalle des Menschen. 4°. Upsalal89S. 
 
 Klodnitski for KLAONrrsKi] (N. N.) *0 
 vtkhodie zhelcM v dvienadtsati perstnuyu 
 kishku. [Plow of bile into the duodenum.] 8°. 
 S.-Peterhurg 1902. 
 
 ScHMiD (J. A.) De bile cystica. 4°. Seidel- 
 tergsB, 1775. 
 
 Wedel (G. W.) *De bile, fermento intesti- 
 nomm. sm. 4°. Jmx, 1684. 
 
 Whyte(PJ *Debile. 4°. Lugd. Bat., niO. 
 
 Abelous (J.-E.). Bardler & Dieulate. De la derivation 
 partiellede labile arextfirieur. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., 
 Par., 1902, 11. s., iv, 605.— Auch6 (A.) Reohercliespectro- 
 soopique de la bile. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1908, 
 cxlvi,, 496-498.— Bain (WV) Action ol drugs and mineral 
 waters on the bile. Brit. M. J^ Lond., 1898, 1, 1265.— Bar- 
 bera(A. G.) Latemperaturaaellabile,equlndldeHegato, 
 neicaniconfistolabiliarecompletaepernianenteneldigiuno, 
 dopo I'tngestione dei varii generi di alimentazione e dopo 
 I'ingestione di bile. Arch, di farm, e tcrap., Palermo, 1908, 
 xiv, 31-45. — Bayer (G.) Beitrag zur Lehre vom Kreislaute 
 der Galle. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1908, xiii, 216-233, 1 
 diag.— Billard (G.) & DiexUate (L.) Influence de la dilu- 
 tion aqueuse de la bile sur sa tension superflcielle. Compt. 
 
 rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1902, 11. s., iv, 325. • . 
 
 Tensionsuperfloielleet viscosity de la bileSalSe. IUd.,40b.~ 
 Bonannl (A.) Contributo alia conoscenza della bile 
 umana. Arch. di(armacol.sper.,Eoma, 1902^1, 511. Also: 
 Bull. d. r. Acoad. med. di Roma, 1903, xxix, 117— Bordier, 
 Morel & Mogier. Action des radiations de la lampe i, 
 vapeurs de mercure sur la bile et I'urobiline. Lyon mM., 
 1908, cxi, 173.— Brand (J.) Beitrag zur Kenntniss der 
 menschliohen Galle. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1902, 
 Ixxxx, 491-522.— Brunaccl (B.) Les oscillations pnysio- 
 logiques journaliJres de la presslon osmotique de la bile 
 compar^es avec les oscillations physiologiques joumaliferes 
 de la temperature du corps. Contribution k ia cormaissance 
 des micanismes de regulation osmotique. Arch. Ital. de 
 biol., Pise, 1917-18, Ixviii, n. s., 177-183.— Brynno (G.) 
 [Flow ol bile into the alimentary canal.) Trudi Obsh. 
 Kussk. Vraoh. v S.-Peterb., 1896-7, 690-602.— Burton- 
 Opitz (E.) The viscosity of bile. Biochem. Bull., N. Y., 
 1914, iii, 351-356. — Camus (L.) Influence de la chaleur sur 
 I'oxydation de la bile. Compt. rend. Sod. de biol., Par., 
 1897, 10. s., Iv, 338-341.— Carmicliael (E. S.) The effect of 
 injection of micro-organisms into the portal system, on the 
 steriUty of the bilein the gall bladder, j. Path. & Bacterlol., 
 Edinb. & Lond^ 1902, vlii, 276-279.— Coakley Off. B.) 
 Removal of bile for examination. Med. Rec, N. y ., 1907, 
 Ixxii, 1034. — Dastre (A.) Observations sur rhistorique de 
 quelques points de I'etude de la bile. Compt. rend. Soc. de 
 biol.. Par., 1898, 10. s., v, 144-146 v-Fasiani (G. M.) Su un 
 nuovo metodo per racco^liere la bile giornaliera ed esperienze 
 preliminari sul rapporti fra il contenuto di colesterina nel 
 sangue e nella bile. Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 
 
 1914, 4. s., XX, 316-326. ■ . Une houvelle mfithode pour 
 
 recueillir la bile journalifere chez les chiens ap&vis de fistule 
 biliaire. Arch. Hal. de biol., Turin, 1915, Ixiii, 44-48.— 
 Galdl(P.) RicerchevisoosimetriohesallabUe. Clin. med. 
 ital., Milano, 1907, xlvi, 93-117.— Griffith (F.) Bile bums in 
 anaesthesia. Med. Reo.,N.Y., 1902,1x1,614.— Kossel. Zur 
 Keimtnlssder Galle. Verhandl.d.Ver.f.mnereMed.zuBerl., 
 1888-9, viii,78-86.—MeLean(A.) Thebiliaryflow. N.York 
 M. J., 1902,lxxv, 699.— Medali(E.) & Pribram (B. O.) La 
 bile nella diagnostica medica. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1915, 
 xxxvi,1041-1044.— MessedagUa(L.)&Colcttl{N.) Ricerche 
 sulpuntocrioscopicodellabile. Morgagni, Milano, 1902, xliv, 
 317-324 . — Pappenhetm. Reoherohes miorosoopiques sur la 
 bile. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc.. Far., 1847, xxv, 977.— 
 PepIe(W.L.) Divertedbile. Charlotte[N.C.]M. J.,1906, 
 xxviil, 263-265.— Petry(E.) MikroskopischeUntersuchung 
 der Galle zu diagnostisohen Zwecken. Wien. klm. Wchn- 
 schr., 1911, xxiv, 927-931.- Roger (HJ A discourse con- 
 cerning the bile. Universal M. Rec, Lond^ 1913, iii, 289- 
 300.— Eusca (P.) La sindrome climca di Bruie-Lemierre 
 della dissociazione biliare. Gazz. med. ital., Torino, 1913, 
 Ixiv, 331: 341.— von BaentkowsW (C.) Beitrag zur Phy- 
 siologie der Galle. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1909, xvi, 146- 
 156.— Segale (M.) Galle der Leber und Galle der Gallen- 
 blase. Zentralbl. f. d. ges. Physiol, u. Path. d. Stoffwechs., 
 Leipz., 1907, n. F., li, 294-297.— Shattlnger (C.) Physiology 
 ol the bUe. Tr. M. Ass. Mo. 1900, St. Louis 1901, 206-210.— 
 Stadelmann (E.) Ueber den Kreislaui der Galle ira 
 Organismus. Ztschr. 1. Biol., Miinchen & Leipz., 1897, n. F., 
 3CV1, 1-64.— Stokes (W. E.) A new method lor bile speci- 
 mens ol blood, feces and unne, and the results ol such cul- 
 tures made for physicians. Maryland M. J., Bait., 1910, Uii, 
 303-311. — Strauss (H.l Ueber den osmotischen Druck dor 
 menschliohen Galle. Berl. klin. Wohnschr., 1903, xl; 261- 
 264.— Sunde (A.) [Bile reaction in blood serum for clinical 
 use.] Norsk Mag. 1. Lsegevldensk., Kristiania, 1911, 5. H., 
 
 Bile. 
 
 ix, 945-950.— Trlboulet (H.) & Bibadeau-Dumas. Im- 
 portance pronostique de la fonction biliaire chez les nour- 
 rissons: son appreciation par I'examen systematique des 
 selles, a I'aide de la reaction par le subUme acetique. Bull. 
 Soc. de pediat. de Par., 1909, xi, 58-80.— Tschermak (A.) 
 Eine Methode partieller Ableitung der Galle nach aussen. 
 Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Boim, 1900, Ixxxii, 57-59.— Vermel 
 (S. B.) [On the technique of preservation ol bile in the 
 organs.) ^ussk. Arch. Fatol., Klin. Med. i Bakteriol., 
 S.-Peterb., 1896, ii, 826-832. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: IMd., 
 841.— Volbortli (G.) Dormees nouvelles concernant 
 recoulement de la bile dans le duodenum. Compt. rend. 
 Soc. de biol.. Par., 1915, Ixxviii, 293-296.— Zeri (A.) La 
 viscositS. della bile umana. Arch, di farmacol. sper., Roma, 
 1905, iv, 279-288.— von Zeynek (R.) Zur Kenntniss der 
 menschUchen Lebergalle. Wien. klin. Wohnschr., 1899, xii, 
 668.— von Zumbusch (L.) Notiz iiber die Galle von Isa- 
 bellbaren. Ztschr. 1. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1902, xxxv, 
 426-431. 
 
 Bile {Absence of). 
 See Acbolia. 
 
 Bile {Acids of). • 
 
 See, also, Acid (Cholalic) ; Acid iChoUc) ; Acid 
 (GlycochoKc); Acid (Glyeuronic); Acid (Tauro- 
 cholic) ; Bile (Salts of). 
 
 BoNTEMPS (H. [W. F.p *Beitrage zur Dar- 
 stellung der GlykocholBaure axis Kindergalle, 
 nebst Beobachtungen liber die fallende Wir- 
 kung der Uransaize auf Gallensauren. 8°. 
 Greyswald, 1905. 
 
 Lassak-Cohn. Die Saureu der Rindergalle 
 und der Menscbengalle. 8° Hamburg & 
 Leipzig, 1898. 
 
 Bial (M.) Ueber den Befund von gepaarter Glukoron- 
 saure in der Galle. Ztschr. f . physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1905, 
 xlv, 258-264. — Bonanni (A.)" Ulteriore contributo allacono- 
 scenza della brie umana; presenza di acido gUcuronico copu- 
 late nella bile; eliminazione per essa dell' acido borneol- 
 ghcuronico. Boll. d. r. Accad. med. di Roma, 1907, xxxiii, 
 1-5. Also, transl.: Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1908, xlix, 127- 
 131.— Bondl (S.) & MUUer (EJ Synthese der Glykochol- 
 saure und Taurocholsaure. Ztschr. 1. physiol. Chem., 
 Strassb., 1906, xlvii, 499-506.— Bulnheim (G.) Beitrage 
 zur Kenntniss der Gallensauren. Ibii., 1898, xxv, 295-324.— 
 Carracldo (J. R.) Origen probable de los Acidos biUares. 
 Rev. Ibero-Am. de cien. med., Madrid, 1901, v, 38^3.— 
 Casclani (P.) Elcerche sul cloro e sugli acidi biliari della 
 bilesottol'usodelleacqueelorurato-sodiche. Idrol. eclimat., 
 Firenze, 1906, xvii, 148-151.— Croltan (A. C.) Zur Kennt- 
 niss des intermediaren Kreislaufs der Gallensauren. Arch. 
 
 1. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1902, xc, 635-639. . The bile 
 
 acids as a remedy. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1906, Ixxxiii, 
 810-812. Also, Reprint.— Falloise (A.) Action de I'acide 
 chlorhydrique introdult dans i'intestin sur la s&retion 
 biUaire. [Rap. de L. Fredericq, 724.] Acad. roy. de Belg. 
 Bull, de la cl. d. sc, Brux., 1903, 757-791.— von Fenyvessy 
 (B.) Ueber die bamatolytische Wirkuug der Gallensauren 
 und ihrer Salze. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1907, v, 114-117. 
 FlelgtC.) Eeflexedel'acidesurlaseoretionbiliau-e. Conipt. 
 rend! Soc. de biol.. Par., 1903, Iv, 353-355.— Frenkel (H.) 
 La reaction de Hay pour la recherche des acides biliaires. 
 IMi., 1902, 11. s., iv, 339. Also: J. de physiol. et de path, 
 gen., Par., 1902, IV, 308.— von Fttrth (O.) & SchUtz (J.) 
 Ueber die Bedeutungder Gallensaurefiir die Fettvordauung. 
 Vorlaufige Mitteilung. Zentralbl. f. Physiol., Leipz., 1906, 
 XX, 47.— Goodman (E. H.) Ueber den Einfluss der Nah- 
 rung aul die Ausscheidung von Gallensauren und Choles- 
 terin durch die Galle. Beitr. z. ehem. Phys. u. Path., Brn- 
 sohwg., 1907, ix, 91-103.— Guftrin (GJ Sur la reaction de 
 Pettenkofler. j . de pharm. et chim.. Par., 1908, 6. s., xxviif, 
 54.— Gullbrlng (A.) ftTeber eine neue Taurocholsaure in 
 der Galle. Uebers., Hft. 8.1 Upsala Lakaref. F6rh., 1904-5, 
 
 n. f., X, 577-585. . Ueber die Taurooholeinsaure der 
 
 Rindergalle. , Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1905, 
 xlv, 448-458.— Hammarsten (0.) Ueber eine neue 
 Gruppe gepaarter Gallensauren. JUi., 1898, xxiv, 322-350. 
 
 . Ueber die Farbonreaktion der Cholsaure mit ver- 
 
 diinnter Salzsaure. Ibid., 1909, 1x1, 495-498. . Dar- 
 
 stellung der Gallensauren und ihrer wichtigsten Abbau- 
 produkte und ihr Nachweis. In: Abderhaldcn (E.) Hand- 
 buch der bloohcnuschenArbeitsmethoden,8°, Leipz., 1910,ii, 
 645-670 —van Leersum (E, C.) Gepaarte GHykuronsS,uren 
 als Bestandteile der Galle. Beitr. z. chem. Phys. u. Path., 
 Brnscbwg., 1902-3, iii, 522.— Neuberg (C.) Ueber die Ee- 
 aktion der Gallensauren mit Ehamnose, Izw. 6-Methyl- 
 furfurol. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1908, iv, 348.— Nobel (E.) 
 Ueber den Einfluss der Gallensauren aul die Herztatigkeit. 
 Ztschr. 1. d. ges. exper. Med., Berl., 1916, iv, 286-300.— 
 Panzer (T.) Ueber LatSohlnofTs Cholekampfersaure. Zt- 
 schr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1906, xlviii, 192-204.— 
 
BILE. 
 
 513 
 
 BILE. 
 
 Bile (Acids of). 
 
 Piettre (M.) Traitement chimique de la bile; separation 
 des acides biliaires. Compt. rend. Acad. d. so., Par^ 1909, 
 cxlviii, 372-374.— Pregel (F.) Ueber die Ursacbe der Schwe- 
 felsaure-Fluoreszenzreaktion der Gallensaure, Ztschr. f. 
 
 Physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1905, xlv, 166-175. . Ueber 
 
 die gememsame Konstitution der drei spezifischen Gallen- 
 sauren. /bid., 1910, Ixv, 157-179.— Pregl (F.) & Buchtala 
 (H.) Ertahrungen iiber die IsoUerung der spezifischen 
 Gallensauren. Ibid., 1911, Ixxiv, 198-211.— Rodriguez 
 Cariacido (J.) Origen y lormacion de los dcidos bihares 
 en el organismo. Cong, internat. de m^d. C.-r., Madrid, 
 1904, xiv, sect, de physiol. [etc.], 42^4.— SchM (M.) Sur la 
 reaction des acides biliaires et leur difference chez le boeuf et 
 Chez le cobayei In Ms: Ges. Beitr. z. Physiol., 8% Lausanne, 
 
 1898, iv, 298-300. . Acides bihaires. Ibid., 416.— 
 
 Schryver (8. B J The preparation ol the unconjugated 
 acids of ox-bile. J. Physiol., Lond., 1912-13, xUv, 265-274.— 
 Singer (G.) & Glaessner (K.) Die Wirkung der Gallen- 
 sauren auj die Darmperistaltit. Verhandl. d. deutsch. 
 Kong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1911, xxviii, 407^17, 7 pi. 
 
 . Die abJiihrende Wirkung der Gallensauren. 
 
 Arch. f. Verdauungskr., Berl., 1912, xviu, 192-210.— Spivak 
 (CD.) The influence of biUajy acids upon surface tension. 
 Colorado M. J., Denver, 1902, viii, 481-483. AUo, Reprint. 
 Also: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1902, xxxix, 630.— Teng- 
 strtim (S.) fUntersuchungen iiber die gallensauren Salzein 
 der Rindviehgalle. Uebers., p. xxxi.) Upsala Lakaref. 
 Forh., 1902-3, n. f., viii, 625-650.— VlUe (J.) & Derrien (E.) 
 Reactions colorees des acides bUiaires avec la vaniUtne et 
 avec I'aldehyde anisique. Compt. rend. Soo. de biol.. Par., 
 
 1908, Ixiv, 905. ■ . Reactions colorees des acides 
 
 biliaiires avec les aldehydes furaniques; veritable mecanisme 
 de la reaction de Pettenkofer. Ihid., 1909, Ixvi, 175. — 
 WahJgren (V.) [Ueber eine neue gepaarte Kindergallen- 
 saure. Uebers., p. xxiii.] Upsala Lakaref. Forh., 1901-2, 
 n. F., vii, 510-527. 
 
 Bile (Antiseptic and lacteriddal power of) . 
 
 Braun (F. G.) *0 dieistvii zhelcEi na nieko- 
 
 toriye Addl mifcrobov pri normalnom i patolo- 
 
 ficheskom sostoyanii organizma (po opttam nad 
 rolika.Tni i morskJTni s\-iiikanii). [Action of bile 
 on several forms of microbes in normal and 
 pathological conditions of the organism; after 
 experiments on rabbits and guinea pigs.] 8°. 
 S.-Peterhurg, 1899. 
 
 JosT Aus Klosteks (E.) *Ueber die anti- 
 parasitare Wirkung der Galle. [Wurtzburg.] 8° 
 [n. p., 1887.1 
 
 Buf alinl (G/) Action antiseptique des principes biliaires. 
 Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1884, v, 374-380.— Fornet (W.) 
 Ueber die Bakterizidie der Galle. Arch. f. Hyg., Miinchen 
 & Berl., 1907, Ix, 134-143.— Jordan (E. O.) The inhibitive 
 action of bile upon B. coli. Tr. Chicago Path. Soc, 1913, ix, 
 44. — ^Lagane (L.) Action de la bile "in vitro" sur le deve- 
 loppement des microbes de I'intestin. Compt. rend. Soc. de 
 biol.. Par., 1912, Ixxiii, 242.— Libman (E.) & Rosenthal 
 (J.) The action of bile on the pneumococcus, streptococcus, 
 and streptococcus mucosus. Proc. N. York Path. Soc, 
 1908-9, n. s., viii, 40-45.— Mosse (M.) Kommen der Galle 
 faulnisswldrige und antibaktenelle Eigenschaften zu? 
 Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1898-9, xxxvi, 527-534 —Neu- 
 leld (F.) Ueber eine speciflsche bakteriolytische Wirkung 
 der Galle. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Inlectionskrankh., Leipz., 
 1900, xxxiv, 454-464.— NicoUe (M.) & Adll-Bey. Action de 
 la bile sur le pneumocoque et diverses autres bacteries. 
 Ann. del'Inst. Pasteur, Par.,1907,xxi, 20-25.— Pastia(C.) & 
 Twort (0.) Recherches sur le pouvoir antiseptique de la 
 bile. Compt. rend. Soe. de biol. Par., 1911, Ixx, 13.— Roger 
 (H.) Le paradoxe de I'acholie intestinale.' Presse med.. 
 
 Par., 1912, XX, 801-803. . Lerdleantiputridedelabile. 
 
 Ann. de I'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1915, xxix, 546-550. — Stolper 
 (J. H.) Is bile an antiseptic? NashvUIe J. M. & S., 1899, 
 Ixxxvi, 153-160. — Talma (S.) Over de bactericide werHng 
 der gal. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk^ Amst., 1900, 2. R., 
 xxxvi, d. 2, 1053-1073. AUo, transl.: Ztschr. f. klin. Med., 
 Berl., 1900-1901, xUi, 855-370.— Toida (R.) Zur Frage von 
 der Sterilitat der Galle unter normalen Verhaltnissen und 
 iiber ihre baktericide Wirkung auf pathogene Bakterien. 
 Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1914, ciii, 407^39.— Verderame 
 (P.) & Weekers (L.) Experimentelle Untersuehungen 
 iiber die bakteriolytische Wirkung der Galle und ihrer Saoze 
 gegeniiber den augenpathogenen Keimen, besonders Pneu- 
 mokokken und iiber iiire Verwendbarkeit bei der Pneumo- 
 kokkeninfektion der Komea. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh., 
 Stuttg., 1908, xlvi, 289-300.— Vetrano (G.) Azione batte- 
 riolitica ed antitossica della bile; ricerche sperimentali. 
 Osp. di Palermo. Bull, tnmest., 1909, ii, 383-.397. Also, 
 transl.; Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1909, lii. 
 Grig., 275-286.— Wenliardt (J.) Az epe terfotlenlto hati- 
 s4ri51. [The antiseptic effects oJ the bile.J Orvosi hetU., 
 Budapest, 1902, xlvi, 17; 38; 56; 74; 93. 
 
 96808°— Vol. II, 3d series— 19- 
 
 -33 
 
 Bile (Antitoxic power of). 
 
 Jardon(L.) *Contribution &,r^tudedu pou- 
 voir antitoxique de la bile. 8°. Lyon, 1896. 
 
 Antitoxic (The) properties of bUe. J. Am. M. Ass., 
 Chicago, 1897, xxrx, 599.— Fraser (T. K.) Note on the 
 antivenomous and antitoxic quaUtles of the bile of serpents 
 and of other animals. Brit. M. J.. Loni., 1897, ii, 595: 1898, 
 ii,627. Also,transl.: Wien. med. Bl., 1897, xx, 481; 498.— G. 
 (D.) Antitoxic use of bile in Hindu medicine. Indian M. 
 Gaz., Calcutta, 1899, xxxiv, 185.— Padoa (G.) L'azione 
 antitossica della bile specialmente considerata in rapporto ai 
 prodotti tossici d'ongine intestinale. Riv. crit. di clin. 
 med., Firenze, 1910, xi, 433-439. .4fao[Abstr.l: Attld. Accad. 
 med.-fls. florent. 1910, Firenze, 1911, 75. Also, Reprint.— 
 Vincent (H.) DeuxiSme note sur les proprietes antitoxi- 
 ques de la bile; action des elements composants de la bile sur 
 la toxine tetanique. (3ompt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1907, 
 Ixiii, 695-797. 
 
 Bile (Bacteriology of). 
 
 LippMANN (A.) *Le microbisme biliaire nor- 
 mal et pathologique. 8°. Paris, 1904. 
 
 Menzel (0.) *Beitrage zum Bacterienbefund 
 der Galle. [Erlangen.] 8°. Reichenbachi. Schl., 
 1897. 
 
 Breton (M.), Brayant (L.) & Mezie (A.) Elimination 
 par la bile de microbes introduits dans le tube digestif. 
 Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1912, Ixxii, 13-15.— lyAni- 
 broslo (A.) Contribute alio studio della flora biliare fisio- 
 logica. Gior. internaz. d. sc. med., Napoli, 1905, n. s., xxvii, 
 625-634.— Fraenkel (E.) & Krause (P.) Bakteriologi- 
 sches und Experimentelles iiber die Galle. Ztschr. f. Hyg. 
 u. Infectionskrankh., Leipz., 1899, xxxii, 97-110 —Hiro- 
 kawa (W.) Ueber den Keimgehalt der menschUchen 
 GaUe und ihre Wirkung auf Bakterien. Centralbl. f. Bakte- 
 riol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1909-10, liii, 12-36.— von Mlecz- 
 kowskl (L.) Zur Bakteriologie des GEjlenblaseninhaltes 
 unter normaJen Bedingungen und bei der CholeUthiasis. 
 Mitt. a. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir., Jena, 1900, vi, 307- 
 320.— Pastia (C.) & Twort (C.) Recherches sur la flore 
 bacterienne de la bile. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 
 1911, Ixxi, 112.— Williams (P. F.) A bacteriological study 
 of the human bile; especially as to the presence of the 
 typhoid bacUlus. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1911, xciii, 934-fl36.— 
 Windsor (J. F.) The bacteriology of human bile with 
 especial reference to the typhoid carrier problem. Quart. 
 J. Med., Oxford, 1910-11, iv, 113-122. 
 
 Bile (Chemistry of). 
 
 See, also. Bile (Acids of); Bile {Extract of); 
 Bile (Pigments of) ; Bile (Salts of) ; Cholesterin; 
 Xiecithin.; Urobilin. 
 
 Anselm (R.) *Ueber die Eisenausscheidung 
 der Galle. 8°. Darpat, 1891. 
 
 Geptner (F. K.) *Khimicheskiy sostav 
 zhelchi u dietei. [Chemical composition of bile 
 in children.] 8°. S.-Peterhwrg, 1900. 
 
 Hammarsten (0.) Bidrag till kannedomen 
 om gallans kemiska bestaudsdelar. [Contribu- 
 tion to the knowledge of the chemical constitu- 
 ents of the bile.] 8°. UpsaZa, 1902. 
 
 Armendaris (£0 ContribuciOn para el estndio qnlmico 
 de la bilis. An. d. mst. med. nac, Mexico, 1901, v, 47-50.— 
 Austin (A. E.) Chemical nature of the bile after chole- 
 cystotomy, J. Med. Research, Bost., 1902, viii, 231-241.— 
 ^acmeister. Untersuehungen iiber Choiesterinausschei- 
 dung in menschlichen Gallen. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 
 1910, xxvi, 223-230. — Barbierl (N.-A.) Sur la composition 
 chimique de la bile de boeuf. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, 
 Par., 1909, cxUx, 150-152.— Beccari (L.) Le fer de la bile 
 dans rinanition. Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1897-8, xxviii, 
 206-219.— Bonanno (G.) Kicerche sperimentali su talum 
 fermenti della bUe. Arch, di farmacol. sper., Roma, 1908, 
 vii, 466; 481.— Bondl (S.) Beitrage zur Chemie der Galle. 
 Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1907, liii, 8-13.— Borde- 
 nave. Analyse de la bile, avec des reflexions sur les change- 
 mens qu'elle pent subir dans le corps humain. Mem. de 
 mathemat. et de phys. . . . Acad. roy. d. sc. Par., 1774, 610- 
 618. — Br^nd (J.) Onderzoekingeu over de afscheiding en 
 samenstelling van do gal bij den levenden mensch. K. 
 Akad. V. Wetensch. te Amst. Versl., 1900-1901,ix, 619-651. 
 Also, transl.: K. Akad. v. Wetensch. te Amst. Proc. sect, 
 sc, 1900-1901, iii, 584.— Browne (W. W.) The significance 
 of the time at which gas is produced in lactose peptone bile. 
 Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1913, n. s., xxxvlii, 371. — 
 Bmnet (A.-D.) & Bolland (C.) Contribution 4. 1'etude de 
 la bile vesiculaire des bovldes. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. 
 Par., 1911, Ixxl, 298.— Burlando (E.) Lo zolfo e I'azoto 
 nella bile durante la gravidanza, il puerperio e I'allatta- 
 mento. Policlin., Boma, 1902-3, ix, sez. prat., 1729-1731. — 
 
BILE. 
 
 514 
 
 BILE. 
 
 Bile (Chemistry of). 
 
 Cadet. Experiences chimiques sur la bile de Thomme et 
 des animaux. Hist. Acad. roy. d. so. 1767, Par., 1770, 471- 
 
 J83. . Nouvelles recherches pour servir k determiner 
 
 la nature de la bUe. Ibid., 1769, Par., 1772, 66-72.— Casclanl 
 (P.) Kicorche sul cloro e sugli acidl biliari nella bile-sotto 
 I'usodelleacqueclorurato-sodiche. Eiformamed., Palermo- 
 NapoU, 1906, xxii, 659.— Cavaraanl (E.) Sulla cosidetta 
 pseudomuolna dellabUedelbue. Boll. d. See. med.-chir. di 
 Modena, 1911-12, xiv, 31-41. Also, tramsl.: Arch. ital. de 
 biol Turm, 1912-13, Ivii, 2S4-293.— Colasanti (G.) Beitrag 
 zur Chemie der Galle. Untersucb. z. Naturl. d. Mensch. 
 u. d. TUere, Giessen, 1897,xvi, 284-293.— Craclunu (R.-I..) 
 Difference de constitution de la bile suivant rage et I'etat 
 a engraissement des animaux. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. 
 Par., 1901, cxxxii, 1187-1189.-^ron Czyhlarz (E.), Fuchs 
 (A.) & von FUrtli (O.) Ueber die analytische Zusammen- 
 setzune der menscblicben Galle. Biocbem. Ztschr., Berl., 
 1913, xlix, 120-129.— Danlel-Brunet (A.) & BoUand (C.) 
 De I'mfluenoe du sexe et de la castration sur la guantitS des 
 lipoides de la bile cbez les bovidfe. Compt. rend. Acad. d. 
 so., Par., 1911, cliii, 214.— Dublii (H.) Tbe influence of bile 
 on phenol production. J. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1917, xxxi, 
 255-259. jlZso, Reprint.— Fedell(C.) Eicerchesullabilein 
 un caso di fistola biliare. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1913 
 Roma, 1914, xxiil, 390-398.— Frey (E.) Die quantitative 
 Zusammensetzung der Galle unterdem EinSuss der gallen- 
 treibenden Gichtmitteln. Ztschr. I. exper. Path. u. Therap., 
 Berl., 1905-6, ii, 45-52.— Frlcker (E.) Ueber Jod- und Li- 
 thiumausscheidung durch die menschliehe Galle. Bioohem. 
 Ztschr., Berl., 1908, iv, 286-293.— Galdl (F.) Intorno alia 
 sostanza mucoide della bile. Morgagni, Milano, 1907, xlix, 
 580-592.— Gardner (J. A.) & Knox (G. D.) The percentage 
 of cholesterin in ox-bUe. Proc. Physiol. Soc. Lond., 1907, 
 p. ix.— Gilbert (A..), Herscber (M.) & Fosternak (S.) 
 Sur la reaction de Gmclin dans les milieux albumineux. 
 Compt. rend. Soc. de bid.. Par., 1903, Iv, 630-533.— Grim- 
 bert (L.) Precedes de recherche des elements de la bile, de 
 I'urobiltne et de son cbromogine dans les produits de I'or- 
 ganisme. Paris med., 1913-14, xv, 8-15.— Gurber (A.) & 
 Hallauer (B.) Ueber Eiweissausscneidung durch die Galle. 
 Ztschr. {. Biol., Munchen & Berl., 1904, xlVj 372-379.— Ham- 
 marsten (Oj Untersuchimgen fiber die Gallen einiger 
 Polarthiere. Ztsobr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1902, xxxvi, 
 
 525-555: 1904, xliil, 109-126. . Zur Chemie der Galle. 
 
 Ereebn. d. Physiol., Wiesb., 1905, iv, 1-22. . Ueber die 
 
 Galle des . Wallrosses. Ztschr. i. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 
 
 1909, Ixi, 454-494. -. Ueber die Gallen einiger Seehunde. 
 
 Ibid., 1910, Ixviii, 109-118. . Untersuchungen iiber die 
 
 Galle des Nilpfcrdes. Ibid., 1911, Ixxiv, 123-141.— Iscovesco 
 (H.) ^tude sur les constituants colloides de.la bile; discus- 
 sion sur la methods employee. Compt. rend. Soo. de biol.. 
 Par., 1906, Ix, 868-870.- Klmura (T.) Untersuchungen der 
 menschUcnen Blasengalle. Deutsches Arch. 1. Win. Med., 
 Leipz., 1904, Ixxix, 274-289.— Kingsbury (F. B.) The 
 effect of bile and bile salts on the reaction between oleic acid 
 and sodium bicarbonate. J. Biol. Chem^ N. Y., 1917, xxix, 
 367-380.— Kusumoto (C.) Ueber den Einfluss des Toluy- 
 lendiamins auf die Ausscheidung des Cholesterins in der 
 Galle. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1908, xiii, 354-364.-1.6- 
 molne & Gerard. De Taction cholesterinogene des lipoides 
 biliaires. Bull, et mem. Soo. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1913, 3. s., 
 XXXV, 888-893.— Llchtwitz (L.) Experimentelle Unter- 
 suchungen fiber die Bildung von Niederschlagen in der 
 GaUeTDeutsches Arch, f . klin. Med., Leipz., 1907, xcii, lOO- 
 108.— MaJewskl(F.) & Zebrowski(B.) [Chemical compo- 
 sition of human bile.] Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1902, 2. s., xxii, 
 665-667.— Mendel (L. B.) Recent aspects of the chemistry 
 and physiology of the bile. Yale M. J., N. Haven, 1897-8, 
 iv, 433-443. — Menzles (J. A.) Observations on tbe secre- 
 tion and composition of human bile. Bio-Chem. J,, Liverp., 
 1911-12, vi, 210-218.— Orum (H. P. T.) Chemische Unter- 
 suchungen iiber die Meoschengalle. Skandin. Arch. f. 
 Physiol., Leipz., 1904, xvi, 273-333.— Okada (S.) On the 
 reaction of biife. J. Physiol.. Lend., 1915, 1, 114-1 18.— Orlolt 
 (N A ) [On the peculiarities of the bile of children.] J. 
 Russk. Obsh. Okhran. Narod. Zdrav., S.-Peterb., 1898, vlii, 
 530-541.— Pelrce (S. J. S.) Der Gehalt der menschhchen 
 Galle am Cholesterin und Cbolesterinestcm. Deutsches 
 Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1912, cvi, 337-346.— Pflttger (E.) 
 Ueber die Verseifung, welche durch die Galle vennittelt 
 •wird, and die Bestimmung von Seifen neben Fettsauren 
 in Gallenmischungen. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 
 1902, xo, 1-32.— PUzecker (A.) Gallenuntersuchungen nach 
 Phosphor- und Arsenvergiltung. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., 
 Strassb., 1904, xli, 157-176.— PorcUer (C.) Recherches sur 
 la bile: observations sur la bile de boeuf; de quelques points 
 de technique. Compt. rend. Soo. de biol.. Par., 1905, Iviii, 
 
 648-650. De la presence des corps indologenes dans la 
 
 bile. Ibid., 1909, Ixvfl, 760-762.— Pruszyftskl (J.) & Tie- 
 mienskl (J.) [On the composition of human bile.] Gaz. 
 lek., Warszawa, 1906, 2. s., xxvl, 225-232.— PugUese CA.) 
 Nuove rioerobe suUa secrezione e composizione della bile 
 negli animall smilzati. Bull. d. so. med. di Bologna, 1901, 
 8. s., i, 659-578, 2 diag.— Quadrl (G.) Ueber die Mbglich- 
 keit der direkten Bildung von Bilin aus Hamoglobin. 
 (Spektroskopische und chemische Untersuchungen.) Folia 
 
 Bile {Chemistry of). 
 
 hiematol., Leipz., 1914, xix (Arch.), 103-118.— Quaglla- 
 riello (G.) Recherches chimlco-physiques sur les bqmdes 
 animaux; sur la reaction chimique de la bile. Arch. ital. de 
 biol., Turin, 1912-13, IvU, 64-68.— Roger (G. H.) Influence 
 de la bile sur les fermentations microbiennes des hydrates de 
 carbone. Arch, de med. exper. et d'anat. path.. Par., 1912, 
 xxiv, 461-488. . Influence de la bile sur les fermenta- 
 tions microbiennes; fermentation del'amidon. Compt. rend. 
 Soo. de biol., Par., 1912, bcxii, 388.— Boland (C. A.) Con- 
 tribution k retude de la constitution de la bile vesioulaire 
 des bovides et de sa partie lipoide. Compt. rend. Acad. d. 
 so., Par, 1914,clviii, 1533-1536.— Bosenbloom (J.) Aquanti- 
 tativeohemioalanalysisof human bile. J. Biol. Chem.^ Bait., 
 1912-13, xiv, 241-243.— Salant (W.) Some observations on 
 the presence of albumin In the bile. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. 
 &Med.,N. Y., 1905-6, iii, 78-80.— Salant (W.j&EmeryCW. 
 O.) The elimination of cafEein in the bile. Ibid., 1909-10, 
 vii, 155.— Slv6n (V. O.) [The signiflcance of the bile in fat 
 absorption.] Finska lak.-sallsk. handl., Helsinglors, 1904, 
 xlvi, 176-181.— SJdqvlst (J.) [The composition of so-called 
 white bile.] Svenska lak.-sallsk. handl., Stockholm, 1916, 
 xlii, 1293-1299.— SpaUltta(F.) Action de la bilesurl'enzyme 
 inventif. Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1905-6, xliv, 300-308.— 
 Tengs,trOm (S.) Untersuchungen iiber die gallensauren 
 AlkaUen der Rindergalle. Ztschr. t. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 
 1904, xli, 210-222.— Tuccari (F.) & Vaccaro (N.) Eicerche 
 sopra alouni ferment! della bile di vitello, TommasI, Napoli, 
 1908, ui, 303-305.— WaWgren (V.) [Untersuchung des 
 Sekretes der menschlichen Gallenblase. Uebers., p. :pcv.] 
 Upsala Lakaref. FBrh., 1901-2, n. F., vii, 553-557.— Wohlge- 
 mutb (J.) Ueber den Einfluss der Galle auf die Diastase. 
 Bioohem. Ztschr., Berl., 1909, xxi, 447-459.— ZebrovpsM 
 (B.) [Analysis of bile taken from a fistula of a man.] Gaz. 
 lek., Warszawa, 1901, 2. s., xxi, 809-815. 
 
 Bile (Elimination of). 
 
 See Bile (Secretion and elimination of). 
 
 volytique ( 
 liaires. 8°. Bordeaux, 1906. 
 
 Bunting (C. H.) & Brown (W. H.) The pathology of 
 intraperitoneal bile injections in the rabbit. J. Exper. M., 
 Lancaster, Pa., & N. Y., 1911, xiv, 445-452.— Doyon & 
 Gautler (C.) Nocivite comparee de la bile, suivant que le 
 poison est injeote dans une veine mesaraique ou dans la 
 saphene. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1910, Ixviii, 210.- 
 Frotblngbam (C.) & Mlnot (G. R.) The effect of the 
 injection of bovine bile into rabbits. J. Med. Research, 
 Best., 1912-13, xxvii, 79-82.— Martnesco (G.J & Mtnea (J.) 
 Lesions des centres nerveux produites par I'mjection locale 
 de bile. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1908, Ixiv, 417. 
 
 Bile (Extract of). 
 
 Gerard (E.) & Lemolne (G.) Sur la composition de 
 I'extrait ethere (lipoide) de la bile. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. 
 d. h6p. de Par., 1909, 3. s., xxviii, 935.— Halie (E.) & Touret 
 (A.) L'extrait frais de bile de boeuf. Bull. gen. de therap. 
 [etc.]. Par., 1903, cxlvi, 96-99.— Nepper & Biva. Procede de 
 traitement de la bile pour en obtenir un extrait aux pro- 
 prietes anticoagulantes. Compt. rend. Soo. de biol., Par., 
 1906, Ix, 143. 
 
 Bile (Extra/vasation of). 
 
 See, also, Peritonitis (Biliary). 
 
 Labrossb (R.) *Contribution k I'^tude du 
 chol^p&itoiiie Bpontan6 (en deJiors des Icystes 
 hydatiques).i 8 . Lyon, 1912. 
 
 Levin (E.) Ueber Cholocele (Gallenbmch). Med. Klin., 
 Berl., 1913, ix; 531-634.— Poulton{B.) Abdominal extrava- 
 sation of bile. Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1899, xviii, 535. — 
 Thompson (J. F.) Bile In tbe abdominal cavity. Boston 
 M. &S.J.,1901,cxlv,186. 
 
 Bile (Hsemolytie action of). 
 
 Klee (H.) *Beziehungen der Hiimolyse zur 
 Gallensecretion. 8°. Giessen, 1908. 
 Bayer (GO Ueber den Angriffspunkt der Galle bel der 
 
 Hamolyse. Bioohem. Ztschr., Berl., 1908, Ix, 58-71. . 
 
 Ueber die Ursaohon dor Besohleumgung der Gallenhamo- 
 lyse in konzentriorten SalzlBsungen. Ibid., xili, 234-242. — 
 Eeldl (G .) Contribute alio studio del potere emolitico della 
 bile. Pohclin., Roma, 1909, xvi, sez. prat., 837-839.— Mac- 
 Lean (H.) & Hutchinson (L.) Observations on the 
 hsemolytio action of certain bile derivatives. Blo-Chem. 
 J., Liverp., 1909, iv, 369-384.— Sellards (A. W.) The hsemo- 
 lytio action of bile and its inhibition by blood-serum. Johns 
 Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1908, xix, 368-371. 
 
 Bile (Physiological action of). 
 
 See, also, Bile (^Antiseptic and bactericidal 
 power of) ; Bile (Antitoxic power of) ; Bile (Hsemo- 
 
BILE. 
 
 515 
 
 BILE. 
 
 Bile {Physiological action of) . 
 lytic action of); Bile (Toxkity of); liver {Ex- 
 clusion of). 
 
 Glur (W.) *Einwirkung von Galle auf das 
 Froschherz; Studien uber antagomstisclie Ner- 
 ven. [Bern.] 8°. Milnchen, 1911. 
 
 Bcrtl (A.) Azione della bile sul movimenti ritmici e sul 
 tono dell' intestino. Arch, di flsiol., Firenze, 1908-9, vi, 306- 
 314. Also, transl. [Abstr.): Arch. Ital. de biol., Turin, 1910, 
 
 liii, 474. . Movimenti ritmici e tono dell' ureteree della 
 
 Tesoica sotto I'asione della' bile. Lavorl d. Cong, di med. 
 int. 1910, Eoma, 1911, xx, 432-434.— Bertl (A.) & Malesani 
 (A.) Action de la bUe sur l'activit6 diastolique du eceur. 
 Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1910-11, Uv, 101-115.— Bickel 
 (A.) Action delabileet desselsbiliairessurlesystfemener- 
 veux. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1897, cxxiv, 702-704. 
 
 Also, Reprint. . Bxperimentelle Untersuchungen 
 
 iiber den Einfluss der Galle und der gallensauren Salze auf 
 das Centralnervensystem. Mvinchen. med. Wchnschr., 
 1897, xliv, 653.— Bradley (H. C.) & Taylor (J.) The influ- 
 ence ol bile on autolysis. J. Biol. Chem., N. Y., 1917, xxix, 
 281-288. Also, Eeprint.— Bryuno (G. G.) [L'excitabilite 
 spficiflque de la mucLueuse du tube digestif. VI. La bile 
 comme agent digestif. 4 rch. d. sc. biol., Bt.-Pfitersb., 1898-9, 
 
 vil, 87-142, Idiag.) Arch. biol. nauk ,S.-Peterb., 1898-9, 
 
 Til, 87-143, 1 diag. . JBile as a digesting reagent.] 
 
 Bolnltscli. gaz. Bofkina, S.-Feterb., 1897, Tiii, 1817; 1868.— 
 Cantanl (A.) Ueber die agglutimerende Bigenschaft der 
 GaUe. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1 Abt., Jena, 1903, 
 xxxiii, 731-740.— D'Errico ( G.) Wurkung der Galle und 
 der gallensauren Salze auf den "Tonus und die automatisohen 
 Bewegungen des Darmrohrs. Ztschr. f. Biol., Milnchen & 
 Berl., 1910, liv, 286-298.— Dlena (G.) Sur I'influence de la 
 bile dans rabsorption des gralsses. (Note pr^liminaire.) 
 Arch. d. mal. de I'appar. digest, [etc.], Par., 1914, viii, 436- 
 439.— Doyon & Gautier (C.) Action comparfie de la bile 
 sur la coagulability du sang et sur la pression artiSrielle; im- 
 
 Eortance de la voie d'introduction. Compt. rend. Soc. de 
 iol.. Par., 1909, Ixvi, 727. . Mode d'action de la 
 
 bile sur le foie; comparaison aveo la peptone. IMd., 859.— 
 Dudgeon (L. S.) Certain observations on the action of bile 
 and bile salts -with and without the addition of the salts of 
 calcium on animal red blood corpuscles. J. Hyg., Cam- 
 bridge, 1917, xvi, 240-248.— Frouln (A.) Action inhibitrice 
 de la bile sur 1' activation du sue pancr^atique par les sels de 
 calcium. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1913, Ixxlv, 1405. — 
 Halllon (L.) & Nepper (H.) Influence excito-motnce de la 
 bile sur I'lntestin. I. Action sur le rectum. Ibid., 1907, Ixiii, 
 
 182-184. . II. Action sur I'intestln grSle. Ibid., 
 
 254-257.— Hlrsclmian (L. J.) What relation has bile to 
 normal defecation? Proctologist, St. Louis, 1910, iv, 35-42.— 
 Jolinstou (O. P.) The digestive action of bile in some 
 domestic animals. Univ. Colorado M. Bull., Boulder, 
 1906-7, iii. No. 2, 58-71.— Joslln (E. P.) Influence of bile on 
 metabolism. J. Best. Soc. M. Sc, 1898-9, iii, 259-263. Also, 
 Eeprint.— King (J. H.) &. Stewart (H. A.) Effect of the in- 
 jection of bile on the circulation. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, 
 Phila., 1909, xxiv, 396-409. Also: J. Exper. M., Lancaster, 
 Pa., & N. Y., 1909, xi, 673-685— Lebon (H.) & Aubourg. 
 Action du fielde boeuf sur I'estomac et I'intestln. Bull, et 
 m^m. Soc. de radiol. mid. de Par., 1912, iv, 143.— Ligetl 
 (Landauer) (A.) [The change of bile and its influence on 
 metabolism.] Magy. orv. Arch., Budapest, 1899, viii, 109; 
 285.— Loevenhart (A. S.) & Souder (C. G.) On the effect 
 of bile upon the hydrolysis of esters by pancreatic juice. 
 J. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1907, ii, 415-425. Also, Eeprmt.— 
 Meltzei (S. J.) & Salant (W.) The influence of bUe upon 
 blood-pressure. Proc. Soc. Bxper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 
 
 1904-5, ii, 65-67. . The effects of intravenous in- 
 
 jectionsofbileuponbloodpressure. 3. Exper. M., N.Y., 1905, 
 vii, 280-307, 4 pi.— Moore (B .) On the functions of bUe as a 
 solvent. Proc. Am. Physiol. Soc, Best.,. 1900, p. xiv. — 
 Moore (B.) & Parker (W. H.) On the functions of the bile 
 as a solvent. Proc. Eoy. Soc. Lond., 1901, Ixviii, 64-76. — " 
 Moriggla (A.) & Battistlnl (A.) DI aloune propriety, della 
 bile. Atti d. r. Acoad. d. Lincei, Eoma, 1875-6, 2. s., iii, pt. 
 
 2, 96-113.— Nepper & Blva. Eecherches sur les substances 
 anticoagulantes de la bile. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 
 1906, Ix, 362-364.— Ott (I.) & Scott (J. C.) The action of 
 bile and some of its constituents upon intestinal peristalsis 
 and the circulation. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 
 1908-9, vi, 13-18. Also: Therap. Gaz. [etc.], Detroit, 1909, 
 
 3. s., XXV, 11-15. — Pautrfi (M.) Propn<5tfe eholagogues de 
 la bile. fed. orient.. Par., 1904, viii, 193-195.— Ricciardi 
 (P.) Sugli efletti della bile. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 
 1904, Eoma, 1905, xiv, 267-272.— Roccavllla (A.) L'action 
 locale de la bile et du s&um chol^mique sur le coeur et les 
 vaisseaux sanguins Isolds des mammiferes. Arch; de mM. 
 exp6r. et d'anat. path., Par., 1913, xxv, 552-580.— Roger (_H.) 
 Influence de la bile sur la production des poisons putrides 
 dans I'intestln. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1909, Ixvii, 
 
 668. . Influence de la bile sur la putrefaction des ma- 
 
 tiferes azot^es. Ibid., 1912, Ixxiii^ 274-276. . Influence de 
 
 la iDile sur les fermentations microblennes; fermentation du 
 
 glycogtoe. Ibid., Ixxii, 544. . Action de la bile sur les 
 
 mati^res prot^ques. Ibid., 1085-1087. . Quel- 
 
 Bile (PTiysiological action of) . 
 
 ques considerations sur ler61e de la bile. Presse m^d.. Par., 
 1913, xxi, 137-139.— Rosenberg (S.) Ueber die Beziehungen 
 zwischen Galle und Biweissverdauung. Arch. f. Physiol., 
 
 Leipz. , 190]j 528-632. . Ueber die Beziehungen zwischen 
 
 Gafle und HippursaurebUdung im thierisoben Organismus. 
 Centralbl. f. innere Med., Leipz., 1901, xxii, 696-698.— 
 ScbUpbacb (A.) Ueber den Einfluss der Galle auf die Be- 
 wegung des Darmes. Zentralbl. f. Physiol., Leipz., 1907, 
 
 xx^ 365-367. . Ueber den Einfluss der Galle auf die 
 
 Bewegung des Diinndarmes. Ztschr. f. Biol., Munchen & 
 Berl., 1908, Ii, 1-41.— Sotti(G.) IntomoaU'azionedella bile 
 sul cuore isolato di mammifero. Gior. d. r. Acoad. di med. 
 di Torino, 190?, 4. s., xv, 110-120.— SpaUltta (F.) Azione 
 della bile sul fermento mversivo. Arch, farmacol. sper., 
 Eoma, 1905, iv, 200-209.— Tschermak; (A.) Notiz uber 
 das verdauungsvermogen dor menschlichen Galle. Cen- 
 tralbl. f. Physiol., Leipz. & Wien, 1902, xvi, 329.— Viola (G.) 
 & Tarugl (B.i La influenza della bile sulle resistenze dei 
 globuli rossi. Eiforma med., Eoma, 1902, xviii, pt. 3, 771; 
 783. — Wiedemann. Bxperimentelle Untersuchungen zur 
 Lehre der Verdauung und Eesorption verschiedener Nah- 
 rungsprodukte bei anormalem Gallenzufluss in den Ver- 
 dauungsapparat. Beitr. z. Win. Chir., Tiibing., 1914, Ixxxix, 
 594-598. — Zuntz. Ueber die Einwlrkung der Galle auf die 
 VerdauungsTorgange. Arch. f. Physiol., Leipz., 1900, 380-382. 
 
 Bile (Pigments of). 
 
 See, also, Bilirubin; TJrine (Bile, etc., in); 
 tTrobilin. 
 
 Gribintdk (Y. S.) *Otnosheniye zhivovo 
 epiteliyak krasyashtshim. veshtsbestvam zhelchi. 
 [Relationship of the living epithelium to the 
 coloring matter of bile.] 8°. _ S.-Peterhurg, 1901. 
 
 Maas (0.) *Ueber die Pigmentierungen der 
 Leber, besonders uber die Haemochromatose. 
 8°. Strassburgi. E., 1898. 
 
 Troisibk (J.) *E61e des h^molysines dans 
 la genfese des pigments biliaires et de rurobiline. 
 8°. Paris, 1910. 
 
 Verbitski (M. K.) *K ucheniyu o vliyanii 
 zhelchmkh pigmentov na organizm pri zaderzh- 
 kie V niom zhelchi. [On the influence of bile 
 pigments upon the organism in retention of bile.] 
 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1895. 
 
 Abderhalden (E.) Notiz zum Galleufarbstoflnachweis 
 in ICorperfliissigkeiten, Geweben und Gallensteinen. Zen- 
 tralbl. f. d. ges. Physiol, u. Path. d. Stoflwechs., Berl. & 
 Wien, 1909, n. F., iv, 883.— Auscber & Lapicque. A propos 
 des pigments des oirrhoses pigmentaires: production ex- 
 pfirimentale de I'un de ces pigments, la rubigine (pigment 
 ocre). Bull, et m^m. Soc. mM. d. h6p. de Par., 1897, 3. s., 
 xiv, 218-220— Barratt (J. O. W.) & Yorke (W.) The relar 
 tion of bile pigments to haemoglobin. Ann. Trop. M. & Para- 
 sitol., Liverp., 1914-15, viii, 509-536.— van den Bergb 
 (A. A. H.) & Muller (P.) Ben directe en eeu indirecte 
 diazo-reaotie op galkleurstof. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Ge^ 
 neesk., Amst., 1917, i, 753.— van den Bergb (A. A. H.) & 
 Snapper (I.) Ueber auhepatische Gallenf&rbstoflbUdung. 
 Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1915, Ui, 1081-1086.— Bernabel (C.) 
 Le aniline nella chimica cUnica dei pigmenti biliari ed ema- 
 tici della glucosuria e dell' acido Idroclorlco gastrioo. Attl 
 d. r. Accad. d. fisiocrit. in Siena, 1898, 4. s., x, 381-428.— 
 Bier (L.) & Marcblewskl(L.) [Absorption of ultra-violet 
 rays by bile pigments and proteinochrome.) Rozpr. wydz. 
 matemat.-przyr. Akad. Umiej., Krakfiw, 1902, 3. s., ii, A., 
 138-150, 7 pi.— Brovrtcz. Die Verschicdenartigkeit der in- 
 tracellularen galligen Pigmentablagerungen in der Leber in 
 Bezug auf Farbe und Aggregatzustaud und die daraus zu 
 zlehenden Schliisse. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & 
 Leipz , 1897, xxiii, 353.— Brugscb (T.) & Kawasbima (K.) 
 Der Emfluss von Hamatoporphyrm, Hamin und Urobilin 
 auf die GallenfarbstoflbUdung. Ztschr. f. exper. Path. u. 
 Therap., Berl., 1910-11, viii, 645-648.— Brugscb (T.) & 
 Tosbbnoto. Zur Frage der Gallenfarbstofibildung aus 
 Blut. J6i(i., 639-644.— Camus (L.) Influence de la lumifere 
 sur I'oxydatiou des pigments biliaires; analogic de cette ac- 
 tion aveo celle qu'elle exerce sur la matifere colorante du 
 s^rum sanguia. Compt. rend. Soo.de biol.. Par., 1897, 10. s., 
 
 iv, 232. . Signification de I'exp&ience ddnommfe par 
 
 M. 33astre sans signification. Ibid., 867. — Dastre (A.) A 
 
 Eropos d'une experience de M. Camus sur les pigments bi- 
 aires. Ibid., 849. — Dastre (A.) & Floresco (N.) Sur les 
 pigments biliaires. Arch, de physiol. norm, et path.. Par., 
 1897, 5. s., ix, 725-736. A Iso: Compt. read. Soc de biol, Par., 
 
 1897, 10. s.,iv, 813-816. . Origine dans la bile des 
 
 pigments biliaires biliprasiniques jaune et vert. Arch, de 
 
 physiol. norm, et path., Par., 1897, 5. s„ ix, 737-745. 
 
 . Nouveaux pigments biliaires. Compt. rend. Acad. 
 
 d. sc. Par., 1897, cxxv, 681-583. . Pigments h§- 
 
 patlques chez les vertebras. Arch, de physiol. norm, et 
 path., Par., 1898, 5. s., x, 209; 289. Also: Compt. rend. Acad. 
 
BILE. 
 
 516 
 
 BILE. 
 
 Bile (Pigments of) . 
 
 d. sc. Par., 1898, cxxvi, 1221-1223. 
 
 . Pigments 
 
 biliaires et lipochromes, pseudo-r6action de Gmelin pour les 
 pigments biliaires; pseudo-r&action nitrique des lipochromes. 
 
 Compt. rend. Soo. de tiol., Par., 1898, 10. s., v, 77-80. 
 
 . Alterations des biliverdinates sous Paction des mi- 
 crobes; putrefaction spontanfie de la bile verte. Ibid., 324- 
 327.— Duncan (J. W.) Test lor bile pigment. Brit. M. J., 
 Lond . , 1903, i, 367 .—Fischer (H . ) Zur Kenntnis der Gallen- 
 tarbstofle. Ztschr. t. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1911, Ixxiii, 
 204-239, 1 pi.— Fischer (H.) & Mcyer-Beti (FJ Ueber das 
 Urobilinogen des Urins und das Wcsen der Ehrlichschen 
 AldehydreaMon. Ibid., Ixxv, 232-261, 1 pi.— Fischer (H.) 
 & KSse (H.) Zur Kenntnis der Gallenfarbstofle. Ibid., 
 1912, Ixxxii, 391-405: 1914, Ixxxix, 255-271.— Fouchet (A.) 
 Metnode nouvelle de rechercbe et de dosage des pigments 
 biliaires dans le s^rum sanguin. Compt. rend. Soo. de biol., 
 Par., 1917, Ixxx, 826-828.— GallodeTominasl(G.) Eicerca 
 del pigmento biliare neUe feci dei bambini, mediante la 
 reazione dl Ad. Sclimidt. Atti d. Cong, pedlat. ital. 1901, 
 Firenze, 1902, Iv, 312-314.— GUbert (A.) & Castatgne (J.) 
 Possibility du passage des pigments biliaires en nature dans 
 le liquide cepEalo-rachidien. Bull, et mSm. Soo. mSd. d. 
 hdp. de Parj 1908, 3. s., xxv, 598-600.— GUbert (A.) & 
 Herscher. Beoherche des pigments biliaires. Paris. mM., 
 1912j viii, 19.— Gluzlnskl (A.) Eine neue Reaction aul 
 GallenfarbstofSe. Wien. kliu. Wchnschr., 1897, x, 1139.— 
 Guerra (Z.) Nuovo metodo di ricerca dei pigmenti biliari. 
 Gior. d. r. Acoad. di med. di Torino, 1900, 4. s., vi, 399.— 
 Hagen (F. J.) Ben nieuve reactie op galkleurstof. Med. 
 
 Weekbl., Amst., 1903-4, x, 2. . Methyleenblauw als 
 
 reactie op galkleurstof. Ibid., 269.— Hljmans van den 
 neigh (A. A.) & de la Fontaine Schluiter (J. J.) Het 
 aantoonen van sporen galkleurstof in eiwit-houdende vloei- 
 stofEen. K. Akad. v. Wetensch. te Amst. Versl., 1914-15, 
 xxiii, 733-737, 1 pi,— Hljmans van den Beigh (A. A.) & 
 Snapper (I.) Studien over anhepatische galkleurstof- 
 Torming. Nederl. Tijdscbr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1915, li, 
 491;900;1105.— Hljmans van den BcrghfA. A.), Snapper 
 (I.) & de La Fontaine Schluiter (J. J.) Studien over 
 anhepatische galkleurstofvorming. Ibid., 811-814.— Hollls 
 (F. S.) On the alleged formation of bile pigments and bile 
 ■ acids by the action of trypsin on hsemoglobin. Proo. Am. 
 Soc. Biol. Chemists, Bait., 1908, iv, pp. xxxiii-xxxv.— 
 Hooper (C. W.) The influence of bile constituents on bile 
 pigment secretion, taurocholio, glycocholio and cholio acids 
 and bile fat. Am. J. Physiol., Bait., 1915-17, xlU, 280-289.— 
 Hooper (C. W.) & Whipple (G. H.) Bile pigment output 
 
 and diet studies. Ibid., 1916, xl, 332-359. . Bde 
 
 pigment output ■and blood feeding. Ibid., 1916-17, xlu, 
 256-263. ' ' '^ 
 
 1 Diooa leeoing. imti., iwiu-k, aih, 
 -. Influence of fresh bile feeding upon 
 
 whole bile and bile pigment secretion. Ibid., 264-279. - 
 
 . Bile pigment output influenced by the Eck fistula. 
 
 na. , 544-557. . Bile pigment output influenced 
 
 by hemoglobin injections, anemia and blood regeneration. 
 
 Ibid., 1917, xliil, 258-274. . Bile toigment output 
 
 influencea bV hemoglobin injection; splenectomy and 
 
 anemia. lUd., 275-289. Bile pigment output 
 
 influenced by hemoglobin injection in the combined Eck- 
 bUe fistula dog. Ibid., 290-297.— JoUeS (A.) Beitrage zur 
 Kenntniss der Gallentarbstoffe. Arch. I. d. ges. Physiol., 
 Bonn, 1899, Ixxv, 44^465.- Justman (S.) [New test for 
 bUe-pigments.l Przegl. lek., ICrakfiw, 1910, xlix, 514.— 
 Kallos (J.) Eine einfache neue Gallenfarbstoflreaktion. 
 Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1917, xliii, 751.— 
 Kroklewlcz (A.) Eine selir empfindUche Eeaktion auf 
 Gallenfarbstofle. Milnchen. med. Wchnschr.,. 1906, liii, 
 496 — KruKenberg (C. F. W.) Ueber das Verhaltniss der 
 Leberpigmente zu den Blutfarbstofl'on bei den Wirbellosen. 
 In kis: Vergleich.-physiol. Stud., 8°, Heidelb., 1883, 3. Abth., 
 181-191, 1 pi.— Kttster (W.) Beitrage zur Kenntniss der 
 OaUeiJarbstoile. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb^ 1898, 
 xxvi. 314-337. . BeitrSge zur Kenntnis der Gallen- 
 
 farbstoffe. Ibid., 1906, xlvii, 29^-326.. 
 
 ■. Beitrage zur 
 
 Kenntnis der Gallenfarbstofle; iiber Bilirubm, Bihyerdm 
 und ihre Spaltungsprodukte. Ibid., 1909, lix, 63-95. — — -. 
 GallenfarbstofEeundAbbauprodukte. In: Abderhalden (E.) 
 Handbuch der biochemischen Arbeitsmethodon, 8°, Leipz., 
 1910, 635-644.— Ljfshlts (M. I.) [Bilepigmentsand their de- 
 rivatives.) Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1907, vi, 995-999.— 
 Maichlenskl (L.) Ueber den Ursprung des Cholehama- 
 tins (Bilipurpurins). Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 
 1905, xlv, 466.— MecWen (P.) Dissociation of bile pigments 
 and acids. Monde m^d.. Par., Eng. ed., 1917, xxvii, 257- 
 268 AUo: West. M. Rev., Omaha, 1918, xxiii, 13-26.— 
 Monckton (F. A.) Test for bile pigments. Brit. M. J., 
 Lond., 1902, n. 1342.— Morlggla. Sm pigmenti della bile. 
 Atti d. r. Aocad. d. Lincei, Roma, 1881-2, 3. s., vi, 228-233.— 
 Mttllei (F.) Die GaUenfarbstoHe. Handb. d. Biochem. 
 [etc.], Jena, 1909, i. 730-735.— Nakayama (M.) Ueber 
 eine Modification der Huppert'schen Gallentarbstoflreac- 
 tion. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1902, xxxvL 398- 
 400.— Obermayer (r.> & Popper (H.) Ueber den Naoh- 
 weis von Gallentarbstofl und dessen klinische Bedeutung. 
 Wien. med. Wclmschr., 1910, Ix, 2592-2596.— Pakuscher & 
 Gutmann. Ueber den Nachweis von Gallenfarbstoflen 
 im Urin und Blut mittels Jod-Aether. Med. Klin., Berl., 
 
 Bile (Pigments of). . ^ ^.,. . 
 
 1913, ix, ^7.-P16ttre (MO Bile et pigin^s bdmres. 
 Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par., iSOS^e^nJ^I^- -— • 
 Sur Te pigment vert de la bile. Ibtd., cxlyu, 1492-1495 - 
 Plesih^CJ.) Ueber die Diazobenzok^ktion der G^ten- 
 larbstofle. Zentralbl. f. innere Med., Leipz., 1906, xxyu, 
 417-419 — Poreher (C.) Eecherches sur la bile; de la pre- 
 sence constante de la biiirubine dans la Me de bojuf. Compt. 
 rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1905, Iviii, 645-647,-^ -. Eecher- 
 ches sur la bile; da sort des pigments bihajr^lorsdela 
 putrefaction de fa bile de boeuf M.,.647.-Pressllch (W.) 
 Sine einfache Probe auf Gallenfarbstofle. Munchen mod. 
 Wchnschr., 1905, hi, 220.-B,lccl (f .) Su alcum recentl reat- 
 tivi dei pigmenti biliari. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1910, xxxi, 
 1148-1150 --Rleglcr (E.V Eine neue empfindhche Reaction 
 auf Gallenpigmente. Wien. med. Bl., 1899, xxu, Z71.— 
 SUnonlnl (R.) Bile bianca (acolia_pigmentaria totale e 
 parziale). klplologia, NapoU 1918, iv 70-89.-^palUtta 
 h.) Eine Modifikation der Gmehnschen Beaktion zum 
 Nachweis des Gallenfarbstofles. Zentralbl. f. Physiol,, 
 Leipz. & Wien, 1904, xviu, 91.-Steensma (F. A.)_Notiz 
 zum Nachweis des Gallenfarbstofles. Biochem. Ztschr., 
 
 Berl., 1908, viii, 209. . Ueber den Nachweis kemer 
 
 Mengen Gallenfarbstofles in Fazes und Blut. Zentralbl. l.d. 
 ges. Physiol, u. Path. d. Stoflwechs., Berl. & Wien, 1908, 
 n. F., fii, 231.-Stetano (C.). Le reazioni del pigmenti 
 biliaria. Atti d. r. Accad. d. Lmcei, Roma, 1881-2,. 3. s., vi, 
 16.— Torday (A.) cSe KUer (A.) [New color reaction with 
 bile pigment.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1?09, bii, 495.— 
 Triboulet (H.) La dissociation fonctionnelle bihaire (pig- 
 ments et acides) en physiologic digestive normale et patho- 
 logique. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1910, 3. s., 
 
 XXX, 871-873. . Pigments biUaires et reaction rosee 
 
 fugace k la phenolphtaleine. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. 
 Par., 1911, Ixx, 453-455..^Valentlnl. Ueber die Bildungs- 
 statte des Gallenfarbstoffs beim Kaltbliiter. Arch, t.ex-pei. 
 Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1887-8, xxiv, 412-4ffl.— Weber 
 (E.) Ueber die Moglichkeit gleichzeitiger quantitativer Be- 
 stimmungen zweier Gallenfarbstofle in der Galle nut Hilfe 
 des Spektrophotometers. Ztschr. f. biol. Techn.u. Method., 
 Strassb., 1910-11, il, 29-38.-vonZumbusch (L.) Ueberdas 
 Bilifuscin. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1900-1901, 
 xxxi, 446-459. 
 
 Bile (Retention of). 
 
 See Bile-ducts (Ohstruction of). 
 
 Bile {Salts of). 
 
 See, also, Bile (Acids of). 
 
 Beddard (A. V.} & Pembrey (M. S.) Hay's reaction for 
 biiesalts. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1902, 1,702. .A.ko.- Vet. J., Lond., 
 1902, n.s.,v, 242-244.— BlckeKA.) Ueber die krampferregende 
 WirkungderGalleunddergallensaurenSalze. Verhandl.d. 
 Cong f. innere Med.,Wiesb., 1900, xvui, 445-449.— Bfflard (G.) 
 & Dleulaf e. Sur I'abaissement de la tension superflcielledes 
 liquides par les sels biUaires et les savons. Compt. rend. Soc. 
 debiol.. Par., 1902, 11. s, iv, 245-247 .—Braun (L.) & Mager 
 (W ) Ueber die Wirkung der Galle und der gallensauren 
 Baize auf das isolirte Saugethierherz (I-angendorfi'sches 
 Praparat). Sitzungsb. d. k. Akad. d. Wissensch. Math.- 
 
 no alia eliminazione del cloruri per la bile. Chn. med. itai., 
 MUano, 1915, Uv, 325-335.— Griffith (A. S.) The influence 
 of bile salt on bacterial capsule formation. Liverpool M.- 
 Chir. J., 1903, xxui, 171-178.— GrUnbaum (O.) The esti- 
 mation of bile salts. Tr. Path. Soc. Lond., 1903-4, Iv, 55- 
 59.— Long (J. H.) & Johnson (W. A.) The purity of com- 
 mercial bUe ialts. J. Am. M. Ass., Chio^o, 1909, liu, 1412.— 
 Meyersfeln (W.;^ Ueber die bakteriologische Bedeutung 
 
 meroial l 
 
 IVEcvcrst _ - _ - _ 
 
 der Gallensalze. 6entralbl.f. Bakteriol.retcJ, 1. Abt., .Jena, 
 1907, xllv, Orig., 434-440.— Osterhout (W. J. V.) Decrease 
 of permeability and antagonistic eflects caused by bile salts. 
 J. Gen. Physiol., Bait., 1918-19, i, 405-408.— Sellards (A. W.) 
 Mechanism of the reaction between bile salts and blood 
 sorum and the effect of conjugation in the formation of bile 
 salts. J. Exper. M., Lancaster, Pa., 1909, xi, 786-797 — 
 Terrotne (E.-F.) Action des sels biliaires sur la lipase pan- 
 creatique. Compt. rend. Soo. do biol., Par., 1910, Ixviii, 518- 
 520.— Zanettl. Bulla non prevalonza dei sail potassici nella 
 bile del posci marini. Monitore zool. ital., Firenze, 1902, 
 xiii, sup^., 48. 
 
 Bile (Secretion and elimination of). 
 
 See, also, Blood (Bile in); Cholagogues; 
 TJrine (Bile, etc., in). 
 
 vanAalst(J. O.) *De xoX)77roiiid-i. 4°. Lugd. 
 Bat., 1758. 
 
 Brand (J.) *Onderzoeldngen over afscheiding 
 en samenstelling van de gal bij den levenden 
 mensch. 8°. Amsterdam, 1901. 
 
BILE. 
 
 517 
 
 BILE. 
 
 Bile (Secretion and elimination of) . 
 
 Croissant (R.) *Recherches sur la dissocia- 
 tion de la sto^tion biliaire. 8°. Paris, 1913. 
 
 .Jordan (F. F.) *Materiyalt k voprosu o 
 vliyanii lekarstvennlkh ■veshtshestv na otdie- 
 leniye zhelchi. [Data on the influence of 
 medicinal substances upon the secretion o{ 
 bile.] 8°. Varshava, 1SQ7. 
 
 MtJLLER (0.) *Ueber den Einfluss einiger 
 pharmakologischer Mittel auf Secretion und 
 Zusammensetzung der Galle. 8°. Dorvat, 18Q0. 
 
 Sci-iEiFELB (J.) *Hamolyse und Gallensekre- 
 tion am abgekuhltenTiere. 8°. 6^8671,1909. 
 
 Singer (L.) *Pe secretioije bilis. sm. 4°. 
 Argentorati, 1778. 
 
 VON VoiT (C.) Ueber die Beziehungen der 
 Galleabsonderung zum Gesammtstoffwechsel im 
 thierischen Organismus. 4°. Basel, 1882. 
 
 Repr. from: Festschr. z. Feier d. 300jahr. Besteh. d. 
 Julius-Maximilians-Univ. zu Wiirzb., Basel, 1882. 
 
 Albu. Zur Phvsiologie und Pathologie der Gallensecre- 
 tion. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1900, xxxvii, 866; 891. fDis- 
 cussion], 327. Also: Verhandl. d. Berl. med. Gesellsch. 
 (1900), 1901, xxxi, pt. 2, 218-238. [Discussion], pt. 1, 102- 
 106. — Antonio f C.) L'lnfluenza dei componenti la molecola 
 dei grassi (acidi grass! e glicerina) sulla seorezione billare. 
 Arch, di farmaool. sper., Roma, 1917, xxiii, 269-279.— Asher 
 (L.) DienormalenfirregerderGallensekretion. Zeutralbl. 
 t. d. ges. Physiol, u. Pathol, d. StofEwechs., Berl. & Wien, 
 1911, n. F., Ti, 184.— Bain (W.) The action of certain drugs 
 and mineral waters on the secretion and composition ol 
 human bile; an experimental Investigation. J. Anat. & 
 PhysioU Lond., 1898-9, xxxiii, 91-130. Also [Abstr.]: Brit. 
 
 M. J., Lond., 1898, i, 1646-1650. . An experimental 
 
 contribution to the study of the mechanism of bile secretion. 
 Brit. M. J., Lond., 1898, ii, 780. AUo: J. Anat. & Physiol., 
 Lond., 1899-1900, xxxiv, 69-74, 1 diag.— Bajettl (F.) La 
 secrezione biliare nella rialimentazione. Sperimentale. 
 Arch, di biol., Firenze, 1905, lix, 614-630.— Barbera (A. G.) 
 Anoora sull' eliminazione della bile dopo le varie aliinenta- 
 zioni 6 dopo I'ingestione di urea, di acido urico ec. ec; nuovo 
 oontributo alia conoscenza del significato fisiologico della 
 bile. Bull. d. so. med. di Bologna, 1898, 7. s., ix, 117; 194. 
 Also, iransl.: Areh. ital. de biol., Turin, 1899, xxxi, 427-462. 
 
 . FUminazione della bile dopo le varie alimentazioni. 
 
 Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1901-2, xxxvi, 161. . Alimen- 
 
 tazione sottooutanea e formazione della bile; oontributo 
 sperimentale alia conoscenza del luogo, ove, dopo i pasti, 
 debbonsi trovare i diversi principii alimentari per fare 
 aumentare la produzione della bile. Bull. d. so. med. di 
 Bologna, 1901, 8. s., i, 678-693. Also, iransl.: Arch. ital. de 
 biol., Turin, 1902-3, xxxviii, 447-455. Also, Eeprint.— 
 Bernstein (J.) Ueber den osmotischen Druck der Galle 
 und des Blutes; zur Theorie der Sekretion und Eesorption. 
 Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1905, cix, 307-322.— Billard & 
 Cavall£. Sur I'influence de la density de la bile vdsioulaire 
 sur I'excrStion par le canal cholSdoque. Compt. rend. Soc. 
 de biol., 1900, 11. s., ii, 595; 625.— Blum (F.) Ueber eine 
 neue Methode der Anregung des Gallenflusses. Aerztl. 
 Prakt., Dresd., 1897, x, 65-68.— Brunaccl (B.) & Noteri (U.) 
 Eioerche su la secrezione biliare nell' uomo. Atti d. r. Accad. 
 d. fisiocrit. in Siena, 1912, 5. S., iv, 31. Also, iransl.: Arch, 
 ital. de biol., Turin, 1912-13, Iviii, 367.— Cosentino (G. C.) 
 L'influenza degl'idrati di carbonio sulla secrezione biliare 
 nelP uomo. Bassegna di clln. terap. [etc.], Eoma, 1916, xv, 
 174-182.— Crlspoltl (C. A.) & Bocciardo (A. D.) Studio 
 clinico sulla bilinogenesi. Arch. Intemaz. di med. e chir., 
 Napoli, 1902, xviii, 106; 132; 149; 209; 229; 255; 277; 299. 
 Also [Abstr.]: Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1901, Eoma, 
 1902, 488-491.— Delore (X.) & Cotte (G.) Eemarques sur 
 I'excr^tion de la bile h, I'dtat normal et aprfes la chol&ysteo- 
 tomie. Eev. de chir., Par., 1911, xliv, 33-47.— Doyon (M.) 
 & Dutourt. Contribution k I'Stude de la s4cr#ion biluiire; 
 influence de quelques mMicaments sur la quantity de la bile 
 et de ses principes constituants. Arch, de physiol. norm, et 
 
 Eath., Par., 1897, 5. s., ix, 562-575. Also: Province mid 
 yon, 1897, xi, 341-344. . Eeoherches expfai- 
 
 mentales sur la sto^tion biliaire. H4m. et compt.-rend 
 Soc. d. so. m^d. de Lyon (1896), 1897, xxxvi, pt. 2, 63.— 
 Elcbler (F.) & Lata (B.) Experimentelle Studien ilber 
 die Beeinflussung der Gallensekretion durch neuere Chola- 
 goge. Iridin und Bvonymiu. Arch. {. Verdauungskr., 
 Berl., 1911, xvii, 133-135.— EUenberger & Baum. Ueber 
 die auf die Absonderung der Galle und die Thatigkeit der 
 Leber einwirkenden Arzneimittel. Arch. f. wissensoh. u 
 prakt.. Thierh., Berl., 1898, xxv, 87-92.— Fedell. Sulla 
 secrezione biliare; considerazioni cUniche e ricerche speri- 
 mentali in un case di fistola biliare in ammalata di cancro 
 difluso dal pancreas al legato. Clin. med. ital., MUano, 1906, 
 xlv, 425-158.- Frouin (A.) Utility des fistules gastrique et 
 intestinale, pour I'^tude de la ^to^tion et de I'excr^tion 
 de la bile, chez des animaux munis de fistules biliaires. 
 
 Bile (Secretion and elimination of) . 
 
 Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1904, Ivi, 463.— Galll (G.) 
 Contributo alio studio (Jella secrezione biliare nell' uomo. 
 
 Arch, di fisiol., Firenze, 1905-«, iii, 447-466. . Sulla 
 
 seorezione bUiare; risposta al Prof. PoUmanti. Ibid., 599.— 
 Herring (P. T.) & Simpson (S.l The pressure of bile 
 secretion and the mechanism of bile absorption in ob- 
 struction ol the bile duct. Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., 1907, 
 s. B, Ixxlx, 617-532.— Ignatowskl (A. J.) & Monossohn 
 (C.) Untersuchungen iiber die Gallenabsonderung beim 
 Menschen vmter einigen Nahrunss- und Arzneimitteln. 
 Ztschr. t. exper. Path. u. Therap., Berl., 1914, xvi, 237-261.— 
 Jakabbiiizy (S.) Untersuchungen iiber den Einfluss ver- 
 schiedener Arzneimittel auf die Entleerung der G^le und 
 auf deren Zusammensetzung. Pest, med.-chlr. Prossc, 
 Budapest, 1902, xxxviii, 656,— Krllofl (P.O.) [Elimination 
 of bile through the respiratory organs.) Izvlest. Imp. 
 Voyenno-Med. Akad., S.-Petdrb., 1911, xxii, 587-600.— 
 I.«one (G.) Influenza dell'etere metilsalicilico sulla biU- 
 genesi. Riforma med., Napoli, 1916, xxxli, 669-674. — 
 Levene (P. A.), Melvln (W. G.)Je« al.]. On thesecretion of 
 hufliau bile. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1903-4, 
 1, 33.— Levene (P. A.), Melvln (W. G.) & MichaUowski. 
 On the secretion of human bile. Am. Med., Phila., 1904, vli, 
 789. — ^IjO Monaco (I>.) L'aiionedeglizuccherlsulla secre- 
 zione biliare. Eassegnadi clin. rap. [etc.], Roma, 1916, xv, 
 151-173.— Martin (C. J.) The effect ol food on the secretion 
 of bile in man. Intercolon. M. Cong. Australas. Tr. 1892, 
 Sydney, 1893, tii, 721-724, 5 pi.— Matthews (S. A.) The 
 eflect of Eck's fistula on the lormation of bile. Proc. Am. 
 Physiol. Soc, Bost., 1911-12, xxix, p. xxvii.— Okada (S.) 
 On the secretion of bUe. J. Physiol., Lond., 1915, xlix, 457- 
 482.— Or*. Influence de I'oblitiSration de la veine porte sur 
 la stoi'tion de la bile et sur la fonction glycogtoque du 
 foie. Compt. rend. Acad. d. so.. Par., 1856, xliii, 463-467.— 
 Fetrowa (M.) Verbindungeu der aromatischen Reihe als 
 Erreger der Gallensekretion. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem 
 Strassb., 1911, Ixxiv, 429-435.— Pfaft (F.) An experimental 
 investigation of the human biliary secretion, and ol the 
 influence of so<!alled oholagogues upon it. J. Bost. Soc. M. 
 So., 1896, i. No. 3, 1 — Pfaff (F.) & Balch (A. W.) An 
 experimental investigation of some of the conditions in- 
 fluencing the secretion and composition of human bile. J. 
 Exper. M., N. Y., 1897, ii, 49-105, 1 ch.— Pltlnl (A.) & 
 Fernandez (G.) Influenza di alcuue sostanze sulla seore- 
 zione della bile. Arch, intemat. de pharmacod., Brux. & 
 Par., 1914, xxiv, 135-152.— PoUmanti (0.) Influenza delle 
 acque carboniche bicarbonato-calcicne ipotoniche sulla 
 eliminazione e composizione della bile umana. Arch, di 
 
 1912-14, iv, 315-340.— Kandone (F.) L'ehminazione della 
 bile nell'uomo dopo I'ingestione di sostanze proteiche e 
 grasse. PoUclin., Eoma, 1905, xii, sez. chir., 75-85 — 
 Richardson (H.) The physiology and pathology of bi- 
 liary secretion. Med. Fortnightly, St. Louis, 1904, xxvl 
 661-664. Also: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1904, Ixxix, 68S-690.— 
 Klva (A.) A proposito della espressione: riducibilita, della 
 
 bile. Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir. di Pavia, Milano, 1898, 47 
 
 Salant (W.) Observations on the effects ol alcohol on the 
 secretion of bile. Proc. Soo. Exper. Biol. & Med., N Y 
 
 1905-6, iii, 34-36. . The effect of alcohol on the secr^ 
 
 tiou of bUe. Am. J. Physiol., Bost., 1905-7, xvii, 408-42S — 
 Sawltsrh (W. W.) Zur Frage iiber die normalen Erreger 
 der Gallensekretion. Zentralbl.td. ges. Physiol, u. Path d. 
 Stoflwechs., Berl. & Wien, 1911, n. F., vl, 528— Simpson 
 (S.) The relation between bile-secretion and bile-pressure. 
 Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1910-11, viii, 8 — 
 Vlnogradofl (A. P.) [Experimental investigations of the 
 mfluence of medicinal substances upon bue secretion! 
 Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1908, Ixtx, 360; 561.— Vlrsaladze 
 [Influence of stimulation of the cerebral cortex on the secre- 
 tion of bile.] Obozr. Pslkhiat., Nevrol. [etc.], S.-Peterb . 
 1901, VI, 828-831.-Weill (O.) Sur la birigfinie locale, j 
 mid. de Brux^ 1909, xiv, 641-644.— Weinberg (W W 1 
 Die normalen Erreger der Gallensekretion. Zentralbl f d 
 ges. Physiol, u. Path. d. Stoflwechs., BerL & Wien. 19ll" 
 n F., Vl, 7-11.— Wiuogradow (A. P.) Experimentelle 
 Untersuchungen uber die Wirkung eimger Medikamente 
 auf die Gallensekretion. Arch. f. Physiol., Leipz., 1908 
 313-361, 2 pl^ZoJa (L.) Alcune considerazioni sulla 
 bihnogenesi. Chn. med. ital., Milano, 1900, xxxix, 644-651 
 Also: Clin. med. Ital. p. 11 giubil. clin. d. E. Galvagni" 
 
 Mdauo, 1901, 68-75 . Come si debba intendere la 
 
 espressione riducibilita, della bile usata nella enunciazione 
 della teoria epato-intestinale della bUiuogenesi. Boll d 
 Soo. med.-chir. di Pavia 1897, Milano, 1898, 87. 
 
 Bile (Therapeutic use of). 
 
 See, also, Bile (Extracts of). 
 
 Dauguet (A.) *:^tude sur la physiologie 
 de la bile; consequences th&apeutiques. 8° 
 Paris, 1907. 
 
 Bergey (D. HJ Pel bovinum as a therapeutic agent. 
 Am Therapist, K Y., 1892-3, i, 154-156. Also, Reprint.- 
 Ebsteln ( W.) Emige Notizen iiber die Galle als Hedmittel 
 
BILE. 
 
 518 
 
 BILE-DUCTS. 
 
 Bile {Therapeutic use of). 
 
 Janus, Amst., 1901, vi, 146-148.— Gerster (J. C. A.) A case 
 illustrating the value of bile feeding in patients with biliary 
 flstulse and obstruction o( the common duct. Med. Eec, 
 N. Y., 1915, Ixxxviii, 590.— Jnouye (Z.) & Sato (T. J.) 
 Ueber die therapeutische Anwendung der Galle. Arch. i. 
 Verdauungskr., Berl., 1911, xvii, 185-207.— NIgay. Action 
 th&apeutique de la bile dans les affections htoatiques ot 
 
 fastro-intestinales. J. de m(5d. de Par., 1906, 2. s., xviii, 
 14-216.— Sen (H. C.) Notes on interesting points in the 
 therapeutic uses of bile. Indian M. Eec, Calcutta, 1902, 
 xxii, 657-659. 
 
 Bile (Toxicity of). 
 
 See, also, Bilo (Antiseptic and bactericidal 
 power of) ; Bile (Antitoxic power of) ; Bile {Ex- 
 perimental injection of) . 
 
 Ladd (W. E.) Toxicity ot bile, with the report of an 
 unusual case. Boston M. & S . J., 1913, clxviii, 166.— Meltjer 
 (S. J.) & Salant (W.) On the tetanic element in the bile, 
 with demonstrations. Proo. Soc. Bxper. Biol. &■ Med., 
 N. Y., 1904-5, ii, 54. AUo: Am. Med., Phlla., 1905, ix, 494. 
 
 . Studies on the toxicity of bile. J. Exper. M., 
 
 N. Y., 1905, vil, 280: 1906, viii, 127, 2 pi. AVio, Reprint.— 
 Boger(HJ LatoxicitSdelabile. Presse m^d,, Par., 1911, 
 XX, 249.— Buffer (M. A.) & CiendlTopoulo (M.) On the 
 toxic properties of bile and on antihsemolytic (hsemosozic) 
 serum. J. Path. & Bactertol., Edinb. & Lond., 1903-4, ix, 
 278-310. 
 
 Bile in Hood. 
 
 iSee Blood (Bile in). 
 
 Bile in disease. 
 
 Cantani (A.) Sulla bile nelle infezioni e 
 nelle immunizzazioni; ricerche sperimentali. 8°. 
 Napoli, 1903. 
 
 Abbott (A. C.) The bile in its relation to infection and 
 intoxication. Proo. Path. Soc. Phila., 1898-9, ii, 153-168.— 
 Avanzlnl (N.) Delia bilina nelle urine e nelle feci dell'uomo 
 sano, delle anemiche e clorotiohe prima e durante la cura ed 
 in seguito alia somministrazione di emolitici. Lavori d. 
 Cong, di med. int. 1898, Eoma, 1899, ix, 456-459.— Baldwin 
 (Helen). Changes in the bile occurring In some Infections 
 diseases. J. Biol. Chem., Bait., 190S, iv, 213-219.— Brauer 
 (L.) Ueber pathologischeVeranderungen der Galle. Miln- 
 chen. Jhed. Wchnschr., 1901, xlviii, 1003-1005.— Deaver 
 (J. B.) The more remote consequences of infectious bilo. 
 Am. Med., Phlla., 1904, -riii, 15-19.— Medak (E.) & Pri- 
 bram (B. O.) jElinisch-pathoIogische Bewertung von 
 Gallenuntersuchtmgen am Krankenbett. Berl. klin. Wchn- 
 schr., 1915, hi, 706; 740.— JVepper & Btva. Eecherches sur 
 les substances anticoagulantes de la bile dans leurs rapports 
 aveo la oolite muco-membraneuse et son traitement. Compt . 
 rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1906, Ix, 141-143.— Pribram (B. O.) 
 Kllnisch-pathologische Bewertung von Gallenuntersuchun- 
 gen am Krankenbette. Mitt. d. Gesellsoh. f. inn. Med. u. 
 Kinderh. in Wien, 1914, xiii, 233-236.— Eoche (E.) Pre- 
 sence de bile dans une hydatide pMicul^e de Morgagni. J. 
 de m^d. de Bordeaux, 1907, xxxvii, 444.— Salant ( w^ The 
 pathology of bile. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1906, xlvii, 765- 
 767.— Schleslnger (E.) Ueber die vlrulenjerhohende, 
 aggressinartige Eigenscnaft der dalle bei Infektionen mil 
 Typhus- uud Colikulturen. Berl. klin. Wohnsohr., 1908, 
 xlv, 1806. 
 
 Bile in urine. 
 
 (See Urine {Bile, etc., in). 
 
 Bile-ducts. 
 
 See, also. Biliary system; Duodenum; G-aU- 
 Madder; liver; Vater's ampulla; Wirsiuig'B 
 duct. 
 
 Bblou (P.) Anatomfai de los conductos bi- 
 liares y de la arteria cfatioa. 4°. Buenos Air.es, 
 191.5. 
 
 Pahradit. D^couverte d'un nouveau con- 
 duit de la bUe, sa description et sa figure. 16°. 
 [Paris, 1680.] 
 
 Cutting /ram: J. d. seavans, Par. 
 
 Stoianoff (D. U.) _ * Recherches sur la 
 structure des voiea biliaires chez le cbien. 8° 
 Toulouse, 1900. 
 
 WiAET (P.) *Recherches sur I'anatomie 
 topographique etles voles d'accfes du chol^doque. 
 8°. Pam, 1899. 
 
 . The same. 8°. Paris, 1899. 
 
 BJdrkstEn (M.) Zur Kenntnis der sogenannten neuge- 
 bildeten Gallengilnge. Nord. med. Ark., Stockholm, 1901, 
 
 Bile-ducts. 
 
 3. f., i, afd. 2, No. 9, 1-7, 1 pi.— Bourguet. Sur la topogra- 
 phie des voies biliaires; ^tude radiographique. Comjpt. 
 rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1913, Ixxiv, 731-733.— Browlra.{T.) 
 [Bau der intcrcellularen Gallengange und ihr Verhdltms zu 
 den Blutcapillaren.] Bull, internat. Acad. d. sc. de Ci'ar 
 
 covie, 1900, 23-29, 1 pl.- . [Haben die Intercellularen 
 
 Gallengange eigene Wandungen.] Ibid., 358-367.— Delbet 
 (P.) Sur cortames partlculartt&s des voies biliaires. Bull. 
 ct mdm. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1905, n. s.^ xxxl, 1126-1130.-;- 
 Descomps (P.) La voie biliaire principale sus-pancreati- 
 que. PressemM.,Par.,1911,xix,817-820.— Descomp8(P.), 
 Descomps(P.)&del.alauble(G.) Lesvoiesbiliairesprm- 
 cipales intrarhdpatiques. Paris mdd., 1912, vii, 61-72, 1 pl.— 
 Domlnguez Boldan (P.) Vlas billares; leccidn de anato- 
 mla topogrdflca. Eev. de med. y cirug. de la Habana, 1907, 
 xU, 163-164.— Fokker (A. P.) Over het begin der galvaten. 
 Nederl. Tiidschr. v. Genoesk., Amst., 1864, viii, 632-535. 
 AUo, Eeprmt— GUbert (A.) & Llppmann (A.) Le 
 microbisme biUaire normal. Compt. rend. Soo. de biol., 
 Par., 1903, Iv, 157-160.— Hartmann. Sur les voies biliaires. 
 Bull, et mfim. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1906, n. s., xxxil, 8.— 
 Helberg (K. O.) [The biliary tracts and related problems.] 
 BibUot. I. LEeger, Kjibenh., 1912, 8. E., xiii, 83-105.— Hen- 
 drlcksonfW. F.) Astudyofthemusculatureoftheentiro 
 extra-hepallc biliary system, including that of the duodenal 
 portion of the common bile-duct and oithe sphincter. Johns 
 Hopkins Hosp. Bull. ,Balt.,1898,ix,221-232,4pl. Also.Ue- 
 print.— Holmes (BO The mucous glands of the bile ducts 
 and gall-bladder. Lancet<;iinic, Cincin., 1911, cvl, 678- 
 634.— Janosik (J.) Sur les rapports du conduit oholddoque 
 et des conduits pancr^atlques chez I'homme. Arch, de 
 
 biol.,Li6ge& Par., 1908-9, xxiv, 501-541, 2 pl. . Buries 
 
 rapports du conduit cholddoque et des oorrduits pancrdati- 
 ques Chez I'homme. Bev. de m6d. tchfeque, Prague, 1911, 
 iii, 35-45, 3 till.— Koch (C. F. A.) Klinische waarnemlngen 
 over druk in de groote galwegen. Nederl. Tijdsohr. v. 
 Geneesk., Amst., 1914, iL 1729-1732,— Letulle (M ) Les 
 capillicules biliaires du loie humaia, leur r&partltlon k I'intd- 
 rieur du lobule hdpatique, leurs modes d'abouchement d'ans 
 les canaux pMlobulaires. 3. de physiol. et de path, gto.. 
 Par., 1914-16, xvi, 789-801.— McLean (A.) The biEary 
 passages; bile flow; surgical treatment. J. Mich. M. Soc, 
 Detroit, 1903, ii, 69-72.— Overholser (M. P.) The bile- 
 )assages. Kansas City M. Eec, 1903, xx, 217-223.— Padula 
 P.) Sul calibro del dotto ooledoco. Ann. dl med. nav., 
 loma, 1903, ix, v. ii, 621-526.— Planese (G.) I capillan 
 biliari messi'in evidenza con un nuovo metodo. Gazz. 
 internaz. di med. prat., Napoli, 1902, v, 6.— Pollcard (A.) 
 Sur la struffture et le mode de fonctionnement des voies 
 blli'aires intrahdpatiques. Bull. Soc. mid. d. h6p. de Lyon, 
 1914, xiii, 383-387. Also: Lyon mid., 1914, cxxii, 1177-1181. 
 Eecherches histophysiologiques sur les voies biliaires 
 
 intrahdpatiques. J. de physiol. et de path, gfe^ Par., 1914, 
 xvi, 623-637, 1 pl. .4too[Abstr.]: Compt. rend. Soc.de biol.. 
 Par., 1914, Ixxvii, 18-21.— Prleto (I.) Algunos casos expcri- 
 mentales sobre las vlas biliares. Bol. d. Inst, patol ., Mexico, 
 1909-10, 2. dp., vii, 321-337, 3 pl.— Reach (F.) Unter- 
 • suchungen zur Physiologie und Pnarmakologie der Gallen- 
 woge. Zentralbl. f. Physiol., Leipz. & Wien, 1912, xxvi, 
 1318-1325.— Eletz (T.) Ueber die normale und abnorme 
 Entwicklung der exitrahepatischen Gallenwoge. Nord. 
 med. Ark., Stockholm, 1917, afd. 1, No. 2, 1-74, 5 pl.— Rob- 
 inson (B .) Ductus cysticus bills; the duct of the cholecyst 
 or gall-bladder. Cincm. Lancet-Clinic, 1904, n. s., liii, i47- 
 
 263. AUo [Abstr.]: Milwaukee M. J., 1904, xii, 85-88. . 
 
 Intrahepatic biliary ducts. Iowa M. J., Des Moines, 1904, x, 
 
 402-405. . Observations of the relations of the ductus 
 
 bills and ductus pancreaticus, with illustrations of calculus 
 in each duct. Med. Fortnightly, St. Louis, 1904, xxvi, 440- 
 
 442. . The mucous membrane of the cystic duet; 
 
 mucosa of the ductus cysticus. PHd., 582-584. . 
 
 Ductus bills (biliary ducts). Post-Graduate, N. Y., 1904, 
 
 xix, 191-194. . The Intrarpanoreatio segment of the 
 
 bile duct is a signiflcant and practical landmark in the biliary 
 ducts. Arch. Diagn., N. Y., 1908, 1, 356.- Ross (E. H.) 
 The biliary tract. Vermont Medicine, Eutland, 1916, 1, 
 29-36.— Werthclmer (E.) & I^page (L.) Sur la r^orption 
 par los voies blUahes. Compt. rend. Soo. de biol.. Par., 1896, 
 10. s., iii, 1077. 
 
 Bile-ducts {Abnormities of). 
 
 See, also, Bile-ducta {Obliteration of, Con- 
 genital); Bile-ducts {Stenosis of, Congenital). 
 
 Miller (W. S.) Variations in the distribution 
 of the bUe duct of the cat (FeUs domesticus) . 8° . 
 Madison, 1904. 
 
 Cutting from: Tr. Wisconsin Acad. Sc, Madison, 1904, 
 xiv, 621-628, 1 pl. 
 
 Brown (W.M.) Cyst ofaberrant bile ducts. Brit. M. J., 
 Lond., 1912, i, 779.— Brun. [Abouchcraent dans I'intestin 
 des voles biliaires atteintos de dilatation d'origine probablo- 
 ment congtoitale.J Bull, et m6m. Soc. de chir. de Par., 
 1897, n. s., xxiii, 207-209.— Cesarls Dcmel (A.) Sui vasi 
 biliari aberrantl dal punto di vista anatomo-patologlco. 
 
BILE-DUCTS. 
 
 519 
 
 BILE-DUCTS. 
 
 Bile-ducts {Abnormities of). 
 
 Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1904, 4. s., x, 137-144.— 
 Descomps (P.) Six cas d'anomalies des voles biliaires. 
 Bull, et m^m. Soc. anat. de Par., 1910, Ixxxv, 328-331.— 
 Dreesmann. Beitrag zur K^enntnis der kongenitalen 
 Anomalien der Gallenwege. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Clilr., 
 Leipz., 1908, xcii, 401-412.— Eisendiath (D. N.) Anomalies 
 oJ the bile ducts and blood vessels as the cause of accidents 
 in biliary surgery. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1918, Ixxi, 864- 
 867.- Engel (E.) Nuove ricerche sui vasi biliari aberranti. 
 Eicerche n. lab. dl anat. norm. d. r. Univ. di Koma, 1909-10, 
 XV, 135-233, 4 pi — Fenger (C.) Retention from displace- 
 ment, bending and valvular formation (oblique insertion) 
 in the biliary tract. Med. Standard, Chicago, 1896-7, xviii 
 353; 392: 1897, xix, 4. Also, Reprint.— Johnson (K. H.) 
 Variations in the distribution of the bile ducts of the cat. 
 Am. J. Anat., Bait., 1901-2, i, 615.— Kauscb (W.) Ueber 
 Gallenweg-Darmverbindungen. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 
 1912, xcvii, 249: 574.— Kelir(H.) EineselteneAnomalieder 
 Gallengange. Miinchen. med. Wclmschr., 1902, xlix, 229. — 
 Mocquot (P.) Kecherches ejm&imentales sur les anasto- 
 moses des voies biliaires aveo Pestomac et avec I'intesttn. 
 Bull, et m^m. Soc. anat. de Par., 1913, Ixxxviii, 243-269.— 
 Mosclicowitz(E.) Aberrant bile ductsiu the liver. Proc. 
 N. York Path. Soc, 1906, n. s., vi, 96-99.— Oehler (J.) Bei- 
 trag zn den Abnormitaten der Gallenwege. Beitr. z. klin. 
 Chir., Tflbing., 1914, xcii, 389-395.— Putnam (C. P.) Con- 
 genital malformation of the bile duct. Tr. Am. Pedlat. Soc. , 
 N. Y., 1898, X, 108-110. A iso: Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1898, xv, 
 663-665.— Takezakl (K.) Ueber Divertikel am gemein- 
 samen Gallengange. [Japanese text.) Ztschr. a. med. 
 Gesellsch. zu Tokyo, 1895, ix, 9. Hft., 25-32.— Viannay. 
 Un cas d'abouchement anormal du choWdoque dans la petite 
 caroncule de Santorini. Lyon mid., 1903, c, 757. — Wight- 
 man. Accessory cystic duct; report of a case. West. M. 
 Rev., Omaha, 1915, xx, 234. 
 
 Bile-ducts (Anastomosis of). 
 
 See Bile-ducts (Abnormities of); Bile-ducts 
 {Surgery of, Methods, etc., in) ; Calculus {Biliary, 
 Treatment of , Operative). 
 
 Bile-ducts (Artificial). 
 
 Arnsperger (L.) & Kimura (N.) Experimentelle Ver- 
 suche iiber kUnstliche Choledochusbildung durch einfaches 
 Drainrohr. Deutsche Ztschr. f . Chir., Leipz., 1912, cxix, 345- 
 362.— Brandt (R.) DieBildungeincskimstlichenCholedo- 
 chusmittelseineseinfachenDrainrohrs. /Sid., 1-20.— Cahen 
 (F.) Bildung eines kunstlichen Choledochus mittels Drain- 
 rohres. Ibid., 1913, cxxii, 331-338.— Hagler (F.) Rubber 
 tube reconstruction of the common bile-duct; Sullivan's 
 method. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1918, xxvi, 689- 
 692.— Mann (A: T) A rubber tube in the reconstruction of 
 an obliterated bile-duct; anhepatico-duodenostomy. Jour- 
 nal-Lancet, Minneap., 1914, xxxiv, 241-244. Also: Surg 
 Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1914, xviii, 326-329.— Wilms (M.) 
 Bildung eines kiinstlichen Choledochus. Verhandl. d. Ge- 
 sellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte (Karlsruhe) 1911, Leipz 
 1912, Ixxxiii, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 202. Also: Berl. klin. Wchn- 
 schr., 1912, xlix, 536. 
 
 Bile-ducts (Atresia of). 
 
 See Bile-ducts {Stenosis and atresia of) . 
 
 Bile-ducts (Cancer of). 
 
 See, also, Vater's ampulla (Cancer of). 
 
 Beeqek (H.) *GalIengangs-Carcinom kom- 
 binlert mit Tuberkulose. 8°. Tubingen, 1905. 
 
 BoRELius (J.) Om primar kancer i hufvud- 
 gallgangarna. [On primary cancer of the hepatic 
 duct.] 8°. Stockholm, 1908. 
 
 Brennek (M.) *Ueber das primare Carcinom 
 des Ductus choledochus. 8°. Heidelberg, 189Q. 
 
 Also, in: Arch. 1. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1899, olviii, 
 253-270. 
 
 DE LA Camp (O.) *Das primare Carcinom der 
 Gallengange. 8°. Leipzig, 1895. 
 
 Flugger (G. H.) *Bin Fall von Resektion 
 des Choledochus wegen Carcinom. 8° Mar- 
 burg, 1913. 
 
 GuTOWiTZ (H.) *Zur Kenntnis des primaren 
 Carcin'oms der grossen Gallengange. 8°. Miin- 
 chen, 1909. 
 
 Also, in: Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1910, xxiv, 353; 370; 
 38S; 402. 
 
 Hani (A. ) *Ueber daa primare Caroinom 
 der Gallenwege. [Zurich. ] 8°. Aarau, 1902. 
 
 Bile-ducts (Cancer of). 
 
 Hagen (K. H. L.) *Zur Kasuistik und 
 Therapie der primaren Carcinome des Ductus 
 choledochus. 8°. Kiel, 1902. 
 
 Hbrmant (P.-H.) *I)u cancer primitif des 
 voies biliaires et en particulier de son traite- 
 ment chirurgical. 8°. Bordeaux, 1902. 
 
 Heynen (W.) *Ein Fall von primarem 
 Krebs des Ductus choledochus. 8° Kiel, 1S98. 
 
 HoussiN (J.-P.-I.-A.-E.-J.) Le cancer 
 
 primitif du canal h^patique. 8°. Lille, 1906. 
 
 Kleinertz (R. H.) *Zwei primare Krebse 
 der Gallenwege. 8°. Kiel, 1901. 
 
 KoERBBR (H.) *Ueber primares Carcinom 
 der Gallenausfuhrungflgange. 8°- Miinchen, 
 1902. 
 
 Rocco (J. B.) *Ueber das primare und 
 metastatische Carcinom im Ductus hepaticus 
 und der Vereinigungsstelle der drei grossen 
 Gallengange. 8°. Basel, 1905. 
 
 RuGMER (H.) *TJeber das Carcinom des 
 Ductus choledochus und seine Behandlung. 8° 
 Wiirzburg, 1910. 
 
 Schmidt (E. T. J.) *Drei Falle von Carcinom 
 der grossen Gallenwege. 8°. Greifswald, 1910. 
 
 Spangenberg (O.) *Ueber primares Gallen- 
 gangscarcinom und seine Beziehung zu Gal- 
 lensteinen. 8°. Freiburg i. B., 1896. 
 
 Uliszewski (H.) *Ueber primares Carcinom 
 der Gallengange. 8°... Greifswald, 1902. 
 
 Baia.s (D.) & TOrOk (O.) [Primary cancer of the com- 
 mon bile-duct in a person 23 years old.) Budapestl orv. 
 ujsdg, 1909, vii, 23-26.— Berry (J.) Jaundice due to cancer of 
 the common bile duct. Clin. J., Lond., 1901, xviii, 278. — 
 Borellus (J.) Ueber das primare Carcinom in den Haupt- 
 gaUengangen. Beitr. z. klm. Chir., Tilbing., 1908-9, Ixi, 239- 
 264.— Bret & Dulourt (A.) Cancer primitif du choMdoque. 
 Bull. Soc. BiM. d. hap. de Lyon, 1911, x, 309-313. Also: 
 LyonmM., 1911, cxvii, 392-396— Cade (A.) & Pallasse(E.) 
 Cancer primitif des voies biliaires (confluent cholfidoco- 
 h^patico-cystique). Bull. Soc. m^d. d. h6p. de Lyon, 1908, 
 vii,455-460. Also: Lyonm6d'.,1908,cxi,995-999.— Callllau. 
 Cancer des voies biliaires propag^ au fbie. Bull, et mem. 
 Soc. anat. de Par., 1910^ Ixxxv, 732-735.— Callliau & Canla- 
 nopol. Cancer des voies biliaires. Gaz. d. h6p.. Par., 1910, 
 lxxxiii,1359. — Castex(M. R.) Carcinomadelasvlasbiliares. 
 Prensa mM. argentina, Buenos Aires, 1916-17, ill, suppl., 
 77-80.— Cheney (W. F.) Diagnosisofoancer of the common 
 duct. Arch. Diagn., N. Y., 1914, vii, 335-338.— Cianelll (E.) 
 Sopra un caso dl carcinoma della porzione terminale del 
 coledoco. Boll. d. r. Accad. med. di Geneva, 1911, xxvi, 87- 
 92. — Clalsse(P.) Cancer primitif des voies biliaires. Bull, 
 et mgm. Soc. mSd. d. hdp. de Par., 1897, 3. s., xiv, 1262- 
 1268. Also: Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1897, Ixx, 1274-1276.— CoWn 
 (R.) CAncer de las vlas biliares. Semana m^d., Buenos 
 Aires, 1906, xiii, 1307.— Cotte (G.) Traitement chirurgical 
 ducancerdesvoiesbiliaires. Rev. deehir.. Par., 1909, xxxix, 
 1135-1152. — Debove. Cancerdesvoiesbiliaires. MM. mod.. 
 Par., 1903, xiv, 113. Also: Rev. gto. declin. et de th^rap.. 
 
 Par., 1903, xvii, 212. . Cancer of the l)ilia_ry ducts. 
 
 Hospital, lyond., 1908, xliv, 675.— Dehou. Etude du 
 syndrdlne coprologique dans un cas de cancer des voies bi- 
 liaires. ilcho mSd. du nord, Lille, 1907, xi, 366.— Desjardlns 
 (A.) Cancer du carrefour biliaire; ablation de la tumeur; 
 rfeection de ThSpatique, du choMoque et du cystique; li- 
 paration par cr&tion d'un canal hipatico-cysto-duod&al; 
 gufirison op&atoire. Paris, chirurg., 1912, iv, 135-139. — 
 Devle & Gallavardln (L.) Etude sur lecancer primitif des 
 canaux biliaires, chol^doque, h^patique et cystique. Rev. 
 de mSd., Par., 1901, xxi, 657; 659; 839— Dialtl (G.) Contri- 
 bute alia oncologia delle vie biliari extraepatiche; carcinoma 
 primitivo del cistico; sarcoma della cistifellea. Attl d. r. 
 Accad. d. fisiocrit. in Siena, 1908, 4. s., xx, 681-712. — Dobber- 
 tln. Krebs des Ductus choledochus innerhalb der FapiUa 
 duodenalis. Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 
 1^, xxviii, 56-59. — Dobeiauer (G.) Ueber die Carcinome 
 des Ductus choledochus. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 
 1910, Ixvii, 472-479.— Dobrovlcl & Falx. Cancer primitif du 
 eholMoque. Bull, et m6m. Soc. anat. de Par., 1905, Ixxx, 
 247. — Donati (M.) Sopra un caso di carcinoma primitivo 
 del dotti biliari alia porta hepatis. Arch, per le sc. med., 
 
 Torino, 1904, xxviii, 343-358, 2pl. . I carcinoml primi- 
 
 tivi del dotti bilian extraepatici. Clin, chir., Milano, 1905, 
 xiii, 590; 665; 725.— Dreler (I. R.) [Primary cancer of the 
 hepatic duct.) Prakt. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1914, xiii, 329.— 
 Edes (R. T.) Clinical notes and comments; cancer of the 
 
BILE-DUCTS. 
 
 520 
 
 BILE-DUCTS. 
 
 Bile-ducts {Cancer of). 
 
 extremityofthecommontiUeduct. Boston M.&S. J., 1901, 
 cxliv, 223-226.— Elselt (B.) Eakovina iluCovodft samo- 
 statnA. [Cancer oJ the gall-passages.) Casop. 1&. desk., 
 T Praze, 1883, xxu, 593; 609; 625.— GaUavaidln (L.) Cancer 
 primitit des canaux blliaires. Lyon mid., 1907, cut, 3-7. — 
 G£iaudel. Epithelioma juxt^hlpatique des voiesbiliaires. 
 Bull, et m^m. Soc. anat. de Par., 1901, Ixxvi, 135-138.— 
 Griffon (V.) Retention Mlialre ohronique, limitfe au lobe 
 gauche da foie, consecutive k une compression cancSreuse 
 de la tranche gauche du canal h^patique. Bull. Soc. anat. de 
 Par., 1898, Ixxiii, 547-552.— Herrlcli (F. 0.) Obstruction at 
 the terminal portion of the common bile duct due to cancer 
 of tlie ampulb, an anomaly in the cystic duct, similar ob- 
 ' struotion due to pancreatic cancer. J. Am. M. Ass., Clii- 
 cago, 1906, xlvii, 1438-1440.— Hue (F.) Cancer des voies 
 bihau-es. Normandie mM.,Eouen, 1908, xxiv, 314. Also: 
 Rev. m4d. dp Normandie, Rouen, 1908, viii, 219.— Hughes 
 (W. E.) Carcinoma of the common bile-duct and head of 
 pancreas. Proc. Path. Soc. Phila., 1897-8, n. s., i, 145-148.— 
 tngelians (L.) Le cancer primitif du canal Mpatique. 
 Arch. gto. de mSd., Par., 1902, n. s., viii, 268-323.— lugel- 
 lans (Ii.) & Biassait. Cancer du canal h^patique. Bull. 
 Soc. oentr. de m6d. du nord, Lille, 1902, 185-187.— Jaboulay. 
 Reaction de la teinture d'iode aveo la gaze blanche, I'alcool 
 et I'eau; application b, la bile blanche dans certains cancers 
 des voies biliaires. Lyon m4d., 1911, cxvii, 1197.— Jacob- 
 son (J. H.) The relation of cancer of the bile passages to 
 gallstones. Toledo M. & S. Reporter, 1909, xxxv, 261-254.— 
 Kebr (H .) Ein Fall von ausgeaehnter Resektion des Ductus 
 choledochus und hepaticus wegen Carcinoma choledochi 
 mit nachfolgender EWomie der Gallenblase und Hopatiko- 
 Duodenostomie. Miinchen. med. Wchnsohr., 1903, 1, 101- 
 106.— Kloti (O.) Carcinoma of the bile papilla. Montreal 
 M. J., 1904, xxxiii, 477-486. [Discussion], 550.— Lacrolx. 
 Cancer des voies biliaires. J. de m^d. de Bordeaux, 1913, 
 xliii, 439.— Lapolnte (A.) & Baymond. Le cancer du 
 canal hfoatique et du confluent hepato-cholMooo-cystique. 
 Arch. gto. de chir.. Par., 1908, ii, 263; 374.— Lapointe (A.), 
 Raymond (J.) & Metle (P.) Cancer du canal h^patique. 
 Bull, et m^m. Soc. anat. de Par., 1907, Ixxxii, 662-666.— Le 
 Blanc (B. O.) A case of primary carcinoma of the bile 
 ducts, with autopsy. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1907, xlviii, 
 1030.— Lecfine (P.) & Pagnicz (P.) Deux nouveaux cas de 
 cancer juxtah^patique primitif des voies biliaires. Arch, 
 gto. de mid., Par., 1901, n. s., v, 176-184.— Leclerc. tJn cas 
 de cancer primitif du canal choiedoque. Lyon m6d., 1910, 
 cxiv, 1334-1337 —Lee (W. B.) Carcinoma of common bile 
 duct. St. Barth. Hosp. Rep., Lend., 1907, xlii, 205.— Leith 
 . (R. F. C.) A case of colloid cancer of the bile duct, with sec- 
 ondary cirrhosis and abscesses in the liver. ■ Proc. Scot. 
 Micr. Soc, Lond. & Ednib., 1890-95, i, 266.— Liclnl (C.) 
 Cystische Entartung der Gallenblase und primares Adeno- 
 oarcinom des Ductus cysticus. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing,, 
 1911, Ixxvi, 770-778.— Lascncke (M.) Primare Gallengang- 
 caromome mit einem kasuistischen Beitrag. Aim. d. stS.dt. 
 allg. Krankenh. zu Miinchen, 1907, xii, 101-120.— McGUnn 
 (J. A ) The relation of gallstones to canber of the bile tract. 
 N. York M. J., [etc.], 1911, xciii, 519-521.— Martin (J.) Deux 
 cas de cancer des voies biliaires. Bull, et m6m. Soc. anat. de 
 Par., 1905,lxxx,865-868.— MayoCW. J.) Cancerof theoom- 
 mon bile duct; report of a case of carcinoma of the duodenal 
 end of the common duct with successful excision. St. Paul 
 
 M. L, St. Paul, Minn., 1901, iii, 374-380. . Malignant 
 
 disease of the common bile duct. Northwest Med., Seattle, 
 1903,1,173-177. .dteo. Reprint.— Mlodowskl(F.) Beitrag 
 2ur Pathologie des primaren und seoundaren Gallengangs- 
 Carclnoms. Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1902, clxix, 
 117-158, 2 tab.— Moschcowltz (A. V.) Resection of the 
 common duct for carcinoma. Tr. N. York Surg. Soc, 1912, 
 i, 137-139. -AUo: Ann. Surg., Phila., 1912, Iv, 610-612.— 
 Motegl (T.) Ein histogenetisch als aus feineren GaUen- 
 gangen ausserst eklatanter Fall von Carcinom. rjapanese 
 text. Ref., suppl., 4rS.'l Gann, Ergebn. d. Krebsforsch. in 
 
 cerofthe gall-ducts.f Prakt. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1913, xu, 
 129-132.— Pallasse & Perret. Cancer du confluent des 
 voies biliaires; mort par hemorragie o4rebrale. Lyon m^d., 
 1912, cxviii, 1023-1026.— Pappenhetmer (A. M.) A case of 
 primary carcinoma of the bile ducts. M. & S. Rep. Bellevue 
 Hosp., N. Y., 1905-6, u, 247-250. AUo: Proc. N. York 
 Path. Soc, 1906, n.s.,vi, 144-149.— Pennato (P.) Stenosl 
 ed epitelioma prlmitivo del coledoco. Clin. med. Ital, Ml- 
 lano, 1901, xl, 347-351.— Planteau & Cochez (A.) Un cas 
 de cancer primitif juxta-hepatique des canaux biliaires. 
 Rev. de mM., Par., 1903, xxiii, 70-78.— Porot. Cancer pri- 
 mitif du canal hepatique. Bull. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Lyon, 
 1904, iii, 348-350. Also: Lyon med., 1904, ciii, 90O-902.— 
 Poynton (F. J.) Carcinoma of the common bile duct 
 without jaundice; rapid death from metastasis. Brit. M. J., 
 Lond., 1917,1,483.— Quenu(B.) Del'operatlonradicaledans 
 le cancer des voies biliaires. Rev.dechir., Bar., 1909, xxix, 
 
 245-266. . Cancer des conduits biliaires; valenr thera- 
 
 peutique des operations palliatives; pSthogenle des accidents 
 postoperatoires. Ibid., 462-481.— Khenter (J.) & Bebattu 
 
 Bile-ducts (Cancer of). 
 
 (J.) Cancer primitif des canaux biliaires (hepatique, cys- 
 tique, choieifoque). Gaz. d. h6p.. Par., 1908. Ixxxi, 1383; 
 1419 --Blspal. Cancer primitif du canal choiedoque._ Tou^ 
 
 der grossen Gallengauge und die primaren bosartigen Ge- 
 schwiilste der Leber. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 
 1914, xliv, 385; 421; 462.-Sauvan.(A.) Cancer des voies 
 bilisures. Marseille med., 1907, xhv, 336.-«cagUosI (G.) 
 Sul carcinoma delle grand! vie biliari. Ritorma med., 
 PWermo-Napoli, 1904, xx, 1210-1216.— Schaffner. Carci- 
 nom des Ductus choledochus. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, 
 Basel, 1907, xxxvii, 415.— Scheel (V.) Ein Fall von primSr 
 rem Carcinom der Lebergallengange. Med. Bl., Wien, 1902, 
 XXV, 707-709.— Schmidt. Sur un cas de cancer des voies 
 biliaires superieures avec flfevre bUio-septique traite et gueri 
 par la cuprase. Rev. mod. de thSrap. et de biol.. Par., 1914, 
 ui, 68-60.— Scudder (C. L.) & Blchardson (O.) Primary 
 carcinoma of the hepatic ducts; the report of a case with the 
 autopsy. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1908, xlvii, 728, 1 pl.^Splnd- 
 ler. Zur Cbirurgie des Choledochuskrebses. Wien. klin. 
 Wchnsohr., 1911, xxiv, 936-940.— Tesson (R.) Un cas de 
 cancer primitif des voies biliaires siegeant k I'union des 
 canaux cystique et hepatique. Bull, et mem. Soc. ^nat. 
 de Par., 1902, Ixxvii, 141-146.— Tomaselll (S.) Carcinoma 
 primitivo delle vie biliarl. Gazz. intemaz. di med., Napoli, 
 
 1906, ix, 349-351.— Xuffler. Epithelioma du confluent cys- 
 tico-hepatique. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1906, 
 n. s xxxii, 156-164.— Vandervelde. Cancer primitif des 
 voies biliaires. J. med. de Brux., 1907, xii, 475.— Vautrin. 
 Epithelioma du canal cystique; considerations sur son 
 evolution et son traitement. Arch. prov. de chir.. Par., 
 
 1907, xvi, 253-266.— Weber (F. P.) & BllchelS (E.) A case of 
 chronic jaundice and great enlargement of the liver, due to 
 primary carcinoma of the extrahepatio bile ducts, com- 
 mencing at the junction of the hepatic ducts. Intemat. 
 Clin., Phila., 1905, 15. s., Ui, 141-154, 2 pi. Aho: Med.-Chir. 
 Tr., Lond., 1905, Ixxxviii, 247-263, 2 pi.— Weiss. Un cas de 
 cancer de I'ampoule daVater. Rev. med. de Test, Nancy, 
 1904, xxxvi, 125-128.— Tamaglva (K.) Cyllnderzellen- 
 krebs des Ductus hepaticus und des Ductus cysticus. Arch, 
 f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1897, cxlvii, 137-140.— Zesas (D. 
 G.) Ueber das primare Karzinom im Ductus hepaticus und 
 an der Vereimgungsstelle der drei grossen GfallengSnge. 
 Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1909, Ixix, 350-358. 
 
 Bile-ducts (Cysts of). 
 
 See Bile-ducts (Dilatation of); Bile-ducts 
 (Hydatids of) ; Bile-ducts ( Tumors of) . 
 
 Bile-ducts (Dilatation of). 
 
 See, also, Calculus (Biliary, Complications, 
 etc., of). 
 
 Heiliger ([H.] J. [H.]) *Ueber die congeni- 
 tale cystenartige Erweiterung des Ductus cho- 
 ledoctus. 8°. Giessen, 1910. 
 
 KoLB (0.) *Zur Pathologie der (Jallenwege; 
 ein FaU von hochgradiger kystenartiger Erweite- 
 rung des Ductus hepaticus und des Ductus 
 choledochus. Miinchen, 1906. 
 
 Roberts (E.-D.) *XJji caa de dilatation kys- 
 tique du canal chofedoque. 8°. Lausanne,ldl4:. 
 
 Broca. Dilatation enorme da canal choiedoque. Bull, 
 et mem. Soc de chir. de Par., 1897, n. s., xxiii, 209-213. 
 AUo: Gaz. hebd. de med.. Par., 1897, n. s., fl, 278.— Fowler 
 (R. S.) Choledochus cyst; report of a case with reference 
 to the literature. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1916, ixiv, 646-549, 1 
 pi. — Haenel (R.) Cystische Erweiterung des Ductus 
 choledochus. Jahresb. d. Gesellsch. 1. Nat.- u. Heilk. in 
 Dresd., 1899-1900, 32.— Langenbuch. Ein Praparat von 
 colossaler choledochaler Erweiterung. Deutsche med. 
 Wchnsohr., Berl. & Leipz., 1900, xxvi, Ver.-Beil., 99.— 
 LetuUe (M.) Dilatation kystique des voies biliaires, 
 cholangiectasies congenitales. Presse med.. Far., 1913, xxi, 
 97-99.— McConnell (G.) Cystic dilatation of the biliary 
 ducts. Proc. Path. Boo. Phila., 1914, xvi, 12.— Mayeslma 
 J.) Zur Kasuislik der primaren cystischen Erweiterung 
 ies Ductus choledochus. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 
 1912, cxix, 338-344.— Mnner(S. W.) Dilated gall ducts In a 
 child. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1909, i, 1235.— Outerbrldge (G. 
 W.) Unusual dilatation of the common bile duct. Proc. 
 Path. Soo. Phila., 1912, xlv (xv), 174.— Bostonzew (M. J.) 
 Ein Fall von hochgradiger cystischer Erweiterung des 
 Ductus choledochus. Deutsche med. Wchnsohr., Berl. & 
 Leipz,, 1902, xxvili, 739; 758.— Botgans (J.) Een aange- 
 borenoholedoohus-afwiiking. Nederl. Tiidsohr. v. Geneesk., 
 Amst., 1913, ii, 1342-1344.— Russell (R. H.) Case of cystic 
 dilatation of the common bile duct in a child. Ann. Surg., 
 Phila., 1897, xxvi, 692-696, 1 pi.— Sumpter (W. D.) Dilatar 
 tion of the common bile duct. South. Pract., Nashville, 
 1917, xxxix, 169-174.— Weiss (S.) Ein seltener Fall von 
 
 d( 
 
BILE-DUCTS. 
 
 521 
 
 BILE-DUCTS. 
 
 Bile-ducts (Dilatation of). 
 
 cystischer Erweiterung des Ductus choledochus. Berl. klin. 
 Wclinschr., 1909, xlvi, 1843.— Wieland (F.) & Quesada (F.) 
 Dilatacidu qulstica del hepatocoledoco por estenosis del seg- 
 meuto pancre&tico. Crto. mSd., Lima, 1916, xxxili, 421-428. 
 
 Bile-ducts (Diseases of). 
 
 See, also, Bile-ducts (Cancer o/); Bile-ducts 
 (Inflammation of); !Bile-ducts (Parasites in); 
 Bile-ducts (Surgfiry of); Bile-ducts (Tumors 
 of); Biliary system (Diseases of); Calculus 
 (Biliary) ; Gall-bladder (Diseases of) ; Jaundice; 
 liver (Diseases of). 
 
 Cutler (E. G.) Diseases of the biliary pas- 
 sages and pancreas. 8°. Boston, 1906. 
 
 BicHAEDsoN (M. H.) Diseases of the bile 
 passages, including the liver, gaU-bladder and 
 prancreas. 8°. [Boston], 1906. 
 
 Rtipfin (C.) *Ascite biliaire aigue et p6rito- 
 nite biliaire aigue sans perforation des voies 
 biliaires. [Lyon.] 8°. Lyon & Paris, 1913. 
 
 Sergent (E.) *Tuberculea et cavemes bi- 
 liaires: recherchesanatomo-pathologiques, bacte- 
 riologiquea et exp^rjmentales; pathog^nie de la 
 tuberculose dea voies biliaires. 4°. Paris, 1895. 
 
 Albu. Gehaulte Erkrankungen der Gallenwege wahrend 
 der Kriegszeit. Med. Klin., Berl., 1918, xiv, 534.— Baias 
 (K.) [Tuberculosis of the bile-duct withresulting jaundice.] 
 AUatorvosi lapok, Budapest, 1907, xxx, 17.— Bartlett (W.) 
 Personal observations in the pathological anatomy of the 
 
 fall-bladder and biliary passages. J. Missouri M. Ass., St. 
 iouis, 1908, V, 65-70.— Berg ( J .) Einige Fragen der Gallen- 
 wegepathologxe in klinischer Beleuchtung. Nord. med. 
 Ark., Stockholm, 1914, 3. t., xiv, aid. 1, No. 5. WO.-r-Blsliop 
 (H. D.) General etiology and pathology oi diseases of the 
 bile passages. N. Am. J. Homoeop., N. Y., 1904, 3. s., 3dx, 
 786-789.— Black (C. E.) Diseases of the bile tracts. Illi- 
 nois M. J., Springfield, 1905, viii, 275-286.— Blumentbal 
 (F.) UeberdasVorkommen von Typhus- und Paratyphus- 
 bazillen bei Erkrankungen der Gallenwege. Miincheu. 
 
 med. Wohnsohr., 1904,11, 1641. . Die Colityjhusgruppe 
 
 inihren Beziehupgen zuden Erkrankungen der Gallenwege. 
 Deutsches Arch, f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1906-7, Ixxxviii, 609- 
 521.— Brill (N. E.) Diagnosis of^ diseases of the biliary 
 passages. Med. News, N. Y., 1902, Ixxx, 876-881.— Cham- 
 bers (J. Q.) Value of jaundice as a diagnostic factor in 
 disease of the biliary passages. J. Missouri M. Ass., St. 
 Louis, 1906-7, iil, 241-244.— Cooper (C. M.) Gall-tract dis- 
 ease; some clinical features frequently overlooked in its 
 diagnosis. Calif- State J. M., San Fran., 1913, xi, 301-304. 
 (Discussion], 313-315.— Cutler (E. G.) & BIcliardson 
 (M. H.) Diseases of the biUary passages, including the 
 Uver, the gall bladder and the pancreas. Med. Communicat. 
 Mass. M. Boo., Bost., 1906, xx, 353-396.— Darr (E. E.) Ob- 
 servation on diseases of the bile ducts. Iowa M. J., Des 
 Moines, 1906, xii, 149-151.— Deaver (J. B.) The signiflcance 
 of j aundice as a symptom in disease of the biliary tracts. N. 
 York M. J. [etc.], 1903, Ixxviii, 301-306. Also, Eeprint.— 
 Debrez (L.) Notes sur 47 observations d'aflections des 
 voies biuaures. Scalpel, Lifege, 1911-12, Ixiv, 583-586.- 
 Forster (J.) Ueber die Beziehungen des Typhus und 
 Paratyphus zu den Gallewegen. Miinchen. med. Wohn- 
 sohr., 1908, Iv, 1-6.— Fowler (R. S.) Calcified glands proxi- 
 mal to the common bile-duct; cysticoduodenal ligament. 
 Surg., Gyneo. & Obst., Chicago, 1916, xxrii, 718.— Ghedlnt 
 (G.) Disordini drcolatori portali da semplice congestione 
 biliare. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1908, xxix, 681-683.— Ham- 
 mestahr. Erkrankungen una Verletzung der Gallenwege. 
 Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1910, xxxvi, 
 2364. A Iso: Sitzungsb. d. naturh. Ver. d. preuss. Eheiol. u. 
 Westphal. 1910, Bonn, 1911, B, 36-38.— Jaboulay. La 
 bile blanohe ou I'hydropisie des voies biliaires Intrah^pati- 
 ques. Lyon m6d., 1909, cxii, 893-896.— Kolisch (R.) Bei- 
 trag zur Casuistik der Erfaankungen der Gallenwege. 
 Wien. med. Presse, 1899, xl, 137-140.— Konjetzny (G. E.) 
 Pathologische Anatomie una Physiologie der Gallenblasen- 
 und Gaflengangserkrankungen. Ergebn. d. allg. Path. u. 
 path. Anat. [etc.] 1910, Wiesb., 1911, xiv, 2. Abt., 712-873.— 
 Licbtenstein ( M. ) Sind die Gallengangstuberkel in der 
 Leber das lEesultat einer Ausscheidungstuberkulose? 
 Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1912, xxv, 63-59.— 
 lilllenthal (H.) Gastric symptoms in biliary disease. N. 
 York M. J. [etc.], 1912, xcv, 161-163. Also, Reprint.— 
 liindqvlst (S.) JDropsy of the entire bihary tracts.) 
 Upsala Lakaref. Forh., 1911-12, n. f., xvii, 271-288.— Mc- 
 Fbedian (A.) The diagnosis of diseases of the gall bladder 
 and bile-ducts. Canada Lancet, Toronto, 1902, xxxvi, 232- 
 240. jl!so,Reprint.— Mayo (W.J.) Diseases of the biliary 
 passages. Clin. Rev., Chicago, 1906-7, xxiv, 295-301. Also: 
 Yale M. J., N. Haven, 1906-7, xiil, 109-114.— mumford 
 
 Bile-ducts (Diseases of). 
 
 (J. G.) Certain aspects of bile duct disease. Boston M. & 
 S. J., 1905, clii, 235-240.— Oddl (R.) Sulla flsio-patologia 
 delle vie biliari. Confer, clin. ital., Milano, 1897, i, 77-124.— 
 Patella (V.) Malattie delle vie biliari. In: Tratt. ital. di 
 patol. e terap. med., 8°, Milano, [n. d.l, 343-493.— Pick (F.) 
 Ueber die Erkrankungen der Gallenwege.- Med.-chlr. 
 Centralbl., Wien, 1901, xxxvi, 381; 398; 415. Also: Prag. 
 med. Wchnschr., 1801, xxvi, 285; 299; 327; 341.— PIssavy 
 (A.) Diagnostic cUnique des cirrhoses biliaires. CUnigue, 
 Pary 1911, vi^ 456.— Kelchmann (N.) Ueber den Einfluss 
 der Krankheiten der Gallenwege auf die motorische Thatlg- 
 kelt des Magens. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1897, xxxiv, 718- 
 720.— Klcbardson (M. H.) Remarlcs on diseases of the 
 biliary passages, with special reference to surgical treatment. 
 Maritime M. News, Halilax, 1903, xv, 381-407. . Re- 
 marks upon the diagnosis and treatment of diseases of the 
 biliary tract with especial reference to the difficulties and 
 dangers. St. Paul M. J., St. Paul, Mum., 1912, xiv, 73-103.— 
 Rlcbardson (M. L.) Biliary cirrhosis in the rabbit. 3. 
 Exper. M., N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1911, xiv, 401-407.— 
 Bobtnson (B.) Pathology of the ductus Dills. Med.Age, 
 Detroit, 1904, xxii, 845-862.— Buska (K. P.) [Pulmono- 
 cardlao disturbances in diseases of the biliary passages.] 
 Prakt. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1903, ii^ 995; 1027.— Smith (R.j 
 Diagnosis of aflections of the biliary tracts. South. Calif. 
 Pract., Los Angeles, 1909, xxiv, 351-354.— Stolz (A.) Ueber 
 Gasbildungin den Gallenwegen. Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], 
 Berl., 1901, dxv, 90-123.— Tallqvlst (T. Wt) Ueber Paraty- 
 phus und Affection der Gallenwege. Verhandl. d. 6. nord. 
 Kong. f. inn. Med., Skagen, 1909, Stockholm, 1910, 398-404.— 
 Tbomson (6. R.) The diagnosis and treatment of diseases 
 of the blMary passages. Transvaal M. J., Johannesburg, 
 1906-7, ii, 61-66.— Verebeiy (T.) [The grave diseases of the 
 bile-ducts.] Budapest szdkesf. kozk6rh. 6vk (1900), 1901, 
 240-252. 
 
 Bile-ducts (Diseases of, Treatment of). 
 
 De Babdon (P.) *Hydropisie des voies bi- 
 liaires intra-h^patiques et son traitement. 8°. 
 Lyon, 1909. 
 
 Barratt (W.) On the effect of injecting dilute sulphuric 
 acid into the common bile duct. J. Path. & Bacteriol., 
 Edinb. & Lend., 1898, v, 340-347, 1 pi.— Bazy (P.) CUnique 
 da canal ehoWdoque et du canal hepatique. Ass. fran?. de 
 chir. Proc- verb, [etc.]. Par., 1908, xjd, cong., 267. — Decker 
 (J.) Diagnose und Behandlung .der Erkrankungen der 
 Gallenwege. Sitzungsb. d. arztl. Ver. Munchen (1904), 1906, 
 80-99.— Epplnger (H.) & Stein (B.) Behandlung der 
 Gallengangerkrankungen mit Eubilein. Wien. klin. Rund- 
 schau, 1914, xxviii, 2-4.— Fink. Ueber Chologenwirkung. 
 Zcntralbl. f. d. ges. Therap., Wien, 1912, xxx, 3-9.— Orant 
 (H. H.) The practical management oi lesions of the bile 
 passages. Louisville Month. J. M. & S., 1907-8, xiv, 263- 
 269. — Herrman (C.) Smallfrequent mealsin the treatment 
 of certain biUary aflections. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1906, 
 Ixxxiv, 682.— Irish (J. C.) Diagnosis and treatment of 
 diseases of the gall bladder and bile ducts. Yale M. J., 
 N. Haven, 1902-3, ix, 131-141.— Kuhn (F:> Durchspiilung 
 der Gallengange zu diagnostisohen und therapeutischen 
 Zweoken. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1903, xvii, 12O-130.— 
 
 . Desinfektion der Gallenwege. Verhandl. d. Ge- 
 
 sellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1903, Leipz., 1904, ii, 2. 
 Hlfte., 161-164.— I«lchtenstern (O.) Behandlung der 
 Erkrankungen der Gallenwege (innere Beliandlungs- 
 weisen). Handb. d. Therap. iimerer Krankh., 2. Aufl., 
 Jena, 1898, iv, 779-834.— Marin Feiujo (A.) Enfermedades 
 de las vias biliares; consideraciones acerca de su diagn<5stico 
 y de su tratamiento medico y qulrflrglco. Rev. de med. y 
 cirug. pract., Madrid, 1900, xlix, 369; 409; 449.— Reach (F.) 
 Die Beeinfiussung der Gallenwege durch Pharmaka. Wien. 
 klin. Wchnschr., 1914, xxvii, 72-74.— Kichardson (M. H.) 
 Remarks upon the diagnosis and treatment of diseases of 
 the biliary tract with special reference to the difficulties and 
 dangers. Tr. South. Surg. & Gynec. Ass. 1911, Wash., D. C, 
 1912, xxiv, 316-360.— Bucker (M. P J Medical treatment of 
 diseasesofthe bile tract. Gaillard's South. Med., Savannah, 
 1907, Ixxxvl, 53-55. Also: South. M. & S., Chattanooga, 
 1907, vii, 67.— Vallette. R&ultats du traitement medical 
 des aflections des voies biliaires. Rev. mM. de la Suisse 
 Rom., GenSve, 1903, xxiii, 515-517. 
 
 Bile-ducts (Diseases of, Treatment of, 
 Operative). 
 See, also, Bile-ducts (Surgery of). 
 Anschtktz. Diagnose und Chlrurgie bei selteneren Cho- 
 ledochuserkrankungen. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1918, 
 Ixv, 279. — Baudouln (M.) Rapport sur le traitement chi- 
 rurgical des infections biliaires. Arch. prov. de chir.. Par., 
 1911, XX, 277-281.— BolognesI (A.) Traitement chirurglcal 
 des maladies du foie et des voies biliaires; operations qui se 
 pratiquent-sur les voies biliaires principales. Bull. gen. de 
 thSrap. [etc.]. Par., 1895, cxxix, 386: 1896, cxxx, 207; 263; 346; 
 cxxxi, 12.— Clement! (G.) L'intervento chirurgico nolle 
 
BILE-DUCTS. 
 
 '52.2 
 
 BILE-PUOTS. 
 
 Bile-ducts (Diseases of, Treatment of, 
 Operative). 
 
 malattie delle vie biliari. Gazz. di med. e oMr., Palermo, 
 1910, ix, 241-245.— Davis (B. B.) Surgical diseases of the 
 biliaxy passages. Tr. West. Surg. & Gyneo. Ass. 1899, 
 Lincoln, 1900, 23-43.— Desjardlns (A.) Le traitement clii- 
 rurgioaldesimeotionsbiliaires. Paris chirurg., 1911, lii. 484- 
 490.— Dyakonoff (P. I.) [Infectious diseases of the Miary 
 ducts.) Eabott hosp. thirurg. klin. Dyakonova, Mosk., 
 1906, viii, 91-107.— Ekehorn (G.) fSurgery in diseases of 
 the bile-ducts.] Upsala Lakaref. Forh., 1908-9, n. f., jdy, 
 330-340.— Ernst (N. P.) Et TUfselde at Hepatico-Duode- 
 nostomi paa Grand al operativ Lsesion af Duct, hepaticus 
 eg choledochus. Hosp.-Tid. , Kj0benh., 1911, 5. E . , iv, 731- 
 735. AUo, fteprint.— Flnkelshteln (B. K.) [Opefative 
 treatment ol diseases of the bile-ducts.V Eusst. vrach, S.- 
 Peterb., 1912, xi, 42-44.— von Herczel (E.) Sieben opprirte 
 Falle von Erkrankung der Gallenwege. Pest. med..<;liir. 
 Presse, Budapest, 1902, xxxviii, 1083.— Holmes (B.) Cer- ■ 
 taindiseasesofthebiliarytractsandtheirsurgicaltroatment. 
 Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1912, xxl, 725-730.— jagcr(F.) 
 Zur Chirurgie der Erkrankung der Gallenwege. Med. Cor.' 
 Bl. d. wilrttemb. arztl. Ver., Stuttg., 1905, Ixxv, 621-027.— 
 Johnson (A. B.) Some remarks on the surgical diseases 
 of the biliary passages. Med. Eec., N. Y., 1911, Ixxix, 101.— 
 KOite (W.) Ueber die Aussichtai der chirurgischen Be- 
 handlung der Gallenweeserkrankungen. Ztschr. f. arztl. 
 Fortbild., Jena, 1915, xii, 134-142.— Kuznetsoffl (M. M.) 
 [Surgical treatment of diseases of the bile-ducts.] Eussk. 
 Vra^, S.-Peterb., 1905, iv, 145; 181; 217.— UUenthal (H.) 
 Treatment of biUary disease as determined at the operation. 
 N. York M. J. [etc.J, 1908, Ixxxvlii, 1157-1159. Also, Ee- 
 print.— Olmsted (I.) Surgical treatment of diseases of 
 the bUiary passages. West. Canada M. J., Winnipeg, 1,911, 
 V, 398-409.— Pans (N.) Beitrage zur operativen Behand- 
 lung der Gallenwegekrankheiten. Nord. med. Ark., Stock- 
 holm, 1912. 3. f., Xii, afd. 1, haft 4, No. S, 67-171.-Pru- 
 szyflskl (J.) [Origin and course of the inflaipmatory func- 
 tions of the biliary pass^es, also Indications for surgical 
 interference.] Gaz. lek., Warszavfa, 1903, 2. s., xxm, 842; 
 872; 891 — Blcliardson (M. H.) Eemarks on diseases of 
 biliary passaees, with special reference to surgical treatmmt. 
 Maritime M. News, Btolitax, 1903, xv, 381-407. Also, Ee- 
 print.— Rotgans (J.) Bijdrage tot de pathologie en chi- 
 rurgie der galwegen. Wederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk:, Amst., 
 1900, 2. E., xxxvi, d. 1, 144-162.— TUomas (J. L.) & ScMl- 
 beig (H. A.) Choleoystotomy for acute post enteric mfoc- 
 tion of the bile- channels; recovery; demonstration of the 
 presence of the Bacillus typhosus. Lancet, Lend., 19q4,;i, 
 iVo — VoUntseff (G.I.) [Biliary cirrhosis and anjiochohtis; 
 esHmatioa of the value of then: symptoms surgically con- 
 sidered.] Eussk. Vrach, S.-Feterb., 1903^_ u, 1503-1505.— 
 Zeldlei (G. F.) Zwei Falle operativen Emgriffes bei Er- 
 krankung der GaUenwege. Euss. med. Eundschau, Berl., 
 1903, 795-798. 
 
 Bile-ducts (Drainage of). 
 
 End (F.) *Ueber den Wert der Drainage des 
 Choledoclius. 8°. Frdburci,i. B., 1902. 
 
 GiAMARD (M.) *Contributioii k I'^tude de U 
 cholldocotomie avec drainage; du canal h6pa- 
 tique. 8°. Mantpellier, 1906. 
 
 Augler (D.) De lacholMocotomie aveo drainage des voies 
 biliaires dans les affections chirurgicales du.foie. J. d. so. 
 m6d. de Lille, 1912, U, 217-225.— Arrou. Drainage des voies 
 biliaires. Bull, et m6m. Soo. de chir. de Par., 1904, n. s., 
 XXX, 61M21.-Borellus (J.) , Z™ Hepatiousdramage. 
 Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1912, Ixxvui, 376-393.-T;Brto. 
 Le drainage des voies biliaires prmcipales avec ohol^oys- 
 tectomleiBuU. et m6m. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1907, n. s., 
 xxxiii, 633-644.— Crile (G. W.j Drainage versus immediate 
 suture of the common duct. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1914, 
 Ixu, 1373.— Deaver (J. B.) Hepatic drainage in infection of 
 the biliary tracts. N. York M. J.jietc.J, 1904,.lxxm 147-152. 
 Also, Eeprint.-Delagemere (H.) Chiprgie des voies 
 biliaires; n&jessitfidu drainage par les voies biliaires aoras- 
 soires dans les operations pratiqu^es aussi bien sur les voles 
 biliaires prinoipales que sur les voies bihaircs accessoires. 
 Ass. franc, de chir. Proc.-verb. [etc.]. Par., ,1898, xii, 378- 
 
 388 . De la valeur th&apeutique du drainage du canal 
 
 Mpatique par la m^thode de Kehr ; vme observation nouvello 
 suivie de gu&ison. Bull, et m^m. Soc. de chir. de Par., 
 1904, n. s., XXX, 748-755.— von Dembowskl <T.) ZurDrai- 
 nage der Gallenwege. Centralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., l^,,xxvi, 
 1081-1083 — HOri. Transduodenale Eepaticusdramage. 
 Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1913, 1, 160.— vonHolinelster. Die 
 methodisolie Dilatation der Papilla duodem und die Choledo- 
 chusduodenaldrainage. Zentralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1913, xl, 
 5-7.— Kehr (H.) Zur Hepatiousdrainage. /!)«., 1909, xxxvl, 
 
 3-5. . Zur Verbesserung der Hepaticusdramage. lUd., 
 
 1912, xxxix, 1017-1020.— Lejaxs. Le drainage du canal hfr 
 patique. Bull, et m^m. Soo. de chir. de Par., 1904, n. s., xxx, 
 
 486Hi98. . Le drainage des voies biliaires. Jbid., 1906, 
 
 n. s., xxxii, 150-156.— LUlenthal (H.) Drainage In opera- 
 tions upon the biliary system. N. York M. J. fete], 1901, 
 
 V i>. I ■ 
 
 Bile-ducts (Drainage of). 
 
 Ixxxv, 924.— Nordmann (0.) Tram 
 
 drainage. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Geseiiocu. i. i.u^., «"m;.V> 
 
 1913, xfii, pt. 2, 2S?-299. Also: Arch, f. klui. Chir., BerL,,19E, / 
 
 Transiejunale Hepatlbusr, 
 . Gesellsoh. f. Chir., P^;<i. 
 lai., Aiii ui, i «,,-.». „„„.„jh.f. klin. Chir;, Berl.,,19C,^ 
 ci, 1061-i074.-ipauchet (V.) Voies biliaires;. seize casdo 
 dlainage du canal hiSpatique. Ass. franc, de.chir. Pioo.- . 
 "?b!itoO,Par.,1907,xxj98-3q6.-Pochhaminer. Uebef- , 
 Cholehochotomie urid Hepatiousdramage. Berl. khn. 
 Wchnschr., 1911, xlviii, 544.-Blchardson (C. H.) Becov- 
 erv following the administration of inspissated ox bile in a > 
 S of drainage of the common bile duct. Johns Hoptos , 
 Hpsp. Bull., Bait., 1909, xx, 19.-Rlchardson (M. H.y Ee- 
 marfcs upon the surgery of the bihary passages, with special 
 reference to the importance ofdrainage.^. Louis M. Kev., 
 19M, 1,^. 225. (Discussion], 231.-Bieael. Die Indika^ 
 tionen fvir die Hepatikusdramage. Munchen. med. Wchn- 
 schr., 1912, Ux, 25i2-2516.-KQUtIer. Dr^nagB d^ voies 
 biliaires. Bull, et mfim. Soo. de chif. de Par., 1907, n. s., 
 xxxiii, 798.— SadUer (J. E.) Excessive orainage comphcat- 
 Ing surgery upon the common bile- duct.. /Tr. Am. Ass. 
 O&t. & Gynec. 1916, York, 1917, xxix, 258-m-Slkora (P.) 
 lie drainage du caiial htoatiaue. Presse mid,. Par., 1909, _ 
 xrii, 163-165.-Sm!th (c. N.) Drainage; the essential 
 element in the surgery of the bijiary tract. Tr. -Am. A^. 
 Obst. & Gyneo. 1911, York, 1912, xxiV, 152-174, Xtoo.- Am. 
 J. Obst.,N: Y.,1911,ixiv,993-1014.-Smlth(E. A.) Biliary 
 drainage in operations on the gallbladder and biliaryducts. 
 AmTled., fhila., 1905, ix, 688-691 .-Spalding (C. B.) 
 Bfflary dr^nage. Kentucky M. J., Bowling Green, 191^3, 
 xi 55J61 —Terrier. Le drainage des voies biliaires princi- 
 nales. Bull, et m6m. Soo. de chir. de Par., 1905, n.s., xxxi, 
 1090-1108.— Van Hengel (L. D.) Khnische waarnenlmgen 
 bij drainage van den ductus hepaticus. Nederl. Tiic^chr. v. 
 Geneesk., Amst., 1913, i, 1606-1614.— Verhopgen (J.) Bi- 
 section du canal choKdoque et drainage de I'h^patique, 
 Ass. franc, de chir. Proc.-verb. [etc.], Par., 1908, xxi, 201- • 
 203 — Voelcker (F.) Transduodenale Drainage des Ductus 
 hepaticus bei Plastik des Ductus hepatico-choledochus. 
 Beitr. z. Win. Chir., Tubing., 1911, Ixxu, 681-599. ylteo 
 FAbstr ]• Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf..u. Aerzie 
 IKonigsb.) 1900, Leipz., 1911, lxxxii,pt. 2, 142. 
 
 Bile-ducts (Hydatids of). ' 
 
 Bazy. Kyste hydatique ouvert dans les voies biliaires. 
 Bull, et mto. Soo. de chir. de Par., 1906, n. s., xxxii, 1040.— 
 Jaboulay. Kyste hydatique du canal cholMoquo exturpe. 
 Lyon m^d., 1913, cxxi, 625.— Sasse (F.) Ueber--den Ver--- 
 schluss des Ductus choledochus durch . Echinokokken- 
 blasen und Heilung'durch Choledochototeuo imd Eadikal- 
 operation. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Natwf. i>. . 
 Aerzte 1903, Leipz., 1904,-ii, 2. Hlfte,, 157-1 60.-Tufaer&. 
 Lyon-CaSn. Kyste hydatique ouvert dans les voies 
 biliaires; cholSdoootomie; Issue par la simple incision du 
 cholfidoque d'une membrane hydatide qm, deplissfe, a le 
 volume d'une tSte de foetus. Bull, et m&n. Soe. de diir.. de 
 Par., 1910, n. s., xxxvi, 70-72.-Vikhtefi (P. .V.) [Echino- 
 coccus of the gall-ducts.] Protok. zMed Kavkazsk. Med. 
 Obsh., Tiflis, 1900-1901, xxxvii, 491^96. 
 
 Bile-ducts (Inflammation and abscess of). 
 
 iSee, also, Fever (Typhoid, Complications, oj, - 
 Biliary). . •., . 
 
 Bedos (J.) *Des angiochol6cystitep chrom- 
 ques et de leur curabilite par le traitepaent chi-: 
 ruigical. 8°. Montpellier, 1910. ' • 
 
 Bb,tinet(E.-A.-M.-J.) *Goptributioiia,r6tude 
 des angiochol^cystites aigues d'origine ^heir , 
 tliienne. 8°. iijon, 1911. 
 
 OastaSbda (G.) *Catarro de las vfas biliajes. 
 8°. Mixico^S93. 
 
 Petsch (R.) *Beitrag zur cKirurgischen Be- 
 handluns der entzundlichen Verengerungen des 
 Ductus choledochus. 8°. Giessen, 1909 . 
 ■ RosT (H.) *Ueber Eiterungen von" den 
 Gallenwegen ausgehend. 8°. Miinchen, 1904.. 
 
 Velarde (M.-A.) *CoTitribution &. I'dtiidft.de 
 I'infection aigue dea voies biliaireB par le ba- 
 cille d'Eberth. 8°. Paris, 1909. 
 
 Barker (M. E.) Cholangitis. Med. Brief. St. LoulSf 
 1906, xxxlv, 428-432.— BastlaneUi (G.) Eeperto batteriolo- 
 gico neirandocolite suppurativa da calcolosi. JB\ill. d. r. 
 Accad. med. di Eoma, 1890-91, xvli,' 305-315.--Berkeley 
 (W. N.) Some notes on the medical treatment of mflammar 
 tions of the biliary tract. Med. Eoc, N. Y., 1908, Ixxiv, 831- 
 833.— Blgnaml (A.) Sulla etiologla doll'angiocolite Sup- 
 purativa. Bull. d. r. Aocad. mod. di Eonja, 1890-91, xsm, 
 ^4-256.- Blttorl (A.) Ueber akute und chronisohe (lezi- 
 divlerende) Cholangitis. Mitt: a. d. Orenzgeb. d. Med. u. 
 Chir., Jena, 1918, xxx, 662-670.— Breton, Dehon & MUuit. 
 Angiocholiteolironlque Ji forme do maladiedeHariot. .Echo 
 m«d. du nord, Lille, 1906, x, 269.— Brooks (F. D.) Internal 
 medication in infection" of the biliary passages. Wisconsin 
 
BILE-DUCTS. 
 
 523 
 
 BILE-DUCTS. 
 
 1^! 
 
 hile-ducts (Initammatiouandabscess of ) . 
 
 M. J., Milwaukee, 1W4-5, iii, 466-461.— Buslnco (A.) Su la 
 infezione della bile e delle vie biliarl exstraepaticbe. Gazz. 
 internaz. di med. [etc.], Napoli, 1916, xix, 133: 145. — Cam- 
 panl (A.) Due cast d'angiocolite muco-purulenta. Eifor- 
 ma med., Eoma, 1903, xix, 287-292.— Carnot. L'angiooho- 
 llte; ses complications; son diagnostic. J. de mM. int. 
 Par., 19,06, X, 27-29.— de Cbampeaux (P.) & Goei£. An- 
 giocholite suppuriSe (drainage du canal h^patique). Arcb. 
 de m6d. et pbarm. nar ., Par., 1911, xov, 309-315.— Cholan- 
 gitis. Jahresb. ii. d. cbir._A.bt. d. Spit, in Basel (1902), 1903, 
 70.— Coleman (J. E.) Gall-tract injection. Dlmois M. J., 
 Springfield, 1910, xviii, 287-290.— Cornell (S. S.) A case of 
 enlargement of the liver and spleen succeeding ebronie 
 catarrhal obolangeitis. N. York M. J., 1900, Ixxii, 193-197.— 
 Cumston (C. G.) Tbe symptomatology, diaOTosis and 
 treatment of primary apyogenous angiocbolitis. Boston M. 
 & S. J., 1910, olxii, 72-75. Also, Eeprint.— Davis (C. G.) 
 An effective formula for catarrhal cholangitis and its con- 
 geners. Tberap. Gaz. [etc.], Detroit, 1907, 3. S., xxiii, 464- 
 466.— Deaver (J. B.) Hepatic drainage in infection of the 
 biliary tracts. Tr. M. Soc. N. Y., Albany, 1904, xcvlii, 241- 
 
 253. . Tbe diagnosis and treatment of infections of tbe 
 
 biliary passages, with special reference to cholelithiasis and 
 cholecystitis. Am. J. M. Sc, PhUa. & N. Y., 1908, n. s., 
 cxxxv, 37-53.— Durliam (E.) Obliterating cholangitis 
 associated with hemorrhage of the new born. Long Island 
 M. J., Brooklyn, 1914, vlii, 92,— Duvergey (T.) Deux cas 
 d'angio<!hol6cystites graves non calculeuses tradtSs et guiris 
 par I'op^ration de Kebr. Ass. franc, de chir. Proc.-verb. 
 'etc.]. Par., 1912, xxv, 895-905.— Bhret. Bedeutung des 
 fiebers fiir die Diagnose des Infektes der Gallenwege. Ver- 
 handl. d. Kong, f . innere Med., Wiesb., 1906, xxiii, 682-685.— 
 Engelen. Zur Behandlung der Cholangitis mit Chologan. 
 Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1912, xxxvni, 
 511.— FotterglU (J. E.) A case ol catarrh of tbe biliary 
 
 Eassages. Annual rep. trans. S. Durham & Cleveland M. 
 oc, Darlington, 1877-8, V, 40-13.— Friedman (G. A.) 
 The etiology and diagnosis of infective diseases of the biliary 
 ducts. Arch. Diagn., N. Y., 1916, ix, 100-108.— Fyodorofl 
 (S. P.) [Inflammation of the bile-ducts (cholecystitis). J 
 Eussk. Khir. Arch., S.-Peterb;, 1905, xxi, 383-411.— Gaitan 
 (A.) Fiebres bUiosSpticas. Eepert. de med. y drug., 
 ' Bogota, 1916, vii, 387-405.— Goldieicll (A.) [Cholangitis.] 
 Mitt. d. -Gesellsch. t. inn. Med. u. Kinderh. in Wien, 1909, 
 vlii, 53-55. — Gruget (A.) Le drainage dans les infections 
 aigues des voies biUaires. Eev. g6n. de clln. et de th&ap.. 
 Par., 1910, xxiv, 345-349.— Holmes (B.) A case of typhoid 
 bacillus cholecystitis without past or present typhoid 
 enteritis and vnthout cbolelithiasis. N. York M. J. [etc.], 
 1911, xciv, 315-321. Xfeo, Reprint.- vonImr6dy (B.) Die 
 Entzijndungen der Gallenwege und ibre Therapie. Pest, 
 med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1910, xlvi, 121; 129; 137.— 
 bigelians (L.) Origine sanguine des infections biliaires. 
 Echo mSd. du nord, Lille, 1911, xv, 609-614.— Jenkins 
 (W. A.) What can the internist do for infection of the bile- 
 tract? Kentucky M. J., Bowling Green, 1917, xv, 117-125.— 
 Job (E.) & Mvy (L.) Infection des voies biliaires et paraty- 
 ■phus B. Paris mM., 1912, vii, 568-571.— Jones (E. L.) & 
 CUncli (T. A.) Suppurative cholangitis. Edinb. M. L, 
 1899, n. s., V, 363-372.— Kelly (A. O. J.) Infections of the 
 biliary tract with special reference to latent (or masked) and 
 typhoid infections. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & K. Y., 1906, 
 cxxxii, 446-462. Also, Reprint. . Certain remote con- 
 sequences of infections oi the biliary tract, with special 
 reference to, (1) cholehthiasisand cholecystitis, (2) adhesions 
 of the upperabdomen, (3) the general principles oltreatment 
 and (4) the indications for surgicalintervention. Am. J. m' 
 Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1906, cxxxii, 744-763.— KOppen. Der 
 Katarrb der Gallengange im Kindesalter. Verhandl. d. 
 Versamml. d. Gesellsch. f. Kinderh. . . . deutsch. Naturf u 
 Aerzte 1912, Wiesb., 1913, xxix, 59-62. Also [Abstr.]: 
 Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. n. Aerzte (Miin- 
 ster) 1912, Leipz., 1913, -Ixxxiv, pt. 2, 2. Eltte., 231.— La^ 
 marre ( A .) Des angiocbolites chroniques des pays chauds 
 Prov. mia.., Par., 1907, xviii, 647. Also, transl: Brazil- 
 med., Rio de Jan., 1908, xxii, 144-146.— Lanpbear (E ) 
 Obliteriation of cystic duct. Med. Standard, Chicago, 1914 
 xxxvii, 49.— Lejars & Slredey (A.) Angiooholite suraigue! 
 trait^e et gugrie par le drainage du canal hSpatique. Bull 
 et mfim. Soc. mM. d.bOp. de Par., 1910, 3. s., xxix, 272-277 — 
 I/ongyear (H. W.) Infection of the biliary tract. J. Mich 
 M. Soc, Detroit, 1905, iv, 189-203.— McArttiur (L. L.) 
 Bile tract infections and their concomitant correlated dis- 
 eases. Colorado Med., Denver, 1913, xi, 327-333.— Manlon 
 (Florence S.) Suppurative cholangitis. Med. Sentinel 
 Portland, Oreg., 1909, xvii, 669-671.— Mattirolo (G.) Con- 
 tribute alia cura chirurgica delle angiocoliti non suppurative 
 Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1897, xviii, 1209-1213.— Mchaudl 
 Traitement cbirurgicaJ de I'angiocholite inlectieuse. Gaz 
 mM. de Par., 1897, 10. s., 1, 196-198.— Mix (C. L.) Etiology 
 of biliary tract infections land their relations to duodenal 
 ulcer and appendicitis. Illinois M. J., Chicago, 1914, xxv, 
 17-22.— Naunyn (B.) Ueber Cholangitis. Deutschemed. 
 Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1911, xxxvii, 2017-2021. Also 
 [Abstr.]: Allg. Wien. med. Ztg., 1911, Ivi, 516.— Neupert. 
 Ein retroperitonealer Gallenabszess. Deutsche med. Wchn- 
 
 Bile-ducts (Infiammation and abscess of) . 
 
 schr., Berl. & Leipz., 1912, xxxvlii, 1434.— Mcblsawa. 
 
 [A case of indolent abscess of the bile-duct following obstruc- 
 tion of the duodenum in a cbUd.) Jikwa Zassbi, Tokyo, 
 1906, 759-779.— Palanca (J. A.) Sobre un caso de angioco- 
 litis supurada. Eev. de san. mil., Madrid, 1919, 3. s., ix, 
 89-94.— Parsons (H.) Suppurative cholangitis. Canad. 
 Pract., Toronto, 1898, xxui, 143-150.— Pick (F.) Zur 
 Diagnostik der Infekteder Gallenwege. Mitt. a. d. Grenzgeb, 
 d. Med. u. Chir., Jena, 1901, vui, 174-178.— Plrrung (J. E.) 
 ComplicationsandendresultsofDileductinfection. Lancet- 
 Clinic, Cincin., 1914, cxi, 670-674.— Qu6nu. Angiocbolite; 
 traitement chirurgical. Bull, et m^m. Soc. de chir. de Par., 
 1897,241-246.— Qu6nu(E.)&Duval(P.) Lesangiocholites 
 aigues. Arch. d. mal. de I'appar. digest, [etc.]. Par., 1909, 
 iii, 88-102.— R«my (C.) Sur un cas d'angiocholite coli- 
 bacillaire avec abcfes multiples, traitfe par ouverture et 
 drainage. Ass. franc, de chir. Proc.-verb. [etc.]. Par., 1896, 
 X, 485-489.— de Benzi (E.) Due casi di colangite catarrale 
 da stafllococco piogeno albo. N. riv. clin.-terap., Napoli, 
 , 1911, xiv, 288-290.— Robson (A. W. M.) Remarks on 
 suppurative cholangitis with reference to influenza as a 
 
 cause. Quart. M. J., Sheffield, 1897-8, vi, 47-49. . 
 
 Cholangitis. Syst. Med; (AUbutt), N. Y. & Lend., 1897, 
 iv, 249-253.— Bottermuud (S. K.) Treatment by specific 
 vaccine (autohemogenic or heterohemogenic) of chronic 
 inflammation of the bile-ducts.] Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1910, 
 2. s., XXX, 1003-1015.— Sprengel. Der retroperitoneale 
 Abscess im Zusammenhang mit den Erkrankungen der 
 Gallenwege. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Chir., 
 Berl., 1907, xxxvi, 428-452.— Swope (L. W.) Cholangitis 
 and pancreatic lymphangitis. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1913, 
 Ixviii, 1010-1016.— Taylor (H. M.) Bile tract infection and 
 its sequences. Old Dominion J. M. & S., Eichmond, 1905-6, 
 iv, 177-183. Also: Virginia Hosp. Bull., Eichmond, 1905-6, 
 ii, 23-26.— Tlnkham (H. C.) The surgical aspect of inflam- 
 mation of the biliary tract whether accompanied or not by 
 gall stone. Vermont M. Month., Burlington, 1909, xv, 27- 
 32.— Trlplett (J. S.) Case of acute catarrhal cholangitis, 
 with remarks on jaundice. Med. Herald, St. Joseph, 1903, 
 n. s., xxii, 113.— Varsbavski (M. O.) [Purulent inflamma- 
 tion of the common bile-duct, complicated with gangrene 
 of right mammary gland,] Ejened. jour. "Prakt. Med.," 
 S.-Peterb., 1899, vl, 968-970.— Tanovskl (F.) [Angiocho- 
 litispurulentacalculosa.) Eussk. Arch. Patol., Klin. Med. 
 i Bakteriol., S.-Peterb., 1902, xlv, 1063-1090.— Zarzycki (S.) 
 Typhose Infektion der Gallenwege bei Aplasie der Gallen- 
 blase. Wien. kUn. Wchnschr., 1913, xxvi, 798-800. 
 
 Bile-ducts (Ligation of, Experimental). 
 
 Alflerl (A.) Di alcune alterazionl retiniche nella intossi- 
 cazionebihare acuta sperimentale. Arch, diottal,, Palermo 
 1898-9, vi, 190-198, 1 pi.- DItman (V. V.) [On the effect of 
 ligating the common bile-duct upon bile-secretion in guinea 
 pigs.) Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1898, xix, 305.— Doyon (M.), Du- 
 iourt ^E.) & Faviot (J.) Contribution h, I'^tude des eflets 
 de la hgature du canal choMdoque chez le chien. J. de 
 physiol. et de path, gin.. Par., 1901, iii, 731-735. Foi (P.) 
 Sugli effetti della legatura del dotto coledoco nelle cavie. 
 Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1901, 4. s., vii, 621.— 
 Loeper & Esmonet. Graisse et glyoog&ne du foie, du testi- 
 cule et des muscles k la suite de la ligature du cholMoque 
 Chez le chien. Bull, et m^m. Soc. anat. de Par., 1902, Ixxvii 
 1008.— Rlbadeau-Dumas & I/ecSne. Note sur I'^tat du 
 foie et de la rate aprJis ligature du chol^doque chez le eobaye 
 Arch, de mM. exp^r. et d'anat. path.. Par., 1904, xvi, 191- 
 206, 1 pi.- Sisto (P.) Sulla restfiuzione del lume nel dotto 
 coledoco del cane dopo la legatura. Arch, per le sc. med , 
 Tormo, 1903, xxvii, 411^22, 1 pi. AUo [Abstr.]: Gior. d. r. 
 Accad. di med. di Torino, 1903, 4. s., ix, 523. 
 
 Bile-ducts (Ohliteration of, Congenital). 
 
 See, also. Bile-ducts (Stenosis of, Congenital) ; 
 Jaundice in new-born infants. 
 
 Pmbbe (J. [H. O.]) *Ueber angeborene Obli- 
 teraition der grossen Gallenwese. [Munchen 1 
 8°. Wiesbaden, 1907. 
 
 Carbonell (A.) Un caso de obUteracidn de los conductos 
 bihares en el niuo simulando una meningitis tuberculosa 
 An; de la Acad, de obst. [etc.], Madrid, 1911, Iv, 234-236 — 
 Cbliie (J.-L.) Obht(5ration congfinitale des voies biliaires 
 BuU.Socd'obst.doPar., 1906, ix, 362.— Dickson (W EC) 
 Congenital obliteration of the bile-ducts. Proc. Eov Soc 
 Med., Lond,, 1918, xi. Sect. Stud. Dis. Child., 27.— Dunlap 
 ^S-.J^l!^ BTDonald (S.) Liver from a case of congenital 
 obliteration of the bile ducts. Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc Edinb 
 1901-2, n. s. jLH, 208,-Elperin (S.) Ein FaU von angebo^ 
 renem Defekt des Ductus choledochus aus mechauischer 
 Ursache. Frankfurt. Ztschr. f. Path., Wiesb., 1913, xii 25- 
 JSTm'^*'^"^' (■f- P> ■*■ <=*^8 0' congenital obUteration of 
 the bile ducts m which there was fibrosis of the pancreas and 
 of ttospleen Brit. M. J., Lond., 1907, ii 385-387.-Gi1fflth 
 &.,^- C.) Congemtal obhteration of the bile duets. Tr 
 Phila. Pediat. Soc, N. Y., 1904-5, i. Papers, 25-31 Also- 
 Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1905, xxu, 257-263. fDiscussion], 303^ 
 iius.— Mess (A. F.) A consideration of the pancreas and its 
 
BILE-DUCTS. 
 
 524 
 
 BILE-DUCTS. 
 
 Bile-ducts {Ohliteration of, Congenital). 
 
 ducts in congenital obliteration of the bUe-duots. Arch. 
 Int. Med., Chicago, 1912, x, 37-44.— Holmes (J. B.) Con- 
 genital obliteration of the bile ducts; diagnosis and sugges- 
 tions for treatment. Am. J. Dis. Child., Chicago, 1916, xi, 
 405-431. Also: JohnsHopkinsHosp. Eep.,Balt., 1918,xvlii, 
 75-77.— H0eg (E.) [Case of obliteration of bile-duct in a 
 new-born infant.) Hosp.-Tid., Kdbenh., 1908, 5. E., 1, 677- 
 591.— Howard (C. P.) & Wolbachi (S. B.) Congenital ob- 
 . literation of the bile-ducts. Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 1911, 
 viii, 557-573.— KopUk (H.) & Crohn (B. B.) at and 
 nitrogen metabolism in a case of congenital absence of the 
 bile ducts, with a study of ferments of the pancreatic secre- 
 tion and the feces. Am. J. Child. Dis., Chicago, 1913, v, 36- 
 42.— Lavenson (K. S.) Congenital obliteration of the bile 
 ducts with cirrhosis of the liver. Proc. Path. Soo. Phila., 
 1907, n. s., X, 127-140. Also.- J. Med. Eesearch, Bost., 1908, 
 xviii, 61-74.— Menzles (G. D.) Congenital absence of the 
 common bile-duct. Australas. M. Gaa., Sydney, 1904, xxiii, 
 20.— Merle (B.) & Petit. Obliteration oongenitale avec 
 arr^t de dfiveloppement des voies biUaires intra et extra- 
 Mmtiques par angiocholite f oetale. Bull, et miSmL Soc. anat . 
 de Par., 1910, Ixxxv, 29-35.— Miller (J.) A case of congenital 
 obliteration of the common bile-duct with cirrhosis of the 
 liver. Eep. Soc. Study Dis. Child., Lond., 1908, viii, 423.— 
 Moschcowltz (E.) Case of congenital obliteration of the 
 bUe ducts. Proc. N. York Path. Soc, 1912-13^ n. s., xii, 41.— 
 Feck (Elizabeth L.) Congenital obUteration of the bile 
 ducts, with reportof aoase. Arch. Pedlat., N. Y., 1910, xxvii, 
 433-437.— Boss (D.) Congenital obliteration of the bile- 
 ducts. Abstr. Tr. Hunterlan Soo. 1900-1901, Lond., 1902, 
 106-108.— Schrotten (F.) Ueber iongenitalen Defefct der 
 Gallenausfuhrungsganke. Mitt. a. d. Hamb. Staatskran- 
 kenanst., Leipz. & Hamb., 1913, xiv, 1-8.— Slmmonds. 
 Ueber angeboreneu Mangel der grossen Gallenwege. Miin- 
 chen. med. Wchnsohr., 1907, Uv, 341.— Stansfleld (0. H.) 
 Congenital absence of both hepatic ducts. Arch. Pediat., 
 N. Y., 1914, xxxi, 537.— Tbomson (T.) Congenital oblitera- 
 tion of the bUe-ducts. Syst. Med. (AUbutt),N. Y. & Lond., 
 1897, iv, 253-257.— Walls (F. W.) So called congenital oblit- 
 eration jf the bilB ducts. Chicago M. Becorder, 1899, xvii, 
 91-99.— Weber (F. P.) & Dorner (G.) Congenital oblitera- 
 tion (or congenital atresia) of bile-ducts with hepatic cirrho- 
 sis. Brit. J. Child. Dis., Lond., 1911, viii, 1-9. Also, Ee- 
 prmt.— Westennau (C. W. J.) Over de afsluiting van den 
 ductus choledochus bii et pasgeboren Mnd. Nederl. Tijd- 
 schr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1903, 2. E., xxxlx, d. 2, 1338-1345.— 
 TlppO (A.) Zwei Falle von kongenitalem Gallengangs- 
 verschluss. Fett- und Bilirubin-Sfoffwechselversuche bei 
 einem derselben. Ztsohr. f. Einderh., Berl., 1913, Orig., ix, 
 319-337. 
 
 Bile-ducts {Oistruction of). 
 
 See, also, Bile-ducts (Ligation of. Experi- 
 mental); Bile-ducts (Obliteration of) ; Bile-ducts 
 (Stenosis, etc., of)-. Jaundice. 
 
 MocQtroT (P.) *L'6tat de la v6sicule dans les 
 obstructions des voies biliaires. 8°. Pans, 1909. 
 
 Walter (J. C. B.) *Ueber Verschluss der gros- 
 sen Gallenwege. 8°. Leiden, 1899. 
 
 Waubkb (P.) *Ueber Cboledocliusverschluas. 
 [Bonn.] 8°. Elberfeld, 1897. 
 
 Agote (L.) Obstruccifin permanente del canal col4doco. 
 Eev. Soc. m^d. argent., Buenos Aires, 1001, ix, 544-552. 
 
 Also: SemanamM., Buenos Aires, 1901, viii, 565-568. 
 
 El sindroma de la obstruccidn del ool^doco. Semana m6d., 
 Buenos Aires, 1902, ix, 585-594.— Bazy. Du drainage des 
 voies biliaires dans la retention biliaire calculeuse ou non 
 calouleuse. Bull, et m4m. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1907, n. s., 
 xxxiii, 800-813.— Bertog (J.) Beitrag zur Frage der Entste- 
 hung der sog. weissen GaUe bei absolntem dauemden Chole- 
 dochusverschluss. Mitt. a. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir., 
 Jena, 1913, xxvi 49- 60.— Cabot (E. C.) Courvoisier's law. 
 Med. News, N. Y., 1901, Ixxix, 844. Also: Tr. M. Soo. 
 N. Y., Albany, 1902, 112-116. Also, Reprint.— Chlray. 
 De I'obstruction biliaire. Gaz. d. hop.. Par., 1908, Ixxxi, 
 1599: 1635.— Couto (M.) Sobre a lei de Courvoisier. Arch. 
 brasil. de med., Eio de Jan., 1911, i. 464-488.— Deayer (J. 
 B ) Obstruction of the common bile-duct. Phila. M. J., 
 1900, vl, 650-652. • . Common duct obstruction. Ver- 
 mont M. Month., Burlington, 1914, xx, 92-97.— Erdmann 
 ( J. F.) Obstruction of thooommon bile duct, with report of a 
 ease of irritation of the hepatic-duct system. M. & S. Eep. 
 Bellevue Hosp., N. Y., 1905-6, U, 239-246. Also: Med. Eec, 
 N. Y., 1906, Ixx, 441-443.— EscalleWJ. M.) Obstruccitfn per- 
 manente del canal colMoco. Eev. Soc. mfid. argent., Buenos 
 Aires, 1899, vii, 249-256.— Fink (F.) Choledochusversohluss 
 durch primare Anlagen (Gallenschlamm); cholagogische 
 Wirkung des Earlsbader Thermalwasser. Milnohen. med. 
 Wchnschr., 1904, li, 2087-2089.— Fontaine (C.) Contribu- 
 tionS.r.^tudedel'obstructionde3voies biliaires. J.raM. do 
 Brux., 1912, xvii, 93-96.— Frledenwald (J.) The immediate 
 effect of biliary retention on the secretory function of the 
 stomach. Med. News, N. Y., 1905, Ixxxvil, 156-159.— Gan- 
 gltano (0.) Sulla occlusione del dotto dstico. Arch, ed 
 
 Bile-ducts (Obstruction of). 
 
 atti d. Soo. Ital. di chir., Roma, 1897, xi, 148-154.-Gaston 
 (J. MeF.) Eemedial measures in obstruction of the ooinmpn 
 bile-duct. Tr. Am. Surg. Ass., PhUa., 1898, xvi, 206-214. 
 AUo: 3. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1898, xxx, 1107.— tester (.J. 
 C A.) The feedmg of bile collected from bihary fistulas m 
 obstruction of the common duct. J. Am. M.. Ass., Chioago, 
 1916, bdv, 1900, AUo, Ecprint.— GlanneUi (L-) Occlu- 
 sione temporanea seoondana delle vie biliari estrafipatiohe 
 in embrioni di Lepus cunioulus. Monltore zool. ital., 
 Firenze, 1911, xxii, 81-94,— Harris (G. E.) Three cases of 
 obstruction of the cystic duct simulating appendicitis. 
 Proc. Connect. M. Soc, Bridgeport, 1904, 494-499. Also: 
 Intemat. J. Surg., N. Y., 1906, xix, 11-13.— Jaboulay. 
 Obstruction du cnolMoque. Rev. mternat. da med. et 
 de chir., Par., 1905, xvi, 367-389.— Long (J. W.) Com- 
 mon duct obstruction. Tr. South. Surg. & Gyneo. Ass. 
 
 1905, Phila., 1906, xviii, 42-47. [Discussion], 68-68. Also 
 [Abstr.]: Am. J. Surg., N. Y., 1906, xx, 105.— McCalla 
 (L. P.) Hydraulic pressure; a means used to open the 
 common gall duct, which remained closed, or reclosed 
 after the removal of im.paoted stones. Med. Sentinel, 
 Portland, Oreg., 1901, ix, 281-283.— Marlen (A.) L'obstruc- 
 tion des voies Diliaires. Union m&d. du Canada, Montreal, 
 1912, xli, 187; 435.— Moulsset. Du signe de la vfeicule (Ira 
 de Courvoisier, Terrier) pour le diagnostic difltontiel des 
 causes d'obstruction des voies biliaires. Lyon mid., 1902, 
 xoviii, 785-790.— Satterthwalte (T. E.) Gall-duct obstruc- 
 tion from a medical point of view. Post-Graduate, N. Y., 
 1904, xix, 163-177— Segura (G.) Sobre retenci6n biliar. 
 Semana mM., Buenos Aires, 1917, xxiv, pt. 1, 727-735. — Shl- 
 monek (F.) Obstruction of the common bile-duct of the 
 hepatic duct. Tr. M. Soc. Wisconsm, Madison, 1898, xxxii, 
 146-148. — Slppel (P.) Eln Fall von seltenem Verschluss des 
 Ductus choledochus. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & 
 Leipz^l918, xUv, 644. Also: Med. Klin., Berl., 1918, xiv, 
 504.— Thurston (E. O.) Obstruction of cystic duct. St. 
 Thomas's Hosp. Eep., Lond., 1898-9, n. s., xxvii, 148.— 
 Troltskl (P. V.) [Rare case of closure of common bile- 
 duct.] Bolnitsoh. Gaz. Botkina, S.-Peterb., 1900, xi, 673- 
 578.— Tufaer. A propos des obstructions du cholMoque. 
 Bull, et m&n. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1905, n. s., xxxi, 1072- 
 1079.— Washburn (1. B.) Obstruction ofgall ducts. Med. 
 Council, Phila., 1902, vii, 215.— Wheeler (W. L De C.) Bil- 
 iary obstructioni. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1S15, n. s., C, 
 436. Also: Tr. Roy. Acad. M. Ireland, Dubl., 1916, xxxiv, 
 21-23. — WUloughby (E. F.) The dla^osis and treatment 
 of biliary obstruction. Brit. Phys., Lond., 1900-1901, ii, 
 61-65. 
 
 Bile-ducts (Oistruction of, Causes and 
 patTwlogy of). 
 
 See, also. Calculus (Biliary, Complications, 
 etc., of). 
 
 AuBRBACH (M.) *treber Verschluss des Due- . 
 tus choledoclius an seinem untersten Abschnitte 
 durch bosartige Tuinoren. 8°. Leipzig, 1899. 
 
 Couturier (P.) *Contribution a, F^tude 
 anatomo-pathologique et clinique de I'obstruc- 
 tion calculeuse du chol^doque! 8°. Pam, 1896. 
 
 Also [Abstr.], in: Gaz. hebd. de to&A., Par., 1897, n. S., a, 
 170-174. 
 
 Arnolds. [Eine mannskopfgrosse Eetentionscyste des 
 Choledochus.] Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 
 
 1906, xxxii, 1804.— Bevan (A. D.) Causes of obstruction of 
 the common bile duct. Tr. Chicago Path. Soc, 1895-7, ii, 
 191-196.— Cordler (A. H.) Non-htnogenous obstruction of 
 biliary ducts. Surg^ Qynoc. & Obst., Chicago, 1906, ii, 380- 
 385. Alto: Lanoet-Climo, Cincin., 1907, n. s., xcviii, 111- 
 115.— CornU (V.) Sur les l&ions des canaux biliaires intra 
 et extralobulaires et des cellules hi?patiques dans la retention 
 de la bile. Arch, de mdd. exp6r. et d'anat. path.. Par., 1903, 
 XV, 659-668, 1 pi.— Duval (C. W.) Melano-sarooma of tho 
 common bile duct causing complete obstruction. Montro^ 
 M. J., 1908, xxxvii, 270-272.— Frcnsdorl. Ein Beitrag zur 
 Kasuistik und Fatnogenose der kongenitalen Gallengangsa- 
 tresleen. Frankfurt. Ztschr. f. Path., Wiesb., 1912, ix, 381- 
 399.- Hammond (L. J.) Some of the more infi-eguent 
 causes of obstruction of the common bile duct. N. York 
 M. J. [etc], 1903, Ixxvlil, 1125-1129. AUo: Penn. M. J.> 
 Pittsburg, 1903-4, vii, 289-293.— Kramarenko (Ye. Yu.) 
 [Operative interference in chronic thrombosis of the bile- 
 duct.J Ehirurg. Arkh. Velyaminova, S.-Peterb., 1913, zxix, 
 790-798.— Lemlerre (A.), Brul6 (M.) & Garban (H.) Los 
 retentions biliaires par Iteion de la cellule faiSpatique. Se- 
 maine mi5d.. Par., 1914, xxxiv, 301-304.— Mertcns (V. E.) & 
 Stahr (H.) Verschluss des Ductus choledochus durch 
 ein Adenomyom. Deutsche Ztsohr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1916, 
 cxxxv, 506-574.— Metcall. (Obstruction of cystic duet by 
 enlargement of a lymph gland at the angle between it and the 
 hepatic dnct. Detroit M. J., 1905-6, v, 158.— Montagnon 
 & Duchamp. Obstruction n(5oplasique du chol^doqne; 
 abouehement de la vtSsicule dans I'estomac. Loire med., 
 St.-Etienne, 1899, xviii, 142-145.— PagUerl (L.) Sull'occlu- 
 sione del coledoco; studio di patologm olimca. Clin, chir.. 
 
BILE-DUCTS. 
 
 625 
 
 BILE-DUCTS. 
 
 Bile-ducts (Ohstruction of, Causes and 
 pathology of) . 
 
 Milano, 1912, xx, 13-27.— Purpura (F.) Contributo alia 
 patologia della stasi Wliare sperimentale. Sperimentale, 
 Firenze, 1915, Ixix, 819-843, 4 pi.— Beblaud. Une observa- 
 tion de bile blanclie au coura a'une obstruction du cholMo- , 
 que pour cancer de la tfite du pancreas. Paris chir., 1913, v, 
 667-670.— Sasse (F.) Ueber den Verseliluss des Ductus 
 cboledoclius durcb Echinokottenblasen und Heilung durch 
 Choledoohotomie. Arch. t. klin. Chir., Berl., 1904, Ixxiv, 
 95&-966.— Simonlnl (R.) Bopra la compressione ganglio- 
 nare delle vie biliari estraepatiohe nei bambini. Bolf. d. 
 Soo. med.-chir. di Modena, 1910-11, xiii, 501-520.— Stein (J.) 
 Eiu Fall von Choledooliusversohluss durch einen Tumor der 
 Duodenalschleimhaut. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1910, xxxv, 
 383-385.— Thompson (I.E.) The causes of biharyoDstruc- 
 tion. Texas State J. M., Fort Worth, 1908-9, iv, 244-247. 
 
 Bile-ducts {Olstrudion of, OompUca- 
 tions and sequelse of). 
 
 See, also, Jaundice /rom obstruction. 
 
 Lepbhnb (G.) *Blutveraiiderungen bei ex- 
 perimentellem Choledochusversdiluss. 8°. Kd- 
 nigsbergi. Pr., 1911. 
 
 Aves (F. W.) The hemorrhagic tendency in obstructive 
 jaundice and its preoperative treatment, with experiences. 
 Texas State J. M., Fort Worth, 1916-17, xii, 382-385.— Bar- 
 baccl (O.) Sullo alterazioni degll elemeutl nervosi nello 
 stato di colemia permanente per occlusione del coledoco. 
 Atti d. r. Accad. d. flsiocrit. in Siena, 1899, 4. s., xi, 61-58. — 
 Biggs (G.) Sub-diaphragmatic abscess from biliary ob- 
 struction. Proe. N. Yorj£ Path. Soo. (1893), 1894, 37.— 
 Biault (A.) & GrGgolre (E.) IctSre chronique par reten- 
 tion; stenose du chol6doque; cholfidocoduod^ostomie. 
 Bull, et m^m. Soc. m^d. d. hflp. de Par., 1913, 3. s., xxxv, 
 835-859 —Bruuner (F.) Der Hydrops und das Empyem 
 der Gallenwege beim chronischen Choledochusverschluss. 
 Deutsche Ztschr. 1. Chir., Leipz., 1911, cxi, 344-356.— Cornil. 
 Note sur les coagulations microscopiques observ^es dans les 
 canaux biliaires intercellulaires dii ioie et dans les cellules 
 hfipatiques & la suite de la rftention billairo. Cong, intemat. 
 de m«d. C.-r. 1903, Madrid, 1904, xiv, path, gin., 100-103.— 
 D'tJrso (G.) Occlusione eon mJezione delle vie biliari; 
 colecistostomia; coleoisto-digiunostomia in 2° tempo; guari- 
 gione. Arch, ed atti d. Soc. ital. di chir. 1905, Roma, 1906, 
 xix, 207-212.— Fink (F.) Der kompUzierto akute Choledo- 
 chusverschluss. Wien. Win Wohnsclir., 1903, xvi, 1359- 
 1361.— Friedenwald (J.) The immediate effect oi biUary 
 retention on the secretory function of the stomach. Med. 
 News, N. Y., 1905, Ixxxvii, 156-159.— Gilbert (A.) & Her- 
 scber (M.) Sur la teneur en bUiriibine du s&um sanguin 
 dans I'obstniotion chrouique du canal choISdoque. Conrpt. 
 rend. Soo. de biol.. Par., 1906, Ixi, 208-211.— Gregor (G. D.) 
 A case of obstruction of cystic duct accompanied by icterus. 
 Ann. Surg., Phila., 1897, xxvi, 284-288.— HaliprS (A.) 
 Double obht&ation des voies biliaires extra hSpatiques 
 (chol^doque et cystique); cancer secondaire du cholddoque; 
 cicatrice du cystique. Normandie mSd., Rouen, 1904, xix, 
 480-483. Also: Rev. mSd. de Normandie, Rouen, 1904, iv, 
 472-475.— Hall (A.J.) A case of obliteration of tlie hepatic 
 duct, with patent hepato-oystio duct; recurrent jaundice 
 ending fatally. Proc. Roy. Soo. Med., Lond^^ 1913-14, vii, 
 Path. Sect., 16-24.— Kauscli (W.) Die Hydrops des 
 gesamten Gallensystems bei chronischem Choledochusver- 
 sctiluss und seine Bedeutung fiir den Chirurgen. Mitt. a. d. 
 Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Cliir., Jena, 1911, xxiil, 138-168.— 
 I/auenstein (0.) Der Ventilverschlussin den Gallenwegen 
 durch Steine und seine Folgezustande. Centralbl. f. Chir., 
 Leipz., 1899, xxvi, 793-796.— Marcy (H. O.) The terminal 
 results of biliary obstruction. Tr. South. Surg. & Gynec. 
 Ass. 1913, Atlanta. 1914, xxvi, 466-482. [Discussion], 507- 
 521.— MltcbeU (w. T.) & StUel (R. E.) The pressure of 
 bile secretion during chronic obstruction of the common 
 bUe-duot. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1916, xxvii, 78. 
 Also, Reprint. — Montagnon & Ducnamp. Obliteration 
 d'une anastomose cysto-gasteique dans un cas de retention 
 biliaire. Loire m^d., St.-Etienne. 1900, xix, 294-296.— 
 Niemann (A.) Das Verhalten des StoHwechsels bei ange- 
 borenem Verschluss der Gallenwege. Ztschr. f. Kinderh., 
 Berl., 1912, Orig., iv, 152-167.— Porta (S.) Pancreatite 
 fibrosa biliare; occlusione del coledoco-coledocostomia; 
 guarigionej contributo alia patogenesi ed alia cura delle 
 pancreatiti biliari. Gazz. tnternaz. dl med., Napoli, 1912, 
 XV, 627-631.— von Beuss (A.) [Icterus infolge Obliteration 
 der Gallengange.] Mitt. a. Gesellsch. f. inn. Med. u. Kin- 
 derh. in Wien, 1908, vii, 89.— Sallgnat (L.) Coiiques h^- 
 patiques suivies d'ictftre prolong^ par obstruction du ohoW- 
 doque, gu&ison par la cure de Vichy. Centre m6d. et pharm. . 
 Gannat, 1911-12, xvii, 129; 171.— von Staubenrauch. 
 Atresie der Gallenwege; Cholamie; Cholangioenterostomie; 
 Tod. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1911, Iviii, 1051. — Stengel 
 (A.) Obstru'ction of the common bile duct and suppurative 
 cholangitis. Proo. Path. Soc. Phila., 1897-8, n. s., i, 72.— 
 Tyson (J.) A case of gall-stone in the common bile duct, 
 with chills and intermittent fever (ball valve obstructions, 
 hepatic fever). Phila. Hosp. Rep. (1900), 1901, iv, 28-30.— 
 Valle (V.) SugU effletti della occlusione del dotto coledoco 
 
 Bile-ducts (Olstrudion of, Complica- 
 tions and sequelse of) . 
 
 nelP uomo e negU animall. Ann. dl med. nav., Roma, 1901, 
 vii, pt. 2, 287-316, 2 pi — VUlard (E.) & Cotte (G.) De 
 rhydronisie intermittente de la vfeicule par obliteration du 
 canal cystique. Rev. de chir.. Par., 1900, xxxiii, 125; 317. 
 
 Bile -ducts (Oistrudion of, Treatment 
 of, Operative), 
 
 Peerin (F.-H.) *La ctol^cystogastrostomie 
 dana rocclusion suppos6e complete et directe- 
 ment irremediable du choiedoque. 8°. Lyon, 
 1902. 
 
 Bogart(J.B.) Occlusionof cysticduct; cholecystectomy. 
 Brooklyn M. J., 1903, xvii, 26.— BrInXH.) Choledochoente- 
 rostomieMans un cas de fistule biliaire causee par I'obstruc- 
 tion du ohoiedoque; guerison. Arch. m^d. d' Angers, 1908, 
 X, 5-16. — Collins (H. D .) Obstruction of the common duct; 
 cholecystectomy. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1917, Ixvi, 247.— 
 Dujon. Choieeysto-duodenostomie pour impermeabi- 
 lity du choiedoque consecutive k des adherences perito- 
 neales, reUquat d'une peritonite tujaerouleuse; guerison. 
 J. med. de Brux., 1906, xi, 772.— Fink (F.) Zweizeitiges 
 Operationsverfahren beim schweren chronischen Choledo- 
 chusverschluss. Prag. med. Wctmschr., 1907, xxxii, 89. — 
 Florand. Compression du canal choiedoque avec ulcera- 
 tion de la veine porte par un ganglion caseeux; intervention 
 operatoire; mort par hemorraeie. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. 
 d. hfip. de Par., 1899, 3. s., xvi, 30-33.— Hamilton (W. D.) 
 On the surgical management of certain -cases of calculous 
 obstruction of the common duct of the Uver. Cleveland 
 M. J., 1912, xi, 872-874.— Heintze. Ein durch die Operation 
 geheilter Fall von acutem lithogenen CholedoohusverscUuss 
 mit hohem Fieber. Jahresb. d. schles. Gesellsch. f. vaterl. 
 Kult; 1899, Bresl., 1900, Ixxvii, 1. Abt., med. Sect., 149- 
 152.— Jeanneret (A.) Obstruction des voies biliaires; lapa- 
 rotomie; guerison. Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 
 1900, XX, 61-67.— Kehr (H.) Die chirurgische Benandlung 
 des akuten und chronischen Choledochusverschlusses 
 durch Stein und Tumor. Miinohen. med. Wchnschr., 1903, 
 1, 932-936. Also, tranal.: Tr. Cong. Am. Phys. & Surg., N. 
 Haven, 1903, vi, 203-227.— Kramarenko (Ye. Yu.) [Opera- 
 tive interference in chronic closure of the bile-duct.] Syezd 
 Eossiysk. Khirurg., Mosk., 1913, xii, 157-161.— Maire & 
 Baymond (V.) De I'intervention dans les stenoses d'ori- 
 gineexterne des canaux biUaires. Ass. frang. de chir. Proc- 
 verb. [etc.]. Par., 1908, xxi, 209-214.— Marlanl (C.) Cole- 
 cisto-gastrostomia per occlusione cronica del coledoco, fun- 
 zione e contenuto gastrico normal! dopo due anni e mezzo. 
 Riforma med., Napoli, 1912, xviii, 371-373.— Micaud. Re- 
 tention biliaire par bouchon muqueux chez u^e alcoolique; 
 choiecystostomie; guerison. Loire med., St.-Etienne, 1901, 
 XX, 1-5. — Packard (H.) Permanent stenosis of the ductus 
 communis from inflammatory infiltration or cicatricial con- 
 traction of a duodenal uioer; implantation of the duct at 
 another point in the duodenum; gastro-enterostomy; re- 
 covery. Boston M. & S. J., 1908, clix, 106-108.— de Parrel. 
 Obstruction biliaire aveo hyperthermie prolongee; traite- 
 ment chirurgical. Normandie med., Rouen, 1904, xix, 377- 
 385.— P61ya (S. J.) [Contribution to the actual cure of 
 chronic obstruction or the bile-duct by cholecystogastro- 
 stomy.) Sebeszet, Budapest, 1904, 40-46.— Bobson (A. 
 W. M.) The surgical treatment of obstruction in the com- 
 mon bile-duct by concretions, with especial reference to the 
 operation of choledochotomy as mooifled by the author, 
 illustrated by 60 cases. Lancet, Lond., 1902, i, 1023-1027. 
 Also: Med.-Chlr. Tr., Lond., 1902, Ixxxv, 93-118.— Stone 
 (I. S.) Somerecentsurgery for biliary obstruction. Am. J. 
 Obstj N. Y., 1902, xlvi, 484-497. Also, Reprint. — l'rOeU( A.) 
 Zur Pathologic und Therapie der gutartigen Choledochus- 
 stenosen anla^slich eines operiertcn Falies. Mitt. a. d. 
 Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir., Jena, 1918, xxx, 545-556.— 
 Wbartou (H. R.) Cholecystostomy for obstruction of the 
 cystic duct. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1901, xxxiii, 785. 
 
 Bile-ducts (Parasites in). 
 
 See, also, Bile-ducts (Hydatids of). 
 
 Sick (C. W. O.) *Ueber Spulwurmer in den 
 Gallenwegen. 8°. Tubingen, 1901. 
 
 Clemm Oy. N.) Ein Spiilwurm im Gallenausfiihrgang 
 unter dem Bilde der Leberkolik. Arch. f. Verdauungslir., 
 Berl., 1902, vlii, 635-638.— Dalla Valle (A.) Ascaridi nei 
 dotti biliari. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1915, xxxvi, 468-470. — 
 Fertlg. Choledoohotomie wegen Spulwiirmern. Deutsche 
 Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1911-12, cxiv, 410-413.— Htntcr- 
 stolsser (H.) Bin Asoaris im Ductus hepaticus (Opera- 
 tionsbelund). Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1913, xxvi, 456.— 
 Neugebauer (F.) Ascaris im Ductus choledochus; Cliole- 
 dochotomie. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1903, Ixx, 584-591.— 
 Pfilissier. Distomatose des voies biliaires; angiochoiecystite 
 suppuree; mort. Ann. d'hyg. et de med. colon.. Par., 1913, 
 XVI, 776. — Pflugradt (R.) Askariden In den Gallenwegen. 
 Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Beri. & Leipz., 1914, xl, 227. — 
 Bosentbal (R.) Ueber Ascaridiasis der Gallenwege mit 
 Beriicksichtigung eines selbst beobachteten Falies. Deut- 
 sche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1912-13, cxx, 544-559. 
 
BILE-DUCTS. 
 
 526 
 
 BILE-DUCTS. 
 
 Bile -ducts {Perforation of). 
 
 See Bile-ducts {Rupture of). 
 
 Bile-ducts (Rupture of). 
 
 See, also, Calculus {Biliary, Complications, 
 etc,, of); Peritonitis {Biliary). 
 
 Fleys (J.-P.) *Contributiona,r6tude desrup- 
 tures spontan^ea des voies biliairea dans le p6ri- 
 toine. 8°. Paris, 1899. 
 
 RosENTiffAL (M. E. H.) *Ein Fall von Heilung 
 bei Ruptur einea subserosen GaUenganeed der 
 Leber. 8°. Halle, 1911. " 
 
 Th^bault (L.-M.-M.)- *Contribution^l'6tude 
 des ruptures spontan^es des voies biliaires dans 
 lep^ritoine. p'arisj 8°. Rennes, 1918. 
 
 ZURHOBST (H.) *Ueber Gallendiu-chbruch dea 
 Ductus cysticus unmittelbar vor seiner Einmun- 
 dung in den Ductus choledochus. 8°. Kiel, 
 1903. 
 
 . Buiupus (H. C.) Eupture of the common bile duct asso- 
 ciated with subphrenic abscess. Ann. Surg., N. Y., 1916, 
 Ixiv, 414-418.— C3ampbeU-Horsefall (C.) A case of perfo- 
 rated common bile duct followed by subphrenic abscess ; op- 
 eration andrecovery. Brit.M. J., Lond., 1913,u, 118.— Bnner 
 (F.) Zur Kenntnis der durch Gallengangrupturen beding- 
 ten Peritonitis. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1915, xxviil, 1378- 
 1382.— Ernst. Choledcchusruptur. Hosp.-Tid., Kdbenh., 
 1913, 5. R., ii, 1323.— Flck. Ueber subkutane Rupturen der 
 Gallenwege. St. Petersb. med. Wchnsclir., 1904, xjci, 413.— 
 Gerrard (P. N.) Ruptured common bile duct; double 
 laparotomy; recovery. J. Trop. M. [etc.], Lond., 1908, xi, 
 277.— Hatn (F.) Bin Fall von subkutauer Ruptur des 
 Choledochus. Festschr. . . . Carl Gosohel . . . 25jahr. Jubil., 
 
 Tilbing., 1902. 199-223., . Subcutane Rupturen der 
 
 Gallenwege. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1903, Ixxi, 1024- 
 1048. .4feo.- Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. t. Chir., Berl., 
 1903, xxxii, pt. 2, S94-618.— Hlldebrand. Ruptur des 
 Ductus hepatious. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & 
 Leipz., 1907, xxxiii, 483.— Lagoutte. Rupture spontanto 
 des voies biliaires; laparotomie; garrison. Lyon med., 1900, 
 xcv, 589-593. — ^Lapenta (V. A.) Perforation at the'juncture 
 of cystic and eommou ducts; primary suture; recovery. 
 Surg., Gyneo. & Obst., Chicago, 191S, xx, 652. Also, Re- 
 priut.— Nov6-Josserand (L.) & Cremieu (E.) Perfora' 
 tion et obstruction du choledoque par bourgeonnement d'un 
 cancer pylorique; ictSre chronique. Lyon m(5d., 1913, cxx, 
 1025-1029. — Nuepert. Perforative Prozesse im Bereiche der 
 Gallenwege-Operationen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. 
 & Leipz., 1912, xxxviii, 1435.— Orth (0.) Casuistischer und 
 cxpenmenteller Beitrag zur Leber- und Gallengangsruptur. 
 Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1913, ci, 369-375.— Paget fO. F.) A 
 unique case of rupture of the common bile duct. Australas. 
 M. Gaz., Sydney, 1912, xxxi, 64-56.— Ransohoff (J.) Rup- 
 ture of the common duct with an unusual sign. Tr. South. 
 Surg. & Gynec. Ass., Phila., 1906, xviii, 50-68.— B«ed 
 ■ (C. A. L.) Spontaneous perforation of the gall-ducts; ex- 
 treme extravasation of bile; cholelithotomy: death from 
 cholemia. Cincin. Lancet-Clinic, 1899, n. s., xliii, 476-178. — 
 Boutler. Rupture des voies biliaires, laparotomie tardive; 
 
 fufirison, par M. Michaux. Bull, et m(5m. Soc. de chir. de 
 'ar., 1893, n. s., xix, 243. . Rupture spontanfo des 
 
 voies biliaires. Ibid., 1909, n. s., xxxv, 1311-1316— Spencer 
 (W.) A case of rapture of the common bile-duct. Lancet, 
 Lond., 1898, i, 100. 
 
 Bile-ducts (Rupture of, Traumatic). 
 . LiNCKE (A.) *Ein weiterer Beitrag zur opera- 
 tiven Behandlung einer Galle:i^angszerreissung. 
 8°. Leipzig, 1908. 
 
 Proelss (E.) *Ein Fall von Gallengangs- 
 ruptur, ein Beitrag zur Diagnostik dieser Ver- 
 letzung. 8°. Berlin, 1881. ■ 
 
 Boeoyavlenskl (N. F.) [Rupture of the common bile- 
 duct in mjuries of the abdomenj Khirurgla, Mosk., 1910, 
 xxvli, 600-603. — Garrfi (C.) Traumatische Hepaticus- 
 ruptor geheilt durch eine Hepato-Cholangio-Euterostomie. 
 Beitr. z. Physiol, u. Path. Festschr. . . . L. Hermann, 
 Stuttg^ 1908, 22-39. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Ass. franc, de 
 chir. Proc.-verb. [etc.), Par., 1908, xxi, 183-186.— Garrett 
 (E.W.) Traumatic rupture of the bile duct. KinestonM. 
 Quart., 1899-1900iiv, 37-44. Also: Ann. Surg., Phila., 1900, 
 xxxi, 227-234.— Hildebrandt. Ueber die traumatische 
 Ruptur des Ductus hepatious. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 
 1906, Ixxxi, 647-655.— Kholtsoff (B. N.) [Traumatic rup- 
 tures of bihary passages.] Laitop. Russk. Khir., S.-Peterb., 
 1900, V, 198; 368.— Leonardo (D.) Voluipinosa raccolta 
 cistica, ematico-biliare, subfrenica, di origme traumatica. 
 Policlm. Roma, 1912, xix, sez. prat., 593-596.— Lepoutre (C.) 
 
 ' Rupture des voies biliaires par contusion de I'abdomen chez 
 un enfant; opfiration; ■gugrison. J. d. sc. m(Sd. de Lille, 1912, 
 ii, S53-658.-iewerem. Ueber die suboutanen Rupturen 
 
 Bile-ducts (Rupture of, Traumatic). 
 
 der Gallenwege traumatischen Ursprungs, nebst einem 
 casuistischen Beitrag. Arch. i. kUn. Chir., Berl., 1903-4, 
 Ixxl, 111-146.— Mfilssncr. Die Zerreissungen der Gallen- 
 auslohrungsgange durch stumpfe Gewalt. Beitr. z. klin. 
 Chir., Tiibing., 1907, liv, 204-221.— Ortli (0.) Ein Fall von 
 Ruptur der Gallengange, des linken Leberlappons vereint 
 mit einer Commotio cerebri. Allg. Med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 
 1911, Ixxx, 271.— Bothluchs (R.) Ein Fall von traumati- 
 soher Ruptur der Gallenwege. Mttnchen. med. Wchnschr,, 
 1905, lii, 1980.— SpUlmann (G.) Rupture double des voies 
 biliaires consecutive k une cnute de 15 metres avec laparoto- 
 mie exploratrice renouveUe. Arch, prov. de chir.. Par., 
 1904, xiii, 73.5-740.— Subbotie (V.) Ruptura subcutanea 
 traumatica ductus hepatioi. Wion. klin. Wchnschr., 1901, 
 xiv, 212.— Tuffler. Rupture traumdtique du canal choli5do- 
 que; gu^rison. Bull, et m4m. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1906, 
 n. s., xxxii, 463.— Valter (K. A.) [Traumatic rupture of the 
 bile-ducts.) Protok. i Trudl Russk. Chir. Obsh. Pirogova 
 1899-1900, S.-Peterb., 1901, xviii, 9-12.— Waugb (G. E.) 
 Traumatic rupture of the common bile-duct in a boy six 
 years old. Brit.J. Surg., Bristol. 1915-16, ill, 685-088.— 
 Weiss (T.) Rupture traumatique des voies biUaires. 
 Rev. m4d. de Test, Nancy, 1901, xxxiii, 97-103. 
 
 Bile-ducts (Stenosis and atresia of). , 
 
 See, also, Bile-ducts {Obstruction of) . 
 
 NoKEL (A.-L.-J.),. *Les r6tr6cissements ac- 
 quis non n^oplasiques du choledoque. 8°. 
 lAlU, 1912. 
 
 Anscblltz. Narbenstenose des Choledochus. Miinchen. 
 med. Wchnschr., 1918, Ixv, 279.— KOrte (W.) Ueber 
 Operationen am Choledochus wegen Verengerung durCh 
 Narben oder Carcinom, ncbst Bemerkungen tiber nonnales ' 
 Pankreassekret. Arch. f. klin. Cisii^ Berl., 1903, Ixxi, 1049- 
 1062. AUo: Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Chir., Berl., 
 1903, xxxii, pt. 2, 619-632.— Lerlche (R.) Sttoose mflam- 
 matoire du choledoque; chol&ysto-gastrotomie; guiSrison. 
 Lyon m4d., 1913, cxx, 758-760.— Marasco (D.) Stenosi del 
 dotto epatico per iperplasia connettivale delle sue pareti. 
 Incurabili, Napoli, 1903, xviii, 471-494.— Mathieu (P.) 
 Rte&!issements non n&iplasiques des voies biliaires priu- 
 cipales. Rev. de chir., Par., 1908, xxvii, 61; 174.— Mo- 
 narl (A.) Sul restringimento flbroso del coledoco da an- 
 giocolite catarrale. Clm. med. ital., Milano, 1898, xxxvii, 
 289-304.— Moynlhan (B. G. A.) A case of simple stricture 
 of the common bile duct treated by a plastic operation. 
 Brit. M. J., Lond., 1905, ii, 1390.— Solacolu. Note sur un 
 cas de rte&issement nbreux du canal b^patique. J. de 
 miSd. int.. Par.; 1900, Iv, 598.— Troell (A.) [Some remarks 
 on the pathology and treatment of benign stenosis of the 
 bile-ducts.) AUm. sven. lS.kartida., Stockholm, 1916, xiii, 
 741-751.— Tsunoda (T.) Eine experimentelle Studie 
 fiber die Folgen der Stenose oder Obliteration des Ductus 
 choledochus; zur Kenntnis der sog. biliaren Leberdrrhose. 
 Virohow's Arch. f. path. Anat. fete), Berl., 1908, oxciii, 
 213-238. 
 
 Bile-ducts (Stenosis and atresia of, Cotv- 
 genital). 
 
 See, also. Bile-ducts {Obstruction of. Congeni- 
 tal); Jaundice in new-bom infants. 
 
 Benbkb (B.) Die Entstehung der Icongeni- 
 talen Atresie der grossen Gallengange; nebst Be- 
 merlcungen fiber den Begriff der Abschnurung. 
 4°. Marburg, 1907. 
 
 Frbnsdorf (W.) *Ein Beitrag zur Kasuistik 
 und Pattiogenese der kongenitalen Gallengangs- 
 atresieen. [Heidelberg.] 8°. Wiesbaden, 1911. 
 
 Bolim (F.) Ein Fall von congenitalerQallongangsatresie 
 mit Gallengangscysto. Ztschr. f . ang. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1913, 
 i, 105-129.— Cordler (A. H.) An unusual gall-bladder case. 
 [Congenital (7) partial obstruction of ductus choledochus 
 communis.) Am. J. Surg. & Gyncc, St. Louis, 1904-5, xviii, 
 
 40. . Congenital (?) partial obstruction of ductus 
 
 choledochus communis. Med. Era, St. Louis, 1907, xvi, 
 10.— Footc (J.) & Hamilton (R.) Congenital occlusion ol 
 
 dena, 1909-10, xii, 15-22.— Fuss (S.) & Boye (B.) Ueber 
 kongenitale Unwegsamkeit der Leberausftthrungsgange. 
 Virchow's Arch, f.path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1906, clxxxvl, 
 288-297, 1 pi.— Griffltli (J. P. CV Congenital stenosis of the 
 common bile duct. Tr. Phila. Pediat. Soc, N. Y., 1904-6, 
 i, 17-19.— Mllnc (L. 8.) Congenital atresia of the bile pas- 
 sages. Quart. J. Med., Oxford,, 1912-13, v, 409-418, 4 pi.— 
 Bolleston (H. D.) Congenital syphilitio obstruction of the 
 commop bile duct. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1907, 11, 947.— Slm- 
 monds. Ueber kongenitale Atresie der grossen Gallongiinge. 
 MUnohen. med. Wchnschr., 1908, Iv, 2565.— Slmonlnl (R.) 
 Stenosi del coledoco in un noonato. Pediatria, Napoli, 1907, 
 2. s., V, 356-365.— Sugl (K.) Ein Beitrag zur Frage der 
 
BILE-DUCTS. 
 
 527 
 
 BILE-DUCTS. 
 
 Bile-ducts (Stenosis and astresia of, Oon- 
 genital)'. 
 
 Gallengaugsstenose tieim Neugeborenen. Monatschr. t. 
 . SOnderh., Leipa. & Wiou, 1912, xi, Orig., 294-307.— Van- 
 zettl (F.) Contributo alia oonoscenza delle atresia conge- 
 nite delle vie biliari. Arch, per le sc. med., Torino, 1913, 
 xxxvii, 1-41, 1 pi. — Veau (V.) I/es r^tr&Jissements cong^ 
 nitaux des voies biliaires et leur traitement clururgical. 
 Bull. Soo. dep4diat. de Par., 1910, 3di, 289-294.— Wyaril-(S.) 
 A case of congenital atresia of the bile-ducts. Lancet, Lond., 
 1914, ii, 495. 
 
 Bile-ducts (Surgery of). 
 
 See, also, Bile-ducts (Artificial) ; Bile-ducts 
 ( Cancer of) ; Bile-ducts (Diseases of. Treatment of, 
 Operative); Bile-ducts (Ligation of, Experi- 
 mental).; Bile-ducts (Obstruction of. Treatment 
 of, Operative) ; Bile-ducts ( Tumors of) ; Biliary 
 system (Surgery of) ; Calculus (Biliary, Treat- 
 ment of. Operative) ; GaU-feladder (Surgery of) ; 
 Liver (Surgery of) . 
 
 Cl^iment (G.) *Contribution h, I'^tude de la 
 chirurgie des voies biliaires. [Lausanne.] 8° 
 Frihourg, 1900. 
 
 Kehk (H.) Chirurgie der Gallenwege. 8°. 
 Stuttgart, 1913. . 
 
 . Die Praxis der Gallenwege-Chirurgie 
 
 in Wort und Bild. 2 v. 4°. Munchen, 1913. 
 
 KuNZB (H.) *Beitrage zur Anatomie und 
 Chirurgie der Gallenausfuhrungsgange. 8°. 
 Konigsherg i. Pr., 1910. 
 
 Also, in: Beitr. z. klin. Cliir., Tiibing., 1911, Ixxil, 491-504. 
 
 VAN Lelyveld (L. p.) *Klinische bijdrage 
 • totdecbirurgiedergalwegen. 8°. ZJfrecfti, 1896. 
 
 Pauchet (V.) Chirurgie des voies biliaires. 
 8°. Paw, 1900. 
 
 Renauld (A. -P.) *Contribution S, I'^tude et 
 au traitement des h^morrhagies cons^cutives aux 
 operations pratiqu^es sur les voies biliaires. 8° 
 Nancy, 1899." 
 
 Rosa (C. D.) La chirurgia delle vie biliari. 
 8°. Fmexia, 1902. 
 
 SiBiLLB (R.) *Resultat9 eioign^s des princi- 
 pales operations sur les voies biliaires. 8°. Paris, 
 1904. 
 
 Spinetti (G.) Chirurgia delle vie biliari. 4°. 
 NapoU, 1909; 
 
 Adam (L.) Einiges fiber Operationen der Gallenwege 
 auj Grand von 112 Fallen. Pest, med.-ohir. Presse, Buda- 
 pest, 1910, xlvi, 97; 107.— Allen (D. ¥.) Operations upon 
 the biliary passages. Cleveland J. M., 1899, iv, 1-10. — 
 Amsperger (L'.) Dauererfolge und Rezidive naca Gallen- 
 steinoperationen. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. 
 Aerzte (Karlsruhe)1911, Leipz., 1912, Ixxxili, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 
 203.— Baeliracli (R.) Ueber die Resultate unserer Opera- 
 tionen au den Gallenwegen. Med. Klin., Berl., 1908, iv, 
 1099-1103. — Baudouin (M.) Les operations pratiques 
 sur le canal cystique. Ga4. d. bdp.. Par., 189S, Ixxi, 301- 
 306.— von Bergmann (A.) Zur Ckirurge der Gallenwege. 
 St. Petersb. med. Wohnsclir., 1899, n...F., xvi, 387; 397.— 
 BeruLudez (A.) Cirugla de las vSas biUafes. Repert. de 
 med. y cirug., Bogota, 1916, vii, 338-342 —Borchgrevink 
 (O.) [Complicated bile-duct cases.) Norsk Mag. f. Laegevi- 
 densk., Kristianla, 1912, 5. R., xi, 1482-1504.— Borghi (M.) 
 Contributo alia chirurgia delle vie biUari. Osp. magglore, 
 Milano, 1913, 2. s., i, 239-250.— Brewer (G. E.) Some obser- 
 vations upon the surgery of the biliary passages. Surg., 
 Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1912, xiv, 433-446. [Discussion], 
 513-516.- BrOnlng (A.) Statistisches fiber 367 Choledoeho- 
 tomien. Deutsche med. Wohnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1912, 
 xxxviii, 1543-1548.— Brunner (F.) Erfahrungen auf dem 
 Gebiete der Chirurgie der Gallenwege. Cor.-Bl. (. schweiz. 
 Aerzte, Basel, 1909, xxxix, 289-297.— Dalla Rosa (C.) Sul 
 processo di cioatrizzazione del condotto cistico tn seguito alia 
 sua legatura. Clin, chir., Milano, 1900, viii, 21-26. — Davis 
 (B. B J Surgery of the biliary passages. Tr. Nebraska M. 
 Ass., Lincoln, 1903, 64-68.— Deaver (J, B.) Surgery of the 
 biliary passages. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1899,. xxxii, 
 
 859-866. . Surgery of the biliary passage!;-. Internat. 
 
 J. Surg., N. Y., 1901, xiv, 295-299. iZso,-. Charlotte [N. C] 
 
 . M. J., 1902, XX, 277-281. — ^ . Surgery of the common bile 
 
 duct. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1911, Ixxx, 909-913. . Sur- 
 
 ■ gery of the bile ducts. Am. J. M. So.,Pliil^..&N. Y.,I912, 
 cxlul, 781-792. AUo:'S. York State J. M., N. Y., 1912, xii, 
 490-496.— DelagemSre (H.) Chirurgie du oholMpque et de 
 I'h^patique. Ass. fran;. de chir. Proc.-verb, [etc.]. Par., 
 
 Bile-ducts (Surgery of). 
 
 1908, xxi, 29-85.— Deietrez (A.) Consid(Srations cliniques k 
 propos de treize operations pratiqu&s sur les vpies biliaures. 
 Bufi. Acad. roy. de mfid. de Bslg., Brux., 1908, 4. s., xxii, 
 633-643. (Rap. de Debaisieux], 596^599. AUo: Gaz. de 
 gyndo., Par.- 1908, xxlii, 337-349.— Depage. De lachirurpe 
 des voies biliaires. Ann. Soo. beige de chir.-, Brux., 1894-5, 
 ii, 201-206.— Doberer. Zur Clururgle der Gallengange. 
 Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1010, xxiii, .1445-1447.— Elsendrath 
 (D. N.) Why do we have recurrences after operations on 
 the biliary tract? Illinois M. J., Chicago, 1917, xxxii, 272- 
 277. AUo: Med. Herald, St. Joseph, 1917, xxxvi, 217-220. 
 . The relation of anomalies of the bile ducts and blood- 
 vessels to accidents in biliary surgery-. Med. Eec, N, Y., 
 1918, xciii, 1109.— Erdmaim (J. F.) A consideration of the 
 biliary tract. Internat. J. Surg., N. Y., 1909, xxu, 289.— 
 Fenger (C.) Remarks on surgery of the bile-ducts. Ann. 
 Surg., Phila., 1898, xxvu, 697-718. Also: Chicago M. Re- 
 corder, 1898, xiv, 309-323.— Ferguson (E. D.) One of the 
 dangers of the surgery of the biliary passages. N. York 
 State J. M., N. Y., 1904, iv, 33.— Fontau (J.) Chirurgie du 
 canalcholSdoqueetducanalh^patique. Ass. {ran5.de chir. 
 Pioc.-verb. [etc.], Par., 1908, xxl, 172-183.— Franke (F.) 
 Beitrage zur Chirurgie der Gallenwege (nebst Mittheilung 
 eines FaJles von Gallensteinileus). Beitr. z. wissensch. 
 Med. Festschr. . . . d. Versamml. deutsch. Naturf. u. 
 Aerzte . . ., Bmschwg., 1897, 164-187.— Fyodoroff (S. P.) 
 [Surgery of the bile-ducts.) Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1904, 
 iH, 1-4.— Gaudiani (V.) Contributo alia chirurgia del 
 ooledoco. Polidin^Eoma, 1909, xvi, sez. prat., 1477; 1509.— 
 Gerster (A. G.) onsuccessJul surgery in disorders of the 
 gall-ducts, together with a consideration of Naunyn's chol- 
 angioUtis. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1912, xv, 572- 
 581. [Discussion], 628-636.— Glannettasio (N.) Contri- 
 buto clLnico della chirurgia delle vie biliari. Rilonna med., 
 Palermo-Napoh, 1903, xxi, 1133-1137.— Gil (J.) Cirugia de 
 las vlas biliares en Antioquia. Repert. de med. y cirug., 
 BogotA, 1916, vii, 489T510.—Godoy Alvarez (M.) Algosobre 
 cirugia do las vlas bUiafes. Cr<5n. m^d. mexicaoa, Mfixico, 
 1906, ix, 119^123.— Goldammer. Beitrage zur Chirurgie 
 der Gallenwege. Beitr. z.' kUn. Chir., ODfibing., 1907, Iv, 
 41-272, 5 pi.— Gosset (A.) Chirurgie du canal cnoWdoque 
 et du canal h^patique. Ass. iiaiq. de chir. Pioc.-verb. 
 [etc.]. Par., 1908, xxi, 85-172.— Goyanes. Cuatro casos de 
 cirugia de vlas bUiares. Rev. de med. y cirug. prfct., 
 Madrid, 1908, Ixxx, 271.— de Graeuvre (A.) Contribution 
 k r^tude de la chirurgie du chol^doque. J. mM. de Brux., 
 1908, xiii, 249-252.— Haassler. Zur Chirurgie der Gallen-. 
 wege. Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl. 1904, xiv, 509.— Hinel 
 (F.) Beitrage zur Chirurgie der Gallengange. Jahresb. d. 
 Gesellsch. f. Nat.- u. Heilk. in Dresd., 1896-7. 21-24.— Hal- 
 sted (W. S.) Contributions to the surgery 01 the bile pass- 
 ages,especially of thecommon bile-duct. Boston M. & S. L, 
 1699, oxli, 645-654. [Discussion), 661-664. AUo: Z aims 
 Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1900, xi, 1-11. Also, Reprint.— 
 von HofmeisteT. Beitrage zur Chirorgie des Choledochus. 
 Munchen. med. Wchnschr., ipi3, Ix, 225-230.— Kelir. 
 Ruckblick auf 2000 Operationen au den Gallenwegen, eine 
 <3egenuberstellung der Erfolge des ersten und zweiten Tau- 
 Eiend. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Chir., Berl., 1913, 
 xBi, pt. 1, 273-288. jllio[Abstr.]: Deutschemed. Wchnschr., 
 Berl. & Leipz., 1913,xxxix,775.— Kocher (T.) & Matt! (H.) 
 Ueber 100 Operationen an den .Gallenwegen mit Benickr 
 sichtigung der Dauererfolge. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1906, 
 Ixxxi, 655-734.— Kttrte (W.) Chirurgie der Gallenwege. 
 
 Ztschr. f. arztl. Fortbild., Jena, 1908, v, 449-459. . 
 
 Erfahrungen fiber Operationen au den Gallenwegen. Arch. 
 f. khn. Chir., Berl., 1909, Ixxxix, l-'5^.— Liejars. Chirurgie 
 ducholMoqueetdel'Mpatique. Ass. frang. de chir. Proc.- 
 verb. [etc.], Par., 1908, xxi, 197-201 —Long (J. W.) The 
 importance of preserving the gall-bladder in operations 
 upon the gall-passages, Ann. Surg., Phija., 1911, liii, 349- 
 .354. Also, Reprint.— Mifklns (G. Hj Sequelae of opera- 
 tions on the bile passages. Hospital, Lond., 1907, xUi, 277- 
 280. — Manntnger (W.) Kasuistik aus dem Bereiche der 
 Chirurgie der Gallenwege. Verhandl. d. Budapest k. 
 Gesellsch. d. Aerzte (1911), 1912, 27-29.— Marchettl (O.) 
 Cenni storici della chirurgia delle vie biliari. Clin, mod., 
 Firenze, 1907, xiii, 856-865.— Margaruccl (O.) Contributo 
 alia chirurgia delle vie biliari. Arch, edatti di Soc. ital, di 
 Chir, 1908, Roma, 1909, i, 339; 423, 1 pi.— Marlottl (G.) 
 Contributo alia chirurgia delle vie biliari. Riforma med., 
 Roma, 1903, xix, 875; 909.— BDcliaux (P.) Chirurgie du 
 chol(5doque. Bull, et mSm. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1898, n. s., 
 xxiv, 691-693. — Mizokuclii (K.) Ueber Operationen an 
 den Gallenwegen. Deutsche Ztschr. 1. Chir., Leipz., 1908, 
 xcvi, 422-440. — iVIolrr (H.) Ueber Recidive nach Opera- 
 tionen an den Gallenwegen. Samml. klin. Vortr., n. F., 
 Leipz., 1901, No. 309 (Chir., No. 89, 219-229).— Morris 
 (R, T.) Bile-tract adhesions, Med, Rec, N. Y., 1905, 
 Ixvii, 447-449.— Mourlquand (E.) Sur qUelques cas de 
 chirurgie biliaire. Lyon m^d., 1908, cxi, 899-910.— Moynl- 
 lian (B. G, A.) Operations upon the lower part of the 
 common bile duct. Brit. M. J., Lond,, 1906, ii, 1350-1354. 
 
 . Remarks upon the surgeiry of the common bile-duct. 
 
 Lancet, Lond., 1906, i, 147-154.— Munro (J. C.) Surgery 
 of the bile passes with special reference to the end-results. 
 Boston M. & S. J,, 1909, clx, 359-364, Also [Abstr.]: Long 
 
BILE-DUCTS. 
 
 528 
 
 BILE-DUCTS. 
 
 Bile-ducts {Surgery of). 
 
 Island M. J., Brooklyn, 1909, iii, 63.— Novaes (J.) Quaes as 
 opera^Ses pratlcaveis nas vias biliares. Biazil-med., Rio de 
 Jan., 1907, xxi, 211. — Paus (N.) Beitrage zur operativen 
 Behandlung der Gallenwegetoankheiten. Nord. mod. 
 Ark., Stockholm., 1912, 3. f., xii, h. 3, No. 7, 1-67.— Pfiralre 
 (M.) Chirurgle da caaal chol€doque et da canal li6patique. 
 Ass. franp. de chir. Proc-verb. [etc.]. Par., 1908, xxi, 
 265-267.— Phllippowlo (J.) CholedochuschiruTgie. Berl. 
 
 klin. Wchnsohr., 1914, U, 1586. . Ueber Choledoohus- 
 
 Chirurgle. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1915, xcv, 487- 
 493.— Presno y Baetlony (J. A.) Eesultados lejanos de 
 Intervenciones sobre las vtas biliares. Rev. de med. y cirug. 
 de la Habana, 1918, xxiii. 439-448.— Qu6nu. Chirurgie des 
 Toies biliaires. Bull, et m&n. Soc. de ohir. de Par., 1906, 
 
 n. s., xxxil, 200-210. . Le danger des laparotomies 
 
 exploratrices dans les cas de tumeurs malignes et la taille du 
 choWdoque. Rev. g6n. de clin. et de thdrap., Par., 1906, xx, 
 38-40.— Belch (A.) Accidental injection of bile ducts with 
 petrolatum ana bismuth paste. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 
 1918, Ixxi, 1555.— Bibas y Blbas (B.) Cirugla de las vlas 
 biliares. Rev. de med. y cirug., Barcel., 1910, xxiv, 193- 
 212.— Blcbardson (M. H.) A lew remarks concerning the 
 surgery ot the biliary passages. Cleveland M. J., 1903, ii, 
 
 499-516. . Surgery of the biliary tract. St. Louis M. 
 
 Rev., 1906, liv, 25; 50; 77.— Elese. Erfahrungen auf dem 
 Gebiete der Chirurgie der GaJlenwege. Deutsche med. 
 Wchnsohr., Berl. & Leipz., 1905, xxxi, 254-257.— Bobtnson 
 (B.) History of the surgery of the biliary ducts. Columbus 
 M. J., 1904, xxviii, 341-348.— Bossl (B.) Sopra alcuni casl 
 interessanti di chirurgia delle vie billari. Atti d. Soc. lomb. 
 di sc. med. e biol., Milano, 1912, 1, 339-347.— Buge (E.) 
 Beitrage zur chirurgischen Anatomic der grossen Gallen- 
 wege (Ductus hepaticus, oysticus, choledoohus und pan- 
 creatlous). Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1908, Ixxxvii, 47-78, 
 ' 1 pi. Also: Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Chir., Berl., 
 1908,xxxvli, pt. 2, 238-269, 1 pi.— Sallnari (S.) Lachirurgia 
 ' delle vie bmari. Bull. d. sc. med. di Bologna, 1903, 8. s.^, 
 121; 221; 292; 375; 432; 488; 546; 683.— Salvador (JO Dos 
 casos de cirugla de las vlas biliares. Bemana mM., Buenos 
 Aires, 1915, xxii, pt. 2, 357-364. A Iso, Reprint .— SoullKOiix. 
 Chirurgie des voies biliaires. Bull, et m&n. Soc. de chir. do 
 Par., 1907, n. s., xxxlii, 976-996.— Sticda (A.) Beitrag zur 
 Chirurgie der Gallenwege. Beitr. z. kiln. Chir., Tiibing., 
 1905, xlvii, 654-736.— Smnmers (J. E.) Surgery of the 
 bile ducts. Am. J. Surg. & Gynec., St. Louis, 1897, x, 19.— 
 Siislofl (K.) [Surgical anatomy of the bile-ducts m man.] 
 Russk. Khir. Arch., S.-Peterb., 1907, xxiu, 639-692, 2 pi.— 
 T£denat. Chirurgie du canal chol^doque. Ass. franp. de 
 chir. Proc-verb. [etc.], Par., 1908, xxi, 189-197.— Terrier 
 (P.) Des operations chirurgicales sur les voies biliaires; 
 r&ultats imm^diats et aoign^s. Progrte m4d.. Par., 1892, 
 2. s., XV, 297; 313.— Tbonias (0. P.) Surgery of the biliary 
 passages. Am. J. Surg. & Gynec, St. Louis, 1904, xviii, 38.— 
 Tilton (B. T.) Special dangers associated with operations 
 on the biliary passages and their avoidamse. Med. Rec, 
 N. Y., 1910, Ixxviii, 398-400.— Tuffler. A propos de la 
 chirurgie du canal hepatlque. Bull, et m^m. Soc. de chir. 
 de Par., 1905, n. s., xxxi, 251-254.— Vlgmard. Deux cas de 
 chirurgie Xnmiie. Gaz. m^d. de Nantes, 1906, 2. s., xxiv, 
 301-305.— Wagner (A.) Beitrag zur Chirurgie der Gallen- 
 wege. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1918, cxlv, 15-68.— 
 WestbTook (H. W.) The results ofthe surgical treatment 
 of the bile passages. Lone Island M. J., Brooklyn, 1908, 11, 
 175-180.— WUttemore (w.) Surgery of the biliary pas- 
 sages during a period of ten years from January 1, 1901, to 
 January 1, 1911, at the Massachusetts General Hospital. 
 Boston M. & S. J., 1913, clxix, 571-575.— Wlart (P.) Be- 
 cherches sur I'anatomie chirureicale et voies d'aooes du 
 cholMoque. Eev. de gyn^c et de chir. abd., Par., 1899, iii, 
 149-184.— Wleland (F.) Estadlsticanaoionalenlaoiruglado 
 las vlas biliares. Crfin.m^d.jLima, 1917, xxxiv,52-67.— Wll- 
 lems (C.) Chirurgie du choWdoque et de I'hSpatique. Ass. 
 franc, de chir. Proc-verb. [etc.]. Par., 1908, xxi, 187-189 — 
 Willie (M.) Surgery of the biliary passages. Charlotte 
 (N. C.) M. J., 1909, Ux, 190-193.— Wyman (H. C.) Surgery 
 of the biliary tract; report of cases. Am. M. Comp(3nd, 
 Toledo, 190-3, xix, 249-252.— Zeller (O .) Beitrag zur Cliiiur- 
 gie der Gallenwege. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1902, xxxix, 
 822-825. 
 
 Bile-ducts (Surgery of, Indications for). 
 
 Anscbtltz. Diagnose una Chirurgie be! selteneren Chole- 
 doohuserkrankuiigen. Berl. klin. ■Wchnschr^ 1918, Iv, 42.— 
 de Beule (F.) A propos du dlamostic et des mdications 
 op(5ratoires dans les afleotions de la vole biliaire principale; 
 notes et remarques au suiet de quelques interventions sur le 
 ehoWdoque. Bull. Acad. roy. de in^d. de Belg., Brux., 
 1911, 4. s., XXV, 663-726.— Carr (W. P.) Some of the diffi- 
 culties of diagnosis and operation in diseases of the blhary 
 tract. Virgima M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1905-6, x, 437- 
 
 441 Also: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1906, Ixxxiu, 383-385. Also, 
 Reprint.— DaUa Bosa (C.L Le Indieaziom generall delle 
 onerazioni suUe vie biliail. Bev. veneta di sc med., Venezia, 
 1901 XXXV, 433-454.— Deaver( J. B.) Indications lor surgical 
 intervention In infections of the biliary tract. J. Am. M. 
 Ass , Chicago, 1906, xlvil, 402-405.— Desjardlns (A.) Indi- 
 cations op^ratoires dans les angloohohtes. Pans chirurg., 
 1912 iv, 1-15.— Forgue (E.) Indications du traitement 
 
 Bile-ducts (Surgery of, Indications for). 
 
 chirurgical dans lalitUaseet les infections des voicsbiliaares 
 Gaz. hebd. de m(5d.. Par., 1897, n. s., ii, 1201-1207.---I^nee 
 (F ) The indications for surgical oprations on the common 
 bile duet Med News, N. Y., 1897, Ixx, 552-554 —Llllentlial 
 (HO Seieccfto dlla operiito'en fas afocciones bj^ares 
 
 oolecistcctomla primarla 6 «?.le?|LS'°tT*^^,S^iwaS 
 qulr. de la Habana, 1911, xxxvu, 573; 597.-Pruszy*skUJ0 
 file Pathogenese der ^rkrankungen d^r Gal enwege und 
 die Indikation zu deren cbirOTpsc^er Behandlung Wien. 
 klin Wchnschr., 1904, xvii, 293-300.-Ellias y Blbas (D . E.) 
 Cirugia de las vias biliares; indicaciones Rev. de cien. mSd. 
 de Barcel., 1910, xxxvi, 193-209. Also: Rev. clln. de Madrid, 
 1910, iii, 4(5wii-Blcliardson (M. H.) The surgery of the 
 biliary iract; especially the indications for operation and the 
 importance of drainage. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago,, 1904, 
 xliS, 663-665.-SorellR.) Inmcations do la ctourgie des 
 voies biliaires. Rev. mdd. de Normandie, 1900, l.i37i.fl.— 
 Summers (J. E.) Indications for the drainage in diseases 
 of the biliary passages and the technic of operation. Phila. 
 M. J., 1900, VI, 656-659, 2 flgs.— Vlgnard (E.) De I'lndica- 
 tion opfaatoire h, propos de deux cas de chmirgie bUiaire. 
 Gaz. m&i. de Nantes, 1911, 2. s., xxix, 823-831. 
 
 Bile-ducts (Surgery of, Methods and 
 
 technique in). 
 
 See, also, Bile-ducts (Artificial) ; Bile-ducta 
 (Drainage of) ; Bile-ducts {Surgery of,. Plastic). . 
 
 Bkuning (A.) *Beitraig zur Frage der Chole- 
 dochotomie an der Hand von 100 operierten 
 Fallen. Zur Erlangung der Venia legendi. 
 [(Jiessen.l 8°. Leipzig, 1905. .. 
 
 AUo, in.- Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1905, Ixxvu, 
 325-367. 
 
 GuiLLAUME-Louis (P.) *De la chol^doco- 
 tomie. 8°. Pons, 1906. 
 
 Lbnz (W.) *Ueber den Werth der verschie- 
 denen Operationen an den GaUenwegen- auf 
 Grand der Erfahrungen der Giessener Klinik. 
 8°. Giessen, 1900. 
 
 Peiou (H.) *Sur les anastomoses des voiea 
 biliaires principales avec I'intestin. 8° Pom, 
 1907. 
 
 Yaich dit Jais (S.) *De la cliol6docotonue sans 
 sutures. 8°. Paris, 1902. 
 
 Battle (W. H.I Choledochotomy. Med. Press & Circ, 
 Lond., 1899, n. s., Ixvii, 37.— Baudouta (M.) Unenouvelle 
 oniSration sur les voies biliaires intra-h^patiques. Progres 
 mfid., Par., 1896, 3. s.,iii, 257-260:iv, 49: 1897, 3. s., v, 353; 371. 
 
 Les operations nouvelles et rares sur les voies buiai- 
 
 res. JM.,1897,3.s.,vi,52;131;193; 210: 1898,3.s.,vii,67; 355. 
 
 . Un nouveau precede operatoire de cholangio-ent&- 
 
 rostomie. Ann. internal dechir. gastro-intest., Par.,19C9, 
 iii, 53-66. Also: Arch. prov. de chir.. Par., 1909, xviii, 234- 
 
 247 . A propos de la cholangi(wntCTostomie. Arch. 
 
 prov. de chir., Par., 1909, xviii, 356. :. Un nouvBaa cas 
 
 de cholaneio-enterostomie. Ihid., 1913, xxii, 302-304.— 
 Bazy. Resultats eioignes des anastomoses entero-bUialres. 
 Bull. Acad, de med.. Par., 1916, 3. s., Ixxv, 135-141. Also, 
 transl: Semanamed., Buenos Aires, 1917, xxiv, pt. 1,336- 
 338.— Berndt (F.) Zur Lagerung des Patienten bei Operas 
 tlonenandenGallengangen. Milnchen.med.Wchnschr.,1902, 
 xlix, 322.— Bevan (A. D.) On the surgical anatomy of the 
 bile-duots and a new incision fortheirexposure. Ann. Surg., 
 Phila., 1899, xxx, 15-27.— Bobblo (L.) A proposito del- 
 1' epato-colangio-enterostomia. Kiv. veneta di sc. med., 
 Venezia, 1911, Ivi, 433-443.— Brlddon (C. K.) Choledochot- 
 omy. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1898, xxvil, 529-532.— Bruie & 
 KUss (G.) Resection experimentale du choiedoquo; forma- 
 tion do poohes kystiques Dilieuses Ji parois sclereuses; patho- 
 genle non eiueidee. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1909, 
 Itxxiv, 643-645.— Buchanan (J. J.) Report of a case in 
 which Halstod's hammer was used as an aid to the suture of 
 the common bile-duct. Ann. Surg., Phila , 1899, xxlx, 481- 
 483.— Chenoweth (J. S.) Incision andsuture of the common 
 bile duct twice successfully performed in the same indi- 
 vidual, within a period of four months, following a prelimi- 
 nary oholecystotomy. Louisville J. S. & M., 1898, v, 194- 
 196.— Collins (C. U.) Some points in the surgery of the bile 
 tracts, describing a new incision through which to reach 
 them and presenting a new instrument to facilitate the 
 removal of stones from the first portion ofthe common duct. 
 Tr. West. Surg. & Gynec. Ass., Minneap., 1908, xviii, 257- 
 268, 2 pi. jliso [Abstr.]: Surg^ Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 
 1909, viii, 293-296.— Colmers (F.) Transventrlkulare Cho- 
 ledocho-Duodonostomie. Zentralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1916, 
 xliii, 980.— Cooper (C. M.) The exposure ofthe postduo- 
 deinal portion ofthe common bile duct. Ann. Burg., Phila., 
 1903, xxxvlii, 480.— Cordler ( A . H . ) Choledochotomy. Am. 
 J. Clln. M., Chicago, 1907, xiv, 1002.— Crlle (G. W.) Cholecys- 
 tectomy vs. oholecystostomy and a method of overcommg 
 the special risks attending common duct operations. Surg. 
 
BILE-DUCTS. 
 
 529 
 
 BILE-DUCTS. 
 
 Bile-ducts {Surgery of, Methods and 
 technique in). 
 
 Gynee. &"Obst., Chicago, 1914, xvjil, 429-432.— Dahl (R.) 
 Eine neue Operation an den Gallenwegen. Zentralbl. f. 
 Cliir., Leipz., 1909, xxxvi, 266.— Dalla Rosa (C.) La 
 teonioa generale delle operazioni sulle vie biliari. Eiv. 
 veneta Qi so. med., Venezia, 1900, xxxiii, 214-222.— De 
 Giraeuwe(A.) UeberdieEesektiondesCholedochus. Zen- 
 tralbl. f. CMr., Leipz., 1908, XXXY, 790-800.— Delag4nl6re (H.) 
 Deux cas de clioMdoctiotomie suivis de gu6rison; considera- 
 tions op^ratoires. Arch. prov. de ohir.,Tar., 1898, vii, 495- 
 
 501. . Technique g6n6rale des operations faites sur les 
 
 voiesbiliaires pourlithiase. Rev. de gynfic. et de chir. abd., 
 ' Par., 1899, iii, 127-148. — Delbet (P.) Les anastomoses des 
 voies biliaires aveo les voies digestives. Bull . et m^m. Soo. 
 de chir. de Par., 1911, n. s., xxxvii, 1334. — Desguin (L.) 
 Chol^CYStectoniie partielle; chol^docotomie. Ann. Soc. 
 m6d.-chir. d'Anvers, 1896, 113-117.— Desjardins (A.) Avan- 
 tages et technique de I'incision en 7 (sept) pour I'accSs des 
 voies biliaires. Paris chirurg., 1912, Iv, 892^00. — Dujarler 
 (C.) ChoWdoco-gastrostomie chez une malade op&fie ant(S- 
 rieurement de ohol&ystectomie; gu^rison. Bull, et mSm. 
 Soo. de chir. de Par., 1911, n. s., xxxvii, 1318-1322.— Eich- 
 meyer (W.) Beitrage zur Chlrurgie des Choledochus und 
 Hepaticus einschl. der Anastomosen zwischen Gallensys- 
 tem und Intestinls. Arch. f. Idin. Chir., Berl., 1910, xciii, 
 857: xciv, 1. — Blsendratli (D. N.) Recent progress in the 
 surgery of the bile passages; a plea for more thorough opera- 
 tions. J. Kansas Med. Soc, Lawrence, 1917, xvii, 151-159. 
 
 A Iso, Reprint. -. A plea for better team worli between 
 
 the internist and surgeon in the treatment of surgical aflec- 
 tions Of the biliary tract. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1918, xciv, 399- 
 402. Also, Reprint.— Eriiardt (O.) Hepato-Cholangio- 
 Enterostomie bei Aplasie aller grossen GaUenwege. Zen- 
 tralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1907, xxxiv, 1226-1228.— Ernst (N. P.) 
 Et tillaelde af hepatico-duodenostomi paa grund af ope- 
 rativ Isesion af duct, hepaticus eg choledochus. Hosp.- 
 
 Tid., Kiibenh., 1911, 5. R.. iv, 731-735. ■ ■. JAbdominal 
 
 incisions in operations of the biliary ducts.] Ibid., 1913, 5. 
 R., vi, 385-390.— von Fink (F.) Zur Choledochotomia 
 retroduodenalls und transduodenalis. Miinchen. med. 
 "Wchnschr., 1914, Ixi, 173-175.— FloecWnger (F. C.) Im- 
 portant factors in the successful performance of operations 
 on the gall-bladder and bile ducts. Texas M. News, Dallas, 
 1912-13, xxii, 1275-1284.— rontan. Sur le cath^tfirisme des 
 voies biliaires. Ass. frang. pour I'avance. d. so. C.-r. 1891, 
 Par., 1892, xx.pt. 2,786-790.— Gibson (C. L.) Choledochot- 
 omy with cholecystectomy. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1902, xxxv, 
 643-645.— Haasler. Ueber Choledochotomie. Arch. t. 
 klin. Chir., Berl., 1899, Iviii, 289-305, 1 pi.— Halpenny (J.) 
 Duodeno-choledochotomy; with case report. Canad, 
 Pract. & Rev., Toronto, 1912, xxxvii, 344-352.— Halsted 
 (W. S.) Miniature hammers and the suture of the bile 
 ducts. Johns Hopkins Hosp. BuU., Bait., 1898, ix, 67-69, 
 1 pi. AUo: Phila. M.. J., 1898, j, 608-611.— Harrigan f A. 
 H.) The trauspancreatic approach to the common b:de- 
 duct; transpancreatio. choledochotomy. Surg., Gyneo. & 
 Obst., Chicago, 1916, xxiii, 14-21.— Harrington (F. B.) Re- 
 implantation of the common bile duct into the duodenum 
 for stricture at the ampulla due to duodenal ulcer. Boston 
 M. & S. J., 1909, clx, 203.— Hartmann (H.) Technique de 
 la choWdochotomle. Ass. frangd^ chir. Proc.-verb. [etc.]. 
 
 Par., 1908, xxl, 203-206. . A propos des choledoco- 
 
 ent^rostomies lat^rales. Bull, et mSm. Soc. de chir. de Par., 
 1911, n. s., xxxvii, 1374-1376— Hubbard (J. C.) Trans- 
 duodenal choledochotomy. Boston M. & S. J., 1913, clxvlU, 
 723-725.— Hunter (E. W.) Cholecystostomy. Intemat. J. 
 Surg., N. Y.. 1911, xxiv, 425-430.— Jackson (R. H.) An- 
 terior choledojejunostomy, with report of case. Surg., 
 Gyneo. & Obst., Chicago, 1914, xix, 232.— Kehr (H.) Ueber 
 zwei seltene Operationen an den Gallengangen. Miinchen. 
 med. Wchnschr., 1905, Iii, 1097-1100.— KOnig (F.) Ueber 
 die Schnitttiihrung bei Operationen an den Gallenwegen. 
 Zentralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1912, xxxix, 529-533.— Krug. 
 Beitrag zur Ausraumung der GaUenwege nach Rose. Miin- 
 chen. med. Wchnschr., 1901, xlvui, 1285. — Kulin. Lad&in- 
 fection des voies biliaires. Rupert, de th^rap., Par., 1904, 
 xxi, 521-524,— Lamerls (H. J.) Technlek der choledocho- 
 tomie. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1915, 11, 
 1571.— Langenbuch. Ueber die Technik der Choledo- 
 chotomie. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1898, 
 xxiv,- 713-715. [Discussion], Ver.-Beil., 228-231.— Lilien- 
 mM (H.) Choledochotomy. Med. Eec, N. Y., 1900, Ivil, 
 1136.— Lohse (J. E.) Fall von Cholangiocystostomie. 
 Zentralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1911, xxxviii, 492-494.— Long 
 ( J. W. ) The importance of preserving the gall-bladder in op- 
 erations upon the gall-passages. Ann. Surg., St. Louis, 1911, 
 liii, 349-354. Also, Reprint.— Loreni (H.) Zur Choledo- 
 chotomia retroduodenalls transduodenalis und transpan- 
 creatica. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1914, Ixiv, 433-440.— 
 McArtliur (L. L.) Advances In the therapeutic use of the 
 bile tracts. Tr. West. Surg. Ass., Minneap., 1911, xxi, 51- 
 59. X^so, Reprint. .^fcofAbstr.]: N. York M.J. [etc.], 1912, 
 xcv, 168.— McCosh (A. J.) Remarks on the surgery of the 
 biliary passages, with a report of ten choledochotomies. 
 Med. & Surg. Rep. Presbyterian Hosp., N. Y., 1900, iv, 
 47-70, 1 ch.— Maclean (N. J.) Transduodenal choledochot- 
 omy; report of a case, with comments on the clinical and 
 
 96808°— Vol. II, Sd series— 19 34 
 
 Bile-ducts (Surgery of, Methods and 
 technique in). 
 
 operative features. Ann. Surg^ Phila., 1909, 1, 1273-1277.— 
 Maglll (W. S.) & Jourdan (M.) A study of choledochot- 
 omy. Internat. M. Mag., Phila., 1896-7, v, 92; 161.— Mag- 
 nus. Choledocho-Duodenostomle. Miinchen. med. Wchn- 
 schr., 1918, Ixv, 746.— Martin (E.) The toilet of the peri- 
 toneum in operations upon the gall passages. Tr. Am. 
 Surg. Ass., Phila., 1903, xxi, 91-93.— Matas (R.) Catheteri- 
 zation of the common duct as a practical and eflective upper 
 route for enteroelysis medication in toxic biliary cases 
 (MoArthur's procedure). Surg., Gynec. & Obst., CMcago, 
 1911, xii, 185.— Monprofit (A.) Trois chol^dochoto^oies, 
 avec remarques sur le manuel op^ratoire. Anjou m6d.. 
 Angers, 1904, xi, 270; 302. Also: Arch. prov. de chu:.. Par., 
 
 1904, xiii, 215-231. . Les nouveaux procMte d'anas- 
 
 tomose en Y pour les voies biliaires principales. Anjou 
 mdd.. Angers, 1909, xvi, 83-88. Also: Arm. Intemat. de 
 chir. gastro-intest.. Par., 1909, iii, 28-33.— OM. Beitrage 
 zur Frage der Choledocho-Duodenostomia interna. Deut- 
 sche Ztsclir. f. Chir., Leipz.,. 1904, Ixxii, 83-94.— Oppelt 
 Sans(B..) Colecistastomia natural. Clin, y lab., rev. quin- 
 cen. de espeo. m^d., Zaragoza, 1911, vii, 29-31.— Pantalonl 
 (J.) Chotedochotomie. Arch.prov.dechir.,Par.,1898,vlii, 
 649-679. — Pasman (R. E.) Cholangiogastrostomy; withre- 
 port of a case. Surg., Gyneo. & Obst., Chicago, 1918, xxvi, 
 385-388. — Perthes. Zur Schnittfuhrung bei Operationen 
 an den Gallenwegen. Zentralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1912, xxxix, 
 1252-1256.— Pietro (C.) & Crowther (C.) Sull'epato-colan- 
 gio enterostomia e sulla plastica del coledoco. Gior. di med. 
 mil., Roma, 1915, Ixiii, 161-180.— Presno y Bastiony (J. A.) 
 Nueva incision para las operaciones sobre las vias biliares. 
 Actas y trab. d. 3° Cong. mid. nac, Habana, 1914, ii, 335- 
 343. Also: Rev. de med. y cirug. de la Habana, 1914, xix, 
 636-638, 3 pi.— Provera (C.) Un caso di coiedocotomla re- 
 troduodenale. Clin, chir., Milano, 1906, xiv, 1015: 1065. — 
 QuSnu. De la chol^doootomie sans sutures. Bull, et 
 m&u. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1898, n. s., xxiv, 638^646. Also: 
 
 Rev. de chir.. Par., 1898, xviii, 73; 673. . De la chol«- 
 
 docotomie; chol^docotomie sans suture et chol6docotomie 
 intraduodenale. Bull, et mfan. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1903, . 
 
 n. s., xxix, 599-607. . Contribution & la chirurgie du 
 
 canal Mpatique de rhejmtico-gastrostomie. Ibid., 1905, 
 
 n. s., XXXI, 218-226. . DelachoMdocotomie. Bull.mM. 
 
 Par., 1906, xx, 65-89.— de Quervain (F.) ChoWdocotomle 
 riStroduodenale. Rev. mSd. de la Suisse Rom., Genfeve, 1903, 
 xxiii, 758. Also, transL: Zentralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1903, 
 XXX, 1089-1092.— Eeynler (P.) De la choWdocotomie sans 
 sutures. Ass. frang. de chir. Proc.-verb. [etc.], Par., 1899, 
 xiii, 434-436.— Biggs (T. F.) End-to-end suture of the bUe- 
 ducts. Tr. West. Surg. Ass. 1915, Minneap., 1916, 101-113. 
 Also: Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1916, xxii, 660-66S.— 
 do Bio Branco (P.) De la position opdratoire en lordose 
 dans les interventions sur les voies biliaires. Rev. med.- 
 cirurg. do BrazU, Rio de Jan., 1907, xv, 275-290.— Bobsou 
 (A. W . M.) A series of cases of choledochotomy, including 
 three of duodeno-coledochotomy. Brit. M. J., Lond., 
 1898, li, 1404-1406. . . Modifications and improve- 
 ments in operations of the biliary passages. Ibid., 1903, 
 
 i, 181-186. Also: Polyclin., Lond., 1903, vii, 50-68. . 
 
 The technique of operations on the bihaiy passages. . Surg., 
 Gyneo. & Obst^ Chicago, 1906, ii, S74-582.— Bosenberger 
 (J^ A.) Ueber Choledoeho-Duodenum-Anastomose. Deut- 
 sche Ztschr. 1. Chir., Leipz., 1906, Ixxxv, 275-282.— BUM 
 (W.) Ueber steile Becken-Tieflagerung bei Operationen 
 an den Gallengangen. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1902, 
 xlix, 190. — Sasse (F.) Ueber Choledocho-Duodenostomie. 
 Arch. f. kiln. Chir., Berl., 1913, o, 939-984.— Sclieidler (F.) 
 Zur Cholangiocystenteroanastomose. Beitr. z. kiln. Chir., 
 Tubing., 1912, Ixxvil, 558-563.— Segale (G. B.) Contrlbuto 
 allachirugia delle vie biliari; colecistotomiae colecistectomia 
 seguite da esito di guarigione. Atti Cong, region, llgure, 
 Geneva, 1895, i, 416-423. .Ateo, Reprint.— Sencert(L.) Ex- 
 ploration r^tro-pancr^tique du canal chol^doquo aprfes 
 mobilisation du duodtoum. Rev. mM. de Test, Nancy, 1906, 
 
 xxxvii, 628-636. . Operations sur la portion r6tropan- 
 
 crSatique du canal choiedoque aprSs mobilisation du duode- 
 num; contribution k retude des voies d'accfes du canal choie- 
 doque. Rev. de gyneo. et de chir. abd.. Par., 1906, x, 27- 
 58.— Sick (P.) Zur Schnittfuhrung und Technik bei Ope- 
 rationen an den Gallenwegen. Beitr. z. idin. Chir., Tiiblng., 
 1911, Ixxvi, 137-143.— Sneata (W. A.) Choledocho-ente- 
 rostomy for constriction of the common bile duct following 
 a perforated duodenal ulcer. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1918, i, 
 531. — SotovoS (P. D.) Cholecystoenteroanastomosis retro- 
 colica. Khirurgia, Mosk., 1907, xxii, 431-435.— Sourdat (P.) 
 Sur Tanesthesie regionale en chirul-gie biUaire. Bull, et 
 mem. Soc. ae chir. de Par., 1914, n. s., xl, 448.— Stettin (De 
 W.) End-to-end suture of the hepatic duct. Med. Rec., 
 N. Y., 1915, Ixxxviii, 630.— Stone (I. S.) Case of choledo- 
 chotomy. Wash. M. Ann., 1902, i, 28-33.— Summers (J. E.) 
 A contribution to the surgery of the common bile-duct; 
 report of a case of choledochenterostomy. J. Am. M. Ass 
 Chicago, 1900, xxxiv, 692. Also: West. M. Rev., Lincoln, 
 Neb., 1900, V, 185-187. • •. Some modifications of tech- 
 nique in the surgery of the gall-bladder and bile ducts. Tr. 
 Am. Snrg. Ass., Phila., 1911, xxix, 342-347. Also [Abstr 1: 
 Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1911, xiii, 225.— Terrier. 
 
BILE-DUCTS. 
 
 530 
 
 BILE-DUCTS. 
 
 Bile-ducts (Surgery of, Methods and 
 technique in). 
 
 Voies biliaires; operation de Kehr. Bull, et m&n. Soo de 
 cMr. de Par., 1907, n. s., xxxiii, 758-767.— Tbler (L.) De 
 la chol&ysteotomie sous-stouse dans reparation de Kehr 
 Ass. franc, de chir. Proo.-verb. [etc.], Par., 1908, xxi, 261- 
 265.— Van Hook (W.) Air-distention in operations upon 
 the bihary passages. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1899, xxix, 137- 
 1*2.— Vautrin. De la ohoKdoootomie rMro-duod&iale et 
 retro-pancr&tique, aprfes mobilisation du duodfinum 
 Arch. prov. de chir.. Par., 1907, xvi, 133-148.— Vlannay. 
 Deux cas de cholMocotomie. Loire mM., St.-Etienne 
 
 1907, xxvi, 423-428.— Vldal (E.) Sur quelques cas de ehi- 
 rurgie des voies biliaires prmcipales (indications et tech- 
 nique). Ass. franc, de chir. Proo.-verb. [etc.]. Par., 1908, 
 xxl, 247-261.— Zum (E.) Eine Kanule zur Choledoohoen- 
 terostomie. Ztschr. I. biol. Techn. u. Methodik, Strassb., 
 
 1908, i, 134. ' 
 
 Bile-ducts (Surgery of, Plastic). 
 See, also, Bile-ducts (Artificial). 
 Bevan (A. D.) A case of oholedochoplasty and the de- 
 monstration of an overlooked common duct stone. Surg. 
 Clin., Chicago, 1918, ii, 49-58.— Danls (E.i La grefle des 
 segments veineux sur les voies biUaires. Bull. Acad. roy. 
 de m^d. de Belg., Brux., 1914, 4. s., xxviil, 201-212. Also: 
 Presse m4d. beige, Brux., 1914, Ixvi, 369-371.— Davis (C. B.) 
 & Lewis (D. D.) Eepair of the common duct by means of 
 transplanted fascia. Tr. West. Surg. Ass. 1913, Minneap., 
 1914, 217-220.— EUot (E.) The repair and reconstruction 
 of the hepatic and common bile ducts. Tr. Am. Surg. Ass., 
 Phila., 1917, xxxv, 222-279: Also: Surg., Gyneo. & Obst., 
 Chicago, 1918, xxvi, 81-102.— Erdmaim (J. F.) Eeoon- 
 struction of the bile-duots. Aim. Surg., Phila., 1918, 
 Ixvii, 370-372.— Fowler (W. F.) Reconstruction and 
 repair of the hepatic and common bile-ducts; implan- 
 tation of the hepatic duct into the duodenum, ^rg., 
 Gyneo. & Obst., Chicago, 1918, xxvii, 387-392.— Glactnto 
 (G.) & Iiulgl (S.) Contributo alia plastica del coledoco 
 contrapiantoliberodisegmentodivena. Clin. chir., Milano, 
 
 1914, xxii, 1641-1650. ■ . Sostituzione del coledoco 
 
 con trapianto libero di un segmento di vena. Gior. d. r. 
 Accad. di med. di Torino, 1914, 4. s., xx, pt. 2, 21-24.— 
 Glnsburg (N.) & Speese (J.) Autogenous fascial recon- 
 struction of the bile-duct. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1916, Ixiv,' 
 753: 1917, Ixv, 79-88, 4 pi.— Guerry (Le G.) Eeconstruo 
 tion of the choledochus. Tr. South Surg. Ass., Phila., 
 1918, XXX, 88-92, 2 pi. Also: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 
 1918, Ixxi, 1194-1196.— Horsley (J. S.) Eeoonstruction of 
 the common bile duct. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1918, 
 Ixxi, 1188-1194. Also [AbstrJ: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1918, 
 evil, 1141. — Jacobsou (J. H.) Eepair and reconstruc- 
 tion of the bile ducts. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1914, Ixx, 948- 
 965. Also: Tr. Am. Ass. Obst. & Gynec. 1914, York, 1915, 
 xxvii, 183-199.— Kehi (H.) Ueber den plastischeu Ver- 
 schluss von Defecten der Choledochuswand durch Netz- 
 stiicke und durch Serosa-Muscularislappen aus Magen oder 
 Gallenblase. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f . Chir., Berl., 
 1902, xxxi, pt. 2, 236-244.— Lanphear (E.) Two opera- 
 tions for total destruction of the gall ducts; one fatal, one 
 successful. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1909, viii, 406.— 
 Llebold (H.) Plastische Deckung eines Choledochusde- 
 fektes durch die Gallenblase. Zentralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 
 1908, XXXV, 500-502.— Mayo (W. J.) Eestoration of the bile 
 passage after serious injury to the commion or hepatic ducts. 
 Surg., Gynec. & Obst.^ Chicago, 1916, xxii, 1-6, 1 pi.— Moll- 
 neus. tjeber die Mdgllchkelt eines Choled:ochusersatzes 
 durch Einpflanzung des Processus vermiformis. Deutsche 
 Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1912-13, cxx, 447-454.— Monprofit 
 (A.) Duremplacement du choledoque et de I'Mpatique par 
 une anse j^junale. Ass. franc, de chir. Proo.-verb. [etc.]. 
 Par., 1908, xxi, 206-209.— Phemlster (D. B.) Eeconstruc- 
 tion of the hepatic duct. Surg. Clin., Chicago, 1917, i, 553- 
 560.— Stone (I. S.) Complete division of common duct at 
 junction with hepatic and cystic ducts; suture and complete 
 repair of injury. Surg., Gynec. & Obst^ Chicago, 1909, ix, 
 590.— Stropenl (L.) & Giordano (G.) Ersatz dies Choledo- 
 chus durch ein frei transplahtiertes Venenstiick, Zentralbl. 
 f. Chir., Leipz., 1914, xli, 190.— Sullivan (A. G.) Eeoon- 
 struction of the bile ducts. J. Am. M. Ass^ Chicago, 1909, 
 Uii, 774-777: 1912, Ivlii, 2026-2029. Also: Wisconsin M. J., 
 Milwaukee, 1910-11, ix, 886-591.— Walton (A. J.) Eeoon- 
 struction of the common bile duct. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., 
 Chicago, 1915, xxi, 269-275. 
 
 Bile-ducts (Tumors of). 
 
 Bbavet (G.) *Les tumeurs b^nignes des 
 voies biliaires extra-h^patiques. [Lyon.] 8°. 
 Lyon & Paris, 1913. 
 
 HoLziNGEK (J.) *Ueber ein Fibroin des Duc- 
 tus hepaticus. 8°. Miinchen, 1901. 
 
 Kessler (J.) *Ueber gutartige Geschwulste 
 der grossen Gallenwege. 8°. Giessen, 1911. 
 
 Bile-ducts (Tumors of). 
 
 VoLMEK (A. F. F.) *Ein Adenomyoflbrom in 
 der Wand des Ductus choledochus. [Leipzig.] 
 
 8°. Berlin, 1908. 
 
 Also [Abstr.], in: Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1908, Ixxxvi, 
 160-167. 
 
 Wbttwer (E.) *Ein Fall von congenitaler 
 Choledochuscyste. 8°. Gottingen, 1907. 
 
 Barberio (M.) Su di un case raro di cistadenoma delle 
 vie biliari estraepatiche. Policlin., Eoma, 1913, xx, sez. 
 med., 34-48, 1 pi.— BashWrofl (A. F.) [Pathogenesis of 
 cysts of the choledochus communis.) Khirurg. Arkh. Velyar 
 minova, S.-Peterb., 1911, xxvii, 63-74.— Blstroffl (P. V.) 
 [Idiopathic cyst of the bile-duoij Kharkov. M. J., 1915, 
 xlx, 319-327.— Cardarelli (A.) Neoplasma del dotto cole- 
 doco. Studium, Napoli, 1914, vil, 251-256.— Crohn (B. 
 B.) New growths involving the terminal bile and pan- 
 creatic ducts; their early recognition by means of duo- 
 denal content analysis. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1914, 
 cxlviii, 839. Also, Eeprint.— Docq (P.) & van Bever (L.) 
 Contribution k I'Stude des tumeurs de Tampoule de Vater. 
 Arch. d. mal. de I'appar. digest, [etc.]. Par., 1914, viii, 
 145-158.— Eve (F.) Large cyst of common bile-duct. Tr. 
 Clin. Soc. Lend., 1905-6, xxxix, 144-150, 1 1., 1 pi.— HaU 
 (I. W. ) & Brazil (W. H.) Cystadenoma of aberrant 
 bile ducts in a young child. Med. Chron., Manchester, 
 1903-4, 4. s., vi, 243-248, 3 pi.— Hlldebrand. GeheUte 
 Choledochuszyste. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & 
 Leipz., 1913, xxxix, 2221.- Ipsen (J.) Et Tilfsede af Cho- 
 ledochuscyste. Hosp.-Tid., Kfibenh., 1913, 5. E., vi, 1342- 
 1348. — JaDoulay. Nfoplasme des voies biliaires; noyau 
 -juxtapancr&tlque; r&ection des voies bihaires; anastomose 
 du canal h^patique et du choledoque. Lyon mii., 1903, 
 ci, 1002-1004. — Kanflmann. Cystadenoma pseudomuci- 
 nosum [der Gallengange]. Ztschr. t. Geburtsh. u. Gynak., 
 Stuttg., 1907, Ix, 310-314.— Lavenson (E. S.) Cysts of the 
 common bile duct. Proc. Path. Soc. Phila., 1909, n. s., xii, 
 73-83. Also: Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1909, n. s., 
 cxxxvii, 563-570.— Masslnl (L.) Sui tumori delle vie bi- 
 liari. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1909, Eoma, 1910, xlx, 
 720-724.— Mints (V. M.) [Cysts of the bile-duct.) Syezd 
 rossiysk. khirurg., Mosk., 1913, xii, 161-167.— Pellegrini 
 (E.) Sui tumon primitivi del dotto cistico. Fathologica, 
 Geneva, 1913-14, vi, 764-777.— Pels-Leusden. Papillare 
 Geschwulste der Gallenwege. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Ge- 
 sellsch. f. Chir., Berl., 1904, xxxiii, 85-89.— PhUUps (S.) 
 Growths in the gall-bladder and growths in the bile-ducts. 
 Lancet, Lond., 1913, i, 1442.— Rostovtseff (M. I.) [Colossal 
 oystoid: dilatation of bile-duct J Laitop. Eussk. Chir., S.- 
 Peterb., 1898,ui, 1005-1021, 2 pi.— Savy (F.), Bonnet (P.) 
 & Martin (J. F.) Tumeurs btoignes des voies biliaires. 
 Lyon chirurg., 1913, Ix 673-689. — Schloessmann. Beitrag 
 zur Kenntnis der Choledochuscysten. Deutsche Ztschr. f. 
 Chir., Leipz., 1911, cix, 160-175.— Terrier (F.) & Auvray. 
 Tumeurs des voles biliaires, v&icule et canaux biliaires. 
 Eev. de chir.. Par., 1900, xx, 141; 283-. 
 
 Bile'ducts (Turmrs of , Malignant). 
 See, also. Bile-ducts (Cancer of). 
 ■ Bruno (A.) Studio intorno ai tumori maligni delle 
 grandl vie biliari. Clin. med. ital., Milano, 1901, xl, 164- 
 181.— Grillon & Dartlgues. Epithaiome du choledoque. 
 Bull. Soc. anat. de Par., 1896, Ixxi, 816-820.— Petit (6.) 
 Sarcome de I'ampoule de Vater et Ictfere par retention chez 
 une chienne. Bull, et mSm. Soc. anat. de Par., 1904, Ixxix, 
 484-486. Also [Abstr.]: Bull. Soo. centr. de med. vet.. 
 Par., 1904, Ixxxi, 385.- Shepberd (F. J.J A case of melar 
 notic sarcoma of the common bile duct and the ampulla of 
 Vater. Tr. Am. Surg. Ass., Phila., 1908, xxvi, 372-378. 
 Also: Ann. Surg., Phila., 1908, xlvii, 948-952, 2 pi. A Iso, Ee- 
 print.— Spllsbury. Papilloma in the common bile-duct; 
 malignant papilloma. Tr. M. Soo. Lond., 1910-11, xxxiv, 
 259.— Vincent (W. Q.) MaUgnancy of the biliary appa- 
 ratus. Med. Eeo., N. Y., 1917, xcii, 933-936. 
 
 Bile-ducts (Wounds and injuries of). 
 See, also. Bile-ducts (Rupture of. Traumatic) . 
 Chalmers (A. J.) A case of hsemorrbage into the bUe 
 passages. J. Ceylon Br. Brit. M. Ass., Ciflombo, 1904, i, 
 61-63, 1 pi.— Domlnlcl (L.) Volumlnosa raccolta cistioa 
 ematicarbiliare subfrenica di origine traumatica. Bull. d. r. 
 Accad. med. di Eoma, 1912, xxxvili, 62-69.— Downes 
 nV. A.) Injury tq the common bile-duct. Ann. Surg., 
 Phila., 1918, Ixvil, 619-621.— Farner (E.) Ein Fall von 
 eeheilter Verletzung der Gallenwege. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. 
 Aerzte, Basel, 1911, xli, 1113-1117.- Fromme (AJ Em 
 durch Operation geheilter Infanteriesteckschuss im Ductus 
 choledochus bei elnem SOjahrigen Wehrmann. Deutsche 
 
 med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1917, xUii, 702. . 
 
 Infanteriegeschoss im Ductus choledochus. Munchen . med. 
 Wchnschr., 1918, Ixv, 181.— Cosset (A.) Choiecysto- 
 gastrostomie pour oblitMation du choledoque aprte blessure 
 de guerre. Bull, et mem. Soo. de chir. de Par., 1916, xlli, 
 1109-1112.— Lothelssen. [Verletzung des Ductus cysticus 
 
BILE-DUCTS. 
 
 531 
 
 BILHAEZIOSIS. 
 
 Bile-ducts ( WouTids and injuries of) . 
 
 duroh zaUreiche Stiche mit einem Messer.l Wien. klm. 
 Wclmschr., 1903, xvi, 1231.— Porter (M. F.) Injuries of the 
 gall ducts. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1898, xxxviii, 693-703. 
 Also: Tr. Am. Ass. Obst. & Gyneo. 1898, Phlla., 1899, xi, 
 319-329. — Fiinceteau. Des lesions traumatiques de rap- 
 pareil biliaire extra-hSpatique et des ^panchements de la 
 Dile dans le p(5ritoine. Ass. ttaag. de chir. Proc.-verb. 
 [etc.], Par., 1908i xxi, 214-247.— de Quervaln. L&ion 
 traumatique des Voies biliaires. Eev. mM. de la Suisse 
 Eom.j GenSve, 1904, xxlv, 64-66.— Werelius (A.) Acci- 
 dental surgical injuries to tne bile ducts. J. Am. M. Ass., 
 Chicago, 1917, Ixvili, 1545. 
 
 BUfeld (P[yotr] L[eopoldovich]) [1871- ]. *K 
 voprosu o Boderzhami zhelieza v pechonoch- 
 nikh klietkakh chelovleka pri fiziologicheskikli 
 i patologicheskLkh usloviyakh. [Iron in the hu- 
 man liver cells in physiological and patholoelcal 
 conditions.] 78 pp. «°. ToTAsh, P. J. Mahur 
 shin, 1901. 
 Bownd with: IzvIest. Imp. Tomsk. Univ., 1902, xx. 
 
 Bilflnger (Georg Bemhard) [1877- ]. *Ueber 
 plastische Operationen bei Schluasunfahigkeit 
 des Musculus sphincter ani. Nebst MitteUung 
 eines nach neuer Methode geheilten Falls. 23 
 pp., 2 1. 8°. Kiel, Svhmidt & Klaunig, 1903. 
 
 Bilflnger (Hermann) . *Zur Frage von der Entste- 
 hung der traumatischen Hemien. [Tubingen.] 
 34 pp. 8°. Gmiind, L. Schumacher, 1901, 
 
 Bilflnger (Oskar Julius Bemhard) [1875- ]. 
 *Ueber Leberabscess. 24 pp. 8°. Kiel, 
 Schmidt <fe Klaunig, 1902. 
 
 Bilflnger [Paul]. Naturliche Heil- und Lebens- 
 weise. volksverstandliche Vortrage und Ab- 
 handlungen uber die wichtigsten Fragen auf 
 dem Gebiete der naturgemassen Heilmethode. 
 Erster Teil: Die Diatfrage. 169 pp. sm. 4° 
 Leipzig, H. Hartung & 8ohn, [1898]. 
 
 . Das Auge und seine naturgemasse Pflege. 
 
 Ein Vortrag. Ip. 1., 31pp. 8. Leipzig, E. 
 Demme, 1901. 
 
 . Einiges iiber rheumatische Affectionen 
 
 und den Balsam Bilflnger sowie iiber andere 
 Leiden. 14 pp. 16°. Berlin, von Bilfinger & 
 Co., \n. d.l 
 
 BUgen (Justus Ludovicus). *De dysenteria. 
 1 p. 1., 22 pp. sm. 4°. . Ckessse-Cattorum, J. J. 
 Braunius, 1787. 
 
 von Bilguer {J oh. Ulrich) [1720-96]. 
 
 [Biography.] Veroflentl. a. d. Geb. d. Mil.-San. Wes., 
 Berl., 1899, 13. Hit., 187-197, port. 
 
 BUharz (Alfons) [1836- ]. Die Lehre vom 
 Leben. xiv, 502 pp. 8°. Wiesbaden, J. F. 
 Bergmann, 1902. 
 
 For Biographij, see Psyohiat.-neurol. Wchnschr., Halle a. 
 S., 1909-10, zi, 213, port. (K. Fischer). 
 
 Bilharzia Jisematohia. _ 
 
 See, also, BUharziosis; Schistosoma; Schis- 
 tosomiasis [in 2. 5.]. 
 
 Anders (J. M.) & Callahan (A.) A case of Bilharzia 
 hematobium, ■with plates showing the ova of the parasite. 
 Medicine, Detroit, 1905, xi, 609-519.— Becker (J. G.T A. pre- 
 liminary note on an intermediate host of Bilharzia hsemato- 
 bium in the Transvaal, together with a description of the 
 cercarisB with which the mollusc is infected. Med. J. S. 
 Africa, Johannesb., 1916, xi, 156, 1 pi.— Cantanl (A.) Dis- 
 toma haematobium. Boll. d. clin., Napoli, 1886, iii, 73-75. — 
 Freeman (E.G.) Note on Bilharzia hsematobia. J. Eoy. 
 Army Med. Corps, Lond., 1907, viii, 278.— Intermediate 
 (The) host in Bilharzia. J. Trop. M. fete], Lond., 1915, 
 xviii, 232-234.— Kay (J. A.) On the development of the 
 Bilharzia embryo. Transvaal M. J., Johannesb., 1912-13, 
 viii, 199^205. — Kowalewskl (MJ Studya helmlntologiczne. 
 Bilharzia polonica sp. nov. Eozpr. Akad. Umiej. wydz. 
 matemat.-przyr., Krak(5w, 1896, 2. s., x, 345-356: 1897, 2. s., 
 xi, 41-70, 2 pi.— Lazarus-Barlow (W. S.) & Douglas 
 (J. J.) Preliminary note on a phase in the life-history of 
 Bilharzia hsematobia. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1903, i, 15.— 
 Lao (E.) Contribuigaoparaoestudodabilliarzioseedo seu 
 parasita. Arch, de med., Lisb., 1897-8, i, 337-366, 1 pi.— 
 Leipcr(R.T.) Onthe relation between the terminEU-spmed 
 and lateral-spined eggs of Bilharzia. Brit. M. J., Lond.. 
 
 Bilharzia Tisematohm. 
 
 1916, i, 411.— Lelean (P. S.) Bilharzia'ha3matobia. Tr. M. 
 Soo. Lond,, 1901-2, xxv, 269-281.— Looss (A.) The life- 
 history of the Bilharzia worm. Cairo Sc. J., 1910, iv, 134^ 
 
 140, 1 pi. . Some notes on the Egyptian Schistosoma 
 
 haematobium and allied forms. J. Trop. M. [etc.], L.ond., 
 1911, xiv, 177-182, 2 pi— MUton (F.) Speculations on the 
 life history of Scmstosomum haematobium. Ibid., 1912, xv, 
 225-227.— Sellgmann (C. G.) Observations on the hatch- 
 ing of the ova of Bilharzia haematobia. Tr. Path. Soc. 
 Lond., 1897-8, xlix, 386-388.— Zancarol. Contribution & 
 rgtude du Distoma haematobium. Bull, et m^m. Soc. jnii. 
 d. hap. de Par., 1884, 3. s., i, 306. 
 
 Bilharziosis. 
 
 See, also, Bilharzia hsematobia; H8em.aturLa 
 (Endemic) [in 2. s.]; Schistosomiasis [in 2. s.]. 
 
 Bentbjec (M.-J.-J.-H.) *Contribution S, 1'^- 
 tude de la bUharziose. 8°. Bordeaux, 1900. 
 
 Glaesel (P.-F.) *Contribution k I'^tude de 
 la bUharziose. 8°. Paris, 1909. 
 
 . La bUharziose. 4°. Pam, 1909. 
 
 Hbdib (F.-P.-A.) *Bilharziose. 8°. j5or- 
 deaux, 1898. 
 
 Bandl (I.) A contribution to the study of bilharziosis. 
 J. Trop. M. [etc.], Lond., 1913, xvi, 84.— Benham. Bil- 
 harzianaematobia. Brit.M. J., Lond., 1906, i, 922.— Blrt(C.) 
 BUharzia haematobia. J. Eoy. Army M. Corps, Lond^ 1904, 
 iii, 421, 1 pi.— Briscoe (J. F.) Bilharziosis. Lancet, Lond., 
 
 1916, i, 165.— Brooks (H. T.) [Case.] Med. Eec., N. Y., 
 1897, h, 492— Bryant (J. H.) BUharzia haematobia. Clin. 
 J., Lond., 1903, xxii, 145-152.— Campbell (R. P.) Bilhar- 
 ziosis. Montreal M. J., 1908, xxxvii, 178.— Cawston (P; G.) 
 Bilharziosis. Lancet, Lond., 1915, ii, 1427— Chajes (B.) 
 Zur Kermtnis der Schistosomiasis (BiUiarziosis). Deutsche 
 med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1918, xMv, 6.5.— Chllde 
 (C. P.) [Case.] Brit. M. J., fond., 1899, ii, 644. Also: J. 
 Troi). M., Lond., 1899-1900, n, 7.— Conor (A.) Sur les bU- 
 harzioses. Eev. d'hyg., Par^ 1911, xxxiii, 644^565.— Dun- 
 can (A.) [Case.] Tr. Clin. Soo. lond., 1902-3, xxxvi, 187- 
 189.— Ferguson (A. E.) Bilharziosis. Cairo Sc. J^ 1910, 
 
 iv, 129-134, 2 pi. . Some notes on bilharziosis. J. Eoy. 
 
 Army Med. Corps. Lond., 1917, xxix, 57-65.— Fralldn. 
 [Case.) Bull, et mem. Soc. de mM. et cMr. de Bordeaux, 
 
 1917, 107. '. [Case.] J. de mii. de Bordeaux, 1918, 
 
 xlix, 21. — Goehel (C.) Ueber BUharziakraniheit der weib- 
 lichen Genitalien. ZentralbL f. Gynak., Leipz., 1905, 
 
 xxix, 1379-1382. . Die BUharzia^Krankheit. HeU- 
 
 kunde, Berl. & Wien, 1906, x, 145-149.— GuUlemard (F. 
 H. H.) BUharzia haematobia. Syst. Med. (Allbutt), N. Y. 
 & Lond., 1897, ii, 1091-1101.- Harrison (E.) [Case.] Poly- 
 clin., Londj 1903, vii, 156.— Hlltmantel (J. L.) [Case.) 
 Chicago M. Recorder, 1893, v, 230-233.— Hooton (A.) [Case.] 
 Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta,1914, xlix, 188.— Hymaus van den 
 Bergh (A. A.) [Case.) Nederl. Tiidschr. v. Geneesk., 
 Amst., 1912, i, 721.— Kautsky (A.) Die BUharzlaerkran- 
 kungen. Wien. klin. Eundschau, 1903, xvU, 649-662.— Lane 
 (C. G.) Bilharziasis; report of a case *ith appendicitis; 
 literature since 1904. Boston M. & S. J., 1910, cbtiii, 937- 
 940.— Lawson (C. B.) Bilharzia disease. J. Eoy. Army 
 Med. Corps, Lond., 1904, iii, 263-271.— Lelean (P. S.) [Two 
 cases.) J6M.,425-428.— Lewls(R.C.) [Cases.] Ibii.,u,U5.~ 
 Llpa Bep. Bilharzia haematobia. Aerztl. Eundschau, 
 Munchen,1908,xviu,603.— Lloyd(B.J.) [Case.) Northwest 
 Med., Seattle, 1913, n. S., v, 311.— Madden (F. C.) Two 
 rare manifestations of bilharziosis. Lancet, Lond., 1911, ii, 
 754.— Milton (F.) Three lectures on BUharzia. J. Trop. 
 
 M., Lond., 1902, V, 165; 191; 200; 213. . Notes on bUh^- 
 
 ziosis. Eec. Egypt. Gov. Soh. Med., Cairo, 1904, ii, 107- 
 122.— Monroe (F.F.) [Case.) Proc.M. Ass. IsthmMn Canal 
 
 . , . - -—_ path. 
 
 exot., Par., 1918, xi,710-712.— Nelson (W. H.) [Three cases.) 
 AustraJas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1912, xxxii, 482.— Neumann 
 (E. O.) Ueber Bilharziosis. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., 
 Berl. & Leipz., 1917, xlili, 675.— Newmarch (B.J.) [Case.) 
 Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1907, xxvi, 336.— Petile (J.) 
 BUharzia haematobia. Brit. M. J., Loud., 1903, ii, 133.— 
 Pool (E. H.) [Case.] Proc. N. York Path. Soc, 1903-4, 
 n. s., ui, 83-87.— Porter (W. H.) Bilharzia haematobia. 
 Intemat. Clin., Phlla., 1897, iii, 123-127, 3 pi.— Potts (J. L.) 
 A case of recurrent bilharziosis. J. Trop. M. [etc.], Lond , 
 1917, XX, 110.— Rafferty (T. N.) & BafTerty (H. N.) [Case.) 
 Med. Eec, N. Y., 1904, Ixv, 918.— Rankin (W. H.) BUhar- 
 ziosis. Brooklyn M. J., 1904, xviii, 261-264.— Reynler (P.) 
 BUharziose. Bull, et m&n. Soc de chir. de Par., 1914, n. s., 
 xl, 1291-1294.— Bobhlns (F. W.) BUharzia hematobium. 
 Am. J. Urol., N. Y., 1907, iii, 40^4.— Boss (H. E.) BUharzia 
 haematobium; blood fluke. Montreal M. J„ 1906, xxxv, 
 596-600.— Roux. La bilharriose. Caducfe, Par., 1906, vi, 
 105-107.— Sandwlth (F. M.) Bilharziosis. Practitioner, 
 Lond., 1904, Ixxul, 460-477, 3 pi.— Sewell (E. P.) Caseo! 
 BUharzia hsematobia in a soldier who had only served in 
 England and India. J. Eoy. Army Med. Corps, Lond., 
 
BILHARZIOSIS. 
 
 532 
 
 BILHAEZIOSIS. 
 
 Bilharziosis. 
 
 1904 ii 346.— Skewing (H.) A case of Bilharzia In a boy, 
 aged eleven years. Bop. Boo. Study Dis. Child., Lond;., 
 1906-7, yii. 274-276. Also: Brit. J. ChUd. Dis., Lond., 1907 
 IT, 43&-446.— Smith (C. A.) [Seven oases.) Am. Med. 
 PMa.. 1905, X, 666-669. Also: Atlanta J.-Hec. Med., 1905-6, 
 vii, 5I5-51S.— Smith (P. E. W.) Bilharriosis. Med. J. 
 Australia, Sydney, 1917, iv, 79.— Spencer (H. A.) Bilharzia 
 hsematobia. South African M. J., Cape Town, 1898-9, vl, 
 269-271.— Stacy (H. S.) [Case.] Australas. M. Gaz., Syd- 
 ney, 1906, XXV, 397.— Stock (P. G.) Endemic hsEmaturia. 
 Lancet, Lond., 1906, ii, 857.— Teodoro (G.) Studi recenti 
 sulla bilharziosi umana. Pathologica, Geneva, 1916-16, 
 viii, 285-287.— zur Verth (M.) Unsere letzigen Kenntnisse 
 ilber die Schistosomiasis (Bilharziosis). Milnchen. med. 
 Wchnsohr., 1911, IviU, 1180-1184.— Voorthuls (J. A.) [Case.] 
 Nederl. Ti]dschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1905, 2. r., xh, d. 1, 
 1665-1672.— Walker (E.) rCase.l Am. Gyneo. & Pediat., 
 
 Best., 1899-1900, xiil, 405. .^UharziaWmatobia. Tr. 
 
 South. Surg. & Gyneo. Ass. 1899, N. Orl, 1900, xii, 270- 
 278. Also: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1900, xxxiv, 390-392. 
 Also, Reprint.- Walker (B. E.) Bilharzia hematobia. 
 Dominion M. Month., Toronto, 1905, xxv, 207-209.— Wal- 
 lace (D.) A short note on Bilharzia nsematobia, and notes 
 ol three cases. Scot. M. & S. J., Edinb., 1901, viii, 121- 
 124.— Wardrop (D.) [Five cases.V J. Boy. Army Med. 
 Corps, Lond., 1906, vii, 282.— Zom (L.) [Case.] VereSnsbl. 
 d. ptalz. Aerzte, Frankenthal, 1906, xxii, 12-19. 
 
 Bilharziosis {Blood in). 
 
 Conor (A.) & Benazet (L.) Formule leuoooytalre et 
 "image d'Ameth" dans la Bilnarziose. Bull. Soc. path, 
 exot.j Par., 1912, v, 396-400.— Kussell (A. E.) EosinophUia 
 associated with Bilharzia disease. Lancet, Lond., 1902, U, 
 1540.— Symmers (W. St. C.) A note on acase of bilharzial 
 worms in the pulmonary blood in a case of bilharzial colitis. 
 Ibid., 1905, i, 22.— Zvfcllel (E.) Blutuntersuchungen bei 
 Bilharzia naematobla. Arch. f. ScMfls- u. Tropen-Hyg., 
 
 Ibid., 1905, i, 
 Bilharzia csei 
 Leipz., 1911, XV, 73-80. 
 
 Billiarziosis (Causes and pathology of). 
 
 See, also, Bilharzia hsematobm. 
 
 RisQUBZ (J. R.) Apuntes sobre la bilhar- 
 ziosis en Venezuelaj contribuci6ii al estudio de 
 su anatomia patol6gica. 8°. Caracas, 1916. 
 
 Allen (T. F.) Bilharzia hsematohla and circumcision. 
 Lancet, Lond., 1909, i, 1317-1320.— Bandl (I.) Contribute 
 alio studio della bilharziosi venosa. Ritorma med., Napoli, 
 1912, xxviil, 1386.— Hour (E. F.) On numerous cases of 
 oedema of the legs and albuminuria occurriag in a reformar 
 tory, with a contribution to the study of bilharziasis. J. 
 Trop. M. retc.l, Lond., 1912. xv, 148-150, 1 pi.— Burfleld (J.) 
 A case of Bilharzia infection of the vermiform appendix; 
 ■vrith a pathological report by E. H. Shaw. Lancet, Lond., 
 1906. i, 368-370.— Cawston (F. G.) The causes of bilhar- 
 ziosis. Med. J. S. Africa, Johannesb., 1915-16,xi, 125. . 
 
 The cause and effect of Bilharzia disease in South Africa, 
 lEgypt, and the Far East. South African M. Bee, Cape 
 Town, 1916, xiv, 163.— Conor (A.) Essais de transmission 
 de la bilharziose. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1914, vii, 202- 
 206.— Damaschlno. Des alterations produites par le 
 Distoma hsematobiumdans le gros intestm et dans les voles 
 urinaires. Union mdd., Par^ 1882, 3. s., xxxiv, 949-956. 
 Also: Bull, et mto. Soc. m&i. d. hflp. de Par. (1882), 1883, 
 2. s., xix, pt. 2, 150-156, 2 pi.— Day (H. B.) The blood 
 changes in bilharziasis, with special reference to Egyptian 
 anaemia. Lancet, Lond., 1911, U, 1328-1332.— Dlamantls. 
 Quelques considerations sur le mode d'infestation de I'hom- 
 me par le Schistosommn haematohlum. 3. d'uroL. mM. 
 et chir.. Par., 1917-18, vii, 9-16.— Douglas (S. E.) & Hardy 
 (F. W.) SomeremarksonSOcasesof Bilharzia disease, with 
 special reference to the characters of the white corpuscles 
 found in the blood and urine. Lancet, Lond., 1903, ii, 1009- 
 1012.-^ljoslnopbllla in Bilharzia disease and dracontiiasis. 
 Rep. Wellcome Research Lab., Khartoum, 1904, 1, 68-61.— 
 Ferguson (A. R.) The lesions of bilharzial disease. Glas- 
 gow M. J., 1913, Ixxix, 14-23, 3 pi.— Goebel (C.) Patholor 
 glsch-anatomisohe una klinisohe Bemerkungen fiber Bilhar- 
 ziakrankheit. Arch. f. Schifis- u. Tropen-Hyg., Lelpz., 
 1903, vii, 107-124. A Uo, iranel : J. Trop. M. , Lond,, 1903, vi, 
 106; 127; 143. — . — . Ueber die bei Bimarziakrankheit 
 Yorkommenden Blasontumoren mit besondorer Beriiok- 
 sichtigung des Carcinoms. Ztschr. f. Krobsforsch., Berl., 
 
 1905.ni, 369-613, 12 pi. . Zur pathologlschen Anatomie 
 
 der BilharzlarKiankheit. Arch. f. SChifls- u. Tropen-Hyg., 
 
 Lelpz., 1906, X, 1-4. . Ueber die, flir die Bllharzla- 
 
 irankheittypischenUrethralflsteln. CentralW.f.d.Krankh. 
 
 d. Ham- u. Sex.-Org., Lelpz., 1906, xvii, 694-615. • . 
 
 Die patholorische Anatomie der BllharziaKrankheit, Berl. 
 klin. Wchnsohr., 1909, xlvi, 1245-1248. Also: Verhandl. d. 
 Berl. med. Gesellsoh. 1909, Berl., 1910, xl, pt. 2, 227-236. 
 [Demonstration), pt. 1, 128.— Kautsky £c!; (A.) [Mikros- 
 kopisohe und anatomlsohe Praparate von Bilhaizla-Erkran- 
 
 tamg.) Wlen. Win. Wohnschr., 1903, xvi, 984. . 
 
 Blutuntersuchungen bei BilharzlarKrankheit. Ztschr. f. 
 tlin. Med., Berl., 1904, 111, 192-200.— LetuUe (M.) & Nattan- 
 Larrler. Lesions du loie dans les schistosomiases humaines . 
 
 Bilharziosis (Causes and pathology of). 
 
 Bull. Soc. path, exot.. Par., 1909, ii, 638-544 -Maaden 
 (P. C.) A preliminary note on the presence of living adult 
 Bilharzia worms in bilharzial papillomata and in bilharzial 
 fibrous tissue. J. Trop. M., Lond., 1903, yl, 1. --—-•Two 
 interesting bilharzial conditions. Lancet, Lond., 19UH, u, 
 1204.— Pflster (E.) & Goebel. Patholode der agyptischen 
 BUharziakraukheit. Deutsche med. Wohnschr., Berl. & 
 Lelpz., 1909, XXXV, 1041.— Bodenwaldt. Aetiologie der 
 Bilharziose. Arch. f. Schifls- u. Tropen-Hyg.. Leipz., 1912, 
 xvi, 705.— Strauss (H.) Zur Pathologle der Bilharziar 
 erkrankung. Berl. kiln. Wohnschr., 1917, liv, 477-480.— 
 TreUle(G.) Unoasde bilharziose; reoherohesetconstatatlons 
 mierobiologiques par Rouslacroix. Marseille m(Sd., 1911, 
 xlvlli, 369-377.— Zancarol. Des alterations occaslonn(Ses 
 par le Distoma haematobium dans les voles urinaires et dans 
 le gros Intestin. Bull, et m&n. Soc. mfid. d. h6p. de Par. 
 (1882),1883,-2.s.,xlx,pt.2,144-149,2pl. Also: Unlonmed., 
 Par., 1883, 3. s., xxxv, 229-235. 
 
 Bilharziosis -(Diagnosis and semeiohgy 
 of). 
 
 Harrison (W.S.) The prognosis in bilharziasis. J.Boy. 
 Army Med. Corps, Lond., 1913, xxl, 385-388.— Kay (J. A.) 
 The prognosis of Bilharzia baematobia. Transvaal M. J., 
 Johannesb., 1909-10, v, 181-183.— Madden (F. C.) Some 
 unusual manifestations of Bilharzia. Bee. Egypt. Gov. 
 Soh. Med., Cairo, 1904, Ii, 73-80, 2 pi.— Mazzel (T.) La 
 ricerca deUe uova dl Bilarzia nelle urine e nclle feci. Bi- 
 forma med., Palermo-Napoll, 1906, xxi, 657-659.— PflsterfE.) 
 Die methodische Uroskopie der Bilharziakranken. Arch. f. 
 
 Schifls- u. Tropen-Hyg., I^Ipz., 1909, xiil, 689-607. . 
 
 Die methodische Endoskopie (Froktoskople) des bilhar- 
 ziakranken Enddarmes. Ibid., 761-770.— Sonslno (P.) 
 BUharzIa ova, as found In the imne in the urinary bladder, 
 in intestinal and urinary calculus. Physician & Surg., 
 Lond., 1900, i, 359-361.— Wilson (H. W.) The cystoscopio 
 appearances in a case of Bilharzia hsematobla. St. Barth. 
 Hosp. Bep. 1909, Lond., 1910, xlv, 161-163, 1 pi. 
 
 Bilharziosis (History and geographical 
 distribution of). 
 
 Baetz (W.) Report of a bilharziosis case in Panama. N. 
 York M. 3. [etc.], 1911, xolv, 141-143. Also, Eeprmt.— 
 Barbagallo iPO Contributo alio studio della Bilharzia 
 crassa (Sons) in Sidlla. Gior. d. r. Soo. ed. Accad. vet. ital., 
 Torino, 1899, xMii, 865-873. AUo:Arcb.. de parasitol.. Par., 
 ' 1899, 11, 277-285.— Becker (T. G.) A note on bilharziosis in 
 the Transvaal. Med. J. S. Africa, Johannesb., 1916, xii, 42.— 
 Bilharziasis. Rep. Gov. Bur. Microbiol. 1909, Sydney, 
 1910, 89-91.— BonlUlez (M.) Les bilharzioses dans le Moj-en- 
 Chari (Territoire du Tchad). Bull. Soc. path, exot^ Par., 
 1915, vill, 604-610.— Bouet (G.) & Boubaud (E.) Bilhar- 
 ziose au Dahomey et en Haute-Casamence: quelques obser- 
 vations biologlques sur le miracidium bllnarzien. Ibid., 
 1912, V, 837-842— Bouflard & Neveanx. Bilharziose dans 
 le Haut-senegal et le Haut-Alger. Ibid., 1908, i, 430-432.— 
 Brault (J.) Distribution geographlque des bilharzioses. 
 Arch. gfe. domed., Par.Ll907, 1, 691-697.— Brayton (N. D.) 
 Bilharziasis in the New World. Proc. Canal Zone M. Ass., 
 Mount Hope, C. Z., 1909, ii, 7-14. AUo: 3. Am. M. Ass., 
 Chicago, 1910, liv, 1437-1440.— Burres (W. T.) Intestinal 
 bilharziosis in western Panama. Am. J. Trop. Dis. [etc.], 
 N. Ori., 1916, ill. 111.— de Carvalho (A. C.) A proposito da 
 schistosomiase na Bahia. BrazU-med., Bio de Jan., 1008, 
 xxli, 421.— Cawston (F. G.) Schistosomiasis in Natal. J. 
 Trop. M. [etc.], Lend., 1916, xvih, 357. Also: South African 
 M. Bee, Cape Town, 1916-16, xiv, 61-53. . Bilharzio- 
 sis in Natal. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1916, 11, 746. Also: South 
 African M. I^eo., Cape Town, 1915, xiil, 160. . Bilhar- 
 ziosis in South Africa. Jftid.. 1916, xlv, 99-105. AlsotAbstr.]: 
 
 Brit. U. J., Lond., 1916, ii, i44. . Bilharziosis m South 
 
 Africa. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1918, Ixx, 439-441.— Cla- 
 vier. Les bilharzioses dans la region mllltaire de la Guinec. 
 Bull. Soc. path, exot.. Par.; 1916, Ix, 739-747.— Conor (A.) 
 
 La bilharziose en Tunlsle. Ibid., 1909, il, 486-488. . 
 
 Un foyer de bilharziose en Tunlsic: Gafsa et son oasis. Ibid., 
 
 612-614. . Sources thermalcs et bilharziose en Tunlsle. 
 
 Ibid., 1910, ill, 446-449.— Conor (A.) & Axroux. La bilhar- 
 iloseeu Tunlsle: lefoyerdu Djerid. Ibid., 1913, vl, 259-261.— 
 Conor (A.) & Benazet (L.) Un nouveau foyer de bilhar- 
 ziose en Tunlsle: la region de Keblll. Ibid., 1911, iv, 684- 
 686,— Cook (J, HJ Distribution of bilharziosis on the 
 Victoria Nyanza. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1909, 1, 1356.— Cottcll 
 (B. J. C.) Notes on cases of Bilharzia hsematobla collected 
 at the Royal Hospital, Chelsea. J. Roy. Army Mod. Corns. 
 Lond., 1912, xvUf, 434-438.— Courtols-Sufflt, Gay (L.) & 
 Jacquet (P.) Un cas de bilharziose oontraotee & la Guade- 
 loupe. Ann. d'hyg. et de med.. Par., 1912, xv, 622-630.— 
 Crosthwalt JW. S.) Notes on two cases of Bilharzia 
 " ~ , J. Boy. Army Med. 
 
 "^ ' tsze fever. 
 orn (G.) 
 Lelpz., 
 
 1913, vlll, 1-11, 2 pi.— Blgood (t. B.) Bilharziasis among 
 women and girls in Egypt. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1908, ii, 1365- 
 1357.— Falchnle (N.) A case of Bilharzia hasmatobui con- 
 
BILHARZIOSIS. 
 
 533 
 
 BILHARZIOSIS. 
 
 Bilharziosis (History aTtd geographical 
 distribution of). 
 
 tracted in England. J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond., 
 1905, V, 638.— Keeman (E. C.) A case ol Bilharzia hsema- 
 tobium; contracted in England. lUi., 145-148. — Gatt 
 (J. B. H.) BiUiarzia disease in Middleburg, Transvaal. 
 lUi., 1907, viii, 65-67.— Gomaiez Martinez (I.) Kefl- 
 riendo & un estudio de BUharzia bematobium y bilbarziosis 
 en Puerto Rico. Kev. demed. trop., Habana, 1904, v, 193.— 
 Gunn (H . ) Bilharzla disease: report ol two cases observed 
 among Porto Ricans in San Francisco. J. Am. M. Ass., 
 Chicago, 1906, xlvi, 1031.— Holcomb (R. 0.) West Indian 
 bilharziosis. Mil. Surgeon, Carlisle, Pa., 1907, xx, 459-467. 
 Also, Reprint. — Job (E.) Note sur la bilhacziose au Maroc. 
 Bull, et m&n. Soc. m6d. d. h6p. de Par., 1915, 3. s., xxxix, 
 1282-1288.— Joyeux (Ch.) Note sur quelques cas de bUhar- 
 ziose observes k Kouroussa (Guinfe Iransaise). Bull. Soc. 
 path, exot.. Par., 1912, v, 604.— Lanning (R. H.) ■ Schisto- 
 somiasis on the Yangtze River, with report ol cases. U. 
 States Nav. M. Bull., Wash., 1914, viU, 16-36, 11 pi.— Lelper 
 (R. T.) Report on the results ol thebilharzia mission in 
 Egypt, 1915. J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond., 1915, xxv, 
 
 1; 200: 1916, xxvii, 171. . Observations on the mode ol 
 
 spread and prevention ol vesical and intestinal bilharziosis 
 in Egypt, with additions to August, 1916. Proo. Roy. Soc. 
 M^d., Lond., 1915-16, ix, Occas. Lect., 145-172.— LSveque. 
 La bilharziose en Tunisie. Soc. de mM. mil. Irano. Bull., 
 Par., 1911, V, 226-230.— L,nile (C. F.) A case ol BUharzia 
 h^matobia in the Orange River Colony. Brit. M. J ^ Lond., 
 1901, i, 212.— Looss (A.) Bilharziosis ol women and girls in 
 Egypt in the light ol the skta infection theory. Ibid., 1909, i, 
 773-777.— Madden (F. C.) The incidence of bilharziosis 
 in Egypt and its clinical manifestations. J. Trop. M., 
 Lond., 1910, xiii, 247. Also: Brit. M. J.^Lond., 1910, ii, 965. 
 . The incidence ol bilharziosis in Egypt and its influ- 
 ence upon the surgery of thegenito-urinary tract. Urol. & 
 
 Cutan. Rev., St. Loms, 1915, Tech. Suppl.,iii, 3-47. . 
 
 The incidence ol bilharziosis in Egypt and its influence upon 
 the surgery ol the genito-urinary tract. Ibid., 1918, xxii, 677- 
 687.— Mann (W. L.) Some practical aspects of schistoso- 
 miasis as lound in the Orient. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 
 
 1916, Ixvii, 1366-1368.— Manson (P.) Report of a case of 
 Bilbarzia from the West Indies. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1902, 
 a, 1894. Also: J. Trop. M., Lond., 1902, v, 384.— Mazzolie 
 (F.) Alcuni casi dl bilarziosi osservati in Cirenaica. Gazz. 
 O. osp., Milano, 1917, xxxviii, 566-668.— Mense (C.) Bil- 
 harziosis bei Europaem in Deutscb-Ostafrika. Arch. 1. 
 Schifls- u. Tropen-Hyg., Leipz., 1907, xi, 783.— Milton (PJ 
 Does Bilharzla (Schistosomiasis) exist in India? Indian M. 
 Gaz., Calcutta, 1914, xUx, 10-14.— Milton (H.) Notes on 
 surgical bilharziosis as seen in Egypt. St. Thomas's Hosp. 
 Rep. (1896), Lond. 1897, n. s., xxv, 93-106.— Moraes Man- 
 cbego (F . ) Prevalence ol bilharziosis in the Zambesi basin. 
 Lancet, Lond., 1907, ii, 923.— Noc (F.) La bilharziose h. 
 la Martinique. Bull. Soc. path, exot.. Par., 1910, lii, 26-30. — 
 Fosnett (W. G. T.) The geographical distribution ol BU- 
 harzia. J. Trop. M., Lond., 1901, iv, 318.— PowcU (A.) 
 Bilharzla in India. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1903, i, 490.— B«ed 
 (A. C.) Schistosomiasis in Cahfomia. Calif. State J. ,M., 
 San Fran., 1918, xvi, 293-296.— Klchter (PJ Haematuria 
 segyptiaca in Babylonien. Ztschr. 1. Urol., Berl. & Leipz., 
 1913, vi, 735-738.— Bisquez (J. R.) El problema de la bil- 
 harziosis en Venezuela. Rev. de med. y cirug. de la Habana, 
 
 1917, xxii, 600-604. /lteo,Reprmt.— B.iifler(M. A.) Noteon 
 "the presence ol Bilharzla haematobia in Egjrptian mummies 
 of the twentieth dynasty [1250-1000 B. CJ. 3rit; M. J.. 
 Lond., 1910, i, 16.— SandwItU (F. M.) & Harding (N. E.) 
 Bilharziosis in South Africa. J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, 
 Lond., 1906, vi, 217.— da Silva (P.) Contribuigao para o 
 estudo da schistosomiase na Babia. BrazU-med^ Eio de 
 Jan., 1908, xxii', 281; 441: 451.— Sturrock (_P. S.) BUharzia 
 in M:esopotamia. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1899, li, 1543. — Turner 
 (G. A.) Bilharziosis in South Africa. Parasitology, Cam- 
 bridge, 1908, i, 195-217.— Villeneuve. La bilharziose en 
 Tunisle. Ass. trang. pour I'avance. d. so. C.-r. 1891, Par., 
 1892, XX, pt. 2, 556.— Williamson (G. A.) BUharzia hsemar 
 tobia in <5yprus. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1902, ii, 956.— Wolfl. 
 BUharzia in Deutsch-Ostafrika. Arch. 1. Sohias- u. Tropen- 
 Hyg., Leipz., 1911, XV, 224-230. 
 
 Bilharziosis {Intestinal). 
 
 Amcuille (P.) & Magne (GO Sur tm cas de bilhar- 
 fflose intestinale. Bull, et mSm. Soc. mSd. d. h6p. de Par., 
 
 1918, 3. s., xlii, 653-556.— Archibald (R. G.) Intestinal 
 schistosomiasis m the Sudan; with notes on the treatment ol 
 two cases by means of autogenous vaccines ol coli-like organ- 
 isms. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1914, i, 296-299.— Balbour (A.) 
 Febrile intestinal schistosomiasis and its occasional resem- 
 blance to febrile appendicitis. Ibid., 915. — Carnot (P.) 
 Deux cas de bUharzlose intestinale. Arch. d. mal. del'appar. 
 digest. [eto.J, Par., 1916-17, ix, 661-682.— Conor (A.) La 
 bimarziose intestinale en Tunisie. Bull. Soc. path, exot.. 
 Par., 1911, iv, 627-629.— Courtols-Sufflt, G6ry (L.) & 
 Jacduet (F.) Un cas de bilharziose intestinale contractle 
 a. la Guadeloupe. Bull, et mSm. Soc. m§d. d. hSp. de Par., 
 1912, 3. s., xxxili, 660-570. Also: Gaz. d. hOp., Par., 1912, 
 Ixxxv, 833-837.— Crimp (G. L.) A case olbUharziosis ol the 
 
 Bilharziosis {Intestinal). 
 
 vermiform appendix. Lancet, Lond., 1906, 1, 672. — Fergu- 
 son (A. R.) Colon; acute dysentery; bilharziasis. In: 
 Cat. Pathol. Mus., 8°, Cairo, 1910, 82; 87.— Flrket. De la 
 pseudo-dysent^rie & bilharzia observfe au Congo. BuU. 
 Acad. roy. dem^d. de Belg., Brux., 1897, 4. s., xi, 451-163.— 
 FrOes (J. A. G.) Schistosomose rectal na Bahia. Brazil- 
 med., Rio de Jan., 1908, xxu, 371: 1909, xxiii, 41.— Gonzalez 
 Martinez (I.) Investiaations on the prevalence and clinical 
 features of intestinal bilharziosis (Sonistosomiasis mansoni) 
 in Porto Rico. Tr. Am. Soc. Trop. Med., N. Orl., 1916, x, 
 97-139. Aho: N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1916, Ixlx, 352-394.— Jack- 
 son (T.W.) A cased intestinal bilharziosis. MU. Surgeon, 
 Wash., 1910, xxvii, 301-305.— Jones (A. W.) BUharzia ol 
 large intestine. J. Trop. M. [etc.], Lond., 1910, xiu, 113.— 
 Kartuiis. Ueber das Vorkommen der Eier des Distomum 
 haematobium Bilharz in den Unterleibsorganen. Arch. 1. 
 path. Anat. [etc.j, Berl., 1885, xcix, 139-145, 1 pi.— LahlUe 
 (A.) La bUharziose intestinale aux AntiUes. Ann. d'hyg. 
 et de m^d. colon.. Par., 1906, ix, 262-265.— LetuUe (M.) Un 
 cas de bilharzioseintestinale contracted, la Martinique. Rev. 
 de mM. et d'hyg. trop.. Par., 1904, i, 46-48. . Bilhar- 
 zioseintestinale. Arch, de parasitol.. Par., 1905, ix, 329-439, 
 2 pi.— Midden (F. C.) BUharziosis ol the anus. J. Trop. 
 M^fetc], Lond., 1909, xii,370— Madden (F.C.)&Blcliards 
 (0.) Two papers on localized bUharziosis of the large intes- 
 tine. Ibid., 1910, xni, 82-87.— Meader (C. N.) A case ol 
 rectal bilharzia. Boston M. & S. J., 1911, clxv, 61-54. — 
 Moucliet (R.) Bilharziose 5. localisation appendiculaire. 
 Bull. Soc. path, exot.. Par., 1918, xi, 237-300.- Noc (F.) Un 
 cas d'ahkylostomiase maligne compliqu6e de bilharziose 
 rectale. Ibid., 1910, ili, 30-32. 
 
 Bilharziosis {Prevention and treatment 
 
 of). 
 
 Mantby (0.) *Distomum hEematobium; die 
 durch dasselbe hervorgerufenen Krankheiten 
 und deren Behandlung. 8°. Jena, 1880. 
 
 Allen (J. F.) Bilharziosis and how to prevent it. Lancet, 
 Lond., 1910, ii, 375.— Cawston (F. G.) The prevention ol 
 Bilharzia infection. Ibid., 1916, 1, 837: 11, 121. . Pro- 
 phylaxis in bilharziosis. J. Trop. M. [etc.], Lond., 1917, xx, 
 49. — Cliristoplierson (J. B.) Intravenous injections or 
 antimonimn tartaratum in bilharziosis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 
 1918, u, 652. . The successlul use ol antimony in bil- 
 harziosis. Lancet, Lond., 1918, u, 325-327. . Antimony 
 
 in bilharziosis. Ibid., 1919, i, 79. — Conor (A.) Bilharziose 
 et 606. Bull. Soc. path, exot.. Par., 1911, iv, 46-47.— Day 
 (H. B.) & Bicbards (O.) The treatment of bihiarziasis by 
 salvarsan. Lancet, Lond., 1912, i, 1126.— Ekins (C. M.) 
 Four cases of bilharziasis under tnymo-benzol treatment. 
 Tr. Soc. Trop. M. & Hyg., Lond., 1914-15, viii, 212-215.— 
 Flllleborn (F.) & Werner. Ueber Salvarsanwirkung bei 
 Bilharziose, nebst Bemerkungen fiber das Ausschliipten 
 der Miracidien. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz,, 
 1912, xxxviii, 361. — Garcia Puelles (G.) Un case de bilarzia 
 corado por el electroargol. Rev. Ibero-Am. de cien. m£d., 
 Madrid, 1911, xxvi, 380-385.— Goebel (C.) Erfahrungen 
 liber die chirurgische Behandlung der Cystitis und der Bla- 
 sentumoren bei Bilharziakraokheit. Deutsche Ztschr. 1. 
 ChlTj Leipz., 1902-3, bcvi, 223-245.— Joannides (N. Z.) 
 Die Wirkung des Salvarsans auf die Bilharzia. Deutsche 
 med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1911, xxxvu, 1651. — 
 liOoss (A.) Ueber die sogenannte Heilung der Bilharziosis 
 durch Salvarsan. Ibid., 1912, xxxviii, 70. — ^McDonagb 
 (J. E. R.) Antimony in bilharziosis. Lancet, Lond., 1918, 
 ii, 371.— Mayer (M.) Behandlung der BUharziakrankheit 
 mit Emetin. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1918, Ixy, 612.— 
 Milton (F.) BUharziosis surgicaUy considered. Lancet, 
 Lond., 1903, i, 866-869.— Pflster (E.) Ein Riickblick auf 
 die bisherlge 'Therapie der BUharzia, nnd einige AusbUcke. 
 Arch. 1. Schifls- u. Tropen-Hyg., Leipz., 1910, xiv, 69-93, 2 
 pi. — Post (D. C.) Salvarsan in the treatment of schisto- 
 somiasis; report ol case. U. States Nav. M. Bull., Wash., 
 
 1915, ix, 646-650.— Eobertson (W.) Thymobenzol in bil- 
 harziasis. Med. J. S. Africa, Johannesb., 1914-15, x, 94. 
 — . Thymo-benzene in bilharziosis. Lancet, Lond., 
 
 1916, i, 698.— Thompson (G. S.) Ionization for bUharziosis. 
 Brit. M. J., Lond., 1914, ii, 756. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1914, 
 ii, 967. 
 
 BUharziosis {Rectal). 
 
 See Billiarziosis (Intestinal). 
 
 Bilharziosis (Urine in). 
 
 See, aho, Haematuria (EndemKc). 
 
 Chris topherson ( J. B . ) & Newlove ( J. R . ) The passing ol 
 BUharziawormsin the urine. J. Trop. M. [etc.], Lond., 1918, 
 xxi, 180. — Cortez (J.) Un caso de hematuria por Bilharzia 
 hematobium 6 hematuria endemica de los paises cdlidos. Ju- 
 ventud m6d., Guatemala, 1905, vii, 97-103.— Curtis (H.) 
 Remarks on a case ol hsematuria, due to Bilharzia hsma- 
 tobia, causing papillomata of the bladder; suprapubic cys- 
 totomy; removal ol papillomata; relief of symptoms. Chn. 
 J., Lond., 1906-7, xxix, 414-416.— Fraenkel (A. ) Hamaturie 
 inlolge von Distomum haematobium. Deutsche med. 
 
BILHAKZIOSIS. 
 
 534 
 
 BILIARY. 
 
 Bilharziosis (Urine in). 
 
 ■Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1911, xxxvii, 809.— Fold (F.) 
 Ematuria da BUbarzia hsematobia, Policlin., Boma, 1918, 
 XXV, sez. prat., 208.— Le Dantec (A.) Un oas d'h&naturie 
 bllharzlerme provenant du Natal. Compt. rend. Soo. de 
 biol.. Par., 1904, Ivli, 399. Also: J. de mfid. de Bordeaux, 
 1904, xxxiv, 870.— LetuUe (M.) Bilharziose urinaire chez 
 un nfegre du Congo; modes de dissemination des l^ions para- 
 sitaires. Bull. Boo. path, exot,. Par., 1908, 1, 280-&8.— 
 
 manson (P.) Endemic hsematuria (Bilharzia disease). 
 In his: Trop. Dis., 12°, Lond., 1903, 605-616.— Marlon (G.; 
 Un oas de tilharziose urinaire. Rev. de gjmfio. et de onir 
 
 abd.. Par., 1910, xv, 133-148, 1 pi.— O'NeU (R. F.) Hema- 
 turia due to tbe Bilbarzia bematobia, witb tbe report of a 
 case. Boston M. & S. J., 1904, cli, 453-457, Ipl. A too, Re- 
 print. — Pflster (E.) Ueber eierhaltigen Hamgriess bei 
 Bilbarziakrankheit. Folia urolog., Leipz., 1912-13, vli, 289- 
 
 294, 1 pi. . Urolithiasis mid Bubarziasis. Arch. f. 
 
 Schifls- u. Tropen-Hyg., Leipz., 1913, xvii, 309^18. . 
 
 Ein Hamrohrenstein Dei Bilbarziakrankheit. Ztschr. t. 
 Urol., Berl. & Leipz., 1913, vii, 97-103.— RlddeU (J. SO 
 Case of haematuria due to Bilbarzia bsematobium. Scot. M. 
 & S. J., Edinb., 1903, xiii,55.— Samottracls (A. T.) (Bilhar- 
 ziosis or endemic nsematuria?] 'larpudi Trp66dos, 'Bv Svptf, 
 
 1909, xiv, 177-182.— Sorla (P.) Note sur le traitement de 
 rh^maturie dans la bilharziose. Bull. Soc. path, exot.. Par., 
 1914, vii, 722.— Taylor (S.) Haematuria due to Bilbarzia 
 hsematobia. Polyoliii., Lond., 1902, vi, 428.— Wmiams (C. 
 T.) Hsematuria due to the Bilbarzia hsematobia. Ihid.,i26. 
 
 Bilharziosis {Vesical). 
 
 See, also, Hsematuria (Endemc).' 
 
 DE ScHACKEN (J.-M.-L.) *Etuae de la bil- 
 harziose, sa localisation vesicals au point de 
 vue anatomo-pathologique. 8°. Bordeaux^ 1906. 
 
 Trekaki (P.) . De la bUliarziose urmaire; 
 ^tude clinique. 8°. Alexandrie, W03. 
 
 Curtis (B. r.) Partial resection of tbe bladder for ulcer 
 caused by the Distoma haematobium. Brit. M. J., Iiond., 
 1897, ii, 964.— Desnos (E.) Bilharziose v&icale traits par 
 la cauterisation diathermique (liaute frequence). J. d'urol. 
 med. et cbir.. Par., 1917-18, vii, 319-323. Also: Bull. Acad. 
 de med., Par., 1918, 3. s., Ixxix, I, 37-40— Diamantls. 
 Sur un nouveau traitement de Thematurie bilharzierme en 
 Egypte. J. d'urol. mM. et cbir.. Par., 1917-18, vii, 17-25.— 
 Diamantis & Lotsy. Bilharziose uretero-vesicale precoce 
 diagnostiquee par la radiographie. IMd., S9-63. — Dupont. 
 Quelques cas de bilharziose vf'.sicale observes k Ouahigouya 
 (Soudan fran?ais). Rev. de med. et d'hyg. trop.. Par., 1910, 
 vii, 207.— Ebstein (W.) Die Hamblase bei der Bilbarzia- 
 krankheit und ihre Beziehungen zur UrolitMasis. Ztschr. f . 
 Urol., Berl. & Leipz., 1910, iv, 1-5.— Ferguson (A. R.) 
 Bladder: bilbarzial infiltration; very early stage. Cat. 
 
 Pathol. Mus., Cairo, 1910, 184; 186; 187. . Associated 
 
 bilbarziosis and primary malignant disease of the urinary 
 bladder, with observations on a series of forty cases. J. 
 Path. & BacterioU Cambridge, 1911, xvi, 76-94, 5 pi.— Frank 
 (E -R.-W.) La bilharziose, maladie de la vessie. Ass. 
 franc d'urol. Proc.-verb. 1909, Par., 1910. xiii, 738-744. 
 Also, transl.: Deutsche med. wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 
 
 1910, xxxvi, 935.— Jeanbrau (E.) A propos d'un cas de 
 bilharziose vesicale aveo examen cystoscopique. Montpel. 
 med., 1909, xxix, 304-308.— Josepfi (E.) Kystoskopisohe 
 Bilder von Bilbarzia der Blase. Verbandl. d. deutsch. 
 Gesellscb. f. Chir., Berl., 1913, xlii, pt. 1, 62. . Demon- 
 stration cystoskopischer Bilder von Bilbarzia der Blase. 
 Verbandl. d. BerL med. Gesellscb. (1913), 1914, xliv, pt. 1, 
 38-40.— Khourl (J.) Quelquej considerations relatives a 
 la schistosomiase urinaire en Egypte. J. de pharm. et de 
 cbim., Par., 1917, 7. s., xvi, 37CW77.— Kutner (R.) Zur 
 BUharziose der Blase. Centralbl. f. d. Krankh. d. Ham- 
 u Sex.-Org., Leipz., 1905, xvi, 649-657.— Lemlerre (A.) & 
 LantuSJoul (P.) Un cas de bUharziose vesicale traitee 
 par les injections mtraveineuses de cblorbydrate d'emetme. 
 Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hflp. de Par., 1918^ 3. s., xhi, 640- 
 643 —Lewis (R. F.) Bilbarzia hsematobia m the bladder. 
 N York M. J., 1900, Ixxi, 10.57.— Marlon (G.) Un cas de 
 bilharziose vesicale traitee par la taille, I'ablation et la cau- 
 terisation des lesions, suivies de guerison. J. d'urol jned. et 
 chir , Par., 1917-18, vii, 325-327.— Meinecke (A.) Em Fall 
 von Distoma haematobium Bilharzii der Blasenwand. 
 Jahrb d. Hamb. Staatskrankeuanst. 1895-6, Hamb. & 
 Leipz'. 1897, v, pt. 2, 209-211, 1 pi. Also: Mitt. a. d. Hamb. 
 Staatstrankenanst., 1897, i, 409-211, 1 pl.-MlUan. Bilhar- 
 ziose vesicale. Presse med., Par,, 1917, xxiv, 621.— Mlnet 
 fH 1 DeuxcasdebilharziosevesicaleprovenantderAtrique 
 
 b "/ i_. 1.. f...^..n.'c.a AtITI t^ TMol vAtl . PsiT _ lOI.*;. Y . 
 
 don'ado (I.) Reflexions suggerees par quatre observations 
 de bUharziose vesicale. J. d'urol. mfd. et chir ^ Par., 1917-18, 
 •rii, 27-37.— Neveu-Lemaire (M.) & Boton (A.) Trois oas 
 de bilharziose vesicale observes & Dakar. Arch, oe para- 
 sitol.. Par., 1911-12, xv, 474-477.— Peyrot (J.) Un cas de 
 bilharziose vesicale, observe h Tombouctou. Ann. d'hyg. 
 et de med. colon.. Par., 1905, vlii, 105-111.— Wulft. Patient 
 mit Bilharzia-Erkrankimg der Blase. Deutsche med. 
 Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1908, xxxiv, 173. 
 
 Bilharziosis in ammals. 
 
 Lesse (A. S.) Bilharziosis in the camel. J. Trop. Vet. 
 Sc, Calcutta, 1911, vi, 263.-Llston (W. G.) & Sopaj^ar 
 (M. B.) Bilharziosis among animals in India: tbe UfMjycie 
 of Bchistosomum spinaUs. Indian J. M. Research, Cal- 
 cutta, 1917-18, V, 567-569.-Marotel (G.) ExistMioe de la 
 bilharziose bovine en France. Reo. de med. vet., Par., 1908, 
 Ixxxv, ll9-122.-Montgomery (R. E.) Observations on 
 bilharziosis among animals in India. J. Trop. Vet. be, LM- 
 cutta. 1906, i, 15; 138, 4 pl.-Railllet (A.) ta bUharzie du 
 bcBuf en Annam. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1899, 
 11 s , i, 787-789.— Skryabln (K. 1.) [Bilharziasis; helmin- 
 thiasisof the blood of cattlein Turkestan.) Arch. vet. nauk, 
 S.-Peterb., 1911, xU, 1167-1176,. 2 pl.-Vryburg (A.) Bil- 
 harzia-Wiirmer bei Rindern m Sumatra. Centralbl. ,i. 
 Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1907, xliii, Orig., 806-809, 1 pi. 
 Bilbaut (Marceau). *Evolution du traitement 
 chinlrgicaldu cancer ut^rin. 160 pp. 8°. Paris, 
 1907, No. 352. 
 
 Biliary calculus. 
 
 See Calculus (Biliary). 
 
 Biliary system. 
 
 See, also, Bile-ducts; Gall-bladder; Liver. 
 
 Holmes (B .) Themucousglands of thebUe ducts and gall 
 bladder. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1914, oxii., 705-708. Also, 
 Reprint.— KowalsldJK) U^ber den Einfluss j^on^ aus- 
 
 secretion. 
 
 1 hydrotherapeutischen Proceduren auf die Gallen- 
 
 jretion. Bl. S. Bin. Hydrotherap., Wien, 1898. viii, 225- 
 
 230.— Scammon (R. E.) The development of the bihary 
 
 system in animals la^jking a gall-bladder in post-embryomc 
 life. Anat. Record, Phila., 1916, x, 237. 
 
 Biliary system {Diseases of). 
 
 Gabbi (U.) Infezioni biliari. 8°. Milano, 
 
 Confer, clin. ital., Milano, ii, 1. s.. No. 20. 
 
 Blgnami (G.) Plelocromia biliare epidemica. Gazz. d. 
 osp., MUano, 1899, xx, 8-10.— Brings (J.) Beitrag zur 
 ■Inneren Behandlung der Erkrankungen des Gallensystems. 
 Med. Bl., Wien, 1906, xxix, 366; 379.— Crltchlow (G. R.) 
 Diagnosis of biliary disease. N. Am. J. Homoeop., N. Y., 
 1917,lxv,9-14.— Crostliwalt(W.L.) Diseases of the biliary 
 tract; special reference to the pathology and difSerential 
 
 dlagnosfa of cholecystitis and cholelitma.sis. Texas M. 
 
 News, Austin, 1905-6, xv, 551-558.— Fenwick (W. S.) Bil- 
 iousness. Practitioner, Lend., 1911, Ixxxvii, 609-518.— FUt- 
 terer (G.) Contributions to the histology, physiology and 
 pathology of the liver, bile passages, and bile. Medicine, 
 Detroit, 1898, iv, 460; 557; 887, 2 pi.— Hare (F.) The hepatic 
 factor in biliousness. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1905, 1, 817-819.— 
 laccoud. De I'asphyxie biliaire ou acholic. Rev. prat. d. 
 trav. de med., Par., 1899, Ivl, 26-28.— Malfl (G.) & Anto- 
 mori (G.) SuUe modiflcazloni delsistema nervosocentrale 
 nella colemia sperimentale. Ritorma med., Palermo, 1899, 
 3tv pt. 1, 386-388.— Mlllikln (M.) Some observations on 
 biliousness. Ohio M. J., Columbus, 1919, xv, 222-225.— 
 Peterson (E. A.) Biliousness. Tr. M. Ass. Alabama, 
 Montgomery, 1907, 409-418.— Bobson (A. W. M.) Lectures 
 on diseases of the gall bladder and bile ducts. Brit. M. J., 
 Lond., 1897, 1, 641; 707; 772. Also: Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 
 1897, n. s^ Ixiii, 267; 298; 321; 350; 373; 405; 429; 456.- Bucker 
 (M P.) Medical treatment of diseases of tbe bile tract. Old 
 Dominion J. M. & S., Richmond, 1906-7, v, 103-106. 
 
 Biliary system {Surgery of). 
 
 KoBTE (W.) Beitrage zirr Chipurgie der Gal- 
 lenwege und der Leber. 8°. Berlin, 1905. 
 
 Allaben ( J. E.) Some observations on the surgery of the 
 gall tracts, with report of eases; is the gall bladder a rudi- 
 mentary and useless organ? N. Am. Pract., Chicago, 1897, 
 Ix, 434-451.— Babcock (W. W.) The evolution of the sur- 
 gery of the biliary system. Canad. Pract. & Rev., Toronto, 
 1917, xlil, 307-315. Also, Reprint.— Barker (A. E.) A 
 clinical lecture on the group of oases illustrating the surgery 
 of the biliary apparatus. Clin. J., Lond., 1906, xxviii, 369- 
 377.— Bate (R. A.) Obssrvations on the medical aspect of 
 cholecystitis and diolangitis. Therap. Gaz. [etc.], Detroit, 
 1916, 3. S., xxxll, 765-768.— Bevan (A. D.) The present 
 statusoftbesurgeryofthe bile tract. Burg., Gynec. & Obst., 
 Chicago, 1918, xxvfl, 49-54.— Birtch (F. W.) Suggestions of 
 biliary tract surgery for the general practitioner. Calif. 
 State J. M., San Fran., 1915, xiii, 268-2ri.— Brlggs (J. E.) 
 Surgery of the biliary tract. Boston M. & S. J., 1918, clxxviii, 
 116-120.— Cannaday (J. E.) Surgery of the bile tract. 
 Virginia M. Semi-Month., Eiohmond, 1908-9, xUi, 563-569. 
 Also: Charlotte (N. C.) M. J., 1909, lix, 193-198.— Carman 
 (R. D.) Roentgen observation of the gall bladder and 
 hepatic ducts after perforation into the duodenum. J. Am. 
 M. Ass., Chicago, 1915, Ixv, 1812.— Carr (W. P.) Some 
 difliculties of diagnosis and operation in diseases of the 
 biliary tract. Tr. M. Soc. Virg. 1905, Richmond, 1906, xxxvi, 
 416-424.— CestanfE.) Sept cas de ohlrurgle blllau'e. Arch, 
 med. de Toulouse, 1906, xiii, 423-433.— Crlle (G. W.) The 
 liver In its relation to operations on the biliary tract and the 
 
BILIAEY. 
 
 535 
 
 BILLARD. 
 
 Biliary system {Surgery of) . 
 
 stomach. Canad. M. Ass. J., Toronto, 1915, v, 1-7. — DeI6trez 
 (A.) Considerations cliniques & propos de treize operations 
 pratiqu^es sur les voies biliaires. Ajin. Soc. de med. d'An- 
 vers, 1909, Ixxi, 33.— Eggert (F. C.) The technic of surgery 
 of the gall-bladder and the bile ducts. Illinois M. J., Spring- 
 field. 1913, xxlii, 504-,'il5.— Eicluncyer (W.) Kurzer Be- 
 richt iiber 120 wahrend des letzten Jahres ausgefiihrte Ope- 
 rationon am Gallensystem. DeutscheZtschr. f . Chir., Leipz., 
 1910, cvi, 510-536.— Elsendratli (D. N.) A plea for better 
 team work between the internist and surgeon in the treat- 
 ment of surgical aflections of the biliary tract. Med. Rec, 
 N. Y., 1918, xciii, 399-402.— Erdmann (J. F.) Biliary sur- 
 gery. Tr. Am. Ass. Obst. & Gynec. 1914, York, 1915, xxvii, 
 161-171. AUo: Med. Rec, N. Y., 1914, Ixxxvl, 62(^624.— 
 Finney (J. M. T.) A study of some of the unsatisfactory 
 results following operations upon the biliary tract. Canada 
 Lancet, Toronto, 1913-14, xlvli, 892-909. Alio: Tr. South. 
 Surg. & Gynec. Ass. 1913, Atlanta, 1914, xxvi, 483-521.— 
 Fullerton (AJ Operations on the gall bladder and bile 
 ducts. Mod. Press & Circ, Lond., 1914, n. s., xcyii, 382- 
 386.— Goodhue (G.) Surgery of the biliary tract. Lancet- 
 Clinic, Cincin., 1909, ci, 1-7.— Graham (J.) Some difficul- 
 ties and dangers in surgical operations of the biliary tract. 
 
 1913, 1, 200-202.— Judd (E . S . ) The recurrence of symptoms 
 following operations onthebillarytract. Ann. Surg., PhUa., 
 1918, Ixvii, 473^88.— Jurasa (A. T.) Die Mobilisierung des 
 Duodenums [in der Gallenwegchirurgiel. Arch. f. klin. 
 Chir., Berl., 1914, civ, 1118-1167.— Keefe (J. W.) Surgery of 
 the gall bladder and bUiary tract. Providence M. J., 1911, 
 XT, 186-193.— Kehr (H.) Neunundfiiutzig bemerkens- 
 werte Operationen am Gallensystem aus den Jahren 1907 
 und 1908. Arch. f. klin. Chir., fieri., 1909, Ixxxix, 97-172.— 
 liichty (J. A.) & Zurhoist (E. W.) Concerning end-results 
 of gall-bladder and duct diseases. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 
 1915, Ixv, 482-485.— Marieu (A.) Incision oblique trans- 
 versale dans les operations sur la v4siculeet les voies biliaires. 
 Union med. du Canada, Montreal, 1913, xlii, 7-12.— Moore 
 (Sir J . ) Some recent medical clinical experiences illustrating" 
 the value of surgical help in coimection with the liver and 
 biliary system. Dublin 7. M. Sc, 1915, cxl, 417-427. AUo: 
 
 Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1915. n. s., c, 584-587. . 
 
 Medical experiences illustrating the value of surgical help 
 in connection vrith the liver and biliary system. Clin. J., 
 Lond., 1916, xlv, 432-436.— Murphy (J. B.) Surgery of the 
 bile tracts. South. Pract., Nashville, 1897, xix, 481-494.— 
 Bithardson (M. H.) On some of the difficulties and dan- 
 gers in surgical operations upon the biliary tract. Old Do- 
 minion J. M. & S., Richmond, 1908, vli, 65-90.— Euth (0. E.) 
 Common errors in gall-tract surgery. J. Am. M. Ass., Chi- 
 cago, 1914, Ixiii, 832-839. Aho: Journal-Lancet, Mumeap., 
 1915, XXXV, 170; 198.— Shavp (H. A.) Surgery of the gall- 
 bladder and bihary passages (with especial reference to the 
 importance of stasis). Intemat. J. Surg., N. Y., 1916, xxix, 
 211; 290.— Sherrill (J. G.) Observations on the surgery of 
 the liver and bile passages. Tr. Am. Ass. Obst. & Gynec. 
 1912, York, 1913, xxv, 494-504.— Wiener (A. C.) Thorough 
 work in operating on the biliary apparatus. Lancet-Climc, 
 Cincin., 1908, xoix, 181-186. 
 
 BiUg (Reisia) [1885- ]. *Contributiona,r^tude 
 du traitement de la tuberculosa annexielle. 
 35 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1914, No. 9. 
 
 Bilim (Nikolai A.) [1882- ]. *Ueber das Vor- 
 kommen von Lymphocyten in den Gefaaeen 
 tuberkuloser Lymphdrusen. 38 pp., 1 1. 8° 
 Berlin, C. Swbert, [19071. 
 
 BUina (A[leksandr] Z[eIi8lavoviclil) [1875- ]. 
 *Prostoye tormazheniye nslovnikli refleksov. 
 [Simple inhibition of conditional reflexes.] 178 
 pp. 8°. S.-Peterburg, tip. Glavn. Vpravl. 
 tfdielov, 1910. 
 
 Bilinkis (Lea). *Ueber die Ausscheidung von 
 anorganischem und organiscli gebundenem 
 Brom durch den Urin nach Einfuhr organischer 
 Brompraparate. [Bern.] 8 pp. 4°. Berlin, J. 
 Springer, 1910. 
 
 BUious fever. 
 
 See Fever {Malarial). 
 
 Biliousness. 
 
 See Biliary system (Diseases of). 
 
 Bilirubin. 
 
 See, also, Bile {Pigments of). 
 BiEETHEN (E.) *Untersucliungen iiber das 
 Vorfconunen des Bilirubins in der Galle, in dem 
 
 Bilirubin. 
 
 Ham und Blutserum des Pferdes. [Bern.] 12° 
 Hannover, 1906. 
 
 Also, in: Deutsche tierarztl. Wchnschr., Hannov., 1906, 
 xiv, 481; 497. 
 
 Stank^witch (L.) *Sur un proc^d^ de 
 dosage de la biUrubine dans le s6rum sanguin. 
 8°. Paris, 1904. 
 
 Thannhauser (S. J.) *Ueber das Bilirubin. 
 8°. Miinchen, 1913. 
 
 Blerry (H.) & Banc (A.) Sur une reaction de la bili- 
 rubine. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1907, Ixiii, 608. — 
 Ciovinl (M.) La bilirubina nello siero di sangue e nelle 
 urine. Corriere san., Milano, 1908, xix, 513-523. — Dastre 
 (A.) & Floresco (N.) Contribution a, retude de la bUiru- 
 bineetdesatransformationenbiliverdine. Arch. dephysiol. 
 norm, et path^ Par., 1897, 5. s., ix, 475-486. .AZso [Abstr.]: 
 Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1897, 10. s., Iv, 306-308.— 
 Fischer (H.) Ueber MesobUirubin und Mesobilmibinogen. 
 Ztschr. f. Biol., Miinohen & Berl., 1914, Ixv, 163-182, 1 pi.— 
 Fischer (H.) & Meyer (P.) Ueber Hemibilirubin und die 
 bei der Oxyaation des Hemibilirubins entstehenden Spalt- 
 produkte. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1911, Ixxv, 
 339-349.— Gilbert (A.) & Berscher (M.) Sur la teneur du 
 sang normal en bihrubine. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 
 1905, Ivili, 899-901— GUbert (A.), Herscher (M.) & Poster- 
 naK (S.) Presentation d'un appareU pour doser la biliru- 
 bine dans le serum sanguin (cholemlm&tre). Ibid., 1904, Ivi, 
 700.— Herifeld (E.) Quantitative Bestimmungsmethode 
 geringer Bilirubinmengen. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., 
 Strassb., 1912, Ixxvli, 280-284.— Klalten (E.) Zur Technlk 
 des Bilmibinnachweises. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1918, 
 xxxi, 1018.— Kttster (W.) Beitrage zur Eeimtnis des Bili- 
 rubins und Hamins. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb.,, 
 
 1912, Ixxxii, 463^83. . . Ueber das BUtrubin. Ibid.., 
 
 1915, xciv, 136-162.— Kttster (W.), Keihllng (K.) & 
 Schmeldel (B.) Ueber die Einwirkung von Eisenchlorid 
 auf Bilirubin und iiber die Aufarbeitung von Gallensteinen. 
 Ibid., 1914, xci, 58-77.— liehndorff (A.) Ueber das Vorkom- 
 men von Bilirubin und Urobilin im Blutserum und in 
 serBsen Pliissigkeiten des Menschen. Prag. med. Wchn- 
 schr^ 1912, xxxvii, 495^97.— Omdorfl (W. E.) & Teeple 
 (J. E.) On bilirubin the red coloring-matter of the bile. 
 Beitr. z. wissensch. Med. u. Chem. Festschr. . . , Ernst 
 SalkowsH, Berl., 1904, 289-317, 1 pi. Also: Am. Chem. J., 
 Bait., 1905, xxxiii, 215-250, 2 pi.— Piettre. Sur la biliru- 
 blne. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par., 1909, cxlviii, 1213- 
 1215. — Prfiscber (F.) Ueber Acetophenonazobihmbin. 
 Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1900, xxix, 411-415, 1 
 diag. — Trapanl (P.) La recherche de la bilirubine par le 
 cyanure de mercure en milieu alcalin. Semaine med.. Par., 
 1906, xxvi, 615.— Werthelmer (E.) & Lepage (L.) Sur la 
 resorption et reUmination de la bilirubine. Arch, de 
 physiol. norm, et path.. Par., 1898, 5. s., x, 334-346.— WU- 
 tlams (B. G. R.) Billrubinuria; clinical eholuria. Illinois 
 M. J., Springfield, 1912, xxi, 142-248.— Zoja (L.) Una causa 
 d'errore nella ricerca della bilirubina. Boll. d. Soc. med. di 
 Parma, 1910, 2. s.j ill, 51-54. Also: Folia clin. chim. et 
 micros., Salsomaggiore, 1910, ii, 336-340. 
 
 Biliverdin. 
 
 See Bile {Pigments of) . 
 Bill {Curtis Harvey) [1835-1905]. 
 
 Porter (G. L.) Obituary. Proc. Coimeot. M. Soc, Hart- 
 ford, 1906, 308-311. 
 
 BUI (George Edwin) [1855- ]. 
 
 See Bayer (U. S.) Modem researches [etc.]. 12°. Cii- 
 cago, 1901. 
 
 Bill (A) to increase the efficiency of the Medical 
 Department, XT. S. Army, together with indorse- 
 ments by the Secretaries of War and the brief of 
 the Surgeon General, showing the necessity for 
 legislation. 55 pp. 8°. [Washington, 1904]. 
 Billac (L6once)_. *Contribution k I'etude des adl- 
 nomes diverticulaires de I'ombilic. 62 pp. 8°. 
 Paris, 1905, No. 40. 
 BiUard (A.) [1880- ]. *Contribution si I'^tude 
 des ganglions trach6o-bronchiqnes au point de 
 vue de I'anatomie et de la pathologie. 44 pp., 
 1 1. 8° Montpellier, 1908, No. 33. 
 
 Billard (Charles- Michel) [1800-1832]. 
 
 Legludlc. [Biography.] Arch. med. d' Angers, 1898, ii, 
 435-439, port. 
 
 BiUard (Gabriel). *De Taction du sue h^pafique 
 des crustac6s sur la circulation et la coagulation 
 dusang. 88 pp., Ich. 8°- rouZowe, 1898, No. 
 238. 
 
BILLAED. 
 
 536 
 
 BILLINGS. 
 
 BUlard (G[eorgesl) & FerreyroUes (P.) Les eaux 
 
 mmerales en tant que s^rum artificiels. Etude 
 
 exp6iimentale et chnique des eaux de La Bour- 
 
 boule en injections hypodermiques. 31 pp 8° 
 
 Paris, A. Maloine, 1909. 
 BUlard (Jules). *Sur la forme de tuberculoae 
 
 pulmonaire h^moptoique k Stapes floign^es. 64 
 
 pp. 8°. Paris, 1903, No. 473. 
 Biliard (Maxime) [186a- ]. *Traitement de la 
 
 sciatique par la m^thode hypodermique, et en 
 
 particulier par les injections sous-cutan6es de 
 
 glyc^ro-phosphates; proc6d6 d' Albert Robin. 
 
 101pp. 4°. Pam, 1896, No. 404. 
 . Les femmes enceintes devant le tribunal 
 
 r^volutionnaire d'aprfes des documents ia^dits. 
 
 2 p. 1., 225 pp., 3 1., 6 pi. 8°. Paris, Perrin & 
 
 Cw 1911 
 BiUaiid (Charles) [1878- ]. *Oontribution k 
 
 r^tude des syndromes du c6ne terminal et de 
 
 r6pic6ne. 167 pp. 8°. Paris, 1904, No. 558. 
 BiUaudet (Georges) [1877- ]. *L'encombre- 
 
 ment dans les £6pitaux de Paris. 201 pp. 8°. 
 
 Paris, 1908, No. 253. 
 BiUberg (Harald). Lecture on the Swedish 
 
 movement treatment (Ling's system). 30 pp. 
 
 12°. London, H. K. Lewis, 1890. 
 Bille ([Johannes Nicolaus] Eugen) [1872- ]. 
 
 *Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Wirkung des Cyan- 
 
 nickelcyankalium. 24 pp. 8°. Kiel, A. F. 
 
 Jensen, 1897. 
 Billebeaux (F6Iix) . *La fifevre dans la pneumonie 
 
 des enfants. 86 pp. 8°. Paris, 1908, No. 291. 
 Billens (Gottfried) [1882- ]. *Ueber Sakral- 
 
 anasthesie mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung 
 
 ihrer Verwertung in der Gynakologie. 55 pp. 
 
 8°. Bonn, E. Eisele, 1912. 
 BUler (Eugen) [1869- J. *Die Beziehungen 
 
 des Conns und der physiologischen Excavation 
 
 zum Sehvermogen ametropischer Augen. 
 
 pp.,lL 8°. Leipzig, A. Edelmann,l?>^^. 
 BDlep (Simon) [1878- ]. *Zur Casuistik 
 
 forierender Verletzungen der Sklera und 
 
 nea. 27 pp., 1 \. 8 . Milnchen, Kastm 
 
 Callwey, 1907. 
 
 BiUet i^AlleH) [1858-1915]. 
 
 Obltuaiy. Bull, sclent, de la France et de la Belg., 
 Par., 1915, xlix, p. I. 
 
 Billet (Charles). Aide-memoire du m^decin- 
 chef des salles militaires dans les hfipitaux 
 mixtes. 152 pp. 12°. Paris, Soc. d'id. scient., 
 1897. 
 
 Billet (Henry) [1882- ]. *Contribution k la 
 pathog6nie de I'ent^rite chronique des pays 
 chauds et son traitement opoth6rapique. 83 pp. 
 8°. Lyon, 1903, No. 49. 
 
 Billet (Jacques) [1883- ]. *Les pleurisies mi5- 
 tatyphoides avec 4panchement (symptSmes et 
 ^tiologie). 96 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1906, No. 58. 
 
 Billet (L[6on]). Contribution k I'l^tude^ des 
 n^vroses extraordinaires. 76pp. 8°. Paris, J- 
 B. Baillih-e & fils, 1874. [P., v. 2269.] 
 
 Billet (Paul) [1883- ]. *Fracture isol6e de la 
 mall6ole post^rieure (fracture marginale post6- 
 rieure isofee). 75 pp., 3 pi. 8°. Lyon, 1913, 
 No. 73. 
 
 BiUeter (Armin). *Ueber einen Fall von abge- 
 kapseltem Himabscess und dessen Enukleation. 
 [Zurich.] 11pp. 4° Tubingen, E.Laupp, jr., 
 1911. 
 
 Bille ter (Leo). *Die hohe Zange nut spezieller 
 Riicksicht auf das enge Becken . 60 pp. 8°. 
 Zurich, Gebr. Leemann & Co., 1909. 
 
 38 
 
 per- 
 Cor- 
 r & 
 
 Billeter-Stierlin (Heinrich Jacob) [1834- 
 1912]. 
 
 GuUlenniii(L.) Nekrolog. Eev.trimest. Suisse d'odont., 
 Ziirich & GenSve, 1912, xxii, 2-5.— Stoppany {G. A.) 
 Nekrolog. Schweiz. Vrtljschr. f. Zahnh., Ziirich, 1912, xxil, 
 2-6,. port. 
 
 Billiard (Andr6). *Traitement par le chlorure de 
 zinc des pseudarthroses en general et d'un cas 
 particulier de pseudarthrose cons6cutif k la re- 
 section du genou. 64 pp. 8° Paris, 1897, No. 
 476. 
 
 Billich (Constanz) [1886- ]. *Ein Beitrag zur 
 Lehre von den Inf ektionspsychosen : ' ' Psy chose 
 nach einer Halsphlegmone." 14 pp., 1 1. 8°. 
 Kiel, J. Baiter, 1912.*^ 
 
 Billlg (Ernst) [1886- 1. *Untersuchungen 
 iiber Dormiol, ein neues Scnlafmittel. [Giessen.] 
 59 pp. 8°. Bonn, H. Ludvng, 1912. 
 
 Billing (Otto) [1867- ]. *Untersuchungen 
 tiber den Bau der Frucht bei den Gallertflechten 
 und Pannariaceen. 38 pp., 1 1. 8° Kiel, 
 Schmidt & Klaunig, 1897. 
 
 Billings (Frank) [1854- ]. Focal infection; 
 
 the Lane medical lectures, xii (11.), 166 pp. 8°- 
 
 New York <Ss London, D. Appleton & Co., 1916. 
 
 See also, Forclihetnier (Fredericlt). Therapeusis [etc.). 
 
 New York & London, 1914. . The same. 8°. New 
 
 York & London, 1917. — ^Modern clinical medicine. Dis- 
 eases of the digestive system [etc.]. 8°. New Yorlc & Lon- 
 don, 1906.— Practical (The) medicine series [etc.] \in 2. s.]. 
 12°. Chicago, 1905. 
 
 ForSiography, see J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1903, xl [Suppl.], 
 1903, port. 
 
 ■ & Salisbury (Jerome Henry) [1854- ]. 
 
 General medicine. Edited by Frank Billings 
 and J. H. Salisbury. 15 v. 8°. Chicago, The 
 Year Book Publishers, 1911-18. 
 The practical medicine series, 1911-18. 
 
 Billings (Frank Seaver) [1845-1912]. Glanders. 
 In: T-WENTiETa Cent. Pract., N. Y., 1898, xv, 353-410. 
 
 Anthrax. 
 
 In: Twentieth Cent. Pract., N. Y., 1898, xv, 411-458. 
 
 For Biography, see Am. J. Clin. Med., Chicago, 1913, xx, 
 72 (E. S. Talbot). 
 
 Billings (John S[edgwick]), jr. [1869- ]. The 
 registration and sanitary supervision of pulmo- 
 nary tuberculosis in New York City, by the De- 
 partment of Health. 104 pp. 8° New York, 
 1912. 
 Dep. Health New York City. Monogr. ser., No. 1. 
 
 . The tuberculosis clinics and day camps of 
 
 ■ the Department of Health. 123 pp. 8°. New 
 York, 1912. 
 Dep. Health New York City. Monogr. ser.. No. 2. 
 
 Handbook of information reeardine the 
 
 routine procedine of the division of communi- 
 cable diseases of the Department of Health of the 
 City of New York. 200 pp. 12°. New York, 
 1918. 
 
 . Administrative control of whooping 
 
 cough. 1-6 pp. 8°. New York, 1914. 
 Dep. Health New York City. Eepr. sor., No. 17. 
 
 Billings (John Shaw) [1838-1913]. A bibliogi-aphy 
 of cholera. 
 
 In: United St.^tes. Home of Representatives. 43d 
 Congress, 2d session. Ex. Doc. No. 95. The cholera cpi- 
 dolnio in the United States. 8°. Washington, 1875, 707-1025. 
 
 . A centufy of American medicine: 1776- 
 
 187G. Literature and institutions. 
 
 In: Century (A) of American medicine. 8°. 
 phia, 1876, 289-366. 
 
 -. Introduction on hygiene-. 
 
 PUladeU 
 
 In: Treatise on hygiene (A. H. Buck). 8°. New York, 
 1879, 1-70. 
 
BILLINGS. 
 
 537 
 
 BILLOT. 
 
 Billings (John Shaw) — continued. 
 
 . The president's address before the Philo- 
 sophical Society of Washington, December 4, 
 1886. 24 pp. 8°. Washington, Judd & Det- 
 weiler, 1886. 
 
 . [Petition of . . . to the Chief Justice to set 
 
 aside stoppage of pay on account of money paid 
 for mileage.] 12 pp. 8°. [WMhington, 18S7 .] 
 A field hospital at Gettysbtirg. p. 373. 4°- 
 
 Boston, 1891. 
 Repr.from: The Youth's Companion, Bost., 1891, 373. 
 
 . Modern suigery. p. 547. 4°- Boston, 
 
 1891. 
 Bepr.from: The Youth's Companion, Bost., 1891. 
 
 — — . In a draft office, p. 610. 4°. Boston, 
 1892. 
 Bepr.from: The Youth's Companion, Bost., 1892. 
 
 . How Tom kept bachelor's hall. p. 598. 
 
 4°. Boston, 1892. 
 Eepr./rom: The Youth's Companion, Bost., 1892. 
 
 . The health of the survivors of the war. 
 
 In; FOKUM, N. Y., 1892, xii, 642-658. 
 
 . The relations of hospitals to public health- 
 
 . 168-175. 8°. Boston, 1893. 
 ^epr.from: Lend a Hand, Bost., 1893, xl. 
 
 Municipal sanitation; defects in American 
 
 P%, 
 
 In: FOKUM, N. Y., 1893, xv, 304^310. 
 Medicine as a career. 
 
 In: FOKUM, N. Y., 1893, xiv, 725-734. 
 
 Effects of his occupation upon the physi- 
 
 cian. 
 In: INTERNAT. Jour. Ethics, Phila., 1893, iv, 40-48. 
 
 . Preliminary bibliography of the literature 
 
 on the physiological and pathological effects of 
 alcohol and alcoholic drinks. Edited for the 
 Committee of Fifty for the Investigation of the 
 Liquor Problem. 28 pp. 8°. Washington, D. 
 C. , Judd & Detweiler, 1894. 
 
 Report on the insane, feeble-minded, 
 
 deaf and dumb, and blind in the United States 
 at the Eleventh Census, 1890. xi, 755 
 cartog., 73 diag. 4°. Washington, Gov. 
 
 Report on vital and social statistics in the 
 United States at the Eleventh Census: 1890. 
 Part I. Analysis and rate tables, xvii, 1059 pp., 
 30 maps. 4°. Washington, Gov. Print. Office, 
 1896. 
 
 Progress of medicine in the nineteenth 
 
 century, pp. 637-644. 8°. Washington, Gov. 
 Print. Office, 1901. 
 Bepr.from: Rep. Smithson. Inst., Wash., 1900. 
 
 . The pubUc library; its uses as a feature in 
 
 municipal organization. 1 galley sheet. New 
 York, fn. d.]. 
 
 See, am, Banquet and presentation [etc.], [in 2. s.]. 12°. 
 PMlaielphia, 1895.— Liquor (The) problem [etc.]. 8°. 
 Boston & New Yorli, 1905.— Physiological aspects of the 
 
 . Shaw Bill- 
 , 1915. See, also: 
 AlDum Am. Gyneo. Soc, Phila., 1918, 56, port. Also: Bos- 
 ton M. & S. J., 1913, clxviii. 568. Also: Brit. M.'J., Lond., 
 1913, i 641 {Sir W. Osier). Also: Tbid.. ii, 685 (W. Mitchell & 
 Sir W. Osier). Xfco, Reprint. .iir«o.- Bull. N.Y. Pub. Libr., 
 1913, xvii, 307-312, port. .Ateo.-Canad.M.Ass, J.,Toronto,1913, 
 ill, 613-616 (Sir W. Osier). Xko.-Deutschemed. Wchnschr., 
 Berl. & Leipz., 1913, xxxix, 1006 (Wachenheim). Also: J. 
 Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1913, Ix, 846. Also: J. Mil. Service 
 - Inst.,N.Y.,1913,liu,328-342,port. (A.A.Woodhull). Also, 
 Reprint. ./IZso; J. Roy. San. Inst., Lond., 1913-14, xxriv, 260 
 (J. L. Hotter). Also: Jahresb. il. d. Leistung. . . . d. ges. 
 Med., Berl., 1914, xlviil, 383 (K. SudhofE). Also: Lancet, 
 Lond., 1913, i, 859. Also: Library J., N. Y., 1913, xxxviii. 
 
 212-214, port. [Tront.J. Also: Ibid., 458. .4 bo.- Med. Pickwick, 
 Saranae Lake, N. Y., 1916, ii, 63-55 (E. Mayer). Also: Med. 
 Rec, N. Y., 1913, Ixxxtii, 635. Also: Miinchen. med. Wclin- 
 
 schr^ 1913, Ix, 1096 (A. Allemann). Also, Reprint. Also: 
 N. York M. J. [etc.], 1913, xovii, 564. Also: Nature, Lond., 
 
 BUUngs (John Shaw)— continued. 
 
 1912-13, xci, 62 (Sir T. L. Brunton). Also: Norsk Mag. f. 
 La8gevidensk., Kristiania, 1913,' 5. R., xi, 706 (F. G. Gade). 
 Also: Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1913, n. s., xxxviii, 
 827-833 (S. W. Mitchell). Also: Tr. Am. Surg. Ass., Phila., 
 1913, xxxi, pp. xxxiv-xxxix (J. E. Mears). Also: Wash. M. 
 Ann., 1913, xii, 186 (H. C. Yarrow et ah). 
 For Portrait, see Collection of Portr. (Libr.). 
 
 . See, also: 
 
 Burdett (Sir H.) A great hospital authority, Colonel 
 John Shaw Billings. Hospital, Lond., 1912-13, liii, 671- 
 673, port.— Hurd (H. M.), McCaw (W. !).)[«< al.]. Johns 
 Hopkins Historical Club. Special meeting, May 26, 1913, in 
 memory of John Shaw Billings. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., 
 Bait., 1914, XXV, 244-253.— Jacob! (A.) Eulogy of John 
 Shaw Billings. Ann. Med. Hist., N. Y., 1917-18, i, 109, 
 port. — Memorial meeting in honor of the late John Shaw 
 Billings, April 25, 1913. Bull. N. Y. Pub. Libr., 1913, xvii, 
 611-535. Also: Library J., N. Y., 1913, xxxviii,. 334-338. 
 Also: Physician & Surg., Detroit & Ann Arbor, 1913, xxxv, 
 285, port. — Wilder (B. G.) A misnamed portrait of John 
 Shaw Billings. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1914, n. s., 
 xxxix, 210. 
 
 — r- — & Curtis (Edward). Report of investiga- 
 tions on cryptogamic growth in diseases of 
 cattle. 
 
 In: United States. Department of Agriculture. Re- 
 ports on diseases of cattle in the United States. 8°. Wash- 
 ington, 1869. 
 
 , MitcheU (Silas Weir) & Bergey (David H.) 
 
 The composition of expired air and its effects 
 upon animal life. 80 pp., 1 1. 8°. Washington, 
 1895. 
 Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge, No. 989. 
 
 Billings (William R.) Some details of water- 
 works construction, vi, '96 pp. 8°- New York, 
 1888. 
 
 BiUingsIea {Charles) [1878-1917]. 
 
 [Obituary.] J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1917, Ixix, 062. 
 Also: Mil. Surg., Wash., 1917, xh, 512. 
 
 Billod {Ernest) [1819-1900]. 
 
 Kitti (A.) :feloge. Ann. mSd.-psychol., Par., 1900, 8. s., 
 xii, 11-41. Also, in Ms: Hist. d. trav. Soc. m^d.-psychol.. 
 Par., 1914, ii, 177-216. 
 
 Billon (F.) Contribution a I'^tude de la m^dica- 
 tionphosphor6e;lal6cithine. 20pp. 8°. Paris, 
 A. Challamel, [n. d.}. 
 
 Billon (Louis) [1873- ]. *La tuberculpse ap- 
 pendiculo-coecale traitee par la laparotomie 
 iUaque. 56 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1898, No. 89. 
 
 Billon (Louis) [1878- ]. *Recherches des 
 causes determinant le.sexe. 118 pp., 1 1. 8°. 
 Paris, 1904, No. 153. 
 
 ._ The same. Gargon ou fille? Causes de- 
 terminant le sexe. 131 pp. 12°. Paris, J. 
 Rousset, 1904. 
 
 . L'op&ation hors I'hdpital. Preface de M. 
 
 le Dr. E. Rochard. viii, 292 pp. 8°. Paris, 
 A. Maloine, 1911. 
 
 La grossesse et I'accouchement hors 
 
 rh6pital. Preface de M. le Prof. Ribemont- 
 Dessaignes. vii, 320 pp. 8°. Pom, A. Ma- 
 loine, 1912. 
 
 . Traite de clinique therapeutique chirur- 
 
 gicale. (Indications pratiques en pathologie ex- 
 terne.) vii, 1209 pp. 8°- Paris, 0. Doin & 
 fils, 1913. 
 
 -. Chirurgie d'urgence; contusions, fi'ac- 
 
 tures, plaies, corps strangers, h^morrhagies, 
 brMuies, soins aux bksses, pansements. 115 
 pp. 8°. Paris, [1914]. 
 Billon (Paul) [1872- ]. *Recherches sur les 
 glycerophosphates de sodium. 38 pp., 1 1. 8°. 
 Lyon, 1907, No. 50. 
 Ecole de pharmacie. 
 
 Billot (Leon-Hipolyte) [188<^- ]. *Etude etio- 
 logique d'un mal social: la tuberculose. 84 pp. 
 8°. Bordeaux, 1913, No. 86. 
 
BILLOT. 
 
 538 
 
 BIKAUD. 
 
 Billot (Maurice) [1888- ]. *Le d6collement de 
 I'S iliaque et du csscum dans le plan embryolo- 
 gique pour la cure des hemies adh6rent.es du 
 gros intestin. 34 pp., 1 1. 8° Lyon, 1912, No. 
 55. 
 
 Billout [Alphonse]. Les eaux de Saint-Gervais 
 dans le traitement de quelques affections de 
 I'estomac et des intestins. 32 pp. 8°. Paris, 
 G. BailUire, 1870. 
 
 — ; — . Etude sur les eaux min^ro-thermales sa- 
 lines, sulfur^es de Saint-Gervais (Haute-Savoie). 
 108 pp. 12°. Paris, J.-B.BaillQre &fils, 1SS2. 
 
 Billquist (T. E.). 
 
 See Zlegler (Charles Edward) [in 2. s.). The Elizabeth 
 SteeUMagee Hospital of Pittsburgh. 4°. St. Louis, 1914. 
 
 Billroth ([Christian Albert] Theodor) [1829-94]. 
 Die allgemeine chirurgische Pathologie und 
 Therapie in fiinfzig Vorlesungen; ein Handbuch 
 fur Studirende und Aerzte. xvi, 745 pp. 8°. 
 Berlin, G. Reimer, 1868. 
 
 . The same. 16. Aufl. xvi, 979 pp. 8°. 
 
 Berlin, G. Reimer, 1906. 
 
 . The same. General surgical pathology 
 
 and therapeutics in fiftjr lectures. A text-book 
 for students and physicians; translated from 4. 
 German ed. and revised from 6. ed. by Charles 
 E. Hackley. xviii, 697 pp. 8°. New York, D. 
 Appleton & Co., 1875. 
 
 The same, xvui, 697 pp. 8° New 
 
 York, D. Appleton & Co., 1877. 
 
 . The same, xx, 773 pp. 
 
 D. Appleton & Co., 1880. 
 
 Jeber die Einwirkungen lebender Pilan- 
 
 8°. New York, 
 
 zen- und Thierzellen auf einander. Eine biologi- 
 scheStudie. 23 pp. 8°. Wien, A. Holder, 1890. 
 Forms No. 9 ol: Samml. med. Schritt., Wien. 
 
 ■. Briefe. 2. Aufl. Ip. 1., viii, 600pp.,4t)l. 
 Hannover & Leipzig, Hmnsche Buchhandl., 
 
 The same. 7. Aufl. xii, 622 pp. 8° 
 Hannover & Leipzig, Hahn, 1906. 
 
 — . Wer ist musikalisch? Nachgelassene 
 
 Schrift hrsg. von Eduard Hanslick. 3. Aufl. 
 viii, 245 pp. 12°. Berlin, Oebr. Paetel, 1898._ 
 
 Die Krankenpflege im Hause und im 
 
 1896. 
 
 Hospitale, ein Handbuch fur FamiUen und 
 Krankenpflegerinnen. 6. Aufl., hrsg. von R. 
 Gersuny. xi, 298 pp., 32 pi., port. 8°. Wien, 
 C. Gerald's Sohn, 1899. 
 
 . The same. 7. Aufl. xi, 314 pp., 32 pi., 
 
 port. 8°. Wien, K. Gerald's Sohn, 1905. 
 
 The same. The care of the sick at home 
 
 and in the hospital, a handbook for families and 
 for nurses. Translated by special authority of 
 the author by J. Bentall Endean. 5. ed. 333 
 pp., port. 12°. London, Sampson, Low, Mar- 
 ston & Co., [1899]. 
 
 For Btography^see Tr. M. Soc. Wisconsin, Madison, 1894, 
 xxviii, 47-67 (H. Beineking). Also: ■Vfien..klin. Wchnsohr., 
 1897, X, 981-986 (C. Gussenbauer). 
 
 . See, also: 
 
 Billrotb und das arztliche Studlum. Bayer, arztl. Cor.- 
 Bl., Miinchen, 1902, v, 41-43.— Briefe von Tneodor Billroth 
 aus dem Kriege 1870-71. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. 
 & Berl., 1914, xl, 2073; 2103; 2129.— Hemmeter (J. C.) Theo- 
 dor Billroth, musical and surgical philosopher; a biography 
 and a review of his work onpsycho-physiological aphorisms 
 on music. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1900, xi, 297- 
 317.— KadJn (H. T.) The letters of Theodor Billroth. Med. 
 Pickwick, Saranao Lake, N. Y., 1917, lii, 169.— von Wini- 
 warter (A.) Vor sechsunddreissigJahren. [Erinnerungen 
 an Theodor Billroth.] Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1907, xx, 309- 
 312. 
 
 Billstein (Andreas Johannes) [1880- ]. *Zur 
 Kasuisti-k der Schenkelhalsfrakturen. [Bonn.] 
 39 pp. 8°. Koln, Kolner Verlags-Anstalt, 1906. 
 
 Billstrom (Jakob). Die Prognose der traumati- 
 schen Neurosen. 22 pp. 8°. Berlin, R. Rosen, 
 1914. 
 Forms 313. Htt. of: Berl. Klinik. 
 
 Billykheid (De) van het gebruik der inenting 
 aangetoond in een leerreden over Joan xi, 4; 
 nevens een aanhangsel over den tegenwoordige 
 Btaat der inenting. Ip. 1., 64 pp. 12°. Leyden, 
 J. J. Thyssens, 1777. 
 
 Bilmes (Hersch) [1885- ]. *Contribution a, 
 I'^tude du sarcome m61anique. 40 pp. 8°. 
 Montpellier, 1916, No. 7. 
 
 Bilocation. 
 
 Bozzano (E.) Considerations et hypoth&ses sur les ph^- 
 nomfenes de bilocation. Ann. d. sc. psych.. Par., 1911, xxi, 
 65; 166. 
 Bitot (Charles). *Les abcfes sous-phr6niques d'ori- 
 gine digestive. 75 pp. 8°. Paris, 1909, No. 
 408. 
 BUs (Franz). . 
 
 See Beer (J. G.) Pathologie und Therapie [etc.]. 4°. 
 Wien, 1810-11. 
 
 Bilski (Mocha) [1871- ]. *Contribution h 
 r^tude au point de vue dinique et th^rapeu- 
 tique de 1 andvrysme inguinal. 46 pp. 8°- 
 Baris, 1897, No. 28. 
 
 Biltmore Herbarium. 29 pp. 12°. Biltmore, N.C., 
 C. D. Beadle, fn. d.]. 
 
 Blitz (Arthur) [1878- ]. *TJeber Derivate des 
 Safrola und seine Beziehungen zu den Phenol- 
 aethern Eugenol und Asaron. 59 pp., 2 1. 8°. 
 Berlin, E. Ebering, 1903. 
 
 BUtz (Erich) [1881- ]. *Die progressive Para- 
 lyse und ihre forensische Wiirdigung. 21 pp. 
 8°. Kiel,H.Fiencke, 1912. 
 
 Biltz (Ernst) [1822-1903]. 
 
 [Biography.] Apoth.-Ztg., Berl., 1903, xviii, 38. 
 
 Bilz (F. E.) The natural method of health. A 
 new and complete guide to health. Translated 
 from the latest German edition. 2 v. , paged con- 
 secutively, iv, 2074 pp., 3 superimposed pi., 
 24 pi. 8° London, F. E. Bilz, 1901. 
 
 Bimberg (P.) Das Studium der Psychologie ist 
 fur den Kunstbeflissenen unbedingt nothwendig. 
 PhUosophiache Abhandlung. 29 pp. 8°. Iser- 
 lohn, J. Baedeker, 1876. 
 
 Bimlus (Leonardi I.) Pestis ad vivum delineata 
 etcurata. 3 p. 1., 71pp. 24°. LeodiciEhuronum, 
 G. H. Streel, 1671. 
 
 Bi-SIonthly Bulletin of the University College of 
 Medicine. Edited under the auspices of the 
 alumni and faculty, and devoted to the advance- 
 ment of the medical, surgical, dental, and phar- 
 maceutical professions, v. 1-4, 1896-9. roy. 8°. 
 Richmond, Va. 
 Continued as: Clinic Bulletin. 
 
 Binaghi (Roberto). La teoria del Fliigge e le sue 
 applicazionialla chirurgia. Parte 1. Sulla fre- 
 quenza degli stafilococchi nell' aria negli ambi- 
 enti chinirgici. 24 pp. 8°. Cagliari, G. Serreli, 
 1900. 
 
 . The same. Parte II. SuU'importanza 
 
 della maschera nelle operazioni. 18 pp. 8°. 
 Cagliari, G. Serreli, 1900. 
 
 Sui COS! detti tumori infiammatori del 
 
 cieco. 46 pp. 8°. Cagliari, G. Dessi, 1908. 
 
 L'eversione della vaginale nella cura 
 
 dell' idrocele. 14 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Cagliari, G, 
 Dessi, 1908 
 
 - & Zoccheddu (E.) Sezione chirurgica 
 dell' Ospedale civile di Cagliari. Rendiconto 
 clinico del biennio 1895-6. 136 pp., 4 1. 8°- 
 Cagliari, G. Dessi, 1897. 
 Binant (Louis). *L'hy8t6rie en chirurgie. 76 pp. 
 8°. Paris, 1904, No. 9. 
 
 Binaud {Jean-Octave- Albert- Henry-Wil- 
 liam) [1862-99]. 
 
 Baudouin (M.) Ndcrologie. Arch. prov. de chir.. Par., 
 1899, viii. 643.— Masse (E.) [Biography.] Gaz. hebd. d. so. 
 m&i. de Bordeaux, 1899, xx, 417-419. 
 
BINDA. 
 
 539 
 
 BINET. 
 
 Binda (Ambrogio). Meccanica di riduzione della 
 
 luasazione congenita dell' anca secondo Panzeri. 
 
 Dimostrazioni radiografiche. 10 pp. 8°. Mi- 
 
 lano, P. Tamborini, [1900]. 
 Blnda (CoBimo). Accidentale rinvenimento di 
 
 cadavere inumat<5; studio medico-legale. 24 pp. 
 ■ 8°. Pavia, 1898. 
 Binda (Pietro). La tioeinamina; azione fannaco- 
 
 logica e applicazioni terapeuticlie con_ speciale 
 
 riguardo alia cuia delle aderenze pleuricne. 93 
 
 pp. 8°. Pavia, Mattel, Speroni & Co., 1912. 
 Binder (Alfred [Ludwig]) [1878- !). *Ueber 
 
 Riesenzellenbildung bei congenitaler Lues der 
 
 Leber. JHeidelberg.] 21 pp., 1 1., 1 pi. 8°. 
 
 Berlin, G. Reimer, 1904. 
 Binder (Carl). *Ueber 40 Falle von Zimgencar- 
 
 cinom, ikre Behandlung und Endresultate. 
 
 [Zurich.] 88 pp. 8° Tubingen, H. Laupp, 
 
 1896. 
 Repr.from: Beitr. z. klia. Chir., Tiibing., 1896, xvii. 
 
 Binder (Ernst). *Ejitische Betrachtungen iiber 
 Abstammung und Verwandtschaf t der Hausziege 
 auf Grund anatomischer Untersuchungen und 
 Kreuzungsexperimenten mit besonderer Be- 
 rucksiclitigung der Verwandtschaft mit Capra 
 JerdoniHume. [Bern.] 34 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Ber- 
 lin, Kroll, 1910. 
 
 Binder (Lazar) [1888- ]. *Ueber die Bedeu- 
 tung der in den Fseces vorhandenen Fermente 
 fur die Diagnostik der Pankreaserkrankungen. 
 60 pp., 1 tab. 8° Berlin, H. Blanke, 1911. 
 
 Binder (Romanus). *Die konservative Behand- 
 lung der Coxitis und ihre Resultate, iiisbesondere 
 die Conservativbehandlung mittels portativer 
 Apparate. 22 pp. 8°- WWrzburg, A. Boegler, 
 1900. 
 
 Binder (Romuald). Meran: -willa Steftania, pier- 
 wszy polsH pensyonat dyetetyczno-leczniczy. 
 
 [..., fijst Polish dietetic eanitarium.] 8 pp. 16°. 
 Warsaw, K. Kowalewski, 1903.] 
 
 ^ — . Meran, willa Steffania, zaklad wodo- 
 
 leczniczy i dyetetyczny. [. . ., hydrotherapeu- 
 tic and dietetic sanitarium.] 14 pp. 16°. 
 Krak6w, W. L. Anczyo de Co., 1904. 
 
 Binder (Th.) Die Hygiene des geschlechtlichen 
 Lebens. 2. Aufl. 87 pp. 8°. Berlin, H. Steir 
 nitz 1904 
 
 Binder (Wilhelm) [1880- ]. *Ueber die in der 
 AugenkUnik zu Jena wahrend der Jahre 1901-5 
 vorgenommenen Magnetoperationen. 30 pp., 1 
 1. 8°. Jena, E. Costenoble, 1905. 
 
 Binder (Wilhelm August Jacob) [1887- ]. *Bei- 
 trage zur desiniizierenden Vorbereitung des Ope- 
 rationsfeldes in der Veterinarchimrgie. [Leip- 
 zig.] 77pp., 2 pL 8°. Weidai. Th., Thmias & 
 Hubert, 1911. 
 
 Binders {Obstetric). 
 
 See liabor {After-treatment of) . 
 
 Bindi (Ferruccio). Ospedale della Misericordia in 
 Poppi. Resoconto clinico. 104 pp. 8°. Arezzo, 
 I. Sinatti, 1905. 
 
 Bindseil (Ernst) [1885- ]. *Die an der Gies- 
 sener chirurgischen Klinik ausgefiihrten Resek- 
 tionen des karzinomatosen Magens. 47 pp. 8°. 
 Giessen, 0. Kindt, 1912. 
 
 Binet (Alfred) [1857-1911]. Alterations of per- 
 sonality. . Translated by Helen Green Baldwin, 
 with notes and a preface by J. Mark Baldwin, 
 xii, 356 pp. 12°. London, Chapman & Hall, 
 1896. 
 
 . On double consciousness. New ed. 3 
 
 p. 1., 89 pp. 16°. Chicago, Open Court Publish- 
 ing Co., 1896. 
 
 Binet (Alfred) — continued. 
 
 . _ The psychology of reasoning, based on 
 
 experimental researches in hypnotism. Tiansl. 
 
 from the 2. French ed. by Adam Gowans Why te. 
 
 2 p. 1., 191 pp. 8°. Chicago; London, Kegan 
 
 Paul, Trench, TrUbner & Co., 1899. 
 . The same. 2 p. 1., 191 pp. 8°. Chicago, 
 
 Open Court Publ. Co., 1899. 
 
 La suggestibility. 391 pp., 2 1., 2 pi. 8° 
 
 Paris, C; Reinwald, 1900. 
 
 Etude exp&imentale de I'intelligence. 
 
 309 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, Schleicher frhres & Cie., 
 1903. 
 
 Also, Co-Editor of: Annee (L') psyoliologique, Paris, 
 1895-1911. 
 
 For Biogramhy, see Arch, de psychol., Genfeve, 1911-12, xl, 
 376-388 (E. Claparfede). Also; Fsiche, Firenze, 1912, 1, 10-21 
 (F. De Sarlo). Also: Rev. de psycliiat., Par., 1912, 244-247 
 (H. Pi&on). 
 
 for Portrait, see Phil. Portr. Series, Chicago, 1898. 
 
 & Simon (Th.) Les enfants anormaux. 
 
 Guide pour I'admission des enfants anormaux 
 dans les classes de perfectionnement. Avec une 
 preface de L^on Bourgeois, xi, 211 pp. 12°. 
 Paris, A. Colin, 1907. 
 
 La mesure du d6veloppement de 
 
 I'intelligence chez les jeunes enfante. pp. 187- 
 248, 4 pi. 8°. Paris, A. ConesUmt, 1911. 
 
 The same. A method of measuring 
 
 the development of the intelligence of young 
 children. Authorized translation, with preface 
 and an appendix containing an arrangement of 
 the tests in age and diagnostic groups for con- 
 venience in conducting examinations, by Clara 
 Harrison Town. 83 pp. 8° Lincoln, III., The 
 Courier Company, [1912]. 
 
 The same. 3. ed. 82 pp. 8°. C%v 
 
 cago, Chicago Medical Book Co., 1915 
 
 Mentally defective children. Au- 
 
 thorized translation by W. B. Drummond; with 
 an appendix containing the Binet-Simon tests of 
 intelhgence, by Margaret Drummond, and an 
 introduction by Prof. Alexander Darroch. 2 
 impression, xi, 179 pp. 8°- London, E. Ar- 
 nold, [1914]. 
 
 The intelligence of the feeble- 
 
 minded. Transl. by Elizabeth S. Kite. 328 pp. 
 roy. 8°. Baltimxrre, Williains & WilTdns Co., 
 1916. 
 
 The development of intelligence in 
 
 children (the Binet-Simon scale). Transl. by 
 Elizabeths. Kite. 336 pp., IL roy. 8° Balti- 
 more^ Williams & Wilkins Co., 1916. 
 
 Binet (Andr6) [1883- ]. *Le moulage en mi- 
 decine, sa technique, ses applications sp^ciales 
 a,PorthopMie. 91pp. 8°. JVa?ic)/, 1908, No. 23. 
 
 Binet (Andre-Louis-Denis) [1877- ]. *L'al- 
 laitement matemel consid^r^ sp6cialement au 
 point de vue de ses difficult^s sociales. 170 pp. 
 8°. Paris, 1904, No. 71. 
 
 Binet (Edouard). La m6decine matemelle. Soins 
 h, donner aux enfants malades et pharmacie de 
 famiUe. 140 pp. 12°. Paris, J.-B. Baillih-e, 
 1897. 
 
 Binet_ (Ernest). *Contribution h, I'^tude des 
 h6mipl6gies homolat^rales k propos d'un cas 
 d'abc^ du cerveau d'origine otique. 126 pp. 
 8°. Paris, 1909, No. 391. 
 
 Binet (Frangois-Antoine). *Dissertation sur I'ac- 
 couchement et les operations c&ariennes et de 
 rhyst&o-lithotomie, avec thfeses soutenues pu- 
 bliquement. 1 p. 1., 59 pp. 8°. Turin, V. 
 Bianco, 1817. 
 
 Binet (Joseph-Henri-Julien) [1884- 1. *Les 
 rayons de Rontgen et les an^vrysmes de I'aorte 
 thoracique. 63 pp. 8°. Tours, 1909, No. 367. 
 
BINET. 
 
 540 
 
 BINNIE. 
 
 Binet (L6on). *De8 luxations ouvertes de I'arti- 
 culation du coude. 63 pp. 8°. Paris, 1906, 
 No. 377. 
 
 •. Le. guide du m^dedn auxtrancli^es; chi- 
 
 rurgie, mMecine et hygiene pratiques. Preface 
 de J.-T. Langlois. 94 pp. 12*. Paris, 0. 
 Doin & fils, 1916. 
 
 Binet (Maurice). 
 
 See Robin (A.-fedouard-C.) & Bluet (Maurice). Condi- 
 tions et diagnostic du terrain, [eto.l. 4°. Paris, 1901. 
 
 ; — r~: ?-*s indications prophylactiques et tli&apeutiques de 
 
 laphtisiepulmonaireretc.]. 12°. Paris,1902. . 
 
 Des effets da climat marin, [etcl. 8°. Biarritz, 1903.— 
 BaDln (A.-Edouard-C), Binet (Maurice) & Dupasquler 
 [mZ.E.J. Les Changes respiratoires [etc.]. 8°. Paris, 1901. 
 
 Binet (Maurice) [1879- ]. *Le ferment oxy- 
 dant du lait chez la femme. Sa reaction i, la 
 paraph^nylfenediamine. 52 pp. 8°. Lvon, 
 
 • 1904, No. 150. ff V , 
 
 Binet (Maurice). *Les alcalins. Leur r61e sur les 
 fonctions de I'estomac. Leur emploi dans la 
 th&apeutique gastrique. 380 pp., 1 1. 8°. 
 Paris, 1905; No. 145. 
 
 Binet-Sangie (Charles) [1868- ]. Les lois 
 psychopliysiologiques dud^veloppement des re- 
 ligions. L'^volution religieuse chez Rabelais, 
 Paacal et Racine. 400 pp. 16°. Paris, A. 
 Maloine, 1907. 
 
 . La folie de J6sus. 3 v. 8°. Paris, A. 
 
 Maloine, 1908-12. 
 
 Le haras humain. 244 pp. 12°. Paris, 
 
 A. Michel, [1918]. 
 
 Binet-Simon test. 
 
 See Psychology (Experimental); Testa (Men- 
 tal). 
 
 Bing (Albert) [1844- 1. Die otologisch-diag- 
 nostische Verwerthung der Stimmgabel. 24 pp. 
 8°. TFien, 1902. 
 Forms 6. Hft., v. 28, of: Wien. Kiinik. 
 
 ._ Ohrenheilkunde. Zwolf Vorlesungen fiir 
 
 Studierende und Aerzte. xvii, 352 pp., 5 pi. 
 8°. Wien & Leipzig, W. Braumuller, 1908. 
 Bing (Andrg) [1878- ]. *Les taches de Ko- 
 pUk, leur importance pour le diagnostic et la 
 
 frophylaxie de la rougeole. 194 pp., 1 pi. 8° 
 'aris, 1905, No. 386. 
 . The same. 194 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Paris, G. 
 
 Jacques, 1905. 
 Bing (Arthur) [1879- ]. *Beitrage zur His- 
 
 tologie der Angiome. (Untersuchungen mit 
 
 Weigert's Elastinfarbung.) 34 pp., 1 1. 8°. 
 
 Wiirzburg, A. Borst, 1903. 
 Bing (H. I.) TJnders^gelser over reducerende 
 
 Substanser i Blodet. [Researches on reducing 
 
 Bubstances in the bloocL.J 3 p. 1., 96 pp. 8°. 
 
 Kj0benhavn, 0. C. Olsen & Co., 1899. 
 Bing (Robert) [1878- 1. *Ueber angeborene 
 
 Muskel-Defecte. [Basel.j 58 pp., 1 pL, 11. 8°. 
 
 Berlin, G. Reimer, 1902. 
 Bepr. from: Vircliow's Aroli. f. patli. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 
 
 1902, clxx. 
 
 . Die Bedeutung der spino-cerebellaren 
 
 Systeme; kritischer und experimenteller Bei- 
 trag zur Analyse des cerebellaren Symptomen- 
 complexes. 4 p. 1., 95 pp., 6 pi. 8°- Wies- 
 baden, J. F. Bergmann, 1907. 
 
 . Kompendium der topiechen Gehim- und 
 
 Ruckenmarksdiagnostik. Kurzgefasste Anlei- 
 tung zur klinischen Lokalisation der Erkran- 
 kungen und Verletzungen der Nervenzentren. 
 vi, 200 pp. 8°. Berlin & Wien, Urban & 
 ScJvwarzenberg, 1909. 
 
 .The same. Compendium of regional diag- 
 
 nosis in affections of the brain and spinal cord; 
 a concise introduction to the principles of clini- 
 cal localization in diseases and injuries of the 
 
 Bing (Robert) — continued, 
 central nervous system. Transl. by F. S. Ar- 
 nold, rev. by David I. Wolfstein. xi (1 1.), 215 
 pp. 8°. New York, Rebman Company, [1911?]. 
 
 . Aphasie und Apraxie. pp. 239-263. 8°. 
 
 Wiirzburg, C. Kabitzsch, 1910. 
 
 Forms 11. Hft., v. 10, of: Wilrzb. Abhandl. a. d. Gesamt- 
 geb. d. pratt. Med. 
 
 . Pathogenese, Diagnose und Therapie der 
 
 Polyneuritis, pp. 143-174. 8° Berlin, Urban 
 & Schwarzenberg, 1911. 
 Forms 6. Hft., v. 7, of: Beiheftez. Med. Klin., Berl. 
 
 Lehrbuch der Nervenkrankheiten fur 
 
 Studierende und praktische Aerzte, in 30 Vor- 
 lesungen. viii, 606 pp. 8°. Berlin & Wien, 
 Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1913. 
 
 The same. A textbook of nervous dis- 
 
 eases for students and practising physicians^ in 
 thirty lectures. Only authorized translation, 
 by Charles L. Allen. 1 p. 1. , v-xiv, 481 pp. 4°- 
 New York, Rebman Company, [1915]. 
 
 Copy No. 2. 
 
 . Gehim und Auge, nach einem im Oktober 
 
 1913 vor dem Verem rheinisch-westfaUscher 
 Augenarzte in Diisseldorf abgehaltenen Fortbil- 
 dungskurs. x, 95 pp. 8° Wiesbaden, J. F.' 
 Bergmann, 1914. 
 
 Also, Co-Editor of: Ergebnlsse der Neurologie und Psy- 
 cbiatrie, Jena, 1911-14. 
 
 Bing (Robert). *Ueber einen seltenen Fall von 
 kryptogenetischer eitriger Nephritis und Peri- 
 nephritis. 24pp. 8°. Miinehen, A. Victor, 1904. 
 
 Bingel (Adolf) [1879- ]. *Ueber Hernia retro- 
 peritonealis duodeno-jejunalis (Treitzii). [Tu- 
 bingen.] 30 pp., 1 1. 8°. Berlin, G. Rdmer, 
 1902. 
 
 Bingel (Ernst Georg) [1872- ]. *Das Kepha- 
 lohsematom beim Neugeborenen. 27 pp. 8°- 
 Bonn, A. Henry, 1896. 
 
 Bingel (Friediich Karl) [1880- ]. *Fieber bei 
 angeborener Syphilis des Sauglings. 32 pp., 7 
 ch. 8°. Berlin, E. Ebering^ 1910. 
 
 Bingeman (Miss M. E.) "Live a little longer," 
 the Rochester plan. 22 pp. 8°. New York, 
 1914. 
 
 Bingham (FranTc) [1875-1915]. 
 
 Obituary. Me"d. Press & Circ, Lond., 1915, n. s., xoix, 551. 
 Bingliam (Hiram) [1875- ]. Preliminary re- 
 port of the Yale Peruvian expedition, pp. 20- 
 26. 8°. New York, 1912. 
 
 Bepr. from: Bull. Am. Geograph. Soc, N. Y., 1912, xliv. 
 
 Bingiiam (Theodore Alfred) [1858- ]. The girl 
 
 that disappears; the real facts about the white 
 
 slave traffic. 1 p. 1., 87 pp., front. 8°. Boston, 
 
 R. G. Badger, 1911. 
 Bingliam (W. Van Dyke). Studies in melody. 
 
 1 p. 1., VI, 88 pp. 8°. [Baltimm-eX Rev. Publ. 
 
 Co., 1910. 
 Forms No. 3, v. 12, of: Psychol. Monog. Psychol. Eev. 
 Bingold (Konrad) [1886- I). Beitrag zur dif- 
 
 fusen Knochenlues. [Berlin.] 24 pp., 2 1., 5 pi. 
 
 8°. Nv.rnberg,G.E&/dolph, 1913. 
 Bini (Francesco) [1815-98]. 
 
 Gucci. Neorologia. Pratioo, Firenze, 1897-8, iii, 161.— 
 T[ambUTttil) (A.J Neorologia. Elv. sper. di freniat., 
 Reggio-EmiUa, 1898, xxiv, 312. 
 
 Biniodol. 
 
 Council on Pharmacy and Chemistry 
 the.. ■' '- " '-- "■-' 
 lleprint, 
 
 Binitrotuluene. 
 
 See Dinitrotoluene.' 
 Binnle (John Fairbaim) [1863- ]. Manual of 
 operative surgery. 644 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, 
 P. Blakiston's Son & Co., 1905. 
 
 .., . .. Biniodol; report 
 
 of the . . . J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1917, Ixviii, 650. AUo, 
 
BINNIE. 
 
 641 
 
 BIOCHE. 
 
 Binnle (John Fairbaim) — continued. 
 
 ." The same. 3. ed. xiii, 343 pp. 12°. 
 
 Philadelphia, P. Blakiston's Son & Co., 1907. 
 ^ . The same. 4. ed. xi, 832 pp. 8°- Phila- 
 delphia, P. Blakiston's Son & Co., 1909. 
 . The same. 5. ed. x, 1153 pp. roy. 8°. 
 
 Philadelphia, P. Blakiston's Son & Co., 1911. 
 
 . The same. 6. ed. xiv, 1251 pp. 8°. 
 
 Philadelphia, P. Blakiston's Son & Co., 1913. 
 . The same. 7. ed. xv, 1363 pp. 8° 
 
 Philadelphia, P. Blahiston' s Son & Co., [1916]. 
 . The same. 2. ed. x, 655 pp., 1 pi. 8°. 
 
 London, H. K. Lewis, 1906. 
 
 Surgery of the muscles, tendons, and 
 
 bursse. 
 
 In: SmtGEKY (Keen). 8°. Philadelphia & London, 1907, 
 ii, 435-468. 
 
 . A treatise on regional surgery by various 
 
 authors, edited by J. P. Binnie. 3 v. roy. 8°. 
 Philadelphia, P. Blakiston's Son & Co., 1917. 
 
 Binning {RobeH Inglis) [1885-1916]. 
 
 Obituary. Glasgow M. 1, 1916, Ixxxvi, 148. 
 Binot (Jean) [1867- ]. *Etude exp&imentale 
 sur le tetanos. 64 pp. 8°. Paris, 1899, No. 460. 
 The same. 64 pp. 8°. Paris, O.Steinhdl, 
 
 Binoth (Friedrich). *Ueber Sulfonal- und Trio- 
 nalverglftung. 42 pp. 8°. Freiburg i. B., U. 
 Hochreuther, 1903. 
 
 Binsack (Carl) [1887- J. *Ein Fall von ange- 
 borenem ausgddehntem Nsevus pigmentosus mit 
 Pigmentflecken im Gehirn. 37 pp., 1 pi. 8°. 
 Giessen, 0. Kindt, 1912. ' 
 
 Binshtok (V[emamin] I[sakovich]') [1865- ]. 
 Nastavleniye dlya dezinf ektorov (v voprosakh i 
 otvietakh). [Instruction to • disinfectors (in 
 questions and answers).] 46 pp. 16° 5.- 
 Peterburg, 1903. 
 
 -. The same. 3. ed. 60 pp. 12°. S.- 
 
 Peterhurg, 1904. 
 
 Binswanger (Eugen) [1870- ]. *Ueber mesen- 
 terialen Doudenalverschluss. 65 pp. 8°. Miln- 
 ehen, C. Wolf & Sohn, 1902. 
 
 Binswanger (Friedrich). *Beitrag zur Kennt- 
 nis vonSchrumpfnierenerkrankungenaufsyphi- 
 litischer Basis. 33 pp. 8°. Gottingen, W. F. 
 Kaestner, 1914. 
 
 Binswanger (Ludwig) . *Ueber das Verhalten des 
 psychogalvanischen Phanomena beim Assozia- 
 tionsexperunent. [Ziirich.] 85 pp., 4 ch. 4°. 
 Leipzig, J. A. Barth, 1907. 
 
 Binswanger (Max). Pharmacologische 8tudien 
 iiber Rhamnus f rangula und Rhamnus cathartlca 
 zur Ernuttlung ihrer arzneilichen Wirksamkeit ; 
 ein Beitrag zur organischen Chemie und Heil- 
 mitteUehre. xii, 180 pp. 12°. Munchen, Wolf, 
 1850. ' f^ 'J' 
 
 Binswanger (Otto [Ludwig]) [1852- ]. Die 
 Pathologie und Therapie der Neurasthenie. 
 Vorlesungen ftir Studierende und Aerzte. iv, 
 447 pp: 8°. Jena, O. Fischer, 1896.' 
 
 . Die Epilepsie. vi, 502 pp. 8°. Wien, 
 
 A. Holder, 1899. 
 
 Forms pt. 1, 1. Abth., v. 22, 1899, of: Spedelle Pathologie 
 und Therapie. 8°. Wien, 1899. 
 
 . Die psychologische Denkrichtung in der 
 
 Heilkunde. 33 pp. 4°. Jena, G. Ifeuenhahn, 
 1900. 
 
 . Die Hysterie. XII. Bd. von Specielle 
 
 Pathologie und Therapie, hrsg. von Hermann 
 Nothnagel. vii, 954 pp., 2 pi. 8°. Wien, A, 
 
 . Eolda; 1904. 
 
 tJeber den moraUschen SchwachsLnn, 
 
 Binswanger (Otto [Ludwig]) — continued. 
 
 chen Altersstufe. 36 pp. 8°. Berlin, Reuther & 
 Reichard, 1905. 
 
 Forms 5. Hft., v. 8, of: Samml. v. Abhandl. a. d. Geb. d. 
 padagog. Psychol, u. Physiol., Berl. 
 
 . Ueber psychopathische Konstitution und 
 
 Erziehung. fol. Jena, G. Neuenhahn, 1911. 
 
 See, also, Lebibucli der Psychiatrie [etc.]. 8°. Jena, 
 1904. 
 
 Also, Hj'^or 0/.- Epilepsia, Amsterdam, 1909-14. 
 
 For Portrait, see Monatschr. f. Psychiat. u. Neurol., Berl., 
 1907, xxii, Ergnzngshft. 
 
 & Siemerling (E.) Lehrbuch der Psychia- 
 trie. 2. Aufl. vi, 386 pp. 8°. Jena, G. Fischer, 
 1907. 
 
 Binswanger {Robert) [1850-1910]. 
 
 Bruztner (C.) Nekrolog. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte,, 
 Basel, 1911, xli, 437-440. • 
 
 Binucleata. 
 
 AlexeieS (A.) Sur quelques points de la structure des 
 binucl^ates ae Hartmann. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 
 1910, Ixix, 532-534.— Hartmann (M.) & Jollos (V.) Die 
 Fla^ellatenorddung Binucleata; phylogenetische Eut- 
 wlcklung und systematisohe Eiuteilung der Blutprotozoen. 
 Arch. f. Protistenk., Jena, 1910, xix, 81-106.— Scitz. Zur 
 Frage der Hartmanusohen Binukleaten. Centralbl. f. Bak- 
 teriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1910, Ivi, Orig., 308-309, 1 pi. 
 
 Binyon (Laurence) [1869- ]. *For dauntless 
 France; an account of Britain's aid to the French 
 wounded and victims of the war. Compiled for 
 the British Red Cross societies and the British 
 committee of the French Red Cross. Preface by 
 Paul Cambon. xv, [1], 372 pp. 8° London 
 [etc.], Eodder & Stoughton, [1918]. 
 
 Binz (Carl) [1832-1913]. The elements of thera- 
 peutics; a clinical guide to the action of medi- 
 cines. Translated &om the 5. German ed. , and 
 edited, with additions, in conformity with the 
 British and American pharmacopoeias by Ed- 
 ward I. Sparks, viii, 347 pp. 12°. New York, 
 W. Wood & Co., 1878. 
 
 . Doctor Johann Weyer, ein rheinischer 
 
 Arzt, der erste Bekampfer des Hexenwahns. 
 Ein Beitrag zur Geschichte der Aufklarung und 
 der Heilkunde. 2. Aufl. vii, 189 pp., port. 8°. 
 Berlin, A. Eirschwald, 1896. 
 
 . Lectures on pharmacology for practition- 
 ers and students. Translated from the 2. German 
 ed. by Peter W. Latham, v. 2. 451 pp. 8°. 
 London, 1897. 
 
 . Recept-Stinden und ihre Folgen. 2. 
 
 Aufl. 23 pp. 12°. Berlin, A. Hirschwald, 1899. 
 Grundziige der Arzneimittellehre. Ein 
 
 khidsches Lehrbuch. vii, 364 pp. 8° Berlin, 
 A. Hirschwald, 1901. 
 
 The same. 14. , gemass dem ' ' Arzneibuche 
 
 fur das. Deutsche Reich" von 1910 vollig umge- 
 arbeitete Aufl. 4 p. 1., 386 pp. 8° Berlin, A. 
 Hirschwald, 1912. 
 
 . A few practical suggestions concerning 
 
 quinine. 22 pp., 1 1. 12°. [n. p., n. d.] 
 
 For Biography, see Arch, internat. de pharmacod., Brux. 
 & Par., 1905, xv, 5-20, port. (M. Kochman). Also: Berl. 
 klin. Wehnschr., 1913, 1, 284 (H. Leo). Also: Deutsche med. 
 
 Wehnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1902, xxviii, 461 (H. Schulz). 
 Also: Miinchen. med. Wehnschr., 1908, Iv, 747, port. (C. 
 Schmlz). jlteo.- Wien.klln.Wchnschry 1913, xxvi, 157 (H.H. 
 
 mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der kindli- 
 
 ieyer). Also: Zentraibl. f. innere Mei, Leipz., l'913, xxxiv, 
 81(Bachem). . *■ . 7 , 
 
 Binz (P[riedrich] Ferd[inand]) [1887- ]. *Zur 
 
 Kasuistik der Pfahlungsverletzungen. Ein Fall 
 aus der Munchner Frauenklinik. 1 p. 1., 22 pp., 
 
 1 1. 8°. Miinchen, E. Kutzner, 1913. 
 Binz (G.) Sobre la euquinina y la aristoquina 
 
 contra la t OS ferina. 8 pp. 12°. [Berlin], 1906. 
 Bioclie (Anatole) [1872- ]. *C6ntribution h. 
 
 r^tude du c6phal6matome. 47 pp. 8°. Paris 
 
 1900, No. 339. 
 
BIOCHE. 
 
 642 
 
 BIOGRAPH. 
 
 Bioche (Anatole) — continued. 
 
 -. The same. 47 pp. ,8°. Paris, G. Stdnheil, 
 
 V. 1-5, 1911-16. 8° 
 
 1900. 
 Biochemical Bulletin. 
 
 New York. 
 Bio-Chemical (The) Journal. [University of 
 
 Liverpool.] Edited by W. M. Bayliss and 
 
 Arthur Harden, v. 1-13, 1906-19. 8°. Liverpool. 
 Biochemische Zeitschrift. Hrsg. von E. Buchner 
 
 und P. EhrUch [at al.]. v. 1-92, 1906-18. 8° 
 
 Berlin. 
 Biochemisches Centralblatt. Vollstandigea Sam- 
 
 melorgan fiir die Grenzgebiete der Medicin und 
 
 Chemie. Hrsg. von Carl Oppenheimer. v. 1-9, 
 
 1902-3 to 1909-10. 8°. Berlin. 
 
 Biochemistry. 
 
 See, also. Chemistry (Physiological). 
 
 AscANio BoDRfGuEZ (J. B.) Trabajos del 
 laboratorio bioqulmico. 8°. Caracas, 1915. 
 
 Bbrtrand (G.) & Thomas (P.) Guide pour 
 les manipulations de chimie biologique. 2. ^d. 
 8°. Paw, 1913. 
 
 Centaiini (E.) L'evoluzione chimica della 
 biologia; riv^ta delle questioni moderne suUo 
 studioesuir msegnamentodeUabiochimica. 8°. 
 Siena, 1907. 
 
 Chapman ( J. B.) Biochemistry, a domestic 
 treatise on the application of Schuessler's twelve 
 tissue remedies. 12°. St. Louis, Mo., [1897]. 
 
 Handbuch der Biochemie des Menschen und 
 der Tiere. Unter Mitwirkung von B. Abder- 
 halden, H. Aron, G. von Bergmann [etc.] hxsgb. 
 von C. Oppenheimer. Erganzungsband. roy. 
 8°. Jena, 1913. 
 
 Handbuch der biochemischen Arbeitsmetho- 
 den(Abderhalden). v. 1-4. 4°. Beriin, 1909-10. 
 
 Mathewson (0. A.) *A study of some of the 
 more important biochemical tests. 8°. Boston, 
 Pa., 1912. 
 
 Reut. Die Wissenschaftlichkeit der Schuss- 
 ler'schen Biochemie. 8°. Oldenburg, 1905. 
 
 ScHUssLER (W. H.) Die anorganischen Gewe- 
 bebilder in ihrer therapeutischen Bedeutung. 
 12°. Oldenburg, 1876. 
 
 — — . Eine abgekiirzte Therapie; bioche- 
 mische Behandlung der Krankheiten. 10. Aufl. 
 
 12°. 
 
 Oldenburg, 1883. 
 The same. 
 
 _. Abridged therapeutics 
 
 founded upon histology and cellular pathology. 
 Authorized translation by M. Docetti Walker. 
 9.ed. 8°. NewTork,l%'&i. 
 
 . The same. Translated with the addi- 
 tion of a repertory by J. T. O'Connor. 12. ed. 
 12°. Philadelphia, 1885. 
 
 . The same. Authorized translation by 
 
 M. Docetti Walker. 15. ed. 12°. New Ycyrk, 
 [1888]. 
 
 SiNHA (A. C.) Biochemie materia medica, 
 or the reparative system of treatment abstracted 
 and translated in vernacular b y . . . Edited by 
 Baner Madhub Sinha. Parts 1 & 2. 12°. Cal- 
 eutta, 1892. 
 
 Bekhtereff (V. M.) [Blochemloal systems and their r61e 
 in thedevelopmentof organisms.) Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 
 1913, xii, 205-210.— Carra«ldo (J. E.) Les fondements de la 
 biochemie. Scientia,Bologna, 1917, xxi, 130-143.— Doremus 
 (C. A.) A retrospect in biochemistry. Biochem. Bull, 
 N. Y., 1911-12, i, 245-255. AUo, Eeprint.— FoUn (O.) Re- 
 cent biochemical investigations on blood and urine; their 
 bearing on clinical experimental medicine. [Mellon lecture.] 
 J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1917, Ixlx, 1209-1214. Aho, Re- 
 print.— Foster (Mary L.) Biochemistry: its place In the 
 curriculum of the College of Liberal Arts for Women. Bio- 
 
 ~ , 1911-12, i, 256-263.— Frledcnthal (H.) 
 
 ' ' ' ' ' Untersuchnngs- 
 
 a. exper. Physiol., 
 
 1909-10, Jena, 1911, pt. 2, 91-131.— Ha«kli (I. W. D.) Bio- 
 elements; the chemical elements of living matter. J. Gen. 
 Physiol., Bait., 1918-19, 1, 429-433.— Handy (J. A.) The 
 
 Biochemistry. 
 
 fundamental prmciples of biochemistry, their application in 
 the study of colloidal minerals, and their resuBmg use m 
 medicine. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1913, Ixxxiv, 931-936.--Her- 
 rera (A. L ) Le r61e preponderant des substances mlnerales 
 dans les ph&omenes biologiques. Mem. Soc. cirat. "An- 
 tonio Alzate," Mexico, 1906-7, xxiv,_ 457-462.— Hopkins 
 (F G.) An address on the dynamic side of biochemistry. 
 Brit. H. J., Lond., 1913, ii, 713-717. Also: Rep. Brit. Ass. 
 Adv. So. 1913, Ivond., 1914, 652-668.— Kantor (J. L.) & Gles 
 (W.J.) Suggestions to teachers of biochemistry ; methods of 
 applying the biuret test. Biochem. Bull., N. V., 1911-12, i, 
 264-269.— Mandel (J. A.) The development of biochemical 
 ■ instruction and research in New York City. Ibid., 377- 
 381.— Moore (A. B.) A biochemical conception of domi- 
 nance, Univ. Calif. Publ. Physiol., Berkeley, 1910, iv, 
 9-15.— Peters (A. W.) A department of biochemical re- 
 search at Vineland, New Jersey. Biochem. Bull^, N. Y., 
 1912-13,11, 238-242.— Rosenlielin(0.) Biochemlcalchanges 
 due to environment. Bio-Chem. J., Cambridge, 1918, xii, 
 283-289.- Smith (E. E.) Biochemistry in New York 
 twenty years ago. Biochem. Bull., N. Y., 1912-18, ii, 243- 
 246. — Tecboueyres. Application & la biologie des lois de la 
 m4canique cbimique. Rev. sclent., Far., 1914, i, 75-81. 
 
 Bioctaimica e terapia sperimentale. » PubbUcata 
 da M. Ascoli, G. Galbeotti [et al.]. v. 1-5, 
 1909-15. 8°. Milano. 
 
 Biocitin. 
 
 Zernik (F.) & Kutan (O.) Biocitin. Apoth.-Ztg., Berl., 
 1908, xxiii, 446. 
 
 Biodoros. 
 
 Fablanl (P.) II potere teraplco del biodoros. N. scuola 
 med. napol., 1914, xxix. No. S, 3-14. 
 
 Biodynamics. 
 
 Wriehit (J.) The mechanicobiologloal standpoint in 
 medical problems. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1908, Ixxxviii, 673; 
 
 875. 
 
 Bioelectricity. 
 
 .See Electricity (Animal). 
 
 Bioferrin. 
 
 Gerber (H.) XTeber die therapeutlsche Verwendbarkeit 
 eines blutbildenden Organpraparates Bioferrin, dargestellt 
 an elner Reihe von Versuchsfallen. Med. Bl., Wien, 1905, 
 xxviii, 328; 339.— Hotys (F.) Ueber die organische Eisen- 
 verbindung Bioferrin In der Praxis. Wien. med. Presse, 
 1906, xlvil, 745-749.— Klautsch (A.) Beitrag zur Eisen- 
 therapie: Das Bioferrin. Centralbl. f. Kinderh., Leipz., 
 1905, X, 301-304.— Nebel (W.) Bioferrin, with some remarks 
 on anaemia in infants. Therapist, Lond., 1905, xv, 97-99. — 
 Slegert. Das Bioferrin in der Kinderpraxis. Miinchen. 
 med. Wchnschr., 1904, 11, 1204.— VoUert. Bioferrin. Therap. 
 Neuheiten, Leipz., 1906, i, 37-39.— Welssmann (K.) Ueber 
 Bioferrin, eine neue biologische Eisenverbindmig. Aerztl. 
 Rundschau, Mttnohen, 1906, xv, 37.— Wtirtz (A.) Ueber 
 Bioferrin; seine Stellung unter den Blutpraparaten und 
 seine Verwendung bei alimentarer Anamle des Bauglings. 
 Med. Klin., Berl., 1906, ii, 1338.— Zernik (F.) Bioferrin. 
 Apoth.-Ztg., Berl., 1905, xx, 161.— Zvrtntz (J.) Ueber Bio- 
 ferrin. Wien. med. Presse, 1905, xlvi, 1390-1392. 
 
 Biogen. 
 
 Obmann-Dumesnll (A. H.) Some cases treated with 
 biogen. St. Louis M. &S.3., 1903, Ixxxiv, 67-60. 
 
 Biogenesis. 
 
 MooliB (J. H.) The law of biogenesis; being 
 two lessons on the origin of human nature. 12°. 
 Chicago, [1914]. 
 
 SCHMAKOWA (Mile. Olga). *Les critiques r^- 
 centes de la loi biog^n^tique fondamentale. 8°. 
 Montpellief, 1911. 
 
 Bankston (R. C.) A sociological treatise on biogenesis 
 and forces of life. Med. Fortnightly, St. Louis, 1906, xxix, 
 91-95.— Kclbel (F.) Das biogenetlsche Grundgesetz und 
 Cenogenose. Ergebn. d. Anat. u. Entwcklngsgesoh., Wiesb., 
 1897, vii, 722-792.— Leduc (8.) Los lois de la biogtofee. 
 
 Rev. sclent.. Par., 1906, 6. s., v, 225; 265. . Die physi- 
 
 kallschon Grundlagen des Lebens und der Biogenese. Arch, 
 f. phys. Med. u. med. Teohn., Leipz., 1907, ii, 225-231.— 
 Roberts (W.) Studies in biogenesis. Phil. Tr., Lond., 
 1874, 457-494.— Schoenljahn (W. 0.) On biogenesis. Med. 
 Times, N. Y., 1909, xxxvU, 202-204. 
 
 Bioglobin. 
 
 Clnke. Bioglobin. Therap. Neuheiten, Leipz., 1907, ii, 
 205-208. 
 
 Biograph. 
 
 Chase (W. O.) The use of the biograph In medicine. 
 Tr. Mod.-Chir. Soc. Edlnb., 1905-6, n. s., xxv, 235-240. Aho: 
 Tr. Coll. Phys. Phila., 1906, 3. s., xxviii, 12-16. 
 
BIOGRAPHIC. 
 
 543 
 
 BIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Biographic (A) memorial of George McNaughton. 
 
 78 pp. front, (port.). 8°. Brooklyn & New 
 Yorh, A. T. Huntington, 1914. 
 Biographical cyclopsedia of homoeopathic physi- 
 cians and surgeons, xii (2. 1.), [17]-172 pp. 
 
 roy. 8°. Chicago, Am,. Hormeop. Biogr. Assoc, 
 
 1893. 
 Biographical (A) cyclopedia of medical history. 
 
 Edited by Charles Wells Moultan. 367 pp., 3 pi. 
 
 8°. Akron, Ohio, Saalfield Publishing Co., 1905.' 
 Biographical sketch of George Engelmann, 1809- 
 
 1884. 2 1., port. 8°. New York, McDowell, 
 
 [1896, vel subseq.}. 
 Biographical (A) sketch of James W. Stone; with 
 
 a portrait. By a friend. 24 pp., port. 16°. New 
 York, A. J. Grah/im, [1856]. 
 Biographical (A) sketch of Joseph Simms. 3 1. 
 
 12°. New York, J. T. White & Co., 1897. 
 Biographisches Jahrbuch und deutscher Nekro- 
 
 log. Hrsg. von A. Bettelheim. 26 v. 1896-1914. 
 
 roy. 8°. Berlin. 
 Biographisches Lexikon hervorragender Aerzte 
 
 des neunzehnten Jahrhunderts, mit einer his- 
 
 torischen Einleitung. Hrsg. von J. Pagel. 
 
 xxxiii, 1983 pp. 8°. Berlin & Wien, Urban & 
 
 Schwarzenberg, 1900. 
 
 Biography. 
 
 American men of science. A biographical 
 directory edited by J. McKeen Cattell. 8°. 
 New York, 1910. 
 
 Anglo-African (The) who's who, and bio- 
 graphical sketch-book. Ed. by W. H. Wills and 
 R. J. Barrett, sm. 4°. Lowrfon, 1905. 
 
 Association of the Alumni of Harvard College. 
 The necrology of Harvard College. 1869-1872. 
 8°. Cambridge, 1872. 
 
 Biographisches Jahrbuch und deutscher 
 Nekrolog. 26 v. roy. 8°. Berlin, 1896-1914. 
 
 Bradford (A.)' Biographical notices of 
 distinguished men in New England; statesmen, 
 patriots, physicians, lawyers, clergymen, and 
 mechanics. 8°. Boston, 1842. 
 
 Pabricius (J. A.) Bibliotheca Latina mediae 
 et infimse setatis. 6 v. 16°. Hamburgi, n34-i(i. 
 
 Geayjackbts (The); and how_ they lived, 
 fought, and died for Dixie. With incidents and 
 sketches of life in the Confederacy. 8° Rich- 
 mond, Va., [1867]. 
 
 GuBERNATis (A.) Dictionnaire international 
 des ^crivains du monde latin. 4°. Rome, 1905. 
 
 Imperatorskiy Yuryevskiy Universitet. Bio- 
 grafichesMy slovar professorov i prepodavatelei 
 Imperatorskavo Yuryevskavo, bivshavo Derpt- 
 skavo, Universiteta za sto liet yevo sushtshe- 
 stvovaniya (1802-1902). Pod redaktsiyei G. V. 
 Levitskavo. [Biographical dictionary of profes- 
 sors and instructors in the Imperial University 
 of Yuryev, formerly Porpat, for 100 years of its 
 existence. Editedby G. V. Levitski.] v. 1. 8°. 
 Yuryev, 1902. 
 
 Jovius (P . ) Elogia doctorum virorum ab avo- 
 rum memoria publicatis ingenii monumentis 
 illustrium. 16°. Antverpise, 1557. 
 
 Miller (A. D.) Distinguished residents of 
 Washington, D. C. Science, art, industry. 
 Biographical sketches and references, compiled 
 and edited by A. D. Miller. 8°. [Washington, 
 D. C], 1916. 
 
 National Academy of Sciences. Biographi- 
 cal memoirs, v. 4-7. 8°. _ Washington, 1902-13. 
 
 Pittsburgh. Carnegie Library. Menofscience 
 and industry; a giude to the biograpliies of scien- 
 tists, engineers, inventors, and iphysicians, in 
 the Carnegie Library of Rttsburgh. 8°. Pitts- 
 burgh, 1915. 
 
 Biography. 
 
 Poggendorfp (J. C.) Biographisch-literari- 
 Bches Handworterbuch zur Geschichte der ex- 
 acten Wissenschaften, enthaltend Nachweisun- 
 gen fiber Lebensverhaltnisse und Leistungen 
 von Mathematikern, Astronomen, Physikem, 
 Chemikern, Mineralogen, Geologen u. s. w. 
 aller Volker und Zeiten. 4 v. 4°. Leipzig, 
 1863-1904. 
 
 Wer ist's? Unsere Zeitgenossen. Zeitgenos- 
 senlexikon enthaltend Biographien nebst Bi- 
 bliograpHen. . . . Zusammengestellt und 
 hrsg. vonH. A. L. Degener. 8°. Leipzig, 1912. 
 
 Who's who in America. A biographical dic- 
 tionary of notable living men and women of the 
 United States. Edited by A. N. Marquis. 8°. 
 Chicago, [1918]. 
 
 Who's who of American returned students. 
 8°. Peking, 1917. 
 
 Who's who, 1915. An annual biographical 
 dictionary. 12°. London, [1915]. 
 
 Wis is dat? 1902. [A Dutch who's who.] 
 8°. Amsterdam, 1902. 
 
 Yale University, New Haven, Connecticut. 
 Obituary record of graduates. 1.-4. s., 1859-60 
 to 1899-1900; Nos. 1-4, 5. s., 1900-1901 to 
 1903-4. 4 V. 8°. New Haven, 1860-1904. 
 
 Yale University. Sheffield Scientific School. 
 Biographical record, classes from 1868-72 of the 
 Sheffield Scientific School. 8°- New Haven, 
 1910. 
 
 Biography (Medical). 
 
 See, also, BibUograjiliy (Medical); Medals 
 (Medical) ; Uedidne (History of) ; Portraits. 
 
 Abbildungbn berilhmter und besondersum 
 die Arzneikunde verdienter Gelehrten, nebst 
 ihren vornehmsten Lebensumstanden. Acht- 
 zehn Hfte. sm. 4°. Augsburg, [1805]. 
 
 Aerzte (Die) Kurlands von 1825-1900. Ein 
 biographisches Lexicon bearbeitet von J. 
 Brennsohn. 8°. Mitau, 1902. 
 
 Archives (Les) biographiques contempo- , 
 raines; revue mensuelle analytique et critique 
 des hommes et oeuvres; honoree de souscriptions 
 de diverses bibliothfeques et administrations 
 frangaises et 6trangferes. 8°. Paris, [n. d.]. 
 
 Baier (J.J.) Biographiaeprofessorum medi- 
 cinse, qui in academia Altorfina unquam vixe- 
 runt. roy. 8°. Norimbergx & Altorfii, 1728. 
 
 Billroth (T.) Briefe. 2. vermehrte Aufl. 
 8°. Hannover & Leipzig, 1896. 
 
 Biographical cyclopsedia of homoeopathic 
 physicians and surgeons, roy. 8°. Chicago, 1S93. 
 
 Biographisches Lexikon hervorragender 
 Aerzte des neunzehnten Jahrhunderts. Mit 
 einer historischen Einleitung. H!rsg. von J. 
 Pagel. 8°. Berlin & Wien, 1900. 
 
 Chioccus (A.) De CoUegii Veronensis illustri- 
 bus medicis et philosophis, qui vel scribendo, 
 vel publico profitendo Collegium, patriam et 
 bonas literas illustrarunt. 8°. Veronse, 1623. 
 
 Darembebg (G.) Les grands medecins du 
 xix'' eifecle. 8°. Pom, 1'907. 
 
 Emmet (T. A.) Incidents of my life; profes- 
 sional, literary, social, with services in the 
 cause of Ireland. 4°. New York, 1911. 
 
 FoKKBR (A. A.) & DE Man (J. C.) Levens- 
 berichten van zeeuwsche medici. 8°. MiddeU 
 burg, 1901. 
 
 Giovio (P.) Elogia virorum Uteris illustrium. 
 fol. Basil, 1577. 
 
 Kelly (H. A.) A cyclopedia of American 
 medical biography, comprising the lives of 
 eminent deceased physicians and surgeons from 
 
BIOGRAPHY. 
 
 544 
 
 BIOLOGISCHE. 
 
 Biography (Medical). 
 
 ,1610-1910. 2 V. 4°- Philadelphia & London, 
 1912. 
 
 EJRCHENBERGER (S.) Lebensbilder hervoiTa- 
 gender osterreichiscli-uiigarischer Militar- und 
 Marinearzte. 8°. Wim, 1913. 
 
 Lakhtin (M._ Yu.) Kratkiy biograficheskiy 
 slovar znamenitikh vrachei vslekh vremyon. 
 [Short biographical dictionary of famous physi- 
 cians of all countries.] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1902. 
 
 MoManus (J.) A professional review, 1864- 
 1898. 8°. Eartford, Conn., 1898. 
 
 Makiani (A.) Eminent physicians, with 
 biographical notes of members of the Paris 
 Academy of Medicine. 8°. Paris, 1903. 
 
 Medical (The) who's who. 1913. 8°. Lon- 
 don, 1913. 
 
 . The same. 1915. 8°. London, 1915. 
 
 Medicinisches Deutschland. Gallerie von 
 Zeitgenossen auf dem Gebiete der medicinischen 
 Wissenschaften. fol. Berlin-Charlottenburg, 
 1902. 
 
 NAVuXTrL (M.) Almanach ceskych 16kafu,s 
 podobiznami a 1200 livotopisy. Na pamet 
 50ti-let6ho jubUea Spolku a Casopisu Bkafft 
 (5eBk;^ch. [Almanach of Bohemian physicians, 
 with likenesses and 1,200 biographies. To 
 commemorate the fiftieth anniversary of the 
 Society and Journal of Bohemian Physicians.] 
 8°. Praha, 1913. 
 
 BiCHARDSON (Sir B. W.) Vita medica; 
 chapters of medical life and work. 8°. New 
 York, 1897. 
 
 . Disciples of iEsculapius. With the 
 
 life of the author by his daughter, Mrs. George 
 Martin. 2 v. 8°. London, 1900. 
 
 RiTTi (A.) Histoire des travaux de la Soci6t6 
 m^dico-psychologique et 61oges de ses membres. 
 2 V. 8°. Paris, 1913-14. 
 
 Robinson (V.) Pathfinders in medicine; 
 with a letter from Ernst Haeckel and an introduc- 
 tion by Abraham Jacobi. roy. 8°'. New York, 
 1912. 
 
 VON SCHLIOBTEGEOLL (A. H. P.) Nokrolog, 
 
 etc., 1790-1805. 28 v. 12°. Ootha, 1791-1806. 
 
 .Stone (R. F.) Biography of eminent Ameri- 
 can physicians and surgeons; representing all 
 schowa of medicine. 2. ed. 8° Indianapolis, 
 1898. 
 
 SvENsK Lakare-Matrikel. Enligt uppdrag af 
 Svenska Lakare-Sallskapet. Redigerad och 
 utgifven af A. J. Berzelius. 8°. Stockholm, 
 [1886-1901]. 
 
 The same. Supplementhaftet. 8°- 
 
 Stockholm, 1901. 
 — . The 
 
 same. Register. 8°. Stock- 
 
 holm, 1902. 
 
 Vbkein St. Petersburger Aerzte. Biographi- 
 scher Album des . . . 1859-1909. Hrsg. zum 
 SOjahrigen JubUaum des Vereins 31. Marz 1909. 
 8°. St. Petersburg, 1909. 
 
 Boardman (W. E.) Biographical sketches of deceased 
 members ol the ObstetrioaT Society of Boston, 1881-91. 
 Obst. Soo. Bost. Papers ... 40. anniv.^ Best., 1901, 25-43.— 
 DaSnec (F.) Biographisches Lexikon hervorragender 
 Aerzte des neunzehnton Jahrhunderts. Von Julius Pagel. 
 Verlae Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1900. Deutsche Aerzte- 
 Ztg., Berl., 1901, 201; 224; 247. AUo, Eeprint.— De Castio 
 (A.) Elogio historico dos academicos fallecidos durante o 
 anno, pelo orador. Ann. Acad, de med. do Eio de Jan., 1910, 
 1913, Uxn, 15-25.— Dickinson (W. H.) President's ad- 
 dress. Med.-Chir. Tr., Lond., 1897, Ixxx, pp. xcix-d.— 
 Fowler (G. R.) Eeport of the oonunlttee on necrology. Tr. 
 Am. Surg. Ass., Phila., 1907, xxv, pp. xxv-xxvil.— BeUne 
 (F.) Les m^decins'devant la malaoie et devant la mort; le 
 I)r. BouUly; le Dr. Codet. Eev. mod. de m4d. et de cmr., 
 Par., 1903, 93-99.— Klrkpatrick (T. P. C.) An index to the 
 biographical notices that have appeared in the journal since 
 
 Biography (Medical). 
 
 its commencement in March, 1832. Dublin J. M. Sc, 1916, 
 • 3. s., cxlji, 110-118.— Medical men in the Dictionary of 
 NationalBiography. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1912, ii, 1073.— 
 Meltzer (S. J.) The men we lost. Med. News, N. Y., 1905, 
 Ixxxvii, 161-163.— Norbury (F. P.) Biographloalmedicme. 
 Med. Fortnightly, St. lyouis, 1905, xxviii, 489-496.— Preston 
 (G. J.) Medical biography. Maryland M. J., Bait., 1899, 
 xU, 88-90.— de RlWer (L . ) Petit dictionnaire des mMeoins 
 et chirurgiens de la Haute-Auvergne jusgu'an xix" siMe. 
 France td&A., Par., 1914, Ixi, 117; 152.— K{oWnson) (V.) 
 American medical biography; a review ol the seven books on 
 the subject. Med. Eev. of BeVy N. Y., 1918, xxlv, 1-15 — 
 ShoU (F. H.) Some historical [and biographical) sketches. 
 Alabama M. J.,Birmingh., 1907-8, xx, 249-260.— Value (The) 
 of medical biography to the medical student. J. Am. M. 
 Ass., Chicago, 1903, xU, 426.— Wlllctt (A.) Address at the 
 annual meeting. Med.-Chir. Tr„ Lond., 1903, btxxvi, pp. 
 ci-cl. 
 
 Biol^olan. 
 
 Fucbs (F.) Biokolan, ein neues Nervinum und Nahrpra 
 
 Sarat; Betrachtungen Cber die Pathogenese und Therapie 
 er Neurosen. Klin.-therap. Wchnschr., Berl., 1914, xxi, 
 499-502. 
 
 Biologen-Kalender. Hrsg. von B. Schmid und 
 0. Thesing. 8°. Leipzig & Berlin, 1914-15. 
 
 Biologica. Baccolta di scritti di biologia. Di- 
 retta dal Ermanno GigUo-Tcs. v. 1-2, 1906-8, 
 8°. Torino. 
 
 Biologica. Revue scientifique du m^dedn. Di- 
 rection scientifique: Blanchard, A. Dastre [etal.]. 
 V. 1-4, 1911-14. 4° Paris. 
 
 Biological Bulletin of the Marine Biological 
 Laboratory, Woods Hole, Massachusetts. E. G. 
 Conklin, Jacques Loeb [et al.], editors, v. 1-34, 
 1899-1918. 8*. Boston. 
 
 Biological Department of the New Jersey Agri- 
 cultural College Experiment Station. Reports. 
 1893-1906; 1910. 8°. [v. p.], 1894-1911. 
 
 Biological lectures delivered at the Marine Bio- 
 logical Laboratory of Wood's Hole. 6 v. , 1893-9. 
 p°. Boston, Ginn & Co., 1894-1900. 
 
 Biological products; antitoxins, curative sera, 
 bacterins,, rabies and smallpox vaccines, tuber- 
 culins, eerodiagnosis of cholera, syphilis and 
 typhoid fever. 63 pp. 8°. {Philadelphia], R. 
 K. Mulford Co., 1911. 
 
 Biological products. EstabUshments licensed for 
 the_ propagation and sale of viruses, serums, 
 toxins and analogous products. 4 pp. 8°. 
 Washington, Gov. Print. Office, 1915. 
 Eepr. iSTo. 253, Pub. Health Eep. 
 
 Biological studies by the pupils of William 
 Thompson Sedgwick. Published in commemo- 
 ration of the twenty-fifth anniversary of his doc- 
 torate, viii, 329 pp., 3 pi., port. 8°. Boston, 
 1906. 
 
 Biologicheskiy Journal; izdavayemly pri zoolo- 
 gicheskom otdielenii Imperatorskavo Obshtshe- 
 stva Lyubitelei Yestestvoznaniya, Anti'opologiii 
 Etnografli._ Biologische Zeitschrift; [issued by 
 tlie Zoological Department of the Imperial So- 
 ciety of Lovers of Natural History, Anthi-o- 
 pology, and Ethnography], v. 1-2, 1910-11. 8°- 
 Moskva. 
 
 Blologie des Menschen. Aus den wissenschaft- 
 lichen Ergebnissen der Medizin fur weitere 
 Kreise dargestellt. Bearbeitet von Leo Hess, 
 Heinrich Joseph; [et al.]. Hrsg. von Paul Saxl 
 und Karl Rudinger. viii, 338 pp. 4°. Berlin, 
 J. Springer, 1910. 
 
 Biologische Abtheilung fur Land- und Forst- 
 wirthschaft am kaiserhchen Gesundheitsamte. 
 Arbeiten. v. 1-4, 1900-1905. 4°. Berlin. 
 
 Biologische Untersuchungen. Hrsg. von G. 
 Retzius. V. 1-2; n. F., v. 1-18, 1881-1914. fol. 
 Stockholm. 
 See, also, Ketzlus (Magnus Gustav) [in 2. s.]. 
 
BIOLOGISCHES. 
 
 545 
 
 BIOLOGY. 
 
 Biologisches Centralblatt. Hrsg. von K. Goebel 
 und R. Hertwig. v. 1-35, 1881-1915. 8°. 
 Erlangen; Leipzig. 
 
 Biology. 
 
 See, also, Anabiosis; Anatomy; Anthro- 
 pology; Archebiosis; Biogenesis; Biome- 
 chanics; Bionxetry; Death; Development; 
 Embryology; Evolution; Force ( Vital) ; He- 
 redity; Life; Morphologfy; Natiiral history; 
 Physiology ; Psychology ; Selection {Natural) ; 
 Species; Symbiogenesis; Symbiosis; Zool- 
 ogy- 
 
 AiBRECHT (E.) Vorfragen der Biologie. 8°. 
 Wiesbaden, 1899. 
 
 Bechbr (E.) Naturphilosophie. 4°. Leipzig 
 & Berlin, 1914. 
 
 Carazzi (D.) Teorie e critiche nella modema 
 Mologia. 2. ed. 8°. Padova, 1906. 
 
 Darwii^ (E.) Zoonomia; or, the law of organic 
 life. 2 V. 4°. London, 1794-6. 
 
 Driesch (H. a. E.) Die Biologie als selbstan- 
 dige Grundwissenschaft und das System der 
 Biologie; ein Beitrag zur Logik der Naturwis- 
 senschaften. 2. Aufl. 8°. Leipzig, 1911. 
 
 DiiBCKEN (B.) Die Hauptprobleme der 
 Biologie. 12°. Kempten, 1910. 
 
 Fliess (W.) Der Ablauf des Lebens. Grund- 
 legung zur exakten Biologie. 8°. Leipzig & 
 Wien, 1906. 
 
 Fbanceschini (B.) Die Biologie als eine 
 eelbstandige Wissenschaft. 8°. Hamburg, 1892. 
 
 Gaulb (J.) Elritik der Erfahrung vom Leben. 
 V. 1. 8°. Leipzig, 1906. 
 
 Giglio-Tos (E.) La via nuova della biologia. 
 roy. 8°. Firenze, 1911. 
 
 Grasset (J.) Les limites de la biologie. 12°. 
 Paris, 1902. 
 
 . La biologie humaine. 8°. Paris, 
 
 1917. 
 
 Haberlandt (G.) Ueber Erklarung in der 
 Biologie. 8° Graz, 1900. 
 
 — . Thesame. [2. Aufl.] 8°. Graz, 1901. 
 
 Hbrrera (A. L.) Becueil des lois de la 
 biologie gen&ale. 8°. Mexico, 1897. 
 
 Hertwig (0.) Die Lehre vom Organismus 
 xmd ihre Beziehung zur Sozialwissenschaft. 
 TTniversitatsfestrede mit erklarenden Zusatzen 
 und Litteraturnachweisen. 8°. Jena, 1899. 
 
 Hyatt (A.) , Bioplastology and the related 
 branches of biological research. 8°. [Boston, 
 1893.] 
 Cutting from: Proo. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., 1893, xxvi, 69-125. 
 
 International catalogue of scientific litera- 
 ture. V. 16. L. General biology. 8°. Lon- 
 don, 1903. 
 
 — — . Thesame. 8° London, 1904. 
 
 . The same. 8°. London, 1906. 
 
 . The same. 8°. London, 1909. 
 
 Jawoeski (H.) & d'Abadib (R.) Le plan 
 bioldgique. Tome I. L'int&iorisation. 8°- 
 Paris, 1917. 
 
 Johnstone (J.) The philosophy of biology 
 8°. Cambndge, 1914. 
 
 Kassowitz (M.) Allgemeine Biologie. v. 
 1-4. 8°. Wien, 1899-1906. 
 
 Leclerc Du Sablon (M.) Les incertitudes de 
 la biologie. 8°. Paris, 1912. 
 
 Leduc (S.) La biologie synth^tique. 8°. 
 Paris, 1912. 
 
 LoEB (J.) The organism as a whole, from a 
 physico-chemical viewpoint. 8°- New York & 
 LondorC, 1916. 
 
 96808°— Vol. II, 3d series— 19 35 
 
 Biology. 
 
 Mall (F. P.) What is biology? 8°. [Mead- 
 mile, Pa., 1894.] 
 
 Cutting from: Chautauquan, Meadville, Pa., 1894, xviii, 
 411-414. 
 
 Marchand (W.) Das Leben und die Erde, 
 eine einleitende Betrachtung nebst einem Re- 
 Bum6 in Esperanto. 8°. Berlin, 1910. 
 
 Mart (A.) & Mart (A1.) Introduction k la 
 biologie micellaire. 8° Paris, 1917. 
 
 Meunier (J.) *Les bases de la biologie. 4°. 
 Paris, 1896. 
 
 MiNOT (0. S.) Moderne Probleme der Biolo- 
 gie; Sechs Vortrage gehalten an der Universitat 
 Jena im Dezember 1912. 8°. Jena, 1913. 
 
 -^ — — . The same. Modem problems of 
 biology. 8°. Philadelphia, 1913. 
 
 Moulin (A.) Correlation des lois naturelles. 
 12°. Paris, [n. d.]. 
 
 RiTZEMA Bos (J.) De ziektenleer der planten 
 en hare beteekenis voor de praktijk en voor de 
 beoefening der biologische wetenschappen. 8°. 
 Gent, 1895. 
 
 Schmidt (H.) Worterbuch der Biologie. 8°. 
 Leipzig, 1912. 
 
 Spencer (H.) The principles of biology. 2 v. 
 Revised and enlarged ed. 8°. New York, 1900. 
 
 Strbckee (F.) Das Kausalitatsprinzip der 
 Biologie.^ 8°. Leipzig, 1907. 
 
 Tbaitb de physique biologique. Public sous 
 la direction de d'Arsonval, Chauveau, Gariel et 
 Marey. Secretaire de la redaction: Weiss. 
 Tome premier. 8°. Paris, 1901. 
 
 TscHULOK (S.) Das System der Biologie in 
 Forschung und Lehre. roy. 8°- Jena, 1910. 
 
 United States. Department of Agriculture. 
 Division of Biological Survey. Circulars. Nos. 
 17, 28-30, 33. 8°. Washington, 1896-1901. 
 
 Valenti (G.) Un rapido sguardo alle teorie 
 biologiche generali. Prelezione. 8°. Catania, 
 1897. 
 
 Wagner (A.) Beitrage zu einer empiriokriti- 
 schen Grundlegung der Biologie. Hft. 1. 8°. 
 Leipzig, 1901. 
 
 Wandtaeeln zur allgemeinen Biologie. 2 pi. 
 eleph. fol. .Berlin & Leipzig, [1905]. 
 
 BabSik (E.) [The conception of biology.] Casop. 16k. 
 desk., V Praze. 1901, xl, 1185; 1225; 1247; 1270; 1295; 1323; 
 1343.— Bolm (G.) Fails biologlques isolfe et faits r^unis 
 par une fonction continue. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 
 
 1904, Ivii, 426-428. . Sur quelquesprSjug&biologiques. 
 
 lUd., 1917, Ixxx, 613-616.— Bombarda (M.) La biologie 
 dans la vie sociale. Rev. de psychol. clin. de thSrap., Par., 
 1901, V, 83; 113.— Budingtou (R. A.) Some consequences 
 of biological study. School & Soc, N. Y., 1916, iv, 495-503.— 
 Canacido ( J. R.) Le critSrium physico-chimique en biolo- 
 gie. Rev. scient., Par., 1911, ii, 170-175.— CockreU (T. D. A.) 
 Aspects of modern biology. Pop. So. Month., N. Y., 1908, 
 
 Ixxiii, 540-548. . The biologist's problem. IbH., 1913, 
 
 Ixxxiv, 71-74.— Dahl (F.) Die biocentrlsohe Forschung. 
 Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1911, xxxviii, 393-395.— Delage (Y.) Les 
 problfemes de la biologie. Bull, de I'Inst. gfe. psychol.. Par., 
 
 1905, V, 215-236.— Deschamps (J.- J.) Principes de la biolo- 
 gic rationneUe. Bull. Soc. philomath, de Par., 1901-2, 9. s., i v, 
 127-128.— Donaldson (H. H.) Biological problems and the 
 American Association of Anatomists. Anat. Record, Phila., 
 1916-17, xi, 299-309. jlZso, Reprint.— Duf our (M.) Physique 
 et biologie. Rec. . . . juoil^sc. du Prof. Le Monnier, Nancy, 
 1913, 15-19.— Elchlnger (A.) Die Biologie in der Prax&. 
 Natur, Leipz., 1911, i, 241-244.— Emery (C.) Critiche e 
 polemiche in argomenti di biologia. Rlv. di sc. biol., To- 
 rino, 1900, ii, 21; 414.— Fischer (E.) Synthase organique et 
 biologie. Rev. scient.. Par., 1908, 5. s., x, 641-650.— Foulliee 
 (A.) La concurrence et les lois biologiques selon le collecti- 
 visme. Ibid., 169-175.— Ganong (W. F.) The cardinal 
 principles of ecology. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1904, 
 n. s., xix, 493-498.— Glaser (O.) Reflections on the auton- 
 omy of biological science. Am. Naturalist, Lancaster, Pa., 
 1912, xlvl, 712-728.— Gley (E . ) Les sciences biologiques et la 
 
 biologie g&&ale. Rev. scient.. Par., 1909, 5. s., xi, 1-11. 
 
 Goblot (E.) La finality en biologie. Rev. phil., Par., 1904, 
 
BIOLOGY. 
 
 546 
 
 BIOLOGY. 
 
 Biology. 
 
 Iviii, 24-37.— Grasset (J.) Les limites de la blolqgie. J. d. 
 
 so. in«d. de Lille, 1901, il, 337; 363; 385; 409. . L'unitfi de 
 
 la neurobiologie humaine. Eev. sdent.. Par., 1906, 5. s., vi, 
 129-136.— GrcUety. B6tes, plantes et gens. Chron. m&l., 
 Par., 1908, xv, 417-425.— HaberUn. Kosmisolie Lebens- 
 probleme. Naturw. Wchnschr., Jena, 1905, n. F., iv, 241- 
 244.— Hertel (E.) TJeber llchtbiologische Fragen. Ver- 
 handl. d. Gesellscli. deutsoh. Natiirf. u. Aerzte (Karlsruhe) 
 1911, Lelpz., 1912, Ixxxiii, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 394-398.— Kohn- 
 stanua (O.) Biologisohe Weltanschauung. Ztschr. f. d. 
 Ausbau d. Entwcklngslehie, Stuttg., 1907, i, 65-69.— Kol- 
 laiits (J.) Die Gremsen der Biologie. Wien. med. Presse, 
 1903, 3div, 1351; 1449; 1496.— I« Dantec (F.) Biologie con- 
 structive et biologie destructive. Eev. de I'Univ. de Brux., 
 
 1909-10, XV, 308-318. . II y a une biologie gto^rale. Eev. 
 
 phil.. Par., 1912, Ixxii, 561-582.— LiUie (F. EO Cooperation 
 fa biological research. Science, N. Y., 1908, xxvii, 369- 
 372.— lioeb (J.) The limitations of biological research. 
 Univ. Cahf. Pub. Physiol., Berkeley, 1903-4, i, 33-37.— 
 MacDermott (W. E.) The science of lile. Med. Press & 
 Circ, Lond., 1910, n. s., Ixxxix, 167-170.— Maquenne (L.) 
 Surduelquesproblfemesde la biologie vSg^tale. Kev. sclent.. 
 Par., 1911, li, 833-839.— Mihalliovlcs (G.) [Biological 
 problems and tasks.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1898, xlii, 488; 
 505; 516.— Moreschl (C.) Nuovi fatti e nuovi problemi dell' 
 Indagine biologica. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1909, xxx, 1282.— 
 MUUer (J.) Biologla general. Clin, mod., Zaragoza, 1912, 
 xi, 303; 349; 376.— Mtlnden (M.) Die bakteriologisoh-biolo- 
 gische Grundlage physlkalischer, chemisoher una mlneralo- 
 gischer Formgestattungen. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsoh. 
 Naturl. u. Aerzte 1901, Iieipz., 1902, Ixxiil, pt. 2, naturw. 
 Abth., 63-72.— Nufiez (A. S.) Protobiologia. Bol. Durec. 
 de estud. biol., Mexico, 1917, ii, 169-165.— Ostwald (W.) 
 The relations of biology and the neighboring sciences. Umv. 
 Cahl. Pub. Physiol., Berkeley, 1903-4, i, 11-31.— Parker 
 f G. H.) A biological forecast. Pop. Sc. Month., N. Y., 1913, 
 Ixxxiii, 300-306.— Paulesco (N. 0.) Principes de philoso- 
 
 Biologie. Arch. f. Eassen- u. GeseUsch.-Biol., Berl., 1904, i, 
 161-189.— Polimantl (O.) Biologia e biologi. Ann. d. Fao. 
 di med., Perugia, 4. s., v, 141-160.-Radl (E.) Ueber die 
 Bedeutung des Prinzips von der Korrelatiou m der Biologie. 
 Biol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1901, xxl, 401; 490; 550; 585; 605.— 
 Beisbard (J.) The biological sciences and the people. 
 sSence, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1900, n. s., n, 96^972.- 
 Beinke U.) Hypothesen. Voraussetzungen, Probleme m 
 ^r Biologie. BiSTcentrafbl., Erlang., 1905, xxv, 433-446.- 
 RiclxetfC.) L'effort vers la vie et les causes finales. Key. 
 
 sdent., W., 1902, 4. s.,.xvii, 52!^524. Unenouvele 
 
 hypothfese sur la biologie gtoSrale. Eev. phil., Par., 1911, 
 Ixn 449-466.— BledelfG.) Um novo coefttciente biologico. 
 Arcfi brasil. de med., Eio de Jan., 1913, lil, 652; 712.— Bitter 
 fW E.) Abusinessman'sappraisementofbiology. Science, 
 k Y. & Lancaster, 1916, xBv, 819-822.— Rodriguez Carra- 
 cldo (J ) El criterio llsico-quimico en biologia^ Semana 
 mM., Buenos Aires, 1912, xix, pt. 2, 879-885.-BoiK (JJ La 
 tMorie des causes finales en biologie. Province mM., Lyon, 
 1898, xii, 366-369.-Saleeby (C. W.) Biology and history. 
 Proc. Eoy. Inst. Gr. Brit.. [1908], Lond., 1911, six, pt. 1, 
 47_60 — Sansnilneti (L. E.) La fedma biologica. Arch, di 
 antrop. crimT[etc.], Torino, 1913, s. 4., v, 662;688.-SchinJdt 
 (HI Das biogenetische Grimdgesetz. Biol. Centralbl., 
 Leipz., 1905, XXV, 391-394.-Slierlock (E. B.) Current too- 
 logical theories. Westminst. Hosp. Eep. 1902, Lond., 1903, 
 xffl, 179-189.-S0lvay (E.) PhyslcoKihimje et biobpe. 
 Eev. gto. d. se. pures et appUq., Par., 1908 six, 474-478. 
 AUo, mnsl.: Sdent. Am. #uppt., N. t., 19d8,. 1xvt^^147.- 
 Sonnebeig fW.) A biologist's rehgion. Momst, Chicago, 
 1918, xxviu, 567-585.— Sully-Prudliomme. Les causes 
 fciaies. E6V.sdent.,Par.,1902,4.s.,xvii,513-522.-Thomp- 
 son rD'A W.) Mamalia naturae; or the greater problems of 
 biology. Sdence, NTYTdt Lancaster, Pa., 1911, n. s., xxxiv, 
 4i7_i2S —Turner (W.) On some aspects of biology. Lan- 
 cet Lond .1900, u, 719-723.-Verwom (M.) Die Erfor- 
 schungdesLebens. Naturw.Wchnschr, Jena, 1907, xxu, 273- 
 ojio _Vtenoli f T t Del massimo problema della biologia. 
 ^v.disc.biol.,Tortoo,1899,i,32-46.-VlgulerfC,) Lesfaits 
 biologlques isolfe et les faits rdimis par une jondion ron- 
 tinueTde M. Bohn. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par , 1905, 
 Ivffi 358-360.— Vlrchow (R.) Die Continmtat des Lebens 
 als 'Grundlage der modemen biologisohen Anschauung. 
 Arch ?patS Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1897, cl, 4-15^Wynekoop 
 (F E 5 An introducW lecture on biology. P. & S. Plexus, 
 Chic^o, 1898, iv, 143-148. 
 
 Biology {Classification and nomenclature 
 
 Jansbn (H.) RecKtschreibung der naturwis- 
 senschaftUchen und technischen Fremdworter; 
 unter Mitwirkung von Fachmaimem hrsg. vom 
 
 Biology (Classification and nomenclature 
 
 Verein deutscher Ingenieure. 8°. Berlin- 
 
 ^Anm*a^i)^Cmveni6nce versus fitness [fa biological 
 no^Sd&t^ Science, N. Y.& Lancaster, Pa. 19^^^ 
 xUi, 492^94.-Ancient plant names Nature, Lond., 1918, 
 Pi 186— Cook (O. F.) Fiat nomenclature. Science, N. X. 
 &'Lancaste° Pa!:i914;n. s., xl, 273.-Dr ArchdaU ^id on 
 biological terms. Bedrock, Lond., 1914-15, m, WS-l".— 
 Fritze (A ) Ueber biologische Gruppen und die Berechti- 
 gung ilier Aulstellung in naturwissenscMtllchen Mus^- 
 Verfiandl. d. GesellscTi. deutsch Naturf. u. Aerzte 1909, 
 Leipz., 1910, Ixxxi, pt. 2, 191.-«b-ard. (A.) Lexique des 
 principaux termes biolo^iques. Bull, soient^e la France et 
 de la Belg., Par., 1908, xhi, pp. xxxix-xhn.-Herrera (A L.) 
 Nouvelle nomenclature de fhistoure natureUe. Bol. Direc. 
 de estud. biol., Mexico, 1915-16, i, 377-;;379.^Howard (L. O^ 
 A suggestion to morphologists and others. Science, N. Y. & 
 Lan<lter,Pa.,1918rxlvu,93.-MeteaU(M M.) Genusand 
 sub-genus. /M.,1915,n.s.,xlu,796.-Nuttlng(C.C.) JThe 
 perplexities of a systematist. /M., 1903, n. s., xra, ^72.— 
 Befll (G. A.) Biological terms. Bedrock,, Lond., 1913-14, 
 
 ii 51&-538. . 'Termfaological inexactitudes; a reply. 
 
 M, 1914-15, iu, 118-132.-Ritter (W. E.; The pto of 
 description, definition and classtflcation m phiJosopiacal 
 biolo^. Saent. Month., N. Y., 1916, ii, 4^70.-§hull 
 (G H) Genetic definitions in the New Standard-Dic- 
 tionary. Am. Naturalist, Lancaster, Pa., 1915, xlix, 52-59.-;- 
 Sunmer (F. B.) Some reasons for savmg the genus. Sci- 
 ence, N. Y. & Liicaster, Pa., 1915, n. s^xTi, 899-902.-WaU 
 (O A.) Vegetable taxonomy. J. Am. Pharm. Ass., Phila., 
 1916, V, 954-963.— WUder (H. H.) Desmognathus lucus [sic]. 
 Sdence, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1918, n. s., xlvn, 390. 
 
 Biology (Essays on). 
 
 AiEXANDER (J. B.) The dynamic theory of 
 life and mind; an attempt to show that all or- 
 ganic beings are both constructed anid ojjerated 
 by the dynamic agencies of their respective en- 
 vu-onments. 8°. Minneapolis, 1893. 
 
 Beitrage zur Biologie, als Festgabe dem 
 Anatomen und Physiologen Th. L. W. von Bi- 
 schoff 7.iiTn 50jahrigen medicinischen Doktorju- 
 bUaeum gewidmet von seinen Schiilem. 4°. 
 Stuttgart, 1882. ,, ,, . 
 
 Biological lectures delivered at the Marine 
 Biological Laboratory of Wood's HoU. 6 v. 
 1893-9. 8°. Boston, 1894^1900. 
 
 Biological studies by the pupils of W. T. 
 Sedgwick. Published in commemoration of the 
 twenty-fifth anniversary of his doctorate. 8°. 
 
 Boston, 1906. ^ , , , ,. , , 
 
 Bjoeklund (G.) Om -doden och uppstandel- 
 sen fran cellaians synpunkt. [Death and resur- 
 rection from the standpoint of the cell.] 8°. 
 Stockholm, -1900. , 
 
 BtTTLER (S.) Life and habit. 12°. London, 
 1878. 
 
 DwiGHT (T.) Thoughts of a Catholic anato- 
 mist. 8°. New York, 1912. 
 
 FoREL (A.) Leben und Tod. Bin Vortrag. 
 8°. Milnchen, 1908. 
 
 Germany. Kaiserliches Gesundhdtsamt. Ar- 
 beiten aus der biologischen Abtheilung fur 
 Land- und Forstwirthschaf t am Kaiserlichen Ge- 
 sundheitsamte. v. 1-5. roy. 8°. Berlin, 1900- 
 1906. 
 
 Ha-RTMANN (M.) Tod und Fortpflanzung. 
 Eine biologische Betrachtung. 8° Milnchen, 
 1906. 
 
 Hormann (G.) Die Kontinuitat der Atom- 
 verkettung, em Strukturprincip der lebendigen 
 Substanz. 8°. Jena, 1899. 
 
 Huxley (T. H.) The scientific memoirs of 
 
 . . Edited by M. Foster and E. R. Lankester. 
 5 V. 8° London & New York, 1898-1903. 
 
 . American addresses, with a lecture on 
 
 the study of biology. 12°. New York, WOO. 
 
BIOLOGY. 
 
 547 
 
 BIOLOGY. 
 
 Biology {Essays on). 
 
 Klbinscheod (F.) Ueber ein neuentdecktes 
 Gesetz des Lebens. 8°. Worishofen, 1909. 
 
 Kbompecher (E.) Kristallisation, Fermen- 
 tation, Zelie und Leben. Fine biologisch-phi- 
 losophische Studie. 8°. Wiesbaden, 1907. 
 
 KucKiTcK (M.) L'univers, ^tre vivant; la so- 
 lution des problfemes de la matifere et de la vie k 
 I'aide de la biologie universelle. 4° Geneve, 
 1911. 
 
 Lb Dantbc (F.J La forme sp^cifique. Types 
 d'Stres unicellulaires. 16°. Paris, [1897]. 
 
 . Le chaos et I'harmonie universelle. 
 
 8°. Pari^, 1911. 
 
 Lodge {Sir O. J.) Continuity; the presiden- 
 tial address to the British Association for 1913; 
 supplemented by explanatory notes. 8° New 
 York & London, 1914. 
 
 LiJTHJB (H.) Ueber einige im Organismus 
 wirksame Krafte und Erscheinungen. 8°. Kiel, 
 1910. 
 
 McDowell (S. A.) Seven doubts of a biolo- 
 gist. 8° London, 1917. 
 
 Marshall (A. M.) Biological lectures and 
 addresses. 12°. London, 1894. 
 
 Mattbucci (C.) Lectures on the physical 
 phenomena of living beings. Translated under 
 the superintendence of Jonathan Pereira. 12° 
 London, 1847. 
 
 Melanges biologiques. Livre d6di6 a Charles 
 Richet ^ I'occasion du 25" anniversaire de son 
 professorat par ses amis, ses collfegues, ses 61&ves. 
 4". Paris, 1912. 
 
 Memoirs from the biological laboratory of the 
 Johns Hopkins University. Selected morpho- 
 logical jnonographs. 4°. Baltimore, 1903. 
 
 Meyer (W. M.) Bewohnte Welten. 8°. 
 Leipzig, [1909]. 
 
 MiscbllanAbs biologiques d6di6es au pro- 
 fesseur Alfred Giard h, I'occasion du xxv° anni- 
 versaire de la fondation de la station zoologique 
 de Wimereux, 1874-99. 4° Paris, 1899. 
 
 Nacciaronb (A.) Le tre conferenze tenute 
 neir aula magna dell' University di Napoli da 
 Otto von Schron. 8°. Napoli, 1899. 
 
 Papers from the Department of Marine Bi- 
 ology of the Carnegie Institution of Washington. 
 8°. Washington, 1918. 
 
 Papers from the Tortugas Laboratory of the 
 Carnegie Institution of Washington, v. 5-6. 4°. 
 Washington, 1914. 
 
 , PoTEL (R. A.) *Genfese «t descendance. 
 !d;tude critique d'un conflit modeme. (Contri- 
 bution h, I'histoire de la biologie.) 8°. Bofr- 
 deaux, 1905. 
 
 Becubil public k I'occasion du jubil^ scien- 
 tifiqueduProfesseurG.LeMonnier. fol. Nancy, 
 1913. 
 
 RiCBRCHB di biologia pubblicate per il xxv 
 anniversario cattedratico di Pietro Albertoni dai 
 suoi discepoli. Siena 1876-Bologna 1901. roy. 
 8°. Bologna, 1901. 
 
 ScHADB (C. [E. M.]) *Biologische Untersu- 
 chungen uber die Lebensfahigkeit von ganzen 
 Organismen und einzelnen Zellen. 8° Oreifs- 
 wald, 1898. 
 
 ScHtJcK (G. B.) *Diss. sistens observationes 
 quasdam in nexum organismi cum natura sic 
 dicta anorganica, quatenus modicum spectat. 
 12°. Tubingx, 1810. 
 
 ScHUCKiNG (A.) Letzte Erkenntnis-Moglich- 
 keiten; Gedanken eines Arztes. 8°. Stuttgart, 
 1911. 
 
 Biology (Essays on). 
 
 ScRiTTi biologici publicati dagli allievi pel 
 giubUeo del Professore Aristide Stefani. 8°. 
 Ferrara, 1903. 
 
 SiGAiTD (C.) Une page de biologie humaine; 
 le bless6 de guerre. 8°. Paris, 1916. 
 
 Smith (0. J.) A short view of great questions. 
 8°. New York, 1899. 
 
 Spengel (J. W.) Zweckmassigkeit und An- 
 passung. 4°. Giessen, 1898. 
 
 Also, traml. [Abstr.] in: Rev. scient., Par., 1899, 4. s., xi, 
 296-303. 
 
 United States. Department of Agriculture. 
 Bureau of Biological Survey. North American 
 fauna. No. 27. A biological investigation of the 
 Athabaska-Mackenzie region. By Edward A. 
 Preble. 8°. Washington, 1908. 
 
 University of Toronto Studies. Biological 
 series. Nos. 1-3. 8°. Toronto, 1898-1902. 
 
 Zelbnkopf (A. P.) Biologicheskiya bjesiedi. 
 [Biological talks.] Pt. 1. 8° S.-Peterburg, 
 1902. 
 
 d'Arsonval. ExpMences d&nontrant que la matifere 
 brute peut, comme la matifere vlvante, acqu^rir un dtat 
 dynamique r&ultant des ^tats antftieurs par lesquels elle a 
 pass& Compt. rend. Soc. de blol.. Par., 1894, 9. s., vl, 95. — 
 Ashmead (A. S.) The relation of man to nature (a study 
 prompted by Testimonies of the sepulchres). Med. Fort- 
 nightly, St. Louis, 1906, xxlx, 179; 226.— BaUand, Sur la 
 composition des poissons, des crustac6s et des moUusques. 
 Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par., 1898, exxvi, 1728-1731.— 
 BaUl (E.) Contributo alio studio dell'arione biologlca della 
 fangatura. Kassegna di so. med., Modena, 1903-4, xviii, 
 95-118. — Baur (E.) Ueber die chemische Theorie der 
 lebendigen Substanz. Biol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1898, xyiii, 
 239.— Bertin-Sans (H.) Action des agents physiques sur 
 les Stres vivants. N. Montpel. m4d., 1899, viii, 545: 577; 
 617.— Blegafis W (W .) [Conception of causation in biology.] 
 Eryt. lek., Warszawa, 1906, x, 19; 45; 61; 85; 101.— Bon- 
 marlage (A.) & Pfitrucci (K.) Sur la loi d'affinit^ du soi 
 pour soi ou loi de I'association cellulaire. J. de I'anat. et 
 physiol. [etc.]^ Par., 1900, xxxvi, 186; 291; 417.— Bonnier 
 (P.) La statique organique. Biologlca, Par., 1912, ii, 321- 
 330. — Bosanquet (W. C.) Considerations ou the possible 
 influence of the nervous system in the tissue-life of the higher 
 animals. Lancet, Lond., 1898, i, 290-292.— BoscW (G.) 
 L'individuaUta biologlca, I'eguaglianza della legge per tutti e 
 I'istituto della grazia. Arch, di antrop. crirn. [etc.], Torino, 
 1912, 4. s., iv, 379-382.— Camerano (L.) Lo studio quanti- 
 tative degli organismi ed il coefflciente somatico. Boll. d. 
 mus. di zool. ed anat. comp. d. r. Univ. di Torino, 1900, xv. 
 No. 375, 1-18. Also, traml.: Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1900, 
 xxxiii, 157-176. — Campbell (A. J.) Digressions. Brit. 
 M. J., Lond., 1918, ii, 601-603.— Canracldo (J. E.) El 
 criterio fisicoqulmico en la biologia. Gac. m^d. d. Sur de 
 Espana, Granada, 1911, xxix, 25-30.— Child (C. M.) A 
 dynamic conception of the organic individual. Proc. Nat. 
 Acad. Sc, Bait., 1915, i, 164-172.— Chudeau (R.) Les 
 conditions qui dSterminent la taille des animaux. Compt. 
 rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1898, 10. s., v, 951.— Coldltz (F. V.) 
 Beitrage siur Biologie des Mansfelder Sees mit besonderen 
 Studien iiber das Zentrifugenplankton und seine Beziehun- 
 gen zum Netzplaniton der pelagischen Zone. Ztschr. f. 
 ■wissensch. Zool., Leipz., 1914, cviii, 520-630.— Collins (G. N.) 
 GameticcoupUngasacauseofcorrelations. Am. Nattiralist, 
 Lancaster, Pa., 1912, xlvi, 569-590.— Cook (O. F.) Physical 
 analogies of biological processes. Ibid., 493-498.— Curtis 
 (L.) Some fallacies of the bioplasson theory, a reply to 
 Heitzmann. Dental Cosmos, Phila., 1882, xxiv, 402-409, 1 
 pi. AUo, Reprint. — Dendy (A.) The biological concep- 
 tion of individuality. J. Quekett Micr. Club, Lond., 1915, 
 n. s., xii, 465-478. — Diaz (D.) Una incursi<5n en los campos 
 de la biologia. Cri5n. Ta&i. mexicana, Mexico, 1908, xi, 309- 
 312. — Donnan (F.-G.) La science physico-chimique &k- 
 crifr^Ue d'vme fagon ad^uate les ph&om6nes biologiques? 
 Scientia, Bologna, 1918, xxiv, 2. s., 282-288.— Drew (A. H.) 
 A probable.causative factor in the awakening of pond life in 
 the spring. Science Progr. 20. cent., Lond!, 1914, ix, 96- 
 104.— Drlesch (H.) Zur Verstandigung iiber die Entelechie. 
 
 Biol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1903, xxiii, 697-704. . Zur 
 
 Theorie der organischen Symmetrie. Arch. f. Entwcklngs- 
 mechn. d. Organ., Leipz., 1908, xxvi, 130-145. — ^Franz (V.) 
 Ueber Hoch und Niedrig im Reiche der Lebewesen. Deut- 
 sche Rev., Stuttg. & Leipz., 1911, i, 177-188. . Ueber 
 
 den Begrifl der Vervollkommnung. Polit.-anthrop. Rev., 
 Hildburgh., 1911-12, x, 363-378.— Frecli (F.) Geologische 
 Triebtoalte und die Entwicklung des Lebens. Arch. f. 
 Rassen- u. Gesellsch.-Biol., Leipz. & Berl., 1909, vi, 1; 146. — 
 Fttrst (C. M.) Die Biologie der Lebensalter. Polit.- 
 anthrop. Rev., Leipz., 1905, iy, 306-317.— Grasset. Y a-t-il 
 un droit biologique? Rev. scient., Par., 1918, Ivi, 45-49. — 
 
BIOLOGY. 
 
 548 
 
 BIOLOGY. 
 
 Biology (Essays on) . 
 
 Harekman, Vues nouvelles sur la physique biologique 
 d'aprfes les tMories ioniques. Bull. gen. de tMrap. [etc.], 
 Par., 1909, clvii, 673-721.— Harris (J. A.) On the cafcuktion 
 of intrarclass and inter-class coefficients ol correlation from 
 class moments when the number of possible combinations is 
 large. Biometrika, Cambridge, 1913, ix, 44fr-472.— Harvey 
 (B. C. H.) The nature of vital processes according to 
 Bignano. Monist, Chicago, 1909, xix, 321-350.— Herrera 
 (A. L.) Le r61e preponderant des substances minerales 
 dans lesphtoomfenes biologiques. M&n. Soc. cient. "Antonio 
 Alzate ''"Mexico, 1902-3, xviii, 337-348.— Hlnk (A.) Biologi- 
 sche Forschungsereebnisse und ihre Bedeutung fiir die 
 Tierzucht. Deutsche tierarztl. Wohnschr.L Hannov., 1905, 
 xiii, 201; 233; 246; 257.— Hdck (F.) Die Lebensreiche als 
 Erzeugnisse der Entwlcklungsgeschiohte und des Klimas 
 der Erde. Ztschr. f . d. Ausbau d. Entwcklngslehre. Stuttg., 
 1908, ii, 12-29.— Huber (J. P.) The mysteries of Ufe and 
 mind. Med. Eec, N. Y., 1902, Ixii, 251-263.— Huxley (T. 
 H.) On the border territory between the animal and vege- 
 table kingdoms. In, Ms; Sclent. Mem., 8°, Lond., 1902, iv, 
 145-162.— Jolinstone (J.) Inaugural address on Bergson's 
 philosophy of the organism. Proc. Liverpool Biol. Soc, 
 1913, xxvii, 3-34, 1 pi.— Jones (T. M.) The biological 
 phenomena and their bearing on refined materialism and 
 bacteriological investigation. Tr. Mississippi M. Ass., 
 [Oxford], 1910, xhii, 126-129.— Jorge (A. H.) A biomor- 
 phose, a biose e a pathologia. Med. contemp., Lisb., 1909, 
 xxvii, 259-262.— Kelllng (G.) Ueber zwei allgemein biologi- 
 sche Fragen (Erhaltung der Kraft und Anpassung). Wien. 
 med. Wchnschr., 1905, Iv, 662; 724; 776; 834.— King (A. F. 
 A.) What is a living animal? How much of it is alive? 
 Pop. Sc. Month., N. Y., 1909, Ixxv, 289-296.— Kohlbrugge 
 (J. u. F.) Stadt und Land als biologische Umwelt. Arch. 
 f. Eassen- u. Gesellsoh.-Biol., Leipz. & Berl., 1909, vi, 493- 
 611. — ^Kunstler (J.) Le prindpe de la concentration centri- 
 pMe des organismes. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1907, 
 Ixiil, 124. — Lamarck (J. B.) Antrittsrede aus: Systfeme 
 des animaux sans vertebres. Ztschr. f. d. Ausbau a. Ent- 
 woklngsl., Stuttg., 1909, iii, 354-360, port.— Lantzsch (K.) 
 Btudien fiber das Nannoplancton des Zugersees und seine 
 Beziehung zum Zooplancton. Ztschr. f. wissensch. Zool., 
 Leipz., 1914, oviii, 631-692.— tebour (M. V.) The micro- 
 plankton of Plymouth Sound from the region beyond the 
 Breakwater. J. Marine Biol. Ass. U. Eihgdom, Plymouth, 
 1917, n. s., xi, 133-182, 2 tab.— Le Dantec (F.) Homologie 
 et analogie. Eev. phil., Par., 1900, xlix, 449-491.— Leduc 
 (S.) Laphysiquemoieculaireetlabiologiegenerale. Biolo- 
 gica. Par., 1911, i, 257-265.— Le Prince de Monaco. Con- 
 siderations sur febiologie marine. Arch. gen. domed.. Par., 
 1905, ii, 3168-3176.— Malic Herrera (A.) Estudios bioldgioos 
 sobre defensas orgdnicas. Eev. Ibero-Am. de den. med., 
 Madrid, 1901, v, 82; 364: vi, 82; 348, 7 pi.— Marceau (F.) 
 Le mouvement de bascule des valves de certains acephales 
 pendant leur ouverture et leur fermeture et ses consequences 
 morphogeniques. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1906, 
 cxliii, 303-305.— Mayer. Contribution & I'etude de I'adhe- 
 sion moieculaire et de son intervention dans divers pheno- 
 mfenes biologiques. Presse med.. Par., 1909, xvii, 766.— 
 Merkel (FJ Welche Krafte wirken gestaltend aul den 
 Korper der Thiere? Nachr. v. d. k. Gesellsoh. d. Wissensch. 
 zu Getting. Gesohaftl. Mltth., 1897, 84-97.— Meunier (S.) 
 Sur le r61e de la force biologique dans revolution de la surface 
 terrestre. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par.^ 1911, clii, 1522.— 
 Montanarl (To Stiamo in corrente. Eioerche di biol. . . . 
 XXV anniv. di Pietro Albertoni, Bologna, 1901, 131-135. — 
 Moszkowski (M.) Hans Drieseh's Organische Eegular 
 tionen; eine kntische Studle. Biol. Centralbl., Erlang., 
 1903, xxiii, 427-448.— Osbom (H. F.) Homoplasy as a law 
 of latent or potential homology. Am. Naturalist, Bost., 
 
 1902, xxxvi, 259-271. . Origin of single characters as 
 
 observed in fossil and living animals and plants. lUd., 
 Lancaster, P%, 1915, xUx, 193-239.— Pearl <E.) Biology 
 and war. J. Wash. Acad. Sc, Bait., 1918, viii, 341-360.— 
 Pearson (K.) On the modal value of an organ or charaotei;. 
 Biometrika, Cambridge, 1901-2, i, 260.— Pelseneer (P.) A 
 propos de la "bipolarite." Bull, soient. de la France et de la 
 Belg., 1909, xliii, 11-17.— Penhallow (D. P.) The nature of 
 the evidence exhibited by fossil plants and its bearing upon 
 our knowledge of the history of plant life. Biol. Lect. 
 Wood's HolC Bost.. 1900, 19-35..-5Beinliardt (L.) The 
 unity of life; respiration in plants and synthetic assimillation 
 in animals. Soient. Am. Suppl., N. Y., 1908, Ixv, 409.— 
 Belnke (J.) Gedanken fiber das Wesen der Orgamsation. 
 
 Biol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1899, xix, 81; 113. . Ueber die 
 
 in den Organismen wirksamen Krafte. Verhandl. d. 
 Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1901, Leipz., 1902, 
 Ixxiii, 10O-112.— Riccl (C.) L'evoluzione della vita notturna 
 nella segregazione cellulare continua. Scuola positiva, 
 Eoma, 1901, xi, 513-538.— Rlgnano (E.) Die Zentroepige- 
 nese und die nervSse Natur der Lebenserschehiung; die 
 drei Dilemmata fiber die Entwioklimg der Organismen. 
 Ztschr. f. d. Ausbau d. Entwicklungslehre, Stuttg., 1908, ii, 
 245-266.— Bufflnl (A.) Fenomeni di biologia cellulare e 
 fenomeni flsico<;himici. Bull. d. sc. med. di Bologna, 1917, 
 9. s., V, 302-310.— Salensky (W.) Ueber die Entstehung 
 der Metagenesis bei Tunicaten. . Biol. Centralbl., Leipz., 
 1893, xiii, 126-146.T-Schenk (S. L.) SMzzen aus dem 
 
 Biology (Essays on) . 
 
 Geblete der Biologic. Wien. med. Bl., 1897, xx, 799; 817; 
 833; 848.— Sbellord (V. E.) Ecological succession; a re- 
 connaissance of its causes in ponds with particular reference 
 to fish. Biol. Bull., Wood's HoU, Mass., 1911-12, xxh, 1-38.— 
 Skvortsoir (I. P.) [Origin of formed elements of life.] 
 Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1902, ix 457; 481; 526. — Sully 
 Prudhomme. L'anthropomorphlsme et les causes finales 
 k M. Charles Eiohet. Eev. soient.. Par., 1899, 4. s., xi, 257- 
 261.— T.(J.A.) The control of life. Edinb. M. J., 1906, n. s., 
 xix, 246.— Tburston (E. H.) The animal as a prime 
 mover. Rep. Smithson. Inst. 1896-6, Wash., 1898, 297-338.— 
 Vestal (A. G.) Internal relations of terrestrial associations. 
 Am. Naturalist, Lancaster, Pa., 1914, xlviu, 413-446.— 
 VignoU (T.) Cenni sopra un trattato di geobiologia. Elv. 
 di sc. biol., Torino, 1899, i, 252-260.- WaUlan (S. S.) The 
 incessanoy of rhythmic reiteration In organic nature. St. 
 Louis M. Eev., 1906, llv, 165-167.— Wiesmann (A.) Zur 
 Frage der Unsterblichkeit der EiuzelUgen. Biol. Centralbl., 
 Erlangen, 1884, iv, 21.-22. Eft., 651-691.— Wlassak (E.) 
 Biologische Gesiohtspunkte in der Geschichtswissenschaft. 
 Arch. f. Eassen- u. Gesellsch.-Biol., Berl., 1907, iv, 212-223.— 
 Ziegler (H. E.) Ueber den derzeitlgen Stand der Verer- 
 bungslehre in der Biologic Verhandl. d. Kong. f. innere 
 Med., Wiesb., 1905, xx, 29-53, 3 pi. 
 
 Biology {Experimental). 
 
 BoTTAzzi (P.) II metodo sperimentale nelle 
 discipline biologiche. 12°. Milano, 1906. 
 
 Redi (F.) Experimenta circa varias res na- 
 turales speciatim illas quse ex Indiis afferuntur. 
 UtetaliaejusdemopuBcula. 24° Amstelxdami, 
 1685. : 
 
 AgcaoUl (F.) Some vegetables grown in the Philippine 
 Islands. Philippine J. Sc, Manila, 1916, xi, [A], 91-100.— 
 Blckel (A.) Die innere Einrichtung der eyperimentell- 
 biologischen Abteilung. Arb. a. d. path. Inst, za Berl. 
 • Feier . . . Johannes Orth., Berl., 1906, 77-100.— Bottazal (P.) 
 The unexplored regions of human biology; observatiiais and 
 experiments with Eusapia Paladino. Ann. Psy(ai. So., 
 Lond., 1907, vl, 149; 260, 4 pi.— Clowes (G. H. A.) On 
 analogous effects exerted by antagonistic calcium and citrate 
 ions in physical and biological systems. Proc. Soc. Exper. 
 Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1913-14, xi, 4.— Dahl (F.) Wasistein 
 Experiment, was Statistik in der Ethologie? Biol. Cen- 
 tralbl^ Erlang., 1901, xxi, 675-681.— Driescli (H.) Ueber 
 den Worth des biologischen Experiments. Arch. f. Ent- 
 wcklngsmeohn. d. Organ., Leipz., 1897, v, 133-142.— Ed- 
 wards (C. L.) The Vienna Institution for Experimental 
 Biology. Pop. Sc Month., N. Y., 1911, Ixxviii, 684-601.— 
 Frost (H. B.) A method of numbering plants In pedigree 
 cultures. Am. Naturalist, 1917, U, 429-437.— Hardy (H. N.) 
 Biological experiments. Med. Mag., Lond., 1897, vl, 98- 
 103. — ^Harrison (R. G.) Experimental biology and medi- 
 cine. Phys. & Smg., Ann Arbor & Detroit, 1912, xxxiv, 
 49-64 . — Lecercle. A propos des experiences deM.Leducsur 
 les bases physiques de la vie. CUnlque, Par., 1907, ii, 70- 
 73. — Morel (L.) Gouttifere metallique pour operations sur le 
 chien. Compt. rend. Soc de biol.. Par., 1910, Ixviii, 1127.— 
 Mttller (E.) Die Forderung der Biologie durch dastierziich- 
 terische Ejcperiment. Arch. 1. Eassen- u. GeseUsch.-Biol., 
 Leipz. & Berl., 1910, vii, 669-677.— Przibrach (H.) Die 
 neue Anstalt fiir experimentelle Biologie in Wien. Ver- 
 handl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1902, I*ipz., 
 1903, ii, 162-156.— Pralbram (H.) Die biologische Versu- 
 suchsanstalt in Wien. Ztschr. f. biol. Techn. u. Method., 
 Strassb., 1912-14, iii, 16S-245.— Snllma (A.) Ueber Narko- 
 tisierung von Halnsehen. IMd., 1908-9, i, 377-382.— von 
 UexkUU (J.) Die neueu Fragen in der experimentellen 
 Biologie. Eiv. di scienza, Bologna, 1908, iv, 72-86.— Whit- 
 man (C. O.) A biological farm; for the experimental in- 
 vestigation of heredity, variation and evolution and for the 
 study of lite-histories, habits, instincts and Intelligence. 
 Biol. Bull., Wood's HoU, Mass., 1902, iii, 214-224. 
 
 Biology (History of). 
 
 BuMM (E.) Das Problem des Lebens im 
 Lichte der Naturvrissenschaften des xix. Jahr- 
 hunderts. 4°. Wilrzhurg, 1900. 
 
 GiET (E.) Essais de phUosophie et d'histoire 
 de la biologie. 12°. ParWjil900. 
 
 Habckel (E.) Alte und neue Naturge- 
 schichte. 8°. Jena, 1908. 
 
 Launois (P.-E.) Les pferes de la biologie. 
 Esquiases historiques sur les origines des sciences 
 biologiques. 8°. Paris, [n. d.]. 
 
 LocY (W. A.) Biology and its makers. 8°. 
 New Ymh, 1908. 
 
 Meyer (A.) *Wesen und Geschichte der 
 Theorie vom Mikro- und Makrokosmos. 8°. 
 Bern, 1906. 
 
BIOLOGY. 
 
 549 
 
 BIOLOGY. 
 
 Biology {History of) . 
 
 Meyer (W. A. J.) *Descartes' Entwicklung 
 in der Erklarung der tierischen Lebenser- 
 scheinungen. 8° Giessen, 1907. 
 
 Mi ALL (L. C.) The early naturalists; their 
 lives and work (1530-1789). 8°. London, 1912. 
 
 Radl (E.) Geschichte der biologischen 
 Theorien seit dem Ende des siebzehnten Jahr- 
 hunderts. Teil I. 8°. Leipzig, 1905. 
 
 . The same. Geschichte der biologi- 
 schen Theorien in der Neuzeit. Teil I. 2. 
 Aufl. 8°. Leipzig & Berlin, 1913. 
 
 Reichbnbach (H.) ' Rtickblicke auf die 
 Biologie der letzten achtzig Jahre. Vortrag 
 gehalten beim JahresfQste am 30. Mai 1897. 8° 
 [ra. p., 1897.] 
 
 Reinke (J.) Die Entwicklung der Naturwis- 
 senschaften, insbesondere der Biologie im neun- 
 zehnten Jahrhundert. 8°. Kiel, 1900. 
 . Sterne (G.) [pseud.]. Geschichte der biologi- 
 schen Wissenschaften im neunzehnten Jahrhun- 
 dert. 8°. Berlin, 1901. 
 
 Das Deutsche Jahrhundert in EinzelschriXten, Abth. xii. 
 
 Thomson (J. A.) The science of life, an out- 
 line of the history of biology and its recent ad- 
 vances. 8° Chicago & New Y'orTc, 1899. 
 
 Williams (H. S.) The century's progress in 
 biology. 
 
 Cutting from: Harper's N. Month. Mag., N. Y., 1897, 
 xcv, 930-942. 
 
 Albrecht (E.) Die Ueberwuidune des Mechanismus in 
 der Biologie; Bemerkungen zu O. Hertwig's Vortrag: Die 
 Entwicklung der Biologie im 19. Jahrhundert. Biol. Cen- 
 tralbl., Leipz., 1901, xxi, 97; 129.— Bordage (E.) D^eux 
 pr&!urseurs en biologie: Voltaire et Bernardin de Saint- 
 Pierre. Biologica, Par., 1912, ii, 135-146.— D. (F. A.) A 
 remarkable anticipation of Darwin. [By G.W. Sleeper, 1849.] 
 Nature, Lond., 1913-14, xcii, 588.— Davenport (C. B.) The 
 advance of biology in 1895. Am. Naturalist, Phlla., 1897, 
 xxxi, 785-792.— Eliot ^C. W.) The fruits, prospects and 
 lessons of recent biological science. Science, N. Y. & Lan- 
 caster, Pa., 1915, n. s., xlii, 919-930. AUo: Ohio Pub. 
 Health J., Columbus, 1916, vii, 3-14.— Giard (A.) L'4volu- 
 tion des sciences biologiques. Rev. scient.. Par., 1905, 5. s., 
 iv, 193-205.— Gley (E.) Influence du positivisme sur le 
 developpcment des sciences biologiques en France- France 
 mdd.. Par,, 1900, xlvii, 282-284.— Gorliain (F. P.) Recent 
 debts to biology. Providence M. J., 1905, vi, 49-58.— Glln- 
 tlier (S.) Bemerkungen zur Geschichte der Phanologie. 
 Arch. f. d. Gesch. d. Naturw. [etc.], Leipz., 1910-11, iii, 241- 
 249.— Haeckel (E.) Ueber die Biologie m Jena wahrend des 
 19. Jahrhunderts. Jenaische Ztschr. f. Naturw., Jena, 1905, 
 n. F., xxxii, 713-726.— Hamburger (H. J.) Zur Geschichte 
 und Entwicklung der physikalisch-chemlschen Forschung 
 in der Biologie. Internat. Ztschr. J. phys.-chem. Biol., 
 Leipz. & Berl., 1914, i, 6-27.— Henneguy (M. F.) Du r61e 
 de I'AlIemagne dans revolution des sciences biologiques. 
 Rev. scient.. Par., 1915, i, 70-74.— Hertwlg (O.) Die Ent- 
 wicklung der Biologie im 19. Jahrhundert. Verhandl. d. 
 Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1900, Leipz.^ 1901, 
 Ixxii, 41-68. jl too, Reprint, .dtoo, froitsZ..- Rep. Smithson. 
 Inst. 1900, Wash., 1901, 461-478.— Jolinsou (D- S.) The 
 Jiistory of the discovery of sexuality in plants. Ibid., 1914, 
 Wash., 1916, 383-406.— Konukhes (G.) [Latest achieve- 
 ments of biology and their influence on medicine and sur- 
 gery.] Med. J. Oksa, S.-Peterb., 1899, ii. No. 3, 1-12.— 
 KUkentlia] (W.) Die Entwicklung der Naturwissen- 
 schatten, insbesondere der Biologie unter der Regierung 
 Kaiser Wilhelms II. Deutsche Rev., Stuttg. & Leipz., 
 1913, iii, 148^161. — ^Le Dantec (F.) Le mouvement r^tro- 
 
 f'ade en biologie. Bull, scient. de la France et de la Belg., 
 ar., 1903, 6. s., vi, 428-436. . Lamarck et Darwin; les 
 
 deux tendances biologiques. Rev. scient.. Par., 1909^ 5. s., 
 xi, 161-170. — Loeb (J.) The recent development of biology. 
 Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1904, n. s., xx, 777-786. 
 
 . . The recent development of biology. Internat. 
 
 Cong. Arts & So., Lond. & N. Y., 1908, ix, 13-24.— Macr 
 fadyen (A.) Recent methods and results in biological in- 
 quiry. In Us: The cell as the unit of life, 8°, Lond., 1908, 
 237-276.— de Madrid (S.) El m^todo comparado y gen^tico 
 en la evolucifin de las ciencias biolfigicas. An. san. mil., 
 Buenos Aires, 1901, iii, 1065-1105.— Nutting (C. C.) The 
 advancing pendulum of biological thought. Science, Lan- 
 caster, Pa., 1916, n. s., xliii, 182; 403.— Kitter (W. E.) Pro- 
 fessor Jenmngs as a biological philosopher. Science, N. Y. & 
 Lancaster, Pa., 1912, n. s., xxxv, 267-269.— Spragg (F. A.) 
 Biologicalliteraturem English. Ibid., 1918, n. s., xlviii, 23.— 
 von tlexktlll (J.) Der heutige Stand der Biologie in 
 Amerika. Naturwissenschaften, Berl., 1913, 1, 801-B05.— 
 
 Biology {History of) . 
 
 von Wettstein (R.) Die Biologie in ihrer Bedeutung fur 
 die Kultur der Gegenwart. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. 
 Naturf. u. Aerzte (Miinster) 1912, Leipz., 1913, Ixxxiv, pt. 1, 
 217-225.— Wbeeler (W. M.) Pre-Darwinian and post- 
 Darwinian biology. Pop. Sc. Month., N. Y., 1909, Ixxiv, 
 381-385.— Wlgand (L. M.) Lamarck, Kant, Pauly, Vogt. 
 Polit.-anthrop. Rev., Leipz., 1908, vii, 401.408. 
 
 Biology {Laboratories and stations for) . 
 
 Bbrichte aus der kgl. bayerischen biologi- 
 schen Versuchsstation in Miinchen. Hrsg. von 
 Bruno Hofer. v. 1. 8°. Stuttgart, 1908. 
 
 Conn (H. W.) The Biological Laboratory of 
 the Brooklyn Institute, located at Cold Spring 
 Harbor, L. I. 4° New Yorlc, 1894. 
 
 Cutting from: Am. Univ. Mag., N. Y., 1894. 
 
 Marine Biological Laboratory, Wood's HoU, 
 Mass. Annual announcements for the seasons of 
 1888-95 (1-8); 1898-1903 (11-16). roy. 8° & 8°. 
 Boston, 1888-1903. 
 
 . Annual reports of the trustees to the 
 
 corporation. 1-9, 1888-99. 8°. Boston, 1889- 
 1902. 
 
 Marine Station for Scientific Research, 
 Granton, Edinburgh. 12°. [Edinburgh, 1884.] 
 
 Montana. University of Montana. Biological 
 Station. Bulletins, Nos. 7, 10, 17-19, 26. Bio- 
 logical series, Nos. 2, 3, 5-7, 9. 8° Missoula, 
 1900-1905. 
 
 New Jersey. New Jersey Agricultural College 
 Experiment Station. Reports of the biologist, for 
 the years 1893-5; 1897-1902. By Julius Nelson. 
 8°. Trenton, Camden [etc.], 1894-1903. 
 
 Reay {Lord). Address, on opening the Gatty 
 Marine Laboratory, University of St. Andrews. 
 8°. Dundee, 1896. 
 
 Thompson (The) Yates Laboratories Report. 
 Edited by Robert Boyce and C. S. Sherrington. 
 V. 1-7, 1898-1906. 4°. Liverpool, 1900-1906. 
 
 Desm (B.) The marine biological stations of Europe. 
 Biol. Lect. Wood's HoU 1893, Bost., 1894, 211-234.— Glvler 
 (J. P.) A plan for cooperation among the smaller biological 
 laboratories. Science, Lancaster, Pa., 1916, n. s., xliii, 279. — 
 Gravler (C.) Le laboratoire de biologie tropicale de Tortu- 
 gas (Flonde). Rev. gSn. d. so. pures et appliq.. Par., 1913, 
 xxiv, 874-882.— Herdman (W. A.) Futeenth annual 
 report of the Liverpool Marine Biological Committee and 
 their biological station at Port Erin. Proc. Liverpool Biol. 
 Soc, 1901-2, xvi, 27-108.— Herrick (F. H.) Biological 
 Laboratory of Western Reserve University. J. Applied 
 Micry Rochester, 1900, iii, 949-955.— Hertwlg (R.) tfeber 
 die Bedeutung der Stationen fiir Siisswasserbiologie. In- 
 ternat. Rev. d. ges. Hydrobiol. u. Hydrograph., Leipz., 1908, 
 i, 18-28. — ^Houssay (F.) Les laboratoires marittmes: 
 Naples et Banyuls-sur-Mer. Rev. d. deux mondes. Par., 
 1893, cxx, 168-186.— KeUogg (V. L.) The Hopkins seaside 
 laboratory. Am. Naturahst, Bost., 1899, xxxiii, 629-634. — 
 Klug (N.) [The Biological Institute of the Budapest Scien- 
 tifle Society, 1858-60.] Orvosi hetU., Budapest, 1906, 1, 8.— 
 Unton (E.) Reminiscences otthe Wood's Holl Laboratory 
 .of the Bureau of Fisheries, 1882-9. Science, N. Y. & Lan- 
 caster, Pa., 1916, xU, 737-763.— Liverpool Umversity College. 
 Opening of the Thompson- Yates laboratories. Brit. M. J., 
 Lond., 1898, ii, 118&-1192. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1898, ii, 
 1008-1011.— McFarland (F. MJ The Hopkins seaside 
 laboratory. J. Applied Micr., Rochester, 1902, v, 1869^ 
 1875.— Marchoux. Fonctionnement du laboratoire de 
 microbiologic de Saint-Louis (Senegal). Ann. d'hyg. et de 
 mM. colon.. Par., 1900, iii, 119-129.— Marine (The) Biologi- 
 cal Laboratory Wood's Holl. Eleventh report of the Marine 
 Biological Laboratory. Biol. Bull., Wood's Holl, Mass., 
 
 1909, xvii, 1-100. . Nineteenth report; for the year 
 
 1916, twenty-ninth year. Ibid.., 1917, xxxiii, 1-37. — Mark 
 (E. L.) Increase in opportunities for work at the Bermuda 
 Biological Station. Science, Lancaster, Pa., 1916, n. s,, 
 xliii, 182. — Mayer (A. G.) Biology, Marine. Marine 
 Biological Laboratory, at Tortugas Florida. Carnegie Inst. 
 Wash. Year Book (1904), 1905,iv, 108-124, 2 pi.— Przibram 
 (H.) Die biologische Versuchsanstalt in Wien; Zweck, 
 Blnrichtung und Tatigkeit wahrend der ersten fiinf Jahre 
 ihres Bestehens (1902-7), Bericht der zoologischen, botani- 
 scheu und physikalisch-chemischen AbteiJung. Ztschr. f. 
 biol. Techn. u. Method., Strassb., 1909-10, ii, Ei^zngshft., 
 1-34.— Bitter (W. E.) The biological laboratories of the 
 Pacific coast. Pop. Sc. Month., N. Y., 1915, Ixxxvi, 223- 
 232.— Treadwell (A. L.) The biology laboratory of Vassar 
 College. J. Applied Micr., Rochester, 1902, v, 1717-1725.— 
 
BIOLOGY. 
 
 550 
 
 BIOLOGY. 
 
 Biology (Laboratories and stations for) . 
 
 de Vrles (H.) Het Woestijn-Laboratorium te Tmcson in 
 Arizona. Album d. Nat., Haarlem, 1903-4, 201-206.— 
 Whltnian (C. O.) Some of the functions and features of a 
 biological station. Biol. Lect. Wood's Holl, Best., 189&-7, 
 
 231-242. . The impending crisis in the history of the 
 
 Marine Biological Laboratory. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, 
 Pa., 1902, n. s., xv, 529-533.— WBIey (D. A.) The biological 
 laboratory at Wood's Holl, Mass. Scient. Am. Suppl., N. Y., 
 1903, Ivi, 22991.— Wylle (E. B.) The biology laboratories of 
 Momingside College. J. Apphed Micr., Rochester, 1902, v, 
 1949-1954.— Young (E. T.) The work of the North Dakota 
 Biological Station at Devil's Lake. Scient. Month., N. Y., 
 1917, V, 497-508.— Zacharias (O.) Ein schwimmendes 
 Laboratorium fiir marine Biologic [am Hardford Trinity 
 College]. Biol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1906, xxvi, 63. 
 
 Biology {Manuals of). 
 
 Abbott (J. F.) The elementary principles of 
 general biology. 8°. New York, 1914. 
 
 AiLGEMEiNE Biologic. Redaktion: C. Chun 
 und W. Johannsen, unter Mitwirkung von A. 
 Giinthart. Bearb. von E. Baur, P. Boysen- 
 Jensen [etc.]. 4°. Leipzig & Berlin, 1915. 
 
 BiGBLOw (M. A.) & BiGELOw (Mrs. A. N.) 
 Introduction to biology; an elementary textbook 
 and laboratory guide. 8°. New Yorhj 1913. 
 
 BoNAVBNTURA (L.) Mmi principii di bio- 
 logia. 8°. Foggia, 1906. 
 
 BoRDiEB (H.) Precis de manipulations de 
 physique biologique; guide de I'fetudiant aux 
 travaux pratiques. 12°. Paris, 1902. 
 
 . The same. 2. 6d., revue et corrig^e. 
 
 12° Paris 1903 
 
 Calkins '(G. N.) Biology. 8°. New York, 
 [1914]. 
 
 . The same. 2. ed. 8°- New York, 
 
 [1917]. 
 
 Campbell (H. J.) Text-book of elementary 
 biology. 8°. London, 1905. 
 
 Conn(H.W.) Nociones de biologla. Traduc- 
 ci6n por Antonio Soler. 16°. Nueva Yorh,\Q01. 
 
 . Biology, an introductory study. 8° 
 
 Boston, [1912]. 
 
 Dakbishire (A. D.) An introduction to a 
 biology, and other papers. 8°. London, 1917. 
 
 Gaubb (J.) Cours de mindralogie biologique. 
 12°. Paris, 1897. 
 
 Hamakbr (J. I.) A compend of the principles 
 of biology. 8°. Lynchburg, 'iSOh. 
 
 Hbrtwig (O.) AUgemeineBiologie. 2. Attfl. 
 go Jena 1906. 
 
 .'The same. 3. Aufl. 8°. Jena, 1909. 
 
 . The same. 4. Aufl. 4°. Jena, 1912. 
 
 HtJXLET (T. H.) & Martin (H. N.) A course 
 of elementary instruction in practical biology. 
 Revised ed., extended and edited by G. B. 
 Howes and D. H. Scott; with a preface by Pro- 
 fessor Huxley. 12°. London^ 1889. 
 
 Kassowitz (M.) AUgememe Biologie. 4 v. 
 8°. Wien, 1899-1906. 
 
 Maas (O.) & Renner (O.) Einf uhrung in die 
 Biologie. roy. 8°. MUnchen & Berlin, 1912. 
 
 McPabland (J.) Biology, general and medi- 
 cal. 8° Philadelphia & New York, 1910. 
 
 . The same. 2. ed. 8°- Philadelphia 
 
 & London, 1913. 
 . The same. 
 
 3. ed. 8° Philadelphia 
 
 & London, 1916. 
 
 Nttssbaum (M.), Kahstbn (6.) & Weber (M.) 
 Lehrbuch der Biologie fiir Hochachulen. 8°. 
 Leipzig, 1911. 
 
 Pabkbr (T.J.) Lessons in elemMitary biology. 
 12°. London, 1893. 
 
 . The same. [2. ed.] 8° London, 
 
 1900. 
 
 . The same. Logons de biologie ^16- 
 
 mentaire. Traduites sur la dernike Edition 
 
 anglaise par A. Marie. 8° Paris, 1904. 
 
 Biology (Manuals of). 
 
 Pbabodt (J. E.) & Hunt (A. E.) Eleme^ary 
 biology, plant, animal, human. 8°. New York, 
 
 Reinkb (J.) Einleitung in die theoretische 
 Biologie. 8°. Berlin, 1901. . , 
 
 Grundzuge der Biologie fur Unter- 
 
 richtsanstalten und zur Selbstbelehrung. 8°. 
 Heilbronn, 1909. , , , 
 
 ScHELVER (F. J.) Elementarlehre der organi- 
 schen Natur. 1. Theil. Organomie. 8°. Got- 
 tinqen, 1800. ,„ „ ^ t^. t.., 
 
 Sedgwick (W. T.) & Wilson (E. B.) Einfuh- 
 rung in die allgemeine Biologie. Autonsierte 
 Uebersetzung nach der. 2. Aufl. von R. Thesing. 
 8°. Leipzig & Berlin, 1913. 
 
 Simboth (H.) Abriss der Biologie der Tiere. 
 2. Aufl. 12°. Leipzig, 1907. 
 
 Smallwood (W. M.) a text-book of biology 
 for students ... 8° Philadelphia & New York, 
 1913. ,„ . , 
 
 , Rbvelet (I. L.) & Bailey (G. A.) 
 
 Practical biology. 8°. Bosion, [1916]. _ 
 
 Wagner (A.) Der neue Kurs in der Biologie. 
 Allgemeine Erorterungen zur prinzipiellen 
 Rechtfertigung der Lamarckschen Entwick- 
 lungslehre. 8°. Stuttgart, [1907]. 
 
 Ward (H. B.) & Whipple (G. C.) Fresh- 
 water biology. With the collaboration of a staff 
 of specialists. 8°. JVew Fori, 1918. 
 Biology {Methods and technique in). 
 
 See, also, Biology {Experimental); Biome- 
 chanics. 
 
 Classen (J.) Die Anwendung der Mechamk 
 
 auf Vorgange des Lebens. 8°. flamftur^, 1901. 
 
 Mepr.frmn: Jahrb. d. Hamb. wissensoh. Anstalten, xpiu. 
 
 Cobb (N. A.) Two new instruments for 
 
 biologists. 8°. [n. p.], 1890. 
 
 Dbchambbb (P.) Zootechnie g^n^rale. 12°. 
 Paris, 1899. 
 
 Enders (H. E.) Laboratory directions in 
 general biology, prepared for use in biology. 8° . 
 [Lafayette, Ind.], 1914. 
 
 Mbll (P. H.) Biological laboratory methods. 
 8°. New York, 1902. 
 
 Przibbam (H.) Anwendung elementarer 
 MathematikaufbiologischeProbleme. 8°. Leip- 
 zig, 1908. 
 
 Ram6n y Cajal (S.) Reglas y consejos sobre 
 investigaci6n biol6gica. 8°. Madrid, 1899. 
 
 ■. The same. 3. ed. 8° Madrid, WIZ. 
 
 Rosblbb(P. R.) & Lamprbcht (H.) Hand- 
 buch fiir biologische UebUngen. Zoologischer 
 Teil. 8°. Berlm, 1914. 
 
 RoMANOvsKi (M.) metodJe v biologii; v 
 oblasti hipotez i teoreticheskikh vlvodov. [On 
 method in biology; in the field of hypothesis and 
 theoreticalinferencea.] 8°. Offessa, 1898. 
 
 Bebiens (H.) Bemerkuggen zu: Dr. G. Steiner, Eine 
 neue Arbeitsmethode fur Hydrobiologen. Mikrokosmos, 
 Stuttg., 1913-14, vii, 217.— Blackwell (Elizabeth). Scien- 
 tific method in biology. In her: Essays Med. So., 16°, 
 Lond., 1902, ii, 87-150.— Chagovets fV. Y.) [The mathe- 
 matical method in biology.) Obshtshestvo Eussk. Vrach. 
 V pam. Pirogova. TrudI . . . Syezda, S.-Peterb., 1904, 1, 
 97-100.— Chudeau (E.) Quelques mots de g6om4trie a 
 
 propos de la taille de divers antmaux. Compt. rend. Boo. de 
 
 *^'oi:,Par. """" " - - -" ' "' m,.. ....,._,..„ 
 
 ._ ological proiei 
 
 plied mcT., Eoohcstor, 1902, v, 1690; 1733; 1795; 1892; 1930; 
 
 biof. Par., 1898, 10. s., v, 946.— Cole (A. H.)' The technique 
 of blological^projection and anesthesia of animals. T. Ap- 
 
 .«J12; 2051; 2088: 1903, vi. 2125: 2179; 2224; 2274; 2321; 2415; 
 2461: 2500; 2553; 2596.— Cortl (A.) & Ferrata (A.) Di una 
 totale inversione dell' afQnita colorante col mutare del 
 liquido fissatore. Monitore zool. ital., Firenze, 1905, xvi, 
 319.— Cottou (E. C.) A constant low temperature appa- 
 ratus for biological investigations. J. Econom. Eutomol., 
 Concord, N. H., 1910, ui, 140-146, 3 pi.— Drlescli (H.) Ergel> 
 nisse der neueren Lebensforsohung. Polit.-anthrop. Eev., 
 Eisenach & Leipz., 1903^, ii, 767-779.— Duncan (F. M.) 
 Some methods of preserving marine biological specimens. 
 
BIOLOGY. 
 
 551 
 
 BIOLOGY. 
 
 Biology (Methods arid technique in) . 
 
 J. Roy. Micr. Soc, Lond., 1917, pt. 6, 521-529.— Fano (G.) 
 Chimica e biologia. Elv. di scienza, Bologna, 1907, il, 279- 
 286. — Geigel (E.) Physikalische Behandfung biologischer 
 Probleme. Arch. f. mikr. Anat., Bonn, 1914, Ixxxiv, 1. 
 Abt., 453-464.— Glard (A.) Les faux princlpes biologi- 
 ques et leurs consequences. Eev. scient., Par., 1876, 2. s., 
 X, 241-246.— Glneste (C.) M^thodes et conceptions biologi- 
 ques. Gaz. hebd. d. so. m^d. de Bordeaux, 1907, xxviii, 292; 
 306; 319; 328.— Glrard (P.) L'aectrisation de contact en 
 biologie. Rev. gfin. d. sc. pures et appliq., Par., 1909, xx, 
 694-701.— Gullloz (T.) Un proo4d6 optique pour rtpartir 
 sur une surface rectangulaire un ^clairement uniionne 
 suivant rordonnfe et rariant suivant I'abscisse d'apr^ une 
 loi quelconque dtorminfe. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. 
 
 Par., 1908, Ixv, 773-775. . Application de la m^thode 
 
 pr^cddente aux etudes biologiques; fclairement d'une sur- 
 face rectangulaire par un spectre dans lequel les couleurs sent 
 6tal6es d'aprfes leur dispersion suivant une coordonn^e et oii, 
 suivant I'autre coordonnfe, elles varient d'intensitfi suivant 
 une loi d^termia^ la mSme pour toutes. Ibid., 775-777.— 
 ■ Halsted(G. B.) Biology and mathematics. Scicnce,N.Y, 
 & Lancaster, Pa., 1905, n. s., xxii, 161-167.- Harris (D. F.) 
 & Irvine (J. C.) On the use ot soluble Prussian blue lor 
 investigating the reducing power of animal bioplasm. Bio- 
 Chem. J., Liverp., 1906, i, 355-363.— Hatal (S.) A mathe- 
 matical treatment of some biological problems. Biol. Bull., 
 Wood's Holl, Mass., 1910, xviii, 126-130. Also, Eeprint.— 
 Herrlck (C. J.) Introspection as a biological method. J. 
 Philos., Psychol, [etc.], Lancaster, Pa., & N. Y., 1915, xii, 
 643-551.— Hyatt (A.) Some governing factors usually 
 neglected in biological investigations. Biol. Lect. Wood's 
 Holl, Bost., 190O, 127-156.— Jackson (R. T.) Catching 
 fixed forms of animal life on transparent media for study. 
 Science, N. ¥., 1888, xi, 230. Also, Reprint.— Jenny 
 Weijeiman (J. W.) Over de waarde der biologische 
 zuiveringsmetnoden voor de praktijk. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. 
 Geneesk., Amst., 1902, 2. R., xxviii, d. 1, 461-474.— Kraus 
 (R.) Ueber biologische Reactionen. Monatschr. f. Gsndhts- 
 pflg., Wien, 1902, xx, 161-166.— Le Dantec (F.) Lamfithode 
 mdividualiste on m^thode d'assimilation. Rev. sclent.. 
 Par., 1911, ii, 710-717.— Macfadyen (A.) The application of 
 low temperatures to the study of biological problems. Chem. 
 News, Lond., 1903, Ixxxvlii, 193.— NeeOhain (J. G.) An 
 out-door equipment for college work in biology. Am. 
 Naturalist, Bost^l903, xxxvii, 867-874.— Ostertout (W. J. 
 V.) &Haas(A. R.C.) An adaptation ot Winkler's method 
 to biological work. J. Biol. Chem., N. Y., 1917, xxxii, 141- 
 146. AlsOi Reprint. — Pearl (R.) Biometrical ideas and 
 methods m biology; their significance and limitations. 
 
 Scientia, Bologna, 1911, x, 101-119. . The service and 
 
 importance ot statistics to biology. Pub. Am. Statist. Ass., 
 Bost., 1914-15, xlv, 40-^8.— Przibram (H.) Kiinstliches 
 Klimafiir biologische Versuche. Ztschr. f. BaJneol., Elimat. 
 [etc.], Berl., 1910-11, iii, 437.— Steiner (G.) Erne neue 
 Arbeitsmethode fiir Hydrobiologen. Mlkrokosmos, Stuttg., 
 1913-14, vii, 135-139.-«tlrllng (W.) Biology and the 
 cinematograph. Proo. Roy. Inst. Gr. Brit.,1911, Lond., 1913, 
 pt. 1, 166-179.— Tsctachotin (S.) Eine neue Spritz- una 
 TropSIasche fiir Laboratorien. ztschr. 1. biol. Techn. u. 
 Method., Strassb., 1912-13, iii, 83.— WescM (W.) On the 
 microscope as an aid to the study of biology in entomology, 
 with particular reference to the food of insects. J. Roy. Micr. 
 Soc, Lond., 1908, 401-424, 6 pi. 
 
 Biology (Nomenclature of). 
 
 See Biology (Classification, etc., of). 
 
 Biology (Periodicals and transactions of 
 societies relating to). 
 
 Archivos latinos de medicina y de biologfa. 
 Eevista mensual. Redactor jefe: Gustavo Pitto- 
 luga. V. 1, 1903. fol. Madrid. 
 
 Bio-Chemical (The) Journal. Edited by B. 
 Moore and E. Whitley. [Monthly.] v. 1-13, 
 1906-19. 8°. Uverpool. 
 
 Current. 
 
 BiocHEMiscHES Centralblatt. Hrsg. von Carl 
 Oppenheimer. [Semimonthly.] v. 1-9, 1902-10. 
 8°. Berlin. 
 
 Biologen-Kalendee; hrsgb. von B. Schmid 
 und C. Thesing. 1. Jahrgang (1914). 8°. Leip- 
 zig, 1914. 
 
 Biologica; revue scientifique du m^decin. 
 v. 1-4, 1911-14. 4°. Paris. 
 
 Biologica. RaccoltS. di scritti di biologia di- 
 retta dal Dott. Prof. Ermanno GigUo-Tos. 
 [Quarterly.] v. 1-2, 1906-8. 8°. Tonno. 
 
 Biological BuIletiQ. v. 1-36, 1899-1917. 8° 
 Boston. 
 
 Current. 
 
 Biology (Periodicals and transactions of 
 societies relating to). 
 
 Biologichbskiy Jurnal; izdavayemly pri z66- 
 logicheskom otdielenii Imperatorskavo Ob- 
 shtshestva Lyubitelei Yestestvoznaniya, Antro- 
 pologii i EtnografiL. Biologische Zeitschrift; 
 [issued by the Zoological Department of the Im- 
 perial'Society of Lovers of Natural History, An- 
 thropology, and Ethnography], v. 1, 1910. 8°. 
 Moskva. 
 
 Biometrika. a journal for the statistical 
 study of biological problems. Edited by W. P. 
 R.Weldon[etal]. [Quarterly.] v. 1-12, 1901-18. 
 roy. 8°. Cambridge. 
 
 Current. 
 
 Bios . Rivista di biologia sperimentale e gene- 
 rale, v. 1-2, 1913-14. 8^. Genova. 
 
 BoLETiN de la direcci6n de estudios biol6gicos. 
 V. 1-2, 1915-17. 8°. Mexico. 
 
 Bulletin du Laboratoire de biologie appli- 
 qu^e. V. 1-2, 1904^-5. fol. Paris. 
 
 FouA microbiologica. HoUandische Beitrage 
 zur gesamten Mikrobiologie. Hrsg. von M. W. 
 Beijerinck [et al.]. v. 1-4, 1912-15. 8° Delft. 
 
 Inteemediaire (L') des biologistes. Direc- 
 teur: Alfred Binet. [Semi-monthly.] v. 1-2, 
 1897-9. 8°. Paris. 
 
 Internationale Revue der gesamten Hydro- 
 biologie und Hydrographie. Edited by R. 
 Woltereck [etal.]. [Six nos. in a year.] v. 1-7 
 1908-14. 8°. Leipzig, Paris, & New York. 
 
 iNTERNA'noNALE Zeitschrift fur physikalisch- 
 chemische Biologie. v. 1-2, 1914-15. 8°. 
 Leipzig & Berlin. 
 
 Journal of the Marine Biological Association 
 of the United Kingdom. N. s., v. 1-12, 1889- 
 1919. 8°. Plymouth. 
 
 KozLEMiNYEK az 6sszehasonlit6 61et- 6s k6rtan 
 k6r6b6l. [Communications on comparative biol- 
 ogy and pathology.] 1905-6, vi, Nos. 7-8; 1911- 
 12, is, Nos. 6-8; 1912-13, x; 1913-14, xi, Nos. 1-2. 
 8°. Budapest. 
 
 KosMOS. Zeitschrift fiir . . . Entwicklungs- 
 lehre. Hrsg. von Otto Caspari [et al.1. v. 1-2, 
 1877-8. roy. 8°. Leipzig. 
 
 PoLNiscHES Archiv fiir biologische und me- 
 ■ dizinische Wissenschaften. Red. von H. Kadyi- 
 [Not regular.] v. 1-2, 1901-5. 8°. Lemberg. 
 
 Rbvista trimestral microgrdfica. v. 1-5, 1896- 
 1900. 8°. Madrid. 
 
 Continued as: Trabajos del laboratorio de investigaciones 
 bioldgjcas de la Universidad de Madrid. 
 
 Revue pratique de biologie appliqu6e k la 
 cUnique et k la th^rapeutique. Direction: Dr. 
 Hallion. [Monthly.] v. 4r-12, 1906-14. 8° 
 Paris. 
 
 RnnsTA di biologia generate . Red.: Paolo 
 Celesia. [Monthly.] v. 3, 1901. 8°. Torino. 
 
 Continuation of: Bivista di scienze biologiche. 
 
 RivtsTA di scienze biologiche. Redattore: 
 Dott. Paolo Celesia. [Monthly; 2 v. annually.] 
 V. 1-2, 1899-1900. 8°. Torino. 
 
 Society for Experimental Biology and Medi- 
 cine. Proceedings, v. 1-16, 1904r-19. 8° New 
 Yorh. 
 
 ToMMASi (II). Giomale di biologia e di medi- 
 cina. Direttore: Prof. P. F. Castellino. [Three 
 times a month.] v. 1-9, 1905-14. fol. Napoli. 
 
 Trabajos del laboratorio de investigaciones 
 biol6gicas de la Universidad de Madrid . PubUca- 
 dos por S. Ram6n Cajal. v. 1-4; v. 7; v. 8, fasc 
 1-2. 8°. Madrid, 
 
 Continuation of: Bevlsta trimestral microgrdfica. 
 
 Zeitschrift fiir biologische Technik und Me- 
 thodik. Unter Mitwirkung von Fachgenossen 
 
BIOLOGY. 
 
 552 
 
 BIOMETRIKA. 
 
 Biology {Periodicals and transactions of 
 societies relating to). 
 hrsg. von Martin Gildemeister. v. 1-3, 1908-13. 
 
 8°. Strassburg. 
 
 Zentbalblatt fur allgemeine und experi- 
 mentelle Biologie. Hrsg. von Heinrich Poll. 
 V. 1-2, 1910-12. 8°. Leipzig. , 
 
 Mlnot (C. S.) The ItalianArchives of Biology. Science, 
 N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1908, n. s., xxvU, 895. 
 
 Biology (Teaching of). 
 
 Brass (A.) Die Freiheit der Lehre und Hire 
 Missachtung durch deutsche Biologen. 8°. 
 Leipzig, 1909. 
 
 Bbtjck (W. F.) Wie studiert man Biologie? 
 Eine Einfiihning in die WisBenschait fur ange- 
 hende Studierende der Botanik und Zoologie 
 und deren Erganzungswissenschaften, mit Rat- 
 schlagen zur zweckmassigen Anordnung des 
 Studienganees. 8°. Stuttgart,^ 1910. 
 
 Chun (C.) Probleme des biologischen Hoch- 
 schiulenunterriclits. 8°. Leipzig & Berlin, 1906. 
 
 Eepr.from: Natur u. Schule, Leipz. & Berl., 1906, v. 
 
 Gbgbnwartige (Ueber die) Lage des biolo- 
 gischen Unterrichts an hoheren Schulen. Ver- 
 handlungen der vereinigten Abteilungen ftir 
 Zoologie, Botanik, Geologie, Anatomie und 
 Physiologie der 73. Versammlung deutscher Na- 
 turforscher und Aerzte. 8°. Jena, 1901. 
 
 Lloyd (F. E.) & Bigblow (M. A.) The teach- 
 ing of biology in the secondary school. 8° New 
 York, 1904. 
 
 . The same. Newed. 8°. New 
 
 York, 1914. 
 
 PiNBRO (H. G.) Ensefianza de biologfa en la 
 Universidad nacional de Buenos Aires. 4° 
 Buenos Aires, 1913. 
 
 Universidad nacional de Buenos Aires. In- 
 auguraci6n del curso de biologia. 8°. Buenos 
 Aires, 1913. 
 
 University of Pennsylvania. School of Bi- 
 ology. Handbook of information concerning the 
 4°. Philadelphia, 1889. 
 
 Ablborn (F.) Die gegenwartige Lage des biologischen 
 Unterrichts an den hoheren Schulen. Verhandl. d. Ge- 
 sellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1901, Leipz., 1902, Ixxlii, 
 pt 2, naturw. Abth., 274-281.— CockereU (T. D. A.) The 
 mating ol biologists. Pop. So. Month., N. Y.j 1902-3, Ixii, 
 • 512-520.— Coulter (J. G.) Eecent tendencies m the peda- 
 gogy of biology. Tr. Am. Micr. Soc, Decatur, 111., 1910-11, 
 xnx, 159-165.— CrSUner (F.) Der biologische Unterrichtan 
 den bayerischen Gymnasien und die neue Schulordnung. 
 Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1915, Ixil, &-11.— Faust (E. C.) 
 Experimental methods in teaching biology in secondary 
 schools. School & Soc, N. Y., 1916, iv, 694-«99.— Goldtarb 
 tA J) Theteaching of college biology. Science, N.Y.& Lan- 
 caster, Pa., Ifll3, n. s., xxxviii, 430-436.— Hodge (C. F.) Dy- 
 namic biology in the college course. Pedag. Seminary, Wor- 
 cester, Mass., X905, xii, 158-174.— HoUe (H. G.) Ziele und 
 Wege des biologischen Unterrichts. PoUt.-Anthrop. Bev., 
 Hildburgh.. 1912-13, xi, 416; 461.— Humphrey (J. E.) The 
 selection of plant types for the general biology course. Biol. 
 Lect Wood's HoU.Bost., 1898, 193-202.— Huxley (T.H.) On 
 thestudy of biology. Nature, Lond., 1877, xv, 219-224. Also, 
 in his:Scient. Mem., 8°, Loud., 1902, iv, 248-264.— Koch (B.) 
 Zur Binluhrung des biologischen Unterrichtes m Deutsch- 
 land. Wien. kiln. Rundschau, 1903, xvii, 817-820.— Lat- 
 ter (O. H.) Joint discussion ■with sections K and L on the 
 teaching of biology in schools. Rep. Brit. Ass. Adv. So., 
 Lond., 1907, 547-649.— Martin (G. W.) Biology in secon- 
 dary schools. J. Applied Micr., Rochester, 1900, ill, 859- 
 866 -Marti y Julia. Perarescolabioldgica Catalans. An. 
 
 de med. Buttl. mens, de I'Acad de Catalunya, Barcel., 
 
 1909, ill, 400-412.— MerUel (F.) Wiinsche, betreflend den 
 biologischen Unterricht. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. 
 Naturf. u. Aerzte 1904, Leipz., 1905, 144-149.— Mestre (A.) 
 La biologia y el programa de su ensefianza. Rev. de med. y 
 cirug. de la Habaua, 1906, xi, 63; 83; 107.— Putnam (Helen 
 C ) Biologists in public schools an aid to morals and pros- 
 perity. Tr. Lehigh Valley M. Ass., Easton, Pa., 1906_, 2. s., 
 1 313-327.— Schmld (B.) Aus der Praxis des biologischen 
 Unterrichts. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. 
 Aerzte (Karlsruhe), Leipz., 1911, Ixxxiii, pt, 1, 246-251. 
 
 Die biologisohen Schiileriibungen. Biol.-Kal., 
 
 Leipz. & Berl., 1914, 1, 69-76. 
 
 Biology and medicine. 
 
 Feinmann (E.) Biologia y clinica; medicina 
 cientifica. 4°. Buenos Aires, 1912. 
 
 HuNTBR (G. W.) Laboratory problems m 
 civic biology. 8°. New Fori, [1916]. 
 
 McFabland (J.) Biology; general and medi- 
 cal. 8°. Philadelphia & New York, 1910. 
 
 TiscHNER (R.) Das biologische Grundgesetz 
 in der Medizin. 8°. Miinchen, 19U. 
 
 BelUG ) Biology from a vitalisticstandpomt and Its rela- 
 tion to the science of medicine. St. Louis M.Gaz., 1898-9, 
 
 Esch. Ueber einige biologisch-medizinische Fragen. 
 Aerztl. Rundschau, Miinchen, 1911, xxi, 157-160.— Etienne 
 (C ) La place de la olinique pamu les sciences biologiques; 
 la tendance de son Evolution; son rfile dans I'accroissement 
 des connaissances biologiques; son r61e dans I'enseignement 
 didaotiaue de la mMecme et dans la formation du m^decin. 
 Province m4d.. Par., 1914, xxv, 323-330. .AJso.; Rev. rnSd. 
 de rest, Nancy, 1914, xlvi 417.-Gautler (A.) Lerfile de ta 
 chimie blologique en mMecme. Tribune m^.. Par., 1898, 
 2 s XXX, 125-129.— Hlbberd (J. F.) Biology; Its relations 
 witii medicine and as a factor in cosmology. Tr. Indiana M. 
 Soc Indianap., 1898, 82-90: 1899, 34-41. Also, Reprint.— 
 Huxlev (T H.) The connection of the biological sciences 
 with medicine. Nature, Lond., 1881, xxiv,- 342-346. . ^&o, 
 in Ms: Scient. Mem., 8°, Lond., 1902, iv, 493-507.— Knight 
 rA P ) Medicine and biology. Queen's M. Quart., Kings- 
 toii, Canada, 1903-4, viii, 10O-106.— Kost (P.) Biologisohe 
 Betrachtungen aus der arztlichen Praxis. Therap. Rund- 
 schau Hallea.S., 1908, il, 351.— LanMorda.S.) Biologi- 
 cal law and human health. N. York M. I. [etc.], 1918^ cvu, 
 788-790 —Lemiere (6.) Les progrfes des sciences biologi- 
 niips- leurs apphcations pratiques et en particulier au 
 aSostic. J: cl. sc. mid. de Lille, 1903, il, 193; 217; 437; 
 457-495 — Melnc (B . M.) How can the biologists of Philadel- 
 nhi'a best help the meoioal profession In the present emer- 
 gency? Boston M. & S. J., 1918, clxxviii, 610.— RflilCka 
 (V ■) [General biology and experimental morphology in the 
 raiik of medical sciences.] Casop. Ifik. 6esk., v Praze, 1913, 
 111 42*-434. — Salus (G.) Ueber das Wesen der biologischen 
 ptanomene in der Medizin und fiber die natiirhchen Grenzen 
 ihrer Verwertbarkeit. Med. Khn., Berl., 1907, iii, 1525- 
 
 1529 Small (W. S.) Biologic science and health. Tr. 
 
 Am' Ass. Study & Prev. Inf. Mortal., Bait., 1910, 1, 297-299.— 
 Smallwood (W. M.) Biology and some of its relations to 
 medicine. Interstate M. J., St. Louis, 1914, xxi, 115-124.— 
 Welch (W. H.) Biology and medicine. Am. Naturalist, 
 PhUa., 1897, xxxi, 765-766. 
 
 Bloluminescence. 
 
 See Pkotogenesis. 
 
 Biomalt. 
 
 DOUing (M.) "Biomalz," ein modemes Nahr- und 
 Starkungspraparat, und seme therapeutische Verwendung. 
 Deutsche Aerzte-Ztg., Berl.,1910,564.-EhileldtJW.) Bio- 
 Malz Verwendung der Kohlehydrate zur Emahrung. 
 Therap. Neuhelten, Leipz., 1908, iii, 255-257. 
 
 Biomechanics. . 
 
 See, also, Embryology (Experimental); He- 
 redity {Mechanism of); Morphology {Experi- 
 mental); Regeneration; RegiUation o/^rm. 
 
 Hebtwig (0.) Mechanik und Biologie. Mit 
 einem Anhang: Kritische Bemerkungen zu den 
 entwicklungsmechanischen Naturgesetzen von 
 Boux. 8°. Jena, 1897. 
 
 LoEB (J.) The mechanistic conception of life; 
 biological essays. 8°. Chicago, [1912]. 
 
 Mehnert (E.) Biomechanik erschlossen aus 
 dem Principe der Organogenese. 8°. Jewo, 1898. 
 
 Benedlkt (M.) Biomeohanische Grundfragen. Arch. 
 Entwcklngsmecim. d. Organ., Leipz., 1910, xxxi, 164-177. 
 AUo: Allg. Wien. med.-Ztg., 1911, Ivl, 13; 25.— de Madrid 
 
 (S.) IntrodUcoito al estudio de la biomecAnica. Prim. 
 reon. d. Cong. dent, lat.-amor., Buenos Aires, 1898, Iv, 641- 
 666.— Sleeswllk (R.) Versuch einer physikallschen Deu- 
 tung biologischen Geschehens. Ztscnr. f. Elektrother., 
 Leipz., 1006, vlil, 245-249.— VIdal (A.) Die Biomechanik 
 una die gegenwartige Wissenschatt; der Mechanismus und 
 die synthetisch-induktiven Forschungsmethoden. Cong. 
 Internat. de m6i., Lisbonne, 1906, xv, sect. 2, 150-166. 
 
 Blometrlka. A journal for the statistical study 
 of biological problems. Karl Pearson, editor. 
 V. 1-12, 190H8. 8°. Cambridge. 
 
BIOMETRY. 
 
 553 
 
 BIOZYME. 
 
 Biometry. 
 
 See, also, Anthropometry; life {Duration 
 of) ; Life-insurance (Statistics of); Life-tables; 
 Statistics (Vital). 
 
 BioMETRiKA. A journal for the statistical 
 study of biological problems, v. 1-12, 1901-18. 
 8°. Cambridge. 
 
 Statistical methods with special reference to 
 biological variation. 12°. New Yarh & Lon- 
 don, 1899. 
 
 . The same. 2. rev. ed. 12°. New 
 
 Tbri,1904. 
 
 . The same. 3. rev. ed. 8°. New 
 
 York, 1914. 
 
 Thorndikb (E. L.) An introduction to the 
 theory of mental and social measurements. 2. 
 ed. 8°. New York, 1913. 
 
 Balls CW. I/.) A problem in Wometrical statistics. 
 Cairo Sc. J., 1910, iv, 94, 1 pi.— Craig (.T. I.) A problem in 
 biometrical statistics. Ibid., 181-184. — Harris (J. A.) The 
 arithmetic of the product moment method of calculatmg the 
 coefficient of correlation. Am. Naturalist, Lancaster, Fa.] 
 
 1910, xliv, 693-699. ■ . Introduction to the new statistics 
 
 with special reference to the needs of biologists. Science, 
 N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1914, n. s., xxxix, 828-830.— Jen- 
 nings (H. S.) Shorter articles and discussion; computing 
 correlation in cases where symmetrical tables are commonly 
 ' used. Am. Naturalist, Lancaster, Pa., 1911, xlv, 123-128. 
 
 . Computation of the coefficient ot correlation. Ihid., 
 
 412.— Lister (J. J.) Biometry and biology; a reply to Prof. 
 Pearson. Nature, Lend., 1906-7, Ixxiv, S84.— Lutz (F. E.) 
 Biometry. J. Phllos., Psychol, [etc.], Lancaster, Pa., & 
 N, Y., 1905, ii, 12-16.— NIceforo (A.) Xamisuradella vita: 
 a proposito dei recenti metodi biometrici per lo studio dex 
 fatti biolosfici e social!. Riv. di antrop., Roma, 1912, xvii, 
 443-499. — Pearl (R.) A note on the degree of accuracy of 
 biometrio constants. Am. Naturalist, Lancaster, Pa., 1909, 
 
 xliil, 238. . Biometrics. Ibid.,19U, xlyili, 505-507.— 
 
 Pearl (R.) & McPheters (Lottie E.) A note on certain 
 biometrical computations. Ibid., 1911, xlv, 755-760. 
 
 Bion (Albert) . *!lfitude sur les hemies musculaires 
 
 vraiesdu jambierant^rieur. 53 pp. 8°. Paris, 
 
 1899, No. 287. 
 Bion (Edgard). *De I'emploi rationnel de 
 
 r^carteur Tamier. 46 pp. 8°. Paris, 1908, 
 
 No. 382. 
 Bion (Georges) [1883- ]. *Contribution k 
 
 r^tude de I'hormone p^ristaltique. 72 pp. 8°. 
 
 Paris, 1912, No. 425. 
 
 Bion (Walter) [1830-1909]. 
 
 Gedenkblatt (Ein) fur den Vater der Ferienkolonien. 
 Ztschr. f. Schulgsndhtspfl., Hamb., 1909, xxii, 778-798. 
 
 Biondi (Adolfo) [1846-1917]. Manuale di cUnica 
 medica propedeutica (semeiotica). xv, 608 pp., 
 1 1. 12°. Milano & Napoli, F. Vallardi, [18971. 
 
 . The same. 6. ed. xvi, 625 pp. 8° 
 
 Milano, F. Vallardi, 1903. 
 
 For Biography, see Folia med., Napoli, 1917, iii, 425-427 
 (L. Sagona). Also: Gazz. internaz. m med., Napoli, 1917, 
 XX, 162 (S.). 
 
 Biondi (D[omenico]) [ -1914]. Contribute 
 
 clinico e sperimentale alia chirurgia del pancreas. 
 
 33 pp. 8°. Cagliari, P. Valdis, 1897. 
 -. Cura della tuberculosi dell' apparato 
 
 spermafico. 56 pp., 1 tab. 8°. Roma, G. 
 
 Bertero & Co., 1909. 
 —. Ulteriori osservazioni clinico-sperimen- 
 
 tali intomo alia chirurgia ^stiica. 1 p. 1., 31 
 
 pp. 8°. Siena, S. Bernardino, 1913. 
 
 For Biography, see Clin, chir., Milano, 1914, xxii, No. 1 
 
 (A. Ceccherelfi). 
 
 Biophene. 
 
 Levi(L. E.) Biophene. Technol. Quart., Bost., 1890, iii, 
 162-166. ■» . , , , 
 
 Biophotogenesis. 
 
 See Photogenesis. 
 
 Bioplastin. 
 
 Serono (C.) Bioplastina-lecitina. 8°. Ge- 
 nova, 1906 
 
 Coeaie (N.) La bioplastina ad alte dosi nella modema 
 terapia. Rassegna di clin. e terap., Roma, 1915, xiv, 222- 
 
 Bioplastin. 
 
 233, — Gonzalez- Prats (A.) II lipoidefosforato "bioplastina 
 Serono" nellaclinica. Ibid., 1914, xu'l, 582-604.— JavlcoU (G.) 
 Sugli effetti della bioplastina ad alte dosi. Ibid., 1915, xiv, 
 215-221. — MazzonescU (G.) II tessuto sanguigno e le alte 
 dosi di bioplastina. Ibid., 237-248. — Narduccl (D.) Con- 
 tributo climco-pratico all' uso della "bioplastina Serono." 
 - Ibid., 1910, ix, 197-202.— Sicurianl (F.) La bioplastina 
 nella modema terapia. Riforma med., Palermo-Napoli, 
 1904, XX, 993-996.— Valvassorl-Peronl (0.) Fosforotera- 
 pia organica nella pratica infantile; bioplastina. Tribuna 
 med., Milano, 1905, xi, 65-71. 
 
 Biopsy. 
 
 See, also. Cancer (Diagnosis of) ; Diagnosis 
 (Surgical); Surgery (Diagnosis in); Tumors 
 (Diagnosis of) . 
 
 Mazza (S.) Algunos procedimientos prdcticos de biopsia. 
 Semana raii., Buenos Aires, 1917, xxiv, 567.— Nelsser (M.) 
 & Wechsberg (F.) TJeber eine neue einfache Methode zur 
 Beobachtung von Schadigungenlebender Zellen und Organis- 
 men (Bioskopie). Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1900, xlvii, 
 1261. 
 
 Bios. 
 
 See Yeast (Therapeutic use of). 
 Bios. Rivista di biologia sperimentale e generale. 
 V. 1-2, 1913-15. 8°. Genova. 
 
 Bioscope. 
 
 Guarlni (E.) The bioscope, an instrument for the 
 study of insect life. Scient. Am., N. Y., 1904, xci, 437. 
 
 Bioson. 
 
 AndronoS (L. V. ) [Nutritive medicinal value of bioson.) 
 Prakt. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1907, vi, 557-559.— BItUnel. Bei- 
 trage zu den ErJahrungen mlt Bioson. Das Bioson in der 
 Physiotherapie. Ztschr. f. Kraukenpfl., Berl., 1905, xxvli, 
 84-86. — Helm (M.) Kllnische Erfanrungen mit Bioson, 
 eine Eiweiss-Eisen-ljecithin-Verbindung. Berl. kliu. Wchn- 
 schr., 1904, xll, 592-597. .<lfeo. Reprint.— Marx (K.) Erfah- 
 rungen mit Bioson, einem Eiweiss-Eisen-Lecithin-Nahrpra- 
 
 parat. Deutschemed. Wchnschr., 1905, xxxi. 22-24. . . 
 
 Ueber die Bedeutung der Eiweiss-Eisen-Lecithlu-Komposi- 
 ■ tion Bioson, seine Herstellung und Anwendung. Therap. 
 Monatsh., Berl., 1906^ xx, 605-611.— Mennig (P-.) Elini- 
 sche Erfahrungeu mit Bioson bei Mastkuren. Deutsche 
 Aerzte-Ztg., Berl., 1905, 337-341.— Mttller (B.) Die kiinstli- 
 che Ernahrung mit Bioson nach schweren Operationeu und . 
 langem Krankenlager. AUg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1905, 
 
 Ixxiv, 393; 414. . Em neues diatetlsches Verfahren 
 
 und dessen Wert fiir die Chirurgie. [Ernahrtmgmit Bioson.] 
 Med. Bl., Wien & Leipz., 1906, xxix, 237; 253. 
 
 Biot (L.) [1877- ]. *De I'emploi du rouge 
 fcarlate (Scharlachrot) en th&apeutique ocu- 
 laire: 48 pp. 8°. Lyon, Maloine, 1910, No. 56. 
 
 Biot (R6n6) [1889- ]. *Recherche des anti- 
 gfenes et des anticorps dana le serum et I'urine 
 des tuberculeux, dosage de I'alexine; essai sur 
 la valeur cUnique de ces reactions. [Lyon.] 
 206 pp. 8°. Paris, 1914, No. 127. 
 
 Biotoxine. 
 
 See, also, 'U'rine (Toxicity, etc., of). 
 
 Onorato (R.) & Giuganino (L.) ulteriori ricerche 
 sperimentalisuUa biotossina. Pathologica. Genova, 1910-11, 
 ill, 167-171.— Zuco (F. M.) & Giuganino (L.) Azione della 
 biotossina sul sangue. Boll. d. r. Accad. med. di Genova, 
 1908, xxiii, 218-221: 1909, xxiv, 188-214, 2 pi. Also: Patho- 
 logica, Genova, 1908-9, i, 600; 656. Also, transl.: Arch. ital. 
 de biol., Turin, 1910-11, liv, 294.— Zuco (F. M.) & Onorato 
 (R.) Sulla biotossina. Arch, di flsiol., Firenze, 1904-5, ii, 
 389-512. 
 
 Biotripsis. 
 
 See, also, Age (OM) ; Skin in old age. 
 Cheatle (G. L.) Biotripsis, or life-wear; trophic changes 
 in old age. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1909, i, 1411, 1 pi. 
 
 Biousse _ (Jules-Edmond) [1870- ]. *Les 
 
 palpitations chez le jeune soldat. 42 pp., 1 1. 
 8°. Paris, 1898, No. 285. 
 
 Biozyme. 
 
 ArnheimCF.) ErfahruugenmitdemDauerhefepraparat 
 Biozyme. Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl., 1916, Ivli, 2. Also, 
 Reprint.— SchOnwltz ( W.) Ueber die Erfolge des Biozyme- 
 Bolus in der gynakologischen Praxis. Therap. d. Gegenw. 
 Berl., 1914, Iv, 481. ^teo,Reprmt.— SeegersCK.) Biozyme, 
 ein neues Dauerhefepraparat. Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl 
 1912, liii, 539-542.— Stephan (A.) Ueber ein neues Dauer- 
 hefepraparat, Biozyme. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1913, xxvii. 
 356-358. > . . , 
 
BIPALIIDiE. 
 
 554 
 
 BIRD. 
 
 Bipaliidse. 
 
 Mliller (J.) Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Bipalilden. 
 Ztschr. f. wisseusch. Zool., Leipz., 1907, Ixvi, 416-445, 2 pi. 
 
 Biphenyl compounds. 
 
 See Dipbenyl compounds. 
 
 Bippart (Gustav [Hermann Theodor]) [1878- ]. 
 *Ein Beitrag zur Kasuistik der -Bindeliaut- 
 deckung bei Horohautverletzungen und Ge- 
 schwiiren. 32 pp., 1 1. 8°. Leipzig, B. Georgi, 
 1906. 
 
 Bippus (Adolf) [1885- ]. *Ein"Beitrag zur 
 sogenannten OsteopsatliyroBis idiopathica. 1 
 p. 1., 28 pp., 1 1. 8°. Tubingen, F. Pietzcher, 
 1912. 
 
 Biquard (R.). 
 
 See Masslot (G.) & Biquard (E.) Manuel pratique, etc. 
 12°. Pom, 1917. 
 
 Birat (Aiidr6) [1888- ]. *Des phlegmons de la 
 region pubienne au cours de la puerperalit^. 
 [Lyon.] 48 pp. 8°. Valence, 1910, No. 44. 
 
 Birch (de Bur^). A class book of (elementary) 
 practical physiology, including histology, chemi- 
 cal and experimental physiology, x (1 1.), 273 
 pp. 16°. Philadelphia, P. Blahiston's Son <Ss 
 Co., 1899. 
 
 Birch (Edward Alfred) [1840-1912]. The manage- 
 ment and medical treatment of children in 
 India. 3. ed. xv, 476 pp". 12°. Calcutta, 
 Thacker, Spink & Co., 1895. 
 
 . The same. 5. ed., by C. R. M. Green and 
 
 V. B. Green-Armytage. " ix, 477 pp. 8°. Calr 
 cutta, Thacker, Spink & Co., 1913. 
 
 For Biography, see Brit. M. J., Lond., 1912, ii, 1693. Alao: 
 Lancet, lA>nd., 1912, ii, 1687. 
 
 Birch (Joh. Karl Georg) [1877- ]. *Ueber 
 Eesectio ovarii. 50 pp., 11. 8°. Greifswald, J. 
 Abel, 1907. 
 
 Birch (John) [1745-1815]. , ...... o. 
 
 Sec Adams (George). An essay on electricity [etc.]. 8 . 
 London, 1799. 
 
 Birch (Rolert) [1850-1908]. 
 
 ■ Obituary. Lancet, Lond., 1908, i, 531. 
 Bircher (Eugen). *Die chronische Bauchfell- 
 
 tiiberkulose. Ihre Behandlung nyt Rontgen- 
 
 Strahlen. [Basel.] 188 pp. 8°. Aarau, G. 
 
 Keller, 1907. 
 . The same. 188 pp., 1 1. 8°. Aarau, 
 
 H. R. Sauerlander & Co., [1907]. 
 
 Zur Pathogenese der kretinischen De- 
 
 generation, pp. 149-180. 8°. Berlin & Wien, 
 Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1908. 
 Forms 6. Hit., v. 4, of: Beihelte z. Med. E3in., Berl. 
 
 Die Bedeutung der Schusswunden In 
 
 kriegschirurgischer und taktischer Beziehung. 
 57 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Frauenfeld, Euber & Co. J908. 
 
 . Die Entwicklung und der Bau des Kreti- 
 
 nenskeletta im Eontgenogramme. 2 p. 1., 156 
 pp., 12 pi. roy. 8°. Hamburg, L. Grafe ds Sil- 
 
 lem 1909. 
 Forms Ergnzngsbd. 21 of: Fortsohr. a. d. Geb. i BBnt- 
 
 genstrablen, Hamb. 
 Bircher (Heinrich) [1850- ]. Der endemische 
 
 Kropf und seine Beziehungen zur Taubstumm- 
 
 heit und zum Oretinismus. vii, 182 pp., 1 1., 3 
 
 maps. 8°. Basel, B. Schwahe, 1883. A. L. A. 
 . Gynsekologische Mittheilungen: I. Die 
 
 Castration des Weibes; II. Ovarialtumoren. 49 
 
 pp. 8°. Aarau, G. Keller, ISSS. 
 
 -. Neue Untersuchungen iiber die Wirkung 
 
 der Handfeuerwaften. 1 p. 1., Ill pp., 1 pi. 8°. 
 Aarau, H. R. Sauerldrhder & Co., 1896. 
 
 Neue Untersuchungen iiber die Wir- 
 
 kung der Handfeuerwaften. Atlas. 40 pi. fol. 
 Aarau, H. R. Sauerlander & Co., 1897. 
 
 Bircher (Heinrich)— continued. 
 
 Die Wirkung der ArtillenegeschoBse. 89 
 
 pp. ' 8° [Atlas, 32 pi., fol.] Aarau, H. R. 
 
 Sauerlander & Co., 1899. „ , . ^, 
 The same. Les eftets des projectiles 
 
 d'arthlerie. Traduit par A. Labhardt iv, 75 
 
 pp 8°. [With Atlas, 32 pL, fol.] Aarau, H. 
 
 R. Sauerlander & Cie., 1900.. 
 5ec,oteo,FestschrlItHemnoliBircher[eto.). 8. TvMrir 
 
 gen, 1914. 
 
 Bircher-Benner (M.) Eurze Grundzuge der 
 Emahrungs-Therapie auf Gnind der Energie- 
 Spannung der Nahrung. iv, 60 pp. 8° Berlin, 
 
 0. SaJJe, 1903. „,, • . 
 
 . Grundziige der Emahrungs-Therapie aut 
 
 Gruiid der Energie-Spannung der Nahrung. 2. 
 umgearbeitete Aufl. xi, 223 pp. 8° Berlin, 0. 
 Salle, 1906. . ^ ^^ ^ 
 
 . Leistungsfahigkeit und Nahrung. 29 pp. 
 
 12°. Zurich, A. MiUler, 1907. 
 
 Birch-Hirschfeld (FeUx Victor) [1842-1899]. 
 *Ueber einen Fall von Himdefect in Folge 
 eines Hydrops septi lucidi. 28 pp., 1 pi., 1 1. 
 8°. Leipzig, 0. Wigand, 1867. 
 
 . Lelirbuch der pathologischen Anatomie. 
 
 Erster Band. Allgemeine pathologische Anato- 
 mie, mitveterinar-pathologiBchenBeitragenvon ■ 
 Albert Johne, und einem Anhang: Die patho- 
 logisch-histologischen Untersuchungsmethoden, 
 von Georg Schmorl. Erste Halfte. 5. Aufl.. 
 xvi, 304 pp. 8°. Leipzig, F. C. W. Vogel, 1896. 
 For Biography, see Beitr. z. patb. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., 
 Jena, 1900, xxvii, pp. iii-xlii (Kookel). Also: Berl. klin. 
 Wchnscbr., 1899, xxxvl, 1135 (Seiflert). Also: Centralbl. f. 
 allg Patb. u. path. Anat., Jena, 1899, x, 985-990 (G. S.). 
 Also: Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & l«ipz., 1899, xxv, 
 803 (E. R.). Also: Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1900, xlvii, 
 63-55, portr. .4 !so.- Wien. Hiii.Wohnschr..l899,xil,1235(R.). 
 
 Birch-Hirschfeld (Gustav Viktor Arthur) [1871-;- 
 i). *Zur Beurteilung des Bakterium coli 
 commune (Escherich) als Krankheitserreger 
 und iiber sein postmortales Eindringen in die 
 Gewebe. 54 pp. 8° Leipzig, A. Edelmann, 
 1896. 
 
 Blrclienstaedt (August) [1876- ]. *Ueber 
 Athetose. 36 pp., 1 1. 8°. Leipzig, B. Georgi, 
 1906. 
 
 Birclcner (Victor). On the oxydabons and cleav- 
 ages of glucose; yeast glucose, a new glucolytic 
 ferment, pp. 115-183, 4°. Berkeley, 1912. 
 Univ. Calil. pub. Physiol., Berkeley, 1912, iv. 
 
 Bird (George) [1817-1900]. 
 
 OWtuary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1900, i, 1266. Also: Lancet, 
 Lond., 1900, i, 1619. 
 
 Bird (Golding) [1814-54]. Urinary deposits; their 
 diagnosis, pathology and therapeutical indica- 
 tions. 2. Am. ed. from 3. London ed. viii, 337 
 pp. 12°. Philadelphia, Blanchard & Lea, 1851. 
 
 Bird {James Brown) [1869-1916]. 
 
 Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1916, 1, 706. 
 
 Bird {Joseph) [1844-1906]. 
 
 Obituary. 'Brit. M. J., Lond., 1906, i, 1196. 
 
 Bird (Peter Hinckes) [1827-91]. 
 
 See Boucbut (J .-Eugene). Practical treatise letc.]. 8°. 
 London, 1855. 
 
 Bird (Robert M.) The difficulties of medical 
 science; an inaugural lecture, introductory to a 
 course of lectures, in the Pennsylvania Medical 
 College. 24 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, 1841. 
 
 . Valedictory address delivered before 
 
 the graduates of Pennsylvania Medical College. 
 12 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, J. & W. Kite, 1842. 
 
 Bird {Samuel Dougan) [1833-1904]. 
 
 Obituary. Australas. "M. Gaz., Sydney, 1904, xxUi, 310. 
 Also: Interoolon. M. J. Australas., Melbourne, 1904, ix, 263. 
 Also: Lancet, Lond., 1904, ii, 260. 
 
BIRD. 
 
 555 
 
 BIRDS. 
 
 Bird (JJrlan 8. ) [1867-1919]. 
 
 Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1919, Ixxii, 363. 
 
 Bird {William) [1832-1902]. 
 
 Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1902, ii, 1190. Also: West 
 Lond. M. J., Lond., 1902, vii, 339-342, port. 
 
 Bird (William Edmund FranTcish) [1868- 
 1915]. 
 
 Obituary. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1915, n. s., xcix, 
 147. 
 
 Birds. 
 
 See, also, under names of the various species. 
 
 Baird (S. F.), Brewer (T. M.) & Ridgway 
 (R.) A history of North American birds. Land 
 birds. 3 v. roy. 8°. Boston, 1875. 
 
 ■ — — . The water birds of 
 
 North America. 2 v. roy. 8°. Boston, 1884. 
 
 Batchbldee (C. F.) Notes on the summer 
 birds of the upper St. John. 8° [n. p.], 1882. 
 
 EiMER (T.) & FiCKBRT (C.) Die Artbildung 
 und Verwandtschaft bei den Schwimmvogeln 
 nach deren Zeichnung dargestellt. 4°. Halle, 
 1899. 
 
 Cutting from: Nova acta; Abh. d. k. Leop.-Carol. deut- 
 schen Akad. d. Naturt, Ixxiv, 1899. 
 
 Geinnell (J.) Birds of the Pacific slope of 
 Los Angeles County. 8°. Pasadena, 1898. 
 
 Laubmann (A.) Wissenschaftliche Ergebnisse 
 der Raise von G. Merzbacher im zentralen und 
 ostlichen Thian-Schan 1907-8. I. Vogel. 4° 
 Miinchen, 1913. 
 
 Forms Abhandl. 3, v. 26, of: Abhandl. d. k. bayer. Akad. 
 d. Wissensch. Matb.-phys. Kl. 
 
 McGregor (R. C.) I. Birds from the islands 
 of Romblon, Sibuyan, and Cresta de Gallo. II. 
 Further notes on birds from Ticas, Cuyo, Culion, 
 Calayan, Lubang, and Luzon. 8° Manila, 1905. 
 
 Minnesota. The Geological and Natural 
 History Survey of Minnesota. First report of the 
 State zoologist, accompanied with notes on the 
 bhds of Minnesota. By P. L. Hatch. H. F. 
 Nachtrieb, State zoologist. June, 1892. 8° 
 Minneapolis, 1892. 
 
 Mullens (W. H.) & Swann (H. K.) A bibli- 
 ography of British ornithology from the earliest 
 times to the end of 1912. 8°. London, 1917. 
 
 Neumann (K.) Aus Liebe, Ehe und Ehele- 
 ben der Vogelwelt. 8°. Hamburg, 1893. 
 
 Newton (A.) A dictionary of birds; assisted 
 by Hans Gadow, with contributions from Rich- 
 ard Lydekker, Charles S. Roy and Robert W. 
 Shufeldt. 8°. London, 1893-6. 
 
 RiDGWAT (R.) Directions for collecting birds. 
 8°. Washington, 1&91. 
 
 Bulletin United States National Museum, No. 39, Pt. A. 
 
 . The birds of North and Middle 
 
 America. 8°. Washington, 1916. 
 
 Shufeldt (R. W.) Classification of the Ma- 
 crochires. 8°. [n. p.], 1877. 
 
 Repr.from: Auk, [n. p.], 1877, iv. No. 1. 
 
 . The extermination of America's bird 
 
 fauna. 8°. Christiania, 1914. 
 £epr.from: Nyt Mag. 1. Naturv., 1914, lii. 
 
 . Eggs of North American water birds. 
 
 8°. Cincinnati, 1915. 
 
 Cutting from: Blue Bird, Cincin., 1915, vii, 147-149, 1 pi. 
 
 . The bird-caves of the Bermudas and 
 
 their former inhabitants. 8°. [n. p.], 1916. 
 Re-pr.from: Ibis, 1916. 
 
 Zmmermann (R.) Vom Nutzen und Schaden 
 unserer Vogel. 8°. Leipzig, [19101. 
 
 Aggazz6ttr( A.) Influenza della razza suHa resistenza dei 
 colombi alle depressioni barometricbe. Arcb. ital. de biol., 
 Turin, 1901-2, xxxvi, 148.— Alvardo (E.) Una especie 
 
 Birds. 
 
 nueva de cardenal. Bol. de la Direc. de estud. biol., Mexico, 
 1915-16, i, 284, 1 pi.— Angellul (G.) Qualche osservazione 
 sopradueuccellineotropicali: Apll^asturafulvan.sp.?(Den- 
 drocolaptidae e Creciscus melanophEeus (Vieill.) (Eallidae). 
 Boll. d. Soc. zool. ital., Eoma, 1906, 2. s., vii, 96-99.— Buck- 
 ner (G. D.), NoUau (E. H.) [et al.]. Effect of certain grain 
 rations on the growth of the white Leghorn chick. J. Agric. 
 Research, Wash., 1919, xvi, 305-312, 1 pi.— Chlgi (F.) Con- 
 tributo alio studio dell' avifauna romana. Boll. d. Soc. 
 zool. ital., Roma, 1904, 2. s., v, 223-226.— Cole (L. J.) & 
 IJppincott (W. A.) The relation of plumage to ovarian 
 condition in a barred Plymouth Rock pullet. Biol. Bull., 
 Woods Hole, Mass., 1919, xxxvi, 167-182, 1 pL— Fisher (A. 
 K.) Two vanishing game birds: the woodcock and the wood- 
 duck, yearbook U. S. Dep. Agric, Wash., 1901, 447^58, 
 2 pi. Aho, Reprint.— Fulftert-Dumonteil. L'hygifene 
 et les oiseaux. J. d'hyg.. Par., 1898, xxiii, 277; 325.— Giglio- 
 Tos (E . ) Elenco delle nuove forme o sottospeeie italiane di 
 ucceIlidescrittoflnoal31dicembrel915. Boll. d.mus.di zool. 
 [eto.l, Torino, 1918, xxxlii. No. 727, 1-8.— Herrlck (F. H.) 
 Instmct and mteihgence in birds. Pop. So. Month., N. Y,, 
 1910, Ixxvi, 532-556: Ixxvii, 82; 122. . Nests and nest- 
 building in birds. J. Animal Behavior, Albany, 1911, i, 159; 
 244. — Hess (C.) Die Akkommodatiou bei Tauchervogeln. 
 Arch. f. vergleich. Ophthalmol., Leipz., 1909-10, i, 153-164.— 
 Huxley (T. H.) On the classincatiou of birds; and on the 
 taxonomio value of the modiflcations of certain of the cranial 
 bones observable in that class. In Ms: Sclent. Mem., 8°, 
 Lond., 1901, iii, 238-297.— Kaupp (B. F.) Mineral content 
 of Southern poultry feeds and mineral requirements of grow- 
 ing fowls, i. Agric. Research, Wash., 1918, xiv, 126-134, 1 
 pi. — ^Kuhlmann (F.) Some preliminary observations on 
 the development of mstincts and habits in young birds. 
 Psychol. Rev., Bait., 1909, Monog.SuppL.xi, 49-80, 4 pi.— 
 Langley (J. N.) On the ruffling of feathers in the bird. 
 Proc. Physiol. Soc. Lond^ 1902, p. xiv.— McGregor (R. C.) 
 Notes on four birds from Luzon and on a species of doubtful 
 occurrence in the Philippines. Philippine J. Sc, Manila, 
 
 1906, i, 765, 1 pi. . Notes on bu-ds from Apo Island. 
 
 ihid., 767, 1 pit . Notes on a collection of birds from 
 
 Banton. Ibid., 768-770, 2 pi. . Notes on a collection of 
 
 birds from the island of Tablas. Ibid., 771-777, 2 pi.— Mal- 
 lock (A.) Notes on the iridescent colours of birds and 
 insects. Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., 1911-12, s. A, Ixxxv, 698- 
 605, 1 pi. — ^Maxwell (H.) The value of insectivorous birds. 
 Nature, Lond., 1918, ci, 464. . The supposed fascina- 
 tion of birds. /Wd., 1919-20, ciii, 4.— Meams (E. A.) De- 
 scriptions of three new birds from the southern United States. 
 Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Wash., 1902, xxiv, 915-926.- Mene- 
 gaux (A.) Le nid du foumier. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. 
 Par., 1909, Lxvi, 141-143.— Nichols (J. T.) An aspect of the 
 relation between abundance, migration and range in birds. 
 Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1918, n. s., xlviii, 168- 
 170. — Oberhoiscr (H. C.) A monograph of the genus Den- 
 drodncla Gray. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Phila., 1903-4, Ivi, 
 447-463.— Osborne (T. B.) & Mendei (LB.) The growth 
 of chickens in conlmement. J. Biol. Chem., N. Y., 1918, 
 xxxlii, 433-438, 3 pi.— Pycraft (W. P.) The signifloance of 
 the condition of young birds at bnth. Pop. So. Month., N. Y., 
 1902-3, Ixii, 108-116.— Raspaii (X.) Le coucou devant I'en- 
 quete administrative de 1885-6. Rev. sclent., Par., 1902, 
 4. s., xviii, 142-146. — Ricci (E.) Noterelle d'avifeuna per la 
 Provincia di Macerata. Boll. d. Soc. zool. ital., Roma, 1908, 
 2. s., ix, 401-409.— Richmond (C. W.) Description of a new 
 bird of the genus Dendromis. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Wash., 
 
 1900, xxii, 317. - 
 
 . Descriptions of three new birds from 
 
 lower Siam. Ibid., 319-321. -ROrig (G.) Untersuchungen 
 iiber die Nahrung unserer heimischen Vogel, mit besonderer 
 Beriicksichtigung der Tag- und Nachtraiib vogel. Arb. a. d. 
 biol. Abth. f. Land- u. Forstwirthsch. am k. Gsndhtsamte, 
 Beri., 1903, iv, 61-120.— Salvadorl (T.) & Festa (E.) Alctmi 
 uccelli della Cjirenaica, colla descrizione di una nuova specie 
 del genere Caccabis. Boll. d. Mus. di zool. [etc.], Torino, 
 1916,xxxi, 1.— Schuster(W.) DieFeststellungderZugperi- 
 oden des sibirlschen Tannenhahers und Simroths Pendula- 
 tionstheorie. Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1908-9, xxxlii, 833-836.— 
 Schwartz (M.) Der Knocheninhalt eines Waldohreulen- 
 
 fewolbes. Arb. a.d.k.biol. Anst. f. Land-u. Forstwirtsch., 
 lerl., 1906-7, v, 279-281, 1 pi.— Shiileldt (R. W.) On the 
 classification of certain groups of birds (supersuborders: 
 Archomithiformes; Dromseognathse; Odontoholcse). Am. 
 Naturalist, Best., 1903, xxxvii, 33-64. . An arrange- 
 ment of the famines and the higher groups of birds. Ibid., 
 1904, xxxviii, 833-857. Also, Reprint.— Stephens (T. C.) 
 The feeding of nestling birds. J. Animal Behavior, Cam- 
 bridge, 1917, vU, 191-206.— Sterzl (A. I.) I gruppimidollari 
 periferici degll uccelli. Compt. rend, de I'Ass. d. anat., 
 Nancy, 1905, vii, 134.— Stewart (W.) Birds in myth and 
 folklore. Caledon. M. J., Glasg., 1909-10, viii, 27-36.— Stone 
 (W.) Methods ofrecordlngandutilizing bird-migration data. 
 Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc, Phila., 1908, Ix, 128-156.— Thayer 
 (J. E.) & Bangs (O.) Description ofnewbirds from central 
 China. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harv., Cambridge, 1909, 
 lii, 136-141. 
 
BIRDS. 
 
 556 
 
 BIRDS 
 
 Birds (Anatomy, embryology and physi- 
 ology of). 
 
 Cazin (M.) *Recherches anatomiques, histo- 
 logiques et embryologiques sur I'appareil gastri- 
 que des oiseaux. 8°. Paris, 1888. 
 
 Engert (H. R.) *Die Entwicklung der ven- 
 tralen Rumpfmiiskiilatiir bei Vogeln. [Heidel- 
 berg.] 8°. Leipzig, 1900.. 
 
 Also, in: Morphol. Jahrb., Leipz., 1900, xxix, 2. Hft. 
 
 Hacker (V.) Der Gesang der Vogel, seine 
 anatomischen and biologisehen Grundlagen. 8°. 
 Jeria, 1900. 
 
 KiHLBAUM (C. JL.]) *De avium tractus ali- 
 mentarii anatomia et histologia nonnuUa. 
 [Berlin.] 8°. Gedani, [1854]. 
 
 LoER (F.) *Vergleichend phyeiologische 
 Untersuchvmgen fiber die normale Rektaltempe- 
 ratur, Atem- und Pulsfrequenz der Vogel unter 
 besonderer Beriicksichtigung unseres Hausgeflu- 
 gels. [Bern.] 8° Berlin, 1909. 
 
 Macqillivrat (W.) Observations on tbe 
 digestive organs of birds. 8°. [n. p.], 1837. 
 
 CuUingfTom: Zool. & Bot. Mag., 1837, 125-136, 2 pi. 
 
 New York State Education Department. 
 New Yorh State Museum. Bulletin No. 130. 
 Osteology of birds. By R. W. Sbufeldt. 8°. 
 Albany, 1909. 
 
 PoMATER (C.) *KIoake und Phallus der 
 Vogel. 8°. Leipzig, 1902. 
 
 AUo, in: Morphol. Janrb., Leipz., 1902, xxx, 4. Hft. 
 
 Schwarzkopf (E.) *Zur' Ptysiologie der 
 Vogelmuskeln. [Bem.]8°. Wien, [1907]. 
 
 Shufeldt (R. W.) Where the skeletons of 
 American birds may be studied. 8°. [n. p.], 
 1909. 
 
 Cutting from: Auk, [n. p.], 1909, xxvi. 
 
 Wool? (C. A.) The fundus oculi of birds es- 
 pecially as viewed by the ophthalmoscope. A 
 study in comparative anatomy and physiology, 
 fol Chicago, 1917. 
 
 Arcangeli (A.) Eicerclie istologiche sopra il gozzo del 
 Colombo all' epoca del cosidetto allattamento. Monitore 
 zool. ital., Firenze, 1904, xv, 218-232.— Berg:inanii (C.) 
 Physiologisclie Bemerkungen aber einige bekannte Eigen- 
 thiunlichkeiten des Baues der Vogel. Arch. t. Anat., 
 Physiol, u. wissensch. Med., Berl., 1850, 365-381.— Bertelll 
 (D.) Sullo sviluppo del aiaframma dorsale nel polio. 
 Monitore zool. ital., Krenze, 1898, ix, 27.— Blanchard (E.) 
 Des modifications dans la conformation du coeur chez les 
 oiseaux. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par., 1860, li, 712-715.— 
 Boas (J. E. V.) Ueber die Mittelkralle der Vogel. Mor- 
 phol. Jahrb., Leipz., 1898, xxvi, 74-80, 1 pi.— Broulia (M.) 
 Sur les premifcres phases du dSveloppement du foie et sur 
 revolution des pancreas ventraux chez les oiseaux. Anat. 
 Anz., Jena, 1898, xiv,234-242.— Budge ( J.) Einige Bemerkun- 
 gen Tiber den Ductus vitelliintestiQalis bei Vogeln. Arch. f. 
 Anat., Physiol, u. wissensch. Med., Berl., 1847, 14-16, 1 pi. — 
 Bujard (E.) Sur les villositfe intestinales; quelqucs types 
 chez les oiseaux. Compt. rend, de I'Ass. d. anat.. Par., 1906, 
 viii, 128-132.— Burl (R. O.) Zur Anatomie des Flilgels von 
 Micropus melba imd einigen anderen Coracomithes, zugleich 
 Beitrag zur Kenntnis der systematischen Stellung der 
 Cypselidse. Jenaische Ztschr. f. Naturw., Jena, 1900, n. F., 
 xxvi, 36M10, 6 pi. — Chapman f F. M.) A contribution to 
 the life-histories of the booby (Sulaleucogastra) andman-o'- 
 war-bird (Fregata aquila). Papers Tortugas Lab. Carnegie 
 Inst., Wash.. 1908, u, 139-151, 6pl.— Cleland (J. B.) Ex- 
 amination of contents of stomachs and crops of Australian 
 birds. Eep. Gov. Bur. Microbiol., Sydney, 1912, ii, 192- 
 208.— ConslgUo(M.) Sul decorsodelleflbrelrido-oostrittrici 
 negli uccelli. Arch, di farm, e terap., Palermo, 1900, viii, 
 239-275.— Cutore (G.) Anomalia del canalomidoUare dl un 
 embrione di polio di 48 ore. Biforma med. , Napoli, 1898, xiv, 
 pt. 3, 458-460.— Dexter (F.) The development of the para- 
 physis in the common Jowl. Am. J. Anat., Bait., 1902, ii, 
 13-24.— Dubois (R.) A propos d'une note de M. Frangois- 
 Franck sur la discussion de la th^orie classique du fonotionne- 
 ment des sacs alliens des oiseaux (pigeons). Compt. rend. 
 Soc. de biol.. Par., 1906, Ixi, 591.— de Ffinis (F.) Contribu- 
 tion i, retude des cris et da chant des oiseaux dans ses rap- 
 ports aveo la musique. Bull, de I'lnst. g&i. psyohol.. Par., 
 1917, xvii, 87-130.— Fransols-Franck. Espouse h, la note 
 de M. Raphael Dubois au sujet du fonctionnement des sacs 
 afiiens des oiseaux. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1906, 
 bd, 609. — Guerrl (;V.) Ricerche sui rapporti fra la tasca di 
 Eatke e la tasca di Seessel negli uccclM. Ann. d. fac. di med. 
 e mem. d. Accad. med.-chir. di Perugia, 1900, xii, 10-22. — 
 
 Birds (Anatomy, embryology and physi- 
 ology of). 
 
 Herissant. Observations anatomiques sur les monvements 
 du bee des oiseaux. Hist. Acad. roy. d. sc. 1748, Par., 1752, 
 345-386, 9 pi— Hess (C.) Some observations on the color 
 sense and visual adaptation of birds. Ophth. Bee, Chi- 
 . ._. — Untersuohungen fiber das 
 
 queue chez les" oiseaux. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par , 
 1912, cliv, 39-41— Hoyer (HO Ueber die Eifollikel der 
 Vogel, namentUch der Tauben und Hiihner. Arch. f. Anat., 
 Physiol, u. wissensch. Med., Berl.. 1857, 52-60.— Hussey 
 (R. F.) A study of the reactions of certain birds to sound 
 stimuli. J. Animal Behavior, Cambridge^ 1917, vii, 207-219.— 
 JacobI (X.) Die Aufnahme von Stemen durch Vogel. 
 Arb. a. d. biol. Abth. f. Land- u. Forstwirthsch. am k. 
 Gsndhtsamte, Berl., 1900, i, 223-254.— Jolinson (C. E.) 
 The origin of the ultimobrancnial body audits relation to the 
 fifth pouch In birds. J. Morphol., Phila., 1918, xxxi, 583- 
 597.— JuUlct (A.) Observations comparatives sur les rap- 
 portsdupoumonet des sacsa^rienschezles oiseaux. Compt. 
 rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1911, clii, 1330-1332.— Kelbel (P.) 
 Wie zerbricht der ausschliipfende Vogel die Eischale? 
 Anat. Anz., Jena, 1912, xli, 381— Klatt(B.) Zur Anatomie 
 der Haubenhiihner. Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1910, xxxvi, 282- 
 288.— Kolster (R.) Ueber HohlenbiJdungen im Eiicken- 
 marke von Embryonen von Sterna hierundo und Lams 
 canus. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1898-9, xv, 342-345.— Laplcque 
 (L.) & Laptcque (M.) Consommations alimentaires 
 d'oiseaux de grandeurs diverses en fonction de la tempera- 
 ture ext&ieure. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1909,Ixvi, 
 
 289-292. . Consommations alimentaires des 
 
 petits oiseaux aux temperatures eiev^es. Ibid., Ixvii, 337- 
 339.— Lef*vre (J.) Lois gen&ales de la refrigeration par 
 I'eau chez les oiseaux. Arch, de physiol. norm, et path.. 
 Par., 1897, 5. s., Ix, 802-809.- Loisel (G.) ifelaborations 
 graisseusesperiodiques dans le testicule des oiseaux. Compt. 
 rend, de I'Ass. d. anat., Nancy, 1903, v, 222-227.— I/Oyez 
 (Mte. Marie). L'epitheiium fmliculaire et la vesicule ger- 
 minativederoeuf des oiseaux. Ibid., 81-85. — ^LucasfF. A.) 
 The tongues of birds. Rep. Smithson. Inst. 1895, Wash., 
 1897, U. S. Nat. Mus., 1001-1020, 2 pi.— Lunghettl (B.) 
 Contributo alia conosccnza della configurazione, struttura e 
 sviluppo della glandula uropigetica di diverse specie di 
 uccelli. Arch. Ital. dl anat. e dl embrlol., Firenze, 1903, ii, 
 65-79. — ^Magnan (A.) Les caracteristlques des oiseaux 
 marins. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1914, clviil, 805- 
 807.— Meckel (J. F.) Beitrag zur Geschichtedes Gefasssys- 
 tems der Viigel. Arch. f. Aiiat. u. Physiol., Leipz., 1826, 
 157-159.— Nussbaum (E.) Zur Entwicklung des Urogeni- 
 talsystems beim Huhn. Compt. rend, de I'Ass. d. anat., 
 Nancy, 1903, v, 69-71.— Parker (T. J.) Note on the devel- 
 opment of Apteryx. Proc. Eoy. Soc. Lond., 1887-8, xliii, 
 482-487. — Fezard (A.) Sur la determination des caractferes 
 sexuels secondaires chez les gallinaces. Compt. rend. Acad, 
 d. sc. Par., 1911, cliii, 1027-1029.— BetUl (l.) Untersu- 
 ohungen uber die Stimme der Vogel. Sitiungsb. d. k. Akad. 
 d. Wissensch. Math.-naturw. Kl., Wien, 1908, exvii, 93- 
 109.— EOrle (G.) Magenuntersuchungeu helmiseher Eaub- 
 v6gel. Arb. a. a. k. biol. Anst. t. Land- u. Forstwirtsch., 
 Berl., 1906-7, v, 237-265. — Seires. Des corps glucogenlques 
 dans la membrane ombilicale des oiseaux. Compt. rend. 
 Acad. d. sc, Par., 1859, xlviii, 86-88.- Sbuleldt (R. W.) 
 Osteology of Lanius ludovidanus excubitorldes. Bull. 
 U. S. Geol. & (Jeog. Survey, Wash., 1881-2, vi, 351-359, 1 pi. 
 
 . On the comparative osteology of the passerine bird 
 
 Arachnothera magna. Proo. Zool. Soc, Lond., 1909, 527- 
 
 549. . The skeleton in the kea parrot of New Zealand 
 
 (Nestor notabilis). Anat. Record, Phlla., 1918, xiv, 60.— 
 Sonles (F.) Ueber die Entwickelung des Chondrooraniums 
 und der knorpeligcn Wirbelsaule bei den Vogeln. Petrus 
 Camper. Nedorl. biidr. t. de anat., Haarlem & Jena, 1906-7, 
 iv, 395-486, 4 pi. — Staurengbi (C.) Nuove ricerche sulle 
 ossa interparietal! degll uccelli. Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir. di 
 Pavia, 1900, 103-110, 1 pi.— Swenander (G.) Beitrage zur 
 Kenntnis des Kropfes der Vogel. Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1899, 
 xxil, 140-142.— Vlcq-d'Azyr. Memoires pour servir k 
 I'anatomie des oiseaux. Hist. Acad. roy. d. so. 1772, Par., 
 
 1776, 617: 1773, Par., 1777, 566: 1774, Par., 1778, 489. . 
 
 De la structure de I'organe de I'oul'e des oiseaux compare 
 aveo celui de I'horame, des quadrupMes, des reptiles et des 
 poissons. Ibid., 1778, Par., 1781, 381-392, 2 pi.— Vlctorow 
 (0.) Die kiihlende Wirkung der Luftsacke bei Vogeln. 
 Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1909, cxxvi, 300-322.— Weber 
 (A.) Observations d'embryons d'oiseaux anamniotes et 
 normalement oonformes, CTompt. rend. Soo. de biol.. Par., 
 1902, U.s.,lv, 1117. 
 
 Birds (Diseases of). 
 
 See, also, Bactenum pullorum; Birds (Par- 
 asites oj); Chicken-cholera; Tuberculosis 
 (Avian) . 
 
 Depperich (C.) *BBitrage zur Kenntnis der 
 neuen Huhneraeuche (Hminerpest Ostertag). 
 [Giessen.] 8°. Berlin, 1907. 
 
 Also, in: Fortschr. d. Vet.-Hyg., Berl., 1906-7, iv, 217; 
 244. 
 
BIRDS. 
 
 557 
 
 BIRDS. 
 
 Birds {Diseases of). ' 
 
 Eaton (E. H.) An epidemic of roup in the 
 Canandaigua crow roost. 8° Cambridge, Mass., 
 1903. 
 
 Cutting from: Auk, Cambridge, 1903, xx, 57-59, 1 pi. 
 
 Eloire (A.) Comment on defend sa basse- 
 cour; la lutte coiitre les maladies des volailles et 
 desoiseaux. 12°. Pans, [1900]. 
 
 Haiduk (T.) *Die Fussraude des Geflugels. 
 8°. Giessen, 1909. 
 
 Kleb (R.) Die hauptsachlichsten Gefliigel- 
 Krankheiten. 3. Aufl. 12°. Leipzig, 1905. 
 
 Klein (E.) The etiology and pathology of 
 
 f rouse disease, fowl enteritis, and some other 
 iseases affecting birds. 8°. London, 1892. 
 _ Mbgnin (^P . ) filevage, hygiene et maladies du 
 gibier h poils et du gibier S, plumes — ^lifevres et 
 lapins, faisans et perdrix. 8°. Vincennes, 1893. 
 Meinekt (F.) Kurze Anleitung zu,t bio- 
 chemischen Behandlung der Geniigelkrank- 
 heiten. 12°. Bunde i. W., 1909. 
 
 Aggazzottl (A.)_ ComTnent se forment les h^morragies 
 dans les os des oiseaux par suite de fortes rarflactions. 
 
 LTransl. from: Gior. d. r. Acoad. di med. di Tombo, 1903, 
 cvi.] Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1903, xxxlx, S5-332.— 
 Andrlewsky(P.) Lapestedespoules. Compt. rend. Soc. 
 de biol.. Par., 1914, Ixxvu, 44-46.— Apolant (H.) Beitrag zur 
 Histologieder Geflugelpocke. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. 
 [etc.], Berl., 1903, exxiv, 8ft-95, 1 pi.— Arnold (W. W.) Some 
 bird patients. Med. Pxckwick, Baranao Lake, 1915, i, 56-59. 
 — — . From a bird hospital. Ibid., 1918, iv, 431-434.— 
 Basset (J.) Contribution k I'^tude de la "maladie de 
 Sehmorl." Bull. See. centr. demM. v6t.. Par., 1918, Ixii, 345- 
 350.— Bellauti (S.) & Ascoll (A.) Spigolature nella peste 
 aviari e uell' afta. Clin, vet., Milano, 1916, xxxix, 577-597. 1 
 pi.— BeHauti(S.) & Zenoni (0.) Sulla recenteepizooziadei 
 poUi in Lombardia. Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 
 1899, 4. s., xlvii, 533-543.— Bertrand (D. M.) Recherches 
 sur le catarrhe oculo-nasal du faisan. Compt. rend. Soc. de 
 biol.. Par., 1913, Ixxiv, 6S3-685.— von Bctegli (L.) tJeber 
 die Beziehuugen zwischen Geflugeldiphtherie und Geflii- 
 gelpocken. Centralbl. i. Bafcteriol. [eto.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1912, 
 Ixvii, Orig., 43-60, 1 pi.— Borghesl (A.) Autobatteriemia 
 settioemie per infezione da flora flsiologica, nei vitelli. N. 
 Ercolani, Pisa, 1912, xvii, 118; 132.— Brumpt (E.) & Foley. 
 Existence d'une spirooh^tose des poules k Spirochseta 
 gallinarum, R. BL., dans le Sud-Oraaais; transmission de 
 cettemaladle par Argas persicus. Compt. rend. Soc- de biol.. 
 Par., 1908, Ixv, 132-134.— Caguetto (G.) Aloune osserva- 
 ziomintomoadunaepizooziadipolU. Sperimentale. Arch, 
 di bioU Firenze, 1903, Ivil, 80S.— Calamlda (D.) Contri- 
 buto alio studio della natura delle epizoozie nei polli. Arch, 
 sdent. d. r. Soc. ed Aocad. vet. ital., Torino, 1903, i, 145- 
 52. Also, transl: Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., 
 Jena, 1903, xxxv, 37-42.— Calderini (M.) Della parte che 
 polrebbero avere gli uccelli migrator! nella difEusione di 
 aloune malattie epidemiche. Pathologica, Geneva, 1912-13, 
 V, 293-298.— Carnwath (T.) Zur Aetiologie der Htihner- 
 diphtherie und Geflugelpocken. Arb. a. d. k. Gsudhtsamte, 
 Berl., 1907, xxvii, 388-402.— Catterlna (G.) La causa della 
 malattia dominante nei polli. Gazz. d. osp^ Milano, 1903, 
 xxiv, 586.— Centauul (E.) Die Vogelpest; Beitrag zu dem 
 durch Kerzen flltrierbaren Virus., Centralbl. f. Bakteriol 
 [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1902, xxxi, 145-182.— Centannl (E.) & 
 Prampolini (B.) Sopra una siugolare localizzazione del 
 virus della peste aviarianeipiccioni. Atti Accad. d. so. med 
 e nat. in Ferrara, 1900-1901, Ixxv, 213.— Centannl (E ) 
 &Savonuzzi(E.) La peste avlaria. iJM., 111-123.— Comi- 
 nottl(L.) Pesteaviarianelleanitre. Clin. vet., Milano, 1916, 
 xxxviii, 129-135.— Dawson (C. F.) Asthenia (going light) 
 in fowls. Rep. Bureau Animal Indust. 1898, Wash., 1899. 
 XV, 329-333, 1 pi.— Doerr (R.) & Pick (R.) Untersu- 
 chungen fiber das Virus der Hfihnerpest. Centralbl f 
 Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1915, Ixxvi, Orig., 476- 
 494.— Dubois (A.) Une maladie infectieuse des poules k 
 microbes invisibles. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par 1902 
 11. s., iv, 1162.— Eijkman (C.) Eine Beri Beri-ahnliche 
 Krankheit der Hiihner. Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl. 
 1897, cxlviii, 523-532.— Enders. Beitrage zur Eeuntniss 
 emer neuen Infeotionskrankheit, Phasianidenseuche, Pha- 
 sianidensepticamie, Darmseuche, Intestinalmycose, der 
 echten Huhner (Phasianiden); eine baoteriologische und 
 experimentelle Studie aus der Praxis. Berl. thierarztl 
 Wohnschr.. 1902, 339; 362; 374; 389.— Ensor (C. A.) & Eastes 
 (G. L.) An epizootic occurring amongst partridges. J. 
 Path. & Bacteriol., Edinb. & Ivond., 1906, xi, 48.— Freese. 
 Ueber Huhnerpest mit besonderer Beriicksiohtigung der 
 pathologischen Anatomie. Deutsche tierarztl. Wohnschr 
 Hannov., 1908, xvi, 173-177. ^&o,<roms;..- J. Comp. Path & 
 Therap., Edinb. & Lond., 1908, xxi, 212-219.— Furlan (D.) 
 Delia peste aviaria in relazlone ad una eplzoozia osservata 
 
 Birds (Diseases of). 
 
 nei territorio di Padova. Med. zooiatro, Torino, 1902, xiii, 
 356-359.— Gage (G. E.) Bacteriology and parasitology in 
 relation to avian diseases. Pop. So. Month., N. Y., 1910, 
 xxxvii, 186-189.— Garman (H.) Gape disease in young 
 poultry in Kentucky. Rep. Bureau Animal Indust. 1898, 
 Wash., 1899, xv, 504. — Gelirke. Ueber ein seuchenhaftes 
 Sterben der Meisen, verursacht durch einen pestahnlichea 
 Bacillus. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1903, 
 xxix, Ver.-Beil., 80.— Geutlll (E.) La moria dei vitelll 
 e I'intervento sieroterapico. Clin, vet., Milano, 1912, xxxv, 
 914-927. — Greve (L.) Beobachtungeu fiber eme von der 
 Braunschweiger Geniigelausstellung in die Stadt und das 
 Amt Oldenburg eingeschleppte Huhnerseuehe. Deutsche 
 thierarztl. Wohnschr., Hannov., 1901, ix, 373-376.— Haring 
 (C. M.) & Kofotd (C. A.) Observations concerning the 
 pathology of roup and chicken-pox. Am. Vet. Rev^N. Y., 
 1911-12, xl, 717-728.— Jess. Die Braunschweiger Hfihner- 
 seuche. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1901, 
 xxxi, 7.55-757. — Joest (E.) Beitrag zur Eenntniss der Bac- 
 terienflora des Huhnerdarmes, nebst einigen Bemerkungen 
 fiber eine neue Huhnerseuehe. Berl. thierarztl. Wchnschr., 
 1902. 241-243.— Kaupp (R. F.) Productive inflammation of 
 the fowl due to trauma. J. Am. Vet. M. Ass., Ithaca, 1917-18, 
 11, 94-96.— Klnyoun (J. J.) Bird plague. Science, N. Y. & 
 Lancaster, Pa„ 1906, n. s., xxiii, 217.— Kionka (H.) Ein- 
 fluss des Ealkes auf das physiologische Verhalten gicht- 
 kranker Huhner. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., 
 Leipz., 1900, xliv, 207-216.— Klee (R.) Kriihen als Ver- 
 breiter von Geflugelseuchen. Fortschr. d. Vet.-Hyg., Berl., 
 1903, i, 43.— Klein (E.) Ueber eine epidemische Krankheit 
 der Huhner, verursacht durch einen Bacillus, Bacillus galli- 
 narmu. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. u. Parasitenk., Jena, 1889, 
 y, 689-693.— Kleiue (F. K.) Neue Beobachtungeu zur 
 Hiihnerpest. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infectionskrankh., Leipz., 
 1905, U, 177-182.— Klelne (F. E.) & MOllers (B.) Ueber 
 Hiihnerpest bei Gansen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. 
 Abt., Jena, 1905, xxxix, 545-549.— Kraus (E. J.) Huhner- 
 typhusepldemie. Med. Klin., Berl., 1918, xiv, 896.— Kraus 
 (R.) & Doerr (R.) Ueber das Verhalten des Huhnerpest- 
 viriis im Zentralnervensystem empfanglicher, natiirlich und 
 kiinstlich unemplanglicher Tiere. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. 
 [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1908, xlvi, Orig., 709-715.— Kraus (R.) 
 & Loewy (O.) Sobre la peste de las gallinas y las varie- 
 dades de virus filtrables. An. d. Inst. mod. de clin. med.. 
 Buenos Aires, 1914-15, i, 12-17. Also, transl.: Centralbl. 1. 
 Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. .4.bt., Jena, 1915, Ixxvi, Orig., 343-348.— 
 Kraus (R.) & Sctaillniann (J.) Studien fiber Immuni- 
 sierung gegen das Virus der Huhnerpest. Centralbl. f. Bak- 
 teriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1907, xliii, Orig., 825-832.— Krausz 
 (A.) Ueber eino bisher nlcht beschriebene Huhnerepi- 
 zootie. Ibid., 1901, xxix, 980-982.— Ktinnemann. Beob- 
 achtungeu fiber die Vogelpest. Deutsche thierarztl. 
 Wchnschr., Karlsruhe, 1902, x, 413; 421.— Lanari (L.) Di 
 unagraveenzooziamlcoticoneipolli(anitree tacchinl). Arch, 
 sc. dlmed. vet., Torino, 1914, xii, 17-29. — ^Landsteiner (K.) 
 Beobachtungeu fiber das Virus der Huhnerpest. Centralbl. 
 f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1906, xxxviii, 540-542.— 
 Laurent. Une maladie inoonnue des volailles. Bull. Soc. 
 centr. de m^d. v^t.. Par., 1905, lix, 521-525.— Lode (A.) 
 [Versuche mit dem rathselhaften Erregei; einer Hflhnerer- 
 krankung.] Ber. d. naturw.-med. Ver. in Innsbruck, 1901-2, 
 
 xxvii, p. vii. . Eine atiologisoh interessante Huhner- 
 
 epizootie. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. 
 Aerzte 1901, Leipz., 1902, Ixxiil, pt. 2, med. Abth., 570. 
 
 . Notizen zur Biolo:;ie des Erregers der Kyanolophie 
 
 der.Hfihner. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 
 
 1902, xxxi, 447-451 —liOde (A.) & Gruber (J.) Bakterio- 
 logische Studien fiber die Aetiologie einer epidemischen 
 Erkrankung der Huhner in Tirol (1901). IWA., 1901, xxx, 
 593-604.- LoefHer (F.) Ueber eine im Jahre 1904 in Klein- 
 Eiesow bei Greifswald beobachtete Ganseseuche. ■ Arch, 
 f. wissensch. u. prakt. Tierh., Berl., 1910, xxxvi, Suppl.- 
 Bd., 289-298, 1 pi.— Maggiora (A.) & Valentt (G. L.) 
 Ueber eine infektiose Erankheit beim Genus Turdus. Cen- 
 tralbl. f. Baktjetc], 1. Abt., Jena, 1903, xxxiv, 326-335. 
 
 . Ueber eine Seuche von exsudativem Typhus 
 
 bei Huhnem. Ztschr. 1. Hyg. u. Infectionskrankh., Leipz., 
 
 1903, xm, 185-243. . Ueber den Virus des exsu^a- 
 
 tiven Typhus bei Huhnem. Ibii., 1904, xlviii, 280-327, 
 1 pi.— Manteulel. Beitrage zur Ketmtnisderlmmunitats- 
 erscheinungen bei den soTenannten Geflugelpocken. Arb 
 a. d. k. Gsndhtsamte, Berl., 1909-10, xxxiii, 305-312.— Mar- 
 cboux (E.) Culture in vitro du virus de la peste avlaire. 
 
 Compt. rend. Acad. d. so.. Par., 1908, cxlvii, 357-359. . 
 
 La peste aviaire n'est pas une maladie contagleuse. Compt 
 rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1910, Ixvlii, 346.— Martel. Maladie 
 k coli-bacille de la poule et de la dinde. Ibii., 1897, 10. s., iv, 
 SOO-502. — Maue. Immunisierungsversuche bei Hfihner- 
 pest. Arb. a. d. k. Gesndtsamte, Berl., 1904, xxi, 537-552.— 
 Mazza (C.) Ancora sulla eplzoozia tifoide del polli. Gior. 
 d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1900, 4. s., vi, 651-654.— 
 niazzantl (E.) Del vaiolo de' polli e piccioni e della sua 
 etiologia. In his: Studi ed osserv., 8°, Parma, 1899, 13-26.— 
 Mazzuoli (S.) Osservazioni sulla peste aviaria. Clin, vet 
 Milano, 1916, xxxviii, 1-6.— Mlcliaells (L.) Ueber die Tau- 
 benpooke. Verhandl. d. Com. f. Erebsforsch., Berl., 1903 
 2. Hft., 46-49. Also: Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl & 
 
BIRDS. 
 
 558 
 
 BIRDSALL. 
 
 Birds (Diseases of). 
 
 Lelpz., 1903, xxix, Ver.-Beil., 
 
 230. 
 
 Mikroskopisolie 
 Ztschr. f . Krebs- 
 
 Untersuoliungeii ilber die Taubenpooke. _ _ „ 
 forsch., Jena, 1903, i, 105-111, 1 pi,— Morse (G. B.) White 
 diarrhEea of chicks; with notes on coccidiosis In birds. Vet. 
 J., Lend., 1908, n. s., xT, 389-394.— Nelson (J.) Bacteriological 
 study of an intestinal disease of ducks,.possibly cholera. Rep. 
 Biol. Dep. N. Jersey Agric. Coll. Exper. Station (1899), [v. p.J, 
 1900, 299-309.— Ostertag (R.) & Bugge (G.) Untersu- 
 chungen tlber die Huhnerpest (Uebertragbarkeit auf andere 
 TieroalsHuhner,ResistenzdesAnsteckungsstoaesgegenuber 
 aussereu Einfliissen und Desinlektionsmitteln, Ziichtbax- 
 keit des Ansteckungsstofles und Immunisierungsversuche. 
 Ztschr. f. Infektionskr. . . . d. Haustiere, Berl., 1906-7, ii, 
 1-9.— Ostertag (R.) & Wolfhtlgel (K.) Untersuchungen 
 fiber die Huhnerpest, die neue Geflfigelseuche. Monatsh. 
 f. prakt. Thierh., Stuttg., 1902, xiv, 49-70.— OttolengW (D.) 
 Intorno ad un partioolare reperto nella peste avlaria. Atti 
 
 a. r. Acoad. d . flsiocrit. in Siena, 1912, 5. s., iv, 223-234. . 
 
 tnteriori ricerche suUa peste aviaria. Ibid., 457-469. . 
 
 Ueber einen besonderen Befund bei der Gefliigelpest. Cen- 
 tralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1912-13, Ixvii, Orig., 
 
 610-519, 1 pi. .-Nuove osservazioni sulla peste a^lana. 
 
 Atti d. r. Aocad. d. flsiocrit. in Siena, 1913, 6. s- , v, 369-375.— 
 Perroncito (E.) Intorno ad una epizoozia tifoide del pol- 
 lame che non fe il cholera dei gallinacei, pahnipedi e colombl. 
 Gior. .d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1894, 3. s., xlii, 245. — 
 Ffaft (E.) Eine Infektiose Erkrankung der Kanarienvogel. 
 Centralbl. 1. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1905, xxxvli, 
 275-281. — Polowlnkiu (P.) Beitrag zur pathologischen 
 Anatomie der Taubenpocko. Arch. t. wissensch. u. prakt. 
 Thierh., Berl., 1901, xxvii, 86-109, 1 pi.— Prowazefe (S.) 
 Zur Aetiologie der Hiihnerpest. Munchen. med. Wchn- 
 schr., 1908, Iv, 165.— BaUliet & Lueet. Aoariases mul- 
 tiples sur des poules; lesions psoriques attribuables k 
 I'Epidermoptes bUobatus Riv. Bull. Soe. centr. m^d. v^t., 
 Par., 1891, n. s., ix, 133-136.— Ramazzotti (G.) Le malattie 
 dei polli. Clin, vet., Milano, 1906, xxix, 754-759.— Boseri- 
 tluil (W.) Bogengangskranke Tauben und ernige Bemer- 
 kungen fiber eine neue Seuche der Huhnervogel (die lom- 
 bardlsohe Huhnerpest). Deutsche med. Wctmschr., Berl. 
 & Leipz., 1903, XXIX, Ver.-Beil^ 302. — ' — . Bemerktmgen 
 fiber eine neue Seuche der Huhnervogel (lombardische 
 Huhnerpest). Sitzungsb. d. phys.-med. Soc. in Erlang. 
 (1903), 1904, 109-114. . Untersuckungen fiber die Fil- 
 tration von Hulmerpestvinis und von femsten Bakterien 
 undfiber die Elgenschaften poroser Filter. Ztschr. f . Hyg. u. 
 Infektionskrankh., Leipz., 1908, Ix, 169-207.— Rossi (-R. P.) 
 Su una malattia infettiva dei ralli. Clin, vet., Milano, 1906, 
 xxix, 632; 650.— Kuss (V. K.) Beobachtimgen fiber das 
 Virus der Huhnerpest. Arch. f. Hyg., Mfinchen & Berl., 
 .1906, llx, 286-312.— SanlcUce (E.) Ueber die j)athogene 
 Wirkung der Blastomyooten; Beitrage zur Aetiologie der 
 sog. Pocken der Tauben(Geflugelpockeu). Ztschr. f.Hyg. u. 
 Infectionskrankh., Leipz., 1897, xxvi^ 298-322, 2 pi.— Scblil- 
 mann (J.) Zur Histologic der Huhnerpest. Wien. klin. 
 Wchnsehr., 1906, xlx, 1347. Also: Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. 
 [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1907, xlv, 393-403, 1 pi.— Sclimidt (J.) 
 Unser jetziges Wissen fiber die wichtigsten Geflugelseucben. 
 Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsoh. Naturl. u. Aerzte 1903, 
 Leipz., 1904, a, 2. Hlfte., 507-511.— Schuberg (I. A.) & 
 ScbuDotz (E.) Zur Frage der Geflugelpooken. Centralbl. 
 f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1910, xlvii, Ref., Beihft., 
 108-120.— SliaiTP (J. G.) Contagious catarrh or roup in fowls 
 and diphtheria in man. Lancet, Lond., 1900, ii, 18. — Slg- 
 wart (H.) Experimentelle Beitrage zur Frage der Identitat 
 vou Geflugeldiphtherie und Geflfigelpooken. Centradbl. f. 
 Bakteriol. [etc.l, 1. Abt., Jena, 1910, Ivi, Orig., 428-464.— 
 Stntm. Der Versuoh einer Diflerentialdiagnose der mit 
 Geflfigeldiphtherie bezeichneten Geflugelkrankheiten auf 
 Grund des raakroskopisch-kUnisch-pathologischen Be- 
 fundes. Ztschr. f. Fleisch- u. Milchhyg., Berl., 1913-14, 
 xxiv, 221; 248.— Tartakovskl (M. G.) [On an infectious dis- 
 ease of certain cage and singing birds.] J. Russk. Obsh. 
 Okhran. Narod. Zdrav., S.-Peterb., 1898, viii, 646-655.— 
 Taylor (H.) Curious case in a fowl. Vet. Rec., Lond., 1917, 
 xxix, 260. — ^Taylor (W. J.) A report upon an outbreak of 
 fowl typhoid. J. Am. Vet. M. Ass., N. Y., 1916, xllx, 35- 
 49. — ^Trltrop (E.) La maladie des cygnes oosooroba. Ann. 
 de I'lnst. Pasteur, Par., 19^, xlv, 224-231.— Uhlenliutli & 
 Manteufel. Ueber die StiologischenBeziehungen zwischen 
 Huhnerdiphtherie und Huhnerpocken. Berl. thierarztl.- 
 Wchnsehr., 1909, xxv, 753-755.— VallUlo (G.) Sulla oo- 
 rizza infettiva del polli. Clin, vet., Milano, 1914, xxxvil, 
 93-111.— Ward (A. R.) & Gallagbar (B. A.) An intra- 
 dermal test for bacterium pullorum infection in fowls. Vet. 
 J., Lond., 1918, Ixxiv, 96-107 —von Waslelewskl & BofT- 
 mann (W.) Ueber eine seuchenhafte Erkrankung bei 
 Singvogeln. Arch. f. Hyg., Munchen & Berl., 1903, xlvii, 
 44-56.— Wlesner (A.) [On some diseases of birds communi- 
 cable to man.] Casop. p. vefej. zdravot., Praha, 1899-1900, 
 i, 72; 89; 121.— Winder (P. A.) Preliminary report on gapes 
 or pip in chickens, as distinguished from diphtheria. Med. 
 Press & Giro., Lond., 1902, n. s., Ixxiii, 155.— Yamazakl (M.) 
 fBaoteria of dysentery and dysentery of -domestic fowls.] 
 Tokyo Iji-Shinshl, 1897, No. 1023, 12-15.— Zflrn. Sammol- 
 Referate fiber Krankheiten der Vogel und deren Ursachen. 
 Ztschr. f. Thiermed., Jena, 1898, il, 442-460. 
 
 Birds (Flight of): 
 
 Bergmann. Ueber die Bewegungen yon Radius und 
 
 der itaubviigel. Arcn. i. a. ges. jruysioi., jauiiii, iouu, u^'-, 
 109-142: 1907, exvii, 564-577.— GUdemelster (M.) Notizcn 
 zum Problem des Vogelfluges. Ibid., 1910, cxxxv, 385- 
 400.— Hargrave (L.) Sailing birds are dependent on wave 
 power. J. & Proc. Roy. Soe. N. South Wales 1899, Sydney, 
 1900, xxxiii, 125-128.— Houssay (F.) & Magnan (A.) La 
 surface alaire, les poids des muscles pectoraux et le legime 
 alimentaire chez les oiseaux carinates. Compt. rend. Acad. 
 d. so.. Par., 1911, clui, 893-895.— Lucas (F. A.) Birds as 
 
 Rep. U. (J. Iti^b. ill-uo. xaaa-ij, ,,««*x., xu./u, i^uu vuu, ^ je" 
 
 Masctaa (E.) Ueber den Bau der Schwungfeder. Zool. 
 Anz., Leipz., 1902, xxvi, 142; 145.— Blchet (C.) Des rapports 
 entre la surface de I'aile ef le poids du corps chez les oiseaux 
 (pigeons). Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1909, Ixvl, 902.— 
 iucbet (C.) & Blcbet (C.) Rapport entre la surface des 
 ailes, la surface du corps et le poids chez les oiseaux. Ibii., 
 443.— Stelner (H.) Das Problem der Diastataxie des Vogel- 
 flfigels. Jenaische Ztschr. f. Naturw., Jena, 1917-19, Iv, 221- 
 496, 3 pi. 
 
 Birds (Fossil). 
 
 Shufeldt (R. W.) Contribution to avian 
 paleontology. 8°. [n. p.], 1913. 
 
 Eem.from: Auk, 1913, xxx. No. 1. 
 
 — S — . A critical study of the fosdl bird Gal- 
 linuloides -wyomingensis Eastman. 8°- [n. p.], 
 1915. 
 
 Sepr.from: J. Geology, [n. p.), 1915, xxxil. 
 
 . Fossil birds in the Marsh Collection of 
 
 Yale University. . 8°. New Haven, 1915. 
 
 Repr. from: Tr. Conn. Acad. Arts & Sc, N. Haven, 1915, 
 xix. 
 
 . New extinct bird from South Caro- 
 lina. 8°. London, 1916. 
 
 Bepr.from: Geol. Mas., Lond., 1916, ill. 
 
 . Notes on some bird fossils from 
 
 Florida. 8°. [London & New York, 1918.] 
 
 Bepr.from: Auk, Lond. & N. Y., 1918, xxxv. 
 
 Liiicas (F. A.) A fl^htless auk, Mancalla califondensis, 
 from the Miocene of (JaUfomia. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 
 Wash., xxiv, 133. Also, Reprint. 
 
 Birds (Parasites of). 
 
 Neumann (L.-G.) Parasites et maladies parar 
 sitaires des oiseaux domestiques. 8°. Paris, 
 1909. 
 
 Unitbd States. Department of Agriculture. 
 Bureau of Animal Industry. Circular No. 58. 
 Pulmonary mycosis of birds; with report of a case 
 in a flamingo. By John R. Mohl6r and John S. 
 Buckley. 8°. Washington, 1904. 
 
 Bepr.from: Rep. Bureau Animal Indust.,Wash., 1903, xx. 
 
 Cantacuzene (J.) Recherches sur la splrlllose des oies. 
 Ann. de I'lnst. Pasteur, Par., 1899, xiii, 529-557, 2 pi.— 
 Cardamatis (J.-P.) Observations sur les mlcrofllaires, 
 trypanosomes et h^atozoalres, chez les oiseaux en Grfece. 
 Biill. Soc. path, exot.. Par., 1909, U, 268.— Fantham (H. B.) 
 Coccidia and coccidiosis in birds. Rep. Brit. Ass. Adv. 
 Sc. 1910, I^ond., 1911, Ixxx, 632.— MacCaUum (W. G.) 
 On the pathology of hsematozoan infections in birds. Johns 
 
 Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1897, viii, 51. . On the 
 
 hsematozoaninfectionsof birds. /!)«(!., 235.— Ople(E.L.) On 
 the haematozoa of birds. Ibid., 52-54.— Eoscncranta (T.) 
 Seuchenhafte allgemeine Sachexio bei Hfihnem infolge 
 massonhatter Einwanderung von Cytodites in das Innere 
 der Bauohhohle. Berl. thieraxztl. Wchnsehr., 1909, xxv, 
 757.— Spelser (P.) Ueber einen siciUanischen Taubenpara- 
 slten. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1903, 
 xxxiii, 609.— Taylor (T.) Internal parasites in the common 
 fowl. Proc. Am. Soc. Micr., Buffalo, 1883, vi, 131-133.— 
 Ward (H. BO The subdermal mite occurring among birds. 
 Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1902, n. s., xv, 911. 
 
 Birds (Tuberculosis of). 
 
 See Tuberculosis (Avian). 
 Birds* nests (Edible). 
 
 Zeller (H.) Untersuchungen fiber die essbaren indisohen 
 Sehwalbennester. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1913, 
 Ixxxvl, 85-106. 
 
 BirdsaU (Joseph Cooper) [1882- J. 
 
 See Thomas (B. A.) & Birdsall (J. C.) Comparative 
 results of various functional kidney tests, [etc.]. 12°. Chi- 
 cago, 1917. 
 
BIRDWOOD. 
 
 559 
 
 BIRMINGHAM. 
 
 Birdwood (Sir George) [1832-1917]. 
 
 Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1917, ii, 30. 
 
 Birdwood (Gordon Travers). Clinical methods 
 for Indian students; _a guide for students and 
 general practitioners in India in diagnostic and 
 therapeutic measures. Foreword by J. R. Rob- 
 erts. 171 pp. [interleaved]. 12° Calcutta, 
 Thacher, Spink & Co., 1913. 
 
 . The same. Foreword by Sir James Rob- 
 erts, and chapters by Maj. Christophers and Maj. 
 Walton. 2. ed. 1 p. 1., x, 250 pp. 8°- Calcutta, 
 Thicker, Spink & Co., 1915. 
 
 Bire (Frangois) [1875- ]. *Contribution h 
 r^tude du diagnostic pr^coce de la tuberculose; 
 6tude clinique et 6tuae thdrapeutique du syn- 
 drome gastro-intestinal. 62 pp., 11. 8°. Mont- 
 pellier, 1901, No. 3. 
 
 Bireaud (Georges-Francois) [1873- J. *Essai 
 sur les fibromes de la paroi abdominale ant6- 
 rieure. 54 pp. 8° Bordeaux, P. Casdgnol, 
 1897, No. 81. 
 
 Blrgfeld (Eduard) [1887- ]. _ *l8chias und 
 Neurofibrom, nebst einer Kasuistik tiber 144 
 Falle von Beinnerventumoren. 1 p. 1., 128 pp. 
 8°. Miinchen, Kastner & Callwey, 1913. 
 
 Biringer (Friedrich Adam) [1873- ].* *Ueber 
 Emahrung von Sauglingen mit der neuen Back- 
 hausmilch (Trypsinmilch). [Bonn.] 27 pp. 
 8°. Leipzig, B. G. Tewftner, 1899. 
 
 Birk (Simon). *Ueber den Einfluss von Kreosot, 
 Jodoform, Salol, Chiuain, Chlorcaldum und 
 Chlormagnesium auf die Magenverdauung. 95 
 pp. 8°. Erlangen, Junge & Sohn, 1904. 
 
 Birk (Walter [Adolf Christian]) [1880- ]. 
 *Ueber Aethyhnethylxanthin. 32 pp., 1 1. 8°. 
 Halle a. S., C. A. Kaemmerer & Co., 1905. 
 
 . Untersuchungen uber den Stoffwechsel 
 
 des neugeborenen Kmdes. 
 
 In: Samml. kiln. Vortr., Leipz., 1912, u. F., Nos. 654-656 
 (Gynak., No. 241-242). 
 
 Leitfaden der Sauglingskrankheiten, fur 
 
 Studierende und Aerzte. viii, 256 pp. 8°. 
 Bonn, A. Marcus & E. Webers, 1914. 
 
 -. The same. Guide to the diseases of in- 
 
 fancy for students and practitioners. TransI 
 
 from the German by F. W. Schlutz. xi, 329 pp. 
 
 8°. New York, Rebman Company, [1916]. 
 Birke (Bruno) [1875- ]. *Die in der kgl. chi- 
 
 rurgischen KUnik zu Breslau beobachteten Falle 
 
 von Lippenkrebs aus den Jahren 1891-1901. 66 
 
 pp. 8*. Breslau, 1904. 
 Birkedal (Hans) [1880- ]. *Kasuistischer 
 
 Beitrag zur Lehre von der Meningitis tuberculosa. 
 
 21 pp. 8° Kiel, H. Fiencke, 1909. 
 Birkelbacli (Walther) [1884- _ ]. _*Die Wir- 
 
 kung doppelseitiger Nierenexstirpation bei Pa- 
 
 rabiose-Ratten. 20 pp. 4°. Marburg, 1910. 
 Also, in: Ztschr. f. exper. Path. u. Therap., Berl., 1910, 
 
 Tiii. 
 
 Birkenholz (Victor Nicolaus) [1878- ]. *Zur 
 Casuistik der Spontanfracturen bei Tabes dor- 
 salis. 14pp., 11. 8°. Kiel, H. Fienclce,nQh. 
 
 Birkenmajer (Ludwig Antoni). Nikolaj Ko- 
 pemik. Cz^^6 pierwsza. Studya nad pracami 
 Kopernika oraz materyaly biograficzne. [Nicho- 
 las Copernicus. Part I. Study of his works and 
 biographical data.] xiii, 711 pp., 9 pi. 4° 
 w Krakoime, [J. Filipowski], 1900. 
 
 Birkenpescli ([Karl] Emil) [1873- _ ]. *Ein 
 Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Opiumwirkung. 34 
 pp. 8®. Greifswald, J. Abel, 1898. 
 
 Birkentbal (Carl). *Beitrage zur Kenntnis der 
 Beziehungen der Zahnkrankheiten des Kindes- 
 alters zu Rhachitis, Tuberkulose und Syphilis 
 hereditaria. [Bern.] 34 pp. 8°. Berlin, 1899. 
 
 Birkentlial (Carl) — continued. 
 
 . The same. 2. Auil., bearbeitet und 
 
 erganzt von Gimther Fritzsche. 88 pp. 8°. 
 
 Berlin, Berlinische Verlagsanstalt, 1912. 
 Birkesy (T. S.) Ueber rationelle Emahrungdes 
 
 Menschen; ein Mahn- und Trostwort in Zeiten 
 
 der Fleischteuerung. 43 pp. 8° Wien, F. 
 
 Tempsky; Leipzig, G. Freytag, 1911. 
 
 Birkett (Edmund Lloyd) [1814-1903]. 
 
 Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1903, i, 1245. 
 Birkett (Herbert Stanley) [1864- ]. Diseases 
 of the larynx. 
 
 In: Mod. Med. (Osier). 8°. Philadelphia & New York, 
 1907, iii, 622-635. 
 
 Birkett (John) [1815-1904]. 
 
 Objtuary. Brit. M. J., I/ond., 1904, ii, 154. Also: Guy's 
 Hosp. Gaz., Lend., 1904, xviii, 302. AUo: Lancet, Lond.', 
 1904, ii^ 182-184. AUo: Med. Press & Circ., Lend., 1904, n. s., 
 Ixxviii, 53. 
 
 Birldiauser (Rudolf). *Ueber die Schadigungen 
 
 des menschlichen Sehorganes durch stumpfe 
 
 Traumen des Schadels wie des Augapfels. 
 
 [Bern.] 126 pp., 14 pi. 4°. Basel, E. Birh- 
 
 hdrner, 1909. 
 . Leseproben fiir die Nahe aus der Uni- 
 
 versitats-Augenklinik Bern. 34 pp. roy. 8°. 
 
 Berlin, J. Springer, 1911. 
 Birldialin (Eugenie) [1883- ]. *Coxa vara 
 
 adolescentium und Epiphvsenlosung im Schen- 
 
 keUials. 34 pp. 8° Berlin, E. Ebering, [1912]. 
 Birlitaoff (Rutgerus). *Bijdrage tot de kenms 
 
 dererythropsie. 2p.l. ,70pp. 8°. icicfew, 1899. 
 Birldioven (Josef) [1878- ]. _ *Kasuistische 
 
 Beitrage zur Frage der Ovarialtumoren bei 
 
 Schwangerschaft. 38 pp. 8°. Giessen, 0. 
 
 Kindt, 1905. 
 Birlileiii (Hermann) [1881- ]. *Ueber Upo- 
 
 blastische Sarkome. [Wurzburg.] 21 pp., 3 1. 
 
 8°. Borna-Leipzig, B. Noske, 1907. 
 Birkner (Ferdinand) [1868- ]. Der diluviale 
 
 Mensch in Europa. 56 pp. sm. 4°- Miincken, 
 
 F. X. Zeitz, 1910. 
 . Die Rassen und Volker der Menschheit. 
 
 vii (2 1.), 748 pp., 32 pi. 4°. Berlin [etc.], 
 
 Allgemeine Verlags-Gesellschaft, [1913]. 
 Der Menscli aller Zeiten, v. 2. 
 
 Birkner (Hans Theodor Georg) [1887- ]. 
 *Ueber Orcin- und Resorcinderivate. [Erlan- 
 gen.] 48 pp., 21. 8°. Borna-Leipzig, R. Noske, 
 1913. 
 
 Birkner (Norbert) [1886- ]. *Ueber einen 
 Fall von congenital6m Vorderarm-Sarkom. 24 
 pp. 8°. Miinchen, Wild, 1912. 
 
 Birley (Hugh Kennedy) [1869-1916]. 
 
 Obituary. Lancet, Lond., 1916, ii, 660. 
 Birman (H. A.) Dictionnaire des sciences mili- 
 
 taires h. I'usage des officiers de toutes armes. 
 
 2 V. 12°. Paris, H. Charles-Lauvauzelle, 1912. 
 Birman (Samuel). *Du pharynx spacieux et de 
 
 ses rapports avec les adh&ences palato-pharyn- 
 
 giennes au cours de la syphilis acquise. 56 pp. 
 
 8°. Paris, 1899, No. 340. 
 
 Birmingham, Alabama. 
 
 See, also, Dentistry (Colleges, etc., of). Fever 
 {Typhoid, History of), by localities. 
 Binulngliam. Survey, N. Y., 1912, xxvii, 1451-1556. 
 
 Birmingliam, England. 
 
 See Children (Hospitals and asylums for), 
 Diphtheria (History, eic., of), Dispensaries 
 (Description, etc., of) , Fever ( Typhoid,Historyof) , 
 Hospitals (Description of). Hospitals (Manage- 
 ment, etc., of), Hospitals (Naval and marine). 
 Hospitals (Ophthalmic and auric). Hospitals 
 
BIRMINGHAM. 
 
 560 
 
 BIRON. 
 
 Birmingham, England. 
 
 (Orthopsedic) , Influenza {History of), by locali- 
 ties. 
 
 Birmingham (Amlrose) [1864-1905]. 
 
 Cunningham (D.I.) Professor Ambrose Birmingham. 
 [Obituary.) J. Anat. & Physiol., Lond., 1904-5, xxxix, 362- 
 364.— Obituary. Brit. M. J., tond., 1905, i, 225. Also: 
 Lancet, Lond., 1905, i, 330. 
 
 Birmingham (Henry P.) [1854- ]. Sanitary 
 work of the Army at Vera Cruz. 18 pp. 8 . 
 Washington, 1915. 
 Repr.fTom: Mil. Surgeon, Wash., 1915, xxxiii. 
 
 Birmingham (Tlie) Medical Review, a quarterly 
 journal of the medical sciences. J. Jameson 
 Evans and Beckwith Whitehouse, editors. 
 V. 1-83, 1872-1918. 8°- Birmingham. 
 
 Birnbacher (Adamus). *De delirio tremente 
 potatorum. 39 pp. 12°. Vindobonx, 1829. 
 [P., V. 2241.] 
 
 Birnbacher (A[lois]) [1849-19151. Die patholo§i- 
 Bche Histologie des menschlichen Auges in 
 Mikrophotogrammen dargesteUt. Erste Liefe- 
 rung. Biudehaut. 5 pi. fol. Leipzig, Veit & 
 Os 1899. 
 
 For Biography, see Centralbl. f. prakt. Augenh., Leipz., 
 1915, xxxlx, 97-101 (O. Purtseher). Also: Wien. ilin. 
 Wohnsehr., 1915, xxviii, 247 (Dimmer). AUo; Wien. med. 
 Wchnschr., 1915, Ixv, 474. 
 
 Birnbaum (Eduard Hermann Wilhehn Adolf). 
 *Beitra§ zur Hydrolyse des Natriumphenolats 
 beim Siedeptmkt seiner wassrigen Losungen. 
 40 pp. 8°. Giessm, 0. Kindt, 1906. 
 
 Birnbaum (Heniicus I^idericus Georgius) [1815- 
 
 ]. *De legibus, secundum quas flxa, quse 
 
 dicitur, idea formatur in vesanis. 1 p. 1. , 57 pp., 
 
 1 1. 8°. Colonise, typis M. Dumont-Sehauoerg, 
 
 1837. 
 
 Birnbaum (Hermann) [1878- ]. *Ueber 
 Paralysis agltans mit besonderer Berlicksichti- 
 gung ihrer geographischen Verbreitung. 31 pp. 
 8°. Rostock, C. Einstorff, 1906. 
 
 Birnbaum (Hugo Gustav Julius) [1876- ]. 
 *Die Lungentuberkulose bei den Geisteskran- 
 ken. 40 pp., 1 1. 8°. Leipzig^ B. Georgi, 1905. 
 
 Birnbaum (Karl). *Versuch eines Schemas fur 
 InteUigenzhandlungen. 35 pp. 8°. Freiburg i. 
 B., E. Epstein, 1902. 
 
 . Psychosen mit WahnbUdung und wahn- 
 
 hafte Einbildungen bei Degenerativen. Mit 
 einem Vorwort von C. Moeli. 2 p. 1., 227 pp. 
 8°. Ealle a. S., C. Marhold, 1908. 
 
 . IJeber psychopathische Personllchkeiten. 
 
 Eine psychopamolcgische Studie. iv, 88 pp. 
 8°. Wiesbaden, J. F. Bergmann, 1909. 
 
 . Die krankhafte Willensschwache und ihre 
 
 Erscheinungsformen; eine psychopathische Stu- 
 die fiir Aerzte, Paedagogen und gebildete Laien. 
 2p.l.,75pp. roy. 8°. Wiesbaden, J. F. Bergmann, 
 
 1911. 
 
 Forms 79. Hit. of: Grenzfragen des Nerven- und Seelen- 
 lebens, hisgb. von L. Loewenfeld. 
 
 Birnbaum (Max) [1862- ]. Die Krankheiten 
 
 der Atmungsorgane. Ihre Verhiitung und 
 
 Heilung. 3 p. 1., 86 pp. 12°. Leipzig, Ernst, 
 
 [1899]. 
 . TJeber eingebildete Krankheiten; ge- 
 
 meinverstandlich dargesteUt. 2p. l.,81pp. 8°. 
 
 Mindeni. W., W. Kohler, [1899J. 
 . Die Influenza, ihre tjrsachen, Symptome, 
 
 Verbreitung und Behandlung. Ip.l. ,55pp. 8°. 
 
 Mindeni. W., W. Kohler, 1900. 
 . The same. De influenza, hare oorzaken, 
 
 verschijnsels, verspreiding en behandeling, 
 
 populair wetenschappelijk verklaard. 3. ed. 
 
 63 pp. 8°. Amsterdam, E. L. E. van Dantzig, 
 
 1900. 
 
 Birnbaum (Max) — continued. 
 
 . Die Diphtheritis und ihre Behandlung 
 
 mit dem Heilserum. 53 pp., 1 1. 12°- Leipzig, 
 
 Ernst, [1900]. 
 
 Aerztlicher Ratgeber iiber Schwanger- 
 
 Bchaft,Geburtund erste Kiudespflege. Ip.l., 123 
 pp. 12°. Ealberstadt & Leipzig, Ernst, [1900]. 
 The same. Aerztlicher Ratgeber fiir 
 
 junge Miitter; eiopraktisches Handbuch iiber 
 Schwangerschaft, Wochenbett und. erste Kiudes- 
 pflege; mit einem Anhang: Wie muss man sich 
 verhalten, um eine leichte Entbiadung zu 
 erzielen? 2. Aufl. 1 p. 1., 136 pp. 8°. Leipzig, 
 Ernst, [1903]. 
 
 Die Bleichsucht und and ere verwandte 
 
 Krankheiten. Ihre Erkeimung, Verhiitung und 
 Behandlung. v, 69 pp. 12°i Leipzig, Fh-nst, 
 [1901]. 
 
 Die Genickstarre. Ihr Wesen und ihre 
 
 Behandlung, nebst Angaben, wie man sich 
 gegen sie zu Bchiitzen hat. 32 pp. 16°. Donaur 
 worth, E. Mager, [1905]. 
 
 . Der Korper des Menschen in Bild und 
 
 Wort. 16 pp., 1 superimposed pi. roy. 8°. 
 Donauworth, E. Mager, [1905]. 
 
 Lexikon der Sexualkrankheiten und 
 
 verwandter Leiden, deren Enfstehung, Verhu- 
 tung und Heilung. Unter Mitwirkung von 
 [Bruno] Bosse und Konrad Eckold. 384 pp., 
 12 pi. 8°. Berlin, A. Birk, 1910. 
 
 . Was muss man vor der Ehe von der Ehe 
 
 wissen? Auf den neuesten wissenschaftlichen 
 Forschungen beruhende arztliche Batschla^e 
 und Aufklarungen fiir Erwachsene fiber die 
 Hygiene des geschlechtlichen Lebens. 168 pp. 
 8°. Leipzig, F. W. Gloeckner & Co., [19101. 
 See, also, Aibiecht (J. F.) ri» 2. s.J. Wie 1st die Scnwind- 
 
 sucht [etc.]. 12°. Leipzig, [1900]. . Der weisse Fluss 
 
 [etc.]. 12°. Leipzig, [1900). . Die Hautkrankheiten 
 
 [etc.]. 8°. Leipzig, [19001. . Der Augenarzt (etc.). 
 
 12°. Leipzig, [1900].— Nlcliols (T. L.) Wie erzielt man 
 leichte Entbmdungen? [Etc.]. 12°. Leipzig, \n. d.]. 
 
 Birnbaum (Richard [Hugo FerdiDandj) [1874- 
 
 ]. *Beitrag zur Kasuistik der Selbstent- 
 
 wicMung und Geburt, "conduplicato corpore" 
 
 beiQuerlage. 20pp., 11. 8°. Kiel, E. Ftmcke, 
 
 1900. 
 
 . Ueber die Verletzungen des Kindes bei 
 
 der Geburt. 
 
 In: Samml. kiln. Vortr., Leipz., 1906, u. F., No. 429 
 (Gynak., No. 158, 707-733). 
 
 . Das Kochsche Tuberkulin in der Gyna- 
 
 kologie und Geburtshiilfe. 2 p. 1., 131 pp. 8°- 
 Berlin, J. Springer, 1907. 
 
 Klinik der Missbildungen und kongeni- 
 
 talenErkrankungendesPotus. vii, 277pp., Ipl. 
 8°- Berlin, J. Springer, 1909. 
 
 The same. A clinical manual of the mal- 
 
 formations and congenital diseases of the foetus. 
 Transl. and annotated by G. Blacker, xiv, 379 
 pp., 8 pi. roy. 8°. London, J. & A. Churchill, 
 1912. 
 
 Sec, oho, Bunge (Max Helnrlch). Lehrbuch der Gynse- 
 kologie[oto.]. roy. 8°. Berlin, 1910. 
 
 Blrnmeyer (Friedrirh) [1876- ]. *Ueber die 
 Diagnose von Nierentumoren. 43 pp., 1 tab., 
 11. 8°. Strassburgi. E., C. & J. Ooeller, 1901. 
 
 BIron (S^. E.) Posobiye k prakticheskoi dez- 
 inf ektsii pr i zaraznlkh "boUeznyakh. [Aid to the 
 practical disinfection in contagious diseases.] 
 vii, 9-63 pp. 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1907. 
 
 BIron [VincenWean-Paul] [1758-1817], Brasdor 
 & Feiletier. Rapport fait k la Soci§t6 de m6de- 
 cine de Paris, s6ante au Louvre (stances des 21 et 
 27 pluvidse an X) , sur 1 ' application des nouveaux 
 poids et mesures dans les usages de la m^decine. 
 29 pp. 8°. Toulon, J. J. Calmen, an X [1802]. 
 
BIRON. 
 
 561 
 
 BIRTH-CONTROL. 
 
 Blron (Zrigmund] E[duaidovich]) [1880- J. 
 *Materiall k voprosu ob opredielemi funktsio- 
 nalnoi dostatochnosti serdtsa u bolnlkh i zdoro- 
 -vlkh. lyudei. [Determination of the functional 
 sufficiency of the heart in disease and health'.] 
 1 p. 1., 134 pp. 8°. S.-Peterburg, T-vo Khudozh. 
 Pech., 1908. 
 
 Biros (George-Augustin) [1879- ]. *Bes psy- 
 choses d'origine thyroidienne. 84 pp. 8° 
 Lyon, 1904, No. 65. 
 
 Birot. Recherches sur la sensibility pure. MS. 
 30 pp. 12°. Paris, 1815-16. 
 
 BIrotheau (Eugtae) [1886- ]. *Etude cli- 
 nique et grapmque du pouls lent par dissocia- 
 tion auriculo-ventriculaire. 218 pp. 8° Paris, 
 1911, No. 349. • 
 
 Birrell (J.) A discourse on the causes of the pes- 
 tilence, and its remedy, preached in the church 
 of Cupar. 1 p. 1., 29 pp. 8°. Cupar, G. S. 
 Tullis, 1832. 
 
 Birrenbach (Hermann Joseph) [1876- J. *Ue- 
 ber Micromelie bei congenitaler SyphiUs. 30 
 pp., 11., 1 pi. 8°. Greifswald, H.Adler,nQl. 
 
 Birski {Otgerd Frantsevich) [1851-1914]. 
 
 Vorotlnskl (B.) [In memoriam.) Eussk. Vraoh, Pe- 
 tros;r., 1916, xiv, 189. 
 
 Birt (E[mest]). Notes on clinical blood pressure 
 
 instruments. 8 pp., 1 pi. 8°. London, J. Bale, 
 
 Sons & Danidsson, 1905. 
 Birt ([Friedrich Wilhebn] Eduard [Julius]) [1880- 
 ]. *Ueber Hypophysiserkrankung mit spe- 
 
 ziellerBeriicksichtigungderokularenSymptome. 
 
 28 pp., 2 1. 8°- Marburg, J. Hamel, 1907. 
 
 Birt (George) [1846-1911]. 
 
 Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1911, i, 286. 
 
 Birt (Thomas) [1862-1906]. 
 
 Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1906, ii, 813. 
 
 Birtch (Fayette Watt) [ -1918]. 
 
 Sberman (H. M.) Obituary. Calif. State J. M., San 
 Fran., 1918, xvi, 408. 
 
 Birth (Friedrich Wilhebn Walther) [1878- ]. 
 *Zur Aetiologie der Spina bifida. 30 pp. 8 
 Halle a. S., C. A. KaemToerer & Co., 1904. 
 
 Birth-control. 
 
 See, also, Conce'ptioii [Prevention of); Franc© 
 (Depopulation of); Statistics (Vital). 
 
 MoKB (A.) Uncontrolled breeding; or, fecun- 
 dity versus civilization; a contribution to the 
 study of over-population as the cause of war and 
 the chief obstacle to the emancipation of women. 
 With an introduction by A. Bennett and a pref- 
 ace and notes by Wm. J. Robinson. 8°. New 
 York, 1917. 
 
 Sanger (Margaret H .) The case for birth con- 
 trol. 4°. [New Fori], 1917. 
 
 Birth control. Lancet, Lond., 1917, li, 207.— BurgdOrler 
 (F.) Familienpolitik und Familienstatistik. Milnchen. 
 med. Wclinsclir., 1918, Ixv, 49-51.— Canan (C. W.) Eace 
 suicide and its ultimate results to the home, to the state and 
 to the nation. Med. Brief, St. Louis, 1917, xlv, 312-315.— 
 Carglle(C. H.) Avoidedsubjects. [Sexualabusesandbirth 
 control.) J. Arkansas M. Soc, Little Rock, 1918-19, xv, 143- 
 149.— Crotliers(T.D.) Birthcontrol. Med.-Leg. J., N. Y., 
 
 1916, xxxiii, 9-11.— Drysdale (C. V.) Morality and the pre- 
 vention of conception. Med. Critic, N. Y., 1917, xx, 57-70.— 
 Dublin (L.I.) The present status of birth control in Ameri- 
 can cities and its relation to the infant mortality rate. Pub. 
 
 Am. Statist. Ass., Best., 1917, n. s., xv, 533-547. . The 
 
 significance of the declining birth rate. Science, N. Y. & 
 Lancaster, Pa., 1918, n. s., xlvii^ 201-210. Also, Eeprint.— 
 Ebermayer. Die Gesetzentwiirfe zur Bekampfung der 
 Geschlechtskrankheiten und des Geburtenriickgangs. 
 Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1918, xliv, 324- 
 327.— Ellis (H.) Birth-control and eugemcs. EueenicsEev., 
 Lond., 1917, ix, 32-41. Also: Med.-Pharm. Critic, N. Y., 
 
 1917, XX, 136-143 —EntwUrfe (Die) der Gesetze zur Be- 
 kSmpfung der Geschlechtskrankheiten und gegen die Ver- 
 hlnderung der Geburten. Deutsche med. Wcimschr., Berl. 
 & Leipz., 1918, xliv, 246-248.— Field (J. A.) The beginnings 
 of the birth-control movement. Surg., Gynec. & Qbst., 
 
 Birtli-control. 
 
 Chicago, 1916, xxiii, 185-188.— Fuhnnann. Geburten- 
 riickgangund Geburtsliille. Med. Khn., Berl., 1917, xiii,1178- 
 1180. — Gibson (A. E.) The deeper meaning of birth-con- 
 trol. Med. Critic & Guide, N. Y., 1917, xx, 252-255.— Gold- 
 nian(C.) Voluntary checks to population, /iid., 1918, xxi, 
 248-256.— Goldwater ( A. L.) Birth control; its general and 
 medical aspects. Med. Eev. of Rev., N. Y., 1917, xxiii, 477- 
 
 483. . Minority report on birth control. Pediatrics, 
 
 Elmira & N. Y., 1917, xxix, 20-23.— Grotjalin (A.) How 
 to prevent an excessive fall in the birth rate -without inter- 
 fermg with the use of contraceptives. Am. J. Urol., N. Y., 
 
 1916, xil, 15-23.— Gugglsberg (H.) Beitrag zur Frage des 
 Geburtenrilckganges. Cor.-Bl. f. sehweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 
 1918, xlviii, 1233-1236.— Havelock Ellis and birth control. 
 Boston M. & S. J., 1915, clxxiii, 481.— Heckcr. Geburten- 
 riickgang und Kindererhaltung. Miinchen. med. Wchn- 
 schr., 1918, Ixv, 1170.— Jacobl (A.) My position on birth- 
 control. Med. Critic, N. Y., 1917, xx. 75.- Kleman (J. G.) 
 Survivalof the fittestand birthcontrol. Urol. & Cutan. Eev., 
 St. Louis, 1917, xxl, 104-109.— Knopf (S. A.) Legalization 
 of birth control, with special reference to the tuberculosis 
 problem in the United States. Woman's M. J., Cincln., 
 
 1915, XXV, 193-195. AUo, Eeprint. . Some results of 
 
 birth control. N. York M. J. [etc.J, 1916, civ, 1266. . 
 
 Birth control, its medical, social, economic and moral 
 aspects. 7W(i., 977-982. Also: Am. J. Pub. Health N. Y., 
 
 1917, vii, 152-172. . The rights of the wife and mother. 
 
 Woman's M. J., Cincin., 1917, xxvii, 25-32. . Preven- 
 tive medicine and birth control. Med. Times, N. Y., 1917, 
 xlv, 94-98. — ^KoUailts (T.) Geburtenrilokgang und schmerz- 
 lose Geburt. Med. Klin., Berl., 1918, xiv, 775.— Kosnuik 
 (Q. W.) Birth control; what shall be the attitude of the 
 medical profession towards the present day propaganda? 
 Bull. Lymg-in Hosp., N. Y., 1917, xi, 88-99. Also: Med. 
 
 Rec., N. Y., 1917, xoi, 268-273. . The attitude and 
 
 responsibihties of the physician in the so-called birth control 
 movement. Bull. Lymg-ln Hosp., N. Y., 1917, xi, 181-192 — 
 Kioline. EmptangnisverhUtung und Schwangerschafts- 
 unterbrechung vom bevolkerungspolitischen und arzt- 
 lichen Standpunkt. Berl.' Win. Wchnschr., 1917, liv, 423. 
 Also: Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1917, xliii, 
 380.— Lenz (F.) Die Gesetzentwurfe gegen die Verhlnde- 
 rung von Geburten. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1918, Ixv, 
 911.— Marx. Geriohtliche Medizin und Geburtenriickgang. 
 Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1917, liv, 6.— Morton (J. F.) A 
 little chapter from the early history of birth-control. Med. 
 Critic & Guide, N. Y., 1917, xx, 258-260.— Namma«k (C. E.-), 
 Taylor (H. C.) [et al.\. Report of the majority committee 
 on birth control. Pediatrics, Elmira & N. Y., 1917, xxix, 
 17-19.— Nettle (P.) Birth decUne; a suggested remedy. 
 Boston M. & S. J., 1918, clxxix, 412.— von Olshausen (T.) 
 Der Entwurf eines Gesetzes gegen Uuiruchtbarmachung 
 und Schwangerschaftsunterbrechung; Med. Klin., Berl., 
 
 1918, xlv, 751; 801; 849.— Ordway (Mabel D.) Birth con- 
 trol. Boston M. & S. J., 1918-19, clxxix, 421-423. Also: 
 Med. Press, Lond., 1918, n. s., cvi, 425.— Podvln (E. C.) 
 Birthcontrol. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1917, cv, 268-260.— Pott- 
 liofl (H.) The regulation of offspring and sexual morality. 
 Am. J. tJrol., N. Y., 1915, xi, 451-^58— Qullllan (G. W.) 
 Concerning birth control; the physician's obligation. Am. 
 J. Surg., N. Y., 1918, xxxil, 19^196.— Eedfleld (0. L.) Eu- 
 genics and birth control. I^ong Island M. J., Brooklyn, 1916, 
 X, 485-487. Also: Med. & Surg., St. Louis, 1917, i, 194-197. 
 
 . Familylimitation in Chicago. Chicago M. Recorder, 
 
 1917, xxxix, 464-467.— Robert G. IngersoU on birth-control. 
 Med. Critic, N. Y., 1917, xx, 79.— Koblnson (W. J.) The 
 limitation of offspring; the most important immediate step 
 lor the betterment of the human race, from an economic and 
 eugenic standpoint. Am. J. Clin. M., Chicago, 1911, xviii, 
 
 591; 719. . Birth, control, or the regulation of offspring 
 
 by the prevention of conception. West. M. Times, Denver, 
 
 1915-16, XXXV, 651-558. . Birth-control bibliography. 
 
 Am. J. Urol., N. Y., 1917, xiii, 185; 281; 329. . Birth 
 
 control and Inferior children. Long Island M. J., Brooklyn, 
 1917, xi, 27. — Kuppenthal (J. C.) Criminal statutes on 
 birth control. Med. World, Phila., 1918, xxxvi, 257-262.— 
 B.utgers (J.) The conscious limitation of offspimg in Hol- 
 land. Med. Pharm. Critic, N. Y., 1914, xvfi, 174-176.— 
 SchOnheimei (H.) Zum Entwurf eines Gesetzes gegen 
 Unfruchtbarmachung und Schwangerschaftsunterbrechung. 
 Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1918, xliv, 863.— 
 Sprague (E. J.) Constructive aspect of birth control. J. 
 Sered., Wash., 1917, viii, 58-62.— Talmey(B. S.) Thelimi- 
 tation of offspring; oj abortion or prevention of conception, 
 
 which? Am. J. Urol., N. Y., 1916, xU, 337-357. .Birth 
 
 control and the phvsician. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1917, cv, 
 1185-1192. Also, Reprint.— Uthofl (H. C!) Population 
 increase and birth-control. Med. Critic & Guide, N. Y., 
 1917, xx, 209-214.— Van Epps (C.) The birth control niove- 
 ment. Bull. Iowa Inst., Des Momes, 1916, xviii, 312-315.— 
 Weber (Pearl L.) Naturalvs. artiflcialbirthcontrol. Med. 
 Critic & Guide, N. Y., 1917, xx, 247-252.— Wehrlln (K.) 
 Der Geburtenriickgang. Cor.-Bl. f. sehweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 
 19J.8, xlviii, 388-391 .—Wilcox (E. W.) Birth control and that 
 sort of thing. Med. Times, N. Y., 1917, xlv, 187-189.— 
 Tarros (Rachelle S.) Some practical aspects of birth- 
 control. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1916, xxiii, 188- 
 190. 
 
 -Vol. II, 3d series— 19- 
 
 -36 
 
BIRTHDAY. 
 
 562 
 
 BISCHOFSWERDER. 
 
 Birthday (The) dinner to Thomas Addis Emmet, 
 given by his professional friends at Dehnonico's, 
 New York, May 29, 1905. With an autobio- 
 graphical narrative. 176 pp., 12 port., 1 pL 8°. 
 New York, Bradstreet Press, 1905. 
 
 Birth-marks. 
 
 See Foetus (Maternal impressions on) : Nsevus; 
 Skin. {Color of). 
 
 Birth-rate. 
 
 See Statistics (Vital). 
 Births (Mvltiple). 
 
 See, also, Labor (Complicated) from plural 
 births; Quadruplets; Quintuplets; Septu- 
 plets; Sextuplets; Triplets; Twins. 
 
 EvERS (E. P.W.) *Die Mehrlingsgeburten an 
 der kgl. tlniversitatsfrauenklinik zu Gottingen 
 von 1888 bis 1910 inkl. [Gottingen.] 8°. Par- 
 ehim i. M., 1912. 
 
 Blocli (L.) Multiple gestation vs. superfetation; report 
 ot a case. Intemat. Clin., Phlla., 191fi, 26. s., iv. 107-112.— 
 Etlieredge(B.T.) Reportofmultiplobirths. Tr. M. Ass. 
 Alabama, Montgomery, 1909, S49-655.— Misstatement (A) 
 corrected. [Case ofeight children at birth.] Boston M.&S. 
 J., 1915, clxxii, 610.— Parker (G. H.£ A spurious case of 
 multiple human births. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa , 
 1915, n. s., xli, 648.— Strassmann (P.) Die anthropolopi- 
 sche Bedeutung der Mehrlinge. Ztschr. f. Ethnol., Berl., 
 1908, xl, 362-382. 
 
 Births {Notification of). 
 
 See Keedstration of births, etc.: Statistics 
 (Vital). 
 Birukoff (Boris I.) O dvizheniyakh infuzoriy 
 V opredielyormom napravlenii podvliyaniyem 
 galvanicheskavo toka (oplt obyaneniya galvano- 
 taksisa). [The movements of infnsona in a 
 definite direction under the influence of the 
 galvanic current; attempt to explain galva- 
 notaxis.] 74 pp., 1 1., 2 diag. 8 . [Moskva, 
 1902.] 
 
 Forms No. 6 of: Trudl Fiziol. Inst. Imp. Moskov. Univ., 
 1896-1906, V. 
 
 K teorii galvanotaksisa. 47 pp. 8°- 
 
 Moskva, 1903. 
 
 F5rms No. 8 of: Trudl Fiziol. Inst. Imp. Moskov. Univ., 
 1896-1906, V. 
 
 Biscarri (Manuel Alamdn). *Elementos para el 
 
 diagn6stico y prondstico de la apendicitis y de 
 
 los abscesos apendiculares del vientre. 83 pp. 
 
 8°. Madrid, Estab. tip. de Fortanet, 1912. 
 Biscaye (Roger) [1878- ]. *Des kystes hydati- 
 
 ques du mlsentfere; revue g6n6rale S, propos de 
 
 deux eas observes dans la clinique chirurgicale 
 
 de M. le Professeur Forgue. 71 pp. 8°- Mont- 
 
 pellier, 1905, No. 2. 
 Bisch (:fimile-Ga6tan-Adrien) [1882- ]. *La 
 
 p^riode m6dico-16gale de la d^mence pr6coce. 
 
 88 pp. 8°. Lille, 1909, No. 5. 
 Bisch (Josef) [1888- ]. *Das Adalin und seine 
 
 Anwendung bei Haustieren. [Giessen.] 61 pp. 
 
 8°. Cobknz, E. L. Scheld, 19] 3. 
 Bisch (Louis) [1873- ]. _*La gangrfene des 
 
 fibromyomes ut^rins non p6dicul6s. 112 pp. 8°. 
 
 Paris, 1901, No. 106. 
 . The same. 112 pp. 8°. Paris, G. 
 
 Steinhdl, 1902. 
 Bisch (Louis Edward) [1885- i). *Biochemical 
 
 studies of protagon and mucoid. 50 pp. 8°. 
 
 Boston, Pa., Eschenbach Print. Co., 1912. 
 Biscbofberger (Alfred). *Geburtshulflich-klini- 
 
 sche Untersuchungen ilber die Haltbarkeit des 
 
 Mutterkoms. 63 pp. 8°. Bern, Michel ds 
 
 Buckler, 1897. 
 Bischoff (G[arl] "W[ilhelm Eranz]) [1875- i]. 
 
 *Eia Fall von angeborener medianer Spaltung 
 
 der oberen GesichtshaUte. 47 pp. 8°. Bonn, 
 
 C. Geargi, 1898. 
 
 Bischoff (Ernst) [1880- ]. *Die Bedingungen 
 der psychischen Energte. 74 pp., 1 1. 8°. 
 MUnchen, R. Oldenbourg, 1906. 
 
 Bischoff (Ernst [Christoph]) [1878- ]. *Expe- 
 rimen telle Untersuchungen iiber dieBeem- 
 flusBung associativer Vorgange durch die Men- 
 struation. 15 pp. 8°. Tubingen, F. Pistzcker, 
 1904. 
 
 Bischoff (GottUeb Wilhelm). Grundriss der 
 medicinischen Botanik; als Leitfaden bei 
 Vorlesungen . . . Nach den natiirlichen Fami- 
 lien des Gewachsreiches, mit Angabe der 
 Linn^'schen Klassification. viii, 248 pp. 8°. 
 Heidelberg, A. Osswald, 1831. 
 
 Bischoff (Hans) [1867- ]. Emahrung und 
 Nahrungsmittel. 120 pp. 12°. Leipzig, G. J. 
 Gosehen, 1910. 
 
 . Festschrift zur 50jahrigen Stiftungsfeier 
 
 der Berliner militararztlichen Gesellschaft am 
 20. Februar 1914. 75 pp., 1 1., 5 pL, port. 8°. 
 Berlin, E. S. Mittler & Sohn, 1914. 
 
 See, aim, Lchrbuct der Militarhygiene [etc.]. roy. 8°. 
 Leipzig, imo. . The same. 8°. Pefroffrod, 1915. 
 
 , Schwiening \et a/.]. Infektionskrankhei- 
 
 ten und nichtinfektiose Armeekrankheiten. 
 viii (1 1.), 515 pp., 2 pi. roy. 8°. Berlin, A. 
 Eirsdiwatd, 1912. 
 
 Lehrbuoh der Militarhygiene, hrsg. von H. Bischoff, W. 
 Hoflmann, H. Schwiening, v. 4. 
 
 Bischoff (J[oh.] J[acob]) [1841- ]. Zur Pro- 
 phylaxis des Puerperalfiebers. 15 pp. 8°. 
 Basel, B. Schwabe, 1876. 
 
 Bischoff (Joh. Jacob Alfred). *Ueber Gonorrhoe 
 im Wochenbett. 62 pp., 1 tab. 8°- Basel, F. 
 Reinhardt, 1901. 
 
 Bischoff ,(Kurt) [1887- ]. *Eui Beitrag zur 
 Kenntnis der Otto Chrobak'schen Becken- 
 deformitat. 17pp., 2 pi. 8°. Konigsbergi. Pr., 
 L. Krause & JEhuerlien, 1911. 
 
 Bischoff (Martin) [1887- ]. *Neue Beitrage zur 
 experimentellen Alkoholforschung mit be- 
 sonderer Berucksichtigung der Herz- und 
 Leberveranderungen. 26 pp., 1 1. 8°. Berlin, 
 L. Sdmmacher, 1912. 
 
 Bischoff (Max Horst Dietrich Franz Ferdinand 
 Maria Alexander) [1877- ]. *Beitrag zur 
 FragederGastrostomie. 34pp., 11. 8°. Gwssen, 
 von Miinchow, 1901. 
 
 Bischoff (Thaddseus). *De pulsu senum. 13 pp. 
 16°. [Viennxl, GheUn.im. 
 
 von Bischoff (Theodor Ludwig Wilhelm) [1807- 
 82]. Entwicklungsgeschichte des Hunde-Eies. 
 2 p. 1., 134 pp., 15 pi. 4°. Braunschweig, F. 
 Vieweg & Sohn, 1845. 
 
 Neue Beobachtungen zur Entwicklungs- 
 
 geschichte des Meerschweinchens. 52 pp., 4 pi. 
 4°. MUnchen, G. Franz, 1866. 
 
 Eepr.from: Abhandl. d. k.-bayer. Akad. d. Wissensch. zu 
 Miinchen, 2. 01., x, 2. Abth. 
 
 . Fuhrer bei den Praparirubungen fur 
 
 Studirende der Medicin sowie fiir praktische 
 Aerzte bei Anstellung von Sectionen. 4. Aufl. 
 Bearbeitet von N. Biidinger. xi, 224 pp. 8°- 
 Milnchen, F. Bassenmann, 1897. 
 
 For Biography, see Proo. Am. Acad. Arts & So., Host., 
 1882-3, n. s., X, 468. 
 
 Bischofswerder (Lesiiel). *Contribution k I'^tude 
 de I'anatornie pathologique de la syringomy^lie; 
 ndvromes intra-m^duUaires; main succulente. 
 100 pp. 8°. Paris, 1901, No. 139. 
 
 Bischofswerder (Norbert). *Beitrag zur Diagnose 
 der offenen Lungentuberkulose, zugleich eine 
 Studie iiber die Hilfsmittel zur Gewinnung des 
 Lungenschleims die sich fur die Praxis vomehm- 
 licheignen. [Bern.] 55 pp., 2 pi. 8°. Berlin, 
 Maschning de Kantorovncz, 1910. 
 
BISCIONIO. 
 
 563 
 
 BISMUTH. 
 
 Bisclonio (Antonio Maria) [1674-1756]. Biblio- 
 thecee mediceo-laurentianse catalogus . . . 
 digestus atque editus. 2 tomi. fol. Florentim 
 ex Imperiali typogr. , 1752. 
 
 Tomus I. Codices orientales complectens. Iv, 199 pp., 
 llpl.,[Iroiit.]. 
 
 Tomus II. Codices grsecos complectens. 122 pp., 27 pi. 
 
 Biscitin. 
 
 Altmann (A.) Ueber das Biscitin. Apoth.-Ztg., Berl., 
 190S,xxiii,174. 
 
 Bisexuality. 
 
 See, also, Henuaphrodltisiu. 
 
 McMuTtrie (J). C.) The theory of bisexuality; a review 
 and critique. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1913, cix, 370-372. 
 Also, Reprint. 
 
 Bishop (Edward Stanmore) [1848-1912]. Uterine 
 fibromata; their pathology, diagnosis and treat- 
 ment. 323 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, P. Blahistori's 
 Son & Co., 1901. 
 
 -. Essentials of pelvic diagnosis, with illus- 
 trative cases. And an appendix on examination 
 of blood, etc., by Chas. H. Holland, xii, 297 
 pp^ 2 pi. 8° Bristol, J. Wright & Co., 1903. 
 Far Biography, see Lancet, Lond., 1912, ii, 416. 
 
 Bishop {Francis Besant) [1853-1916]. 
 
 Boy XP. S.). Stone (i. S.) & Malone (W. P.) In me- 
 moriaqi. Wash. M. Ann., 1916, xv, 3.96. 
 
 Bishop (Joseph Bucklin). Sanitation of the 
 Isthmus, pp. 234-251. 8°. New York, 1913. 
 Cutting from,: Soribner's Mag., N. Y., 1913, lii. 
 
 Bishop (Louis Faugferes) [1864- ]. Blood- 
 pressure as affecting heart, brain, kidneys and 
 general circulation. A practical consideration 
 of theory and treatment. 112 pp. 12°- New 
 York, E. B. Treat & Co., 1904. 
 
 . Heart disease, blood-pressure, and the 
 
 Nauheim-Schott treatment. 3. ed. 284 pp., 
 1 pi. 8°. New York, E. B. Treat & Co., 1909. 
 The same. 4. ed. 304 pp^ front. 8°. 
 
 New York & London, Punk & W agnails Co., 
 1913. 
 
 The same. 5. ed. 317 pp., front. 8°. 
 
 New York & London, Funk & Wagnalls Co., 
 1914. 
 
 . _ The same. Maladies du coeur et pression 
 
 sanguine; considerations pratiques de patho- 
 gfoie et de traitement. 103 pp. 12° Paris, 
 J.-B. Baillih-e & fils, 1910. 
 
 Arteriosclerosis; a consideration of the 
 
 prolongation of life and efficiency after forty. 
 X, 383 pp., front. 8°. London, E. Frowde, l^li. 
 
 . The same. 2. iinpression. x, 383 pp., 
 
 front. 8°. London, E. Frowde, 1915. 
 
 See, also, Morton (Nathaniel Bowdltch). First aid to the 
 injured, [etc.]. 8°. New Ybrt, [1911?]. 
 
 Bishop (Samuel H.) The new basis of worls for 
 the blind, pp. 82-94. 8°. New York, 1909. 
 Cutting from: Century, N. Y., 1909, Ixxvlii. 
 
 foshop (Seth Scott) [1852- ]. Diseases of the 
 
 ear, nose, and throat and their accessory cavities. 
 
 A condensed text-book, xv, 496 pp., 8 pi. 8°. 
 
 Philadelphia, New York & Chicago, F. A. 
 
 Davis, 1897. 
 . The same. 2. ed. xix, 554pp., 8 pi. 8°. 
 
 Philadelphia, New York & Chicago, F. A. 
 
 Davis, 1898. 
 
 The same. 3. ed. xxxiii, 564 pp., 10 pL, 
 
 8 1. 8°. Philadelphia, F. A. Davis Co., 1905. 
 The same. 4. ed. xxiiL 564 pp., 10 pi. 
 
 8°. Philadelphia, F. A. Davis Co., 1908. 
 
 The ear and its diseases. A text-book for 
 
 students and physicians, xv, 439 pp., 4 pi. 8°. 
 Philadelphia, F. A. Davis Co., 1906. 
 Bishop (T. B.) Evolution criticised, viii, 348 
 pp. 12°. Edinburgh & London, Oliphants; 
 London, The Scripture Union Office, 1918. 
 
 Bishop (William Warner). Practical handbook of 
 modem library cataloguing. 150 pp. 8°- Balti- 
 more, Williams & WUkins Co., 1914. 
 
 Bishopp (Fred Curry) [1884- ]. The distri- 
 bution of the Rocky Mountain spotted fever 
 tick. 4 pp. 8°. Washington, 1911. 
 
 Forms Giro. No. 136 of: U. S. Dep. Agric. Bureau Ento- 
 mol., Wash. 
 
 Bisi6 (Innocentius Gabriel). *De peripneumonia 
 inflammatoria. 29 pp. 8°. Genux,typ.Graviera- 
 nis, 1815. 
 
 Biskra lutton. 
 
 See Aleppo and Biskra button. 
 
 von Bismarck {Otto Eduard Leopold) 
 [1815-98]. 
 
 Blocker (E.) Ber Alkoholismus Bismarcks. Intemat. 
 Monatschr. z. Erforsch. d. Alkoholismus [etc.], Basel, 1909, 
 xix, 32a-331.— Kohut (A.) Der Altreichskamler Furst von 
 Bismarck und der Aerztestand. Med. Klin., Berl., 1911, vii, 
 515-517.— Schwalbe (J.) Bismarcks Briefe an seine Gattin 
 aus dem Kriege 1870-71. Deutsche med. Wohnschr., Berl. 
 & Leipz., 1915^x11, 406.— Schweninger (E.) Die Krankheit 
 Bismarck's. Heilkunde, Wien [etc.], 1898-9, iii, 462-406. 
 
 Bismon. 
 
 Llnke. Bismon. Therap. Neuheiten, Leipz., 1906, i. 
 205-207. 
 
 Bismutli. 
 
 Friedlibius (A.), Rebentrost (D.) & Kei- 
 LiNG (G.) Collectanea curiosa de bismutho, das 
 ist etliche rare, biss anhero noch nie bekannt, 
 sondem sehr geheim gehalten chymische Pro- 
 cesse [etc.]. 16°. Dresden & Leipzig, 1718. 
 
 Janssbn (R. L.) *Ueber das Atomgewicht des 
 Wismuts. 8°. Erlangen, 1906. 
 
 Mbhler (H.) *Ueber das Atomgewicht des 
 Wismuts. 8°. Erlangen, 1905. 
 
 Also, in: Sitzungsb. d. phys.-med. Soc. zu Erlang. (1905) 
 1906, xxxvii, 343-378, 1 pi. 
 
 Pestalozzi (L.) *Beitrage zur chemischen 
 Kenntnis des Wismut. [Erlangen.] 8°. Miin- 
 chen, 1902. 
 
 Little (H. F. V.) & Cahen (E.) The separation of bis- 
 muth from lead, and the analysis of bismuth-Icad alloys. 
 Analyst, Lond., 1910, xxxy, 301-306.— Otin (0. N.) Ueber 
 die synthetischen SiUkate des Wismuts. Bull. sect, scient. 
 del' Acad, roumaine, Bucarest, 1912-13, i, 189-195. — Schoorl 
 (N.) Magistoriumbismuthlvanvoorheenenthans. Nederl 
 Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1907, i, 1642-1646. 
 
 Bismuth (Compounds of). 
 
 See, also. Bismuth. {Subnitrate of) ; Bismuth. 
 paste; Bism.uth.ose. 
 
 Deichlbr (C.) *Beitrage zur Kenntnis und 
 zur Darstellung der Wismutsuperoxyde . [Ber- 
 lin.] 8°. [ieipzi?,, 1899.] 
 
 Godfrin (P.) *Etude et preparation des chro- 
 mates de bismuth simples et doubles; sulfates 
 et chromates acides. [Paris.] 8°. Reims, 1907. 
 
 Boole de pharmacie. 
 
 Thibault (P.) *Sur quelques combinaisons 
 de I'oxyde de bismuth avec quelques acides de 
 la s^rie benzoique. 8°. Paris, 1905. 
 
 Boucek (B.) Basische Wismuthpraparate. Klin- 
 therap. Wchnsohr., Berl., 1910, xvii; 789-793.— BujdosO (O.) 
 [The hypertannates of bismuth.] Gyfigyszer&zi hetil 
 Budapest, 1907, xlvi, 661; 685; 701; 711; 730; 743; 761; 776; 
 791; 812.— Cantrell (J. A.) Bismuth subgallate (dermatol) 
 in dermatology. Therap. Gaz., Detroit, 1894, 3. s., x, 234- 
 238.— Godfrin. Benzoates de bismuth. J, de pharm. et de 
 chim.. Par., 1910, 7. s., li, 385-396.— Gutbler (A.) & BUnz 
 (R.) Ueber die Einwirkung von ammoniaJcalischem Hydro- 
 peroxyd auf Wismutsalze. Sitzungsb. d. phys.-med. Soz. in 
 
 Erlang. (1908), 1909, xl, 90-95. • . Zur Kenntnis 
 
 der Wismutperoxyde. J6M., 96-104.— Ktundadze (E. S.) 
 Bismuthum salicylicum basicum. Farm. Vestnik, Mosk., 
 1898,ii, 213-216. — Linke. Bismutumbitannicimi. Therap 
 Neuheiten, Leipz., 1907, ii, 353-356.— Lion (GJ & Tulasne 
 (A.) Carbonate et sous-azotate de bismuth. Bull. etm6m 
 Soc. mM. d. h6p. de Par., 1910, 3. s., xxix, 315-324.— Ma. 
 son (F. S.) Allyl sulpho-carbamid; bismuth tri-iodide 
 Therap. Med., N. Y., 1910, iv, 14-20.— Newman (E. A. E.) 
 A note on the preparation and use of subgallate of bismuth 
 gauze. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1913, xlviii, 309. Also: 
 
BISMUTH. 
 
 564 
 
 BISMUTH. 
 
 Bismuth {Compounds of). 
 
 Lancet, Lond., 1913, i, 1794.— Salnt-Semln (A.) Mfithyl- 
 arsinate de bismuth. Arch, de ra&i. nav., Par., 1904, Ixxxi 
 60-56.-;-Schlenk (O.) Ueber die Priifung des Bismutuni 
 carbomcimi.Apoth.-Ztg., Berl., 1913, xxviil, 615.— TeUe 
 (H.) Ueber Verbindungeu des Wismutsmitetnigeualipha- 
 tasohen Oxysauren. Arch. d. Pharm., Berl., 1908, coxlvi, 
 484-503.— Urbaln (G.) & Lacombe (H.) Sii une s^rie de 
 ?2SP°^^ dq, bismuth. Compt. rend. Acad. d. so.. Par., 
 1903, cxxxvu, 568.— Vanlno (L.) & ZumbuscU (E.j 
 Ueber verschiedene experimentelle Versuche zur Darstel- 
 lung von Wismutwasserstoll. Arch. d. Pharm., Berl,, 1911, 
 ccxhx, 483-493.— Zernlk (F.) Bismutum bisalioylicum. 
 Arb. a. d. pharmazeut. Inst. d. Univ. Berl., 1908, v, 27-30. 
 
 Bismuth (Subnitrateof). 
 
 Bernbard (E.) & Arnstein (F.) (On the action of large 
 doses of nitrate ol bismuth given Internally.] Gaz. lek., 
 Warszawa, 1897, 2. s., xvii, 39^-404.— B0ckman (P. W. K.) 
 [Is subnitrate of bismuth acid-producing?) Norsk Mag. f . 
 Lsegevidensk. , Kristianla^ 1911, 5. K . , Ix, 715-721 .—Don (A.) 
 The value of bismuth injections into cavities for diagnosis 
 and treatment. Edinb. M. J., 1909, n. s., ii, 134-140, 2 pi.- 
 
 T.iiAA ftp \ Clin l»i A _r..>~_ J.. 11 ■ J- I' ..' - -t . S _ ,r . __ 
 
 Bismuth (Subnitrateof, Toxicology of). 
 _ BouiiLiBR (J.) *]6tude clinique des intoxica- 
 tions par le sous-nitrate de bismuth employ^ k 
 l'ext6rieur. 4°. Paris, 1895. 
 
 GvADETZKT (N.) *I)es intoxications par le 
 sous-nitrate de bismuth. 8°. Lausanne, IdlO. 
 
 Krudbwig (C. B.) *Ueber Bismutum sub- 
 nitricum und die Frage seiner toxischen Wir- 
 kung. [Bern.] 8°. Clappenburg, 1909. 
 
 Barabasctal (P.) Un caso di awelenamcnto acuto da 
 sottonitrato dl bismuto nella pratica del raggl X. Gazz. d. 
 osp., Milano, 1908^ xxlx, 1169-1171. . Azione del bacte- 
 rium coll in relazione agli awelenamenti da sottonitrato di 
 bismuto. Ibid., 1909, xxx, 625-627.— Beck (E. G.) Toxic 
 effects from bismuth subnitrate; with reports of cases to date. 
 J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1909, lil, 14-18. Alao: N. York M. 
 J. [etc.], 1909, Ixxxix, 16-22. Also, transL: T. mSd. de Brux., 
 1909, XIV, 67-69.— Benneke. [Fall von Wismutvergiftun^ 
 infolge stomachaler Verabreichung von Bismutum subm- 
 trioum bei einem 3 Wochen alten Kinde.] Uiinchen. med. 
 WchnsohTj 1906, liii, 945.— Bensaude (R.) & Aeasse- 
 liatont (B.) Les intoxications par le sous-nitrate de bis- 
 muth administrS k I'int^eur. Arch. d. mal. de I'appar. 
 digest. [eto.J, Par., 1909, iii> 13-34. Also: Bull, et m^m. Soo. 
 mSl. d. h6i). de Par., 1909, 3. s., xxvi, 96-112.— BSlrme (A.) 
 Ueber Nitritvergiftung nach intemer Darreichung von Bis- 
 muthum subnitricum. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., 
 Lelpz., 1907, Ivii, 441-452. — Brelet. Les intoxications par le 
 sous-nitratedebismuthadmimstr^ai'int^rieur. Gaz.d.n6p., 
 Par., 1909, Ixxxii, 265. — Devec. Un cas d'intoxication par le 
 sous-nitrate de bismuth. Lyon m(5d., 1909, xciiL 520-522. — 
 Doii(A.) Caseofbismuthpoisoning. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1908, 
 
 li, 1604. . Poisoning by bismuth subnitrate injected 
 
 into the knee-joint. Ibid:, 1909, i, 1481.— GMSrard (E.) & Dau- 
 nlc (P.) Sur la possibility d'une intoxication lente apr^ in- 
 gestion de sous-nitrate de bismuth dans certains ^tats patho- 
 logiques de I'estomao. Arch. mM. de Toulouse, 1897, ill, 
 353-360. Also: Compt. rend. Soo. de biol., Par., 1S'J7, 10. s., 
 iv, 369; 457.^HeyeraahI (S.-A.) [Poisoning by internal use 
 of subnitrite of bismuth.] Norsk Mag. f. L86gevidensk.,Kris- 
 tiania, 1909, 5. R., vii, 545-549.— Ide fM.) Intoxications par 
 les sous-nitrate de bismuth. Rev. med. de Louvain, 1908, v, 
 302-304.— Klser (R. W.) Et Tilfselde af Nltritlorgiftmng 
 efter intern Anvendelse af subnitras bismuthicus ved 
 Rontgenundersrfgelse. Hosp.-Tld., Ki(Jbenh., 1908, 6. R., 
 i, 1161-1164.— Kocli (E.) Ueber die baktericide Wirkung 
 des Wismutsubnitrats.und des Bismon (koUoidaleu Wis- 
 mutoxyds). Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 
 1904, XXXV, 640-645.— Lesleur (C.) & Some (B.) Intoxica- 
 
 avecadbSrencesintestinaies. umi. etmem. soc. mea. d. h6p. 
 de Par., 1909, 3. s., xxvi, 440-444. Also: MM. mod.. Par., 
 1909, XX, 97.— Lewln (L.) Ueber Wismutvergiftung und 
 eiuen ungiftigen Ersatz aes Wismuts fflr BBntgenaufnah- 
 men. Munohen. med. Wohnschr., 1909, lyi, 643-645.— 
 Meyer (E.) Vergiftung duroh Bismuthum subnitricum 
 undsein Ersatz durch Bismuthum carbonicum. Therap. 
 Monatsh., Berl., 1908, xxii, 388-340.— [Noulls.] Deux cas 
 d'intoxication par le sous-nitrate de bismuth. Gaz. mdd. 
 d'Orient, Constant., 1901-2, xlvl, 637.— Nowak (J.) Nitrit- 
 vergiftung durch Bismutum subnitricum. Berl. kiln. 
 Wchnsohr., 1908, xlv, 1764-1768.— PhllHps fj.) Bismuth 
 poisoning and nitrite poisoning from theuseof bismuthsub- 
 nitrate, with report of three cases. Cleveland M. J., 1917, xvi, 
 419-428, 2 pi.— ScUumm ( . ) Spektroskopisoher Naohweis 
 
 Bismuth (Subnitrate of Toxicology of). 
 
 der Bismutum subnitricum-Vergiftung. Deutsche med. 
 
 Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1910, xxxvi, 1250. • U"''?'' 
 
 VergiftungenmitBismutumsubnitrioum. Mitt.a.d.Hamb. 
 Staatskrankenanst., 1910, x, 347-366. iltoo[Abstr.]: Jahrb.d. 
 Hamb. Staatskrankenanst. 1909, Hamb. & Leipz^ 1910, xiv, 
 pt. 2, 347-349.— Scbumm (O.) & Lorey (A.) Beitrag zur 
 Frage der Giftwirkung von Bismutum subnitncum und an- 
 deren in der Bontgendiagnostik angewandten Bismutprapa- 
 raten. Fortsohr. a. d. Geo. d. Rontgenstrahlen, Hamb., 1910, 
 XV, 150-161. — =-. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Wir- 
 kung des Bismutum subnitricum und Widerlegung der 
 Irrtmner L. Lewlns auf Grund eigener klinischer und ex- 
 perimenteller Uhtersuchungen. Med.-krit. Bl. in Hamb., 
 1910.1,76-79. Stlller(B.) EinWortilberdenWismutmagen. 
 Berl. kiln. Wchnschr., 1911, xlviii, 121.— Tocheport. In- 
 toxication par le sous-nitrate de bismuth. Bull. Soc. d'anat. 
 et physiol. de Bordeaux, 1896, xvii, 300.— Zabel (E.) Zur 
 Kasmstik und Symptomatologie der Vergiftungen mit 
 Bismutum subnitricum. Deutsche med. Wchnscfi'., Berl. 
 & Leipz., 1909, xxxv, 200.— Zadek (J.) Ueber die Ursachen 
 der Nitritvergiftung durch Bismutum subnitricum. Zt- 
 schr. 1. exper. Path. u. Therap., Berl., 1914, xv, 498-516. 
 
 Bismuth (TTierapeviic and diagnostic 
 use of). 
 
 See, also, Bismuth. {Subnitrate of) ; Bismuth 
 paste; Diarrhcea (Treatment of); Intestines 
 {Diseases of, Diagnosis of) ; Intestines {Explora- 
 tion of); Roentg^en rays {Methods, etc., 
 Stomach. {Diseases of, Treatment of) with 
 muth; Stomach (Exploration of); Suppuration 
 (Treatment of) with bismuth paste; Tuberculosis 
 (Surgical, Treatment of) with bismuth paste; 
 Wounds (Gunshot, Treatment of); Wounds (In- 
 fectiortof. Treatment of). 
 
 Canan (C. W.) The therapeutic value of the 
 different forms of bismuth. 12°. [7i..p.], 1907. 
 
 Yasenski (F. a.) *Materiali k farmakologi- 
 cheskomu i terapevticheskomu deystviu f enolo- 
 vikh soyedineniy vismuta. [The pharmacologi- 
 cal and therapeutic action of compounds of 
 phenol and bismuth.] 8°. 8 .-Peterburg, 1893. 
 
 Bircbmore (W. H.) A new preparation of bismuth. 
 Med. Exam. & Pract., N. Y., 1906, xvi, 374. Also, Reprint.— 
 Boucek (B.) Ueber Behandlung mit basischen Wismuth- 
 salzen. Rev. de m4d. tchftque, Prague, 1909, i, 101-103. 
 Also: Therap. Centralbl., Wien, 1909, iv, 41-43.— Caley 
 (H. A.) Some points In the action and uses of bismuth 
 salts. Therap. Soc. Tr., Lond., 1905, Hi, 76-84.— Cern6 & 
 Delaforge. tine nouvelle preparation bismuth^e. Arch, 
 d. mal. de I'appar. digest, [etc.]. Far., 1909, ill, 356-359.— 
 Cowley (R.C.) Solution of bismuth and ammonium citrate. 
 Pharm. J., Lond.j 1911, 4. s., xxxU, 131.— Domer & Weln- 
 gElTtner. Ueber Wismuthausscheidung im Urin nach 
 Wismutmahlzeit. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 
 1909, xcviii, 258-266.— Duyk (M.) Sur quelques nouveaux 
 medicaments k base de bismuth et sur leur analyse. Bull. 
 Acad. roy. de mdd. de Belg., Brux., 1898, 4. s., xii, 851-871. 
 Also: J. de pharm., Anvers, 1899, Iv, 135; 176.— Fuchs (G.) 
 Zur Theorie der Wismuthwirkung. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. 
 deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1902, Leipz., 1903, ii, 2. Hlfte., 
 
 90-94. Also: Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 
 1903, xxlx, 244.— Gay (P.) Le groupe pharmaoeutique du 
 bismuth; revue de quelques travaux rtonts et des acquisi- 
 
 GoTbacliell (I. F.) [Influence of bismuth on gastric diges- 
 tion.] Obshtshestvo Russk. Vraoh. v pam. Pirogova. 
 Trudl . . . Syezda. 1904, S.-Peterb., 1905, ilL 74-76.— HatcU 
 (J. L.) X-iodo-bismuth. Med. Mirror, St. Louis, 1903, xlv, 
 393-395.— Hayem. L'emploi du bismuth dans les afieo- 
 tlons gastro-intestlnales. Key. intemat. de m6d. et de chir.. 
 Par., 1911, xxii, 366-369.— taquer (B.) Sur les effets thfta- 
 peutiques du bismuth et de ses compost (surtout de la 
 bismuthose). Arch, de mdd. d. enf.. Par., 1903, vi, 340-349.— 
 Metzger (L.) Zur Anwendung von Wlsmuisalzen in der 
 RBntgenpraxls. Med. Klin., Berl., 1911, vii, 881.— Ptstie 
 (E . ) Note sur l'emploi de la gaze au bismuth en rhiuologie 
 et en otologie. Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.]. Par., 1910 i, 
 401-406.— Suimont (H.) & Dubus (A.) Note sur I'aotlon 
 myxogftne de quelques sols de bismuth au niveau de I'esto- 
 mao. Arch. d. mal. de I'appar. digest, [etc.]. Par., 1909, Hi, 
 537-689.— Wilcox (R. W.) The newer preparations of 
 bismuth. Med. News, N. Y,, 1897, Ixxl, 136-138. Also, 
 Reprint. 
 
 Bismuth (Toxicology of). 
 
 See, also, Bismuth {Subnitrate of. Toxicology 
 of) ; Bismuth paste { Toxicology of). 
 
 _ Gulden (K. R.) *Sind Wismutpraparate 
 giftige Substanzen. 8°. Heidelberg. 1912. 
 
BISMUTH. 
 
 565 
 
 BISMUTH. 
 
 
 Bismuth (Toxicology of). 
 
 Pape (H.) *U6ber einen Fall von akuter 
 Wismutvergiftung von der Bauchhohle aus. 
 [Jena.] 8°. Borna-Leipzig, 1912. 
 
 AUo.in: Klin.-therap. Wohnsclir., Berl., 1913, xx, 385-394. 
 
 Peters (W.) *Wismutvergiftungen in der 
 Chirurgie. 8°. Bonn, 1911. 
 
 Also, m: Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1912, xxvi, 259; 275; 
 289; 307. 
 
 ScHMELZER (W.) *Studie uber den patholo- 
 gisch-anatomischen Befund bei der Wismutver- 
 giftung. Ein Beitrag zur Lehre von den Metall- 
 intoxicationen. 8°. Jurjew, 1896. 
 
 Aemmer (F.) Ein Fall von wismuthintoxication durcli 
 Airol. Cor.-Bl. f.sohweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1897, xxvii, 486- 
 494. — ^Alexander (W.) Ueber Wismutvergiltungen und 
 einen ungiltigen Ersatz des Wismut fur Rontgenaufnahmen. 
 Dautsehe med. Wclinschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1909, xxxv. 877- 
 879, 1 pi.— Anderssen (J.) Visfuutforgiftning. Nord. 
 Tidsskr. 1. Terapi, K0benli., 1909-10, vili, 241-249.— Bachr 
 •'(}.) Specimens from a case of bismuth poisoning. Proc.N. 
 .Z<«^ Path. Soc, 1911-12, n. s., xi, 114-117.— Beck (E. G.) 
 Zur Verhiitung der Wismutvergiftung. Zentralbl. f. Chir., 
 teipz., 1910, xxxvii, 601-«06.— Bllglit (F. J.) Bismuth 
 poisoning as affecting the oral cavity. Brit. Dent. T., Lond ., 
 1917, xxxviii, 940.— Cabot (R. C.) Bismuth poisoning; 
 with report of a case. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila., 1912, 
 xxvii, 467^70.— Cramp (W. C.) A report of a case of bis- 
 muth poisoning; employment of the Bryant bulldog; recov- 
 ery. N. York State J. M^ N. Y., 1912, xii, 448.— Drees- 
 maun. Ueber Wismuth-Intoxilcation. Berl. klin. Wchn- 
 schr., 1901, xxxviii, '924-926.— Edelmanu (A.) [Chronic 
 azotan bismuth poisoning with alterations in the morpho- 
 logical composition of the blood.] Przegl.l6k.,Krakow,1913, 
 m, 663-665.— Falrley (T.) & BuneU (B. A.) PreUminary 
 note on the presence of bismuth in the human brain. J. 
 Soc. Chem. fiidust., Lond., 1918, xxxvii, 155.— FotUergill 
 f J. R . ) Notes of two eases of poisoning by bismuth lozenges. 
 Annual rep. trans. S. Durham & Cleveland M. Soc, Stock- 
 ton-on-Tees, 1873-4, i, 29-31.— Henry (F. P.) Bismuth 
 poisoning. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1901, xxxvii, 1544. — 
 HUt (R.) Ein Fall von akuter Wismutvergiftung. Mitt. 
 d. Gesellsch. f. inn. Med. u. Kinderh. in Wien, 1912, xi, 173.— 
 Hlggins (W. H.) Systemic poisoning with bismuth. J,. 
 Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1916, Ixvl, 648-650.— Lalay (L.) A 
 propos de I'intoxication d'oripne bismuthique Chez le 
 malade pr&ent6 par M. Alex. Renault. Bull. Soc. franc, 
 de dermat. et sypn.. Par., 1906, xvii, 290-296. Also: Ann. de 
 dermat. et syph., Par., 1906, 4. s., vil, 478-484.— Lamerls 
 (H. J.) Bismuthlntoxicatie. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Ge- 
 neesk., Amst., 1912, 1, 552.— Liawson (G. B.) Bismuth 
 poisoning. South M. J., Nashville, 1910, iii, 554-557. — 
 
 xlii, 232. Also: Miinchen. med. Wchnsohr., 1905, lil, 193.— 
 Martens. Wismut- und Dermatolvergiltungen. Deutsche 
 med. Wchnschr., Berl. & l*ipz., 1909, xxxv, 1770.— Mat- 
 suoka (M.) Wismutvergiftung nach Injektion. Deutsche 
 Ztschr. t. Chir., Leipz., 1909, cii, 508-514.— Maxson (A. S.) 
 Infantile cyanosis ftom bismuth poisoning. Ann. Gynec. 
 & Pediat., Bost., 1896-7, x, 624. A Iso: Tr. M. Soc. Wisconsin, 
 Madison, 1897, xxxi, 595.— Mayer (L.) & Baehr (G.) Bis- 
 muth poisoning. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1912, 
 309-322. .4iso, Reprint.— M111iIig(F.) Ueber Wismuthver- 
 eittuug. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1901, xlviii, 692.— 
 Prior (A.) Ein Fall von Wismut-Intoxikation bei mtemer 
 Darreichung von Magisterimn bismuti. Jbid., 1907, liv, 
 1934. — BOssle. Ein Fall von akuter Wismuthvergiftung von 
 der Bauchhohle aus. Kor-Bl. d. allg. arztl. Ver. v. Thiirin- 
 gen, Jena, 1912, xli, 392. AUo: Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 
 1912, lix, 1735.— Salnt-Ange. Toxicity du bismuth. Arcli. 
 mM. de Toulouse, 1909, xvi, 253-268.— Samson (P. B.) 
 Bismuth poisoning; report of a case. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 
 1912, cvlii, 391-393.— Stager (B..) Eine Wismuthintoxika- 
 tion durch Airol. Arch. f. Horaoop., Dresd., 1897, vi, 338- 
 342. — Vldakovlcb (K.) Ein Fall von chronischer Bismuth- 
 vergiftung nach Bismuthinjectionen. Verhandl. d. Buda- 
 
 ?est. k. Gesellsch. d. Aerzte 1908, Budapest, 1909, 65. Also: 
 est. med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1908, xnv, 1217.— War- 
 fleld (L. M.) Bismuth poisomng. Am. J. M. So., Phila. & 
 N. Y.. 1912, cxiiv, 647-658.— WUcke. Ein Fall von Wismuth- 
 vergiftung sowie ein Fall von grossem Indifferentismus 
 gegen Nltroglyzerin. Ztschr. f. Med.-Beamte, Berl., 1908, 
 xxi, 268-271.— Wlndrath. Ueber Wismuth-Intoxikation; 
 nebstiMitteUung elnes todlich verlaufenden Falles nach 
 Applikation einer Bi-Salbe. Med. Klin., Berl., 1910, vi, 
 742-745. — Zollinger (F.) Experimentell-klinische Bei- 
 trage zur Frage der Wismutvergiftung. Beitr. z. kiln. Chir., 
 Tubing., 1912, Ixxvii, 268-293.— Zwtck (A. O.) Toxicity of 
 bismuth. Therap. Rec, Louisville, 1911, vi, 121-123. 
 
 Bismuth paste. 
 
 See, also, Suppuratioii {Treatment of); Tu- 
 berculosis {Surgical, Treatment of) with, bis- 
 muth paste. 
 
 Camoin (F.) *Sur la m^thode de Beck (injec- 
 tions bismuth^eg). 8°. Montpellier, 1910. 
 
 Galtibk (C.) *Oontribution &, I'dtude de la 
 m^thode de Beck (injections bismuth^es). 8°. 
 Montpellier, 1911. 
 
 Vanhabckb (E. B.J.) *Mode d'action et toxi- 
 city des pates au bismuth; 6tude clinique et ex- 
 p6rimentale. 8°. Lille, 1910. 
 
 Alapy (H.) Gehimhyperamieiu Folge von Einspritzung 
 der Beckschen Bismuthpasta. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, 
 Budapest, 1909, xlv, 29.— Beck (J.) The bismuth paste 
 treatment in ear, nose and tliroat affections; with report of 
 cases, radiograms and specimens. Dlinois M. J., Springfield, 
 
 1909, XV, 77-81. . Bismuth paste in chronic suppurar 
 
 tive diseases of the nose, accessory sinuses, ears, and mastoid 
 process. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1910, xx, 1056-1065. 
 
 . Bismuth paste, its uses in surgery. N. York State 
 
 J. M., N. Y., 1912, xii, 445-448. . The present status of 
 
 bismuth paste treatment of suppurative sinuses and empye- 
 ma. Ann. Sur^., Phila., 1914, Ixviii, 145-157. Also, Re- 
 print. . Bismuth paste in war surgery; its use in com- 
 bination with the sldn sliding operations for chronic suppu- 
 rations and lung abscess. Ibid., 1918, ixvli, 393-402, 8 pf. — 
 Cbambers (Helen) & Goldsmltli (J. N.) The baotenolo- 
 gical and chemical action of bismuth-iodoform-paraffin paste. 
 Lancet, Lond., 1917, i, 333-335.— Coates (G. M.) Bismuth 
 paste in the ear and nose. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1913, xcvii, 
 112-115. — Coerr (F. H.) Bismuth paste as a primary dress- 
 ing for skin grafts and m the treatment of bums and granu- 
 latmg wounds. Am. J. Surg,, N. Y., 1914, xxviii, 71-73. — 
 Gessner (H. B.) Beck's bismuth paste for diagnosis and 
 therapeusis; report of cases. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1909-10, 
 Ixil, 819-826, 1 pi. Also, Reprint.— Home (G.) Bipp tech- 
 nique in a base hospital. N. Zealand M. J., WeUmgtdn, 
 1918-19, xvii, 117-121.— Johnstone (E. M.) Bismuth paste 
 in chronic sinuses, abscess cavities, etc. China M. J., Shan- 
 ghai, 1917, xxxi, 378-387.— Lippens (A.) La mrthode de 
 Beck a. la pate bismuth^ en chirurgie. J. de chir. et ann. 
 Soc. beige de chir,, Brux., 1912, xii, 484; 657.— Mitchell 
 (J. R.) Chalk paste a substitute for bismuthpaste. J.Am. 
 M. Ass., Chicago, 1911, Ivii, 394.— MttUer (S. Bertha). Mag- 
 ma bismuthl. Am. J. Pharm., Phila. , 1914, Ixxxvi, 11-13. — 
 Newman (E. A. R.) A bismuth paste injector. Indian 
 M. Gaz,, Calcutta, 1914, xlix, 146, 1 pi.— O'Conor (V,) & 
 Kreutzmann (H. A.) The use of bismuth iodoform paste 
 in outpatient work. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1917, Ixix, 
 2010.— Powers (J. C.) Bismuth paste. J. Iowa State M. 
 Soc, Clinton, 1912-13, ii, 697-705.— Bost (P.V Welches ist 
 der wirksame Bestandteil der Beckschen Wismutpaste? 
 Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1913, Ix, 2281. — Vanbaecke & 
 Dubus. Note sur Tabsorption du bismuth injects selon la 
 mdthode de Beck. :ficho m^d. du nord, Lille, 1910, xiv, 193. 
 AUo: Bull. Soc. de m^d. du nord, 1910, Lille, 1911, 119.— 
 Wacker (L.) Welches ist der wirksame Bestandteil der 
 Beckschen Wismutpaste? Miinchen. med. Wchnsciir., 
 1913, Ix, 2674. 
 
 Bismuth paste (Toxicohm of). 
 
 Anderson XA. B.) Poisoning by bismuth subnitrate in 
 the use of bismuth paste. West. M. Rev., Omaha, 1910, xv, 
 23-26. — Camerer (C. B.) Poisoning resulting from the 
 injection of bismuth paste. U. StatesNav. M. Bull., Wash., 
 
 1911, V, 59.— David (V. C) & Kauflman (J. R,) Poisomng 
 from bismuth subnitrate vaselin paste. Illinois M. J., 
 Springfield, 1909, xvi, 370-375. Aha: J. Am. M. Ass., 
 
 Chicago, 1909, Iii, 1953. . Bismuth poisoning, 
 
 two cases, with one fatality, following injection of bismuth- 
 vaselin paste. Ibid., 1035,— Eggenberger (H.) Wismuth- 
 vergiftung durch Injektionsbehandlung nach Beck. Zen- 
 tralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1908, xxxv, 1309; 1537.— Ely (L. W.) 
 A fatal case of bismuth paste poisoning. Med. Rec, N. Y., 
 
 1912, Ixxxi, 119. Also, Reprint.— Frelllch (E. B.) Bismuth 
 
 goisoningfoUowing bismuth pasteinjection. J. Am. M. Ass., 
 blcago, 1917, Ixviii, 111. Also, Reprint.— Gessner (H. B.) 
 A death from bismuth pasteiniection. Pan- Am. S. & M. J., 
 N.Orl.,1914,xix,62-64. Ateo,Benrint.— Hepwortli(P.A.) 
 Toxic symptoms after the use of bismuth paste. Lancet, 
 Lond., 1917, i, .573.— Jensen (T.) Ueber Nitritintoxikation 
 bei der Injelrtion der Beckschen Wismutpaste. Miinchen. 
 med. Wchnschr., 1913, Ix, 1202.— Laser (E.) Ein in Hei- 
 lung ausgegangener Fall von schwerer medizinaler Wis- 
 mutvergiftung mit Beck'scher Wismutpaste. Klin.- therap, 
 Wchnschr., Berl., 1914, xxi, 298.— Parassin (J.) [Case of 
 severe toxic gangrenous stomatitis after treatment by 
 Beck's bismuth paste.] Budapest, orv. \i)S&e, 1908, vi, 9121- 
 916.— Belcli (A.) . Ueber Vergiftung durch Beclische. Wis- 
 mutpasten-Behandlung. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 
 
BISMUTH. 
 
 566 
 
 BITES. 
 
 \^\ 
 
 Bismuth paste (Toxicology of). 
 
 1909, Ixv, 184-a7.^Watsou (C. G;) B. 1. P. P. poisoning. 
 St. Bartli. Hosp. J., Lond., 1917-18, xxv, 23.— Tount (C. E.) 
 Bismutli paste poisoning; report of a fatal case. N. Mexico 
 M. J., Las Graces, 1915, xiv, 51-57. 
 
 Bismuthose. 
 
 Eisner (H.) Einige Bemerkungen fiber die Bismutose. 
 Arcli. f. Verdaunngskr., Berl., 1902, viii, 639-642. Also, in: 
 Ges. Beitr. a. d. Geb. d. Physiol., Path. u. Therap., Berl., 
 1886-1906, u, 675-679. Aho, tranat: J. m6d. de Brux., igosj 
 TOi, No. 20, suppl. Also, transl.: N. m^dic^ Brux., 1903, ui. 
 No. 8^ 5.— Fischer (H.) Anwendung von Bismutose in der 
 Praxis. Aerztl. Eundsohau, MiiQchen, 1902, xii, 401^03. 
 Also: Deutsche Praxis, Miinchen, 1902, xi, 733-738.— Fuchs 
 'G.) Ueber die Bismutose. Ber. d. deutsch. pharm. 
 Jesellsch., Berl., 1903, xili, 443-449.— Kllnkler. Ueber 
 Bismutose. Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1902, Ixxi, 
 276. — Laquer (B.) Ueber die neue Wismuteiweissverbin- 
 dung (Wlsmutose). Cong. Intemat. de m^d. C. r., Par., 
 
 190O, sect, de tb&ap., 160-162. . Ueber Bismutose, eine 
 
 Wismut-Protemverbindung. Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl.- 
 Wien, 1901, n. t., iii, 302-304.— Maybaum (J.) [Action of 
 bismutose In diseases of the intestinal canal of adults.] 
 Czasopismo lek., Z6d4jl902, iv, 471.— Nathan (F.) Ueber 
 Bismutose. Arch. f. Kinderh., Stuttg., 1904, xxxix, 334- 
 338.— Staick (H.) Ueber den therapeutisohen Wert der 
 Bismutose. Miinchen. med. Wohnschr., 1902, xlix, 1956- 
 1958. Also.transl: N.m^dic, Brux.,1903,iii, No. 14,3-5.— 
 Waithe^{F.) Bismutose. Therap. Neuheiten,Leipz., 1906, 
 1, 1.— Wltthauer (K.) Ueber Bismutose. Deutsche med. 
 Wohnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1902, xxviii, 349. 
 
 Bisol. 
 
 Bisoii (Bismuthum phoephoricum solubile). 
 8°. New York, [1896]. 
 Bisol (Bismutlium phoBphoricuin solubile). 1 1. 
 8°. New York , C. Bischoff ds Co., [n. d.]. 
 
 Traml.from: Deutsche Aerzte-Ztg., Berl., 1896, No. 3. 
 
 Bisot (Jules-Aiidr6) [1881- ]. *La dipht^rie h. 
 
 Nanoy. 63j)p. 8°. Pom, 1907, No. 1. 
 Bispbam (William N.) [1875- ]. The field 
 
 hospital. 19 pp. 12°. Fort Leavenworth, Kans., 
 
 1912. 
 In: San. Field Serv. Papers, Fort Leavenworth, 1912. 
 
 . Field medical service; foreign armies. 
 
 15, pp. 12°. Fort Leavenworth, 1913. 
 In: Collected papers, Fort Leavenworth, Kans., 1913. 
 
 Bispinck (Fritz August) [1878- ]._ *Ein Fall 
 von beiderseitiger Cataracta congenita mit Mo- 
 nopusundCryptorchismus. [Giessen.] 21pp., 
 11. 8°. Munsteri. Westf.,lW&. 
 
 Bispinck (Joseph). *Ein Beitrag zurLehre von 
 den epileptischen Dammerzustanden. 14 pp. 
 Kiel, H. Fieneke, 1905. 
 
 Bisplng (Heinrich) [1876- _ ]. *Zur Casuistik 
 der Luxatio genu congenita. 18 pp., 1 1. 8°. 
 Mel, H. Fieneke, 1902. 
 
 Bisping (Hubert) [1873- ]. *Ueber progres- 
 sive Muskelatrophie nach cerebraler Kinder- 
 lahmung. 21 pp., 1 1. 8°. Kiel, P. Peters, 
 1898. 
 
 Bisquerra (Emile) [1873- ]. *Des lipomes 
 pdricraniens. 64 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1899, No. 135. 
 
 Biss (CmZ Yates) [ -1912]. 
 
 Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1912, i, 282. AUo: Lancet, 
 Lond., 1912, i, 266. 
 
 Biss {EuheH Ebwyn Jones) [1872-1909]. 
 
 Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond^ 1909, ii, 1015. .dteo.- Lancet, 
 Lond., 1909, ii, 1039. AUo: Tr. Med.-Leg. Soc, Lond., 
 1908-«, V, 247. 
 
 Biss (Paul)i Ueber die Wirkungen des Wassers 
 und der Bader auf den gesunden iind kranken 
 Korper. 46 pp., 1 1. 8°. Munchem,, Seitz & 
 Schauer, 1902. 
 
 van Bissellck (Joannes Wilhehrms). *Hypertro- 
 phia mammae. 4 p. 1., 62 pp., 1 1., 4 pi. 8°. 
 Amsterdam, M. J. Portielje, 1911. 
 
 Bissell (Dougal) [1864- ]. Suspension of the 
 kidney. 19 pp. 4°. Troy, N. Y., The South- 
 worth Co., 1915. 
 
 Forms part of: StereoKjlinic, ed. by Howard A. Kelly. 
 For Biography, see Album Am. Gynec. Soc, Phila., 1918, 
 58, port. 
 
 BisseU {Elias S.) [1835-1905]. 
 
 Potter (W. W.) In memoriain. Buffalo M. J., 1905-6, 
 Ixi, 301-303. 
 
 Bissell (Evelyn Lyman) [1836-1905]. 
 
 Park (C. E.) Obituary. Proc. Connect. M. Soc, Hart- 
 ford, 1906, 298. 
 
 Bissell (Joseph Bidleman) [1859-1918]. 
 
 Obituary. Boston M. & S. J., 1919, clxxx, 58. Also: 
 Med. Bee, N. Y., 1918, xoir, 995. 
 
 Bistritzky (Nina). *Veranderung der Schild- 
 driise nach der Exstirpation des Ganglion 
 sympathici cervicale innmum. 15 pp. 8°- 
 Bern, Ott & Bolliger, 1913. 
 
 Bistrizkaya (Dina). *Ueber spontane Ohren- 
 blutungen. 38 pp. 8°. ZiirichrSelnau, G. 
 Leemann & Co., 1909. 
 
 Btstroff (NilcoM Ivanovich) [1842-1906]. 
 
 Obituary. Voyenno-Med. J., S.-Peterb., 1906, ccxvii, 
 med.-spec pt., 365.— Rein (G. E.) Nekrolog. J. Akush. i 
 Zhensk. Bollez., S.-Peterb., 1906, xx, 1288.— Troltskl (I. V.) 
 [In memorlam.) Kharkov. M. J., 1906, il, 241. 
 
 Bitchounsky (H61fene) [1885- ]. *Contribu- 
 tion S. r^tude de la leucoplasie vulvaire. 104 
 pp. 8°. Paris, 1912, No. 421. ' 
 
 Bites. 
 
 See, also, Bees and wasps (Stings of); Cats 
 {Bites of); Hydrophobia (Oavbses, etc., of); In- 
 sects (Bites and stings of) ; Mosquitoes {Bites 
 of); Rats (Bites of); Serpents (Poisonous, 
 Bites of) ; Stings; Ticks. 
 
 AmoSdo y Valdes (O.) Morsures en g6n&al. In Ms: 
 L'art dent, en m&i. Ife., 8°, Par., 1898, 321-337.— Asano (K.) 
 [On the bite of a skunk.) Tokyo Iji-Shinshi, 1897, No. 1012, 
 1-6, 1 ch— Baker (H.) Dog bites. Detroit M. J., 1908, viii, 
 283.— Brown (W. J.) Extraordinary case of horse-bite; the 
 external ear bitten ofl and successfully replaced. Lancet, 
 Lond., 1898, 1, 1533.— Bujwld (O.) [Unnecessary and fre- 
 quently harmful cauterization after bites.] Przegl. lek., 
 Krak6w, 1902, xli, 64.— Burnett (S. M.) Gangrene of eye- 
 lids and cheeks with destruction of the eyeballs from the bite 
 of a man. Tr. M. Soc. Dist. Columb. 1898, Wash., 1899, ill, 
 108.— Dice (J. B. F.) Bitten by a vicious hoe. Tr. M. Soc. 
 Tennessee, Nashville, 1901, 223-230.— Grieve (C. C.) A case 
 of multiple infected wounds from bear bite. U. States Nav. 
 M. Bulf, Wash., 1909, iii, 132, 4 pi.— GulUon (A.) De 
 quelques poissons vuln&ants; la pirai, la pastenague et 
 I'anguille tremblante. Clinique, Far., 1911, vi, 161-164. — 
 liozano CaparrAs. Erosiones por mordedura; su impor- 
 tancia mfidico-forense en la samdad. Cong, internat. de 
 m^d. C.-r. 1903, Madrid, 1904, xiv, sect, de mid. Ug. et 
 toxicol., 31-33 —Malson. Deux cas de lesions ^ves par 
 morsure de chameau*. Anjou m^d., Par., 1906, xiil, 154-161. 
 Also: Arch, de mM. et pharm. mil.. Par., 1906, xlvii, 213- 
 218.— Marx & Pfleger. Zur forensischen Wiirdigung der 
 Bissverietzungen. Arch. f. Krim.-Anthrop.u. Kriminalist., 
 Leipz., 1909, xxxv, 332-338.— Mayer (M.) Schadigungen 
 durch Bissverietzungen im landwirtschaftlichen Getriebe. 
 Aerztl. Sachverst.-Ztg., Berl., 1912, xviil, 406-408.— Pater- 
 son (A. C.) Tarantula and scorpion bites. J. Roy. Nav. 
 M. Scrv., Lond,, 1919. v, 99-101.— Pennington (W. E.) A 
 . dog bite and its result. West. M. Eev., Lincoln, Neb., 1898, 
 iii, 381. — P6rez (A.M.) Heridas por mordeduras de caballo. 
 Siglom^d., Madrid, 1909, Ivi, 82-84.- Plcaduras depescado. 
 Cong. mm. internac. de accid. d. trab. de Lieja de 1905. 
 Apunt. y considerac, Barcol., 1905, 106-111. — SchottmUUer 
 (H.) Zur Aetiologie und Klinik der Bisskrankheit (Ratten-, 
 Katzen-, Eichhomchen-Bisslnankheit). Dermat. Wchn- 
 schr.,Leipz. & Hamb., 1914,lvlii,Ergnzngshft.,77-103, 2pl.— 
 Stanley (H. B.) Stmgs and bites of reptiles; cases with 
 treatment. Med. Summary, Phila., 1897^8, xix, 284-287.— 
 Sudden death after a dog bite. Med. Press & Clrc, Lond., 
 1898, n. s., Ixv, 364.— Thlrlar (L.) Les plaies par morsure. 
 Clinique, Brux., 1901, xv, 506-509.— tJmachlgl (V. S.) 
 Laceration of the abdominal wall the result of bear-bite 
 simulating an abdominal tumour. Lancet, Lond.^ 1905, i, 
 494. — Vltello (G.) Del morso e delle sue comphcazionl. 
 Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1913,xxxiv, 792-794.— Welhnan (F. , 
 C.) Bone necrosis, the result of a leopard's bite; operation;, 
 recovery. J. Trop. M., Lond., 1904, vii, 124. — ^xahoub. 
 Un mode de morsure rare. Gaz. mra. d'Orient, Constant., 
 1904-5, 269-272.— Tang (V. H.) Note on case. [Bite by 
 woman's teeth.) China M. Miss. J., Shanghai, 1901, xviii, 57. 
 
 Bites (Poisonous). 
 
 Dayal (B.) Poisonous bites by some unknown animal; 
 treatment and cure. Indian M. Rec, Calcutta, 1899, xvii, 
 638.— Dick (G. F.) & Tunnlcllfl (Ruth). A streptothrix 
 isolated from the blood of a patient bitten by a weasel ^Strep- 
 tothrix putorii). J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1918, xxlii, 183- 
 187. Also, Reprint.— Ferraton. Du traitement des mor- 
 sures venimeuses. Arch, de mdd. et pharm. mil.. Par., 
 
BITES. 
 
 567 
 
 BIZAED. 
 
 Bites (Poisonous). 
 
 1897, XXX, 383-396.— Gallyob (A.) ^ppurating poisoned 
 wounds from bite of ciieetah; recovery. Indian M. Rec, 
 Calcutta, 1899, xvl, 361.— Garcia Diaz (F.) Tratamiento 
 de las mordeduras emponzofiadas. Siglo m^d., Madrid, 
 
 1898, xlv, 547.— Gougerot. Large disque «rytli«mato-pur- 
 purique a tendance v&iculeuse aveo gangrfene par piqilre 
 venimeuse. Paris mid., 1917, xxii, 493-495. — Jetlappa 
 (P. K.) Extracts from a treatise on Hindu medicine; with 
 special reference to tlie treatment of persons and animals 
 bitten by mad dogs and other venomous animals, reptUes 
 and insects. St. Barth. Hosp. J., Lond., 1912, xix, 114- 
 117.— Perrln & Thlry (G.) Emploi de la chambre k, air de 
 bicyclette comme bande Mmostatique et comme ligature 
 danslescasd'envenimation. Caducse, Par., 1912, xii, 248.— 
 Remedio contra las picadas de animal venenoso. Gac. de 
 lit. de Mexico, Puebia, 1831, iv, 380.— Bow (B. S.) Cheetah 
 bites; recovery. Indian M. Eec, Calcutta, 1900, xix, 11.— 
 Smltb (J. T.) Antidote. [Pat. spec.) No. 3/9183; March 
 6, 1888.— Tanner (E.) Remedy for blood-poisoning. [Pat. 
 spec.) No. 389422; Sept. 11, 1888. 
 
 Bith (Henry) *L'aniino-aciduiie. 4p.l., 196 pp. 
 
 8°. Paris, 1913, No. 302. 
 Bitnfjr-Shlyakbto (Vpadislav-Ivan] A[lek8an- 
 
 drovich]) [1873- [|. *K ucheniyu o lipa'.rfe. 
 
 [Onlipaser] 138, vi pp., 2 1. 8° S.-Peterburg, 
 
 V. T. Milshteln, 1904. 
 Bitot (Jules-Claude-Joseph) [1887- ]. *De8 
 
 li^mat^mfeses au cours de I'art^rioscl^rose gas- 
 
 trique. 14 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Bordeaux, 1916, No. 
 
 43. 
 
 Bitro-phosphate. 
 
 Bltro-pbosphate; calcium glycerophosphate at sixteen 
 hundred per cent profit. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1918, 
 Ixxi, 921. 
 
 Bitscta (J.) Leitfaden fiir den Veterinar-Unter- 
 riclit, nebst einem Anliang fiber den tbeoreti- 
 schen Hufbeschlag. 3. Aufl. xvi, 210 pp., 1 
 tab., 1 pi. 16°. Augsburg, M. Rieger, 1900. 
 
 Bittard (A. L.) Les 6coles de blesses. 4 p. 1., 
 xxiii, 256 pp. 12°- Paris, F. Alcan, 1916. 
 
 Bitter (Hermann Anton Bruno) [1876- ]. 
 *Ueber die Erwarmung von Textilfasem in 
 Gasen. [Wurzburg.] 22 pp., 1 1. 8°- Leipzig, 
 R. Noshe, 1906. 
 
 Bitter (Ludwig) [1882- ]. *Untersucliungen 
 liber die Bedeutung des Nikotins fiir die Starke 
 der Rauchvrirkung. 30 pp. 8° Wurzburg, F. 
 Staudenraus, 1907. 
 
 Bittericll (Adolf) [1884- ]. *Ueber Belloform. 
 [Giessen.J 69 pp. 8°- Heidelberg, C. F. Beisel, 
 1907. 
 
 Bitters. 
 
 See, aho, Angostura barh; Cinch.ona; Co- 
 lunabo; Gentian; Quassia; Tonics. 
 
 CoTJLONGEAT (C.) *Contribution k I'^tude de 
 Paction des amers et de I'action qu'ils exercent 
 sur les rapports des 616ments du sang. 8°. 
 Bordeaux, 1904. 
 
 Engel (J. W.) *Symbol8e qusedam ad cogni- 
 tionem remediorum amarorum pertinentes. 8°. 
 Seising fars, 1849. 
 
 BiEDEB (K.) *Untersuchungen fiber den 
 Einfluss eines Bitterstoffes auf den Vorgang der 
 Resorption. [Gottingen.] 8°. Leipzig, 1910. 
 
 Bendziu (C. R.) Untersuchungen iiber den Einfluss 
 eines Bitterstoffes auf den Vorgang der Resorption. Arch, f . 
 exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz.^ 1910, Ixiii, 305-330.— 
 B6kai*(A.) [BibUographical contnbutions on the effect 
 of bitter substances on digestion; introductory.) Magy. 
 orv. Arch., Budapest, 1893, ii, 445-454.— Bonannl (A.) In- 
 fluenza degli amari sulla secrezione gastrica. Arch, di far- 
 1 macol. sper., Siena, 1905, iv, 453-473.— Borlssow. Ueber die 
 Bedeutung der Bitterstoffe fur die Verdauung. Arch. f. 
 exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1904, U, 363-371.- 
 FablanlfP.) L'amaro Giuliani in terapia. N.scuolamed. 
 napol., 1903, xix, 43-47.— Heubner (W.) & Bieder (K.) 
 Ueber die 'Wirkung_der Bitterstoffe auf die Resorption. 
 Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1909, xxiii, 310-313.— Beusz (F.) 
 
 S'he significance of bitter substances in pepsin and trypsin 
 gestion.) Magy. orv. Arch., Budapest, 1893, ii, 465-477.— 
 Scheffler. Les amers. J. demM.de Par., 1910,2. s., xxii, 
 419-421.— Vas (B.) [Researches on the antibacterial and 
 antilermentative effect of bitter substances.) Magy. orv. 
 Arch., Budapest, 1893, Ii, 478^83. 
 
 Bitters {Patent specifications for]. 
 
 Callender ( W. A . ) Improvement in medical compounds 
 or bitters. No. 149573; April 14, 1874.— Edlnger (J. P.) 
 Improvement in medical compounds or bitters. No. 154465; 
 Aug.25, 1874. — Gerlltz (Johanna). Improvement in bitters. 
 No. 171658; Jan. 4, 1876.— Jttrgensen (E. C.) Improve- 
 ment in medical compounds or bitters. No. 147009; Feb. 3, 
 1874. — Kampman (H. J.) Improvement in bitters. No. 
 219957; Sept. 23, 1879.— tltz (H.) Tonic bitters. No. 
 289673; Dec. 4, 1833.— Rowland (J. S. C.) Improvement in 
 bitters. No. 173345; Feb. 8, 1876.— TorWt (H. D.) Im- 
 provement in medical compounds or bitters. No. 153637; 
 July 28, 1874. 
 
 Bitting (A. W.)_ The canning of peas, based on 
 factory inspection and experimental data. 32 
 pp. 8°. Washington, Gov. Print. Office, 1909. 
 U. S. Dep. Agric. Bureau chem. Bull. No. 125. 
 
 . Experiments on the spoilage of tomato 
 
 ketchup. 36 pp., 2 pi., 8° Washington, Gov. 
 Pnnt. Office, 1909. 
 
 U. S. Dep. Agric. Bureau chem. Bull. No. 119. 
 
 . Preparation of the cod and other salt fish 
 
 for the market; including _ a bacteriological 
 study of the causes of reddening. 63 pp., 6 pi. 
 8°. Washington, Gov. Print. Office, 1911. 
 U. S. Dep. Agric. Bureau chem. Bull. No. 133. 
 
 . The canning of foods; a description of the 
 
 methods followed in commercial canning. 77 
 pp. 8°. Washington, Gov. Print. Office, 1912. 
 U. B. Dep. Agric. Bureau chem. Bull. No. 151. 
 
 Bittler (Alexander) [1877- ]. *Ueber das 
 Verhalten des Eierstockparenchyms bei der 
 Bogenannten kleincystischen Degeneration, nebst 
 Bemerkungen fiber das Vorkommen von eiahnli- 
 chen Gebilden. [Wurzburg.] 30 pp., 1 1. 8°- 
 Munchen, C. A. Seyfried & Co., 1904. 
 
 Bittner (Arthur) [1884- ]. *Ueber Schwan- 
 gerschaftsveranderungen an der Leber und 
 anderen Organen. 20 pp., 1 1. 8°- Giessen, 0. 
 Kindt, 1913. 
 
 Bittner (Wilhelm). Ueber die Radicaloperation 
 des_ Leistenbruches, nebst Bemerkungen zur 
 Aetiologie, Anatomie, Klinik desselben. 26 pp. 
 8°. Berlin, E. Kornfeld, 1900. 
 Med. Wander-Vortr., Berl., 1900. 
 
 Bittorf (Eduard August Alexander) [1876- ]. 
 *Ueber die Folgen hoher, totaler Buckenmarks- 
 durchtrennung. Ein Beitrag zur Anatomie, 
 Genese und Symptomatologie der Kucken- 
 markstumoren. 40 pp. 8°. Leipzig, 1902. 
 
 . Die Pathologic der Nebennieren und der 
 
 Morbus Addisonii. Klinische und anatomische 
 Untersuchungen. 2 p. 1., 166 pp. 8°. Jena, 
 G. Fischer, 1908. 
 
 Der Wasser- und Kochsalz-Stoffwechsel 
 
 und seine Bedeutung fur Pathologie und Thera- 
 pie. 56 pp. 8°. Hallea.S.,C. Marhold, 1911. 
 Forms 6. Hft., v. 3, of: Samml. zwangl. Abhandl. a. d. 
 Geb. d. Verdauungs- u. Stoflwechsel-Krahkh. 
 
 Bittrolff (Richard) [1883- ]. *Ueber kalk- 
 und eisenhaltige elastische Fasem in der Lunge. 
 [Heidelberg.] 17 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Naumburg a. 
 S.,IAppert & Co., 1910. 
 
 Biumi (Paolo Geronimo). Esamina d'alcuni cana- 
 letti chiliferi, che dal fondo del ventricolo per le 
 tonache dell' omento sembrano penetrare nel 
 fegato, nella quale per necessaria connessione 
 s'osserva la storia del chilo, del sangue, di 
 fermenti, e delle ghiandole [etc.], 5 p. 1. , 223 pp. , 
 1 pi. 16° Milano, G. Richino Malatesta, 1728. 
 
 Bixby {George Holmes) [1837-1901]. 
 
 Biograpby. Album Am. Gyneo. Soc, Phila., 1918, 60, 
 port. AUo: Boston M. & S. J., 1901, cxliv, 245. 
 
 Bixin. 
 
 Heiduscbka (A.) & Biflart (H.) Ueber Bixin. Arch, 
 d. Pharm., Berl., 1911, ccxUx, 43-48. 
 
 Bizard (Benoit-Georges) [1886- ]. *Le lym- 
 phome de la conjonctive. 49 pp. 8°. Bor- 
 deaux, 1911, No. 57. 
 
BIZARD. 
 
 568 
 
 BJ0RTJM. 
 
 Blzard (Edmond-Oiarles- Louis) [1879- ]. 
 *Evolutioii de la police sanitaire maritime. Lea 
 mesures modernes de defense intemationale 
 centre la paste, le cholera et la fiSvre iaune. 68 
 pp. 8°. iiiie, 1904, No. 10. 
 
 Bfeard (L[6on-C16ment]) [1871- [|. *Des injec- 
 tions intra-c6r6braleB. 75 pp. 8°. Pom, 1899, 
 No. 53. 
 
 — - — & Lesage (Louis). La preparation 606 
 (etat actuel de la question). 2 p. 1., 60 pp. 8°. 
 Paris, Vigotfrh-es, 1911. 
 
 Bizarelli (Louis) [ -1902]. 
 
 Neciologle. Gaz. m^d. de Par., 1902, 12. s., ii, 205. 
 Bize (Jean-Bap;>.-Aug.) *I. De rinclinaison de 
 I'aiguille aimaiit6e. II. Exposer les loia de 
 I'ost^ose, consid6r6e dans les parties fonda- 
 mentales du squelette. 33 pp. 4°. Paris, 1838, 
 No. 119. -^ , i-^ 
 
 Bize (Louis). *Les gaines vasculaires. 63 pp., 1 
 
 pi. 4°. Tmdmise, 1896, No. 550. 
 Bize (Maurice). *Actions des struma de Roux et 
 
 de Marm,orek sur les globules sanguins. 118 pp. , 
 
 1 1. 8°. Pans, 1899, No. 388. 
 BizlSre (Charles-Perdiaand-Maurice) [1877- ]. 
 
 *Etude sur les comes cutan^es. 75 pp. 8'^ 
 
 Bordeaux, 1904, No. 85. 
 BizoUer (Robert-Eugfene-Constant) [1886- 1. 
 
 *Le diagnostic de la coxalgie au d^but par la 
 
 radiographie. 27 pp. 8 . Bordeaux, 1909, 
 
 No. 47. 
 
 Bizzicaluve (Ascanio Maria). 
 
 [ Biography ,] Quadro biog. . . . med. e cliir. lucohesi, 
 Lucca, 1843, 15. 
 
 Bizzozero (Giulio) [1846-1901]. Studi d'igiene. 
 
 La depurazione dell' acqua e i pregiudizi contro 
 
 I'acqua boUita. 1 p. 1., 100 pp. 16°. Milano & 
 
 Roma, F. Vallardi, [1896?]. 
 . Contro la tubercoloai. vil, 187 pp. 12°. 
 
 Milano, frat. Treves, 1899. 
 — . Onoranzea Volta nel 1* centenario della 
 
 pila. Discorso inaugurale. 50 pp. 8°. Pavia, 
 
 Marelli, 1900. 
 
 Manuale 
 
 di microBcopia clinica con 
 aggiunte risguardanti I'uso del microscopio 
 nella medicina legale. 5. ed., completamente 
 lifusa ed aumentata per cura di G. Bizzozero e 
 C. Sacerdotti. xiv, 430 pp., 8 pi., 8 1. 8°. 
 Milano, F. Vallardi, 1901. 
 
 Leopereecientifichedi . . . Introduzione 
 
 del prof . Camillo Gol|i. 1862-1896. 2 v., paged 
 consecutively, xxviii, 1143 pp., 19 pi. lol. 
 Milano, U. Hoepli, 1905. 
 
 See, also, Ottolenglil (Donato) Un 2. s.], I batteri pato- 
 genl in rapporto ai disinfettanti, [etc.]. 8°. Tmino, 1899. 
 
 For Biography, see Anat. Anz., Jena, 1901, xix, 313-319 
 (E. Fusaii). Also: Ann. dlfreniat. [etc.], Torino, 1901, xi, 
 193 (A. Marro). Also: Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.], Torino, 1901, 
 xi, 385 (G. Galli). Also: Arch, per le so. medC, Torino, 1901, 
 XXV, 205-234, port. (C. Golgi). Also: Ibid., 1905, xxix, faso. 
 3,pp.i-3di,port. (B. Morpur^o). Also: Attl d. r. Accad. d. 
 fikoorit. in Siena, 1901, 4.s.,xiii, 29-57, port. (B. Morpurgo). 
 Also: Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1901, xxx, 
 175-178 (P. Foa). Also: Clin, chir., Milano, 1901, Ix, 246 
 (A. Cecherelli). Also: Clin, dermosifllopat. d. r. Univ. di 
 Bozna, 1901, xix, 69 (Campana). Also: Deutsche med. 
 Wohnschr.j Berl. & Lelpz., 1901, xxril, 288 (K. von Barde- 
 leben). Also: Gazz. med. dl Torino, 1901, lif, 383-400, port. 
 (P. Foil). Also: Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1901, xxii, 466 (E. 
 Maragliano). Also: Ihid., 761-767 (I. Salvioli). Also: Glor. 
 d. r. Accad. dl med. di Torino, 1901, 4. s., vii, 238-244, port. 
 (Bozzolo). 4&0.- /Wd^ 321-342 (0. Sacerdotti). Also: Glor. 
 d. r. Soc. Ital. d'ig., Milano, 1901, xxiii, 249-263, port. (Sor- 
 mani). Also: Intemat. Monatschr. f. Anat. u. Physiol., 
 Leipzy 1901-2, xix, 143-152. (0. Sacerdotti). Also: J. Am. M. 
 Ass., Chicago, 1901, xxxvil, 1333. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1901, 
 1, 1176. Also: Miinchen. med. Wohnschr., 1901, xlviil, 774, 
 portr. (G. Galli). Also: PoUclin., Eoma, 1901, viii, sez. 
 med., 330-340 (A. Bignami). Also: B. 1st. Lomb. dl sc. e 
 lett. Eendlc, Milano, 1901, 2. s., xxxlv, 633-538 (C. Golgi). 
 Also: Kiv. d'ig. e san. pubta., Torino, 1901, xii, 271-294, port. 
 (L. Pagliani). Also: Biv. sper. dl Ireniat., Beggio-BmiUa, 
 1901, xxvii, Fasc. i (Tamburinl). 
 
 Bjelenky [BjeUnsky] (G.) *Zur Frage der 
 Stillungsnot und Stillungsunfahigkeit. [Basel.] 
 29 pp. 8°. Leipzig, G. Thieme, 1909. 
 
 BjeUand (AdolphO.) [1870-1913]. 
 
 [ Obituary.] St. Paul M. J., St. Paul, Minn., 1913, xv, 630. 
 Bjelostozky (Max) [1883- ]. *Die Geburt bei 
 
 Himbrucben der Fruclit. 40 pp. 8°. Berlin, 
 
 C. Siebert, 1909. 
 Bjelous (David) [1884- ]. *tJeber den Zusam- 
 
 menhang zwischen Morbus Basedowii und 
 
 Tabes dorsaUs. 29 pp., 1 1. 8°. Berlin, E. 
 
 Blanke, 1913. 
 Bjerke (K.) *Ueber die Veranderung der Refrac- 
 
 tion und Sebschaxfe nach Entfemung der Linse. 
 
 [Uppsala.] pp. 511-550. 8°. Lelvzig. 1902. 
 AUo, in: Arch. 1. Ophth., Leipz., 1902, liii, 811-650. 
 
 . Besvar ofver forslag tiU en bataljonsla- 
 
 karetjenst vid kongl. forsta lifgrenadierrege- 
 mentet. [Objections to a proposition concerning 
 the service of a battalion surgeon in the First 
 Regiment of the Royal Bodyguard.] 51pp. 12°- 
 Stockholm, P. Palmquist, 1903. 
 
 Bjerre (Poul Carl) [1876- _ ]. The history and 
 practice of psychoanalysis. Transl. by Eliza- 
 beth N. Barro-w. 294 pp. 8°. Boston, R. G. 
 Badger, 1916. 
 
 Bjork (Carl HenriTc) [1844- ]. 
 
 [Blograpliy.l Halsovannen, Stockholm, 1898, xiii, 167- 
 169. 
 
 Bjorkegren (Margaret E.) Handbook of anatomy 
 for students of massage. 2. ed. x, 233 pp. 8°. 
 London, Ballihre, Tindall & Cox, 1917. 
 
 BjSrken (John). Om behandUngen of urethrit. 
 [Treatment of urethritis.] 132 pp. 8°. Stock- 
 holm, P. A. Norstedt de Sdner, 1867. 
 
 Bjorkenhelm (E. A.) Zur Kenntnis der Schleim- 
 haut im Uterovaginalkanal des Weibes in den 
 verschiedenen Altersperioden. 239 pp., 5 pi. 
 8°. Wiesbaden, J. F. Bergmann, 1907. 
 Also, in: Anat. Hefte, Wlesb., 1907, xxxv, 105. Hit. 
 
 BjSrklund (Gustaf). Om doden och uppstSn- 
 delsen frdn cellarens synpunkt. [Death and 
 resurrection from the viewpoint of the cell.] 161 
 pp. 8°. Stockholm, Samson & Wallin, 1900. 
 
 Bjorksten(Joh. Isak) [1829-1912]. Vaccinationens 
 historia i Finland. 188 pp., 1 map. 8°. Hel- 
 siriqfors, 1902. 
 
 For Biography, see Finskalak.-sallsk. handl., Helsingfors, 
 1912, 1, 227-229, port. (E. Sievers). 
 
 Bjorkst§n (Max). *0m streptokockens och dess 
 toxins samt stafylokockens inverkan pfi. lefvem. 
 Bidrag till kannedomen_ om lefvercirrhosens 
 (specielt den biliaras) etiologi och patogenes. 
 [The action of the streptococcus and its toxin, 
 together with that of the staphylococcus, on 
 the Uver. Contribution to the knowledge of the 
 etiology and pathogenesis of liver cirrhosis (es- 
 pecially the biUary).] 2p. l.,185 pp.,4 pi. 8° 
 Helsingfors, Finsk Tidshifts Trycleeri Aktieholag, 
 1900. 
 
 Bjornstad (A. W.) The German Army. 24 pp. 
 12°. Fort Leavenworth, Kans., The Army Serv- 
 ice Schools, 1916. 
 
 Bjornstrom (Frederik). Hypnotism; its history 
 and present development. Authorized trans- 
 lation from the 2. Swedish ed. by Baron Nils 
 Posse. 1 p. L, 126 pp. 8°. iVra; Fori, [1899?]. 
 
 Bj^rum (Maria Valborg) & Heiberg (Povl). De 
 vigtigste f0dehiidlers relative 0_konomiske og 
 fysiologiske roUe i dyrtidskosten i de forskelUge 
 indtsegtsklasser i Oktober 1916. [The economical 
 and pnysiological value of the most important 
 food materials as animal food]. 7 pp. 8°. 
 K0benhavn, F. Bagge, 1917. 
 iJ«j)r./roro.-Ugesk. f Leeger, K0benh., 1917. 
 
BLAAUW. 
 
 569 
 
 BLACKEK. 
 
 Blaauw (E. E.) Die Augensymptome der Ray- 
 naudscheii Krankheit. 27 pp. 8°- Eallea.S., 
 
 C. Marhold. 1913. 
 
 rorms 5. Hft., v. 9, of: Samml. zwangl. Abhandl. a. d. 
 Geb. d. Augenli. 
 
 Blaauw (Julius Jakob) [1872- ]. *Maligne 
 Nierentumoren im Kindesalter. Ein Beitrag zur 
 Frage der embryonalen Mischgeschwulste der 
 Mere. 28 pp. 8°. Leipzig, B. Georgi, 1906. 
 
 Blache (Auguste) [1885- ]. *Contribution k 
 r^tude du volvulus de I'S iUaque {k propos 
 d'une observation personnelle). 47 pp. 8° 
 Montpellier, 1914, No. 77. 
 
 Blache (Ren6) [1838-19181. 
 
 [Blograpliy, by L. P.] Presse mid.. Par., 1908, xvi, 
 aimex, 905. 
 
 ; — , Ladreit de la Charnifere & M6ni6re 
 
 {d' Angers). Igiene ed educazione della prima 
 infanzia per .'. . Versione di A. Donarelu. 46 
 pp., 1 1. 8°. Roma, coi tipidella Tipog. romana, 
 1879. 
 
 Blacher (Aristide) [1883- ]. *Appendidte 
 chronique, forme atrophique. 70 pp. 8° 
 Paris, 1910, No. 445. 
 
 Black (Adolf) [1880- ]. Die blutige und 
 unblutige Benandlung irrepoidbler trauma- 
 tischer Huf tluxationen. 38pp., 11. 8°. Konigs- 
 herg i. Pr., 0. Kiimmel, 1909. 
 
 Black (Arthur Davenport) [1870- ]. The 
 diseases and treatment of the investing tissues 
 of the teeth. 34 pp. 12°. Berkeley, University 
 of California Press, 1916. 
 
 University of California. College of Dentistry. Exten- 
 sion lectures. No. 3. 
 
 See, also, Black (Greene Vardiman). A work on operar 
 tive dentistry, roy. 8°. Clkago, 1917. 
 
 Black (Donald Campbell) [1841-98]. The medical 
 environment; two adiesses: (a) On the hospital 
 question; (b) On medical ethics. 50 pp., 2 1. 
 12°. Glasgow, H. SopTdns; Halifax, G. R. Ryley, 
 [1896]. 
 
 For Biography, see Glasgow M. J., 1899, li, 53. Also: 
 Lancet, Lond., 1899, i, 64. 
 
 Black (Greene Vardiman) [1836-1915]. Descrip- 
 tive anatomy of the human teeth. 3. ed. xvi, 
 171 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, The Wilmington 
 Dental Mfg. Co., 1894. 
 
 . The same. 4. ed. xvii, 169 pp. 8°. 
 
 Philadelphia, Pa., TheS.S. White Dental Mfg. 
 Co., 1897. 
 
 A work on operative dentistry. 2 v. xi, 
 
 319 pp.; xvi, 403 pp. 4°. Chicago, Medico- 
 Dental Publishing Co. [eic], 1908. 
 
 The same. 2 ed. 2 v. 8° Chicago, 
 
 Medico-Dental Publ. Co. [etc.], 1914. 
 
 A work on special dental pathology 
 
 devoted to the diseases and treatment of the in- 
 vesting tissues of the teeth and the dental pulp. 
 3p. 1., vii-xxviii, 489jpp. 4° Chicago, Medico- 
 Dental Publ. Co. [etc.J, 1915. 
 
 For Stography, see Dental Brief, PMla., 1907, xil, 518-529, 
 port. Also: Dental Cosmos, Phila., 1915, Ivii, 1193, port. 
 Also: Dental Eev., Chicago, 1916, xxx, 253-289 (A. W . Har- 
 ris, F. B. Noyes et al^. Also: Items Interest, N. Y., 1910, 
 xxxii, 161-171, port (C!. E. Bentley). Also: J. Allied Dent. 
 Soc, N. Y., 1915, X, 409-417. Also: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 
 1915, Ixv, 893. Also: J. Calif. Dental Ass., San Fran., 1918, 
 ili, 243-246 (V. W. Simonton). Also: J. Nat. Dent. Ass., 
 Huntington, Ind., 1918, v, 1004-1007 (A. W. Thornton). 
 Also: Northwest. Dent. J., Chicago, 1913-15, xi, 3-11, port. 
 
 See, also: 
 
 Black historical exhibit. Dental Beg., Cindn., 1918, 
 Ixxii, 403-109. 
 
 & Black (Arthur [Davenport]). A work on 
 
 operative dentistry. 3. ed. 2 v. roy. 8° Chi- 
 cago, Medico-Dental Pub. Co., 1917. 
 
 Black (James). On the treatment of alarming 
 complications occurring in the course of sup- 
 
 Black (James) — ^continued. 
 purative otitis media. 17 pp. 8°. London, 
 E. K. Lewis, 1887. 
 
 Black (James EUiot) [ -1917]. 
 
 Obituary. Glasgow M. J., 1917, Ixxxvii, 347. 
 
 Black {James Watt) [1840-1918]. 
 
 Obituary. Brit. M. J., Loud., 1918, i, 273. Also: Lan- 
 cet, Lond., 1918, 1, 388. 
 
 Black (John Janvier) [1837- ]. Forty years in 
 the medical profession, 1858-98. 498 pp. 8°. 
 Philadelphia; J. B. Lippincott Co., 1900. 
 
 . Eating to live, with some advice to the 
 
 gouty, the rheumatic and the diabetic. A book 
 for everybody. 412 pp. 12°. Philadelphia & 
 London, J. B. Lippincott Co., 1906. 
 
 Black [Joseph] [1728-99]. 
 
 See iuserlesene kleine werke [etc.]. 12°. Koperihagen 
 & Leipzig, 1774. 
 
 For Biography, see Richardson (B. W.) Disciples of' 
 jEsculapius. 8°. ionifon, 1900, ii, 461-481, port. See, also: 
 Brit. M. J., Lond., 1904, i, 975 (Sir W. Ramsay). 
 
 Black (Malcolm) [1848-1918]. 
 
 Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1918, ii, 703. 
 
 Black (Nelson Miles). Report of comparative 
 tests of roundels from an ophthalmologist's stand- 
 point. 20 pp. 12°. [Milwaukee, n. d.] 
 
 . Advantages and disadvantages of glasses 
 
 'in army, navy and railway service, pp. 81-88. 
 8°. Chicago, Cleveland Press, [n. d.]. 
 
 Black (Otis Fisher) [1867- ] & Alsberg (0. _L.) 
 The determination of the deterioration of maize, 
 with incidental reference to pellagra. 
 
 In: V. S. Dep. Agric. Bureau of plant indust. 8°. 
 Washington, 1910, Bull. No: 199, pp. 1-36. 
 
 Black (Patrick) [1813-79]. Scurvy in high lati- 
 tudes. An attempt to explain the cause of the 
 medical failure of the Arctic expedition of 
 1875-6. 14 pp. 8°. London, Smith, Elder & 
 Co., 1876. 
 
 Black (William) [1771-1811]. A comparative view 
 of the mortality of the human species, in all 
 ages; and of the diseases and casualties by 
 which they are destroyed or annoyed, xxxiv, 
 35-430 pp., 1 1., 1 tab. 8° London, C. Dilly, 
 1788. . ' 
 
 Blackader (Alexander DougaU) [1847- ]. 
 
 Editor of: International Climes, Philadelphia, 1891-1918. 
 
 Blackburn (Isaac Wright) [1851-1911]. Intra- 
 cranial tumors among the insane. A study of 
 twenty-nine intracranial tumors found in sixteen 
 hundred and forty-two autopsies in cases of 
 mental disease. 95 pp., 61 pi. 8°. Washington, 
 Govt. Print. Office, 1903. 
 
 . Illustrations of the gross morbid anatomy of 
 
 the brain in the insane; a selection of seventy- 
 five plates showing the pathological conditions 
 found in post-mortem examinations of the brain 
 in mental diseases, vii, 154 pp., 75 pi. 4° 
 Washington, Govt. Print. Office, 1908. 
 
 Far B'lography^ee Am. J. Insan., Bait., 1911-12, Ixviii, 
 331-333 (W. A. White). Also: Proo. Am. Med.-Psychol. 
 Ass., Bait., 1912, xix, 495-497 (W. A. White). 
 
 Blackburn (John) [1834-1906]. 
 
 Obituary. Lancet, Lond., 1906, u, 271. 
 
 BIkckburn (WiUiam) [1815-1900]. 
 
 Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1901, i, 56. 
 Blackburn (Willie). *De la p^ritonite k pneu- 
 mocoques. 91 pp. 8° Paris, 1900, No. 190. 
 
 Blacker (Arthur Barry) [1862?-1902]. 
 
 Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1902, ii, 1002. Also: Lan- 
 cet, Lond., 1902, ii, 903. 
 
 Blacker (George) [1865- ]. 
 
 See Birnbaum (Richard Hugo Ferdinand). Clinical 
 manualotthemalformations[etc.]. roy.S". London,1912. — 
 Galabln (Alfred Lewis) & Blanker (George). The practice 
 of midwifery [etc.). 4°. London, 1910. 
 
BLACKFORD. 
 
 570 
 
 BLADDER. 
 
 Blackford (Katherine M. Huntsinger) [187&- ]. 
 Blondes and brunets. Arthur Newcomb, editor. 
 54 pp. 8° New York, The Review of Reviews 
 Co., 1916. 
 
 —_ & Newcomb (Arthur) [1873- il. Analyz- 
 ing character; the new science of juaging men; 
 misfits in business, the home and social life. 
 Illustrated from photographs. 2. ed. x (1 1.), 
 488 pp. 8°. New York, The Review of Reviews 
 Co., 1916. 
 
 Blackham (Robert James) [1868- ]. The care 
 of children. Practical hints for mothers and 
 nurses at home and abroad. 2. ed. xi, 84 pp. 
 12°. London, Scientific Press, [1906]. 
 
 . Military sanitation for soldiers serving in 
 
 hot climates, v, 143 pp., 1 chart. 8°. Bombay 
 & London, W. Thacker & Co., 1909. 
 
 . Aids to tropical hygiene, vii, 192 pp. 8° 
 
 • New York, W. Wood & Co., 1912. 
 
 . The Indian manual of first aid. 5. ed. 
 
 xxiv, 189 pp. 16°. Simla, The St. John Am- 
 bulance Association, 1914. 
 
 See, also, I/Ukls (Charles Pardey) & Blackham (Robert 
 James). Tropical hygiene [etc.]. 8°. Calcutta, ISll. 
 
 Blackhead. 
 
 See Comedo; Turkeys {Diseases of). 
 
 Blackleg. 
 
 See (Edema (Malignant). 
 Blacklock (Ambrose) [1816-73]. Do small-pqx 
 and cow-pox afford any protection from Asiatic 
 cholera? With some observations. 37 pp. 24°. 
 Dumfries, W. C. Craw, [1866]. 
 
 Blackmail. 
 
 HiTSClileld (M.) Aus der Expresserpraxis. Jahrb. t.sex. 
 Zwlschenstufen, Leipz., 1913, xlii, 288-325.— B«lchel (H.) 
 Zur Easuistik der Chantaee. Arch. t. Krim.-Auitlirop. u. 
 Kriminalist., Leipz., 1913, lii, 74-77.— Taylor (J. J.) Black- 
 mail in its relation to journalism. Proo. Am. Med. Editors' 
 Ass., PhUa., 1910, xU, 125-129. 
 
 Blackman (George Curtis) [1819-71]. 
 
 See Vidal de Cassis (Auguste-T.). A treatise on venereal 
 diseases [etc.]. 8°. New Ybrfc, 1874. 
 
 Blackmer (Roller Clinton). Sexual jurispru- 
 dence. 3 p. 1., 9-98 pp. 8°. Si. Louis, Mo., 
 The Philmar Co., 1911. 
 
 . Student's manual of medical jurispru- 
 dence. 115 pp. 8°. St. Louis, Mo., R. C. 
 
 B/flcfcTTlCT* I Hi 6? 1. 
 
 Blackmore (Sir Richard) [16.50-1729]. Disser- 
 tations on a dropsy, a tympany, the jaundice, 
 the stone, and a diabetes. Ix (21.), 230 pp. 12°. 
 London, J. & J. Knapton, 1727. 
 
 . Of the miliary fever. 
 
 In: Cuke (The) of the miliary fever. 8°. London, 1751, 
 39-52. 
 
 Black's medical dictionary. Edited by John D. 
 Comrie. 4. ed. x, 855 pp., 4 1., 4 pi. 12° 
 London, A. & C. Black, 1910. 
 
 Blackwell (E[lizabeth]) [1.821-1910]. The human 
 element in sex. A consideration of facts in rela- 
 tion to the physical and mental organisation of 
 men and women; addressed to students of 
 medicine. 19pp. 8°. London, McGowan, 1880. 
 
 . A medical address on the benevolenca of 
 
 Malthus, contrasted with the corruptions of 
 Neo-Malthusianism. 34 pp. 12°. London, 
 T. W. Banks de Co., 1888. 
 
 Erroneous method in medical education 
 
 8 pp. 8°. Westminster S. W., Women's Pr. 
 Soc, [1891]. 
 
 -. Why hygienic congresses fail. Lessons 
 
 taught by the International Congress of 1891. 
 40 pp. 12°. London, G. Bell & Sons, 1892. 
 
 Blackwell (E[lizabeth])— continued. 
 
 . Essays in medical sociology. 2 v. 309 
 
 pp.; 251pp. 16°. London, E. Bell, 1902. 
 
 For BiomavliV, see Brit. M. J., Lond., 1910, i, 1523. Also: 
 Delaware State M. J., WUmington, 1916, vii, 3-24 (V. Robm- 
 son). Also: Lancet, Lond., 1910, 1, 1657, port. Also: Mag. 
 Lond. (Eoy. Free Hosp.) School Med. C Women, Lond., 
 1909-10, 306-313, port. Also: Med. Mag., Lond^ 1900, ix, 
 117-125 (J. W. BaTlantyne). AUo: Med. Bee., N. Y., 1910, 
 Ixxvii, 1016. Also: Woman's M. J., Cincin., 1910, xx, 155; 
 174, 188; 208, port. (Eliza M. Mosher). 
 
 . See, also: 
 
 Memorial to Dr. Elizabeth Blackwell. Brit. M. J., 
 Lond., 1914, i, 1321.— Memorial meeting, Dr. Elizabeth 
 Blackwell and Dr. Emily Blackwell. Woman's M. J., 
 Cincin., 1911, xxi, 21-27. 
 
 BlackweU {EmUy) [1826-1910]. 
 
 Obituary. Boston M. & S. J., 1910, olxiii, 460. Also: 
 Lancet, Lond., 1910, ii, 985. 
 
 Blackwood (Alexander Leslie) [1861- ]. 
 Diseases of the kidneys and nervous system, 
 viii, 346 pp. 8° Philadelphia, Boericke & 
 Tafel, 1913. 
 
 Blackwood (Arthur) [ -1906]. 
 
 Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lend., 1906, i, 898. 
 Blacque (Roger) [1884^ ]. *Oontribution k 
 
 r^tude de la meningite c6r6bro-spinale suppur^e 
 
 k bacille de Pfeiffer. 84 pp. 8°. Paris, 1911, 
 
 No. 40. 
 Blad (Axel). Om Enteroptose. En pathologisk- 
 
 anatomisk kUnisk Studie. 2 p. 1., 477 pp., 13 pi. 
 
 8° K0benhavn, Gyldendalske Boghandel, 1903. 
 
 Bladder. 
 
 See, also. Bladder (Embryology of); Bladder 
 (Female); Bladder (Innervation of); Bladder 
 (Physiology of); Brain (Localization, etc., in); 
 Prevesical space; Prostate gland; TTreters; 
 Urethra. 
 
 Lbndokp (A.) Bidrag til Blaereslimhindens 
 Histologi. [Contribution to the histology of 
 the mucous membrane of the bladder.] 8°. 
 K0benhavn, 1900. 
 
 AUo, transt. in: Anat. Hefte, Wiesb., 1901, xvii, 55-179, 
 6 pi. 
 
 LoKAS (J.^ *Contribution k I'^tude de I'im- 
 perm^abUite de la muqueuse v^sicale saine. 8°. 
 Lyon, 1901. 
 
 RiGAL (A.) *Recherches histologiques sur la 
 muqueuse v6sicale. 8°. Lyon, 1904. 
 
 AOler (A.) Ueber den Druok in der Eamblase, zugleich 
 ein Beitrag zor Funktion des Blaseimiechamsmus, dessen 
 Physiologle und Pathologie. Mitt. a. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. 
 u. Chir., Jena; 1918, xxx, 487-544.— Blum (V.) Neues 
 Blasenpnantom. Wien. med. Wclinschr., 1911, Ixi, 2375. — 
 Cohnlieim (O.) Die Undurchlassigkeit der Wand der 
 Harnblase. Ztschr. t. Biol., Miinchen & Leipz., 1901, n. F., 
 xxiii, 331-340.— CunSo (B.) & Vean (V.) De I'origine 
 p6ritonfele des apon^vroses pfiriv^sioales. Compt. rend. 
 Soc. de biol., Par., 1898, 10. s., v. 202.— Dixon (A. F.) The 
 form of empty bladder. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1898^9, xv, 405. — 
 Fasola (G.) & Galeotti (G.) Kecnerches expSrimentales 
 sur la permtobilit^ de la vessie. J. de physiol. et de path, 
 gto.. Par., 1903, v, 491-502. Also [Abstr.): Arch. itsd. de 
 biol., Turin, 1903, xxxix, 292-295.— Gerrtsh (F. H.) The 
 normal capacity of the human bladder. Proo. Ass. Am. 
 Anat. 1899, Wash., 1900, 22.— Lewta (LJ Ueber das Ein- 
 dringen von Lutt aus der Blase in das Herz mid die Wege 
 dieser Wanderung. Arch. f. expor. Path. u. Fhanu8Lkol., 
 Leipz., 1897, xl, 308-312, 2 pi.— Lewis (B.) Where is the 
 fundus of the bladder? Tr. Am. Urol. Ass., Brookline, 1913, 
 vii, 60-73.— lileutaud. Observations anatomiques sur la 
 structure de la vessie. Hist. Acad. roy. d. so. 1753, Par., 
 1757, 1-26.— Lydston (G. F.) Note on gauging vesical 
 capacity. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1902, xxxviii, 391.— 
 MTarcus (H.) Experlmentelle Untersuchungen iiber das 
 Biickstromen von Hamblaseninhalt. Wien. kirn. Wchn- 
 sohr., 1903, xvi, 725-730.— Nicloux (M.) & Mowlcka (V.) 
 Sur la perm&biJit(5 de la vessie. Compt. rend. Soo. de biol.. 
 Par., 1913. Ixxlv, 394-397.— Pal (M. C.) Capacity of the 
 bladder of a oUld two and a half months old. Indian M. 
 Gaz.^ Calcutta, 1916, li, 474. — Parsons. Description de la 
 vessie urrnaire de I'homme et des parties qui en dependent. 
 
SLADDEE. 
 
 571 
 
 BLADDEE. 
 
 Bladder^ 
 
 Rev. Clin, d'androl. et do gynfc.. Par., 1906, xil, 331-339.— 
 Fedeisen (V. C.) Topography of the bladder, with special 
 reference to cystoscopy. (Illustrated with case reports.) 
 N. York M. J. [etc.], 1913, xcviii, 353-357. Also, Eeprint.— 
 Fellacanl (P.) Eicerche farmaoolo^che sui muscoli a 
 fibre liscie, e particolarmente sulla vescica. Atti d. r. Accad. 
 
 d. Linoei, Eoma, 1880-81, 3. s., v, 323-325. r. Di alcune 
 
 sostanze attive sui muscoli della vescica urinaria degli 
 animali e dell' uomo. Ibid., 1883-4, 3. s., xix, 161-193, 4 pi.— 
 PeterflfT.) Die Muskulatur der menschlichen Hamblase. 
 Anat. Hette, Wiesb., 1914, 1, 631-676, 7 pi.— Keece (H. B.) 
 The vesical trigone. tTroI. & Cutan. Eev., St. Louis, 1919, 
 xxiii, 146-148.— Koskam (T.) Action des variations de 
 temperature sur la vessie. Acad. roy. de Belg. Bull.delacl. 
 d. sc, Brux., 1913, 995-1003.— Santoro (G.) Eicerche 
 sperimentali ed istologiche sulla rigenerarione della vescica 
 urinaria. Gior. med. d. r. esercito, Eoma, 1901, xlix, 1271- 
 1284.— StrassnuumCP.) Zur Bestimmungdermotorischen 
 Sufficlenz der Blase. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. 
 Urol. [Kong, in BerUn], Berl. & Leipz., 1909, 555-557.— von 
 Stubenraucb. Untersuchungen ilber die Festigkeit der 
 Hamblase. Sitzungsb. d. Gesellsch. f. Morphol. u. Physiol. 
 in Milnchen, 1898, xiv, 98-104.— Waddell (J. A.) Alypine, 
 eucaine, holocaine, novooaine, and stovaine on the bladder. 
 J. Pharmacol. & Exper. Therap., Bait., 1917, x, 243-250. 
 
 Bladder {Abnormities of). . 
 
 See, ako, Bladder (Contracted) ■,'BladAev {Dis- 
 placement of); Bladder (Diverticula of, Congeni- 
 tal) • Bladder (Exstrophy of) ; Bladder (Female, 
 Abnormities of); tTrinary organs (Abnormities 
 
 Heintzb (W.) *Ueber die doppelte Ham- 
 blase an der Hand eines durch Operation ge- 
 heilten Falles. 8°. Breslau, 1909. 
 
 Kramer (F.) *Ueber eine seltene Deformitat 
 der Blase. 8°. Kiel, 1S96. 
 
 Lambert (A.-J.-B.-H.^ *Notes sur la saccu- 
 lose v6sicale; complications; traitement. 8°. 
 Bordeaux, 1901. 
 
 Bauby & MirieU Vessie i, deux loges. Echo mM., 
 Toulouse, 1900, 2. s., xiv, 447-451. Also: Toulouse m.ii., 
 1900, 2. s., ii, 207-211.— Beale (P. T. B.) Suprapubic cys- 
 totomy; hour-glass bladder. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1904, 
 n. s., IxxviM, 493. — Bertl (G.) Sopra la phca vescicale 
 trasversa e sopra alcune altre particolarita degli organ! 
 pelvici nei bambini. Soo. med.-chir. in Bologna. Eesoc. 
 fl897), 1898, 38^4.— BisseU (J. B.) Sacculated bladder. 
 Intemat. J. Surg., N. Y., 1903, xvi, 265-268.— Broke. Dis- 
 sertation sur les appendices eontre nature de la vessie. 
 Strasbourg, 1764. Collect, de difl. pifeoes [etc.], Par., 1761, i, 
 169-174. — Bull (P.) Vesica bilooularis med urachusfistel. 
 Kristiania kirurg. for. Forh., 1914, 22-24.— Cataeliu (F.) & 
 liempe (C.) 1/a vessie double. Ann. d. mal. d. org. gfeito- 
 urln., Par., 1903, xxi, 339-358.— ClarU (H. E.) Bladder 
 showing sacculation and abscess-formation, from a case of 
 enlarged prostate; also Iddneys from the same case. Tr. 
 Glasg. Path. & Clin. Soc, 1902-3, ix, 174-176.— Delbet (P.) 
 Des vices de conformation cong^nitaux de la vessie et de leur 
 traitement. Ann. d. mal. d. org. g6nito-urin.. Par., 1907, i, 
 641-696. — Dulour. Cas de vessie bilobfe. J. mM. de 
 Brux., 1906, xi, 16.— Florl (P.) Caso raro di vescica doppia 
 osservato nel coniglio. Eassegna di so. med^ Modena, 1903-4, 
 xviii, 36-45, 1 pi.— von Friscli (A.) Bin Fall von Doppel- 
 blase. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Urol. (Wien), 
 1911, Berl. & Leipz., 1912, iii, 467-470.— Fuller (E .) Antero- 
 posterior sub-division of the bladder; an important anomaly. 
 J. Cutan. & Genito-Urin. Dis., N. Y., 1900, xviii, 631-536, 1 
 pi. — Gtabam D. W.^ Sacculated bladder. Aim. Surg., 
 Phila., 1903, xxxvil, 70.— Heitz-Boyer, Hovelacque & 
 Marion. Cr&tiou d'une vessie nouveUe. Bull, et m&n. 
 Soc. de chir. de Par^ 1911, n. s., xxxvil, 1364.^Henli:el. 
 Demonstration eines Falles von Trabekelblase im Cystoskop. 
 Ztschr f. Geburtsh. u. Gyuak., Stuttg., 1907, bd. 398.— 
 Ljunggien (C. A.) [Vessie sumum^raire, avec retention 
 d'urine. C.-r., No. 12, 5.J Nord. med. Ark., Stockholm, 
 1897, n. F., vii, Hit. 2, No. 9, 1-12.— Faudcleu & Bmneau 
 (A.) Presentation d'une vessie k poche. Marseille m^d., 
 1903, xl, 120.— PollocJi (H Beitrag zur Keimtnis der Tra- 
 bekelblase bei der Fran. Centralbl. f. d. Krankh. d. Ham- 
 u. Sex.-Org., Leipz., 1901, xii, 179-181.— Fousson. Du pre- 
 cede de rexolusion applique i la cure des grandes cellules v&i- 
 cales. Bull, et m^m. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1900, n. s., xxvi, 
 1103-1105.— Rlcketts(B. M.) Dr. Tuholske's case of malfor- 
 mation of the bladder. St. Louis M. Eev., 1905,11,178. . 
 
 Embryologic variations of the urinary bladder. Urol. & 
 Cutan. Eev., St. Louis, 1919, xxiii, 125-142.— Rentier (A.) 
 Malformation eongenitale de la vessie; vessie h trois loges. 
 BuU. et mem. Soc. de cliir. de Par,, 1898, n. s., xxlv, 924.— 
 Squler ( J. B.) Surgery of the hourglass bladder. N.York 
 M. J. [etc.], 1914, xcix, 1026-1028. [Discussion], 1057. Also, 
 Eeprint.— StanKlewlcz (W.) [Congenital atrophy of the 
 bladder and the contiguous part of the urethra.) Lwow. 
 
 Bladder (Ahnormitiesof). 
 
 tygodn. lek., 1908, iii, 189-192.— iSiliolslie (S.) Mafforma- 
 tion ofthe bladder. St. Louis M. Rev., 1905, li, 61. [Discus- 
 sion), 72.— Weill (E.) Un cas de vessie trilobee. Marseille 
 med., 1909, xlvi, 293-295.— Wulfl (P.) Verwendbarkeit der 
 X-Strahlen filr die Diagnose der Blasendiflormitaten. 
 Fortschr. a. d. Geb. d. Eontgenstrahlen, Hamb., 1905, viii, 
 193. 
 
 Bladder (Abscess of). 
 
 See, also, Abscess (Perivesical) ; Abscess (Pre- 
 vesical). 
 
 WiTTB (R. [P. A.]) *Ueber Blasenwand- 
 Abscesse. 8°. Oreifswald, 1896. 
 
 Benedit (P.) Abc^ de la parol vesicale. Rev. Soc. 
 med. argent., Buenos Aires, 1904, xii^ 595-598.— Orflla (J. P.) 
 Piosalpinx abierto en la vejiga; extirpacidn, sutura vesical; 
 curaclon. Rev. med. d. Uruguay, Montevideo, 1913, xvi, 
 295-299.— Rocliet. Les abcfes de la vessie chez les vieux 
 urinaires. Aroh. prov. de chir., Par., 1897, vi, 515; 597. 
 
 Bladder {Absorption by). 
 
 Barbarroux (T.) *Sur rabsorption v&icalef 
 6tude de la question et rechercbes exp6rimen- 
 talea. 8°. Montvellier, 1901. 
 
 London (B.) On tbe powers of absorption of 
 the mucous membrane of the urinary bladder in 
 health. 8°. Carlsbad, [1881]. 
 
 NowiCKA (V.) *Contribution k I'^tude de la 
 permeability et du pouvoir absorbant de la vea- 
 sie. 8°. Paris, 1913. 
 
 Barbianl (^.) II lavaggio della vesdoa urinaria in rap- 
 porto all' assorbunento. Riforma med., Palermo, 1899, xv, 
 pt. 3, 425. — Bassat & Uleau. Recherches sur I'absorption 
 des gaz par la vessie. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1913, 
 Ixxiv, 214.— Fleig (C.) L'absorption de la vessie k I'etat ■ 
 normal; etudiee au moyen de la fluoresceine. Bull. mens. 
 
 del' Acad. d. so deMontpellier, 1909, No. 3, 3.— Gerota 
 
 (D.) Sur I'absorption de la muqueuse vesicale normale. 
 Compt.-rend. Cong, intemat. de med. 1897, Mosc, 1899, v, 
 249-253.— Hamburger (H. J.) Over het resorbeerend 
 vermogen van den blaaswand, in het bijzonder voor ureum. 
 Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1900, 2. R., xxxvi, d. 1, 
 296-315.— Jannt (G.) Sui potere e sulle vie di assorbimento 
 della vescica urinaria. Riforma med., Palermo, 1899, xv, 
 pt. 1, 183; 194; 208.— Kleinerfl. S.) On elimination through 
 themucosaoftheurinary bladder. J. Exper. M., Lancaster, 
 Pa., 1913, xviii, 310-313. Also [Abstr.]: Proo. Soc. Exper. 
 Biol.'& Med., N. Y., 1912-13, x, 34.— Macht CD. I.) On the 
 absorption oi dmgs and poisons from the bladder and the 
 urethra; absorption of apomorphin and morphin. J. Urol., 
 Bait., 1918, ii, 43-49.— Menottl (B.) Sui potere di assorbi- 
 mento e di eliminazione della mucosa vescicale. Gazz. d. 
 osp., Milano, 1902, xxiii, 1267-1269. Also: Lavori d. Cong, 
 di med. int. 1901, Eoma, 1902, 599-601.— Monglardino (T.) 
 Eicerche sulla struttura e sui potere assorbente della vescica 
 urinaria. Mod. zooiatro, Tormo, 1902, xiii, 256; 278; 300, 1 
 pi.— Morrow (W.) & Gaebeleln. Ueber das Eesorptions- 
 vermogen der Hamblase. Ztschr. 1. klin. Med., Berl., 1897, 
 xxxii, 12-30.— Nicloux (M.) & Nowicka (V.) Sur le 
 
 Eouvoir d'absorption de la vessie. Compt. rend. Soo. de 
 iol., Par., 1913, Ixxiv, 313-315. . Contribution 
 
 h I'etude de la permeabilite et du pouvoir absorbant de la 
 vessie. J. de pnysiol. et de path, gen.. Par., 1913, xv, 296- 
 311. — Seelig (A.) Ueber die Eesorptionsfahigkeit der ge- 
 sunden Hamblase. Centralbl. f. d. Krankh. d. Ham- u. 
 Sex.-Org., Leipz., 1899, x, 67-72.— S§galas (E.) Note sur 
 I'absorption vesicale chez I'homme sain. Compt. rend. 
 Acad. d. so.. Par., 1869, Ixviii, 732.— Tanturrl (N.) Sui 
 potere assorbente della vescica per la tossina e I'antitossina 
 difterica. Gior. intemaz. d. sc. med., NapoU, 1897, n. s., xix, 
 742-748. 
 
 Bladder {Atony of). 
 
 See, also, Bladder (Dilatation of); Bladder 
 (Paralysis of); Urine (Retention of). 
 
 Duer (C.) A case of atony of the bladder. Indian M. 
 Gaz., Calcutta, 1902, xxxvil, 394.— Harpster (C. M.) Senile 
 atony of the bladder. Ohio M. J., Columbus, 1905, i, 233- 
 235. — Kapsammer (G.) Ueber ausdriickbare Blase. 
 Wien. klin. Wchnsohr., 1899, xii, 562-665.— Laruelle. La 
 faradisation appliquee au traitement de I'atonie vesicale. 
 Ann. d. Soc. med.-chir. du Brabant, Brux., 1897, vii, 177-186. 
 [Discussion], 202. Also: Rev. intemat. d'eiectrother.. Par., 
 1897-8, viii, 112-116.— Moresco (G.) L'opoterapia sopra- 
 renale nel trattamento dell' atonia vescicale. Gazz. d. 
 osp,, Milano, 1903, xxiv, 1035.— Farascandolo. Experi- 
 mentelle Untersuchungen iiber die chirurgische Behandlung 
 der Blasen-Atonie und -Lahmung. Deutsche thierarztl. 
 Wchnsclir., Hannov., 1901, uc, 477-481.— Stordeur-Ver- 
 belst. Retention compI6te par atonie vesicale d'origine 
 uremique. Progrfes med. beige, Brux., 1905, vii, 51-63. — 
 Strassmann (P.) Zur Bestinunung der motorischen 
 
BLADDER. 
 
 572 
 
 BLADDER. 
 
 Bladder (Atony of). 
 
 Suffloionz der Blase. Ztsohr. f. Urol., Berl. & Lelpz., 1909, 
 Beiheft, 555-557.— Walker (J. W. T.) Atony ofthe bladder 
 without obstruction or sighs ot organic nervous diseases. 
 Ann. Smg.j Phila., 1910, lii, 577-596, 1 pi. Also, traml: 
 Ztsohr. i. Urol., Berl. & Leipz., 1911, v, 1-20. 
 
 Bladder (Bacillus coli, Infection of). 
 See Bladder (Infection of). 
 
 Bladder (Bacteriology of). 
 
 See, also. Bladder (infection of). 
 
 Fai,tin (R.) *Bidrag till fragan om vagarna 
 for Bacterium coli commune's intrangande i 
 bl^an; f6rs6k till fr&gans experimentella loaning 
 med Bpeciell Mnsyn till mojligh^terna af en 
 direkt genomvandring Mn rectum. [Contribu- 
 tion to the question ofthe ways ot penetration of 
 the Bacterium coli commune into the bladder; 
 an experimental attempt to solve thequestion, 
 with special reference to the possibility of a 
 direct passage from the rectum.] 8°. Helsing- 
 fors, 1896. 
 
 De Bonis (V.) & Pane (A.) Sull' azione della mucosa 
 vescicale sui microrganismi. Gior. Intern'az, d. so. med., 
 Napoli, 1907, n. s., xxix, 1057-1063.— Gludlce (A.) Sulla 
 permanenza dei micro-organismi nella vesdca normale. 
 Liguria med., Genova, 1912, v, 45-49.— Mllone_(G.)_ Sul 
 passaggio dei microorganismi attraverso lepareti vesdcali. 
 Eiformamed., Napoli, 1909, xxv, 425-430.— Beymond(E.) 
 Un cas de passage du bacterium coli k travers les parois de la 
 . vessie de dehors en dedans. BuU. Spc. anat. de Par., 1897, 
 Ixxil, 583-n586.— Sonuneileld (P'.;| Bin eigenartiges Vor- 
 kommen des Bacillus pyocyaneus in der Blase. Sfiinohen. 
 med. Wohnsohr., 190^ Ivl, 2270.— Vlncenzl (L.) 1st die 
 Harnblase in normalem Zustande fijr Bakterien duroh- 
 gangig? Centralbl. i. Bakteriol. [etcj, 1. Abt., Jena, 1906-7, 
 xUu, Orig., 216-218. 
 
 Bladder (Bilharziosis of). 
 See Bilharziosis (Vesical). 
 
 Bladder (Bloodr^essels and lymphatics 
 
 of). 
 
 See, also, Artery ( Vesical). 
 
 Bacbracli (R.) Ueber die Gefassverteilung in der 
 Blasenschleimhaut. Ztschr. f. ane. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 
 1913-14, i, 221-223, 2 pi. Also [ Abstr.T: Verhandl. d. deutsoh. 
 Gesellsoh. f. Urol. 1913, Berl. & Leipz., 1914, Iv, 432.— 
 Branca (A.) Sur le rfeeau vasculaire de la mu<jueuse 
 v&icale. Compt. rend. Soo. de biol.. Par., 1904, Ivi, 351- 
 353.— Cun«o & MarcUle. Note sur les lymphatiques de la 
 Tessie. Bull, et m^m. Soo. anat. de Par., 1901, Ixxvi, 649- 
 651.— B^nwlck (E. H.) The venous system ofthe bladder 
 and Its surroundings. J. Anat. & Physiol., Lend. & Cam- 
 bridge, 1885, xix, 320,^1 pi.— Fromme (F.) Blood-vessels 
 ofthe bladder oystoscopically visible. Urol. &Cutan. Eev., 
 - - --■'-- 1^ pf, i, 325-327, l_pl.—G«rota (D.) 
 
 St. Louis, 1913, Tech. Sappl., i, 325-327, Ipl.— G«rota (D.) 
 Bemerkungen liber die Lympngefasse der Harnblase. Anat. 
 
 Anz., Jena, 1897, xiii, 605. . Sur les gangliona prfr 
 
 v&ioaux. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1902, n. s., 
 xxvlii, 537.— Polrler. Note sur les ganglions lymphatiques 
 de la vessie. Ibid., 559. 
 
 Bladder (Oancer of). 
 
 See, also, Bladder {Female, Cancer of). 
 
 Dahl (W. E. B.) *Ueber primarea Carcinom 
 der Harnblase. 8°. Kiel, 1897. 
 
 DtJVBLius (0.) *HiBtologiBcher Beitrag zum 
 Harnblasencarcinom. [Wurzburg.] 8°. Han- 
 nover, 1896. 
 
 Fbr^ (0.) Du cancer de la vessie. 8°. 
 Paris, 1881. „ . , 
 
 FuHRMANN (P. 0. M.) *Die Beziehungen 
 zwischen Krebs und Stein der Harnblase. 8°. 
 Leipzig, 1895. 
 
 Hankow (E.) *Zur Kasuistik des Blasen- 
 karzinoms. 8°. Leipzig, 1913. 
 
 Hess (O.) *Zur Statistik und Kasuistik des 
 Carcinoms der Harnblase. 8°. Milmhen, 1903. 
 
 RiNALDO (0.) Contributo alio studio del- 
 r -epitelioma epidermoidale della vescica urina- 
 ria con speciale riguardo alia questione del 
 "r.v,r.rir.r, enitimliniTia. vesicifi." 8°. Firenze. 
 
 'chorion epithelioma vesicas.' 
 1908. 
 
 Bladder (^Cancer of). ^ ' . ., , 
 
 Schramm (C.) *Beitrag zur Cafluistik ^des 
 primaren Hamblasen-Krebses. 8°. Mum-hen, 
 
 Syring (R.) *Ueber Metaplasie von Blasen- 
 papillomen in Karzinom. 8°. Bonn, 1911. 
 
 Bassoe (P.) Carcinoma of the unnary bladder. Tr. 
 ChicZ PatSi. §00., 1902 V, 105-107.-Bemeld (W T./ The 
 phyletic factor in vesical caromoma. Am. J. Urol., N . Y., 
 i9OT. iii, 210-212.-Blum rv.) Ueber den Gallertkrebs der 
 ffibllse. Verhandl. d. aeutsoh. Gesellsch. f . UroL fWien) 
 1911, Berl. & Leipz., 1912, lii, 481.--Brown (B. Hi Pn- 
 marv carcinoma of the urinary bladder. Am. J. M. be. 
 pS&. & N. Y., 1907, n, s., cxxxiv, 849-859.-5Ja8sa.neUo (E.) 
 Contributo alio studio dell' epitehoma epidermpidale della 
 vescica con speciale riguardo alia guestione del chonon- 
 epitelioma vesicae. Fohaurolog., Leipj., 1908-9, m,509-636, 
 2 d1.— Dlevltsld (V. S.) [Chorionepithelioma of the blad- 
 dc?.) Med. Obozr., Mosk"-., 1904, Ixi, 353f 62.-DupIant. 
 Cancer de la vessie et des corps oaverneux. „ Ljron med. ,_18»7, 
 Ixxxiv 308-310.— EngUscb (J.) Das inflltrirte Carcmom 
 der Harnblase. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1901, xiv, 231-236. 
 AUo LAbstr.]: Centralbl. f. d. Krankh. d. Harn- u. Sex.; 
 Org.,I/eipz., 1901, xii, 446-448.— Feralano (G.) Sui tumon 
 eplleliall della vescica. Gazz. Intemaz. di med., Nwoli, 
 1913, xvl, 25; 57.— Gardner (J. A.) Cancer of the bladder. 
 Me(f. Reo., ]^. Y., 1917, xoi, 79l-Glbson (C. L.) Eecurrent 
 
 villous carcinoma of the bladder. Ann. Surg.^ PMa., 1904, 
 xl. 261.— Guyon. Les carcinomes de la vessie. Bey. g6n. 
 de cUn. et de thfirap.. Par., 1907, xxi, 52.— Hadda (S.) Bas 
 Blaseucarciuom im iugendhchen Alter. Arch. f. ItUn. Ohir., 
 Berl., 1909, xxviii, 861-894.— HattzeU (M. B.) Bemgn 
 cvstio epithelioma; report of two cases presentmg unusual 
 features: Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1902, n. s., cxxiv, 
 441-449.— Hughes (W. E.) Carcinoma of bladder. Frpo. 
 Path. Soo. PHla., 1898-8, n. s., il, 236-238.— Kolosofl (?• A) 
 rOn tumors (principally cancer) of the bladder J Eussk. 
 Chir. Arch., S.-Peterb., 1903, xix, 892-919, 1 pi.— Lake (G. B.) 
 Diffuse papillomatous caromoma of the bladder; a case re. 
 port. AmTPract., N. Y., 1913, xlvii, 68-62^-MacGowan 
 fG.) Cancer of the bladder. South. Calif. Pract., Los An- 
 geles, 1897, xii, 332-334.— Morton (H. H.) Cancer of the 
 ' bladcier. Med. Times, N. Y., 1915, xliu, 226.— Moscato (P.) 
 A proposito di cinque larve vive emesse dalla vescica da un 
 indlvlduo affetto da carcinoma viUoso primitive del trigono 
 dl Lieutaud. Rassegna intemaz. d. med. mod., Catania, 
 1903^, V, 133-138.— O'Nen (R. F.) Cancer ot the bladder. 
 J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, Ux, 1786-1788. [Discussion), 
 1791 — Bauenbuscb (L.) Ueber Gallertkrebs der Ham- 
 blase. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1905, 
 clxxxii, 132-145.— Sinclair (D. A.) Epithehoma of the 
 bladder. Toledo M. & S. Reporter, 1905, xxxi, 757.— Su- 
 zuki (S.) Implantationscarcinom in der Harnblasen- 
 schleimbaut. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1909, xlvi, 294-297.— 
 Young (H. H.) Report of a case of vesical diverticulum 
 contaimng acanoer. Tr. Am. Ass. Genito-Urin. Surg., N. Y., 
 1909, iv, 121-125. 
 
 Bladder (Oancer of, Oomplications and 
 
 sequelse of). 
 
 Hadda (E. S.) *Daa Blasencarcinom im 
 jugendlichen Alter (unter 20 Jahren). [Breslau.] 
 8°. Berlin, 1909. 
 
 Hbnkino (R.) *Ueber Carcinom der ekto^ 
 pierten Blase nebst Urinuntersuch'ungen in zwei 
 Fallen von Blasenektopie. 8°. Marburg, 1904. 
 
 Kastner (0.) *Zur Casuistifc des latenten 
 Blasencarcinoms mit ausgedehnten Kaochenme- 
 tastasen. 8°. Miinchen, 1908. 
 
 Pplugbr (W.) *Neubildungen der Blase mit 
 spezieller Berticksichtigung ein.es Falles von 
 primarem Carcinom der Harnblase mit akutem 
 Verblutungstod. 8°. Miinchen, 1903. 
 
 Westehkamp (C.) *Zur CasuistiK des Ham- 
 blasenkrebses mit besonderer Berticksichtiguiig 
 einer Verbreitung im KSrper. 8°. Freiburg i. 
 B., 1897. 
 
 Bach. Carcinoma exulcerans veslcEe urinarise; mors. 
 6asop. 16k. desk., v Praze, 1869, viii, 116.— Blum (V.) Ue- 
 ber den Gallertkrebs der Harnblase imd seine Beziehungen 
 zur Zystenbildung in dor Schleimhaut des Harntrakies. 
 Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1914, Ixiv, 610-619.- Carnot (P.) & 
 Baufle (P.) 8urlag6n&alisation,&toute>l'attacheme3ent6- 
 rique de I'mtestin, d'un cancer v&ioulalre primitil; oancer 
 en jante de I'attache m^ent^o-intestlnale. Bull, et m4m. 
 Soo. mM. d. hOp. de Par., 1911, 3. s., xxxl, 317-321.— De- 
 buchy (A.) Cancer primJtif de la vessie; diSgto&esoence 
 secondaire de la portion droite d'un rein umque; hydro- 
 n^phiose consecutive. J. d, sc. m^d. de Lille, 1899, il, 292- 
 
BLADDER. 
 
 573 
 
 BLADDER. 
 
 Bladder {Cancer of, Complications and 
 sequelss of). 
 
 298.— von ElselslieTg. [Pall von Karzinom der ScUeimhaut 
 einer Blasenektopie.] Wien. klin. Wchnsohr., 1906, xix, 
 548.— Fonseca (A.) Nota sobre um caso de cancro vesical 
 seguido de morte. Coimbra med., 1900, xx, 326; 347; 363; 
 379; 396.— deGraeuwe(A.) Cancer de la vessieaveo metas- 
 tases ganglionnaires et visc4rales. J. de chir. et ann. Soc. 
 beige de chir.. Brux., 1911, xi, 209-213.— LecSne (P.) & 
 Hovelacque (A.) IjCS cancers d^veloppfe sur la vessie 
 exstrophi^. J. d'urol. mM. et chir.. Par., 1912, 1, 49.3-502.— 
 Iioumeau. Diverticule et cancer de la vessie. Bull, et 
 m&n. Soo. de mM. et chir. de Bordeaux (1914), 1915, 377-381. 
 Also: 3. de mii. de Bordeaux, 1914, xliv, 520.— FeUcand. 
 Tumeur maligne de la calotte v&icale; rupture spoutanfe h, 
 ce niveau. Rev. prat. d. mal. d. org.g^u.-urin., Par., 1907-8, 
 iv, 12-16.— Petit (G.) & Germain (R.) Cancer primitif de 
 la vessie, aveo metastases prostatiques, pSri-deferentielles, 
 p6ri-ur6terales et ganglioimaires, Chez un chien. Bull. Soc. 
 centr. de mSd. vet.. Par., 1909, Ixlii, 335-338.— Prat & I>- 
 cCne. Cancer de la vessie avec envahissement ganglionnaire. 
 Bull, et mem. Soo. anat. de Par., 1902, Ixxvii, 483.— Rich- 
 ardson (K. W.) & Freadenthal (A.) Carcinoma of the 
 bladder with unusual manifestations. Post-Graduate, 
 N. Y., 1911, xxvi, 636-541, 1 pi.— Shoemaker (G. E.) 
 Papillary carcinoma of the bladder with metastases to the 
 tarsus and metatarsus. Tr. Coll. Phys. Phila., 1911, 3. s., 
 xxxiii, 167-164.— Stoerk (O.) & Zuckerkandl (O.) Ueber 
 Cystitis glandularis und den Driisenkrebs der Hamblase. 
 Ztschr. t. Urol., Berl. & Leipz., 1907, i, 3; 133.— Tourneux 
 (J.-P.) Hydronephrose consecutive a ub cancer de la vessie. 
 Toulouse med.^ 1909, 2. Sy^xi, 161-163.— Venulet (P.) Cho- 
 rionepitheliomabn 1 1 cher Hamblasenkrebs mit gleichartigen 
 Metastasenbeieinem Manne. Virchow's Arch, f . path. Anat. 
 [etc.], Berl., 1909, cxcvii, 73-83.— Wagner (A.) Kankroid 
 der ekstrophierten Hamblase. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., 
 Leipz., 1910, civ, 329-334.— Wolff. Ein Blaseutumor (Car- 
 cinoma diftusum vesicae totius, Carcinomata metastatica 
 glandularum pelvicarum et retroperitonealum, pulmonis et 
 pleurge sinistrse). Deutsche med. Wchnsehr., Leipz. & 
 Berl., 1901, xxvli, Ver.-Beil., 244. 
 
 Bladder (Cancer. of, Diagnosis of). 
 
 Nicolas (A.) *Contribution k I'^tude du can- 
 cer latent de la vessie. 8°. Lyon, 1900. 
 
 Ashcratt (L. T.) The early recognition of cancer of the 
 urinary bladder. Hahneman. Month^ Phila., 1916, li, 81- 
 88. Also [Abstr.]: Med. Times, N. Y., 1916, xliv, 36.— de 
 Gennes & Griffon (V.) Cancer latent de la vessie ayant 
 entraine uue hydroneplirose bilaterale chez un homme qui 
 ne presenta que des signes de brightisme. Bull. Soc. anat. 
 de Par., 1898, Ixxui, 511-614.— HeitzmannfL.) Diamosis 
 of maJignant tumors of the bladder. Am. J. Surg., N. Y., 
 1908, xxii, 37-41. Also, Reprint.- Murard (J.) Sur une 
 variete de cancer latent de la vessie 6, forme de cystite pseudo- 
 membraneuse. Rev. prat. d. mal. d. org. geu.-urin.. Par., 
 1910-11, vii, 115-120.— Squler (J. B.) The early diagnosis of 
 cancer of the bladder. Am. J. Surg., N. Y., 1915, xxix, 248- 
 260. 
 
 Bladder (Cancer of, Treatment of). 
 
 FiNCK (C.) *Contribution k I'^tude du traite- 
 ment du cancer de la, vessie ctez I'homme. 8°. 
 Lyon, 1896. 
 
 Ayres (W.) Radium in cancer of the bladder; applied by 
 means of a cystoscope, report of a case. N. York M. J. [etc.], 
 1915, ci, 345-347. jlteo.-Tladium, Pittsburgh, 1915, v, 44- 
 48. Also, Reprint.— Barrlnger (B. S.) The treatment by 
 radium of carcinoma of the prostate and bladder. 3. Am. M. 
 Ass., Chicago, 1916, Ixvii, 1442-1445: 1917, Ixvili, 1227-1230. 
 
 Also, Reprint. — . Report of four cases of carcinoma of 
 
 the bladder locally removedby radi\mi. Am. J. Surg., N. Y., 
 
 1917, xxxi, 326-327. . Surgery versus radium in the 
 
 treatment of carcinoma of the bladder. luternat. J. Surg., 
 N. Y., 1918, xxxi, 238-240.— Bolaffl (A.) Sul significato 
 della evoluzione epidermoidale in alcum cancri della vescica. 
 Sperimentale. Arch, di biol., Pirenze, 1913, Ixvii, 643-665.— 
 Burrows (A.) Carcinoma oi the bladder. Arch. Radiol. & 
 Electroth., Lond., 1917, xxii, 51.— GUpatrick (R. H.) Two 
 cases of carcinoma of the bladder treated with injections of 
 trypsin. Boston M. & S. J., 1908. clvlii, 939.— Gray (A. L.) 
 The Roentgen ray treatment of malignant disease of the 
 bladder through a suprapubic incision; report of a case. 
 Am. J. Surg., N. Y., 1906, xx, 307-309.— Greene (R. H.) The 
 treatment of malignant disease of the bladder. Am. J. Urol., 
 N. Y., 1910, vi, 244-246.— Ijuys (G.) Traitement du cancer 
 de la vessie par le radium. Paris chir., 1914, vi, 101.— PUcher 
 (P.M.) Cancer of the bladder; a report of personal observa^ 
 tions as to the best means of treatment. Tr. Am. Urol. Ass., 
 Brookhne, 1915, ix, 118-123. [Discussion], 226-238, 4 pi— 
 . SchoenenbergerfiF. J.) (& Schapira(S. w.) Application 
 of radium in the bladder for carcinoma, with report of two 
 cases J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1914, Ixiii, 1852.— Wossidlo 
 (H.) Instrument zur Mesothoriumbehandlung von Blasen- 
 karzinomen. Verhandl. d. deutsoh. Gesellsch. f. Urol., 
 1913> Berl. & Leipz., 1914, iv, 424-428. 
 
 Bladder (Cancer of, Treatment of. Oper- 
 ative). 
 
 Keller (P. J.) *Ueber einen Fall von Plat- 
 tenepithelkrebs einer ekstrophierten Hamblase 
 und seine operative Behandlung. 8°. Leipzig, 
 1906. 
 
 LtJDEBS (0.) *Zur operativen Behandlung 
 maligner (jeschwiilste der Hamblase. 8° 
 Grdfswald, 1906. 
 
 RicHTEH (H.) *Da8 Carcinoma vesicae urina- 
 rise und seine operative Behandlung. 8° Leip- 
 zig, 1905. 
 
 AMstTttm (E.) Pall af cancer vesicse urinarise med re- 
 sektion af ureter. Hygiea, Stockholm, 1912, Ixxiv, 437-440. — 
 Arnaud. Tumeur maUpie de la vessie; rupture sous-geri- 
 toneale de I'organe; cystostomie temporaire; survie de quinze 
 mois. Lyon med., 1908, cxi, 801-807.— Barrlnger (B. S.) 
 Surgery versus radium in the treatment of carcinoma of the 
 bladder. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1919, xcv, 39.— Beer (E.) Extra- 
 
 geritoneal cautery excision of carcinoma of bladder. Ann, 
 urg., Phila., 1915, Ixi, 753.— Berg (A. A.) A radical opera- 
 tion lor mahgnant neoplasm of the urinary bladder. Ibid., 
 
 1904, xl, 382-386. . The radical treatment of carcinoma 
 
 of the bladder. Ibii., 1908, xlvlii, 355-368.— Boddaert (B.) 
 Un cas de cancer de la vessie. Bull. Soo. de med. de Gand, 
 
 1904, Ixxi, 78-81.— Bristow ( A. T; ) Adeno-carcinoma of the 
 bladder. Long Island M. J., Brooklyn, 1911, v, 398-400.— 
 Cabot (A. T.) Surgical treatment of cancer of the bladder. 
 Boston M. & S. J., 1909, clx, 65-68. [Discussion], 74; 81. 
 . Specimens from a transperitoneal cystotomy for can- 
 cer; no sign of recurrence at end of one year. Tr. Am. Ass. 
 Genito-Urin. Surg., N. Y., 1909, iv, 119-121.— Cabot (H.) 
 The value of palliative operation for cancer of the bladder. 
 lUd., 1907, ii, 301-322. luo: Am. J. Urol., N. Y., 1907, ill, 
 355-376. — Casper (L.) A case of prompt eflect from nor- 
 monal [for intestinal paralysis following operation on the 
 bladder]. Am. J. Dermat. & Genito-Urin. Dis., St. Louis, 
 1912, xvi, 415-417.— Chute (A. L.) Cancer of the bladder. 
 
 Boston M. & S. J., 1914, clxxi, 745-747. . A plea for 
 
 moreextensiveoperation in cancerof the bladder. J. Am. M. 
 Ass., Chicago, 1914, IxiU, 2266-2268. [Discussion], 2269-2272.— 
 Chute (A. L.) & Crosbie (A. H.) Mucous cancer of the 
 bladder. Boston M. & S. J., 1912, clxvii, 583-585 —Depage. 
 Uretero<»lostomie bilaterale pour cancer inoperable de la 
 vessie; guerison. J. de chir. et Ann. Soc. beige de chir., 
 Brux., 1904, iv, 113.— Deryuzhlnskl (S. P.) [Removal of a 
 considerable portion of the urinary bladder with removal 
 of a part of the left ureter, affected by cancer; recovery.) 
 Khirurgia, Mosk., 1905, xvii, 358-362.— Edmonds (A.) 
 Cystotomy; epithelioma of bladder, with massive clots. 
 Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1907, n. s., Ixxxiv, 495.— Ehrlch 
 (E.) Gallertkrebs der ekstrophierten Hamblase; gleich- 
 zeitig ein Beitrag zum Maydi'schen Operationsverfahren 
 der Blasenektopie. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tubing., 1901, xxx, 
 581-604.— Fenwlck (E. H.) The value of bilateral uretero- 
 stomy (short-circuiting of the urine) in advanced cancer of the 
 bladder or prostate and as an adjunct to the removal of the 
 bladder in uncontrollable locaUsed disease. Brit. M. J., 
 Lond., 1908, 11, 23. — Generslch (A.) [Radical operation of 
 cancer of the bladder with resection and Implantation of the 
 ureters.] Urologia, Budapest, 1907-8, 45-47.— Gibson (C. L.) 
 Carcinoma of the urinary bladder. Ann Surg., PhUa., 1909, 
 
 1, 498. . Epithehoma of bladder. Ibid., 563: 1911, liv, 
 
 ^9.— Gray (A. L.) The treatment of malignant dteases of 
 the bidder through suprapubic incision, with report of 
 a case. Am. Q. Roentgenol., Pittsburg, 1906-7, i, 53-56, 1 pi.— 
 Green (N.W.) Gelatinous carcinoma of the bladder. Ann. 
 Surg., Phila., 1915, Ixii, 501-504.— Guyon. Indications 
 operatoires du cancer de la vessie. Med. mod.. Par., 1904, 
 
 XV, 65. . Les operations palliatives dans les cancers de 
 
 la vessie. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1904, xviii, 
 535.- Haberlln. Ein Beitrag zur operativen Behandlung 
 des Blasenkrebses. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1912, 
 xlii, 1064-1070.— Hagner (J. R.) Carcinoma of fundus of 
 the bladder; report of case and description of new operative 
 procedure. Tr. Am. Urol. Ass. 1910, Brookline, 1911, iv, 163- 
 156. [Discussion], 162-170.— Hamonlc (P.) Caroinome 
 latent de la vessie; taiUe sus-pubienne; guerison operatoire. 
 Rev. clin. d'androl. et de gyuec.. Par., 1898, iv, 161-166.— 
 Kaljser (P.) [Cancer vesicae; exstirpatio, resectio ureter, 
 sin.; suture of ureter to bladder; recovery.] Hygiea, Stock- 
 holm, 1903, 2. f., ill, pt. 2, 362.— Kammerer (P.) Opera- 
 tion on bladder forcarcmoma. Ann. Surg., Phila.,1897,xxvi, 
 357-361.— LUienthal (H.) Carcinoma of the bladder; pa- 
 tient well five years after extirpation. N. York M. J. [etc.], 
 1917, cv, 383-3S8. [Discussion], 903.— McGavln (L.) Car- 
 cinoma of the bladder; resection of the growth and part of the 
 bladder wall; recovery. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1902, i, 711. — 
 Mlssaglia. Tre gravi interventi operativi per cancro deUa 
 vescica urinaria con esito favorevole. Corriere san., Milano, 
 
 1905, xvi, 791-795.— Moore (W.) Epithelioma of bladder; 
 removal by abdominal section; recovery. Intercolon. M. J. 
 Australas., Melbourne, 1900, v, 168-171.— Morlson (R.) 
 A case after excision of epithelioma of the bladder. North- 
 
BLADDER. 
 
 574 
 
 BLADDER. 
 
 Bladder {Cancer of, Treatment of, Oper- 
 ative) . 
 
 umberland & Durham M. J., Newcastle-upon-Tyne, 1900, 
 Tiii, 29.— 0'Nell(R. F.) Acaseofearlycanoerofthe bladder. 
 Tr. Am. Ass. Genito-Urm. Sur^., N. Y., 1911, vi, 113-118, 
 1 pi. — PUcher (P. M.) Intraperitoneal operation for extea- 
 'sive carcinoma of the bladder, with new method of treating 
 the divided ureter. Ann. Surg.y, Phila„ 1911, Uv, 593-696, 
 1 pi. Also: Year-Book Piloher Hosp., Brooklyn & N. Y., 
 1912, 153-156, 2 pi.— Pooley. Infiltrating cancer oJ bladder. 
 Brit. M. J., Lond., 1904, ii, 1573.— Reymond (E.) Ablation 
 rapide d'un Epithelioma h^morragique de la vessie; gu4rison. 
 Ass. tran?. dMirol. Proc.-verb. 1905, Par., 1908, 259.— Blh- 
 mer (B.V Durch Sectifl alta entferntes zottiges Blasencar- 
 cinom. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1908, xliv, 976.— 
 Savailaud. Exclusion de la vessie pour cancer secondaire 
 de cet organe. Bull, et m^. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1910, 
 n. s., xxxvi, 974.— Sqtiler (J. B.) Cancer of the bladder. 
 N. York State J. M., N. Y., 1915, xv, 273-276.— Wendel (0.) 
 Ueber die Exstirpation und Resektlon der Harnblase bei 
 Krebs. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tilbing., 1898, xxii, 243-270. 
 
 Bladder {Oancer of, Treatment of) hy 
 cystectomy^ 
 
 Pbnsa (P.[-D.-L.J) *De rextirpation totale 
 de la vessie pour caucer. 4°. Paris, 1896. 
 
 Beer (E.) Transperitoneal resection of bladder for carci- 
 noma; enucleation of prostatic adenoma. Ann. Surg., 
 Phila., 1915, Ixi, 752.— Brunl (C.) Carcinoma diauso_della 
 vescica con aderenze all' intestine; resezioue intestmale; 
 cistectomia. Cong, internat. de mM. C. r. 1909, Budapest, 
 1910, Sect, xiv, 289-291.— Buerger (L.) Excision ol bladder, 
 prostate, and vesicles by combined route for carcinoma of 
 neck of the bladder. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1915. ci, 1188.— 
 Cabot (H.) Some observations upon total extirpation of 
 the btadder for cancer. Tr. Am. Ass. Genito-Urm. Surg., 
 N. Y., 1909, iv, 125-133, 1 pi.— Carson (N. B .) Removal of 
 entire bladder lor carcinoma. Tr. Am. Surg. Ass., Phila., 
 1905, xxiii, 269-272, 1 pi. . Elaflder removed for carci- 
 noma. J. Missouri M. Ass.. St. Louis, 1915, xu, 241.— 
 Cliolineley (W. E.) Partial resection of the bladder lor 
 epltheUoma. Brit. M. T., Lond., 1909, ii, 1750.-Cttueutes 
 (P ■) Total extirpation of the bladder for cancer. Urol. & 
 Cutan. Rev., St. Louis, 1915, Tech. Suppl. lil, 323-326.— 
 CrosUe (A. H.) A case of total cystectomy for mahgnant 
 disease of the bladder. Boston M. & S. J., 1915, clxxm, 605- 
 503— Delore. Cancer de la vessie diveloppe autoOT de 
 I'oriflce urdt&o-v&ical droit; cystectomie partielle. Lyon 
 chirurg., 1908-fl, i, 296-298. Also: Lyon m«d., 1908, oxi, 984- 
 986— Edwards (S.) Partial excision of the bladder lor 
 msJlEnant growth. Med. Press & Circ, Lond.j 19D7, n. s.j 
 Ixxmv 148— Frank (K.) Totale Blasenexstirpation bei 
 Carcinom. Wien. med. Wohnschr., 1911, Ixi, 2404-2412^ 
 Fumiss(E D.) Complete cystectomy for caromoma after 
 
 Srimarv bilateral lumbar ureterostomy. Post-Graduate, 
 r. Y., 1912, xxvii, 788.— Gangolpbe. A propos de la 
 S'Steotomie; ablation i. la curette d'un feithffioma du tpe 
 lantoidien; survie de 9 ans. Lyon mM., 1908, oxi, 1169.— 
 Gayet. Cancer de la face post&ieure de la vessie; cystecto- 
 mie partielle avec ablation d'un fragment du rectum; gu&i^ 
 son op&atoire. im., 1912, cxix, 3?»-401.^1ronl (U.) Di 
 aloum particolari di teonica nella cistectomia totale, per can- 
 cro del6 vescica; eseguita in un tempo. Atti d. r. Acoad. d. 
 flsiocrlt. in Siena, 1913, 6. s., v, 473-486.-Hagner (P. R.) 
 Report ol a Case of extirpation of the bladder for mahgnant 
 disease. Tr. Am. Ass. denito-Urin. Surg., N. Y., 1913, vu, 
 18-26— HSresco. ifcpithaioma de la vessie; cystectomie 
 partielle. Bull, et m^m. Soc. de chir. de Bucarest, 1905-6, 
 viii 123- 163 — Jaboulay. Cystectomie pour cancer de la 
 TOsie Lyon mid.; 190«, cvif ns.-JudS (E. S ) Trans- 
 plantation of the ureter following traumatism and resection 
 of the bladder for oancer. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 
 1917 xxiv 635-640.— KUmmell. Totalexstirpation der 
 Blas'e wegen Karzinom. Deutsche med. Wchusohr., Berl. 
 & Leipz., 1913, xxxix, I481.-Lamftptte (A.). Cancer de la 
 vessie; extirpation quasi-totale; ablation sunultanje de 
 I'uretfere et du rein droits; gu&ison compete. Ann. Soo.de 
 m4d. d'Anvers, 1905, Ixvii, 37-40.-Lemolne (G.) Rtolive 
 de cancer v&ical; cystectomie totale avec abouohement dos 
 uretferes dans le rectum; formation d'une nouvelle vessie 
 mix dfSnens du rectum, par un proc(Sd6 personnel. J. de 
 ehS. ef ran. Soc beige de chir.,'Brux., 1912, ^S 505-507. 
 Cr&ition d'une vessie nouvelle par un proc«d6 person- 
 nel apr6s cystectomie totale pom cancer. J. d'uroL mM. et 
 cMr. Par., 1913, iv, 367-372.-Ma«Gowan (G.) Resection 
 of the bladder for malignant disease; report of four oases. 
 Northwest Med., Seattle, 1909, n. s., i, llS)-124.-Mattlilas 
 (F.) Zur Eesektion der Harnblase wegen mahgnor Tumo- 
 ren Beitr. z. klin. Chir,, Tiibing., 1904, xlu, 331-338.- 
 Molia. La extirpaoifin de la vejiga por neoplasia mahgna. 
 RevTvalenc. de oien. m«d., Valenda, 1915, xvii, 89-91.- 
 
 Noordenbos (W.) Over exstirpatie van blaas en mwendige 
 ieslachtorganen en bloc wegeus blaaskanker met lum^ale 
 mplanting der ureteren met goeden mtslag. Nederl. 'Tyd- 
 sSSTv. Geneesk., Amst., 1917, i, 865-867.--Paucliet (V.) 
 Cancer infatrfi de la vessie; cystectomie totale; abouohe- 
 
 Bladder {Cancer of, Treatment of) hy 
 
 cystectomy. ^ ^. 
 
 ment des uretferes dans I'intestin. Arch. prov. de chir. 
 Par., 1907, xvi, 701-706.-Petrow (N. N.| Z\a totalen 
 Blasenexstirpation bei Carcinom^eutsche Ztsohr. 1. 
 Chir., Leipz^ 1910, civ, 365-374.-Primrose (A.) Partial 
 resecfeon of the bladder for mahgnant t"J5pr by the trans- 
 peritoneal route. Ann. Surg.,.Phila., 1909, 1, 1137-1143.— 
 Schwvzer (A.) Complete excision of the bladder for car- 
 dS St. Paul M. L St. Paul, Mimi., 1906, vU, 227-M6, 
 3 pi.— Smltb (A. L.) Removal of the unnary bladder for 
 cancer, with report of a case. Am. Gynec., N.Y., 1902, i, 
 359-36^. Also [Abstr.]: Vermont M. Month., Burlington, 
 1902 viii, 270.— Vlannay. Un cas de cystectomie sub- 
 totaie poiir tumeur maUgne de la vessie, smvie de gu|nson. 
 Loire Wd., St.-Etienne, 1913. xxxii, 274-277.-Walker 
 a W T.> Case of resection of the bladder for malignant 
 cUsease. Proe. Boy. Soc. Med^ Lond., 19M-10, m, Clm. 
 Sect., 68-74. -Woolsey (G.) Carcinoma of the bladder; 
 complete extirpation of the bladder; rectal implantation of 
 one ureter. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1903, xxxvlii, 445. 
 
 Bladder {Cancer of) in animals. 
 
 Dell' Acaua ( G . ) Epifelioma pavlmentoso della vescica. 
 Clin, vet., MUano, 1906, xxix, 7-11.— Ebersberger (E.) 
 Blasencaroinom mit Metastasenblldung bei einer Sjahngen 
 Stute. Wchnschr. I. Tierh. u. Viehzucht, Miinchen, 1905, 
 xlix, 49-53.— Horand (K.) Cancer des herbivores, cancer 
 de la vessie d'une vache. Lyon mM., 1911, oxvl, 17^-174.— 
 KatoKOShtslita (A. V. ) Carcinoma papiUomatodes [of the 
 bladder in a bull). Vestnik Obshtsh. Vet., S.-Peterb., 1913, 
 XXV, 489-492.— Lydlng. Ueber zwei primare Hamblasen- 
 carcinome ohne Metastasenblldung bei Pferden. Berl. 
 tierarztl. Wchnschr., 1909, xxv, 68.— Petit (G.) Cancer de 
 la vessie avec lymphangite du canal thoracique, Chez une 
 iument. Bull, et m&n. Soc. anat. de Par., 1904, Ixxix, 708- 
 712 — Schultze ( A .) Ein Fall von einem papillaren Epithe- 
 liom (Zotteukrebs) der Hambtee beim Schwein. Berl. 
 tierarztl. Wchnschr^ 1911, xxvii, 621.— Sustmann. Bla- 
 senkrebs bei einer Stute. Ihid., 1915, Jcxxi, 461.— Volrin 
 (V.) Carcinom der Harnblase des Pferdes. Ibid.i 1910, 
 xxvi, 349-352. 
 
 Bladder {Catheterization of). 
 
 See, also, Bladder {Draimige of); Catheter- 
 ism; Catheters; Urine {Collection, etc., of); 
 TJrine {Retention of. Treatment of). 
 
 Berthier (H.) *Du drainage vesical par leB 
 - voies natuielles. Contribution k I'^tude de la 
 sonde ui6t6rale S, demeure dans les infections uri- 
 naires. 8°. Paris, 1902. 
 
 Brennan (T.) Le cath^t&lsme et le lavage de la vessie 
 Chez la femme. Rev. mfid., Montr&lj 1900-1901, iv, 1-4.— 
 Brodrlbb (F. A.) Prolonged cathetenzatlou. Brit. M. J., 
 Lond., 1917, ii. 860.— Cabot (A. T.) Drainage of the bladder 
 through a catheter in the urethra. St. Paul M. J., St. Paul, 
 Minn 1899, i, 661-667.— Casper. Indikationen und Nutzen 
 des VerweUkatheters. Miindien. med. Wchnschr., 1917, Ixiv, 
 1620.— Claybrook (E. B.) A simple method of bladder 
 drainage. Old Dominion J. M. & S., Richmond, 1914, 
 xviii, 308.— Day (J. A.) A new self-retaining female cathe- 
 ter. Internat. J. Surg., N. Y., 1912, xxv, 157.— Escat (J.) 
 Note sur le drainage prolong^ de la vessie jar lea-voies natu- 
 relles. Ann. d. mal. d. org. etoito-urin., Par., 1897, xv, 594- 
 627.— FloUe (J.) & FloUe (P.) Le dramage et I'lrrl^ation 
 continue de la vessie. Gaz. d. h6p.. Par., 1910, hcxxiii, 869- 
 
 876 Galley (Ida MO A simple and practical method of 
 
 catheterization. Mod. Hosp., St. Louis, 1916, vi, 46. Also: 
 Trained Nurse [etc.], N. Y., 1918, Ixi, 2l9.— leanbrau (E.) 
 Les bienfaits de la sonde b, demeure; pourquoi, comment et 
 iusqu'Si quand doit-on mettre la sonde k demeure? Mont- 
 peirmM., 1907, xxiv, 1-14.— KlrkendaU (B. R.) 1. A new 
 method of passing the wax tip. 2. Modification of the 
 technio of passing the wax tip. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 
 1915, Ixv, 1253-1255. Also, Reprint.-r-I,ane (Susan K.) A 
 method of teaching oatneterization. Am. J. Nursing, 
 Phila., 1916-17, xvii, 591.— Ma«Munn (J.) A mode of 
 
 retro-oatheterism. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1914, ii, 399. . 
 
 On bladder drainage and irrigation. Lancet, Lond., 1918, i, 
 672. 
 
 Bladder {Contracted). 
 
 See, also. Bladder {Dilatation of. Therapeutic); 
 Bladder {Neck of. Contracture of); Bladder (06- 
 
 StvUCt/lOTi Oil 
 
 Kausch (W.) Die Sohrumpfblase und ihre Behandlung 
 (Darmplastik). Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1907, Ixxxiil, 77- 
 96. Am: Verhandl. d. deutsoh. Gesellsch. f. Chir., Berl., 
 1907, xxxvl,'pt. 2, 101-120.— KrotoszynerCM.) The cysto- 
 soopio diagnosis of contracted bladder. Tr. Sect. Genito- 
 Urm. Dls. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1916, Ixvii, 284-299. Also: 
 3. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1917, Ixvui, 687-691. Also, Re- 
 print. FasqueTcau. Atrophle complete de la vessie ohez 
 
 une jeune fllle atteinte de fistule v&ico-vaginale d'origine 
 
BLADDER. 
 
 575 
 
 BLADDEE. 
 
 Bladder (Contracted). 
 
 traumatique. Ass. frans. d'urol. Proo.-verb., Par., 1011, 
 Jdv, 718-721. Also: Gaz. m^d. de Nantes, 1911, xxijc, 209- 
 212.— Prelndlsberger (JJ Ein Fall von Schrumpfblase; 
 Seotio alta. Wien. Idin. Rundschau, 1903, xvii, 39.— Roth- 
 schild (A.) Zur Pathologle und Theraple der Narben- 
 Sohrumpfblase. Deurtsche med. "Wchnsolir., Berl. & Leipz., 
 1901, xxvii, 84; 106; 298.— Stoeckel. Demonstration ernes 
 Falles von Maydl'scner Operation bei tuberkuloser Schnimpl- 
 blase. Berl. kUn. Wchnschr., 1918, Iv, 610.— Supposed 
 bour-glass contraction ol bladder. St. Louis M. Rec, 1903, 
 xlvii, 41.— Ware (M. W.) Contracture o( the bladder 
 (hypertonia vesicae) due to spinal injury. Ann. Surg., 
 Phila., 1918, Ixvii, 633-535. 
 
 Bladder {Dilatation of). 
 
 See, also, Bladder {Atony of); Bladder {JSy- 
 pertrophy of); Bladder {Paralysis of); TJrine 
 
 . {Retention of). 
 
 ChatiUon (F.) Les dilatations et hypertrophies oon- 
 g^nitales de la vessie (au point de vue chnique et contri- 
 bution k I'Stude de I'origine du liquide amniotique). Ann. 
 de gyn&. et d'obst., Par., 1918, xiii, 81-98.— Cohnhelm 
 (P.) Ein F^l von enormer Ciibennannskopfgrosser) Blasen- 
 erweiterung mit vor-wiegend dyspeptischen Symptomen. 
 AUg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1900, Ixix, 377.— Da Costa 
 (J. C.) Mistakes in diagnosis; distended bladder mistaken 
 for ovarian cyst. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1903, xlvll, 239. AUo: 
 Tr. Sect. Gynec. Coll. Phys. Phila., N. Y., 1902, viii, 105.— 
 Enlleld (C.) Distended bladder simulating appendiceal 
 abscess. J. Iowa State M. Soc, Clinton, 1911-12, i, 317.— 
 Jakowski (J.) [Extreme dilatation of the bladder in a 
 premature foetus.] Przegl. chir. i ginek., Warszawa, 1911, 
 IV, 192-199.— Main (E . ) Note on a case of coma apparently- 
 due to distension of the bladder. Lancet, Lond., 1904, i, 
 432.— Parkinson (J. T.) Atonic dilatation of the bladder. 
 Indian M. Rec, Calcutta, 1899, xvii, 333.— Shattock (S. G.) 
 Is there an idiopathic dilatation of the urinary bladder? 
 Proo. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1908-5, ii, Path. Sect., 88-100. 
 
 Bladder {Dilatation of, Therapeutic). 
 
 Lecouillard (P.) *Des effets therapeutiques 
 de la distensipn v&icale. 8°. Paris, 1903. 
 
 Fcrron (J.) A propos de I'injection de gaz dans la vessie. 
 J. d'urol. mgd. et chir.. Par., 1913, iii, 491.— Garbarlnl (E.) 
 & Ghezzl (C.) Un caso di emboUa gassosa In seguito alia 
 dilataaioue della vescica col metodo di Albarran. Boll. d. 
 Soc. med. di Parma, 1914, 2. s., vii, 28-31.— Garceau (E.) 
 Treatment of certain vesical affections by means of hydrau- 
 lic distension. Tr. Am. Gynec. Soc, Phila., 1909, xxxiv, 
 688-744, 2 pi. Also: Am. 3. Obst., N. Y., 1909, Ix, 369-417. 
 Also, Reprmt. — ^Haven (G.) Two cases of infantile bladder 
 treated by gradual distention. Boston M. & S. J., 1899, cxl, 
 677.— Robson (A. W. M.) Contracted bladder treated by 
 graduated fluid dilatation. Edinb. M. J., 1902, n. s., xi, 
 347.— Santlnl (C.) Sull' emboUa gassosa in seguito a in- 
 sufflazione d'aria nella vescica. Soc. med.-ehir. di Bologna. 
 Resoc. (1913), 1914, 60.— Valentine (F. C.) Hydraulicpres- 
 sure in bladder contracture. Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp., 
 Bait., 1898, ix, 191. — Vetere (G.) Pneumo-clsti-dilatatore; 
 strumento per dilatare ed innalzare la vescica nella pratica 
 dell' epicistotomia. Gior. ihternaz. d. sc. med., NapoU, 1894, 
 n. s., xvi, 939-948. 
 
 Bladder {Diseases of). 
 
 See, also. Bladder {Atony of); Bladder {Fe- 
 male, Diseases of); Bladder {Gangrene, etc., of); 
 Bladder {Hypertrophy of); Bladder {Inflam- 
 viation of) ; Bladder {Irritable) ; Bladder {Leuko- 
 plakia of) ; Bladder {Malakoplakia of) ; Bladder 
 {Neck of. Diseases of); Bladder {Neuralgia, etc., 
 of) ; Bladder {CEdeina of) ; Bladder {Syphilis of) ; 
 Bladder ( Tuberculosis of) . 
 
 Kbaembr (P.) Die Blasen- und Hamleiden, 
 deren Entstehung, Verhiitimg, Behandlung una 
 HeiluDg, gemeinverstandlicn dargestellt. 8°. 
 Berlin, [n. d.]. 
 
 Leguetj (F.) & MiCHON (E.) Maladies de la 
 vessie et du p6nis. 8° Paris, 1912. 
 
 ZucKBRKANDL (O.) Die localen Erkrankungen 
 der-Harnblase. 8°. Wien, 1899. 
 
 Ascb (P.) Die Erkrankungen der Harnblasenmusku- 
 latur. Mflnohen. med. Wchnschr., 1909, Ivi, 337.— Dela- 
 granunatlca (H.) Un cas de sclerose primitive de la vessie. 
 Gr6ce m^d., SVra, 190O, ii, 49-52.— Feleki (H.) Medicinische 
 Klinik der Blasenkrankheiten. Klin. Handb. d. Harn- u. 
 Sexualorg^ Leipz., 1894, iii, 55-103.— von Prlsch (A.) 
 Soor der Hamblase. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1898, xi, 875- 
 878.— Grant (H. H.) Chronic diseases of the bladder in 
 the male. Louisville Month. J. M. & S., 1902-3, ix, 62-65. • 
 [Discussion], 88-91.— Hagmann (A.) Ueber zwei beson- 
 ders seltene Falle von HamblasenaSection. Monatsb. f. 
 
 Bladder {Diseases of) . 
 
 Urol., Berl., 1906, xi, 86-94.— Hyde (C. R.) A case of vesical 
 hyperplasia. Brooklyn M. J., 1901, xv, 720.— Kollscher (G.) 
 & Kraus (HJ Arteriosclerosis of the urinary bladder. 
 Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1910, xvii, 440-446.— Landau (J.) 
 Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Kraukhelten der Harnblase bei 
 Kindem. Therap. Wchnschr., Wien, 1897, iv, 540. — Levin 
 (S.) So-called bladder diseases. J. Mich. M. Soc^ Grand 
 Rapids, 1918, xvii, 316-320.— Llchtenstern (R.) Bin Bei- 
 trag zur Metaplasie des Harnblasenepithels. Wien. klin. 
 Wchnschr., 1904, xvii, 361-355.— H Vlrghl (S.) Sui pro- 
 cessi di guarigione delle lesioni vescicali. Gior. mternaz. d. 
 sc med., Napoll, 1913, n. s., xxxy, 922-934.— Lucksch. 
 Ueber lokale AmyloidbUdung in der Hamblase. Ver- 
 handl. d. deutsch. path. Gesellsch., Jena, 1904, vii, 34-39. — 
 McKendree (C.) Combined dystrophy with loss of vesical 
 control. Neurol. Bull., N.Y., 1918, 1,61-63. .4 Zso, Reprint.- 
 Martin (E.) & Taylor (A. T.) Diseases of the bladder. 
 Am. Text-Bk. Gen.-Urin. Dis. [etc.] (Bangs & Hardaway), 
 Phila., 1898, 337-409, 2 pi.— Musumeci-Grasso (F.) Dis- 
 turbi funzionaU della minzione. Rlv. urol., Catania, 1910, 
 i, 154; 244.— Newman (D.) Demonstration of a series of 
 cases of diseases of the bladder, and a method of draining 
 the kidney and bladder. Glasgow M. J., 1907, Ixvili, 161- 
 174. Also [Ahstt.]: Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc Glasg., 1905-7, 
 vi, 376-378.— Novotny (L.) JThe present position of dis- 
 eases of the bladder.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1900, xliv, 
 293; 306; 320; 337; 353: 1901, xlv, 747; 762; 778; 793.— Opppen- 
 heimer (R.) Ueber funktionelle Hypersekretiou der 
 Blasenschleimhautdriisen. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 
 1911, Iviii, 1076.— Portner (E.) Erkrankungen der Blase. 
 Med. Klin., Berl., 1912, viii, 238: 1913, ix, 1643; 1689; 1730; 
 1773; 1813.— RothIeld(J.) Ueber die imKriegeerworbenen 
 Blasenstorungen bei Soldaten. Wien. kiln. Wchnschr., 1917, 
 XXX, 1377; 1409; 1442.— Sims (G. K.) Functional diseases of 
 the bladder. N. Albany M. Herald, 1897, xvii, 46.— Smith 
 (B. L.) The urinary bladder and its diseases. J. Orific.Surg., 
 Chicago, 1896-7, v, 416-419.— Solomin (P.) Ueber locales 
 circumscriptes Amyloid in der Hamblase. Prag. med. Wchn- 
 ■ schr., 1897, xxii, 3; 17.— Taylor (F.) The bladder in medical 
 cases. Polyclln., Lond., 1909, xiii, 45; 66.— Waugh (W. F.) 
 Notes on affections of the bladder. Canada Lancet, Toronto, 
 1909-10, xlhi, 659-662. 
 
 Bladder (Diseases of, Causes and path- 
 ology of). 
 
 Dmltrlyevsld(Y.) [Pathologyofthebladder.] Khirurgia, 
 Mosk., 1911, xxix, 233-236.— Greene (R. H.) & Brooks (H.) 
 A contribution to the pathology and prognosis of the diseases 
 of the bladder. Med. News, N. Y., 1903, Ixxxii, 1163-1170.— 
 Grlnshteln (V. M.) [Pathologyofthebladder.] Khirurgia, 
 Mosk., 1910, xxviii, 54.— Gross (O.) Ueber scheinbare 
 durch Polyurie hervorgerufene Blasensterungen. Med. 
 Klin., Berl., 1918, xiv, 1053.— HaUe (N.) & Motz (B.) Con- 
 tribution k Panatomie pathologlque de la vessie. Ann. d. 
 mal. d. org. g^nito-urin^ Par., 1902, xx, 17; 129. A Iso [Abstr.] 
 Bull. Acad, de m«d.. Par., 1902, 3. s., xlviii, 178.— liOhn- 
 stein (H.) Uebersicht iiber die neuesten ArbeiteH der 
 Pathologie und Therapie der Blasenaflectionen. Allg. 
 med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1898, Irvii, 405-407.— Meisels (V. 
 A.) [Contributions on the biology and pathology of the 
 motions of the bladder.] Magy. orv. Arch., Budapest, 
 1892, 1, 146-159.— MigUorlnl (G.) Rioerche intomo alle 
 modiflcazioni del tessuto elastico in alcuni stati pato- 
 lo^ci della vescica. Gior. ital. d. mal. ven., Mllano, 1907, 
 xhi, 445-447.— Rubesch. Ueber einen Fall von ausgedehn- 
 ter Epidermisierung der Harnblase. Verhandl. d. deutsch. 
 path. Gesellsch. 19Q4, Jena, 1905, viii, 165.— Schmidt (L.E.) 
 A series of unusual cases with pathological conditions out- 
 side of the bladder causing marked vesical symptoms.1 Tr. 
 Am. Urol. Ass. 1910, Brookhne, 1911, iv, 146-162. [Discus- 
 sion], 162-170. — Smith (G.) Bladder disturbances due to 
 nerve lesions. Tr. Sect. G«nito-Urin. Dis. Am. M. Ass., 
 Chicago, 1917, Ixvlii, 36-50. Also: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 
 1917, Ixix, 1323-1327. Also, Reprint.— Stavianieek (P.), 
 Rothteld (J.) & Silmegl (S.) Ueber das Verhalten des 
 intravesikalen Druckes bei Harnblasenstorungen nach 
 Erkaltung. Wien. khn. Wchnschr., 1918, xxxl, 666-670. 
 
 Bladder (Diseases of, DiagTwsis and 
 semeiology of). 
 
 See, also, Bladder (Catheterization of); Blad- 
 der (Exploration of). 
 
 Barrucco (N.) II cistoscopio nel diagnostico 
 e nella cura delle malattie della vescica orinaria 
 edeireni. 8°. BoZo^na, 1898. 
 
 Cabot (P.) Clinical diagnosis and treatment 
 of disorders of the bladder, with technique of 
 cystoscopy. 8°. New York, 1909. 
 
 PiLCHBB (P. M.) Practical cystoscopy and the 
 diagnosis of siugical diseases of the ladneys and 
 urinary bladder, roy. 8°. Philadelphia, 1911. 
 
 Asch. Ueber die cystoskopische Diagnose der Blasen- 
 gonorrhoe. Deutsche med. Wcnnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1902, 
 
BLADDER. 
 
 576 
 
 BLADDER. 
 
 Bladder {Diseases of, Diagnosis and 
 semeiology of). 
 
 xxvUl, Ver.-Beil., 259.— Begg (C. L.) Bladder symptoms, 
 usually senile, found in a youth. Intemat. J. Surg.; N. Y., ' 
 1918, mod, 122.— Calllet (C. ) Some remarks on the diagnosis 
 of vesical complications m appendicitis and other lesions of 
 the abdominal viscera. Am. J. Urol., N. Y., 1913, ix, 355- 
 360.— Chute (A. L.) Some cases illustrating cystoscqpic 
 diagnosis. Boston M. & S. J., 1906, div, 309-311. ji too. Re- 
 print.— Fitch (J . W .) The correct interoretation of bladder 
 symptoms. Urol. & Cutan. Eev., St. Louis, 1916, xx, 501- 
 507.— von FranM-Hochwart (L.) Zur Differentialdiagnose 
 der juvenilen Blasenstorungen; zugleicb ein Beitrag zur 
 Kenntnis der spinalen Blasenstorungen. Arb. a. d. neurol. 
 Inst. a. d. Wien. Univ., heipz. & Wien, 1907, xvi, pt. 2, 1-12. 
 A Iso: Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1907, Ivli, 2057-2063.— Genou- 
 vUIe. La sonde k demeure dans les intectlons vesicales. 
 Ass. franf. d'urol. Proc.-verb. 1898, Par., 1899, ill, 119-127.— 
 Bonder. The value of the oystoscope in the diagnosis of the 
 diseases of the bladder. Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1896, 
 XV, 471-475.— Ikeda (E.) Beitrage zur liehre von der epi- 
 dermoidaleu Umwandlung des Harublasenepithels; fiber 
 Glykogenablagenmg im Epithel der Harnblase und ihre 
 klimsche Bedeutung. Ztschr. f. Urol., Berl. & Leipz., 1907, 
 i, 369-387, 1 pi.— McGregor (J. K.) Aids in surgical diagno- 
 sis of kidney and bladder. Canada Lancet, Toronto, 1911-12, 
 xlv, 104-108.— Mark (E. G.) The diagnosis of obscure blad- 
 der conditions. Med. Herald, St. Joseph, 1903, n. s., xxii, 
 635-539.— Martin (C.) The correct interpretation of bladder 
 symptoms. Med. Fortnightly, St. Louis, 1914, xlv, 177- 
 181.— Miller (E. H.) Symptoms and diagnosis of diseases of 
 the bladder. Virginia M. Semi-Month., Bichmond, 1917-18, 
 xxii, 391-393. — ^Mbalieau (S.) Kritische Bemerkungen zur 
 filnktionellen Blasendiagnostik nach Bichard Euorr. Zt- 
 schr. 1. gynak. Urol., Leipz., 1910, ii, 15-17.— Munn (W. P.) 
 Diseases of the bladder and their diagnosis. Coloittdo M. J., 
 Denver, 1900, vi, 225-236.— Myles {Sir T.) The diffioulties-of 
 diagnosis in diseases of the urinary bladder. Med. Chron., 
 Manchester, 1905-6, xliii, 71-85. A Uo; J. Irish M. Ass., Dubl.', 
 1906, vi, 66; 87.— Nuzum (T. W.) Commonly met bladder 
 symptoms. Urol. & Cutan. Rev., St. Louis, 1916, xx, 495. — 
 Feteikln (G. S.j The diagnostic value ol the cystoscope. 
 
 Med. Sentinel, Portland, Oreg., 1908, xvi, 22-27. . 
 
 X-ray efBciency in bladder diagnosis. Interstate M. J., St. 
 Louis, 1916, xxiii, 688-693, 3 pi. Also, Reprint.- Benard 
 (F.-H.) De I'absence de correlation entre les l^ions du 
 r&ervoir uriuaire et les symptdmes observe. Policlin., 
 Brux., 1898, vii, 81-85.— KeynSs (H.) Auscultation sus- 
 
 ■ pubienne de la vessie comme moyen de diagnostic. Gaz. 
 
 • mM. de Par., 1910, Ixxxi, No. 54, 5. Also: Malrseille mM., 
 1910, xlvii, 11. [Discussion), 20-22.— Schmidt (L. E.) Vesi- 
 cal symptoms due to diseases external to the bladder. Illi- 
 nois M. J., Springfleld, 1909, xvi, 526-538. . A series of 
 
 unusual cases with pathological conditions outside of the 
 bladder causing marked vesical symptoms. Tr. Am. Ass. 
 Genito-Urin. Surg.. N. Y., 1910, v, 209-216. Also: Surg., 
 Gjtnec. & Obst., Chicago, 1911, xiil, 281-286.— Warner (F.) 
 The correct interpretation of bladder symptoms. Urol. & 
 Cutan. Rev., St. Louis, 1917, xxi, 638-640.— Wathen (J. R.) 
 DiagUosis of diseases of the urinary bladder. Am. Med., 
 Phife., 1901, ii, 859-861.— Watson (E. M.) Notes on the 
 recognition of certain lesions of the male bladder. Ann. 
 Surg., Phila., 1918, Ixvii, 96-102.— Weber (W.) Zur Diag- 
 nose und Therapie wichtiger Blasen-Erkrankungen. Ver- 
 einsbl. d. pfaJz. Aerzte, Frankenthal, 1914, xxx, 39-52.— 
 Whiteside (G. S.) The Importance of exact methods of 
 diagnosis in pathologic conditions of the kidney and bladder. 
 Northwest Med., Seattle, 1911, n. s., lil, 221-224.— Wose (A. 
 M.) The investigation of bladder symptoms. Urol. & 
 Catan. Rev., St. Louis, 1916, xx, 607-612. 
 
 Bladder (Diseases o/, Treatment of). 
 
 See, also, Bladder {Dilatation of, Therapeutic) ; 
 Bladder (Irrigation of). 
 
 KoENiG (A.) Die neueren Hilfsmittel_ zur 
 Diagnose und Therapie der Blasenkrankheiten. 
 12°. Leipzig, [n. d.]. 
 
 Sanchez y JiwiiNEZ (B.) *Apuntes sobre un 
 nue vo recuiso para el diagn6stico y el tratamiento 
 de algunas afeccionee graves de la vejiga. 8°. 
 
 M^^ico 1879 
 
 Baxy.' Remarques sur la physiologie de la vessie aveo 
 application k la therapeutique; du pansement permanent de 
 la vessie. Bull, et m§m. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1898, n. B., 
 xxiv, 1040-1042.— Beatty (J. E.) Bladder troubles in 
 actual practice. Med. Standard, Chicago, 1905. xxviii, 131- 
 
 135. Borzymowskl (J.) [Isolation of the bladder from the 
 
 Influence ol urine by means of catheterization of the ureters.] 
 Ginekologia, Warszawa, 1903-4, i, 441-445.— Bozeman 
 (N G ) Suction drainage in bladder diseases. Am. J. 
 Dermat. & Genito.-Urin. Dis., St. Louis. 1912, xvi, 17.— 
 Buerger (L.) Intravesical diagnosis and treatment with a 
 description of new instruments. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1913, 
 xcvii, 857-862.— Crockett (F. S.) Refractory bladder 
 cases, why won't they get well? Illustrated by three cases. 
 
 Bladder (Diseases of, Treatment of). 
 
 Urol. & Cutan. Rev., St. Louis, 1916, xx, 251.— Davis (J. S.) 
 Medical treatment of diseases of the bladder. Virgmia M. 
 Semi-Month., Richmond, 1917-18, xxii, 394-397.-Felekl 
 (H ) Der Dauerkatheter als HiUsmlttel bei ambulanter 
 Beliandlung einzelner Blasenkrankheiten. Centralbl. i. a. 
 Krankh. d. Ham- u. Sex.-Org., Leipz., 1904, xv, 289-302.-- 
 FuUer (E.) Results following the cure of chrome defects of 
 the vesical function. Tr. M. Soo. N. Y.. 1901, 401-406. 
 Also: St. Louis Cour. Med., 1901, xxiv, 161-166.— Geraghty 
 (J T ) Fulguration in the treatment of bladder trouble. 
 Tr Am. Urol. Ass., Brookline, 1915, ix, 106-117. [Discus- 
 sion], 226-238.— Herzberg (E.) Ueber die Tiefenwirkung 
 des elektrischen Stromes bei Thermokoagulation in der 
 Blase. [Discussion.) Folia urolog., Leipz., 1914-15, ix, 157- 
 162, 1 pi.— Heuss (E.) Ueber Helmitol, ein neues Harn- 
 desmflziens. Monatsh. f. prakt. Dermat., Hamb., 1903, 
 xxxvi, 121-126.— Holstatter (R.) Pituitrin als Blasentoni- 
 kum. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1911, xxiv, 1702-1704.— 
 Keyes (E. L.) Further observations on high freqiiency 
 cauterization of bladder lesions. Interstate M. J., St. Louis, 
 
 1911, xviu, 1012-1017.— Kraus (0.) Ueber eine neue in- 
 travesicale Behandlungsmethode. AUg. Wien. med. Ztg., 
 1901, xlvi, 50.— Le Clerc-Dandoy. Inoompatibilitfi de 
 I'oxyoyanure de mercure. J. vaid. de Brux., 1908, xiil, 
 209.— Levi (C.) L'azione miocinetica della paraganglina 
 Vassale sulla vescioa. Rassegna di sc. med., Modena, 1904-5, 
 xix, p. xrix.— Mclntyre (C. W.) The treatment of chronic 
 vesical catarrh. St. Louis M. & S. J., 1902, Ixxxli, 306-308.— 
 Marauardt (R.) Ormizet in der Therapie. der Erkran- 
 kungen der Harnblase. Deutsche med. Wchnsclir., Berl. 
 & Leipz., 1918, xliv, 1028.— Molir (F.) Ueber die Behand- 
 lung der militariscn eingezogenen Blasenkranken. Med. 
 Klin., Berl., 1918, xiv, 831.— Monifc Inconv6nients de I'em- 
 ploi de I'o^cyanure de mercure dans la pratique urinaire 
 courante. Ass. franc, d'urol. 1906. Proc.-verb., Par., 1907, 
 X, 278-280.— Moorliead (S. W.) The diagnosis and treat- 
 ment of intravesical lesions. Therap. Gaz. [etc.], Detroit, 
 
 1912, 3. s., xxviii, 244.— Munk (F.) Die Bedeutung und 
 Behandlung der Blasenleiden im Krlege. Deutsche med. 
 Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1917, xliii, 453; 485.— Nogues 
 (P.) & Pasteau (O.) De I'emploi du permanganate de 
 potasse dans la therapeutique des aflections v&icales. Ann, 
 d. mal. d. org. gfinito-urin.. Par., 1897, xv, 367-380.— O'Nell 
 (R. F.) The value of Bacillus Dulgarious in treatment of 
 coccus infections of the bladder. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1917, 
 Ixv, 621-627.— Polano (0.) Ueber Entfaltung der Blase 
 mit Sauerstiofl. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. 
 Aerzte 1906, Leipz^ 1907, pt. 2, 2. HUte., 152.— Posner (C.) 
 Zur innem Behandlung des Blasenkatarrhs; Urotropin und 
 dessen Ersatzmittel. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1905, xlii, 41- 
 43.— Pousson. Note sur les pansementsde la vessie. BuU. 
 et man. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1898, n. s., xxiv, 1091-1094.- 
 Prelndlsberger (J.) Ueber epidurale Iniektionen bei 
 Erkrankungen der Hamblasd. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 
 1903, liii, 2153-2158. Also [Abstr.]: Ber. ii. d. Verhandl. d. 
 viii. Kong. d. deutsch. dermat. Gesellsch. 1903, Wien & 
 Leipz., 1904, 69.— Bobbins (F. W.) Soirie distressing 
 bladder symptoms; how caused and how cured. J. Mich. 
 M. Soc, Battle Creek, 1910, ix, 494-498.— SmoIensW (V. P.) 
 [Therapeutic application of hexal in diseases of the bladder] 
 Terap. Obozr., Odessa, 1914, vii, 238; 279.— Stem (L.) The 
 internal treatment of diseases of the bladder. Med. News, 
 N. Y., 1904, Ixxxiv, 399-401.— von TovOlgyl (E.) Die 
 Elektrotherapie bei Blasenstorungen auf Grund organischer 
 Nervenleiden. Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl.-Wien, 1900, n. F., 
 ii, 246-249.— Wheeler (W. de C.) Acid phosphate of sodium 
 and adrenalin in vesical disease. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 
 1903, n. s., Ixxvi, 272: 1904, n. s., Ixxvii, 683. 
 
 Bladder (Diseases of, Treatment of, Op- 
 erative). 
 See Bladder (Surgery of) . 
 
 Bladder (Displacement of). 
 
 See, also. Bladder {Abnormities of) ; Bladder 
 (Exstrophy of); Bladder (Fixation of) ; Bladder 
 {Hernia of) ; Bladder (Prolapse of) . 
 
 Jalifier (A.) *La v^sicule flottante. 8° 
 Lyon, ]913. 
 
 Bloch O.) [Sur les displacements de la vessie, produits 
 
 i)ar des tumeors ovariennes et des fibromyomes, et sur la 
 felon de la vessie, due ii des laparotomies. C.-r., No. 10,1-10.) 
 Nord. med. Ark., Stockholm, 1898, n. F., tx, hit. 2. No. 6, 
 1-48.— Bush (P.) A case of retroversion of the bladder. 
 Rep. Soo. Study Dis. Child., Lond., 1903-4, iv, 328.- Can 
 (L. C.) A case of right-lateral displacement of the bladder 
 with fsecal impaction. N. York M. J., 1899, Ixix, 781.— 
 Enunet (B.) Displacement of the bladder. Am. J. Obst., 
 N. Y., 1906, uv, 102.— Forker (F. L.) Displacement of the 
 bladder caused by a railroad accident, corrected by lapa- 
 rotomy. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1898, liv, 174.— HSresco. Inver- 
 sion de la vessie k travers rurfethre dechirfi. Bull, et m^m. 
 ■ Soo. de chir. de Bucarest, 1906-7, ix, 12-15.— Marques (H.) 
 & Desmonts (P.) Deplacements du col de la vessie dus k 
 la repletion des organes pelviens. Arch, d'^lectric. m^d.. 
 
BLADDEK. 
 
 577 
 
 BLADDER. 
 
 Bladder (Displacement of) . 
 
 Bordeaux, 1912, xx, 145-149— Morestln (H.) Ectopie ilia- 
 que de la vessie chez un suiet eryptorchide du mSme cdti. 
 Buli:etm^ni. Boo. anat.de Par., 1901, Ixxvl, 364.— Ors6s(F.) 
 Elne elgentumliche Lageanomalie der Harnblase und der 
 Blasen-Nabelstrange. Beitr. z. path. Anat. ul z. allg. Path., 
 Jena, 1908, xliv, 386-390.— Petit (P.) Cystopexle mdirecte 
 
 gar racoourcissement de I'apon^vrose ombilico-pelvlenne. 
 ong. intemat. de m^d. C. r^ Par., 1900, sect, de gynfc., 
 241-244.— Watklns (T. J.) Notes on vesico-uterine trans- 
 position. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1914, xix, 392-394. 
 
 Bladder (Distension of). 
 
 See Bladder (Atony o/); B 
 of); Bladder {Hypertrophy of); Bladder [Ob- 
 
 See Bladder (Atony of); Bladder (Dilatation 
 
 struction of) ; Urine (Retention of) 
 
 Bladder (Diverticula of). 
 
 Charbonnibr (G.-J.) *Les diverticules de la 
 vessie; sympt6mes, diagnostic et traitement. 
 8°. Paris, 1912. 
 
 DiENST (H. T. A.) *Ueber Divertikel der 
 Harnblase. 12°. Erhmgen, 1896. 
 
 DuRRiBux (A.) *Les diverticules de la vessie; 
 leur anatomie, leur pathologie. 8°. Paris, 1901. 
 
 Also [Abstr.j, in: Rev. gto. de olin. et de thfirap., Par., 
 1901, XV, 804-808. 
 
 Erdmann _(F.) *Ueber Pulsionsdivertikel der 
 Harnblase mituicerativenProzessen. 8° Kiel, 
 1905. 
 
 Etiennb (E.) *Les diverticules de la vessie 
 (dtude anatomo-clinique). 8° Montpellier, 
 1911. 
 
 Hbbting (J.) *Ueber Hamblasendivertikel 
 mit besonderer Beriicksiclitigung iirer Entste- 
 hung. 8°. Freiburg i. B., 1903. 
 
 Labngb (W.) *Ein Beitrag zu Divertikeln 
 der Harnblase. 8°. Leipzig, 1911. 
 
 Schmidt (J.) *Zur Kenntnis der wahren 
 Hamblasendivertikel. 8°. Halle a. S., 1905. 
 
 ToBBBN (A.) *Ein Fall vod Concrementbil- 
 dung in einem Blasendivertikel. 8°. Miinchen, 
 
 1901. 
 
 Bergeber (G. J.) Hernia of diverticulum of the bladder. 
 J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, lix, 540.— Brongersma (H.) 
 Grand divertioule de la vessie. Ass. franc, d'urol. Proc- 
 
 verb., 1909, xiii, Par., 1910, 744. . Blaasdivertikels. 
 
 Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Gcneesk.. Amst., 1912, ii, 1589-1592.— 
 Bryan (R. C.) ]3ivertioula of the bladder, with report of a 
 case. Am. J. Urol., N. Y., 1913, ix, 72-89.— Cabot (H.) 
 Some observations upon diverticulum of the bladder. Tr. 
 Am. Ass. Genito-Urin. Surg., N. Y., 1913, vU, 62-72, 1 pi. 
 
 . Some observations upon diverticulum of the bladder. 
 
 Boston M. & S. J., 1915, clxxii, 300; 365.— DeUa Torre (P. L.) 
 Sui diverticoU della vcscica. Pensiero med., Milano, 1915, 
 V. 146; 163; 193; 214.— D6v6 & Pillet. Divertioule de la vessie. 
 Normandie mM., Rouen, 1909, xxv, 25.— Dyas (F. G.) 
 Diverticulum of urinary bladder. Surg. Clin., Chicago, 
 1918, ii, 199-203.— EngHsch (J.) Isolirte Entzundung der 
 Blasendivertikel uAd Pertorationsperitonitis. Arch. f. klin. 
 Chir., Berl., 1904, Ixxili, 1-67.— Everidge (J.) A case of 
 diverticulum of the bladder, with reference to early diag- 
 nosis and treatment. Lancet, Lond., 1915, ii, 170-174.^ 
 Filippo (C.) Ricerche sperimentali sulla patogenesi dei 
 diverticou vescicali acquisiti. Policlin., Roma, 1910, xvii, 
 sez. prat., 1252.— Preudenberg (A.) Zwei Falle von Blascn- 
 divertikeln mit Rontgenbildem der mit Collargol gefiillten 
 Blase. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1917, liv, 965-967. Also: 
 Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1917, Ixiv, 813— Gardner (J. A.) 
 Diverticulum of the bladder. Tr. Am. Urol. Ass., Brook- 
 line, 1917. xi, 141-150, 3 pi. [Discussion], 178-183. Also: 
 J. Urol., Bait., 1917, i, 439^48.— Garratt (J. M.) Divertic- 
 ula of the urinary bladder, with special reference to Rontgen 
 ray diagnosis. Burg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1911, xiii, 
 292-294.— Ghezzl (C.) Pseudo diverticolo della vescica. 
 
 Boll. d. Soc. med. di Parma, 1914, 2. s., vii, 278. . Sul 
 
 vero diverticolo laterale della vescica, con una osserv^azione. 
 Morgagni, Milano, 1914, Ivi, pt. 1, 249-256— Gordon (L.) 
 Notes on two post-mortem specimens of diverticula of the 
 urinary bladder. South African M. Rec., Cape Town, 1914, 
 xii, 125-127.— Hagner (F. R.) A case of diverticulum of the 
 bladder. Tr. Am. Ass. Genito-Urin. Surg., N. Y., 1914, 
 ix, 51.— Hochhaus. Blase mit ungewohnlich starker 
 DivertikelbUdung von eigentiimlicher Entstehung. Miin- 
 chen. med. Wchnschr., 1903, 1, 669.— Holmokl. Ein Fall 
 euies selten grossen Divertikels der Harnblase beim Welbe. 
 Arch. 1. klin. Chir., Berl., 1898, Ivi, 202-207, 1 pi.— Howard 
 (H. W.) Diverticulum of the bladder. Proo. Alumni Ass. M. 
 School Univ. Oreg., Portland, 1918, vi, 21-23.— Judd (E. S.) 
 
 96808°— Vol. II. 3d series— 19 37 
 
 Bladder (Diverticula of). 
 
 Diverticula of the bladder. Ann. Surg., Phlla., 1918, Ixviii, 
 298-30.5, 12 pi.— Langer (A.) DivertikelbUdung mit Hyper- 
 trophie der Hamblasenmuskulatur. Ztschr. f. Heuk., 
 Berl., 1899, xx, 117-130, 1 pi.— Legueu (P.) Des diverti- 
 cules de la vessie. Rev. gin. de clin. et de therap.. Par., 
 1917, xxxi, 662.— Lendorl (A.) [On bladder diverticulum.] 
 Hosp.-Tid., Kfiibenhy^ 1909, 5. R., ii, 1689: 1910, iii, 129.— 
 Mclntyre (E. H.) Report of a case of diverticulum of the 
 urinary bladder, with post-mortem observations. Journal- 
 Lancet, Minneap., 1917, xxxvii, 614.— ManWewlcz (O.) 
 Blasendivertikel und ihre Komplikationen. Med. Klin., 
 Berl., 1917^ xiii, 47; 73. — Marie (R.) Diverticules multiples 
 de la vessie. Bull, et m&m. Soc. anat. do Par., 1905, Ixxx, 
 179-181.— Merkel (H.) Ueber seltene Formen von Ham- 
 blasendivertikeln. Verhandl. d. deutsch. path. Gesellsch., 
 Jena, 1910, 337-344, 1 pi.— Morau. Un cas inttossant de 
 divertioule de la vessie. Ann. d. mal. d. org. g^nlto-urin., 
 Par., 1907, i, 273-278.— Nowlckl (W.) [Cystic diverticulum 
 of the bladder.] Now. lek., Poznafl, 1912, xxiv, 71-74. — 
 Omelclienko (F. Z.) [SequelEe of diverticula of the urinary 
 bladder.] Med. Sbomik Varshav. Uyazd. Voyenn. Hosp., 
 Varshava, 1901, xlv, Nos. 1-2, pt. 9, 1-10.— Pasteau (O.) 
 Les diverticules de la vessie. Tr. Intemat. Cong. Med. 1913, 
 Lond., 1914, Sect, xiv, Urol., pt. 2, 91,— Piazza (M. V.) 
 Caso rarissimo di diverticolo d'una vescica lateralizzata 
 Lavori d. Cong, di med. int., Roma, 1907, xvii, 138-145.— 
 Plellcke (O.) Demonstration eines palpablen Blasendiver- 
 tikel. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1904, xU, 508. 4 too .-Verhandl. 
 d. Berl. med. Gesellsch. 1904, Berl., 1905, xxxv, 124.— 
 Potherat (E.) ifcnorme diverticula de la vessie. Ass. 
 franc, d'urol.' 1906. Proe.-verb., Par., 1907, x, 412-418.— 
 de Queivatn. Riesendivertikel der Blase. Cor.-Bl. f. 
 schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1918, xlviii, 149. — ^Bafln. Diverti- 
 culum v&ical. Lyon m^d., 1897, Ixxxv, 17-19.— Roth- 
 schild (A.) Vorstellung eines Falles von Ausbuchtungen 
 (Divertikeln) der Harnblase. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1917, 
 liv, 464. — Santlnl (C.) Sopra un diverticolo della ve.scica in 
 un sacco emiario. Clin, chir., Milano, 1908, xvl, 297-304. — 
 Scalone (I.) DiverticoU vescicali ermati ed ernie diverti- 
 colari della vescica; a proposito del pnmo caso di un diver- 
 ticolo vescioale in un ernia crurale delP uomo; resezione; 
 guarigione. Ibid., 1913, xxi, 2314-2352,— Schmidt (L. E.) 
 Notes on diverticula of the male bladder. Am. J. Dermat., 
 St. Louis, 1903, vU, 13-16.— Serrallach. Diverticule v&ical 
 d'origine probablement traumatique sans obstacle & I'&nis- 
 sion de Purine. Ann, d. mal. org. g^nito-urin.. Par., 1905, 
 xxiii, 852-S71.— Sherrlll (J. G.) Vesical diverticula. Am. 
 J. Urol., N. Y., 1915, xi, 303-345.— Snglmura (S.) Ueber 
 die Entstehung der sogenannten echten Divertikel der 
 Harnblase, insbesondere des Blasengrundes, nebst Bei- 
 tragen zur Lehre von der Pathologie der Muskulatur und 
 elastischen Gewebe in der Harnblase. Virchow's Arch. f. 
 
 path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1911, cciv, 349-372. . Beitrag 
 
 zur Kenntnis des echten Divertikels an der Seitenwand der 
 Harnblase mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung seiner Entste- 
 hung. Ibid., ccvi, 10-19. — Targett (J. H.) Diverticula of 
 the Tbladder, associated with vesical growths. Tr. Path. 
 Soc. Lond., 1896, xlvii, 155-16S, 3 pi.— Thomas (G. J.) 
 Diverticula of the urinary bladder. Tr. Am. Urol. Ass,, 
 Brookline, 1916, x, 1-14, 6 pi. [Discussion], 19-24, 1 pi. 
 Also: Surg., Gynec. & Obst,, Chicago, 1916, xxxiii, 378- 
 384. — ^Todd (C. E.) A case of diverticulum of the upper 
 part of the bladder with a patent urachus. Brit. MT. J., 
 Lond., 1910, ii, 16.— Verhoogeu (J.) Deux cas de diverti- 
 cules considerables de la vessie. Ann. Soc. beige de chir.,. 
 Brux., 1899-1900, vii, 121-126. Also, iransl.: Allg. Wien. 
 med. Ztg., 1900, xlv, 1.— Vlneentelll. Vessie k divertioule. 
 Marseille mii., 1904, xU, 687.— Wright (G. A.) & Coates 
 (W.) Notes on a case of diverticulum of the bladder. Lan- 
 cet, Lond., 1899, i, 763. 
 
 Bladder (Diverticula of, Congenital). 
 
 Meyee (F.) *Ein Fall von angeborenem 
 grossen Blasendivertikel. [Basel.] 8°. Leipzig, 
 1905. 
 
 Also, in: Centralbl. f. d. Krankh. d. Ham- u. Sex.-Org., 
 Leipz., 1905, xvi, 289-309. 
 
 Bagozzl (G.) Diverticolo oongenito della vescica. C^. 
 maggiore, Milano, 1914, 2. s,, ii, 369-375.— Brongersma (H.) 
 Un cas de double diverticule congenital de la vessie. Rev. 
 
 clin. d'urol.. Par., 1912, i, 151-155. . Angeborene 
 
 Divertikel der Harnblase. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. 
 f. Urol. 1913, Berl. & Leipz., 1914, iv, 324-328.— Buerger (L.) 
 Congenital diverticulum of the bladder with a contractile 
 sphincterio orillce. Urol. & Cutan. Rev., St. Louis, 1913, 
 xvii, 135. Also, transl.: J. d'urol. mSd. et chir.. Par., 1913, 
 iii, 591-594.— Cholzoff (B. N.) Die Behandlung der an- 
 geborenen Blasendivertikel und ihre klinische Bedeutung. 
 Arch. f. klin. Chir.^ Berl. J910-11, x'civ, 89-109, 1 pi —Fischer 
 (H,) Die congemtalen Divertikel der Blaso. Festschr. z. 
 40jahr. Stiftungsfeier d. Deutsch. Hosp., N. Y., 1909, 294-316, 
 1 tab. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Sure., Gynec. & Obst., Chi- 
 cago, 1910, X, 156-168.— Guibal (P^ Diverticule congenital 
 de la vessie. Ann. d. mal. d. org. genito-urin.. Par., 1908, ii, 
 1449-1458. — Handl (A.) Ueber ein sogenanntes angeborenes 
 Divertikel der Blase mit Einmiindung des recbten Ureters 
 
BLADDER. 
 
 578 
 
 BLADDEE. 
 
 149- 
 
 Bladder {Diverticula of, Congenital). 
 
 in dasselbe. Frankf. Ztsohr. I. Path., Wiesb., 1910. v, i-,^ 
 158.— Joly (J. S.) Congenital diverticula of the bladder. 
 Tr. Internat. Cong. Med. 1913, Lond., 1914, Sect, xiv, Urol., 
 pt. 2, 93-103. Also: Am. J. tfrol., N. Y., 1914, x, 486-^^9.-^ 
 Kroglus (A.) A discussion of congenital diverticula of the 
 bladder; theirmanagement. Urol. & Cutan. Eev., St. Louis 
 1917, xxi, 606-611.— Krolss (F.) Zur Diagnostik und Be- 
 handlung des angeborenen Blasendivertlkels. Deutsche 
 Ztsclir. I. Chir., Leipz., 1911, cxi, 269-281.— Pagenstecher 
 (E.) Ueber Entstehung und Behandlung der angeborenen 
 Blasendivertikel und Boppelblasen. Arch. f. Win. Chlr., 
 Berl., 1904, Ixxiv, 186-231. AUo [Abstr.]: Verhandl. d. 
 deutsoh. Gesellsoh. f. Chir., Berl., 1904, xxxiii, 240-243.— 
 Pereamau (E .) Diverticulos vesicales dlagnosticados flnl- 
 camenteporlacistoscopia: diverticulos cong^nitos y millti- 
 ples. Rev. de oien. mfid. de Barcel., 1912, xxxviii, 392-394.— 
 Perthes. Beitrag zur Eenntnis der kougenitalen Blasen- 
 divertifcel. Deutsche Ztsolir. 1. Chir., Leipz^ 1909, c, 253- 
 266.— Bitter von Hotmann (E.) Zur Diagnose und 
 Therapie der angeborenen Blasendivertikel. Ztsohr. 1. nrol. 
 Chir^ Berl., 1913, 1, 440-452.— Botbsclilld (A.) Kougeni- 
 tale Blasendivertikel. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1918, cix, 
 657-675, 1 pi.— Sclitlssler (H.) Zur Eadikaloperation der 
 kongenitalen Blasendivertikel. Deutsche Ztsohr. t. Chir., 
 Leipz., 1918, cxivi, 107-125.— WaUflcld (J. M.) Congenital 
 diverticulum of the urinary bladder in in&nts and children; 
 a contribution to the clinical diagnosis, with reports of two 
 cases. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1915, cl, 1065. AUo, Reprint. 
 
 Bladder (Diverticida of, Treatment of. 
 Operative). 
 
 Barney (J. D.) . A case of diverticulum of the bladder. 
 Boston M. & S. ]., 1915, clxxiii, 508.— Beer (E.) Transperi- 
 toneal resection of a diverticulum of the bladder. Ann. 
 Surg., Phila., 1913, Iviii, 634-633, 2 pi.— Berry (J.) Large 
 congenital diverticulum of the bladder treated by resection. 
 Proo. Roy. Soc. Med^Lond., 1910-11, iv, Surg. Sect., 16S- 
 165.— Brongersma (H.) Ueber die Behandlung der ange- 
 borenen Divertikel der Blase. Ztschr. f. urol. Chir., Berl, 
 1914, il, 388-404.— Cabot (H.) Observations upon ten cases 
 of diverticulum of the bladder. Tr. Am. Ass. Genito-Urin. 
 Surg., N. Y., 1914, ix, 53-71, 2 pi.— Chaput. Diverticule 
 v&ical d^veloppfi dans I'^paisseur du col ut^rin simulant un 
 flbrome p^diculS du col; incision simple; gudrison. Bull, et 
 m&n. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1906, n. s., xxxu, 656-658.— Chute 
 (A. L.) Two cases of diverticulum of the bladder treated by 
 operation. Tr. Am. Urol. Ass., Brookline, 1912, vi, 58-68. 
 IDiscussion], 80-86. Also: Boston M. & S. J., 1912, clxvu, 
 316-320.— Czerny. Resektioneines Blasendivertlkels. Beitr. 
 z. klin. Chir., Tubing., 1897, xix, 247-252.— van Dam (J. M.) 
 De radicale behandeling van aangeboren blaasdivertifcels. 
 Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1912,ii, 1353-1365. Also, 
 tmnsl. : Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1913, Ixxxiii, 220-331.— 
 Delia Torre (P. L.) Sui diverticoli della veseioa; studio 
 anatomo-clinico e contributo cUnioooperativo. Pensiero 
 med., Milano, 1914, iv, 693-699.— von Bberts (E. M.) The 
 surgical treatment of non-resilient diverticula of the bladder. 
 Ann. Surg., Phila., 1909, 1, 883-900.— Fischer(M.) Ueber das 
 Blasendivertikel unter Beriicksichtigungeines aorch Operar 
 tion geheilten Falles von angeborenem Divertikel. Ztschr. 
 f. urol. Chir., Berl., 1914-15, iii, 183-200.— von Hotmann 
 (K.) Blasendivertikel. Arch. 1. klin. Chir., Berl., 1917, 
 cix, 132-149.— Kholtsofl (B. N,) [Clinical significance and 
 treatment of congenital diverticula of the bladder.] Syezd 
 Rossiysk. Khirurg., Mosk,, 1910, ix, 210.— Knaul. Bin 
 doppelseitiges HamDlasendlvertikelmit zweifachem Ventil- 
 versohluss. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1918, cxlvi, 
 258-275. — ECreuter. Zur Operation des angeborenen Diver- 
 tikels der Harnblase. Zentralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1913, xl, 
 1740-1742.— Krogtus (A.) Contribution to our knowledge 
 of the so-called congenital diverticula of the urinary bladder 
 and their treatment. Urol. & Cutan. Rev., St. Louis, Tech. 
 Suppl., 1913, i, 142-149.— Lerche (W.) The surgical treat- 
 ment of diverticula of the urinary bladder; with the report 
 of a case and a new device for facilitating the operation. Ann. 
 Sure., Phila., 1912, Iv, 28.5-304. Also: Journal-Lancet, Min- 
 neap., 1912, xxxii, 337-342.— Lewis (B.) & Moore (N. S.) 
 Vesical diverticulum'; report of two cases, with remarks 
 on operative technic. Tr. Sect. Genito-Urm. Dis. Am. M. 
 
 • ^^i-' ,n,.t 1 ::j CI en rT\t„^-,^ni^^i oo nn Alr.^. 
 
 of the urinary bladder. Cleveland M. J., 1914, xiii, 1-7. 
 
 . Diverticula of the urinary bladder, with report of 
 
 cases. T. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1914, Ixiu, 2015-2020. . 
 
 Diverticulum of the urinary bladder. Internat. Clin., 
 Phila., 1916, 26. s., iv, 272-285, 24 pi.— Marlon (G.) De la 
 resection des diverticules v&icaux. J. d'urol. mM. et chir.. 
 Par., 1913, iv, 785-795. Also: Ass. fran?. d'urol. ProCj- 
 verb. 1913, Par., 1914, xvii, 725-731.— Matthey (A.-C.) A 
 propos des diverticules vesicaux cong^nitaux; un cas de 
 oiverticulite gu4rie par un traitement oonservateur. Rev. 
 mM. de la Suisse Rom., GenSve, 1912, xxxii, 523-530.- 
 Pederson (J.) A case of diverticulum of the bladder; post- 
 operative results. Tr. Am. Ass. Genito-Urin. Surg., N. Y., 
 1915, X, 125.— Porter (0. A.) Diverticulum of bladder; 
 
 Bladder (Diverticula of, Treatment of, 
 Operative). 
 
 extra-peritoneal removal with suture. Boston M. &. S. J., 
 1907, civil, 821-823.— Vanverts (J.) Hernie inguinale d'un 
 diverticule de la vessie; ablation du diverticule. Echo m^d. 
 du nord, Lille, 1910, xiv, 262. Also: Bull. Soc. de m^. du 
 nord 1910, Lille, 1911, 161.— Ware (M. W.) Report of a case 
 of remote fatality following a successfully operated bladder 
 diverticulum. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1917, ov, 907.— Wulfl 
 (P.) Eiu durch Operation geheilter Fall von kongenlta- 
 lem Blasendivertikel. Milnchen. med. Wchnschr., 1904, li, 
 1055. — Young (H. H.) The operative treatment of vesical 
 diverticula, with report of four cases. Tr. South. Surg. & 
 Gyneo. Ass. 1904, iSirmingham, 1905; xvii, 228-285, 8 pi. 
 Aho: Johns Hopkins Hosp. Rep., Bait., 1906, xiii, 401-446. 
 
 . Excision of vesical diverticula after intravesical 
 
 invagination by suction; a new method. Surg., Gynec. & 
 Obst., Chicago, 1918, xxvi, 125-132.— Zaaljer (J. H.) Zur 
 Operation der kongenitalen Blasendivertikel. Beitr. z. 
 klin. Chir., Tubing., 1911, Ixxv, 534-548.— Zerbinl (C. V.) 
 Sobre un easo de diverticulo vesical operado y curado. 
 Semana mM., Buenos Aires, 1915, xxii, I, 213-217. 
 
 Bladder {Drainage of). 
 
 See, also, Catheters. 
 
 FouRBSTrf (A.-A.) *Le drainage pdrin^al de 
 la vesaie dans les 4tats douloureux de cet organe. 
 8°. Bordeaux, 1898. 
 
 MiJLLBR (B.) *Ueber Drainage der Harnblase. 
 8°. Wilrzhurg, 1892. 
 
 Thamm (F. J. A.) *Die infrasymphysare 
 Blasendrainage. 8°. Breslau, 1907. 
 
 Bartta. Aspirationsdrainage der Blase. Zentralbl. f. 
 Chir., Leipz., 1910, xxxvii, 1465-1467.— Beal (N. H.) A 
 siinple and efficient method of suprapubic bladder sypho- 
 nage. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1917, xxv, 692. — 
 Bosher (L. C.) The advantages of bladder drainage as 
 Illustrated by some recent cases. Tr. M. Soc. Virg. 1902, 
 Richmond, 1903, 157-161. Also: Virginia M. Semi-Month., 
 Richmond, 1902-3, vii, 326-329. AUo, Reprint.— Brown 
 (F. T.) Perineal tubes for bladder drainage. Tr. Am. Ass. 
 Genlto-Uriu. Surg., N. Y., 1908, iii, 180, 4 pi.— Davis (E. G.) 
 A vacuum apparatus tor suprapubic drainage. Surg., 
 
 Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 191.5, xxi, 245-247. . Vesi&l 
 
 drainage; historical review and presentation of a new aji- 
 paratus. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1916, Ixvl, 1680-1686. 
 Also, Reprint.- Eckstein (W. G.) A modified fistula for 
 permanent suprapubic drainage. Post-Graduate, N. Y., 
 1909, xxiv, 465.— FioUe (J.) & FioUe (P.) ModiScation anx. 
 prooSdfe aotuels de drainage de la vessie. Ann. d. mal. d. 
 org. g4nito-urin.. Par., 1910, i, 725-736.— Hannes (W.) Zur 
 inirasymphysaren Blasendrainage. Zentralbl. 1. Gynak., 
 Leipz., 1905, xxix, 1345-1349.— Harrison (B,.) On perineal 
 bladder drainage with control. Polyclin., Lond., 1901, v, 
 233: 1902, vi, 482; 516. ^iio." Interstate M. J., St. Louis, 1902, 
 . ix, 647-651. — Jack (H. P.) A new technic lor bladder drain- 
 age. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1918, Ixx, 1225.— Johnston (G. 
 B . ) Permanent drainage of the male bladder, by a retained 
 canula introduced al>ove the pubes. Tr. M. Soc. virg., Rich- 
 mond, 1890^167-170. .4ko, Reprint.— KacikowsklCCJ Zur 
 Frage der Hamblasendrainage. Centralbl. f. Chiry Leipz., 
 1899, xxvi, 620-622.— Kelly. Drain^e of the bladder and 
 OTstoscopic examinations. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., 
 Bait., 1901, xii, 298.— Loumeau. Urinal hypogastrique de 
 jour et de nuit. J. de mSd. de Bordeaux, 1914, xliv, 425. — 
 Meyer (H.) Permanent suprapubic drainage of the bladder 
 without leakage; demonstration of a case. CaUf. State J. M., 
 San Fran., 1912, x, 40-42 —Bathbun (N. P.) The value of 
 bladder drainage through a suprapubic stab wound. Urol. 
 & Cutan. Bev., St. Louis, 1918, xxii, 131.— Bodriguez 
 MoUna (L. F.) Evacuacidn de contenidos vesicales por la 
 aspiracifin. Arch, de la Soc. estud. clin. de la Hahana, 1908, 
 XV, 149-153.— Smith (0. C.) The indications for bladder 
 drainage by the perineal route. Am. J. Urol., X. Y., 1904-5, 1, 
 230-235. AUo: Am. J. Surg. & Gynec, St. Louis, 1904-5, 
 xviii, 55 Stoeckel (W.) Trokar-Katheter zur inirasym- 
 physaren Blasendrainage. Zentralbl. i. Gynak., Leipz.. 
 1907, xxxi, 807-810.— Thorndike (P.) Long-continued 
 bladder drainage. Boston M. & S. J., 1893, cxxix, 216. A Uo, 
 Reprint.— Zuckerkandl (O.) Zur Blasendrainage. Cen- 
 tralbl. 1. Chir., Leipz., 1899, xxvi, 479. 
 
 Bladder {Drainage of, Post-operative). 
 
 Peyre (P.) *Du cystodrainage hypogas- 
 trique, ou operation de M6rv rajeunie. 4°. 
 Paris 1894. 
 
 Badln & TTteau. Appareil pour cystostomis^. J. 
 d'urol. miSd. et oMr., Par., 1913, m, 489.— Belfleld (W. T.) 
 Drainage of the prevesical space through the perineum in 
 suprapubic cystotomy. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1907, xiv, 101.— 
 Bethune (C. W.) Suction drainage of suprapubic bladder 
 wounds; description of a new pump. J. Am. M. Ass^ Chi- 
 cago, 1918, Ixx, 1820. AUo, Reprint.— Blasuccl (E.) Sifone 
 
BLADDEE. 
 
 579 
 
 BLADDER. 
 
 Bladder {Drainage of, Post-operative). 
 
 ipogastrico pel fognamento della vescica in seguito all' ope- 
 razione di epicistotomia. Riforma med., NapoU, 1898, xiv, 
 
 pt. 1, 332-334. . Bladder drainage after suprapubic 
 
 cystotomy. Am. J. Dermat. & Genito-Urin. Dis., St. 
 
 Louis, 1905, ix, 293-295. . Bladder drainage versus 
 
 complete suture in suprapubic cystotomy. Intemat. J. 
 Surg., N. Y., 1906, xix, 405-409.— Bloodgood (J. C.) A new 
 apparatus lor the immediate and permanent drainage of the 
 urmary bladder after suprapubic eystostomy. Johns Hop- 
 kins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1896, vii, 64, 2 pi. Also, Reprint.— 
 Chapman (W. L.) Self-retaining collapsible T-shaped 
 • catheter for suprapubic drainage of the urinary bladder. 
 J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1914, Ixiii, 1031.— Chetwood (C. H.) 
 Drainage of the bladder following suprapubic operations. 
 Tr. Am. Ass. Genito-Urin. Surg., N. Y., 1913, ylii, 149-153.— 
 Cburclunan (J. W.) The use ol suction in the post- 
 operative treatment of bladder oases. Johns Hopkins Hosp. 
 Bull., Bait., 1916, xxvii, 69-71. Also, Reprint.- Fee (F. E.) 
 A satisfactory method of suprapubic drainage of the bladder. 
 Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1911, cv, 133.— Grossl (G.) L'epi- 
 cistotomia e I'applicazione del siione. Ufflciale san., Napoli, 
 1898, xi, 109-115.— Hamilton (A. J. A.) An apparatus for 
 the intermittent postoperative drainage of the bladder; 
 application of the principle to the drainage of einpyemata, 
 etc. J. Am. M. Ass^ Chicago, 1908, 1, 962.— Hume (J.), 
 Logan (S.) & Kells (C. E.) An improved automatic suction 
 apparatus for suprapubic cystotomy operations. Am. J. 
 Surg., N. Y., 1916, xxx, 197-199.— Le Clerc-Dandoy (L.) 
 Nouveau proo4d4 de drainage v&ical apr^s la taille sus- 
 pubienne. Ann. Soc. beige de chir., Brux., 1900, viii, 113- 
 117. — Loumeau. Canule-urinal hypogastrique du Dr. 
 Daspres. Gaz. hebd. d. so. mM. de Bordeaux, 1905, xxvi, 
 163.— Madden (F. C.) A plea for the simple method of 
 draining the bladder 'after suprapubic cystotomy. Lancet, 
 Lond., 1908, i^ 48.— Martin (E. D.) An apparatus for draining 
 the bladder m cases of suprapubic cystotomy. Tr. South. 
 Surg. & Gynec. Ass. 1900, PhUa., 1901, xiii, 430-432.— O'Brien 
 (M. W.) A fact in drainage In supra-pubic cystotomy; 
 stitch edges of bladder wound to skin. Virginia M. Semi- 
 Month., Richmond, 1896-7, i, 594.— Perrier (C.) Nouvel 
 appareil simple pour cystostomisfis. J. d'urol. med. et chir. , 
 Far., 1914, V, 199.— Pike (J. B.) A suggested operation for 
 suprapubic drainage of the bladder. Brit. M. J., Lond., 
 1911, i, 810.- Sinclair (H. H.) The control of urinary drain- 
 age after cystotomy. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1911, lii, 387-389, 
 1 pi. — Sperling (M.) Zur infrasymphysaren Blasendrai- 
 nage. Monatschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynak., Berl., 1907, xxv, 
 457-462. — Stoeckel (W.) Die Infrasymphysaxe Blasen- 
 drainage. Ibid., 1903, xvii, 1150-1160.- Walker (G.) A 
 device to aid in keferang the patient dry after a suprapubic 
 cystotomy. Jolms Hopkins Hosp. Bufl., Bait., 1911, xxii, 
 160: 
 
 Bladder (Ectopy of). 
 
 See Bladder (Displacement of) ; Bladder {Ex- 
 strophy of) . 
 
 Bladder {Enibryology and morphology of). 
 
 See, also, Bladder {Blood-vessels, etc., of); 
 Bladder {Innervation of); Bladder (Neck of). 
 
 Bauch (A. M.) *"Vergleichende anatomische 
 und histologische Untersuchungen iiber die 
 Harnblase der Haustiere. [Leipzig.] 8°. Dres- 
 den, 1911. 
 
 BuDDB (M. M. S.) *Untersucliungeii: fiber 
 die Lagebeziehungen und die Form der Ham- 
 blase beim menschliclien Foetus. 8°. Marburg, 
 1901. 
 
 Hiilivihta (E.) *Beitrage zur Anatomie und 
 Histologie der Harnblase der Haussaugetiere. 
 [Leipzig.] 8°. Dresden, 1911. 
 
 Audlge (J.) Sur la structure de la vessie urinaire de 
 Barbus fluviatilis Agassiz. Compt. rend, de I'Ass. d. anat., 
 Nancy, 1904, vi, 186-188.- Baum (H.) Die Lymphgefasse 
 der Harnblase des Rindes. Ztschr. f. Fleisch- u. Milclihyg., 
 Berl., 1911-12, xxii, 101-103.— Birmingham (A.) The 
 shape and position of the bladder in the chUd. J. Anat. & 
 Physiol., Lond., 1897-8, xxxii, 458-467. Also: Tr. Roy. Acad. 
 M. Ireland, Dubl., 1898, xvi, 409-420.— Mchtenberg (A.) 
 & Vdlcker (F.) Die Form der menschlicheu Blase. Anat. 
 Anz., Jena, 1905, xxvii, Ergnzngshft., 206-210.— Michallow 
 (S.) Die ttinere Struktur der sympatliischen GangUen der 
 Harnblase bei den Saugetieren. Arch. f. mikr. Anat., Bonn, 
 1908, Ixxii, 554-574, 2 pi.— Thompson (A. R.) The form of 
 the urinanr bladder. J. Anat., liOnd., 1917, li, 364-374. — 
 Versarl (R.) Sur le dSveloppement de la tunique muscu- 
 laire de la vessie et particuliferement sur le d^veloppement de 
 la musculature du trigone et du sphincter k fibres lisses. 
 Ann. d. mal. d. org. g&iito-urin.. Par., 1908, i, 481; 561. — 
 Woodland ( W. N. F.) Notes on the structure and mode of 
 action of the oval In the pollack (Gadus pollachius) and 
 mullet (Mugil chelo). J. Marine Biol. Assoc. U. King., 
 
 Bladder {Embryology and nwrpTiology of). 
 
 Plymouth 1910-13, n. s., ix, 561-565.— Wright (F. R.) The 
 male bladder changes in form and position from infancy to 
 old age. Journal-Lancet, Minneap., 1913, xxxiii, 196-198. 
 
 Bladder {Excision of). 
 
 See, also. Bladder {Cancer of, Treatment of) by 
 cystectomy; Bladder {Tumors of. Treatment of) 
 by cystectomy. 
 
 Creutz (H.) *Ueber einen Fall von Resec- 
 tion der Harnblase mit Vorlagerung des Ureters. 
 [Giessen.] 8° Eupen, 1898. 
 
 Jaeger (K. W. K.) *Ein Fall von Totalexstir- 
 pation der Blase mit Einpflanzung der Ureteren 
 m die Flexura sigmoidea. 8°. Leipzig, 1906. 
 
 Allen (C. W.) The use of clamps in resection of the blad- 
 der, with report of a case. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1914-15, Ixvii, 
 523-528. Also: South. M. J., Nashville, 1915, viii, 45^8.— 
 Anzilotti (G.) Sulla resezione deUa vescica. Clin, mod., 
 Pisa, 1898, iv, 97-99.— Bov«e (J. W.) Total extirpation of 
 the urinary bladder. Am. Med., Pliila., 1901, ii, 68-63.— 
 Brongersma (H.) Een geval van algeheel wegnemen van 
 de pisblaas. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1911, ii, 
 1814-1819, 1 pi.— Cohn (S.) Zur Totalexstirpation der 
 Harnblase und Versorgung der Ureteren. Med. Bl., Wien, 
 1914, xxxvi, 235-240. Also: Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1914, 
 xxviii, 549-554. — Fenwlck (H.) Sur les r&ections larges de 
 la parol de la vessie. Ann. d. mal. d. org. g6nito-urin.. Par., 
 1911, ii, 2247-2249.— Fyodorofr (S. P.) [Excision of the 
 urinary bladder.) Syezd. Rossiysk. Khirurg., Most., 1912, 
 xi, 169-173. — Giordano (D.) Les r&ections larges de la 
 vessie. Ann. d. mal. d. org. g^nito-urin.. Far., 1911, ii, 2231- 
 2247. — Goldenberg (T.) Ueber die Totalexstirpation der 
 Harnblase und die Versorgung der Ureteren. Beitr. z. klin. 
 Chir., Tubing.^ 1904, xliv, 627-649.— Gorash (V. O.) [Ex- 
 tensive resections of the bladder wall.] Noypye v Med., 
 S.-Peterb., 1911, v, 13.53-1356.— de Graeuwe. A propos de 
 I'extirpation totale de la vessie. J. de chir. et aun. Soc. beige 
 de chir., Brux., 1908, viil, 106-113.— Hartley (F.) Extirpa- 
 tion of the urinary bladder. Med. News, N. Y., 1903, 1 xxxiii, 
 385-388.— von Herczel (E.) Blasenresection. Pest, med- 
 cliir. Presse, Budapest, 190,5, xli, 88.— Jefferson (J. C.) 
 Total excision of the urinary bladder. Lancet, Lond., 1918, 
 ii, 815. — Kohlmann (W.) Total extirpation of the urinary 
 bladder. South. M. J., Nashville, 1908, i, 160.— Kotzen- 
 berg. Zur Frs^e des Blasenersatzes. Ztschr. f. urol. Chir., 
 Berl., 1914, iii, 108-111.— Krause (F.) Totale Exstirpation 
 der Harnblase. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz.; 
 1900, xxvi, Ver.-Beil., 67. . Exstirpation einer Ham- 
 blase mit Einpflanzung der Ureteren in die Flexura iliaca. 
 lUd., 1903, xxlx, Ver.-Beil., 76.— Legueu. L'extirpation 
 totale de la vessie. Rev. de thfirap. mM.-chir., Par., 
 1914,. Ixxxi, 73-79.— MaeGowan (G.) Bladder resections. 
 South. Cahf. Praot., Los Angeles, 1909, xxiv, 551-557.— von 
 Modllnski. Ueber die Totalexstirpation der Harnblase. 
 Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Chir., Berl., 1899, xxviii, 
 pt. 1, 143-145.— Oppel (V. A.) & Mirotvortseft (S. R.) 
 [Indications and methods of excision of the urinary bladder.) 
 Khirurg. Arkh. Velyaminova, S.-Peterb., 1910, xxvi, 784- 
 796.— Pisarski (T.) [Complete excision of the bladder with 
 transplantation of the ureters to the abdominal walls.] 
 Przegl. lek., Krakfiw, 1910, lix, 729.— von Rihmer (B.) 
 Ueber die Versorgung der Ureteren naoh'der wegen Tumo- 
 ren vorgenommenen Blasenexstirpation (axiale Ureterim- 
 plantation in den Darm). Folia urolog., Leipz., 1910^ v, 
 1-31.— Bobson (A. W. M.) Case of complete excision of the 
 urinary bladder. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1902, ii, 1519.— Bovsing 
 (T.) Totalexstirpation der Harnblase nut doppelseitiger 
 lumbaJer Ureterostomie. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch 
 
 f. Chir., BerU 1907, xxxvi, pt. 2, 44-51. . Udstrakt 
 
 Reselrtion og Totalexstirpation af tlrinblaeren. Hosp.-Tid 
 K0benh., 1911, 5. R., iv, 1185-1209. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: 
 Ann. d. mal. d. org. gSmto-urln., Par., 1911, ii, 2249-2251.— 
 Settler (A.J La extirpaciSn total de la vejiga. Rev. 
 valenc. de cien. mM., Valencia, 1899, i, 73-77.— Squier (J 
 B.) Subtotal cystectomy. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1914, 
 Ixiii, 2268-2272. ^ko. Reprint.— Straus (F.) Zur totalen 
 Blasenexstirpation. Ztschr. f. Urol., Berl. & Leipz., 1909, 
 Beiheft, 622-531.— Taddei (D.) Sulla estirpazione totale 
 della mucosa vescicale (endocistectomia totale). Ann d 
 Fac. di med., Perugia, 1913, 4. s., iii, 65-79, 1 pi. Also: 
 Arch, ed atti d. Soc. ital. di chir.' 1912, Roma, 1913, xxv, 777- 
 794.— Thevenot. Cystectomie partielle. Lyon cliir., 1914, 
 xi, 648-661. A Iso: Lyon m^d., 1914 c.xxili, 16-18.— Thomas 
 (B. A.) Total cystectomy one and a halt years after opera- 
 tion. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1916, ixiii, 754, 1 pi. — Torrance 
 (G.) Anastomosis of ureter and appendix in complete 
 excision of the bladder. Memphis M. Month., 1913, xxxiii, 
 366.— Tnffler. Extirpation totale de la vessie pour tumeur 
 diffuse de cette eavite. Ann, d. mal. d. org. g^nito-urin 
 Par., 1897, xv, 130-136.— Turretta (A.) Estirpazione totale 
 della vescica; contribute olinico. Arch, ed atti d. Soc ital 
 di chir. 1898, Roma, 1899, xiii, 106-115.— Vaughan (G. T ) 
 Excision of the urinary bladder. Virginia M. Semi-Month 
 Richmond, 1905-6, x, 69.— Verhoogen (J.) Note sur deux 
 
BLADDER. 
 
 580 
 
 BLADDER. 
 
 Bladder (Excision of). 
 
 cas de r&ection partielle de la vessie int&essant TemlJou- 
 cliure d'uu uretfere. Ann. Soo. beige de ohir., Brux., 1897- 
 
 8, V, 198-202. . L'extirpation totale de la vessie. J. 
 
 m«d. de Brux.. 1907, xii, 181-183.— Verhoogen (J.) & De 
 Graeune (A.) La cystectomie totale. Tolla urolog., 
 
 Leipz., 1908-9, m, 62»-673. . L'extirpation totale de la 
 
 vessie. Cong, iniemat. de m«d. 1909. C. r., Budapest, 1910, 
 Sec. .XIV, 118-134. A too; J. mM. de Brux., 1910, xv, 247; 263. 
 
 Bladder {Exclusion of). 
 
 See, also, Bladder {Exstrophy of. Treatment cf) 
 by transplantation cf ureters; Bladder {Tubercu- 
 losis of. Treatment of) by vesical exclusion. 
 
 Gorash (V. A.) [Exclusion of the bladder with its sub- 
 sequent complete removal.) Khirurg. Arkh. Velyaminova, 
 S.-Feterb^ 1914, xxx, 164-168.— Maloue (B.) A discussion 
 of the different methods of exclusion in the treatment of 
 exstrophy of the bladder, with case report. Tr. South. Surg. 
 
 bladder; an operation of necessity and expediency. Tr. 
 Am. Surg. Ass., Phila., 1913, xxxi. 446-466. Also: Ann. 
 Surg., Phila., 1913, Iviii, 133-144, 4 pi. 
 
 Bladder {Exfoliation of). 
 
 See Bladder {Inflammation of. Exfoliative) . 
 
 Bladder {Exploration of). 
 
 See, aUg, Bladder {Female, Exploration of). 
 Casper (L.) Handbuch. der Cystoskopie. 
 8° ieipziji 1898. 
 . The same. 2. Aufl. 8°. Leipzig, 
 
 The same. 3. Aufl. roy. 8°. Leipzig, 
 
 1905. 
 
 1911. 
 
 DziRNE (I. Kh.) Tsistoskopiya; rukovodstvo 
 dlya vrachel i studentov. [Cystoscopy; manual 
 for physicians and students.] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 
 1909. 
 
 Jacobt (S.) Lehrbuch der Kystoskopie u;-d 
 stereokystophotographischer Atlas, fol. Leip- 
 zig, 1911. 
 
 Kneise (0.) Handatlaa der Cystoskopie. 4° 
 Halle a. S., 1908. 
 
 Marion (G.), Hbitz-Boyer (M.) & Germain 
 (P.) Traite pratique de cystoscopie et de ca^ 
 th^t^risme ur6t6ral. 2 v. 4°. Paris, 1914. 
 
 DE Mokaes Sakmento (J. J.) *Da cystosco- 
 pia. roy. 8°. Rio de Janeiro, 1897. 
 
 PiLCHER (P. M.) Practical cystoscopy, and 
 the diagnosis of surgical diseases of the Tadneys 
 and urinary bladder. 2. ed. 8°. Philadelphia & 
 London, 1915. 
 
 Rumpel (0.) Die Cystoskopie im Dienste der 
 Chirurgie. Ein Atlas cystoskopischer Bilder mit 
 begleitendem Texte fur Aerzte und Studierende. 
 roy. 8°. Berlin & Wien, 1909. 
 
 Squier (J. B.) & BuGBEE (H. G.) Manual of 
 cystoscopy. 8°. New York, 1911. 
 
 Stttherlin (W. K.) *Ueber Kystoskopie und 
 Katheteiismus der Ureteren. 8°. Berlin, 1897 . 
 
 Azcarreta. Valor diagndstico del cistoscopio. Rev. de 
 cien. mM. de Barcel., 1902jXxviii, 222.— Beer (E.) Some ex- 
 periences in cystoscopie diagnosis. Festschr. z. 40jahr. Stif- 
 tungsfeier d. Deutsch. Hosp., N. Y., 1909, 365-368.— BierboH 
 (F.) On cystoscopy; its value and dangers. Phila. M. J., 1902, 
 ix, 984-987. AUq, Beprint.— BromberB (P.) Cystoscopy. 
 South M. & S. J., Chattanooga, 1906, v, 104-106.— Bugbee 
 t-a n\ r'T7<!t/«<vipy as an aid m diagnosis. St. Luke's Hosp. 
 s — 1-, s- .n.. s! o.. nA n ''*-arat 
 
 M. & S. Rep. 1910, Poughkeepsie, 1911, ii, 67-74.— Burckhardt 
 (E.) Die modeme Cystostopie. Klin Handb. d. Ham- u. 
 Sexualorg., Leipz., 1894, iii, 155-163.— Cabot (F.) Cysto- 
 scopy; Its relation to the separation of the urine and intraves- 
 ical manipulation. Contrib. So. Med. & Surg. ... 25. anniv. 
 founding of N. Y. Post-Grad. M. Soh. & Hosp., N. Y., 1908, 
 340-345.— Casariego (A. G.) Exploraoidu vesical. Actas y 
 trab. d. 3° Cong. m^d. nac., Habana, 1914, ii, 409.— Cathe- 
 lln(F.) :fetenduedelacystoscopie. Tribunemdd., Par., 1912, 
 n. s., xivi, 241-260.— Charlton (F. E.) A very unusual case 
 history presenting among other features a cystoscopie bum. 
 Tr. UroL Soc, CMcago, 1915-16, 31-34. Al»o: Urol. & Cutan. 
 Rev., St. Louis, 1916, xx, 70-72.— Colt (G. H.) A note on 
 the use of the bladder sound. St. Barth. Hosp. J., Lond., 
 
 (H-G.)_ 
 
 Bladder {Exploration of). 
 
 1905-6, xili, 166.— Crockett (F. S.) Possible cystoscopie 
 findings, with the history of a case. Indianap. M. J., 1909, 
 xii, 139-143.— Day (G. H.) A series of cystoscopie diagnoses. 
 Kentucky M. J., Bowling Green, 1913, xi, 1056-1062.— De 
 Rinaldls (U.) L'endoscopia vesoicale ed uretrale; storia, 
 evoluzione, tecnica. sua importanza diagnostica ed operativa, 
 ureteroscopia, stato presente della endoscopia delle vie 
 urinare in ItaJiaed altrove, suo awenire. Arch, intemaz. di 
 med. eohir., Napoli, 1903, xix, 197;229.— Dlago (J.) TTnobs- 
 taculo a ciertas cistoscopias. Crto. mM.-quir. de la Habana, 
 
 1903, xxix, 89-95.— Dufly (E. N.) The necessity of cysto- 
 scopie examinations in the diagnosis of urological lesioiu; 
 illustrative cases. Charlotte (N. C.) M. J., 1916, Ixxiv, 6ff- 
 63.— Fletcher (E. A.) Cystoscopy in surgical diseases of the 
 bladder and kidney. Wisconsm M. J., Milwaukee, 1915, 
 xiv, 197-204.— Fowler (O. S.) The use of the cystoscope in 
 diagnosis. Northwest Med., Seattle, 1912, n. s., iv, 142-145.— 
 Fumlss (H. D.) On cystoscopy. Am. Med., Phila., 1905, 
 ix, 324. — Gauthler (C.-L.) Indications de h, c_ystoscopie 
 k vision directe (instrumentation de Luys). Ass. franj. 
 d'urol. Proc.-verb. 1909, Par., 1910, xiii, 747-752.— G«rard 
 (M.) La constatation par la cystoscopie; de I'existence d'un 
 orifice ur^t^ral, permet-elle d'affirmer la pr&ence d'un rein 
 situ6 du mtoie c6t6 que cet ostium? Bull. Soo. de m(Sd. du 
 nord 1913, Lille, 1914, 57-61.— Goldberg (B.) Cystosko- 
 plsche Erfsihrungen. Miinchen. med. Wohnschr., 1902, xlix, 
 1176-1180.— Gordon (W. A.) The diagnostic value of cysto- 
 scopie examinatioiis. Wisconsin M. J., Milwaukee, 1905-6, 
 iv, 445-452.— Grund (G.) Ueber reflektorische Hemmung 
 der Nierensekretion wahrend der Zystoskopie. Miinchen. 
 med. Wohnschr., 1906, liii, 1803-1805.— Harnagel (E. 3^ 
 The value and Irmitations of cystoscopy in diagnosis. J. 
 Iowa State M. Soo., Wash., 1913-14, iii, 586-590.— Hlrschler 
 (D. L.) Clinical cystoscopy. Virginia M. Semi-Month., 
 Richmond, 1906-7, xi, 58-60.— HoOmaun (M.) Cystoskopie 
 bel triibem Ureterenkatheterismus bei infiziertem Blasen- 
 rnhalt. Berl. klin. Wohnschr., 1910, xlvil, 1356-1359.— 
 Jarboe (P.) Diagnostic value of the cystoscope from the 
 standpoint of the general practitioner. Vfrglnia M. Semi- 
 Month., Richmond, 1913-14, xviii, 145-147. — ^Kaulman 
 (L. R.) A group of cases diasniosed by the cystoscope. N. 
 Ene. M. Gaz., Best., 1914, xUx, 57-66.— Keliy (H. A.) A 
 preliminary report upon the examination of the bladder and 
 the catheterization of ureters in men. Ann. Surg., Phila., 
 1898, xxvii, 71-73.— Klussman (H. A.) The use of the 
 cystoscope. Pacific M. J., San Fran., 1904, xlvii, 129-135. 
 
 . The use of the cystoscope. Med. Era, St. Louis, 1908, 
 
 xvii, 47-50. — Knowlton (A. B.) Surgical aids as rendered 
 by the modem cystoscope. Charlotte [N. C] M. J., 1913, 
 Ixvii, 290-292.— Kreps (M. L.) [Cystoscopy.] Vrach. Gaz., 
 S.-Peterb.^ 1904, xi, 1260; 1277.- Kretschmer (H. L.) 
 Cystoscopie findmgs in sixty-five consecutive cases from 
 the service of Louis E. Schmidt, at the Alexian Brothers' 
 Hospital, Chicago. South. M. J., Nashville, 1909, ii, 690- 
 705. — Lang (E.) Ueber Cystoskopie. Med. Rundschau, 
 Berl., 1899, 519.— lewis (B.) The modem cystoscope; its 
 necessity and practical utilitv. J. Kansas ii.. Soc., Kan- 
 sas City, Kan.. 1911, xi, 221-232. . Where is the 
 
 fundus of the bladder? J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1913, Ix, 
 1765.— Loewenhardt. Cystoskopie. Verhandl. d. deutsch. 
 dermat. Gesellsch., Wien & Leipz., 1901, vii, 326-329.— 
 Lucke. Ueber Cystoskopie, ein Rfiekblick aus Anlass des 
 25jahrigen Bestehens derselben, mit Demonstration von 
 Cystopnotogrammen. Miinchen. med. Wohnschr., 1904, Ii, 
 1275.— Luys (G.) La cystoscopie i, vision directe. Ass. 
 
 franc, d'urol. Proc.-verb. 1905, Par., 1906, 467-482. . 
 
 Ueber die direkte Cystoskopie. Ztschr. f. urol. Chir., Berl., 
 
 1913, i, 103-111. . Les oonquStes de la cystoscopie 
 
 modeme. Clinique, Par., 1914, ix, 5-7.— Lydston (G. F.) 
 & Lattmer (M. J.) Slight urinary symptoms as an indica- 
 tion for cystoscopy. West. M. Rev., Omaha, 1917, xxii, 551- 
 553.— Manasse (L) Zur Geschiehte der Kystoskopie. 
 Deutsche med. Presse, Berl., 1904, viii, 65-67.— Millet (M. 
 C.) The practical utihty of cystoscopy. J. Minn. M. Ass. 
 [etc.], Miuneap., 1906, xxvi, 136-139.— Millstone (H. J.) 
 Cystoscopie subdivision of the bladder. West. M. Times, 
 Denver, Colo., 1918-19^ xxxviii, 139-144.— Nelson (A. W.) 
 The cystoscope as an aid in urinary diagnosis and treatment. 
 Lancet-Clinic, Cincin.. 1912, cvili, 414-418.— NItze (M.) 
 Entwicklung und heutiger Stand der Kystoskopie. Deut- 
 sche Klinik, Berl. & Wien, 1901, x, 1. Abth., 48^.— Peter- 
 kin (G. S.y The diagnostic value of the cystoscope. Calif. 
 M. J., San Fran., 1908, xxix, 41-47.— Pragner (A. B.) Cys- 
 toscopia, sen valor e suas indicacSes. Brazil-med., Rio de 
 Jan., 1912, xxvi, 3-6.— Price (J. W.) The diagnostic value of 
 cystoscopy and ureteral catheterization. Am. J. Urol., 
 N. Y., 1914, x, 544^49.— Reed (H.) The simple cystoscope 
 in diagnosis. J. Oklahoma M. Ass., Muskogee, 1917, x, 429.— 
 Benton (J. M.) Notes on some cystoscopie cases. Tr. Med.- 
 Chir. Soc. Glasg., 1909-10, ix, 160-163. AUo: Glasgow M. J., 
 1910, Ixxiv, 175-178.— Robinson (B.) The 6ndo- vesical pic- 
 ture. Am. Physician, N. Y., 1904, xxx, 264. . "rhe 
 
 object of the cystoscope. Cenir. States M:. Mag., Anderson, 
 
 1904, ii, 259.— Rochet. Images cystosoopiques. Lyon m<;d., 
 1904, ciii, 1012-1014.— Bush (J. 0.) The use of the cysto- 
 scope in diagnosing and treating lesions in the genito-uri'nary 
 tract. Tr. M. Ass. Alabama, Montgomery, 1914, 350-355.— 
 
BLADDER. 
 
 581 
 
 BLADDER, 
 
 Bladder {Exploration of). 
 
 Seelig (A.) Ueber den Wert und die Grenzen der Cysto- 
 slsopie. Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1901, Ixx, 1137; 1149.— 
 SlgUTta (G. B.) Cistoscopia e pratica medica. Pensiero 
 med., Milano, 1914, iv, 683-686.— Simpson (J. K.) The 
 cystoscope in surgical diagnosis. South. M. J., Nashville, 
 1913, vi, 800-804.— Smith (J.) Cystoscopy. Intercolon. M. 
 J. Australas., Melbourne, 1908, jciii, 405-413.— Spooner (H. 
 G. ) The bladder in health and disease, as demonstrated by 
 the cystoscope. Med. Eeo., N. Y., 1904, Ixv, 609-612.— Stern 
 fC. S.) Indications for cystoscopy as a means ol diagnosis. 
 Am. J. Urol., N. Y., 1906, 11, 601-605, 1 pl.— Swan (R. H. J.) 
 The use of the cystoscope in the diagnosis of urinary disease. 
 Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lend., 1904, xvili, 276-279.— Thomas 
 (B. A.) The practical utility of the cystoscope for the general 
 practitioner: dlfKculties encountered in its use. Therap. 
 Gaz. [etc.], Detroit, 1910, 3. s., xxvi, 315-318.— Thompson 
 (L.) The modern cystoscope. Northwest Med., Seattle, 
 1916, XV, 201-203.— Tracy (S. E.) The cystoscope as an aid 
 to.,a%nosis. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1910, xcii, 9-14.— Vogel 
 (l9f , Was leistet die Kystoskopie und wie weit muss der 
 praktische Arzt mit Oieser Untersuchungsmethode ver- 
 traut sein? Wien. kiln. Eundschau, 1906, xx^ 625-527.— 
 Wathen (T. R.) Report of cases, with exhibition of speci- 
 mens diagnosed by the cystoscope. Med. News, N. Y., 
 1983, Ixxxiu, 1117.— Welsz (F.) Cystoskoplsche fottimer. 
 Ztschr. f. Urol., Berl. & Leinz., 1912, vi, 887-894.— Weston 
 (R.A.) Cystoscopy as an aid to dia^osis lowaM. J.,Des 
 Moines, 1911-12, xvili, 331-337.— Whiteside (G. S.) Teach- 
 ing cystoscopy. Am. J. Urol., N. Y., 1904-5, i, 114-119.— 
 Wilcox (S.S.) The practical use of the cystoscope. Detroit 
 M. J., 1908, vi, 536-543. Also: Ohio M. J., Columbus, 1906, ii, 
 
 304-309. . A report of oases showing the value of the 
 
 cystoscope. Am. J. Dermat. & Genito-Urm. Dis., St. Louis, 
 1909, xlii, 400-411.— WUlan (R. J.) Some cases illustrating 
 the use, and lack of use, of the cystoscope, etc. Univ. Dur- 
 ham Coll. Med. Gaz., Newcastle, 1913-14, xiv, 61-66.— -WU- 
 son(G. E.) Diagnostic value of the cystoscope. Dominion 
 M. Month., Toronto, 1911, xxxvii, 73-88.— WUson (H. W.) 
 The importance of routine cystoscopy in all cases oi vesical 
 and renal disease. St. Barth. Hosp. J., Lend., 1905-6, xlii, 
 149-151. — ^Wose ( A. M.) The cystoscope; its diagnostic value. 
 Boston M. & S. J., 1904, cl, 344-347.— Zuckerkandl. L'en- 
 doscopia della vescica urinaria. Gazz. intemaz. di med. 
 prat., Napoli, 1901, iv, 292: 1902, v, 3; 21. 
 
 Bladder (Exploration of, Instruments and 
 apparatus for ) , 
 
 See, also, Bladder {Surgery of) 4 
 
 Gelderblom (E.) *Die Entwicldung des 
 Kystosliops. [Freiburg i. Br.] 8°. Emmendin- 
 gen, 1912. 
 
 GoizET (L.) *De la cyBtoscopie et des cysto- 
 scopes. 8°. Paris, 1899. 
 
 Langlois (M.) *La sonde v6sicale h, demeure; 
 technique, indications, r&ultats th6rapeutiques. 
 8°. Paris, 1900. 
 
 BiNGLEB (0.) Das Kystoskop. Eine Studie 
 seiner optischen und mechamsclien Einrich- 
 tung und seiner GescMchte. Lehrbuch fur 
 Aerzte und Studierende. 8°. Leipzig, IW). 
 
 Ayres (W.) A new model of the catheterizlng cystoscope. 
 Am. J. Urol., N. Y., 1904-5, i, 365-369.— Baer (J.) Xe 
 cystoscope universel. Ass. frauQ. d'urol. Proo.-verb. 1905, 
 
 Par., 1906, 492-495. . Bin neues verbessertes Cysto- 
 
 skop, Panoystoskop. Ztschr. f. Urol., Berl. & Leipz., 1907, 
 L 465-489. AUo, iranst: Aim. d. mal. d. org. gfeito-urui.. 
 Par., 1907, il, 1361-1391.— Batzner (W.) Modellcystoskop. 
 Ztschr. f. Urol., Berl. & Leipz., 1911, v, 742-748.— Begg (C. 
 L.) The cystoscope, an essential in genito-urinary surgery. 
 Canad. Pract., Toronto, 1918, xliii, 145-152.— BierhoB (F.) 
 New intravesical cystoscopic instruments. J. Cutan. & 
 Genito-Urin. Dls., N. Y^ 1901, xix, 123-126.— Brauslord- 
 Lewis & Piclcer (R.) Die Bransford-Lewis'schen Kysto- 
 skope. Ztschr. f. Urol., Berl. & Leipz., 1910, iv, 413-425.— 
 Brenner. Demonstration ' eines neuen zystoskopischen 
 Statlvs. Deutsche med. Wohnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1912, 
 xxxviii, 1811.— Brown (F. T.) Presentation of a new 
 model of the author's composite (double catheterizlng) 
 cystoscope. Tr. Am. Ass. Genito-Urin. Surg., N. Y., 1907, 
 
 il, 371-399. See, also, itijm, Lewis. , Aa improved 
 
 syphonage apparatus. Ibii., 1908, ill, 174, 1 pl. . Two 
 
 new double catheter telescopes for the composite cystoscope. 
 
 mi., 175-180, 1 pl. . An unproved constructional 
 
 detail in the cystoscope. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1908, xlvui, 
 463, 1 pl.— Brunl (C.) Una modiflca al cistoscopio del 
 Albarran. Atti d. r. Accad. med.-chir. di Napoli, 1907, n. s., 
 
 Ixi, 230. . Un reale j)rogresso nella ottica del clsto- 
 
 scopli; il cistoscopio semphce del Ringleb, il cistoscopio per 
 prostatici e per cateterlsmo degli ureten. RUorma med., 
 Napoli, 1910, xxvi, 1245.— Buerger (L.) A catheterizing 
 and operating cystoscope. Am. J. Dermat. <fe Genito-Urin. 
 Dis., St. Louis, 1911, xv, 225. . Concerning the arma- 
 
 Bladder (Exploration of, Instruments and 
 apparatus for). 
 
 mentarium of the cystoscopist, with special reference to the 
 use and construction of certain types of cystoscope. Atti j. 
 
 Urol., N. Y., 1911, vii, 327-362. . Concerning certain 
 
 improvements in the optical construction of cystoscopes. 
 N. York M. J. [etc.], 1911, xciii, 616-618. Also, Reprint. 
 . Intravesical diagnosis and treatment; with a de- 
 scription of new instruments. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1913, 
 
 xcvii, 857-862. Also, Reprint. . Concemmg certain 
 
 problems in urethro-vesical diagnosis and treatment (with 
 description of a new Instrument). Am. J. Urol., N. Y., 1915, 
 xi, 188-198. . A new combination observation, cath- 
 eterizing, and operating cystoscope. Tr. Am. Urol. Ass., 
 BrookUne, 1917, xi, 347-349, 1 pl. Also: N. York M. J. [etc.], 
 1917, cvi, 347; 767.— Burckhard (G.) Eine einfache 
 Stromquelle flir Cystoskoplampen. Ztschr. I. Geburtsh. u. 
 Gynak., Stuttg., 1913, Ixxv, 29-33.— Cabot (F.) A simpli- 
 fled irrigating cystoscope for observation and ureter cath- 
 eterism. Med. Eec, N. Y., 1904, Ixv, 519. Also, Reprint. 
 . A combined operative ureter and observation cysto- 
 scope. Post-Graduate, N. Y., 1904, xix, 1007.— Cabot (F.) 
 & Spooner (H. G.) The cystoscope; its indications and 
 contra-indications in genito-uririary diseases. Med. Rec, 
 N. Y^ 1903, Ixiv, 51-53.— Casper (L.) Bin neues Opera- 
 tions-Cystoskop. Monatsb. . . . d. Krankh. d. Harn-u. Sex.- 
 
 Appar., Berl., 1898, lii, 137-146. . Eine Verbesserung 
 
 memes Harnleitercystoskops. Blust. Monatschr. d. arztL 
 
 Polytech., Berl., 1900, xxi, 76-79. . Bin Photographir- 
 
 imd Demonstrations-Cystoskop. Monatsb. f. Urol., Berl 
 1903, viii, 278-282. Also: Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. 
 
 Chlr., Berl., 1903, xxxii, pt. 1, 183-185. . Eiu neues 
 
 Irrigationscystoskop. M:onatsb. f. Urol., Berl., 1905, x, 148- 
 
 150. . Mein verbessertes Ureter- und Operations- 
 
 cystoskop. Ztschr. f. Urol., Berl. & Leipz., 1908, u, 938- 
 
 946. -. Bin neues Photographier-Cystoskop. Dermat. 
 
 Stud., Hamb. & Leipz., 1910, xxi, 326-329.— Cassauello (R.) 
 Valore e limiti della cistoscopia. Clin, mod., Pisa, 1903, ix, 
 566-573.— Cathelin (F.) RSponse k Max Wemrich: Sur 
 le cystoscope h air. Ann, d. mal. d. org. g^nito-urln., Par., 
 1905, ii, 1405-1409. . Nouveau cystoscope h. air sans 
 
 partie optique k lampe renversge an plafond. Compt . rend. 
 
 Soc. de biol.. Par., 1905, IviU, 699. . Nouvellemfithode 
 
 de cystoscopie; cystoscope a air sans partie optique avec 
 lampe renversge, au plafond. Tribune mid.. Par., 1905, 
 
 n. s., xxxvii, 325-32S. Also, Reprint. . Nouveau 
 
 cystoscope k vision directe avec lampe renversfe, verticale. 
 Ass. franc, d'urol. Proc-verb. 1905, Par., 1906, 482-492. — 
 Cocbeme. Instrument nouveau pour I'exploration vfei- 
 cale; explorateur acoustique. Umon m^d. du nord-est, 
 Reims, 1902, xxvi, 277-280.— Delbet (P.) Cystoscope 
 direct du Dr. Luys. Bull, et m^m. Soc. de chir. de Par., 
 
 1905, n. s., xxxi, 239-245.— Denis (P.) Dispositit nouveau 
 pour redresser les images eystoscopiques. Ann. d. mal. d. 
 org. g(5nito-urin.. Par., 1905, xxiii, 532. — Deutsch (B.) Das 
 Langsche Spiilcystoskop; zur Deslnfektiou der Cystoskope. 
 Centralbl. f. d. Krankh. d. Ham- u. Sex.- Org., Leipz., 1900, 
 xi, 337-341.— Dulour. Sur I'&lairage endoscopique (deu- 
 xieme note). [Le cystoscope.) Compt. rend. Soc. de blol.. 
 Par., 1913, Ixxiv, 1131.— Farrar (Lihan K. P.) A simple 
 method of illumination of the Kelly cystoscope. Urol. & 
 Cutan. Rev., St. Louis, 1916, xx, 548.— Ferria (L.) Fixa- 
 teur pour sondes k demeure. Ann. d. mal. d. org. g^nito- 
 urin.. Par., 1904, xxii, 1864.— Folsom (A. I.) A modiflcar 
 tlon of the Braasch cystoscope. Urol. & Cutan. Rev., St. 
 Louis, 1916, XX, 622-625.— Frank (B. R. W.) Bin verbes- 
 sertes Kystoskop. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Urol. 
 [Kong, in Wien, 1907], Berl. & Leipz., 1908, 627-637. Also: 
 
 Ztschr. f. Urol., Berl. & Leipz., 1908, 11, 514-524. . 
 
 Erfahrungen mit einem verbesserten Kystoskop. Ztschr. 
 f. Urol., Berl. & Leipz., 1910, iv, 763-770— Freudenberg 
 (A.) Kombinations-Kystoskop fiir Irrigatlonskystoskopie, 
 Evakuation und Katneterismus des elnen oder be&er 
 Ureteren. Monatschr. (. Hamkr, u. sex. Hyg., Leipz., 1906, 
 ill, 50-58. Also, transl.: Cong, intemat. de m^d., Lisbonne, 
 
 1906, XV, sect. 10, 332-340. . Evakuatlons-Kystoskop 
 
 mit auswechselbaren ausseren Eohren beUebigen Kalibers. 
 Folia urolog., Leipz., 1907, 1, 366-371. Also: Verhandl. d. 
 Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1907, Leipz., 1908, pt. 2, 
 
 2. Hlfte., 160-164. . Cytoscope k Evacuation avec tubes 
 
 ext&ieurs interohangcables de calibre varld. Rev. prat. d. 
 
 mal. d. org. gto.-urin.. Par., 1907-8, iv, 414-421. . Eia 
 
 Evakuationscystoskop mit auswechselbaren Kathetem 
 belicblgen Kalibers. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. 
 Urol. [Kong, in Berlin], Berl. & Leipz., 1909, 471-474. Also: 
 
 Ztschr. f. Urol., Berl. & Leipz., 1909, Beiheft, 471. . 
 
 Photographlereystoskop mit 2 Lampen und zentrisch 
 aufsitzender Camera. Ztschr. i. Urol., Berl. & Leipz., 1909, 
 Beiheft, 472-474.— Furnlss (H. D.) Cystoscope holder. 
 J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, Ux, 1886.— Guiteras (E.i 
 The combined direct and Indirect cystoscope. N. York M. 
 J. [etc.], 1909, xo, 846.— Harris (A.) The historic develop- 
 ment of the cystoscope. Long. Island M. J., Brooklyn, 1917, 
 xl, 302-305.— Imbert (L.) Pile cystoscopique. Ass. fcajic. 
 d'urol. Proc-verb. 1903, Par., 1904, vii, 788.— Jacoby (S.) 
 Korrigierapparat fur Kystoskope zur Bcstimmung der 
 wlrkUchen Lage der Objekte im kystoskopischen Bilde. 
 
BLADDER. 
 
 582 
 
 BLADDER. 
 
 Bladder (Exploration of, Instruments and 
 
 apparatus for) . 
 
 Folia urolog., leipz., 1907, i, 591-594.— Joseph (E.) Eine 
 zur Cystoskople verbesserte Blasenspritze. Berl. klin. 
 Wchnschr., 1912, xlix, 1851.— Kaulman (L. E.) The 
 cystoscope. N. Am. J. Homoeop., N. Y., 1914, 3. s., xxix, 
 453-460.— Kelly (H. A.) A note on a series of new vesical 
 speciila. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull, Bait., 1900, xi, 93.— 
 KoUiuann (AJ ' Cystoskopische Instrumente u. s. w. 
 Centralhl. f. d. Krankh. d. Harn- u. Sex.-Org., Leipz., 1900, 
 xi, 393-402.— KoUmann (A.) & Wossidlo. Kystoskope 
 nut Desintektionshulse. Ibid., 119-124.— Kutner (R.) & 
 KStaler (A.) Bin kystoskopisoher Demonstrationsapparat. 
 Ihtd., 1903, xiv, 1-4, 1 pi.— te Fur. Nouvelle boite a cys- 
 toscopes. Ass. fran?. d'urol. Proc.-verb. 1909, Par., 1910, 
 xih, 772.— Iievln (H.) Ueber einige Verbesserangen am 
 cystoskopischen Instrumentarium mit besonderer Beriick- 
 sichtigung der Sterilisationslrage. Monatsb. f. Urol., Berl., 
 1902, vii, 10-24. Also [Abstr.): Illust. Monatschr. d. arztl. 
 Polyteoh., Berl., 1902, xxiv, 38-41.— Lewis (B.) A univer- 
 sal cystoscope. Am. J. Urol., N. Y., 190G, li, 598-600, 2 pi. 
 
 . The purposes and attainments of cystoscopy; and 
 
 demonstration of the author's universal cystoscope. J. 
 
 Oklahoma M. Ass., Guthrie, 1908, i, 104-109. . In- 
 
 dividuaUty in the development of the modem cystoscope. 
 Tr. Am. Ass. Genlto-Urin. Surg., N. Y., 1908, iii, 114-121, 4 
 
 pi. . Presentation of author's latest model universal 
 
 cystoscope. Tr. Am. Urol. Ass. 1907, Brookline, 1908, i, 
 
 105-110. . OriginaUty and priority in modem cysto- 
 
 soopes; a replyto F. T. Brown. Buffalo M. J., 1908-9, Ixiv, 
 
 1-17. . K#sum6 of progress in the development of 
 
 modem cystoscopes. Am. J. Urol., N. Y., 1909, v, 144-161. 
 
 . Presentation of the author's cystoscopes: a.) the 
 
 universal; b.) the operative cystoscope. Cone, mtemat. de 
 
 mdd. C. r. 1909, Budapest, 1910, Sect, xiv, 380-382. . 
 
 The modem cystoscope; its necessity and practical utihty. 
 
 Memphis M. Month., 1911, xxxl, 605-515. . Some new 
 
 instruments in operative cystoscopy. J. Am. M. Ass., Chi- 
 cago, 1918, Ixxi, 1797-1799.— Lohnsteln (H.) Bin neues 
 Fiihrungscystoskop. Berl. kUn. Wchnschr., 1911, xlviii, 
 
 2112. . Eine neue Lampenmodifikation am Opera- 
 
 tionskystoskop und ihre Verweiidung. Ztschr. f. Urol., 
 Berl. & Leipz., 1912, vi, 990-993.- Londou (J.) Cystoscope. 
 [Pat. spec.] No. 1150214; Aug. 17, 1914.— Luys (G.) [Cysto- 
 scope for direct exploration.] Urologia, Budapest, 1909, 
 38-41. — ^McCarthy (J. P.) All improved composite cysto- 
 scope. Am. J. Surg., N. Y., 1910, xxiv, 352-354. .4 ?so, Re- 
 print.— Marlon (G.) Boule amovible pouvant se fixer 
 extemporan&nent sur n'importe quelle pince cystoscopique 
 pour servir k. rimmobilisation des cystoscopes. J. d'urol. 
 mM. et chir., Par., 1913, iii, 351.— Marlon (M.) Presenta- 
 tion d'une etuve thermoformogtoe pour la sterilisation 
 rapide des cystoscopes. Ass. Banc, d'urol. Proc.-verb., 
 Par., 1911, xiv, 333.— Moorhead (S. W.) Improved bat- 
 tery for cystoscopy. Am. J. Urol., N. Y., 1915, xi, 184-186.— 
 de Mutacb. [Deux nouveaux cystoscopes.] Rev. m^d. 
 de la Suisse Bom., GenSve, 1908, xxviii, 64-69.— NlcoU (J. H.) 
 Several of the most recent cystoscopes, with special refer-, 
 ence to inspection of the ureteral orifices. Glasgow M. J., 
 1906, Ixv, 325-329. [Discussion], . 368.— Otis (W. K.) A 
 new electro-cystoscope. Lancet, Lond.; 1905, i, 1569-1571. 
 Also, transt: Ann. d. mal. d. org. genito-urin.. Par., 1905, 
 
 xxiii, 932-938. — . Concerning the new electrocysfoscope. 
 
 N. York M. J. [etc.], 1905, Ixxxi, 625-628. Also, Beprint.— 
 P, Una sonda vesdcale acustica. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 
 1896, xvii, 1521. — Fastcau (O.) De la valeur comparative 
 des difl&ents cystoscopes. Rev. gin. de clin. et de th&ap.. 
 
 Par., 1907, xxi, 132-134. Also, Beprint. . Campimfetre 
 
 cystoscopique. Ass. Iran?, d'urol. Proc.-verb. 1911, Par., 
 1912, XV, 772-774.— Peacock (A. H.) Suggestions in the 
 use of water cystoscopes. Northwest Med., Seattle, 1909, 
 
 vii, 260-262. . An army cystoscopic table. Surg., 
 
 Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1918, xxvii, 447.— Pelouze (P. S.) 
 A detachable appliance tor the conversion of the operating 
 cystoscope into a double-catheterizrng instrument. Ibid., 
 1916, xxxiii, 490.— Posner (C.) Eine Loitvorrichtung zu 
 Nitze's Kystoskop. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1906, xliii, 293. 
 Also: Cong, intemat. de m6i., Lisbonne, 1906, xv, sect. 10, 
 
 341. —. Ein elastlsohes Spiilkystoskqn. Berl. kiln. 
 
 Wchnschr., 1911, xlviii, 1567.— Bemete (E.) Technische 
 Portschritte der Cystoskopie. Cong, internat. de mM. 
 0. r. 1909, Budapest, 1910, Sect, xiv, 366-379. . Techni- 
 sche Portschritte der Zystoskopie und ihre klinische Bedeu- 
 tung. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1910, xlvi, 193; 
 202.— BeynBs. Une heureuse et simple modification au 
 cystoscope d'Albarran pour fiviter les souillures de I'appareil 
 optique pendant la travers^e de I'urSthre. Rev. prat. d. 
 mal. d. org. grln.-urin., Par., 1911-12, viii, 350.— Blngleb (0.) 
 Spiilcystoskope. Centralbl. f . d. Krankh. d. Harn- u. Sox.- 
 Organ., I '"- ' 
 gintweit. 
 
 -. Kystoskop nach Maisonneuvesohem 
 
 Prinzip. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1906, 
 
 xxxii, 305; 720. . Ueber ein neues Kystoskopsystem. 
 
 Folia urolog., Leipz., 1909-10, Iv, 1-16. . Fortsohritte 
 
 der Kystoskopie m mechanisoher und optischer Hinsicht. 
 Illust. Monatschr. d. arztl. Polytech., Berl., 1910, xxxii, 1-6. 
 
 . Neue Kystoskope. Ztschr. f. Urol., Berl. & Leipz., 
 
 1910, iv, 118-124. . Le cystoscope moderae. Ann. d. 
 
 Bladder (Exploration of, Instruments and 
 apparatus for) . 
 
 malfd. org. gemto-urin.. Par., 1911, li, 1733-1744.— Bltchle 
 (H. P.) The cystoscope and its efficiency in diagnosis, bt. 
 Paul M. J., 1908, X, 263-271.— Blva (A.) Apparecchio lava- 
 tore elettrizzatore della vescica. Bendic. d. Ass. mea.-ctar. 
 di Parma, 1903, Iv, 16.— von Bohr (M.) Ueber Verbesse- 
 rangen an den optischen Systemen der Cystoskope. Ztschr. 
 f. Urol., Leipz. & Berl., 1911, v, 881-919. — ^-. N^htrage 
 zu den Cystoskopsystemen. Ibid., 1912, vi, 372: 1916, x, 
 49 — Eothrock (J. L.) Demonstration of a new cystoscope 
 for examination of the bladder. Proc. North Dakota M. Soc. 
 1897, Grand Forks, 1898, 52-58.— Schlaglntwelt (F.) Em 
 neues Cystoskop und einige technische Neuerungen. y er- 
 handl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1899, Leipz., 
 1900, Ixxl, pt. 2, 2. Hltte., 419-421. . Cystoscope retro- 
 grade universe!. Ann. d. mal. d. org. genito-urm., Par., 
 1903, xxi, 974-980. . Das retrograde Cystoskop. Cen- 
 tralbl. f. d. Krankh. d. Harn- u. Sex.-Org., Leipz., 1903, 
 
 xiv, 202-207. . Ueber Spiilcystoskope. Bemerkungen 
 
 zum Artikel Eihglebs. Ztschr. 1. tfrol., Berl. & I/eipz., 1907, 
 i, 242-245.— Solger (F. B.) Ein bllliges Phantom zum 
 Blasenspiegeln. Dermat. Centralbl., Berl., 1904, vii, 166- 
 168.— Stanton (E. MacD.) A combined cystoscope and 
 evacuator. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1913, xcvui, 265. AUo, 
 Beprint.— Stark (W.) Vereinlgung des Casperschen 
 Operations- und Ureterencystoskopes. Ztschr. i. Urol., 
 Berl. & Leipz., 1910, iv, 295-298.— Thompson (L.) A 
 combination cystoscope; examining, direct catheterizme, 
 indirect catheterizing and operating. Am. J. Urol., N. Y ., 
 1915, xi, 51-53.— WappIer(B.H.) Cystoscope. [Pat. spec.) 
 No. 1127948; Feb. 9, 1915.— Wappler (B. H.) & Jung (R.) 
 Cystoscope. [Pat. spec.) No. 1021810; April 2, 1912.— 
 Welnrich (M.) Le cystoscope k air. Aim. d. mal. d. org. g6- 
 nito-urin., Par, 1905, ii, 1261-1265. See, also,supra, CatheUn.— 
 Weiss (A.) ■ Ein neuer Catheter- und Cystoscopsterilisator 
 mit Verwendung von Autandampfen. Heilkunde, Berl., 
 1907, 417. Also: N. Yorker med. Monatschr., 19w, xix, 
 237.— Whiteside (G. S.) The Casper-Hirschmann de- 
 monstration and photographic cystoscope. Boston M. & 
 S. J., 1904, el, 646, 1 pi. Also, Reprint. . Des cysto- 
 scopes kaiietk eau. Ann. d. mal. d. org. genito-urin.. Par., 
 
 1906, xxiv, 104-110. Also, Beprint. . The limitations 
 
 of the cystoscope. Tr. Am. Ass. Genito-Urin. Siirg., N. Y., 
 1913, vii, 48-62, 2 pi.— Wlllan (B. J.) A cystoscope brush. 
 Lancet, Lond., 1908, i, 797.— Witherspoon (T. C.) Cystos- 
 copy in the male; preliminary report upon a new instru- 
 ment. Med. Bev., St. Louis, 1899, xxxix, 359. — Wossidlo 
 (H.) [Auskochbare Cystoskope.] Deutsche med. Wchn- 
 schr., Berl. & Leipz., 1906, xxxii, ,243. 
 
 Bladder (Exploration of. Methods and 
 technique in). 
 
 Bkuni (C.) II cistoscopio e le sue applica- 
 zioni. 8°. Milano [1898J. 
 
 Faurb (J.-E,.) *La cystoscopie k vision di- 
 recte. 8°. Bordeaux, 1913. 
 
 Fenwick (E. H.) a handbook of clinical 
 electric-Ught cystoacopy. 8°. London, 1904. 
 
 Fromme (F.) & KiNGLEB (0.) Lshrbuch 
 der Kystophotographie; ihre Cfescnichte, Theo- 
 rie iind Praxis. 4°. Wiesbaden, 1913. 
 
 HoiTY (A.) *Contribution k I'dtude de la cys- 
 toscopie i vision directe. 8° Paris, 1906. 
 
 NiTZE (M.) Lehrbuch der Kystoskopie; ihre 
 Technik und klinische Bedeutung. 2. Aufl. 8°. 
 Wiesbaden, 1907. 
 
 Papin (E.) Manuel de cystoscopie. Preface 
 par M. le profeaseur F. Legueu. 8°. Paris, 1914. 
 
 PoLjAK (S.-S.) * Die klinische und physiolo- 
 gische Bedeutung der Chromocystoskopie auf 
 Grund der einscnlagigen Literatur. [BerUn.] 
 8°. Leipzig, 1913. 
 
 Ayies (w.) Water medium cystoscopy vs. Kelly's 
 method; a reply to Dr. Kelly's reply to Dr. O'Neil. Am. J. 
 Surg., N. Y., 1911, XXV, 299.— Ba«r (J.) Sur la photographie 
 intra-vesicale (aveo projections). Ass. frang. d'urol. Proc:- 
 verb. 1901, Par., 1902, v, 563-572.— Ball (W. G.) Some prac- 
 tical points in the use of the cystoscope. St. Barth. Hosp. J., 
 Lond., 1918-19, xxvi, 49-53, 1 pi.— Barnctt (C. EO Prac- 
 tical points in cystoscopy. Internat. J. Surg., N. Y., 1908, 
 xxi, 316.— Barrfnger (B- S.) A new method of urethral 
 anesthesia. Folia serolog., Leipz., 1909-10, iv, 677-680.— 
 Barrlnger (B. S.) & MacKee (G. M.) Radiographs of the 
 bladder and bladder neck. Tr. Am. UroL Ass., Brookline, 
 1912, vi, 408-411, 4 pi.— Belfleld (W. T.) Instrumental ex- 
 amination of the bladder. Milwaukee M. J., 1899^ vii, 88- 
 90. — Blerhoff (F.) The newer methods of examining the 
 bladder. N. York M. J. [ete.l, 1908, Ixxxvii, 688-591.— 
 Bishop (E. S.) Post-graduate lecture on the use of the cys- 
 
BLADDER. 
 
 583 
 
 BLADDER. 
 
 Bladder {Exploration of, Methods and 
 technique in). 
 
 toscope, Clin. J,, Lond., 1909, xxxiv, 129-132— Braasch 
 (W. F.) A neglected principle in cystoscopy. Am. J. Urol., 
 
 N. Y., 1912, viii, 115-119. . Recent observations in 
 
 cystoscopic technie. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1917, Ixv, 615- 
 620. — Bilsson (J.) Cystoscopie exp^rimentale sur vessies 
 fantOmes. Ann. d. mal. d. org. g^nito-urin, Par., 1900, xviii, 
 561-576, 2 pi.— Bruni (C.) Un caso di varici dclla vescica 
 diagnosticato a mezzo del cistoscopio; sull' importanza del 
 cistoscopio nella dlagnosi difEerenziale e precoce delle ma- 
 lattie cninirgiche della vescica e dei reni. Gior. intemaz. d. 
 
 sc. med., Napoli, 1897, n. s., xix, 949-959. . Ueber die 
 
 rechtzeitige Differentialdiagnose durcli das Cystoskop bei 
 
 Blasen- und Nierenerkrankungen. Monatsb d. Krankli. 
 
 d. Ham- u. Sex.-Appar., Berl, 1898, ili, 199-203.— Bueres 
 Escrlbano (A.) Cistoscopia, susindicacionesy lunitaciones. 
 Siglom^d., Madrid, 1911, Iviii, 517; 533; 549.— Buerger (L.) 
 The fallacy ol the employment of forward vision in oysto- 
 scopes for routine work. Am. J. Dermat. & Genito-Urin. 
 
 Dis., St. Louis, 1911, xv, 617-624. . Some of the newer 
 
 intravesical methods of diagnosis and therapy. Am. Med., 
 BurUngton, Vt., & N. Y., 1914, n. s.. ix, 711-723.— Bugbee 
 (H. G.y The practical application of the oystoscope tor the 
 practitioner. Post-Graduate, N. Y., 1911, xxvi, 624-629.— 
 Burgess (A. H.) The technique of cytoscopy. Med. 
 Chron., Manchester, 1904, xli, 145-161.— Burkliardt (L.) 
 & Folano (,0^ Die Fiillung der Blase mit Sauerstofl zum 
 Zwecke der Cystoskopie und Eadlographie. Miinchen. 
 med. Wchnschr., 1907, liv, 20.— de Butler (R.) Notes sur 
 la cystoscopie (aspect d'une vessie normale etpathologique). 
 Clrnique, Par., 1913, viii, 569-571.— Cabot (F.) The cysto- 
 scope as an aid in genito-urinary surgery. Med. News, N. Y., 
 1905, Ixxxvi, 104-198.— Casper (L.) Zur Asepsis des Kathe- 
 terismus und der Cystoskopie. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., 
 
 Berl. & Leipz., 1903, xxix, 844-846. . Die Zystoskopie 
 
 bei peri- und paravesikularen Erkrankungen. Berl. kUn. 
 Wchnschr., 1918, Iv, 495-498.— Cattelln fF.) Nouvelle 
 mSthode de cystoscopie; cystoscope 6, airet a vision directe 
 sans partie optique avec lainpe renvers^e, au plafond. Ann. 
 d. mal. d. org. gSnito-urin., Par., 1906, ii, 1245-1260. Also: 
 
 Tribune mM., Far., 1905, n. s., xxxvii, 325-328. . Ce 
 
 qu'il faut demander k la cystoscopie h vision directe. Rev. 
 
 ToAi. Par., 1906, xv, 483. . Des erreurs d 'interpretation 
 
 des images cystoscopiques. Paris m^d., 1911-12, v, 306- 
 308.— Cathelln (P.) & Proust (R.) A propos d'un d«aU 
 de technique cystoscopique. Ass. frang. d'urol. Proc.-verb. 
 1902, Par., 1903, vi, 572-574.— Ciute (A. L.) Some cases 
 illustrating cystoscopie diagnosis. Boston M. & S. J., 1906, 
 cllv, 309-311.— Coates (B. O.J The modem cystoscope; its 
 use in bladder, ureteral and Mdney lesions, with a practical 
 demonstration of catheterization of the male ureter. Med. 
 Times, N. Y., 189S, xxvi, 321-324.— Czemy. De la chromo- 
 cystoscopie. Ass. frang. d'urol. Proc.-verb. 1904, Par., 
 1905, vtu, 541-544.— Dlago (J.) Un obstaculo a ciertas cisto- 
 scopias. Arch, de la Soo. estud. clin. de la Ilabana, 1903-4, xii, 
 113^122. — ^Egidi (G.) Le resistenze liquide elapraticiti del 
 loro impiego per la cistoscopia. PoUcUn., Roma, 1918, xxv, 
 sez. prat., 1083. — Faulds (A. G.) On the use of oxygen gas in 
 distending the bladder for cystoscopy. Brit. M. J., Lond., 
 1904, i, 539.— Felekl (A.) & B«mete (J.) [Bladder photo- 
 
 fraphs.] Urologia, Budapest, 1907-8, 28, 1 pi.— Ferrla (L.) 
 ur la technique de la cystoscopie. Ann. d. mal. d. org. 
 g(5nito-urjn., Par., 1901, xix, 433^41.- Ferron (J.) Du 
 cath^t^rLsme ureteral par cystoscopie k vision directe. J. 
 d'urol. m6d. et chir.. Par., 1913, iii, 65-72.— Frontz (W. A.) 
 Presentation of device facilitating the introduction of the 
 cystoscope in certain difBoult cases. J. Urol., Bait., 1918, ii, 
 39-41.— Gauthler (C.-L.^ Cystoscopie k vision directe; 
 sonde brisSe dans la vessie d'un homme et retiree k travers 
 I'ur^thre par ce moyen. LyonmM., 1909, cxii, 756-760: cxiii, 
 67-73, 1 pi.— Goldberg (B.) Cystoskopische Eriahmngen. 
 Centralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1901, xxviii, 753-755.— Halban 
 (J.) Beitrage zur zystoskopischen Diagnostic. Wien. klin. 
 Wchnschr., 1902, xv, 1270-1273.— H6resco (P.) De la cys- 
 toscopie appUqufe a I'gtude du diagnostic et des indicar 
 tions op&atoires des tumeurs urSt^rales et des calculs en- 
 chatonn^ de la vessie. Ann. d. mal. d. org. ginito-urin.. 
 Par., 1901, xix, 655-668.— Hock (A.) On a simple syner- 
 gistic in cystoscopy. Urol. & Cutan. Eev^ Tech. Suppl., 
 St. Louis, 1913, i, 66.— Holcombe (R. G.) The practical use 
 of the 03rstoscope in dillerential diagnosis. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 
 1910-11, IxiU, 559-563.— Imbert (L.) La cystoscopie, 
 technique et indications. Rev. g&i. de clln. et de th^rap.. 
 Par., 1903, xvii, 497-500.— Ja^oby (S.) Die Stereotysto- 
 photograpnie. Centralbl. f. d. Krankh. d. Ham- u. Sex.- 
 Org., Leipz., 1905, xvi, 529-634, 1 pi. Also, transt: Ann. d. 
 
 mal. d. org. gSnito-urin., Par., 1906, xxiv, 353-362. . 
 
 Die Stereokystoskopie. Ibid., 535-537.— Joseph (E.) Er- 
 iahmngen mit der Chromocystoskopie. Berl. kUn. Wchn- 
 schr., 1909, xlvi, 861-867.— Kelllng (G.) Ueber die Mo- 
 fhchkeit, die Zystoskopie bei tfntersucbungen seroser 
 lohlungen anzuwenden. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1910, 
 Ivii, 2358. — Kelly (H. A.) Cystoscopy and catheterization 
 of the ureters in the male. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1898, xxvti, 
 475-486.— Kennedy (D.) Suprapubic cystoscopy. Med. 
 
 Rec, N. Y., 1902, bd, 610. . Suprapubic cystoscopy. 
 
 Colorado M. J., Denver, 1904, x, 369.— KirkendaU (B. R.) 
 
 Bladder {Exploration of, Methods and 
 technique m). 
 
 I. New method of passing the wax tip. II. Modification of 
 the technie of passing the wax tip. J.Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 
 Ixv, 1253-1256.— Klose (B.) Beitrag zur Kystopholo- 
 graphie. Folia urolog., Leipz., 1913, viii, 69-80, 3pl,—Knelse. 
 Modeme Zystoskopie in episkopischen und diaskopischen 
 Projektionen. Verhandl. d. Ver. d. Aerzte zu HalTe a. S., 
 Munchen, 1907-8, 62-68. Also: Munohen. med. Wchnschr., 
 1908, Iv, 699.— Koll (I. S.) The practical apphcation of cys- 
 toscopy. Am. Pract. & News, Louisville, 1911, xlv, 459- 
 464. — Kraske (P.) Ueber suprapubische Kystoskopie. 
 Centralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1902, xxix, 153-155.— Kudintscff 
 (I. V.) [Dilatation ol the cavity ol the urmary bladder for 
 purposes of cy.stoscopy.) Prakt. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1907, 
 vi, 489.— Kulisch (G.) Ueber Kystoskopie. Aerztl. Rund- 
 schau, Munchen, 1900, x, 362; 388; 413; 436; 471. jlteo.-Deut- 
 sche Prax., Miinchen^ 1900, iii, 329; 422; 468; 512; 543.— Lang 
 (E.) Zur Cystoskopie; endovesicale Bilder; Spuloystoskop; 
 Desinfection. Wien. med. Presse, 1899, xl, 1129; 1173.— 
 Lange (CCA.) Some difflculties in cystoscopy. N. York 
 M. J. [etc.], 1915, oi, 737-739.— Lavaux (J.-M.) Les abus de 
 la oystoScopie. iss. frang. de chir. Proc.-verb. [etc.]. Par., 
 
 1912, xxv, 993-1001.— Lewis (B.) Remarks on the choice 
 between water and air as distending media in cystoscopy. 
 Am. J. Urol., N. Y., 1906, ii, 695-698. . Practical cysto- 
 scopy; its scope and limitations; with a review of the promi- 
 nent cystoscopes olthe present day. J. Am. M. Ass,, Chi- 
 cago, 1908, 1, 1510-1617.— vonUchtenberg(A.), Dletlen (H.) 
 & Runge (W.) Biozystographle; eine Methode zur Unter- 
 suchung der Bewegimgen der menschlichen Hamblase. 
 Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1909, Ivi, 1467-1469.— Llttle- 
 joliu (P. D.) Cystoscopy; its techmque and diagnostic 
 uses. Yale M. J., N. Haven, 1909-10, xvi, 66; 119, 6 pi.— 
 Lolinstein (H.) Zur Technik der Cystoskopie (Vorrich- 
 tung zur Ausspmung der Blase vor und wahrend der In- 
 spection). Monatsb d. Krankh. d. Ham-u. Sex.-Appar., 
 
 Berl., 1897, ii, 11-16. — Luys (G.) La cystoscopie k vision 
 directe. Presse med., Par., 1905, i, 393-395. Aiso [Abstr.]: 
 
 Ann. Soc. mM.-chir. de Li^.ge, 1906, xliv, 323. . Des 
 
 indications de la cystoscopie a vision directe. Ass. (rang. 
 
 d'urol. 1906. Proc.-verb., Par., 1907, x, 382-394. . La 
 
 cystoscopie k vision directe et ses appUcations. Cong, 
 internat. de m^d. C. r. 1909, Budapest, 1910, Sect, xlv, 383- 
 391.— Marlon. Des accidents qui peuvent survenir au 
 cystoscope; moyens de les 6viter, moyen d'y parer. Ann. d. 
 mal. d. org. g^nito-urin., Par., 1911, ii, 1745-1755.— Martin 
 (P.) Dos apucaciones de la cromocistoscopia. Siglo med., 
 Madrid, 1913, Ix, 463..— Meyer (N.) Ueber die Endoskopie 
 der Blase (direkte Cystoskopie). Ztschr. f. Urol., Berl. & 
 Leipz., 1907, i, 741-744.— MiUet (M. C.) A simple method 
 of cystoscopy. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1904, xUii, 1123. — 
 Newman (D.) The teaching of cystoscopy, with special 
 reference to the use of the cystoscope in the diagnosis of 
 renal disease. Practitioner, Lond., 1905, Ixxv, 37-63, 4 pi.— 
 Pasteau (O.) Comment faut -11 examiner la vessie? Nord 
 mM., Lille, 1906, xii, 50-54.— Pederson (V. C) A new table 
 
 for cystoscopy. Am. J. Surg., N. Y., 1911, xxv, 297. . 
 
 Topography of the bladder, with special reference to cysto- 
 scopy (illustrated with case reports). N. York M. T. [etc.], 
 
 1913, xcvih, 353-357. — Pelouze (P. S.) Cystoscopic recto- 
 vesical transillumination. Ibid., 1918, civ, 740. Also, Re- 
 
 Erint. — Peterkin (G. S.) Effects of back-pressure on the 
 ladder. Northwest Med., Seattle, 1908, vi, 1-13.— Pink- 
 ham (E. W.) The cystoscope in practice. Am. Med., 
 Burlington, Vt., & N. Y., 1910, n. s., v, 565-669.— Pollak (J.) 
 Die klinische und physiologische Bedeutung der Cbromo- 
 kystoskopie aul Grund der einschlagigen Literatur. Folia 
 urolog., Leipz^ 1912-13, vii, 175-188.— Pollock (H.) Zur 
 Technik der Endoskopie. Monatschr. f. Harhkr. u. sex. 
 Hyg., liOipz., 1905, ii, 154-157.— Blngleb (O.) Ueber Kor- 
 persehen una Stereokystoskopie mit einem stereoskoplschen 
 Okular tiir Kystoakope. FoUa urolog., Leipz,, 1908, ii, 
 269-283. . Zur Photographie des Blaseninnem. ver- 
 handl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Urol. (Wien) 1911, Berl. & 
 Leipz., 1912, iii, 454.— Bitchle (H. P.) The ideal position tor 
 cystoscopy. St. Paul M. J., St. Paul, Minn., 1904, vi, 291.— 
 Robertson (W.) Een praatje over cystoskopie. Med. 
 Weekbl., Amst., 1904^, xi, 501-507.— Both (M.) Ueber 
 die Bedeutung und Zuverlassigkeit der Chromocysto- 
 skopie. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1909, xlvi, 1060-1064.— 
 Schlaglntweit (F.) Zur Verelnlachung der Kystoskopie. 
 Centralbl. t. d. Krankh. d. Harn- u. Sex.-Org., Leipz., 1900, 
 
 xi, 125-134. . Zur cystoskopischen Technik. Miinchen. 
 
 med. Wchnschr., 1902, xlix, 1348.— Schmidt (L. E.) Falla- 
 cies of cystoscopy. Chicago M. Recorder, 1902, xxii, 376- 
 610. [Discussion], 403-405. j4fao.-InterstateM. L, St. Louis, 
 1902, IX, 307-310.— Strater (M.) Ervaringen over chromo- 
 cystoscopie. Nederl. Tlidschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1907, i, 
 636-664.--SwUiteckl (J.) [A method of introducmg soft 
 bougies aseptically.) Medycyna, Warszawa, 1903, xxxi, 
 1018.— Uhle (A. A.) & Mackinney (W. H.) The tech- 
 nique and diagnostic value of cystoscopy. N. York M. J. 
 [etc.], 1907, Ixxxvi, 1113-1116.— Valentine (F. C) Aids to 
 cystoscopic practice. Ibid., 1903, Ixxvii, 1009-1011. Also, 
 Reprint.— Varela (R.) Fantoma para la demostraddn de 
 la inversi6n de las ImAgenes cistoscdpicas. Cong, internat. 
 de m^d. C.-r. 1903, Madrid, 1904, xlv, sect, d'urol., 143- 
 
BLADDEE. 
 
 584 
 
 BLADDER. 
 
 Bladder (Exploration of, Methods and 
 technique in). 
 
 He.—Voelcker (F.) & Josepb (E.) Chromozystoskopie. 
 Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & teipz., 1904, xxx, 536- 
 585.— veicker (F.) & von Ucliteubeig (A.) Cystographle 
 und Pyelographie. Beitr. z. MiQ.,Clur., Tubing., 1906, lii, 
 WO, 12 _pl.— Walker (J. W. T.) On cystoscopy as an aid to 
 diagnosis m urinary surgery. Clin. J., Lond., 1904-5, xxv, 
 92-96.— Warschauer (EO Ueber die bei der Cystoskopie zu 
 verwendende Spulffiissigkeit. Monatsb. f. Urol., Berl., 
 1902, TU, 87.— Wederhake. Teohnik der Kystoskopie der 
 Blase. Eeichs-Med.-Anz., Leipz., 1907, xxxii, 263; 286.— 
 Weinlierg (J.) Die Orthokystoskopie. Miinchen. med. 
 Wchnschr., 1906, Uii, 1528.— Wliiteslde (G. S.) The limita- 
 tions of the cystoscope. Am. J. Urol., N. Y., 1912, vlii, 616- 
 620.— Wrlgm (D.) On the value of electric cystoscopy as a 
 means of diagnosis, with some illustrative cases. Month. 
 Homceop. Rev., Lond., 1901, xlv, 391-399.— Zuckerkandl 
 (O.) Ueber Zystographie. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1914, 
 1x1, 1865-1867, 1 pi. 
 
 Bladder (Exploration of, Radiologic). 
 
 Berger. Notice siir la photographie do la vossie. Ann. 
 d. mal. d. org. g6nito-urln.. Par., 1900, xviii, 414-420.— 
 Braasch (W. F.) The radiograph shadow and the cysto- 
 scope. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1911, xii, 374-378.— 
 Garratt (J. M.) Rontgenographic examination of the 
 
 bladder. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1911, Ivl, 264. . 
 
 Roentgenographic examination of the urinary bladder. 
 Am. J. Roentgenol., N. Y., 1916, n. s., iii, 399-402. Also, 
 Reprint.— Granger (A.) The use of oxygen in cystography, 
 with a preliminary-Eeport on the use of pyelography. Am. J. 
 Roentgenol., N. Y., 1916, n. s., iii, 351-354. A ho. Reprint.— 
 Legueu, Fapln & Malngot. La cystoradiograpnie. J. 
 d'urol. m&d. et chir.. Par,, 1912, i, 749-768.— Morgan (D.) 
 Examination of the urinary bladder by X-rays after insuffla- 
 tion with oxygen. Arch. Roentg. Ray, Lond., 1907-8, xii, 
 271.— Pedersen (V. C.) & Cole (L. 6.) Mensuration and 
 projection of the posterior urethra and vesical floor, by 
 means of posterior urethral calipers and radiography; a pre- 
 liminary study and report. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1913, xcvil, 
 1273-1279.— Peterkln (G. S.) X-rav efficiency in bladder 
 diagnosis. Tr. Am. Urol. Ass., Brookline, 1916, x, 25-34, 
 12 pi. [Discussion], 55-60. 4too.- Interstate M. J., St. Louis, 
 1916, xxiii, 685-693, 3 pi —Simons (I.) & Kenning (J. C.) 
 Somecombined cystoscoplcand radiographicstudies. Urol. 
 & Cutan. Rev., St. Louis, 1919, xxiii, 72-76.— Skinner (E. 
 H.) Fluoroscopic Roentgen injection of the bladder. Surg., 
 Gynec. & Obst„ Chicago^ 1916, xxMl, 361.— Stockmann (F.) 
 & Anst (G.) Zur Kasuistik der Radiographieder Hamblase 
 (Haamadel in der Hamblase). Centralbl. I. d. Krankh. d. 
 Ham- u. Sex.-Org., Leipz., 1901, xii, 93-97.— Voelcker (F.) 
 & Licbtenberg (A.) Die Gestalt der menschlichen Ham- 
 blase im Rontgenbilde. 
 
 Iii, 1576-1578. 
 
 Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1905, 
 
 Bladder (Exstrophy of). 
 
 See, also, Bladder {Female, Exstrophy of). 
 
 BuccHERi (R.) Kstrofia della vescica 8° 
 Palermo, 1900. 
 
 Engels (J. M.) *Beitrage zur pathologischen 
 Anatomie, Aetiologie und Therapie der Kctopia 
 vesicae (Klister'scne Operationsmethode). 8°. 
 Marburg, 1901. 
 
 Kaiseeling (P. W. C.) *TJeber Ektopia vesi- 
 CEe. 8°. Halle a. S., 1903. 
 
 Meter (K.) *Ueber Blasenektopie. 8°. 
 Zurich, 1908. 
 
 Meybh (W. L. H.) *Eiii Fall von congenitaler 
 Ectopia vesicse urinarise. 8°. Kiel, 1903. 
 
 Abramoa. Un cas d'exstrophle de la vessie. Rev. 
 d'hyg. et de m6d. inf. [etc.]. Par., 1902, 1, 330-332, 2 pi.— 
 Allen (D. P.) Exstrophy of the bladder. J. Am. M. Ass., 
 Chicago, 1899, xxxili, 258-260.— Aparlclo (T.) Un case de 
 estrofiadelavejiga; antecedentesembriologicas. Qac.mM. 
 d. Norte, Bilbao, 1910, xvi, 301-305.- Barras (L.) A propos 
 d'un cas d'exstrophie de la vessie. Proerfes m^d.. Par., 1914, 
 3. s., xxx, 344. — Bazy. A propos des deformations du bas- 
 sin dans I'exstrophie de la vessie. Bull, et m(5m. Soc. de 
 chir. de Par., 1912, n. s., xxxviii, 758.— Bfirard & Cotte. 
 Exstrophie de la vessie. Lyon mM., 1913, cxx, 789: cxxi, 
 59.— Bertrand (P.) Exstrophie vfeicale; orifice des uretferes 
 visibles; Epispadias avec large disjonction de la symphyse 
 pubienne. Clinique, Brux., 1908, xxii, 586. — Bocken- 
 lieimer (P.) Zur Aetiologie der Bauchblasengenitalspalte. 
 Arb. a. d. chir. Klin. d. k. Univ. Berl., 1904, xvii, 73-80, 2pl.— 
 Boogber (J. L.) Exstrophy of the bladder. Tr. Am. 
 Urol. Ass,, Brookline. 1916, x, 35-39. [Discussion], 55-60. 
 AUo [Abstr.]: Urol. & Cutan. Rev., St. Louis, 1916, xx, 
 376.— Brand! (K.) A contribution to the study of ectopia 
 vesicse. Am. J. Urol., N. Y., 1913, ix, 333-339.— Brewer 
 (G. E.) Exstrophy of the bladder. Tr. N. York Surg. Soc, 
 Phila., 1913, ii, 205. Also: Ann. Surg., Phila., 1913, Ivii, 
 
 Bladder (Exstrophy of). 
 
 781.— Broca. Le bassin dans I'exstrophie de la .vesae. 
 Bull, et m&n. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1912, n. s., xxxvm, 813- 
 815.— Bucbanan (J. J.) Exstrophy of the bladder. M- 
 temat. J. Surg., N. Y., 1909; xxii, 143.— CalabrD (V.) Un 
 case di estrofla completa della vescica con arresto oonoomi- 
 tante degli organ! genltali esternl. Gazz. med. lomb., 
 Milano, 1901, Ix, 414-416.— Cassaet & Nourrit (Mtte.) 
 
 m«d. de Bordeaux, 1898, xxviil, 259.— Cbappell (J..W.) 
 Exstrophy of the bladder; the clinical history and specimen 
 of a fatal case. Tr. M. Soc. Dist. Columb. 1896, Wash., 1897, 
 i, 82-89.— ConnelJ (F. G.) Exstrophy of the bladder. J. 
 Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1901, xxxvi, &7-668.— Costanttnl 
 (B.) Exstrona della vescica orinaria con epispadia completa 
 e divisione della siiiflsi,pubica. Corriere san., Milano, 1901, 
 xii, 32.— Cotte (G.) A propos d'un cas d'exstrophle vfei- 
 cale. J. d'urol. mid. et chir., Par., 1914, v, 187-191.— Cotton 
 (A. C.) Case of congenital exstrophy of the bladder. Arch. 
 Pediat., N. Y., 1906, xxill, 377.— CrSpln. Exstrojphie 
 cong^nitale de la vessie. Gaz. m^d. de Picardie, Amiens, 
 1903, xxi, 32-39.— De Nobele (J.) & Debersaques (C.) Note 
 sur un cas d'exstrophie de la vessie. Bull. Soc. de mM. de 
 Gand, 1893, Ix, 67-72.— Dervaux. Sur I'inversion v&icale. 
 Ann. d. mal. d. org. gEnito-urin., Par., 1911, 1, 673-683.— 
 Dietrich. Ueber die Aetiologie der Blasenektopie. Miin- 
 chen. med. Wchnschr., 1904, li^ 414.— Edmunds (A.^ 
 Ectopia of the bladder. Practitioner, Lond., 1914, xcii, 
 501-509, 2 pi.— Eltel (G. G.) A case of exstrophy ol the 
 bladder. Northwest. Lancet, Minneip., 1904, xxiv, 407. — 
 Enderlen (E.) Zur Aetiologie der Blasenectopie. Ver- 
 handl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Chir., Berl., 1903, xxxii, pt. 2, 
 184-189. [Discussion], pt. 1, 225. Also: Arch. I. Win. Chir., 
 
 Berl., 1903, Ixxi, 562-567. . Zur Histologie der Schleim- 
 
 haut der ektopierten Blase. Verhandl. d. deutsch. path. 
 Gesellsch.,Jena, 1904, vii, 167-170. . Ueber Blasenekto- 
 pie. Samml. klin. Vortr., Leipz., 1908, Nos. 472-473 (Chir., 
 
 Nos. 135-136, 171-211). . Die Bla.senektopie. Er- 
 
 gebn. d. Chir. u. Orthop., Berl., 1911, ii, 395-416 —Epstein 
 (J.) Ectopia of the urinary bladder in an infant. Med. 
 Times, N. Y., 1918, xlvi, 281.— Bverltt (Ella B.) Eversion 
 of the bladder. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1906, n. s., Ivi, 725. — 
 Hager (A.) Ekstrophia vesicse urinarise mit Adeno- 
 carcinoma gelatiniforme. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1910, 
 Ivii, 2301-2304.— Hovelacque (A.) £tude anatomo-patholo- 
 gique de I'exstrophie complete de la vessie. J. d'urol. m&i. 
 et chir.. Par., 1912, i, 43; 205, 2 pl.— JankowsU (J.) Ueber 
 die Nieren- und Ureterenfunktion bei einem Falle von Ecto- 
 pia vesicae urinariae. Ztschr. t. klin. Med., Berl., 1909-10, Ixix, 
 96-106.— Jellnek (J.) Exstrophla vesicse urinariae. Med. 
 Bl., Wien, 1909, xxxiij 278; 290.— Joacbtmsthal. Ektopia 
 vesicae, combinirt nut anderen Verbildungen. Deutsche 
 med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1898, xxiv, Ver.-Beil., 74. — 
 Jobnston (T. B.) Extroversion of the bladder, compli- 
 cated by the presence of intestinal openings on the surbice of 
 the extroverted area. J. Anat. & Physiol., Lond., 1913-14, 
 xlviii, 89^106. — Jones (F. W.) Extroversion of the bladder 
 and some problems in connection with it. Ibid., 1911-12, 
 xlvi, pt. 2, 193-210.— Klrmisson. Exstrophie de la vessie. 
 Clinique, Par., 1911, vi, 280 — Korcbemkbi (I. I.) [Ectopy 
 of the bladder.) Khlrurgia, Mosk., 1914, xxxv, 263-266.— 
 Laurent (0.) L'exstropnie v<5sicale. Clinique, Brux., 
 1903, xvii, 815-820.— Lejars. Exstrophie de la vessie. Bull. 
 et m(5m. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1908, n. s., xxxiv, 1190-1193.— 
 LodlglanI (C.) Contribute climco alio studio dell' es- 
 trofla vescicale; osservazioni sulla funzionalit^ renale 
 negliestroflci. Gazz. med. ital., Tormo, 1906, Ivii, 181; 191.— 
 Lortblolr. Exstrophie de la vessie. Soc. roy. d. so. m^d. 
 et nat. de Brux. Bull., 1903, Ixi, 55-60.— Mlann (A. T.) 
 Exstrophy of the bladder; report of a case. J. Minn. M. Ass. 
 [etc.], Minneap., 1909, xxix, 294-297.— MannlngeT (W.) 
 Exstrophia vesicae urinarise; Heilung. Pest, med.-chir. 
 Presse, Budanest, 1904. xl, 777.— MetcaH (W. F.) Exstro- 
 phy of the bladder. Detroit M. J., 1905-6, v, 233-237.— 
 Moore (I. E.) Complete exstrophy of the bladder and 
 epispadias in a five months' babe. J. Minn. M. Ass. fete], 
 Minneap., 1911, xxxi, 604.— Moorbead (J. J.) & Moornead 
 E. L.) Exstrophy of bladder, report 01 two cases. J.Am. 
 }i. Ass., Chicago, 1916, bcvi, 409^11.— Murray (R. W.) 
 Extroverted bladder. Liverpool M.-Chir. J., 1908, xxix, 
 142-147.— Plcqu6 (L.) Sur un cas de rotoumement complot 
 de la vessie (exstrophie acquise de la vessie par les voies 
 naturelles). Bull, et m4m. Soo. de chir. de Par., 1902, n. s., 
 xxviii, 636-645.— Pokrovskl (.\.) [Complete congenital 
 ectopy of the bladder and complete epispadias.^ Vrach. 
 Gaz., S.-Petorb., 1914, xxi, 107-109.— Potherat (E.) Des 
 Ifeions de la ceinture pelvienne dans I'exstrophie vesicale. 
 Bull, et mdm. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1912, n. s., xxxviU, 734. 
 
 . Le bassin osseux dans l'exstropnie vesicale. Ibid., 
 
 954.— Rehn (E.) Ueber Blasenektopie. Miinchen. med. 
 Wchnschr., 1911, IvUi, 1394.— R«mcdl (V.) Un caso di 
 estrofla della vescica; contribute alia istologia della mucosa 
 vescicaleestrofloa. CUn. chir., Milano, 1906, xiv,608-640, 2pl. — 
 BIghcttI (C.) Contribute alia istologia patologica della 
 estrofla vescicale. Sperimentale. Arch, di biol., Firenze, 
 1909, Ixiii, 254-267, 2 pi.— Boblneau. Exstrophie de la 
 
 ^. 
 
BLADDEK. 
 
 585 
 
 BLADDER. 
 
 Bladder (Exstrophy of). 
 
 vessie. Bull, et m^m. Soo. ae chir. de Par., 19U, n. s., 
 xxxvii, 1367.— Sarra (E.) Uu caso di ectopia congenita 
 della vesoica in uu bamtino di un mese; autopsia. Atti d. 
 Cong, pediat. ital. 1901, Firenze, 1902, iv, 452-454.— Schllep 
 (L.) Ueber Blasenspalten. Deutscne med. Wclmschr., 
 Berl. & Leipz., 1914, xl, 1688.— Stelanesco-Galatei. Ex- 
 strophie de la vessie; division complfete des organcs gdnitaux 
 exteraes, absence du sphinctet anal. Ann. a. mal. d. org. 
 
 fSnito-urin., Par,, 1910, ii, 1921-1930.— Straus (F.) Zur 
 rretereu- und Nierenthatigkeit bei Ectopia vesicse. Ver- 
 handl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aarzte 1902, Leipz., 
 
 1903, ii, 2. Hlfte., 180. Also: Allg. Wien. med. Ztg., 1903, 
 xlviiij 404. — ^momson (A.) Extroversion of the bladder. 
 Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc. Edinb., 1904-5, n. s., xxiv, 159.— Vance ( A. 
 M.) Epispadio exstrophy of the bladder complete. J.Am. 
 M. Ass., Chicago, 1900, xxxv, 1671-1674.— Van Sweringen 
 (B.) Exstrophy of the bladder. J. Indiana M. Ass., Fort 
 Wayne, -1911, iv, 331-333.— Venglovskl (R. I.) [Etiology of 
 ectopy of the urinary bladder.l Syezd rossiyst. Ithirurg., 
 Mosk.. 1911, X, 171-175.— Walsham (W. J.) On extrover- 
 sion of the bladder. Practitioner, Lond., 1899, Ixii, 151-163.— 
 Wheaton (0. A.) Exstrophy of the bladder. J. Am. M. 
 Ass., Chicago, 1899, xxxiii, 256-258.— Wheeler (E. E.) Case 
 of ectopia vesicse. China M. J., Shanghai, 1918, xxxii, 330- 
 332.— Wlllard (P.) Exstrophy of the bladder, pubic bones 
 absent. Tr. Acad. Surg., Phila., 1899, i, 134-139, 3 pi.— 
 Witherspoon (T. C.) Development of the fetal bladder 
 and conditions leading to exstrophy. St. Louis Cour. Mod. , 
 1900, xxii, 287-290.— Yemelyanoft (N. M.) [Exstrophy of 
 the bladder in a boy five years old.] Voyenno-Med. J., 
 S.-Peterb., 1912, ccxxxiv, med.-speo. pt., 561-564.— Toung 
 (W. B.) Exstrophy of the bladder combined with epispar 
 dias. Med. News, N. Y., 1900, Ixxvii, 19. 
 
 Bladder (Exstrophy of, Treatment of). 
 
 Bailey ^E.S.) Exstropny of the bladder with an alumi- 
 nium device for collecting the urine. Clinique, Chicago, 
 1899, XX, 20-23.— Cardew (A. B.) Extroversion of the blad- 
 der and its treatment. Middlesex Hosp. J., Lond., 1913- 
 14, xvii, 25-30. — Ester (E.) E&ultats du traitcment de 
 Texstrophie de la vessie. Cong, intemat. de mM. C. r. 
 1909, Budapest, 1910, Sect, xiv, 25-49.— Hinterstolsser (H.) 
 Zur Therapie der angeborenen Blasenspalte. Wien. klin. 
 Wchnschr., 1906, xix, 12-14. — liOrtlilolT. Traitement de 
 I'exstrophie de la vessie. J. de chir. et ann. Soc. beige de 
 chir., Brux , 1901, i, 208-215, 1 vl. — — -. Cured'exstrophie 
 v&icale. Ibid., 1905, v, 196.— Rosenstein (P.) Ein Fall 
 vongeheilterEfctopiederHarnblase. Berl. kUn. Wchnschr., 
 
 1904, xli, 288. Also: Verhandl. d. Berl. med. Gesellsch. 
 1904, Berl., 1905, xxxv, 82-84.— Trendelenburg (F.) Ueber 
 Heilung der angeborenen Blasenspalte mit Kontihenz des 
 TTnns. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1901, xlviil, 1739-1741. 
 j1 bo .-Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerztel901, 
 Leipz., 1902, Ixxiii, pt. 2, med. Abth., 126-129. 
 
 Bladder (Exstrophy of, Treatment of, 
 
 Operative ) . 
 
 BouTiLLiER (X.-A.-D.) *Con,tribution h, 
 r^tude du traitement chinirgical de I'exstro- 
 phie de la'vessie. 8°. Lille, 1898. 
 
 Danbbl (P. M.) *Die Ghirurgische Behand- 
 lung der Blasenektopie. 8°. Tubingen, 1909. 
 
 Alio, in: Beitr. z. klm. Chir., Tiibing., 1909, Ixv, 530-576. 
 
 DiETLEiN (M. J.) *Zur Therapie der Blasen- 
 spalte. Die Uretero-trigono-Sigmoideostomie mit 
 partieller Auaschaltung des Colon sigmoideum. 
 [Munchen.] 8°. Kempten, 1913. 
 
 GoiTRDOU (T.) *Contril3ution k l'6tude du 
 traitement cnirurgical de Texstrophie v^sicale 
 et de r^pispadias. 8°. Toulouse, 1898. 
 
 Jtjllian (U.) *Contribution a I'^tude du 
 traitement de I'exstrophie de la vessie. 8°. 
 Montpellier, 1902. 
 
 Katz (A.) *Traitement chirurgical de I'ex- 
 Btrophie de la vessie. 8°. Pari^, 1903. 
 
 KoHLBB (O.) *Die Operation des Prof. 
 Sonnenburg bei angeborener Bauch-Blasen- 
 spalte,verglichen mitden tibrigengegen dies Lei- 
 den angegebenen Operationsmethoden. [Wiirz- 
 burg.] 8 . Braunschweig, 1898. 
 
 Kuhnemann (W.) *Ueber die Ectopia vesi- 
 cae und ihre operative Behandlimg. 8°. Bonn, 
 1901. 
 
 Pressat (A.) *La cysto-ent6rostomie en par- 
 ticulier dans le traitement de I'exstrophie de la 
 vessie; ^tude exp^rimentale et clinique. 8°. 
 Paris, 1898. 
 
 Bladder (Exstrophy of, Treatment of, 
 Operative). 
 
 Revault (G.-M.-L.) *Contribution a I'^tude 
 du traitement chirurgical de I'exstrophie com- 
 plete de la vessie. 8°. Bordeaux, 1898. 
 
 Anscbtttz (W.) Ueber die Heilung der angeborenen 
 Blasenspalte durch Plastik aus dom Diinndarm. Verhandl. 
 d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Chir., Berl., 1900, xxix, pt. 2, 553- 
 568. [Discussion], pt. 1, 72-76. Also: Arch. f. klin. Chir., 
 Berl., 1900, Ixi, 1048-1063.— Arcoleo (E.) Sul trattamento 
 chirurgico dell' estrofia della vescica. Morgagni, Milano, 
 1903, xlv, 428-445.— Beck (C.) On anewmethod of operation 
 for exstrophy of the bladder. N. York M. J., 1900, Ixxii, 
 311.— Berg (J.) Ueber die Behandlung der Ectopia vesicae. 
 Nord. med. Ark., Stockholm, 1907, 3. f., vil, afd. 1, No. 4, 
 1-22. — Boari ( A .) II trattamento deUa estrofla vescicale con 
 lacisto-colostomia. Atti Accad. d. sc. med. e nat. in Ferrara, 
 1898-9, Ixxiii, 221-246.— Branth <J. H.) Demonstration of 
 two cases of exstrophy of the bladder, with suggestions for a 
 new operation. Med. Eec, N. Y., 1899, Ivi, 408^10.- 
 Burci (E.) Contrlbuto alia cura chirurgica della estrofla 
 vescicale. Atti d. Accad. med.-fls. florent. 1909, Firenze, 
 1910, 113-116.— Casatl (E.) Innesto del trigone vescicale nel 
 retto in un caso di estrofla della vescica. Atti Accad. d. sc. 
 med. e nat. in Ferrara, 1902-3, Ixxvii, 253.— Chlumsky (V.) 
 Beitrage zur operativen Behandlung der angeborenen Bla- 
 senspalte. Zentralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1911, xxxviii, 1113. — 
 Chumakoff (N. M.) [Ectopy ol^the bladder and Subbo- 
 tin's operation.] Voyenno-Med. J., S.-Peterb., 1911, ccxxxii, 
 med.-spee. pt., 232-235.— Coleridge (J. B.) Eeport of a case 
 of ectopia vesicae, with operation. Internal. J. Surg., N. Y., 
 1914, xxvii. 6-8. — Coquot. Eenversement complet de la 
 vessie; cystectomie; ur^t&opfoie; guSrison. Eec. de mdd. 
 ■vit., Par.jl913, xc, 492-497.— Ciineo, Heitz-Boyer & Hbve- 
 lacque. Exstrophie de la vessie; cr&tion d'une vessie nou- 
 velle; observations et procSdSs op^ratoires. Bull, et mdm. 
 Soc. de chir. de Par., 1912, n. s, xxxviii, 2-25. — DelagSniere 
 (H.) Exstrophie de la vessie guSrie par la m(5thode de 
 Trendelenburg. Cong, internat. de mia. C. r.. Par., 1900, 
 sect, de chir. gfe., 419-423 —Dlakonow (P. J.) A contri- 
 bution to the question of exstrophy of the urinary bladder. 
 Surg., Gyncc. & Obst., Chicago, 1908, vii, 695-700.— Dollin- 
 ger (J .) Ein operirter Fall von Exstrophia vesicae. Pest, 
 med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1904, xl, 778.— Dugan (E. C.) 
 Bladder exstrophy, with report of a case. St. Paul M. J., 
 1905, vii, 673-675.— Duret (H.) Sur la cure des exstrophies 
 v&icales par la suture marginale. Ass. frang. d'urol. Proc- 
 verb. 1897, Par., 1898, ii, 341-358.— Eastman (J. E.) Opera- 
 tion for exstrophy of the bladder by Sonnenburg's method. 
 J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1900, xxxiv, 1103.— Ester (E.) Un 
 cas d'exstrophie de la vessie op&6e par la m^thode de Sormen- 
 
 burg. N. Montpel. m4d., 1899, viu, 39-44. . E&ultats 
 
 du traitement de I'exstrophie de la vessie. Montpel. mid., 
 
 1909, xxix, 577; 601.— Ewald (C.) Ectopia vesicae behan- 
 delt mittelst Implantation der Blase in die Flexura sig- 
 moidea. Allg. Wien. med. Ztg., 1898, xliii, 292.— Fink (F.) 
 Zur Operation der Blasenektopie. Zentralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 
 
 1910, xxxvii^ 1467-1468.— Forgue (E.) Traitement de I'ex- 
 strophie vfcicale. Ass. frang. d'urol. Proc.-verb. 1898, Par., 
 
 1899, ill, 307-309.— Frank (J.) Vesieo-rectal anastomosis; 
 with special reference to the treatment of exstrophy of the 
 bladder. Cong, intemat. de Toid. C. r.. Par., 1900, sect, de 
 chir. gto., 402-417. Also: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1900, 
 xxxiv, 1174; 1237. Also, transt: Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., 
 Leipz., 1900, Ivi, 407-425.— Gosset (A.) Un cas d'exstrophie 
 v^sicale gueri par reparation de Heitz-Boyer-Hovelaicque. 
 Bull, et mi§m. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1913, n. s., xxxviii, 229- 
 231.— Graubner (E.) Casuistiseher Beitrag zur operativen 
 Therapie der Blasenspalte. St. Petersb. med. Wchnschr., 
 
 1900, n. F., xvii, 345-347.— Guiteras (E.) Exstrophy of the 
 bladder; operation; result. Am. J. Surg., N. Y., 1906, xx, 
 43-46.— Halstead (A. E.) Eemarks on the treatment of 
 exstrophy of the bladder, with report of a case of vesico- 
 sigmoidal anastomosis with the Frank coupler for ex- 
 strophy. Medicine, Detroit, 1900, vi, 969-977, 2 pi.— Har- 
 lison (E.) A new operation for extroversion of the blad- 
 der. Tr. M. Soo. Lond., 1896-7, xx, 356-.360. Also: Med. 
 Press & Circ, Lond., 1897, n. s., Ixiii, 427.— Harte (E. H.) 
 Exstrophy of the bladder. Aim. Surg., Phila., 1905, xli, 
 463-471.— Hartley (F.) The operative treatment for exstro- 
 phy of the bladder. Ibid., 1901, xxxiv, 25-60.— Heinsius (F.) 
 Zur Technik der Beckenkompression bei Operation der 
 Blasenektopie nach Trendelenburg. Deutsche Ztschr. f. 
 
 Chir., Leipz., 1911, cxi, 310-312. . Ueber die operative 
 
 Behandlung und Heilung der totalen Blascnektopip. Berl. 
 khn. Wchnschr., 1915, lii, 203-208.— Huguier (A.) A propos 
 d'un cas d'exstrophie v&icale operfe par le proc^d4 de Bu- 
 chanan. Paris chirurg., 1910, ii, 399-406. — Jacebson (J. H.) 
 A case of uretero-trigono-intestinal anastomosis for the relief 
 of exstrophy of the bladder. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1903, 
 xl, 34. Also^ Reprint. — Janssen (P.) Zur Operation der 
 Blasenektopie. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1912, Ixxix, 
 143-154.— Katz (A.) Note sur un nouveau procMe op^ra- 
 toire apphcable au traitement de I'exstrophie de la vessie 
 (procMe du Pr. Soubotine, de Saint-Pc^tersbourg). Progrfes 
 mSd., Par., 19C2, 3. s., xv, 6,5-67.— Keen (W. W.) Treat- 
 ment of exstrophy of the bladder; the rectum a success- 
 
BLADDER. 
 
 586 
 
 BLADDER. 
 
 Bladder (Exstrophy of, Treatment of, 
 
 Operative) . 
 
 fur receptacle for urine and the menstrual discharge for 
 twenty-two years and seven years, respectively, in two 
 cases. Internal. Clin., Phila., 1899, 9. s., ii, 175-177.— Kelloek 
 (T. H.) Operation for ectopia vesicae. Med. Press & Circ, 
 Lend., 1903, n. s., Ixxvi, 36.— Kelly (R. E.) Note on a case 
 of extroversion oi the bladder. Liverpool M.-Chir. J., 1907, 
 xxvii, 188-194.— Kennedy (D.) Case of ectopia vesicie 
 after operation. Tr. Eoy. Acad. M. Ireland, Dubl., 1914, 
 xxxii, 144.— Kielldenlcz (J.) Traltement de I'exstrophie 
 vfeicale par formation d'une nonvelle vessie et d'un nouvel 
 urfetre. Rev. clin. d'urol., Par., 1913, ii, 416-427.— Koch 
 (C F. A.) Eine modificirte Trendelenburg'sche Blasen- 
 spaltenoperation. Centralbl. f. Chir., Leipz.,.1897, xxiv, 
 953-956.— Lerda (G.) Contribution au traitement de I'ex- 
 strophie de la vessie. J. de chir.. Par., 1913, x, 549-562. Also, 
 Reprint.— Lewis (B.) Report of a case of exstrophy of the 
 bladder, Aritb remarks upon the operative treatment of that 
 condition. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1900, xxxi, 720-729. Also, 
 Reprint.— Llsyanskl (V. I.) [Treatment of ectopy of the 
 bladder.) Khirureia, Mosk., 1910, xxvui, 442-453.— Longo 
 (L.) & Schenarol (F.) Vn case di estrofia vesoicale con 
 epispadia operato. Atti d. xii. Cong, interprov. san. d. alta 
 Italia, Venczia, 1904, 142-147.— Lorthloir. Traitement de 
 I'exstrophie de la vessie. J.dechjju ctann. Soc. beige dechir., 
 Brux., 1912, xii, 468-470, 4 pi.— Lotlielsen (G.) Zur opera- 
 tiven Behandlung der Blasenektopie. Beitr. z. Win. Chir., 
 Tubing, 1900, xxviii, 528-538, 2 pi.— Makkas (M.) Zur 
 Behandlung der Blasenektopie; Umwandlung des ausge- 
 schalteten Coecum zur Blase und der Appendix zur Urethra. 
 Zentralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1910, xxxvii) 1073-1075.— Mayo 
 (C. H.) Exstrophy oithe bladder and its treatment. J. 
 Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1917, Ixix, 2079-2081.— Maze! (E.) 
 Ueber Blasenektopie und deren operative Behandlung. 
 Bbitr. z. kiln. Chir., Tiibing, 1899, xxiii, 444-497.— Mikulicz 
 (J.) Zur Operation der angeborenen Blasenspalte. Cen- 
 tralbl. 1. Chir^ Leipz., 1899, xxvi, 641-643. Also, Reprint.— 
 MoOTliead (E. L.) Exstrophy of the bladder: three cases; 
 surgical research reports. Surg. Clin., Phila., 1918, ii, 1005- 
 1015— Moorliead (J. J.) & Moorhead (E. L.) Exstrophy 
 of bladder; report of two cases. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 
 
 1916, Ixvi, 409-411. Also, Rewint.— Mllller (G. P.) The 
 surgical treatment of exstrophy of the bladder. Intemat. 
 Clin., Phila., 1918, 28. s., il, 261-265, 2 pi.— MuudeU (D. E.) 
 Note on the operative reUef of ectopia vesica. Ann. Surg., 
 Phila., 1899, xxx, 715-718.— Mnrpliy (JT. B.) Exstrophy of 
 bladder. Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1903-4, n. s., v, 805-807.— 
 Murray (R. W.) An operation for extroversion of the 
 bladder. Brit. M. J., Lend., 1897, i, 1468.— MuscateUo (G.) 
 Per la cura radicals dell'estrofla della vescica. Riforma 
 med., Palermo-Napoli, 1904, xx, 1182-1188. Also, transl.: 
 Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1905, Ixxvi, 1057-1077.— Nota (A.) 
 Contributo alia cura dclla estrofia vescicale. Gior. d. r. 
 Aecad. dimed. di Torino, 1900, 4. s., vl, 269-278.— Patel (M.) 
 Rfeultats floignfe (3 ans) d'une operation pratiqufe par M. 
 Vincent pour exstrophiev&icale. XyonmM., 1898, Ixxxviii, 
 321-327. Also: Mom- et compt.-reud. Soc. d. sc. mM. de 
 Lyon (1898), 1899, xxxviii, 71-77.— Phocas. Exstrophie de 
 la vessie sur une fillette; nouveau proc^d4 op&atoire. Ass. 
 franc, de chir. Proc.-verb. [etc.]. Par., 1898, xii, 414-417.— 
 Pousson (A.) Eestauration de la vessie exstrophife par 
 un proc^dS nouveau. Ass. fran^. d'urol. Proc.-verb. 1898, 
 Par., 1899, iii, 295-302.— Poizl (S^ Note sur un cas d'exstro- 
 phle de la vessie et sur une modification de la mdthode auto- 
 plastique. Ann. d. mal. d. org. gfeito-urin.. Par., 1897, xv, 
 18-31. — proxist (R.) Sur la cure chirurgicale de I'exstrophie 
 de la vessie. Presse mM., Par., 1909, xvii, 571.- lUuiovl- 
 ceanu-Pltescu. Un nou procedeu autoplastic pentru tra- 
 tarea exstroflel veziccl. Rev. de chir., Bucurescl, 1897-8, 53- 
 58.— Blddell (J. S.) A case of uretero-trigonal anastomosis 
 for ectopia vesicae. Brit. M. J., Lend., 1908, i, 975.— KoIoH 
 Zur Operation der Blasenspalte. Zentralbl. t. Chir., Leipz., 
 1910, xxxvii, 1395.— Kovslng (T.) Ein neues Vertahren zur 
 operativen Behandlung der Ectopia vesicae. Ztschr. f. 
 Urol., Berl. & Leipz., 1907, i, 833-837.— Butkow.skl (M.) 
 Zur Methodo der Hamblasenplastik. Centralbl. f. Chir., 
 liOipz., 1899, xxvi, 473-478. Also, transl: Ann. Surg., 
 PMa., 1899, xxx, 238-243.— Bydygier (L.) [New method of 
 treatmentof exstrophy ofthebladder.J Gaz. lek.,Warszawa, 
 1903, 2. s., xxiii, 1157.— Sargent (P.) Case of epithelioma 
 developing in the scar of a plastic operation for extroversion 
 of the bladder. Brit. J. Child. Dis., Lond., 1909, vi, 115.— 
 Schilling. [Two cases of ectopic bladder; operative treat- 
 ment by Makka's method.! Forh. med. selsk. i Kristiania, 
 
 1917, 145-147.— Senn (E. J.) Rectovesical anastomosis for 
 exstrophy of the bladder. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1903, xxxvii, 
 290-294.— Sonnenburg. Endresultate operativer Ver- 
 fahren bei Ektqpia vesicae. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1899, 
 xxxvi, 136. Also: Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & 
 Leipz., 1899, xxv, 219.— Spooner (H. G.) Report of a case 
 of exstrophy of the bladder, with a consideration of opera- 
 tive treatment. Boston M. & S. J., 1905, cUi, 546-548.— 
 von StaubenTaucb. Incontinentia urinse infolge ango- 
 borener Missbildung der Harnblase; plastische Operation. 
 Miinchen. med. wSmschr., 1911, Iviii, 1051.— Taddel (D.) 
 Un nuovo processo operatorio per la cura della estrofia; 
 tiflo-uretero-anastomosi, previa esclusione del cieco ed ap- 
 
 Bladder (Exstrophy of, Treatment of. 
 
 Operative). ^ ^ ^ ,„,„ 
 
 pendioostomia. Atti d. Aecad. med.-fis. Potent. WW, 
 
 Pirenze, 1911, 60-64. . Sur la typhio-ur^t&ostomie 
 
 aprfts exclusion du caecum et appendicostomie dans le 
 traitement de I'exstrophie v&icale; recherches anatomiques 
 et exp(Srimentales. Rev. de chir.. Par., 1903, xlvu, 37-63.— 
 Taniarit (P ) Estudio crltico del tratamiento operatorio 
 de la exstrofla de la vejiga. Rev. m^d. de Sevilla, 1912, Ivm, 
 33; 65; 129; 193; 225.— TSmoin (D.) Traitement chirurgioal 
 de I'exstrophie de la vessie. Gaz. mM. de Par., 1898, 11. s.. 
 
 anastomosi previa esclusione c 
 med. e nat. in Ferrara, 1910-11, Ixxxv, 89-91.— TIetze (A.) 
 Zur operativen Behandlung der angeborenen Blasenspalte. 
 Beitr. z. klin. Chir^ Tubing., 1897, xviu, 1-38, 2 pi.— Tixler 
 f L.) & Vlannay (C.) Un cas d'exstrophie partielle acquise 
 
 topia vesica. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1906, xliv, 281-289, 8 pi.— 
 Tufifler. Gufirison de i'exstrophie de la vessie par la cystoco- 
 lostomie. Gaz. hebd. dem^d., Par., 1898, n.s., ill, 661.— Tyt- 
 gat(B.) Les derniSres op&ations pour la cure del'exstro- 
 phie v&icale. Aim. Soc. de m^d. de Gand, 1913, n. s., Iv, 
 191-198. AUo: Belgique mc5d., Gand, 1913, xx, 267-270.— 
 Vance (A. M.) The present status of operative interven- 
 tion In exstrophy of the bladder. Therap. Gaz., Detroit, 
 1906, 3, s., xxii, 602-612.— Vulllet (H.) Le traitement chl- 
 rurgical de I'exstrophie de la vessie. Lyon chtrurg., 1913, 
 ix, S89-600.— Willard (De FJ Exstrophy ol the bladder, 
 publo bones absent. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1899, xxix, 497- 
 602. — Wilms. Zur Technik der Beckenkompression bei 
 Operation der Blasenektopie nach Trendelenburg. Deutsche 
 Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz,, 1908, xciii, 321.— WItherspoon (T. 
 C.) History of a case of bladder exstrophy. Med. Fort- 
 nightly, St. touis, 1903, xxiii, 350-354. 
 
 Bladder (Exstrophy of, Treatment' of) hy 
 transplantation of ureters. 
 
 Feutrie(N.) *Contribution a, I'etude du 
 traitement de rexstrophie v6sicale par rim- 
 plantation des uretferes dans le rectum (voie 
 extrap6riton6ale). 8°. Paris^ 1911. . 
 
 Thobois (A.) *Contribution S, I'^tude du 
 traitement de rexstrophie de la vessie par le 
 proc4d6 de Maydl. 8°. Paris, 1904. 
 
 Arumugam (T. V.) Extroversion of bladder treated by 
 extraperitoneal transplantation of ureters into the rectum. 
 Brit. M. J., Lond., 1914, i, 966 —Angler (D.) Un cas d'ex- 
 strophie v&icale traits par I'implantation des uretferes dans 
 
 I'intestin. J. d. sc. mid. de LiUe, 1911, ii, 241-246. . 
 
 Traitement de I'exstrophie v&icalepar I'implantation des 
 uretferes dans I'intestin (voie extra-p5riton&le; proc4d6 
 de Peters-Buchanan; avantages et inoonv^nients). Province 
 m^d.. Par., 1911, xxil, 273-275.— Ball (C. A.) Thetreatment 
 of extroversion of the bladder by implantation of the ureters 
 into the rectum. Practitioner, Lond., 1909, Ixxxii, 450-454, 
 1 pi.— Bert & VIgnard. Exstrophie de la vessie; abouche- 
 ment des uretferes dans I'S lliaque; gu&ison. Bull. Soc. de 
 chir. de Lyon, 1907, x, 104-106.— Borelius <J.) Eine neue 
 Modifikation der Maydl'sohen Operationsmethode bei 
 angeborener Blasenektopie. Zentralbl. I. Chir., Leipz., 
 1903, xxx, 780; 993.— Bottomley (J. T.) Operative treat- 
 ment of exstrophy of the bladder by transplantation of 
 ureters on to the skin of the loin ; application of the principle 
 to other bladder surgery; report of two illustrative eases. J. 
 Am. M. Ass^ Chicago, 1907, xlix, 141-144. [Discussion}, 
 167.— Deryujivlnskl (S. F.) [Three cases of exstrophy of 
 the urinary bladder, treated by Maydl's operation.! Khirur- 
 gia, Mosk., 1909, xxvi, 198-204.— Druebert (J.) Les riSsul- 
 tats ^loign^s de I'operatlon de Maydl dans I'exstrophie 
 vilsicale. feho m^,d. dii nord, Lille, 1904, xiil, 481-484.— 
 EstoT. Exstrophie de la vessie; abouchement des uretferes 
 dans la partie supiSrieure du rectum par le proci!dfe de Maydl; 
 gu^rison. [Rap. de PicquS.) Bull, et mmi. Soc. de chir. de 
 Par., 1902, n. s., xxviii, 179-183.— Ewald (K.) Ectopia 
 vesicae benandelt mittelst Implantation der Blase in die 
 Flexura sigmoidea. Jahrb. d. Wien. k. k. Krankenanst. 
 
 1896, Wien & Leipz., 1898, v, pt. 2, 123-126. . Ueber 
 
 Mavdls Operation der Exstropbia vesicfe. Wien. med. 
 Wchnschr., 1909, lix, 81-86.— Forgue. Un cas d'exstrophie 
 de la vessie traitSpar le proc6d6 de MaydL Montpel. mM., 
 1903, xvii, 617.— Graser (E.) Zwei (nach Maydl) geheilte 
 Falle von Blasenektopie mit Untersuchungen des aus dem 
 Darm entleerton Hames. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 
 1909, 0, 126-143.— Guseil (P. F.) [Maydl's operation in 
 ectopyof the bladder.) Khirurgfa, Mosk. , 1910, xxviii, 464- 
 469.— Harrison (R.) Extroversion of the bladder treated 
 by left nephrectomyand transplantation of the right ureter 
 through the loin. Brit. M. L, Lond., 1897, i, 977. Also: 
 Lancet, Lond., 1897, 1, 1091.— Henson (J. W.) The rectum 
 as a controllable and clean bladder in exstrophy and maUg- 
 nant disease. Tr. Tri-State M. Ass., Raleigh, 1904, vi, 245- 
 
BLADDER. 
 
 587 
 
 BLADDER. 
 
 Bladder (Exstrophy of, Treatment of) ly 
 transplantation of ureters. 
 
 249.— Herczel (E.) Eadilcalopsration der Blasenspalte 
 (Ectopia vesioffi) durch Implantation der Hamleiter in den 
 Diokdarm. (Drei Falle.) Centralbl. f. d. Krankli. d. 
 Harn- u. Sex.-Org., Leipz., 1899, x, 563-585. Also: Pest, 
 med.^hir. Presse, Budapest, 1899, xxxv, 1021-1023— Jaja 
 (F.) Contributo clinico altrattamento cmrurgico dell'estro- 
 na vesoicale con I'innesto degli ureteri nel retto. Arch, ed 
 atti d. Soo. ital. di chir. 1900, Roma, 1901, xv, 59-82.— 
 Jeltnek (J.) Exstrophia vesicae urinarise; 15 Jahre Maydl's 
 Radicaloperatiou una deren Modiflcationeu. Eev. de mM. 
 tcMque, Prague, 1909, i, 68-74.— Kletn (G.) Ektopia vesicae 
 mittels IDinpflanzung des Trigonum Lieutaudii in das Kolon 
 desceudens gelieilt. Miinohen. med. Wchnschr., 1907, liv, 
 914.— Kuznetskl (D. P.) [Maydl's operation for eversiou 
 of the urinary bladder.) Prakt. Vraeh, S.-Peterb., 1913, xii, 
 323-325.— lioewe (G. M.) Exstrophy of the bladder with 
 special reference to the transplantation of the ureters. Urol. 
 & Cutan. Rev., St. Louis, 19i5, xlx,_ 257.— liOndon (A. A.) 
 On extroversion of the bladder with special reference to 
 extraperitoneal transpla'ntation of the ureters into the 
 rectum. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1906, i, 961-964.— Matas (R.) 
 Exstrophy of the bladder; operative treatment with special 
 reference to Maydl's operation. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 
 1899, xxxiii, 260-263. Also, Reprint.— Maj'dl. Erfah- 
 rungen iiber Implantation der Ureteren In die Flexur bei 
 Ectopia vesicae. Wien. med. WchnschT., 1899, xlix, 249; 
 304; 360.— Moynilian (B. G. A.) Extroversion of the 
 bladder; relief by transplantation of the bladder into the 
 rectum. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1906, xliii, 237-240, 4 pi.— Mttl- 
 ler (P. A.) Abanderung der Borelius'schen Modiftkation 
 der Maydl'schen Operationsmethode bei kongenitaler 
 Blasenektopie. Zentralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1903, xxx, 886.— 
 MvUlcr (H.) Exstrophie de la vessie; operation de Maydl. 
 MM. inf.. Par., 1904, 100.— Muller (H.) & Nov6-Josserand. 
 Exstrophie de la vessie; operation de M. Maydl. Bull. Soc. 
 de chir. de Lyon, 1904, vli, 31-33.— Nazarovskl (N. M.) 
 [Transplantation of the ureters by Midi's method in ectopy 
 of the bladderj Khirurgia, Mosk., 1910, xxviii, 454-463. — 
 Newland (H. S.) Extroversion ottnebladder;itstreatment 
 by extraperitoneal implantation of the ureters into the 
 rectum. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1906, i, 964-967. Also: Austra- 
 las. M. Cong. Tr. 1905, Adelaide, 1907, vii, 216-221.— Nove- 
 Josserand (G.) Exstrophie v&icale op^rfe d'aprfts la 
 m^tbode de Maydl. Bull. Soo. de chir. de Lyon, 1898-9, ii, 
 211-215. Also: Gaz. d. hep. de Toulouse, 1899, xiii, 372; 377. 
 
 . Traitement de I'exstrophie v&icale par I'abouehe- 
 
 ment des uretftres dans I'intestin. Rev. mens. d. mal. de 
 
 rent., Par., 1899, xvii, 258-262. . Exstrophie de la 
 
 vessie; operation de M. Maydl. Lyon m(?d., 1904, cii, 423- 
 425. — Orion (I...-V.) Le traitement chirurgical de I'exstro- 
 phie de la vessie; abouchement de I'uret^re, d'apr^s Maydl 
 en particulier. Ann. d. mal. d. org. g^nito-urin., Par., 1902, 
 XX, 1324-1331.— Park (R.) Exstrophy of the bladder with 
 other congenital defects; Maydl's operation. Med. News, 
 N. Y., 1897, Ixx, 702.— Pozza (P.) Contributo alia cura 
 dell' estrofla di veseica mediante I'innesto degli ureteri nel 
 retto. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1898, xix, 293-295.— Preindls- 
 terger (J.) Zur Behandlung der Ectopia vesicae nach 
 Maydl. Beitr. z. Dermat. u. Syph. Festschr. ... I. Neu- 
 mann, Leipz. & Wien, 1900, 715-730.— Schmitt. Zur 
 Operation der Blasenectople nach Maydl. Verhandl. d. 
 deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Chir., Berl., 1907, xxxvi, 198-204.— 
 Sherman (H. M.) Exstrophy of the bladder successfully 
 treated by Peter's method. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1905, 
 xlv, 890-892. — Spannaus (K.) Zur Operation der Blasen- 
 ektopie bzw. zurVersorgung des Harnleiters nach Blasenex- 
 stirpation. Zentralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1911, xxxviii, 225- 
 227.— Starr (F. N. G. ) Exstrophy of the bladder; the 
 Peters operation. Canad. J. M. & S., Toronto, 1908, xxlv, 
 132-138. Also: Canada Lancet, Toronto, 1908-9, xlii, 37- 
 43. — Stokes (H.) A case of ectopia vesicae in the adult 
 treated by transplantation of the ureters. Tr. Roy. Acad. 
 M. Ireland, DubL, 1916, xxxiv, 126-130. Also: Dublin J. M. 
 Sc, 1916, 3. s., cxli, 314-318.— Thompson (J. E.) Exstro- 
 phy of the bladder; treatment of successful case; implanta- 
 tion of both ureters in rectum by the method of Maydl. Tr. 
 Texas M. -iss., Austin, 1904, xxxvi, 388-402.— Thomson (A.) 
 Extroversion of bladder, Implantation of ureters in rectum. 
 Edlnb. M. J., 1909, n. s., ii, 34-36.— Trombetta. Di un caso 
 di ectopia della veseica felicemehte curato col metodo di 
 Maydl e di alcune considerazioni intomo alia cura radicale di 
 questa infermitk. Arch, ed atti d. Soo. ital. di chir., Roma, 
 1897, xi, 343-352.— Vignard & Bert. Exstrophie de la 
 vessie; abouchement des uretferes dans I'S iliaque; gu&ison. 
 Lyon mii.j 1907, cviii, 1087-1089.— Whltacre (H. J.) Ex- 
 strophy of bladder; Maydl operation. Old Dominion J. M. 
 & g!, Richmond, 1910, x, 310-314.— Wleck. Ein Fall von 
 Ectopia vesicae operlrtnach Maydl (Implantation der Urete- 
 ren m den Darm). Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & 
 Leipz., 1903, xxix, Ver.-Beil., 75. 
 
 Bladder (Female). 
 
 Abotjlker (M.) *ContributioB k I'^tude des 
 vessies k cellules volumiaeuses ctez la femme. 
 8°. Paris, 1898. 
 
 Bladder (Female). 
 
 ScHONiNG (K.) *Die Kapazitat der weibli- 
 clien Blase. [Marburg.] 8°. Vredeni. W.. 1913. 
 
 Barry (C. C.) Some notes on the presence of air in the 
 bladder amongst women. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1912, 
 xlvii, 14-17.— Fralsse (G.) Note sur la topographie de la 
 vessie et des uretferes chez la femtfifi. Gaz. de gyn^c. Par., 
 1898, xiii, 145; 161. Abo: Semaine gynfc.. Par., 1898, ill, 
 73; 82.— Gallant (A. E.) The gynecologic bladder. Med. 
 News, N. Y., 1905, bcxxvii, 734-737.— Himner (G. L.) & 
 Lyon (J. P.) Mensuration and capacity of the female 
 bladder; observations on the female bladder dilated by 
 atmospheric pressure in the knee-breast posture. J. Am. 
 M. Ass,, Chicago, 1899, xxxiii, 1615-1520. Alio: Johns Hop- 
 kins Hosp. Bull.. Bait., 1899, x, 227-229, 3 pi. Also, Re- 
 print.— I^ederer (0.) Zur Frage der Kapazitat der weibli- 
 chen Blase. Prauenarzt, Leipz., 1903, xvili, 100. — Natan- 
 son (K.) & Zlnner (A.) Zur Anatomie der intra-Uga- 
 mentaren Hamblase. Monatschr. f. Geburtsh. n. Gynak., 
 Berl., 1905, xxii, 615-630.— Perrllllat (L.) Practical con- 
 siderations of the female bladder. Proc. Orleans Parish M. 
 Soc. 1908, N. Orl., 1909, 212-217— St«uemBgel (W.) Die 
 Kapazitat der Hamblase in der Schwangerschaft, der Ge- 
 burt und im Wochenbett. Ztschr. t. gynak. Urol., Leipz., 
 1911-12, iii, 295-297.— Taussig (F. J.) Bladder function 
 after confinement and after gynecological operations. Am. 
 J. Obst., N. Y., 1915, Ixxii, 503-505. Also: Surg., Gynec. & 
 Obst., Chicago, 1915, xxi, 41fr422. Zangemelster (W.) 
 WeibUche Blase und Genitalerkrankungen. Ztschr. f. 
 Geburtsh. u. Gynak., Stuttg., 1905, Iv, 295-328, 1 pi. 
 
 Bladder (Female, Abnormities of). 
 See, also, Bladder (Female, Exstro-phy of). 
 Albert!. [Ein Fall von plastischem Verschluss eines gros- 
 sen Blasendefects.] Ztschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynak., Stuttg., 
 1898, xxxix, 346-350.— Bierholt (F.) Bericht iiber einen 
 Fall von Vessie h, colonnes mit Divertikel-BUdung, bei der 
 Frau. Dermat. Centralbl^ Berl., 1900^ iii, 235-237. Also, 
 Reprint. — Boije (0. A.) Dubbel kvinlig vesica och dubbel 
 urethra. Finskalak.-sallsk. handl., Helsmgfors, 1897, xxxix, 
 1407-1413.^^alderinl (G.) Veseica urinaria Interlega- 
 mentosa. Lucina, Bologna, 1906, xi, 33, — Delle Chiaje (S.) 
 Un caso di assenza della veseica. Arch. ital. di ginec, 
 
 • Napoli, 1911, xiVj 175. Also, transl,: Bull. Soc. d'obst. de 
 Par., 1911, xiv, 148.— Fothergill (W. E.) A case of intra- 
 ligamentary urinary bladder. J. Obst. & GjTiaeo. Brit. 
 Emp., Lond., 1907, xii, 444-446.— Garrigues (H. J.) Case 
 of persistent fetal bladder in a forty-five-year-old woman. 
 Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1899, xl, 818-820. Also, transl.: N. 
 Yorkermed. Monatschr., 1899, xi, 507.— Hebne (T. A.) Two 
 cases of intrallgamentary bladder. J. Obst. & Gynaec. 
 Brit. Emp., Lond., 1907, xii, 447-450.— Pasquereau. 'Barre 
 v&ioale mter-urfit&ale. Ass. frang. d'urol. Proc.-verb. 
 1911, Par., 1912, XV, 757-762 —Polak (J. O.) Two cases of 
 hourglass bladder with paresis. Long Island M. J., Brook- 
 lyn, 1912, vi, 19-22.— Zangemelster. Verschluss der 
 weiblichen Blase. Ztschr. f. gynak. Urol., Leipz., 1908-9, i, 
 79-81. 
 
 Bladder (Female, Absorption bxj). 
 See Bladder {Absorption by). 
 
 Bladder (Female, Atony of). 
 See Bladder (Atony of) . 
 
 Bladder (Female, Cancer of). 
 
 See, also. Bladder (Cancer of). 
 
 DU Laurens dt; la Bakre (R.) *De la cys- 
 tectomie totale chez la femme dans les cancers 
 de la vessie. [Lyon.] 8°. Villeurbanne, 1910. 
 
 BaTnett(C. e!) Anunusualbladdertumor (carcinoma). 
 Urol. & Cutan. Rev., St. Louis, 1915, xix, 321.— Boldt (H. 
 J.) Papillary carcinoma of bladder; resection of area with 
 the vesical end of the ureter. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1906, lUi, 
 263. — Bozeman(N. G.) The palUative treatment of cancer 
 of the cervix uteri and bladder in women. Clin. J., Lond.. 
 1896-7, ix, 285-287.— Concetti (I-.) I tumori maligni della 
 veseica urinaria nei bambini; sarcoma in una bambina di 11 
 mesi. Bull. d. r. Accad. med. di Roma, 1900, xxvi, 271-320. 
 Also, transl: Arch. demM. d. enf., Par., 1900, iii, 129-158.— 
 Peryuzhlnski (S. F.) [Extensive resection of the bladder 
 for cancer in a woman, with happy result.] Khirurgia, 
 Mosk., 1903, xiv, 152-160. Also [Abstr.]: Laitop. khirurg. 
 Obsh. V Mosk., 1903-4, xxii, 49— Fumiss (H. D.) Com- 
 plete removal of the urinary bladder for carcinoma, after 
 preliminary bilateral lumbar ureterostomy. Tr. N. York 
 Obst. Soc, N. Y., 1911-13, 138-141. Also: Am. J. Obst., 
 N. Y., 1912, bnd, 421^24.— Hagner (F. R.) Operative 
 treatment of carcinoma at the fundus of the bladder; report 
 of four cases. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1911, xiii, 326- 
 328. — Keyes (E. L.) A case of carcinoma of the bladder 
 controlled by the high frequency current. Ibid., 1913, xvl, 
 79-81.— Mann (M. D.) Removal of the female urinary 
 bladder for maUgnant disease. Tr. Am. Gvnec. Soc, 
 Phila., 1901, xxvi, 183-198, 1 pi. Also: .A.m. Med., Phila. 
 1901, ii, 55-58. Also, Reprint.— Pilcher (P.) Adeno- 
 
BLADDER. 
 
 588 
 
 BLADDER. 
 
 Bladder {Fe-male, Cancer of). 
 
 carcmomaof the bladder. Longlslan'd M. J., BrooMyn, 
 „, . , — t (G.) Ein Fall von primarem 
 
 Blasenkarzmom. Verhandl. d. Gesellscli. f. GeBurtsh. n. 
 
 1912, vi, 32.— Rauscher 
 
 Gynak. zu Leipz. (1908), 1909, 45.— Eeynolds (E.) Com- 
 plete v^inal extirpation of the bladder for malignant dis- 
 ease, -with a case. Interstate M. J., St. Louis, 1914, xxi, 1230- 
 1236, 2 pi.— Speldel (E.) Primary cancer of the female 
 bladder; report of a case. Kentuolqr M. J., BowUng Green, 
 1909-10, viii, 1214.— Thles (J.) Exstlrpatiou der Hamblaae 
 bei Uterus-Blasenkarzinom (2 Fiille). Miinchen. med. 
 Wehnschr., 1914, Ixi, 278.— Webster (J. C.) Carcinoma of 
 the posterior -wan of the bladder. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1905. 
 Iii,g93. 
 
 Bladder (Female, Catheterization of). 
 See Bladder (Catheterimticm of). 
 
 Bladder {Female, Dilatation of). 
 See Bladder (Dilatation of). 
 
 Bladder (Female, Diseases of). 
 
 See, also. Bladder (Female, Cancer of); Blad- 
 der (Female, Exstrophy of)- Bladder (Female, 
 Hemm of); Bladder {Pemale, InflamwMion of); 
 Bladder (Female, Irritable); Bladder (Female, 
 Prolapse of) ; Bladder {Female, Tuberculosis of); 
 Bladder (Female, Tumors of); Bladder (Fe- 
 maJe, Ulceration of); Calculus (Vesical) in the 
 fermale; Fistula ( Vesico^aterine) ; Fistula ( Vesico- 
 utero-vaginal); Fistula (Vesko-voiginal); Preg- 
 nancy (Complications of, Genito-urinary) . 
 
 Bbuhl (M.) *Die Erkrankungen der Blase in 
 ihren Beziehungen zu Schwangerschaft, Geburt 
 und Wochenbett. [Marburg.] -8°. Frankfurt 
 a. M., 1912. 
 
 Kagan (B.) *Conixibution k I'^tude des 
 troubles veaicaux d'origine g^nitale cbez la 
 femme en dehors de la grossesse. 8°. Parts, 
 1913. 
 
 Baker(W. H.) Diseases of thebladderand urethra. Syst. 
 Gynec. (Mann), Phila., 1888, ii, 447-547.— Barringer (B. S.) 
 The cystoscopio diagnosis of conditions pecuUar to the female 
 bladder; with special reference to the effect of disease of the 
 adnexa upon the bladder. Iowa M. J. [etc.], Des Moines, 
 1909-10, xvi, 259-269.— BovSe (J. W.) Affections of the blad- 
 der in the female. Pract. Gynec. (Bovfe), Phila. & N. Y., 
 1906, 773-799.— Clado. La cystoscopie dans le diagnostic des 
 affections de la vessie chez la femme. Ass. frang. d'urol. 
 Proc.-verb. 1898, Par., 1899, iji, 333-337.— Cowie (D. M.) 
 Dilatation of the bladder. Physician & Surg^ Detroit & 
 Ann Arbor, 1904, xxvi, 492-494— Crossen (H. S.) Relief of 
 bladder symptoms by treatment of the uterus and vice 
 versa; report of cases. St. Louis Conr. Med., 1903, xxviii, 
 409-413. [Discussion], 455-457 .— Dodge (W.i:.) Disorder of 
 the female bladder. Urol. & Cutan. Rev., St. Louis, 1916, 
 XX, 437. . The correct interpretation of bladder symp- 
 toms in the female. J. lilich. M. Soc, Grand Rapids, 1917, 
 xvi, 302-304.— Dorr (R. C.) Drainage tube for the female 
 bladder. J. Arkansas M. Soc., Little Rook, 1912-13, ix, 127 — 
 Enuuert (M.) Pelvic conditions produomg bladder symp- 
 toms. Nebraska M. J., Norfolk, Neb.^ 1918, in, 247-249.— 
 
 Furnlss (H. D.) Bladder affections m women. Am. J. 
 Obst., N.Y., 1916, Ixxiii,48£M92. . - . 
 
 . A case of relaxed 
 
 vesical sphincter with incontinence of urine cured by the 
 Kelly operation. Ibid., 729-731. Also: Med. Rec, N. Y., 
 Wie-lxxxix, 538.— Gallant (.A. E.) The gynecologic bladder. 
 Med. News, N. Y^ 1905, Ixxxvii, 734-737. Also, Reprint.— 
 Grad (H.) Bladder affections in gynecological cases. Am. 
 J. Obsi, N. Y., 1906, liv, 374-388. [Discussion], 404-406.— 
 Hevesl (A.) [CaseJ Gynaekologia, Budapest, 1906, 484- 
 486.— Hlrschfeld (B.) Die Blasenschwache des welbes. 
 Med. Kim., Berl., 1914, x, 1274— Hoffman (L. H.) The 
 interpretation of bladder symptoms in the female. Urol. 
 & Cutan. Rev., St. Louis, 1916, xx, 423.— HoUoway (V. DJ 
 Interpretation of bladder disturbance in the female. J. 
 Tenn. M. Ass., Nashville, 1917, x^ 101-103.— Honn (W..M.) 
 Treatment of bladder symptoms m women who have borne 
 children. Clinique, Chicago, 1918^ xxxix, 385-38S.— Ivens 
 (F.) The value of direct mspection in the diagnosis and 
 treatment of fflsease of the female bladder. Liverpool M.- 
 Chir. J., 1913, xxxiii, 46.^-471.— Kelly (H. A.) A satisfactory 
 vesical evacuator. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1906, ill, 
 
 3,30. — . Mensuration m urinary diseases. Tr. Am. Gynec. 
 
 Soc, Phila., 1907, xxxii, 302-346, 4 pi.— KoUsher (G.) The 
 retrostrictural edema in the female bladder. Chicago Clinic, 
 
 1900, xih, 175. . Disorders of the female bladder. Urol. 
 
 & Cutan. Rev., St. Louis, 1917, xxi, 681.— I.«wer (W. E.) 
 The diagnosis and treatment of some surgical diseases of the 
 urinary Bladder. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1905, i, 
 336-350.- Luys (G.) De I'appUcation de I'ur^throscopie k 
 I'examen de la vessie et au traitement des cystites chez la 
 
 Bladder {Female, Diseases of). 
 
 femme. Rev. prat. d. mal. d. org. gto.-urin., Lille, 1905, ii, 
 26-35.— McDonald (E.) Bladder troubles in pregnancy; a 
 cystoscopie study based on fifty-four cases. Am. Med., 
 Burlingftin, Vt., & N. Y., 1913, n. s.^ viii, 180-183.— Masson 
 (J. C.) Description of a self-retaining bladder retractor. 
 Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1916, xxii, 357.— Merk (L.) 
 Unerwartet lange andauernde Oelretention in der Harnblase. 
 Wien. kliu. ■Wehnschr., 1903, xvi, 1091.— Merritt (E. P.) 
 Some of the common bladder conditions seen in women. 
 Urol. cSi Cutan. Rev., St. Louis, 1917, xxi, 498.— Mirabeau 
 (S.) Instrumentarium zur endovesikalen Therapie beim 
 Weibe. Centralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1900, xxiv, 937-942.— 
 Al3o: must. Monatschr. d. arztl. Poljaech., Berl., 1900, xxii, 
 158-161. — ^Newman (D.) Cases illustrating certain urinary 
 conditions in women associated with frequent or painful 
 micturition. Glasgow M. J., 1913, Ixxix, 342-360, 2 pi.— 
 Rosenbaum. Fomitin: a new remedy in diseases of the 
 bladder, disturbances during the period of menstruation, and 
 in hsemorrhoidal troubles. -Therapist, Lend., 1907, xvli, 13- 
 15.— Rubin (I. C.) Bladder symptoms in women with 
 special reference to associated gynecologic pathology. Urol. 
 & Cutan. Rev., St. Louis, 1916, xx, 508-516.— Shober (J. B.) 
 Cystitisand ulceration of thebladderin women. Ann. Surg., 
 Phila., 1909, xlix, 777-784, 1 pi.— Smith (A. L.) Bladder 
 troubles in women. Vermont M. Month., Burlington, 1902, 
 vul, 1-4. — Stein (A.) Functional disorders of the bladder In 
 the female simulating cystitis. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1910, 
 1x1,769-777. [Discussion], 800-802.— Stevens (W.E.) Extra- 
 vesical causes of bladder disturbances in women. Urol. & 
 Cutan. Rev., St. Louis, 1918, xxii, 129.— Stewart (R. B.) 
 Disorders of the female bladder; their diagnosis. Ibid., 1916, 
 XX, 488-490.— Upshur (J. N.) Reflex bladder troubles. N. 
 York J. Gynsec. & Obst., 1893, iii, 866-874.— Vetere (G.) 
 Le cistopatie iperemiche nella gravidanza e nolle affezioni 
 ginecologiche. Atti d. Soc. ital. di ostet. e ginec. 1900, Roma, 
 1901, vii, 245-253. A Iso: Rassegna d'ostet. e ginec., Napoli, 
 1901, X, 37; 211.— Viueberg (H. N.) The diagnosis and 
 treatment of the more common bladder affections in women 
 by means of Kelly's method. N. York M. J., 1899, Ixix, 9-14. 
 Also, Reprint. 
 
 Bladder {Fem<ile, Displacement of). 
 
 See Bladder (Female, Hernia of); Bladder 
 (Female, Prolapse of) ; Labor (Complicated) from 
 distended or displaced bladder. 
 
 Bladder (Female, Diverticula of). 
 
 See Bladder (Diverticula of). 
 
 Bladder (Female, Drainage of). 
 See Bladder (Drainage of). 
 
 Bladder (Female, Excision of). 
 See Bladder (Excision of). 
 
 Bladder (Female, Exploration of). 
 
 CouRTiES (P.) *De la cystoscopie chez la 
 femme. 8°. Paris, 1899. 
 
 De Binaxdis (U.) Delia cistoscopia nella 
 donna. 8°. Napoli, 1900. 
 
 Knobr (R.) Die Cystostopie und Urethro- 
 skopie beim Weibe. 8°. Berlin & Wien,lW8. 
 
 Kbonig. Ueber Kystoskopie beim Weibe, 
 nach einem Vortrag m der biologischen Ge- 
 sellschalt zu Leipzig gehalten. 8°. Halle a. S., 
 1900. 
 
 MiJiLER (F.) *Die dia^ostische Verwertung 
 der Chromocystoskopie beim Weibe. [Strasburg.l 
 8°. Berlin,19l2. 
 
 Also, in: Arch. f. Gynaek., Berl., 1911-12, xcv, 687-731. 
 
 Stobckel (W.) *Die Cystoskopie in ihrer Be- 
 deutung iur den Gynakologen. Habilitations- 
 schrift. [Erlangen.] 8°. Leipzig, 1903. 
 
 . Die Cystoskopie des Gynakologen. 
 
 8°. Leipzig, 1904. 
 
 . Atlas der gynakologischen Cysto- 
 skopie. 4°. Berlin, 1908. 
 
 Zangenmeister (W.) Atlas der Cystoskopie 
 des Weibes. roy. 8°. Stuttgart, 1906. 
 
 Ashcratt (L. T.) The indications for cystoscopy. J. 
 
 Surg., Gynec. & Obst., N. Y., 1907, xxlx, 424-429. . The 
 
 cystoscopio findings in one hunifred and thlrty-flve cases, 
 together with the treatment employed and the results 
 obtained. Ibid., 1909, xxxi, 205-217.— Bauerelsen (A.) 
 Ueber die neueren Ergebnisse der Zystoskopie bei Frauen. 
 Schmidt's Jahrb., Leipz., 1913, cccxvii, 480-483.— Belfleld 
 (W. T.) Instrumental examination of the bladder. Am. 
 Gynseo. & Obst. J., N. Y., 1899, xiv, 14-16.— Bierhofl (F.) 
 
BLADDEE. 
 
 589 
 
 BLADDER. 
 
 Bladder (Female, Exploration of). 
 
 On the technic of cystoscopy in the female. Med. News, 
 N. Y., 1902, Ixxx, 835-8.37. Also, Eeprint.— Brenner. Bin 
 einfaches Zystoskopstativ. Ztsohr. t. gynak. Urol., Leipz., 
 1910-11, ii, 287-290.— Carpenter (F. B.) Cystoscopio exami- 
 nation. Paoifio M. J., San Fran., 1897, xl, 201-203.— Cullcn 
 (T.S.) Aslmple electric femalecystoscope. Johns Hopkms 
 Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1903, xiv, 166, 1 pi.— Delbet (P.) Specu- 
 lum endo-v&ical pour I'examen du trigone et du bas-fond 
 Chez la femme. Ass. fran?. d'urol. Proc.-verb. 1902, Par., 
 1903, vi, 679.— De Roulet (A.) The examination of the 
 female bladder and urethra. Med. Brief, St. Louis, 1904, 
 xxxii, 981-984.— Desfosses (P.) Fixation des sondes S, de- 
 meure au moyen des agrafes Michel. Presse m^d., Par., 
 
 1903, ii, annexes, 386. — Dickinson (R. L.) Glass tubes 
 for use in examination of the female bladder. Long Island 
 M. J., Brooklyn, 1907, i, 233.— Falgowskl (W.) Ueber 
 cystoskopische Betunde nach gynakologischen Operationen. 
 verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Urol. [Kong, in Berlin], 
 Berl. & Leipz., 1909, S58-564.— Fronune (F.) Demonstra- 
 tion von Photoerapnien der weiblichen Blase. Verhandl. d. 
 deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1911, xiv, 750-753. 
 
 . Zur Lehre von den kystoskopisch sichtbaren Blut- 
 
 gefassen der weibUchen Blase, nebst Bemerkungen iiber die 
 oidaktische Verwendung derselben. Ztschr. f. Geburtsh. u. 
 Gynak., Stuttg., 1912, Ixxi, 99-109, 2 pi — Furnlss (H. D.) 
 Tne Talue of cystoscopy in gynecology. Post-Graduate, 
 N. Y., 1907, xxu, 135-144, 2 pi.— Gelpf (M. J.) The tech- 
 nique of cystoscopy in women. South. M. "f., Nashville, 
 1915, vili, 870-873.— Goldman (M.) Cystoscopy in the 
 female. Am. J. Surg., N. Y., 1914, xxviii, 466-469.— Gut- 
 brod (0.) Die Cystoskopie beim Welbe. Med. Cor.-Bl. d. 
 wiirttemb. 5xztl. Ver., Stuttg., 1906, Ixxvi, 665-668.— Haber- 
 Un. Zur Cvstoscopie bei den Frauen. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. 
 Aerzte, Basel, 1897, xxvii,, 417-421.— von HerO (O.) Das 
 scbneckenformige HSkchen. Ztschr. f. gynak. Urol., Leipz., 
 1911-12,iii, 111.— Hume(H.) The cystoscope in gynecology. 
 Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1917, Ixxv, 878-882.— Johnson (F. M.) 
 Cystoscopio measures an adjuvant in the treatment of many 
 conditions found in women. Ann. Gynec. & Pediat., Best., 
 
 1904, xvii, 656-958. Also, Eeprint.— Kelly (H. A.) An im- 
 proved vesical speculum. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1900, xli, 
 
 818-823. A Iso, Eeprint. , . Examination of bladder and 
 
 catheterization of ureters. In: Stereo-Clinic, 4° Troy, N. 
 Y., 1910, Sect, ii, 2-69, 41 stereos.— Knorr (E.) Demonstra- 
 tion von Blasenphotogrammen. Ztschr. f. Geburtsh. u. 
 
 Gynak., Stuttg., 1900, xliii, 386-388. . Funktionelle 
 
 Diagnostik der Blase mlttels des Zystoskops. Ztsclir. f. 
 gynak. Urol., Leipz., 1909, 1, 314-320— Kretschmer (H. L.) 
 Cystography; its value and limitations in surgery of the 
 bladder. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1916, xxiii, 709- 
 717.— Lewis (B.) The evolution of modem cystoscopio in- 
 struments and methods; response to L. Peters, Am. J. 
 Obst., N. Y., 1907, Iv, 215.— Lays (G.) La cvstoscopie 
 directe chez la femme. Ann. de gyn^c. et d'obst.. Par., 1905, 
 2. s., ii, 292-302.— Mangiagalll (L.) La cistoscopia in 
 ginecologia. Atti d. Soc. ital. di ostet. e ginec. 1901, Eoma, 
 1902, vili, 2-34— Mansleld (O.) TranskOndomoskopie. 
 Monatschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynaek., Berl., 1912, xxxyi, Er- 
 gnzngshft., 174.— Meyer (N.) Zur Endoskopie der Ham- 
 blase. Ztschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynak., Stuttg^ 1907, Ix, 
 351-354.— Meyer (P.) Eine Erleichterung fiir den zystos- 
 kopischen Unterricht. Ztschr. f. gynak. Urol., Leipz., 1913, 
 iv, 173.— Miller (G. B.) The use of the cystoscope in dis- 
 eases of the urinary tract of women. Wash. M. Ann., 1905-6, 
 
 iv, 53-62. . The cystoscope in gynecology and obstetrics. 
 
 Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1912, xiv, 625-628.— Mira^ 
 beau (S.) Ueber Cystoskopie beim Weibe. Monatschr. 
 
 t. Geburtsh. u. Gynaek., Berl., 1899, ix, 652-656. . Ein 
 
 cystoskopisches dstrumentanum fur den Frauenarzt. Zt- 
 schr. f. gynak. Urol., Leipz., 1908-9, i, 106-110.— Ottow (B.) 
 Ein primitives Blasenphantom zu zystoskopischen Ue- 
 bungen. Ihid., 1911-12, ui, 237-240.— PawUk. [Endoscopy 
 of the female bladder.) Casop. l^k. desk., v Praze, 1894, 
 xxxiii, 481-483.— Perrllllat (L.) Practical considerations 
 of the female bladder. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1908-9, Ixi, 268- 
 273. — Peters (L.) The evolution of modem cystoscopio in- 
 struments and methods. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1906, Uv, 486- 
 501: 1907, Iv, 436.— Polano ( O.) Ein neues Cystoskopstativ. 
 ZentraJbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1904, xxviii, 1601-1603.— 
 Pryor (W. E.) An improved method of examining the 
 female bladder, admitting intravesical operations and treat- 
 ment of the ureters. Med. Eec, N. Y., 1901, Ux, 327-329.— 
 Bbodes (E. L.) Cystoscopicexamination in the female; its 
 indication by common and frequently unheeded symptoms. 
 Urol. & Cutan. Eev., St. Louis, 1916, xx, 445-447.— Bies. 
 Die Cystoskopie des Gynakologen. Aerztl. Rundschau, 
 Miinchen, 1906, xvi, 493-496. Also: Med. Cor.-Bl. d. wiirt- 
 temb. arztl. Ver., gtuttg., 1906, lxxvl/797-801.— Bunge (E.) 
 Die Cystoskopie des Gynakologen. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 
 1910, xlvii, 538. — Sampson (J. A.) The advantages of the 
 Sims posture in cvstoscopie examinations. Johns Hopkins 
 Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1903, xiv, 194-196.— SchwarzwaUer. 
 Zur Teehniok der Csrstoskopie. Zentralbl. f. Gynak., Berl., 
 1906, XXX, 1154.— Soeckel (W.) De la cystoscopio en gyn6- 
 eologie. Ann. de gyn^c. et d'obst.. Par., 1905, 2. s., ii, 303- 
 313. Also: Progrfes m^d. beige, Brux., 1905, vii, 90; 99.— 
 Sprague (E. E.) The cystoscope in gynecology. Tr. 
 
 Bladder (Female, Exploration of). 
 
 Homceop. M. Soc, N. Y., 1910, liv, 197-202.— Stein (A.) 
 Was leistet die Cystoskopie in der Gynakologie? Festschr. 
 z. 40jahr. Stiftungsfeier d. Deutsch. Hosp., NT Y., 1909, 441- 
 452. Also, traml: Med. Rec, N. Y., 1909, Ixv, 1049-1052.— 
 Stoeckel. Ueber die Verwendung des Nitzeschen Cysto- 
 skopes in der luftgefiillten Blase der Frau. Ztschr. t. Urol., 
 Berl. & Leipz., 1907, i, 42-46.— Thumim (L.) Die Zysto- 
 skopie des Gynakologen. Samml. klin. Vortr., Leipz., 1907, 
 No. 444 (Gynak., No. 162, 191-224).— Vlneberg(H. M.) The 
 advantage of Kelly's method of cystoscopy in women. Am. 
 J. Obst., N. Y., 1915, Ixxii, 488-490. ^teo.- Intemat. J. Surg.. 
 N. Y., 1916, xxix, 11-13.— Webster (J. C.) An improved 
 method of examining the female bladder. J. Am. M. Ass., 
 Chicago, 1902, xxxviii, 1299.— WBson (T.) Kelly's method 
 of cystoscopy in the female. I/ancet, Lond., 1904, i, 79-84.— 
 Zangemeister ^W^ Die Bedeutung der Cystoskopie fiir 
 die Gynakologie. Samml. zwangl. Abhandl. a. d. Geb. d. 
 Frauenh. u. Geburtsh., Halle a. S., 1907, vii, 4. Hft., 1-12. 
 
 Bladder (Female, Exstrophy of). 
 
 Bbaun (G.) *Ueber die Ektopia vesicae im 
 Anschluss an einen Fall von Ektopia vesicae, 
 Hernia umbilicalis und Uterus myomatosus. 8° 
 Miinchen, 1912. . 
 
 Dagneaud (H.-J.) *De la valeur des diff^- 
 rents traitements cMrurgicaux de I'exstrophie de 
 la vessie dans le sexe f6minin. 8°. Bordeaux, 
 1907. 
 
 Arquellada, Tres cases de estrofia de vejiga. Fediatria 
 espaii., Madrid, 1918, vii, 274-279.— Batchelor (J. M.) Ex- 
 strophy of the bladder. Tr. South. Surg. & Gynec. Ass. 
 1907, Phila., 1908, xx, 531.— Berg (J.) On the treatment of 
 ectopia vesicae. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicsgo, 1907, v, 
 461-476.— Bond fC. J.} Extroversion of the bladder; its 
 treatment by extraperitoneal implantation of the ureters 
 into the rectum. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1906, i, 1151— Camp- 
 ben(W.F.) Exstrophy of the bladder. Med. Times, N. Y., 
 1914, xhi, 299.— Champneys (F. H.) A case of extrover- 
 sion of the bladder In a female child, with dissection. St. 
 Barth. Hosp. Eep., Lond., 1877, xiii, 81-107. Also, Ee- 
 print.— Chavasse. A case illustrating a method of treating 
 extroversion of the bladder in the female. Lancet, Lond., 
 1899, 1, 161.— Clark (S. M. D.) Exstrophy of the bladder, 
 with left ureteral stone, hydroureter, pyonephrosis; trans- 
 plantation of right ureter into the lower sigmoid; death five 
 weeks after operation. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 191.5-16, Ixiii, 653- 
 655. — Cohrs (O.) Un cas complexe d'exstrophle vfeicale. 
 Eev. de gyn^c. et de chir. abd.. Par., 1911, xvi, 403-408.— 
 Coleman (C. C.) & Wilkinson (R. J.) Exstrophy of the 
 bladder; a contribution to the technique of the extraperi- 
 toneal operation. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1918, 
 xxvi, 678-681.— Corner (E. M.) A case of ectopia vesicae. 
 Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1914, n. s., xcviii, 121.— Forgue 
 (E.) La technique de I'op&ation de Maydl dans la cure de 
 rexstrophie v&icale. Eev. de gynfe. et de chir. abd., Par., 
 1902, vu, 607-622.— Forssner (H.) Tdl behandlingeu av 
 exstrophia vesicae. Allm. sven. lakartidn., Stockholm, 1916, 
 xiii, 581-594.— Frank. Ein Kind mit Ectopia vesicae. 
 Monatsclu:. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynaek., Berl., 1916, xliii, 86.— 
 Froelicb. Exstrophie de la vessie chez une fillette de 12 ans. 
 Rev. miSd. de I'est, Nancy, 1911, xliii, 717-719.— Haggard 
 (W. D.) Exstrophy of the bladder, with report of trans- 
 plantation of the entire bladder and ureteric openings into 
 the sigmoid. South. M. I., Birmingham, 1917, x, 862-866.— 
 Harrington (C. D.) Congenital exstrophy of the female 
 bladder in a child. Northwest Lancet, Minneap., 1904, 
 xxiv, 269.— Heinslus. GeheUter Fall von Blasenettopie. 
 Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Gynak., Iieipz., 1911, xiv, 
 762-764.— Johnston (J. A.) Exstrophy of the bladder. 
 Lancet-Clinic, Cinoin., 1914, Cxi, 692-694.— Lastarla (F.) 
 Ancora suUa mia proposta di modificazione ai process! 
 Cuneo, Heitz-Boyer ed Hovelacque per la cura della estrofia 
 vesdcale. Arch. ital. di ginec, NapoU, 1913, xvi, 43-47. — 
 Marion (G.) Histoire d'une exstrophie vfoicale chez une 
 femme. Presse mM., Par., 1910, xviii, 145-148.— Martel 
 (L. A.) Preliminary report of a case of exstrophy of the 
 bladder. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1916, Ixxiii, 681-684.— Miller 
 (C. J.) & Kin^ (E. L.) Complete exstrophy of the bladder 
 with split pelvis as a complication of pregnancy. Ibid., 1918, 
 Ixxviii, 267-273.— Morrison (A. A.) A case of cloacal 
 vesical exstrophy in the female. Tr. Edinb. Obst. Soc. 
 (1913-14), 1914, xxxix, 17-24, 1 pi.— Orlovp (L.) Traitement 
 op6ratoire de I'exstrophie de la vessie; transplantation des 
 uretferes par le precede de Maydl. Rev. de gyn6c. et de chir. 
 abd.. Par., 1903, vii, 795-852.— Packard (H.) Eversion of 
 bladder, as a late sequel of mutilation caused by rape in 
 early childhood. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1914, lix, 555-557, 2 
 pi.— Petersen (E.) Et Tiltelde af total Ectopia vesicae 
 med Vaginadefekt og sekundaert udviklet Cancer vesicae hos 
 en 62-aarig Kvinde. Ugeskr. f. Laeger, Kjjbenh., 1915, 
 Ixxvii, 1141-1144.— Schmidt (H. B.) A report of a case of 
 exstrophy of the bladder with snUt pelvis in a woman the 
 mother of two children. Tr. Clin. Soc. Univ. Mich., Ann 
 Arbor, 1911-12, iii, 8-12.— Schoo (H. J. M.) Totale ectopia 
 vesicae bij 51-jarige vrouw. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., 
 
BLADDER. 
 
 590 
 
 BLADDER. 
 
 Bladder {Female, Exstrophy of). 
 
 Amst., 191S, i, 1667.— Simpson (TT Y.) A case of ectopia 
 vesicae in ■which the ureters were grafted successfully into the 
 rectum. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1914, i, 1228.— Stevens (A. R.) 
 A study of exstrophy of the Madder; with report of a case 
 five years after implantation of the ureters into the rectum. 
 Sur£, Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1916, xxiii, 702-708.— Tarver 
 (F. E.) Exstrophy of the bladder In a girl of thirteen years; 
 operation; relief. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1897, lii, 49-.')l.— i'im- 
 mer. Ectopia vesicae bij een meisje. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. 
 Geneesk., Amst., 1905, 2. r.. xll, d. 1, 1017.— Vance (A. M.) 
 Epispadic exstrophy ol bladder; autoplastic repair; very 
 gratifying result. Tr. Am. Ass. Obst. & Gvnec. 1912, York, 
 1913, XXV, 190-193. [Discussion], 197.— Werellus (A.) Op- 
 erative method for exstrophy of bladder; with report of a 
 ca-se. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1911, xu, 158 — 
 Whlta«re (H. J.) Exstrophy of bladder: Maydl operation. 
 Tr. South. Surg. & Gynec. Ass. 1909, [Phila.j, 1910, xxil, 630- 
 5-35.— Wlnslow (R.) Report of a case of exstrophy of the 
 bladder operated on nearly thirty years ago; with subse- 
 quent history. /Wif., 1915, xxviii, 93-98, 1 pi. ^ too.- Surg., 
 Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1916, xxii, 350-352.— Waodman 
 (E. M.) Extroversion of the bladder, with special reference 
 to its anatomy and operative treatment in the female sub- 
 ject. Arch. Middlesex Hosp., Lond., 1911-12, xxiv, 8-20. 
 ^too[Abstr.]: Proc. Roy. Soc. Med.,.Lond., 1911, iv, Clin. 
 Sect., 1.57.— Zakrzlievskl (V. A.) Ectopia vesicae unnarise 
 
 gi a girl 17 years old). Trudi i Protoi. Imp. Kavkazsk. 
 ed. Obsh., Tiflis, 1913-14, 1, 206. 
 
 Bladder {Female, Fistula of). 
 
 See Fistula {Entero-vesical); Fistula {Genito- 
 urinary) in the female; Fistula (Vesico-uterine); 
 Fistula {Vesico-utero-vaginal); Fistula (Vesico- 
 vaginal) . 
 
 Bladder {Female, Foreign hodies in). 
 
 Frohlich (J. C. G.) *Ueber fremde Korper in 
 der weiblichen Harnblase. 8°. Leipzig, 1865. 
 
 Haukohl (F. F.) *Zur Klinik der Fremd- 
 korper in der -weiblichen Harnblase. 8°. Frei- 
 burg i. B., 1911. 
 
 Kleinschmidt (E.) *Eiii Beitrag zur Ca- 
 auistik der Fremdkorper der weiblichen Blase 
 und die Methoden ihrer Entfemung. 8°. 
 Miinchen, 1896. 
 
 Oll^ (P.) *Contribution &, I'^tude des corps 
 Strangers de la vessie chez la femme. 8°. Paris, 
 1910. 
 
 ScHWBNBERG (E. E. O.) *Zur Kasuistik der- 
 Fremdkorper in der weiblichen Harnblase. 8°. 
 Halle a. S., 1898, 
 
 ZoRN (M.) *Ueber Fremdkorper, die von 
 aussen in die ■weibliche Harnblase gelangten. 
 8°. Bonn, 1911. 
 
 Abels (H.) Ueber Hamblasenerkrankungen bei kleinen 
 Madchen durch bisher nicht beobachtete Fremdkorper. 
 Wien. Min. Wchnschr^ 1912, xxv, 1833-1835.— Anderson 
 (T.) Hairpin removed from the female bladder. Am. 
 Pract. & News, Louisville, 1898, xxvi, 411. [Discussion], 414. 
 Also: Louisvffle j; S. & M., 1898, v, 289-291.— Andi« (P.) 
 Corps stranger retire de la vessie d'une jeuue femme par voie 
 
 ur^thrale. Soc. de mdd. de Nancy. C.-r., 1901-2, 13. • . 
 
 Corps toanger de la vessie. Rev. mii. de I'est, Nancy, 
 1907, xxxix, 575.— Auvray. De I'extirpation des corps 
 dangers de la vessie chez la femme. Bull, et m^m. Soc. 
 anat. de Par., 190O, Ixxv, 69-61.— Baer. Lithotripsie eines 
 walnussgrossen Steines (Inkrustation) und naohfolgende 
 Extraktion einer Haamadel aus der Blase eines sieben- 
 iahrigen Madchens. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1913, Ix, 
 2118.— Baldy (J. M.) Pessary and stones removed from 
 female bladder. Am. J. Obst^ N. Y., 1902, xlv, 705. Also: 
 Tr. Sect. Gynec. Coll. Phys. Phila., N. Y., 1902, viii, 33.— 
 BaTbelllon (G.) Corps teanger dans la vessie d'une jeune 
 fllle; cystoscopie; extraction. J. de mdd. de Par., 1911, 2. s., 
 xxiii, 994-996. Also: Gaz. de gyn&.. Par., 1912, xxvii, 38- 
 41.— Bethune (C. W.) Removal of hau- pin from the 
 female bladder through the Kelly cystoscope; with report of 
 a case. Urol. & Cutan. Rev., St. Louis, 1918, xxii, 473 — 
 Bidone (E.) Forcina di celluloide situata trasversalmente 
 nella vesdoa di una donna; vcrsione ed estrazione digitale. 
 Bull. d. sc. med. di Bologna, 1907, 8. s., vii, 491-502.— Brent 
 (H. W.) Male catheter In female bladder. Hosp. Bull. 
 Univ. Maryland, Bait., 1906, ii, 2.— Brenner (H.) Re- 
 moval of hairpin and calculus from the bladder of a young 
 girl. Kentucky M. J., Bowling Green, 1912-13, xi, 332-334.— 
 Broun (L.) Foreign body removed from the urmary blad- 
 der. Tr. N. York Obst. Soc, N. Y., 1913-16, 112. Also: 
 Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1914. Ixix, 835.— Bullock (A. E.J An 
 unusual foreign body in the female bladder, with a simple 
 method of expulsion. Lancet, Lond., 1903, i, 1303.— Cald- 
 
 Bladder {Female, Foreign hodies in). 
 
 well (C. E.) Foreign bodies in the urinary bladder; cystot- 
 omy. Tr. South. Surg. & Gynec. Ass. ,1906, Phila., 1907, 
 xix, 363-369, 1 pi — Cathelin (F.) Drain perdu pendant 
 6 ans dans un uretfere et tombfi dans la vessie; ablatwn par 
 taille v&ico-vaginale. Folia urolog., Leipz., 1912, vi, 571- 
 676, 1 pi — Cerrutl (G.) Cistotomia vaginale per estrazipne 
 di un tubo di vetro dalla vescica. Atti a. Soc. ital. di ostet. 
 e ginec. 1903, Roma, 1904, ix, 105.— Crissey (R. H.) Report 
 ofcase— clinical thermometer in the bladder. J. Mich. M. 
 Soc, Grand Rapids, 1915, xiv, 473.— Currier (A. F.) The 
 method of choice for the removal of hairpins from the bladder 
 in women. Ann. Gynec. & Pediat., Best., 1897-8, xi, 816- 
 820. AUo: Tr. Am. Gynec Soc, Phila., 1898, xxin, 307- 
 313 —Dawson (B. E.) Foreign body in the female bladder. 
 Med. Council, Phila., 1909, xiv, 16.— Domenico marasco 
 (G ) Corpo estraneo in vescica; palpazione intravescicale 
 nella doima. Incurabili, NapoU, 1913, xxviii, 281-288.— 
 Dufonr (E.) Extraction d'une dpingle h cheveux en 
 celluloide de la vessie par les voies naturelles chez nne jeune 
 fllle. CUnique, Brux., 1909, Xxiu, 345-348. . Extrac- 
 tion d'une ^pingle k cheveux en celluloide de la vessie par les 
 voles naturflles chez une jeune fllle. Gaz. de gyn&!.. Par., 
 1912, xxvii, 1-4.— Exner(A.) EmFallvonFremdk5rperin 
 der HarnWasenwand. Jahresb. d. ii. chir. Klin, zu Wien 
 
 1906, Berl. & Wien, 1907, 9.— Faulds (A. G.) Some curious 
 bodies found in the female bladder. Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc. 
 Glasg., 1905-7, 293-296. Also: Glasgow M. J., 1907, Ixvil, 
 27-30. [Discussion], 224.— Pr«d6rlcq (S.) Corps stranger 
 dans la vessie. Bull. Soc. beige de gyn^c et d'obst., Brux., 
 1905-6, xvi, 30-32.— Furniss (H. D.) Hair pin in bladder 
 and renal infection. Tr. N. York Obst. Soc, N. Y^ 1911-13, 
 80. Also: Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1912, Ixv, 636.— GSauthler 
 (A.) ;6pingle k cheveux dans la vessie d'une femme; uou- 
 veau procM6 d'extraction trfes simple. Lyon mM., 1905, 
 
 cv, 629. . Extraction de corps strangers de la vessie 
 
 chez la femme par la taille vfeioo-vaginale. Ann-.de gyn&. 
 et d'obst.. Par., 1907, 2. s., iv, 432.— Grasset. Epingle. & 
 cheveux dans la vessie d'une femme; extraction par les voies 
 naturelles. Centre m§d. et pharm., Gannat, 1907-8, xiii, 
 257. — Gulsy (J3.) Des corps Strangers v&icaux; extraction 
 d'un foetus de trois mois de la vessie d'une femme atteinte 
 d'une grossesse extra-ut6rine tubaire. Cone. Interaat. d© 
 mM. C.-r. 1903, Madrid, 1904, xiv, sect, d'urol., 93-95.— 
 Han£ (A.) Ein Knopflochstecher m der Harnblase eines 
 15jahrigen Madchens. Wien. med. Presse, 1S9S, xxxix, 580- 
 682.— Hawkes (P.) Broken glass catheter removed from 
 thebladder. Am. J. Obst.JJ'.Y., 1914, box, 1049.— Hoehne 
 (O.) Zur Kasuistik der Fremdkorper in der weiblichen 
 Harnblase. Ztschr. t gyoSk. Urol., Leipz., 1911, ii, 10-14.— 
 Hook (W.) A case of foreign body in the female bladder. 
 Lancet, Lond., 1907, ii, 24.— Httssy (P.) Zur Extraktion 
 von Haamadein aus der weiblichen Harnblase; mit Bemer- 
 kungen von W. Stoeckel. Ztschr. f. gynak. Urol.Jieipz., 
 1911, iii, 90-93.— KauUmann. [Entfemung einer Haama- 
 del aus der Harnblase.] Ztschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynak., 
 Stuttg., 1899, xli, 287— Kermauner (F.) In die Blase 
 einwandernder Gazetupfer mit Hilfe des C^toskops dia°no- 
 stlziert und entfernt. Beitr. z. Geburtsh. u. Gynak., Leipz., 
 
 1907, xii, 112-118.— Kreps (J. L.) [Foreign body in the 
 bladder.] Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1911, xviii, 279-282.— 
 Lackle (T. L.) Foreign body in the female bladder. Med. 
 Press & Circ, Lond., 1899, n. s., Ixviii, 472.— Lange (S.) 
 Hair-pin in the female bladder. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin.,1908, 
 xcix, 192.— Legueu (F.) La taUle sous-symphysaire chez 
 la femme pour I'extraction de certains corps strangers de la 
 vessie. Ann. d. mal. d. org. g&iito-urin., Par., 1903, xxi, 
 1861-1869.— liOumeau (E.) Epingle k cheveux dans la 
 vessie d'une jeune fllle; facile extraction guid^e par I'examen 
 cystoscqpique. J. de mfid. de Bordeaux, 1898, xxviii, 235. 
 
 . u6\ coudre 6gar6 dans la vessie d'une jeune fllle; 
 
 extraction par les voies naturelles. Ann. de la PoUclin. de 
 Bordeaux, 1900, 97-101.— Lucente (F.) Corpi estranei della 
 vescica della donna estratti con I'aiuto del cistoscopio a dop- 
 pio prisma del Frank. Ann. di elett. med. [etc.], NapoU, 
 1909, viii, 279-285.— Maly (G. W.) Ein Fall von ausser- 
 gewdhnliflher Blasensteinbildung an einem FremdkSrper. 
 Ztschr. f. gynak. Urol., Leipz., 1913, iv, 89, 1 pi.— Martin 
 (A.) Corps toanger de la vessie chez la femme. Gaz. d. 
 
 fynfc.. Par., 1907, xxii, 33-37.— Masset. Histoire des corps 
 trangers v&icaux chez la femme, pr&#d^e d'une observa- 
 tion personnelle d'fipingle k cheveux extraite par les voies 
 naturelles aprte dilatation prSalable de I'ur^thre; reflexions 
 inspir^esjpar ce oas particulier. Bull. Soc. centr. de jaid. du 
 nord, Lille, 1899, 2. s., ill, 135-163.— Mauclaire (P.) Extrac- 
 tion par les voics naturelles d'un thermomMre introduit 
 dans la vessie. Bull, et m^m. Soc. de chir. da Par., 1915, 
 n. s., xli, 2449.— Monod. Corps stranger de la vessie (tam- 
 pon d'ouate) chez une femme enceinte. Ibid., 1900, n. s., 
 xxvi, 1065-1057.— MUhsam. Ein aus der weiblichen 
 Harnblase entfernter Fremdkorper, Berl. kiln. Wchnschr., 
 1917, liv, 318.— Ottow (B.) Zur Diagnose und Therapie der 
 Fremdkorper der weiblichen Harnblase. Ztschr. f. urol. 
 Chir., Berl., 1914, ii, 497-608.— Feaudeleu (L.) & Malaus- 
 sine (A.) Corps stranger de la vessie; taille jVaginale. 
 Marseille m6d., 1907, xliv, 650.— Plcque (L.) Ephigle k 
 cheveux extraite' de la vessie par la taille hypogastrique. 
 Bull, et inan. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1898, n. s., xxiv, 822. 
 . Epingles k cheveux tombdes dans la oavitfi vocals 
 
BLADDER. 
 
 591 
 
 BLADDER. 
 
 Bladder (Female, Foreign hodies in). 
 
 Chez la femme; extra 'tion par les voies naturelles. Itii., 
 1900, n. s., xxvi, 20-22.- Benaud (F.) & Driout (R.) 
 Observation de corps stranger de la vessie chez la lemme. 
 Ann. d. mal. d. org. g^nito-urin.. Par., 1908, i, 679-681.— 
 B«yn*s (H.) Extraction, k I'aiae de la cystosoopie, des 
 corps strangers de la vessie, chez la femme. Cong, internat. 
 demM. C: r., Par., 1900, sect. dechir. urin., 215-218.— Rlche 
 (V.) Corps stranger de la vessie (dpingleSi cheveux) qu'une 
 jeune fllle de 16 ans s'^tait introduit il y a seize mois; volumi- 
 neux calcul secondaire; extraction par la taille hypogastri- 
 que. Bull, et m^m. Soc. anat. de Par., 1905, Ixxx, 714.— 
 Blvet (A.) Bemarques sur les Spingles a cheveux dans les 
 vessies Mminines. Gaz. m&i. de Nantes, 1912, 2. s., xxx, 
 341-345 — Roger. TJn corps Stranger de la vessie chez une 
 flUette de 8 ans. Montpel. mSd., 1905, xx, 437-440.— Senge 
 (T.) Zur Kasuistik der Fremdkorper in der weiblichen 
 Hamblase. Ztschr. f . gynak. Urol.. Leipz., 1913, iv, 91-94.— 
 Smith (E. O.) Foreign bodies in the urinary bladder. 
 Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1916, cxv, 435.— Stakemann. 
 Fremdkorper (Haamadel) in der Blase einer geistesschwa- 
 ehen Epileptischen inlolge von Masturbation. Ztschr. f. 
 Med.-Beamte, Berl., 1905, xviii, 89.— St«fani, Corps Stran- 
 ger v&ical (Spingle & cheveux); volumineux calcul secon- 
 daire; extraction par taille hypogastrique transversale mo- 
 diflSe (incision de Pfannenstiel). LyonmSd., 1912, cxviii, 
 90O-902.— Stoeckel (W.) Einwanderune eines bei einer 
 Laparotomie zuruckgelassenen Gazetupfers in die Blase. 
 
 Zentralbl. t. Gynak., Leipz., 1907, xxxi, 1-5. . Ein- 
 
 wanderung einer bei einer Laparotomie vergessenen Arte- 
 rienklemme in die Blase. Ibid., 1105-1108.— Taddel (D.) 
 Fistola vescico-otturatorio^jutanea conseguente a perma- 
 nenza di un corpo estraneo nella vescica. Eiforma med., 
 Napoli, 1916, xxxii, 38-42.— Tlxler. Un thermomMre medi- 
 cal dans la vessie d'une lemme. Bull. Soc. de chir. de Lyon, 
 19Q3, vj, 61-63. Also: Lyon mSd., 1903, c, 481-483 —TrouvS 
 (E.) A propos d'un corps Stranger de la vessie chez la 
 femme. Ann. d. mal. d. org. gSnito-urin., Par., 1905, li, 
 1013-1017.— Urblno ( G.) Un nouveau cas de corps Strangers 
 dans la vessie de la femme. Rev. prat. d. mal. d. org. gSn.- 
 urin.. Par., 1910-11, vii, 31-36.— Vlneberg (H. N.) Ha&pin 
 removed from the bladder through a No. 12 Kelly's cysto- 
 scope. Phila. M. J., 1900, v, 637.— Voigt (J.) Ueber das 
 EnUemen von Haarnadeln aus der weiblichen Blase nach 
 einem einfachen Verfahren. Therap. Monatsb., Berl., 1911, 
 XXV, 725-727.— Wendel (O.) Zur KasulstUc der Haarna- 
 deln in der weiblichen Hamblase. Beitr. z. klin. Ctiir., 
 Tiibing., 1899, xxiii, 498-504, 1 pi.— Wliiteliead (E. J.) 
 Suprapubic cystotomy for foreign body. Am. J. Obst., 
 N. Y., 1898, xxxvii, 620. 
 
 Bladder (Female, Gangrene of). 
 See Bladder (Gangrene of). 
 
 Bladder (Female, EsemorrJiagefrcym). 
 See Bladder (Hxmorrhagefrom). 
 
 Bladder (Female, Hernia of). 
 
 Allison (C. C.) Hernia of the bladder. Ann. Gynec. & 
 Pedlat., Bost., 1900-1901, xiv, 341-343.— Bartholomew 
 (R. A.) Report of two cases of retroperitoneal hematoma 
 following the purse-string Watldns operation for cystocele. 
 Tr. Clin. Soc. Univ. Mich., Ann Arbor, 1916-17, viii, 128- 
 130. — Brenner (M.) Erne neue Methode zur operativen 
 Heilung primarer Oder rezidivierter Cystocelen. Monat- 
 schr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynaek., Berl., 1911, xxxiii, 464-472.— 
 Brettaner (JJ T.he plastic use of the uterus in cystocele 
 operations. N. York M. J., 1902, Ixxv, 57-59.— Broun (L.) 
 <fc Bawls (R. M.) A cystoscopic study of the end results of 
 various forms of cystocele operations. Tr. Am. Gynec. Soc, 
 Phila., 1917, xlii, 600-608. Also: Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1917, 
 lxxvi,686. iDisoussion], 689-691 .—Cliild(C.G.) A review of 
 the operative treatment of cystocele in the past one hundred 
 years. Tr. N. York Obst. Soc, 1908-7, 141-153. Also: Am. 
 J. Obst., N. Y., 1906, liv, 514-523. [Discussion], 546-550.— 
 Cleveland (C.) An unusual development foUowmg an oper- 
 ation for cystocele. Bull. Woman's Hosp., N. Y., 1912, i, 
 36-40. — Cossmann. Ein Fall von Blasenhemie bei einem 
 lOjabrigen Madchen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & 
 Berl., 1903, xxix, 211.— Cramer (H.) Ueber abdonunelle 
 Blasenverlagerung bei Cystocele. Monatschr. f. Geburtsh. 
 u. Gynak., Berl., 1904, xx, 1124-1130.— Du Bose.(r. G.) 
 An abdominal operation for the cure of cystocele. Surg., 
 Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1916, xxiii, 727. AUo, Reprint.- 
 GoSe (J. R.) A new suggestion for the relief and cure of 
 
 cystocele. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1903, xlviii, 99-104. . 
 
 Cystocele and its surgical treatment. Tr. N. York Obst. 
 Soc, 1906-7, 129-141. Also: Am. J. Obst^N. Y., 1906, liv, 502- 
 514. [Discussion], 546-550.— Grandl (F.) Un caso di sede 
 non comune di emia della vescica urinaria associata e favo- 
 rita da ematometra ed ematocolpo. Pratioo, Firenze, 1896-7, 
 i. No. 1, 20-23.— Graves (W. P.) Operation for cystocele. 
 Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1910, xi, 202-205.— Gruget 
 (A.) CystocMe inguinale extra-pSntonSale. Arch. mSd. 
 d' Angers, 1908, xii, 213-220.— Hanks. An intra-pelvlc 
 method of operation lor relief of cystocele. Am. Gynaec. & 
 Obst. J., N.^., 1898, xiii, 273-275.— Helneck (A. P.) Her- 
 
 Bladder (Female, Hernia of). 
 
 nias of the urinary bladder; nature; modern operative treat- 
 ment; conclusions. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1916, 
 xxii, 592-602. — Hirst (B. C.) An operation for cystocele. 
 Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1902, xlv, 78-82. [Discussion], 859. 
 Also: Tr. Sect. Gynec. Coll. Phys. PhUa., N. Y., 1902, viii, 
 
 34-39. . A note on the operation for cystocele. Ain: J. 
 
 Obst., N. Y., 1902 xlvi, 85.— Kreutzmann (H. F.) Sepa- 
 ration of the bladder tor cystocele. Am. Gynaec & Obst. J., 
 N. Y., 1900, xvi, 225-227.— Leavltt (S.) Some observations 
 on the surgical relief of cystocele. Homoeop. J. Obst., N. Y., 
 1897, xix, 209-212.— Lowson (D.) An operation for eleva- 
 tion of the female bladder in prolapse or cystocele. Brit. M. 
 J., Lond., 1898, il, 232-234— MSrtel (E.) Les cystocfeles 
 hemlaires mSconnues. Gaz. de gynSc, Par., 1910, xxv, 225- 
 235.— MundS (P. F.) Cystocele Internat. Clin., Phila.. 
 1898, 8. Sj in, 270-272 —Noble (G. H.) An operation for cys- 
 tocele. Tr- South. Surg. & Gynec. Ass. 1899, N. Orl., 1900,xii, 
 223-234, 3 pi.— Ostrom (H, I.) A case of inguinal hernia of 
 the urinary bladder. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1911, 
 xii, 642-546.— Pride (W. T.) Cystocele; most efficient meth- 
 od of repairing. Med. Rev., St. Louis, 1914, Ixii, 91.— 
 Bawls (R. M.) A preliminary report of an operation for 
 cystocele. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1918, Ixxvii, 359-369. (Dis- 
 cussion], 420-422. . Cystocele; a review of the literature, 
 
 with a further preliminary report of an operation for its 
 relief. J6ii, Ixxviii, 328-347.— Sector (J. M) A new opera- 
 tion for complete vesical hernia in women. J. Med. Soc. N. 
 Jersey, Orange, 1910-11, vii, 399— Eeder (P.) An operation 
 tor cystocele that has given satisfactory results. 'Tr. Am. 
 Ass. Obst. & Gynec. 1909, York, 1910, xxii, 293-299. Also: 
 Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1910, Ixi, 277-284. AUo, Reprint.— 
 Beynolds (E.) The principles underlying the repair of 
 cystocele and an operation founded thereon. Tr. Am. 
 Gynec. Soc, Phila., 1902, xxvii, 235-245.— Bouth (A.) The 
 treatment of cystocele. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1898, ii, 786-788.— 
 Sleber (H.) Ueber den Blasensitus nacli Cystocelenopera- 
 tionen. Ztschr. f. gynak. Urol., Leipz., 1908-9, i, 87-100. — 
 Stone (I. S.) Cystocele. Tr. Am. Gynec. Soc, Phila., 1908, 
 xxxiii, 14.5-164. Also: Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1908, Iviii, 953- 
 964.— Sutton (E.M.) Operationforcystocele. Am. Gynsec. 
 & Obst. J., N. Y., 1901, xix, 119-122.- Taulbee (1 B.) 
 Operation for radical cure of cjrstocele in woman by tempo- 
 rary suspension of bladder. lUi., 215-218.— Ward (G. G.) 
 Hemorrhage alter operations for C3fStoceIe or interposition. 
 Am. J. Obst., N. Y.. 1912, Ixv, 635.— Watklns (T. 5.) The 
 operative treatment of cases of extensive cystocele and 
 uterine prolapse. Surg., Gynec & Obst., Chicago, 1909, 
 viii, 471-478.— White (G. E.) An anatomical operation for 
 the cure of cystocele. Tr. Am. Ass. Obst. & Gvnec 1911, 
 York, 1912, xxiv, 323-326. Also: Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1912, 
 Ixv, 286-290.— Wood (J. C.) A new operation tor cystocele. 
 Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1905, li, 223-234. 
 
 Bladder (Female, Hernia of, Femoral). 
 
 Fargues (A.-G.) *Etude sur la cystocele 
 crurale. 8°. Nancy, 1896. 
 
 . The same. 8°. Paris, 1896. 
 
 Legrand (A.) *De la cystocfele crurale. 4°. 
 Paris, 1896. 
 
 MoRiN (J.--^.) *Etude de la cystocfele crurale. 
 8°. Paris, 1897. 
 
 Bauby. Cystocele crurale intrasacculaire. ^cho mSd., 
 Toulouse, 1901, 2. s., xv, 370-372.— Blakeway (H.) Hernia 
 of urinary bladder; notes of cases, with remarks on strangu- 
 lation of femoral hernise and its treatment. Lancet, Lond., 
 1918, i, 799.— Blanc Cystocele crurale extra-pSritonSale 
 
 grise pour un sac hemiaire dSshabitS; ligature et excision; 
 Smorrhagie interne grave; laparotomie et suture de la 
 vessie aprls 24 heures; guSrison. Ann. de chir. et d'orthop.. 
 Par., 1908, xxi, 178-181. AUo: Loire mSd., St.-Etienne, 
 1908, xxvii, 183-188.— Cestan. Cystocfele crurale extra- 
 pSritonSale. Echo mSd., Toulouse, 1901, 2. s., xv, 297-299. 
 
 . Un cas de cystocele crurale. LanguedocmSd.-chir., 
 
 Toulouse, 1901, ix, 179.— Faguet (C.) Un cas de cystocfele 
 crurale. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. mSd. de Bordeaux, 1905, xxvi, 
 39-41.— Hertel (A. L.) & Hertel (G. E.) Hernia of the 
 bladder into the femoral canal, with a review of the diag- 
 nostic points of femoral hernia and the report of an interest- 
 ing case. Therap. Gaz. [etc.], Detroit, 1912,, 3. s., xxviii, 
 766-770.— Lambret. La cystocSle crurale. Echo mSd. du 
 nord, Lille, 1899, iii, 121-126.— Levison (C. G.) Hernia of the 
 bladder, incarcerated in the femoral canal. Calif. State 
 J. M., San Fran., 1906, iv, 249-261.— MartineUI (A.) Emia 
 crurale bilaterale della vescica. BuU. d. sc. med. di Bologna 
 1908, 8. s., viii, 371-375.— Sallha (J.) Hernia of the bladder- 
 report of a case of strangulated right femoral intraperitoneal 
 cystocele associated with an enterocele. J. Am. M. Ass 
 Clucago, 1917, Ixviii, 1237.— Salva Mercad& Cystocele 
 crurale extra-pSritonSi^le. Gaz. d. h6p.. Par., 1902, btxv, 
 741.— Vincent (E.) A propos de deux cas de cystocSIe 
 crurale et d'un cas de cystocele inguinale. Arch. prov. de 
 chir.. Par., 1898, vii, 309-318.— Waite (Lucy). Hernia of the 
 bladder in the femoral ring. Am. J. Surg. & Gynec, St 
 Louis, 1900-1901, xiv, 36.— Wlatt (W. S.) Femoral hemia 
 of bladder. Med. Fortnightly, St. Louis, 1907, xxxii, 582. 
 
BLADDER. 
 
 592 
 
 BLADDER. 
 
 Bladder {Female, Hernia of, Vaginal). 
 Behtucat (A.) *Contributioii k I'^tude du 
 traitement de la cystocfele varinale. 8°- Lvon. 
 1900. _ ^6 u , 
 
 Serbb (A.) *La hemie p^rin^ale de la vessie 
 (cystocfele vaginale) et son traitement chirurgi- 
 cal. 8°. Paris, 1911. 
 
 Coelho (S.) A cura do cystooelo vaginal pela elytrorra- 
 phia. Med. contemp., Lisb., 1890, vfli, 9.— Delanglade 
 (E.) Cystocfele vaginale; son traitement par la refection du 
 diaphragme musculaire pelvien. Bull, et mdm. Soc. de 
 chir. de Par., 1902, n. s., xxviii, 1140-1142.— Dclthll. Obser- 
 vation de cystocfele vaginale. Bull. Soc. de mfid. prat, de 
 
 Par , 1881, 103-108. . Sur le traitement de la cystocfele 
 
 vaginale. Ass frane pourravance.d.sc. C.-r. 1884, Par.,188S, 
 xiii, pt 2, 482-484. fDiscussion], pt. 1. 237.— De-Marsi (A ) 
 Processo operativo nuovo per la cura chirurgica del cistocele 
 vaginale. Bull d. sc. med. di Bologna, 1897, 7. s., vlu, 221- 
 238. Also [Abstr.l: Soc. med.-chir. m Bologna. Eesoc. 
 (1897), 1898, 15. Also, tranal. Cong, intemat. 3. sc. mM. k 
 Moscou, Par., 1897, xii, 226. Also, transt: Compt.-rend. 
 Cong internat. dc m«d. 1897, Mosc., 1898, vi, sect. 13, 198- 
 201.— Gersuny (R.) Eine Operation der Cystocele vagi- 
 nalis. Centralbl. f. Gynak., Xeipz., 1897, x'xi, 177-lSO.— 
 Goelet (A. H.) The technique ol anterior colporrhaphy for 
 
 ? relapse of the anterior vaginal wall cystocele. Internat. 
 . Surg., N. Y., 1898, xi, 265-267.— Groves (E. W. HO A 
 new operation for the cure of vaginal cystocele. Tr. Obst. 
 Soc. Lond. (1905), 1906, xlvli, 65-70. Also: J. Obst. & 
 Gynaee. Brit. Emp., Lond., 1905, vii, 187-193.— H. (H.) 
 Op&ation nouvelle pour la cure de' la cystocfele vaginale. 
 Ann. de gyn&;. et d'obst., Par., 1905, 2. s., ii, 367 —Hirst 
 (B. 0.) An operation for cystocele. Am. J. Obst., 1902, 
 xlv, 778-782. fDiscussion], 859 — HoUlday (W. Z.) A case 
 of enormously distended bladder in female infant, displaced 
 through the vagina, and treated by extravaginal tapping. 
 Tr. M. Ass. Georsja, Atlanta, 1891, 108. — Laroyeime. 
 Traitement op&atoire de la cystocfele; cystopexie guidfe par 
 le doigt introduit dans la vessie. Semaine gyn^c. Par., 
 
 1898, ill, 121. . Traitement opf ratoire de la cyistocfele 
 
 vagmale par nn procAl^ spficial de cysto-hyst(5rope!rie. Ann. 
 de gyndc. et d'obst.. Par., 1899, lii, 267. Also: Compt. rend. 
 Cong. pMod. intemat. de gyn^c. et d'obSt,1899, Amst., 1900, 
 iii, 572. — Le Dentu & Flcbeviii (R.) A propos de deux 
 examens histologiques d'ur^throrele vaginale. Semaine 
 gyn&., Par., 1897, ii, 17; 25.- Marcliant (G.) Note sur le 
 traitement chlrurgical des cystoc^les vaginales anormales; 
 vaglno-fixation, cystorraphie lat^rale, cystorraphie inf^ 
 rieure. Bull, et mem. Soo. de chir. de Par., 1903, n. s., xxix, 
 433-438.— Regnler (L. E.) Un cas de cystocele vaginale 
 aveo prolapsus ut^rin datant de 33 ans consid&ablement 
 amende par le traitement faradique. Rev. d'hvg. th^rap.. 
 Par., 1897, ix, 131-134.— Bey. Cystocfele vaginale traitfe 
 par I'hyst&opexle. Bull. mfid. de I'Alg&ie, Alger, 1903, 
 2. s., 1, 191.— Reynolds (E.) The repair of cystocele by 
 utihzation of the anatomically fixed points in the anterior 
 vaginal wall. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1903, xli, 1065-1068.— 
 TUlaux. De la cystocele vaginale. Bull, m^d.. Par., 1899, 
 xiii, l.^Violet (H.) Sur la cure de la cystocele vaginale ou 
 hemie pr^ut^rine. Rev. mens, de gyni^c, d'obstft. et de 
 
 SMiat., Par., 1910, v, S4-59.— Violet (H.) & Boimet (P.) 
 ontribution & ranatomie pathologique de la cystocfele 
 vaginale. Ann. de gynte. ef d'obst., Par., 1910, 2. s., vil, 
 551-556. AUo: Lyon chirurg., 1910, iv, 373-378.— Wliite 
 (G. E.) Cystocele; a radical cure by suturing lateral sulci of 
 vagina to white line of pelvic fascia. J. Am. M. Ass., Chi- 
 cago, 1909, liii, 1707-1710.— Zegers. Hernia vajinal de la 
 vejiga. Rev. m^d. de Chile, Sant. de Chile, 1904, xxxii, 351. 
 
 Bladder (Female, Hypertrophy of ) . 
 See Bladder {Hypertrophy of) . 
 
 Bladder (Female, Inflammation of). 
 
 See, also, Pregnancy [Complications of, Genito- 
 urinary). 
 
 Baldwin (H. A.) Cystitis in the female. Ohio M. J., 
 Columbus, 1911^ vii, 224-226.— Baldy (J. M.) A few obser- 
 vations on cystitis, with presentation of a cystoscope. Am. 
 J. Obst., N.Y., 1901, xliii, 313-315. [Discussion], 384-387.— 
 Beyea(H. D.) Chronic cystitis in women. Intemat. Clin., 
 PhUa. & Lond., 1911, 21. s., ii, 223-238.— Blerhofl (F.) The 
 intravesical evidences of perivesical Inflammatory processes 
 in the female. Med. News, N. Y., 1901, Ixxviii, 367-369.— 
 Bremerman (L. W.) Cystitis in women. N. Yorlc M. J. 
 ^[etc], 1915, cii, 300-304. Also, Reprint.— Caulk (J. R.) 
 licrusted cystitis. Am. J. Urol., N. Y., 1915, xi, 1-10.— 
 Charlton (P. E.) Cystitis senilis femlnarum. Tr. Am. 
 Urol. Ass., Brookline, 1916, x, 40-48, i pi. [Discussion], 
 65-60. Also: Surgy Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1916, xxxiu, 
 371-375.— Chlaraboa (U.) Le false cistiti nella donna. 
 Gior. di jinec. e di pediat., Torino, 1907, vii, 65-71.— Cum- 
 ston ((Tg.) Cystitis in the female. Intemat. Clin., 
 Phlla., 1897, 7. s., ii, 292-305.— Curtis (A.) Case ol pseudo- 
 diphtheritic cystitis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1915, Ixiv, 
 270. Also: Surg., Gyneo. & Obst., Chicago, 1915, xx, 372.— 
 
 Bladder (Female, Inflammation of). 
 
 Ely (A. H.) Varieties and etiology of cystitis in women. 
 Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1907, Ivi, 371-373.— Fenwick (H.) 
 Diseases simumting cystitis m the female. Clin. J., Lond., 
 1909-10, XXXV, 257-2&.— Furniss (H. D.) Cystitis colli.- 
 Tr, Am. Urol. Ass. , Brookline, 1914, vlii, 238-243. Also: Am. 
 J. Obst., N. Y., 1914, Ixx, 227-232.— Garceau (E.) Some 
 cases of cystitis in women. Boston M. & S. J., 1897, oxxxvii, 
 
 97. [Discussion], 109; 127. . Chronic cystitis of the 
 
 trigone and the vesical neck. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1912, 
 Ixvi, 91-95. Also: Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1912, 
 XV, 165-173. rpiscussionl, 231.— Garcia (F. W.) A unique 
 case of cystitis with hypertrophy of the- muscular wall. 
 Weekly Bull. St. Louis M. Soc, 1913, vii, 220.— Geraghty 
 (J. T.) Infections of the bladder with special reference to 
 localized resistant areas of cystitis. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., 
 Chicago, 1917, xxiv, 655-658.— Haggard (W. D.) Cystitis 
 in women. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1897, xxviii, 875-878. — 
 Harris (M. L.) Instramental examination of the bladder 
 In the diagnosis of cystitis in the female. Am. Gynac. & 
 Obst. J., N. Y., 1899, xiv, 17-19.— Harrison (G. T.) Ee- 
 marks upon microbial or mycotic cystitis in women. Am. 
 J. Obst., N. Y., 1904, xlix, 95-100. [Discussion], 115.— Hertle 
 (J.) Polypenbildung am Orificium urethrse der weib- 
 lichen Hamblase bei Cystitis. Beitr. z. kUn. Chir.^ Tiibing., 
 1912, Ixxxi, 150-154, 1 pi.— Heymann (A.) Die Cystitis 
 trigoni der Frau. Centralbl. f. d. Krankh. d. Ham- u. Sex.- 
 
 Org., Leipz., 1905, xvi, 422-433. . Die Cystitis trigoni 
 
 chronica der Frau una ihre pathologisohe Anatomie; Bei- 
 trage zur Metaplasie des Blasenepithels. Ibid., 1906, xvii, 
 177-191.— HIbWtt (C. W.) Cystitis in the female. Am. 
 Pract. & News, Louisville, 1904, xxxvii, 97-102.— Iselln. 
 Les fausses cystites chez la femme. UMedn prat.. Par., 
 1905, i, 48.— de Konlnck (J.) Cystite chez la femme en- 
 ceinte. Rev. mfid., Louvain, 1899, xvii, 62-67.— McDonald 
 (E.) Cystitis in women; with report of forty-five cases, 
 studied cystoscopically and some modifications of treatment. 
 Med. Eec, N. Y., 1908, Ixxiii, 303-309. Also, Reprint.- 
 McMurtry (L. S.) Cystitis in the female. Am. Pract. & 
 News, Louis\'ille, 1898, xxv, 403-409.— Mann (M. D.) 
 Chronic cystitis in women; diagnosis and treatment. In- 
 temat. J. Surg., N. Y., 1900, xiii, 273-275.— CNell (E. F.) A 
 case of incrusted cystitis showing end result. Tr. Am. Ass. 
 Genito-Urin. Surg., N. Y., 1914, ix, 35-43.— Packard (H.) 
 Cystitis in the female. N. Eng. M. Gaz., Bost., 1905, xl, 
 241-250.— Padgett (E. E.) Cjrstitis in the female. J. 
 
 Indiana M. Ass., Fort Wayne, 1908, i, 453-457. . The 
 
 effect of vaginal cystocele upon the treatment and cure of 
 gonorrheal cystitis. Med. Rev., St. Louis, 1913, Ixii, 414- 
 416.— Plchcvln (R.) De la fausse cystite chez la femme. 
 
 Semaine gyn4c.. Par., 1907, xii, 401. . A propos d'un 
 
 cas de cystite chez la femme. Ibid., 1908, xiii, 217. — Scott 
 (R. A.) Membranous Cystitis. Surg^ Gjmec. & Obst., 
 Chicago, 1918, xxvii, 104.— Senn (N.) Some remarks on the 
 etiology of cystitis in the female. Am. J. Surg. & Gynec, 
 St. Louis, 1898-9, xi, ISl. Also: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 
 1898, xxxi, 1476.— Smith (G. G.) Chronic cystitis in 
 women not adisease. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1913, Ixi, 2038- 
 2041.— Stoeckel. Ueber Cystitis gangraenosa bei der Fraa 
 mit kystoskopischer Demonstration. Berl. kiln. Wchn- 
 schr., 1905, xlu, 20.— Stone (I. S.) Ghronic cystitis in wo- 
 men. Am. Med., Burlington, Vt., 1918, xiii, 31-33.— Tana- 
 ka (T.) [The etiology and treatment of cystitis in women.) 
 Hlfukwa tia.Hiniokikwa Zasshi, Tokyo, 1907. vii, 352-358.— 
 Tate (M. A.) Purulent cystitis with snuptomatology 
 resembling appendicitis. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1904, 1, 641- 
 644.— Taussig (F. J.) Urethral bacteria as a factor in the 
 etiology of cystitis inrwomen. Ibid., 1906, liv, 465-486. A Iso: 
 Tr. Am. Gynec. Soc, Phila., 1907, xxxii, 479-503.— Vedeler. 
 
 E)e la cystite chez la femme. E(Ss., 93.) Norsk Mag. f. 
 aegevidensk., Kristiania, 1902, 4. R., xvii, 63-89.- Wernlti 
 (J.) Cystitis membranacea s. s. Infiltratio urica mucosae 
 vesicae urinariae. Gynaek. Rundschau, Berl. & Leipz., 1912, 
 vi, 208-216.— Wesener (J. A.) Chemical and microscopic 
 examination of the unne, with special reference to the 
 diagnosis of cystitis. Am. Gynsec & Obst. J., N. Y., 1899, 
 xiv, 11-13.— Whltall (J. D.) (Cystitis in women; causes, 
 diagnosis and treatment. Am. J. Dermat. & Genito-Urin. 
 Dis., St. Louis, 1911, xv, 582. 
 
 Bladder (Female, Inflammation of. Cys- 
 tic). 
 See Bladder (Inflammation of, Cystic). 
 
 Bladder (Female, Inflammation of, Post- 
 operative). 
 
 Brocks (C. X.) *Ein Beitrag zur Frage der 
 postoperativen Cystitis. [Erlangen.] 8°. Bunz- 
 lau, 1912. 
 
 Balscb. (K.) Die Prophylaxe der postoperativen Cysti- 
 tis. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1903, 1, 1028. . 
 
 Bakteriolo^sche und experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber 
 Cystitis nach g3m8,kolqgischen Operationen. Boitr. z. 
 
 Geburtsh. u. Gynaek., Leipz., 1904, viii, 297-328. . 
 
 Aetiologie und Prophylaxe der postoperativen Cystitis. 
 
BLADDER. 
 
 593 
 
 BLADDER. 
 
 Bladder {Female, Infiammation of, Post- 
 operative) . 
 
 Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. t. Gynak. 1903, Leipz., 1904, 
 
 X, 659-669. . Erfolge in der propbylakUschen Be- 
 
 kampfung der postoperativen Cystitis. Zentralbl. f. Gynak., 
 Leijjz., 1904, xxviii, 380-385.— Block (J.) Post-operative 
 cystitis; its prevention and treatment. Am. J. Dermat. & 
 G'enito-Urin. Dis., St. Louis, 1904, viii, 172-175.— Dudley 
 ( E. C. ) A practical measure in tlie prophylaxis of post- 
 operative cystitis. Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1910, xviii,510- 
 512.— Gutbrod (A.) Die Vermeidung von Blasenstorungen 
 nach gynakologischen Operationen. Zentralbl. f. Gynak., 
 Leipz., 1905, xxix, 291. — Guyon. Les cystites cons&utives 
 aux operations gynfcologiques. Rev. gto. de olln. et de 
 th&ap., Par., 1906, xx, 791.— Jotmson (J. T.) The chief 
 cause and prevention of postoperative cystitis. Tr. Am. 
 
 Gynec. Soc, Phila^ 1910, xxxv, 60-60. . Postoperative 
 
 cystitis. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1910, Ixi, 868-871. [Discus- 
 sion], 954. — KoUsclier (G.) Post-operative cystitis in 
 women. Ihid., 1903, xlviii, 349-354. [Discussion], 378-331. 
 Also [Abstr.]: Am. Gynec, Bait., 1903, iii, 201. — Lanphear 
 (E.) Post-OT)erative cystitis. Am. J. Dermat. &/}enlto- 
 Urin. Dis., St. Louis, 1907, xi, 361.— Rosenstein (P.) Zur 
 Prophylaxe der postoperativen Cystitis bei JFrauen. Zen- 
 tralbl. t. Gynak., Leipzj 1904, xxviii, 865-869.— ScUafll (A.) 
 Zur Bohandlung der Zystitis, speziell der schweren post- 
 operativen Blasenentzimdung. Ztschr. f. gynak. urol., 
 nJeipz., 1910, ii, 4-8. — Taussig (F. J.) The cause and preven- 
 tion of postoperative cystitis. Scient. Tr. M. Soc. City 
 Hosp. Alumni St. Louis (1905), 1906, 246-268. Also: Surg., 
 Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1906, ii, 181-191.— Truzzi (E.) 
 Per la profilassi della cistite post-operativa nella donna. 
 Folia gynaec, Pavia, 1911, v, 197-211.— Walton. Para- 
 pl^gie symptomatique d'une cystite calculeuse post-opSra- 
 toire, Chez une femme. Ann. Soc. mdd.-chir. du Brabant, 
 Brux., 1S98, viii, 225-251. 
 
 Bladder (Female, Inflammation of. Treat- 
 ment of). 
 
 Cameeo (G.) *Coiitributioii S, I'^tude du 
 traitement de la cystite douloureuee parle curet- 
 tage vesical chez la femme. 4° Paris, 1896. 
 
 PoissoN (J.) *Le curettage vesical par I'urfe- 
 thre dans les cystites chroniques, douloureuses, 
 rebelles chez la femme. 8°. Pan«, 1902. 
 
 Beard (E. E.) Cystitis in the female, its medical treat- 
 ment. J. Indiana M. Ass., Fort Wayne, 1908, i, 186. — Boze- 
 man (N. G.) Tubular drainage through the vagina for 
 chronic cystitis, vrith report of cases. Am. Gynaec. & Obst. 
 J., N. Y., 1897, xi, 34-40.— Brothers (A.) Cystitis in the 
 female and its management. Post-Graduate, N. Y., 1900, 
 XV, 497-509. — Calmann (A.) Die Bedeutung der Zysto- 
 skopie filr die Diagnose und Behandlung der Schwanger- 
 schaftspyelitis. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 
 1911, xxxvii, 541-543. — Craig (D. H.) The management of 
 chronic cystitis in the female. Intemat. Clin., Phila. & 
 Lond., 1906, 16. s., iv, 266-280.— Cumston (C. G.) The 
 treatment of chronic cystitis in the female by curetment of 
 the bladder and instillations of corrosive sublimate. Tr. 
 Am. Ass. Obst. & Gynec. 1900, Phila., 1901, xiii, 40-62. 
 Also: N. York M. J., 1900, Ixxii, 485-490. Also, Eeprint.— 
 Dixon (A.) The treatment of cystitis in the female. Am. 
 J. Dermat. & Genito-Urin. Dis., St. Louis, 1907, xi, 12-14.— 
 Escat (J.) Des cystites rebelles chez la femme; etude cli- 
 nique; indications thdrapeutiques. Ann. d. mal. d. org. 
 
 f(;nito-urin.. Par., 1897, xv, 13G-178.— Etlreridge (J. H.) 
 temedial treatment of cystitis in the female. Am. Gynseo. 
 & Obst. J., N. Y., 1899', xiv, 7-11. AUo [Abstr.]: Am. J. 
 Surg. & Gynec, St. Louis, 1898-0, xi, 183.— Ferguson (A. H.) 
 Surgical treatment of cystitis in the female. Am. Gynsec. & 
 Obst. J., N. Y., 1899, xiv, 20-22.— Flsch. Zur Behandkmg 
 der Zystitis mit organischen SUberverbindungen. Ztschr. i. 
 gynak. Urol., Leipz., 1908-9, i, 177.— Fromine (F.) Ueber 
 die Therapie der Zystitis bei der Frau. Verhandl. d. Ver. d. 
 Aerzte zu Halle a. S., Munchen, 1907-8, 78-83. Also: Mun- 
 
 chen. med. Wchnschr., 1908, Iv, 873-875. . Ueber 
 
 Diagnose und Therapie des Blasenkatarrhs bei der Frau. 
 Ztschr. f. arztl. Fortbild., Jena, 1908, v, 712-715.— Garceau 
 (E.) Treatment of tubercular and non-tubercular cystitis 
 in the female. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1907, Ivi, 289-328. [Dis- 
 cussionj, 377-386.— Gersuny (R.) Ein Versuch, die Kathe- 
 tercystitis zu verhiiten. Zentralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1906, 
 XXX, 105-108. — Hagner (F. R.) A case of cystitis, multiple 
 ulcers, cured by excision of ulcers. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., 
 Chicago, 1911, xiii, 328. Abo, Reprint.— KeUy(H. A.) The 
 treatment of cystitis. Canad. Pract. & Rev., Toronto, 1906, 
 xxxi, 61-75 —Kletzsch (G. A.) The prevention of cystitis 
 in the female. Am. Gynaec. & Obst. J., N. Y., 1899, xiv, 
 22-24. [Discussion], 64-74. Also: Milwaukee M. J., 1899, 
 vii, 90-98.— Kolisclier (G.) & Kraus (H.) Radical cure of 
 infiltrating cystitis and contracted bladder. Surg., Gynec. 
 & Obst., Chicajo, 1910, xi, 87-89.- McDonald (B.) Some 
 modifications of the treatmant of cystitis in woman, with a 
 report of 45 cases studied cystoscopically. Montreal M. J., 
 1908, xxxvii, 195-209. — . The treatment of cystitis in 
 
 Bladder (Female, Inflammation of, Treat- 
 ment of) . 
 
 women, with remarks on the practical value of the cystoscope. 
 Am. Med., Burlington, Vt., & N. Y., 1913, n. s., viii, 150- 
 157.— Mlchaux (J.) Improved tube for drainage of the 
 female bladder in chronic inflammation. Clin. Bull., Rich- 
 mond, 1900, V, 145-148.— Noble (C. P.) Colpocystotomy for 
 the cure of cystitis. Am. Gynaec. & Obst. J., N. Y., 1899, xiv, 
 . 179.— Padgett (E. E.) The effect of vaginal cystocele upon 
 the treatment and cure of gonorrhoea! cystitis. Am. 3. 
 Dermat. & Genito-Unn. Dis., St. Louis, 1909, xiii, 189-191.— 
 B«uss (J. H.) A simple device in draining the bladder for 
 cystitis in the female. Texas M. News, Austin, 1900-1901, 
 X, 206-208.— aichter (P.) Zur Prophvlaxe der Katheter- 
 cystitis. Zentralbl. f. Gyiiak., Leipz., 1900, xxx, 483-486.— 
 Bosenstein (P.) Ein Doppelkatheter zur Verhiitung der 
 Cystitis bei Frauen. Centralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1902, 
 xxvi, 569-572. Also: Illust. Monatschr. d. arztl. Polytech., 
 Berl., 1902, xxiv, 133-135.— Shoemaker (G. E.) Perma- 
 nent recovery from ulcerative cystitis followed by nephrecto- 
 my for tubercular kidney. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1915, Ixxi, 
 954-956.— Sinclair (W. J.) Treatment of chronic cystitis In 
 women by irrigation. Med. Chron., Manchester, 1885, ii, 
 374-382. Also, Reprint.- Stone (I. S.) The treatment of 
 cystitis in women. Hosp. Bull. Univ. Maryland, Bait., 
 1909, V, 103-105.— Wallace (W. L.) Cystitis in the female; 
 case illustrating treatment. Tr. M. Ass. Central N. Y., 
 Buffalo, 1903, x, 28-31. Also: Buffalo M. J., 1903-4, n. s., 
 xliii, 300-304.— WUllams (C.) Practical points in the treat- 
 ment of cystitis in women. Med. World, Lond., 1898-9, iii, 
 899-902. Also: Med. Age, Detroit, 1899, xvii, 807-812.- 
 ZuThelle (E.) Zur Behandlung schwerer Entziindungen 
 der weiblichen Blase. Ztschr. f. gynak. Urol., Leipz., 
 190S-9, i, 82-86. ' 
 
 Bladder (Female, Innervation of). 
 See Bladder (Innervation of). 
 
 Bladder (Female, Irrigation of). 
 
 Buerger (L.) Ein Katheter-Zystourethroskop fiir die 
 weibhche Blase. Ztschr. f. gynak. Urol., Leipz., 1910, ii, 
 123-128.— Hlguchl (S.) Ein neu konstruierter Blasenspiil- 
 katheter. Zentralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1909, xxxiii, 283- 
 235. — McDonald (Ellice). Quinin solution for bladder irri- 
 gation. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1915, Ixiv, 505.— Richter 
 ( W. P.) Weiblicher Blasenspulkatheter. Med. Klin., Berl., 
 1906, ii, 1128.— Wetherin (H. G.) A new self-retaining cathe- 
 ter and vesical irrigator. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1905, h, 42-46. 
 
 Bladder (Female, Irritable). 
 
 Bierhoff (F.) On the so-called irritable bladder in the 
 female. Am. J. M. So., Phila. & N. Y., 1900, n. s., cxx, 670- 
 
 695. . Notes on vesical hyperesthesia in the female. 
 
 Am. Med., Phila., 1902, iv, 22-25. Also, Reprint. — Cary 
 (W. H.) Bladder irritability in women. Am. J. Obst., 
 N. Y., 1915, Ixxi, 259-263.— FehUng (H.) Zur Behandlung 
 der Blasenschwache des Weibes. Med. Klin., Berl., 1913, 
 ix, 281-283.— Garceau (E.) The influence of the catheter la 
 causing vesical irritability. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1896, 
 xxxiii, 862-866. Aho, Reprint.— Howard (H. W.) Irrita- 
 bility of the bladder m women. Northwest Med., Seattle, 
 
 1915, vii, 55-57. — Jacobs. Vessie irritable chez la femme. 
 Arch, de gynte. et de tocol.. Par., 1896, xxiii, 801-805.— 
 Jacobs (L. C.) Irritability of the female bladder due to pro- 
 lapse of the posterior wall of the urethra. Urol. & Cutan. 
 Rev., St. Louis, 1917, xxi, 428.— Knorr (R.) Ueber " Irrita- 
 ble bladder" bei der Frau. Monatschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gy- 
 naek., Berl., 1900, xi, 1047-1066. Also [Abstr.]: Verhandl. d. 
 Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1899, Leipz., 1900, 
 
 Ixxi, pt. 2, 2. Hlftc, 239-242. . Ueber die Ursachen des 
 
 pathologischen Harndrangs beim Weibe, insbesondere Cys- 
 titis colli tmd Pericystitis sowie deren Behandlung. Ztschr. 
 f. Geburtsh. u. Gynak., Stuttg., 1905, Iv, 472^86.— Knox (R. 
 W.) Vaginal cystotomy for the cure of irritable bladder. Am. 
 J. Obst., N. Y., 1899, xl, 350-354.— Noble (G. H.) A device 
 for the relief of bladder spasm in the treatment of cystitis and 
 bladder irritation. IbH., 1901, xliii, 178-181.— O'Day (J. C.) 
 Irritability of the bladder in women. Urol. & Cutan. Rev., 
 St. Louis, 1917, xxi, 3.— Oppenhermer (L. S.) The irritable 
 bladder in the female. Louisville M. News, 1880, ix, 282- 
 285. Also, Reprint. — Palmer (C. D.) Cystic irritation in 
 women; some considerations for its management. Lancet- 
 Clinic, Crncin., 1906, n. s., Ivii, 423-432.— Polak (J. O.) A 
 case of irritable bladder. Long Island M. J., Brooklyn, 1912, 
 vi, 31— Rissmann (P.) Ueber Blasenbeschwerden des 
 Weibes ohne zystoskopischen Befund. Ztschr. f. gynak. 
 Urol., Leipz., 1909, i, 210-212.— Spanton (W. D.) Note on 
 one of the causes of bladder Irritation in girls. Brit. Gynaec. 
 J., Lond., 1904-5, xx, 14-18. AUo: Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 
 1904, n. s., Ixxvii, 198.— Sqitiier (H. N.) Bladder irritations 
 and inflammations in women. N. York State J. M., N. Y., 
 
 1916, xvl, 170-173.— Stark (G. W.) Irritable bladder in 
 women. lUd., 1917, xvii, 549-652.— Upshur (J. N.) Re- 
 flex vesical irritation. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1916, ciii, 883-885. 
 
 Bladder (Female, (Edema of). 
 See Bladder {(Edema of) . 
 
 96808°— "^'ol. II, 3d series— 19- 
 
 -38 
 
BLADDER. 
 
 594 
 
 BLADDER. 
 
 Bladder {Female, Parasites in). 
 See Bladder {Parasites in) . 
 
 Bladder {Female, Prolapse of). 
 
 Gay (P.-J.-L.-A.) *Le prolapsus de la mu- 
 queuse de la vessie k travers I'urfethre chez la 
 femme. 8° Bordeaux, 1905. 
 
 Ducote (C. J.) A case of prolapse of the bladder In a 
 white female child, M. C, age 9 years. Tr. Louisiana M. 
 Soc. 1S9S N. Orl., 1899, 235.— Gulnard. Sur le retoumc- 
 ment de la vessie. Bull, et m&n. Soc. de chir. de Par 1902, 
 n. s., xxviii, 658.— Villar (F.) Prolapsus de lamuqueuse de 
 la vessie k travers I'urfethre, chez la femme. Arch. prov. de 
 chir.. Par., 1905, xiv, 373-382. Also [ Abstr.l: Bull. Acad, de 
 mM., Par., 1905, 3. s., lifl, 585-590.— Vlueberg (H. N.) The 
 end-results with various operative procedures for procidentia 
 and extensive cystoceles prior and subsequent to the meno- 
 pause. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1912, Ixvi, 709-722. 
 
 Bladder {Female, Rupture of). 
 
 Baudet. Sur un cas de rupture intrap^rlton&ile de la 
 vessie. Toulouse mid., 1912, 2. s., xiv, 361-367.— Bogoraz 
 (N. A.) [Intraperitoneal rupture of the bladder m fibro- 
 myoma of the uterus.] J. Akush. i Zhensk. Bollez., S.-Peterb., 
 1914, xxix, 225-230,— Fratlcin (B. A.) [Rupture ofthe urinary 
 bladder in women; case of rupture of the bladder during preg- 
 nancy.] Laitop. Rusk. Khir., S.-Peterb., 1898, iii, 450-471.— 
 Grlmsdale (T. R.) Intrarperitoneal rupture of the bladder. 
 Ann. Gynec. & Pediat., Bost., 1905, xviii, 41S-421. AUo: J. 
 Obst & GynsEC. Brit. Emp., Lond., 1905, vii, 354-357.— HUIfB. 
 S. ) Report of a frightful vesioo-vagmal rupture; menstruation 
 suspended. Virginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1907-8, 
 xii, 203.— Huxley ( Frances M. ) A case of fatal rupture of the 
 bladder during the puerperium. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., 
 Lond., 1915-16, ix, Obst. & Gynsec. Sect., 24-26. Also: J. 
 Obst. & Gynsec. Brit. Emp., Lond., 1916, xxvii, 195.— 
 Keefe (J. W.) Rupture of the urinary bladder. Tr. Am. 
 Ass. Obst. & Gynec. 1902, N. Y., 1903, xv, 367-370. Also: 
 Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1903, xlvii, 84-87.- McKenna (P. K.) 
 Ruptured bladder. Kentucky M. J., Bowling Green, 1915, 
 xiii, 231 .—Martin ( A. ) & Vallie. Rupture intrarp&iton^ale 
 de la vee'jie chez une femme enceinte de 3 mois et prfeentant 
 de la retroversion uterine et de la retention d'urine; interven- 
 tion d'urgence; gu^rison. Rev. raid, de Normandie, Rouen, 
 1909, xxiv, 173-175.— Porter (C. R.) A case of Intraperito- 
 neal rupture of the bladder occurring during labour. Tr. Obst. 
 Soc. Lond. (1907), 1908, xUx, 170-174.— Robinson (H. B.) In- 
 traperitoneal rupture of the bladder in a girl, aged five years, 
 with separation of the right os pubis at its epiphyseal lines; 
 abdonunal section; suturing of the bladder; recovery. Lan- 
 cet, Lond., 1904, i, 219.— Stokes (W.) Rupture of the female 
 bladder. In Ms: Selected papers [etc.], 8 , Lond., 1902, 98- 
 103. — T€moin. Sur un cas de rupture spontan^e de la vessie. 
 Compt. rend. Soc. d'obst., de gynSo. et de psediat. de Par., 
 1909, xi, 349.— Vance (A. M.) Extensive bladder rupture; 
 eighteen hours between injury and repair; recovery. Tr. 
 Am. Ass. Obst. & Gynec. 1912, York, 1913, xxv, 189. [Dis- 
 cussion], 197. 
 
 Bladder {Female, Surgery of). 
 
 See, also. Fistula {Vesico-utero-vaginal); Fis- 
 tula {Vesico-vaginal); Xjithotomy in the female; 
 Ureters {Anastomosis of) in the female. 
 
 BlalT (V. P.) Implantation of the tngonum into the seg- 
 regated lower end of the ileum. Tr. South. Surg. & Gynec. 
 Ass., Phila., 1915, xxviii, 90-92.— Boidt (H.) Reparative 
 operation on the bladder. Tr. N. York Obst. Soc, N. Y., 
 1913-16, 31.— BovSc ( J. W.) Total extirpation of the urinary 
 bladder. Tr. Am. Gynec. Soc, Phila., 1901, xxvi, 199-223.— 
 Brennan (T.) De la cystotomie sus-pubienne avec drainage 
 dans les affections de la vessie chez la femme. Gaz. de gyn&i., 
 Par., 1900, XV, 145-165.— Burtenshaw (J. H.) On opening 
 of the pouch of Douglas and separation of the bladder from 
 the uterus. Intemat. J. Surg., N. Y., 1903, xvi, 330-335.— 
 Chlaventobe (XT.) Delia cistopexi in ginecologia, e di un 
 nuovo metodo chiiiirgico per via laparotomica per eseguirla. 
 Boll. d. Ass. san. milanese, Milano, 1902, iv, 21-30. Also, 
 Iranst: Ann. de gyndc et d'obst.. Par,, 1902, Ivil, 282; 385.— 
 Curtis (A. H.) The bladder oi women after operation; a 
 consideration of postoperative bladder disturbances, with 
 special regard to treatment, based upon a study of this^ 
 subject in the care of 465 cases operated within the last 
 eighteen months. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1918, Ixxviii, 230- 
 237. [Discussion], 291.— Dudley (E. C.) A practical device 
 in vaginal cystotomy. Clin. Rev., Chicago, 1902-3, xvi, 16.— 
 Falgowsku Ueber cystoskopische Befunde nach gynS- 
 kologisohen Operationen. Ztschr. i. Urol., Berl. & Leipz., 
 1909, Beiheft, 558-564.— vou Franqu£. Carcinoma vagiriEe 
 und Prolaps; Besektion der mitergriflonen Blase samt dis- 
 talem Ureterende, Implantation des Ureters in den Blasen-^ 
 rest. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1915, xli, 
 876. — Garceau(E.) Cystotomy in the female. Am. J. Urol., 
 N. Y., 1905-6, ii, 486-508.— Grandjean (A.) La cystotomie. 
 Gaz. d. gynec. Par., 1910, xxv, 33-41. Also: M^deoin 
 prat.. Par., 1910, vi, 5-7.— Hofmeler (M.) Zur plasti- 
 
 Bladder {Female, Surgery of). 
 
 schen Verwertung des Uterus bel Detett des' Sphincter 
 vesicae. Zentralbl f. Gynak., Leipz., 1906, xxx, 809-811.— 
 Jepson (W.) Aids to suprabubie cystotomy. Tr. West. 
 Surg. & Gynec. Ass. 1897, Lincoln, 1898, 206-215.— Jolly (A.) 
 Suprapubic cystotomy for the removal of large and hard 
 stones, hypertrophied prostates, and chronic cystitis. Ibid., 
 195-205.— Kelly (H. A. ) A new and better method of open- 
 ing and of draimng the bladder in women. Am. J. Obst., 
 
 N. Y., 1901, xliv, 23-25, 2 pi. Also, Reprint. . The 
 
 best method of exposing the interior of the bladder in supra- 
 
 Subio operations. Tr. South. Surg. & Gynec. Ass. 1910, 
 [ashville, 1911, xxiii, 64-71, 4 pi. Also: Surg., Gynec. & 
 Obst., Chicago, 1911, xii, 30-33. [Discussion], 88.— Lauges 
 (E.) Einseitige Nierentuberkulose mit Versohluss der 
 Ureter-Einmiindungsstelle in die Blase. Ztschr. f. gynak. 
 Urol., Leipz., 1911-12, iii, 289-294.— Lelgli (S.) Loss of base 
 of bladder; plastic operation. Tr. South. Surg. & G™eo. Ass. 
 
 1901 , Phila., 1902, xiv, 288.— Uepmann ( W. ) Das Trigonum 
 urogenitale in seiner Idinisch operativen Bedeutung. Berl . 
 kiln. Wchnschr., 1912, xUx, 1758.— McKenna (C. M.) A 
 device in suprapubic opemngs. Surg., Gynec & Obst., 
 Chicago, 1912, xiv, 635.— Mann (M. D.) Removal of the 
 female urinary bladder lor malignant disease. Am. Med., 
 PhUa., 1901,11,55-58. .4 tec Repnnt.— Michael (O.) Ueber 
 den vagtnalen Weg zur Blase (Kolpokystotomie). Folia 
 urolog., Leipz., 1912, vi, 577-^587.— Ottow (B.) Zystosko- 
 pisch diagnostizierte und durch Laparotomie erwlesene 
 isoUerte bandartige Verwachsung zwischeu Diinndarm und 
 Blasenvertex. Ztschr. J. gynak. Urol., Leipz., 1913, iv, 29- 
 32.— Beboul (J.) Vegetations polypo'ides dTe I'urfethre et de 
 la vessie chez la femme; ablation des tumours par urethroto- 
 mie exteme et taille hypogastrique; meat nypogastrique 
 temporaire; guerison. Ass. frang. d'urol. Proc.-verb., Par., 
 1896, 39-41. — Beyn£s (H.) Dela taille hypogastrique trans- 
 versale chez la femme. Ibid., 1911, xiv, 754-756.— BflcHet. 
 Taille vdsicale apr^s dedoublement de la cloison vesioo- 
 
 vaginale. Lyon chirurg., 1909-10, li, 387-390. . Moyen 
 
 d'ouvrir riiretre ou la vessie par le vagin sans risque de 
 flstule. Lyon med., 1909, cxiu, 57-61.— Bodman (W. L.) 
 Suprapubic cystotomy, with catheterization of the ureters. 
 Am. J. Surg. & Gynec, St. Louis, 1898-9, xii, 152-154.— 
 Scbmldt (L. E.) Surgery of the urinary bladder. Surg., 
 Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1915, xxi, 155-168.— Smltb (A. L.) 
 Suprabubie cystopexy. Vermont M. Month., Burlington, 
 1904, X, 77-81.— ThSvenot. De la cystopexle. Semaine 
 gynec. Par., 1898, iii, 185.— Vance (A. M.) An abdominal 
 case or two out of the ordinary. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1912, 
 Ixvi, 995-1004.— Walcher (G.) Zur Technik der Vesiooven- 
 triflxur. Zentralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1912, xxxvi, 892.— 
 Waldo (R.) Restoration of the' neck of the bladder and 
 urethra. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1908, Ivii, 560^62.— Wltiel 
 (O.) Autocystoplastik und Kolpocystoplastik bei grossen 
 Defecten der Blasen-Soheidewand. Centralbl. f. (TynSk., 
 Leipz., 1900, xxiv, 1337-1342. 
 
 Bladder {Femxile, Suture of). 
 See Bladder {Suture of). 
 
 Bladder {Female, Syphilis of). 
 See Bladder {Syphilis of). 
 
 Bladder {Fer,Mle, Tuberculosis of). 
 
 Denzbl (E.) * Ueber tuberkulose Brkran- 
 kung der weiblichen Harnblase. 8°- Tubin- 
 gen, 1900. 
 
 Baldwin (L. G.) A preliminary report of a case of pri- 
 mary tuberculosis of the bladder. Tr. N. York Obst. Soc, 
 N. Y., 1913-16, 51-53. Also: Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1914, Ixix, 
 488-490. — Duouc. Tuberculose primitive de la vessie chez 
 une jeune fllle. Union med.. Par., 1885, 3. s., xl, 313-316. — 
 Garccau (E.) Cystosoopio appearances in non-tubercular 
 cystitis and pyelonephritis in women. Boston M. & S. J., 
 
 1902, cxlvi, 589; 627. Also, Reprint. . Treatment of 
 
 tubercular and nontubercmar cystitis in the female. Am. 
 J. Obst., N. Y., 1907, Ivi, 289-328. Also, Reprint.- Krdnlg. 
 Zur Diagnose der Tuberkulose in der weibUcncn Blase. Cen- 
 tralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1902, xxvi, 496-498.— Laverrlftre 
 (M.) Proliferating tuberculous cystitis, with a report of 
 three cases. N. York M. J. [etc], 1915, cu, 1044-1040.— Mel- 
 vtlle(E.J.) Tuberculosis of the bladder. Intemat. J. Surg., 
 N. Y., 1915, xxviii, 305-309.— Mlrabeau (S.) Bomerkungen 
 zu W. Stoeckels: Boitrag zur Diagnose der Tuberkulose in 
 der weiblichen Blase. Centralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1901, 
 xxv, 1228-1230.— Perrler (C.) Un cas de retraction clear 
 tricielle maximale de la vessie occasionnee par la tuber- 
 culose. Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom., Genftvo, 1914, xxxiv, 
 05-67.— Eeblaud. Des cystites tuberculeuscs chez la 
 femme. Eev. prat, d'obst. et de gynec. Par., 1903, xvi, 
 104.— Schroder (H.) Ueber die Bohandlung der Blasen- 
 tujierculose mit T. R. Ztschr. f. Qeburtsh. u. GynBk., 
 Stuttg., 1899, xl, 1-11.— Stoeckel Off.) Beitrag zur Diag- 
 nose der Tuberkulose in der weiblicnen Blase. Centralbl. f. 
 Gynak., Leipz., 1901, xxv, 1120-1126. See, also, supra, Mi- 
 rabeau. 
 
BLADDER. 
 
 595 
 
 BLADDER. 
 
 Bladder {Female, Tumors of). 
 
 See, also, Bladder {Female, Cancer of). 
 
 SzPBR (J.) *De la cystectomie totale chez la 
 femme dans les nfoplasmes v^sicaux. 8° Pa- 
 ris, 1911. 
 
 Thomas (A.) *DeB myomes de la vessie chez 
 la femme. 8°. Lyon, 1911. 
 
 WoLFES (O.) *Cystom und Schwangerscliaft. 
 [Munchen.] 8°. Leipzig, 1909. 
 
 Bazy. Tumeur de vessie chez une femme de 79 ans; h&- 
 maturies abondantes et mena^antes; extirpation; gugrison 
 op^ratoire; indications opfaatoires dans les tumeurs de la 
 vessie. Rev. intemat. de m^d. et de chir., Par., 1907, xviii, 
 201-203. — Beer (E.) The surgical treatment ol benign neo- 
 plasms of the bladder. Sm-g., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1917, 
 xxiv, 646. — Berndt. Ein eigenartiger Fall von Blasentumor. 
 Monatschr. f. Gcburtsh. u. Gynaek., Berl., 1903, xviii, 73- 
 76.— BlocK (J.) & Hall (F. J.) A case of dermoid of the 
 female urinary bladder. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 
 1905, n. s., cxxix, 651-655.— Bryan (R. C.) An unusual type 
 of bladder tumor. Tr. South. Surg. & Gynec. Ass. 1909, 
 Phila., 1910, xxii, 518-521, 2 pi. AUo: Surg., Gynec. & Obst., 
 Chicago, 1910, x, 205. — Buerger (L.) The pathological diag- 
 nosis of tumors of the bladder with particular reference to 
 papilloma and carcinoma. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 
 
 1915, xxi, 179-198. — CUvlo (J.) Contributo alia casulstica 
 dei papillomi della vescica. Rassegna d'ostet. e ginec, 
 Napoli, 1903, xii, 101-168.— Crowe (W. A.) Report of case of 
 dermoid cyst ol the bladder. Am. J. Surg, & Gynec, St. 
 Louis, 1S97, ad, 41.— Deryuihtnski (S. F.) [Excision of a 
 tumor of the bladder in a woman.] Khinirgia, Mosk., 1904, 
 xvi, 43^7.— Erdmann (J. F.) & McCarthy ( J. F.) Tumors 
 ofthebladder. Am. J. Obst., N. Y^ 1910, Ixii, 871-887. AUo: 
 Tr Am. Ass. Obst. & Gynec. 1910, York, 1911,xxiii, 158-176.— 
 Fleming (J. C.) Papillomas of the bladder. J. Indiana M. 
 Ass., Fort Wayne, 1915, viii, 418-420.— Fortun (E.) Cystic 
 bladder mistaken for an ovarian cyst. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 
 1903, xlvii, 604-606.— Fowler (O. S.) The diagnosis and 
 treatment of papillomata of the bladder. Denver M. Times 
 [etc.], 1912-13, xxxii, 157-162.— Frank (L.) Papilloma of 
 the bladder; excision, primary suture. Louisville Month. 
 J. M. & S., 1913-14, XX, 187.— Freyer (P. J.) Myoma of the 
 bladder, weighing 9 ounces, successfully removed supra- 
 pubically. Brit. Gynec. J., Lond.^ 1902-3, xviii, 42-44.— 
 Ftltli (H.) Ueljer Papilloma vesicse beim Weibe. Cen- 
 tralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1899, xxiii, 581-592.— Fumiss 
 (H. D.) Papilloma of the bladder. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 
 1912, Ixv, 639; 656. [Discussion], 640.— Graefe (M.) Ein 
 weiterer Fall von Papilloma vesicae. Centralbl. f. Gynak., 
 Leipz., 1899, xxiii, 592-594.— Grant (H. H.) Vesical papil- 
 loma. Kentucky M. J., Bowling Green, 1913, xi, 1074- 
 1076. — GrSnberger. [A case of fibroleiomyoma of the female 
 bladder.] Hygiea, Stockholm, 1916, Ixxviii, 146; 262.— 
 Hagedom. Cystennlere und Ureterverschluss. Ztschr. f. 
 urol. Chir., Berl., 1913, i, 264-269.— Harpster (C. M.) Sar- 
 coma of the bladder. Urol. & Cutan. Rev., St. Louis, 1915, 
 xix, 241-244.^Janiln & Violet. Papillome de la vessie 
 avec infection vfeicale; ablation par taille vaginale. Lyon 
 mM., 1912, cxviii, 838-840.— Jones (H. M.) Mixed-cell sar- 
 coma of the bladder. Brit. Gynsec. J., Lond., 1896-7, xii, 
 467, 1 pi. — Keete (J. W.) The surgical treatment of tumors 
 ofthebladder. Am. J. Obst, N. Y!, 1909, Ix, 742-748. Also: 
 Tr. Am. Ass. Obst. & Gynec. 1909, York, 1910, xxii, 32-40.— 
 Kelly (H. A.) & Lewis (R. M.> Skiagraphic demonstration 
 of vesical tumors. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1913, 
 xvi, 308-312.— Kelly (H. A.) & Nelll (W.) Cauterization and 
 fulguration of bladder tumors. J. Ami. M. Ass., Chicago, 
 
 1916, Ixvi, 721-723.— Keyes (E. L.) The desiccation treat- 
 ment of bladder tumors. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 
 1915, xxi, 169-175. Also, Reprint.— Knorr (R.) . Ueber 
 Tumoren der weiblichen Blase und deren endovesicale 
 Entfemung. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. 
 Aerzte 1901, Leipz., .1902, btxiii, pt. 2, Ined. Abth., 196- 
 198.— Kolisclier (G.) Traumiatische Granulome der weib- 
 lichen Blase. Centralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1902, xxvl, 254- 
 259. — Kropeit. Blasentumoren. Deutsche med. Wchn- 
 schr., Berl. & Leipz., 1913, xxxix, 677.— Kuznetskl (D. P.) 
 [Operative interference in tumors of the bladder in preg- 
 nancy.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterl)., 1909, viii, 535-538.— 
 Levings (A. H.) A case of myo-nbroma of the bladder 
 simulating a uterine myo-flbroma. Am. J. Dermat. & 
 Genito-Urin. Dis., St. Louis, 1909, xiii, 477.— Malcolm. Tu- 
 mour closely simulating a papillomatous ovarian cystoma 
 attached to the front of the bladder and quite separate from 
 both ovaries. Tr. Obst. Soe. Lond. (1899), 1900, xii, 226- 
 228. — Martin (E.) The surgical treatment of benign neo- 
 plasms of the bladder. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 
 
 1917, xxiv, 648.— Mayo (C. H.) Transperitoneal removal of 
 tumors of the bladder. Tr. South. Surg. & Gynec. Ass. 1907, 
 Phila., 1908, xx, 61-55, 4 pi. AUo: Am J. Obst., N, Y., 1908, 
 Ivii, 265. — Mordret. Tumeur papillaire de la vessie ayant 
 dfiterminfi un vblumineux polype sortant par I'urftthre chez 
 une femme de 60 ans. Arch. m6d. d' Angers, 1900, iv, 220- 
 222.— Nltch. Papilloma of the bladder. Med. Press & Circ, 
 Lond., 1911, n. s., xcii, 457.— Peterkln (G. S.) Scalpel 
 surgery of tumors of the bladder. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., 
 
 Bladder {Female, Tumors of). 
 
 Chicago, 1914, xviii, 380-386.— Planer. Spindelzelliges, hy- 
 dropisch degeneriertes Sarkom des Ligamentum latum und 
 der Hamblase; Heilung per laparotomlam und Rcsektion 
 der Hamblase. Wien. med. Presse, 1905, xlvi, 181-183.— 
 Beynolds (E.) New growths of the bladder. Boston M. 
 & S. J., 1898, cxxxlx, 594-696. — KosenstelQ (P.) Ucber 
 Blasenpapillome mit Inkontinenz beim Weibe und fiber die 
 operative Heilung des Leidens. Verhandl. d. deutsch. 
 Gesellsch. f. Urol. [Kong, in Berlin), Berl. & Leipz., 1909, 442- 
 457. AUo: Ztschr. f. Urol., BerL & Leipz,, 1909, Beiheft, 
 442-457. — Sims (J. S.) Malignant papilloma of the bladder. 
 West. M. Rev., Omaha, 1916, xxi, 133-138.— Sinclair (J. D. 
 S.) Large flbromyoma of the urinary bladder. Brit. M. J., 
 Lond., 1913, i, 823.— Squler (J. B.) & Heyd (C. G.) An 
 operative technique for radical extirpation of vesical neo- 
 plasms. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1914, xix, 91-93. 
 AUo, Reprint. — Teleky (Dora). Mischgeschwulst der weib- 
 lichen Blase. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Urol., 
 
 Wi'en, 1911, Berl. & Leipz., 1912, lii, 485. . Teratdidcr 
 
 Tumor der weiblichen Hamblase. Arch. f. klin. Chir., 
 Berl., 1912, xcvii, 497-506, 1 pi.— Thomas (B. A.) Tech- 
 nique of operative treatment of bladder tumors. Surg., 
 Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1915, xxi, 135-150.— Warren (G. 
 W.) Some details in the surgical treatment of tumor of the 
 bladder. ZSM., 226.— Way (E. W.) Notesonacaseofmulti- 
 locular cystoma in an old woman. Australas. M. Gaz., 
 Sydney,- 1901, xx, 238.— Whltehouse (B.) Myxomatous 
 tumour of bladder. Birmlngh. M. Rev., 1914, Ixxv, 23. — 
 Toungquist (L. L.) Report of two cases of bladder tumor. 
 Tr. CUn. Soc. Univ. Mich., Ann Arbor, 1916-17, viii, 37-41. 
 AUo: J. Mich. M. Soc, Grand Rapids, 1917, xvi, 174-178. 
 
 Bladder {Female, Ulceration of ) . 
 
 Desgouttes & Beynard. Deux cas d'ulcfere simple, chro- 
 nique de la vessie. Lyon m6d., 1912, cxviii, 1253-1259.— 
 Dvorak (M. W.) Simple ulcer of the bladder m the female. 
 Wisconsin M. J., Milwaukee, 1907-8, vi, 383-390.— Oross (G.) 
 & Henlly (L.) Retention complete d'urine au cours d'une 
 cystite ulc6reus6 chez la femme. Ann. d. mal. d. org. g^nito- 
 urin.. Par., 1911, xxix, 793-800.— Hundley (J. M.) An ex- 
 tensive ulcer of the bladder complicating early pregnancy. 
 Maryland M. J., Bait., 1911, liv, 69-71.— Hunner (G. L.) 
 A rare type of bladder ulcer in women; report of cases. Bos- 
 ton M. & S. J., 1915, clxxii, 660-664. rDiscussion],-679. AUo 
 
 [Abstr.]: Intemat. J. Surg., N. Y., 1915, xxviii, 19. . 
 
 Elusive ulcer of the bladder; further notes on a rare type of 
 bladder ulcer, with a report of twenty-five cases. Am. J. 
 Obst., N. Y., 1918, lxx^^ii, 374-395. [Discussion], 441-444. 
 AUo: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1918, Ixx, 203-212. 
 
 Bladder {Female, Wounds and injuries 
 of). 
 
 Cary (W. H.) The injuries to the bladder. Am. J. Obst., 
 N. Y., 1916, Ixxiii, 493-503.— Cousins (J. W.) Injuries of 
 the bladder occurring in the course of gynaecological opera- 
 tions. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1900, i, 1214.— Halpenny (J.) 
 Bladder traumatism during labor. Urol. & Cutan. Rev., 
 St. Louis, 1916, XX, 666.— Richardson (M. H.) A case of 
 restoration of the female urethra and closure of the bladder, 
 after extensive laceration. Boston M. & S. J., 1898, cxxxviil, 
 202.— Bolth (O.) Welche Schadigungen ihres Gefass- und 
 Nervenapparates vertragt die Blase ohne dauemden Nach- 
 teil? Beitr. z. Geburtsh. u. Gynaek., Leipz. 1906, xi, 126- 
 148. — Sellheim (H.) Wiederherstellung des abgequetschten 
 Uebergangsteils der Blase in die Hamrohre. Ztschr. f. 
 gynak. Urol., I>eipz., 1909, i, 179-192.— Skeel (R. E.) In- 
 juries to the bladder during hernia operations. Am. J. 
 Obst., N. Y., 1908, Iviii, 964-970.— Stoeckel (W.) Ueber die 
 Entstehung von Blasenverletzungen und iiber die operative 
 Heilung grosser Blasenhamrohrendefekte nach Pubotomie. 
 Ztschr. f. gynak. Urol., Leipz., 1910-11, ii, 261-260.— Were- 
 lius (A.) Traumatic detachment of the bladder from sym- 
 physis pubis with complete severance of urethra; use of the 
 labia minora as a substitute for necrosed anterior vaginal 
 wall. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1914, Ixii, 1722.— Wiggln 
 (F. H.) Accidental wounds of the female bladder. Ibii., 
 1899, xxxiii, 640. 
 
 Bladder {Fistulse of). 
 
 See Fistula {Vesical). 
 
 Bladder {Fixation of). 
 
 See, also. Bladder (Displacement of); Bladder 
 {Prolapse of) . 
 
 Chiaventone (U.) De la cystopexie en gynecologic; 
 nouveau proc6d6 op^ratoire par la voie abdominale. Ann. 
 d. mal. d. org. g&iito-urin.. Par., 1902, xx, 642-570.— Mori 
 (A.) La regione ombeUco-prevescicale ed uu metodo di 
 cistopessi indiretta. Ginecologia, Firenze, 1904, i, 422-442. — 
 Petit (P.) Cystopexie indirecte par raccourcissement de 
 I'apon^vrose ombilico-pelvienne. Cong, intemat. de m^d. 
 C.-r. sect, de gynfc.. Par., 1900, 372-375. AUo: Gynecologic, 
 Par., 1900, v, 312-315.— Slocum (H. A.) Suprapubic 
 cystopexy. Ain. J. Surg. & Gynec, St. Louis, 1903-4, xvii, 
 6.— Smith (A. L.) Cystopexy for falling of the bladder. 
 Montreal M. J., 1907, xxxvi, 263-267. 
 
BLADDER. 
 
 596 
 
 BLADDER. 
 
 Bladder {Foreign bodies in). 
 
 See, also, Bladder (Female, Foreign bodies in) ; 
 Calculus (Vesical). 
 
 Bahe (F.) *Ein Beitrag zur Lehre von den 
 Fremdkorpern in der Hamblase. 8°. Gottingen, 
 1902. 
 
 Balzer (F.) *Ueber Blasensteine und 
 Blasenfremdkorper. 8°. Breslau, 1902. 
 
 Brustel (C.) *Immigration de soies dans la 
 vessie. 8°. Paris, 1910. 
 
 Cayrol (J.) *Contribution k I'^tude des 
 corps Strangers de la vessie. 8°. Montpellier, 
 1901. 
 
 Chenut (J.-M.-A.) *Contribution k I'^tude 
 des corps Strangers de la vessie et de la prostate 
 cons6cutifs aux blessures de guerre. 8 Bor- 
 deaux, 1917. 
 
 Anderson (W. J.) A catheter knotted in the bladder. J. 
 Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, Ivlii, 1940.— Aronslitani (S. L.) 
 [Foreign body in the urinary bladder, which entered through 
 the bladder wall.] Voyenno-Med. J., S.-l^terb., 1902, Ixxx, 
 med.-spec. pt., 4420-4425.— Bakltko. [Foreign bodies in 
 the bladder^ Protok. Omsk. Med. Obsh., 1897-8, xv, 55- 
 60.— Handler (C. G.) Foreign body in bladder. N. York 
 M. J. [etc.], 1917, ovi, 767.— Barnsby. Deux observations 
 de corps strangers de la vessie. Bull, et m^m. See. de chir. 
 de Par., 1905, n. s., xxxi, 288-291.— Hazy. Des corps dan- 
 gers ignores de la vessie. Gaz. d. h6p.. Par., 1897, Ixx, 601- 
 603.— Blue (W. B.) Foreign body m bladder. Louisville 
 Month. J. M. & S., 1904-5, xl, 323.— Bornsteln (M.) Foreign 
 body in the bladder. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1915, Ixv, 
 243.— Bougie (J.) Eadiographle d'un fragment de sonde 
 en gomme dans la vessie. Bull, et miia. Soc. anat. de Par., 
 1900, Ixxv, 891.— Brln (H.) Corps stranger de la vessie. J. 
 d'urol. med. et chir.. Par., 1912, ii, 845-847.— Brown (A. A.) 
 Foreign body in vesical bladder. Urol. & Cutan. Rev.,- St. 
 Louis, 1919, xxiii, 91.— Brunet. Observation sur un corps 
 stranger de la vessie. Poitou m^d., Poitiers, 1898, xii, 102.— 
 von Brunn. Zur Kenntniss von den Fremdkorpern der 
 Hamblase. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1902, xxxix, 782. Also: 
 Ztschr. I. Wundarzte u. Geburtsh., Fellbaoh, 1903, liv, 154- 
 158 —Bryant (W. C.) Foreign bodies in the male bladder. 
 Pittsburgh M. J., 1913-14, i, 13-15.— Cattaneo (T.) Contri- 
 buto alio studio dei corpi estranei in vescica. Eiforma med. , 
 Napoh, 1917, xxxiii, 263.— Chandler (S.) Foreign bodies 
 In the kadder. Phila. M. J., 1903, ix, 839.— ChevaUer (E.) 
 Corps strangers de la vessie. Ass. fran?. d'urol.. Proo.- 
 
 veb.. Par., 1899, iv, 373-382. . Dix observations de 
 
 corps toangers de la vessie (oalculs excepts). Bull, et 
 m&n. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1905, n. s., xxxi, 75-81.— Dan- 
 lorth (W. C.) Report of case of piece of catheter retamed 
 in bladder thirteen years. Urol. & Cutan. Rev., St. Louis, 
 1918, xxii, 133.— De Beule (F.) Un coiys stranger peu 
 banal de la vessie (clou de 11 centimetres de longueur). J. 
 m«d. de Brux., 1907, xii, 727.— Fabre. Deux observations 
 de corps strangers de la vessie. Bull, et mi'm. Soc. de chir. 
 de Par., 1915, n. s., xii, 2176-2181.— Felelcl (H.) Fremdkor- 
 per in der Blase. Uiigar. med. Presse, Budapest, 1907, xu. 
 No 17, 5.— Frank (L.) Foreign body in the bladder. 
 Louisville Month. J. M. & S., 1902-3, ix, 400-402.— Fren- 
 sbteln (R. M.) [Foreign bodies of the bladder.] Bussk. 
 Vraoh, S,-Peterb., 1908, vii, 909-911.— Fronske (M. _G.) & 
 liund (H. G.) Report of a case of foreign body m the 
 bladder of eleven months' standing. Weekly Bull. St. 
 Louis M. Soc, 1911, v, 127 — Frontera Bauza (A.) _A1- 
 
 funas consideraciones sobre los cuerpos extraflos en la vejiga. 
 lev. balear de cien. m^d., Palma de Mallorca, 1898, xiv, 385; 
 409 —Gale (S. S.) Foreign bodies in the bladder. Char- 
 lotte [N. C.) M. J., 1914, Ixx, 160-162.— Gallozzl (C.) Corpi 
 estranei in vesdca. Atti d. r. Accad. med.-chir. di Napoli, 
 1902,n.s.,lvi, 175, 1 pi.— Oayet. Corps stranger de la vessie. 
 Lyon mfid., 1912, cxviii, 718-720.— Gross (G.) Deux obser- 
 vations de corps strangers de la vessie. Rev. med. de 1 «st, 
 Nancy, 1902, xxxiv, 238-249.— Guelllot (O:) UnefeuiUe de 
 lierre dans la vessie. Union mM. du nord-est, Reims, 1898, 
 xxii 51 — Guyon. Les corps grangers de la vessie. Rev. 
 gin de clin. et de th&ap.. Par., 1905, xix, 70.— HeUer. 
 Pseudotrichiasis der Hamblase beim Manne mfolge duroh- 
 gebrochener Dermoidcyste. Verhandl. d. Berl. med. Ge- 
 lellsch. (1912), 1913, xliii, pt. 1, 200.-HerezeI (M.) [Calcu- 
 lus around a piece of a broken catheter remaimng in the 
 bladder.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1897, xli, 596.— Hlll- 
 mann (H.) Cystitis bedingt durch einen in die Blase 
 gewanderten Fremdkerper. Cor.-Bl. d. allg. arztl. Ver. v. 
 Thuringen, Weimar, 1900, xxix, 185-190.— Hirsch(M.) 
 Beitrae zur Lehre von den Fremdkorpern der mannhchen 
 Hamblase. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1903-4, Ixx, 
 45_83 —Hurtado (E.) Un case mfc de cuerpo extrafio de 
 la vejiga que sirvia de niicleo para la formaoifin de un volu- 
 minoso eSlculo. Rev. Ibero-Am. de cien. med., Madrid, 
 1909, xxi, 10-12.— Irlbarne (J.) & Elizalde (G.) Sobre ua 
 cuerpo extrano emigrante de vejiga. Prensa med. ar- 
 
 BlaMer (Foreign hod^es in). „^^^^ ^^ . 
 
 gentina, Buenos Aires, 1914-15, i, 84.-Jemn (K.) [Lead- 
 pencil iover in bladder.] Norsk Mag '^ I-^Sfvidensk 
 ^ri^tiania 1Q11 5 R . ix, 36-39.— Judd (E. S.) Foreign 
 bomesTn Ve uAnary ftadW. Tr. West. Surg.^Ass. 1915, 
 Minneap., 1916, 91-99, 2 pi. Aho: Journal-Lancet, Min- 
 neap., 19i6, xxxvi, 474-477.-Kalllonzis. Sur un cas de 
 corps Granger dans la vessie. Rev. prat, d- mal. d. org. 
 gto^-urta, ^Par., 191(M1, vii, 274-276.-KleUeutliner. 
 Ueber seltene Fremdkorper der Blase. Munchen. med. 
 Wchnschr., 1909, Ivi, 1598.— legueu. Les corps ftrangers 
 de la vessie. U&d. mod.. Par. , 1905, xvi, 49. Also: Rev. 
 
 g&. de Clin, et de th&ap.. Par., 1905, xix, 455. . 
 
 Epingle & cheveux dans la vessie. Gaz. d. prat., Lille, 1913, 
 XX, 109-113. Also: Rev. prat. d. mal. d. ore. eto.-urin.. 
 Par., 1913, x, 203-208.-Levln (I. A.) [Foreignjodies m the 
 bladlier.] Russk. Chir. Arch., S.-Peterb,, 1906, xxu, 305- 
 322 — Lolinstetn (H.) Beitrag zur Aetiologie, Diagnose 
 und Therapie der Fremdkorper der Blase nach Knegsverle- 
 tzungen. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tubing., 1918, cix. 2«^-289, 2 
 pi — Loumeau (E.) Bougie conductnce restee dans la 
 J. de m«d. de Bordeaux, 1898, xxvlii, 150. 
 
 vessie. J. de m«d. de Bordeaux, 1898, xxvui, 15U. . 
 
 Corps strangers de la vessie. JWi, 579-582. Also: M6m.et 
 bull. Soc. demM. et chir. de Bordeaux (1898), 1899, 439-441. 
 
 Corps teangers de I'urfctre et de la vessie. Bull, et 
 
 mfim. Soc. de mdd. et chir. de Bordeaux 1906, Far. & Bor- 
 deaux, 1907, 27-31.— Malllet. Corps stranger de la vessie. 
 Montpel. m^d., 1909, xxviil, 543-545.— Mapes (C. C.) For- 
 eign bodies within the urinary bladder. Med. Times, N. Y., 
 1911, xxxix, 363-365.— MarguUes (M.) [On foreign bodies 
 in the urinary bladder.) Khirurgfa, Mosk., 1899, y, 557- 
 575.— Mark (E. G.) A piece of paper in the male bladder. 
 J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1908, 1, 689.— Marques (A.) Corpo 
 cxtranho da bexiga. Rev. med.-cirurg. do Brazil, Bio de 
 Jan., 1906, xiv, 372-376.— Martin (C.) Two odd eases of 
 foreign bodies in the bladder. J. Missoun M. Ass., St.' 
 Louis, 1918, iv, 17. Also, Reprint.— MaSek & Butorac. ~ 
 [Foreign body, Lefort's bougie, in the bladder.] Lijec. • 
 vijesnik, u Zagrebu, 1912, xxxiv, 129.— MelcWor. Selbst- - 
 verknotung eines elastischen Bougies in der Blase. Berl. - 
 Win. Wchnschr,, 1913, 1, 423.— Mieliel (G.) & Driout. 
 Corps Stranger de la vessie (Spi de seigle) trouvfi dans un 
 aboSsischlo-rectal. Rev. mfid. del'est, Nanfcy, 1908, xl, 780.— 
 MikhalloS (N.N.) [Foreign bodies of the bladder, entering 
 by unusual ways.] KMrurgia, Mosk., 1901, x, 377-3S2.— 
 ItToblllng (H.) Spontaner Abgang eines in die Hamblase 
 gedrungenen Granatsplitters. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 
 1914, Ixi, 2227.— Nogulera (A.) Foreign bodies in the blad- 
 der, a remarkable case. Am. J. Urol., N. Y., 1915, xi, 219- 
 227.— Oakley (F.) Foreign body (catheter) in bladder. 
 Urol. & Cutan. Rev., St. Louis, 1917, xxi, 380.— Pappa (A.) 
 Corps toangers de la vessie. Ann. d. mal. d. org. gtoto- 
 urln.. Par., 1904, xxu, 1861-1863.— Pendl (F.) Fremdiorper 
 in der manrilichen Harnblase. Wien. klin. Wchnschr. , 1901, 
 xiv, 140-142.— Peterkin (G. S.) A unique urological case. 
 [Steel pin in bladder and appendix.] Pan-Am. S. & M. J., 
 N. Orf, 1914, xix, 10-15.— Picnu§ (L.) Deux cas de corps 
 ftraneers de la vessie observes k I'hdpital Dubois. Ass. 
 franc d'urol. Proc.-verb. 1897, Par., 1898, ii, 331-336.— 
 Prodettl (N.) Due casi di corpi estranei in vescica. Poli- 
 clin., Roma, 1908, xv, sez. prat., 1557.— Prlgl(H.) Zur 
 Kasuistik der Fremdkorper der Harnblase. Wien. med. 
 Wchnschr., 1914, Ixiv, 569-577.— Quisling (N.) [A candle 
 stump in the urinary bladder.] Nor.skMag.f . Lsegevidensk., 
 Kristiania, 1909, 5. R., vii, 449.— Bay (M-. B ) A case of 
 foreign body In the bladder; recovery. Brit. M. J., Lond., 
 1906 i, 1464.— Beed (R. H.) Foreign bodies m the bladder. 
 Med. Sentinel, Portland, Oreg., 1899, vii, 385-394.-Kcy- 
 nolds (W. S.) A piece of catheter voided during urination. 
 Med. Bee, N. Y., 1908, Ixxiii, 734. AUo, Beprint.— Rob- 
 erts (W. 0.) Foreign bodies in the urinary bladder. Lou- 
 isville Month. J. M. & S., 1902-3, ix, 415^19. [Discussion], 
 435-439.— Sachs (E.) Eine abgebrochene Pravazkaniile m 
 der Blase als Ursache einer chronischen Kystitis. Frauen- 
 arzt, Leipz., 1912, xxvii, 404-408.— St.-Jacques. Corps 
 danger de la vessie datant de plusieurs annSes. Union 
 m«d. du Canada, Montr&l, 1905, xxxiv, 428-431.— Saksa- 
 eanskl (M. L.) [Foreign bodies In the bladder.] Laitop. 
 Russk. khir,, S.-Teterb., 1901, vi, 1056-1066.— Schussler 
 (H K.) A hairpin in the urinary bladder. Chicago Clin., 
 1902, XV, 314.— Sepp. Un cas de corps Strangers de la 
 vessie apr^s une laparotomle. Cong, mternat. de mSd. 
 C. r.. Par., 1900, sect, de chir. urin., 213.— Sheffield (H. B.) 
 Hat-pin in male bladder. Phila. M. J., 1899, lii, 1016.— 
 Sleurta(G. B.) Corpo ostraneo della vesaca. Osp.magg. 
 
 Biv. scient.-prat. d di Milano, 1906, i, 69-61.— Shiclalr 
 
 (D. A.) Foreign body (cork) in bladder. Am. J. Urol., 
 N Y., 1912, viii, 21.— Stein. Demonstration von Steinen 
 und Fremdkerpern der Blase. Ztschr. f. Urol., Berl. & 
 Leipz., 1908, ii, 725-727.— de Tarnowsky (G.) A unique 
 foreign body in the urinary bladder. J. Am. M. Ass., Chi- 
 cago, 1915, Ixiv, 1495.— Tlrado Maclas (C.) Cuerpo extrano 
 de la vejiga. Repert. de med. y oirug., Bogotil, 1917-18, ix, 
 207-211, 3 oh.— Tuffler & Dujarler. Elimination par la 
 vessie d'une sole posSe viiigt-sept mois auparavant sur un 
 pSdicule annexiel. Bull. Soc. anat. de Par., 1898, Ixxiii, 
 f3g._Vautrln. Corps Stranger de la vessie provenant de 
 
BLADDER. 
 
 597 
 
 BLADDER. 
 
 Bladder (Foreign bodies in). 
 
 I'ouverture d'un kyste dermoide dans oet organe. Soo. de 
 mM. de Nancy. C.-r., 1901-2, 23.— Veckl (V. G.) A large 
 iodoform-gauze tampon in the bladder for nearly ten months. 
 Am. J. Urol., N. Y., 1910, vl, 1-4.— VUlette (J.) & Tanche. 
 Corps stranger exceptionnel de la vessie. Progrfes m^d.. 
 Par-, 1918, 3. s., xxxiii, 437.— Webber (H. B.) Note on a 
 case of lorelgn body in the urinary bladder. Lancet, Lond., 
 1911, i, 436. — Wossldlo (E.) Fremdkorper in der Blase una 
 ein Fall von sogenannten Uretersteinen. Berl. klin. Wchn- 
 schr., 1918, Iv, 652. 
 
 Bladder (Foreign bodies in, Extraction of) . 
 
 De Einaldis (U.) Aspirazione dei corpi 
 molli della vescica. 8°. Napoli, 1900. 
 
 DuvAHD (L.-H.-M.) *Des corps strangers de 
 la vessie chez I'enfant. Diagnostic, extraction. 
 8°. Bordeaux, 1903. 
 
 Lamard (J.) *De I'aspiration des corps mous 
 de la vessie. 8°. Pam, 1899. 
 
 Alglave (P.) Extraction par I'urfethre d'un corps toanger 
 mou et flottant de la vessie. Ann. d. mal. d. org. gfeito- 
 urin.. Par., 1900, xviil, 579-582.— Berdyayefl (A. F.) [On the 
 removal of a bougie fragment from the bladder.] Voyenno- 
 Med. J., S.-Peterb., 1913, ccxxxviii, med.-speo. pt., 545- 
 547. — Berg (G.) Zur Extraction der Fremdkorper aus der 
 Blase. Centralbl. f. d. Krankh. d. Ham- u. Sex.-Org., 
 Leipz., 1901, xii, 187-194.— Breese (E. S.) A lost catheter 
 regained. Med. Brief, St. Louis, 1905, xxxiii, 80. — Bre- 
 mennaii (L. W.) Report of a case of hair-pin m the blad- 
 der, with removal by the aid of the cystoscope. Am. J. 
 Urol., N. Y., 1909, v, 221-223.— Buerger (L.) An unusual 
 method of extractmg a foreign body m the bladder. Med. 
 Rev. of Rev., N. Y., 1914, xx, 136-138.— Buschke. Ein 
 Patient, dem vermittelst Sectio alta ein Bleistilt aus der 
 Blase extrahirt wurde. Verhandl. d. Berl. med. Gesellsch. 
 (1899), 1900, XXX, pt. 1, 57.— Cathelln (F.) Extraction des 
 corps etrangers vfeicaux 5, propos de 5 cas personnels. M6de- 
 cin prat.. Par., 1907, lii, 501-503.— Clermont. Corps 
 stranger de la vessie extrait par les voles naturelles. Arch. 
 mM. de Toulouse, 1913, xx (chir.), 217-220.— Desnos (E.) 
 Extraction des sondes briste dans la vessie. Bull. mM., 
 Par., 1903, xvii, 361.— DIstel (T.) Ein in der Blase abge- 
 brocnenes Stilck'Blei, 1749 kflnstlich enttemt. Deutsche 
 med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1902, xxvui, 614.— Eliot 
 (L.) Foreign body removed from the urinary bladder; case 
 and specimen. Wash. Med. Ann., 1914, xiii, 361-365. — 
 Foisy. Corps stranger de la vessie; extraction par les voles 
 naturelles. Bull, et m^m. Soc. anat. de Par., 1903, Ixxviii, 
 71. — Gaetano (C.) Dei corpi estranei in vescica e delle 
 applicazioni cistoscopiche. Cesalpino, Arezzo, 1911, vii, 1; 
 73. — GrosgUk (S.) Ein Fall von Zertriimmerung eines 
 Fremdkorpers in der Blase. Monatsb. f. Urol., Berl., 1906, 
 xi, 590-592.— Hayden (H. H.) & Penton (J. A.) Removal 
 of forerai body from the bladder. J. Alumm Ass. Coll. 
 Phys. & Surg., Bait., 1900-1901, iil, 120.— HotmeisteT (F.) 
 Ueber die Verwendung des Elektromagneten zur Entfer- 
 nung eiserner Fremdkorper aus der Harnblase. Beitr. z. 
 klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1902, xxxv, 830-835, 1 pi.- Horwltz (O.) 
 Removal of two hundred and eighty grains of white wax 
 from the male urinary bladder. Froo. Phila. Co. M. Soc, 
 Phila., 1900, n. s., ii, 45. Also: Phila. M. J., 1900, v, 1098.— 
 Hutchinson (W .) Three cases in which chewing-gum and 
 one in which wax candle were removed from the male blad- 
 der. Am. J. Urol., N. Y., 1913, ix, 462-465.— Jeanbrau (E.) 
 Contribution k I'^tude des corps etrangers de la vessie; vue 
 oystoscopique d'lm poireau. Ass. frang. d'urol. Proc- 
 
 verb. 1909, Par., 1910, xiii, 726-729. . Vue cystoscopi- 
 
 que d'une feingle k cheveux; extraction de I'^pingle par les 
 voies naturelles. Montpel. mfid., 1911, liv, 321. — Kneise (O.) 
 Kasuistisches und Instrumentelles (Fremdkorper in der 
 Blase). Ztschr. f. Urol., Berl. & Leipz., 1909, Beiheft, 576- 
 582.— Legueu (F.) Simplification a I'extraction oysto- 
 scopique des ^pingles k cheveux de la vessie. J. d'urol. mSd. 
 
 et chir.. Par., 1917-18, vii, 151-153. . Extraction d'lm 
 
 thermomfetre de la vessie. Rev. g&i. de clin. et de th&ap., 
 Par., 1917, xxxi, 710.— Lenko. Extraction des corps 
 strangers de la vessie par la vole naturelle. Rev. clin. 
 d'urol.. Par., 1913, ii, 628-632.— Lespinasse (V. D.) The 
 successful removal from the male bladder of a lost filiform 
 bougie by endovesical manipulations. J. Am. M. Ass., 
 Chicago, 1906, xlvii, 1189.— Lillenthal (H.) Hairpin in 
 male bladder removed by the aid of a cystoscope. Ann. 
 Surg., Phila., 1910, 11, 115.— Lohnsteln (H.) Ueber einen 
 Wachsklumpen in der Blase; Entfernung desselben durch 
 Auflosung mittels Benzin-Injektion. Verliandl. d. Berl. 
 med. Gesellsch. (1907), 1908, xxxviil, pt. 2, 199-202. [Dis- 
 cussion], pt. 1, 140. Also: Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1907, 
 xliv, 721. — ^Loumeau (E.) Fragment de bougie en gomme 
 ^astique restfi dans la vessie; facile extraction par les voies 
 naturelles. Aim. de la Policlin. de Bordeaux, 1899, ix, 109- 
 112.— Lucente (F.) Corpi estranei della vescica estratti con 
 I'aiuto del cistoscopio a doppio prisma del Frank. Chirurgia 
 spec., Napoli, 1908, 1, 59-62. Also: Soc. ital. di urol., Roma, 
 1908, 159-163. Also, transl.: Ann. d. mal. d. org. gSnito- 
 urin.. Par., 1908, ii, 1687-1690.— Lunn (J. R.) Four pieces 
 
 Bladder (Foreign bodies in, Extraction of.) 
 
 of wire removed from a woman's bladder. Brit. M. J., 
 Lond., 1897, ii, 342. — Luys (G.) L'extraction de fragments 
 de sondes briste dans la vessie; emploi du cystoscope k 
 vision directe. Presse mM., Par., 1905, 771. Also: Rev. 
 
 prat. d. mal. d. org. gto.-urln., Par., 1905-6, ii, 395-399. . 
 
 tothode pratique d'extractiou des corps toangers de la 
 vessie. CUnique, Par., 1906, i, 230-232.— Noguis (P.) 
 Corps Stranger de la vessie; extraction par les voies naturelles. 
 Paris chirurg., 1912, iv, 964-969.— Packard (F. R.) The 
 removal of a foreign body from the male bladder, with an 
 analysis of two hundred and twenty-one other cases. Ann. 
 Surg., Phila., 1897, xxv, 568. itDiscussion], 747.— ParSs 1 
 Fares (M.) Cos extrany vesical extret per les vies naturals. 
 An. Acad, y lab. de cien. mM. de Cataluna, Barcel., 1914, 
 viii, 353-358. — Pavone (M. ) Fotografla di un corpo estraneo 
 in vescica ed estrazione dello stesso. Atti d. r. Acead. d. sc. 
 med. in Palermo (1901), 1902, 101-104.— Pedersen (V. C.) 
 Fragment of glass irrigating nozzle removed from the blad- 
 der without open operation. Tr. Am. Urol. Ass., Brookline, 
 1912, vi, 207, 1 pi. [Discussion], 212-220. Also: N. York 
 M. J. [etc.], 1912, xcv, 1036. Also, Reprint.— PeUetler (A.) 
 Extraction d'lm corps toanger de la vessie avec le cysto- 
 scope k vision directe de Luys. Cllnique, Par., 1914, ix, 
 439.— Plsani. Corpo straniero della vescica diagnosticate 
 mediante esame cistoscopico ed estratto per la via uretrale. 
 Tribuna med., MUano, 1902, viii, 102.— Pollak (E.) Endo- 
 vesikale AuflBsung von Fremdkorpem. Wlen. klin. Wchn- 
 schr., 1908, xxi, 1022.— Posner (C.) Intravesikale Auflo- 
 sung fettartiger Fremdkorper. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1909, 
 xlvi, 1570. — Proby. Observation sur une aiguUle a t^te 
 d'ivoire, tir& de la vessie d'une fllle. Collect, de difE. pieces 
 [etc.]. Par., 1761, 1,148-150.— Reboul( J.) fipingleS, cheveux 
 dans la vessie; extraction par les voies naturelles. Bull, et 
 mim. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1905, n. s., xxxi, 629-631. Also: 
 Echo raid. d. CSvennes, Nimes, 1905, vi, 405-407.— Beynolds 
 
 gV.S.) A piece of catheter voided during urination. Med 
 eo., N. Y., 1903, Ixxiii, 734.— Bochard. Prfeentation de 
 deux fragments d'une sonde uretrale en verre brisSe dans la 
 vessie pendant uii cathit&isme; sortie spontante des deux 
 frapnents par I'urStre dilate. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de 
 Par., 1904, n. s., xxx, 574.— Bx)cliet. Quelques conseils 
 pratiques sur I'extraction des corps Strangers de la vessie. 
 Rev. mtemat. de mSd. et de chir.. Par., 1906, xvii, 421-423.— 
 K6na (S.) [Removal from the bladder of a piece of broken 
 catheter.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1897, xli, 318.— Bush 
 (J. O.) Removalofamassofchewinggumfromthebladder. 
 Am. J. Urol., N. Y., 1913, ix, 236.— BusseU (L. E.) The 
 treatment of foreign bodies in the bladder. Tr. Ohio Elect. 
 M. Ass., Columbus, 1899, xxxv, 90-100.— Schroeter (P.) 
 [Simple method of removing stones and other foreign bodies 
 from the bladder.] Czasopismo lek., JL66z, 1906, viii, 27. — 
 Sherinan(H. M.) A mass of paraffin in the bladder and its 
 removal. Occidental M. Times, San Fran., 1904, xviii, 77. 
 [Discussion], 96.— Siter (E. H.) Chewing gum removed 
 from the bladder. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1906, xliii, 317,^ 
 Suter (F.) Fremdkorper aus der Harnblase. Cor.-Bl. f. 
 schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1909, xxxix 198-200. — Van Meter 
 (S. D.) Removal of paraffin from the bladder. J. Am. M. 
 Ass., Chicago, 1912, Iviil, 478.— Weaver (A. P.) The en- 
 trance and removal of an unusual foreign body from the 
 bladder. Am. Med., Phila., 1904, vii, 699.— Weiss (F.) 
 Entfernung einer Wachskerze aus der Harnblase mittels 
 Benzin. Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1909, xxiii, 421. Also 
 transl: Am. J. Urol., N. Y., 1908^, v, 459^62.— Wewerka 
 (J. ) [Hairpin in urinary bladder; removal without cutting.! 
 Casop. 16k. desk., V Praze, 1864, ill, 61-63.— Wiener. A 
 propos de I'extraction des corps Strangers de la vessie par les 
 voies naturelles. J. de chir. et ann. Soc. beige de chir 
 Brux., 1912, xii, 510.— Young (H. H.) Removal from' 
 bladder, through the cystoscope, of a needle which had been 
 swallowed nine years before. Am. Med., Phila., 1902, ill 
 63.— Young (H. M.) Apparatus for the removal of foreigii 
 bodies from the bladder. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago 1915 
 Ixv, 1182. 
 
 Bladder (Foreign bodies in. Extraction of. 
 
 Operative) . 
 
 Baldwin (J. F.) Unique case of foreign body in the blad- 
 der. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1907, xlviii, 521.— Batmanofl 
 (A. N.) [Foreign body in the urinary bladder; high section 
 of the bladder.] Voyermo-Med. J., S.-Peterb., 1897, clxxxix, 
 med.-spec. pt., 52-58.— Batut. Corps Stranger mStallique 
 de la vessie, taille hypogastrique; guSrison. Soc. de mSd. 
 mil. frano.. Par., 1909, iil, 464-468.— Bell (W. B.) Foreign 
 body in male bladder removed hy suprapubic ey^totomv. 
 Liverpool M.-Chir. J., 1901, xxi, 338-340— Caldwell (C. E".) 
 Foreign bodies in the urinary bladder; cystotomy. Intemat 
 I. Surg., N. Y., 1907, xx, 114-117.--Coheur. lEpingle de 
 sOretS retirSe de la vessie par cystostomie sus-pubienne. 
 Ann. Soo. mSd.-chir. de LiSge, 1906, xlv, 139.— Dulour. 
 Cas de corps Stranger de la vessie periorant la parol, extrait 
 par la vole sus-pubienne. Cllnique, Brux., 1904, xviii, 421- 
 423.— Dularler (C.) & DStrf (G.) Corps Stranger de la 
 vessie extrait par cystotomie. Bull, et mSm. Soc. anat de 
 Par., 1903, Ixxxiii, 439.- FaragO (Z.) [Pessary in the blad- 
 der.] SebSszet, Budapest, 1908, 62.— Feshln (V. I.) [For- 
 
BLADDER. 
 
 598 
 
 BLADDER. 
 
 Bladder (Foreign lodies in, Extraction of, 
 
 Operative) . 
 
 eign body in the bladder removed by high section.] Voyenno- 
 Med. J., S.-Peterb., 1913, ccxxxvii, med.-speo. pt., 208-211.— 
 Flolle (P.) Corps stranger de la vessie extrait au oours 
 d'une prostateotomie. Marseille toM., 1911, xlviii, 716- 
 719.— FUncke. Ein elastisohes Bougia in der Hamblase. 
 Deutsche mil.-arztl. Ztsohr., Berl., 1906, xxxr, 356.— Gau- 
 thler (C.-L.) Un rat de cave dans une vessie. Ass. franc. 
 d'urol. Proc.-verb., |'ar., 1911, xlv, 736-738.— GUIs (P.) 
 Deux ^pingles h cheveu^ incrustees de sels calcaires extraites 
 de la vessie par cystotomie sus-pubienne. Montpel. ni4d., 
 1912, xxxiv, 632-634.— Qolmold (J.) Operationen an der 
 Hamblase; wegen Steinen uud fremden Korpem. Wien. 
 med. Wchnschr., 1898, xlviii, 646-649.— Ja«omet. Fistule 
 vfeico-rectale par corps stranger de la vessie; taUle sus-pubi- 
 enne; avivement; drainage; gu^rison. Bull, et mSm. Soe. de 
 ohir. de Par., 1904, n. s., xxx, 696-699.— Klelnhans (P. H.) 
 Suprapubic cystotomy for the removal of a hatpin from the 
 bladder. Med. & Surg. Eep. Episo. Hosp., Phila., 1913, i, 
 373, 1 pi. — Legueu (F.) TaJle sous-symphysalre pour corps 
 stranger de la vessie. Bull, et m£m. Soc. de chir. de Par., 
 
 1903, n. s., xxlx, 1000-1002.— Ltou (H.) Corps stranger de 
 la vessie (irae:m6nt de sonde); tentative d'extractipn par les 
 voies naturelles sans succte; cystotomie sus-pubienne. Soc. 
 demM. mil. frang. Bull., Par., 1910, iv, 2S-30.— Mauclalre. 
 Fragment de verre introduit dans la vessie; tentatives in- 
 fructueuses d'extraotion par rurithre; taille hypogastrique; 
 suture primitive de la vessie; gutoison. Bull, et m^. Soc. 
 anat. de Par., 1901, Ixxvi, 485.— Morestin (H.) Corps 
 granger de la vessie (aiguille d'aspirateur Potain), retire par 
 la taille hypogastrique. Ibid., 1899, Ixxiv, 1035-1037.— 
 Nicoladonl (C.) Stecknadel in der mannlichen Hamblase; 
 Bemerkungen zum hohen Blasenschnitte. Wien. med. 
 Wchnschr., 1886, Ixiii, 205; 250.— Nydegger (J. A.) Catheter 
 in bladder; removal through perineum. Kep. Surg.-Gen. 
 Pub. Heaith & Mar.-Hosp. Serv; U. S., Wash., 1904, 463.— 
 O'Conor (J.) Foreign body in the male bladder; supra- 
 pubic cystotomy; recovery. N. York M. J., 1897, Ixv, 457. — 
 Ogloblln (A.) [Foreign body in the bladder.) Dermatolo- 
 glya, S.-Peterb., 1914, ui, 479-482.— Panadts (J.) Un caso 
 de talla hipogSstrica por gancho en la vejiga. Rev. de med. 
 y ciruj. de la Habana, 1897, ii, 367-370.— PotSrca (1.) Corp 
 streia introdus prin imprudent^ In vesica urinarit si extras 
 prin talie suprapubiena. Spitalul, BuourescI, 1897, xvii, 
 445-448. — Rlchter (J.) Bntzundung um Fremdkorper als 
 Tumor operiert. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1907, xx, 880-882.— 
 Roclier. Cystotomie sus-pubienne chez une enfant de cinq 
 ans et deml; extraction d'une 6pingle d, cheveux. J. de mM.. 
 de Bordeaux, 1904, xxxiv, 468-470.— ShmigelsW (N. P.) 
 [Presence of a wax candle in the bladder during fourmonths.) 
 Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1909, viii, 577.— StUes (H. J.) 
 Portion (3i inches) of hatpin removed from male bladder 
 by suprapubic osretotomy. Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc. Edinb., 
 1901, n. s., XX, 57.— Taylor (J. R.) Report of ease; removal 
 of crochet needle from the bladder present two and one-half 
 years. Brooklyn M. J., 1903, xvii, 141.— Vlannay. Sonde 
 de N61aton rompue dans la vgssie, extraite par la taille hypo- 
 gastrique. Loire mM.., St.-Etienne, 1912, xxxi, 259.^VUle- 
 mln. Corps Stranger de la vessie. Bull. Soc. do pgdiat. de 
 Par., 1903, v, 96.— WWte (H. O.) & Dufl (R. R.) A unique 
 foreign body in the male bladder and removal by suprapubic 
 cystotomy. Chicago M. Recorder, 1909, xxxi, 306-310. Also: 
 Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1909, xvi 543-547. 
 
 Bladder (Gangrene and necrosis of). 
 
 Arroyo Samanlego (R.) Un caso notable de gangrena 
 de la vejiga urinaria. Rev. valenc. de cien. mM., Valencia, 
 
 1904, vl, 203-209.— Dean (C. W.) Acute necrosis of the 
 lining membrane of the urinary bladder. Practitioner, 
 Lond., 1904, Ixxii, 907-910, 2 pi.— Faltin (^R.) [Un cas de 
 gangrfene de la parol antMeure de la vessie apres trauma- 
 tisme, sans fracturepelvienne. R6s., pp. liii-lvl.] Finska 
 lak.-sallsk. handl., Helsingfors, 1900, xUi, 649-«76.— Hagner 
 (F. R.) Report of a case of gangrene of bladder mucosa; 
 operation and recovery. Tr. Am. Urol. Ass. 1909, Brookline, 
 1910, iii, 235-237.— Haultain (F. W. N.) Cases of necrosis 
 of the bladder. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1910, x, 517. 
 Also: Lab. Rep. Roy. Coll. Physicians, Edmburgh, 1890, 
 ii, 216. Also, Reprint.— Legueu (F.) Les gangrtoes v&i- 
 rales par ana^robies. J. d'urol. med. et chir.. Par., 1917-18, 
 vii, 105-116.— Lennander (K. G.) & Lundberg (C.) [A 
 case of necrosis and sloughing of the whole mucous mem- 
 brane of the bladder with the submucous and the inmost 
 muscular layer.] Upsala Lakaref. F8rh., 1897-8, n. F., iii, 
 563-572.— liOCkliart (F. A. L.) Necrosis of the bladder. 
 Proc. Med.-Chir. Soc. Montreal (1889-91), 1892, v, 255-263.— 
 Marques (A.) Cystite gangrenosa. J. de med. de Per- 
 nambuco, 1905, i, 2.— Mock (J.) Gangr6ne massive de la 
 vessie par injection de caustique. Ann. d. mal. d. org. 
 g6nito-urin.. Par., 1911, ii, 1633-1648. . Gaugrtoe mas- 
 sive de la muqueuse V(Ssioale par injection d'ammoniaque. 
 Bull, et mfim. Soc. anat. de Par., 1911, Ixxxvi, 262.— O'NeU 
 (R. F.) Necrosis of the bladder with exfoliation; a consid- 
 eration of the subject with two previously unreported cases; 
 table of reported cases. Tr. Am. Ass. Genito-Urrn. Surg., 
 N. Y., 1909, iv, 281-306, 1 pi. Also: Surg., Gynec. & Obst,, 
 
 Bladder (Gangrene and necrosis of) . 
 
 Chicago, 1910, x, 503^17. Also, Reprint.— Perriol. Deux 
 cas de cystite gangrtoeuse aveo gudrison. Dauphin4 med., 
 Grenoble, 1912, xxxvi, 49-51.— Prigl (H.) Ueber seques- 
 trierende Blasengangran. Ztschr. f. Urol., Berl. & Leipz., 
 1909, iii, 163-177.— Stoeckel (W.) Die Veranderangen der 
 Blase nach Cystitis- dissecans gangraanescens. Monatsb. f . 
 Urol., Berl., 1902, vii, 201-218, 1 pi. . Ueber die Veran- 
 derangen der weiblichen Blase nach Blasengangran. Mo- 
 natsohr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynaek., Berl., 1903, xvii, 1239- 
 1241.— Strielkoft (S. Ya.) [Results of gangrenous cystitis.] 
 Kazan. Med. J., 1912, xii^ 273-283.— Warren (J. C.) A case 
 of gangrenous cystitis with exfoliation of the bladder wall; 
 recovery. In Tits: Cervical rib and other cases. Also: Boston 
 M. & S. J., 1896, cxxxiv, 641-643. Also, Reprint. 
 
 Bladder (Hxman^ioma of). 
 See Bladder (Tumors of). 
 
 Bladder (Hsemorrhagefrom). 
 
 See, also, Bladder (Purpura of); Bladder 
 (Tumors of. Complications and sequelx of); 
 Hsematuria; TTrine (Blood, etc., in). 
 
 Satjvan (P.) *Traitemeiit d'urgence des h6- 
 maturies v^sicales. 8°. Montpellier, 1905. 
 
 Worm (E.) *Blasenblutuiigen nach kiinst- 
 licher Entieeniiig eiaer chronisch gef tillten Ham- 
 blase. 8°, Halle a. S., 1900. 
 
 Albers (J. G.) Hemorrhage froin the bladder with sub- 
 sequent paralysis of that organ for the period of three 
 months. Ohio M. J., Columbus, 1908, iv, 154-156.— Barra- 
 gin. Gran hemorragia vesical; cistotomla suprapubiana; 
 hemostasia por la adrenalina extractiva. Rev. de med. y 
 cirug. pr4ct., Madrid, 1903, lix, 520. — Crossouard. Note 
 sur un cas d'h&nato-chylurie traits par I'eau chloroformfe 
 saturfe. Arch, de mM. nav., Par., 1896, Ixvi, 229-232.— 
 Cumston (C. G.) Bladder hemorrhage treatment. Am. J. 
 Urol., N. Y., 1908-9, v, 453-459. . The general princi- 
 ples of treatment of vesical hemorrhage. Ibid., 1910, vl, 291- 
 299. — Davis (L.) Vesical hematuria. _Am. J. Surg., N. Y., 
 1906, XX, 365-369. Also: Am. J. Urol., N. Y., 1907, iii, 11- 
 19— Dialtl (G.) Sulla ematuria da varici vescicali. Poli- 
 Clin., Roma, 1914, xxi, sez. chir., 241; 271.— Bccles (W. McA.) 
 A case of profuse Spontaneous haemorrhage into the urinary 
 bladder. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1899, i, 336.— Eliot (L.) Supra- 
 pubic cystotomy for hemorrhage into the bladder. Virgmia 
 M. Semi-Monthj Richmond, 1898-9, iii, 315-317. Also: Am. 
 J. Dermat. & Genito-Urin. Dis., St. Louis, 1899, iii, 31.— 
 Flolle (J.) & Flolle (P.) Hfimorragies vfeicales. Rev. prat, 
 d. mal. d. org. gto.-urin., Par., 1912, ix, 430-434.— Grame- 
 nitski (F. I.) (Arterial hsemorrhage from the urinary blad- 
 der.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1911, x, 1353.— Guyon (F.) 
 Des conditions suivant lesquelles se produisent les hma- 
 turles Y^icales et les h^maturies rgnales. Ann. d. mal. d. 
 org. gSnito-urin., Par., 1897, xv, 113-129.— Harrison (R.) 
 Cases of hsemorrhage causing great distension of the male 
 urinary bladder. Lancet, Lend., 1899, i, 508. Also: Tri- 
 State M. J. & Pract., 1899, vi, 122-124.— Herring (H. T.) 
 An eflectlve treatment of vesical hsemorrhage when caused 
 by papillomatous growths. Brit. M. J., Lond^ 1899, ii, 263- 
 265.— IredeU (C. E.) & Thompson (R.) Diathermy in 
 vesical haemorrhage. Lancet, Lond., 1914, i, 1429. — Joseph- 
 son (C. D.) Eln Fall von Stillen ciner lebensgefahrlichen 
 Blutung aus der Blase mittels Gazetamponade durch Kelly- 
 spekulum eingefiihrt. Zentralbl. f. Gynak., Iieipz., 1910, 
 xxxiv, 662. — Kidd (F.) Diathermy in vesical haemorrhage. 
 Lancet, Lond., 1914 j, 1501.— Knox (E. B.) Vesical hsema- 
 turia. Indian M. Rec., Calcutta, 1911, xxxi, 89. — KoU- 
 scher. Blasenblutungen bei Frauen. Wien. klin. Wchn- 
 schr., 1897, X, 516.— Lohnsteln (H.) Hflmaturie infolge von 
 Blasenblutung diabetischen Ursprungs. Deutsche med. 
 Wchnschr^ Berl. & Leipz., 1912, xxxviii, 1938-1940.— Mun- 
 dorS (G. 'r.) A suggestion for increasing the value of the 
 oystoscope in cases of haematuria. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1904, 
 Ixv, 186. — Parlavecchio (G.) Fapillomi, leucoplasie ed in- 
 crostazioni vesical!, che per 14 anm avevano cagionate ema- 
 turie ribelli; operazione; guarigione. Gazz. di med. e chir., 
 Palermo, 1909, viii, 261.— Perry (M. P.) How to evacuate the 
 bladder when obstructed with blood. Charlotte M. J., 1906, 
 xxix, 297.— Beagan (J. A.) Blood-clot in the bladder. St. 
 Louis M. Era, 1898-9, viii, 369.— Bobbins (F. W.) Hemor- 
 rhage from the bladder. J. Mich. M. Soc, Detroit, 1904, iii, 36- 
 41.— Sauvan (P.) The therapeutic value of medical treat- 
 ment in cases of vesical hematuria. Am. J. Urol., N. Y., 1908, 
 
 iv, 386-392. . Themedicinaltreatmentof vesicalhema- 
 
 turia. Therap. Med.. N. Y., 1909, iii, 161-167.— Schailer (O.) 
 Blasenblutungen infolge von therapeutischen Massnahmeu 
 in der Anafregion. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. 
 u. Aerzte (M.unster) 1912, Leipz., 1913, Ixxxiv, pt. 2, 2. 
 Hlfte., 219.— Suplfiski (E.) [Hsemorrhage of the bladder 
 cured by operation.] Medycyna, Warszawa, 1899, xxvii, 
 828-831.— Swan (R. H. J.) Diathermy in vesical hssmor- 
 rhage. Lancet, Lond., 1914, i, 1648.— Syroy^tka (J.) 
 [Hsemorrhage filling the urinary bladder.] Casop. 14k. 
 «esk., V Praze, 1864, ili, 397.— Ware (M. W.) Hematuria due 
 
BLADDER. 
 
 599 
 
 BLADDER. 
 
 Bladder {HseTnorrhage from) . 
 
 to pathological conditions ol the bladder. Am. J. Urol., 
 N. Y., 1907. iii, 205-209.— Weinberg. Clauden bei Blasen- 
 blutung. Deutsche med. Wchnsohr., Berl. & Leipz., 1918, 
 xliv, 829. 
 
 Bladder (HsemorrTioids and varix of). 
 
 Mysing (G. E.,F.) *De hsemorrhoidibus mu- 
 cosis vesicse urinariss ab infarctibus ortis. 8°. 
 Jense, 1795. 
 
 Augagneur (V.) Les h&norrhoides v&icales. Province 
 mid., Lyon, 1898^ xii, 433-435.— Fall (Ein) von Blasenhamor- 
 rhoiden und seme Diagnose duroh das Cystoskop. Mo- 
 natsb. . . . d. Krankh. d. Ham- u. Sex.-Appar., Berl., 1897, 
 ii, 521-525.— Gonzales (J. de T.) Un caso de varices de las 
 venas del cuello vesical. CrOn. m^d. mexicana, Mexico, 
 1897-8, i, 241-244.— Grade. Cystorragie due k des varices 
 probables de la vessie. Arch. m^d. beiges, Brux., 1899, 
 4. s., xlv, 297-301.— Vogel (J.) Ueber varicose Blasenblu- 
 tungen. Berl. klin. Wchnsohr., 1910, xlvii, 781-783. 
 
 Bladder (Hernia of). 
 
 See, also, Bladder (Female, Hernia of). 
 
 Eggenbbbgee (H.) *Hanib]a3enbruche. 
 [Basel.] 8°. Leipzig, 1908. 
 
 AUo, to; Deutsche Ztschr. i. Chir., Leipz., 1908, xciv, 624- 
 579. 
 
 Fakgin-Fayollb (P.) *Coiitributiona.r^tude 
 des hernies de la vessie. 8°. Pans, 1903, 
 Also, in: Chir. d. ali^n.. Par., 1904, iU, 129-177. 
 
 Fbreeiea Vas (F.) *0 cystocele e especial- 
 mente a sua pathogenia. 4°. Rio de Janeiro, 
 1901. 
 
 Gruget (A.) *De8 accidents et des complica- 
 tions des cystocMes hemiaires (inguinale et cm- 
 rale), en particulier des accidents d'etrangle- 
 ment dansles cystocfeles pures. 8° Paris, 1908. 
 
 Koch (W.) *Ueber Cystocelen. 8°. Frei- 
 burg i. B., 1896. 
 
 Maerzdorpf (W.) *Beitrag zur Casuistik der 
 Blasenhemien der letzten 10 Jahre. 8°. Greifs- 
 wald, 1897. 
 
 Maetz (A.-J.-J.-R.) *Contribution k I'^tude 
 des cystoc^es pures ^trangl^es. 8°. Bordeaux, 
 1909. 
 
 PiOT (J.) *Contribution k I'^tude des hernies 
 v&icales. 8°. Paris, 1902. 
 
 Peahl ([H.] p. T.) *Zwei Falle von Ham- 
 blasenbruch. [Berlin.] 8°. Eaderaleben, 1910. 
 
 Alessandxl. Bicerche sperimentali sulla produziome del- 
 I'emia della vescica. Clin, chir., Milano, 1900, viii, 947. 
 Also: Arch, ed atti d. Soc. ital. di chir. 1900, Eoma, 1901, xv, 
 
 p. Ixxix; 193. . L'emia della vescica eon speoiale 
 
 riguardo alia sua patogenesi. PoUclin., Boma, 1901, viii, 
 sez. chir., 1-61.— Arcangeli (A.) Per la diagnosi delPernia 
 della vescica. Riformamed., Napoli, lOlO.xxvl, 711-715. — 
 Ainaud (L.) l«s cystocfeles enirales chez rhomme. Prov. 
 mM., Par., 1908, xix, 313-316.— Augusto (M.) Contributo 
 allostudioclinicodelleernievescicali. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 
 
 1911, xxxii^ 1373-1375.— Baronl (G.) Delle ernie della 
 vescica. Riformamed., Roma, 1902, xviii, pt. 4, 782; 794.— 
 Beale (P. T. B.) Hernia of the bladder. Med. Press & 
 Circ, Lend., 1905, n. s., Ixxx, 242.— Beedle (G. A.) Cysto- 
 cele. J. Missouri M. Ass^ St. Louis, 1908-9, v, 163-167.— 
 Berard. Hemie crurale de la vessie chez Phomme. Lyon 
 mM., 1908, ex, 538-540.— Bernhard (O.) Ueber Blasen- 
 hemien und Blasenverletzungen. Cor.-Bl. f. sohweiz. 
 Aerzte, Basel, 1899, xxix, 705-715.— Bertrand fG.) Hernie 
 et calcul de la vessie. Marseille mid., 1912, xlix, 533-537. — 
 Blelyayefl (S. M.) [Diagnosis of hemla of the bladder.] 
 Vrach. Gaz^^ S.-Peterb., 1912, xix, 1484 — Bomliaupt (L.) 
 Ueber die Blasenhemien. St. Petersb. med. Wclmschr., 
 1899, n. P., xvi, 49-51. [Discussion], 44.— Boursler. Cysto- 
 c41e en masse. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1908, xxxviii, 268 — 
 de Bovls. Cystocfeles herniaires. Gaz. d. h6p.. Par., 1897, 
 Ixx, 1129-1136.— Cernezzi (A.) Contributo alle ernie vesci- 
 cali diverticolari. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1905, xxvi, 232- 
 234. — Cliarrler-Charljonnel. Un nouveau cas de cysto- 
 c61e ^tranglfe (crurale). J. de mM. de Bordeaux, 1909, 
 xxxix, 6ffl — Cosentlno (A.) Contributo alia casistica 
 delle ernie della vescica. Clin, chir., Milano, 1901, Ix, 789; 
 866. — Felteu (R.) Ueber Blasenhemien. Arch. f. klin. 
 Chir., Berl., 1910-11, xciv, 68-88, 1 pi.— Flnsterer (H.) 
 Ueber Harnblasenbniche. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tubing. , 
 
 1912, Ixxxi, 240-265.— Gaudier. Hemie de la vessie. Bull. 
 Soc. dem^d. du nord 1910, Lille, 1911, 147-149.— Gemlanos 
 (M.> Ueber Cystocele liaese albse. Deutsclie Ztschr. f. 
 CMr., Leipz., 1899, liv, 191-201.— GlovannettI (G.) Cisto- 
 cele crurale extraperitoneale strozzato. Gazz. d. osp.. 
 
 Bladder (Hernia of). 
 
 Milano, 1912, xxxiii, 489.— Girardl (M.) Contributo alio 
 studio dell'emia vescicale crurale. PoUcliu., Roma, 1902-3, 
 ix, sez. prat., 397-399.— Glflckstlial (A.) fitude sur la 
 hemie de la vessie (d'aprfes trois observations personnelles). 
 Lyon chir., 1914, xii, 24-39.— Hanasievrlcz. Hernia pro- 
 perltonealis vesicalis. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1911, xxiv, 
 1736.— Hansen (P. N.) Ueber Blasenbriiche. Nord. med. 
 Ark., Stockholm, 1905, 3. f., v, afd. 1, No. 16, 1-15.— Hansson 
 (A.) Cystocele extraperitonealis. Hygiea, Stockholm, 
 1903, 2. f., iii, pt. 2, 479-482.- Harrington (F. B.) Hernia 
 of the bladder through the pelvic floor from the traction of a 
 subperitoneal fibroma. Tr. Am. Surg. Ass^ Phlla., 1900, 
 xvlu, 257-263, 5 pi— Helneck (A. P.) Hemias of the 
 urinary bladder. (5hicago M. Recorder, 1916, xxxviii, 342; 
 456. Also: Cleveland M. J., 1916, xv, 388-402. Also, 
 transl.: Clinique, Montreal, 1916, vii, 7-12. — Hermes. 
 Beitrag zur Kermtniss der Blasenhemien. Deutsche Ztschr. 
 f. Chir., Leipz., 1897, xlv, 245-300— Ingebrigtsen (R.) 
 [Cystocele.] Norsk Mag. f. Laegevidensk., Kristiania, 1912, 
 5. R., X, 548-552 —Karewskl (F.) Klinische und anato- 
 mische, sowie experimentelle Beltrage zur Kenntniss der 
 inguinalen und cruralen Blasenhemien. Arch. f. klin. Chir., 
 Berl., 1904, Ixxv, 395-424, 1 pi.— KllvlnfC. F.) Hemiaofthe 
 bladder. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1906, Ixxxiv, 74-76. Also, 
 Reprint.— Kryukofl (M. M.) "[Femoral bladder hernia.) 
 Trudl 1 protok. zasied. Russk. Knirurg. Obsh. Pirogova, S.- 
 Peterb., 1902-3, jcxi, 13-58.— Lambret. Cystocjle compli- 
 qu^e de calcul. Echo m^d. du nord, LUle, 1898, ii, 189-191. 
 
 . Pathogfinie des hernies de la vessie. Bull. mSd., 
 
 Par., 1899, xdii, 397-399.— Laurentl (T.) Contributo casis- 
 tico aU' emia paraperitoneale della vescica. Gazz. med. di 
 Roma, 1916, xlii, 354-358.— Lessen, Ueber Harnblasen- 
 bniche. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tilbing., 1902, xxxv, 149-170.— 
 Lttcke (R.) Ueber die extraperitoneale Blasenhernie. 
 Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1905, Ixxx, 574-585.— 
 Makins (G. H.) On prevesical hernia, with the relation of 
 a case in which subacute strangulation occurred. Brit. M. 
 J., Lond., 1899, i, 905.— Mannlno (F.) Due casi di emia 
 ejctraperitoneale della vescica. Rassegna Intemaz. d. med. 
 mod., Catania, 1906, vii, 41-44.— Mantelli (C.) Di una 
 forma non comune di cistocele paraperitoneale. Rassegna 
 di clin. e terap., Roma, 1910, xxxiu, 26-28. — Martin (E.) 
 Beitrag zur Symptomatologie des eingeklemmten Hambla- 
 senbruches. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 190O, liv, 
 468-486.— MSriel (E.) Les cystocfeles hemiaires m^connues. 
 Prov. mdd.. Far., 1910, xxi, 311-313.— Michels (E.) Case of 
 extra-peritoneal vesical hernia. Proc. Roy. M. & Chir. Soc. 
 Lond., 1893-4, vi, 88-92. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1894, i, 
 1068.— Nevltt (R. B.) Hernia of the bladder. Dominion 
 M. Month., Toronto, 1906, xxvi, 121-125.— NoaU (W. P.) 
 Hernia of the bladder. Practitioner, Lond., 1910, Ixxxiv, 
 842-848.— Noble (0. P.) Cystocele. J. Am. M. Ass., Chi- 
 cago, 1907, xlix, 1982-1984. [Discussion], 1986. Also, Re- 
 print. — Nuflez (E .) Incontinencia de orina por acodMniento 
 de la uretra en un caso de cistocele. Rev. de med. y cirug. 
 de la Habana, 1907, xii, 77 — Pomara (D.) Contributo alio 
 studio delle ernie vescicali. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1903, 
 xxiv, 660-663.— Putza (F.) Contributo alio studio del- 
 r emia della vescica. PoUclin., Roma, 1913, xx, sez. chir., 
 62-86.— Racoviceano. Femoral cystocele. Med. Press & 
 Circ, Lond., 1901, n. s, Ixxii, 61.— Roberts (W. O.) Hernia 
 of the bladder. Louisville Month. J. M. & S., 1899-1900, vi, 
 
 199. . Hernia of the bladder. Urol. & Cutan. Rev., 
 
 St. Louis, 1915, xix, 605-608.— Rolando (S.) Sur les hernies 
 delavessie. Ass. franj. d'urol. Proc.-verb., Par., 1911, xiv, 
 761-763.— Rossi. Erme vescicali. Arch, ed atti d. Soc. 
 ital. di chir. 1899, Roma, 1900, xiv, 629-534.— Routll (A.) 
 A post graduate cUnical lecture on cystocele. Chn. J., Lond., 
 1897-8, xi, 217-222.— Saliba (J.) Hernia of the bladder. J. 
 Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1917, Ixviii, 1237. Also, Reprint. — 
 Samokhotski (S. O.) [Hemiaofthebladder.) Khiruraia, 
 Mosk., 1903, xiv, 211-224.— Spalding (C. B.) Hernia of 
 bladder, with report of case. Kentucky M. J., Bowling 
 Green, 1909-10, vui, 1793-1799.— Ssalistscbew (E. G.) 
 Beitrag zur Lehre von den Blasenbriiclien. Arch. 1. klin. 
 Chir., Beri., 1897, Uv, 135-171.— Swl^teckl (J.) [CystocJle 
 crurale hypertrophic. R&., pp. xlv-xlvii.) Przegl. chir., 
 Warszawa, 1898-1901, 697-707.— Tgdenat. Hernies v&i- 
 cales de la ligne blanche. Bull, et m^m. Soc. de chir. de 
 Par., 1901, n. s., xxvii, 294-300 —Thompson (H.) A case 
 of hernia of the bladder. Lancet, Lond. , 1898, i, 225. — Van- 
 nuccl (F.) Osservazioni cliniche e sperimentaU sull'emia 
 della vescica. CUn. mod., Firenze, 1905, xi, 565-574. — Vin- 
 cent (E.) Les hernies de la vessie. Bull. m^d. de 1' Alg^rie, 
 Alger, 1909, xx, 645-650.— Voiturlez. La hemie de la vessie. 
 J. d. sc. mM. de Lille, 1902, i, 217-225.— von Zilahy (E.) 
 Beitrag zu den eingeklemmten Blasenbriichen. Pest, med.- 
 chir. Presse, Budapest,J910, xlvi, 226.— Zimmer (J.) [Her- 
 nias of the bladder.] Casop. 16k. desk., v Praze, 1906, xlv, 
 937; 964; 994.— Zondek (M.) Beitrag zur Lehre von den 
 Blasenhemien. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1899, Iii, 
 684-593. 
 
 Bladder (Hernia of Inguinal). 
 
 Beckbe (W.) *Ueber inguinale Blasenbriiche. 
 8°. Tubingen, 1898. 
 
 Also, in: Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tubing., 1899, xxiii, 167-182. 
 
BLADDER. 
 
 600 
 
 BLADDER. 
 
 Bladder (Hernia of, Inguinal) . 
 
 Bertholet (J. B. C.) *De cystocele ingui- 
 nali. 8m. 4°. Paris, 1778. 
 
 Matringhem (V.-P.-L.) *A. propos d'un cas 
 de cystocfele ingtdnale chez 1' enfant. 8°. Lille, 
 1910. 
 
 PouPATJLT (E.) *De la cystocfele inguinale. 
 8°. Pans, 1902. 
 
 Privat .(F.-P.) *Contribution a, I'^tude de la 
 cystocfele inguinale (traitement par un procM6 
 de cure radicale). 4°. Paris, 1S§6. 
 
 AlessanOxl (E.) Un nuovo oaso di emia inguioale bila- 
 terale della vescica. Bull. d. r. Accad. med. di Boma, 1905, 
 xxxl, 45-48.— Baldwin (J. F.) Complete Inguinal extrar 
 
 geritoncal hernia of the bladder; recovery. J. Am. M. Ass., 
 hicE^o, 1901, xxxvi, 1397.— Baudet (P.) Sur un cas de 
 hemie inguinale de la vessie. Arch. jnM. de Toulouse, 1911, 
 xvili, 333-338.— Callstl (A.) Coniributo clinico alio studio 
 del cistooele inguinale. Ann. d. Fao. di med . , Perugia, 1914, 
 4. s., iv, 17-33.— Cameron (D.) & HIggs (S. L.) Cases of 
 vesical hernia simulating inguinal and femoral hernia. St. 
 Barth. Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1915, 11, 45-53.- Cassanello (E.) 
 Hemie inguinale double de la vessie. J. d'urol. m^d. et 
 chir., Par., 1913, iii, 55. — Cbarrler <A.) Une cystocfele in- 
 guinale ^trangl^e suivie de sphacile ^tendu de la vessie. J. 
 de med. de Bordeaux, 1909, xxxix, 197-201.— Domenlclilnl 
 (G.) Cistocele inguinale extraperitoneale bilaterale. Boll. d. 
 Hoc. med. di Parma, 1912; 2. s., v, 80-85.— Fumml (A.) 
 Emia completa della vescica (inguino-scrotale). Arch, ed 
 attl d. Soc. ital. di chir. 1900, Roma, 1901, xv, 410-422.— 
 Galperln (P. Y.) [Inguinal nemia oi the blaaderl) Vo- 
 yenno-Med. J., S.-Peterb., 1909, ocxxv, med.-spec. pt., 215- 
 Lmpazzl (C.) Voluminosa ernia vescicale in- 
 
 225. — Garampazzl 
 
 guinale destra diretta iitgorgata; resezlone. 
 
 EiJorma med., 
 
 Napoli, 1898, xiv, pt. 2, 279-282. Also: Terap. cUn., NapoU, 
 1898, vii, 195-198.- Glfford (A. H.) Protrusion of the uri- 
 nary bladder into the inguinal canal. Lancet, Lend., 1910, 
 ii, 1829.— Golubeff (F. A.) [Inguinal hernia of bladder, 
 resembling certain symptoms of hernia known as traumatic 
 artificial.] Voyenno-Med. J., S.-Peterb., 1904, u, med.-spec. 
 pt., 287-293.— Gordon (O. A.) Hernia of the bladder, com- 
 plicating inguinal and femoral hernia. Brooklyn M. J., 1906, 
 XX, 89-92.— Imbert (L.) CystocSle inguinale. Bull. Soc, 
 anat. de Par., 1896, Ixxi, 168-170.— Ingbert (C. E .) Inguinal 
 hernia of the bladder. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1906, xlvii, 
 361 — liambret. Deux cas de hemie inguinale de la vessie. 
 :6cho m&d. du nord, Lille, 1899, Hi, 130.— Le Nouene (L.) 
 Hemie inguinale double de la vessie. Eev. raid, de Nor- 
 mandie, Rouen, 1906, 37-42.— Leotta (N.) SuU' emia in- 
 guinale bilaterale della vescica. Ann. d. r. 1st- di clin. chir. 
 di Eoma, 1910, iii, 531-544. Also: Bull. d. r. Acad. med. d. 
 
 klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1898, xx, 727-802.— Macliard (A.) 
 Hemie v&icale inguinale; suture de la vessie. Eev. m^d. de 
 la Suisse Eom., Genfeve, 1898, xviii, 269-272.- Manley (T. 
 H.) Strangulated hernia of the bladder; ruptured sarcoma 
 of the testis mistaken lor straneulated hernia. Med. News, 
 N. Y., 1901, Ixxix, 297-299.— Masera (G.) Contribute cli- 
 nico alio studio del cistocele inguinale. Pensiero med., 
 MUano, 1912, 11, 978; 999.— Maze ( JJ De la hemie de la vessie 
 k travers le fascia transversalis. Eev. mM. de Normandie, 
 Rouen, 1903, iv, 29-31. — Park (R.) Hernia of the bladder 
 comphcating inguinal hernia. Buaalo M. J., 1904-5, n. s., 
 xliv, 524— PIgnacca (G.) Sopra un caso di cistocele intrar 
 peritoneale blmguinale. Pensiero med., Uilano, 1914, iv, 19- 
 23. — Plunimer (S. C.) Inguinal hernia of the bladder, re- 
 port of a case; remarks on diagnosis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chi- 
 cago, 1905, xlv, 240-242.— Bacovlceano. Cystocile inguinal. 
 Bull, et m^m. Soc. de chir. de Bucarest, 1901-2, iv, 44.— 
 Randall (H. E J Inguinal hernia of the bladder. J. Am. 
 M. Ass., Chicago, 1902, liii, 633.— Rhodes (J. H.) Scrotal 
 hemia of the bladder. Louisville Month. J. M. & S., 1903-1, 
 X, 16.— Roche (F.) De la cystocele inguino-scrotale. Ann. 
 d. mal. d. org. g^mto-urin.. Par., 1899, xvii, 15-38.— Scanga 
 (A.) II cistocele inguinale considerato nei rapport! anatomo- 
 chirurgici e nella patogenesi. Gazz. internaz. di med., 
 Napoli, 1910, xiii, 1207; 1223; 1263.— Shepherd (F. J.) 
 Hernia of the bladder complicating inguinal hernia. Ann. 
 Surg., Phila., 1904, xl, 921-928.— Stincer (E.) Sobre un 
 caso de cistocele inguinal. Eev. de med. y drug, de la Ha- 
 bana, 1917, xxii, 353.— Testa (E.) Del cistocele inguinale 
 bilaterale. Gior. di med. e chir., Napoli, 1907, ill, 176-180.— 
 Vaccari (L.) Su di una rara disposizione della fascia dl 
 Cooper a llvello di un' emia diretta della vescica. Gazz. d. 
 osp., Milano, 1904, xxv, 516; 784— Valyashko (0. A.) [In- 
 guinal hernia of the urinary bladder.) Khirurgia, Mosk., 
 1903, xlv, 225-233.— Venturl ( AO Un caso di cistocele ingui- 
 nale puro strozzato. Policlln., Roma, 1911, xviii, sez. chir., 
 284; 293.— Zancarlni (G.) Dell' emia inguinale bilaterale 
 della vescica. Clin, chir., Milano, 1911, xix, 2269-2280, 
 
 Bladder (Hernia of, Treatment of, Oper- 
 ative). 
 
 Craig (D. H.)_ Operation for cystocele and 
 perineorrhaphy in a confirmed diabetic. 8°. 
 [Boston, n. d.] 
 
 Sjovall (S.) *0m bl&sbrack antraftade vid 
 operationer of inguinal- och cruralbrfick. [Blad- 
 der hernia met with in operations for inguinal 
 and criu-al hernia.] 8°. Lund, 1899. 
 
 Angellnl (A.) Un'operazione di emia Inguinale della 
 sola vescica. Arch, ed atti d. Soc. ital. di chir. 1905, Eoma, 
 
 1906, xix, 202-204.— Bandler (S. W.) Vagino-flxation of the 
 uteras for the cure of cystocele Interstate M. J., St. Louis, 
 1910, xvii, 231-238.— Bell (J. B.) A new operation for cysto- 
 cele. N. Am. J. Homoeop., N. Y.^ 1902, xvii, 251-255.— 
 Bonomo (L.j SuH'emle della vescica; osservazioni anato- 
 miche e contributo clinico di cura radicale. Gior. med. d. r. 
 esercito[etc.l, Roma, 1898, xlvi, 685-717.— Braltsefl (V. R.) 
 [Hemia of the urinary bladderj_ Khirurgia, Mosk., 1911, 
 xxix, 59-84.— Brunner (F.) Ueber Hamblasenbruche. 
 
 Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir^ Leipz., 1898, xlvii, 121-186. . 
 
 Das Hervorziehen der Harnblase bei Hemlenradikalopera- 
 tionen. (Die sogenannte operative Blasenhernie.) Ibid., 
 
 1909, ci, 562-580.— Carmlcha*! (F. A.) Operative dis- 
 placement of the bladder In the treatment of extensive 
 cystocele. Internat. J. Surg., N. Y., 1909, xxii, 99-103 — 
 Carvallo (C. T.) Tratamiento del cistocele por dobles 
 colporraflas laterales. Crfin. mM., Lima, 1917, xxxiv, 135.— 
 Chudovszky (M.) Ueber Blasenbriiche. Beitr. z. klin. 
 Chir., Tubing., 1913, Ixxxiv, 102-105.— Dickinson (E. C.) 
 Recurrence of cystocele after operation. Tr. N. York Obst. 
 Soc, 1909-11, 118-145.— Fenger (C.) Cases of hernia of the 
 bladder met with during operations for inguinal and fe- 
 moral hernia. Tr. Am .Surg. Ass . , Phila. , 1895, xiii, 321-346. 
 Also, Reprint.- Flnst«rer. Operierte Blasenhernie. Wien. 
 klin. Wchnschr., 1916, xxix, 241.— FothergUl (W. E.) A 
 clinical lecture on the precise relationship of cystocele, 
 prolapse and rectocele, and the operations for their rehef. 
 Brit. M. J., Lond., 1912, i, 817.— Gibson (C, L.) Personal 
 experience m herma of the bladder, with table of cases. - Tr. 
 M. Soc. N. Y., Phila., 1897,373-383. Also: Med. Eec, N. Y., 
 1897, li, 401-404. AUo, Eeprint.— GUllam (D. T.) A 
 simplified cystocele operation. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 
 
 1907, xlix, 1984-1987. . Operation for cystocele; an 
 
 improved method. Interstate M. J., St. Louis, 1910, xvii, 
 683-686.— Goffe (J. E.) The etiology and pathology of 
 cystocele and a new operation for its relief. J. Am. M. Ass., 
 Chicago, 1904, xlui, 1432-1438.— Graves (W. P.) An opera- 
 tion for cystocele. Boston M. & S. J., 1906, cUv, 462, 1 pi. 
 AUo, Eeprint.- Gray nV. L.) Operation for cystocele by 
 the abdominal route. Illinois M. J., Chicago, 1917, xxxii, 
 103. — Helneck (A. P.) Hernias of the urinary bladder; 
 nature; modem treatment; conclusions. Louisville Month. 
 J. M. & S., 1916-17, xxiil, I-IL— Laroyenne. Traitement 
 opi5ratoire de la cystocele; cystopexie guid^ par le doigt 
 introduit dans la vessie. Province m£d., Lyon, 1898, xii, 
 135^137.— Levit (V.) [Inguinal hernia of the bladder.) 
 Khirargia, Mosk., 1910, xxvii, 637-641.— Makevnin (N. Y.) 
 [Hernia of the bladder.] Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1912, xix, 
 377-379.— Mastroslmone (F.) L'ernia della vescica; 
 contributo clinico sperimentale alia patogenesi, anatomia 
 patolosica e terapia del cistocele; sette casi di ernia vescicale 
 operati e guariti. Policlin., Eoma, 1909, xvi, sez. chir., 183; 
 227 —Noble (G. H.) An operation for cystocele. J. Am. 
 M. Ass , Chicago, 1901, xxxvi, 963-966 —Parsamoff"(0. S.) 
 [Operative treatment of cystocele; Martin-Bumm's opera- 
 tion.) Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1914, xxi, 961-963 — Pozza 
 (P.) Un caso di cistocele inawertito; apertura della vescica, 
 sutura; guarigione per prima. Gaiz. a. osp , Milano, 1897, 
 xviii, 577-579.— Rawls (R. M.) A preliminary report of an 
 operation for cystocele. Rep. Surg. Stall Woman's Bosp. 
 N. Y., 1918, i, 86-98.— Keder (F.) An operation lor cysto- 
 cele that has givensatisfactoryresults. Ain. J. Obst ,N. Y., 
 
 1910, Ixi, 227-234.— Reynolds (E.) The principles under- 
 lying the repair of cystocele and an operation founded there- 
 on. Am. Med., Phila., 1902, iv, 171-172. Also, Reprint. 
 
 . The repair of cystocele. Boston M. & S. J., 1907, 
 
 clvi, 774-777.— Roberts (W. O.) Hernia of the urinary 
 bladder, with mention of two cases. Louisville Month. J. 
 M. & S., 1914-15, xxi, 260-266 —Robins (C. W.) The cure of 
 cystocele. Old Dominion J. M. & g., Richmond, 1905-6, iv, 
 408-410. Also: Richmond J. Pract., 1906, xx, 128-131 — 
 BoznatovskI (D. N.) [Hernia of the bladder.) Khirurgia, 
 Mosk., 1910, xxvii, 642-649.— Smith (H. L.) A method of 
 supporting the bladder in certain cases of cystocele. Boston 
 M. & S. J., 1917, olxxvi, 591-593.— Stone (I- S.) A reliable 
 operation for cystoce'e. Hosp. Bull. Univ. Maryland, 
 Bait., 1906, ii, 4.— Sttssengutn (S.) Ein Fall einer einge- 
 klemmten paraperitonealen Blasenhernie. Deutsche Zt- 
 schr. 1. Chir., Leipz., 1912, cxiv, 563-562.— Thienhaus (CO.) 
 Remarks on the methods of operations in vogue lor cystocele 
 with and without prolapse or the utems. J. Am. M. Ass., 
 Chicago, 1902, xxxix, 687-692.— Wood (J. C.) A new opera- 
 
BLADDER. 
 
 601 
 
 BLADDER. 
 
 Bladder (Hernia of, Treatment of, Opera- 
 tive) . 
 
 tion lor cystocele. Tr. Am. Inst. Homoeop., Chicago, 1904, 
 706-718.— Zavyaloff (I. A.) [Hermae of the bladder and 
 wounds of the bladder dunng herniotomy.) . Khirargia, 
 Mosk., 1913, xxxiv, 558-564. 
 
 Bladder {Hydatids of). 
 
 GtTESSiN (P.) *Contril5utioii i I'lStude des 
 kystes hydatiques de la vessie. 8° Montpel- 
 lier, 1916. 
 
 Daspies (J.) Kyste hydatique p^dicul^ de la vessie; 
 gu&ison. Ass. franc, de cmr. Proc.-verb., Par., 1909, xxii, 
 1133-1138. — Nicaise (V.) A propos de quelques observations 
 tares de kystes hydatiques de la vessie. Rupert, de m6d. in- 
 temat ., Par., 1911, i. No. 2, 5-8.— Nlcolich. Kyste hydatique 
 de la vessie. Ann. d. mal. d. org. ginito-urm.. Par., 1908, 
 ii, 1773^1775.— Razzalionl (G.) Contributo clinico alia 
 localizzazione vescicale dell' echinocooco multiplo perito- 
 neale. Riv. veneta di sc. med., Venezia, 1912, Ivii, 367-376.— 
 Standage (R. P.) On hydatids in the female pelvis; with 
 notes of a case of primary hydatid disease of the bladder 
 Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1905, 2d, 177-179. 
 
 Bladder (Hypertrophy of). 
 
 See, also. Bladder {Duatation of). 
 
 Aizt (L.) Angeboreue Dilatation und Btypertrophie der 
 Hamblase. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. 
 Aerzte (Konigsb.) 1910, Leipz., WIK Ixxxii, pt. 2, 7-13.— 
 Box (C. R.) Hypertrmhiea and dilated urinary bladder. 
 Proe. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1913-14, vii^Cliu. Sect., 70.— 
 Child (0. F.) Bladder hypertrophy. Hosp. Bull. Dep. 
 Pub. Char., N. Y., 1917, i, 108.— Baling (L.) Nigra Ront- 
 genbilder af ett tall af dilaterad, exoentriskt hypertrofierad 
 urinblasa. Hygiea, Stockholm, 1912, Ixxiv, 1177-1181.— 
 Kirkpatrick (H.) & Bradfleld (E. W. C.) Notes on a case 
 of hypertrophy of the bladder in a child. Lancet, Lond., 
 1913, li, 799.— Oliver (J.) Hypertrophy of the urinary blad- 
 der m a woman with an ovarian cyst. Ibid., 1908, i, 1151. — 
 Samways (D. W.) Thestrengthot the hypertrophied blad- 
 der. Brit.M. J., Lond., 1900, ii, 1771. — Spencer. Congenital 
 hypertrophy of the neck of the bladder in a boy. West- 
 minst. Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1901, xii, 94. 
 
 Bladder (Infection of). 
 
 Maquart (A.) *Contribution k I'lStude- du 
 traitement de I'infection v^sicale. 8°. Paris, 
 1899. 
 
 Teissier (B.) *Cystite8 a coU-bacilles. 8°. 
 Montpellier, 1907. 
 
 Albarran. Des infections v&icales. Ass. frang. d'urol. 
 Proc.-verb. 1898, Par., 1899, iii, 6-76.— Albarran, HalI6 & 
 Legrain. Des infections vdsicales. Gaz. hebd. de m^d.. 
 Par., 1898, n. s., iii, 10,45.— Aravantinos (A..) & MicIiailiiUs 
 (N.) Un cas de cystite amibienne. Bull. Soc. path, exot., 
 Par., 1918, xl, 6S5-687. — Baisch. Bakteriologische und ex- 
 perimentelle Studien fiber Cystitis. Miinchen. med. Wchn- 
 schr., 1903, 1, 2231.— Barth (H.) & Michaux (G.) Lcs in- 
 fections vgsicalss et le bacille pyocyanique. Presse m^d., 
 Par., 1903, i, 405.— Berner (J. H.) Eia mit Optochin be- 
 handelter Fall von Pneumokokken-Zystitis. Deutsche 
 med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1918, xUv, 406. — Bessan. 
 Chronische Streptokokkencystitis. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 
 1916, liu, 263.— Blelm (J. F.) Bacillus coli cystitis, and its 
 successful treatment. Am. J. Clin. M., Chicago, 1916, xxiii, 
 33-35.— van der Bogert (F.) Colon bacillus cystitis with 
 alkaline urine. Pediatrics, N. Y., 1913, xxv, 579. — Bosellini 
 (P.) II bacterium coli nella cistite dell' uomo. Gior. ital^d. 
 "ilano, ir"" 
 id by th 
 J.', Bait., 1900, xliii, 221-224. 
 
 mal. ven., Milano, 1899, xxxiv, 489-502.— Brown (T. R.) 
 
 Cystitis caused by the Bacillus pyocyaneus. Maryland M. 
 , „ ,. ,,, . „„. Cystitis due to the 
 
 typhoid bacillus introduced by catheter in a patient not 
 having typhoid fever. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1900^ Ivii^ 405-403. 
 Also, Repriat.^van Calcar (R. P.) De aetiologie der in- 
 feotieusecystitis. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1899, 
 2. R., XXXV, d. 2, 1188-1212. Also, trtmsl.: Ann. d.mal. d. org. 
 g^nito-urin.. Par., 1899, xvii, 1253-1287.— Chorno-Slivarts 
 (B. N.) (Cystitis in child caused by the colon bacillus.] 
 Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1905, Ixili, 99-106.— Cumston (C. G.) 
 Acute bacterium coli infection of the bladder. Am. J. Urol., 
 N. Y., 1908, iv, 84-88.— Desnos. Infection v&icale et reten- 
 tion. Ann. d. mal. d. org. gfiuito-urin., Par., 1898, xvi, 1204. — 
 Dessy (S.) & Fatlclii (G.) Cistite ed epididimite ooliba- 
 cillari. CUu. med. ital., Milano, 1898, xxxvu, 220-227.— 
 Donati (M.) Cistiti stanlococciche sperimentali e intezione 
 renale. Arch, per le sc. med., Torino, 1907, xxxi, 203-213.— 
 Douglas (K. M.) The bacillus coli communis in relation to 
 cystitis. Scot. M. & S. J., Edinb., 1901, viii, 124-139.— Faltln 
 (R.) Experimentelle Untersuchungen fiber die Infektion 
 der Hamblase. Centralbl. 1. d. Krankh. d. Ham- u. Sex.- 
 
 Org., Leipz., 1901, xii, 401; 465. . Recherches bactSrio- 
 
 logiques sur I'iniection vfeicale sp^cialement au point de 
 vue de la variability de la flore bact^rienne. Ann. d. mal. d. 
 org. g^nito-urin., Par., 1902, xx, 176; 298.— Pisclier (W.> 
 
 Bladder (Infection of) . 
 
 Ueber Amobenzystitis. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1914, 
 Ixi, 473.— Gask (G. E.) Cystitis and its bacteriology. St. 
 Barth. Hosp. J., Lond., 1902-3, x, 4-8.— George (C.) Bac- 
 teriological findings in cystitis. Tr. Mich. M. Soc, Detroit, 
 1901, XXV, 391-398. Also: Physician & Surg., Detroit & Ann 
 Arbor, 1901, xxiii, 310-314.— Guisy (B.) Quelques cas de 
 cystite infectieuse par auto-infection. Ann. d. mal. d. org. 
 g^nito-uriu.. Par., 1901, xix, 1067-1073.— Guyot (G.) Cis- 
 tite acuta da batterio coli-simile; cospicuo potere aggluti- 
 nante del siero di sangue verso il bacillo deftifo (1 : 1000). 
 Cron. d. clin. med. di Geneva 1906, xii, 189; 210.— Hamonle 
 (P.) Valeur compariSe des divers antiseptiques dans les 
 traitements des Infections v&icales. Ann. d. mal. org. 
 gtoito-urin., Par^ 1898, xvi, 1207-1209.— Hartmann (H.) 
 & Roger (H.) Contribution k I'^tude bact^riologique des 
 cystites. Presse mM., Par., 1902, ii, 1107. Also: Ass. frang. 
 d'urol. Proc.-verb. 1902, Par., 1903, vi, 517-522.— Houston 
 (T.) On a case of cystitis of three years' duration due to the 
 typhoid bacillus. Brit. M. J.^ Lond., 1899, i, 78. — James 
 (S. C.) Auto-lnocular cystitis. Kansas City M. Index- 
 Lancet, 1901, xxii, 200-206.— Janet (J.) Contagiosity v6n^ 
 rienne des infections v&icales. Ann. d. mal. d. org. g^nito- 
 urin., Par., 1898, xvi, 1200-1202. Also: Ass. franc d'uroL 
 Proc.-verb. 1898, Par., 1899, iii, 76-82.— lay (E.) Sulle cis- 
 titi da b. coli. Gazz. intemaz. di med., NapoU, 1911, xiv, 
 30-35.— I*opold (I.) & licvl (I. V.)'A case of self-induced 
 cystitis due to the colon bacillus. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1903, 
 xx,348-352. — Lockwood(C. B.) A clinical lecture on genito- 
 urinary infection, especially colon bacillus cystitis. Clin. 
 J., Lond , 1907-8, xxxi, 65-70.— LongfeUow (R. C.) The 
 bacteriology of cystitis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1903, xl, 
 896.— I/Oumeau. Traitement des infections v&icales. 
 Ann. d. mal. d. org. g&iito-urin.. Par., 1898, xvi, 1206. — 
 Lyon (M. W.) A case of cystitis caused by bacillus ooli- 
 hemolyticus. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1917, Ixix, 1342.— 
 McDUl (J. R.) & Mus^ave (W. E.) Amebic infection of 
 the urinary bladder without recto-vesical fistula. Med. 
 News, N. Y., 1905, Ixxxvii, 1163.— McKenna (C. M.) Stone 
 in bladder compUcated by a colon bacillus infection. Surg. 
 Clin. Chicago, Phila., 1918, ii, 1242-1247.— Melchlor [E.] 
 Zur KasuistiK chirurgischer Proteuserkrankungen. Berl. 
 klin. Wchnschr., 1914, Ii, 1585.— MelcMor (M.) Cystitis og 
 Bacterium coli. Ugeskr. f. Laeger, K^benh., 1897, 5. R., iv, 
 363; 385: 409. [Discussion], 444; 494; 512; 538.— Morris (R. 
 T.) Colon bacillus infection of the bladder. N. York M. J. 
 [etc.], 1916, ciil, 631. ^Zso, Reprint.— Nelken (A.) A case of 
 membranous cystitis showing pseudodiphtheria bacilli. 
 Tr. Am. Urol. Ass., Brookline, 1917, xi, 328-336. [Discussion], 
 345. Also: Urol. & Cutan. Rev., St. Louis, 1917, xxi, 370- 
 372. — ^NoguSs (P.) Deux cas de troubles digestifs graves 
 cons^cutifs a, une infection vgsicale; am^Uoration rapide par 
 les lavages au nitrate d'argent. Ann. d. mal. d. org. gSnito- 
 urin.. Par., 1897, xv, 401-405. — Fasquereau. Vessie atteinte 
 de cystite framboisfe. Gaz. mM. de Nantes, 1911, 2. s., 
 xxix, 327-331.— Pijper (A.) Cryptococcosis of the bladder. 
 Med. J. S. Africa, Johannesb., 1916-17, xii, 157. — ^Bostoskl 
 (O.) Ueber den bactericiden Einfluss der Aciditat des 
 Hams auf die Cystitiserreger. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., 
 Berl. & Leipz.. 1898, xxlv, 235; 249.— Buss (C.) A new 
 ' method of treating chronic coli-oystitis and other bacterial 
 infections. Lancet, Lond., 1914, i, 447-449. — Salus (G.) 
 Ueber Bact. coli; Cystitis. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1900, 
 xxv, 319. — Sluyts (E.) De blauwetterbacUlus als blaasont- 
 steker. Handel, v. h. vlaamsch nat.- en geneesk. Cong. 
 1898, Gent, 1899, ii, 116-118.— Smltb (A. J.) & Magnenat 
 (L. E.) Amoeba coli and acute cystitis. Internat. M. Mag., 
 Phila., 1898, vii, 253-255.— Suglmura (S.) Ueber die 
 Beteihgung der Ureteren an den akuten Blasenentziin- 
 dungen, nebst Bemerkungen iiber ihre Fortleitung durch 
 die Lymphbahnen der Ureteren. Virchow's Arch. f. path. 
 Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1911, ccvi, 20-36.— Swinburne (G. K.) 
 Report of a case of cystitis due to colon bacillus complicated 
 by phosphatio calculi. J. Cutan. & Genito-Urin. Dis., N. 
 Y., 1898, xvi, 374-376.— Tanago (M. G.) Beitra^ zum 
 Studium der Harninlection und insbesondere zur Aetiologie 
 und zur Behandlung der Cystitis. Monatsb. . . . d. Krankh. 
 d. Harn- u. Sex.-Appar., Berl., 1900, v, 203: 257.— Tanaka 
 (T.) Beitrag zur kliaischen und bakteriologischen Unter- 
 sucnung fiber die Cystitis. Ztschr. f. Urol., Berl. & Leipz., 
 1909, ill, 430; 545.— Vincenzi (L.) Contributo alio studio 
 delle iniezioni da batteri inoculati in vescica. Gazz. d. osp., 
 Milano, 1902, xxiii, 92.— Young (H. H.) Chronic cystitis 
 due to the typhoid bacillus; report of a case of seven years' 
 duration. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Rep., Bait., 1900, viii, 401- 
 420. Also: Maryland M. J., Bait., 1901, xUv, 456^59. 
 
 Bladder (Inflammation of). 
 
 See, also, Bladder (Female, Inflammation of) ; 
 Bladder (infection of) . 
 
 Dencker (S.) *r)e catarrho vesicaj. 4° 
 Duisburgi, 1789. 
 
 Hottinger (R.) Ueber Cystitis. 8° Ualle 
 a. S., 1913. 
 
 Forms 7. Hft., v. 2, of: Samml. zwangl. Abhandl. a. d. 
 Geb. d. Dermat. [etc.]. 
 
BLADDER. 
 
 602 
 
 BLADDER. 
 
 Bladder (Inflammation of) . 
 
 MouLUN (C. M.) Inflammation of the bladder 
 and urinary fever. 8°. London, 1898. 
 
 . The same. 8°. Philadelphia, 1S98. 
 
 Pabnham (J.) *De cystirrhoea. 8°. Edin- 
 hurgi, 1772. 
 
 RovsiNQ (T.) *0m Blserebetaendelsemes 
 Aetiologi, Pathogenese og Behandling. Kliniske 
 og experimentelle Unders0gelser. [The etiology, 
 pathogenesis, and treatment of bladder inflam- 
 mations. Chnical and experimental researches.] 
 8°. Kj0benhavn, 1889. 
 
 RiJDEL (O.) *Ein Fall von hochgradiger Cys- 
 titis follicularis. 8°. Erlangen, WOO. 
 
 BaUenger (E. G.) Cystitis. Atlanta Jour.-Bec. Med., 
 1905-6, vii, 217-225.— Barney (J. D.) Cystitis. Pan-Am. 
 S. & M. J., N. Orl., 1916, xxl, No. 4, 20-23.— Chute (A. L.) 
 Some aspects of cystitis. Boston M. & S. J., 1909, qlx, 68-77. 
 [Discussion], 78-81.— Clark (A. C.) Cystitis; acute and 
 clironio. Chnique, Clilcago, 1909, xxx, 76-82.— Crawford 
 (F. J.) Inflammation of the bladder. Tr. Soutli Indian 
 Branoli Brit. M. Ass., Madras^ 1897-8, vii, 157-162.— Davison 
 (R. E.) Cystitis. N. York M. JJetc.J, 1908, Ixxxviii, 347- 
 352. Also, Reprint.- Dowd (J. EC) Cystitis. Buffalo M. 
 J., 1903-4, n. s., xliil, 512-519.— Dudley (E. C.) Some of 
 our resources in the diagnosis, classification and treatment of 
 cystitis. Canada Lancet, Toronto, 1898-9, xxxi, 1315-1328.— 
 Elias (C.) Ligeiras considerasSes sobre as cystites. Tri- 
 buna med., Rio de Jan., 1907, xiii, 306; 328.— Ireyer (P. J.) 
 Cystitis. Clin. J., Lond., 1906-7, xxlx, 177-182.— Grandjean 
 (A.) Deux cas rares de cystite. Rev. prat. d. mal. d. org. 
 gSn.-urin., Par., 1909-10, vi, 339-346.— Gulteras (R.) Causes, 
 diagnosisand treatment of cystitis. Med. News, N. Y., 1900, 
 Ixxvi, 526-532. Also [Abstr.l: Med. Rec, N. Y., 1900, Ivii, 
 36. — van der Haar (J.) Korte aanmerkingen over het 
 zoogenaamde slymgraveel. Verhandel. uitgeg. d. de Hol- 
 land. Maatsch. d. Weetensoh. te Haarlem, 1768, x, pt. 2, 
 17-29.— Harris (M. L.) Pericystitis. J. Am. M. Ass., 
 Chicago, 1911, Ivll, 1984.— Haynes (J. S.) Cystitis; some 
 general considerations. N. York State J. M., N. Y., 1904, iv, 
 211-213.— Hlrt (W.) Ein Fall von acutester Cystitis 
 (chaude pisse). Jahresb. d. schles. Gesellsoh. t. vaterl. 
 Cult. 1905, Bresl., 1906, 59-64.— KtaUaCB.) Cystitis caseosa. 
 Casop. 1&. 6esk., v Praze, 1906, xlv, 1115; 1144; 1178. Also: 
 Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1906, dxxxvi, 
 96-125.— Krelssl (F.) Cystitis taveolata. Medicine, De- 
 troit, 1899, V, 642-545. . Cystitis. Illinois M. J., 
 
 Springfield, 1903-4^ n. s., v, 553-556.— Kretschmer (H. L.) 
 Cystitis glandularis et follicularis. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., 
 Chicago, 1908, vii, 510-515.— Lendon (A. A.) Some forms 
 of cystitis. Intercolon. M. J. Austrams., Melbourne, 1899, 
 iv, 657-564.— Mallery (C. B.) Cystitis. Albany M. Ann., 
 1902, xxiii, 653-657.— Mlchon (E.) Quelques varl4tfe de 
 cystites. Scalpel, Li4ge, 1904-5, Ivii, 276. Also: Arch. gin. 
 de mM., Par., 1905, i, 402^05.— Mislewlcz (M.) Der heutige 
 wissenschafthche Standpunkt der Lehre vom Harnbla- 
 senkatarrh. Wien. Klinik, 1897, xxiii, 325-352.— Morton 
 (H. H.) Cvstitis. N, York M. J., 1900, Ixxi, 732-734.— 
 Negrete (C.) De las cistitis en general. Rev. Ibero-Am. de 
 cien. mdd., Madrid, 1901, vi, 282-291. Also: Corresp. m^d., 
 Madrid, 1902, xxxvii, 272; 293.— Norrls fC. C.) Two rare 
 forms of cystitis, with report of cases. Am. Med., Phila., 
 1906, xi, 478-480.— Prather (S. S.) Cystitis. Am. Pract. & 
 News, Louisville, 1905, xxxix, 277-282.— Bathbun (N. P.) 
 Remarks on cystitis. Am. J. Surg., N. Y., 1909, xxili, 136- 
 
 139. '. Cystitis. Long Island M. J., Brooklyn, 1917, xi, 
 
 146, 4 pi.— Boerscli (C.) De la pfiricystite. Ann. Soc. 
 m4d.-chir. de Lifige, 1897, xxxvi, 77-84.— ScUaglntvpeit (F.) 
 Ueber Cystitis. WiirzD. Abhandl. a. d. Gesamtgeb. d. 
 prakt. Med., 1907, vii, 91-112.— Scljlelclier (J. M.) Cystitis; 
 the clinical examination of patient and treatment of same. 
 Am. Pract. & News, Louisville, 1906, xl, 612-625.— Senn (N.) 
 The etiology and classification of cystitis. Internat. Clin., 
 Phila., 1898, 8. s., li, 175-213. Also [Abstr.]: Phila. M. J., 
 1898, i, 762.— Spooner (H. G.) Inflammation of the bladder. 
 Med. Bee, N. Y., 1903, Ixiv, 889-893.— Thayer (C. C.) 
 Cystitis. St. Louis Cour. Med^ 1905, xxxii, 80-85.— Ver- 
 hoogen (J.) Les cystites. Policlin., Brux., 1899, viii, 
 169-177.— Vinson (T. C.) Cystitis; a symptom; report of 
 cases. J. Florida M. Ass., Jacksonville, 1914, i, 42-45. — 
 Walker (F. B.) Cystitis. Physician & Surg., Detroit & 
 Ann Arbor, 1904, xxvi, 145-149.— Waugh (W. F.). Cystitis. 
 South. Pract.. Nashville, 1910, xxxu, 493-496.— Welsz (F.) 
 Ueber Zystitis. Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1908, xxii, 675- 
 677.— Wetherby (B. J.) Cystitis. Tr. Luzerne Co. M. 
 Soc, Wilkes-Barre, 1906, xiv, 17-26.— WUllams (CJ Cysti- 
 tis; its causation, diagnosis, and treatment. Clin. J., Lond., 
 1898, xii, 447^54: 1898-9, xiii, 67-72.— Wlrz (O.) Prakti- 
 sche Mittheilungen iiber Cystitis. Deutsche med. Wchn- 
 schr., Berl. & Leipz., 1898, xxiv, 333.— vou Zelssl (M.) Der 
 Blasenkatarrh. Deutsche Klinik, Berl. & Wien, 1905, x, 
 1. Abth., 209-218. 
 
 Bladder (Inflammation of, Games and 
 
 pathology of). 
 
 See, also, madder (Infection of). _ 
 
 Kastalskaja (K.) *Zur Aetiologie der Cysti- 
 tis. 8^. Bern, 1895. 
 
 ScHMELZ (P.) *Ueber einen seltenen Fall von 
 Cystitis granulosa verbunden mit umfangreicher 
 Neubildung von lymphatischem Gewebe in der 
 Schleimhaut der Blase. 8°. Wilrzburg, 1899. 
 
 Blerholl (F.) Cystitis papillomatosa. Med. News, 
 N. Y., 1900, Ixxvl, 809. AUo, Reprint.— CoUlns (H. D.) 
 Chylo-cystitis of traumatic origin. Tr. N. York Surg. Soc, 
 Phila., 1913, ii, 272— Dlaeo (J.) Cianuros de mercurio en 
 urologia; cistitis yodo-cidnica. Crfin. mM.-quir. de la 
 Habana, 1909, xxxv, 126-131. Also: Rev. mM. cubana, 
 Habana, 1909, xiv, 133-137.— Fellner (O. O.) Eln Vorschlag 
 zur Vermeidune der Katheterzystitis. Med. Klin., Berl., 
 1906, ii, 1313.— Garceau (E.) Tumors of the bladder and 
 cystitis. Boston M. & S. J., 1909, clx, 74-77.— Goldberg (B.) 
 Beitrag zur Aetiologie der Cjratitls. Monatsh. (. prakt. 
 
 Dermat., Hamb., 1902, xxxv, 13-33. . Zur Aetiologie 
 
 der Cystitis. Mimchen. med. Wchnschr., 1903, 1, 1482.— 
 Gujon. Cystitis und Blasensteine. Wien. med. Bl, 1897, 
 XX, 244; 261.— von Hofmann (K.) Die Aetiologie der 
 Cystitis. Centralbl. f. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir., Jena, 
 1904, vii, 769-790.— Lelchtenstem (O.) Ueber Hambla- 
 senentziindung und Hamblasengeschwiilste bei Arbeitem 
 in Farbfabriken. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 
 1898, xxiv, 709-713. Also [Abstr.l: Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. 
 deutsoh. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1898, Leipz., 1899, Ixx, pt. 2, 2. 
 Hlfte., 76-78.— Mayfleld (B. N.) Catheters and cystitis. 
 N. York M. J. [etc.], 1898, Ixviii, 355. Also: Am. J. Dermat. 
 & Genito-Urin. Dis., St. Louis, 1899, lii, 34. Also: N. Al- 
 bany M. Herald, 1899, xix, 66. Also, Reprint.— Mlslewlcz 
 (M.) [Contribution on the pathological anatomy of paracys- 
 titis.] Przegl. lek., Krakdw, 1896, xxxVj 581; 594.— Motz 
 (B.) & Denis (P.) Anatomie pathologique des cystites 
 aigues. Ann. d. mal. d. org. g^nito-urin^ Par., 1903, xxi, 
 898-907. Also: Cong, internat. de mid. C.-r, 1903, Madrid, 
 1904, xiv, sect, d'urol., 88-92.— Parascandolo (C.) Contri- 
 bute all' etiologia e patogenesi della cistite. Clin. chir. 
 Milano, 1900, viii, 678; 657; 753; 865.— Potel. Cystite hi. 
 morrhagique cons4cutive k une injection accidentelle 
 d'eau phSnigufe. Echo m6d. du nord, Lille, 1899, iii, 259. — 
 Potter (G. E.) Foreign body cystitis, with report of cases. 
 Detroit M. J., 1909, ix, 205-214.— Biskal (D.) Unter- 
 suchungen iiber die Aetiologie der Cystitis. Monatsb. f. 
 Urol., fieri., 1905, x, 1-31.— Beach (D.) Ueber die Aetio- 
 logie der Cystitis. ¥ngar. med. Presse, Budapest, 1899, iv, 
 712: 1900, V, 131.— Bichards (W. M.) A case of functional 
 cystitis due to ametropia. Ani. J. Dermat. & Genito-Urin. 
 Dis., St. Louis, 1912, xvi, 267. — Schmelz. Ueber einen 
 seltenen Fall von Cystitis granulosa, verbunden mit umfeng- 
 reicher Neubildung von lymphatischem Gewebe in der 
 Hamblase. Verhandl. d. phys.-meji. Gesellsch. zu Wurzb., 
 1900-1901, n. F., xxxiv, 91-94.— Van Aisdale fC. B.) The 
 etiology of acute and chronic cystitis. Medicme, Detroit, 
 
 1903, IX, 528-532.— WatWns (T. J.) Postoperative catheter 
 cystitis (usually mistaken for cystitis due to increased resi- 
 dual urine). Surg. Clin., Chicago, 1919, iil, 213-215. 
 
 Bladder (Inflam/mation of, Chronic). 
 
 Blair (J. M.) Chronic cystitis; its pathology and treat- 
 ment. Southwest. M. Rec, Houston, 1897, u, 210-213.— 
 Brandao (V.) Tratamento das cystites chronicas pela 
 arbutina. Med. mod., Porto, 1894, i, 27.— Church (W. B.) 
 Chronic cystitis. Chicago M.. Times, 1897, xxx, 259-263.— 
 Dorsey (F. B.) Cystotomy in chronic cystitis. Internat. 
 J. Surg., N. Y., 1903, xvl, 268.— Guyon. Traitement des 
 cystites chroniques graves. Rev. internat. de mM. et de 
 chir., Par., 1903, xiv, 163. Also, iransl.: Gazz. sicil. dimed. 
 e chir. [etcj, Palermo, 1903, li, 385-387.— Jones (I. J.) 
 Chronic cystitis of the aged. Texas M. J., Austin, 1898-9, 
 xiv, 355-360.— Katterhenry (E. H.) Excess of uric acid a 
 frequent cause of chronic cystitis.- Med. Brief, St. Louis, 
 
 1904, xxxii, 35.— Landstelner (K.) & Stoerk (O.) Ueber 
 elne eigenartige Form chronischer Cystitis (von Hanse- 
 mann's Malakoplakie). Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. 
 Path., Jena, 1904, xxxvii, 131-151, 1 pi — Laslo (G.) Ueber 
 die Regeneration der Schleimhaut der Harnblase in Bezie- 
 hung zur operativen Behandlung der chronischen Cystitis. 
 Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. fete ], Borl., 1904, clxxviti, 
 65-82.— Leao de Aquino. Cystite chronica dolorosa. Bev. 
 da Soc. de med. e cirurg., Rio de Jan., 1902, vi, 3; 37 — L.ou- 
 meau. Cystostomie sus-pubienne pour cystite chronique 
 Interstitielle avec abolition de la Capacity v&icale. J. de 
 m&i. de Bordeaux, 1900, xxx, 294-299. Also: M£m. et 
 bull. Soc. de m^d. et chir. de Bordeaux (1900), 1901, 149- 
 158.— Montfort (A.) Traitement de la cystite chronique 
 par le gargarisme de I'urfetre postfirieur. Gaz. m(Sd. de 
 Nantes, 1900-1901, xix, 51-53.— Motz. Tratamiento de las 
 cistitis' crfinicas. Siglo mii., Madrid, 1905, lii, 481.— 
 Motz (B.) & Mbnttort (E.) Quelques remarques sur les 
 
BIADDER. 
 
 603 
 
 BLADDEE. 
 
 Bladder {Inflammation of, Chronic) . 
 
 cystites ohroniques. Ann d. mal. d. org. gfinlto-urin., Par., 
 1903, xxi, 1211-1224.— Newman (D.) Cliroiiic cystitis and 
 retention of urine; treatment by drainage and its beneficial 
 effect upon damaged kidneys. Practitioner, Lond., 1913, xc, 
 672-685.— Kytlna (A. G.) Chronic cystitis; report of cases. 
 Maryland M. J., Bait., 1916, lix, 146-148.— SchMler. Consi- 
 derations sur le traitement des cystites ohroniques. MM. et 
 hyg., Brux., 1905, iii, 222-228.— Stokes (A. 0.) Etiology 
 and treatment of chronic cystitis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 
 
 1902, xxxix, 772. 
 
 Bladder (Inflammation of, Complica- 
 tions and sequelae of). 
 
 Gouzonnat7C.-G.-M.) *De lacystite et en 
 particulier de la cystite dans les maladies in- 
 fectieuses. 8°. Paris, 1897. 
 
 Labroy (A.) *De la retention dans les cys- 
 tites. 8°. Paris, 1900. 
 
 Cealic (M.) & Stiomlnger (L.) Considerations sur 3 cas 
 de cystite avec retention incomplete d'urine. Ann. d. mal. 
 
 d. org. genito-urin., Par., 1909, ii, 1787-1797. . 
 
 Considerations cliniques et physio-pathologiques sur six 
 cas de cystite, avec retention incomplete d'urine. Ibid., 
 1911, ii, 1345-1355. — Druon (E.) Cystite aneienne avec 
 sclerose et retraction vesicales; double pyonephrose; autop- 
 sie. :6oTio med., Toulouse, 1897, 2. s., xi 475-477. Also: 
 J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1897, ii, 114-116.— GenouvUIe. Des 
 cystites douloureuses. Ann. d. mal. d. org. genito-urin.. 
 Par., 1899, xvii, 113-135.— Gonzalez (J. M.) Observacito de 
 un caso de dstitis calculosa complicada de un enonne pro- 
 lapsus del recto y curada por la talla hipogdstrica. Cr6n. 
 med. mexicana, Mexico, 189S-9, 11, 337-340.— Hadda (S.) 
 Ueber hamorrbagische Cystitis nacn Operationen am Mast- 
 darm. Berl. klin. Wchnschr.^ 1910, xlvii, 1579.— Hlrt (W j 
 Bin Fall von aoutester Cystitis (chaude pisse). AUg. med. 
 Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1905, Ixxiv, 255.— Lanfranchi (J.) In- 
 fluence de rinfection vesicale sur les caract6res des heinatu- 
 ries bacillajres et neoplasidiues de la vessie. Med. mod., 
 Par., 1899, x, 145.— Mesnard (P.-A.) Traitement de la 
 cystite hemorroidale. Presse med., Par., 1903, ii, 681. — 
 0'Neil(E. F.) Contraction of the bladder neck following an 
 acute inflanrmatory condition, causing beginning urinary 
 obstruction in a young man. Boston M. & S. J., 1910, clxili, 
 947. Also, Reprint. — Posner (C.) Praktische Ergebnisse 
 aus dem Gebiete der Urologie; Cystitis dolorosa. Berl. 
 klin. Wchnschr., 1909, xlvi, 1893-1895.— RusseU (A. W.) 
 Notes of the progress of cure of a case of persistent cystitis 
 with phosphatic concretions. Glasgow M. J., 1901, Iv, 376- 
 378. Also: Tr. Glasgow Obst. & Gynaec. Soo. (1900-1902), 
 
 1903, iii, 55-58.— Stoerk (0.) & Zuckerkandl (0.) Ueber 
 Cystitis glandularis und den Driisenkrebs der Hamblase. 
 Ztschr. f. Urol., Berl. & Leipz., 1907, i, 133-148.— TMenat 
 (E.) Inflammations de la vessie; cystite douloureuse. In 
 lits: Le?. de clin. chir. [etc.], 8°, Montpel. & Par., 1900, 213- 
 304.— Tedenat (E.) & Fuster (L.) Legons sur les inflam- 
 mations de la vessie; cystite douloureuse. N. Montpel. med., 
 1896, V, 381; 410; 501: 1897, vi, 1; 29; 181; 221; 249; 261; 441.— 
 Vintras (L.) A case of acute Inflammation of the bladder, 
 with pelvic cellulitis in a patient suffering from advanced 
 Bright's disease. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1902, n. s., 
 Ixxiv, 109. 
 
 Bladder (Inflammation of, Cystic). 
 
 Weck (C.) *Ueber einen Fall von Cystitis 
 cystica. 8°. Bonn, 1913. 
 
 Buslnco (A.) Su la natura infiammatoria della cistite 
 cisticae su la patogenesl delle varici vesdcali. Eiv. ospedal., 
 Eoma, 1913, iii, 745-755.— Delbanco (E.) Cystitis und 
 Ureteritis cystica und iiber die Septenbildung in der 
 Schleimhaut der ableitenden Hamwege. Monatschr. f. 
 prakt. Dermat., Hamb., 1897, xxv, 1-24.— Fransois (J.) 
 Sur la transformation de la cystite kystique en cystite glan- 
 dulaire. J. d'urol. med. et chir.. Par., 1913, iv, 207-232.— 
 Gianl (R.) Nuovo contributo sperimentale alia genesi 
 della cistite cistica. Bull. d. r; Accad. med. di Roma, 1906, 
 xxxii, 356-360. Also, transl.: Centralbl. f. allg. Path. u. 
 path. Apat., Jena, 1906, xvii, 900-902. ■ — . Nuovo con- 
 tributo sperimentale alia genesi della cistite cistica. Arch, 
 ed atti d. Soo. Ital. di chir. 1906, Roma, 1907, xx, 246-276. 
 Also, transl.: Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 
 1907, xMi, 1-22, 2 pi.— Kretschmer (H. L.) The pathology 
 and cystoscopy of cystitis cystica. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., 
 Chicago, 1908, vli, 274-279.— Nowlckl (W.) Pneumatosis 
 cystoides vesicae urin. Lwow. tygodn. lek., 1914, ix, 3; No. 
 2, 2; 23. — Parodl (U.) Della cosidetta cistite cistica. Arch. 
 per le sc. med., Torino, 1904, xxviii, 133-139.— Bosenwald 
 (L.) Cystitis cystica with microphotographs. Urol. & 
 Cutan. Rev., St. Louis, 1918, xxji, 208.— Voskresenski 
 (G. D.) [So-called cystic cystitis.] Khirurgia, Mosk., 1910, 
 xxvil, 157-161.— Zipser (J. E.) Two cases of chronic cys- 
 titis of unusual origin (ojrstitis cjrstica and leukoplakia 
 vesicae). Am. J. Urol., N. Y., 1912, viii, 487-490.— Zucker- 
 kandl (0.) Ueber die sog. Cystitis cystica und iiber elnen 
 
 Bladder (Inflammation of, Cystic) 
 
 Fall von cystiscnem PapUlom der Hamblase. M 
 
 Urol., Berl., 1902, vii, 621-543. 
 
 Monatsb. f. 
 Umwandlung des 
 
 Blasenepithels in sezernierendes Zylinderepithel. (Ein 
 Beitrag zur Lehre von der Cystitis cystica una den driisigen 
 Neubildungen der Hamblase.) Ztschr. f. Urol., Berl. & 
 Leipz., 1911, V, 622-633, 2 pi. 
 
 Bladder (Inflammation of. Diagnosis and 
 semeiology of). 
 
 WuNDEELicH (R.) *TJeber den Wert der 
 Zahlung der weissen Blutkorper und die Be- 
 stimmung des Albumingehaltes des Hams bei 
 der Diagnose von Cjfstitis und der Comriica- 
 tion von Cystitis mit Nephritis. 8°. Wiirz- 
 burg, 1895. 
 
 Bairagan y Bonet (M.) Aplicacidn de la cistoscopia 
 para el diagndstico de las cistitis fungosas y su tratamiento. 
 Rev. domed, y cirug. pr&t., Madrid, 1897, xl, 49-55. — Busi 
 (A.) Presentazione di radiogrammi vescicali (un caso di 
 cistite cronica con dilatazione di un uretere e duattro casi 
 dltumore). Soc. med.-chir. di Bologna. Resoc. (1913), 1914, 
 18-20.— Cecclil (G.) Sieroreazione, sierodiaguosi, sieroterapia 
 delle cistiti coli-bacUlari dell' etk infantile. Morgagni, Mi- 
 lano, 1904, xlvi, 532-544.— Clark (J. B.) When cystitis is not 
 cystitis. Med. Rec., N. Y., 1912, Ixxxi, 618-620.— Crockett 
 (F. S.) Value of early differential diagnosis in cystitis of 
 middle and later life from the standpoint of effecting a cure. 
 Am. J. Dermat. & Genito-Urin. Dis., St. Louis, 1912, xvi, 
 292. — Dethy (R.) Diagnostic des cystites. Gaz. med. 
 beige, Liege, 1904-5, xviii, 73-75. — de Grandcourt (P.) 
 & GuCpin (A.-A.) Les fausses cystites. Compt.-rend. 
 Cong, intemat. de med. 1897, Mosc, 1899, v, 245.— Guepin 
 (A.) Cystites douloureuses et fausses cystites. Tribune 
 med., Par., 1897, 2. s., xxlx, 288.— Gulteras (R.) The diag- 
 nosis and treatment of cystitis. N. York M. J., 1898, Ixvii, 
 386-392. [Discussion], 40(M02.— Heath (O.) The significance 
 offrequency and tenesmus inacutecystitis. Brit. M. J.,Lond., 
 1913, u, 1430.— lilokumovleli (S. I.) [Rare forms of cystitis; 
 impregnation of the walls of the bladder with salts.] V rach. 
 Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1910, xvii, 1379-1381.— L,oiee (D.) Cysto- 
 scqpio findings in cystitis. Physician & Surg. , Detroit & Ann 
 Arbor, 1908, xxx, 289-294.— Loz« (P.) Cystites et fausses 
 cystites. Tribune med.. Par., 1898, 2. s., xxx, 907; 968.— 
 I/ydston (G. F.) Clinical lecture on cystitis. Med. Age, 
 Detroit, 1902, xx, 601-608.— Montlort (A.) Les urines 
 troubles et les fausses-oystites. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1905, 
 2. s., xxiii, 897-902.— JTelken (A.) Cystitis; an over-worked 
 diagnosis. Urol. & Cutan. Rev., St. Louis, 1914, xviii, 468- 
 470. — Pasteau (O.) La cystoscopie dans les cystites. Ass. 
 frang. d'urol. Proc. verb. 1908, Par., 1909, xii, 467-490. 
 Also: Rev. prat. d. mal. d. org. gen.-urm.. Par., 1909-10, vi, 
 111-125. — Perez Grande (V. E.) Diagndstico y tratamiento 
 ' de algunas cistitis urinarias. Rev. espec. med., Madrid., 
 1909, xii, 401-413.— BeynSs (H.) Pseudo-cystites par In- 
 sufflsance fonctionnelle de la vessie. Rev. clin. d'urol.. 
 Par., 1913, ii, 375-379.— Boctet. Les fausses cystites. 
 Province med., Lyon, 1901, xv, 577-579.— Samol (I. G.) 
 [Diseases simulating cystitis.] Klin. J., Mosk., 1901, vi, 
 689-595. — Smith (E.G.) Cystitis; diagnosis and treatment. 
 Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1910, civ, 8-13.— Tenney (B.) Cys- 
 titis; an incomplete diagnosis. Boston M. & S. J., 1914, 
 clxx, 950-953. Also, Reprint. 
 
 Bladder (InflammMion of. Emphysema- 
 tous). 
 
 Kedrowsky (W. J.) Pathologisch-anatomische Unter- 
 suchung eines Falles von Cistitis emphysematosa. Cen- 
 tralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat., Jena, 1898, Ix, 817-826.— 
 Xowicki ( W.) Ueber Hamblaseuempnysem. Virchow's 
 Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1914, ccv, 126-141, 1 pi.— 
 Buppanner (E.) Zur Frage der Cystitis emphysematosa. 
 Frankf. Ztschr. t. Path., Wiesb., 1908, ii, 843-355, 1 pi.— 
 SchOnberg (S.) Zur Aetiologie der Cystitis emphysema- 
 tosa, ein Beitr^ zur Gasbildung der Bakterien der Koli- 
 gruppe. Frankfurt. Ztschr. f. Path., Wiesb., 1913, xii, 289- 
 310. — ^Trolldenler. Emphysem der Hamblase vom Rtnd. 
 Monatsh. f. prakt. Thierh., Stuttg., 1903, xv, 204-206. 
 
 Bladder (Inflammation of, Exfoliative). 
 
 Geousset (A.) *Cystite pseudorinembra- 
 neuse. 8°. Lyon, 1898. 
 
 Mezakd (G.) *De la cystite pseudo-membra- 
 neuse. 8°. Paris, 1900. 
 
 Aubert (L.) Contribution h Petude de la cystite exfolia- 
 trice. Gynec. Helvet., Genfeve, 1908, ix, 140-145.— Barlet 
 (J. M.) Passage of a cast of the bladder per urethram. Brit. 
 M. J., Lend., 1912, i, 122.— Esau (P.) Totale Exfoliation der 
 Blasenschleimhaut. Folia urolog., Leipz., 1907, i, 582-585.— 
 KUolin (N. K.) [Exfoliative cystitis.] Vestnik Kliir., 
 Mosk., 1901, ii, 509-516.— Legueu (F.) Cystite exfoliante. 
 Bull. Soc. anat. de Par., 1898, Ixxiii, 440.— MacGowan (G.) 
 
BLADDER. 
 
 604 
 
 BLADDER. 
 
 Bladder {Inflammation of, Exfoliative) . 
 
 Exfoliative cystitis. Calif. State J. M., San Fran., 1918, xvi, 
 21-23.— Praeger. Ueber einen Fall von Cystitis exfoliativa. 
 Mflnchen. med. Wclmschr., 1906, liii, 1275.— Robinson 
 (J.F.) Exfoliative cystitis; a case report. Stud. Bender 
 Hyg. Lab., Albany, 1906, iii, 175-177. Also: Albany M. 
 Ann., 1907, xxvlii, 175-177.— Spltzer' (G.) [Demonstration 
 eines grosseren Gewebestiickes, das sich per vias naturales 
 aus der Hamblase entleerte.l Pest, med.-cmr. Presse, Buda- 
 pest, 1905, xli, 182. 
 
 Bladder {Inflammation of, Fungoid). 
 
 See Bladder (Malakoplakia of). 
 
 Bladder {Inflammation of. Gangrenous)- 
 See Bladder {Gangrene of) . 
 
 Bladder {Inflammation of, Incrusted). 
 Paoli (C.) *Des cystites incrustantes. 8°. 
 Lyon, 1913. 
 
 Bel! (W. B.) Treatment of incrusted cystitis by supra- 
 pubic drain and intravesical injection of lactic bacillus. 
 Lancet, Lond., 1915, i, 993.— Colt (G. H.) Treatment of 
 incrusted cystitis by suprapubic drain and intra- vesical 
 injection of lactic bacilli, md., 1049.— Franjols (J.) La 
 cptite incrust^. J. d'urol. jnio.. et chir., Par., 1914, v, 35- 
 52, 1 pi. — Grandjean (A.) Deux cas de curettage de vessie 
 par les voles naturelles pour incrustations calcaires. Folia 
 urolog., Leipz., 1911-12, vl, 657-665.— llchtenstem (R.) 
 Ueber diffuse inkrustierende Zystitis. Wien. klin. Wchn- 
 schr., 1907, XX, 1216-1218.— Newman (D.) Treatment of 
 incrusted cystitis by suprapubic drain and intravesical 
 injection of lactic bacillus. Lancet, Lond., 1915, 1, 933. — 
 Fozzt (E.) Cistitis incrustante. Semana mM., Buenos 
 Aires, 1915, xxii, pt. 1, 409-414.— PuJldo Martin (A.) Trata- 
 miento endoscdpico de la cistitis cr6iueo incrustante. Rev. 
 Ibero-Am. de cien. m&l., Madrid, 1912, xxviii, 240; 309. 
 Also: Siglo ToM., Madrid, 1912, llx, 831; 846. 
 
 Bladder {Inflammation of. Infectious). 
 See Bladder {Infection of) . 
 
 Bladder {Inflammation of, Obstinate) 
 [Oystite rebelle]. 
 
 HoKT (F.) *Traltemeiit des cystites rebelles. 
 (Revue generale.) 8°. Montpellier, 1905. 
 
 Bartilna (J. M.) Sobre algunas cistitis rebeldes al tratar 
 miento. ,Rev. de den. m^d. de Barcel., 1903, xxix, 115-122.— 
 Bazy. A propos des cystites rebelles. Ass. fran?. d'urol. 
 Proc.-verb. 1903, Par., 1904, vii, 371-377.— Berg (G.) Ueber 
 bartnacldge Blasenkatarrhe (cystites rebelles). Therap. d. 
 Gegenw., Berl., 1904, xlv, 168-173.— Cary (F. S.) Stubborn 
 cystitis. Surg. Clin., Chicago, 1917, i, 1261-1265.— Escat. 
 Des cystites rebelles. Ass. fran$. d'urol. Proc.-verb. 1903, 
 Par., 1904, vii, 362-371.— Farnarler (G.) Le traltement des 
 cystites rebelles par I'enfumage iodfi. Arch. urol. de la Chn. 
 de Necker, Par., 1913-14, i, 353-375.— Frank (E.) Cystites 
 rebelles. Ass. frang. d'urol. Proc.-verb. 1903, Par., 1 04, 
 vii, 349-352.— Fuller (E.) Operative cure for a hitherto un- 
 relieved class of cystites. Am. J. Urol., N. Y., 1906, ii, 609- 
 617.— Garceau (E.) La cystite chronique rebelle. Ann. d. 
 mal. d. org. g^nlto-urin^ Par., 1904, xxii, 561-604. Also, 
 Reprint.— Guisy (B.) Des cystites rebelles bactMennes 
 primitives. Ass. franc, d'urol. Proc.-verb. 1903, Par., 1904, 
 vii, 394-405. — Hall* (N.) Sur I'anatomie pathologique des 
 cystites rebelles. Ibid., 302-311.— Hopkins (G. W.) Some 
 obstinate bladder cases. Toledo M. & S. Reporter, 1902, 
 xxviii, 463.— ImbertCL) Des cystites rebelles. Ass. franc, 
 d'urol. Proc.-verb. 1903, Par., 1904, vii, 7-237.— Kelly (H. 
 A.) Resections of the bladder in rebellious cystitis. N. 
 York State J. M., JJ. Y., 1906, vi, 145-148. Also, Reprint.— 
 liOumeau (E.) A propos des cystites rebelles. Ass. fran?. 
 
 d'urol. Proc.-verb. 1903, Par., 1904, vii, 331-349. . 
 
 Fistulisation de la vessie pour cystite particuUferement 
 rebelle. J. de m^d. de Bordeaux, 1914, xliv, 467.— Mal- 
 herbe (A.) Note sur dix-sept cas de cystites rebelles. Ass. 
 fran?. d'urol. Proc.-verb. 1903, Par., 1904, vii, 318-331.— 
 Pasteau (O.) Les cystites rebelles. Ibid., 238-302.— T«de- 
 nat. Les cystites rebelles. /Wi., 311-318.— Unterberg (H.) 
 [Surgical treatment of rebellious painful cystitis by curetting 
 the bladder and by temporary bladder fistula.] Orvosi hetil. , 
 Budapest, 1912, Ivi, 999-1003. 
 
 Bladder {InflammMion of. Suppurative). 
 
 Cliambard-H£non, Bafin & Merlenx. Cystite puru- 
 lente et htoorr^que; staphylocoques dorfe transform^ en 
 staphylocoques Dlancs. Lyon med., 1905, civ, 523-527.— 
 Cogswell (G. E.) Suppurative cystitis. J. Orific. Surg., 
 Chicago, 1899-1900, viu, 66-69.— Gallia (C.) Un caso di 
 cistite purulenta da bacterium coli e da bacillo piocianeo. 
 Gazz. a.' osp.j Milano, 1905, xxvi, 112.— Greene (C. W.) 
 Some eases of suppuration in the bladder. Guy's Hosp. 
 Oaz., Lond., 1906, xx, 350-353.— Pedersen (V. C.) Chronic 
 suppurative cystitis; treatment and prognosis. N. York 
 State J. M., N. Y., 1908, viii, 343-350.— Pitts (H. C.) Sup- 
 
 Bladder {Inflammation of, Suppurative) . 
 
 purations of the- urinary bladder. Boston ti. &S. 3., 1912, 
 clxvii, 9-12. rpisoussionl, 21-23.— Scarcella (A.) & Sap- 
 puppo (E.) La cura delta cistite purulenta col lavaggi al 
 solfofenato di zinco. Riforma med., Palermo, 1900, xvi, pt. 
 4, 591; 603.— Swan (R. H. J.) Some cases of suppuration in 
 the bladder. Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1906, xx, 404.— 
 Tate (M. A.) Purulent cystitis with symptomatology re- 
 sembling appendicitis. Tr. Am. Ass. Obst. & Gynec. 1904, 
 N. Y., 1905, xviii, 71-74.— Thelcn. Die Bedeutung der 
 cystoskopiscnen Diagnostik bei Eiterungen der Blase und 
 der Niere. Sitzungsb. d. Gesellsch. f. Geburtsh, u. Gynak. 
 zu Koln, 1906-7, Berl., 1908, 30-32. 
 
 Bladder {Inflammation of , Treatment of). 
 
 See, also, Bladder {Female, Inflammation of. 
 Treatment of). 
 
 DuBOURG (G.-E.-L.-J.-J.-E.-V.) ♦Contribu- 
 tion h. V 6tude du collargol et sp^cialement dans le 
 traitement des cystites. 8°. Bordeaux, 1909. 
 
 VON HoFMANN (K.) Die modeme Therapie 
 der Cystitis. 8°. Leipzig & Wien, 1901. 
 
 NicoL (K.) *Die interne Therapie der Cysti- 
 tis, ihre Entwicklung und Bedeutung. Mit 
 besonderer Berucksichtigung eines neuen Uro- 
 tropinderivates, des Borovertins. 8°. Berlin, 
 1909. 
 
 Perekhan (J. S.) The treatment of cystitis. 
 8°. Chicago im%. 
 Repr. from: Chicago M. Recorder, 1906. 
 
 ScHiLL (0.) *Zur Aetiologie und Therapie der 
 Cystitis. 8°. Freiburg i. Br., 1913. 
 
 Balsch (K.) Die Prophylaxe der Cystitis auf Grund 
 bacteriologischer und experimenteller Studlen. Heilkunde, 
 Berl., 1904, 433; 489.— Bernard. Nature et traitement des 
 cystites et^^ricystites. Gaz. m&J. de Par., 1914, Ixxxv, 15. — 
 Birdsall (^. T.) The high candle-power lamp; case from 
 practice: J. Advance. Therap., N. Y., 1908, xxvi, 658. — 
 BlecU (G. M.) Rational treatment of some forms of cystitis. 
 Med.Times & Beg., Phila., 1899, xxxvii, 75.— Block (E. B.) 
 On the injurious effects of iodides and bromides on acute 
 inflammations, especially cystitis. J. Med. Ass. Georgia, 
 Augusta, 1912, ii, 139.— Blodgett (S. H.) Treatment of 
 cystitis. N. Am. J. Homoeop., N. Y., 1905, liii, 441-448.— 
 Bodenstein (J.) Bin Beitrag zur Behandlung der Cystitis. 
 Deutsche med. Presse, Berl., 1907, xi, 189-192.— Boulanger 
 (L.) Une remarque cllnique et th&apeutique sur la cystite 
 bacillaire. J. d'urol. mid. et chir.. Par., 1913, Iv, 437.— 
 Boyd (J.) A case of bacilluria coh, treated medically, 
 surgicaUy and hypnotically. Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 
 1911, XXX, 584. — Bresard. Le praticien devant la cystite. 
 Rev. g§n. de cjin. et de thSrap., Par., 1918, xxxii, 96. — 
 Catbelln (F.) Traitement des cystites par des instillations 
 d'huile gomenoWe. Progrfes mdd.. Par., 1906, 3. s., xxl, 312. 
 
 . Le diagnostic et le traitement des cystites. M^decin 
 
 prat.. Par., 1906, 388-391.— Cbassalgnac (C.) The treat- 
 ment of cystitis. Med. News, N. Y., 1901, Ixxix, 411-413.— 
 Cbocholka (E.) [On the new treatment of cystitis.) 
 Casop. l«k. desk., v Praze, 1908, xlvii, 1114-1117.— Chris- 
 tian (H. M.) The treatment of chronic cystitis in the male. 
 Therap. Gaz. [etc.], Detroit, 1910, 3. s., xxvi, 306-308.— 
 Courtade (D.) Traitement des cystites par I'ionisation 
 intrarv&icale. Ass. frang. d'urol. Proc-verb. 1908, Par., 
 1909, xh, 498-503.— Crawlord (F. I.) Inflammation of the 
 bladder, some points in its treatment. Indian Lancet, 
 Calcutta, 1S97, x, 490-492. Also: Indian M. Rec, Calcutta, 
 1898, xiv, 504. — Delbet (P.) Le traitement des cystites 
 prostatiques par la sonde est-il logique et suiBsant? Ajm. d. 
 mal. d. org. gfinito-urui.. Par., 1907, ii, 1475-1479. — Desnos. 
 Traitement des cystites en gto&al. Rev. de th^ap. mfid.- 
 ohir., Par., 1905, Ixxti, 505-511.— D'H[aenens] (A.J De la 
 gutoson des cystites. Progrfes mid. beige, Brux., 1902, 
 IV, 69.— Dldrlkhson (V. K^ [Formalin in gonorrhoeal 
 cystitis.) Voyenno-Med. J., S.-Peterb., 1906, ccxvii, med.- 
 spec. pt., 606-509. — Dopter & Fauron. Cystite blen- 
 norrapque grave gutoe par le vacdn antigonococci- 
 que sensibilis^. Paris m^., 1913-14, xiii, 612-614.— Ehr- 
 mann (S.) Die Therapie der akuten und chronisohen 
 Cystitis. Deutsche med. Wohnsohr., Berl. & Leipz., 1906, 
 xxxU, 1977-1980.— Elliott (A. R.) Urinary antiseptics in 
 cystitis. N. Am. Praot., Chicago, 1899, ix, 451-457.— 
 Farnarler (G.) L'enfumage iode dans le traitement des 
 cystites. J. d'urol. mii. et chir.. Par., 1912, ii, 867-864. 
 . Les vapeurs d'iode k I'^tat naissant dans le traite- 
 ment des cystites. Semaine m^d.. Par., 1912, xxxii, 325.— 
 Fawcctt (Deborah).. A case of cystitis; opsonic treatment. 
 N. Eng. M. Gaz., Host., 1909, xUv, 28.— FUnn (M. SA 
 Treatment of cystitis with electricity. J. Electrotber., N. 
 Y., 1901, xix, 205-207.— Folllt (H. B.) Case of cystitis due 
 to bacillus coli with vaccine treatment. Australas M. Gaz., 
 Sydney, 1911, xxx, 515.— Freudenberg (A.) Die Behand- 
 lung der ammomakaUschen Cystitis mit intravesicalen 
 
BLADDER. 
 
 605 
 
 BLADDER. 
 
 Bladder (Inflammation of, Treatment of) . 
 
 Jodoform-Injektionen. Deutsche med. Presse, Berl., 1903, 
 vii, 163. ■ j1 MO, fransJ..' Ass. franc, d'urol. Proc.-verb. 1903, 
 
 Par., 1904, vii, 352-356. Also, Reprint. . De I'acide 
 
 camphorique conuue prophylaotigue de la flSvre urinaire. 
 Ass. franc, d'urol. Proc.-verb. 1903, Par., 1904, vii, 755-757.— 
 Garcla^E. R.) Dos casosdeoistitis dolorosa tratadospor el 
 ojal perineal simple; curacidn. Rev. quincen. de anat. 
 patol. [etc.], MSxico, 1896, i, 378-385.— Glllard (C. R.) Me- 
 tramine in the treatment of cystitis. Med. Times & Hosp. 
 Gaz., Lond., 1907, xxxv, 658.— Graham (R. E.) The use 
 of pyolrtanin in the treatment of cystitis. N. York M. J., 
 1898, Ixvii, 889-891.— Guillon (P.) L'acide picrique dans 
 les cystites. Ass. franc, d'urol. Proc.-verb. 1903, Par., 1904, 
 
 vii, 377-382. . L'^alcool dans le traitoment des cystites. 
 
 J. demM. de Par., 1906, 2. s., xviii, 545.— Gulmaraes (J. L.) 
 Sobre um case interessante da applicacao do sublimado. 
 Gaz. clin., S. Paulo, 1906, iv, 299-302.— Helms (J. E J Etiol- 
 ogy and treatment of cystitis. Urol. & Cutan. Key., St. 
 Louis, 1917, xxi, 439-443. — Hocbhetm. Ueber Behandlung 
 der Cystitis. Aerztl. Prax., Berl., 1906, xix, 136.— von 
 Hofmann (K.) Die Therapie der Cystitis. Centralbl. f. 
 d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir., Jena, 1904, vii, 881-896.— 
 Howland (G. T.) Cystitis; its cause and treatment. Med. 
 News, N. Y., 1899, Ixxv, 73-75.— Humphrey (W. O.) 
 Silvol in acute cystitis. Am. J. Urol., N. Y.. 1916, xii, 421. — 
 Hunner (G. L.) The tub-bath treatment ol cystitis. J. 
 Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1907, xlix, 2066-2069. A Iso, Reprint.— 
 Jeanbrau (E.) L'argent colloidal dans le traitement des 
 cystites. Montpel. raid.., 1903, xxvi, 519-521.— Kapsam- 
 mer. Ueber hauflge Fehler bei Diagnose und Therapie der 
 Cystitis. Wieu. med. Wchnschr., 1909, lix, 2407-2411.— 
 Kelly (H. A.) The treatment of cystitis. Canad. J. M. & 
 S., Toronto, 1906, xix, 67-82. Also: Dominion M. Month., 
 
 Toronto, 1906, xxvi, 1-16. Also, Reprint. . A chart 
 
 to aid the treatment of cystitis by distensions of the bladder. 
 Ann. Surg., Phila., 1910, lii, 664r«67.— KeUy [T. G.) Urotro- 
 pine in the treatment of cystitis. Therapist, Lond., 189S, 
 viii, 229. Also: Am. J. Dermat. & Genito-Urin. Dis., St. 
 Louis, 1899, iii, 32-34.— Kennedy (W. U.) Cystitis and 
 its treatment. Am. J. Dermat. & Genito-Urin. Dis., St. 
 Louis., 1900, iv, 117-119.— Kollscher (G.) Treatment of 
 severe cystitis. Illinois M. J., Springneld, 1907, xii, 490- 
 493.— Kutner (R.) Diagnose und Behandlung des Bla- 
 senkatarrhs. Ztschr. f. arztl. Fortbild., Jena, 1907, iv, 
 720; 747.— Iiavaux. L'adrgnaline et le traitement des 
 cystites douloureuses. Ass. frang. de chlr. Proc.-verb. 
 [etc.]. Par., 1903, xvi, 750-753.— Lower (W. E.) The im- 
 portance of the etiologic factor in the treatment of cystitis. 
 Cleveland M. J., 1904, lii, 68-73.— M'Cracken (A. J.) Cysti- 
 tis from a medical standpoint. Otiio M. J., Columbus, 1908, 
 iv, 643-648.— Mesnard (A.) Le baume du Canada dans le 
 traitement de la cystite. Rupert, de th^rap., Par., 1900, 
 xvii, 278.— MlkhaUoff (N. A.) [Treatment of chronic 
 cystitis (cysto-urethritis) and chronic pyelitis.] Prakt. 
 ■ Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1912, xi, 175-178.— Newman (D.) Cysti- 
 tis; its causes and its treatment. Lancet, Lond., 1912, i, 
 
 490; 570. . The treatment of cystitis by intravesical 
 
 injections of lactic bacillus cultures. Ibid,, 1915, ii, 330-332. — 
 Nicolaler (A.) Ueber die Behandlung der Cystitis mit 
 ammoniakalischer Hamgarung durch Urotropiu (Hexame- 
 thylentetramin). Aerztl. Prakt., Dresd., 1897, x, 353-358.— 
 Noble (G.) Zur Pharmakotherapie der Zystitis. Heil- 
 kande, Berl. & Wien, 1904, 49-53.— Pascual (S.) Contribu- 
 cic5n al estudio del tratamiento de las cistitis por los vapores 
 de iodo. Rev. clin. de Madrid, 1913, x, 121-125. Also: Rev. 
 espan. de urol. y dermat., Madrid, 1914, xvi, 421-425. — 
 Fetteri^tl (G.) Bffetti dell' acido canforico nella cistite 
 acuta. N. riv. clin.-terap., Napoli, 1901, iv, 301-305. — 
 FUcher (P.) Prevention and treatment of cystitis. Med. 
 Eec, N. Y\, 1908, Ixxiii, 856-858.— Porosz (M.) Urotropin, 
 Hetralin, Helmitol, Uritone, Gonosan und Arhovin bsi 
 Cystitis. Centralbl. 1 d. Krankh. d. Ham- u. Sex.-Org., 
 Leipz., 1905, xvi, 465-469. Also: Ungar. med. Presse, Buda- 
 pest, 1905, X, 363-365.— Beilly (F. H.) Medical treatment of 
 cystitis. Yale M. J., N. Haven, 1907-8, xlv, 291-298.— Robin 
 (A.) Traitement de la pyflo-cystite chronlque. J. de mid. 
 int.. Par., 1903, vii, 125.— Rodriguez (A.) Contribucito al 
 estudio de las cistitis; empleo del heluiitol. Siglo mii., 
 Madrid, 1908, Ix, 297.— Russ (C.) The treatment of coli- 
 cystitis by fluid electrolysis. Lancet, Lond., 1914, i, 715: ii, 
 1040-1043.— Schwenk (A^ Zur Behandlung der Zystitis 
 mit Diplosal. Dermat. wchnschr., 1/eipz. & Hamb., 1912, 
 liv. 90.— Sellet (J.) Die Behandlung der Cystitis mit Alko- 
 hol. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1906, xliii, 1451.— Strassmann 
 (A.) Santyl bei Prostataoystitis. Dermat. Centralbl., 
 Leipz., 1907, x, 162-164.— St^bnXJ.) [Experience of the use 
 of methylene blue in cystitis.] Casop. Wk. 4esk., v Praze, 
 1898, xxxvii, 349; 366.— Tauaka (T.) Sur le traitement de 
 la cystite par I'helmitol. ilcho m^d. du nord, Lille, 1909, 
 xiii, 285. — Trebing (J.) Ueber Kollargol bei Cystitis. 
 Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1913, xxxix, 
 1841. — Ullmanu (U.) Ueber ein gutes Adjuvans bei der 
 Behandlung der Cystitis. Klin.-therap. Wchnschr., Wien, 
 1909, xvi, 371. — Veseiy (A.) [Methylene blue in cystitis and 
 pyelitis.] Casop. Wk. desk., v Praie, 1898, xxxvii, 33; 51. — 
 Vogel (J.) Zur inneren Behandlun» des Blasenkatarrhs. 
 Centralbl. f. d. Krankh. d. Hara- u. Sex.-Org., Leipz., 1905, 
 xvi, 1-10.— Warden (A. A.) Instillations and thefr value 
 
 Bladder (Inflammation of, Treatment of) . 
 
 in the treatment of cystitis. Edinb. M. J., 1899, n. s., v, 
 50-56. — Ware (M. W.) The modern therapy of cj'Stitis. 
 Med. Rec., N. Y., 1907, Ixxii, 310-313. 
 
 Bladder (Inflammation of, Treatment of, 
 Operative). 
 
 Albertin. Resection bilat^rale de la branche pSrin&le du 
 nerf honteux interne dans la cystite douloureuse. Bull. Soc. 
 de chfr. de Lyon (1898-9), 1900, ii, 279-282.— Cestero (R.) 
 La irrigacidn continua en el tratamiento de las cistitis; cis- 
 tostomla suprapubiaua de urgencia; curacidn. Bol. Asoc. 
 mdd. de Puerto-Rico, San Juan, P. R., 1904, ii, 345-348.— 
 Escat (J.) Cystite pseudo-membraneuse; taille hypogas- 
 trique. Ass. frang. d'urol. Proc.-verb. 1901, Par., 1902, v, 
 418-425. — Focacci (M.) Cistotomia soprapubica in un caso 
 di cistite particolarmente dolorosa da b. coli. Boll. d. Soc. 
 med.-chir. di Modena, 1906-7, x, 11-18.— Hagner {F. R.) A 
 case of cystitis with multiple ulcers, cured by excision of the 
 ulcers. Tr. Am. Ass. Genito-Urin. Surg., N. Y., 1911, vi, 
 134-136.— Keyes (E. L.) Surgical treatment of cystitis. 
 Yale M. J., N. Haven, 1907-8, xiv, 355-362.- Loumeau (E.) 
 Ouverture chirurgicale de la vessie pour cystite douloureuse 
 suraigue. Ann. do la Policlin. de Bordeaux, 1897, v, 495- 
 
 498. . Cystite douloureuse n^oplasique chez un vieiUard 
 
 de 91 ans; cystotomie palliative. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. m^d. de 
 Bordeaux, 1917, xxxvui, 22. Also: J. de med. de Bordeaux, 
 1917, xlvii, 18.— Margulies (M.) [Membrane-gangrenous 
 cystitis.) KMrurgia, Mosk., 1904, xv, 153-184.— Picque (L.) 
 Du traitement de I'mfection vdsicale par la taille hypogas- 
 trique. Ann. d. mal. d. org. g4nito-urin., Par., 1898, xvi, 
 785-796. 
 
 Bladder (Inflammation of. Treatment of) 
 by curettage. 
 
 Blanc (R.) Sur trois cas de cystite vdgdtante; curettase 
 par les voies naturelles; gudrison. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. 
 de Bordeaux, 1904, xxv, 414-417.— Chlarri Torrente (P.) 
 Caso de cistitis cronica curado con el raspado de la vejiga. 
 Rev. valenc. de cien. m6d., Valencia, 1912, xiv, 106. — ^Hock 
 (A.) Zur Frage des Curettements der Blase bei Cystitis 
 dolorosa. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1902, xxvii, 525. — 
 Jakovlyevity (I.) [Cystitis membranacea incrustata 
 treated by curetting of the bladder and noviform.] Urologla, 
 Budapest, 1914, 22.— Parascandolo (C.) & Marchese (E.) 
 Sul rasctnamento della vescica quale metodo curative della 
 cistite. Clin, chfr., Milano, 1901, ix, 944; 1016. Also, transL: 
 .Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1901, 11, 1849; 1915; 1956; 2013.— 
 Fousson (A.) Traitement des cystites chroniques chez 
 I'homme par le curettage et I'Scouvillonnage de la vessie par 
 les voies naturelles. Ass. frang. d'urol. Proc.-verb. 1906, 
 Par., 1907, x, 402-409.— PuricelU (L.) II raschiamento della 
 vescica per le vie naturali nelle cistiti ribelli. Corriere san., 
 Milano, 1910, xxi, 289-292.— Purpura (F.) Cuc=hiaio per 
 il raschiamento della vescica attraverso la via naturale nella 
 cistite cronica dell' uomo. Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir. di Pavia, 
 1904, 219-226. . Cistite cronica rebellecurata col raschia- 
 mento per via naturale. Folia urolog., l«ipz., 1908-9, ii, 
 796-802. Also: Gazz. med. ital., Torino, 1909, Ix, 21-23.— Ro- 
 lando (S.) Sul raschiamento della vescica. Riformamed., 
 Palermo-Napoli, 1904, xx, 1072.— Soble (U. W.) Curettage 
 of the male bladder for chronic cystitis; report of a case. 
 BuSalo M. J., 1899-1900, n. s., xxxix, 825-829.— Stock- 
 mann (F.) ueber die Behandlung der chronischen Cys- 
 titis (Cystite rebelle) mittels Curettement der Hamblase. 
 Monatsb. f. Urol., Berl., 1901, vi, 193-204.— Strauss (A.) 
 Die A/usschabung der mannllohen Hamblase bei chronischer 
 Cystitis ohne deren EroHnung. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., 
 Berl. & Leipz^ 19D5, xxxi, 1351-1353. Also: Blast. Monat- 
 schr. d. arztl. Polytech., Berl., 1905, xxvii, 177-179.— Unter- 
 berg (H.) Die operative Heiluug der rebellischeu Cysti- 
 tiden mittelst Blasencurettage und zeitweili^er Blasen- 
 fistel. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tubing., 1913, Ixxxiv, 251-264. 
 
 Bladder (Injlammation of) in animals. 
 
 GoTZ (H.) *Beitrag zur Pathologie der Cys- 
 titis verrucosa des Rindes. 8°. Zurich, 1906. 
 
 Latjtenschlagek (E. L.) *Die Morphologie 
 und Genese der Blaschenbildungen. ia der 
 Hamblase der Tiere und des lilenschen. [Hei- 
 delberg.] 8°. Stuttqart, 1911. 
 
 Schmidt (W. [L.]) *Die Cystitis und Ne- 
 phritis unserer Haustiere und ihre Behandlung 
 mit Urotropin. 8°. Giessen, 19D9. 
 
 Gmeiner. Die Cystitis und ihre Therapie. Monatsh. f. 
 prakt. Tierh., Stuttg., 1906, xviii, 61-79.— Sivieri (G.) Cis- 
 tite cronica e rottura d^lia vescica in una cavalla. N. Erco- 
 lani, Pisa, 1908, xiii, 18. 
 
 Bladder (Inflammation of) in children. 
 
 STRtrcK (A.) *Zur Kasuistik der Cystitis und 
 Bakteriurie bei Kindern. 8° Munchen, 1909. 
 
 Caccia (G.) La cystite chez les nourrissons. [Abstr.] 
 Arch, de med. d. enf.. Par., 1907, x, 705-721. . La cistite 
 
BLADDER. 
 
 606 
 
 BLADDER. 
 
 Bladder {Inflammation of) in children. 
 
 neilattanti. Eiv. di olin. pediat., Krenze, 1907, v, 253-311. — 
 Cecchl (G.) Cistiti oolibaoteriche spontauee nelretS, infan- 
 tile. Ibid., 1904, ii, 256-274.— Comba (C.) Contributo alio 
 studio della cistite da B. coli. nei bambini. Ibid^ 241-265. — 
 Descbamps (M.) La eystite chez les entants. Kev. d'hyg. 
 et de mM. inf. [etc.], Par., 1910, ix, 460-471.— FlscW (K.) 
 Erfahrungen fiber Zystitis im Kindesalter. Prag. med. 
 Wchnschr., 1915, xl, 163-167.— Fromm (E.) Ueber Cys- 
 titis im Kmdesalter. Centralbl. t. Kinderli., Leipz., 1904, 
 ix, 367-375.— Frontini (S.) Delle cistiti da bacterium coli 
 nell' eta, infantile. Bull. d. sc. med. di Bologna, 1906, 8. s., 
 vl, 175-183.— Fusco (V.) Febbre intermittente nella cistite 
 delP infanzia. Pollclin., Boma, 1911, xviii, sez. prat., 817- 
 820— Halpem (J.) Bin Fall you Cystitis bei einem zwei- 
 jahrigen Kinde. Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph., Wien & Leipz., 
 1900, lii, 91-96.— de Lange (Cornelia). Cystitis bij zuigelin- 
 gen. >lederl. Tijdsobr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1903, 2. R., d. 2, 
 663-566.— Meyer (0.) DreiEallevonBlasenkatarrlibeiKin- 
 dern. Kinderarzt, Leipz., 1904, xv, 145-147— Neter (B.) 
 Die Cystitisim Kindesalter. Aerztl. Kimdschau, Miiuoien, 
 1907^ xvii, 481-483.— Bacli (E.) & von Beuss (A.) Zur 
 Aetiologie der Cystitis im Sauglingsalter (Bacillus bifldus 
 communis und ein ParacoUbacillus). Centralbl. f. Balrteriol. 
 
 [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1909, l.Ori?., 169-179. -; . Zur 
 
 Aetiologie der Cystitis bei Knaben im Sauglingsalter. Jahrb. 
 
 f. Kinderh., Berl., 1911, n. F^ Ixxiv, 684-696. . 
 
 Ein Fall von Cystitis und Ikterus bei einem mannlichen 
 Saugling. Mitt. d. Gesellsch. 1. inn. Med. u. Kinderh. In 
 Wien, 1912, xi, 163-165.— Ramsey (W. R.) Cystitis and 
 pyelooystitis in infants and young children. J. Minn. M. 
 Ass. [etc.J. Minneap., 1910, n. s., xxx, 525-532. Also: Pedia- 
 trics, N. Y., 1911, xxiii, 15-31.— Sorgente (P.) Cistite da B. 
 coli in una oambina di 28 mesi. Pediatria, mpoli, 1904, 2. 
 s., ii, 890-897. — Terrlen (E.) Les pyflo-cystites de I'enfance. 
 J. de mSd. int^ Par., 1911, xv, 207 — Trumpp (J.) Ueber 
 Colicystitisim Kindesalter. Verhandl.d, Gesellsch. deutsch. 
 Naturl. u. Aerzte 1896, Leipz., 1897, Ixviii, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 
 238.— Valagussa (F.) Contributo alio studio della cistite 
 da B. coli nell' infanzia. Pollclin., Boma, 1907, xiv, sez. 
 med., 211-236.— Velasco Blanco (L.) Consideraciones 
 sobre seis casos de cistitis y cistopielitis primitiva en la 
 infancia. SemanamM., Buenos Aires, 1918, xxv, 454-456. — 
 TFider^e (S.) [A case of pyelooystitis in infants cured by 
 vaccination (Wright).) Tidsskr. f. d. norske Laegefor., 
 Kristiania, 1913, xxxiii, 873-879.— Williams (J. A.) Acute 
 cystitis in infant treated with helmitol. Brit. M. J., Lond., 
 1907, i, 1181.— Zelenskl (TO Zur Aetiologie der Cystitisim 
 Kindesalter. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1904, xvii, 123-126. 
 
 Bladder (Innervation of). 
 
 BoTBE (J.) *NouveUea recherchea sur Tin- 
 nervation de la vessie; anatomie et physiologie. 
 8°. Lyon. 1914. 
 
 Budge (J.) MSmoire sur Taction du bulbe rachidien, 
 de la moelle eplnifere et du nert grand sympathique sur les 
 mouvements de la vessie. Compt. rend. Acad. d. so.. Par., 
 1863, Ivii, 565-569.- Debalsieux (G.) Beoherches anato- 
 miques et exp^rimentales sur Tinnervation de la vessie. 
 Nfivraxe, Louvain, 1913-13, xiii, 119-159.— Emott (T. B.) 
 Degenerative section of the nerves to the cat's bladder. 
 
 Proc. Physiol. Soc, Lond., 1905-6, pp. xxix-xxxi. . 
 
 The innervation of the bladder and urethra. J. Physiol., 
 Lond., 1906-7, xxxv, 367-445.— von Frankl-Hochwart (L.) 
 & FrdbUch (A.) Ueber die corticale Innervation der Ham- 
 blase. Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1904, xxiii, 646-655.— 
 GrUusteln (N.) Zur Innervation der Hamblase. Arch. t. 
 mikr. Anat., Bonn, 1899, Iv, 1-11, 1 pi.— Joris (H.) L'in- 
 nervation des muscles lisses dans les parois vfeicales. Bull. 
 Acad. roy. de mM. de Belg., Brux., 1906, 4. s., xx, 371- 
 386, 2 pi. [Bap. de Venneman], 340-343. Also [Abstr.J: 
 J. de Brux., 1906, xi, 333.— Juschtsclienko. Ueber die 
 Beziehung des unteren Mesenterialganglions zur Innerva- 
 tion der Hamblase und zu ihren automatischen Bewegungen. 
 Centralbl. t. Nervenh. u. Psychiat., Coblenz & Leipz., 1898, 
 n F., ix, 12.— Knowlton (F. P.) Observations on the 
 effect of stimulation of the eighth and ninth spinal nerve 
 roots, upon the bladder of the toad. J. Physiol., Lond., 
 1911, xliii, 91-95.— Laugley (J. N.) The effect of various 
 poisons upon the response to nervous stimuli, chiefly in 
 relation to the bladder. Ibid., 125-181.— Latarjet & Theve- 
 not. Beoherches expSrimentales sur 1 'innervation de la 
 vessie. Lyon mM., 1914, oxxiil, 201-204.— Lewanflowsky 
 (M ) & Schultz (P.) Ueber Durohsehneidung der Blasen- 
 
 . ' ... .... i T.. .._, ^ „: p_ *iir.'A« mno .....:* 
 
 fiungen — ^ 
 
 Anat., Bonn, 1907, Ixxi, 254-2S3, 2 pi.— KehflscU (B.) Ueber 
 die Innervation der Hamblase. Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], 
 Berl., 1900, clxi, 529-568.— Kotman ^E. A.) [Physiology of 
 cystic Innervation.) Obozr. Psikhiat., JSTevrol. [etc.], S.- 
 Peterb.j 1905, x, 26-55.— von Zelssl (M.) Ueber die Innerva- 
 tion der Blase mit besonderer Berucksiohtigung des Tripper- 
 processes. Wien. Klinik, 1901, xxvii, 125-160. . . Mit- 
 
 theilung fiber die Innervation der Blase. Wien. klin. Wchn- 
 schr., 1901, xiv, 147. . Neue Untersuchungen iiber 
 
 die innervation der Blase. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1901, 
 li, 465-472. 
 
 Bladder (Inversion of). 
 
 See Bladder (Exstrophy of); Bladder (Pro- 
 lapse of). 
 
 Bladder (Irrigation of). 
 
 See, also, Bladder (Female, Irrigation of). 
 
 Marc. Practische Winlce zur Austulirung der 
 Blasen-Spiilung. 2. Aufl. 16°. Bad WiUun- 
 gen, 1897. 
 
 Sausb (P.) *Etude sur I'irrigation de la vessie 
 aprfes la taille hypogastrique (irrigation con- 
 tinue et intermittente). 8°. Montpellier 1910. 
 
 Allan(7.) Antisepticlavage of the bladder. Med. Times, 
 Lond., 1908, xxxvi, 134.— Allen (G. W.) TheusS of formalin 
 for vesical irrigation. Am. J. Dermat. & Genito-Urin. Dis., 
 
 St. Louis, 1904, viu, 261. . The use of formahn vapor 
 
 tor vesical Irrigation. Med. Era, St. Louis, 1911, xx, 442.— 
 Assmutb (J.) Ueber Ausspulungen der Hamblase; ihre 
 Anwendung in der Praxis, ihren Missbrauch Und ihre 
 Contraindicationen. St. Petersb. med. Wchnschr., 1897, 
 xxii, 451-454.— Barblani (G.) La lavatura della vescica 
 urinaria in rapporto all' assorbimento. Bull. d. sc. med. di 
 Bologna, 1899, 7. s., x, 789-803: 1900, 7. s., xi, 218; 434.— 
 BaronI (G.) Di uno stmmento da apphcarsi alia sinnga a 
 permanenza per fare le lavande vesdcali a doppia corrente. 
 Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1904. xxv, 1511.— Bertliaut (J.) 
 Danger des injections intra-vesicales faites aveo les solutions 
 aqueuses d'acide borique. Arch. gto. de m^d.. Par., 1905, i, 
 1617-1622.— Bird (N. S.) A device for irrigating the male 
 bladder. Med. Beo., N. Y., 1901, Ix, 851.— Breakstone 
 (B. H.) Lavage of the bladder at the bedside. Am. J. 
 Clm. Med., Chicago, 1914, xxi, 215.— Da^ett (B. H.) 
 Flooding the urina'-y tract. Atlantic M. Weekly, Provi- 
 dence, 1895, iv, 228-234.— Desnos (E.) Teohmque des 
 la^'ages de la vessie. Bev. gin. de clln. et de th6rap.. Par., 
 1898, xii, 769-772. Also: Bev. internal, de mM. et de chir.. 
 Par., 1899, x, 183-186.— Dommer (F.) Demonstration 
 eines Spuikatheters fiir die Blase. Jahresb. d. GeseUsch. f. 
 Natur- u. Heilk. in Dresd. 1903-4, Munchen, 1906, 127.— 
 Duchastelet. Nettoyeur v&ical. Ass. franc, d'urol. 
 Proe.-verb. 1897, Par., 1898, ii, 460-473.— Bhrenlest (H.) 
 Bine einfache Vorrichtung zur Blasenspiilung. Centralbl. 
 t. d. Krankh. d. Ham- u. Sex.-Org., Leipz., 1906, xvii, 266- 
 258. AUo, transl: Nord mfid., Lille, 1906, xii, 246-248. 
 AUo. transl.: J. Am. M. Ass , Chicago, 1906, xlvl, 1169.— 
 Flunrer (W. F.) A new plan for washing the bladder, 
 with a description of apparatus. Med. Bee., N. Y., 1900, 
 Ivii, 1076-1078.— Fuchs (FJ Zur Technik der Blasenspii- 
 lung. Deutsche Praxis. Ztschr. f. prakt. Aerzte, Miin- 
 chen., 1901, x, 409-412.— Kraus (O.) Noiiveau robinet 
 h, double effet pour le lavage de la vessie. Ass. Iran;. 
 
 d'urol. Proo.-verb. 1897, Par., 1898, li, 458-462. . 
 
 Ueber Blasenwaschung. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1908, 
 Iv, 1238— Laver (C. H.) An automatic bladder irrigator. 
 Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1917, xxi, 71-74.— lewln (A.) 
 Universal-Spulansatz. Ztschr. f. Urol., Berl. & Leipz., 1913, 
 vii, 387.— Meyer (N.) Die Blasenspulung in der Hand-des 
 Patienten. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1911, Iviii, 1192.— 
 Peterkin (G. S.) A new bladder irrigator. Tr. Am. Urol. 
 Ass. 1909, Brookline, 1910, iii, 106-110, 3 pi.— Blngleto (O.) 
 Spulcystoskop. Centralbl. t. d. Krankh. d. Ham- a. Sex.- 
 Org., Leipz., 1906, xvii, 658-667.— Biva (A.) Unapparecchlo 
 per la lavatura della vescica urinaria. Eendic. d. Ass. med.- 
 chir. di Parma, 1900, i, 100, 1 pi. Also, Beprint.— B«rlg. 
 Die Methoden der Blasenausspulung. Veroffentl. d. Ge- 
 sellsch. f. Heilk. in Berl. BaUieoI. Sekt., 1888, x, 69-74. 
 
 . Zur Blasenspiilung. Monatsb. . . . d. Kraiikh. d. 
 
 Ham- u. Sex.-Appar., Berl., 1899, iv, 705.— Southard (J. 
 D.) The simplest, easiest and best method of irrigating the 
 bladder. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1906, xlvii, 112.— Welth 
 (A.) Encore I'eau oxyg&ife pour les lavages de la vessie. 
 Bev. mdd. de la Suisse Bom., Geneve, 1910, xxx, 954. — 
 Willan (R. J.) A new method for continuous Irrigation of 
 the bladder. Northumberland & Durham M. J., Newcastle- 
 upon-Tyne, 1908, xvi, 20.— Toung (W. I.) Intravesical 
 irrigation. New Albany M. Herald, 1909, xvi, 20S.— Za- 
 wadzkl (A.) [An instrument for washing out the bladder 
 aseptically.] Medycyna, Warszawa, 1902, xxx, 140. 
 
 Bladder (Irritable). 
 
 See, also. Bladder (Female, Irritable) ; Bladder 
 (Neuralgia and neuroses of); TJrination (JFVe- 
 quent, etc.). 
 
 Benedict (A. L.) The relation of vesical irritability to 
 urinary acidity and volume. Arch. Diagn., N. Y., 1910, iii, 
 252-257.— Bonney (C. W.) The causes and treatment of 
 vesical irritability. Therap. Gaz. [etc.], Detroit, 1910, 3. s., 
 xxvi, 156-161.— Broter (L.) What is irritable bladder, and 
 what is the best method for treating it? Am. Therapist, 
 N. Y., 1902-3, xi, 5. Also: Phila. M. J., 1903, xi, 264.— Dowd 
 (J. H.) Irritability of the bladder. BuHalo M. J., 1905-6, 
 Ixi, 73-76.— Fenwlck (P. C.) Reflex irritability of the 
 bladder. N. Zealand M. J., Wellington, 1903^, iii, 362-359.— 
 Foote (C. G.) Vesical hyperesthesia. Cleveland M. J., 
 1906, V, 273-277.— Frank (L.) Vesical irritation of symptom- 
 
BLADDER. 
 
 607 
 
 BLADDER. 
 
 Bladder {Irritable). 
 
 atic cystitis. Kentucky M. J.^ Bowling Green, 1908-9, vii, 
 109-114.— Hasler (W. T.) Vesical irritability due to hyper- 
 acidity ol the urine and a method for diagnosing the condi- 
 tion. Utah M. J. [Denver M. Times], 1907-8, xxvii, 190- 
 194. — Hirscb (MJ Die reizbare Blase, eineiritische Studie. 
 Centralbl. I. a. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir., Jena, 1904, vii, 
 481; S40; 576.— Hoge (M. D.) Irritable bladder. Virginia 
 M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1914-15, xix, 250.— Huld- 
 schlner. Reizbare Blase und Blasendivertikel. Cen- 
 tralbl. f. d. Krahkh. d. Ham- u. Sex.-Org., Leipz., 1899, x, 
 177-183.— IrrltaMe (The) bladder. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 
 1904, xliii, 1310.— Kolischer (G.) & Schmidt (L. E.) 
 Transmitted irritability of the bladder. Medicine, Detroit, 
 1904, X, 915-917.— Morris (E.T.) IrritabUitv of the bladder. 
 Intemat. J. Surg., N. Y., 1898^ xi 240.— MUUer (L. E.) 
 Ueber nervose Blasenstorungen im jKriege. Miinchen. med. 
 Wchnschr., 1918, Ixv, 755-759.— Pirkner (E. H. F.) Diag- 
 nosis and treatment ol irritable bladder. Internat. J . Surg., 
 N. Y., 1908, xxi. 285-287.— Ravogll (A.) Irritation of the 
 bladder. Lancet-Clinic, Cinciu., 1906, n. s., Ivi, 1-9. Also, 
 Reprint.— Blshmiller (J. H.) Irritability of the bladder. 
 Northwest. Lancet, Minneap., 1902, xxii, 401-403.— Toland 
 (M. R.) Some pertinent facts in treating irritable bladder 
 with galvanism. Calif. M. & S. Reporter, Los Angeles, 1906, 
 ii, 827.— Upshur (J. N.) Reflex vesical irritation. N. 
 York M. J. [etc.], 1916, ciii, 883-885. AUo, Reprint. — 
 Waugh (W. F.) The irritable bladder; suggestions for 
 drug apphcations. Illinois M. Bull., Chicago, 1906-7, vii, 
 211-214. 
 
 Bladder (Leukoplakia of). 
 
 Albarran (J.) Sur un cas de leucoplasie vfeicale. Rev. 
 prat. d. mal. d. org. g&.-urin., Par., 1907-8, Iv, 81-91, 2pl.— 
 Escat (J.) LeiiBbplasie v^icale primitive hemorrhagique; 
 taille hypogastrique, escharification ign6e des lesions; a,m&- 
 lloration. Cong, mtemat. de m^d. C. r., Par., 1900, sect, de 
 chir. urin., 171-173. — Herzen (P. A.) Zur Leukoplakie der 
 Hamblase. Deutschemed. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1910, 
 xxxvi, 1325. — Kreps (M. ) Leucoplakia vesicae. Cen- 
 tralbl. f. d. Krankh. d. Ham- u. Sex.-Org., Leipz., 1902, xiii, 
 629.— Lendorf (A.) Et Tilfaelde af Leukoplakia vesicae. 
 Hosp.-Tid., KjJbenh., 1913, 5. R., vi, 887-897.— Lohustein 
 (H.) Ueber Leucoplacia vesicae. Monatsb. ... d. Krankh. 
 d. Ham- u. Sex.-Appar., Berl., 1898, iii, 65-72.— MonlS. 
 R&ultats £loign& d'une cjstotomie pour leucoplasie vfei- 
 cale. Limousin mM., Limoges, 1904, xxvili, 149-163. — 
 Bavaslnl (C.) Leucoplasie totale de la vessie. Ass. fran?. 
 d'urol. Proo.-verb. 1901, Par., 1902, v, 438-442. Also, 
 transl.: Centralbl. f. d. Krankh. d. Ham- u. Sex.-Org., 
 Leipz., 1903, xiv, 255-257.— Rochet & Murard. Notes sur 
 un cas de leucoplasie v&icale. Lyon chirurg., 1910, iii, 257- 
 264.— Verriere (A. ) Deux cas de leucoplasie de la muqueuse 
 v&icale. Lyon m^d., 1900, xcv, 116-126. 
 
 Bladder (Malakoplakia of). 
 
 VON Ellenmedeb (A. R.) *Ueber Malako- 
 plakie der Hamblase. 8°. Freiburg i. Br., 1906. 
 
 Gutbebock;. *Ein Beitrag zur Malakoplakie 
 der Hamblase. 8°. Leipzig, 1905. 
 
 MiCHE (G.) *Contribution Ji, I'^tude de la 
 malacoplasie de la vessie. [Lausanne.] 8°. 
 Coutelary, 1914. 
 
 ScHMiD (H.) *Contribution k I'^tude de la 
 malacoplasie de la vessie. 8°. Genive, 1909. 
 
 AUo, m: Rev. mM. de la Suisse Rom., Genfeve, 1909, 
 xxix, 757-780. 
 
 Berg (G.) Ueber Malakoplakia vesicae. Verhandl. d- 
 deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Urol. [Kong, in Berlin], Berl. & Leipz., 
 1909, 539-547.— Blum (V.) Tall von Malakoplakia der Ham- 
 blase (von Hansemaun). Wien. kiln Wchnschr., 1918, xxxi, 
 225.— Engllsch (J.) Ueber Leukoplasie und Malakoplakie. 
 Ztschr. f. Urol., Berl. & Leipz., 1907, i, 641; 745.— Ferrari (E.) 
 & NIcollch (G J Malacoplachia della vescica (Hansemann). 
 Folia urolog., Leipz., 1913-14, viii, 644-663.— Frankel (E.) 
 Ueber Malakoplakie der Blase. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 
 
 1903, 1, 2162. r. Zwei Falle von Malakoplakie der Ham- 
 
 blasenschleimhaut. J!ii(i.,1906,liii,242.— G!erke(E.) Ueber 
 Malakoplakie der Hamblase. JUd., 1905, Iii, 1388.— Ha^ 
 monic (P.) La cystite fongueuse. Ass. franc, d'urol. 
 Proc.-verb. 1903, Par., 1904, vii, 356-362. Also: Rev. clin. 
 d'androl. et de gynSc, Par., 1904, x, 12-16.— von Hanse- 
 mann. Ueber Malakoplakie der Hamblase. Virchow's 
 Arch. f. path. Anat. {etc.), Berl., 1903, clxxiii, 302-308, 1 pi.— 
 HaTt(K.) Ueber die Malakoplakie der Hamlilase. Ztschr. 
 1. Krebsforsch., Berl., 1906, iv, 380-395.— Hedren (G.) Ueber 
 Malakoplakia vesicae urinariae. Nord. med. Ark., Stock- 
 holm, 1911, 3. f., xi, afd. 1, No. 3, 24 pp., 2 pi.— Kimla (R.) 
 Von Hansemanns Malakoplakia vesicae urmariae und ihre 
 Beziehungen zur plaqueformigen Tuberkulose der Ham- 
 blase. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1906, 
 clxxxiv, 469^91.— Landsteiner (K.) & StSrk (O.) Ueber 
 eine eigenartige Form chronischer Cystitis (von Hanse- 
 mann's Malakoplakie). Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. 
 Path., Jena, 1904, xxxvi, 131-151, 1 pi.— Loele (W.) Ein 
 
 Bladder {Malakoplakia of). 
 
 Beitrag zur sog. Malakoplakie der Hamblase. Ibid., 1910, 
 xlviii, 205-220.— Mlchaelis (L.) Die Malakoplakie der 
 Hamblase. Med. Klin., Berl., 1905, i, 331.— BBchaeUs (L.) 
 & Gutmann. Ueber Einschlusse in Blasentumoren. 
 Ztschr. t. klin. Med., 1902, xlvii, 208-215.— MineUl (S.) Ueber 
 die Malakoplakie der Hamblase (Hansemarm). Virchow's 
 Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1906, clxxxiv, 157-171, 1 
 
 El.— Pappcnhelmer (A. M.) Malakoplakia of the urinary 
 ladder; report of two cases. M. & S. Rep. Bellevue Hosp., 
 N. Y., 1906-6, ii, 305-309. AUo: Proc. N. York Path. Soc., 
 1906-7, n. s., vi, 65-71.-Schmldt (H. R.) Ein Beitrag zur 
 Malakoplakiefrage der Hamblase. Frankfurt. Ztschr. f. 
 Path., Wiesb., 1913, xiv, 493-500. — Vlnteler (E. N.) [Ma- ■ 
 lakoplaMa of the bladder.] Kharkov. M. J., 1906, i, 45-48.— 
 Waldschmldt (M.) Ueber Malakoplakia vesicee urinariae. 
 Ztschr. 1. Urol., Berl. & Leipz., 1912, vi, 641-664, 1 pi.— 
 Wegelln. Malakoplakie der Hamblase. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. 
 Aerzte, Basel, 1910, xl, 234.— Wetzel (E.) Beitrag zur 
 Lehre von der Malakoplakie der Haniblase. Virchow's 
 Arch. t. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1913, ccxiv, 450-454.— 
 Wildbolz (H.) Plaqueformige, tuberkulose Cystitis unter 
 dem Bilde der Malakoplakia vesicas. Ztschr. I. Urol., Berl. 
 & Leipz., 1907, i, 322-326.— Zangemeister (W.) Ueber 
 Malakoplakie der Hamblase. Centralbl. 1. d. Krankh. d. 
 Ham- u. Sex.-Orgj Leipz., 1906, xvil, 491-495. Also: Ztschr. 
 f. Urol., Berl. & Leipz., 1907, i, 877-881.— Zenoni (0.) Di 
 alcune formazioni della vescica urinaria e della cosidetta 
 malacoplachia. R. 1st. Lomb. disc. elett. Rendic, Milano, 
 1904, 2. s., xxxvii, 175-193, 1 pi. 
 
 Bladder {Morphology of). 
 
 See BlaAder {Embryology , etc., of). 
 
 Bladder {Neck vf). 
 
 Desmonts (P.-E.) *Le col de la vessie chez 
 rhomme (6tude anatomique). 8°. Montpel- 
 lier, 1911. 
 
 GiRATTD (J.-R.) *Contribution k I'^tude des 
 valvules du col de la vessie. 8° . Bordeaux, 1902. 
 
 Grynfeltt & Desmonts. Pr&entation de pifeces rela- 
 tives aux fibres du trigone vesical. Montpel. m6a., 1911, liv, 
 31&-321.^Kelfler. Anatomie vasculaire de la vessie et du 
 col vesical. Bull. Soc. beige de gyn&. et d'obst., Brux., 
 1898-9, ix, 194-197, 2 pi.— Pousson (A.) Valvules du Col de 
 la vessie. Ass. bang, d'm'ol. Proc.-verb. 1901, Par., 1902, v, 
 431-435.— Bobtason (B.) The vesical trigone; trigonum 
 vesicae; its anatomy and physiology. St. Louis Cour. Med., 
 1904, xxxi, 16-27. — TTteau (R.) Anatomie du trigone v&i- 
 cal. Ann. d. mal. d. org. g4nito-urin.. Par., 1905, xxiil, 241- 
 290. — Vogt(0.) Sur le pilier ant^rieur du trigone. Compt. 
 rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1898, 10. s., v, 207.— Wright (W.) 
 & Benians (T. C.) The anatomy of the trigonum vesicae. 
 Brit. M. J., Lond., 1910, ii, 1152.— Zuckerkandl (O.) Osser- 
 vazioni cliniche sul tngono vescicale. Riv. urol., Catania, 
 1910, i, 130-137. 
 
 Bladder {Neck of Contracture of). 
 
 See, also, Bladder (Obstruction of). 
 
 Cecil (A.Bo Contractureofthevesicalneck; diagnosis and 
 treatment. Calif. State J. M., San Fran., 1916, xiv, 311- 
 317. — Chetwood (C. H.) Contracture of the neck of the 
 bladder. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1901, lix, 767-776. . Con- 
 tracture of the neck of the bladder. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 
 1913, Ix, 257-259. [Discussion], 265-267.— Cholzofl (B. N.) 
 Die chronlsohe Kontraktur des CoUum vesicae urinariae 
 (prostatisme sans prostate). Folia urolog., Leipz., 1910. iv, 
 788-800.— Toumans (T. G.) Contracture of the neck oi the 
 bladder. Am. Med., Phila., 1904, viii, 512-614. 
 
 Bladder (Neck of, Diseases of). 
 
 Diago (J.) Cistitis colli proliferams cedematosa. Rev. de 
 med. y drag, de la Habana, 1905, x, 1-3.— Frank (E. R. W.) 
 Ueber die Beziehungen der papillomatosen Wucherungen 
 des Blasenhalses una der hinteren Harnrohre zum Mecha- 
 nismus der Hamentleerung und zur sexuellen Neurasthenic. 
 Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Urol. [Kong, in Wien, 
 1907], Berl. & Leipz^ 1908, 582-597.— Gorodlstsch (S. M.) 
 Zur Pathologie una "Therapie der Cystitis colU proliferans s. 
 vegetativa. Ztschr. f. Urol., Berl. & Leipz., 1913, vii, 81- 
 96. — Jacobs (L. C.) Diagnosis and treatment of lesions at 
 the neck of the bladder. Urol. & Cutan. Rev., St. Louis, 
 1918, xxii, 454-456. — ^von Minin (A. W.) Ueber die neueste 
 Anwendung des blauen electrischen Lichtes [bei Affectio- 
 nen des Blasenhalses]. Med. Woche, Berl., 1904, v. 111.— 
 Rasch (C.) [The so-called cystitis colli vesicse.] Hosp.- 
 Tid., Kj0benh., 1898, 4. R., vi, 1183.— Remete (J.) [Contri- 
 butions to the knowledge of trigonal cystitis.] Urologia, 
 Budapest, 1906, 19-24.— Bigdon (R. LJ The bladder neck 
 and one of its diseases. Am. J. Urol., N. Y., 1908, iv, 7-11. — 
 Walther (H. W. E.) Chronic trigonitis. Med. Rec, N. Y., 
 1916, IxxxLx, 853-856. — ^Weck. Cystite du col avec orchlte 
 double et conjonctivite de nature goutteuse. Rev. mdd. de 
 la Suisse Rom., Genftve, 1897, xvii, 119.— Zcchmelster (H.) 
 & Matzenauer (R.) Cystitis colli proliferans cedematosa. 
 Centralbl. f. d. Krankh. d. Ham- u. Sex.-Org., Leipz,, 1901, 
 xii, 1-6, 1 pi. 
 
BLADDER. 
 
 608 
 
 BLADDER. 
 
 Bladder (Necrosis of). 
 
 See Bladder {Gangrene, etc., of). 
 
 Bladder {Nervous). 
 
 See Bladder (Irritable) ; Bladder (Neuralgia, 
 etc., of). 
 
 Bladder (Neuralgia and neuroses of). 
 
 VON PrANKL-HoCHWART (L.) & ZUCKERKANDL 
 
 (O.) Die nervosen Erkrankungen der Blase. 
 8°- Wien, 1898. 
 
 . The same. 2. umgearbeitete 
 
 Aufl. 8°. Wien, 1906. 
 
 Minkowski (M.) *Ueber cerebrale Blasen- 
 stomngen. [Breslau.] 8°. Leipzig, 1907. 
 
 A Uo, m: Deutsche Ztschr. I. Nervenh., Leipz., 1907, xxxiii, 
 127-159. 
 
 Auerliach (S.) Zur Bebandlung dsr Blasenneurosen. 
 Ztschr. f. dlatet. u. physik. Therap., Leipz., 1900, iv, 216- 
 219.— B»hme(r.) Enuresis undahhlicheBlasenstorungen 
 im Felde. Munonen. med. Wchnschr., 1915, Ixii, 726-728.— 
 Boxwell (W.J Disordered bladder Junction in nervous 
 diseases. Tr. Roy. Acad. M. Ireland, Dubl., 1914, xxxii, 
 63-73. — Courtade (D.) Diagnostic et traitement ^lectrique 
 des n^vralgies v&ioales. J. de raid, de Par., 1906, 2. s., 
 xviii, 205. Also: Rev. prat. d. mal. d. org. e&i.-urin.. Par., 
 1906-7, iii, 382-384.— von CzylUarz (E.) Weitere Bemer- 
 tungen zur Fragg der oerebraleu BlasenstSrungen, zugleioh 
 ein Beitrag zur Diagnostik der Balkengeschwiilste. Wien. 
 Idin. Wchnschr., 1902, xv, 788-791.— von Czyhlarz (E.) & 
 Marburg (0.) Ueber cerebrale Blasenstorungen. Wien. 
 klin. Rundschau, 1900, xiv, 933. . Ueber cere- 
 brale Blasenstorungen. Jahrb. f. Psychiat., l>eipz. & 
 Wien, 1901, xx, 134-174.— von Frankl-Hochvrart (L.) 
 Zur Differentialdiagnose der juvenilen Blasenstorungen 
 (zugleich ein Beitrag "zur Kenntnis der spinalen BlasenstB- 
 rungen.) Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Urol. [Kong, in 
 
 Wien, 1907], Berl. & Leipz., 1908, 377-381. . Notiz zur 
 
 Kenntnis der oerebralen Blasenstorungen. Wien. med. 
 Wchnschr., 1911, Ixi, 2586-2588.— Goldberg (B.) Beitrage 
 zur Kenntnis der nervosen Blasenerkrankungen. Deut- 
 sche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1907, xxxiii, 1410- 
 1412.— Halin (D.) Ueber nervose Blasenstorungen. Cong, 
 intemat. de m^d. C.-r. 1909, Budapest, 1910, Sect, xiv, 428- 
 435. — ^Hartmann (H.) Les n^vralgies vdsicales idiopathi- 
 ques. Rev. de chir.. Par., 1889, ix, 293-303.— Jullusberg 
 (F.) & Stetter (K.) Ueber nervose Blasenstorungen bel 
 Soldaten. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1917, liv, 256-259.— 
 X/e^eu (P.) De I'tncontinenoe "d'urine et des psychoses 
 v&icales Chez les combattants. Bull. Acad, de Ta&i., Par., 
 1915, 3. s., Ixxiii, 314.— Lewis (R. C. M.) Neuroses of the 
 bladder. I/ancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1908, xdx, 689-674.— 
 Naber (J.) Ueber Blasenneurosen (PollaWurie, Inconti- 
 nenz, Enuresis, Betentio urinse). Med. Klin., Berl., 1918, 
 xiv, 832-835.— Bochet. Cystalgies des femmes. Ann. d. 
 mal. d. org. gfinito-urin.. Par., 1906, xxiv, 1041-1062.— 
 Vogel (J.) Zum Kapitel der nervosen Blasenstorungen. 
 Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1905, xlu, 1372-1375.— Werler. Ueber 
 Blasenneurose, Pollakiurie und Incontinentia vesicee bei 
 Kriegsteilnehmem und ihre Bebandlung. Med. Klin., 
 Berl., 1917, xiii, 637-639. ' 
 
 Bladder (Obstruction of). 
 
 See, also, Bladder (Contracted); Bladder 
 (Neck of, Contracture of); Bladder (Tumors oj, 
 Complications, etc., of); Trostsite gland (Hyper- 
 trophy of); tTrine (Retention of). 
 
 Baldwin (H. A.) Obstructions to the urinary flow in the 
 bladder. Ohio M. J., Columbus, 1917, xiii, 81-83. Also: 
 Urol. & Cutan. Rev., St. Louis, 1917, xxi, 90.— Bangs (L. B J 
 Cicatrix of bladder relieved by fulguration. Med. Rec, N. 
 Y., 1914, Ixxxv, 619.— Belfleld (W. T.) Vesical obstruction 
 by diseased seminal vesicles. Tr. Am. Urol. Ass., Brook- 
 line, 1915, ix, 254-256, Ipl. [Discussion], 299-311. Also: 
 Surg., Gynec. & Obsi, Chicago, 1915, xxi, 221.— Bugbee 
 (H. G.) The relief of vesical obstruction In selected cases. 
 
 N. York State J. M., N. Y., 1913, xiii, 410-417, 1 pi. . 
 
 The use of the high frequency spark in the treatment of 
 median bar obstruction. Urol. & Cutan. Rev., St. Louis, 
 1917, xxi, 361-364.— Chetwood (C. H.) Special types of 
 vesical obstructions. Tr. Am. Urol. Ass., Brookline, 1915, 
 ix, 244-253. [Discussion], 299-311.— Harpster (C. M.) The 
 Goldschmidt and Wossidlo technio in handling obstructions 
 at the vesical neck. /Wd., 288-311. i4 bo.' Surg., Gynec. & 
 Obst., Chicago, 1915, xxi, 208-212.— Herescu. [Congenital 
 stricture of the vesical neck; operation: cure.] Spitalul, 
 Bucuresct, 1913, xxxiii, 120-123.— Hlrt (w.) Eiu Fall von 
 musouloser Blasenhalsklappe. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., 
 Leipz., 1902, Ixv, 623-527.— Levfts (B.) Contra-indications 
 to surgical intervention in obstruction at the vesical neck. 
 Tr. Am. Urol. Ass., Brookline, 1915, ix, 274-281. [Discus- 
 sion], 299-311. Also: Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 
 1915, xxi, 217-220.— Lowsley (0. S.) Observations on 
 
 Bladder (Obstruction of). 
 
 certain obstructions at the vesical orifice. Tr. Sect. 
 Genito-Urin. Dis. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1916, Ixvii, 103- 
 129. Also: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1917, Ixviii, 444-452. 
 Also, Reprint.— McCartliy (J. F.) Preliminary report 
 on cystoscopic operative treatment of early intravesical 
 prostatic intrusions and other obstructive conditions in 
 the region of the vesical sphincter. Am. J. Surg., N. Y., 
 1913, xxvii, 327-329— Mac Munn (J.) Sounds for the 
 diagnosis of obstructions at and about the bladder-neck. 
 
 Lancet, Lend., 1909, ii, 1150. . On obstruction of the 
 
 bladder neck other than senile. Am. J. Dermat. & Genito- 
 Urin. Dis., St. Louis, 1912, xvi, 264. Also: Med. Rev., St. 
 Louis, 1913, Ixii, 23.— Murpby (J. B.) Cicatricial obstruc- 
 tion at bladder outlet; suprapubic cystotomy and plastic. 
 Surg. Clin., Phila., 1916, v, 925-930.— O'NeU (R. F.) Con- 
 traction of the bladder neck following an acute inflammatory 
 condition, causing beginning urinary obstruction in a young 
 man. Boston M. & S. J., 1910, clxiii, 947.— Pleri & WeUl. 
 Occlusion aigue de la-v&icule. Marseille mdd., 1911, xlvlii, 
 97-101.— Randall (A.) Prostatisme sans prostate, a study 
 of median bar formation as a cause of urinary obstruction. 
 
 N. York M. J. [etc.], 1915, cii, 1125; 1177. . The gross 
 
 pathology of median bar formation. Ann. Surg., Phila., 
 1917, Ixvi, 471-475, 6 pi. [Discussion], 517-525.— Smith 
 (E. 0.) Obstructions at the outlet of the urinary bladder. 
 Ohio M. J., Columbus, 1915, xi, 228-231.— Street (D. P.) 
 Prostatic enlargement and contractures obstructing the 
 neck of the bladder. Tr. Mississippi M. Ass., [Vicksburg], 
 1913, xlvi, 302-307.— Tenney (B.) Prostatic obstruction 
 without hypertrophy. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 
 
 1915, xix, 206-208. Also, Reprint.- Werthelm. [Stenosis 
 of the bladder ending in death by purulent peritonitis.] 
 Przegl. chir. i ginek., Warszawa, 1911, v, 85-87.— Wester- 
 man fC. W. J.) Over klepvormige afsluiting van de blaas. 
 Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1903, 2. R., xxxix, d. 
 2, 1099-1105. 
 
 Bladder ((Edema of). 
 
 Blerlioff (F.) CEdema buUosum vesicae. Med. News, 
 N. Y., 1900, Ixxvii, 799. Also, Reprint.— KoUscher (G.) 
 Das retrostrikturale Oedem der weiblicben Blase. Cen- 
 tralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1900, xxiv, 446-448.- Kreps (M.) 
 CSdcma buUosum vesica urinarise. Centralbl. f. d. Krankh. 
 d. Ham- u. Sex.-Org., Leipz., 1902, xiii, 627-629.— Llnden- 
 thal (0. T.) Ein Beitrag zur Kenntniss des bullosen 
 CEdems der Hamblase. Monatscbr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynaek., 
 Berl., 1902, XV, 654-663.— Nln Posadas (J.) & PozzI {E.) 
 Edema bullosum de la vejiga. Semana mid., Buenos Aires, 
 
 1916, xxiii.pt. 1, 171-177.- Scherck (H. J.) Chronic edema of 
 the vesical neck. Urol. &Cutan. Rev., St. Louis, 1916, xx, 68. 
 
 Bladder (Paralysis of). 
 
 See, also. Bladder (Atony of) ; Bladder (Dila- 
 tation of); TTrine (Retention of). 
 
 AndT£. Des paraplegics urinaires. Ass. frang. pour 
 I'avance. d. sc. C.-r., Par., 1889, xviil, pt. 2, 729-732.— 
 Baggio (G.) Le iniezionl uretro-vescicali di glioerlna nelle 
 paresi vescioalipost-operatorie. Arch, ed attid. Soc. ital. di 
 chir., Roma, 1911, xxiv, 627-631. Also: Ann. d. r. 1st. dl 
 Clin. chir. di Roma, 1912, iv, 411-415.— Courtade (D.) Con- 
 tribution & I'^tude des paralysies vdsicales dues k des lesions 
 des centres nerveux, et de leur traitement par I'filectrioite. 
 
 Ass. tran^ d'urol. Proo.-verb., Par., 1899, iv, 439-443. . 
 
 Diagnostic.pathog^nieet traitement llectrique des paralysies 
 v&icales dues 5, une l^ion organique du systfeme nerveux. 
 J. de m&i. de Par., 1914, 2. s., xxvi, 92.— Frazler (C. H.) & 
 Mills (C. K.) Intradural root anastomosis for the relief of 
 paralysis of the bladder; and the application of the same 
 method in other paralytic affections. J. Am. M. Ass., Chi- 
 cago, 1912, lix, 2202-2206.— Gu6plu (A.) Des inconvfinients 
 de la strychnine dans certains cas de par&ie v&icale. France 
 mM., Par., 1897, xlivj 353 — Rcllhan (H. J.) & Simon (J.) 
 Report of a case of paralysis of the bladder; illustrating the 
 importance of catheterization before operation. J. Am. M. 
 Ass., Chicago, 19U, Ivi, 743.— Blpperger (A.) Ueber das 
 Ausdrilcken der Hamblase. N. Yorker med. Monatsohr., 
 1899, xi, 1-11.— Serra y Sales (A.) Paresia de la vejiia uri- 
 naria post-operatoria. Med. de los niflos, Barcol., 1905, vl, 
 244.— WUson (H. W.) Two cases of idiopathic muscular 
 paresis of the bladder. St. Barth. Hosp. Eep. 1912, Lond., 
 1913, xlviii, 81-85.— Wolff. Ein Fall von Blasenlahmung 
 infolge Verletzung der Cauda und des Conus meduUaris. 
 Monatschr. f. Harnkr. u. sex. Hyg., Leipz., 1906, lii, 387-389. 
 
 Bladder (Parasites in). 
 
 See, also, Bilharziosis (Vesical); Bladder 
 (Hydatids of). 
 
 Barry (E.) Observation sur des urines sanguinolentes, 
 caus^es par un ver dans la vessie. Essais et obs. de mM. de 
 la Soc. d'fidlnb., Par., 1747, vi, 381-392.— Baucrelsen (A.) 
 Ein seltener Parasit der weiblichen Hamblase. Ztschr. i. 
 gynak. Urol., Leipz., 1913, Iv, 174- 180, 1 pi.— Chevrel (R.) 
 Larves de mouche dans la vessie de I'homme. Rev. sclent.. 
 Par., 1909, 5. s., xi, 621-625.— Cliute (A. L.) An infection of 
 the bladder with penicillium glaucum. Boston M. & S. J., 
 1911, clxiv, 420.— CuUey (B. L.) Vermin in bladder. Mis- 
 
BLADDER. 
 
 609 
 
 BLADDER. 
 
 Bladder (Parasites in). 
 
 sissippi M. Keo^ Vioksburg, 1902, yi, 104.— Mfindez (A.) 
 Miasis vesical. Rev, de med. y cirug. do la Habana, 1918, 
 xxiii, 185-187.— Menger (R.) Some observations on the 
 ecliinooooous disease (bladder tapeworm). Am. J. Dormat. 
 & Genito-Urin. Dis,, St. Louis, 1900,.iv, 156-163.— Mtlller 
 
 (R.) & Willlch (K. T.) Saroinen in der menscUiclien 
 Harnblase. Centralbl. 1. Balrtcriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 
 1912, Ixvii, Orig., 124-126.— Muniscli. Uebereinen Fall von 
 
 Ohrwtirmern in der Harnblase. Strassb. med. Ztg., 1907, iv, 
 46.— Pijper (A.) Nocardia^infeotiou of the bladder. Med. 
 J. S. Alrica, Johannesb., 1916-17, xii, 157.— Prlgl (H.) Bin 
 Fall von Blasenaktlnomykosis. Wien. med. Wcbnschr., 
 1911, Ixi, 2356-2368.— Rlbeyro (R. E .) Un caso auttotlco de 
 miasis vesical. Cr<5n. m4d., Lima, 1915, xxxii, 25-30. Also: 
 Prensa raid, argentina, Buenos Aires, 1915-16, ii, 196.— 
 Boulln. Strongle giant de la vessie. J. de mM. de Par., 
 1904, 2. s.,'xvi, 445.— Buault (A.) & Fouquet (D.) Doux- 
 cas de cystite vermineuse (Bilharzla hsematobia). Bull. 
 Soo. anat. de Par., 1885, Ix, 433. 
 
 Bladder (Perforation' of ) . 
 
 See, also, Bladder (Rupture of) ; Pelvis (Frac- 
 ture of, Complications, etc., of); "CTrine (Extra- 
 vasation of ); Vrine (Infection by) . 
 
 EiCHWALD (P.) _*Ueber die Entstehung der 
 Harnblasenperforationen. 8°. Miinchen, 1903. 
 
 RupPEBT (B.) *Ueber Perforation der Harn- 
 blase in die freie Bauchbohle. 8°. Leipzig, 
 1913. 
 
 Baldassarl (L.) & Flnottl (R.) Trattamento delle per- 
 forasioni vescicali con trapiantl. Riforma med., Roma, 
 
 1902, xvili, pt. 4, 770.— Bayerl. Ein Fall von- Hamblasen- 
 durchbolirung. Friedreich's Bl. f. gerichtl. Med., Niimb., 
 
 1903, liv, 154-158.— Evans (E.) Double perforation of the 
 urinary bladder. Wisconsin M. J., Milwaukee, 1904-5, iii, 
 551-553.— Grandjeau (A.) Perforation v&icale tardive par 
 une ligature intra^abaominale k la soie. Folia urolog., 
 Leipz., 1912-13, vli, 281-288.— Grimm (C. E.) Perforation 
 of tne bladder by a candle. West Virg. M. J., Wheeling, 
 
 1910-11, V, 199 Joynt (R. L.) & Green (A. S.) A case of 
 
 perforation of the bladder causing peritonitis and death. 
 Lancet, Lond:, 1899, i, 1631.— liegueu. Dangers de la pono- 
 tiou vesicale. Rev. gin. de clin. et de thirap.. Par., 1918, 
 xxxii, 213.— Legueu (F.) Eclatement traumatique sous- 
 piritonial sur quatre jperforations de la vessie. Bull, et 
 man. Soc. de chir. de Par!, 1912, n. s., xxxviii, 452.— Luys 
 (G.) Perforatioh de la vessie par un abcfes de la fosse iliaque 
 droite. CUniqu6,Par.,1909,iv,420.— Pllce(J. B.) Perforar 
 tion of the bladder from chrome ulceration, with secondary 
 appendicitis. [Case.) Practitioner, Lond., 1914, xciii, 293. — 
 FiUet (E.) Deux cas de perforation de la vessie succidant, 
 1 'une k une coxalgie, I'autre & une cystite tuberculeuse. Ann. 
 d. mal. d. org. ginito-urin.. Par., 1907, ii, 1281-1287.— Pol- 
 Iltzer (TA Ueber zwei seltene Falle von Perforation In die 
 Blase. Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1900, xiv, 369; 395.— Stem 
 (C. ) Perforation der Harnblase bei Ausschabung derselben. 
 Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1906, xxxii, 572. — 
 Strauss (A.) Ueber Perforation bei Ausschabung der 
 Harnblase. Ibid., 1000. 
 
 Bladder (Physiology of). 
 
 See, also, Bladder (Absorption by) ; TTrination. 
 
 Boccl (B.) La vescica urinaria come organo espulsivo; 
 la fibra musoolare liscia. Atti d. r. Accad. d. fisioorit. in 
 
 Siena, 1909, 5. s., 1, 639-694, 2 ch. Also, Reprint. . 
 
 Die Harnblase als Expulsivorgan; die glatte Muskelfaser. 
 Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1913, civ, 168-192: 1914, clix, 
 119-156, 2 ch.— Cathelln (F.) Classification of the disturb- 
 ances of sphincteric control resulting from wounds and 
 contusions of the lumbo-sacral region (with and without 
 external wound). J. Urol., Bait., 1918, li, 329-336.— Cour- 
 tjide (D.) & Guyon (J.-F.) Sur la contracture du muscle 
 v&ical. Compt. rend. Soo. de biol.. Par., 1901, 11. s., iii, 
 828.— Bills (IL) The bladder as a dynamometer. Am. J. 
 Dermat., St. Louis, 1902, vi, 86-92,— Gerota (D.) Ueber die 
 Anatonue und Physiologie der Harnblase. Arch, f . Physiol., 
 Leipz., 1897, 428-472, 1 pi.— HanB (A.) Experimentelle 
 Stuoien ilber den Reflexmechanismus der Harnblase. Arch, 
 f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1898, Ixxiii, 453-482. AUo [Abstr.]: 
 Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1899, xiil, 748.— Kallscher (O.) 
 Die Sphinkteren der Harnblase. Compt.-rend. Cong, 
 intemat. de mid. 1897, Mosc, 1899, ii, sect. 1, 96-101.— 
 Kelller (J.-H.) Anatomle et physiologie vasculaire et ner- 
 veuse de la vessie. Gynicologie, Par., 1900, v, 316-337. 
 AUo: Presse mid. beige, Brux., 1900, hi, 609; 634.— Leed- 
 ham-Green (C.) On the vesical sphltKAer and the mech- 
 anism of the closure of the bladder. TBrit. M, J., Liond., 1906, 
 
 ii, 297-299. . Antwort auf die Einwendhngen der Her- 
 
 ren Oppenheim und Low gegen melnen Auf satz: Ueber den 
 Mechanismus des Harnblasenverschlusses und der Harn- 
 entleerung. Centralbl. f. d. Krankh. d. Ham- u. Sex.-Org., 
 Leipz., 1906, xvil, 456.— I>edliani-Green (C.) & Hall- 
 Edvrards (J. F.) The mechanism of the closure of the 
 bladder as shown by radiography. Arch. Eoentg. Ray, 
 
 Bladder (Physiology of). 
 
 Lond., 1906-6, x, 324, 1 pi.— Lewis (B.) The normal filling 
 and emptying of the bladder; together with an explanation 
 of frequency of urination in inflammatory conditions of the 
 urinary organs. Med. Brief, St. Louis, 1898, xxvi. 213. — von 
 LlcUtenberg (A.), Dietlen (H.) & Eunge(W.) Beitrag zur 
 Physiologie der Bewegungeu der menschlichen Harnblase. 
 Cong, intemat. de mid. (xvi.). C.-r., Budapest, 1910, Sect. 
 ii, Pnsrsiol., 217-252. — Lttw. Der Mechanismus des Blasen- 
 versohlusses im RSntgenbild. Verhandl. d. Gcsellsch. 
 deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1905, Leipz., 1906, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 
 330-332.— Lydston (G. F.) Note on the vesical sphmcters. 
 Intemat. J. Surg., N. Y., 1912, xxy, 275.— MiUer (A. G.) 
 Can the urinary bladder empty itself? Edinb. M. J., 1913, 
 n. s., xi, 316-318.— Mosso (A.) Sulle funzioni della vescica 
 urinaria. Atti d. r. Accad. d. Lrncci, Roma, 1880-81, 3. s., v, 
 230-234.— Mosso (A.) & FellacanI (P.) Sulle funzioni della 
 vescica; ricerche fatte. Ibid,, 1881-2, 3. s., xii, 3-64, 14 pi.— 
 Oppenbelm (M.) & L»w (O.) Beinerkungeu zu Charles 
 Leedham- Greens Aufsatz: Ueber den Mechanismus des 
 Harnblasenverschlusses und der Hamentleerung. Cen- 
 tralbl. f. d. Zrankh. d. Ham- u. Sex.-Org., Leipz., 1906, xvli, 
 
 453-455. See, oteo, supra, Leedham-Green. . Der 
 
 Mechanismus des Blasenverschlusses in Rontgenbild. Cen- 
 tralbl. f. d. Krankh. d. Ham- u. Sex.-Org., Leipz., 1906, xvii, 
 66-77.— Ott (I.) The rhythmic action of the bladder; action 
 of certain drags upon it. Med. Bull., Phila., 1897, xix, 422- 
 425. — Picqui. A propos du retoumement de la vessie. 
 Bull, et mim. Soo. de chir. de Par., 1902, n. s., xxviii, 681.— 
 Bebfiseb (E.) Ueber den Mechanismus des Harnblasen- 
 verschlusses und der Hamentleerung. Arch. f. path. Anat. 
 [etc.], Berl., 1897, d, 111-151.— Schleslnger (H.) Zur 
 Physiologie der Harnblase. Aerztl. Centr.-Anz., Wien, 1897, 
 ix, 544. Also: Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1897, x, 1029. — 
 Stewart (0. 0.) The relaxation of the bladder muscles of 
 the cat. Am. J. Physiol., Bost., 1899-1900, Ui, 1-8.— UWe 
 (A. A.) Clinical observations upon the mechanism of 
 bladder closure. Tr. Am. Ass. Genito-Urin. Surg., N. Y., 
 1913^ viii, 303-313, 3 pi.— Versarl (R.) Reoherohes sur la 
 tumque musculaire de la vessie et spicialement sur le muscle 
 sphincter interne. Ann. d. mal. d. org. ginito-urin.. Par., 
 1897, XV, 1089; 1151.— Vurpas (C.) & Buvat (J.) Contribu- 
 tion k I'itude de la psycho-physiologie de la vessie. Compt. 
 rend. Soo. de biol.. Par., 1902, 11. s., iv, 721.— von Zeiss! (M.) 
 Die gegenwartigen Anschauungen iiber den Blasenverschiuss 
 mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der beiden Arbeiten von 
 Eugeu Eehfisch und von L. von Frankl-Hochwart und O. 
 Zuckerkandl. Wien. nied. Presse, 1898, xxxix, 877-884.— 
 von Zeiss! (M.) & Holzloieclit (G.) Der Blasenverschiuss 
 im Rontgenbilde. Med. Bl., Wien, 1902, xxv, 155-157. 
 
 Bladder (Prolapse of). 
 
 See, also, Bladder (Female, Prolapse of). 
 
 Schneider (J.) Der angelsorene Vorfall der 
 umgekehrten ¥rinblase. Eine Monographie. 
 12°. Frankfurt a. M., 1832. 
 
 B!um(V.) Die Hemiaintravesicalis. Wien.klin.Wchn- 
 schr., 1904, xvii, 209-212.— Heinslus (F.) Verlagerungen der 
 Blase, Blasen-Inversion und Blasen-Ektopie beim Weibe. 
 Klin.-therap. Wchnschr., Berl., 1912, xix, 374-379.— Imer- 
 wol (V.) De la hemle de la vessie k travers I'uritre dans la 
 premiireenfanoe. Arch, demid. d. enf.. Par., 1909, xii, 115- 
 124. — ^Leedtiam-Green (0.) Prolapse of the mverted blad- 
 der through the urethra. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1908, i, 976- 
 978.— Mareslo. Inversione totale della vescica. Eiv. 
 veneta di sc. med., Venezia, 1913, lix, 274.— Nedlelskl (V.) 
 [Congenital simultaneous prolapse of the inverted bladder, 
 and of the rectum, under the pubio arch.] Univ. Izvlest., 
 Kiev, 1908, xlviii, [med. pt.], 277-286.— Blch (E. C.) Treat- 
 ment of prolapsus of the bladder. Northwest Med. , Seattle, 
 1913, n. s., V, 38. — Shoemaker (G. E.J Operative treat- 
 ' ment of bladder-descent and sacculation. Phila. M. J., 
 1901, viii, 1092-. 1094.— Smith (A. L.) Suprapubic cysto- 
 pexy for prolapse of the bladder. Canada M. Rec, Mon- 
 treal, 1904, xxxii, 63-66.— Sokolova (Marya V.) [Com- 
 plete inversion and prolapse of the female bladder through 
 the urethra.] Russk. Vrach,'S.-Peterb., 1912, xi, 1598.— 
 WUMnson (G.) Tworare bladdercases; complete inversion 
 of the bladder and congenital diverticulum from the base of 
 the bladder. Lancet, Lond., 1905, ii, 1036. 
 
 Bladder (Puncture of). 
 
 See Bladder (Perforation of); XTrine (Reten- 
 tion of. Treatment of) . 
 
 Bladder (Purpura of). 
 
 Blum (V.) Ueber Purpura vesicae und dereu Folge- 
 zustande (Ulcus simplex vesicae pepticum). Wien. med. 
 Wchnschr., 1914, Ixiv, 565-569.— Camelot (E.) Un cas de 
 
 ?urpuravisical4.rechutes. Ass.trancd' urol. Proc.-verb., 
 ar., 1911, xiv, 740-743.— Kldd (F.)' Purpura of the bladder; 
 report of a case with a description of the cystoscopic appear- 
 ances. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1913, Iviii, 388-394.— NassettI(F.) 
 La porpora della vescica. Clin, chir., Milano, 1916, xxiv, 
 1269-1293. 
 
 96808°— Vol II, 3d seri^— 19- 
 
 -39 
 
BLADDEE. 
 
 610 
 
 BLADDER. 
 
 Bladder {Rupture of) 
 
 See, also, Bladder (Fer, 
 
 'emale, Rupture of); Blad- 
 der (Perforation o/); Bladder (Suture of); Pel- 
 vis (Fractureof, Complications, etc., of); TJrine 
 (Extravasation of); Urine (Infection by). 
 
 Batjmer (K.) *Ueber spontane Blasenrup- 
 tur. Ein zusammenfassender Beitrag zurLehie 
 von der spontanen reap, nichttraumatischen 
 Blasenruptur, unter Mitteilung eines noch nicht 
 veroffeutlichten Falles. 8°. Leipzig, 1913. 
 
 Block (F.) *Ueber pathologieche Hambla- 
 senrupturen. [Greifswald.] 8°. Berlin, 1913. 
 
 Hager (G.) *Die Zerreissung der Hamblase. 
 8°. Leipzig, 1865. 
 
 KuHN (W.) *Ein Fall von Hamblasenruptur. 
 8°. Miinchen, 1902. 
 
 NoBE (W.) *Ueber Blasenruptur. [Breslau.] 
 8°. Leipzig, 1903. 
 
 Also, in.- Centralbl. t. d. Krankh. d. Ham- u. Sex.-Org., 
 Leipz., 1903, xiv, 71; 134. . 
 
 Pachmayr (O.K.) *Ueber subcutane Blasen- 
 rupturen und deren Behandlung. 8°. Miin- 
 chen, 1903. 
 
 ScHAUMANN (F. K. L. H.) *Spontanruptur 
 der Blase nach Cystitis. 8° Miinchen, 1905. 
 
 ZiBGNER (H.) *Ueber die Rupturen der 
 Hamblase. 8°. Halle a. S., 1895. 
 
 l.l(erg(P.) [Flvecasesof ruptureof thebladder.l Hyglea, 
 Stockholm, 1906, 2. f., vi, 252.— Allen (C. W.) Ruptured 
 bladder. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1914-15, Ixvii, 915.— Bemdt 
 (F ) ExperimentelleUntersuchungenuberHamblaseiirup- 
 tar Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1899, Iviii, 815-839.— Besley 
 (F. A.) Kuptureof the urinary bladder, a report and analysis 
 ol twenty-three cases from the records of the Cook County 
 Hospital, with an experimental study of the mechanism 
 ol bladder rupture. Surg., Gyneo. & Obst., Chioagp, 1907, 
 iv, 514-532. [Discussion], 540-542.— BlsseU (J. B.) Rupture 
 of the bladder. VirginiaM. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1903-4, 
 viii 429-434.— Brown (F. T.) Ruptured bladder. Ann. 
 Surg Phila. 1904, xl, 271.— Brown (J. Y.) Specimen of rup- 
 ture of the bladder. Med. Fortnightly, St. Louis, 1904, xxy, . 
 
 20 Bull. Rupturavesicse. Kristianiakirurg. tor. forh.,1914, 
 
 4-8.— Butdenko (N.) [Subcutaneousjntraabdominal rup- 
 tureofthe urinary bIadd6r;recovery.] Russk.khir.Aroh.,S.- 
 Peterb., 1907, xxiii, 101-114.— Carter (F. B.) A case of rup- 
 tured bladder and diaphragmatichemia. Brit. M. J., Lond., 
 1904 i, 1487.— Cates (B. B.) Rupture of the male urinary 
 bladder. Boston M.&S. J., 1906, civ, 472.— Chauveau. Un 
 cas de rupture de la vessie. Arch. mM. d' Angers, 1899, iil, 
 il_18 —Clark (J. B.) Rupture of the bladder; case report. 
 Tr. Am. Ass. Genito-Urin. Surg., N. Y., 1914, ix, 131-133. 
 Also: Ann. Surg., Phila., 1914, Ix, 717.— Colin (M.) Inkom- 
 plete Hamblasenruptur. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 
 1911. cix, 509-517.— Cook (J. R.) Rupture of the bladder; 
 
 '.. _i _., j_* +;..» ..Acnci fTf TW Virtt M Ace 
 
 1901, X, 227-229.— Cropper (J.) A case of rupture of the 
 bladder in a young child. Lancet, Lond., 1905, i, 639.— CuB 
 (A ) A case of pathological rupture of the bladder; opera- 
 tion; recovery. JM., 1897, i, 378.— Dalzlel. Successful oper- 
 ation for rupture of the bladder. Tr. Glasg. Patli. & Clm. 
 Soc 1897-^ vii, 106.— Dandols. Rupture de la vessie; 
 laparatomie tardive; gu^rison. Rev. med., Louvain, 1901-2, 
 xix. 385-392.— De Favento. Due casi dl rottura della ves- 
 cica. Riv. urol., Catania, 1910, i, 215-220.— Doberauer (G.) 
 Ileber subkutane Blasenruptur. Prag. med. Wchnsohr., 
 1913, xxxviii, 459-462.-Bckert (G. A.) Rupture of the 
 urinary bladder, with a report of two cases. Rhode Island 
 M. J., Providence, 1917, i, 116-118.-Eisendrath (D. N.) 
 Subcutaneous rupture of the bladder in a child of three 
 years; admission to the hospital one week after the injury 
 with symptoms of septicemia; operation; death. Internal. 
 Clin.,_l'hna., 1904, 14. s., ii, 246-248.-Blsner (TJ Subcu- 
 tane Ruptur der Hamblase; operative Heilung. Prag. med. 
 Wohnschr., 1901, xxvi, 89; 104; I19.-Espey g. R.) Rup- 
 ture of the urinary bladder. Colorado Med., Denver, 1907, 
 iv 190-196.— Fabriclus (J.) Ein geheilter Fall von Buptur 
 der Hamblase. Ztschr, t. urol. Chir., Berl^ 1914, u, |50- 
 263 — Fenwlck (P. G.) Rupture of the bladder followed by 
 gangrene of the bladder walls. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1910, i, 
 798 — Frleljerg (T.) Bin Fall von spontaner Blasenruptur 
 mit Veriinderungen der elastisphen Substanz im Ruptur- 
 rande des Peritonaeums. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. 
 [etc.], Berl., 1910, ecu, 26&-272.— Goldenberg (T.) Beitrag 
 zur Fathologie der Hamblasenrupturen. Beitr. z. khn. 
 Chir., Tubing,, 1909, Ixi, 350-371.-G(lttsclialk (E ) Ueber 
 Darm- und Blasenrapturen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., 
 Berl. & Leipz., 1911, xxxvii, 1517.— Harrison (J. MoK.) A 
 case of ruptured bladder. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1907, li, 626.— 
 
 Bladder (Rupture of). ...... 
 
 HedT«n (G.) Lipomatosis der Hamblase nut nicht trau- 
 matischer Ruptur derselben. Arch. f. kim. Chir., Berl., 
 1907. Ixxxu, 1018-1022.— Jeannel. Sur la rupture de la • 
 vessie. Clin, de la Fac. de mid. de Toulouse 1896;7, ,ii, 161- 
 171.— Johannsen (0.) Ueberprapentoneale Flussigkeits- 
 ansammlungen bei Rupturen der Harnwege. Zentralbl. f. 
 Chir., Leipz , 1903, xxx, 702-705.-Judd (J. B.) Rupture 
 of the urinary bladder operated on seventy-seven hours after 
 injury. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1910, liv, 1207.— Kahler. 
 Casmstischer Beitrag zur Therapie der Blasenrupturen. 
 Aerztl. Mitth. a. Baden, Karlsruhe, 1899, Ln, 102-104.— 
 Leeueu. Les raptures de la vessie. Rev. gsn. de ohn. et de 
 th&ap.. Par., 1912, xxvi, 293— Leriche. Rupture sous- 
 pMton&le d'une vessie n^oplasique; operation; guerison. 
 Lyon mM., 1907, cviii, 1031— Loumeau (E.) Rupture de 
 la vessie; intervention; gu4rison. Gaz. hebd.>d. so. med. de 
 Bordeaux, 1905, xxvi, 567-571. AUo.transl.: Am. J. Urol., 
 N. y., 1905-6, ii, 253-261.— liOWle. Deux cas de rupture de 
 la vessie. J. de chir. et ajin. Soc. beige de chir., Brux., 1907, 
 vii, 494-497.— Lucas-Championniere. Les ruptures de la 
 vessie. Rev. gto. de din. et de th^ap., Par., 1905, xix, 118.— 
 McDermott (B. A.) Two cases of rupture of the bladder, 
 with a review of the literature. West. M. Rev., Omaha, 
 
 1910, XV, 447-456.— aTGonlgle (M. B.) A case of ruptured 
 bladder. Columbus M.J., 1903, xxvii, 74.— McKeown(W.) 
 Rupture of bladder. Dominion M. Month., Toronto, 1903, 
 XX, 207-209.— MamocU (J.) Two cases of rupture ol the 
 bladder. Ann. Surg., Phila„ 1906, xliU, 241-246.— IMercIer 
 (A.) Observation d'un cas de rupture de la vessie. Umon 
 m&d. du Canada, Montreal, 1903, xxxii, 132-138.— Moser 
 (E.) Spontane, Hamblasenzerreissung. Deutsche Ztschr. 
 f. Chir., Leipz., 1914, exxxii, 103-123.— Mulr (J. C.) An 
 unusual case of rapture of the bladder; subsequent prostatec- 
 tomy. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1908, ii, 25.— Naumann (G.) 
 Ueber Blasenmptur. Nord. med. Ark., Stockholm, 1912, 
 3. f., xii, afd. 1, No. 2, 1-25.— Neve (A.) Two cases of rup- 
 tured bladder; recovery. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1915, 1, 
 180.— Nlcolay. Ueber einen mit Gonorrhoe komplizierten 
 Fall von Blasenraptur. Fortschr. d. Med., Berl., 1913, 
 xxxi, 911-913.— Oppel (V. A.) [Rupture of the bladder 
 from a clinical pomt of view.) Bussk. Khir. Arch., S.- 
 Peterb., 1904, xx, 672-692.— Pachmayr (O.) Rupture of 
 the bladder and its treatment. Am. J. Urol., N. ¥.^1909, 
 V, 253-279.— Pascbkls (R.) Ueber Rupturen der Ham- 
 blase. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1911, Ixi, 2377-2388.— PuIIdo 
 Martin (X.) Mecanismo de algunas roturas de vejiga. 
 
 Siglo m«d., Madrid, 1911, Ivui, 81-83. . Pronfistico y 
 
 tratamiento expectante d.e las roturas de vejiga. •. Ibid., 306- 
 
 308. . Tratamiento operatorio de las roturas de la 
 
 vejiga de la orina. /M., 370-372.— Qualn (E. P.) Rupture 
 of the bladder, with report of two cases. Jouraal-Lancet, 
 Minneap., 1916, xxxvi, 384-387.— KoU (J.) [Sur un cas de 
 rapture de la vessie. Bfe., 612-615.] Norsk Mag. f. Lsegevi- 
 densk., Kristiania, 1901, 4. E., xvi, 592-606.— Stone (R. C.) 
 Rupture of the bladder. J. Mich. M. Soc., Battle Creek, 
 
 1911, X, 107-111.— Suyetinoffl (A.) [On ruptures of the uri- 
 nary bladder.] Khirurgiia, Mosk., 1899, v, 549-553.— Sweet- 
 nam (S. W.) & Lambert (F. C.) Case of ruptured bladder 
 comphcated by alcoholic poisoning. J. Roy. Army Med. 
 Corps, Lond., 1905, iv, 517-519.— Tatater (T. J.) Rup- 
 tured bladder ; report of a case. J. Missouri M. Ass., St. 
 Louis, 1909-10, vi, 487-490.— Talboy (J. H.) Rupture of 
 bladder due'to phimosis. Iowa M. L, [etc.], Des Moines, 
 1908-9, XV, 315.— Taylor (H. L.) Rupture of the bladder, 
 with report of a case. Tr. N. Hampshire M. Soo., Manches- 
 ter, 1917, cxxvi, 90-106.— Todd (C. E.) Rupture ol the 
 
 bladder. Med. J. Australia, Sydney, 1916, ii, 453. . 
 
 Surgery of ruptured bladder. Ibid., 1917, i, 399.— Turner. 
 Ruptured bladder; suture; death. Univ. Durham Coll. 
 Med. Gaz., Newcastle, 1905-6, vi, 113.— Turnure (P. R.) 
 Rupture of the bladder. Tr. N. York Burg. Soc, 1912, i, 
 283. A Iso: Ann. Surg., Phila., 1912, Ivi, 807.— Veselovzoroll 
 (N. N.) [Ruptures of the bladder.) Trudl i Protok. Imp. 
 Kavkazsk. Med. Obsh., Tiflis, 1912-13, xlix, 144-149.— 
 Vlgnolo (U.) Sur un cas int&essant de rupture de la 
 vessie. T. d'urol. mM. et chir., Par., 1914, vi, 183-185.— 
 Wbite (S.) & Wtgram (N. J.) A case of spontaneous rup- 
 ture of the urinary bladder. Brit. J. Surg., Bristol, 1916, 
 iv, 324.— Wohl (M.) Buptura vesicae urinarise incompleta, 
 consecutive Zellgewebsentziindung des Cavum Ketzii. 
 Ungsr. med. Presse, Budapest, 1903, vlil, 155.— Woolsey 
 (G.) Three unusual cases of rupture of the bladder. Tr. Am. 
 Surg. Ass., Phila., 1913, xxxi, 581-588. Also: Ann. Surg., 
 Phila., 1913, IviU, 244-251. 
 
 Bladder {Rupture of, Diagnosis and 
 semeiology m). 
 
 Blecher. Zur Diagnose der Blasenraptur insbesondere 
 der intraperitonealen. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 
 1902-3, Ixvi, 578-589.— Dlttrich. Zur Dlfterentialdiagnose 
 zwischen extra- und intraperitoneal gelegener Blasenruptur. 
 . Ibid., 1898, 1, 204.— Keen (W. W.) A new method of ascer- 
 taining whether the bladder is or, is not ruptured. Proc. 
 Phila. Co. M. Soc, Phila., 1890, xl, 43-45.— Malherbe (A.) 
 Rupture traumatique de la vessie; symptflmes obscurs, pas 
 d'hematurie les premiers jours; infiltration urineuse; mort. 
 Ann. d. mal. d. org. g^nito-urin.. Par., 1900, xviii, 262-268.— 
 Federsen (J.) A new symptom of extraperitoneal rupture 
 
BLADDEK. 
 
 611 
 
 BLADDER. 
 
 Bladder {Rupture of, Diagnosis and 
 semeiology of). 
 
 of the bladder. Tr. Am. Urol. Ass., Brookline, 1913, vii, 266- 
 270.— Pulldo Martfn (A.) Diagnfistico de las roturas de 
 la vejiga. Slglo mid., Madrid, 1911, Iviii, 114; 162.— Stolpcr 
 (P.) Zur Diagnose der subkutanen Hamblasenrupturen. 
 Aerztl. Sachverst.-Ztg., Berl, 1903, ix, 109-115.— Thorn- 
 dike (P.) A few remarks on the diagnosis and treatment of 
 rupture of the bladder. J. Cutan. & Genito-Urin. Dis., 
 N. Y., 1899, xvii, 210-217. Also, Reprint.— Villard & 
 murard. Rupture de la vessie k signes anormaux. Lyon 
 m^d., 1912, Ixix, 517.— Turgln (F. P.) [Diagnosis of trau- 
 matic rupture of the urinary bladder.] Vraoh. Zapiski, 
 Mosk., 1899, vl, 336-345. 
 
 Bladder (Rupture of , Extraperitoneal) . 
 
 Gbypiotis (N.) *Coiitribution k I'^tude des 
 ruptures extra-p^riton^ales de la vessie. 8° 
 Lyon, 1900. 
 
 RoussELLiER (G.-M.-E.) *Contribution k 
 r^tude deB ruptures extra-pMton&les de la 
 vessie. 8°. Paris, 1901. 
 
 AsbbUTSt. Extraperitoneal rupture of the bladder -with- 
 out fracture ofthe pelvis; two cases. Tr. Phila. Acad. Surg., 
 1909, xi, 222-227, 1 pi. Also: Ann. Surg., Phila., 1909, xlix, 
 435-440.— Bert (A.) & Vignard (P.) A propos d'lm cas de 
 rupture extra-pMton&le de la vessie; experiences cadavfiri- 
 ques sur le rapport qui pourralt exister entre le traumatisme 
 et lesifegede la rupture v^icale. ProvincemM., Lyon, 1898, 
 xii, 165-167.— Bougbton (E. W.) Three eases of extra- 
 peritoneal rupture of the bladder. CUn. J., Lond., 1909, 
 xxxiv, 63.— Brlstow (A. T.) Extraperitoneal rupture ofthe 
 bladder. Brooklyn M. J., 1901, xv, 10-14.— Cannaday 
 (J. E.) Extra-peritoneal rupture of the bladder, with re- 
 
 Eort of cases. Am. J. Dermat. & Genito-Urin. Dis., St. 
 iouis, 1907, xi, 127-129. Also: West Virg. M. J., Wheeling, 
 
 1907-8, ii, 209-211. . Extra-peritoneal rupture of the 
 
 bladder, with report of cases. St. Louis M. Rev,, 1910, n. s., 
 iv, 274-276.— Collier (H. SJ Case of extraperitoneal rupture 
 of bladder. St. Mary's Btosp. Gaz., Lond., 1903, ix, 77.— 
 Delamare. Rupture extrap4riton4ale de la vessie (accident 
 d'^quitation); infiltration urineuge; gu&ison. Arch, de 
 mM. et pharm. mil., Par^ 1899, xxxiii, 66-68. Also: Bull, 
 et m&n. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1899, n. s., xxv, 714.— Fuller 
 (E.) Extraperitoneal rupture of the bladder; its surgical 
 management. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1914, Ixiii, 2114- 
 2119.— Hawkes (C. E.) Traumatic extraperitoneal rupture 
 of the bladder with fracture of the pelvis. ^ Ann. Sure., 
 Phila., 1917, Ixv, 222-226.— lilttlejobn (H.) An extrar 
 peritoneal rupture of the bladder. Tr. Med.-Chlr. Soc. 
 
 hjrpogastrique an douzi&me 
 jour; guMson. J. de mid. de Bordeaux, 1905, xxxv, 794.— 
 Luigi (P.) SuUe rotture extraperitoneali della vescica. 
 
 Osp. magg. Riv. seient.-prat. d di Milano, 1908, iii, 82- 
 
 93. Also [Abstr.]: Corriere san., Milano, 1908, xix, 342.— 
 MacDonald (S. G.) Two cases of extra^peritoneal rupture 
 ofthe bladder. West Lond. M. J., Lond., 1914, xix, 60-62 — 
 MacLaren (A.) Rupture of the urinary bladder, with 
 report of a case of extraperitoneal rupture complicated with 
 fracture of the pelvis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1898, xxx, 
 1328. — NInni (G.) Ampia lacerazione estraperitoneale della 
 vescica con vasto mfiltramento urinoso; epi ed ipocistotomia; 
 guarigione. Atti d. r. Accad. med.-chir. di NapoU, 1907, 
 n. s.,lxi, 125-133. Also: Gior. intemaz. d. so. med., NapoU, 
 1907, n. s., xxix, 304-310.— Norton (W. A.) Injuries ofthe 
 urinary bladder; report of case of extraperitoneal rupture. 
 Tr. M. Ass. Georgia, Atlanta, 1909, Ix, 369-375.— Petit (R.) 
 Large rupture extrarp^riton&le de la vessie; gu^rison. 
 Ann. d. mal. d. org. genito-urin., Par., 1897, xv, 649-654.— 
 Badouan & Pigeon. Large rupture de la vessie, par 
 6clatement, extrap6riton6ale; Idparotomie sus-pubienne; 
 suture partielle de la ves.sie avec cystotomie et cystopexie; 
 gu^rison rapide. Arch, de m^d. et pharm. mil., Par., 1904, 
 xliii, 68-79.— BISChWetb (H.) A case of extraperitoneal 
 rupture of the bladder. Med. J. Australia, Sydney, 1916, ii, 
 454.— Boblnson (H. B.) Extraperitoneal rupture of the 
 bladder Without fracture of the pelvis. Proc. Roy. Soc. 
 Med., Lond., 1911-12, v, Surg. Sect., 5-9. Also: Clin. J., 
 Lond., 1911-12, xxxix, 335.— Scbttnwertli (A.) Ueber 
 subcuiane extraperitoneale Blasenrupturen. Arch. f. klin. 
 Chir., Berl., 1908, Ixxxv, 876-883.— Van Engelen. Rupture 
 traumatique extrarptoton&Ie de la vessie; rupture de 
 I'urfethre. J. m^d. de Brux., 1905, x, 697— Vladlslavleff 
 (S. V.) [Traumatic extraperitoneal rupture of urinary 
 bladder, complicated by peritonitis.] Bolnitsch. Gaz. 
 Botkina, S.-Peterb., 1898, ix, 1877-1880. 
 
 Bladder (Rupture of, Intraperitoneal). 
 Deleuzb (E.) *Opntribution k I'^tude des 
 ruptures et perforations de la vessie (spontan^es 
 intra-p^riton^ales). 8°. Lyon, 1901. 
 
 Bladder (Rupture of. Intraperitoneal) . 
 
 Hellbndall (H.) *Ueber die operative Be- 
 handlung der traumatischen intraperitonealen 
 Ruptur der- Hamblase. 8°. Strasshurg i. E., 
 1896. 
 
 PiJRCKHAUER (P. W. A. R.) *Ueber eineu 
 Fall von traumatischer intraperitonealer Bla- 
 senruptur mit Heilung. 8°. £ieZ, 1904. 
 
 ViCHARD (M.-J.-J.) *Des ruptures traumati- 
 ques intraperiton&les de la vessie au point de 
 vue du diagnostic et du traitement. 8°. Nanq/, 
 1899. 
 
 Alexander (S.) Intraperitoneal rupture of the bladder 
 treated by laparotomy and suture; report of forty-five cases. 
 Ann. Sur?., Phila., 1901, xxxiv, 209-233.— Anderson (T. L.) 
 A case of intra-peritoneal rupture of the bladder; operation; 
 recovery. Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1905, xxix, 19.^ 
 Asbburst (A. P. C.) Traumatic intraperitoneal rupture 
 of the bladder; with a report of two cases and an analysis of 
 one hundred and ten cases treated by laparotomy. Am. J. 
 M. Sc^ Phila. & N. Y., 1906, n. s., cxxxii, 17-37.— Asbburst 
 (J.) Intraperitoneal rupture of the bladder. Ann. Surg., 
 Phila., 1898, xxviii, 386-389. Also: Tr. Acad. Surg., Phila., 
 ■ 1899, i, 61-65.— BaraduUn (G. I.) [Traumatic intraperito- 
 neal rupture of the bladder.] Khirurgia, Mosk. ,1913, xxxiii, 
 30-33. — Baronl(G.) Rotturaintraperitoneale della vescica; 
 guarigione spontanea. Settimana med. d. Sperimentale, 
 Firenze, 1899, liii^ 241-244.— Baudet (P.) Sur uu cas de 
 rupture intraptoton&le de la vessie. Arch, jai&i. de 
 Toulouse, 1911, xviii, 429^35.— Berblbiger (W.) Trauma- 
 tische, intraperitoneale Ruptur der Blase (Laparotomie); 
 Heilung. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1907, liVj 1631-1633. — 
 Blair (G.) A case of intraperitoneal traumatic rupture ol 
 the bladder. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1919, i, 73.— Blake (I. A.) 
 Intraperitoneal rupture of the bladder. Ann. Surg., Phila., 
 1902, xxxvi, 606. — Blumer (W. P.) Intraperitoneal rupture 
 of the bladder; operation four days after injury; recovery, 
 
 Brit. M. J., lond., 1900, ii, 1772. . Intraperitoneal 
 
 rupture of the bladder; operation two days after; recovery. 
 Hid., 1903, i, 789.— Bolton (P. R.) Intraperitoneal rupture 
 of the bladder. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1903, xxxvti, 438.— 
 Boigen (O.) Ruptura vesicae intraperitonealis. Norsk 
 Mag. f. Lsegevidensk., Kristiania, 1917, 5. R., xv, 214-217. — 
 ColIler(J.) Intra-peritoneal rupture 01 the bladder; laparot- 
 omy, suture; recovery. Med. Chron., Manchester, 1902, 4. 
 s., lii, 26-28.— Connell (K.) A suction apparatus for con- 
 tinuous drainage; with report of case of intraperitoneal rup- 
 ture of bladder. Ann. Sufg., Phila., 1903, xxxvii, 886-890, 
 2 pi.— Daly (E. O.) & Harrison (E.) Case of mtraperi- 
 toneal rupture of the bladder treated by laparotomy and 
 suture of the bladder sixty-four hours, after rupture; re- 
 covery after unusual complication. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1903, 
 i, 76.— Dambrin (C.) & Papln (E.) Des ruptures mtra- 
 pfiriton^ales de la vessie sans fractures du bassin, dans les 
 contusions abdominales. Ann. d. mal. d. org. g(5nito-urin., 
 Par., 1904, xxii, 641; 721; 801.— De Mels & Parascandolo. 
 Intraperitoneale Blasenruptur. (Experimentelle Unter- 
 suchungen an Hunden.) Deutsche thierarztl. Wchnschr., 
 Hannov., 1902, x, 321; 329.— Dobrowolskaja (NJ & 
 Wiedemann (H.) Zur Fra^e der intraperitonealen Ham- 
 blasenrupturen. Beitr. z. klin. Clyr., Tiibing., 1914, Ixxxix, 
 70O-708.— Dobm (K.) Ein Fall von traumatischer, intra- 
 peritonealer Blasenruptur; Laparotomie; Heilung. Deut- 
 sche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1901, Ix, 406-409.— Dubuja^ 
 douz. Rupture intra-p&lton&le de la vessie; sonde k 
 demeure; gu^rison. Bull, et m&n. Soc. de chir. de Par., 
 1901, n. s., xxvii, 859-861. Also: Arch, de jnM. et pharm. 
 mil.. Par., 1902, xxxix, 326-330.— Elmgren (R.) IXJase.i 
 Duodecim, Helsinki, 1904, xx, 215-220— Bngstad Q. E.) 
 Report of a case of rupture of the bladder, both intra- and 
 extra-peritoneal. Northwest. Lancet, St. Paul, 1899, xix, 
 134. — Evans (P.) Notes on a case of intra-peritoneal rupture 
 of the bladder, eompUcated with fractures of right femur, 
 right wrist, and pneumonia; operation; recovery. J. Roy. 
 Army Med. Corps, Lond., 1912, xviii, 317-319.— Flower (N.) 
 Intraperitoneal rupture ofthe bladder. Brit. M. J., Lond., 
 1914, u, 398. — ^FSderl. Fall von kompleter intraperitonealer, 
 traumatischer Ruptur der Blase, welche durch Operation 
 zur HeUung gebraoht wurde. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1905, 
 xviii, 677 — Fraser (L.) Case of idiopathic (?) intraperito- 
 neal rupture ofthe bladder. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1906,1,921. — 
 Gabbett(P.) Intra-peritoneal rupture of bladder. Indian 
 M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1906, xli, 364.— Galaktionow (A.) Zur 
 Frage der intraperitonealen Rupturen der Hai-nblase. 
 Deutsche Ztschr. i. Chir., Leipz., 1911, ex, 449-467.— Gangl- 
 tano (C.) Uncasodi rotturaintraperitoneale della vescica; 
 laparotomia; guarigione. Gior. intemaz. d. sc. med., 
 Napoli, 1904, n. s., xxvi, 27-34. — Gayet. Rupture intra- 
 ptoton&le de la vessie et fracture du bassin consecutive i, 
 une chute du4«etage; laparotomie; suture; guerison. Lyon 
 mid., 1911, cxvii, 778-780.— Herzen (P.) Ueber intraperito- 
 neale Hamblasenrupturen. Arch. f. klin. Clur., Berl., 1911, 
 xcv, 941-949.— Hesse (E. P.) [Intraperitoneal ruptures of 
 
BLADDER. 
 
 612 
 
 BLADDER. 
 
 Bladder (Rupture of, IntraperitOineal) . 
 
 the bladder and plastic surgery by means of the isolated 
 omentum in suture of the bladder.) Khirurg. Arkh. Velya^ 
 minova, S.-Peterb., 1912, xxviii, 619-6i25.— Htldebrand (6.) 
 Ueber' die extraabdominale Versorgung intraabdominaler 
 Blasenrlsse. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tubing., 1903, xxxvii, 
 776-781.— Hunnard (A.) A case of Intra-abdominal rup- 
 ture of the bladder; operation; recovery. Brit. M. J., Lond., 
 1901, 1, 514.— Jenckel (A.) Bin Fall von geheilter, trau- 
 matisoner, Intraperitonealer Blasenruptur. Deutsche Zt- 
 schr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1901, Ixi, 578-584.— Jones (D. F.) 
 Intraperitoneal rupture of the bladder; with report of two 
 recent cases ol recovery after suture. Ann. Surg., Phila , 
 1903, xxxvii, 215-225. .4 !so. Reprint. .4iso [Abstr.]: Bos- 
 ton M. & S. J., 1904, cli, 515.— Jonker (H.) Ben geval van 
 intraperitoneale blaasscheur. Nederl. Tiidsohr. v. Geneesk., 
 Amst., 1917, i, 1571-1573.— Kaciiander (J.) fSuboutaneous 
 Intraperitoneal bladder rupture.) Urologla, Budapest, 1911, 
 30.— Khardln (A. A.) [Intraperitoneal rupture of the 
 bladder.) Khirurgia, Mosk., 1907, xxu, 651-553.-^Krabl»el. 
 Ueber Intraperitoneale Blasenruptur. Wien. klin. Rund- 
 schau, 1901, XV, 213-215.— Lawson (C. B.) Intraperito- 
 neal rupture of an abnormal bladder; operation; recovery. 
 J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond., 1908, x, 638-642.— Led- 
 dethose. Zur Bebandlurig dejr intraperitonealen Blasen- 
 zerreissung. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1902, Ixvii, 898--905. 
 Also: Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsob. f. Chir., Berl., 1902, 
 xxxi, pt. 2, 254-261.— Llttlewood (H.) Case of Intra- 
 peritoneal rupture of the urinary bladder; abdominal sec- 
 tion; suture; recovery. Lancet, Lond., 1898, U, 868. — 
 MTiaren (J. S.) Intrarperitoneal rupture of the blaldder; 
 notes of two cases, one of which recovered after suture. Tr. 
 Jffid'.TChir. Soo. Edinb., 1901-2, n. s., xxi, 271-281. AUa: 
 Scot. M. & S. J., Edinb., 1902, xi, 97-107.— Mallnovskl (A. 
 A.) rintra-abdominal rupture of the bladder.! Russk. 
 Vraeh, S.-Peterb., 1912, xi, 304.— Martini (E.) Sulla rot- 
 ■ turaitiiaumatica, intraperitoneale della vescica. Clin, chir., 
 Milano, 1904, xii, 1037-1062.— Mason (E. L.) Intraperito- 
 neal rupture of urinary bladder^ with report of case resulting 
 from automobile injury. Wisconsin M. J., Milwaukep, 
 1911, X, 144-151.— Mayer (M.) Intraperitonealer Blasenriss; 
 Zerreissung und Abrelssung des Bauchfells von der Blase. 
 Vrtljschr. I. gerichtl. Med., Berl., 1904, 3. F., xxvii, 68-75.— 
 Miction (E.) Contusion de I'abdomen; rupture intra- 
 p^riton^Ie de la veslie; laparotomie; suture v&icale; 
 gufaison. Bull, et m&n. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1906, n. s., 
 xxxii, 727-731.— Muirf J. C.) Intraperitoneal rupture of the 
 bladder. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1914, 11, 507.— Murray (R. W.) 
 Three cases ol Intra-peritoneal rupture ol the bladder. 
 Liverpool M.-Ohlr. J., 1906, xxvi, 159-166.— Neumann. 
 Behandlung der intraperitonealen Harnblasenzerreissung 
 ohne Blasennaht. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. 1. Chir., 
 ,Berl,, 1906, XXXV, 283-286.— Nordmann (O.) Intraperito- 
 neale Buptur der Hamblase. Deutsche mea. Wchnschr., 
 Berl. & Leipz., 1908, xxxlv, 144-148.— Oehlecker (F.) 
 Fathologische Intraperitoneale Eamblasenruptur. Ibid., 
 1910, xxxvi, 1122-1125.— Pasteau. Contusion de I'abdo- 
 men; rupture intra-pSriton^ale de la vessie. Bull, et m&m. 
 Soc. anat. de Par., 1902, Ixxvii, 113.— Pedersen (J.) Intra- 
 peritoneal rupture of the bladder. Med. Rec., N. Y., 1902, 
 bd, 475. — Quick (E.) Intraperitoneal rupture of the 
 urmary bladder; with report of a case operated two hundred 
 and filty-four hours after accident, with recovery. Ann. 
 Surg., Phila., 1907,^ xlv, 94-100.— Sctou (J.) Ruptura 
 intraperitonesuis vesicse. [Laparotomywith suture of the 
 bladder; recovery.) Ugeskr. i. Lseger, K0benh., 1901. 5. R., 
 viii, 217-2^.— Seldowliscli (I. B.) Ueber intraperitoneale 
 Bupturen der Eamblase. Ajch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1903-4, 
 Ixxli, 859-897.— ShatetskI (B. G.J [Intra-abdominal rup- 
 ture of the bladder.) Kharkov. M. J., 1909, viii, 358-362.— 
 Stewart (W.) A case of sub-peritoneal rupture of the blad- 
 der presenting anomalous symptoms. Scot. M. & S. J., 
 Edinb., 1903, xiii, 410-413.— Stlncer (R.) Ruptura intra- 
 peritoneal de la vejiga; laparotomia; curaoidn. Rev. de 
 med.y cimg. de la Habana, 1913, xviii, 301-304.— Traver 
 (A. H.) Intraperitoneal rupture of bladder. Albany M. 
 Ami., 1916, xxxvii, 514-517.— Violin (A.) [Intraperitoneal 
 ruptures of the bladder.) Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1912, xlx, 
 1773.— Walker (H. Of) Intraperitoneal rupture of the 
 bladder. Am. J. Surg., N. Y., 1907, xxi, 193-195.— Watson 
 (F. S.) Intraperitoneal rupture of the bladder; laparotomy, 
 suture of bladder wound; death from double pneumonia 
 twenty-four hours later. Med. & Surg. Rep. Best. City 
 Hosp., 1900, xi, 96.— Westbrook (R. W .) Intraperitoneal 
 rupfore of the bladdefr. Brooklyn M. J., 1900, xiv, 102-110.— 
 Zeldovlcb (Y. B.) flntraperitoneal ruptures of the urinary 
 bladder.) Russk. Vrach, B.-peterb., 1903, ii, 1422; 1462. 
 
 Bladder (Rupture of, Traumatic). 
 
 See, also, Pelvis (Fracture of. Complications, 
 etc., of); TTrine (Extravasation, of). 
 
 FuRBUEY (J.) *]l)tude 8ur les ruptures trau- 
 matiques de la vessie et leur traitement. 8°- 
 Faris, 1900. 
 
 Lamottb (P.) *Des ruptures traumatiques 
 de la vessie cons^cutives aux contusions abdomi- 
 nales. 8°. Paris, 1907. 
 
 Bladder (Rupture of, Traumatic) . 
 
 Wemmers (J.) *Zur Casuistik der trauma- 
 tischen Euptur der Hamblase. 8°. Miinchm, 
 
 Alglave (P.) :feclatement de la face ant&ieure de la vessie 
 par chute sur le dos d'une hauteur de trois stages; interven- 
 tion; gu^rison. Ann. d. mal. d. org. g&ito-urin.. Par., 1906, 
 1466-1471 — Arcoleo (E.) Sulla terapia chirurgica delle 
 rotture traumatiche della vescica. Morgagni, Milano, 1899, 
 xli, 304-318. AUo, Reprint.— Baradulln (G. I.) [Trau- 
 matio rupture of the mucosa alone of the bladder.) Russk. 
 Vrach, Petrqgr., 1915, xiv 1042.— Borsz«ky (K.) Era 
 geheilter Fall von traumatischer Blasenruptur. Ungar. 
 med. Presse, Budapest, 1906, xi, 124 — Castagnol a. R.) 
 Traumatic rupture of the bladder. Internat. Clin., Phila., 
 1918, 28. s., iv, 230-242.— Clark (S.) Case of rupture of the 
 bladder during litholapaxy; suture; recovery. Lancet, 
 Lond., 190S, ii, 1295.— Dalton (H. C.) Traumatic rupture 
 of the bladder. J. Missouri M. Ass., St. Louis, 1908-9, v, 
 159-162.— Della Torre (P- L.) Sopra un caso di rottura 
 traumatica della vescica. Riforma med., Napoll, 1914, xxx, 
 539-545._Drappler. Rupture traumatique de la yessie; 
 gu^risou spontanfe. J. a. so. jR6d. de Lille, 1898, 11, 56J- 
 557.— Elsendrath (D.N.) Crushing injury of the abdomen; 
 subcutaneousruptureofthebladder. Internat. Clin., Phila., 
 1904, 14. s., ii, 243-248.— Erdmann (T. F.) Traumatic rup- 
 ture of the bladder. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1917, cvi, 720.— 
 Gantkowskl. [Traumatlorupturesofthebladder.) Now. 
 lek., Poznafi, 1900, xii, 389-392. — KUbane (E. F.) Trau- 
 matic rupture of the bladder. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1917, 
 cvl, 767-769.— Lang (P. H.) A case of ruptured bladder; 
 operation forty-two hours after the acddent; recovery. 
 Lancet, Lond., 1907, 11, 1240.— M. (C.) Traitement des 
 ruptures traumatiques de la vessie. Tribune m^d., Par., 
 1908, n. s., xl, 518.— Maeder. Ein Fall von geheilter, trau- 
 matischer intra- und extraperitonealer Blasenruptur. Deut- 
 sche Ztsohr.f. Chir ..Leipz, 1905, Ixxix, 317-3 22.— Matvleyell 
 (A. F.) fTraumatio rupture of the urinary bladder, the 
 abdominal coverings remaining entire.) Russk. Med., S.- 
 Peterb., 1894, xix, 203.— Morel (L.) Contribution k I'iiude 
 des ruptures traumatiques de la vessie. Ann. d. mal. d. 
 org. g&iito-urin.. Par., 1906, xxiv, 801-810.— PoUenofl (A. 
 L.) [Rupture of urinary bladder caused by a foreign body 
 entermg it through the perineum.} Med. Obozr., Mosk., 
 1898, xKx, 494-496.— Pot«l (G.) .Rupture traumatidue de la 
 vessie; laparotomie; gu^rison. Echo m6d. du nord, Lille, 
 1903. vii, 429.-^uln (E. P.) Traumatic rupture ol the 
 bladder. Railway Surg. J., Chicago, 1916, xxii, 414-420.— 
 Bussell (R. H.) Case of divulsion of the pubic symphysis, 
 with double rupture of the bladder, fiitercolon. M. J. 
 Australas., Melbourne, 1909, xiv, 191-193, 1 pi.— Scbumann 
 
 E. A.) Acaseoftraumatioruptureoftnebladder;recovery. 
 
 Phila. M. J., 1903, xi, 39.— Sleur. An sujet des ruptures 
 traumatiques de la vessie; contusion de I'abdomen par coup 
 de pied de cheval; sympt6mes imm£diats de rupture de la 
 vessie; gu^rison sans intervention. .Bull, et mfin. Soc. de 
 chir. de Par., 1899, n. s., xxv, 723-728.— Strine (H. F.) & 
 Hlgglns (M. E.) A case of rupture of the bladder with frac- 
 ture of the pelvis. U. States Nav. M. Bull., Wash., 1914, 
 viii, 458.— Vulllet (H.) Quelques remarques & propos de 
 trois observations de rupture tramnatique de la vessie. 
 Rev. m6d. de la Suisse Bom., Geneve, 1908, xxviii, 490- 
 499.— WyetU (J. A.) Operative preperitoneal rupture of the 
 bladder, with the report of a case. N. York M. J., 1901, 
 Ixxiv, 717. 
 
 Bladder (Sacculated). 
 
 See Bladder (Abnormities of). 
 
 Bladder (Senile). 
 
 Billlngslea (J. H.) Bladder troubles in old men and the 
 treatment. Maryland M. J., Bait., 1899, xlii, 325.— Bulcke 
 (C.) Des eSets de la cystostomie sur I'infection urinaire des 
 vleillards; six observations personnelles. Ann. Soc. de m£d. 
 de Gaud, 1905, Ixxxv, 43-54.— Capen (E. W.) Prostatic 
 cystitis in the aged and its treatment. Tnerap. Rec., Louis- 
 ville, 1906-7,ii, »0.— Harris (G. P.) Drainage olthe bladder 
 in the aged and infirm. Yale M. J., N. Haven, 1908-9, xv, 
 349-356.— Hendry (A.) Senile atony ol the bladder. N. 
 Zealand M. J., Wellington, 1901-2, ii, 230-236.— Jones (W. 
 B.) The bladder troubles ol old men. Tr. M. Ass. Central 
 N. Y., Buffalo, 1903, x, 24-27. AUo: Buffalo M. J., 1903-4, 
 n. s., xliii, 297-300.— Newman (D.) Residual.urine in the 
 senile bladder, with special reference to the conduct of the 
 casesoasto postpone or avoid the use of the catheter. Glas- 
 gow M. J , 1917, Ixxxvli, 153-166.— Willmoth (A. D.) Man- 
 agement of distended and Infected bladders in old men. 
 Am. 3. Dermat. & Genlto-Urin. Dis., St. Louis, 1911, xv, 
 127-129. 
 
 Bladder (Spasm of). 
 
 See Bladder (Tenesmus and spasm of). 
 
 Bladder (Sphincters of). 
 See Bladder (Physiology of). 
 
 Bladder (Stone in). 
 
 See Calculus (Vesical). 
 
 p: 
 
BLADDER. 
 
 613 
 
 BLADDER. 
 
 Bladder {Surgery of). 
 
 See, also, Bladder (Cancer of. Treatment of, 
 Operative); Bladder (Diveriicuta of. Treatment 
 of. Operative) ; Bladder (Drainage of. Post-opera- 
 tive); Bladder (Excision of); Bladder (Exclu- 
 sion of) ; Bladder (Fixation of) ; Bladder (For- 
 eign bodies in, Extraction of. Operative): Bladder 
 (Inflammation of. Treatment of, Operative); 
 Bladder (Rupture of); Bladder (Suture of); 
 Bladder (Tuberculosis of, Treatment of, Opera- 
 tive); Bladder ( Tumors of, Treatment of. Opera- 
 tive) ; Bladder ( Wounds of) ; Calculus ( Vesical) ; 
 Cystotomy; Fistula (Abdominal); Fistula 
 (Entero-vesical); Lithotomy; Prostate gland 
 (Hypertrophy of. Treatment of) by epicystotomy; 
 
 ',' TJreters (Anastomosis of) ; TJrinary organs 
 
 ■\ (Surgery of). 
 
 ~ Giordano (G.) Interventi chirurgici suUa 
 vescica; anatoinia normale e patologica, indica- 
 
 ■ i zioni e tecnica operativa. 4°. Torino, 1910. 
 
 •' '■ Maybt (H.) 'Considerations anatomiques sur 
 ' la vessie des enfants. Tallies et lithotritie chez 
 I'enfant. 8°. Paris, 1896. 
 
 MiROUX (J.) *Modificatioiis de la sensibility 
 et de la capacity v6sicale par la rachistovainisa- 
 tion dans les interventions sur lee vessies non 
 ouvertes. [Pom.] 8°. Nantes, 1909. 
 
 Audry(C.) Cystotomie, oystectomieetoystopexle. Arch, 
 prov. de chir., Par., 1897, vl, 687; 717.— Bosher (L. C.) A 
 bladder tenaculum needle. Old Dominion J. M. & S., Eieh- 
 mond, 1909, Ix, 43.— Brlntoo (J. H^ The choice of opera- 
 tions upon the male bladder. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1899, xxx, 
 353-362. Also: Tr. Acad. Surg., Phila., 1900, ii, 83-92.— 
 . CaiTd (F. M.) Contribution to the surgery of the bladder. 
 Scot. M. & S. I., Edinb., 1897, i, 1069-1078.— Cathelin (F.) 
 Comment on ouvre une vessie. Tribune m^d.. Par., 1908, 
 
 n. s.,xl, 613. . How to open a bladder. Anl. J. Urol., 
 
 N. Y., 1909, V, 280-285. . Les vessies qu'il ne faut pas 
 
 ouvrir. Eev. prat. d. mal. d. org. gfe.-urin., Par., 1914, xi, 
 162-168. — Crowell (A.J.) Eeport of three operations on the 
 bladder during August. Carolina M. J., Charlotte, 1901, 
 xlvil, 438-441.— EVerltt (Ella B.) Three untisual vesical 
 cases, with operation. Penn. M. J., Pittsburg, 1903-4, vii, 
 257-269.— Fowler (J. L.) Surgery of the bladder. • Med. 
 Times, N. Y., 1906, xxxiv, 207; 237.- Franek (O.) Glyzerin 
 als Blasenlaxans. ZentraJbl. f. Chir.,- Leip?.., 1911,, xxxvul, 
 36. — Fuller (E.) Vesical emergencies; their surgical man- 
 agement. N. York M. J.j 1901, Ixxiv, 964-957.— Gourdet. 
 Valve sp^oiale pour la vessie. Rev. prat. d. mal. d. org. gto.- 
 urin.. Par., 1906, U, 243-246.— Gulzy (B.)' Description d'un 
 cystotomo-^carteur. Ann. d. mal. d. org. g4nito-urin.. Par.; 
 ■ 1904, xxii, 1379-1385.— Guyon (F.) De la chlorotormisation 
 de la vessie. Ibid., 1906, xxiii, 161-171. Also: Arch. giSn. de 
 m^d.. Par., 1906, 1, 158-164.— Kelly (H. A.) A mfethod of 
 sequestrating the urinary bladder in extensive operations 
 involving its peritoneal surfaces. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull. 
 Bait., 1903, XIV, 96-98.— Keyes (E. L.) Pulmonary embol- 
 ism after operations upon the bladder and prostate. N. 
 
 York M. J. [etc.], 1902, Ixxv, 577-581. Also, Reprint. . 
 
 Survival after several operations in spite of unusually low 
 phenolsulphonephthalein output. Am. J. Urol., ^(. Y., 
 
 1912, viil, 601.— KoUscber (G.) Clamp resection of the 
 urinary bladder. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1914, Ixii, 296. 
 
 '. Death'after bladder operation. Interstate M. J., St. 
 
 Louis, 1916, xxiii, 709-712.— Kolischer (O.) & Kraus (H.) 
 A device for the prevention of bl ceding in bladder opera^ 
 tions. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1910, liv, 1309.— Lewis (B.) 
 Surgery of the bladder. Syst. Surg. (Keen), Phila., 1908, iv, 
 272-334, 1 pi.— Lolinsteln (H.) Fortschritte der Ham- 
 blasenchirurgie. Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1899, Ixviii, 
 1045; 1057; 1069.— Loumeau (E.) Sur la fistulisation th^rar 
 peutique de la vessie. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. mM. de Bordeaux, 
 1913t xxxiv, 211-214. . Quelques faits relatifs k la fistu- 
 lisation th^rapeutique de la vessie. Rev. clin. d'urol.. Par., 
 
 1913, ii, 135-162.- McCarthy (J. F.) Surgery of the lower 
 ureter atfd bladder. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1918, xciv, 609.— 
 MoUS. y Rodrigo (R.) Evolucion histfirica de la cirugia de 
 la vejigay su estado actual. Rev. espaii. de urol. y dermat., 
 Madrid, 1915, xvii, 241; 306.— Muim (W. P.) The choice of 
 route in operation on the bladder. Colorado M. J., Denver, 
 1898, iv, 397-406.— Nagano (J.) Experunentelle Beitrage 
 zur Chirurgie der Harnblase. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tubing., 
 1903, xxxviii, 445-458.— Piicher (P. M.) Some observations 
 on the surgery of the bladder. Tr. Am. Urol. Ass., Brook- 
 line, 1913, vii, 51-59. Also: Year-Book Pilcher Hosp., Brook- 
 lyn & N. Y., 1913, iii, 123-130,— Reynard. Applications 
 cnirurgicales de la diathermic S, certaines affections vfeicales. 
 Lyon mid., 1914, cxxiii, 153-168.— Roclier. Les moyens 
 op^ratoires permettant d'aborder le sphincter du col v&ical 
 et d'agir directement sur lui. Aim. Soc. m^d.-chir. de 
 
 Bladder (Surgery of) . 
 
 Liege, 1905, xliv, 322. Also, iransl.: Ass. franj. d'urol. 
 Proc.-verb. 1905, Par., 1906, 462-467.— Selimldt (L. E.) 
 Surgery of the urinary bladder. Tr. Am. Urol. Ass., Brook- 
 line, 1916, ix, 67-98. [Discussion], 226-238, 2 pi.— Schneider 
 (C.) Anasthesierung der Blase mit Eucupin. ,Berl. kJln. 
 Wchnschr., 1917, liv, 509.— TSmoin (D.) Cystectomie ou 
 resection de la vessie. Gaz. raid, de Par., 1898, 11. s., i, 
 60-54.— Thomas (B. A.) A new bladder retractor. J. 
 Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1915, Ixv, 421,— Tlttinger (W.) 
 Ein selbsthaltender Ringspatel Del Blasenoperationen. 
 Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1910, xxiii, 169-171.— Torek (F. J. 
 A.) Some remarks on the practical value of cystoscopy in 
 surgical diagnosis. Am. Med., Burlington, Vt., & N. Y., 
 1903, n. s., iv, 260-266.— Walker (J. W. T.) A self-retaining 
 bladder retractor. Lancet, Lond., 1915, i, 1085.— Wathen 
 (J. R.) Report of three urinary bladder operations. Ken- 
 tucky M. J., Bowling Green, 1915, xiii, 279. — Zuckerkandl 
 (O.) Resection der Harnblase. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 
 1901, xiv, 79. 
 
 Bladder (Surgery of) [Intravesical oper- 
 ations]. 
 
 See, also, Bladder (Tumors of. Treatment of, 
 Operative, Intravesical) ; lithotrity. 
 
 Hekze!nbekg-Reichmann (Ida). *Die intra- 
 vesikale Operationsmethode. 8°. Zurich, 1912. 
 
 Also, in: Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1912, xxvi, 738-756. 
 
 Baer. Fortschritte auf dem Gebiet der intravesicaleu 
 Operationen. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1911, xlvtii, 552. — 
 Blum (V.) Un instrument nouveau et simple jpour les 
 operations endo-v6sicales. Ann. d. mal. d. org. g6mto-urin.. 
 Par., 1908, ii, 1459-1462.— Bucky (G.) & Frank (E. B. W.) 
 Ueber Operationen im Blaseninnem mit Hilfe von Hoch- 
 frequenzstromen. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1913, Ix, 
 348^52. — Buerger (L.). A clinical study of the appUcation 
 of improved intravesical operative methods in diagnosis and 
 therapy. Med. Rec., N. Y., 1913, Ixxxiii, 1114-1119.— Car- 
 wardlne (T.) Bladder speculum for operative work. 
 Lancet, Lond., 1909, 11, 1750.— Bynard. Des interventions 
 intrav^icaii?s ,avec le cystoscope op^ratoire du Pr. Nitze. 
 Ann. d. mal. d. org. g&iito-urin.. Par., 1903, xxi, 1225-1232.— 
 Harpster (C. M.) Intrarvesical operations, with report of 
 cases. Ohio M. J., Columbus, 1910, vi, 679-683.— KieUeuth- 
 ner. Ueber den Wert der intravesikalen Operationen. 
 Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1913, Ix, 969-971.— Klose (B.) 
 Zur Technik der Intravesicaleu Operationsmethode. Arch, 
 f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1906, Ixxix, 219-227.— Kneise (O.) Endo- 
 vesikale Operationsmethodeu und, Operationscystoskope. 
 
 Ztschr. f. UroL, Berl. & Leipz., 1910, iv, 401^12. . 
 
 Einige meiner Erfahrungen auf dem Gebiete modemer Uro. 
 logie (besonders endovesicaler Operationen). Med. Klin., 
 Berl., 1913, ix, 1721-1725.— Krclssl(F.) Endovesical surgery 
 with special reference to cystoscopy and ureter cathetensm. 
 Am. 1. Dermat., St. Louis, 1903, vii, 18-22.— Kretschmer 
 (H. L.) A consideration of some not-cutting bladder opera^ 
 tions. Urol. & Cutan. Rev., St. Louis, 1915, xix, 485-489. — 
 Lewln (A.) Zur endovesicaJen Behandlung. Verhandl. 
 d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1901, Leipz., 1902, 
 
 Ixxiii, pt. 2, med. Abth., 142-144. . Technik und 
 
 Erlolge der endovesikalen Operationsmethoden. Verhandl. 
 d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Urol. 1913, Berl. & Leipz., 1914, iv, 
 407-^09.— liOhnstein (H.) Bemerkungen zur Technik der 
 endovesikalen Operationen. Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 
 1912, Ixxxi, 43-45. — ^Meyer (H.) Intravesical operations 
 with the aid of the cystoscope. Am. J. Urol., N. Y., 1905-6, 
 
 ii, 460-167, 2 pi. . Intravesical operations with the aid 
 
 of the cystoscope. Northwest Med., Seattle, 1909, n. s., i, 
 47-53.— Reder (F.) The intravesical bulb in operations 
 upon the bladder. St. Louis M. Gaz., 1898, i, 5-10. A Iso, 
 Reprint. — Schlaglntwelt (F) Neue scharfe Blasenzange 
 zum Operationscystoskop. ZtSchr. f. Urol., Berl. & Leipz., 
 
 1911, y, 924-926.— Schmidt (L. E.) The technique and 
 possibilities of endovesical operative procedures. Am. J. 
 
 ^ Dermat. & Genito-Urln. Dis., St. Louis, 1902, vi, 226-229. 
 Also: Illinois M. J., Springfield, ,1902-3, n. s., iv, 776-779.— 
 Suter (F.) Ueber die Leistungstjhigkeit endovesikaler 
 Operationsmethoden. Cor. Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 
 
 1912, xlii, 889-894.— Vogel (J.) Ueber die Vereinfachung der 
 endovesikalen Operationsmethoden. Ztschr. f. Urol., Berl 
 & Leipz., 1914, viii, 672-678,- Toung (H. M.) Apparatus for 
 endoscopic galvano-cautery operations on the vesical orifice. 
 J. Am. M. Ass,, Chicago, 1914, 1x11, 1088. 
 
 Bladder (Surgery of) [Plastic opera- 
 tions]. 
 
 Baldassari (L.) Esperimenti sulla plastica della vescica 
 urinaria. Rilorma med,, Palermo-Napoli, 1906, xxii, 761- 
 765.— von Brunn (W.) Experimentelle Beitrage zur Ham- 
 blasenplastik. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir. . Leipz., 1904, Ixxx, 
 90-103.— Carnot (P.) _ Sur les grefles v&icales et sur la for- 
 mation de cavit^s kystiques et polykystiques. Compt. rend 
 Soc. de biol.. Par., 1904, Ivi, 1080-1083.— Caucci (A.) Me^ 
 todi plastici per sostituire la vescica estirpata mediante 
 un' ansa intestinale esclusa. Clin, chir., Milano, 1916, xxiv 
 
BLADDER. 
 
 6U 
 
 BLADDER. 
 
 Bladder {Surgery of) [Plastic opera- 
 tions]. 
 
 895-913. . Contributo sperimentale alle plastiche ves- 
 
 cicali con lembi aponeurotiei liberi. lind., 1459-1479/— 
 Enderlen. XJeber die Transplantation des Netzes auf Bla- 
 sendefecte. Deutsclie Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1900, Iv, 60-06, 
 
 2 pl. . Experimentelle Hamblasenpla^tik. Ibid., 419- 
 
 442, 2 pl.— Gregoire (R.) Eestauratiou de la vessie par 
 le proogd6 d'Heitz-Boyer-Hovelaoque. J. d'urol. mid. et 
 chlr.. Par., 1914, vi, 45-50.— Leigli (S.) Loss of base of blad- 
 der; plastic operation. Elohmond 3. Pract., 1901, xv, 347- 
 349.— Lengemann (P.) Ersatz der exstirpierten Ham- 
 blase durob das Coeoum. ZentralM. f. Chir., Leipz., 1912, 
 xxxix, 1697-1700.— Perassl (A.) Cistomioplastica sperimen- 
 tale; possibili applicazionl nelr insufflcienza e distensione 
 della vescica con Ingrossamento prostatico. Gior. med. d. 
 r. esercito [etc.], Roma, 1897, xlv, 969-997.— Peterson (E.) 
 Cases illustrating the substitution of the rectal for the vesical 
 sphincter. Tr. Clin. Soc. Univ. Mich., Ann Arbor, 1916, vii, 
 152-154.— Butkowski (M.) Zur Methode der Harnblasen- 
 plastik. Centralbl. t. Chir., Leipz., 1899. xxvi, 473-478.— 
 Spasoknkotski (S.) [Plastic surgery of the bladder from 
 the intestine with the formation of an artificial receptacle of 
 urine in eotopiaj Khirurgia, Mosk., 1903, xiii, 646-654.— 
 Snbbotin (M. 8.) [Formation of a urinary bladder and 
 urethra with a spmncter from the rectum in ectopy, epispa- 
 dias and general incontinence of urine.] Izvlest. Imp. 
 Voyenno-Med. Akad., S.-Peterb., 1901, ii, 259-264.— TWes 
 (J.) Ersatz des Blasenschhessmuskels durch Muskelplastlk 
 (aus dem Rectus abdominis). Miinchen. med. Wohnschr., 
 1914, Ixi, 278. 
 
 Bladder {Suture of). 
 
 See, also, Bladder {Rupture of); Lithotomy 
 {Methods, etc., in). 
 
 Perros (F. M.) *De la suture de la vessie et 
 du traitement de la plaie abdominale aprfes la 
 taille hypogastrique. 8°. Paris, 1901. 
 
 Also, m: Anjou mSd., Angers, 1901, viii, 177; 194; 216; 
 237; 251. 
 
 Abraztaanoff (A. A.) [Suture of the bladder by Born- 
 haupt's method.] Khirurgia, Mosk., 1902, xi, 551-563. — 
 Alexandrescu (C.) Cistorafiacombinatacucolpo-coeliorafia 
 intr'un caz de ruptura a vezicej In timpul histerectomiel 
 vaginale pentru epiteliom al eololul uterin. Spitalul, 
 BucurescT, 1899, xix, 620-522.— BaiScescu. Sofortige 
 Cystorrhaphle naoh der Sectio alta (suprapubica). Cen- 
 tralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1901, xxviii, 633-638.— Brant (V. D.) 
 [Cystoscopy in gynecology; removal of ligatures from the 
 bladder.] T6rap. Obozr., Odessa, 1912, v, 478-482.— Caml- 
 nltl (R.) La sutura immediata nella cistotomia sopra- 
 
 pubica. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1900, xxi, 788-790. . 
 
 Delia sutura immediata della vescica. Med. ital., Napoli, 
 1907, V, 207-210.— earlier (V.) La suture totale de la vessie 
 apr^ la taille hypogastrique. Cong.intemat. dem^d. C.r., 
 Par^ 1900, sect, de chir. urin., 149-152. Also: &ho ra(A. du 
 nord, Lille, 1900, iv, 615-517.— Clarke (C.) Removable 
 bladder sutures. Lancet, Lond., 1912, 1, 429, — Columba 
 (C.) Contributo clinlco-sperimentale alio studio della 
 epicistotomia con sutura totale della vescica. Eiforma med . , 
 Palermo, 1899, xv, pt. 2, 566; 578; 591.— Cordero (A.) & 
 Amadoni (G.) Elcerche sperimentali e cliniche suUa 
 sutura della vescica. Clin, mod., Pisa, 1903, Ix, 245; 264.— 
 Delagrammatica. Taille hypogastrique; cystorrhaphle 
 totale. Gaz. m^d. d'Orient, Constant., 1900-1901, xliii, 61-64. 
 
 . Cystorrhaphle totale pour cystite calculeuse chez un 
 
 gar^on de 7 ans. Ibid., 202-205. . De la cystorraphie 
 
 totale. Cong, internat. de ToiA. C. r., Par., 190O, sect, de 
 chir. urin., 152-157. Also: Gaz. m^d. d'Orient, Constant., 
 1900-1901, xliii, 275-281.— Delbet (P.) Suture hermi«tiquede 
 la vessie par d^collement et rebroussement de la muqueuse. 
 Ann. de dennat. et syph.. Par., 1907, 4. s., viii, 618-523. 
 Also: Gaz. d. hflp.. Par., 1908, Ixxxi, 303.— DeBlnaldls (U.) 
 Contributo clinico alia oistorrafia e drenaggio della vescica. 
 Arch, intemaz. di med. e chir., Napoli, 1902, xviii, 77-93.— 
 Frank (L.) Primary bladder suture, with especial refer- 
 ence to suprapubic cystotomy. Tr. South. Surg. & Gynec. 
 Ass. 1908, Phila., 1909, xxi, 438^42. Also: South. M. J., 
 Nashville, 1909, li, 573-575.— Gollschewsky (E. T.) Zur 
 Frage fiber die Naht der Hamblase. Arch. f. klin. Chir., 
 Berl., 1899, Ix, 643-668.— Grussendort. Ueber Erfahrungen 
 mit der Blasennabt beim hohen Steinschnitt an Kindem. 
 MuncheUi med. Wchnschr., 1912, lix, 2806-2809.— von 
 Hacker. Blasennabt mit tiefen Knopf- and oberflfich- 
 lichen Schniirnahten. Zentralbl. 1. Chir., Leipz^ 1909, 
 xxxvi, 332-335.— Hofmann (C.) Zur Frage der Blasen- 
 nabt nach Sectio alta. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1902, 
 xlix, 1794.— Jonnesco (T.) Cystorrhaphle primitive; 
 nouveau prooMfi op^ratoire. Ass. franc, d'urol. Proc- 
 verb. 1898, Par., 1899, iii, 309-312. Also: Gaz. d. h6p.. Par., 
 1899, Ixxii, 12.— Judd (J. E.) Bladder suture four years 
 after operation. J. Am. M. Ass.', Chicago, 1913, Ixi, 2062. — 
 Juvara (E.) Cystorraphie primitive &, la suite de la taille 
 hjfpogastrique par le proc(Sd6 de I'imbrication. Presse m^d.. 
 
 Bladder {Suture of) . 
 
 Par., 1902, ii, 916-919.— Juvara (E.) & BiU&cesco (J.) Un 
 nouveau procSd^ de cystorraphie par imbrication. Bull, et 
 m&n. Soc. de chir. de Bucaresl, 1898-9, i, 43-60. Also, 
 transl: Wien. klin. Eundschau, 1898, xii, 637; 653.— Koll- 
 scber (G.) & Kraus (H.) Complete suturing of the bladder 
 after suprapubic section. Am. J. Urol., N. Y., -1911, vii, 
 297-299. Also: Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1911, xix, 735- 
 737.— KopUoffl (N. V.) [Mefallio suture of the bladder.) 
 Khirurgia, Mosk., 1906, xx, 101-111.— MacLaren (M.) Ex- 
 traction of ligatures from the bladder. Brit. M. J., Lond., 
 1899, ii, 269.— Moore (H. A.) Primary suture of the bladder. 
 Urol. & Cutan. Bev., St. Louis, 1913, xvii, 133.— NovlkolT 
 (V.) [Suture of the bladder.] Khirurgia, Mosk., 1910, 
 xxvil, 650-660.— Peacock (A. H.) A bladder suture. Surg., 
 Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1916, xxrii, 364.— Popoft (A. N.) 
 [Suture of the bladder in suprapubic cystotomy.) Khirurgia, 
 Mosk., 1899, V, 576-585.— Renner. Indikationen und Ee- 
 sultate der Blasennabt. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tubing., 1908, 
 Iviil, 677-708.— Shottr (M. M.) [Eemovable sutures in 
 suprapubic cystotomy.} Khirurgia, Mosk., 1909, xxvl, 194- 
 197.— Skinner (E. H.) Lime-crusted silk sutures in the 
 bladder; radiographic diagnostic report. J. Missouri M. Ass , 
 St. Louis, 1911-12, viii, 360.— Stefanescu (D.) [Three oases 
 of cystorrhaphy by the method of imbrication.] Rev. 
 de chir., Bucure^tl, 1898, ii, 232-235.— Strassmann (P.) 
 Ueber die Naht der Blase bei vaginalen Operationen. Zt- 
 schr. f. Urol., Berl. & Leipz., 1909, Beiheft, 468-470.- Terra- 
 nova. Una nuova sutura della vescica. Soc. ital. di urol., 
 Eoma. 1908, 259-264.— Thompson (A. R.) Primary suture 
 and union of operation wotmds of the urinary bladder. Lan- 
 cet, Lond., 1917, i, 801.— Vakulenko (M.) [New method 
 of suturing the bladder.l Novoye v Med., S.-Peterb., 1909, ii. 
 
 Bladder {Syphilis of). 
 
 Graeff (K. p.) *Ein Pall von Gumma der 
 Hamblase. Beitrag zur Keuntnis der Blasen- 
 syphilis. 8°. Freiburg i. Br., 1906. 
 
 Ascli (P.) Die syphilitischen Erkrankungen der Ham- 
 blase. Ztschr. f. Urol., Berl. & Leipz., 1911, v, 504-540.— 
 Baker (T.) Syphilis of the bladder; report of a case and a 
 review of the literature. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 
 1917, xxiv, 187-193.— Clirzentzer. Ein Fall von Cystitis 
 luetica. Centralbl. f. d. Krankh. d. Harn- n. Sex.-Org., 
 Leipz., 1901, xii, 6-13.— Cole (F. H.) Syphilis of the bladder. 
 Urol. & Cutan. Rev., St. Louis, 1918, xxii, .480-482.— Dens- 
 low (F. M.) Report of a case of syphilis of the bladder. 
 J. Am. M. ASS., Chicago, 1918, Ixx, 154.— Dreyer (A.) Zur 
 Tflinik der Blasensyphilis. Dermat. Ztschr., Berl., 1913, 
 XX, 477; 591.— Duroeux (L.) iltude clinique et traitement 
 de la syphilis de la vessie. M^decin prat.. Par., 1913, ix, 
 625^327.— von Engelmann (G-) Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis 
 der Syphilis der Hamblase. Folia urolog., Leipz., 1910-11, 
 V, 472-479, 1 pl.— Fowler (H. A.) Syphilis of bladder. Tr. 
 Sect. Genito-Urin. Dis. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1917, Ixviii, 
 93-103. Also: J. Am. M. Ass^ Chicago, 1917, Ixix, 1399- 
 1402.— Gayet (G.) & Favre. Contribution k I'^tude de la 
 syphilis v&icale. J. d'urol. m^d. et chir.. Par., 1914, vi, 
 35-44, 1 pl.— GouvSa (J.) Syphilis vesical. Tribuna med.. 
 Bio de Jan., 1916, xxii, 173.— Haberern (J. P.) Cystosko- 
 pische Diagnose der Blasensyphilis. Zentralbl. f. Chir., 
 Leipz^ 1911, xxxviii, 663.— Hesse (E.) Lues papulosa vesi- 
 cae. Dermat. Ztschr., Berl., 1918, xxv, Ong., 173-177.— 
 Hinder (T. C.) A case of sypnilitio ulceration of the urinary 
 bladder with marked haematuria. Australas. M. Gaz., 
 Sydney, 1901, xx, 92.- Kolischer (G.)"& Eisenstaedt (J. S.) 
 Syphilis of the bladder. Surg. Clin., Chicago, 1919, ill, 137.— 
 te Fur (R.) Ulceration syphilitique de la vessie. Ass. 
 bang, d'urol. Proo.-verb. 1902, Par., 1903, vi, 524-526.— 
 Uvy-Blng (A.) & Duroeux (L.) Syphilis de la vessie. 
 Ann. d. mal. v6n.. Par., 1913, viii, 241-262, 1 pl. Also: Gaz. 
 d. hOp., Par., 1914, Ixxxvii, 5-10.— de lUargoulies (M.) 
 Syphilis de la vessie. Ann. d. mal. d. org. g&iito-urln.. Par., 
 1902, XX, 385-422, 1 pl.— Mlchalloft (N. A.) SyphiUs del 
 Hamblase und der oberen Harnwege. Ztschr. f. Urol., Berl. 
 & Leipz., 1912, vl, 215-218, 1 pl.— Morris (M.) Gumma of 
 the bladder. Indiana M. J., Indianap^ 1897-8, xvi, 5 — 
 Mucharlnsky (M. A.) Zur jFrage der Harnblasensyphilis. 
 Ztschr. f. Urol., Berl. & Leipz., 1912, vi, 376-378.— Nllson 
 (G.) [Syphilis of the bladder.] Hygiea, Stockholm, 1916, 
 Ixxvili, 640-549.— NIn Posadas (J.) Sifllis de la vejiga. 
 SemanamM., Buenos Aires, 1915, xxii, pt. 1, 277-280. — Peder- 
 sen (J.) Syphilis, of the bladder. Med. Rec., N. Y., 1916, 
 xc, 235-238.— PerescWwkin (N.) Zur Frage der Syphilis 
 der Blase. Ztschr. f. Urol., Berl. & Leipz., 1911, v, 732, Ipl.— 
 Picker (R.) Ein Fall von Syphilis der Blase. Ibid., 1913, 
 vii, 192-196.— Schaplra (S. w.) Gummatous ulcerations of 
 the bladder; a case report. Am. J. Surg., N. Y., 1915, xxix, 
 213. AUo: Am. J. Urol., N. Y., 1915, xl, 283.^trachst«ln 
 (A.) Syphilitic and parasyphllitio affections of the urinary 
 
 Symptoms and diagnosis of syphilis of the bladder; 
 reports. J. Oklahoma M. Ass., Muskogee, 1918, xi, 186-190. 
 
BLADDEE. 
 
 615 
 
 BLADDER. 
 
 Bladder {Telangiectasis of). 
 
 PoRZBLT (W.) *Ein Fall von diffusen Venek- 
 tasien der Blasenschleimhaut. 8° Wilrzburg, 
 1911. 
 
 Bachrach (R.) Ueber Telangiektasien der Harnblase. 
 Tolia hsematol., Leipz., 1909, Iv, 101-106, 1 pi.— Berliner (A.) 
 Die Teleangiektasien der Blase; ein Beitrag zur Aetiologie der 
 Blasenblutungen. Deutsclie Ztschr. 1. Chir., Leipz., 1902, 
 Ixiv, 517-525. — Buerger (L.) Telangiectasis of the bladder. 
 Uroh & Cutan. Eer., St. Louis, 1915, Tech. Suppl., iii, 48, 1 
 pi. 
 
 Bladder (Tenesmus and spasm of). 
 
 FtiRSTENAU'(J. F.) *De spasmo vesica;, sm. 
 4° Rintilii 1745. 
 
 Hagenbacu-Burckhardt (E.) Tetanic der Blase. 
 Jahrb. I. Kinderh., Leipz., 1899, xlix, 111.— Hagner (F. R.) 
 A case of unrelieved, unexplained vesical tenesmus. Tr. 
 Am. Urol. Ass., Brookline, 1912, vi. 140-143. [Discussion], 
 146-160. Also: Am. J. Urol., N. Y., 1912, viii, 531-533.— 
 Kerner (E.) Ein interessanter Fall von Krampf des 
 Sphincter vesicae urinarie auf medikamentoser Basis. Klin.- 
 therap. Wchnschr., Wien, 1903, x, 958. 
 
 Bladder {Trabecular). 
 
 See Bladder {Abnormities of). 
 
 Bladder {Tuberculosis of). 
 
 See, also, Bladder {Female, Tuberculosis of) ; 
 TJrinary organs { Tuberculosis of) . 
 
 Aemandon (L.) *Essai clinique sur la cystite 
 tuberculeuse chez I'enfant. 8°. Lyon, 1897. 
 
 Haeffner (K.). *Ueber Blasentuberkulose. 
 8°. Freihurq, 1899. 
 
 Heiler (A. A. L.) *TJeber den Schwund der 
 Harnblase durcli tuberkulose Geschwtire. 8.°. 
 Greifswald, 1903. 
 
 Riviere (P.-R.-M.) *Gontribution k I'^tude 
 de la cystite tuberculeuse. 8°. Bordeaux, 1908. 
 
 Selou (J.-P.) *Des formes h^maturiques de la 
 tuberculosa v^sicale. 8°. Bordeaux, 1907. 
 
 Teitlin (Bella). •*Primaxe Blasentuberku- 
 lose. 8°. Zurich, 1910. 
 
 Armandon (L.) Essai clinique sur la cystite tubercu- 
 leuse Chez I'enlant. M^d. inf.. Par., 1897, 189-192.— Ball 
 (F. P.) Tuberculosis of the bladder. Penn. M. J., Pitts- 
 burg, 1900-1901, iv, 411-414.— Bandler (V.) Ueber Blasentu- 
 berculose. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1903, xxviii, 257-259. 
 
 . Ueber Cystitis tuberculosa. Verhandl. d. Ge- 
 
 sellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1902, Leipz., 1903, il, 2. 
 Hlfte., 499.— Besson (A.) Tuberculose de la vessie, pro- 
 
 FagSe k Turet^re et au rein gauche; dilatation &orme de 
 uretfere. J. d. sc. mii. de Lille, 1898, 1, 470.— BlancK. 
 Ueber einen seltenen Fall von Tuberculose der Harnblase. 
 Monatsb. . . . d. Krankh. d. Harn- u. Sex.-Appar., Berl., 
 
 1899, iv, 193-200, 1 pL— Blodgett (S. H.) Tuberculosis of 
 the bladder. N. Am. J.Homoeoi;., N. Y., 1910, Iviii, 435- 
 443. — Breton. Eecherches expSrimentales sur la tuber- 
 culose v&icale. Rev. prat. d. mal. d. org. gfin.-urin., Par., 
 1911-12, viii, 6-11. Also: Eiv. urol., Catania, 1911, ii, 15- 
 22. — Breton (M.) Eecherches expSrimentales sur la tuber- 
 culose v&icale. Ann. de I'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1910, xxlv, 
 820-831.— Bromberg (P.) Tuberculosis of the bladder. 
 Am. J. Dermat. & Genltff-Urin. Dis., St. Louis, 1912, xvi, 
 
 476-479. . Tuberculosis of the bladder. J. Tenn. M. 
 
 Ass., Nashville, 1918, x, 429-438.— CarboneU y SolSs (F.) 
 Estudio de la cistitis tuberculosa^ concepto cllnico y trata- 
 miento de la mlsma. ' Arch, de gmecop., Barcel., 1900, xiii, 
 17; 33; 49; 65; 85; 105; 129; 149; 171; 191; 218; 232; 253; 271.— 
 Casper. Zur Pathologie und Therapie der Blasentuberku- 
 lose. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1900, xxvi, 
 661; 673. [Discussion], Ver.-Beil., 129-132.— Cliirone (P.) 
 Tubercolosi primitiva della vescica. Gior. internaz. d. sc. 
 med., Napoli, 1905, n. s., xxvli, 1136-1152.— Coplin (W. M. 
 L.) Tuberculosis of the bladder, etiology and pathology. 
 J. Cutan. & Genito-Urln. Dis., N. Y., 1898, xvi, 557-570, 2 
 pi. — Comer (E. M.) & Bowntree (C. W.) A case of tuber- 
 culosis of a diverticulum of the bladder found in an inguinal 
 hernia. Brit. J. Child. Dis., Lond., 1905, ii, 554-558.— 
 Cumston (C. G.) Tubercular cystitis in children. Boston 
 M. & S. J., 1898, cxxxix, 619-622. Also, Reprint — 
 D'Haenens (A.) De la marche de la tuberculose v&icale. 
 Progrfes m^d. beige, Brux., 1905, vii, 49-51.— Edwards (F, 
 S.) A case of tuberculosis of the bladder. West Lond. M. 
 J., Lond., 1903, viii, 309.— Farkas (I.) Ueber Blasentu- 
 berkulose. Cong, internat. de m^d. C. r. 1909, Budapest, 
 1910, Sect, xiv, 326-332.— Fcnwick (P. C.) Tubercular 
 disease of the bladder. N. Zealand M. J., Wellington, 1907, 
 V, 38-43. — Ferrer Flera. Resistencia de la vejiga urinaria a 
 la tuberculosis experimental. Gac. mid. catal., Barcel., 
 
 1900, xxiii, 362.— Fraser (H. E.) Tuberculosis of the blad- 
 
 Bladder {Tuberculosis of) . 
 
 der. Brooklyn M. J., 1901, xv, 462-465.— Freyer (P. J.) 
 Primary tuberculosis of the bladder. Clin. J., Lond., 1901, 
 
 xviii, 180-183. . A clinical lecture on tuberculosis of the 
 
 bladder. Edinb. M. J., 1902, n. s., xi, 38-44.— Gauthler 
 (C.-L.) La cystite profiffirante tuberculeuse pure (cystite 
 tramboisde). Ass. frang. d'urol. Proc.-verb., Par., 1911, 
 xiv, 747-754.— Gordon (T. E.) On tuberculosis of the 
 bladder. Dublin J. M. Sc, 1899, evil, 344-350.— Guyon. 
 Les cystites blennorhagiques et tuberculeuses. Rev. gfe. de 
 Clin, et de thdrap.. Par., 1903, xvli, 69.— Halie (N.) & Motz 
 (B.) Tuberculose de la vessie. Ann. d. mal. d. org. g^nito- 
 urin.. Par., 1904, xxii, 161; 241. — Johnson (A. B^ Some re- 
 marks on tuberculosis of the urinary bladder. Med. News, 
 N. Y., 1904, Ixxxiv, 924-926.— Jungano (M.) Tubercolosi 
 primitiva della vescica. Atti d. r. Accad. med.-chir. di Na- 
 poli, 1915, Ixix, 7-36. — ECaro (W.) Remarks on tuberculosis 
 of the bladder. Am. J. Dermat. & Genito-Urin. Vis., St. 
 Louis, 1908, xii, 357-360. Also: Detroit M. J., 1909, ix, 167- 
 
 174. . Blasentuberkulose. Tr. Internat. Cong. Tu- 
 
 berc. (Wash.), PhUa., 1908, ii, 157-164. [Discussion], 172-175. 
 
 . Klinische Erfahrungen fiber Blasentuberkulose. 
 
 Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph., Wien & Leipz., 1910, c, 355-358.— 
 L. (B. P.) Tuberculose vesical. Brazil-med., Rio de Jan., 
 
 1913, xxvii, 106.— Le Fur. Uu cas de cystite tuberculeuse 
 primitive. Ass. franc, d'urol. Proc.-verb. 1911, Par., 1912, 
 XV, 764-771. Also [Abstr.]: Rev. prat. d. mal. d. org. gfin.- 
 urin., Par^ 1911-12, viii, 465.— Legueu. La cystite tuber- ' 
 
 culeuse. Clinique, Par., 1906, i, 185. . Le problfeme 
 
 actuel de la cystite tuberculeuse. Bull, raid.. Par., 1913, 
 xxvii, 47-50. — Lewis (B.) Uro-genital tuberculosis; with 
 especial consideration of tuberculosis of the bladder. Buffalo 
 M. J., 1908-9, Ixiv, 643-656. . Tuberculosis of the blad- 
 der. Tr. Internat. Cong. Tubero. (Wash.), Phila., 1908, il, 
 165-175. Also: Kansas City M. Index-Lancet, 1908, xxxi, 
 433-444. — lil Vlrghl (G.) Dc la cystite tuberculeuse primi- 
 tive. Ann. d. mal. d. org. g&iito-urin.. Par., 1911, ii, 1542- 
 1563. Also: Gior. internaz. d. sc. med., Napoli, 1911, n. s., 
 xxxiii, 1027-1043.— McCabe (C. P.) A case of tubercular 
 bladder, sacculated. Albany M. Ann., 1898, xix, 553. — 
 McGratb (J. J.) Report of a case of tuberculosis of the 
 bladder, with some observations. N. York M. J., 1899, Ixix, 
 90-93. Also, Reprint.— Mutters (J. D.) Tuberculosis of 
 the bladder. Kentucky M. J., Bowling Green, 1910, viii, 
 1572-1575.— Newman (D.) On tuberculous disease of the 
 bladder. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1911, n. s., xcii, 497. — 
 RUunei (B.) [Bladder tuberculosis.] Budapesti k. orvo- 
 segy. ^vi ^vkonjrve, Budapest, 1906, 80-85.— Rochet & 
 Horand.* Formation de calculs dans les vessies tubercu- 
 leuses. Rev. prat. d. mal. cutan. [etc.], Lille, 1904-5, i, 371- 
 380.— Rochet (V.) Deux cas de cystite tuberculeuse chez 
 des vieux. Lyon chirurg., 1913, ix, 1-3.— Savarfi (M.) 
 Sulla tubercolosi sperimentale della vescica urinaria. Boll, 
 d. Soc. med.-chir. di Pavia, 1905, 364-369.— Schaplra (S. W.) 
 Primary tuberculosis of the bladder. J. Am. M. Ass., Chi- 
 cago, 1905, xllv, 1615.— Settler (A.) La cistitis tuberculosa. 
 Siglo mid; Madrid, 1906, M, 178; 211— Shivers (M. O.) 
 Tuberculous bladder. South. M. J., NashvUle, 1912, v, ni- 
 ne.— Slelcher (J. M.) Tuberculosis of the bladder. Am. 
 Pract. & News, Louisville, 1907, xU, 374-384.— Stewart (J.) 
 Tuberculous cystitis. Maritime M. News, Halifax, 1904, 
 xvi, 211-215.— Strauss (A.) Ein Fall von tuberculosem 
 Geschwiir der Blase. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1898, xlviii, 
 2404-2406.— Tfidcnat (E.) Cystite tuberculeuse. In Ms: 
 Leg. de cUn. chir. [etc.], 8°, Montpel. & Par., 1900, 179-211 — 
 Toole (A. F.) Tuberculosis of^the bladder, with a case 
 report. Alabama M. J., Birmingh., 1906-7, xix, 743-749.— 
 Vander Veer (J. N.) Secondary vesical tuberculosis. 
 Am. J. Dermat. & Genito-Urin. Dis., St. Louis, 1909, xiii, 66- 
 72. Also, Reprint. 
 
 Bladder {Tuberculosis of, Diaginosis and 
 semeiology of). 
 
 Akutsu (S.) ueber die Diagnose der Blasentuberculose. 
 [Japanese text.] Hilubyog. kiu Hiniokibyog. Zasshi, 
 Tokyo, 1906, vi, 34-39. — Andre. Diagnostic et traitement 
 de la cystite tuberculeuse. Rev. mM. de I'est^ Nancy, 1902, 
 xxxiv, 453-464. — Asch (P.) Ueber die friihzeitige Diagnose 
 der Blasentuberculose. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1901, xxxviii, 
 1160.— Barlow (R.) Cystoskopische Befunde bei Blasentu- 
 berkulose. Centralbl. f. d. Krankh. d. Ham- u. Sex.-Org., 
 Leipz., 1901, xii, 229-236.— BIssell (J. B.) The diagnosis and 
 treatment of tubercular cystitis. Boston M. & S. J., 1902, 
 cxlvii, 326-328.— Gasman (A.N.) [Diagnosis and treatment 
 of cystic tuberculosis.) Khirurgia, Mosk., 1904, xvi, 213- 
 229. — Hagiier(F. R.) Tuberculosisof thebladderandaplea 
 for early diagnosis. Virginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 
 1906-7, xi, 204-207.— Heltz-Boyer (M.) La cystoscopie 
 dans la tuberculose v^sicale. J. d'urol. m^d. et chir.. Par., 
 
 1914, V, 755-765, 2 pi.— Martin (S. P.) Indigocarmlne used 
 intravenously for locating ureteral orifices in tuberculous 
 cystitis. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1918, xciii, 808-810. Also, Re- 
 print. — Morelle (A.) Un cas de tuberculose v&icale latente 
 d6c^l6 par une injection d'ancienne tuberculine de Koch. 
 Ann. de I'Inst. chir. de Brux., 1901, vui, 68-72. Also: 
 Clinique, Brux., 1901, xv, 197-201.— Newman (D.) The 
 early diagnosis, prevfention, smd treatment of primary tuber- 
 
BLADDER. 
 
 616 
 
 BLADDER. 
 
 Bladder {Tuberculosis of, Diagnosis and 
 semeiology of). 
 
 culosis of the bladder. Glasgow M. J., 1912, Ixxvii, 140.— 
 Rivlire (M.) Symptomatologle et formes cliniques de la 
 cystite tuberculeuse. Eev. intemat. de la tuberc. Par , 
 1908, xlv, 83-93.— Unterberg (H.) [The r6Ie of the cysto- 
 scope in the diagnosis of tubercles of the bladder.] Urologia, 
 Budapest, 1907^ 16-20.— WUdboIz (H.) Plaquetormige, tu- 
 berkulose Cystitis unter dem Bilde der Malakoplakia vesicoe. 
 Ztschr. i. Urol., Berl. & Leipz., 1907, 1, 322-326. 
 
 Bladder (Tuberculosis of, Treatment of). 
 
 Carbonell t Solez (F.) , Estudio de la cisti- 
 tis tuberculosa, concepto cllalco y tratamiento 
 delamisma. 8°. Barcelona, 1900. 
 
 Coll (J.) Estudio de la cistitis tuberculosa, 
 concepto cllnico y tratamiento de la misma. 
 Memoria laureada por la Real Academia de 
 medicina y cirugia de Barcelona. 8°. Barce- 
 lona, 1900. 
 
 HAitM (E.) *Contribution &, I'^tude du traite- 
 ment des cystites, notamment des cystites tuber- 
 culeuses par ies instillations d'huile gomenol^e. 
 [Paris.] 8°. Fontenay-aux-RoseS, 1905. 
 
 Laroche (A.-C.) *Contribution i I'^tude du 
 traitement de la cystite tuberculeuse par Ies 
 injections- d'huile gaiacol^e iodoform^e. 8°. 
 Nancy, 1902. 
 
 Mazet (L.) *Des instillations-injections al- 
 tem^es d'huile cr^osot^e et de sublim6 dans le 
 traitement des cystites tuberculeuses. 8°. Mont- 
 pellier, 1906. 
 
 Reniac (J.-L.) *Contribution 3, I'^tuJe du 
 traitement de la cystite tuberculeuse par Ies 
 injections de vaseline iodoform^e. 8°. Paris, 
 1898. 
 
 ScHERB (H.) *Beitrag zur Pathologie und 
 Therapie der Cystitis tuberculosa. 8°. Basel, 
 1903. ' . 
 
 Bajizet. Traitement des cystites tuberculeuses. Ann. d. 
 mal. d. org. g^nito-urin.. Par., 1897, xv, 561-594. — Battle 
 (W. H.) A case of tuberculous bladder greatly improved 
 by hydraulic distension. Lancet, Lond., 1899, ii, 1687. — 
 Browa(W.H.) Some experience ol the ''new tuberculin" 
 (T. R.) Koch. Intercolon. It. J. Australas., Melbourne, 
 1906, XI, 248-252.— Casper (L.) Zur Pathologie und Thera- 
 pie der Blasentuberkulose. Deutsche med. Wchnsohr., 
 
 Berl. & Leipz., 1900, xxvi, 661; 673. ■. Die Tuberculose 
 
 der Hamblase una ihre Behandlung. Deutsche Klinik, 
 Berl. & Wien, 1901-2, x, 1. Abth., 99-124. Also: Deutsche 
 Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1903, xxiv, 65-69— Clfiment (V.) & 
 Jacobson (D.) Un cas de cystite tuberculeuse traits par 
 le sSrum de Harmorek; guSrison. Rev. gto. de clin. et de 
 thSrap., Par., 1908, xxil, 87.— Colin (G.) Traitement des 
 cystites tuberculeuses. Bev. internat. de mfid. et de chir., 
 Par. , 1897, Tiii, 383-388.— De Keersmaecker. De la guSrison 
 de la cystite tuberculeuse, Ann. Soc. de m^. d'Anvers, 
 1906, Ixviil, 47-76.— Desgrances. Traitement des cystites 
 tuberculeuses par Ies injections intrarv&icales d'eau oxy- 
 g^n^e. Cong, mtemat. de mM. C. r., Par., 1900, sect, de 
 path, int., 767-772.— Desnos (E.) Traitement des cystites 
 tuberculeuses. Rev. gto. de clin. et de th&ap.. Par., 1904, 
 xviii, 65-67.— Florence. Cystite chronique probablement 
 tuberculeuse; curettage et cauterisation du trigone; guSrison. 
 Arch. m&i. de Toulouse, 1902, viti, 350-352.— Garraft (J. M. ) 
 The treatment of tuberculous cystitis, with special refertnce 
 to Rontgen therapy. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1907, Ixxxvi, 642- 
 645.— Gulard (F.-P.) Tuberculosev&icaleprimitive; sacu- 
 rabilitS. Ass. iranp. d'urol. Proc.-verb. 1909, Par., 1910, xiii, 
 683-693. [Discussion],693-700.— Hagmanii(A. NJ Ueber 
 die Diagnose und Behandlung der tubercuISsen Afieetionen 
 der Hamblase. Med. Woche, Berl., 1905, vi, 63; 79; 127.— 
 Heltz-Boyer (M.) Traitement endoscopique de la tuber- 
 culose T&Jcale par Ies courants de haute frequence. J. 
 d'urol. niM: et chir.. Par., 1914, v, 155-159, 1 pl.t-Horwltz 
 (O.) Symptoms and treatment of tuberculosis ol the blad- 
 der. J. Cutan. & Genito-Urin. Dis., N. Y.,-1898, xvi, 670- 
 576.— Jack (W. R.) Case of tuberculosis of the bladder 
 treated by vaccine therapy. Glasgow M. J., 1909, Ixxii, 203- 
 209.— Jamln (R.) Uu cas de tuberculose v&fcale gu^ria 
 depdls dnq ans par Ies injections d'huile de vaseline iodo- 
 formde. J. de mid. de Par., 1898, 2. s., x, 579.— de Kecrs- 
 maecker. De la gu&ison de la cystite tuberculeuse. Gaz. 
 de gynSc, Par., 1906, xxi, 161; 177.— Keyes (E. L.) Carbolic 
 instillation in the treatment of bladder tuberculosis. N. 
 York M. J. [etc.], 1914, o, 449-451. Also, Reprint.— Krelssl 
 (F.) Primary tuberculosis of the bladder and lower end of 
 the ureter cured by local treatment. Am. J. Urol., N. Y., 
 1905-6, ii, 393.— Montf ort (A.) Un traitement de la cystite 
 
 Bladder {Tuberculosis of , Treatment of ) . 
 
 tuberculeuse. Gaz. m(5d. de Nantes, 1902-3, xxi, 42.— Motz 
 (B.) GuMaon compete de trois cas de tuberculose vfeicale 
 grave. Ass. fran?. d'urol. Proc.-verb. 1898, Par., 1899, iii, 
 
 341-S46. . Curability de la tuberculose v&icale. Ann. d. 
 
 mal. d. org. gfinito-urin.. Par., 1903, xxi, 1058-1067. . 
 
 Tratamiento de la tuberculosis vesical. Siglo m^d., Madrid, 
 1905, Iii, 638-641.— Moullln (C. IL) The treatment of tuber- 
 culous disease of the bladder. Tr. M. Soo. Lond., 1897-8, 
 xxl,286-294., AJsoWastr.]: Brit.M. J., Lond,, 1898,1,1262.— 
 Normand(J.-N.) Contributionautraitementdescystitestu- 
 berculeuses et des tuberculoses v&icales par I'enfumage iods. 
 J. d'urol. mM. et chir.. Par., 1914, v, 271-289.— Pousson 
 (A.) Traitement de la tuberculose de la vossie. Gaz. hebd. 
 d. so. mSd. de Bordeaux, 1899, xx, 101; 117.— Ramond (F.) 
 Nouveau traitement des cystites tuberculeuses par des In- 
 jections intrarvdsicales d'air stSrilisd. Bull. mSd., Par., 
 
 1897, xi, 108.— Keynolds (E.) Tuberculosis of the bladder; 
 its appearance and treatment through the Kelly cystoscope; 
 with a report of cases. Am. Med.-Surg. Bull., N. Y., 1896, 
 ix, 448-452. Also, Reprint.— Kivet (A.) Traitement de la 
 cystite tuberculeuse. Gaz. mM. de Nantes, 1909, 2. s. xxvii, 
 41-48.— Rosensteln(P.) Ueber die Behandlung der Blasen- 
 tuberkulose nach Rovsing. Berl. klin. Wohnschr., 1908, 
 xvi, 247-249.— Boutler (_K7) Traitement de la cystite tuber- 
 culeuse. Ass. franc, de chir. Proc.-verb. [etc.], Par., 1896, 
 X, 533-536.— Kovsing (T.) Ueber die Bedoutung der Bla^ 
 sentuberculose und me Beilbarkeit derselben. Arch. t. klin. 
 Chir., Berl., 1907, Ixxxii, 1-27. Also, iransl. [Abstr.]: South. 
 
 CaUf. Pract., Los Angeles, 1907, xxii, 425-428. . Le 
 
 traitement de la tuberculose v^icale par I'acide phSnique. 
 Ass. franc, d'urol. Proc.-verb., Par., 1911, xiv, 743-747.— 
 Stirling (R. A. ) The treatment of early tuberculosis of the 
 bladder. Intercolon. M. J. Australas., Melbourne, 1908, 
 xjii, 145-147. — Vlnay^ Traitement des cystites tubercu- 
 leuses par Ies injections de bacilles lactiques. Bull, et m&n. 
 Soc. de chir. de Par., 1914, n. s., xl, 655-661.— Weiss (H.) & 
 Strauss (A.) Bin mit Lecutyl (Kupfer-Lezithi^ geheilter 
 Fall von Blasentuberkulose. Milncnen. med. Wchnschr., 
 1914, Ixi, 1568.— Willems (C.) Contribution an traitement 
 des formes graves de la tuberculose v&icale. Bull. Acad. roy. 
 de mSd. de Belg., Bnix., 1910, 4. s., xxiv, 187-194. Also: 
 CUnlque, Brux., 1910, xxiv, 607-614,- Wossldlo (H.) Der 
 gegenwartige Standpunkt der Therapie der Blasentuberku- 
 lose. Monatsohr. f. Hamkr. u. sex. Hyg., Leipz., 1904, i, 142- 
 151. 
 
 Bladder (Tuberculosis of, Treatment of, 
 Operative). 
 
 Colas (J.-H.-A.) *Contribution k I'^tude de 
 la tuberculose vfeicale et de son traitement chi- 
 rurgical. 8°. Paris, 1898. 
 
 Demonchy (A.) *La taille intrap6riton&,le 
 de la vessie. 8°. Paris, 1909. 
 
 Domaqe_ (L.) *De la cystostomie pr^coce 
 comme traitement curatif de la tuberculose v&i- 
 cale. 8°. Lyon, 1900. 
 
 LAVERRrfeRB (M.) *Cystite proliferante tu- 
 berculeuse (forme frambois^e). 8°. Lyon, 1910. 
 
 Matilb (P,) *De la tuberculose de la vessie et 
 sp^cialement de son traitement chirurgical. 8°. 
 Gmive, 1890. 
 
 Railliard_ (L,-M,-C.-L.-J,) *De8 interven- 
 tions chirurgicales dans la tuberculose v6sicale. 
 8°. Bordeaux, 1900. 
 
 Calabrese (D,) Tufeeroolosi primitiva della vescica 
 urinaria e sua cura chirurgica. Bull, d, sc, med, di Bologna, 
 1908, 8. s., viii, 121-130. Also, Reprint.— Clirlstopberson 
 (J. B.) Smgle non-tuberculous ulcer of the bladder; supra- 
 pubic cystotomy; cure. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1902, i, 771.— 
 Clado. Quelques consid&ations sur le traitement chirurgical 
 de fa tuberculose vfeicale. Ass. franc, d'urol. Proc.-verb, 
 
 1898, Par,, 1899, iii, 318-333.— Cottereil (E,) Note on a case 
 of tuberculous disease of the bladder treated by supra- 
 pubic cystotomy and curetting. Lancet, Lond,, 1897, ii, 
 915,— Cumston fC. G,) The indications for vesiculectomy 
 in tuberculosis of the genital organs, Internat, Clin., Phila., 
 1914, 24. s., iii, 264-266.— Denys. Tuberculose v&icale. 
 Ann. de I'Inst. chir. de Brux., 1906, xiii, 169-173.— Deryu- 
 zhlnski (S. F.) [Rare case of primary tuberculosis of the 
 urinary bladder and its surgical treatment.] Khirurgia, 
 Mosk., 1901, Ix, 565-578.— Desnos. Intervention chirur- 
 gicale dans la tuberculose vf5sicale. Cong. p. PStude de la 
 tuberculose, Par., 1S98, iv, 864-866.— Pryzszman (A.) [En- 
 docystic method of operating for tubercles of the bladder.) 
 Medycyna i Kron. lek,, Warszawa, 1911, xM, 340; 364; 383.— 
 Gordon (G. S.) A new appliance tor suprapubic drainage, 
 which keeps the patient dry while up an J about. Donjinwn 
 M. Month., Toronto, 1910, xxxv, 121-125.— Grekofl (I. I.) 
 [Tuberculosis of the kidney and bladder.) Russk. khlr. 
 Arch., S.-Peterb., 1907, xxiii, 869-890.— Horwita ( O . ) Supra- 
 pubic cystotomy in a case of primary tubercular cystitis. In- 
 
BLADDER. 
 
 617 
 
 BLADDER. 
 
 Bladder {Tuberculosis of, Treatment of, 
 Operative) . 
 
 ternat. Clin., Phila., 1897, 6. s., iv, 191-195.— Le Fur. Cys- 
 tites rebelles et taille hypogastriquo; un cas de oystite tuber- 
 culeuse primitive. Ass. iran^. d'urol. Proo.-verb. 1909, 
 Par., 1910, xiii, 700-706. — Loumeau. Tuberculose v&icale 
 et cjrstostomie sus-pubienne. J. de mM. de Bordeaux, 1900, 
 XXX, 344-346. Aho: M&a. et bull. Soo. de m^d. et chir. de 
 
 Bordeaux <1900), 1901, 178-181. . Gu^rison, chez le 
 
 meme malade, de la tuberculose vesioale par la cystostomie 
 sus-pubienne et d'une hemie inguino-scrotale cong6nitale 
 
 Ear I'op^ration de Bassini. Ibii. (1902), 1903, 256-260.— 
 ■uys (G.) Traitement de la cystlte tuberculeuse. Cli- 
 nique, Par., 1906, i, 645.— MacGowan (G.) Surgical inter- 
 ference in tuberculosis of the bladder. Calif. State J. M., San 
 
 Fran., 1905, iii, 38; 71. . Tuberculosis of the bladder. 
 
 Ann. Surg., Phila., 1909, xlix. 785-799.— Melville (JB. J.) 
 Tuberculosis of the bladder. Intemat. J. Surg., N. Y„ 1915, 
 xxviii, 306-309. jl ;so. Reprint.— Murray (F. W.) Tuber- 
 cular cystitis treated by permanent suprapubic drainage. 
 Ann. Surg., Phila., 1901, xkxiii, 331-335.— Newman (D.) 
 Considerations ohirurgicales sur les debuts de la tuberculose 
 r&iale et sur la tuberculose v&ioale primitiTe. Ass. frail?. 
 
 de chir. Proo.-verb. [etc.], Par., 1910, xxiii, 625. . 
 
 Primary and early secondary tuberculous cystitis, Ulnstrated 
 by cases, several of whion were successfully treated by 
 suprapubic cystostomy and vaccines. Practitioner, Lond., 
 1912, Ixxxix, 36-55, 1 pi.— Powers (C. A.) Note on perma- 
 nent suprapubic drainage for advanced tuberculosis of the 
 bladder; report of a case at end of five years. Ann. Surg., 
 Phila^ 1902, xxxvl, 426-430. A Iso, Reprint.— Pretndlsber- 
 ger (J.) Cystitis tuberculosa vesicse; Seotio alta. Wien. 
 klin. Rundschau, 1903, xvU, 38.— B«ynes (H.) Tuberculose 
 vfeicale; cystite phosphatique secondaire; encrofitement 
 vfeical; taille hypogastrique; curettage complet de la vessie; 
 gu^rison opfiratoire: grande amflioration th&apeutique. 
 Ass. fran?. d'urol.' Proo.-verb. 1898, Par.,1899, iii, 337-341.— 
 Buotte. Tuberculose de la vessie, tout au dSout; cysto- 
 tomie et caut&isation directe. Lyon mM., 1911, cxvil, 
 445. — Saxtorpb (S.) Valeur de I'intervention chirurgicale 
 dans la tuberculose v&icale. Cong, internat. de m4d. C. r.. 
 Par., 1900, sect, de chir. urin., 97-108. Also.' Courrier m^d.. 
 Par., 1901, 11, 240.— SeMba. [Surgical treatment of tuber- 
 culosis of the bladder.] Hokkai Iho, Tokyo, 1906, vii, 1-22. 
 Also: Chirio Shtmpo, Tokyo, 1907, vi, 653-669.— Terry (H.) 
 Drainage after supra-pubic cystotomy. Providence M. J., 
 1910, xi, 288-290.— Trevlsam (N.) Ematuria da cistite tuber- 
 colare cd epicistotomia. Eiv. veneta dl so. med., Venezia, 
 1906, xliv, 49-58.— Vetere (G.) Contributo alio studio della 
 tubercolosi vescicale e della sua cura chirurgioa. Gior. 
 internal, d. sc. med., Najjoli, 1902, n. s., xxiv, 241-256.— 
 Walker (G.) Tuberculosis of the bladder. Ann. Surg., 
 PhUa., 1907, xlv, 249; 389; 597. 
 
 Bladder (Tuberculosis of, Treatment of) 
 by vesical exclusion. 
 
 Di Chiaea (F.) *De rexclusion vfeicale dans 
 la tuberculose de la vessie. 8°. Paris, 1911. 
 
 Casper (L.) Die Ausschaltung der Blase bei schweren 
 Formen der Blasentuberkulose. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 
 1912, xlix, 340; 364. AlsM Verhaudl. d. Berl. med. GeseUsch. 
 (1912), 1913, xliii, pt. 2, 79-84. [Discussion], 64-67, pt. 1. 
 
 . Zur Harnblasenaussohaltung wegen Tuberkulose. 
 
 Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1913, 1, 492. Also: Verhandl. d. 
 Berl. med. Gesellsch. (1913), 1914, xliv, pt. 2, 68.— Key (E.) 
 Exclusio vesicae bei schwerer Blasentuberkulose. Nord. 
 med. Ark.. Stockholm, 1913-14, 3. 1, xiii, afd. 1, No. 7, 1- 
 16.— Key (E.) & Sundberg ((5.) Nachtrag zmn Aufsatze: 
 "Exclusio vesicse bei schwerer Blasentuberkulose." Jfiid., 
 1914, 3. f., xiv, afd. 1, No. 21, 1-10.— L«gueu (F.) De I'ex- 
 clusion vfoicale dans la tuberculose de la vessie. Bull, et 
 m&n. Soc. de cliir. de Par., 1910, n. s., xxxvi, 965-970. Also 
 [Abstr.]: Bull. mM., Par., 1910, xxiv^ 971.— Willems (C.) 
 De la derivation urinaire ou exclusion vfeicale dans la 
 tuberculose de la vessie. Arch, intemat. de chir., Gand, 
 1910-11, V, 125-146, 2 pi. Also[AhstT.]: BuU. et m&n. Soo. 
 de chir. de Par., 1911, n. s., xxxvii, 592-595. . IjO pre- 
 mier cas de derivation urmaire ou exclusion de la vessie 
 pour tuberculose; suite de I'observation; choix du procfidS 
 opdratoire. Bull. Acad. roy. de med. de Belg., Brux., 1911, 
 4. s., XXV, 398-407, 2 pi. 
 
 Bladder (Tumors of). 
 
 See, also, Bladder (Cancer of); Bladder (jFe- 
 ■male, Tumors of). 
 
 Fengler (F. K. H.) *Die Tumoreii der 
 Harnblase. 8°. Breslau, 1903. 
 
 KiJHN (H.) *Zur Kasuistik der Haxnblasen- 
 tumorea. 8°. Berlin, 1913. 
 
 Lb Moine (P.) *Formes cliniques anormales 
 des tumeurs priniitives de la vessie. 8°. Paris, 
 1910. 
 
 Bladder (Tumors of). 
 
 L'Hbrmieb des Plantes (L.-E.-H.) *Quel- 
 ques observations de tumeurs de la vessie. 8°. 
 Lyon, 1909. 
 
 Meyee (R. ) *Neun Falle von Blasentumoren. 
 8°. Kid, 1900. 
 
 Meynadier (M.) *Contribution k I'dtude des 
 tumeurs primitives du bassinet et de I'uret^re. 
 8°. Montpellier 1911. 
 
 OsswALD (K.) *Zur Kenntnis der Hambla- 
 sentumoren. 8°. Giessen, 1891. 
 
 RiEGEL (A.) *Ueber die Myome der Harn- 
 blase. 8°. Giessen, 1899. 
 
 VON RoTHB (A.) *Ueber ein mannskopfgrosses 
 Myom der Harnblase. 8°. Preihurg i. B., 1905. 
 
 VOLLMANN (O.) *LTeber einen Fall von miilti- 
 plen Zottengeschwiilsten der Harnblase. 8°. 
 Rostock, 1906. 
 
 Wendel (W.) *Beitrage zur Lehre von den 
 Blasengescbwiilsten. [Miarburg. ] 8°. Jena, 
 1900. 
 
 Also, in: Mitt. a. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir., Jena, 1900, 
 vi, 15^6, 2 pi. 
 
 Alessandrl (E.) Contributo all' Jstologia, dlagnosi e cura 
 dei tumori della vescica urinaria. Policlin., Roma, 1905, 
 
 xii, sez. chir., 99; 141. . Casuistica di tumori vescicaU 
 
 (quattro casi). Bull. d. r. Accad. med. di Roma, 1906, 
 xxxii, 263-273. — A11616 (P.) Retrocession spontanee d'une 
 tumeur de la vessie. Soo. de med. de Nancy. C.-r. . . ., 
 1904-5, 147. Also: Rev. med. de I'est, Nancy, 1905, xxxvii, 
 760.— Baker (R. H.) Condyloma of the bladder; report of 
 case. J. Am. M. Ass., CUcago, 1918, Ixx, 442. — Ball (C. B.) 
 Case of myxoma of the bladder. Tr. Roy. Acad. M. Ireland, 
 Dubl., 1896, xiv, 320-322, 1 pL— BaUenger (E. G.) & Elder 
 (O. F.) Soft tumor of the urinary bladder. J. Am. M. Ass., 
 Chicago, 1915, Ixiv, 580.— Barling (G.) [Four cases.) Lan- 
 cet, Lond., 1898, i, 301.— Bartholomew (R. A.) Report of 
 two cases of retro-peritoneal hematoma following the purse- 
 string Watldns operation for cystooele. J. Mich. M. Soc., 
 Grand Rapids, 1917, xvi, 410-412;— Berg (GO Blasentumo- 
 ren. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Urol. [Kong. In 
 BerHn], Berl. & Leipz., 1909, 502-507. Also: Ztschr. f. Urol., 
 Berl. & Leipz., 1909, Beiheft, 502-507.— Blum (V.) Das 
 Myoflbrom der Harnblase. Folia urolog., Leipz., 1910, v, 
 314-330.— Boeckel (J.) Tumeurs de la vessie. Bull. Acad, 
 de med.. Par., 1899, 3. s., xl, 348-352.— Boross (E.) Die 
 Blasengeschwiilste. Pest. • med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 
 1915, li, 73; 79.— Boucbard (C. A.) Myome de la vessie. 
 Bull, et mAn. Soc. anat. de Par., 1910, Ixxxv, 991-994.— 
 Briggs (J. E.) Tumors of the bladder. N. Eng. M. Gaz., 
 Best., 1918, liii, 185-192.— Brticlianow (N.) tfeber einen 
 Fall von sogenannter Cholesteatombildung in der Harn- 
 blase. Prag. med. Wchnsohr., 1898, xxiii, 525; 539.— 
 Casper (L.) Blasentumoren. Ztschr. f. Urol., Berl. & 
 
 Leipz., 1909, iii, Beiheft, 411-435. . Ueber Hamblaseu- 
 
 geschwiilste. Med. KUn., Berl., 1914, x, 621-624.— Chworo- 
 stanskl (M.) NeubUdungen der Harnblase. Monatsb. f. 
 Urol., Berl., 1905, x, 404-412.— Condamy. Fragment de 
 tumeur vesicale expmse spontanement. Bull. Soc. de med. 
 et chir. de La Rochelle, 1899, xxxi, 32-34.— Dalla Valle (A.) 
 Contributo alio studio dei tumori primitivi della vescica 
 orinaria. Boll. d. Soc, med. di Parma, 1913, 2. s., vi, 219-221. 
 
 . Contributo alia conoscenza dei tumori primitivi 
 
 della vescica orinaria. Clin, chir., Milano, 1914, xxii, 1779- 
 1816. — Davis (L.) Primary tumors of the urinary bladder; 
 a study of forty-one cases. Ann. Surg., P hiin 19O6, xliii, 
 656-598. Also, Reprint. Also: Pub. Mass. Gen. Hosp., 
 Bost., 1907, No. 3, i, 203-260.— Diaz Lombardo (G.) Ausen- 
 cia de hematuria tipica en los tumores de la vejiga. Bol. d. 
 Inst, patol., Mexico, 1907-8, 2. ep., v, 537-539.— Eisenstaedt 
 (J. S.) Tumors of the urinary bladder. J. Iowa State M. 
 Soc, Des Moines, 1915, v, 325-328.— Fischer (M.) Die Ge- 
 schwulste der Harnblase. Ztschr. f. arztl. Fortbild., Jena, 
 1906, iii, 362-370.— Fowler (A. L.) Tumors of the bladder. 
 Tr. M. Ass. Georgia, Atlanta, 1908, hx, 347-355. Also: J. 
 South. M. Ass., Shreveport, 1909, 1, 113-120.— Frank (R. 
 W.) Sur les tumeurs vesicales. Ass. franc, d'urol. Proc- 
 verb. 1905, Par., 1906, 246-248.— Freyer (P. J.) Ou tumours 
 of the bladder. Lancet, Lond., 1903, 1, 215-221.— Gfltzl (A.) 
 Leiomyoma vesicae. Ztschr. f. Urol., Berl. & Leipz., 1912, 
 vi, 364. — Greene (R. H.) The nature of new growths of the 
 bladder. Tr. Am. Ass. Genito-Urin. Surg., N7 Y., 1909, iv, 
 110-119.— Grftnberger (G.) Ein Fall von Fibroleiomyom 
 der Harnblase. Nord. med. Ark., Stockholm, 1914, 3. f. 
 xiv, Afd. i. No. 27, 1-7, 1 pi. — Grossmann (R.) Tumors 01 
 the bladder. Med. Age, Detroit, 1903, xxi, 249-254.— Gunn 
 (L.-G.) A note on bladder tumours. Tr. Roy. Acad. M. 
 Ireland, Dubl., 1906, xxiv, 274-276.— Guyon. Les tumeurs 
 de la vessie. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap^ Par., 1903, 
 xvii, 804-806. . Sur uu cas de tumeur de la vesae. J. 
 
BLADDER. 
 
 618 
 
 BLADDER. 
 
 Bladder {Tumors of). 
 
 de mH. et ohir. prat,, Par., 1906, Ixxvll, 33^-334. . 
 
 Deux cas de tumeur de la vessie. Bev. gfin. de clln. et de 
 th&ap., Par., 1906, xx, 312.— Harpster (C. M.) Tumors of 
 the bladder. Am. J. Urol., N. Y., 1912, viU, 15.— Heltz- 
 Boyer & Doi£. Tumeurs musculaires hsses de la vessie. 
 Ann. d. mal. d. org.,g^nito-urln., Par., 1910, ii, 2062; 2115; 
 2226. — ^Hoyge(A.) A proposdes tumeurs de la vessie. Ass. 
 fran^. d'urol. Proc.-Verb. 1909, Par., 1910, xiil, 752-757.— 
 Hutchinson (W.) Primary tumours of the bladder. 
 Canad. M. Ass. J., Toronto, 1911, i, 872-880.— Judd (B. S.) 
 Tumors of the bladder.' J. Mnn. M. Ass. [etc.], Minneap., 
 
 1909, xxtx, 509-511. . Tumors of the urinary bladder; 
 
 a stijdy of 114 cases. J. Arkansas M. Soc., Little Rock, 
 
 1912-13, Ix, 61-68. Also, Reprint. . Non-papUlary 
 
 benign tumors of the bladder. Tr. West. Surg. Ass. 1913, 
 Mmneap., 1914, 343-352, 1 pi. Also: Journal-Lancet, Min- 
 neap., 1914, xxxiv, 188-191.— Judd (E. S.) & Harrliigton 
 (S. W.) Tumors of the urinary bladder. South M. J., 
 Birmingham, 1918, xi, 129-139.— Langridge (P. W.) Some 
 reflections suggested by a bladder case. Clin. J., Lond., 1913, 
 xlii, 75-80.— Iioumeau (E.) Polype vfeioal expulsfi par 
 I'uretre. Ann. de la Policbn. de Bordeaux, 1900, 7-13.— 
 Iiydston (G. F.) Practical notes on vesical tumors. Lan- 
 cet-Clinic, Cinoin., 1908, c, 624-627.— Lydstou (G. F.) & 
 Lattaner (M.J.) Brief on the tumors of the urinary bladder. 
 Am. J. Clin. Med., Chicago, 1917, xxiv, 802-805.— McCarthy 
 (J. F.) Vesical neoplasms. Tr. Am. Urol. Ass., Brooldioe, 
 1912, vi, 69-86. Also: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1912, xovi, 475- 
 478. Also, Eeprint.— McVicker (W. D.) Tumors of the 
 bladder. J. Kansas M. Soc, Topeka, 1916, xvl, 144-146.— 
 MarttnCC.) TumorsoftheWadder. Urol. & Cutan. Rev., 
 St. Louis, 1915, xix, 322-325.— Mlchaells (L.) & Guttmann 
 (C.) Ueber EmschlUsse in Blasentumoren. Ztschr. t. kiln. 
 Med., Berl., 1902, xlvii, 208-215, 1 pi.— Moore (H. A.) Tu- 
 mors of the bladder. Urol. & Cutan. Rev., St. l/ouis, 1915, 
 xix, 361-365.— Morton (H. H.) Tumors of the bladder. 
 Med. Times, N. Y., 1917, xlv, 338-340.— MuiseU (H, T.) 
 Five cases of bladder growth. Transvaal M. J., Johannes- 
 burg, 1912-13, vih, 246-249.— JJICOllch. Tumeur d^veloppfe 
 dans un toorme diverticule de la vessie. Ass. franc, d'urol. 
 Proc-verb. 1897, Par., 1898, ii, 395-398.— Pascual (S?) Sobre 
 un easo de tumor de la veiiga. Rev. clin. de Madrid, 1912, 
 vli, 183-185.— Pavone (M.) Un caso di rabdomioma della 
 vescica. Poliolin., Roma, 1898, v, sez. chir., 263-266.— 
 Fosner (C.) Ueber Blasengesohwiilste. Deutsche Klinik, 
 Berl., 1905, x, 455-478.— Bamsay (O. G.) A case of myoma 
 of the bladder. Phila. M. J., 1900, vi, 43; 86.— Reaves (J. U.) 
 Bladder tumors. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1917, xoil, 1115-1117.— 
 Biegner. Ueber Hamblasengeschwiilste. Beitr.. z. klin. 
 Chir., Tubing., 1905, xlv, 484-488.— Bobbins (F. W.) Pri- 
 mary bladder neoplasms. Detroit M. J., 1905-6, v, 308-310.— 
 Sanders (E. M.) Tumors of the urinary bladder. South. 
 M. J., Nashville, 1910, ill, 402-405.— Shattock (S. G.) 
 Rhabdomyoma of the urinary bladder. Proo. Roy. Soc. 
 Med., Lond., 1909-10, iii. Path. Sect., 31-^1.— de Smeth (J.) 
 Tumeurs v&icales. J. m^d. de Brux., 1913, xvin, suppl. 
 34.— Smith (E. O.) Tumors of the urinary bladder. 
 Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1914, cxil, 611-613.— Spooner (H. G.) 
 Tumors of the bladder. Post-Graduate, N. Y., 1903, xvui, 
 859-867, 1 pi.— Squler (J. B.) Vesical neoplasm. Am. J. 
 Surg., N. Y., 1917, xxxi, 225-229.— StumpI (E.) Ueber 
 Bau und Wachstum eines Rhabdomyoms der Hamblase. 
 Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1911, 1, 171-192^ 1 
 pi.— Siindl>erg(C.) [Fibromyoma of the bladder of the size 
 of an orange.] XJpsala Lakaref. Forh.. 1897-8, n. F., iii, 656- 
 559.— Swan (R. H. J.) Tumours of the urinary bladder. 
 Lancet, Lond., 1914, i. 1309-1314— Taple (J.) Tumeur de la 
 vessie. Arch. m6d. de Toulouse, 1913, xx (chir.), 213-216.— 
 TSdenat. Tumeurs de la vessie. Ass. frang. d'urol. Proc. 
 verb. 1005, Par., 1906, 216-220.— Terry (H.) Tumors of the 
 bladder. Tr. Rhode Island M. Boc. 1904, ProvidenceLl905, 
 vii 78-82.— Thumlm (L.) Zur Kenntnis der Ham- 
 angiome der Hamblase. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. 
 f Urol. fKong. in Berlin], Beri. & Leipz., 1909, 368-378. 
 AUo: Ztschr. I Urol., Berl. & Leipz., 1909, id, Beiheft, 368- 
 378. 1 pi.— TUe (V. A.) [On tumors of the urinary bladder.] 
 Laitop. Eussk. Khir., ff.-Peterb., 1898, in, 694-708, 1 pi.— 
 TrepUn. Ueber Blasentumoren. Berl. khn. Wchnschr., 
 1906, xliii, 374.— VecchI (A.) Lintendotelloma della vescica. 
 Policlin., Roma, 1914, xxl, sez. ohlr., 68-82.— Verhoogen (J.) 
 Un volumineux myxome de la vessie. Ann. Soc. beige de 
 chir., Brux., 1898-9, vi, 362.— WalewsW(S^) 
 
 bladder.) Now. lek., Poznafi, 1914, xxyi, 241-244.— Wallace 
 (D.) Vesical tumors. Internal. Cltn., Phila. & Lond., 1906, 
 16. s., iv, 194-202, 1 pi.— Walther (H. W. E.)' Tumors of the 
 bladder; with report of 26 cases. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1917, 
 Ixvl, 682-701.— Zahradnlcky (F.) [Tumors of the unnary 
 bladder.] Casop. 16k. 6csk., v Praze, 1907, xlvi, 1292; 1333; 
 1363; 1399; 1435; 1468, 1 pi.— Zuckerfcandl (O.) Blasenge- 
 schwiilste. Ztschr. f. Urol., Beri. & Leipz., 1909, m, Beihelt, 
 391-401. Also: Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1910, Ix, 441; 513 
 
 Bladder (Tumors of, Adenomatous). 
 
 Bridottx (H.) *Contribution k I'^tude gfo6- 
 rale de I'ad&ome vesical. 8°. Lyon, 1898. 
 
 Bayer (R.) Ein schleimbildendes Cystadenom der 
 Blase. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat., [etc.], Berl., 1909, 
 cxovil, 350-370.- Bridoux (H.) A case of adenoma of the 
 bladder, with remarks on the pathology of the affection. 
 
 Bladder (T-wmors of, Adenomatous). '' 
 
 Am. J. Urol., N. Y., 1913, ix, 5U-522.^assanello (R.) 
 Contribution i I'^tude anatomo-pathologique et olinique de 
 I'adtoome v&ical. Ann. d. mal. d. org gtoto-urm.. Far., 
 1908, 1, 641-667.— Hagner (F. R.) Report of a case of fibro- 
 adenoma in the bladder wall, occuiraigm fundus ol bladder 
 Tr. Am. Ass. Genito-Urin. Surg., N. Y.^907, ii, 92. £teo/ 
 Am. J. Urol., N. Y., 1907, m, 414, 1 pi.— Motz (B.) Quatre 
 cas d'adtoomede la vessie. Ass. fran?. d'urol. Proc-verb,, 
 Par., 1899, iv, 388-397.— Bochet & Martel. L'adtoome yfei- 
 cal. Gaz. hebd. de m^d., Par., 1898, n. s., m, 337-343.— 
 Stone (I. S.) Retroperitoneal cystic adenomata; report of 
 two cases. 'Tr. South. Surg. & Gyneo. Ass. 1907, Phila., 
 1908, XX, 426-430. 
 
 Bladder (Tum^s of, Causes and pathol- 
 ogy of). 
 
 Fbnwick (E. H.) Tumours of the bladder; 
 their pathology, diagnosis, and treatment ;_being 
 the Jacksonian prize essay of 1887 (re-written), 
 with two hundred additional cases. 8°. London, 
 1897. 
 
 MoNTPOHT (E.) *Contribution k I'^tude du 
 r61e de la prostate dans la production des tu- 
 meurs ^pith61iales infiltrees de la vessie. 8°. 
 Paris, 1903. __, 
 
 Also, in: Ann. d. mal. d. org. genlto-urin., Par., 1903, sal, 
 801-830. 
 
 ScHEDLBB (R.) *Zur Casuistik der Blasentu- 
 moren bei Farbarbeitem. 8°. Basel, 1905. 
 
 Buerger (L,) Tumors of the bladder; their patholoCT' and 
 particular reference to the diagnosis of papilloma and car- 
 cinoma. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1916, civ 841-843.— Cassa- 
 nello (E.) Contribution anatomo-pathologique et climque 
 k r^tude des tumeurs k fibres musculaires hsses de la vessie. 
 Ann. d. mal. d. org. gfeito-urin,, Par,, 1903, xxi, 1441-1478. — 
 Davis (L.) Some elinico-patnological data on bladder 
 tumors. Boston M. & S. J., 1911, elxiv, 222-224. [Discus- 
 sion], 233-236.— Dolboy (R. V.) The pathology of tumors 
 of the bladder. Northwest Med., Seattle, 1910, n. s., ii, 
 86-88, — Guyon. Quelques remarques cUniques et anatomo- 
 pathologiques sur les neoplasmes inflltrds de la vessie. Ann. 
 d. mal. a. org. g^nlto-urin., Par., 1897, xv, 225-243.— Horder 
 (T. J.) Table I, showing all the cases ol neoplasm of the 
 bladder admitted to the hospital during the six years 1889- 
 94, inclusive. St. Barth. Hosp. Eep. 1896, Lond., 1897, 
 xxxii, 211.— Koyano (K.) Ein Fall von Paraganglioma (7) 
 aus der Harnblasenwand. Verhandl. d. japan, path. Ge- 
 sellsch., Tokio, 1913, iii, 128-130— Lewln (A.) Blasenge- 
 sohwiUste bei Arbeitem in Anilinfabriken. Ztschr. f . Urol., 
 Berl. & Leipz., 1913, vii, 282-286.— Lotsy. Ureterstein als 
 atiologisches Moment fiir Blasentumoren. Ibid., 1912, vi, 
 185-187.— Mandlebaiun (F. S.) The pathology of new 
 growths of the bladdet. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 
 1907, V, 315-323. Also, Reprmt.— M6riel (E.) & Canal. 
 Formes eliniques et histologiques rares de deux tumeurs 
 v&icales. Toulouse mi5d., 1912, 2. s., xiv, 127-132.— Motz 
 'B.) Examen hlstologique de 87 n&plasmes v&icaux. 
 Ann. d. mal. d. org. gtoto-urin.. Par., 1898, xvi, 1228. Also: 
 Ass. fran?. d'urol. Proc-verb. 1898, Par., 1899, iii, 347-349. 
 
 . Origine de certaines tumeurs v^icales. Ass. franc. 
 
 d'urol. Proc-verb. 1901, Par^ 1902, v, 331-334.— Paschkfa 
 (E.) [Aus verspreneten Prostatadriisen entstandener 
 Tumor der Blasenmundung.) Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 
 1910, xxiil, 1695.— Pasteau (O.) Pathog&iie des retentions 
 rtoales au cours des tumeurs v&icales. Ass. ftstag. d'urol. 
 
 Proc-verb., Par., 1899, iv, 565-569. —. Propagations 
 
 ganglionnaires dans les neoplasmes v€sicaux. Cong, internat. 
 do med. C. r.. Par., 1900, sect. decUr. urin., 181.— Patton 
 (J. A.) Pathology of vesical tumors. Illinois M. J., Spring- 
 field, 1901, xi, 407-412.— de Quervaln. Funf sogenanute 
 Anlhntumoren der Blase, sSmtUch Papillome. Deutsche 
 med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1917, xliii, 1343.— Behn. 
 Erfahningeu tlber Blasengeschwillste bei Farbarbeitem. 
 Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Chir., Berl., 1904, xxxiii, 
 
 231-240. . Ueber Hamblasengeschwiilste bei Anilin- 
 
 arbeitem. /Jt(i.,1905,xxxiv,220-223.— Eytlna(A.G.) The 
 pathology of bladder tumors. Urol. & Cutan. Rev., St. 
 Louis, 1918, xxil, 198.— Seyberth (L.) Beitrag zur Kennt- 
 nis der Blasengescbwulste bei Amllnarbeitern. Miinchen. 
 mod. Wchnschr., 1907, liv, 1573-1576.— Stadler (P. H.) Ein 
 Fall von multiplen epidennisbeldeideten Geschwvilsten der 
 Hamblasenschleimhaut. Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. 
 Path., Jena, 1912, liii, 362-368.— Suter (F.) Beitrag zur 
 Patholoeie und Therapie der Zottenpolypen der Hamblase. 
 Centralbl. f. d. Krankh. d. Ham- u. Sex.-Org., Leipz., 1902, 
 xlii, 185-226.— Welnrlch (M.) Zur Pathologie und Therapie 
 der gutartigen Hamblasengeschwiilste. Arch, f . klin. Chir., 
 Berf , 1906, Ixxx, 887-901. 
 
 Bladder (Tumors of, Complications and 
 seguelse of). 
 
 BorviN (L.) *Contribution k I'^tude des 
 retentions r^nales dans les tumeurs vesicales. 
 8°. Pans, 1899. 
 
 2 
 
 I 
 
BLADDER. 
 
 619 
 
 BLADDER. 
 
 Bladder (Tumors of, Complications and 
 sequelse of). 
 
 Hervier (F.-F.-A.) *De I'lnfluence des tu- 
 meurs de la vessie sur le rein et en particulier de 
 I'anurie au cours des n^oplasmes v^sicaux. 8°. 
 Bordeaux, 1910. 
 
 Lemaistrb (P.) *Tumeur8 p6ri-ur6tfeles de 
 la vessie. 8°. Paris, 1903. 
 
 Adenot. Tumeur de la vessie; propagation au canal de 
 I'urfethre, g^^ralisation secondaire, infection urinaire; 
 cystostomie. M6m. et compt. rend. Soc. d. sc. zaid. de 
 
 Lyon (1895), 1896, xxxv, 195-209, 2 pi. . Pnemnatose 
 
 T&icale dans uu cas da tumeur de la vessie; separation 
 spontanfe des gaz du sang. Arch. prov. de cMr., Par., 1905, 
 
 XIV, 404. — Beer (E.) Papilloma of bladder; ureteral calcu- 
 lus; nephrolitliiasis; nephro-ureterectomy. N. York M. J. 
 [etc.], 1914, xcix, 1055-1057.— Crick (L.) Oedematoses 
 Fibrom der Blase. Centralbl. f. d. Krankb. d. Ham- u. 
 Sex.-Org., Leipz., 1899, x, 395-397.— Cumstou (C. G.) A 
 case of papilloma of the bladder, compUcated with pyone- 
 phrosis, with remarks on the surgical treatment of papilloma. 
 Am. J. M. So., Philay 1904, n. s., cxxvili, 1011-1018. Also, 
 Reprint. — Dunot. Tumeur de la vessie k, implantation 
 ur^thrale. Presse m6i. beige, Brux., 1905, Ivii, 1223-1227.— 
 Eliot (H.) Anurie par nfioplasme vfeical. Bull, et m&n. 
 Soc. anat. de Par., 1910, Ixxxv, 250.— Ferron (J.) & Xadal 
 (P.) N^oplasme de la vessie, gto&aUsation hiSpatique 
 presque exclusive. Ann. d. mal. d. org. g^nlto-urin.. Par., 
 1910, i, 801-810, 1 pi — Fraujais (R.) N^oplasme vfeical 
 avec ouverture dans le rectum. Bull, et m^m. Soc. anat. de 
 Par., 1904, Ixxix, 8S-85. — Grandjean. Les propagations 
 gangllonnaires k distance dans les tumeurs de la vessie. Ann. 
 d. mal. d. org. g§nito-urin., Par., 1905, il, 1841-1860, 1 pi.— 
 Gyon. Les tumeurs de la vessie et la tuberculose g^mtale. 
 Rev. gto. de clin. et de th&ap., Par., 1904, xviii, 822.— 
 Kanamoil. Zwel Falle von Blaseutumoren, welche 
 Hydronephrose der einen und compensatorische Hyportro- 
 phie der anderen Niere verursacht hatten. Arch. f. path. 
 Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1897, cxlvii, 119-129.— Loumeau (E.) 
 Calcul et tumeur de la vessie; calcul du rem. Ann. de la 
 PoUclin.de Bordeaux, 1900, 73-80.— Martin (C.) Intra- 
 sphincterio vesical tumors. St. Paul M. J., St. Paul, Minn., 
 1916, xvhi, 183^185. Also: Urol. & Cutan. Rev., St. Louis, 
 1916, XX, 425, 1 pi.— Mlraved (F.) Un caso de hidronetrosis, 
 proauciao por un papiloma de vejiga, y su curacidn por la 
 electro-coagulacidn de 6ste. Rev. Ibero-Am. de cien. m6d., 
 Madrid, 1915, xxxiil, 436-438.— Nogufis (P.) Neoplasme 
 v&ical infiltre; d^but marquS par des frequences et par des 
 douleurs; h&naturies peu abondantes ne survenant que 
 tardivement. Ann. d. mal. d. org. g(Snito-urin., Par., 1897, 
 
 XV, 398-401.— Oraison (J.) De I'anurie au oours de revolu- 
 tion des necplasmes vfeicaux. Rev. prat. d. mal. d. org. 
 
 fen.-urin.. Par., 1910-11, vii, 401-410. Also: J. de med. de 
 iordeaux, 1911, xli; 37-40.— Pick (L.) Von der gut- und 
 bosartig metastasirenden Blasenmole. Verhandl. d. Berl. 
 med. Gesellsch. 1897, Berl., 1898, xxvlil, pt. 2,.260-287. [Dis- 
 cussion], pt. 1, 221-228. — Fillet. Degenerescence rapide 
 d'un gros polype vesical en neoplasme infiltre. Normandie 
 med., . Kouen, 1913, xxix, 453.— Rab6. Fibrome vesical, 
 libre dans la cavite, et incruste de sels calcaires. Bull. Soc. 
 anat. de Par., 1898, Ixxiii, 103-106.— Roseuow (E. C.) On 
 the association of stone and tumor of the urinary bladder, 
 with report ol a case. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila^ 1902, n. s., 
 exxiii, 634-642. Also, Reprint.— Rumpel (0.) iJreter- 
 verschluss durch gutartige Blasengeschwiilste. Berl. kiln. 
 Wchnschr., 1910, xlvii, 1121.— SuHran (F.) Tumeur de la 
 vessie; hydronephrose consecutive. Toulouse med., 1905, 
 2. s., vii, 172-175.— Thompson (H. T.) Report of a case in 
 which there occurred an anomalous structure at and about 
 the base of the bladder. J. Anat. & Physiol., Lond., 1900- 
 1901, XXXV, 492-494.— TroeU (A.) Ueber Incontinentia urinse 
 paradoxa bei gewissen Harnblasentumoren, speciell mit 
 Riicksicht aut die Indikationsstellung tiir Prostatektomie. 
 Arch. f. kUn. Chir., Berl., 1915, cvi, 368-380.— Yahoub. 
 Neoplasme de la vessie implante sur une ancienne cicatrice 
 de calcul enchatonne. Gaz. med. d'Orient, Constant., 
 1907-8, Ui, 214-216.— Zuckerkaiidl (O.) Vesikale Ham- 
 stauung bei zottigen Blasengescbwiilsten. Miinchen. med. 
 Wchnschr., 1912, llx, 2570-2572. 
 
 Bladder (Tumors of, Cystic). 
 
 See, aZso, "bladder (Inflammation of, Cystic). 
 
 HiLSMANN (S.) *Ueber Hamblasenge- 
 schwiilste mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung 
 eines Falles von cystischem Polyp bei einem 
 Neugeborenen. 8°. Berlin, 1913. 
 
 Okamoto (M.) . *Blasency8ten infolge von 
 Dilatation und bauchiger Vorwolbung des Ure- 
 ters in die Harnblase. . 8°. Breslau, 1908. 
 
 Alejais & Gibert. Vessie k mesooyste chez un adulte. 
 Marseille med., 1906, xliii, 97; 215.— Bogayevskl (A. T.) 
 [Dermoids of the bladder.] Prakt. Vrach S.-Peterb., 1902, 
 1, 95.— Brongeisma (H.) TJeber zwei Falle von Cysten in 
 
 Bladder (Tumors of, Cystic). 
 
 der Harnblase. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Urol. 
 [Kong, in Wien, 1907], Berl. & Leipz., 1908, 388-401. Also: 
 Ztschr. f. Urol., Berl. & Leipz., 1908, ii, 489-502.— Carrel (A.) 
 Contenu d'un kyste dermoide extrait de la vessie par la vole ■ 
 urethrale. Gaz. d. hdp. de Toulouse, 1901, xv, 140. — Cas- 
 sanello (R.) Sopra un caso di voluminoso linfangioma 
 cistico congenito della vescica urinaria e considerazioni 
 sull' istogenesi del linfangioma in generale. Clin, chir., 
 Milano, 1909, xvii, 135-162, 1 pi.— Caulk (J. B.) Uretero- 
 vesical cysts, an operative procedure for their relief. J. Am. 
 M. Ass^ Chicago, 1913, Ixi, 1685-1688. [Discussion], 1996- 
 1998. — Crowe ( W. A.) Dermoid cyst of bladder; report of 
 case. Tr. M. Ass. Georgia, Atlanta, 1897, 443. A&o: In- 
 temat. J. Surg^ N. Y., 1897, x, 270.— Bkehom. Ueber 
 Zysten in der Harnblase. Folia urolog., Leipz., 1914-15, ix, 
 163-178. Also: Upsala Lakaref. Forh., 1914-15, n. f., xx, 
 22-38.— Glanl (R.) Contributo sperimentale alia genesi 
 della dstite cistica. Arch, per le sc. med., Torino, 1906, xxx, 
 60-65, 2 pi.— Harpster (C. M.) Cyst of the bladder. De- 
 troit M. J., 1904-5, iv, 269-271.— Heam (W. J.) Cases of 
 abdominal cystic tumor in the male. Ann. Surg^ Phila., 
 1897, XXV, 703-710. [Discussion], 759.— Helneke (H.) Bin 
 multilokulares Kystom der mannlichen Harnblase. Ztschr. 
 f. urol. Clnr., Berl., 1914, iii, 83-98, 1 pi.— HeUer (J.) Pseudo- 
 tricbiasis der Harnblase oeim Manne infolge durchgebro- 
 chener Dennoidcyste. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1912, xlix, 
 
 1289. . Pseurtotrichiasis der Blase und Pilimiktion. 
 
 [Dermoidcyste.) Ztschr. f. Urol., Berl. & Leipz., 1913, vii, 
 1-21.— Hesse (G.) Die Vornahme der Cystenoperation 
 beim Patienten. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. 
 u. Aerzte 1907, Leipz^ 1908, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 441-444.— Hot- 
 tlnger (R.) Ueber Zysten der Harnblase. Folia urolog., 
 Leipz., 1912-13, vii, 453-458. — lanet. Cystofantome. Ass. 
 frang. d'urol. Proc.-verb. 1897, Par., 1898, ii, 441-443.— 
 Lockyer (C.) A case of cystic flbromyomata in a single 
 woman aged twenty-tWo years. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1901, ii, 
 956-960.— Meyer (H.) Large cysts on the bladder. Calif. 
 State J. M., San Fran., 1916, xiv, 237.— Miller (H. H.) 
 Dermoid cyst. Louisville M. Month,, 1898-9, v, 248.— New- 
 man. Rare variety of cyst of the urinary bladder, probably 
 arising from the urachus, cured by operation. Tr. JWed.- 
 Chir. Soc. Glasg., 1895-7, i, 93-95.— Bapsarda. Una speciale 
 forma di dsti inflammatorie della mucosa vesdcale a lungo 
 peduncolo. (Nota preventiva.) Soc. ital. di urol., Roma, 
 1908, 264-266.— Boss (J. F. W.) Dermoid tumor perforating 
 into the bladder; electrical cystoscopy; vaginal cystotomy; 
 abdominal section. Canad. Pract., Toronto, 1898, xxui, 
 411.— Eothscliild (A.) Ueber zwei Falle ungewohnllcher 
 zystischer Geschwiilste der Harnblase, ihre Operation 
 und HeUung. Berl. klin. Wcimschr., 1918, Iv, 856. Also:. 
 Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1918, Ixv, 660. — Suarez (L.) 
 Degenerescence polykystique de la muqueuse vesicale. Ann. 
 
 ' d. mal. d. org. genito-urin.. Par., 1900, xviii, 162-167. . 
 
 Cysten der Blasenschleimhaut. Monatsb. f. Urol., Berl., 
 1906, xi, 579-589. 
 
 Bladder (Tumors of. Diagnosis and 
 
 semeiology of) . 
 
 Lafon (M.) *De la g&6ralisation et de I'ab- 
 sence des symptQmes urinaires dans les tumeuis 
 de la vessie. 8°- Paris, 1898. 
 
 Alessandil (R.) Contributo all' istologia, diagnosl e 
 cura del tumori della vescica urinaria. Poliolin., Roma, 
 1905, xli, sez. chir., 99-127.— Bensa. Tumeur de la vessie h, 
 symptomatologie renale. Rev. prat. d. mal. d. org. gen.- 
 urm.. Par., 1907-8, iv, 425-431.— Binney (H.V The diagno- 
 sis of tumors of the bladder. YaleM. J., N. Haven, 1907-8, 
 xiv, 113-122.— Buerger (L.) The pathological diagnosis of 
 tumours of the bladder with reference to papilloma and 
 carcinoma; a study of one hundred thirteen neoplasms. Tr. 
 Am. Urol. Ass., Brookllne, 1915, ix, 14-55, 24 pi. Also: 
 Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1915, xlx, 179-198, Also, 
 Reprmt. — Cabot (H.) Diagnosis of tumors of the bladder. 
 N. York M. J. [etc.], 1907, Ixxxv, 1019-1022. Also, Re- 
 . print. — Camelot. Diagnostic des papillomes de la vessie. 
 J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1911, ii, 505-312— Chute (A. L.) The 
 early recognition of tumors of the bladder. Boston M. & 
 S. J., 1913, obcvlii, 302-305.— CunLSton (C. G.) The diagno- 
 sis of papilloma of the bladder. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1905, 
 Ixxxi, 548.— Cunning (J.) Case of villous papilloma of the 
 bladder with symptoms referred to the hip-joint. Med. 
 Press & Circ.^ Lond., 1906, n. s., Ixxxii, 13.— De Btnaldls 
 (U.) Odierm progressi della cura del tumori vescicali; 
 importanza dell' endoscopia per la loro diagnosi. Arch, 
 intemaz. dimed. e chir., Napoh, 1901, xvii, 559-573.— Desnos 
 Image radiographique .d'une tumeur vesicaJe simulant un 
 calcul. Ann. d. mal. d. org. genito-urin.. Far., 1910, ii, 1386- 
 1389. A Iso: Bull, et mem. Soc. radiol. med. de Par., 1910, ii, 
 45-47.— Ferguson (F.) The diagnosis of tumors of the 
 bladder by microscopical examinations. Proc. N. York 
 Path. Soc. (1892), 1893, 71-73.— Gulzy (B.) Trois cas de 
 tumeurs de la vessie sans bematurie. Ann. d. mal. d. org. 
 genito-urin.. Par., 1907, i, 103.— Heitzmann (L.) Diag- 
 nosis of malignant tumors of the bladder. Am. J. Surg., 
 N. Y., 1908, xxii, 37^1.— Herzberg. Ueber ein neues, 
 
BLADDER. 
 
 620 
 
 BLADDER. 
 
 Bladder (Tumors of, Diagnosis and 
 semeiology of) . 
 
 direktes optisohes Messverfahren zur Messung von Tremd- 
 Mrpem und Neubildungeu in der Blase. Mflnohen. med. 
 Woiinschr., 1915, Ixii, 113.— Kanltz (M.) Sytaptomato- 
 logia e diagnostico diflerencial dos tumores vesioaes. Rev 
 med.-oirurg. do Brazil, Rio de Jan., 1905, xUi, 181; 230 — 
 Kcydel. Die Diagnose und Behandluug der Blasenge- 
 sohwiilste, nut tesonderer Berflcksichtigung der differential- 
 diagnostisch in Betraclit kommenden Haematurien. Jah- 
 resb. d. Gesellsch. f. Nat.- u. Heilk. In Dresd. 1905-6, 
 Munclien, 1907, 97.— Kolischer (G.) The early and qualify- 
 ing diagnosis ol tumors of the urinary bladder. Wisconsin 
 M. J., Milwaukee, 1907-8, vi, 7-13.— Legueu (F.) Les 
 tumeurs v&icales latentes. Rev. g&i. de clin. et de tMrap 
 Par., 1909, xxiii, 97-99. . De la radiographie des tu- 
 meurs de la vessie. Bull, et m&u. Soe. de chir. de Par., 1912, 
 n. s., xxxviii. 359.— Llsovskaya ( ATmc. S. N.) [Pseudo- 
 dermoids ol the bladder -wallj Prakt. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 
 1908, vu, 527; 546.— Lockwood (C. B.) On the early diag- 
 nosis of tumours of the bladder. Lancet, Lend., 1904, i, 
 1633-1636.— McCaUum (F. M.) & Smith (C. ±.) ofhe 
 diagnosis and treatment of tumors of the urinary bladder. 
 Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1917, xxv, 105-109.— Ma^ 
 rlon (G.) Diagnostioettraitementdestumeursdela vessie. 
 Rev. prat. d. mal. d. org. gdn.-urin.. Par., 1909-10, vi, 81-97. 
 
 —. . Les formes cliniques raresou anormales des tumeurs 
 
 de la vessie. Rev. g&. de clin. et de thiSrap., Par., 1910, 
 
 xxiv, 357. . Diagnostic cystosoopique des. tumeurS 
 
 v&icales. Ann. d. mal. d. org. g^nito-urin., Par., 1911, i, 
 suppl., 137-145, 3 pi.— MInguez Val (E.) Valor semeio- 
 Idgico de la hematuria'en las neoplasias vesicales, &, propdsito 
 de un caso notable de papiloma. Rev. de med. y cirug. 
 pr^., Madrid, 1902, Ivl, 201-210.— Newman (D.) Tu- 
 mour's of the bladder; three cases illustrating points of in- 
 terest in diagnosis and treatment, Glasgow M. J., 1914, 
 Ixxxi, 1-12. — Pereainau (E.) Dosoassosatipiosdeneoplas- 
 sies vesicals. An. de med. ButU. mens. del'Acad. . . . de 
 Catalunya, Barcel., 1911, v, 314-317.— RabSre (J.) Deux 
 cas de n^oplasmes v^sicaux k symptomatologie anormale. 
 Gaz. hebd. d. sc. vaiA. de Bordeaux, 1902, xxiii, 318-320.— 
 SlgurtJt (G. B.) La diagnosi diflerenziale fta tumore 
 vesoicale e cistite. Corriere san., Milano, 1907, xvili, 145; 
 157.— Spltier (W. M.) Diagnosis and treatment of papil- 
 lary or villous tumors of the bladder. Colorado Med., 
 Denver, 1915, xii, 187-189.— Whiteside (G. S.)' Conditions 
 simulating bladder tumors. Northwest Med., Seattle, 1909, 
 n. s., i, 124. 
 
 Bladder {Tumx>rsof, Malignant). 
 
 See, also. Bladder {Cancer of); Bladder {Tu- 
 mors of, Sarcomatous). 
 
 Ayres (W.) Report of four oases of malignant disease of 
 the urinary tract treated by radium. Urol. & Cutan. Rev., 
 St. Louis, 1919, xxiii, 8.— Begouln. Tumeur v&icale 
 maligne, en partie p^diouMe et faisant saillie par PurStre. 
 Bull, etmdm. Soc. de m^d. et chir. de Bordeaux (1914), 1915, 
 99. — Bfirard. R&ection ^tendue de la vessie pour tumeur 
 maligne du d6me v(Ssical. ifccho m^d., Toulouse, 1899, 2. s., 
 xiii, 7-11. — Berg (A. A.) Beitrag zur radikalen Operation 
 bosartiger Neubildungen der Blase. Zentralbl. i. Chir., 
 Leipz., 1904, xxxi, 644-647.— Blecher & Martlus. Ueber 
 einen Fall von maUgnem Tumor der Blase von syncytialem 
 Bau. Ztschr. 1. Urol., Berl. & Leipz., 1913, vii, 269-276.— 
 Boeolyubotf (V.) [Partial and complete excision of the 
 bladder for malignant tumors.) Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1906, 
 Ixv, 614-524.— Diewltzkl (W. S.) Ueber einen Fall von 
 Chorioepithelioma der Hamblase. Virchow's Arch. f. path. 
 Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1904, dxxviil, 451-464, 1 pi. .4feo.- Med. 
 Woche, Berl., 1905, vi, 249; 257.— Fizller (E.) Recovery 
 with restoration of the vesical function following total extir- 
 pation of the prostate and resection of the bladder for malig- 
 nant disease. J. Cujan. & Genito-Urin. Dis., N. Y., 1898, 
 xvi, 581-586.— Gulnard. Tumeur maligne de la vessie 
 dfiveloppfeau niveau de la zone urdt^raledroite. Loiremfid., 
 St.-Etienne, 1907, xxvi, 407-410.— Hagner (F. R.) Re- 
 port of a ease of extirpation of the bladder for malignant dis- 
 ease. Med. Recj NT Y., 1912, Ixxxii, 705.— Iredell (C. E.) 
 & Thompson (R.) Three cases of malignant growth at the 
 base of the bladder treated by diathermy. Lancet, Lend., 
 1914, i, 1745. — Kolischer (G.) Radiotherapy and diathermy 
 in malignant tumors of the bladder. Tr. Urol. Soc., Chi- 
 cago. 1915-16, 26-30. Also: Urol. & Cutan. Rev., St. 
 Louis, 1916, XX, 66. . Rational treatment of ma- 
 lignant bladder tumors. Tr. Am. Urol. Ass., Brook- 
 line, 1916, X, 15-24.— Kroph (V.) Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis 
 des primaren Sarkoms und Karzinoms der Hamblase. 
 Ztschr. f. HeiUc., Wien & Leipz., 1904/ xxv, 247-268, 3 pi.— 
 Lower (W. E.) The treatment of recurrent malignant 
 tumors of the urinary bladder with the high frequency or 
 Oudin current; with a report of a case. Cleveland M. J., 
 1913. xii, 607. jlter). Reprint.— LydstonCG. F.) Malignant 
 papilloma of bladder complicating enlarged prostate ,and 
 stone. Illinois M. J., Chicago, 1918, xxxiii, 160.— Maltes 
 (A.) Sobre lin caso de tumor maligno da bexiga. Brazil- 
 med., Rio de Jan., 1918, xxxii, 205.— Biese. Blasenkarzi- 
 nome und -sarkome. Deutsche med. Wohnschr., Berl. & 
 
 Bladder {Tumors of. Malignant). 
 
 Leipz., 1911, xxxvii, 1798.— Schmidt (L. E.) Diathermy 
 in malignant tumors of the bladder. Surgy Gyneo. & Obst., 
 Chicago, 1916, xxiii, 223-225.- Smlslofl (K. O.) [Chorionic 
 tumor of the bladder.) Imp. Voyenno-Med. Akad. Rabotl 
 Proped. Khirurg. Klin Qppel, ^.-Peterb., 1912, iv, Sl-98. 
 
 Bladder {Tumors of, Papillomatous). 
 Mere (M.) *Ueber Papilfcm der Hamblase. 
 [Freiburg.] 8°. Augsburg, 1900. 
 
 MoLAS (A.) *De la r^cidive dans les papil- 
 lomas de la vessie. 8°. Paris, 1904. 
 
 Abel! (I.) Heematuria due to papilloma of bladder. 
 Kentucky M. J., Bowling Green, 1909-10, viii, 1813-1816.— 
 Alexander (S.) Papilloma of the bladder. Ann. Surg., 
 Phila., 1901, xxxiii, 641.— Anderson (R. B.) Three cases of 
 papilloma of the urinary, bladder; two patients. Long Is- 
 land M. J., Brooklyn, 1917^ xi, 356-359.— Audry (C.) Pa- 
 pillome T^ical; taille m&lio-Iat^rale; extirpation: mort au 
 treiziftme jour, de pleurdsie purulente; ex'amen des pieces. 
 Arch. m^. de Toulouse, 1898, iv, 89-92.— B'ansbach (J. J.) 
 Vesical papilloma with symptoms of renal calculus. Med. 
 Herald, St. Joseph, 1917, xxxvi, 113 — Betagh (G.) Su due 
 casi di papilloma della vesciea. Arch, ed atti d. Soo. Ital. dl 
 chir. 190(5, Roma, 1901, xv, 232-253.— Boddaert (E.) & 
 Fenneman (G.) Note sur uij cas depapillome de la vessie. 
 , Bull. Soc. de med. defiand, 1902, Ixix, 285-292.— Bremer- 
 man (L. W.) Vesical papUlomata. Tr. Am. Urol. Ass. 
 
 1911, Brookline, 1912, V, 257-283. . Vesical papUlomata. 
 
 Surg. Clin., Chicago, 1914, iii, 337-368, 6 pl.-jCasper (L.) 
 Die Recidlve der . Eamblasenpapilfome. Verhandl. d. 
 Berl. med. Gesellsch. (1908), 1909, xxxix, pt. 2, 19-36. [Dis- 
 cussion], pt. 1, 28; 35. Also: Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1908, 
 xlv, 303-308. [Discussion], 324; 326.— Cox (A. E.) Papil- 
 loma of the bladder and its management. J. Arkansas M. 
 Sdc, Little Rod:, 1915, xii, 168.— Crick (L.) Notes sur 
 deux papillomes et un fibrome oed^ateux de la vessie. 
 Ann. Soc. beige de chir., Brux., 1899-1900, vii, 39-43, 1 pi.— 
 Cnmston (C. G.) On papillomata of the bladder. Am. J. 
 Urol., N. Y., 1904-5, i, 189-202.— Dannie & AbSly. Papil- 
 lome de la vessie. Toulouse mid., 1912, 2. s., xiv, 64-67.— 
 Davis (L J A case of multiple papillomata of the bladder. 
 Boston m:. & S. J., 1907, clvi, 810.— Frank (E. R. W.) 
 Ueber die Beziehungen der papillomatosen Wuoherungen 
 des Blasenhalsesundderhinteren Hamrohrezum Mechanis- 
 mus der Hamentleerung und zur sexuellen Neurasthenie. 
 Ztschr. f. Urol., Berl. & Leipz., 1908, ii, 922-937.— Fttth. 
 Ueber Papilloma vesicae. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. f. Ge- 
 burtsh. zu Leipz. (1899), 1900, 11-25.— Fumlss. Papilloma 
 of the bladder. Tr. N. York Obst. Soc., N. Y., 1911-13, 
 82.— Gardlni (U.) Dei papillomi della vesciea. Bull. d. 
 
 . so. med. di Bologna, 1909, 8. s., ix, 27-41.— Grant (H. H.) 
 A case of vesical papilloma. Am. J. Urol., N. Y., 1914, x, 
 177-180.— Grosser (JO Mammln-Poehl bel Hamblasen- 
 blutung infolge von Papillomen. Ailg. med. Centr.-Ztg., 
 Berl., 1911, Ixxx, 43.— Gnlteras (R.) Report of a puzzling 
 case of vesical papilloma. Med.' Rev. of Rev., N. Y., 1909, 
 XV, 414-416.— Ha,rrlnBton (F. B.) Three cases, two of 
 papilloma of the bladder, and one in which the diagnosis of 
 papUloma was made, but which turned out to be something 
 else. Boston M. & S. J., 1902, cxlvi, 571. [Discussion], 
 576.— Horwitz (0.) An accidental cure of a case of papillo- 
 ma of the bladder. Virginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 
 1903-4, viii, 616. Abo: Tr. Phila. Acad. Surg., 1904, \L 136- 
 138.— HoweU(J.) Villous tumour of the bladder. Clin. J., 
 Lend., 1916, xlv, 210.— Hue (F.) Papillome volumlneux de 
 la vessie 4hmine spontan&nent par I'urStiire. Normandie 
 mid., Rouen, 1908, xxiv, 185.— Kellty (R. A.) Two cases of 
 papilloma of the bladder. Proo. Path. Soo. Phila. (1916), 
 1917, xxxvii, 48.— Lauwers. Tumeur villeuse de la vessie. 
 J. de chir. et ann. Soo. beige de chir., Brux., 1902, ii, 61-65.- 
 Leguen (F.) De la r&idive des papillomes de la vessie. 
 Bull. m(Sd., Par., 1905, xix, 743-745. Also: Rev. g«n. de 
 clin. et de thiSrap., Par., 1905, xix, 439. Also.transl. : Wien. 
 
 med. Presse, 1906, xlvil, 1985-1989. . Les papillomes 
 
 de la vessie. Rev. gto. de clin. et de thdrap., Par., 1910, 
 xxiv, 148-160.— Legueu (F.) & Verllac (H.) Origines et 
 transformations des papillomes v&icaux. Bull, d.l' Assoc 
 fran?. p. I'^tude du cancer, Par., 1910, iii, 130-145. Also: 
 Rev. prat. d. mal. d. org. gto.-urin.. Par., 1910-11, vii, 81-97. ■ 
 Also, transl.: Riv. urol., Catania, 1910, i, 265-282.— Lehr 
 (L. C.) A general consideration of the present status of 
 vesical papilloma. U. States Nav. M. Bull., Wash., 1916, x, 
 191-199.- I.«ndorf (AO [The structure of vesical papil- 
 lomata.) Hosp.-TId., K0benh., 1904, 4. R., xii, 744-752.— 
 XiOwenstcIn (S.) Trichodes crassicaudl speciflca als Erre- 
 ger von Papillomen der Blase und Niere. Verhandl. d. 
 Gesellsch. deutsoh. Naturf. u. Aerzte (Karlsruhe) 1911, 
 Leipz., 1912, Ixxxili, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 162-166.— Malherbe 
 (A.) Note sur trois papillomes de la vessie et sur un ade- 
 noma muqueux paravfcical. Ass. franc, d'urol. Proc.-vorb 
 1897. Par., 1898, Ii, 358-381.— Merusl (G.) Su di un caso di 
 papilloma multiplo della vesciea. Rendlc. d. Ass. med - 
 chir. di Parma, 1901, ii, 181-184.— Mesa y Gutierrez (J.) 
 Los papilomas de la vejiga. Rev. de anat. patol. v elm 
 MEXICO, 1897, ii, 626-638, 1 pi.— Meyer (H.) Papilloma oi 
 bladder and cystoscopy. Boston M. & S. J., 1909, clx, 296. 
 
BLADDER. 
 
 621 
 
 BLADDER. 
 
 bladder (Tumors of, Pamllomatous). 
 
 Morton (H. H.) Papilloma of the bladder. Urol. & 
 Cutan. Eev., St. Louis, 1916, xx, 626-628.— Miirsell (H. T.) 
 A case ol villous papilloma or the bladder. Med. J. S. 
 Africa, Johannesb., 1916-17, xii, 15.=i.— Newton (G. W.) A 
 case 01 villous papilloma of the bladder. Clin. Eev., Chicago, 
 1897-S, vii, 103.— NIcalse (E.) Petrification pMph^rique 
 d'une tumeur villeuse de la vessie. Rev. chir.. Par., 1895, 
 XV, 240-241. Also, Reprint.- Pagis. Papillomes de la 
 vessie. Lyon mM., 1907, cix, 853; 1126.— Rafln. Papil- 
 lome de la vessie. Ibii., 1908, ox, 1395.— Blesman (I).) 
 Papilloma of the bladder, causing death by hemorrhage. 
 Tr. Path. Soo. Phila., 1898, xvili, 304-308.— Eodman (J. S.) 
 Papilloma of bladder. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1909, 19. s., 
 iv, 142, 1 pi.— Scudder (C. L.) & Davis (L.) Papilloma of 
 the urmary bladder. Boston M. & S. J., 1908, clvlii, 523.— 
 Serf (G.) Papilloma e ulcera sempUce della vescica. Eiv. 
 ospedal., Roma, 1914, iv, 75-81.— Shropshire (C. W.) & 
 Watterston (C.) Treatment of papillcfina of the urinary 
 bladder. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1915, ci, 1165. Also, Re- 
 print. — Stem. Zottenpapillom der Blase. Deutsche med. 
 Wchnsohr., Berl. & Leipz., 1903, xxix, Ver.-Beil., 371.— 
 Syrlng (R.) Ueber Metapiasie von Blasenpapillomen in 
 Carcinom. Beitr. z Min. Chir., Tiibing., 1911, Ixxili, 66- 
 103.— Tanton. Transformations et ' d^gto^resoences des 
 papillomes de la vessie. Bull, et m€m. Soo. de chir. de Par., 
 1910^ n. s., Kxxvi, 57-63. — ^Turner (G. G.) Four specimens 
 of villous tumour which had been removed from the bladder. 
 Northumberland & Durham M. J., Newcastle-upon-Tyne, 
 
 1907, XV, 158-161. . Papilloma of bladder. Ibid., 1910, 
 
 xviii, 41.— Verhoogen (J.) Kecidive di ;papilloiiii benigni 
 della vescica sotto forma di cancro. Riv. urol., Catania, 
 1911, ij, 9-14.— Walker (J. W. T.) Papilloma of the bladder. 
 Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1906, n. s., Ixxxi, 123.— WUUams 
 (H.) Villous tumor and rupture of the bladder. Canad. 
 Pract. & Rev., Toronto, 1909, xxxiv, 544-548.— von Wini- 
 warter (H.) A propos de la rc^cidive des papillomes v6si- 
 oaux. Scalpel, Li^ge, 1908-9, Ixi, 11. 
 
 Bladder {Tumors of, Papillomatous, Treat- 
 ment of , Operative.) 
 
 D'Antoine de Taillas. *Contribution k 
 r^tude des papillomes de la vessie. Letrr traite- 
 ment par la m^thode de Nitze. 8°. Montpel- 
 lier 1902. 
 
 ScHLiEP ( L. ) *Die in der chirurgischen TCHnik 
 zu Miinchen operierten Blasenpapillome. 8°. 
 Miinchen, 1903. 
 
 ZiMMERMANN (R.) *Ein Fall von Blasen- 
 papillom mit Prolapsus durcli die Hamrohre. 
 8°. Tubingen 1902. 
 
 Allen (E. S.) Vesical papilloma; report of a case. Ken- 
 tucky M. J., Bowling Green, 1912, x, 817-819.— Azcarreta. 
 PapiJoma de la vejiga; importancia del cistoscopio en su 
 diagndstico; talla hipogdstrica; curaci6n. Gac. m4d. de 
 Granada, 1902, xx, 127-129.— Beer (E.) Papillomatosis of 
 the bladder. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1915, Ixi, 109: Ixii, 496.— 
 Boyd (M. L.) Papilloma of the bladder, with report of two 
 cases. J. Med. Ass. Georgia, Augusta, 1915, v, 133-137.— 
 Bremeiman (L. W.) Vesical papillomata. Surg. Cltn., 
 Chicago, 1914,iij, 337-354, 1 pi.— Bugbee (H. G.) Papilloma 
 of the bladder treated by excision; recurrence treated with 
 radium and the high frequency current. St. Luke's Hosp. 
 M. & S. Rep., BrooMyu, 1911, ill, 101-105.— Cascino (R.) 
 Un case di papilloma semplice della vescica felicemente 
 operato ed a note istologiche interessanti. Glor. Intemaz. 
 d. sc. med., Napoll, 1904, n. s., xxvi, 202-207.— Ciunston 
 (0. G.) Acaseofpapillomaofthebladder,complicatedwlth 
 pyonephrosis, with remarks on the surgical treatment of 
 papUloma. Am. J. M. So., Phila. & N. Y., 1904, n. s., 
 exxviii, 1011-1016. Also, Reprint. Also, transl.: Arch, 
 prov. de chir.. Par., 1904, xiii, 568-573.— Curtis (H.) Re- 
 marks on a case of haematuria, due to Bilharzia haematobia, 
 causing papillomata of the bladder; suprapubic cystotomy; 
 removal of papillomata; relief of symptoms. Tr. m:. Soc. 
 Lond., 190S-7, xxx, 231-237.— Edwards (F. S.) Case of 
 papilloma of the bladder removed by suprapubic cystotomy. 
 Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1905, n. s., Ixxix, 167.— Fordyce 
 (W.) Villous papilloma of bladder removed by vaginal 
 crototomy. Tr. Edlnb. Obst. Soc, 1909-10, xxxv, 87.— 
 Fuller (E. B.) Papillomatous tumour of the bladder: suc- 
 cessful operation and its sequel. South African M. Rec, 
 Cape Town, 1909, vii, 199.— Graele. Ueber einen weiteren 
 Fall von Blasenpapillom. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. f. Ge- 
 burtsh. zu Leipz. (1902), 1903, 82.— Greenberg (G.) Treat- 
 ment of bladder and urethral papillomata. N. York M. J. 
 (etc.], 1916, civ, 553-555. Also, Reprint —Janet (J.) Rela- 
 tion d'une operation cystosoopigue de papillome vfeical 
 pratiqu^e par le Dr. Nitze. Ass. franc, d'urol. Proc.-verb. 
 1901. Par., 1902, v, 435-437.— Kelly (H. A.) Removal of 
 vesical papilloma through an incision in the septum with the 
 patient in the knee-chest posture. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 
 1903, xMi, 28-31.— Lange (F.) Multiple papillomata of the 
 bladder; extirpation by transverse incision through the 
 symphysis pubis. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1901, xxxifi, 198- 
 
 Bladder {Tumors of, Papillomatous, Treat- 
 ment of. Operative). 
 
 201.— Legueu (F.) & Cathelln (F.) Une modification k la 
 techniciue de la taille hypogastrique pour papillomes. Ass. 
 fran?. d'urol. Proc.-verb. 1902, Par., 1903, vi, 538.— Llch- 
 tenstern. Bericht uber zwel openerte Falle papillarer 
 GesQhwulste der Blase. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f . 
 Urol. [Kong, in Wien, 1907], Berl. & Leipz., 1908, 409-416.— 
 Maitland (H. L.) Removal of villous papilloma of the 
 bladder. Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1902, xxi, 522.— 
 Malherbe (A.) Un caso di papilloma recidivato nella pa- 
 rete addominale senza recidiva nella vescica. Riv. urol., 
 Catania, 1910, i, 48-54, 3 pi. Also, transl.: Ass. franj. d'urol. 
 Proc-verb., Par., 1911, xiv, 711-715.— Mpralcs Ferez (A.) 
 Doble papUoma de la vejiga; operacifin y curacidn. Siglo 
 mM., Madrid, 1902, xlix, 822-824:— Murphy (J. B.) Papil- 
 loma of bladder; suprapubic cystotomy; resection of mu- 
 cosa with cauterization. Surg. Clin., Chicago, 1915, iv, 761- 
 766. — Naumann (G.) Fibroma papillare vesicae urinariae; 
 cpicystotomla; extirpatio. Hygiea, Stockholm, 1898, Ix, 
 
 pt. 2, 90-92. . Papilloma vesicae urinariae; epicystoto- 
 
 mia; exstirpatio; sepsis. Ibid., 92.— Ne^te (C.) tfn caso 
 de papiloma vesical diagnosticadopor dstoscopia; extirpa- 
 ciiSn del tumor por via suprapubiana. Rev. Ibero-Am. 
 de cien. m6d., Madrid, 1913, xxix, 13-17.— Newman (D.) 
 Case of papilloma of thp bladder removed by supra-pubic 
 cystotomy; hsematuria and pain In the bladder. Glasgow 
 M. J., 1903, Ix, 358. Also: Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc. Glasg. (1901-3), 
 1904, iv, 379-382.— Plaza (B.) Los tumores de la vejiga 
 (su tratamiento). Semaha mcd., Buenos Aires, 1911, xviii, 
 
 gt. 1, 887; 930.— Prelndlsberger (J.) Papilloma Vesicae; 
 eotio alta; Exstirpatio. Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1903, 
 xvii, 39.— Quicke ( w. H.) Case of papilloma of the bladder. 
 Indian M. Rec, Calcutta, 1903, xxiv, 204.— Reynolds (L. 
 W.) & Graham (J. C. W.) Case ol villous tumour of blad- 
 der; suprapubic cystotomy; recovery. Brit. M. J., Lond., 
 1904, i, 782.— Richardson (M. H.) Small papilloma of 
 bladder characterized by an excessive hemorrhage; removed 
 by suprapubic cystotomy. Boston M. & S. J., 1902, cxlvi, 
 572. [Discussion], 575.— Bolando (S.) Sulla asportazione 
 del papillomi della vescica voluminosi con impianto periure- 
 terale. Liguria med., Geneva, 1914, vlii, ,^2. Also, transl.: 
 J. d'urol. m^d. et chir., Par., 1914, v, 585-5.S7.— Schou (J.) 
 Papilloma vesicse, [. . ., covering both ureteral orifices; 
 transplantation of both ureters into the top of the bladder; 
 extirpation of tumor.] Ugeskr. f. Lseger, K^benh., 1902, 
 5. R.,ix,673-678.— Serl{G.) Papilloma and primary simple 
 ulcer of the bladder. Internat. J. Surg., N. Y., 1914, xxvii, 
 403-405.— Vlannay & Fontanilles. Un cas de papillome 
 double de la vessie diagnostiqu^ par la cystoscopieet enlev^ 
 par la taille hypogastrique. Loire mM., St.-]6tienne, 1908, 
 xxvji, 639.— Walker (J.' W. T.) Notes on the operative 
 treatment of papilloma of the bladder. Lancet, Lond., 1910, 
 11, 1409-1413.— Washburn (G. H.) Papilloma of bladder, 
 with operation; report of a case. Boston M. & S. J., 1902, 
 cxlyi, 570.— Watson (F. S.) The surgical treatment of 
 vesical papillom'aand carcinoma. Urol. & Cutan. Rev.. St. 
 Louis, 1913, xvli, 64-73.— Zuckerkandl (O.) Aiisgedehnte 
 Schleimhautexzisionen bei multiplen Papillomen der Ham- 
 blase. Deutsche med. Wchnsohr., Berl. & Leipz., 1913, 
 , 2123. 
 
 Bladder {Tumors of, Sarcomatous). 
 
 CwTBEL (B.) *Da8 Sarkom der Blase. 8°. 
 Breslau, 1908. 
 
 DiBBBRN (W.) *Ein Pall von einem primaren 
 Blasensarkom. 8° Grdfswald, 1897. 
 
 Jager (K. [F.]) ,*Ueber einen Fall von Sar- 
 kom der Harnblase. 8°. Miinchen, 1904. 
 
 LoEWENHEiM (M.) *Ueber ein Sarkom der 
 Harnblase mit seltener Generalisierung und sar- 
 komatose Magengeschwiire. [Wtirzbnrg.] 8°. 
 Magdeburg, 1904. 
 
 Also, transl. in: Am. J. Urol., N. Y., 1905-0, ii, 146-161. 
 
 Malegue (F.) *Le sarcome primitif de la 
 vessie. 8°. Paris, 1909. 
 
 Also [Abstr.], in: Mid. orient.. Par., 1910, xiv, 739-742. 
 
 MuNWES (Chassia). *Zur Statistik und Ka- 
 suistikderBlasensarkome. [Zurich.] 8°. Leip- 
 'zig, 1910. 
 
 Also, in: Ztschr. f. Urol., Berl. & Leipz., 1910, iv, 837-859. 
 
 VoiGT (F. W. W.) *Extirpation eines Blasen- 
 sarkoms unter Resektion der Symphyse. 8°. 
 Kiel, 1904. 
 
 Yamasaki (T.) *Casuistischer Beitrag zur 
 Lehre von den Harnblasensarcomen. 8°. Mim- 
 chen, 1899. 
 
 Arcoleo (E.) Cistectomia parziale per sarcoma della 
 vescica. Gazz. sldl. dl med. e chir. [etc.), Palermo, 1903, ii, 
 585-588.— Beneke (R.) Ein Fall von Osteoid-Chondrosar- 
 
BLADDER 
 
 622" 
 
 BLADDER. 
 
 ?! 
 
 Bladder {Tumors of, Sarcomatous). 
 
 com der Hamblase, mlt Bemerkungeu fiber Metaplasie. 
 Arch. t. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1900, clxl, 70-113, 1 pi. 
 AUo [Abstr.J: Verhandl. a. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. 
 Aerzte 1899, Xeipz., 1900, Ixxi, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 36-38.— Bln- 
 ney (H.) A case of sarcoma of the bladder. Tr. Am. Ass. 
 • Genito-Urin. Surg., N. Y., 1914, ix, 16-22, 3 pi.— Blanc. 
 livxo-sarcome de la vessie; gu&ison apr&s opi^ration. J. de 
 med. de Bordeaux, 1904, xxxiv, 717.— BockenlietmeT (P.) 
 Sarcoma of the bladder cured by radical operation. Urol. 
 & Cutan. Bev., St. Louis, 1914, Tech. Suppl., ii, 312-314, 1 
 
 ?1.— Bunce (W. C.) Sarcoma of the blsKlder. Cleveland 
 . M., 1900, V, 198-201.— Chute (A.) Sarcoma of the bladder. 
 Boston M. & S. J., 1910, clxil, 324.— DaUa Vedova (E.) 
 Contributo alia conoscenza del sarcomi primitivi della 
 vescica. Ann. d. r. 1st. di clin. chir. di Roma, 1909, il, 529- 
 616, 1 pi. AUo: Arch, ed atti d. Soc. ital. di chir. 1908, 
 Boma, 1909, i, 935-1022, 1 pi.— Flscber (W.) Ueber eiu 
 Osteoidchondrosarkom der Hamblase mit Metastasen. 
 Arb. a. d. Geb. d. path. Anat. . . . Inst, zu Tfibing., Leipz., 
 1908, vi, 591-610.— Fulcl (F.) Contributo alio studio delle 
 metaplasie epiteliali e del sarcomi della vescica urinaria. 
 Sperimentale. Arch, di biol., Firenze, 1909, Ixiil, 267-298, 
 1 pi.— Harpster (C. M.) Sarcoma of the bladder; demon- 
 stration of specimen and slide. Tr. Am. Urol. Ass., Brook- 
 line, 1915, ix, 239-243, 4 pi. [Discussion], 299-311.— Hogge. 
 Sarcfime a la vessie. J. m<?d. de Brux., 1907, xii, 430. — Jun- 
 gano. Sur un cas d'angiosarcome de la ve.ssie. Ann. d. 
 mal. d. org. g^nito-urin.. Par., 1907, ii, 1451-14B4.— Krouse 
 (L. J.) Report of two cases of sarcoma of bladder, with 
 
 Eecimens. Tr. Acad. M. Cinoin., 1S97-8, 343. Aleo: Cincin. 
 meet-Clinic, 1898, n. s;, xl, 439.— liamlj (D. S.) Case of 
 endothelial sarcoma of urinary bladder. Wash. M. Ann., 
 
 1903, il, 203.— liambrethsen (J.) Sarcoma vesicse urinarise. 
 Hosp.-Tid., K0benh., 1918,lxi, 1630-1633.— Lec6ne& Chen*. 
 Sarcome de la vessie ayant Simula une retention d'urine. 
 Bull, et m&n. Soc. anat. de Par., 1909, Ixxxiv, 20.— leuen- 
 berger (S. G.) Ein Beltrag zur Frage der Mutation von 
 HamblasenpapUlomen in Sarkom. Arch. f. klin. Chir., 
 Berl., 1912, xcix, 363-376.— Lexer. Myosarkom der Blase. 
 Deutsche med. Wrhnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1904, xxx, Ver.- 
 Beil., 42.— Matteuccl (G.) Di un sarcoma primitive della 
 parte posteriore della vescica. Gazz. d. osp., Uilano, 1900, 
 xxi, 1161.— Mttter{C. G.) Sarcomaofthebladderinaohild. 
 Ann. Surg., Phila., 1917, Ixv, 628-632.— Morelle (A.) Sar- 
 come retrovesical; extirpation avec resection partielle de la 
 vessie; gu^rison op6ratoire; r^xadive. Ann. de I'Inst. chir. 
 de Brux., 1904, xi, 74-76.— Paget (S.) A case of sarcoma of 
 the bladder; removal of the growth. West Lond. M. J., 
 Lond., 1902, vii, 317.— Slcard & MalSgue. Sarcome de la 
 vessie chez un homme de 60 ans, mort de p^ritonite par 
 perforation vfeicale. Bull, et m^m. Soc. anat. de Par., 1909, 
 Ixxxiv, 127-129.— SottUe (E. G.) Sarcoma della vescica 
 urinaria in un bambino di 6 mesi. Gazz, d. osp., Milano, 
 1908, xxix, 690-692.— Targett (J. H.) On sarcomata of the 
 bladder and their classification. Tr. Path. Soc. Lond.', 
 1896, xlvii, 291-311, 2 pi.— Watklns (A. H.) A ca^e of sar- 
 coma of bladder; operation. South African M. Bee, Cape 
 Town, 1907, v, 118.— Weir (K. F.) Suprapubic cystotomy 
 for sarcoma of the bladder. Med. Kews, Phila., 1886, xlix, 
 623-625.— Wliltesfde (G. S.) A case of sarcomb of the blad- 
 der. Am. J. Urol., N. Y., 1907, iii, 261.— Wilder (J. A.) 
 Primary sarcoma of the bladder; with a report of three cases 
 and review of the literature. Am. J. M. So., Phila. & N. Y., 
 1905,' n. S., oxxix, 63-74. 
 
 Bladder (Tumors of; Treatment of). 
 
 Delbru (M.) *Du traitement des tumeurs 
 de la region sup^rietire de la vessie. 8°. Lyon, 
 1899. 
 
 PoLAK (A.) *Contribution S, I'^tude du 
 traitement des tumeurs v^sicales. 8°. Paris, 
 
 1901. 
 
 Alessandil. Contributo alia diagnosi e alia cura del 
 tumori vescicali. Arch, ed atti d. Soc. ital. di chir., Boma, 
 
 1904, xviii, 63.— Ayres (W.) An instrument for direct appli- 
 cation of radium to neoplasms of the bladder. N. York M. 
 J. [etc.], 1914, c. 126. Also, Reprint.— Bangs (L. B.) A 
 means of controlling the hemorrhage from inoperable neo- 
 
 S'asms of the bladder; with oases illustrating the trypsin and 
 odenpyl serumtherapy. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1911, Ixxx, 
 359-365.— Baumgarten (S.) Die Pathologie und Therapie 
 der Hamblasengesohwfilste. Aerztl. Centr.-Anz., Wien, 
 1899, xi, 81: 97: 113.— Beer (E.) Die Behandlung von gutar- 
 tieen Gesohwul.sten der Hamblase mittels Oudinstrahlen. 
 Zentndbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1910, xxxvii, ULVlin.- Blalock 
 (N. G.) The treatment of vascular tumors by the injection 
 of boiling water. Northwest Med., Seattle, 1903, i, 486.— 
 van Cappellen (D.) Behandeling der blaaspapiUomen. 
 Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1918, ii, 1653.— Casper 
 (L ) Zur Therapie der Blasengeschwfllste. Med. Klin., 
 
 Berl., 1904-5, i, ^88. . Zur Therapie der BlaSenge- 
 
 schwulste. iik., 1911, vii, 1978.— Cathelln (F.) Extrac- 
 tion d'un polype g^ant de la vessie; considerations sur le 
 traitement des polypes en particulier. Ann. d. mal. d. org. 
 g&iito-urin., Par., 1908, iC 1681-1685.— Delbru (M.) The 
 results of palliative and radical treatment of tumors of the 
 
 Bladder (Tumors of, Treatment of). 
 
 apex of the bladder. Intemat. Clin., Phila., 1916, 26. s., 
 Iv 286-291.— Delogu (G.) Contributo alia cura cromatica 
 de'i neoplasmi della vescica. Gazz. sicil. di med. e chir. [etc.], 
 Palermo, 1903, ii, 141-145.— Desnos. Fragmentation et 
 expulsion spontan&s des tumeurs de la vessie. Ass. frang. 
 d'urol. Proc.-verb. 1S97, Par., 1898, ii, 382-394.— Geraghty 
 (IT) Treatment of bladder tumors. N.York M.J. [etc.], 
 
 1916, civ, 838-840. Also, Reprint. Also: West Virg. M. J., 
 Huntington, 1916-17, xi, 193-199. . The results of treat- 
 ment of bladder tumors. Tr. Sect. Genito-Urin. Dis. Am. 
 M. Ass., Chicago, 1917, Ixviii, 60-75. [Discussion], 88-92.— 
 Grandjean (A.) Evolution du traitement des tumeurs 
 v&icales. Bev. prat. d. mal. d. org. g#n.-urin.. Par., 1911-12, 
 viii, 401-419.— Grasett (F.) The treatment of tumors of tho 
 bladder. Canad. M. Bev., Toronto, 1896, 11, 43-45.— Gre- 
 linskl (A.) [Treatment of tumors of the bladder.] Gaz. 
 lek., Warszawa, 1904, 2. s., xxiv, 831; 863.- Hand (A.) Tino- 
 tionsbehandlung von Neoplasmen der Hamblase. Aug. 
 Wlen. med. Ztg., 1898, xllii, 163.— Herring (H. T.) The 
 treatment of vesical papilloma by Injections. Brit. M. J., 
 Lond., 1903, ii, 1398.— Hock (A.) Behandlung der Blasen- 
 papillome. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1913, xxxviii, 711.— 
 Janet (J.) Essai de traitement des v#,g^tations v&icales par 
 la rdsorcine; posture h dormer au malade dans certains cas 
 d'instillations v&icales. Ass. fran?. d'urol. Proc.-verb. 
 1904, Par., 1905, viii, 635-540.— Kollscher (G.) The tech- 
 nique of application of radio-active substances to tumors of 
 the bladder. Urol. & Cutan. Bev., St. Louis, 1918, xxii, 
 57.— Kollsclier (G.) & Schmidt (L. E.) Eadiotherapy of 
 malignant tumors of the bladder. Chicago M. Becorder, 
 1914, xxxvi, 398-400.— Krotoszyner (M.) Upon themodem 
 treatment of bladder-tumors. Calif. State J. M., San Fran., 
 
 1917, XV, 369-363.— Le Clerc-Dandoy. Papillome vesical 
 avec succfes par le styptol. Policlin., Brax., 1908, xvii, 66- 
 68.— LcschneTT (N. t.) Ueber die Behandlung der Blasen- 
 tumoren. Centralbl. f. d. Krankh. d. Ham- u. Sex.-Org., 
 Leipz., 1906, xvii, 345-380.— Loewenhardt (.T.) Zur Be- 
 handlung der Blasengeschwiilste. Ibid., 1901, xii, 341-345.— 
 liUys (6.) Behandlung der Blasentumoren. Ztschr. f. 
 Urol., Berl. & Leipz., 1909, iii, Beiheft, 435-442.— Paschkls 
 (R.) Radiumbehandlung von Blasengeschwiilsten. Wien. 
 
 •klin. Wchnschr.. 1911, xxiv, 1562-1564.— PUcher (P. M.) A 
 note on the treatment of tumors of the bladder; Year-Book 
 Pilcher Hosp. 1913-14, Brooklyn, 1915, 109-113.— Posner 
 (C.) Wie soil sich der Arzt gegeniiber Blasentumoren ver- 
 halten? Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 19^ xlv, 606-608.— Prae- 
 
 jurmaryi 
 
 & Cutan. Rev., St. Louis, 1918," xxii, 1-6: 1919, xxiii, 10.— 
 Smith (T.) Suggestions for a possible improvement in the 
 method of removing stones and morbid ^owths from the 
 interior of the bladder. Med.-Chir. Tr., Lond., 1901, Ixxxiv, 
 293-302.— Sixuler (J. B.) Radium versus surgery in the 
 treatment of vesical neoplasms. Tr. Am. Urol, ass.. Brook- 
 line, 1915, ix, 99-105. [Discussion], 226-238, 2 pi. Also: 
 Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1915, xxi, 176-178.— WaUace 
 (D.) Some notes upon the treatment of tumours of the 
 bladder. Am. J. Urol., N. Y., 1905, ii, 85-94. 
 
 Bladder {Tumors of. Treatment of. Oper- 
 ative). 
 
 See, also, Bladder ( Tumors of. Treatment of) 
 by cystectomy. 
 
 Combes (I.) *Contribution h, I'fitude des r^- 
 Bultats du traitement chirurgical des tumeurs 
 de la vessie. 8°.' ToutoMe, 1899. 
 
 DoRiS (J.) *De I'intervention dans les tu- 
 meurs de la vessie. 8°. Pons, 1911. 
 
 Fen WICK (E. H.) Operative and inoperative 
 tumours of the urinary bladder. A clinical and 
 operative study baaSd on fi ve hundred cases. 8° . 
 London, 1901. 
 
 GiRAUD (E.) *Du traitement chirurgical des 
 tumeurs de la vesaie; indications et r^sultats 
 ^loign^B. [Lyon.] 8°. Tr&voux, 1912. 
 
 Heinecke (A.) *Die in der chirurgischen 
 KUnik zu Munchen operierten Blasentumoren 
 1904-12. Ein Beitrag zur Statistik und Casuis- 
 tik. 8°. Miinchm, 1912. 
 
 MicHABLis (A. H.) *Ueber breitbasige Bla- 
 sengeschwfllste und ihre operative Behandlung. 
 8°. Marburg, 1898. 
 
 MoDLiNSKi (P. I.) Khirurgiya novoobrazova- 
 niy mochevovo puzirya. [Surgery of tumors of 
 the urinary bladder.] 8°. Moskva, 1899. 
 
 Pasteau (0.) De I'intervention chirurgicale 
 dans les tumeurs de la vessie. L'importance de 
 
BLADDER. 
 
 623 
 
 BLADDEE. 
 
 Bladder ( Tumors of, Treatment of, Oper- 
 ative). 
 
 la radiographie pour le diagnostic de la Uthiase 
 rfoale. Traitement des fistules de I'tirtoe 
 p^nien. Note sur I'emploi de I'eau sal^e en chi- 
 rurgie urinaire. Explorateurs gradu^s, pour 
 Texamen de I'urfetre de la vessie. 8°. Evreux, 
 1905. 
 
 VouTBRS (V.-C.) *De I'intervention chirur- 
 gicale dans les tumeuis de la vessie. 8°. Bor- 
 deaux, 1906. 
 
 AlbarrEin (J.) Kteultats de rintervention cbiiurgicale 
 dans les tumeurs. Ann. d. mal. d. org, g^nito-urin., Par., 
 
 1897, XV, 785-798. . Indications op&atoires dans les 
 
 tumeurs de la vessie. Ass. franc, d'urof. Proc.-verb. 1905, 
 Par., 1906, 178-192.— Ashcralt '(L. T.) Cases of bladder 
 tumor. Hahneman. Month., Phila., 1910, xlv, 206-217.— 
 Auvray. Nfeplasme vfeical primitil; metastases ganglion- 
 naires toormes dans la fosse illaque; absence de signes 
 cliniques vi^sicaux. Bull, et m&n. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1913, 
 n. s., xxxviii, 233-236.— Bak6 (S.) [Two operations for 
 tumors of the urinal bladder, special incision.] Orvosi 
 betil., Budapest, 1903, xlvii, 394.— Beer (E.) The surgical 
 therapy of benign and malignant tumors of the urinary 
 bladder. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1917, Ixviii, 680-684. 
 Also, Reprint.— Bendandl (G.) Contributo alia cura 
 chirurgica delle eteroplasie dell' urocisti. Eitorma med., 
 Soma, 1903, xix, 22.8-2.30— von BTaiuaim. Die temporare 
 Resection der Symphyse als Hiilfsoperation bei Exstirpa- 
 tion von Blasentumoren. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. 
 Naturf. u. Aerzte 1891, Leipz., 1892, Ixiv, i)t. 2, 285-287.— 
 earlier (V.) Indications et rdsultats du traitement chirur- 
 gical des tumeurs de la vessie. Echo mdd. du nord, Lille, 
 1905, ix, 550: 1906, x, 3S5-388.— Cathelln (F.) Quinze inter- 
 ventions pour tumeurs de la vessie. Ass. frang. d'urol. 
 
 Proc.-verb. 1905, Par., 1906, 210-216. . Doit-on op&er 
 
 toutes les tumeurs de vessie? MMecin prat.. Par., 1907, iii, 
 
 133-135. . Les conditions d'intervention dans les 
 
 tumeurs de la vessie. Paris chirurg., 1909, i, 1-7. [Discus- 
 sion], 49-58.— Davis (L.) Primary tumors of the urinary 
 bladder, a study of forty-one cases at the Masisachusctts 
 General Hospital. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1906, xliii, 556-598, 
 7 pi. — Desnos. Indications du traitement op&atoire des 
 tumeurs de la vessie. Ass. franc;, d'urol. Proc.-verb. 1905, 
 Par., 1906, 248-254.— Dos Santos (R.) O tratamento 
 actual dos tumores vesicaes. J. Soc. d. sc. med. de Lisb., 
 1910, Ixxlv, 112-115. — Dukeman (W. H.) Intraperitoneal 
 cystotomy for tumor of the bladder. J. Am. M. Ass., CM- 
 caOT, 1911, Ivil, 1264.— Fcrulano (G.) Contributo alia 
 clururgia del neoplasm! vesdcali. Gior. internaz. d. sc. 
 med., Napoli, 1914, n. s., xxxvi, 673-682.— Fovfler (A. L.) 
 Tumors of the bladder. Atlanta Jour.-Ree. Med., 1908, x, 
 146-164. — von Friscli (A.) Bericht fiber 300 operierte 
 
 1 Blasentumoren. Wicn. khn. Wchnschr., 1907, xx, 1205- 
 
 1207. . Die operative Betendluag der Blasenge- 
 
 sehwiUste und ihre Brfolge. Ergebn. d. Chir. u. Orthop., 
 Berl., 1911, iii, 466-503.— Fullerton (A.l Methods of opera- 
 tion in cases of tumours of the urmary bladder. Med. Press 
 & Circ, Lond., 1912, n. s., xciii, 219.— Fyodoroff (S. P.) 
 [Operative interference in tumors of the bladder.] Russk. 
 Vhir Arch., S.-Peterb., 1903, xix, 852-891. Also [Abstr.]: 
 Russk. Khirurg. Obozr., Mosk., 1903, i, 144-148.— Garcia 
 PueUes (S.) De las dilerentes maneras de intervenir en los 
 tumores de la veiiga. Rev. Ibero-Am. de eien. m(5d., Ma- 
 drid, 1910, xxiii, 339-343.— Gardner (.T. A.) Operative treat- 
 ment of tumors of the bladder, clinical results as obtained 
 from a review of 1,702 cases of operations on tumors of the 
 bladder by various operators during the last fifteen years. 
 Ann. Surg., Phila., 1915, Ixii, 456-^62, Stab.— Gauthier (C.) 
 Ablation des tumeurs de la vessie situ6es h, I'embouchure des 
 uretfcres. Ass. bang, d'urol. Proc.-verb. 1913, Par., 1914, 
 xvii, 731-786.— Gayet. Tumeur de la vessie; r&ection de 
 dehors en dedans. Lyon mM., 1913, cxxi, 721. — Geraghty 
 (J. T.) Theresultsoftreatmentofbladdertumors. J.Am. 
 M. Ass., Chicago, 1917, bdx, 1336-1342.— GliedJni {A.) 
 Contributo alia cura chirurgica dei neoplasm! dell'urocisti. 
 Clin, chir., Milano, 1910, xviil, 1983-2017.— Hagner (F. R.) 
 Neoplasms of the bladder, with remarks on operative treat- 
 ment. N. York M.J. [etc.], 1914, c, 804-807.- Hamonlc (P.) 
 Rfeultatsdeieinterventionspourtumeursdela vessie. .A.ss. 
 Irang. d'urol. Proc.-verb. 1905, Par., 1906, 204-210. Also: 
 Rev. cliu. d'androl. et de gyn&.. Par., 1906, xil, 1-5.— 
 Haipstei (C. M.) Tumors of the bladder, demonstration 
 of a new method of removal. Ohio M. J., Columbus, 1912, 
 viii, 71.— HUdebrand (O.) Ueber die operative Benand- 
 lung der Blasentumoren. Arch. f. kiln. Chir., Berl., 1914, 
 cv, 1010-1051.— Judd (E. S.) Results in the treatment of 
 tumors of the urinary bladder. J. Am. M- Ass., Chicago, 
 1912, lix, 17S8-1792. Also, Reprint.— Keydel. Statistische 
 Beurteilung der chirurgischen Behandlung der Blasenge- 
 schwiilste. Centralbi. f. d. Krankh. d. Ham- u. Sex.-Org., 
 Leipz., 1906, xvii, 289-328.— Kollsclier (G.) & Scbmldt 
 (L. E.) Surgery of tumors of the bladder from a modern 
 aspect. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1907, xlix, 303-308.— 
 
 Bladder (Tumors of. Treatment of, Oper- 
 ative). 
 
 Kosztka (E.) Operativ gehellter Fall von Blasentumor. 
 Pest. med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1902, xxxviii, 701. — 
 Legueu (F.)' Indications et r(?su]tats de I'intervention 
 dans le traitement des n^oplasmes de la vessie. Ass. frang. 
 d'urol. Proc.-verb. 1905, Par., 1906, 220— Lobstcln (E.) 
 Beitrage zm* operativen Behandlung der Blasengeschwiilste. 
 Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tilbing., 1902, xxxiv, 637-677.— 
 Loewenbardt. Beitrag zur Behandlung der Blasenge- 
 schwiilste. Verhandl. a. deutsch. Gesellsch. t Chir., Berl., 
 1901, XXX, pt. 1, 20-23.— liOumeau (E.) A propos du 
 traitement -des tumeurs de la vessie. Ass. frang. d'urol. 
 Proc.-verb. 1905, Par., 1906, 197-204.— Ma«Gowan (G.) 
 Report of ten cases of vesical tumors, with some remarks 
 upon the cleansing of foul bladders and the technic of supra- 
 pubic cystotomy. J. Cutan. & Genito-Urin. Dis., N. Y., 1900, 
 xviil, 193-220. — Marianl (B.) Tratamiento de los tumores 
 de la vejiga. Rev. Asoc. raid, argent., Buenos Aires, 1916, 
 XXV, 180-182.— Meyer (W.) Tumor of the bladder removed 
 under spinal anaesthesia. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1901, xxxiv, 
 575. — 0'Neil(R.F.) Observationsonrecent cases otbladder 
 tumors at the Massachusetts General Hospital with special 
 reference to operative technic. Boston M. & S. J., 1913, 
 
 clxviii, 305-308. . Bilateral ureterostomy for palliation 
 
 in a case of tumor of the bladder. Ibid., 1915, clxxii, 677- 
 679. — Pasteau (O.) De I'extirpation des tumeurs v&icales 
 avoisinant les orifices ur^t^raux. Ass. frang. d'urol. Proc.- 
 verb. 1902, Par., 1903, vi, 551-555. . Des condition dans 
 
 les tumeurs de la vessie. Paris chirurg^ 1909, i, 29^38. — Pe- 
 dersen(J.) Neoplasms ofthe bladder. Post-Gradnate,N.Y., 
 1913, xxviii, 909-917.— PUcber (P.M.) Tumors of the blad- 
 der; a note on the present day methods of treatment. Am. J. 
 Surg., N. Y., 1913, xxvii, 147-151. AUo: Tr. Am. Urol. 
 Ass., Brookline, 1914, viu, 204-208. [Discussion], 223-231. 
 
 . A consideration of twenty-four cases of tumor of the 
 
 bladder, and conclusions as to appropriate methods of treat- 
 ment. N. York State J. M., N. Y., 1913, xiii, 581-584.— 
 Poussons. R&ultats statistiques de 60 interventions 
 pour tumeurs de la vessie. Ass. frang. d'urol. Proc.- 
 verb. 190.1, Par., 1906, 221-235.— Bafln. Indications et 
 r^.sultats du traitement chirurgical des tumeurs de la vessie. 
 Ass. frang. d'urol. Proc.-verb. 1905, Par., 1906, 1-147. Also 
 [Rap. de Yvert]: Gaz. d. h6p. de Lyon, 1905, vi, 607-617.— 
 B«ynolds (E.) Newgrowthotthe bladder, -withoperation. 
 Georgia J. M. & S., Savannah, 1898, ii, 240-243.— Sctmldt 
 (L. E.) Surgery of tumours of the bladder from amodem 
 aspect. Tr, Am. Ass. Genito-Urin. Surg., N. Y., 1907, ii, 
 
 94-103, 7 pi. . Additional report to the operative 
 
 treatment of tumors of the bladder. Ibid., 1908, iii, 70-79, — 
 Segale (G, B.) Sulla chirurgia dei tumori della vescica. 
 Arch, ed atti d. Soc, ital. dl chir, 1906, Roma, 1907, xx, 241- 
 245, — Stanunler. Die Resultate der operativen Behand- 
 lung der Blasentumoren, Ztschr, f, urof, Chir., Berl., 1914, 
 iii, 99-107.— .Stokes (A. C.) Treatment of tumors of the 
 bladder. West, M. Rev,, Omaha, 1913, xviil, 500-505,— 
 Thomas (B, A,) Technique of operative treatment of 
 bladder tumoiss, Tr. Am. Urol. Ass., Brookline, 1915, Ix, 
 141-164, 11 pi. [Discussion], 226-238, 2 pi.— Treplln. Ueber 
 die Resultate der chirurgischen Behandlung der Blasentu- 
 moren. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1906, 
 xxxii, 757-759.— Wallace (D.) Vesical tumours; why 
 operative treatment is so frequently unsuccessful in its 
 remote curative results; apleaforearlvdia^osls. Tr. Med- 
 Chir. Soc. Edinb., 190.5-6, n. s., xxv, 257-266. Also [Abstr.]: 
 Med. Press & Circ., iKmd., 1906, n. s,, Ixxxi, 656,— Warren 
 (G. W,) Somedetailsinthesurgiealtreatmentof tumor of 
 the bladder, Tr. Am. Ass. Genito-Urin. Surg.. N. Y., 1915, 
 X, 62-71.— Watson (F. S.) The operative treatment or 
 tumors of the bladder, a proposal to substitute bilateral 
 lumbar nephrostomy and trie establishment of renal flstulie 
 in cases ofbladder tumor, for ureteral implantation in con- 
 nection with'bladder resection or total extirpation, and that 
 the bladder operation be done after an interval and not 
 together with the nephrostomies. Ann. Surg., St. Louis, 
 
 1905, xlii, 805-830. Also, Reprint. . Tumors of the 
 
 bladderwithspecialreterencetosurgicaltreatment. Am. J. 
 Dermat. & Genito-Urin. Dis., St. Louis, 1910, xiv,205-212. — 
 Zefiroft (P. V.) [Tumors of the bladder.]. Khirurgi'a, 
 Mosk., 1909, XXV, 115-148. — ^Zinunermann. [Ueber die 
 Geschwiilste dtr Hamblase und deren operative Behand- 
 lung.] Militararzt, Wien, 1903, xxxvii, 130; 146. Also 
 [Abstr.]: Allg. mil.-arztl. Ztg., Wien, 1903, 70. 
 
 Bladder (Tumors of, Treatment of, Oper- 
 ative, Intravesical). 
 
 See, also, Bladder (Tumors of, Treatmenfit of) 
 by electricity. 
 
 Bastos (H.) Sobre cystoscopia operatoria. J. Soc. d. 
 sc. med. de Lisb., 1906, Ixx, 23-27.— Binney (H.) Present 
 status of intravesical operations for tumors of the bladder. 
 Am. J. Urol., N. Y,, 1911, vii, 300-306. Also: Boston M, & 
 S. J., 1911, clxiv, 226-228. [Discussion], 233-236.— Blum 
 (V.) Zur Patholo^e und 'Therapie der Blasentumoren; 
 ein neues intravesikales Operationsverlahren. Ztschr. f. 
 Urol., Berl. & Leipz., Ifl09, iii, 116-138. . Meine 
 
BLADDER. 
 
 624 
 
 BLADDER. 
 
 Bladder (Tumors of, Treatment of, Oper- 
 ative, Intravesical). 
 
 Methode der Intravesikaleu Operation der Blasentumoren. 
 jaw., 1911, V, 804-850. AUOitransUAhstt.]: Am. J. Dermat. 
 & Genito-Urln. Dis., St. Louis, 1912, xvi, 186-193.— Btthnu! 
 (F.) Zur Technlk der intravesikalen Operation von Blasen- 
 tumoren._ Ztsolir. J. Urol., Berl. & Leipz., 1909, iii, 340-352. 
 
 . Die intravesikale Operation von Blasentumoren. 
 
 Munohen. med. Woliusolar., 1912, lix, 1785.— Buerger (L.) 
 Zur Klinik der Operations-Cystoskopie. Ztsohr. 1. urol. 
 Chir., Berl., 1913, i, 419^39.— Casparl. Traitement des 
 tumeursdelavessieparlesvoiesnaturelles. CUnique, Par., 
 1910, V, 25-27.— Chlsmore (G.) A new metjiod of removing 
 polypoid growths from the bladder. J. Cutan. & Genito- 
 Urm. Dis., N. Y., 1897, xv, 311-315,— De Keersmaecker. 
 Trois cas de tumeurs de la vessie opSrCs par les voies naturel- 
 les. Eev. prat. d. mal. d. org. gto.-urin.. Par., 1905, ii, 328- 
 338. — Desnos. Traitement endov^sical des tumeurs de la 
 vessie. Ass. ffanj. d'urol. Proo;-verb. 1909, Par., 1910, 
 xiii, 757-764.— Dore (J.) & Mock (J.) Contribution k 
 I'itude des op^ations endov^icales dans les tumeurs de la 
 vessie. Ann. d. mal. d. org. g^nito-urin., Par., 1911, i, 1057- 
 1106: ii,1201; 1270.— Gorash (Y. A.) fComparative estima- 
 tion of the methods of endovesicaf operations.) Syezd 
 Rossiysk. Khirurg., Mosk., 1914, xili, 233-238. [Discussion], 
 241-243.— Hock (A.) Ueber endovesikale Behandlung von 
 Blasengeschwiilsten. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1910, xxxv, 
 259.— Kreps (M. L.) [Removal of a papilloma of the blad- 
 der by the lutraoystie method with tne aid of an operating 
 cystosoopej Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1902, i, 381. — Kret- 
 scbmer (H. L.) Cystoscopio bladder forceps. J. Am. M. 
 Ass., Chicago, 1914, Ixii, 1399.— Lohnsteln (HO Bin 
 verbessertes Operationszystostop zur endovesikalen Entfer- 
 nung Ton Blasentumoren. Med. Klin., Berl., 1909-10, v, 
 
 1654. . Operationscystoskop mit scharfer Polypen- 
 
 zange naoh Sohlagintweit. Berl. klin. "Wchnschr., 1911, 
 xlviil, 2112.— liUy^ (G.) Traitement des tumeurs de la ves- 
 sie par la vole endovfeicale avec le cystoscope 8b vision directe 
 de Luys. Eev. prat. d. inal. d. org. gfe.-urm.. Par., 1908-9, 
 T, 118-128.— McCarthy (J. F.) Bladder tumours with 
 reference to endo- and transvesical methods of removal; rea- 
 sons for selection and technic of same. Tr. Am. Urol. Ass., 
 Brookline, 1915, Ix, 56-66, 6 pi. [Discussion], 226-238, 2 pi.— 
 Marlon (G.) De I'ablation de certaines tumeurs v&ioales 
 par la vole naturelle. Bull, et m&n. Soc. de chir. de Far., 
 1910, n. s., xjcxvi, 454-461. Also: Presse m^., Par., 1910, 
 
 xviii, 961-964. . Pr&entation d'une pince cautfere 
 
 pour le traitement des tumeurs v&icales. Ass. frang. 
 d'urol. Proc.-verb., Par., 1911, xiv, 715-718.— Meyer (H.) 
 Intra-vesical operations without kmfe or anaesthetic, with 
 special reference to the removal of benign tumors. Am. J. 
 
 Urol., N. Y., 1908, iv, 432-444. . Operating cystoscope 
 
 for removing pedunculated tumors. J. Am. M. Ass., Chi- 
 cago, 1912, Iviii, 167.— Nltze (M.) Ueber intravesicale 
 oombinirte Operation von Blasentumoren. Verhandl. d. 
 Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1895, Leipz., 1896, 
 
 Ixvii, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 89-92. . Modiflkationen des 
 
 Operatibns-Kystbskopes. Cfentralbl. f. d. Krankh. d. Ham- 
 u. Sex.-Org., Leipz., 1897, viii, 294-297.— Pauchet. De 
 I'ablation des tumeurs v^sicales par les voies naturelles. 
 Arch, prov, de chir.. Par., 1911, xx, 76-80.— Plllet. De 
 I'extirpation des tumeurs de vessie aux cystoscopes op4ra- 
 toires, Normandie raid., Rouen, 1912, xxviii, 445-448. — 
 Bingleb(0.) Ueber Operationskystoskope. Foliaurolog., 
 Leipz., 1908, li, 158-165.— Ttomas (W. T.) Two cases of 
 bladder growths diagnosed by cystoscope and operated 
 
 upon. Liverpool M.-Chir. J., 1898, xviii, 238-243. . 
 
 1*110 cystoscope in surgery. Brit. M.J., Lond;, 1899, 1, 1329.— 
 Tlxler & GautWer (L.) Traitement endov&ical des 
 papillomes vfoicaux. Lyon mM., 1911, cxii, 1898.— Val- 
 lack (A. S.) The polypus snare for removing pedunculated 
 vesical growths. Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1901, xx, 
 217.— Welnrlch. Die intravesicale Operation von Harn- 
 blasengesohwiilsten nach Nitze's Methode. Verhandl. d. 
 deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Chir., Berl., 1905, xxxiv, 223-228.— 
 Young (H. H.) The diagnosis and treatment of vesical 
 tumors; demonstration of a new operative cystoscope. Tr. 
 Am. Ass. Genito-Urin. Surg., N. Y., 1909, iv, 134-153, 1 pi. 
 Also [Abstr.]: Tr. Am. Urol. Ass. 1909, Brookline, 1910, ill, 
 227-231. 
 
 Bladder (Tumors of, Treatment of, Oper- 
 ative, iSuprapubic) . 
 
 FBNGERtF.) *Die Entfernung von Blasentu- 
 moren durch die Sectio alta. [W urzburg.] 8°. 
 
 Zurich, 1895. 
 
 Albarran (J.) Malade ayant subi trois fois la taille hypo- 
 gastrique pour tumeurs de la vessie. Bull, et mdm. Soc. de 
 chir. de Par., 1902, n. s., xxvii, 1100-1102.— Bastlanelli (R.) 
 La via transperitoneale nell' asportazione del tumori doUa 
 vescioa. Arch, ed attl d. Soc. ital. di chir., Roma, 1911, 
 xxiv, 619-625.— BataUle(C.) Tumeur de la vessie; extirpa- 
 tion par la taille hypogastrique. Rev. m^d. de Normandie, 
 Rouen, 1904, iv, 490-498.— Brown (F. T.) A case of vesical 
 papilloma removed by epioystotomy. J. Cutan. & Genito- 
 Unn. Dis., N. Y., 1899, xvii, 30-33.— Browne (G. B.) Fibro- 
 
 Bladder (Tumors of, Treatment of. Oper- 
 ative, Suprapubic). 
 
 papillomatous tumor of the male bladder; successful removal 
 by suprapubic dperation. Brit. M. L, Lond., 1887, i, 204.— 
 C/hailer (A.) Extirpation transvfeioale d'une tumeur de la 
 vessie paraissant inoperable; gu&ison datant de cinq mois et 
 demi. Lyon mi'd., 1914, cxxli, 481-486.— Cbaudoye (H.) 
 M&t hypogastrique cr^ pour parer aux accidents d'une 
 tumeur intrarV&lcale; si(*geant au voisinage du col, et em- 
 pSohant la miction; rfcultats fonctionnels 6\oi%niB. Arch. 
 de mSd. et pharm. mil.. Par., 1906, xlvii, 515-518.— Dela- 
 grammatlca. Tumeur de la vessie; extirpation par la 
 taille hypogastrique; gu^rison. Gaz. m^d. d' Orient, Cons- 
 tant., 1900-1901, xliii, 90-96.— Edwards (F. S.) Suprapubic 
 removal of a vesical papilloma. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 
 1910, n. s., Ixxxix, 87.— Fyodoroll (S. P.) [Operative treat- 
 ment of tumors of the bladder through suprapubic section.] 
 Syezd Rossiysk. Khirurg., Mosk., 1910, ix, 220.— Judd 
 (E. S.) The transperitoneal operation for removal of blad- 
 der neoplasms. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1909, lili, 2146^ 
 2149.- Cockwood (C. B.) Suprarpubio cystotomy In cases 
 of tumour of the bladder; with special reference to the causes 
 of mortality and of recurrence of the growth. Med.-Chir. 
 Tr., Lond., 1903, Ixxxvi, 345-362.- Loumeau (E.) Sur 
 deux cas de tumeurs de la vessie enlevto par la taille hypo- 
 gastrique. Ann. de la Policlin. de Bordeaux, 1900, xil, 129- 
 137.— MacGowan (G.) Report of ten operative oases of 
 vesical tumors, with some remarks on the technique of 
 suprapubic cystotomy. Tr. M. Soc. Califs Monterey, 1899, 
 xiox, 51-72. Xteo; J. Cutan. & Genito-Urin. Dis., N. Y., 
 1900, xviii, 193-220. Also, Reprint.— Mayo (C. H.) Trans- 
 peritoneal removal of tumors of the bladder. Ann. Surg., 
 Phila., 1908, xlviii,- 105-114, 4 pi.— Plsanl (U.) Due ran 
 tumori vescicali asportati mediante cistotomia soprapubica. 
 Tribuna med., Milano, 1903, ix, 225; 257.— Pringle (S.) 
 Transperitoneal cystotomy for tumour of the bladder, with 
 report of a case. Tr. Roy. Acad. M. Ireland, Dubl., 1911, 
 xxix, 115-124, 3 pi. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1911, i, 214-216.— 
 Rafln. Tumeur de la vessie; Elimination gpontanfe; cysto- 
 photographie du point d'implantation; rMdive; taille hypo- 
 gastrique. Ass. tran$. d'urol. Proc.-verb. 1903, Par., 1904, 
 vii, 609-613. — Scudder (C. L.) The transperitonc^ and 
 suprapubic approach to tumors of the bladder. Boston M. 
 & S. J., 1911, elxiv, 224-226. [Discussion), 233-236.— Taver- 
 nler.' Tumeur de la vessie; r&ection transp^ritondale. 
 Lyon chir., 1914, xl, 302-306. AUo: Lyon m^d., 1914, cxxi, 
 1086-1090.— Tenney (B.) A case of infrapubio cystotomy; 
 three cases of bladder tumor. Boston M. & S. J., 1909, clx, 
 497-500.— Turner (G. GJ Transperitoneal cystotomy for 
 tumour of the bladder. Lancet, Lond., 1911,i i, 470. 
 
 Bladder (Tumors of, Treatment of) hy 
 cystectomy. 
 
 Pana (M.) La resezione della vescica nei 
 tumori maligni. 8°. Bologna, 1912. 
 
 Arcoleo (E.) Lacistectomiaparziale neltrattamento del 
 tumori vescicali; 'contributo anatomo-patologico e clinico. 
 Eiforma med., Eoma, 1903, xix, 1380-1385.— Cestan (E.) 
 Deux cas de tumeurs de la vessie k foyers multiples avec 
 extirpation de la portion v&icale de rurotfere. Toulouse 
 mid., 1904, 2. s., vi, 237-260.— Heltz-Boyer. Cystectomie 
 et prostatectomie totales pour une tumeur de la vessie 
 r&Jidiv^e. Ass. fran?. d'urol. Proc.-verb. 1909, Par., 1910, 
 xiii, 764-771, 1 pi.— Herczel (M.) [Eesection of ureter and 
 bladder for tumor of the bladder; recovery.) Orvosi hetil., 
 Budapest, 1906, 1, 638.— Heresco (P.) De la cystectomie 
 t otale dans les n^oplasmes multiples ou inflltr^s de la vessie. 
 
 pour tumeur de la vessie. Ann. Soc. m(?d.-chir. de Li^ge, 
 
 1898, xxx\-il, 12-14. . Un cas d'extirpation de la vessie 
 
 et des organes g6nitaux en totality pour tumeur do la vessie 
 guM depuis plus de trois ans. Clinlque, Brux., 1901, xv, 
 
 140-144. . Survie de 5^ ans h, la suite d'extirpation de la 
 
 vessie et de tons les organes g^nitaux pour tumeur de la 
 vessie. Ann. Soo. m4d.-chir. d. Li6ge, 1903, xiii, 555-558. 
 AUo: Ass. fran?. d'urol. Proc.-verb. 1903, Par., 1904, vii, 491- 
 
 493. . Un cas d'extirpation totale de la vessie et de tons 
 
 les organes g^nitatix pour tumour de la vessie; gudrison 
 depui's cinq ans. Jbid., 1902, Par., 1903, vi, 542-551.— Lund 
 (H.) Comolete excision of the male urinary bladder for 
 papillomatous growth, with implantation of the ureters into 
 the rectum. Lancet, Lond., 1902, ii, 1624-1626.— Marion. 
 Cystectomie totale pour tumeurs pEdicuIto multiples de la 
 vessie. JEap. de Logueu.) Bull.etm6m.Soc.dechir.de 
 Par., 1908, n s., xxxiv, 1141-Uol.— Morton (C. A.) Excis- 
 ion of the bladder for malignant disease; with records of a 
 case of complete excision and some oases of partial excision. 
 Brit. M. .T., Lond., 1914, i, 1224-1228.— JflcoUcli (G.) Cystec- 
 tomie subtotale pour tumeur. Tr. Intemat. Cong. Med. 
 1913, Lond., 1914) Sect, xiv, Urol., pt. 2, 111-114. AUo, 
 
 ,transl.: Clin, chir., Milano, 1915, xxiii, 826-831. . 
 
 Due casi di estirpazione quasi completa della vescica 
 per tumore. Folia urolog., Leipz., 1912-13, vU, 371-378. — 
 Tuffler & Dujarier. De i'extirpation totale de la vessie 
 
BLADDER. 
 
 625 
 
 BLADDEE. 
 
 Bladder (J^umors of, Treatment of) iy 
 cystectomy. 
 
 pour ni5oplasmes. Eev. de chir., Par., 1898, xviii, 277-289.— 
 Vanderlinden (O.) Un cas de r^ectlon de la vessie pour 
 niyxo-flbr6me volumineux; guirison. Ann. Soc. de mM. 
 de Gand, 1899, Ixxviii, 148-151. 4-lso: BelgiquemM., Gand- 
 Haarlem, 1899, u, 738-471.— Van Hengel (L. D.) Blaas- 
 extirpatie wegens uitgebreide papilloomvorming. Nederl. 
 Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1915, ii, 601).— Vlannay. 
 Volununeuse tumour de la vessie diagnostiqu6e par la eysto- 
 scopie; oystectomie partielle aveo rfceotion de la zone iirfit^- 
 rale gauche et rSimplantation de I'uret^rc. Loire med., St.- 
 feienne, 1910, xxlx, 246-248. 
 
 Bladder {Twmors of, Treatment of) iy 
 electricity. 
 
 Andi£. JDe I'Slectrocoagulation dans le» tumeurs de la 
 vessie. Ass. frang. d'urol. Proc-verb. 1913, Par., 1914, 
 xvii, 736-746.— Ashcralt (L. T.) The value ofthe D'Arson- 
 val current in the treatment of benign and malignant tumors 
 of the urinary bladder through the operating cystoscope. 
 
 Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1913, xvii, 636-641. . 
 
 The end results of fulguratiou in cases of papillomata and 
 othertumors ofthe urinary bladder. J. Am. Inst. Homceop., 
 N. Y., 1916-17, Ix, 1036-1047.— Bacliracli (R.) Ueber die 
 endovesicale Behandlung von Blasentumoren mit Hoch- 
 froquenzstromen. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1912, Ixil, 2078- 
 2081.— Baer (G. F.) Tumors of the bladder, vrith special 
 reference to fulguration treatment. Hahneman. Month., 
 Phila., 1911, xlvi, 770-777.— Barney (J. D.) A case illus- 
 trating the efficiency of the high-frequency current in the 
 treatment of tumors of the bladder. Tr. Am. Urol. Ass., 
 Brookline, 1913, vli, 47-50. Also: Boston M. & S. J., 1913, 
 clxix, 19.— Bartels (L. G.) & Halsted (If. S.) Tumors of 
 the bladder and their treatment with high-frequency cauter- 
 ization. J. Missouri M. Ass., St. Louis, 1916, xiii, 550-353. — 
 Beer (E.) Removal of neoplasms of the urinary bladder; 
 a new method, employing high-frequency (Oudin) currents 
 through a cathetenzing cystoscope. J. Am. M. Ass., Chi- 
 cago, 1910, liv, 1768. . Concerning the treatment 
 
 of tumors of the urinary bladder with the Oudin high- 
 frequency current. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1911, liv, 208-^, 
 3 pi. Abo: N. York State J. M., N. Y., 1911, xi, 425-436. 
 Also, transl.: Ztschr. f. Urol., Berl. & I^eipz., 1912, vi, 1009- 
 
 1023. . Treatment of benign papillomata ofthe urinary 
 
 bladder vrith the Oudin high-frequency current introduced 
 through a eatheterizing cystoscope. Med. Kec, N. Y., 1913, 
 Ixxxiii, 242-245. Also, transl.: Rev. clin. d'urol.. Par., 1913, 
 
 il, 306-314. . The treatment of benign papillomata of 
 
 the urinarv bladder with high frequency currents. Ann. 
 
 Surg., Phlfa., 1915, Ixi, 733-739. . End results of high 
 
 frequency cauterization of vesical papillomata. Ibid., 750- 
 752.— Bertfllottl (M.) & Ferria (Ii.) Tratamento dos 
 tumores endovesicaes pela corrente de alta frequencia em- 
 pregada por via cystoscopica. Brazil-med., Rio de Jan., 
 
 1913, xxvii, 126. Also, transl.: Arch. f. phys. Med. u. med. 
 Techn., I^ipz., 1912-13, vii, 113-115.— Binney (H.) The 
 value of high frequency cauterization in the treatment of 
 vesical papillomata. Boston M. & S. J., 1913, clxvili, 308- 
 310.— Blum. (V.) Die Fulguration und die Elektrokoagu- 
 lation der Blasengeschwiilste. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 
 
 1914, Ixiv, 595-697.— Bronner (H.) High frequency treat- 
 ment of bladder tumors. Kentucky M. J., Bowling Green, 
 1914, xii, 805-807.— Buerger (L.) & Wolbarst (A. L.) The 
 fulguration treatment of papillomata of the bladder. N. 
 York M. J.[etc.], 1910, xcii, 854. Also, Reprint.— Clrera (L.) 
 Tumor de la vejiga tratado con 6xito mediante las corrientes 
 galvAnicas. [From: Rev. de med., oiruj. y farm.] Unifin 
 m6d., L^rida, 1895-6, i, 345-347.— Day (G. H.) The present 
 status of vesical tumors with reference to fulguration. Ken- 
 tucky M. J., Bowling Green, 1913, xiii, 126.— Desnos (E.) 
 Valeur h^mostatique de I'^lectro-coagulation des tumeurs 
 vfisicales. J. d'urol. mSd. et chir., Par., 1914, v, 713-721.— 
 Ellzalde (G.) La electro-coagulaei(5n en los tumores vesi- 
 cales. Semana mdd., Buenos Aires, 1917, xxiv, 511.— Fal- 
 bing (N.) [The treatment of tumors of the bladder by 
 high-frequency current.] Ugeskr. f. Laeger, Kjjbenh., 1917, 
 Ixxix, 1937-1943.— Friedman (L.) Papilloma ofthe urinary 
 bladder treated with high frequency current (Oudin). 
 Intemat. J. Surg., N. Y., 1913, xxvi, 385-388.— Fuller 
 (H. G.) Papillomata of the bladder treated with high fre- 
 quency. Virginia M. Month., Richmond, 1918, xliv, 502- 
 504. — Fullerton (A.) On the treatment of vesical papillo- 
 mata by the high-frequency current. Brit. M. J., Lond., 
 1914^ li, 834. — Gardner (J. A.) A preliminary report of 
 papilloma of the bladder treated by the Oudin or high-fre- 
 quency current. Am. J. Dermat. & Genito-Urin. Dis., St. 
 Louis, 1912, xvi, 28-30.— Gehrels (F.) The endovesical 
 treatment of papillomata of the bladder by high frequency 
 currents. Australas. M. Gaz., Sidney, 1914, xxxv, 292-295.— 
 Gera^hty (J. T.) Fulguration in the treatment of bladder 
 tumors. Surg., Gynec. .& Obst., Chicago, 1915, xxi, 150- 
 154.— Grandjean (A.) A propos de la nouvelle m^thode de 
 traitement endov&ical des tumeurs de vessie par les cou- 
 rants de haute frequence (mSthode de Beer). MMecin prat.. 
 Par., 1912, viii, 69.— Hamer (H. G.) Limitations of high 
 
 96808°— Vol. II, 3d series— 19- 
 
 Bladder (Tumors of, Treatment of) by 
 electricity. 
 
 frequency treatment of papilloma of the bladder. Lancet- 
 Clinic, Cmcin., 1916, cxv, 43-50.— Harpster (C. M.) Tumors 
 of the bladder, with further case reports and review of the 
 high frequency method of treatment. Am. J. Surg., N. Y., 
 1913^ xxvii, 17-19.— Harris (B.) The destruction of vesical 
 papilloma by means of high frequency cauterization. Long 
 island M. L, Brooklyn, 1912, -n, 243-250.— Harris (S. H.) 
 The surgical treatment of bladder tumours; a review of the 
 operative and cystoscopio (high frequency) methods. Med. 
 J. Australia, Sydney, 1914-16,1, 15.5-160.— Heltz-Boyer (M.) 
 Technique intrav&icale du traitement des tumeurs de 
 vessie par la haute frequence. J. d'urol. m^d. et chir., Par., 
 
 1913, iv, 907-914 —van Houtum (G.) De behandeling van 
 blaaspapillomendoormiddelvanthermo-coagulatie. Nederl. 
 Tijdschr. v. Geneesk^ Amst., 1915, i, 719-727, 1 pi.— Hume 
 (J.) & Logan (S.) 'Treatment of bladder tumors by high 
 frequency current. Pan-Am. S. & M. J., N. Orl., 1914, xix, 
 21-23. — Hyman (A.) Experiences with the high frequency 
 current (Oudin) in the treatment of benign vesical tumors. 
 Urol. & Cutan. Rev., St. Louis, 1913, xix, 61-64.— Joseph 
 (E.) Behandlung der Blasentumoren mit Thermokoagu- 
 lation. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. t. Chir., Berl., 
 
 1914, xliii, pt. 1, 124-148. Also [Abstr.]: Deutsche med. 
 Wchnschr^ Berl. & Leipz., 1914, xl, 991.— Kelly (H. A.) 
 & JTelll (W.) Cauterization and fulguration of bladder 
 tumors. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1916, Ixvl, 721-723. Also, 
 Reprint.- Key (E.) Ueber die Behandlung der Blasen- 
 papillome mit hochfrequenten elektrischen Stromen. Nord. 
 med. Ark., Stockholm, 1915, 3. f., xv, Aid. i. No. 6, 1-16.— 
 Keyes (E. L.) Preliminary report on the treatment of 
 bladder tumors by the high frequency current. Tr. Am. 
 Ass. Genito-Urin. Surg., N. Y., 1910, v, 193-206, 1 pi. Also: 
 Am. J. Surg., N. Y.> 1910, xxiv, 205-207. Also, Reprint. 
 
 . The desiccation treatment of bladder tumors. Tr. 
 
 Am. Urol. Ass., Brookline, 1915, ix, 124-140. rDiscussion], 
 226-238, 2 pi. Also: Surg., Gynec. & Obst., (Jhicago, 1915, 
 xxi, 169-175.— Kldd (F.) The treatment of papillomata of 
 the bladder by diathermy applied through the cystoscope. 
 Clin. J., Lond., 1914, xUu, 232-235.— Kretschmer (H. L.) 
 Fulguration treatment of bladder tumors. Illinois M. J., 
 Springfleld, 1913, xxiii, 353-360. . Fulguration treat- 
 ment of tumors of the bladder. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 
 1913, Ixiv, 1030-1052. . Fulguration treatment of blad- 
 der papillomata. Med. Clin., Chicago, 1916-17, il, 941-948. 
 Also: Surg. Clin. Chicago, Phila., 1918, ii, 821-831, 1 pi.— 
 Legueu (F.) De Paectro-coagulatlon des tumeurs de la 
 vessie. Arch. urol. de la CUn. de Necker, Par., 1913-14, i, 
 
 131-144, 1 pi. . Traitement des tumeurs de la vessie par 
 
 les courants de haute frequence. Rev. g6n. de clin. et de 
 tMrap., Par., 1913, xxvii, 770-772.— Lepoutre & d'Halluln. 
 Traitement des tumeurs de la vessie et en particulier des 
 papUlomes par Pflectrocoagulation. Rev. clin. d'urol.. 
 Par., 1914, ill, 35-48.- Lotnsteln (H.) Zur Hochfrequenz- 
 behajidlung von Papillomen in der Nahe des Oriflcium in- 
 ternum vesicae. Ztschr. f. Urol., Berl. & Leipz., 1915, ix, 
 161-166.— tower (W. E.) The treatment of recurrent ma- 
 lignant tumors of the urinary bladder with the high fre- 
 quency or Oudin current, with a report of a case. Cleve- 
 land M. J., 1913, xii, 607-609.— McConnell (A. A.) The 
 r61e of the high frequency current in the treatment of tu- 
 mours of the bladder. Tr. Roy. Acad. M. Ireland, Dubl., 
 
 1913, xxxiii, 175-184. Also: Med. Press & Circ, Loud., 1913, 
 n. s., xcix, 515-517.— Marlanl (B.) Tratamiento de los 
 neoplasmas de la vejiga por las vias naturales, cauteriza- 
 ci6n y alta frecuencia (electrocoagulaci6n). Semana m6d., 
 Buenos Aires, 1915, xxii, i, 674-677. — Oppenbelmer (R.) 
 Die intravenose Behandlung der Blasenpapillome durch 
 Elektrolyse. Ztschr. f. Urol., Berl. & Leipz., 1913, vi, 728- 
 734. Also: Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. t. Urol. 1913, 
 Berl. & Leipz., 1914, iv, 296-311.— Oralson (J.) Traitement 
 des tumeurs de la vessie par les courants de haute frequence. 
 Gaz. hebd. d. sc. m6d. de Bordeaux, 1914, xxxv, 160-163. 
 Also: Bull, et m€m. Soc. de m6d. et chir. de Bordeaux 
 (1914), 1915, 77-86.— Pedersen (V. C.) Neoplasm of the 
 bladder; clinical reports of three cases of treatment with 
 the high frequency current of Oudin. N. York M. J. [etc.], 
 
 1914, cxix, 255-258. Also, Reprint.— Pllcher (P. M.) The 
 treatment of tumors of the bladder. Urol. & Cutan. Eev., 
 St. Louis, 1913, xvii, 470-472.— Frlor (S.) Om endovesUc^ 
 Behaudling af Blserepapillomer, spec, med Elektrokoagu- 
 lation. Ugeskr. f. Laeger, K^benh., 1915, Ixxvii, 831-835. 
 [Discussion], 869.— Benner. Behandlung der Blasentu- 
 moren mit Hochfrequenzstromen. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 
 1914, li, 1627.— Bubrltlus (H.) Die Koagulatlonsbehand- 
 lung der Blasengeschwiilste. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1913, 
 xxxviii, 708.— Sabatlnl (J. ) Tratamiento de los tumores de 
 la vejiga por la electrocoagulaciiSn. Prensa m^d. argentina, 
 Buenos Aires, 1916-17, iii, 372; 383.— Sandston (A. C.) 
 Bladder papillomata and the fulguration treatment. N. 
 Zealand M. ]., Wellington, 1917, xvi, 1-4.— Schmidt (L. E.), 
 Keyes (E. L.) & Gardner (J. A.) Report of committee on 
 nomenclature of the electric destruction of bladder tumors 
 by high-frequency current. Tr. Am. Urol. Ass., Brookline, 
 1916, X, 261-270.— Schneider (C.) Ein Fall von starker 
 Nachblutung nach Operation eines Blasenpapilloms mjt- 
 
 -40 
 
BLADDER. 
 
 626 
 
 BLADDER. 
 
 Bladder {Tumors of, Treatment of) hy 
 electricity. 
 
 telst HooMrequenzstromen. Ztschr. f. Urol., Berl. & Leipz., 
 1913, vl, 638.— ShropsUlre (C. W.) & Watterson (C.) 
 Treatment ol papilloma of the urinary bladder by means of 
 high frequency or Oudin current. Tr. M. Ass. Alabama, 
 Montgomery, 1915, 493-498. Also: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1915, 
 ci, 1165. — SieuTta (G. B.) La elettro-coagulazione dei 
 papillomi della vescica. Atti d. Soc. lomb. di so. med. e biol., 
 Milano, 1915-16, v, 92-101.— Sinclair (D. A.) • Report of 
 bladder tumors treated by fulguration. Am. J. Urol., N. 
 Y., 1912, viii; 129-136.— Strassmarm (P.) Beseitigune 
 eines Blasentumors durch Elektrokoagulation. Ztschr. i. 
 Geburtsh. u. Gynak., Stuttg., 1915, Ixxvii, 497-505, 2 pi.— 
 Tlxomas (B. A.) The destruction of tumors of the urinary 
 bladder by a high-frequency current effect, known as desic- 
 cation. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1912, xiv, 315-320, 
 1 pi.— trwe (A. A.) The treatment of bladder papilloma 
 by high frequency destruction. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1914, 
 Ix, 319-324, 2pl. Also: Tr. Phila. Acad. Surg., 1915, xvii, 
 27-35, 2pl.— Walker (J. W.T.) The treatment of papilloma 
 of the bladder by the high-frequency current. Brit. J. Surg., 
 Bristol, 1916, iv, 259-277.— Wolbarst (A. L.) Multiple 
 papilloma of the bladder constituting an obstruction of the 
 vesical neck, successfully treated with the Oudin (fulgura- 
 tion) current. Urol. & Cutan. Eev., St. Louis, 1913, xvii, 
 538, 1 pi. AUo, Reprint.— Young (H. H.) The present 
 status of the diagnosis and treatment of vesical tumors. 
 J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1913, Ixi, 1857-1862. 
 
 Bladder (Tumors of) in children. 
 
 HiJsLEK (G.) *Beitrag;e zur Lehre von den 
 Hamblasengeschwiilsten im Kindesalter. [Ba- 
 sel.] 8°. Berlin, nOh. 
 
 Also, in: Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Berl., 1905, Ixii, 133-172. 
 
 MuLLER (R. P.) *Die Mischgeschwiilste der 
 Blase im Kindesalter. 8°. Leipzig, 1904. 
 
 Balleray (G. H.) Case of flbromatous polypus of the 
 bladder in a child. Am. J. M. So., Phila., 1882, n. s., Ixxxiii, 
 464-466. Also, Reprint.:— Concetti (L.) Sur un cas de sar- 
 come primitii de la vessie chez una petite fllle de 11 mois. 
 Verhandl. d. Versamml. d. Gesellsch. 1. Kinderh. . . . 
 deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1899, Wiesb., 1900, xvi, 240-246.— 
 Gtanella (G.) Contributo alia patologia fetale; un caso di 
 fibromioma congenito della vescica. i Arte ostet., Milano, 
 1903, xvii, 209-215, 1 pi.— Koll (I. S.) Polyp of urinary 
 bladder in a thirteen months old child. Ann. Surg., 
 Phila., 1911, liv, 689-592, 1 pi.— O'NeU (R. F.) Bladder 
 tumors in the young. Tr. Am. Urol. Ass., Brookline, 1915, 
 ix, 1-13. [Discussion], 51-55, 4 pi. .X too.- Boston M. & S. J., 
 1915, clx3mi,873-S77.—Rol)ltsliek (E.G.) Primary tumors 
 of the bladder in children; report of a case of a fibrous 
 polypus. St. Paul M. J., 1914, xvi, 680-587. .Ateo, Reprint.— 
 Rumpel. Ueber Mndliche Blasentumoren. Deutsche 
 med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1908, xxxiv, 1855. — 
 Tomaszewsfcl (A.) [Diagnosis and treatment of tumors of 
 the bladder in children.] Przegl. pedyat., Krakfiw, 1908-9, 
 i, 221-223. 
 
 Bladder (Ulceration of). 
 
 See, also, Bladder (Female, Ulceration of). 
 
 Le FtiB (R.-F.) *Des ulcerations v^sicales et 
 en particulier de I'ulcfere simple de la yessie. 
 8°. Paris, 1901. 
 
 . The same. roy. 8°. Pans, 1901. 
 
 Sawt (J.) *L'ulcfere simple chronique de la 
 vessie. 8°. Montpellier, 1904. 
 
 Albarran. Les ulcerations Mmorraglques de la vessie. 
 
 Rev. g§n. de clin. et de th&ap.. Par., 1907, xxi, 484. . 
 
 Les ulcerations v&lcales. Rev. intemat. de mdd. ot de chir.. 
 Par., 1907, xviii, 341-343.— Armstrong (G. E.) Solitary 
 ulcer of the bladder, non-traumatic and non-tubercular in 
 origin. Am. Pract. & News, Louisville, 1903, xxxvl, 55-63.— 
 BryantfW. C.) Ulceration of the male bladder. Internat. 
 Clin., PWla., 1911, 21. s., i, 125-128, 1 pi.— Buerger (L.) Bin 
 Beitrag zur Kenntnis vom Ulcus simplex vesicae. Folia 
 
 urolog., Leipz., 1912-13, vii, 543-564, 1 pi. . Ulcer ol the 
 
 bladder. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1913, Ix, 419-421. . 
 
 The pathology and treatment of callous ulcer of the bladder. 
 Med. Rec., N. Y., 1913, Ixxxiii, 656-661.— Burgess (A. H.) A 
 case of simple solitary ulcer of the bladder. Lancet, Lond., 
 1903, ii, 756.— Castafgne (J.) UlcSre simple de la vessie; he- 
 maturies tr§s abondantes et perforation vfeicale. Bull, et 
 mem. Soe. anat. 4e Par., 1899, Ixxiv, 230-239.— Cerneszl 
 (A ) L'uloera semplice della vescica. Gazz. med. lomb., 
 Miiano, 1903, Ixxii, 42.— Coues (W. P.) The possible syphi- 
 litic origin of certain bladder ulcerations. Boston M. & S. J., 
 1915, clxxii, 767.— D'Haencns (A.) L'ulcere simple de la 
 vessie. ProgrSs med. beige, Brux., 1907, ix, 1-3.— Ferrla. 
 Sull' ulcera semplice della vescica. Soc. ital. di urol., Roma, 
 1903 149-159.— Gaudlani (V.) Contributo alia conoscenza 
 . dell' ulcera semplice della vescica. Folia urolog., Leipz., 
 '1910, iv, 733-749.— Harpster (C. M.) Ulcerative and puru- 
 
 Bladder ( Ulceration of) . 
 
 lent cystitis. Ohio M. J., Columbus, 1908, iv, 704-706.— 
 Hinder (H. C.) Ulcer of the urinary bladder. Australas. 
 M Gaz . Sydney, 1900, xix, 231-234, 2 pi. Also: Interoolon. 
 M Cong. Australas. Tr. 1902, Hobart, 1903, ■2S2r-'2Sb.— 
 Hunner(G. L.) A rare type of bladder ulcer; further notes, 
 with a report of eighteen cases. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 
 1918, Ixx, 203^212. Also, Reprint.— Imbert (L.) Ulc6res de 
 la vessie. Montpel. med., 1903, xvii, 471-474.— Johnson 
 (G K) A case of ulcerative disease of the bladder. Physi- 
 cian & Surg., Detroit & Ann Arbor, 1899, xxi, 119-121.— 
 Jones (O. M.) Extensive ulceration of the bladder treated 
 by prolonged drainage. Tr. M. Soc. Washington, Spokane, 
 190f 63-74.— Kolisclier (G.) Cicatrization; blood vessels in 
 ulcers of the bladder. Med. News, N. Y., 1904, Ixxxv, 926.— 
 KrelssI (F.) The rational treatment of vesical ulcer. Chi- 
 cago M. Recorder, 1900, xix, 385-389. [Discussion], 447- 
 450.— Kudlntseff (I. V.) [Simple ulcer ol the bladder.] 
 Kharkov M. J., 1900, 1,99-108.— Lef*vre(H.) Ulcere simple 
 perforant de la vessie. J. d'urol. med. et chir., Par., 1913, 
 lii, 51-54.— Le Fur (R.) Des ulcerations vesieales et de 
 i'ulcfere simple de la vessie.- Cong, internat. de med. C. r., 
 Par., 1900, sect, de chir. urin., 173-181. . Des ulcera- 
 tions vesieales et en particulier de 1 'ulcere simple de la vessie. 
 Ann. d. mal. d. org. genito-urin.. Par., 1902, xx, 472-493. 
 
 . Des cystitos rebelles dues 4 I'ulcfrre simple de la 
 
 vessie. Ass. franp. d'urol. Proc.-verb. 1903, Par., 1904, vli, 
 382-393.— Leusman (F. A.) Vesical ulcer. Am. J. Dermat., 
 St. Louis, 1905, ix, 199-202.— Newland (H. S.) & Bayson 
 (H.) A case oi intraperitoneal perforation of an ulcer of the 
 urinary bladder. Brit. J. Surg., Bristol, 1917, v, 177.— 
 Nordentoft. Ulcus simplex vesicae. Hosp.-Tid., Kjibenh., 
 1903, 4. R., xi, 605-618.— OkunlewskI (J.) Geschwlir der 
 Hamblase durch Sectio alta geheilt. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 
 1906, xix, 376.— Raiumovski (V. I.) [Simple solitary ulcer 
 of the bladder.] Laitop. Russk. Khlr., S.-Peterb., 1901, vi, 
 349^53.— Bosenow (E. C.) Immunological observations in 
 ulcerative cystitis caused by pscudodiphtheria. • J. Infect. 
 Dis., Chicago, 1909, vl, 296-303.— Schmidt (L. E.) Ulcer of 
 the bladder. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1902, xxxix, 124-128.— 
 Simons (I.) Case of (syphilitic?) ulcer of the bladder. 
 JM., 1913, Ix. 1943.— Vlshuevskl (A. V.) [Simple perforat- 
 ing ulcer of the bladder.] Russk. Khir. Arch., S.-Peterb., 
 
 1909, XXV, 129-147.— Walker (G.) Simple ulcer of the blad- 
 der. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1907, xlviii, 1019-1021, 
 
 Bladder (yarix of). 
 
 See Bladder {Hxmorrhoids, etc. , of) . 
 
 Bladder (Wounds and injuries of). 
 
 See, also. Bladder {Female, Wounds and in- 
 juries of); Bladder {Perforation of); Bladder 
 (Rupture of , Traumatic). 
 
 Eltze (P.) *Ueber Hamblasenverletzungen 
 im Kriege. 8°. Berlin, 1909. 
 
 Thibaudet (J.) *Contribution k I'^tude des 
 blessures accidentelles de la vessie; penetration 
 au niveau de la region perineo-anale. 8°- Lyon, 
 1901. 
 
 WoLFER (P.) *Zur Kasuistik der offenen 
 traumatischen Verletzungen der Hamblase. 
 [Zurich.] 8°. Tubingen, 1910. 
 
 Also, in: Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1910, Ixvi, 2£0-331. 
 
 Abell (I.) Injuries of the urinary bladder. Am. Pract. 
 & News, Louisville, 1906, xl, 53-60.— Alsherg (A.) Extra- 
 und intraperitoneale Blasenverletzung durch Pfahlung; 
 Operation; Hellung. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr^ 1898, xlv, 
 79.-^holiow (B. N.) Ueber einen Fall von Hamaturie, 
 hervorgerufen durch Contusion der Hamblase. Monatsb. J. 
 Urol., Berl., 1902, vii, 470-477.— Cordlllot. Uncasdecontu- 
 sion de la vessie. Arch, de med. & pharm. mil., Par., 1'908, 
 li, 215. — Delag*nl6re (H.) Plaie avec double perforation de 
 la vessie par instrument contondant; laparotomie et cystos- 
 tomie sus-pubienne; guerison. Arch. prov. de chir., Par., 
 1898, vii, 240-244.— Dodd (J. R.) Penetrating wound of the 
 bladder and rectum from the buttock; recovery. Indian 
 M. Rec, Calcutta, 1900, xviii, 318.— Dorf (8.) Bemerkun- 
 gen zu dem Artikcl des Dr. Julius Schnitzler. Wien. med. 
 Wchnschr., 1900, 1, 623.— Durlnger (W. A.) Traumatic 
 surgical conditions of the bladder and treatment. Texas 
 M. J., Austin, 1899-1900, xv, 612-616.— Evans (E.) & Fowler 
 (H. A.) Punctured wounds of the bladder; report of a case, 
 with a review of the literature. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1905, 
 xHi, 215-244, a pi.— Evans (W. H.) PeriiiSEal wound of the 
 bladder. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1906, n. s., Ixxxii, 307. — 
 Farkas. Contribution k i'etude des lesipns traumatiques 
 de la vessie. Cong, intemat. de med. C. r. 1909, Budapest, 
 
 1910, Sect, xiv, 292-298.— FedoroH. Zur Casuistik der 
 Verletzung der Hamblase. Monatsb. f. Urol., Berl., 1906, 
 xi, 392. Also, Reprint.— FlecUtenmacher (K.) Beitrag 
 zur Kriegschirurgio der Blase. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1916, 
 xxix, 849.— Fontan (J.) Plaie p6netrante de la vessie par 
 coup de couteau k travers I'eohancrure sciatique; section de 
 
BLADDER. 
 
 627 
 
 BLADDER. 
 
 Bladder ( Wounds and injuries of) . 
 
 I'artfere fessifere; ligature; laparotoznie; gu^rison. Bull, et 
 m(5in. Soc. dechir. de Par., 1899, n. s., xxv, 844-847.— Frank 
 (E. R. W.) Ueber seltene Verletzung der Blasenschleim- 
 haut. Berl. klin. Wohnschr., 1913, 1, 318-320. Also: Ver- 
 handl. d. Berl. med. Gesellsch. (1913). 1914, xllv, pt. 1, 32- 
 36. — Gardinl (O. ) Di un caso raro di rerita estraperitoneale 
 della vesclca. Clin, mod., Pisa, 1905, xi, 154. — G*rard (M.) 
 Des blessures de la vessie par empalement. J. d'urol. mdd. 
 et cUr., Par., 1913, iv, 549; 747.— Gregglo (E.) II potere 
 plastico del grande epiploon . U processo di riparazlone delle 
 ferite con perdita di sostanza della vescica urinaria. Gazz. 
 intemaz. di nied., NapoU, 1912, xv, 293; 367.— Hodgson 
 (N.) Punctured wound of tlie bladder. Univ. Durham 
 Coll. Med. Gaz., I^ond., 1916, xvi, 103.— Hustln (A.) Plaies 
 par instrument tranchant de la vessie et des intestins. J. de 
 chir. et ann. Soc. beige de cbir., Brux., 1911, xi, 22-28. — 
 Imbert (L.) Note sur la reparation spontan^ des plaies 
 intra-pfiriton&les de la vessie. Cong, intemat. de m§d. 
 C. r.. Par., 1900, sect, de chir. urin., 157-165.— Ksern. [In- 
 jury of thebladderduringLorthioir'soperation.] Ugeskr. f. 
 laeger, KiSbenh., 1917, Ixxix, 1798-1800.— KholtsofI (B. N.) 
 [Hematuria caused by injury to the bladder.] Bolnitsch. 
 (3az. BotWna, S.-Peterb., 1902, xiii, 521-527.— Knotz (I.) 
 Blasenstiohvorletzung yom Gesass her. Aerztl. Sachverst.- 
 Ztg., Berl., 1901, vii, 332.— von LangsdorS. VoUstandlge 
 Trennung der Hamrohre von der Hamblase; [Operation; 
 Heilung). Aerztl. Mitth. a. Baden, Karlsruhe, 1897, li, 97- 
 102.— Lauensteln (C.) Quetschung des Leibes durch 
 Fahrstuhl; intraperitoneale Zerreissung der Blase; Laparo- 
 tomie, Naht der Blase; Heilung. Deutsche Ztschr. f . Chir., 
 Leipz., 1913, cxxi, 124. — Laval (E.) Les contusions de la 
 vessiesansplaiedest^guments. Bull.mM., Par., 1899, xiii, 
 1139; 1149.— liC Clerc-Dandoy. Deux cas de plaie extra- 
 p^ton&ile de la vessie, par pfintoation d'un fragment 
 ossenx, par effort de miction chez un r^tr&;i. Ass. franc;, 
 d'urol. Proc.-verb., Par., 1911, xiv, 730-736, 1 pi.— Margo- 
 lin (M.) [Extrapentonealwounds of the bladder.] Russk. 
 Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1906, v, 1512-1514.— Morgan (T. H.) 
 Injury to bladder. Med. J. Australia, Sydney 1918, i, 300- 
 302.— Obai (F.) [Stab wounds of the bladder.) Budapesti 
 orv. ujsdg, 1914, xii, 19-21. — Fartscli. Eigenartige Verle- 
 tzung der Blase. Monatschr. f. Unfallheilk., Leipz., 1897, iv, 
 33-37. — Pinaid, Albarran & Vamler. Recherches exp6ri- 
 meutales sur les caractferes objectifs des l&ions v&icales 
 produites par une aiguille de matelassiers. Courrier m^d.. 
 Par., 1898, xlviii, 1.— PuUdo Martin (A.) Traumatismos 
 de la vejiga. Siglo mid., Madrid, 1911, Ivlii, 34-36.— Kob- 
 erts (J- B.) Gastric and duodenal ulcers secondary to 
 wounds of the urinary bladder. , Tr. Am. Surg. Ass., Phila., 
 1908, xxvi, 202-225. .4 ko. Reprint.— Bost. Woransterben 
 Patienten mit intraperitonealer Blasenverletzung? Beil. 
 Wm. Wchnschr., 1916, liii, 1378. Also: Miinchen. med. 
 Wchnschr., 1917, Ixiv, 391.— Sclinltzler (J. ) Verletzung 
 der Blasenschleimhaut durch Contusion der TJnterbauch- 
 gcgend. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1900, 1, 457. See, also, 
 supra, Dorf.— Stokes (W.) On penetrating wounds of the 
 bladder. In his: Selected papers [etc.], 8° Lond., 1902, 82- 
 88, 1 pi. — Stutzln (J. J.) Experimentelle und klinische 
 Beitrage zu den Verletzungen der Hamblase. Deutsche 
 Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1918, cxM, 89-106.— Thelemann. 
 Kasuistischer Beitrag zur intraperitonealen Pfahlungs- 
 verletzung der Blase. Deutsche mil.-arztl. Ztschr., Berl., 
 1906, XXXV, 305-308.— Vance (A. M.) Bladder accidents. 
 Kentucky M. J., Bowling Green, 1909, vii, 572-576.— Wel- 
 scber (A.) Sticnverletzung der Blase (durch das Foramen 
 ischiadicum majus). Centralbl. L Chir., Leipz., 1901, 
 xxviii, 1217-1219.— Zuckerkandl (0.) Bin Fall von 
 Kontusion der Hamblase. Centralbl. f. d. Kranvh d. 
 Ham- u. Sex.-Or^., Leipz., 1899, x, 627. 
 
 Bladder (Wounds of, Gunshot). 
 
 Abbott (G. H. L.) A case of gunshot wound of the 
 bladder with peculiar sequels. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 
 1905, xl, 426.— Andersen (C. H.) Gunshot wounds of the 
 bladder. Medicine, Detroit, 1900, vi, 554-562.— BasinI (U.) 
 Le ferite della vescica da proiettiU di guerra. Riv. ospedal., 
 Roma, 1918, viii, 312-315.— Bayerl (B.) Eine Hamblasen- 
 schussverletzung. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1901, xlviii, 
 750. — Bazy (L.) Sur le traitement des plaies de la vessie par 
 projectiles de guerre. Bull, et m<Sm. Soc. de chir. de Par., 
 
 1916, u. s., xiii, 1730-1738. — BertUch. Ein bemerkenswerter 
 Fall von Blasenverletzung mit gleichzeitiger HamrShrenzer- 
 reissiung durch Granatsphtter. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., 
 Berl. & Leipz., 1915, xh, 1042-1044.— Boeckel. Balle dans la 
 
 vessie. Caducce, Par., 1915, xv, 127. . Balle cylindro- 
 
 conique ayant pen^tro dans la vessie; extraction par taille 
 sus-pubienne; gu^rison radicale en 15 jours sans fistule. 
 Lyon med., 1915, cxxiv, 299.— Brin (H.) Plaies intrap&i- 
 tonteles de la vessie. Bull, et m&n. Soc. de chir. de Par., 
 
 1917, n. s., xliii, 1086-1091.— CathcUu (F.) Blessures de 
 guerre de la vessie. Lyon chirurg., 1918, xv, 109-136. — 
 Cem6 (A.) Blessure sous-p&itoniale de la vessie par arme 
 k feu; extraction de la balle tomb^e dans la vessie. Nor- 
 mandie mM., Rouen, 1903, xviii, 516-518. — Couteaud. 
 Balle rendue par I'urfetre. Bull, et mSm. Soc. de chir. de 
 Par., 1915, n. s., xU, 1728-1730.— Desplas & Chevalier. 
 
 Bladder (Wounds of, Gunshot). 
 
 Extraction par laparotomie et, grace au compas de Hirtz, 
 d'une balle allemande plac^e contre la face lat^rale gauche 
 de la vessie depuis le 20 aoflt 1914. Presse mSd., Par., 1916, 
 xxlv, 197.— Fullerton CA.) Observations on bladder in- 
 jury in warfare; a study of fifty-three cases. Brit. J. Surg., 
 Bristol, 1918-19, vi, 24-56.— Gagentom (A. A.) [Gunshot 
 wounds of the bladder.] Russk. Khir. Arch., S.-Pcterb., 
 1907, xxiii, 531-546' — Gelges (F.) Schussverletzungen der 
 Hamblase. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing. 1917, cv (Kriegs- 
 chir. Hefte, vu), 410-430.— Goldberg (B.) Beitrag zur 
 Kenntnis der Blasenschflsse. Ztschr. I. Urol., Berl. & 
 lisipz., 1915, ix, 361-375. — von Hacker. Drei durch Opera- 
 tion geheUte Falle von Blasenschussverletzungen. Wien. 
 klin. Wchnschr., 1917, xxx, 10S3.— Hardouin (P.) Balle 
 de fusil dans la vessie. Bull, et m^m. Soc. de chir. de Par., 
 1915, U.S., xli^405.— von Heberer. Projektil in der Blase. 
 Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1918, xxxi, 289.— Hesse (F. A.) 
 Intraperitoneale Blasenschussverletzung. Deutsche med. 
 Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1915, xli, 391.— Hugo (J. H.) 
 Encysted vesical calculus after gunshot wound of the blad- 
 der. Brit. M. J., Lend., 1902, ii, 1649.— Jacobelll (F.) 
 Ferita d'arma da fuoco passante della vescica; operazione; 
 guarigione. Gior. intemaz. d. sc. med., Napoli, 1903, n. s., 
 XXV, 880-882.— Jennings (C. L.) Gunshot wounds of the 
 bladder. Hosp. Bull. Univ. Maryland, Bait., 1908, iv, 297.— 
 Jeudwine (w. W.) Gunshot wound of the bladder; remo- 
 val of bullet seventeen years afterwards. St. Barth. Hosp. 
 J., Lond., 1905-6, xiii, 167.— Justo (J. B.) Herida de la 
 vejiga por arma de fuego; curacidn; extraccidn del proyectil 
 por la talla Mpogdstrica. Rev. Soc. mdd. argent., Buenos 
 
 Aires, 1904, xu, 813-816. . Hmda de bala en la vejiga. 
 
 Semana mM., Buenos Aires, 1904, xi, 775. — Kappls (A.) 
 Ein bemerkenswerter Fall von Blasenschuss. Miinchen. 
 med. Wchnschr., 1915, Ixii, 170. — ^Kielleuthner. Ueber 
 Schussverletzungen der Hamblase im Kriege. Beitr. z. 
 klin. Chir., Tubing., 1916, c (Kriegschir. Hefte, iv), 565-617.— 
 Kolb (K.) Ueber Schussverletzungen der Hamwege imd 
 Verletzung derselben durch das Geschoss. Miinchen. med. 
 Wchnschr., 1915, Ixii, 168.— I« Fur (R.) Plaie de la vessie 
 par balle de shrapnell ayant traverse le bassln de gauche £ 
 oroite; ^orme abc6s p^ri-v^sical; incision sus-pubienne, 
 puis cystotomie; guerison. Paris chirurg., 1916, vii, 492-495. 
 
 . Autoplastie v&icale par un lambeau pris aux d^pens 
 
 dn muscle grand droit pour volumineuse perte de substance 
 de la parol ant&ieure de la vessie, consecutive h une blessure 
 de guerre de la vessie et du rectum, ayant entr^n6 une 
 flstule v&icale hypogastrique definitive. Hid., 1917, ix, 341- 
 
 343. . Plaie par eclat d'obus du col de la vessie et de la 
 
 face laterals droite de la ves.sie avec destmction d'une des 
 branches ischlo-pubiennes; pericystite latente et etendue 
 ayant entr^ine un etat tr6s grave; guerison par taille hypo- 
 gastrique et multiples contre-incisions de drainage abdo- 
 minal. Ibid., 336-341. . Plaie par balle de la region 
 
 hypogastrique avec perforation de la vessie, fracas et destmc- 
 tion de la branche horizontale droite du pubis; suture primi- 
 tive de la vessie, avec echec; reconstitution presque integrals 
 du pubis k droite, apres resection sous-periost& de cet os. 
 Ihia., 702-709.— liC^eu. Projectile de guerre dans la vessie. 
 Rev. gen. de din. et de therap.. Par., 1918, xxxii, 439.— 
 Legueu (F.) L'extraction par les voles naturclles des 
 balles de la vessie. BuU. Acad, de med.. Par., 1915, 3 s 
 Ixxiv, 458-500. Also: Gaz. med. de Par., 1915, Ixxxvi, 83. 
 
 . A propos de balles Intravesicales ou paravesicales. 
 
 Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1915, n. s., xli, 2189. 
 
 . Des calculs vesicaux chez les blesses de la vessie. 
 
 Bull, med.. Par., 1916, xxx, 588. . Considerations 
 
 feneiales sur les plaies de la vessie. J. d'urol. med. et chfr 
 'ar., 1917-18, vii, 1-8.— L«ftko (Z.) [Gunshot wounds of 
 the bladder.) Lwow. tygodn. lek., 1913, vui, 215-219, 1 pi.— 
 Lusena (G.) Ferite d'arma da fuoco della vescica urinaria 
 con permanenza dei proiettili nella cavity vesdcale. Gazz. 
 d. osp., Milano, 1918, xxxix, 551. — Luys (G.) Extraction 
 
 §ar les voles naturclles des projectiles de guerre ayant penetre 
 ans la vessie. Bull. Acad, de med.. Par., 1915, 3. s., Ixxiii, 
 143-146. — ^Mendaro (A.) Fragment de sou projcte dans la 
 vessie par traumatisme de guerre. J. d'urol. med. et chir 
 Par., 1917-18, vii, 329-332.— MlUer (T. F.) Report of a case 
 of gunshot wound of the bladder. Kentucky M. J., Bowling 
 Green, 1914, xii, 605.— Novaro. Sulle ferite d'arma da 
 fuoco della vescica urinaria con permanenza dei proiettili 
 hella cavitS. vescicale. Policlin., Roma, 1918, xxv, sez. 
 prat., 711.— Okrnczyc (J.) Les plaies vasculaires et leurs 
 complications immediates et tardives en chirurgie de guerre. 
 J. de chir.. Par., 1917-18, xiv, 441-462.— Pasteau (O.) Coa- 
 duite k tenir <^ns les plaies de la vessie par blessure de 
 guerre. Paris chfr., 1917, ix, 717-720.— Pegger (H.) Ei 1 
 Beitrag zu den Schussverletzungen der Hamblase. Med. 
 Kiln., Berl., 1917, xiii, 863-865.— Penhallow (D. P.j Shrap- 
 nel bullet in bladder; report of a case. Boston M. & S. j!, 
 1915, clxxiii, 664-666. Also, Reprint.— Phocas. Shrapnell 
 extrait de la vessie, par la taille hypogastrique. Bull, et 
 mem. Soc. de chfr. de Par., 1915, n. s., xli, 1126-1128.— Pillet. 
 Eclat d'obus para-vesical avec lequel le malade a fait un an 
 de campagne. Paris cMr., 1918, x, 62. — Pitzner. Zwei Bla- 
 senverletzungen durch Schrapnellkugeln. Miinchen. med. 
 Wchnschr., 1914, Ixi, 2226.— Bafin. Deux observations de- 
 
BLADDER. 
 
 628 
 
 BLAIRON. 
 
 Bladder {Wouiids of, Gunshot). 
 
 projectiles de la vessie. Lyon mM. , 1916, cxxv, 210.— Blco 
 (J.) Algunas consideraciones acerca del dlagadstlco y 
 tratamiento de las heridas de bala por la vejiga. Bepert. de 
 med. y cirug., Bogotd, 1916-17, viii, 209-212.— Robbe (H.) 
 Un cas de perforation de la vessie par armeii f eu; operation et 
 gugrison. Poliolin., Brux., 1897, vi; 604-507.— SavlozzUV.) 
 Contribute alia terapia delle ferite d'arma da fuoco aella 
 vescica. Clin, chir., Milano, 1916, xxiv, 324-327.— Blocker 
 (E.) Heridas de la vejiga urinaria; rupturas; expulsion 
 ospont&nea de un proyeotil. Eer. dje med. y cirug. pr^t., 
 Madrid, 1911, xdii, 249-259.— Sterschemlnskl (G. I.) 
 Schusswunde der Earnblase; Dilatator der Hamblase. 
 Deutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1905, xxvi, lS-15.— Tanton (J.) 
 Plaie p^n^trante de la Jesse gauche avec perforation de la 
 vessie par €clat de grenade; retention intrav^sicale du pro- 
 jectile; ablation. Bull, et m^m'. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1916, 
 n. s., xlil, 2836.— TIkanadze (I. E.) Zur Frage der chi- 
 rurgisohen Intervention bel Sohussverletzungen der Ham- 
 blase. Ztschr. f. Urol., Berl. & Leipz., 1909, iii, 841-871. 
 AUo, transl.: Voyenno-Med. J., S.-Peterb., 1910, ccxxvii, 
 med.-spec. pt., 227-256.— TlmoHeyeff (S. L.) [Gf^ishot 
 wounds of the bladder.] Voyenno-Med. J., Petrogr., 1916, 
 
 ccxlv, med.-spec. pt., 165-201.— Turner (G. G.) On foreign 
 bodies in the bladder resulting from gunshot woimds. Lan- 
 cet, Lend., 1916, i, 958.— Zondek. Entfernung einer russi- 
 
 schen Maschinengewehrkugel aus dor Blase durch die 
 Urethra. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1914, 11, 1882. 
 
 Bladen voor hygienische therapie. Bijblad van 
 
 de Hygienische bladen. Red'actie van G. W. S. 
 
 Lingbeek. v. 1-3, 1899-1902. 8°. Amsterdam. 
 
 Continued as: Tljdscliritt voor physische therapie en 
 
 hygiene, Amsterdam. 
 
 Blades (William). The enemies of books. With 
 
 a preface by Bichard Gramett. xviii, 151 pp., 
 
 8 pi. 8°. London, E. Stock, 1896. 
 Bladt (Oswald) [1879- ]. *Die Arterien des 
 
 menschUcheii Kehlkopfes. 50 pp., 1 pi-, 1 1- 
 
 8°. Konigsberg i. Pr,., 0. Kwimnel, 1903. 
 Blaess (Philipp). *Zur Casuistik der Nierenge- 
 
 Bchwulste. ■ 34 pp., 1 1-, 1 pi. 8°. Giessen, von 
 
 Miinchow, 1898. 
 Blatter ftir Elektro-Homoopathie. Verlag von 
 
 J. Habbel. v. 3-22, 1883-1902. 8°- Regeni- 
 
 burg. 
 Blatter fur klinische Hydrotherapie und ver- 
 
 wandte Heilmethoden. Hrsg. von WUhelm 
 
 Winteraitz. v. 1-18, 1891-1908. 8°. Wien. 
 Continued as: MonatssehrUt fiir die physikalisoh-dia^ 
 
 tetisohen Heilmethoden In der arztlichen Praxis, Miinohen. 
 
 Blatter fur Sauglingsfiirsorge. Verlag von Ernst 
 
 Reinhardt. v. 1-6, 1910-15. 8°. Milnchm. 
 Blotter ftir Taubstummenbildung. Hrsg. von 
 
 Eduard Walther. v. 6-15, 1893-1902. 8°. 
 
 Berlin. 
 Blatter fiir Volksgesundheitspflege. Gememver- 
 
 standliche Zeitschrift. Hrsg. von F. Bumm und 
 
 Graf Douglas, v. 1-15, 1900-1915. 4°. Miin- 
 
 chen & Leipzig. 
 Blagny (Marcel) j;i873- ]. *De la salpmgecto- 
 
 mie avec ovarxectomie partielle. 63 pp. 8°. 
 
 Paris, 1899, No. 565. 
 Blaich (Hans Erich) [1873- 1. *Das Wasser 
 
 bei Galen. [Heidelberg.] 34 pp., 1 1. 8°. 
 
 Stuttgart, Strecher & Schroder, 1906. 
 Blaikie ( W illiam) . How to get strong and how to 
 
 stay so. 296 pp. 12°. New York, Harper & 
 
 Brothers, [1883]. , ^ „ , 
 . The same. New and enlarged ed. 6p. 1., 
 
 510 pp., 30 pi. 12°. New York & London, 
 
 Harper & Bros., 1899. , , , , ,.^, 
 
 Blain (Andrd). *Le pouls dans la puerperalite. 
 
 345 pp. 8°. Paris, 1908, No. 163. 
 Blain (Jules) [1875- 1. *R68ultats imm^diats 
 
 et ^loign^s du bouton de Murphy dans le traite- 
 
 ment de la gangrfene herniaire. [Lyon.] 80 pp. 
 
 8°. ChamUry,F.GentilJ.W)Q,m.U. 
 Blain (Maurice - F61ix - Baptistm) [1881- ]. 
 
 *L'altruisme morbide dans la paralysie g^ntole. 
 
 80 pp. 8°- Bordeaux, 1906, No. 70. 
 
 Blain (Ren^). *De la surveillance et de I'assis- 
 tance m^dicale de la femme enceinte dans les 
 villes et dans les villages. 52 pp. 8°. Paris, 
 1906, No. 142. . , , • , 
 
 Blalncourt. Tableaux synoptiques de physiolo- 
 gie, ^ I'usage des ^tudiants et des praticiens. 
 171 pp. 8*. Paris, J.-B. BaillHre & fils, 
 1904. . , . 
 
 Blaine (H[arry] G.) The physiaan; his relation 
 to the law, and the legal rules governing the 
 collection of his fees. 159 pp. 12°. Attica, G. 
 S. Earle & Co., 1897. ' 
 
 Blaine (James Milton) [1855-1913]. 
 
 [Obituary.] J. Am. M. Ass., Chifcago, 1913, Ixi, 1055. 
 Blainvllle (Louis-Plorentin-Gaetan) [1859- ]. 
 *Contribution k I'^tude chimique et th^rapeu- 
 tique de I'hypnal (monochloral-antipyrine). 54 
 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, 1898, No. 592. 
 
 . The same. 54 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, G. 
 Steinheil, 1898,. . 
 
 Blair (Charles). Errors of refraction and their 
 treatment. A qlinical pocket-book for prac- 
 titioners and students. 2 p. 1., 103 pp. 12°,,- 
 Bristol, J. Wright de Co., 1905. 
 
 . The same. 2. ed. 106 pp. 12°. BriHol, 
 
 J. Wright & Sons, 1910. 
 
 Blair (D.) A grammar of chemistry, wherein the 
 principles of the science are familiarized by a"" 
 variety of easy and entertaining experiments;- 
 with questions for exercise and a glossary of 
 terms m common use; corrected and revised by 
 Benjamin Tucker. 3. ed. ix (11.), 184 pp. 16°. 
 Philadelphia, D. Hogan, 1819. 
 
 Blair (Hamilton). Points about sea-swimming. 
 
 How to achieve the best results in swimming 
 
 and in bathing, pp. 12-17. 8°. New York, 
 
 1905. 
 
 CvMngfrom: Pearson's Mag., N. Y., 1905, xiv. 
 
 Blair (Louis E.) A new throat remedy; benzoinol 
 and resorcin compound. 3 1. 24°- [Albany, 
 1899.] 
 
 Blair (Thomas Stewart) [1867- ]. Pubhc hy- 
 giene, by . . ., assisted by numerous contribu- 
 tors. 2 v., paged consecutively, vi (6 1.), 644 
 pp. 8°. Boston, R. G. Badger, [1911]. 
 
 Blair's pocket therapeutics; a practi- 
 
 tioner's handbook of medical treatment, xv, 
 373 pp. 12°- Philadelphia, The Medical Council 
 Co., 1911. 
 
 The physician's drug codex of the drugs 
 and preparations official or listed in the U. S. 
 Pharmacopeia, 9. ed.; the National formulary, 
 4. ed.; and New and nonofflcial remedies, 1916 
 ed. '60 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, 191G. _ 
 
 Botanic drugs, their materia medica, 
 
 pharmacology, and therapeutics. 394 pp. 8° 
 Cincinnati, The Therap. Digest Pub. Co., 1917. 
 
 Blair (Vibay Papin) [1871- ]. Surgery and 
 diseases of the mouth and jaws; a practical 
 treatise on the surgery and diseases of the mouth 
 and allied structures, xxv, 638 pp. 8°. St. 
 Louis, C. V. Mosby Co., 1912. 
 
 . The same. 3. ed. 3 p. 1., ix-xxxi, 733 
 
 pp. roy. 8°. St. Louis, C. V. Mosby Co., 1917. 
 
 Bhiire (Joseph) [1876- ]. *Contribution k 
 I'^tude des fausses perforations de I'intestin 
 dans la fifevre typhoide. 43 pp., IL 8°. Paris, 
 1904, No. 65. 
 
 Blalron (F61ix). *Prophylaxie des §astroent6- 
 rites des nourrissons; la suralimentation et son 
 remfede. 159 pp. 8°. Paris, 1906, No. 301. 
 
 . The same. 159 pp. 8°. Paris, A. Michor 
 
 Ion, 1906. 
 
BLAIS. 
 
 629 
 
 BLANC. 
 
 Blais (Henri). * Contribution k I'^tude des 
 formes graves de I'appendicite chez I'enfant. 
 136 pp. 8°. Paris, 1906, No. 434. 
 
 BlaisdeU (Frank Ellsworth) [1862- ]. A mono- 
 graphic revision of the Coleoptera belonging to 
 the_ tenebrionide tribe Eleodiini inhabiting the 
 United States, Lower CaUfomia, and adjacent 
 islands. 524 pp.. 13 pi. 8°. Washitigton, 1909. 
 Forms Bull. No. 63, Snutbson. Inst. 
 
 Blalzot (Ludovic). *Recherches sur I'dvolution 
 de I'ut^rus d'Acanthias vulgaris RisBo. 58 pp., 
 2 pi. 8°. Pam, 1908, No. 388. 
 
 Blake (C. Carter). 
 
 See Fau (J.) Elementary artistic anatomy [etc.]. 8°. 
 London, [n. a.]. 
 
 Blake (Clarence John) [1844-1919]. Acute and 
 chronic inflammation of the mastoid portion of 
 the temporal bone. 
 
 Im Stst. Dis. Ear, Nose & Throat (Burnett), Phila., 1893, 
 1, 481-516. 
 
 . The fatigue of deafness, pp. 673-677. 8°. 
 
 New York, 1912. 
 
 Cuttingfrom; Atlantic Month., N. Y., 1912, ex. 
 
 See, also, Bacon (Gorham). A manual of otology [etc.]. 
 12°. New York & PhiladelpMa, 1898. 
 
 Far Biography, see J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1919, Ixxii, 512. 
 
 & Beik (Henry Ottridge). Operative otol- 
 ogy. Surgical pathology and treatment of dis- 
 eases of the ear. xii, 359 pp., 13 pi. 8°. New 
 York & London, 1>. Appleton & Co., 1906. 
 
 Blake (E. H.) Drainage and_ sanitation; a prac- 
 tical exposition of the conditions vital to healthy 
 buildings, their surroundings and construction, 
 their ventilation, heating, lighting, water and 
 waste services ; for the use of architects, surveyors 
 engineers, health officers, sanitary inspectors, 
 xiv, 519pp. 8°. London, B. T. fiote/ortf; [1913]. 
 
 Blake (Edward Thomas) [1842-1905]. Septic 
 intoxication; its congeners and its colourable 
 imitations. Reprinted, with additions, from the 
 Hospital Gazette. 66 pp. 12°. London & Phila- 
 delphia, F. A. Davis Co., [1892]. 
 
 . On the actions of sepsin, of lead, and of 
 
 certain allied agents. 15 pp. 12°. London, 
 StrakerBros. & Co., 1892. 
 
 . The inframammary pain. 1 p. 1., 15 pp. 
 
 8°. London, H. J. Glaisher, 1898. 
 
 On the study of the hand for indications 
 
 of local and general disease. 53 pp. 8°. London 
 H. J. Glaisher, 1898. 
 
 Constipation and some associated dis- 
 
 orders^ including recent observations on intes- 
 tinal innervation and the venous hearts; with 
 sections on venous stasis of abdomen, piles, 
 fissure, pruritus ani, rupture and corpulency. 
 XV, 286 pp. 8°. London, H. J. Glaisher, 1900. 
 
 Eczema and its congeners; their pa^ 
 
 thology and bacteriology, with some improve- 
 ments in their treatment, xix, 136 pp. 8°. 
 London, H. J. Glaisher, 1902. 
 
 . Co^tis (tubal catarrh), appendicitis and 
 
 their allies, xxxvii, 129 pp. 8°. London, H. J. 
 Glaisher, 1904. 
 
 . The intestinal catarrhs; being a clinical 
 
 study of colitis, appendicitis and their allies, 
 with a special new section on sprue. 2. ed. xv, 
 356 pp., 15 pi. 8°. London, H. J. Glaisher, 
 1905. 
 
 See, also, Fioussard (Paul). Muoomembranous entero- 
 colitis. 12*. London, 1905.— Hutcbiason (Woods). Stud- 
 ies in hvnnan and comparative [etc.]. 8°. London, 1901. 
 For Biography, see Lancet, Lond., 1905, ii, 564. 
 
 Blake (G[eorge] r[amcombeJ). 
 
 See Surgeons who have won [etc.]. 12°. London, 1904 
 
 Blake (George W.). 
 
 See Sulzer (William). Sulzer's short speeches, etc. 12°. 
 New YijrJc, [1912]. 
 
 Blake (James) [ -1893]. 
 
 Walnwrlgtat (J. W.) James Blake; a sketch of the man 
 and a brief account of his scientific work. N. York M. J. 
 [etc.], 1909, Ixxxix, 111-114. 
 
 Blake (James Augustus) [1842-1914]. 
 
 [Obituary.l J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1914, Ixii, 1979. 
 Also: Long Island M. J., Brooklyn, 1914, viii, 391. 
 
 Blake (James Eddy) [1873- ]. *Versuche 
 iiber Vioform, mit besonderer Beziehung auf 
 dessen mogUchen Gebrauch als ein Ersatzmittel 
 fiir Iodoform in der konservativen Behandlung 
 tuberkuloser Gelenke. 30 pp., 1 1. 8° Bonn, 
 C. Georgi, 1902. 
 
 Blake (James Gibhs) [1832-1900]. 
 
 Obituary. Birmingh. M. Rev., 1900, xlviii, 61. 
 
 Blake (John Bapst). 
 
 See History (A) of the Boston City Hospital [etc.]. 8°. 
 BosUm, 1906. 
 
 Blake (John George) [1837-1918]. 
 
 Gay(G.W.) Obituary. Boston M. & S. J.,1918, cLorifl, 
 446-448. 
 
 Blake (Joseph Augustus) [1864- ]. Fractures, 
 being a monograph on gunshot fractures of the 
 extremities, xi, l60 pp. 8°. New York & 
 London, D. Appleton & Co., 1919. 
 
 Blake (William) [1757-1827]. 
 
 Benolt(F.) A master of art; Blake, the visionary. Ann. 
 Psych. So., Lond., 1908, vil, 2-23, 1 pi. Also, transl.: Ann. 
 d. sc. psych.. Par., 1908, xviii, 1-8.— Norman (H. J.) Wil- 
 liam Blake. J. Ment. Sc, Lond., 1915, l*i, 198-244, 1 pi. 
 
 Blakistone (Julian Ohew) [1881-1918]. 
 
 Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1919, Ixxii, 135. 
 
 Blakiston's sectional manildns. 6 superposed 
 plates and 6 1. text; 8°. Philadelphia, P. 
 Blakiston's Son & Co., 1905. 
 
 Blameuser (Michael). *Casui8tischer Beitrag 
 zur Kenntnis von den nach Nekrose an der 
 Diaphyse auftretenden Storungen im Lan- 
 genwachstum. 24 pp., 1 1. 8°. Greifswald, C. 
 Sell, 1897. 
 
 Blan (Domiaique) [1873- ]. *De la grossesse et 
 du travail apres I'hyst^ropexie abdominale 
 antgrieure. 42 pp., 11. 8° iuon, 1897, No. 47. 
 
 Blanadet (S.). 
 
 See Alvarado (EmiUo). Ophtalmie [etc.]. fol. Valior 
 dolid, 1903. 
 
 Blanc (Alexandre) [1879- ]. *Lymphad6nome 
 
 de I'amygdale (lymphosarcome). 79 pp. 8°. 
 
 Montpellier, 1904, No. 7. 
 Blanc (Alfred) [1873- ]. »Contribution 4 
 
 r^tude de I'occlusion intestinale par brides. 
 
 48 pp. 8°. Paris, 1900, No. 261. 
 Blanc (Alfred). ■ *C6ntribution k l'6tude de la 
 
 marfitine (carbaminate de m-tolylhydrazide). 
 
 69 pp., 1 1. 8°. Montpellier, 1905, No. 70. 
 
 *L'hifeble (Sambucus ebulus, L.). (fitude 
 pharmacologique.) 132 pp., 1 pi. 8° Mont- 
 pellier, 1905, No. 33. 
 Ecole de pharmacie. 
 
 Blanc (Antoine) [1874- ]. *:^tude th^rapeuti- 
 que sur le pyramidon (phenylmethylamidodi- 
 methylisopyrazolone). 96 pp. 8°- Paris, 1903, 
 No. 163. 
 
 Blanc (Camille) [1868- ]. *Ck)ntribution k 
 r^tude de rWmoglobinurie paroxystique es- 
 eentielle. 79 pp. 4°. Paris, 1896, No. 317. 
 
 Blanc (Charles) [1876- ]. *De I'ongle incam^; 
 etude critique sur ses divers traitements. 73 pp 
 8°. Paris, 1902, No. 251. 
 
 Blanc (D6sir6) [188^- ]. *Contribution k 
 I'etude de la py^lon^phiite survenant au cours 
 de la grossesse et de son traitement en particulier 
 116 pp. 8°. Paris, 1908, No. 273. 
 
 Blanc (Eugfene) [1878- ]. *Au d^coUement 
 ^piphysaire traumatique de r extr6mit4 inf 6rieure 
 du tibia. 78 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1904, No. 174. 
 
BLANC. 
 
 630 
 
 BLANCARD. 
 
 Blanc (Femand) [1884- ]. *Coiitribution h 
 1 etude de la latence des pleurisies chez I'enfant. 
 45 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1911, No. 45. 
 
 Blanc (Pr^d^ric) [1879- ]. *Vari6t^s cliniques 
 et traitement chirurgical des d^viatipns de la 
 cloison des fosses nasales. 88 pp. 8° Lvon 
 1905, No. 133. " ' 
 
 "fi" ^^' ^'^ Kadioattivit^ con una prefazione 
 d'A. Sella _ed un' appendice de G. JD'Ormea, 
 BuUe azioni fisiologiche del raggi Becquerel. 
 ■vrn, 266 pp. 16°. Mlano, U. Eoepli, 1907. 
 
 Blanc (Georges-Raoul). *Les spirochetes; contri- 
 bution k r^tude de leur Evolution chez les 
 ixodidse. 129 pp. 8°. Paris, 1911, No. 432. 
 
 Blanc (Gratia). *Les leucorrh^es altemantes 
 morbides. 69 pp. 8°. Paris, 1912, No. 427. 
 
 Blanc (Henri) [1869- ]. *Contribution k la 
 pathologie du diverticule de Meckel. 106 pp., 
 1 1. 8°. Paris, 1899, No. 393. ' 
 
 ■ „ . - The same. 106 pp., 1 I. 8°. Paris, G. 
 Stemhdl, 1899. 
 
 Blanc (Henri) [1874- ]. *Contribution k 
 1 etude exp^rimentale de la mort par submersion. 
 45 pp. 8° Montpellier, 1901, No. 6. 
 
 Blanc (Henriaiartin) [1885- ]. *Travail de la 
 cUnique-des'maladies eutan^es et syphiUtiques 
 de I'Antiquaille. Psoriasis vaccinal. 59 pp. 8°. 
 Lyon, 1907, No. 29. 
 
 Blanc (Sir Henry Jules) [1831-19111. 
 
 Obltuaiy. Lancet, Lond., 1911, ii, ll70. 
 Blanc (Jacques) [1882- ]. *Action des rayons 
 X sur le testicule. 73 pp., II. 8°. iuora, 1906, 
 No. 63. n ' < 
 
 . The same. 73 pp., 1 1. 8° Paris, J.-B. 
 
 Baillihe & jils, 1907. 
 Blanc (Jean) [1891- ]. *Le r^flexe oculocar- 
 
 diaque dans les maladies nerveuses et mentales. 
 
 58 pp., 2 pi. 8°. Montpellier, 1914, No. 78. 
 Blanc (Joseph) [1883- ]. *Oontribution k 
 
 r6tude des troubles vesicaux dans I'ataxi^ 
 
 locomotrice. 55 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1908, 
 
 No. 53. 
 Blanc (Jules) [1874^ ]. *La fonction antitoxi- 
 
 que du rein et Topoth^rapie rtoale (revue criti- 
 que gdn&ale). 189 pp. 8° Montpellier, 1906, 
 
 No. 79. 
 Blanc (Jules) [1877- ]. *ContributioniI'6tude 
 
 du coUargol ou argent colloidal. 66 pp., 1 1. 
 
 8°. Montpellier, 1903, No. 52. 
 Blanc (L.-G.) [1880- ]. *Le traitement de la 
 
 sciatique par les agents phy^ques. 84 pp. 8°. 
 
 Paris, 1910, No. 263. 
 Blanc (L6on) [1841-1916]. De Taction des eaux 
 
 d'Aix-les-Bains, Marlioz et Challes dans le 
 
 traitement de la, syphilis. 56 pp. 8°. Paris, 
 
 A. Delahaye de E. Leerosnier, 1887. 
 . The gouty at Aix-les-Bains; diet and 
 
 treatment. 33 pp. 12° London, J. & A. 
 
 Churchill, 1902. 
 See, also, Robin (Albert). Treatment of tuberculosis 
 
 [etc.]. 8°. London, 1913. 
 
 For Biography, see Brit. M. J., Lond., 1916, i, 839. 
 Blanc (L^on) [1882- ]. *Contributionar^tude 
 
 des Idaions annexielles dans les fibromes. 42 pp. 
 
 8°. Montpellier, 1910, No. 119. 
 Blanc (Louis) [1874- ]. *Contribution exp6ri- 
 
 mentale k I'^tude du contenu cardiaque dans la 
 
 mort par asphyxie m^canique. ix (1 1.), 13-55 
 
 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1901, No. 85. _ 
 Blanc (Louis-Gaston). *;^tude chimique _ des 
 
 eaux de la Oorrfeze (region nord-est). Essai sur 
 
 les m^thodes de dosage des nitrites. [Paris.] 
 
 56, pp., 6 ch. 8° Nevers, 1911. 
 
 Eoole de pharmacie. 
 
 See, also, Lfignon (A.) & Blanc (L.) Les prqduits chi- 
 ini(iues[eto.J. 12°. Paris, 1907. 
 
 Blanc (Lucien). *Contribution k I'^tude sur 
 I'extraction du cristallin dans sa capsule. 86 
 pp., 1 1. 8°. Genhe, 1885. 
 
 Blanc (Noel). *Contribution k I'^tude de la d^- 
 g6n6rescence calcaire des fibro-myomes ut^rins. 
 [Montpellier.] 61 pp., 1 1. 8°. Grenoble, 1900, 
 No. 29. 
 
 Blanc (Prosper). *De la forme an6mique du 
 cancer de restomac. 46 pp., 1 I. 8°. Paris, 
 1901, No. 644. 
 
 Blanc (Robert-Charles) [1879- 1. *Des inter- 
 ventions chiruigicales dans la lithiase renale 
 infiammatoire et suppur^e. 108 pp. 8°. Bor- 
 deaux, 1905, No. 71. 
 
 Blanc (Theodore). *Rapports de Tinflammation 
 avee la ga,ngr6ne diab^tique. 50 pp. 4°. Paris, 
 1896, No. 450. 
 
 Blanc y Benet (Jos6). Datos para una biblio- 
 
 fafla quirdrgica espanola. 142 pp., 1 1. 8°. 
 arcelona, 1895-6. 
 
 . La moderacidn de la libidine. 102 pp., 
 
 1 1. 8°. Barcelona, 1905. 
 
 Blanc-Saietes (Antoine) [1871- ]. *Contribu- 
 tion k r^tude de la receptivity vaccinale aux 
 diff^rents ages. 42 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1900, No. 
 116. 
 
 Blancard (Charles) [1876- ]. *Sur le r61e de 
 I'amnioB dans les malformations cong^nitales. 
 64 pp. 8°. Pom, 1902, No. 390. 
 
 Blancard (Raoul) [1863- ]. *R6flexions sur 
 I'hygifene de la grossesse, de I'accouchement et 
 du post partum k la campagne; abus et impru- 
 
 _ dence des matrones. 43 pp. 4°. Paris, 1896, 
 No. 120. 
 
 Blancard (Stephen) [1650-17021 . *De hydrope 
 ascite. 8 1. sm. 4°. Pranekerse, J. Wellens, 
 1674. 
 
 — ;— — . Die belagert- und entsetzte Venus, das 
 ist, chirurgische Abhandlung der sogenannten 
 Frantzossen, auch spanischen Pocken-Krank- 
 heit . . . Aus dem Niederlandischen, nach dem 
 neuesten Druck in unsere hochdeutsche Sprach 
 ubersetzet. 2 p. 1,, 544 pp., 4 1., 8 pi. 16°- 
 Leipzig, J. F. Gleditsch, 1689. 
 
 ;, Collectanea medico-physica, oder Hol- 
 
 landisch Jahr-Register sonderbahrer Amnerckun- 
 gen, die so wohl in der Artzney-Kunst als Wis- 
 senschaft der Natur in gantz Europa vorge- 
 fallen, Angefangen mit dem Jahr mdcxxc. 
 Theils aua selbst eigener Erfindun" theils aus 
 Communication unterschiedener Herren und 
 Liebhaber zusammen getragen. Aus dem Hol- 
 landischen in das Hoch-Teutsche ubersetzet 
 durch T. P. M. C. G. L. 2 pts. 3 p. 1., 581 pp., 
 9 1.; 3 p. 1., 376 pp., 6 1. 16°. Leipzig, M. G. 
 Weidmann, 1690. 
 
 Neue und besondere Manier alle verstor- 
 
 bene Corper, mit wenig Unkosten, dergestalt 
 zu balsamiren, dass solche in etiichen hundert 
 Jahren nicht verwesen . . . Aus Holland, in 
 unser Mutter-Sprach iibersetzet von G. A. M. 
 104 pp. 16°. Hannover & WolffenbutUl, G. 
 Freytag, 1697. 
 
 . Verhandeling van de operatien ofte wer- 
 
 kingen der medicamenten in's Menschen 
 lighaam, [etc.]. 4 p. 1., 332 pp., 6 1. 16°. Am- 
 sterdam, W. de Lavoje is P. Aldewereld, 1729. 
 
 EigentUche Abhandlungen von dem Po- 
 
 dagra und der lauftenden Gicht, worinnen auch 
 die herrUchen Kraftte der Milch ordentUch 
 beschrieben werden. Nebst des Wilhelra ten 
 Rhyne Beschreibung wie die Chinesen vermit- 
 telst des Moxabrennena und guldenen Nadel- 
 stechens all Kranckheiten, insonderheit aber 
 das Podagra curirten. Auch bey dieser neuen 
 Auflage mit einer Beschreibung und Gebrauch 
 
BLANCARD. 
 
 631 
 
 BLANCHEREAU. 
 
 Blancard (Stephen) — continued, 
 eines neu erfundenen mineralisclien Gicht- 
 Magnets Christoph Ludwig WiUielmi vermehrt. 
 
 1 p. 1., 343 pp., 18 1. 16° Leipzig, A. Martini, 
 1733. 
 
 . Lexicon medicum renovatum, in quo 
 
 totius artis medicse termini in anatome, chirur- 
 gia, pharmacia, chymia, re botanica [etc.]. Ed. 
 novissima et ob additiones a viro celeberrimo 
 Joanne Henr. Scbulzio desumptas cseteris longe 
 auctior et periectior. 4p.l., 588pp. 8°. Lovanii, 
 J. F. van Overbeke, 1754. 
 
 See, also, Hippocrates. Aphorismen of kortbondige spreu- 
 ken, [etc.]. 24°. Amsleriam, 1714. 
 
 Far Biography, see Abblld. . . . d. Arzuk. verd. GelehrtBn 
 [etc.]. 4°. Augsburg, 1805, 64, port. 
 
 Blanchard (Abel) [1883- ]. *Les gu^iisons 
 tardives ^tudi^es en elles-m&nes et dans leurs 
 rapports avec le divorce. 158 pp. 8°. Mont- 
 peltier, 1913, No. 114. 
 
 Blanchard (^Albert H.) [1828-1909]. 
 
 Obituary. Boston M. & S. J., 1909, clxi, 907. 
 
 Blanchard (Charles Elton) [1868- ]. Medical 
 dollars and sense, the story of the building of a 
 large office practice. 5 p. 1., [13]-180 pp. 8° 
 Racine, Wis., Western Print. & Lithogr. Co., 
 1912. 
 
 . Wayside experiences; a collection of 
 
 plain tales as heard along the road. 246 pp. 8°- 
 Newark, New Jersey, Physicians' Drug News Co., 
 [1913]. 
 
 Blanchard (G.) [1881-1913]. Trait6 des maladies 
 des chiens. xxii, 583 pp. 8°- Paris, J.-B. Bail- 
 lih-e & fils, 1910. 
 
 For Biography, see Rupert, de police san. v6t. et d'hyg. 
 pub., Par., 1913, xxix, 571. 
 
 Blanchard (Gteorges) [1866- ]. *La danseuse; 
 
 consid6rationB sur quelques accidents profes- 
 
 sionnels, de ses tendons et ligaments du pied. 
 
 132 pp. 8°. Paris, 1898, No. 442. 
 Blanchard (Gustave-Charles) [1877- ]. *De 
 
 I'astigmatisme d6termin6 par le pt^rigion. 
 
 [Paris.] 54 pp., 11. 8°. JVanto, 1904, No. 132. 
 Blanchard (J. -S.-Femand) [1879- ]. *De la 
 
 torsion du p6dicule des fibromes ut^rines sous- 
 
 s^reux pendant la grossesse. Ill pp. 8° Paris, 
 
 1907, No. 16. 
 Blanchard (Jean) [1876- ]. *Indications 
 
 op^ratoires dans le cancer de I'anse ileo-caecale. 
 
 92 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1903, No. 22. 
 Blanchard (Joseph) [1884r- ]. *Du chlorure 
 
 de calcium; son action diur^tique et d6chloru- 
 
 rante dans les nephrites. [Nancy.] 91 pp. 8° 
 
 Varangeville, 1911, No. 26. 
 Blanchard (L.-F.) *Contribution a, I'^tude cU- 
 
 nique de certains muscles synergiques (medians 
 
 et sym^triques) au cours de I'h^mipl^gie organi- 
 
 que (parall&le avec les muscles asynergiques). 
 
 127 pp. 8°. Paris, 1900, No. 645. , 
 Blanchard (Maurice) [1883- ]. *Etude sur les 
 
 uterus didelphes k corps ind^pendants sans 
 
 h6matom6trie au point de vue chirurgical. 55 
 
 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1907, No. 3. 
 Blanchard (Paul-Henri- Alexandre) [1871- J. 
 
 *Contribution k I'^tude de la symptomatologie 
 
 et du traitement de la m61e hyda&forme . 52 pp . , 
 
 2 1. 8°. lAlU, 1897, No. 44. 
 
 Blanchard (Eaphael[-Anatole-Eniile]) [1857- 
 1919]. Notice sur lea titres et travaux scien- 
 tiflques. 142 pp., 11. 4° Lille, Le Bigot frhes, 
 1890. 
 
 . Histoire zoologique et m^dicale des 
 
 t^niad^s du genre Hymenolepis Weinland. 
 112 pp. 8°. Paris, 1891. 
 
 Blanchard (Raphael[-Anatole-Emile]) — cont'd. 
 
 . Les coccidies et leur r61e pathogenique. 
 
 40 pp. 8°. Paris, Soc. zool. de France, 1900. 
 
 Centenaire de la mort de Xavier Bichat. 
 
 57 pp., 3 pi., 3 port. 8° Paris, F.-R. de Rudeval, 
 1903. 
 
 -. Les moustiques. Histoire naturelle et 
 
 m^dicale. xiii, 673 pp., 1 tab. 8° Paris, F.- 
 R. de Rtukoal, 1905. 
 
 Glossaire allemand-franfais des termes 
 
 d'anatomie et de zoologie. 298 pp. 8° Paris, 
 Asselin & Houzeau, 1908. 
 
 -. L'insecte et I'infection. Histoire natu- 
 
 relle et m^dicale des arthropodea pathogfenes. 
 Premier fascicule: Acariens. 1 p. 1. , 160 pp. 8° 
 Paris, Lib. scient. et lit. , 1909. 
 
 . ]Epigraphie_ medicale. _ Corpus inscrip- 
 
 tionum ad medicinam biologiamque spectan- 
 tium. V. 1. 482 pp. roy. 8° Paris, Asselin & 
 Eovzeau, 1909-15. 
 
 -. La Faculte de m^decine de Beyrouth; 
 
 conference faite au comity de I'Asie frangaise le 
 29 Janvier 1912._ 12 pp. 8°. Paris, 1912. 
 
 Instructions pour I'hygifene et la disin- 
 
 fection en temps de guerre. 16 pp. 8°. Paris, 
 1914. 
 
 . La lutte centre la mouche. 62 pp., 1 1. 
 
 8° Paris, 1915. 
 
 . La lutte centre les poux ; instructions pour 
 
 les soldats au front. 7 pp., 11. 8°. Pans, 1915. 
 See, also, Neveu-Lemalre (Maurice). Parasitologic ani- 
 male,[etc.][i»2.s.]. 12°. Poris, 1902.— SousaTeixelra(B.) 
 Diagnostic pr6cocede la tuberculosepulmonaire. 8°. Paris, 
 1907. — Vlelllard (Camille) [iw 2. s.]. L'urologie et les m^de- 
 cins urologues [etc.]. 8°. Paris, 1903. 
 
 Also, Editor of: ArcUlves de parasitologic, Paris, 1898-14. 
 Also, Co-Editor of: Bulletin de rAcad&mle dc m^ecine, 
 Paris, 1912-18. 
 
 For Biography, see Arch, de parasitol., Par., 1902, v, 602- 
 604 (J. Guiart). ^Iso: Bull. Acad, de mid.. Par., 1919, 3. s., 
 Ixxxi, 164-168 (E. Delonne). Also: Corresp. m&i.. Par., 
 1901, vii. No. 164, 3 (1,. Laveyssifere). Also: Gaz. jnid. du 
 centre. Tours, 1906, xi, 33-35. Also: J. Am. M. Ass., Cliicago, 
 1919, Ixxil, 813. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1919, i, 315. Also: 
 Science, N. Y., 1919, n. s., xlix, 391 (F. H. Garrison). 
 
 Blanche {Antoine- Emmanuel -Pascal) 
 [1785-1849]. 
 
 Boger (J.) [Biography.] In his: Les mM. normands 
 [etc.], 8°, Par., 1890, 1, 136-148. 
 
 Blanche {Emmanuel) [ -1908]. 
 
 Heiot (R.) Le docteur Emmanuel Blanche; la biblio- 
 thfeque de Blanche. Rev. mM. de Normandie, Rouen, 1908, 
 205-211, port. 
 
 Blanche (Maurice). *L'alimentation rationnelle 
 du tuberculeux. 94 pp. 8°. Paris, 1905, No. 
 378 
 
 Blanche (Ren6) [1877- ]. *Contribution a 
 retude des affections de I'estomac; cytodiag- 
 nostic du cancer de Testomac. 77 pp., 1 1. 8°. 
 Paris, 1906, No. 83. 
 
 Blanchellus (Menghus), Faventinus. 1* Tituli 
 questionum et dafficultatu de prime et. ultimo 
 instanti. Perrarise, Laurentius de Rubeis de 
 Valentia et Andreas de Grassis de Castronova 
 socii, 1492. _ FoUo. [a*, bcde°], 32 unnumbered 
 leaves, 58 lines to the full page. 
 H. *3232. 
 
 Blancher (Alexis). *Separation quantitative de 
 la brucine et de la strychnine. [Paris.] 53 pp. 
 8°v Saint- Amand-Montrond, 1903, No. 20. 
 Ecole de pharmacie. 
 
 Blancher (Claude- Emile) [1875- ]. *La le- 
 
 vure de biere dans le traitement des enterites. 
 
 72 pp. 8°. Paris, 1900, No. 10. 
 Blanchereau (Robert-Etienne- Emile) [1877- ]. 
 
 *Contribution h I'^tude des obsessions digestives. 
 
 56 pp., 1 1. 8° Bordeaux, 1903, No. 739. 
 
BIANCHET. 
 
 632 
 
 BLANDIN. 
 
 Blanchet (Alexis-Fr^d^ric-Gaston). *Contribu- 
 tion k r^tude de raaaphylaxie. 104 pp. 8°. 
 Paris, 1909; No. 360. 
 
 Blanchet (Emile) [1879- ]. *Automobilisme 
 et m^decine; r61e th^rapeutique de I'automo- 
 bile. 46 pp., 1 1. 8° Lyon, 1903, No. 55. 
 
 Blanchet (Eugfene). *Des nouveaux modes 
 d' administration du chloroforme. 62 pp. 8°. 
 Paris, 1905, No. 32. 
 
 Blanchet (Henri) [1878- ]. *Contribution k 
 r^tude de la resorption spontan^e dans I'em- 
 pytaie k pneumocoques de la seconde enfance. 
 56 pp. 8*. Lyon, 1903, No. 143. 
 
 Blanchet (Jean) [1888- ]. *De la laparotomie 
 pararectale gauche pour pratiquer la gastro- 
 ent6ro-anastomose; avantages et indications. 39 
 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1913, No. 97. 
 
 Blanchet (Joseph). *Contribution k I'^tude de la 
 syphilis chez Ifes nouveau-n^s. 106 pp. 8°. 
 Paris, 1902, No. 435. 
 
 Blanchet (Pierre-Jules-Alphonse) [1873- ]. 
 *Contribution k I'^tude des enchondromes du 
 bassin. 47 pp. 8°. Ly<m, 1900, No. 150. 
 
 Blanchet (Ren6) [1885- ]. *Contribution k 
 r^tude de I'uremie gaatro-intestinale; I'ur^mie 
 occlusive. 70 pp. 8'. Paris, 1911, No. 395. 
 
 Blanchet (Roger). *Contribution k l'6tude des 
 n^vroses intestinales. 56 pp. 8° Paris, 1901, 
 No. 31. 
 
 Blancheti^re (Alexandre). ' *ContributLon k 
 I'^tude biologique de quelques vari^t^s du genre 
 Sporotrichum pathogenes pour I'homme. 105 pp. 
 8*. Paris, 1909, No. 268. 
 
 Blanched (Fr6d6ric). *Le Distomum hepaticum 
 chez I'homme. 41pp., 1 pi. 8° Lausanne, E. 
 Frankfurter, 1909. 
 
 Blanchon (Ernest) [1876- ]. *Du syndrome 
 cardio-vasculaire pr^tuberculeux. 57 pp. 8°- 
 Montpellier, 1902, No. 65. 
 
 Blanchon (H[erui]). Formulaire de th^rapeuti- 
 que. 319 pp. 16°. Paris, Imp. Klein & Cie., 
 1904. 
 
 Blanchot (]Bmile) [1880- ]. *Contribution k 
 r^tude anatomique des fractures du condyle 
 interne de rhumerus chez I'enfant. 46 pp., 1 1. 
 8°. Lyon, 1907, No. 123. 
 
 Blanchot (Honor6-Chades) [1892- _ ]. *Le 
 traitemeht des fractures de la clavicule par la 
 mdthode de Couteaud. 62 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 
 1917; No. 10. 
 
 Blanck (A.) Die mecklenburgischen Aerzte von 
 den altesten Zeiten bis zur Gegenwart. Eine 
 NeuausKibe, VervoUstandigung und Fortsetzung 
 des im Jahre 1874 erschienenen Sammelwerkes, 
 veranstaltet von Axel Wilhelmi. 1 p. 1. (3 1.), 
 388 pp. 8°. Schwenni. M., E. Eerberger, 1901. 
 
 Blanck (August [Hans Paul Helmut]) [1879- ]. 
 *Zur !Kenntnis der Geschwillste des Bauchho- 
 dens. 38 pp., 1 1. 8°- Rostoch, W. W. Winter- 
 berg, 1906. 
 
 Blanck (Theodor Hellmuth Hugues Kazimir) 
 [1873- ]. *Ueber das Vorkommen des Facial- 
 phanomenes bei Schilddrusenaftektionen. [Mun- 
 chen.] 34 pp. 8°. Berlin, R. Trenkel, 1909. 
 
 Blancke (C[arl]). *Eiil Beitrag zur Prage der 
 Posticuslahmung. 27 pp. 8°- Jena, Promann, 
 1898. 
 
 Blancke (Paul) [1875- _ ]. *Zur Kasuistik der 
 Augenerkrankungen bei Akne rosacea. 20 pp. , 
 1 1. 8°. Giessen, 0. Kindt, 1906. 
 
 Blancken (Gerardus). Catalogus antiquarum et 
 novarum rerum ex longe dissitis terrarum oris 
 congestis, quarum visendarum copia Lugduni in 
 Batavis in anatomia publica, curioais specta- 
 toribus datur. 14 pp. 4°. Lugd. Bat., H. 
 vander Boxe, 1700. 
 
 Blanckertz (Rudolf) [1888- ]. *Die Ausbil- 
 dung der Tetrade im Ei von Ascaris megaloce- 
 phala univalens. [Miinchen.] 18 pp. 8°. 
 Leipzig, W. Engdmann, 1910. 
 
 Blanckmeister (Karl Otto) [1862- ]. *Ueber 
 zwei Falle extrauteriner Graviditat geheilt 
 durch Laparotomie. [Leipzig.] 52 pp. 8°. 
 Stolpen in Sachsen, L. Schulae, 1910. 
 
 Blanco (Juan Carlos) [1884- 1. *Etude d'ana- 
 tomie m6dico-chirurgicaIe de I'attique. 51 pp. 
 8°. Paris, 1911, No. 232. 
 
 Blanco (Manuel) [1778-1845]^. Flora de FiUpinas; 
 adicionada con el manuscnto in^dito del P. Fr. 
 Ignacio Mercado, las obras del P. Fr. Antonio 
 Llanos y de un ap6ndice con todas las nuevas 
 investigaciones botdnicas referentes al Archi- 
 piflago KUpino. Gran edici6n hecha a expensas 
 de la Provincia de Agustinos Calzados de 
 Filipinas, bajo la direccion cientffica del P. Fr. 
 Andrds Naves. 4 v. text (Spanish and Latin), 
 2 V. plates (480). fol. Manila, Plana & Ca., 
 1877-80. 
 
 . See, also: 
 
 Merrill (E. D.) The dates at publication of the third edi- 
 tion of Blanco's "Flora de Flliplnas." Philippine J. So., 
 ManUa, 1917, xii, Sect. C, 113-116. 
 
 Blanco (Tomds) [ -1916]. 
 
 Rabena (F.) Obituary. Kev. valenc. de den. m£d., 
 Valencia, 1916, xvili, 97-102. 
 
 Blanco-Boman (Francisco). La peste bub6nica; 
 
 sus causas, sfntomas, profilaxis y tratamiento. 
 
 125 pp., 2L 12°. Zamora, E. Calamita, 1899. ' 
 Bland (J.) An essay in praise of women; or a 
 
 looktQg-glass for ladies to see their perfections in. 
 
 249 pp. 16°. Edinburgh, W. Darling, 1767. 
 Bland (Pascal Brooke) [1875- ]. Surgery of 
 
 the female genito-unnary organs. Methods of 
 
 examinations and diagnosis; malformations, etc. 
 In: SuRQEBT (Keen). g°. PUlwielplm & London, 1909, 
 
 V, 351-387. 
 
 Bland-Sutton {Sir John) [1855- ]. Essays 
 
 on the position of abdominal hysterectomy in 
 
 London. 2 p. 1., 90 pp., front. 8°. London, 
 
 J. Nisbet & Co., 1909. 
 — . Fibroids of the uterus; their pathology, 
 
 diagnosis and treatment, vii, 245 pp. 8°. [Lortr 
 
 don\. Science Reviews, [1913]. 
 . The diseases of women, a handbook for 
 
 students and practitioners, xv, 571 pp. 8°. 
 
 London, W. Heinemann, [1916]. 
 
 Tumours, innocent and malignant; their 
 
 clinical characters and appropriate treatment. 
 6. ed. ix, 790 pp. 8°. London [etc.], Cassell & 
 Co., 1917. 
 See, also, Sutton (John Bland) [in 1. and 2. s.]. 
 Blandamour (Armand). *Traitement du lupus 
 par le radium. 94 pp. 8° Paris, 1902, No. 47. 
 Blandeau (Francis) [1874- ]. *Albuminurie 
 des multipares. 52 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, 1897, 
 No. 271. 
 Blandford (George Fielding) [1829-1911]. Insan- 
 ity. 
 
 In: Twentieth Cent. Pract., N. Y., 1897, xii, 3-254. 
 For Biography, see Am. J. Insan., Chicago, 1897-8, liv, 
 127, port. (G. H. Savage). Also: Lancet, Lond., 1911, ii, 733. 
 
 Blandford {Joseph WUtfieU) [1847- 
 1916]. 
 
 Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1917, 1, 69. 
 
 Blandin (Charles-Marie-Rend) [1881- ]. *Sur 
 quelques modes de traitement de I'dldphantiaaiB. 
 72 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1908, No. 73. 
 
 Blandin (Georges-Henri) [1876- ]. *Consid6- 
 rations sur la croissance dans ses rapports avec 
 I'hygifene. 60 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1901, No. 32. 
 
 Blandin (Lucien) [1871- ]. _ *Epilepsie trau- 
 matique consecutive aux plaies du cr^ne par 
 aimes k feu. 109 pp. 8°. Paris, 1902, No. 534. 
 
BLANDIN. 
 
 633 
 
 BLASCHKE. 
 
 Blandin (Lucien) — continued. 
 The same. 112 pp. 8° 
 
 Paris, O. Steirv- 
 
 heil, 1902. 
 
 Blandin (Philippe-Fr^d^ric) [179&-1849]. Auto- 
 plastie oder mederherstellung zerstorter Kor- 
 pertheile auf Kosten anderer mehr oder minder 
 entfemterTheile. Aus dam Pranzosischen uber- 
 setzt von P. Kapff. 184 pp. 8° Reuilingen, 
 Ensslin & Laibhn, 1838. 
 
 Blandinus (Petrus). De concoctionum trium, 
 constitutione naturali. 14 1. 12° Basilss, J. 
 Schrceterus, 1612. 
 
 Blandy {Gurih Swinnerton) [1879-1917]. 
 
 Obituary. Lancet, Land., 1917, i, 1016. 
 
 Blane (Sir Gilbert) [1749-1834]. 
 
 [Blograpby.] Brit. M.J.,Lond.,1916,i, 426. —Home (W. 
 E.) Blane and his compeers. Lancet, Lond., 1916, i, 978. — 
 Bolleston (H. D.) Sir Gilbert Blane, an administrator ol 
 naval medicine and hygiene. J. Eoy. Nav. M. Serv., Lond., 
 1916/ ii, 72-81, port. Also, Reprint. 
 
 Blaney (Thomm) [1823-1903]. 
 
 Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1903, i, 1121. 
 
 Blanlcb (B.) *Contribution k I'^tude des r6tr6- 
 ciasements cong6nitaux de I'urfetre chez I'homme 
 et chez la femme. 77 pp. 8° Mantpellier, 
 1911, No. 58. 
 
 Blank (Arthur) [1883- ]. *Ueber kavemose 
 Hamangiome mit besonderer Berucksichtigung 
 ihres multiplen Vorkommens. 42 pp. 8°- 
 Kiel, H. Fiencke, 1908. 
 
 Blank (Dagobert) [1880- ]. *Ueber Volume- 
 trie des Herzens. [Gottingen.] 26 pp. , 1 pi. , 2 1. 
 8°. Berlin, E. Ebering, 1905. 
 
 Blank (Dina). *Zur Frage der Agglutination der 
 menschlichen roten Blutkorperchen. 16 pp. 8°- 
 Ziirich, J. P. Kohold-LUdi, 1907. 
 
 Blank (Joh. Gustav) [1881- ]. *Ein FaU von 
 akuter Phosphorvergiftung. 37 pp., 1 1. 8° 
 Miinchen, E. MUhlthtder, 1906. 
 
 Blank (Karl) [1880- ]. *Ueber osteoplastLsche 
 Trepanation bei Epilepsie. 64 pp., 11 tab. 8° 
 Freiburg i. Br., A. Mehlhase, 1905. 
 
 Blank (Otto) [1881- ]. *Beitrag zur Frage der 
 Malignitat der extragenitalen SyphiliB. [Erlan- 
 gen.] 23 pp. 8°. Niimberg, J. L. Stick, 1910. 
 
 Blank carjtridges. 
 
 See Wounds {Gunshot) from blank cartridges. 
 
 Blankart (Stephen). See Blancard (Stephen). 
 Blanke (Adolf) [1875- ]. *Welche Gefahren 
 
 bietet das -Fleisch tuberkuloser Tiere fiir den 
 
 Menschen und wie weit darf solches als Nah- 
 ungsmittel verwandt werdeh? 42 pp., 11. 8°. 
 
 Berlin, G. Schade, 1900. 
 Blanke (Paul Franz Bemhard Johannes) [1876- 
 ]. *Verhalten des Central-Nervensystems 
 
 beim Diabetes melUtus. 30 pp., 1 I. 8°. 
 
 Gottingen, L. Hofer, 1901. 
 Blankemeyer _ (Hermann). *Stati8tisches zur 
 
 Beschafienheit der weibUchen Brust und zum 
 
 Stillgeschaft. 82 pp., 1 1. 8°. Freiburg, C. A. 
 
 Wagner, 1899. 
 
 Blankets (Disinfection of). 
 
 Elgstr^m (A.) & Erlandsen (A.) [Disinfection of bed 
 blankets with formaldehyde.] Ugest. f. Lseger, Kj^benh., 
 1913, Ixxv, 1321; 1359.— Schultes. TJebcr die Behandlung 
 der wollenen Decken in der Heilstatte. Beitr. z. Klin. d. 
 Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1914, vii, Suppl., 430. 
 
 Blankoff (Sarah) [1871- ]. *D'un nouveau 
 proc6d6 de colpop6iin6orraphie dans le traite- 
 ment de la rectocdle. 64 pp. 8° Pons, 1899, 
 No. 500. 
 
 Blanluet (Paul) [1879- ]. *De la leptom^nin- 
 gite purulente otogfene. 120 pp. 8 Paris, 
 1908, No. 219. 
 
 Blanquart (Auguste- Albert-Charles- Louis) [1883- 
 ]. *Le diagnostic pr^coce de I'h^r^do- 
 syphilis (r61e de la cKnique et du laboratoire). 
 100 pp_. 8°. Lille, 1908, No. 34. 
 
 Blanquler (Henri). *Ce que le mMecin devrait 
 savoir sur la vie. (Esquisse d'un prograjnme 
 de philosophie biologique.) 56 pp. 8°. Tou- 
 louse, 1906, No. 681. 
 
 Blanquinque (Eugfene-Joseph-Louia). *Es8ai sur 
 le choix de I'intervention dans le traitement des 
 abcfes chauds de la prostate. 54 pp. 8° Paris, 
 1902, No. 423. 
 
 Blarez (Charles) [1852- .] L'urine au point de 
 vue chimique et medical; analyse aimpUfi^e, 
 avec la signification et I'interpr^tation physiolo- 
 gique et clinique des r^sultats. 2. 6d. xix, 314 
 pp. 12°. Paris, A. Maloine, 1910. 
 
 Blarez (Charles). *Du lait au point de vue de 
 I'alimentation humaine, de son expertise judi- 
 ciaire, 96 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1917. 
 
 Blarez (Pedro Maria Carlos) [1852-1918]. 
 
 Obituary. Semana mid., Bnenos Aires, 1918, xxv, 627. 
 
 Blarina. 
 
 Babcock (H. L.) Some observations on the food habits 
 of the short-tailed shrew (Blarina brevieauda). Science, 
 N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1914, n. s., xl, 526-530. 
 
 Blaringhem (L.) Mutation et traumatismes; 
 6tude sur revolution des formes v^g^tales. 1 
 p. 1., 248 pp., 8 pi., 8 1. 8°. Paris, F. Alcan, 
 1908. 
 
 Blary (Raymond) [1876- }. *Contribution k 
 r^tude des gommes syphilitiques des paupiferes. 
 69 pp., 1 1., 2 pi. 8°. Lyon, 1897, No. 31. 
 
 Bias (C[harles]) [1839- J & Banwez (F.) 
 Chimie pharmaceutique mm^rale. 3. ^d. vi, 
 278 pp. 8° Lcmvain & Paris, 1903. 
 
 Bias (Georgius). _ Thesaurus sanitatiainsestimabilis 
 quomodo facili methodo ad plurimos vitae dies 
 integer et iacolumis conservari possit. 5 p. 1., 
 287 pp., 4 1., 1 pi. 12°. (Enipontum, 1691. 
 
 Bias (Otto). *Ueber Premdkorper in der Nase und 
 RhmoUthenbildung. 45 pp. 8° Strassburg, 
 a Goeller, 1892. 
 
 Blasart (Charles) [1875- ]. *Contribution k 
 r^tude des ruptures de Tut^rus pendant I'ac- 
 couchement (ruptures incompletes). 75 pp. 8°. 
 Paris, 1899, No. 135. 
 
 Blasctake (Paul). Medizinisches Konversations- 
 buch, enthaltend eine Sammlung von Redensar- 
 ten behufe Verstandigung mit Sunken fremder 
 Nationen, sowie die AnM,be der Aussprachbe- 
 zeichnung. Mit einem Vorworte des Intema- 
 tionalen Komitees der Vereine vom Roten 
 Kreuz in Gfenf . Deutsch-Englisch. xxi, 211pp. 
 8°. Berlin de Leipzig, W. Rothschild, 1907. 
 
 . The same. Deutsch-Franzosisch. xvii, 
 
 210 pp. 12°. Berlin & Leipzig, 1907. 
 
 . The same. Doknetscher am Kranken- 
 
 bette, nebst vollstandigem medizinischen Wor- 
 terbuch. Deutsch-Russisch. 2. Aufl. xviii, 306 
 pp. 16°. Berlin & Leipzig, W. Rothschild, 1907. 
 
 . The same. Abteilung II. Medizinisches 
 
 Worterbuch in deutscher, franzosischer und 
 englischer Sprache, in einem Alphabet, xvi, 
 450 pp. 8°. Berlin, Leipzig, Paris, London, 1907. 
 
 . A dictionary of medical conversation. 
 
 English-German, xx, 224 pp. 12° Berlin & 
 Leipzig, 1907. 
 
 . Dictionary of medical terms, English, 
 
 French, German, arranged in a single alphabet 
 order, xvi, 450 pp. 12°. Berlin & Leipzig, R. 
 Rothschild; Paris, Boyreau & Chevillet; LonAm, 
 J. & A. Churchill, 1907. 
 
 See, abo, Medical (The) translator [etc.]. 8°. London & 
 Paris, 1907.— WOrterbucli der Elektrotedmik in drei 
 Sprachen [etc.]. 8°. Leipzig, 1901. 
 
BLASCHKO. 
 
 634 
 
 BLASTOMYCETES. 
 
 Blaschko [Alfred] [1858- ]. Die Cholera, ihr 
 Wesen, ihie Verbreitung und Verhutung. 16 
 pp. 12°. Berlin, W. Latte, 1883. 
 
 . Die Lepra im Kreise Memel. 87 pp. , 3 pi. 
 
 8°. Berlin, S. Karger, 1897. 
 
 . Hygiene der Prostitution und venerischen 
 
 Rraniheiten. 128 pp. 8°. Jena, G. Fischer, 
 1900. 
 Forms 1. Lfg., v. 10, of: Handb. I. Hyg. 
 
 Die Prostitution im 19. Jahrhundert. 51 
 
 pp. 12°. _ Berlin, 1902. 
 
 — . Die Nervenverteilung in der Haut in 
 
 ihrer Beziehung zu den Erkrankungen der 
 Haut. 53 pp., 26 1., 26 pi. fol. Wien, W. 
 Braumuller, 1902. 
 
 Die Geschlechts-Krankheiten, ihre Ge- 
 
 fahren, Verhutung und Bekampfung. Volkstiim- 
 lich dargestellt. 3. Aufl. 20 pp. 8°. Berlin, 
 Sassenbaeh, 1904. 
 
 & Jacobsohn (Max) [1871- ]. Thera- 
 
 peutisches Taschenbuch fur Haiit- und Ge- 
 schlechtskrankheiten. 2. Aufl. 4 p. 1., 152 pp. 
 [interleaved]. 8°. Berlin, H. Komfeld, 1912. 
 
 Also, Editor of: mitteilungen der deutscben Gesell- 
 schaft zur Bekamplung der Geschleohtskrankheiten, Leip- 
 zig, 1902-15. 
 
 Blasdale (Walter P.) A description of some 
 Chinese vegetable food materials and their 
 nutritive and economic value. 48 pp., 8 pi. 8°. 
 Washington, Gov. Print. Office, 1899. 
 
 Forms Bull. No. 68: U. S. Dep. Agrio. Off. exper. sta- 
 tions. Wash. 
 
 Blaserna (Pietro). The theory of sound in its 
 relation to music, pp. 569-623. 8°. New York, 
 The Sumboldt Pub. Co., 1880. 
 
 Blasius (Adolf Otto Heinrich) [1876- ]. *Ein 
 Fall von Epidermoid (Perlgeschwulst) der 
 Balkengegend._ Zugleich ein Beitrag zur Kennt- 
 niss der multiplen Himhemien. [Gottingen.] 
 42 pp., 1 pi. 8°- Berlin, G. Reimer, 1901. 
 Bepr.from: Arch. 1. patli. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1991, olxv. 
 
 Blasius (Rudolf) [1842-1907]. 
 
 [Obituary.] Intemat. Arch. f. Sohulhyg., Leipz., 1907, 
 iv.— Beclc. [Biography.] Monatsbl. 1. ofl. Gsndhtspflg., 
 Bmschwg., 1907, xxx, 137-140, port. 
 
 Blasius (WiUielm). Die anthropologische Littera- 
 tur Braunsch*eigs und der Nachbargebiete mit 
 Einschluss des ganzen Harzes. 1 p. 1., 231 pp. 
 8°. Braunschweig, B. Goeritz, 1900. 
 
 Blask (Robert) [1869- ]. *Zur Diagnostik und 
 Therapie der Polyposis des unteren Darmab- 
 schnittes (zugleich ein Beitrag zur Rektoro- 
 manoskopie). 29 pp., 1 1. 8°. Konigsberg i. 
 Pr., 0. Kiimmelj 1907. 
 
 Blasquez (Francisco). *Tratamiento inmediato 
 de las heridas penetrantesde vientre, complica- 
 das de salida del epiploon. 26 pp. 8° Mexico, 
 F. Diaz de Le6n, 1877. 
 
 Blass (Conrad). Die Impfung und ihre Technik. 
 83pp., 2 pi. 12°. Leipzig, C. G. Naumann, 1901. 
 
 Blass (Selmar) [1878- ]. *Ueber die Ein- 
 wirkung ausserer Einfliisse auf den Strychnin- 
 krampf und den Einfluss des Strychnins auf den 
 Stoffweclisel. [Wurzburg.] 20 pp. 8°. Bam- 
 berg, J. Nagengast, 1902. 
 
 Blasse (Albert) [1877- ]. *Untersuchungen 
 liber die Arthntis des Kiefergelenks beira 
 Pferde. [Giessen.] 40 pp., 1 1., 4 pi. 8° 
 Stuttgart, 1909. 
 Kepr.from: Monatschr. i. prakt. Tierh., Stuttg., 1909, xx_ 
 
 Blasson (Thomas) [1835-1916]. 
 
 Obituary. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1916, clii, 226. 
 
 Blasson (WiUiam) [1836-1904]. 
 
 Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1904, ii, 622. 
 
 Blastema. 
 
 See Protoplasm. 
 
 Blastines. 
 
 Centannt (E.) Ricerohe sulle blastine. Atti d. Cong, 
 internaz. d. patol. 1911, Torino, 1912, i, 96-99. — — . Sulle 
 blastine. Tumori, Roma, 1912, ii, 265-277.— CentannI (E.) 
 & Broking (B.) Sulle blastine. Ibid., i, 649-660. 
 
 Blastocystis. 
 
 AlexeieS (A.) Sur le cycle ^volutif et les afflnitfe de 
 Blastocystis enterocola. Arch, de zool. expfir. et gto. Notes 
 et rev., Par., 1916-17, Ivi, 113-128.— Lynch (K. M.) Blasto- 
 cystis hominis ; Its characteristics and its prevalence in intes- 
 tinal content and feces in South Carolina. J. Bact., Bait., 
 1917, ii, 369-377.— Sweiieugrebei (N. H.) Observations on 
 Blastocystis hominis. Parasitology, Cambridge, 1917, ix, 451- 
 459. Abo, Reprint. 
 
 Blastocytes. 
 
 See Embryology. 
 
 Blastoderm. 
 
 See Embryology. 
 
 Blastodinldse. 
 
 Cliatton (E.) Les blastodinides, ordre nouveau de 
 dlnoflagell^ parasites. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par., 
 1906, cxllli, 981-983. . Nouvel apercu sur les blasto- 
 dinides (Apodinimn mycetoides n. g., n. sp.). Ihid., 1907, 
 cxliv, 282-285. 
 
 Blastoidea. 
 
 Busso (A.) Sul significato delle idrospire e degli spirarol 
 dei blastoidi. Monitore zool. ital., Firenze, 1902, xiii, suppl 
 22-24. 
 
 Blastomere. 
 
 See Embryology. 
 
 Blastomycetes. 
 
 PoTRON (M.) A propos des blastomycfetes dans 
 les tissus. Recherches morpholpgiques; appli- 
 cation des caractferes de la membrane k la diag- 
 nose des blastomycfetes dans les tissus. 8° 
 Nancy, 1903. 
 
 Albers (Anna). Demonstration of the blastomycetic 
 organism in sputum. Tr. Chicago Path. Soc., 1907-8, vii, 
 21-23. Xtoo.- Illinois M. J., Sprln^eld, 1907, xi, 74.— Amato 
 (A.) Ueber die Llpoide der Blastomyceten; mikroche- 
 mische und chemische Untersuchungen. Centralbl. f. Bak- 
 terlol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1915, xlii, 689-698.— Bellel (G.) 
 & Colllna (M.) Intorno al potere mtogeno dei blastomi- 
 ceti (emiaschi). Bull. d. so. med. di Bologna, 1904, 8. s., iv, 
 418-425.— Bellel (G.) & Gberardtnl ,(P.) Contributo alio 
 studio dellamorfologia e del potere patogeno dei blastomiceti 
 (emiaschi). Ibid., 1902, 8. s., ii, 501-514, 1 pi. —Bernstein 
 (R.) Zur Frage der Pathogenitat der Blastomyceten beim 
 Menschen. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1903, xlix, 456- 
 460, 1 pi.— de Beurmann (L.) & Gougerot (H.) Les ex- 
 ascoses, endomycoses et parendomycoses (muguet); saccha- 
 romyooses (mycose de Basse-Buscnke) et parasaccharomy- 
 coses; zymonematoses (mycose de Gilchrist); revision et 
 d&nembrementdel'anciengroupe des blastomycoses. Bull, 
 et mSm. Soc. m(5d. d. hOp. de Par., 1909, 3. s'., xxviii, 222; 250. 
 Also: Tribune mM., Par., 1909, n. s., xli, 501; 517.— Braz- 
 2ola (F.) Contributo alio studio dei blastomiceti patogeni. 
 Mem. r. Aooad. d. sc. d. 1st. di Bologna, 1896-7; 5. s., vl, 303- 
 310, 1 pi.— Cappellani (S.) Dell' influenza dei blastomiceti 
 sulia virulenza del B. coll. Ann. d'ig. sper., Roma, 1904, 
 n. s., xiv, 393-403. — ^arpano (M.) Nota su di uno spe- 
 ciale blastomicete riscontrato nell' apparato respiratorio di 
 un cavallo. Ibid. ,1912, n. s., xxii, 435-450, 1 pl.^:!asagrandi 
 (00 Ueber die Morphologie der Blastomyceten. Centralbl. 
 I. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena,. 1897, lii, 663; 646; 718. 
 
 . Sull' azione patogena del blastomiceti. Ann. d'ig. 
 
 sper., Eoma, 1899, n. s., ix, 141-155. . Sulla penetra- 
 
 zione e sulla soprawivenza del blastomiceti nell' organismo. 
 Rassegna internaz. d. med. mod., Catania, 1900, i, 49-51. — 
 Escberleh (K.) Ueber das regelmassige Vorkommen von 
 Sprosspilzen In dem Darmepithel eines K&fers. Biol. Cen- 
 tralbl., Leipz., 1900, XX, 350-358.— Fermi (C.) Studio bio 
 logioo sui Dla.stoniicetl. Policlin., Roma, 1896, iii-C, 572- 
 6S3.— Franchettl (A.) Bicerche sui blastomiceti patogeni. 
 Atti d. Accad. med.-fls. florent. 1910, Firenze, 1911, 89-99.— 
 Franchettl (A.) & Cazzanlga (A.) Intorno all' azione 
 patogena dei blastomiceti. Sperimentale, Arch, dl biol., 
 Firenze, 1910, Ixiv, 449-494.— Fullerton (A. G. B.) On the 
 pathogenic action of blastomycetes. J. Path. & Bacteriol., 
 Edinb. <fe Lond., 1899, vi, 37-63, 1 pi.— Malvoz (E.) Sur les 
 propri^t^s du s^rum des animaux trait6s par les blastomy- 
 o6tes. Centralbl. 1. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1901, 
 xxix, 688-693.— Marchio (G.) Contributo alio studio 
 
BLASTOMYCETES. 
 
 635 
 
 BLASTOMYCOSIS. 
 
 Blastomycetes. 
 
 deir azione patogena dei blastomiceti con speciale riguardo 
 ai corpi fuxlna di W. Eussel. Gior. d. Ass. napol. di med. e 
 nat., Napoli, 1900, x, 127-150, 1 pi.— Nesczadimenko (M. 
 P.) Zur Pathogenese der Blastomyceten. Centralbl. 1. 
 Bakteriol.retc], 1. Abt., Jena, 1899, xxv, 55-58.— Otis (F. J.) 
 & Evans (N.) The morphology and biology of the parasite 
 from a case of systemic blastomycosis. J. Am, M. Ass., 
 Chicago, 1903, xli, 1075-1082. Also: Mod. Med., Battle Creek, 
 Mich., 1903, xii, 241^252.— Ottolenghl (D.) Intorno alia 
 fine struttura dei blastomiceti. Atti d. r. Acead. d. flsio- 
 crit. in Siena, 1909, 5. s., i, 429-431.— Planese (G.J Per 
 flssare e colorare i blastomiceti sulle lastrine dalle culture o 
 dai tessuti. Gaiz. internal, di med. prat., Napoli, 1902, v, 
 8. — Poppl(G.) &Bemardi(A. L.) Studio sullamorfologia 
 e sul potere patogeno d'alcuni blastomiceti, che si rlscon- 
 trano nell' orgamsmo del bambino. Bull. d. sc. med. di 
 Bologna, 1905, 8. s., v, 447-467, 1 tab.— SanfeUce (F.) Sull' 
 azione patogena dei blastomiceti. Ann. d'ig. sper., Boma, 
 1896, n. s., vi, 265-292, 2 pi. Also: Bull. d. r. Accad. med. 
 
 di Roma, 1896-7, xxii, 275-300, 2 pi. . Die Morphologie 
 
 der Blastoinyceten im Organlsmus in Bezug auf me Anti- 
 korper des Blutserums. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. 
 
 Abt., Jena, 1902, xxxii, 892-903. . Toxines et antitoxines 
 
 des blastomycetes pathogtoes en rapport avec I'Stiologie 
 et le traitement des tumeurs malignes. Rev. mens, de la 
 
 gresse mM.. ital., Milan, 1909, i, 3-13.— Sanglorgl (G.) 
 ontributo alia conoscenza dei blastomicetipatogeni. Fatbo- 
 logica, Geneva, 1911-12, iv, 138-141. Also; Gior. d. r. 
 Accad. di med. di Torino, 1912, 4. s., xviii, 59-65. Also, 
 transl.: Centralbl. i. Bakteriol. Jetc), 1. Abt., Jena, 1912, 
 Ixiii, Grig., 58-62.— Shlmura (S.) & Okabe (Y.) Blasto- 
 mycetes m the digestive tract of man. Tokyo Igakukai 
 Zasshi, 1917, 45-61. AUo^ trwml. [Abstr.]: dhina M. J., 
 1918, xxxii, 178. — Verity (R.) Contributo alia conoscenza 
 dcU' intima struttura dei blastomiceti. Sperimentale. 
 Arch, di biol., Firenze, 1912, Ixvi, 1-32, 1 pi. Also: Atti d. 
 Accad. med.-fls. florent. 1912, Firenze, 1913, 13-18.— Wels 
 (J. D.) Four pathogenic torulae (blastomycetes). J. Med. 
 Research, Bost., 1902, vii, 280-311, 4 pi. Also: Rep. Cancer 
 Com Harv. M. Sch., Bost., 1902, u, 48-79, 4 pi.— Whit- 
 man (R. C.) A contribution to the botany of the organism 
 of blastomycosis. J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1913, xiii, 85-95.— 
 Will (H.) Bemerkungen zu der Mitteilung von Casagrandi: 
 Ueber die Morphologic der Blastomyceten. Centralbl. f. 
 Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1898, iv, 367-369.— Wlaefl. 
 Nature des blastomycetes pathog&nes. Bull, et m^m. Soc. 
 anat. de Par., 1899, Ixxiv, 766-768. . Curdle des blasto- 
 mycetes dans I'organisme. Ibii., 1900, Ixxv, 147-149. [Dis- 
 cussion], 150. AUo: Cong, intemat. de mM. C. r., Par., 
 
 1900, Sect, d'anat. path., 360-363. . Les blastomycetes 
 
 dans la patholope humaine. Presse mSd., Par., 1901, i, 
 145-152. — . L'action des difi^rentes humours de I'or- 
 ganisme animal sur les blastomycetes. Compt. rend. Soc. 
 de biol.. Par., 1902, 11. s., Iv, 412. 
 
 Blastomycosis. 
 
 See, also, Blastomycetes; Eyelids {Blasto- 
 mycosis of) ; Skm {Blastomycosis of). 
 
 BuscHKB (A.) Die Blastomykose; nach den 
 bisherigen Erfahrungen und eigenen TJntersu- 
 chungen dargestellt. fol. Stuttgart, 1902. 
 
 CoLALE (N.) Di alcune spirochaetosi e blasto- 
 micosi. 4 Landano, 1909. 
 
 Hartbr (A.-G.) *De la blastomycoae hu- 
 maine. 8°. Nancy. 1909. 
 
 de Agular Pupo (J.) Um caso de blastomycose. Ann. 
 paulist. de med. e cirue^ S. Paulo, 1916, vi, 8-14. — Blanch- 
 ard (R.), Schwartz (E.) & Blnot (J.) Sur une blasto- 
 mycose mtra-p&iton&le. Arch, de parasitol.. Par., 1903, 
 vii, 489-507, 1 pi. Xbo.-Bull.Acad.demSd., Par.,1903,3.s., 
 xlix, 41.5-429. — Boucher (H. ) Un cas de blastomycose & la 
 Cate d'lvoire. Bull. Roc. path, exot.. Par., 1916, ix, 414- 
 ■ 416.— Boughton(T.H.) & Clark (S.N.) A case of blasto- 
 mycosis. Arch. Lot. Med., Chicago, 1914, xiii, 594-ii98. — 
 Bowen(J. T.) &WoIl»ach(S. B.) Aca,seofblastoinyco.sis; 
 the results of culture and inoculation experiments. J. Med. 
 Research, Bost., 1906-7, xv, 167-177, 2 pit— Brandwelner & 
 Kien. Demonstration zweier FSJle von Blastomykosis. 
 Mflnchen. med. Wchnschr., 1903, 1, 1238.— Brayton (A. W.) 
 Blastomycosis and its congeners. Indiana M. J., Xndlanap., 
 1906-7, xxv, 472-480. Also, Reprint. . Vail on blasto- 
 mycosis; report of a case occurring in the eyes and face. In- 
 dianapolis if. J., 1909, xii, 338.— Brewer (G. E.) A case of 
 blastomycosis. Proc. N. York Path. Soc, 1907-8, vii, 54- 
 57.— BridrS (J.) Sur le traitement des blastomycoses. 
 Bull. Soc. de path, exot.. Par., 1916, ix, 73.— Buschke 
 (A.) Ueber menschliche und thierische Sprosspilzmykosen 
 (Blastomycosis). Arch. f. Derroat. u. Syph., Wien & 
 
 Leipz., 1899, xlvii, 261-264. . L&sions blastomyc^tiques. 
 
 [Rap.) Cong, intemat. de mi5d. C.-r. 1903, Madrid, 1904, 
 
 xlv, path, gen., 44-77. . Un dernier examen des cas 
 
 constats de blastomycose chez I'homme. Ihid., TJ-^. — 
 C*> (G.) L'indice opsonico nolle infezionl da blastomiceti. 
 Bull. d. so. med. di Bologna, 1911, 8. s., xi, 23-29.— Castello 
 
 Blastomycosis. 
 
 (V. p.) Exascosis (blastomicosis). Arch, de la Soc. estud. 
 clln. de la Habana, 1914, xxi, 87-102, 7 pi.— Conor (A.) 
 & Bruch ( A . ) Un cas de blastomycose humaine obser\-e en 
 Tunisie. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1911, iv, 366-368.— 
 Cralk (R.) Blastomycosis. Brit. Mf. J., I/ond., 1917, i, 
 665. — Downing (E. D.) A ca.se of blastomycosis with 
 laryngeal involvement. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1918, Ixx, 
 85. XZso.Reprint.- DuvaKH. R.)&Laederlch(L.) Con- 
 tribution h. I'dtude des blastomycoses (saccharomycoses et 
 at61osaccharomycoses). Arch, d, parasitol.. Par., 1910, xiv, 
 224-318, 2 pi.— Escomel (E.) La Dlastomicosis humana en 
 el Peru y Bolivia. Crfin. mM., Lima, 1915, xxxii, 149-172. 
 Also, transl.: Bull. Soc. path, exot.. Par., 1915, vili, 90-92: 
 
 1916, ix, 21-38. . A propos d'un cas de blastomycose au 
 
 P&ou. Bull. Soc. path, exot.. Par., 1916, ix, 7d6-759. . 
 
 La blastomicosis en America. Conf. Soc. sud-am. de big. 
 
 [etc.] 1916, Buenos Aires, 1917, 1, 609-660. . Sobre un 
 
 caso de btestomicosis. Cr6n. med., Lima, 1916, xxxiii, 210- 
 213. — Fordyce. Blastomycoisis. J. Cutan. Dis. incl. Syph., 
 Chicago, 1918, xxxvi, 588.— Fowler (E. H.) Blastomycosis; 
 a report of two cases. Long Island M. J., Brooklyn, 1909, iii, 
 423-428.— Frlck (W.) Blastomycosis. J. Missouri M. Ass , 
 St. Louis, 1917, xiv, 158-161.— GaleottI (G.) Sulle neo- 
 formaziom prodotte dai blastomiceti patogeni e dalle loro 
 tossine. Sperimentale. Arch, di biol., Firenze, 1911, Ixv 
 569-578.— Gougerot (H.) La question des blastomycoses. 
 Paris med., 1911, ii, 459-^68.— Haberfeld (W.) Blastomy- 
 cose de localisa(;ao abdominal e um caso desta molestia com- 
 blnado com dysenteria amoebiana. Arch, brasil. de med. 
 Rio de Jan., 1915, v, 107-145, 1 pi.— Hoffmann (E.) Chro^ 
 nische Blastomykose (?) der Haut mid Zunge bei einem 40- 
 jahrigen Manne. Sitzungsb. d. naturh. Ver. d. preuss 
 Bheinl. u. Westphal.; Bonn, 1911-12, B, 20-22.— Hudelo, 
 Bubens-Duval & Laederlch. Etude d'un cas de blasto- 
 mycose k foyers multiples. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. 
 de Par., 1906, 3. s., xxili, 723-734, 1 pi.— Hyde ( J. N.) Exa- 
 men recent des cas de blastomycose constates chezl'homme 
 Cong, intemat. de med. C. r. 1903, Madrid, 1904, xiv, sect- 
 
 de dermat. et syph., 298. . Blastomycosis. J. Am M 
 
 Ass., Chicago, 1905, xlv, 847.— Kartulls (S.) Ueber Blas- 
 tomykosis gluteaUs fistulosa. Ztschr. f . Hyg. u. Infektions- 
 krankh., Leipz., 1909, Ixiv, 285-304, 2 pi.— Kessler (J. B.) 
 Blastomycosis in an infant. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1907, 
 xlix, 550-563.— Lsederlch (L.) & Duval (H.-R.) Lamycose 
 de Gilchrist, blastomycose ou oldlomycose des Americains 
 Rev. de med., Par., 1909, xxix, 673; 720.— Le Count (E, E. j 
 The changes m the lungs in systemic blastomycosis as con- 
 trasted with those of tuberculosis. Nat. Ass. Study & 
 Prev. Tuberc. Tr., N. Y., 1908, iv, 147-151.— Lltterer (W.) 
 Blastomycosis, with report of a case. South. M. J Nash- 
 ville, 1908, i, 294-302.— Longenecker (C. W.) Blastomy- 
 cosis. J. Kansas M. Soc, E£isas City, Kan., 1912, xii, 19 — 
 McBwen. Blastomycosis. J. Cutan. Dis. incl Syph 
 Chicago, 1919, xxxvii, 274.— McKenty (F. E.) & Morgan 
 (D.) Blastomycosis. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1915, Ixi, 513- 
 518.— Massey (A. Y.) Blastomycosis (?) in central Africa 
 J. Trop. M. [etc.], Lond., 1916, xix, 79, 1 pi.— Mel (A.) Un 
 caso di bla.stomicosi in Cirenaica. Gior. ital d mal ven 
 Milano, 1918, lix, 219; 282, 3 pi.— Moses (A j FLxacao de 
 complemento na blastomicose. Mem.' do Inst Oswaldo 
 Cruz, Rio de Jan., 1916, viii, 68-70.— Nute (A. J.) Blasto- 
 mycosis fungoides. Boston M. & S. J., 1915, clxxiii, 881 — 
 Oulmann, Blastomycosis. J. Cutan. Dis. incl. Syph , 
 N. y., 1911, xxix, 456.— Fereira (M.) & Vlaima (G.) A 
 propositodeun caso de blastomycose. Arch, brasil.de med 
 Rio de Jan., 1911, i, 63-83, 6 pi.— von Petersen (O.) Die 
 Salvarsanbehandlung der Blastomycosis cutanea Tr In- 
 temat. Cong. Med. 1913, Lond., 1914, Sect, xiii, Dermat & 
 Syphil., pt. 2, 79.— da Kocha^Llma (H.) Beitrag zur 
 KenntnisderBlastomykosen. Lymphangitisepizooticaund 
 Histoplasmosis. Centralbl.f.Bakteriol.[etc.I,l. Abt., Jena, 
 
 1912, Ixvii, Grig., 233-249, 1 pi.— Rusk (G. Y.) A case of 
 pulmonary, cerebral, and meningeal blastomycosis. Proc 
 N. York Path. Soc, 1910-11, n. s., x, 48-50.— Byerson (E. 
 W.) Blastomycosis; report of two cases resembling bone 
 tuberculosis. Am. J. Orthop. Surg., Phila., 1908-9, vi, 79- 
 83.— Sanlellce (FJ Ueber die pathogene Wirkung der 
 Blastomyceten. Ein Beitrag zur Aetiologie des sogen. 
 Fardnus cryptococcicus. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infektions- 
 
 krankh., Leipz., 1906, liv, 299-326, 1 pi. . (Dontributo 
 
 alio studio della infezione e della intossicazione blastomi- 
 cetica neU'uomo. Onore (In) del prof. A. Colli, Torino, 
 
 1913, xxv, 1-32, 2pl. . . Tubercolosie blastomicosl. Ann. 
 
 d'ig., Roma, 1918, xxviii, 49-56.— Shepherd (F.) & Bbea 
 (L. 1.) A fatal case of blastomycosis. J. Cutan. Dis. incl 
 Syph., N. Y., 1911, xxix, 588-594. AVso, Reprint.— Smith 
 (A. J.) Note upon additional cases of blastomycosis. Proc 
 Path. Soc. Phila., 1909, n. s., xU, 343-348.— Splethoff (B.) 
 Klinische und experimentelle Studien fiber Blastomykose. 
 Mitt. a. d. Hamb. Staatskrankenanst., 1905, v, 167-208, 
 2 pi. — Splendore (A.) Blastomycoses americanas. Brazil- 
 med., Rio de Jan., 1910, xxiv, 153-157.— Stein (R. O.) Die 
 Gilchristsche Krankheit (Blastomycosis americana) und 
 ihre Beziehung zu den in Europa beobachteten Hefeinfek- 
 tionen. Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph., Wien & Leipz., 1914, 
 cxx. Grig., 889-924, 2 pi.— Thompson (C.) Blastomycosis; 
 
BLASTOMYCOSIS. 
 
 636 
 
 BLATT. 
 
 Blastomycosis. 
 
 report o( case. Louisville Month. J. M. & S., 1913-14, xx, 
 311-313.— Vamey (H. B.) Blastomycosis beginning in in- 
 fancy. Am. J. Dermat. & Genito-Urin. Dis., St. Louis, 
 1908, xii, 18S-191.— VUlazon (N. M.) La blastomioosis en 
 La Paz. Conf. Soo. sud-am. de hig. [etc.] 1918, Buenos 
 Aires, 1917, i, 661-711.— Wade (H. W.) On the bacteriology 
 and pathology ol the blastomycotio infections. N. Orl. M. 
 & S. J., 1915, Ixviii, 287-293. —Wise (F.) Blastomycosis. J. 
 Cutan. Dis. incl. Syph., Chicago, 1918, xxxvl, 376.— WoW 
 (M. G.) Blastomycosis. West. M. Rev., Omaha, 1916, xxi, 
 171-174. 
 
 Blastomycosis (Experimental). 
 
 Spiethoff (B.) *Klini8che und experimen- 
 telle Studien tiber Blastomykose. [Habilita- 
 tionsschritt.] [Jena.] 8°. Hamburg & Leip- 
 zig, 1905. 
 
 Alessandil (R.) & ZapeUonl (L.; Innesto di tessuti 
 emhrionali e iniezioni di prodotti soluhili del blastomiceti nei 
 ratti. Atti d. i. Cone, intemaz. dei patol. 1911, Torino, 1912, 
 337-342.— Bowen (J. T.) & Wolbacb (8. B.) A case of 
 blastomycosis; the results of culture and inoculation ex- 
 periments. J. Med. Research, Bost., 1906, x, 167-177, 2 pi. 
 Also, Reprint.— Davis (B. F.) The immunological reac- 
 tions of oidiomycosis (blastomycosis) in the guinea-pig. J. 
 Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1911, viii, 190-240, 1 pi.— Gutierrez 
 (P. D.) Experimental blastomycosis. Quart. Bull. North- 
 west. Univ. Med. Soh., Chicago, 1910-11, xii, 72-89.- Mal- 
 fucci & Slrleo. Experimentelle Untersuchungen liber 
 einen pathogenen Blastomyceten. Centralbl. f. allg. Path, 
 a. path. Anat., Jena, 1896, vil, 977-985.— Bondonl (P.) 
 Fenomeno di Fischer (proliierazione epiteliale sperimentale 
 nel padiglione auricolare del coniglio) e blastomiceti. 8perl- 
 mentale. Arch, di biol., Firenze, 1911, Ixv, 579-596.— 
 Sanfellce (F.) Ueber die pathogene Wirkung der in die 
 Trachea geimpften Blastomyceten. Centralbl. f. Bakte- 
 riol. [etc.], 1. AS)t., Jena, 1906, xii, 61; 195;, 332, 1 pi.— Spiet- 
 liofl (B.) Klinisohe und experimentelle Studien iiber 
 Blastomykose. Jahrb. f. d. Hamb. Staatskrankenanst. 
 1903-4, Hamb. & Leipz., 1905, ix, pt. 2, 167-208, 2 pi.— Stern- 
 lierg (C.) Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber pathogene 
 Blastomyceten. Verhandl. d. deutsch._path. Gesellsch. 
 1901, Berl., 1902, 161-165.— Wade (H. W.) Note on the 
 portal of entry in experimental chronic pulmonary (syste- 
 mic) blastomycosis. Philippine J. Sc, Manila, 1918, xiii. 
 Sec. B., 271-274.— Zinsser (HO Experimental blastomyco- 
 tic lesions. Proc. N. York Path. Soc, 1907-8, n. s., vii, 
 121-129. 
 
 Blastomycosis (Generalized). 
 
 Bassoe (P.) Disseminated blastomycosis, report of a 
 ease involving the lungs, lumbar vertebrae, and subcutaneous 
 tissues, with multiple abscesses and fistute, and extensive 
 amyloid degeneration. J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1906, iii, 
 9X_10i._Bechtel (R. E.) & Le Count (E. R.) A case of 
 systemic blastomycosis, with necropsy. Arch. Int. Med., 
 Chicago, 1914, xiii, 609-613.— Bel (G. S.) Medical aspects of 
 systemic blastomycosis. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1915-16, Ixvm, 
 293-298, 2 pi.— Boughton (T. H.) & Stober (A. M.) A 
 case of systemic blastomycosis, with recovery. Arch. Int. 
 Med., Chicago, 1914, xiu, 599^^)6.- Brayton (A. W.) The 
 ninth Indiana case of blastomycosis. Indiana M. J., In- 
 dianap., 1907-8, xxvi, 443.— Campbell (J. L.) Systemic 
 
 Phys., Phila., 1906, xxi, 804-817. Also: J. Am. M. Ass., 
 Chicago, 1906, xlvii. 247-252. Also, Reprint.— Churchill 
 (T.) & Stober (A. M.) A case ol systemic blastomycosis. 
 Arch. Int. Med., Chicago; 1914, xiii, 568-674.— Cleary (J- H.) 
 A case of generalized blastomycosis. Tr. Chicago Path. Soc, 
 1903-4, VI, 105-113.— Elsendrath (D. N.) & Ormsby ^O.) 
 Generalized systemic blastomycosis. Ann. Surg., Phila., 
 1905, xiii, 779-781. Also: Illinois M. J., Springfleld, 1905, 
 
 n s.,viii,99. . Acaseofsystemicblastomycosis, 
 
 withblastomycetcsinthesputum. 3. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 
 190.5. xlv, 1045-1048, 2 pi.— Elsentaedt (J. S.) & Boughton 
 (T.H.) Acaiieof systemic blastomycosis. Arch. Int. Med., 
 Chicago, 1914, xiu, 617-620.— Ellis (A. G.) Microscopic 
 section of lung firom a case of systemic blastomycosis. Proc. 
 Path. Soc. Phila., 1910, n. s., xiii, 61.— Fontaine (B. W.), 
 Haase (M.) & MltcheU (B. H.) Systemic blastomycosis; 
 report of a case. Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 1909, iy, 101-117.-- 
 Haase (M.) Skin manifestation (clinical and histological) 
 in a case ol systemic blastomycosis. Dermat. Stud.^Hamb. 
 & Leipz., 1910, XX, 518-523.— Hamburger (W. W.) A 
 comparative study of four strains of organisms isolated from 
 four cstses of generalized blastomycosis. J. Infect. Dis., 
 Chicago, 1907, iv, 201-209, 2pl.— Harter (A.) Bla-stomycose 
 gtofaalis(5e. Compt.rend. Boc. debiol.,Par., 1908, Ixiv, 241; 
 915 — Hektoen (L.) Systemic blastomycosis and cocci- 
 dioidal granuloma. T. Am.M. Ass.,Clucago,1907,xlix,1071- 
 1077. Also, Reprint.— Hill (H. P.) Report of a case of 
 systemic blastomycosis. Calif. State J. M., San Fran., 1914, 
 jfli, 120-122.— Hurley (T. D".) An unfgiielesion of the heart 
 in systemic blastomycosis. J. Med. Research, Bost., 1916, 
 
 Blastomycosis (Generalized). 
 
 xxxiU, 499-502, 1 pl.-Irons (E. E.) & Graham (E AO 
 Generalized blastomycosis: report of a case with miliary 
 and ulcerative blastomycosis ofthe lun|s; milianr Wastomy- 
 cosis of the spleen; and multiple superficial and deep absces- 
 ses. J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1906,.iil, 666-f«2. /MAbsta.]: 
 Tr. Chicago Path. Soc, 1903-6, vl, 444-448.-Ja«kson (H ) 
 A case of systemic blastomycMls ^^"^^.^^'s'i^i^^^S' 
 1914, xiii, 607.-Krost (R. A.), Moes (M. J.) & Stober fA. 
 M ) A case of systemic blastomycosis. J. Am. M. ass., 
 Chicago, 1908, 1, 184-188. — — ^-— r: T-7Z--^,^oii 
 systemic bla^omycosis. Arch. Int. Med., ChiCMO, 1914, 
 xmrM7-567!-Le fcount (E. R.) & Myers a.) "Systemic 
 blastomycosis (final report of the case descnbed by Eisen- 
 drath and Ormsby in 1905).^ J. Meet. Dis < Chicago, 19OT, 
 iv, 187-200. Also [AbstrJ: Tr. Chicago Path. Soo., 1907-8, 
 vii, 49-51.-Lewlson (M.) & Jackson (HJ A case of 
 systemic blastomycosis. Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 1914, 
 xiii, 575-584.-MacLane (C. C.) Cases of generalized fatal 
 ^blastomycosis, including one In a dog. J. Infect. Vis., om- 
 cagq, 1916, xix, 194-208.-Matas (B.) Kemarks on the sra- 
 gical aspects of systemic blastomycosis. N. Orl. M. & H..J., 
 1915-16, Ixviii, 301-311.-Montgomery (A. H.) Discussion 
 of a case of generalized blastomycosis. Sure. Clin. Chicago, 
 1917,1,1127-1138.- Montgomery(F.H.)&pnnsby(0._B.) 
 Systemic blastomycosis; its etiologic, pathologic and chmm 
 features. Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 1908, u, 1-41.— Morris 
 (R T ) Acaseofsystemicblastomycosis. J. Am. M. A^., 
 Chicago, 1913, 1x1, aws.-Myers (H. J.) & Stober (A. M.) 
 A case of systemic blastomycosis. Arch. Int. Medy Chicago, 
 1914, xiii, 68S-593.— Powers (C. A.) Systemic blastomy- 
 cosis. Tr. Am. Surg. Ass., PUla., 1914, xxxu, 89-100. Also: 
 Ann. Surg., Phila., 1914, lix, 815-820, 3 pi. [Discussion], Ix, 
 110.— BUey (F. B.) & Le Count (E. R.) A case of systemic 
 blastomycosis. Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 1914, xm, 614;- 
 616— Scott (O. F.) Systemic blastomycosis. Chicago M. 
 Recorder, 1910, xxxil, 261-276.— Shaltner (P. F.) A case of 
 systemic blastomycosis. Arch. Int. Med^ Chicago, 1914, 
 jmi, 621-623.-Slhler (W. F.), Peppard (T. A.) & c5ox (J. 
 W.) A case of systemic blastomycosis, with the stomach as 
 a possible port of entry. Journal-Lancet, Minneap., 1917, 
 xMvii, 253-258.— Stober (A.M.) Systemic blastomycosis; a 
 report of its pathological, bacteriological and clinical features. 
 Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 1914, xiii, 509-556.— Swift (H.)_& 
 Bull (L. B.) Notes on a case of systemic blastomycosis; 
 blastomycotic cerebro-spinal meningitis. Med. J. AustrMia, 
 Sydney, 1917, ii, 265-267.— Vedeler. Blastomyoeter 1 blodet. 
 Norsk Mag. i. Lsegevidensk^ Kristlaiua, 1908^ 5. B., vi, 968- 
 97e._Vers6, Ueber einen Fall von allgememer Blastomy- 
 kose beim Menschen. Miluohen. med. Wchnsohr., 1914, 
 Ixi, 795. Also: Verhandl. d. deutsch. path. Gesellsch., 
 Jena, 1914, xvll, 275-278.— Wade (H. W.) & Bel (G. S.) A 
 critical consideration of systemic blastomycosis, with notes 
 of certain special features and report of five cases. Arch. Int. 
 Med., Chicago, 1916, xviii, 103-130.— Washburn (R. G.) 
 STOtemic blastomycosis; report of a case. J. Am. M. Ass., 
 Chicago, 1911, Ivi, 1095. 
 
 Blastophthoria. 
 
 Forel (A) & JuUusburger (O.) Ueber Blastophthorie 
 (Keimverderbnis). Ztschr. f. Bexualwissensch., Leipz., 
 1908, i, 346-350. 
 
 Blastosporidiosis. 
 
 Hartmann (M.) & Schoo (H. J. M.) Over blasto- 
 sporidiose. Nederl. Tiidsohr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1912, u, 
 105-116, 1 pi. 
 
 Blastulidium. 
 
 Chatton (E.) Sur la reproduction et les afflnitfe du 
 BlastuUdium paedophtorum Ch. Prtez. Compt. rend. Soc. 
 de biol., Par., 1908, Ix' "' ' 
 nisme nouveau, Blast 
 embryons de daphnies, 
 de Bordeaux, 1902-3, 75. 
 
 uc DuiuoMuji., ii,u«-u, ■«. . Nouvelles observations sur 
 
 le Blastulidium psedophthorum. Compt. rend. Soc. de 
 biol.. Par., 1905, Iviii, 1027-1029. 
 
 Blatch (Mrs. Margaret). One hundred and one 
 practical non-flesh . recipes; with additional 
 recipes for dishes and cakes made of maize, 
 oats, barley, and rice. 2. ed. 92, [3] pp. 16°. 
 London, New York, etc., Longmans, Green & 
 Co., 1917. 
 
 Blatln (Marc) [1878- ]. *Le petit personnel 
 medical en Angleterre; r^formes a, introduire en 
 France. 276 pp. 8°. Paris, 1904, No. 483. 
 
 . The same. Les inflrmiferes, ce qu'elles 
 
 sent en Angleterre, ce qu'elles devraient 6tre en 
 France. 276 pp. 8°. Paris, J. B. Baillibre & 
 fils, 1905. 
 
 Blatt (Gitel) . *Zur Pathogenese der Nasenpolypen. 
 14 pp. 8°. Bern, E. Spahr, 1911. 
 
BLATTA. 
 
 637 
 
 BLECKMANN. 
 
 Blatta.. 
 
 Boidas (L.) Anatomie des organes appendiculaires de 
 I'appareil reproduoteur femelle des blattes (Periplaneta 
 orientalis L.). Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1908, cxlvii, 
 
 1415-1418. . RSle physiologlque des glandes arbo- 
 
 rescentes annex^es &, I'appareil g(5n6rateur femelle des blattes 
 (Periplaneta orientalis L.). 76W., 1495-1497. ii too.- Compt. 
 rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1908, Ixv, 533-535.— Bugnlon (E.) 
 L'accroissement des antennes et des cerques de la blatte 
 (Blatta americana). Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1917, 
 Ixxx, 317-324.— Dusham (E. H.) The wax glands of the 
 cockroacii (Blatta germanica). J. Morphol., Phila., 1918, 
 xxxi, 563-581.— Haller (B.) Ueber die Ocellen von Peri- 
 planeta orientalis. Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1907, xxxi, 255-262.— 
 Hallez (P.) Sur les cristaux de la blatte. Compt. rend. 
 Acad. d. sc, Par., 1909, cxlviii, 317.— Harrison (Ruth M.) 
 Preliminary account ol a new organ in Periplaneta orientalis. 
 Quart. J. Mlcr. So., Lond., 1906-7, 1, 377-382, 1 pi.— Howartli 
 (E.) The destruction of cockroaches. Lancet, Lond., 1916, 
 i, 1192.— Javelly (E.) Les corps bactgroides de la blatte (Pe- 
 riplaneta orientalis) n'ont pas encore it6 cultivfe. Compt. 
 rend. Soo. da biol.. Par., 1914, Ixxvii, 413.— Kulvets (K. V.) 
 [Structure of the thoracic portion of the blood and lymphatic 
 systems in Blatta.] Varshav. univ. izvlest., 1900, No. iii, 
 pt. 8, 1-15, 1 pi.— Mencl (E.) Eine Bemerkuiig zur Organi- 
 sation der Periplaneta-Symbionten. Arch. f. Protistenk., 
 Jena, 1907, x, 188-198.— Biercler (L.) Les corps bactSroides 
 de la blatte (Periplaneta orientalis); Bacillus cuenoti (n. sp. 
 L. Mercier). Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1906, ba, 682- 
 
 684. . Un organisme a. forme levure, parasite deia blatte 
 
 (Periplaneta orientalis L.); levure et nosema. Ibid., Ix, 
 1081-1083.— Mlchalskt (W.) [Action of certain alkaloids 
 on oriental cockroaches.] Bdzpr. wydz. matemat.-przyr. 
 Akad. umiej. 1905, Krak6w, 1906, 3. s., v, B, 356-388.— Mor- 
 rell (C. C.) The bacteriology of the cockroach. Brit. M. J., 
 Lond., 1911, ii, 1531.— Shipley (A. E.) Cockroaches. Ibid., 
 1914, ii, 1007-1009.— Walter (E. V.) Experiments on cock- 
 roach control. J. Econom. Entomol., Concord, N. H., 1918, 
 xi, 424-429.— WescM (W.) The male genitalia of the cock- 
 roach, Periplaneta orientalis, Linn., and their homology 
 egemtaliain Diptera. J. Queki"'" 
 
 with the _ 
 1907-8, 2. s. 
 
 kett Micr. Club, Lond., 
 , X, 235-242, 2 pi. 
 
 Blatter (Pierre) [1868- ]. *Recherclies ex- 
 p6rimentales sur les alterations cellulaires des 
 glandes gastriques (phosphore et bicarbonate de 
 soude). 108 pp., 1 pi. 8°- Pom, 1909, No. 414. 
 
 — . The same. 8°. . Paris, G. Stdnhdl, 1909. 
 
 Blattidseo 
 
 Mangan (J.) On the mouth-parts of some Blattidse. 
 Proc. Roy. Irish Acad., Dubl., 1908, xxvil, 1-10, 3 pi. 
 
 Blattner (Carl). *Ueber die neueren Resultate 
 
 der Diphtherie-Behandlung der chirurgischen 
 
 Klinik m Ziirich. mit besonderer Berilcksichti- 
 
 gung der Serumtherapie. [Ziiricli.] 88 pp., 4 
 
 diag. 8°. Jena, G. Fischer, 1898. 
 Blattner (Eugen) [1876- ]. *Ueber ein neues 
 
 Hautphanomen bei SaugUngen. 20 pp., 1 pi. 
 
 8°. Milnchen, C. Wolf & Sohn, 1907. 
 Blattner (Fritz). *Zur Lehre von der aus- 
 
 gedelmten Thrombose der Aorta. 45 pp. 8°. 
 
 Basel, Kreis & Co., 1910. 
 Blau (Albert) [1873- ]. *Ein PaU von Myo- 
 sarcoma strioceUulare renis. 62 pp., 1 1. 8°. 
 
 Konigsberg i. Pr., M. lAedike, 1898. 
 Blau (Helnrich). *Beitrage zur Kenntnis der 
 
 Saponine. 104 pp. 8°. Ziiridi, A. Mwkwalder, 
 
 1911. 
 Blau (Louis) [1848- ]. Die Erkrankungen des 
 
 Gehororganes bei Masem und bei Influenza. 70 
 
 pp. 8°. Jena, G. Fischer, 1898. 
 
 Klin. Vortr. a. d. Geb. d. Otol. u. Pharyngo-Rhinol., Jena, 
 
 1898, ii, 14. Hft. 
 . Bericht fiber die neueren Leistungen in 
 
 der Ohrenheilkunde. 5 v. 1897-1904. 12°. 
 
 LeipsFig, S. Eirzel, 1902-6. 
 See, aUo, Jacobson (Louis) & Blau (Louis) [in 2. s.J. 
 
 Lehrbuch der Ohrenheilkunde [etc.]. 8". Leipzig, 1902. 
 
 Blaud (Pierre) [1774-1858]. 
 
 R. (ft) Le docteur Pierre Blaud. Chron, mM., Par., 
 1914, xxi, 316-318. 
 
 Blaud's piUs. 
 
 See, also, Iron [and compounds]. 
 
 FUrst (L.) Zum 75. Jubilaum der Blaudschen PiUen; 
 eine historisch-kritische Betrachtung. Fortschr. d. Med., 
 Berl., 1906, xxiv, 639-642.— Humplirey (J.) The origin of 
 
 Blaud's pills. 
 
 Blaud's pills. Pharm. J., Lond., 1903, 4. s., xvi, 643.— 
 Serger (H.) Ueber Pilulae terri oarbouici Blaudii. Ber. d. 
 deutsch. pharm. Gesellsch., Berl., 1909, xLx, 128-132. 
 
 Blauel (Carl). *Ueber das Reiskorperhygrom der 
 
 Bursa subdeltoidea. 14 pp. 8°. Tubingen, H. 
 
 Laupp, 1898. 
 Blaufus (Otto) [1875- ]. *Contribution a 
 
 r^tude de la fibrinurie. 3 p. 1., ii, 3-51 pp. 8° 
 
 Montpellier, 1902, No. 38. 
 Blaumeyer (Karl) [1877- ]. *Ueber die 
 
 Aetiologie des Scorbuts. 28 pp. 8°. Strass- 
 
 burg, C. Muh & Co., 1904. 
 Blarot {tamle) [1875- ]. *Traitement des 
 
 m^ningites c6rebro-spinales; bains chauds et 
 
 ponction lombaire. 74 pp. 8°. Paris, 1902, 
 
 No. 184. 
 
 Blaxall {Francis Henry) [ -1904]. 
 
 ObltuaTy. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1905, i, 106. .4 &o.- Lancet, 
 Loud., 1905, i, 63. 
 
 Blayac (Henri). *Du traitement du lupus par 
 I'extirpation. viii, 57 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 
 1902, No. 81. 
 
 Blaydes (F. E. MarveU). 
 
 Persistence (The) of a myth. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1908. 
 ii, 941. 
 
 Blaze-currents. 
 
 Durig (A.) A contribution to the question of blaze- 
 currents. Proc. Eoy. Soc. Lond., 1902-3, Ixxi, 212-219.— 
 Waller (A. D.) On the blaze-currents of the incubated 
 hen's egg. lUd., 184-193.— Waller (A. D.) & W.aUeT (A. M.) 
 On the blaze-currents of the crystalline lens. Ibid., 194-211. 
 
 Blazejczyk (Thomas) [1869- ]. *Ein Fall von 
 
 Graviditat bei doppeltseitiger Zerstorung der 
 
 Ovarieii durch Kystome. 31 pp. 8°. Greifs- 
 
 wald, J. Abel, 1898. 
 Blazy (Douste). *De la forme r^nale de I'ictfere 
 
 grave. 55 pp. 8°. Paris, 1906, No. 11. 
 Blazy (Joseph-Cflestui) [1886- ]. *Contribu- 
 
 tion &.l'6tude des fractures ducarpe (pathog^nie). 
 
 50 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1910, No. 37. 
 Blazy (P[ierre-Thomas-Jo8eph]) [1866- ]. *Con- 
 
 tribution k I'^tude des tumeurs malignes et 
 
 ?rimitives de la cloison nasale. 88 pp. 4°. 
 'oris, 1896, No. 449. 
 
 Bleaching powtZer. 
 
 See, also, Cal 
 
 :5alcium (Chlorides of). 
 Kettle (T.), Smltli (J. L.) & RltcUe (J.) A special 
 bleaching powder for use in hot countries. J. Soc. Chem. 
 Indust., Lond., 1918, xxxvii. Trans., 311. 
 
 Blease (Walter Lyon) [1884- ]. 
 
 See Berry (James), Berry (Frances May Dickinson) & 
 Blease (Walter Lyon). The story of a Red Cross unit fetc.1. 
 8°. London, 1916. 
 
 Blech (Gustavus M.) [1870- ]. Practical sug- 
 gestions in borderland surgery; for the use of 
 students and practitioners. 219 pp. 12°- 
 Philadelphia, Professional Pub. Co., 1910. 
 
 See, also. Bier (August Karl Gustav). Hyperemia [etc.]. 
 8°. Chicago, 1905. 
 
 Blecher (Rachil) [1884- ]. *Ueber die Bedeu- 
 tung der Rontgenstrahlen fiir die Behandlung 
 der Hautkrebse. 36 pp. 8°. Berlin, H. Blanhe, 
 1912. 
 
 Blechmann (Germain) [1883- J. *Les^panche- 
 ments du p6ricarde; 6tude clinique et th6rapeu- 
 tique; la ponction 4pigastrique de Marfan. 4 
 p. 1., 359 pp. 8°. Paris, 1913, No. 172. 
 
 Bleehschmidt (Eugen R.) *treber einen Fall 
 von Lebercirrhose mit Milztumor in jugendli- 
 chem Alter. 44 pp. 8° Freiburg i. B., Speyer 
 
 Bleckmann' (Felix Friedrich) [1875- ]. 
 
 *Ueber primaren Echinoeoccus der Pleura. 43 
 pp., 2 1. 8° Kiel, P. Peters, 1901. 
 
BLECKWENN. 
 
 638 
 
 BLEPHAROSYNECHIA. 
 
 Bleckwenn (Ludwig [Georg]) [1878- ]. *Zwei 
 seltene Herzverletzungen. [Gottingen.] 35 pp. 
 8°. Hannover, Schliiter'sche Buchdr., 1908. 
 
 de Blecourt (J. J.) Fiinflingsgeburten. Ein Fall 
 von Funflingsgeburt. Nebst elner Beschrei- 
 bung des -i'raparats, und einer Casuistik und 
 ■ analytischer Uebersicht von 27 Fallen von 
 Funflingsgeburt, hrsg. von G. C. Nijboff . 74 pp. , 
 12 pi., 11. 4°. Groningen, J. B. Walters, 1904. 
 German and Dutch text. 
 
 Bled (Henri) [1873- ]. *Les operations sur le 
 Bympathique dans la maladie de Basedow. 74 
 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, 1898, No. 41. 
 
 Bleecker (Edward) [1844-99]. 
 
 Obituary. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1899, Ivi, 714. 
 
 Bleek (Theodor Friedrich) [1883- ]. *Ueber 
 renale Massenblutungen. Ein Beitrag zur Frage 
 der einseitigen Nephritis. [Bonn.] 50 pp. 8°. 
 Tubingen, H. Laupp, jr., 1908. 
 
 Sleeker (P[ieter]) [1819-78]. Verslag van het 
 KoninkHjk Zoologisch-botanisch Genootschap 
 van Akklimatatie. 50 pp., 1 1. 8°. 's Qraven- 
 hage, J. A. de la Vieter, 1868. 
 
 de Blegny (Nicolas) [1652-1722]. Observatioiis 
 curieuses et nouvelles sur I'art de gu^rir la 
 maladie v6n6rienne, ou grosse vdrole, et les 
 accidens qu'elle prodiiit dans tons ses degrez, 
 expUquez par les principea de la nature et des 
 m^chaniques, avecles mouvemens, les actions 
 et les effets du mercure, et de sea autres ramies. 
 10 p. 1., 866 pp., 3 1. 24°. Paris, 1674. 
 
 . MonatUche neueroffnete Anmerckungen 
 
 fiber alle Theile der Artzney-Kunst, zusam- 
 mengebracht im Jahr 1679. Allen der Leib und 
 Wundartzney Zugethanen und Liebhabem zu 
 sonderbahren Gefallen aus dem Frantzosischen 
 ins Teutsche iibersetzet durch J. L. M. C. 4 Th. 
 12°. Hamburg, O. Schultz, 1680. 
 
 Bleher (Hans Hermann) [1885- ]. *Unter- 
 suchungen iiber den Darm der Wasserassel. 53 
 pp. 8°. Munchen, R. Oldenbourg, 1912. 
 
 Bleibtreu (Joannes GuiUelmus). *DiBs. sistens 
 foeminam febre quartana liberatam. 20 pp. 
 sm. 4°. Gissx Hassorum, J. R. Vulpius, 1707. 
 
 Bleieher (Camille) [1864- ], *De la sophisti- 
 cation des tissus et lainages de tourbe et de pin. 
 46 pp., 1 1. 8°. Lyon, 1897, No. 91. 
 
 Bleichmann (M.) *IJeber Herzverletzungen 
 (Abbinden des Herzohres bei Verletzungen). 
 35 pp. 8°. Basel, F. Reinhardt, 1908. 
 
 BleichrSder (Fritz) [1875- ]. *Ein Fall von 
 Tetanus traumaticus, behandelt mit Injectionen 
 von Himemulsion. 23 pp. 8°- Kiel, H. Finche, 
 1900. 
 
 Bleichsteiner (Anton) [ -1906]. 
 
 Nekrolog. Oesterr.-ungar. Ztsphr. f. Stomatol., Wien, 
 1907, V, 81-83. 
 
 Bleirad (Henri). *Etlologie et pronostic des 
 h^morragies r^tiniennes. 132 pp. 8° Paris, 
 1905, No. 71. 
 
 Bleiseh (Joh. Georg) [1871- ]. *Casui8ti8ches 
 iiber Carcinoma penis unter besonderer Beruck- 
 eichtigung der dabei auftretenden Stauungser- 
 scheinungen in den Hamwegen. 24 pp. 8°. 
 Greifswald' J. Abel, 1897. 
 
 Bleisch (Kari Eduard Max) [1883- ]. *Die 
 Geburten bei engem pecken in den Jahren 
 1908-9 bis 1910-11. 86 pp. 8° Breslau, Bresl. 
 Genossensch.-Buchdr., 1911. 
 
 Bleiverglftungen in hiittenmannischen und 
 gewerblichen Betrieben. Ursachen und Be- 
 kampfung. Teil I-III. fol. Wien, A. Holder, 
 1905-6. 
 
 Blencke (A[ugust]). Die balneologische Behand- 
 
 lung der Skrophulose. 39 pp. 8*. Halle a. S., 
 
 1899. „ , ,^ 
 
 Forms 2. Hft., v. 2, of: Arch. d. Balneoth. u. Hydroth. 
 
 . Orthopadische Sondertumkurse; Entste- 
 
 hungsgeschichte der Kurse, ihre zweckmassige 
 Einrichtung und ihr Wert bei der Behandlung 
 der Wirbelsaulenverkrummungen. 4 p. 1., 260 
 pp. 8°. Stuttgart, F. Enke, 1913. 
 
 See, also, Leltfaden des Rontgenverfahrens [etc.]. 8°. 
 Leipzig, 1908.— Orthopadlsclie (Die) Literatur [etc.] [m 
 2. s.]. 8°. Stuttgart, 1905. 
 
 Blendinger (Rudolf). *Chondroide Gesehwiilst 
 
 aus der Gegend der Glandula submaxillaris. 22 
 
 pp., 11. 8^ Wiirzburg, \QOQ. 
 Bfendinger (Wilhelm Kari) [1878- .]. *Das 
 
 Cribrum der Saugetiere. [Erlangen.] 28 pp. 8°. 
 
 Leipzig, 1904. 
 Sepr.from: Morphol. Jahrb., Leipz., 1904, xxxii. 
 
 Bleneau (Adele). The nurse's story, -in which 
 reality meets romance. 6 p. 1., 260 pp., front. 
 8° Indianapolis, The Bobbs-Merrill Co., [1915]. 
 
 Blenniidse. 
 
 Guttel(F.) Observations sur lesmoeursdetroisWenniidfe 
 Clinus argentatus, Blennius montagui et Blemiius sphynx. 
 Arch, de zool. exp6r. et %6a. Hist. nat. [etc.]. Par., 1893, 3. 
 
 s., i, 324-384. . Description des oriflc«s genito-urinaires 
 
 de quelque Blennius. Ibid., 611-658, 2 pi.— Mcintosh (W. 
 C.) On the lite-history of the shatmy (Blennius pbolis L.). 
 Ztschr. f. wissensch. Zool., Leipz., 1905, Ixxxii, 368-378, 1 pi. 
 
 Blennorrhagia. 
 
 See Gonorrhoea. 
 Blennostasine in the treatment of coryza, hay 
 fever and all forms of catarrhal hypersecretion. 
 16 pp. sm. 4°. \n. p., n. rf.] 
 
 Blepharida. 
 
 I^ewin (L.) Blepharida evanida, ein neuer Pfeilgiftkafer. 
 Arch. t. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1912-13, btix, 
 69-66, 1 pi. 
 
 Blepharisma. 
 
 Calkins (G. N.) The psedogamous conjugation of Ble- 
 pharisma undulans St. J. Morphol., PhUa., 1912, xxiii, 667- 
 687, 2 pi. Also [Abstr.]: Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 
 1912, n. s., XXV, 469.— Watters (Florence A.) Size relation- 
 ships between conjugants and non-conjugants in Blephar 
 risma undulans. Bid. Bull., Wood's Holl, Mass., 1912-13, 
 xxiii, 195-200, 2 pi. 
 
 Blepharitis. 
 
 See Eyelids (Inflammation of). 
 
 Blepharochalasis. 
 
 Bresson (P.) *Le blepharochalasis. 8°. 
 Lyon, 1913. 
 
 Bednarskl (A.) [Atony of the tarsi of the eyelids, with 
 subsequent entropion.] Lw6w. tygodn. leky 1909, iv, 597. — 
 Jenlson (Nancy). Blepharochalasis. N. York M. J. [etc.], 
 1915, cii, 555. Alsa, Reprint.— Loeser (L.) Ueber Blepharo- 
 chalasis und ihre Beziehung zu verwandten Xrankheits- 
 bildem, nebst Mitthoilung eines Falles von Blepharochalasis 
 mit Spontan- Luxation der Thranendruse. Arch. f. 
 Augenh., Wiesb., 1908, Ixi, 252-261.— Stleren (E.) Blepha- 
 rochalasis; report of two cases. Ann. Ophth., St. Louis, 
 1914, xxiii, 625-632.— Weldler (W. B.) Blepharochalasis, 
 report of two cases with the microscopic examination. J. 
 Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1913, Ixi, 1128-1133. Also: Papers 
 Sect. Ophth. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1913, 213-232. 
 
 Blepharoplasts. 
 
 Ikcno (S.) Blepharoplasten im Pflanzenreioh. Biol 
 • Centralbl., Leipz., 1904, xxiv, 211-221. 
 
 Blepharoplasty. 
 
 See Eyelids (Surgery of). 
 
 Blepharoptosis. 
 
 See Eyelids (Paralysis of). 
 
 Blepharospasm. 
 
 See Eyelids (Spasm of). 
 
 Blepharosynechia. 
 
 See Eyelids (Adherent). 
 
BLERSCH. 
 
 639 
 
 BLIND. 
 
 Blersch (Albert) [1885- ]. *Bericht ilber die 
 
 Wirksamkeit der Universitats-Augenklinik zu 
 
 Tubingen in den Jahren 1909 und 1910. 21 pp. 
 
 8°. Tubingen, F. Pietzcker, 1911. 
 Bles (Ch.) Rontgen-atlas. 4°. Amsterdam, F. 
 
 van Rossen, 1909-12. 
 Blesius (Joh. Baptist) [1883- ]. *Ueber 
 
 Fremdkorper in den Naaennebenhohlen. 67 
 
 pp. 8°. Bonn, E. Eisele, 1910. 
 Blessing (Georg). Das zahnarztliclie Physikum; 
 
 Repetitorium ftir Studierende. viu, 189 pp. 
 
 [interleaved]. 8°. Wiesbaden, J. F. Berg- 
 
 mann, 1911. 
 . Pyorrhcea alveolaris; eine aetiologisch- 
 
 kUnische und therapeutische Studie. 68 pp., 
 
 Ipl. 8°. Leipzig, Dyksche Buchhandl., 1911. 
 Forms S. Hft. of: Sammlung von Vortragen aus dem Ge- 
 
 Weto der Zahnheilkunde, tasgb. von W. PfafE. 
 
 Zur Bakteriologie und antibakteriellen 
 
 Therapie der Pyorrhcea alveolaris. 42 pp., Ipl. 
 8°. Leipzig, Dyksche Buchhandl., 1911. 
 
 Forms 6. Hft. of: Sammlung von Vorliragen aus dem Ge- 
 biete der Zahnheilkunde, hrsgb. von W. Pfafl. 
 
 -. Das zahnarztliche Staatsexamen. Repe- 
 
 titorium fur Studierende. xi, 363 pp. 8°- 
 Wiesbaden, J. F. Bergmann, 1912. 
 Biett (C.) Die doppelte Buchfuhrung in verein- 
 
 fachtpr Form fiir Apotheker. 2. Aufl. 34 pp., 
 
 3 1. 12°. Magdeburg, Faber, 1901. 
 Bleuler ([Paul] Eugen) [1857- ]. Affektivitat, 
 
 Suggestibilitat, Paranoia. 144 pp. 8°. Ealle 
 
 a. S., C. Marhold, 1906. 
 . OnbeTvnste gemeenheeden. 54 pp. 8° 
 
 Amsterdam, Craft & Co., [1907?]. 
 . Dementia prsecox oder Gruppe der ScMzo- 
 
 phrenien. xii, 420 pp. 8° Leipzig & Wien, F. 
 
 Denticle, 1911. 
 
 Handbuch der Psychiatrie hrsgb. von G. Aschaffenburg, 
 
 spez. Teil, 4. Abt., 1. Hlfte. 
 
 . The theory of schizophrenic negativism. 
 
 Transl. by Wm. A. "White. 1 p. 1., 36 pp. 8° 
 New York, J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis. Pub. Co., 1912. 
 
 . Die Notwendigkeit eines medizinisch- 
 
 psychologischen Unterrichts. 25 pp. 8° Leip- 
 zig, A. Barth, 1914. 
 
 In: Samml. klin. Vortr., Leipz., 1914, u. F., No. 701 (Inn. 
 Med., No. 234). 
 
 Also, Editor of: Jalirbucli fiir psychoanalytische und 
 psyohopathologisohe Forschungen, Leipzig, 1909-13. 
 
 BleuzS (Paul-Auguste-Jules-Joseph) [1876- ]. 
 *L'hyst&ectomie est-elle indiqu^e dans le 
 traitement de Tinfection puerperale aigue? 102 
 pp., 1 1. 8°. Lille, 1902, No. 80. 
 
 Bley (Josef) [1882- ]. *Beitrag zur Lehre der 
 Retroflexio uteri gravidi incarcerata. [Giesaen.] 
 34 pp., 1 1. 8°. Mannheim, H. Haas, 1908. 
 
 Bley (Karl) [1887- ]. *Coxa vara. [Kiel.] 
 1 p. 1., 53 pp., 1 1. 8°- Dortmund, Lensing, 1913. 
 
 BleyeT (Benno) [1885- ]. *Ueber das Atom- 
 
 fewicht des Vanadins. 44 pp. 8°- Munchen, 
 ,. Baeck & Co., 1911. 
 
 Bleyer {Julius Mount) [1859-1915]. 
 
 [Obituary.) J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1915, Ixiv, 1342. 
 
 Bleynie (Gabriel) [1883- .] *De I'avenir des 
 femmes n^phrectomis^es qui deviennent en- 
 ceintes. 64 pp. 8°. Paris, 1910, No. 440. 
 
 Bleynie (Pierre) [1875- ]. *Etude sur les 
 diam^tres cephaliques des nouveau-n&. 62 
 pp. 8°. Paris, 1899, No. 605. 
 
 Bfeyweiss (Joannes). *De hirudine medicinali. 
 55 pp., 2 1. 8°. Vindobonx, 1832. 
 
 Biezmger (Ottmar) [1882- ]. *Klinische 
 Beobachtungen iiber lokale Asphyxie mit be- 
 sonderer Beriicksichtigung der Knochenver- 
 anderungen. 20 pp., 2 pi. 8°. Tubingen, F. 
 Pietzcker, 1907. 
 
 de Blieck (Levinus). *Untersuchungen iiber das 
 Wesen und die Aetiologie der Flecknieren 
 (Nephritis fibroplastica) der Kalber. [Bern.] 
 54pp., 3 pi. 8°. Berlin, L. Schumacher, 1906. 
 
 BUetz (Alfred Arthur) [1876- ]. *Ueber opera- 
 tive Sterilisierung der Prau bei Prolaps-Behand- 
 lung im Anschluss an die Alexander-Adams- 
 Operation. 56 pp., 2 1. 8° Leipzig, B. Georgi, 
 1901. 
 
 Bligh {John) [1840-1913]. 
 
 Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lend., 1913, i, 642. 
 
 Bligh (John [Alexander] Murray) 
 See Bichet (Charles). Anaphylaxis [e 
 
 1913. 
 
 [etc.]. 8°. Liverpool, 
 
 Blighia sapida. 
 
 Connal (A^ & BalsW>n (W.) Some experiments with 
 the fruit of Blit^hia sapida in Nigeria. J. Trop. M. [etc.], 
 Lend., 1918, xxi, 81-84. 
 
 van Blijenburgh (W. P. Hubert). Het Zweed- 
 sche stelsel van gymnastiek uit het oogpunt van 
 lichameUike vorming beschouwd, onder an- 
 dere in vergeUjking met het Duitsche stelsel. 
 188 pp. 8° Rotterdam, W. L. & J. Brusse, 
 1910. 
 
 B!in (Emmery) [1863- ] & Vigouroux (A.) 
 L'alcoolisme et I'organisme; effete toxiques de 
 I'alcool sur les difterente tissue du corps, broad- 
 side fol. Paris, Dufrenoy, [1902]. 
 
 Blin (Georges) [1881- ]. *Etude des manifes- 
 tations oculaires de la d^mence pr6coce et con- 
 siderations sur la pathog^nie de cette maladie. 
 241 pp. 8°. Paris, 1905, No. 318. 
 
 . The same. La dtoence pr^coce. Mani- 
 festations oculaires. Considerations sur la patho- 
 genie. 241 pp. 12°. Paris, J.-B. Bailliire & 
 fils, 1905. 
 
 . Fiche psycho-physiologique. 2 1. fol. 
 
 [n. p., n. rf.l 
 
 BUn (Paul- Alexis-Jules). *Contribution h, I'^tude 
 de la chirurgie conservatrice dans les grands 
 traumatismes des membres. 50 pp. 8° Paris, 
 1905, No. 436. 
 
 Blind. 
 
 See, also. Blindness. 
 
 Cabanes & Coulomb (B.) Les borgnes c^lfebres. Chron. 
 m(5d., Par., 1914, xxi, 323; 355; 387.— Keller (W. S.) The 
 incurable blind. Lancet-Clinic. Cincin., 1909, ci, 169-173.— 
 Lewis (F. P.) The blind child. N. York State J. M., N. 
 Y., 1916, xvi, 23-27.— Loeb (C.) The marriage of the blind 
 from the standpoint of a physician. St. Louis M. Ecv., 1909, 
 Iviii, &-19.— Nass (L.) Aveugles. Corresp. mM., Par., 
 1913, XX, fasc. 428, 6-11.— Prochet (P. R.) I cieohi e la 
 civiltk. Riv. di tiflol., Roma, 1906, li. No. 4, 1-10.— True 
 (H.) Conditions gfe^rales et capacit^s des aveugles. Hont- 
 pel. mM., 1910, xxxi, 361; 386.— Vail (D. T.) Concerning the 
 blind. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1911, cv, 211-213. 
 
 Blind {Asylums and institutions for the). 
 
 California. California Institution for the 
 Education of the Deaf and Dumb, and the Blind, 
 at Berkeley. Annual and biennial reports of the 
 board of directors and principal to the governor 
 • of the State. 1.-23., 1860-61 to 1897-8. 8°. 
 San Francisco and Sacramento, 1867-99. 
 
 Campbell (C. F. F.) & Campbell (M. D.) 
 Institutions for the blind in America; a direc- 
 tory of the work for the blind in the United 
 Statesand Canada, comp. in 1916. 8° [ Chicago, 
 1916?] 
 
 Gunning (W. M.) Sind die Blinden-Anstal- 
 ten unbedingt zu empfehlen? SoUen die 
 Blinden-Anstalten uberhaupt Wohlthatigkeits- 
 Anstalten sein? 8° [Diiren, n. d.] 
 
 Illinois. Illinois Institution for the Educa- 
 tion of the Blind, at Jacksonville. Biennial re- 
 ports of the trustees, superintendent and treas- 
 urer to the governor of the State. 1854-5 to 
 1897-8. 8°. Springfield, 1855-98. 
 
BLIND. 
 
 640 
 
 BLIND. 
 
 Blind {Asylums and institutions for the) . 
 
 Indiana. Indiana Institution for the Educa- 
 tion of the B li/nd, Indianapo lis. Annual reports of 
 the trustees and superintendent to the governor 
 of the State. 1861-72 to 1897-8. 8°- Indian- 
 apolis, 1872-98. 
 
 Iowa. College for the Blind, at Vinton. Bi- 
 ennial reports of the trustees and principal to 
 the governor of the Stsite. 1854-79. 8° Iowa 
 City & Des Moines, 1854-79. 
 
 Kansas. Kansas Institution for the Educa- 
 tion of the Blind, at Kansas City. Biennial re- 
 ports of the trustees and superintendent to the 
 governor of the State. 10., 1894-5 to 1895-6; 13., 
 1900-1901 to 1901-2. 8°. Topeka, 1896-1902. 
 
 Kentucky. Kentucky histitution for the Ed- 
 ucation of the Blind, at Louisville. Annual re- 
 ports of the hoard of visitors and superintendent 
 to the governor of the State. 1842 to 1897-8. 8°. 
 Frankfort, 1842-1898. 
 
 Kindergarten for the BUnd, Boston, Massa- 
 chusetts. Annual reports of the trustees and 
 officers to the corporation. 1.-16., 1886-7 to 
 1901-2. 8°. Boston, 1888-1903. 
 
 Ktjnz (M.) Geschichte der Blindenanstalt zu 
 lUzach-Mulhausen i. E. wahrend der ersten 
 fiinfzig Jahre ihrer Tatigkeit, femer deutsche, 
 franzosische und itaUenische Kongressvortrage 
 und Abhandlungen tiber das Blindenwesen. 
 1856-1906. fol. Leipzig, 1907. 
 
 Louisiana. Louisiana Institution for Educa- 
 tion of the Blind and the Industrial Home of the 
 Blind, at Baton Rouge. Biennial reports of the 
 officers and trustees to the general assembly. 
 1874r-5 to 1897-8. 8°. Baton Rouge, 1875-98. 
 
 Maryland. Maryland School for the Blind, 
 Baltirrwre. Annual reports of the board of direc- 
 tors and superintendent to the general assem- 
 bly. 5., 1864-5; 10., 1871-2; 12., 1873^; 13., 
 1874-5; 16.-39., 1877-8 to 1904-5; 1912-13. 8° 
 Baltimore, 1866-1913. 
 
 Michigan. Michigan School for the Blind, at 
 Lansing. Biennial reports of the board of con- 
 trol and superintendent to the governor of the 
 State. 1.-2., 1880-81 to 1883^; 4.-5., 1886-7 to 
 1889-^90; 7., 1892-3 and 1893-4; 9.-10., 1896-7 to 
 1905-6. 8°. Landng, 1882-1906. 
 
 Mississippi. Institute for the Blind of the State 
 of Mississippi, at Meridian. Biennial report of 
 the trustees and superintendent to the governor 
 of the State, for the years 1894-5. 8°. Jackson, 
 1896. 
 
 Nebraska. Nebraska Institutionfor the Blind, 
 Nebraska City. Biennial reports of the board of 
 trustees and superintendent to the governor 
 of the State. 1877-8 to 1897-8. 8°. Linmln, 
 1878-98, 
 
 New York (State). New York State School 
 for the Blind, at Bqtavia. Annual reports of the 
 managers and superintendent to the legislature. 
 1868-9 to 1905-6. 8°- Albany, 1869-1906. 
 
 New York (State). New York Institutionfor 
 the Blind, New York City. Annual reports of the 
 managers and principal to the legislature. 35., 
 1870; 40., 1874-5; 42.-70., 1876-7 to 1907-9. 8°. 
 New York & Albany, 1870-1909. 
 
 Ohio. State School for the Blind, Columbus. 
 Annual reports of the board of trustees and offi- 
 cers to the governor of the State. 1.-44., 1837 to 
 1879-80; 47.-49./ 1882-3 to 1884-5; 53.-66., 
 1888-9 to 1906-7. 8°. Columbus, 1838-1907. 
 
 Ontario. Ontario Institution for the Educa- 
 tion of the Blind, Brantford. Annual reports of 
 the officers to the Inspector of Public Institu- 
 
 Blind (^Asylums and institutions for the) . 
 tions. 8., 1878-9; 22., 1892-3; 29., 1899-1900; 
 32„ 1902-3. 8°. Toronto, 1880-1904. 
 
 Oregon. Oregon Institute for the Blind, 
 Salem. Biennial reports of the superintendent 
 to the State Board of Education. 7.-10., 1889-96; 
 12^ 1899-1900. 8°. Salem, 1891-1901. 
 
 Pennsylvania. Industrial Home for Blind 
 Woinen, Philadelphia. Annual reports of the 
 board of managers and officers to the corporation. 
 1869-70 to 1906-7. 8°. Philadelphia, 1870-1907. 
 
 . Charter and by-laws. 1899. 24°. 
 
 [Philadelphia, 1899.1 
 
 Pennsylvania Institution for the Instruc- 
 tion of the Blind, Philadelphia. Annual re- 
 ports of the managers to the corporators, com- 
 missioners of public charities, and the legisla- 
 ture. 1.-4., 1833^ to 1836-7; 6.-8., 1838-9 to 
 1840-41; 10. -67., 1842-3 to 1899-1900; 1904. 8°. 
 Philadelphia, 1834-1904. 
 
 Pennsylvania Working Home for Blind 
 Men, West Philadelphia. Annual and biennial 
 reports of the managers and officers to the pa- 
 trons, members and the public. 1.-25., 1874- 
 1902; 1903^ to 1907-8. 8° Philadelphia, 1875- 
 1908. 
 
 Perkins Institution and Massachusetts School 
 for the Blind, South Boston'. Annual reports of 
 the trustees to the corporation, and to the legis- 
 lature. 1.-72., 1832 to 1902-3; 1905-17. 8°. 
 Boston, 1833-1917. 
 
 Royal Blind Asylum and School, Edin- 
 burgh. Annual reports of the directors to the 
 contributors. 2., 1794-5; 65., 1857-8; 68., 1860- 
 61; 82.-90., 1874^5 to 1882-3; 93., 1885-6; 94., 
 1886-7; 96., 1888-9; 103.-115., 1895-6 to 1907-8. 
 8°. Edinburgh, 1795-1908. 
 
 Royal Normal College and Academy of Music 
 for the Blind, Upper Norwood, London, S. E. 
 Annual reports of^ the executive committee and 
 principal to the general council. 33.-39., 1893-9; 
 41.-46., 1901-6; 1915. 8°. Upper Norwood, 1894- 
 1915. 
 
 Tennessee. Tennessee School for the Blind, 
 Nashville. Biennial reports of the trustees and 
 superintendent to the general assembly. 2., 
 1845-6 and 1846-7; 5., 1851-2 and 1852-3; 7-9., 
 1855-6 to 1860-61; 13.-18., 1867-8 to 1878; 21.- 
 28., 1883^ to 1908-9. 8". Nashville, 1847-1909. 
 
 . History and prospectus. By J. V. 
 
 Armstrong, supt. With an introduction on 
 behalf of the board of trustees, by H. Justi. 
 8°. Nashville, 1898. 
 
 Texas. Texas Institution for the Blind, at 
 Austin. Arinual reports of the trustees and 
 superintendent to the governor of the State. 
 24.-, 1880-Sl; 29., 1885-6; 30., 1886-7; 33., 1889- 
 90; 35.-42., 1891-2 to 1898-9; 1900-1901 to 
 1904-5. 8°. Austin, 1882-1905. 
 
 Western Pennsylvania Institution for the 
 Blind, Pittsburgh. Annual reports of the direc- 
 tors and officers to the corporators. 3.-12., 
 1889-90 to 1898-9.. 8°. PitUburgh,im)-99. 
 
 Allen (E. E.) Eindrttcke vou Bllndenlnstituten in 
 Deutschland una Oesterreich. Eos, Wion, 1911, vll, 19-51.— 
 BUttner. Leben und Sohailen in einor Blinden-Anstalt. 
 Blindenfreund, DUren, 1896, xvi, 33; 49; 65; 81; 129; 161: 1897, 
 xvii, 1-8.— Coutlnho (MUe.) La premise institution 
 d'avengles et de sourds-muets en Portugal. Cong, internat. 
 p. Tamaior. . . . d. avougles, Par., 1900, 239-242.— Institu- 
 tions (Des) d'aveu^les en Espagne. Institutour d. aveugles, 
 Par., 1855-6, i, 61-72.— McCunc (T. F.) Organization and 
 early history of the Iowa College for the Blind. Bull. Iowa 
 
 Inst., DCS Moines, 1900, ii, 453-467, 5 pi. . Advantages 
 
 to the conunonwealth ol the College for the' Blind. IbH., 
 1901, iii, 105-113.— Meeker. Denkschrift betreffend GrUn- 
 dung eiues Blindenasyls. Blindenfreund, DUron, 1897, 
 
BLIND. 
 
 641 
 
 BLIND. 
 
 Neu erfunderie Blindenschrift, 
 C. Asmis. 8°. Charlottenbwg, 
 
 Blind {Asylums and institutions for the). 
 
 xvii, 3a-42.— Memor. Statistik der spezialpadagogischen 
 Anstalten Ungarns am Ende des Jahres 1909. Eos, Wien, 
 1911, vii, 17-19.— Moitrier (L.) Obligation pour radminis- 
 tration de se servir dans les <5tab!jssements d'aveugles. Rev. 
 philanthrop.. Par., 1910, xjiSiij 676-683.— Ontario Institu- 
 tion for the Education of tiie Blind. Canad. J. M. & S., 
 Toronto, 1898, iii, 25-31.— Bed Cross (The) Institute for the 
 Blind. Outlook tor Blind, Bost., 1918, xii, 37-41.— Slgand 
 (J.) Institut imperial des jeunes aveugles de Rio-de-Janeiro. 
 Instituteur d. aveugles, Par., 1855-6, i, 151-155. 
 
 Blind (BooJcs and types for). 
 
 American Printing House for the Elind, at 
 Louisville. Annual reports of the board of 
 trustees to the general assembly of Kentucky, 
 and to the governors of the States of the Union 
 [etc.]. 14., 1881; 16-26., 1883 to 1893-4; 28.-30., 
 1895-6 to 1897-8; 32., 1899-1900; ,34-36., 1901-2 
 to 1903-4. 8°. Louisville, 1882-1904. 
 
 . List of publications of the . . . Order 
 
 list. Compiled to May 1, 1903. 8°. Louis- 
 ville, 1903. 
 
 Moon (W.) 
 erliiutert von 
 1861. 
 
 United States. Congress. House of Repre- 
 sentatives. A bill to promote the circulation of 
 reading^matter among the blind. 57. Cong.,. 1. 
 sess. H. R. 5778. Dec. 10, 1901. Introd. by 
 Mr. Dayton, roy. 8°. [Washington, 1901.] 
 
 Cantomiet (A.) Typhlographie en caractferes usuels; 
 proc^d^ fort simple de correspondance entre I'aveugle et le 
 
 voyant. Arch, d'opht.. Par., 1916-17, xxxv, 605-617. . 
 
 ilcriture d'aveugles en caractferes usuels. Clin, opht., Par., 
 1917, xxii, 140-144.— Claxton (G. E.) The Braille system 
 for the bund. Indian M. Reo., Calcutta, 1899, xvii, 93.— 
 GlIUs (M. R.) The work of a circulating library for the 
 blind, as illustrated by the California State Library. Froc. 
 Am. Ass. Instr. Blind, Berkeley, Cal., 1915, xxii, 17-19.— 
 Herz (M.) Vorfiihrung einer Methode zur Herstellung 
 einer druoHahigen Klangschrift fiir Schleohtsehende und 
 
 Blinde. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1916, xxix, 665. . Eine 
 
 druckfaWge Klangschrift fur Schwachsichtige und Blinde. 
 
 lUd., 676-678. . Ueber Blindenschrift. Berl. klin. 
 
 Wchnschr., 1917, liv, 422. — . Die Klangschrift und 
 
 andere Neiiheiten. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1917, Ixiv, 
 288. Also: Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1917, xxx, 187; 1108.^ 
 Holmes (C. W.), Fowler (E. H.) [el al.]. Report of the uni- 
 form type committee. OutlookforBlind,Bost., 1913-14, vii, 
 3-48. — Javal. Cartes, plans et croquis pour les aveugles. 
 2°. Lasuppl^ancedelavueparlesautressens. Bull. Acad, 
 de m<Sd., Par., 1902, 3. s., xlvii, 433^40.- Klndlmann (J.) 
 Kompromissschrift zwischen Blinden und Sehenden. Wien. 
 klin. Wchnschr., 1917, xxx, 1345.— Lambert (C.) Methode 
 d'^criture et de lecture facilement accessible aux aveugles et 
 aux voyants, mais sp&ialement utilisable par les aveugles 
 mutiles privfe de leurs mains ou avant-bras, grace h, un 
 . appareil 61ectrique de lecture automatique. Compt. rend. 
 Acad. d. sc. Par., 1917, clxiv, 744-746.— McCune (T. F.) 
 Books, printing and libraries for the blind. Bull. Iowa 
 Inst., Dubuque, 1900, ii, 60-09.— Monhler. Systfeme Braille. 
 Cong, internat. p. I'am^Uor. . . . d. aveugles. Par., 1900, 223- 
 227.- Moon (R. C.) The education of the blind, with espe- 
 cial reference to the use of the Moon alphabet. Ain. Ophth., 
 St. Louis, 1904, xiii, 754-765.— Nordhelm (A.) Eine Zentral- 
 Leibbibliothek fiir Blinde. KrankenpBege, Berl., 1903, il, 
 943-946. — Beina (F.) Proposta di sempliflcazione e abbre- 
 viazione elementare della scrittura in rilievo Braille. Riv. di 
 tiflol., Roma, 1915, xi, 11-26.— Schelenz (H.) Blinden- 
 schrift. Arch. f. d. Gesch. d. Naturw. [etc.), Leipz., 1910- 
 11, iii, 237.— Skrainka (P.) Louis Braille and the intellec- 
 tual acliievements of the blind. Am. J. Ophth., St. Louis, 
 1909, xxvi, 131-142. 
 
 Blind {Education and training of). 
 
 See, also, BUnd (Asylums, etc., fir); BUnd 
 (Boohs and types for) ; Blind (Occupations for) ; 
 Blindness in soldiers. 
 
 Anagnos (M.) The education of the blind in 
 the United States of America; its principles, de- 
 velopment and results. S°. Boston, 1904. 
 
 Dejault (R.-L.-M.) *Etat actuel de I'^duca- 
 tion et de I'instruction des aveugles. 8°- Bor- 
 deaux, 1911. 
 
 Friedlander (J. R.) An address to the 
 
 ?ublic, at the first exhibition of the pupils of the 
 'ennsylvania Institution for the Instruction of 
 the Blind. 8°. Philadelphia, 183Z. 
 
 -41 
 
 Blind {Education and training of). 
 
 . Observations on the instruction o2 
 
 bhnd persons in a letter to Roberts Vaux, John 
 Vaughan and Robert Walsh, esquires. 12°.- 
 Philadelphia, 1833. 
 
 Knie (J. G.) Anleitung zur zweckmassigen 
 Behandhmg blinder Kinder, fiir deren erste Ju- 
 gendbildung und Erziehung. 12°. Breslau, 
 1837. 
 
 Robin (F.-R.-F.-P.) *De la sourdi-c^cit^ et 
 des moyens employes pour communiquer. 8°. 
 Bordeaux, 1902. 
 
 Sturgis (Dinah). The kindergarten for the 
 blind. 8°. [n. p., 1895.] 
 
 Eepr.from: N. Eng. Mag., Bost., 1895, Dec. 
 
 United States. Congress. House of Repre- 
 sentatives. A bill to provide for the education of 
 the bUnd and for other purposes. 56. Cong., 1. 
 sess. H. R. 4347. Dec. 15, 1899. Introd. by 
 Mr. Curtis, roy. 8°. [Washington, 1899.] 
 
 . A bill to provide for the education of 
 
 the blind. 57. Cong., 1. sess. H. R. 18. Dec. 
 2,1901. Introd. by Mr. Boutell. roy. 8°. [Wash- 
 ington, 1901.] 
 
 United States. Senate. A bill to provide for 
 the education of the blind, and for other pur- 
 poses. 56. Cong., 1. sess. S. 3542. March 12, 
 1900. Introd. by Mr. Mason, roy. 8°. [Wash- 
 ington, 1900.] 
 
 Armani (T.) UnitS, nei processi didattici. Riv. di 
 tiflol., Roma, 1913, ix, 3; 65.~BakeT (E. A.) Rehabilita- 
 tion of the blind. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1919, cix, 669.— 
 Boyer (F.) Organisation de I'instruction et de I'assistance 
 des aveugles. Rev. philanthrop., Par., 1910, xxvi, 509-513.— 
 Burrltt{0. H.) Theeducatiouoftheblind. Ophthalmol., 
 Seattle, 1913, Ix, 514-520. Also; Outlook for BUnd, Bost., 
 1913-14, vii, 1-12. — Campbell (0. F.) Spontaneous recrea- 
 tion and industrial traimng for the blind. Proc. Nat. Confer. 
 Char., [n. p.), 1904, xxxi, 419^21,— Campbell (I. F.) An 
 investigation of the blind department of the Chicago public 
 school system. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1904, xUi, 458-464.— 
 Cantonnet (A.) ProcMi fort simple de correspondance 
 entre I'aveugle et le voyant (ty^lographie en caractferes 
 usuels). Bull. Acad, de mOT., Par., 1917, 3. s., Ixxvii, 
 
 453-458. . Typhlographie en caractferes usuels. Presse 
 
 m&l., Par., 1917, xxv, annexes, 241-243. — Carman (Ade- 
 laide M.) Musical training of the blind. Outlook for 
 BUnd, Bost., 1918, xii, 54.— Casslen. Faut-il eonfier I'ensei- 
 gnement et I'^ducation des enfants aveugles k des mattres 
 aveugles? En cas d'affirmative, dans quelle mesure doit-on 
 le faire? Cong, internat. p. I'am^lior. . . . d. aveugles, Par., 
 1900, 90-96.— Charles (J. W.) & Lamb (H. D.) The need 
 for more thorough examination into the family history add 
 more exhaustive search for disease in appHcants for admis- 
 sion to schools for the bUnd. J. Missouri M. Ass., St. Louis, 
 
 1917, xiv, 430.— Cohn (H.) Ueber Schreibunterlagen fiir 
 Blindgewordene und Schwachsichtige. Centralbl. f. prakt. 
 
 Augenh., Leipz., 1894, xviii, 225-227. . Sohrelbbretter 
 
 fiir Blindgewordene und Schwachsichtige. Jahresb. d. 
 schles. Gesellsch. f. vaterl. Kult. 1901, Bresl., 1902, Ixxix, 
 med. Sect., 171-174.— Couetonx (L.) Les aveugles et 
 I'ortographie. Chron. mM., Par., 1897, iii, 361-363.— Curtis 
 (J. B.) EduoationofthebllndintheCnieagopubUoschools. 
 Outlook for Blind, Bost., 1907, i, 35-37.— Delarue (G.) Dans 
 quelle mesure et par quels moyens I'&ole pnmaire des 
 clairvoyants peut-elle servir au developpement intclleotuel 
 de I'enfant aveugle. Cong, internat. p. I'amilior. . . . d. 
 aveugles, Par., 1900, 182-185.— Drummond (W. B.) On 
 the early training of blind children. Pediatrics, N. Y. & 
 Lond., 1899, vU, 533-538.— Hamilton (C. A.) The higher 
 education of the blind with reference to the direction of 
 practical effort. Proo. Am. Ass. Instr. Blind., Bost., [Little 
 Rook, Ark.], 1910, 25-29.— Irwin (R. B.) The recognition 
 and training of blind feeble-minded children. Outlook for 
 Blind, Bost., 191.5-16, ix, 29-32.— Javal. La r&lette h 
 touches pour l'6criture de I'aveugle. Bull. Acad, de m^d.. 
 Par., 1902, 3. s., xlvui, 382-384.— Kull (G.) Die geschichtU- 
 che Entwioklung der Blindeubildiing und Bltndenfilrsorge 
 im Kanton Ziirich und der Einfluss auf andere Kantone der 
 Schweiz. Eos, Wien, 1910, vi, 22; 108; 164.— McAloney 
 (T. S.) The new education and its relation to and influence 
 upon the education of the blind. Outlook for Blind, Bost., 
 
 1918, xii, 43-49.— Manning (Maud L.) Uses and advan- 
 tages of music study in schools for the blind. 'Bull. Iowa 
 Inst., Des Moines, 1903, v, 203-208.— Martuscelll. [Istru- 
 zione dei ciechi.) Atti d. Cong. ital. p. I'educaz. fis. 1900, 
 NapoU, 1902, 209-215.— MascarO (A.) Enseignement des 
 aveugles et des sujets k vue anormale. Cong, internat. de 
 m^., Lisbonne, 1906-7, xv, sect. 11, 398-400.— Ollphant 
 (G. P.) The education of the young blind in institutions 
 
 96808°— Vol. II. 3d series— 19- 
 
BLIND. 
 
 642 
 
 BLIND. 
 
 Blind {Education and training of). 
 
 versus in 3chooIs with the seeing; the advantages and dis- 
 advantages ol each. Proc. Am. Ass. Instr. Blind, Bost., 
 [Little Eock, Ark.], 1910, 31-37.— Ostrottmoff (V.) [A new 
 apparatus for penmanship of the bUnd and those with weak 
 vision.) Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1910, xvii, 830.— Pearce 
 (F. S.) A study of the blind; an analysis of one hundred 
 and eighty pupils at the Pemisylvania Institution for tho 
 Instruction of the BUnd. Tr. Coll. Phys. PhUa., 1897, 3. s., 
 xix, 218-235. A Iso : Intemat. M. Mag. , Phila. , 1898, vii, 167- 
 180.— Pearson (Arthur). No blind people, but only normal 
 people who cannot see. Lancet, Lond., 1918, ii, 30.— Peycr 
 (H.) Der freie Aufsatz in der Blindenschule. Eos, Wien, 
 1911, vii, 51-57.— PoUock (W.B.I.) The education of the 
 semi-blind. Glasgow M. J., 1914, Ixxxii, 417-423.— Bomag- 
 noll (A.) Sulla educazione del giovinetti ciechi. Riv. di 
 tiflol., Roma, 1910, vi, 11-33.— Bouconl (G.) Come si deb- 
 bono educare i bambini ciechi. Ibid., 1908, iv, 32-62.— 
 Schenk (A.) An dur Grenze der Bildun^stahigkeit. Eos, 
 Wien, 1914, x, 241-246.— S6e (I.-R.) Les petits avougles ot 
 I'obligation scolaire. Rev. philanthrop.. Par., 1911, xxix, 
 321-324.— Sommer (E.) Sohreibapparate und Sehrift- 
 arten der BUnden (mit Demonstrationen). Wie soUen sich 
 Blinde beschaftigen? Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. 
 Naturf. n. Aerzte 1901, Leipz,, 1902, Ixxiii, pt. 2, med. Abth., 
 311-315.— Sunnont. Machine k toire imaging par Fflix 
 Boyyn, m^canicien & I'lustitut de physique de PUnlversit^ 
 de LUle, et permettant aux aveugles de communiquer 
 direetement par 4crit aveo les voyants et rMproquement. 
 Cong. fran;. de m^d. Rap., Par., 1899, v, 975. — Thomas 
 (Ann E.) Museum instruction for the bhnd. Proc. Am. 
 Ass. Mus„ Charleston, S. C.^ 1917, xl, 119-121.— Weiss (K. E.) 
 Ueber Ausbildung von Blinden und Schwachsichtigen der 
 gebil^eten Stande. Med. Cor.-Bl. d. wOrttemb. arzti. Ver., 
 Stuttg., 1908, burviii, 77-80. . 
 
 Blind {Education of, Physical). 
 
 Johnson (S.) Athletics among the blind. 8° 
 New Ycyrh, 1907. 
 
 Cutting from: American Mag., N. Y., 1906-7, Wii, 511-516. 
 
 Paiusotti (O.) Igiene pei ciechi di ambiente, 
 puUzia^ ginnastica, ricreativa. Congresso dei 
 ciechi in Milano, tema iv. 4°. Soma, 1901. 
 
 AlIen(E. E.) The phjrsical education of the blind. Am. 
 Phys. Educat. Rev., Bost., 1906, xi, 65-74.— Campbell. 
 Quels soins particuliers dolt-on doimer dans les dcoles k 
 I'enfant avetigle afln de favoriser son ddveloppement phjrsi- 
 que en vue de son Education et de son instruction. Cong. 
 
 intemat. p. Pamflior d. aveugles. Par., 1900, 158-168.- 
 
 Gregory (J. D.) Athletic sports for the bhnd. Outlook fqr 
 Blind, Bost., 1907, i, 37-43.— PoweU (H. G.) Physical edu- 
 cation of the blind. Am. Phys. Educat. Rev., Bost., 1906, 
 xi, 7-11.— Swlnerton (Ijenna D.) Treatment of some of the 
 
 Eostural defects and habit motions common among the 
 lind. Indian M. Rec, Calcutta, 1917, xxxvii, 121-123, 1 pi. 
 
 Blind {Legislation relaiing to). 
 See Blind {Protection and care of). 
 
 Blind {Occupations for). 
 
 See, also, Blind {Edwcation, etc., of); Blind- 
 ness in soldiers [Reeducation]. 
 
 Bishop (S. H.) The new basis of work for the 
 blind. 8°. New York, 1909. 
 
 Cutting from: Century, N. Y., 1909, Ixxviii. 
 
 Meath (M. J.) Industries for the bhnd in 
 Egypt, 8°. New York, 1903. 
 
 Cutting from; Nineteenth Cent., N. Y., 1903, liii. 
 
 Electrical work for the blind. Mod. Hosp., St. Louis, 
 1918, X, 63-66.— Fellchenfeld (W.) Runderlasse des R. V. 
 A. iiber die Beschaftigung von Kriegsblinden bzw. Kriegs- 
 beschadigten. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 
 1917, xliu,1540.— Flockemaun (A.) Beschaftigung von 
 Kriegsblinden in gewerblichen Betrieben. Miinchen. med. 
 Wchnschr., 1917, Ixiv, 71.— Fox (L. W.) Massage as an occu- 
 pation for the blind. Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. [etc.]. Oto- 
 Laryngol. Sect., St. Louis, 1909, 291-294.— GUUs (Mabel R.) 
 Library work for the blind in relation to the schools. Out- 
 look for Blind, Bost., 1918, xii, 51-53.— Gould (G. M.) A 
 new world for the blind. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 
 1906, n. s., xxiii, 268-270.— Kelly (Virginia). War work for 
 the blind. Maryland Psyohiat. Q., Bait., 1918-19, viii, 
 19-23.— KnopI (S. A.) Blinded soldiers as masseurs in 
 hospitals and sanatoria for reconstruction and rehabilitation 
 ot disabled soldiers. Med. Rec., N. Y., 1918, xdv, 709-711.— 
 KrUckmann. Die Fflrsorgetatigkeit in Deutsohland 
 befolgt als oberste Regel, die Blinden tunlionst ihrem alteu 
 Beruf zu erhalten. KUn. Monatsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg., 
 1916 Ivii, 203-205.— Kuli (R.) Blinde Soldaton als Mas- 
 seure. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1915, Ixii, 1217.— Mc- 
 Murtrle (D. C.) Education of and occupations open to the 
 blind. Ref. Handb. Med. Sc, N. Y., 1913, ii, 96-103.— Merle. 
 Ausbildung und Berufstatigkeit der Kriegsblinden. Klin. 
 
 Blind {Occupations for) . 
 
 Monatsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg., 1916, Ivii, 177.— SIcard (A.) 
 Les ateUers d'aveuglesi, Marseille. Ass. franc pour I'avanc. 
 d. sc. C.-r. 1891, Par., 1892, XX, pt. 2, 912-916.— SUberstern 
 (P) Ueber Schulung und Brwerbsfahigkeit Blinder. Wien. 
 klin. Wchnschr., 1916, xxix^ 985-987.— Stockmans (A.) 
 Quelle est la meUleure organisation de patronage: (a) pour 
 les aveugles ayant pass6 par les Asoles spficiales; (b) pour Jes 
 
 autres aveugles? Cong, intemat. p. I'amelior d. aveugles. 
 
 Par., 1900, 44-54.— Vaugliaii(E.) Imprimeriesetbibliothfe- 
 ques pour aveugles. Rev. philanthrop.. Par., 1910, xxviij 621- 
 
 530. . Un atelier d'impressions pour aveugles k l'6cdle 
 
 de Ronchin, Lille; premier essai; premier succfes, novembre 
 1912-juillet 1913. Ibid., 1913-14, xxxiv, 286-294.— VlUey (P.) 
 Sur une machine i st&iographier pour aveugles. Compt. 
 rend. Acad. d. sc. Par., 1916, clxiu 751.— White (.Sue S.) 
 Industrial employment for the blind. Survey, N. Y., 1918- 
 19, xli, 397. 
 
 Blind {Protection and care of). 
 
 See, also. Blind {Asylums, etc., for); Blind 
 {Education, etc., of); Blind {Occupations for); 
 Blindness in soldiers. 
 
 AxBNFELD (T.) Blindsein und Blindenfiir- 
 sorge. Prorektorats-Rede. 8°. Freiburg i. Br., 
 1905. 
 
 Keller (Helen). How the blind may be 
 helped. 8°. New York, 1907. 
 
 Cutting from: Putnam's Monthly, N. Y., 1907, U, 70-72. 
 
 Lenderink (H. J.) Het blindenwezen in en 
 buiten Nedermid. fol. Amsterdam, 1904. 
 
 Massoni (P.-D.) *De I'assistance aux aveugles 
 £l Bordeaux. 8°. Bordeaux, 1908. 
 
 Mtjlder (H.) De maatschappij tot onder- 
 stand der blinden van Antwerpen. 8°. Ant- 
 werpen, 1904. 
 
 ScHAiDLER (A.). Die Blindenfrage im K6- 
 nigreich Bayem. Mit zwei vergleichenden 
 Anhangtabellen uber die Blinden im Deutschen 
 Eeiche. roy. 8°. Miinchen, 1905. 
 
 Skrbbitzki (A.) In Welchem Verhaltniss 
 steht in Ruasland die.Fiirsorge fllr die Blinden 
 zu deren Zahl? 8°. Bcmn, 1885. 
 
 . Zur BUndenfuiBorge in Russland. 
 
 , 8°. Berlin, 1899. 
 
 Uhthofp. Von den Blinden. Akademische 
 Fest-Eede. 8°. Breslau, [1908]. 
 
 United States. Department of Commerce and 
 Labor. Census Bureau. Special report. The 
 bUnd and the deaf, 1900. 4°. Washington, 
 1906. 
 
 AUpoit (F.) State legislation concerning the blind. 
 Ophthalmol., Seattle, 1917, xiii, 597-812.- Aussel (C.) L'hos- 
 pitaUsation des aveugles dans la r^on de MontpelUer. 
 Montpel. mM., 1910, xxxi, 129-141.— Austin (S. H.) The 
 needs and welfare of the bhnd. Mod. Hosp., St. Louis, 1917, 
 ix, 202-204.— Barber* (P.) La primera Asamblea Nacional 
 para mejorar la suerte de los sordomudos y de los ciegos es- 
 panoles. Rev. valenc. de cien. m^d., Valencia, 1907, ix, 17- 
 20. — Blelschowsky. Fiirsorge fiir blinde Akademiker. 
 Ausstellng. d. Kriegsbeschadigt.-Fiirsorge In Deutschl., 
 Dresd., 1917, 86.— BournevUle (M.) Quelques reflexions sur 
 les ieunes aveugles (impressions de vlsite i, I'Institut de 
 Paris.) Rev. philanthrop.. Par., 1906-7, xx, 55-59.— Brune- 
 tlire (C.) L'assistance aux aveugles en Suisse. Gaz. hebd. 
 d. so. med. de Bordeaux, 1910, xxxi, 74-76. — Clemen (O.) 
 Aus den Anfangen der BUndenfihrsorge. Ztschr. f. Augenh., 
 Berl., 1918, xxxix, 94-97.— Cohn (LT) Der BUnde als Be- 
 rater des Blinden und in der Blindentiirsorge. Berl. klin. 
 Wchnschr., 1916, liii, 81-84.— Czyperrek (H.) Ueber den 
 gegenwartigen Stand des Blindenwesens in England. Eos, 
 Wien, 1914, X, 111-131.— Extralt ( MIU. ) Project d'organl- 
 sation de I'administration des aveugles. Rev. philanthrop.. 
 Par., 1909, xxv, 38-50.— Ferrasse, Fezct & True (H.) L'hos- 
 pitausation des aveugles dans la region de MontpelUer, 
 Montpel. m€d., 19).0, xxxi, 25-31.— GesetzUche Bestimmun- 
 
 fen, Blinde betreflend, in Deutschland^ Blindentreund, 
 Xiren, 1898, xviii, 33-40.— Glnestous (E.) Lac^cit^dans 
 la loi du 14 juUlet 1905. Ann. d'hyg.. Par y, 1909, 4. s., xi, 97- 
 102. . L'assistance aux aveugles en France et ^ I'toan- 
 
 fer. Ibid., 1913, 4. s., xix, 349-382.— Glnestous (E.) & 
 Hanchard (L.-A.) L'assistance aux aveugles dans le 
 dgpartement do la Gironde. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. mfid. de Bor- 
 deaux, 1908, xxix, 609-512.— Greell (R.) Ueber Blinden- 
 fiirsorge. Ztschr. f. Krankenpfl., Berl., 1898, xx, 105-112.— 
 Green (S. M.) State aid and maintenance of the adult 
 blind. Proc. Nat. Confer. Char., PortWayne, 1910, xxxvii, 
 290-293,— Hauptvogel (R.) Das intemationale Komitee 
 
BLIND. 
 
 643 
 
 BLINDNESS. 
 
 Blind {Protection and care of) . 
 
 zur Hebune des Blindenwesens. Kraiikenpflege, Berl., 
 J902-3, ii, 339-342. Aha, Iransl.: Am. J. Soclol., Chicago, 
 1902-3, viii, 687-692.— Klelwcg de Zwaan (J. P.) Blindefi- 
 zorg in Nederlandsch Oost-Indie. Nederl. Tijdsclir. v. Ge- 
 neesk., Amst , 1911, i, 1496-150O.— Komoto. The history of 
 the management of blind in Japan, Am, J. Ophth., St. 
 louis, 1908, XXV, 325-331.— Kulf(G.) Rflckstandigkeiten 
 in unserem sohweizerischen Blindenwesen und notwendige 
 Massnahmeu zu ihrer Beseitigung. Schweiz. BI. f. Gsndhts- 
 pfl., Ziirich; 1905, xx, 241; 257; 273.— Lawson (A.) Depart- 
 mental committee on the welfare of the blind; notes on the 
 report. Lancet, Lond., 1917, 11, 654.— L6on (A.) La situa^ 
 tion des aveugles en France. Rev. philanthrop., Par., 1910, 
 xxvil, 633-662.— Llbansky (J.) Vergangenheit und Zu- 
 kuntt der Blindenfiirsorge. Ztschr. f. Kinderschutz [etc.], 
 Wien, 1910, il, 333-340.— Meltzer. [Ueber Blindenfiirsorge.] 
 Miinohen. med. Wchnschr., 1907, Uv, 691.— M6rlcant. De 
 la condition des jeunes aveugles en France et des moyens de 
 I'amfliorer. Cong, internat. p. Pamflior. . . . d. aveugles, 
 Par., 1900, 259-270,— Placer (2>o«a Eafaela). Instituciones y 
 leyes protectoras para los ciegos. Rev. espec. mM., Madrid., 
 1907, X, 13-20. Also: Rev. valenc. de cien. m&i., Valencia, 
 1907, ix, 20-26.— R«el5]lng (O.) Aus dem Blindenwesen. 
 . Ztschr. f. Zruppelfiirsorge, Hamb. & Leipz., 19il, iv, 160- 
 165.— Bondel (G.) Assistance aux aveugles. Rev. philan- 
 throp.. Par., 1910-11, xxviii, 245-268.— SUex (P.) Kriegs- 
 blindenfursorge. Ausstellng. d. Kriegsbeschamgt.-Fvirsorge 
 in Deutschl., Dresd., 1917, 82-86.— Strieker (L.) The work 
 of the Cincinnati Association for the Welfare of the Blind 
 and its attitude toward the prevention of blindness from 
 venereal disetise. Lancet-Clinic, Cinein., 1912, cviii, 172- 
 176.— Toft (E.) Die Blindenkolonie "Vatra luminosa" in 
 Bukarest. Deutsche med. WchnscliT., Berl. & Leipz., 1909, 
 XXXV, 344..— Vance (J. E.) The duty of the State in the pro- 
 tection of the blind. Bull. Iowa Inst., Des Moines, 1909, xi, 
 148-151.— Vaughan (E.) Rtorganisation de I'administra- 
 tion des aveugles en France; projet de J. Freyssinler, 
 aveugle. Rev. philanthrop.. Par., 1907-8, xxii, 560-567. — 
 Wagner. Der unmlttelbar dureh die Blindenanstalten und 
 Fiirsorgevereine ausgeubte Grad der Blindenfursorge. Wchn- 
 schr. f. Therap. u. Hyg. d. Auges, Dresd., 1905-7, x, 75; 85.— 
 Wltzmann (H.) Die Nachtpflege in unsereu Anstaiten. 
 Eos, Wien, 1911, vii, 67-59. 
 
 Blind (Psychology of). 
 
 See Blindness {Physiology and psychology of) . 
 
 Blind {Reeducation of). 
 
 See Blind (Edumtion, etc., of); Blindness in 
 soldiers.. 
 
 Blind in art. 
 
 Green (E.) Ueber Darstellungen von Blindenheilungen 
 auf altchristlichen Sarkophagen. Centralbl. f. prakt. 
 Augenh., Leipz., 1908, xxxoi, 225-228. — ^ — . Bllndendar- 
 stellungen in der japamschen Kunst. Deutsche med. Wchn- 
 schr., Berl. & Leipz., 1913, xxxix, 27-29.— Sfass (L.) Les 
 aveugles dans Part. Corresp. m6d.. Par., 1907, xill. No, 301, 
 6-12.— PortlgUottI (G.) Les aveugles dans I'art^ Paveugle 
 de Gaudenzio Ferrari (Varallo, Sacro Monte, Italie). N. 
 
 iconog. de la Salpgtri6re, Par., 1906, xix, 695, 1 pi. . 
 
 Les aveugles dans Part; Appius Claudius de C. Maccari 
 (Rome, Palais du Sfeat). Ibid., 1909, xxii, 329, 1 pi.— 
 Bicber (P.) Les aveugles dans Part. Chron. med., Par., 
 1902, ix, 245-256. 
 
 Blind (Edmund). *MitteiIungen iiber eine Un- 
 tersuchung der ScMdelformen der elsassischen 
 Bevolkemng in alter und neuer Zeit. 30 pp. 
 8°. Strassburgi. E., C. & J. Goller, 1897. 
 
 — . Die Schadelformen der elsassiBchen 
 
 Bevolkerung in alter und neuer Zeit. Eine 
 anthropologisch-historisclie Studie liber sieben- 
 hunderl Schadel aus den elsassischen Ossuaiien. 
 viii, 107 pp., 21., 10 pi., 1 map. roy. 8° Strass- 
 hurg, K. J. Triibner, 1898. 
 Beitrage zur- Anthropologic Elsass-Lothringens, 1. Hft. 
 
 Blind (Edmund). Dimazon and its effects upon 
 surgery in the war. 12 pp. 12° Boston, Hil- 
 hrajt Med. Company, [1916]. 
 
 Blind (Karl). Personal recollections of Virchow. 
 pp. 613-624. 8°. New Yorh, 1902. 
 Cutting from: N. Am. Rev., N. Y., 1902, clxxv. 
 
 Blind (Reinhold) [1883- ]. *Ueber die Aetiolo- 
 gie der Porencephalie und die dabei beobachte- 
 ten Wachstumsstorungen. 62 pp. 8° Wiirz- 
 burg, Memminger Buchdrck., 1910. 
 
 Blindenfreund (Der). Zeitschrift fiir Verbes- 
 serung des Looses der Blinden. Hrsg. von W. 
 Meeker, v. 14-22, 1894-1902. 8°. Duren. 
 
 Blindness. 
 
 See, also. Amaurosis; Brain (Localization of 
 functions in) • Hemeralopia. 
 
 Diderot (D.) An essay on blindness, in a 
 letter to a person of distinction; reciting the most 
 interesting particulars relative to persons born 
 blind and those who have lost their sight . . . In- 
 terspersed with several anecdotes of Sanderson, 
 Milton, and others. . . . Traralated from the 
 French. 8°. London, 1773. 
 
 Javai(E.) Entre aveugles. Conseils S, 1' usage 
 des personnes qui viemient de perdre la vue. 
 12°. Pom, 1903. 
 
 EUett (E. C.) An essay on blindness. Memphis M. 
 Month., 1903, xxiii, 117-133.— Grtmsdale (H.), Bocklifle 
 (W. C.) [et al.]. Discussion on the necessity for an exact 
 definition of blindness. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1914- 
 16, viii, Ophthalmol. Sect., 35-62.— Gutherius (J.) Tiresias 
 seu csecitatis encomium. In: Admiranda rerum admirabi- 
 lium encomia, 12°, Noviomagl Bat., 1666, pp. 245-276. — 
 Hays (I. M.) BUndness; its frequency, causes, and preven- 
 tion. Syst. Dis. Eye (Norris & Oliver), Phila., 1897, ii, 419- 
 462.— Hfrsclr (L.) Ueber Blindheit. Deutsche med. 
 Presse, Berl., 1902, vi, 52-57.— Httbner. Blindheit und 
 Blindenwesen. Samml. zwangl. Abhandl. a. d. Geb. d. 
 Augenh., Halle a. S., 1909, viii, 1-38.— Java!. Conseils k 
 dormer aux adultes qui devienneut aveugles. Bull, et m€m. 
 Soc. frans. d'opht.. Par., 1902, xix, 268-309.— IWKalian (F.) 
 Unusual optic phenomenon. Med. Brief, St. Louis, 1898, 
 xxvl,676.— NeusclitUer(A.) Delciecoedellaceclta.. Rlv. 
 di tiflol., Roma, 1906, ii. No. 2, 1-21; No. 3, 1.— Purgmire 
 (L. R.) Cases of blindness. Northwest Med., Seattle, 1915, 
 vii, 51.— Sails (F.) Cieclii e veggenti. Riv. dl tiflol., 
 Roma, 1906, ii, 20-30.— True. Degrfe et llmites de la eidU. 
 Ann. d'ocul.. Par., 1903, cxxix, 321-327.— WlUIams (C. H.) 
 A new test for monocular blindness. J. Bost. Soc. M. Sc, 
 1897-8, ii, 2-4. 
 
 Blindness {Causes of). 
 
 See, also, Amaurosis; Blindness (History and 
 statistics of); Conjunctivitis (Gonorrheal); La- 
 bor (Management of); Snow blindness. 
 
 Fleischner (A.) *Ueber zentrale Aaopsien 
 organischen Ursprungs. [Leipzig.] 8°. Berlin, 
 1909. 
 
 Marty (L.) *La cecity et ses causes dans la 
 region de MontpelUer. 8° Montpellier, 1901. 
 
 Meyer (J. G. V.) *Eia Beitrag zu den Ursa- 
 chen und der Verhutung der Blindheit. 8°. 
 Kiel, 1899. 
 
 Adams (A. L.) Cases of blindness in the Illinois School 
 for the Blind. T. Morgan Co. M. Soc, Jacksonville, III., 1900, 
 
 iii. No. 11, 5-10. . The Illinois School for the Blind, 
 
 with its record ofthe causes of blindness. Illinois M.' J..Chi- 
 cagOJl914,xxvi,187-192.— Bailey(W.O.) Causes of blindness 
 in Kentucky; from a study of the eyes of the pupils of the 
 Kentucky Institution for the Education of the Blmd. Am. 
 Pract. & News, Louisville, 1903, xxxiv, 449-452. [Discus- 
 sion], 453-459. — Barraquer (J. A.) C(5mo pierden la vista 
 las personas de edad. Rev. de cien. m^. de Barcel., 1908, 
 xxxiv, 243-252.— Belgerl (F.) & Labat (J. C.) Ceguera 
 stibita por hematemesis y melena. Semana m^d., Buenos 
 Aires, 1916, xxiii, pt. 1, 709-711.— Bourdler (F.) Rapport 
 sur la o&ite pratique et le dcgrfi d'acuitfi visuelle qui la deter- 
 mine. Arch, d'opht., Par^ 1918, xxxvi, 294-304.— Charles 
 (J. W.) & Lamb (H. D.) The results from 112 Wassermann 
 blood-tests in the Missouri School for the Blind. Arch. 
 Ophth., N. Y., 1918, xlvii, 455-458.— Cohen (H.) The cost 
 ofpreventable blindness to the nation. Illinois M. J., Spring- 
 field, 1912. xxi, 416-419.— Dean (L. W.) The causes of 
 permanent blindness of children in Iowa. Iowa M. J., Des 
 Moines, 1901, vii, 117-131. — Page. Note sur les causes et la 
 prevention de la eicM. Gaz. m^d. de Picardie, Amiens, 
 1902, XX, 364-357.— Peinsteln (L.) [Causes of blmdness In 
 our region.] Kryt. lek., Warszawa, 1901, v, 25-30.— Golo- 
 wln (S. S.) Ueber die Erblindungsursachen nach dem 
 statistischen Material aus den Blindenanstalten Russlands. 
 Centralbl. f. prakt. Augenh., Leipz., 1898, xxii, 39-45.— Imre 
 (J.) Die Ursa^hen der Blindheit in Niederungarn. Ungar. 
 Beitr. z. Augenh., Leipz. & Wien, 1903, iii, 14-25.— Mackay 
 (G. W.) The causes and prevention of blindness. Edinb. 
 M. J., 1910, n. s., V, 124-132.— Menacho (D. M j Causas de 
 la ceguera y su prevencitfn. Gaz. m6d. catal., Barcel., 1910, 
 xxxvil, 346; 393; 427. Also: Rev. Ibero-Am. de cien. mM 
 Madrid, 1911, xxv, 444: xxvi, 42; 119; 191.— Monod. C^ 
 cit6 consfcutive k une h^morrag^e de PartSre testiculaire. 
 Bull. Soc. centr. dem^d. v6t.. Par., 1908, Ixii, 467-471.— Net- 
 tleshlp (E.) & Hudson ( A. C.) On a case of blindness from 
 optic neuritis without intracranial disease in a pedigree bull; 
 several cases, probably of the same idnd, in other members 
 of the pedigree; references to other cases of amaurosis in 
 
BLINDNESS. 
 
 644 
 
 BLINDNESS. 
 
 Blindness {Causes of). -< , 
 
 domesticated animals. Eoy. Lond. Ophth. Hosp. Eep., 
 Lond., 1913, xix, pt. 1, 12^1 1 oh.— Neuburger (S.) Die 
 hauflgsten Ursachen der Erblindilhg mid deren Verhiitung. 
 Bllndenfreund, DUren, 1897, xvil, 129-147.— NeuscttUerCA.) 
 La ceoit^; cause; prevenzione. Piv. di tifloU Eoma, 1905, 
 
 gether with statistics as to the cause of blindness. Brit. 
 M. J., Lond., 1912, i, 542-344.— Scholtz (K.) Ursachen und 
 Verbreitung der Blmdheit In Ungarn. Ztschr. f. Augenh., 
 Berl., 1908, xix, 409-426.— Sims (W. S.) Some remarks 
 upon the causes of blindness of thirty-three pupils at the 
 Mississippi State School for the Blind. J. Mississippi M. 
 Ass., Biloxi, 1899-1900, ili, 605-608.— Snell (S.) On some 
 causes of blindness In childhood, with remarks on preven- 
 tion. Quart. M. J., ShefHeld, 1897-8, vl, 21-30. . An 
 
 inquiry into the causes of bhndness in 333 inmates of the 
 Sheffield School for the .Blind. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1907, ii, 
 1215-1218.— Tacke. Perte d'un ceil par im effort brusque 
 fait pour se moucher. Ann. d'ocul., Par., 1910, cxliii, 209- 
 218.— TelUais. Causes et prevention de la o&iitS dans la 
 Loir&-Inf&ieure; de I'assistance des aveugles. Gaz. m&i. de 
 Nantes, 1910, 2. s., xxviii, 41-52.— Traquair (H. M.> Vene- 
 real disease and blindness. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1917, ii, 706.— 
 Vadjid ^T.) Considerations relatives aux causes diverses 
 de la excite. Cong, iutemat. p. ram61ior. . . . d. aveugles, 
 Par., 1900, 217-223. 
 
 Blindness (Feigned). 
 
 See, aho,_ Amaurosis (Feigned) ; Vision [De- 
 fective, Jurisprudence of). 
 
 Angelucci (A.) Ciechi e simulant!. Glor. di med. mil., 
 Eoma, 1918, Ixvi, 841-870.— Bartflk (E.) Elne Methode zur 
 Entlarvung von Simulation einseitiger Blindheit oder 
 Schwaehsichtigkeit. Ztschr. t. Augenh., Berl., 1916, xxxv, 
 44-^6. — Diuin (P.) The detection of simulated blindness. 
 Med. Press, Lond., 1918, n. s., ov, 317; 334. Also: West 
 Lond. M. 1, Lond., 1918, xxiii, 7-21.— Goldmarln (E.) 
 Die kalorische Reizung des Ohres als Mittel zur Entlarvung 
 von Simulation ein- oder beiderseitiger Blindheit. Ztschr. 
 1 Augenh., Berl., 1917, xxxvii, 77-82, 2 pi.— JeUett (J. W. 
 H.) The detection of simulated blindness. Med. Press., 
 Lond., 1918, n. s., cv, 413. 
 
 Blindness {History and statistics of) . 
 
 Albertotti (G.) I ciechi di Colloro. Dis- 
 corso. 8° Modem, 1893. 
 
 Bloch (M.) Les aveugles en France. 8°. 
 Paris, 1917. 
 
 Brttch (E.) La c6cit6 et les avet^les en 
 Alg^rie; rapport sur les r6sultats de I'enquSte. 
 8°. Paris, M08. 
 
 GoLBscEANO (0.) Les aveugles &, travers lee 
 Sges. La Clinique nationale ophthalmologique 
 des Quioze-Vii^ts; avec une statistique but Ties 
 causes de la c6cit6, basee sur 2,000 observations 
 bi I'llospice des Quinze-Vingts modeme. Pre- 
 face deJ.-V. Laborde. 8°. Paris, 1902. 
 
 GoLOViN (S. S.) O sliepotie v Rossii. [Blind- 
 ness in Russia.] 8°. 0<fe«sa, 1910. 
 
 Hart (A.) *Klinisch-statistischer Bericht 
 uber 4,305 erblindete Augen aus dem Materiale 
 der Klinik. I. Teil. 8°. Tubingen, 1900. 
 
 & Schwarzkopf (E.) Ein Beitrag zur 
 
 Blinden-Statistik. Aus der Tubinger Universi- 
 tats-Augenklinik. 8°. Tubingen, 1901. 
 
 Macy (J.) Our blind citizens. 8°. New 
 York, 1908. 
 
 Cutting from: Everybody's Mag., N. Y., 190S, xix, 498-511. 
 
 Paly (L.) *Die Blinden der Schweiz. Medi- 
 zinal-statistische Untersuchungen nadh den Er- 
 gebnissen der Zailung (Sondererhebung) von 
 189&-6. sm. fol. Bern, 1900. . 
 
 Repr.from: Ztschr. f. schweiz. Statist., Bern, 1900, xxxvi: 
 
 Schwarzkopf (E.) *Klinisch-statistischer 
 Bericht uber 4,305 erblindete Augen aus dem 
 Materiale der Klinik. II. Teil. 8° Tubingen, 
 1900. 
 
 Shimanovski (A. F.) Po povodu sllepott v 
 Rossii. [Apropos of blindness in Russia.] 8°. 
 [Kiyev, 1910.] 
 
 Blindness {History and statistics of). 
 
 SiGEL (J.) ^Bemerkungen zu den Blinden- 
 . statistischen Arbeiten aus der Tubinger Klinik. 
 8°. Tubingen, 1901. 
 
 Trousseau & Truc. Rapport sur la c^cit^ et 
 les aveugles en France. 8°. Paris, 1902. 
 
 Also [Abslr.], in: CUn. opht.. Par., 1902, viii, 132-134. 
 
 Wagner (E.) Bericht fiber die Schlussbera- 
 tui]^ der. Kommission fur Internationale Blin- 
 denstatistik in Prag am 7. Oktober 1908. 8°. 
 Prag, 1909. 
 
 Wilson- (J.) Biography of the blind; or the 
 lives of such as have distinguished themselves 
 as poets, philosophers, artists, etc. 4. ed. 16°. 
 Birmingham, 1838. 
 
 Allport(F.) Some facts concerning the blind. J. Am. M. 
 Ass., Chicago, 1915, Ixv, 808.— B. (F.) La B6ait6 en Prance. 
 E^v. philanthrop.. Par., 1908-9, xxiv, 468-475.— Beduarskl 
 f A.) [Statistics of blindness among children.] Post, okul., 
 Krakfiw, 1914, xvi, 93-107.— Behla (E.) Die Blinden in 
 Preussen. Ztschr. d. k. preuss. statist. Landesamts, Berl., 
 1914, liv, 2. Abt., 125-140, 1 pi— Bentley (F.) The blind in 
 the State of Washington. Northwest. Med., Seattle, 1916, 
 XV, 87.— de Castio (F.) A cegueira em Portugal. -Med. 
 mod., Porto, 1908, xv, pt. 5, 313.— ChlstyakofT (P. I.). .{On 
 incurable blindness in Tomsk.) Sibirsk. Vrach, Tomsk, 
 1913-14J, 693; 705.— Costa Santa (S.) La oecitk nel Barto- 
 gallo. Riv. di tiflol., Eoma, 1915, xi, 32.— Cu£nad. Dbai- 
 nution de la c^oitfi en Tunisie. Cong. Intemat. p. I'antSBbr. 
 . .-. d. aveugles, Par., 1900, 247-255.— Dolganofl (V2S1.) 
 [On the extent and causes of blindness in Eussia; .need 
 upon data of the flying oculistlo divisions of the Em^ess 
 Maria Guardianship of the Blind.) Vrach, St-Peterb.,lS9S, 
 xix, 992; 1026; 1059; 1103; 1128; 1161; 122S; 1257. Also, tmmsl. 
 [Abstr.]: Compt.-rend. Cong, intemat. dem^. 1897, Mosc, 
 1898, vi, sect. 11, 334-338.— Dufour (A.) Statistique Inter- 
 nationale des aveugles et recensement f M&al de 1910. Ee v. 
 m^d. de la §uisse Eom., Genfeve, 1909, xxix, 790-793.— Engel- 
 mann. Die Blinden im Deutschen Eeiche nach den 
 Ergebnissen der Volkszahlung von 1900. Med.-statist. 
 Mitt. a. d. k. Gsndhtsamte, Bert., 1905, ix, 156-419, 2maps. — 
 FaJarnSs (E.) La ceguera en las islas Ealeares. Eev. 
 balear de oien. va&i., Palma de Mallorca, 1903, xxv, 385- 
 393.— Fenton (J. J.) Blindness in Victoria. Intercolon. 
 M. Cong. Australas. Tr. 1902, Hobart, 1903, 355-363.— 
 FouchEucd (M.) Contribution h, I'dtude de la c^tl en 
 France; les aveugles dans la Sarthe. Arch. m£d. d' Angers, 
 1902, vl, 293-299.— Gallemaerts. La c&it6 et les aveugles 
 en France. Policlin., Brux., 1902, xi, 512-514.— Hannan 
 (N. B.) The blind and the census of 1911. Brit. M. J., 
 Lond., 1911, ii, 1174.— Hlrschberg (J.) Die Blindheit in 
 Spanien. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1898, 
 xxiv, 368.— Howe (L.) An arithmetic and geography lesson 
 on blindness in New York State. "Tr. M. Soc. N. Y., Phila., 
 1897, ,291-299, 1 pi. Also: N. York M. J., 1897, Ixv, 869-872. 
 
 ■ . yVhy the proportion of blind in cities is less than in 
 
 the country. Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Hartford, 1897-S, viii, 259- 
 265. Also: Am. J. Ophth., St. Louis, Mo., 1898, xv, 289- 
 295.— Klrslmian (Y. S.) [Blindness among the Arkhan- 
 gelsk population.) Vestnik Oftalmol., Mosk., 1914, zxxi, 
 635-653.— Klein fS.) Statistisches und anderes aus der 
 Blindcnwelt. Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1913, xxvii, 97-100.— 
 KoUock (C. W.) Increase of blindness; what has been done 
 for the the prevention of the increase of bhndness, and 
 what can be done? J. South Car. M. Ass., Charleston, 1910, 
 X, 328-331.— Komoto. Die Geschichte des Blindenwesens 
 in Japan. KUn. Monatsbl. t. Augenh., Stuttg^, 1908, xlvl, 
 311-317.— Landrlanl (P.) I clecm nei cantonl di Gmevra 
 e di Vaud. Riv. di tiflol.,, Roma, 1906, ii, No. 4, 11-27.— 
 IiewlsCG. G.) Some statistics on blindness and deafness, with 
 a comparison of the inconveniences of each. N. York M. J., 
 1897, Ixvi, 85-88. .^teo, Eeprint.- Mell (A.) Notwendlgkeit 
 und Voraussetzungen einer Geschichte dos Blindenwesens. 
 Bos, Wien, 1905, 1, 241-247.— Meyer (F.) Die Blindheit 
 in Portugal. Cong, intemat. de m^d., Lisbonne, 1906-7, 
 XV, sect. 11. 320-339.— Paly (L.) Statistische Mitteilungen 
 fiber das Blindenwosen m der Schweiz. Eos, Wien, 1905, i, 
 261-274.— Peretz (H.l Considdrations sur les causes et la 
 frequence de la excite ohez les enfants ^gyptiens, au Ce^. 
 Ann. d'ocul.. Par., 1911, cxliv, 287-293.— Pulldo (A.) El 
 ciego en Espana. Siglo mM., Madrid, 1909, lvi,-433; 449.— 
 Salzer (F.) Was lehrt uns die neueste bayerisone Bllnden- 
 statistik? Milnchen. med. Wchnschr., 1905, lii, 1335-1337.— 
 [Skrebltskl (A.)) [Extent of blindness and distribution of 
 the blind in various sections of Russia.) Vrach, S.-Peterb , 
 1886, vii, 49-53. .4teo, Eeprint.— Stelner(L.) Deblindheid 
 onder de Javanen, hare menigvuldigheid en oorzaken. Ge- 
 noesk. Tijdschr. v. Nederl. Indie, Batav., 1894, xxxlv, 621- 
 630, 1 pi. Also: Tijdschr. v. inland. Geneesk., Batavia, 1895, 
 iii, 23-28.— Talbot. La cdcitS au Tonkin. Arm. d'hyg. et de 
 mod. colon.. Par., 1913, xvi, 1218-1221.— Trousseau (A.) 
 
BLINDNESS. 
 
 645 
 
 BLINDNESS. 
 
 Blindness (History and statistics of). 
 
 La cieiU en France; statistiques, repartition gfiographique, 
 causes, prevention. Bull, et mem. Soc. franc, d'opht., Par., 
 
 1902, xix, 129-217, 1 tab., 1 map. Also\AhstT.]: Compt. rend. 
 Acad, de sc, Par., 1902, cxxxv, 1193.— True (H.) Nos 
 aveugles reglonaux. N. Montpel. med., 1898, vii, 1165-1175. 
 
 . Des aveugles en France. Bull, et mem, Soc. frang. 
 
 d'opht,. Par., 1902, xix, 218-268, 1 map. 4teo[Atistr.]: Clin, 
 opht.. Par., 1902, viii, 134. — Trumet de Fontarce. Les 
 aveugles ruraux. ' Cong, internat. p. Tamelior. . . . d. aveu- 
 gles. Par., 1900, 233-239.— Wakisaka (B.) [My statistics of 
 
 f blindness.] Nippon Gankwa Gakukwai Zassbi. Tokyo, 
 
 1903, vii, 64-61.— Wldmark (J.) Statistik der Blmden der 
 skandinavischen Lander und Finland. Cong, internat. 
 d'hyg. et de demog. C. r. 1894, Budapest, 1896, viii, pt. 7, 
 
 738-745. . Ueber das Vorkommen- von Blindteit in 
 
 den skandinavischen lAndem und Finnland. Mitt. a. d. 
 Augenklin. d. Carolin. med.-chir. Inst, zu Stockholm, Jena, 
 1899, 2. Hit., 45-110. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Cong, internat. 
 
 p. I'ameiior d. aveuries. Par., 1900, 255-258. .Ueber 
 
 oas Vorkommen der Blindheit in den skandinavischen 
 Landern und Finland am Eingange des 20. Jahrhunderts. 
 Mitt. a. d. Augenklin. d. Carolin. med.-chir. Inst, zu Stock- 
 holm, Jena, 1906, 8. Hft., 119-132.— Wolffberg. Beitrag zur 
 Blinden-Statistik. Wchnschr. f. Therap. u. Hyg. d. Auges, 
 Bresl., 1897-8, i, 196-198.— Wood (T. H.) The blind chil- 
 dren of Tennessee. Country Doctor, Sparta, Tenn., 1898-9, 
 V, 161-168.— ZlemUski (B.) [Struggle with blindness; star 
 tistics of blindness in Poland.] Zdrowle, Warszawa, 1907, 2. 
 s., vii, 67-81. 
 
 Blindness (Hysterical). 
 
 See Amaurosis (Hysterical) ; Hysteria (J/ant- 
 festations of) . 
 
 Blindness (Jurisprudence of). 
 
 See, also. Blindness (Feigned). 
 
 MicHALORTOS (B.) iS-actatus de cceco, eurdo 
 et muto, in quo ipsorum miaeria, quid scire, 
 atque addiscere possint, quos contractus cele- 
 brare, num magistratus gerere, an in ultimis 
 voluntatibus disponere, et plura alia huiusce- 
 modi secundum germanam variarum legum, ac 
 imperatorum constitutionum, quas adinvicem 
 pugnare ^ddentlu•, intelligentiam, subtiUter 
 discutiuntur. sm. 4° Venetiis, 1646. 
 
 RosHTSHEVSKi (S. P.) [Quantitative deter- 
 mination of the loss of capacity for work on the 
 loss of eyesight.] 8°. Saratov, 1911. 
 
 Bednaiskl. [Injury of a blind eye from a medico-legal 
 viewpoint.) Przegl, let., Krakdw, 1914, liii, 501.— Brav (A.) 
 The blind and theirrelation to religious and civil law; some 
 eye injuries involving legal questions in Talmudic literature. 
 Ophthalmol., Milwaukee, 1906-7, iii, 598-603.— Forensic 
 (The) position of the blind. Lancet, Lond., 1905, ii, 1263.— 
 Ginestous (^.) La cficite dans la jurisprudence du ConseU 
 d'etat. Ann. d'hyg., Par., 1916, 4. s., XXV, 25-38.— H. Blind 
 of niet. Tijdschr. v. inland. Geneesk., Batavia, 1896, iv, 73.— 
 lioss of sight from embolus not accidental (Salinger v. Fidel- 
 ity & Casualty Co. of New York). J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 
 1918, Ixxi, 306.— Spatocco (G.) La condizione giuridlca del 
 cieco. Riv. di tiflol.^ Roma, 1905, i, 45-50.— Taddei (P.) 
 La personality giuridica del ciechi e I'lstruzione obhgatoria. 
 Ibid., 1908, Iv, 23-26.— Watari (J.) [Medico-legal case; iden- 
 tification of false blindness.) Tokyo Iji-Shinshi, 1898, No. 
 1070, 9-13. 
 
 Blindness (Periodicals and transactions 
 of societies relating to). 
 
 Atti del V Congresso nazionale di tiflologia e 
 per la prevenzione della ceciti, con annessa 
 esposizione "Pro ciechi;" tenuto in Roma dal 1" 
 al 16 dicembre 1906. 8°. Roma, 1909. 
 
 Blindenfreund (Ber). Zeitschrift ftir Ver- 
 besserung des Looses der Blinden. v. 14-22, 
 1894-1902. 8°. Biiren. 
 
 CoNGRES international pour I'am^lioration du 
 sort des aveugles. Tenu k Paris du 1" au 5 
 aoiit 1900. 8°. Versailles, 1900. 
 
 Institutbur (L') des aveugles. Journal men- 
 Buel par J. Guadet. v. 1-7, October, 1855-62. 
 8°. Paris. 
 
 Outlook for the BUnd. A quarterly record 
 of the progress and welfare of the blind. Edited 
 by Charles F. F. Campbell, v. 1-12, 1907-16. 
 8°. Cambridge & Boston. 
 
 Blindness (Periodicals and transactions 
 of societies relating to). 
 
 Proceedings of the American Association of 
 Instructors of the BUnd. 1886; 1888; 1915.- 8°- 
 Fiyrt Plain, N. T., Baltimore & Berkeley, Cal. 
 
 RrvisTA di tiflologia e di igiene oculare. Di- 
 retta dal dott. Alfonso Neuschiiler. [Bimonthly.] 
 V. 1-11, 1905-15. 8°. Roma. 
 
 Congresso intemazionale pel miglioramento della con- 
 dizione del ciechi sotto I'alto patronato di S. M. il Be d'ltalia 
 (Napoll, 30 marzo-3 aprile 1909). Biv. dl tlBoI., Boma, 
 1908, iv, 1-16.— Freyssinier (J.) Le Congrte des typhlophi- 
 les. Bev. philanthrop.. Par. 1910, xxvii, 415-124.— Taddei 
 (P;) Atti del V° Congresso nazionale di tiflologia e per la 
 prevenzione della cecitS,. Riv. di tiflol., Boma, 1908, iv. 
 No. 1, 29; No. 3, 33; No. 5, 65; No. 7, 17. 
 
 Blindness (Physiology and psychology 
 
 of). 
 
 Ghiesbach (H.) Vergleichende Untersuchun- 
 gen iiber die Sinnesscharfe BUnder und Sehen- 
 der. 8°. Bonn, 1899. 
 
 AUo, in: Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1899, Ixxiv, 677- 
 638: Ixxv, 366; 523. 
 
 Krogius (A.) [The mental world of the 
 blind.] Pt. 1. 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1909. 
 
 Ansaldl (L.) Das Seelenleben eines Erblindeten. Eos, 
 Wien, 1905, i, 46-66.— Ayres (S. C.) Observations on some 
 blind but quiet and apparently inoffensive eyes. Do they 
 produce a pseudo-sympathetic inflammation? Tr. Am. 
 Dphth. Soc, Hartford, Conn., 1900, 137-144. A Iso, Reprint.— 
 Bl.' Ueber die Sinnesthatigkeiten bel Blinden; eine natur- 
 philosophische Betrachtung. Blindenfreund, Diiren, 1898, 
 xviii, 129-136.— Bond (N. J.) & Dearborn (W. F.) The 
 auditory memory and tactual sensibility of the bhnd. J. 
 Educ. Psychol., Bait., 1917, viii, 21-26.— Burde. Die Plas- 
 tik des Blinden; experimentelle Untersuchungen. Ztschr. 
 f. ang. Psych, [etc.], Leipz., 1910, iv, 106-128.— Cbalu- 
 peck^ (J.) [La vie psychique des aveugles.) Bev. neurol., 
 psyehiat., fys. a diaetet. therap., v Praze, 1906, Iii, 11; 59; 
 105; 174; 230; 278; 337; 412; 466.--Coluccl (C.) Per una psl- 
 cologia del ciechi; appunti di lezione e di ricerche, Biv. di 
 tiflol., Roma, 1910, vi. No. 1, 1-44. — — . Tatto a distanza, 
 senso degli ostacoh e senso di orientazione nei ciechi. Ibid., 
 No. 7, 1-10.— Dunton (W. R.) Mental state of the blind. 
 Am. J. Insan., Bait., 1908-9, Ixv, 103-112.— FaTjozzI (G.) 
 La condizione del cieco; vanta^giflsicl, morali, intellettuali 
 Che 1 ciechi avrebbero da una vita in comune con i veggentl 
 flno dall' inlanzia. Riv. di tiflol., Roma, 1905, i, 29^44, — 
 Foveau de Courmelles. Visibilite des rayons X par cer- 
 tains jeunes aveugles. J. d'hyg., Par., 1898, xxili, 173-175. — 
 Fraser (C. F.) Psychology of the blind. Am. J. Psychol.,. 
 Worcester, 1917, xxvili, 229-237.— French (R, S.) The 
 psychology of the blind. Proc. Am. Asst. Instr. Blind,. 
 Bost., [Little Bock, Ark.], 1910, 84-87.— GrSgolre (E.) Dia 
 Furchisamkeit beim Blinden. Eos, Wien, 1905, i, 274-276. — 
 Haines (T. H.) A point scale for the mental measurement 
 of the bhnd. J. Educ. Psychol., Bait., 1916, vii, 143-149.— 
 Hfibert (M.) Sur I'eveil de I'idee de Diea chez les aveugles 
 sourds-muets. Bev. de I'Univ. de Brux., 1911, xv^, 603- 
 626.— loteyko ( Mile. J.) Les fonctions sensorielles des aveu- 
 gles. Bev. sclent., Par., 1917, i, 619-626.— Krogius (A.) 
 [Auditory sensations in the blind.] Izvlest. S.-Peterb. biol. 
 lab., 1907-8, ix, No. 1, 10-35.— KuWyarski (D. V.) [Hallu- 
 cinations of visual organs in perfect blindness.] Arch, 
 psikhiat. [etc.), Kharkov, 1884, iv. No. \, 49-58.— Kunz (M.) 
 Zur Blindenphysiologie (das Sinnenvicariat). Wchnschr. 
 f. Therap. u. Hyg. d. Auges, Dresd.-A., 1901-2, v, 318; 326; 
 390; 399; 406. Also: Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1902, lii, 997; 
 
 1057; 1102; 1159; 1208. .Fisiologia dei ciechi (11 cosi detta 
 
 vicariato dei sensi). Biv. di tiflol., Boma, 1905, i, 1-19: 1906, 
 
 ii. No. 2, 22; No. 3, 28. . Del tatto a distanza o del cosl 
 
 detto senso de?li ostacoli. Ibid., 1909, v. No. 3, 1-55, 2 ch. 
 Du tact k distance comme facteur de la faculte d* orientation 
 des aveugles (sens des obstacles?). Compt. rend. Acad. d. 
 sc. Par., 1911, cllli, 431^34.— I/Odato (G.) Qli effetti delP 
 anopsia nello svHuppo dell' apparato visivo. Ann. di ottal., 
 Favia, 1902, xxxl, 662-604. Also: Arch, di ottal., Paler- 
 mo, 1903-4, xl, 95-122, 11 pi.— Melland (C. H.) The sense 
 of proximity. Nature, Lond., 1909, Ixxx, 456.— Mills (W.) 
 The behavior of blind animals. Pop. Sc. Month., N. Y., 
 1902-3, 344-347.— Fdtscli (Anna). Ueber Farbenvorstel- 
 lung Blinder. Ztschr. f. Psychol, u. Physiol, d. Sinnesorg.^ 
 Leipz., 1898, xix, 47-62.— Rappawl (J.) Geistesleben <& 
 Blinden. Eos, Wien, 1914, x, 246-253.— Keckllng(0.) Der 
 sechste Sinn der Blinden. Ihid., 1908, iv, 17-20.— Rudneff 
 (V.I.) [Psychology of the blind.) Nevrol. Vestnik, Kazan,. 
 1910, xvil, 411-436.— Trftves (Z.) Beobachtungen uber den 
 Muskelsinn bei Blinden. Arch. f. d. ges. Psychol., Leipz., 
 1910, xn-i, 279-306.— Trusehel (L.) Das Problem des sog&. 
 nannten sechsten Sinns der Blinden. Ibid., 1909, xiv, 133-178, 
 . Contribution k I'etude du sens de la direction chez lea 
 
BLINDNESS. 
 
 646 
 
 BLINDNESS. 
 
 Blindness {Physiology and psychology 
 oj). 
 
 aveugles. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par., 1911, clil, 1022- 
 102i. — Wttlflln (E.) TJntersuchungen fiber den Femsinn 
 der Bliaden. Ztschr. f. Psychol, u. Physiol, d. Sinnesorg., 
 Leipz., 1908, xliii, 187-198.— Wylie (A. R. T.) On the 
 psychology and pedagogy of the blind. Pedag. Seminary, 
 Worcester. 1902, ix, 127-160.— Zeeman (W. P. C.) & Tum- 
 belaka (R.) pas zentrale und periphere optische System 
 bei einer kongenital blinden Katze. Arch. f. Ophth., Leipz., 
 
 1916, xoi, 242-263. 
 
 Blindness {Prevention of). 
 
 See, also, Conjunctivitis [Gonorrheal, Preven- 
 tion of). 
 
 MoMtjrtrie (D. C.) National work for the 
 prevention of blindness and the conservation 
 of vision. 8°. New rbri, 1913. 
 
 National Committbb for the Prevention of 
 BUndness. Tracts and publications. 12° New 
 Yorlc, [ri. d.]. 
 
 Van Clevb (E. M.) A program for the preven- 
 tion of blindness. 8°. [n, p.-n.d.l 
 
 WiNGBNROTH (E.) Der Kanipf gegen die 
 Erblindung. Auf Grund hinterlassener Auf- 
 zeichnungen Gelpkes gemeinverstandlich dar- 
 gestellt. 8°. . Leipzig, 1906. 
 
 BarnaEd.>(.C. E.) Notes on cases of preventable blind- 
 ness. Intercolon. M. Cong. Australas. Tr. 1899, Brisbane, 
 1901, 365-367.— Berry (G.L.) Saving sight; saving citizens. 
 South. M. J., Nashville, 1917, x, 857-861. A-lso, Eeprmt.- 
 Blali (W. W.) Preventable blindness. Penn. M. J., 
 Athens, 1911-12, xv, 366-382.— Blake (E. M.) The preven- 
 tion of blindness in infancy and childhood. Proo. Connect. 
 M. Soc, N-. Haven, 1916, cxxiv, 76-84.— Campbell (M. A.) 
 Organized work for the prevention of blindness as carried 
 on by the Ohio State Commission for the Blind. Month. 
 Bull. Ohio State Bd. Health, Columbus, 1914, iv, 236-251.— 
 Cbeatham {W.) Preventable blindness. Kentuc^ M. 
 J., Bowling Green, 1911, ix, 558-566. A Iso, Reprint.— Cfolrn 
 (H.) Haben die neueren Verhiitungsvorschlage eine Ab- 
 nahine der Blindenzahl herbeigefiihrt? Wien. med. Wchn- 
 schr., 1901, 11, 1497; 1541; 1584; 1630; 1672; 1712; 1769; 1816; 
 1866. — Cosse. La prevention de la c4olt6. Ann. mM.- 
 chir. da centre. Tours, 1913, xiii, 313; 325.— Cu£nod. La 
 prophylaxie de la o4cit6 en TunisieL Bull, de I'HOp. 
 civ. trang. do Tunis, 1900, iii, 62-70.— Daland (J.) Es- 
 Mmo snow bUndness and goggles. Ophth. Bee, Chica^d; 
 
 1917, xxvi, 116-118. Also, Reprint.- EUot (S. E.) The 
 
 J)revention of blindness. J. Am. Pub. Health Ass., Co- 
 umbus, Ohio, 1911, i, 309-316.— Eloul Paclia. Un mot sur 
 la prevention de la excite et I'amelioration du sort des 
 aveugles en ifegypte. Rev. gfe. d'opht.. Par., 1909, xxvlii, 
 241-246.— Frencli (W. J.) The prevention of blindness 
 work of the State Indnstrial Accident Commission. Calif. 
 State J. M., San Fran., 1918, xvi, 377.— Glaser (E. P.) 
 Present and proposed legislation for the prevention of blind- 
 ness. Ibid., 1917, XV, 213-216.— Gowens (H. L.) Statisti- 
 cal study 01 blindness from the standpoint of prophylaxis. 
 Hahneman. Montb.jj Phlla., 1914, xlix, 290-293. Also, Re- 
 print. — Greene (H.C.) Preventable blindness; a challenge 
 to the professions. J; Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1913, Ixi, 1155- 
 1161. — Heller (SJ Prophylaktische Massnahmen fiir spater 
 Erblindende. Ztschr. f. Augenh., Berl., 1911, xxv, 67-71.— 
 HlTSch (L.) Entstehung und verhUtung der BUndheit, 
 auf Grund neuer TJntersuohungen bearbeitet. Klin. Jahrb., 
 Jena, 1901-2, viii, 489-596.— Howe (L.) A plea for new 
 ' methods for the prevention of blindness. N. York State J. 
 M., N. y., 1907, vii, 136-138. [Discussion), 164.— Jervey 
 (J. W.) The conservation of sight. Med. Bee, N. Y., 1911, 
 Ixxx, 665-567.— Leone (S.) R61e de I'^tat dans la prophy- 
 laxie de quelques causes de cdcite. Rev. d'hyg. et de mM. 
 inf. [etc.], Par., 1911, x, 375-409.— Lewis (F. P.) A practical 
 method of abolishing the cause of one-quarter oi the un- 
 necessary blindness in the United States. J. Am. M. Ass., 
 
 Chicago, 1906, xlvi, 1262-1265. Also, Reprint. . The 
 
 prevention of blindness. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1910, Iv, 
 303-308.— McCurry (W. T.) Preventable bUndness. J. 
 Arkansas M. Soc, Little Rock, 1918-19, xv, 166-170.— 
 Menaclio (D. M.) Causas de la ceguera y su prevencifin. 
 Gac. med. catal., Barcel., 1910, xxxyl, 393-401.— Motals. 
 La preservation de la cecite. Intornat. Arch. f. Sohulhyg., 
 Miinchen, 1910, vi, 407-421.— Naijce (W. O.) Prevention 
 of blindness. Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1912, xxi, 410. 
 
 . What the State can do to prevent blindness. J. 
 
 Ophth. & Oto-Laryngol., Chicago, 1914, viiij 36-42. . 
 
 What the State can do to prevent blindness. Illinois M. J., 
 Chicago, 1917, xxxii,' 155-161. AUo: 3. Ophth; & Oto- 
 Laryngol., Chicago, 1917, xi, 309-321.— Owen (F. S.) The 
 conservation of vision. West. M. Rev., Omaha, 1911, xvi, 
 414-421,— Pechln. Causes et prevention de la cedte; 
 hygiftne de la vision. Aotualitfe med.-chir. (Rothschild), 
 
 Blindness 
 
 Par., 1911, 275^06, 
 
 (Prevention of) . 
 
 306.— Putelll (F.) II protettore della vista 
 deiobmbattenti. Gior. di med. mil., Roma, 1918, Ixvi, 116- 
 127.— Report of the committee on preventable blindness, 
 appointed at the International Conference on the Blind, 
 held at Manchester in July, 1908. Ophthalmoscope, Lend., 
 1909, vii, 603.— de Schwelnitz (G. E.) The prevention of 
 blindness and the instruction of the blind child. . N. York 
 
 State J. M., N. Y., 1912, xli, 279-2S6. Also, Reprint. • . 
 
 Conservation of vision and prevention of blindness. J. Am. 
 M. Ass., Chicago, 1916, Ixvi, 393-397. .4 too. Reprint. Also: 
 Med; Press & Giro., Lend., 1916, clii, 215-220.— Strieker (L.) 
 Blindness and its prevention. Ohio M. J., Columbus, 1911, 
 vii, 435-440.— Trousseau (A.) La prevention de la eecite 
 en France. Rev. gen. d. so. pUres et appliq., Par., 1909, xx, 
 502-510.— Van Cleve (B. M^) The present status of the 
 movement for the prevention of blindiiess. Proc. Am. Ass. 
 Instr. Blind, Berkeley, Cal., 1916, xxii; 49-61. Also: Out- 
 look for Blmd, Host., 1915, ix, 24-27.— Voigt (C. B.) Pre- 
 vention of bUndness. Illinois M. J., Sprin^eld, 1910, xvUi, 
 664-667.— Woodruff (T. A.) Prevention of bUndness. 
 
 IbH., 1911, XX, 291-302. Also, Reprint. . Prevention 
 
 of blindness and conservation oi yision. Illinois M. J., 
 Sprin^eld, 1912, xxi, 399^26: xxli, S60-565.^Wttrdeniann 
 (H. V.) Legislation for the prevention of blindness. Tr. 
 M. Soc. Wisconsin, Madison, 1896, xxx, 480-482. 
 
 Blindness {Quadrantic). 
 
 Pusey (B.) A case of quadrantic blindness. J. Nerv. & , 
 Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1918, xlvU, 217-219.— WUllamson(L.) 
 Homonymous quadrant anopsia (left). Am. J. Ophth., St. 
 
 Louis, 1907, xxiv, 353-360; . A further report on a case 
 
 of quadrant anopsia. J. Ophth. & Oto-Laryngol., Chicago, 
 1909, ul, 65. 
 
 Blindness {Treatment of). 
 
 Chavanis (A.) *Histoire de la gu^rison d'un 
 aveugle-n6. 8°. L/ijon, 1912. 
 
 Javal. Conseils h. donner aux adultes qui 
 deviennent aveugles. 8°. Paris, 1902. 
 
 Plaschke (Olga). Von wiedergewonnenem 
 Augenlicht; aus eigenen Erlebnissen. 8° 
 Leipzig, 1902. 
 
 Bates (W. HO BUndness relieved by a new method of 
 treatment. N. York M. J. [eto.J, 1917, cv, 200-202. AUo, 
 Reprint.- Bergmelster (R.) Einiges aus der Tatigkeit des 
 Augenarztes an einer Blmdenanstilt. Wien. med. Wohn- 
 schr., 1911, Ixi, 2029-2033.— Brown (J, E.) A review of the 
 ocuUst's records for ten years at the Ohio State School for 
 the BUnd. Ohio M. J., Columbus, 1908, iv, 222-'229.— Dus- 
 saud. AppareUs pour les aveugles. Compt. rend. Acad. d. 
 so.. Par., 1902, cxxxiv, 375-377.— Bliasberg (J.) Doit-on la 
 verite aux sujets menaces de eecite? Arch, d'opht.. Par., 
 1912, xxxU, 679-684.— Fox (L. W.) Gold-blindness, or 
 . retinal asthenopia und its treatment. Dental Cosmos, 
 Phila., 1901, xUii, 121-124. Also: N. Eng. M. Month., Dan- 
 bury, Conn., 1901, xx, 175-177. Also, Reprint. — Hambui^ 
 ger (C.) Soil man Augenkranken die Erblindung verhelm- 
 Uchen? Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1904, 
 xxx, 465.— Heard (Mary K.) When the blind see; a case 
 report. Woman's M. J., Cmoin., 1915, xxv, 79-81.— Ho- 
 henemser (R.) Der Arzt gegenuber den Erblindeten. Zt- 
 schr. f. Psychoth. u. med. Psychol., Stuttg., 1909, i, 144- 
 149.— liObanofl (S. V.) fThree cases of continuous, com- 
 
 Elete loss of sight with its subsequent reestablishment.] 
 ibirsk. Vrach. Gaz., Irkutsk, 1909, li, 205-207.— »itcAnally 
 (J. T.) The problem of the blind from the doctor's stand- 
 point. nUnois M. J., Springfield, 1909, xvi, 643-648.— 
 nllnoT (J. L.) Learning to see at 40, first with one eye, and 
 later with both. Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Hartiord, 1897-8, 
 vui, 460-468, 2 ch.— Muskens (L. J. J.) & SneUen (W.) 
 Onderzoek naar de veelvuldigheid van blindheid, als ge- 
 volg van genezen hersenaandoening en een poging tot nauw- 
 keuriger bepaling der aanwijzingen tot palhatief-operatie. 
 .Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Qeneosk., Amst., 1909, 11, 1113-1124.— 
 Nolslievskl(K.) [An electrophthalmo-cyclope.l Dnevnik 
 Syezda Obsh. Russk. Vraoh. v pamyat Pirogova,B.-Peterb., 
 1888-9, iii, 220. [Disoussion]; 347.— Ormond (.A. W.) 
 Treatment of blinded men. Cfuy's Hosp. Gaz.> Lond., 1917, 
 xxxl, 311-316.— Parker (W. R.) Report of a' case of total 
 loss of vision in one eye and partial loss in the other com- 
 pletely relieved by sellar decompression operation. Arch. 
 Ophth,, N. Y., 1917, xlvi, 528-532.— Paul. Beitrto zum 
 Sehenlemen und Wiedersenenlernen. Jahresb. d. schles. Ge- 
 sellsoh, f. vaterl. Kult. 1905, Bresl., 1906, 74.— Hodman (H.) 
 A case of blindness and focal infection, due to ethmoiditis, 
 cured. N. York M. J. [etc], 1917, cvi, 316. AUo, Reprint.— 
 Sanz Blanco. Tratamiento higienico y medico del cicgo 
 colegiado. Rev. Ibero-Am. de oien. med., Madrid, 1907, 
 xvU, 392-401.— Seydel (F.) Bin Beitrag zum Wiedersehen- 
 lernen Blindgewordencr. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh., 
 Stuttg., 1902, xl, 97-113,— Swlnerton (Lenna D,) Treat- 
 ment of some of the postural defects and habit motions 
 common among the blind. Boston M. & S. J., 1917, clxxv, 
 803-806.— von SzUy (A.) Die Aufgabe dos Augenarztes 
 
BLINDNESS. 
 
 647 
 
 BLIX. 
 
 Blindness ( Treatment of) . 
 
 unheilbar. ErWindenden gegenilber. Klin. Monatsbl. f. 
 Augenh., Stuttg., 1906, xBv, 420-426.— True (H.) Assis- 
 tance ooulistique des aveugles. Bull, et mfiin. Soc. fran^. 
 d'opht., Par., 1901, xviiL pp. xxvlii-xxx.— Uhtlioll (W.) 
 Weitere Beitrage zum Senenlernen blindgeborener und 
 spater mit Erfolg operierter Mensohen, sowie zu dem gele- 
 gentlicli vorkonunenden Verlernen des Sehens bei jilngern 
 Einderii. Ztschr. f. Psychol, u. Physiol, d. Sinnesorg., 
 Hamb. & Leipz., 1897, xiv, 197-241.— Wescott (C. D.) & 
 Pusey (B.) The danger that may lurk in blind eyes. Am. 
 Med., Phila., 1903, vi, 356-359. 
 
 Blindness in soldiers. 
 
 See, also, Blindness (Feigned). 
 
 Ferponnes (Mile.) Romain Landry, soldat 
 aveugle; souvenirs d'un guide; par Paul Junka 
 [pseud.]. 8°. Paris, 1918. 
 
 Biclscbowskjr (A.) Die Hiltstatigkeit fur die kriegs- 
 blinden Akademiker. Deutsche med. Wohnschr., Berl. & 
 Leipz., 1917, xliii, 6Z7.— Btleiix. Ce qu'on lait en France 
 ppur uos soidats aveugles. Rev. interalli^e inttossant les 
 * mutilfe de la guerr6. Par., 1918, i, 21-26.— Clark (H. T.) 
 Cheer-up books for blinded soldiers. Outlook for Blind, 
 Bost., 1918; xii, 41.— Feilchenleld (WO & Bauer. Kriegs- 
 blinden-Fursorge. Deutsche .med. Wchnschr., Berl. & 
 Leipz., 1916, xhl, 1324.— von Grosz. Die Klriegsblindenfur- 
 sorge in Ungarn. Klin. Monatsbl. t. Augenh., Stuttg., 1916, 
 Ivii, 173.— Kolubovskl (Ya. N-.) [The bhnd and the war.] 
 Vestnik Tsarskoselsk. Ealona, Petrogr., 1916, ii. No. 11, 
 5-44. — KrUckmann (E.) Ueber Kriegsblindenfursorge. 
 Deutsche med. Wchnschry Berl. & Leipz., 1915, xli, 725; 763; 
 788.— Lundsgaard (K. K. K.) [Provision in Germany lor 
 soldiers bUnded in war.] Hosp.-Tid., K^ibenh., 1918, Ixi, 
 80-85.— Masugi (A.) Statistische Beobachtungen fiber die 
 Blindheit der Militarpfllchtigen in Japan. [Japanese text.] 
 Ztschr. f. Mil.-Aerzte, Tokyo, 1918, 15. — Uhtlioff (W.) 
 Ueber KriegsbUnde und Kriegsbhnden-Fursorge. Berl. 
 
 klin. Wchnschr., 1916, liii, 78-81. • . AugenarztUche 
 
 Erfahrungen und Betrachtungen iiber KriegsbUnde. Deut- 
 sche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1916, xlii, 468. Also: 
 KUn. Monatsbl: t. Augenh., Stuttg,, 1916, Ivii, 176.— Valois 
 (G.) & Bouvelx. IjCS borgues de la guerre. Ann. d'ocul., 
 Par., 1916, chii, 619-529. 
 
 Blindness in soldiers [Reeducation]. 
 
 See, also, BUnd (Occupations for). 
 
 Angelucci (A.) La protezlone degli occhi dei soldati e la 
 rieducazione dei cieohi dl guerra. Arch, dl ottal., NapoU, 
 1916, xxiii. 177-205.- Bordley (J.) Plans of the U. S. Gov- 
 ernment for the soldiers blinded in battle. Outlook for 
 
 BUnd, Bost., 1917, xi, 64-58. . Eeeducation of the war ' 
 
 bUnded. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1918, Ixx, 1931.— Brieux 
 (E.) Our blinded soldiers; instructions for directors of 
 schoolsi Outlook for Blind, Bost., 1918, xii, Suppl., 3-12. 
 
 . Blinded' soldiers and our duty to them. Eeveille, 
 
 Lond., 1918, i, 190-197.— Care (The) and training of blinded 
 soldiers and saUors; the work of St. Dunstan's Hostel, 
 Regent's Park, London, England. Am. J. Care Cripples, 
 N. Y., 1918, vi, 41-46.— England (Emma K.) The reeduca- 
 tion of the blinded soldier. Am. J. CUn. M„ Qhicago, 1919, 
 xxvi, 29-34.— Foveau de Couimelles. La r^Mucatiou 
 oculaire. Paris mSd., 1918, xxviii, suppl., 259-261.— Gines- 
 tous (E.) Le soldat aveugle; la r^ducation de I'toiture 
 par la Tablette Verdon. Progrfes m^d., Par., 1917, 3. s., 
 
 xxxu, 176. . La r^ducatioh du soldat aveugle. Ibid., 
 
 1918, 3. s., xxxiu, 199-202.— GInestous (E.) & Dominique 
 (C.) La premifere Mucation du soldat aveugle. Ibid., 1916, 
 3. s., xxxi, 199-201.— Lawson (A.) Blinded saUors and 
 soldiers; remarks on the training at St. Dunstan's. Lancet, 
 Lond., 1917, i, 223.— McCalUn (Mrs. Sidney). Blindness a 
 temporary disablement. Mod. Hosp,, St. Louis, 1918, xi, 
 295-297.— Merle & Schaldler. Ausbildung und Berufs- 
 tatigkeit der Kriegsblinden. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., 
 Berl. & Leipz., 1916, xlU, 468.— Noliljs (H. G.) Where 
 blind soldiers learn to see. Reveille, Lond., 1918, i, 108.— 
 Terrien (F.) Eemarques sur la rMducation des aveugles. 
 Paris m^d., 1916, xviii, 490-493. 
 
 Blind-spot. 
 
 See Retina. 
 Blinkoff-Talnowsky (Etja-Souja). *ITeber Pro- 
 
 tylin. 16 pp. 8°. Bern, Kamp-Berger, 1909. 
 Bllqug (Raoul) [188^ ]. *Contribution a 
 
 I'etude de la spondylose rhlzom61ique. 77 pp. 
 
 8°. Paris, 1910, No. 325. 
 Buschke (Carl) [1865- ]. *Ein Beitrag zur 
 
 therapeutischen Anwendung des Natrium para- 
 
 cresotinicum. 60 pp., 11. 8° Miinchen, Kast- 
 
 ner & Callwey, 1912. 
 BUsnianskuja (Grunia). *Zur Entwickelungs- 
 
 geschichte der menschliclien Lungen: Bron- 
 
 BUsnianskuja (Grunia) — continued, 
 chialbaum, Lungenform. 59 pp., 1 pi. 8° 
 Zurich, J. F. Kobold-Liidi, 1904. 
 
 Bliss (Andrew Richard) [1887- ]. A laboratory 
 manual of qualitative chemical analysis, for stu- 
 dents of medicine, dentistry and pharmacy: 
 with working tables. 4 p. 1., 5-244 pp. 8°. Bir- 
 rfdngham, Ala., the author, 1914. 
 
 . The same. 2. ed. 2 p. 1., pp. 11-194. 8°. 
 
 Philadelphia & London, W. B. Saunders Co., 
 1918. 
 
 & OUve (Alfred Henderson) [1877- ]. A 
 
 text-book of physics and chemistry for nurses, 
 xiv, 239 pp. 8°. Philadelphia & London, J. B. 
 Lippincott Co., [1916]. 
 
 The same. 4 p. 1., v-xiv, 239 pp. 
 
 See BalUiftre's popular atlas of anatomy and physiology, 
 don 
 
 8°. Philadelphia & London, J. B. Lippincott 
 Co., 1918. 
 BUss (Arthur Ames) [1859-1913]. Blockley days; 
 memories and Impressions of a resident physi- 
 cian, 1883-4. 94 pp. 8°. [Springfield, Mass.], 
 printed for private circulation [Springfield 
 Printing & Binding Co.], 1916. 
 
 For Biography, see Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass., N. Y., 1913, 
 XXXV, 307. Also: Ibid., 1914, xxxvi, 303-305. 
 
 Bliss (Charles L.) Note on the analysis of the 
 water from the Manila water supply, pp. 39-49, 
 8°. Manila, Bureau Pub. Print., 1904. 
 
 Forms No. 20: Dep. Interior. Bureau Gov. Lab. Chem. 
 Lab., Manila, 1904. 
 
 BUss (Hubert E. ,T.) 
 See BalUiere's popu 
 
 [etc.]. fol. London, 1908. 
 
 Bliss (Lyman W.) [1835-1907]. 
 
 [Obituary.] J. Am. M. Ass.. Chicago, 1907, xlviU, 890.— 
 Small (S. I.) [Obituary.] J. Mich. M. Soc, Detroit, 1907, 
 vi, 191, port. 
 
 Blisters. 
 
 See, also. Counter-irritants; Vesication. 
 
 Segelle (J.) *V6sicatoire et leucocytose. 
 8°. Montpellier, 1902. 
 
 Teibehti (A.) Memoria suU' azione contro 
 Stimolante de' vesicanti. 8° Pavia, [n. d.]. 
 
 Bott (S.) Extensive blistering occurring m an infant; di- 
 agnosis of scurvy. Lancet, Lond., 1911, i, 878.— Helblng (H.) 
 Vesicant. [Pat. spec] No. 649692; May 8, 1900.— Lemoine 
 (G.) & Gallols. Faut-il mettre des v&icatoires? Nord 
 mM., LiUe, 1898, iv, 173-176.— McAllster (E. W.) BUster- 
 plaster. [Pat. spec] No. 716265; Dec. 16, 1902.— Matliews 
 (W. P.) The use and abuse of blisters. Med. Reg., Rich- 
 mond, 1899-1900, iii, 399-404.— Naumann (O.) Die Epls- 
 pastica aJs excitirende und deprimirende Mittel. Ihr 
 Einfluss auf Puis und Korperwarme. Vrtljschr. f. d. 
 prakt. Heilk., Frag, 1867, xcili, 133-152. 
 
 BUtz (Adolf) [1874r- ]. *Ueber Heilung von 
 Stauungspapillen. [Kiel.] 25 pp., 11. 8°. Ber- 
 lin, 0. Francke, 1899. 
 
 Blitz (Ernst) [1822-1903]. 
 
 Thorns (H.) [Biography.] Ber. d. deutsch. pharm. 
 Gesellsch., Berl., 1903, xiii, 3-6. 
 
 BUtz (Heinrich) & Kiippers (Ernst). Chemisch- 
 analytische IJntersuchuugen der Hieronymua- 
 quelle in Niederkoutz bei Sierck i. Lothr. 
 13 pp. 8°. Wiesbaden, C. W. Kreidel, 1906. 
 
 BUtz (Richard) [1884- ]. *Die Hautmikro- 
 sporie. 28 pp. 8°. Berlin, F. Ebering, 1909. 
 
 BUvet (Fulgent - Frangois - Xavier - Louis - Marie) 
 [1872- J. *La yariole k I'hSpital d'Auber- 
 villiers en 1896. Etude clinique. 52 pn. 8°. 
 Paris, 1897, No. 593. 
 
 BUx (Carl August) [1837- ]. *Studier ofver 
 glaskroppen. [Studies on the vitreous humor.] 
 37 pp. 8°. Stockholm, F. A. Norstedt & Soner, 
 1868. 
 
 Blix (Magnus Gustav) [1849-1904]. 
 
 Bergman (P.) [Biography.] Aim. sven. Lakartidn., 
 Stockholm, 1904, i, 183-185.— Johansson (J. E.) [Biog- 
 
BLIX. 
 
 648 
 
 BLOCH. 
 
 Blix ( Magnus Gustav) . 
 
 raphy.] Hygiea, Stockholm, 1904, 2. 1., iv, 191-196, port.— 
 Ohrvall (H.) Minnesord. [Gedenkrede. Uebers., p. xix.] 
 XJpsala Lakaref. Forh., 1903-4, n. F., ix, pp. ix-xii.— Tlger- 
 steiit(R.) [Biography.] Skatidin. Arch. f. Physiol., Leipj., 
 1904, xvi, 334-347.— Torup (S.) [Biography.] Norsk Mag. 
 f. Lsegevldensk., Eristiania, 1904, 5. R., u, 458. 
 
 Blizard {Sir WilUam) [1743-1835]. An oration 
 
 delivered February 9, 1826, before the Hun- 
 
 terian Society. 39 pp., 21., 3 pi. 4°. [London], 
 
 Carpenter & Son, [1826]. 
 For Biography, see Lancet, Lond., 1914, i, 550. 
 Bloc (Henri) [1872- , ]. *Du sifege d6compl6t^, 
 
 mode des fesses. (Etude statistique.) 55 pp. 
 
 8°. Paris, 1897, No. 356. 
 Bloch^ (Albert) [1872- ]. *De I'assistance 
 
 m^dicale gratuite dans les campagnes. 57 pp., 
 
 1 1. 8°. Pans, 1897, No. 155. 
 Bloch (Alfred). *Casuistischer Beitrag zur 
 
 Patliologie der Geschwulste der Dura mater. 30 
 
 pp. 8°. MiXnAen, Kastner & Lossen, 1900. 
 Bloch (Arthur) [1880- ]. *Metastatische 
 
 Eiterungen als Folge von Bronchialerkrankun- 
 
 gen. 36 pp., 11. 8°. Mundien, C. Wolf & Sohn, 
 
 1903. 
 Bloch (Bruno). *Die geschichtUchen Grundla- 
 
 gen der Embryologie im Altertum. [Basel.] 
 
 54 pp. 4°. Halle a. S., 1904:. 
 Eepr. from: Nova acta helvet., Basilese, 1904, Ixxxii. 
 
 . Die Sporotrichose. 
 
 Beihft. z. Med. Klin., Berl. & Wien, 1909, v, 181-202. 
 
 Die allgemein-pathologische Bedeutung 
 
 der Dermatomykosen. 112 pp. 8° Halle a. S., 
 C. Marhold, 1913. 
 
 Forms 4.-5. Hit., v. 2, of: Samml. zwangl. Abhandl. 
 a. d. Geb. d. Dermat. [etc.). 
 
 Bloch (Carl Edvard). Studier over tarmbetsendel- 
 se. [Studies on intestinal inflammation.] 2 
 p. 1., 160 pp. 8°. K0benhavn, A. Bangs, 1902. 
 
 Bloch (Edmond) [1875- ]. *Rhumatismes et 
 dyspepsies. 166 pp. 8°. Paris, 1902, No. 132. 
 
 Bloch (Emil). Die Ohrenheilkunde im Kreise der 
 medicinischen Wissenschaften. Akademische 
 Antrittsrede. 16 pp. 8°. Jena, G. Fischer, 1900. 
 
 Bloch (Ernst). *Zur Physiologie des Blutes. 
 21 pp. 8°. Wurzburg, Bonitas-Baiier, 1895. 
 
 Bloch (Graston). *Etude cUnique sur la cause la 
 plus fr^quente et la moins connue des devia- 
 tions .utero-annexieUes et des douleurs qu'elles 
 engendrent. 60 pp. 8°. Paris, 1899, No. 221. 
 Also, Editor of: ^chives g6n&ales de kin&ith^rapie, 
 Paris, 1909-14. 
 
 Bloch (Hedwig). *Ueber den Einfluss der Men- 
 struation bei verschiedenen intemen Erkran- 
 kungen. [Basel.] 24 pp., 6 pi. 8° Karlsruhe 
 i. B., G. Moos, 1910. 
 
 Bloch (Heinrich) [1877- ]. *Zur Casuistik der 
 Entwicklungsfehler der weibUchen Genitalien. 
 54 pp., 1 1. 8°. Strassburg i. E., C. de J. 
 GoelUr, 1907. 
 
 Bloch (Heimrich) [1879- ]. *Beitrag zur Bak- 
 terienflora der Straasburger Waaserleitung. 30 
 pp., 1 tab., 1 1. 8°. Strassburg i. E., C. Muh & 
 Co., 1903. 
 
 Bloch (Hermann Armand) [1878- ]. *Ueber 
 manuelle Placentarlosung bei recht- und friih- 
 zeitigen Geburten. Casuistik aus der Straas- 
 burger geburtshtilflichen KUnik und Poliklinik 
 von 1898-1902. 46 pp., 11. 8°. Strassburg i. E., 
 J. Singer, 1903. 
 
 Bloch (Isidore) [1872- ]. *Contribution k 
 retude de la syringomyomy^lie S, type scapulo- 
 humeral. 47 pp. 8°. Pans, 1897, No. 114. 
 
 Bloch (Iwan) [1872- ]. *Ueber den Einfluss 
 von Jod, Thyrojodin, Thyraden auf den Stoff- 
 wechael. 46 pp. 8°. Wurzburg, P. Scheiner, 
 1896. 
 
 Bloch (Iwan) — continued. 
 
 . Die geschichtliche Entwickelung der 
 
 wissenschaftlichen Krankenpflege. 30 pp. 8°. 
 
 Berlin, 1899. 
 , Forma 136. Hft. of: Berl. Klinik. 
 
 Der Ursprung der Syphilis; eine medizi- 
 
 nische und kulturgeschichtliche tJntersuchung. 
 V. 1, 1.-2. Abteilung. xiv, 765 pp. roy. 8°. 
 Jena, G. Fischer, 1901. 
 
 . Beitrage zur Aetiologie der Psychopathia 
 
 sexualis. Mit einer Vorrede von Albert Eulen- 
 burg. 2 v. xvi, 272 pp., xviii, 400 pp. 8°. 
 Dresden, H. R. Dohrn, 1902-3. 
 
 Das erste Auftreten der Syphilis (Lust- 
 
 seuche) in der europaischen_ Kulturwelt. Ge- 
 wiirdigt in seiner weltgeschichtlichen Bedeu- 
 tung, dargestellt nach Anfang, Verlauf und vor- 
 aussichtlichem Ende. Vortraggehalten in der, 
 staatswissenschaftlichen Vereinigung zu Berlin 
 am 12. November 1903. 35 pp. 8^ Jena, G. 
 Fischer, 1904. 
 
 . The origin of syphilis (morbus ameri- 
 
 canus). Translated from the German by M. G. 
 Miller. . 23 pp. 8°. [Stuttgart], 1904. 
 Eepr.fram.-Proe. Int. Cong. Am., Stuttgart, 1904. 
 
 Die Perversen. 42 pp. 8°- Berlin, Pan- 
 
 Verl, [19051 
 . Die Praxis der Hautkrankheiten; Unna's 
 
 Lehren fiir Studierende und Aerzte zusam- 
 
 mengefasst und dargestellt. Mit einem Vorwort 
 
 von P. G. Unna. xii, 698 pp., 1 1. 8° Berlin & 
 
 Wien, Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1908. 
 . The sexual life of our time, in its relations 
 
 to modem civilization. Translated from the 6. 
 
 German ed. by M. Eden Paul, xvi, 790 pp. 8°- 
 
 Xondon, 1908. 
 . Die Prostitution, v. 1. xxxvi, 870 pp. 
 
 8°. Berlin, L. Marms, 1912. 
 Also, Co-Editm of: Zeltschrllt fiir Sexualwlssenscbaft, 
 
 Bonn, 1914-15. 
 
 von Bloch (Joh.). 
 
 See UnmOgliciikelt (Die) den Verwundeteu [etc.] [in 
 2. s.]. 8°. Berlin, 1899. 
 
 Bloch (Judith). *Ueber cystische Tumoren der 
 
 Mamma. 39 pp., 11. 8°. Freiburg i. B., Ham- 
 
 Tnerschlag & Kahle, 1910. 
 Bloch (Leopold). *Ueber habituelle Luxation 
 
 des EUenbogens. 32 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Strassburg, 
 
 C. & J. Goeller, 1900. 
 Bloch (Lippmann Friedrich) [1888- ]. *Stu- 
 
 dien tiber Rotationsdispersion und Mutarota- 
 
 tion der Zuckerarten in Wasser, Pjrridin und 
 
 Ameisensaure. [Erlangen.] 71 pp. 8°. Berlin, 
 
 1911. 
 Bloch (Louis). *Action de I'arsenic sur le sang et 
 
 les organes hematopoi6tiques; etude exp^ri- 
 
 mentale. 82 pp. 8°. Paris, 1908, No. 99. 
 Bloch (Marcel). La coagulability sanguine; me- 
 
 sure clinique. 231 pp. 8°. Paris, G. Steinheil, 
 
 1914. 
 . Les aveugles en France. 3 p. 1., 181 pp., 
 
 1 1. 8° Paris, Rousseau & Cie., 1917. 
 
 Bloch (Marcus Elieser) [1723-99]. 
 
 [Biography.] Deutsche med.Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 
 1913, xxxix, 900. 
 
 Bloch {Martin) [1867-1908]. 
 
 Muntei (D.) [Biography.] Med. Reform, Berl., 1908, 
 xvi, 61. 
 
 Bloch (Maurice). La vaccination preventive de 
 la tuberculose par la famille ou par la methode 
 des congen&res. 188 pp. 16°. Paris, 1899. 
 
 Bloch (Maurice). *De la conduite k tenir dans 
 le cas de dystocie pelvienne d'origine rachitique. 
 54 pp., 1 1., 6 tab. 8° Paris, 1900, No. 624. 
 
BLOCH. 
 
 649 
 
 BLOMART. 
 
 Bloch (Maurice). *Le8 n^oplasmes malins primi- 
 tifs de la pl6vre. 126 pp., 1 1. 8°. Pam, 1905, 
 No. 414. 
 
 . The same. 126 pp., 1 1. 8° Paris, 
 
 Vigotfrh-es, 1905. 
 
 Bloch (Moritz). *Neuere Untersuchungen iiber 
 die Einwirkung des Aethers auf Hamoglobin 
 und rote Blutkorperchen wahrend der Narkose 
 an Menschen una Kaninchen. [Bern.] 37 pp. 
 8°. Leipzig T. C. W. Vogel, 1908. 
 
 Bloch (Oscar). Om D^den. En ahnenfattehg 
 Fremstilling. [Death. A comprehensive pre- 
 sentation.] 7p.l., 473pp.; 321pp. 8°. K0benr- 
 havn, NorrdisleForlag, 1903. 
 
 . Chirurgien i kliniske forelaesninger. Fra 
 
 det kgl. Frederiks Hospitals, Afd. C, 1886-1904. 
 iv, 375 pp., iU, 861 pp. roy. 8°. K0benhavn & 
 Krisiiania, 1905-6. 
 
 Far Biography, see Nord. Tldsskr. I. Terapi, Kdbenh., 
 1912-13, xi, 285 (J. Berg). 
 
 Bloch (0[tto]). *Beitrage zur Kohlenoxydveigif- 
 
 tung nach dem Material der 2. medizinischen 
 
 Klinik zu Berlin. 29 pp., 1 1. 8°. Leivzig. B. 
 
 Georgi, 1902. 
 Bloch (Paul). *Sur une 6pid6mie de fifevre 
 
 typhpide au pavilion de la scarlatina de rh6pi- 
 
 tal Trousseau. Contribution k l.'^tude de la 
 
 contagion hospitaUfere de la fifevre typhoide. 
 
 87 pp. 8°. Paru, 1905, No. 133. 
 Bloch (Ren6). *Contribution 4 I'^tude anatomo- 
 
 cUnique de la tuberculose primitive de la rate. 
 
 179 pp. 8°. Paris, 1907, No. 300. 
 Bloch (Robert) [1882- 1 *Contribution i 
 
 r^tude des caractferes histologiques des tumeurs 
 
 malignes chez I'enfant. 69 pp., 11. 8°. Lyon, 
 
 1904, No. 46. 
 Bloch (Sarra) [1884- ]. *Peroneussehiienluxa- 
 
 tion. 26 pp., 11. 8°. Berlin, 1907. 
 Bloch (Siegfried) [1882- ]. *Casui8ti8cher 
 
 Beitrag zur Lehre von der Darm in vagination. 
 
 26 pp. 8°. Leipzig, E. Lehmann, 1910. 
 Bloch (Vera). *Ueber Periarteriitis nodosa. 
 
 1 p. 1., 40 pp. 8°. Zurich, J. J. Meier, 1913. 
 Bloch (Wilhelm) [1886- ]. *Ueber die Apo- 
 
 plexie im Secundarstadium der Lues. 24 pp., 
 
 1 1. 8°. Mimchen, R. Miiller & Steinicke, 1911. 
 Bloch (Willy) [1880- ]. *Ueber extragenitale 
 
 SyphilisInfektJon an den Lippen. [Wiirzburg.] 
 
 36 pp., 1 1. 8°. Leipzig, B. Noshe, 1905. 
 Blochmann (F.) 1st die Schutzpockenimpfung 
 
 mit alien notwendigen Kautelen umgeben? 
 
 Erortert an einem mit Verlust des einen Auges 
 
 verbundenen Falle von Vaccineubertragung. 
 
 3 p. 1., 87 pp., 11., 2 pi. 8°. Tubingen, F. 
 
 Pwtzher, 1904. 
 Blochmann (Georg Reinhart Eduard) [1875- ]. 
 
 *Ein Fall von Myxom des linken Vorhofs. 28 
 
 pp. 8°. Kiel, 3. Fi^ncke, 1904. 
 Block (Adalbert) [1876- ]. *Beitrage zur 
 
 Litteraturgescliichte der AugenheUkunde im 
 
 Mittelalter unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung 
 
 der Augenheilkunde des Alkoatim. 26 pp." 8° 
 
 Leipzig, B. Georgi, 1901. 
 Block (Felix) [1888- ]. *Ueber pathologische 
 
 Harnblasenrupturen. [Greifswald]. 33 pp., 11. 
 
 8°. Berlin, A. Seydel & Co., 1913. 
 Block (Fehx [Ernst]) [1858- ]. Welche Mass- 
 
 nahmen konnen behufs Steuerung der Zunahme 
 
 der Geschlechtskrankheiten ergriffen werden? 
 In: Samml. klin. Vortr., n. F., Leipz., 1901, No. 317 
 
 (Innere Med., No. 93, 577-606). 
 
 . Wie Bchutzen wir uns vor den Geschlechts- 
 krankheiten und ihren tiblen Folgen? 32 pp. 
 8°. Leipzig, J. A. Earth, 1904. 
 
 Forms 3. Hft., of: Flugsohr. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. z. 
 Eekajnpf. d. Gescnlecbtskrankli., Leipz. 
 
 Block (Feodor) [1876- ]. *Untersuchungen 
 
 liber Aspirin, Novaspirin und Aspirophen. 
 
 [Giessen.J 42 pp. 8°- Borna-Leipzig, R. 
 
 Noshe 1909 
 Block (Georg) [1882- ]. *Zur Morbiditat und 
 
 Mortalitat im Wochenbett. Statistische Beitrage 
 
 aus dem Material der UniversitatsfrauenkUnik 
 
 zu Freiburg i. Br. von den Jahren 1899-1903. 
 
 25 pp. 8°. Freiburg i. Br., E. Kuttruff, 1906. 
 Block (Heinrich) [1879- ]. *Beitrag zur 
 
 Alkoholneuritis mit Korsakowschem Sympto- 
 
 menkomplex. 26 pp. 8°- Kiel, Schmidt & 
 
 Klaunig, 1910. 
 Block (Walter). Das Radium und seine Bedeu- 
 
 tung in Wissenschaft und Leben. 95 pp. 8°. 
 
 Leipzig, T. Thomas, [1914]. 
 Bloc-notes diet^tiques k I'usage des praticiens 
 
 par un m^decin praticien. Traduit sur la 7. 6d. 
 
 allemande par E. Vogt. vi pp., 63 1. 12°. 
 
 Paris, C. Reinwald, 1897. 
 
 Blodgett (Albert George) [1841-1917]. 
 
 Obituary. Boston M. & S. j;, 1917, dxxvi, 330. 
 
 Blodgett (James H. ) Relations of population and 
 food products in the United States, exclusive 
 of Alaska and the insular possessions; mainly as 
 indicated by census reports, 1850-1900. 86 pp. 
 8°. Washington, Gov. Print. Office, 1903. 
 Forms Bull. No. 24, U. S. Dept. Agric. Dlv. Statistics. 
 
 Blodgett (Stephen Haskell) [1863- ]. Urinary 
 diseases, v, 125 pp. , front. 8*. Boston, Whit- 
 comb & Barrows, 1914. 
 
 Bloebaum ([Carl] Hans Wilhelm) [1874^ ]. 
 *Ueber Cranioclasie. 31 pp. 8°. Bonn, - P. 
 Bieberstdn, 1902. 
 
 Bloebaum (Friedrich). Syphilis in Nase, Rachen, 
 Ohr und Auge und die Behandlung derselben 
 insbesondere die Chromwassercur. 51 pp. 8° 
 Neuwied, Berlin & Leipzig, Seuser, 1897. 
 
 Bloesch (Joannes Alexander). *Diss. sistens ani- 
 madversiones quasdam instatum et therapiam 
 submersorum. 31 pp. sm. 4°- Tubingx, Litt. 
 Fitesianis, 1799. 
 
 Blote (H. W.) Bleed en tuberculose. 37 pp. 8°. 
 Leiden, Gebr. van der Hoek, 1898. 
 
 Blohm (Bogislav) [1871- ]. *Ueber Vereite- 
 rung Bubcataner Fracturen. 30 pp., 1 1. 8°- 
 Berlin, G. Schade, 1898. 
 
 Blohm ([Hans Hugo] WiUy) [1881- ]. *Ueber 
 Hernia funiculi umbilicalis congenita. [Kiel.] 
 25 pp. 8°. Berlin, R. Brenkel, 1908. 
 
 Blohm (Richard) [1879- ]. *Zur Kasuistik der 
 mahgnen Limbustumoren. 26 pp., 1 1. ' 8°. 
 Greifswald, J. Abel, 1905. 
 
 Blohmke (Artur) [1888- ]. *Beitrag zur 
 Frage der sekundaren Labyrinthinfektion bei 
 akuter Mittelohreiterung. [Konigsberg i. Pr.] 
 22 pp., 1 1. 8°. Wiesbaden, J. F. Bergmann, 
 1911. 
 
 Blok (J.) Schoolartsen. [School physicians.] 
 22 pp. 8°. Haarlem, F. Bohn, 1895. 
 
 Forms No. 2 of: Geneesk. Bl. u. Klin, en Lab. v. de prakt., 
 Haarlem, 1895, ii, 33-54. 
 
 . Het menschehjk oog. Bouw, verrich- 
 
 ting en verzorging. 39 pp., superimposed pi. 
 
 8°. Deventer, Kluwer & Co., [1897?]. 
 Blok (Johan Oomelis). *Over vagotonie. 5 p. 1., 
 
 138 pp. 8°. Leiden, E. Tjdo, 1913. 
 Blom (Petrus Joh.) Verslag van de mazelziekte. 
 
 welke gedurende het jaar 1829, te Utrecht epi- 
 
 demisch geheerscht heeft. 1 p. i., 79 pp., 1 ch. 
 
 8°. Utrecht, N. van der Monde, 1830. 
 Blomart (Frangois). Gymnastique. D^veloppe- 
 
 ment du programme pour les 6coles primaires. 
 
 73 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Anderlecht, F. Denis, 1906. 
 
BLOMBERG. 
 
 650 
 
 BLONDLOT. 
 
 Biomberg (Hugo) [1876- ]. *Ueber die diag- 
 nostische Bedeutung der Menstruationscurve 
 bei Tubenschwangerschaft. 44 pp. 8°- Kiel, 
 P. Peters, 1901. 
 
 Blome (August). *Ueber Carcinomentwicklung 
 in versprengten Bruatdrusenkeimen. [Wiirz- 
 burg.] 64 pp. 8°. Warburg, F. Quick, 1898. 
 
 Blome (Kail Ludwig). *Ue'ber zwei neue Wurra- 
 spezies; Trichosomum papillosum und Hete- 
 ralds cylindrica. [Bern.] 16 pp., 2 pi. 8° Ber- 
 lin, S. Mittler & Sohn, 1909. 
 
 [Blomfleld (Charles George Massie)] [1878^1915]. 
 The young officer's guide to knowledge. 5. ed., 
 revised and enlarged. 2 p. 1., pp. 7-56. 32°. 
 [London], Harrison & Sofis, 1917. 
 
 Blomfleld (Edward Eldridge) [1863- 
 1910]. 
 
 Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1910, ii, 1567. 
 Blomfleld (James Edward) [1856- ]. Anses- 
 
 thetics; a practical handbook. ' 4. ed; vii, 147 
 
 pp. 8°. London, Baillihe, Tindall & Cox, 
 
 1917. 
 Blomme (Edmond) [1876- ]. *De la valeur 
 
 th^rapeutique du m^sotane. 52 pp. 8° Mont- 
 
 pellier, 1904, No. 70. . 
 Blomme (Georges) [1874- ]. *Consid6rations 
 
 sur la polydactylie. 46 pp. 8° Paris. 1901, 
 
 No. 205. 
 Bloihqulst (Arvld). 
 
 See DelpUn (T.), Blomqulst (Arvjd) & Westling (R.) 
 Korthaiidledniiig[etc.]. 8°. StocttoZm, 1907.— Koimnen- 
 tar tin srenslca larmakopto [etc.]. 8°. Stockliolm, [1902]. 
 
 Blond (Charles-Narcisse-Henri-Joseph) [1881- ]. 
 
 *Sur la valeur th6rapeutique de la fulguration 
 
 dans le traitement du cancer. 73 pp. 8°. LAlle, 
 
 E. Dufrenoy, 1910, No. 22. 
 Blondeau (Albert) [1876- , ]. *Des accidents 
 
 causes par I'^tranglement des hemies diaphrag- 
 
 matiques. (fitude anatomique et clinique.) 
 
 80 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1898, No. 14. 
 Blondel (Charles). *Les auto-mutilateurs; 6tude 
 
 psycho-pathologiquB et m6dico-legale. 132 pp; , 
 
 11. 8°. Pam, 1906, No. '829. 
 
 Blondel (Charles) — continued. 
 
 . The same 1 p. 1., 132 pp., 1 1. 8° 
 
 Paris, X Rousset, 1906. 
 Blondel (filys6e) [1881- ]. *OccluBion intesti- 
 
 nale par coudure de Tangle gauche du c61on au 
 
 cours de la grossesse. 149 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1909, 
 
 No. 5. 
 Blondel (Jules) [1868- ]. *De Finterverition 
 
 dans la p^rityphlite. 54 pp. 4°. Paris, 1895, 
 
 No. 9. 
 Blondel (Maurice) [1886- ]. *Sur le traitement 
 
 des pieds bots difficiles de la premifere enfance 
 
 par fo section des ligaments posterieur et interne 
 
 ae I'articulation tibio-tarsienne. 51 pp. 8°. 
 
 I^on, 1910, No. 65. 
 Blondel (Paul) [1874- ]. *Contribution k 
 
 r6tude des kystes de I'iris. 102 pp. 8°. Lille, 
 
 1900, No. 430. 
 Blondel (Rraoul-Emile]). 
 
 Editor of: Kevne de th6rapeutique m^dico-chirurgicale, 
 
 Paris, 1803-1914. 
 
 Blondes. 
 
 BIocli (A.) Origine et Evolution des blonds europ^ens. 
 Bull, etmfim. Soc. d'aathrop. de Par., 1911^ 6. s., ii, 54-78.— 
 Mackintosh (J. S.) Anthropology and the school; the 
 hygiene of the blonde. School Hyg., Lond., 1911, ii, 490-495. 
 
 Blondin (Paul). *Essai sur le r61e du bacille de 
 Koch dans la genfese de certainea cirrhoses du 
 foie dites alcoohques. 132 pp. 8°. Paris, 1905, 
 No. 320. 
 
 The same. 132 pp. 8°. Paris, Vigoi 
 
 frh-es, 1905. 
 Blondin (Paul). *Traitement de la dysenteric 
 
 amibienne par les lavements cr^osot^s. 46 pp. 
 
 8° Paris, 1908, No. 80. 
 Blondin (Paul). 
 
 See Tisstei (Paul[-Louis- Alexandre]) & Blondin (Paul) 
 [in 2.S.]. Traitement de la syphilis [etc.]. roy. 8°. Paris, 
 1912. 
 
 Blondlot (R.) Rayons N; recueil des com- 
 munications faites ^ TAcad^mie des sciences, 
 avee des notes compl^mentaires et une instruc- 
 tion pour la confection des 6crans phospho- 
 rescents. vi, 78pp.,lpl. 12° Paris, Gauthier- 
 Villars, 1904. 
 
 END OF VOL. II, THIED SERIES. 
 
t r,x 
 
 Wrm 
 
 t/:r>)'^l>\on>m. 
 
 itf V 
 
 
 'iiitrl'lliTW'iiii?Mimhiiiriifiii'ii